pax_global_header00006660000000000000000000000064133532354010014511gustar00rootroot0000000000000052 comment=4371a41ba4ece660bf060b598b9eee4c2eb347d8 tup-v0.7.8/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100125235ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/.editorconfig000066400000000000000000000001431335323540100151760ustar00rootroot00000000000000# http://editorconfig.org [*] end_of_line = lf charset = utf-8 indent_size = 4 indent_style = tab tup-v0.7.8/.travis.yml000066400000000000000000000005671335323540100146440ustar00rootroot00000000000000sudo: required dist: trusty git: depth: 1000 # if last tag is older than 50 commits language: c compiler: - clang - gcc addons: apt: packages: - libfuse-dev - pkg-config - fuse before_install: - sudo modprobe fuse - sudo chmod 666 /dev/fuse - sudo chown root:$USER /etc/fuse.conf script: - ./bootstrap.sh - cd test && ./test.sh tup-v0.7.8/CONTRIBUTING.md000066400000000000000000000002331335323540100147520ustar00rootroot00000000000000# Contributor License Agreement To get started, please sign the Contributor License Agreement. tup-v0.7.8/COPYING000066400000000000000000000432541335323540100135660ustar00rootroot00000000000000 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. tup-v0.7.8/README.md000066400000000000000000000010461335323540100140030ustar00rootroot00000000000000# Tup http://gittup.org/tup ## About Tup Tup is a file-based build system for Linux, OSX, and Windows. It takes as input a list of file changes and a directed acyclic graph (DAG). It then processes the DAG to execute the appropriate commands required to update dependent files. Updates are performed with very little overhead since tup implements powerful build algorithms to avoid doing unnecessary work. This means you can stay focused on your project rather than on your build system. Further information can be found at http://gittup.org/tup tup-v0.7.8/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000032561335323540100140640ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules ifeq ($(TUP_SERVER),ldpreload) ifeq ($(X86_ARCH_SIBLINGS),y) : src/ldpreload/*.64.o |> !ld |> tup-ldpreload.so else : src/ldpreload/*.o |> !ld |> tup-ldpreload.so endif endif ifneq ($(TARGET),win32) client_objs += src/tup/vardict.o client_objs += src/tup/send_event.o client_objs += src/tup/flock/fcntl.o : $(client_objs) |> !ar |> libtup_client.a : src/tup/vardict.h |> !cp |> tup_client.h endif srcs = src/tup/*.o srcs += src/tup/tup/*.o srcs += src/tup/monitor/*.o srcs += src/tup/flock/*.o srcs += src/tup/server/*.o srcs += src/inih/*.o srcs += src/compat/*.o ifeq (@(TUP_USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE),y) LDFLAGS += -lsqlite3 else srcs += src/sqlite3/*.o endif ifeq ($(use_system_pcre),y) LDFLAGS += `pcre-config --libs` else srcs += src/pcre/*.o endif ifneq ($(TARGET),win32) ifeq (@(TUP_SUDO_SUID),y) suid = ; chown root:$(TUP_SUID_GROUP) tup; chmod u+s tup endif ifeq ($(TUP_SERVER),fuse) LDFLAGS += `pkg-config fuse --libs` endif LDFLAGS += -lm LDFLAGS += -lpthread else : src/dllinject/*.o |> !dll -lpsapi |> tup-dllinject.dll : src/dllinject/*.o32 |> !dll32 -lpsapi |> tup-dllinject32.dll : src/compat/win32/detect/*.o32 |> !ld32 |> tup32detect$(PROGRAM_SUFFIX) srcs += src/compat/win32/*.o srcs += tup-dllinject.dll LDFLAGS += -Wl,--wrap=open LDFLAGS += -Wl,--wrap=close LDFLAGS += -Wl,--wrap=tmpfile LDFLAGS += -Wl,--wrap=dup LDFLAGS += -Wl,--wrap=__mingw_vprintf LDFLAGS += -Wl,--wrap=__mingw_vfprintf # This seems to only be needed on older (14.04 Ubuntu) MinGW toolchains, and can be removed for 16.04+ LDFLAGS += -lole32 endif : $(srcs) src/lua/liblua.a |> ^ LINK %o^ ./src/tup/link.sh "$(CC)" "$(CFLAGS)" "$(LDFLAGS)" "%o" "%f" $(suid) |> tup$(PROGRAM_SUFFIX) | tup-version.o tup-v0.7.8/Tupfile.ini000066400000000000000000000000001335323540100146220ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/Tuprules.tup000066400000000000000000000034521335323540100151040ustar00rootroot00000000000000.gitignore ifdef TARGET TARGET = @(TARGET) else TARGET = @(TUP_PLATFORM) endif ifdef CC CC = @(CC) else CC = gcc endif ifeq (@(TUP_DEBUG),y) CFLAGS += -Og else CFLAGS += -Os endif CFLAGS += -g ifeq (@(TUP_SANITIZE),y) CFLAGS += -fsanitize=address LDFLAGS += -lasan CFLAGS += -fsanitize=undefined LDFLAGS += -lubsan endif ifdef AR AR = @(AR) else AR = ar endif CFLAGS += -W CFLAGS += -Wall ifeq (@(TUP_WERROR),y) CFLAGS += -Werror endif CFLAGS += -Wbad-function-cast CFLAGS += -Wcast-align CFLAGS += -Wcast-qual CFLAGS += -Wchar-subscripts CFLAGS += -Wmissing-prototypes CFLAGS += -Wnested-externs CFLAGS += -Wpointer-arith CFLAGS += -Wredundant-decls CFLAGS += -Wshadow CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes CFLAGS += -Wwrite-strings CFLAGS += -Wswitch-enum CFLAGS += -fno-common CFLAGS += -I$(TUP_CWD)/src ifeq (@(TUP_32_BIT),y) CFLAGS += -m32 LDFLAGS += -m32 endif !cc = |> ^ CC %f^ $(CC) -c %f -o %o $(CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS_%f) |> %B.o !ld = |> ^ LINK %o^ $(CC) %f -o %o $(LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS_%o) |> !ar = |> ^ AR %o^ $(AR) crs %o %f |> !dot = |> ^ DOT %f^ dot -Efontname="Vernada, serif" -Nfontname="Vernada, serif" -Efontsize=10 -Nfontsize=10 -Tpng %f > %o |> !cp = |> ^ CP %f -> %o^ cp %f %o |> TUP_MONITOR = null TUP_SUID_GROUP = root TUP_USE_SYSTEM_PCRE = y include $(TARGET).tup ifdef TUP_USE_SYSTEM_PCRE use_system_pcre = @(TUP_USE_SYSTEM_PCRE) else use_system_pcre = $(TUP_USE_SYSTEM_PCRE) endif ifeq ($(use_system_pcre),y) CFLAGS += `pcre-config --cflags` else CFLAGS += -I$(TUP_CWD)/src/pcre CFLAGS += -DPCRE_STATIC endif ifeq ($(TUP_SERVER),fuse) CFLAGS += -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 export PKG_CONFIG_PATH endif ifeq ($(TUP_SERVER),ldpreload) FPIC = -fpic SHARED = -shared LDFLAGS_tup-ldpreload.so += $(FPIC) LDFLAGS_tup-ldpreload.so += $(SHARED) LDFLAGS_tup-ldpreload.so += -ldl LDFLAGS_tup-ldpreload.so += -pthread endif tup-v0.7.8/bootstrap-ldpreload.sh000077500000000000000000000010421335323540100170400ustar00rootroot00000000000000#! /bin/sh -e CFLAGS="-g" TUP_SERVER="ldpreload" ./build.sh if [ ! -d .tup ]; then ./build/tup init fi ./build/tup upd echo "Build complete. If ./tup works, you can remove the 'build' directory." if ! grep "CONFIG_TUP_SERVER=ldpreload" tup.config > /dev/null 2>&1; then echo "Warning: CONFIG_TUP_SERVER=ldpreload not found in tup.config. This script builds the bootstrapped tup with the ldpreload server, but does not automatically configure the full build to use this server. You will need to do this manually by editing tup.config." 1>&2 fi tup-v0.7.8/bootstrap-nofuse.sh000077500000000000000000000007701335323540100164000ustar00rootroot00000000000000#! /bin/sh -e # This is similar to bootstrap.sh, except it uses 'tup generate' to build a # temporary shell script in case tup needs to be built in an environment that # doesn't support FUSE. The resulting tup binary will still require FUSE to # operate (on those platforms where it is used). CFLAGS="-g" ./build.sh if [ ! -d .tup ]; then ./build/tup init fi ./build/tup generate --verbose build-nofuse.sh ./build-nofuse.sh echo "Build complete. If ./tup works, you can remove the 'build' directory." tup-v0.7.8/bootstrap.sh000077500000000000000000000002571335323540100151030ustar00rootroot00000000000000#! /bin/sh -e CFLAGS="-g" ./build.sh if [ ! -d .tup ]; then ./build/tup init fi ./build/tup upd echo "Build complete. If ./tup works, you can remove the 'build' directory." tup-v0.7.8/build.sh000077500000000000000000000070061335323540100141640ustar00rootroot00000000000000#! /bin/sh -e label=${TUP_LABEL:-bootstrap} server=${TUP_SERVER:-fuse} os=`uname -s` plat_cflags="" plat_ldflags="" plat_files="" if [ "$server" = "fuse" ]; then plat_cflags="`pkg-config fuse --cflags`" plat_ldflags="`pkg-config fuse --libs`" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/tup/server/fuse*.c ../src/tup/server/master_fork.c" elif [ "$server" = "ldpreload" ]; then plat_files="../src/tup/server/depfile.c ../src/tup/server/privs.c" else echo "Error: invalid TUP_SERVER \"$server\"" 1>&2 exit 1 fi LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -lm" : ${CC:=gcc} case "$os" in Linux) plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/dummy.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/utimensat_linux.c" ;; SunOS) plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/dir_mutex.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/mkdirat.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/readlinkat.c" plat_ldflags="$plat_ldflags -lsocket" plat_cflags="$plat_cflags -D_REENTRANT" ;; Darwin) plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/clearenv.c " plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/dir_mutex.c " plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/faccessat.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/fchmodat.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/fchownat.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/fdopendir.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/fstatat.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/mkdirat.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/openat.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/readlinkat.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/renameat.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/symlinkat.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/unlinkat.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/utimensat.c" plat_cflags="$plat_cflags -include ../src/compat/macosx.h" plat_cflags="$plat_cflags -DAT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW=0x100" plat_cflags="$plat_cflags -DAT_REMOVEDIR=0x200" CC=clang ;; FreeBSD) plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/dummy.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/utimensat_linux.c" plat_files="$plat_files ../src/compat/clearenv.c" ;; esac rm -rf build echo " mkdir build" mkdir -p build echo " cd build" cd build for i in ../src/lua/*.c; do echo " bootstrap CC $CFLAGS $i" $CC $CFLAGS -DLUA_USE_POSIX -c $i done rm luac.o echo " link lua" $CC *.o -o lua $LDFLAGS rm lua.o cp ../src/luabuiltin/builtin.lua builtin.lua mkdir luabuiltin ./lua ../src/luabuiltin/xxd.lua builtin.lua luabuiltin/luabuiltin.h CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DTUP_SERVER=\"$server\"" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DHAVE_CONFIG_H" for i in ../src/tup/*.c ../src/tup/tup/main.c ../src/tup/monitor/null.c ../src/tup/flock/fcntl.c ../src/inih/ini.c ../src/pcre/*.c $plat_files; do echo " bootstrap CC $CFLAGS $i" # Put -I. first so we find our new luabuiltin.h file, not one built # by a previous 'tup upd'. $CC $CFLAGS -c $i -I. -I../src -I../src/pcre $plat_cflags done echo " bootstrap CC $CFLAGS ../src/sqlite3/sqlite3.c" $CC $CFLAGS -c ../src/sqlite3/sqlite3.c -DSQLITE_TEMP_STORE=2 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION $plat_cflags echo " bootstrap LD tup $LDFLAGS" echo "const char *tup_version(void) {return \"$label\";}" | $CC -x c -c - -o tup_version.o $CC *.o -o tup -lpthread $plat_ldflags $LDFLAGS if [ "$server" = "ldpreload" ]; then mkdir ldpreload cd ldpreload CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fpic" for i in ../../src/ldpreload/*.c ../../src/tup/flock/fcntl.c ../../src/tup/ccache.c; do echo " bootstrap CC $CFLAGS $i" $CC $CFLAGS -c $i -I../../src $plat_cflags -o `basename $i`.64.o -pthread done echo " bootstrap LD tup-ldpreload.so" $CC *.o -o ../tup-ldpreload.so -fpic -shared -ldl $plat_ldflags $LDFLAGS -pthread cd .. fi cd .. tup-v0.7.8/contrib/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100141635ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/contrib/debian/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100154055ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/contrib/debian/changelog000066400000000000000000000004441335323540100172610ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup (0.7.1) precise; urgency=low [ Mike Shal ] * version 0.7.1 -- Mike Shal Fri, 03 Jan 2014 09:43:06 -0500 tup (0.5-0ubuntu1) lucid; urgency=low [ Anatol Pomozov ] * version 0.5 -- Anatol Pomozov Mon, 21 Nov 2011 11:24:00 -0800 tup-v0.7.8/contrib/debian/compat000066400000000000000000000000021335323540100166030ustar00rootroot000000000000007 tup-v0.7.8/contrib/debian/control000066400000000000000000000012221335323540100170050ustar00rootroot00000000000000Source: tup Section: devel Priority: optional Maintainer: Anatol Pomozov Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 7), libfuse-dev (>= 2.8.1), pkg-config (>= 0.22), Standards-Version: 3.8.4 Homepage: http://gittup.org/tup/ Package: tup Architecture: any Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends}, libfuse2 (>= 2.8.1) Description: Fast build system Tup is a file-based build system - it inputs a list of file changes and a directed acyclic graph (DAG), then processes the DAG to execute the appropriate commands required to update dependent files. . Visit http://gittup.org/tup/ to read about the current state of tup's development. tup-v0.7.8/contrib/debian/copyright000066400000000000000000000013161335323540100173410ustar00rootroot00000000000000This package was debianized by Anatol Pomozov on Thu, 3 Nov 2011 14:47:44 -0700. It was downloaded from http://gittup.org/tup/ Upstream Author: Mike Shal Copyright: Copyright 2011, Mike Shal License: GPL-2 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in the /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-2 file. The Debian packaging is copyright 2011, Mike Shal and is licensed under the GPL, see `/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-2'. tup-v0.7.8/contrib/debian/dirs000066400000000000000000000000501335323540100162640ustar00rootroot00000000000000/usr /usr/bin /usr/share /usr/share/man tup-v0.7.8/contrib/debian/docs000066400000000000000000000000001335323540100162460ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/contrib/debian/manpages000066400000000000000000000000061335323540100171170ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup.1 tup-v0.7.8/contrib/debian/rules000077500000000000000000000013151335323540100164650ustar00rootroot00000000000000#!/usr/bin/make -f # # Tup debian/rules file # http://gittup.org/tup/ # Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. #export DH_VERBOSE=1 build: build-stamp build-stamp: dh_testdir ./build.sh ./build/tup generate runme.sh ./runme.sh touch $@ clean: dh_testdir dh_testroot dh_clean install: build dh_testdir dh_testroot dh_prep dh_installdirs install tup $(CURDIR)/debian/tup/usr/bin binary-indep: install binary-arch: install dh_testdir dh_testroot dh_installchangelogs dh_installdocs dh_installman dh_link dh_compress dh_fixperms dh_installdeb dh_shlibdeps dh_gencontrol dh_md5sums dh_builddeb binary: binary-indep binary-arch .PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary install tup-v0.7.8/contrib/debian/source/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100167055ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/contrib/debian/source/format000066400000000000000000000000141335323540100201130ustar00rootroot000000000000003.0 (quilt) tup-v0.7.8/contrib/debian/watch000066400000000000000000000001311335323540100164310ustar00rootroot00000000000000# watch control file for uscan version=3 https://github.com/gittup/tup/zipball/v([\d.]+) tup-v0.7.8/contrib/syntax/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100155115ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/contrib/syntax/tup.vim000066400000000000000000000040661335323540100170440ustar00rootroot00000000000000" Vim syntax file " Language: Tupfile " " HOWTO use: " 1) Add this to your ~/.vim/filetype.vim - " au BufNewFile,BufRead Tupfile,*.tup setf tup " " 2) Add a symlink to this file in ~/.vim/syntax/ - " mkdir -p ~/.vim/syntax " cd ~/.vim/syntax " ln -s /path/to/tup.vim " For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items " For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded if version < 600 syntax clear elseif exists("b:current_syntax") finish endif syntax case match syntax match comment ,^\s*#.*$, syntax match rule ,^\s*:, syntax match bang ,![a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*, syntax match chain ,^*[a-zA-Z0-9_-][a-zA-Z0-9_-]*, syntax match chain ,[^a-zA-Z0-9_-]\*[a-zA-Z0-9_-][a-zA-Z0-9_-]*, syntax match separator /|>/ syntax match reverseseparator /<|/ syntax match format display "%\([%eOBbd]\|[0-9]\?[0-9]\?[foi]\|<[a-zA-Z0-9_-]*>\)" contained syntax match errfmt display "%\([^%efoOBbd<0-9]\)" contained syntax match variable /$([^)]*)/ syntax match variable /{[^}]*}/ syntax match atvar /@([^)]*)/ syntax match atvar /$(CONFIG_[^)]*)/ syntax match control "^\(ifeq\>\|ifneq\>\|else\>\|endif\>\|include\>\|include_rules\>\|\.gitignore\>\|run\>\|export\>\)" syntax match backslash /\\$/ syntax keyword keys foreach syntax region ifdef matchgroup=control start=/^ifdef / start=/^ifndef / end=/$/ syntax region command matchgroup=separator start=/|>/ end=/|>/ end=/$/ contains=format,variable,atvar,bang,errfmt,chain syntax region reversecommand matchgroup=reverseseparator start=/<|/ end=/<|/ end=/$/ contains=format,variable,atvar,bang,errfmt,chain highlight link comment Comment highlight link command String highlight link reversecommand String highlight link rule Operator highlight link separator Keyword highlight link reverseseparator Keyword highlight link keys Keyword highlight link format Special highlight link errfmt Error highlight link variable Special highlight link control Include highlight link bang Type highlight def chain ctermfg=green cterm=bold highlight def atvar ctermfg=red cterm=bold highlight def ifdef ctermfg=red cterm=bold highlight def backslash ctermfg=red cterm=bold tup-v0.7.8/docs/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100134535ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/docs/01-initial.dot000066400000000000000000000003731335323540100160350ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph g { rankdir=LR; maino [label="main.o"]; mainc [label="main.c"]; libo [label="lib.o"]; libc [label="lib.c"]; libh [label="lib.h"]; liba [label="lib.a"]; main -> {maino liba} maino -> {mainc libh} libo -> {libc libh} liba -> libo; }; tup-v0.7.8/docs/01-initial.png000066400000000000000000000443761335323540100160460ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRͨbKGDtIMEs IDATxy\T?0"1Ei4,4ZifPP~4L0+D\0 ER  0AwpaSmy|$APfy><9u{#"0 10 0b0 =Va:0\娩X,b1ХKqiCXcr$''ҥK|2\LA.7P[[[899nnn4h5ixl4&0MINNDpqqѭ[7X[[ "eee(++Cqq1޽{!;;2 dF.] JK/]t=0 p"##qaܺu }# H Jakk) !>>8}47xӦMZɴ1 R^^}!<<)))pssɓ1ah5\.ӧ(a/,LNJ0(++֭[_ SL u4@uu5m6^+0vX1+v ӆ)J| Bee%.\ŋcǎ\GkTJJ q1 <6m A8ôQ7 `ƌy&֬YӅq_h׮ y桨hcŎa"BXX ccc ,, \G{&pi1p@$&&rQ1LRRR?G\\ܸx<f̘4B" ,,Xb3Lq=3>DBB >Q;ѣꫯG֭[ذa yV ɁD")OtڕHjSLÇsNrl4&|1"Сב4=z4M-[paXmm-&L'NBC ATToߎ 6p1 Ƶkp6#sN 998 X7&DH$?~F:gq\t \a8Š!"°a0x`lܸ8ϟ%Kp+v 8???\z\܁Wܜ8 =;C}-Z 4illl_s+v gٳgsx\[o]vATr+v gv T ;;;111\̘1nB||>^^^\D"9kkk8;;#..( Xc=d2xzz-ÇO>DGLL :v ޽{ƍ-ni}D G @mkӅMСC 6 ΝSmWmZYY 71j(@btܹ6_q5[|0ydw?آ6;uׯAMI`Ft PPP}999>"""27nϟk׮ÇmqBtر0+v G! }v˖-ѣ1tP8;;9ضmT!ݻ#44YSSSvև͍0z nnnشiQt /_ p2ve0zW^ɓ'>֗<<Ǵ>1ō7ucH$Ӈ( Xc=ӵkW`֭\G%%%طo͛u#t 88p q8Ǐ#))1;S~~~HKKCBB Ù ѣ:3)5}1G~0w\|g\Duu5<<<}q+v bbbꫯСC7nq0k,$$$ŋΘu^35j>cL:ݻLci'|C᧟~basc2>***˗qeA,C"\("ʕ+`\Gbt+v ӊUTT@&!-- W\T|>x<r9 71 .݋={[q1L+C!;;999 "磦޶ o!&&?,[ 9|ӧҥK0b#1:D3LR|=]0rH9NNNxpݻzFl:|0Ν pqq:cie,Xݻ7h5k`͞=III+>3TUUi2ܼyǏĉ1qD\p:A1L+#C@@.\U_ {AmmbUaa!쌬,oP(:sv qe}Girla߾}ݻ70uTk*s{.lڴ &&&㏱pB1:;iEr9>͛7ܹsQ322JիXz5"##Ѿ}{̞=Cxf8umۆcǎK,y 9ƴaZ?GϞ=1m4XXX_ĉaddڎK.~.={{{ڵ Xt)cժU￵F^ee%~7̝;;wƘ1cP\\{";;}+t3aWv Ol޼)~mpur|>۷Dž RDbb">(\~x!JѿںEב$㯿BjI[|LLŊJDFFbHIIA0|L:ڵ{bŋcÆ 044DRR \CBB㑝 ر#`mmnݺfffD(//GMM P\\w޽{Fff&TرFi{Xcq c(++o {!lll pe\rENNrssQ\\U+zbfffҥ :w [[[899NNN:9(1 W_ѣ?ΝL݃-Nd}fPaয়~ƍC"22&Lx)XccŎaزe 0i$lٲ0Ɗh˗qFٳBs{ｇnݺqavώa4DT"::6l@ll,חMk0Z*g5֭[쌱c+ puc2ZCDmphX,Qfff\G~&EEEزe 6n܈СCl~1j'ˑK.{+//# =A*wW_}pb޼yxI!8~8␘rXXX...MΰQVV\ 2 dF.] JK/]t333_"""SSSN0 8VvDFFøu#F@"@*VS(HKKC||la1ϤCxx8RRRɓ'c„ Z7%qiDEE!** EEE?~niJmm-={.]Jz"diiIǏP:uݿQ(I@$@@$HhÆ t-5ӱbS\\LQHH)J#E~~>;|>{̙34tPx1z/77֮]K={$ԯ_?Zr%]xQk?tqzwʊx<1~'>YcT޽KݻuQ*Fh"py{{5j_\GdʢYf@ KKKZd d2cBh0a|uQiiZÊCDDdggGhѣGI iΝTUUuݹsH,_6+v 呫+ 2>|u_H(Ҽy0QSSC!!!$ޞ"""HPpY ( LLLI-HYk yzzqGbccI PXXQFd2 0LLL(88*++\nܸAƍ#4w\*//Xk/_N666uNݻ%%%qabΝ$Ã]u"KKKrqq˗/?WصaΝ#>O'O: Qgc0Ls(JZlP@@r#۷I"suk("°a0x`lܸ8ϟ%KpaYmm-̙ ""&M:F( ػw/ك7|eٵQ?_( /z \Gbf#"{8z(u$ؾ};u3fƍk{tmg}E‚(:aҤI_uy&˗/ݻ믿ugaŘ:u*.\мn̶'11v8͒'''Plڴ ׮]c0BLL ^}U:tW80k,$$$ŋM{~۠ݻwC*r^111\̘1nB||>^g;D"Fu 5uiRPPz쉕+Wr3ƈ?SN=u[Vژ@&ӳmx<>|}H$Bxx8bbbбcGXXXm899A$ ucxzm8qRsitׯ_'b1^|E\~ၳg϶Ѥtڵ 7o!q8շo_,^˖-Rl|C5>ZH$F7o&PHӧO7oҌ3]3g(;;J%ر̈L7@tI't/JiŊT[[K+W$//Ӛ5k޾0LSܹ0aM2Ei.^kn۶Tqq1Sddd۰bƜOqqqdC?])YU T*mu֍TTTڷoI늬x$9r^^^xwiӦ٣GxȂVP (--mQ u?!!!pqq BBBpoٳ'$3[HHH@VVV333@aa!Ϣ"L<ݻ7222?͎;xT:uꄼz^011 x_h׮fOϢ\.d2!00C ̙3o>Չ(5A5:uɓ'ѧO'^gŮԩGEB[Ů555ɁH$BDDG?UVJGPPlTPXXΝ;#88P*(..A.r"ƒPUUZ޽*TWW>ūK]WTG&zjffnNbXP3#"( E_ƌ3III7oV25ŋ{an֭[xwӧcΝ;l0X`bC("-- ...Zg׮]l2=;wի퍑#G"66l۶ |lll;vhK>UkRB6-))Amm-PYY "BQQ3" _uP555x!G u4]u{xt]-?SC(_5]7GCJRYSNpttl~5aؽ{7n߾)S`>|x.]aaah׮R)֬YΝ;k,[~A 򂛛[",_OmYcELՅ\EP{]AשDUUU: ]5gS***P]]ݬmwƍ(ܿx<N9,+#ѵkWcTTT4z6k׮֭[3JJJo>g322ǃ;BCCq3g~f#6]hSbb"^)Sx4CmWsEEE`bb:@(fff,`bbe˖ /^>έ[vvv:tOfr1k.Z8:c̞=[Z{<99ǏG\\Q^^ Fn`mm 333@5USY. IDATYq]ܻwِdHOOL&Cuu5tT^z >>>ҥ6Q믿_~_5aÆ Ï?Pa"YV\8p]2߁燫W‚8;pq'fQQ ryGC~~~g}')%%+8q" 6BCC޽{jߧ]tPvh̘1_' V^M v ͜9ڵkGi\.9s@ saR$ZhQ8W^^Nz?u;2oݝ}teuI555t #+++222I&ѩSyUUUQtt4-X@Ɔ~m:|0W茌K.tfKTҲeH.k8qmH$djjJ\a9w|:y$Q8GTUUVJKKiݺudeeE&&&4gJLLTW-VUUE#///@/;vX ͥ;vĉI,0`]wѢEdddDѤIk1ӝ;wH$"vZKG'DEE%pa4adccC\G޽{I PRRR۶Ҷmʊb1R~~~Kըd7nx<2d_\Gj{r˖-[}-#hdbbBTYY٢r 7nsRyy9בFm yzzqGbccI PXXXoQx" <|>}TPPВ.))*y=KdsԐT*%L555Bb)""tIAA 999nKFo呫+ 2DøHfff4o޼f繊RP$H(55y J"""ƆܹsvO> Rݾ}|}}瓣#ܹqܹsH,_0Mvvvԯ_?:F=zB!͜9>|?s+..^{($$D#\Ocǎ%>OjkWݓ"++f͚E,--iɒ%jl BA4admmM֭R1ܽ{O7(J #CCCZh3_Qci{RڵkgϞG+W/j?NYYYǣ#FO?D555Z0\K.Qdd$رc=r.FkC999H$055uj #u;vL7x;wS'O  رcAJ8|0puXZZ_T*E kkׯ_GZZ 8q"&NݻFwƍHMMEzz:RSS7o022R>{l!00C ͛Q<"޽{G]vsլb#F@$!::MLty=ӦMkpT/8v.\@Çcǎo[8$$$ >>;69CN ͐*|A*:vQ3믑k׮<rJbܹu*o!%% .ħ~Zo(99K,ABB}]]EbW[[ /// !!MMc̘1/0|9sǎ/[nƎQFA$qY,Ѹׯw8rH(RAAA… xb`;v ƦM0hР7T?'{hC+VIa|)ϐI?¦yϏCW^: 0măS=(//Ym$" 6 ƍ[~ يUTT ǒ%K0LvZ,_OѾ}{\pṖ5p"##qaܺu }# H J>@P -- 񈏏ӧQ\\ 6mlllԺ5Z5k a5֭[zj֢ޠ̙3j%؞6LW`kع7`"+&O+Wra=T* ރ fϞ]o;>'N`ĈjϠk7Xk׮prrzܚM6ڵkz0܉F`` 0k,Z "xxx %% <>}Vrss=ZF7t#o޼yK/i&:QLL{}xtiaty>|8ӕ+W?T JYv-)[/Oբ,D"FZ[[qqqZ70%++ 'O:cƌYAbd2xzzjd<F>} t8xj~NNNDBxx8Gݘ<^'NT*@ 9s4<<SdkkK۷o'\u6WXXC-$$044DEE6mڄ:`ذa8wjJ8886ׯ_QFsjnee7bi( ,_ . ڔ']EE}isju]u{>5 GAXXuħѣh|P(DiiF0Lc|IH_=Qꆋxi(**ɓ޽{###?#gyѾ#`ePNZ7rrrp}DDDd2 uzpas1cƌA=۷B(v HKK"J׮]l2=C39yqv!Da4Y#` *^^^pssæMȤlll|r,X( p޽{wk֬㹎4 N}Bٳg/رc`aaW^y>>>xW krɸt._+W 33yyynG(NNNpvv {{{ go緤֭ƍannUVח}3*vD#22G]ՁrJ^feeرc_H$;v,|||ЧOmTrr2?8$&&puu `mmnݺfffD(++\.GYYq]ܻwِdHOOL&Cuu5tT^z >>>ҥ ׇژP(h̙Ԯ];:p9r̙C=|"##iڴidaaAё.]JgΜuΟ?O|уP>}ϏCoVr9W_}E'N$sss200aÆQhh(ݻwOlҞ={ΎLLL裏>mFw5)JZlP@@}6I$255nG.ә3ghҥH‚MF[rww'F9]|YYjjjĉGVVVdddD&MSNi=oрАz-mF7=SsNDA׮]Sw&NDEE%;33BCCi)44233պ/M)--u֑М9s(11X*UUUo>" /бcǸj=< >ʕ+L*vDD2 @&&&L̥57nܠq;w.kt~>R[[K۶m#+++Hj݇%''Ӹqѐ!C诿:󛙙Io&x<6lZLںR\\mٲ>:u*I$rpp kkk277'@@H,9ڒ+y{{ӬY(((K/^*N繋ѣndooOP(ԕM ( LLLɩEݖKݝ֬YCJ.^H&>O~!MmJJJ"///200 V} |~޽K#>O?sudNӧO'[[[@cǎ4l00a-\V^M| m۶C;vжm(44VXAkԯ_?j׮ >O:U-*vun߾Mёvyo̝;w( b1YYY멺XD]v5߿\9J%@ DBՎ.P*A666dggGΝ:Zb1nlٳgiҥԫW/@4~x SN=) ̤CQ`` yzz@ H$auRdeeѬYH %-Yd2:w\ EGGӄ 瓵5[JKK֨|7222"KKK~kFFFF+D]Ocǎ%>O\L[8#G:NͥkRϞ= ׏V\I/^ :~8;deeE<FA?hdj-vu?4D"ǣK6޽KݻuQ*Fh":V۶:m2Y[|Wǿ iO &;;;ׯhhѣ$ i̙sKvL4ku@\\l@ǎnf`DUU|> JU_;vqшSPSSvFFFضmfΜY|1"mbʳcј6mlubWocr96l؀?666Xr%N CCC5ׯƍaggM6aĈ-jSCh;}~SA@@-[vqݼy>=s⫯P(|r}pʕ+va6GtZ|9Pvv6ׇ{@ $h;}~&h+vz`ڵA,'N8G:{y;w|>c7;=p!?ڵkt=***j='sss*,,bRݵ~pE-OJ%9s8T*i$ȑ#~+vm+\R#mWVVŋ}MR*LV:Z[}$ ܼ$ ڞ6ܹsd``@7nH2>=g"": kC֯_Ovvv:Ν;>v~kWNpR3g]5x1Lk{nHRi|_~aƌu㹎|r7}6LoK7nqC0&gŮ V%0rH쫥쌸8***!!!pqq BBBp߆m +W: gNz궬ص1} b P#prrH$5gϞ~p\d -[ ??{Z~:<==!/ϫK緬 ۷oot֣IOOǮ]yV1#&/ƲeˠT*PNINN&}4uOٙO s&RI;v 333ef~cڴiO}>瓡!y{{ݻU_TJ+VZZr%yyyi,s]: G_~%4&L)Sh$WkT\\L6|[F',--9W_aС:t(VX~ ÇbJ888X٬h|_MyZwRT}ũSZؐ߇">>͛`itN+++rrrD@cѢExѩSFw;v uM 8D 899MLL зo_yA2eJ۰bj߾=glmmUܹ3>|vGAXXu 5 (++ɓ?u yy[9締WAAFP(Dii߇J% _/o>zz}wFϞ=!H45 @z뭷0h deeO>OΊ]Swy4쥗^zEEE_]۷oŤIJ55 @rwwGNpIVG 8/vzVjD"DDDx4HIc u~Y(CCC(JHR̜9'Nӱj*?JGPPlT ѥK|g(//h\.[(**Bvvϥ(--Eeee+|&&&044)Glu/#++6Ç~O/")) S˿GSݍ <{anc8~8jkk!HpI6l,XXkc! N29]vBU۶m|t˖-ѣѹsg^9r$ܹlpssX-addBwwwbɰMk9cL>!!!߿&b>}zکEII QVVR bYY*++U XYYP(OO]ыCll,D"***8;zj޽oƔ)S0|ϙ3z*,--2ڶ_~8x`/je SR)-X:ښ6mu ""VtppիW7kv~Kwذaϴ:={6i$WSm_E>'(**"Z_b믿&kk_cWvm+;wZ //\G 8:u*׍,NIDAT0];u1bhhBX Dͯ @{{Z<h[Py7n !!(:eǎH$ _|k>Sml՟|p ?aaax"qq,[ Q]>N:iq4gŮ ڵ+|||uV茒۷Ok75'---U ܹ3Lpd2СCXp! {DClhR(fSSS7ǵkC=Ɵ!f*;\BRRR>S8pN=]ݝ=ZWϧǓ@ XLcƌX:o65xi6=^FFqVLQs_WWWL4 V:quuśoج [z5nܸ`pSN믿ί~_T7+7Snn._CוNc?6ֈ_;^jjq^VOI(RBBQ* B!?(ί_WWWZr%1tR$gggZjU۰bǐR$2333gpGJ%-_AaW߿ͩ(:adaaAӇ3VfʢYf@ KKKZdIP((::&L@|>iݺuTZZuVݻԿ޽;%&&rGJ%onBRۢ8{,*0ʰ$AR$lD4lbAE#&EMKS8J+ B)C}x .>lLZ `S ;A`6UUU1MOO=J2s:l``f4&i![~]Hutt\6;;hd21H_U~M^-Jp8a PՐdop8@ ]<$I477l6l6lG51ưqt:,--AdzWaa}}cccχn^U- ;nNNNvxRdL&D"X,Faa!b1b8("...pyy3B!<<<@$A`0h}X,~XVLLLOattl(..~u= ;annnpxx#B!sH$x<XTTD\ ( (JAT"///"R099{XV|ߏlmm joKaG!Y.byysssFbNh8vSSS0LփŽBX, CѠPTi%Hr8p[tuuahhޏŽBmv8F0 P(/L"y<˅H$^]{!|s>Nn^X %%%PPTo: q||`0Gr r<-k#,H+$߮SPPFVEuuNkvBc i[D_#BG#(!d ԁIIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/02-location.dot000066400000000000000000000006771335323540100162240ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph g { rankdir=LR; shape=box; maino [label="main.o"]; mainc [label="main.c"]; libo [label="lib.o"]; libc [label="lib.c"]; libh [label="lib.h"]; liba [label="lib.a"]; main -> {maino liba} [color="red" label="main/Makefile" style=dotted]; maino -> {mainc libh} [color="blue" label="main/main.d" style=dashed]; libo -> {libc libh} [color="green" label="lib/lib.d" style=bold]; liba -> libo [color="#FF33FF" label="lib/Makefile"]; }; tup-v0.7.8/docs/02-location.png000066400000000000000000000621651335323540100162220ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR{8bKGDtIME%g IDATxy\Uee-qG@AJܵTcT,&3uf\r*WY澴i.h) dh=?_8w^9=}VRJ!B!IFZ B!${B!0IB!a&Z B'--ӧOJRRdddō7SSS;;;qqq\BS:!&r sqNO?믿Nvv֡ Qn2fO!ADDD0l0 m۶Zd0֭cʔ)xxxuV֭uHB !G_D`رDFFrz)I2dO!Dl۶{ɓ'qF,,,JiӆCaiiI>}HJJ:$!DqBT؏?1cTL͛79p666Z$D$BQ!ɴoVXu8Ʒ~N:$!%ɞBrͥbllqD̙3tԉy1i$X2fO!D}g?~?+V`ƌ2aChҲ'\]FVX`/hnԯ_ui$ɞBr={6۷oѣ5n3-бcG~:vu8BG=!evm4i… ;vA]VP|$BQf!!!0bC!..̂?~<[lڵkZ"}$BQf[laXYYi ޽[04hyyyܹSP${B!СC}:g&,,kr7n8n߾M||<׮]cҥ{{{+]fuB!/_A)ocll͛7YluLJ~=zp-\\\(̏>~@FFvvvE`ǎ9sƍкuJOIKKt9B${B!4Qn]:uyo֭,\$8͚5(qiӦ \${B!ʤaÆX-uOLL NNNT25jNٳ(RrZ=0$'L5jPnܸAVVIII~zbccUĉIIIv 2I&qO*krr3 aH !(-ZиqjqڤIfΜɀ֭nnn߿K^ן9ָѴiS>JiBl&`ffF``֡(wܡnݺY#GjEH˞B21b;wƍZRر###u(BG=!e燉IEY#FPvmC> !#ۥ.KbL4EUK}BCC:u֡@ ![nU3gвeK 5Թ‚ӧO̘1d6lP-t3gdԨQtQPx YgOrttde>ǎ<K[UYv킆 vm x Bڵϭj3s|7۷cƍٻwo:l\!(3c u(tҦMr_y3 뿦$&)>Xy9sN:1o<&Mu8BKq%NGHHZʊUV{n4h@zL XnXYYѰaCVZߍ̌q~:QQQjR;FϞ=_듼sGʂ=KwQjc]|~={ꫯj%SBTUttZ|Tj̘1SN۷O%&&}ƍ`ر^|xx+^ }BDupc1>{ꩧN:tڕ%KSiRSS=z4ƍcҤII': !iM4a̙ 0nݺF۷o˨LgV^Mzz:NNN,_SZdo2cDX|{ }?ӧ=4M6e޽̜93fɡCu5ANN˖-M6,s̡SN/{ǹsxx뭷:4!*LZ,^F'z {|Mɉaz2@֭ٽ{7۶mŋt҅Ak׮nFF˗/͍qũS7o$z'-{B~nO շڥYU]c/^̞={h֬Ǐߟ֭[WMaN# ӧILBTI!qRrr_0t~ڇA||kkklllGGG\\\0776Д${B\8p@Ŗ-`ouTBGl&(/ϢݲRRC:{N"iBjԮ~]۶iuTBG${BQZ'{BQ$Bqd!DM"ۥ !D%+&8;?u4BQLB 8yR?ihL?b(#BW!!#|| & sρw)+!-{BQ660f tOd0=!RJ'xtgR!a<+F! Gq3g`fDcǠaC>v:2!0B% &-{Bpiii>}THMM%##,nܸAVV֘bmm 舋 Z߆BH'D r"""B"55lllIBSL!,,g}9sЩS'*Qnn.{;w^{zJ KLԏۺoWYѣN:ӧte.GGG\]]qss+ ՇgI999̝;777/_aKNNVbԮ]>WI]e>;|llc{4*GsNÇq+2A2p"bccsҳgO}Y% **y1i$LLSSS׿EPP3f+׬GMՏa5/B`` !!!jՊ޽{ӽ{w|}}qtt4h}999DGGNxx8{%##ooo0zh7nl: dO`ذaD۶m`֭[ǔ)S`֭ԭ[e~Mj2@B7n`ӦMZ(ڵk?~~~^޽{ &88tĉӧdO a_`aauHǠA077g׮]4mT됄D\ ȑ#yW!߹s`V^?6X5g*m۶s1yd6nH&zmڴСCXZZҧOxޅ d _ !駟ҲeK}]5kjLPV-Fž}8z(vvv 2ooo9b:$~GFɛoG}N:*ekk޽{_>,ؖ-9.ݡiS=mܾ}<믿ҭ[7&O̘1c89s-[bG孿$>} eSJpBUQQQ,\kZtܙ{n:[<<<8|p˓dO 矧C,]Tp]Æ 9uʄ۷/H6lϪ$Oёݻw;v,A+ofv>,fؿ?ڵ: t3h޽; .PYzBh>8qcccфk0aBG<|XبW_}H'D9ݺuKիWO]VPjAcj&:tRJ]brrr7oAR*77H5~xf/믿Vfff*++ȵUOvکtéVaaaL-\L˘=!)$$Fu(jى1~x^x,YBڵGT]TBԩSu[pBJ]YfE#k.ΝIJHH^z6PT;Ù3gFpU޽/7ntܹ%l:5pРAsNFu8HOOߟ#((\eDEE舭&߫vڤ iii*OÇ7o;wAp41zh *aI!D9:t'|R05VZxzzrAC5ȍ7"))֯_@lllؾ}{2D'N$%%>}ƍ`رMTR_L4~i.\Hvv6˖-+sb cǎ[n[ni: P . g*rss՜9sT=*}Orttt9BKNNV*//OPD ̙S%e7֭[e^R͛7/6 nE͛6o._Gԟcn'/^ %.YE##};?CBBk,-V-h+zQTVhժa:U{[0j ___7o^A͚W1c0c ٳ}%{Uv+nݺiӦ"ƍ֭?Acו+Wpvv.H{x9Ǝ;$ĉߵ~/N?$咯OKUd1ztџN)J-_ԥKEr222RUWiݸ6mRJ͞=ر%*/ׯ߃EP"VWJ)ԩS[\ƪiӦ)??_Wu몵kת̝;W9;;?t`cccn޼ɲe˨S>>>EQ{[pqq!##2?#W0+##;;.m`bb_W6mĿo֯_O@@}cJ_'NE۹s'nݢE988Ft7oտ?n ZѢwdʔ)e8Юmڴ)zĉL8?nh@@)cNNN>|wPԝ;wW_5XB{q ?/Nǎ%i,M%(ní[dhӦ;vԏ̼ (emￇ{C_ko/y( cGKoÇc^]ڵ/_ݮ.߫WX~h _rUhѢEt֍nݺ]vѫW[۪ҰaC\c`ZoE,YBTTAAAwNi/_ooo5jT˗/bŊuڕ R2xPطOفIK^^{}nܸQ#vѨ)v؁:!caqwNI>YA^||y_yGXU?ԩ~4;w\F~W_OpOA4o^zWXn߬,8yc|Vx]kەe!YZZr'B${UVD]ve˖L0{{{݉+W1#GO?W^yz ih2=Z?u37WnRX^\DDGge1Hڷ5k0bW lYG?*jѢ_1< tt䭷aiY  +Wp/A!W[t:FETT?|wtt/g < ͛7g„ \t .\ >>q t6FIɠNN &ɩu=bbb ej/!('N6kd˗3ԟ{Nܪ{>|} o+W${؊h'Z!CxW1biiiԪU={3VVVٓ'N9J?'۶$ a^mT))lذ>fΜɨQXZBǖ>I 0n~XZZY}ˋɓ'eogr ڵkc:umXx"]v%!!ᾱM @Sү~ޒ%WUV[oq !iƍL0rB< 5JѣڵcٲeUCq̞=ڸ${DGG3|pC1{1}_?Qy鐚 r?j&̘q\@hh(Ɔ™3gԩcҤIZ#xH̚{5 ʸ/~{(JE.]LH8}4$%%JFFYYYc¬155K"$m•+iekז~~@IoostiSǒi߾=Ef?._nnn|+r.\y愅u85Ɣ)Sf<^ޕ+W <<ǏsIRSStbkk fffXYYaffFff&dffArrrznƴlْvѥK|}}kԩSa(*O-wDE X\^ <ӧއXff&}͛8pⳡNZ :ڵk4oޜ+VLW/"22`vɓ'111stЁaÆѶm[\\\hԨe.͛$&&KLL ѬY7x |||:t(~~~888T]*w,P"ʓ~Dp~?p1ݛ ͛7Y`#ʕIOOg޽ !{ｇǎã?͛_9Uֲի ")) 777 F޽h '44m۶qU;v,wz?"p-uرb}eڊn#Gԓ+T[%7zS婼j:dggq)3337ߔr'{PWɓ彼F[vVݻwWW^:jR:R-Z(U`Qq۷oWS:N5o\*..Nx՞={K/zW$U ?WJ)@{m||jѢp%̵V*Nũjjj+ceoxwj׮*0\^pp277WFR7o,weXղeKé>Pz뭒?Dӕz7Ԟ={… *00P7Nկ__t:V\]Vu !*prv]pdkG(dF+7LBtJjZHILjڨW(+++Μ9SXj`U~}նm 79ۺu266VӦMSyy^ha)))K.Y%&&jtO+pa$*$//O_WڵS:N*ooo+KQ%%%{x7T\\ Q9rrvvVP}QK,?B%Ғ~JQC%{$A-wgLUJ^:v,,,;ＣnݺU阴p95d_~Yݸqe) S?O+z\~]yyyvکt<=x4ߪ^{MG*@Jөƍ:(___շo_5tPsϩ}*ooolll 366VZRÇWsUΝ;ZߪJݴirvvVVVVj3׮]SWo߮pR=zP;vT2RVJPE&fee+kkk֯_rrr [UKKKSfRյBݶ*uQe轚6zOH,(i0ؾڶaàAGiii>}THMM%##,nܸAVVV`oo`nnm! ..WWWRE~y777>s9r$?#z"$$ 6evuyx M6c3Q &'&&[oi&5kFVIk$99Kl2,,,xY9,VI`NNݻݻCZ||]Z|yTTz%M :B<Jk -xf̘Rjj͚5*Z^[+[yغS:Am(Sy;v233SWӦM$呓{LLL ZQIg}Y~c+V`ƌ$$$˗anX23?.pX !x|9:: L:;;vZ>}:ҡC~m~ׂͪv-v/< lܸDf̘A,6ٻvsa…҇M@@zbehJ΅ J>whdQ!re4iBTTV{ծ]trrrpU;Yznq V"a,f1宫QF̚5xC:vdML)IW'>|xFIPPT'NߦqӇ,6nȰa;vlˏ O-l)H&xp~s<\斻ŒLJ 9p-"11 ₭-bccYXәdddŋILLܾ}ڵk/4۷Yb .ȨĞdž=bREDSb)r F0 L)*\2Z֢ð&۴iC6mxWq^ɓ'9uT_\<<}:g&,,kr*ޞ*)MKsZlR NICaݻw/s?1[|9 PpNĄlڴ ׯ' ྮ߿?ׯgʕ-t;w֭[hтaaae !z׸JV^x5o(bxרO}#e1{>>>e#D.ma4yLg"Z(eeP-̙3tԉy1iҤ_x( '{{h $BQd|gDݍtNw,(J=dڷo%./_777۪kz ̄﫦JKKӤDjj*deeLkkklllGGG\\\0776/OZֲM-b//hQ(uo\{{{L xw#.effbaaW_}Uݜ 3y><ְ.AꫯR\\\kU*'mmmrvv'ON NG4fБD"PYY!NaaCB}hF48qI$ѣ)88***<ھ};YYYyzzrdqQEhnOh -/ږ{D[b1Sdd,RrsdffF!)^p0ȑDFFD11BG$&&;D"7nR$ :tCb/_NX8C96*THޢ(J?k?Z\UۑaÈ&O&ڵKH13UPR(MN굊< } *|Xhx%KD0y)sEӧ CO>Y{ [^ < Ҡ4B)*H7Y b ew/Dn B L@U=%$${lrr2YXXT*%J2d5^IKKF9);$$w R%ZE:}GQ9zHRR}dbbBƆV\IgϞGiii@g&}}}DD=ȵoFDqqD6͘At^IKΎ?N4}t*..:HHH={ ݿ/LCZk֭x}k쓒R)ZZSPP8G2%*ZEFdT!G(9k5^ vI3Yz$zd`>ab\xqa$&&uDHHH@߾}kkkꂝ܋t9Nr  t̜Y~Okk@T.U7w.t)ЧO رctR66%UXXwww#""|1ba$5k ##H$ A]]"}>cDkkk… =p6l؀cǎϱ`>`nnZ 3f\v /ݻwUVaxWhjjbΝprrkCH=Dϝ~ADrj=x s1(Zp"""v +++Ĥr}x!n߾...Ϯ]*,ǏӶmhժUh"7o͜9y5k͛7חC'O7ot@4SR[UdD˶+ЁH$"7&F6ǏҒ<<wE5(>Lt͛7迡sj E@ #2)Y}ty.͕I_~%YXXzhڵ?Z)88}֭D"rssYnpڞQ\\^SM-Q@@e)Zv-EEEQkST*={R~޾V$)99>CBBHOOv=7JjjjWzM)kC8kRdִe,3Ft<[ÇVe*hƍMtСfAvv6-_455ښΝ;6ckSUufDrŦlB4՘1cK}6VS_~DDD]ߤ) rrrlLJܜ>L#F ##Z,Y(++ݻG'NN:&YZZұcj95Ԇ<}hrk~弿?YZZ^z8AAASIIIxQtt4=*M@I/Mw%@|-.XjzW<K§YNr5crt1Ң|CWzz:vR #O:::/PT񼂂200~ƱBٷoiiiݹqvq'[[LR,ii@YYkQ, /BC|u`&lMI1c%`jjP# cƌT*EppСԫ[nmӓ61M;ѣ=z4 %lقbԩӧ'Oرc[N><̚5Kaٲe;w.>cDDDgϞB%&L@LL 0h 5 .X]yOS>Xx(( טҥK}Gnq/zꕼTTT ۶m?/jjjB%S äI0j(/:=־^ ܸ7@=ܽ{=BKLLu*&&{6֬YSRZ5Э[7ڵK:::"**J0<`1@?LC[[C AJJUʂ1ajj CC"A"LVDE!((gΜɓC?bٲexwcc@~jvQ+m/ď??g#44شi/_.،.~U 0+_={6QPPwww̙3G)S_rɘ6mZ>­ X`=z6lO?!??^^^2V^ԩSpuu$EDX~=1}t\vIǵ뜌YVV(vMT8p ֬YӧO7߬_/Oʪz-iy@u%kFK{} E o= ;HS?77 >C"//;w WwwwC"ѣ۷/N<={ ؽ{7,YݻW^رc,Y+V`˖- 7رc Z,"-- SNELLLyc/7o Ri0iJW\ݺuPYU\Ş"۷_#파 dff޾mԷmX`ASLiٴ\VV<==b xxx(_e!g899a…op.k7o:BСCk֮]+t(QWWG@@뇳g6x3c @)44eeeHMMţGp!@BB\cJOOt<UTxvVHie!ߥK`׮]Jعs'\\\~UO-ށcǎPmx붪o߾OpX3XXX{q࣏>5&//`ll 9 F!i,v&x,p &g%ԩ'8>ĉKm_۔qHݻzQC3j4ib1EK.”"W -f_7HKK9Ν;kkkQ@8?0ɢE .Թ1L'OFpp0E:u ***M lC =>Nd&O D:A)uYjq?^\̙$%%չ1L%%%066͛[J;]vƼ=?W:`٣+0+}#1!X tLGO4ę+}vռ)=޽;V^>6X3ihh`…زeRB||8 t(L8k6޳G R_"YB6QV٣s]65tB' Bg #B*]󙉙GDAB W=]">>\jl̞ ݋`ڴi sRcBEE?>}%*֭ѣGW{q1с/t-(O?}Z<8|?{8 =Ld1#B2,d!E>{Ȋ6 Mh@bZCѱϫkZ ɳŚ Q~Tq)ܹsݻwz@+=Z|HHHΝ;ׯK,\Ppq?_U|C ) Qr)%(CPnRŵ~^u(5/L43÷Ç%}V{5zYk[׮]o%\rNx=dd„  EHH[n L8p066ŋaf%XϚeX[>ЫR`Yff&Zv.!C ::;wFm6H$jL̘1g… q9t"8YSmsyzz"<<ݓ_p/ÇW^w`.1333?>>>Xt)q%j6D۷o߾ę3gqFtAИgMa^9D???̚5 **uDrww'HDt CjD"CQ>}H,˩PKC`` u҅rrrE)=y}cLN8A$hLBUC^^m߾HMM<==)))IXdI*-^XPWTTD={cLN>~:+?IDATAaܸq0aBEɄZ(((@DDD:,, F† cJ$''/^Dxx8n޼8dff\ՅX,b1PVVB#==gϞo8::B, yϚ+++ nnn™3gйsgCWbȑ1cFפb1%۷o#33D~~>ʪ ###ЧXpƤ:::!͉'0m4L4 탪jb1c/ 5  ĀI[lҥKGoN:ʌ1{ᰳ36mZ/lxxx6m֭[U\1c 'a^:#">|vvvCDD[{1kD"qU_~FNNС5ˍ7o ǏGLL Z{1kSqeر9V\lCkPtt4ƍGGGի[}1{1ksTTT0o<`͚5ػw/0g\zU𪕖" C222+W7ސI|7.c1ڼ"c׮]L &V8~8?<7 ,ad{1kW]미>z 7778;;2O" 66瑟'''L4 3f@ec1Xu … r Wc>CCC4y%$$FFFpqqСCoH!c1*?^qFr}n۷c7;ְ^R׏=c233\!c1XS0ca\1ca\1ca9<IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/03-large.dot000066400000000000000000000016611335323540100155010ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph g { rankdir=LR; shape=box; maino [label="main.o"]; mainc [label="main.c"]; libo [label="lib.o"]; libc [label="lib.c"]; libh [label="lib.h"]; liba [label="lib.a"]; main -> {maino liba} [color="red" label="main/Makefile" style=dotted]; maino -> {mainc libh} [color="blue" label="main/main.d" style=dashed]; libo -> {libc libh} [color="green" label="lib/lib.d" style=bold]; liba -> libo [color="#FF33FF" label="lib/Makefile"]; all -> main [label="main/Makefile" color="red" style=dotted]; all -> exe1 [label="exe1/Makefile" color="#BBBB33" style=dashed]; all -> exe2 [label="exe2/Makefile"]; all -> dotdot [label=".../Makefile"]; all -> exeN [label="exeN/Makefile"]; exe1o [label="exe1.o"]; exe1c [label="exe1.c"]; dotdot [label="..."]; barh [label="bar.h"]; exe1 -> {exe1o liba} [color="#BBBB33" label="exe1/Makefile" style=dashed]; exe1o -> {exe1c barh libh} [color="#BB8866" label="exe1/exe1.d" style=dotted]; }; tup-v0.7.8/docs/03-large.png000066400000000000000000002023361335323540100155010ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRHMJbKGDtIME!m IDATxy\ , ( 䚢kSs馕m״\77J}5Ӕp Sᗢ’0n} 9sD,,,pvvӓƍC&MhѢ%eF !Bܹ㱲 ooopssՕ5j`ooّ͛7IOOGדŋIJJ?ɓ8qk׮akktޝ-Z(q !Bq,[k=۷' |}}17/ޅA.\ ""ݻw}vN>M:u jժXI!ڶm_Z-Zۗҷ'OƪUy 6`kk[Q$AB!(c6nȄ 8thZL $$+V`ggȑ#>|8vvvM"I!8|0#Fу/͛:\]r3f0sL8q"o&ff(W!Ē>|8[bŊ:tחɉ8 ĻK6mM& B! EFFҬY3֭[ǢEرcGWjUf̘ATTVVVnݚ3f Dy$ B!̘1|||fРAzV___vW_}ѣѣ)))KkB!J`?dL:>\'F99p}ё͛7jꐄIB!JQff&C aڵX=z:s%wNJJ wVZIǒI!;,[-[кukSS⒓֭7odTV! 'I!|>[lADffC"O !B#G0zh,X@LNgӦM2~xS#DdB!D sM4]v: {޽???S#D$AB!(aӧOgΜ9DGGccccpL۷' !BׯS~}ӧ1k׮Q~}BBBe\$BQ;W/lPʄ*U{1aS"D$AB!(! 믛|9YLLc2x`N:EddC !BO dPpss#<?Ǝ˶mXp! 92do̙30s"Oz0 /!B!xR]zjժK_'OLJ *ƬYpppm۶߿?]`` n^kӦMs z=/Rzu6lXZ*`|(K$AB!(!7n(a988SID٧BVgV666j*..N 4H5o<Ν;Յ `P?WJ)o㣶nݪ"""RJ*Vkռy8VID! B!%''ӷo_N:111X@}DEE憋IXʕINN&##sss\RR`zXn51IzEؾ c~=C۷~ѬY3ϟOgϞeDGG?̝E4!"͛7IOOŋ$&&xbt:]iy]i0l0ر#,]^kxMc4.[1wԡXZ; 'GY7njhZzE\\\ε}6&LLJ۷osaID$ B!լYQFѵkWڴi7]tSN( RqBrr2̞=>//|%H͚Y? AJ7~of&լYPa޼yl۶ӧO͘1czj:2L,Y/SNeܸqsׯoҸ(. !≥oLVh^*9w%,,v؁zBҮ];K<ǎcݺuqq:t(:%I$!B<6mwށ?4CԯV^/9>^Ojj*w%55KKKlmm\\\h42L\B<$ABQ9sÇͩSt\p@jaa34n4iB-(M ظXMB$HB!ʝx~gvIDDXYY具7^^^J5 HOO͛IJJŋ$%%pIN8kװϏ@wN-L}E ?l_!#/>ԑ !I$\HLLdٲe]Hi߾=당ygp޽۷siԩCPPUV:^IsŒIp.t`襗jUSG(e$HB!ʴm۶qpp@բji߾}/};y$aaaZh7oΰa0`KAA͚Ъ\P$EBIBI7nd„ :t@~mZ-VVV Š+cȑ >;;;S41uBQI$L9|0#Fу/͛:\]r3f0sL8q"o&fX--Xh||JmX!x"IN!eBrr2ÇuTXC~2899_ǠAxwiӦ {fo_V  KtH!x*H$"##i֭֬cѢEرUZ*3f ** +++Zn͌3(΅n5Я8;Cp̘ {6Bst²e˨\r=z}Zc$H$$ ~!gfԩ|h4SU8@߾}qttd͸˗KB IBL ڵkYb=z0uH%ҥKtޝvMZrlwq޾BMABQaoD'G5kd׮] /pn2n:`q\>{ B!3HB!J׷~ѣټy3:t0u8F|k֘q#ܼ wo^ԑ !M$!ȑ#mۖ 0`SS.^ϷL_åIB!$HB!Jŝ;whҤ ڵ#88̆ {0w!x$HB!Jә3gؘ:z9x {* !Dy' BwuׯOpp0}1u8&w5ׯOHH<BQH$č?UVq 1۸qXv-ѦE!Ν;t:N:N… $$$^'55w%XZZboo jOOO7nUT1H$D <<<1bIcˋ{kSXZZbf&;ΔGW\!"""MFF+V777\]]Qaaaܼytz=III\x$\HFJ$ABQvIHHHŤܼyөS'Ƒ}xyy1gS"ʁ&tܙb-4 :T9 ...tؑ>ǎcݺu1m4ի[o믿s B!JTq-!h4ѠAlmm &<<'''T@h"Zjecbbxhزe XZZ2dȐ\?{,=vvv<={sϡvZO&7n_4JMMeԩ1p@ټy3 ̟?^xDh46mʸq8v:V˴ipssc9sXǔI!D:w׷~KXXSN?fѢE9rL4)]ݺu '55)S0z\O;v,۶mc…$$$nȐ!tԉ:u믿^W"%ʶNoܸATT&aG]v4k֌ڵk%%==ӧ΄ 2d'tڵCF6m.]"$$Hx׸pB Bϟ_~o>RNR~RJ9s(GIKKS{QY/w:N_U)TffN{k׮)@%&&*JLL|`w֭EG}WjF 8PũA͛gݹsp2 TJ}||֭[UDDT||RJPjM6RRR7o0m۶)///emmF\b%##C-^Xկ__٩ɓ'") !(Q7n(a?vppx~3c jժ`ȳ:uyoVUjժPjgP*U --}cPBҘ5kmۖg ֭[xzzssڴit9\~7o&99Y--->ӳgO6mDݺuMVUPA/3eƍY|yH$DUZWxۗSNALL +V(RNNN1!rvv毿ze|^z3`8:B`o﫣#m {ƯE EJ 7o믿6; 8ɓ'ӤIī(¨QN u%VY_w>~Zx{-,#T{ر'NT _젘VV>U#/JcǎtR^z%^kJTիWgϴ̛7s'+%077gҤIhтW_},X"Oֳ!yꫯ܏osF=pذa odL<9sG=e^yxxY3xԞ={hٲ%EXWVX܌ IDATZ-4mjLn܀T-9xq㼏߼y'aڴ܏~[[8V-JMq$7nd&Ãٳg0fiӦB'nÆ 4O?>Ye/Ljի#F`Μ9:_z@!4jԈ+Ko&&&MKqi6lÇi޼(kR4lؐ!C0fSS$nK_7~ͺ_i˖7oܹ>h5k?_C&N !bbbzd 7tܙX̨PϞ={կFAٳOy}=|IO/pE@|}}5kVQEDDбcGY)S73Iy]eY3`'Zii0|8|EO ϽY+{{AL2&gcB9}4hZ!ʤd5k?-z 6лwo6mDΝl+ B͛߿?;w/f֬YmΝ;;蒭6Arrrbcaa}% -X/ԯƯCoWX;C\\+W.XʱsBCCMS-&vﾗX7?{cSffv/1Fر{3_YͽںxU< N#22_|9~x 9I! K.9Ν;hhӦ {f8q"6mb% i4N:?/):y 4 օ GyxмW//rѣqQM(k{m=h=~is*1aBE2V4.3\$g? )oѳgO 7Г 33|}} ɽaB2P~F͝;WmݺUUZU9::իWg]pjԨQNNNjܹJw_P~,%%EUZUݾ};̙3Ξ=R`0 9s"##CiF[E1J]ԹsJ<ԡCtRZR:)պRJ+UR+*5iRǏT͚J5hTJkTJСJmޜ.)TbR))9[QPKT͚5S?r(**JYZZ'OF$!P*::Z͞=[ب85h ռy;wT.\PA^)s㣶nݪ"""RJ*V@h(:t萪U:y6~V?:N}*((H R׮]Sj…`0Ǐ+ uر{_reW7&j}|dR+jR6)sR+u1uNho(/_^/nݺ=c'mW^QAAA>.eOɓ'C HKKc֬Y888жm[ߟ.00[n^ϵiӦѹsz=93bnnN~Xlcƌa 87]Xx1ǏϾiӦMܺuze/U۶m㙬nQ}dkָ.==vLF1`\f :HxҤIlڴ)B6m28G7*NM5./LM5HK35k`|195 ޫ`ּy%gO3h*ΝˀJϸ85kca kk|//Hۢ>|8;vҥK9ɑIptt~,ׯgƌԪU+;M:uHr 7o믿~bŊ9gϞ._ 9s֪U+j׮g+R7o}di5G913:t0]rJڷoO͚52O?}l%! gg㭰N5 $?29㟨Ȁy`܏?~^Yxr<]i_C׮wivͷ~[AnnnXEOz駟rfA$!S%99}r)<<>^-_\]z5xr~>UvmueRqqqJժJ*)kkkU~}+s;~z(B *ԟm۶ʕ++uQFݽ{W=ZQFeB, J8ԁJ+fR *5kR|TKڵ,)>1 (@y{{}+V(@m߾=~ȣ0RI8qrf' B@||UV~k0(*UR]C ( ^~8qB5nXUZU>2$66V)[[[`S#(fR"IRV{ﳾbi֭===ȑ#s쇿PX)[bbԎ;yL !D|/h G3 O׮O Mƍ9x ZVK^+|\&tm&Lo ,33˗3~x7n~!YE-.]Fc3=ݘ=,thfצ̓G+U -]peڵkg0q`|y !ē"6ָ?3Wʻ<С;_}?ue̘1u ݹs Ҹqc B۶m9uFHQl{Y[C0n))ƯCN&G`%"##9s Æ #1|ի9~' B<)j0֤]{%1gϞ/`ԩSV˖-[kR'|B͚5yCӱhѢ!Dq;1e cp1чիW 2:uuּY&{#ؐM׹s033nݺ<(!eYZe\G񸺵OwFHH;vɉ^zji׮%Rcǎn:8~8 :_M}?~ܵkר_>!!!>xZ!LeL !D }6{ R飸-GGG>3F]D2ӰaC^~\H$]XXTaܼz{\4+%&..f͚/1?X9w\KQK&\:iNs#4})鱲XyAxx8sosy)$O> gLB =zxtA( ;o67 7J*E&9gqG^{R.^?OƌcaI$D9޽Kjj\^R2r+le`gWq !ȓ-:uw72r"Q  tf00`\СC EXzw_~cK$D2Ƶk/vvv1>x K,2uLl,bBn$9B2'&&///OvQzABB}ǏGp ܹsaG?DsB%|'qmo9zӡk߰GղeZ?%''ӭ[7RkyIHOOg鸻3a ŸIhh(]v-ШQ#MƥK !22///^{5.\`OP] PBa"/_f͚DEEK!aa+W&99 |%#wCa7.o0tKT#io `G~G޽'N˒%K&00c7?Sr# l4mڔcoǤIQCˑɓ,X}͔)S{*,ZwΝᥗtbBQDFFr^y6nȋ/X> Fbb";v$==Kyl0ɛT:ZƙNtb L2 Ji0IBaG套^^}9roJW^壏>yܹsG:Y'x͛7СCzΝ;g ֭[jZ5mڴPK\zRJ(嗦F!<5kVZ͛ 6(jѢ*RY9w\\]]ʕ+x:>QZVT- 5C]R8SBYjEC֭[+F^ZJ˗՘1cV QEWT9G8y$#11dꐊٳ 8hf͚KopDy-E<ܠUB<]hժϟ/R#e;GkD[pԥ.'D㺑tK@F:oXE=&h|U+  $$+V`ggȑ#>|8vŴ͆$HB۷D&MXtsw;)S'7ߔ װ{7,Y]XB!:O&::V["_*XR}Ypƙe /_}oFCR,gnSXT ~zjhZڷo_uIXj4oޜaÆ1`lmmu,I(AWfРA 8yandn=f^}U Jđ#0ak{C%3BQLRIg~f–G6wÎ^b LgKykq:H3h* o*_gYlk׮%22{{{ڷoO@@{ .ݻپ};ON:1`}b~ QB6l@>}OsUIk.zE3gN734B!JAi/b XЅ. `-;xg9w#)13C4̨Rܹ㱲 ooopssՕ5j`ooڒ͛7IOOGדŋIJJ?ɓ8qk׮akktޝ-Zʳ# %oߞ{I&:Rgvʇ~ĉV aaP:'XZ\B!D m6Ug~&7x\6aK_QcTJWHD4 Jir(jy3gpa9u: .,,,pvvӓƍC&MhѢE/I(v4k -Z=lÆ ݛM6ѹsVV-EBwVϤH4QQ2dp+(i*`_.-*zxz=3GY3I₋Kz$ lt:"##L_t<C60nB!.w 'լfH&6LvRԀ&I9?qkʇT{ռyŸ&on:/d{x87{wh!;5bŊ۷iӦҟB<2d;YJi7}K?Y9ע/cL4ffTrv{#3S ē`00j(>#5zTPsP'-S7e%&&@SB`nn_H;|۬Y3CٳgcggGn88I*I&;0Qt ?ɑ'e,9IN%_@1PçMEʠpR$!ɪUcԨ}4k VNhh777_~G/8^w}7͹sسgO/˗EC!{jV5$HwܳgR>f53-ii(.+IB3({x:E(F9bPrKuL4h P~F͝;WmݺUUZU9::իWg]pjԨQNNNjܹJ)t:"~W,,,KIIQUVUon;sLgfÆ ՜9s7t֭[[-]4֭[+ggg概RJծ][Z-Xxr룼;}Z|K/6llllYj߾1b VW>=!$;1Ylcf,Sc53c!3CfPXE%vtޞ[}*8uysN]k4.*x>-EtnD\,1";@~?Ϣ+?$fM$5}Xl;www[II/7uTxŮ]ذa~GDDDm׮E!##U6Ν;c֭PRR^z֭[ԩS8tN8!.AaXb˗/SNz+kH۷ϟ?lj'񐞞va۶m4i?~=z 88]voסC2QhHPTUUB SF!nJgTzp#b,l`~#]H  OF.6G%C?~<988H~I!eeeϗJ%۷(""Pzz:ڵڵkWnyfW[JP(_!"6m߿LHZ`uԉD"-X.]Z/Ã)))ICHII)00ؘnZ!i˖-dccC|>444ё~7 BOYfQ mۖ.\Hwޕx{ S릐 ɗ|i&ͤԲ+E i!ݤ$$!!HH+?$wMa$SN&-;)++ ф R\ƍ D~RSS#?wܙ|}}) ЫW$Ǐ =yDuVY@D{2 ӧΎiU&H%uP(֭[I`J^ "L^/K.4r2mFJJJ4nܸ2_ǏrK\]ϏFM ԪU+5k]|??uQ.]YZZҞ={(;;cak ]4H¤Ȑ i1-ntjK$Rfba 1.$%%%~. Rzz: .W w/Ą,--[n꭪z|}}ISSAN"yyyȨ:d?Cz"dooO{dAPPM:5kFZ͛7SVVa1Ot.TJYaRdDF}GAԤ"zs`%ԳThiiI 2T2[ه9s1cvYem۶SPr\233FmOHH@RR<qΝ䄐L8Nop}a`dd3g͛7 "|5[uԇ`XYYaȑhݺ55,,,0dȐZO]Y̓LRG9s`HII"PTTSSS qܒC2220gJJJ>Μ9KKKCR˖-qFa„ 7oCCck&8IЅ.c8ğHG)L ` ?gB/#D"ރO(?p/a1Lc`jj*թQc nܸAb @5>&iQQQ@@W^>UܹCFFFKl7,,lmmI Ж-[0R.B.ԂZT8|Όh ^4|/]jRr$cccpDHZll,|>8A}&4lݺܹ31a„}|t[˖-È#[˫~^^^|!$V_U'XX.rq hC_Kauu@/l@wt4Xjmw(kpJu0իSN\!h!.QϞDWr##B!-Xh֭ yeА>YCdllL"~\~U8}Ek2;w$Ϫ'Yy4Ƒ*Vx#uU(i$4泄ׯECXtu`2 P(Ĕ)So>:u -jg+ӧOܾ}D$$$pRrJ˟?#F_ B;vLXܼySqV >>>8rHka,B#2At]a 5O>ߘ //7oʯ8mkk[zwP:thCq)m۶šCE! \] _,,ިeK 'xr逳3h+z1|={׮]È#G 6 \$QX[[ۻLÇZb1V&55PWW~pldo mhc,މ늮X@7:q'LS&%.>)S` "Ñ^^^U7;ܹ'RwU=rpq.^y,Tl۶ N<>}pNPWW˗PuH*>yCUUVMBHHeqm*7;BEEZGXЩS2 ׽{`eeK^^^U4LOhC1'p9onXxGxXaL>Fv <|}}x|5ؔ)n:8sC6<--455ѣ\"RSSICCC6DFxQu1c'Z~bkbI Ç/^ ]]]Za$ }69rеk׈ɓXlxx8І OO<)S7ŋ$hVHoA|/NZZihhD" #zQڧo Eje)$KH)aԩSh߾=TTT+We˖e+;K5˗/SN֍VXe˖ĚH\[f 1zhC 8}u ׯlǎFmoo}}}̬8x v-nBff&q$#s"1xX0)5X|MvvvLǏ/f.]hȑeǶmHIIƍWbl>.c{]:UKtm"" NDDv/ZZNNݼy7K.QThMF/S622,X@:u"HD ,KV:K mm2o"%%%@ $cccںuk?܏?WWG}KFtюDnnDs]<\ԔHC'|:9սLɜ[~hժ*(M\u %̔H5VwTQTTfljY\AMdaaAnnnt}ݻwzJʊD"211!KKK֭[zI Ptttm&yxx?uSFFFQ/%SC~c)Iҹ.Hw3g`֭ׯvkBD"\x7n,W;BBBpȑ (T׾;-~dF]vݻ7 4IQ@׮?x<"PTT0 \v ~ich`233矣]vpss:acSUpx(;R3gɓ>ypp_]]@Eq+"#g\xS% 7ߡ+!yyyx)uVkܰ/.ijjbXv-ƌu8 Btt4Ə#G^W 6l-[ʽ; !!***8x 22;߀o```رD^0l0a̙رcZjW^!775%:$KHJw~T+??@dd$^xDz Faa!!@555@__:::033CNйsghjjrC\ghLPY2"ݻw Uu%fg ?0`\C~xe""9s搚I6&N}Ν;ӛ7o$z~iqԬ\QQUʆ~]u ڰB_,~ʕX>cG{&KKK:{,уBBBSz|||(55z,YBdddD!CP6mճpB244}:..yԬY3255'Nۮ}ZI'oKba;u*St o{$//OHIIvJ_|͘1VZE[l!OOOڿ?=z:DcZ~=͟?ƆZlI yxxqb RP)!!Ѝ7(11VX! ]@[l)OU헮̙3H#"<255cׯI$QBBEEEU:~f_<4 ""8q")++?d4V ԵkW222ԿD^K˿Z} ĉ닾}?޼y#T/Aag +R<̎ǫlyD زe CG:HD?3)((_|A=YSCN?z`dD$3 &SSSRQQ+WVwˋ:t@ԲeKڽ{b&*狇12 R>%߉YLӧOjh111dccC***Էo_jzl޾}KZZZ'Bԭ[7200+HYYYyf!yyyrppK.I *YKKM"-jΝ;dddDt- ڲeK֭#RT:RPoV6miy.^,釪Z@=x@0PQTQ@DQBfqF&oggGV"PHnnndoo/ոKbadI߷oߒ6ٳ̶ ӯJZ"UUUZl|?\ZсܜiҤI/U,vXѾ}{Ð-[͚Z̙5k ##C48!tj,(++|}[FzzzjT$4oTwW[1_ WIp&܄Thժ%H͛7HTIMP||<455?C{ב%ro`NN.\{bȑp>"'' &`ؼy3V^ Cu%HLQUWWOssשBϞ=saڵѣ1k,8::BQQuKݻw#G@UUVœ9sZj$|}}qEرc`χ^zUf/͛7k4IGY?Xt)~ ;v!..ݻw!=zvvWjg?{>##cǎEDDڵkOȑ#R%55iȐK~A9y'Hf/ia|WS-[(N7Q% GGGS>}HYY KK}I,,{nRWW֭[$ G%@@SNg Yq1RRR'j> 1S#U˗AǏ6mRTTnݺ3[N񔖖FDT<MZZ%%%ѿKM۶m9s搝ijjRQQڵk)88=wR>}H[[ ÃvE-Z/`?U]i̎;=B777]vyCj*钶rss‚>\>j֬8p7쯤ܹtttNC4o<: &JDdGDU^%<9s *$oLnܸAjjj4{/K%9h&"h$***|||hŊ_9)++o їрՕ<<<Ν;TPP}4 ///DF # dggGÆ \j׮OUەVQTz ؒ2ᤣC6l ">=yLRT%m} c^]c,AJڳgψ㱩? }RDQ-N_1Y}ɓw2-[PU`` )++?Plqpg`ڴSSS6īWlݻwPQQ@ ttt#:eͅ  cccܺu Wk׮طov!CvUh<ƍooo,_KJDXXcbq)|~ڷo[[[߿_gkoŤI _d7%O2220n8|W5ׯ|||W_^92,Ab''૯#7jjj23Wv?׻wozB`` ߿_*S#GիT7;ܸ\XKDtklMѬp=g̝;7nD-j^c{n1zzz\H޽ MP )LQ;w.ձwFy:#G1i$Hs2 p3f RRR*LϜ9UVAUU8y$x<^ەxeƼypreajj uuuD"ӧi322Sf*JqF̚5FX:u[h\ϗQ=>_%PVn PV6ƎkaX~Cn,BCCŋG[XXp#e"={sJԞz[)L1C1 }}O0rHym@(]tg4Lmp #c ###̜9o޼˗/c߿.]ѣGݮ*UM䄐L85J7|#UXkzjCE|~"DD))?OFh<,_GqDj1 7oL’&cغu+>}u8*M" '~-؉_@Ni'+6ĄT"K,ŋtr/*///DDDTZ%HL9``l47Vvx<9()i| Zٳg1f,]k֬i ?F'''ڵ/S5?n'xp#G8"wxWh6h60t MhT o-0¶8ݱn:$%%I-&W/pX ޯ0L+(HGZZRRn#--PTF˖606BJ&j 06m'ȡ#GСC0ag7ηǏcĉ3f v? 3c$43s"2IԪU+RUUe˖˗/Byyyt277'yyy4isӀߴKM"ͳU;L U<H@ 32b(LMMiƍR݇H*I)JLD"##Ν;$5k%&&ˎ5HєF~~~R;**Ѓʽ$Fzh "#a&A(̣ U*,:E7o&'tqEFFҷ~KZZZ$huXL#ӑ&2%H%IQjCh=G]aU Q޽ҒΞ=[浒d(99FETUUiذaRח|>{M0 yF/kJu q)xzzhٲ%FGGG͚IwJ] ">'Oɓ'q-ˣW^CϞ=ѥK@NFų=~=B@@n޼T[#i"&AT7n~DC ǀбcGڵk,Abꮠ:u:i4RRn!1< 45{CK ZZVdWxx8333uhӦ Ԡ @ݻw(((@ff&^~~Ϟ=CJJQ-e~F.`iIE*\EhE"ڵkWWW|RቋCvp-XYY{%HLݜ:,YIGbX\ܟHOMԴBJN0e#22ċ/W^!33%Ԡ}}} :uBΝn1L/ AAfkIښ5kpQ<~-Vիq WKYxش 9!#00 T>lh{055ƌS˚4ӳ$a)}{HK BZ=G=\0 ԃ7 qDYt˖-صk+^ op=ܾ}+j,Ab "BZ]!''rrJPWGbu 0L=|jz'|ÃXt| ޣ,Ab*&"ב0L" BK } |ס1 0M؃`ccٙp]BBzꅯk׮,Kn\]>+Lj5 &\!xʧ s '״00 0g۶mXl.^O?pMff&lmmѢE W;>Krs##O~,,I4 PUUeӸJPNN<ӃK.]6BS7a1 0L͝;޸|2u8RCݻwvZjU6,Abʋg3q-Ƚ=G^k)C]45{CWw 0 @ as ԈP(ԩSq 9r#F:$y%>s}ׯv,AbPXXSNׯ_G˖-1j(8::h֬v ѣG8}4N:0c̙6mNBjja<<su85&h"_~… Iwرc/u5ޖ%H ál޽Ajj*FYfaРA}c=}탗% D*!**'99zaih< E3hcu(uuV,]CŁвeKChD_~?# ooohѢVu):xڶ:&;v?\bhӦ סO3֯_f "33v<E0 0䄼޽ŋ9cW<;:&''' .޽{1rHl߾FFF\Ukyyyؼy3~'Gf#* ' G ͚q0 @  !4:zz35puuŽ{0bҒ*[bǎh֬֯_3f|tb ԃ'O`ܸqHJJ޽{uHpqqAxx8v܉)ScկE%% s0Lu|}}qEرcNV`ʐگ Cdd̝`+x 4|Z~qDܹsXv-߿{{{̚5 PTT:40xzzȑ#PUU9s@UUU"n0ĵk`ccMMM6LLLcXt)uHgx¾`ݭr%%]amڴǏ+|1b'LLD9?7{Zɓa``ٳgח!O<ѵkWXYYѣGؾ};bccK,9$cǎa„ pqq={ //uHRqqL8cƌ$2_NNDBI0 É4 ///DF # dggGÆ \j׮V]i(22s'O$GGG/۷M{6.54{QTTЊ+/$sssRVV&5RPP ===0`ݹs 8٧{JQVF,,IqW_aƍ\S|W 'HO}?d!TTѻ +laprssall[nqUtC׮]1dXZZvV]UΝ;Çs~i/^DFFF=OS1eMX_ C*'aj?~|333+dff";;xTTT K,AjL/:ܹs{/{}9r$/_s疣_ddA(́bK[}o!ӆ2 HRrr2`׮]z-jfjj^z!00߯vDx$]}xhjjBAAVEQ~rrWޖf[vS}PSSa KFpiT\pssի~B[BEňaꝑYƳg"33666ذaN< Wv ttt8iC-Z@FF //:U7 80t6]J `FBD",Yŋ7Yys;Ə>zz,9b6lu?W IDAT0sLyD/_"::Z;~\t Gv^E0{l$%%>|xzz"##Ю];c…رT$EUupZ6]BAIY3M [.>8h:{{{t;w:k* D\\$^?0 SVbb"zFs0IeJ-iXɠ(bڴi\Rc-_I a?ؾ}{I&!})⃷:`WFݱn:xDګ"<<lcaDEHGVPhu8L 1ܼy666R?F~zoai 05%GLb H@xxxͫt :sARRΟ?#,, fBn0sLa…عs'ܮ>u9995ai:D"7ɯa` ,y֟ixRRR%G?\<33S9Ǿ}pjW@/]}jٲ%͛7.0 #r3R{ރ'\0ebeEL \GRjj$W@X%%33^eadW3u-ݠ\p ɂ o_׏h:h޼9rrrR7+,2[a)e` !v@]ر~:Wl$%)55va=_ڀב\0u$Y1f fhi#X]bccadd$aRT;\Z:\0uAbÇѡC())I<<}ݺuH}c͚58vT]mV^ǏcSCaHg.{(___,Z]tӧO˽x<+ֶƫuwqqq:t(>}*n/..ݻwu}`oo~Pd?N 0r .2,ǒ#c=F6m*=y1B!K(رce͛R >>>8r pY[vvvh۶-:u(2%..4iס =a)]$ab R})*&NN:J_?w.5˔9|0cTB]]***4h۬->)S``V XYYqJabvf\0R mtPݻ+++ݻwCMM ?#mW,۷o#66@D8t&NXf?;v ZjrSNgâ*?gVaYDr0\+ ^5A3m|]LSK % UJE-5ATEQavOdU9NF;aF;5+$G9c F3ΟbdllLAAAR(66B!ݼyJ%yyyѸq㨼zENjܓPbbb:D#DBk׮%"h[nѓ?FΝ4RTcuLJT*Ub}2Ě{s}wdggGW-X RܚX;i[au;.l_Aa̢"Ca6Ք>zb!!!(//GϞ=q+ѣGFjV<=l|McٲeصkN >$ooo@yy9!j]v!66 wKbmRR"55tt = ;׃Cч@` ׮cre|3a۶ml- 7aOon`6-Yqh iGmVڠA`ccfkJBhh(֭[W=l޼111طo:9r7nT*UG 2fff-I8Ǔu{AP(JPs KPＣ ?WmYzz:Oe˖ilk'ͣv0Lglck`$-gkk B@뙿tQd2 6 k׮šC,אX[[C"۠A`ggYf>.,,ɓ^z!)) uL2۷oٳu͡s&&C ô{YiPVU=ס0L$SI/SS/tƯ7W\k+W]-n ظq#l}}}Y^ PեYY' ,"1$ѰΝ]ZNa.w5Js3ЭOu@ ӡiy R Cuҥ/tu͚>Xz5ٳgjy\|طo駟bΜ95+iBy#H EYffgo)a:(EyE - 1Jeeq%%)04kxڻ0?GA.] ___K 5;֭[8|0O|ahhXVTCÞ4agR*R!e*-` ҳ:{hCF:G}{.AGhXZ /ס=T`yבJhVJJ ^8$$$ 11iii(++k9B!_~PPU%CffP%@Wc`n>:9r0 0mKPQP +tq-hL d2U$D"bH$H$6ҳ*+{PH(/#^pt]:4aڸRH ;96_}?CbF;Xr!D ]BfqD3 C,C,s10^>@^!!33Babn_0sȠ30 f*>S `l<_440 4FTÞ33L{$Fk%ʕ00 qxzz\t E)RR@" c`0LCBaZ t:$a8}0Zsgg :wv:̂L38XXס1 !xb7L-a:%H AB!u$ <UR4RITTHѩ,,C"՛ 3 rUe*/ס0 ! =-'8/iJJR7ғppXs1\0M"RdetuX <'yY1 $Aܖ6f QӶm|_ḾTz!()}|]:4iccwi1,aڪ{ Ak-iAzJdfݻsITZzo`f2DzILW\|:9q0(LEEQ>L\#d3 8 1j%#)kCn/g7"+-MťKo q07bP.ˇ؄@i'X0 I AVV*+s |$QrôK/GJϹ㱑 ôKf+/4㠯φ 2L}T((FffBallaڝѧW̱?Lav%HLu ! K :4z*U%а':ur:il*0ֱbi* A^Ex:05} cab2<avF$Cg q0L] ୷ښhJAU-@8;/K1:,iT*9]n\0! ;Au0 t@)#FGws!RA.σ)ס0LWU%ý{: ]YA(ux 0 t ;`|Ȉh42"Qxa yyQJC}d(D׮aZPqadf !\0 S u@JeA* A~n<az~nd 0Lffv}f\t`UȽ  JaE$vJ_VV`a1l_uL;R*|&vq0L)5J!cǛ^T'l)naj(%: 47`a YuXLW$}NfVuaF#8M[n!99YYYHOOGVVd2r9JKK!addP###bXZZpvvF>} ]]@Fk>Km!Ba df";4GǏadԋ Dbb"4dff"##2 %%%BII D" ! !H`eeDGGG]vVPQ!J% סh k{7IQQ73!1 hF$#22HKKt nPb L&CFF233dTTT@  ^^^˥{+@~L)/@FH(/π=,,|,A"""O\\ kkkXXXbփ'0dZ <==޽{s|ՌTu>PKѺJr!+1a4U$J(>|½{`bb_|^^^ׯ\]]!lBRĽ{W"""P(sw S66mIjv?};caa1FF\hÇq!:t.\@ ^xnnnNˆdee!>>7oDDDΟ?<>>>2dmi Ͽ ##{pVXPR[ai eggcǎؾ};߿}oBܹs8t9\K={6||| je"k7`ypaٳ֭^ubĈo7o_Ç#66={ĬY;̌Z'DJdgT܋05s01LwJK2]nXYP{H9;xq70 Ӧݹs~mDdbbB1%&&P(ĉC$ mذ9HE2-{7T*%G10ڠ6l@Љ'HPp%&&L&&&$ߦ;wp rIW̤(<|ݿwl0JND*UbuŜ~GH!:a4,_ի.] ?? &h lٲ[n>,YC$zݥ Tz׷v陷z݌vزe ֯_r̛7χ%סQYY{oݻw5kښИVP^Ri(BcXYYe$<zm= 烵aK-J㫯9V\ ??ք<|wشilmmuV9RTTH!Tz%%w'D2ѩSǙ3g`޼yHMMŇ~O>&&&\$R{bժUJXb-Z&22~orJVs?#Ƶ IDAT0vX$%%ԗ<4̙36lvׯ/`ggH̟?.,Y5Lid~6b(-}#PFtLIq]!k[]EED"QZJJ ^8$$$ 11iii(++k9B!_~`0N~+X;?#իW㣏>.^\хrxy}'k$9r D~'bo899rO{QU//qEܿ$rx뭷j~3 ajjN}pqqApppأGj ką+W}V^7oXb0F#O|<| UUE~}OvQ[imrt),ZnnnHJJõ1HNNnZ[FFݻ3f@HH 0m4l۶ 'OD\\>||PYY|HRܾ}'wވg}C/2+\vKghjSN@ #Gy &R護"ww;˓rC~~>SPPT*%PH7o$RI^^^4n8*//^zѩS,s[CoͿP\\I$Zv-EGGݺu1:wJ;vX,u}||HR5+rD7gɿ7z5lmm魷ުƎȑ#$j~(<(,̃ҥ7(&f>.5-ݹRrnwe|,и7]\Na̢ē{빽۴aÆZi&Z`g7yp)33hذaؘ|}}~R&>|Hwٳg=z… jaE Rvv6ӊ+4֩'޽(<<"##)22zI7n$"d#OOO4iR=N͛Gvwhǎ5,X\\\HRт hɒ%'k~g233#ΦbmNԜ???߿?UTtWXA攝u(aGT~]i7߬D8$rDD˗/W_}*++k^S*daaQ+DEEz*Q\\\鯿"///)SIh„ 4ks\&~&BACYfq EXxqeZ{v}ƓõIEEEdffF۷oovDGGф ڵk\ԨZl)jè[4,_ZLEEnܸQxb?hƍ-f͚l=zlق;vĉ55Vχd2k-ꫯ ǃbbb,HOOT*Ů]5X[[cΝd4?Djj*/^:ـ˗s XM#$$ٳ'.\L+++?_qY=5jTBкsh9r\֨nݺaݺuHMMŴi0w\ :TF˚I Pxx&F5sIs%///כJԩS''{{{:x -_NZs\@@u֭fGCwlãN!xʖA{<"xb%[[[ڽ{7=,--g…dccC999t~;&xyyܹs5V_K-\I__ DIIIj#<<LۢɓpBruuxo&Gk&pmMo͟&]tlmmܜvզƒ'D" ht\f֭#ֆڵk(99YukBFFYYYi>|رc4699x<x)## }ǭT*rppJ"hsh*h-Zõ===\[?-00jVzњ) 5 :JEׯ'PH d2CbgRoO!A""H$uVNnmqF{Qܹ3tܹ&Soݺ$TׯP(lssh>QQQA4yd"JEt*--%[[[ $ӣ}5YIO~+WիWsV?ٳ)33RRRSPP9OJ%-XttthƍdTTP~(#-ϴ]u r\z/bkkRs6Ұapyh: QTT 1O$6lXŢ͂_իW![SWhvД{a022‹/{4>tuuqi( #F@ll,k >^^^prrڵk1o<4Zaddpww***gtB@^?b…pvvoݪwSJ%f̘_ƢEɃŋAD6lXMetTg||<ZjKʕ+ŅdD"={җ_~Io߮)B+Wl,X [ͮSGz4ǣ+ R*rJn5k7mΜ9$)**P4Ll>"HqW+..[SN(++k9Z4WuOOnn.6ڂSN̙3u8c2d!1Lsw5PgMHOO't9̤>PBBAZnsR:PϞ=IRѡ:ǽ+mݺ i̘1?76 B@f{.۷XI&1-Yj;w\ uWA#z<iժUT*?Wswܡ (_6KZ|NF;}wdggG\¹ А!C<5Fkՙdkk >vnVGݱxb3CE>}0zh!wEϞ=Ŏ?^{fRks}طrJݻ탵5ZgQ#fii?7o۷гgOܽ{Uo՟>|_5Z5huWA;v $$:u™3gcǎ]}e!7n7z|Ja\ 7ӝ٣{(y;үG@zrXn\0=+&N/+&M+WrJ=~)FC… 5ǬY!!!t1!11{~Xx<\$8;;7nu ԩS! QUUcccÆ kp٪U~k,ֶ/āgӁѰq5(BG׌(>J RTL<yp}ѧ#CϡcadjE RA^zlP6Gݦ?UV?D|| oooּ6bH$ݻvJKK$ CII 6l؀K9???;śT*1|̘1;:3eee1vXu1zݻw5.55>}:ס0b~>x@1F.D_ټGAӗ߿6zJYl&8af^?>ٍQ~c 042/5z\kP+j # *?}P_!@DD}paǎ1cz?6@ 7Dpp0vԩS\kSTc׮]駟jcue?s9>3f`ǎmI&O>l/0vl8ܧ, ?W=[/W}c6zcsAt\9qŅ8)_<^1PT(>˧F$E Iȼu~](3pIƅ |駜퍈g4M/͛xց J`CiJP?{ubbbo߾zv9rxu:2dj^{r[b֭ϼ:,XT&O~~>6oތ/P-Gm}45Dݻk41l3'wXȰs><CYh=8k2z.ɤde>@Z9Be# REqAR "Bx\k\-… Ԓ74~X,Fzz:APYYhgɓ'=ztiHLLd5'bƍXj6mڤɘNYY.]>L{C[LL }5h a֬YkNs )S}v̞x2:!Q^&}.]W^yïTj*899aĉ\h>jk/#88... zzTMկ#fj4=tqw}hoW᣻f,WO#SJs@fc鈏ٳgc߾}5k: ⧟~nL1̜9|>)))011{ZԳgOT*k׮->èK-Ƕm۴neM 0o#CTXXmۆ^&%3a>=G<&xOu5mr 3_qY=5jT垅L&?BNNN}=LLLyyy->èS2 e˖a5]Mpp0ك^^ܹswzLh>U&L9s0qD6Is={`ΝVH1}t,[Mͭ`ZkܶMzzT]~#Fkx!vu{x|~Mϐ@;W{beק?a􂁱Y0s{{{ 8Xxq=kީS'G0Vij'YBAÇ'777*,,lj?C"/_N9YZZϧ1cЁH.s3 +++slܸD"?\QFÇ'Bu8bC#??)((T*ƒP(7oR$///7nS^ԩSM{JLLڡCחTTTDfff}fyZ(Ytz~6}3mb Rq#"{H$yfSÇ@ h{_E}aÆoQso\> LF<n߾QTJٳj=/ôTauttpaƌSg=|2|}}⫯š5k'O .]WII 6mt-» ___\|p4cƌiPcٲ lߢ'G,p=D,44n'E^>gt |g}L-xRmݺukƆa…زe v؁'N?l\S߹sgL0p]e\؉aA6y155Ehh(<==퍐t޽c̱c0eƖ-[j^x7oÇ_oa1empp5Flق9kuHѣG?~< SSSCb\Gm?̟;~F- 4}n O)אS׭[IO{!v PL| [W3裏`ooBݻc0|$)s^ IDATk׮ży0rH6X#77zzz … ann_{O>DĿ]W\\ `ooߢ0=KwSFF׏lll(**5z8RhƍC , RdRIgΜ3fPΝI(i޽TVVmT*iC7nlƆG\ô!}?MnhM UUUQNN3{^[n%DEs%///`:)A"z<W^!PHׯo77zWI P@@si$H,ӌ3̙3J+ ꫔u8jRh$ W^!LuHLG뫨 {{{Ryy9yxxPLL gM~'ҥ YXXˋΝڊpu( Ss%Hծ_N "@@-\uťW^%oooPAAAԓ@˖-#@qFkUPP@||Wr3ͥE@ A׹iGXxndSڻw/sޓMLB>>>\0jQDx y`` -[LH\v&L@<LWTҹswޡΝ;.M:Ν;n$Ltt4 dرc4p@@L\U#**fΜIdjjJ6lbb:>T*  #}}} V Jf:ij%%%}vrww'F_}ǫ&r:y$M2LMMI(ĉ1ׯ_9sX,&]]]}&NHBLMMitIN~髯"777@}v*)Qi>ϏUXk16W\޽{qa}ְ%b1jڍ\.i72 YYYHOOGVVq-#??2d1~xxxxp} (>D/ x}!1pKX`kјc̘1Xh֬Yu8 (%HOµkpM֭[HNNFvv6}X[[ /Ի#i7nBnܸݻwc߾}x1m4曰:^yL6 cǎ.!2 0Z(:B= yʙ3g~aϞ=j%B+V`Æ O7߰Lѡ$",, /wq5ޏ_ݗcF-eIfln:s3mbn3|&PF 1  ܔt(:TT~]8u| 6;"LUxu""STXr%~g&&&bG$""]{w`-;qO K,A^^郱cǢ[n ذap} 2fz6+D5Q.H0qD#11m۶;Nw"""C 2 ҥ?Q 3TEK"""8|07n~A&K. 8{,vڅ;w666/1rH4mڴ3U:_T*PXXI7oo:u ͛7ooo899λ~:GB__...Jpvv#lll^NB={G^^lll WWW%j:_777رίpBCC˗/^^^򂍍HDR{"66K. ư%5k͛C"̬b&T*(J( deeAPŋXZZB* #,Hnݺ￯jRBBBBB۷osѸqcQ57̅I&rFڋHKKCzz:233qMdggCT=,JH$077akk7q:k׮ń ~G Add$JJJУGxyyW u c`Ҡ1zHXe̘1 ñc`oo/vTXXH022BݻDDu kPaAJ]BPԩSH$bGjooP$$$I& }}=ӣG|޽;tttйsgѣǾ}p*AAZZ{ Ν["((ϟGv0|pE/uwBWW䥎{`ɒ%C>}0vXtg^a2df͚֭[Yօ$4}}FAGWܟDT3q\2 }ALLMLL+aee@,H$ݻm۶EIIs{hɒ%pVZs߿IIIJyyyرcr @/x͛7hҤ ֮]h߾=BCC_~[l رcEy 4@zz:ѭ[7,^VVV޽;BBBg~sN4hǏ_DRaɒ%1b\v ٳڵk_~7n@`` `ggaÆ!33SxDDOhd M%,GDDEʄ?\055bcc_{;wo$jܹspY\JB^op'ܹs7xCqc?.dr`nn.O ɓ' !55enG233Z-lܸQH$.L:UjKǗ=!P\\,ܹSׯ``` ԯ__>|Siv*tuu<u!N011W: [nZn- ?RĎEDDDQA===O>'|2Wo>{ŧ~cxZ9sK.qF@QQƌ>mڴAZZ.\F8bӃr9[ԩΟ?/v4"*'v"bmM!CO>ATT:wJcݾ}f͚:u+++@֭₸8;;[ضm'“DӧOkkk!88Xѣмy'ƙ4i`ee%ܾ}r? hWq疣GKnݺc###CCCau#GD7n\xDTTgZ(0˳edd۶mfΜ)_h۶mŇ200Zh!xxxڵkǏfs#=͛7ѩS'\~ҮK͛~ z____5.\X)G||þ}*HDTӔJtYG̡3rןٹAWD64'''عs' HT T GGNJ5%33Ctt4222вeKxzzbȐ!ԩFG-X… c5kqѢE FFF066ƛozŋ(,,7fΜ6mTSb1g_ΝC&MĎCDR=5%Jį ::na!]hРd2d2<<<```㿌TDDD ,, rNNNH5 IDAT7n`jjZY R5[n&L___,[.$7oĉ'`ffH$011Az8毿B߾}vډZ;  ;Qq!<\>Bo޽{1|](Zw߅L&rR"\M{j9)O8 J\רQ#,]III022{ｇK &bA[oǏزeؑedd ..#G;VqssCVwj%r/ ?u"q(o\~칥K ';::"&&?#ЧOܻwOXD/Ido"##1i$ 6 ~-˟ρдiS_ QtttУG߿_(DDwLlgHbڶ.$AVoӱxb޽?BGGӧOG\\r9R)n޼)v,JMHhh(Fwwwךu!CPRRph۷cԨQ{. ŎCD nշPkttu!uyTN)~\oߎ>}Ty^ܸq{ƽ{ # 9y$ rK.bGJppp?E뤦*R_PV2RT(W=@yY)KKp%)g.eA>to?Faa!?i=nLgΜQЭ[7|3g}(/775;Vz8z-$"Ut o'{e˖M‡]Va:ѠApss'bbbjI NJ+xbxxx 33SXyyy,HT*ENBD$ӧO6mB:RH$طo._yX؄ p ܾ}."##ŎDoHZ׫WOXjx{{cĈ;(,,,e,\ b!z&$-o߿?qơPX/5۷E;q㐓SW< iVBii).]*vQu&LɓGi-^zذa~wprrBbbرZ˗_*J:]rDDb{.,XEq6ܹsqرC(DOłT 0r-[|eeeb"|A@v*tQ١aÆHl+V 0@CVkt̪ 믿Di޼9O/X`R3wwwAPE@*HjAAA9r$tILLLpEY>jHKKHXj |78u7ndQ}DPP*v""QbG:;Xj8###,X ͅ#VXQkksVX9sH4GѦMaΜ9m޼vvv055E&MvڊctttrJ4hgΜy׮]T*!FQ%?Ν;U2>ѫbA%:vSNaԩ6mt邌 c)o&fΜ ???`޼yh۶/J&"I\zǖ-[믿đ#G(((ŋq۶mCll,lmm:i0{l:tAAAyƳj jW^D144ļypICXt)ŎVgSL;<5k`ٲe(&C&MlCΝ1x`"** ?,,,P\\ [[[(ǎo? w>8^p<"mT u9s&f̘?bǪM6!44T8СC1c ^{DDut#KKˊ_7k wDFFGƪU8Ee˖ƶUuXj)}}}̚5 IIIPprr¢EoR5ر#-Z#F ::Z8JTwx뭷0w\QF6Crmh4h6n܈y"HDNB8Z}8z(͛yr\Xɓ1j(d28qB8"??={ ؑD׸qj)H t>sBR!++ 999غu+}:addggg̟?*Jhʕ+ѷo_t{;NqݡP(U퉈jGGG;w֭{=L8;v@vТE L>={DΝaoo=z[nO#00UYr9ի֭[WGG-uZ1{lXXX`裏ĎUkjL<W_L4ݴĉ4h|MDEEYfbG""WƏ?( \.GLLQ:FWW'OFjj*ڶmnݺۻJnI|/_ŋc۷oŒN,^nnnpttDll,ѿnBRRQ 8p>c=jٲ%"##{n;v Xr%o ^EL8ɓr={6-Z={~b"":mڴ6n(v+W`СbG!z RקOaܸq6m:uꄓ'OVruuErr2aÆO;KÔ)S䄒8qSLu4i Ž{Ď5ЧOhB(DO`A"`…8s $ \]]1~xQ.ج4h8qpqqA~~Enn.fΜ kkkc8~8yiA/;VHNNFxx8ŎBTI=F`ڴi |||8CPE݋ɓpwwرc!`dd$v4܀!00۷o[?fffbG#"Q/IIIh׮qDS^^^qj``q*??=֮] 777YbǪ:k"22 4L&L& 5Kjj*"""\'''7^^^055,DDӑ5U9s`8w łDu)?Νɓ1k,TbΝHHHD"R)R)sfff"66qqqFFFZl OOOxyyE#" 7os3vލ> CŎCL,HBjk֬ٳabb >*eggcϞ=8rbcc ###vvvDfмysH$PT+J( deeAPŋHMMEJJ ܹSSS{Fǎ~DDRbb"<<<_c…bǩ6ٳ'&OkH QbܹXntRtEXuƥKp)r!==(**hڴ)lmmѾ}{888Cرc/#"vލüyjLRLL !C`͚5RǂD/--- SN!ɰl2XYYR*ΆRDAAAÙ$CCCH$ܜ0i>>>ƺu4|Z[ر_|M6AOOOHD/ĂDl4i_)SϏ'URtt4<==ѡCRHSVVٳgcŘ6m-Z`AעRrJ$""#''ׯؑ^ ooorZ Ç;KbbԩȀ'Ǝ ggg9rDhDDDZ}HLLޡ_~zر^Iqq1ϟԩS,GT# F4nWٳgannd2\tIhDDDZ^zXn: cƌ;Z#88~uzC\XH(\p:u*rssŎFDDպv3gį kkk̘1bG{}1b}a3*hLYY֭[磤ӦM7|9@AAdO>;v,u&Ο? 6 ((ǐ!C0k,nZ\D‚DUK./333̞=GKDDD/PZZhܸ1L.]Ĥ3gb׮]s`cc/#GDӦM<QubAj  4hoIDDT ׯ_Gxx8qQRpttk0) ٳE||<`ccLOOOTk QvfϞ;Xhw.v,""#77_reee066-,--ѬY34offf?P\RATBP ++ /^nRnnnpwwM`A"r̘1>#,Zb"""qJJJ4#337oDvv6J% *âdhhDsssXXXh߾=аaC(XHtCBBiFXDDDDTq(N*رcGJJ 1j(\rEhDDDDTǰ ߿?Ν;_h۶-8<,HU0tPW*޶m[;׮];r,H1|p\pWƁ`kk#33SxDDDDTK V300ѣq\QQQhݺ5&N,Q-ûQRqF,Xn—_~ ???hBhDDDDT QRa,\/1}tXXXj0$JJJ~zϸu|||}$ь˗/# qqqh׮dQ ÂD!Fc۶mx":v޽{#..NxDDDDTC QA!))  J憨(pE)=AZ/>> ,ѡC̘1 n|HKKCzz:233qMdggCT(((!LMMahhDsssXXXh߾=аaC`A:̙3Xp!v؁z ӦMСCall\1ʠ_)؊/\2h֬7oD333 * PTP*P(ʂBŋ eswwGvi$s222xblݺ1qD4m]t #F={РA*wu#<<G>\\\ J GGG@OOΣP(g"66˃ d2<==Z#gڈ^ Y k֬5kPPPL<O}/V^ :t腅e"""8|07n~A&K.011عE={vBDDΝ;VZa̘19rF/bA:Xt).^^za֭[kѬY3VVVkXd ЧO;ݺu{uylذAAA> Yfu֢""""J\;Cu^z0f!22<@b˖-PTذa3suttNJ%KLj#p5gϞ#h׮~ܸqHHH LU =ӧl2qƸw {ׯÇѱcGGGW^7|iӦQF~ W^^m۶a޼yٳ1ydHcX#33ƍ{JWO>w"L4 ׯG߾}|rX[[WQS\\ŋcѢEh۶-m;Q%vDaiiׯCGGϗ]vEtt3IMMEN*NY#cΜ9HII1$v,""""`A"z#G %%j)//GII >cٳ磣aÆHNNgUF6666W_}QF{,QM%vDѵkWƢс.6o ooox{{cݺuպluڱc 86mҊL $gtڴi򣯯]]]j=wdŊhٲ%{2"&&Ð!Cf͚Z~vbA"zիͅB@nn.rssqmܺu ٸuT*Xg``Sb…"={b;KcA"A* իW1l0 ,,7ivލ> CŎCDDDRX4 HHHqD1g_ΝC&MĎCDDDTi,HD_o߾HJJ{  ;Q iZ3zo$''ɰ;Q i1a\z;V2dJJJ.v"""JFD////G:::9rS?F5~xٳ7nDDDDUH222⡍6mڄcǎUyЪU+lٲEDDD ,HDp4mNNNbG[[[?eeeUzi puu9*D,޽{Ѷm[<,Y .`ժUo~!N:JU""""z],HD okt̻w?㑓?_}Ν;cw1cP\\I&aժU022zqn~~~3g5QTTK.Uy4HrssѨQ#o>^zUv""""M;" hԨQ̍ 3f nݺAp \t EEE4iV\7b {qOl2dffj4@3lDDDDUHZj˗/ktL###_(++C֭ajj.]ܹsXp!>HRm?|}}q4VVV;wF?ʕ+ՅuHStAAT͛7;RRRĎu~ر"""8DHKKB;։T*;Q iT*E˖-,vrUbСbG!"""$" ñqFp{{{RX4믿FNNv!vpXs IDAT; Q& DdYr7 11ǎq*HJJJСCtk׮;h<޽{#..눈F;" 222BHH6mڄP"++ CŌ3X QXl](J~ؑ^ Q0aBCC;NBDGGI&bG""""zi\bGTEV\}k׮سgqԍ7B(#"""X0zhxzzbٲer'N߇; #2$*˗cŘ>}:\ci Xx1X4kLXDDDDL2qqqHII#kl\.;fϞEaϞ=_ر^ Q5quuErr2aÆO;KÔ)S䄒8qSLFDDDTk U  'N@qq1\\\Я_?$%%rss1sLX[[#88W;HXD쌄޽7oDǎѥKl۶ %%%bǫp 9VVVذa̙cƌ.|Q}CvZDFFAddAfIMMEDD q ՚ ibΝHHHD"R)R)sfff"66qqqFFFZl OOOxyyE#"""f,HDZ*;;{#Gl%5k͛C" 055JBaa!T*J% P(pE"%%w܁)\]]޽{cǎb}""""Q .]©S ˑtdffciӦE:cǎվH pJP*(((9z8dhhDsssDDDDDDDDDD?O/  ?N-IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/04-new_initial.dot000066400000000000000000000006711335323540100167120ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph g { rankdir=LR; maino [label="main.o"]; mainc [label="main.c"]; libo [label="lib.o" color="grey"]; libc [label="lib.c" color="grey"]; libh [label="lib.h" color="grey"]; liba [label="lib.a" color="grey"]; main -> maino [dir=back]; main -> liba [color="grey" dir=back]; maino -> mainc [dir=back]; maino -> libh [color="grey" dir=back]; libo -> {libc libh} [color="grey" dir=back]; liba -> libo [color="grey" dir=back]; }; tup-v0.7.8/docs/04-new_initial.png000066400000000000000000000440321335323540100167070ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRͨbKGDtIMEs IDATxy|SU?OKڦMt@J&VEA@e@}T|ApEQ5JE⊈#J+ UP BSJfi4IhK[y^yͽߛ{ϹgaB((ʋ(\&;(dGQEy=.P!hooG{{;j5L&t:L&`B 02Ch(jPf3JKKQVVs󨪪L&l~XtH$L<.U,"??(..NCxx82220vX5 шGtt4x<|>x<Z-f3Z-j5Z[[ֆ&HRTTT@*h4"66YYY[h"2}Ɏ^ D˗cҥ;v[c18~8<BR;ڵkq뭷5jɎ(hZx7jb YSNe:4hK/;`:4jɎ|f^xxO#22tilٲƔ)Sɓ'38;QgϞӱ~z7Nt0i$:t%%%ԩS裏BR1h(C1uTؾ};"""mPnf?~w?OL8LEy((ʇh4,Z6m«H$úa, ?ˑLl߾(DShkkߎNyLgķ~wy>,oͦe4QhnnFff&BCCo!..鐜bᩧBjj*VXNڵ (@{cR3g|>90Cr?X`^{LCyZǧ(/fZtRX,>`ԩ8x >LCy(ʋmٲ555U̙]vaӦM(--e:aTqq1233y1c֮]eeeg:!4Q"`ƌ2e vt8H$Xn6lt8Ch(/tYg:8pk׮Euu5Ft8=;B x 111xwbMveQQQzPPYY t`Xxgf1(|Brr2ӡ !!Ge: ߏ2 (";;0|>se: @tt4QPPt(h(/T3gy_, yyyHKKΝ;qQDFF"<<_cݻwC,C(bΝz6cgeeaժU}_.cF`` ϟ?s6m~!~h(/R__͆F^^|MlذwFii).\_ݱ]rr2= Vlڴ}>3xq1|ghkkuUV`0߇|>#GD]]ݐC ?t"h"J6֭[^\aƌ8qc;{iww7FZ>mۆy9:jDQPSSѣ|>BQ&;"zǤٛ"sk^СCؾ};혔]~G.o,>˩(ʋT*v1U*/_ 9ؿZ5I^\ۊs{vE mt0LhnnƥKgT*~֮]K.BCCxb[555ıcdžRDddC ?4QIMMEPPv̸8lܸ ,ӑz|J?HOOGbb"z!C" y?CƤ(/ D\C8111x~zC܌(vmAcvid2ף(<CQQӡxO?HKKc:4QâE3h4ػw/}QCBQĉQ\\'2^xԩSGy/(KY(**a:TVVbҤIo=fRjh(/%1n8^ 0h4bڴiػw/P ɎѣG?| /^t8nE>"9s1h5Eyyʕ+/0[7|4QfGQގ ѣǼyɥ!ؼy3n݊\Q+**BVV9HE]誷X,olݺ_|MtMvΞ= :V?qOOyX,t&̙3| {s=LDy(ʋ{7 \ǎԩSbuV|'L2Saĉo9s0ah(/`Or&L@UUk?C=SN`0 ## Q]}}=N,[ ˖-ɓ'1vXâ<Mv5Ƅ pE|8{,.]c5+3'O/7|_|VqJ?4Q}:{,֬YӧO ""6l@QQy6;OX`]_X,JKK1qDWLQPPTP0._<l6ۑIjbd2d2`06 , |>aaan]&;B~m<:u*n!_~%}Y`߾}6mrL>???L6K;FB\???|Go `0@ӡ jDFFB(|t쨫h4{kgb:!S(Xj9[駟Fss3&O Roja…l6 mmm0 Ddd$fJBBlFXXbcc(6~W_}S2SB;gի?檁l6~~~0L iii0aƍcoH$bL(j𺻻L.hD"1!hkkRh\+33G\\!L^^-[vs 4i$ 222 H0rH:H֌F# DEE1Y/& ---hiiFbb"RӣɎ\.ǜ9sq;F/|;wYYYx7NM !hhhCRRm ٌf477# iiiC]YVdggCѠɗ駟~ߎ7xO=PzHRz$&&"!!#kr1 RH$Bjj Mv>^G}3ݻVoFW'¥KP]] >XC2B*xse: @tt4QPP0BT*!JP(\E]HJJb:ưlb( tvv^[7DyHR̜9sbXCZZ|>v܉G"22޽1>F(bΝz6cX,êU<~mm-fΜ`̚5 C>iӦ_w;J*8wd2mFҥKHKKL B||||L}}=l6RRR~yyyx7a޽Xp!^uv8z(Z-rrriӦ>3_ıcgVZsB`ܹxᇇ|>#GD]]]uuu'N@YY+!P;A(dg@/P%&&`0@& Mv>FTn݊ ̞=zHJJŒ3Vegg#>>Fkm۶ s>{۶Xnl6}Q@R |B3o'OhmmdZa4T*;(%00UUU`*( z@HHSgfBػ>_۴r!l߾& =́g?fTjO bHݯfCՂb>&8ipKKO@HRtww#004DT"::-TTX|9***0rHTVVbCgdd$-**|aFz߿555:T*u cَdrbbsq8} !Wn:'88<4Q@TTI]Nd2|>{p99 xڵx#F ++ ;w /{YYYCՕwy't:U9&lZb!=>د`{nĕ$bZ\W.wUWn[\.5a^b3g`ѢEhkkO?-[=nhh#&55AAA(//رcr̸8lܸ ,H$kcܹ8v؀/ bbb~)>lݺǏw$ѡ8u1yd vz6c:.&\>v0 _>BUrX,\}ٮ^@͕n4^g]{F6fw^{ 9b ̞=gugy۷oG@@ "e>ѹ1}Pvv6$ rss_z^9h5b%yeOVvΒqm"v d7&v}],L><o@+ksX,~G*)GƝwމaX8r,XT1cƸ$nhiiAcc#O5ZAvvBsӧOC&a=^HIIAJJ j5d2d2,ˠ:}ٵ5+.a5wP(8|f_wJHHp[$]w0@:9_ ';:=CQQӡxO?HKKviii1c$ QncorqqqL`Z{4Sdh"L14 ݋G}taXǘ1cI\^NŨƊ+\@v%Fc2}ziQ<3g0GArr2/_~Cgٌ6-Qk˄sbԩX~=k=>`ȓ: UwwwMl_Xn~>۷oǷ~{ u#\.|>jZƌ}忁9\~}d5k@$!++ PWW-[0"cF#V\%K oםnWL&t>g!hooZvo2 ???C  66+ N|w}FI&/ ,YX Xp!?bXx1Q!WJ{t85 8s zL>'`$ٙf ΝQUUL6AAAHHHX,Fzz:$ &OTFw8~8f3233+`ɒ%HLLyʕ+?`֬Y DΌop!ͼBQ >K.y̞1Do6(((@qq1t:ÑcbԨQF||eeepB,^x@sEBn:۷]]͛7ʉ IDATc֭8phO. SNӨa`Kɓ'o>塡iii3g233uDgX,(//Gaa! qqjL6 wufᠫ ?#ﾃ\.GJJ qΆkZj*8p{wgX#/_|{(ꆜ9s!!!>ےegPRR8!q2VK>C2i$H$ꫯs9P2L~ k֬!Bﾛv{,Cq}vr뭷G85ky7l6qFfɦMlvھ=Acc#$رcLCQCVIAA`:F]p|%jnn&_} h4~<$55 O/Bpb=ڵ|2m4RSScIDD;v,#^ uuu~#PN Fw!';J>" Ipp0y\.n],^X,2uTRRR}l|Gdɒ%$88Q+޴i)(( i1T*%&L d˖-ۭw:xb^t:C(l̙3ZbI HSSӀR;s 2e r䩧ryN:E &k׮%7ncEX,@b~8q"aX$((,\cqDnJIjj*ٳgۓR(dӦM$00blIy-DJJJӧ}&j/熒f#ox$337`Ȟ={HLL INN&'N>***Hzz:rZ%;vj;RIO~" L֯_O;=566xp\2zhk.m6iii!6m"D(m۶tXRn:B D*6 :٩jpBGn:y2\Nr[o5}Gߟ9fٳNx E\.r[n!999.<#x"y #dÆ D*2X,ȑ#dҥhCh4SN'NZt8.D ŋA%V2~xQOf۷Cx$wuɲ!~~~D(|߿T*7k_dܸqd̙3n$??&BX,2gL&@Q?9sFCrDuZg܌L"??ߣ0rÇcŊ뮻k׮$X|9rug|aXؾ};x `fyyy8x jkkYf!++ ǏGFFtՊZԩS(,,DII , fΜe˖aٲeCQl6QjQ[[P3 kooGmm-l6b1BCCoh?JvrsǑ#G|bj?X`^ǼV:6o \.{/v펐WYYMMM~gȱρ 9UUU0 rH$r<2C Ey#Պf455 )) ", jQUUV8$&&eP[[ JX i~jEvv64 |j~ ~;x s=XbN86}(J\B㪹ODwD"誹Ob CQބ6444j"!!}ƴ61ˈ''=Vz(J"55!!!Co^G}O݋|ܕ?6 V ȧ&X(5r9`0%.ՊV455j"** "膛fAP * !!!HJJBDDӎqdW\\Lc޼yN;pb0pw̙3xrV FV ^Nh4zhZGܦM3}*E S* BTTRRRnhy LVhZ|BDFF!* r D.YdG30eرNz=$ ֭[ 60EQ>BբGJJ ﮮ.d2(  ",, aaaNe@NZJJbAhh(B!z+85k֠. `8p֮]j\uPE A&!$$7tK;vuujV\.|>|>xqt#jbd2d2`0@;6 <ϑT#""\gH$뮻/%OGAFF/_͛73EQ^a))) n.t:ǣ& `@PP@F߷^]qq1fΜ\ bxP3[EMMW( #SFgq8p\x<[Tdn:HR?~p ̝;׭mooH$O?[nŭǦ( vuzMR5w{h&;FP7G[\GGR)fΜX,9ٹs'=H믿vl{nbG؝;w܌yeb~@VVx<VZ`ڴi_]JӧQQQL24ѹXdW__͆F^^|MlذwFii).\xxd=zZ999شiS|g/رcG:웢(jQ^^2oX,rhT*ԑںu+222p둛0̘1'Npl ƨQVm0oѳR,CR|rTTT`ȑNTKQv0TFkz$(B`4gonnǞ={R?RI(:hKMMEPP˙!..7nĂ 0}tc 9Dh Ey\TWWC(bԩHJJ΃:<;;Lbbb/bLBQÜz*۰k.Bh;N> L3 EQ v5oiPkͮ8v#=c(//GAAӡPwF@9O,[ طocHxb á(ʍsɓxbw!Xf Μ9;s%<< OyG\?Z&ʖ9`ܸqtm޼yxrJ5k;_72e ZZZPSS^%=00eBAWWt: 4l6 |ikVWW#$$tn3!֭þ}p!jފ͛7c֭8pU5ZV  ~l6.].StuujV\.|>|>xv\kVQC0 fCXX1 mllD}}},ǣ܀pʿj*8p{̇bG_~/sOml6fH$BTTL&B`@``GJ ߩ#@AVCRARb 44BQQQ49L&T*u)S&K/7d\cܴimۆ7W_*MMMPVV<̙3r\p*{z\.#F@xx8Ç폲jL&Ckk+ZcH|BJ\.BbAdd$D"c)jp|U*ʮ BDDƎ댰)5dggD"_~nU^^V^`@EEE5X,0f (Jttt@Rf!$$V+Z[[Պ(D"2˵mB6T* )).4@Xeeei7qD9_n(Ǟ\.\Mqa P__'|~-V^wyAAA! hllt?łX,1fӑF#x<7b-6 qqqZP* Ejj갸`7oww7N>W8~~~1c+B,KHFqmył@Gn2jnnFmm-BCC5ގZlbT-1cٳz&56 >`|!88gpWP@.`0v t:tuu9zB  P|dgW]]^{ CHHz!Ƙ1cubZ|>lذ> !5Bh>V 6htU{ T !!`lƅ сn1x{*Jqt'xf3>HDFFm|fJBBlFXXbcc钞NMvv2 ~)>CaܸqXt),Yǻ ~ww7~gbWtQ(ǃX,4KO& 0LH$>=VUUj5nayFgMmm-ad9PFRZn֤Gi4HRDDD|5͆!̙3 {%B.\\1cpGqmOFL86n X,Lrz/|e%H6' =z4!J*&;Ѐ8tX0 Y,z{mP(CKK ӡ8-߫y[^.]*99 N|FNCLLK___*rqJ$ҥK7^n - |=Ugg'@t8nPiA sK/=zq( TmOAGG*++QTTNG80|{7tfHLL٥F./ j|̝;-*$jAj2 2 z@J LXS! IIILncZ15qm3p`ZZK/ݻcjB!vxCBBV{>߿|`Fk'W_?v8z(Z-rrri& QRRSNűƗ']i8U0w\h4̝;?c|Յ8qeeehoojuyL7B% H0 d}nC1}>;>}:O^z =fϞclgk5jԀȇbh4ԩSt`XI_rFUNىB|W`xGeT*(#Qww7d2 6(gOQ.R*?~KoDAee%b;Tmp8Bkk+z݆&;cRer5+PD}v8toߎxzf9`({O/_B1a ¥Ɏj:jpKSp$PZZnx&;cwe6]`rr-=WTX|9***0rHTVVb.%((" HLLzbqWRPVVkP(h~re^BPSSx~4UUUhhhx<xJ.#>>G3@SK1YYYعs'^x{ri.((fBd2l6Cl6d2:΋f\!Bll>iѢEhkkO?-[|/˱~zj"33?K ZfC0w\b믿v_aƍX`D"^{5̟?suiSᵟK`` Vvd2LxR駟֭[1~x+ 1bѡz1bD5w媇j`ܵ b9j󃿿?!l-b ̞={VFuu5"""ۖ;ȯE'AgϞE-ĉHJJYR9zB3&@z*_NH|F6)FLӧOwYܵ5;=wy'rrrڇ},cMZ5IDATM n&ٛ466b=^5;u&9Vd0!--1Sۻ/GJJ RRRz4u ϟg@: rӵmNʭa0ҕ8ikk@ v_X,""" =fv Zh aƌH$Q[rqqq=rK啬Vk=iA@kk+ӡx LD˷)_p3F ޢŋcݺuAgg';fs^|TJJ r9Z-ӡxFxUPP˗f3thgY`aܹ:u*֯_ߣҕlFzz:[o<>gT|XUUt:&LL(--EFFG\; -˼|O:H0o/N:PشfRRR`0t(lJ+~l/L&u'A·a̘1hllޤ +򍎎Jb)d291Mv>nĈ}jriԼ -_+P|:mmm zCܹs^sԄt0KMJJBKKKӔ"\0;(@jj*"""P^^!p!{;ZE("((L8͆Z$%%]O1c .. ohDYYr9ƍX^>#GDkkkKdj~PҡT.]Buu5|>b1^;B@UUx<b12G[[&MTcH&'N췹&;WzRzHHH`0J">iDAss3񐔔әf477HKKsZi-_`6QVVD OѠQQQVB/ш:d2"!!QQQym2҂l$&&"..nX3g4qYG&MR B=zeO5`hhhL&Ett4D"NAT񈍍st'ZÛdByy9f3tHN܌Z"55uPɎ4ٌ4ajk m #b Š[,n]$mz@ߗ,q,K0 gggr(  aCqA㻻ָC$Ξe Hkt#kfRb:,Ks9c`}eY( dY4M1`BDQׯn6 777;N}yyh48+٘|4MBX.~><1<σpjAk k-֨UU*ebc Zc# CpηؕCA[<<`0NYa4A)~pVŽ|Qb@UUX. ZkcCu]mxprrġ q \\\luy'"\__od7 ;BsZkcmIaG!dG-B!GaG!dB=1IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/05-reverse_deps.dot000066400000000000000000000010521335323540100170710ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph g { rankdir=LR; shape=box; maino [label="main.o"]; mainc [label="main.c"]; libo [label="lib.o"]; libc [label="lib.c"]; libh [label="lib.h"]; liba [label="lib.a"]; main -> maino [color="red" label="main/main.od" dir=back]; main -> liba [color="blue" label="lib/lib.ad" dir=back]; maino -> mainc [color="#BB8866" label="main/main.cd" dir=back]; {libo maino} -> libh [color="green" label="lib/lib.hd" dir=back]; libo -> libc [color="#33DDDD" label="lib/lib.cd" dir=back]; liba -> libo [color="#FF33FF" label="lib/lib.od" dir=back]; }; tup-v0.7.8/docs/05-reverse_deps.png000066400000000000000000000663351335323540100171060ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRν bKGDtIMEs IDATxy\eaSE@\@A4Q\s1G\d͌e25e餸k}M\L *xٗs ]z=y8MṸWRJ!B!i@!B$B!BB!BF@!xNGtt4ő@JJ ZʪqrrEH_&B!j˗/s N: '33:u h4dPբ"55 wwwڵkGիnnnzG!jI B]VVd޽]v]viOOO-SrE.]_j4jԈ0rH^|EիWEw(D'IBt9r۷/CO>xzzVpNŋ;v@~G6lӧO2,9 !V[___]F>}5GOߡQf !(쒞šɉ`}رc $;;[ߡQ& !(3gΐK= fff_aУGrss9s挾CL$)BQfgΜE4jԨui4iժfff]`6l5v*)i&133֖kk4>&&&L:'''3n8155eFѢE I E#IB2_|,]9si&Ξ=СCOJ5oޜ`222{[oł 8z(7n$!!NJNN_V~숏p=BT'#} IIIֶ[d ŪUG:u\޽9=e˖1`t:iii888S&--@Jz=*|?T!$B! dqtt,IYfXBQHR(\M?ow(5۷gڴiE2P!2999Oܮ2 <ggg|}}gggP(3I όB{(emLMMrJchhȒ%KXtiDXt)K,PQf !NNN|`` ÇDÆ s̘1ҒH)Ō3ܹ3Æ w8B$BgY/ 7_t9?f}7k֬dErPQ+h4iժfff]`6l=`7mڄ;fffڲvZ[FÇĄSvBBBKKNNfܸqcjjK^ O>tرJk+f\ػ_ŅȽFVm7U~Muax |}}qqqw8BBZPzR.\PWVSjĉSN%e;bccNS~~~AJ)SǏ+@+ڽ{3fڿСCUBBSJ)ӕZ~=g}lpԑ%>/TlO*7#ힲSSNkSNzy;!*LB!D'O* SjJ)|}}dee${XRv!R$SӦMS~~~zkn PQQQ*wOI s2U]ѥԑ^U!߮TqPyYwyNSު~*((AAA~[t:}#DUcBT@=ϋݻ˗ĭY5kit:dzi~ccǶ$ٙ$_Cވ;yc۪u=FæMaذa[)ST(jƍ̜9I&vjYU.DUPTIMMeܸqBDD;w,S!!!899aoogggFڵk󚅅`ddĭ[J]o^g\Fc`M68 ۖ0S9 ٰaL6'N_Rޓ ++|7,\ ;$!*$BJff&yyyaffƖ-[/uoNEVWF>>>|4j FYXnքЯ_?G^^۶mcԨQLWYBT !D "?zCIeC:aڑ[w#mrAKpp0XYYѵkWڵkG6m [[2՝Lll,/^ҥK?_~VKF0`#G_|j<$)BHthc.^tls눝k';;*ueN8S8>4222'##011A舽=4le)9UDs/'O"IzǙ3g8~8+.\ڵkРA7nL 077sss$//4n޼͛7)ӓEϞ=V܌4t9ثa쉽s4tI$)Bg޽}~={#Ǐg̙lٲڮl9)$]峤Q:ضl['lZs$)EFFl2mۆR3az~|2}~~~ܸqCVQzgy95aطus p&!(I "|Gl߾ggg2qD4hJt:>̪U8x ;wgذaF¥_HOƭ2]M*J#Bs3cS3l[uޭVZK"(rssIHH %%V PheeUhccu[PJɢEX|9-Z`L0CCC}X!!!|߿~j*]_a^AI A1x5) $]fDqԫkݞê_/E/p9ܱ$''[[[M6k׎]$IB!*QPP3f ==> ɓ'y w!=#N*:]*st|pbFE2ocbfQrUS'&BQ9rO\x͛7M6xzz䄣#3sBBBqqqrE.]h4xzzһwo @155{PJYt)Ǐ/^a[AAtԉm۶ѴiR\DP(!͞@ޣs3D,YoRvs{Kǖ~U鐛8pt֍>}ЫW/u놅Eӧ9qǎԩS!C0n8^eCΒ QAZ#GʪU|=I`Yؙ3gر#;v+VT*daa+8vtؑ3gΔڵzܹsY~=...zXxs|}&N )ͦ0?| r(AWOa~9eݡ0/G߷!j333_̝;Bupƍ /MItU_oɓ۷/}C )}JQj&MRCw5¦MJKKw(Wo;wRھ}jٲ233S ,P:N)TzzQ999~:tի266VSL)y-$$D[uA999)@WCT;v(###k}Se kԎ;J}$BRhh266V.]w(5BaaС?Cē:uIsN~A)ݻ՘1c*T驂UzzSׯ$ѣGZpC6 .T&&&ѣ*/s (+V0p@<<<J```ٳ%'GEŭXݻ WWW< 6Bu<̲e0`_]Mdd$Ǐ/!11׏ ^z .իWz)ooouu5qDթSǎSJ)???ՠAW\>lxyy_ ޽{Wbbb~v] QC2RP(c>^V/W}􊏏WVFǹth4… URvv }k}_b.\P摻hO9 IDATK}bTT **R]255%<DѵkW<=pS9ۨz,KVӓ]Dzex]§Xe#U?+w/9'dqtt,Ia(W`s\\\0a:3vXhA§~JLL 㣏>lFáC9}4|7ܹs_n~׮]W^ܹstЁ͛7 @hh(oiiiՖ5nܘji 33<033c˖-@e-ިQFXYYڵk?>xyyUҬa3Ї L6fJU7{$}5æK2|px775O6/̙3ѣGsYϟ'|R5oޜ`4iƍy7yho˗/nݺxyyxb8r{g˕l~SN8q?L6cǎq̢E1ckUҥ gΜv5i҄y1h Xh=z[ٳgӨQ#h7K,}%fE9sFѢEYc͌?>~w[6scY\>>' 2J^K#w:lr(:mG4AFYdDR 5%9}ܨ(7o)5UmѢEl޼ƏO߾}۷C˖2мynMQU @Fɓtޝp<<s"##&;;zЉ=u BahhX2uٳd;nnZkkk͛4jVKPP %'h4*sNMV{$&L //ep`& 0!J!Ve$5ʠoTit~Āpsscȑ|gS4p@5kƆ `յ ŋ=nA2d2f̘jm&%{(>+,#np#zc֔B=3ypdER#Rzzr "HU222#RRE  #F)&$wٵkFFF=vCQ< ?O.]w%ӧ(FӦMhRݽ !11 Uc*}Dt{DTTp4|̞ 4l}{F?`*SBӱb f͚EݺuB)PзX$ wGɂҪHRXÃGPqׯ?P#Yش ̓!Cyshw7ހ'iSx-8|bcAuh駌0yޞV[n%>>R1BЮ];"##:DZ]*zbU"22v=,4y%$$t%þ GGNuꀇiEm%Y~=U?5T||<ڵcѢE\i.R@~ kǏӻwŜw9ϸZ{TA\Z]Ty"DFfl E E`۶iӦ,]Yfѭ[7\\\*jB^yڷo_-B$tԉCIRxCѩS#=nʕ+ܼy8n޼IZZyyy%s166ܜ иqcprrU4=t^}pDD sQg[QbXR50NOZZtCCCi۶-;wˋ.]`bbR&*ƍ?{{Ëj4ECýɟ;4zEz8rO)l2xB8ۦ <䯗*&&_|tz}f}v[Qkdeeƿ/z-}W˖-cʕ\|z=L'\#GЬY3MƸqpssfJ~;vsN4 ޼[lR/1=u22s]Qսþŋ>xZ#GʪU*wb r%ƏOBB{gϞI!dL0'Os;8{,=z`ǎ?AU.](F 8 +JVZ\]]4izê=tIoUj|FTY)F)P\Wjt>\Çw"//O͛7Oi45a*$??_\RիWOSݸqC! !D͘1C$}R풒1cV˼=zÇpB:uGWc-ZDtt4o&ϯ!Z'.y`d-[BvE=~EΥiČ3HOO磏>ǧc9y$aaa{u wʢO>p 4hEȺurرG(o晟>ebb:t*W_~TM6UwH/-MVjZ^{M)//z@)GG Rj\6oV*$D}G]eddwyG(777eUPPﰞٳjĈJѨ}$&))IlRu];*wZlYr%7nP={TS+WT婦HLLT&LPF͛7O;ʗJm߮;(5lR͛YX(սR3g*jRǎ) TWI&)###VZRSS= ՁԐ!CFQ]tQwXBRV|4S*,[ٮ]9shPU֭U˖-յkJ}]'N(.^Xk7*sssիW/um}S~ׯ+R|/+նREɟqZSQ\zU͜9S+3335}tu1͛+F U_+ymddjѢ +ww)Wj+S9kuj8p@ڪs(˔޽[խ[WM0Aeee"<<\9;;+OGͫ*3S_~Qjz^h޿f͔:gp6ΝS*7֬Yu4QSNU;vP{9{=Ν+N222TpppkOJV\V䤰PjjZ*ePo7ɓFQsy*r,5ghɓUFFF(uRw^ehh̙t:]MUΝU˖-Ulll+So39 ׮)wR}رJ*e`߮]ߕZZǕaÔ^ׯ255Ujٲ?~㏕Pe7//Oũ~A}j̙[nXi4նm[o_~=iwݞx 0@U([Q!QuT@MV uogϖ-[T B``rqqQW[l)w=X=LMM_j;w]mۖ~XnnѐõTYˌ NVj:fRW/4(GQE FROWa[U?Zx3fjժ244TT ֭߿2dz饗ȑ#Uj߾jԨh4%۫~7|SٳGݺuK߷*DO>޾}jٲ233S ,(C0==]بrq?@:tHK)Sz:t蠜%)<>BꂺȲqqqjܸq PÇWgϞ*ٳgƍ* ]v7__Ү~*$''ӣG<<<سgmr*Bah`n5k|)SOΝYx1xŏ /^xZFUTjՏ*P24wDVԩm_fRgϢվŽ..J…J}}Q2'1TU͝;W)ԴiӔ_*U~]=BUUߪ(d PݺuSj߾UZ-/V|}}UuV # 8wϟаh-₯/6lM6-z!;/>+Jb7dIQ/gQĉE=mۂ,999|VEqA/^\:Yf|/&&kkk6)I$&6ўwС :_u1oF=~Ƕm5j'O.=/[؂!Lg:oN8= 033㥗^⥗^"//_~~'Nwߑ-Z GGGFZ@\\DGG鰰[nL8޽{ӵkWLLL=4)ח˗ ,8h򊾡%z6F UBߟ&MPPP]hݺ5lذBu[ٳg?1)tqqa̞=w}׭t8!V`iIK>S&3T+zE^PJqu.]ŋ%..˗/R2^XZYYacc 4OOOڴiC =t;!>>J)Reݼ+ߏYb"DFիV4S PGd-YOOO bժUXZZңGN:URwdggJZBXl (mJKK%mll*ePֹ >$P_7B< )$@O}^e o4-*cO4*KKK{ۻw/˗/CIYgffV;wnB!bHo+.ux2([[[2n8ضm .k&6}cXƲ5tФpرYcO5ч@ 2dcjr24h\=qVrr2}!$$''']焆BDD;w‚T 022U!wl#dzы5%^s}'*C=##{6رc 7}`r5 ''05WW2́ի!%EDFF2~2 ?(MLL?'_~m6Ҙ\XDqe//$ϘG2p@04|GEEѩS'>f͚Uc`̢$O8lkk04,z+o nnк58;,BQ[e;8ӘWhC}'I!mܮ];ƍouU#$''ӣG<<<سgiEHχܢU31#o_}ʕ7Jcchlm :v,rnԨnX999\rX'-- 333LLLhР8::book9yGtDGGK\\ lUX|666888舓-=.,d2ETeCeslC޽ؘE6trjj4Q]޿?.TtãK}_z9풥PQC8}؇s8 h>Ql/A+B8s &L_nxW^^WWWTVV"66ZZZM|)kG1EE`6=&)¦[z^Ϟ-`c#hk+i$$$r n޼wB,лwohiiA(BYYB555 KJJ}: `mmA#FOa?Dll,._$Э[7 zzzq ɠH$Auu5i-wKKKNNN߿?oQPHDb! Qa>> zZ^^&Lb={FFFͺ..?_~1E&k_MJ&ʓD[[i-p;v .]BUU0tP 8VVV1Ԛnmm-qmܺu ɸq^:X[[>>>{_LRYYh;v NBnn.ttt`oo 0066~.((@ff&q-$%%!>>"={&N:1ĈA ~8#@Fc4aŻBӝ  )#G`ڴixwc36^aPQQAtt4Ӣ%`N ((.~R^HNnx6a,.8N:?q Eܛi2ݻvB||1hBnn.qdY%%2kU%ڸ%RS{ᶵ5D/QDQFܹC3g$%%%277 6Pqq1a=C,STTyzzqdggGǏ;,5UVVF!!!OB-ZDiii|4Zh Bק*++YJL5ԲTJȊ@ c2Ŵ)3L3*)$"+W@ [[[x,j?6ӇN8wHrWWGBogyx&#Gљ3DuR^^N} ߿?Q]]aիWۛ8#WWft^ -]v,>K/6v?'+ϿMi A4@^ԋ>O]hso#AgQ\LtDL4r$dgO"WWEo'.%kԉ'O>M?CEx"ڒ@ +WvtYYY4vX8fϞM|b4{l8ƎKYYY-nCD"L#@ eROF͠ -I|:KgIL,#?mN ?~8W76l@椤D3gΤ;wo'֮%{vZAA:ww>h~d"w555d8|}})77ڤ֯_Ojjj4b>!ZUU]vc9%6ZJ^ǏS‚bccbcc‚wޢi"ޤL ÿ2)oɞ#H>$:# AfIarss#Ąy  uuu 4w\ XLtѡCDDGdeE$M"iӈq|Ek:QTTDNNN$ )44pd*99IOOӾR&MOO}RJJJh-y^V\IǑ?UTTTTT?qG+W|uTGi5))3 a/KA#HHi6ͦhn|C'ܹC׿Ȉ-[bbb>T?L~~~GǑmڴJKKzﮬ5={>ӓ7 Akh͚%]r4t}~u7𗩬$___RQQÇN=ĕөS*Z~=}'mj:kRXWWGs!@@?O?D̙,jHK뇐ߦi:Mp Gg0OhVny>|QQQHNN A 9zDff&RSS7oʕ+HOO*'wmԌ앖n7oJ7NIҀǻuրnmaXYff&tVV\\\n:>||liiiDc?8Cjj*,,,AAA066nu%v剈0c СCpss;$:u&Mooo5l 0 PJԢq0  1"½{ c}>dbb[a'+,,ą pyܸq˓q000Z_Ϋ%%% `@QQ1tP8;;=Bee0%E,'X,M̤ 0`%%%prrbbb  ,_| """0zhiDo>,_999?UV8o߾￑Ѫ6w]̘17n܀-vލ~]E vO?ņ pi888NØ1c^XM$z( +A >>;bccR(((o߾066Q0fee!33H$Ԅ0rH۷[>Iac>|۷o#//YYYCII3]CPP W^0669TTT~TUIŴ4ic}☞.+M--G GDxwK.Vg`:ќtР7 /RVir`%R" ?4Fle|%$$М9sH(@ ڶmegg[ ٴm6 @@B̙C r*2)+?|X,rO 18pxPz `ngm~ <@PPn SSS=NDQQaaam0o...?>ߡb =RI)vݍ*T(A PJT>ŨB P5VUU}iO_777DFF֒WիW#.. BHH|}} s9sP\\[l?~ǒBST=43_PTܾ-}[7"BZzN@OEss̤`_ӧOo'A~-0m4hjjL`ԨQHLLqշݻ&=z@~~~555Q\\:())5$ADD\;w69#8;6o71a„v1N:###YKx`ٲer p%8::Vmmm̟?˗^^^:t(յ7K#tpbtX 0KxCъDGp!ҥNn;A,-;j>/_&@@b nSDDsΥsiժU$?'ggg"*((Phh(g>#+++//ʪ]V>>rϫ>VVVt%ڿ?3g/Ç767~x򢜜idVZZJ=z[>.w4k,8/^L# xb8f͚ժB! mf_TT$L'LgۣOOOͻpH~Vyy9֯_ߥ5GUU"##1yv_gyMɓ*^Xn@;籩6VRRH[={2Fqq1fϞ-V=z4o|o~+o(=-j% /^=DNe3i۸tR' k|oLJ0:TWWcr>|8k/[Y6Wxcme}FFR;$R >;% kSu5 X|y%`׮] cr)p@p:ô={l5q] 1b޽+X{쉾}>m^Yohh{>+ }}}\x&&&"o&&&x"C2L3dgg^cؽ{7v؁/Νk<:u  g}&׸.3'pX!0}0f`޽())YTn㡪hdNJWWPUUQYYk> >ll/s{|rDGG7YJ 277o.umY{Rf|@9+#'SOmۼМׄH$qA(((`Xj> ~suuu_aaal۶Mm-[S}v̙3VVVprr˜1c`jj7"00K.źu%2(**˗狖N> GGGb֭/=% I4gn;v ~- 47;cΧdP!K CO?PzNN`kk6:ֽ{w=zs͛L)SiÇk׮.Y~8pÇǸq^:g% ݻw5U5SLAJJ LMM/% <i?`WeD 1^C[#?GŖlTwiӦA$AUU55VUJUJ%(8u߆ѯV6n܈ ݓKRKKK3kjjj/*E]]LLLtR|/g= PPP@dd$ߡt(j~U>>`I򋍑m.]ͦ a.X_07220-+  >A !Cҕܹ3gΔKBRqGII 3gl% }NoBBw^L01ABU~ǣGP+<*P Bru5bŨ|<̬7a %%h((@KA *(@qTP2ArORR̚z=WyN F AAAӓ{F555!))QЄaZ֭[1}tMvv6lllzg6e1c@(ѣ]jy7xw;qO-,ytu1juu_[_[{ȫCDb5xV8?Nq)(@M8ǏI=“SS婨BCpTd='x [IDAT͛8{ljʫ |b1f̘A?;غu+M6a|ËM6ٳv G%%8VVE&bznHCI =`=D #5D({WJ$"BU?~\&EH:VJ$ =Տ"lق6#+MUѣ8ݻw۵Neee],)d8wPwXb EDDD50>7oބN> CjqqqA`` >f]Cee>Vzz*5#Fy':Hi*\={&`lٲHLLĘ1cSaaapaV$333:t(\I$Zx1)**ұc$ M>444ɓ|#w'O$ >}:I$VS#Re]׶}v%TF=Ұa護ޢg6&NHB!yxx-f""XL}& <=z{,TUU! G}Z'!eb̛7wƖ-[0{lCP̝;3g͛T֭[Frr2 w8˾6]y:ôY>}pv;$u 'OԩS,!d^IQQ۶mòeTv]mUYYcٲeضmK; +++|?zK tttpi,X~~~6mZ;w&uuu1l0hkk#11#F;,Yb!C… |f.\!C׊+iq{nCpvލ>XR02.^ lذuu/ۮct%Kٳ]z0a_7xk؂3)((o0aa1x$''Jx7z% #CHIIyxbX[[cϞ=wRU8q"Fݻ#)) +Vhb<ӧO˖-kt˖-)N>~aGYc˼&O`C01yF #/wܡ3gӆ ﰞ!)**<==8Ǐ*++'PH-4zAZZ-ZB!SHH ԭ[7:<ߡԭ[7JOOo2ݹsΝKB) bbb(88LLL8rssarZv-qBTTT[LEEEJ...qڵk "D|HD&&&ؖ4 Nʰw^ڵ Յ7,͠+**3gѣHII|}}GLnfH$`ǎ@mm-\\\0~x5 PSDd;w8{,1aUnfWuu5anntDoF||K zn߾L ;;%%%(//oHC@---077G~ #3DVVrrrPXXH CW^0221ˆcƌ;w.֯_n<.pBlٲaaa u_% 0 tQQQ2e F]v5"D5kΜ9ӳײaa.%!!&Mqطo~mC/bڴi ":tvvv-3 0 ӥڵk(b] Oɍu< y}DRpÞHJ8?d`,/J8?d` 0A!? _|_|\|]a>/$20DŻ gu8z}D.^,!2Mt]$,ނ@) MA|$.^!mhC  t<|7/_ p|\o>?{7AX`v;r.>2T;w]%ܞIS 7OO 7OK oQ i}폁k} l]v +ײ@D_}mN"zM-*}- Oַ^)-F-Cg9 z=&cLI2_$Z=-Jp?~lE}RDx$] L ^)%g՛'Ky ً4 {z0I=$eHtiӵSFCv3fV 2 YDJ(2 L]9@ dL 2@&$?VZKJ`N_+iWs#؇TYÑ Xh@=B`42Lg/x-q? @qh"+0q@ QB6%10)@ erm0 ;0%@()]qoxGd\@JM#iȸGR*<RK8@ -~hL&Ļ## dcdL'IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/cbuilder-plot-h_file.png000066400000000000000000000041311335323540100201510ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR@FMY)PLTE@ @@```@0``@@@@`````@```` ``` @@ @` ```@ ```@@@``` @ @``@@`pT&sIDATx흍v F?sP@Hݳiw7t'Av7P!@94dp@! _=_#tfuf@o d|QƔѭ*H~WMr+P89W(\^3Pj\3p1~\D…Ɔ!rD*ÞH9sXLp) BR.!_t"%d=rn@3k_0> |+|5xfyvE$G?d`kw!0MѵqLQx=&(]*20JQ#Ԭ݂uk JAPCB`@_L}tOh># Ao]_y[@fq=razM/0}fgp@ 6۱. 6ۡ3Pu]xY"[v/d;'"?}|., 詺|p}uFq 7JrU`#}fsg%)اv>V]-m%[_ mPdc`ڱU\[_nV3N=]%m((/c((~y{F]hO[ԗ*W_eP(oC@gWgȺy_k_Eʨ/I+Yx&p=`|N&H$5'gf"FU"FGzʃ{^)t#-$^rn}5D'w⌘9C'6nCt pKݗx߸o xrգtE㧟a XW$Ц׬}I+ç@gc m] d?4jo>$oQ>Q~]9=Ӛλ]X]Wq^֘~ova^:;yg 7o^h-Pop4Y@&A`o0&>Y@.)݅zuȲҁ 7M XG"HR64=c ;S Z8"/Ȃ8?/+7IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/cbuilder-plot-initial.png000066400000000000000000000042771335323540100203670ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR@FMY)PLTE@ @@```@0``@@@@`````@```` ``` @@ @` ```@ ```@@@``` @ @``@@`pT&sQIDATx흉v E1ͭ6HBtXL D"H$DHxpU[^ /@JiWw[qXmk-,Ol-b`zTtVӏ*@}Y7+x2]͎OhhA:|iՐՄ=y]@w6aOt6v݄Z4 \4[,6_OwGC_OYLx;t p`tZA5{xzDɁޡbH3@wQavZ+L>[ M9 FmTt#?\B~GiLϮO&)| =4]0AOwVϞ /Ç3qz9.R\vJGv"aW/|Ki~/#RTHM~a`?r &O>D"waU=QJșHT%C>>3<~#K*~ =eZN!@K:4aKw4*[6Vw:rxn0enݒw @m9`/ɢhMVXW|m5ǥ^vtŹ '[uWkU2WwUsU֒S O?uYQ_r[6`15uvEj !+NHma#~P^g7]c?nTD:ٯvQcꠟ_ށji?Dt6R]=Hgb 5@c/ / p-A y8&<~@{8~ p&l8z:d7cpO6b?pJw@l4㾺 ι-1}M y&mv<ߩx]z=yl̖e" pڙ[ 睹$@DQٞI _}PX.*묆:uz2~-j<́t;D RA :W~D( .QDn?7@ .L~xؖM UWaH~ !BÇh @'Ճ@;գɱzSXީeQ%'zT @=;գJ^YnS=4{=7Hoz`LTΩ.ֺՃ$yj@i&up)r7VgPd?(^=?O`n3A@u9y"W'A$g?(ȥzi݁*n''~U끑g~3|0Lv ~0ͯ74hzo?~Mx pA'\~4?(LM -ij5Ai"^-}X~a^~С\~bZ\~mjGfЗTFnD)^~2Zd'$7Ao)r (zSr |] yDH$|1K%8adR/h. cIT)8:/+ ̉FX +yȴK*].XG" x,@XtydI (K[ &4f# x H$D"XٚAIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/cbuilder-plot-nothing.png000066400000000000000000000036561335323540100204040ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR@FMY)PLTE@ @@```@0``@@@@`````@```` ``` @@ @` ```@ ```@@@``` @ @``@@`pT&s@IDATx흋r E( t{*$m2,ٿn HNJ>. Xfxa3#d&ߚ99?$¬dfu݂-'N]gG;ǘJ|M)<-P-x9状< ;k~d';cY|SuqG_SdIS`$μuzR^R6S?&Ә@&DƦ@ >iWs1Ʉؑܟb[_o2(n" I{PnPC9.@ dL 5뺚L'B@++Fal_rL^ A s $z”q;x#~ņ_j݅”<`k:mib-5n^/ ݓD|C }.H#=a i0 H u I^}^WoAo!g Z} /VBտH?蒽WCx{^v߀%h!s pn7Ac+vZrvh}"f۾l k<5VWoZ|rX`N <&D|MDl;BϚ¥65F`GO% 2P`Y]1[XX2[ 7 XLHӴïeM#I77A ךXFXY\`}c loh- ,{0Dq'ҍ *167hbN`[} lo4 &vGqx Z+_~JY6XXgfAhBkX(5v.Xʧ#TD 21#{X_N3 z=K sC5=,/kvק<ӝ)N),Bߢ7*P?}oCe(Gߢ2ES(P?uu;i ")Ka4 m(R"BSS2 S!P?e/Pr!\t}'{"(ې+P>+P?ut"'S&'OoC@e T/uZ+Ȥr{=QW׊u/o}\88Tӑ!8-,/,y@LU dv}&Kp3 ޑIDzqgx_dR@B¼"xodJ@@v zyȴ G',=i)xMdp,P@ O-~jFf?3 Dqn2b |IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/cbuilder-vs-perl-vs-make.png000066400000000000000000000051141335323540100207020ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR@FMY)PLTE@ @@```@0``@@@@`````@```` ``` @@ @` ```@ ```@@@``` @ @``@@`pT&sIDATx흉 Qg\綶3;?H@$D"H$:Rl>>&v7DtX#4nGumod%f|`݃$Wi?;Eȏ RA 6tUo7Eȏ #gT;'muT![->݆ԉ4ߦzjHW/D?~ؗN`~GWŭ ~9}/2CcwW'?9p--PiGaW@{~bLl^ؿ4pL&lǿbB PE1@yF=[M&l㧏z:P΁+}z k{an';PFY*^~);"MI-Gc?S יtY<.I{|= zV} ͟?DjBi|'b3a_(F!M:9rhzyK)K5 u tƜ CD%|qསx^]wWB&h,Ŭm̊/Y#oN[`R>mMCj Z$źo IgYߐV|2ĵS.~;\ߩ%) tb /[Yp~$1|3v~6),؏ `pؙ3H-ƒ+_&ﳑ.[X հﳙ.YX UdW^D*/kt-D՝"Vdt"f&͗QU 8X~0ڑHe })1޹2?|n̮/+~0 @+C^V @#WjFF T.o{1V\k:1n? и;ʦ{ԽC$[f֠;`0ף+@E"9t;_{mJ6j!@4G ~c[kW{3i>0dc5g*d @~ _ja|,vl?`kA>$]P>hgUЁoPWa#CBa?aC]dc?D~]| 'AG"췫L~ @B~z2AG}G~ڙ ~ya;Szڙ Mpѻvt 5~ sAc<ΦZ4,TTZڷCVڳ4^N`e?h;o*S&S-ڦzd>@Zzd:йRU:7MR@ȍ#O0vέmG]gNUf?pTA co? /2V+T; y<_.@4Od|A@u< 엒'bA$Na?oC1|#xD.C21ۉy"/k>z3Hd= f*j] 羑«7&ғ iZީpO֢n7ƷPZ4yi\| Oa?(׉La]eb?(pA(nGa6ԁa:)VMf? p%_Ekk|m1@/<8p*=Q~@ pY5#]}\7```````"YYWE'@oP*{OK{!22111d033Cvо}{ŏ}g#"""6D5\.Ǎ7pi9sAAADZСCŇvN%?k׮)~n߾lԩS}􁇇틆 JZbATM8}4Ν;D8::ر#7n,uL۷gHJJB&M {U l"gϞGPPjժ>}o߾1d2̙3=/4hFWaYDDD*իWسgۇ@?Ĉ#лwohk"l8t|}}qY`5j}hiiIJaATEݸq6l={?ÇG߾}#ucА:Rhjj9<==U(S%+++?~ĉy&""xb5Q@Ϟ=sPH֭V\]J\zzٳd 4g!88VVVRǑD\\ZnXhj֬>|8ХKL?:Q% ucǎJk 0c Ԯ]YYY5kK.!99&L p%s SSSSN.Tt̜9fffŋe:rMMMW?'NDfffKDDT\ffh޼5kV۠A@[lqqqb˖-prrK.qqq_͚5S}}._X_niömpaW>$&&ȑ#>7"駟ЬYJo iii:t(FsXaj2}78y$BCCBDDTnAB鰱1zhI2[˦O 6ԩS۷oz\p\. nݺ:u]>) 2d~"""U"ڷo1|pIdr9~{Y޸;vYs G.#88u'ɓ'/_d~"""UaAB+׮]S~mo.w֭[=___ŷ'N(4Crj3~QwV|R%HUx8~ؿϕBR/۵kLMbǎ:u*oO>%[TMgggI&jO?}cƌׯ'UEl"Tܹs@||[s6oތ ">>^-O'""* D"!!!hܸ1*QJDHdd$Aj.ߑKDȣG`kk+u Rs&&&077GLLQʌMTT"%%EDDDe&HEӡ-u tuu˂aA"Ȑ:U000:Q R333$%%IDKDHƍc{222 u""2cA"...:F?GZm۶pttĶm*=CQ|\uѣ>̊Hp&";v,Ν;gϞ˗qaժUHKK+4k׮?phiiaժU=}cƌի+=_!N2,C~^<Jg8}4;\|،yjժ$yW-55*yL&CЯ_?,[L%5&=zÇGXXXѣGpvvFvvbل }vDFFİa0l0]C>\5_qAnnnK!-- ƍC@@~w 2ČNdyy͌6rrrG+V5kNDDT-j 0p@ 6 'NTxj5B۶m-klmmZ?~\1FOOo;_q.zҥ"ח6üyb޽,y'Oj|AYYYP$o~z6DDTm x֯__!>|[CիЭ[7w Ӽ@싚ok>}*G!!!ٳRvpww/2SQaWNyd2L8]H] _0o<;w\̙ŋ#!!2 ؼy3,XoXl222U5kb̷~ ̜9GAZZqRd2Y+Zx1VZASS={K!o@@@|}}"8qmw#[.xQ^;5B1c ܻw֭+w-"""Rr0gfffe1eadd$LLLDŶmۄ\./4N.~A mmmѸqcjժBcϜ9#Zj%tttDV͛7:u~z[}'O``ر[ϟW*BcccѾ}{q].5j$Ξ=[춺y VZT<qb(YꖘDL& 7nիWQ2d?~k׮^i*:t(oߎѣGLDLKK {쁍 }<\H/|H֭[ɓrr 5 K,aADDJ`hh#GxsRqddĉ78q˗/ǖ-[J;wb…8vڵk<==1a̟?L56D _>z聛7oJZk߾=\R߹s'йs2퍱cbѢEX~҇QU%<'㣏>ŋ{n 0@HT999ꫯ퍵kbڴiRG"""pAT q!9 œ9sTvgd\111pss͛g6DDTc 66oތ;wb˖-pssCTTԱH F֭P >\HDDDMFׯ#33m۶# [RRM/// >!!!hڴԱ*"9;;#88ƍç~ wwwܹsGXT>>>h֬<}aח:QcAf\zYYYhӦ ͛ׯ_K| <==×FcAFڶm`[+6m#++Kh5Rll,NVZ!)) شiͥFDD$)6DjFSSSL{0l0̛7NNNشiW#L:W*'\'O_~ɓ'ѰaC|嗘4i""b b^zm۶aӦMD޽1m4 8z?7nģG{aԩ8p GDDDUQrOƆ p1}#ؿ?Ο?SSS?SN񈈈 6Dq"00j‡~aÆݽFŋ8vߏsA__ ˆ#COOODDDUjɓ'8pߏ+W@WW=z􀇇VZAS^-==/^ӧq_022€0bR$""DUc 8wuTTУGtڵC}p5\v !!!L&Ct҅$22gΜ pU<|ppp@Ѯ];4k WIIIDdd$ܹh WWWt }A^tcDDDD`^Bhh(_k׮눎hiiNNNprr=ԩ+++X[[N:|9;wرcKk<'OÇ>"##Efо}{ŏZ58)v%Q*"""R%6DR~~~EG"55UTDDDJl"Hv]\srrpJNDDDDD$&&EB^pJNFDDD=D2@IKd2?/_TDDDjl"He-[LVL__JJDDDDMӧOѣR爈6ADf=zt8Q=DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDD6DDDDDmTvvv:QА:Q[`-[&u "J&BBm۶ł ADD4b#U*61331|pQ9lRDDDRDRDRDRDRDRDRDnݺ{eznDD6mD'_MTϰ0|UVuZ.y"jQfsU?!BDS=<==U䫉j"::غC ALLR5^{E&"cQEoRGJvҥ2?+WTaʓ& ۷affVlݿw{ .Tym""*;6UacP(tY(U411)~*MDD"##mmmhhh(~\vM|B\\ ###4o>J IDATηw| VhYݺu[3f̀bbbдiSxxx SSSSN.W<999oаaCW^,4ɓ'3f j׮ ### 4Jy[XXf̘ڵk#++ f͂q%$''c„ 011CoNK&o-8==3g΄q|9CSSS-%66F)LMM1dȐ"Ce:n~_߿>hժ {vA%m""* IlR,[߮BN:o%KD||u떨_ NLQH!E D׮]ǏӧOEݺuEvuJ3 (ڲe[lXtb{k]+VgϞ{ y2 X!ę3gB|>Wu֊!eVINccc@ !x v3yd@\~]lƍI1%%%)ggg !HKKS,B#--Rm Y{)x~&,,,Beub1q궽vu ϳg@߿׮E)i"iDHMDi"Xַr<_;vK,9,Xɓ'… ӧOvZ+_+skN1d2y{QۦmRnnnnrAG'G*ݿ0lذbWTUςu['NTSڿQDDUzBBDԮ][gΜQ0ܴiS@رC<\㏊olmm6mҤIիW޽{I&V$$$jnwww@۷OM68zbYppb/_agg'bBCCCǏ/wNquu!!!B!nݺ%댍ESЕ+W„B\~eyJ&)߸qC!DXXbٵkܹs'c>!ڵ֭[O>Bd%5j$K|S֚괽YuBCC Bٻ+*E~{z-DoԻpO4l"$l-EŃB>}Z ccc1yd.ŴiWۅ022C =*;vFFF"--ME^9UV>>>wQFٳιi&a``Pd#ѸqcŸK.v ]]]Ѯ];wBJ3mSfYIۤ"<<\m !DΝ]5+ODD055#G,]SSWUx?ߵzNBB={hРb…M !JZ[=|ߨwaAD5oJꊏ? ,yN>T9r9v '''tI8}4Ǝׯ_4+QA0`-[&u"Js"?sQ9zccc4k ~J2ooߖ0Iʓرc/r$&&?ŋvZU%"""DTc-[T޺uk <9Q~}?011A߾}?jRu\"""O[Tq'g ooo&""""pO)M)M)M)MQ m6B__ضmԑl_~=h DGG"&Q&r u===XXX`رHHHPκu0qDxwŋc@ڵ1{ldee{^FF͛ BGGuɓoܦMiҤI STΥK}v1cƔj{ 4:uBhhRۏF$-[e˖I[noV$''1n8@KZV,=zSuxhԨ>|x >\ׯiiibӦMѣGq/,4cYǏڵk͛7 !JV\),--Ell; *J˖-ł ADTiDHMwǯ_ҵ#;wN˗/W,[~ ;X/!077Wƍ_1E,EKrss,yPV-2CCC@\\bYÆ  bٸ~:,,,Zt)ブ-["&&|cq(wm/ptt?j 6DUPݑ}UV8 j}r K5~Ν BΝ+8Q=DT\qN:Ui """"" """"" """"" """""j$''RG*.CMcŋpss:Q믿0`cU6qF!u j44n/$MNQ!R sp><?i\.qyzz!!!رq*\XXڶm ֆrrrЀ,,,`eezuرc$Et""" RS98;~xZȖeCCCmOBKCKE就1k,x{{KRgϞHLL,@Kjj*+(갉 R#  8(DSȑ@[S9Futp{m4h*Qwpz / =zz“'OJH`֬YXre%#""*?A$gགྷ{w/< 2(@hjhԺ]vAGG999HHH@@@#uJѨQ#W^x; \3fTR:""%^$*fO.C&d (HGSÿ;S*'''S|xݻ%NU֭˗/e˖)v6 [[JLGDDT>l"$bj|yyN:㜜߿YYY|kF@@tmwիزe 233+9!Qٰ RcfGjjhb28vdeS4?~\D111_{ ҂+뇙3g?$JKDDT:_| J04BTCȅ׼,Y4co ϯÖrssqQJJz:::صk>3hjymmm1h oΡo탃Ə;wHDBT=O{~cekjhǞ?©Vո ݻkNN>\ɉԇ6n܈/[P155ŗ_~b˖- +K.ID$SQ08`=h_=`q}w7/VFnnn뵴ЫW/>}UVaҤIＹGʕ+q%tsŐ!C 5 DDDMrXtiVG>¦6TT>='F#` UTlٲӦMLV%j7aiiYɪ \prrœ9s0n8Ij6D,&%#GV-Xqw_Eb׫#{{{|Xq;""bATdBo.}}26M-JjMMM <|20tP~+fDDD`Ab迿?V6g u E5T׮];w{6m|r$''K(6D*$mAH Ĥ֓Dh֬n݊(3?lmm1w\J6D* :t5wuָ1D~Xb?~wƏ;wH6D唚>s}qd_LMM1|Wtruu u<""Rsl"^=t_鑧h@CXDwE;w)))ի:u___d2#bATFC`ck\C/^RG"*3 8/^ĕ+WРA9M6ƍ.uD""R#l"$ 4h)?ą/IcLNpADDDwޘ={6˗R#""5&H ٩zh(=z}m}cUGGGl޼ј4i֬YFa̙xHBl"J)'A8;,.u$JQN,Y111ggg5 ׯ_:IMQ)}p4=:Q322̙3;w"<<۷B!uD""$l"J $h <z«.ƨQӧOCSS>ڴiH*b~ ? zZzR"R+8uмysL0Fjj񈈨 *BLJ ꎠ'A87&u$"ֺukڵ ¢E`kk R#""cAT@`tr!O{RG"2퍘̝;[nEF0i$DDDHTM[|Aｽѱ^G ԑڵk믿Ftt4֮]`Ȑ! :"9 _cqn{Ա<}}}L4 ŋ/Э[7t RG$"2`A5^ZNUcED ///ŋĐ!CТE l۶ RG$""%h83 Ʒ/u$jGÝ;wЩS'L2yE'"*MX!OC* mۆH >}h"IJ&jE==Ѯn; ԑj bժUxfϞ_5CQDP4h)>NP?HN-BTTV\'NF͛7GDDoaA5F<~M6^?AKCKXDT!O{aΝG6mR#"""5; ľ}I'IA[[F7p deewر#<IMU{O_?.7܊Q#444{!\ bĈh֬n݊,#8l"Z]vvA<W]ADDЩS'ycԑHE4i["** 1.] [[[|Wx񈈪=6T-}cqkI*@rJ`ضm1eDFFJbAΒ%lғ:U0sss|WxV^3gΠI&1b_.u<"jMU\Ŀﱩ&4!u,"D2e """{n455affXYYuօǽG:OqYkСCx<qqqG||DFF M ())AGG%%%CCC999(((@aa!b1rrrPRRс :w +++XZZر#z7йsgXq*Zb1RSS%:11 HNNFzz:޼ySnz---Ɏ@[[PSS磨x捤 )))###Jt.]`ee+++nݺIc`rg7 9E98;,l l$W^~HDGG#** x1@II ;vlall ###iFrdQ;`o߾%G=333$&&")) UUUt^zAUU9Xː 6044_|sBKKKhR%HݻwQPP044aaa ΑUϑ$%%!!!Ar }􁣣#`oov58cL`r+uFM<:$󒒒+W͛HII,,,`oo>}k׮LgggKΎܻwQQQBVVTUUѫW/899aذa2d)cUIOOǦM{nhhh`ɒ%Xp!nn%%%q5DGG͛7ֆлwoX[[Jf'IΎ$$$ ::7oD\\D":t 2...E."\q~05)S00:LBHH#{{{~𡤠q!o߾2U1K `,]BGQBBΟ? .ŋCϞ=1`888666ry `^^bbbpMDFFx9:u9CKL\Icpjc㎡j+#ɔt=z~~~* >{b1[~~>^ . 88wޅƌ'Bd2(77;v͛|'Xb:v(tr޽ ___"%%mڴ F#Fm۶BGlD;wHP`4i&LCCCc2bpɤ8nVn80T2<G? xyyaРAPWW:`^xSN/^:Ǝ'bԨQ-Kv glܸϞ=ӱrJX[[ )11G/XZZbҤI?~}SNŢEb!O7~" &tQ+ڴiYYY 6;FEEEBG+/^ 69)((ȑ#ĉTZZ*t4&cD"9rlmmIAAƌC6 ԔӓBBBH$5<\ڽ{7Ջȑ#T\\,t4ƚ."[yy%)z+Җ-BGTjj*-X444HWW>3бH$SNѣIQQh֭\b￩o߾FARk4w\RSS#CCCZr%=~XjD/_&///RVV&_@X5 \D0%&1}9)oP&|#4Zhm߾޼y#tf)%%/^LԡCڱcR.\2d]tm=}/^LdnnNJYjj*}Ak.>3Xqd4|RݨJ: 222hɒ%;Mbk.̉U4de3ϟk_zE_~dvΝӧOi…J;wX,:cr&sJť4LRۨFAIABir"vAzzzdbbB[nBcH駟*э7dTXX93>}}||M6dddD?37QRFD#OHYY @:cr,%0'GBGjRnB߾}xb̙3Xh߆T رcbcc}O?Evvј߿?Ξ=`pppɓ'A199#Gxxx !!9??͛7QTT;;;|(((:cr&3EŘ8'Na>BHMK,# 6U+~,App0ߏ@tBb2 7`bbqơO>8v6n܈={ٳg Ŏ;i|lܸ[nE^&t,?'Ʉ"Q{!4-Ni#5L4 =??E>8J^dggoΝ;1g-a~zXz5N> EEE|X|9?Ec8s ~XŌUD0;_DžIZT>}@]]n̙3y%}vNNN:QE۶mqU|\@(bÆ oɗ.2V ."Jяp-L C;#5R̛70w\\zBbu0n8ܾ}ppp˛{ <={Dll,jKիu?1ELNQF<2lm$___aӦM|dRNuW^ży0el߾]HLF_sڵk#:pvvƭ[`nnA͛BGbL( LeӷOqyetiEHMpssCRR\[ۖQ85g***駟`jjE˗Xfб@+WĦMw^̜9SH pL6 ... Đ!CŘ/V&-Fē':*u[e\r#D"Ltܼym۶:RL!00RLkJ8|0Ə:`ڴiBGbM௿cǎE,xqaqɓ'uj7F@AA7oFff&<<<SSSc1&(5bQ1<\BwBGj2_|كPS8ظq#'tyf|8s *tֈnܸCbXrq ]]]@eWCm˓b :yyyv455Ę``XT#i8B&qo#5GbڴizG2##HKKMe8v 57oޠ[n5j~ww罬/Vi|Eq-233ѯ_? 2w:c->kT%L99i87\* pBlذAjDLL /^֭[K,.,--̚5 ڰ@hh䵏?;ttt '''ngAWWzjLAAApuuLLZZL`ܸqHJJj؇S[/zL6\߄"Q ϻ1zhhjjw {wۮ022±cǰ~\tI8 k$Rxb"KBirӧO}Rii455%vM{n@VVVn:Ƞ'Oڵ={$GAAAk6lgϞ/ݻF2,2331cPVV]~M6O} ARo +44TUU)::Z(頻T~zΦHj߾=QdddnfժUdiiIBGaL\DFQ*.AIk :ݿ_fggK6DD'VTTDDD%%%$lKKK )++.QNNB""***zͼ<200lDe-_e+@afϞ]μ}Fi5"+VR2&*VKT5dccC_}QL$Yf&Mq\II Y[[Ӻu޶X,t]aDDϟ_ĉ.*ӹsr Q||<6mT*-->V\(eرTW^|IHGGG2bfթl= .]Djjjc0;L/Nx|||?\m7eyyy?~<&O+VTnm777WS;_ԩn:lݺ2t ~z|7:Nj_EEEa4ۮLuY4x`?QkzBW1yYyy%nTɧ"XLݺuz_`W:+DԶm[zLJv$\)..nk{Ak֬iyƷw^244\J'={FҒjvUjZȢӧOeff &g"36؈cõqqU$&&bΜ9ҾH$_,(D+A?;Tj# dU%^^^UN,X%%%:ָvڅ3gBMMM(_*뗕9s jvU[Ȫ#G}?X"IOߊ]' G0СCѮ]Fi?**J;webccV˗/ ̙3M^e_Se) P.ڵkѦMx{{#""Xz5:u˗1M8xb·5dܸqSL:J/nݪVZlDEE믿ȑ#zj?^ZmJQQ'NÇX$k.Iu*}xȃR222;w6<);tjՊ).. D:uM/_~-ѣIKKttthɍr{ :͛$bO?QǎQ,Zl ӪU$wU#ZMTyn= """(j p9₏{|# GPŃ`mm-t&~G߿<: 777BGa2D$AOO;vӅX˙Xͼ WWxXy`mB\xx8 `rvvFBB^|)tVׯ1QRR_.tƚ ^149bPT?8ɸ]N*++ Ylll_Xegb(h * I&BLƵkHNN: I,277<V'9E97MM#ɌN֭-t VGeY{n=1Y,t&?DE֭CDnn1ͅ1X]E۷o`- F;bv`㍍8vN흄#:u'Oɸ7o ;;;v: '1gYe%%%Xr% кuk,[ EEE TTT`ffkעD2~ܸqjuھ*{(Xc}vC[[ǎ '''DFFJ-Ce"##a``;rHII vvvyfͣ;{j]mܹ .]4;\] Ց~ QQQpttl0&3J{A(QT*.:\x ҉'ӧO}4fʢHק]қ7oMkaaAN6mSll,PNh„ ?ŋ۷oѣG4f@gϖLCUK]O}R֭i׮]a}nݺUoƍdhhHiii PiӦ{׊+޾گkj]/_.U:ܯ=zD(22"'88Q==)0[8reԨQڸdΜ9ٳQgʕ+HO>m+(..3fPi0jnk"-[PvH$5<5\DrDbuSjnq޽{аF_ڶmK$&&!"*wݟڼvԩ"""$ܻw+TTTDܼ&$$+ihhP^(44Ṋ[hСAڵ͛7Wbbb[5Ȭ]PlllӧO*effJm4JKK}oIݪoEUGikk9::%/]Dԯ_?ڴi}Qڬ"hРA`Fi1YE+g啤I"#j'//СCRmWEE˗/%JJJƴ6ԩgϞIy :T_)22ڷoOjjjS}?ԪU+5ky[@rY}+_ƙ3gXiݝM&vYZjݻQڮﳪ~׳gO@qqqDZ2*Wtؑ˵QSi5ͺ*ܯIAAn߾-e\D0& E} 6 9rpްw7ymN}aadH$H)wߑ&W;"Çruu" IDAT);CRv-su-_{{{@Iig쌈{OJJ"eeeyTeMɓ'JW^z5}Vlmm%;쥥%KJJt!ĉ˵QSi5ͺ*گ.\Hz:."< !%o%A(r/##ZjEAAARks֭:uDqqqK!Cƴ6-+"޽{y^zE[Ң6/_$SӮ]J/zp===@ig#77⬡f̘A}Td™7o :TVY]+sy߿ظQڬ":==)$$D2&`t/K:JvZظq#oߞ444hرf@/7]eӚ^۱cG@f̘Acǎ%X޸_vTݳy?8T싩U}ʎ6˗IEEѮfM/55ѣRm۷oӓZnM'NÇRnXMy4b&"4iHM-\va6YGF\wNK,iE"9;;{՚6vҤI%EFF4iR۷_nG/HW6gϞ100 tܹ*OE:::[ִ|z'KKKꫯ7ovѫWfU5 :|ɩ5QZ&":y$ihhPbbdLpтILcǐN zU WDDеkפnAA͘1:uewn}ksڸqd?L̙3a׮]#gggz5{NVVVi*ۘݻЗ_~Y!(;A rӇPRRRk(cŲeƆ D|Tګ֦ߵjՊH Wyrr2}wjGMnx뜜255K=-еIb3Ʋl2Gmٲ:wLÇϟv%٘=zbq^KDE۷Dsd|||<VzE$әoImڴ#GJ"6۷I]]]2RWW/w+ڊ/_^R_=󃃃 ΃IUUm.YrRUU}&uUUm333ӧOӲeh͚5K*--P/HV9::ջ2001cTDv2vjz-ѿg.\HzzzdhhH_}UMTKʢe˖)9Zܑf"" #GGGRUU%[[[tR߾}ӪW?߮ƍI~maoÆ Ymq[>k:DZ"{{{AQN($$>S"mmm0`۷UUߪGmfPYDW[[ݻg DD`-J«8p{? I8^ZZ ;;;@IIIH޸q㐚((((鵽z?^} 뜁ɟYf̙3q%5`̙8vcNQib\88s`o8}4\Koɓ'_?ضm[睙ѣG{صkwѣG#++K8͒BBB0{llܸ ƀn13̶QF^îguB4sL DFFR۶mi׮]dllLÇښv*,k9233K.ԭ[ǤC~Mi… jD ?"3FFBiq3g (((:Rfoo:ރ{|,t-&&‰'``` t$@׮]رchii  (;;cǎErr2Ξ=^z Ӗ-[tR]k֬:c2Dɘ4 r!>ӧCXXБX=1x`5 AAA\@0ܹsE߾} Q~~>f͚K_~Jp3=zb㐍BaQQQÐ!C X,t,V3f V^ 6Bb2BSSAAAXd fϞYf!??_XSN̙3XxБI\D4ssWU%%O?kϞ=:/>@||<_K]{?"((AAApvvF\\бX58hkk#&&#F:c2fl/5*%K ,, III-[PZZ*t4V/^`ƌpqqA~p- ɸ1c֭[hժ>YBbHII+fΜsʕ+011:c2f*6#|uסi޽{Xx1VXGGGܸqCXbر666r ????;"446l/^z!$$DX-^II ѣG!446my\D4CobR$ 8_:)tVKXnܹ}}}sAjjZ/K,ܹs?]XL)))aɒ%C1|pL6 >:Zt9=[DGG>Xmq }zS-y:myӥK%-Zt(W^Ő!C0l0"&&hժј355qqDFF>D\bԨQ033ݻw7#."?b}_v; C C:u*LMMXED3p9QxZ{ 5ׯ_8r L8C+?~ 0e5 JJJBGdJؿ?9;wSN2e &M޽{ OP8<|}}"9'OԄXE@ｽ1r,v-t&gϞ~~~~:1l0 >...077:bDDpp0qubر8q"\]].tL,..Ebb",--1rH >CݣGp;w!!!x >CL:hݺkcQ7$NDhhh ɐ4>} W`ii  4ܹ1w7K.!;;]t #F@CCC訌IMtt4Ξ=#<<D~a0`,TDFF_~Azz:RRRкukI3f ڵk'tLZ."ΘXק_G}dX,ƭ[pɑB}􁽽=333VGTTΝ;(..1 &ٹСqko߾uHHH"lll ٳL/_Dtt4n޼HDEEٳgPQQzj]/CdL`\Dȩd+W~ əܹsшDtt4ݻhjjRcee+++ظΗš[nuzMnncbb"$w$ILLDNNd:mmmi0441 PTT}b1 PXXX 33/_ϑLIgbbKKKX[[K =zʊPX<~HHH'&&"--M2:жm[FFFPRRPSS&rrr "͛7(,,Dff&? |D}9tRn111PQQv؁ɓ'7c9F [Y1ҺqX "##xd ##YYYDH7oޠTӡuuu(**BWW***022!ڶm+a122 :w MMM=c[~~>.)v~DI.**B~~>tuuMMMAYY$eڶm SSStԩΗ$y{{c())عs'c0ƪEy~z|nqV^p]lڴ ˖-:cL%$$KTTTЪU+ڵ &L(c-rD\Q)ɮXZZЫW/ 1 XYY!))0EEEbxyyaǎ044(c-Xp$Nľ`2Òݹs 'b5&Mjab.] @h(\Dȉ{ I8?DII /78c9@qqqJJJcxUc˙䀈DwԔpe> dݻwѫWr͑"P"XsADh߾=?^]vEttL?1yg"QN &/CDGG 1\(((TzIӻ`gggrX#"B%g'cM|;X[ 8 /R1ƚqUzI"|rDDDcǎce˙dlܘqʊBGbFaaa8p`ڶmt(* XD"{ b1V\u 2lM Ş{`r׷ ?&Nkn)lRII {ĉm6cM.Kakl+tjWwNQQQOb5G&/_ׯ?5<=='pBƚ7IF>=!C8hh Z9{,\]]FGG/_|׌1V033޽{1fTC #GLXg"dԫ:|+LXM1\#%%\:tÇq1c32D\}zqrI0VkԩS&XڰaVZ|Baoʘ77Q#pJ(I~~> Ö-[ٔc-Њ+p L8nB텎Xg"dȓ'G7_9%t쯿´iƘrrrCCC\x1ꆿ!C_Z:qQc1bBaY"BF\zr uدPQ0cЭ[7ݻ۶máCX߉"aY2|dF:c1֬L07olmmѣG#1&L }{7gac5Kް޼y#t.ڰXg1c5K8r^~s 1EֆV[-tcYk߾=|||~M85."*cA?BGMG81X5k`ٲe:cr}st5芏{|,tcXj  &BaL.q!p<A롨c1TpAbƌ@L^/1`-tc122/Ν; 61Eq-{ 1kcժU :cr&V*.7WA81XtRaxq\D4?IX:0c-uuuL6 "HH."PsIO`g!tcՅ?]N8."О;{U}W 1cﰳ/Ν:c2&RXZs`m"tcU0o113Grr2>s0&ShDx 1c`aa{b:c2FB xW/X[ 1c?ØL"I>;wyQc1@ׯG^兼<0&8."ƛjƽcRUUő#GO?T8 F"\ BGa1Ƙtv-tED#%0 1cR4j(Z K,ALLq R3g}>: c1w}~a„ :c"BUL>](1kJJJ믿ٳgX"BE~)45cFҦM"00qkr\DH}_dgS[kc1}XnV\0֤IMCam?wZM?qFNĘ+ F5`| -[H]&]߇TUUš?O EYED3~?`„ 1AijjBSSS5*4JOn](1c5:."=>: c1cMJK(1c5 ."D 8wBV턎c1X"D$BPR<<c1X"BSC%Y: cҿ 0^}lllkid刉E/nl|MvC*as p"vU֭IǚE7 Ӽ!Z,GAAeۉ?.7>6n8BAAO+++CAAAS۷o?222---t'Or~zoX۶m%ʆmݺ/D=ݻ7kۮ+W#h‰ jiw??ܰ6mH~̤Xj߾=gV:/HDBMDD6CCC('')44}Jm۶>}Hک4uQLMM%wM{n@VVVn:Ƞ'Oin7l@Ϟ=#___@ݻw/͍e64{ǔƌCYYYtuӣ6mPZZZe%oe}}M*;bԩ4uTUOrvjյݶm*3UuLUJU}Svv6EFFRIMM"##˵z@me7*U]Pd? *fmA4(--}oXqqqaKJJ$ٳаaê'CQQQJv?$"\RRRʵekk+YqeWVVJVZ'"gϞׯdy ۱cYYYiO{ْeQ\\LDDyyyaEEEDDTRRBHIIIQ/|+Ge+kܫW_ &4{*_'kJ?.fdDڮ.SejZT^m>;M>Vq|Çruu fەn7*ԫW4VDfX,tt@:::ԩSV'O;rvv&"ŋw{RinnNŋDDOHUUU2MѪw7>fʔe^UˢÈjk;'N櫌?Ν;w iӦdmYgYenwmrQa-e;QR:XSx{˦z@mWkCW"[w7񋈪);VѐkSS{ Qfhhթk7Eƫqфyzь#3^@""''PN7((PPPY[[S~~>}<9^CnڔJdcc8£ij֖'OAϹY/kLjEDS{hH5QfDDʏ i&umj"*,# (kx!6D^(ϯ{Oco>@sέߔ@ODDW\Q;sLźOJUڑ[ې9%''׺ѣ@JJ P>}N}4ϙoçL&{n|ڶʿTJgϞ%OOOͧ^} {l趯2dEOݶ\]cLm)|>Q6mV?~LdmmM|u〪&5TsڔVUW\D4Q?لب-~EDpp0ݸq?NdbbB3f̠b233_q 'kkk266#G۷? ccc***R,駟ګVZUi#44TիCm۶'NpիWaD9s\]]IOO\]]i֭ϵ:Q_emM]mvؑ]ݫ\۽.ׯ_7xԔƎ[%4i[isِmsLuѤ"'j>l6֞2dzyMegg'|BKڵ+FDJ mP]iS[T3^iK!""SZ@HI_-H0?^j4nhNL͛7S,/,,1i$4+cM07oތ &}nizݿ(cu=Ŧ]J{zErΞ= R@ tdd9O0TzH+HCZA^iQvLRyA|GF~~>d2rrr{n,\˗/Wu\k2cL8e=z("`ڽHΘaԩD-0tPܺu 6mBVT1ƚ>S=IRFXt@(JӖC/Va"kcLHD=$g$W^B`1cLP\DCRF1c"BI99c1q'W"1c5w\D(bEؙJ(iD̞=[+eݸqRΝ;jNd7nDϞ=a``'''lܸQ,; T7.\D(reQ؍7j*Eծ OOO&MBvvvuJJJ_ॗ^.lll0c ;a׮]󃍍 bq1+WDnn 5j⎵ʈ&N~!>>^>cMGHHO%K¢Ej[nhժL*8q;w.pBTTTԙٱ3%%"} 'YW{6[m0ɚWWWڵ+^/^oݻ4yd@^`` +VPQQ^PÇ4h 266?Ν;GN^^sgÆ 5nܻwi͚5DvZt)YZZRZZR06~x?~Z Szg/C˕Z?==hᔝMԪU+ҥ ѝ;whΜ9TXXHoߦÇ>}z?;v.[L^?NeSuu 5u5Qi\D0e:88u,700 ODD%%%̔q=j׮Ջn߾d'ύ7O>*"FAݺuSv;k޸h:bq;Ce? (~.++S<~]@u9i$:y$UTT(IHH WW*7?NeSuuϧ3)!,y'fظ{*?Se`ӦM(bϊuܹ???CLL @*bԨQ@DDk̔'8ys(G[cܸqen'Xqa߾}HNNVOƘf>&Nsssiii8%H*VY.11l2@xx8CuGؾ};O>qkkks;?C 0ɿ ^f }]YՍʶcgEѼI{>'Μ9cϟ_e]vŇ~_~aaaôib_aԩP_ǔ)S`dd{{{T'''8s NAhhbNڶm \ȿ5jTʌU~.((0~Nucg}㱳0J?T&UiәX=SyΜ9S؁ǏKC]v[nUyŅ:vHDOM DBDD rJϧD'~zE};v(]~uIHHQF) ݻwA)%%[}1Ƨ3i3f:bٯJU֫n?~<P//Sǎ m۶vZlYmoUg[z55WNeS5u 53 oU.>K۶m^z;vⱢ"zߟݻG:u"{{j';v<==ijj\.](9;;Q,$O~]yiȐ!]m@DdffFۉ(??=gggG%Nucm )$$P۶mիOׯ DD999dnnN?s);v>O> թ5v-{O&@~T?QV~&"ڽ{7 ŲSJMM%";w=zbB  sssڻwo>I{ ]]]2zu+Ϝ9s ɑOgNuۉ0Ն'H@/%S#ݚ>X/]А|}}i6mܺ'O&___d=)_u;jNЖ=ωPp0u:cJ w;v88<ٗ{zrC)/{nlݺ~~~Ul׮ݻe+o({P׍oo*A^ŵWv21"Yۉ'-[9s?3ܿػw/;~) ƍضmb O;垝PNmc2ټp."P,300>>ϵ9fw^2 d]y&6>OWɔn;PLn1-((H1nV\^^7R̚5Kqա8 0J6m>|;wBGߏXXf 8CCCTTT`ҥbeNkPLթiT=;!hJY%I~жսr=OgbJk׮)i_v*++wؑT^^Nϟ={R߾}L^p!{o%d:=J۷o'HDСCTPP@ݺu#sss,z233mƒ.{E~{{{< J$xzo'"@}Y}1Ƨ3i/*M;‚oNDO5k(߹s┝*+bcc\B˗/СCÇUvYZZV;bobITjeNucg}S5u v/a (:-ZmsQ駟RVH,9ʕ+M/^L$H}?W9544LLL͍^J>>>Զm[:q=H&&&ԢE =z4ݹsԫW/ե^zQRRlْfΜ:2yjuIJJ"U&);@IIIu̙3JzzzJ[nUVXd1xdʒԽJ^舸bLi/jܟhFGcLɔşQk#kc0 U(U?pwwWs2\|nݺ!''ׯoݨвeK^cǎm 10L8oooΑwzX[#nrMkHD-rKΤ#? I!%bLZY:3jD &bō#GDxx81n8lݺk׮E֭=cUg2eguO/x  rJrbJLxbu-#A BGaZ.c@'5K˫Y pl ?ԩSD"AQQ 9@DT=t:u;v1ƞѣGC&Z2"T*^["4G}懋ZqTPbM7)HafjNp  򦘗'H__*N+**z GFff c,..o&RXXXFQ!T*p#n˚."jQ\Y̧21m"[uXG\:b1t>1Y`xz: r:::gfԩv-H6Xu% :Up155Uն, ) $g$͝oD}惋ZVBWGW`lʪ?IWG^^}Ӟ4{ｇtH2Lә 007劊 aԨQ3f HknRSS1p@T+(X[?RVh D\XED- ak$t $>J-G(* IDATͲsũX=ZQ'(eBCCyfTTTTY^YY)ؑMKKK۷11ƚ4x{{#??=nk>{$B*qL98yyՅZT*`/n]L?4nPZYI1rG[WGv&v8x&z&]jj*f̘Q?n4U١O>" /|֬Y>SLx{{#++/['7 ~(YZ8JI׶cpQ>5Hay!::댨{Q}3ѓn.];H Xc"`ed%t#007EFL1c@"bbK,ahhcM]^^ JD(:SF2NS{tqQ2iOfR)į㺎Xya%-u\y/*eʤ8xNL].]rN9|VVV8{,Ν 槲o&^Z8hieЪe$q? 8!Q򰦇ZV i#7^Gx[HO~ZF?aߨ}gO;~8~&>UU@,cСpww(cH$ظq#fΜ QL[^Eb K/!xp0vaMGm(Np+ Ko&4}FLNAAAٳ'D"Ԡg ]DرcX,ŋm6"$$Dx& Vh"ť\tEEẺwղ+vnC~X`>ۇ߆&7"j|vS[npEa֭Oޘ=z$dLONidŊӗh"|Lj:"c377ܹsѱcGxyy{j#ffbŢ L1:"^ AՓ|ҴZ'D܎PL~[hjgggnݺ!99.\@xx8M&t,>}`̙HOOrҗ_~@[u떀 cב ŋ8u6'IG/[6me/8x Φm iӷeUL<}@(LHIM63__y|CIW_}-[ƍeD .Ud+..tuuqYS ~ý{Δ r)S`clJFg&Q{ִƔp3΀bts+ ""CL$itFFFزe \ 1D0~*dDcʹ\9qQrja;)&M_U|ue\$$$NE 2ָ8bY\C>|]tъɂ Ѯ];|o-tƘYnΝ; A|uQ"&z&( QnY.>; spa<]:7xCj|BGaitcƌBGiv-aB Xb͔ED-|:UbU*8qƦKl2\v]hZݻ1l0 {]/_:cLKZ7:A!q*M(LKpQ c]c>Iy6'>ƔS2#~:<xyy EƏ={bBGaiɓ'k݄gu41]`q,`"ƺ( jU 1 v C'N8G IhvH$ŋ804ܡCvBuu^ •+O : \D@b"cddaֱY赱=q'7Z9 ɨ@dddkM^ux{{#((H(1 b ԩQTe7p: \DXט T.-O5ؓk^[) 0@hMNtt4 ꫯ Q-^8~Qcի8vf͚%tgsi焎405FR =Aߺ3_cVY0txWVG :t:JJM^:thr;T(L'Z苟Γ >g^}޹Eދ`g"t&ѣ(… 04Lnn.6n܈YfAG}>ḚuU(L5=_P2¹Ot=)}7iLddd )) d$Æ 踮#V^Xo+o_G5;GLL)cŋƍ7 E&w C ' i(."jaah)"1D܎&78:HO~ =њ"±cǚե]kÇ#11Q(1 W_}]v:Z1u&E~Yq" ZA##j&YmCagb.b+aih)tfҥKxQT_]tAp0Xs'kS? !7LTR%^\+t92K2$UwevGDEE ...BGH$G}[>7,88:to)tFaoi=!|*eBa:#$[M ,N>}^^^M҅ 1qDbժUBGa $++ ˟ 0-taϫ, -t&i>"BTT|||1 1k,^%%%Ba `ǴiӄҨڶlXL(L':XZMG,N "gFAA6o,tX#+//ǪUY^?Flz,E i."`n`,cho/GxYB-ЧOhKKK)M5C[nEff&̙#tA۹ΝF*9_jYXN> OOObh3g… : c#  _H}*t!ωJY%&i1Q3ƚSN!11|Q1m[˅4D@!Qϣ%%%d˃! aj֦ŰT,k.S1/jR^bBC#@VVJJJP\\2HR?IPAAEWaddCCC<~<"3gG}~ 3 ˑRqEH$Ӄ1 `ii =on_~i }AoLLHL`"""C4,*ݿBFF=zp`+++XYYVVVhݺ5ڷo'''899Q/׃0\DݍB@,YVNBjRrrr:cM^FFRSS7o쬬,>^1^|DWWW :C GnSIe V]XEы+7^^BSk!Jqy8q'NsPZZ '''+33:477.\P|8<:ݻw:b@DD9 1coDPTd]S"ؚ4BM?~{bΝD"cptt: ܹ'Nȑ#8x *++1d=#GԺ"-- عs't>͛رcv܉C AErrr۷>F@$&G0JJJ{,,,HGGiŊiRڻw/M0ZhAӮ]FEw7a h䮑t% S7=k.z7HWW(00oNEEEB8EEE}v $###ե7xꫯ1TNNS>}ҬYԩSTYY)t}Ppp0OiwGg  H2ڲe yyy֭SZZѴBqq1ڵ|}}I,=}*d^!]~% 0/--.\Hmڴ!XL\8ԓmڴ j>,,$ =|P(5X6mR˖-i̙tiJBGRN>M3gΤ-[!M6bccV,20hDI_5Y[[.ɓ'nݺE_~%YYY;j\Nzp*|C.\ЍCVDEEQ@@I$۷n߾M'H$@QQQBǪQqq1Ҳe˄X(++uQ޽ߠ] hڵ#:{uQYf~Hwtס})"hE_~%P֭i…t}!#59/L"|}})11Qxfq&}|c_OVw+a$H5[Ryyбrںu+y{{8pSN} 1*++UV)..NXMV\\M>VZńO-c0RD_MdiiI? Y9pH$":wLu58IԩS4`@=] 0N:%t*;F(%%E(\II Xf͚E:Vq=5k=XJJJ6i-h@yyBGah"B*үJfffdaaA/CL&ŅtttGv:S6lAq (4haÆi̇ jݺ5-ZH(Ԏ; >ЊyJMUZZ}dhhHc#ǤT6$o: @ϟ}D"/jL&[YZZI& Kcӂ zABGb'22zA`*..:͞=v*t Tڵk4tPD4uT>XܿNJ"J׮]:3m$t &yyyX,&///t钺dO~!I$燈é]vԢE 矵꒣EEEԢE j׮ ٳ.^(h^DQQ͝;wt9#;wzMzzz4w\An^HUs"… LqF[%&&R~VX!tAӌ3;ӅꐞNcǎ%4c Jd2rtty ?c/*)):wLfff_h !333ܹ3%%% ̃ GG]7[b^ym.]ԩS!5 ?oh\}bǎسgl[[3Ŗ-[gر}ŕ+W=H$¸qeQXCBBB\|gφD":D"ٳqe!!!>1h] k~PuUGG&XL3Z(22ڴiC۷MźuȈΝ;Ba t"###Zn]H(&oȴCvv61$ -Z.*++iѢE$HhĈݨGݍ",%g$7jLiL IDATX*=# &&믡LMD899G:Z>3̘1| N< crppɓ''`ƌ98;;c׮]'c umxzzŋ!H,cŋ۷o7Z_GSG>̨[J[UM3XYYСC4iF-[I***0e\;wķ~ˇDo;wʕ+1eTTT4ZFݻ?"99055E||<<<>>C~~~(//W{nnnx饗&o" Бco8ͲǶ/^°aУGݻFFFʥ<==%t 3gV\>Bi"q%DEEgϞBGՋKׯ_GΝU_ڲQQQtO9"Oib)55mm#HaL<HMMU{ou~ j Hyy9ƌCCC޽zzz̥D3gݻ3gУG#KPPكH899 N//۷~~~*LS6NNNǠAj~::u־SFff& W^y+VИ˭Ν;U==9wޭWOmk#H+V ==Æ CttZOay YQ8Hm0 ~5;ȑ#s1 ED9r$-[ I)'MݻwcĈBQ;OOO,]'L>E~hƍ4idÜ9s0|Ø2:Ԩ3!}ǾݻmmV\\A|?}Z{կV[L34ģG?={hfD"l |BQJjj*f͚e˖5"##n݂Q4ʈ#l2̚5Kutt={Ɣ5o<<|U@@-^g==mmgddp<|Sk_S*ej EDAA}]̟?nnnȤv3gQVV?-[Μ9UlrttÇSvv6EGGY[[SZZ ou/K.TZZ>^2M?4]m3P"󤫫K.\PWF~Z2W"bذa4uTuei42CeDDǎ#OO*?n}V"ccczQpBѣIRi޽{OeԽu=UJԣGZpXnVPXc#sss :JKG*=;o߾1DD׮]#dmm̟.0277W)whPKL3(I6!!ttt(%%EyMC?XR@@޽{zADJ_|1'SSSڶmҤ}iڴiop% ZSm۶)童8oq-Zv/PT!c訾b2c_CۮX,&UN *--%ߣL*R׮]iѢEjO|`gSilL2E(uzv,nÇ< ƾ]8X=zt)Ll߬jQX^7>T;w$CCC*,,TCbcc@$&&ѓI-#""GGG@G۷H$"t!~ttgdDŲa65ƌ#t ""BCCĄիCm۶'Nޘ:u*,YԮy&q5KX^z% Dؽ{Fʟ3g޽ч;1z*z-t8 v7ngϞj/qc8?&)=4/&(//GRR6 FFFHLL:$&&G0Xv;fDGGHcu0<}*000@BBFʷ70a֟) $"%%DwwֈQ"{qTWW#55ֺA\F DHϘݻwLa :::=sABcu0a4dee4 k쐙)h yyyqUUUHCxxFgL&## E)+DVԃS $`jj`XfjjbAcT%k+ cƌc4V>cP\\ 333`mFnWsW:⿷:0'ciرcq]1Ƙ&zN䃐Rx>{$5ұD`^ZU@@,,,j(MQfSk\z<*~5Zk]M&Bug/++K{g}Ȁ>4V>FI(GGG})+++K K컳OdHֈQDWEӃOaJ{.ܠzFӧOC*L3dpcʒJU4mRIw$^^^YG=!!GΝ^kZ[n3<###blݺܽ{cǎUj &-1III(//׊Ock^+۵&h$$$J>|8m}Aee%nܸ!t(mpmoܸVyDωw IIek=w\;vZ9qуՕ,YRG 鑽=o\}|?T:u:tѫJDD$JiϞ=BTdggG۶m#"JZhYYYQΝߧr6m"{{{xJ$KKKH$CYk׮%GGGL=YUiaÆZm{-.ť1DGGS`` ͜9rrr.O۬#]VHRUVi.1IR 6h|eᚱ44ФISNdiiIf͢,QeUT=vEM#nذI*j""TBv4^kJ}ٳgSqqZ+R_߿O ,bJMM3gNBCC }wTRRB7n$4d[fMID\\JAu6DGѹs稠>|HVVVi&3f]|RRR͍BCCkoժUdccCiii*ů_|^~e*Yۻl;S'j~aˬy /_z͚5Ј#*K[,QBB۷okNJǏoX+PHHUv&j||{999)77bccsԳgO***RUQU>\cWDQ8B:}`HH++N hf)-LLLhϞ=j\**eo < dll\k?###@DDTVVFR^y*8StuuC֭ۗRSSU*/$$z%=""_-wɯ~TWWSiĉ*CSJJJԔvڥo߾xb_\\`[RCee%͚5Zncok&;vCCC6+xb۷ʯkƍԩSZ} ct244'O\eƷ7xЭ[j ,Yt9upe!u@"O}qL2eҥԧO $5)jg9>RWUU~' /Rzj~!0[n;Z ˈ#(??H۬>}ҥKZ2fΜIGnzY;vhE2[ @<BrKC:(wcI;vڧ)c۵mdʐ*ޙi5xקK./@999ퟗGVVV.G=?n8zÇԣGrqquS6zCchРA ˮܼ>۶m#Գg "$TZZ*&BVree% Z/,,QTEEݛ>SnON:aXbT}R9ө/L>]m6l+++_KNNL48===?o3g ""Bٳ^{sssk\xW1sL3EeiH$/_^XC͛+Wbbb0|p^+%%5N طo|[EEߊzǢY#""! IDAT D"Zl#**JY0l0,X3gDvvvkjVu|+//ٳ={@GGGr>TO (U>0;;3gĂ Z˘ncp=ʻ%h}̝;\\\YHY/^LK4vXy枔D666 5Ο?_^l)zJKKiٲe<]!GdZk׮3w&HDT]]M6mǹgJTTTDz"+++;v,69FvX3*SL!'''s]ri Z02TJ!!!m۶.9Ք$MJJw6Jv( Dddd$_?Zd Puu5EEE\uc픈… Ot*..Y@@?~*++)>>yojmh2']]]cf: TTTЀhTRRrJJJn:rwwѣG[CrKc\\\HC}2y; TKimZCa-$O>-2K|>u֍>Z\P+̤T*vJzzzNW5mAd~#333߿?ݸq Fnnn֘Ctfhh(QNhʔ)t&?+uAѼyҒlllhѢE :XPbbbu5O>! rJ'|B&&&OʨΞ=Kd``@H^뭷Ԕ:uD[*X;9qۗo߾Hoӈ#sΤKVVV4l0=`bbB|IQ2 YYY$)$$Tvnj|DdmmMǏ}5X2㤲ciS}lc_||ǮHC}2zj !XLYYY.GBRn?=R7;;b1iEfL8|}}5O>4iҤf?A/mT*3fڟw&d%zzo-͘1C j"333nf୷ҚB>P*[oޖ[?TZ!L( _ܢKL9iiidccCk֬Q}?#YYYZV֭#HD7nl F]|DǨQ#"kíH>^{5\ׄtQxJСfjqAtvttRnn:d%Wk۶mdggGͪ/ ~mSTTDdii) EkY+XZZRppV.CCpiRDDSpp0 N}`qq19EDD4gKz{BI-IQJJ bݻw2夦wggz-200]kJzWȈ+t8BkY{+j{;vhe1NskEfee?9::j#?&5ڒ"Lׯ9;;ӧY4keYYY4f255yQ*… IGG>sTUUN:::pB]PP@:::t!Caн{ˋvJΝ:&Ν]Wghh{5ωh=N>"((˖-T*UgDFF8}4Ǝ+tH!6mի1bX1WƦMGgA4^^^:ܹs۷/ +V@"k&D+V`ذa۷/Ν;777j A030Ñ#BšAI#,, ~-VXq!33S0 JXlF@$$$O4nܹx" SCmطo|||PPP/bܹBDGG 렬o>^˗/ǨQ.tXLE5j/_իWc߾}:, 5: jO"dϟhO>_@DPbb"W_aڵؽ{7ͅ /^Dhh(^xL6Ms2220m4  ŋѫW/RZ@@.^Wl`D",X . 33{w}jCcMw}޽{#33.\ "A]piHFcI ..ӧOܹs1tP\vMU2;}Y!66:,Acƍ8x bbbУGYS-T]]5k֠GqF Jܾ}[PX׷o_7… k 7D||<+tX2u8q9С0i4NoZv-.^J`ѢE(,,tլD]v ;vƍ޽{ y\~>/^ ___DFF ŋxYz 333\pAP V\+Wٳ#CcѣG={6 \r+WС5[>6Fg'2yf_[+ӧcܸqy&^6w T_իpqqAPPF3gZu9AAApqqիW_5חUzcǎa݈X,{K(==b1"""{n;v =z:`pzpJPZ-[HII;＃+W[nXjJJJZ3СCĉѭ[7$&&b˖-:4%qa:u RÆ CPP'̙3 °a Jq)>|bX" BX=SL[j*ݻbGZZСuiii?>b1݋UV֭[2eСz amЧ~JfffdggGK.t!CjwiϒH$ &PBBaYO#F:t(Z0:t(#Fgڵ 1VQQA?͙3bbb݊9s搁?@B1ײV2@$B&;; '}}} HjݻG~)ڒM:S]N>M'O&===rpp>RSSKMM>HOO&OLgΜ:,u䞵 ? ___ڼy3 ZWTTD7o&___@>>>?AFJR[gGbV  SV$2sN9 ˃L[ILUUN<]va߾}(**СC1a=C.I'N <<@qq1_~'O!vhطoك'N@OOǏǸq0rHtUq}>^ ### 4#Gȑ#SHHH/n߾ OOOaLpYyH={"11VxM𤦦B${UO.];S-JC$''v޽ " 0p@4PUU333o :4.??QQQex1tuuѳgOx{{C,]9;;+tydܸq7oބD"߿? 㶊6%nˆ({t:ֽqmQI")((@\\bccq5ܹswAAApvvlll`gg{{{077.`ll |? "D"Aaa!999Ζdff";;YYYHIIANN􄗗 ׯ_.W΁xTOR5۷ m6#bfffŜD0ֈGo*8vVPX8PѶmJ$DFFWZbAbba0?~ӧ[X&  k'*ӧk01r>>>|%13gDQQRix:SIDI vUo9V"¯*PDÓ'O17 ""UUU^+)) "I]jU|*CaUҮLNJ$1ƴ;$ }`oS'1jaH$|8[9zƘ<}V'9<333Cam1<:{Z5L1Ep:$A(Sp%D"<>|8 ~ˇ#11DTT #F ((cƌС248z(ƌ#t8Հ:Ldt6)LP:$N"?Fii)|}}1|pa̅D"Abb"N:H9s%%%4h&Mɓ'M0cjdaa5k`Μ9B˜ڔsغu+O.t8Yzv)v܅7CҺ$aaaǏɓ'cĉ:DSYY'Ob߾}طo^xӦM!2Z/2.]*t(͙3g0l0ܻwO~1SOEE03:Gkq̝;7oedeeØ;w.' 000@pp06mڄG:t(6o OOO9;w2cmqvvXs98;;sM/HH\!A|[< FFFvލӧ˗WeСCfܹ3^}U899ׅ1.]pڝh^5ggOZ5CI"=z K.Xd  8'Vƍ={ -- -ÇѧO|8ƍw}eeeBXfjj cccdff  ci^6p=omjI" 1k,L:ӦMC\\Q4 v؁;v`߿?BcZm^U-N"nݺ___;v {#6M˗/_BcZn FӢ$̙3 3^{N]q1-'N`ѢE3g.]VX1V=cuxvDfI& + Civc̘17n;[[[uŴK/Xr%^}UTVV c?~,t1U[uʚD]3gć~~Ё+8z(/l޼˗/ך 47o}[nK՗ysj)o֭xg`ddX H$ 0|Uq9\~/2$`gooW"Q43eM3l==xt?"HS9r$LLL5kDd jܖ _~ٳg#--1spp {ODSݖﰵEVVLSSS h?VYSLM=mׯǂ `mm Fx8edt1b헞3g 0aB~V}TjyuǛƣ;w瞃 틳g+測qMIKKôi`nnsssL4ImMm3l1[((DzQzۡ5ub۶mdaaAke%͛7SVVm޼'-_z)o>}ݸqʔ\RFE!!!-.1Xee%{ R AgϞM6EK^e(;;._LNNN%HĉOTPP@DD2 ===UiϞ=򱧱q̛7իx yyDDI...H>Goʆ254}}ʕTPP@D[:V6$77vJǏ\:}:ɎgUX@>ʔ'3330X[[͛IOMɶegge@#Glɓ'߈ioaa!?DDt :t(վW-%%VY-̌ǟ @}|M@m6l OOOQEs˫xDDsN@meumȢE]|Y믿&4gΜFV?ÖsM-M"טӦM-*)>iXRTaCUvӳV zrg߾}4qzu$ZWO?n4Ɔ+VI$zuttWظcQtuWܖӳc-#iŊ$Bm СC8p\]] т 믿nwT[n@>200#Q3IK};<"#"zqY]e+ݝ%z: +U&Q [r5#ŏ>Ee05xODZZ֯__j[%唔_ԩSG5Z߿!!! noo)S8}4bbbУG5+ΚRSSCM 17\U(++Ö-[V&c:wИ2Y[QQǎ gggDDD òeеkW -- PmQ55k_|}fpp|ٽ/ >PGyʎjVM-)[u~TƲnnn\iKY[uǭ\~jui(GY y%w!t17{mg's9@3f̠9sC8ח (::V=Z/6eOʔV"X* ceƌCsָ>yyyzd/&xbBO x:k׮MDJ͛GC%rtt PQQ|[[[@wneQEskΘ,%qYe7Dݟ7dSjjP~-9q%bIcϦwdjJDyy9~'{ SR@Udm۶ K6VnuuuHRDGGãѫ HNN_8g 44999׆ QW\`JUUUʖJ ?Us"-- Vkg>Tvv\ZQQQ}7iҤ&={6`ժU DN0sL?{NFq~'x7qiTTTѣGXn]e.^Xͅ >hNyʌ?9r0ydP8.솨]믿y)S|_[ {̚ݪ;Q-nzgr2?P˅ nBB7-&&v*?{nDwX{7QkbA5YEEXдM%hkņ]4& j EEE%(>~.ﺸ.ew}g@j_pA˗(..N,&&eII$! ߤK/۲eKmJ׭/ŋk'N&˲ IOOOH$"===JڸqD"}: 嚕1e'VjW[MԸ&"--  X}h0VUP-)?>|}}`dd=z_.kMq71ڄEčO֭0ҭ[7ܼySi[ڵkK'PF-yqp!HcI}ׯN={$TGl""rvv&T^^NDDdooOX,&sssѣ4^?111Ɔ(55iĉ-{& ڸqc[r%YYY咣V\I mbȐ!*ݝ;w{e`X-[x^c˦쏛:/hŔGiiioG^xUVVR׮]i̘1-?Xm2V+vP>E۷o߾5ט)}<㦼իWW{\YBWWrK'zz]&ڷolٍ7UD_JEFFV'OT[G%NǗ*Iԡk!r];v5(*m޼Yvj׮]ï5ϩ۷oSꫪd 4u>̌Pqqqϯ&O2.\Hnnn oao֏dgg211!"b1bD9ecnK.?~,[&-_>+77K}!4yj+dх^XjL8;;Wƴa+Vj;uƭ)fff O>XXXS}5<{OMMFgbҤI/ǎK:w C5Te\rtuuСCZ̛7ɓ' UUUI -%?ޜ_P-o-}211!ծhl{DDEEEm%=zD.fc5k֐a4o֏yMzu߫rޑxxb̚5 wm~Ҁ۷rٿ+**j<^ZZ3g"33?/С $&&.^aÆ)((c0u۞5kӲe= Ks^g.]>lr{d7ԑnGު0}ttq!Sچ48q`ܸqPm]#쿥/NK>,[T^mem# GK8;~}cT^~eҥ =zUN:FBCCI$߈ɲo"MWYYI7n=~H$TTTD׮]~hȑYxӓ=_$^)TkY&L {{{JIIDj߾=7I6ҋ̞%iL{DD>:hs璹9ݽ{UnϞ=H07ڷoO>'OX,&[[[y<~cƬ8::̌=J|r:tPkڵ+yzzҩSbccwԿVv&{WdVnn.Ջ ;=7EHH%%%79::RDDӠ H$"KKKzf8<ߟtttՕΜ9S.~VII YYY'|Rc܆^gmsZK[є@I__1:vXNِ7."PC~!uЁsδh"ٝ|?ژ1ȣ?>}6ӇԔΝ[4_&sss$ kRYYYf'[ @e=N%"Z1됞aÆ'NNcZhرHԤ8t\3_ ,1zhn1VH :UXvB@@@0,d %1+}kiS.d5xMijڷo'Nʕ+7n [+{ڵk5k4y7oFzz:~'1|lܸ X-dp0q/"ZKpqqAxx8퍌Ş#-/_M659;vEpqo^.9>5k(2OCXmd25ӄ\DOPQQʕ+jh=zQر.\\/**ĉi&۷ϗvcM#-"N˜rdāG"ZQppp@dd$u///8p@X:uT8u9y$۷1l0DEE̙3vcM'=D$)/K<:wV"xzǏ# &LYꝿ_~nnnH$p/t$4mmmg1V.Vlڵ8z(?WWW\pA٘1n8;;w.йsgc1Ncʫq>5jѣGx{{#88gQQDݻww޸|2N>˗󔾌)Zc쩎tV$"lmmu_~A׮]eH$y6ZQ\\ iӦW_EBB{>Qcp0q@qE1>:Zk"o6n޼ ̞=wSLҥKؼy3LMMXڰG#ZVkm k׮ży0| 4cƌ~*GǺu`jjL>?v ;;;\f͂cM<QRRSN8t󡣣#Ӱ8?,Y(,,;#ph&j"D x'\]F7vBGdrdgh~MDCDEE'NDǎpBܺuKqڄ|lڴ .] 6֭[ 1dddēVعs'Ə ;v풝&- vڥTDjj*^ _NSݬ޳0hhkhBt[Onaŕ~jٴ"Hյ7nӼR8|0޽ ٳ]v/v…  D__Wb̙<Ø {LlܸÇ5|M=z jSjkkcј2ekڽ{7쐘7o M~`m\ ,Ć 5ub>R7GfQ1Ԓ`ET_ 55'NfΜ kkk#$$O<:Jӧ`888`HHHʕ+[bРABdɁ1*++,""ڵÜ9spYTVVB"D044?,@m۶MVhkkcϞ='փPuEUO <\ i}'U)2&{#{dfC- ^DHihhx!6l={6lmm燍7ݻU28z(f͚;;;1/^DPP9sT u3|p5  FDظq#lllq\R䊊 l۶M@uc2C[Qy)O ɑDDޣq :tǏGnn.aÆ:t:8{,Ξ=X1~x3/|d @yy9't&gpuuŝ;wm믿*8]>SZcbb\-?*~?wGnYnijh~bŰ Nxx"ʂ,Y(}񬪪*\|gϞӧqy+\]]ѷo_***x\|bbDWWWY5tP 1@ñcDŽZARR틲D"ƍ ]݈:t@FFo~`ZJduc?&Xcښpqi~Cyn>CaSʃ&~!889/|wHOOH$зo_t NNNprrR⢢wEjj*nݺʕ+(++\]]O?^^^033:6cL@&&& )NAA6mڤt_5 i?k.\Js&5`B m:FO4 I`c`XY5{dfp!g*UD}}t]ƘD"_*++tR|7 >,;I[[0aIkgϞjxVff&"##-@[N#W =@jWWbHjgpaԌJ\wRSSqmܾ}[ήq.̠)044lYII JKN&A%%%())AvvvsB`ggΝ; gggYa#%13o<\rBGarrML>W\+UUU@rr2[Cee%lllQQ[[3fMq^x?+eN^QQ{bڵJw={fo~г1{1e柚SwO!ٺ 5V;v|V&hhhFcÇ1{m۶?@IsNhkkV~~>N<^{MoK(Ըz 3πO|=kO7VvFOOgbr{>c(cj;|0zׯ?ķ~[7o~'lR[@HڵKB3b`RTL:!brx-İ]p7bC&ε`1>lقYfaՍ[___隧Ֆ??CdZ" |)Ƣs0  Է:{N;vxPDc*HKKK6;S~1tPtW\Q-*U85.>^[z䝓BbigYY4|k<."cLEv7c|_O?cǎVXLw 荗C_ƂS PRY"t,  Dpc*o@?ݡ8̙3"Hhck!p/ 1x:&$_ 1Ƙ j̅L8x?_] )ԞS8+vvFUT%t6Mzj/."cLEIoɔѻwoܹsϟŋ%M:"|r8_|u+xƝ;Bj am̢L."cLE3[oaĉ?~<0`c1h4-1ۮl:VeodV`1Z(::nnn?74 ˺ov1Yrt XXaEc1LUUUXt)еkW$$$_:S2;8vn[%t6a;<( 剋SA|o}~7kH$J@wk(M5EVq1 1TaO>ŋ{ԭQl lp|qY%-=qбԞ-2 3V`1|֭б suC[1e,y'硴TXjKL(jc˗/ѩS'$&&bBbjP_ٌcbwnW K 䏋cȑ#~-N#xN&pvYƂS 0XK-HG"."cLE A-c7n} ZZkrqg KkHt&y"1qqqpwwq<.ЎC73=Q):J5{E1<"ªU0p@!>>ƍ:k,,pֽ|Nc,++#."ciç~/رб:7(*/V7칾GH*BP\D0kлwoܹsϟǧ~ i߼/LԣS1Y(,/:J6BP|d17_ii)0fk|2/t,ꥧG# Vu凗2x+9"1TPee%]cΝصkn cccc1h\F!aVǠ埄l mG"䅋SAEEEBGPI6l@addxLE1x KY["."c'O` |sQXH_ &BtF4n틘c)-[[V@(jSQBGP puuŋK`L8 ~fIN`1TVVƧ "]%1n8c1T<=?3w/jDZXrEcR#.''cǎ{ｇO>gΜбSJz88 VĒ}om lY)t Ec1s8s /^ MMMc1D}q~2` IDATy[䝓BGjU66(,AQEQT1ƔVQQ1eҥKٳбS+6y+}_MENcy44{8L28tƌ#t$Ԗ v^ DgD#هnu!}=%p2s8jS1ԘZa͚58p ڵk. Snse7BG+個SABGhYYYxG/@DDڷo/t,;M 9ߋ:h@ۀ/>1TPEE.<<ӧOΝ; 6Ra°,z#*# _ ] x$1Ƙ***'ވ1% z~SO!HxꁫYWbxXVH1֖#;;Bvv6PUU\JJJPZZ D<@$ᥗ^)033-`eeXXX*kwmL2IIIXf QXX(O?٨M;*\~׿ COO0116amm [[[ʪDU<(|7؇X;r-f!tZ!;;=ÇeiEElkzzpj`bbMMMXYYSkkkHW`VVZZ[ns233k\```kkkhjj "HihhԴFQlll$?v*bpcrX˗q]444бcGYGӹsgVVV5 Zվƽ{p- 55eeesss] H,+((cX|9,|Gj={_~^|Ehkk8k)1L8:b~89J;z*bbbX$qʪZپ}{و lmm2]YYlDC:#{A"@$pwwG~.1V'\D0X \~ሌX,ݻw! wwwݻwG.]TߗqqqEbb"`ffwww 4ÇӢ6cbb0uTb۶mxWjXCݻp9s.]­[@Dprr;<<>>1b:u$t"1ƚ ##ለ@xx8222`gg///7N}UέIp^ }}}xyyaĈ>|8SKVg}oool߾ڵkWҶ̙38uqMcС߿p:jݺuK-ŋĈ#0rHZZ<ek(,{рobXFEE<==1`hKkV#+(.]sɓ'ڵlQɑ ."cطoߏD_:b{!N>-+ݻkkkcĉ񁦦f[o3g`ɒ%[IVV8P;w4hÊ{'uPPP &;<<ׯ_F'⥗^jhiەm:w[w뾷Kyy9N<}ѣE=daFPUUX>zTUUaС4iƏkkոK81V io>\r0aټu°o>DGGƍQP1ck._8t݋ӧOcƌĉ CCC#  UǤI0|6Xf]_]wGXee%"""C!//OyԨQСɅUTTӧOc߾}8r7xJ;Ecɔ`ذabp8q" * o8::bݺu{|DFFbݺu8ptuu1j(k34Eff&ߏ{… ƿ/̙3M|kL87l͛A7 `gg't\SZZ?{EXX0~x̛7^^^BǫXw lذ+1i$̞= ¡Ұel޼ K/)LrPXX;wbݺuHLL'͛ &@___x*_i&<|cƌܹs1|p?BDAؘ8 ];＃@.֚Ǻu޽{c޼yP1ڨ?FI"\\\hʕ%t,PQQA;wSYYTRVV-\LMMBRyJÆ #ԣGھ};UVV MTVV۩GK[lr˗/S`` )-\P)*."cmΟI>>> F;UUU KmݼyHWW:vH֭brrrhѢEdddD666b zбիWiƌEݺu;wqhΝԭ[7Ң3fիW?~L+V 222EQNN`y`Ν}CБڔIOO:t@k׮ c)|/ĄhٲeTPP t6!%%ONԳgOڻwБ޽{gϞIӧO# l2"/)??_9` :u*D"s M>-X^g I=YXXҥKxHrr2M:444ח4ח444hԩ.]JdooO mƘڪLLLё9"t$zWI$Ѵi(##CHJII!???D4k,8]xHGG-ZDBGLqq1-Zttt͍.^(t$FO5kD"S؈1$wޤCyÇSNdffF֭:UUUѷ~KԫW/:{NEE^LLLɉN>-t$;}4999 ^OETBԫW/קoկ"1V$ #]]]stUDqq1-\hر^,H< ӣ+V3%AI/n8UVVŋISS+VЃZ-OcLmdeea̙8y$,Y`7Ĵi;wĐ!CNz"""0m4#44BGbqF8p vڥ7NԩSիWcBGbI&!!!>|ޕ1.^777$%%ܹsOPA^^^|2 XBHbɒ%x饗0|ppbfϞ(ϟ:ܝ?HOOGTT*111>|8^z%,YDc)ȱcАɓ'Bar H$---Z`_YYIs%ڰaqX ФIH__„#7aaaO&M HGGΝ+S`[͟?MքM4JKK"eee4i$244'NɉD"{_:N믤EI$099qҤIvO."c*k夡AK.: kEQQQdiiI>>>TTT$tf)**#GEEE KH$իW V^M"j***,,,hȑr9rSI[n%MMMڼyQDfffe xC[ngsϛ7YUׯSNh*7$HhdooO׮]:`Æ A!!!BGiP>k׮=?#M\D0TNDD(=:uDK͆ BC !""7dʶ:v*ZJJ ܹs$ .$SSSJLL: *J#22tttQɚԔ.\آw1u𓷼z;͠A诿jmBagݺuIBGQ}U̝;U>5)))dmmryc>Ylїq|Ƙx 0dر"HH2D$RjC?ѣGpuu!my=W(;wěoǏ_:NѿYs: cǎŽ{#ժԩ> MMM#ɝwu~z{tRIc*cΜ9-[P#O\\,X W_SaaaxW!mו̓ v,Z3gģGS ̜93gTP}U*==ӦM 1j(ܿq/^A455<,[L8uZl ]̝;Wvh=c t200ׯ NxfHC5ȥ/[rssI,=X,ѣGӑ#GZeu^b=|GյIkS@@Qj_ VfffRhРASFFّ{ߓ\Dե?C(5IUO_7\D0Ɣ^QQ988w}'tz=1Q=k^yٲ"bo%%%DDTZZJHWW)/_nܸAtiTDJ}/UWgϞM(66VlԥKƾt $wwwabUUS``Q5Iup ե&=`)KbHHHq$_8ǥrrr`ee9[rvC[-ZǏ˲DhF v)t:ھ}{dddBEnݰrJBl߾q̄ZsTGXXXG\Ó'Ow믿V @p"dˎ9ѣGʶ4۷O(hXdQMU50ڮ2033Cpp0+TVV ꫯ& vK,F?ƘR[~=lll0n8,@ǎ'N믿.m#SSS̝;˗/: `ʕ0a"wʰ"""Zܦ"͙3999ؿQ~`Μ9BGQjm,'''L0+Wls`)*lܸW٘WUU%D"{]N8")** ΰ-vHǕٳK8zFFFBGQ'ܹsqQ7 -1ZQxx8ijjÇ X,8O,WŋDDԾ}{@}=yb1ڒQpp0XUM`~ٶ∈(!!Z{`4gA3Z:vHD Q}龩'ۦYZZRhhhkerE"ːF"ˠh'՝D";ҪU>1DÆ :FH;~rrr?:6uܙ-ZDtڕ[eDD4hР:]2eO?3xyyѻ+XTdd$Ӟ={ DBf2Y핾Е'ymK^^^Zggb)=z`ԩ/”\rr2zDKWxL5L6 8x 7 }:I&!//D0ƔRNNnܸ nݺQQQJ 2Dj.ϟ`37dTVV"66u`)dw.tD"wk׮ ~RR,,,`mm-HL5YYYx~1УGT5,,,\D0Ɣ۷{{{0TAھ}ZNOmJ30V'''ܾ}`)\XXX333 v~~ ӛh*Mibnnި:rSJ:S!ɸ:::T!\mK۔f<,z{aDBTR P pI4\Z,5Ne眯[c9-SRRf䒲bz@E1l3 u]s]|s<f{>FFF(**j"jJ^hlj"-!5rLu#"011i"j,--2Ozk׮z;ڏ;w{]kS΁>Z} 6顇BAA ڵkvhϞ=z>9'33={l"j<==zΤm… 5'%!00PSLiK.ãU'233QVV͛1`7ok>MmqDoEILmϮ[6NʐnP8tM֭["SSSeڵ$:o>DD***7[[[FcQxRN>-uV_~t]~+77WHDDDS, Ǐoaaa%]tWWWYbTTTh8&g}&d/s͒ӧ###^}i/1EhȈ#/KNOOiӦX[[˜9s$77Z|.T*$((Hw.yܬwo@m"ڬ`yg[$۷/7G""gIHHtqss3g65%\vMlmme:GdffXnvcccsNwwwy5fFFR\\,W\ɓ' ?~vm㈈Gh6+?)oߖWʜ9s=Aݖ7ly7e''')((hqrrccc9{-^XHXXfBCCB22259sdʔ)6tY Qkh7Wj?q dm{]8ݸqhu)֒'666qfGʔ)SdŊ@Mm֭6K#DT֊ИsXVv@ED[baaQkORcx9"j<<7-[=Nik_ȑ#1k,cAD[oJŋ;#G^{5$&&Ξ=?> ""B3ĉyi 6 {n4N999:7oެAO?T*%fs/q)lٲc:u ׯ? SSSTVVbӦMxGh+++=728}饗7˼y㥗^jָeeex~ͺf}={jڨ=m44m|]ܺu+`ԨQu.SN]8ݲe N>/Re?Q+_ȨY.YUU%IIIIII5.O|411ѴQ(bbbD61f̘!NNN",5ڜ9sFJX[[޽{XV\"""@˭[$::Zw.5nXuQ/蜿;u_ HW)))ҭ[ RsشiXYYIbbbc$%%},\PӮM*Y~f? *rCʑ#GBbcce2xh;Җ'|"~OtUO>ܹsG.\ }[Ə/ٵin[_EEEү_?gJ^^撯ڎ[m?7{[;vB!ԧDdư veݺubdd$/{Wilډ'dbdd$Hbk&boo/oF7 Q*#bee%Ɗ'.ZH\\\DTJ^du=뢾'&j{'$>>~+2fNJ%ӦMmR qu=4jcA8o/^,666bhh(2j(Yvmi3V={K.w=PwI.]dϞ=MP(N&O,wn6V#3gsss3f8IqfHH\xQF%nnn5sZ["ӦMk PUo& DEE[tӦMõk9X[ @>}O?5 QQQs;ڲ3QǧqzY3o&z&iM.hj>HOT*dS8MJJnݺٳzgj]T*={tMNqZ^^.O>ի{HXDQt1bt]bbbN-~zoݺUMHx y )11QdرRXXt:<}Ә֭7]2n8֭?S[IkB;v5g)"jJJJ$((H,,,ȑ#NӸrL.]wZ۷cРAPTЇ̚5 111PT4ho߮H .]ñuVbݺu011i~XDQꊈ,^_#..NiQ pB 2NNNǤIV9s&bccP(퍷~Nꐖɓ'cxp)xxx;SN^ٳ1yd;-Cii)~mx{{CP 663glXDQӥKFLL _N!"زe ?` SkU8uV\O>8t萾ӢUQQwycǰf;Vcll5kرcȀ7yTTT;5_7>\N{vH!*J6o,ݺuݻ_|aoO?.?… ֭[NM̔3g >}wJJ~Ik׮rJwZzWQQ!+W]Oz_>}3g>u=Dԡ) ̛7.]O?_|_;v,F ###DGGc͚5wjm3v؁"99Ü9sxD+۷o ooo\x˖-RwjzT*l2\xۧ:K.aΜ9ׯqAرέ"駟"55AAAcݺu|a+8vƌQFADpQDFFbРANM0ah-bر;v@xx80e`ر5kf͚sss}X'DD HJJΝ;5ƍcbܸq%%%BXX)fΜѣGPivZyyycǎG1n8xzz;VQUUӧO#,, G 駟y%=đ#G{֌{ ]twҥK1b5JS\;F "Rrr2:0;v EEExG0n81psswͦ8uqiTWWWSD5C ,, aaaEϞ=1n8={ 8{,9G1~x3{eژrDDDȑ#8r~7# Ǐǐ!C!_Edd$7ƍäI^DDMPUUg"<<aaa8{,***`gg___G[XuyADcر;v,xC;#"HLLđ#G( /X-//ŋ~Cee%zE{pttwl=rT*ѿ۷o.EW\ALL bccXܾ}fff1bf0M5EQ3@BBBpƍ k=zGGGx~CFFRSS4!55yyy77Elmm[} 4vvv>UTT 11XUohڙkƩaooCCCXZZ,--ahhPT1[]]BTVVƍqrrr< \\\4@+55RRRj|fffB9kll {{{888{qT*kM|gcccBTWW#//O3NoܸlkrQt{xxƀ`dd "҃|\|ٚlܸqCU]]HT*ammݻ޾Ɨ=z v ZW^^ӑوw*//΍2 1.8Jf{pppЌWgggӧCO- iii~ENNfVVVUUU(**B.]`aaQg1QGPݻw8 """NgXx1tDDDD 11 ݻSjW QktfC.]}v=g """Nt[loBg""""Nw޸|riSFDQ*Q":Ns(Zee%n =DDDDDJ3ÇrVDQUoadd3jXDQ:I}Z9Eux EeeemnݺV̪bADDDDÇQXX`Ro2jXDQ%\+++VȨ}ՙۿ?JJJjL5k?׺"رcakkۚ;,"SR(os;v3NXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDNXDN;""""TWWpTTT 055=J~^@wDDDDDںqҐtdee!777n@^^n޼}bXDQ)//޽{yfO<M ;6ǎî]gdeeax0w\8::;E DDDDqFl۶ 4ifϞ &B;* gΜΝ;۷o'Ă =8,"I/'N@>}`̝;=zwzFyy9vލM6!""...?>^y͍Z""""Iyy96oތ?׮]̙3`= Buhiii믱i&cXt)\\\Z5DDDDb_V­[/bٲepsswjNII +| /7x?""""jPuu5֯_~x嗱h"TTT $$|?[_DDDDTGbѢEp^uӢT*|wXlJKK[o_ouyQ\zӧOѣѽ{w$$$?fFǥKk _~ekDDDDnmٲpAC,^X)Q FPP\\\o>8::6)"""N/8m۶aNZIFF&Ob߿9"""NO>$gϞf;ٖڏ̘1N"""NDRalj'Z… acc6l0 >INNn^)l޼ ݡP(}h.8p q!33SYDu" .?ãExꩧvZh@P{Š7fϞ=:u* E_2~in:rϚ5k0||M2,":"̞= .ĬYZ7ֶL4 fff'j۷o&N`Æ ٸqf2220uTXZZ C ӧz:رcaff'''|' BsS7އ߯$|Xf 9BDDDD… G[Otqq|Htt899DGG׈${RHrss5 C*++k+"-ŋo> u."!SNh)--$177_|Q䭷m۶z4>i%XBz- cADDDԁNjRa8.((htYDd@&NvZED 裏4֬Y#N 8PS4TUU ҥK}2{l)""o_k}&nK*//}ʊ+l: &6mj~Շ5"7=vMopL7oݻknnnHNNcppp#G_N}}ip<4hvڅT>>rʕZ#""\R3?~󯨨9sHUU*((HkOOO:ujnHuu899ɚ5k=DDDDLk׶H?<УGDFF6BI& >>>8qf^uu5OJgϞڴi`ԨQiZO<~#GիqΝ&^xݻ>ί>,كFվ}PXX9~,":Eĵkך5n~~> (DFF"11}۩ؾ};?<7111xꩧ0w\k֬,)Q`_uСC())Sxb:^СCu~ .ӜV^ں-ڄ@Ь1,Y"dΝiɵѶEDo.dĉ"" dڵRXX(qqq"dӦM""T*iTWW 1669JȐ2k֬yj{}\vM3M ""ϯ~tu!ڵQ4{BDDDDmBBBq)5KLOOO ??_syjtݫ'N}Xн7oބ=,--qmXYYFm۶aΜ9xGpE00{Mee%`dd‘yݫSLABBrrr4ӵɽ>666(((@II LMM@EEE_!J Œ3v</ 4(^fUvuQFh.++WRWA}S=zq޸M6l[tν><5Ӵ} `ffxʰlٲ۱ """}ܺu oFSo޻ r C=իի6nݺ{1woܦ. yyrO׮]ܽ"¢ќ_~& """,,,?ǎ;8ްawL0]`O? ػwzĴiDDDhڨ4o<_zz:&NXo^qx{ԽqDff&y?~| 4YDDDDf}Gbdd$̙3T*Z+ŲrJI...:svv]nݺ%ҽ{w ")**~={V$00P\]]ƍf̘!NNN",:h"YbIUUDEEɲejmQ/Ԙk d-\nݺ%cIyyV˰ """D^y&>>>T*GJ^yթ͛7eѢE"JRz%˗/}̙3\,,,dƌQMiikbmm-o&?OҵkWÇ͛ERՊmuz&{OH|||}Ν;2d߿jDDDDԉT*̙3Ɖ':iӦڵkq:m 0}O?Ԥ+**0}tpqqzYADDDԉ믿1b9sF)ujk׮իW駟ܦMpu|M균&MٳgS """tg1cƌ]R쌃bʕذaVl۶ ˗/s>|8RSS ///c """LMMc꫘5kVZ:-???9sƕm6:u Cչh :8s s 9DDDDܺu?3f_|Q&l1֭[K'~ "9s[l1c5l ?,_\;ׇ3ƎcȐ!?~<.]Zl>޽HMMETTVX"-v܉ 6lp!}EMpe㩧SO=&CQDDDDTüypy'NĉH x뭷Я_?$''СCذa͛DDDDT+vڅHK,A~~S:T*k׮;＃8H,"^'|onnnXt)]k<Ø7oL,^FFF-/DDDDDZ)..j*ܺu /"-[777}锔૯l x7* """"cq5̜90f( }ס믿ƦMP\\ `ҥpqqi}`;w.z:r޽6mBDD\\\0|+pppKN,"%%%aƍضm 0i$̞=&LkwT*Μ9;w"$$oƓO>  00Y XDQ)//޽{yfO<M ;6ǎî]gdeeax0w\8::;E DDDD" ?c8p1j(" >Q׷W"22aaaؿ?n߾#88ӧS""""jq8|0݋\r1bFc߁ 338z(=tXZZbȑ0az)899;F """VwDDDѣDff&1` 88p ߢ;hI/_ƹsx;wYYY077K.NW',"HRSSqIk6 T*ѿxyywݻ7>}Y{.󑞞4!==HHH@AAJ%틁G?]p?DDDDs!99HOOGaa!nnnѣЭ[7ppp5 aii ڵ+4JKKQVVu (--E^^nܸ\!//7oDvv6._Rz www`РA"ڕ7nh~OOOGVVrssq F~^^?kkk888^S8::W^#$qDDDD!磠՚wAEEf)LLL666P*z{ m"""""IǾ5;DDDDDDDDDDjV|IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/cmd-dangling1.png000066400000000000000000001454551335323540100166040ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR#'=4gAMA a2tEXtSoftwareXV version 3.10a-jumboFix+Enh of 200705202 IDATxw\W ,EbqZEֺimjӺGk[.V7h XT@+ (C6BH>?S0 ||^Iμ0@!R;!B!<L! 0! R #5HOGf&22˃HͅDWP\ U+hkC !ab 01`b3$<Mx8$%!) HJƒ(--+-&&07>B[3,/ϟ##mcptDBT`ƒgp>mѱ#01F).xsRRPPuu8:ť3cB|Q& PB];W޽ѳ'y1bbBѫFڼe#TTWPܹ]] #gJSܸWXhjÇ7w8BHKA4b> +%ܠwz¥K_#`k L>} ҜQ&MF$Bp0pJK1l&LNDAPqll0~gҒX ]V0}:χ#ߙ!` 5w#Gb\xx@]X<޽ؽIIªUpv;!Dѥ(IG.1sgwT06'=?T //ܼw,BrL?Х f΄?<<`<} WWxx}cB`R'xož}ԉLJI oTt+QTw,BLjQT+ѭq ѱ#ߙ1cp:֯ǎpr±c|"(:SƂMyYfՑep<<-hBH#TO"wa`twT}eĠgO\w BrL)Fķb8ss5".ap^2BFIexma:ލ%Kcк5i!Lٳ0#Gb~[Qsw6Ǝ1Μ .M(4mQDY Q]TI]0c;weW mB@ cx؁>;*y >>Cd$NCQ,*׮a0|%/;)*°a(*Bx8 NCQ *.9owUww9O JKvp8})) ×_(tJ[ ؿ_ollŋMMM_x㣫۵k`nnLLqjj#?~l0]]>ɩiɴ4##ݻws...]^N+-~zǏˎ][9 !DQV9b133c۷7__K.D"n...6l())NMM-]teeev!ՠe.^`ݺum:u.ÇڵkGdYYYN<==kmSCقl%KX~ _J}aEa;;;#.]qww߰aCAAA>ɓ:ut(sk׮ɉҊfݻߘ1c---lROVz|}Y^-]znڄf 84A;v3gN+'OHD= +M޻wbsvvnYY ƘP(+nX @KKT > `ь!Cؾ}{^^^LL={T,\]]Uzյ~!-`u. ?4޽{W#622ڸqckzjȑm۶> ;; m wK J455JgffgW~NNNF544PTTT p^^j[ҥŅI$ [ҜPV]>}XQï*>}q$5WB餦fzVx{{?~\5/^`kk[uusc/i~9a*NOW9"\q^_LK]܀U !֬'X-޽{Μ9U߻worrѣGnp%{Njiiy,]رcGxo 99.Vm ڷow6###ծ 7F=tp]D9&aРJi.؁ի? Y=???$$;ݻwhkkD={899U]=%%eIn߲t+Wă¬Yp'#z*{ڴܱQ&N 88˫}(.kHKÆ ]l='<[YY*ծïLLL*mc-b-YdժUeeeK.? ֵ֭b8w\@@7>}4c"11֭[---X˗fffFڵѵk233Gemm])IaΝ>RVVKHHtZshh(d^cZL]k%BHFXՕaX+AUïe+ a͛7OWWu ߫<ڳgOPسgX߸q1ﯧ?x`[[۰0Xqq… MLL-[Vgee-YJ(٭\T:&LkݺϣGjz*M&[w} 66dXd?P5!-UBTJn.)Μ&iWZZ׹l=zСßYo2;v4.%!߀ p4߇7 N|oߞyZܳgϓ'Obŭ[5 cE$4CT XYܼÑw%ciiy̙u2;pʕ+O:\K0hq0dފ2Q&uCD^;>;quu8]DDDׯ. bhNN$4+0xmQ wH"?bJ,]G~V&L4&aaÆoP%4Hå㭷Wغ?@՗F#`R;'ps?N"=3``ÇwBhL`]ËpvƁi>˜15 7oR%T =zuLu@c8p]!8w&BrLdmH,^35na`p>N;!DP&]p :w((;rKJ̙pqAi)cڴ;!DP&uǽ{5 |{{[Gec 89!2T"!&u+x1A U-11ظ_|IVYO?a;q(vµk˗cDѮ%BHmF).F` vDTvży:UU~/`>a3B*ibnÇcxzؘXr ѱ#̙01;!LRQNFPBBPZa1c`awƑH';w`k77$!(.ƙ3 ĩSG.>ÆaΒ0\ >>Ӈ.!*+õk EX]X WW..ptTC 7p^Ń06С>Ç| 0QB#4׮!6Յ3zFϞ;n7ox))HH@L n{aa #L4B 0X{ǚ7o".yyS^am 01F8p׷Y@f&?ǃHJBRRShe^..hNNOBC(/ꘒTdfeLLPSCIɍI ^Bq1CNbdfյaf;/tBQ&.3tA$* fn.$9㙖y̬oVֆ@CCĤ|lfSSd!4"X\Dbi[C6Uh2BiC `llsu:BjFwB@VV_wB+*DGDBCND!uE4cϟ^D"Q@@@II !fߟ),,<}4y!檰gyD!uG4W'Nù,$$$??HRwTIsuС'DǏB&RvvYYTՇz^RBH4KAAA~wŗ.]T|$B*YܝŁ C!E4?O>}GfСCSN-ҼB`B!T !P&Bx@B`B!T !P&Bx@B`B!T !P&Bx@B`B!T !P&Bx@B`B!T !P&Bx@B`B!T !P&Bx@B`B!T !P&Bx@B`B!T !P&Bx@B၀1wfF ;!)8x(1 4K^^2(SN@ң&`CĎ;!J~&Bx@B`B!T !P&Bx@B`B!TRYhQ6mGZرwBHEX.޽+KVևsrruYf]ٳg Xf y!-] K.~W#43o600;6o `ȑBp޽|!d4nz;v;E3Ӻuk#ÇBBZ>*M... 444qs+N.^ŋ>>>]v #G+T477:&ngll8b=qssWHjժkii :4))'OL6HWWwܸq?,)듘8f={^zU@O!&&ꓭǓ'Ob@ e:6ހ췵WLFwBH1RO;xe{mU<ťoȈpJ PP{ zxx8c,77WCC#<<\cݻwI:uW ظqc^^|KOOrwwOKK{ Yվhk׮ɉҊV/lEYYY666cǎʊ044433{q]޸ZWWMeվb0e 2OE[*NJ'322E"7x6 ߟ1VRRh?2BCC LIIU,.FzPTT{wwwnܹsܸqܹsCdhÇ=zP퓭hٲeu5kV W {z5^$ ^]Z+&q T zo1)H*z }}j=u488@~c~~~֭M߿x9c&7cI?+1Ja233)TbooLHH`ffV WWZwuoke2P&VT pY"V͖YZZ ۷F ն+((622:6 Z3gN^^֭[xzzr444deeU]KƬJ*F0u| x7+=%xZtZݸ]*Ԋ pɵgggܹsM-X+>sfͲ;؂ ?1 4HSS]v~~~,SSSUג1Ja;vS]vIn?+.d^뛤1~[b@ZQЊKJJp Hjjj̙֯_޺uiӦƌ-^Jw6ؿ?Wf{_|ܹs/_\RR-[pJ IDAT[^bwlTTKd;s gBO"!!!dbb"j< k]^k&YڷWLv2wBH@hh(w#]{孭O9s|;wÖ+BG&{ $$)]slN>]ޫۣGk׮1Zj=gll,ʘU%+V|2::lԨQVOuww߿ͧOGFFz{{fggWl\kAAAempjkuoke2ZQM6鹺&''3.\`mm7wܢ"CC psh{533z߯[XXMnذUVAχmڴ剏~U:F޽{cƌן4iRMgT268IM꾺CvP&VVGA 2ZŽA{СCnnn#.\-((oJROMQ5}:l|BZ, O1JE &;+iݨ}'D~Ν;nRO:x∈srr*o5r ꫯrssSSSO`Сҹ&Lm۶]v8p`Wfdd{Z;]~I}/"ѵ z\vdZZ]Ϟ=kCrrr޽Y7m$.1Lyyybu _G׮]iYYYNr 0!]Ф>}:m4ccv]tIX,?~H$ !XX,={/RGyzz踹Ioɓ'ӦM3227nǏ̛7OwaiQ`߾}._qZWq/%43|h~hʲ{| ݜ o̘1ږ[l5kqd-b||ɓ'tԉ{<===--ӧ...ҵ$ɕ+W;.KoKMMҥڦM|}}_^U}'BCC+>XS3g44&VT 0cO?M޻wOZÆ `yyy111VVV-ysW*{\-++=>w\c;wtpp.69tЗ/_Jgبuu _+411k_ɖ 0!\oTcIdr5L__b1ۿ?'''XQQш#YՖ߿, "0999Gٳ'I&q[NZZZΝF_!t```PSZAZQ7*1MMJKZøYb{B!cʕ+UWx{{?~, Ҳ]cǎ&{=III >>>;Jtdwʪ U`BjEa_uTn)[4HK;vȑ#.&;w Z `mm >}U(**KJJJnݺ.BT`^bP:'N 88{;T U?ՃȊ+\\\FJ77ɝ3ڵ```Pkrq|E!1nh4c,**J([ۜvjddtڵQFY[[gddTmȝtܹnX|iX\\WM0:uԯ_ .޸qG}zj+**o]UCrGl;w)c,44~4/tE z ٳP(ٳgllc?>a==֭[hӦM.^8jԨ2#{Znݽ{wggݻwU[[šLΝ;?oݲ^" G>q\|+ϟ?WWWW@uA___פZZnhQФ!8otmΝc6lPL BYYYb:S~2Djjj;vK0wn۶߿ B???`Hdbb믿*߆Y|뫾b54BT`R?k׮e,`hhCCC9uo-R@ :uj```߃BBBƎT.hR?˗/7o^M?YF1مOVL .߳ȅBu\\S"z۶m[o%r-uu:̝;W11 ?$ pP< СCWlܸqk׮СæM^zcBBP&Э[J5X,oٲEab8q#eee!!! 0.\022^(m۶̘1cŊ?s/ 0iQMM]v, G[o),áC DǏWXpɏ?tj" TIH$ Yf޼yaaa\ŊFvvs$߯ ֽ{` .>ޮ]m۶ݻwofѣAGJ21BꬤdĉZZZǎr !͟?_Iv]Ӂ` `ǎ˫inBB»ﾫriE#(`RWoŋ+>~/^Pd[[[_+wء0r;n8 |2q!MvA:}7.^8tЊMv}SSSyÇe,p!Ee={GFFjii <7ߌ;! P&>|xjj˗]\\.<ErU|$<<\y_~aaannn^^^o;!QZddd ><33ʕ+;w;J6l#ggS&&&@T,C ˻|=q7ocƌM6u?;!Njdgg1B$]p̌8DMM'%%}{С7|Cu DQ&[/^;mmO>O?dggaÆbsBjD±c>{,44}|!jժٳg^cǎ;w,--;!Tƍx…;4?xbGG}bsB`Rto utt;i,33͛7'&&>|ݺu dt_B`"hĉgϞ޽;qH_{=iҤ޽{P&bohh3g$i<kccѿ/UGX1fϞ}ɓ'O|!rԽ{Ǐ_vMWWw#F;! [hѡC;6dEӧ/_\RRoxxxUDX]vF; QA>}ӧ{8q{Ej}L0!>>P4T[ٳg'$$;w_{{{ ^P… v qqx puE> pp” %HHq))б#С166 C pKo͙3'""o߾|g ׮!4aav b1\]V>tt:+((@llU Æc‚d# .'N (wnnTRTT_|6rO>i aa"7h+˃B\@8B ; 6K4g@ pAXL 71Ww&s}5֍cG,#L-KXX@ uVZHKc+W233 `[gϚ<&ϊlt&+WD p3ݮ]3g򘡨cڕmʲyPwŋY6LKMԲCC'O(GLLX۶"1`nn Ӵ EEEgbboƦLa |RVlfd,,X@iHTG]]_~QX7n~#ºmLM͟BǦ[Q| zb׮9`f1E ̈D"WWW7`ywWTKs'ǶmC4˖A$¦M:@ܥK=,\ؐkW`X.Mhf֭[?+޺WW9{q2U߆xL__LnÈk=>[?M|5#F =@ռܽ{W^k֬O׎߿y_9Hy=3``Çwf%=S 26a\4sx]ÇFQn6$ɠAJJJyBI|%VT%4w>W`F,XwfUGٙ4-B^,+4Lصk?-ꛙFj*.^GEY#￧KI"$ο ==ӴC<{[{6?h<;99͙3gݺuCV~'!FYߏ…'"gc$ IDAT([,*Ô)S"""ܹ#[/|8u r%(͛[\w-* cǏvhtt3z[ʯ>~ѣѻ7111-jӦ o hP\XL 4JA,Y;y{=Zjձc(rӯqO ׳I튋zɜֽ;6ȯ:V-f`;2 gxeNΞ1c=ρ/;]ڰaݻws2Pi)FFFa` !//Jm/bh|5/;HJ;||cI:v옜\ZZ*T_/^ěobV̟wAXݿG?,..Dp0"#d_ƘT8x3fy w^668~r544bJm;w⣏?toJmNNN~~~rj ك?P @zy1cի=z驯 &&855qĈU[~ɓhT,] __deWk"7>ɓ:u377:p@PPS6lllƎahhhffcE?7JK1uiisZOH[Q1e 5s*J*??rb"֧7ҧÇ=tvvnYY X^^VJJJm.[ @\\7ɝK=k,>gZZesA,f..QAMQVTmL73g; /_nhh 9. ?ȩ @__2ϟ߿tID"{w=y'$$0333hK HΡpmf6*[Q1 Laow@Xݿ_KKkbD#ҧ7& ?^qIxWW^IG&;@s(H|_6*[Q1 ;GKGa)?aܮ֟@|oJڷoM.]رcG{#m۶MrZseӦ ?Cy!쭨^ۘo|h+SN:uj˖-rΝ{˩t <2`E/!!!dbb"$n (s(ΝU{-r^,{+6,6'OѲ='cǎSL_b133c۷˯FbŊ/_FGG5*??kccܹs!ONF-޿iO>533366СlC(Jj*kogYYݻ*((H"ڶ"s)ن |hѨ+5k˗{L~=4JVV֒%KBʕ+KKKs\]]lkk&6٦Mn~Wl޽{cƌן4iQ[9Ρ73 :HfA~!8-] K<SN}_|!^VƱc}[~=ƺ{]mtwAO.rs.IB+UV,YD7i,GG!" q*;΀(+Í|h+;wk֬ё̈́t"Hc prB|<9/;pr;)Tb; `e駟:;;O6Mz'OL;ugds9=rDR/Ν;{_ŝ(?7o U| &&| 5hJ'?3OOJëW/~Hcw.9H 45wFۻwoBBBPPQTHD*q)w"RCV|hh̳o>ԩ34BtE%/O%ƅA*BgvȐ뉿C_(7piy5u I؛ Cd( E8Q[JڪmjBԁ{uՁZE6EE@@ jI8WȽg}nrs䃍 " wցi"[0޽{ݺufff2+޼Yi @rru ڛI&0}w$^2_,,@]: YԶUPppmpp$MMPP2뮐Wf׮]eڵhfаi& fbbjժ "(;;[GGG__bnin*.6c  :p-D/Ldژ=z9s!uС3fhkk 211˥=zѣ_rĸ.\ZZZ6olhhh``aHdh۶m㭖k6vժU֭[K,ݻ e=|ﲵJvQYYi``?ȸK&kg:œ9s??z(=!TXXhnnUQQ```пV mnkiimڴ)**U'O eMMAAAġKo>u}CCd6ߢ;055uǎ555yyy/qB,XУGlkk9sEwzyyˉT+B矑m';`غu+q55HM ]ީLd"@__!rJxmm6ѹNocc䔛+4۷o~[İ3fppp?SWW'4 ۷̙3; EЌCaA x~ԈÇ޽{?"ur< -Z#E&&&:;;D@REW`C77<0˵GJfNnx8~x DSԓ'O"LMMfшNKXPP`MMiӦNfnaaQVV&T 7n\jE Srr2ܹl߾RSSEzih@zzg`pʪׯLI*#@ll,qs={6&477 qߣE\a$3@\&Rmfll\O cx8RUE=N^^ހTTT~E:|:D'@DSNԩS544zdΝDUKVY kkkKKRӖꫯ ""ܹs6m$ي?Dc[s'Ԏ߱gϞꄄsss55^.ɓ~͛7P!'1%W^###6n((d }"4H0֭ɩé1b0 ڵ,\.4mީLTTT C$f|2/W^ III#GD;v,:td&''?NDKLL$+H%j,ƍ 448|ꕈ{BAt\\\D cGR+*%%HSݺZ/^)SDFFƍB,px^VtMcMM J:z(vD;`zԣ:qc10 ޽[__hUmɓ'Ϛ5+??‚/^`2Ǐ9/{ CD*]]]̙3пPCCĉy[DmJfh0L-?'ϦMhw[NNN駟ZZZ@UUW *++ 8 TСC[ ;e\"aփ&˚-[+E#Gի;|ҥ"%gnn1}m۶ӧ N&]p'ym%#'FzzH`U,ZEEE`+"&ϛ7S$$$yZ%#G򺤼ZsZVh,z8y2@:`,S{a|`fdi>J{}|̌?BccŋZ7oB111Cy˗/`͚5ZD"ʚ}ZUUU RhnFh4!^r~'سgB>### wޞRSS?nmddDPEupp044+//4iV-Q[e!bcct7KD̖u]6I$l6Ŋdl~QDJH^AJgϞe˖I&~o߾nnnoiiIJJrtt>|8o7ozCQ'333;[AWl6;((',,L蘶laZC8beŋV1 RqܟʊFDAP]&4addKS̙3G[[[GGחv "ZADDNwrrJII/xCoOڵ RRRJi)E&H|\h4666[nu%+*jhhqСfw׮]`06ơ-NVjjlꡅ`aKll#x6 qq0~<|=| RooD {HsU13oh㡡"#AOsB;anx\]ɖ"OȠÇb#jy;nܹsV!lrIAA8(c _yy! ?phdl23ɖ"Ot]=lnFӦ!N-΃ˈwhr<D $$$5̙3=z{J4f 26FiiҐ\471jc(D& ##\I;`qFKKKBg :}9~)b<=='EA8>iMc#F::ҭh0ԫzB0˂Fss[Sp3<=&[^^`dw)jVs;l5JGv6xyj%*d 566.[l!3y2<|QQ0lF 77'Om*/O?/bk ::/i`, ;C,^! `nnnxDZTW/] 7;C EB={%Q 'lAOs3||=|̜ d R|"# bcP̝ !p"jׯa(8s._ÇZ5r9~x>}mغ?tA(.%K T [bbgѰh,X^^-قFؾ  `ajZZZΜ9b qޝC!#֬M>%[BfC@aap(S9EM cx ~5)0h<{Bt4ڒ-w5ׯ_"6SP45a.xLMaX֤ܾ ..iY/_قѣ!9v쀽{]D 0e  /_—_rv]ɓ'LCh($$@d ~M&!yia. 4||lMװx188Wp@Ϟdk쀻҈ -Dj̞ /^@p0Ł,^ cBp 3f9$&з/ٲKK 3ap}lM۷t)88@B;0y2ٚ0 Ԝ6mB ‹p4$&L WC2򨨀=k@vPZUHLSS6 a%[ w̙`o11p$ddg nVnooL˅۷!(n33X5 GBh(Яٚ1iip\ ,Zk€dk UU GBVk̙@- wٶw$[K'< d2^P 6 >>?jji8|^#a\3Ȗ45}x{:Űf T$*vP͍(7n@Hܺ--0~<̙MFAh(dd̞ f9!x.\WFsal01![Yin{eohh `\;/ޮx`U888xzzod !F}MhjWW8&LWWPU%[TTGDD@VX[/̙Æb`}|n܀Z><=aD1B^y""}x-^KRqK8p`TT;ZȤ늈 ҂ѣaDpuSPUww0>\\(!ܿ砭 cǂ'<.ʈdeA|<ܹ+pS%0;`ߗb3(@^CqƋd.jk7uthD;H>P:od0ll45۷=By9~++%\ PW*SC1{7nܿŋΝKbdڐ>׮]:u*J+++tر㒿tG*=z577/X@[[{ԩ]UFSLee'Of͚_ IDATEBvvdk`:`p|||?~L"XܼyJN2l!݅/h4HKK{wh( B,+!!lQY{1cWԩS, tKȖHL=x߹\nSS'|B`쀥 4iB YYYwu)R`0迋r8'6FYX$$$TVVgq:;IJJ"Q{l6b„ H쀥Ixx8+B`:B̙33Np0If&LPVVF* Xܹsgd.DEEkh}b]p% zbX555KD<,3.]$uqqqdd$)z0#8 Mf+v vR#<<\EEeܸqd  .֫N?<)0c߽( J޴iS^^R<1bС$ԉ=>>>&&gٺ0] I:8qϯJMywW*++l! {;Jv$>>0=`A㭬LMM``A H ,p'X Ǐ1l ;Jv!77Ņl! ;v!>>Fa`Hw;B\\555`5` H tp'XXbM F`;`IMMmhh=` #N$&&M0; v;l0 p'XA^DbV`0;1ID]]nHHhsL*+,,-1j_LH44,iVC#OBrvv-4`2ASRSӒl݈Pӥ`366+Ȗ`,:::<zAY@jYa3t ?R(`0 FX2RRRV`0;`HOOwtt$[`% //fРAd `0ƒP(`0LXӭuuu`0;` HNN,0⠣C;6RT& %..NӦMkll B(!BSRRKccR___---7ny%^B___CSSSP000(//_~'Nw͜9SWWWSS5&&F X,ֶmzꥦ6nܸ,/\PKKk8iy7oNS^,Cu(((tuuuuu[\2/f"{3P(8/HTdc/]}R3.khh f|t|qy)qx=ޡ ~*++KMM577Vr8:Q]]z=<22!TSSC"##yy={6,,!b/^зo_J'Xv-8pd\H*..pww/,,455uvv&RjbS]]`nn@ |EnCutA******MLL d&^"̟*EDͤoګ'"K^ ;`x5ʼn_Җfʈ,%M0Ah>>>p9Pss31f/ """ƌb2Dټ&ZB F@Ѐ***www"hD9rήݠv?m+x"L2E :V 7oTp޽|rH?d9`l&20$PDjKBX\pN766_ҖE!m{[x KKKpssCݻWh<ݻ7rncc%%%PUU%>GDP+ ^H/E{f033LLLd&^"Eb33f~dDZ$3{ҫ`,C?[ jjjBe={P(-:}BϷz<Buuu>>>׮]p׮]SWW_j 3gA4 ***SjYJwH`x"KQ9J&Ⱙ >d#^"ȡ f13DZ$3{ҫ`,+W?~,`ooV[l-[0o/_neeVq5k{:S:Yv1cTUUjkk ccc L%"]OB?[[[P˗r333xqH Û/~c3pV"HTdf/]zR4ۇhkk'@BwUO`2ׯ͛͛7@g͚ r/3KE<"U[1KߴiSZZ ___gy!T.mQN:ebb흛+:3ghiiWWW'f]2^sz^xammIK?zFƥwDhddKj1VTT[XXt/_rssMXW^M:UKKKWWO?&C_?tLvyDD()"P_FGGNjBa| n/^pՕ8SWWwEuJ Ÿ́8ͤ h8x%y1E Qnݺ߿YJL0 v+{{{J IKKoݺE0L.[YYyʕ۷tLLw FZZZlmm@,}cbb͗.]`0ttt<==srrN>7t5L0ގ8< Aouz0`3("YYY Ύl! Q*nb1`0 FL&30 `Z< HۡX@#mmmsrru:0۷&Ma޽4 Fy">&_Ljfb@999f500Xd or._|Ϟ=EEEFڹs' 믙3gb###CCC޲އbcc.\<ׯNھ};L>5!!A1 ÇϜ9Sp fn V4"l^$C,3SL">,rLSaaWEEEBBAy;O> BxZZZ6mn7h=zHMMζ3gqF:ohhz_]]]nn,_s߾} C%aYggHA'V+6 l/1H̨Q۷oo+WW^m۶qs;Ϸqrr\׾޽{?nݺvf̘ b:P^^hhhb}UWnv- T@ E4Kӗ,Y"iӲq%%%۳)lx_~TϞ=?~فu l-,, m+hK>fϞM9~zʔ)m]Zrr2ܹS0ֶ?}vHMMm7Sxv- |̣`ӦM Q 5XPnn3ttt444D ^Ep3v000"[gϞ3gn ***rrrW^3ʪtŊΝ##~ܹYf-YDSS"00 "(::M[y_Zduʕ/>y򤼼|ĉB/ܹs&g?I$Ra0䤥eee%&&z{{AB ,L>ƍqqq!!!K.& [Z)>11U޷o_#T\vذa;:d2-,,㢃t:455p8PSS!tE2eЫsqq;vhjj$ѭqqqSXpXRD[`zj 6gAj!d2[U;`ImB]9X,} ČAܹ>>>BC-~蠠7ojhhXǏߟJLgaD "D[l!*yll3Ԗh%x04At.tرc׬Y#Qnxk_322zY\\3%%E]]OPccclvPPq2,,:88ŕO4ҒxBDB͛7iii={ݳgOزeKUUUBBɤIZ!dƍd0gݺuqFr Kh`ٙD&E[[ȈjGsUO/pݐb۷o6V`{i<n$QӲg bddu5>}:|pUU?z C̙3G[[[GGݻwD566]V__`l޼7#!TQQoaaAmllnʿV+RRR7yx܊7oڵ RRR$ %EEEFF:;;:;;_t?HЎͭUsikkxHKlCUTTԣG1P(p<̟ߥ0]w~~~bb8:::ի2F. ?|(^D#h8p;VSS }8tP^^nǏX`{G]]}N Cгg;wݻ?ٳ[nu`{t0XgϞӭ"i4څ !++7op=b#E E| ]]ݹs a0 y+V<{ٳgd `029СCd `02lذܹsd `0ƒ,Zd ŋdK`.++**1]9Kr),֮ ~laEdycV9ҀENGZKQ=@*MlP(hwW'ʼLdJKQvZkkK߿_DP) 뫞=pΎPf=700Q1(qɳa\`BWfBTUUV0eLfymm9YVSSZSSR]]d֖777߽;O~ @VpO?::F,Zie8K̉'V^?tPLaaCCC) quu GGˮԊ 6{QQ*X,сcaD0 1Ȟ_uӦMBшJKlBϞ=spp C&444,,]444lll"""z-һK BhܸqTjw𓕕uʕgϞ T EWW733TfbmmmB2+ &ƌ[ETT `XW0"600Nh4Ū=zݻwI`߿m۶EFY&j5vBӽ?S ;u"\tIƥÆ t xHL(h֯_OAtzcbbe5#eeeKLL$&NR(MMM!8p`KK f//ӧODYCgٲe7oLLL"[KSQQaffr@P^z%R!==ёwhcc-KUU0hsD Ned uuuaaa6mjUi4ܹ} IDAT+cIJBn //UFPvܹeR(q>lii~li+!t1{_p$c ``mmUI'ÉXpޯ_?A;~XbLO+,--544 ?",8W\yg}ݻUTZ:>{l___A9s,NcհapiϪ .%==o޳gOaaaddyJΜ9`ﳳy[ҧOO~g ?H$e;NaeeuǏ/YDB4JTTT=*{=QQQeX.\A~~0cS(};޽G1]Iii]\\/^bŊkMUQQYx˗E"GIRzY)ӰqvvwQQQA*;2hР۷o_z҅O8q_}1+.{qFlt`Y\\){1O)1a|5lF˗f466zyyYXX?c~駄^~'z|رt:&w9` +***;`)uVt ϟwtt,**޽{wXXqNϝ;Gl )^\a ZUN =`P*H!ɓիW}gpԩ'O3F QUUݷoߎ;ONhdR2ZZZ ,`+r [___P(>RhF/Z|lXh.F]rڵ9s権ihh,XۊkkÇIII!!!NBIP̙+[[ە+W-JI qH(//#G^|Y[[l9hѢÇϛ7l9B|ӧ!!!3^^^dHaRx~ 6l70$%%:u*$$|K.ҥ=ztᜲ2cccbݺu.]y󦛛=z?''ĄliwIJJ!C޿O `X۶mh|IAArąuE aΝHU^"[RQQHlЯ_~ݻwduuu7o޼>ģitCCH4(Z84W^h˗...<tiihPGJ1o@Zp8ϝ;WMMM[[{ҥ?&[Ԩuֽ{tӏ?`0jkk౯"**FwrD :t(BIJJZv-oet# 8[[3޼![l۶3??ȑ#EEEcƌ![thll|1F3f _|E}}}pp0BF߿l-h۷o2$E{fߺuxW[[{ժUdrZZZݻw-X 5Sh$,aee5iҤO>䧟~"e&oڴi'ONOOL;޽#ܼI m۶Y[[O6ѣEEEjVdKZlvdddssGuWWqٳl! wݑÇO0H>xʪG׮]e]yԠŋZ)+ gϞ%vD077߼yׯ%;l?su&IC߁W0l)vvv>Aq~~~ G)& C )PmllUUfͺu18Γ'O]V]]MydPTْ{jjjΝKR.m Ξ=u;`Pa!2h>t萓 4w'\.7**իdkBBCCUTT233(u92''G755m޼JN{l:::AAAt LG(0Z]]}#bV\\LYpqUU|(ݣْ{)ʧ~b~:ᑝ-L7r! mߎh4'>VXt'999,,L6b 6l [m-Ez̬  rǢ";;dhBBd_xMM͑#G B< ]^顡yyyd )Vv#&N6| &_A\._uvvRϞ=/UFʊ+$'ܹ0o,\55)6%%eʕ={wttJKK[nl9Įbz"[LYrAE;Ξ=khhاOH1}vԨQvn+w0[)D]>[SSٳg3 PUUu)(_ y BaFFFxB=$yd…ϟ?߿dž EDF矃߲e FT L ',sss^z-_Ç~~~-HIIIqtt%[ 9[رcd Q(ȾԩS}pT*oQͽ;O8~QFF3p8wܙ6mJϞ=wQXXlwޅ>l!$a nuk,Y޽{=ϯ?ҥK|mddݻtsotXA]\\!@cTTTvvvSNmhh پ}t* ߿spp [ ={l!w8s挑͛7BͣP(_|E]]HB۶! M$\i<..nɒ%zzzׯ!}EEEaaaIIId /_޷onE͖PZZ:|011ٳrl&ynMTۍ|ܹaÆ<1)--믿"Gdff-D1C ѣGL-[L8lQa49>xZtMdddrrUeW233sqq![aoo?k,G`0<}t gΜYjرcօKttI P:,Ybeelٲ˗/5, Guu'O +B![|&%%ݿl! v @ssM<<< E755 :ߟd#Bj*XXȑϬ#G:t(?? ["d2}Eƍ Rb䖴\ij~ygرdRH?~>j(*JeC=pBW^5jΝ{y𡵵u[1 FPPPLLLmm7mTWW'Cy!t]OOO''~-|e`b3&[c:>f:NygWVVBP``СC9NRR8ϙpĉ~@*Finn>}ɓ <BbYYِP\ PVfK &&`c`k ޙ5q @%(Eb].W[uiVk-\T߶^E-VRVZVQYdQe } c4! 3_Arf<9sf :iZ"\|522ָ97߼tݻw(]+A\[[qmmuuu`ccWWW@b撵5á<MmU[[+kjjbqUUUuuX,.--fE"PPPppy_aÆ˗aAW\͛ׯ's%%%DP@  J3w/?-HyWUU]QQQ\\|>hr <8$$$88?z(99yΝ [bEyX vW_;E ِ99OnE @$|=X@,Mԫ4uu BM͓]U$WUAi) >>0` AAпڐy喖jel:33(]? pGGGZZڍ7[ZZJшB$5D)wmkkAAAFrvv6BGYxۡCj9ѣ+V{濿<~7o$Y[[f 2`???MD,//'\\XXXXXH4@$><,,d(--OkeehѢe˖bdW_AT!9I7n@f&dfBAH C>y*z{Qrs\  p-|rSSSDD -]P `DKMM駟&wS,S+Hn߾+J=nܸQFаt,Yd֭Dk͛9MmGGǵkGgffhoBBB,> ܿ.""pE*,,ܰa7||xZS;:|x~~O'A3Y7HPPY 0v,+spA1;c[Zq7]]/=3j(7q)׭Z7oRUCX5~*eX&LHNN.((0 Fѣ ,prr;vxʃ%IRRɜ4iReeM;w&O ƍ3555رc Ǜ;wߺRG^^'|`0|~||ٳg[&E_{5:AK._ZFnقRif,U̍T7"w2^g-X8a`Me 5>w`R X\li,kaܜBLz ٽ{w^sa Ǐ2dm?9s&((N+:xu<<< FLL{m۶ 4>nH9993f̠})B"YY8p xدѸw/Z1) ==N  |N"tmT˗/7n0хȉb9rYzJQ&;vlРAL&3>>TGbbb2.]4k,f=ڗYYYSNhsnWU.;w,mē'q$׭͍JZK~m6ML[LiMgg### ""_E"Jfz-۷n݊h!!!Jܟ7***>CPr7oތhAAA?iCoVN4bJ iLi)&&ս;k9Z'+**-[fmmݷoݻwqʕ(;vofiscϞ=ޓ7sssMFт0$455mٲE ۯYѣG*dΝ#Chh?HЛHap0|8HL&۷ooVVQKG\4<]ũSNN6E# е@ 3D`Dzj:ب)qϞ=666G.//-Ϛ5`]t3S{>ڱcmQAQ#_miSz͸`hlp1kcauF/$yyy pvv>wm bǟ{VYJk׮e03g4q9t1(Ҧ.ATR6.Z|]OOAz% 4553Kۂx9[[NjbKҫ_IG!˗APRaa${HDk7"##zi&:qF˚q!6h"2L\ˉ-KJJ,hFg'.\,oA+z?8gr8tmRӵ… \.wƌ(f/d0+V|db\EP[[K/G}/ MC.kw={,fk3 iiil67ߤNf~NHH0?3}v_yyĉ΅ftg'ƢP7o5["vYҔ͆>:;;/^` "++뭷5<={`2X/^f|(Hd-/Fggws^S-{ ݻwQZd ;w"awѵ)|MBtu7X,DI&Y̴ٵk8}y.,#OOOM0"'O&˾F9sM2Ei$Ԯ,^G^aqGGG4IkSI|VתL&>} y6mKOOwssJOO'R]O:CDWWW;v_)J#F=x5((?L#r&3啔d)#00p…& ɱ_(=־ 'Ovwqq/Ѫ9Ue[l 00?IkBT{6Pצ5Zu>x𠣣C3tS肒 > 'N$>AL&"644g ` .Rw3НSN29'&&<ڿ deeX,qDC=cCQR97ok2gbwԶ62/ыh7I$Ե|M{f]D$m޼Ć錒 kjj^ .9R~dAnnn HLgXƞYYYikk{fK7YDKcP6}||@6 ET9K8;LsْSצ5tR߿ё$](xҕ7lOx #5kd@mmI-7s!xժUyWCt:=##Èy66"G1KMb|=ɕxmq4=ySצ5tRJg\CD%K Ԭ=ggg8z) 7iiit:݈۹ ^<2q7xÈ܉} 9g(iO>O|耧9M՜3iKb'6{=\,wܹ~oٳ0}t`̘1SE+A_d2',,߾}ɓg6VFa~mss2LIx` Hbcc$>̙3IUD*ߓ򂯾2ZԵ| =VJ>߿?~/766/?ѣ4 Μ9F̚#F9RgNN5q urr"mK>0VngϞ1cr,J>455q8cǎ%"@2={;vRă\\\O#ͩuڵkDηnBĜ|HH_4Zn$ԵI}=NxĈ˗/7UQ[[b zjuU.?f///aaaa#FPʕ+AAAl6;((9ի`)nRgEG/ka(9Ilmm̙4DCbPV|09umR_{J]Px<=SX_+fuΝ6 #v#G՜9 whkoɌJ]?\PP@L6aZf mxV 0<+ XPP@4[R3ɱ0)]~&1L3D)..!z)Q᎖J|}b P&3*uLŎ,P󩬬 Ca Sb̎0`|u=C68LuoG qhi9=wgvеy еXFYhΝ\.WZZZ{=&owx/_.ߦV5uT;;;>?o FE$ œ//Yf?xmɵ5gؼy3qXrr2>}N$}$6v7o^ggg׫kHJllA52e堎A}ᇆC677wm,u߿8~!ܹs/]$Hf*1;fccd`>r Dce(ST Ҧ&n3p u=n)Qs{СlN]aaaC`988oS;v s kׯ_'#D+X[Dxb-8.]dcc3bĈ?X,4$)q-X~=Qy~!X~ϐFӵ[Zb݊/A/?366Ύᄆ^v^Bnooooo/Dʊp8}OQ&?)oj8Zzs'GDstttuuo2e&tvvFFFfff*]E]YWB:$=hlD> ٢3''G,Ҝt ~z틒U9)a~Og}j Ե:x^]y_},]tҤI}~ t"J$H$$}…Wj~~~Ժ^xN8G.T*oV<O ޽{| !W^yE$%Aa0nK=,XcTVVڞ9sF\"^ddǏ;`gg'0L{m 9))ƦB:C^{/$$D1>L>Cj;:>>~ĉzup@ԮwE+W+Js~"Z222&JVW4=L&޹j1P\fS{%j.vEDDΝ;nݺE KIIQIk H{inn0a´iA2Q@R8l6"رRRR@- uJ"B|`ACCR@WNj_{o:t(̙3G1… #GTu#GGG[/ uO>,J]/RS]5늙b2;b ?\ѣGG"}9Ut ---ƍUYV9)afGGc|~v!e@>묩i鎎'NP|IDkKޙѭy2ԀX,z%ϟ5$7ʇ/Y.\]T9r\Zuꌓ?^e*Gf]1?#OOObD)0"'Og6ZaggOG(TsB55@i6O y}ttDSZ]kvn:)Qs4 M rssSitimۄB+?3gHTXXiii/>G{̖>} `֭aܲg*f:of"Iuլ+fstzz:>w'Di)}0aK b[[Sⶢ9Ui (+uUNyJ8jFG tertyDŮ<_vdJךT*=zt@@*/VPP8?,''Gurr?-ZҲn:شi4sL77\www;wl߾'::R[gg={ ;vL&X>rʪUB Pl3 55[C% <?D]􌍍i}Kׯ_XXO?ё9dȐP ^x(Gh48s挆B.((>oMj3$fmm-Nntjy]VVa4s(2uuO<Դyf=<yimm}뭷|@ xhNNN'O>qD6,Z.<<|߾}RCRWiCԙG/@Dܵkvx Z:880 GG1cܹSq7|rnjuE Lt(8I]A~-44f^tI=fpt]]]@@@TT!tbFAP[RSSb/^,k9U'u[(XTV9mS OHЧFW]tu!7O=U֨Yfq\;;3g*!_Jy_3eʔ_|Qve@@ԩSuٳ c׮]zY'/^df(1ۣD"6ŋ.G &Ν`@(]w =i4 SLm@ϥlA\ܲ{N(]wtmLPQQl2kk}޽ r\cǎ$3 77wڴi4-88X:'MMM[lk֬osX08O346ƍvv]N$PVIumLP^^olOOϭ[=ǏGFF@DDD՞[nh&%'8a8$6hL(]Zצ r]3蔔N";wnt:=""|u#H?>aeggwĉT>LNN=z4NwrrZh<d2xgF[[dpLImobLJ==1!9!Mt)~*eX&LHNN. BmP[[{ 899;v<MLMM>vXΝ{*Kۥ'yyy|Idd$gϞASLGs3;g#,۶ۖ6Z[ELLāpJ~HNkk3gԪ}FGG7nرBhO[[۵kRSS駬,6>y3gzxxX:!?~ԩ˗/ 2p4Ç'ѕӧO?~<ͶuΞ~Tx\]!* ƎquT nAj*\WB{; ̙ 4#eBKoox< ۙ陙RtС gmmmY {Kff&F*> hZh xnuK0Eςni((((((GLAAAAAaLAAAAAa?8tIMEqIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/cmd-delete1.png000066400000000000000000001323401335323540100162500ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRE#gAMA a2tEXtSoftwareXV version 3.10a-jumboFix+Enh of 200705202 IDATxwXTga#H4"[("X0Fظnb&ѴUjT_5`E%*Pq 4 K3 ʕkN{=̙y|OcBBiT!gBd3B!@t&HNFNrsue%P] %%^_C55(+04&&|;B:59:FD/?~_J }c@_eY202Ԡkwm Q]2TV"'e!ENjj@NffCސo@HgBD"} 𓭦ΝkY440b<CM@ҭ ۷cZhjw B_tVII7~~5 ˩/ǟb(a8$%񝉐6Bt>?[o!+ ׮S16Ɓv YYx-?4DFdgc,DFl^L1Blڄ/lҹQ=#˘5 jjW wYiPV`wBZ7Nc77ܹCŬ- ;wqaii-YC:ưl};,;,>K 36ѓhHCHj̚gq$N#,@x}<`(*gDUWqq +ihxz THgBψb s]DEQ18ݻ3' 3"VĩS E߾|GbEh(Nʕ|G!Rwc< ggtIW|!F? ҵ܉7o(o$R ӧct+f[tAvvZ~Ξ=M{n``^jj7>==}ڴi>>>?7XSSW_CIIiu'I _~UU|G!!RffcJJрosrrw~cCBBcyyy'Nˋ622JOO\x1M6ϛ7[\MM7@I ak𝃐סzFKr2SVf|hLNNWrjjj1?3wwwXqq175%%Eg} !!\~=9spcϟ?ڡoyÙ2KN;!3"]f@y9N;Gccݺu^pc233MMM555Nгgϔ*EEE=522`mmɓ/^VTT***VI宽IÇAH"G7|h\{@*Pé={:@^^7?*++%%%\Wo } 𝃐Q=#Rdxxs4[II ^UFq/%%:pܠܹs>|;00СC흹ul;!MzFEQ:s/N'V<sqIII+VUUU[n厨I:"sRWp0d|琈̟?௿ӧy^^c,&&+?33HOO/&&2??Qhoo-~TV2MMwB@3"-ΞPR;G3ھvvv׮]0dnj^s\vãGׯ_nذAEEnߟ6mZGQRxu!Ro$WcbsHĝ&ߚ_~W^ίUZZze7o=lߎFv69i ψTx99pq;D2&lɒ%nnnunOngg7iҤ7o 'O𝃐P=#R#Ntykϟ_titttqqqmmm~~ɓ'W^u7opa"mMMhjC$pht}cƌyɁGפ񝃐bT(.6!^m6w}͛7on6;6^؋B3"jj@ PSwBCHUUTV4Ce%TUAHcW R-?&]3"zDe%22A$@e%z;!zFa۷2Mܽ{wɒ%> oTrrرc%M<|99ٵU{%gD*7nQ#IIIr |'Ԉ[[[@`aaz=a׮]Eh^^^۷o/,,fŊzzz˖-?ǧ93N8mll,///aΛ7oΜ9@rr;966VJ BWM#yHBXF- 8سgKKK>}:qDyH4['|hE-/9ƌ3 RRR,--Lų>7n65gZZݻAGGǾ}6 %n#ؒ%o ![7\RSS 9::r7nXUUŽNMM"^z֬YBPrH|֯_ n۶ 盳xZZՀ>}ʘW~ޜBwޯmS,֭|fi/Tψ 9۸-p]1y扻/uq;c\qҺ3gdd̘1CWW8""nxcӧOpMn**<,''ݻz㛪Wږ%ظ}BxCH뙍 ڠb0ݩgw6?|giiinn=o޼Ubbbhh(޽{3ƸgU?;G u cccwﮤۿ? &nݺw @xxxMճ0~ix {$DQ=#R#Gڠ]v͟?Ik֬QUUy١C5uTn}ڵ[BHrfe?ug֬YM-@VTTWR___]]ӧOǛ ҲUzoܺąŋI53T=ۃlkkP= .t.**ض |Zݻϟp==fXJJJh˗wJMM͞={EJJ܎DqK|e4W]#G9spg~:ٳg7;M{ٳܤǏitAnG(ׇkׯ/Y1lٲ*77W(FEE-_\|6͛7ٳgKKKׯ_-hffpcǎq .0wt}SSS___q SSS+W,((522;v,wfIII~tuuoݺ;vXssNTxxP(|va>w-]xx8N)B!b֬EgDJݿϴ…-^3AZ;w1`555 aÆ۷ޡܻwOKKk…C;99%&&92""1VQQxbmmm}}>L\cyyy˖-333VVVVsˋ/Lٳ{=E?U{k_rBoBF#w iC?_+"}|||⸮d={۷oOMMݲekܳgOFFwf ªUػLD͘BxftE SSӰ0OOOUUFO{aoݻܿܿ-[G|!Pt>}8ptҥ(,;P'TXKqqT̈,zF:%;;ܸ]p0 D߾8|v 4vKB:g s⯿ٳ$Ο3fφ sYA2ttcal OO PBC1h<=alxcҦYgSSx{ !!;AH SSY88v@Ȏq4܁K'iiKXXae;wp4^=Dٔ~ž=x&`NWPKk.\>̌X?gD 4v!<zz)ps&"2Ǐi (TH &::9|'{3w8ӧQP!C??ꐑZq$GL wwaNi q6"#hD2SחҨ.W"<x>NNpt#w;D|<(OFљTp\8<|&&pt66f).x;w!/[[89ahxxy$ zF(+ý{/;Cwѣױem31! C&G߿ѩFn.rr_ְdg@>}0p.=""Pg4܋QP< 55(*BA9sJJ eeDN\R\5-,:!=B3BZ99Ev6JB!JJnϯ44EEAY04!a`@g._>|pQQQÆ ;!wEH8r䈢#GBH@3BڞP(444,((@ig?#텇:c <<|!]3BRpp\rrrˑvE i3YYY&&&fxq!K!mѣo8!ըFH{1cA3B!!Y@B,zF!DP=#" BT!gBd3B!!Y@B,zF!DP=#" BT!gBd3B!!Y@B,zF!DP=#" BT!gBd3B!!Y@B,zF!DP=#" BT!gBd3B!@1w~3faLw@ұc|' DMwnɔ)SN@!"uu-):۷#((hΜ9֭{aþ;~" ]?wN)ecƌ;!҈g]Hrr;Nhhh>} @ E yw+**)((ȽM;x޽Kdggٳ ֆ1ɍK%z&èɈgT+WrJ##?9s,,,ZclѢE.]&kD/1bI```II 7c.%aR=plllZ111 r;{ y5$o䏵_Lr>w 0:K(UUU())TS~! 6jhh̜9޽{'L^`,0rFlWXWUUeffnݺ;"nyʕo7ottt|$p z ٺ;wLJJC\测&76ܸϝtQ{l}}} 1c觟~;ٳgޚǚȘ9sgzz: g&.\]]8p.//iӦ&o޽{gϞ6m7(yӦM;s /w/#]PI۠'//Ǐ=z$ F}wسg7g\\ɓu WÄB!n|@@Yq;wK{2gIݺu۷'O!'''iiiuGJX)dg''%e3F?2W^ď0W455떇`vvvrK. :ݻi*IaaѣG F7nҤIiii}133!!yCJRXqq1--r]3F?2GQQ^ WnH$ƿx@ `^v"R___]]ӧO@\rIٳ<~1.3+e :]3F$+++ܠ.AAA#F{{|'O9rۻnkܕp;szQ.\xm7ghhh4qB:)gDp{})w@II{ٳ<@4q3p/ݒ#G"nʕ+vn޼0W>}}}A|ϟ011 vNr]׮wy5!2N!i{sM@}s۹YIII~tuuoݺ;vXss󜜜jpg_xرc\… 8PWW;vcw.../_cQvqqTgtbΝ0åK:, !!Y@B,zF!DP=#" |r8 :@K˰=OM/sxQQ='3z&SN;Ag \kUX>we΄wEHsND%KNJcݺuP[[ۜ[RB`` w׏wyg…s隨"55޹sgnnP(400x왊J{Ç5lذXEEEENNH$_pܹs Dq &XYY]{@P(۲eK;3GQTTTTTbĈL,Tψԩ Xh_|q z /Fu֭RggxzTψtvww_N:W_DGGwȑ'N;!AH;w899effx{{@GGgϞ2eO!Ҍǎ6l۷z-㐗m۶m۶5kWVV򝈐Q=#c}~@@@XX.߉H}-p… sssCH#UUU͚5oٱcǏ?(//w"Ҹ1cܸq箮?;!Q=#| = C^.::Z[[{Ȑ!111|!P=#?]\\222nܸ;4+W\]]CBBCߨ~\tiȐ!&&&nׯqH z6nwB^zFxwމ'zzz֭[7lذ|%KD"Bt,ؚ5kΝ;e˖;vl޽eee|!]3qjjj>o2`111F;ҨR\\+$clѢE{ٷo|^![ouƍq :… }mUUUfggx"'''''X$UVVVTT(++kjjԔ7xX]]]@Lꔖ"%ߓ'xϣ}}C[rrSm\k55(.FG0*(@_氶 llЫll`hFE"G}/8q"GQQQ^^^Ç?wܐ!C޼Ԥudddq=@YY@ pJYYYEE[nZZZ"WrssAM޽t$X1=ݽtbce#+##@Ek o\]8@S`@8:}GBYN>}Ib3c ;***G-]qqqqqqUUUm^155544744422hZ^]VVVNNNvvvJJ W,={V[[+''gii8h GGG-n7TxP[{LˣO8:ak kkXYAQ"ed,l s pp3<<0|8Ԛ\zڴi/^}ĉgϞ}ԩSNq5̌WVVy3gΔ{&M;zrso1z S|2?p GD0s&w,iB)+W_c1߹Reeŋ=ZUU5yE >\26f`JJLG-]@%?~\\؁LaӧO;||ݿ˴4C`v*));l;@m-~`p<~]>Yttd }fϞ,??~044TWW_jU^^߉dճXp0Ӈ)(YأG|>%%l:f`يk~g=zo߾III|Ǒ"%%%֭\zuqq1߉dol;w9s0dwo3Iuu|RRWػ}Q[w,Q=z>m4?#88X㝺g}ɓ˗?~Pճ((E4Ǿ}odS ’%/oIdϕ+Wz뭠~ۃ;Q'?_v-33~ڵ+U^i)f͂?OGb"Aj{{;Ǒ#pr|"mJ$}cƌ0`Ç?cz|G 6Ν;_7|ᑕw·kc@\ e :INwpvƎ|"m$++k̘1֭۾}ɓ'MLLN))((|111ovDD߉:g؁Cai#Pڊ""c@\~!###&&& 8C\\;3z8 Ě57֍x'/Bd$nބ;ܹsȑ#vgmDSSСC;v-Z$N9P=kDM ?X ,Gt4 0t(>; iI&͟?ȑ#R#p̙ӧWWWS)SN#,- Ӑزeٳ׬Yyf9:E}7.<<<<|xٲe;wlf߾}6661Iqqq?f͚q(}p!b1ss.UU177ֿ?+,;Jۑ]EEE)**][np>ښ" AQ4mA&cWWW??|_oacc\]]-M1"##y睠 EJƗ"#ػW*N _?BP]]"z IDATw<}@)f܂>{EJQ=>>Ru8338={p QHc֭[WTTt!yyycqgsm5Yp~E*S*|svf|_nݺݻ+))rS 11144@޽c'lذ7ґ_AyS2׻G򩬌))ߨ)Sضm[YYٮ] >1ٽ{wy:::vvv[ 7Keee}7n(,,޽{[I^6--MWWwܠc߾}]dÆ o|Jʎyfx##ޤɛVBBš5kRSSg͚`tۄϘ10!!!%%rʔ)x _gϞ>}tĉho`\\I={nmv6"Kn=cyy17j;1VQQ@[[16o<=f۸q#JrkJKK0`ӧO]<99yg}W~)--mtPػwoooVĨĊްF=KMMmu 7͛7_s[֯_ n۶ /ƍŏNMM _rstt|$;D/˲eްYҥLK777AAA~M^^~޽1cccB{~x3f?{>IBS@ n@GjXj[Ƿ:kōq 2DD@YF@ 8mOarp/0> 瞣1a„Rsq\oooKKJpÇ zr$v]۷o %t`֭"6˦M 33S¯צ3I>g$Sz󭭭?s\;V]]-!!M MDFF 41c$%%0yd)듶A_~tJ¤m-H!]gMM1矝_BIII>}Tݻg͚%H :Bβ2KK{  J|qƩ[XXٳG8[\im]ATUUXYYeffVTTٷ~ qqq"6 }t1ETT qV@>gAlݺ 9h;ٶm[MMMJJjJJ|>ÇNNNp5&g%jѳgOx9ZeHuuu=z{@$W/d ׯwwwJ[3 6o&\\>kȚkkk*ڧOB&jqtY@WW ݔ^cJ>gB_l'gΜc IHH >h Nx>>peRIt^XQ] g7߀{Ggźܹsp_j rja&͟?P}x CbS,11СC׮]SWWp8C~ڵk&Kis%?~vDQDя?D~~Bn/^аeضmAϟ?߳g]@@@YY\. >~b``bFmee%ȟuDbbb>}}v1KK˖EGn߾-x3ttnno\\ҮL.0`2RlJv~FDIIo-,,`ݺu)))GFg3{8p`lllsssZZ7jBDhhy~~~VVEHHz_Bmٲet%=tZ^Mdee a"p=KI***vvvvB:B144?~˗Θd2 Ɍ sO2EKKK[[;44X[]N322tuu+a [뒏~'Eï"$rʕUUUrJKKK:nkk~zAG~>F300ۿLccҥK􌌌֬Y#h(!Y]7gζ| 8q<8(D7`Z244]<ԧ'N,--MMMmOnnnztRmlw€< ӧOmݺ_~{SIC&HCCݻx |)-%,-FC?o޼122jϵÇt{?$TT;~ѣϟ?/esyxŋc֭`i gCb"a۷`m @Õ+ 3ff KTWWڵqر999f•LpWQQ..0u*LB*n FF0>,\+sjkkO8q/_L:uʔ)hxw%fэ+W0ٳg/Yɉ츔g]S8}.\bpq)S 4\\KJe8wƏS!(t#3I@Ľ{"##/]TSS3dȐSN<Ԕ>WSSӝ;wΞ={Ն#GN:uԩZZZdp=BwӾ硨FА:!> 9` q@]gpbccϞ=GooA)V{}Uhaz&#pCb"47/0ӧO P_..wUeMuHSSݻwcccccc 0`www9 'Oܻw/..ܸqJppp=F믿OtӁǃ='XZ[]dfӧii%x`ew1HMzieeett:o߾^^^^^^ӧ"(555---%%%--VCCcȐ!nnn EagdGZZZ`gSχ^|9rłx **L&(}zL*JJJRTWWST+++{!޽{766VTT~ //f3 WW{yy1̾}*uQ%,;N&ѧWzz@: l6P[ p8PWeebAe%XbLlm$Ljp= ƼyTUULLLLMMtFSSSSWWRl6@]]cXg0ӧOhuzzz{wppprrrssc0dX+aԄA`РyłB(/<8:Ɯujj 6:tt <V]]]MMF*xFFF\.466611í9g w7U߾} 䆚g?rty&ctEl2tdǂaJs\߾}Kv8Xgz0._r F~~>`Ry ZpL1˗S/dGaJE069{lBB`bعs|>p8/_)|A{*W_xܹCv$rrrx<B導ΠAL&#;Fm/mmC:n޼9~ϣ"## rx% |1ȨQP۲ecȎ 7T W^?0h#FK3u={{{++++ MMMd 3u}|5jԨǏ6\~ ؈a䲱Ƿgr*33ۛ@0>|ÇɎkgr*55U__W^daݝߓ'Okgr*--dR(ϯBɩT///0 ,--߿Ov Xp=G 999a6l&p=G<_~da_rr2&;L\Qjj-ف`0lذ$$L dGa߬lll-49< ; $L'''0_Æ KJJ93\NiiiCCف`CdZy%8;;a­gr'//@0 ~~~#; Uɝ/_g&3޽{a|xAAԷoΜ9@SS300͛7Ԧ+mǍ.܍د[͛/BGGGGGgĉ"? og_ GKހ;y&[H' !'S-3 M;w/MMMlRYYinnnY Nj555A}͞@DmmJBB`N:3AsUݻw֎,]vUWW_y555 (++ίf̘1c y[_oNwhY"w\F,X[ϸ\KHATVVs84]9rņ@DDAMMMˎ;:t(Auuuh_r҉!Zx= <MZhtpphsR?ft;v/[Zf dff۷o,  g8eD,whY"w\FKIxE&}ttt.5&& H˷o.vwmmm `0h:00 D+xbZ~6#&277LMMe| 3_ŏ,y-Doѹi=k9r\ RTT4k֬'NX[[S(Rkkl$ӧO!!!/_/_pº{@pp0UUU-0IDˍ ^Xiחb4 l6zfjߡD 節lwwhY"w\F,X2}Ǐ`cc#v*F3gA;w&MsӦMb/FEEwz큁 ,522矗/_&ǁ[%aE.lחb&&&kJ:’Mi8ܡ͛DVFK&@u>$$$ĉ[[Լy`Ν֞9s&=ztܸqrvy>OKJJ"w\FKݻ^zEDll֢E,Y۠qSSSMM͉'I^ɓ'555_UMM 5[". f@wt񇺺HJ١ L&`0̨(%LjS;筪Zr%N]~}ss8pGqijjL>]B. +7` SIId|Ndt˂E5222,,Ll.Z;Ϗtpp0`zӧOfSFB9}3d0@Yɳ ۃBan-RYeF!Hrvv4iRWŇa /p='++"_~}Ŋuuu|>Ç/^ܴiӞ={8L S81Ӆ uc]s522(,,X\\ap"g0ydPXX8i$}}9sl޽߶m}}}n A\p!88 vYvʕ+Q0qt{%%% < Dӭ7m$Q400p)))Z2 իױڹ4=dv"p"wѣGwޙaSRRJЫW/lĈW믿8'dff~fʔ)ږ,JKK :DDqq?}TTT4~x߁_widdTe2}hִ=KٓH&a 'Xiz_~[_~ /_D/WظqcBGX-{Pmmݻw Kľ}D;kn)((E-\.wނgJT(I^Z=v-D׳qÇ offfrK4 `O1B]]Gv"=r---+++[Iܤ$2;;&O^%;V]]-!![nm9 ]ô~op=Sm*(o޼ И0aBii`Rosib$Aikk{{{'&&-DʶmۂGUHUUTp ˗/_:ںb+W@#DDē'O&M4g KKK4<Hh,(LYHNU;-wh-4Atpp@-= A{& !qNdF @[!:Vɩ Ç=z9\^ψwvv< 3& Fb@GGG >|000BD]]]}RLiHNUDl277r\$Iܹ#$aNdF5klܸ:/bٲe;wlnnf2aaa+PAr!l68Ѓ#I(>~& )(ZBAUUUWXb 544^0LINU ***E3$I~ӧO_zM {p"wrS8`9!ܾ}e;::@aa!z177paXDn'|~a)\0 0ea p=0 ÔgdbXh WNN!`b7At Pddddd$Q`9FGGJ74uTo^SSʴ}er''Z>:  u^ʮ\C>OR\tرc\"˨Аt:}ӦMׯ1999ϟ?Gc<\LMM0sYHuuu\\CLlVk ---6MJ`UUU" 6`/<׌3f̘Avdȑ***?z/vZkYLgΜIV`g2uEɇ/^$+x;v2PA)6\:zzzNNN)))}-Vf̘!9Ɋ;0u{߲e)^2PWW>J]zQfΜgϞ9s86W_}uܹKرZbe`ƌCL:믿Ѐ=#\]]'M?Ho'O? ɎH;ϧP(ǎ  ;P(On j=***H9jjjklllrr;wȎS K.;vСC={@ WUUу@:fȑ~~~cƌY|ycc#a ɓ'gΜa 3ҰX,WϜ9d2>}JvDr7o񱶶~ɎS`b3fdee 8p۶mu|a}}c9r䈛JNN޸q0sag뵵ɎBj4448pʕׯ{zz&''&_޿?a„ .Z(55ӓ0ei444ȎB|}}nJ8۷onnPidG)!\HS__Cvgffvƍ;wO~~~dGbM:uƌӦM ä 3444hjjEP(+VxIMM;)Coc &&o߾IIIo>pn4J\ϸ IDATWWٳgϜ9s֬YuuudGNmmܹsnjd3*3jjj{vZll{bb"az֭+W?~\WW숰n3444(SF ƍi&<_dѣDvDX7i%UdLLL^{;w~0{葻ٳg###hL9zFF(B,]4%%ӧON";"LjV^䔝Hi8N7ɓ' ,3g_|QSSCvDJOO?k׮)H4 d@UU]vݺu dGuݲeˀ,X@vDXFQFeff>|wommMvDXwy;fcc+W۷o>>>dG A{ׯKKK[brt):wB,^855zzz;vp6\{q>}ȎiΉ/3eʔj#;qℛ[YYǏ7oތG{ gd;w<~޽{dGI&͟?޼y^^^dGap=#Mss35Cȑ#333s8#.]ꚞoiA^pСC{4hP^^uk[ᐐ4ݰaȎZ&<}BdMݽ{WЭpxxRׇ)\09ջw˗/^xUUUdGԍ444|޸[aLQz/:/ǧőQd2#""N_YYY__f|~mm-KR555ŋ;wo3J#*==ĄFV:::47 % AdǠx<^III~~~~~~aaaEEEeeeyyyEE---333XXX988ۛtWPDO>5k۷o80c fy󦢢bUVVVVVv4( XZZ^f4<5k;qℿlV*X,V?޾}}?4Jj;;;{{{{{{kkk99Qu A^JMMMKK{EAAAaaass3ښZ>/|Dp*++Y,VYYY?޾}k4Xʄ}zyyyyyq͚5:up|ThVVV&&&fffFFF?l៎џף]QQ͛GPPmsppׯNC_pƍ;v RMMMjjjJJJvv6:*Ec̪BȦ2tDFn"Wb;(+**^~b@UU:99yyy1L;;;Y*++ݹsg޼yT*#GE?z(%%%555++_~{u?rssWP,((TUUܼ+˛1cFnno_J%xErSSSSSS(EA𷶴캛555tjnn644D{С=Dp=f'$$fffh4777&ٿ&ٷo_/wTmm-HaaСC]]]->,Z… +V;tb0LO߿</~:%%lllGى>7899EFFݻ+bC/^@|?ZYYy !r477?{ Keggd2Q:<v )--U#//>>>P^^9|4,, d&#'NqqqhׯׯJ5jԎ;y< B4cǎQFihhP~_=_ 5qD*v殎tl6իͳ33Yf8qݻwdֆ[nZݝBhjj;d&p=#x޽{}}}T Ȏrss7f:_\tIK+**2dV 65k)/ftw6l@bƚSo޼9w\===6|]v={:ӳfեh#G?Y,qɣn]lS FRϟ-Cv\RbP9s$&&Tx۶mc0~~~EEEMc]vmZZqJWZZڵkmmmeǎ;6rJ 2u>gWXx!J:t}޿OvPRf/_Mnjse_}nZ ׮]kll`0O~&B߿?xzzדTJOOӧ̙bŊdCZ+VWSS3gNrrrqqɎ4559sݻwƨʪ… 4r˖-T?GgArrܹs曒#ѣݤ~&K6l055SLwTaa/8.OMM%;"uz4/\rɎ4,kΝVVV cٲet0"""UTTfΜW%KLL9scDDvkiilڴ۷dGDtߤ %000==H-٣GГI#FHHH ;yt={}׊GxQQQ***gFaAϞ=[EE9**Jѫڇ6lؠcddcǎO>v횗B4iRVV@Yqqĉ`СJ߬soaauVIR”gzeXXJT<zzz?ǏɎH*:|[y횚{}6Ȼm۶ijj:::őNTWW/ZJ1d#?>b*hѢj逴4ooopϏ277722 dG$#YyѱcǺy0@MMm߾}d唪yfС";GterfJJݻwɎEݽ{!%%Xػwj@@@w{Fx<ޏ?H)O=u떱S79#Ghhh 2D}ܨQ***ȎETTT5JUUu޽dP?*zL9q]4?$,<b [}x[XB镕yxxXXXy0gΜCbJ,&&F]]}̙vk4\]P\.w #22XO_r%F;rٱ(36=yd--;w@}}>|HJÇƏOV`=z4hnP9k!lڵjjjW\!;r.\`0?~,Us/sdddɾC|cccv6ɲg 4)p=;pFy&a<}tҥzzz!_}B+˓J x<__ɓ'Cb |~gA޽KRSSciiiӦ.] &M,--zOw-!?thn , ;)P?۾}YZTƎ&<* Q[[[]]e˖;::9b߼y1a99zEΝ;YPPuXpN}p8OOυ v*ꬬ~ᇮ[EA ӧkkkkkk?Β FwPN3raѢEruqOrKUU㫪LMMI*Bz666>ճ'(8s ;@5 Auuuhׯ_]E -- QPPБ#Gg.X@Z Tۯ]^@hhh{6mZcccLL فt\]]7nHvYXXu몫SRRLMMG-h)dmm oߎP(pƍǏߟb |/H!Mtt9sjkk ٱ`Ο?V[[+8M6]p!;;[*aշoɓ'>}L>}ƍ(L^xѧOlc0Ÿ䄋|yTG'' D.Q kоujݶv]|֭VW*V\V[,U<@!!pD$cÐ;o|g̠(RH#""DDDL&knnmh4(؇=CWZ[ x{{dm$mmm4Xdڴimmm@;pl jmA >Ǐy< BaX"zzzpl >c|>Yx 0>+s`0-!؇=э}3GGG8fB*dmd`pp$*Iz8~IÞyxxdy>$ Z1ZDUW"tu>왟IpAGG\.7IVMZ[[MG L*cr fl,"";ZmbPPPN Lskk… u| --T_W__ORT;숁ߵMiF۾Qie2{'jkķرcNNN544m۶SR(>iӦϟ\6b{a+V8;;[W5Çoذa޽O{Lryyypp0BÎ5PHP>@:iIEK$8WUU$+5=n gϞMOOmXX׮]sqq 1>++`$GGGO>}?<33pTz kx<^CCC[[Off&zct {MMkHH]h8zczz:>@UIcbX_|n p8.6uqCCΝ;:;;srrIII;::y.]hzX>sX[[RuT3u,h:x`(y$''3?ڵkD'-hXG?phh!`7O9rpo >J:p@# wdd$''G.$u-[ r<000==]r:kΝ;F惱jժիWUu8]= ˶vK.aFGGcڪF,իWZL0Ϝ9c U15%.__ߙ3g>|ŠJ ȘL3͞uwwgee:::WBϓH_ׯy5t+Rpp0rK80iՑ4[nvލ!"//0v'vS0̝;{e˖999ت*\BFs;͛7tg}!}ěoP{5S< Ԛ S+K^]<\+Wi7 BvZhzzzA\\\WWǏ|>uvvN>H$ Fa 5;w($att4E# @Ֆ6x~;@B65%QPU]]-.\-vV*˖-2bҞA/\@";6T*5::Z R'x{{d??>  wqqp8}<^ts^)͛ SBBBAASG:hĵ6_\._d1bϞ=T*BϿ$b͛7ѣ؆haaa!Ɍw޼y|||u2ZmuBxX*q%zBG5]QQAR٣+0<<X@ѹSLill[^رc$i$'===**Jϙ3f7Xro0KW~/dX&7nHRMrD˸˖-r<'6St}}=_lGPr/^,J-6}!p -۞'W_Y[[hrIedVb2(2HҥK\r* P+W\\\.]j->w\ &'P;D#GL! a g"m|TCl7L!dggb+aSVt:=;;۰`?,,$?L Lh\yf*DAI$wۡ^^^MMM֖*ʭ[ݻw[ rP(vM&nj 㢧'""֖eB!^uQRRbmYg’.|mk2Aꫯ_{5>[,rb8t~חA"vڅ.&OQıgDGGGs8d`` ++H$O2}FRSSHEE0`;@Kjj*v<(]vH̾>kcF&=rԹdɒVkc7}}}D"q˖-vi矷lB$myf@@yKܺuk4mE3ˡt:}׮]vA].SN|gڻD__߻K"@&'IML{!O F``-3l{2 n~M6wZ[[ݻD"qӦM5%۶m-T*O>p'ϸv3DGG?űE=IwmH"u}kcܿFFFVWW[[CP(Ǐwqqaٟ|_nbJeqqqDDHܰa!'*ܞ!^`@rrreeű?>uT޼l(ӧO䜜 eœ2ri{|;9ξ}-:ϟ!+V0G2Ia/_F'%%={bx^^^T*߶p|#Q(AAAd29;;Yl2TXXhLX}v&3LvԩYf4o_&=C\t)--D" ?xWWW_F촶Dfattp@ddd~~:P*GFFf͚u)taz{{wFP233U1 o߾R7xco,ӓIgX=pႝIoo'a^]]n:uV;]7ҟ[huMߋHSxٳ/$g4N?>HtuuݰaCIIDdbq~~~jj*Drvv^n bO rss}}}Qo>Xlm@}}͛l6HLLLP(H$6m4OOO!q\.KPT2R7j ߯P(b1֐QDmmmb̘-5=3BىZB{{H$}H$͐d|KЕEmħέL&|nHӃuXmGᠣ ډX,nyɣGPCFrMƅR4j<y޶Xk̼={l׆)SDUBp\/;JeooT*Um#34JCF=rx_fwdQՆԍű ="Dg88888ܞL-[鹟tIME yIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/cmd-target1.png000066400000000000000000002153451335323540100163030ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR#tCebKGDtIME#$M IDATxy\T?ȮK▚&ef٭4e_m1[[YWzE,5,˵=7@ddx733 ̙̜y9ǃ$RJ)i (RJ)US*RJ)IRJ)r;*RJ) (VP$'iis  /(*JJ\ywPPo//|}V֭eÁΝeYi) :%*=]~Wz:.{2 f/͚MH<<OO T`&[;vCz:p4gd?YXKΖU?дL7mةЦs>o}лRa`~cd_`h!ڐxj%q> @S//Ӥ0MjKJ$˓ a?S\,{x٥KO@׮?QJ5R}Ig˖w(TNZ+'$%…`eHʗ׼i z@B`i7IBBL{e?ٴ$MHS? M2?_+IpŦxb(i]+fشi|/AF8tرg."#McpŋqVL <)p` ЧSӭ&J5HiiAkyuk R=!xEDHU'/_,qӞCtIStiG[7SZ*jb"o@B$ŒVLS'I\}|["Ihp\gHحW/`_?InuߩIlG{66[\@iط$ήuŒiɑa 7@Ϟқr36nueu3 Z{KKML4LW_-A!C'Xu$8X'&5 iz (#kÁohgv6@O? &9U߮#dËv#JK%$&7>}Z:h^~nI |Ԑ(oU3`6qKʤd[N۷/Oho|+$HM?` `Vit]W~߭kX*'oT)D//Ak:p`y8_]IFѣҵ7q"pݧ&?[`2`Z5 9R5{?ѣ;ƌ!DX7vd W@|Y6y?4K_˘Ad0i*Aq1z5|9w2/6V6-]Cױ##|dJꬴT_ix]رW5V,]*}7pͮq6WX7Oʕrv'm0xAVJ9ɓG}&S)Akx 4ٵs}.P[W9aB]n.^cRهFD? ƴiڃ|ww{|׷.}}$$P|?A!(HY$/wؿ_?)n^ 9;V#NNؾ]4c(F޽e9vĺ+e\{It85[#@u{nVtv͔r!Gȍ$ w/&~yx*7\Fzf{mdTKRJՏ1c;_Tց!)+s4uĉrKO#tY.fDYWG8fJ9Q~$GW]%wG߲Et)@jGvɭzJs۷OֺC}d]<],Mb3|<D6mdl"ꪫdeٺCޒdiPgJU<rAXRVhT.zu}z+uce]ٳWVN$ɝQ6mx|R.JJwޑ12O2#<磏۝ R|pgרΟe =>0liժjK O 5R O.˓DvHgH)9s2En=4[p?YYrUd8?ᶽ'qq}|dY=%(*kV'go%c*cc.(e:}-gH)HHZx9E {j\W2jhyY@!k>)}bce]օ&?vvT]˺|}YU ?ȞfIf5[h|PHsήfϖ_X}i\/˺=epzPT$VN)GXZ7v /qvE乜< ч4^:&JՀk[^9p ٳ'mHzy~0y,;gΜ*W'22y;fff3\#|m'p8+u lczJDo) \s] Hu8&Co8غu+:@NpQxCUW]cvrssUuMǺtdۻ999h֬](>+ &`xrex}ܱ >^/V.Hp9q5^GJ[9SrR)FXt9Izxx`矱~zp &xO?=I$&M=xyyb9\Jٳr[ֻB`$q6)) 3gDhh( ㏣Yfҥ ␝AAAܹ3=y$ƍ`cضm[r+{ ͚5Cǎe˖*umb0IOO22\BgF) ^|Qz.t~PvO>>{͛ɓ'*/<0Aڂ5ѤIήyeeef7.[u8d+krë\ ~~~y`~UcKdxi#J&]N>M :Iv* 3Nر#ٳ$|#>s|%٢]og91pT-&N~ہvE߇V|khVy-k;˩S~<ɾ}'gkbYmK.q„ U(l)ˤÒx8{*ZسGȾ}ήR^؞=Y]2 g6mju>49DUzVZE___N>999;w.pܸqTNRZJQcbcɇ\O?xN}z[wIb]}?{ͿIde~~ʕήeq8**j(++20aZōr[amFҥqY||<NRƗ255Ǐgv .?Sue+нUcum r|!ddd}7gyd S O|Ӟ~iqSoO6k&C HW}nNꫯ/ Vedz16oޜ۷ |=ʯ{\<CJ0GX;XPU8r㍍7))tZ}vO|rzxx{&$$̿uV Ivq}}}}1:: U?dT[*(pkliSo]3ăӧŋ<|0uƈcbm6|I̙3 c-m6fggs„ С333˨ӫW/cl0L!ǎu"ȶmrUeeeLLL$&$$?ł}Y Cü۷o^v-===yM7_kΟ?ڊ+XVVVe\sḦ́&v0q"yήumM-^ׯ8ÇCܸq nK$/pa>}y*4ݵ WvfrK|]K3,,?~&P|kϬOu床di]vк50ksήj}ؿؼ5; k+++Ò%K_t ׯǔ)Sp%-ޝ?/;͛?jo3)^mgt>{ gDA?욨F+>0ٵ#G}& ,{lh 7-"1A6Ie'HL::tH~GE9}ڊ(UiAkƿ|wx'uV䠬 Xr%f͚wmz^Mڍ=*OUʜ.]TIl- %%5QRNt]Ϟ=aٶmڶm-[DPPFǏ/@HHÖ4W\G'O+^i#yUysgBͥ(Uﲲw@suG۶m1g̙3^<:xT=uT\ x顀!//i;Jջz(m>|a+7ICήr7C('1d z*@D~C+^\LMbys 3ٵP&3S(' /:ʽde۲%╛Ζ6R&uԹ>(wqΝ](ǎ9&ʝ$':9I*ˎ6R&uԽ;<\RR}Q]I炒1j(3f NҎ6ӽCek*WY a޽qvpի|}}၀˵?H0ϬG5Tݻ/옲mLJ{<뻲 &ЖU۾}*3(+++8vXI&$Ç[|MM^ڵ6l`nň,**5m6nݚ .$I=z>ǎ*ϟ?aaaZ^~YڌRNUWٽX[ロ~u1kq͒">3 eHH򗿰#y#""j\ZWYyj5xw }333> :u%_uF}biU}MX;xQr0{nKSxGa=}Cvvyˀ>_E={ŝTbbI9ƍ3y'Or̙tO8[n8uԚ|EV0447NW^i;z뭷زe*Jaä(4?L6iBٵX[CM}k1Kq͚ɓ'uܽ{7;:;ub58w.٦ YZI:Ezxj{Ǽ<Λ7xגپ붢Ν;Wu̵ _m:U5Mb`&۷9s%`ӦMΟ̾}ڼ1U7%%;vd޽yĉ*2e 7o ˉ1{/KJJ.faaSNƎ=zTn-}G%%%ڵ+ǍgK[ٴE+eR2,|}kK|uۯ.Xb.Yi&oi{{jZfu1WY$#GqLG>%$/_Ll޼9IuYyzzj_թl6HǷa&vPRBFDomr+vٓ]\s:pĈܱcōӜ}IkII ˋ$M&qUN' G&Yj1dfdfp5&YYYd&MxWU汶uz/ C ]oZ[Qmۗ-u\u (ma ˯kkGNvF{.[{&u]$n*KsCTT0338 Wy… -\N߷o_Gpȑlݺ333jtG۶m d-7oN7zu;`fj\Km]S>~&tequڶ_bK\hݺu2duihEEE@4se^pLv1bI配!Wf5RSI__rzǛnvSRRح[7oHpDSq̷Ilmۗ-u\u ֯`z1Mb(?ѱʕ+ x3gr˖-&|||`Ϟ=K^stYrqe1cưL"$wTC[SW.mI)yQԶ%>X+3Clk\3arժU&nUs;t`LMbdnGJsG[ _iPqnݺib`۶mԥ 6*8p`i ,!CL6W#jՊ|rCZW=h+mŜJ,m[}WͩClk$#׭[W;３鐥wiLLKK#v҅dchEXTDHu/ hݩ @- -uۢE ?hl[ڶ/[PgAڹQ}tk]vvw ۿSN&LT{Ȑ!UVŝw XzqѣGǏ7Gnn.֬YI&Tcǎa&Ӷn݊c͚5Cqq1>tXÇ{9c]cuyQQQgT222Lʩ|i .mC)ӬYo٥-~eb-q .\vZ&12WY-o]jiS㏁9sĺ HKK5kf=aÆf̘={oߎ뮻PTTdjk۾9_M {DY,m*Dv6٩9vluڕ YTT;vW^0`Ʌ]]||<ټys^.]oi}e=۷… 5j#""O>$_|E^p%%%7d˖-?ZIw6iѢE= >*pz|WȝH]v<<pxꩧBOOOr|Mnn$Fֻwoz{{wܵk5kƇ~xٳ;Ƞ N8'OR 6z!0((C y?o!ǘ0&&Km>/^{5]]%?,m`ϞZT),$ccɞ=| kmߖb`K\[x1ٯ_?8pÇgD˜1c7oΖ-[g0gdd'd͎;矯\[cheq#2Wɨ*++/FFFˋ:u;clSkm]  @Ӈ7o&i}]ڻ}Y%ڟ-iWAV8j&`h嗁guvm#%%{{Ν;믿ղxCȭ] ֪_v6p@Vx}|]Fř1 {ʺ4I灘` _g?8HHvd#-^,^RSSٲeKΞ=FZ@ŋkv+%Er Y͓}9+fqn2}\qq./Y7;wI hx1K8;gL}uTַxn[o.9fѣEQl|93}rwv~pYɺtWBBB$i#[홭O|:hFI#(U3#CS媍N7d> rh6π[`XkAફ{!9Y뫮e]tejVgs]X~;oN?T*Wl8L&:v;v [R0ew7ρeZ#>e4nk$7 :Za8x5kx6:Z/~8/p7з<Nu @Jkpw)qǎZ:1-$q=qx!w+&MAt$IڳG/^==]CФ}O>l\sBoU{eex|[wo|uOr#KC9{VC҈1֤!+).ϛ|=&GӦ;vJ5/_}%ԉz5yͩd'@~>0q|C:fn Gk⡇d>A6 ȾIr6gtk놊ey 1~xѢE2e\,Y}}xy:uJ .Z11-(99! ?;vȝibҙ%ͱU+ NXMZ%%ͳg˛c#sIW밪)MbQI4ɣ4I6+WH(Sx()<P|8H|?2p$)j9 RGSdo؃l){noA~͚M`Ga!LJ@VR..-2Lc`U1`Bew.oGHs<^}j%˦MIi@~47W~ggKϗ{V}٩SyݥvCjCXeNsyyy6:⣏e<$ $n-?W9 j.\(﮺pHOnG![SR}8  'U5o.cZ,Vn5=lpi}Z/ %9-+'d,K$=bcCX Z@\\͸R. ڵCzz:q̙3URJUCG+Xt)|||ュK::J)eU\\/FaR咓e?pRktLRJ)r;*RJ)IRJ)r;*RJ)IRJ)r;*RJ)IRJ)r;62 ,@^.]`ήR%%%aƌ qvU\֐!C0tPgWC)Ta$=Tv4w\L:o0tPήVvm쪸&Mi\8O?Ԟ);9r$;Bvw^;.-..Uh4ƹ6qJ5.vMNN|`8q܊Y``qOcRݒ[o/_xxx vڅ'xZ¹s0qDGXz-]Ԥ'V֦Mc Ν3gE8uq 7N{1cZy*2|R RSSqw#88?~ٺ:9|ӻ/gٳ̤$̜9(,,?f͚K.Cvv6~s&nr+{ ͚5Cǎe˖*umbLcWV]Fcu4UWm̵a[mk{TnI>WE/U[dZXXW^yϟݻٶm[?`vYܰaǬ,ӧeő$Ÿ8-Z+V`= ~Kڵki0c ;ÜN6X^@@I2==۷3gΰM61c<`dd$ofddp֭l޼9˜Z̩Vl6mq㘐˗/;n.}Gܹs裏QQQ|Wy9^햴v+[LKKҥK =z0yAgnn._xvQFmFܾ};[h%KGke%9̗_`,12mmcmڴ؆m]-Z594-))2dO _eN0xbdaa!5kfA 8l0dNNqyǎ3)O>ƀn]HDM IDAT'Il$ر8?dTTT\gw6N{7 SN|{+~yq,**Zv]f2PSueTՓXq4iL[ۘ6lmi$94eZYYyN>M Τ^A$gΜ7|*Zn bzvؑxYd~~>8h]-Xb:u2IH=gN}^{5FGGjaږi:ں*$$$ۛǖ2q$֖i4 9Uncڰ˶=VKX$<ަMZ]fII ۵kG8qSL_|Hzxx0%%ܷoK8arժUvUӧ3''s%780##b9c{zz(#ɂ=45ϜxN͝;jo2k:mז2 mГa<@={vl-ÒZGcy_3,a[mK{&.eL`nݪ]s=G|Ɯ' "##I>#uٽ1c Fs̙5ӪU+-c<iӡӎ5Ϝxo߾1tTQfm][lѢX;vpĈ6lo-eXӐXqik|1\Ԇm]-ZĺjSg}> ~g̙3xwMnbXs=g2>>1115ǜ"ƿǎ Xfqڑ#G'N|8+Ί+;.\pX]fah۫osmZۭ\nII 6 0c ٳ}v\wut4|peˌӮj5kӶmf\ޅ Lʈ4-_`Wz_W^ܾ};Ir5-ZH2Oe%%%?=+V`YYI̙3 c-m6fggs„ С333e:9d^slyۍ-))$vZzzzn2wRgs|;vXfh;nBB[n5o+))8-11$k.A___s߾}fBBB2)))Ֆa Wg8qiKֆm]-ZΙ3ׯIׯgDD2??͛7#s1 Ǐ'l^… <㴷~&*6搐2/^l8|pvЁ7ns=͛G???UN1&&>>>ҥKe<[fCof@@y]wM- 4՟.Üks=U9n9>Ӭ]K뿺2IԀ>}pU'Ǵդ [Z12ql)Ӗ6f ۺl[ۣUĺ<B}zWpf UqgYY,Y( 88ҥKX~=LK.ٵJ5o,Y1,&O{4iS>z>&:+GEllȣwn.uTJq㔨mAc$vƿ8RO<n݊!33+WĬYڻJ)1Nc-h{l}XRm۶m۶вeKaȑ8~8 ػJ)1Nc-h{l<\bLRJP*ܐXRJ)jJXRJ)v4UJ)RnGXRJ)v4m,X^z]t χw5jM3'Otpj'裏.CK)h&1d4m-Z)SQesbԩx7Cbԩ7"##1k,hGٟwRR]9c{lZ1c0p@$$$ؼ )[Drr2>7AAA6?vX?iLqt9Kϣٓ|Y=VݻK/1;;NK1bDy;wL,**"IѣGϏzb\\\l)`Mٹs'cccp;?'%i|py:& 4m@qqq뮻?q = @qUtY 4ǏǞ={pQ$&&bsssfL42x 7}gK/^ 4hPixj'!C ..7oƞ={tR\e\p7pM.Tm-СC6l"##q9<x']JՂV{b]O\\I/#xEyPMK/D>}d>Hܱcqڇ~Ȩ(̛7ӧO2=11~{ZNe#*=',$9Bׯ_R=R0]%~Wi[_ѣl)A[ʙ4iǨwi|pyĺ,.[{&u]&[)dff244imX6k[a~~>ofddTKTԼys`~~~ٻ﨨 U)4`AQQkl$$o%jZDc0&JD"R]"` e>6 ֬e;>3ٜ{=222ikkW/Voe'VQС/_J+,,}9͛ǔʎchhXEcWLJX9uI@%Kaڴi4fH$~BJSޅs̡ {TJ,V%RX"V~UtgZ?-@zL8Xv+HǮ ωS7VQQi{"!!GӰH⛅Wږf̘QM6Ľ!UtwKuf͚rrr*ܮ/??tJXi'dU<:$ڴi@cJeAY˜]Ur*11,}@3r p4ib;wt_UPw1ۏ&{n;СCo.ШHYMċaU]M.*֯_?Bx9wS*;ڎ`֬Yq "" *73hy:AѱcG#___*((h&[[[B:~8I$%==2g͞=[ׯgKG- 5ޅwN^di<\pZ#_YDaa!Jull,&<{@׮]=E|wnݺ*u֍]FK Z`*ҥKV]ei'$$lmmIMMwN.]>v5@||hDDeF~:㻌 gHJJBTTT49:JǪ8tw0e P4>>4x<')-[ 11k^sN<~7od1V>>v1V5]Θ166ƹs0f4mT+ߏKٳ0661Ve W^L߿W\)#c7>v1&;e m۶8sL^x0ƘlŘlx$1c.bc1Ƙ"1c.bc1Ƙ)®t1g B>Εo\Cx"&&]|_8vͱ^vAApwp:kbW۶@bb}aG`4!7qZBl0LMGypI/@֘jx:kXxŮ"DFF"^9~x:u ={ѹszo]Yn/^ PSSCQQJl FFFF6mpB() V7 7o֭[y&^RPSS(i7n|||[[[0*E,L{HLLX/ =D"TTTvZ̟?k.̘1DY$ }>} 55W^ŭ[p \v qqqDPSSX,.*mmmDccc}* 3HV%Ç!YYYo%%%@UUڵkƆ mZCmsss7TUU+ [[[.`Y=z4 UUJ X%%%Wa X8xŋz;>.bgx.33^38;;K h(((_~!..^ԖѣGŋШpG"od_QXXXvJJJ񁕕U=bG[TUUq!S1*E,IAA\]]K}kAASSѰo&|2455R "ћk[HIILȲD"ݻNNN]x8z(L L&˖-í[J@^^^PUUŸqzVz+WEޣ2͛{{{[6lɓ˒^/K*ÇWxSz"""жm[iA1sLT uuupM 2fffo+[` \xx8} FLL lق͛KSQQ֮]+`ںsԩ2 ̙3>1&;.bYȨpt/''S͚5ða*jʔ){WjQ{pΙ31{lDEEݻ4i<KKKbے1aÆo߾xoDFFbرD*Qc޽!+:TD,ۻ1dE,+?__R%|LR@EEwM{ڦ_~iwx|}}ѵkW,YFFF?~XE,+Ұo>7͚52Gd޾5M}iٲe'Oݻw~z|tRgj4551e"11 .Dhh(ѡC^<:&e7郑#GB[[W\/(P~tq";v1ƪe2)((ĉQPP7o"99"DsaĈiӦM;w.كӧKwuuEpp0bbb`hhXEtt48C!--  iУoŋX|9"""0f,_z:Vccc߿?8cx$ɤ.\+pm|С`s,]\\p,ڵ psst1 ӧOgφ!&M??9c?.`add"*(ֻsX#L&~~~:t(ѦMTƍ۷/fϞu Gnȑ#8pBBBɓ'cڴi޽Xb aذaЧOcɥCaʔ)Γe5<dΝ;E زe ֯_ mmm̘1AAA_|駟x"$$pttBBBp.`cL&~~~f5s"** oƤIvvvؼy3^|)tLS{x1Ξ=<#cuXV)___899 F1w\|爏:ҥ <==#SNXd Zn㯿2JNNg}KKKDGG?DTTF%t4kPez~cLpXYY iii?DHH֭['tFOGG3f@HH0c [n/"ݞ:u ݺu {~C֭crXVf={˗/Ǖ+W+WD\\ѷo_|w055ŨQj[a„ ܹ3nܸ={m۶BGc1E,+S^^BCCr*͛Çcʔ)xq[D"///͛(ܼy&M®]`ii {{{AMHH;uD9s!!!0`@`ƄXV& :T ˖- pU0{DRR|}}ann%KǏǩStT̜9ÇqU=c .bY)/^իW~*[nnn:nߏTxyy!;;022œ9sjuׯ_cҥ077ǹsm6ܺu 'NT !c"HA ^)++rLSS}|}},\~~~%֬YSn?CիO>%bcqJm{֭q8q۶m:!SSS,ZwETT M6 NNNػw/*mG"`߾}ر#[?A||<+hhh;a1..bY)prr:`e˖a:%666شiqIh3g΄!WΝ;=zO>aǫl1XE,+~,c'Nc*ƍ'N %%?1tPaňEDD1j(رc~ 1E,{/5k;;;x~lff&ϏU`-[ٳwbؿ?,--agg$?'OD.]c-\IJuuuu8x Ϗm$gϞm۶pttӧO1n88;;ԩSBd1?\2)D … -`7Zl޽+W?#LMM1|ps΅nܸ!tVxL4 {Fvv6S'7nvBпHOO2XcE,f*AǎѦM4xׯFd2a֬Yڵ+_'N ,,  [YY᧟~Bbb"Μ9SSS̛7psssc лwob˖-BG իtuuMV,”)S/t@ZZZl)t '''̟?HOOGtt4"##(<|D%%%mVZ@ohժZn-AQL<}Ϟ=3<~XZ@KѥKzB^{AUU9ꃷ7.]x|Xr%%"Bpp0ߏcǎ!''C1vF3. \v W^Ett4^8*jzzz077> a`` 1mժj+ާOJϞ$&&J@1kkk666ѣt 0&ϸe={6%t#YABB۷ zΝ;KGeRQk!..nBdd$khhh[nӧAASSS%c… ֮] cU[nn.N"D``p{.ttt0vXbذaPSSiiiXr%v؁:cƌ -,, {ő#GQFF)剉ɓ'qIܹs͛7n 44TZGGGCII  &L0V\6r'|W^5؋`K_8rЬY37prrBf̈́(d>}ZZkkkc„ 8q"\#YYY_ ---^}QOX<`޽LwwwCx2!"DEEĉ8qaaa>ƍt!IOOG@@N<ӧO#++ |ggg XABh0?$UUUԤI&7 AJMMM6QIII hҥTb1dhhHZZZfήѣGwߑ9 +++_ӧBG+ӧOiݺudaaAҒ-[F׮]:ZGgΜ!%%%%:t(;v ǘmLMMiժUBTff&m߾ Ѿ}(''Ghr%))V\IFFFLKmy{{S.]HMMf͚EiiiuXI$|2M>HUUƍGނ8͍թe˖4o<}X,gرcIYYZnMK, 1ApۈݻwPppQF/&mmmjڴ)}'tUcɽ:z( 4H:o>*,,aaa@"\]])..+:p 2H__ϟO7nܨsNر#lF-KNNUVQ6mHIIFEBb^qۈm߾455o/^K&ӏ?H/_:BuM>TTTSNtA****]\\H$RXXiǻ lllhӦMŋ:gnn.m޼LMMIMMf̘|||h) @X .b'ȑ#Qo222hŊԼys#OOO:VGL]t#Gћ/ԨK.t)*hjj:ٳgeEnn.mذHCC̙S+sY#/^:cuF觟~:J8z(Q˖-i͚5\ $66&OLJJJdooOM6%CCCڱcb)Lڳgt-Z޽[6}||‚5kF ,ZL̪+44FIhر<-),.bk׮:JÇH$?/j """GB .Y||<}djjJo߾uVI?81???ҥ 5i҄.]).b~tuu˜hڵԤIj5db6nH͛7<>/M24iRtZl]tC*?ӧX"5j N#ihhЏ?ȧ0a)++ʕ+km&ׯ_ׯݣ^z&oܯLJJ H$ٳg"B!X ]]]㏘9sqj?N ---=zݻw:͛}СChݺБ?>}ܹ3::Uӑ#G0sLxX) տ aaax1w#5Zp8::Yp.`圛_;w:cEl#6m(̗QQQ Y[nŁмyscj޽;1p@ 6 gΜ:R :o߆/<==*t,V LMMŋcƌXl,G<8p ̰w^XAAqY?~#F:Dc˖-صkM&tF9r$ΝБX?GaҤIرc䊊XADD>SXNNƏhNHD"lܸZ+|Bj1zh:C~! 쌔x{{iӦBbL&< A~~>R#DiӦvϞ=,,,g#5hK.Ŷm۰`>#GD>}lLL f͚-ZApttDpp0ܹI&HHɄ42-޽+tYd mۆ`XYY G&6mܹsqYGpp0yzzbŊG`ooSSS;wjjjBG3ڵãG炾֭[prr3mH$t$*El#ӻwo7o:Jm۶ sŋ$tYXX !!< ?~W\qJNN˗/C[[[Hu*33Sz''''̝;?qȫWЪU+=zBǩk׮+>sT K0~x0lee&_loVv]SEƎu>ÇXw0&Yf1#SSS:Jw܋/m۶4zhz]rttt]Yjچ… N7n:KJJ"---ڳgQjǀ7nEFFV$H$=z4 :T(FҒ.\(tjsӹs焎Rme-"tus֭#Wy '|B666TTT$t6a=z1jo۷Ӕ)SW)))C: ce"x1 Z}BG[ԤIzQj￧Ν;"l޼LLL(''G(sbcBGp?W:J+6?ڵfϪnW}ŪUPXX(tCDo0{lmV8>Dll,nZ'˻3f@]]]h?#+_...h߾Qj>7|+j+v5ه9s&^xǏ E"&&:JMгgO|W坪*-Z 6@8El# ?~ AY>bǎ 8s8K+KM^ېijj۶m:ٺu+`hh(tZ'+Rhڴ)\]]hN<9rD($\V?ݻG($$D(U?S6mH" K:BKaaaNԮ];z Y~ؿGaaa$(11Q(rٳgBBGGDDHcLL ;wiĈ?Udƌ4dc0V6ԄQ&LUTTgIEzAAAӧ 6m@MM !!!%uu;DRV믿"7/hkkcРABGG}=!!!(**确"00P!2+v5'NDvv6Ξ=+t*Ɂ6= &5PSNENNN<)tDcǎ ɑ< ;mUp.]Q,::߿QXfggcȍPS444гgOkA"Vݸqϟ?ˋܹ-[*RnXZZ"-- /_:Jk<~]t: CVVVs1"VCOOBGe ]|GlşI#S1Vyyyr#S\\*@CBGf͚B` \vv67:YŊ?L0y---c0&E mB` ܣG&&&'iڴiHLL8 G>1"VA#44T؎;"99yyynLL fϞP2V6{쁵5444`aa={TFBB.S1cH ̺ .be`llf͚޽{vm+EUرc1Yp{ IDAT"""GGGT[޽!HY?[liBxx8uuuݽԲb/.Zl H/)L0͛7G-G!--6ܹ3TUUѶm[XbX8D2_۴i>cxzz"55ǚ5k*,1uTohn݊qƕyq̘1ӧO{WTTz-wo"}Axxx]~ M6PUUE֭gIP-Kerp 7[Lj?#"?0V%ҪUT5faaAk׮6 UuZr%Sbb"M6cLBtu>k׎\]]?OII!###=z4x"##EdiiIDD#3geeeÇi>ci;6l~%6 T%%%Q˖-K uҥrGɕwNK,ͪUҲە_ڼy3egg 0mmݥ^'KeYr{ 999Qf/ׯ+ߐ٭[ݹsXUq DӦM:F-XjMD"ƍKwVV uuus֭['}nΞ=KDD~)W?Lhϗ<11P&MϹӥKH,K"*mSLYYY"aرԵkR&SXXH;vqɴJLL$HDaaauҾ"~:wj+"" @DDKHGGmKHH={z,OmdM533nݺÇeOpw}G;w.bPnn.ihhО={Rcaaa$eP/{ȑ#I&dmmMmJڵk+}nåX|DDԺuk@m@_ ̤Ͻ;JQY)o<111֬YS+{+]~mmےD"{G+VveWDDNNN6mDDDϟ'eeeڽ{w"zS9::RtttGY}܅dkkK&&&VϮ!3".]ʕ+mƪXt%@<:J֭-]V,Bׯ_Sdd$:EFFV"PPPuܙЙ3g?k׮TsڴiCDD?.F,}۷ }徇 244,q*:W_+畵s9@+WUH$ԩS_|[n%CCA~H]t!%%%ڸq#*}t͚53'>d޻w/9sШQI&dllL[]CgDoS(%%f&U@˗/v ڵ);;, FY#+"/GmJ|uؑБ#GJe.3ʕ+iӦriƌϊիjS<իWJUgϞMӧOk 33klMUׯm۶D]t)GmEEEIz:Y_UhE Dh˖-A111dbbBhΝe}dR 5O^2VS\* :b, 7o^jׯ_ӑ#G[n>C""HmAA 555""ڴivѝ;w(##v)-Kjٲ%/={9}@md-buttT H$dkk['Nƍ̬Դ_eggӈ#h„ D:u"&VNN 2^xQdr7o޼T}J/kjjjtZmE!uuu?R9BZZZѣZi/ O޴i*4eUMe;uD@U5~FDvZ211ލ`.]+Ҁ۷oǕ+Ww:iܹsggr)^x? &$$0}R˃C!''NQV Uj Ĕx{*lSYn7775,PñrJl۶EkY߿?}'BǨ3;w$mmmqF166&7ЫW(22 hґ;RAAEGG5J/""rqq!###7n19;;KMoߦ~ڷoOC'OKzzze&͞=Ķ5?~© _5 .j'66VNlll~~~T|Ymذ(11m7222‚LR[үvP3gΤZz5oDPնޅwF,el#KLڵ+lْ"""4|p255[ %%% ͚5m1VU ٤F:JH$4~x211gϞU/^Ђ ĄTUǓ.]ZbZhAԲeK8p mٲmrssi֬YCzzzhѢˈD"եѣGwy֖x^DwA׻ dm'tڵ 3WԩSBQ;7n6͛7FүkR۶mIEEڷoOK"Zֶ,OmdSruu%MMM"w5~k>}Pnnnb8䒯/ ǏH8u&''NNNޜoڴ㑔RW믿899aɒ%XlYa ȑ#j*,^X8,77>>}K.UVnsbH`` :u,4mOƳgVb~'Abb"~*nΝx16o\}3f &LKVV1'''޽K.Ů]( {\2 P0=g ܸqtuui|l=֭[WzWb#}}} >UV4dȐZ_]m+ D~K4hlٲ0VUYYYJ:Jsiӆz]9L6>ѣG˴СCӬҢܼz{nRUU3fy[k׮dffFn1!Xq1hݺqգG0bٳgѾ}{:z(MS BGjt.\WWW888СCh޼БX-1c```g6&xN e<m҂ Ī)??Ç~yaǎ\ d իWѣGDDD"† зo_XYYˍ?.bD`` (t !((&M3̙|c*x={?gfgϞv:uGQQбX Ξ=k֬cj8}4ux`ɒ%eZƘ^pF=6WWWDGGC$ +V@nnбX0zhL2rJ-jH$ܹs/_k׮ܯH||<ƌcbȑz*lmmXq._ sss +Wn:lذVVV8б`հ£Gpelڴ BGcFTTV^ 6s8yбX9l2{>.]{BKKKh .b@PP–AEEݻwѳgO9...:ZED5֭[+W"&&O'jjjꫯbpqq!C.t4?b{A׮]exzz4hU\ʹ BGSh7lmm1n8ڵk8vLMMj=BCCX  4~~~BGk4rrri&/ȑ#q=000:cuX9 SSSkN(rAII &M۷{nSN7n.\^vdffb֭ڵ+?;k+@ Qeh]ZgRmu^گKj[zEk[-a/A@EH+ِxQI>|^IwNO?ÇɓqU\~FFF2e ;wxҭ[j*6l9s={ŅxإLGGG;v(:I._~={pecҥX`zw<ݻwرc`aܹX|9=P||<ߏ'OB*_ŋ!pi8p!!!ŋ;;;QT0T +++|WXhqt^jj*كGӧONj/g}FFF|Zyyy8}4p 4˖-C`` ,--GxVYYSNaСC1{l̞=ܴS}}=.]gٳČ3dL8!=:,<<biii;NQYY ҥK011iK/駟iDPPBBB`ee3gbܹJZSNDff&<==ۛxZ8s Ο?r3s/ {{{#;*bu֭[sN*..抵k׮ 'NĔ)SSO/2 x".\HK/)S,Cpi={iiipvvɓ1i$L4 |G(Bx\|/_FHHjjj0a̙33f̀#1 *T{8uQzx".^B੧ĉwwn Y[[DDD… z**++1l0L2SLIWDrr2/\|ׯ_GEE<==1i$7pwwVK*cQQQr ^p3<[[[Qrغu+z-81$&&… x"BBBP]] KKKx{{CJJ hܼyRNNN\$BBI&!** GMM ,,,0rH==z4<<&N>|8'nX5c ٳ|G!P\\L\YTTb0rrTTT@&066W Bvpp=lmmaoo}͍ #Z]],**oM TjkkQSSKKK5)tXyqppx}ahhAHFER(͛;hÑ۷c|!4Cٳ?@__DtOT͛())qB4(337o9r4(矱h"ZΚ5"V]v VVV1bQ}000$&&"==D888x4vȑ# !jBE رc՜mT*B- )P(n tuJ$%%Ν;R/!Ee>_~c*B*bu۷QPPchɓ'LꞕBZbkkԇ.:C"B'*buLhh(w!1=zJ$ qIRBZbkkUc /FPP~1{7n 77R'OlÒ{{{dfoca޼y5X1chЩSZҒ '"ֶicP(5k]dt/Tꐢ"xD&ɓovP'Nh8!5ޮ\v„ HNNP*B*buHhh( B4ŋ[]*~h2^[[o 0axyyi0! :$44O<,--B4ĉMf%x\yy95&COOGBB\gyY !CE =Hmm-?ޮ^Va``ӃϟB˗'9!!݃HTWW#66V; ѐ&S񄆆bΝM711d4BHLMMQUU}W_w^|xwXYY񘎐PPK!:`ĈMƻΟ?G)! :Bnܹs~5"VrSK!:BJJ -t@ PPQQA+uB9r$D"wBt:ƍݻ7wB!]tRO; !:X X ==E!_9:wBtUE:N" , C΢"Veff"77XBFV\\={(,*b\hh(zBQcԩ/B΢"Vݸq>>>022; !Zj$ bccBN"VxXB&LQF믿; !:X-VRR[nM-_NB^^Q9Tj0 B!D Ν ߿(*bD";B!D tR8p|!DPéBe˖N; !:X-P(IE,!tsNNN5k+SRnBYYlذqqqo IDATx"QTj)D1(BlԨQ0a 3R񁁁Q!h xR%駟СCi)ZBډX-TZZ[n! (B4D `ڵwBZ(<< N"_vwBZ9 ۇRըB!\o& pը2!lVVVXx1KEEE!^eee8x QZTjZB-Z> |!D+QehB!vZ|G!D+Qe$ % ggg,X۶mL&;!ZX-RVV[nQK!~zdgg; !ZX- BA+uB 8s'|BwB Z$<<ptt; !-qF̙3|G!Dc{8~x՜hjٙ(DƎ~[-Deee|G!ZBmSc ؼyssi /XD˘ĄDN> PԖhhu X-qmtx<'0w\5"hyԖ;4&%"##ahhHB!ZB"`ȑիQ!BZ"**"Bi'*b@mm-wB!@EC}}=E!NTjHݝ(B!:X- Hw B!AED-; >FFFpwww}w$^@aݻ7QԮ'=V]@E,ϊ[nA 8D;ڵ .֭[c⣏>;zԖfΜ={(jד.x&H 4R:tH 믿L2B7OyP=jKHCIII;FǪ 'gZ={Dܽ{z<%qfff|GИXu<ڏ555@uXjPXX9sCŹsZ<ީSkΜ9Mstt)۵kV\ dggcxꩧaaa#<}0?lXr]x BfllJKKcp a1VVV XHHH;v9s 21O<vyyzzv)cV^^-ZԔ1X~~>svvfbݿ2GGG=tDW[{!sqqaSNe>daaaʊ988tx;UgnNWjkkjkk𿞨lU?]p iyjC6Ԗ4O[ڒSصkWM텺. NQttFNR ZN__`̙31w\0ưeСCsbcxm6F ~= ?~|L 6`ɒ%vꐛ;w6NEy܍7rgJ$F۳MGtvܿR)믿rݾ}0gΜo-J>WQ[HwkK:V<̙3011 /bJޮܷ+ n_? qFhmm/r' <`Gel֭O%-^,== 4߿??`?wݨQ믿rׅs+..n_,(( ]inn)l,""1XBB322n333c666,((O{O&s9s S(1rssaᬬ͚5 0phvb3˙[,z(355mxoΌx ݻw}?~˟Ə .]c~rۅ0ooofhhȼ٩S=tDGch}5--=sԔYXX_~]ڳH$jtug3҆3mE,%-NmR[c6mjr6z& c ~s!aHLL>N8s0Y<:SPɓ?w}ee%.\W_}*JHG̛7p ڒƨ-!Nm1<}FFFpwww}c5DQ7*b5,>>}􁝝Qz,̜9ݻ7QTTh ٳӧOڲt8gV(~GL>o$ b1ϟt PlٲR~ڴiGTTTrM<ؽ{7JKK[ܦ{{ڵ .֭[cbӦMXnPGGG,Y%%%F ]̛7=*:9y$77ӇM:=|EEE޽{!C n;oooh=luqv:S~~>4i355ek׮e7n`mښ߿1ؽ{ʕ+Yee%{.:u*.\~9ԽN:%mSW{PVV>[z7^x}7۷`O>$cmdKP?u X :t(}O,Z`iiiu۷og͛m[YY"#`GTﳁ#Fwv?<:t(Y]]wvv6O&1OOO6}4FEvPG{P(Zg[orc0ʊ1ֱ69^p EZZLܸy@PPPmMMM_NNϟkkkbڴixAm0ydO>/;|\7|~m߻wӧOLLLpgφT*ŋq9+uW!ѱ}+_~F iOzb\~zG @ @.7b1ȑ#k׮A__;vб6q^M"V!.=|A0`G:"YYYHLLĝ;w3fpۤaܸqpqqAaa!x ^Ǐбn݊ӧc>m4;w Bdd$^u3g"00&&&pvvƮ]<2H$jq;wx4vqukz`̘1 +WSN5ma~imÇ k8qX`^#g9x 355e2L%) ]YZZ6\dpݻyxxpϝ;y)8l٭n;rH{f``cl„ ۽{7+//gqqqٙ`lJ>>> ~ۼĄ4 i8e4@{>m뽾f>}OZZZ}ޞZ0===Ų:F6DfpGՠ+W2>x:g׮] 0`KIIa 8qb[ӧRisrrxS]]͞z)ve fcƌiE=!C1ƬV]]%%%ښرGZFEh{Ã`%%%}_83ElUU{g̙3٠A3W|wl ͠"NARvXb>sCvv6p?Waa!mTWWs?1P]]ݮc_7ouUUUax嗱vF wrFO{-իWZ1c`ժUnbb#;k뽮ᜰOq{W,_'>s8;;?ƃpWHj/FYA$ YZZ={lL$1&˛܎Vz:mll_㠙e˖1,88 4P*2O>R67w}ƌӨ2UUU ݻw!-XZ{{ܼѬivSSSo-O&&&6!j/4zbX {..-S[[  ??gΜ^ǏlܸєH$7nG3n#""0a„v5Q^ަtFz饗ΝSmxZs<<<<:0߿+!JqA 2vʓD!j>f?ݧwEEEQ__FFF<Ҳ>:FR{A4ڹ9{,kD=锪*v\]]ٔ)SX~~~d2KMMz2RSS$$$ps.`fffƦQl|||m322by]qqqz@ `***СC5`߿?+**jXʓQ.2[[f{VX/^dؚ5kZ=i=Ӷ BfeeΝ;*++ٶm۸흝=vsd2~3g0Bcl˖- [t)f~!nkj/4zb"VCluUƆM:-n\ 7;uTmBCC344d#GdW\qǙa)))llҥK1 /̘93gw^a3F'b߿ܿk oXyT=*FB!1bg쭷j4IsHnW(O>a...;vpEn{P{T>"`ON9s& piS ĉ;wIHsf̘#::m>|8O?)]7o<'ԲjK*Q{~ntՐKtݻC;x rrr7ߨ)!DP{A4ŀ=AYY޽Kkշo_6mLLLx6s1lڴ m@Հ0ƨ'4H$F3رc kuIBHDՀٙ(t ~vm4mFQ7Znr21N@O!R]] O?AnnnpssahhsJBQ*bL&!99+W; !377W1ƭԤ'''xzzb\qWdB*b,-- 4vs?\hQP(ANNBCC!myfrAcb,>>BC; &RRR@OkT*E}}= ׏qF*`yP(ЬB#6~ ֭[F}eBM_ f͚ y/m-1)Ç۵/===M2zٙ[.yegj^ؠ 'Bll,$ +WēO>sƎ;cݻ7q߿%%%D"[VV@jprrΝ;1sLԖСC|Ghֻﾋc˖-KzM֎t+|Mlܸ(1_pi\~1rC"Ç#)) ۷oիH}}=~oe1% agg{{{888pgГy&ù5-- 1C$q^xYYYM! !i&]<>555Tk X=z4G3+ſ/Sjң⧟~BPP! !>cطoyJ۲JHLLDzz:<==Ո F7G*xw7\]]5U[HRsEkxx8233!0x`D"+[ݟ~ ؁bx5pHCqqqazzzZ?O<իWؾ};PF066`ٲeػw/V弙 :u*^~eMFlÇsمB!N:͛7)OOO3䤉hZ!''a@LL jjj`eeH^{ DG}9۶mV\IhXmm-n޼wr>3χ IDAT ###r}׸>?^z񘎐GhL[.\@\\Qz IkCaiiiZ_RR躁"33DGpp0jkk[=|}}J$ܿ:thVIWEE/_m۶/@.#==nj4L!@gggD"v̨Q:D"?S_Q%U3\zƍku;[,`ɓ zooo5b/_nq@{{nU޻waH$C}}= dWmcqQ웴,;;P(O޸y&w"hlDDD".^gggX5y&,YwO,O?ņ  x1gҵ1G6! qI,b#Gl}}}5JéT 111\D"A~~> 0bD"X"Hg9UUUh׶fffUs"jv TL… 6l"Vm***M=Z1COOQ̰o>ƍmrT*ɓ'矷k&>!///\|  AdtU" 112 NNNDXz5D"|||h?q5TVV+t O|˖-Ceeuw'N+䄣Gaaa7nr9B!fΜMGd27{P(믿h8Y߸t+3p刊BYY OOO* r=HIIB@|5j(:+J9f_OЯ_?s,--Q^^mB|r|033d4BUkˈ;JSRRK̙3Xr%n?֭Ɔm?϶mfg#`!-- ݻZO|*))Add$ê\>>>D?飖 {b!<<%%%8p RRR>qDէ9cƌAXXX ?ׯOHOG $99?… SLi͚5kp5Z]zqԩS54??rb>} 22.\PIrVeks˵~G#``@M"鼸8cر)0rHDGG[ SN޽{Gz8U[ذaQzjY/ݻww-n_[[ ### &v 4w\8qB͉41TtW+V nVeH$j\+!]7oB,7/((1rHxxxs݋e˖AOOnnnعs'oߦ U XXX@w bϞ=x饗%%%tRBCCsN5D{b; QQQ(//ǰaѨWV*"!!+Z_ߟ:t6k%CeFPYYLLL~OsBCCOo%K```Zxzz]HGE('Ƞ%gH&?'|I&/w,:y$͛*XE^YSSSTUU!<<FMM ,--vvVB:#77aaa2dHR2I[}/^7obРA<#= SdvMjj*^}U૯²e˴~Q~Z###l̚5 }Eyy9  tVB:ÇH$puu,]kرc6n܈QéyX5HNNij-5`o1l0`|"]\U9k@Z1m4w0225|}}iJ›2AW,}}}|x!H Dz N>,hr{.\+W`ӦMxza8AUUbccƍe}|VHfO)++Cdd$***+KҥK077رc{xǃ1ׯ@=А,[˗7nй {tZ! 011iscٲe8s -[>]Nw=/"nVeX,VrBee%FQ<\W'Onxݜ9s_͢XKNNZ@~7044lqB45<<n݂\.G!qFcjY 'O͛7\ҰDcH$ĉm?ưapq b;＃r:˱zj:taiiw,gOlZm\Z BTtt41aX[[G,Z/_FjjN·KtĪXrr2 Bl']| .DMM ~gL>H=rVWHMMc nnnk>|V|h駟F\\BCCJKHJJݻw!mMpQnXB4ZwKIISuu56l؀o3g޽{aoowC\kdd$nܸhV̚5K'k C>}BƆhDGedd 55_tŀo⣏>B`` !AE`ĉ|) Dqq1=[JHLLzXš,+Æ 5akk(\rBB:$;;qqqx'Tr"bwqF|w8pV\wPBUUUx wPWW-[/)Spʕnl,rrrk?>lk޽2FFFx'|G#:QQQpssUکo߾Xt)>StQ;*bU`ݝ(Z/..ݻ={`ѢE4a 4\U9k@vv6兀1˵x"NQҪ2ٹGׯǁ{nY8"V```*CLO>}b1Ν;Gs{vAvv6x~~~Xx1D"`nnw\ޘcҤIHIIA|| K.EHZQBiii0`VRRRd|gxibTUU!-- 0k֬&˵cŊ-.  :NNN@pp0w4%q@,SI֭޽{sNlܸ8"V1h chB;v0bv}6UDD ɸ;\+ySLAbb"ѿ=|p2 '|^]`mmwy_|/_N|Tƍ5233Hlٲ֭y;QYYhܸqr#GN***oꚼ!߱xSUU(ܸq+\ ׶"V}333T\=Dbb"n߾'|zUÇ0`6oތktC@ԩSX|9lll#i\zz:7[7 L}B,cƍ~ 8vvv4W4S666X|9oߎ+Vl D娈U4XXXKJJl2aҥajjw,Sq'a){YG'bӦMe%333ĉ###FRRFEqѿ/ܹ~-~mnXIKKx7 SL;ܹsGRRR^ 6@$Q/SNH};Q|DEEaۮfXd 7olOZFTĪȴi`aa'NEc***f|7ov٭NP6,Z1@,C$_~Dcb5K&!..wޅ+F }}}c.())իWѷo_GɁ+:ĪHZZϟw E`` ?^;Reff",,[511e yYg000/"ښh*++ ۷/.\m۶7ߤi+IR)zp:{رc{98"VЯ_n"IZZ[bժUZ ZF~~~Xv-0j(%z)$%%!22yyyP(;i1D'N?φ iӦa֭T"VZ1|7ذa///c1118ֈscǎŻﾋ1cP/+Q+}}}9NNNT\~~~;␟cҒ8ڵk1vXbر|!:XHOOǰa2999 ĵkװqF{0effrX:99A$a͚5D=z4^888駟FLL ]OOO 6L~iRSS XLqi1c@$/"t*ٳgC%Ξ=ŋرkjjhbzYVիb1‚h=RFF0zhZB mذfBJJVGt]TZZBNPYYUVСCXhK/-$DHR8::" k֬|||脁x" OOOc(C1m4xxx/ķ~wèjkkQTTTrr֢ eee066,؊M磤?f̘$%%? We/Q^VX.//Gqq1r9˹r9k G333ĉ$Wg*..Fyy9R)*++eeeP(\iii ===VVVׇڿ+=|:tFI:NOO.VX?prrj}f_QOO>vC=bbܹs䠰(,,DAA***|^zvvvptt wwwEkrl۶ >Ə#G:={{Ahh(,,,0yd@$^VB{qL(**BQQ|,sss888G߾}ס;lmmUHkoDDDFҪa0Ս^(..F~~>QTTbd.vvvppplmmrwiֲ2\rvvvŴ+^{5lݺrٸ}6n߾,},((>U>qK߾} 8jѭRDGG#** 7o ###o߾>ܕ B!,,,*(ԠoF_yQ%Dqq1G2x`waM^iE@# (*(pTT\Vi8XjV}UZvj]c]]Q\@в%|8y^"$yBx>וp}|s2|}}]ݻw^z%pY-[W=ھ};}W#7|&L+B̤ ͥ<*,,dD"!___ruu_DciMGždss3֎JJJёߟ)44BBBёiii'TJ#F0FI\NٔEW^=9eˋR)I$rww'DݝW##jC&8~!1Q$R@@ >d2 8ඡΎ@A۷oB ""WWWarggNGl?;k쒒*,,z"z@ rvvfhK bJ%]p.^HADD Z^^^PUUUOoߦ|ˣ\!BAL@;rH >}ĖݻwoAk.6l^UTt1ںu+:t\]]W_ŋ^0E~7:}4]t \=zD"J @~~~ dׯk~{ԨQ4zhs=PVVF/_&>Oiii x"effRff&RKK Ӱa֤D"ۢ+jzTXr9b &LF2LJ&:uEDDpgt XUUEVVV4tP4h ?ǡh̠cƌaQA[(--;F'OZJ/C@Pеk˔Atu@2"##iҤI4vnPjjjߦo|MZ~^oii\&̤lԿ8q"M8ITĉ{$SΜ9ǫW@ CL&Pdأڇj&WƆ+fMbرc?бcǨDFFvjAxO^ 0?h={vGqΟ?Oϧ:ڱcݲ>LO?͟?^{5 VަHyy9T__OCe؍;QZZJǎcXVVF^^^If͢H.p&9rdFȑ#?RZZ=xi„ 4qD4iI'͍iiiNΝI&\.3gpA)..:|0={ 1Bc7SSzz:߿Onnn4i$9s&EEEq+CCP%4.d IDATȑ#X`!?׮]cdR477#55qBvvv2PHJJBxx8ӈ-YlcPTuRRRp r [[[淞a絷r $&&"00DTxmY؈oǏG>}pB=zM۩Drr2"##!`oo_~ϟg4 =@D2d6l؀b61#55իQZZTcС]9<-ZČ̚5 RsMاWzMcÆ 2daaaĶi=~ Gſ/>À@Dǎ;zVWy&!J1uT߿,)**B||<\\\ 0o<>|}HEEn݊PdN+G`%+Psĉlb6!!!q2&MB\\\GKJJ駟" D |f;}yA$ (**b͉۬'0w\BaŊ`,'++ k׮СC~7n`۬Rā>tNAǜ8qB G׹x",X+++8::bٲewfXVVV"!!bXr%JJJi٣ Ctt4\ݻQQQprr[o #Ym|\hxNZ8uƏ"BDDRSSl=SYYC*B$᭷fQǏcŊD"u8'm:x<̜9999gdd୷ނw^rrr0sLx<СCldaݺuH$NJ+cb 0Z 쐐8{,&N"„ pM2{uV\Xf 舭[mNII bccYrZdZ[-Xn].hEj̙3 z0Ǐ'|}}{ZgYfNT͙3Gwv{{{d2ܾ}ms8ݻ`mN9z(\\\`̙ 666xCز2NҗM,P^^ɓ'GeۜNsQb(//gnp)xzz"88G裏l2 1zh899ٳli!`xεk0dHRܺumsXAlaa!R%K@$a׮]l3vH$’%K̈́blJ/P(7|ö9z ̓uZ''O?e=QSS8;;ҥKl*] b^}b̘1}fzO𕔔>+Vm yƌ}իl.9s&bq J?&TRO+3={6b1mkt:˃ M\n8L7a۶mlLm7m 6m\\\Ƕ9ZQ*k-_<[la۔g++5j9J%^uD"/l b+** &pglHtMiCzz:D"I7"رc`iicǎld455a„ 3ɫAx _e۔Ncl=fee7߄A17o@ 0 q˖-8rۦ sRwQ SXuC*CaB999ldzmJظq#Ǐ/חmzUUU 2'|\pmS: z|@D 2F#>>Ç!z\ϬJ%66_}UxyyPTT*5KUUR)bbbzeʻW_}mS{Iz6CR!..&q>۷{d+Ԙޫ:u?L111t9 (9Q__Oaaa4bJNNfՖW_}ٳdccê-‚ZZZH3Ƞqсhʔ)q>|8}ᇴl2l|BI&XCR /@nnno>0樥R\\L2;ö9ơ(R}!i'''^{?Ҥ6g闚c޼yOumQ\\8666~cgU>#HR԰RJ/}=˫o;;;̙3z1wX=%)) lujZ[o>"??mSBAŋMr 11ި5zٵFbbGЯ_?xΟ?GGGik:m cǎC&FP 88/f="ְGu֭Ço> ROck.888F/b6i ?~ӧO˗'>ͬY#;ٝ 633BYYYƲÄijjB`` ^vBBMjSOg4 "sP׮] "… ;N/!33yo֭nX#++ BPNƠnnn/Z!`KrAFcc#DFFbF/w1c5ꫵmۆ8'NNN6N6$O?֨PeeeO?d2 D悈tYO51 ,XiӦիWcfq3[zV.ӿ=lXXXƍF+ҥK fuRotd>5k׮Yh'7~dX|[|YLhk{) NӆnGFFQʫ#vm [z4 fΜX7}t̟?h]k"¦Mt\}bkr9 l6|m޼LB~~~JK@;vFH;v?/ \]]yO׷ѧO""JOO׃ŦM26olYf<60͝K?@/ݻtAz7 ^1鬾6mD#Fw}.\a[cccC mٲmS V.Ӟ={hѢEƶK tujhhXeH f111DDt!潼<""3gNi^ "/ODD.\ L-={\.7xYɴ` /аǖϱHhu]|H߂aLj# ^NPP>Ccltŋhȑ#:u*ħ8pY5}W1ecb=cǎe /Aoiii#Ka Ԏ闚_QQQ=͛"]=KgΜL&H$L&3u0eqF c,;z2Op9&Kn}bk-[fLͣ?P_fƭ[htu2dAʸq͛7iРA)j*ڽ{7ݼy`e̛7ZZZh߾}+|hll$:\UK/2UWWH$2H=jbfMlcc#Rpp0pʊ VFvv6YYYQ@@SnnA7^r:ceeE 2 Xv &BAlb0hGTPP`2 @c'>iii"߿A0O  Ӄ8:_~daal`37DDntc8zTVVfʘV88W}y1577A0O\]]PHNNNl&UUckkktc8zTWWg8rtZ#:f]Gד0lmmm3 3/;0U0r9b/9rtGJ9 :zoccckE.} VƐk9̃rvww7u<C >ɉBA7r]GGinnǏ6Az7vrܱݿ gQXXȜat9oPk;9ݻwITImX<߮7P[[ hʔ):wQiȳ3s }XLC=|p+W[oE}K:]0MvNFucnn.) +;wCΝ;6LMDOH$2ֵ]ekg;"NNNlݺUzh|R~! }3p|יt ///XXX :=zS9 \]]7 }899O>Xl۷o.]7\;ۑ:JO}t;JBJJ bbb>ߙvKkXuMFWMvΚ5K/vNKsv6??7oFLL b3mܸDÇxѷo_ۼg/v6S!`j}B)))F]]^ z*Q]]{ᥗ^!""yM>]{gwo:ܹs/" .gu BFFnܹ "$%%A.c۶m "<q}899a{qqqpuuիWQXXooo̝;W֯_Ds}0{l$b/GiL4ԇ.\0a3Ν;TuXWWkkk$5 "dff5:rS&?w);U'Se||?qlll0vX|g6`MMM "qqqӧlllH &}ij^{5L0DM6= @;vk+W@D㏙D .0海ʕ+ADzjt;v@"Aj+<i4GgT*1rHxyy3_MW^yEjc۷ޗ%@II wwwkmDuM]՚RDDD233ё/LTuy BOc:w}G{3PFF|>^Jӧ"¡C4> ͛8x 4?Tgw eeeرcq}FQQQ;BBB@DEP"niiQeyyy "tXOEYY숲2⧟~[=W]4YvU>4~x6oތ\r@we: }#V^̤{ "۷y_mӈN_>KͳgFFƨF#_kaΆnܸ<;ҥK p4].m.:W>0Eڵk秱ti effB("++K\8/'IDATWUUaϞ=6lk7ƍ׮ WWW?~NNNSj<<<@D>}jꗶa#F:*$1uT̜9bnGGG?֧( D"Ԁn9Ԅ@ lMBB5u<׎4kCg^ / CtP(4F+5555pss_|0E }4U:|B/FppAց?"8£f͂ߡ  ~K/!::*g vRi-Pmh۰f "x0gΜvT/oCJ " "x{{krJx{{;h(jkkDsUӞtI}۫H$j:PP 88/K~믿f#i{ӇR,otu6LMv킃Q>Maa!b1{ݕ #?ꨍUGC`Zs'TSSTj#r94w- "~bb5jTv܉qi8Ӏ... "ݻ:;;?[~{#lmmAGlllS[m4ƂHsZ 6m>}-Grrr`ii`H~gXZZ"''y\[Mc>t}i ")f<<<ڭ)>#HRf糱QT?~<^|E4vvv 6yN> hjmRӑ/׵N0%]޻wNNNHJJv^]%)) zͷ+AlG>MWQ6LIo>2sG#= H˗/݀[nH BX "b;RAAAsaZ[B/Rc ̜9s@Dc/͜9I=x L6GwcKw#4z@~z=ُG{8#Gl>|8-Zԭ|E0|nsm6隦W?Deҫ{of2OHGv;PTTGGG˔:ԩSAD0tM|m~#_ka*ljj?HVGZZZٳgՎ_Vc?ҥ^} S!2WW6Ǚ3:ꫯ˫͑a=z4;BL :#Gկ_?f$a޽x "Oӟ?P*8s /_:77Dkꭷb]z9ώɒgggZvvF+++3:>Bcɒ%իADOԛQ3g<<<xzzb֬Ym>-- DwJBLL RiUUUJ閣n1]Ҩч>tyթC .^JL2R#nLAe۹te޽?ح|.\PGGG8puuuXv-:>KW4|yg SХJb7\rm888 >>y)J2"77Wc&STb)))OȧtiF6LA1((I9mjj„ `wE>} ^x7onY'b1BBBpM Fzz:,Y[[[!,, ;wl̨ףh{=}י3g  ɴsY9"8qmPTXf  ?0ShOCC?opppы~sEcQ}Ç1w\baΜ9HI{z„ zܧ>h]!-- Æ P(İaÐ SlF=_:=)2>>^/_>|[lV>Ҁ.tG6T>Oc :T*ޗ:֢~~~&א3ӧOLj#4ԭ[lH$hpLtDn;j`S_/j0o\\\믿mJM]n޼#`˖-m9 :5SwӦM3UbH$}prr7nömۺ`۶mx:=ҡ\.ǴiLA+J.]bۜ^[\~=x՝>+Vmcl>zcƌA߾} r%>̙3!Yt0.U*?B \[T*O@ W_}Ŷ9fccc#fϞ X̜R <9]EpΝ;w/622Kk(J,Y"v߳Ů] dޤcx2???v)cT*xbB0.0o|>ÍXpvv?]b'ׁNҗM,P^^ɓ'ֶG$=zòe˴nybprrٳg6$''C `cnp5 2RnbV <{Μ9XjU:\8~8<==.zS'##6`ժU3g6ڵ d}6ptݻweۜ.sQ ׮]c.W_?<7Īٴi,--iqtLaܹ=:hPS]]srFii)"##aiiM6m^GHHb1mG'Xhx<.]jɯ?jkk>>ld2-,C"{n&\rFUY`eeQFʕ+l T*v Ddeem^Q(xMЁpvvQ_uAT2w8M87XTk < [t)¸i ,,,0n8~>׮]øq`aawy+,9ϵk@KL8q kkk$&&m8PPPh͛m8u kkkZ;ĸsbbb@DރX59r$,,,|rnz* w$ {HJBrr2$ <<<{^QoS˗/FLB!ѿ߿m8C]]amm5 k׮-  Oakk"--mL5[n#fHPT8ppBTTT`…Ɓ`b͚5pvv#n+, 66<8x Eźu XuAPmѹ{.f̘"Bxx8N<ɶI&l޼̍AX5?Ɗ+`ooDuq|C!$$<3gDNN&NNNfΜ vuuuXn$ b <~mX'##111񨭭'|!!!Wvٳ8q"&L3g6ijj֭[s K.EII fĪDBBb1\]]rJaF| e6prDGG3a~Y>6%JJJrJf+!!lerdeeaƌxFrr27EEEHHH3p©S0~x"""]$g*++~zHRD"[ܱY]A Xnnn ;w.N8)f9@$a޼y=WcyA$ (**b͉۬'0w\BaŊ(dgg㥗^5oƍlQ*8pիWsW' @|oŋX`e˖޽{lca%UԄaaa " 26lz#:R__TR^^^^Fjj*\Ga 2D0|ܚ.#|g0`Fqǎ\In޼DHR|L:F@QQ5I>u[nEhh(ÇGrr2r9ۦxX b[%K|>HJJhll;;;BL:z:u*B!s IIIχ3,YlM3 T* [[[淞M?7n 11 "HRsg rǃO>Xp!=ʵ?OQYYdDFFB /2Ο?϶ifȄhnntڳg߿jkk)<<)226蔗SZZ=z8@uuu4~xYf3&%=~C'O$XL1114uT4imѹ~:;vLgϞ%BA#F`رc2+//t?޿hҤI4sL"kkk4kL:}[n1b9y$֒T*W>}6Ug ]v._LIׯ_'$4, 9veffǣ@dBԣoF{?A67oޤt:~8Q`` ?yyy&*ϧ۷oS~~>Qnn.B ggg !LF#Gf~7:}4]tqr="HDCF ???rttdVT\\LupԨQ4zh`^BtE&ͥrwwaÆ1PIV;[jߨ~2Q.X,`& #t XUUEVVV4tP4hI.XDϧׯS^^  8f̘5Xan VUUUA/_fDGUUUDDdeeE'OOOruu%DBF...BBI Y[['jhhFjii"" UVVFT^^NTYYIDDK}oqعGDDD|}}Օ\\\ݝѠ I$dooODFդRhÇ*++JJJёRhh(`s\NٔEW^e撒""ER$ D"atN$ I,6zlll@UUUoTLJREEUVVÇ"|||חh$h$X8 *((`foݺETTTD \]]LJnnnmsJj?VVV2mURRBT__ODO: dWniaVA쳨闔h4>ncii!Օ|}}C~V= JEwq*//TTT0nwk===5F<$jS{]tVVVRvYL0LJѣT*^LKK ݻw|***bc>X,n3p 0qNz"ՅFfftU=Y[[D"a555TYYu_IHӚ b(8ء寫#"j3,#GGG7ڲ\ s=z)M=n^=.q!BIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/cmd-target2.png000066400000000000000000002265011335323540100163000ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR#߯bKGDtIME%!} IDATxy\Te?˰o* ,.inf&YiOY.-iihje喊e h)"À3\?20 3zK皙 =9G1c1;c1:;.c12.c12.c12}`W~~>n߾\C*"77Rχ\.Gaa!Dmm-`ll ###`ffD 888vvvzzz"(--ŭ[T Tl|d2JJJ PUUrXZZBWW&&&044>ahh;;;^EGGG8;; DWc3᫗ abb"֢UUUd())AUUp0YR&$ oooxyygϞ󃍍(cHYYpEᑔ\333xxxŭ{{{k=>L|)(<ZiVFF+{={7<==ѣG899LIRdff6(!J8p 1p@Il1:&.; ?8q!TEpU\\D\tI8h~:r9\]]1f=Fv(??8~8;tO> ĠA0p@@pu=#66V8`s1cСC`1ֶdp1#220`ƌaÆ! NNNb1HHH@LL N8w3fPH=S&qy8~8.]### 6L(J )><\pgϞǑSSS >ƍ)v1DEwGDEXX݋Txzz ȑ#ՈFcbb`dd &`ԩ?~|(+"Btt4vڅ0;v,q 6 FFFbu8q?G"''>}:Onݺ"c6Ewu%رÝ;wлwo`ԩݻؿ?pI'Ĵi0qD2غu+vލ;w>}:f̘wwwUmm-Ν;ݻw#,,  1{ltEc.;rڵ 7nDll,ziӦ!$$z;vݻؿ?݋Ǐ/ݻ^#qԩSٳ'fΜӧs>6B.#<<wƾ}PSSٳgcѢEׯ1".;$غu+*++W^yC;+33?~Gdggc?>Ə]]gTSR)~GSO= `̘1;۷o?GŢE0e-cᢻKHHʕ+~xzzbx9&qAlڴ Ǐ7-[3fp]O~~>"44FFFxꫯM:SN!44VXٳgs2X'Ew;t%\?/_zG,)) 9~w˖-̙3;cb͚5Xf W^ءu:Xr%m///|'xgfN'oGnܸ'"00YYY8x bcc1qD.ۀnܹ݊s}(d2xxx 44|RRRd. [l ???̘1~~~8uء1k%.ہr,]}EZZ> .`„ \lgϞp5 8!!!x',vhm&::裏pB>;.={bǎHLL+Fbcq-?z† _#..Ǐ;,۷oٳg>}`ҥ(//;4),,ī tXj,--ԧO:tɓ'_~<+1:-8x ̙իW1L 6`ŊŽ;:cN:ٳgϊ}BCC1bڵ vvvbcLM<-3gΠǙ3goq^õkзo_1}jkkjkkj*;Æ õk׸nͱvZDGG#==~~~;,cj⢻ d2XGƐ!CG}TX 888oB5++KT*Epp0>3]{;$sСC1j(^0XKHII LH|?!VJHH̙3q]>|;~:ƍ]]]ٳbZ(44o6z)رbc\t'+vHLCJKKs O,&Nm۶RΞ=#GbȐ!8rqY\v cƌ{1Ƙ \tkѕ+W0l0ٳpvv;$zzzl2<ظq!5SO=}H쐘ܹsȑ#QTT$vH1[K2220~x 4G'aذab.,_6mŋqAi͛6m}Ylݺb1Xp~~FFF􄎎XhQvssCDD0}trCb1VZPTT{ԣ|:^z%Z 3gDLL޽`bÆ m(=>F~w 7gذa [u0o<|mE'O5/Mspp_K.abc>Rr9ƍ;w 22o^Z`݋(CXd2ƍTQ.YSSH===lݺR˗/-d|"Zu-\y~Ga}}M墪|ٲe-E;\hyA@{ٳg#$$:ŝSc#555Կz@h͔G7o&E~) Kضo߾^J"ԳgW_Qvv6ڵP޽>̌ΝK%%%l2@۶m7n(""!ڹs'6G{ri2006wmm-=c4}6wcPMM 9;; ˋjjjJ\T]w'OҤI(66***HOg͚E(##CiQqq1yyy)]rFI.]RzMў̟?M? ~ȕ+W믅u֭UV Mbm6nHg]AyM{)++KPcE رCPTUYĨرc~QXVall,%DBtȑG{!J‚>ŅBCClPANN(T !\g}F>>>$lNWU^?HNipB`ր5k3f;Zsy2<31cy&Uw?RP^^"Byy&00=qꣽśo˗.~gZSNō7p]vmtrT$%%aÆ =Hި=WX~ bc/1*Τhb$$ EGG+W$// n'|&jypy@gϦyQddRyn.VVV?(7C˗/; {hqJ;v KKK*//;F)rbqevfffJ{(M<'%&&Qtt41iԨQAo&gggruu|55G{4k,22Rx81>>^XGDD ddd$,!###|||(66AAAAlՁА_8@B?ڲeKvRm*cbb_EzzzOzSy#hӦMº{Rmmm<\!333IGGΝ;'v(1P⢻АIBȠ˶oNfffHW^#FΝ;G "0`:uA{"R=WLLLh׮]Zݏ^Zh򣼼K5K-E"K>p\I`` bc% |+>}#GD^^}eȑݻ7BCCvv6py :T+`oX?^PcW/i .ݝ nA!::Zk_p>XK.*cL\tBrr2u ^^^HNNZ7oބ qyzzbc.[֭a(..JiiipqqJ߬޽;pc"ࢻ`aa!v155jRXZZjo񙘘D1>\tByy9$aDQd2_YY ]]f)t3Xέ`aann:Ŵm͹677GUUVf+CCC#aݭХKM`ӽ{ZҒs5*??`ee%r$1ᢻ<<c֯_OO...~'mܸ^~kjjΝ;}v۷/iӦ5?c211L'tEa?@^^^EDHoNNN&~Zjԩ4}tٔ3gΐa Taa!uޝtuuחn߾ݠMSyn)F(i'S(} UNVKo#c.52]XXHw1c3f mU^^^@@&)h֭[ Ke\*G9몬cR׮]U{.Y[[ɉ(!Wr+ YZZhMpI$vTc=F/+++'x&OLM...*Ok,o5GGGSHW'daaS\j@Jk#JKKٙ~cիWǍ/^LgϞUj000PYdmhS(%$Hlܾ}[eDD==ST[[`>P:PNVlVhM7p@ZhFk/|xݼyKhԩnS?o5E3U*k2T埫+P2J^^ 777j*x ӧpctk1c ̝;Wל`2 IDAT dC__k>\z u644 liii23ߴi^~evss+nݺݻw ra'jG5?ŵU]A|ħ~Z:^z%TVV0+#G4MU7,--[qnݺi=U#k7 cccয়~B^6#F|B,hr^^^\Oq#E?qX6l '@&O>iu_[+nDMyn >pB\|s޽;듇}gnުkΝA 0N:EDMdrqq!DBt[Cc˿ Zp!YYY-{*$#"Zr%4{3cCTg.Ә `Ν@߾}O#==qqqJѯ_?hT*EDDhJ#"̙3gΜATT\\\3`ǎxo>L8a1Y<[K֭[#F`ܸq|P6֯_4|w-~Bff&BCCheee2e nܸ#Gr-[УG7YYYbip!̛79܌1ވ<ީQpp0YZZɓ'K nSߘ[R׮])**O&GGGrϏ܄K1k#"ھ};[o}0"8p'OFppp5}VBESmۆCjj*{!22}iqm'ODn0l0\rE:? Ŝ9s|r}>cinD?_}>3 ""ӧO+> [[[CRKyy9BBB]v;$r9/_/=-Z$vH1__|u?O<b ˱rJ5 C Axxx)ĉ˗+ݜ999;v,֮];wrct/b̙(**o'xBX eddgELL ,X@Zex#`Νppp;$֌SNa֬YBXXXc>nctƍ_Gaaa15mۆ //.\7ˈBFFpCb~cbш傛1:.E`ff[b۶mعs'|}}m6˗1b 1c: 8<>>>¡C'''Cc1n'-[ ** z?7nCWV\yx<?ƕ+Wлwo 00;NLkbɒ%0aCc1 |vH.c׮]O3gbɒ%;NK*bXv-xb,Y666b.\|}:cҥ?~Cu mEEEW_ oz-XYYc1 ࢻݻ_b)DDD~SSS,Xo&]#G ,y0lW"44۶mϟ{C]1X Ν;7b޽011?^z bܻwObȐ!xW3jq֯_~ 2 f‚ 0`Cjjjp!_N7,XbcL `/`͸y&郐L: & Cxx8 b\(Bii)mۆP\z>}:f̘={^"qiڵ  1a,Zcƌ!2".;("BLL ݋}!55{ԩS1i$o#G`޽8y$ 0aL:ǏS\\vڅ={ ==~~~9s&~ixyy(d2Ο?{b޽Ő!C0c Qc.;"Bll۰ȑ#1zh==z;L+,,ӧqIի077ǓO>6@D8akk WWWxxx<==ѵk6{?xr9ܹ#ׯ_͛7q-dee ůlmmKKK9ahh娪L&CII J"_ˆ';;6{/cu\t3A**C.D TVV"77@n ]]]233D"t[[[SKEER)!J|d]II d2P^^KKKׇ9 op( xcLfoﾃ233K2cq4J.ӧOcĈ"Gc1&.duiH$رc1cnQ;wD"`ݨ9*c1qq4 {Q*q1b1Lc92e۷o)"cn1;vhp߿A1c10ᢛiDII > L`]UU8 BT1cL# zzzعsgGc1~uF;N\.W^__nc1#ݬ,w61c࢛ZXXX7pN_|EEc1־pZMکr41cfZ;v`֬Ybc1&:f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cL˸f1cLt.r 'V<1&x_c1j裏зo߶1ӦM;cLc-CBBfa1֙4Zt3cL AD(--EMM ***PYY " mQVV&!ՊUUUj544Zm`aar9$:::Txnjj ṕtttFFF066D"Y݌1j(//GQQPZZTVVBQQjkkQTTBJm[S__*Z011ZmV[\bJJJ 4,-- 333H$& tE[KKK 0229`hhKKKVVVBE7c£EEEJ{ ?WTTBݜƊ-EQnnn :ccc ]ݶB~[Q^hee%***@Iq`T۴4@IWs ,,,`ll XXXK.uRZc࢛1Ƙ(***p(-+**BQQ Q\\,gff֠ҥ \\\nTw/J"]ti~QNQ֤^qq1RRR܏>,,,`eeKKKXZZZxFi#݌1ZRRyyy~SYXWTT4¢A!+GEQ˷`gff333h?Ũ⠲CMNQQ޽4$$$,Ȼv튮]vvve\t3SI.#77YYYͅT*Evv6 J+,JJ'I$ s:Us{K.}G֭[ذa&baZ Wg—bEuu5]ׯ ŵg>ѫW/bԩJAnJ.\bf1Ӆ h֭Д)SW^JߟΝK=EDDPIIa Z]t5,|Ν;`ٱcǔ WZERɉr_rN8A233>#"")""Bi۶m{R^wtU:t={*N o^z%?SSS""!:t(SVV988P@@Џ:m| {ORAAEFFSFFF۩m'OI&Qll,UTTh%6M"͛7S^^m޼}駔G$B5ulڵk޽{ }&%%͝;JJJhٲeMNN7PTTĐ ܹS}luuݻt Zz5͜9IWWҥK),,_N555bcNMM ]~hҥLtuuۛfΜIW'NݻwES+EL&kZiT*C?a1SL!}v"""KKK ":q >)׀BEF433#T^^ND$ :Th3|@/^բ6QUt{eW&4o޼S-6nHgϦ&nmlPxʄeUUUDt?ŷI Mn~*WVVߛ}Κ5 HDԔ\B#GK.)PGG,sss),,/^L lwwwLYYYbc^VV>|VZE'O&wwwׯ-^(77MJѭβZm233 YXX4?S=x 2d-^V^:vi4N@ mMrӦ1P*N7=%Tim>#N&[ IDATM>h嘺ˈ]u5 cccMll,I$#G4G> ڱc͟?zEА}QZl=z 1WPP@Ge˖ѣ>Jycǎƻ9ݍQ6OLFΤC4gߨ{CԽ{wQii)M2isdddD/2ӺuM4IhONƨ_1^1IDTYY4RڒvŶצnݺ&Dlݚ賥Z5ŷ3y Y:uhJ{,kjj;糘ѣO>ӧO791XRQQAOO>FM&&&|||wޡӧOkl_+޽Kۻ~>Cbu~ݛh;8r9-\NH/VoggGhϞ=Nƨ_1yUab bBKک*^[ee%0X[ijiӧ G6ŋiȑ4|pH$^>^nLFGy摵5 ???Zl;wNL1:j:w-[Y[[Ӽyѣ$o݊.Ũ_EENq&yzorr2V|Ht֭ ׏KHZ_B%ݗ/_&///RTT$+++Zj5z|poߦٳg77{졮]R6mƆӬH<,{IW:|sT&..VZEVVVH^^^2V^7&ҳgψ(,,,,,HSSfΜIyyyKfF~!ݻICCj~Р\nIUUU?iلW:n?~L$+++?IMMMnmmmA...B...t 3OYYaÆikkرc>>{凗ޔ^푎,UW]͛ ISL!kkkڶm~++<\||<͙3rrr(..+&oʖBA ,WrW 5uUܻw/_NYYY MQ]O())Is7M8>Bd19r$ihhЦMjԲ]VLL VC4i]pAHűrrrjբW5|X-ٳgԽ{:u9Q*,,ɓ'We~z>_xA!.-?!!:t@NNNZ1uIUulܸQU_ǿ 70?̵ΖU8䜮xSiw=iw2}ro;?;FyT6!||Q%%%i&Р#GHF޽{AUu‚FMW^,*)) :y$3FH 4F__uZCU;wg}FJ|SΝ)00{]l?v!7@h„ OڵT~4tPRSS#GGGoY4h KLL &+ܔg9o&wwwRSS#ڰaLD(uuu۷/_rrr*7DހޡC zY yjsݻSa:՝Ң[e=~!>@f{|i>ǓO|W^eTڍA:,ٳgIIIs]vKcT>)qqqCZZZF={k׮,wIm_d``@_|K+;1ęD}uؑD"Siݺul,_FC''ee U3ʕ+;wNf1+WX,{qŰΞ=+w]o޼!G " wq"^f ~nݺEԦMi;eT޺SRRܜK Kj׮]ԤiӦQvv6-]ЁviX‚Ǔo5yIUvL_xA;w&EEEڸq#M4IxedzcTt>ϔ] V788|>Ojڵk,7O70Le:oyK^Riqۥb1]GvMw۾} R 8q?Ttu@CEFFm+K:&z"ɍ~;vr-қF{Q늊(>><}3F!"Z|9X~.-[Л7oΝ;Mdvj&.وI D^➯D +))!bʟ|'8ʪ긿~,--IQQ:wLϟ?0u9FMs.Lqvvlcq|yڲott3 $5ϴ=&%%֖ݻmjR;v$2] [FzzL\yyy!3*I[+w9TeVYPP@&###gff>m֮ )+1Ϻ$_cǎcQ"~4-{BVEEsN9|೾:4d1b%$$W:KUv.L:wׯ|>yjOj% 4+ͽ{ i.k#+ W2_Ҹ̙SaZyKlȮ.pm<ϟ?'H$ɓ'w7Η_tMRSS @k |ᳮ$N"uaʎ"Fʪ8|'8ԩS Q@@QFU|QU˒w.Lɡ#G>>}|>yjOju/aiN7Ro-WX^K|U7PVL)iEuĕLhy*{HJy]N۶m ͶիW ~WׯLR_~Ԇ˷#2?_K/LMM$>YJnn.Q_ǟy @Z?v|'8OcAI+rW|QeS\2k,@Ν<~n쓚FJE0 ôRWƀ0h l޼|eee۷os2fffrGDDdFHHƏ_8}47M:s `ȑ4<=p@ŋq\\\jfϞn޼w}PXX[TTTvbС2Ӯ];v $$jjj(**®]#o~! (({N_}g>몍/^;/O8<7ʕ+Sr@s* 99`bb摷|Q];|?S<> P<|IMb4h իW˟|Z.M\BLL yzzwMwk܊ *JG|ؿ?К5k "ߟ^zEdggG~fbz 'OThqD"ե ɡ~{9Zx1znݺEU)e{qc m۶EKr޽+RUU7nPqq1ر{. JKKi޼y_Szz:SDD}W27=y z}ܾlҥ ͛7)==‚rb3u9W:uD{0*,,(rtt={HY_ǟy9j(255ǑF)]s9DD| ?G+W$@22Ju]1{&Ғ/UǏ'@wIM48 ?|+ W-?]QRdddD;vqt/`Ws+qF$WWWzijj̙3)//tuui֬YO޽{ؘ444O (? ''''DDw%O222h޼ydnnN":t@K,3uFDD =zV˹r ٓTTTٙHliii%?CUoSSSiѤIZZZ4j(__1Ϻ"IU===RRR"}}}8p mٲEKMϧٳg.… e9]9D{$eee 6pǖ{_1{&gǏideeE'Γy'ieդ o5)\˒WR1J '$$>ߕ:G200p8#N._L^^^HVVVjժ5.-, 0L㉋UV)**W2’&&ex˗oIYԤ4Q%Uuҥ,..N:/0C[ӧ4|266&ׯOE!B0 4駟_~@4|ziŒ&O^?)UUR5)?]UI.)\ޝ;w}wZ!t-U\\L4}tvnhҥtʕw*9~zaBr -]uFH__ONՎT6zI֦M!""cǎ,Yy[R;?驩ݻ7?#&&]e=a͚5Ek-|Sz]uJ_']H)))wFjj*.^ +p%JӵkWoggaBAA.]+VpssC@@<< g-MOuexZYiYeW*=oI(),+?'յu1tW%11:D3g$RiҥZeaqeddPhh(-]Omڴ!@Rqt̙tСNj%DeexJN*-˧jYFOiIպGWW+U޼yCHGGu19$奦҉'hΜ9H\#Fʕ+)$$^|)t 0-˗/)$$V\I#F:RTT$GGG3g8qRSS%"پ<#߿/'4o9r$455eX(((ܮ%SLW'%P\\ W(̜92ΝѣGl[j@R%%%PTTePVV8W^dxn߾(ܽ{oӧOQZZvڡ[n޽;kkk0 Oqq1bccq}Ν;HII":v}ֺ{k8YACCx7t޽صk @`J$A,=zt+eO˫,a.-] 4dggCSS*zzz2ᴄ[ܽ{w;wpm<~EEED{{{CKKKa'Oɓ'?FLL ڹsgtݺuCn\e^ИXJ3S /P|H$oi3gpeۇk"::j@@/^nݺ7nٳ-Wz *$/B-pm;vDTTRSS|s-a&M+,,@_&gϞƍ033:uΝ;CCZa+((ϹǏIII555cǎvpp[P9t7avvvʕ+1p@#J|QF,,,.wC vttDXX>s@zBR#w=2:::\,U`t3 0PSSYvI-Z _zDlT---BKKVUڪՅ455!D^$ASS׼d]]]n***Mc$6rssen{5WA!''D㬬,"''EEE۷olT3L {ڰk_r- KafG]]h׮]/RWiUS)ut4 (MAL RPNJ uUCCCfSiHZE+\ͻ:ڴi#3mo"//rKJJv$ؤ^M~I7ՖBIz 555¨w$ţH0򰤛aiԠVOT =HNb #W$H޺n2+mq&@ gUŕ¾yFFת۷=y8ҵ+n6 %%%hkk}NKK.qʖaFlllR֍-33T塰 C^J^m 7pÅa16 :S/v%`$/\@rΝ;=z`߾}r r47X`/XZZ֨ǧcطn@YG҇tq;tHr!!%I1 Sc0LMÆ 8*gΜJ+mcG.] ^y| >kŋ ô=?II;GL//Icn7{@۶@!%dFZ:;|0RRRHv8"ף5eii)Wa۶mxwЧO8pY~kkkСCؿ?7TVeTTTеkW;vL_$IΖ$:_~ DG{+VΫ>ݲѐ@gc~9aj%LVZsΕJ[/L:ڵٳ7vfҤIwtRi 'N͛7#..#e&,#Ɉ#+W&ϟ[; 7 I?b7I ~yJJֽ $׾~:tUV^E5pT /론2-rxqY"44YYYprr=zp&UxXعh;fo|9W5@K{~-E"(& ƒnNz۷os{Ο?A -[`ܹ2gyJJJ㏱m۶Fab„ x ___WXXK.!88AAA {5fZX`ZIm%]I%rW%'Gϛ(a6{3dєL֨a1Lsƒn֮^ 79ETTTxb|7DUQqq1:wXeE"<==Xi*55&MBXX`޽2eJwGFFBMM add3LzHB}W_SJZ|1ɕ7.iXￏ0 / gϞСC+LDҥ ^$4"š5kxbm۶_K 88(,,D^oo1 ܺ|=88cDzb/eH2#gFnV=zRM6ήr$6x`\tHD0551\\\qFHK@ϟ?Gj<"$$!!!HKK ߿F3LxQl=z>>n,iu>6n>aa%LL<G]ѻwFj=#JKK---ܺu ԩSѵkW8qB䕖ƍ Bpp0?~ === :򂎎a2duw%BGL aZcLx2DtR#FU.]`̙#G͛7WWW\zUH>EEEk֬GK˗0a7O?Ć#d_ivnmk׀ X0`X؆ PRRRM%%%MOԷ~ 8pMwpp͛7 ww5IcypbϞ=DzeСC8;;cҥuV] %#%- 0bKۻw/$!..NnwII W~x):v(9"Š+b L:[ljK0ȤJÃ_$׭['Jn}^0uƒnRSSѮ];SNHJJBJJ 0iҤfٷ7$$&MBǎqIo^Zpb2u%id>a%L=~]tGйsgé7O>b1N8 R"0((' ѻwox{{ǧEKL=KK$[H?{d vpX0uִ~g%X 59ر#n޼6m: AFF`oo 6K.xʴR/^Hʳw NW@|}K,?iHoF]7n;v119@ 0LŒnb1 yzzrC! ebҥKaeeggg|׈b.C..cǀG$-a%LܕС] :۷o:VE__'Nıc q9탫+,--1{lPp BB}%# g(IkwzaاSg&$9e˖a֬Y;w.JJJQQQ^#** ӧOǵk ###7GeW/^^BG0 SoXYzz: Q)((`ٲe8vvڅ%v޽;/_;w ..+VX,ƤI~[nEBBС2-/0i߶zd߾BG0 SXԙX,nU-e=xgϞ sExx8Ұg`…+V\j듓lX[Kntw8|pr::aÒn233[p|௿:zK. S&L'N@,#$$...ضmaccyŋPC;x ع::aǒn233[}n333\|.<==k.CbPUUŰaðc$&&ƍ3f BCC1h cʔ)8urssexRRؼYҺ_ 0LaI7S'%%%h-R8~8+c STTD^zj/i lAZZqy 4Hp#G`xphii Sb BXX ЫW/Btݿdlm++``TM#cbɿ 4cLhqjbܸqpXfӧOӧ!q)888`ݺuppp.\WTpooKn9% 0`I7SGbKݻ7/())w޸r!1___޽)))tqI AAA6s$l22@]`x@IIa t3uvo۷/<<<~Cb@II  ubܹw|||```>GFF6R)URM5Ik2 49,f$33ZZZPQQ:&KSS'O)S`ٲe`R ]tŋqM$&&b˃?1h bcc~- JZaJX6f޽?LBbꑩ)fΜ3g@,ȑ#033ʕ+accGGG,]P2=0m" aK:IOOg]Kj` A`` +CbF"-- 4h<=z}5kBCCW^dlm'9Aat3u9OOO\r111pssC\\!1 HYY6mڄ8ܾ}}_!CcǎѣG%tْa:t_$n!wa1t3uɺB׮]q D"B4nݺasrJcҤI022'n݊.3SR{IWρsƏaaI7S'iii{I-!""NNNxw,tHL#ܹs4ٳXh,--ꊕ+W޽{ Hj*pȟ>֬v 0K:`Iwhii!$$ǏLj#eCb &?۷/pEJs%HZl5W?`aLVsNXsYVM62doߎDܼy~!Ν;ASLS[<{|`k+)fvVo0 ÒnJKKzxbYݐ@AA={ի#DGGcѢEѣahh޽iiiU/#`.[O~ 51 ôR,fj-##Dĺԣ#44ϟ;Wa:v#""駟ś ܰvZ<}EEIF qtݓt%y1`aKZJ׷իHIIA>}d')3f@PP[[[]:u\{|񀒒3 ô*,fjM ˆ ~:ѷo_\vM萘&N]]#F޽{v0^99`\_0/_bٳ8{޾}+t 0KZ&ݬaׯ<<<$tHLSF{C ŋpǚ{' ** Æ !ƌC 0%Ledd@CCmڴ:KCC'OĤI0rHڵK萘8~ 70`@#-[Hc͚5x5Mccc <?3^x!0 ô\,fjUlJJJرc.]?+V:$)(.ٹ30nܹ#gJ_־}{̚5 ΝCZZ}}},Ypqq~yaZt3ƪQ6˗cǎXbfϞ]R楰S'㏁>}Ǐ#G'-JWWƍñc qY;w |phaZ""`3f 11BҪo?~<ÇCUUUxrrrX=QRR7o޼y ??:::PTTTUUmmmD"022H={$ٓiӀE$֭[ D`` =z}}}󃗗444}LGzz:b1Ҹmaa!rrrPTTbdgg&s~I5]eeeD"hjjBEE044 a``56;pXڈ#C JsOn111Att4wll,Ґ/36 DZ:MII PSSCVVJKK.A/**X,PHGGfffytPTl?ڽ} -I$ck/\XX4Z1118}4quD"xxx>>>066nX~rss3gϞ!..****ԄH$2WT^^HgggEEEAaa!+w544`bb+++ְ xcZt3lڴIPZbȐ!ٳgaffVefee!** nBTT"##"",--ښkj׮B]HMMEZZӑ$.ᏉFiӦ :w=zxw  ]~%e. K,#88AAA8SN%$$ݻHLL 'ܜKr`bbiir]W2-HNNF\\wu3773w=ڷo_/0LSÒn1~x|Bj%$$`Ȑ!ٳgaoo_#<<.\_WWWۣcǎnR<^~Oӧx!nݺH~prrB^0x`:d~%}׮23% P!$$鰷/гgϖ+pM?ׯ_GTTb1aooݻvvvAĪxܽ{oƓ'OP\\ CCCO>pwwG^E4À%LoٳU`ӧyp!<<ÀгgO.n7 22y&nܸӧ<<<0x`GZN^c$fΔ$&&BGKII ^@>}0117|}}.Qii)ܹ󈈈@nn.ЧO{pttI^^߿۷o#** ׯ_ pwwGn,"H$Ç1fi1vXرc>|8X,ɓ'qq\|JJJ۷/@ŋ ѣ)lK`n.};@Nοv3'ӈ ___ 6 zzzBd}8y$+++.twwI3d󈋋C۶m>M8 Kc IDATZȀ!t8 $-3gľ}aرc8<444ѣGݽU߼`"DGG#F1c{5^ xn.u+nO#Y#JLLK./amm-tGhh(N8 F°a>X+WÇcb0MKZn߾nݺ ?/_ƬYchhh~!Or ǎõk`hh>`P7,KZAx)0oJ Meee̙3 ™3gktڕңG(((fsv؁Ç#?? ¨QxVpi… PSS1sL4M0pu@ BeggёP޽iϞ='thJBB-_LMMIIIFIaaaTZZZ?+(( ڼԔH]h|Yv3UXXH4w\"djjJS~~!6l_Gyڼy3 ZN7owyP=_~lCcKZ $,X,Eӌ3Bw%@-[ۉڷ'RS#3 {.X\]]IAA444hȑw^BWg/_y摎ɓիB\z&OLjjjCͣ/_ ð={aJd$###Zv-eff VC:u*)++:tJJJhn"++"ٳ6$11mFC 6mڐߟ~G:ٳg*{dff̌TUUi/tXL+ƒnV֭[GBѪy&Zf 鴑<}&MDJJJԹsg:vX3GdcC$/:Φ'NФIm۶/ .WjdO***diiI[nju h֭diiI***ϒoF,fje…Խ{wh5?NO}K?~<)**;=y'KJ&#RV&6(6V`[bp͛7lllь3Ӕ+tG˗/'555]v۷o{-ڵIMM/_κH2%L|G4x`h>}J^^^@ӧOoZ[7oRnHEE,YBg"ѤIDͬCsCZz5ՋI]]i׮]"@SNijjڵkY}֮]KdeeEN:$`C22rHѣB"~ʕ+akk[M谘2e|x_S`u+`o/thVjj*p}zܹsŋǹs0~x㏭Ms Ν;aaa!tXL 2Ɛm )))+,ngɓ'( /cPRR"th1>c!=='O֯_.]SN?>._\رcprrBbb"._011qe$&& ǎ:,cI7S+bB֭qu,X*$2bbbSNa˖-Xf jݻw#99W\#SLɓ'Su`ƌ7n&NHv !22'Nĸq0cƌZ Sֽccc,]s:cʕX|9ƍ[[[萘{.>Cdee! %`MTtt4ׯC$aРA\7SSj#1_ݻ3 -883f̀.~7tE萘t3 VR`֬YuVL谘jb>|8JKKq-!006m:}i ***ػw/1~xaܹB4sL4_Dɓ'ѣGh6 GGG!5iK,m0o<:tHpPTTD^j*<|WFAA[Z&wٳ't(SPPUuV|ؽ{!1͝3Rpp0hߚEݿ_Pxۼy3233iʔ)dmm-tXիIEE"""@RRR[ J$Y[n%%%% :c05o>|':fi۶m3gΝ;wwwϞ=Caa!D"4;fB@@][[[axy&1w\^Zp\vv6w#7Kd͛qyKpf%Lmذ6l@bbС4;wEϞ=i&|'BS#())a_ĵTRR???#22***BT#%%Zl̿&MBxx8ݻcccCb֧1Vv0m4L6Y% PPP*I/qA[[CLLLOPRR5kS "”)SбcGٳ$սmҥK}u%W+={cǎѦME4mKuڵkiT]]ۃM6 kCxN7ȑ#UVJ6lk]F޽*a4055^^^pvv۷*NK5Tׯ-[{Np̙ Ǐo7Jے9gزe ._,E!88ǚ5k||ء܍7&6Zro6>cԈ###=.]ڮn@tu\rE㤲=ՆH$,]=222t3d2Nl2W^bs j333mWr-9F[ꫯB&abꈌ?.Ӷ-EEEaXp!u^[ DFF k#8fZ+**Qj(''kSS]]-.˅'L8pիp˩Ӓ} fΜoFPsn݊9s^hҖT*ݻaaa)S7:n݊;w k DMڤb@ء ˗/ݻB;fu W޽[x>n"gggrpp8{.M4<<$UUUQk ԥKZnء6GV#df݋6=7g2vqq=ݻw)N:;;;aM)zkjo[Obڵ aaa011;Ф-՝VN:Z>|fff:^[m °k.Cam^´" ٳ t ;ff̘ ٳGP:*bӦMxg!xQ\\,|(aLfZQ^wlZRRjjj0bCa,00N;ٳ1ÇGee%Ξ=+v(qʹRPP333XZZKII=t"v(̀(**;ŋEn1ݺu-e5n^.Psr,[u.Z_ff&Wlz6̚I7JQQj^F_aÆaƌ׬YPX[[+=(11C wb:t( !!AukfݻwyݻwT*E׮]1{lawmzɓ];I֤LSqEDPtomXQk1@;6ӓ>sy]@M5G}Dwޥ,z9RɉΟ?OASLuI&љ3gΎODDt ;w.if͚%_ q?q޽{n5&{{{ZnϏ kl2rtt7o6y4hziۛ/^z5mDDSL!j**//kzG~~mMh۷)88,--ߦ?ߐŋ[on @ء ,@֩P(4:~W*233?~PddmժU|~к.Iȑ#))){]io*:t(QAAV!/|f'LcV`8p -ZHu*O2K.b:s 9sFB8p@xÃPnnP݉H**,,zu)zPRRB...*_QkSFѾ QxS:to䱴P(_~ &L?8k:W6E ###ꫯh̙>j?S[뚴mMSqoܸܹs驧N:QnhʕMvچ^}Uzu^/k8fۼy3FߓNu'иqTƪ9ܹCDP뎊֪PKhΝbܹ>#ڵkW^iy6VFӤߟPvvvQ7y,m7C&M`,2f?~\(s) /PoJ⋸}6vޭrCӧOcݺu8p:u\ף*uh0ΦTWW ׽:}5Z!ʛ )iW^yÆ S27o?1ԵYsss@nn.йsgj*?JuWjmkRN طoOzz:7i?7oDddNc?k[5nԹsgpB֭>ܹCgΜ!ggg;v0Էo_ GRuu5%%%/ :T(<<\]]իt֭M4Ix._L+W^zј1c*\rՎ*e[zeMM [NݍNey뭷rPϕ+WԎJ,/ښZ\ӿǏ mݺuif^W_ ORu=kҶ5)IܥM@4vXѣGKR޺u+Љ'Z\x8f8p _;6MPĉ͍]L& IRٳ'-ZH =իUnbCt&:ڒ#*H$rpp޽{ƣD('NM%''7sS~g211۷ֺ 255cǎM,>?'www211^zъ+T>XjZ׃|kҶ5)iyyy4e"kkk :Ciǎ#SSS/ZT$DjgbLnݺ᭷?OCi***  #j&Nl$&&B"h/z~OHY IDATH@pp0}_jv=Ls n/^ģ>Yt3d2888Fgaa#??SNUc_~ׯGNNVZc"$$aaaXhQa≊ȑ#SO!--Mp:$1pZZz)9QQQͮ1NFQUU.]JХKψSO=RCj׺uC!22~Flٲ-ѭ[f7)) >(~A:fsNxyyaذa;G6aÆ ;wqa छix[|||45Jx~#>>^elٲOF```wq9Çajjڬza055ŁQFa޽bv޻w/F`8p0k14\zbӮܸqO>$իs=3f`ݺu<:֎( [Xr%/_yӃ .ěojPdL[.bQs(r$폻;bccamm ???Akê0|<쳘?>;N###X˗/… 1yddmL&ɓpB,_+V F !Jakk+v(풣#~wL6 &MܹsQUU%vXL ׮]È#aرK.9ؼyp1$&&bРAoA!11ǎo1q4w?sssY;w͛1b^)CP 113gӧuvi6aoj*;,>>>Xj[޽vvvb)NFd2ӧ/>>>8|aW]]O>>>>qN<(K/T :aaa7nSe0n8aСHMMK/$vX㤛i2̟?q!<<W\;w^"22}Ν;G}TИpuuq  ,@^^ء 8qoWWWCc'L#EEE|0a8ZClwjkkqL08|0V\ ̝;b:(NFd26 FFF9s&RRRr7Ê+pClRRR믣[nxw1b$''c߾}>bÚPVVhDGGرc@HHN'x !::EXX"""0rH$kUrݻ~TTT ((&M¤I"v%77{={pI O?73I7kٳg燴4GSXX($'OF1c`۷!!&&Gş kkkL0SNŘ1cD Bee%9={`߾}{.~a#88>(,--U#66Ǐq9t&LIOyMछ5ѣx'x^w_~111A~~>1zh9Cg孬瑐G~CYYz!3cƌApp03&qI8{,`<#C.]U 8?~ P(wENNU~^,( _fYIIJzYݻV===ѻwoxxxE/ST쬲JHyy9rssquddd ==HOOGFFall}|pӧz!xzz:1fHpEKrr:u#t'''ݚ R&&&-}MM r9P]]#33(((@aa!ݻ'޾އ~VVV*1&NY|M$'';f |B<*iV8Q[[[:uKR!qwvvnݺw|ct\~(,,Daa! v\XXjA. 5wLT*LMMQQQgA@@xxxNΘ!छ5iڴiž={qx"/_ cL{=._P0#%kZt!33.]lڴIhcVQQcccb1=Tq͚$h~G.\4#bRyy9LLL o!1fP8fM*,,lwַqFaIT;vcL޽+P( 11QĈ3,t&"/^Dzz\.ƍ 1s*SJ(--1* 'ݬQCEEa۷owk׮!))IcV^^B!][[[nW_1* 'ݬQu]DUD͛7׻T*E1kQ&˱}vlݺU3tFO/a֭[+OuGcmם;w|l*S8fRts͚kǎ*ۈmc:rSLAuuu+FĘaᤛ5J&Ȉtft3k ٳb˜8f Byy9/cY.]I7kL&^cY$ fqTPPN7cf{p)( CaLTtf1lAAA(..Frrء0&*NYd29f1l>>>pvvƑ#G1Qqz2cH$x'믿 c⤛5H&(7c;v,N>2CaL4tY0cqcƌAMM N8!v(n 1c1]prr ApaCaL4td2^.1ƘN;/d'ݬAprr; cرc CaLtc:1l0X[[h78f d| xc:!JKnL&\.礛1ƘΌ;ǎCUUء08fjd2| xc3~xԩSbX㤛UXX|!%c1ѣC cnV~~>c:SO_~; Z'L-Lkkk cvdܸq믿%v(*NZF7c1}1bpACaUq5c郙FKncL_x@q礛1Ƙ^7eee8}ء0j8fjcz>}ѣbXᤛ%BJcz3zhĈcnV^^1X;5zh={EEEbXछSYYr^cLo'N9Z'ݬ-E1X{ekk : NY=[H7c1}=z4'ݬछ#t3ӫ1c 33׮];NBD$v̰l߾/zgyF3SQQ" ke#Fo/i Э[7HRaH}2;fxZvL2EbbZٮ]Pq_vC0X+w`8f-mۆV9cLӧO1/ah>nV1cL8f-c1tnV1cL8f-c1tnVL&%1c:I7SP( 1c:I7S!P[[#݌1c:I7SgdÆ 9<==aCϹsNP#=WCI7Sz_D"vDEEa֬YXt)rss1b|bu=KX]aaaXf E:s5D|GJatbZ_ 3f R)6n(n@"A/au]x666b*:s5Dʱжm۴*_-{ԩzێ9YO>:<:|cRLL IRԩQNNPgll,ݽ{LLL(66Vx[lݻwSLJPJJ ߿P߾}[믿NhŊTRRB/P%ݾ}hذaMnݢ]P&eђ%"dNǏ'LFO&[[[rvv7oj]N1ӒX|Zw]>྄h>~JgΜ{<+smK}⤛1cʱZzZe[AA\.}F1'MDh֭DDTUUE;w&bbb#"x*u 4H81*c711IVVV***(77аaÄ2g&$loO>ZFKSlΟ?/l$4k,:fuZ xCKГnKMu׮]KӧOjx[osk[ 'LOV>#///ը~C/\R`8f*wicƉ2rYǬnݺD"ׯ̙3iӦMNݝ.]hҤIdooO{i{%ssszWʷ&&&d2YhRFN ͭnuUVVH6kВX[Wk-t7T /}s̝;[n(opرѤ:t|offf یwczҺ:~ ZKCZuG%J_8** … d_rrt3m&&TVV )O2JEEEﱱ'6y_|l2 6 ֘1c~SO=%y* z6o  jx͉ٳqITUU֭[XrP~Ӫ6[_uu\.~0a¶Wõ.˘ҒX|Zo[}}/}\!4ݻaaa)Su\-%v>A/ZsXr@hA˯ xyyڼy3ݾ}.]*|u֣G8W^;wPZZ׏zWAAAv)l{^qqq Upww'믿Rtt4I$@K㴶u%"":< YYYEGG hRF֭ͩ['{nR(DDt-rvv&wҤIÃ:4-7l0>|xcnܸ1%ܗ4=%Dzϝ;GDD"cccz'9̆_smK}⤛ ]FUߴ=Q~WdeeEADDG=z͞=***֖̙#\M`6nHdiiI'Nׯk|͛7% ۖ/_NUuTغuJJ ;vq]:ud٫W/\ll,)ю;եImh[Pw| 55z)$zg.WI@UsS4.Cx:ts_Ұԗ(5>V-ZTo!\J`$DubZbb" t[ǓH$ضm"""~@ZC8 oߎ>} @^VVGb̙(++iicm۶~KTq_ Cs@&@IǐO-7@ppI#,,L'12֑q_} c-I7 b3/_~pႈ4%q(iG6 w`8fDDt%@.]jcy^~e@¶˗ZxJٲ2''##ܬgϞ4p@~VN0/_NUUUYYY:uꤲ_MM ۗBCC:SIaGP(I<777'TRRBDD#dkkKDp5% 5m{M0RҲrrr0c !!!yJsaԨQ+KS[[>~ @\\ɓ!ww&}aڴi¶ T[yS]klliӦ6[3 MiSm֭[1c'NT<*a6m^z%,X[nXK.Ehh(۷ Ɵ^xuV ? !*** lLzz:sOOX[T[/**'N… رcںjMī{ƍ0`͛۶mCBB^|E-#`z%@;3k֬!GGV=&+f۷/;wl@;wW|};{l@III¶o#Ay9C 84yF4KD@&&&DDZz5йs͍SߟPvvve>#z]za %vT[뭷ڵK'55^wMkbrww'###0`]vMxL>./ZGG^I7#"?תeDEE𠔔*))9rd\]] "Q FM2L9BÇW)cccS͛ ߿؉lmm UTT}iŊj/))dIh5CHGYY9Iwyy9=Fԯ_?rss>,hGEI7O/ax7eP]] ???L>YYY LДr.IIIelUTT_***4:ƻﾋŋ޾r>| >WcYSm]u5\S:>e˖ }n޼)_0}⤛|qv[AEE݋#G @XSVSʓc,ӹsg@lllbc=&\Uw޺;سgv؁P:z ‰pRo}XK݇7"##;wbQ^TUUz]1CT[W&TM{Kڵ УGP}$L8fB|TYY_|oݻad] |ˆq||<2=K+kt#fD/RڼyJLuM:o>a2޺}ӧO/Xn8N:A.c߿J9EYzkjÇݻWGdqMۻ&ވ pqq#`I7pprr; ** E||O?{O(daddG}v%$:to6?L&ѣG|Ǎ;rHW7Px9-- cm&GA*7Q^^Z:7n޷o/57oHu`zsșruum}_,hwAQ|ll,)ю;9u :LMMiРAt .nJVVVO)))Dt1""ˣ)SY[[Sxx8ݸq%''w=*g<S/NDC$TJdܹ3k* ;64B?ĄzE+V BADp::ꅔ"-a풹9;̜9Վ)Hm6DDD1Y4qDdgg#11Qyݻ7~'=EM>m6} %/O}% Ũww-ڋիW#++KpM_999Xj"c/r8^WݺuáC +Me,ZDnZ!JƘ! t3*mggg#aLJclقӧO7z;hXfHȑ0_8pFe9hc k<͐GGGHRCauP; f(((QnƘ***`ccx'Я_?{F޽ѳgO%c5' cL uo}o "NFFFpqqA߾}%$㞞bcZᤛ KcLLعs'jkkUn 999S HT,^C o3 fKXIII;fadiI.&&}p@PZ3$<͐'ӧOLŘXHOOGmm!;M-RP^N###( 9QQQK/^zIW&!""| JKKAt3r7V?f{U^^g">>gΜ̝;>ȑڲe ߏuNpX+ѣEEEHHH@||ݻw!H@D cll \aaa//vj-\Xd `Hލ{033Þ={knݺv"D"Amm-/vŋX|9,X v8*? +?T.] Lst$;55DOOO ?SLk!J!Hh"ԩϤR(HOO˗$rd}G!JeL:UDfKOOǞ={gD$̫H$ܹ3+reffҥKM6\mjj`8qD$r"77WH»v '''tEe v_~~\>}(++5 ɓ'#00=#ƍCTTT[NNq=]XZZl `ڴiu8n߾ FiΞ=~ HKKT*EMM c"ڵk Cԏ?r\piii۷appp/Ο?r7o͛7~~~իWj(r9$;..H$B`` MGy qcΝ'={իOauܹs(,,TcdddK5.XX|9$N9ͫ9so.fRǏdz>ۚ!jlƍBR;vŋE}"??yyy ଼}NN0$ܻw s=V,|ܹs8.]ׅi樬}֭[aff&bt9ƍk޽{bԐdpqqBhtE 崒TŋUֳgOdffQ㪫qTVV6zQ 2檪BRR0l.NFKKK#22C}1HKK_2m.D777v~a$''l311A`` ߬twp2G ~7#ˋ-ǧf7իWQ]]LF4h%ԄR1bձ#lЭƆi, Ett4>c?Aqqx~P(ā:t1hiiI Ο?/-Vү_?n߾'O[ijxWUU͛7oDii)zwww >V?[ѣG#&&%%%o ݛu @ @UUFSNaҤI RƢASZZڭ2Ge`mmxyyaҤI<SNŴiVj=lÑ#G:x:t(._ oooqI^z!!!.]ѯ_?fB!|8;w@(XnVm`y%"[yKO8^{nUI>,]AAAƢK(eeeXx1"##|rlٲ۷cժU42%]Ν;ǷyJKKdJ۷all,ׅeeegEۧ ~~~/z% , !66eeeӧܹ ~&C"&&khnnFHH6mڄ^{!u,Vs9Źs0|p\?/WbJpϳ/V-yJ\p'NT@r}Yx\xQ&Yo ӿ cȐ!d]:KIIIAaa!aaa===$&&npssCbb"ŻZ[[cĉسgX 6ӭƔ/^Ę1c",, {ٳk.zhkk+PaǩzA[o#GYb "|ܹsYqp$TUUOe^>+|ܺu ڵkpssC߾}T9ك%K;v@zz:6mڄLbbb0` 8i92^?t{=ܺu gHNTcJJJ-uw|>Ν;wÒ%K3OGLL rss1m4ؠ ;#YX:ӧO r޼y7`ڵ8yU+lЭ̌]|@Xz5\]]ggget颪"-OŤIccchkk/eXXEEEaiiec\.6oތɓ'#..~~~LKbQhK)..fc)<̟?QQQXn7<ݐ$''#&&F<[龾988 >>.\8כE!::S[{70l0Z ׮]cZjLQQ,--/Xt),,,p 0-EJ߿/`K>}ʕ'tuumGGFFx7K6͢ ---ݭ[" 'x 尨8BJ5fr/U`Xd "##dl۶MLUQ/n~~~E@@LO///GBB>},XX$܌uuu=z%=U3f#--MoBX Vc ʹ ̙3X`^ sBܻwOݻw ;;;aڵ\O722ѣq-$%%!??^^^V,2w ?3BBBâ°AN/裏? $$ahhȴ,>}ܸqشi·Op8}J1ȚcرHIIn"222CĄi9Jɺupaqnyzs5uuu 2GDDN={‚iYjhxܸq^^^6mZ>zBrr2SSStSaoow}_|BBB)^,r Ք"`ȀXoʹ$ vLLKۧ|}}-F 3\\\pҍEJJ  $ڵkq!۷˗/gZ jJ~~>F@CC>3|WFTToO<g%moQ766fZưaÐ4LKc#!!\RbccŋcxwŦ,2 Ք"hjj*ve&%%ãG{n,\Pm7%-OU˅  >ǥK0x`8991-E@LL lmmrɮzj۷vBXXrXT 6VS `ff> _~% ԩSlm.+`"55 077{=G+.F;w|x{{8իWall̖XlmۆŋV6VS ةΝ; ۷m6Xi555w`ڴi/mꎆkkkܼy.\'lf IDATmmƢ$vE@@:ɪUgرk׮eZ j [[zB!_C Arr2;GR 233;;޼yiii;}:sLLLtJQ9_6lk]|+,]gEf)cǎk~i)JMNNBBB> Vb&KqKۧ:`ŊJ |wp8fT)BѨQ)2}AXX֭[ǴԔB2-Ci!"߿aaappp@||< ´,y&p ܺu Ͱ?֮] xzzw{QU;v,p55#!!Ϟ=È#؀[Fao+L`n5^j 0|\x| 6n---e1FMM p q-b{zzbԨQXnu УGHMMEQQ|}}҂jBzz:0l0* |og|'LaQؠ[ ijjBII [[ǎҥKajjh3-Iܿ_\Mƍ}6lll,6 liA5޽{eSSS,]_5-[V b2lЭؠeeeXd ?ŋccZecbbċEYlYn>ĥ mmmȘ\dddݝmR\;vb tsؠ[ ),,63_xwppy3-Indee!..EFFF,vxx8,v7FTZ pЫW/ȈB$$$ٙ}!g,--h"qnuju%jӧ1yd֪㲪*a3gvءRs"EYAE^{M!=9sK@ @JJ >|2- ^A===]իu,z oooX[[#)) %%%񁉉 X:Auu5_KKK0-GmuVlXNZK| &Lt%%%xñzj=Y`kk SSS#** ...pvvX׮]k`VZয়~;ôn t!j93%%Cnn.ۇ 0-IjDY츸8ʼnwwfi1GFFV?Ԅhp8SsŖ-[glЭvngغu+6n܈>}Lz%555HNNFLLHQQ8=l0! bt~qqqpѻwoeP466bM5ӧ1etCؠ[ )((2½{4lٲ~e(DYxĴbO>?z>044Ę1cx<ii,- "ٳg b 3`L4 [lanNjHaa&"DDD <<...HJJ ӲP[[$<7oP CYlrkkkqiA3-HIIAaa!ahhȴ| qu2-jHaaJ~ BBBpU]?ab[[[aaa󃇇baKKK;IIIz*WWW{"n| @uwcСW_}, ՌgϞ^ew{ RXuuuHLLlc,v@@fQJz聀>>b,݂>}t\]]ѯ_?eHII "I&o߾o~t#ؠ[EGII PYYfףB|Icc# raffmZ xQVVo\ٳgŁ(.b}%Jךp8ttt . x ۻۖ,--Eee%P]] P(HCCCp8hkkCGG022Fyx)*OpcٲeشiSHUTTӧ(Tm=y(--Eqq1PUU~zsss 氰޽{+\flݺ6l#Gb+**믿b߾}HJJ1F U[(ѣGb;Aqq1JJJPXX},,,`cc#C'''Xٳgy&TӢjkk[bnn.JKKQXXR}077,--ѧO=u~vEE`nnv%7olقf"33x?lYG}}}- '''vJDyy9[nmmm8::ƦU0"kQFt\WWzwآAJ' Rs^^^􄃃B\̛7qqq/rJR111ؿ?N8Pӧc…6lZ 999HJJBbb"|>233#0 V7i?333qK6)4hMMMbl9Pɓ'F}}=}E߾} oooxyyȈMinnFzz:`gg.LAjj**hll8all,-ǎￏ^zѣ2dL-..Ƒ#Go>|c;wJz]xqShiiapvva~X`KD^___ASIU ooodҚ7o")) IIIhnn ""ӧdEZDe]kjj777xzzӧ z* ((d ::,//6z׷o_FNj'OI<"B>}ZGF?t+wҥKx"oTUUN+X@BB[n`3]aWVVb駟dl߾S;B!._ԩSٳpBxzzvme111b[LJJ\]] ///x{{cРA?{L|+EϞ=1rH-0iݖ$''ɓ'' ]޹s/_ƕ+W Uݪx477o8::b=z4 0zh#::Zr1x`xzzpuuV7H߃ÇAi.SAihhŋoŋ˃ظUrVN+==]Þ4iO,YLL Νj|TǧCO>pYťK+++5 GƘ1cj,-&t._7n`̘1f̘///6Q0yyyę3gpu466ãUH/bcXZZb̘1:u*&Lb)tY %###rD| edd0-ȑ#4w\244$.KG}Qiiimjj 6&M0 ;~w0aq\>޽6Rڷo=\.ܹsȑ#TTTĴO4n8xO?C;1-O%`nJ/&SSSp84|p)М9sgϞhܸqtIjjjjulvv66ܹidiiIƎKǏYRD'O;͞={Ҝ9s?z)AÇ/TuB!ݽ{"##)**jjjZwe5khf[]}6mذ\]] Qxx8egg3-M%~FIitܹu8@rBBB(&&ii6 /P`` w}GyyyLKɓ'iҤIr֖>s*(('O }ԯ_?@Çmܹs6l@vvvphܸq@ `ZZN椥EgϦ3gΰo))))={7 www:p@l`NPRRBׯ'KKKx4sLbZVfS3f ͙3TZlǣSҙ3gTvJLLٳgӚ5kLDEE̙3㑥%_JJJ$''֭[idhhH˗/۷o3-#ԩS4ap8{>QQQ:,͛JdddD+W\euؠҚ5kH__,,,>'O0-K=& 4irӓPi˖-*=o9%%&MDM?;}D3 }}}Zf ;-BoсiY*(9ajjJn:&%pU9r$ :y&^oNvvvE˖-cKtKAYY_ ̌m* ?$///РSRzzzoܸAG:::oիWUzQzz:M:444ˋO%<մm6233#Z~=1-qib["CTUUѶmOcmۦUx=zDox ʹ$vE666C_|;g^l LJ455iժUTQQ$F(ұcǨW^C#FePH 333ի;v pVZECIIILKR}v'GGG?TWWӆ HGG\\\ʕ+LKRuVӣ~癖і-[HOOO.]bZR/PQQA+V .Kj[[[Y>455iС*}}222hСI|UVV2-H\.VX7QQQB:::a*M&M"4{lgZܸz* 8ttthӦMlVUx!M<М9sdž*-HNN}:t(*1)))KABR t!233}Rrr2ӒdJcc#5O&GGG255Lˑ)֯_O&Lڤs)'KKKIA;wR=(88-)MhnnM6˥3gDfΜI\.6mڤs#L=z;w2-G&deetZ`ihhЊ+TQ^^ >tuugZTUUќ9sкuz#"+**hƌlӍr ؐ%&&2-$&&ب͜LUM3MѣG<==Laǎ#CCCrss#>ϴNs9277'gggVKÆ SjtիWiرGΝcZN9wرci9,]իdccCnnnrƍICCV\Q#~:r:́Rhh([A$;;;{.r999Dj{ǥjZx1iiiѣG#5G%---Zx1GD999Lˑ @@-"GfZihhٳgNyfp8eȈJ "SSSgZBQˠ;--ߟJW- ,#""뙖"c>}JdmmMiiiLiZ:u*w'E,! ?$.sB!}Gr~`Zӧ>]pi9 CL277SMM rXĎ;HCC˴Ww^Р;v0-ENܜ233#@@'O& :+۷o' ڽ{7R^Ixx8ikkw0^W$dggG7ndZ S=݆ԣG" G/x1͞=zI={)SH'qˣ9s搱1oA?9*7UVV2ҿP(#GĉI(2+0mjkkߧ=$ IDAT{EGG<Inn.0Z)""Tfz4[NMKB|bKN8AzzzŴAE͍06l {{{RxUUUdooO6lPx߲B@Sݻ7M8>}J111dddDK{$ ֖ǔOVVV)7F-bLMM=-aEn۶ĉrѣdhhH ;''_~Qx@Zzц\BSL{e_dڴi-AwRRxNz"$3QBCCi ?'){ԯ4IoVXT\%_LR>%[n%''';%^Abb"q8!OOOZj[jJ<Xp\@D?MM' MMMrfffáDWUUEFFFt1'oGUNJfRXSLs*?E }f…v)U[RSSC&&&taլ`׮]xĴ%cҥ8x W}}=N#F]YYY8xzzvD _EMM:pBCCU:S,7_7jQݕ#G?:t ???H ]]]̜9m>%pmS 22ttti)JA@@ :iJu֬Y4}t#O}GUdiiIK4m42q'VH[[[ܿ>ȑjѡH« #7%%ۧ资} %<<<<<ϠAO?{?FyKtYr4n8|pu/ҿ*AK:2??? `ZR~222zJghnn&###ڿP"⟈{ф HOO hˮIsܫl5::<==IKK<==Uf^2믿N\رcYYYɵE=JU:3׮]#TPP >?~LƍrIڳ/Iv#N:Ė\RܑgƧ~ʴ%ݻpqq[0p@qmΝ;0`\`lڴ ǎÝ;wٳ܌'Nȭա8rHӿ: hiiɥOdd$̙ hkk3-˨ܜz|1-Eqvv6RSSGjj*,>X?nnnr]؛DƀـM>ϴrAwNNHW-> qppt K8::ʥ}I1''..{xhwGbJX ʭBq(W!U"%kԄ^zɥ}rk???,`bb"7hT.cX j_]]!KlD^eY ZʲrkEuCee%2d,,,,,,,,,,ʆ555ח[3ѬOd r}:2KRSS2OET.\]ՠXsTf*yo511Ǔ\գXzGvijjBYYW[T-B^XTQyVtpttWaay999j:O>rDzdee?:88LE #trA.<닪UUU2m/;;TN4 =i/",nnn񪆬CQ(_X?+'`ٲe066qҠ,6ٙsR6ݻw|>և:t6p!%1!?jii~Ln)/ |ll,oMngϞ={ׯ_/]D'MMMO?euDDtWn{O>lmmISS,--ޣOJOll,YXXÇV^M&&&dllL+Wz=YZZR||LϷ% |{61yG I'O&KKKp8R}NH5j[ti!MvN6M&۸w.Ua,ڵkM<_y܎;9s($$:^찣(6*tGFFUWW˴ݴ4ڰaUTTPnn.͛7PPPPۚ2eJ#,,LޣGhT]]M>'?,OW`fΜI(""jjjh޽ n?&ů͙3,,,(--rrrޞfΜs۷o'333˓ `4k,ݒYfޏ$ڲ1i}HsͥFEzzz'Ѝ7)VWWEFFʥ}YYYڏ Oi!Mvcӧ 2>|(爔'tuue ;YF=I3K{il3;;<<dMD;e拏SSS zÇ4ydٳ'萏Ĉߏ"]]] P>}^z///̙CƤKo=~14j(!kkkoZe+E,\.ѨQܹΝ;G\.<ئ@_|zP\\5Ōg}F(--~:̌dڮ$̬3Igc#+59 ![[[*))פvHD4~xzwdޮ$vE2FD3g]|Y/q]Y-i  $:9QV"G2mW>$CrUUOLiGҌ١,yeC"?d.lНH233e޶P(k׮3? "t:}4ʮ^ՏΎ|+}dkkKc'++VY>O;PUU$O?Oee%Y[[SUUUsssŅ8}w4w\ߋ|.]$~ޞsk>Y@|I}uOOOZjLlUV*]WilvYuN?#˗ӄ HGGlllhǎ~Wjp-ɂ*222cǎɴݧO=QZZ… _=N>%DD_| =_.9IBYrԩ z'bʔ)4w\޵~{>MZ$MԾʪI(ԐxA7,Rhhۍnѳgﻹ@ )~=zD?ةxe6l ]]]zI-ZD@y{졾}_t*s%oR?{m%Իwop8B_YYIа~\]]6%k֬!WWVsMBGk{6&1iy[d``o /Ox [(,--i߾}2ko߾įԖLdDҘ1cZUhOʗK{NPF K=LBo\LݞO7FKkjGhdbbBGYʂJD2~#JUWWӴiĄv$7o<4i —$m% I D"狿Ќ3lS@ΎZ]\\L޾%eg}Fm>UUUdooO6lI{^Wm٘4t>mKTTTD=/eFrssEɤ?̞͋=N>Kīڵkm jߗK{NP6/2o3Aw{>MZ-ʪI(=/w$1|]YYIvvvr+9SSSC@UK,!t"}}}_zСC4tVO?vMMM ?ZGT=NmMQ6e;k,Z?&KHH /#}m# ԣGvyryѣw-ikK$٘t>mS @GMMMz9)mܸĕP(#Gĉe2ٓt>/=i"jJʤў/$LvK&&&:KDDQqqLLݞO7FKkjGdDD'N === A7ZZZ ޽K@@<=~)z oll5c @NNNpN:U|huq\\1B|L{DG0Y[[xzz=<ůj={E|||=jjjݝ,XХvd ݽ%-dcUuN~)E%Ky^bD.---:w\ < ###:ʸq@Ob' H=N>K"t{\seCC 6,677S`` M>]:EmZD4i4c4zeՎ$ax<*A7]*mmm_*G~~~tEjll$>S*--%@@ѴjժV |>Ic]l4q=QSSVwé mmV[$* xb?Ж-[D^X͘1zEN6664mڴ>%$WPH'O&;;.mZ +Ύ&Oܥ*IsY؇4׼s ݼyJKK_';;vKv)=Plmm?~455oډ#GFFFt)[mϒ -_ޑs2إP(o"'dhhH]nK _ >I@ ^~dd'ӤGҌ/"eՎ$ ÇuhQFE t1q\211#FЮ]^Z?>yyyѝ;whĈdooO/_ŋٓСC/_T^,OMEˁ]~|||HKK(**-F _R޽ISSoi7h11VWWGK.%###233իWK JMMm'CCCL2X^u]1i! eEEE4sLק={Ҍ3ęP; (FbZYyfmvK.ѐ!Cѐ!C(55 oZ:?[")Hi˗w^D2<<\&_9s\.޽Ky_&?f[^2ء@ &̧)jt |̔)SãSYAuiEݻIKK,\|'ssswR&r׮]rC޽\KSXvH>H^e# /077+|knu$//oO&&&%|;v ڻwo>KRm5Ú?~R(&OLϴ)ܾ};ihh(Mxx8ikk+M zHKKK*jt=emmMmc deef>|,,,:#\~=q8FWKKDDq8Z~=RTEӧOߟE,S>< EڥP(?\1P(>\.LQyi餯/eM.v.Ez>|H'NN xbҢGvLqQҢŋt@Q=t E#hѢETneeGv@g&n=޼y3q8vtEJ "SSS{A7Ɔ^ʴ.P\\Lcǎ%==n;wرcU~!sU!777m@H6nHrJ X999G&&&tut˥PfZKȠݽ{i9 Gn" 1cq\ڴiJQU\B666f e'11Ɔ\´L6mm^c77V\IOg)bMcv;H$tvk={P@@mܸqQ>qF ={+N$xQi'vZJTVVF|GbFww7F@;wi\tH*ҧ~޽m6@EEE~y\`MOXg wIDAT?hjj4 {.?ztIZb)J\g"^/UVVR+Vɓ'^v;ݻ(--_:n:|0d2j#1166Feee$JiڵKM_~%ЪUJ099I_|իd2iAaMxsRTJ%%%Kr1qW^,@[l+Wis\TQQA/2I$*..&w5fQII d2Rt6fǏSjj*wI---d4Ǐ/,$8"f;ւLyyy$(%%*++٢R($ilLK.Qff&͛7SUU{,ltah4H~} `MsZTZZJ$|JEsN~|ill;wR`` T**))^cz*(( XLTZZVBkk+$J),,>#u߱4Pnn. B0z2$=\~}H$N1o\.:qJJJ#GS*Vg󑖖@wEi``UUU8u]e˖!//oK/q0L8wшwy999H$|G{C. 8}4jkkߏH dgg`0`|ǜur L&jkkֆ`no/ɆOCCC͉ $''scqӦM;@mm-7ǃN455q[kk+,deeaPT|etX4y&D"鐚 NVWgv;f^nAW׭[&}s5<Ưׯs;lC"!! G||~Xӽ7nv.$ Z R ZT*T*brD"H$HRBarrNQx<l6XVn{V+ Bll,5ڱ}o0BOO\.@T"66j* TTP*DĘzOɩ)n bhh6 CCCX,sSVTz&Gkk+qMX,Hhh4(JDFFBTr022rb2 Pxt:add888 ͆Ar100111Ebb"֯_NիWC$1͝ٽsf3z{{vj111\}qV(T^/v;Wm6wm===7j\kfbXf4#p8/Djr;+P8 7^ݛ7444cfZE>qT*gS1jbbbX_l0==K*r͓@LL 75 k0ǃ>n]@(ɞX舊}S k Պ)nڷj%KRH$a+Jo "FGGaoLVb*jQ޴fqgQWù` ݎgլ>?t3 0 0c 0 0 0cM70 0 1t3 0 0? QjIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/cmdbuilder-vs-make-c_file.png000066400000000000000000000041561335323540100210610ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR@FMY)PLTE@ @@```@0``@@@@`````@```` ``` @@ @` ```@ ```@@@``` @ @``@@`pT&sIDATx흋z F6FPa.m2(dYa{sۿ7@- [nt:O/a[o]C>a<0w?Ԫ1-wg+pAx}](WC1İFk`Wk+MQh_dgt7k#T<7vF {#0ؕ) Ho\ʧ1QDz8jH @!{jݖժ.LH]m=ѱ-Ђ;kv"̳ VFG͉4 ?rS@B Pe`H_ĺى+D j y@ w \drA ɳR1Y[nŇN11SɻxS)f8Usm_jmζïZg (@MsR㷁?N$zƦ'%Dƞ!=n*щC $wT!O]%]sX>c4Nc<8S! k>.>>`^Y;+#0_D~>9GO H9&_ nkC`t/ Ǭ St,L W]x0J ӓ1La!Dt)h8䵰κm`іҺMZM꠷)lf j.;4Ui)W}MٹJꋎgJ);"S m<5J ,z?Qh#rVYAkD҉#>ӷ@}1E)r#>c/hoth/XCV`}1hL-}V7f WK o4ř&jL`m}C b3U4 ,y۟ TȊ~ޢ+t_W7U؄=q!k6ufk6dO\ʏc;5){˶sl}q)%mkq)lX]6/?ݒ=Ts7 t LS Tr U,[mNl],NOE;ZaHi^0+ԽfE5m2V3m̶i%0o]ID*w |6,(E]Bzn&;@!(@2 K@!(@Bp(R P @!(@B P2G]'Y4Mw~Ad]Ffyt0-^782O(K8yܔ O-9QXT>8Uzp?ˊ#0G(MvU(BsTa G+ (BsTa +VJTTS)<@V|"ǣr( @km Ej% ?5#I7}j2'PI[^w@^W[]HŌ`gTgMiy/S VgtvԭT"4xYMw7-w_(®@O1Elhjܔݘhܑ^@!(@be[SЬֶ_ `BLn_"T" 2Udu`F `3k$pӼ>inny( P @!(C20/b6]m+DЈ K8*?dsj{!@ oY΅YZtCb{9WT݊䖇9-Y]l{0biz5*Ѹ"]Gᯢ2[_F]jYbctgE%2~@*KGH#x ED%0ȕ_$ri3P&CH|C%= u`5ԁ1( 0 i$M<ĉ:Q/_07X`…a~I3b^Y>I[7VN#n+}bNn#2|iTƾ%exBu3wy~шlWso e8>M#p֑z.?z܊fmn%nR0T0Б& 2ʞ9)v&Af &̑Eov>F)a.UGI_;սhjG3psnId $:+ cMIEi^Xq*?v"\7+/shhgaNXۏ$<@3ȼ+x @u Tڎ<k@@Io;?2;u`A}͉k<%2wN3v>UJ`ցlg(-߆Z?fQ憆"ifC5"g}c䤌=iuv9 YʺCDbbEWğ+Zfm9+~j.o6hl Z{RN~jS/pSN~ܘwj=3pS=%OuH^WI?I2駺tgOVj=.oLR++d'ɥ.W|?X`ݬsl{/&g ׁ՚KqsIU0w9(Ӎ=ԷuP#dӯŐ駪_TZ;T ~^WOՊO? uӯf+Y³>Uj-Z G#=/(@,B P A+,B P @!(@J@!(@B P @!Է5rW3<0ü-o"W`bgy֟PVH_gP224u߯ pj'z1u qA`>Ww$uk0U`60f\"/܉"榴۵D}QHTnG?%0#ލ{eEXʕEDQٻf;ZEDQٻfXvY`Ձ"] shߢTp4 )t>WKq!q)n 0Wv2#Q"]s̑w/®@3haƇ"S`sowaW ?m`kcIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/cmdbuilder-vs-make-nothing.png000066400000000000000000000041231335323540100213000ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR@FMY)PLTE@ @@```@0``@@@@`````@```` ``` @@ @` ```@ ```@@@``` @ @``@@`pT&sIDATx흁 E8ͻE!@vfgcDm8~=?o)yt S{ r-@I<r/]?Ont kG>|d!)GJ-g+i &!vw! kؾXl"bJ` vn4Pno^oSnBW`"Д) S{pw>+1y =@`%?:jk׫`2!u$g_]i"h2U6k'N %D&qR?@:ѓGH&~ )Lj H9xm ?<ɋ_ 0K!̑ m`?4k 0IILAP݅gH>~/[J%eYqik.fmٲrkg (X{Jn. ,ZFp;2c aK׮DE'Pvsǡֽ0wLgg `B`g?CBl[~-)C4Pؙ7= ڙh)1r6k ޤgc, w%0sRy5B)BK[Ҏz8뱰e-G֓ G:m[Bm(PA[﮺AŴbΖ‚w~^R䝳s'flE5ۣ޹ru\),|@',6#Z)96pNŃ?VD<8vmFSXK(P>U'PS +gZ gJ@, ό@ˆ@3Q3jU3 P?u S.Ѐ?-S,PwV }bw2 m,X`,e; lU@Qŝngy#넲I#\+趛@>fڿ m  A`9jڄe0M`v0DYxEEQ\8DcQDTn'?% >G(Iu).w*GQŻfX8[QEDw;9̰\`NEJ2ΰK18 NFa:/>8<> 0O8Oq1y]P1;Oac Es UmO&d}xa/x L_aTb8*&Zqts dwJk3i> I/;s]dd`';K2ܼ>FzkǨ Z5?M8|gA!gOM8aÑAxf3@ d[ q]G_o.L[ɭc{f{^ _ @6t,0ޔ7A}`'pkK_s4gW" \5 uׅgaeּtjQ.YoTG|w,*Jk\_ayzYn[X$v_M$>$5C`q!h뽥?49d׵ Ş {^N;}{Wj=K}h$>M䛯 E/ m[ @Fk[2Y3yW/,{e9/&Z@WRwV2r-'{'r~,7zRS&-_ 憐6P%Yn[OZ?}m&Z h-i" JnS4n73%Dt S^o߄; zJ򄺔bG{9t 7 zUw|ϖ@es{%;j6o>Єq1F܅[Vw@kH-;qfZW @Sᒋ6a*oiE} 44sD`<6THftmv~; l 4G-EӹȮdYbS`,f:4ᦏeՈFϭDHϲjŤ'Z1(,V |&˪}u%yB#$o_,V, ]j1$0^w@`ear4gC,\Y^j yT] }xn-<&<NG.z7z L$:3a6}BUtvKjWm3a&'vk˄hu+ȴN!sz?m&DuV7Ez"eR}+LO]_qz8yB-KodL 2@&@ dL ʍ6@ dL \o*Vyx痤e9G@q{tN`᷷ bȸ*w>qrÀB@22g'0*4 0~W&8J71 OtIJ> *1 CAػ&UĐC3A#XUrh&{Sy4X5A`][jjشjBZh>>6(p{%zL$o# LI2Y.!%l.6׶5cp,o=pxL BQ8|F&7ڦ}6INIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/command1.png000066400000000000000000001141031335323540100156600ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR0nbKGDtIME7(U[ IDATxy\T?װ ﲣ (e"ܮ~5-[-f]3{3+۬ffniJ,-YdEȀ gc9g3g9s1cjDCc1:cN`c1v8a1Ƙ; dff";;YYYGIIIGmm-ըR)d2sss ptt3`mm D"se577͛(,,D~~>nܸ£ Dra*444a`` 322D"1/<`ddX[[VVVUUD7n ++ FQQJKKQRR"Cee%555}}} SSS-,,{{{oH,$ƺG]]RSSd"%% -zzz—L&T*Q]] nBqq1q1|pxzz #FHЀ \zW\AFFGccP{cccH$ -#OvD<9GEEP^KK puu\]]vXvRSS 3220RhBGG~555TVVESZZ"hÆ EWm0$ՈELL N>sΡ>|8<<< '''8;;^HLYYY˗B"`Ȑ!0aƏtK}EUU$ QbXLk$466ʪ!C ]]]C;w ##.]jBKK ^^^DŽ sssCV ׯ_Gdd$"""pqTUUƍ?|}}1d/wK={000ɓ1m4L:vvv='0uRii)vڅm۶… 066F`` BBB裏ᙆ8x /੧3<CT Fdd$~wA[[?aee%vݪϟGLL bbbpy444`С ԩS1~xhiJ\޽{ARRLLLc!00=lmm#** PZZ ///̞=ś} ctQlٲ.z)̞=W\{bǎr FEadbףp=z1i$US[[8qFRR 1e $$OnΝ;}v gw\cc#bcc~ٳn݂?ϟ~>'kS}}=m߾M4vA555bbcciɒ%$Ą~mqauz:|0͝;d2Phh(}w/vx*/??; %d4w\:|0׋^ˣzHWW͛G(vh="##i޼yKfff[oQ^^1h@4opbjkkidffF&&&矫길8={6ikk5 Vlׯ_I[[fϞMqqqbeEEE+T*%ggg駟3駟~"gggJ+(%ŋD"@JKK;$TVVFaaaG^^^$vHHAAAƌC;w:hΝ4f@AAAj9L= }7:!啕1":~8 0,,,hb222h񤭭MV&Czk׮ѬYH"7=zTG7I$5k]vM:$33&MDk۷Iܾ}^{5ԤI&QffC ͚5G455ї_~Izzz4}t;$/ }}}2d]ǔ~W2d_|^###Ԕ<<<ܹsbΝ;GdjjJޞg566s=G矋Z;<СC);;[pZt=ttthժU<ԯhժUCGK.R+W& zgVpzZzgHCCV^ݩm9a}Rss3-\ *gӘ1cUe&饗^"LFgϞ;^iF*/!j^|ŇE/_NR8 v(ށH*;T|O'N;^<<<(((Hy&|IRoEiuݷ~KR>bI*ÇE9|0IRX֧\|d2u,222/ްaijj?m3ISS6lm'&&>mڴ6mD<Ş֧ГO>)v=&##LҡӧOWܟtuu{tRo||93p?{|‚mFDwwF_5͘1 ZoR>*ܹsJC?lW_}ժ888t샬[PDD҂ +-VXA&&&dllL˖-;wٟ^}U:thΝ;̌***\Y Qm]~|^X̌vfN`X1f̘OSwyyydbbP٨QhȐ!>3233SYD #)[jPUUCQ__ON^#gg6 :T(wTZR!qikrEERԟ~id$GGVOUUUBVR=QWWGNNN_*Oݡܗ_~INNNm^'\|Pjjء3fСC[-jwHNSh֭Jj>&&yNI477+-leu:qO>DXaaANi֭dffI[[[i7,}ޫMt%+\Æ R=IIIx`nn"̜92 Crxajj\G_~ś! m544À'*VĜ9sZdn9s <<)))l#BCCofRZK.l޼պNXA\\@"*;@"DL<_~)!H>gbbf[Ei˖-a#<eOfB]]~. ǤI`ddԥzz:LۖK/CCC &&mU###L4 W\@)ic*.((,Xz,--_6|Srr2?J(}vڷo azCCC|֭&OLD-:+VJNN}'-Z$,300 TSSCDD7n nG&pW=zttTRRK))2p@Ώ>V"g ֯_/\Dk%$,Z-fӦMO1w\ |I4x{{+nb#OQ&-&q655i2ӪUZ$AGGvء:ZvI;w?Shǎm hݺu]c -GDLZOOO'dii),srr"tM""!$JۍȨEs%0Q+&&F))bffF_꓿>$J[|i=ZxO{-=Jƍk3]iB{zzzSG꽟$B7zS믿&33.ӖvG/>}@Gu}T&":vVx  QQQzښW`aakpwPRR",/w}o֭[SNm7۷ottt-}}}@uuCmJRSD&FZZZb̙r N> 4Hxw̞=of岳7ZW\\  "j9RdmmblllZlTSSy\]a`` +}@G)*PQQ N`X`kkn_\#ih(:;; ˂xb }^~eر;B'a{N\]];4a'~wؼysw_Ş={fcȑX|9[߿? ::ѷ0*Ocǎ\vMX&i2SFF\]]\O[aaaׯw[@-L~w'1[XX@[[:N`XTYZZ*[ /͘1paaիW3g[xqiա֭{H͛~Ne'RSSaccsssԧȣ>Ǐxݕ#F!۲m6-ܷؐoO֭[º &w{/LٸwTKNNƈ#TA*TܱcHSSS)wH#/Yʕ+4h "{Ky[nؾ,--Ԕ⨢x rttlq_~ +xzzRBBB9byccpScccǜx㍮Lɓ'Ӓ%KRW[nܸAZZZ]Agss3]pOҖ_r(!!A(+#G&DBa}^"##ISSIII+H$KH~n߾}LϟoϽ?mK[i̙dccCW^'xO'N --n͛Lg3z:h9???DDYrrrDw_C333ڼy>,,,rGN$KKKd> &ƭ믿(((d2ٳ[i&SĴw)rY?k׮U}:ҴrMVȶ̚5Oޥ:z}jjjM8rǎd``@GK.Q@@9:: S~И1cH*V IDATڹs'6҂ (**$TUUѺu͍$ RxxZ^Uz @H$F֭* cN>,=+Ge._LaaadooOy>7USSC{'MMM>OV %%>#'MMMקڻwo(D4e$z(::W'pM/&M2"""mWeo>91}tL2c_R1D .8taoo `pqq;DQԩS8|0"## sssc„ G466")) 1118s bbbP\\ GGGL:ӧO#<e+((޽{sNMSGUWTTرcDDD 1j(222Ǖ+WpUddd>|8 899ڪq)ŋhhh <<<0l0ᯫk'Tkנ#GbرxG0ydh|r0 s!99(,,p>=pttlmmajj⡧'d2x |gpwS]] nBqq1,ܸqDLaÆ #G? D"k[233K.իr 222PZZ Ѐ%`kk kkkFFF߿066D"І ֕PVV Q^^r磰P{M477LLLꊁ C #}"!!BzH$X[[ pttLLL`jj*с!@GGG8WSS:@ee%PRRRoQQb!J.$TQeN`!HIIAVV233,磤DHN`nnGGG8;; ScT L\'2˅UUUhhhhkk722D"0*r#)uuupб>tttFn}5'0}ZH^~"b1 c*j޽N}&"O"Ec!1F/D"AVVD1#0L pw̞={D1T'0ݻwy񱦦&l߾#b1‡SAnnnhLZZ1g c*&55ɋ6vC1Ƙ1ӑĤ~aDcŘihhI`jj*,_{{{@EEQPPBe1ԀD"Ν;1w\Ca1c1v8a1Ƙ1cjcN`c1v8a1Ƙ1cjcN`c1v8a1Ƙ1cjcN`c1v8a1Ƙ1cjcN`c1v8a1Ƙ1cjcN`c1v8a1Ƙ1cjcN`c1v8a1Ƙ1cjcN`c1v8a1Ƙ1cjc Af\R0푓#vJZb?cʕ+ vZAx'^ŋ; z-c1 c1'01S;0cLpc1 c1'01S;0cLpc1 c1'01S;0cLpc1 c1'0L-􄮮.\]]?R%&&bҥ066;>ڵkx;T688999capTh"Y7n܀?V^-vX] 7nDyyءüy7:::055QRR"Ο?/VȌ6hccA[[?)Ijj* ϸ~:M?GJJ 9HTTTwmې'N,YJ!)) "? Ƙ0 7%300;>eҥƒ%K'OĿ/bظq# 66v˖- .]13 kWCC{= 0:::8q"222ZǼy`bbL`\~e%H Hrׯ_ǜ9s`hhCCC*m}.r<WVlʬ3)) QTT3gB&aС8xP.11/2LMM www<裝jQQĜ9se/B2zFb&̙p<-X!֧|K.%vZ{dDDTXXHvvvGyyyTPP@VVV4j(i{M6JJJ(66Ғ_rĶ?'NPHH?jkk%6eiii)<>)99lllDDdee%۾};۷ܩ;Y|9cǎZLgΜ!www@nU&22Лog191M` э7 ey@e| uL[%0+V ,,O-Zm}n6m~ۭ)by444˷nJhDDTYY)|;=z4V뢣ĉEW=zt܋ƺ'0}Lg'''@7o$"@RT(#}:R-ggg@uuu²t@.HOl+n~!SSSS*#{}]fQ~~> CCvuGEZ$>+//{ ͞=zyտv۹'0u/_BWW.n߾[N*)**TVVYOGtD$,sttv\WPƶHOO&>HWbSvmձյ[3mw?*rmǬY p9vcHOO>#رcPF~!ǏYOGt133SXq;;;;w\WPƶׯȑ#|rǷ[wWc#Cu*"OH{:vG"2 PSSn9Z^aBυ138az뭷ӨCAA֭[o-QFu"¿Ϙ1@_W^̜9mgWwO߷oO֭[[wYZZ*;:: JssCݑ͛<-G0T8GX:;_~L OOOJHH "d)B=)sFomGDDTPP@djjJqqqTQQAO<9::RiiPGGѸqZmȶ sKLL$ghjjR``0Dٱu%ȟǒ%K\B "{{{*))!"8ܭ[GEx @G 8|}})**/yzzҘ1cZM=v7xï'ρa{qt6ٴi)pvvEGGӨQH*ҨQhϞ=H{)jޜ ddhhHgVxoG*6lc݇o[n^ða```r:u {ŦM4)))>|xhkkHC___'R{oߎ0DDDS1<,\fffׯ{1dee᧟~Nf}o//nkGqшoql߾j1%90}Lg0ρa{ c1'01S;0cLpc1 c1'01S;0cLpc1 c1'01S;0cLpØ;S)0@FFFrJu{;i1 D"v֯_/v/vZ1pqq; ؈3g`(..,^?xkVֶ^{5 ca033{ N`>""`Lb˖-qM?2NNNz*44HlHH<_~whkkSLK/iӦASS`pm|駰òep 477 Hv{R^^H@CC8Эbʕ&"?~ſo\~Ga c)--vZԠzDdgg _ŋ MMML8QQQڦ\MM QTTE mmm455!00/"Nʣ2#0͛7[oWFeee444 l۶MpԄ'O֭[.>ks}CCqQCKK 7nc|嗰'|Z1ynOFSSSK-7o< >dQHFS18N`OGU455rJv{L{m5džO?u{r6lhD)*1q;;;m300%Kz$۷Jq9H 0n8ouٰaf̘c11'0ammp$FKK o =L\xQYMMMٳcW[sa444`̝;Ga1N`GCCtuu!HZ8Gı{6g555a=#^1iiiᩧ¹s+WhL'..ٳgakk+$1ZZZxW`dd#hhhPK.H,ro6 =?#;###ȑ#=c1{Ihx{{#::ilٲ%557Ʈ]z$9CCCY`dd}A*NBpp0M/GbM>j*̝;/"~7a|N ,Y=SG|=MK-ɓŶmcŊXpa=17Yu<3ؿ?6n܈^xUI=yنL4 ²_~>>>TTT@__455q6oobذa3g/믰c}JIEEE Ezz:~Lۡ#vX}ʂ p)\x>>;$ƘZ7nq)̜9S<;;;9s Cb)N`X1c3aǎXz5^u,^/z4N`X#-1cpYoLuH$Xطo&O7ocLpz "|;,֎ӧ#..7oބ7.^(vH15 Xj6n܈k2dc޽bS0WTTɓ'СCPxO#LLLÜ9scoZZZX 2DCW_},]iiiؾ};d)#0Lm[N^zŋ㈏]&vH1 SK6m´iԸqpyHRĉbS10Ԅ_/{=l۶o K 0xGcÆ bS!<j<8rvڅٳgfؽ{7>#HNNƆ 8ieqCaa!f̘,?~~~~bzD"AXX<==1o<\t ء1DćKKKرcQ^^8N^`ǣ޸p!1D Si'Oagg8q9 :Ǐǎ;1&N`ڶm1eDEET쐘 066FDD^~e̟?˗/GSSa1z'0L},\˖-ݻ+vXLhjjO?Ν;qFL6 eeebA0R__gyWƦMfH$b*jܹFZZƌK.cpTFyy9믿СCXd!150zh\pExx!1z'0L%鈎F``!15bii'N`x'zja1ƺ'0Lt.\/455ÇSCR7oƺuj*̚5 UUUb&0QEDDG;;;Cbjnҥӧ1n8dffcpDe⩧Çѯ_?CbD@@Ο? ɓbS2N`X#"s=0lݺZZ|W \I0e_^cJG566Ƕm۰e,^XX/&ɰgY7 8a= f™3g Cb}D"ʕ+鉹s⯿¾}`mm-vh.CHGܼy'NŋqIN^X6mq-x{{ܹsbN`Xr PQQg[X5x`$$$駟1R/PWWdff"33ׯ_͛7QRR[nTWWFFF]]] _8;; BGpp0\\\p!+3FFF8t°pBO?+ IDATfollDAArrrTx^ա/144T*)LLL9Dwß5D$%% 477aggKKKӃ!R);wVHxnݺk׮yyy~MLL ///1l0;p̝;'Oƞ={CcĚ5kg}سgLLL2MMMHOOǟT!55999hllp7wpp9LLL`aawwwB* 9ԠPYYzOvv6;w :6l;x1H233qӧO#++ [d2CU{(!)) :!C???x{{c*wW\X\t C`` wsg'0*"==7oƞ={p : ȑ#f#77pihhh 88 .?6Cp< صkۇ8::"00AAA0a/vgΜ?ٰ̙31w\"cJ clٲqqqpqq… 1g^UTTСC駟p XYY/F '0]-[`׮]v<==1g]Ezz:8ݻw#%%...;w.}Yۋc]GUTTg}F666C ,ӧOSssءuzƆR)-^Km;w9u?<.g`UqARLM%fYZjO=jjjKZ>h%=b" H \?1*0gfޯ9|fss}ιbҥ -[RRRRRRhٲeԥKGgϞ:cr UUUц cǎdllL/c*ھ};ݛ444hԩ%t,L9r :BBBZX:t( 777:rбkȮ_~Xr%>deeoiwR; -- wF\\b <TDD<==1n8t񈌌ɓ%t3f@^^k.`ZQxx8pڵO{6.\T+WMO>8}4O8q:},t,ƞ Vw RRR0j(#).]ȑ#غu+6n܈ǣDXLUVVw1eGX*iii2e Ow}W60cʈ #"̛7/Ɔ J5H9s "":t(rrrŔPvv6<<_hY###௿¾}lc1(.`l _>H8*qqq=z4>|(t$DDx{{ Ix{{#!!^^^:c p@~)~bرBQi8y$4551vX>x¹sУG#=zܹs")%.`СCo#FG-(**‡~(t&r[nCmCGnS0ܻwg_| &Gt 0͟?EEE ]ڐPTT 1.`O> /K$&&b޼yرc>ϳܸqj?~B~z,XrTѣG{n۷O!;v ٳ'vءmC}cǎطovލGc !TիI\666EGG%DDA=M0 HVVV's֒YFT$ ߟ @TPP@3f ;;;ڄ ߿?I$ǘ<ԩS׷MXΝ;djjJeԷogfoܜLT\\,w[=0 YYYQiiBڳ'*wo$eKKKʊ~bL^"""a~T_ii)ͱ{n444dߖ|||p [^VVCCçfE߾}ѧOʕ  ԩSjKՈD" C ;(=X6߇ ,\QQQ-ɓ#G*lL2066/222dD۬X"H#OOseaʔ) 300x涚2e <>׳`ȑ8|\0ՑXL4IT<4uh~$϶ʲI1q# .IG@II 233s㙳Ѿ+ŋQQQ`ΝmW׎<HaٳQȽ!FCH]CGGgϞ-"С+0uT8qBZd $ٲ5kl;ֽm66mZ7ƸsN9\~ss>Opp0ikkݎA;=fڵԫW/絩,M?ُe ܽ{W!m1R\ȡC nzl`L~hW7NIl("D"cĤMn#CH]<&&& iF;wƽ{Җ%͛euW5X˖-pqq… Ww`K̞Z)NLuڵMHCH]AA׮]c-+W@*V-:$[V7'@KK 탾>'wOӫW/Dݷ˺vqOvjpvvFAA233^uukjjdCH]LYgਸ,@111rKVVVdffFTTTD:RAAN֫ѣIcƌ*""rwwC6Yhz% 27:Cɓ' -ZOݻӆ nGՠ+J[nqFےH$(۷R)5}hznܸu&{ ȡ{x~ܹ3"""0h 9ݺu6"##e~4hl"##Q[[cǎɎKZ5y7<xX,wBbqcccR/^DvvvLȔH$”)Sk.Ř3g~~~C8M?k.L2N1x&^9bƌuLMMj|}}q7rrr=O2L8UԞgCϞ=믿UP̜9077-#0r񁝝֬Y#tVؼys۾};rrruV?&&ʕ+jsss,Y/FQQq#>XTTŋcɒ%\0 ,p9ҢӧO U]x:uTfrￓ%EGGdooO~\2s`TTTP߾}iҤI ATJ&M}REE\m1(<Æ … 1}t?bbb֤%4D{zzzXn]aMWWDZj*F}VZǏcՕ-ρQjxyygΜiCۃ_ETT#|O>g}&tv᫯W_}{bĉBaLG`D[[;/ {6"ŋ}vĉsNZ |B`bJOj*ܹtQ 333FZZБTREEL-[`޽1bБy7{nlٲcǎ}41vXlٲwo!t$F:w(tM>V̄N:'ObBGbJhҤIp_DDDImDDDׯ_Dž 0i$#1(.`Z)?fϞ> @UUbbb!t$\\\bxw.rb8p "t,ƞ V@⯿ܓH x{{ܹs{{{c1`jjPӧ~z9bVSS~ }ÇP.`ZRRR0tPL4 /2 h"8w֯_/%cM4L< ,$gJ ,Xɓ'#-- BGcIiFTT*++???\xQhx/_=z~w}$>dbbb\v ^^^5kz͛7!cݻ7f͚///\v 011:cM'.H\r)))HMMEzz:R)0d 6 *:u|)#.`TD"Abb"Ο?D\|H$с `gg] ZZZ8}4,Y=== "Baa!C~~쿹y&nݺ7oҥrww}x\DGGŋHMMEJJ nܸZbX[[LMMe?fff֖::: j,[ fBAA Cdee!33YYYͅD"&_Đ!Cx.q*++k׮ 7o";;GIIIՅagg=z $'''vFxHKKÍ7pzÇQPP +LZJGGW u۷/tuuSm\-[?1"##QQQ! Dytuusss9+J PVV磺ZUUU/;kll T!C]^z 1L)$%%a… ;~k}000@nݚÇe_7%?j&MBZiicR72W\LØF|ʂD"hH1Amm- <<\D.`Ȟ={?ˊG`SvO"SNJĘjFMdeewi0-0?Ę*++{FW%1E||< aaa(**6e cʫR H$&M1xfbFpuuEѹsg8pׯ_>1%v}H$bxxx`ĉؼy3f͚e˖ 1ŇDyy91vX[׮]Í7yfXXX1ǏǞ={3g?ĠAp91xFMC"`evvvL{3g6XEFfc AΝakk+tƘ R\tI()-.`Ddd$*t Ƙ: cJ 5!C1 ^^^| cÇSm^^^|DW\E(16l$tƔ0j 22: cLA333={V()%.`@LL >bL͈D"8uQSJ\R ѣGٳ: cJ Z.`SC*qy0tQq.\-t"tƘu}AxxQS:\h>15ꫯrX#QaDX.`ScGFjj*rss˜RF]v pww: c >:::8~QS*\HcBGa=== 6#1.`TXtt4 kEGƉ' J˜F]p@X;ꫯ"??/^: cJ C: cݻwǑ#G˜FEEFFB$ cرc<:<СC01cpEb9r$b1N<)tƔ0*: cbС8|QS \hH$aFxx8_NQIϟ=kC|95c _k.>vQ0*| cȑ#q c0&8.`TLBB˹a5jP\\,t9<,-- /1&W^y8wQ0*&22G_k,,,Ǐ 1AqBOea8u10*ʕ+(((ڹ#Gի: cFDFFBGa |[־k?Ӯ5QҥK=O݅uՆOgϞ=ĘJIIUR`i֭[ ݺu^~eddd4X/''o&LMMa``#;;4GKƔ)S`ll ccc{M"6+VH$Fg[y_kK]|aaa2elٿohkkmeeԩSm5551eؐ7STTU!Ct=nQyy eC|TCHАPyy9ݽ{l9stlُ?Hzj:,YB())Il >n۶M֤c~M+϶-}dsss#tΝ_>4xܞ0MF p73/ϾL}p/\(B =z>֖cmmM4eGaС裏}\__PVV֤u[?4M˳o(S"om=էfxwsss] ,Ν;eMvԩӔuCFd?gii ylƣή[l .\綯ܼk*O6@yyy~Wܸq!!!N$SUU022znNԭx~7yxiR,]ssPUU\Ի 駟ki7aCdˮ_Pì}A__k\g[y^uoz܇(J 0%wS[[KAAASoyII 8p@6c-C...ouHچ kNSFmݿpXr3|1 }ĉ} ֎}}66oܬoߎlݺ~)#_TX><|G߿? QXXg"$$۶mSDNNuG㡯/gɳa8|0t)p?/MhX[[c̙077F[n~]XK!&&aaaMZ?((QQQD9uAjA {{{!0},NJ+p5ٿtwwwK,W[޽ԩS"t6WSST"66%KUt@LL 6n|Wfa q8"""CGJJJ`aa*L0,KYY틜PSS] wwwhh&S ]*))ѣGo>>|b1Ν>>> >|####1*Q"AAA9s&R)'""ÇGcmmmTWW~~~8q"Fmmm?.`ÇqA߿ND"&$I455ѥK@555ӧ _.;6l,XRرcǎ&OW@0=zsʼn'PSS"jPT*Ν;/^ 44T6b* Ù3gYv-v MMͧS7<:WF:rZjD>X?mٞt ػwoܹs_l`` Hg^z |M%cuʕ+yzڵ+6Jlùs\O- .`o\ <<<7z( xS__{VcLgCDعs'(ճ48o B\\\QZ իW[nJJ={6_zʄ ЫWF?b}*@5}JCVV@k=\(ݻw7IpMRէDpuuƍ1aܽ{W)Npp0bXYY}Ԅ V^-`n޼FݻHXF 4ͩX,Ɖ7duZZZpuuEtt4Μ94O)N>f%2220j([Ezz:N8Q !((HiC4˘"q#4\roN+|~׶ Vī'; x뭷o999eizj899Ķm`bb|EaȐ!m_w5W\AZZZbuq#]v=׌ Ab׮];w;E__6mٳgqu;v**cM믿_|K.5(Pf̘oooD"|%m\JJ 222leL]p#5k<㔩y饗7'oc;v,ܹ){|̚5 Ç=\O>䩇bك$qgkJPSS5kִAN{*kEyy_oFll,e7iK zzzzظq#0k,899a֭6mZ%dvލ_سg> ]`Ĉ033-ۻw/ $!-**>rssamm-TTdvڅiӦ=UTQQ%K`֭Ï?XeBRl8|0{=_^-̟!$pG:kGR)~׮]ٳgm6,^k/amfԨQHJJˆ#kaΜ9|G_?>._aÆ 1&'.`Xر#v܉߿ @ttбիJ\xk֬Q[c- ?RRRлwoxzzO?Uꊋ+֮]իW#::Bb)0L0;wơC# ~б ²e0tPXXX 55-zь1 H$œ9sp%\\\x;"qqqpqq[ɓ:cpÔB޽sbx7PXX(t,uܹ3RRR0gD"1Z0LihkkoExxlzHc1%˖-[p ٽc tF$8;;c!HŔHUU>S٨Krr2Νˣ.#\0daaPo233Ŕŋꊭ[F]lmmkc\0% >>%%%pvv!t,&QwwwtԉG]k縀aJ_~[oiӦaƌ(..:kC<{0L%" =  2ua= 0Lx{{#99={֮] T*t, u QX=\0өS'=z_5++:SG]G]cpTH$… {a8pб&u9y$z!t,ƘҥK4i&MBb$HcȐ!QsqT>~'ݻwK/tc&JOOǐ!CalܸG]cM S~~~HHH\]]JD"\t ,QXpJ=wix%t= .Ē%Kc1T0Lhiia8vN< 777 prrBvv6C, 1bajkHJJBM6ncɘ>}:OBb(.`Zԩ?+WbA~~бڝG111G@@Sa\0˗̙3HJJ3Ο?/tv s΅7^~e$%%aԨQBb.`X၄_ƪUP[[+t, gggݻ!!!FǎS\v Mf5 999BR+555X|9<==ѳgO_X15 kwD"ϟ`8rб•+W0h l޼[nő#Gйsgc10rvvƥK0fkXhjjjR)6n777"11sIc ֮ǎ;wwwܸqCX*%;;GҥKb DDDW^Bb9.`0c ǣ...صkБT¾}0`dgg#::˗/Icm ޽{#::o6|M̜9BRJ%%%5k 1֎pcttti&ȑ#puuEBBбJtt4CضmkgDs7o͛7q-ܽ{yyyϗBa``022affsssXXX[nѣУGRNnn.O .`ݺu׿RpUիs޽\555(-- : ]v^xB3֑H$Xj֮]#GbǎԩS<{ oFVVpm塠Gaa!*++QQQ @$ASSׇ)`jj sssX[[666/&FA$ qeOjj*X,Fnйsz Nuu5ŨW<|w<4{0`쌁VC]HR[9F_-n///H$^}FѡC Duu5p}dggvݺuða ///ƍx7c| %%HMMErr2Ґ-1wsssYbffnP(//?Cnn.޽+bbb>}ׯyBtijܹs PVVcccYѿݻwod#<ׯ_GRR._tH$tÇǰa޽{+srrrks'???РEQeeeVOG_}KAb\]]ik.ȠZ6C:~8}4f266&dkkKsΥRYY1Y;sTVVҞ={hܸqEzzz4~xھ}; jkk)11+ruu%dffFϧx㩔O7o{"XL'Ncǎ)ExUZp!6͘1_'O]R׮]ɓmT=HR>,-- ٓ>c R#D"DZn 6b1꒷7ڵfyׯG}D$LJۧΓhƍHё6oެ6uЁvMUUUa CCCZt)Qcݻ7bz뭷۲-ZDGU=YYYb ѣ҆ Z,Bڽ{7ٳBGcj 'Ǔ?ijjRϞ=iݺuJHQiܹd``@rJzб^EE͛7D"-]$gϞdhhH˖-/BS9GԵkWZ|9 MS`` yxx0`TQQ!t4\Bƍ#J{QaO_}YZZ>-_JJJw%@n:RTTTЗ_~IzzzԱcG :J9q 4;Puuбw%9s&营%}w\0jL^^}$iyӣ?6l ܹ3JyrRSS_~dffF:BܸqLc(h1bqQllБҽ{O>!===֭O!k9tYYYx𡬸>|8eff I):uSvK}'JsU2),,sH$"OOO:БTBnn.}Mnnnte#1. RzwWrAIDAT͘1 dllٳ~eԪn޽KӧOoˏ #kkk]v G%bZt)nc- ruu% :ʨŋH$?]Q;x ikkʕ+ٳgC4wvzE"В%KH$̙3,9?@NBGb*]0IIIԵkWrttT.~200 oov5Cll,ҥKҦΟ?/;*((#F> GS߾}SN)tbͭoxzz !!!022:ʺtƏgggB[[[H'~vw0L4 GQӦ 0j(a0`БNii)~m=zÅTD(`1daaaj-\z^^^>|8BBBԩSqUĴ;~gdnfJ 1bӰ:ڒJ3gvڅÇsÚD ZxyyACCǎБFbb"^~e\ .:N8y$&LYU :N#"x{{֭[8}4:w,t$GD3g8K.FHLɩ}_b۶m|2vۇiӦ!66BQ(T 7777W:1x`$&&׬Y 6ҥK:NQ[[qơ.\rlB|o֦Gs%$$|@&&&\ȠѣG7i^{Ms;/ݕ*uؑ!IoM8WW\!---:xB_ёttt^en ԭ[7ZfBcK SO<  !jhiɒ%djjJ;v?*++e)H.K6l͛7O Bnt9j}٫/M:U!m:|0Ќ3N!m&?w'ÇSOj[&%&& RܹsLMM)00PlڴidiiIIIItM%z}dnn?D˖-#ggg ]F".]$Xe>N*R^hڵ o[\p͛ iޞdmsww>H!m1ʕ+ѱ͞O* RL0'ӧ _^l֭ou$ z*d'[wyѰaZm4vX)ȨOS888-e www_~O@||<޶$ly󵵵]yIsk)&L@ii)N>-w[L=eSRRD 6L!%%%Dxx8Ν;>>x"***1x`ܺu @||<|}}kΝ˖EEE@K?..uյ#/OOODDD(-IWQ^^?"99 n7'-wS3gSS(nK,!$[~z@f͒-cmFӦMk9s@-~Gի3sss#t2---PZ@:::~: 77fl+VЀҖЬ( @WݻG̙3 o[H _yMO^cԥOiӦ)-~Բ$t]gggGJ,==;OZf 988Pmmmڷ&; rٲ箮&]o;tЬ}ԩBX,`_~!jwY`` uQm6V4?izQ>ޣW^yE!m1  i/++ tMjMo_7chc)4 nVⲲf=X!m =n˦nZwJ5jjjd[KS;S>%77]vUH[Lecaakkk]1aCdˮ_}A__{fug駲#cbbz {uf͚܏̜9uڑWRR'*R=umM~u444dBbbB{*7?izQ>|ptj5gn4ϓKVVVdffFTTTD:RAAʎwMwQԤ1cȎcСC뵟D ̌\-"^oY[[)99tBzOӇrl8ɓsl}100Щ38TRRBB6o~tl`]}`0sӸ?g@w$kEm344Ę~RGq^zfzM&/_9uTYmf۷KT*i6޶;`dd$"w8Ο?OOOO%ȃl i 7W\^gnn޽{}KK^ϛ7o>s[d֭lmw8۲e Fu'?];bjj*_{gjG?Y0$xb.\RGqSN1$$e;vS˽{>s[y߀+IylgZ 1dΙ35XF)ϻ,tQ[@ OLkk+z=?TSS)))x3?gOOgϞM9i$HAc0ׯܹs%Nׯ_ghh(W^=*^HqCv$ !$ Rk.Ɲ;w3,,E8.smN:oQ$uQzxxޗ1믿>jtaj~GRGFQQW_}ER={Heezz:Y__/uZtk)0$$Q]II j*̰sGZvɴAFMC;wB v̙C^3gHgPVX(fd2111Q=ǩ/ R P(d?cTpQUwgh4.]T_}Byy9CCC9m4644Hgح]:RGhץ# .d2`0@8 Po:0r+GyWp1>}& RGr{ؼy30c 8q'N:ְ۽{7-[Eȑ#RqW"99(,,`:Lٌ^xtIre۱sNL&l6cʕRF"+(l6Zj*J-pj73v_*999|?***3fC0<}:fΜ1&˗/ӨBUU/455Crr2RSS B1,F6X,XVX,ܸq---hllDCCqT*DFFb̙Abb"_xPkk+9kmm(L0ƍjV8'Յv\rpjkkQSS8F+E[[f3N<Ԡ 兰0#<<aaa DPP1c8FpZn@v7oDoo/:::`ZłV455Ͱl]& ӦMCLL ͛hQnC0.ֆ4448~q5X,ܹs` 0qDG4eFx{{;rETVVgϞE]]ZZZmxzzbرĴi`41c Ɗuy&Ξ=K.9 f\|~~~?~<"""ERDDW#! tww;FTpmb4LjBkk+yPtFpp:plZl}6[DWRގgu)M0  8LAAFQ 0FA5)IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/command2.png000066400000000000000000001371001335323540100156630ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRst{-bKGDtIME74T IDATxy\" +nu!w)˥n˽,S_⚹a*, gk^̙|9|yc@Dc1Ƙ3:c1Ƙj8yg1cLOpc1Ƙ1c1=a,uL))ݻ@|<<|dd ?(.yH45րXѦ СxxvvR|JߊT}?x:;[򟅅@APT$[RբEրX{-ZMA@۶@Vv?7S򶓚Zކ#/O/((|]D#Svdg'ڏ$P6 iû]WTT$$&&"11III@VV233l^UlCvSam-ڏe{*v* ;ŕ;I--бcsgQdQRRܼy7oč7p-ܿ۷"wtt=aaa ;;DL\(,ddd 99)))XѵkWx{{ݻwG޽Ѣb3咓s [H{" U);t\]5Gq1$wCL< a`p`׷|D1V|*]*QQ͛"26ʓߪHl\\Dm)(#{!\ܾ r@@~g߾@."Qdꗜ\>#oCbwaf&v$ڑGQ6m-ۆ1.$8+hder@> ]FFڍ)@XXq ݺuCϞ=ѭ[7xzz*F5<)F &&111HKKtcС󃗗Q'L {Ç46L$}-{|Yt0Ν SS``$gx rs䑑"QoJ$'}[AN'W~~A:TSIcS@$F/\(oG cԱcy'_)+Kto(ۑ-'vCq#>[2\zǎ/+Wz/C0Ա(#<<aaaͅ;ƎqaԨQxxH 8yobbvC(;'w`q[_deNȱcx@`nu<Ӓh_\^O>bXEڴ4DD.Ή{fgde'Ns8 ءC^*dc!:/z33ƏGx@D CHHۇtt&Lرc+=L&:6;vݻwѧOER۱cGS;v ;wıc`bb)Sॗ^5\NޛT`ząAAb)+,ӧ1EDgE,0VX`6`$0A$[b> 8+T8;D޺L w-Wʏp:$po/=zH]p֭?֭[c֬Y B׮]Mko>ŋի|M\ #=zDh9Q˖D}D)uT҈"9Ą͍(8H&:*h"__"ÃSLFt$ѬYDDff(#Ӭ~#zYI%= R#_D~H)~~#S'O ݻX$wU={6Q˖-i͚5TXX9yoʊV&rp rr"ZHG%%͝KdlLԧљ3RGĘrsŪFddD4}:ٳDeeRG4<~Ly3QϞ"z)hVTDATP udMOX/25cgO*uTN#G$4~x:$JK,! j׮mܸJ3佩&ݛ‚;߉Ǝ%20 z%#bFEED_}%ⶶDoM/uTM۩SDDD>-uD '" $K;RR_VnyR<M*СC… R_'SSSF{S#}8:t(ѝ;RG~I kGRGX5;w;eeIQrgLD=zg%$HQTP@嗢noOb?tR˖-)$$Dpҭ[hȐ!dllL˖-k)F7%D<#k8ؘhZa'?^Ν+b9}G\/_.;eD@RGĈĩY}DdcCԹ3ѹsRGTRZt)ٳ)SLF~-ڒ/ݿupT$$uNԦ QdիʼnįWm1ImJdgGԩŋRGd2/$}ݼ)uDm..yrw':vLh2Ӳ ^{M;ʢ#G%KNKݺuVZznuk*+0FVVbQ#o{~- wSeZ&o-6t~~RG KLDmi){Q+-|xgm[پ]ܪs1.¨Q0̜9SꐚΝ;#""C 1cpYywY3lvvRGt fFhX3+ pAܷ}T#b)).:]RED3e0%$' ~Y9 l98}4\]] +++#G`Ĉuw}F$MwOL uDMϙ39RGÚb`81b>1֯kICA0r9p&pbWs℘x@@DݻwqinZA43Dcz*j-ɻ>K`r * pw:kFqKaML&fh(!h|9*=V\YcٯZ\.֭#tʢYfEU粈bZt)988P-ߦ'O(ʫ-yznRɓ)00P-u)<<#.]Bk&NHݻw|^^^+iii)uԉ&M@bbL'< S?xvMH]^ jS>|8'OV{ŋ4bĈz'GeeejKjG˪ږN>MO?U<_+FݖƎiڜ9shܸqjJwyfɻ>ۗhٲFWE?ɉhڴidiiIݺu*]vx rppDܹ3=ӊݻG3f I&Q\\\e|@m۶%SSS1bD25VXV?_^TIjzbo^W|mѢ=y|M%OOO:jZ~AAkdccCtt; ccc:Vé뛼>>.GeaR !';;[.++**""R$^FFF[d266V/QIlUS>Z%׿"///zꩧZC]^̘A4eZRu;}[=71?\i߽LeQ|wTUˮFQW[211d2 33JWw[ٓRRKY;Q5gP\m˕w >>wmGe{V\I]t!LV|UU&R֖\؋ݖ !zuTԆ *zډ9T]n]>}ͫtrE|w}cm-~6*ϷlPTTTk9{R|ff5k|?~~0nܸZc|1̬r57ꩋ5{gAAmK~~>M3fwީ^UC@AAH PP_Dnn.n߾ݠ:ҵœ'Uj|um\\\0}t8w"""йsgžAQE ŷ~[|窴Iu%L ;;ZnKŚmKvvvCYYsU˩}999S'FX<"]ɟxsYUa„ x饗 '''|'Xp!o^kVVVPF6M_Mr2Цzb͞5ܹ#] K,k.L4I-uw8.\̵kaÆaɒ%wU⯿4;ᖧ`7*h۷/-ZK.Uz!߹*Ֆ @L#'O2X֖\]]QRRt- S']ΓѶ8y7"QkYYYɓ'+8q"_~Q<>}e˖a8wuZ~$^^^z&.bboob6L&S._G+ߕ۶m >zKKKk]aÆ 71b 55uVl>lPF@d~58uJuO>駟pESUۑ KKK ##CZ]yqqlIIIʔ jKs>}ZŋgϮ~uW,Ͷ=zQQQjOw3Z߿^׫ҥＤ7oD^Pˉ9L#<͛7=zD'uܙڷoOD$fȨdrqq!GGG :u*SVVs{IL6xb@Ǐ|ii7K)@/n̿IHO'22"N5ĉbO'nK.)օ("*{DM;Ǐ={GRdddaaao\BDDdnnxҥKtMҥ EFFVOqXmuD7lIiV\SVVVFW\!@L$?W~͛7W+'o򲵵jm144hرkKKKiÆ GeeehſmLmiJqqqt jӦ M:ٖ^{詧]MFMJ"R=gP/)ׯWkw~ 222qUNѩSMޠlB...deeE'Oje(4~x"[[[1cF[9}wdaa4mhPힼQ]r%hulyY"yy Czs۷o'kkk[nݝ~׳$ 0LMMwt̙j剨ҭU&(-wQtu&'džQwXvDT}Ui7yUoMjjK`''''Zt;-ڊ{k͛ٹ UUwJΠjAUk]}QUwNTYA-jt5u5fud\mǴZN$nԷo_ۛ&O\US\LAzubP"ssX#s6mDb |C䤖V.)SāPo%%%ԩS'(]o߾M&&&tpN$ RaTVC^{5z9sf>999њ5kA%k5rDO/u$MťKb|@2ÉF"pg=HRo%"RIuڻw/W:ޜHرcg'l"ocbbɻZN+A) ~7!LFO?ѳ>[DFFRVhÆ *-s۶mԲeK -Ewl|] =ӓ0uj{K,&bֶxqSoT5VVVFcƌTzs"eb ɻ>$j׎ IDATWvUk?O"}իR"!!U*;zhL𡘿~XD6mQ=V AԶ-ф u^|QCm)$ԔhժFU`Զm[3gF2)1PᰝQ{0s0jVIMӒ#U\ OŘ] xy? j%uD.'N==tr"0aн;Obʀ?WX.]~ظqc&cu;|0O%K`u뻡C{/>྘zdfcNJqNܙ DDKIYz5L*x)w2D G0ݗ&:]k۶IAp`Μ9 ܹӧOǛoRp4L}<s{Sbӧh3zڷ<h^j1M6m6od;&uTP${##EJq}i4{Y]1ܹ@PG*6l"##QPP}ѣR$$$$`ذaBBBrzdPq,س]+벺ed3fNЬYTGGb s7oqȑb5gUZ*:Q;+WgO#]`HG8q^>N|<⋢<|np7 Dzza%L HKKCxx8f̘Q}y,=bFCƜ)!sϱcRGX.^$#20 :(,Lꈚ"-[u#26S''KUܸA4q"@4d?M ӎ7^~YIS']rss#Zn]dC9sOQ;Nޛh1!%&Jn %G,t5D$l@ݻJJiyhrVD5sf)aaD<#v :}ѣGRG4db}}i҅h&^_?~L-" rssJi˗iFM{佩++#ڷcG"33^"RC[-С"8y?^71)x1_ܜɉ&ahG[Db&@#G5NL ѲeDۋNDǏ]rSq=7o'YrrrK'd2:r= חΜ9>Eq/m&L.'B6Krr;> d 'ud5ZRXm0is L&nǹw/keHqǏo {;vΉ}{2EQXCl,p?޸!ֽ .v(ut [l̚5 /2z%m`HOOǮ]_Ν;3f z-3F佹)+~EL9];e9EԫL}g`~H\xꌱ&(<ؾ]a$=]܂n_U pإP0hjWnn.6oތoF=@I ɓ'aii3gb…謡\쯿p֭bW/8Qܒ@gT+({_~{]xOS2qCpHĆ İab(#ռGϝ?D'fpn`))#"1=qcWV>_U )fJĘ>z8{rE$ׯESSj{y?:uj6xwO\'Ħ+!Ai^l SR܆'n[[ц:vND;\Aph;w?nwo1񶟟5Lbb";/",, 0117z=zgϞ֭ڶm - &&111G~~~ѣѯ_?Jt 'vDbE1-fC+[mqYlvvbExwnjQ o ʏĖ5!Aj#ʷj%:zC-[Ja ׮><14b5nJ޺5Ц8E ^bOy01)ux|yy"MAJHRSj%.aw2j_q=G+&O2ffmU6$o7֢|ŋ+e剿('Gq]CJhK|bh(.w6:wcT}q+9˗qMܼy о}{ ۷GGG\1romm fgg ɐdee!33YYY@rr2DdggZhooot}ѭ[7ɒ8ygWV&!wEr F32İ^P--EߦAb{eƴ*%EII"<JK Rvv}*m̀Hڴ _۶"kN<|F9eeHI||yGbVa'Ң89U4Ǟ<=tiHnn.nݺKT'&&")) ʂL&k2lmmWWW+:ڵ+U뜼3|NNᑡ bl,.YGbQjoݳ+,,5Gl*ԅhGGYӔLdggɓ'(,,塤`ooQ{c=)'Lk?~ gggaĉ8x!1ƴS8y5 PCCC1ƚ>^cL=8ygZm6ŕ2 8"Ƙc0@Vaذa8}đ14SygZwJd2;wE^cL}8ygZuVT=chhݻwKcL[xg1f%&&Cv۷/\"Qd1M1ԋGޙڵ FFF՞'"\v D^cL8yg\lhعs#bi 1^| Ө[n{ر#cL[xg1wQ!!!0c;w &&FK1ƴS?NޙF\R1bmBBB cLxg13:t%''c((( )) PTi3Ƙf9LBBBTqk<>m1c1=;c1czwc1'1c Nc13c1'8yg1cLOpc1Ƙ1c1=;c1czwc1'1c Nc13c1'8yg1cLOpc1Ƙ1c1=;c1czwc1'1c Nc13c1'8yg1cLOpc1Ƙ1c1=;c1czwc1'1c Nc13c1'8yg1cLOpc1Ƙ0:FqsC{`` q$V-H@رC0kr;yOOT003>EL<_cL󂂂&Kw;;:ƚ6oo/" .3$8p@kwc1'1c Nc13c1'8yg1cLOpc1Ƙ1c1=;c1czwc1'1c Nc13c1'8yg1cLOpc1Ƙ]?#z ssst?!5ZTT,X-ZHJ_a̘1*0a5Qr!CHFw-[~=ΝHII!Cb j)SoEvvԡ4.]/fΜfffptt /LE &`*&RQ/`0:fڵѣG[l6 5a4߇?VZ^x7nضmVVV޽;:( IIIҥ FUex!<^}Je۷FFFxqAܸqe*^y]N:":v . ''ś <==+'&&bҤI%jVo&СC?ZLO?4,--5k@RSS=WW5cM3ooeT.`@_~%+BYYYQjj*mۖ|}}޽{LZ~)QLM˫(33ߟ233),,Ņ߿_rhU?ӧiҤIIMu(>Çturuu%t1""jժ\pp0۷vZeYhSNU{Ο?O]t!/T+JwQIDV^Ў;T.2uٶm[ظq#ƍ yyyъ+(==:D/7[nÇ uԩZU(%%vE{:cccښ̙C?_HMM1c '"rttήH @ {ciVɻ5""JII!(3|@W^U<U25Q_t)ׯ+O ͝;{+~ֺ|s(=DD(ߠe!t޽j]pAzꩧѣGu9X2uՙQII  ###{{HKKK W(''G'OZ@ᐿD$)^^^deeE111SOѵk*}PFqΘ&5C҈|bV*ejlQigB$FXK)?ʕ+K.$jWUT6β2уZ>V=*coo_)q*;;vMz"4cƌJ;vvv.Ky]u벪8q*^^UӺujYXX(DFF ѣGţJUI NӤf8pi޼yKׯ'4i$Eccc@5֣J(U!"zIўSF6) ׯ^uV_uV$333\}J{TF^] Y[[WzHJt,yu冮˪qD/x...0}zSFy۷o,-- Ŧ:w'OJEYYYJ{T Vk$ԩS+=/E^>u9hVuy۶mGmֺsÆ  n(sKDDFHMM;＃`lݺ-[ij>[i⤺P5AK=OQz`Ϟ=)""_N׬ё٣G2U҆ ٷoQrr2#SNNM:)++KQ|}}ϯU}27""B٢HܥȈƎ8_Uݱ5&?ǼyѣGRΝ}+222lUڣ2/&tqs:uAɓ'^J={TԩS/^SNutRqZ777:g200 tQT>,,LӨ(sW\!"JmҥKtMҥ EFFVOqimuDi3iRJ޿;PPp׏LMM_~k׮juR"eˬw}6?֖f̘6h4h; ez{U{N54ݲe M<~-Z4h٪Ǫ I[hhтN|MV\I(::%.\W>m߾LJnݺEÇ'www_k몓ŋ4`255޽{ә3g'*Ʀ>uDqΘ&U8ozU,ZVVxyyapI dLO'D8ydܻwW\sҜz OOOy,[Ve;v@```ey]f~رcG[97ȑ#+1x׮]1e"c m| vz-wӦMxzǬ+x]f~ȸ"MÑ#Gz =z􀵵5qY޽}!2+~qzꥑ4=i0a,--1o޼:{GA6mQe9o/k{xx8\]]1{l899GݻwuV-Xw[:ڣ.]C`aРA _R.3Vu{XSlyg5}|;clFc1w3c1'8yg1cLOpc1Ƙ1c1=;c1czwc1'1c Nc13c1'8yg1cLOpδ.??_c:PcLgKk^bݺuRRLdddcǎ022:C6oތP8;;ְ lll`aakkkVVV,--_%eeeزe Ǝ WWW.{oLDDR`@NQz"BRF IDATt.YdY XL#Uh^Ƙtc`={8y3?/$u82V/|; alhRi:G޶-۷GK;;IooUgխ ;w.ޠ L4IQ5^jj*mۆ+WyL2E1^][o^k{ǏEEE8q"<(uH*y!Ľ"@II ڵY29r$Ν;Rodd=z`޽Bt+V`ڵ000@II +++ClгgODFFT10Ƙ. V8p@";;[TSNV(> ޽NNN iɓahX&x뭷peKKKKߢCXv-JKKQRRSSS̚5K; jxc2Nޙl۶MqnL&Á$Hu;vDhh(LMMLq\&(99~)l٢H իWcЭ[7,\ٕ>Kqq1ϟ/I\e2 ?~\XcLqδ"##gΜL& m۶IU 83y711ԩS1x`-E4{?ڷo> ~~~PZÇǭ[0f-G[[nƍj5˫&I<1k8ygZwJd2;wE0#GĖ-[jQ'"|ZiիWpBܹX~=}Y5`ll ccc|8q\\\ ٳg@љ_bdU;;;,X@֭͛^}UH27]vΝ;K/!..Νٳuĵkb̙X}˗/u֕ilD%Nϯ@ii)߿^{MQ1Ƙiԭ[xYII l٢ݠǎ6lؠv'Oƍ7qF)(++éS0sLno<<ctGF||<+`5jJo*N>sbԨQx"ƌ嶶 kK~~~p cYj>{-&+Wzg -D9*ZXX`ѢEk?:u¦Mj;vѣѡC|76mn޼0̛7vvvRu111:u*' ļy^*Pqto6.^R|zwԃ1xiHrr2,XE(effO>XzTJ&%%+VM+V`ԩ4@xx8lقݻwǏǜ9s0~:4u'NT;kG׮]%ܴiӰ~cȐ!2e 6mZJcLr3 APPΝ;{n 0VSO=%uX:/99زe bcc9s ((-[:|8 Gtt4/!?6CpppCCC 4HNNM!** Ʒ~!CիHMMżyp?B&L@nn.N8!;L2pߺu B|9'Oٳ(//&L;w]ZZ>stcƌAmm-QPP7ÃwD3g9sǎ8 +++DFFB!QN8p t !!!())Mʰi&xzzGٳӧOcĉS.[۶m;X0zhoBwT"ƌ4l޼lmmzj^^R(7n_qqq}6-[kkk1޽{dlܸ#GG"FׯӧPG;!rNCCӧO۷xb[NNNرchI=ep],YuVbΝׯ 6m̙TO"߿?LLLhx'DAaҥuFYfO?~]vpttDxx8>#_Ô)S;¸sF____wȑ#i;!DQNĖ-[puoÆ ¬Å 0uTXZZO>9uёwLSQQ`'*ѣGʕ+(((Bխ[7;v ΝÃꊏ?5)//+W#4]8tF,b̘1x)> ]]]ޑbСѣGyG!nx'D 0W^Ş={pt˖-ǏyGCMM AHH82cnn^zرcBTpa$$$ٳgĉ'V?>:t1cɓ'عs' ޽{K HSAaƍȜ??("sTprrŋQ^^6***m6k׮ĬYӧOcĉёYÈ#`aa={ =(((kxG!!0vXddd`ؾ};yЀ3g?%Ν ;;;>}Xbe|&K(>@ii)?vą; !---̛7oɓ矣G8yhw⫯-,(,,Ğ={0d?6g\xV%!111cB(CCC|HOOG.]=z;w1aܼy9sʎʃ[n;wHNNFqq1("SB%Ŏ;`aa9GbXf, 6N:?wBy'D~YFAA]bƍ\D0aOŋ#7XQ!Dx'DEB?~ƍ-[&Z͛Xp!,,,0m4ܺu ~),X|x";76l;6lN>MKFBT (ƛO`֭(,,Ķmۚ\]__W=~~~q3PMO>E`` ڵkÇCKKw$뼣BPN޽{1p@8::ti\\L}}sѣBBBPRR"P]B&LqQ5zsssdRx'D\zf͂%NvرcúuХKV;`\z޺><… q);v -@CԩSBPN+..?WWW /^Ŀoȑ#S8Dg͚y|x)زe ~Gђ0|pǼBLPNzSkkk,_{F||=zsU0qDq°aP[[8Q!D&x'Dܽ{˖-K7޿M|*-4^0i$?_~%8 nnn4u2x'DUWWc߿?cL4 o|-;99|Lj#;v@ PsA!2A;!r*!!AtajjhaڵQSN͇?{,hr#F;CKBҀNBTȑo>ABBH1B"7J>;dddƸq㐗;\Ř1c#?~lw}jjj8<("uTYCCNM6Av`ddcccWЩS'X[[Va ۼG6x2u|gE_ﵦBVVFee%ɓ'@ !Y~lmmagg'EgϞ>s]Vf쪪`dd{bܸqBPNުHKKCzz:222'Ox҈`dd$*DEKO]]艈Ϟ=W~~>DYн{w8;;{pqqAѶm[ٿ1oQWWɓ'ajj)S`ƌrR 駟b ~ȑ#%~{!99)))\444LMMѡCT--~l쳍~wB!pssuѣGc%!%wpww͛yG!❼D("%%HHHKD+؈ g''';v2UUU!//GA]]ݻwG>}лwoR6YYYؾ};vڅ" :3fȑ#>)B̟?/6lV .ܹsprrrΝ; Ν;FƥC_]]D#HIIAjj*?~ }}}D PE_~%iF;AQQN<'OԩSx,,,D7\]]rt;??ׯ_q\aC^<~8pk!(h ͍}cBȻ Ö-[*;:tJ.--šCanh͛7ᨪˆ#0sL!x̞=ӧ/b6m}]qu0࣏>… ѥKٳK.B!"=YYYlҤIL]]oߞ^%ؔ)S6355e~-{+=}}2Ύ^FCe}wLWWikk ^SSX.] fcɵͪyG!] Yf1---jkkyǒKlL__YZZM6ZfϞ &{٩SP(Y%o谥KGĕP(dz=y XrΝ; t("4mF444`Xt) W_aɴ ]3c͚5 E6mP^^GGGL>SL*?cݺuKnbƍXjLMM{nx{{%w,--pB|缣Bĩ@$ƍdff?½?"==666:t(fϞMž}p---̟?鰷ǻﾋe˖ Eݻ7y'(-*ޕ@$YFW&HNNFxx8:oooܾ}w,?FZZ;\k߾=?M6a DUUXrcBTPB!8q"f͚/Ņw,GڵkӃ'yGRJ1`…vf͚ . 55}yǒ }EQQrrrxG!]A BL2;wġC ر#Ο??GơCxGR:gFDD;s򎣐<<3qkhHQFرcG̘1NBRRLLLxQHEEEpssÜ9stRqNjj* <<|8܄O?Eee%=Th]TUUa׿%}ΝpuuE6m;wJ lܽ{Çoֶ͕q7mSSS|iO}ܹ3/^,$''#$$T&<+̙3bz쉧O͛BDQ@ ˖-7bڴiXn ѷo_ZJ)/11>>>|XTř3gC H{oGM]+׿D}mגSmmm 2111bz쉔444B!CŻx%c\VV} 999E\\ғ]SwϞ=/5#@ٳb*.]WWWȳ8Zۏ \ro~ڧObcܺuwBNuH ܺu`IIIkM̻]h_.zoaشiZ]Sӓ`k9 |q/d={H[ 88=Z"m5'n&Nج<ݻiiiݎel޽BȻh|ܹT/DK7w;qє) ouongii %䩟ԴY6(+wwwA!CŻ022 %^mmuuuߏ9-zcǶx#/ZqĴq]"mgggdddHd'"##%%%b:O322,v; u=iy޽{N}}= 4c0sssfllXEE3f aeee6ӧKoMY`bcc_9L9effW?s ,X@ `b*rss(v[GO$''3;qSWWg1ښ}bJJJB!A# "88/}5kcǎMą !CcǎwyGOskhhxA4ݷ)x^ Ԏ8[[V/ѫW/b՜~%ھ?B'OIW~zXq("U2zhb޽p3j(ܻwW^m\]]aoo~M pppO?Ol#G`Ά8R#Aɩ7,B(\rYXXfm{nfff>&uC\\dgϞExJfoo>3Q&7ofƼcBDȻYj:w{ODbb"=ڬ#""/+W`oѻwoReG!??wOc9s&tttnݺVlhB29 ^^^ر#bbbЮ];ޑ^BB={jkkѿTUUܹs{򪪛={6vڅx#7JJJ`jjgbBXh]YXX ..6l|CcGxx88JAKK PSS[]'o… GR7&&&033y@ŻA\\***?w$ڵk1|pؽ{7yRƈEee%i)VƄ qF/4hHrٙ!D)P:v˗/ ·~zޱBQQ_۩pKKKǣCip\NNgΜA`` Hrk׮TB Xv-+իWyRX1l۶ ]vEZZ0{lޱN:>AAA>}:*++yǒ{۷oG=PSSDۗw$wA!b] ̟?ׯ_Bs[ҥKxw?UBhh(9cǎU);w3g'|˗/ޞw,gggB!b]tΝCXX`ooEw4|2{r>};\(//ǂ 쌜o6h  BBŻ2e n߾իWcΝٳq-FCC?___ >ĩSpy̰w^ٳgرcqѸ(..ҥKakkp~:Mi!;;;@vv6$"*ޕΝ,XN|}}?x?Abb"9y7/޽{?#&&Bw>>ݻ7kkk1H("==.]BBB.^\XXX :t( xG%Ѐ?QQQ8r`cc`ׯlllx|Eee%!..W\>|}}1zh@__wLl2DEE!55wBi5*މȳgs!>>W^Euu5 tprrzi5ƘLF #-- 騪C͍F-UHZZ? .ŋBǎ777WNֲOi]vaΜ9BZwZuuuv4ܸqO<F坜###FFFAv@CCCQۏ?jTTT |"//٨XXX{pqqA=лwotܙûDQ}}=qE$''#%%6:u;;;١C0771LLL`ll '5zzzX`[Qk%%%(--ZPP,dgg#++ ۋ~xA߾} .\BHPNZ999DNN~gܸq^^^(**BYYأZ066FЩS'X[[:uBall,3"ٳgHOOǭ[DuVVm6m`ll +++VÁ+LMM%x&ѱcGǣw޼BHPNZE("$$OiTWWRFDjjjiF4B8rO֊FЫQYY 8}4[899aƍgGibhhh@6m{n?wBiZ,ӧO1n8|xjkkx'JiB2ND$E;y9777WJ3Dڵ땛1Ɛ7n8sssix'˗/c׮]044K҂-tHGZZܹm455o>%" SSSZ.x'o$uuu,_(uuuXz i055Eqq1*L3`ժUGGG: 4Ƣ~xyyPQQ]]]ʊWTJBZE޴QySLŋqMhii^s0h  @{"88w"033Ν;yG!wZiii={^*BHk׎F ! 漓Zx11~xQ!Db PYY;! &;wǏǙ3g x!wB"w -ZÇcBDQNQd4N^$$%%B!׮];6CQX4N^R__%K 88nnnB;!Da;yɎ;SNB!RѮ];<{ 555BZFމȳgϰrJ̘1BTkhx'"[lAYY.]; !HмwBBn:ҒwBƑjI!x' 6ٳgXx1("Uoz $rT$&&~!455ѩS'F]]h@xyyʕ+"1=7oFyy9(R\ڪ@ii)&55`JgXmm-(\)p=fddBCCc9sǏiӦw}LLLX~~~%k橬dX)*k [xٓvm"^h5rrr|pCHH,--1sL@dd${SNزe `/7o<!$$D晉xyG͛7MBD:|Wر#1p@ܹs߿?FFFC`` [MK=@@Pҟc„ 000F6w;Id~dѣ0a?ZZZ?x)0aڬHFo/F׿D}K"Wk󊳯窪͛7ѹsghhhp9>!H߇[}HH֯_*++ٌ3D1+**b:t`>>>޽{YXX0Q;٦%iM|$]ZZ:uYii)g37E,<q?>Μ9m222`Ww -\i$fln{={, bW\a%n^HV#IMy| v;“Dw}}}=}1Xaa!|||D̚5`III׶l[MK^SEEvuk|+;37E,{ӓ`{6_5e{ofHwe&^[ne'NltI\j$ٙ}bC!n5E8Y^G8>}vڅwomTSSh۶#ϔliظq#z#11u'sUkڵkhӦ d~lB$/ƬY`Æ /-gֿ%KD$&&ãE۴Dk۫9-zcǶx;If~q|^Ghh(:k׮/m8؎"Rk9BQSSￏ'8szm%%%ŅV!(ϣiڶm۾2suue'cׯ6mڈό١CD4ghM{,44TOdd$khh`1VPP͙1KHH`l̘1Ɔhv>>>O>bg~fcl LLL짳g~i3g02"sޕdy?{:NHV#Iyׯ5kXmB}}?~vQF޽{z[Xwo֬[zʹ]Dzq?]E5ut邫Wz*! Ϟ= zH?k׮=z ~g᧟~j~aaa>6m$dG$&E._ ---pM!&;111())ܹsѽ{w룼ϟuVI$Eڷo'N 009s[ҥK t5IIxxxx@KKK&I{=!!VVV2e LLLжm[ :-Fyzz"11GmI]Dںt؄"iby'DۜwB8s+**`ddÇ#((H !D$;!"("TBQZ.]BΝajj; !HBѯ_?1!Dbx'*++qe #@DD݄%%555Xdh40h H<]khhqiym,]Ofz%*#''fmwQTWWc̘1RND!|MTĉ{Epp0D>}:jjju:n݊ӧ iObܸq8y$B!p1?O>ɱUUPPjkkq Q!D*Uo>hhh@CCG}HKK;ߺ}CCF!d%JKKѿB(B[[[ӏttt`mm y?_t#ɓ4AQjT+2ƢEYYXJ.]ŋ!X`رXnnܸ!ÔuѫW/\~,?]'OԤ%" !JwHc  Z gϞ1455_FSSÆ C׮]~z8;; ,! 9$Wm׮]C^RfquuKۇ#F2͢mۆqơm۶BP"""^)#""8&R= 70lذFQ磹3gQTT?cƌALL sssL4 t#66}EEE+;QRQ[[kBqqqӧdGY]rׯ_nj3xG!V\AA:tY@|XYYqJcؼy3͛ajjRWѣG 8#GD`` :t,Wxx8>c0qfqkhjjgΜAΝeKL>/_Fjj*("U4.8\kuuu8pC"&Wtkp >sa۶m_|kkkxzzbŊHIIi(5k`ԩ Mjjjy.GG/QWWBxyy!11QɔGII ۇO?wB:*\xxxsB!9$"y)))9s&ƍ׬}LLL0i$x!bbbPSN3gN>4 zBSNҥK߸&w.d;k___*Ga2qFaɼBQ.nݺ& RSS_qHF@WW~ڴi???lݺr &M/bذa033|ѣGRH|9(u_Ev bcm톹41!4fIBӝR8$;~67YsS\ϫ9s},tSyWQCHHLLL%$$' |FLX8|0"##6m6l$.??]vիwboHArd2öm0~xD" 6 7oŋ;Pgnnn郌Vw52n8@xxIGdd$83g@,_G@@d&MBll,\`UlGl;wD@@@/Ufdd!!!:u`ѱc0|p?Ba1]p8t8h#GD@@@]*55{Ǝ;$tF㏱{ndeeP8jA&vvvػwqcLxW#\u};v +=@׮]0u.\V_s0i$YF8jaΝ8q"RSSѭ[70ƘRqFxgMQUU'NDii)w@o߾BGN:DGGcȐ!Byi7nĜ9s 㨴t>>>cJŻ)J]]Ξ=~:lmm1zhpss:bccc;vL8Jmm-;;;S,~) h"hٳ=VG3U{b׮]|2:vwycƌiܿ8q"fCH;wĄ W3]v 1Ż❩˗/c׮]@VV0vX3 gŊꫯ ccc*ިVN)ʕ+zjfc |vvvaii ___ۯXm۶̙3\m۶ʕ+? --M8JSTT`|G0`qcL5fXKC:t;vb񁦦& aook?:d2mڴɓ'o233 ===0ƘJ]pZRٳሏ%Ǝ$$$ ++ BTx{o-tf?cԩqcLpFxgMVVv؁m۶밴G}w}:u:R{8{,ӡ+tfQXX^zaڴi-1<1_bССf`РA駟 JR|BGiD)SW^ҥKc*wƘJCXXK9>#XXXwÇQWW'tfceeE᫯7p7nɓ'b,0Ƙ"pSi+W&MCDDqFܺu ԩ,X aC7ٳg :B]t sŒ%K&tSi<]wk׮ )Sk׮a۶mضmI&a̘1022RRwAܹs- ߇+^y?~BGb1Ż❵6SNũSpF/#pIؿ? 00 挬C {H/?HJJqcL>cm۰xZaS$^Î;P\\u!## -[fL;$%%:Jlݺ;w۹pgFw5#5#۷W^q^ڕ+Wꊏ?+W:c yglرB wpttڵkQXX'OF"11Q!(˒%KP]]իW UTT`ݻ71^1l2!((Hmb(,,ĢEp)W_O?(_E311EߢX8FD8q"JJJg1Xk;cL\z/#7o\X888`̙¬Y֬7̙3abb/R(|r9r+"tS;\3TҥKѥK;V0(,,g}Ǐ /G)5Ocbҥ駟pUPTT,YkK81xg+W`/)ΝW":::t)S`ees"33S\2at}Qի7n&M3g 1mFfXKTo޼[D~~>ӧ# bXx8tF8O8 J###9sBGb1:VˈtY,,,h"000ﾋ;bѢE4<==pBAs}O>رc>秬c- T]]/"..ΝٳgQZZ MMMˋft666h)2 7oDnn._,IDvv6`ffpuuڭ۷ %%2 ;vz=zh߾}urrrt$%%!%%Dprr71p@6Kx"֭[{s3'2!??q9hii ^^^puu#lmm|[n!-- 8s Ξ=2"00pwwc„ ظq#>E1{ѣ‰'PQQN: ;z]]]6##>>gϞŹs琟D!CÆ 0PYYY'/77\q9s111pjkkၑ#GBlƍX~=~a٘5kڴikjjpԩS055? !IDAT1h )!"$''8pRRR`cciӦ#GČ3w5{kMxk.޽III066믿C_7n?c{رcN: 5AII /˰Ĉ#0rHxyyɧeJ9sÇQTT={b„ _WQQ|7(++È#0}tk;Ջddd`˖-q]XZZ?@׮]c-F͛7D"277`)\MM Ppp0H$"///ڼy3UVV 5L&cǎ?b266YfQ\\ (..f͚E$ߟ;F2Lxrxbj׮_|Aeee޾֬YCfff$HhtƍfL=z¨k׮E 1Z ._,X@KǏGRmmє=JǏ']]]255 PAA3Ў;ٙ4447ޠzњͣG(""x gggڱcJ\KRZl!-ZJKK͉'{G ,۷o+)m/B$HhT]]-t,S{\?'---˗SIIбWRRB˗/'+++Ң_.t,=iiiѸq())IHJDƍ#--- {ѪU#5ʼyH[[BBBb6͛7O(-JHHD"ZvQڵkI$ѦMp &iOEǏ: c%K,BΝ#""Ǐ:N '''̙3RoБΝ;1m4lذ}qԞ1k,Q}TTTСC-z̳t1qD1TQl3f`:N@lڴ 'O:Ȁ >s,X@8-ʪUl2$&&[nJ7::~~~믿گP0ƘJkU{RR<==vZL>]8Jhh(ܹsݻqNuu5ѥK޽[8-رcxhkk7{2 >|8/_K..]B=c*|aU&aʔ)xR GXXR6k׮7lkGׯ+ӧƔ)S fkwߡ !!!ץK0sLk׮;O AYY;<üy߳ϟԧO>kcvʽ򄇇)I&~z@QQQT^^N'N$[[[l^qqqdnnN۷o'ǫΟ?]v4{lzԾ}{-#JԔ^kq=211Q~ܹ3 e=}|=~011{)g3g6{?ϣ I111E>cx"ZnBڳ#T]])44Tܸqܜ)''i Ta֭#\vlݻ]UZڵ+\R!=Kff&ihhPbbb<ϟ$?cVQo$Ν; iOSSS飒MG={ɓV^-ￗ_QW[[K]t!sb^kЭ[7ZtdJ/U$"Zt)uMa=O۷o>^DfΜI^^^6cb m۶Ihhh@CCuuu ^AAA044!F=͍70~x#F@aasIJJ¡C$n˖-/RoРA[ʟDPP"##ҨӶm[_mr[kא;#{A}xB~|/222p54gϞEQ}ŋVxی16m 66V!=Mjj*Q}$GGGTVV6z@1ZaCGGvء)',n~L>4'BՕPAA9XL|N>ڱc?`Ol2ҥk1i&7n RO".]вeߵoߞ֯_l*z7o$t)c-Ays`aaѬݻ,"E/9|041c233]?X,~:۷dee=Ʋ@UUܹZ)=V\o۷oop %%% kʞ**zRf"?}䇜5//&ݻR߿ё?סC޽ l>/HRD"H$גBa񗗗 /lPQQ###wmڴAeee"c ],_k*sss@NN9}=M9'NxlРX_ʫ/`* E(,, Gr ke 6o߾3gvK9>Y֙UO"2c/%''+'PSS#ȑ#/)5_4wXhw||<\\\_(N<)ٳI&5ؾôJNNV0[:gggH!5*<>ݷo1zhܾ}m㳨pvvVH{OcccӬwyUOͅH$_b17BNWLMMMmm-ʿ̷o>dDDTTTD۷'#TJdmmM6gIWWW޿D"!xnsŋe0XK*k@EwU>|8!;6uԿlK...M...{NJJ"v?|fΜIm۶%SSS?~;M[b"QIIIj-&OLÆ SX{/:v| k'Ѱah iYN:EtMߩ>ҠA>Px1Rh6-Ԃ pI$$$<ם1^UI8q1x`A]v nYӄC˗._C Uz:::GXXvܩUAaa!{=,\ wkVW1Ѯ];"**JH-NTT\]]Ѯ];DGGXH-6ك={Ǐ::~8<==ѳgOٳڂpqqU0y $RÇ/^,tS x/~i5 ~~~Oj|èQpikNX-.0zhb͚5heߚfbшfϞ)S 00 fQw7:cAgܫ-[D"ݻSllqVll,uޝ$ mٲE8š5kH, G呏bZfq &>:tH8ͪښ cjՎ?iʔ)HMM51uT Kmbԩ5RSS1ec sABBJJJ䄍7VX*7nJJJ HϢSNE@@֭["$$$W^yEH1^>{P5vΝ;͞=JKKJKKi٤G;w]v z!͟?/t$~rpp mmm?>=|PH/7ߐ[-=H&իI,/IR#1ƘZ)hdaaA4sL:Ƞ3gYXX멪JXrss)((444Ã\\\0m43F>ˑ#GtR\pޘ>}:#t4ݻwC"@"1Z .ޛ ++ GѣGLW_}Ā`ff&t*--ٳgq9Dưa[oALqADFF… h۶- ooox{{ "j݈J&!%%111ӧq]#GD=4'NMm"00DBBrFF::u5all  :::TVV p=TUU ǒ!??(..A[[ݺuL_~l_1Ց3g… HNNFZZ*** `ii [[[fff055?"bX~XQQd2HRӧO̙3(**w=z{ر#:tKKKA"@[[ƃP]] T[nnBff&._4"cJTSSLdeeE~~>PRRr<|I}氶FN`ccΝ;]tQeud2\yRA&E"LLL`ffkkk z{{{NqE"==W\AAA*++݆X,9t邞={O\\\}1ŻWUU޽{O%חOa044|ľ~t1e "xR)d2jjjPQQH$D022LMMabb G*Rxmmm}h߾=cLpc1ƘkҌ1c .c1S\3c1&2.IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/config_option_changed.png000066400000000000000000001626151335323540100205020ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR#yJbKGDtIME .'? IDATxwxTUoH'%  (ҋH[@OwYUPʂ tt1Ġ  $!Cz&$7<hGT RV~L8%js;1K~$_&iq=|<P6unm~jU0)URh¨TA2S] TtE{! aش 6nSL/wMx5jnnVG+W`^&''NDeK  PӄQ؈Iwq@sL2 V,:NjaLOjc{NN" T;w·ߚ$ڷP5onN1u.?ߛ?xyAǎн;izIRӄQ)G  XǜJNN%Z8Lܫ70&HBCO̵͚$}{4w7q9n =dի[R&J9OG L`LR¸ KWz+f0M/A/fĶʳ`2SszY3 jY`|95߮| r嬎PIFr: ӫ 02&y\lŒjZW_ ömfD3hSs7IIд)Uh¨TN ,LS3x 2" .pszz{,EDkB&L0=舉+`W$@Jt0*e}^f%cz/C1?1=#fB7۶9}y,۠*4aT*;?a@Kefrl3u0Ô;DFœ9==f&Vu8*,_nQL+?01Zg1 ce,濆 `43JH70Tϟ?ǎOk_ -̠-LR%&JuxhZT0(o]kFq 5w.?`D(>ɤԯ}dsQ7sYR%&JfB`6f힖FVc{}'&neP+2\خTd^}fU֬1#n a3ߥRŝ^èvBogW%`@YlmfER2|MЩbER*hRہf{;oǜdpsnt$Yc$%^{5wb7M #;\.pꔹ1$ꨔ?0+Cut4"SkJETDIFV;v[Þ=^]¬YzZOzJZL@`&fNEULs3P.kɩ͔-+WDD-Ô)f>77#Rq4aT%yo04ULf4uw/?4n _|eZʭ0˜+:"COItn4Y,n1p|˭ ]@۶n&E]PYfnx)0=P 35KUkQs '+}gYLauD5;<]իVGTi¨JӘHP'dtȊ#febuDw^&NH9Yd M6ÃuDmmM4am9J`5}<$&ZRy *bŪJ@{qJaǒ˦gukX BNNN3fȴ[o|v … sc̘1̜9s8  ҖO0y(7:Eo@wfDN[2MVa[cm( f4tD遲-ڵΝ;Pvm9a2xwriժUIctt4+nݺ=z8\]]=E[ba: 13Ξ O$+V… 4///7nշ/ۻw/'O|J9Tq/"D ;^{M"""dRJo[˗˪U;K.I͚5W^r%ٵk-[VӶ&N(%cǎewDMD|II";+߿߶l֬YȘ1cl˼ׯȹs|kmEʗ믂m7+I֫*̞=ܼy^K06oܖ &$$ ...N~͢EdذaC `ի]wݕa="&.a^">>"gZR9 *~Hy@#)))/3g Y]k[v!߶VZ_ׯ nnn֬!""e5+Rצ=ϋ[֭[۶̶+7Jv2MIÆ %111k+Wl+陮dmi^+u(2qQ(3z *~q̮ѪTYsEKl̙?GM)̵4A\V3h oNXX 4mcv<C aԩ;~8b…鞋@D~z3&7#Q~0%XbuGGG$;v̶T)ծ]۶O><#:t *0c &O̊+y!0X0͟Ɓ{Ƀ[}]yL$6m_|| ˴ܼyhٲ%< K'$$$ѧ_:J׮Pd0HBg&inu ˶ߓ =LJ3 o߾]ֶ 4ȶcl߾XΞ=oiR ̝`َf*ڻ,88-Zs,/[ 6=OJ)nkʪU(]4ŋ:vd ,,6?d\9՝o{- Ǝ5:bZ֝ W*Vxܺkܸqr?ARF t针޽Vŋ^Yݻի2p@ ˗/dxWӦM%,,@sZD\wv򷍜JJJ={ R}f+[fMdÆ rJqrr@֭['aaaݻWDD֯_/rۮݷoxxx:99JBB,^ܪU$))ISœl-,ΜqrٱH&&&@/oҥ/^^^ҿ9~x2+W.]SW jJ33äv> M)-"o3k̚mTFW rWmڛ%]bx{{K֭ҩS' -[dX_LLDdǎҦMqss͛˶m۲l;Gv&[LfuJGo .]]/5))?zd[æM1b111־%SsP ӆ*|Ta0.YL$g8i$v*Ys;[ۖif[*~J- Utn ?1AFU|X8p{o'd׮]DEE˗/>}:ovmz&9bnmn]yN: *>[5i{ݻwSJFE {??\rֶejQshUԬi~j¨PaVxuq*U;w.s- [?#ɗm'&nM T:KWZRFU|\\B)Iȟo40*QaTETIW|nݹQtTXT2MUQsjQ){]//S"uTHMٲơ=4aTGmA"P|a]Rܾ[T7?S]BKFU|4~DGGH;{eҤIufѣtݮ}ĉph7h/CDDQ,YMၓ^^^ft}a~ *V|Vʑ4aTG0p8j>S)Smٲ J͚5>}:[hQ:4~Ⱦ}`"sp~3>>{O?Ml :E?~] %88ÇV}!((pc˕]@Mpq|ƍL6իJ@@Ǐ˶2kwwwʗ/ψ#tRv&7ocƌa̙;wׯ_vFAmaaжm6XvSB-QDDdc3gNݳg8qB&O,111rqի2f̘t/USL6WWnv &*U˱c$00P:ϟ?/]v///:uܹS"##}ݩSO/^,"Vgϖ *ߵÜR"=O,䓎wڵkh"C""~yWիrI9rҥKtuvݦTN$..ND nNO$}C$$Eɗr8MU2ADɈ#d۶mo[giժ7xCbccmR>+2g!SOXJz0⧥L˿꣢ridxgMZF 9tP2.]@Q߿_.\ cǎM06iD9xYF_ Ν@Wn[\̙3%22RåJ*.""tRdҳgOUog3 7og%"~zdԩٶ#?9}رfwoͱu-}!7oܖ &$$ ...""*@^t$3'CDD:w,,X@d޽RZ5shݺrԩV""@Zne;96HDrlYپ]]$!W"##f͚RT)iԨʄ'K.r&%_ϗ|}]we+U˜Rn/{bH+}C$EUI T *~D[/c˖-3Ivet͛7{J*Z^^=orB`7nvڥz>K11zqqqmYFu^xQ__te-[&qYDze ׯ_>(L2Y#?*ѹرڵkrˀԩSҠAVZ4"##O?f͚ C mʕ300-[Z~ƲM >m4 >깻0'K8(((z#n2]zujժɓ'men4\b,||iY%ύe;v reKaXy3}gԨQf͚nݺL_)S>>2h 9q".K9Ş*ٿ/d߾}ٶHi""]E$6d ҥEu$3f̐5kԮ][|M63HrYSN`Tؿnw!mڴ777i޼l۶MDWf1d&Oľ}CA۟YYSsqtRc hbq,%L9u{]hMRN5"0ޢSi}; ժYQe|},0a lq,%̂ 8y$oV^{qϟ?ud >ԁY#*,5k`1CEUi¨Jg@smֆSTZ3k,y^|r^|EVF/?B؃}ЮȒӳ8p L S MUQ9M$[&444Hج,_]v67I`pgΫ((+֭P:obuDSn撃_'WU(U5u_4_"x*X_|guD*7MoäIVGפ*yck|8oe@*W@[` E&Y(]\֣I:]Býܹǚ,G{U#0p<40L>pwa$VGm  e˚R,ėA([èJV݁߁HK#R`9f ̝\x0n95}4h_muD*37n /{pMU R2L1^x&i{(Vk6o{k ~)R)mM0oXVGTфQd0s$"9 HILp<nj/f|}a&8t59s̽uΟ7w7=?nuTJ?MJa+RG"`'ʠ =?3ϛ/0wQ'* aCs5z*UL Ri`7p7L*81,6fwJ^yظukXȊk`,]ی~iWȔ*X:JZ$cFU? 2b.x 1yy+*<~/={BD緫WM䓦lY#S0*e$S`& 1DўU0 ڳ<[gz&L0.֤&4wjY{xxYPT*?h¨Tn\G 3o~oZc=FӦM'{w]fǁh"n?0u? :$͛[Yozk,0s*6h`> >RJi¨T\?uO|[_tӾAyT._y+yhC%}QjimlEXL?5j=C@VGW$&wߙ[1~DF'MnLR6Mʅ_ŋdnܸARRG9B-u88Qid,+p-TXsWJBBw?8{ژ={L2rñE xaճ::k$$Νjymkre#T҄Q);ݸq>+SO믛 1*O"֣5@Ea-A9pH>HŊyxG^%o81I'矛yͤ]_1Fa3Mu+DGyxAY( R8x7ڵkdʕftaL´؆9[ hvE.!̽yt._>l0>3[ՕDw΄ ѣ:gM"o 6? -dcca~s~ￇǡR%sn̄ړTi¨Tn޼ɪUX`z*U .dW6c9U댙fkny?u3`?^k9&1tvƩSW>BBB<<#TZod~BBL{I&o0<41+\@Μ1{$M\i;$y+Uh¨T7oޤq;vRJMLٙur|v܏^tr@ G-9#F'1s ^y8$k3[rsa̘1;}BsטPBzCnř+U2#օ:u]N*V4ʕOOlW #"E8wvx09b+gN1''[CM7i¨TBBBر]e7l}bH%?n)I"& )s571WSDaÔ\nYֻۙ#m׮]vDDDaiҤI̛7ϱ %&‰7?go'nɼ͜..PYcvwҥͤII36$ jj=uĵ^=R*i¨T&>#FiJ׮]o 82L#xs-a$fM1m +0=n= ҥKyG2uqqa|G89B ;g~& &$L2`M"YIM2c~XͣbɧRZ0*3g /d4*UаaC "+hѢLwjՕﾛM6V.TJ⭤ TD$ DWWW&Lɢ*UyK]\\R Ĥ=R*i¨Tbcc9r$ӧOW^ڞwwwW^.bcǎy;;;w}G۶m9|Q*Tɢ Ri\xnݺfƌʕ+iҤW_}[io~wqqo{!,,rѶm[onaJ)Uh¨T m۶9s;wF?.]ov-I ث]6cǎ`ʕw}G׮]XtQ*Tɡ Rlٲ`*UDhh(7N|Ŋ9|07nLuzZ3fҷoT===Yr%< GtPRJ)QJas7n<K,ꐔ.]߿?~7'èJ4^`L:?X"dԨQ|lڴ]rCRJbI{Uu FիYx1F:$Kw$%%f͚t(aT%ܹ3[neƍ,q 6$44UҮ];6nhuHJ)Uh¨J_~ \Bhh(:u:$*T`Ӈ^zh"CRJbCFUlذvQV-BCCW!)rwwgٲeL0)Sdz_jRӄQ-w 07guH*899+V0| ĵk׬K)4MUO?̈́ xYt)nnnVСCټy3!!!tԉgZRJY:JZk111 :M6d buH=z޽{Ú5kh޼!)T=:}4:t ,,[jXBթS]vѠA:t5kI)MUw^'44ꐔʕ+2d ୷޲:$*R4aTΚ5kر#5bΝԪUT!ʻˌ3xꩧΝ;Y|9 :$UDG\rꐔRPA/Ȉc,_s2i$CRԾ}ӧެ]:uXRJYJ{Up%>>s֬YɢW͛7',, ///ڶmKHH!)4aTޡC ܹ=zX*Tر#ݺucҥVRфQj[l!88J*?ФICR%VgaѼ U|^zիi֬!)TFUh>}:c6oެɢ*իGhh(uԡ}YꐔR*i¨  }VTذaC a̙3ꐔR*_i¨,_ҩS'NvIZIl)S㏓`uXJ)/4aT={6 bĈ|7)SꐔʑSj*/_N^z!)e8&NȒ%K={6O=!)'?#}\r|z;AT *p/_fO|GꐔrӧOӯ_?N<ɗ_~* =% Çi۶-';wdQ+ժU￧Ct֍+VXRJ9&l߾mR\96XJO<ȑ#yvJ"OFU .]}G׮]:$MRxyw9s&C͛VR WIII<=gy+WiuXJG}׳avTJY:Ek׮1b֭[ŋfuHJYСCۗX֮]c(aTٳtԉ6oެɢ*6lHhh(jբ]v_ꐔR*G4aTo>v:R nܸx>}0|CRJ)i¨j͚5tЁ k.XXd O<'O&11갔R*[z r_~-Z0zh.\!)UhZ#G2e^}UQJ,K ?*Um[D4t(|Q>UOP׃*j\2Zۈ-Mscذh VTf 䠤 C)U0[)e9(D(RJ,i¨RJ) RJ)ʒ&J)R*K0*RJ,i¨RJ) RJ)ʒ&޽{4iʕ:zɒ%4m֭˒%KI)CyN7cNY`V ݯ _ϛ71c0sLΝ;G?iuXJN/9;"` ejU~]8{ՕKZR*WxQ.\XX*t.~}q\]] D)'yJ{͍7prr'''#Ye'bŊ\pAEƍYzu}'4hPeؒ͛7ɓ'S|yN>}:eRJ>|={Rti5kƎ;R3ػwo]FN>?/?um{sQutoL^Oiy9T!"i j$e5;vHlƍ~$""B/UT@ JLL͛7xzzJdd9sVgHH\zU\\\$$$$U{˗/UVw!""M4@<(k֬@ׯ8M8Qy7%**JƎkKDDΟ?/ժU`9uꔜ={VUVz)պ9sDFFJxxTRE%<(uΌ9ۯn793/m(#)*j0&$$[jYDDx[_{lsȊ+DD$66Vʔ)#""yfرDEE;vX7on;&8ׯȹs`[ ?m_W^d$?Gv}Y}vi=mf͚%3&:N{]V޶Y) ׷~:x3/m(#фQўeIII9se|MlRF m۶""2yd5kVqFi׮CU_777[0SDҲLF2ŋƞ #k@bccm:$kڶr[.goўe_~mo֙x㑈h¨ұ$a̬L||e RjUqrrǏˈ#?5k:uJj֬)k퉈O+W_7Nd޼yH~le\\\K.eZ=e2Q= )cgggg͛e7oݳ]irD)e2{mzNqH3+uJ~Y;֙x㑈h¨)T ˗ d / /QQQ 5kfȄ 7:s?۷ٳgyIn^d UV9*c0p@۲>> ڵkm> Arjem۞\~m~m>g=>>>um=㑲@ 2T 7o]T۰aCdٲery9s5jƍ'W\?C4h 5j԰MNO?ԶEڵkmvmkŋYaYr899 ֭s>>>ק|4mTDDda{[ʗ/2Zʕ+.ҽ{TmfdKvRwYݻի2p@ ˗/gkfR=.m޶Y)l=_gNkYxUVIRRR괷{<aT9a;wx{{K֭ѣ""i&Qx{{RlY0amD`FtR///߿?~-[&^^^r5۲7xC<<)(Ӟrz<#фQ$6#Ui/trgRR1#((ȶ<&&M61bbbbJ 1G|LCS~HQ: "#_aN0%I&ѵkT;-7wq pH*czM뒵xK~短.yo'd׮]DEE˗/>}:oU)66ݯKV*,I4ibyV`Ĺ{nT¨QP>>>{|ᇔ+W j|%bGY IDATk}+H]è\è*&4PiXèRJ)MRJ)T4aTJ)RY҄Q)RJeIFݻI&hڒ%Khڴ)ԭ[%KdX.}}"'u=zݻUO>8q"a)Uf..rءT xL8z( ._~{,XH7ocƌa̙;wƌSǔ)S 3''uزe 6Օ5k2}tmCPP9Uo߾"N~9zrzܱWhh(ڵݝ3b.]̍76mիWՕƏ˗;Y,zPH{@}dz|AfUVҨQL_wYNl3gNjݳgq:SN,^XDDN8!'O9~K3fL͞=[*T{^*o2ۿϟ?/]v///:uܹS"##3#7{߿_^yz>޶lϞ=ҪU舺+7oHll'O ^ ח~8F%ԩSRV-i֬?~<帓s;8j%""7n@ʖ-e99鱣d@ȣ>ʻﾛ'NЯ_?|}})]4AAA޽;U//LNyٓҥKӬY3vؑNΝqqq]x1ƍK֙3g>|8~~~xyyѧON>m{>'uo>V^?l[OfTuvv믿.ԷS*;gϞe/_ʕ+m۶T'&&͛Yfueu=Y=XGe˖}vy7s3Sq?OI&e͚5HՑu=7sLpRKxxDEEIʕ%:::Kj$88XN:%gϞ,{3+#<yL8p@2eJ֯_/L:5۶3a,.]$RF ٿ\pAƎj]t2ydٳxzzJժUNW_V=IIIKÆ kצzɓҨQ#)U̝;WF{{fQ?{wU3 #(o*kb_wA5M4KZߴ43KZf[Bk. .$6(ˠ 2s9A<{9\ pXH1bt|.))!B;ڹs'њ5k>xI&R޷zjj۶m*3 _x,..JW_q(]~)}7o,g|M@+WtZ~z!G>Zz>}PfffcΎ444SNP퟽"ޡ`Ⴑyyyԯ_?JOOWW_E>^݂1--u֭ *666U򘘘+ 233%KxNN cccG\0JW۶m edd(Sr>kddBݲe ;Qw*~Nʢ? =Zؓ'Oh4|pJJJۓm&5{>}:9s}Ͽ>~|||̌Wc +k *ZZŻPe;qF1G.? :JKK}ن Fѩ+y<|6CT{Ou<ў={*0ax"" $["ޡ`I/X|9zUf=Bg͚={`׮]NMM4o\lbWn<=yyy/(d}ɓ'S^^}:Tgw9.s`To۶m#CCCrvvXݻ7Sppp㟿=+==f̘AM-[s*wsQU&萓ڵ3E!::0E~~E7\0J[PP9::69::Rtt4Ӕ)S>|H~~~dhhH7&___{nQ{Q}~̙djjJdffF{+WY0HXv#;;;ҢVZђ%K^P<ޡ`ϑ=sرŸ۷Ws5XHJJBdddupp@֭wZJ' d2j\nXm5{_^ʕ+_~Z߷~z$''cŊ11Ъ*׬Y3=zCJn݊sh֬Yd~`L:xgggZ[ܹspwwd1uI0cggCt_UicR?ad1cₑ1cU Fc1V).c1Xʝ)Q3dg?)45E!U_<6 433;+ u ok'v VMIIcq10rd]Ga/*l,N܂(+EMʱopcj!2DqԈCf`%rXzak@&-oxWS"~Rc4i'NŋưaM2 Ǐȑ#Сv-r2ثFJOCQ /6E$S # ...AIIIǴPRR+++娣HI ĪU^f4YZZZ~:ڴi#BOOO2 D^M41ceDZ9={ɹ"&d2XQDEC,Zvvvx뭷pauTj&L bQ[[}Q+w022R~8x :t@1^ E.Cq" hLS=???hWKqq1JKK~HƤfXjrrrPZZZ/A5¼y0]_ΆF42^q455z/TD/駟>>(݋c޽u1F))-A-kg7߿)B}jjjqƈX$兿SњhժbccU2B~~>͑_1k~mׯÄF)OR},.#isg066L&+sL&"W455{ntܹK2r9~z],Š  T?b1 QBEa c;[*ghh܂w'R:j^aa!>ƦLѨ~a"&;#F:N---nW\ 6cp(!oƭ[(߄5f„ бc2uX̓6\]]q2V3ѳgOڵ _|ШQ#k_.cٲe";C yEÇŋx8ceq(! -FŧxJOp&/_\fg٘2e pY1ޘ;w./$+88CDDѦM8p@4i:w,rҺcll7|S塖tuuamml> ͘p(GIi\Mܢ:J>}w8p ;zzzX~=~7,Y6{Gv픏[n,X@Cii)444кukDFFb߾} Ŏ%-?'#$&^=e!$SFCEJZdXZZV|NTTF"B`` \\\8!cՓ &駟cжm:Lѣ1qD](Jp(QYY(RFl޼˗/aÆ!;;[XXr%'''\pؑ+++_[nE``qcQ ޞ~ԩSqI\t nnnyؑX=VXX}+߿&& aȐ!x1i$ܿ_8rp(QY|Yo"""`jj 777Պo߾ؽ{7ۇ/-XYd ,,,W{cLp(Q mQN7~?\Xp\\\p :TH FFe15D5F]]]lڴ /cƌA^^رm޼{Ο?;qssüy0{lƊ1 .%* l;$ñcp IIIbGbX_w"3g;H8q(QYY rtypP#1 IOOǀn:ر/ر41DEUV <==f#1 |2\]]gbbGb]`S?\0J0ehh?_~%NI&XXLM͛7GDDv*v$1DedLLjE&᫯޽{cxzzѣGbbjȑ#1~x8qbb]`S\0Jp}8;;ŋbGbj ''駟n:XVs c FSҕ{pt=zݻŎDt-#22!!!+v$"1DcpQL4 GƷ~ˋ|7@pwwGƍݻUØ`LaT&.]UVo? ŎȚ5k0` 0OFfĎ^Ø`(aɓ'8x 뇴4#Z$'`ԩꫯ}v1qɈ%GNrh@@h?B8r5 :8x oVbԨQ8u6n܈QFՐEEEN銱#U>탡رX]`[Zb`ǧkĉacc#G رXcݺuwfذa:t(|}}ŎX#U#]#h(z*zd#Jܿo&BBBp .(efLLN׮]\www\zUHpssCvv6ѻwo#1.0 .%( 'Ԓ-Z 44[F^p9#g8p={Dmۊwanp(Aii\0"SSS;v {[oÇXb|||0f=zwaq(A|J!00o6m۶""̞=}[]bbjfΜ9ppp;＃"0Vp(A|Jnhjj~Ì3e˖)**?.]M6/;SS cՑ 8Y;AdXx1,--1c oL&;Z\p[o%v$L:D^ĎXed\\ ̙3aaaHOOǪUD+ҐT!%%999(..Ǐ(--EAAall A__2 &&&Ԅ,,,`ii +++XZZQFl 3gΠK.a?~PZ dg (H|zxy&1\0JOzajj ???`ԬyxΝ;HLLDZZJJJoaa###hkk+w9y@LLL,S@ ˑ'OiS__VVVhٲ%ڴiS֪UZMڵk4h ;;Z{.V?[>}:6o@b"Ǘ%' BO[i'1!rPTO˴)MZmv]Ovq{I\0JLIi rraϓ^0l0߿>>>(,,Ė-[rH.͛BTT.^޸"W^hѢ,,,`mmxV~~>RSSCÇx!11r`kk]Iykڴ+8s ka߾}0392 vH 0(F5 9 O++qWUXt2%E#P Y ''Es0d+JʣGZnCЧE4XBsNT=O􄧧gl/[ 3gĴiӰtj+)F OF„Ann9; b6|O 3gLv~[o E$@ZĄ[@$6;Nwy 08x r9=>|ԩ<==ѷo_0QZrm#88'ODjj*Zl ___2 D3gbٲe駟IAQ_@@ptxz͚9rxT %V1B撱}CɌ'06;p9^8tзo_bРA;JKK#00׮]=qb=zQ:+)ݻ{)iP " _  p(1[mGGbGi𢣣vZl۶ 􄟟`nU$66غu+ѬY3|xwaaa!vե'LxQ!>c F(Ȁu%==s΅=֬Y3f )) ;v@O>Sc1aŋpppqйsgl߾]#JK;BqD z8yfkW{ܹ @˖_ 9cUQb2 2aն |os"!!s΅%>U]v֭[ WWWL0;w֭[yı>ڽxu_Xcu`Fxd53mX\V(;Sc\0J o XJKK￣}ذa+ܹsyn^Ԯ];l޼ׯ_o'{xXMy~v زE%J!@B0k|9С0Ӛrp(1|J\xI,7og}ƅڴi7"** :::pqqԩS)v42-a0`v}{5L)72 .%& GkX^^Mhkk#** ˖-k lKN>M6a߾}h׮o.v,V'O -_kة .2  ח2.%'#?gIנ˗/v¦Mpi888U@&aܸqŘ1c0n8bGcˁ ώ> hi=GaF7礤.%& z<&Z nnnhҤ 1n8d2c1_~#Gpqt QQQbbII ŋ+={MN*%L fUw*4.%$0 r)W?_|`n4`XjؑسΞ&$' ǤIb'bѥ )LNo;|a,>%0d$&&"$$Rq1㏘>}:whz"Redl&l+G5b'cu F ( Fa|98w jfϞ֭[cܸqHIIu >ca?.xI;;ataGS:ħ%$@XF z*wSSS.1???=z{Ď 0ae\,'AAmWddBC0Vӽ{0p@t 07WIC.]=_R>}pDGGm^ūW kIƍ===嚟@hк?@$v"VG`t]l 4ڵÞ={ШQ##+WDVVQ$Ǐӧ1}t4 g @/Z$-˗/ĉxb]MB3۴i۷ow}!!ˁ)SNj0JHF~0V'|[nȑ#*qbG 6/DHHqꧢ"ps  ŗշ@tiX-QB2 2yI߿ׯǟ)5]&.. q2޽{^^^022@r077Gbb":t~Uo ###Svر5kƍt?+YjE&A&)oU|j?xRoڔ) bӰDL21ƈCeee }bGy%-^(""lllHWW"""ǽbccڵkGDDvnJԱcr/==hNΝ#{\[͍Ə/ve"]]NR}YW/hA7b'a F 鹭'M?1]joڴiB%%%bGy%}ܹuEY ""e;wܩ>s@111~@'NK4KO;J 99I^Zy}L~*^G_bcNj ٯŎ֮_Nt>p_EevӪU+@nܸA0k,rrrRHDMef䥕7T_m_3hSZ³%j%;2!=z4r9ĎT=Er98u6loo2W^;҂\.GAAtuuӃIhٲ%֯____HWI оpڧ楕7T_m_sGx] 5z'HHFA,-Ď/B(&55мys}fž={k.xyytM4ܹsGyѪUnWbҤIŎ"mp'Ʃ^۾֪O?.%" %%0"W+u&vZsQ-[zώVaRj4?DLL Ŏ"]Wb'yiEEEʿ?;j?xRڔ)@rIXMt88bPH%\NVVVrJԘf͚3geffRDDYYYQ)77WyǏݻI&:r)JKKS~Oãݿܜ(;;|||ޞ222 }SCd20Zvo*kUz\kD͛IX F(>b8{,RSSˌI˗1c lٲM4ȑ#3#;-!Ν^{ z=tuuo(k۶便/\شiS9snnnׯ7o={i={T9ʱw/дPDiiia3*O T=5 >طO$8z( H[!ץcϞ=rQ\~:u•+WkGZ||anʳw/0riX FHK.ѽ{wc0Сp9Hٳ<UGa&}TIX Q"2 2x[Jܸq:u;L;"66V(Ғ;3KK Up(Է;Z*((@rr`uue5a*P{ۋI@Vb`5 FHO /&IbqVLLL)v iQ{Y^ @N)X Q"t;Irzk6kYtt\SDcyyy"'aRR\\ Y=nk*D)X Q"ƊTfLU999h#eo_5V,g`bFFF022BBBQ$%%e˖bǐ[[ϻw߽{)X Q"ʵmV+].]´iӪ5߿J:w yfo lmӌ5˼] wƍ===i7n _Bخ]>S\0J@^q J xpBYfyֆ5&M >|8`jj#55Uv'`mm MM 1bd^ѰaðrJdeet|xx8wwyj*xyyq/?tP!""F'55 puu稗44 2ƛVuƍCzzzc1{l 3f@aaacToСagg磸Xx\\d2YO?Tc/_'bxz聅 Von @iZa;Y3;KX O;ڵkPAAAGhŊZf ={ƆLAԱcGUyNJJ ۗ5jD}ߔUn6l TS=;;[֮̌]ɉ:uTi?YXXн{j$HWWY[[+GTigӦMON "}}}j֬/^pr4=hтbbbѣGʑ ƙ3g *8z(>穮u֑e#VM o/5HXx1eeeQDDؐ.EDD9Μ9C:t t!cOurܹ3}5f!ѿwkJy;w8p`CCCˌӇ233i1h\./S o_%''W3Y>JʎQ`TEO5iB5&S\0J bǐ{Qkɓ'4`>|8%%%QVy Sll,b 666uLR##>lBcǎD$rׯ+)ã^U999~x۷9eggX g(cy4@FFF/E9::=z4=-rآ"@:::DzU 333ZdI?Cn=1ؿ.0Q>>#rtttDUƍDD^< ԦeZFzr@F*-ƍãh޳eRQ`TE \3m1 wK@Z~xU9::O>?233_====M6plAA}] 00OX޽sA;eIvF8pXE[~,sSx۷Oy߳WbVxLe 1n,GUvZhiir{_&ݻ|PkOqQO$&&9fĉ1gϞL0ﯬߞ;wk׮šCb_;v,Fnn.:1cTcvqS¦M@Xfͫԗ*S&g4YyEDC )w$:OL#UqqqdiiI|+*(\j֬9sPff&EDD_9֮];rww'NPQQEEE*' ˗Yf|\v (w~ڴie}.%%%vZeVE/ LcjM+ZXO4eʔWj;#---jժ-YDf.ܜLPrrr"rrr]v)SRƍח޽[W0VG!((I[[)::iʔ)eN=O>-/ۢEEGGWUѣGԦM|_X%v "zŅiƌdkkKԲeK;wn]OfΜIIfffԻwoZr $Ӈ~H&&&daaAyYӪ7ŵݞ]Ƈ&T/ԡѣGDD5S?2gQ1dK.{ErΟ?}b޼y={qooo$%%!22{Y;88uػwK=w^[ IDAT^틼<{ A nnbi_\;L2F5W$/BNa_ܰsN̛7q+W"11KoHNNƊ+^y 0rH$''ȑ#\,օsÁC7N տPTwКfcc'N`޼y9s&"v,V pttDxx8`E DF@׮Νb'buK(lX w+0qtt-ܹsqi\r;vįJ`ݻ7v튘6LMm ;+\ wةXy -2.\F~ŎQu׮]ԩSgY,S%%%_ѱcG:u طo͹H.|9p4pP|Sǎ /K? mڈ .\z~:,-ŎQ`ѢEz*ѫW/;;p8;;>ԩSqu=KaR_G,7__`@[7ua_KOSum۶8v;bu"¡C!CEr -ZYBڴYXaDpvpdu-Y؝Q`nY315KOS"1bbccqF?;w?nܸ!vzp`ذaAdd$8vډդ- :Z 9"vm`Pˌ ;Sc\09Q|EEE۷/K<ڵk D@@];;;1cǎSάrDɓ©,aȑ WX@^) Ij,~8&qXqСC(((OOOAGGGu&=='ODpp0{{{...dbdRS\ 8!F8oFY- (H8yxi!;y;|ek׮QFٳ'777t#** gϞEPPݻ,vLV!!Btp0B8:֏-툀x8 @oD( VVk`TclԿ"ofQ+JIIAHHLLL&ڷo'''899[npttqt=\t QQQۃ]*GU=<<Ͽ:"Q5_{MXpq:uvQ#?¬(a雨(Nt|~BQ lX-Q-XK45I(=xL4i6mڠm۶hӦ ڴiVZEV5OƢSN|<| /ss?~ MMMtAY:99K.hԨQZ(]23-Z{\iS֬`l\G;wx Z}L&$U^](r''m(ܙZQ9=ℋbGau %%111,..HHH@3ZXX5^8u'۽{O'kD8ki)ܴ##@SS8ͭ/BXP@NNNuZ"\o`bv+(CȑlfhdL p>8dA 0rܻwHKKCJJS|b>'.Hw||tR]ؽ{7M&X-<-ae|V}Ǚ`7իWzj,Y1f'\].ӧ(9s&<<<0aQba>|w Skq2__0J{NQҪxݻdRSSￋc!:'NDbbȑ1V F Sk\0۶mt:@.cϞ="GkԞ~iaOcbQZ5Ĭ^7nt:l۶Mc6UUU())1cgDTnblPll,rѲ[nҥK"EkLFJjwz)(J+GX5.%x4ks wI!66z^cMift:222ЧOZ1*ƪq(Qꂑ/ÚkϞ=pn8s挕#bP*|,& .%JUA G{+ӔٍJJ&\]vY9*Ƙ),dptt|Mܹsѱ FRiU;5[BB߿:{s|#cL|:uCL3g޽?]t3Dֆq(QxrȚg׮] 8oPTTx+E3pAo>DGG#)) "G:.%JUO,TVV;w4{gK3&=AAA? .`ԩXj]kdDDb~h:**p`Ca6N2ZvY[qqqF &NhcM "a7tM=~W8c$v~; fCc0X{9cLz*W\crTU]f1}Att4}]NA&.%JU5cec`(V31,#TVYR])_V1Ƙg` }y4c1edbQ%G#c?,# Ҫad1fgX` V G#1YF&.%(_o7oWg1fg` h7c,#6.%HUO'v1$gq(Ayy|IcYFfM\0Jf1ed*%cI<Ȭ F Rj<cI<Ȭ F ]Ҍ1Lų`bW_Pcedkmcgq(1j:1LƳҸ`FU c1[³̒`V W'W1Ƙ YFfI\0JZь1Zgp(1J/cExY f1<, FQkQ.ic-ó`V _7>C1X,#37.%FQ.ic³ܸ`V`d1j<̉ F *.c22sQBZ5Ļc22sQB ^c22sQB5a1f6 D(5J*a7oĦMYAvA4m猶`{~`F)ӟj2 NNNdAeW\o___#::ӧ:`{1ZWttteBleׯŋѱcGܹsaaa3f 33QQQBq…VirJt...5jnܸQ]NNf͚ooo#22n]_3==&LBpY ~戳)x OOOLݻ7׏zժ8 ^}U@1K/$ݝrss)((JYYYt] a=i5kHBBӀ? sZM4qDRty"ΖkoM͘1f̘Ѭ4 @9Uq[ ynv !`\B3fT~m[ OLbGYuUTT-S*:Nh_zꩧsԩvIDDԾ}{@~!%$$Ј#H/##h]B7d8=<<i4""wC m-ZDҥK²?z٬6՗vMh²> sِ˗JII}ϟs[kmR/9grQێlRD%\0J\)V믵)z}mrrryzz6ѣGCk׮ BDD/>jaÆ5nݺ#""FCYhcy9fJbZT*UEsuwޝPyy,--Iɒ5&єe3l3g\gM~[H)\oMx̙K`Q/[?k t\\\:wL2n߾MgϦI&QVV/hDD%%%4uT5΃+-\h6NNNju1M}J|]_MEKu;::*++ QSɒ5fcCm8gO*9:k2ݚ@Jzk`\P'HD& _ðb@HHH /2e f̘"ªU}ie˖سggdd$,X4;/^;w m >uT1M}?᧵뫏RY}.]Zܯϯ2T׽{fgnXI9g[H=4g FPiU=K!NN՗,// AAA3gPrS͛裏0tPkf|W0aжFֳ}vȑ#%q[Xh~GݻXn<<<6~yᬵ/"""YmÜ;~8`ԩ²> K &M9rDXn,qΨfo9BNo5ہUrI)8}D]m߾rssi͚5t|׮]~… C=D]v5yȑ# ݻWX#:r䈰… B*hN8Aqqq$;vqk׮ Կ駟(%%\]]<<e2vڅ3fXx׏4N^Xɓ={6JJJ+c9s&`׮]@&v8gs j>Q SyLRN^ѣ?xxxwޘ2eYbd-9IWq9vT#i\kS3FX91F hc.%@UEc1vp(* bc1V/.% _31,.%wIlݺ+BCCuV^{,gk޼yƍ3mdd$233['c>p.%@UEۂg}Vۃ[0exzzCxT*cXf ݻÇP}8::y~cmt:z-tXd ˅'O7͎/bС5kԩS \.Gpp0VZN'ت~S͛7i&DEE]v%ԗLeJOTܜ?7kh IDATdTQUAX~fKꫯ+ݻH'N$ZMԡCݻ77k=z uaKG&wwwz7ܹsf9s&QJJ eddPHHym͕E޴yf""̤ŋSII ݾ}&NHhF裏ǧe?mv/iVԼA?p4rLW?L4p/i.Eva ;?Z_.[͛裏I\/~MXvZ@+WlVubVVu֍ @o߮yM}² 6:z(VZ&M>}]˅ܹCyԫW/jqmԜPRRb94LaJjHajܜ?̤wIL-mCUU^|E_Ç=zM4 g699O= 'd2d2B!!!T-[F),{'_}ЧAzz:&LBٳMC+Wp!<²%KY߿Futt??5cjN^pwwor}9995kHdggi(4rdff"** P(,X%K`ΝY;wƔ)S /@P ((ׯښ` 뼦`8}4T*ƌFߣ;w `7n>66 a̖L!C֭[HMMō7ɓ' m/X$7RQQ%''SPP-[F.*++]UUEťvMhO$`իWB:8p`0cKZL 5744/ZХKe9SݔT?M:"pիU @NNNDdZ.jHS8(M.o"|/ͣhh̘1Ve שlBhԨQBN: ϭSx$oNw&1UUUB @ ODRyzz6^yyyh4>^PP@xQQQ)kdj^0h $ϔX?亚iذaFmLE i*4U0r0>Q%˗/ʕ+`^{ }***3gΝ;  \NCuzp}2]St P\\,1* lKǰnz70l0>P(Ø-05/"??PTT`䗚Lu@bx73%5Z5|b~z1B8 !5tR@k@gΜ1nݺ0mq430\v`th;Á P۶m͛7w^}3c`(H-y-:Ƭɔ` O:`䗚Lu˖-ÁgDEEÔ\Ԑ)8X"shjnXmeee7orsso>881ꫯ gOB[Å{9C x7}psSǏL:v={P}~Mϟ͛qAa˖-ݻQ;I0f/ 0\w/"""BhT~inF1dJ.jHCT?,YC/al5:]F֭ݻرc)77\Be2ŋ6o,T\\L}!ooo駟HRѸqk׮T*LjCDMNԹsg:uQ;w&;)11iܸqM^|ҥN8!,KKK#zz׌@hҥa(SBee% EZZUV b;<<>0l iF)5BS c1Xø`Q&nNnPbc1 .E֪/v1cQDyy|"c1$ Fj>CY1f80Ӌ&ퟄįws! @7* ]3f̰^X `a7cF;euDW'JT_˚˸XrDbxb"Gflǎ8|06oތ:]Zn3ڜ؁SѶԓK`Z:111koҾ 0S;8p0^'ru{X8g9{JJGǻE'>y,@PXnܿ@\Z.]@ IAOO&[E.]ƿ7{;QP*㾐\wt:RSS￣W^b?Xm|H 仼H+ b[~wNDAɽ&cz$۶mNrٳGc FHK{O24~FL&mRdsUܸqC]a۶m?X}`aGttvDdgccc!ˍݺu .])"ƘH%rxz eh6>,rd!"l߾]؝d +RT1[5 F(5J>Eg'g8:80<=Ÿ/DiΝݻw,t^!*Ƙ-HZ5|bj[r uQx\OzlEǞٳ>3gX9"ƘH5\0J7iߠߗYs'?)rL e*++O(-w8ƘMHxtaΑ9x?!&,^c@u6=IP7N޽{c?Xc`JŞۚYчŸ/.w7jtRL1|k׮:g7VTTx+E?Xc`I&_Ň=cQGTL1޶2Ȱo>L5Q6OYYvi_|#c&)|k@jI8aϮaY6یs\\Yh4-z*{=|h׮\PX;<Ƙ՗?Ξ=uYmQ{1ғ3ibb >K o6;=zEb_&v813g.iQ*Iϻ(8O}o~&V<gbyyy"Gc̖.in /r$mC\Z|Si!Yd2Jء0a<(>Ѳ 1,LtL=^nS"8::LJgc 00Ȼ-Ǭ1TTUHL1AD31ZgEҪѭcuXqzFGWt; c6+^;fkkϱ0|!I1ZgE֪>feꗈ:z\,J%v1l0 _?a؅t%L?-{OgGgÒwwwc1TZBڇ;y s|$F7 Diia0aKZjg[p>!C2?FCшc13"+k0oaơ3Ă I JJJ1Ƙ F*(`lW6msX4B@qqa0a\0ZYay!**JUaʁ)x5U1 uBfozZVPc(%meJM7:I9G@ ǩOadbds @Mhc"a2m:+*|?xzeRpBgJ3k1a|M7`luu8< oaĭx bd EEE"GcV )5J( 9Mɛ0psr幗X4\ "#a1fxTZCr5Xplg;VɁ`8JHc*,_'mƷwl\\1,h!%#c]V֪UVY$2/EcLxʔ%UU<<E3!vHv]vbc ]K≔y)\,ZCfΗa1RsX2 cF+RiUw#8<w"vR,.vH1ka<Fď1x` e~ 1Ƙ F+Rk>Jᅣ/;?`X>d9c8.(_gGgxxEc saPAbj(++;c6wI[JEEl>{*&\,JPyy!0Q3ݟl3gKUUUT*JKKjQVVfLJJp@OOO8::nnnpwwSڊƯd@||<WWWXȈBz=233q ܸqχRDnn.J%J:pQv~~~񁟟:wPǜ/~UGf#MbaB ;,h7|ATBRATL&/|||+|'tb]T(fze1K0[Xq_ttdddw???" af@ٛB:3?:Np򐟟J|͛ ^^^ٳ'z쉾}bРA8p s F,~Î?@/^V黭(//GJJ .]d#==999GGGt]t;^g&0X\\ ,xii0 Pw2++ wAUUswGADD 565ɂ8}4~ga#SpvvF={"44zBhhh_j"BvvW_p @hh(b2d{{wlNeŠW/_q9$&&")) W^Ny!ݺuVu0==PTׯAaذaݻ(2fxbbicEEΟ?ߏÇh4߿%|'8{ ɓ' ;SNرcMmXT^ ]݆ .w+/DÉ'/#GĘ1c0f2}JDv۷/ƍhח~muaٴQWzu嫤T*KhӦMs2rڽ{7 >?L6mf7x2?a_y))22d2 4vЪUϏ<<<&J%vXR^^N7n rssElТE͍hƍ\3ey/SSSiʔ)$htC{%%%yzz_W*((;,Q͛)88\\\h|ŋŅi\82e9-J%͟?(<<:Dz^ڔbN;v$///ϩJ찬oPrvvW^yʢW^y)44[CbA<~/\i˖-CgDVXXH˖-#'''zҥKbdC(::233̤h@111-vH x:~Y ƫWҰaɉPQQ!^JÇ'GGGzשP,>=zrqѣyxx'|Bb8_$qÆ Jda uV={˗ɬrrrhԨQB+W\HF+W 5)e6eiC16޽{4vXrqq׋Y8q|}}),,|!)))Ft am_/k`LJJݻSΝB6}]rtth⯬˗͞=5Sqq1͞=h弋Y_^/k`oݝ~i+ f?#uܙ)77WpLB n*v8nJ L׹cdDD־ݻ1w\̟?6$c IDATlC`fgyeeeGnIEEE%&&?7vN8Aqqq$;v.\ ۤRÃ:vHqqqV}͖J(--MPDUYYI7o} p߽{cǎt*,,SRHH0]}=k_Re֩^'Ng1jm^k#Foh?ǏGPPg~)55K,iӦ_Ç!X}ň#bbb{Zf{9z|7bD35/2 +Wꊰ0sٙp gZ•+Wn3+W)1~IY ƛ7o{6uvf}ݻwgNll>ƺwLTVV _̬cnnp:>c [dt  NCAAء0LaKZ0ݜdvԥ U(Y?HLLaKu1c,Z0zxxɪ5;b h4Y?,1),=~IY ƀ6_5Onn.Xx!ooorܽ{"gݻvu[2<~1SXz2=z@FF_5*##2bg1;99!88Mƚ'##prr;&2),=~IY p!--͜mSͺ7obܸq&DffYϕ+WWWWk֭[ѿ"44*Su?eqZ71~IY ޽{ Ν3jT߼|ذapqqAǎ1{lf/L&~z!O:0rcժUF7o7tj,]Thjl2trXhɗx"Yf [o;K,Ayy>22FbbY_omϟǰa,СCqy͛شiЮ]ǔϸ nݺ)S:t /RYcXf ݻÇorhH{Tj~Yr2)Xcm9sLEDؿ?GGG'ռaK}sjKܼ=%%V^Mt3gQF5{]QQQMҥK233iTRRBoߦ'?9_}'F1IJJڰa_|A'h,͛7 fΜI~~~BB111F裏LJkZd [K7ݽ{iĉV)11:t@{bzAhycۅ)7DC"T@iiiK_2ek9SQSѣݝ|M:w=xI5oXk*{%www*--5:?SKJJ4k=4gkRyy;w5?F̞={t²$0jJZ- //&4iG#6l@ѣ²JիEEE5f߾}P("믩O>zj=lMglK/߄6k׮%rJv㍑hF1flcM1׸b6ڔ,֭ 0n߾m󈤛79~I FVK>>>W_meeeF_r?n4i$j׮c=FϟIPСCiڵM~uVl9s&uЁ O,6/_ѣGuԉ>c"" ^z%FMhDDߒcmrr2_X6c @/^/_ԫV"h?-1~x7o[LUUU룩IS)[@@0H YۍUUUL?̾nf,1~445\Jsц^See%=cDJ9o5/)2{HDlٲ:՘^ӧOSXX#G=ޯ_?@ׯ_Çիˍˮ]6;ڵkͥ :t(eeeݻw) 5͛7 رN?EEEԩS:ܹC?0988Ч~JgϮ7)??e!!!ݻ',+..&ԥK?~Лod_͑N&sPդP(룱єIS)\.'R6:Ymjhvc !IPZ6mx`6㊩hci۶m/^L&L 777ܹ3[JyY`%www:vY{ fԨQt}p@$$<(33v)ӦMkիWB-"t%aN={~7Ed8РA_… Lӭ[y 8dUUU٩6Ws̝;Əou6eٲe4h Yc)?cS>^zڻwoڷodMmn =4h ZlY%ƯSn-WLF{MO>$7RQQ%''SPP-[4^I5o1~IE F"~ktL9cS> ׯSQQmٲEx.z&)~bccӳٻXa9)ۘ)mZ:6<==۷ݻwoI3o5~I b I{]r+Ђ7a 3-"[-n!ffLa q.Q%*ux!E`rsQRh)COO?0ƘbhwLr|Poll$ҮR/K2n FϧLmN@wpFF? iXr\.\P" PRyyyՕꔬH)P4Ssw7JjjꠟGKJJ:oO{ [;*3bC{,1CHx4Mь4ǐ:A]/F>iy$3n]Ô|0!ulm+Q}/Oݚ~zҮR/K2 F\v-L>M7ΑP(@3H֭[ ϝ;hmn;KNN&jVVV$/\_~YMbbvh/2&&Fp54Ӹ̜9S&<<\-[u1k=())\.Ǎޗ18艛1CHx4噖ٳg?0Y ez15,ݻ ceH>Ȑ:66C먾cj쌌 eI K_b>7WZ5s2::fYYCBB3G{ǓGLF_XXHəS[[K///FT[뜃NOhCH筽׮]w}G___dzaPvrAX/ 7ñrH'2{{{&#1E"Ch)!uT1=~tqq_Ŗ.[#놥/K0 FEiӦO??#N>VVVtqqaLL w1C/BB^~111={6O8t:::ɉ-bnn Pg9s )} ٳ\.ghh(O:p5yfښoFpi|vΓ'OٙJ|ɐ/x%ߣÇŋ|1֯_OJ}7VÕgTN 9#7LFWWW\r)wzaH%C'7Jdl.RFSMW r\cc#SRRP(dSM},aKj2???cnXwŅ T*Ǵۋ^{ 8,X3g˲LpƍR3}||>? _#1{8W.3==]bܹÕ+Wm||G1((jcڇ266JR3dqq1J%ccc:PD2,$ FsGGG.]MMMR!@QQ===:tvv211͕:Htpp`bbA#a,D<&r2)R\lPUU0:uJP1æMxb,XEEEpww:QŁk"-- mmmR%R[[ҰvZdff:,ak n2%%VVV/L!X{1>>$R/L JJ`,&ɘAiggǨ(K0>RTrΜ9￥ɤK[[[fgg`~Φ-cccY__/uHsJ䯉af1 Fr .\Hkkk~bF s.ZVVV|'퀂nݺ ~~~C.'HرcB֭[Ar"Y%'j0w?J%=<d 6ښ: OfuuuLII!W)WMMviS>>eff3g̤-}||k.0ae~"o0j3!!2={nnnT(bKKaY.ر^^^uZ^ڥKn:ˋ;v Eak5&LQ:r9U*xmÚN:Ŕݝ7ndssaYNܹEq޽Qc.ݻ-"pΝ" _'Lƽ{i&zyyʊ |׮]ٳfYR(k0,ˤj0ԄCi ZGGBBB8aܽ{PPPB^^^GRR.]5VD8x qU8::"&&qqqC`` d2ԡI\v (,,DQQe˖!99DM@8A&!((ለ< PZZ{.ꫯj/./ԡ 'N^쌈ԡJMM͠Cxzz"..Xd f̘!u0%x.zN>b߇\.GHH1gj̝;jΒJuuuBUU*++QYYW V (DGGZxѹqΝ;ʕ+x)J%0gKV^,)tww:尲hii l…b/&& 8jmy&*++Q]].R/ܠR0c T*KT SNL:VVV=Z[[ׇ'Ox>}f477MMMhiiASSq-tvv ̟?] BEEP^^Yf )Ntrr<~#O!!.]B||>>0`:u0ydܺu ]BXZ|9$ v nݺN;qDu<;v@"`rŨV{llذ066:N???̞=p)8::BKK vvv/,ĉFbb\566FDD6l [oQNJ!!!\V Ԕ6nHDDyyyxb\ &ky?@fffTXX(w:u0) Űӧunu\7==f '''8tRSSKKK߿_v5uWQSҬYnҒoRRRښPtt4YYY۱cDDD"(88D"ő YZZXh5kPUU6~.˖-#t ?(@|Yf͚ņ0bE򢰰0)--f-[5jUUU}v6ȶ^[@uuuDDT\\LOAt5@_ݽ{egg;KXXBaTA`mm-w;^ୟƎ  ׯM8::ʶM<)fnnj#W\Y:ՌXnVXk:lO)$&&&(//6[XX_z{f{{{WkvZ?Guu5l7n?{@}]wm筋ʝ&&&rè6V{vY>Jk}l[m8q"ϟ,oŋsNd6*Zŭ[w^D"iO"+,,0dȐ!HNNVhbX.\L2@^T*mI&=*:K/ɶ}Gx7p9466֭k34"5'6qF=zhnnFxx8ګW2d0*AmFy ނ n޼I>,ڒH$""x~eeem_TTD$ )>>*++iڴidooObXӥK~>ٶ,233kovǟRwekjjp ̙3555rgʔ)(((+Wx&www 0x㗖b@az.Sa&O!C`ҥOƃ+oMAOsrrԩSr#???=.<<wů*.]!C ÉTӣk>dc Nlmm_X$DB"OӧOo3,D-J8daaArwڵGrèV{;w&;v|U޽KK,!"===2dT__nuFp1f0=vijjҮ]jQ/lL裏vZٳGv7kF9/bҥXjqn)`V{ｇӧ#<<8=Fxx8O{d!߅Qg}`bKŪâE}v\1בn _0/4w\۷ogW)իW1w\c:M WW^ƒ%KPUUu,WUU%KzիWYAfeFΝæM{n8::"<< Ci]+wƦMp9rXQfx7o0uT,Z>,n݊u{---غu+}Y,ZSNEVV͛W 2=Sf)//~-wx7KKQii)ñqFW_'|;;;1*eSrss~zl۶ 555x1| >\rO#Jqylٲ탁͛EujMii+M6!!!x1c x{{Gt"¥Kc߾}(**,X3f< Vvmػw/RSSaeecbر3fl OU'q DGG#::݃;BBB0cƌ6wJay(č7p1… hll oo!HPQQKM$|>ݟgggҥKG\\  ?>R2=+ʌ5448s ZBxxx...pqq=~m|J+t7n~_@FF233H}}}FFFg<[y2T111:u*mmmt1>hjjBee%p)8 z566.njjҳ 1FcJ0bEQo̓D"T*m37771R)$ ͛oVySfD"EiӦv|+V6===?aX~}s2e1e[Sѱ2eJEa+LD Dttt4559\dDhO0]eFኋG8)?j$&&JLd(3 gee~ mnnKVnnn χ9~7XYY)1ӓ(Ë/B^FFFp1qԄV^Bj$)}L۷o}]z&&&(//4[^PQQk׮9Lt",\F1eYƆtaʔ)~:FEݻcz"V.ӺP(Ć 0p@P(D`` P88p 3gΔ{A$yRl2_|{cРAm~FD(--G+))Cc)))Ųe7pXQfٳg1zh[ .:Sox繎(3 WZZA:\BBBpy$''Ғ8L2PD`\~׮] בRYYQQQ`_0]1 ?ɓسgdzΞ=իWsXQf&!!}VX(;,_/^:pww"## 8"ɓtO(IJeP[[m۶]A_\m6455a\a+ʌܢ 6 P-[`׮]طoq5ņ/ؽ{7q7޽{sQ3(3r;w.? rG)jjj0x`<38zZ0aS;t"""yS۷oGLL 6muFͰ2T憱cb۶m\ħ~8p q52TBBB4sMMM..\|(`}!<<dƎ;p5v0<{ /p[駟' !!:XQfȋ/k׮!55\R)FR$%%A pQalÇ㯿͛YA~n݊<|\aT)3RSSgggbǎ\֯_w} :XQf:eҥرc_ssstKD#GB,ʕ+:XW^/իW<[l۷rJ0*GH$:t( qvIq'_K.˗a,<+# õku1y C `PXX(;ϭ纲hhh|ACCՅ윛vvv-[鯛cECHMMEzz:RRR[n {{{Zttt000}1W^^hiiAuu5jjjdܥ(++Caa!b,ǃ3Ə777Ņy*Puu5ӑt\|/_ƃ~sZl[/u|WTT JeŻ \,C,EEEJ}}}8::snmmy+J"HX\pqqq{.|>Aփݻw婮Fnn.rssq"-- >Ϗ ܹsGll,!HЫW/B~`kk CC.܌#77YYY@zz:rss/0h .Ĵ.T^^Ǐȑ#AYY???ER)rrrpe… ̄& &JCCΟ?#G ::999s='+t:Cɽ{ЫW/ ;v,Ǝ +++(+XUU/ܹΝ&F & (( :+//Ǚ3gp1DFF޽{xg0sL̞=[%"ѣؽ{7?F :ƍCPP C@oӧǏ1cf̘>}pQ}N3g.Ҍ3СCT[[u4JHaaadccC<|}}iӦMj\;rYzWȈh„ sND\Gt)Zp!1nJuuu\S;(ˡmFh۶mTQQu4H$tIzWIWWB!}t])\]]ӠA҆ hJD4k,dffF}qMmhÆ dmmM+իWũRZbYYY6[TTTu,O$W_$cu %%%rJӧ|zW\Ry(?TJ{졁6-Yխ466͛o߾O| UVVr555ѯJ{&裏XRSSܹH[[x xC +ʝt3f ihhМ9s(77HZ]]$ Ɔ=uN#777ѡ%Ku$LdkkKFFF/D":aE~W200 :J)++ٳg9s&sCpBРѣGSNNבTR]]}ǤEޔu$Š#Ҍ3HSS/_N\GRYdccCt<͛FfffuJ>>>d``@w:`EAtY㨅1b#s222":Zinne˖ǣwyZZZ܎0` 2*Xss3-^455i߾}\ǡ{&-\G4{lV(,,wo̅?eسg|Z|9gz/1M>G`E4l0zXAVO?)33SNL`# IDATL$mmmZbҏݓ]t>:J־x@XX"""p5L>ׯ_ǥK0SYY<== /`J9&1qD_urΥR)O?ԅf=zSL-'l?zzzŋ웗ɓ'zzzF||<ڵkXx1B!ѣGwxBFFF2e rrr799FhhC?c|>BCCq!>X3arՑ }􁷷\xt$**|𸗥S<==?TH[8q"͞=[at|s>|444^!_8@_={7nl۠AdE&UUUyaaaRRRdV^M^{ct<(;;#YSLYf) 2>c!ySsD͛ iOqF k_겲2@FFFqo'߿?hXRVV KKG>ĄtxKeh}066~lX`5J!mʊ֭[{}:{>9ot΋ *=uǔPUUTe011466ʶ_Č3D"#[]] >ރZ/}SUUV{LLLPQQe?7u:P!_܌.;Fk}m_ɓm >JCi߿#N]]SMFQPEEE]z>}:>9ot޽ EHNNcDEEM& |h{@O4 pQٶlK/:88Gב^Yk;hiiAzz:n#Vynjjwss;{>9or΁3ajj'?OoBӧO>)11,--)((e?x<cǎQ||ll%% BJ6mۓX,~d_A---1J^'O$?KƩSHCCKoG<OZZZhƍ?$TJD?O9/-]T!m V~#+++D{ iiiQ~O?}誯;wyyyQff&=:uJz%{=t7nI__hƌ*99К5kl+WJNNӡ7xF-w;"Jzjyљߺux<^ +DD@vvv(J7yd2d$hʔ)rg%@@.\ٵkY9'"9sR'(ܜTdffFk׮}m޼LMM´i(88Xv:C*'-ZH)뎺9?s iiinKݰ? FFqwEHLL$++6 MFFF+p:TB3g$CCaJ;wp[cE' 4iUVVrGmϤIsc---kϧo w .5=r XQ~ӧ9::ҵk׸i~:C~֦' LW&---6mt+ʏQ\\L#F MMMOغOСCԧO'NpCdooO&&&qFkCbb" <|(wT* 6!=ta#lz ͝;D"ב-[FO/^:J).. ϧ@:aE ѴiӈѰal護"---rrrh#=WR`` `r ב2IOOC۶mcĊSHHH#G5j9r$ ױ8EoQ߾})<<\?~J<(22ܸq-ZDdnnNk׮p}sXQéShgu֩GtEjnn6Æ S*ұc(((x<988К5k޽{\GDCCVVV\GTK(wR9rǎCLL 0h # ~~~Dve"/_ . 66hhhСC1aCi9*8q8z(ݻ;;;puuuuu)a ??G\\!0b7ׯҲT(+ASSΟ?SN!66/_Fcc#WWWxxx@GG6l@ttҲ%$$MMMHMMEZZRSSDGGGcĈx`nnl'N \ii) 777}Ajj*^~e[jtuu1l0ddd ==]v΋ ///aȑ 1(sIIIEjj*ӑ ѯ_?  055e``---@yy9FMM D"b1JKKQVVB!77zzz>}:bccWWWcСeEXn޼x -- 믿RDEEvvvsmll ]]]Yq||WTT JQYYzb9(**B^^򐝝*o 777C pn`޽3goooΝ;Eii)bqu> P333AII Ǐׯ_ѣG!Ja``2#//DDO젫/0{llݺne]˖-pCdw+jYAv{Ԅ! d=-a͚5hiiiӦA[[+nӧO/okO611ǃGb+JF|9A<[i"²e˰v6o߾/Sn݊RB!BBByzOFbbbmo&iii---8::l6E7>rӧO?f핞 <X,!EI$>>tlE+MMMxzzr 6Tfٳ999Ruرc* >qKK jjj0b>|\}(+Izz:{9ܾ}[%̓444A2t8M*GrrSRDDD7VfffJNuk% 0uTlܸQɩV(+s燲v 2p777%'Ӣbbbp%%Rmعs'j%J9nccᗸs|M|rOc+]ȑ#1bz0Й^[\\R6TE999ؽ{7:,ȭ)][b,X4̃XQb#GĻ --GFлwo%&kʪËFZKT-ȋp9|8.]X XQrXv-nݺYfɦ#=^2~A("44fw 1j(pqq]O\_ж7'''9sΝ{t}b۶m(//GJJ rss!HAqܼm hii!44S=FFF?~<PRRJx<|RWl[7|>LLL```3gΰ7_ڵ ƺuCCCMMMݪaÆa޼y "DEEqLueff";;G/^zA"t.+@"_KYKqҒ%Kdۚ_%t?ÇV-??V^MIII&S="֬YCNmH$DV'(44JJJd.\@|>sgck_(Acc#|}}b?555|ڎ\Gll,̙wOQܹ<g~hq&hhh݂2utC+W믿F\\g4d(+ŋWb\ybD{ *[A1?L̛7-%J;wի022:RƔ~zo*Y0&LFp[q]cǪdAɻcֲy`E ^믿P&L@ff&RSS-UVV"** VZYYaǎطo6mu _t/_V1ҹs琔sB(rېH$صk$ ̙x|gXf .]2= )w??Ԧ @@@,,,pСΟ?2L4Im 2|WDHHjkk#N>իWcݺujwE&Mj9s8۷qeݧ>={K,:NUUUa޼yx1|t ###ڵksq8Ѐ(8;;{:Axx8lقCqG`at)GGG8::"::\LLL x<ƌu.5e̛7 ,(+бcǰeo_F /$ N:uNddd ++ Ǐe ===6M x1k,L:8J ֭[\Q*}p3f *++q%ݻw9r Ο?u[X[[a 9988oʕ+u#":Dw҂_~8|0qT^zz:;W_}\yHll,k%XM*"00555|2XO ;;?QԂ+z'Or! +F0ƍ70`E"_},Y㨍ѣGYYY\GJ8vu+Va'r/_---|\GQ+{+Μ9mtl.dxzzb޼yhii:NNJr;ӱi&ZFF$&&reeeْ]c֭unv;4h̙u$$$-ذEstt_\XQٳ_%s=={ ƍcJ{aȐ!x Hmu)qREnn.ܹRD" UUU-R^^]0сP(lw߿?aoo}}}8;;;wy믿0sL|ܹsEII b1D"e=Fٽ FFF 055akk~AKK ۷oG@@9{ z, <˗/[o\]]1p@ۣ_~a#T{Ν;ENN!''6l ///>9وŅ ,,--e=ە=rY֭[Djj*233Q[[ ]]]xyyO̬<Ҋrss3Ο?Gȑ#u1l0?*#Nܽ{W\qE\zD___L8'N1BDEE!22NBMM lmmaÆ:j DBB.^XFBpp0ƍv;uuu8y$\9-tJs._x!%%R^^^0aƎ OOO~D]H*ҹsW_%cccxE_}%%%QKKKW^jjj(22|M!3_Mn:ghժU4h @B۶mB=Bڶm)AѪU(//xݻwSpp0萦& >VZE׮]SV555CK. ŋI*vy.)Ŵ|rׯ ___ڰaݽ{+ TJIIIFhA\ruuuyf>|8ihh;t9jnn:577ӹsw! РÇ͛xJsY3g@ ɓ'N\G? ׏>.}SVhQȠ@ +++ ׯ+RKK EEEQhh(iii5Z˹pGٳ)**Je{FO|Ϟ=ttť>#*((:Z-[aÆƍI$qM233O?%K/~l6mx۷oZPPI&k֬/Xf 1i$Xۤ6jӟ.q!//&H;HRرc]ѩ|-( d2={K 2 HHH;＃/^XۤB,CTի6sU(JbZ#** nnn/{0-QQQE >>/;SRRꊉ'BVwP; i pppŋQ__omsz Xx1`ms HOO7cz | &MPP>q;dcT* `x!qF0 ;wZ۔^Ν;0 6nhmS.\3͛g&P()s΁cڵ&hǐr 6 JSwRsn:0 #GX͆‘#G0 ֭[gU;.\@Kڇ+ 2ZfP.))D"+lTO CEllU={0 - agWTxB"((111Vrcc#ݧVkY{_|EfeeA ૯^;W_}@,h4ԩSزe  `Ϗ= ۷oZhPI=љLHR۷@xD"xxx`ڵǓec&M|`YB"dY;v!%%x`+[g&__wuu5$ [kZ 7775Y5|nsxwo+:11rܤ=*(?z"III @*"''o~cP$Yz.]CaaɲBfP(@Dce ۚEVKYQQQfe ҥKF?7zE+J/1INQAyx7ϟ?"¶mc?ށF <f#(("5N8g]-gS/[gp k V Ph!kTlŋY-((o4CLL |> 4r* gφ+|>F cVH$BQQ ɓ' ,fΜYYY "w}D˗/nݺ"ܹs ' "tܴƆ 0rHE\\Mf_#̟?puuEll,[h?+Z\_cKiӦ!..,Zɓr(//7I}6wX,6gPw^L;l֭µk '''\v-T*ADٌopaQQQxJKK6\n`\.ϟ0` "lذuRRRpu B֭[&X2 o***P///kK履~OСClv%֭[P("5f6yyoh@F"2jeE18pD؈# "м^N{|-Ν;> "- 755dP???D6t7oO݅o6yߢgm6,Yrm/ Q-hyӞͦ`>~[罡\lʫW6c+//ͭEӧOcر:3v "6B} ֣wثӕZ- 8;%%% V_JeeeO@@֝;w@DtȵbKgςuUɓl2ɳ{CaQOB?a! HѰ^xAsΥӆ  s8.++#"N٤91|}} "j]Y]\\E"""+r9UTTt9%UWWE1{{C'jΤ][[K->k}||fQl ZMDD `mܸ~:x vY;wS9U1cуc)22Ҡc@ZRRBD\0T*nG*QAA{L= ̉-R)x<3FY罡5\Z"#AYTRyy9Mjj*͙3=o>""0aBMu:]7mD'"˗/Sxxxӧ%KcDDh"^)撟I$eFhh(EVenhh`={6%''h޼y.:MMMkk_ǖMDCfÇ[nXDeeeǣ>T/1???6mڄgϞڵk´i d ":u =8'N@ff&;~t(;@_NNǖwqqX,ߦׯgʼy|OÜ9sZ׏ _+ɀ'?4YN[ڵ ĞÇvJKKXLTWWcΜ9c-322X#rrrcy[wcc#$ vePpttӧMcMￏ)S˗cĉ&+G<ؼysU@ """ &@.ܹs'"xxxuFmdZZ0 qva;$ f޲e =5Fy1x<Ο?o(++7y«yGݻw1c 8;; 7:#^1:oy!ϷȞm-X(Ɓm,<==[]c-,,0HOO7ـBll,º4?[T^EϠȑ#֍oN#G">>dYիx{Esy^[Ajwbʕ=ztޯA|D&$9"_E,w|R  qСV˴͛7lHOڵk6:wT*EffIz1|p5INgٵkUo{,uT*m.W5 FiӦySlsSrqq )T*[*;eܿ$}:K,\.7Aa…4hRӾ 4;4h,GѣGX:/F}2?|>gΜ10;-裏  6E$/^#dS{+%%% ˆ#u0 ;f5 :K.@ PݠrJ{`6#MMMXf ɓ'jKEE0x` }EwBqqqfv =B\\cz| ȑ#;<jر"2 Tg1)֡C0p@`Yn߾~D_Ws玵M4L&ڵkVm͢VvZ|d28p&u۷ocʔ) "L2Ŭ{ Ͷu֙M|XWWO?];xb{4ׯ_r1|pZ$쌕+WLwq\Ǝ;zx )S %%G|>3f/0{466"## ooo|G_k&4 ={?N)))T\\L |M0a7 Ew%ƍNiiitEp5kímMOɔJ/^$NGF1cرciܸqim3DVSzz:]t233ի@&L9sٲO={FOd:uj ci̘1ԩ\_NATYYIJON3f̠ǓEHP~E'OtJOOϟ1NÆ aÆQ`` 1 c1jjj֭[KYYYK999 d4~xBmm-;w~G̤7oRCC) R*4hELԜBz1 a(((I="##[\t:Qff&eee۷)77={FD͙e2d2Kё8/_RUU۶+++>|HEEETTTD>d\N!!!>y{{[DՃ1޽{t]YXXHj***L|>b1P@@A !???3~;@ݣ|***Bz!T**++J7I'HDRr9 8I&Q`` <[HiIqq1ϤR؀R˩$$H"/HPСCٛ-bA#<{u/ 00lZqׯblˎSWWx5 `5 .^ AONϢQMM 555""")|ׯ B17=6(۱cNoرcǎ_e;vر!Aَ;vlziYIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/dangling2.png000066400000000000000000000572101335323540100160330ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRe<bKGDtIME-GD IDATxw\SWO{K@p`A %UJG]Vm.Z[}jwm݈{(*K@ž!'Me6ܜ!G9{. 0Lua0 ӆ0 ӆ0 ӆra*++,dgg#;;B""EEEDEyy9mmmhhhtuu###tFFF022@ @=УGXZZڜ} [}(P(DBBRSSܾ}c ѣGYAm(hhhȊjee%jjj娭mTE"B!Q\\,;1`oo{{{J|U1VV!HHDDD ** iiiSSSY!\---תʐ%߾}[lll|>Us1LVAHH.\ .@$pss:mGFF"** (((F#G\Ge:0Vȑ#8z(a``#F`ԨQ:t(uDի8w.^899aɘ:u*lllt0(3/8x `aa)S`j8y$ӧOo ccc#2+LEGGc֭8riӦ **kuT*EXX>C SNŢE0h 1+s]x~-0`,^lI?*++q!lٲn݂[1hL;Թ7 z*1rH!,, 7oYA~6ϟ7o",, zzz9r$qU1 +Srss1uT 6 Gpp0<==yzz"88ưa0uTri'XQfd7obccxxxp@HH ;;;l޼ly6_;{l?+V_|---cuUUUXv-֯__{mk ..&M9r'"##1uTcq"-b\hh({{{ܼyV7oÇGhh(ב6NŸqpi+>}ƍ/._u$aԽ{0h c˖-IR,^BLL \aE*++;z'OqS""?GdddǴlx Z c ߇o;v,233:þ} Hj*b:V;4lݺ000:N OOO̜9p%BMM VVVo eǏ;nnn ֭[eM31ĉiԩ\hSȈoNDDRyy9eddy5zކ ؘrrr0uT8q0SD`aa˗/LJ8mFünrr2`ƍΆ%dү_?ĉrev^{5[nrŴol믿`jj oooډҥKabb|[с=N:%;֭[![[F;DŽ \bVB=aÆ=u˩S/{?dU`ff|>8y$ SSS_rt\8q"͘1CvLMM ~ (!! ;wd۷O#""PHVVVGBАLMMM,^ƍ}]Y:::r/˗/'tfIII!'<`@~Yf̘0bEquu+VNAA0bv"4|p""*--FmXPBB?5wKyzz}տ&(;;c[֦G=4@rgYbBa76}щ\v[?5 d+tuue_ٳg6= =6~x@PP1kV]k ijƢ"l޼WnkP sss';CCCNskv yqdk|ϙX`ӦM_2ڵ 0zP544ҥK入K6+**RTTCCCa7V; Z >KC챆K{%{lر?>ܹccc]~!߯:::hUE>9"{H$ixRx999}cE8p ڦH$ƍ &h< J7n83gd5L[V\ ڵkAnn.6ohjD {NߍqhiiA,# vvvk+bx 8PvvImFybbboTTTDݣW^y,--I(QDDF%SSSA%%%4i$&H$;NOOOƓ(**JO>!"{Ν;dlly?FϿxb+3^Dzz:a?6RD\]]akk(MOOObaddn#dnpuaĈѣ.]Ȏ۰aCw@ILLle5\V"{_Gaaa7| **Q;/\09y$~mV69#JqAMxyy9.\Yf\L0و} лwo?~_PP>} 00PH?~<e˖tO,|^{F_jggg'*<[lAVV~z^@@=z]/[ d ÉD֦M6󓒒ds N,--iF%%%$HH(_ESLi4,233mJ<ԵkW뼛6m"mmmJLL`Eڿ?ٳg_ׇ_ѣGd!555֦?LUUUMfiOK4#Gӳgϒ*8p@v)wb+WĦMp!ݬ8vl2[8L;u?Ɣ)SuN# SL 2td?#`a˖-KŪŋw^Y9ב6M_07={6u놽{+͛={6w^qi͛7ѥKaɒ%(--:VWZZ%K ]t͛7YAfeF׮]Î;pA" Ci+Ď;p5XZZriXQfx;w.ܹ'bxW{nqͫݻ+`Ř8q"ܹsՂL攙gڵkݺu… ;uvGTPPl߾yyy3g XYYqigXQfZ$##[l={P^^ɓ'c2dlF*صk= ]]]̝;/nў VRUUÇcǎ9&OiӦͭNDÇqQ ,iӚюa^+K{>#G 11fff5jF#GʶlD".\sܹsx10uTL6ѝRF^(3 q]={!!!qjjjOOOxxxͭٻsH$7{RE 044oiiiBDDÑ x{{cƌ+LÊ2pո~:\HĠׯaookkk|駟V޽> ;222"!!B:::xWၡCbȐ!TJ>scEiuuuuHNNFdd$Fwׯ,--ѣGFFF022B.]`dduuuٽ444dWVVn`Z^^ZD"A$A$A(";;Bjjׯ]cEă0l0deeAMM _~%dS(B$=uadd@ +Xf b1,--q6/̴(3J___B"`ƌ lؒوVvTVV$A8p|>VnŰ ĉ!QWWuuu7{ EII qq*< : .ٮҳ888@wMM w^ga'(ڵk1w\H$HF_sttTzS*B"`ܹXv0L6̴*DŋcǎMZKKK67lڨzq `˖-ͮefFL„ dAqs0a„&6ô&VV! s5MUU...ͮEH$8w|||fƊ2pyyyELL3`xR]]bbb`kk<%&c:3V333öm`bb9YXɇ| yW>l۶ fffJLtf(3 o"''ׯ~\,{޹UUU#''ofߒi; =zK.E~~>xS6V&8q&Mŋkq]JAyy9u$`S*++Ga֬Y ˡᢒw:NwFJJ ~'0m)3(.. fϞ8O?UV!..\aVT\dddÇ@AAD"B!B!D"QYY ~cX ҥ @UUzzzՅ@ LLL`ll XYYXb:N}=eH$\t YYYBff&rrrd%%%Buu5mhh@KK FFF>7229`eeKKK_NJ2222d$$$ )) Gmm-@SS0115ijjB[[+`PWW2~ PXXD"Y~a̘1pttٜ!99IIIHNNFtt4䏟,,,d ŶR'DT*+ o""ͅT*ppp_)(+D"ABBp ѣGի[n @ll,rrrTVVBGG 7n>|0DDD ,, ɐH$ҥ `ooSSSgϞ^FVV222p 99KKKxyy߿?|~ebƊr+***qifff'`oo/R鈎Fxx8nܸT~~~x7`ccu6ׯ_ӧq9CGG9;;‚O)++Cbb""##eo$?F.]cԨQ5j̸)`8vߏk׮AUUÆ o___ݛ/W\ٳgǏo߾>}:fΜ.'E™3gpA?5554hF ___ 8N=x/_ƹspyӦMôiн{w#v\(ĥKh餥EZZZ4m4:y$UTTpMR)Њ+‚x<yxxЎ;:ڜWoMFo߿B!ZEMM ]t-ZDƤBCݻwSee%:VP]]M{!ggg@޴g*..:RH$x"͙3H N=:UVVR@@ߟmݺ TD3f 266+WRff&: V_Bmm-mݺI]]~my&ױ8UPP@W&333RWWrss%J駟Ą444hΜ9u6!??֬YCݻw'>Oo6=xX+/@*ҡCO>NK,sRSS#777JII:RŠ3TTTдiHUUVZE555\Gj‚C\yʽ{ё)008Bbb".#:RNJrw4p@C`b>CRUUGr9Bh":NuQӣ3g(KNNӇ:zc.|פFǏ,áCӪU8ЙM2g`E bL*+J_*1]\c. IDAT11NWV;(200(m +V@`` nݺ6_Q)SۈRLpqq믿;w*;wƎ'NϏ8m m͛7IMM.]$W/&CCC&Stz[touԧO/^K̝;\\\2{nrtt$ ݻ7޽[ >'"ǒJKKfG?FIϗ KKK@.""v*[ N[lqƑSo߾LMM)::Z!?\"}7 i#i_գ\|444^iQRRrvv6eP~lذ)''G!9 F-RH[2zh;wBݻ7Z,mϞ=K:::cQъf͚EƍTq˟Q߾}i H,-33x<®>JdiiIB(T>ƈb9s&L-'{ZZƌmmm8;;#44ѱ?~< 777DDDnݺ?YYYň#=oNN}}}L0SN<|>8y${y7PUU˗/Vs;ݻMvx<x<$Iox~my<&MK:K i4֭[GC椡A111 ӧ ۗd۷Ok|BϏB!!>˗x3O }g i)cǎ3g*^<֑ԩSBUUU i#E@a67СCF-{"\WWGHUUJKKe#t=t}v kԅ:y/27ݫW/h;w255}s @y^7l VSh kק!Ou>#:N?RHV;!FXEE|ML6 ~i㟜|L=q 5@(>eee I {TTT i)(..n<֑?^G鋲9b1 Z mCg}cǎ?~KݵkWwnR߭zzs>ة|s7(*77Uܽ{wZ@C~H}#`w~B/PUUE|||#880i$crqgΜ=x뭷\0*khGuuuHNNm5g Zb-y9PFFF iCtxSH[ݻw'_PQQĐ)RYY8+++@!!!#tY=ydOOOjt\255%@@TRRB&M"kkkD'2c 555ٳ'}O]~%WWWJMM%K.~0P.]dqww'OOϧy]3f 萾>M6EW]ڸqcǟ<m͚5[4k…4byTJz^GK}~}x2(Quu5YYY(iދptt &ȝ!##444ƍr< ccN5k[s"ӧ+ݻLLL(//(JCƴiӦzΝ;H! L4n%R)ŋr-+WHMMn߾-w[ +H$4x`>|x+BLL 5ڠYk׮ C'{mTxx8ѡCvζ>!SSSZbmuD(?!++v i{ȑ#)==]s޸q4448{MHGGGa[QG\yii)7bXQ`RWW(Zhh()l˘1cPxx8g:b"KKN7M"XQnŸIjjjrʗ0y˗/>ۜNIOO zˣAQϞ=Ç\iXQnƟI4n8*)):N믿*͞=MѼyڵkٛp+q+"΀gݻ-ݺu8ZQQ͜9|>mذ8OH]]Ǝ~VXLׯ'5554iܴ+ϑGC%UUU/ؾ/ɓԽ{w255 .pYdmmM}v6jCLL 0444f `ER)mݺW^SNq]HKKɓ'={6 B#=Wyy9-_TUUˋBCCԮѢE瓏ݹsH+/ 33&MD<~`K>;wH/͛CϏbccԦg}FԽ{wڳg$V_Bdd$ 6$HŹ;w… I[[zA~-iРAחX_?ݻxb#ڴiS3-Ê.]Dcƌ!G}͛7_I,SPPPa֭S*ٳgחx<ƍ\GDuu58qiӦF 2/es{O4~x믿v߿(66,YB]v%9rdadhhhH|>|}}i޽~eD"+W;CFFFi7V#zbGuF.UUU8~88`ȑØ1c`jjuėV]]k׮̙3 ÇaooYf\GT8s C Q0zhrQn".\3ga2e ̸!J pi={!!!Doooxzz6y |~￁&,***7n ,, aaaƠAoن… 8wΜ9Ǐ zneew7;8BXX"""xhhh`С=z4гgOeXQVZ\~.]BXXQSSkkk899֭[q9[D8HJJBbb"RRR H`kk /// ::LLL""… WPP===888Gݑɓ'+-ߺu력#%%ɲ>ͅ\]]aÆJǰ̉!,, HNNFrr2FϞ=amm A @ .EEEyWVVrBD"999DFF޿b1~5AÃaw"""$$''CGG.  KKKXYYB }m``---Yq|ADJ())AUUD"E"rssL@MTp6ȑ#5kb1N 777dddÇ@AAD"Qu @cccXXX p„O??`,`.P۷o̙3JEaa!BB### VVV·~ 9s&v͊pÊ26mڄ˗ɓ[YYlT]]-M|yy]tBOOWmJmmaÀ]Vn\|Yo& #݆puu5mhhوᷪT*6jjj1l0?~ V9BDX|96m('' )jj-p<>]W˗/#&&c IlmmqyhbĴL2k555amm@..jbW{H$8qbcc= ...Pb1ܹW_}X (+Yqq1F'N@*6-x04_#}}}3GII x<|>_;6ѱ|>ŕ+W8ZHY8SNaF^ڶ5RHH_;41'OF.] HHYKK } H;;w-YDX,Ѝ78L "5">߸ Bڸq#]tID"8ZneggsS} dB jjj>07zyy9TUU߷6?h5k""0ş6J-(Ss7TXf {swAS'Ɗ| ͛7ѻwo8xu ;NԦ?;w.'{[K*>͛7uN)'N`˖-ضm[,@~%%0ͺ{.nݺQF˂ ԯطo***:e܊2331o<:|uyJII 1`vT333۷GŎ;өVRWW ::Z7lU+W֯_fqH$̚5bEꫯqFDEEq @'Êr+ϱyftbqq@TT]K\rnٳ!0CP(DLLL{f0æ/Z˗~zl޼cdRGO>:MDGG׷CdC!??K,:NF VZZ GGG 4G:N`4ܹTuu5vKKK;8ĉ8q"N8sCcEYy>}ɜ_N_ӕ:y$=zyqμ͛7AAAHJJ2M_(ٳgk.l۶dز~yRp"%%w1c:|A?fZ+ RTTw}3fĉm9u*--ŋn9={سgq:,6} 3gĕ+W.]pGfΟRRnlGAYY̙a'|;v 11Ӽ!)+ pqL4 AAA3f qprWftpqqq|2fΜ 8RSSWWW\|3/r*(({ｇw΂ ];wuV% qUxzzvʂ طo"""qFt8l,ɓ'#::IIIl 'wkR)~׮]ށ,CaƌpuOc ;u Ett4̙N2w,C AEEڒy9^ﳂ@Oؽ~|iLj+ s`#4k,\v ޕMz|v|s;'Hw^hkkcڴi\islقK"22m(/bȑ8uT ۹ׯ#..k{$&"QXXX6!'6}񂪫cҤI 7;0Lj+xصk>|իWscE͛ҶM _I$={ݻw@vogٳ'֭[qqq\iXQ~矱zjtޝ8mߖ-Ç \'y)(.._ТE兹s碶8+-DDX`Eq} X }Ӽ|DDD`Ȑ!044:N0Y8+-(l۶[3@߾sŤR)н{wk֬?xKlE ߰󱡝*Ω`` 014(̛7_T* 555#+l17p}4ϔp6m!޽Ï?uv|2<-[D|%I0mannΦ-dcckb͚5HJJ:N¦/ @Ϟ=q)y@l,п?iH̛7 4a#g4/\Gf^}hwE.((`Y11޽˦1^+ dpc͛76toTg \Plllzj6E3/^cǎݻldE3r~"mm "";w.H$x{{Y/;v`ݺu u7-jB Ð!CXAn%|>wFJJ ~'yl܄^{ eeewh5_w6`iIT}cƌx,6l؀qqq:NŊ?~o&upt\\C80m1gN2t& f,J dddÇ(((P(Daa! QZZ (EEEuuutuu @OnЫW/X[[:::ׯ<==ebcZɓĉWק>|,ddd ??"BPߚree%@[[}}}hhh@ H߮]ٳ'԰w^x{{͍s UVGff&233\6JB"P\\ PSS]7MMM~`ll KKKXYY 'mY)yyyGBBtYBϞ=abb@cccC__:::3֢P^^jF򐝝 D";Gmm-1x`8::YVݿIIIHNNFRR= Qe%JL---ѵkFEU @CCC6ǯ>$DMM 555H$B~~>df̘nݺ!;;ppp#zұ!>>)))HJJBHHd֭allܨߵ>'R,PUUj~E" %{#xIDAT@~ԨjΊrZZBCCq5xի쌾}FC,#;;[6Gff&nݺH555`7[BEDD|pF{{XؠgϞ033ky|TǏÇ@zz!==&&&|80zhXXXpͩŋs!##􄇇<<<0`N ]SR)>|h JpuuoQFES+Jt53g#WWW(..Z W^^NAAA{}O:g233iݺuԿ@FFF4uTڳgpО={hԩdddDn::***GJC uѭ[vr e˖Q>}uڕ-ZD$J[=C弼]Fbx 'ڵkGQ׮]IEE B;wJ)իWi֬YK4~x:|0sU?L ԳgOꫯZMYE9%%ϟOdffF+V۷o+mR]]?9[pٴrJ266&MMM9s&ۑh3g&ʕ+);;hvEL۷o'Pu4JMM/,,,[oEׯ_WyRhҤI_~@ՊhyX IOO{*++:233i޼yJݻwիWS~~>ױ8OWݻ*͛7LmTUUѦMk׮As_{'@^L$" \EUqbUzaWv;:;Xnu^@[@QP I Lgޜ}:'NDff2;:_WG* +W0=z4޽kk:N޽{! ]vrsQصk  wnQFTTQRRbkiii7n8-[fAsaWWWwZyo"77xؾ}]7ԂL8Xzu~6/_ի쌉'&F'`ر˳Iݒ8~xdo߾ \TsuJaoFbrxw+[ԂTD"( \vt{]BHT[c"_~ef'˱pBp8$&&A9%%0aT*Ɇ:Axx]Mܼy3h"ڜC]]-Z'''l޼??? 2 u|L8ס|Iv2(J :vBhÆ `v)=]valذ֦.^777̝;1DEdggC.#""S ϟÚ5k6Ё!eee:t( IwRKvZ0 ĞѣG0 ֮]kS;.^>%K8+b <ZfP...X,TwC A||M޽{0 aw^W*DxJ $$qqqVr}}=bcc۫Vkق_|Ufee㫯^W_}>,UՈ”)S<| 夤$NuVX@Щ2eJΘ1J"z8>o | XD޽{P( \[naf__7,XV>زe oϏ;.;wZhPE߾}A 0D.ވ΢dffB"`n&&&B(k֬1X>___M8q">jobUUUfڹs'))){ｇ X:7 ZD^{T*xzzٲlsK`kﾋ~ύ^;vL&3kEUUU O7{yAA˗~nV(_bbN׭Yo_pDm۶=4h-bGHHYDVko2zmݺ~:ׯ yyy8qX9| 9P={~!&&O'a.z}]ݝKyItLFDD&$o"*rrr"www3WyOhDkjj˫g-?=}"R 6?@N&"ϛT͍S=z4=|= o0Dci\.I$***z$ iڃL.gIDDEEE$HZD1G%%%]&:> mj["#AYPPYY,Mjj*͞==~""?~|M:M7nѕ+W(22zDDsŋ… t""ZpA}]/rsso߾$͖ᔓcY[ղϚ5cDD4w\5[4V~{7QNN[DVk 6n߾mb+6NDE\.Z~|<_~c&}aƍx____L:`@T "ӧ߃ဈpIdffWM`̘1rrrЧO;D"6\n)sE@@O?o߾={v1uu40a|fiݻwC,A}}=}vNII |}}!*̞=2`촣;##ի?"''=tvOsؽ{ٲBRgΜ1K-}6>&Ol3oD-[ &ѯ_?p\bӦM-V8pB^^ƏLϳ'5jiii0ġCڵ3;;D۷cHLL4{˖- "dggwӧrpYrڣ< M}GϽ{0}t3:#ۘhh\񬲧v[ :-};qq Vr 0 6NV(me(Vj3*1bĈ^u=[aĈHLL4[VGv\.ݻg}=h>hРVgڝXbFk+**X,6y?Bu?3\]]?%TTT@(믿>{n*˚ yL6WތJnLAشiنt_???s~H$dffÆ o[ݻm`+ecQ*\–>W9r$NMYO N8aARzCe'OOaŐd ,X,5MX@㻃Zl/kS9z(\\\p15NâEЯ_vL?ٳg6AK>#|MQɫW0|pUfJqq1BBB0|.ߤ=>c0 Ǐ̆ނNÒ%K;n7(t:X|>-HCCV^ ap)R^^ 4"y dRfdݺu`}M鱼~|>.^ء:Uaҥpqqnи~̙ӧ UTT ::D HNN@ @ttM37gƍp8XvI8h'O ::^^^tR뙴Kg}ggg,\&Ő!CWd899aƍVɆQظq#dvG;{pwwGlllg- MNp)bd24jؼy31czvϞ=pwwGhhh;h4{챵9mںcǎ^3<@Det*1gp8,Z%%%kt"##gY5{qg),,D\\nf$$$ qqqݦV'a1cΝ;! !J IYI>6m2p "Wݻwmmŧ~ʮ?<\ݚ7n`޼ypqqaÐjkB 󃛛VX-o0]ݻwb ;w/^DLL 8&Ong cr`ҥ{X:ڲ2D"A>}tRܸqRF~ "DFF="Ν; iӦرc*ͼh48vM`ܹScΩS k;^Xr%>|hQ^WW$P(}v<{Ҫ7nٶ1s.444 %%SL3B!-[NCZZ-[{ʔ)"qy#jRw0x`رUUU]A)׮]3XcǎŶmېוjVcՐg۶mv=(.. "pTVV<đ#GfV{Gka/,kg}U9@t ]Zsщ'(%%H.ӛoIǏcǒ\.j3:V7oRzz:ѥK"##i̙OÆ vA~~>%''Sjj*]tt:9FMcƌcǒlJEte̤k׮?hƌ>x9sӤR(88ƌCƍѣGSHHI6M]]ݸq222(##ө M6ONƍ#gggcENtJOO/_? > FCCRpp01 c5۪۔KYYYK999+J4n88BMM ?~G̤[nV%\N S=xÇRDD=bcciҤI]Դ͛tY|2]|ۛNo) R(&Q觟~۷o~jD1114vX6mIRڧA9 C锝M999G_&'''ׯd2dH>>>$H,X,&OOOrssc>Fa3ׯӧTPP@JJ%K(Rxx8) 7| ѫөWҕ+W x]h4pߟi$H"P($Hvuu%OOO"jJ0\[[&&ZMTQQ.--%RI?Bz) a($$I5\t:Qff&eeeѝ;w(77^xADR)IRd@b|><==ٙ8ȵZ-QkdvEEǏѣG#z1{d2 0i6'6ƨӽ{ faa!T**//o31f{x<DOAAAA?,,ko5Z-ݿѣGTXXH?&RITQQAuuufx$ I"L&P`` IR Auii-)**J%0J%PYYUWW%ٙB!b0`R)r2d{sG2(w/^|aWfM+N}!HD"a9jkkZfZf|ruu%""OOOruu5i9^׳Z@DDr!%G}!@@""e888p v#(;pF1*IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/dangling3.png000066400000000000000000000543531335323540100160410ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRgkUbKGDtIME-GD IDATxw\O{$,eFԺ۪VUo+ZkpX,A=C%? yH8׋KÓ||99y0 t)Z\`aĊ30LĊ30LĊ30LuIE~~> PPPHX X2b466ЀZ!Յ9zsssC(ppp 9{ ôcGkpG$!55YYYDff&nܸR6fffP(" ccc֢P]]E],C$}YXXpww! U0 2RG\\^ G011\UUUϗoܸ!C3|>Ss1LwNJs'*,,Ddd$Ξ=gB,:2mիCII 1f3:*hV,''ġCSSS=ƍѷo_#*֭[x"N>sΡ^^^1cf͚ggg#2F`Y JKK}!)) vvv9s&NhkkMMMѣGo>>>;w.͛ #2bY׮]͛qA`Μ9={6սRd~a֬Y ŠA0jp9@LL   bΜ9Pi&$''#00?0zh1^;]xAAA3f LLLׯ㭷b1x뭷pucƌAPP.^u>>'bMkh5 ~:+̝h~:1j(DGGsa Vscʔ)8~8BǏǔ)S .pa6_ 9s`ӦM$d2,\GBB; Xqƣ+ <}ѣG-N۷o#>>ӯ0]X|9R)v cn߾m;yd)?ݻwC*b 0眜l޼055:Nk:::pttwH$'Oگ)ñyf[n_YfqK)(( sssڲe |@ՔK'N$oڵk‚ 0k,znaUs....\aÆqh[-.000[FFFpwwDZc%''>P(D~~>\\\Z\ś@ @ @HHnݺb_˗/=0bĈ'Q;v s̑' 3hY-iq_>9sѣHKKS(GPPqaaНK/2 cmmMJMM%[[[@O&""vw\]]H$#M8D"ƒY[[&Xp!uQee%oiddcYd sεMff&O?ߝ:uҥKꫯ חnD^ %۷5jUVVʷsN6o[fsjkkP@@s ҽ{]NN ___)QGzZ /I5n8`ll,]޽[q!S"""YZZxtl6& >GH:; 6l+Z}8;;O~{uu5Ξ=_ '$$HLL| AyyyO>8rs￤}ExxnxtxnܙyѢE9rd <:D/Ri&㧟~zm۶ ƍŋ1p@VI."-- iutlJJ?1cPEEIRDta9sfiE%$$GONVVV~ׯ_OP; Xq={6#rvv&244?@uuufi#@cƌQՓ'O6ݻWvFt9}gX~=/_}Q?sŋzj0 V^O>3gĶm۸ml۶ 3g'| 37^;;M$3U[[ b׮]Xr%>s#1L5gϞصk;SMɮ_磸vĉ0] hĉqu~~~裏PYYu,WYY>~~~ѣ_ 3ôv888ҥKغu+l۶¦L4_֭[q%888pa$V7@vv6^~e,\Î;u. ;v@~pBog2Lw期Q^^VZ?ٳ'}] JJJm6lٲX` 8::ra+)776mΝ;Q]]3f୷СCand2._۷СC066o v ?VTWW`֭-f̘ٳgO?^СC(**;`٭^AacYܹHKK ƍqa̘1K;Xg8}4߿///̚5 gnr 0χNrMttt_"??_^@E"b]?+>sssBywppʕ+!H(6o0cŹ HJJBpp0*++!Jꫯ"<@Ht£e#TEFF_D"ASStuu055UqFcc#***#G 88Xac]D䧂766CY<<<ќxCC&N]v< 08sfժUx7 J!ZSyw2 RoVZ< ݱ9gJXp!nJcU344D]]x<;شiSB3 \lBuuu mZ-C־۶mCHHHśacYED" ӧOy86GHy,T*ӧ1lذc3 9XqVb !!k@xc<|<O>Z533CYYzrVVVX~=fΜi6NYŊQFƍ B8Nx<BBBp 5 .Ľ{8N0+*| P͛7o߾ PaÆqÆ P(Dll,~7aaas*|%a:Mkw|C[PRR+++=CXZZ>1 ,Y?9J0+*rE=6l@hh(q/E̙39r$qF%%%߿?ÇsG!f˗kkk0bŹ&N7n 99fff\GRHEE ggg:u ZZk ~;wW :hV;ӧm6l޼Yh ؾ};݋Cqa4 P2xyy!((:J8|0ѳgO0F`Yϟ3g 33\Qj 0/"N88 jlZC=pݦ01vڅHlݺ8 YIJKKqaΝ\ė_~~ )))۷/qF$fB\\ajjuN466r [a5~áCm۶n[@WWwFrr2;{aF ><==1}t:N?/@||< uQK8+W^Arr2`llu.A&aԨQ())ARR0jMk(رc?믿---رyyyo0jSuu50l0޽8]ҦM#>>>>>\aŠsZx1vލ7nҒ8]aĈHLL.בFmipuXf +xؾ};ܹ+Wra 9?#TAQQQTشi/^k׮=-0cO Crr2\]]<;6 W_!,,g7ٱ3 7 }}}㨝~ K.e 8wПiӦܹs9r$qԒL&ðaP]]k׮AGGH eiŇ~_f4rM|w\a.Xz5***vZ=gggX+WDzz:qbOXK,:FJ>|8mmm#1LÊS̜9`sJooo|믹0]hGTT:uֱ¬d+V` 6rnT*/lmmu$JF60۰uVdff:رc233sa6rnEyy91|\x=/_$sa._e2w"77%%%DDŨGmm-GZH$=zabbcccB#䄰0߿999zM@UJ?G^^ C}}=mff--->777-veAKR977iii@jj*qm466KKKMCCC 2@SSP]]-<nnn0a<==www6'DUUU@zz:222p5\v agg'n.ͧ? "d2yoC.!QTT"d2\\\yڪa8KR"&&W\All,ݻ>^x􄳳|D۳gNSUU\"11HOOGff&jkkaddA!((`KS=w"&&qqqAFFR)zݻ7`bbiy$ \dgg#33888 00@;-3:RidkkK4o<~2V[%%%b !]]]zX ,--IOO,X@III\>|H+W^zϧyѝ;wŨ)L&S߾}IWW>#*..VV6@+ۓ}TQQugH7n={1}gCcuIgrvv&]]]zw53Z]޽Kcƌ!---z)77W4Nmm-]B!щ'aIGу$ m۶H ?LRXxqF266&wwwSv&VZZJsRYYבTSSCEG[nqI-N:::G\Gb3皚={6ikk˩ri}RFFq_'YXXPxx8q4BZZ |HÇ'ccc?#wq4x`:FH$dxRSSב.CŹCdoV%H$6:t8tA֦P::tk 4ӪB۷/u㕹_9r '>O˗/,CwM4sLV'[% 3R IDAT2^z%VU/$###RHWWVX}wgW^%SSSꫯt1^[#,, HNNfyQ3gƍz.UZZ ;JӧOc?1qD0]DT%''cػwsd,ZH~{urmwhɓ'#//O)_Q__+W*Xl,--qFڹs'}bΝJH\qW_FUURd4@[C1c[oаP;J~٭[hӦM4e266~b-[5]vM)?s 䬲Tѡtڰa4|zqRRc_U… jW ܜl"LJ},k׮% *,,TJ#FPhhRj7PJ[}!بTɓ'Ȉ߿_)S(ܸL&S_YWsLF?*=F=1,Hp (; ڽo1zzzOyJ*֘:&ys(=F}=Qmmm!HPRRi;mn^~۲e:usmeejʹ=^x6T[[\nc7VQQQܫW/vZ@C~Ӥ>wռ'i;=u`ڴiÆ {bGDOO2p m999ӧ{_gggݮ-ͣvԄ xyy)V[ ~nll["P4ρGG&999\)1j#G{ｧy^z/ښJ#H߈:y$_9 [쯨I(R\\UTTдiɉbqY?Sy5550PvvvW;wO?yΟ?OZZZ$Tll,x'yM0a@ ٳgw,@֭kq\PJJJG64zhiL&^x֬YP;O{~:NZbt_zrtt_ùS#gI!!! g%===rm=޽{¢[_+9ܹs/,,$kkk S-Fs{VG~~>YXX(Tu1c֭[ ʕ+jׯ'###]Sq畕GAAA$HnO=ԩSK_*t[dbbdǫJYM2Oס;藍C}s}i´… $h޼yN!555ܹsĤ 1Q\\L ޽{ݻwtANzzz4eLO?D4.1Do&|Zjc \Bԯ_?1g43]=>>zE...Y2z׈ڵktuui#H$Zf дi i3/[Q\\LÇ'mmm/ugѣGW^dmmMgϞ:Nɉh˖-l0`?K橞kM!LF7o&ׯ;vLٹ4RNN͘1I$q驪iɒ%Mu$R\\Liذau$FM([^^M6x< 2qPTTD>萫+>}H4l0@'ND#uil2244^zΝ;hy&JY3>>FAhԨQtqJhZeggӻKdooO۶mScYϜ9C "G17oޤ  YZZۼ?ôGK%?&L@<^|EڰaZ|tW&DB-͛7kT&ɓ')88x<9;;Ӻu\GD}}=-׷";;{=GSNÇ+m]®(11>#"---3fLOk.?A*RTTdnnN|>Ə>I0J#zJJVWW#G`޽ƌ'b„ ]wz\t 'N@DD޽ www3gR 8uۇ'N0tP7Ǐ VTT(>}())Ν3gƆ눌?~'ODdd$jkkѿ"((]zi\v W\ALL bbbP__AaҤI8q"%TVVٳ8}4N8AAAG`` <<<ڮ| ..UcLLLO?d4ʊqe?111v///xxxӧtuuy555Uaa!233t!33R... 1vXXZZ>> "BJJ Ξ=+/t%%%011<==wwwxxx|V:::uߚdgg#33>/**|}}#F>>>; LP\gpRWCC4ddd ++ ҂-лwo899  077|%dccc,Yk׮/Ԅ*TWWC$A,(,,D^^rsszVp􄗗 V௿B\\RSS ܿ```޽{ss_w\\^z%444 PQQ:byb!//yyyϗ/8ldd777y<| 蟈3f`ԩnZQ.Q[#HpMȋݻw>P NNNprrB߾}@GJ>s ֮] mmmX>:G#O8ͣ_8;;AKKK>nΆW񠭭 D޽{cڴi3g|JaFs[NcǎAOOOe4T*͛Q[[ KKK*utRdmcҥ7t,//ǩS<?9Nt JKKz}|}}:"駟( 48矐J} 8Y-=cϞ=xncaaݻw/+7T*ETTJKK9Nt˿((((PigggY/b1Lq%ȹ١C8JtQT<1hР'7 w}H\zӨ|'F0D]vq,xݿm={8QGGBJJ b aFݻ5d2\vybcc[Jd(..Vy>}`Ǔ3:pwwСC~6fiLqs_ b:Ã!l\;7".gDDDbٲe6m9Ȩ)vJؽ{1%>>/R)Ugbƍxwaaap0p@$&&rQSy!33YYY*N([yy9n޼!֧O,\!992d6nܨt:ш✞[nۧDLg~mSS||(+ Ӆ͘1׮]X,.]u$FEXqf.W^Ő!C0zh[]<`řaԀ@ Cj*,[ gFuu5ױNĊ3è K̙3tVF͌9ׯ_ p83åK0w\L>aaaO,47VFM7v܉ 6`ر()):$83?>bccq]ڵk\Gbg @bb"<<<0tP/\GbĊ3hsss8qaaaXp!|MsyN837|Gȑ#2dgk*2ařa4ФIF… \Gb+ X9ijg`ؿ?;aΜ9o53h8O?8<Z==V5j^z 'O:Vqpp@tt4BBB0yd|l:0;w⥗^D޽\GcF M"** 4h<g$_\Gbgz쉨(̛73f.?0 ttti&ر׿0n8r[cřa  ::999Abb"ב-ViIIIpuuEPPmunga  %Kwo.?b83 *>+Vѣ8|0  annޢmmm$wER*555HMMEzz: TVVx4foo={t?7tuueeeFԠ(--H$BII ޽+x]]]򂷷7={rh2 33HOOǍ7P^^.ߦgϞE7!|>x<&HP__r\,ǃxxx:::bHLL fΜ ###>|n/H猌 !++ @ C> 033> 7̓#7o"-- iiis}!C0l0 2ΝC &&W\A\\ADA\]][n:sD[VV&ݾ}YYYbQSS" @caaiy1k,$&&_ܹs+--Ell'11uuu0221tssC>}}ޙűŧ7n<ǃ @*/7nqqŁa2d ___KUUUTDGG***ЧOL<&MСCH18wN:ӧO#77?  L&ݻwq5!66dŤI0n8jjjҥK f͂ N:Dhii[ B޽sWZZdNNN7nƏѣGPHn߾M~-ޣVEijj$oחx<҂ ҥK$ɸȉڷoM8I[[JWdjjj:sHZx1ۗRttto""LFJ-^"##ݬi4tP&}}}8q"۷jjjTӊsCCСC㑭-QRRFݻG7o&@{˗Sqq1Tŋ믓1ԩST^^uNC? 0@_}qMe諯޽{0`uNQ^^NS믿N/^*8ի֖ttthΜ9t)9=7nPXXؐ[u,۷7!CЖ-[H$qM/$;;;4}t|2ױ:˗iΎK:JD"ڲe 27m߾ꔾ/窪*oĄ(,,ݻJ}}=m۶܈Ѵi(''X דт ())XkllR@@ ???:{,ױٳG( #mmm2dH[T}ұcǸTǎ#[[[}qG-eeeѐ!CH[[>z\SSC3g$ZbI$qwv9rtt>}PFFqPXXH$h$JD"-Xx<u/Ǜ(,,x<-XKԁT*͛7@ *,,|68߻w @*Ј#Ą"""#M666F\(w&CCC9r$bȉb9r$ݻQ͍lll(::Cruu%///}̓sT'O:EEEM>RRRO>4p.1:D4p@ӧsL몪hdddDQQQ_X,&OOOȴad``@ϟ,CTToͦ1:ٽ{_~4`*++,GYY 0m{UTJo6v@?8d2:u*ÇȴB&Qhh(YXXp&%PH4ͮ\\\h<2ƏO...dBafZg211K)555i*¨|}}iر]*Mvm233+V|+V 333}ݝ555رcחݶ\XXHgϞ ruZp!=r-;vl4iݻGe+W${{{|*ڱcyzzӇvءm~:*⪿=J:::*=?33tttѣJiO,\ÇޞV\vw}F!wJGVVVND #sssѣ-^oٲڵkJ/BzZמtڰa4|zm o"sRHH{;wRߕ~?r vOkU}]ѡPQQVŹ[\_}Ukc?afԙBLmZV*[v횴Ť6,vMf7FMf7f65uSMck]oʋRP^D083 0D=9{9SZz?Z2zyyy.[h4EVLL x4悫/؛$kkk)\k㥨2n h4r֭#ӟܥƭVrkܹ֬s:ug_Wa`qqqri0"k$R*=ngW/_7I\n7\ry+v㏩RFF .osu\rO<f3׬Y`r.Z$-n޼juuu3g~lhh ʠ >쳬Uϲ28_x9XEEpݺuvwE,//RpH$./wz_ fVV}-7R===|1AI>F}˲mwrJ$8<9wwwS$ehwf{{;ϟ?HB9@#Gqqq$ɈAο/:tۻy&h4Y__Ϧ&FDD0%%eT=sss 'Nz ]࣏>jW???2YV˲Fb?9RqժUlmmeqq1U* [nv}]677yZϗM~0!X/^H&[v $ϟ۷;<9_~`x5o<% A69c&_=pgll,X@v#T*% xk+lذ}f{!nܸrk>5{>|[9>WݧJ? s蜋-"@cǎ155ծ3### CJ%<۰m莹>L&o@JS펄ho~rO?͜sdh[YUUE wxϽk& ]Fo>U>UyNNΈh 0yz"PTӕƺu~zvE"Ѹeߺu N {G@{{; 22Ү-3owwS펦:MJ&]Z[[.N|V]]]P*nR.X kݧJ?MF(0۷o}Q~;| 8ySf̘-YPSS#P/ohlܸqCD 3g ~[.::r}-X,;bD O~Ԅ(:gVYfd2E֮]+O˖-{БuQVǎΝCJJʨbcc±7N:%+,,+vm#M+466eY# X,e *o͚5Z8V]] x.7߶{d2p|PVVTDsDbb"R)"[vF?X,@RR# ySONe֬Y;vΝ;<<ùb :7?H$"?aIInk/T(W(h4Gs۶mBCyj^|fڵk m23gΜpoߦX,c\} СCB &SѰ\v-z]<nbݲ2h8do|WYW_}e9޴;95c(G%8s>uR򒇡oET{;w|`P(`VVVrٲecv1XF:+|,Ο?B8 G(,,L&?ಬ(--T*k&-_Mwf\\GRY,qޖ vvR騱:Fu}xU 444P:j{OrӦM.q^x2MUT?jtI5=z(u:j5?iaopBd2ڵ˥kr򯪪*>3gM>{.wIBٳg{tr n<=հX,O(˙kCfp]R.SO>?!Bii]qt[f|&%%Q"ppႻDOJ?Z* ͷ~KHHt=zԿr`^^cbbSZ}}=srr(Hü,~ӟ {lib_a lib_o}; lib_a -> {lib_a lib_o}; lib_o -> {lib_c lib_h}; main -> {main lib_a main_o}; main_o -> {main_c lib_h}; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/depgraph-1.png000066400000000000000000000651661335323540100161270ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR[WbKGDtIME 4 IDATxyXTeǿ3  &(," .hhKLrI33m{,S߶55KSs!ÕT-@TdMd߄u^+ 0gu͕ə;gA * m*TPnT&B2*TPGEEEBVVQZZ UUUD|D"D"d/XYY:@rr2RRRbhllD]]!X ===fff# oKtn77n 99uuu---&&&066D"<2 HRTWWxd,eeeWII rssQVV;\]]wwwY\ŋtbbb022ajj sssBOOB ESSjkkQ]]BܿHOOG}}=\\\-{|ʇM8<Ν;XB__Æ akk [[[Ojjjd;w !!7oݻwWWW?Ǐ7b5xTk׮8vahh1cC3LMM{HJJB||>x '>OcǎM6q4Fuu5ܹsIGGhʔ)`Ɂ Zh B244 JKKc[577ә3gh֬Y$Ԕz8MvI\\\;By!8qfΜIjjjdbbB}-Mˣ @ ڳg׳-]ݻGW&XLwQCC۲8D$ ~lڴ  IJe)𜢰w?R,ZWƀؖiyf|۷/֭[yAMMmiO}[nń .;;[p ''(,,D"A]]ZZZ ٓB{{{xyy <;>=6T{O?EMM -[ _^9Kcc#݋oXl>sӇmiƼyp^V&۲?cŊt"##* 8ttt+3̚ݻD||<`dd___,X'NT Qwڵk4|pb *))GHhjj_ȈmF---l {!mmmTq1ӧx<ѡٳgӏ?H׮]#Dҭ}v&G?s-ijjO>hܸq,o]JIUUP(S^^ےXE*ҪUիmIr%//HWW;;;VXABŋr/ODiĈ$hǎLhRzɉ رclafZ`ijjÇٖMMMxb "999/ϧ>-g2ׯ)͔^A]]hƍlQ(R/_Nzzzt0T*kגP(PFr޽D"+^e9}4ikkӬY{IMMVXSl'H$X(իWH$ׯ3?66i.]2hDRss3ӚzO&HDWf[ DFF@ `HRZ`Y[[See%#9H$?HTIJJ"===z7NB0FII ֮ۗ]˶֨'WWW7oc96lcOSrssICC~;www?^^^ W__P>m&H@_m9rcζNPSSkkkl߾/2#9Ν "BHH#LGK/ќ9sf@?9rLLLL {ihh 9r䉘/mmm7n\ͭ[6M:|M>|x̙Cu&}}}MAA N|+GZZuQg+W7cO$iΠ rss{"ViHR?5yyyun7 4G17\mԔnX#GXÙ3gۣn͛aii X W_1n8 6-R)^yxzz~jC(>ukŋƍ}Yػw/x<,X@*.:7rss{m1c0㰷6v؁(O>8r~ ֆ1v Ǘx?~TXXH(%%5' e?c211_~ݟ8p`3e[ojj0a_ky47y]ff&-***" Xnii! :p@MJJ `l&;v,%%%ѶmdSsrrhmZ.\|J{n#'D3EFFRLL h'֭3QWΎ]ቖHQQRi6H҂H$O?Dhii̬kQUUW_}x ,xEg >|ǏSwG߾}Q\\ܣ8lSRRqF8;;cH$غu+0zhY+|||`nnz 8w}ɓ'˞^z%{MZZZZZPVVO?.TGdffBKK멆`9ruuurʴbbb&А 뒴BCCュKb֭l2=ՕO[QQF!"";w.͛ufеkx{{c044~GYS!t~W@@͛9sfwj%[D"XQUU޽ĺuXӊD"a---"eeeBCCb1۴4Q\\ "ĉ؈-j7_|>lf455A" ;;~ zͽ{_b׮]/z?xa oI;) -&mBw(**%%%ʱo'8;;㥗^U关3̙X*008v#BJfŋQQQh= Ǐ̙3@/^d[(..Fjj*|||wJRrqqu)qs۷IMMؖ"^J|>޽˶Nwߑ5c+yݻGXAݖÚ5k Ϻu/*xH+prr޽{ٖwƫc#G5j#LG"JˋfϞ@O$[!!!d``@lK!!!ԧO`$T*%WWWO,t>:33b1 '222l¶#JӓyN]]w}X'NX,Rrtn믿s<)..&;;;:u*gW@ HoAR^UUEJK;n9JJJJŅFIlakR߾})??m)кr||<#񛛛ߟ\]]9sLLD*ʕ+I(N\UL^^^BUUUlQ($ 𚚚:sL6nhh@266nWty8TJ֭#>O}swW8{,ј1cǒrvv#GuvZG҉'_ 2|>_߻wƍGteyJ1ϼ={HSST:>CH>d['kkk2d-QOD`ͥ`z7ޞx<x< m綜D۶m#CCCrppܢn^LC !]]]ڶmUW^aÆ޽m9RXXHC%KKKvrT*5k'GGG H]]i󕘘ijڶm 8B!Qmm>UVP(aÆ(K(,,EǣqQff&ے8Auu5M>iƍO?D2S?_mUUUѕ+W￧iӦikk9Y>KhtyR > XLOU7MH(رclK6RO}~ xjϧI&ޞe?377@:t԰}]BnqDDDѣ ?[3hʕIfffiӦUD1b ׿EeeelKz&LJ|>-_\6hCijjvEC˖-UVї_~I۶m},.}.\@SL!GVVVݻ'4C:py{{#;;;ھ}s9p]ZZZ&cccsbeg$$$Ќ3ȑ#)..JKKiݺuGjjjY;,33>#255%555-[Pnn.S)9BKB̙CQQQ4ܹx<}ײ~:{deeEޞx :p@ESSݸq~={6ϧѣGӦMr#JɓIhÆ rQQTUUҥK|2nܸDn}-lmmacccccFFFDD"444 JeGH$H$^%%%Evv6&hjj1bƍ~-={^g{MBBpE\v uuuӧ1x` 8077)d{ B͵Faa!߿|!55iiihhh@~q߿Gg.=˗/糿aD#//ʒQZZ2tWnqc#Tȇcw=MMMHHH[MMM]έ CCCxxx ...>|8{;*A {{{̜9K,D"#H>/;7G$A$FFFΝ;;Pv @aƍ=GD(..Fqq1(kHb1Я_?ر7o8JE`'lǣSNu;FMM ikk6Yb#G懰EBB[n7r$>>D#Ft;̙ݻwQ@,_6mbM+ ŚވҘammヴ,Y7n͛rR3W_}[la1i$={5 181f 8PQ={6ϟ;vpbbĉACCRz Jc"F8</U$9 |SLABBJJJؖ+P IHH^~7}^”)S`ooPB%uȤI T9&r- :T1ձpBٳRT7 0uT ,, "mI"ӧO-Wywn"xbܹsrPZZ)S@SSgΜ-;:ӧOGDD DpDnݺ2dc;99aԨQnR]]S gΜD@E2uT#..m)JM۰dlŋq1TVV2"HRDFFܜmIτ3,--ƶ&rMF2PSSCpp0c9z Gff&Ξ=-[!""mJM$))L+EyFcc#(888-"..NpD>|;w0TJKK ^}UDGG#""0Q|ഉіZ˗/lj'eۈb=gΜa[Riy&߾N(Y: &-GnL:vSM$)) V բ7bϞ=1crԩSQ\\NHjj*K(}vڅ5k`˖-xWؖ#w\]]ajjzJ8m"8pX|9֮]zm90ydDFF-Eiᬉ#??_&Z?Ν;_~˖-Æ ؖ(|2jkkٖpD233!JaooEy~:^|E̙3۶mc[L<8lJ4ZK$::-½{@"Hؐ-_Yf! =r8ɓ'w^ߵDjkkQQQژݻ)JSinn~ZIJJ/&M{> ꞅ͛7ήӖ%=wΙ<d;;;DGG?%_t'$33ӦMða+dIeC$ѣ+AWWW ΙH(6_O0 T1Xr%݋^{Mf$󃉉 ?&!C`[*V;s&R\\ > ?XhnnV'9tl^CEE&O Ju6XӦM?kiiQp'pD`ll̉իot.T*ņ d&"J~8::Νc݌~ [513-C֭[7TMM ǑTR6?h Uwc8g"2555`РAO y6lh3!mڰi"HJJ$Z6/V3~zPug:s&ȉu3QQQА}9&aÆjdz!@CCC6ε/6.9>28 D.\ǃ5vڅ>L ]%1^^^etȄ ~,XΝ۷ܿym 氰3 kk.&ݰa{{{|g;w.'r)Dhkko߾(**… V_es&RUU9illqE\t ׮]|CCCD*HMMEDD޽ T ]]]xzzbرȑ#=᯿zbVCqvv1s^e[SS>+++@WWW!UJC466:vRBBBhܹK.]J+Qjj\ѯJK.%@4w\ ZӦM#uuu@ШQ̙3=<ѕܹӣ|AaΜ9 ĠAXۮ}v̟?mIö=Ndd$*FҢEQPPI$F(DBAAA)88ܹӦU駟l766;-NȩS=vII 1),,LѣԧO1b-T*h&/rFr<>”7dggG w=>W{. 4(;;[###ec*r]TeN!gJKK1eˬ4ָ|21e5ɓqML6 3f.AU_=#rqqalTUU yxxP]]#9֭[G|>9H/s}87***\3hTTTc$~zks#9`G-GP(|gvǓP(G2_*ٳi$J2_߮+Mo*o%sssƚdllLg$~{?oWݙ͛7CWWM=y͛73___k׮'|FrU}W;%RQQAm'CJLLgݙ4ǎ#]]]`$~mm-b?8LWaOS-},{rpp0ttt//YmawHޞ3_[[f8LYgق> NHڝ4vލ >,]y`aa(@ b݌éS?^T}\"2Dq SVhkkcҤI S|}}q 3̘1[n1P|}t};S&Ӗȕ+W  1|pyX,g},~ ֆ1vÇC(ʕ+ķ)ȷ<Ǐ=cDEE}#GdvT֟!"" XxqX1c ;;Gt};}6n$gUmIKK >g""DW\C:w\q.\@$JiݤǨn""'''Z~=c?f,< ƎKIIIm6D+PNN͟?dvTLC:vۛ>3jiiu֑OvZ"g{v011g~Q0w\ 8^ssscf\ /;F ]ߍ7ǏD"֭[aeeѣGdzɓ^[YYX|>o&.^G-Cyy9ӟ?̬{ sssaXLLWW][kдvQVVVVɭ<:H{rpΙﶉD"lģƍ{﫪TơC#Hd\&hjjb,6D<2 t};StDYqv233//_"mllDAAd+T^^臬:::g7007vT۷ۻ2]ߎउtbkkucҤI9r$V\#G&e}cժU:u*F'''L2DžR999e,Gaa!X|6+Z=^|0ܹs=㡈v‡r}zorr2d9R~477P(`Fln8ӧO3NNN055ELLU)?111055#񓒒U};vLw^0|۷OΪ}ax"{{{Fv Ι %KHNN*&99ׯ_ǒ%KqKoEU'QD};SW]hR@@ $$D^w܁HQշ->>  UWWw;Fff&ihhPLL)'111A $U}"48g"IIIRRRz?$kkkNdmmM~!c9"""H(RRRc9CU_Է+pD*++ EDD(N}}= :̙MT*9sСC9Q(##>c$~g|} Lm8CT)PjjjmA &PsssOvU};उxyyo-X$ iݺur [B!EGG4ڹs'͟?gI&&&4fR՗}8i"K,I&-NV\ڷ"hnn+W@ `JLL-[ٳO>H  u9~ii)(00$ wulˑIoB1O>MڮLR\\Lcƌ!PHÇ'XLH 4|j;wлKdffFP=Oti崁&rn5_EdiiIr4k֬6;4FD̼< 5kаa 06mD<`.Fo/Qll,YZZ_lyNHff&8.++3g@ w}GQئ}]ڦԿ!WWW!H$O.]y:[;sL*++c[RpDIKKH|TJv"###233})U_GfffdddDv=挎'RWWDB!9::ʕ+i͚5KW^e}'rNѣi(++e˖@ ڿ??lʹ~rpp @@˖-)11wh&B6mڤP\&{BreddТEH }_ ZheddtYYY|rRWWL|>TXlZj:M>vʷAYY޽ONdbbBVn+..5k֐X,n3f•7חM8k"\ta3gikk@ 1cЧ~J UWWSDD}4fMs̡ÇmjsMM }ݹsG.q\_6VcddkweMÇqYDEEŋHNN3,,,`nn333ʎ"(//QPP|$''#%%999xpvv&OI&AKKjll1w\bFr(& lKQYYׯHIIArr2(cccXXXƐ!C0rHS;TVV"66탺:ܹSഉ|رcٖT!CW_oǿ aff x O?ѿ{}iym+H .LJP0:O?Evv6lllؖ)Ŋ+8sRq xxx xT_kkkX[[?666znLs{>p<"`lKQR)O̜91&Oh966 xzzŋlKy*n*())YcɈM&Lsα-㩤C$ܜm)*z@hh(ǏΛ/ ĶNȀ+~'N/أ}􁛛Ξ=+'U܆&>}m)Qrn߾ueZ4iDχٖ)%ĉׯ<<'N`[Jdeef[nDteGO'N2Ja"zzz챉PSSSDǏCOOOdEL:hhh[L.&<:o4** lKy 0W,z^9~8.ӧOGmm-bcc(C lKy8;;-CE7)**Bllܺ2XZZѱ׏(`ڴi?ؖɪ%&44ZZZ{iӦ!,,LqҘ̝;ϟeLԄ (1G/#Q???!//ORӡG-E&UwFI K/1̘1Ŝ,DD"9&55lKQ O|L6ã^2S/m)B!RTtcǎae,ԩSq94551MD`xd"NNNlP QTUN92kʔ)*nnn6l뭑t455*!>ę3gʴ닛7oD!R54AMMMdF D",Վ?~<O(B*: hjjAE8q<==ѷo_=zt(㥗^bKTUNZZZpԩNHpn&:qMV򧥥aРAV}._2Ȕ)SP\\61c;wd%ݻwakkJn'44 RX+gAM^Cpp0jkkU]݆z7n$}}}zhɒ%| PHFd8p VTș* ~VuܻwoNC% @ϒ2;h֭Od:x`>}it߿F< !555*//WxdZf 2x<=ELMMMa###QUUfM5χT*:&P1OƨQЧO.,,W_}%vŊ$Wz͘9sϟGFF A=1==N7pvvԩSCsΜ9ӧXjSLE ???>b /қ8qb1>W(../k>stzL7C .]qSGkݭ*ׯʚPÇwj"L8$Jo"s˟z!55yƎ\>>A^Ucڴix갳? F~(x?0a;v_~mZ|jL  22"EcccWیcŊ=Y* IDAT9ҦT-0n8\zO4o߾ݣcǎ=QWWʕ+ߣ*%::&Mb[ >_}UVO3pvvF||*++@ 氰3 kkkazT mњ055B!! Q[[&ܽ{'N1cp}Y...XT 333aժUjillqE\t ׮]CMM |>   ǓGee%UUU(//QPP|ܽ{Rرcパ#Gv8ZjJv?cǎE6m1tP8;;⦥YK҂l$%%!>>111Css30{l̞=EÇ͛TCXX=pcǎŨQ0d8::AQ\\{!-- oիWq%ܹsaڴi̎ti믿2d[̙3 H(,,.]Jh„ PccB4<|WdffFRTyhҥ$I(ܹ vI~~~$ I,ҥK)..|D222hѢE$ А(--mYLgΜYf@ SSSolB… ԩSIhС}vTXm<==ԩSr+L$//.\HhϞ=T__϶vw^b1w}G lUX9}4ڒNUJٳgikk'eee-G.;v i=TZ}r[[[K-"GAAA$HCH$ "G-gT&"JiժUiĶ$Gcǎ%]]]Udffp\㖔Ј#ؘ 11JJJJc"ʹ`ԤÇ-1h$ )$$m9JI,1zvv6ѠAݻr5޽K ";;;DR)-_ ER)]B!-G5k-^II ѨQX9nBєӨQή-0O>D"Ʋ-E^D"]~m)JAKK ? xuuuA...TUU%@UUG9o"$odTJ , kkkNL\:qqq_'[[g# -O&RRRB}kײ-5Օ͛ǶγqF>3@bx @`/յZzv֮GJ{ֳ]rj]Zjk}ZEEAQ**B ƀ* !aA$3d>xLx77w\޽b1X@mRPP@bvqD|M=zY2ruuX2yd1cFihhO-ʶO) ࡧ55 .X,sα-X FlK$F6mXV"Baw%OBKK ) ZjUᬉL:"Gs455Qaaa۸w޴cpl[n'ٳBl={'ݺuvN.o!## .6lŋVruuťK'xzzb̙ٖI ңqo$&&ZHٓn礉lݺG\\crn7oN<˗/-sdeeYLZZfϞ͉\7B!fϞ49i"¤IqawwwN0LpD4 Ν;Ǚny\7y;w6Ι^GAAyF♛2bРAH$XrpU;< ^jucƌANN* zǭ!rss!cM{ŠA 6ȑ#۷/]vw˖-mK%d2lذ@}S P*Ř;wnZ-ODWWWL4G'::b72{{.\@$kYY>z BA?2;R+WRkk+P||4HIIDZ%/_N=磏>"BaE8*..h֬YTQQA: >'N*2FRI*tbBB%&&RMM zxb?B>gnܸaݙHfffCCCiҥƸuV7n V,/Ǫ1lѣGӂ z<;Cƍii~rrronmm%f}ET=ȸqw:W@X~m??d2[[[k֚^^^Fcc# ox:4|0OۇTi`0۴ބVwJf=]1usJjuS?ܼy֢VaK梥= Pܾ}ӧOGZZmۆ @`ktfqDLGt.mP^^3f,X7nQ*ذaF#֯_RiZYƀ"Lj5nܸt{=MOOO$%%᭷•+WP__cǎXk]]]̻=3S+k׮a„ Ek. <qFܾ}}iii8x <<<}tKrqlJeY 0ݞRX,[ 'OѣP(0iҤǾྐྵyfH$( aݺu=i4QQQth+/"""RRRؖI"""^!wDW^eWRRb;rù(Jdgg-sh4Zk޽{P*OP*"* >>>P(qDfϞ J puT* -2@ 믿[Zd<{b֭xVsDbccP(w߱-3o<#a!&͛|Xt\[7o70vhܹz> ;w>}t8͍=m46mǵUgMh4Rll,-^m)@!!!vZp|`r)//'RTPTB]&BDt) SXXgAjj*d2jK:$>Nч~HTUUŶVضm/lW_}6{hС4m414m4:th/Λ`c:\"cǎX,Tp___ZzUcCR/^<<d2DsѣGbFӧ}lK1իWiٲeM"(--ZJKKk M˖-WZDDDBCCダ@*B,bmAݻwBӡ555BYYJKKQVVfJƍCbb"צGjj*~u$oߎsBӡW^ly$pQ9r())A.#"" D@@jeI}}=PSSZ*… @ @dd$1qDL0Vc"iiiٳgq/ҥKy&ZZZy777"<< QQQ"Brr2 ++ ÇGr!''lKyb둟"\p%%%jd2 6a4 "h4`ĉHMMEHHz}یD"@*_~OH^@qq1rssj:ӧS›*++vA+Ə4^9ݻwQZZʛGILĬYPUU%Ko߾|U;w5jRx隷gD`娭żyW___־ß<@ee%0~:ӞO?ӦM/btp|T&&a'#F`ĉ(//gM 0ݙ&<ѻwoxxxC,cϞ= /V Z~jMظ3Rf[ O&lݙUӧOwӧOcӧRx7`ZQ1U?~ZϜ98<Ng{:\UkAAQ&jDLL4믿f[չqZ- ¶_{ՒZ~mxzzuU7ÛH;L5",+y8˗/GuuW}e[ COgڡV ???tDj=*ľ}p!Xm9DQQ=ĆMlF;F4Yiiilih4Ν;^knnŋ ᐷx~mcԨQ?1~xh4x{{C -Ӣ̚5 .\… !9qh40sLDGGr;`ҥXv-b1 ChmmEhh(ϢZAD>}:- NNN "8;; ---=z41b 663֮] ___ky2DHD?1˰aðclذ_|EmG!CwY]ǀbv3ryFAٵk @ `jiia["#|'L "o X=ŋ;}>|xzÚF1:;;ٖ(s!ZbE'cɱjfrrr=D"JLLjlwgL 8W\Z>}Vʒ*ihh@rr2H$Œ3uVд .^\n<=aD B{e ;_D}}U5<3VX&T*;D"[,*bZXtp^kk3 ~~~XtUcX6H$¢ESO]@uyw_W_YU30/ѫW/m"AAAm,Y²"ؾ};zꩶPsqIi4hz=B!{9OZ,&>, 99cY sk WWׇ#_[MKHH`0_X;cVZZ2TUUt{.ZZZp]b8;; rBCCHXa|lggN"555z8wwwD"ܼy{?elDjkkR`05> T DHD^Wbݘ6m4 j54 .]Z@`` J%Gaa!/^899]3 XfMS濡zk֬ABB4CIĞ={g 9r$J%뷧4%%%84 #֮]Ktذa|y:ysY|||H(ԩSСCd0ؖFeee{b3g]|mYΝ;Bnnnt&b: d2H$|rؖe{ѷ~Kaaa$ iTYYɶa.Ǐ$jl=ߖउ;vՕ/_NlKz$ I"իI׳-.,){8[S&@_ %%%ѵkؖD455LOSYYے ><=uٹs'b;w]&O?Q^(99w6L)Ⱦ}H,Ӈ~G'NT* pH~~>ْ 'O$777Zb:{'\NyDطo Bd%>voo̙3QVV<0\| ѣGs9ӘCTT6nX\>a+&b4)S`ժUL,Eaa! [ GƟg_~N>/D"Q-M߾}7o޴Z [ɿkbĉ;v,ߋ`" c&RWWNo???Z-”kJM#+3{1@cc#SE߿z*cZܹpssZ [?0{1j;ʳM^^1c  p '[oʕ+DZcǬ:Sg3ʕ+L3˄ Ea׮]mώlܸon{͛!HP(uYU׵k\na"@cǎO?dnmz;m}?lf_n՞oiȿ=L$>>h4LT*0{1Q*TH* g϶j>a* c&7xiiiV} bccϿyʿ]deۭ[O>sN&r:ݻ7co0ٺu~z;}w}OFnnnLF]޽{Fg:4$PHNb4.{ H,Ӷm:UUUK~!+{3$رclI`۷oSTT;Nl|Ϳ=j T*<6e0F}}=Pdd$ݼym9|y,&b0(99hlJ:j BrؖCD|y, [[[iLvّ-//hСV]\ISX7֭#PH/"iZXHW&HD Vk` <)1"SN\.'___JOObQQőX,ug$pD_Z`999Q||<-鱨%KP(QFủy\8g"&Μ9C111$())Ξ=˶j'DB26nɎ{ G&b"##FI(>>oNc[Vyyy4w\ruu%LFk֬;w-bΛGҫJ"d2͟?>Lzq-%%% >6mDwe\ S )7n۱{nA*gRRDTTB.VUUJ'O"++ /_Fpp0N3gbȑe<͙H{'N@R...B@xx8~A*B"@,z th4Ph4t.\ܺu E|| {lib_o}; lib_o -> {lib_c lib_h}; main -> {main_o lib_a}; main_o -> {main_c lib_h}; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/depgraph-2.png000066400000000000000000000464211335323540100161210ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR[bKGDtIME z IDATxy\SW?dWDAX"ֺbAmUcq[j;uV[;*X+t"XĪu,֕ "KY$yr?9{sdDDp8fkG<931#93BZ9@D(,,D^^rssT*Q\\RTVVBRg.]t?OOOxyy! L&c8Dg ZƩSpqdee!'' 8;;sΐd:T*QYYRCTjpttDpp0BCC ( cpz")) Dmm-P`߿?SPPɓ/GGGL4 /"""1M̙3/{nj>>%q>1bڵ+kIRUU=  =z4n߾,899$ 555 EN[[[֒8/Ŋ+PUUt1;899!==UUUXbk9=Yf!;;< k9L8{,FDL6pPo߾X|9lܸ/ ‡6mGGG>ŝGGGlڴ}R퍯SNe-(/Pw>40~׮]ppp@dd$k)rE+DFFv5.Gx;w.r兴4Qcr̝;YЭ[7?~aaaǍ7Z@u B!XULO?4e]v޽{uݾ}+l^& By>l0( dgg >߯c#[[[z饗fϞMCս6##J%iZ''''""*((?&@GL@%%%5k6 y*pss4KKK444O?EΝ1b}7ߘdaƌtN:kkk֒8{8tYֶ[b:DnvƬO &MB.]f֒Da͚5زe <F5$iɒ%hX FCK,!\NpD0sL8::"::EEEؾ}UoUTcǰo>DDD>iN>^x2 vȑ#YK2?^|EZG$ Ĺs0d=+V@mm-kYOLmm-VXѣGcȐ!8w7BhZںu+رCRvAB[n%VZAEE-\r9ۗo߾$i…TQQZ!O˗)&&r9Ջ֭['X'֭[Gz"\N111teֲ8FӃׯc˖-믡R0~x Z*++III8rt邗_~-Z8 7hjjg =z4BCC GGGƬENNX[[#""ш+8m708z(Ұ}vܺu  OJYYYRCT"77yyy(,,888 &&ƍرcacc#HnxHKK㑑F?yyyͅR|خB@@1p@`8rƍ';1qDj;v盚PZZ{ztpx>f( :tHw15ܹsxgpAL0AXƤIpY 2DX /sGuXp8"޽+WL&ʕ+{n #m ̦Mн{w̜9S3gDݱi&br 7֭[tR( * ,][n5| o@6o \E{ѢEؼy9ҁ@466O?ū {{{W_ŧ~Fs7ضm\bm6f8 ,gOcϘjYd RRRpeXYY11>xov܉ƲX`ΝpVFxrGvv6aa9 zw^\|ok):x \|{e-cd^CmOeLnO?ݶY=ƛoZJ|MHMMe-cD^F.]?J~{'$##x뭷XK鐷z `-c$ 3f d2YKy =B 8qBCCpr1zhdeeaԨQp 7jǏg-B@ZZk)p?&?Ft3Gرcxp dp?&&L@CCXKy,BCCakkÇa7cpI1iii;v,k9ѣG1n8dgg#$$#I&֭[8qk)OĨQap):tHCիWc„ 8uX0?*dgg#F@׮]vu GXJG̙3HIIoZ޼HII3gXK0@dd$n޼SNb?g"%%Wf-`^)))8{,k)=C2e JJJpiR J`` w}?sac-a8wk)=:u*J%N>mrUcw}ZG$xϟǾ}zj3;pgիWc߾}8:aOгgOlذuuu|M{HwuuEEEErtW\ʄ{Fuu54MsqqAyy8Bc=|MMMYYYᩧB~~ɘz[J?(7ibֆEsssrxxx =="+WWWrysͨYGH7olq\gggSdUt8;;whrđ&fm6YZZGE޽޽{ѣeG,,,ЩS'9rTO@@9N:÷{x¬ _^^d2@'00)))-'&YBwjiid+NHÑdɑXZKD(,,D^^rssT*Q\\RTVVBRg.]t?OOOxyy! ͛7 ܹޣ;wb֬Yhjj͛7˿)ߘdZSNBNNjkkaaaxyypvvFΝ!tJ(--Eqq1J%_V GGGh44447ڵkP(s@VcX~=lmm!pp0BCC 0#55III8x jkkѷo_"$$Daggw?k֬۷Q^^GGGL4 /"""#5˿+:u5k'O"++ _4Xܢw7O =) 4i}WTRR"x_DDTRRB_}M4 ӂ ӂk`ߚ#!1 38p@wAhͤRXѡRh4h =`-'>--I&QTTegg-Φ(dHiii% Ͽy#ዋ)::Pdd$={VzsY$MŬ%=6<" @K)))b%JHH`-"(&&d2\ ' rJdCuuu%u?~3͛7iJBaFjj*͛崁\~:Ə\!BL4 GkIx9cp×cĈpuuŁеkWC6otTUUGyy97b%ĠohhѣqmdeeTYQSSPt emA[bn6pF\zz:b f:x_j2 )) 9sPMJ3gΐB$cͿT0ӓ6l`$͆ ӓE_X_JdHi&8:: i&b~cTUU#%'' tܹkii$>$''#UUU KK1/5wDFF 2dŋTIKppp]%t?V1w/// G_r9Νxca,z ?&Nh(=cǎ%L8?2aL"z>;; Æ 3ސܹsxaooիW *pgMزeZ Blb22 }~ia˖-HKK v튽{^Q.|d2>0( ̛7׮]ȑ#aooQFڵkz1/IXf h:} Uݿ ???Φݻw:vXdddR$VK$n""???Zf`2(44.\@}K/D4{l:t岽' 9Beaaazjjii8 = )W_YY 777}s?FHHf̘>}.<<}6#Ψnnnnd_xgЀO?zˆ#rƍ7nF iU*233xbXXX^Q]]:RDJK8t{xxjϾ}GZVmNNNސo-3:,ܹ=oqr٫W/hݴnvz㋳V O"z֨"*//ѣ<^]]h/^ݻ [,/D.]\\1n?ǟ/Eһ7hNN\3g-Z7nS ]V7n@BB@PMp,o\taaaزe Z-6oތ0zw@K Bц1vXaɒ%ػw//t=z@ll,&La^Bj(,,`1XP'HMM;5t1/I%kIDAw M1)233???bw"z^&aرc ;vٳ][1b_;D#LF.\0Ĉ$pd2<[̿0HMh={2|<C|k\r)33IL+Wȿ0XM_bRVT*_]4 %$$P߾}I.… %ݫsD5|+/_ԫW/Zn]LYPRRB֭^z\.|2kY|abV]FFVVV4ydg-^QQA4yd"777k׮E,x-Շ&߿{Ajj*ѣG#44ptt4hZ ++ Ɂ5"""HYo>鈴GEZZ?\xyypvv֕WnZZR(..RDnn.PXXLcܸq;v,lllwcUU*~pctJSNCnn.Jcgvuu"((HwrG۷?={wo #PZZJ];q߸q?9zs- w}_G8 ћF0إ˗#88sESSA܁77%M |׸~:֬Yc69wMmm-|||GaÆ 8y5w9z:i`v,Xcb|ho 9z;;;+__ ޾9 ћ$>ς0'9zS[[kKrxb >"Xs7prr} lݺ裏cpsQ 뇷~qqqr加LnxܺuKۊcccѧO+0[@D7< ++ _}Lnx466bxxg? DiJpsF˫6 IDATr; /- ћQ occ/Ƿ~+Z\S7B_kѣGcX|9E-e9z#e҂UV[psNЕvѵkWlڴ _~%~Knx ṛ/bXp!j5 R75qزe ~W|4Hnxް:ok֬_W\t) ыv$XǢE ы+`r|Ķmۘj1f9zZ, 6 ͛%hgzHʺu`oo+Vbpsu V9qrnx^9DDDॗ^k+͹7""#""BEI}}[YhBBBb߾}oӌd ommNYYY!::"*3/`xL[IIIXv- R +s/tsss777c֬Y"*2?yno֭ڵkhh pDC҆=z4;|>̏z|]SNŋٟpIَZ҆ٳP(g :^~j5rrrI3oZƋ/@yaׯ_]g ;&2vHÇGϞ=<޳gO >"e=sΡW^U8|!y9s@0ġѶz#222ם={Vw#)cE;w%%%O> L5 0! ???ֲ)?Fn  Y\7 wyhii۷=  .`ĉo.&c3g---9s&k9fA]]atƍaii?^WTrDB!77J(--Eee%T*=2dK.pvv<==兀8ZMFj,L6 eeejDdduMMM(((@~~> T*QZZԠͨB OOOO>G@@v}_oZSNBNNjkkaaaxyypvvFΝ!t7AP]]JJׯ_V#p1/^Dqy 0'gơC0zh,]ą hЩS'^^^@{{{XYYjPըAYYQVVK.兰0ݱׯ_?ޫHJJQ[[}"44!!!8p ޤ5...SPPɓ/GGGL4 /"""$kٳg1l0\v >>><1EEEHJJ¦MT*P(0 6  SO=Ͳ2Fff&N8JeKnn.1z*m۶7oޤÇ+ JÇ7oÄUVѐ!CXhCzz:9::Rhh}fZjYXXPll,i{A 5ݻ7OèGԯ_?ݻ7]vYd 5{سg) 7oIoSN4gΜǺ`p߼yzM!!!TYYi捎J ޽{]O/ɓYбo>R(o?v'E222ɉ-Zנ@0`hj0`JꚴL>Y "SN-ZQ"[[[H7+V prr2dFQUU+V#RϮ3f /w}Q5j~z= MD Μ9c&%Ǚ3gHPPRRk)0j(Zt)k4k,$''#UUU"(nnn駟2H]tf3gԩS;|^~׮]pppJ!),,Ux=Ujlllo DFFvb-EPnݺŴ_|4mKkؿ?~v;wn ףD2F.cܹg-E04 Ŀc:.CCC;v^/++O?'#cggcNJK_&N~ eee­[YzaСLߍ12 ǏǡC}^/gggCP`ذa4ȴ7t:w~icՠ*v]v #G=Fk׮ uذaP(4+Z XO8#FݎL&w}~vvvزe ₮]b޽n߾]Wf[ld8|0 P(0o޼㗗#::~OF™3gsQI5k֐>M<jyDDϏi;n;aaazjjii8 T7YF8,8<|&)..NvPhh(]p>3^z i4tPk322HTVx]-ˀ:reffKM<"##j5]xQK(//էKѣi믷iЍ7ƍ@ZG6)Bp @JI|wwwOnR~~=͛׷444?QCNիW~wz|mkZ///mjf pvv=޹sg999RYzjH_YYK.>۷}<==jf^hݏ5/m9QY^^=zyluo޼yB[[[AcD=xܹqqqzLfϦcO/ûM+W趙Zhnܸ7xXXlV͛7#,,L *LZ׿u=n0Q\\7n !!PPPX}\:::"** /իWRVO7𾾾(,,|FHƎ ,Y{-/P]]{]||>>zhzXL0!!!r֭[aoo???~Z_ x{{}RɁ\}1IL=7k׮~1fgߘ07z~~~pwwGff>͘$pww7}Y7مMpq^d={v̙;v`Fа6|XXz4#ܹs}^ǩSoS&Cnn.N:e뼅^~ewv~~~>}:֮]oS&ڵk1}tw`ٲeq=_͙*|'Xzu/2$+Wښ233 ќ$kkkr k)F/f-6nHO=YTz˖-V5H___,[ sν璃Q]]sbٲe&{9[n1? ӟXKaJZZ6oތM6=xP.oߦA~; ~?Z~ѠA̢b޽we-[??hٲelV,[=&6 }) JOOg-ETZD9r#@cgIPEgv m߾{xɉrrrXKJEAAAȻ \bb"rZdc{%54 -Yr9%&&#veh44g߬Jqq1 8evMII!;;;4UUUIvvvIh/ZJZZZhٲediiI}I'PϞ=iРAAˋzI'N28qzI^^^?#:+0~Hry*//g- hZZ~=YYYɓ<'")S\.˗KxMM -_r9M2***XKbBkyJ('O$ooo֭%$$H?MYQ JEE-\r9ۗo߾$i…f۫ ?}4L&(:{,kI|M'WWW/ ˒oCrzE֭{!)))uQ^H.SLL ]|,aϞ=d5[~ $Nv2R9994o0aFMT"33YYY8v._^zaԩxhxwcF=ziii8~8rssAD?OOOxxxYWfgkjJJJCaa!d2qaرpPhZ|&[IXnv߿DII ѿ򂇇w'''CPjZW첦eee(..FYY.]<梪 vvvFxx8"""3ψRp)?^0RK]]]兀c }IGqq1BBBУG;vdKN?.?Z\rgΜ (*mee777Ga 4< T>FohjjBii)>Sl۶ |gwvv(/P 99{R^åK RRYԠ555=BnTe΄Y V޽{ {g߾}~3K.͛#%jkkWa"ݶ>BDL6 NNNxg>Tc K 7W{DEE? Ϙ|0H_E1<+ҥKѣGDEEPTE=۷qMwj*,\fEkL^HEEE cbʔ)pႨjNZ;6 @|[ZZo3<%---u% _TT;;vN:!99]tADDٔn}D~ J'> ,RSS|H/Q$oxT\v fBKK S=B{xi#iËyIA 0ѣGtRr^HwӺ/D\\k9:熗&5<ATEJTTcڵ&vvvG#JKKV;T*ɮƫ潻Y-yz-c֬YHOOGpp0kI^HvH_TTKKK-?պoĉ&_05RDn݌\8pI=ዋZuZgLuu5^HJ ܻoڴiPլ%Khu5ٳg1|H >:5|QQ$zV d|x뭷Xyb᥍$ ܌23x%0 /ms!@5K/!77W sxi#I÷^Zʻ RYf!'' `-鑨qKI鋊 ѭ[7RLxK=qFH޽wQ(T̑5[c9t4CRF>4RH=77r666O1'=5) f̘1/'k9¯K]SոybbbpEFZ=UvGr=o"2IwO8SNŕ+WX˹FuR0a_~ѣT*;ݺu)dHLLȑ#1m4dee1F_ݺu? "BQQuB!.B BA2Lԩ糖jPJ%yzz҄ Hшٳd2Y[[=y@vvvDy2~H?w\rj6n߾  d!O0<==w^deeaٲe4hlmmADhjjBsss{9q7|xxCMw111") l߾wYZZbȑd χ8 ?h&\+WFDU1}t[K.ѣG}Mff }YXYYuFo!Hl@0>x$\\\ڜ?!JZhZz饗ɉy^#T\\lYYYʊLba1(edTzw]1e Ѻ֭[ 700Ùf^i/?6oތ˗C\.GQQٜC#((aaatN>InP\\l;G{Qr9BBB;$z6fœ9sxdff̙3ƍ8xc3yFg$zxV.]VL&CAAP>}'Nĭ[\&7nRSS ѣ7n3t I<[k IDATVVV2+߿aaaiFÇT* 7$$iݥ$ ܹ%{zh;NMwww899ux"?,dff&\\\ЧOSwP) AP탃z)J.]۷!1`DE믿o{2 ׯ_G^}[oaɒ%j1KA jɸv1j(aРA#w%6l"Bss3ow1X/^~9_r^{=!4p@sΑV"d(55,X@$h̘17ߐZE4cƌ{x{{s|2ĐB gggZr%2hСC4uTN|ݺu4reЙ>**s1|QQ͝;r9ۗmFo6D~UV=ƍ,?}vzWXKk)_JexZMׯ'{{{ݻ7%$$0)$TTTЪUƆO%=6˿~FL666;Pcc!u)**+B%=<' m6`z51!99ߟrssYy <' j)66,,,hժU,.&Qhh(9::矣/lxFCs̡N:ѷ~+&477ӼyHPО={X1dxVK-"'''ZsZ-ۤP(h߾}s #3҉'cTZlmmԩSLuͿ)P9rrY~jZ3gy{{36 M֭b1:n߾MYfmM~…"4BQPP@666&j\;ʿ)ҡHPO?$3 2ZZZD/bTSN3g Ν;sP.](11QxRȿ7U5|qq1r:~ A ܻ'=1K,0H%bVbߔiݎ;PBZZq 󑕕˗/ }ʿ)Ӯ:?p`Caggc  :nnn8r䈠qxG2m Vq5J/^ls`;wO?4z///Gtt4acc wĈ8q`K)믿",, Z7yAXz9eggݻ ;vv&OLTZZJj.^(V_@GL@%%%&>N̘͛1}iwĚ?Fn`ee%SΨ}俕7bܸq9r$;S[?0gggŴ*k@JΨ}俕Rح 7u|J[n.=ѣG6A&ڵkihh`K%:N÷,-+W`̙EƍGGGDEEaŸz*T*T^^.h+B:m \~رc%K`޽  TWW^uV={ć~(WGS6]vE?`ܸqׯRݿx%ޝچa~: IH@ Dm6&(jem-Z*}-"h6EAPhVQhI :M~C^|nxy]JJ %.{k? AݳOZf3E^/b?=;𭭭p8X86>>Nd6= . JRGa3<233QXXS!3Innn hii͊h? = EEEHOO*dxnGll,d=|ֻA\\DwqqZ( l6㼈|ƻNlq*++\ycccj̄:ҫXG}hlmm ݸT.QlnnbǏrX{}jCCCPHJJBOO..."M0nAyy9666a=>=Onoo100Zx&''aX@D(--Ա"ϼEI 0AD0tKBaZVF,//E,ob֔ Puu5UVVlvHxxx]r8p8huu~?L&jhhfj=SX̟߹nZXX5r\ IR`%FChHTqHQ0P(D@~?9y<:<<:<<{td6HӉ'!qv6>p8IHH4'^OFJJJ(;;[_d_^/y^ dyIJJ"RI:Jԑ ?j[0xF37iLRIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/depgraph-3.dot000066400000000000000000000033501335323540100161160ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph g { tupe2f3af40b23c178d018db610121a6e5723a7eed9 -> tup0f35e44490ffc8bbd1a66a8982bd23828ddfc5e1 [dir=back]; tup4292086f7b6bf5c87ec0d5dc39774b534c9ed9c1 -> tup6713836dd56d9f3986dba8956c1774b11f04977c [dir=back]; tupcbdb3db4b2645d5429755e26348aec5e7be16fad -> tup6713836dd56d9f3986dba8956c1774b11f04977c [dir=back]; tupeb51fc12bda245d93ac07adcb045d0b6bafec313 -> tup6713836dd56d9f3986dba8956c1774b11f04977c [dir=back]; tupe2f3af40b23c178d018db610121a6e5723a7eed9 -> tupcbdb3db4b2645d5429755e26348aec5e7be16fad [dir=back]; tupcbdb3db4b2645d5429755e26348aec5e7be16fad -> tupcc7ce20643120287f4e6737e87d05538f5877b47 [dir=back]; tup4292086f7b6bf5c87ec0d5dc39774b534c9ed9c1 -> tupe2f3af40b23c178d018db610121a6e5723a7eed9 [dir=back]; tupadf3787e8363817082b2f720e7909a5895772f9d -> tupe2f3af40b23c178d018db610121a6e5723a7eed9 [dir=back]; tup978285304b6def504573bafe2c06baf7ed013ad4 -> tupf878ab35ee7f9121b3568de8f879db7f12a3f74d [dir=back]; tupeb51fc12bda245d93ac07adcb045d0b6bafec313 -> tupf878ab35ee7f9121b3568de8f879db7f12a3f74d [dir=back]; tupcc7ce20643120287f4e6737e87d05538f5877b47 [label="foreknowing"]; tupf878ab35ee7f9121b3568de8f879db7f12a3f74d [label="pinchpenny"]; tup978285304b6def504573bafe2c06baf7ed013ad4 [label="Russolatry"]; tup0f35e44490ffc8bbd1a66a8982bd23828ddfc5e1 [label="coquet"]; tupe2f3af40b23c178d018db610121a6e5723a7eed9 [label="stickwater" color="red"]; tupcbdb3db4b2645d5429755e26348aec5e7be16fad [label="depressant" color="red"]; tupeb51fc12bda245d93ac07adcb045d0b6bafec313 [label="finikin" color="red"]; tupadf3787e8363817082b2f720e7909a5895772f9d [label="spiketop" color="red"]; tup6713836dd56d9f3986dba8956c1774b11f04977c [label="bioplasmic" color="red"]; tup4292086f7b6bf5c87ec0d5dc39774b534c9ed9c1 [label="conspecies" color="red"]; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/depgraph-3.png000066400000000000000000001077741335323540100161330ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR[?bKGDtIME3 IDATxwx聯M#(DH@ \ł?* (JҤ RD"%6  IH%dxBH!ewg69g1;svf3oU1cze"u1X] 13N1Ƙpe1 Lի+@\ $&lh4@f`b(bqs<=ū7Ьд)OFo[۷))@z:&]V8!^Ź Wpv~<3R6rׯ pp"PP(HO&jb"- F8?;w"h 7"% *J,/c]I;qT*;7>NN⵰P;ɻ8I/"YXsڶ-кx1ء`.klrr0`~ܺ%.;Dخ(6i"J: \&JΉ~}W/V7M1E Z7/@ÆIL[yxQ$7ōW@n@׮@@Ц NƠ8xظعSf^z W$֭SSƤV}ZW7BBv{✵l)Xn@NU$7W?7IIݧЯx-aU '\9KJ.VՁQef;v6* 08::È~شI{x~E~8p@<݁7}n{&Nrt0vh3qqڵ?D矋&?_<_/JB5-6PS 2* WNRS3+>DTZZJY<|(Ѽy7~<0c($qC|h6 =ZTM/cǀ>^]tb WDgNG_~ W{@5k ԑUݽ{Y? ^W7p!/8̘!jdj1+X\%jc -qf*eCZZ$~dW_1ￋxNҫpqG1$cu p 寿@`_:yGP;~!r4 [.HO7/OgWW#b`8Ba>0P ;B|Pno ̟oEii":;uaUʆ1ou漏D^y χEr`a[W9;vWh3.[RxLb`8w5k+c!g`saPg=Ϝ1 վ}ٳb&%j9.۲egf+Wxb֭[l2+5U hQMOV o_1_~ߌI>@&|`ooox;۷ouQ(87boZJtV;qB3f@\Obڲ$W(Ff KN*h[pw#]qq鄄+1>:$JO5L .J%xb:Bk P~5a~~>ZlM6ivItGuСC̙3]BT[nyf,&ݡCƳDF5.ݦ`P*FHHvݳׁ ;V:(\VӿQQ\ꫢFSm1&g_?ѣk@.]""lJHHЮ@m۶'NɓYfh(::<(::&OL&FCDDD֭#FC.\ sss:| ӧZ3fPPP3cѣ1ԗ3ZfG D*((+Wh=xjՊLDsRRR wFIIIڿoܸ(<<"##)22h'teddTKD/X?oh'tR*sODDjZ{{+:om<+Dp)@jaaa/ѹsgx{{cժU^>'++mҥ ܞNII,]TN:ǧSSSKYwGGrcqww_uWÆ &&[w{+:Y)kZׁZ>)bǁ#GDR$( xxx >>cĈXr%&LEQQVX pqq KX-/OL/b pssB@LL 4iRb]UӪs+:<(7'=PٸC 7Wj14Onn5kOMMEhh(>|Rƍ!V`+P*enk׮ŤIp)@߾}#99Dwƍ[[[ܻwD'''bh4Xt)R)IIk~}mĉqMdddУ^9^e9\V*Fe⪖ڠAͷŘI[]˽.Qpp6@;w&RIJ:vH)Jݻ7ݽ{NSDD}PJJ ݺu BvvvdmmM5~MFэ7sdccCtƍgRm?)D5LJJ 4,,,HTR߾}uV=D|R6WAdiIUm1&c>m-=Ӑ='X''য়hD)J;w}聜ιN+:􊫔GlaDԑqz>޽[V\ K cz WE?֬c4Kű{ԳWof6o_~tHN-:􎫔^^5:pд)pa&6L޳c^i@RGØq5C$wKq8PL>o߭[@v|aYݻ@h(:5h_~ Gڷz4ܾ?Qq,'[Vgp!xygQQRG#_QQ͞-! L(J5t='-[j<cƄ 98}8z/4OKJu:v(&?,zePi4"h._3(N+v#11Pb(̈1TwVsnܿ/z"9"êᔈ#R6$AVLLh: q,lmű2d|9`tic2vN/\;ɖYp ^=13ЩoIg>q 1J:@Xoؾ]ꈌO^|}EsJRGŘd8JP!CD;ִi@AQNAcRc"7AAT֯kٳ i#lDNR˖ /<)uTw j8r(b ߭Z?ᆕ^7,'?8Jox8;е8ƋyBn]%pA^h|YȤv,ƧN~x=ƴ8ʁmg:ڨbc,KF%ԑU [kb0QG YX(u&CӦDkg'z!<(J yX;|SӢԑUˢxFq!3]}\UDߋ*g1ѢWnm矁?x#qccL8U~ +WDبQ.޼OJOC3n'Ьe]6n徾U~ 7oބLLb))IUoN ǁkk#d(p•;"1Hƍbt1o߾byyiyS\XX|S{2QQￋ寿pY[tݻqcǀHyQKˢgy~㘱jkLDuޞ=,%ETitm|nn.l*xx8qBL;bYWWQ0KyrVf1^uܞ={0prכM68s HJJÇѤI;JM>zqƸqFtZ<ʌb\­"""*LjgϞJ2\P2={"%%ᥒ- nNf͚ddknnM65Xp­6o\ڑo1th={"##* Kq2c Ν;1h 6 ?3ͥV%u(rpe(J8::ʄe >ƍڵkKL`̊;zq)1T]v-|M|Xti!-]qȐ8Xy82նl2ۘ2e ϟ_-%\ƌ'\V4y{a٘5k'\.+SmI駟b…ϥGo`iiɏ1&c<=+Sm?Ƿ~e˖a„ Rwhc%\V&#%%EP0i$|wXn]H'\.+GR5j&L˱yf5J .c  ¨TV3f 6l؀~ Æ :$˘q.+<<<&ۇݻw_:$˘q (1dbu2p;.r5lP%ܜ 4gΜAhh(:u$uH˘q G 733}ATT>\-S1&w\esrzz:xT*4o\$%\K\>>>HIIA^^ԡ=z 99lqpp1VN\ 6YU+߻wBxx85j$uHaooBJ c pYKMLLDpp0!`p)1U^=(JY#88R%m@2dooq1*$Gܹ ARSxK'\V! EPPR.Y,r%\.ݼyprr¡C*IƂK'\V!J׮]CPPp!8;;<ccjj [[[.2&S =ff"ko/^;ty¥KгgO4j]U=p)NpR%2HNVD8h|}EU\zzU$U-ZAA@P.ׯCyػw/J帄˘|q­MDrݹصK4݁`` h\6 Qd;t(D)[Áu ?ocV^*˘L)?۶/-[J]<|=f8ԯ/uFaذa011֭[1N*'XF$ڨ(uk^{M @f&+{KHHH}1~,ؤ3g6?v% ?4d NY; jU[jQω˘|q5yy@ÆE{o˖/ utci 8 |4xhؿ_dp/N`fY3o)S;w/%[WѷXL6˘|q•. IDATd` 7^k׀S[[#VFoG۷4#p/Nr#TTxtfjg))8X_x)(HnÊ.dL~8w߉mYV6O'ų:Q<c WNjwD%KDNꨌC6@΢cIcL8gOϜm&#FuLq .cC;ԩuG1^…yaQ#K\̘p•}o3N1o!=pr:".cURKIƍM0P(uz^TĄK'\}oT#:w,,ݻԨT<c WJ7n?GW\B{۷o[n5iLtF>]H `L8Jitzz}vܿP짪 &O.]mu=p!NRyP_zСCE^x2.psBBDr,`=TO9W .J%xb@:t9sJU)`P*FHHHme˖شiM6Xt) ;;VVV/Dooo>}~z4opuuˌ N<.]>>>Xb6BŋΝOցi92&GĤ1mQ65DBBK.Qvv6%$$hh""'Ow~hHtʕR>>~@.][@@޽۷s?#G>|v‚ MR\U :u*kߧR1_- 1y+;;@E8pYYY1rgvHrssB@LL 4iR{ϟ#F`ʕ0aAѨQ#"$${Exx8VZ>˗/Ǖ+We˖2닢"XB;J^ub2NW)KCT+@jj*BCCC(J4nw^Q1p@L87oDFFF*\@zUJ Rcann2&3p 3vMꈌ@}INr;&:"QX|xq'kxzhXdNr l9"&Oo5J$F~M<@^sg.˘p5uM{0P'|V`.Yo1W)3&?p(] ܿ)ROh/; H~tDG k'utƓ3&?pBDD4t(d 7o͛h4RG[yjN <y`\ 1Qr4:JUʌO@_[ w~GiivpQDut@Wn._rڲC` `aUw}%KR{{8YwboZ jHQb>ئM#Fډ6mwj277666{sQ#ڟϞgΈ]]@۸FjK'Z@Ra̙PT077 0-o nr 6VDsωѮ..bGGQ!6XN:GjXҀ$ .N$٘Q vDr @ƝR6RD/ɓ'aff"SNcǎo}QqC$/f^3c O<<oljD E 1Yӫ @nn.och4عs'f̘/ AAA'[@TRǥռ }% ohԸR1'TSqeL8"lٲ3g͛7ab":R1cFwhk+rSc;xˇ >ωɱcu?$sXr%0fĀJ%Z@n"##k޽{z'<1+s&&&8~8j54Mt[ R6aѢE/N'\355ի1fm+}m۶E޽ Whh( RE.#pNF85ܤV VMLL,5B^^VXag)2331'\#ajj Y511AӦMꫯ$R1j̝;=~p5իLMM1hРR%ӧJ`IذaAb`ƃ_0&/p;wѣ_KT/{{{c',,ܒ9sk„Zg bLF8ܵksssDFFOۦoM3MWN 66;w4H,b\̘p•s!00PT|buSSSYSNŨQ ѣGQh&&&5ka˘p•Ǐ{hժP^R155ŬY`aaa"""*ܟZٳgR +'\ 8p/2w^(JCڼys[ XZZjGoСpeL^x,e_o`ĈXfM$&ܽ{  NW_}  4(QͤaggׯKcN2zjL0'N?=SYHJJ6{akk+qI<c2U21|_ԩSh"%[@TO䁫.i0{l,X}TIe^Ĥegg2&#p%DD4i.]իWcرRTmefqpp.c2 W"jǏƍekRT-VVVRaggBybL8JcƌΝ;c+RTm\#aO{r>NI;MXAA ={7dq|𜸌 p (77_ॗ^:spp@;qeL8HVV˗/С!D4}|Q.TfL8@FF;w@Re˖R3|Q/>7 '\=KNNFHH222ƍKN)J( .ʐ-LLL82&p(!!={Daa!"""аaCC {{{N2ţM1&KYOnݺnݺAP 22&['\=z*興Z?sR䋺Lq 1cQQQ B paHE]0&pu޽;7oP8::JAE]c2 WG=^zSNػw/J! '\sØ|pՁ0=zΝ;acc#uH'\n ٳm6XXXHE]xN\n lݺCŘ1cO?T$ 1[M֭o{˗/I=|qcQwD ,]ƍÔ)SpB( C'\rpp@vva0 ʾ[{3gf͚%u8ՖŃ0&p`2e /^)SHl#??'!R|I cu'J "|'3gVZ_dsʌI3h4L8-† 0n8CzNNđ7CI@QQƍ_~۶màAIGžƵ'rcĈ ݻ"uHUHW)3&pːAܹs8x ^z%CzAAđTfL8>%-- }A||!>>!!!ѣGKQ(đښ.c2~:`bbcǎq1c<'\ϟG@@KQ:VR7CɀUx".]k׮޽{ǽ{䠠JP*ppp@ ooo4o-Z@ͫ|?v:`׮]ujJILbc/@ZXLXbGKRR X[bqq =Gn >˗k\&$@v6PX(^xy&M-VzVJff&bcc!>>iii%dddhL -- HII[:eeef͚m۶hӦ ڶm:hp5 N8;v`툉3u@mZ{V(>}8uеkW 2C 3[nѣ1rH^e DF>p]h4YZR>;LJ۷Q>^\D/\xNŕU+YFP`v;&n^|Q$Ŏ瀚?|p FDG tTOşDFFĉ˃=ڴi]K 6&R]""$&&jKڄB-["00 P/ 799k֬ʕ+6m`xWѶm[R}vڵ ޽;<|`YWATTgkp/p/Jш$|ℸEFW /xe__~:+,vV,(H$ߝ;E,.qD O={`8|0>|-[jYΝ+kjzz:o=z믿c8p :t`xI_Ncƌ! rvvɓ'Stt.wQ-EEE~/}:IwܡѣG5mڔ֮]Kشݽ{R$WWW7o=|Pth@"LJωΝ:2#7  Kd?nݺIF>$7U)Sޕ:狛MMDwH΅ҰaҒ護ޢ0*,,:4r }Wzhٲe(ܹsITRFhÆ T$;JHMM)S55oޜ:$uH5IwDDD#GZ-udu>ъD/(JDvi4RG& SN֭[KF"j\8MBd,"qcۨI;WBڴik׎PiƍklaUh(<}:ݻwOvvڑ5͜9t _۝^}5#=';J _["ڷO$_aCbczf7 ډg#hhӦMKfff4b:}aI"%%fΜIdmmM}edddJk׮%[[[ҥ ݼyS'HmL-[4H]Nh4D6*chtQcD.?($vUWҥKE0JxeK}͛D]ڊ*g#R_$7nݺuKd!'',X@...B-quzFO?LLLhʔ).HEĄh8##GELܐy_uOdee%u:$jbj_MLa71!SY7kmGn ڕΎhn1P@kHӦɺ3*1~Y}˗9 <Ǩw}G4dȐ*?ZZ;uTGV+Hc5eɃ Y$ڱChWa!ѻ*ﾓ:8q۷oK_)SA {O*u$h'jИpqmR|||?̄{A233WI@4 5|}}uKZrrE:G.g̛'u$zwEP իu"kCpd!h4?~<):y-ׇ;wP۶miӦ\TpÃMQ~~>k׎F)MD{yy*Q;׋eRGWo&tqi9Rt06Ãf]Ɔ9"ktj۶-nݚW hЗhP|1>g/튵YFFRBC_ IDATu[TDO4~wi&|uArr2hтp/]DtgNJ۷'!Gm #F%c7qk:3SHvC?Vo/KY8sF]d]޼yiѢEg]t5R*?TriĈ:Xeffm޼0;|P$? {`LZ&##kkkZ~awy3ndΞ=+x#FY O>4`ZA*//O _J%%T0&B 7>>(<<\o{ %KDڽb&:rҒ(.NHw:H{:ܒ%K֖zMTΞ~_yTv{5.:PUgkwN5bnnN/?^VU5_2gR駟燀=N hX۷okq!22ׯ_QT:j`kW`l$'vvvxvxx8mrƌؼy3looo>3~_9uIﻚ1c~mh;QQQ(,,D~~>._ OOO3FGQ.U1sL㏈/s} w $º0tP$%%h:t<#Gw?./F6o t(J&܃:liiihԨakk^z=3~_)@H^w Jcx[fff033%5j/.\AB~ؼysK%܂>}ݺuSRR0|p(JX[[#$$D.&&]vRDnSs  \+W (^'OD.]Xн{w"aΙ3F饗^ѣGkgڵKg"88۷/u[q\v-/^ GGG;w,\>>>P*prrŋ+nh޼9lmm˗ Dgw ;P Gvvvx(K:\Æ /֭[WZPoke˖شiS+o{:ѭp^oك^ݻkY^ *O*Quk&MiӦ8tPM ݻw:K.̘ӯ_?0`%&&RAA]rD]IVӌ3(((HnРA4qD*((mKYuɉ֭[G.\@ڶ sƌԲeoB͚}U?rss+WjVԶm[:qM<5kp_v]z3;;[ۑuDb撸8h4frpp(ZjE/i#e^y;vvز%ь:縬ٲ~N<mWv{:qJ_{5zkh(''>LM4 jSu&ׂr{5“װݵcGFFo;n۶LMMRJ%#Gy}P}%D(##Ą<1Heƍʊ)22"##Ϗ,XP}5h"rwwv*dgGzu?uV(q«r>LD(>O(""ddd t̙?=)77=Z"X,Z.qNup{/2Ç^{p;twFгnY޷|rrss+qt")I$\=BѥKo:JYZZO?D犮սT#4U5[| "cǎ3gpџI(333-%%lOMMWjj*hJTYTeK.Œ%Kdtԩ쌴4n +KUӝ;wP^=ZW Ү+[EqttDXX]Ν;q8rTvڅ Ē%KJ_\hbRfm )JV)5TUe?tg?ZqytՇ{]'ۺp󑗗^za׮]ϯg{-(G`ffVGZ㔔BR략8pYYY;$aق(Xkժm]j[WVGnŅ nEfd 2qK*In~q|gfL0AxM 0n8šCHHHzh"?_QJJglذǏǶm0{l n*===/عs'W_aÆ .k j.jj1qDL4 z!)TuZ_;ڣ[ՓDS{qüy& -[@*"00^^^G۶mk"** 'OY/" @vnСŬYsc*Ĭ,0 ';;ɽZ332p@b۷՞'YP"HqF 6 "5/";vk;Kb!33{y|r["H(##f bmm]vauT lGka5kkkOeGkk#^6vK, 9maGi;ƜK|>_.qWߟB!D":tǏO>MW^% 222%Ϯ}H$"HDz0"Z}礡Aw^cD4Z`Aj\ Um%CVVXC#G2s-p?JsE- j7de)fsUK&aiiC)Ns'##prZZ"##1nܸpLP$%%EDSj\l݋vK_3g~X;5*utҀ?m% A$1kݫ{ͅ$ 4j@|>.] 6{Eqk$)) _}z!V^ ///}SЗ7uTjXmR)9::*~84"MMSc3e рlP.]"<+W9:L5Mf "''*//'[[[ZzRvR^v퍯y=tP'"CCC6X_xLy6[#)e1~:hRGdhHtl2LB%lj'H(͛7f5RZZJPpR),wq͍/_R~PJ&YL~\COJHLL (?oOr"L9s}.TR)͘1쨠֚T022E93{lrpp29m̊ef x‚hԨ?왜L(""BʈfV]U&ndMP=ٙrrrn'6ݺu֙wٲedffVc\}H(۷رrKHyƆ-)a[©m̐}ʷ Hz,t$R)-^B,v]p+++Ã.4._LBP؟Undݙf.ӳ uVVVYq#t/_f>[9;yxUөsԮ];>Z;EEE;8q3*@ ADEAA\O:7nѣ1sL,\m9[oׯl+j~H apB٪ʍ* 2[Fn`G)(|}"q@ `U"""~rs4 \_ϜJԭ[7JKKkCA!((iTSkDD3"9#k<~,@SWgBLMM_~aO@e%DDAAPiiLne[[fHYEǣѣGsCD"IKKzݨiz;\"& lLՑJqF79Jo'e՟;Ƕ"եqm⡴Ӛ5k!0uf%.V~YB$ dkkKƴc\Nwɒ79\"B>|8Ӻu%"ndggӈ#HMM6lL;L2!CZ>#4|LVŅKe0l1(;m5A*%ZE>mEu ?>#ޫ0ax<&`K7l@B<==OHRڳg-ElɄ2Hƌ!qmE!3~1C{ʤ_~G-_"#!W33={wofP%KӦM#PH:ucǎɥF9*ݻG{&555Zpaum&>Os̡|%5޽'ѱcgnVY[3=I46lM6m'3y8f5'rr.dz{ݻǶ&A|V;Μ9CÇ'GcǎFD.3uV211!HD_~%eѝ;wϏx<ӧ^D~~<) ܽ˶*#8QWgM})QJ Tqј1cؖQ3nC1;l+z#AAAND"fVf~@f"HDZZZ@gΜi_x<0`>}Z!ӥMvUO&&&EӧOWUeee~&[oѩ =hZfa@ԩBCY$ =wA ѰaL|Z.(H̜9 ¶9u護ۛWug՘ϧ JaѮ]ˋx<Ќ3رc DB7nܠKRnuЁVX!Kr(p(..m۶QϞ= 9;;7|C1116U'bΟ?Og&RWW1cХKunb"t4fDKi3 OLeˈhO|> ڲm , eԏKLrlbTUL 70=DGpaOҦMhN4p@Zj]rJT4bT*h_idffFK._Pxx5͛8p?dt '`mm-W{Fhh(BCCBwĉ[g =$ ==gg槣#Ygqj * <`~J]oot >_}ܚnl2q#zX |^\ ̑LO܉@QzK;ЯʗN:***пXWJu5W֭[-[ӧlKi0vrTZX@hh]0]=kab1^|Bdgg#77999ӧOedzg@DDprr \]]ѯ_?t҅BiU***pDEE!&&x!?.y냶6ѥK8::zbɥEA88猳sG*;p]6öڷlmvvK5Zo[o%ݻ7V\!C!l޼˖-CNNRLbb"|||Shjjx}iII VWg;ubFQ{Օ9W ׯkH$ptt1vXuFmqdggbRRҐ|NAMM 0119K.СJ9+MBSX,=D"zzzlKnx$踸EmX ehi3𳏏^J:'''Z FR/[ݻ>ؖ ܹ___xؽ{PXdd0?VݓB!mۖ9pׯW "aٲezN5QZZ\|8~8&MS|0gĬjSOO&&&ͷWL1Gdɒ%#^*C #{{{ڳg\5gN8AH܌f vZeɸtê~۝֭[n9F#lذ3c􄻻;jX0#H@DHLLԩSm۶5h%"EUs*Ç\փpgW8p \]]!%T*,sgDќ;w;"9\FG~x5Xơ*R)R)$ """Z𲎎^ӧOD"9*YRU3+WD"yy>Sɓ:ݻqكÇYVxZw (Μ9˾(ￕ...6bUݎ;Z}cW-,,dYɛH$3g+P K`ccÂ73|p8::@1yd/^ŋ/33S6wR.G(//5.DpЊ+ػrii)F۷lQɪaŊiJ8p wUVZ+#eʄs GZZk|ol$ɨQZׯZ٩CʹFppd&T1cNvV=}xIJB!&&6mq:s/Jyy9222ammm)))Jץgйsgܺu9y=\-[&{YYf &M &ƍ,T ͛WP(.G-zg*l}Yƍ' Zճ8r!зo_İMV!e333lٲ&&&FTTT܂W4ifNja۶m!CͲJv9|0޸cѣGJV\8Q/BBBp7~QҷUz! IDATe˖`]Ɗ>UB$\wEZZ֭[]]{P-AEMM o~m5@ н{w 6 iii,d,XQbq_9\:ܹsk}U&Oعsg5F1x`={D|||8M6m5rMm۶IRbAbwф Z=HDJݺu^z/ڐsα-Oa9s3GKGMM "|ڵ+*++;w@,795kLMM1qDdffbd[RD*Ř9s&<OoBq1 : d[R‹/0{l,Y;wvD8`VYV}1[6˨QpaȐ!8qٖpD"J]f qVx8t}]%SQQTo^?++f?O_.GIMM.tuuٖ$P<~HOOg[Q:Xz5[tЁm9J?3V\͛7-Gi$%%A"ϛs &55<:99!<<@\\ےRH$xZ-UkbܹXz5>#:tm9J!11p[h0iii-j]v RQ5?"** ۷oo1,Ysbɸr rNbb" ```9\ڢ.ҥK0`|}}qa%)]]]R~/_e˖ldeO?aر=z4n޼ɶꆓr43*8x f͚cӦMlK;p|石-G%xعs'0bV(Ǐds %%pشi֮] bѢET"\زe ñcǎjǎC1h \Q.>}9\CIIIuU|gؿ?~W?lK /%%_|>3ٓ56N:6m`ذa(,,d[\Jx:uĶ9\=-#88.\/ٖdD"bΜ9lUN CmIr#)) %%%rޞs "55@$__~mɓ']sᲵRy8U:IC]T )… 1|xxx(~sk׮8u.]Snsp9DKۃ[_N:ӳjؘ裏N鶛3}cpaYL|||N8@ZMf?l0 :{e[Ra{Q=z[nmU#;wvZ48rpԇֱ1B߿ ,)Sn:%5>mmmp0|̘1 RݖF@@~',]Y>q4Tߟm -BJJ ~fP /^ >+fKeHOOǴiӠ ???%5Sp9HK X>cXYYaҤIHOOǁŶ:QfNܐ8rH(V^}ؖTobcc0Z#ܐ2GFYYlllؖ2=.]BXX %ՉR)a֬Yѣn 2lK7lks&998틈deeo߾x ےjE$)eHoAVV~jm8pݻwǰaÚMּ` .GHIIn 888 ""zzz۷/nݺŶ7!嘘_WnՋ6N8 ;;mIu'''ep9MJJ  ٖ!$$xq%Ո{R|\]]1o<`Ξ= 9RC@JRǷ[s 99ցH$BPP{=c۶mlKz ER޼y3ܹ[Ecee#11Gf=ԛHNN˗/9QRRRЮ];eSLZ6G?Kb׮]lˑj#LU9\zn#ٳ'"##QVV}fMM-Yb6lkcܹ/ ((m9Gcǎl`rԋ*p-]333xxxƍсX,jֈlݺ7n\h:k֬Y0aDDD%==ppp`Up^$''C$Аm)###\|0`N>t U1,1{l 4&Mjry jǏ`VSf8Q/-A*BЄ 0j(رC<{$&&"00eq@Æ Cjj*+:oD"XZZb_U.GHIIᆓ@ |kٮZ%ԕ>w}+V}ơ455q1`|q'ܖ Űj*l޼_5̙DpR&"̙3]tE%CA!88X [s*ٳgѣؽ{7ƌR4sNb۶mPS7,,,p9$&&O! .T1(++CRRRRR4 //Eaa!JKKQVV۫㡤044Q---acc[[[p+UIxx8ХK5l<} $&2GNs<@a!H*Ÿ"|QY^ 11sovvVZ"nP3#gx7V*"##IIIx)#k;rss2Y___ưFvЮ];ڶ)m!"::<@\\[-Ȃ`ll,sFFFӃFD "H$x/YNOOGff&R)fspvvF׮]nݺm۶ʯfF\\ 6mܹs5*W?8*gij8Pq|>`ZFq1PQH@a!wn.㨫vb"Pݫ8d_sʕ+:t(f͚3hDEE!&&?555akk cccYQ<555 zDQQeGvv6rrr*{X[[...pvv#-a$s͔ #""{.***GGGMjgg'y)LX,FJJ' sU+#۷o}pvv@zz:<\r̀Pz{uv]57WgA3355gOb9TTcҥpvvFNNѡC :u-lmma d$%%ѣGCTTPRR6m 􄛛l-Bss̈́J"88\]]egϞ*u<@dd!;;&&&ň#0h n+bŇkz׮1уqh@^U23۷W{359B̙3Fvv6УGβ* Hܼy׮]Cxx8bcc/// >#Fh6ÜUa***p8pOƋ/н{w 2CE޽Fŋ8w/o߾0aƍ: }g!0b||ϐmQpp$p4< L0JGž}555x{{cĈm3gܹsDΝ1qD5P9ݻG#cccooFϞ=c[B())ӧOԩSIWWiĈt`[≈  "M# !d[Yөde4ڴk`[Y&$$H[[hرtqz%D"7og}F_~oQii)^s*Bee%>| 999?@iiilKS*%%%tA'@@ִff[|JΜ!"܈v"**b[(*b͍f//RiԳgO@}v*((`[R/ɓISS髯R pYvE$hԨQteO>? H[[.\2oHQϞD<ѰaDWH\\;EHۊ-m6$uuu ۷o-UhժUdffF4|d[pB*h֬YSe$/_~H$Ѳe˚SD !b[DE1u0u1ۊG! Rzz:ےT2ڲe H$˗SHeӤI1ԋbZv-%;vmIC*% $&rt$:wmEǹsLhk3u 3JJJ :|>M8kCꠤ֬YCdkkKH$fҢnݺэ7ؖ,ɡiӦ#yLAԈ/'VL1uCȖ-[HWW(,,m9͊,?~<SRaaRsWI䐯/ijjڵk[[s%СYZZҵkؖ:98]ζL0uADD4e_*‰'ܜ:wL J9\%p=j׮ѝ;wؖӢ(,,ѣG:/l`"|30ue+'==\]]Ȉ.^ȶgÃtuuٳJ9\s-200!CPNNrZ$R֭[G֬Yö˗YSQԡ6S rppnݺQbb"rZb̙CBN:p{U 7n ===;v,;{n7߰'M"==sҘ;ӛ7Vt?N;w=zP^^rZ,} B:sBpDVVz ///ݻmI`ʔ)8pƌ\/^..{7H)@x8j"H$"77.]jNŋcܾ}[a9$  @(-U~z|y&gx!ܼ 4*Ky9л7@{7jʕ+믿ݻ?("?8# D||<:R$-O?ĬYg%a&@#eee|򦬬 WHJCCÇnbؽ{:[E޳l#77ׯWXB ؘ2~jӦ Qk!>>}egg.8qB9܈-jȣ] hS-???8qBʖV{hNm)&&PLLL˪PwϮv^^^mTmetn߾}Զm[Yܰ0mҴQ׮]iժUM*pWr^uyyy@133wPhh(ݻ455իFaaadgg's`h˖-djjZnH D6 KKKJ4}tZz5|ɡM6}ӧ ^To~_'LE@.\ݩS'Ϫ]}\U333s%%%t5ٹ|֦ݻw_kPDD1T :QϻГ'OT?x8{y }{j]62k:WTTDڲ(L3glr9ִ1ǫ<r-3''`bb9999ުs ޽{F 777fj8{zz"==8w֭[}!$$.\qx]5Ȁ&ڴiSGSSSr+WFV 4W#?? ^STT'ObƍC__.]ʕ+ѧOX[[cxe100ِdW(_|l2::LgeɯL!33ӓKyjz_mFVfMD"~ȑ#~bffϟ7WEAA\4664bkkJlݺ_ 6`ضmfϞ$Æ `oo <gΜիW}]!ʐ ###AeڙO4nIDAT/^@CCC1`@,:;; x033CZZ7nСC$$$?wwwQTT5k`„ lu!11:ujt9:C5›ڐgQaĉ4iz777cn /^q䈥%222ZeHR˫C-f͚ϟǏ^cmm]vauV{zzb۶m 4탽=tĚ5k &xs>ʪKKg~:?~W}2H$lܸÆ H$V˗/!Lٳ\xDر#՛t-üy7i1 뺪[\ڑhgWQK,3TVrѣQZZ*rw܉gBGGW\Ν;k|.]JۣM6߿?صkWa~`I_~e={FBvv\ȑ#+hDGGڵk@aa!-Z;;;8::6SNaĈrVFJ`8({ｇ&_hMdddrN>x |}}lppMLL ٖr uԉijjҀd{BJee%uڕk9/ڶ%ھ]j~{8Pcv_d[¨;Қ5kTmʕ+h,>$uuuuURV3gģGeGuGয়,Lhŀ3…lQ(ٳE "9ZZZ8|ʂ3Ouֱ-~w{ｧ@Ϟ;PHo0h #$$jjNe?oakk+r3s˗IMMIi8ӧOʊ͛| D{(vKgnc[xٖ*t B:xlpW_tē'O]vԯ_?*//gGď?2!(- Nm%J篿"PTq_6}' 9\wߑ@ -[-E&OOOzĸMf"mms8w%KVN"PH .lr@~׹pikk| EW9\%~z4sL*--e[Nc$ǧZ֐J>HMhf4_6of𣏘:mŜ} յZ=STTD#G~,=D|>0SZ!ݹslllޞn޼ɶfMnn.7hӦMJ9\%Ho BZb-rj׮Б#Gؖf'%rt${m5ݻL]2uQϟѧ~J%%%lKjv=z‚/7H$Ν;ɓ'ٖԬi̘1&LZ^_$)h"uuKVz1uURۊTTJ鑽}E&ߟx<͜9yDRR3x<ݛ.^ȶ$&99f̘AjjjHgϞe[RÐJ6m"'27'ڱ[L3ukKZZ{M齵Bzz:}F]v˗/s,sm6l 777ڷobe nݢI&P(ݻJly@DvM˙kwtdb|8ؖh3g̙3HJJ3&MXZZ-F8 (--EHHN:`$%%C߾}={B]]mDFFڵkH$1d 6 ldO'#}0b1lˬ6Cpy#""҂3uGGG8;;k׮077W"$$$ ::ƃ6m୷ނ ~A(*]c!'8srqdIIн{Qy2 .QT2ÇQob1]˗/#,, oFii)lllggg J~"..QQQ#;w' fvqpܽ{<@\\ lmmaeecccFFFӃ4iE"\PP"T*Eaa!JKKÇ$Y[\&0221Ѯ];kر#+Q8ۊGnnZdY\\ >x<|'\TsXTh"Hpr)**VPRRza``PSSD"ig rppppp(PPA*J=IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/depgraph-4.dot000066400000000000000000000021211335323540100161120ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph G { tupdir [label=".tup"]; tup6713836dd56d9f3986dba8956c1774b11f04977c [label="bioplasmic"]; tup4292086f7b6bf5c87ec0d5dc39774b534c9ed9c1 [label="conspecies"]; tupcbdb3db4b2645d5429755e26348aec5e7be16fad [label="depressant"]; tupe2f3af40b23c178d018db610121a6e5723a7eed9 [label="stickwater"]; tupadf3787e8363817082b2f720e7909a5895772f9d [label="spiketop"]; tupeb51fc12bda245d93ac07adcb045d0b6bafec313 [label="finikin"]; tup6713836dd56d9f3986dba8956c1774b11f04977c -> tupdir [dir=back] tup4292086f7b6bf5c87ec0d5dc39774b534c9ed9c1 -> tup6713836dd56d9f3986dba8956c1774b11f04977c [dir=back] tupcbdb3db4b2645d5429755e26348aec5e7be16fad -> tup6713836dd56d9f3986dba8956c1774b11f04977c [dir=back] tupe2f3af40b23c178d018db610121a6e5723a7eed9 -> tupcbdb3db4b2645d5429755e26348aec5e7be16fad [dir=back] tup4292086f7b6bf5c87ec0d5dc39774b534c9ed9c1 -> tupe2f3af40b23c178d018db610121a6e5723a7eed9 [dir=back] tupadf3787e8363817082b2f720e7909a5895772f9d -> tupe2f3af40b23c178d018db610121a6e5723a7eed9 [dir=back] tupeb51fc12bda245d93ac07adcb045d0b6bafec313 -> tup6713836dd56d9f3986dba8956c1774b11f04977c [dir=back] } tup-v0.7.8/docs/depgraph-4.png000066400000000000000000000663211335323540100161240ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR!#>bKGDtIMED+x IDATxyXSW?wBDEAds ںV[ֶT[;N*ׯuVw JU@E He%pȸ"$Yy|fMyOr9""X,CL`X-B,QlbXbb/"ɐ,<|YYY())Aii_YY!555hjjt`bbP ppp@ѽ{w899WI$<|wEzz:QTT|555dB(B(vvv\]]=zS4u:#$''֭[HNNFjj*߿F`ii ?sss  QSS#/\())Avvq777xyyׯ \rW^EBBRSSGGG888>rի>} NNNSZ*BFFܹdܹsbСC1|pB(*-Źsp9sYYY 4h|}} GYbݻw\~555prrĉ1qD; 铥8*-B8s qCŰa}8A*HLLD||<.]۷oS7=[uAJV]]Mwq#0a/t=ewtzw֖+}L~~>}dmmM\.FMv =vEG&.K_R~~>tҊiΜ9dddD4c :~8*KFHRJLL˗S׮]аahTWWt<Ƞw}ښzӱѣG7ߐ5ӻKLY -B oр :vءߌ Hٳ[oYZZҪU۶.]J\]]iǎT__t;v+ Zt)3K(555Ѷmۨ[niΜ9tuE4 o![[[קKRAAӱ:D&͛I$mݺ0MMMuV#HD7o&Lt,"trqq!@@>*"֨-[ BꫯX햙I#G$G90Iijjj?'G#GL#GQ@@q\z7̥ub1YɉΜ9t 333ԩ=ׯ'QDDq^Ж-[H$ ):V+,,_ܹsH-5OG?tRE~mӣ+WjU8qّ+3)} ڼy3Qyfg1Ek‚Ξ=L:#??J"HmvWXA?tqqb hvh;vEutich"ruuSYY*2˗@ pFOHH @@۶mcMm6tcR&L@ii)Ν; NBBB믿* ^^^ǖ-[T֯&zdL isR_HNNƩSk׮?f͚Ѐ 6OMa444`ڵLG"WwN׿T_~~>ѩST_kn޼1W[O:EFFFZs;Z-Bo2IKK6ҜڳmGѣG\ڥ^mZ,B .qƩ: ۶m# H$JŋpPi}WGS{Ppŋ*[ux|Zbcc6\'JǏ'8ݽ{mX'Dssszr&"+WM&Ctqx-ݵoxQ:u*͙3C_=iiO(::i˖-uG {B\=+Y=wb[nN7H`,Y<@yy$^.]d2lڴ o֔ٳhhhP(D޽:___TcҤI -Z"rssq6s>6ړ#rssѵkNkkkt'-qpp]Gڵk~ v}ڛ= {TNx*UWWBr(..)S@ PHm'222"??$=mZ/$ ),,Se4rN˖-#GGG`Ͷ޻/ #_j#Gŋw V+&MDSuN{xipJ]d``%=Qd:200Ç+=] f©S +jѡC0a„N_ hѣ!>Ull,d2Ftbz7`aatakktN_+ ̘1+ON"lڴ 3f`gPV:|0֭[Wu.ED !~wwU+{J0d߇ ._ hVaܸqhhh=7k׮w}$899^{ MMM8uJt8z(QC['֖.]S,:w :tJ&P~5ѡCH(Rvv6Q '˹p O+.\@FFFl2FؘRRR_1LG*횱y?XaE'::h….h֬YԫW/vS^h֬Y: iOq\ZjNͥ@V".Kuj)5kq8UouuK .$G#֭[ؘիLQW;3.Rz6ׯ_q9r$8qFDoߦE9::Ү]4ṳ1cǣkI\?>x<3f eff2Ig(tQSPPq\rvv 6PII"P{t)0aq8ruu[j.L&}#ʕ+b*,,+W!9::Ҿ}Jk߽{hɒ%djjJ|>LB?Ķ$&&ҥKښ\.?"""]__Ok׮%+++200 '$oߦ YYYڵkΔX,R`` | kю;4~@\]]EDDONNN<<<)]]]mݺK^yڼyZ_.--͛7+BK[n՘姵U7*Zqq1ٳCbذaeMSSK.!../_FCC|||0ydL<LGU9"Ÿ}ѣhllĘ1cՋ|<@dd$"##@^{ o&Fg,RYzRcc#8\~uuuptt<<<www8;;C T066plܹsɸu␝ "+L0GԩS8}4Q\\޽{>>>sg]] ;cc#RSSWʕ+ȀƏ +/0RЀ7nʕ+?;w\.]vz'''XZZB022BCC; HP]] ())Avv6oB}}=G+~W̛7贈XϓdqΞ=+Wի(..C=WWW888??OX[[C(B(gL&CMM jjjPTT|!;;{.>|D+++ƍKEjISSݻ{!++ YYYx!PRRR466v XZZݻwG޽{ "HYfp8ׯ~9nyp]ܽ{HKKkux}{555daeeŞ]U]] +++444 88'OTh ͛7!|>D>Vziill(**bQZu| 455"##QQQ ?3zM6A"(Omoߖ7Ҫ"owѥR)N8_u=sD |pssÙ3gگºu J?b0IZSJJJpy~ShxwZ]Y&!336lܹAaa!x04)B.#JqNEZ\/]/R~x`o^pLwiMڳg=rq!!Cye`8|0;> ֭ßbe Kh_]R)ݫ=A݌?6m===_+Wgr1E-/dff*3fnݺ~ '''B\v ...~3fׯ+OMCDr[ =!Eoy+#G666q8ܹĤIp})8x<'c:#//SNX,O#\z*T/k-\ ɓ;v,pe/JOOCСC!믿⣏>DBcU7x|M$X\\W^y8wB!ӑ7qDXXXOWUU!** 7oXñ<9LL2i&cĈD"̘1-@:L느tvvFDDnܸw}իxƍ}XZWq*Aرc_01.\J"h֨ZGΝ;[o˗/g:]p b=G+ Z4g>C׮]1g#D"˗ Xʹ=H˗/GYY}]aLGRׯb=G[:I.Ϳ.-tѺ"@QgΜљ>" GU(..f:TVV">>LGa!+B4aP(ӧAAAZ;Wtt4d2&NtҺ"iuaTuxx8`nntҺ"S{mU-ZEԝv"j֍yiqTuxx8tҺ"mTuxx8jV֦2://7oķ~tsBLG4mU}1B3(,5EH.iè#G`000`: KieҤmQәRsZY>vtcQտ;&OX! I څ-BDSFU;v FFF]n>JFU9r]`uUX:t(, uEHWĄUnZyNH,3A%qT޽{1}t#e)V&#NMMERR|MFs4!H+n(:޷ow24!k):dؿ?̙YK느OQLpC1KӺ"dhh:c0Q Y/M+/k½U<: XfM-((@ff_qq1JJJPTTԠ RMMM===D"BTTT|гgO?[[[U, uEH$}U &)))HJJ͛7Tx.p IDATLBǎ#XtNt12e |277e˖уR+BqqqpIII4{lӣ^zѿo*((`:пoիٳ)))X,Ӻ"L޽{LGQ 6mq8D"a:H$:py{{áiӦQFFӱX u5_dUUUOѯ_?ܽ{O__zzzLS===믿piܽ{ç~5+2+BcO4yMz7كP$''#00Pp8 Drr2BCCgx{{#..hNк"$hD"+0rHxzzXd x<Wa<K,۷鉑#GbŊH$LGcu=!Mزe oߎ'NښXj'N۱ej.Һ"$qy`СHKKåK2Ict0tP0oԤ)^1n8$$$ÃH 7nF-봲kXMM &M>ϣk׮LGX]v1i$Y2[ie200!-[ DGGԔ8Ѩe˘j,B"H# =z{ι@߱w^=z8"dffWIjkktRYLǑKJJ Oƚ5ktR+UZYLMMQQQt6mܸB~JOOo #++KT?P(ƍj!uXn BY/G+ZcĈ9;*44 ҥ ~Q ?Xqq1fΜ PCCC?ѯ_?߿M6x<_|S:88ȗ޳g cccXYYa˖--Dغu</333$%%u5 1b;| 0}2]*WWWo;F^^۷oQMM ɷ4""JKK'@ |jllBӦM#LFDDK,_;FB DDDw!KKKJDDt&LF;w$SSsQ.]h$(%%|>%''GT[[o%WW?\Z'c֭[0446oތ7ovvv/|^ee%ñaڂ\x{͛{PÇG\\O_| 8{,Ə.iĈG}}={:.]Bee%#̏?OOOuBnݐ糔K+onDODj7X,Fuu5:ՎΝ;իWرc5ͷ35ƍͳÇGnn.233aaa8<1sLcO<2Y`Ȑ!OeFuu5bqKISh@LGi@ 0WUUE+W$Xee%q8{nmh277-['aaa$:K9p P߉lmm;}gϞECCB!z >/nll>Dƒ%K?u>8Z>@xx8 t h9!KKK=1$wwwLGSXL1c!GGG駟h,%͞=ZT*ETTvލ'OB__6m&MHtėRUU?~hhh)S0o/x< RUUUAII PRRbdff5Oonn./ȑ#acckRZ]bcc1b'C0Ki}ؓ{n-ijjݻUt_ލ7>Çq V;֬G8~814Ç1z!z*GR<|7aZ=G0,\555:;"̙3EY ...өY,M3ENbEK D ER?:U1KL۷/'b!)B...(((@EEQX,t@zz:IX,֓t988ؘ=$cԌ!>}{B,љ"lbԌN!www2b=A7233Q]]t_:Wd2nݺt_:Uv +++$%%1bN!Prr21X,\bX,5E(55ŵX,\X,FFFQX,tB__=$cԄ!wwwXjB{R:[=!K=d4h tKd0`b<,Bƕ+Wb<,B Xj@g//4662i:]٫d,t999֖=/b1LgbԁN!___X 1)1bakktjllģGLdgg%%%(--Eii)b1***@DhjjBMM @( FFF,--amm NNNptt@ `7D,ܾ}FNNQZZro.]kaa;;;ׯp}tbØ6mq&++ 7oĭ[deeTҥ `mm KKKyA1228|>B!MMM "TTT@, WII -#Ӄ<== NNNL$W^ŋTUUGppp=`aa!ϚOyy*--E~~>rrrB&A$ÇLj#㣲/.B[8ƌ( s"../^Dnn.x<z oooxzzO>ѣVE+//GVV>|{!%%IIIȀD"An0b >pssSJMT[[=z ???xzzo߾066t?iiiHII+WwB$! &M~D:> ___ctJCCEEEђ%K%M:BCC)11꘎)WWWGJSN%KKK@dc2ڵk` $( oNyyy*ːG۷o$ it5EرcGLGy)Rbbbh޼y$咟YRRRH&1d2К5kϏ\.D"7oĐT*e:Kˋ6mDLǢrڴiyyy?C}|*++#.KNb:JW_}Eh˖-TXXt4),,-[ GGGꫯ(??h wYlmmI__.\HL괜9s& qӑƍDh̙ө"DD˗/'///c(++fϞM\.\\\h֭ju~GUh֭B\.fϞMYYYLꐽ{ ՋÙaԫW/211{vQDDq8*..f:\EE@ ggg:rNyTJG!gggBLj;w.q8 !XtNBΝK555/[ӡCBDDԭ[77Rcc#ӑNcc#mܸ,--[nt6ѐ!Cʊ"""pdeeEC z.[kذa{1,X@fϞM4{lp8`}+[ff&9;;+=|8JCruu%gggl"__~%ӇideeEGe,:z(YYYр(;;8rEEEL~~~:RZZJ~~~="Icƌ{ƍA}}=<εD}}=> HԾC-l2D" EBR'@@ i؊DH$ѱcT_{ܼyQǎ#HDeee-ng1ydmOV\I hq[!Hܜ6lؠΝK'OVh^M<Ν@((( tE ܹ6|\xPAAsñgaĉJ9$J8}4Lҩvn޼#Gptt|j[bb"|}}accGGGlݺU`׮]/^Զ_~fffHJJjP8::B(K._ڵmϞ=)Ie˖?yQ ?lʔ)8}|^me|2 nj 8w~׬ìzO~XaРA-_a(ÇWɝV"kkkڶmgmQ.]h |>%''E B Ғ)''vݾ}7O=6LJ$hΝdjjNKkFx^"BV^Mnnn m߽wxr[KYKKKK6m=oo{FW~P ƏThnݺuHTTT`޼ym@]]zK.?&44>>> Azz:~Gxzz… chh###l޼7oބ!m0bۣ}AeeS׮]qaСh~͛e(--oI{_/b޽ؼys'X[[փ155?N>_]a&&&nѣG077n[qq1`ӦM 2C`eeS?k333;wWc5mpI_do>rhbbccc!Uߞlƍ}aT{`jjoMMM-w)b1;<@Q$<%%%mNNNH$غu  pZ\E!** Xf fϞ6UTT`̙sztµkPZZѳgO 2V>[nu^zaƍXlTǹs H ccc9)))fffsmbmԄ/Dشi8mn֭VX &nnn?~<ƎO>A@@Μ9֭[pqqp/ҫW/deexxbL>=hUdB^ߨSZhש/ IDATÆ $:}رh"2Eh";vRHMM%~4Q[ 'ԆYfڜ>}:N>Fj[cc#N>ӧ+777 66VhXش7[`kkѣG+lܹï6k-v+:tU7|RD|͖0gQvE ]wԵkV*f)NYYuڕ6oެn߾Mnݺ4[>CԉK: 666ؼys;B"={6Y-1c233qUx2sLÇUҟ{ҒONƍShdllL m?dll)^߿O~Qll,9+[ѣG mw޽riΝ mEsNrZ3/_NNNN =4D˗/oqlj:DJ#44hϞ= o[Wٳˬ'///1cQ]"hƌEm>-B4o<2dR^f q\iZ;A*N\.֬YtsЇ~tĤ]s!E ݽ{W)퇅QqqRfDt_3Eekɒ-B$J>3qUrpp (];vlll^t8px<ZD"x<8pcKXz5Y[[+uJ?>Yf4Mf"4|d:Rؘr|XYY1s"=zD\.9"""ٙ O?,*//O? ٙ""".@*[Hё:[^ҤIhĉ*髡~g$sss/>L@_|AdiiI?ƭ^[RRBSL!G}ZｽHee%}Ghʔ)TRRҡv";F\.>|>'[[[ק ׯ_ >{2vAdggGF+H$oYZZҎ;:5 -B/T{֭[o߾<<iΝ xY%%%sN $>Oִb Tx_]4g᯿b:L&Cbb"b8997<====j ^zT, )) n͛7ޝGE]8l 4 h .ТQVͮ`Q!* & G**̼sqqgf3qɨOޟ|>﷡!퍩S^PJ=""" ௿3@o&¯Çalllɓ'l3f@`` ѷo_* deeÃw{.Ξ=SN… t <쳰-`nnAA,C,W・w1z@*B*(//GII B3f \\\ 777fZ[[oa8s eȑ#qҥPhmmEZZRSS0`mm GGG899JX,(>)>JRTTTƍ(//GAA QVV@''''OFUQ +/pe\z(++CII Q]]`nn+++6669r$Я_?%}'vBdd$৥ᥗ^z!''(,,DAA˟x NNNptt3$ԉJbccׯw[^[d2Ũ` A ӓc޼y?z>L9QQQTeH,BeVOJ:;;agg9s`֭Tll,111XhDCESS#ۧO\|#GTC2ͥgD(Cdd$yQXBBNk qu}ӧOÇz@;.uaѢE6lHO&MX,V<H$ǤR)JKKϫ=#/۶mCXXBCCaVᘊ#F@bb"8JX{# __}>SޑtU?;!Le˖aÆ R"*!z;`ժU>/ymۆ9s`8tD"Hgغu+֭[#Gd2>Z ֭Ï?/_l!77666#;w`HIIAll,,X; im۶ Z[[y4* D%! 脂H$444 ;;# ػw/"##}vqڱc/t03gĺutqݻ1k,رc8p H!4g}W_}*];`O?'`Ϟ=Z[oA%v ;;;̙3&B{ mmm?>6mڄH|c@% zjjj0i$ѣ<*! fiiO>G#UUUʂ/H Q i8D~7nΝ;y(􄹹9N> {{{ޑSAAAXv-V\3ݻ1m4077<%*!-f,X .Dnn.8d2|Gw~gZѽcZB  "";w.N> KKKޱԪ-Bjj*;Q i$$$ 3fUoBNNөt111ÇQWWtttrgΜD"L&Cvv6<<wcaݺuX`-[CȈw,?F{,Y۷oo_í[PZZT*Ess3 q]477D"D"bcРA4hlmmakk  6nhkkòe+VxׅhzwL+W3<ٳgw{NSS.^˗߿?lmmbooX HA___1sss3޽ \477C*EIIbr~ƍ~#j̝;EEEHNNƔ)STM@#!|rĉ1bN8'N 33ϟGgg'(GGGHB%***#BEVVVB(b񁷷7QSS???!))%tDII z-tvv?>>>puu՘m*++q9dff"33.\xyy ;wرc9$B%~ Ν1k,̙3'O֚MMMHKK۷o!!! Dӧ}v$$$O>xW ///Ӈwd8y$L;t}bD+r̼"##YSSh*"##;Yrr2弣%넴@FF\]]1k,D"dff DE"BBBpidffB$a֬YpuuEFFxDI4'/^Drr2yGS;ooo$''ŋ077ĉׯFzJH1ưsN8;;ʕ+8r9gggѸsvvVW\3vܩӷ<ǃJDŽB![f Icutt5k0PXee%H)лcҥK5k(H$ޑBNNڊ$3w$pLC=zGNNH$Ɂ=<==qQޑ… L=$''c…kqvYaѢEرc8:!44HMM88jllرc={@O ˱tR:u yyy066<GK.E^^Μ9Ck+Y{{;^x;{<$-- bbb Um_xQ%V}"&&x!A%_|P899=W^xqqbx?eeepqq622ߏBCC_(}Dy88z(+}VVVHMMUvUI?c q߿!PTT1zhb޼y044DLL (>h$f2 )))9sfu1"k֬cۡMII <==!/D9@HXZZOTTF`W|nxg!`ffߏ#F`Gjj* ">>@ñB$=gz̙HIIL&v[cXQQQ988,tVTT֬Yd2[v-鲍cDzlzjfoorymdddr&YDD311a1v-2knnfn}///v%}vfhhȂXYY[x1?~.o߾(n쬬dX]]b錱+npOKK ?cweϟg2[Ƭ,c/_;v0;;;Xg{]cc#RRRMsH$ :T@ڊPܟ\.g[la‚& d2355e[larw,TB2PXdd$kooKYdd$spp`BޱP i" ۸q#JcT*e7ndVVVx~nYĴ)//͛6̞=!!!6mάe/ˑ~ ׯ^u]%JHK"!!wFff&1{l̙3/;ikkqA$&&Z1u@@;"Q*!PZZ8u___x{{ǏPYwvvĉ'Vxzzbܹ;w.lllx$j@%cjkkt8qeee022¸qrppxݻwnkk˗q.`mm oooL4 3gμ$DQ ĹspE塱Æ lmmakkAaРA077X,H$ Xwޅ\.GCC!JQ]]Z֢%%%(--ŭ[1Ǝq>>>x8B7*^1*J^a OIDAT+\TSٽbWr}zc"B* hjjRӜ###"bSѬD#]ll7ocP(P(RHG}6 XH( 䜌 GV11%TB䑢н5 ):#u-XZZܸqÆ 㔌  C>}=ާOqHDt C;.]Hh̘1㔌 *!@W^ŨQG>1@qqqYU__]D#!@(--}slllPRRDDHWnn# k.\5$"#UZZI&A,+H$cRx՞:#-((9 %t8FJ!+*!BWTB!\Q B"pE%DJ!+*!BWTB!\Q B"pE%DJ!+*!BWTB!\Q B"pE%DJ!+*!BWTB!\Q B"p%`1!_1(//Ǎ7PQQT:P|433S|Ű%GGGX[[C p:::Luuu`RqQZZ \ccc >>>H$000MD%Kܹsƾ}p466bԨQ򂇇1zh 0)**B~~>N>'Oʕ+066/cƌ=TB:ܹsصkс^z 9s&,,,ԒHHHa`` ୷ނZ2 ƈNJJJb ;v,۱cձ;vc2ݝ%%%E81͍ 6{l;eeeٳg3@Xjj*Hz^Gܼyχs<<Cq-[ʕ+tX#pL l޼t(IyfQHH?͛;Fؿ?BBBPVVh/ iXߟw###BJHEDD`ҥ joBBպ% tRDDDBJHUUU6m/R}\ӦMQUU; !*! >8qDݾ~zw^ XHżԙ* dee|_D4X~~>wg=lٲCPPVXUahhÇ#??_!G%R)yx,7oD"իQ\\jRT!E%Rܞqo{7655|&&&TB:JHw {X|Nee%<---tմ`VO+Vty7lc FFF 8qAAAݾ 2 6mŒ3 TY*:JH١ r\ڵkW>L>)))xgd>Ν;} LMMqe|*+QVV;;;ݶ 䄂8::@EEEW>!F#! !Cĉh'N`Ȑ!pppXx1;Cj9w{ŋ]DIi˗/ prrG#4TBZ 00믿rN-TBZpttDjj*xɓCaa!3#蜐êUtR^CtRZ HHHKC"`ȑ_z YϟW"''}( D߾}?#%%W5T@:F=z48ӧ ?xGRǑ#G0zhqQ iI&!** K,Amm-lق>}2 vڅhL4w$TBZh066F`` ODEEܪuuuFzz:<3fDTNLkg_@ @ll,<==yGRSNaѢE`a߾}pssbnnnp\\\닰0466___… T@ؿ?{{{DGGC&d2aoocżu`Dgֲ˗3PFŢYgg'Xɢ٨QP(d˗/gc5صk^{ vvvꫯPQQ;BEE+^;k.BtbZ"<<?0e˘={KR$&&b߾}8v+VFYfq!8|0___xyyJgcc#qIddd ;;}Ō3uZ[[Tdff1X[[NNNR* XWW(JQQQ7n(,,DYY???L<D%!''(,,DAAQSSD ^ GEN %o^ ./gen_ex_header.sh $(examples) > %o |> examples.inc : |> ^ GEN %o^ ./gen_ex_header.sh $(luaexamples) > %o |> luaexamples.inc : examples.inc luaexamples.inc |> ^ GEN %o^ ./gen_menu.sh -x %1f -l %2f $(pages) > %o |> menu.inc : |> ^ GEN %o^ ./gen_examples.sh $(examples) > %o |> examples.html : ../../tup.1 |> ^ man2html %o^ man2html %f > %o |> manual.html : foreach $(pages) $(examples) $(luaexamples) | menu.inc |> ^ GEN %o^ ./gen_page.sh $(flags) -m %1i %f > %o |> %f.gen endif tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/ex_a_first_tupfile.html000066400000000000000000000450421335323540100211650ustar00rootroot00000000000000

In this example, we'll create a small C program using tup. The program itself will be completely useless, but hopefully you can use your imagination to see how you might use tup in a real project. Let's start with a typical "Hello, world!" in C. Since we're using tup, you'll want to create a Tupfile.ini file or run tup init at the top of the project, which in this example will be the tup_test directory.

$ mkdir tup_test
$ cd tup_test
$ tup init    -OR-    touch Tupfile.ini
$ EDITOR hello.c
hello.c 
#include <stdio.h>

int main(void)
{
	printf("Hello, world!\n");
	return 0;
}

Here's what we have so far:

$ ls -a
.  ..  .tup  Tupfile.ini  hello.c

The .tup directory contains the dependency database, and some lock files. You shouldn't mess with files in this directory manually, unless you want to play around. If there was a warranty for tup, you would lose it by doing that.

If you were going to compile hello.c manually, you might run something like gcc hello.c -o hello. Instead of doing that, however, we'll put that exact string in a Tupfile (along with some additional annotations).

Tupfile 
: hello.c |> gcc hello.c -o hello |> hello

This line we typed is known as a ":-rule", since the line begins with a :. You can see the gcc command in between the |> symbols. The file listed on the left side is the input, and the file listed on the right side is the output. Ignore the redundancy for now -- we'll fix that later.

Now that you have a Tupfile to tell tup what to do, you can run tup to start the build process. If all goes well, you should see something like the following, only with more colors and cool progress bars:

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] gcc hello.c -o hello
[ tup ] Updated.
$ ls
Tupfile  hello  hello.c
$ ./hello
Hello, world!

You can try to run tup again to verify that the file isn't compiled unnecessarily (since it hasn't been changed). Then you can edit the file and see that it *is* rebuilt:

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.000s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] No Tupfiles to parse.
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] No commands to execute.
[ tup ] Updated.
$ EDITOR hello.c
hello.c 
#include <stdio.h>

int main(void)
{
	printf("Hello, world!\n""Hi, everybody!\n");
	return 0;
}

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.006s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] No Tupfiles to parse.
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] gcc hello.c -o hello
[ tup ] Updated.
$ ./hello
Hi, everybody!

Finally, we will try to change the gcc command string itself. In this case, we won't change the hello.c file, only the Tupfile.

Tupfile 
: hello.c |> gcc -Wall hello.c -o hello |> hello

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] gcc -Wall hello.c -o hello
[ tup ] Updated.

Since the Tupfile changed, you can see that the top-level directory (represented by .) had to be re-parsed. Tup then saw that the command changed, so the new command was executed, even though hello.c was unchanged.

If you only ever want one C file, you can continue modifying this example as long as you like. Just edit the Tupfile when you want to change how the program is built, and edit the C file when you want to change the program itself.

Read on for other examples to see how to build more than one file, and make the Tupfiles less redundant and more manageable.

A Program Grows

Continuing from the previous example, we will build on the Hello World program by adding a new C file. Like any useless program example, this file will provide a function to square a number.

square.c 
#include "square.h"

int square(int x)
{
	return x * x;
}
square.h 
int square(int x);
hello.c 
#include <stdio.h>
#include "square.h"

int main(void)
{
	printf("Hi, everybody!\n");
	printf("Five squared is: %i\n", square(5));
	return 0;
}

Now we can try to build the new program:

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] gcc -Wall hello.c -o hello
/tmp/ccClookD.o: In function `main':
hello.c:(.text+0x1d): undefined reference to `square'
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
 *** tup errors ***
 *** Command ID=6 failed with return value 1

Oops, that obviously didn't work, since we forgot to actually compile and link the new C file. Let's do that now.

Consider how you might build this program with the shell, keeping scalability in mind. As a first step, you would probably compile each C file individually with gcc -Wall -c hello.c -o hello.o and gcc -Wall -c square.c -o square.o. Similar to before, we will type these compilation commands exactly as is in the Tupfile, and add the input/output annotations. Note that we change the first :-rule to use -c and output to hello.o instead of hello. After you've made the changes, run tup.

Tupfile 
: hello.c |> gcc -Wall -c hello.c -o hello.o |> hello.o
: square.c |> gcc -Wall -c square.c -o square.o |> square.o

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] Deleting files...
[    1/1    ] hello
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/2    ] gcc -Wall -c square.c -o square.o
[    2/2    ] gcc -Wall -c hello.c -o hello.o
[ tup ] Updated.
$ ls
Tupfile  hello.c  hello.o  square.c  square.h  square.o
$ ./hello
bash: ./hello: No such file or directory

Since we changed the first rule to compile hello.o instead of hello, the main executable is no longer generated. Tup sees this, and removes hello from the filesystem. In this way, tup always keeps your build as if you had just built everything from scratch. This is why you don't ever have to write or manually invoke a "clean" target, like you do in most other build systems.

To finish the Tupfile, let's go ahead and add the linker rule:

Tupfile 
: hello.c |> gcc -Wall -c hello.c -o hello.o |> hello.o
: square.c |> gcc -Wall -c square.c -o square.o |> square.o
: hello.o square.o |> gcc hello.o square.o -o hello |> hello

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.006s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] gcc hello.o square.o -o hello
[ tup ] Updated.
$ ./hello
Hi, everybody!
Five squared is: 25

One thing you may have noticed is that both C files include the square.h header, but we haven't specified it as an input to the command. You may be surprised to see that we can still change the header and cause both files to recompile to pick up the change:

square.h 
int square(int x);
#define SECRET 42

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] No Tupfiles to parse.
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/3    ] gcc -Wall -c square.c -o square.o
[    2/3    ] gcc -Wall -c hello.c -o hello.o
[    3/3    ] gcc hello.o square.o -o hello
[ tup ] Updated.

The trick is that tup instruments all commands that it executes in order to determine what files were actually read from (the inputs) and written to (the outputs). When the C preprocessor opens the header file, tup will notice that and automatically add the dependency. In fact, we don't have to specify the C input file either, but you can leave that in there for now since we'll use it in the next section.

A Simpler Tupfile

Let's take a closer look at the Tupfile from before:

Tupfile 
: hello.c |> gcc -Wall -c hello.c -o hello.o |> hello.o
: square.c |> gcc -Wall -c square.c -o square.o |> square.o
: hello.o square.o |> gcc hello.o square.o -o hello |> hello

The first :-rule has been highlighted to show the redundant information. It's pretty annoying whenever you have to type something twice, so we'll get rid of the duplication. To do that, we'll make use of tup's %-flags. The %f flag can be used to represent the inputs, while the %o flag can be used to represent the outputs. Let's change each of the rules to use these new flags:

Tupfile 
: hello.c |> gcc -Wall -c hello.c%f -o hello.o%o |> hello.o
: square.c |> gcc -Wall -c square.c%f -o square.o%o |> square.o
: hello.o square.o |> gcc hello.o square.o%f -o hello%o |> hello

You should now have:

Tupfile 
: hello.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> hello.o
: square.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> square.o
: hello.o square.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

An easy way to see that your Tupfile refactoring didn't cause any functional changes is to run tup refactor. If the commands expand to the same string, you will only see the Tupfile being re-parsed, followed by "No files to delete" message:

$ tup refactor
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.

More!

There is still some more redundancy we get get rid of:

Tupfile 
: hello.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> hello.o
: square.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> square.o
: hello.o square.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

In this case we'll want to make the output file the same name as the input file, only with a different extension. We can use some %-flags in the output file list as well. For example, %B (basename, no extension) will be replaced with the input filename, minus any directory and extension information. Let's use it in the output section now:

Tupfile 
: hello.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> hello.o%B.o
: square.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> square.o%B.o
: hello.o square.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

If you run tup refactor again you should not see any errors.

More! More!

Continuing our efforts to remove redundancy, let's take another look at the first two rules:

Tupfile 
: hello.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: square.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: hello.o square.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

Here you can see we have two rules that differ only in their input filename - both the command string and output string are identical (even though they evaluate to different values). We can combine these rules into one using the foreach keyword. The foreach keyword iterates over the input list in a loop, and creates a new rule for each one. Since we have two inputs, there are two new rules, which exactly correspond to the two separate rules we had written earlier.

Tupfile 
: foreach hello.c square.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: square.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: hello.o square.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

Once again verify that no functional changes have been made by running tup refactor.

MMMMMMMMMore!

By now you can see that there isn't a whole lot of redundancy left. One thing that may not be apparent is that the Tupfile is redundant with the directory itself!

Tupfile 
: foreach hello.c square.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: hello.o square.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

$ ls *.c
hello.c  square.c

If you like explicitly listing the source files, you are certainly free to do so. However, you might like to just be able to create a new C file in the directory and have it automatically get compiled and linked in. To do so, just use the globbing feature:

Tupfile 
: foreach hello.c square.c*.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: hello.o square.o*.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

One thing to note is that the file globbing does not take place on the filesystem, but rather the tup database itself. Consider if we had used this Tupfile before we ever created hello.o or square.o - the *.o wouldn't have anything to match! However, when tup parses the foreach rule, the new files are added to the tup database before they are created in the filesystem. This way the *.o will match the files, and the proper linker rule will be generated.

A Brief Look Inside Tup

Let's take one last look at the final Tupfile for this example:

Tupfile 
: foreach *.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

$ tup graph . | dot -Tpng > ~/hello.png

Program Dependencies

If you were to make a topological sort (Wikipedia) of the graph, keeping only the rectangle shaped nodes, you would have your shell script again. When tup gets to the final stage of its processing and actually goes to execute commands, it will start with the files you changed (like hello.c) and follow the arrows upward until there are no more arrows to follow. Try starting at each of the three base files and see which commands will be executed. It also works for any combination of inputs. In this way, you can think of the tup database as a collection of 2^n shell scripts, where n is the number of input files (since each file can be either "modified" or "unmodified", you get an exponential number of possible fileset changes). Depending on which files you modified, tup will pick out the smallest shell script that updates everything quickly and correctly. Of course, the shell script is generated on the fly using the graph - storing an exponential number of shell scripts would be crazy.

This is merely scratching the surface of how tup works - there is much more than just picking out the correct rectangles! After all, those dots and lines have to get in the graph in the first place...

tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/ex_autogen_1.dot000066400000000000000000000040141335323540100175040ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph G { node_8 [label="gcc -Wall -c hello.c -o hello.o\n8" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_7 -> node_8 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_10 [label="gcc -Wall -c square.c -o square.o\n10" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_9 -> node_10 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_12 [label="gcc hello.o square.o -o hello\n12" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_11 -> node_12 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_16 [label="gen_triangle.sh\n16" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_18 -> node_16 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_11 [label="hello\n11" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_5 [label="hello.c\n5" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_8 -> node_5 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="normal"] node_7 [label="hello.o\n7" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_12 -> node_7 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="normal"] node_18 [label="sh gen_triangle.sh > triangle.h\n18" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_17 -> node_18 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_3 [label="square.c\n3" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_10 -> node_3 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="normal"] node_6 [label="square.h\n6" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_10 -> node_6 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_8 -> node_6 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_9 [label="square.o\n9" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_12 -> node_9 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="normal"] node_17 [label="triangle.h\n17" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_10 -> node_17 [dir=back,style="dotted",arrowtail="normal"] node_8 -> node_17 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="normal"] } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/ex_dependencies.html000066400000000000000000000226641335323540100204410ustar00rootroot00000000000000

Tup handles dependencies a little differently from other build systems. In this example, we'll show how the dependencies that you specify in a Tupfile work together with the dependencies determined automatically during the program's execution.

First setup a test directory with a Tupfile and shell script:

$ mkdir tup_test2
$ cd tup_test2
$ touch Tupfile.ini
test.sh 
#! /bin/sh
echo "Output from test.sh"
Tupfile 
: |> ./test.sh > %o |> output.txt

$ chmod +x test.sh
$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.006s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] ./test.sh > output.txt
[ tup ] Updated.
$ cat output.txt
Output from test.sh

So our simple script ran and created the output.txt file. When will tup decide to run the script again to create a new output? The answer is simple: whenever the test.sh script changes! Watch as tup upd does not re-run the script until the script is touched:

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.000s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] No Tupfiles to parse.
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] No commands to execute.
[ tup ] Updated.
$ touch test.sh
$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.005s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] No Tupfiles to parse.
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] ./test.sh > output.txt
[ tup ] Updated.

We can change the script to read from other files, as well. Suppose we create a new text file, called header.txt, that gets cat'd at the top of the script:

header.txt 
This is the file header
test.sh 
#! /bin/sh
cat header.txt
echo "Output from test.sh"

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] ./test.sh > output.txt
[ tup ] Updated.
$ cat output.txt
This is the file header
Output from test.sh

Note that we don't need to specify the header.txt dependency in the Tupfile, but tup will still re-run the script if it changes:

header.txt 
This is the *new* file header

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] No Tupfiles to parse.
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] ./test.sh > output.txt
[ tup ] Updated.
$ cat output.txt
This is the *new* file header
Output from test.sh

Similar to the first Tupfile example, tup has executed the script in such a way that it can track file accesses. Tup sees that the script read from header.txt and automatically adds the dependency. We can see this from the dependency graph:

$ tup graph --stickies . | dot -Tpng > ~/ex_deps_1.png

Both the header.txt and test.sh files point to the command that executes the test script. If either of those files change, then tup will re-execute the script. Otherwise there's no need to run it again!

Dependencies on Generated Files

At this point, the header.txt and test.sh files are written by you, the author. Tup refers to these as "normal" files (in the tup source code, this is the TUP_NODE_FILE enum). The output.txt file is generated by tup, so it is called a "generated" file (TUP_NODE_GENERATED in the source). Generated files are treated a little differently in tup. Let's see what happens if we create a new generated file and try to read from it in the test script:

Tupfile 
: |> echo "generated text" > %o |> generated.txt
: |> ./test.sh > %o |> output.txt
test.sh 
#! /bin/sh
cat header.txt
cat generated.txt
echo "Output from test.sh"

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/2    ] echo "generated text" > generated.txt
[    2/2    ] ./test.sh > output.txt
 *** tup errors ***
tup error: Missing input dependency - a file was read from, and was not
specified as an input link for the command. This is an issue because the file
was created from another command, and without the input link the commands may
execute out of order. You should add this file as an input, since it is
possible this could randomly break in the future.
 - [8] generated.txt
 *** Command ID=6 ran successfully, but tup failed to save the dependencies.

Oops, it seems tup didn't like that. The issue here is that tup has no way of knowing that the command to create generated.txt must run before the test.sh script. Therefore, it is possible that tup will schedule them in the wrong order (so that generated.txt isn't created by the time the script runs), or it may even schedule them in parallel.

To give tup the information that generated.txt must be created first, we simply list it as an input to the test script:

Tupfile 
: |> echo "generated text" > %o |> generated.txt
: generated.txt |> ./test.sh > %o |> output.txt

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] ./test.sh > output.txt
[ tup ] Updated.
$ cat output.txt
This is the *new* file header
generated text
Output from test.sh

Tupfile Dependencies are for Ordering

Now we will see what happens if you add an input to the Tupfile, but the input goes unused. Let's add another generated file, but the shell script is unchanged so we don't actually read from it:

Tupfile 
: |> echo "generated text" > %o |> generated.txt
: |> echo "unused text" > %o |> unused.txt
: generated.txt unused.txt |> ./test.sh > %o |> output.txt

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] echo "unused text" > unused.txt
[ tup ] Updated.

Curiously, the test.sh script did not execute even though unused.txt is listed as an input. How then were we able to bypass the earlier error message by adding an input in the Tupfile, if those inputs don't actually cause the commands to execute? Let's take a look at our new graph:

$ tup graph . | dot -Tpng > ~/ex_deps_2.png

Here we can see that not all of the input dependency arrows are the same. There are solid lines and dotted lines, as well as filled in arrows and empty arrows. The actual details of how tup handles these are beyond the scope of this example. The important thing to see here is that tup still keeps track of the fact that the shell script has a dependency on the unused.txt file, but because the file was never actually read from by the script, it cannot possibly have an effect on the output file (this fact is represented by the dotted line). Therefore, tup knows that if unused.txt changes, the script does not need to run again.

However, the presence of the dotted-line dependency means that if unused.txt is changed and at the same time test.sh is changed to read from that file, tup is guaranteed to execute them in the correct order. In this sense, inputs in Tupfiles are only for ordering, and dependencies determined automatically during program execution are used for re-executing commands. For more insight into why this is useful, see the generated header example.

tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/ex_deps_1.dot000066400000000000000000000025151335323540100170010ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph G { node_12 [label="./test.sh > output.txt\n12" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_11 -> node_12 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_8 [label="echo \"generated text\" > generated.txt\n8" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_7 -> node_8 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_10 [label="echo \"unused text\" > unused.txt\n10" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_9 -> node_10 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_7 [label="generated.txt\n7" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_12 -> node_7 [dir=back,style="dotted",arrowtail="normal"] node_12 -> node_7 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_14 [label="header.txt\n14" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_12 -> node_14 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_11 [label="output.txt\n11" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_13 [label="test.sh\n13" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_12 -> node_13 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_9 [label="unused.txt\n9" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_12 -> node_9 [dir=back,style="dotted",arrowtail="normal"] } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/ex_deps_2.dot000066400000000000000000000024261335323540100170030ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph G { node_13 [label="./test.sh > output.txt\n13" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_12 -> node_13 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_16 [label="echo \"generated text\" > generated.txt\n16" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_15 -> node_16 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_18 [label="echo \"unused text\" > unused.txt\n18" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_17 -> node_18 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_15 [label="generated.txt\n15" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_13 -> node_15 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="normal"] node_14 [label="header.txt\n14" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_13 -> node_14 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_12 [label="output.txt\n12" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_3 [label="test.sh\n3" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_13 -> node_3 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_17 [label="unused.txt\n17" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_13 -> node_17 [dir=back,style="dotted",arrowtail="normal"] } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/ex_generated_header.html000066400000000000000000000200561335323540100212520ustar00rootroot00000000000000

Here we will show how to write a Tupfile to handle a fairly common use-case: an automatically generated header file.

Handling auto-generated header files in tup is actually fairly easy, though at first glance it may appear to be tricky. They are not completely automatic, however. You do still need to specify the generated header as an input to any compilation rules. Let's get a C program from the First Tupfile example to start with. Later we will generate a new header file from a separate shell script and see how that affects our Tupfile.

$ mkdir tup_test3
$ cd tup_test3
$ touch Tupfile.ini
Tupfile 
: foreach *.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello
hello.c 
#include <stdio.h>
#include "square.h"

int main(void)
{
	printf("Hi, everybody!\n");
	printf("Five squared is: %i\n", square(5));
	return 0;
}
square.c 
#include "square.h"

int square(int x)
{
	return x * x;
}
square.h 
int square(int x);

Now we can run our code and get the original output:

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.005s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/3    ] gcc -Wall -c square.c -o square.o
[    2/3    ] gcc -Wall -c hello.c -o hello.o
[    3/3    ] gcc hello.o square.o -o hello
[ tup ] Updated.
$ ./hello
Hi, everybody!
Five squared is: 25

Suppose we want to add a new interface, only for reasons beyond our control, we have to generate the header file from a shell script rather than write it by hand. This is not a problem - we just have to tell tup how to create the header file.

gen_triangle.sh 
#! /bin/sh
echo '#define SIDES_OF_A_TRIANGLE 3'
Tupfile 
: |> sh gen_triangle.sh > %o |> triangle.h
: foreach *.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.009s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] sh gen_triangle.sh > triangle.h
[ tup ] Updated.
$ cat triangle.h
#define SIDES_OF_A_TRIANGLE 3

It looks like our new header file was generated properly. Let's try to include it in our hello.c file:

hello.c 
#include <stdio.h>
#include "square.h"
#include "triangle.h"

int main(void)
{
	printf("Hi, everybody!\n");
	printf("Five squared is: %i\n", square(5));
	printf("A triangle has %i sides\n", SIDES_OF_A_TRIANGLE);
	return 0;
}

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] No Tupfiles to parse.
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/2    ] gcc -Wall -c hello.c -o hello.o
 *** tup errors ***
tup error: Missing input dependency - a file was read from, and was not
specified as an input link for the command. This is an issue because the file
was created from another command, and without the input link the commands may
execute out of order. You should add this file as an input, since it is
possible this could randomly break in the future.
 - [17] triangle.h
 *** Command ID=8 ran successfully, but tup failed to save the dependencies.

Oops, looks like we stumbled onto the missing input dependency error message again. Since triangle.h is an output of another command, we have to tell tup about it in the input section of the compilation rule. Right now the input section of our compilation rule (highlighted below) has 'foreach *.c':

: foreach *.c |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> %B.o

Note that we can't simply list triangle.h as another input here, because the foreach keyword will try to iterate over it and generate a rule to compile the header file directly. Instead, we want to make use of the order-only inputs section, which is separated from the rest of the inputs by a single '|' (pipe) character. The difference between regular inputs and order-only inputs is that regular inputs are used in foreach and flags like %f, while order-only inputs are not. All inputs also add dependency links from the file pointing to the commands.

Tupfile 
: |> sh gen_triangle.sh > %o |> triangle.h
: foreach *.c | triangle.h |> gcc -Wall -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

Now we can finish the update and take a look at the dependency graph:

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.008s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/2    ] gcc -Wall -c hello.c -o hello.o
[    2/2    ] gcc hello.o square.o -o hello
[ tup ] Updated.
$ tup graph . | dot -Tpng > ~/ex_autogen_1.png

Even though we specified triangle.h as an input dependency for both compilation rules, you can see that changing the gen_triangle.sh script only re-compiles the one file that actually includes the header. In contrast, changing square.h re-compiles both files, since they both include that header. The compilation commands are highlighted below:

$ touch gen_triangle.sh
$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.006s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] No Tupfiles to parse.
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/3    ] sh gen_triangle.sh > triangle.h
[    2/3    ] gcc -Wall -c hello.c -o hello.o
[    3/3    ] gcc hello.o square.o -o hello
[ tup ] Updated.
$ touch square.h
$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.006s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] No Tupfiles to parse.
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/3    ] gcc -Wall -c square.c -o square.o
[    2/3    ] gcc -Wall -c hello.c -o hello.o
[    3/3    ] gcc hello.o square.o -o hello
[ tup ] Updated.

Although it is difficult to show in this example, the presence of the dotted-line dependency from triangle.h to the gcc -Wall -c square.c -o square.o command is very important. If we were to, in a single patch perhaps, change the gen_triangle.sh script, and change square.c to include the generated header, the dependency ensures that the header is generated before the C file is compiled. Until the C file actually includes the header, however, the dependency link is somewhat dormant - changing the header will not cause the C file to be re-compiled.

The result is that tup only re-compiles the minimum number of files necessary, even if inputs in the Tupfile are over-specified. Additionally, inputs in the Tupfile always guarantee the order that the commands are executed in, even if the commands do not actually read from the input files.

tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/ex_lua_examples.html000066400000000000000000000265031335323540100204660ustar00rootroot00000000000000

In these examples, we will present the basic Lua Tupfile API and show how it relates to several small projects, then give an introduction to some of the helper API methods. A reference for all Lua API methods can be found here - not all API methods are demonstrated in the examples below.

Compiling a Single Program

In this example, we will write a Lua Tupfile that compiles a small C program. The two key requirements for using Tup are 1. running tup init at the top of the project, and 2. Tupfile.lua.

In a new directory, run:

$ tup init

and create the following files in the same directory:

hello.c 
#include <stdio.h>

int main(void)
{
	printf("Hello, world!\n");
	return 0;
}
Tupfile.lua 
tup.definerule{ inputs = {'hello.c'}, command = 'gcc hello.c -o hello', outputs = {'hello'} }

Now, everything is prepared to compile. The current directory structure looks like this:

$ ls -a
.  ..  hello.c  .tup  Tupfile.lua

Compile the project by running:

$ tup
[ tup ] [0.134s] Scanning filesystem...
[ tup ] [0.252s] Reading in new environment variables...
[ tup ] [0.369s] Parsing Tupfiles...
 1) [0.008s] .
 [ ] 100%
[ tup ] [0.388s] No files to delete.
[ tup ] [0.388s] Generating .gitignore files...
[ tup ] [0.530s] Executing Commands...
 1) [0.095s] gcc hello.c -o hello
 [ ] 100%
[ tup ] [0.740s] Updated.
$ ls -a
.  ..  hello  hello.c  .tup  Tupfile.lua
$ ./hello
Hello, world!

Compiling Multiple Programs

In this example, we will build off the previous project to build the similar program goodbye in addition to hello, using Lua functions to generalize build rule definition.

Create the following file in the same directory as the previous example:

goodbye.c 
#include <stdio.h>

int main(void)
{
	printf("Goodbye, world!\n");
	return 0;
}

Replace the rules file with this new one:

Tupfile.lua 
function compile(source, output)
	tup.definerule{ inputs = {source}, command = 'gcc ' .. source .. ' -o ' .. output, outputs = {output} }
end

compile('hello.c', 'hello')
compile('goodbye.c', 'goodbye')

The current directory structure looks like this:

$ ls -a
.  ..  goodbye.c  hello  hello.c  .tup  Tupfile.lua

Build and test the programs:

$ tup
[ tup ] [0.000s] Scanning filesystem...
[ tup ] [0.252s] Reading in new environment variables...
[ tup ] [0.253s] Parsing Tupfiles...
 1) [0.006s] .
 [ ] 100%
[ tup ] [0.264s] No files to delete.
[ tup ] [0.264s] Generating .gitignore files...
[ tup ] [0.509s] Executing Commands...
 1) [0.071s] gcc goodbye.c -o goodbye
 [ ] 100%
[ tup ] [0.788s] Updated.
$ ls -a
.  ..  goodbye  goodbye.c  hello  hello.c  .tup  Tupfile.lua
$ ./hello
Hello, world!
$ ./goodbye
Goodbye, world!

Note that (if you copied everything verbatim) the command to build hello didn't change, nor did any of its dependencies, so Tup didn't rebuild it.

Working With Multiple Directories

In this example, we place and build the program source files in their own directories for organizational purposes. We will use Tuprules.lua to store our common compile method to avoid duplicating it in each build directory.

Create directories and move the source files to get the following project structure:

$ rm hello goodbye # They are in the way of the next steps
$ rm Tupfile.lua
$ mkdir hello
$ mkdir goodbye
$ mv hello.c hello/
$ mv goodbye.c goodbye/
Tuprules.lua 
function compile(source, output)
	tup.definerule{ inputs = {source}, command = 'gcc ' .. source .. ' -o ' .. output, outputs = {output} }
end
hello/Tupfile.lua 
compile('hello.c', 'hello')
goodbye/Tupfile.lua 
compile('goodbye.c', 'goodbye')

The final directory structure should look like this:

$ ls -a
.  ..  goodbye  hello  .tup  Tuprules.lua
$ ls -a hello
.  ..  hello.c  Tupfile.lua
$ ls -a goodbye
.  ..  goodbye.c  Tupfile.lua

Tupfile.lua automatically includes Tuprules.lua in its current directory and parent directories, so we can access compile in hello/Tupfile.lua and goodbye/Tupfile.lua.

Build and test the programs. You can run tup from any location under the root of your project (where the Tupfile.initup init), but for the following listing we run everything in the top directory.

$ tup
[ tup ] [0.000s] Scanning filesystem...
[ tup ] [0.286s] Reading in new environment variables...
[ tup ] [0.287s] Parsing Tupfiles...
 1) [0.001s] .
 2) [0.001s] goodbye
 3) [0.001s] hello
 [   ] 100%
[ tup ] [0.296s] No files to delete.
[ tup ] [0.296s] Deleting 2 commands...
 [  ] 100%
[ tup ] [0.297s] Generating .gitignore files...
[ tup ] [0.532s] Executing Commands...
 1) [0.107s] goodbye: gcc goodbye.c -o goodbye
 2) [0.111s] hello: gcc hello.c -o hello
 [  ] 100%
[ tup ] [0.877s] Updated.
$ ls -a
.  ..  goodbye  hello  .tup  Tuprules.lua
$ ls -a hello/
.  ..  hello  hello.c  Tupfile.lua
$ ls -a goodbye/
.  ..  goodbye  goodbye.c  Tupfile.lua
$ ./hello/hello
Hello, world!
$ ./goodbye/goodbye
Goodbye, world!

Configuration And Selectively Sharing Code

You can split Lua Tupfiles as you see fit and selectively combine them using tup.include. In this example, we read the tup.config file to determine which modules to build, and only include the module's build definitions if enabled.

In a new directory, run:

$ tup init

and create the following files in the same directory:

module1.c 
#include <stdio.h>

int main(void)
{
	printf("Module 1 run.\n");
	return 0;
}
module2.c 
#include <stdio.h>

int main(void)
{
	printf("Module 2 run.\n");
	return 0;
}
module1.lua 
compile('module1.c', 'module1')
module2.lua 
compile('module2.c', 'module2')
Tupfile.lua 
function compile(source, output)
	tup.definerule{ inputs = {source}, command = 'gcc ' .. source .. ' -o ' .. output, outputs = {output} }
end

if tup.getconfig('MODULE1') == 'y' then
	tup.include('module1.lua')
end

if tup.getconfig('MODULE2') == 'y' then
	tup.include('module2.lua')
end
tup.config 
CONFIG_MODULE1=n
CONFIG_MODULE2=y

This will cause the module 2 build rule to be included and built, but not module 1. Note that tup.getconfig returns an empty string if the specified config value is missing. The way Tupfile.lua is set up, all modules are disabled by default.

The directory structure should look like this:

$ ls -a
.  ..  module1.c  module1.lua  module2.c  module2.lua  .tup  tup.config  Tupfile.lua

As usual, build and test with the following:

$ tup
[ tup ] [0.298s] Scanning filesystem...
[ tup ] [0.917s] Reading in new configuration/environment variables...
 1) new variant: tup.config
 [ ] 100%
[ tup ] [2.435s] Parsing Tupfiles...
 1) [0.007s] .
 [ ] 100%
[ tup ] [2.442s] No files to delete.
[ tup ] [2.443s] Generating .gitignore files...
[ tup ] [3.755s] Executing Commands...
 1) [0.071s] gcc module2.c -o module2
 [ ] 100%
[ tup ] [4.283s] Updated.
$ ./module1
bash: ./module1: No such file or directory
$ ./module2
Module 2 run.

Helper API Methods

The following are not complete examples, but snippets and descriptions of their results when run.

out = tup.frule{inputs = {'hello.c'}, command = 'gcc %f -o %o', outputs = {'%B'}}
out = tup.frule{input = 'hello.c', command = 'gcc %f -o %o', output = '%B'}
out = tup.rule('hello.c', 'gcc %f -o %o', '%B')

All of these are equivalent to tup.definerule{inputs = {'hello.c'}, command = 'gcc hello.c -o hello', outputs = {'hello'}}. out is {'hello'}.

tup.frule{inputs = {'file1.c', 'file2.c'}, command = 'gcc %f -o %o', output = 'app'}

This is equivalent to tup.definerule{inputs = {'file1.c', 'file2.c'}, command = 'gcc file1.c file2.c -o app', outputs = {'app'}}.

header = tup.rule('./generateheader.sh', {'generatedheader.h'})
objects = tup.foreach_rule(
	{
		'file1.c',
		'file2.c',
		extra_inputs = header
	},
	'gcc %f -c -o %o',
	{'%B.o'}
)
tup.rule(objects, 'gcc %f -o %o', {'app'})

This is equivalent to:

tup.definerule{
	inputs = {'file1.c', 'generatedheader.h'},
	command = 'gcc file1.c -c -o file1.o',
	outputs = {'file1.o'}
}
tup.definerule{
	inputs = {'file2.c', 'generatedheader.h'},
	command = 'gcc file2.c -c -o file2.o',
	outputs = {'file2.o'}
}
tup.definerule{
	inputs = {'file1.o', 'file2.o'},
	command = 'gcc file1.o file2.o -c -o app',
	outputs = {'app'}
}

Environment Variables And Globbing

Like the previous section, the following are not complete examples, but snippets and descriptions of their results when run.

tup.export('SDK_PREFIX')
tup.rule(tup.glob('*.c'), 'gcc %f -o %o -L$SDK_PREFIX/lib -lsdklib', {'app'})

In a directory with the files file1.c and file2.c, this is equivalent to:

tup.definerule{inputs = {'file1.c', 'file2.c'}, command = 'gcc file1.c file2.c -o app -L$SDK_PREFIX -lsdklib', outputs = {'app'}}

Note that $SDK_PREFIX is expanded by the shell and is treated the same as any other command substring by Tup. tup.export simply passes the value in the shell that invokes Tup to the shell that Tup invokes.

tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/ex_multiple_directories.html000066400000000000000000000417651335323540100222450ustar00rootroot00000000000000

Now our program grows beyond the confines of a single directory. Here we'll see how Tupfiles can share variables and :-rules.

$ mkdir tup_test4
$ cd tup_test4
$ touch Tupfile.ini
$ mkdir newmath

We'll start out with the same program as in the first Tupfile example, but this time we want to put the squaring function in a separate directory so it can be bundled into a library with other related files.

hello.c 
#include <stdio.h>
#include "square.h"

int main(void)
{
	printf("Hi, everybody!\n");
	printf("Five squared is: %i\n", square(5));
	return 0;
}
newmath/square.c 
#include "square.h"

int square(int x)
{
	return x * x;
}
newmath/square.h 
int square(int x);

Now we have to create some Tupfiles in order to build our math library and main program. With multiple directories to deal with, it may seem overwhelming when trying to figure out where you put the Tupfiles, and how they should be written. The basic idea that tup uses is that each directory contains a Tupfile, and each Tupfile is independent. You do not need to have a top-level Tupfile call or otherwise include subdirectories -- just create a Tupfile in each directory.

Still, figuring out what to put in each Tupfile may not be immediately obvious, especially if you don't want to repeat yourself in every Tupfile that needs to compile C files. A good approach is to start at a base level, and build your way up. You don't have to write all the Tupfiles at once and get it right on the first try! Just follow these steps:

  1. Build: Create a Tupfile in a single directory, and get it to produce the output you want for that directory.
  2. Refactor: Clean up the new Tupfile so that it looks nice, and maybe pull variables out into common files so that repetition is mostly avoided.
  3. Repeat: Continue this process until your program is fully built.

Once all the Tupfiles have been created, it is a good time to commit them to your version control and take a break!

Build the library

To walk through the process with our example, let's start with a quick look at what we have so far:

$ ls
hello.c  newmath
$ ls newmath/
square.c  square.h

We have two directories with files that we need to build, so we'll end up with a Tupfile in each one. (Note if we had another directory with some documents or something that doesn't require tup to build, we simply would not put a Tupfile there). Since we know the main program will eventually need to link our newmath library, it is probably easiest to start with just building the library itself. We'll create square/Tupfile and get our newmath library:

newmath/Tupfile 
: foreach *.c |> gcc -Wall -O -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> ar crs %o %f |> libnewmath.a

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.006s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/2    ] .
[    2/2    ] newmath
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/2    ] newmath: gcc -Wall -O -c square.c -o square.o
[    2/2    ] newmath: ar crs libnewmath.a square.o
[ tup ] Updated.
$ nm newmath/libnewmath.a
square.o:
00000000 T square

Ok, looks like we got our library built. Now we may want to clean up the Tupfile a bit. For example, it may make sense to pull some of the gcc flags out into a CFLAGS variable. This can be especially helpful if we have a bunch of warning options turned on, or lots of -I flags or the like.

Refactoring the library Tupfile

When making changes to a Tupfile, we can use the tup refactor command to verify that our edits do not actually change the commands in the database. If none of the command-lines have changed, tup will simply re-parse the Tupfile and then quit. Otherwise, we will get an error message about what we changed. Let's give it a shot:

newmath/Tupfile 
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O
: foreach *.c |> gcc $(CFLAGS)-Wall -O -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> ar crs %o %f |> libnewmath.a

When we tell tup to refactor, you can see it will parse the changed Tupfile and then report that it has "No files to delete" -- this is our key that the refactoring had no unintended side effects.

$ tup refactor
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] newmath
[ tup ] No files to delete.

If we had made some meaningful change, for example by changing -O to -O2, then tup will produce an error message with the refactor command:

newmath/Tupfile 
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O2
: foreach *.c |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> ar crs %o %f |> libnewmath.a

$ tup refactor
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.008s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] newmath
tup refactoring error: Attempting to modify a command string:
Old: 'gcc -Wall -O -c hello.c -o hello.o'
New: 'gcc -Wall -O2 -c hello.c -o hello.o'
tup error: Error parsing Tupfile line 3
  Line was: ': foreach *.c |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o'
 *** tup: 1 job failed.

If we didn't intend for the Tupfile refactoring to change anything, we could keep modifying the Tupfile and running tup refactor until all of the refactoring errors are fixed. Of course, if we *do* actually want to change command-lines (such as by switching to -O2 in this case), then just run tup as normal.

Build the program

With the library ready to go, we can now build our main program. Since each Tupfile is independent, we'll create a whole new Tupfile from scratch in the top-level directory. Of course being a typical programmer, we'll be lazy and just copy the existing Tupfile and touch it up a bit. Don't worry about the mess of redundant information for now - we'll clean it up later.

Tupfile 
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O2
: foreach *.c |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/2    ] gcc -Wall -O2 -c hello.c -o hello.o
hello.c:2:20: fatal error: square.h: No such file or directory
compilation terminated.
 *** tup errors ***
  *** Command ID=24 failed with return value 1

Oh right, forgot about that header. No problem - we can just add an extra parameter to CFLAGS.

Tupfile 
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O2
CFLAGS += -Inewmath
: foreach *.c |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/2    ] gcc -Wall -O2 -Inewmath -c hello.c -o hello.o
[    2/2    ] gcc hello.o -o hello
hello.o: In function `main':
hello.c:(.text+0x1d): undefined reference to `square'
collect2: ld returned 1 exit status
 *** tup errors ***
 *** Command ID=26 failed with return value 1

Getting closer... I guess we should actually link in that library. We have two options here - we can use gcc's -l and -L flags, like '-lnewmath -Lnewmath' to tell it what and where to link it in. Alternatively, we can just add the library as an input. It's up to you how you want your program structured. Just note that for shared libraries, the method that you use to link can affect that paths searched for libraries at run-time. In our case we have a static library, so it doesn't matter.

Tupfile 
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O2
CFLAGS += -Inewmath
: foreach *.c |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o newmath/libnewmath.a |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.007s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/1    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] Executing Commands...
[    1/1    ] gcc hello.o newmath/libnewmath.a -o hello
[ tup ] Updated.
$ ./hello
Hi, everybody!
Five squared is: 25

Finally, the program builds and runs! Now we can go about cleaning everything up to make it more maintainable.

Refactor CFLAGS

Let's take a look at our Tupfiles and see what we have so far:

Tupfile 
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O2
CFLAGS += -Inewmath
: foreach *.c |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o newmath/libnewmath.a |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello
newmath/Tupfile 
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O2
: foreach *.c |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> ar crs %o %f |> libnewmath.a

Ouch, we have a lot of redundant information here. Obviously we want to separate that out and have one place where we set warning flags and the like for our program. The way this information can be shared in tup is by using the include directive. In this example, we will actually use its cousin, include_rules.

The usage pattern for include_rules is as follows: in each Tupfile that wants to make use of shared variables and rule definitions, write include_rules at the top of the Tupfile (it can technically go anywhere in the file, but usually putting it at the top is easiest). Then, create a Tuprules.tup at the highest level in the directory hierarchy for where it applies. In this example, we want to create some shared definitions for the whole program, so we'll create Tuprules.tup at the top of our project. If there is a sub-directory that requires extra flags, you could create a Tuprules.tup file in that sub-directory as well. Each Tuprules.tup file only affects the current directory and any below it that use include_rules. For variables that are only intended to affect the current directory, you can just leave them in the Tupfile rather than create a separate Tuprules.tup file. Let's start by moving out the CFLAGS:

Tuprules.tup 
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O2
Tupfile 
include_rules
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O2
CFLAGS += -Inewmath
: foreach *.c |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o newmath/libnewmath.a |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello
newmath/Tupfile 
include_rules
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O2
: foreach *.c |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> ar crs %o %f |> libnewmath.a

$ tup
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.009s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/2    ] newmath
[    2/2    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.
[ tup ] No commands to execute.
[ tup ] Updated.

A quick note about the include_rules directive: in this case, this is effectively equivalent to the following Tupfiles:

Tupfile (example) 
include Tuprules.tup
CFLAGS += -Inewmath
: foreach *.c |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o newmath/libnewmath.a |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello
newmath/Tupfile (example) 
include ../Tuprules.tup
include Tuprules.tup
: foreach *.c |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> ar crs %o %f |> libnewmath.a

The difference is that include_rules doesn't care if there is a Tuprules.tup missing somewhere along the hierarchy. Also, if you are several levels deep, you don't have to have a bunch of lines like 'include ../../../../Tuprules.tup' at the top of every Tupfile. The idea here is that the top-level Tuprules.tup file can set up project-wide settings. If necessary, sub-level Tuprules.tup files can override or add settings. Finally, the Tupfile has the settings that apply only to that directory.

Refactor :-rules

For our last refactoring we will try to put the redundant :-rule that compiles all the C files in a common location. We could put the :-rule directly into Tuprules.tup, but that would not give us a chance to override or add new CFLAGS settings in the Tupfile itself (as we would like to add '-Inewmath' in the top-level Tupfile). One way to re-use :-rules is to create !-macros. This is due to the way tup parses Tupfiles line-by-line. The man page has some more info on how to use them, so this will just serve as an example. We add the macro definition to Tuprules.tup, and then we can use it in the Tupfile to make the :-rule much shorter. There is still some redundant information among the Tupfiles, but less than before.

Tuprules.tup 
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O2

!cc = |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
Tupfile 
include_rules
CFLAGS += -Inewmath
: foreach *.c |> !cc |>|> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o newmath/libnewmath.a |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello
newmath/Tupfile 
include_rules
: foreach *.c |> !cc |>|> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
: *.o |> ar crs %o %f |> libnewmath.a

$ tup refactor
[ tup ] Scanning filesystem...0.006s
[ tup ] No tup.config changes.
[ tup ] Parsing Tupfiles...
[    1/2    ] newmath
[    2/2    ] .
[ tup ] No files to delete.

Note that even though we have $(CFLAGS) when we initialize the !cc macro, it does not actually expand until we use the !cc macro in the :-rule in the Tupfile. This allows us to add the -Inewmath flag in the main Tupfile.

Let's try to make the 'ar' command a !-macro too.

Tuprules.tup 
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O2

!cc = |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
!ar = |> ar crs %o %f |>
newmath/Tupfile 
include_rules
: foreach *.c |> !cc |>
: *.o |> !ar crs %o %f |> libnewmath.a

Notice how the !cc macro specifies the output in the macro, since it is the same for all C files. However, the library can be named anything, so we specify the output in the actual :-rule that uses the !ar macro rather than in the macro definition itself.

Let's take a final look at the Tupfiles we ended up with:

Tuprules.tup 
CFLAGS += -Wall
CFLAGS += -O2

!cc = |> gcc $(CFLAGS) -c %f -o %o |> %B.o
!ar = |> ar crs %o %f |>
Tupfile 
include_rules
CFLAGS += -Inewmath
: foreach *.c |> !cc |>
: *.o newmath/libnewmath.a |> gcc %f -o %o |> hello
newmath/Tupfile 
include_rules
: foreach *.c |> !cc |>
: *.o |> !ar |> libnewmath.a

The syntax may take a while to get used to, but it should be pretty easy for you to add a new flag to CFLAGS, or create another subdirectory to make a new library. You may even find better approaches -- perhaps you will find it easier to set all the variables at the top and put include_rules at the bottom!

tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/gen_ex_header.sh000077500000000000000000000002751335323540100175370ustar00rootroot00000000000000#! /bin/sh -e cat << HERE
    HERE for i in $@; do title=`./gen_text.sh $i` echo "
  • $title
    • " done cat << HERE
HERE tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/gen_examples.sh000077500000000000000000000002211335323540100174200ustar00rootroot00000000000000#! /bin/sh -e for i in $@; do title=`./gen_text.sh $i` synopsis=`cat $i | head -n 1` echo "$title" echo "$synopsis" done tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/gen_menu.sh000077500000000000000000000013741335323540100165600ustar00rootroot00000000000000#! /bin/sh -e example="" if [ $1 = "-x" ]; then shift example=$1 shift fi luaexample="" if [ $1 = "-l" ]; then shift luaexample=$1 shift fi cat << HERE HERE tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/gen_page.sh000077500000000000000000000021201335323540100165160ustar00rootroot00000000000000#! /bin/sh -e analytics=0 if [ $1 = "-a" ]; then analytics=1 shift fi menu="" if [ $1 = "-m" ]; then shift menu=$1 shift fi text=`./gen_text.sh $1` cat << HERE tup | $text
HERE cat $menu echo "

$text

" cat $1 cat << HERE
HERE if [ $analytics = "1" ]; then cat << HERE HERE fi cat << HERE HERE tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/gen_text.sh000077500000000000000000000003641335323540100165760ustar00rootroot00000000000000#! /bin/sh -e for j in `echo $1 | sed 's/\.html//; s/_/ /g; s/index/home/; s/^ex //'`; do echo $j | awk 'BEGIN{ORS=" "} {print toupper(substr($0, 1, 1)) substr($0, 2)}'; done | sed 's/And /and\ /; s/Vs /vs\ /; s/ $//' tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/getting_started.html000066400000000000000000000033671335323540100205050ustar00rootroot00000000000000

Getting started with tup is easy. Just follow these 7 steps:

  1. Download and build tup.
  2. Make sure the tup executable is in your path.
  3. Make sure your source files are backed up, like in source control, or something. Tup is able to delete old files automatically, though it tries to prevent you from doing silly things like overwrite your hand-written C files. Still, it would suck if you got boned because tup has a bug or something. Hey, your hard disk can go at anytime, too.
  4. Go to the top of your source tree and type tup init. This will create a .tup/ directory that is used to store dependencies and manage the build system.
  5. Write a Tupfile to build things. It's probably easiest to start with a single rule and expand from there. You don't save anything by writing everything up front and trying to get it right the first time. Feel free to take a look at the examples to get an idea of how to write them.
  6. Perform a build by running tup. You can run this from anywhere in the source tree. This will always update the whole tree. You can't fake out tup by trying to build a part of your program if you run tup in a subdirectory or something. Don't even try. You can't win. Unless you want to update a single target at a time, like tup foo.o, in which case tup will just build that. But, tup will always take the ramifications of the whole project space into consideration, not just the subdirectory that you're in.
  7. Now you just edit your source files, Tupfiles, or whatever and run tup when you're done.
tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/hello.dot000066400000000000000000000027241335323540100162370ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph G { node_12 [label="gcc -c hello.c -o hello.o\n12" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_11 -> node_12 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_14 [label="gcc -c square.c -o square.o\n14" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_13 -> node_14 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_20 [label="gcc hello.o square.o -o hello\n20" shape="rectangle" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_19 -> node_20 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_19 [label="hello\n19" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_3 [label="hello.c\n3" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_12 -> node_3 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="normal"] node_11 [label="hello.o\n11" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_20 -> node_11 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="normal"] node_9 [label="square.c\n9" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_14 -> node_9 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="normal"] node_10 [label="square.h\n10" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_14 -> node_10 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_12 -> node_10 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="empty"] node_13 [label="square.o\n13" shape="oval" color="#000000" fontcolor="#000000" style=solid]; node_20 -> node_13 [dir=back,style="solid",arrowtail="normal"] } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/index.html000066400000000000000000000076531335323540100164270ustar00rootroot00000000000000

What is tup?

Tup is a file-based build system for Linux, OSX, and Windows. It inputs a list of file changes and a directed acyclic graph (DAG), then processes the DAG to execute the appropriate commands required to update dependent files. Updates are performed with very little overhead since tup implements powerful build algorithms to avoid doing unnecessary work. This means you can stay focused on your project rather than on your build system.

Get tup

Git Repository

$ git clone git://github.com/gittup/tup.git
$ cd tup
tup$ ./bootstrap.sh
tup$ man ./tup.1

Release tarballs

Windows

Linux Ubuntu

If you don't want to install tup from the git tree, you can use the unofficial tup PPA repository that works for Debian-based distributions (e.g. Ubuntu 10.04+).

sudo apt-add-repository 'deb http://ppa.launchpad.net/anatol/tup/ubuntu precise main'
sudo apt-get update
sudo apt-get install tup

MacOSX

If you use the Homebrew package manager you can install tup as follows:

brew cask install osxfuse
brew install tup

If you use MacPorts install tup as:

sudo port install tup

Why tup?

You can use tup anywhere you would use another build system (like make, or any of its derivatives). One reason you would want to use tup is if you like to update things very quickly. For example, if you typically execute a build in a subdirectory because it takes too long to figure out what to do when you execute the build from the top, you might want to look into tup. Unfortunately, tup is so fast that your chair mounted jousting might suffer. I apologize in advance if someone besmirches your honor and you are unable to properly defend yourself as a result.

Wha tup?

Nothing much, just writing some web pages. What's up with you?

Why is it so awesome?

  • It is very fast.
  • It will automatically clean-up old files.
  • It will detect if your build description isn't parallel-safe, and tell you.

What this means is:

  • Your edit/compile/test cycle is quick, even if your project is large. You just run: tup upd
  • You don't have to outsmart your build system by starting it in a subdirectory to make it go faster. Anywhere in the tree: tup upd
  • Your version control lets you rename a file. Does your build system? tup upd
  • Fresh checkouts: gone.
    'clean' builds: gone.
    Worries: gone.
    What remains: tup upd

How is it so awesome?

In a typical build system, the dependency arrows go down. Although this is the way they would naturally go due to gravity, it is unfortunately also where the enemy's gate is. This makes it very inefficient and unfriendly. In tup, the arrows go up. This is obviously true because it rhymes. See how the dependencies differ in make and tup:

Make
Tup

See the difference? The arrows go up. This makes it very fast. In fact, in at least one case, tup is optimal. See the Build System Rules and Algorithms (PDF) paper for more detailed information.

tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/license.html000066400000000000000000000065361335323540100167410ustar00rootroot00000000000000

Tup is dual-licensed; as such, you are able to choose which set of terms apply for you to use and distribute tup. You can use and distribute it freely under the GPL-v2 license, or choose a commercial license for distribution with a closed-source program (such as a commercial IDE).

Option 1: GPL-v2

Tup is available under the GPL-v2 license. See the tup/COPYING file for the actual license. In general, with the GPL-v2 license:

  • You can freely use tup to construct any program, be it free or commercial, open or closed source. The fact that tup is licensed under the GPL does not mean that the program you build with it also must be licensed under the GPL, except as described below.
  • You can distribute tup as part of a work based on it so long as all portions of the work are compatible with the GPL. For example, if you distribute an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) that uses tup as the build system (even if tup is imported as a plug-in), then all parts of the IDE must be open source, modifiable, and freely redistributable by the end user. Note that the exact method of how tup is invoked from the IDE is not relevant here, since an IDE is considered a work based on the Program (tup), and not a mere aggregation.

Option 2: Commercial

There is no single commercial license for tup. A commercial license is available for those wishing to include tup in a larger work, but where releasing all parts of the larger work under the GPL is not feasible. The terms and conditions for such a license are determined on a case-by-case basis. For more information, please contact licensing@northernmost-peninsula.com

Contributor License Agreement

Due to the dual-licensed nature of tup, contributors are asked to sign a Contributor License Agreement (CLA) and send it to the project owner. Such contributions (ie: patches sent to the mailing list, branches made available on GitHub, etc) will be made freely available under the GPL-v2 license, and may also be made available under commercial licenses. The CLA is located here: icla.txt

Third-party Libraries

Tup is distributed with several third-party utilities and libraries. These are licensed as follows:

  • Queue and red-black tree implementations are distributed under the BSD license. See tup/src/bsd/queue.h and tup/src/bsd/tree.h for copyright information and license terms.
  • The inih library is distributed under the New BSD license. See tup/src/inih/LICENSE.txt for copyright information and license terms.
  • The SQLite library is in the public domain and freely redistributable. See tup/src/sqlite3/sqlite3.h or http://www.sqlite.org/copyright.html for information.
  • The Lua programming language is distributed under the MIT license. MIT license. See tup/src/lua/LICENSE.txt or http://www.lua.org/license.html for information.
tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/logo.dot000066400000000000000000000003501335323540100160650ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph g { rankdir=LR; bgcolor="#fafafa"; Tup [style="filled" fillcolor="#ffffff"]; Build [shape="rectangle" style="filled" fillcolor="#ffffff"]; System [style="filled" fillcolor="#ffffff"]; Tup -> Build; Build -> System; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/lua_parser.html000066400000000000000000000245371335323540100174550ustar00rootroot00000000000000

Introduction

Tup supports writing build definitions using Lua. Tup uses a modified Lua 5.3 parser that supports all standard Lua syntax, with the addition of a new += operator. The statement a += b is equivalent to a = tup_append_assignment(a, b) where tup_append_assignment is a Lua function that, by default, appends to tables or creates a new table of the two values if the left-hand is not already a table. Tup also defines the tostring(argument) operation on tables with no metatable as table.concat(argument, ' ').

File structure

For each directory Tup scans, Tup looks for Tupfile.lua, or, if not present, a Tupdefault.lua file in the current directory or any parent directory up to the Tup root.

If a Tupfile.lua or Tupdefault.lua is found, Tup creates a Lua state and runs any Tuprules.lua files in the current directory and all parent directories up to the Tup root, then runs the located Tupfile.lua or Tupdefault.lua.

Non-Lua Tupfiles can include Lua files, which are able to read non-Lua variables when run.

API

Only a subset of the standard Lua library is defined, in order to prevent untracked dependencies. The standard library methods are filtered as follows:

  • The base functions are defined, excluding dofile, loadfile, load, and require.
  • table is defined.
  • string is defined.
  • math is defined.
  • debug is defined.
  • io is defined.
  • utf8 is defined.

Tup-specific functions are provided in the tup table. In the following documentation, PROCESSING refers to the directory Tup is currently processing, and RUNNING refers to the directory of the build definition file Tup is currently running. When Tup enters Tupfile.lua, PROCESSING and RUNNING are the same. When running Tuprules.lua or an explicitly included file, PROCESSING AND RUNNING may be different.

tup.include(path)
Returns: none

Parses and runs the Lua file at path.

tup.definerule{inputs = {'', ...}, command = '', outputs = {'', ...}}
Returns: none

Defines a rule. See the Tup manual for more information on rules. command will be executed without any modifications, either directly or in a shell, in the directory PROCESSING. inputs and outputs are optional and are used to determine dependencies.

tup.frule{inputs = {'', ...}, command = '', outputs = {'', ...}}
Returns: table of strings

A wrapper for tup.definerule that performs substitutions on all parameters based on format patterns. Returns a table containing the filenames of all outputs.

If there is a single input, it can be specified as a string argument input, and a single output can be specified as string argument output. In addition to sequential, numerically indexed elements, input can contain a table at index 'extra_inputs', the elements of which are treated like normal inputs but are not used when substituting %f. Likewise, output can contain a table at index 'extra_outputs', the elements of which are treated like normal outputs but are not used when substituting %o. Be aware that you are using input and output as an argument to frule in that case, rather than inputs and outputs!

The substitutions are roughly the same as the substitutions in non-Lua Tupfile rules. See the Tup manual for more information on the format patterns.

  • If a glob character appears in an input, the input string is replaced by its glob results.
  • Global variable and config variable values are substituted for $() and @() respectively.
  • %d is replaced in input strings.
  • %d, %f, %b, and %B are replaced in output strings.
  • %d, %f, %b, %B, and %o are replaced in the command string.
tup.rule(command)
tup.rule(command, outputs)
tup.rule(inputs, command)
tup.rule(inputs, command, outputs)
Returns: table of strings

A forwarding wrapper around tup.frule. Except for the 3-argument version, inputs and outputs must always be tables, and command must be a string. In the 3-argument version, inputs and outputs can be a string for a single input, or a table. Returns the result of tup.frule.

tup.foreach_rule(inputs, command)
tup.foreach_rule(inputs, command, outputs)
Returns: table of strings

A forwarding wrapper around tup.frule. inputs and outputs must always be tables, and command must be a string. For each input INPUT, runs tup.frule with an input table containing INPUT and inputs.extra_inputs if present. Returns the aggregate result of all tup.frule calls.

tup.export(variable)
Returns: none

Adds the environment variable named variable to the export list for future rules. See the Tup manual for more information.

tup.creategitignore()
Returns: none

Tells Tup to automatically generate a .gitignore file in PROCESSING which contains a list of the output files that are generated by Tup. See the Tup manual for more information.

tup.getcwd()
Returns: string

Returns the relative path from PROCESSING to RUNNING.

Example: If /a/b/Tupfile.lua included /a/include.lua, tup.getcwd() would return the path ../.

tup.getdirectory()
Returns: string

Returns the name of RUNNING within RUNNING's parent directory.

Example: Running tup.getdirectory() in /a/b/Tupfile.lua would return b.

tup.getrelativedir(directoryname)
Returns: string

Returns a path to directoryname relative from the active Tupfile.lua file.

tup.nodevariable(path)
Returns: node variable

Returns a node variable referencing a file indicated by path relative to RUNNING. Calling tostring or concatenating the node variable with a string will convert the node variable to the relative path from RUNNING to the referenced file.

Example: A node variable created from path ./data.txt in /a/b/Tupfile.lua would resolve to ../b/data.txt in /a/c/Tupfile.lua.

tup.getconfig(name)
Returns: string

Returns the value of the config item named 'CONFIG_' .. name or the empty string if the config item does not exist.

tup.glob(pattern)
Returns: table of strings

Returns a table of the relative paths of all files matching glob pattern pattern.

tup.append_table(a, b)
Returns: none

Modifies a by appending all elements of b.

tup.file(filename)
Returns: string

Strips all parent directories from the path string filename and returns the result.

tup.base(filename)
Returns: string

Strips all parent directories from the path string filename and the file extension (including the .), and returns the result.

tup.ext(filename)
Returns: string

Returns the extension in the filename filename (excluding the .) or the empty string if there is no extension.

tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/make_deps.dot000066400000000000000000000003271335323540100170610ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph G { hello_world -> {foo_o bar_o}; foo_o [label="foo.o"]; bar_o [label="bar.o"]; foo_c [label="foo.c"]; bar_c [label="bar.c"]; foo_h [label="foo.h"]; foo_o -> {foo_c foo_h}; bar_o -> {bar_c foo_h}; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/make_vs_tup-c_file.dat000066400000000000000000000001321335323540100206410ustar00rootroot000000000000001 0.04 0.06 10 0.05 0.06 100 0.05 0.06 1000 0.18 0.06 10000 6.27 0.06 100000 1398.03 0.06 tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/make_vs_tup-h_file.dat000066400000000000000000000001321335323540100206460ustar00rootroot000000000000001 0.04 0.06 10 0.14 0.18 100 0.18 0.22 1000 0.31 0.22 10000 6.44 0.22 100000 1731.62 0.22 tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/make_vs_tup-initial.dat000066400000000000000000000001431335323540100210530ustar00rootroot000000000000001 0.04 0.06 10 0.19 0.24 100 1.88 2.41 1000 18.66 24.29 10000 197.58 253.44 100000 4443.29 3907.25 tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/make_vs_tup-nothing.dat000066400000000000000000000001321335323540100210660ustar00rootroot000000000000001 0.00 0.00 10 0.00 0.00 100 0.01 0.00 1000 0.13 0.00 10000 6.26 0.00 100000 1346.00 0.00 tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/make_vs_tup.html000066400000000000000000000134721335323540100176310ustar00rootroot00000000000000

This page compares make to tup. This page is a little biased because tup is so fast. How fast? This one time a beam of light was flying through the vacuum of space at the speed of light and then tup went by and was like "Yo beam of light, you need a lift?" cuz tup was going so fast it thought the beam of light had a flat tire and was stuck. True story. Anyway, feel free to run your own comparisons if you don't believe me and my (true) story.

So for my simple test case I made N .c files (like 0.c, 1.c, 2.c ... N-1.c) and corresponding header files (0.h, 1.h, etc). I put them in a fairly logarithmic directory structure, with up to 10 .c/.h files per directory, and 5 sub-directories per directory. Each .c file includes its header, as well as the next 6 headers (so 1.c includes 1.h, 2.h, 3.h, ... 7.h). All C files in a directory get compiled into their corresponding object files, which are then linked into a program. The make case uses a single Makefile at the top level that describes all the programs and files to build. I run it with 'make -rR'. I believe this would be the fastest way possible. Another alternative would be a recursive make setup with a Makefile in each directory. That would be way slow, though, and not correct. For the tup case there is a Tupfile in each directory, as is the tup-convention. Tupvention.

I ran this test over different project sizes. For input size I use N=1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000. I didn't run a million cuz it would take forever to create a million files, and I value the life of my hard drive. Maybe I'll do that someday. Yeah that's right. I said maybe someday I will *kill* my hard drive, just for another data point. Is it right to value the pursuit of science over life? Even if it's something that does not ever truly live? That is a question that even tup cannot answer. So then I timed both make and tup based on: 1) how long it takes to build everything from scratch; 2) how long it takes to update when a single C file is changed; 3) how long it takes to update when a single header file is changed; and 4) how long it takes to do nothing.

The first test is fairly important - obviously we want the initial build to be as fast as possible. But, that's something you do once (being "initial" and all), and usually that's when you go get a snack or read Slashdot, so it's cool if it takes a little extra time. Here you can see tup takes a little extra time up front. The log-log scale may be fairly deceiving, but since the input size is exponential that's the only way you get a useful graph. For some reason tup seems to get better with the larger initial input size. That's somewhat counter-intuitive to me. Anyway, you could expect tup to take somewhere between 5-30% longer initially, if my numbers are to be believed.

The next few tests are all kinda the same. The second test is the usual case - if you're like me you usually change a single C file at a time and update (like add printf("wtf\n"); or something). Of course, if you're running a recursive make setup you could just cd to that directory and make it, and it would be fairly quick. But in case 3) you would have no idea which directories you'd have to cd to and run make, so how good is your little plan now? How good I say! And then test case 4) is just to show how awesome tup is.

Again these graphs use a log-log scale, so it may not be entirely evident at first glance by how much you've just been en-awesomed. Tup starts to get faster once you have somewhere between 100-1000 files in your project. With 100k files, it takes make a half an hour to figure out which C file it needs to build. With tup the whole thing is done in a tenth of a second. The header file test is basically the same, only since in my test each header is included by 7 other files, the time to update goes up from the 1 to 10 file case because more C files are being compiled.

Also, this is important, so it gets its own paragraph. Even with 100k files. Actually, 100k C files and 100k header files. So that's 200k files. Across I think 5k directories. When there's nothing to be done, tup takes 0 seconds to figure it out and quit. Granted I used 'time -p' which only prints out to hundredth-second accuracy (if you use regular time, I get like 0.004s, but then I'd have to convert minutes back to seconds, which would make graphing it more annoying, so I used time -p ;). I'll give you a minute to take in the awesome.

Now that you've taken it in, the astute among you may have wondered how long it takes to start the monitor to watch all those directories with those 200k files. Well that probably depends on your hard disk and all, but for me it took 9.7 seconds the first time (which adds all nodes to the tup database). When the tup database is already created, it takes 2min:30s to start the monitor with a cold cache, and 2.5s with a hot cache. Anyway...according to my calculations, any of those times is still decidedly less than 30 minutes, and you only have to spend that time once. Until you reboot. So err, once per reboot-ish. Not that often, I guess. 30 minutes per update for make vs. maybe 2 minutes per not that often for tup. In the future when filesystems more directly support this kind of monitoring, the time for tup here would drop to near zero. Make would still take forever, since it is not structured to take advantage of this kind of information.

1) Initial build

2) Single C file changed

3) Single H file changed

4) Nothing changed

tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/partial_dag_1.dot000066400000000000000000000002261335323540100176160ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph G { foo_o [label="foo.o"]; bar_o [label="bar.o"]; foo_h [label="foo.h"]; foo_o -> {foo_h} [dir="back"]; bar_o -> {foo_h} [dir="back"]; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/partial_dag_2.dot000066400000000000000000000002521335323540100176160ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph G { parse_c [label="parse.c"]; parse_h [label="parse.h"]; parse_y [label="parse.y"]; parse_c -> {parse_y} [dir="back"]; parse_h -> {parse_y} [dir="back"]; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/pub/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100152055ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/pub/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000004571335323540100165460ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules ifeq (@(TUP_WWW),y) : foreach ../make*.dat |> ^ PLOT %f^ ../../../test/make_v_tup/plot %f > %o |> %B.png : foreach ../tup_vs_eye*.dat |> ^ PLOT %f^ ../../../test/make_v_tup/plot %f Eye > %o |> %B.png : foreach ../*.dot |> !dot |> %B.png : foreach ../*.gen |> ^ CP %o^ cp %f %o |> %B endif tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/pub/build_system_rules_and_algorithms.pdf000066400000000000000000015266601335323540100247100ustar00rootroot00000000000000%PDF-1.4 % 3 0 obj << /Length 4 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\ˎ+C$€@N̴1`g_U$̽vY穇Ziu,Ӣh;ݼwLO~WfCOd;vz/a7?SzzSFOv}_ z ĺ^ӛӕ~_L/R=o/OZks_a9_>Iäë (}9L|_oئp՛s.+vfȯ6mL^޸ϗ6~.^3r>豑{y  M]xhO;ܼtyPm2of6HV;܌#?oKw+8:f *Lݍ~L,+,keH+K<1+>qY CvĬmK ̲Y7~:-O>{ bE2Yo9l¢;._Z~_p9K&3» d{΢y/uUrD*{o4*Kx"'IWk9' Z(-I7k9t#--W}xkp%t|2<љxSVa"Gă l'EJ<҈cq e[Өhy\(dV"`b!BD `X2 һ]|"λt3QlV_ߎK-:F}*l:<>Kߋ&xu/H|~k{koPÛ'8e'"/ p 5 W#Cvo# ;:zq"huRPvnZu~ GXQCV^vXqRD0C-L,J~>`F~x@VPl(Wci1'$A“ ORKh14Q ԅ~ZE0("!\V̓Y0+zLhXTk]UzD,v9yڶ3kTQڿإZ Ůʅ q8c`7H{bS02zn"ꏐ F%݅uΰe܄ * o XOReTejt,A*p05M꿉f XeaVzF!^v23.&HF 㖥XBķȻЌJ #_Z6oUCjZ uE>3]z±GWos(}Sc Q o*~EIX7vRUSr?M)跙 *dtxyn4ktWDv9 %x wpԨAyk{ZȘoM$d}VT,%&u1%ƺE O1-:@ 5t`g'{>Z>`vy$-] /x sF0Cצ݀v9  `.Mc|1xbjJ --p"\j MyyŪ0E:u,"ݒX$1ll|x:$HfkFQW/ԛ%8O!ǻQ.Pro3Mg4JMm`ŀ~uITiܜMasQ؁D8iRĘ|3\'2,8fN9h{lP6s ՔGn rZ^CeAFP@ts-En6DPVK[*Qulj>+M^'#ԱV^hoxB>zp]rIw4x.SҍM^spSc7qk)BݤW@{r:+U&GqQL ~SzgC-H -X,1y]ЯִuA7D[naal;SIIH g1irgIm^@"eɳ$}WƇ*%= գyvs~07=ʮ44$qK 0tdyjIai8f8CWCgIgY-M!,埼łU:'*]@8A>صJ&y W  -j-u[Kń?8Mnx>_I~FOk}%x2߈)?VKUq2wM_ KA9jb[kko+>`;U" rGFUY",f^3rAN9rD$V 7OOAN'1_7G(`׹GK꿒,U endstream endobj 4 0 obj 3497 endobj 2 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Font << /f-0-0 5 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-3-0 8 0 R >> >> endobj 9 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 3 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 2 0 R >> endobj 11 0 obj << /Length 12 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x]ۊ$}Wto*o  ~B 6E!ʼnPf LtERN ?_~ Cv0\&Ʀc]e/7|].[\mK|ky{avpr~oX_ȚFrx~#jThL)ERUZ}]#Ws qw ֍n abFY YvEݸ7 ^ +g\Y +bx@]2|n W3]#M3"?X]=Ce.O3WtE~/(!|ǝK0)1 {//P\Ivx,z/;` Ŋᘸ5R e-VTHzҁ/KͼrG3paEC`qdž gV%.C?Vd}U" OLB*+4[j,Lh 'MA€ #ʣfsUg,C FJf:h6*Or2l2z`}S*vY\%zR5K{hk"d4+:'"iΨ%[rlC(]5N +=ʫ׃v(d99Y9nI5䊕BgH #BDz9bkqEn"B#zR"6KLӽ< ]x—3pqAw;a-N>3iP.$m>V\0Jxz ,(pb- \FPTc/ϯJU/+0C)#n³P,0ЂN_&9PTwvL:J!mocYNbJS7j< fE&l ռeGUm;[j$\_ҟk% SA3ˠtaۀYm(B"BV^!Y毯]@)q}(Mr6OZ{qPW|I^g6;܆f;1ij}ԛ> jVR >@ъwN}P/0VoV𡀊!}ZE*ߗ ח?6 [cq{>='תAFKUچlnola_N;(mq^.lN7S龽3Ԣ7q:t1,RO~G3$." !wAʵ<=ʭ7HS1rd{ʣև RnZ4i|ZU=[%1}{B(S~}Z5`oJDR y=wx1՘(9D4\\Sv77?v.Ȋ84˩ XOr@^XhpKTrCtnwrRA$x8&Pyi L7<2>% V~Cbz+Qrֹ\pވ6Xkn"ɡ^, :@O@2 Y$˵ۇ'`HyɼQ D \_@$sCfb׏ āpXÖ o&@V@\&ˤR%!8@\`?r}ϴpگs'w'E,7]&w$a{yӻTmQq"gY[g3pp "#l<sO&U;IR#+2 ,븠^..כ'j]S,%5:d> 0# BznlFgS_)s`({ FSq|W=@ @M;خ݀ z?THR}wp[^E_ +: ׇ< 7HDo3 4Whړc c%䝋G[Qf O9L:܃nM/5"F\sJeT jiF ^Q9scpDs>$q<#gϙQyb޶zwmǃiYg0ZR 5|% (d?3ք]3Ty[Wi`jw+^xѹY{ZxAfQ*9ɾl}@Iv){~Ǎf*=<<Îw.w|"}3Ej⾷LSKBad{Ih> >> /Font << /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R >> >> endobj 13 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 11 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 10 0 R >> endobj 15 0 obj << /Length 16 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\Ɏ6+2-ZR@Cs0CvU3F ca,TVuٰ+SX^՟˟a/Sopx]\DZ_x/~^KS3i.SJ/ vˏo]/r>/aǼ~?~XybWĴ]^b:L ]JRXeZ.}`|_zG nĸĹ5Ջ'x2\x⾡]{BC_/>vVu-~r%=|[E!N'8{9u"}wQx=萎Qf"ޕ|p؟+}5d囙vp0\氊kntMDa=mQ3&:ck q dB}SFp0P9/7?Yw/hjnTʘn@F!*DBsߧ㣟})AT< :!tE5u)0 gDzṚ]i c;d1FMXCCL:Ɯe/O } 9>TҸ1jy$ F=0,<1~g4n[ľe]%4 7"Xya ͝IrT1acTt;jey!+w NüQc]lol=#%;z)Sqpz*[|KioDޗ\u_L`ޏ?7>myN}(y̮VpǍ1w톊W 6V\}o CG`*qQ`X^ځxDЯ?C_ȶP$ݼ1u.?d endstream endobj 16 0 obj 3309 endobj 14 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Font << /f-0-0 5 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R >> >> endobj 17 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 15 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 14 0 R >> endobj 19 0 obj << /Length 20 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream xZ٪7}Wfࢇ q|!sg1 JKI3scӭtd4IȽYĿ?}k΂/" Pj1m^3 L{7B.~Sj1[1I~mx~G7K%5,ӚS\j7E}(ٔC9UN)+êL˾伂3?=17]aMe Oe'w‘= !V-S(v](ƮcrC'?bwZ 5dvJZsFbAaUv*c?v,LO 4.ÍݙzrJˊ%/[JZkGfZ:Q[)M~(0(CaY7ٰʯ%7=!_=÷o/+KI =/P;;vzƒwQcoܜ#O3B{#DT$qpKs"SbY!Ɉ3n9G=W;Eū _NNˤT1paBFD0h 4ˉS'=ۭ\^lH@@-)L mdCrCM, -Gat BxH1 l ֯%r-R:/ ca_EAAadѳh*q;$(®aC>YN%gGl)ߔr=Uq ̚K|6F/W>޶!hnQi3*48B\ & Ҧ\o)v=XԵexXX?<{dܷ1K* 5[F`Nk@eSs 2 ( .ǢGO;5ͩmF0KE򦉩z*c8&NQ_qǚD9`ge 8 ^\ٞyUŇSx6SůV$T`Ax8yyƖHFE5uI A!Ji1@a(dWj@dHPk#3BAטr%]֍"Da lB}-T &kW;p{IS`Ȑ)cF #^AEk%G0FݿCoCKm~_EvH` 2\A]nw)n\rI [c%.f&&ʨ[Kh R!juO 4Z isF ]ch3ؠ5וc=Fs7~qGs``LсMhM(hdZbݞt$ 6QQ+x-X au^yUsҠ:~3d7P$;/Xk`ۭ!; ʸWw ےxPX|@{V)YK}F N93n:mFia:CJb`xFh~=1nRbJT,Yt26:E5n×>Hr|M:ӱ|=2n+nteldį/_6&4-(~~i#˴4V$cu9~J/lbq@C+ &]oK).fx 's*m'Tf8 WzMsZQCU^*TK.?i2Nx3:i\!ICGi>aj endstream endobj 20 0 obj 2170 endobj 18 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Pattern << /p21 21 0 R >> /Font << /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R >> >> endobj 22 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 19 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 18 0 R >> endobj 23 0 obj << /Length 24 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 24 0 obj 96 endobj 25 0 obj << /Length 26 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 23 0 R >> stream xy\O?h-RTvd7E([C$K".C#dϚ5K1 Vi%dl " X~y|n>f0 `0ɓ'.]\tޯ_^z{yy͟??<<<...%%ǏR `HCZZ͛2e>kiiٺu;۷svvvu544n+QCPPPRR`0΃Ffobbk׮7nddd'zVV֝;wu={?^ݒ3Ջ[[۷ llllݩx{{?{L AcFFAQ_.{W2rtt|2b0 SLd:h qrd0Çh?[n!sg0x-wҊ1|||&gF[ݱcԂDӶm[a0ȴiJ I-P\VZI-;wD/e˖2dR0óge;& yKga0̈́ k?~Gj)zzzRKmڴi3b`0Cϟ/Ν;lahh0$_/_~˖-RK(޽@XLHHٳ֭[bZZO?  W?~ٿ3gpqSSSGe:t aA;tppP*ʄ hrbb"}1cEt"3302k,oúwrJ(%-!8Æ S6Z{N( Ӯ]2ePe˖Cq4kLY;%**PYi aAtl,;R?5^07nHz ۶m˖kx `i߾h# ׯ_O?:::G0UׯoeeeccG|C+V X.Pvm WV ]G*+ufnn |||p1--:pss|16Sb!?qD ŋStثW/6t(\Vz]\xԓ|1m)%*5j4{l{0y>}֭[wgΜg?~w＼9ܸq}dh'NU* Z={NJXX̢|Foڴ2jy0Cy9sHlFM4qpppww_zu>#}cǎʕ+#ÇȅuYXXU׬Y300d۴idf̘%H c紛6-ZO!%%%$$KF իW?~+W'3!`j;vԩS+Uĭ^622|dccӢE ;;۷lٲI&h?x`t7nQ9r$:╷o&$$DDDZjΜ9&M3f/={8 L\ 69"99YԐ… IXku7!?jz5`hE6: &!+3|;/QPYfnԑrHH(xlذA ]e08jvCݴk׮qeΜ93`p1"ell\rb`-y^3e0Xb^^^c'5TRRާO]$&&$P It3EN8P $H)TfM`0Arr2Fxa/_. 066Za0Yť"';wNe04 zoNb\`䟢E;Vj)ȑ#}C4h,l}Cs8s F{I-7ӦMZ F!ڵkڵ~5Ι3GBysÆ Ҋ(6mo&h_ŋ$sݥKEc|5ǏZq}KKb-[Vj O¬[N;C!+fhݺb)4vI`5qI-V^DCv1 *㥖EU^|٤I*Çdff&%%d-Dk׮QZjq`ڴiB G-ӟ~&5kֈ)` 6mvRS(>4߽{',`4!f$ Q3lq݈Բf͚yy6mdZ-&!L>βeP3gΔZ>Bxaed4h'aSˎ2~Wϝ;wPWWWŤHnΟ?9RjA /F}&%%I-~6lIN;vP=)!--M)ǣ&i%XիW(֭[UIHdΝBI9P,]TjASSS5FǗE#W^;%$$~?. ʪUV*BF۷!#ٙZtia4Zn-Jb )qK,Y $ׯK-q}/]Ѝ'N7o|2.>[nܼ߮]҂_uԩ[3fx]^Fghm۶uqqQKmŊo߮l,:_06nohb.]8::Bu'O7S=޽-~w EAwڕnAtt4M5{{{tl *hnnN_G o>joUT x߾}5jGO `(k.vCϝ;׽{wUvAW)*+88:}t* pAx۶m XhQpt={ݹsؘnvfe޸;6x0-̌3C:/^xbgytښ .5keʔ+ZF#a6G⸈\~<$̖jܸ|}}[j/G@#GR1;vyj|k}4ih5 Ѻ=z(tQ~q 3Ǐoٲ%h2\C= 6m=S1O>" S1Ae}TDÂsŋ[寲s}w*=y[FoxDD,{{{rCQly1o1s/Qc{+5pvT{{G)y`dp@>|RIpp0TUR9fggl,|*֭[yO cLAAjA?EJ}9s&TGQ1kkBr 7Ѳ*.YDlJT3,gϞ~ϹsJ-QE +ܑP J p?!ZeiÆ <}jՂD !:Dj,."me/(99YMYL2kܤI8Њիkq0=hqrdǏyQStss 5iJg4䇋a߿;wˋvLg8::ڵƍPQΚDq<(`jBƐ(]t*3f/0j4h `F@k&߿/`PōVC/ pȐ!¦4+W &vTR~~~'Kn4}wHV_ 5|E-[hknnۻN>FExոqcE,YD޽{ڵkC՞- } P*ÇɎh"` lܵk2O͚5aY4\Ooذ$Y0=McY|MB  *{nAN{tx-FDDTLD3Ю:ukNZ+& ر&|7 p%9OtңFZrԌlC$u cΝR xD ̲eˤ#?. &MhԱ,RKza!hVP zzzJ.N Ts}~ R͛'_N=ԂR`Zj}Ĺxxx8T4~{AS"oҥ{5d}M?"AѢEy,D}V\yС"g,jUV߶wiٲ0iK*p+h0a,0Zc|U6^cp;[07o9AvG6 i׮]Kawww-eӧ˕+ҡC~Aj VZb~PPy#ONNvuuծEaaa%KҥKƎ(LBUTP 8i UMjٳs/쑈9޽} ?s3g,/4mBOOO8tPYl޼Y,_UZܒhBj jʳmHrd^)"TM63XPPSrK#ǃr׭}vA箙I& 8>|Xb%Yvb֩SGjUb) z{ULz"ӧ(Ujz'Ihr|B9TOO>\j'(!tgdő'O;w.44tɒ%~~~^:LB4iĉ-ZO> F-:4+92ԣGnذ! ۻw}L ZXXfիZrvv9rppnݺu=###X@ʹt~޾}رc!!! .?~|߾}ԨQӲenݺ1bΜ9V GtgK ѣD+VDI7o7nڴig^te1c.נp3(>0d߿/uTnL2K677FqssAQItCvԩnݺUV-[1HnݪؾɫW"""P!3D֭ȵ:>-4^$dЕP?EŊC;Dgu@XTKrHx̭T?|+WI4nܘ8 tIp*ԔG@qĻveC7;vܲe!}vL$:MJ7+#Z e<,(t8~zr 4|GSD|%33ztr(]+VGD;o1&'$$/qΝ;#k< (hYs$&&N2t{Լ&8ؼy34(ȃP$[#PiD}ծ]"@p-]vmۖz..8{, dԡCؤ(.ѣD5$r_ 5[ls($"B믿$[݁1ŋ%0AX HŋuAׄ](#89feeyzz"S Hq2:|6kgg;a3"H%d]rEDdڰoYYY2]Qejժ 6WݺuYPreUR@t]q={6לz3F4rx !Q4%J*8\zuasDA}zxxh8?W#רQCsN<͛7WX_\O3 >_ț7o [nUQGGG… 6u2~x]M6%.\H7?~E8w`&%%-^}6EM:l(ŮyI۷ApիWڵ9nP/_j*c8j2==qwwG ЩS'}E@bѣG֭[xɨ4 EPNb ȶ{nGGGD'555H-u@رc ֥Fnݺ ^EH޹nLΝ;qӂ y: BB+"#= "]SfSX3f`Æ /_АIs̙۷oGѣm۶=}?^G]e]+sQ̈VҢo^xQ)S4nXX֭+_<~Pm sGUDGGӝ4˗/cH ȸ344̽uyRlff* *-?0ƍO`(\9deeQ|cHkܸh`[l'! TXxjiDZ/#zִBnUT) _LT{m(jhZr唍;Ǹ8M2 }x-[ovFlhM&?%sС>ƥ2/5$|e<}ZI&Gý T *,KKK!\BJGmcjʹl"WY0Fll,]D 2J({.0t/:kP|xttם;wBG|"sZTܯ_?SSSB&La#Zn3m5!gZMII)"l9^wHy{ >>>O3,-_w*Q])B\4ￊsyէ4C(cc{/׽1C @~foӦ腼* {͚5E_:4}2eKmZW=J}*z5i>hyB_R=OѢEUZ;饄vΓsr6@_BRJKJз vPn0e(zSzMS߾}*Zڀ"h?h>>>2Acdddiiiz1|3b@UPR ×`?֯__ӏSЕ,xڵ'k)75jR\3?'' DOǎ՗żyd}}>Qk֬ɝtTp^K`\-Qa _NEp'޲eK5x`YLŋ lhFEwJS(BCCiIȮHak߾ݻw@M7oޤ5͚5ө Jt׫#}3СC޽,̖#G<<3 EJJJ׮]e .ԐBP0vM~ڭ%<v1;sL9\СC޿r)-ZƎ+)ᡜ+MjdnnNhL"";w@ ھTT)]gڵ[4Š}J3`ƍnbv` tB ^OipE ؊+:Ej)rSCjժ$&k#OO}⩈L+Cc`IѣR0z꒟ AǝkgFUĥ!Q f2u"EHT3N:\|?2ĥKzEi *UT0 -}-t( oٲ^^^¦PJaL ^T)it$Zoذ<-4SN¦`HB58/Ey⅀QZYf*ULMMl˛רQI&NNNӦM wҥK#J]&C]`YlY~ L2+WnРA6mp}Ɂk֬ٸq޽{ߏvڥKΜ9sС> ~Qxsnݸmllϟ{މ`ѧtRX1ʢiӦz)))P7G033C600pss۷o_ffYM:",Yo߾aȈ?yD*I8q{4kvF!ٳghhAAARL7^zqqqR(ddd|h7>}|ÇCT++XaR͛Gץ%{ b;88.PTCCChe۷o!]Q(سgڛԂ 2l0apV\)SѬ<|xvvvR (]]ཆ\rVQ!7MgΜZPT)I\1 6*UZ`RǏcLHHHZFaŊUVZ 2 J-q8**Jj)yU`]{ӧ۶mX|y륥ٙk׎Llٲ֭[… ak]Gϖ}ާOCC+fѩS'|rϩS}FWRC ~qiի֭W\h6lد*Jt钓ٳgǏ:kF@OOO#Ç7"}O@vJCF/')]\\} M.n;p[]W^roZ7zݻw6<}($x5bVXqÆ 3`:?~kkkOOOj/_ߣGwʔ)%!!!lwry-[f͚Hs :Y'OTǏ̙33?02`ݝ[YruD@;vl޽)駟3:033sttvH*Y:}4咘/0DN[c0SF%իW9rDjAR "#F} رCjAR|bŊ=|PjY۷deQaÆA@ q߿? &@Uj7*F#;NZyY߾}!$°Q?F7G֐/_\r%fHլY?Cj< fK,9`Z&2 SNbjj`0S>)~mҤISl=z ҵk"EPXݘ1c6mtop(ZӦMsvv}qsIJJ\ h\vmͰ}}d:`6quu]xٳg߾}+u QSFFÇo޼ $..ܹsNFdtҥD2iii `0 e?yM endstream endobj 26 0 obj 13759 endobj 21 0 obj << /Length 27 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 64.25 507.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x25 25 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x25 Do Q endstream endobj 27 0 obj 33 endobj 29 0 obj << /Length 30 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream xZۊ7}WWL?B<?m [VkgBBliuJUN]'~"FyY̙l |Џ;zw`ݗ'5LWtL6[eh/F_$o7=T9,ʂib }Oeگ$Z8ezAqd aV>0G{w;ⲱI3M ^_U1 3aVj{q`/pWW8h>VN>N[},x'{UncV?@Tn?28aKal:8k~K / aQTepE 'P ^rFoqm Ym?C_ܠ x7, Fz737+7Dє_ x8Ek} K]pYQaFY>WyſPd\?e2b%oXҀ5+7Nsaxͨ2|v<8#5<{$M&Zv;<1^V-FS J0<LDOEZj`8;p!rW4_!(#k4$W.aY\e|7|<c2b0 lV!p%'=i,ywr/z Qptb>_t Xa5Ƹ6A{@? HNdsUZn$]|ޖ!V>}fvU#ck{A6BTRP*euet;fC>+-ws@D+sEB0`bI=rhV$vPS Ngw!!f[ak7dA$wЋDaF0dj6zw3M"l;nW@RGb*^*'])FkNݦ\ni7)קƃFQ q~Q#X]gAja1NB5,)"0B M- 9ltJC,n N-T.% o0dbƔbХʺBixS>&z([/3FgK4qvO%i~/x& /+oLȚj=y5{E?^ endstream endobj 30 0 obj 2028 endobj 28 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Pattern << /p31 31 0 R /p32 32 0 R /p33 33 0 R /p34 34 0 R >> /Font << /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R >> >> endobj 35 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 29 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 28 0 R >> endobj 36 0 obj << /Length 37 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 37 0 obj 96 endobj 38 0 obj << /Length 39 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 36 0 R >> stream xyյB4C&D4K#&Nj88[1DQJdyGzgzznzf[׹N{:gABP( Boۏ9R]]]RRRXX]PPPTTTYYs Pñcrsscbb"!***111---##}ѣG;b;X JCCCWWHN?~xww7&JCCC/̐[PLeINN>tQնdee>aaaxzFլPŒE@eP]')))((%¢B KAM㸸8,{H+*FAo5555N||<mڪP8I}}}HHͨ ⌔ 8f7k:;;nBqJʂ%&&&55V('A.rP5>}}}XfrrnBoKJJn@#""nB8|ptt٭83iiifBJ[qfCCCnBuȀ(소:[8!555uttdggk9;VQQ߂A >Unnnkkv|c5gee9zBa,aFFClڴ),,l{lֆ qqq21e6|||)F-88]  ***P̍CU( '33q]vi 6~ztMSSSmFjڗhC=rG \(F D{_vm̚5kcٓ"e 300+N:Fb`= Aݤ|AA+{$$$H3qF)%%%%&&&''; uu 466FEE9zr||1{n#0 |y̆7pmBa,LCg}EDD8pk)�/_bpXZZAlٲe ͛7czF~]:V/;t Z[[=^M9~8֭sCh#hWW P; A<⨓ѱl 6d aOOIId9YEjjߛ`֮]}!fe$ 2?rITX |64hOo!F;|) `B?b"H)IUU]1EGGfwh4utttX![BqFZZZi86C!III#6\Dك[+pСP"9Ogg'bGSYYѡg.J}}}ll,annJ%$$>UUUFFYRSSheeeǏ7Z:bqRRRp322 ndEᘹ E4VhArr2#---==1O!ƹxJI, ó455Ԕ8pc )wUWW744 YFn,Xy<"B Ze9=͸mS(L"22:322 AoDAAAjW袼uuuxR(䨤Z2Z>gWpرkHOOONNvU jP(LAp}8PEXXXUU{յw^^*+6KGGRnv*佧OSX|"[q:4uhmm50Y/--5Bi9:::=*L(DqvBe˖BzH䕐pĉm۶5HII+avs#))6ctn⬠CBfX8MMMf7J"ubhBCCw_kēc1333nڻwo7`nfv:zzzbh  ((Hv DSmXp$!&r U5K`YQ,NLLL[[ٍr \Ts#{ Wx" =Zjkk17ʀ(f;w"fgbsرdl{{{nºtuua#wرbŊ^{z衇|on~_ ,Xlٶm9;0?88X6;8|p}}}UUO)777]JJJFF圜rB֞WO|+esι .ɓ'u]>?/j㥗^zg|{wԩ]vٸq=\N;&N#|IIIfߙS`\ЎR΁$22k(EAA}ŁP>r|ff&o>̮*@||ꪫpٳg7 ̙;9t/[.**JKK3ʘ1ccv+so>XTT$ [DKlj*_{?Cr̒%K~=3 K/m[o8?Mfee8iu9O9==yC ޷ kL0Alj&MB?!Ǐ㓓#8|'?)//yR@lmF R'|<Ӫy9zVmm͝x9۱cGnnmwƍ(zSmn: [4h[G'CD%iy򅅅T[qjjj6:@DLY5khkR^toMK/oN*&S R9_rV7P3gt,4]r???\Dz탶i}DYm6X ֡2nX/bK{3{ :zW^5kg~VM LWZEW/eNYf̘a5>}H_j2+tŋz뭎UZZ8K)88cxD86Szj,͛7##ǚ`m H%ڸ1.h ]t'fĀ2 fP>3)w}C뮳!%M[kSMYwEF5U="]v6^kmjܹS T&66TWٲe8}ܿsfM54ո[nE X7{=h]5II;@eܸqEǎn! ܤL [!mH[#FGQÇ)xh_5-~J3hZѝQqWb= / ?$e:Cb C)ȿnF) ?K,2N1 R?ꫯ&w_D⺍o3tC 7d=2*<1ɓ@, G씖Ӄ$e)bmS~78>6P/:A|:z6"5@7(?79:r&D_:sĉ^Tw IJzΥc7$wOZYV)6,7)CV;0džF yyyOWM͟?Vʕ+GL "tn= `pfn1 ܎+bpz XVVn:|*=5EZ" qyӺl2ƒy}^dʾ8f7K D{=___n?4BTOFfMPTFmk,2ey/"1'&&FFFZ|3*pn!/nH!_| Һj&sQ.G"99ٙG3j*pkR^^~wŋZ}}}ɒdŞzdxxٰ 5\{ξ뮻;EEZ9rEEV:Bww ѣG/Y YW^-{1Ў|8ehkk̔-t-հ_2=lK.us#`͚57t 7n꧁x'::ӓTUUeJ,\Kд555HL-__|Ç]q-ܖ-[xo\>5S,t#D=60C.ՠcǎ ,oǏxM:u޼y?u| +W|HcǎEkvmbEEE2n Se:pB 7755 OIjF_j(F,K;Q߀'N8ydZӦM2e _N0 .e,}M9X:T'**؜Ӏ*!󱱱Eh*>ނt@??o>3ڵ/?|m,[lŊ۷oG?5Nͣ!&8qG+l񱶶^ȑ#yԽTa5}4N"LَE`)𯌪-88˒螵\>Q[vFf.b Pa 2gXg{̘1ƣioo'l7|$ѐ$>kAe>Sc$.Vcu3Dm`@sM85ԝ .oRaaCYa\4OsWt/0RA̾pBտayf̅Cr_YAn9sKuu{T@ʐgD^Hhƾ9=ijEpe=3֧~A~Zrr~:hhhKUrg3xڴi?;7pZZfcqP7{ℌh΋~N{8~xppWn5?|Gݷ~~ZzzYi괽KVcŊ& ~i~zMLxJ1BQ{zCCCk100u ̘1g?m&lp'۷o7IC|}}ѝ8_`t$(3vCOLLܼye?ϝ;{[nɓ'_}n&W_}?`zζܠ6cf͚>`…?Oӛon2e Ow1gΜwK,Yr%qZZkFFFzz7mDX|||h=z$''G%''cjjjfffaaayyyMMMcc#/A|M~k͟?kn{',Xo;|)[|̚5kڴi)"s3|.O4i˼y-Zēyw?c*'=u]wUW]veKfo>Y;wAz'z]Gx @P >k<[gC׊ˇB8ƚ>g}.y`[~gϖǍߞ"$4@)ׯ_L3+$X~=/^%h矏lVK! `)f3##Dy \( 7ZWD4dD,:y-'@sӳaqqWC7+2C+(3xɯ5^{M8m6,^~e.:eP\T>::Z $2m{ꩧx/ T/$iNj̖#[#Q]}-n A аNftwo~ӧleooowK{qEH߉$~$ғ`"Wˆ_*x,ǖKr#նab%!<)**r>lGm:9Hn6իWSnT"y \D猉UtwwGDDdff[q'ȧ~|U֭*/[7;f̘s:_*C|Uo3&&f$L n׻w~G!##qmNRR!!}iF .B7}q/w.ɓmQ$&&}ݧ\2/s\SYYy!kfl{X~W\Qv9,tGR AۇOl8Jok׾+]7|??h&.zҥr@DDߎWj*>r'x?> >i̙Cm_tm6[1)++KLrO>Y[[u7jxǮZ-ߊ+>쳧z1>/ORK /gϦ{J_cZooVT577---ڿ0FBI-uIII||$$$83__ae(RG26ʖXy(#D\2Az)S oJH=l3[o͘1C5kִ|$I5)K$3_M6QCBBn7 }Wm)Gpw}B2LKK_}̙bXX-pqb;wJė{AΑ¥΁' !QE8wl% pEvy4ÿs;v:e),X`',U̡ )H,s̛7O۰aN8g!iJ},kё7 19 .G\ b=4Yth_~g"*Z}DGĔTTT/J&a/!6v؁~a!Mn۶M#GQGugRִF0K;)#< ߈HA caٲeõiwoDBGFMg"GYn#e<14o~_ʿ~˿M%'pCMCFv&ַ%WߵEZ2-z\_kF=Tد+Dk(H%ZC;mCw;h{ric-[UP9}uxh .^{~V1{#NG}${hvŗӧO;x#/Q_ oF;nM f͒C=$g曣G2}"A~!.v#åլuoΎ0ࡉ3^=00PVw چ4k˗2 i:xGۡ}_Z M:զt\/ʤQ]2y)WWWj\M%ABEIaΜ9(mj_2ĤE{UWi#!7K2uT (e"^ݝteh })3a>"Uwޑ chS FF+N` 9G ƣGwКa~5< ]uK.Gϒyg :SCAA v9/Q;c"K/A0/@$pw^uvv4i$:HͻB؂p.ߏvڿ=,ht<ѣG3Π2xޔU~ã'(<L3٭0L HxIS%lW.=ݻW[0롌$Ba SY2BAKF, Bsss``'̏srw!B7YYYn5(CCCn&88Xr6zAAA\d?Y})OrrrFF٭P(^jv+L}}}HHv 9~8~ZCC 9( 6;&*!uX4mɪP$糬 g'\gnBqjjj,* &6+ hr*LaeX>,, hv+3PUUeek7Gqւۆ\8;O37wΐ] QZZjd&U(teJ.|3OܲDCOssNA[2%1V(@NNGԢ3 kYyqqqZ|3hP裱?-99y_WWaÆ|V(, h#""}l;6V唔 i. CeBBBV|||D{UO={zh6RSSQL,bèd5()ZCf% C0kN1QF4Ejjk(((}oPF?-!!+CDGG#b0??EmhMyy*֤:22`СCS%&&š_'v|Ĉ$''c0X-Ce`'T`kjjjrss;w޽G/UUU(02z}پ};+++ԛߏc#h R/L3i0Pþ>t*33S+)))*΀b5ñ&xP{]Gh%FU&5 C/cSL|G܌yJvY±cK7ɂPmt ҍzq"54511Qm Ǿ/ϭ( ==]mɡp'Di;l4-//8K}}=RePZTF[`4nk9x *}PqqqC @nJݦn落x$ZXX= Qx555疱 IIIfB=DDD IƸN[$;QCfffLLz|m{FuuhGGGp|D֯_NhЖS_SСC\Q Ak֬Y}Dkd*jS 9o>q6mڄ  _,r4љ j(pGkk>냞AMQKAAH(ޥ߰\&<=)/ˡ=v6nV;ݯ T[+'Gu&8ug|!bt#Qhnn6! '++ -LOOOLLLdddoomQ-2ȶ *rss1:D:;%%%J}dffP[9;߱cD T௰-<<检BG_UUUj,o ŽhiiinnF#(}uvvbe5j#BP( u|| endstream endobj 39 0 obj 13497 endobj 31 0 obj << /Length 40 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 66.5 505.5 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x38 38 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x38 Do Q endstream endobj 40 0 obj 33 endobj 41 0 obj << /Length 42 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 42 0 obj 96 endobj 43 0 obj << /Length 44 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 41 0 R >> stream xy\M#DeSLה!2EEd2\utMn2fB#24 2\SJI ]CZgZZ{=k=kb0 `0ŋιWIIIB`34T\:԰aCddii3e` A``zr>\=92BS####G?" `>ZlcҥE\12o<ս{-0:t[̞=؂˗o۶R0o>4<+WnȑbK`IIIPgϊ-H~}Z^k7oիW^uqqW^)ưaD`m'&&*S֬YhѢ.׏ +?spڵkZ [L [ `MΛ7O( e/^|B7n\tS>|ׯ_ɉ~Ƚ{WNDQ( Z%%%_[-Z6m2*UVpCxɸhFfff&&&͛7[~}#=zpŠf`oB `;wBeG^Ξ=.>>>Q`A<___1m-Seff+VYlA\X|9G~Θ褧GlAoB{mذAlACxxxW 49<ڪS:ȒLnܸ1֭[՟ ʕ+F3@2uttnMy޽۠Au Uh":WTŗ/_[jU/|I0jfӦM5kD[iN޽}HVWWwΜ9$`Hϟ=d0mŊ7o{ 񞞞.]4R066>Ǐb!$o^fM+WLjB`)Sظ}}5jTh;vhbbEOOO[[Q(:Ӗ-[^*vɔ޽{g̘1x`n-Z~֭CAF2eo舊a4i,UT9KZj7.Ca C z̙3'mSNCǒ/711͛;U^aÆaX a9qD鑙PyΝ;S0c{Iu9AB6jԈDA`T|1x-YyOv52`Qҹ&qqq-1Gp/C6lAAAbI|ZjAK\v^zx:t [_~)ȀfI=]tt(2JZZd+VdZl w!}ZlqrabŊOV[-eÆ j˔[hQ{s)kx߿[0}t yy,Y^J3˨69AjD##G-K^lRKo^Kcw KHofܹs{...& 6n˗/¦fhy,;vGXM8s؂'66E*AxLۍ$$$;v؂V\[ey- boo|Rt޽{OJ:$'' U?0$yٹs2}d#aî_(={ @ݢѱcG +VȈ8CG` |ajoժU xGGGoӦMi ߏN8zppp޽Y DST4?? (»v>|8c…=|:p@l3BDIn'ӧa[N|Ν;y }샂؂G])pܹdS:uJɬU Qə hYuժU'E_f~T إf|PȒG}.X@lA"XBXi6*AqUT'D㠗`ܻ,x}׫W^M\p^+Y`]ЇEb˒WhiRbbbT̙3&@_7o.41ell,0zP:}tU畐@O;;;KmoGhѢZbR @pttkgϞ[ܼyv[z=h )opBXS tـU?i$T>w 7oy԰ԩ/򄇇ghhm6Qdȕ]jv;TrlذթSgٲeٳg[ls$ϟІVeׯ_8pc.}-7XZЭmڴ&\WhtQժUHs.?䪥m۶K.UASvލե)#FW] A7{9;;;>>.D+&dgXZZΘ1c˗/O<9vŋarsQ&--Mahww[:TK ˗ollT_FڵqbŊܩD=0,YD0SjɗUW^ UVjl"EdÆ d p0Ј]20;;h0:mZnݚ5kʀvZ8'nݺ%?7!!,?8x TaFDD@P|8kիWuuu]r%jiƍ|}}bbbف{)Cj|&MWO>8q'Y0@=zT#Tj  A)Tj0 iܸ 7&/_:uJة&j~ hmK%9ri2ٳgi==~8 ?aU3%J1cҶ:p/]aI\~̞=[GGGE3\r*JR޾}ݻwH&ӧ5$D *=b_K"೫ 8TF⫉u6JjxZ㖃ZJ=z]~}5dߟ|PA$wjΗw2!9..NvZǎ4i"J֞N,?әRh~O):>}3)11Q,222 3G+ljfj&-- 28yRBBB:߮]Jỉ-)w؂0$7%**J#N߾}#$ҥK&:|}}1;SD>%2SF-E # IMM=qℸ}Ce.\(߂N [ʍ7$4,22N癪xbKQIII9yv~~~ʜʛ;w3;j8jsΩDAHLLs1V:j(5g(W\ە҈핮^{W֔TíRg9ÇM;`vCa@jՊ ߼i7nHa;;;-ed۳gw]~]Nsk>wv%nnnn9U[[[͚$Ux7o#D c'd [ŀ֜9s Rǎ760e`nnKtǏ;w>>nw[V_g |h Z9h{h*,HT8rQ ZrcBe"5j䔼ubOËA# =6dFFآ}?6;rNO:%-ZUkDG`?\[[[E?(>|‚R b„`Js~M=:Pɀ<}F1h\_~PtY5˗!CVl4(˱c`[`pAYY9`M6MEl38b#>/^xqtt۷]vʕK2BCC3<<zA||ϟ'ozD%wzD"w-W)))BIRk!oذ!##݅2cŋI4k֌{Ҕ$ځ۷gϞʿ0IJJ¸$k׮;vw:1|ٳg*F͛> 6JukŊt8yf5LÇӁh޽|%==vTͩ~`taVϒ VPaCI";u`c yz|}}1Ia2aA/}зl۶X4bI"Çׯ*U&XߡC\t/*^~]"} !Qf GS̖oLDX0 EzY$xGg-$$d FGGåx6*tttD׬Y5LХKyӑiʕ%ɓ'09}Ej#}ڵd 8c5=zڵk2XFQXn[/AAAR^pT4`؅e=r*W5qqqTQ ֟~ ÷RE&))VZ}C0&:u##Wϟ/Qqy5yH fΜ٬Y3Ec!VP_T?(aXh37o޴FKfdsWdɜ3PH*)9+rs'AԶQ܃61{նmhfukdbr~PFD+s$D?zHXxji?m4ZG+iݶu%JPxѢEYiBaҤI[h5_|yEcAx爞s#-@ѣtvX"݆Rt0oHk?iϜ9SHѭuGat5S5 po(-ٸq#pi Z.ȡAAA<\6tyΕ jOUd,hɁ,&z-[D+jd;am(\0RƂԸqc~9Ke̒ 0~x-R>WJT?5hD |.}Yo\o&:f6#r)8Yh֠~BI]܍*U+֌7֭[-Zٓ:u 6o m8Z)h+/GzԒ-F]GժUePsrյbpђ;ЇTh%\\Ay mX:cP 6Zeɾr|0i` 7C>H0Y_ ҸC;!ЪU+ iӆp6)Ma?ԱP Yb1NJ䵆RAҥaRL-"AwuM(E 7MV^Pa;* C{mll C,ےo}#F.&W{.F44T @ =h,zQ|Q z I[q?n$o>HD\3Q2x4˖-!4]& Sk3КB ܖMr=zx6.\@a)фL@NBbJ؄zs}HkP|xtlWߩS'}fӴiS"y5h?1@R,\KJ'O:GElذY4kL =\sss%OP}5mW{zytհ`jjj6mP#F1@\]]!pٲey;zJp]xb܍~~~/)^x}Q1jh~duY/Onj^|mjԩsSeE6ml޼YCw|Iڢ;}?ݻ]>s BgϞ4cٲey)O{:uŒ63w\lIףUVZYv?SMR͛AyxQnnnFFFf̙j0r 1LMM!F%\\\sXƍZ δ4FRrww'Z[[A_hAqqq*?##Whh(2ȂLU}o G֭+^ڵO111K.q޼y Ş;v$iU RPXz?L9V^}ƌRѪ6N<. f-ZMBBc¥kO)3f cjV(XqdB;t,AryݏW\?U)/(%KMLLh.)xed/_B -[dɒEՒ%MŞ(T&Mȟo0W?)U^1002e jD ʔ$ C(K76\ Ko޼^Ç&&&bK` cc+w>3 &=BeKC` i2k֬B C2eʝw:%(zռ1RJ> Q`0`bEg|;(lmm$lժU6OCK(;ΝD 6-[N.\>|xn݄MZjq*T(%%E([=CGɳo>ϖ\rcBeqԩ\Ѝ @DÍR9q W|̜*3o}6lغuC|||Y7n\zܹsGeaa%&(5jhҥ}a޼yܫW%JP 7551cFXXXjjŋ?~;qOOO8/_NѣH"E-zP5?j 6jz4k,PxCj~Rjڼy/Ē֚޽iӔ$4K4N777h1kذahh0 :iii df.^(8#99yv.\[Fe…߽{WlY 2" EIHH(Y$^@@زݻwPvȿ~ea-Z؂0-7nPUVm۶R0!MӥKD%(QB*U,YDl)T'DDD-#nݺի-jYxq&MĖ@?'*ż}R0wὈŋ:tPz*Uԩ]Mƚ5kڵk˖-q>}<~8KvJ,9b,u񴵵׮]...9k,vyܸqJ`ȳtҚ5kK'ׯ_p^u]G;3gd[[YY]|9wӺڵk;;;#+ӧC>n')Q A;v666Y>aaat]I9rD{suPPD8p޼5gڴi[7֘Rc ZGFjԨwgbp|>Pܻwo`` tCRhZ&Esr`pDxذa@ 麼4h@>kʖ-Kݿcǎѿr. FU%ڷo;:!dff&5'OD±jԨAf͚Q+WrVjW^e}u&LУG!CO2˗/Bo.fʕl;:!ɓ'HZhlڴtÇשSё'ߵk9s&E{#_&..k͚5u]Fؖ iypye>so;w.|z3f`Ύ[YӧO6qSHYh{{PyTŋWT/^\"##ik `(V5?~z̩ST\T1ch:nfAsc+ PB"E>}*,ݻs|LLز(=6 PFرΔ)S p5h7*F%;b;IIIp B!FÇqK-ׯo,e˖7n["#ŋ2fYffdd_ C!0@_lllt<WE9^r~ȝb3e`tOOϞ={*Ttʕ'Lm۶pիxZ޳g϶SW5k6(Pwپ};|;B}r)c4]r˗߽{'v ˗O޿.Ihhhppp```@@4Qxxxdd$Fdx `0 a endstream endobj 44 0 obj 13935 endobj 32 0 obj << /Length 45 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 283.5 505.5 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x43 43 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x43 Do Q endstream endobj 45 0 obj 33 endobj 46 0 obj << /Length 47 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 47 0 obj 96 endobj 48 0 obj << /Length 49 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 46 0 R >> stream xy|ݸR«X_h(A^ Zb*ԊUThU@!B;Y% ~Noܹs̽|NfΜ9]gեP( BP(Muu={BBB>E <̙3ϟ/OMM---=}ٕU(̡vݺu>A/;r &L<y}щ'=za^z?%??P(\NEEOS2dȬY6mڔ؛;::)%1cFJJkPB/q+ƍ۰aQ&$$L>]W^9vQ%+&0#Ҩ 㺫lٲ;zǫ\w!¥&^+pBa_=һ}v_`ذa\=>>WW(t@>SVޣ .4 Yt)cvEINNyͮBq^,Y ]`ٵP(W_}XUW]sϙ] ?8v*ivEM}}=3" ſ3f̯~+kQQQ(ٵP(~] fB'~GkqaQX'N $fWW\}_|ٵP\l޼y}3f_^v־uuu?Os^ziIIIڹ555?̙S]]u͛7m4GR(9|:WRɑO#F շr˲e˚/u&L~PXO>dҤI}y4h߾}/?:u?[0`E]Wg lݺ뮻kV|ƌ3~'\wرcqO2M߿3_Px"?QQX+### `ʕo֯_/ŋ򗿠#ݖBCk9P\܄2/p۶m =|*B:h~PLر#22288T(,A655GEE 4Z9,,,FDDÞޏ P(FGGǐ!CV!E TfѡPx(ov71cQWTTѠ/d7(K```VVcvZJ}١ /`Q+V0prm۶䴴WG03g]x cؿb81pȺ~1 \QW%+ F0gyF qZ||P8Ν;q4fI&N+,,4 ndYWoll P}ܹs fnrssUq4VG(`v-ICCCPPg޼yW]uٵ7999 fB8/)))82+DDD] |~gv-CbvE !NKLL4  Z9p ,YZD}}}``U@a~\{f¨ @'::Z(.v?8L>}f1xOhК+6Z+;v=cv-SRRav-gEjjjzzٵP\M2^A̙3!!!fWD_4p1a@R|] #ɉ3 KܜbŊŋϙ3gԩ=)S<<̂ -[iӦՍ9;0ӧO766}KKKiLk׮{WRRRUUuz\70˟zꩡC4_/+r<3͛Ͽj?O?C#W]uUmΑ~!w@"lD'''ٳ\,=322TLL,IIIRVV} )+E@ >S;B_'N?szD& PTTB:_tttkt4}AkYBt7= >qzjժI& |||v "M{n<ʂ\ɓ'i|Rdd$!.СC88W_WKp pPׁ8g… zD:t' 0淴vIe6&|"̙3 Q)u@,xRKMIȞ?ͮ ;9K,z\sMXX.zAq.vаk׮}]ٳg#sε^{M\eȑ#Ŭu$Zw\ BxדZ]ނs=TE@<4_hllD٣jW|rL(7n .4X$-"""93DfWī4;s s1ǏXy:)8q9.g}oSS.p(T\]]|Q֡3<<<77x8k,gޔ:tÆ EFF"Nĉ5Mݛ!}:::hMY!pױ?Bl{g>P&T\sz헿%pWu֬,5,;ＳD-WWWbi&6РnONN>}:Usu$CK伪7;;w(zA+uV\v-ETSS_", 鲍`(6$/-G\ߝ^8C¿o.wjP,ZqSg#Fж?SLx.;efƌ%#9:d(Պvڥl=zt͚5v\ɪUH7n܈d7aBƄp:Jkt8PljI1`[s(+WGy=^kH^NBGپuk͔)StuT | dU#eTi5]6B$@ezX!GGPF:t(%%E߹3%]lj]A4 /] #ާOgJ;#>cC DdtjeAe\:Eey?رck̚5[׺H^9%ʂ!뉴:tP7 2vrڙAgєk}QQQϿEǏ?rHc}}655%ٶm3npp111m$$$`B/]v&L;[;V[GK)S  2dnbÆ >|8 u bĈk.첯ف7A׿zLJEkuVD[C iΝ;Ql3))It>{1w 9A`O؆oٲe͚5(e˖X~a66ѣ舿3gδIq+++;ḧxǏٻھ}5TC⋚p6;v=STT0$ahy47M7pOa A4A;IƽR& eRǁ<}Yɸq/ ec+|$r2[Rqm۶iCesFAL=0d z-Fdd$g-W1!T FLi44%44Tp_;ӟ/w֭""H {<{ss3RM 0jR <|ZpM6Ru`9γ B@D*۷oOHH֖i1*CHhCex1<)VCs" Bq[N>;΍}H`&c1Ca}Μ9ӯ_zn1TL(=W.**JKK#&0)) BeY\~=lF2 &zx!99YqqYInnnff|!ÑϞ³>;x`=lNf 9);;[ wG@sѯ`Rihh =q;/RO8[!C[RR-aMRRRt/$UUU(Jpɼyai6̺z;¾}zXCafNn#ZZZ0F} j[XXhn@e}sp1tf<Q؋qqqf(((0_I6oތt2bs.nnd7EEhll$,-ޮ-Y0ѣG?Cfע;"_aN eeeK,_nB6~~ȑ NIIѽdܰՐPĔ(Khh:V5SxÇꩧ̮EOSm1==ݬnʲ[Ylec3{H[66'55 & RZ[[ٱ388#&1 ߠ*NsF6mٵ-0֏A=kX'bfC&wU0ڞٓf[fT8F{{{PPߧzRJOVp\ʈ#Onv-PRR1זpAdkxblfqާ7M^C955UiS[[ͮ~\ݓT:,,c3{N<9z*n喩S] gqEw^ύAUf +W̞ߧa4cW44?N8xF#Y쫯rpbbޔ)S/^lM ݝ:uC󳲲3%&WVd陙8x`EEt&ˆwc0uuuڼXY"7ڧ@k"Rix#.//Gl0J7%"ӧ̱|饗:n{~ ,Ydҥx7؉w}7|3_r%wq|8(KKKsrrx6l uci.ʞ={Н"~YYE0DEVP% KA477 4',,,""Bk;gJ`dhxPXsv?59|eŠ?h u )0$ E+GHJ555qͅ/noow ƒ_}G|[dd$yÇA}xXB l 1&ASN:3Jb- ʒqlkkså12()&P|G.lѢE7]Z/'N1rjѐLVRcLh2&WIJcQ^b` %&'GPyL |>TlȔyrbX$#!"^=&lP[;OZ.cȀ w(m݆p?`/zÆ CsE oj'8!ʢ}H ̙@Ο?,c{,X@U>PYYX5 4~'77"^ſxʢ~Pٷo3p:BxW[ynFE]դa@$mkkmUWWU+K.\po^suM0MG...v޻)A>\Uc;g8KHMM*9.BlBom6`7}qgo{͚5-++s7 G!ud^^C7tYnݺC;722v' 9unwA&tCxεdxEygƍÇ䀨}]qf/o}:{hTlڴi[# d4.ʹS ^U:"ʞdm\'_ ywFZi ώi".L5Ό$KFwŖlXrv}ȓn555F %}CAAÞs^#`paff9ڵKXcy( >(}}'BDܾ};M|aaaXJn2!*ƹg;9@ yWt?m6,X/'&d?am/H6 ="_֚sj;7l_atxSӝkWWWXfaa|GNpY{jiXQm```7G޶n*Kѳ5W׹CGĕppvtΑ_:C"ɧmж<)3†w/ZOPشs.W_Z -d{ĉ?я#!"Dmϖ-[.Ae|F[ѭ'rlctli)]vժU ;vtu$SӚ.[5wcUN蚴OoF3ڃ"n߿,\Jm mqs{_#}٠3U ~jH!:y9--I4zKL")AN|_<{}ު5$;MLLh e7?H؆t>6^h;Zy_EhJHjPZaC?O_sw˿8}h$5s4ȡA~ ϑe'MF&2DEEqbS?8&LJ CnbQ.OoAI+}C>q5ԜG i ;!'0L/Bi4;i18Lh%ip4O7N-4r>xjH)Dvj;>ƎĈwcMgҤINNxk~zgN~ձP;9V3z $/AC^E/֑n`Kup'={vBGG]ẴK(q" ٛ%jR~mnĐ* ,$ Je84ڇt駟vi\G]"e`Eu?'$jzqIv5xP#̛oO>ONp] ꟔7ƲgO_OKK ?gw0{l,ҥK >'Ov% ݻtꃊ IG Gk^z饗\r\nN3===$$LSVAMh);2Cyy97&&U:;ߍ*(6n(]zyw^#`C6;&NQ3ƺy6flBIttZb|7o鳑p?O>:3E[[vN.\ZZjS]]"=M8-;;I3i-LM!?~+ ɰ \Y);ҹ(!!!??ߔ7*8"1YCyF֯Xnmҥ. Ow!׺׮]kX^xăhj .СC\I@&"&݂phqUU,$0]Κ'A<+D[oUo߾&Lxׯ_OLz˔jkk6mZpĉ.#Fokjnˏ!D?! Bmb吐^SNL!dΝ2 3xF.i @G`K !śXyBD(<^7o 0+4h`lH%+{Edx,*"`i<\Tl=,ȕHEܶmIQ@w]㉸eCH DG7xgIUQt ] [o֭#LlOo[J-Pǎ)ȘD6N,$f閡lˋ;A [lڧIkq'iL4^['SXYϲӵ 7DksAY H76%@<&v([FyY.uCξ}v6Ba8Β/ nM?PGBDNlDS[/^F=[%wB;;;Ak|:CJ&%%k&Rx lה"Ϸh.((0iiizwXEHcc#ڃ.[CpVrrrt/}P8gvjC BOp茭Ptֿ0n4Opxi.KNISN: Ba^}k:Czz\^eq#Gx*? ى 3N#,t ې8=ڽ{AJJ4<^Ù3g\=<M6&drו/KKKs] )軧V\ݓbTlV _b~޽*6Sx7iȹQ=z4$$(΃57M@]]]lllkkkccÇ<111 ܹs'1XfffnnnQQQEE%ttta(.QG }|| y]XXXZZR>0YVVV\\H Px !KB8RCSxcH>>! GA 扷UM^9صkK*.NXQVddd\\ttǝqiT*!m)DY&5@V[[ݩl KqIe!LDʨZLTqY|HHI:ё |M^^UMNNVa,H/mAv={hb=66C6CAe5_IFfvE^NEE*5&4cbbҜ QYYxktkB,L7xBk60ȇ2P-""j+(<$kZ fB=DEE?~ZnZ()$$D߹Aw濾xM:;;mBeeeF Yo>sVV;o{FFFFGGYPPPTTTFE0xΝ +**c6}CP.[k׶,K8YHI8Mj[ZZN {tϜ)bDGD =7(((%%E;z(&.FD56mڄA9J]]ݖ-[B#G;WIhͪU۷o;m&{vaP B8YU[nTgBi23o->U;AkV^Dk+j&*IՈЫyÆ كep&:3T!??_P-LD<&]HLLd_#ށKhn"88X9ɓlDDDlݺ&>uꔤ9d7i Zj6BQW'J^x#*,L bDVNB2/W{؈lܸQv⴯~UtrfږNM١0 s*m|:4X^>ˠ:(%77W%'!w/7<HO<;wS(z(+##رc.}[__Ot> i|R(KyuZWCPt1RHBBN;&J7jkkͮtÊ.->>>::(.PdOLrssɃU(Cvv6NLSt <<<))ɃfRxD8$Vɓ$e*WX-22 NRڵK pVXt̻nHY@p\M\suhhh g!J ~CWUUDEEő\Xc8qpM$=ikkÕřIDD[HpPHss3ʂʠ8OYz)Wiii}}ꨬ!m'B#'l֢l}555e5j!BP( u -V endstream endobj 49 0 obj 13328 endobj 33 0 obj << /Length 50 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 66.5 89.225 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x48 48 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x48 Do Q endstream endobj 50 0 obj 33 endobj 51 0 obj << /Length 52 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 52 0 obj 96 endobj 53 0 obj << /Length 54 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 51 0 R >> stream xw\I@T"(bV̊N0" f=éN=F F #0p0yمꮚ鐙`0 `0+V7nС{ѣۂ |}}###|" 4l۶O>Z_)TuӦM۶m qrrj߾} tuu[n|7oJ} yȑ#P~SSSGG={\~=5557'$$ Qϟ?j EJw%Taaa]v%qwwP93eJd`8+5j@A?V]A J@CBB)B:h qJd0ѣGC_[,,,Pzhh3<@ٳb,ZbxxxH+CfϞ ]ݽ{Ԃ˕+W Lfͤ&ӧOAZPD&MH-'LF=</^_~Z ?<&siəW^AK-ڎ?^j)Ǚ3g`8RK`cǎI-ŏ>|R0bcc`1 a_*"pZ\abb}v`wk``U޽;`JJ_|9lذȓ'OFѷosq&''5jIII;dȐ.](z!,֭[+ti+W̙3qˆ,,,GG~7O׷a]v]z5B2UvQ Ň;e˖Ɣnܸ1tQ (**-!,t7^mo۶-򇆆[Ұ Jo޼~z-;w̔}a5E^z'NTPCE4laH.O3g9WR-~umݺڵksyÇ'Ec0T?+o߾}5 QӧOKLL% ? f~麺R `%K`8c$'--M__[nR `|ZmR /111Y^e3Ipp0tU!믿B `dF&׬YJyfK +^6Kg0e*T(֔ڵkիWQ`$^x"222v]tiҧOϟ?Cd6lP|yhuʕ-[&H{챳Czzz3gLOO$[C}HJJZvmViӦ ,(...9$&&nٲ ®^: uP:ue###G5q5nܸnݺh:zhnj#0*?>>;ݻ#GYfΜ9&MQ1bĉ/_,[.\TPA>+#/q5t\|4'K`O3f̐y2j,.峍˒UB3I``W!fs*6P)馦9*PEԮ];XF3w,*ݽ{w2_vm̝RSSʟ@lݺUimvH"`9ǎ"0ssn200~3УGZ0SvSΝݶyʕ=zt…̜O5A[[{ر`LDZ*P лwo7#G(QBr % GB;ydIf0x%)U.]wޕJCQhaa! ...ŋV#\p۷nRK`Y_! m|`-C Q+hРA%KZ 㛜?m?@3fH-3:::Rd,C :tZf 0tRK`d6!!AjA StPC;ވV` 777Zngj7 4Crğ ԕ+Wڵkr外B1|OT9rәV3l0`;a2&̽{ |ppԂ0umРRg.f`EQFƍ/qLٳR ,?\'Y >\j)0J-#/ӭ[<-* &--͛8q:uԡCF5lذ]v;wݻرc-[gϞW~˗R߁4h`ˡҥK뇚ر#ji:::;w-[:'o!$ʕ+{iffFK"(PH"Ŋ+W]݇ 2ATvrrjѢlx"8J))ţG`Gn۶-QGGiʕq0_~;~I&1շo_0jB}ޠD2ePoK.I} uJ>~ɒ%*T0IŋTgѬY35 4"! :z$2@-wvvVe8RSS!.dC|ZjW^%{AZjqr`dɒ'OS~z "zAԮ]>yDjqhP4߿/,?` ???dhh(F e 3fԲe/---ݻ',ҠA~aggTJAHQ[V\>*6[Zf͚,2SLv< NZ$$$жBeIsʥ#GZ<yԂ(?C * Y޽[ԇ'zԂÛ7op;;vP&"?S(+VH-fcnnFե <aaaP/_Ρ\rySll,ŋR YJZj/BAD.]x8>>>y~l[ӦMBS9tRӧOќ"qm…dds5<߿oz>| &m۶eԩ{zzlr4ԩSӦM˔ ߚ9s{9Pf͚9::*]ٮ]˼,@0yF-\;СC7))iرuFkg8pKP3t 8cǎ9.:EmSEy /ΰ83H+2Sd/UepꇑusJ-|}}q K.*CVZPZhqK0]fy <>T(Bh.M6j v[jYr M722WQSNÚz}q[8ЈrEEEI-@AMɓU]Vrr2>n~  ԒZ|cĈqR8ZmsO>`Zw꼨yhf2~رZ]$<==UR_nظq#$C}֭[%!GΟ?O*rCy֯_O*Ux℄1KMC}}}5Y˗/whv[[e˖IϫW݋>9::晅S<2fmÆ 4 D2tspˡQҥ]oUK&M-Złh,PRvڅӣ! ࠙=s挳3\h蹿?ISQvmnϏDDDь -:_~s].nFFÇZk׮Xb4\'''2sիCCCݵ@7QD 8ʕ"UQb`ɒ%iaxHԨQF,cI,>^TjJ*իWGB eʔuttqlٲHmxPl޼yժU+W'zAAA/_KJ2vX)Cx:T@3hGˍEOGYb^OOOt֨%ooox_貣١A/ 1>vǕƵ'&MnnhZڕύ!h6ќAHͩrӻwoygU<p›} 2$::&ѣW<{%lpVd َ=Z>[mmme<1G!~~~|&&{/IKKvN֭ oٲ%{ FvF˜:uL*N&Ǎ7+ذaZF#;B-jA fgقPQQQF,{|}ɑZaff 3 ;и$?|`aa! F45/T  sιscoacc%[i̙hObŦL-cok :u3'88 #""ͭSNJ*oߞҳfjذ;;;rhTmΆ h p9BCC) BժU)Ky&L%I}8o>}*0=6Voi)Y"CQ`,0,DZK%T 톰d˥t4h|HXX˗/ccc-,2[nE!,׮]"UI[[[J>ӦM֨{iff&yѣG%\\+VH%hΟ?/ZP{I+-nc}'WWWďyX(C~" dll,c„ Z ƿ$''8qB}>5EM%',,LKԂ? Z Ej5?..OjA_5Yf^DI-HAݾ}{FSXlܿ_m*Vb J?p2Fd(Ǐ;iسgϊ_wPm/:z ۷OjA =R kР*i"L#nXXXO߯%2^BQfM{2L#5bDq6m8eݳgԂ """/-soVn]q͛7kܴ>M{c%R\ko&Oڵ7o.yϟ?{oCާio&χ $'|={J44uQ]*4Z!,fn0118p*riʵjb=ǏǏ8L%<z<)))CI-HBޛ}Yf V9 g='BLMMrC M{PJKՙ&@47sMd~zAR4t4III߇/^:'#22[n%&&W^њfJ={{.!!ɓL-Z޳g͛׫Wq˖-[F ۤI.]9sݺu_PQ?իw#0JixO޲eŋǍ_>< *~UiܸqN>gΜ5kB4bi$:)/^6:::hsL>,իG@oܸ3%Kdddy6) \rES,?(Q"m&gЪ5 }kܹ}4-4IyIҥK#U znnn83l۶ۥytezJ&Ѯ40G8~aOAG }ƍE؈Fm5UD'[vlӵj*x"}رaÆ-Z嚘9Q>9CHjjhEs~:[D'B[Q/RIe֭*THMv+;x`ժU!)~KE]x;nΝ;U3Vڟ*W5ϟ?P?z(˟a۷Yі ylϟ?ÛZ:߿Gq#yEjj* G:P0Rj)ڥd;vvvF7},k׎$lժҸS~1b ϝw@agz@K.߬UHZ ݻHͷmEH-[v̘19ګP2{Nu #7oޜ9sG0ݻw:tjO>vI}vbd#6l~7mt ȷHO86z4BNۼys"E(M2qرci,mDI/QWxs#MȔmpa:RbEJpBӴγvZ7P0/ڸ'K'JA3OSNd?f@^O)zQtLL 7M!AgjǏ'<+'[OO3e/d7޽{F d+ld~Mpiv<̔/Pu(h(˽KQ o95.1 !f<,?e_# O~'sny iӦ0piyJgy\Ñ]ш}{bt4*7(bv;;;EBk)Hj.\WPylNA~،JXd:!wWWܟKKKKW4_}EOO?)YJ!3- ^"d}0K z1ѷ qPve 鹄(I8%;CKՄ Ӌ/?P wӆcdddmmn cg ]03TO$R8"""00Pp˗/666Z1P<{=;lْ{@mj׮qfn@wsQZ1@yrd޼y]Ro1n8#yTQD:uDXtTpKz*((M71`@ׯ7nuBcǎ4cjR޽{iJ*H% |~i5k,IУaÆZQV?S8%$sM]7oܺu+44c֌X|%}:uPv -(R$_爷7WK6ݝƈ <5k֐w=l01aAwQo߾гPUonݺFW+N\7k/~T DC +@* m8 A=P܀.\K.Fx4Rb2J(abb^Y&mO,oTAo'eR\NH__?Kg?~ 5vM˗/?nwT"8 8Mw.qqqh%ПK4D_^dÆ tG=Bjj/_חg۶mT?plҢ}}F/i-[$͍<CMM8*Rm<ݺu4`3o ѴiS[_U={heCuB0ޘ{E #7$''g- E00eEcqk]Ŋ5ׯ˿m6Ecq-*rj;;T^]ǡňWZUT'NH-:ըNF^~ׯin͛77kLZy>}I-EnjfCIa;RKca2׮]Z+afH勖l`Ԃ0VBBTV ٳRԩSY8POttt- ԇ۷od"##ډLs(PMj)o2ydhR?'!2l. AUBBԂ0?Bd;`%-Z #W,]TwV۷-!!ժUtڟߎ T|z+"EرC %oEdgg{3wCrի'P3ߌѼy: MDeъc0Tm_+NY|N5ZlR轙f-e`| z17nVnz{{:u(sC*j֬ټysU|d.7a04>@fK͖͛PT᧵nݺvf`ڶm+TnR  y5رc䆬 ΄%&&^tiΝcƌիW&M*W\LsssҲB uܹaæO~gϞuQa0THhh)SZlYxqZ`Y[[ >]޽'OdBm߾{Ŋf2dBOٲe)­mްaC.#߂pߩS'Nkժ.{)[]UvtttzБ U!Gbaa6008pD(:<<|ڴiPt…E( \)###h $$صkWꀜ{6Zs%PB˗/ZC5jڧO(d:uΞ=+8#%%eСbXX0)̓j߿wssح[0Ɇн eûw`R-ȇ|5Y]S`2aqV^ M۾}ԂãG ,(m|5jvuuU^Zz5zHՠAKjطo_ƍM~hN6۷`(؋6TW__J4iDnu=~XE1*%--m˖-;v,PѣnznpŋD8ZӧOҥKJRN9sܼySb0Dի۶mCӢE V68<M {Nb0D%###55ѣG7n@H@gs2))) `0 E?& endstream endobj 54 0 obj 13890 endobj 34 0 obj << /Length 55 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 283.5 89.225 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x53 53 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x53 Do Q endstream endobj 55 0 obj 33 endobj 57 0 obj << /Length 58 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\n6+)\h`6 ``,v3@2 %U vDŪS_/f{7} m{蛿ߛ5uYGˣm m__|?} m3m_>nMxph[.0_ڸ|G?y%/K}`Z KXpmܑa~u]甞_tcvu?Oy*^Oö#-i},*ԋ !=bOs'uU%?ew|WWǏer׺i0~S.miU72kz*_[0`$02b-|Su8Ų}Xx6_8QVߵ. x܃ý/CODlBx[P CnOu=aW G@3{A؊(lm2(Jf-7K Wl82]Yõ-ðŀ*"U23/W1CcV>s’Yr-u'#+΁~od=y ?Xoy(l,+JUgpϾt $ >lq G"@ONLC1rJidA$U:Sg ׆itv8Q_`h=J#T58I(H`W(b<[7oī]8o}r4] F|*b9)FvI!y t`#F0 o˖t@Kf=gn^Dbq"IRa&n֦yi "a5 'ٍyl 4/VMv.d0 dfeǞV!=(Lmvg-F$/'P3}cڱC PILB\D( S}d9_qlbr=7zM]дt$'<9^!3Jv6~*;DBQ,~'ZHÝP/J|w"A,ꦨFTO< ,9E~sM6=4|V42}vULFY9ʼnX_7\`旘|VϭnBn;PG|D/2肈]7*8Tyb]Ч/HwNn-P|ԅJpxe6 ȂUڑMwO^@G8DB"\(p/욑 t*HTεp$.,H2X=3=eG LopR=<һʨݘu@,iXQ޶ҮHahTݠܵT$ٙ[ !UEuR4-TUa@f5#Hi#d4ع0WԬY7̋hїRׁVR`<bݙ^'G7+֎(ؘr%?]"rUJ|U+1|sr]s8N\i^'2Bfo4P=@BBxt榰iDR޶) *tpd6ͦ+8uB B7*&WE_LF!Ⓡ)O__(q}1<_Vȃqv vYM< EY%ahS2㳒pP5hC"?/v*C"-=Q,z%J=:4igSS9>ah`ʏF޼;m7mR(xZ8(x[Ff"070CDYN*fUenF \eNm}as v1нݩ.JPz<XWGr仹 qT=Ӻ4g/nbRNmk4ɞITe8PM"ǺKlZ߃EK06yt&Zf hMIIK9:]YvSJv!i:jQJ1Mr~ydCf'^0l4;Abӂ& nrtim?8|HQ[١8?Cs^ x/azcyGB0PIpV(_@ NT.OWzmh7[q,!)r+F#ݙϞHqB{Gj"%*WhU.dJr@CZVa~o =r&K^$8:~UxfQ\ 1?J\AI᱖YOMx'awŌ.xA,8FGhI\8Nҩߞpx B#6GLmF;L5?9<aNhV)uˋ N{QTb{ax/6`m}<ഒh$W62+Tȩ2y]$Gdٿ)Ui0˩װWe{iیsMthu߾H_`KzM=4c?h8f]xWaZĦw)pin]S到oLQ |BA (6|~ t.#Nl"iqHS LW{ꥵ~{3L endstream endobj 58 0 obj 3763 endobj 56 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Font << /f-0-0 5 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-3-0 8 0 R >> >> endobj 59 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 57 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 56 0 R >> endobj 61 0 obj << /Length 62 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\K WD/6pE@.,3@H߯lԃ9&A2sƶDQǧyC~\0js7ݎßÿߕuYp7.5=lq?~2ޔ?E}=>򳑌==Lv'?ꇏ8ӇEkޜپ?^yy]k c|b|_oXߩKX6V]zvg|u'?"aXt[fLXp˺=adgC"pŸt3h\zTc}:/lә)%7!)m'hgC:"oR\%YW5sKfX|;v1؞Gof:} fD3-Hwa+n ;|(O=O5VSn^d4vxXA\ܜ$?_҄yƛC"ofLy-eH;H ժy'Vȁ $pD3l +EV T" PxE|IŁoD \* Ex FPJ߁ j a^V%EfIkZe&.•i9JT;QI"_zU|2\^=tpgziBbU/MY{[9gCۣᴠtҳ8URLL@+kQnNOMQ3i ~akv55( Jq}bQ3Sas]ɟL79n]>[Λ!26BgoOC45mD h|W2]Q<8kZ$2nEqS@,m+cV]-sS\Wط]$`}1c!#RX,c=[jX'M5FajRRgڱVQ# LB3RveI%Cy oh?Moj@#~}הP3n'ww7`H3q,ʆs%-N#%إV\.`-v_<,wTNW5Ni)*N3" ;~+-ga$*:U :%Ljxl+rC/ug~iN[8o)1̪5F MsdnD`|I>q_ ZLus:IlnynTj &VD7 .ۗ5FDi P_zP\i^\Zoj`XB+Z,]x}5\2BhtQMىmF?QpO`~,=ӑa]+C"4ѰA" i|T [{ثՇf& QY>eЭیxe.0 X)N $T*Or&N' DJ4ZEWS^%B-auP g#u"~kgsa0}:fԠ½g4._Û/V`< us-jVuYWNK ǵ۱"*vH |vhmPT D`h8Я &CZ！Ȇ15I ffI3ܖUBVnckUYr oV&h(=*kP4oZ#H k6Dr1*;J()IT9#ʞ8W7'&H>!>ݏ&2a\9 pȸFpxkAg|h0@V=Ӗ0F fEE$ydvݑنP}op_9ٷ_D"7z 䋨T<:cDR6UQekE)ԊI&͆O!éZ^Ei{gWϛ~RxZ/* _Co$ /8H7zR> >> /Font << /f-0-0 5 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R >> >> endobj 63 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 61 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 60 0 R >> endobj 65 0 obj << /Length 66 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\KWt[!@@NggA`s%]db_=ؿy؍>tia~nw?7S] k~/i7ߧr?{uڭ}<&KXҽ~+~ӺxއyJ9Hx3dOA.ː_5=ct F2Fp<>L)[O}on!o^e7?l7? Ӹ.y0 s$~xK~~}b_'Q5<_8a)O|1Q =qHA}!eiDoaEIK߁ aP);pK]Z9yW-ס#σrUPg&T]`fiz_3ՏSQK_n6lS:ﳭñېt7K# .Q$'W$Pg cqs+T9W):RGtϱY]ۄ wcXf_Eu){A7 iNB( $80^e%/:Z-4ma ,u(3;h ]g9xA;EqB)Ԣ.e}V2).NM.,NC(KfJ3$eP*ϧA:C*42ob-5q",=4rlo̍(ӴEZG 5hfLaO VLM|E\l56@ $8& bK'ڱP6%63c~Uf!FL4l\%7YD٩MU/gFl%BGC'K˜1jH%89ЩWInkemD_%\hV9[cBx at"4t>[?^ntO[&e\/qHҎji ZZf]lvgiȦ=5pG_M2Q6j-8ۜ?ׄXWi4 D veK[ur%}vhC&Wq9]YSN)OƜhsvybD Ra{RfVqE'5JjcO6>6qM;<'H),3S)@HCr.[ @X2CT͑rvݩ1h!5HbUQ${X.4r'*~:u8ʄ2H^T sz #n{֒p{rXes9lCyqkA<ߗ0 AO8 ]͸&VIg'@>ӟ??wIc7巐{?߄T~iYz~ndJQC1> >> /Font << /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-4-0 67 0 R >> >> endobj 68 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 65 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 64 0 R >> endobj 70 0 obj << /Length 71 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\I#WHdrrr{#90 ৖b.c;7tCsKBlrro.3 ܥ9[ w_tC.~.sGݐ_83[w m1o/kwmE=?6Mnmu|=)_>s~._?㸎M򯷿ج ޾9!ۓWzoq$,7/&1@ FI3>Nt%1CǶ|p|$D6vb*/#X^_΁ORm2;YbH.`>ģc~t8LXc:20r1s02C)tM8ʝ/ֽwg/r 杏Ox-iBb I y_fXxhABla)q " n'<KX=L@ i$bʾ1Z;qFXY=։u.&yM]yq^s ak[l=V\hG"VvtqDN|@K"w5YfQnʛ%~[s&ZL B 1y[o0ϼ|Ȩ($ C "}I4c6bLi2iÊD=M7N,lw׀jYV jY0s82V] DBSX,q&ydtH~C|_i8 +4(RDfonS1R0*#2unG))v??qAC:WF}u'eUZHw\8ҰNȰvoT.d;f?A[eׁ0s$ tM-#ld j DN)uD͘o*}wa;%}fN: RD4gw ybf&r6iHi.KkІWt 1 ZMX-K$ ;k9 ;z,T2m]&Ϡ<*U[vP(#<7ƪSd܄~MlsjdCB@ᙥdFRk헕~v\Dj¶Gdڴf=}[jK;WK'J bOR(_Zo;/ϡC\2گE{昧9ƚQ;vXle}xOi0 0- Yy߻ٚLO5YM"0ؔA*˳p>+|p@|A^c[öc4Lǡtm!B]aWߊƬ9s 5rFBL E!7]ΡXV<*X~C)t\* h\.jvb^+oc3v@bCy/:29du 1;2!Q]_kJ[k7ɢ"+څh +%m%a.Ss]g9hPRt#t֩CqU!I(^E~%SSYjrP@ ()HEjtť!9ѥzpv-g1k(Ds,j*p'z-=VD'EEҭѬ:֟I%w,y'Q֭4kf:oNŴ QV-k1J0PFVw}'aE*D妌WZnrf'}trw=P- 2 ,D:XMSfn r xU2C,'NрtTaI Z@$˗絁V 9Ḯ93r]y[GV9ĸ}C"nxwc67lq}G$ٷ µ ʀط!Pf4.61gHFqa{üYRA0$<NG)qM'z3~G~,[Yt4#RB3^6ا}`:V zrآ2?=2V2=b^vA1ԻclN|2*dX =v;z+5޸FUNHfu# KN6KP)uAh#3bV?Td"bc6i>ye7J@4kh[8y?QeMU-u4Au4v}XrKj[E-γ!?kY~zonͬ@ p"ʐOwk-'2 WkPl"Cl&DZqFx`C< טL[.E'& W96Ug$\ u!wo lm6' ꏎfaeը$g-iivs;(_np-ʃJ`ő%XdԥH`őX %7{>/C_;|\Gx1f{d-]~ ^xKf D"!J]fħSl '(N]:T|ú'KDaĕ,*?VaM.)w˗)9S(W endstream endobj 71 0 obj 4131 endobj 69 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Font << /f-4-0 67 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R >> >> endobj 72 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 70 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 69 0 R >> endobj 74 0 obj << /Length 75 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\ۊ3E $vAB;a "] f';Ӈ:|U%O= MS%|:}鷐N?~>}u<~iKHyX^xr>k~=u]swyriO6P9R\#*螫buk;*πJ=xS8b@`8K7 s','K/I雷FCmjM"#,X"DisV vB*V^D`d"g W߱Ó8Ku_F#}m/L(miSi{ؑBu>Za~}E~2`|/4ۢu!R%IJU<0U-Ǵm~E,E]ɿkOQVQ:G~JTm>{V\W搯sZV!ËU].΋$|Fbz)2QaXV-@b O,bֱz:ȕ,G)] کMڨbTb"H Ԁ9 .u]G4FTK8Nnߘsy G;9+={O7Fr}S/w3VxsVE%-,1 H<,Y?9WZveogʖPMCܵ\ć2>ئ% f-k?das,,/P8}w~KەL1],8*qo殒m,7AJYnӁf᦬T DLZor *"4sj$ux- h@gUt.1²=#/S-b|(и}яRZV3iE"FRXD+pp8V8JXc[=ȣwy(t۬Q2&-=VvB&9<]rh ŵ*#9$x+83Ǜ01}}q3 Gg$M,drL2eW `ʪxd&06-G >: s29JK *"[HsfoưfF,j C3('x!m/ i@^`i<݃Qvv@GiR/O)h;gT>>^6Z)F[ٱZJɣ?C5#YɠDypj)R2!8v4 qJ2F c "1?NqѯEa'tNA&lI+d6$,&`pT9 Z`Bz2Q`1T!+F SX>&ׄ :+*u7Yrj J<Ԅv)~HcT|ۡ;Ie+R<;t8Z0b ?P˻H-`%kQtimd0`z3Ha'u+قJGa=Ah=cY~l_=Ƀ%YU`kJxh0I^c D[oX?skEYN:oωLsX@L\\fr-29{=b"WWPK4T9V(n -4zmT} J%KD<c}R߶ Y&ZCj^|0ҫ^kytE2BGs4hI vqAY` Jmʆ|!yA}PbD @&*#CvCowFh7k = ST~{=*P~NWG6b `l?;S%5C}Ӆ}~ ڲI7(貅`tQ;{ iJCLHu!uN}ëS Rń3؆/$z%<菭QpSc5h iJT0anP8Y,uΜ+@^>vrT; bСxl-Hp*?UC`>eFT4ag?GM}^?[mаl:{3]VnvV "@V:qXfV-—6±}~+Xǧ•"sX 4L+Z`д_~.++7\\iMnsS6Ӗ<}kZZi$y>?@N<ڑOUX:GPm[[آKʯL%W umqY|/ ?##Z6 oW} ? endstream endobj 75 0 obj 3061 endobj 73 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Font << /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-4-0 67 0 R >> >> endobj 76 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 74 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 73 0 R >> endobj 78 0 obj << /Length 79 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\Ɏ$ +*'X/ PYۜl`8Hev`3#?o?8\~e5v2M5??/;ߟ_~wӾ+t򿼆l?2a_ᗯ}|y R K\֗1mt5_֛ۮ˴_=lnF1J}0/=//q=nOHBf>kv׏cq=f^SoⰍp|3y)R$?Hz~Yeɧţ|b\tW$~ydzJdj4ު̲/X%B^1e^@;“#q­u2_QCN'LO~/Zve`aFgY /[4רLx ՒZE-Xjط L7+=//Ɂlz7ӎJU 4,x)Nc~LTN_o3HtКHeAEAii=XZuySٞ*Nۍo2gJBVw ?Kٯ3\j呋%]G [fS.t0Ic̻<Ǝ'9=bhA[z B ODX e?`RchLot|t`%_Z D@N>oy<0_t'teZi,, Mb*}*ݯ#'fsuXt}Op%*NC'yd!zwᦣ`1$Yixz*(cM`)yԧQ{٩*(D葱Lt[SLusid52jakG 8[K'0 T`s;7R:'5^|kUa>ױs"RVF@3fO^K{UoG0U޿$!JF8Lur$KSFo[pZ8QNi1&0.pfGb&O@yȼhaڍYg+|o0gXb$fR玄 gסL<>CykʠiHM2@[W$1AB8vh7=W$.-j^'%(OCDy5a˳'r@mex`r"psbGlvp/s='bJ)&}Al%Qxo I)g6Z晳vuڏ r2$;]بA4L< w/lbb[k;.{`1crЄcTVA0تb f!b:y3ҹv4QpUBY9.Y>I'8HBF5 vg%&5h1X,4F`B5iqN1QS;RKѳ hMجwr8B39 F@&<P8oxJxlS#eii}eudؐ4 c`(; *rҩG@|֧s@?ȉa'Y 'U`*gAF5ji3Y֢@nZ6*TB^lYzrc'5Y#O <;kڵ2ec!3XtE}_,RI?-Ug9|\tS}c=DV}*"THtd##A/xr? mT#__Cw4cX9]e&7Woݥ_;RTf?|)ɮK0~Hk7+CiŰbUv-c"T$dc}+*,/=5FC+\\$^[9993qBT<~a[tʹ_+k` noÄ,ݩR gSy'͆}-4UIJij8Jrܣl *@tr n+ZɋBtg0Ӏؠ!l/2P.[{bs2nVd-:-c}ŜP`Q kH IW;%VEA$P¨CP]Ab@,kۮEa1A (@›8{Ê\^yM@( l!~t48cS4Ю&x"RWpY|.rX=[ u kz6YP-F$XcA[ol]f*sAAC[+czM%T󺹧vHděj&UQcy`^֏pcp6)&Rt9Pc5 (P. b`FF?# 6MJ-3V_=Fi,jL3r-ZeZ4m6aszTJ %0]exa>_@xߢH|>bG!J(ŊA^X×HO\a(JQxH3UA=esJ:5|~bï -g60cܖO&c[:`6 7@N}n@#w}c,x4qzOe9*n{ H'x{uWDw$KNedl>ī{xּTyΐ >`.P`'ho_Yd{wwSà7> >> /Font << /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R >> >> endobj 80 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 78 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 77 0 R >> endobj 82 0 obj << /Length 83 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x[[$~ׯ?0 L?By0~s`KvאI]UR=`,LwR~>8aю×_'e/Ç~z{5'=8p`݊OqA~ߐ3W߯꧟=*aq0zKܯFz=1dg? ^aOK.5}ua^s.yut6IdH5RgήMZ:}];aՒaD&lj@d/e|(Àج7S*F$&*6\ŦRNs* J5=rpJO/{¿(cӽ|l}Q}!^֧͸9X6~'r20+McólfO.r>o9 E0bLCh* s~~^E-^^քas\jMO:3KuKz@~s_Z~#POppmQ: m`-NB <+ytoqo*Z\JÐ⊇7 :@\uD>V jĀoN=W[V oXY=umݭʓU1Zqڭ{Za(.?@vE\rN\-T쇈jESyW~ôFKf.VD+U S<آ#,s/xtZd4xajUb/c \菲]!D]Xb#D-TnBx]" r>UT>x#1u=JhwYUX|C7 xo辣/4QZIz$~\u|YtJvXQ]"8aɆCrzAi:֥wZxN@儀da;]FP[NM$M>qPɞ-u,lY;Y5Zf*gGW,[|w K=zT ]7e]0#; Yɚ(3@&aL]k2aLm PrGy$0(:P#D)$hg :;KF7[(,`Vɷcs1hMCThT r)$&v 0bTm9Cr H(p]՛ # -5򖭮Z^ @˰@Ld#fY#(C:\aĨZ,QG`;ITc`WSЬl 1%63zj>йKA|)XCΰVKR6}--kJf JxbQ/d+B3H 97ݐ*159"ɷ SK\h$t؈`.uYHI,} >'e5$$y(kK%ҳtGSqB$ք[$箘fvt2[v@)LJhk8f$c| =5R~BM6).Gr+SahPq}(()3uSW#L,!2_NlS["E_ޠC`KuJ&(,(k ` ;˨Y/$@y`N[Ik s{j2wjFVɧoBK#`gdZ-uC*/=et"bԦ؜6k wC#ܳ0a9/a(P!4L}ݩ4y(!UEț+<$Wn_8t: [^+nŬX1s:=-yDEՈ}B8B$HtG=?A>QqcQ$RE +$ auTjʜ{?LҮxyAZXv5 ),tW7dti4ZNo\Bt "2&,X,s蔝܀%DTGȓKYD<>ɴ)%c@IX8Ho?x)\bHCv&mk /Uҙ2Y⾞$-{w^ÚLnUS.<頮C{RCra"(03NP7 Wwr=1?7Ժuݲ%kF;oӎnlOgkBn:ը Owt-"5Z$i@yy|v"B'xXJj9(]ⰸ(7"̞:9#?Xw.~Xq˗1U7nU@]:ޫe=ljj.{-ODϜ< 4>RY[eRbDJ2:]j'ȴUF[Ie %)7K.8uw.yWqV;GNHdSRsԗKJkJу 9r@_4zv| Lʵ6ց'ܑU]#xFiTVox+lh| mOiYvCpT撲sfo5v\ubF{BIDvڪL>8q7ml()lFZ3E 9C=7}T nB'+Kn-Fm[!#lLܪ7}Q8ۗO?^>k+\;X<&_a^ӯ&?ۯͭ_‡7ۑoS$T KE+!H0U'r+"N`e3reEXH-)?Pn."+GJ71](%92# endstream endobj 83 0 obj 2966 endobj 81 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Pattern << /p84 84 0 R /p85 85 0 R >> /Font << /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-4-0 67 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R >> >> endobj 86 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 82 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 81 0 R >> endobj 87 0 obj << /Length 88 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 88 0 obj 96 endobj 89 0 obj << /Length 90 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 87 0 R >> stream xwXET9G0'0U"0kW]31+a`X&$("w\LOStUpNwթ`0 _^tww\rHH0 KRנA8 >&gǏFGG*._9N:"oiiٿ/_>!=>>>Ϟ=)}___GGǿK 4?^n);`(0^^^gSSN:+޼ygݻwGnA `0 0dȐx O>}R02|J+ -Z[ _=zt9ǎ377[ `HĞ={<ީS 6ń_+({[Ϟ=Ϟ=ō:tӋ/䑞QFDDDL8ɓ':]D'+SN •ׯ_#ܡCKÆ < $jՊ˜n-[Phڴi)\~}{ԩyy䉎3޲eK cr)^gw!qF *mٽ{wɒ%)OOOgmR800hhh^cmmM[rZlYʕmllUG|/_/_>me0cʗ/ORJ pa^?߼yp---S{Oq1!!!>>md)QȐ=ztҥg]ܹ3w:4ijÇqʕ+`(zɓ'gΜwgϞ政_~wwwnb0275]v6V\\`E`(ӧr#E۸k׶Yf]\\`݋!!4߿mto-رc!!!qk 4 -Ztʕr *U^t3bРA-Z[tR0\[0 Cb>~(}6m۷,Y3ӭ[7JuMrGC,GCp<<<>}* #sݻW  %z:eddb Ab0zٳS]!=?Cc0iӦ5j;ӧg˖M\ 8vf$ 211>|1.3o}[֧1ٳg1?zHnA~8qR0(njڴ)q2ʓAդnnnVW$FͯhѢz%ãTR?ԩPti%bdWNGsU؄0K2dϞ=r ]V.][+hinӦܢ12?Ǐ-ڏxuZ *$hOچGnaV\ẃZYZ6lY .i`d7o5#G-/_D!jfy []yu͚5DjHNNAxOOOaedTWaSˎ2=* y$TwI˅ P!C-H&aHѕoߢ =):iͺ',NXXjVe޼ylذAD|ܹMq]vKmѢE7mڤm,:_0V^}ҥz͞=~ȑ6mڴm#~xbȑ0:v|5 EAk׎nHEhh(M5{{{tl 333---3wIDoi "##n݊N8`;t.HJ4EmcSY'MDECawի oܸO>eˆ}v nB ,,L7c\]]OYÇcHիWx^W\I7RxܹSNE`t!@~0̦J W\)/P5j6֘1c4h/G@!CP1[lmjz7k۶m)}4TV /\@DSInΙ3g޼yI{afeׯ#"F?<;,Fzҥ0 z~S4: mڢ{ԩf_~EnAf2nܸ:uh jdڵQ~~Nr(cSѕ;whjСϽ-JpgƌЄS#I37 <@ϗ/_|5rP-[F-Z,+V50^R%*lllxVZ}nk׮-V5͛7>}B` (E2U={FGE)Rp)g/nV;hjh\רZ*80i=z%HFwi1SmcEGGփ 0;9s&ݹazKpA:=Z" B[ZJaCCC.e|||`\żm,ҤE$''Sŋ0 ˗c9i~QC@ӛ *U =rݼy laaNRiVhưO[5j4o<ͪU Ŭ[nÆ 9Bi SLWRRϑ#4oޜ_ic:1!!!EBU3^ƾ>&&`~T{=z.xtOǖ[/T+Pp0E]gKu޽{71 A:՞ъmx65h .sNX*8] 6:܂Gw/08eҩ:c֢kBr 7L*.\PlJPTns U?{3?vBϟ/T0TjGRB%(/J~Bz ƽ/y,<10˕++B/t8^U,."me(?QQQ"e1~xz?s͚5qHSVVV ? ƍ;>4jU굵r˒%@psskǎ[\~-988|R|O8A{d3g΄V 9%إH#G|||ԗi5%)&W^9bڵȐ..\hٲJPG Yb-;wٳgVsnj˗/wa{j.\(ׯ_o۶ s.}-ڵkq9믿biirJZ"8栖 бGŋ,SN媥Aslڴ 'OZ2ڷoߐrdǏyQSvvv7oީShMV}ܹs}5*bhw6p)ϻӎ 쒶mz{{oݺΝ;SHLLT}s###35ݻWԂJ!#Pڴi#Tj'O4^ `TRE 2dL~I4ғh _&aM!1hK.6MMfoܹO(~ lܺu22NٲeaJԩSWZU׬Y4'c533ӧ\m۶4rS=3hK:z@~TiN4$z٘EPBӦMH^ҲeK%|7WP)PСC:t5mȰ:䖂/P0l" BEDD-0rK_Ǐ-#f͚:Xn)SNf aΜ9 2AAA |'O'Nfbbb#-Jҋ™:\/w?ҥKN' 0sLt $RkݛaOtl.``gg+Z1BeiӦ^#S%ޡC}[*>}*=~6yLPY߿?,֭['T"_*U*Փ[LBrmq0EjfEZMBe!PS-,,Jnhh(Ǔ'O֭Bξ7oikfر, дX d@w4B V;t7oY;4ļv5ݓ_K NNNr ;IB3m=nݺq3Fe,8ŋ-\ۻgϞk׮VLBj֬F=||̙W^Q5ѡ?T_e>|xժUsҥK&M`TZtҨJ*g  gϞ{=z(H2!AsUc֬Y3w\//ݻQ)S ~۷Tllllaa&Ѱa޽{s-OE@ˁ): t%ԏE722B;Dgy@ӧQ-$x4R5;n8ɓ']tP]\\of9b;#r+mmmG#0אU8h ڸq#2233v@s ׯ_'IXDmmm!vXXy9߳g R$$E:uP "˗ 7+۷ |.2(rxҸ !Q2%D8lee%_Ȼw 6lQchhxa:O^fZjԠ sΥ?^^=tXr\v튿>|5`tuC0GGG6aO>h<b^&{O<UZ5ζ;w._< ꟟߲eh'Eb GM&&&=...ZjE6k ahY** i6*TB?,Yٶmֶm[D'577H-u@ň# ֥Fۧ ^EH޹nL֭[qӂ y: BB+"# 6 tip'2 ƚ"u]TZ~LaFGZǏ)@>15E4Evm,<54i~"L-̘1 WY 1 Wܹ)L~E0Sn߾=!Pvm~b@3556/^QX޽{銍 趓'OrjфМqRy?i=iu s0Ӌ20+tܺu 5TI00tg;W*s?V@ЃpT8gשS}㹨0b`JRFi. mc)7PT/G~s@puu(]"Ep~0k%:# U(o5s۷4;}ώأ9˗tz͹&99wA:OOBⵍsMz  .{t]vHu;#EX5oG|h<^ܹ3Gr7OzC70v:R.Q+x1~c8z>?i+a/=JCCOQQ};k"hN:PVX`%EFӮ-ن 3D~u|S0HΣGR[.ׯOkҤIXD2̟?.)Ϝ~Na.e(P*%Ȕ߆e5S-`*Cl Сo*qل+oɒ%m!C0P?׌s Uk׮ݺu!jmalR,fΜRT=TVĊ+Tj8zvvvWssX wE%p'X~}շo_YKJʕ+bm 6uO}qp M]@oTH }_4"((H͏f͚IO+>|@+&wҚ:uHTY[%L``sY C180[ BX,ڵS̝;W!/`l۶xb:-gΜSLQ2'ŋL+0իWO^/4bO\ժUK9E,--%PAۗr{"ExxxH[X'O,[kCCCWWW_~˖-M4ѾB ӦM􇨨ٳgWZ¼vZZ4={%FzȸqDulʙ3gfxVJz5kI%J:_,^k%KV9i$:j oذ 3;wc㖀.]bC=Ϙ1;I^ٳgO4}MrX}u(T*dƍׯ-cǎ?~ի0XRY(G4 4T?~| 8r~r~`ʾ|cT=MrK!*=Ga3BFh׮]&ۢP,/B )y!ڛbW&d|t#>#* ŒбcGkkk`02gCq5CUdqiw,L&L``` W&&&r`&gΜ܉RBGz*Z>Ab23F[nbS]K(9QIr!*vʝ;74:w-\WZEO>ݧOVZ >! eʔἈzJ([ $`(:JO-[~k׮;l2HUztM,:nzꨍt^ZDMf1bsIx5LeM&H Wm;::޽{5Ӵw2ٳyPIׯԩSuOP& ,Ȗ-J7n1bDn4hPl%J٠ ,SL͚5\]]'N͛ @:{L X`ѣ7A,XxUTiԨ7n޼y+VXz;vލx)S 0y>4 ʕ+ϙ3/5L7oИ۷oϝD_Z5ooﰰYf}wk֬K6mQjB׋ <~]m8o޼;wLNN k &R\ruޝRP8OZS``/ZHHHhrqq,B\\%gΜ9-Z$8t^ *UtEaduA֨Q̙3r# QmllN>-8,̙3}ܲd>C͛.Ж|텆- ޿n*,,ޜDWeP-#tRƎf}ӧٳg[F% ]&*^x 䖂 !7MgϞ[Qȝ;,bŊ͞=[n)yXdIɒ%B\f͚UjU`d09rDn)DżyR02n⽉̙37h۶m…`ggWHMҕj|}}6ls΅бcǏ>֭[|EV ~zzz xH۬YC+)ɜ9sJ./.-\|9۷Gƍt2Wʕ;sȁ+=ϋ/͛O<>))UF,"ذaCBxGg080I~"!]5+VԌ{ʕ mwE`߾}ehzpB~mF`hGCqB%J*E5jP p}x)LÇiӦW^ɣF۷YhUV`hˋGD5Əʕ+:-߹sg޼ymmmܨ8p366ر#;~xNFÇ|}}˖-˻41 iyp ]\}%7O2^>#7 FZ\\\x%?C$ۈ#tMO^ɯޞ1¢m۶TrO3gP.RFt5C@0eȑ9X|9̡C)RLD>n~Akc6o, .\ӧO喅Uشi}[8p O ={K5j.Yybd>mۖ杓'O-NuB( z=tPz}zdd4b0$֭[֭cooJ׹($o޼M,Xpܹ],CR~ӻw$xO<իe `0 m?* endstream endobj 90 0 obj 13270 endobj 84 0 obj << /Length 91 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 64.25 112.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x89 89 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x89 Do Q endstream endobj 91 0 obj 33 endobj 92 0 obj << /Length 93 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 93 0 obj 96 endobj 94 0 obj << /Length 95 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 92 0 R >> stream xu\UKǏb bvb+ vWQ@kum0P[V@Q0"^wzy9}v|3g{f쉵Y`0 `0KLLv{僂P8ÇWT~~~}||j׮o߾d񮮮~R `(bBC*\reDDR1Jի#W.RVVV{H3 vrrzH3 Ci@pRvP 0a._~577o۶b0۷w[ٵkW}`0 ` [[n)7oJz܂&M-ZTn)yŋ;vBn) !w>x`HHH۶mׯ_Oqqq3f̀J+^|ֵksqFEE 8G^GzCrFR:~x&NxD' ɓ'lڴ 1o޼AuK, $sy I@ko֬1'[lѰaܹsSVZ}qT^]T3=g0diӦBӚ@s?ի_߿G`Æ ɓG^k.kkkA`fذa\O=h^r%5'N$5666޺u+K/_D*US˖-˞=21_׻J.M"E pa^?߾}pV{O6o2 7nz #G,VXƌvqC!~P?~k׮?z, X=N"Ϟ= +%ϝ;)l/_yǏܜ`75:t{{{͘E`(Sr#E{UfccSJƍCBCi<|ݻ2޽q;cǎ+ډ'Rut XBnAR\r܋nCQׯI&rK߿[ #ek `ḨOtƍβd`OǎU*۷%16698P xR0 ̙gb0NXXʕ+3dȰ|rAb0zͬYE=z4s...iM^4#>|Hv` #/_>/^7s}d={,TXR2֭[#I I$)CɓGǏGQ\7^^^ҥ6&MTVM4 @47o ǏۅMP%Klժ)p`(UVڰ%KHĈ1rѰaC;;;s:uj΅cǎaHHH \r >>rK`\r-ػw/:Hf3f[4oޜ;P,88XnAR@U= FI>!C"e:ާ1F^`-ůѣ[PΝH rrKHܹsaÆOƩS(O*qjR77UV+#W@xWWWQH_mE(V1 +WӥKgpa*VHbrHDGG?/9K=*Gݻw-Yf*%\"h$nѢܢ1''{WDFFh'OEc? π¬X;!3mԩY .i`7СC?˖- @ cM1ڼyJ*T"vJ5#wYWcǎd>>>h`'NJ@)@I(M͛ѭ[VZlٲf͚&Mg?m4ݻw_p!""˗/r!0x+V0aB[ZXX@WI «WN_Z54}(T`rټyg׮]iɖ-[ƌK,٠At޽{wĈGvssӧoѢ@9rȒ% .\SNׯ_| }9p@ݺuLݻwL\K7o\ܾ}{kkkJ?W\={>^n׮]+TВ%K@ Bۀj$e3f̠eR+W^Z*Dmݺ˗/'y摑r +^~}EiڵkaaHmz:t蠏ڧOpWNqWrJ͚5g͚9rEgΜIR/:t(L6m<~8I`gϞׯ_![lI$ĉ[6|+Wƣ[h0 ۺuk{`"… [gdNt]<0a EA[nIGoذW^ӧO}vGʕ.s/_4~.Fc\]]&7~eڷoϥׯ]oRxΜ9'OF wC^(Uw=f%H΅˗/CBV׻FUvm~9BZ20`iӦQիWmۖ^@JyEZ&lMb9:sfff=|0tQ~eƌF~xvxI?|Q< F#AoFgM[t m۶LNPWU^]׻FVV_Ύ$2:ܻwOPO(x\:FiӦ%[ ُhN'~РqV\=8nBYt)4i-[VxIf(QV O>޵f͚ Qsټy3IvE߀ԋ*ŋzĈN gOZX^xe\иQbE p@VZsIjmm"h.5i@x܋KawWB9{ls tzD][^=g`n711b]ˋ߽ @&-"11.]0Y,[\sHc'tzf(q($3g"EkNYZZbq#\9hc "nݺsլUrw5jԨSΑ#G(5ŋ%$$ L2!qH)%?F!}3c\\\Đ.W@>|xX_`~zKUv2]ɓ'r킧^`u昽w@CaY~=ok~ڴirK! IT&M"СC F!$ 2x닚TsuA|ӗ8z)גpyjr b$$mL>>  +F ̟?QCTR&&&pA鉑a;\J?-3c 333Z3X`ZJJ. P͛7g̘Q^[+,iX]t[r}?:}*Kd&XZZYFRŋM6UrkAVjeeJ?~}ZLW̅ ̔GLe֭[%ΗzJ, #T|'Op=A+V%k)n|z%Wf۶m*oO ޽{P_2։f`X/eʔiذ2xzzfȐA^iڴa`<9s8Pn)ǡCP3 ن Qn)u c˖-r /t<_hh܂-9} : T=\{8WWל9sʕo?aqi Yr S ޢEΝ;gz̴=1&}Ǐ[_g>HoB#qBJ.#CmRV-av3TVn)h0a,0Zc|m=s cGp fu589f!Ϗ...͓W#c„ ass󈈈&MrKZ0ϟ?!!vt(/\ðIdɒcK-P ;rKdTЙy *X '|م=ALY Z~B+f5>}2eJ2;&`oݺҾ+πPL:U ?hPj&TK1k H<}H"ڒ׬YSnьRJ6d92/`4*U3gB$ZZZjKnbb"zٳgu;c J-7o53zhARkZs2?~~~UZLЊ&ƍko߾'c41]~]d%ݺu,H=w2#ڼϡ;vR5j &YnqիW.\شiӂ <==vڠAjժUThѢ0 R "t2rygǿ~-DFgB`ԯ2>jժٳg{xxo߾~0U*VXX1LrvNNN ݽ{0d"##.^ܽ{M~BΝ;gΜVVV/={6ljO…̭It>}4k֬lٲyɕ+HF֯_|ol۷{EhȦhu޽;r0U  ']tt{ :$wRO?Ȟ=;IH ڲeˊ+6j|)3gΠZIx̭9v3g%ܺu MΎ8 tYz**‚G@q[l{=viӦ֭{}Pz]\\of:b;#r+mccc@#0אUد_?ڰa2ʗ/UE5u=O`y&Nt"nkk /_,Fo߾fw-FbT%#})^8߷oVosUK0͜9sPiӦ ,cMVzV^tҥKU>((E &&&W^Վm<лVJS7mڄ!zΜ9tk֬KKǏFϟ>nƍC6bW˼$ԩӳgϠAUT FvJ.9vtRɸpBQt j@C@fHF!Ly-NJ/^ч04FC2eBŋ!۶m#aøø2dHyк(ڪU]ӫH ;7ڭ1)Ӽys\^gv=uU:ufF}ڵk*=W;N׻VX7o^~9R8+$N 9玪8q]Ay&Я_ޞٳk|@"}pާZZZj룠c #0tФ ?t#GC+s>^ӳgO. lݺu$Dzo4p??j(GzִB.5kV _LT۷o׶b454UOZ hޅ;K.A`nrT7V g)QG:uS-[&D󥐬\\  S=zhI^ /KgO$eT?ڣAgUϟO@徻ѴkkkaN:ɴT-߀@ǍI?z myɓ'I֨QjբMk„ &&&XD2̛7.)Ϝ~Na.e̙*%) k0'XF JUjCTtf6 {Pik9A֡C;5Ig0p_iњJ}Jf>}(Iq*K -z&}UqL-M*=e==߽x4ܛ@bQibNi!( tfk0v&|U?{m9s)тL@FN go~ :'œe>ZdN;wlaa>BR{HL:@ʕyșcǤ#""T&o(2Hs;[tRb^#A<|rfoY2I;ٿw*Q]iB\4|Y3^;Ԁ>-ސZDd[[^_{cօ1z3z3@?^n]]+ f͂*O ...%K.ҡ|Ow [sM/ڴ:uT; ]].dg >\c%H,_\v*Qkoo{,q5SL0 <00|MKN0>>VZYOw֒R{evyA[CP@GS-C*Mشi-)l5;N|IIzR:UrA.rJ1>bdz` 0ᱞY("""ZlR/3gB^ Aضmi t Z̙'MeG *N` YJ^hȐ!9«Zr υ ZYY7cJi#Aۗf:l0]Ϗ<ϟC2š<{lҥ]JÇ[l_>eʔ2eH?Ϛ5bŊ5kO (4;Dƌ#c[Tٳ5să WЋ4h@.\=HԩbѢE\CT6a:j:u긻_ʅ 3{c疀+V bC=O6;I^ٵkW4 '>>^{^|-111** S<&5ZaSdeсP 6wRȒ% lRs6WCAC0Ǐ)veB*ɖ-R0nnn0Cd„ ):Mb0Dٳ喂*;apYsL^5k&l ,/^".]ׯ_ 8eˑʃ$ %CGieOxjؗMJ; šCR@1FaFzN!6NW|L.3eARf0dYm;99={4,ZOPΝ˖-J6ydd0ӧOR|  ұcڵk,Ypt6h޼y/^JGGGWWB}vΜ9N.!k;wMs.TP ֭1c̝;wWޱcǮ]г-Z4iҤ>}4nT|ٳgza}UVI*U|r||̙3|;q87T-2d@YTZ]/""B0baii6lffֳgϝ;w&&&J5Ѹqh)B,Y:ua( 9r iʕ^KhkAAA[ P3111hh3g^p$ z1+WܥKIHHҥ ٳgW(Q̙3rHL> w-Kj񣻻;nܸ>" ]ʞ=;މ'䖅>|@g[n[F`ho=z[}AAA+ #gɒ%*͆3fhoo/ ]^C*TvrK0BMӹsDf*6qS`Yf-X|cBHH܂0ŋ[[[-̜9bŊrK009rDn)Dż}R0;wDvzꅆ:88͛zqqqoذ!ŌV]N3gl ??6mDFF&>رcٝ5h֬311aÆqxHۨQ+)ٳ+^Z}1nРA۶m'm`` `h2jԨ5kWTT˜S0w>2W+3eʄss'OKsͧNB,#Zi_>O{io J ֭vC4O>źG(A+++ )RvvvtVPؤ&[hѭ[#F|]SH;,PUx`h`,RW\=z4D__/^!*-[L.5 }8~x'''[[[N&M ɸsڵka4hG׹( I=ϟ>],CR$t҅ N:u LFe `0 ]?= endstream endobj 95 0 obj 12850 endobj 85 0 obj << /Length 96 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 274.75 112.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x94 94 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x94 Do Q endstream endobj 96 0 obj 33 endobj 98 0 obj << /Length 99 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream xWj$7}tTC@,ف<,0gB~?U4Yw!<-uΩS<`pNrb&4 ~y,n >?Χ@U(O`ځ ෟ )@?hAEPO3F|7 6R^) {ѥ/Ntiu|-P!QEsU s3 aeᕬ2:颓ѫ,~dv.K^[yZHjqX(kQӍ)j0_MbIlK%uBbKlz3M$5@^cksl Z] Mh]N^ZHM/5YvZIk+ dEIkmIi)}SI_o*J8O IՌ#B9p)B$^RQ2Y!1 6O8'/oeFxF ~ NZj^&%vq#Ёow> 3:ΣT|1ޑȏn@Ϟ/(7J`@uybT,O<./pvH&bwW_@Ha},e@HW%-]rlutXtF,v6MNHK/ԫfm븑t*1bF,)+gWoI| endstream endobj 99 0 obj 1065 endobj 97 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Pattern << /p100 100 0 R /p101 101 0 R /p102 102 0 R /p103 103 0 R >> /Font << /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R >> >> endobj 104 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 98 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 97 0 R >> endobj 105 0 obj << /Length 106 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 106 0 obj 96 endobj 107 0 obj << /Length 108 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 105 0 R >> stream xw\;^bl]vE],{{ z-b^yϞyE|a&9$'3IBp8/111>>>eʔ9tp8 g**88X+>00F;vЊ;wK@Gqܽ{x}TTԢE"## *.\1J*JںK.߾}3Pܾ}ɓ'J? ÇJp8JӧYK9Gc 3`b|¢ElpׯnZe˖C}X p8p={Ʋ7<~e-OR^xZаa… <8s k)~ρZ ֭[w֢E+VPd\\܄ `yyyъOz{{mɓ½ϟ?իW={FzGvR>|pFxYYYRѣ_V^/_"ܬYs{f\G7nLa 7ڵk)@ԫW/G^:kǎ5UTѼ>x Gr9JJ46lXreip2ܼ) >|@6l6YG +V)p(ŋaC%]]] >#??caEz رcSNm\88pFxʞ={>}dȈ1(PiӦɓ͛7p.]|ʍ7ի'Dk;v,Cyȕ+W4Wz{{/^H_޼y_zeD_}}} *-ZEa-'PB:׷]vM6V*aÆ֣Gqƅlݺӑ_|a]ɖ+WnĈZ֭˟??lÇ^dV|ʕva@Y˚5kڶmKM̙ӥKgnnnaaQXuBAtҭ[]vϼyf͚5cƌW@˗/.G_vUV͛7Λ7o00:tH7۷z&.<:thɒ%׫Wo̘1ׯ_ݧO%Wb,nժU)ٳwȑ#Җ#-_.Z(D|[lF~M _~ A-L2&7..nѢE(_ ^&M'3۶m?;wBg`L|^رc$6m I̽q~& ,{.%>>Oa~+,.^hii9w\ւXAh0t„ 4,X@|˅ *UQ5kS07i$** ŋgΜ'-[fɒyrԟ;wԮ]/N0VZ*xe *Tʖ-wֲmHitDYTݻ-mԨQR%X(NϞ=Y b"{ւKxxxԩ%GG;YFC\\ խ[7ւ۷ߵkk)ģGк֮]Zy56{lւp~g-ER)\ w ƲׯoffZ$zlٲ°H8p2f̘`y&k)R l2W"{¸_^Ν;??lذ#G~e˖=zH4}4ڵkÇ"ܕir\bŒ%KΟ?_ZI& stttrr:~xz9_~0uj޼F:vxeao¸iӦtFݢQn]#÷oߨI'kkk 1M(P"|]P=-B۷׭[4LTf͚ ãM6ɽ+((`"1b Ю]#W\٩S'ԩS#k`#mذ344޽{ٳg nܸs(ͯ_jfy///DL7qdZj%Υ/.^o-ZSN=z49rz@Ņ@78"q.S FC(lrlSTkIy8u 5sLւZӇBI m~R%Ȗ3f8 10/^x4ih!B(#$:t(6FŹbŊ>|`-3asssZ3X0Yxw\DDě7ogQQÔΚDq$< a*5C`<8::Jȑ#M &5e˖0A~#a&l޼˗/ \50 _ʪK.Ҧɑ4 "ݔ>͔)ɒEI"e6=)ÇgȐ@#gΜJcPݻwYvYi Mtti )S.}]-`,_HgֆsqT?ٸ0` oe>]fΜ)7k֬D2dđrwYCgDoW^A;wʓlD`*ڹsgye6?˗oذlmذA%S(GNƏ/s3]fVZ%Rv+ʙ#'< رcrfJbN>-g"P3֭9_N)V&;zhiu-WCBBX6ܹswԉUf*)ў9h۷og%=Ld*d&>>޸^6J,Y^=2M 4jH M0k)8C9O$[lzb-سgjF!ې1tqqa-?\GXv-kAZaXK_mIsbŊ:̌Ef a R2Cio53gΜe #GP3ϟ?g+. 2¦ c.ryF??NU8SKݾ}{G돗WlX[/`\;v ]Vtt4kA~ ě={޸qYߺuK':I:YK+mۆ{󵴴ڵ̙&2b82a|}} ]BW.=n<ܲ”Ձ) Fk_ZC H>CǴjժdw^i0688žӧOg+1b԰EdddÆ %ty䉏Q!mf"o:t0E3fDR`Z"t kP|d" utl.a`+Z1'Ø1c?pk%ެY3}SLђcǪCmJ]bǎfl20>,TժUc-PxD#HMLTR?~\, T+++]ӤI#zѣGu;ar%5kydžwݚ?%IYvܩ9c% ֬Ғ%K ӠARtMd7nܨ&Ƶ˗/러|]vСkƍ I6 蟠O!t4Gd(ggMj-x[V^z7ի? jLU*a޽/|J쐗͛GkOϟQ-Ly&ݻ =j9efmm]hQKǎ?|p}#!HW\a-sα.\0k)Ӓ,pE}͛3gά gʔ)uLT>}3w!qk?VX'M4.\6͐TyL]z5SVEGG0}3lll]ԍI+R6lbˢ$x,_v߼yӲe%J`Λ7v2Κ5 6!pԤ5맗6!P~}ע`eXs<PdI9gȶ~z'''ϟٲe: \P}&jKΉg]ә2M4htLzB+B ˗/E}t/TS愄3g 69ODv{ŋ|>BNP^3QVZ@֬Y[v'No>uUM3vX͌P*/^T鱽zСɽk…r#Mș=wTÇJ իWх~O2гbtْ%K2eDa+tÆ M ʕ+ErٳXic۶m;;; Ν.;zphBhN_/r 1ϟG7%N'zZ @\?PXК/^ L/Fܹ3btܸq#A=j '&SƜ.wNw.- ?V@A!,&zUTAݻwc`Z)J6farTlYq9KeLP / 10_ynA8T0TaW}v7 ώأ1Hjc E @@@ni366V 2 7ji >iڴ)N~s DXt5hG|h"^mڴ)}r7OzC7P/ .*}`狓Z{OPQ8kTR4̘1+|wahѢfk֬eR|qІAw.)ς~4͚E-[6"nD6,BZFTj)*q Pނ 4={#B~hQoKf7o< Cd׮])Eq*Z>i&\JZUeoJsZO Aaf6I*i*lyaǏS<,%Z hR,UbM7WŇ0$uڵ0>Zd3֭[ϟ:BIc-u *3GAMIU ;}t]'8w\B$_|C +MȲ6ϟ?kEէ4"F ɎY 6+tb:řJr9{Z{7<2i$YXEuDi'biiI2{>ykkkI0_'uzfmP;vo5Z2P~+;=uP,15uo"A`t^'2ٱ.z/Bիbcc0DQWIz'lY*Q8&NyZo2eTeOttt…QW>HYBB嚨gi4jƏRT3 @,XYtTr:88^+JVXfΜ)_W^U^uҹsg& ER{exBKr|R 00xF1ki[aP4?2ׯ/wdvhnn.&[nњ*Ur !27mXKM6UL:U!/``_-Z#Dː!èQs ,jii)B_PAzyf͚emmMh*!˽{ m_ʔ)SEw`Jח̣G͛Gu4idv ~ʔ)z7"Ez C|% :ۙ3gzmjӦ _lV<*1oZR-aǏ;6i$WWW[[[ >>**ڵkpvލC\pݻc5*&RHhOjAAAF!)4mT-Nҥ k)+SǴ>ڛbW&$̙3܅##Fi[0L<bU@СCh{YGqX= ͛7e-$ .V:>sR&Z,LMr80lذTR+{rpD!CDi9.]B٧1ȗ/ 8Xe~7qL˗SG ( 8QIz'Ä͛7gʔ v;.m/&OǏԩSƍMaEϾ}GE/ŁO."ʒ{̯_B$[߾}[jK/YZɄ 3!rrrJvȦʘ1:q..P.H _MCeZ)'OL_zZ ѣ6f͚5Oddd\ҦMcֲpR VeI6ݺuZ@9yh۶-_ݺuEw ,hDި8,'''w=ZĉBǏz7{V[ܗ/_Ν;# Rʕ+WXK$Bhh(01cv 4 6l)K߽{'N}qssK& gx?VpMPPГ'O cP޾}ҴiTRQΛ7C>}.]z̙ϟO>FFFڼy]]]-رco߾-O8ٸqƲe0[.G\~jbnnѤC3f8uYÑ߿?~֭[={G=|04ѥK1p8p* endstream endobj 108 0 obj 12471 endobj 100 0 obj << /Length 109 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 64.25 502.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x107 107 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x107 Do Q endstream endobj 109 0 obj 34 endobj 110 0 obj << /Length 111 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 111 0 obj 96 endobj 112 0 obj << /Length 113 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 110 0 R >> stream xw\IŴ99'0C)NT 31gs9#(&T@:w٥mfkfg8p8DFFjgzxxTX(T*|??:uܹS# ڵK.9%>>>LJ-]ѣG:Q/^QF onn޽{_|G~޽SۢEǏ|( cgΜa-Eo8)ي˗ynݚNrxmXK/[nܹ3ԇ p8G۷WXK _|Z _fΜRY 7n\hQRp8ógϲ}:vx)/^wlpdgȐ!DBBBFĘ1cOP"33@;v,ڵkk[l9|:_~ÑMR ~"~zJ 6̝;7k׮MڹspL5ԏO&O|8^ю9uK5G \d kAB ‹nGQիqƬHo߾Iڂp82G+]f 9Rnܸ![^BHgxx8k)8GqqqӧO߾}{pݻwaDUZ5 <8C /D*G@kLy̙3jӾnݺg"?~O9Rp!{5]JJG1\~c%) Eaj#IQbɓ':Q\G4>>>ҥƍW^]29@7oJQM-QKvppE"q8 gٲe:mP-Z|G~:"22RÊ ZYY麖G|ҰP 6SѱtҬp~_~ aXK\rӇcǎPwޱIf3fd-&͚5r8ޛ]| I ' 0Iw^>4u k)~F.]4r8uz@QFFyfÆ hǏg(O2zj>},[H_߼yG_===---|Һuk\BbXKI+TZBKNT\&XIDDD?̗%rζmX 1|VXJ .gDGGÒΎhçEIj͡CX3J(-v}zp? ,#G,Y^"Eڵk{I-wW^PPP*ˉtaT.>1bDr娑7lpܸq7nxǏӧk׮a,n۶+W]=zTګH۷oK*6mڠ8p@z×/_1pPKX"덊Zt)F%ה)SI<Fz׮]Y 1Wd;~8+I߿?cƌŋCKGna͒zxWWP&2$ILL d˔)d͛7%J[\tt!6`YIhpYx/VV lٳgI+`o֬YXXkA~Fttٳgk֭hٳg,FSϽ{ׯ'pP^=z r GRp Xho*UkYRmaw0:aÆխ[Wۇ-Ul5۷/kA ~~dz$IB;[.E)(\TϞ=Y btyݬPO~Xr.UV-_… j՚2e~;;;{{'N$$.8p NZzAB]^rE[4o޼9#Gpoq΋Azd3+_RN):c-[P{+RE:44VGO `(q 6$ U9se˖ٮ]:EYXXntiX:uJH|իuFhddi&WW;W\t͛78<p02<憄6ib&ܴL۶mŹTtRwy_T)JO>}رHΝreʔGݬFBbŊ"$ )=kذauW#(C}eB4i?\x>gmܸ1!q='UTAٳgiƚct̙MLLIo>آM >#D~xvx }Q>tPH7AMYhD֭K2@ L)jԨҳ`FV^]\ʊ;w$16ܾ}[P@wg„ tq޽8 iҥƒ PqR|yuEpVQdIѭZ=Rz֊+ *$Ffݺu$ϟغu+}JH\TqQO>%C r (Z Bܹ{Nu MPʕ+SB,'kVך'$Z hKI&ZGRt "ʼn4wW.ɓI5H[={PXdر~/5aT8=}],Be|||ĝli"(x9J c9Yd~Q7mڔ A9s洴lӦWgffRĉt9hƘȑ6/2ի7c [QZ5,\f͚5֭~ʤNtL_111(d z8Q}ݻwq}><66Vx;w>~Cp4㶧f=fOpt&gAk`PBiYjG XK! $)8Eɦڻw$F!` rDh"I99Wć?}M~D`{-)OE͞= h=eĉP0BkԨTe֬Y ȗ)S&}B 1HFA{}q~=kY I&Кł˲eŋe˖E/u2f̨J\[Z4f:t`-sڃ=J۷odʘ˰,?~̤˗/4lŊLdHg6iDPX a Z~+yxPM!|cccZ)4{l%7:::"''7o/G|W^JNh-liS eرԩSgԩ: hʚ5k ٲe%...q8JVJ޼yi{j8uoP8s指ҥڰa۷Eۓ'Ov1y6mrUbvaj-GfL@9|p׮]kϟ?ӭryСC7?~X2eʗ/Dŋ)B3d %K *7`a}eivuIΙ3G۲u)IFyFw*l0 6m$l3Ts`he˖;wI|||f͚kϞ=ϟ~llPL9J9J}RI\ѩPFjJ0ƃT3`@`RSR% $7aBPPϟ%,&=k`bbYݥ-#3h"ݔ>͚5ŒEtztQ2lўДQ2gά{'O)!!!o]'UJ]k"""tNO6Mwstn毿ә8q7w/,Û.+++cٳgˣ-[,[ q$\;wN=k.y;LE]\\䩋SWRJƍenӦM*B9r2qDqɒ%yq5kHԯ_Z9)ŋhǏRs9+\)lܰarOҥ1 ޱc*NkРAʕT4ǰϟ[nj97nTŗD{Jx4;vB(/J+4Br6lV// 2A&M( f-(̙ݝc޽3 نY#k)8s c Z0 -sxN*VTXOOOcccRK֭f aԩ 2Cio5e˖2ѣ3/^`+6zQP8%.\``ĉ  T L-\s΢C779s{A8~8ւ7w\y&sU'mOt]cdd4j(R۷\i=d4i驻mRvmatӗTᖵ La(1qk~ 90c# 5k sPݾ}Bw@ZJΜ9<ѣqѣƍ%J. (SN !ms!oҥ~- ̒% ;;;\&;%2((w^ *$={vi#6h@ݱ%˃^˯XhŬ:2GK ƍQx˖-'L6MC~g@*ƏJ &/G*vܙd+W cKKKmkժZ4L2I &!HuLVZ8qB*tT333mӧO/zɓ'vҤIJ.֭xǺw;HR<ڵK}Jp'_+WNGNhu[[[ٳgݼyz׮\be۷o:uR.]Jiڴp?1}"]t/uz:hAG}Df-ppph޼Ro:99m͛7_~XvGVAu,ƍٳG{Qtlllʕ5kV&**jРA#Fr>~HhxyyE]|?CCC<0}kƦzUT)^% 6Шz=~ t1Wb޿oooJ*KVﯱ'ӧO-5[^.\c seСR51GFF:::P...5믿d]ܱcGΜ9խ5ccc33%K֭[s5jԸqfϞ1c0⵳PT)O< 2ԩSʸw^קI\\FΗ/_MOeP%tRiJZн{|i aaaK:uMի3Tʄ/b(\05rhZa{.ٶm&MQ˄CLC0*u8 I2dرcen0jWcZ[[S35o}C[i/OlRlY =[z6lP~}\X:]P8> cebLG`%@r`~SX;:: ?"((a$ws )y_-Y&.ժXTRX19 >O` vɓmBT~B7>aa|9z38S }wIޞ^ϟ_ժ:[.]eʬ_MsւVᑢ iUppyXK\BBB*mǎhi>>>RGhE2ES_pK0ÅpO>۷oڽ{7 L}Q˗/峱I0ݏ;cd wƖfc.Ϝ9BaU|yvk~֭[[nV *ߟ "]z ϟg-ȯܹBhs \eP6mb#+ggg%g @j*C/^(mUZ5vڢEN>8tPZ8."" ߿߱cǻwΚ5xI.ꎊjѢJ9rbڵ{ ,*U\~ccc۴iSlYĉ,X@;̙cjj>wRX;6!ѨQ#עlq޻whopʕ+B?͛7nܸ7'p+W4hPhh( w+5Et&nN2͚5hlܹ1ʅVׯϟ+\$= )fϞ-[xݓe˖~>ѼvgNoo5k #G}կ_ɓ ^ǽJHt9Bh,fƭV%t*۫1?gɒ%W#\mDV9rĝA]/_(~"]{Q-ʧ.:JE̴Ѣ &7x]BߏuǏ)Ak׮B&hc)cƌsAijÆ |rYӚy:lYf4@LtӦMڳu ի\LRzֈ#Dx9, HcDgSdIJϟ;v옰p…hBhN_/Z MIF+}6n25HӋ20\\\@͛ Á֐ qRcdd9]I>ȅBHH@A! ,&z5jԠU{Q%zC?k^ZBt2eչ0*U$FX4OaRr`tѿ ( HmpaЩxe^$gǎBo&09ԟأ1˗IV}}H@aվ@ڋ'MH"Mjh E4oޜH2:my #,%X>)=k˖-"F(A ? Lv(%ѿ4 hZ@⤅VVPAܹ?BB'$~Q}GAg 2k,*2RJ[[nj#n0i mqÇ [fMJԮ]lYGN>=_hj!3g΄q -MSrJmX&݅qbS?$-Jga4‚A۷/:"4k&8A,22n[` !G È&t /5$|2u"""(J-L- *FβT~-DHD* @UZ236I.iB3_w=l<$Y'ٮׯ|l۶ t .,)*FBCJH\TIZkӓ 4:"uw/Hxu,NBrZt锞EqYN> !TLMMi^fe09r(QaltpСCuAY`] *UJӓ3'OԮ][<FǏ͛7ӦMYFŊ+'J 9]v6+ܙ W"E@t zVoQ^^^J{6nܨWV?׷pzѣSKG+k@>Eɾο|;w$z߾}zd./^t}bJ= wGӧgԡCȿrJjI3f;vl̙3?aLZ"N *WleeYʕ+wy͗/sall1cFl1 2d֭7(;wiDd[\ ߾};D#\ Ą]~{Aٴiի˜ټy3f/^X(T{XK!&Gw,Z`4o\-N޽;k)R -WΧa7-[6 cp8O>0}dђ;Mp~ SB ^Ge-'qa=bff&spde˖Jb-Eʘ3g)ɝ\ڵ 4 œMrњ\r&MXK$o]= "9JR(<o ڵkY >Ŷr2({*1 iC^O))7ok)8$(ֶ\rp~H2eYK?m;s8S*xG߽pIfBVJ(Z 'Y-Z]vlep6b/]P&&90rtұ-W\jpD9sf!PLp˗zei *d@8igggbMgmt-<<<-?88H"To>ipd&(((k֬($Z/[<-8q[nM6| ŋK.::Z)$,aSgQxMr]UR8;;KU޽{BOq8i1]αcϯѰ2ƍd9...mE/se-Z޽{/QNʖ-F.6v(Yf?}^gu)]t"E .={vX|͋/nmm6jԨEqFΜ9QNΝY_+0o^ rmjjZRz!3fXx7o޼uVhܹs{akk %>QXԩSq|X}B)!)Z]Im۶MݭڵkF6m0io>~8rh!\~6n(Nڠ 3lذZj;W[kTBi);hbŊ‘2eBN޼y>|Νu;v :!I"ZaZ*O}ڵ 366nժ;b:%88!2<-]kጻHE ѣq}M/ŁK6"ʒ{/_B$ۀڶm K/EZΤI3.033OvȦʒ%:y$"@.D[p$CFL… 2{e-ǐ)Po޼a-[qs Zn:ւѣGː!Cxx8kY8i5kﳖ%kpcǎh~ 42d#oT=;ǎc-NDFFkBbR6 q>~)-ׯϟRըQի%p 00"fɒSNMfGIRpaw/"0@_ҧOkllL8>}/\J,Zӧ:)qqq͛7O.5 ŊgϞ/~Ǐ^z QFhѢTRXYY?ݻ\#7o\r%> 4OuLLL0te֬YOg}Y|-&&&<<Ν;;w̙3ǎ;r4˗CBB0DEEp8pRj endstream endobj 113 0 obj 12003 endobj 101 0 obj << /Length 114 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 274.75 502.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x112 112 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x112 Do Q endstream endobj 114 0 obj 34 endobj 115 0 obj << /Length 116 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 116 0 obj 96 endobj 117 0 obj << /Length 118 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 115 0 R >> stream xw\׀ s<E13(F0z3PD=S1gF3 POňT Cy>Ggfgg~鮙P5]p8p#&&F;ͭZjG_GxxxT˗k5jh׮]...8~r (L(޽KQQQ+W|^pŋ1GԫWOO四z*Ñ;wx{{?}TOvѣGz*p8Jؙ3gXK9GÄ`+FRRRB:wV '-~:((sNGGGtւp8p8`РAOx^z={9RBxx㑘8q"), r&M"qF|;.Z2dpdu֔tHl޼u(ݰaC׮]cի~|ys8L@koժ1P UqV^Mz-ׯG`5;w,U$fĈBO;hڵʕ+=zTה-[[lxjժ+WFqU%Kɓ^i9iYt).PR%J[XX ~^?_~yrSd͛?L)dȏ5L2&&&Bf.]СӬY3U S`Z8B8~yɻw_.y)aNl˗߿wss,ǸAOY111VVV90Q(SL! FJzϭ[nٲek׮ݲeúׇ҈y&Lbbӡ:tȑ#ivQt{]p]Xb+V`-H*TZUx( gggRBtt/_XKwmp8nذɉI888TׯVcll,j}gFDD d\]])q 7}}}^߻w%JKJG1\v sĽ{$) E(G,XP‡FQ\G4ޙ2eLuJ[&ȕMIx= XG TPV%p(UVaKvAs8#111P8VX[[תUKߵL2%sÑCaHHH:T8.3gyy&#ҷo_Ó9;;*TH9 3oߖ^T:}t+p$!k֬nnn{tpta9sdU9SA2@3Isfstp0b:vvv*T`-ݻڵkZ {ϟՕ#$$۷pR k)4iӦQҥKI9Wp8i'sÆ c-E۷O(>}a-ի_QNH~}ւ9~xRp2(7nܰ~5N2|?V^}„ [l)^8tGb^zF~ݺuvڥGY˦M<==nrebb;wB UPy }0`ȑ#WWW~m~+V,o޼9r4%Kvˬ+{iҤɎ;t,'11ӑ#G߼yc2pcV\9ڼɓ_ۏ?+ӧOW^\ܵkRJQݻcǤ ~| 2ۥK4\oZHJJ A-ZjM]o\\ʕ+1+Qf̘'3(W{nYa+!C޽{s̱0P6η¤4KDTIHHlٲel^zZEXXX%-ZZo-mN>&e˖Yozxb:u jǎod0i&** #>>ٳԵsN4zHr.u֭^… 41cm۶kĉ)өSN)Fz}eao8}tGŽݦ;/͛ά>LM:g(3Ho߾[ɒ%q([fM}?fΜ )00W7n qy*3))I"C !z ,MotUKx<~(|={I(P#$*V(Y‘ӅtjDH0æѣG7jH\  D^ߪU+$/_N9/^DÇY[nMNYD5yYZ&&9={ܹsvEŝ3f :1'eDBZ j6m1HtY/_ T-^z= jdݺuQkժE]v Crnݺ~QO(xB9FSjTG4vϞ= 8ihPuM+W0,^666J*ƋFꭢ\r[4~5kOjTk6mD?Hܹ%,ԸOk#GR9EN-=BJ8iayY;#o F]CF)!L ݻ'h hKIFpÇQ)… SU$`N)z֭p($/_> .]ufff+EHf k.o޼٤I9sߊ:ug2ׯ߸qP& 2~c,--_ (<[liٲkq蔓Hҷ189%u (::ݻwϟ?ljxX_`CoINy+޿.xz%D]rwQDžmٳD:޾}[c Ύۮv}: 1++^JH˺uD[CLSNe-4`ⓤSSt}"j߾}'`BHAfҥJs#r.2Sq)@/ZRN>a-@6m}(Vhc-Z@̛7p?!#|ŊdB !  LOdر~ڵk,FsMkf UVS+U PM6Rֲ%CG&oF{ñc9yݕTJ [,e#&^t335k0!UΞ=۪U+UCa-(-h!22KX> {ԔV h, /_nݺΎ߸qC~18ӧOδJNh-li :ˤIhhԨ̙3ڃS6l؀+W.Z2d*TV©S5kЀ8s挛2ej׮-[nݺ%-֗/_?~w҅֐RBv Tk!82}y|}}/_k޽ϟw^bbPL9J9J}SI\ѩPfjJ0C۶m*mĉFF?,aF9Lرc?#aPōAK%+mAÐ<!4t7gΜKn.0aGmD{BSǏϞ= 8p`T8Gc믿QOT).+Q; ?k,%a8q7w6,<< +\/w?… L6߂"*}RE8|oF{ ŐZo,X 7n@շoߖ괓;wnmOt}9sdz{{NzK(ѯ_?+M/*2b]B6l(=n<ܲ˜bׯǐC18-t栺K[˗/tΝV#c„ Å z𡍍(`/ZhBBBF((ϟ?߻wW^H2 G[ڶmZ"b:5觟~ϓ'7o\’ʠW,bV#ɓ5?t萄kޱcG}fҐ)SRCၶ 6RUk׮TXvTUGYXXhKޠA֢ +VLm0 v0EfHUE:uR-ĉRU'iK%K?־ӧOg-WZٴi;G׾3$%ݻ-V;Н˗ʕ+ ӲeK0`n۶MLk/_ֽXKϞ=/W^2xZn-Oe.GL#yȔ)v@m0ȬQ۷XJk{{]zJ=t6lYmllݫ(:11zmڴ+7bĈc 9?~r6\<==.]={Gnݬ֭[F KKK (6Ш8eʔŋر㎱tvکR ҩSCjn fj) >ׯ277װ|5 SF8昘;;;ɩEL!!!SLMMʕ+׸qcGGÇ?~>>>~~~0o'Nyo۶mVT`ALtz֬Y5jθo>קɛ7o4rf͚cJ(dʕҘ zA߾} .1QFEE=yDt3g DÎ2ŋ#/N-|F޾}cjp4j z^&t2RLT$$aȑ&MUC0] `HXvmjP.\aDa=#ԋlȐ!W\^mB ZӧYK/Ptd*UB-Z ճe˖MRυV 0V&4 VV7P-vQT) HXa)y_-_>.֪XjԨQL9 3OXb v]BT~0>uTa|F38S {)hO )"jUͭW^b2y56Bʕ֬YZ1XZZB]vx/2LӧOZ]onnn:V]re…P.ឞR-Ul=B/x<-R;ηx)ϠAt/jϞ=(* @CRRR…r0TǏY" Us0ܿ_U ģGTƻ?{ J* )'pU"|;wvܙ UV:t([E?Y xyւGGG ̙3ر#W\ Yf)=2qppP{f}P )֭c(M;G3׆ ț76mzI_?^%!9qU)?T:l-/Ί+ .,F?+$N sǭ8z(;fChRROVVVdɓY"[O7\tҥKiG7 p.ÇOiw ?prh?~JU޽{ h`%~MܹD4ѣGzִf[zuΜ9)M~E0- Զb54$֭+NZLpٲeKYcǎ]s 09" oo`)W%)B?~\Xmd4!4'_/Zh 0LF+un2i|k㑦eHa899!#7n$Lڽ\J̙3æӽC\) =9r !8D^zJy޽{10z-4J Un3f:?,Fh4OR rtѿ-*Hmpa0Byf^$'$$Dͤ*{4'x2Ѫ5 tX$|}}/ ?Eo/YF{7"DþG9۷Fw;LErD;⃦'gm߾] E7h'0͐C(O:tH?'[0@'-zeժUŝ-444t䔏2kYI>̛7 +Li|f7n,ʼn'['L6 Ҽs_>%6lH tք dBiEZܹsb,xGKSTRqBZFT))AK0[T)z@ {РApphDvŋI0LtTTf4a@PԐ򩗩M xWUjajiV1rJk!DX e˖U1RԒ!\L2|U_{Hm8q)͞=dto>kpN]7o G]BME{ŋJ񰑜PSUk֬)iǤ&4B*@N_)Eۉ+D4T4B$4$Wf-mDN tFrO`FmڱjMmVuw0Jʇ^ȳB_BEqYN; !TJ(AvɤD ͙F$0 }SN:O̙u]#qL׮] (ʷpssS}}e'?d*GfŊ.uS1zFHRuz/A ),[lRyœ5sLLh0+-ɓLN#ׯ_Wɾ۴^z*ѣGR ߸aA*Ň eŋ/( Zٽ\ k-QlZ }œ G ŋ-,,bh˗W,`vwwgLǸ? 6Tυ#9xլYeQZ2e|gvͭw޴M4oޜr,Y=H>/J5kF5*USi3dۺuFϟW[}__ŋ3cǎi2dȷV -׀} B ٳg~K*UaD߿fк?<,, ڠA`R 8ѣ"<}GkS= ڵk5 J͛-%1ֺϙ3G#ҤIjsEԩS3i83Ο?^zZ"3gܹsϟ@ *\0kjjjbbR-f#GܹSp;vhb k\֭[- Ipp0F>ڵk%`<)VzNBBBTTԵkBCC݋~zPfm+sŋ#""r*eOk)$CD菥KKŘI}e-Ђ||7ho3=%W\p~.0aN8f̙Cll,?vkA8#Gv3333#3;v,_M4IϝK,ٷo^^^^8ܹsϟ/Ç:;;Y)#Ç_'Om6ւ|I/˖-˗/Y  <=ztLL kA8ژh"ւp8̙3۷oId0o:99} mё ! RpǏ1$h-k)8Cb6mb-!8ydӦM۵kWpP~\\UѢE)|}}7ngΙ3;u!O'm```׮]u`Gg9n!mooĢEΟ?O94 QjU:,((Hխƍv.]`@kH2d֭]f 7855jԠ4ȩSZj‘ٲeCNB߿ΝOVǏGQ2eʈ:9I Kt޽hР*UV@:Hп^~QMOP}||DKtR 9݁'RٳgOםWrJ177%jժEg͛7Ok%JMj" :m۶={|ȑ#7:\(#hh"N^ƏĊ+( ?oߞ;w˻R߽{wrdjjکS'wرtʕ+WȖPHĽ{hH/ǎžsAC1j۰aúv M/]Q >| *GɓTKxx0!JV*LjYrJ:oη2e]iڵ+ M6h']\|GC܍-G9t}˖-<055!Z?ufbbB8.$$$_ܹseFs8" @RhBzwApsidٳ.U7˘yy̙3gWN0A I9Eo>ssyiO6 `Ĉ-B1c4oܸ)̳gςh:0Ξ={p8GQ?fe endstream endobj 118 0 obj 11418 endobj 102 0 obj << /Length 119 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 64.25 264.25 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x117 117 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x117 Do Q endstream endobj 119 0 obj 34 endobj 120 0 obj << /Length 121 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 121 0 obj 96 endobj 122 0 obj << /Length 123 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 120 0 R >> stream x{\NY\G_GErd-DE)ר2FrQ Rr'fAD. dBb >]~kZyB{Va!AAAھ}X!!6nܨأGHt8b)H#99W^͛7߻wOZtj___jʟ '))Çj? jʟ `={ſ# SjիW֖Q?Zؿ4֊AAL<933OefXkApΝsα4nܘAH>|ʕ+?3&fee-[ ,=\Q_M4믿>s wǏL2f̘Gў Dg̙"ϟ‚ 酄`… ܹR>} !CS2G8a׮]( uA{HSSSKHZZe\}:k-'**ާRcܸq0a3f O#Ù3g'skE>(9|Zׯ[XXpP/^P˯&4iҖ-[تDΝ կQFϞ=sqqѠ/nnnyyyp 5" :tZZZFXC eKJʑ'<Fvv6Xj8jDƦVs1֪}-Z(]n]֪e劧Ana6mڤqtЇ|G-qL333lзo_͘1:Ynw# DUh̳g:wwDQr#G*_>|޽{-X@,h>yyy z WC EA gϞ566TH߽{wƍ(?~SN[nUHҥ TH5%  uԨQ i0;;[|he~~~jWP3ꫯT'77X/^8̙3aÆO߼yäRaddԣGq"0LMMe>wk-KLL̰anܸZM*]"C,[F!$4ٳgB<~-`ԩSaf+֊JBBB N8Z3X+Rppp8tk-1HMMtk-Z"}kDyO>:::(`ւ 4PHBp?>k,onnn@2FGGϛ7(0߂ ^~mgg7qbٳU߿/y֭/^֭˹G8pРAN*,Z7cƌC9;v_p?6>yBLFjժ}^ B&MAANNN:t4BA!))iA[z5={vȐ!1b鉷7 mѣGm>yǎƍ98,44)$$?]6pu.\y*lg!1&&h_2e]6l?{ZBo… ԩSS_|w>*dp9'oߞ`]F'O _~ lܸS.] ={Gussϝ;/S`)]jի[k3śB Le9* X5mʷ[[[ ȑ#LMM]Pcǎ(GFFr1TrM@w=ϒ%KVʷ#i MZ ?Yh`އ-ۼy3eڵ(XZZ*4vɷ(d._+Zl m„ X믿7)nRk3gb> 6H);|4bi _~Z/_Z5 ccc}н{wV3rH`p8iN5 z- A ;W >}رd|Kpa0{l]8гgO/XkP+jrhExkkϣ ,L~AXn>會Ŏ懷7 9$pXV-;;;Jo](+ 5k_!񫯾EΝ6vjffvQLN͛rrr *U@Jmi{UXTC222OW@^z1\ gggRX*[Vs+b0%2 ew%%%ɧÍmѣ\:zHLLV!@)g.OQՀAZ B$`_d k-Ն_///(PB`DӈgsK й:YE]*[R z))c(SD.] dϞ=6OV@q M?0{MIe˖U^]`eZH___qvԨQ `8;IgϞeRt h ruD___+%%ˋ[&#22m۶7jݻwθJLp-:tH"vk=(fm۶z*wU8sL^#j;wT~3 ݾ}[̽cȋ/~Y>hthM8gjA綠 [@KKKV\H`HQHI-O5%lIvy-7n<(vvvܖo5WBBٳaUHQi~6&N(nB}<\ލ~rn#P 1228pP-X>*7 4H]F & gJōFsx2?~y"C@Cӧf+2ժU;w٢ہds&:=ԑ36=IWZUMO8nݺjʜP+ ݻw"\ݤ뫾 5svO?iW___uN:GA!q<<x@VFByJBP|ٸ{n%JN֭a*~ .ֻwoccc&EiӤI`` ê۠AqƱ*`,;a>E%ȫW][Z0 +GLdrrr4ec9m۶lu;wnJL~ւEjժ%QQQdXdWf֬ uvb?`x֊ (ZL tIRaYtttXk\3#<1VS[[ʊ'Ny1[5100Јec.OrEP Xt)C>F L-۵kZqppYRV-V^,N< ]Vzz:kE>zj˽~:(~%zʞuSBcDDD@}N0ABK vaԷ]@w.=4%!k-2`u_vR!Lvôk׮(ȑ#>@ۍ7b 1<== ׫W޽{| kJ t 6ѣ܂C:::o3ff- Ϡo8p LvXkT֖G}5j6u޽er8kW*r-Z|LL+d>d} Xx8Y1 2&Mbؾ}PE(kޭ[7֪bFRRk> >ݻ߽{WTEX얖xGV^kll<`2YYY}[GdeܹxS/_䘘`???#FwĤy`xT'.^xڵaaap9<1wSj^~=h YqA^:m4=޽#{u>;vW2k,RʧgddX[[P}駟DR]@yZj[k:::zzz-[433spp1c-Zjժ@.XYxhddMnݺTR=1FEE?EBW1ghJ͛0*IhǏ_@9looݎ2ҥK0F4n+9vk˗*f]Mxx8zz38͓ 0=z8=*lРU Xncƌє)fRfͲWm۶PmZ>ddd4o􏌌dK&`"bpZUo*00 8rʚ5kXk!]Ν+Tn-Tl(hJ ? F|D(sY \´* u,Mw0TPbK. gpp];wF;wl֬pرnݺAEqÇ_믓V\ټybugee@nVmc#211z*ٵiӆstkNF]]]Ir (ō{ d(>ߵn݂bȿ}жm[!xf͚EٳgРApq۷owwwONNs@600>}zeӃڥFQ++b][k.^z1e ?7.:V^CqA-*כ:umhh$3saUz+/_ge˖O?w/Pf#G`ϪN Ea13p;p8@LwxǏ3@9&tyyy?W̚F R~z===thѼ P3f=zRpo߾E_sرcD`ʕ+v !XgϞ Li[nVWb|ʳy .]*Uwϟd+A-[РA<-..[mn:BP}qK/B7Ob߼y<@k5 2b8::B z< _^X4(tO+y*Ts:)9XɹCVY Ђ M8g00Oojj>,+= @p(_ \y/W"X8!`  хjذ!w!>5p+=C:U0/Ms7 09; c'O0+X@A B@@ ^<6&M(7uj0B4`Ô2X&\Ǣ 7|x;K ,^o>#ߠCajLv0r_ `p~h .2>`Zk? 裌}=l~oA~"+WLB&۪U+fߢ`~넱AwܹSXt]vE{(dX"_h!+VC)9P<,&P( jpw!.`E\"(Bf*Mmڴ) {C{8'` >ޞmBvڵkQ1"'Lrjj*h\ +bELt{U&k#gY"<.ěE2 p%hfpwuZ)̀ޛà uԩS8) ?`n։]  ȑ#7ṋ)FaC*,ZTС{5~4VquD^Yx~S( F0/4>^`/ :TPꥫN<3aÆiP$*{N|Ȕ̦Md}] 0%()Xw\r”)Swz2888X}`ԬYEec?M3֊ڵkWNf+'k(0nvBh;ZIar;vAyҥNO0~,V""۷ă>=C͑I@URE(oT0fmi+YY...OfRt vL}ԔS0{lYQ\b]m֭LBY VjU///fWB@@@ƍ5ڙ'2u/\.j"Pоο]v0>rݻwg.a&ǏaP:(' CmѢk-D4klĈlup(ܽ{jl||QNqݻw!!77M֊&Ze8*&kXkAČ3~WZD={LHH4hP=YYY 6`ff~~~ժU۸qСCSSS BרQQ8Xb@8twwyz!fݺu [YY|ULz·~-+rvekk~ eܲeK777o~چ6L&<|p.\)8`dd޻U߹sgaggc'OB k O:uϞ=ݶmM(aLR:wj߾=wf*U ^zw܁!̭⠍P# yk 6^ʕy_N&wرcA֭˷v__N<-11࿞?PO`Zׯǡ T̞w[͡C ? ڈ> (tZr%tuu333 OM6pѣGxb̙\n j#Ub¦M0WzVZM4  ,%C;ʕ+x`8III hݺJqm/Jˉ'T_d///|L T ߦO>l0JBym>L}>}KIHH 0KV+(l޼Y&v/ݱKȐZe@L; TeAj666Ɩ#Gܽ{7k->ݻwutt`"Z#FT\7 999bŊ*U,BBBd2Y>}D.~P^M[Ο?x!kkb/c0WHV)!iW\tRh AAA>gׯpFc QyQxx8&GΝAAAH3 B endstream endobj 123 0 obj 10876 endobj 103 0 obj << /Length 124 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 274.75 264.25 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x122 122 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x122 Do Q endstream endobj 124 0 obj 34 endobj 126 0 obj << /Length 127 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\KWHQ/!@@8 ÇFv]%vtKT_=_f솧o?64ahB|}k|vYK6v|5.>6nߴOS~n H]|sm^o7)}.ik}P7n?'zD^On[Ef/sm]-Ne&{])>u OUg>/vlnw~#o&~f_fch~6黶oKk}&_}7q֗>]گW/Χ7.]ޅvK>]-~z0^қ+NNOOF1[^?.>;ASi{ͯ܂'%Pۗ*!>K]4EzDE{^$ 30"/(`9]F7Q+JzAS {H|߾~n>|SϠw4v3uyHBm$]İ3k;P}Dw ߸r~s! ]7m@~HEAV"}mffԷX)Bwr P;Zq)=0'c1Lt?YmOy?a\`ϵaY̮ܟ[k6^/t}8&p\CsjoyĢvTA9/pӛO<,R"%D1ã3m6-MMn%5s\QoN&\BԬ׌=~LC"ƢL֎x{^Hox8a3aF-_+䂨8l ({tVL^>r@2(G}YJP<@p7 9r(X Z] EN[ [V\Wl130Nbn2k#@>|sh}FFeXj'(#rﵜ@S- XГE\PoY`ŒW9sb)p:E8嬀,5aH r%cSNnclĕC>y^AsW43 ]XF&Ƃɯ{i}*!A@h 'PLc[;TzV[*eArg+p["WpAVLKXϏqQ72, X 1 15!&L0F!J\E[o+NJ0s+$ɵB^M8e 9+e}s m4c@n&H18F+fr14O$R(6.I(HCnvdPHP+#[((ehNSpG-VOKE\QFNcL;X)*AamxN ,ʙ&"*߈]ݗ@1ɵ!D& v dizrT\8NQN+} 'fRX ;YHƁZ*Y\4Gۂĕ)/W_NhcVD }ŋΩzwq,zZg_' r܂/nlUY|ı3J[M4vԒ]MĤ!_yƕT`?Hs բ  $-'!D<3sOrtzY%j8(ݶ e[\kY5Dz Zhx { &ݰP 6u^͊˪XJK5M=RtqR|:AЍV*pu =w䐬1$$:x=JbM2CZ`W8j7P1*zL=[Y;'\f9ֆ5@R #_(k2=RA~6ueZ lu@@,$5R*@D tu=HiΜUX47wqĚ̬ri$ɣ4aͲG]BLI`RBibb\J|ex"İ9D g##bʼUֆt`x I9^$!A Q@ Ȫ*c? .ɞٗ'l԰Az蠨TV }XXaPIXjy ]ú}TE/,6(r7cZ y \e!:Vlh) #+NDq:,"-&aAdrE 2PiOF)SIY1RKЮAcBqe_pHIКQ#!1JzGl v67/zTv*Ѩ]:IѦEZ y^֖U:+€6ԛ9-ƽDCF 1;"VR,GkUrQz'c\G|T]A_)j˓9'bZ?(W, o|7z 4 3fHFtK>hCsbb`fYR>-W48p=qrdkTc%"&8|$W4i) O>AJx$_; }V?ߟ m T^yA"lߟD|C@4^~tM FpVFNV+;+D9,9^8d*#k:~ fg\,5E_ vF5`!+dN3yQPAԜ9POdo~ BcV W5p33`W`kN@Va*' xe&'ԕzER `d,vV,Dh/=d| qǏ0>ro3D2#](9;,AZNX g0Jf2rxp{= Om3OC;?~i,D??fA프>1fvr{~$)Oo|2YẞdeTƤwq@4;J FX ?I [DaDp㛱S">}B5z< l`f~B5?I endstream endobj 127 0 obj 3514 endobj 125 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Pattern << /p128 128 0 R >> /Font << /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R >> >> endobj 129 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 126 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 125 0 R >> endobj 130 0 obj << /Length 131 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 131 0 obj 96 endobj 132 0 obj << /Length 133 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 130 0 R >> stream xy\oF1uL 2ocڢFД,QяGj"%-f A !ee Y&hNLxޤ}{{{y}yszh„ FJKKc=AԩSe$%%͞=sB:&B'jҤIDD̟? –-[ ɓ' [[['Nd<! 2L7m۶}G(]ӵkWe**OLޯ_?ar1~/ٰaٳg l޼:uꔷ޽O?Bi<==_v4ua?r\i޼9ܿV\ٮ]-Z\Zf͚Ֆ e0.[FXǜ-,, @?ĬL:Ih(/^,-6mQ*UӹD[[[2P_Y) $ !>>Kuuuՠ_=<< lllXkDT:t耡utt49LQm:D ==]0rVvUHJƍe%qY֪Fvv6Xj8jceeUb9|0kJ#55yjשSj4-ڵk57ի)$5)SVGyVZ=DN 63}}}byiΝ(J5QFΟ??|pEڵ믿* lܹb)(8@)((ד'O`zU *!44T 6$$$o~Μ9r5f#~ȑN:mذA.K.ը+ `244J+ ww#F]֭͛[egg], PJjf߾}_|Ů]T'//&8|3ӧ7hrOz0`W_}bVhղeK "kkk cCD.W ׯ_Y3gjժEIZZ]TTEݻWjlDD &mxΤ"SNoŊ( >bB"11qR~seh`3)˗L-={' T֊FvvSXk!]bcczU֊X5|駊../^\fL֊C~ʋw^Xk!]=ze[/2qDXY?"{Q֊HOZma߾} 55ܹs DHH'k-ʊ}>}֢LxyyZ $ @!iə6mXț6m255? ‚{Ckff[:4s̢|s}ⅭqJ?22wvvvXJ]?aÆgv}ɒ%\8hРǏo2e RT`^p </ȑ#PPX*;CU;wt| \_(7oބ:t4BA!999<<3h˗/kkkUNA6L3g><,FYT|͛7=ZVT?^zر9""?]6^pΜ9yg!166_)?a1tP\fggXol倀Ga z=>Y!nv)!!tXUfǏ _~ YSΝ; ۷GO:$S`)]Z5j(->L>:7/0їCdh$`u[,mڴ~o޼(fX^ ڵr*ڱcG9l*Lv``8g…rt崅JF9 [n: eʕ(um{ ,^2緊-Z(͂6vXU\uVaw0ƍrCtm=uŢA½G#V9mϕPgϞqoq]}(pG^3|p`rh.5 }7Cw`o<9qDs `=m={ ~ RJb4Z(XZZ>}efa ªU1 -v4?|}}Q` j244oFeŞBa5_!/Uѹsg.xnݺ 0k,Yf\ȼjժRB@A{ݻ=fee Pzz=z7fff`ʖo߾ʇ,I`č䒓x|q/ ױq+jL.8;TO?DY^k-~…V~͛6ULL hq|[^n9QtćV1`֩\?C^J EȢEB yG Lh:r B5x5jH_֯_Z qvĈaaay'ׯ_ёI L.#3AaRnAAA>}MR ?|̛7ۨ&Gttt6m>hCׯ_a+1wNo>ص={ ƍ֭Uɓ_~bDB b˖-/`[nbL:BeЛ qrCӂtşBCCeo:::BZA\:N'y NNN6x/k8 )ZVW^uJQmmm#ځ͚5KWRR7̰r0+[NƸqD>M[7*ݴ,<Ξ={ fjr#bllnܸ:u)sB$%%#ׯ_ˊ]V#suw'?租~Е?~*GA!qDxձcGVѕfٲetvkk֭[P!wޅqiu?hP7 w^q~Gq"TNNN┅l)KuLLLE+nǎP9H(ǢEDn-ZP΋/t^zݩS'1K$ˣGa;vLBƖSbFZ-5?支Y+sSSS_Y>")򱱱/~-9πP,X@VbZiJE܄*"::"6m$Tj޽{wޝjZg}VbHNNfZiɷUDΝKB&LmҤ*U]q}ź]x1k֭[%+Ar{W9P5kM6jrB>`۷/)[ճ_y¼c߼y3rH5ROv23)Ft32ku$R :ӧB=zܹsGTEXDW׾}ȅ︔W^a>k.| ŋr~Դ{tؙ3gZX^x1h YIA^ 2i$3P^^^0S]lټy3>̕iӦ OȰPNNN}駟DR]޽[V\ӦMAw͛5k3CCC7 0€ LzŰ+WT1gJɺu%Woz1cի'7QPs۱c...0DKUS]tKVtC9xvvY hcL,PIܪ\bw U$r}}},OTT?WP(Cg%~c? ^Πt`" 8a+LvJ&nYz5+ʂsh&M|֭|5yyy(&&&FFF" Sn]A0/\P0yyyIi9wȑ#4W\qtt}6kE?P KzzzÆ ֊bڴi={MZk U.\Xbk-KRRҌ3Xk!]ݻ6/MSp^~wx8ÇP?ǏgDχ*`ǫY#8vĝRzҤ,##m۶ѧt*ݻwذܹsl @̙3y? HBB 3gԲK=3>`+gV0///:wSlҴiӀݻw ǥ/^|K.m֬YLLbYYY"`XTŋÆ >XP&&&޼<[[֭[s-ZrJ<Ըq]vAMr⟶AF_7૿u4 '6m@ +Vپ}A?ܨQM6yzz޼y]luhjjr[mۆv1̀>}:1`t.hE @CBz'NￍM$+{e˖wgϞa_ɓ'@uz7o/‡~x޽{8ql¢'q]L4 U-+px+<$_:ȑ#x% 4XcZPPqǬ).j֬"W-tX^\q0eʔ O``B իW(kptt)m,URe֬Yݫ8pAƖ L 6T^e+1V;W1| .](-LpUVU^8}4(M \ oTThenUVA/jϞ= Ôrb+_v Nn"""z FL|2x`"s9@˄X5ҎR*yBAsAt[իW/K\`wE vrڮ]W^.,4E?îg tR ].dN-[aܹs'… EoO BnPѣ xל9s*U2E[H`` 0OyƯyYL`-,`Ӆ<<(+vN 4mل{O?`t3~xҠ~y/L5;;;{{{YV\,6vX&>Y|e|QU/L-N2Fβd~-͛xA#3{:l3kttt0M5w 2ǏcO@@ʸ( (Q0=k?sU'ڮ۶mό3"##`<|Fq{pT\x!7^ovAVhb&Lӗ{A,|3Β (St%u-w#sJ W* n֐ xR1C?f1gt8 e Kƍq]0)7//& DV?b2)$%%qR;vlС ]޾42cj*vZ3)()X߻w/ԏD\Ƅ w|r ^qFa\f͍7͓wVLO۶miR /*l)l@IìU4FQ\0/Y-[Z +'''wi'OVzop|Oʮp͛z &E˗/CDDD0)SkjQ_2|[ս{wC2Z!Gw 'CM6---Mr5+Wj!&snj``ʻӧOmѮ];##7H0&{89pO~D.gȐ!!}vBVܨQ#vfxQJw/.n6j" r/poors;`"+>,V˖-S4bxM6ɥO}ܿp'#Qq .*}F"\~}׮]Ap׮]+}K\v 夤$t~ȥ7SNbi'0y{.,HH @ Đ f BٳgGSӾ}{n"_~ҮOұzB `X Vg6ț7o@-[V eÆ _bJ2Q%dbrDH |=ob+V`AGa<}mӦ k-|g*Qʎ C|J{9 *%f!C7oZ (M66l[0ܹb ;w@MLLdo 3gaUkڵYNJSZ5.`rL$pyhi㏵Qa-:#h?VVV…O>s8p@"BdvUzu:tMZ_?~|6`Bfdo0s333/_ 9A0[l۶M2ҥ Ih.ɲPGmѣVaq">>~r ~$s.#H'''~۶R=Ϩ(~M6qt8y򤞞FM1DEt6lؠUٳg͚5366ۇ5z#Fp)5%<4lP񷛐Q.rw~~ .2qwwܹ%KDR Dk׮_~=|U~\jULL ;v,ym" >|L2E" Z( W֊Ů%ҵkתU>y"1ܹs;##"D懆V 4??BDM''ׯ_V 4<6X+BDffǏYkAh!U Mւ 4)SlݺQ!8qD޽ T^bzVVi 0? >T^}͚5C IMM-*}noo_fM'''~yRJ!!!>Μ9S$s4VK.a:sCɊ]?~7u5h===+á?\;v:tJL*_lggBhh3g0'H[[l)z5lmmaR<@}1Hy 'n߾]9m7nH79eS`Ν;ڵk]YjUH[۷ӧ#㡏$W&#l*U(};AXGA޽;{M۶m&&&~GxAسg+''G \lڮ^BP0{ܹčkWYTG P044DcǎxҥKָq̢KI& 8pȑSNp!*q#///h ]Ν;kԨѲeK777l{-*  .5hZ&%%++88UV>*Aĭ[p(/GUe}]XXX͛/ BAjuɓ ^zAH/_M'N`)III"Պ uɄNbJR#:::""3`4A A/^XYY: ><<<q}}}XȰV eذaUTABnnVZf!#rhnܸqi}YZZϽ{`9/rΜ9BhJ&&&`ҥr-^) ӧOKr Lg4H<GNAAAHA endstream endobj 133 0 obj 10364 endobj 128 0 obj << /Length 134 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 64.25 487.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x132 132 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x132 Do Q endstream endobj 134 0 obj 34 endobj 136 0 obj << /Length 137 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\[~ׯIo@6;e2Cff!?UU$={;K%E}Q~C7hs5vqW;t_?t`vnss 8&=," R?ݫ2[W:3lSWa!=tܜ]WL?2<3'?mSZC}g%<`]zmqk(q]E62dOR Թ1k':<}];? %2'8D\ ONjy7 5IƋ65 Hs~w~JaT4|@ UJ,ŸcYwῄ~1&vsM'm54zۗÝyž`euɟ4'sOmeTf^~yQ6Qj׋+~u w_u_jĻjF'^P21f5-/B=:lc4*b Jbìq^?n֌Ʃ5嵆O^ iL@+jɒZez!̼I6Brˌ˔ &Eu1!j@))W`hr,M{hH~`6 ,M," Pɱ*XLD'M(E:; 3PE6D ! :\`Ar3^' w`kȰc{2+S#T\2L[%loHM2uxF35;. d)cIg6S#)\O툃 ;eZm }N5_.XR&3V3R{~ը7j4#B6,vٴlݦZ4NAhU6J"rde.쮲k]ߑ{ =JNEtY깕\fSe^ y4kCJi:#>̡at^\഼:QU?uۛOpPBJm}QU5aڬbmL*D "Jxke׎[vmI;D=2.A@Xu mjV: (E"^Ҡ?r_v|ЀkUesKͷv8!w;LTӘ 9@yUB KH:Dλ"bI9n(0fǿbOőku;=}Ll)D[vgZ!1(cʄfs/d$O5!TŰIHg {SAʡǮOȆ 9@a gʫn͠U4-7~Ӧ=d ٤L;n"#>忈 3Q 7}UWgXeMU^LQԐ)>7TcMC.(g7q+sL*LMtSBsqj<}2qo +%~R"DtioWT5@5.+ hЌ;V^j@I#} U,*EVcGAT"mAJ)Z(oٱ,q<4Q E"7{_㑥ŀh휻>!a)컉l}Ԙ` @nxC&=C3b^<͎߶3gJ{ mLm!U{pHKւo!A wDj.d u,[YIE)I+XYs4d2w S?^g#ԙ.~,cu'qdaO X438q֤g1˙+8niU aE{!y\тsjUũ$OxLӡ'/cgȶ'AN-UPt E7nk=;lPL ^Ōd=| y,q h /?.H^+>ʗ./5y'Qܨ1qfC{aq?Jfyt Y킽^,/t??9qSeh j@뢸rT>)H A}H?hzɕN/+2 c4J Y3:#c,q-+tbDk&oTe< 1h#Ap nc^6:}zV% <gIPnoūiX# ;@u%_m$2Rd2!N}_?w/ߺ1}{LdCoi!J2OGz*×|x#qsxpZ`F6{1#?Y:O?񈟛4&ޮf*GE#|-zss,R Fdg2e q O /zK` tal۹_M˃?8?8Ffn=SʭX endstream endobj 137 0 obj 3488 endobj 135 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Pattern << /p138 138 0 R /p139 139 0 R >> /Font << /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-4-0 67 0 R >> >> endobj 140 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 136 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 135 0 R >> endobj 141 0 obj << /Length 142 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 178 /Height 116 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1  &gSѣ 7ĹE endstream endobj 142 0 obj 49 endobj 143 0 obj << /Length 144 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 178 /Height 116 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 141 0 R >> stream xy\OKJHDRGuFfClI՘V1- =k1$i,eI $K&J{Mg*|s}{NIXϥK֢Zp]XfMM͈Yn]-${pp0:6lOHHd=z48'N}ZR׳XWnhKļbƌ `رcżАRaZnmdd.*N)ļ7**J]]]R@C\-~/Í7SRRż^LL ;EΣ5[𨩩yyyH5%,, P^~]VHfƍ(!!!|+t@Ç$<5yA@4(|8UUU +Wp/]rh*HLJJjժ$J:&1 MddffCD^^ޚ5k!eҤI! vebb֤IjKkD|F-Z$48͛7ׯ$aaa1StҲelllԐB͛''$1fZp3YV-ccN:ߦM֩SLOO ¯^QdS֭D޸qF:44the~+V9r$--۷xyy5lؐCErr2xr(++2IJG0ktF?~,lӴ344m#Ddd M$ك{y$. ?V\)1̘U\я!X-ݺu`˲Ự5⯱]]]''' H?&++ /n ή]v\J>}$"!!5ӧUWWW۪3(MIIs/Zr5mڔ/'NlР_*ܹs2e EϏ_hUmxd̘1:::|k...h@RRj7V_(x g[PΝ;|+R}AC"5jjɓ'Q+ݻǷ",e"pBRo`ggg``驦ƷՈ&xoE>C &Nȷ_,׮]kժoUYLU/\@x{{җ?WKK+==}С}ˢEիFCїCÆ >$#PQQT eLB;cWlT?o*#''GCCC [/E g8$//﫯 zODEM6-XsРA;v466nڴQ-,,6n܈877Nۿ?!K!x֭[^v+&guuuQ:tO>γg^|yDDDbbiӦ`zMLL,--tf͂xⰰ0%KH޽{bPZ|}}8IEjj*yС~-=VVxǏgrfݺuT%???wwwԦm۶:::***L X}&VUU%UQgΜ #):6ׯ_ddwd(**:qℓ30 Ju֗/_Jׯ><}t={=\Bù(#Fػw/J\7nݺZNUϢEpL`kkyfn ~\\ Rx9KM#KPۜf =aW<Ƚeo֬iٲ%Z[nɫWU9uTnoQ?vXx$>o߾EJzj"ϟ/Ca}֧@vj2nn$L<:hڸʎO=³q]vU"ׯ'.-1i-.n):qDmcc#M:4bн{wY) 4Œ'jV݁ SSS{nS{-鐊F||i^r\DTUUٳ׻)})}ҧ}vɱcǤOJ777e8>&sjԨtRiRHKKC=zTV*)?c>,oMЯYvJբEyP%6U 4|rNNN= 6![}+V}Wd.LTBhhԬYܹsϜ9R"8kk뼼</_^|]vha0;Nx͛3۷ommm*W 3gΦMhitsׯqvvfƍ=a„Pڑ"GGGv.{Cdz||```%M-;;fRRRHwtR~>|%xYޱcRGa&((a2t-[fm#$+88rIq...ׯtOw8syAFŋҥ VZ&Mz捒_Q_m7F2"A:X4Kalϝ;͛L6~gϞM911999JRNeaa!]?;40#˖-OM漼X7޶m[ɿG/ZnS~W& ᨨ()̋%K0⋖ h}ܢkHaRRj{aaae2֘r{-]3f;_!N*11%-%bPsiG>XsСQ)4C'*]ٿݺuǣ!cuhԨh@]+)5 mڴwww L2dɒdصk"01 ̌̔Dc}r ˌaJG%;⢒z2.W}vwԩ|<|Bbbtz8!:СC)B: >ӂ"+2 4=GgPvn,"ĄhI"|5JD]LP>*L ӑ{p,e7dc(ޢ"WԀ',Qjp,Igx(FPϢTzB h~:5=hՠ"P5l.>]6{ulIJӎ5k Ѓ##!s~'&iܸ1E;իWW-(ce1n§;c.tYԺ{.r\ڭВU^ | x\O*ȑ#e(w̙#V|XaJ vCg\B_6 ׬Z 5j:KD*WUUR\AJ3MP+J2É<'8wsN1hGػwDS~7ׯ_*MFHyYhOgb>7'j!eֽ!Eٳg4}zX)WpIxxRKqqDl۶ "Pq$B~r\C 0i(&'9ҤIcJrxz4 #CJp={ԫWʥ\tmh2vɓ\xAPRSSSN_+cBѣGCO2K|F Y͛M6;vpEl9v옵5 D yKٳ(J"(:u ZթS&&&{PU͛g``5}||8𼰰0::֖|2J>MDFFJ4K~{4!m̘1QQQxܹs:w>~888L_ ptt7ÒشAӧ.%$$\ɩK.f)U#o޼FYYBWW}% 47ٟrʁϟ?h P{^ xǏn8\JR0D@d6m)brխ[YZZҢ2[4O,#F@ٺ@yؓӧOÆ!9s D^~=++6W^=|ڵkdru 9s)dNRRZOXȜEC@@@@@< endstream endobj 144 0 obj 5248 endobj 138 0 obj << /Length 145 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 178 116] /XStep 2161 /YStep 2161 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 100.25 155.825 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x143 143 0 R >> >> >> stream q 178 0 0 116 0 0 cm /x143 Do Q endstream endobj 145 0 obj 34 endobj 146 0 obj << /Length 147 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 178 /Height 116 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1  &gSѣ 7ĹE endstream endobj 147 0 obj 49 endobj 148 0 obj << /Length 149 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 178 /Height 116 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 146 0 R >> stream x]{\M5FB3ɣHkcC+4' IH壙< %i!G(FH]sH{9g9kkkK"D!B/ɓ'W\IHHXnݜ9s&L0vXGGǁL8qƌ+Wܿ|||JJJFFƻwf\gx!w閖UT|F͚57o޹sg[[[;;;ggÇ;88oѢEڵ555%r0113fL@@@jj%Q><=}Ԕ֋/y&[^/^HKKKJJZ~}5jD gϞ (NZF (e4̑#Gr!77w̙ժUC`,矇ӧOcdɵkAݻwGCtpX(s ٩\"yr@Zhv>װaCyx ݻjʃuuuw} X^i]CSSS2322@\ڳg"&LtBB?z=={F 0̚50<8p Rׯ_?vVfxzzvЁŇd"}Ft҅ҫVrssČ #J0H|wň!Cnܸ1 M62c۷g-ڋ,ÙVر#Fg5ji6$z!/)-/B兿&M}[TF vߢN<)ԩΔDϞ=奢[n%)X[[ p쾭x:LJRN`04=)3R^*&ϟ}6=lڴ HN쾭_> C5 o߾-͑0#iXeKKKzB͛mFi]vD,~YXX`aWǏׯ}^qQnȥK233!|2ڑ</TVE/^DK//.;;`d6};"НǏ/4\"22yTē'OP!!!B3 /_.4#q̙ONP4emgg'4#l׬Y#4#j.8tмwޭSx>м36o,NNNҐ3`*4/pWQfff4RHKKծ]޹sGhv*NʯV Kƍͭ[fRcӦMC[XXX?|ٳpZ_#dzODÒ%KZî]dJ1c]ݺu'MtE%%Bqy&&&fԨQh,͛77nHRRR~~~y _hzZf455D +"*߿O ZZZ4ibjjҲm۶-Z077766nР> nnnؾ};eg$Bq3$$$AD,(9bݻ79(?8|0Rԋ>3Qvmۖ u։T;wǂnbb"FP5;~c*;V3|}}qDu"add,4">"cyrY찲bjOIQUiqA %T^ѣG ED%߸q]|YhF*#*s[0cƌի EӅf---}ЌT̛7OSSSh. -[ ֭ͅ[͚5#_Utٖ3~xXlf͚{{ t_HHvnn.*4G]]]pZf|JvN@a1x`*+VXQ{ ͔:"KB#ݻwl6Lh$^*4k** Y,Y(HÇa?11Qh*6;w!CK1h ؠOcǎSsNX3fprrҥK֭4hP~} -[CԩS-[8q|||(6WXXǨ-[,]t;wiذIVѣϟv}%%%U'OΝ;}LjԨ kmm2o\^dee9² M"R}Q66l y@@0aDዺ.\"p5kta8A`ѣʠQ1v+hѢ?p[hf?nbpKݻ(W??Q8k\ܵkD*/mT|MVC4ƞ={*z7$`%ݻwQXQӧO+B$55DJ~̙ӠAE)H+WTfc(B Wp VVVPm,>BXXb_v|/VotpWy&'K֭3334i6֔<СXoGGGGs;SJO.@>qqeeeWR`==  VZRӧ>'''Yodl+޽{&MbEC?ׯ3˗/QdJ/= w޾}ѣ{rǎ?~|\LBZlZƁ|NGzY8YژZ-((Xr%EEEA6Inݐ0@68q"ЮbAΝK G`Sܹ_^T'P߿|vm$!/^n)))RYH VW,j=Iŭ[(Ҏ5;nmmmmv4iHUvnR}Lc 3td):b1PAC|ŽC Fq=z`._ )allL=z?umҏ^ u֒Vɓk@yq "%jժIǻ*HR;ٱcG*]CJPR ?ώ+y˳ڲ3g sssJ;;;O6 O0J+B0ʁ>|p|||.Uk믿.~"S}:Dfvswww ܨQ#@#m ށ#&\$ҴV+5d~Gv`nVo߾*etf,ݰT*Uô[)/ jڴ)9 `(@(~EބPˎ-[Ezׯ?<;P'VAS4isWlKNNt ,Uh,Zd1 NjvmPhh}ʕR1j(  0/㊦3gꧼNh;dggöC!&DvPsʼҸqc9M_nS.]*Qr4r(/%CE˗/MUd(6'$ 6 uYTqO 6.JTr7lg

gϞС%K8::2b@c7?bׯ_Cc@ *UH T 2 ||| T_+Wڵkʔ)ִ{ڐb`xBABW΋/oܸ ...11ٳxxڵǴaWP'OfΜ9ʹxKrrrT-8"DQqI endstream endobj 149 0 obj 5340 endobj 139 0 obj << /Length 150 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 178 116] /XStep 2161 /YStep 2161 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 310.75 155.825 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x148 148 0 R >> >> >> stream q 178 0 0 116 0 0 cm /x148 Do Q endstream endobj 150 0 obj 34 endobj 152 0 obj << /Length 153 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x[[#7~ׯ?> ~,fs`Bl;vL`V%Jc3$vۺԽ>Uɟg1a1iIzY4| > 5_~^rckXVFVi$B?FM(9spM'Fr;صx;myӤn KjXĦ5c7ZnhLfKO6 dE_ޑՋ *XGeaW/nՒL ]+,;ۊ+k*OT8=Oo`8*9ȥ,{ T9>>˳ xJOlE˓^?FB]AJu^Ger'jvo o >}s{n!6|1e庇}pU쾅`JXdoONM8^YE[bKn#b[mjq&r \qy3a[s9Di+IӓV*UK_ݾ|_?O`R"o!{J1y*'y΋̳&WuONJK˕6rvV/ Īr2s%s)VPkVyO"rYXĭ TZa qsS \7))-pq=-V#wO%A䛿 +ʱp`~'oZE:& h]_y-7>;Y`{Kq9'zCN cEԵ%|ʜ-5re&i@xsH>[--]kK>ʺB밐H5SR)D@*BC bAnc~ 5[hZ0Z9 BY7> h:𸩁6J<'hZ ]8䀉BilDD`)]UFiMNni. LNZHA$R=+YB@?jY'ƈLVfj) qѱnDy.ѐ0YЃ!UY"c̆`."6pvW 2((uh@L6 ԰~um"!Ht F[p SDp:!'[ Yta8%й-E7x-̡4V˴p$\EX/;,gP( p3,HsN",}0e" lkOkj a"2|;Sw_e5 Zr+̺GGaYYiRϴꬰG> {-i+xS'+ͬA f)KNr(\ SYðC4tCOE0NuʒW/B-Dsa1TmcBLǹgG*ʹ]U4̽wp5W\)DYo  qD L4SB"ޒek3*[23{́V13X<ͭh~QۋaÌ&$X}PlAP}Y?R. ѻYޤEQ'Ѩ\zϧ2AsYh*I\kӢ$pyHiwzzH% xcaCQK ȱL'n2R,$^@8W9#Khꊰtu1WO/b>WDC(R Grkh4 ΂Fk,*}%bs@\ xhvFpum 4HI3n^ `R@b2/O5ͲC šҙ : -g.L|Ygх>EiG %Qa.7J-W<]o/"!r &mm7t4M"%|"/ WN1TCFH^c?*"Y#v0Qwp1"Z_\w[ȃ*7; G٨UBcf5ic.ѽ2e2'%A,gN$Td ^Ƒ]π?DhEB3COԸP:}P(Y `MHGAbf\4[]`>؎w}n/Eq@ν2豚޽3B,K#QrW71ZMo zǐo Vcx 6UL.bV 2.ϱN~Qek$G4pH+e9ChWZH+ZUυԔ Tn_w"1{ os~ّj7vKsEcVl )W|3HX -N@)[DpVwh{<=^y84jDljtʞPiA@JɲrYɦpϞh ZM,p!$$A 7G}?j3lIY%LI=+Eh( 4̋XB[+Z;-8v t>+4' eR)5O? RXdlkEN ϼGwk5P݀@og ?òr'@3bv2mT Nz-@=H})IcRDZn*giFf>-q.ԋuE$Vt':':܍k+(L#=T̹gy endstream endobj 153 0 obj 3018 endobj 151 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Pattern << /p154 154 0 R /p155 155 0 R >> /Font << /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R /f-4-0 67 0 R >> >> endobj 156 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 152 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 151 0 R >> endobj 157 0 obj << /Length 158 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 182 /Height 188 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream xA 0 1lgR8qS$gz|bݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;Kwj endstream endobj 158 0 obj 215 endobj 159 0 obj << /Length 160 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 182 /Height 188 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 157 0 R >> stream xy\oi!$"˜VB1ӄlcK"dɒa! Um};GcK^Msso}8}}9}b+Wݻ766vڴi֭[ njֲ (۷ooܸ1((QOOO$EٲeMLL윝;twuȨL2ZZZ\U↰ݻw~>>\vm_ӊ+yر#33?~,nP P#k׮8p`ƍ)֭[/XxEݻxh5[[ɓ';wN8p`իWG}jj3(۷oo޼9* JHHCMKSpBCC:FqEÇ;w 7lZHpp0ʿJ*j^SL6zjֲQfffɬe)*+'N$ŋ:u꠨\ocǎ?kAJ&(ޮ]D.?~ wﲖDZ0p@<ΟZŋQGe-" C a%ZG{-kA4UXK,zZ fȑάP.ZZZd-F+(7oD,Zܜɚ5kLMMݹs͛azxx,_~ر}0Lܰ'O 4q;6;;{ɒ%3޽{2g5lذv:۷E/`FȽ̜1c~~~~ ,X" 94D:teRSS˖-khhΞ={ibb" $i&S~OZR%/niaÆӧOeooOa___j/_nԨ+V+[+0z*Z h-wލ¯ 2L< ;88~qK3M ⢾k {R{J|||Pt?~‚3I@ #d"}v [YYI'U,ׯ?w\~qK3?aHsuڵkafBS*W͓I\.\HaZOZh[l4qFT5jP^z4YصkU"C ##CZ~:F5k7.cquuE9|NNollFb ̇Pt<寭}5d*.vm\Xݺu h IIIW_m&M{ZnMð5kִm׮ǜ3g0?.߻w4Y(MOO_!:tҥK2/ _xQf{ILyxɉ*,L%$((vޝZ. Rh6d*8pQ0/q@yO``>k)JbϞ=E֭[^д^|Tax(gݺu(YfD1`d%D!ڼysԇsZXX~\޾}ۢE ŋ}Fb-H g۶m(rűD333ʘ={6ʼ|ٳgCw;v`-Nidٲe0.3gΰ_nڠAfgg~v`&Y'&&2qUVnݚ$>|8&V@Mعs}0`-[Zݻ= Fz#FP^  CztÆ `"##SSSy;ݻgΜٳgOZE޽a? 47o?jS$E pֶYf-[D믿FZEWW(6n#O&0`pr1ٳgݺu .1cĉCBB&L ]tRfggKM6m9FBwy^Q&A-(6ڵkC/)6M&L:“m5"L[4 w^e$J*HY@e4iEyk45eo>d,D~~>~SvFE@tN5y)FGG&/@ǪWp&XTI9 Rq߿9Bi!WX-[vܸqr_Ŋ Ca١zڹp[1h5[ :dXˬƌZxAqw (\P#Ű_&MTLRQYK!q~XK! 0azZ7n܀`Of-H޽{"5>X$88wޝ;~xRRi6k) a2%￳xxx@ױAŮn#GQ8//Ύw rrrϷ2e kkhYKTҐޑmeeZb NxE~`Vxzz<kJC }F/_Z/C|ƍYVrQ`!kzիkJƹT>>55wܡT lӦH ͭ[Gƍӹsg#ʧqm۶ſݺuPI\LLLBB ٳ===cc5kw-?00pԩSL5jEpwwoڴyժU+T`hhȥlQ,(m۶pf``_Z5 xޠiӦ1o߾̬J*GP~}DU[GDjٳ'l9A@sJKK۲eK>}&s5$ occN%0 d?|ٳǏCtȈүWtyT0::Z6͛7/F(ʷYfк^Rvƍ1Y 64Ú5kTs5++*aOVX̙3nQIOOa a4h&FDDС TgU>rHX;4i/]>Fm߹Sz$** &:1 y-ZaKP|!4 D VYt"|zVsK.gVTЙ")'OTTf潲͌0!r劲R0U,S^"޽)Hc*^7jHIu`јA*i`CBN:u达JЬGgΚ5 *ճAߩ]Nq x^5h-Œ0 (Ehc۶mxN!VH)]x$K-]@MVmccC!6n_6^;;;Yhң0w{'ԓs<"BkZbSv!'-u %!!!"z4\,___=a"umk׮{`R;1 aȐ!LX $WB,ъ2?QijKfdb? MܹS͉{(R~B)|_:w,ΒE h \ aǧD2BʀN&A@:iݺ5=GٲeΝ[X(yU FS"nZhn%Rɂ.y\^D222IIIE *cǎ+ʝ侯=SC lr\@Hj֭E5&ϟ??kO__r~Z_(f)e-[`p f͚?a@V\S*刦 ?N3MMHKKIfi&d7`r4 ̡hԩSKN/-_\Τ.^H_}R=PÇM4Q蟒BoiӉ#%;v#~n;i`zxx@ڵkc|Qe֫V*SHۢё+H@}S*E:btGa\rP^a _pK`ު #h_(X>P 6š|VX UqF("Up5Jh1-a-EI A!ki0Pܚ^k)J&X4]9c.l,b-H\dypU: t겖${0Y R*WObmmݳgORh%~ŋ ㋊߿*UXKQ$h+ֶmX RI4m6 (C)v2 '!6(Pt<<<˥:@ !2Dj|np67s`(s<`{]-XK! GTTk)Zҥ RF@ gzjt$ҪU+~_8TƻwP5qqqld+wC Ɔ2AWWWO*CN&0BBBU@q Qq>sJ>E!#X>g}"##ښǏcbbZj&ZBxx8ǹsܦS4 144޽;FQ9} PePFR zknn>ydaZL}fLp(rRmddT_r%:Cvs/d "R1YYY͛7I~:kq c߾}5INSU9Y٠l$L!YR9x z*8!Eڵ תUKMk(aL4 Zyqww^/i,J5;; axիW0`˗/Y HߏZnkA4Ȓ<ZE#J|8Sl7XZZhǢKNNԲo߾ *+La0Gş>!e6m$/ڴi H5hʕ+hoKf͚F!#a"?ʗ/#Hr5o#O>ſe贗(S86 vŋbn6j<tI&/y\OSMLLxDD4??7_Fٳg"3|4hPqc%LLJ9r@@*Du/E2rH'e!Ѩm۶Gp.MZEV*U_"++ k׮Q=1,mV8ikkkq.Ss MjxPdgg[XX@ֲprrr7n>>e)E> >> >> stream q 182 0 0 188 0 0 cm /x159 Do Q endstream endobj 161 0 obj 34 endobj 162 0 obj << /Length 163 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 182 /Height 116 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream xA 0 1lgR8qS$gz|bݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺcݱXw;uǺt}7:/ endstream endobj 163 0 obj 147 endobj 164 0 obj << /Length 165 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 182 /Height 116 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 162 0 R >> stream x]y\YRD(J%YB- " !K(c%4hAhB!B4jB]_.[=N}99>rֲ2>իW\׏dee-YDGGE_G\\ܭ[矚YZZ{uHHUƍ)ҦM޾}+Ѓ77'OT(ZZZY:::|٥ϰgxw>|@ 22233bRSS+t+,p"׭[GݻR)ܵkW.m}D:4謶mRsΚ?~:ӂf`{!B"g̘qiiiRt{UUUH& R_zd'4]FFdj?~;"GΝ;30h#11";vHC`Ȑ!Ç񯊊 ȑ#U* v<ؙL?b xyyy /J.KK_>5 "R!X'!''_Thvcccq#Z 0̌k*j7`:dڵ|6{ي\SQo>tѣGDRd kj;`#:d SHIIA p#_f:/YkB8N8!S~.{\R-=<<@s.]!f`ժU\EM<D1Sp<$VZ LMMax"w֖ܿDedd/$OFvv-[ A… ߿/y2xT$*vvvbpŦM ֨Q#ڱcGx%xɖΝ;ael2333C@CCKڋ+W7YYٖ-[tuuuf``׵kN:oaÆL|ߢE 寨KZ\\|ax́~~~W׮]nݺ2˻ +H]TF=˾:f.xphvT&Ƀxzz6kL>}b"ϙ$W9 r,Zyș]`nn.\hX7T())A߿_^ҥK!r :9)nQ+^{dBqSj<ԃ&˕j;w=Uᐾd?~(yT[N?bJprrbs`cǎqH/!-- #n }Rrv2+mpuumժT\xq _ܽ{=r ֬Y􋛛TTDlllG;8k**g F&^&[7n5&M⚊4o<ضm[0KSGC&aook*j``5Hɓ'_斤ȑ#̑.8)NܣGpMQ|u:5Eu 2{k  Xkd\U}^)D)899|YYZq޽{?'皴55[iӦ޻tR2vXI#`Z=/^9k F ۫7,H4)t:3ՑM GQQQZZZTTԦM-[Bo߾ݻwiW]]]kdddnn>cƌ+V9rÇwܡ\`UJKKnj#S~˗/F߿aÆKN2 ҥKUU U`yO' <3X;wܧO̙35k֭[s۷^ղeKEEE&I&JBcǎ~1UkѢE۶m f͚|rxf׮]۶m[v-#={jjj 62 ͛\ׯDGGz 7O!3dgg;wn޼y5L?>11V\PY\\Bo |||#+xOg%=GN:_Ҟ:y.+L&~~~u=tVQQQ՟Z6 [AܹsG$ PyB899ٳ̄)Bzv A&Mbcc+) ݻ.d+AAA:uh_jgg۷k׮4K֭QF]v e` t1v||8m*?~axCe&rssԌiii&&& I'w%++[VRFK!B|2 R ȹ҉!CzڵkGa0Ci@)((w(LSOzzz`0 fҥFBsÇ={vMSٳ]o09996m4_{ao߾=p4lC cᤤ$cBGa8m۶tĈ0eIz( w8Hf4 %#pC>q*7FpFÎBA5MS(7nIRu466:t(DDD+͛|铒r MCn߾]V !PCp~n@Q)O%.#H]>}:#x!B+ @RXv A=5ЛgI"&22Rg>߿777G/ݻw_tpdHXYr:Rƀ !(Cp؍Pe0Ê`fevvX˃̌B1h&lmm۩јV2dD2ڶ{&\R.&FUA֭,%!@$8A9uct ;::`R5'g<)'(f+ zإEJ׏"񯅅T5L*4)<\L'#2廅Y "9Be ;bR2 eʮPŒgR|U|G dʷ Aa5aarA_Շ*PPPWʕ+-B'f@3.9kj ~FoVgC M/K;@Kwh8g%=W0,>$Dxٝ:u2?nڴ);аhK҃Ta"ѣGaV`‰fL .A]vI"\~NZ UAAmvuppw<$l ҷoߦC"<"V`:WW^J&&&R7%%E__D N1IShH]L8z&qȜ:|ײeիWsxbW`#dIjhhlٲEbW[n U2S7o@Ss̡ ^#lEѻwoK"Ǜ7o|}}UUUAXǎ.]Y!+i&_'H*􋱱1񧚚El`V9;;Cɔ_%>>^tuunjbŊX4 㿞x]~~~VVYfa-.2d`˗/c*^O>ԈKRYY,}ZzvRΞ=0q>}4mڴ`\U>PdpBCC-:K޿_TTIzdIIIA$l*JR"% 7oބD;w/ݹs'77WJ `> >> >> stream q 182 0 0 116 0 0 cm /x164 Do Q endstream endobj 166 0 obj 34 endobj 168 0 obj << /Length 169 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\Y$7~ׯ?=R & f^7Ce0agưuEHm*qT,~>Nq>yR/! ifxL|]o7> D 8 y5d Oד갊[rߔ:H-|(F),⒜ם+ %1Jr,Um6XEo'#wb4i5G5kT 9Ro%0:r+@C]q'p+Pi:_~e)LXtlJY VR϶3mH۷3δ]O_G;kttN7P;`\e503IsjDhMP9lҸ[5Uj[񭷇M~j<]&F47yCgz𷗌74[V(q1 RҼICB{`b9؆UxQа^-%DSy%ipZMh'.mIZEvER$X*bE5+г( M'X F4EurA,@n)h6QS{[&?XT6hW.5-l'V~O)UN`0nś[s+''˾t1v^lXvxJA s }R1{v=-֮щ ,4` TMs{ZQ3kycX0Q["Mj$>*7=Ұ6J;cPm<wDe&p@EUWbOHoI/@%hKc b "4Wpe=ͫQ_+: v CCE76@ 9f*"'rQGASJi8%xN>`@ĪꩊB ZFU! ԉ9"uRI 8V Ú t >;8N+غjHG 0.fXkA\4ؖK#tFM&h CqX^Z=[Dv]I/E@gr8{X/$.NN Sv T,WHm9Su@1⫬Q(`"UjW S)KKuj$O,*xCGF]ʛUXW1i᭹WPq.^9%= -+;Noi%CoUrshH ;SX=3c|} : SG Y GކK[E*`QL.-q6,ܰ3j)ޏ VnXT;(F@,$h%Qu5 +w ڇwn^/'%\C,8AW`{vQ],.ٹTy 7ޅܢ.4[*fe|@`ۅ7OYc^Jb=|7#h YZt5fm-2*j%Bݫ9,x]:^O/;ңi0Ro#q ixnJIGlNۢLӼ[PyFE^ wrZ7qrKN3bve]7Bfyh*?5N :v ]Nv'zkU"LhJg[73zD%o=*ÊLǻ':OOr7l%+`VDLfI+ [Z 6 endstream endobj 169 0 obj 3274 endobj 167 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Pattern << /p170 170 0 R /p171 171 0 R /p172 172 0 R >> /Font << /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-4-0 67 0 R >> >> endobj 173 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 168 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 167 0 R >> endobj 174 0 obj << /Length 175 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 96 /Height 116 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream xA %Wť 츲XJ endstream endobj 175 0 obj 39 endobj 176 0 obj << /Length 177 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 96 /Height 116 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 174 0 R >> stream xyPU/(斒ˤb.2jꨑk .䒡hiYY`.``K h .}s9yYx>Y[P`ӷm7̟?ҤIaaaÆ 8p`; 89rdTTFg0fk6KrrܹsSOyyya ի׬Y:vU; 81 tq,2yRRRou-.vo<ӊ.(/Ʋ233srrnܸmr2In݊eA`sNj:222I:uD-ZL:C)CZZڔ)S7o.2 "!2† v*nz…'O4Q'N@Drƍqx#5a5Re@xxڵ g}ţ#=lwv{{YNn$_RnS̐!C^ MǕ+WRݺuseoICulŸY~}\ne#p`5կ_?F:IQ8z(AJ.}5](ZQy_`̇) ,&.] /#a!440y<۷6lؽr bC͓ϣCBBA3>HMMYfu҅cbb?3eƌgΜyٳz-9yŋKKbb"ښ5k4eʔÇ.u;vLҜUVmݺUhڱ5JB߲eKrF6l(iJJJzhYf  fΜɒ7o^>}8駟;`͍СC^pA" ߊ㏮5JAM)Ǎ'$qJ~zg„ (XΜ QdIE)N}qZoJII)i;hah.!8%SL)GNժU5%n޼ q93WrXe*ɓ'C>}ԩS(QĖ-[Ktm3#a!H(iz)gG۶m5jTN+Vo8je f,UTh~Jp]O/_~ӦMgFBEO>ri}8x ={(w!Ο?_`8~5eURZMM 6`{nڴ \_'NlժĻKc߾}E#08ys%QФI۝R$5k +܂,hӦb Y_H oSDS6"9AʀWNl$Sp#91c֍10vnڨQ `$u<_$3g_Mr^d +7n&1?#IOfK&s޽i;qqᢥ`]!KT+VtV+Rq„ 6{Up3gʗ/oZ¤Gj)Ƣ4^RJΎrO>SC ZyI-SAzj_uҥeU^m۶qs8k׮z3ۛºu>>>XcM/(СC.]j wE||<w-ȿSw=䧯mDed!+]ĭ[$ٳGogffɚ> >> >> stream q 96 0 0 116 0 0 cm /x176 Do Q endstream endobj 178 0 obj 33 endobj 179 0 obj << /Length 180 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 122 /Height 116 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1mam(nHbl6fl6fl6fl6fl6fl6fl6ϓR\ endstream endobj 180 0 obj 82 endobj 181 0 obj << /Length 182 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 122 /Height 116 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 179 0 R >> stream x]{T PP,2HQ1P%,0x$ L] H@h@$&B"#+L MQ1$Q1# ݋M3|;9|s~T"޽{ϗyyy}њ5k.\;{2xxx,aѢE˖-޺ukvv#GΜ9SWWw %0@Ç.]:m4cccuuuI;d~_ ɓ'O:u 鈓ĉ{9##R B[[l֬Ynjjjaa!Lp+WaL 4ۿ曉~-sMMMSS۷jĉu144dkbccUӼܹs' 0#sժU_)GmmmFFFppÿ rss/_,rݺu0x~70a+++Vg(..ްaˠAБclٲEhդes!Gz'O 7hnn700@HHȅ xVرc Ɉ :ijS] D/_ɅjsJ?|„ d0SRR8Q+_r^*FC|Ŋ 9c=֯_H=6mB%\WVGG9"9NdpXʕ+AOO@MbIB:t"ʁ#F={rvGYI&OxC<Ps+np-{S366m_uM555N2S RxAAAq67AbƍGe`p:RԼ?W^y ϟ?be|}}Q'XTTqFwyeϟ1cdOp:kΝBlcBXpTvo?%fff$;µk GFFAضm)@rVVd;;;NNNԋ;v}^|Eb履~"+qG}իDǕ%2 TU___/'̟?Q]_9Ϟ= eIYl;88qЉP^cH[! 8:8;2Sxɒ%t'mѣǐCg9ib޼yly Z:ҁmfKgPTRR=j(ȘL̈́TZJw}ס0'PWWu8t4h'M,X>KBM2^kjjb8::"CaȰL~!~HS6B`n >+oܸ:}*q(O3KA0^R˖-6k֬+W05k@&OwЖ-[P ĉ٤ 29C||<$b/3gPLaǘcƌ߿˗/ǔT22pvH[H&ۅ'B2 bLLL~ua*G1? ѣӧKe>> ?y9W'))fff*H&r19kkkӢװ̓&V᯿.]\fɓ'PFii)YfhMm?ӿ1!xῺ.pEh0\"Na Hfex> @e VsBv֣XM6VcšC_.^`ܹ -**Js8s>̹b} HzVXAp[_† _|IwޥhYӷ>W DKK+557O6ezz:W ~LL :zEDȡzzzz'$$E(//G~.#@dzuuuxxxdgg⛢aAAA{)--BHv؁c03ܹswu% ͛ѯ_?]]]pLO4LÇ?SdWBF ...t \=}4$r]v$%%^\\ƍ%g􉉉0M8#(⊊ t~T0F"aÆѳ<VEh-l m>!'D6"|BdOl m>!'D6"|BdOl m>!'LLLaXaСSNGcee5eU뛐t{{{`FaCi?Su8q\- S <==֨/cҥlX IpmC???u@Nl#ZՓDpނ[^)$Fkkkfx9 ::z%%%J`׮]Dְa_~um۶-$$dɒ%tAr|aAFuuu`` ? 3gI7@!G{5nuV9p]]]pr8 ҥKׯ%LLL_%P__oooO222x,1&&FGGGz*x1Yl0A>/**eoOoJUXXGw^a5 ljZVB;wЊp ZQhE:ASS6̾@~~>F!"].2l$].ZHugM67>RRR`OաG)YYY--;3tAAS"(œ CCC;;;nwϷzٛGv Vollm Z]t2@e7Ò\W_D6ֆ5zzz%1bAf'%R٣\)9ٽ{' _UUҾ`mmM$331e+v uuuz  m@SHڷb!6vʮc;L\ܹs'D *(N:%d6{,|JloQQQLX %\-lS~jr(/ zhV_jkkASSSȈO[%-Ieˇ6 bvu>ОG*#Gf)֞62ԸLA\k<(=Y؄t2=^xQhEʇ˗/jB+Ǝ۝ݟXhE8:JV3xyyGB+aaaPlB+1 4%bNyyк iCa?+VTһa0/uuu|6}1KKK4,G@pkkk+mΒЫ}FA\Λ7~ﵥhjj8̚ <<<Ņ%''O0yX6cƌkcdb4}NygiiiQ=nnn#*۷ߟ}oPMMMj`E (J=zQ\YYŋ6u!B?S endstream endobj 182 0 obj 3918 endobj 171 0 obj << /Length 183 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 122 116] /XStep 2105 /YStep 2105 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 99 378.25 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x181 181 0 R >> >> >> stream q 122 0 0 116 0 0 cm /x181 Do Q endstream endobj 183 0 obj 34 endobj 184 0 obj << /Length 185 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 228 /Height 116 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x %_pHhwG endstream endobj 185 0 obj 53 endobj 186 0 obj << /Length 187 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 228 /Height 116 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 184 0 R >> stream xy\ǯ!l)4,1!k1 cJ%)N1FJ&l[ehR[! =ߗgiyܛ=,s9=Ϲ#2 `۷o?~rٸl޼yѢEgvssi03Ÿzyy!߿Ȟo+v4O_tɓaaaW0atԨQૻܹsɐYnʹwp˖-3f0`@-*W,aƍ۷ooccӧO{CL߾}tdHlddD%*PCAAAw'رc+V1bDV_offf:uC4:|E5^Q ]r%.gnp,,LRUTۇN377WbӒ257o#F(c۷okRTtxNNE3[aLq4յԔwE?T1}Ru-&&f( ,:ŷoݺ5c K3f Qt!!!(- OeE*jE%'۱c|'׮]+KzCkw}',a+RwWDΜ9SU4iRΝheHchhH-/wܹr5p` ǏSZJ^k}ϯTV@k?>]nOOq?Ka$+r:ëĘ8qCnҌ=:.. 6xϟ#}'Or grr2BHKRIׯ;;;ӭx'<yaan\5V7-uss{&$$l޼yݺutS6;L2{{;w1/}AB˖-C{yyѯAAAnѪUsmjjD27WZZ"2`¡߿ĉ|GAo44uֈҥ ݹx ;L2={\,?t '''ҙ7o.p?#@fjժۗ~Odc̜9SVĸ.I~{FCʛԩS ʀ/4?<<\5yڴiȧ9~8G4f͒rk %U@?5_jL+ѣG (񰬺u&XY0Yj?S0*1mRwթSGNWjJWp{v0ݻz+4h"9]$/^EA) .xͅUIzy3@8E.X@. Ըqc̥`SXqw`E,m`` }eDwA8;;[p+tuucQ#{VSzu9]+%RZXX4mڴSNR]VVV|T)A.\P &\QFhhhysі"]ڤ\]MtriV^lmmao#jԞ2B2TfOE ;LkJ9-X^& c2ܸq-* WiGΈb+UgdtE >{ y!M4I8c[~ PlA-} S#mK jv})?_f ,{577aa%65LX<رc& 4}a #pt }ˢ0Ha)wCA"^XXo äCwhg6%@'rQο.;袎; lOOO֮]H1,IJb w0 &)R>`1%ܿQ(Tr( ܴ] ?NH\8~ԫW EHNNz!'~HB+ )g]D^233ᘗOG-~ ^D;f1`PYRnn!EpttpS\er۫X(1CR$E(R6͟ ҝ|a WҌ)qЫ(UP [:;km|ЊӧOhLi+I?[Xdux%OnM𱱱Ą뗆BFv+RY^p\a nٲe۶m MXɻ22h d PTe #  QdXIPfyaaE'kH9>Jcv$Xzu"f@ddd5]ܻV:oWT0hځ(X!""nݺ=vUoll9P"IIIhRJ{CΘۅ0hG^zjT5yyy]tNJsHvvܩ;| xNݵkW`T \p~!##ˋC_|ynn0-[F `z{{+r$Cqn߾Mgkժf%ի!;6ݻK,i֬-{U=,,@wmXx <,--bKTXb ;֫ÇN `jѳA jLL/ B82hH*U0}>|XlJΝ;0e!-dԁi̙3W, @BBœ9s蹅FF=]tt4t(-MJ 6LQQQmmmǎkll\V-WWnݺYYYi ɇ055[.C/\ <[9J~0!vvvrO["lڴIVWl"D Ƈ)((Ua0JsΤz[$:Dzqea0J/ ƿz*+;w@l|jX 6LQV\ Uyѣ:JQ!fffkV...HJ[ti;t萚*@~Ȑ, #C뀪iF@FCCC CQ3P6XPȑ# VW,UTyŘ1c͐22ɓ'S@A(laaAZwa^]]dKx)"~YO:U@F Q̜9SL Nϙ3GLD޸qC0)-6jH@FL{[ׯ_iPl E_o޼)@ ? ###C\ 憯tvO{J!xbn>,^ KV/ #C厊*{D׮]"ldd 22ժUSNLL _݌3(R!p+9 `vbÆ &&&¯셅*z+}}P(!!!ߌ`h,İ0|9rDlA"nRطbK=z [ҁu WNl)"ӳgO{-ȇ`XhcT<<<<?؂h 蹩ڵ["- C(,,2dŅMU?EEENNN¼}V,1Ozz:Mhiii:55u4gddjrʕ~3'/^T :mooUŨ<|ƍ͚5L0!))IY'&&iZ* oڴ)(v"vekkKN3w_빹^ ȑ#>>>vvvNt}l"''g޽hVT 8_cϞ=Ofee?̙3qqq Ν{m-:u`0 (h#Z endstream endobj 187 0 obj 5670 endobj 172 0 obj << /Length 188 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 228 116] /XStep 2211 /YStep 2211 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 230.25 378.25 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x186 186 0 R >> >> >> stream q 228 0 0 116 0 0 cm /x186 Do Q endstream endobj 188 0 obj 34 endobj 190 0 obj << /Length 191 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\I,Wr!_|hP l+!VolW2P,_/8\~e-vr^e_/?ݻ˯~g.?}LeN?O%_>~sgچycw|'|Ͽ /zx`>)W_b)|BkUx4}g idz;s~P yiEus{q{gh |#_DWOf9 i߄Lt ea' 2QIoo{WuhU@;-6z!R0F^IjS2$HBdmK$ 5&Fh]h"EPOqn$ xG6 %>num q^;޹? . 6{B-RqGSZwN;l)XS\xH@5ފǧhC`c^ڮxk#]h8Rبz|E>x̟kx-h\ឝ};'H#1KYa2Lj"9q ;=qڕhOa׀~Y Du7rXCҐ#]z'% %QED}%-:1}:HE~"ŬZX[9wFkڟ3vkK]cy2zdYT(5 udn/aُU0HǙ``o%'e#&)A%p]_Hkp?9 [n+ zΑv+ճ&VdDemE <#C!írZT]"ׅؿG\l0Yz0bJ8 (&O87۰:J) \CѸdk{v^L-\x0zЬb12k(ϨۓU8WFV1@D9Y-bWYgFp5ï"bx@h32VpB V҂$Aw5=&:o*Nkn#,W*TZxߘS'w2 qJѳeF|N;kp퉙 cPtT }~v@ +H dQGy BvY*%UC5} L>m.(E#/ރsHڋ4HJ ъFN] [7LQ45#YOy.(g& 翕M 27pL1Uծ$+UcU˚GK-{quSi `ڰw8BG&]'C9r~M=Y2, <:=\mYzOT 9S c8ւI5]8ܦt baUe!TJZvdzdIlZ8r>¶-ô@Tr`?~z+_M!ؔ4B/Oy'INg?m|ף0Q7q$qoH ]p5@Gdщ?8lwkNU˚Tekv}ߩFκ}fX T,aq#+*aP Z5NdUޠ=u _ȖF㹵_ԥ}_ԏ:ZbxKYf)XV.N;UC\| @I|ꇲ ױ×#0r0 n\ 9Ist5{be䧪x$\QTQ#dT'\2Uas1͜9Hr$φQ~g7P0dPKwJoT4GBJJ|s.f[eX݃ddd.#cI]ǙY>TD Ȗ9!w J#$]bLI_L Bx'A&QuˌUmŘ)K ┅cf+[(:O\̚?!tbuù6U`d.xE1dr@&" _2.{ H8rѵv4Ǖ$p<ya54CnX^%ld "y]FOI   7@STMҨ Wَ1w *:gw;z)F;c#G竷TCj7iL ۮՙH'_/ g"^N["M% 3Q)놡UiEGf9ҁhX'TDm.}~Ǵn8sѴ, t͌]uĆ1omiGOd=ZGGZ5.^OST.y5S9WCWTzZ 窵ed9Vj5]8ưەTXT&S{SɃhPޒlNܪ͌x&FE&PeY[g[v ^W Zwnkӄv@h ߇G_(:Όn=h~#cft"< _y/ċ?֘S6J PJ練eELxdt ( /C"p9p[< xmu[տf=~֭.=ȫ%j;^c=7ֱkm_d'3X/Mu4 r$Y8}‘(^Q׍]ZUfUyYzOv-9~(2/\HPI9yM2UVOdx~,HlzI2ia{<-G^Mm,2D䡂bߛc~izuAdMSi:Z˼2u7"w#u>߻edw?\@_"/LvLɰ.1 GNj8L[ ,9 FŌb,2 R~xG$qLp!%?Lv{tOGKX,_Uzu: endstream endobj 191 0 obj 3774 endobj 189 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Font << /f-4-0 67 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R >> >> endobj 192 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 190 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 189 0 R >> endobj 194 0 obj << /Length 195 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\K$WڔR!_|[ha𡺻j`î?XRFRfvxP_ϗ_/S?ކ2tf;wcws{~ӽO]p_^uCx|/]ח_^!sv.7fo!:K:tߤK1׫O)M8S{":hGՏq!GfF 4rD[ִ"--aPW#v ڶKô@d7/i]fF65-fq(m\m;ʹma"/mO|_m_^ s${a &8,6^0(,  > Wm3ɰ-iqք+hsUqɍU* t'{kIoX6i3y(bqbI{Ds!njXF^05 i,rDK`XRkxBrSfZAL4D=m)dwdD pefmDEzh`_Z>*OcRbi`ip /j\IABsS($@Ψn)wa.$; e=ywCς#^ª_X&}Qwb&P),YJ Rzn iq'= NPLBQK!MYfvG  R^kNNw5 ƘKfjb5%'IgڥP^Z}֑~pՓ+qwT-%˗f)n5!*%&,lV YZV;$Gܴ%*Rβ&\Q$&P3HDM{֌$yh1=1mኞ!.bL.?R_i$8\dPkЇwtޥ󾗕ZʵG'ʪV% 'tRh'GDMZD]he#7:J+2#2P tryۉĤ2\X4ɗ9[F#vS=%_ZqjAn Ζ$4HZ y UaC)i4H.Nm T&X'gFn_kq+kgjfA ;d|;g0D#"v"ߡA"WPiP*#gK>`"Lr0Tvj\sg\K!<I->}"%HA[%5 Ģ `BrXΕEHU@dqgh3kY N'^:p}~njvKdN%'3VX14R} oHN hdv·ЌF@rkj4*O9JEIrRuq赪c.Gp-풸Fef6 rZ>ԇ!d}@ldaEJ҉i,Y#&<uGe9f䀚,e4*Z.]=V+l܆:?U0ar拢J]'3S62K5=?v6oI%VMXeuG@)~>G٦Sc[)vgȶ~Lʚh=gvxBKJ2٪KΉYU*$u%md"@~+(; V&+8St|C6t^i$o\Lnu0~hʖ=0Iշ'{,|{suӐP!^S\lrXF`8:9{Z"0N$.̝ʭW'+{)sLDlZ/QV(.0B*(BFrHiC/E۞x>>!ƒs4^1z_ BWR)١fdQ0X_D} jI]tH< AiT]f}mϿ/ caB.Te_1jV=ld>18e޽VhݩS)SP<%*cKM{=uջH;7OՃ=[vN*YuΒS:T=[|"ixV2h|wCȌ\_ J阍t3rxN>h“탃dLsCS@' 4r;[A%?Fg$iX?˙V-4h2.4,(0>k>\#7FNő3:8aj'i#%|wn\o)mvM~jp۽࠰ h؊gV)x[JV p*VL)OQ R|y&K_RoGaL~PUOEO,(,Z긴W#vįF [>T1toLT(O9pO*HD1Wy(v݈0Fjw֜:r[VqiEZ]yCkpJcUv!lJC#5 hjX{oLPkx<5AU9 }׏oE;=Yf^D+ꢄL(11EcUu>lq/[v!RPZ7\Q?yv:*J%2$_vV"[+A<@\ -_vZbȠ0(&l sdHiVvꖴv\wq ?++nakƜF<^eqԲ')9GC,_~Ye7iئO*ŚUd6x:P+@oe+ YޫU_.bGQSY TŲӨo|VUke> >> /Font << /f-0-0 5 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-4-0 67 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R >> >> endobj 196 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 194 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 193 0 R >> endobj 198 0 obj << /Length 199 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x[Y~ׯ?pB? @ aߏVTRsǓ0,j֯6O铚pij.!諝ϯߦL矦wz3{Z=o|? fӷ?zzQFO)d͚pKyWx]lg<&g͖~O|lsnnK ަY+C"n%^;Wȴo!Dv1yW [ص߸+eu7p X.or!o-W*6rFgPmtle9Qhm7"7Y1c>=A{^n\_/~!07^D/b._)9//Ly祜SH GpMRmۨ 9{x DC^b ᕄ= @8#JU6ã(d >Q(;$02.t0)&?)qJbor@n*[cn-"'e϶`#A6w?G9 ,)vq&zu:$ b/R5[;t.q{ڼ ;2CBm&2LCx~)(Pll%D J'0<-zhb( }rq6|>#m6< ,XpON8ASO6 dq )#7ԅV W5[ݮ;n$z h+̚K1 Ў%JsKw:O ṍ\2G@SPSTdЬ[|s3ZyGᰔ0FT @R4u>&mOm| YŸp+<~ޡ|p8"Al2 ?U!/Ts͸p Yae* e]Jߪ>oeFUS@ըjQ-!$"]Q<Y}Oczj(ȏyZ啤z2-a9:X7D4BNl yVHJ\k4 x\` g^(kPXAqC(Śf2ĵ*=HÚ Ǥ@B2Jlhd0jΉlޔ8%F^40c4)\ʓتBEƼMEa4^^r~#7HdQ>NFZ:,C^+i(ʼ:1:*)k;C4U4eZARq2VJg^20-@5=nV-A - &m"b9\ ;RX`c {gwأU Ut:UbFj{MϜe6N>0]BRm1˛vToݮ&``uNFU#vҌV7BߝԆ@#Q</MN jguPĻ 4d}De V͒ZR[ҪZGE'MD(:m ܖ]Ó .;50v­%GNH-{{0,j+l Rk,d=acƟG [I&$3D%RDc7~.Kidi 6n9F"ռg⪙[k}"8Quq?~E5W*O:gCi8NkA1"V#(؈@@73R9sDŒK*H9ί:;.}*y Dt^4#νRrh4)H!0]U2qof|/Gœ!q[ OZԿ|R‡]j(ݖL;y\:/tMszkbq#.cԾxAS F*(aQi~s^gzQ@ϲyT| m^$#$DxtIEJ\ʐ[-B<)v0צܺIA3MbSZ)BVjGsbYQѴTX2f;T_DH*ut=ō 18W|Pwy/ӻZ/ᷘՙ5Zs/sv6a&=~JO˦S vVޜZY~GN˼]Cŕ+<@3˥L"329s GZ K4&`_QKUyei=¢[-Dz jva #H^.VaPDZ#;o{ endstream endobj 199 0 obj 2913 endobj 197 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Pattern << /p200 200 0 R /p201 201 0 R >> /Font << /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R >> >> endobj 202 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 198 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 197 0 R >> endobj 203 0 obj << /Length 204 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 204 0 obj 96 endobj 205 0 obj << /Length 206 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 203 0 R >> stream xy[78t:N҉qFqg6O>zJ.#n!_8q (VLy||$n8D"%>/ E@>R.I#L[#M!!-*߿{|U!݄ݻ_RK?L@Go*<NS)C...NOOK\GyRz?~0xBQ=\ЏLM njY__6+@ PVopp~~r8 ;v,..[ Ddh4/[F@ebOW(*NWWx}kkmoo_kt2JOR)JQ`>f_jboo/m)V666 ݲYYt("ُD"2o.]PҜX, utt)<󄏱1~d#B̍2G]].~x H$---2_"0L&x;==-1¢Z<0YHp*/xV6ZPxkkk+4&&HeJd2 LD4Ֆ=:/..Hs(;<<\@h›5aHdDѮ70=* q͖ A?88DV۸r,W`B,//&q&܏bJBSSSv}BU(\*M`cW6ፍ JV(͏?Pi" ޡ2MMMWWWfff4J2.J۹:==ue4!$6I{IXf8}4'tvvf1qq#$`!^k̊%p;" iYm^.p>G㰣-+W>/B*bX0ȕNAF8ժEYBdO%<+ O {#/P#4Zκ x0.eOR1F8O#BNv@s%ȂR3u#{n8:?5}s)/wH{ʊAh-x~mM!i1,,,`ڄjWuTA68dnSU/7\~'h*Q=}F|/N1vrR/$.ݩihb CMc!Mp2GHҮLէn)NOOy53ue:::<d(LL( m+."D1vvv*)B|i8]G81:_IH ;'_UaccÙE`x L'8ĩ?;;;66v-P(v-<4p8\2)Zvƅn޶Fe2<WVV_ёlL$y|6ONNVhpp '1{"Ajkk<NLL$ EC@X&"=+dlO0˄zfПɫF 3MMM9oE۷oWWWXW,.Eǧd@'''(%viFYi?C@cq&1J->|LCCC._}B:/w!`0˯@<;;LL(Ab%s(p#5crf߽{'Vd[kk\&ףZWQrF"0r"/,ӰE~OO#(8YuXtAPm@Ի)ˊѐIl5B @67odVyLCFkjP~u+"BQD1k035`E5lxfNhc84F\> =.|קOP`MXy-A!V'>GlP(zj@.!Wf%jn Xޕd;8jVcy!R*g./+Σ؎ vZh5YanpZI4h V>1{U8ARoroՠfy9F%p oӊ>8pY Ba /brC0cGi;RkRY9}6RD5t%r Q"5(4Y UP(D2j.tXPQ"($ ] iY.%˗/5^p9BsyjdDTsRA+ jLccQ 1h&?' AbȿH*eXB+8:̀3w}}؅o(GCQ[}_S/7<)YI 2}JG&!L{{-QaP8s<`Y\fA w(@ ӤOoJ`0M 䳵vEj 2ϸ[]aLQ$+qvEj 988p.}\E2d}MXk,Cr&ʁ.ֱPgqsss^\ +ο^dPJ/-%I'W;>>SU^YY^t+ Z^B80XA@~8r7Eft6_NA m10H2mEPJ2SLF:" Gdp؏[}"BEmjjCS3sɤQ ۜdX=&emWDp$LF]) pR;}[l(#_m Ӗ R2_oD->YYq_|W>C zƂ8xɯǧc{8h-oD8{,:N:Dlam GoTm^cyd:T !핬]9<|^ցze]]]u?~ xJ62wkD#ݿӎuz"k-|)(^GGET:`ep3Wyd7:~bxjqsZ̔ڲP"ՇwXk=K_@Sk<&lgóu>︿G1<;]+ w# 5022')\P:HE /xhh.#YnVh4Z dwwwp3_L:99<&IkQ*insB`]]]Gllln3zYTOi"yA-rٯp{{Kݟᩯ%Q'T###n˽+wy ,v-jp3~,*7Mm1۵5} Qҝ~fnܮHM_fB5xĄY!0|i6bssf988hcS$*<dvq'rXiUu`:x7 Ěd2|t_%eRqPTB|⽶ (3*]%}f(*qSpZ^(|BK|::3WQyۗ+GO',buu2o{G=[[[OƆn@cb ILU WEm .#]vkmc[ Z[\# BT0ڛ ۄ͖:q>J^9S)LF]cAg[8[j)߮x?<\U{{0ςa8%JeOxGWn؋b5]:###. o߾UX:o<1q8^zxpʁo e766VXÃqvٽ`Mh٧r~~{.akna򬩩)«I۹rtt^;.K&XJu$&]$1{(F; *Y uB6-N#ϧ\~JB² dot'^]]R)"0mDb2dooOz0R!sssPpg!=C4ٯØv ǟ>}unGLFh) ?@۷oa(6jhh(*{ 2T%߂|DK_/QPkkk QPgy( 'aV}xx866vrr"/ B$q "6 %80G2XoH[޽{Gsx;TS ADD-Ĭ2Q&x 11}*NrS6;ҭY miȠAE95Et2pJ@ ;yՐ&xӍsmL$COpսZoA p"" ,7/EkegwakODz'6"Vw Α˰_hM-jҳh}v_Qx/!?~Ob5QƱX.u?!=ݘ0Hp\x'6b}2֙z) gFq/"5"Nr#1XK_`D7ommmVp/LҕG´5$vUNؚȧrޘհ1EFYd5\^IZ[[%x5(CͩrdTɸŲ~khx-|Xſ^8 H5j׬h@Ewvj V#B ّmb5EqچT|"q,5ǒq;V+v7 XЄNz"jq XÁt4?O j"5n0!n nMsi$B$"93)KEBb1q;yvnTk4Li! 3 !؈xuZ-;û|rynI%.vG͒ZǿPNZ%KRN(@;ڇ;Q=PTα"ׯh>hN9 1+R ԚaGDJ)$D<ͷ =-}:j ,fGJ`2 |xx Ap)'<B3̦4>qb5Ԝ棐 4'ҧۗva5ʏ|":N"q8|ft/*NgH rD/6NXb7bO%?X=E7kq>:F,!F]|T{c,{ r#W*%:"icxOu$ƟE-: |iC hCS桎sOU(0 Y]b<$}#se IY4 I A&eR*!(9?ȇtFn m@m\Aޗ/`~~/j>$P5Rd x~ 2SrF'11S,`ܫq̫Y1{:^f!Zե677b(i /p2߁ gxL/;ȠDIȃ -erl=W _TFY__'fa;2S/bd1ϸD lw#} ,ADwyyowuj`aanWiplGv: vf e2l&}777U:0;gDd䰋GNL9#!#| s85Ca/;&sq_ a=,_-AF ek1R D@$UZ+e}ɀ%C1^`׈ŚPc# {w Zdm8X1t[HL, VMUcDXB^JBwvv#YJ9\żqa"[ظ $3F@,(0enmm#" JNˡ!%㲇kFBF&2w%@DF *M8IJ70! "2s3^^APmYRXh/Z}yp@$aT&0e؋,@P[('pp(egSSIQniixKl, %U,'L6?~-aH'\e [( @$x2F8 :____ȧPshLTB>udp ByvA!4ƭݩ BATlK?vu [Fq쯮ossdEj(bO,2  hL# Epww'Hɚ-uuu]Ƚ$ԖK466OV(J?Uh6/qVj|/Go#x #^W!)^H?L_?)C^ķo߰梨6Y2_R[[[5 w|ܜ-)5RIg)j777ߋY6]> 7' "H,LNNzvhTZB!ESrro,n{ao!em; g5.4==mB+.FB[ݑGxaMWW/c+ײɣH$B)."8kooxQQXr y<< ÎܮK d2:::MHÉ/؋ζ;?5[q{{GSdx͐_Y]+ܮƱ̢Ip8[s*-L۵P ;;;=Qf "‚۵PpȫnעZuww{m1<vmm͸ E!2ʙOlD́ =؜^߶H$"`nbdAL˗/L+§K~86W(xd͛7fk=b Iδ&D"L 'jbb߿ǂ $=&;Uk[*ldyoZ?tvvIBX#4z]^^~$z:Y0AXb%St.lՐȔg|Lb044FE{{s= (6*zxx4 ~~{{ܧ7H.d1OOOswww X" \ZZJ&Iww+! X0 } ?/lvrr) 8r1(Cэ BP(&} endstream endobj 206 0 obj 11848 endobj 200 0 obj << /Length 207 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 64.25 223.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x205 205 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x205 Do Q endstream endobj 207 0 obj 34 endobj 208 0 obj << /Length 209 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 209 0 obj 96 endobj 210 0 obj << /Length 211 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 208 0 R >> stream xylleJ\a $ (bb"7c%n(Qpn{^zvN;ۙeM}oo}8Ϗw9sf9G9ys]B!@GGGkkkcccCCC0lkk뛘[]]=ٍUP0###MMMeeeExJKK#O8ls(($kkk>772>>+++$*+((CnBAh ^`,>ottԨjgffrazFլ`"Pf"&$.$>^tbDDHA!LP㊊ "BrHS[[p8ZZZsGX`Mɿ;SYYIK*(ĉ|2}sG ˢݐbqq((\yyyVRVVn lii\P׉2f7t\f7DA:::nťE ùsJJJnQSSjv+ gv+.[ߔU eee###fBa[=-,,444h9766z{{ WWWCN8USSvlnn1ތ@W)( .K:::=rO8_>L,.#==]򰵡BPMLUP0NW>}Z5L֡Csjkk5 #Rb51wjj FH8p ,~3gΜ={V 9gkk+##CH6F (zVIyxx RKUU CG2VWW|Xan屶VAXLLLzree  {̔9RxN0??0b]|Bkk*WQQQgg'vK}7"`)VSSCaee%Ǐرc xl=ROOOLϏ86;;]Dq-loo7<O7]ZZcjB@>+I#蘶FD1Y|(Ϟ=kr { ~?&8qbGXhֶDO&''MK&??аŹ(A}t2~ h޹stNA!q@',9Rq3k9ftJJJTo100p8b NZe133t:ci8rrrz{{mBz軅 Q $ `ttL<ʾ_#eY266V^^3ljjR;C)jUUUOuu/51>>h%%%ۆT`\.lyS222vI=̚K*(Ҝ χWTT)<ㄏ? O! FXi ɓjs3gdee̊399I$(Z[[)G0sЊO>EVJG&" N233] ,~|$: C`aa!5S ىN D4$;;ې=:Is T[YY@hkBք!Ě >0Ff #5C*WPH>`PeZmb>Wĉؑn AOOj PlR .Th'T1;;[UUJߵ {)..4fsAjs9T2v(2Lfffss27RR𱊊 )tҢ6K*(X d뱮+nf`k'y5v̛*(&%4IA p8"O4 73ql5ZFhii1E" *`ϓ///ݐPQQQWW٭PP==mvC|>ٳgn~\.[@gv+fBaO@5!t:mJ2TJϝ;P\ZZjv+,噙&ן ?ek퍍jx!gllG08Qnll$􌌌LNNT Uj \.e`+++kjj---` D%VUUq'sl圀R͙dqamm 4W0JJJ8]P28׋]q}5aG(^Am5B{`_TĂ`2$C;!^1:b. {*MqnxZh ޛYLOODOǃAwiLEE!{* Z$@CHrss}Y!^JtmdO Gg!|aV#E)Tn+.qwZ| ƬpSYw4tvvbڄD7ubb$F8dp' _nlNUt#q4_bVHShaE-.1oSE\.5B|L܅!%&$3G0HҨ Lզnd7x)3te,[[[=U ΙU& q0Y Bctt4JVWWF@>pNhArq-y433a^UUN$kIcSL"0%%%I NpS)?Vn{bbVuxikSR&;@8^ZZ2=77WDžhcgg'hZ[[Z_8|aJӲmHrQZgr<]aa;i|dT]]]}}UâHO{@Q믣,.(dl9!O0Ԡ 虾}H|M^=6DyYYYxݧNZ^^|4,tmmd\ѣuɀfggQ*j=u!}y뭷xX  w9r1nľH! 򗫐 WN PS'&#Ad%sP$tr:;;BlKQVV&@~-qsrrr|T Q95pQBǣw= 6֫ihע'NhBa{Aa!@Zg!]4p oyhȤlSkZ~'Ű,Hcb5rX#V˿@;*'iUPXu^̙3NNN RpxLѡCBP]ǎCrF4!`c*<9b:@ S]jG(!WpY.f5d7;*hޕ{->h]? R?CaYqvDPH sJ#_9?~\G0F^Ow RjP3zY(Ԣ\D.h؂62KK4+p:&QZ}zxRmRY9Gۿ(5t%r Q"5(4i U&Thj(԰4}@EuLA!QEUP,L}B6p,Y 4QO> xep :v(OWݑJD 4I?q(?| x 'D[Aa8HL:IMhG3ԇN}؅o(GCQk}_S/<)YI*dE<:ݣ.1}Gx%y 9XqMU#֥,8gǷ0t4R}5pl*ņϡ.Ԁ 2U<&0r{?:AV/# l $c)!t#b2 FALϵ7€eYslrEaHpN|)&&&U L&YH ݐ-c.HͰzy&|uu5Y]~1!)JLNNݖh>&n.jWWY![9PWVVZd Lev+g.e+hmmEI,++YJ̌,NdE{{{5q !dU%YbbddĔ6\pz_T&d #k'yA:"#JJJ3z|*o"?\\KдVWWX# ա̑c$2ʀI^Kww70 eP92'gA8,Bmii VQ0}\l24:4dkk Q[[UL 0JζIBՑ#FJFO-(3 pԩS*iӧOkpyӖt00(s …YGHn)$6A "yp! "!3')$djjJ̙3)6vo5++ &iYhI<|ituuegg#!y:CP x?Y@r7;3A͠1lľG@2< _AfQ'?սHE$H1+\9V_(H{!hkkԄC2sɤQ liifX=&ur {mWDp$LFQ pRu8$QF!E1f4#߾Vk&#]F}%ӄl=cO62=D(I=R9{$cG]]]HLX'1d"5cAb0 i ao[:Өv[IdS A >p;^AΟ?TVVӟ{n[n§>)~O+**HCT7e|t[[[+++SSS}___{{{cc|ammm]"Lcf?LOOܐOGG&GA>`t)nIT_| 㪫馛nG}_xᅗ^zW_}(7 V~;+ ?~g>_+qW?z}c^tuue{P̄(L0D1PTEv%P 5Kݶ_ti,--a ԩSD|˥{AtOgg'| !#(lsُs}}'frw?Sqvm3#پitt;‡W&t/„=#rO~OEL!.p 9Ah,a%[ d%p2).0dNT'D>5\sϙ'~ӌz k8Ĉ&S JZLHbVK"QLdgaXvوh>x NR89)X7 >4q' &^U]6-'A\xV^axMwy'NPMו8O%8lgK> 7, _J_ucEM',D2oxG=X?lvyFU$1G ~b.AP.**Ҷ1,~1dσ*Y(V[[ IYMl4_}IM1loo\8*akll̨VY eW[~_$%}c݉ӟ8åQ18,k]r ̼%$#țoځ}dߧN:yd`)Cz__o^{-I:tM7黶8+nJKKmaB7H/={}'8rر[o/PTTtcmҰGy~_h[(G1I2}7Z)ETrZ  Czn`0 QiB(RMཐ!@ pgϞEtT(}n`eecCȏ(Ȗ«zA =#I< uPnmwZL)əz9ZѮ^"4_yy4*!"380+Gx쩩YyU-TH"FҨOHAw^ӽ"ςqw88xD[8X&J 7 'H<6CROQxgv(GddBOATnַ|s!=펺;iWՉC=|#)P+]_܁nAGʆ'Mhdfv]d{2 @CF1҃ 9Y=:|1_zi)vݷo6.''Gk5++  kf5p5$vUNؚg7# H`/k6j}PK<qFfS@D Q~&=Xݻ.}K`hqb5G!LjlE P~qáf}D4766G9L,$#=Ҏ$G1pb _ӽ0oD"t[zvk1vsxkh%D$HyG㗏s'qb;/| _W㩁c;ȑ#79 q? ب~W:Dh_/`)ؠ!]p~鲈: |.dCd:ƺ E> ݣ$~4hg4wqh@ZPA x {U"$,H JȈi6J!D>/ ,N>hB[P<u%œl* Xaaߏˆ~jjj{o{2 dxu "<,W@K-2 .*//ooo7G9\W]YYy?ω뮻^z?{=4E-/ h<3'ڄٻˋh:q܆CnL232y#84c_|ŏ~W_}>SO9r|*ʔӦiii>C= ۞ywM(C(t%1rhH#8mkk 6*P@,{G2p~mS o/x}aw2g2D<*"iQ^.&@^ JNd"[vfffRHO ?++&ȺĄ]zv".bNC:uTzz:~' mͲ"u9IO!eGHdΟ>}:2">&pP'.|, َgڢQyb5EX` b_e#\1f7G!Az=MR7Ϝ9 ;VPP0{rgɗkؤ#.ЖQPHe Q9Yɓ]=$ﴖKddd螈%4G-iB777Zjl/PZZG6mzɃXsB*TdCCC y?uV($===2^R) hv1[_c 1b><%Δx<)@BʠCS,ަž0;LwX=m+oj\Yַ ICii+]ǃ=5QWX__'H[ VPs\涡>ɋ)( cq]*ƒS$ygV^^^((X###hnW 7mYbĄ.? Mt8< Z-iɹWMMf ǓFDSL!epyS'fR y'|կ` ^o{o }|R4÷SL!OCύmrrtZy57MF_]]]YYYQQ `0544D a4 Cʎ?v [kjj(nd$0( %akR14; iD+B$sgbzPao%j KKK[ZZ t%5 #% m),MOO>8؝gS666PKd1xZ Et:IaGf7R ִjEi8{0OVX[[+))!㶩vlId!,f<#V&2&4֜ 0&zP~V( -QDN[j!݊Dr󎂭188XYYiv+ |5 )[p𘋋fB!"9N}גPC}}}YYfzI c``@z%%% FDޢvёե4FE`Pપ*}8p`hhr 8y84l  oD.LOz{{un ,>a;YYYGIhw,pOE%_O.''g/R0X(Iߘ6! @ ղ2۽fv[ 0j;`>aAŸw7݈XGWWoooorv4PP쥱vËJJJ'&&7H`~~t:eАS)###>EEEGr!s9>77[__l8IOVWW %`www L\.T+! bii cd0̧hO) xa#įY5PYa6AG˜"(þ2uW endstream endobj 211 0 obj 12522 endobj 201 0 obj << /Length 212 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 274.75 223.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x210 210 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x210 Do Q endstream endobj 212 0 obj 34 endobj 214 0 obj << /Length 215 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x[Y$~ׯ?P5% a6aه< !)B̚/;tUVCO0:(UI=\I^8|~9|j?nrxskNXE /Y@+/on^[s~o$q4Mkqs7Z..Ǽi&ЕԳHQ7-SdW*::*-zUK#2~cO l(Ac~;JRN*;0jkOK,{ mc[Q2I(>W;7cg-fx ޽]E:|z z^.v ɽOwxcſnyވNO"wQKu%-b^ówSn'Ork[2#M x$*yى*(-Kju>`?U.n2Tf] R5d( GeԔ2SMRIDNYF%M/g1`I|?߇wj~.>8s 乜P:gElqɸzȢKd^Yޒ8ѧ7@sRr[UQ-al V:yR/ۨ"fŸf}+LvU6(PÑ051(Y+ eٟxpy۔.-49P@ҙ@讙[\BZLj8ٝcIfX#Y ,86N gpdr6Cbܺj6nk>nf?d)M!}H+UnI S+cnƒ، ŕ1*Y)f[:/̴"ɽeH)!W8@\( '}`X8IP(Vd08nܤr]QAT+ƦPOXSV8.R2W]FT0d%a< .u#,1S d qa0tTIW`A6?W @BlE{"ѯErKF-}.)c#%#rTU<ڒx% ɨ_\H d-I4)"#4*gfZ< u<[`!H6.M=߁ }7`FM (T)K*N/ gi :.*QE݄98~UyiIH稻]3%ffSCF\ &]A[tXtJXhu :,,3E#NT; >&SS4R^( ]э +12Ex((zE4UAA-#wD p!wrh4by-i/ W T䢘HC-}k.Nz҉;ۊYcK`饙qҬJP@}B;A6\BLvxzq_vSt+=a;vC&훰V }FONʖ&=EYc2Jy=ֽo:INYyQǩѨ.5ʾ+;MT""z.:.RvөI{,U%d}NŠIP79!pzeE 1r.WI#p $w v/y&m6Fm⮇! nu+%{`Y$}=댾 #l3(h)F o@{z!+[Ia) HI-K}NWåҖZ99PhN"WUvwrhd0٬Ce$AX42ƺyn³g=r?qЎin= RNըNi^<I|A<Br^C5NbVЅȫM:ѥzlݦ%Ēk^0E# :NhkW5YcvOO0J=ѕ4hPWwSpNp~Xӱbh\0W1 X>Ct~uVg\|C68LW8-v#ZSL˩qJ^ t$E{^}ͨm|5bs.Ff-lt..FgG`3rlYxγNu^%}'KVЛNXuXKuyqk2%$nÆ`Iw{,Eb5m~ #n.aԕU7+YPJUi;Цqg ;ľ]jd6HN98#֗C:dˌȽzG'. :LsqT4+Vf8>b\mҼ\r"[[03`{iI?'1\LV{}~%Mcu#s^pv'$0$"GJ/ {BA4F2PơP\Lr[}@XM`KH"j?̭M›}„`ezn(1_՝oX1evyβϤziF4X(a1u<f~$_n5e 5?; g4&Sp*J Sg3qќq;(ϧ/:(Ce#^Ufi q\vp|֞I+Ks}S np;E-4x_M>^{&i#\+jzL#XөSwE/zB> >> /Pattern << /p216 216 0 R /p217 217 0 R >> /Font << /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R >> >> endobj 218 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 214 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 213 0 R >> endobj 219 0 obj << /Length 220 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 220 0 obj 96 endobj 221 0 obj << /Length 222 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 219 0 R >> stream xgչ͕ BD Ma.r)TXv    %$6f6Aڜ{ž5A[Tjq:X~q榻455婝ZRRꓜ\[[M͡477bbb*** )VCCCuuu8p̩죿1???**d?%%_fͥ  !l|BBBHH8@8#I6"$aAp+vmۦ?WLv޽g/YqZ[[Deee(EQQ]#" sТw؁9PQ Bz]v ܵP555WH8#B#""(T(,Bvv6RG@IO ٣4',,2KSPXYDFd5~~~F!CQ )\<[l!/H-l6B[nEtwS(Cee%b lRQ,Z](<77רW ttt$%%!Ҥ!;w4kddxO%::Ψ s!ٿ?"!2v(2̮]'e΂XPmmmdή+ QQQj«!I6jDhiOO'oPE^^y4I! dlqZYY)V(tClfJj,‹(((0%6sPi o|슌GFF] 91UqX-.W[ *Lggg@@ffB8?+y䑳:Gv9昙3gvisν[z%KT'sA@DL333QEaaaiiiYYG3++ǏI9%j/y'Z7𻷷+bO=ԥ^*%zDSRRIgPT3!|bq4\/h #{ShWx${y>ӆ=Zj՝w)w$Cw "MG@YP+CJ8j齃" yL@/Q u@[[NAM}}}FIIIT&!!=I?GPo6$?0U"!"J1%BJb###ԍ쉺y>Y`⭷ޢzs MĹXeWWWZZZPPPNNYKaO7-Z@>=믋+tl_/-wԆ;n|!׿SO=%o9n_w!qxᇗ.]zQnGuڸqWhjhhLOOw9mwެ,644DG nhvvv~~>_1amkk L5̙s=u{SO=;wʬp\VV߫R-755beР ONN~8=|'^ߺO766n۶-//o߻a y]"Fjnn.,,/Wgad0M OƗ/-_TTDVh1:.f"^ZsXϗO>O3]t6>$  $kǿ/upꫯv*4]t={h"[nOOьe{j .͆nxov ޹Lީ5Bu+tM:.EEBY5-7ov7`ų;(e]5=cH':믿~;{Uyyu,x9nmm!#""UViWoڴ oê3a4 hƄp:Jkt|:.N"̈&ؚC/஻,_~֐L(r|֚ )odUhkE%pEw֬Y3nT5vBݶo.*37o)))țtkZiqWȁ,:99j?>n$HҤ}A֜e֬YAAA^aGhn-C@j6nhq"r#H/D4@/њ %wtTP5,M?O ^uI'Iߟ*CbK.D_W^y ?} Kީz{.2qN JLCI7d>2"1|P>⧴q=(-Is$Ȉɘt@M5ԋN}`Og"F_$F0sc0 ԑ/Lf?i/b~1VTw O1,Jz[Ű|&X;a'L@R ߙ`€u_ zͮ|3fplȿSk;ͫ[ 11q}F !S/+**֮]KL&uHW+@B$1""oZ/_zQDPDSϵeYyL䔠AAAۇ~hvE#|F լ ʂʸu iti}Ys=Gu <䨨(cK02 bmv] 8>SP2>៛w+6͕ G7 sƇX[nNGVIrHSS^2""b:L| /Pys뭷UOD{{,NgE5-[pΘ1㣏>*Vq?Y&4-!!A{k:;;bcc-Uɿo6O>Ë!WkYy@IMM1e瑑l\KдuuuH -oݿ56o裏p &yD( f'nzP9L΂hJ\\\AA6MaM"##}38C4o袋ulCm6t'ڵxb7 .׋^]iii %V6QLaI'tg&fϞ}9̝;J1og8}v*2mX~;v|w(Š+˗\~֭a66Y{"3644bUvȌX__9p=a+ݻw[3LU8ҥK5gz6{ÓS^^0$chɹ{5ѷpOa A4A;IʳR& eRׁ<_{Yu]zlȘ.[%!ؒ=u/D0]viCmsFALiQ=i'""ǻ+˜k*`#4E:,z;w@9{{{jrMe+E-,ilRYYiH ꪫC'!޽;>>+,@zz:jNjy? m"%A4AmKZ:^n@266;΃}DGGK`&80Ca}FdEJԓӑt$۷o'+vZioo;Aimm.NOT0_4ipp0((Hq2gyo~߷R۞ÚEQX%K۹lv̺䔗BNN$w("..e,|D__ިUAm̭b?s~te<^R؇/k󵝕5KiiQ.uVeEܷ̦Svss QѦ#[pʆP ȳI࠶e,.;ZLP9h͊+ i,dfݽ%00вSRRto٩pm7l5$1e q\ZjR?^ܹsyk1[LOO7killU/_n̑w|fYBSS3J?q'vy"Via .4Sœq#(xXXwMFov$dQ}w-#67Ͷ, 1q@wxVJcccj[7o<`v-PYY1זpTdkxclq䝦W4ikkCepfWD?nzI*ꍱ#øV+S\r%wٵpwi{_i_zulH||ig$]5M8MO3NTgG6j-4 OONN޴i׿.Z;뮼ʹs^p\s5|'^}O?/'$$H-X^3!FGG8WWWkJLӳ/===3v~ioo>ZJ;OVVVQQp]]bQ%q~o1c|qǝuY^x 7c-[쭷z?+Vp;p馛.b|j _q|򉷯OYSS/qƀ7ªdff;jG@HI/C!,UTTxŦۋ۷oㄆk탾tm2i G>t ;\zO>dM_x4׻ﾫm|6k֬֙ ?9<>b#d"~ ^[z\Aׇ 2ʓqsr;sW^y[k`xSN9j~VX#7B@XnVMPR<ImPj CBd⮝X6<a q K ]we%|* 2!#OS XNR D}$DyƤ jyסX972 ]3ye!ӟ&kF9T3w@1њ܁ȓN({s<\ڇ$Ȩm>k:˖-xwߨy@_?4~"^ſx˦~Pq.G8 +0~Sm7 5A /7OFݤ`_tt1$֯_[W+W4XZypYjy; Dhhh8DaQQQ<{gT$*SWWgTՅ(&"]vSԶ1=*?"OBσ_r(YV[%^*{26f:Hkf.&1]t&je)Ѕx /pgJ Ҩ

TWW^x+ =4*pBJ{7umG1I2}7Z) Lrr6ΎhdQaa6@cCcZaܾR+s!ttח_K6y2ԭYzPRڧц:>9h=W: v8--M\cs~{cd?_v-(וW^)I7,uyZzپwHS I@5yކBb9OHI"+GpXdddtttȏyJIG Җ-[(Kȁ$:fN< ƖC 5Ű84'wMS ?}hh(j%Fbq-I T߯ YOvrƍׯWs9Gǎjs&~V#:"YVV&)uֺ7C-M.)L}mΝr̿t/Z+< ]}Gq;tD\ O-+{W`H$ym/w_ EiwM;(LP9zr|?S$V9fH!m̞=[Gʆr%Mvhdfvfǎ]d{ 2 @Bٙ0҃ ctl)ݑvժU@={t%SӚq{5wcUN蚴τwF3:"ӃxI|Κ5Qk^~q{&掾Ffs@a@ȩ}DՐBtH)ǎ;d[| -V [*ׄeDRƱ;j &==]_m t~\;5VF ّmEkH-'A6t>9Ұ1zZ`G+s1Kv#1FlACiӑ@>B$AR"r-|%3X~~M%_1@vd&kɸ=&P$DV3DRkJݻ2Dhah={ɺ:8MaH~G8]yM,H k}i$wc:A{%a~}㋐m 8T]Lڀ#=BݒA#G_ ұ9Pmع{y_tNܰa+ xR_بbunSqħ~tDtb`H7: < a랝uW/=J\HzNe}I.Z?1d%S]%$Xs\ސI f{CN>S_X:{1ʭ<D@t-=xI]Q`t ] [n;wabwz,Rhڿ?rssI䀏Bb?i  ߼x2cG}zzzqDhܺu28e8 ,\ O(y#P^a]cb̮—!Ek$=MR7wF_x j(C`O,2 6)+H;# u$Dd͖m۶Yv!wGHީ-/#鞈PLP;>zV###Ǡ נ5^/‹ M[v<$H9 /ykPқ7o&7p?,25++khzp72ݻ&OjK 4446  JJJḪBǐiM{{;7&b c``{188$L&''Maŋ r+.. ltfpp0&&K6CILꚮԄ$#3" EpjkNhhh@e|*!!!==Z(|PwSVVfv-Z Bpjͮ{&] ykvx̞k`}גeddPBVVV\\z###I+S[[+=ZXmsnn.' owވ("KKKuԖʨ'%%6,,l͚5gggo۶MyHHr΁_aa!ڴ~zL}WW_CPqkq,[8/YHIMնF*^9S^:3"_kmmEڃƖ-[;0D޾cY~Z'݋'5V>޽[[Oصkٳgc2'B5dWMTlݺuhP\҄hZ۷Om}0dIw̃֬^ZP9 44TTK5+WooƍAC'&(MteBII'0 +[552xL|FEPPaw܉`华JAvCʤQV#Tqq57IDi/FdE+!$"b,zFFFd*J&8+Issszz:QPtt4M7Q^^.cx[UU  W/QQQE111---$EB,UK766DFFő\\cwvv '";;5 bm6n"Ba ( *>{䣀BG_555jbBN4BG:}e5j#BP( uF endstream endobj 222 0 obj 13042 endobj 216 0 obj << /Length 223 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 64.25 487.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x221 221 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x221 Do Q endstream endobj 223 0 obj 34 endobj 224 0 obj << /Length 225 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x1 %WݚHv endstream endobj 225 0 obj 96 endobj 226 0 obj << /Length 227 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 274 /Height 260 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 224 0 R >> stream xy|ݸR«X_h(A^ Zb*ԊUThU@!B;Y% ~Noܹs̽|NfΜ9]gեP( BP(Muu={BBB>E <̙3ϟ/OMM---=}ٕU(̡vݺu>A/;r &L<y}щ'=za^z?%??P(\NEEOS2dȬY6mڔ؛;::)%1cFJJkPB/q+ƍ۰aQ&$$L>]W^9vQ%+&0#Ҩ 㺫lٲ;zǫ\w!¥&^+pBa_=һ}v_`ذa\=>>WW(t@>SVޣ .4 Yt)cvEINNyͮBq^,Y ]`ٵP(W_}XUW]sϙ] ?8v*ivEM}}=3" ſ3f̯~+kQQQ(ٵP(~] fB'~GkqaQX'N $fWW\}_|ٵP\l޼y}3f_^v־uuu?Os^ziIIIڹ555?̙S]]u͛7m4GR(9|:WRɑO#F շr˲e˚/u&L~PXO>dҤI}y4h߾}/?:u?[0`E]Wg lݺ뮻kV|ƌ3~'\wرcqO2M߿3_Px"?QQX+### `ʕo֯_/ŋ򗿠#ݖBCk9P\܄2/p۶m =|*B:h~PLر#22288T(,A655GEE 4Z9,,,FDDÞޏ P(FGGǐ!CV!E TfѡPx(ov71cQWTTѠ/d7(K```VVcvZJ}١ /`Q+V0prm۶䴴WG03g]x cؿb81pȺ~1 \QW%+ F0gyF qZ||P8Ν;q4fI&N+,,4 ndYWoll P}ܹs fnrssUq4VG(`v-ICCCPPg޼yW]uٵ7999 fB8/)))82+DDD] |~gv-CbvE !NKLL4  Z9p ,YZD}}}``U@a~\{f¨ @'::Z(.v?8L>}f1xOhК+6Z+;v=cv-SRRav-gEjjjzzٵP\M2^A̙3!!!fWD_4p1a@R|] #ɉ3 KܜbŊŋϙ3gԩ=)S<<̂ -[iӦՍ9;0ӧO766}KKKiLk׮{WRRRUUuz\70˟zꩡC4_/+r<3͛Ͽj?O?C#W]uUmΑ~!w@"lD'''ٳ\,=322TLL,IIIRVV} )+E@ >S;B_'N?szD& PTTB:_tttkt4}AkYBt7= >qzjժI& |||v "M{n<ʂ\ɓ'i|Rdd$!.СC88W_WKp pPׁ8g… zD:t' 0淴vIe6&|"̙3 Q)u@,xRKMIȞ?ͮ ;9K,z\sMXX.zAq.vаk׮}]ٳg#sε^{M\eȑ#Ŭu$Zw\ BxדZ]ނs=TE@<4_hllD٣jW|rL(7n .4X$-"""93DfWī4;s s1ǏXy:)8q9.g}oSS.p(T\]]|Q֡3<<<77x8k,gޔ:tÆ EFF"Nĉ5Mݛ!}:::hMY!pױ?Bl{g>P&T\sz헿%pWu֬,5,;ＳD-WWWbi&6РnONN>}:Usu$CK伪7;;w(zA+uV\v-ETSS_", 鲍`(6$/-G\ߝ^8C¿o.wjP,ZqSg#Fж?SLx.;efƌ%#9:d(Պvڥl=zt͚5v\ɪUH7n܈d7aBƄp:Jkt8PljI1`[s(+WGy=^kH^NBGپuk͔)StuT | dU#eTi5]6B$@ezX!GGPF:t(%%E߹3%]lj]A4 /] #ާOgJ;#>cC DdtjeAe\:Eey?رck̚5[׺H^9%ʂ!뉴:tP7 2vrڙAgєk}QQQϿEǏ?rHc}}655%ٶm3npp111m$$$`B/]v&L;[;V[GK)S  2dnbÆ >|8 u bĈk.첯ف7A׿zLJEkuVD[C iΝ;Ql3))It>{1w 9A`O؆oٲe͚5(e˖X~a66ѣ舿3gδIq+++;ḧxǏٻھ}5TC⋚p6;v=STT0$ahy47M7pOa A4A;IƽR& eRǁ<}Yɸq/ ec+|$r2[Rqm۶iCesFAL=0d z-Fdd$g-W1!T FLi44%44Tp_;ӟ/w֭""H {<{ss3RM 0jR <|ZpM6Ru`9γ B@D*۷oOHH֖i1*CHhCex1<)VCs" Bq[N>;΍}H`&c1Ca}Μ9ӯ_zn1TL(=W.**JKK#&0)) BeY\~=lF2 &zx!99YqqYInnnff|!ÑϞ³>;x`=lNf 9);;[ wG@sѯ`Rihh =q;/RO8[!C[RR-aMRRRt/$UUU(Jpɼyai6̺z;¾}zXCafNn#ZZZ0F} j[XXhn@e}sp1tf<Q؋qqqf(((0_I6oތt2bs.nnd7EEhll$,-ޮ-Y0ѣG?Cfע;"_aN eeeK,_nB6~~ȑ NIIѽdܰՐPĔ(Khh:V5SxÇꩧ̮EOSm1==ݬnʲ[Ylec3{H[66'55 & RZ[[ٱ388#&1 ߠ*NsF6mٵ-0֏A=kX'bfC&wU0ڞٓf[fT8F{{{PPߧzRJOVp\ʈ#Onv-PRR1זpAdkxblfqާ7M^C955UiS[[ͮ~\ݓT:,,c3{N<9z*n喩S] gqEw^ύAUf +W̞ߧa4cW44?N8xF#Y쫯rpbbޔ)S/^lM ݝ:uC󳲲3%&WVd陙8x`EEt&ˆwc0uuuڼXY"7ڧ@k"Rix#.//Gl0J7%"ӧ̱|饗:n{~ ,Ydҥx7؉w}7|3_r%wq|8(KKKsrrx6l uci.ʞ={Н"~YYE0DEVP% KA477 4',,,""Bk;gJ`dhxPXsv?59|eŠ?h u )0$ E+GHJ555qͅ/noow ƒ_}G|[dd$yÇA}xXB l 1&ASN:3Jb- ʒqlkkså12()&P|G.lѢE7]Z/'N1rjѐLVRcLh2&WIJcQ^b` %&'GPyL |>TlȔyrbX$#!"^=&lP[;OZ.cȀ w(m݆p?`/zÆ CsE oj'8!ʢ}H ̙@Ο?,c{,X@U>PYYX5 4~'77"^ſxʢ~Pٷo3p:BxW[ynFE]դa@$mkkmUWWU+K.\po^suM0MG...v޻)A>\Uc;g8KHMM*9.BlBom6`7}qgo{͚5-++s7 G!ud^^C7tYnݺC;722v' 9unwA&tCxεdxEygƍÇ䀨}]qf/o}:{hTlڴi[# d4.ʹS ^U:"ʞdm\'_ ywFZi ώi".L5Ό$KFwŖlXrv}ȓn555F %}CAAÞs^#`paff9ڵKXcy( >(}}'BDܾ};M|aaaXJn2!*ƹg;9@ yWt?m6,X/'&d?am/H6 ="_֚sj;7l_atxSӝkWWWXfaa|GNpY{jiXQm```7G޶n*Kѳ5W׹CGĕppvtΑ_:C"ɧmж<)3†w/ZOPشs.W_Z -d{ĉ?я#!"Dmϖ-[.Ae|F[ѭ'rlctli)]vժU ;vtu$SӚ.[5wcUN蚴OoF3ڃ"n߿,\Jm mqs{_#}٠3U ~jH!:y9--I4zKL")AN|_<{}ު5$;MLLh e7?H؆t>6^h;Zy_EhJHjPZaC?O_sw˿8}h$5s4ȡA~ ϑe'MF&2DEEqbS?8&LJ CnbQ.OoAI+}C>q5ԜG i ;!'0L/Bi4;i18Lh%ip4O7N-4r>xjH)Dvj;>ƎĈwcMgҤINNxk~zgN~ձP;9V3z $/AC^E/֑n`Kup'={vBGG]ẴK(q" ٛ%jR~mnĐ* ,$ Je84ڇt駟vi\G]"e`Eu?'$jzqIv5xP#̛oO>ONp] ꟔7ƲgO_OKK ?gw0{l,ҥK >'Ov% ݻtꃊ IG Gk^z饗\r\nN3===$$LSVAMh);2Cyy97&&U:;ߍ*(6n(]zyw^#`C6;&NQ3ƺy6flBIttZb|7o鳑p?O>:3E[[vN.\ZZjS]]"=M8-;;I3i-LM!?~+ ɰ \Y);ҹ(!!!??ߔ7*8"1YCyF֯Xnmҥ. Ow!׺׮]kX^xăhj .СC\I@&"&݂phqUU,$0]Κ'A<+D[oUo߾&Lxׯ_OLz˔jkk6mZpĉ.#Fokjnˏ!D?! Bmb吐^SNL!dΝ2 3xF.i @G`K !śXyBD(<^7o 0+4h`lH%+{Edx,*"`i<\Tl=,ȕHEܶmIQ@w]㉸eCH DG7xgIUQt ] [o֭#LlOo[J-Pǎ)ȘD6N,$f閡lˋ;A [lڧIkq'iL4^['SXYϲӵ 7DksAY H76%@<&v([FyY.uCξ}v6Ba8Β/ nM?PGBDNlDS[/^F=[%wB;;;Ak|:CJ&%%k&Rx lה"Ϸh.((0iiizwXEHcc#ڃ.[CpVrrrt/}P8gvjC BOp茭Ptֿ0n4Opxi.KNISN: Ba^}k:Czz\^eq#Gx*? ى 3N#,t ې8=ڽ{AJJ4<^Ù3g\=<M6&drו/KKKs] )軧V\ݓbTlV _b~޽*6Sx7iȹQ=z4$$(΃57M@]]]lllkkkccÇ<111 ܹs'1XfffnnnQQQEE%ttta(.QG }|| y]XXXZZR>0YVVV\\H Px !KB8RCSxcH>>! GA 扷UM^9صkK*.NXQVddd\\ttǝqiT*!m)DY&5@V[[ݩl KqIe!LDʨZLTqY|HHI:ё |M^^UMNNVa,H/mAv={hb=66C6CAe5_IFfvE^NEE*5&4cbbҜ QYYxktkB,L7xBk60ȇ2P-""j+(<$kZ fB=DEE?~ZnZ()$$D߹Aw濾xM:;;mBeeeF Yo>sVV;o{FFFFGGYPPPTTTFE0xΝ +**c6}CP.[k׶,K8YHI8Mj[ZZN {tϜ)bDGD =7(((%%E;z(&.FD56mڄA9J]]ݖ-[B#G;WIhͪU۷o;m&{vaP B8YU[nTgBi23o->U;AkV^Dk+j&*IՈЫyÆ كep&:3T!??_P-LD<&]HLLd_#ށKhn"88X9ɓlDDDlݺ&>uꔤ9d7i Zj6BQW'J^x#*,L bDVNB2/W{؈lܸQv⴯~UtrfږNM١0 s*m|:4X^>ˠ:(%77W%'!w/7<HO<;wS(z(+##رc.}[__Ot> i|R(KyuZWCPt1RHBBN;&J7jkkͮtÊ.->>>::(.PdOLrssɃU(Cvv6NLSt <<<))ɃfRxD8$Vɓ$e*WX-22 NRڵK pVXt̻nHY@p\M\suhhh g!J ~CWUUDEEő\Xc8qpM$=ikkÕřIDD[HpPHss3ʂʠ8OYz)Wiii}}ꨬ!m'B#'l֢l}555e5j!BP( u -V endstream endobj 227 0 obj 13328 endobj 217 0 obj << /Length 228 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 274 260] /XStep 2401 /YStep 2401 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 274.75 487.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x226 226 0 R >> >> >> stream q 274 0 0 260 0 0 cm /x226 Do Q endstream endobj 228 0 obj 34 endobj 230 0 obj << /Length 231 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\[d~ׯ8{u;7X!@g`Kvא騪TRIO]=ё^_tE0|Qf7q9m4ge/Ç~۱5'=L ~Yϋ I0UsWe!LKJ _ǰh3lʼnS˶EXsL YqW(gQd#Ӛ9~#@8Į5Ӷu&XvY rӐt=q$Xv,,,U9iH\%GZNGYf3e6޿U{;2UU{;q!Z5U#18+Yf9RH<';&y92 f>1>sxNLjD;18ǧ쪬#1FL`L73DlH3j,f󾎜zNЯHʔmaZ_5Q9 ٤e1^s, -Pi6H`0eΆ>uňYY65T # Q|xoXVwbG|6gDq^_Bر_Ϧ 9h5WO[<ˀ0;[7q !¹?]kf՟,"=M'U$QhO~}<|>:;|{L^dBcg% xO; %s=;6sF}^Pn>ÝMBዌH "P}GX^1 ݲv;1^.'AÈ~D(Fr f!q*QMkïIZ`MJR' Ii7$rR=&uĈ%79hIPWU. [o J/@ybEmHϸ5,=Ϸo6A'yEY 5c+I+:F:v-4Sr[t+4\v @C$AnTW ej%z+וŕU0bby\յ 5' $(, YȨ(2FOb2;2UGYJ`EV,D *ygdeLs y)Yf ըt[hQ旅4Ht`]>aڞKQNiԍwp?fTRy轔/"iDv`P5*XNp br[gG>#7!YnsTW H fqD upT)V77DcQe5{羧Ð>S@>!>сV$pV ~ޓ,Qݮ̙C0Y$BU6dn0=WyZCJdl+;;6ؚ͓ثJ;'ϋLJ}<ɊY HG D|: 7G8T<:IL&th r$̸qV;nx(K -NF}5-̵;"इ!DÇȈfZԱE ERLˊx‮yŎv, up-r(nk9t7ry%,)cF>=E=\,"**#=޴hTӝJBy%6uNX+Q[lr#uL]ڤhjAQ9.kvdqa9@$xOUqYRHE5dc.Uܨp~VZ:'/\E; ME]h V@14Ӱ[!8 %! F k xuĠdowyʚS~bH5=R`M@Gv(yl:(T,[-5oO:";X&(F^+^ Q#3q2mQ&`J,F Mї8Ofd)EҢLBfK)oJ2:]$*I=wWd.br do?,N%ΓnO$k2_v+Fd[}6}AX{VZ*ny#ٔ88V"VaG OWwkn֏H98NZ2G"ց#:ocfi#n`Ŧ^Î">&`yA%[Kl)7L^'yĻsNV᪛dPxiCH'aI\W9WyxW> tIu' Gŗ變#PbruP8uP mPJVvh(B~خE)n٪ԳAH5HF䆹6sQgm,YrlVK{Z;bfc| ` ;iҪ%n 7℣ O-]W[z:05ğf-~ ެg;z/ ACpOao33u;Lb/ F<5;xO+0v{3-.<m}Ô(„ &H :D~ 0t)?x{;Eo7ݕS?^ endstream endobj 231 0 obj 3458 endobj 229 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Pattern << /p232 232 0 R /p233 233 0 R /p234 234 0 R >> /Font << /f-4-0 67 0 R /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R >> >> endobj 235 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 230 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 229 0 R >> endobj 236 0 obj << /Length 237 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 82 /Height 188 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream xA %Wŕ| uuX* endstream endobj 237 0 obj 43 endobj 238 0 obj << /Length 239 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 82 /Height 188 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 236 0 R >> stream x]yTUUBE4,HSCMHLJ)*Hd!bI* ʠ"DĤ!~}<.w@ys{mnVA:۷on߾}ҥ .tww>},Ytgϖ666,{ܿݮ:::Vhhh;7ߜ1c wrr0at7;;~Ml;hѢ=z@{xx$%%]zFKJJ222|||$[|kMMM[n5666sNN]YYzyyA%]]ݨ(3&NxM'>sajj? #:;;CY(bL[H^zYY;vL0)v 5/^,UVAV^d'nݺEW)0 E\g"aÆ9'0?giHsEEE0Q%眹ꫯiaagq˓[?W^=aBBWԩS̙7psNX!劕G2y> r˗/X޽{Ԏ ѣG׮]K-111ӦMO߷o2oԨQ,lGGy߿R$$#gΜٳ' M6@Z0--MSSO>t%K->>98}NF&7siNF4*͛77,.cǎv:9W\in7n>/}D#jKKKEƕ ޕ\AjDЦԎ7|hčX=ys*t'O .$bҤIԈ .=zA^A[YYaX~~X RCꊊ Иڠ]b 믿1=A#qļK"SxW=J>T߿/a&hDhGމX#|}}qĈB sNyLLLG痔P#؛)...fZrrrjjj𕗗G۷xI믥[0N9b!IdYb<=$L[[[E! >mٲeAzz3<**:r)y:S .ɓ Bb@] 駟pv'*#ʵU  ȫ9E899 *`5UHΝ;7p@ds=s`ZZZ=z*g&PC]]=((3"#{g!յ),>l0henn̕Րm~֬YuFeeM{9 Əe߸qcǎHh LOgn@ GyXǩLTL73gD0mx)<g^|9-- W?,,W nAdddrrrnnnUUؚ ӧ3'@~Aİ0[%O5oegg,m55&LHd.^bϞ=V#&[/~1h Y?SlxĶmCEH]Z[nE%BCe@e@e@e@e@e@e@e@e@9 555[ ՗.]JIIٻw-[/^<}t;;;@Ĕ)SN`GGGw{iA~~>MJJz7HqEFF2;@SS$Θ1$ZZZn߾ÇIFqq19w0rqơCBQF?~?YN$?0s>++,3W" C8 kpaQ)y! &fff9 NvǀjqΖ(GcŊ8Jjjj G֭ɥ|*%yy>}Zjt~~~Aؼ~5yx-' À+++4AD-dY6wBC޻r_~]/$jjj,x"={vCC & B0qD ctx嗙 H3i2DjV` 9r$Vμ1.`xaSSX#G8!lmm)Qဟ_CxZ 8p ŷ<-a8d!EXXXȫ6@xAbO5?"p]^ ~2]zJtpE9enҥL---X>Cݼy6FQ6bn"RBBk'bvX} BMMMI+ٍ>ְ s_~{f:#;9s&f˗Ŷ ?~+^PP+~X6ZΝ;W\\,TGl-O?D#Cl]>3E8H 7q {ܽacc#m^?q ֋_ rgV;8A Ai^^h>]ػw/pʹCe@e@e@e@e@e@e@e@e@e@9+[NGGGl-}(>> 744=\lV888Hj*(3,,lҝ k|׷idkffڵke7ܺuYc֬YH{e϶0{b5&ΣfРAZZZʋs)O` Ŭ[vBjoV'%%-`U[+Q]] C:ޡΝ;|$ 3۷EGmmӧVDP ('غ%"""\]]ݻgiiIe"<Ô_^zusKhoo }Ν-,䤫KE ͛7V$fkNN+++=r& 6lĥKy)))HAL6 }\\\}IFEH  kxK"'2AˢSȗ%-U|"`~sk690ϟ߱c; 1ZllldqcbbZDKZK [[1c,[LZNnn1݆3 e40`xH60 ͍irJ"k}Y"h+jÙjܸq~Ã]%`bb"m5FIki#jC3L 9͛7vJ̇ACBB>CḘ͆M $vuDSa&UaN Fq"H]W\sQaaynPIu%K-+UUUИ={˗F-O,]I+\m۶ K-,:8ȒƉ'#IX.!11q׮]uww744,++XnǠImkkkAv7iFEEӇұǏ'$$iL9((M{@@@zzzv`{3gdk4ai8v߅QAeԂ endstream endobj 239 0 obj 4260 endobj 232 0 obj << /Length 240 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 82 188] /XStep 2137 /YStep 2137 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 108.9625 427.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x238 238 0 R >> >> >> stream q 82 0 0 188 0 0 cm /x238 Do Q endstream endobj 240 0 obj 33 endobj 241 0 obj << /Length 242 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 82 /Height 188 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream xA %Wŕ| uuX* endstream endobj 242 0 obj 43 endobj 243 0 obj << /Length 244 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 82 /Height 188 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 241 0 R >> stream x]{TSO#(h4b Hi$4Xhi)YJ25_hXIv4%h>( {3]a; 3~;1};3^AǏ߻w5kz뭠 ??^z)00pΜ9;w=|}}ʊGyy}||lll{ｎ#G|缽as.]Ǝ+mY?gΜٶm[(߽{Sر̙3^[[[\\D'^̔[ssNTTtuuꫯ✓KϞ=L*5kTMHHOО={ Acƌ9w|+W}H:m46(,,ĴtA/\ЧOH߽{737oĀfE||xyykRqٳgllTsIXgtKNNF N|._l IF&VoҘ Dh,WX7l.#Gv:9O7Ǐ?7?A'hΙX-SO=eQ~go˖-8 hFv:oߎÆ 1w\j4hHt׮]-:npppe~[ǎ+..FWS]XXȷdeeTWWc+))MHBb׮];w6?^q҃7m$l8u떙cј5kw&˂ %id1R)X 8[HH-`߾}w߿k&@ȡCLO1~'0=ĢgϞ]v-B6m􁛊-88!p88::O84|Y֚ jԞ2`jʉ?~gqE=jԨf򩩩7j///٣|N>!L͛7oϞ=E^t\+ƍeӮ]-[HVBܼy{#t:2VRnsUfhfrjM#66̙NbUUZɍׯwbko/J*ī h߾"e44'O vss.^8f ctx'hJ[f B{+W~xqѨi!3((R j &NHѣBTG'Sߐ.^B={ϟ??00Pä$RDB4p(OOO sgy"?RDh75ݻw opxA5m۶[MS8A|svv6gÄ Dh7dc0;QG8戩 `^pe G8UY~= 7WA+hE™"灲򁒒,% Q#N4O?O;SYcDTlOzCt !4Uiˠ7~)Ál$,ӻ-eeef.K'˔?pLwV8BC B$L ǡCKx?Ȕ)SN>PMH9 ,[9\@/7$$,!,YX.."c___r,Xȳ&hZ5)ݤ h]\]@'&&rqqqt$gΜi?==u׮] t6m^^^cΈ+vGJ+(jOYJ|=Vw[7 ҥKK̙ 55UiS[ ܹ@iKGrr2SN5۷oAAuV/bذaJkЬV4j@Z=ЬV4j@Z=ЬV4uKmllւ]\\SDTwȐ!%%%J+(b„ ǝ?诹s.Z?ʌ 4}?ܦM_˕P֨QIR!33sҥRƴi8[@'''ӳYYY|ĉ{e#`3mvvv:u0!a||ޱzjzvh.-\,;v`Y$Vr ʕ+rmQSSӭ[Ç+ST V8k׮9;;SEzz:޽{ｧ7xǏ/((@鉋ϴ>00<<G ˗q)SPvj&MBɓ'7<qgFSmq<qNPDD&hZo 2g@;vJ΢#ƣG]V-:NO7\C)aްu:4$$k';w joooI$0`x裏 @w%ֹDP2LeΞ=K? i8uԨ(q Bis @PM9!A֭[Av "!+V1z4::z޼yDcѣ՛6hP<}(--%>##zQdjXm h)ӧO@tĉ3flիWc5J+}䅦[=UVV*kcXyb8Ldiy"f'Lp]VZ@Uml6Tٳg3%ā#Hg,PWW}$rzuro1g^SSs4СC Ǭ׶mۊ)R0j mt!TxիG1- a ~Fև[Œ endstream endobj 244 0 obj 3821 endobj 233 0 obj << /Length 245 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 82 188] /XStep 2137 /YStep 2137 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 269.3375 427.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x243 243 0 R >> >> >> stream q 82 0 0 188 0 0 cm /x243 Do Q endstream endobj 245 0 obj 33 endobj 246 0 obj << /Length 247 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 82 /Height 188 /ColorSpace /DeviceGray /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream xA %Wŕ| uuX* endstream endobj 247 0 obj 43 endobj 248 0 obj << /Length 249 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 82 /Height 188 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 /SMask 246 0 R >> stream xwLoϨ؈ƆػkPk{E,QF A,8ޑ"`%bC?<3O}f5HKK)\vEHH$&Jrww)hժuG8@Qx˗}|}}cccEJ(ܹkԫW/1tU ի ߿E>}I¿tVh޼yìׯ =3_*UGlJMM=uCݥBA!2mڴKm!ݻwBi?>/_P$S\9=y$::Z(mq9V \\\2̘1c̘1>|rď'Ox\}% @#GGGlmmzw$:vheeUR˗`A^`AZr:))I7@{FZ߾}o߾qm 332loo~!199x Ǐdsٵku(\lN鰽{f͚YXXL2 5juG> !jǏaaa'444<<ׯ'9k54i?M DFRlݺun| 6D%!/^}EÎxbV<^:5f Y5G6mDR>bӼOkQST &ϟWh0=|Y8ϨQ*dqqq` ddd`6^bpgg#GNB#*+c0={=[l:Sx%x1sL۷oOǎCyϞ=Y[Ds ~~~$)E^O0Aj[akknQXXߟ5֖R[Ă:.[NJJJ3gHm`q!CK\DX~gXUX188XV/X --MjXвeK`[jդ5R[kx-|PAZ>(^k Oypeʔ ѹq㆝͛____q x{{KjDEEլYsѢE:AAAhC[nk׎_NDRElllߌϝ;SmdObbbݺuqKsnʸ^"..nԩ'N`_uDDv)B ڵKXBc.P:j5f7? _ CysstAN?.]:iƍwiM!Æ .\^j+rMLLCFFƤI:tW^u͘@ h޼9ƍGS.k֬iܸAyaZHŋt_sXX ܹйsg,hU1,p}!q ?pʄ#BaF4 ry4"LsKrbb"_ M#9}TfM!lْd6l \ tJ,ډF.1pۢ-u2RW) G?)DRR ,^fQ޽{!a)`%Ka@DR[@b)I\Y^X 8Dgg ӧԆ۷ j{."_'''u񉋋[pB؀%" `\̙3ј%-5-ª,#2)EK6znܸh=ErJ6>>>8Ǐ===;vgϞ>z(q? Q$3#16XQc9ЪU+nԶ[ۛu~Mu#%K0d0MZV,]ʼn(QBk KL@,2߿iգ=m۶?svѬY3`<}(^kx-|PAZ>(^k |)K.533 t?##cM4ILL@Á;wVT/2eܹsw27o}Grr۷o6 Xs۷%'==\rW^+%C (MDPPٳ|hW:uFѣG\tsj [neʔsJo[`3= 2bΐ! 8v'!ЫW/ӷo,G!% ͆y0-ضa:ׯ%^ ,̛mfQu,+022BX[[Zjt֨Q5!hSgӦMT`@I m/_~@Svm܆>4C={6 ܵ 6mQ!͔[ٳgolla:հjժ~ !޽|)hwҠjժ֭[s${1ԩSIUbEq FoUڔPUV (@BRR ϟWzQd*FnIE"={5*6rwwhǥ6)6m> >> >> stream q 82 0 0 188 0 0 cm /x248 Do Q endstream endobj 250 0 obj 33 endobj 252 0 obj << /Length 253 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\͎ )g"˿(PE tt13w&@HW%JG>N&HΜɏu7on|fSCsG混Ϳ\۬Sͳo~9uAcsi'?o;h8|7]뛿6!Ca/[|6a˗m#?cq]Kjn9 ~kvM?O낶[;rMڭ;[|ȾMߖ/?pu~ٔy~5+ x@# x|m + JpkLWp?$Low-o#w)X8.와X 8"`칀?&`Luy.` žY-i̟>6l1O_nͧwKϗe^?ޖ[C!~rNK.sb[[?״C!?.isviyĵyǧ13E>}v_IDXo+qtDB!~&vXߵ隍PS3b̿ZiC&o9푩}6oڎy'qey*12lyLȿh]teKa$W6=f Lem?MC4UFœE:f[s5c B~_ͅGJg$2qM`:m6p^LfK2BBy{*\=6+3L3`Sy7V8;f *u2x\'5颊wdXr-ï05>N|ɳ\CҭՊGE UXUbd&y*b,Ih2VaOLLҊژZCdl4h7 2P;%ṛ,xJBJ(UIbҭ<*nu҇,ʽN^;jo",sq$Jw,_^27}GcX1a a aqOa}b\uw/H?eVլ"\0GϤ·aoL̕P0fvFk%a $(R҆dQ3EVä1%iT̞Q-<\ITIJQ.|NRgRڪNHOW#<2Pt_TI~f\HQK6œ4A3aۥV( ZF',dP()Sg/ Чl\ܳr aeꡗe"r4+UyM.$J Q{}la}Ɗ˓Ka]#/(|my'A=m[zwR-\ z&ZUUޥbTp+%6۬\?)!< m|-a5XZbb5=GQJB9qHcyGf-։~i)s/J@ukYrZԟa}tC)I|\1L |܀shI-c/aw!WR0-oݙpRxFLdD Q HʽUPJ*dn'sPd8*,;N&QL9vW| l*cg# v% RW+?Tk`g]LˠTSgA V[iNف }^HDsQښQr# pbE u46spT \ Ub:ҵɢ̳{$ޜZa^1 =>`vms% y݅9@;J,Iz"Ǚ9$BA3闃Pfek6E`)%iV 'Y':HGa/9y<1ukZ뇧OE!U..]m"u6եq7~o,ai6.f%$a˘(&6aQ+%w0q:ɂ}쁩eU3ҕ['bdsƍ/mU7[C z ߨ%ܢ$ș .5\B7Ƨn\/lO?W%ݾ|2#,?F,S55#;-t F!s=sjb^+}ޖ_PE˛{ebSv= EKš/8/O@"C-sļ$S*P]Fd`EA !; cQ"sTa<]{^8#J:"Nn5 /B5E"p»+Wecgkp(Gh8-qط/€O|SР/N*9l;K-5٩R@K+/vR>{5{YY&=W!{z=G&GSn3/rJVמRoP_1+8<תs=wOE,A'[Li\BcMd:ڶqWpC=ٚyd&AvYrh=jaC*Tust_U_7OqAb}RݽD'0`Q8Q߭f8Ï"Ar9(ԁ=/GU&y/r M~BO!-@[Їe¾1?eA.Inw^M$!ic?hXuR#X{?~9sL`A&>iÊ0[)D~Լ M6+P8C ]28M]|[)fh:p.8= D6:E2>C逞:l14HY1夤w@Ŵ-p 7p<|C쬏%Ȓt0{Js^yՆf+1 xvRv ,unq$((2dPL=1,<7Db1nPOKW*lT%<ޠ?nU0&ffƪKwujͧ9PLrTi@%Am%h =7qA#%7ww]Sh4KSҼogzS)IyHZڹK.DR]~a/zTzzKH]p{mcQ.!;N *nx"68'yN1O{rt\3)4/7< endstream endobj 253 0 obj 4134 endobj 251 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Font << /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R >> >> endobj 254 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 252 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 251 0 R >> endobj 256 0 obj << /Length 257 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x]n, +ڷ]nYY&LH=D!UeYd.0G=$<<|H#z#i//xmri^R{Zǣ9 9-nf4^O?>y3뗦i-_s|L_>?v\/fdZ~v_$~[>nt#w,,jylm^4Ocs{oor|ab_;i.?Y[A,<<Cm_*9O[^ӿ߇^<ɔx4P%=1˸.O[G6W-jb<^uExʫXv{aIHì }ڰ 渙c$ҘZ+KUc=*!<k"owk}}rI T3kwwv#I63&XIђдM+[zx0{8S>xYN1v& 3!f[`u/ϣI{xIFGJk +$:B:^.^ $._dQi[)v}:F\ (LJRfkjCC4ڌ Gcg' *k琓C][.gd 8m`2meb%n'[b#n l1E.I2 U`)/%yjGa%א[*eQ'ZB뫄mh + HSnYu[3FKVmk@< 0'Yi'ȣ$`0Z*>c;_UR/~ s(,v$`=SlV,]?a|OPͦ.'U2Xu PVPs\ 1dI ' &51bUv%1jPŵY* >5vr(˺ʄ))H[$H4lFiW2/ ?!p"2C:$5'We0NkƟRcqG*$h >A{L0;VDv₧0)KU䪬0U-_R/CWj}Y6< 淛1gEfaeK46 =1+XFr5RԢ8-$T {y@OX.3"Ä2vXcWZŦ&6Ziz$@#40srFЂ I7^Th {!|/xn3ijnVzh?Im쯲 <7\ދ8q߈RBjZٝ,;!]g,&]w5#u8U0A´!\Smȶ`AEq Þq q)>7A$ԛKcƴw -"$ݲr9ok<=LAN嵭F/ N;QQy "%eeAahS+q5DeSG=I- URd,D:o?oc0[(@*gh^R8 *1:pc嗢 :HQGX[e:e-9QF̜m_6]ײSR4 %KN؏a*>piNȎ쭄:ɳVʙp. bl+Q֋{a[V4z_Zo'q:Jo LTJT $X*$q-T6˵NZ.w [@[r},;u{yN'7Vn/TU8iGz$D+wR mH_RC[ktq.È\Y'wxm3⨺(l?Ne)`~`8GsMElt* ҋD8Ⱥt~7xN#J%UQZ:9R\~;7@ lghm]Hsn@.m "-#"o,Kd14DȨaϐ3[>eLt 1poh93)ҽy݆|U~rE)!zUfJOj#_0Sk'^_'q΃.7_~ȟ4<t$)_C#5/) endstream endobj 257 0 obj 4215 endobj 255 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Font << /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R >> >> endobj 258 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 256 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 255 0 R >> endobj 260 0 obj << /Length 261 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x\ݪ Y,!ra|19]kC^?-~4Z{Hꪯ/R7iOe0t_ݿw_>ߎox?̱b BMtMS?̝|w~q?7]e>:P?tvHaJk&^)u9Cs7u'72ٸ @αZx>0a}z}[m/·;}xK{~w?~}acX.!qk_k~q~\>KbyZɴ?e>mZGU_Ɓu#܀B9*Neao 8N|q}2 ?:BCU&= &#OQ}yQ=>,4ov \S(3ʬ@XF'y(+{3\c'jõhG(quwԭ6}\XE]P1̀s瑺.\g!nߞwu=0+o7C$ܾ ł5 ^0ė*Kq \pL ;,Mj^(СqE Ce M!I]Pt~b--0Kph״'?L)&GS#Ev6ҧw(sT9,^_P X%"uކb<0ԲS+atdl+onԫ%RQep` Ƨ$BL2ӹVԆF/(:]]׵J *!+H5ڱ%zB*"qN訃3&GSfqFۆܪ*S%+Tr' OAbё_3ьWHI [SU18)j"ZHlE*[]QRp% v1,[0<&3f :zI[fN"USF8p=!N#=pm!/!< Ϻ|R=MCMŝ5[<Q\>P_>|Ze`H<&bvBiL 01t5{ll3U*0Rc~L)+BiiŘ<"Xky#A*ie0P,Mo#:XLZT˲DszWIh,=5(zDd6OI)TAUbDžvG쇹1 J)#cI$p~Ui1جz(R“ k˞F 9q$cx߮{dCQ5jQ<"N#6cRQQZ/=ԞܛEp1}]@} (o6%&"U$`FHnfb+%,|ya H4Z$MsI-gQ-!0p+K3PDB\cNE{}oJ4L絝 \:c@VPΙ9-7'YZ~z @HAz0҆+؅J#wێB*ы0ʊ%ڌ*kاxm\Xj4J>̄HzN:'[xȨkk ףUG ;-d`h ĖNit$/[e38óʝ!w,h 5.P{5VCS0KN:Z@aU^$4Z Q)}uS #Jo$xsĞA Zpk\]O,YdjԠp=gnϠnPƅYZ2ITvlTB9ͣ,VIK*it؁R؈<[WbF/ W ;+%?gX؇PLw??wm5ZŁP7lu&YCQee6N>n&ȶsQ$٠}?MwESCġ,yOp<0{PMT:sKcCO/PLkqiEmMFZ6ThhMA=h?E5i5Jrȣ-q:nR0ff7>Xttc̪%SZrcw-c=A+/Ns-Wk[  8\Ғ!Nhgzom,?CÙg5Kʵ8 SYڜZ* T}g#џBѴ2h-dJU lSb*Cw~NOس2oT`Ը{mbƏ ŹӨHΠtky^pK@sp+ae,6 8T/jr8)]G}_?wui3bRA_~# ;((m;(¹FrU]Qe?&e:.C⍚TcT)b`,VR]p: BG+pI(3YY#fQfޝ`؆3+yd}PQT>}X+ Je@c5Z9i4'E@ٿɔ۶J,r#b)1Y^͟<&,Ѐūv;^D T eTQk I"; H&M8+4~{'Rtwr|$Eo4oOo秜>̀}%FJ[n{~r5R R5|ҕUXo`uW mKiI%XQ!yI'),0i$S?k>-/qWJxIPT~AF%EI endstream endobj 261 0 obj 3598 endobj 259 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Pattern << /p262 262 0 R >> /Font << /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R >> >> endobj 263 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 260 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 259 0 R >> endobj 264 0 obj << /Length 265 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Type /XObject /Subtype /Image /Width 320 /Height 240 /ColorSpace /DeviceRGB /BitsPerComponent 8 >> stream x v8 aUٙfR'*>Lwr椪cE9O"?-+M΍ԥw2TJ{=4wn D`;cn__Һ ^Q_*_u>Kb΍u_D5q~0oD=`<Bf_Ҙ_A0٦e9ysf.oeo +P1;_\ SmT+kQs" W@e~K{2wi̯@#_@Th 4 AE MCDQ!(i.%,?hoZ߳#{3 ~߯~:-}?_u}<VGH}P'ߵ1"u]ol똏l~zB?BfiTӪuΌ-0,տB&Mr/ū#E3eMH>oXZŨ~& JQb~o}_^+K:V**Hv~-_RzQ)cw!wt{م^pG4 )iDQaM 1#4 2FPVsMŮU4b~4Xy YM"4 &!hBEhIEh14hQiPӗ%(N{xɡM E)"4 "Dhz1~h( 4ȩg(w>Tٍ'NQLgd~ 6D4Csvc6ih9uiKf_2bM3<f(&}9<i[4Vb(@8*DQMCEφ%-"x 2;8aƚ1Ԩb5jP1]jL58LW0 0Si(~A:r54 Wct)nj5c=}ϊWX(9.5`>輧 sz| =+V^If&Ok 0:P5B58LW0LxGo~>Geh&MSC'Eî(@z@%DQqUEh}FhcvmE 2ChZ+ƈM( д(DQqд<2Qin x 49(@Ӿ?A( l4CŖ_|{(6tZ7lBJW¿i (N!(@Qi( 4Ah 4 AE MCDQ!(@Qi( qD@eh 4 AE MCDQ!Ţx\VucXzdk+^@ P{:_^"^@ҳ5t0$6oȧހ/w}EVyb=fq>\O% .hܸ05';ySo@7=^hWRSŘdUuu\W\ź-X+Δq]bvn{1Fƫ3;`gkQxbtm/n]\y%ԲE1u;]uqՙ뵮E1yZur$|׵Ѻ++hݏŘ@ږG+mm~ɖw2Wi5 P9/TZΟ+ֲy8# ?oc 9OG-ϧr (o~kX2M endstream endobj 265 0 obj 2762 endobj 262 0 obj << /Length 266 0 R /PatternType 1 /BBox [0 0 320 240] /XStep 2427 /YStep 2427 /TilingType 1 /PaintType 1 /Matrix [ 0.75 0 0 0.75 64.25 141.75 ] /Resources << /XObject << /x264 264 0 R >> >> >> stream q 320 0 0 240 0 0 cm /x264 Do Q endstream endobj 266 0 obj 34 endobj 268 0 obj << /Length 269 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x[ˎ++I0z 4#0v*փՒn.| x$u,V:`nOS7^4p >/q8q?ON?~=p_u<)nˇ q4>q~s.}s{KS!ְ> ]󥸞^uu;/xۦ \ɲ\!mkHv`4}@4a^m=aɯGQ?.PnH`,?åF&D("$]c񋋈"݊/ʒI|O no$J<Leڮ{^PYre&I^0*t0A~,"K&0QxbOƂMX5ֆ 7ބم:аTP|]Ȇ}/(|'K|%`ƟmM{ G.0ܸSI49%4 cv~ 2 $ɣ0yWt 3Ycg:(+ kjYp+ -xv"`$-ZAPu p-#f'N{:`j`A u齃 \}*{1UYohr"؞řfb T{tY̓Q'kbYCU:{5屿ӵ>VP]flQ u[_Xh(֯QEmam-tp/*]AK'`d{=IVGBc% >Hm"C./tCРil:&P g!>(fcjdA6;h,uR~/l]]q LLz(b g;u :?ҹLgp8BH@6R-g%hAC4o38ڻq8 Z gjwP#8>z (F"@SFAirh8BU ,1 ]ҮH{ w#sp.!ѱȚ ;*EFXB~J,tDQ~ҍ,l8GL6QEt7fڼds.4\((^ }.%M&" 쎕 }wf][prVrJ5Y :?Y,VB0j:QA`-:KhLBd+h*tE,H5-i)h||#p0)zP"JipFquP|T-.YJ;c݋7R9Sl*PP\JVNOFf 90l␲sVe0Zɹum9aYz\RGK+[jcMD>*$7fOy)"0~LFs5TIȝj `i$_OIUVzZJjOnVGU He@ ZAF +y-{@QmxKO;I4yaovJlDؽbNld1HĖ Ȳˢ0J$UQ>M57IK[ æcQ/ UC[QTUP #7`"Ы0H+B2u ª}_^VUtHTMM×̬̍S1jBQ\gz~fBk=&Q$ 6zRNFۆ<"2KPqN2MQ- =go 2:M}LumAA%4;2b!:緵8n5:TCC0r]c);ԏ}Eis#\w!zĜvwCtr dkYu@rQɴnflm8ZXyAsTIT(iSA(KxF$aj̓TǺSi,̆| IP@5zƼ$Β+E9vMe]Q#cy8Z7Vݨg5IYu),fz|-4I&{YE[*WgpP=8oԍ2.sa۫*mN!#aX>k97-vnu\y;4-۫_7ީƗ;]%aCx_닏Dr-Mf3T?~L粟~[3],0Ÿ2>7#W},HyZnHxUÌI"MC?'1CXVW#p*o%\?:b endstream endobj 269 0 obj 2828 endobj 267 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Font << /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-4-0 67 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R >> >> endobj 270 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 268 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 267 0 R >> endobj 272 0 obj << /Length 273 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x[K4Wtc;H($.V;ӃpbUvgnrr=|2S1^i:K}yӸaớ~wc_Ëq^V;>a{Kzxy7|oҫs[i1žo涹b7.]Bo)OY <.N@ 8 E}-aeS~t=@(eO%:Z1eܲ:%_޲|CIM +{:۸*ity.a߬î:ֽ*LEXmeEkْI-ƒq0=nQ-Cیe :Y٪/8]Wwpq1H\VG7euZjm`/w0.ZF߷_cs5yIqv`q|B%;aZ ü^ݺy+~1k`G{6ǵ !2/qhVN3YN(A +ݹ5mnkeL8R?!TZ"'hgD!yZD;nЭ-V07';%Al:tAv1jp* b{0(J-k#> [7EMp Ǣ=,Z(ݲh4,c/G%2V0:F~&*7pi2ѦF_Pd8#KKS7yUG*@ &{A|"gM?i:[;. i*eꤕ:/OUd4bc,Q\^Ǧ$d{0M fYo`58p/'(Čݦg]$ XvQ $ )5< y\u ʏ2.@q9>hi="xxb1vZKn]LT):FQb鼉B# ;5fYuS+@ {40W/\sQ _V\ AgVQ&k_sv˙$M,j򱽂j$me3iVe*#`ҞZBF_!F73(^)KẢꕬQVڝ[fla@+<|ltpARYPV\ 4~)BHhBHS}R!YX$ֲ6h7u͑m3CPt^h҆@(h(d>0/}XbZt,U/UM3FCWFW:Y^.6n8QM{\$)p4>I x SVwj^NN.ڱf=#D $}UeP}@g_S2j5rN+ӽk7w nKu_xr4S2oyq[>A^~6zWft "ȸ;'"*2Rϐz<8k7WE#ۗQ2مl; ;XC0W;dȥ;Wy<0t*_uÇ*ݕ)F+U0?XG3R?P\U)jQ/> rzjxO]"|j5u R] VT9d&e-Ѧyvk*ݸOmc/zn9ݸVF14KHI2C&ɽ+;bR2"[r*ί8A '$kFWĸսR4.Hvv9DÇ?_"8mmUn*9":4E(}e=_&o^GmpBLx Ip0c2H9x)w ]"?#ٯ$܎^cV}KPFfC{<[We*;r&p``IXRe1 v9BK3soe@ UÌI`֑W?% b_C [)*9g~2 endstream endobj 273 0 obj 2550 endobj 271 0 obj << /ExtGState << /a0 << /CA 1 /ca 1 >> >> /Font << /f-2-0 7 0 R /f-1-0 6 0 R /f-0-0 5 0 R >> >> endobj 274 0 obj << /Type /Page /Parent 1 0 R /MediaBox [ 0 0 609.1 790.55 ] /Contents 272 0 R /Group << /Type /Group /S /Transparency /CS /DeviceRGB >> /Resources 271 0 R >> endobj 275 0 obj << /Length 276 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Length1 11024 >> stream xyy|Uukޗ$d!$th I(1 &`DD J:F" a1 1@dX2(y Ǹ8te$̼c}NUwgRv9sF!ġDP{oQ@(;?W4Bx]o /~xsF8>P`͒;o_YJ'pށ.Ww1pW|jj28?vO嵋KpWzv3e pBL=be+ G3=̽{G#7jӃb ԐVoc ȂRPQG=Iŵc VgH7(3BRo'~,4R8F`t0?cVF,s8 va蘌l>$˱[Ny)e}{_y8}.~ٯƇj A c6#- =zfD1F\DE41jgG/,?R0gtpsgtsRvy Щq_lNH`Ԉá:?͡Nm [[ū˖H1yʉ>C*;#ֆxdGei7Xl%U$)j{"=MT7_͙Gb8{<.a.,!*-xgB H;p hp<< ԟРQ8a?Nxv(Χږ#xV㔖zoKOl[/~uBy[`tnY3n[>ȑw-qc~ڗ_ECB#T|idBH vQ5(ձSGaLVe/$S+<1JH7Hmn~rr:VIK^y앺!\B SP/gDR I;1_;#:IubMi[תl͗fDXؐivUvG5FmE"WSR:5=:653.-:5c UQԌ^qm5ɳ2%et ug=6l͍/t?7\t4@~^6tΥ5F2 Gف``2g=L:4d?diհ ^Y` ~=;" lw cۜ}R-x\I,h>gWNg2dqYHae.7s|P.`y<\i*JR4V+Pexa=_/ׇևsvqq{`{p{h{ w?(@P/Ϩ6nm溻 m645S%neH8끺i={T]6걓ѝ^/F#jD d]b-R]Ό DxItwi/ jRӕ\Zr!W2U]&5@dWH\ܱ/#GN'QO>N\_.0e-^r8`Gxb $Ԧפ#MV[+$}-vF*?>AWRz'ɡ _oDlSiΠ3N`-{1'fp@ "?I}25 ?*`:뱇*}[п_jalLdO䣟UD$݈,giMlZ@LOEɋȑH,aa͉ hDuyVռR,XR?~ҍ5Nڽ6gq[K6?򕹿ۮ>Sx\Lw޸m7+q?TS;_ lڴ5k(mG2_r o3f;vY\)M31L; Tg%|$KHO",STўmH[Q,v =3볹{#Y/ԋzS>P* cNLR]8 P8zKZvڡeaʆWmֵwT0EԦ?‘U7q>=w޹D,`4=Ntb8p)#m~ NgMQ$NQJd_ kFVE~?c|Z!p7;dT{\xƩ7-]hW~JX%w Fy/Yh6Uo8?В"gB#e[_+ZRCd34D+RiSu0+|$0$AUCqA찑VRRNݲjLc^ʙ8&jXU %`#?G HakEm^Ф{ݭk,PE& eL9"*P@UCroFAT&\\&WC̕I`,BE&'&".zMd/n^zdYJ!~rKuV+R^؍=xS u8KHrQ90]Mr:r+fLmffU4=%^n)jhi>"% &$'SSQ0$PR*mk1?.P^i闔[jAXihE§13xuC¥5OO\.]\BP:;" 84AN0,Cְ,MVkUȠsшw t0 $iI HD~R{ˋMqξsTWlg ,I揻+,ƴCUNȭb eNmp-L}FTHHTԑIl2,+Ę .MaPAN+7 yPDv"gMR&I_ @9Ĕ68o^#,zuW*=x T}<&=xu+/m4⒣/ ̫D*;[x͙hO9݂XáZMNLCQ ;;L@M&{MFj|ۯ6 +7)Uq8$(FiP)O*Iܓ*S9kӣ]tSAlF\LQd'[-(c^_SKKek0j0"p/(ߐUIhЋU=|Ϙ:k:敿78a[k뗟Vp%5M_j.V-c=Q&V728}Tkj1drYL dhꆢKuT_[OsCqʮ))4<&I{D ~~RN3ϔ%vϟ۩)ʧ`4{)i?Q3L!_[kk5<鉥 $gQШyi D24Mi(-l קNd"IplTѢ PYU[^~omJk ;sܽ [wqDH9K9x<- 9(Z 5U ,^*Nѯz[owrVZaN/JY@7VQB%gZTTШ1ם~?/RqnXJCs*::&|?pJ7zjE~*8u͏\@nQAK1߫5m|+*![&O^RP#XmVx͚mxd{9ŬJé-&30 ɘد.hJrw C8l; Lj FǥYV+qJzWj'ڣC/5bٍs>HfaM,j6Ig+nXK~jUrj{gWZX:x+|7Qy_Q5H\{Gwݿdnx/{T0rBT^Ծ dk{No߹bX*S̟}!_zC{NB&1Kգ)MzIGa1 qXׅ;|_ 4o맔7kh;׷{vcbCq=~uyf&jXȺu|pɈjܼձ͖t<խBfC[nT2VwQoraT@N| 3)~6+0B Pcx x3uv0']E'Y%>'̺ [HQƺR,,Y.L\ǰWIOg%$̤&%NkૃHٍzJLklvqhîdu@%zPVU֤ P**=TJ 8n!Zq@"&\iLFFF%t΃Īu/u5c3Gcj[}(x &$ Fq#7K#?b6{)(r,cR q!ULbR(7Fy{_G]GJ))[j-oNYaZao2ZP1 eШS Dؐ?ΐ`ԙWVM7hMoӬ\߂=ʙFjZeԤ.a %OhDB(yCU sw6O֡r6kTQk H<Ǽ3U%),IfI|!89pn6QlƏG{U3&&8av4So1}6@Ւr2$QW&0ziįxL5 =!QMg@=1I%dB _> "}e=5(u"W:5w-?0 Dy&kQ xCN&6VݽjhMueLbsPW|!Ufzn۰RX?aSPo+Br!3O{7}⫩sjlFhCij`U*C,Y<^'a` i)@@@.IwE=JgDnl=r;Hbok ˎ쮲f|/WWCۆw|ÿauAV'1fZ] && 5I+ ], I֚? *7S~ȢϫzyqWdp1g]KRSCB$cǯTƪf\cU$wft2 õ5ojA4 A;4[44$,ZGiV:=5|Ќ, #H u8D!?hDYrHIFUVca U"7[B8[fTWapBTnEW[oԞFXi #&`AFE[bz/TF’6º -Tq1,Y) 3`}hotS ^b=rX{khU :?@R%ZYmP9ڨ`^KWjT9\@ RiRgE*dЖ)h!gG;T=BK* :ɽEǍ]"2~Cx1ȯͼAֈt*aZd Q!sU?F#R~ݢyvY`: H@!džf)LyAtzrGΘU`[VL9ep0O@'P7n3 wF?^V9jאDmp}5wҕQ{h1:`>@yCԕiAsw ӍA'Mcyh.<3]Pg桹84Ɗ"<*\ ը;=i{oDUp6fXnx ItyQ=֠/qCTXz'c Q{ ݫzIBHZ6M:x_҄Z 1[\ib<`֔ij0N8p(xC\ǨBޟASic$oG['ț'IV S2H|r“ 9R19ʑ G^#{=㰇.ynyvɡq)O۞J';>)yn&-im^'On%Oq7ٲyE!ǚy1iIL?IdM"ٸc6FG&<O >qU)b,d 3E&r )q&f|O3q X+1.&10c\e HD2H,&oQ>;n%#ᙑf2Rs $;Cd{IHd:sJF3!zH?AҬA&-aVH^J=HI@p՟M}\7x$؉'B.8Ys)q#E3 :b)sڑbkTb/6[%zџ :+aᵬ0ad&v& !2Ti&R`(Ën97o.y߈ endstream endobj 276 0 obj 8036 endobj 277 0 obj << /Length 278 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x]j@>,Eй д3TL"o*Dr.O*0#b t/4L*F2%cz^ij0g?b𼆫 Xb$;;:/e"^j2_ܔ(݅.czQ$RU;YP 2**@uRѓ@@ܥGO~9CODd#$jFO~ i~IU030*JIxg~d? ~%2ދF, ~ ~)̢W] ~ ~Os&4t֒ﶠt~{ !.~:rio>ze^nU t endstream endobj 278 0 obj 417 endobj 279 0 obj << /Type /FontDescriptor /FontName /BitstreamVeraSerifBold /Flags 4 /FontBBox [ -186 -235 1360 938 ] /ItalicAngle 0 /Ascent 938 /Descent -235 /CapHeight 938 /StemV 80 /StemH 80 /FontFile2 275 0 R >> endobj 280 0 obj << /Type /Font /Subtype /CIDFontType2 /BaseFont /BitstreamVeraSerifBold /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (Adobe) /Ordering (Identity) /Supplement 0 >> /FontDescriptor 279 0 R /W [0 [ 600 845 727 379 379 699 348 722 581 562 461 636 1058 831 647 727 775 699 666 526 727 695 348 467 608 867 430 872 699 854 699 751 415 695 795 695 695 762 596 775 709 703 695 695 695 369 ]] >> endobj 5 0 obj << /Type /Font /Subtype /Type0 /BaseFont /BitstreamVeraSerifBold /Encoding /Identity-H /DescendantFonts [ 280 0 R] /ToUnicode 277 0 R >> endobj 281 0 obj << /Length 282 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Length1 15552 >> stream xzy|UukꮪޒNw ! [Z]FY؁C- a_"4 0 QQyΨC\ax1)~;o>/Zs{B!$uK_J!T |``KO*޵`%_? o]aeB>?&-ؐj8垅Vdy^pԻGp!g`ݒKaa?UKW4~B}B VzsZ!_XFۘg)u\ ]j&/Q2ٮ,sExG9{9Ma9֩p;Us9g*]Dp 7/4MUiBNdF%{ή ]JYKPk `?ٜSӜc&y{=Ϟr쥎RDnN$$ln}}csWm/r,r;]w:24>ÑE"8n,?1y771"|s9_X\k¢B5(YZZ%.NŰUw%Qt]G 2EV]ѣ$` İF>Ej!ZsCU]`Nc z. F۵_Gg`\K9C \MMp}{tѣF?jn1F63%w=WyqsxM]mK6E&Iٵ"#m˥MuNN{]`冮)71L.&" DYpn} >KrȥRy_(/tUW\qC Y6dceaqr.mM2LK-KdgK" *ER,a0Fcc#g[giuJ^ܯotT9*zҨԫFmcsՒ**ZNfƲplYE39{(^9;Q*xK;k=<:S L90Ys pj * 7YO70+Oo\?Ǯ?L]`wnj~L5Gqދ뗎W3_, JMҒdI P"I)Lp30\Z}Q";h[(YB2twt]⹦\ѵ.ofeJ2K0'?gzҜu9p3MnwΜl}zb%KʲfYY)%B82Tj-& M.M)I(NL&Z'&'&OL#α̑X$I ŖR&88yqʢ&$5YlM`SrSJCj R0 C<< N p@p֜trJƩekVw`[wmuїsGOM7&s7.^^<쎳?9ji^< |G\bz42u v6#Yҹ>6r$#t z1'x^9 8.$Xb`u$6.ƒ3̃o-n?x@7۰pY}oEE˫tAq !L6l"EGI-@̔AR>,/ŕe«3/εN7_(׾1ޓdfgɦ33Aw0lpY * VE@Ef"$O7lZlkeL=/ݗxg+kށO,4ذ>Ry)+Sw (|)BeX:ۂhKl@o|pգPѨat9}GAĢ@Xah #vsy]Dpf>i[PW_o<s&`Ow}+ $Ԙ/=0\@-% C!yl{7:2s܌Aq v1@"k [ LfzR:G>Nmzhה#+V 綘`Rmc[dףKb"

ؓnlX^*0Uyq~7PXdj07ϸsL_{0NVssMaSy?v~Kf:1 mm ɲ"RBMmHfXIQx*d\nXCO)& <˒{&r@mt\Kc  1c/!yCq6#:u+s@c5%blK3xu73f,8jp+*\O%krA!W(+Օ +3Lq1WdPQe !sp*[X@}lѿ8J~USӗN}TS1F\Q2Bcд4 MFcɍrcNkV{s2 J%#Ĥi !k5AmIor-KtSpQջv޵kǍx^^qz@3t\J!bh >ᡑw"l գ6{H; f?b夡M Q p M< Xky$QUVVf9oA m,㵥IAש%J=9P()Fjzt1ZP< -V`bvFN22RSo9 1 &2/_:Ezv?n2c](h^U_{4uabÏ vxъp[e%Z/x2'TА3!rYxWC`U`(S|CгAg6>6/5''P7cό>XOM-||SӡѓsҚ'>zge7c,t9|~#-Rg~%zFnۭo)!m\5@Fc~ X6wS/hf~CP0J ZJssssNܐ!eCjk5ؚܚҚz0p0x0`T89vu}s{yZ;:>9ZnfkfHKfDz(}?~sӇ|(iUs7>{,v}9f jykwkj=†NKE۬6+r6X90;PHTI1;':&tu3ț>UImNmO(AhwT]خ'y4zV߾(M1bf3V^2^M%VX@N)MiݖUFi^|)|c!>:oT59<٬Ɵ"}S=fk̂1pZ3b BWn)'ͣFps`x1&pƸ;C1dvW4cx .6{[m^ \eg_sMEmwlx+8;7lIƌ54.RYp:RT:pe-R$yƂq"7ndbI7Oh̊[M}#ԤS6,]zMW^3g8t>HGJv!SiDY@wvU35x.6'|rhbЂ,6(<.,Ƶ5Z(ݰ(NŴ^/iEЖS2K~YY$!r ]hm_ZR2uJi锩%SL5gԩTG8ꏵ/&Ih|8ERk,u*׿ĝEx{i7pKz;0PMS|\4la#DsƇӓ8'ieÍ8Vo',E }|@jQ7sIyz]sR☆NQȠ;jx۶ܹ(..ӣ!W9/Ou) ~'{%V)ZÚh$iH7xE ]@&;mncLpϫbǯꫀS#t9!Li5b__ЦMgCGPL,cW)|C6)x+*a18D>Gji ( R$ݒ.eZC 9CPYPB)UF22Mm sjgfygf%Dq\Z6$ԣx5flru^[Z][mYIm ߆yFq$%+Aj'-,K ".JݤC}* nK|ncPg 9w(SI嚃EO1jw'dɉd+ZNE|U"*iHn [ #BH l'9iFe;$AZsbæP)#q]Zs*HFvEf뺧X:g?ϻ ݇vĵuƂN+iTK #iLm({|tkuu`\KC.)j5';>y6! V#-" n3( apvHCJJGZT Z L}+VbTQ 4a85Hޥo?V2}}4+f: 1O':sD"qc9d-E)+99(NYwQg+"E#gYBjVtGs(˨2RF1el7&äk}9ce:>1=4Otf:;OgZfg9f8*Q"$B% *ňeYZqkÁaXgY!W)UU-f^;>6Ҿ;0VO=> 5lCgx#{wb, Q%O 3-ǪU\F%1.R9>oo9*XnrW*,+rI?5KD,c%TNlvJo3٥|ǐn 3@ ~ \+.7xGR~G̞'ǔו7t.,5@p:a*VY.W9X BREЯRbrB*TZ2Ïi7:aaFF6w㤙b#!9ONe$Hy(xh1lxc@/cTio୳{oZW'<Ӈ~6ws,}fZ՟0׿8{>}q08uXDY"*h$`N&+[iǵHR-RQHSUQ:;z;@{|Pgvm U6t1rMxLiƕ1E8q8VG zJ[D>+b]/;ԗ0B{;BԜ;e@r7A]"jt2v) s_v!EE~5;,$*DKn|~LM N B6B\t@8EBl⤆ԪEZEFPLr֮Ix,+f1%?.HUK:7LTEU˦%ۿ3FI95%VjLٳu+c^X &ի}xN:ϞwR_O|E3nMpR7UQw@76BϬҏx7mdsɨ) 0RUZ1Ee֖K*Jc)rގN#fևwK1 %cv^70[W\̒V-~ʘ~pk&f`>t+W4IDWa x]ؤ'=dHQQ!r&Ǿ> &s<42!UP$We/JOHv&$1l(ْo Pw$ Q!#m1mV4xHqFЬնGm3>Y[V7mڴzCoS?˗??zt3GٴyϞs޿r G6tK>P/^pc]%_;)HXËk) ?J :@0Hqz 17"㛌08}x})cև=ڱ{POM`Uߨ?w%%]Zp_2a#%>Na*"c'1v9&ֱR[ܳIpT/Xѿx&//=A\N1۳v։7+gElEJ(aԕ{ k>wÆKeK*z~@ocy'{ya,*1`֎!FBE.csƍ{_ߨjE+!}2;_R:w@J0B:3}p(4]@Z"rؓ -%iR&/+5#?9Eߟ^oO y^/v>gSo_闢ѵ6eX#4җ@N<]h 'OG(iv1 znPP m2e泌ӈI@" RQs*`7;r5nO~J%i(2Q9( @} T MET'*Ah(h$2x ,ۈ< ~N,dhX 1 S>~Ti!^ tؚnb?:Ah{/1UtfCp],It?h ڎцXlEad.^Ʊ(sпE'bqTx6‡8E XB2_ϏGKe!|c<=!4ڻZ:>~r'?!/M$֠p⽬U5d&aێK,CEܠNO7;/sݠvkCčg ̜v&tzggr'Ol?7vLc+a؃p|1RT/+ &l_=6y>|L߬)6-'fq3e4XP-h} OV`&co熱/\+D>@o=ЊL -ױ,  eƽkTG0f;\F=1t<Pϼ}~ V(F`|ʘJ󷇙cH W{ñyЦI೑гI2::!ND$C^EO2<}}\~-+TIJ%IZ][isڶɻneVݢ`W?׹6W;uv}9en<8 , sp>A Nr7;Ҙ7#0ݑF~a%g1g#9SNN!'-5 y'jyINN^trL'G3G{HxrD'אuII'|9P@{6yEn%YȺHY %kؘdn$VҠzZdV+A",-O"t}-2u:Yj%Kt̃5dHFb+d:F"5a: Eկ1tR~T.HgazA:zH$BHNILN$\'N&֐:3=:['3".'^~L_Cɴ;£ !Sxfb+P@ d,%2cdh30dfB Hذ 0#Ý̈d0$0 -3CIiʔIJdN;" .t0@d ` 6>aǐ!ygI"3P#38$:$9a:!YL$OB $c(IzrjgfTY$=Lr9 T&!3tPI`$0O%2IH#>o>ApWo> uĥdt88ôAp5yU(RF/ 7z5LK:%\RCDF\C9ᝄS 0BnJ H'ߎsCO *_Qn v endstream endobj 282 0 obj 11326 endobj 283 0 obj << /Length 284 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x]ˎ@|7cWŇ<'Ea|O6Rl!};~9NOas8kηׅ8%~QvI}~8 sr8n=}.|Js8Ne.a\4ð.Kpi\|ݟe2~ݗ$rH~ui}XC_; $aW²n==ˊ$WH**#IUJj2_(^!Ԩ#fH@= lf32k? 1gn~Z&~%sjsj_d9~𫬦~W[ j-d[1? j ~U;(U`'.uǯ))̢ _u O~ʜj~X&~۪Wr=qm]c?0|?N8o2/Uo endstream endobj 284 0 obj 485 endobj 285 0 obj << /Type /FontDescriptor /FontName /BitstreamVeraSerif /Flags 4 /FontBBox [ -183 -235 1287 928 ] /ItalicAngle 0 /Ascent 928 /Descent -235 /CapHeight 928 /StemV 80 /StemH 80 /FontFile2 281 0 R >> endobj 286 0 obj << /Type /Font /Subtype /CIDFontType2 /BaseFont /BitstreamVeraSerif /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (Adobe) /Ordering (Identity) /Supplement 0 >> /FontDescriptor 285 0 R /W [0 [ 600 1023 319 605 591 317 685 644 596 319 837 948 478 370 564 1000 640 317 560 602 837 752 644 513 564 765 644 640 872 401 693 636 336 798 640 801 722 563 640 636 395 855 459 636 636 672 636 711 274 660 640 636 636 666 317 636 636 636 390 390 337 734 500 ]] >> endobj 6 0 obj << /Type /Font /Subtype /Type0 /BaseFont /BitstreamVeraSerif /Encoding /Identity-H /DescendantFonts [ 286 0 R] /ToUnicode 283 0 R >> endobj 287 0 obj << /Length 288 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Length1 18572 >> stream x{{`Tյg̜$IB 1!-"@ $ (%`D1ERE4ji+Z{K4&'g}{qsΜkB2ڀ _77|C hl=B~2/sW(qk-hۯ\;sܦ$3'#@y/ɽ{?柯afixdhn%ڻ셈 ذl44'2Y$X&U^ٍNBǻҍkW*0(fXA z17$&qIIIIHR;wXdTЯHrzFA~"'C{}yGXOyxRNۧٳGe?+_]Ʀ~^cOIL^ΝOo G:KT %*F.:Ry0.6_iob&]7MҴ!E^2:0 xA?tv0em 3Z ^V2Vh.fXR>:rJ ]qF鷭(w} ocа茌pF$#9#e<5KJ<#es) I HCrCბSB{ ĝ hsМX<0}hg8ʼn$c}ڇ>i[M{e~%uճ)?hA Emy3b>@[Wop\,r"YYkzbk{gmf?w6p68tit:Xㅔ'0I6o]|WU% Uqɒ(:,;~꫃n`?O0įc'뛏(u>9Ir/O>].䱞{rZjUUG2pff  EnV\ƢZg dsr,vOH츩 [MzhYYIȏ2` ! ˊgyAPp4މ@囔E̛0#w=2e7j0fȮAq9[&=w?vI/DhZ3-wq5\KZX OBÅ`9ϊ! 2pw;b~E!w.3[:^ljjz7'-۵6;(~F3VF&^f퓊YOl#C B^ma8,#ÃQcogzt>rSv%f >q~*?::4b{x嫕?d:8?ŗh=' ^A>Jy|V<]nN3p7ro<Jl(M+_KYs{4~$:щoɵٱ/jBK}dIWn'⣸pnNK{6]It&nd'0AԨKfFMDȣQ"COCDJ4}C, C jbh`-4g!i5& DP&Y~c&k0+薑eYr+CӍx*s77O] q)CU k n_#Q֨5J}\\*DW?Rl8M_e/W޸w#_mjs .䗐Ҙv=bXv {X7[M-^X-d@*HY|i :x+F%bOiJaﺣ)vA@ 7{)xd׮G+¶6n)Yg~}nE?zT26}i8j)> טku2\Ɣ\, \JZ-+Jsw%V+AtVV5ZcY`仆ه5+O{E/ÏUB*<ʾ]{/fS t*$"΍B 8K۲_FI5Z>I ]DQDq[C Cׇh:EF.BH@jeq^2}n9"Y2o@\6OqhW~nPα> %f!Y z< K>zЗ.f꙾z?F.ޣ/ | ŭJ,8Sy i.z\^<5Cxozɽ\Z2ܽV/'_"kh(img4CGnNwO,ʕryOW XcqZ=۽۬mxYzE~u7 .wMa f>3 (^|I ~^ܮTӀ~wp-ox_&׸oDRH)M$_!HL1.fgZ3?Gǂ=$SPr9̅\ Rq#s.ֹ&m D8k=!9Zvٯ3TU4 W(ia)O2 |t-[vzI%~ `eb;g?mgkq3ȍޅhPym22C' QЌ50LdxHjD&!9{#OO~|Dp#妾z^Z DHbR֎1xǧuXw 1o~ڞctϓCڭ,*Y1qcgwr,xa#Ƚ>ӛX}FsMfA$?hnPt R͕j' tޫXM&B'Li:Ob{qžb4 I'P請(;eO:uu9]Wɡ*mm}6 bCXN.XY |ӎ块!4 \'@~MJKgmFRu]YJ_әE.eO} Ϸ>6ob[>9oӏ5oqpwϿz3g7E.*ɉ_!_Zm餸>>Dx_=CVr(~t|4~IW<@ևK7$' `q s˺3ar3C/x.ݑ3(0f㐹SfӳgV}HYuttGWP "xw˨Zm쐋C}lgX PPJuDh^L+O]M}}.##1}Бg3)RqG 3.k8v4oz&N(*0q@ф E&:BsĉLsŒkxр"Tk%2lnU">:1Gpb ]mrw7LDةUHʏOH*/_WCS{2t>6U~{ԱDhd4#Q,_pS9jS%dz#i7ccZM Cttt˂?|~>g1>o|Wlݶ.f'7=;*=09ё¸J ӐK%ل K %ehR7FhҒ%0H&RP+Wۯ4)z:*ǐ8rEKlj.*HҔ ry<25d, " QBP4C@aX( J:T ՇLleZhZ[%׸\/a[1-x>Wc;g*%0 쎋]BfCJ^Y5;|΋-~~j;0|f7:`2 []̇hKjW!ё#+0ZZPˍá"!,dƌ},;ǣ~UUϏ)yrp&Έsj= WW(XO[o+n{Ib%2b'i[atW{N+;K{oѶ9n948,lW3]JΌd&䁮@H+J40<0R< e<5NIou'?o}\vcgt 8r+(;FK~I\R!Z" )<17:y2 7Z:Tpl&coھ D|ҒHx3 ߅.}>RE yK/Ғt??.rq)=.hO+z=BIOw0R[&-JR| a³ܻ!<<LNe2 o8yF;mtqKlFw}?w)Oi<1.Y"hPPE MvmLT[%VH D6 PX㹀HMPL zf&Lsh :MnbY|~ZHNn,8Cz]:a:|i'uoIG-{KS쑕8_yhz}C#N>D!yDB & &416pż^g:ơ\%ZMq'I|LqaVq OǤCmwI|o9cs_BU$`UR *Tl{q"P?{[Q)Z:b{q{| d!!: F$5´ D\F[`%<6S8?y+IyG93j:)?S?>K<#s?gEDZ/:eG=?Xvcl"쿾ߩc&O`lL46P!HʙVyM9I0u`AT 9cx>7;h9NHxB4]L[UŮ^/do.՗:{_Bq 9  }?s.NXs9peC! 1ƀp,K r0tT 2m\6nvJ`͛聓r$'RX kdbJb4 .EA<,^rf<# ta͔1+g޶rc7+G!7ۿJ\kh^W~M#|hM7Ve2^QRh:PkUuWEz~ڢa ɺuc؁0(t.ЃzDEG:NBI8`يUi&W4YcZٟwlǟ9Y s׾Oi]gZi)> %4x銠j)I*9J7R83ø ;$V:_94ObiPN:Ì9sOOm۟}N$_/_ôHt˰L ]&^Zf`N?*ąB:@/2BkG3H~:^eMSd*0ULUg볽X3}3Pp\ʗ,s)jXdVy|⸲@Y,8ZuB3SikZ3Yoֹ<5Jߚߛ [V՘a{~frgMǘdc9NŸycheO:ƇQ4 7D^OPJRuCiL6sSS z{D<[}qM?+{}Ѿ~] (6ڋ,>׿A;//OFa'Y%+`Iq%,| ܴ& ,J{/H3~>;5FxL_:gΫ◮iih :u`0\Ud]Q`-b{I\7MhE%,+Jq8fi}8CZ#1]cr2><>^h} smfkA7Powv0 &Ƒ2K*K˲*sS7p}o|FĕKnA+һi>6OZЯazzAW}2^[}{ڇ:m{?~aϳ/],޻=JVmݻw붽{m˿i|d o=ҽVchNJp5  IgFtכ@l>sYl;]ˤ%G ZឧtM,b3kLu7rux K]LTbFG m,breŖ\`,j';qFcԨ[wJJ6Tb|K|x"J)=3#z"o~5 uuq4E2>0t19%&%+cN fDg؋dheG,%ϵױ#jpO1mRá: 7Du$%́xWW( \ \GOCmw\`n؎ 719lyqгrYt7]? z\wn¿[ὕ=ֵ ܫڹ]Z9^ܬhХ`ǮHSm]ZyWP/$KC,Q o섿@]W谳A"B]!CnYG(dw MDSP*ptzLzlE<6 h*B 4ݎ:;04@#(4Ac84M@$t'e<ކ=x7UBdoA9:+ҍjC^:3:ni?ùr8ȻyY2Mv$X{9zlwQӏ6 > t#:GN2J%lǝ dz{`?v w?;3RL h!1ptdapNbm`:x~W{ѻ̽L&s3ޅB`x1~r'wu4Nb֡ip*F4$8MSNĤ-m5#/3#}cMhrZ>9ylHĦ|N~'{#Gtud86u09O̫_U2W$:ʱ;mvH U+ Bp~[%ù:̟FŰC .;d㨿Bѽ`[ɨWL.[d 9jnwǀ t_~;R\TS6(m@\=Iz~܈3j7f|ǽKO͛}elt1 Gq5$4|QУs![c>|7`H@EM?tN' ?e7=TRFmN%?Wɹ3s rv9"\䕗+ye/9G~f6y&?1mm#M^G~b5!{K)yRDr R6y<۠qϦkdniO1}ɾ>|)~> $sdp$EnnR4dI U&\M{~^'sw$/6>I$7'ArZ\N9M黁#r}Hvo/=FQ6 L*%r;H/0W.ɀ]M45KCRS\T_Kq(,H8!$ ǑY6 d lLl($$>\p* ]$&~x&>X^/gUye=ܧ kĀ1`@48DqDM\PEdF^GR" &'z`uqy}.JMI\i'?ڀd[ endstream endobj 288 0 obj 13323 endobj 289 0 obj << /Length 290 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x]͊0ὯBb%3eɢ?4814qE/ґ#+*_㰚2uǴ~㒮m90֙8tsQnuMOngʟu]sNSa)/1-x6Oߎ|utIjb71r_[{Iχy+7}Nlibmva/ЧW:Ox_y|uy|WvOtLϧcDw$&//Ћw$<>:|©|s&z>u=|AE. #w۲l^jM1}4?_ Qm endstream endobj 290 0 obj 559 endobj 291 0 obj << /Type /FontDescriptor /FontName /BitstreamVeraSerif /Flags 4 /FontBBox [ -183 -235 1287 928 ] /ItalicAngle 0 /Ascent 928 /Descent -235 /CapHeight 928 /StemV 80 /StemH 80 /FontFile2 287 0 R >> endobj 292 0 obj << /Type /Font /Subtype /CIDFontType2 /BaseFont /BitstreamVeraSerif /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (Adobe) /Ordering (Identity) /Supplement 0 >> /FontDescriptor 291 0 R /W [0 [ 600 636 636 636 666 644 319 513 317 640 596 591 478 855 319 401 640 602 370 644 560 644 564 640 948 317 640 563 1027 317 564 605 636 390 722 459 729 337 765 310 640 390 274 395 336 801 734 660 693 400 685 336 636 875 672 819 1023 752 636 872 798 526 837 500 837 636 636 842 636 711 819 536 722 636 664 336 500 401 694 837 390 390 ]] >> endobj 7 0 obj << /Type /Font /Subtype /Type0 /BaseFont /BitstreamVeraSerif /Encoding /Identity-H /DescendantFonts [ 292 0 R] /ToUnicode 289 0 R >> endobj 293 0 obj << /Length 294 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Length1 4400 >> stream xWktTU>{u޺ީ$ *UP$ҩ&2H«)0""&CAii=ig^~8W58̮ګg5:}}-B !&&@+/o!wNbxWnxoC*!DsSuחhЂOK5Wnu 5,ż 08   @wҳy:əBOhaKQ@^sp1bwLKH;8248 NG/n0AHU!UI 4cC1Es*õ1aJ sBLH "&BpҘ4%9)&?Hde]b v=Sc{@O'3>s'}Lc>:2:+*cQK O۝~; ,k;mzʝ{Kw;6 5mLr~A[,u'?>Pڇ*g:w c xYz]&@zyN>&v[t)W@&GWbGw˃rZ/4l|^=veR59q>giN{4蘠AGPɢ*& ]A OK3\0KǴ-k}Οe׊ v 58FWa;^`0 :䇭̑DFaQ a""L+y=v6oCd1 L&89s6r|[|L'^8x kl$F/yI◝+^uӝ{Z$Hasqq3,h$LfP>} p T{YvWLe2W]l-@{=$4e6x+*lևOÃt<}ףܭKR/5jG_[*nHņ珿}cV F?nUqqwb<$Dl< -R!h.^FCW6X~e2O/A  k j/[Zg7ҶkmD\|PEEڧ/?ޖ] 46QN#\Gtx\Pd;OHIo fN "'q< ϓ?#kdx% z!r0;Gb7㵵F?gtXJԭȼjlL^|9DMKOGf\&69H $ZoXtp5dS/2I~.Ulj`ic>O|.K~7oߕo jP_3Q^[S:(OZ}oEKtCA`Nr.~wo# i pL4VFߒ]K{EgntysW`Zjx?DQV {v5h]jivl`;4؞jb`{Omg&H|AlEka -`6i=oԠieD֢5X':H`O)o6XwZX1`K$XXO*hD)4z{QX$@Bk膅x ;ق|/lԻ`<6 >*y0WX؜IP(ͦ[aT+憩SLl`rMn*@U4B+, FVᆘb,$ +Aل+AvC ڔ(PF(*0"/DD { QV@ ][M@IX: uC0``A|_;>7ymOrF[3\k3fb` ۂ`E[k(%du> stream x]n < 꺻IxFA> endobj 298 0 obj << /Type /Font /Subtype /CIDFontType2 /BaseFont /BitstreamVeraSerifBold /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (Adobe) /Ordering (Identity) /Supplement 0 >> /FontDescriptor 297 0 R /W [0 [ 600 775 699 562 461 526 647 608 775 ]] >> endobj 8 0 obj << /Type /Font /Subtype /Type0 /BaseFont /BitstreamVeraSerifBold /Encoding /Identity-H /DescendantFonts [ 298 0 R] /ToUnicode 295 0 R >> endobj 299 0 obj << /Length 300 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode /Length1 11732 >> stream xzy\TGo=wifi0 J(&F41qp 1pH11F%cEG31NѦ{5K>U.B4VDdՒwOBI˼/&dZ[C$(vkJi3o)6W WicRF)a~$Z&[mWLC ƛͶM4H21r$<.ZfY-3>!13,,Ó%$dvjG-YfWwɼYˑW %-Շ%(x͓NHٓSNHXKcMi$fL^⥽^p277'T*3ar2=)kwvSy: >Ɏ3 w ޅ؉+i6r{sX+ԍ1"Ԭ#baJv_4\%&#éHeͻ2yMC׷옺WNr2F-xt{ˡ^_|xR2B+)ܫ*:^ANނ|S',j_oZ(A .fy3Ү%Io]LT<4L]0@EFHD\iA~z])''vP #zpp;.?*!KnՒi.V^8|<}H#X]A" R9<)91o ]u}byYikY1Hw\iؑqcVNIMK%jjm$efzޝf*p2PrPǫzvΆto~OW$!Cf^ޕ6co_&iR*MIQR(KRT*UK5ڪ*[Ux****ᤓݺуvFO;lwxh'qkf6057ЯN|L?Ց{-~sg=g_?Q޿ivc!X-1OS8G|̬$&0ru@Ŋz^1(:L$ш [^Qp~,j gx̒_ܴd .;Gco|_l<^~}94ꨗh {pm&!$kW5]f39,r < RQLi$lޕ6sŏMqxV'%ZK4UUP*!Y8ש n44Fn_N# ex<~ep]~,fQr+T*[ +Vu\y񯯞(ޘqϝo=9E;m(Jxz bjPN$CԢ"ӢmC"%?LK}1kY/+ۧNrO%KV5hTZ5^h[P-bZd'E9{3jI97ֱɓtdpUGsvZE{ߒ%MGll u&iFlrҫ~?Mgj>(H htGAIVOB= >g"~[^uodc(g#{7J BըHhYφsp?Yy@5X|⫯OHo `ee1QS5j,{]e?6 B!` +A">}R{dĀoxvҿJ̤7Ħh9lfb6 d чlz}H14phA U@,lzeQޏoo$*X6ft77>mT&ٮ$ LLB4$*J4S64CMߥ%#&cÎ:cA;t-PziQG+>FTINaj= )_̮ }-7+*_|]u .֏maK M1ASb"e(Tji٬kP1Ġv\6chau)cQӆelOV7-G<6UC};6ڌ667fPPrSdBIxA> ̫׎?V\*GݩhXg[ϟ{`9&mu6I5(Q҆QlQoʦV DQPۀS$pMV0٬UbW)~hY%@)r*U.2B--Tv}`#pU$ IRw莑fq8i6g3EH\$Efd;dr5_~F_LO\2Om\(Ց|(P *ϣCi KOdYb2FvjI7GԉHymRWy51IUKyZsy@bd+,9lҌgmym6Wu]O[߽%7!+kIU/ Jk3) Ovf&Cr`hR"s1cAb:#'LS1V7wWr}Pxxc+c6!ޞ=P-8"وÛ6]E_/Df(`Wr$O3koCL9+ͤ"Ny"X3;murUL/B jj Oe_ʨڴSw|- 67 ]3g^:/e$ ;}[y7of_Ȗl{b]i Bi˧OW+;)dW^-, 6^P$[ڈ@J֪tZZ%jsT+ɀJcb *⡎a=Xc %Z5!14(.D#5]IYrr,!G̑2TyB@Uzvn:73YGOs ϨS?M1h\ 1M2,z yqYLaf1Kg4K5$SF$ԩΆ#i`wvg7 FX}ޱ)be R$z;-Bh('@C,܈X9%H_I~՟t9Y:z  Ta` ң` h聛J8=Ov).[tnŗHױKwh\PU"u $JѢx֏0Ӏ +8CAG7M }-K=vZz,h%cq :Y$9)04*rVL2aAe5׈+dN|qqJժH8o6ϏfNrf3rt2f-.XK,k+]9.(SEP :VjJyG&X8٤ݽvp .=ЎʹZѥ0ZBlm4wYBrSDkPBb=4c0E9A!t:p3MPbq9/SIzdA7fWY9h|qokzƅuUc~e=r͖Uc^!{!cFƾDWtAb`h} ڔlt[2 N ƌ}&Π;SXP?kf}ﾹ\וLwn8g26g|y({nnG GZ 5FR^e6jTH n&PgXdo &za\qjNlյWTtʱ{w֗vvl8HeNIZEDbPKѥKcY).Oɘ4N7ff2bgXkL]MfF*nxMDdgpA/+I*\OX=AI`]qk05}[؀!Cxݎ(C$_2Ŀ.ԵuRxTdrcht.MW-l\ Ё]vu c9t?<4\}:dCgOMrU͝Æ̙3d앾))oXCg2dάa+/{{J~9l&ޘ=k(HIYk~_ N T!h^y4Dh1D#!tBkG+,\S,D!7C4JW8yStHTR01 t AzLFP` S\ NJn-Q%UJ+W}VkjNVGG" N8zR{@gy?v7usnpn-%ʭvk|O||1_W5ad N!Snfv+Jr[a+U*njjw]t v].ijzf4& &IlTM&M NS)q4E5E-O[u$z2 j.zyHVr *,/\S^ۛ7=|xv-CCFh6Me`.<{K*EGon"4$kٷ $ mTN2ZUK`kܣ48ʐ\?N i 5R뛂Fx^L5{l8m'4nhڂk|%`13FTDתּ;Zv:_#6~v_kc7bc?ﮫr!m2̵ o!o^/O9 6Q>5Th5ɪmh$*ø`) #uc_g:Tәt$?~ir aj?Ll.2J}lIڙ&S;C,υk:ꙝz#o=?/I"NU!u%v uC֏9r;j:Ov';E~Co (w'EFx;(fE\BzH'51j8q)ZF[ssࣞ esg\K,EC#S oU_pg+{<Վ+Z__|fؒ5O{3^ DD]^Jx"irύ{L3")U~19^ 75ꘖ0sclkĘތXIp\Fđx8E0:J"%.$bTF҉d M&+9zӑ Y-EJ>rss>zoc}y9j=F|1V-ʛUYrW4]zы8gFlbh"CKkT_s%K9r#qxLd%kd.eʖ#^RN*Q9h+ڮ\=׃6Mt9i%qy4%Ay[pG^[ao-嶍Pr_LFDx2/ t*EN $'ETX,-zr|nc;)ۢpL^n0TR[ .n[7/t4(Gm};v*ªn'E 9CMHynY#ܻŢϤlhT¢{?{p_w ,i: GK`}C٫x(48k[9|x cx\}.,@3UމH,~ KJ@D]In㢸@OXxMQ,>U q]JJuz9Y^nDi5|jѾݮ3бm!\fhH;p:Jh~Z$VRMϥ1*g3D&nTTjz^.B`K 㩕Th JJ]T:)=;cб 2% {7nnURf{ps wn u |S mHb6߽{µjZ _3_W  _22.3]tj >?o>gp Og > Z%q.b528F8# f!S/SQ0j8QN08x{ eptS 1h-Фw 98IxS<N^ f|U} p±2x d+ bzol ox`^f^Om&k)Ÿk)'u ^eP.?v^q 6 FR篩 ^Fl|^.׿O^~ PU` rZb(GfJ+L e& 7Ϗe J_",e%1Xg,d4OX{JO50? }|0/I%I0lb03c`:G3Cbq 2`x0Ya0,0^ " e0"<0(#X PCh00( fÀfa@8.g[[o8>л$6Co^>`& G ^=x}[:|z z =@I S #n AVEb9E]A^2xAtiƚ;RaBH*X v1.E&O~%$3x|\3$  +\} !A\lbS f8pfhQ((*v``g# !̚"b)`1B(>j3of`BM`&0dg C4^BPv!Auj 4ȉ: TF8@ sp{Eh #P-._E|R endstream endobj 300 0 obj 8562 endobj 301 0 obj << /Length 302 0 R /Filter /FlateDecode >> stream x]M0@:ng!%~д?rְ [h hIǷ4&V3Su.6)b[owi,ߒO.i俶uw%3?b8ӟn.aZMյðmY7`|ޟ+~ߗ`$nuiC}jsO/CĴnˋru"rv+yb,TA=<@ Z(@POuVv"-yG=Nc귃QϪR5~?G?\,~WqJ;S?NPs" } ~'U="8~%w+yW.U؊ޟV, ~%ԏvG~> endobj 304 0 obj << /Type /Font /Subtype /CIDFontType2 /BaseFont /BitstreamVeraSansMono /CIDSystemInfo << /Registry (Adobe) /Ordering (Identity) /Supplement 0 >> /FontDescriptor 303 0 R /W [0 [ 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 602 ]] >> endobj 67 0 obj << /Type /Font /Subtype /Type0 /BaseFont /BitstreamVeraSansMono /Encoding /Identity-H /DescendantFonts [ 304 0 R] /ToUnicode 301 0 R >> endobj 1 0 obj << /Type /Pages /Kids [ 9 0 R 13 0 R 17 0 R 22 0 R 35 0 R 59 0 R 63 0 R 68 0 R 72 0 R 76 0 R 80 0 R 86 0 R 104 0 R 129 0 R 140 0 R 156 0 R 173 0 R 192 0 R 196 0 R 202 0 R 218 0 R 235 0 R 254 0 R 258 0 R 263 0 R 270 0 R 274 0 R ] /Count 27 >> endobj 305 0 obj << /Creator (cairo 1.8.6 (http://cairographics.org)) /Producer (cairo 1.8.6 (http://cairographics.org)) >> endobj 306 0 obj << /Type /Catalog /Pages 1 0 R >> endobj xref 0 307 0000000000 65535 f 0000431004 00000 n 0000003611 00000 n 0000000015 00000 n 0000003588 00000 n 0000388175 00000 n 0000401107 00000 n 0000416182 00000 n 0000420698 00000 n 0000003777 00000 n 0000008370 00000 n 0000003982 00000 n 0000008346 00000 n 0000008499 00000 n 0000012118 00000 n 0000008707 00000 n 0000012094 00000 n 0000012266 00000 n 0000014746 00000 n 0000012474 00000 n 0000014722 00000 n 0000029438 00000 n 0000014924 00000 n 0000015132 00000 n 0000015422 00000 n 0000015444 00000 n 0000029413 00000 n 0000029718 00000 n 0000031870 00000 n 0000029740 00000 n 0000031846 00000 n 0000046336 00000 n 0000061118 00000 n 0000075294 00000 n 0000090032 00000 n 0000032084 00000 n 0000032292 00000 n 0000032582 00000 n 0000032604 00000 n 0000046311 00000 n 0000046614 00000 n 0000046636 00000 n 0000046926 00000 n 0000046948 00000 n 0000061093 00000 n 0000061397 00000 n 0000061419 00000 n 0000061709 00000 n 0000061731 00000 n 0000075269 00000 n 0000075573 00000 n 0000075595 00000 n 0000075885 00000 n 0000075907 00000 n 0000090007 00000 n 0000090312 00000 n 0000094199 00000 n 0000090334 00000 n 0000094175 00000 n 0000094366 00000 n 0000098548 00000 n 0000094574 00000 n 0000098524 00000 n 0000098696 00000 n 0000102576 00000 n 0000098904 00000 n 0000102552 00000 n 0000430837 00000 n 0000102744 00000 n 0000107185 00000 n 0000102952 00000 n 0000107161 00000 n 0000107353 00000 n 0000110724 00000 n 0000107561 00000 n 0000110700 00000 n 0000110873 00000 n 0000115257 00000 n 0000111081 00000 n 0000115233 00000 n 0000115405 00000 n 0000118681 00000 n 0000115613 00000 n 0000118657 00000 n 0000132897 00000 n 0000146596 00000 n 0000118872 00000 n 0000119080 00000 n 0000119370 00000 n 0000119392 00000 n 0000132872 00000 n 0000133177 00000 n 0000133199 00000 n 0000133489 00000 n 0000133511 00000 n 0000146571 00000 n 0000146877 00000 n 0000148066 00000 n 0000146899 00000 n 0000148042 00000 n 0000161503 00000 n 0000174368 00000 n 0000186649 00000 n 0000198387 00000 n 0000148269 00000 n 0000148478 00000 n 0000148770 00000 n 0000148793 00000 n 0000161477 00000 n 0000161788 00000 n 0000161811 00000 n 0000162103 00000 n 0000162126 00000 n 0000174342 00000 n 0000174654 00000 n 0000174677 00000 n 0000174969 00000 n 0000174992 00000 n 0000186623 00000 n 0000186934 00000 n 0000186957 00000 n 0000187249 00000 n 0000187272 00000 n 0000198361 00000 n 0000198673 00000 n 0000202315 00000 n 0000198696 00000 n 0000202290 00000 n 0000213606 00000 n 0000202477 00000 n 0000202688 00000 n 0000202980 00000 n 0000203003 00000 n 0000213580 00000 n 0000213891 00000 n 0000217507 00000 n 0000213914 00000 n 0000217482 00000 n 0000223687 00000 n 0000229843 00000 n 0000217722 00000 n 0000217933 00000 n 0000218178 00000 n 0000218201 00000 n 0000223662 00000 n 0000223974 00000 n 0000223997 00000 n 0000224242 00000 n 0000224265 00000 n 0000229818 00000 n 0000230130 00000 n 0000233276 00000 n 0000230153 00000 n 0000233251 00000 n 0000242411 00000 n 0000248917 00000 n 0000233491 00000 n 0000233702 00000 n 0000234113 00000 n 0000234137 00000 n 0000242386 00000 n 0000242696 00000 n 0000242719 00000 n 0000243062 00000 n 0000243086 00000 n 0000248892 00000 n 0000249203 00000 n 0000252605 00000 n 0000249226 00000 n 0000252580 00000 n 0000256876 00000 n 0000261640 00000 n 0000268125 00000 n 0000252815 00000 n 0000253026 00000 n 0000253260 00000 n 0000253283 00000 n 0000256851 00000 n 0000257160 00000 n 0000257183 00000 n 0000257461 00000 n 0000257484 00000 n 0000261615 00000 n 0000261922 00000 n 0000261945 00000 n 0000262194 00000 n 0000262217 00000 n 0000268100 00000 n 0000268411 00000 n 0000272313 00000 n 0000268434 00000 n 0000272288 00000 n 0000272482 00000 n 0000276403 00000 n 0000272693 00000 n 0000276378 00000 n 0000276572 00000 n 0000279801 00000 n 0000276783 00000 n 0000279776 00000 n 0000292590 00000 n 0000305974 00000 n 0000279977 00000 n 0000280188 00000 n 0000280480 00000 n 0000280503 00000 n 0000292564 00000 n 0000292875 00000 n 0000292898 00000 n 0000293190 00000 n 0000293213 00000 n 0000305948 00000 n 0000306260 00000 n 0000309540 00000 n 0000306283 00000 n 0000309515 00000 n 0000323542 00000 n 0000337732 00000 n 0000309735 00000 n 0000309946 00000 n 0000310238 00000 n 0000310261 00000 n 0000323516 00000 n 0000323827 00000 n 0000323850 00000 n 0000324142 00000 n 0000324165 00000 n 0000337706 00000 n 0000338018 00000 n 0000341604 00000 n 0000338041 00000 n 0000341579 00000 n 0000346802 00000 n 0000351430 00000 n 0000355606 00000 n 0000341833 00000 n 0000342044 00000 n 0000342282 00000 n 0000342305 00000 n 0000346777 00000 n 0000347088 00000 n 0000347111 00000 n 0000347349 00000 n 0000347372 00000 n 0000351405 00000 n 0000351716 00000 n 0000351739 00000 n 0000351977 00000 n 0000352000 00000 n 0000355581 00000 n 0000355891 00000 n 0000360153 00000 n 0000355914 00000 n 0000360128 00000 n 0000360283 00000 n 0000364814 00000 n 0000360494 00000 n 0000364789 00000 n 0000364944 00000 n 0000368858 00000 n 0000365155 00000 n 0000368833 00000 n 0000372213 00000 n 0000369020 00000 n 0000369231 00000 n 0000372188 00000 n 0000372498 00000 n 0000375454 00000 n 0000372521 00000 n 0000375429 00000 n 0000375604 00000 n 0000378470 00000 n 0000375815 00000 n 0000378445 00000 n 0000378619 00000 n 0000378830 00000 n 0000386964 00000 n 0000386989 00000 n 0000387486 00000 n 0000387510 00000 n 0000387756 00000 n 0000388342 00000 n 0000399766 00000 n 0000399792 00000 n 0000400357 00000 n 0000400381 00000 n 0000400623 00000 n 0000401270 00000 n 0000414691 00000 n 0000414717 00000 n 0000415356 00000 n 0000415380 00000 n 0000415622 00000 n 0000416345 00000 n 0000419790 00000 n 0000419815 00000 n 0000420158 00000 n 0000420182 00000 n 0000420428 00000 n 0000420865 00000 n 0000429525 00000 n 0000429550 00000 n 0000430102 00000 n 0000430126 00000 n 0000430368 00000 n 0000431267 00000 n 0000431394 00000 n trailer << /Size 307 /Root 306 0 R /Info 305 0 R >> startxref 431448 %%EOF tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/pub/icla.txt000066400000000000000000000156651335323540100166730ustar00rootroot00000000000000 tup Build System Individual Contributor License Agreement ("Agreement") V2.0 (Derived from the Apache ICLA: http://www.apache.org/licenses/icla.txt The tup Build System is not associated with Apache) Thank you for your interest in the tup Build System written by Mike Shal (the "Author"). In order to clarify the intellectual property license granted with Contributions from any person or entity, the Author must have a Contributor License Agreement ("CLA") on file that has been signed by each Contributor, indicating agreement to the license terms below. This license is for your protection as a Contributor as well as the protection of the Author and the users; it does not change your rights to use your own Contributions for any other purpose. If you have not already done so, please complete and sign, then scan and email a pdf file of this Agreement to marfey@gmail.com. If necessary, send an original signed Agreement to Michael Shal, 12136 Wedgeway Pl, Fairfax, VA 22033, U.S.A. Please read this document carefully before signing and keep a copy for your records. Full name: ______________________________________________________ Mailing Address: ________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ Country: ______________________________________________________ Telephone: ______________________________________________________ Facsimile: ______________________________________________________ E-Mail: ______________________________________________________ You accept and agree to the following terms and conditions for Your past, present, and future Contributions submitted to the Author. Except for the license granted herein to the Author and recipients of software distributed by the Author, You reserve all right, title, and interest in and to Your Contributions. 1. Definitions. "You" (or "Your") shall mean the copyright owner or legal entity authorized by the copyright owner that is making this Agreement with the Author. For legal entities, the entity making a Contribution and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity are considered to be a single Contributor. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity. "Contribution" shall mean any original work of authorship, including any modifications or additions to an existing work, that is intentionally submitted by You to the Author for inclusion in, or documentation of, any of the products owned or managed by the Author (the "Work"). For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Author or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Author for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by You as "Not a Contribution." 2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, You hereby grant to the Author and to recipients of software distributed by the Author a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare derivative works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute Your Contributions and such derivative works. 3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, You hereby grant to the Author and to recipients of software distributed by the Author a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by You that are necessarily infringed by Your Contribution(s) alone or by combination of Your Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If any entity institutes patent litigation against You or any other entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that your Contribution, or the Work to which you have contributed, constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to that entity under this Agreement for that Contribution or Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. 4. You represent that you are legally entitled to grant the above license. If your employer(s) has rights to intellectual property that you create that includes your Contributions, you represent that you have received permission to make Contributions on behalf of that employer, that your employer has waived such rights for your Contributions to the Author, or that your employer has executed a separate Corporate CLA with the Author. 5. You represent that each of Your Contributions is Your original creation (see section 7 for submissions on behalf of others). You represent that Your Contribution submissions include complete details of any third-party license or other restriction (including, but not limited to, related patents and trademarks) of which you are personally aware and which are associated with any part of Your Contributions. 6. You are not expected to provide support for Your Contributions, except to the extent You desire to provide support. You may provide support for free, for a fee, or not at all. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, You provide Your Contributions on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON- INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 7. Should You wish to submit work that is not Your original creation, You may submit it to the Author separately from any Contribution, identifying the complete details of its source and of any license or other restriction (including, but not limited to, related patents, trademarks, and license agreements) of which you are personally aware, and conspicuously marking the work as "Submitted on behalf of a third-party: [named here]". 8. You agree to notify the Author of any facts or circumstances of which you become aware that would make these representations inaccurate in any respect. Please sign: __________________________________ Date: ________________ tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/pub/tup.css000066400000000000000000000052501335323540100165310ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* Used for commands */ html { overflow-y: scroll; } pre { border: 1px solid silver; border-radius: 0.25em; -moz-border-radius: 0.25em; margin-left: 2em; padding: 5px 10px 5px 10px; background-color: #ffffdd; overflow: auto; } span.prompt { background-color: #888888; color: #00ffff; } span.fileheader { border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; margin-left: 0em; margin-right: 0em; padding: 0px 10px 0px 10px; background-color: #99ff99; font-family: monospace; } span.modfileheader { border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; margin-left: 0em; margin-right: 0em; padding: 0px 10px 0px 10px; background-color: #99ffff; font-family: monospace; } span.samefileheader { border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; margin-left: 0em; margin-right: 0em; padding: 0px 10px 0px 10px; background-color: #bbbbbb; font-family: monospace; } span.filename { font-style: normal; background-color: #ddddff; } span.keyword { font-style: normal; font-family: monospace; background-color: #bbbbbb; color: #ffff00; padding: 2px; } span.removed { color: #ff0000; text-decoration: line-through; } span.added { background-color: #00ffff; } span.cmd { background-color: #ffffdd; font-family: monospace; } pre.code { display: block; border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; margin-left: 2em; padding: 5px 10px 5px 10px; background-color: #eeeeee; overflow: auto; } div.img { display: inline; margin-right: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; border: 1px solid silver; border-radius: 0.25em; -moz-border-radius: 0.25em; float: left; text-align: center; overflow: hidden; } div.img img { float: left; } div.desc { text-align: center; font-weight: normal; margin: 2px; } hr { border-style: solid; color: silver; } sup { color: #0000ff; } body { text-align: center; font-family: Verdana, serif; font-size: 10pt; line-height: 1.4; color: #484848; margin: 0; padding: 0; } div#header { background-color: #fafafa; border-bottom: 3px dotted #dfdfdf; height: 91px; } div#content { background: white; border: 2px solid silver; margin: -15px 5% 0 5%; padding: 0 10px 0 10px; text-align: justify; border-radius: 1ex; -moz-border-radius: 1ex; } div#footer { margin-top: 1.6ex; font-size: 8.5pt; color: silver; text-align: center; } #menu { float: right; margin: 11px -11px 2ex 3ex; border: 1px solid silver; list-style-type: none; border-radius: 1ex 0 0 1ex; -moz-border-radius: 1ex 0 0 1ex; padding: 0 1ex 0.5ex 2ex; } .menu-header { padding: 1ex; font-weight: bold; } .menu-item { padding: 0.5ex; } .submenu { padding-left: 1em; list-style: none; font-size: smaller; } a:link, a:visited { text-decoration: none; border-bottom: 1px solid; color: #0b78b2; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/pub/win32/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100161475ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/pub/win32/README.txt000066400000000000000000000001011335323540100176350ustar00rootroot00000000000000This directory contains the tup builds for the Windows platform. tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/support.html000066400000000000000000000023031335323540100170170ustar00rootroot00000000000000

Various support options are available for tup depending on your needs and your project.

  1. Public mailing list: http://groups.google.com/group/tup-users

    Free for Open Source and commercial projects. Any emails sent to the mailing list are archived and available publicly. In general, most users will want to use this option. This guarantees that your issue will be seen by the most people, and it helps others who may be searching for similar questions. It does not matter if your project is Open Source or commercial - all emails to the public mailing list will be treated the same.

  2. Private email to the author: support@northernmost-peninsula.com

    Free for Open Source projects. This option is available if you don't want to discuss the details of your project in a public forum. Here, "Open Source" means software under any license designated as Open Source by the Open Source Initiative: http://www.opensource.org/licenses/alphabetical

tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/tips_and_tricks.html000066400000000000000000000035301335323540100204660ustar00rootroot00000000000000

tup-mode for emacs

Tup Mode is a major mode for Emacs made for editing Tupfiles. It provides syntax highlighting for Tupfiles, and has key bindings for the most commonly used tup commands.

Created by Eric James Michael Ritz.

emacs compile command

The following horrible snippet seems to work for tup, while still being compatible with make. It can be put in an .emacs (place the cursor at the end and press C-x C-e to evaluate it without leaving emacs (Usually: M = Alt, C = Ctrl))

(setq compilation-directory-matcher
  '("\\(?:\\(?:Entering\\|Leavin\\(g\\)\\) directory
`\\(.+\\)'$\\)\\|\\(?:[^]^[]*\\][[:space:]]*\\(\\(?:[[:alnum:]]*/\\)+\\)\\)\\|\\(?:^\\(\\[\\)\\)"
(2 . 1) (3 . 9) (4 . 4)))

To try it out type:

M-x compile [enter] cd /top/level/of/project/with/errors/ ; tup upd [enter]

And for handling colors in emacs:

(require 'ansi-color)
(defun colorize-compilation-buffer ()
  (toggle-read-only)
  (ansi-color-apply-on-region (point-min) (point-max))
  (toggle-read-only))
(add-hook 'compilation-filter-hook 'colorize-compilation-buffer)

Sent in by Sigurd Meldgaard.

fuse and gvfs

Tup uses a temporary fuse filesystem to watch the files accessed by sub-programs. The GNOME virtual filesystem, gvfs, may see this filesystem and attempt to access it to display an icon on the desktop. If you want to remove this icon, you may try disabling this feature by setting the following Nautilus property:

$ gconftool-2 --type bool --set /apps/nautilus/desktop/volumes_visible 'false'

This will disable all "mounted folders". Unfortunately this is all-or-nothing solution. You'll not see any mounted folders (including ones from /media).

tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/tup_dag_1.dot000066400000000000000000000004521335323540100167730ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph G { foo_o [label="foo.o"]; bar_o [label="bar.o"]; foo_h [label="foo.h"]; cmd1 [label="gcc -c foo.c -o foo.o" shape="rectangle"]; cmd2 [label="gcc -c bar.c -o bar.o" shape="rectangle"]; foo_o -> {cmd1} [dir="back"]; bar_o -> {cmd2} [dir="back"]; {cmd1 cmd2} -> foo_h [dir="back"]; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/tup_dag_2.dot000066400000000000000000000004201335323540100167670ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph G { parse_c [label="parse.c"]; parse_h [label="parse.h"]; parse_y [label="parse.y"]; cmd [label="bison [some arguments maybe, I dunno] parse.y" shape="rectangle"]; parse_c -> {cmd} [dir="back"]; parse_h -> {cmd} [dir="back"]; cmd -> parse_y [dir="back"]; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/tup_dag_3.dot000066400000000000000000000013211335323540100167710ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph g { main_o [label="main.o"]; parse_o [label="parse.o"]; parse_c [label="parse.c"]; parse_h [label="parse.h"]; parse_y [label="parse.y"]; main_c [label="main.c"]; prog [label="prog"]; link [label="gcc main.o parse.o -o prog", shape="rectangle"]; cmain [label="gcc -c main.c -o main.o", shape="rectangle"]; cparse [label="gcc -c parse.c -o parse.o", shape="rectangle"]; bison [label="bison -blah parse.y", shape="rectangle"]; prog -> link [dir=back]; link -> {main_o parse_o} [dir=back]; main_o -> cmain [dir=back]; parse_o -> cparse [dir=back]; cmain -> {main_c parse_h} [dir=back]; cparse -> {parse_c parse_h} [dir=back]; {parse_h parse_c} -> bison [dir=back]; bison -> parse_y [dir=back]; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/tup_deps.dot000066400000000000000000000003761335323540100167600ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph G { hello_world -> {foo_o bar_o} [dir="back"]; foo_o [label="foo.o"]; bar_o [label="bar.o"]; foo_c [label="foo.c"]; bar_c [label="bar.c"]; foo_h [label="foo.h"]; foo_o -> {foo_c foo_h} [dir="back"]; bar_o -> {bar_c foo_h} [dir="back"]; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/tup_vs_eye-c_file.dat000066400000000000000000000001351335323540100205110ustar00rootroot000000000000001 0.049 0.06 10 0.051 0.06 100 0.051 0.06 1000 0.052 0.06 10000 0.051 0.06 100000 0.052 0.06 tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/tup_vs_eye-h_file.dat000066400000000000000000000001351335323540100205160ustar00rootroot000000000000001 0.049 0.06 10 0.160 0.18 100 0.191 0.22 1000 0.192 0.22 10000 0.194 0.22 100000 0.193 0.22 tup-v0.7.8/docs/html/tup_vs_mordor.html000066400000000000000000000054741335323540100202210ustar00rootroot00000000000000

Similar to the make vs tup page, this page compares tup to the All-Seeing Eye of Mordor. Most people cannot harness the unfathomable power of the All-Seeing Eye of Mordor for their everyday build system, so you cannot expect to get the same build times that he achieves. Fortunately he was kind enough to stop looking for The Ring for a second and unleash his fury on my test cases to show how inferior tup is.

These tests use the same setup as with the make comparison - project sizes from 1 to 100,000. The tup times are the same as before. The All-Seeing Eye of Mordor does not need dependencies to operate. He just compiles the things he needs to compile and links the things that need linking and doesn't even think twice about it. Also he tries to compile things several times to see which run is fastest, and then goes back in time and uses the fastest time as his measurement. In comparison, tup's times are averaged. You may wonder why he cares about build times at all if he can time travel, or why he would even need to build software to begin with as opposed to just doing cat > hello_world and write the machine code correctly the first time. Or why he wouldn't just get a troll to do it. Unfortunately, being human, you and I cannot comprehend the genius that is the Eye, so we have to take it for what it is.

Actually, I just wrote a C program that forks and runs the commands necessary to do an update. I figured that would remove any shell overhead, but I didn't really check. It's in the git repository as eye-of-mordor.c. The commands are hard-coded for these specific testcases, so it's not very useful aside from generating the info for this page. Obviously if there was any real program that could outperform tup I would just use that. But there isn't.

As you can see, tup is approximately a constant factor increase in time over an impossible to achieve perfect solution. In all cases here, tup adds about 13-22% overhead in order to do dependency management. This number is wildly inaccurate for any real purposes, since normally you will be compiling C files with more than 2 lines in them. In those cases, the compile time will dwarf the amount of time that tup uses to lookup and handle dependencies.

I suppose I could compare tup to the Eye for an initial build too, but it already took me long enough to setup these two cases. Hobbits have made the journey to Mordor in less time[1] than it takes me to code up a crappy oracle machine.

[1] Maximum respect to team foosball co-champion Andy B. for that gem.

1) Single C file changed

2) Single H file changed

tup-v0.7.8/docs/journal.html000066400000000000000000002133061335323540100160200ustar00rootroot00000000000000 CS798 - Journal

CS798 - Journal

Proposal
Main page

Milestones

Complete:

  • Monitor - 2008/02/03
  • Dependency generator (wrapper program and LD_PRELOAD library) - 2008/02/13
  • Reverse dependency file structure (SHA1 hash directories) - 2008/02/17
  • Updater - 2008-03-09
  • Command-based Updater - 2008-04-06
  • Configuration options - 2008-04-13
  • Build real package (GNU Octave) - 2008-04-22

Upcoming:

  • Final presentation - 2008/04/30 - 10:30AM room 430A

Current Issues

  • Reverse dependency files contain filenames dependent on the file in question. (eg: foo.hd contains the string "foo.c" if foo.c includes foo.h). When building foo.c, need to update foo.hd to make sure it contains one instance of "foo.c". Similarly, if foo.c is deleted, need to make sure "foo.c" is removed from foo.hd. Essentially need some sort of hash table that works efficiently in files (using open/read/write/seek).
    • Alternative - make foo.hd a directory, and put a link to foo.c in the directory?
    • Feb 10 update: The directory alternative seems to work quite well so far, with the added benefit that it is very easy to see the dependency 'database'. Still remains to be seen if it will work well with multiple sub-directories.
    • Feb 17 update: With a multiple subdirectory test (eg: with all source files in various 7-layer subdirectories), performance seemed to suffer. However, the directory structure can be flattened by using the SHA1 hash of the filename to generate a unique token. This prevents the reverse-dependency file structure from duplicating the entire program file structure multiple times, so fewer directories need to be created. Some readability is lost in that the dependencies can't easily be determined by doing 'ls' or 'find', but some simple scripts can be used to divine this information instead by reading the 'name' files in each hash directory, which effectively point back to the original filename.
  • During compilation, need to update reverse dependency files of all included files. For a file that includes a large number of headers, this implies a large number of writes. How much does this adversely affect compilation?
  • Is there a way to prove (by induction?) that the updater will work on all graphs, given that it works for some sample graphs (eg: a diamond, a chain, etc).

Weekly Status

  • Pre-Jan 20:

    Investigated using inotify for the Monitor program. Initial results look promising, though there is a limit of 8192 watches that can be created. The number of watches is configurable by writing to a file in /proc, but the Monitor program won't know ahead of time whether or not this limit will be reached. For the initial implementation, 8192 will be sufficient for testing purposes (assuming 1 watch per directory). Currently the Monitor recursively watches a given directory, and displays file update notifications to the screen.

  • Jan 27 - Feb 2:

    Monitor program finalized. Some simple tests were run, such as creating new directories and files, then deleting and re-creating them. The Monitor program is able to catch all file and directory modifications. Also started to work on the reverse dependency generator using the LD_PRELOAD method. This method works by loading a shared library before the invocation of gcc to intercept gcc's own filesystem calls (eg: fopen(), open(), creat()) to determine which files are being read/written to. Currently the shared library displays the files being accessed to the screen, as well as the mode (read or write). An initial test compiling a dummy C file that included one header shows the .c and .h file being read, and the .o file being written. Files in /tmp and files that are non-existent are ignored. The next step is to write out reverse dependency information (and possibly regular dependencies, as well?) to the disk. The first attempt at writing out reverse dependency information will be to use filesystem links (symlinks?) in directories.

  • Feb 3 - Feb 9:

    Using the preloaded library to write out dependencies proved more difficult than initially anticipated after last weeks results. Last week I was testing by preloading the library and compiling a simple C file:

      #include "lib.h"

  int main(void)
  {
     return libfunc();
  }
    By preloading the library I got the following output: 
      $ LD_PRELOAD=/home/mjs/tup/ldpreload.so gcc -c main.c
  tup: Access file 'main.c' mode 0 from func open
  tup: Access file 'lib.h' mode 0 from func open
  tup: Access file 'main.o' mode 1 from func fopen64
    In theory at this point I could save the file accesses in a list, and then write out the reverse dependencies (eg: main.c and lib.h cause main.o to be updated). When I tried this, it seemed that the file accesses were going into separate lists. It turns out this is due to the fact that gcc spawns multiple sub-processes to handle the various tasks (pre-processing, compilation, and assembly). Each sub-process preloads its own version of the library, so the library is in fact initialized multiple times. This is evident after putting a constructor function in the library, and printing out the current PID with each file access: 
      $ LD_PRELOAD=/home/mjs/tup/ldpreload.so gcc -c main.c
  Library init.
  Library init.
  Library init.
  tup[9162]: Access file 'main.c' mode 0 from func open
  tup[9162]: Access file 'lib.h' mode 0 from func open
  Library init.
  tup[9163]: Access file 'main.o' mode 1 from func fopen64
    As you can see, the files are read in one process and written to in another. In order to accumulate all the files in one process to write out the dep files, it would seem ideal to have a server process of some kind, and then all other invocations of the preloaded library could send their file accesses to the server. Then when the server quits, it could write out all of the dependencies. This is a bit difficult to do with just LD_PRELOAD, since gcc's use of execv() causes the library's destructor functions to not be called in all cases. A much simpler approach is to use a wrapper program that can setup the server and the LD_PRELOAD environment, call gcc, and then on shutdown write out the dependencies. The wrapper program output for the same example looks as follows: 
      $ /home/mjs/tup/wrapper gcc -c main.c
  Started server '/tmp/tup-19142'
  tup-preload.so[19145]: Send file 'main.c' mode 0 from func open
  tup-server[19142]: Received file 'main.c' in mode 0
  tup-preload.so[19145]: Send file 'lib.h' mode 0 from func open
  tup-server[19142]: Received file 'lib.h' in mode 0
  tup-preload.so[19146]: Send file 'main.o' mode 1 from func fopen64
  tup-server[19142]: Received file 'main.o' in mode 1
  Stopping server '/tmp/tup-19142'

    Now even though the files are read in one process (19145) and written to in another (19146), they are all sent through the socket to the main wrapper process (19142) and accumulated in a list.

  • Feb 10 - Feb 16:

    There are still a few more tricks involved in getting the dependency information out. I extended the test case to include a lib.c file which also includes lib.h. This file is compiled and then archived into lib.a, and then both lib.a and main.o are built into the main executable (this is the same example from my proposal). After the first run of using the list of files in the wrapper program to generate symlinks for dependencies, I ended up with the following file structure (and corresponding depgraph that was generated from a perl script):

      $ ls *.tupd
  lib.a.tupd:
  lib.a  main  stdKBDfV

  lib.c.tupd:
  lib.o

  lib.h.tupd:
  lib.o  main.o

  lib.o.tupd:
  lib.a  stdKBDfV

  main.c.tupd:
  main.o

  main.o.tupd:
  main

  main.tupd:
  main

    There are a few obvious issues - first, some files are both read and written to in certain cases (such as linking) which causes files to be dependent on themselves (eg: 'main'). Further, even though the preloaded library ignores files in /tmp, there are still some temporary files created in the current directory by certain programs (in this case, 'ar'). Getting rid of the links for files dependent on themselves was a trivial strcmp(), but the temporary file issue was more difficult.

    What happens is 'ar' will write to the temporary file, and then issue a rename() call to move it to its final location (here, lib.a). Ideally the dependencies would be represented on disk without the intermediate temporary file. In other words, the process [read lib.o, write stdKBDfV, rename stdKBDfV to lib.a] should look the same as [read lib.o, write lib.a]. This is accomplished in the wrapper program handling rename events. The rename() libc call is wrapped by the preloader, similar to open() and fopen(). Instead of sending a single file event to the server, however, two file events are sent. This instructs the wrapper server to rename any existing files in its list to the new name. Then when the files are written out, all traces of the temporary file are gone. After these fixes, the following file structure and graph are obtained:

      $ ls *.tupd
  lib.a.tupd:
  main

  lib.c.tupd:
  lib.o

  lib.h.tupd:
  lib.o  main.o

  lib.o.tupd:
  lib.a

  main.c.tupd:
  main.o

  main.o.tupd:
  main

    Note that although this graph is what we would expect to get if we were using standard gcc/make dependencies, they are in fact written in the opposite order, wherein the output file is listed in the input file's dependency directory. So if 'main.c' is changed, we can easily look in main.c.tupd to see that main.o needs to be updated. Similarly, we can look in main.o.tupd and see that main needs to be re-linked. No mention of any lib.* files are made in these directories, so they could be ignored in this case.

  • Feb 17 - Feb 23:

    Per suggestion from Professor Lien, I constructed a test-case generator script that can generate random test cases. As input it takes the number of files to create, the number of headers the files should include, and the min/max directory hierarchy size. Currently all generated files are linked into a final executable (ie: there are no libraries here). One thing I tested with this script is the difference between having all files in a single directory, and all files in different directories that are 7 levels deep. Since the dependencies are stored using the paths of both objects, that means the dependency files would be 15 levels deep (1 extra for the filename itself). Using my benchmark program I compared the difference between using standard make with no dependency output and make using my wrapper program to generate dependencies. In each case there are 100.c files, each of which includes 7 other header files. I compared the amount of overhead in terms of execution time, as well as the disk space required. The execution time is measured by the factor increase over make without dependencies (so 1.05 means 5% extra time required).

    Using the filenames to store dependencies vs. make with no dependency information.
    Single Directory 7-Layers Deep
    Factor 1.097951 1.293445
    Disk blocks (du -sk) 1208 25004

    As you can see, the number of directories severely impacts the performance of the wrapper. This is because the wrapper program must create large directory hierarchies, many of which are essentially duplicates of each other. This takes a long time to stat() and mkdir() each level of the directory. Also, the large number of empty directories consumes a lot of disk space.

    I recently started to use git as a version control system for this project. Although I am still learning it, one of the things I found interesting is how it represents all kinds of objects (files, commits, etc) as SHA1 hashes in its database (which is also the filesystem). Using a similar approach here, instead of storing the dependency of a/b/foo.o on d/e/bar.h as ".tup/d/e/bar.h.tupd/a/b/foo.o" I can take the SHA1 hash of the filenames to generate a unique ID for each file, and make that the directory. So here I would get ".tup/4ebc353d14ff5a5bddd3fa79741ae7cc06719fd4/0bc5dcc8490ad3f03010233ded74871358c9d349". Although this is a bit more unreadable upon casual perusal (eg: using 'ls' or 'find'), it does have some nice properties. First, the depth of the dependency file tree is constant. Second, the objects in memory can easily be referenced by their 40-byte handle (20-byte SHA1 hash expanded as ASCII hex), instead of their filenames of arbitrary length (up to MAXPATHLEN, or 4096). This cuts down on the memory usage, since it is easier to allocate these objects on the stack. Using the same tests as before, I ran the benchmark program to determine the effect of using the SHA1 hash approach.

    Using the SHA1-hash of the filename to store dependencies vs. make with no dependency information.
    Single Directory 7-Layers Deep
    Factor 1.116010 1.141484
    Disk blocks (du -sk) 1216 1216

    Although in the single directory case we can see a slight degradation in performance as compared to the direct filename approach, it is apparent that the SHA1 approach offers more consistent behavior regardless of the file structure of the program. In particular, note that the filespace required is exactly the same in both cases (that is not a copy/paste error!) This is much more desirable than the 20-times increase in disk space required by the direct filename approach when using sub-directories.

    Of course since the hash is a one-way algorithm, we need someway to get back from the hash name to the actual filename. In other words, convert the 0bc5d... name above into the filename "a/b/foo.o". This is currently done by creating a file called "name" in the corresponding 0bc5d... directory that contains the text "a/b/foo.o".

  • Feb 24 - Mar 1:

    I started work on the Updater portion of the build system. This required some modifications to the Monitor to get it to output changed file hashes to a special directory. For example, if you issue a "touch foo.c" command, the monitor will create a file called ".tup/attrib/e55780...". This is because 'touch' only affects file attributes (the timestamps). If the file is actually written to, it will go in the .tup/modify/ directory. I am not sure if the attrib directory will actually be necessary, but for now it is useful because I am used to doing 'touch foo.c; make' in order to test Makefiles, so I can do a similar test here.

    For now I have started to write the Updater as a Perl script, since it is easy to test several different approaches before I get into the memory management issues associated with C. The Updater currently only handles files being touched or modified, so it does not yet work if files are created, deleted or renamed. Note that although the Wrapper program handles when programs use rename() internally (such as ar), the Monitor and Updater will also need to be rename/delete aware (for example, if the user issues 'mv foo.c bar.c' or 'rm foo.c'. This has not yet been addressed.

    The algorithm used by the Updater is basically a depth-first search, using the nodes in the attrib/ and modify/ directories as the start nodes. The first stage of the algorithm walks the dependency graph stored in the filesystem to determine which nodes need to be updated (and abort if there is a circular dependency). The second stage walks the partial graph (again with DFS) to rebuild the nodes in their topological order.

    In order to see this in action, I modified the grapher script to display nodes that would be updated in red, with the rest of the graph in black. The updater script only reads the nodes in red. I also created a new script that can generate a random graph. Its input is the number of nodes and number of edges, and then it randomly picks two nodes and assigns an edge between them. The names of the nodes are picked randomly from words in /usr/share/dict/words. Here is one such generated graph, where the 'bioplasmic' file was touched:

    Randomly generated graph: Node 'bioplasmic' has been updated.

    The graph as seen by the Updater contains only the red nodes. All subtrees in black are not visited at all. Here is the graph generated from the Updater script:

    Partial DAG formed by the Updater

    The Updater program also outputs the commands that would run in order to update the tree. The files were generated using a simple test program called 'create_dep' which reads in N files, and writes to 1 file. When used with the wrapper, it essentially creates the edges of the graph in the .tup directory. The last argument is the file that is written - this can be seen as the file being "updated":

      6713836dd56d9f3986dba8956c1774b11f04977c
  Visit: 6713836dd56d9f3986dba8956c1774b11f04977c
  Visit: 4292086f7b6bf5c87ec0d5dc39774b534c9ed9c1
  Visit: cbdb3db4b2645d5429755e26348aec5e7be16fad
  Visit: e2f3af40b23c178d018db610121a6e5723a7eed9
  Visit: adf3787e8363817082b2f720e7909a5895772f9d
  Visit: eb51fc12bda245d93ac07adcb045d0b6bafec313
  No cmd for .tup
  No cmd for 6713836dd56d9f3986dba8956c1774b11f04977c
  Skipping 4292086f7b6bf5c87ec0d5dc39774b534c9ed9c1 - count >0
  Execute ../../create_dep foreknowing bioplasmic depressant
  Execute ../../create_dep depressant coquet stickwater
  Execute ../../create_dep bioplasmic stickwater conspecies
  Execute ../../create_dep stickwater spiketop
  Execute ../../create_dep bioplasmic pinchpenny finikin

    So essentially what happens is it prints the start node (671383... = 'bioplasmic'), and then the nodes that it visits while building the partial DAG. During this construction phase, each node is assigned a count that describes the number of incoming edges. The second phase starts at the virtual ".tup" node, which has edges to each of the start nodes (here, there's only one). For each edge, it decrements the destination node's count by 1. If its count reaches 0, the command to update the destination node is executed, and it is recursively parsed. For example, since 'conspecies' has two incoming edges, the first time it is visited it is skipped (which is what the "Skipping ..." line means). Then the nodes are updated in the following order: 'depressant', 'stickwater', 'conspecies', 'spiketop', and 'finikin'.

    The Updater still needs to handle the other file changes (create/delete/move), and handle errors (eg: if updating a node fails, the Updater should be able to pick up where it left off).

  • Mar 2 - Mar 8:

    I continued to work on the Updater so it could handle other file updates. All of the testing for this week is done using a very simple test program. There are two .c files - main.c and other.c. Both of them include other.h and are compiled and then linked into 'main'. This is essentially the same as my earlier test case, only without the intermediate library.

    The first issue I had with creating files was that the Updater doesn't know what the resulting object file will be linked/archived into. The easiest way to handle this seems to be to enlist the help of an external build script. This build script contains the domain-specific knowledge for the build (in this case, how to compile .c files and link .o files). This lets the Updater be unconcerned with the types of files or commands used to update them. Instead it just traverses the partial DAG and tells the build script what files need to be updated. The modify case is fairly straight-forward - it the build script receives a request to update a .o file, it will run gcc on the .c file. If it receives a request to update the executable, it will link all of the objects.

    Creating files was a bit more challenging initially, though the result seems very simple. Consider an empty build. I have the following files after running 'tup init':

      clean.sh
  build
  other.c
  main.c
  other.h
  .tup
  .tup/create
  .tup/modify
  .tup/delete
  .tup/lock

    When the Monitor is initialized, it will go through all the files in the directory and put links to them in .tup/create/...

      clean.sh
  other.c
  build
  main.c
  other.h
  .tup
  .tup/create
  .tup/create/8aba54e7...
  .tup/create/6a8809d4...
  .tup/create/80754af9...
  .tup/create/406e031b...
  .tup/create/76857b23...
  .tup/modify
  .tup/delete
  .tup/lock
  .tup/object
  .tup/object/8aba54e7...
  .tup/object/8aba54e7.../.name  ==  clean.sh
  .tup/object/6a8809d4...
  .tup/object/6a8809d4.../.name  ==  other.c
  .tup/object/80754af9...
  .tup/object/80754af9.../.name  ==  build
  .tup/object/406e031b...
  .tup/object/406e031b.../.name  ==  main.c
  .tup/object/76857b23...
  .tup/object/76857b23.../.name  ==  other.h

    My initial thought was that the Updater should go through the create/ directory and tell the build script to update each file there, similar to the modify case. This would result in both .o files being created, so their entries would also go in .tup/create/. If the Updater is run again, it would then try to issue two separate update commands to the build script, one for each .o file. Unfortunately, we only want to run a single linking command using all objects. So it seems using the approach of having create/ objects cause updates is infeasible without putting build-specific knowledge in the Updater.

    After hitting that dead-end, I came up with the following. Instead of actually compiling the .c file when a 'create' update is received by the build script, I just add some dependency links. So for main.c, I run 'create_dep main.c main.o' to create the main.c->main.o dependency. By adding the main.o entry to the tup filesystem, its entry is also put in the create/ directory, and the main.c entry is moved from create/ to modify/. The Updater loops and re-processes all the new files in the create/ directory (now the entries for main.o and other.o). When the build script receives a 'create' event for an object file, it runs 'create_dep main.o main' to create the link from the object to the executable. The Updater loops again and sends the 'create' event for main to the build script, which does nothing because this is the final node. Note that at this point, only files in the .tup/ directory have been modified. No files have actually been compiled, and main.o/other.o/main do not exist yet. Here is the current structure:

      clean.sh
  other.c
  build
  main.c
  other.h
  .tup
  .tup/create
  .tup/modify
  .tup/modify/8aba54e7...
  .tup/modify/6a8809d4...
  .tup/modify/80754af9...
  .tup/modify/406e031b...
  .tup/modify/76857b23...
  .tup/modify/4ab0ef41...
  .tup/modify/073b2dd6...
  .tup/modify/b28b7af6...
  .tup/delete
  .tup/lock
  .tup/object
  .tup/object/8aba54e7...
  .tup/object/8aba54e7.../.name  ==  clean.sh
  .tup/object/6a8809d4...
  .tup/object/6a8809d4.../.name  ==  other.c
  .tup/object/6a8809d4.../4ab0ef41...
  .tup/object/80754af9...
  .tup/object/80754af9.../.name  ==  build
  .tup/object/406e031b...
  .tup/object/406e031b.../.name  ==  main.c
  .tup/object/406e031b.../073b2dd6...
  .tup/object/76857b23...
  .tup/object/76857b23.../.name  ==  other.h
  .tup/object/4ab0ef41...
  .tup/object/4ab0ef41.../.name  ==  other.o
  .tup/object/4ab0ef41.../b28b7af6...
  .tup/object/073b2dd6...
  .tup/object/073b2dd6.../.name  ==  main.o
  .tup/object/073b2dd6.../b28b7af6...
  .tup/object/b28b7af6...
  .tup/object/b28b7af6.../.name  ==  main

    The 'create' logic in the build script is effectively equivalent to what would go in a typical Makefile (assuming one has automatic dependency resolution to avoid manually typing in .h dependencies). Here is a comparison between what a Makefile would look like (without auto-dependency pieces) and the relevant part of the build script, which is currently in Perl. Note that although the build script is more verbose, they essentially say the same thing (except for the gcc commands, which show up in the 'modify' section). Also, the build script doesn't have to be in Perl, I just used that for now because it was easy.

    Makefile build script 'create' portion
      main: main.o other.o
  	gcc -o $@ $^
  %.o: %.c
  	gcc -c $< -o $@
  
            if($name =~ /\.c$/) {
                $output = $name;
                $output =~ s/\.c$/.o/;
                if(system("create_dep $name $output") != 0) {
                        exit 1;
                }
        } elsif($name =~ /\.o$/) {
                if(system("create_dep $name main") != 0) {
                        exit 1;
                }
        } else {
                print "  ignore  $name\n";
        }

    At this point the Updater has finished the 'create' loop, since no new dependencies have been created by the build script. It then goes into its modify loop, which will actually go through the partial DAG as described last week. During the modify loop, the .c files will actually be compiled and linked. Also, the wrapper program will generate the links in the directory for other.h for the dependencies on the object files. The complete DAG is then present in the tup hierarchy. At this point a new .c file (say, foo.c) could be created in the directory. A link would be created in the create/ directory. When the Updater is run, it will call the build script to generate the foo.c->foo.o and foo.o->main links, and then run through the modify loop to build them.

    Deleting nodes provided another challenge. My initial thought would be to count the number of incoming edges to a node. When a node is deleted, it would decrement the count of any dependencies. If the count went to 0, that node would also be deleted. Otherwise, it would be updated as if the file were modified. However, this doesn't quite work. For example, we have other.c which includes other.h. I would expect that if other.h is deleted, then other.c is recompiled into other.o (success or failure doesn't matter - I just expect it would re-trigger the compile). However, if other.c is deleted, I would expect that other.o is also deleted, and then main is relinked (again success or failure doesn't matter on the link). This is difficult because in the Updater we just have two edges to other.o, and don't know which ones should trigger updates and which ones should trigger deletes. Again this is build-specific knowledge, so I ended up moving it to the build script.

    Let's say we had added foo.c to the build, then realized the mistake and deleted it. We still have foo.o lying around, and main is still linked with the extra object. The Monitor put the delete event in the delete/ directory. The Updater actually treats delete/ events almost the same as modify/ events, with the exception that sometimes it will delete objects in the tup hierarchy depending on the result of the build script. Here is the current full DAG. The red nodes are the ones that are candidates for deletion. Note that foo.c has already been removed at the command line.

    When the Updater runs, it will go through the partial DAG and issue delete commands to the build script for each file. The build script ignores the .c file since it is already removed. When it receives a delete request for foo.o, we make a check. If foo.c exists, we try to re-compile. Otherwise, we delete foo.o. Again, this knowledge is specific to this particular build environment, so it is kept in the build script. Currently it just removes the file and exits with a special return code to let the Updater know that it can remove the object from the tup filesystem. The Updater also issues the delete request to the build script for the main executable. The build script also issues a check here. If there are still objects in the directory, it will try to link them. If not, it will delete main. In this particular case, after foo.c is deleted and the Updater runs we have the following:

    So it seems that creating and deleting files can be handled by the Updater. Moving files is handled by doing both a delete on the old file and a create on the new file (this is handled by the Monitor, which picks up such events). Still to come is a lot of testing (for example, deleting one node and modifying another, or creating a node and deleting it before running the Updater).

  • Mar 9 - Mar 15:

    Since the Updater is largely complete (aside from probably a few corner cases), Professor Lien suggested that I get an initial comparison of the time to build a project using the Updater versus building the same project with make. I am using GNU make v3.81 in these tests. This is different from my comparison in February, which was done largely to determine the overhead of using the Wrapper program. Now that the Updater and build script are functional, I can get a more direct comparison between make (using gcc -MMD for dependencies) and my set of programs.

    I am re-using the test program from before, where I generate .c/.h file pairs, and put them in a random directory hierarchy. The files go in directories anywhere from 0 to 7 layers deep. Each C file includes 7 headers (so 0.c includes 0.h, 1.h, 2.h, ... 6.h). I modified the program slightly so that each directory of C files is compiled into a separate executable. The program also generates two copies of the same tree - one with a Makefile, and one with my Perl build script that is used with the Updater. I compared the execution time (using the real value of 'time' in the shell) of the two in the following categories:

    • Initial build time (that is, time to generate all objects and programs)
    • Changed C file build (touch 0.c, and rebuild)
    • Changed header file build (touch 0.h, and rebuild). Note this actually rebuilds 7 .c files, and re-links them into their executables.
    • No files changed

    In order to make sure both programs were running in a fair environment, I made sure the disk was synced before running. I also attempted to pre-load the cache in both cases by doing a 'cat' on each file before the initial build. After the initial build, I again ran sync to make sure everything was written out before doing other tests. The four categories of testing were done over the following input sizes: 1, 10, 100, 1000, and 10000. For example, at size=100 there are files 0.c - 99.c, and 0.h - 99.h scattered about the hierarchy. 10000 would be about the size of a large project (such as the Linux kernel, or Firefox). The initial build time test was done only once (since it takes a while to do), and the change file/no-op tests were done 10 times each and averaged.

    I ran into a few issues with the Updater while trying the 10000 node case. First, the Monitor quickly hit the 8192 directory limit of inotify. I increased this by doing:

      echo 65536 > /proc/sys/fs/inotify/max_user_watches

    This was done before running any tests (not just the 10000 node case). Another issue I encountered was that I hit the limit of the maximum number of files in a directory. Specifically, the .tup/object/ directory filled up. I worked around this using the same method as git. Git creates 256 sub-directories for its objects (00, 01, 02...ff) and uses the first byte of the hash to determine which directory it goes in. This effectively cuts down the number of objects in a single directory by a factor of 256. With these changes in place, I was able to build the 10000 node case using the Updater.

    Here are the results for the initial build times. Note that in this graph (and the next few), both axes are logarithmic.

    Initial build times (Perl builder vs. make)
    Size Make (time in s) Updater (time in s)
    10.020.06
    100.20.55
    1002.065.41
    100021.6156.56
    10000222.92854.54

    In all cases, the Updater requires about 2.5 - 4.0 times more time during the initial build. It seems to scale at the same rate as make, except in the last case where the time spikes a bit. This might be because the large number of files written by the Updater no longer fits in the cache, causing things to be written out early. However, this investment seems worthwhile when considering the update times. First consider a single C file touched:

    C file changed (Perl builder vs. make)
    Size Make (time in s) Updater (time in s)
    10.020.04
    100.030.04
    1000.1110.04
    10001.1340.04
    1000018.770.042

    Although the Updater performs worse when dealing with small numbers of files, it quickly catches up to make after a sample size of about 20. It also gives nearly constant performance, with a slight increase in the 10000 node case. This is probably due to increased seek time when reading the .tup/object/ directory with a large number of files.

    Next we touch a single header file, and update. This builds 7 .c files (which are randomly scattered in various directories), and re-links their binaries. This could be seen as updating the interface to a library, for example. Here are the build results:

    Header file changed (Perl builder vs. make)
    Size Make (time in s) Updater (time in s)
    10.020.04
    100.150.23
    1000.240.24
    10001.2580.24
    1000018.8770.28

    This is similar to the C file case. The only extra anomaly here is from 1 node to 10 nodes, since in the 1-node case, touching the header obviously only updates 1 file. In the 10-node case (and all other cases) 7 files are re-compiled. This is useful to see that the Updater scales with respect to the number of files that need to be updated (ie: the size of the partial DAG) rather than the size of the entire project, as make does. Finally we consider the time to "do nothing". Basically this is the time to run make or the updater after a complete build.

    No files changed (Perl builder vs. make)
    Size Make (time in s) Updater (time in s)
    100
    100.010
    1000.090
    10001.1110
    1000018.7360

    The Updater doesn't register any time using the 'time' shell command. All it really does in this case is look in the create/, modify/, and delete/ directories, and then quit because there are no hashes there. In contrast, make reads in all of its dependency files, builds the entire DAG, and then does a stat() on every file in the DAG in order to compare timestamps.

    With these results, it is pretty clear that the initial investment for using the Updater is significant. So from a build-once and throw away perspective, it is not worthwhile. However, during a development cycle where a developer focuses only on a small part of a larger program, the time savings from not having to constantly build the entire DAG could be useful.

    In order to try to improve the initial build results of the Updater, I looked into removing the use of the Perl script for the build portion. This is because for each file in the directory, I do a fork(), then exec Perl, which may eventually exec gcc or ld. Instead I tried implementing the build portion in C to skip the extra step of going to Perl. This still does a fork() for each file in the create phase, but does not invoke the Perl interpreter for each one. Here is a comparison between using the Perl builder and the C builder, along with the previous make results:

    Perl builder vs. C builder
    Size Make (time in s) Perl builder (time in s) C builder (time in s)
    10.020.060.03
    100.210.550.29
    1002.075.412.89
    100020.4456.5631.07
    10000219.01854.54551.34

    The C builder results are slightly improved, yielding a 1.5 factor increase over make in the small cases, and a 2.5 factor in the 10000 node case. Again this increase in the last case is probably because of the sheer volume of files that need to be created. I may investigate using a shared library plugin instead of a separate C program to avoid process creation overhead (except when running gcc), though I don't think this will be enough to overcome the time to create all the files that the Updater uses.

  • Mar 16 - Mar 22:

    I made the change to use a shared library plugin instead of always executing a program. However, this did not significantly improve the initial build time (for example, the 1000 node case went from 31s to 29s). I don't think there is much else that could result in better initial performance, other than perhaps a filesystem designed specifically for many small files.

    Instead this week I concentrated on getting a base set of test cases running to verify the expected functionality of the Updater. This way I could make changes to the architecture or support libraries and verify that no functionality was broken. There are currently 12 tests, though there will likely be many more as various corner cases are checked. Currently I have tests to verify:

    • Pathnames are correctly canonicalized (eg: "bar.c", "foo/../bar.c", and "./bar.c" should all resolve to the same filename, and therefore the same hash).
    • Creating and modifying C files correctly compiles the expected files, and the resulting objects contain the expected symbols.
    • Compiling two C files that link into the same executable will only be linked once.
    • If a file is edited to no longer include a header file, the header file's dangling reference will be correctly removed if the header is updated. Also, the C file which no longer includes it will not be compiled.
    • Removing a C file will result in removal of the corresponding object, and re-linking of the executable. Removing all C files will result in the removal of the executable, as well.
    • Removing an object file or executable will result in rebuilding that object/executable if it can still be built.

    Some of the above are split into multiple test cases. A few issues came up during testing. First, paths were not being canonicalized, except in very simple instances (I was removing the leading "./" if it existed). However, this fails to account for a C file that might do something like:

      #include "../bar.h"

    This would cause the ldpreload library to hash "../bar.h" instead of "bar.h" (in whichever directory it actually exists), so the wrapper would not write out the correct dependencies. I had to write my own canonicalize() function, since the realpath() function that exists in libc assumes the file exists, but in my case I may be trying to create a link to a file that does not exist yet. The canonicalize() function I wrote removes duplicate /'s, any ./'s, and ../'s where appropriate. So ./foo/.//bar/../baz.c would canonicalize to foo/baz.c

    Another problem I had was with the dangling header reference. Specifically, suppose both foo.c and bar.c include foo.h:

    Now if bar.c is modified and no longer includes foo.h, the Updater will see bar.c in the modify/ directory, and so it will re-compile bar.o and re-link the executable. However, its partial DAG will not include the header since it was not changed. Therefore the link from foo.h->bar.o still exists:

    If foo.h is later modified, the dangling link should be removed, and bar.o should not be re-compiled. This is accomplished by checking the inode of the link to the inode of the corresponding .name file. Since the links are actually hard links, these inodes should be identical. However, when we re-compile bar.o, we can re-create the .name file so it will have a new inode, and all links will point to the old inode. Any headers that it still includes will have their links re-written, so they will point to the new inodes. Any headers that were removed will point to the old inode. So if we come across a link whose inode differs from its target, we can simply discard the link and skip processing that part of the DAG. In this situation, if foo.h were now modified, only foo.c is re-compiled and the dangling link is automatically removed:

    You may notice that the header links here are colored in grey, while the .c->.o links are in black. I made an attempt to clean up the deletion logic, so the Updater can automatically delete files without having to consult the builder. Links are now categorized as "primary" (black) or "secondary" (grey). In addition to the .name file, each object directory also contains a .secondary file. Primary links will still link to the .name file, while secondary links will of course link to .secondary. Primary links are created by the builder when creating the initial DAG (eg: in response to objects put in the create/ directory). Secondary links are created by the wrapper for any files that are read in by the wrapped program, unless they are already primary links. So when we run "gcc -c foo.c -o foo.o", it will see that the foo.c->foo.o link already exists and won't create it, but it will make a foo.h->foo.o secondary link. Before writing out the links, the wrapper will delete and re-create the target's .secondary file. This effectively invalidates all secondary links to account for the dangling reference above.

    If a C file is deleted, the Updater will unlink its .name file and its references in its object directory (the primary link to the .o's .name file). When the .o file is processed, the Updater will stat() its .name file and see that there are no more primary links to this file. Therefore the object file and its object directory contents will also be deleted. When it processes the executable, it may see that there are still primary links, and then re-link it. Previously I had the builder check if a C file was still accessible before compiling, and if not it would return a special error code to the Updater to indicate that it should be deleted. The separation of primary/secondary links makes the build logic much cleaner, and the Updater can properly delete files based on what information was given during the create phase. The builder program now doesn't even need to make a distinction between a dependency that was modified vs one that was deleted.

  • Mar 23 - Mar 29:

    I added a few new tests:

    • A C file is renamed (eg: user runs 'mv bar.c realbar.c'). This should cause bar.o to be deleted, realbar.c to be compiled, and the executable should be re-linked with realbar.o
    • Rename a C file that includes a header. This creates a dangling reference, so it is basically a combination of the previous case and the dangling header case described last week.
    • Target executable name is changed. This should cause the old executable to be deleted, and the objects re-linked into the new executable name.

    The first two tests work as expected, but the last test highlighted some current issues. First, the C builder that I have been using is a bit complex and unwieldy, since the build description is written in C code rather than a more convenient language (such as a Makefile). Second, the Updater doesn't really provide the ability to do the right thing when the desired target is changed. Specifically, I would like to mark certain links for deletion (ie: the bar.o -> oldexe link), so that oldexe can be removed.

    I think the long-term solution for the first issue is to write a simple configuration file parser in C, similar to how make parses Makefiles. In the meantime, however, 'make' itself is actually a pretty good substitute. I use make in a similar way to the Perl script previously, only make is the parser instead. The scripts are a bit simpler, though utilize some esoteric properties of Makefiles. Here's an example of a simple make-based build script:

      ifeq (1,$(TUP_CREATE))
  $(warning create $(MAKECMDGOALS))
  $(filter %.c,$(MAKECMDGOALS)): ; tup link $@ $(@:.c=.o)
  $(filter %.o,$(MAKECMDGOALS)): ; tup link $@ $(@D)/prog
  else
  $(warning update $(MAKECMDGOALS))
  $(filter %.c,$(MAKECMDGOALS)): ;
  $(filter %.o,$(MAKECMDGOALS)): ; tup wrap gcc -c $(@:.o=.c) -o $@
  $(filter %prog,$(MAKECMDGOALS)): ; tup wrap gcc -o $@ $(@D)/*.o
  endif
  .PHONY: $(MAKECMDGOALS)

    This is fairly similar to the original Perl script, only the separate "if delete" block is removed because of last week's work using the secondary links. Also note that it is not really a standard Makefile in any sense. This Makefile is run with a single target each time. An example of the executions with a single C file would look like this:

      make foo.c TUP_CREATE=1
  make foo.o TUP_CREATE=1
  make prog TUP_CREATE=1
  make foo.c
  make foo.o
  make prog

    The first three create lines are used to create the default links. The next three would actually build/link the files. (This is the standard create and update procedure of the Updater).

    Getting back to the original point, suppose we wanted to change the program name from "prog" to "myexe". Ideally we would update the Makefile and change the two instances of "prog", and then run the Updater. This should delete the existing program and its references in the .tup hierarchy, and then create the new "myexe" program. However, the only file that is changed is the Makefile itself. So what happens currently is the hash for "Makefile" is put in the .tup/modify/ directory. Then when the Updater is run, it passes this hash in, and the builder program (make running on the Makefile) ignores it. I'm currently unsure of how best to approach this. It seems ideally what I would want is to re-create all the links that were generated in the create phase and see how they differ. For example:

    Last createMakefile updated, create
    foo.c -> foo.o
    foo.o -> prog    		 foo.c -> foo.o
    foo.o -> myexe

    I think the .tup directory needs to keep track of how the links were originally created. Then when the Makefile is updated, we can run the create phase again for files in that directory. The new links could be compared against the old links, and appropriate action could be taken. For example, since the foo.c->foo.o link exists in both sides of the table, we know that foo.o wouldn't need to be re-compiled. Since the link to "prog" is now missing, we could take action to delete that file and the object in the .tup directory. Similarly, since the link to "myexe" is new, we would know that we have to update it. I haven't worked out the details of how this will actually be implemented yet, but it seems like a reasonable interpretation that could be handled by the Updater (as opposed to forcing all the logic in the builder somehow).

  • Mar 30 - Apr 5:

    This week I started working on what may end up being a fairly radical departure from the existing object directory infrastructure. Though all of the core concepts remain the same, I am now keeping track of multiple kinds of objects. There are still the file objects from before (where each file is hashed and has its name stored in ".name"). I am also working on adding command objects that represent the actual system commands used to transform file objects. For example, there is an object for the string "gcc -c foo.c -o foo.o". This string is also hashed and put into the object directory, but is stored in the file ".cmd" to differentiate it from the file objects. The dependencies are still stored in the directory each object. However, instead of storing the foo.c->foo.o relation directly in foo.c's directory, foo.c points to the command object for "gcc -c foo.c -o foo.o", and that command object points to foo.o. The reason for this will hopefully be apparent shortly.

    The 'create' phase of the Updater is also changed slightly to use these new command objects. The configuration file (which is currently a Makefile) in each directory generates the command objects, similar to how it was described last week. In contrast to the previous implementation, the create phase is invoked once per directory instead of once per file. This allows us to keep track of which commands were created, so if the configuration file changes we can do a comparison between the old and new instances to see what changed.

    Previously the configuration file had separate create and update phases (by checking for the TUP_CREATE environment variable). This time, there is only the create phase, since the updating is actually done by the commands that are generated from the configuration file. Also, this version looks much more similar to an actual Makefile. The main differences are all files are marked as PHONY so make won't check the timestamps (and possibly prevent some targets from executing), and that it uses tup commands instead of regular gcc invocations. Again, this is just responsible for setting up the initial links in the DAG and the command objects. Here is an example configuration file:

    srcs := $(wildcard *.c)
objs := $(srcs:.c=.o)
prog := prog

$(prog): $(objs)
        @echo "Link '$^' into '$@'"; \
        tup command "gcc $^ -o $@" && \
        $(foreach f,$^,tup input $f "gcc $^ -o $@" &&) \
        tup output "gcc $^ -o $@" $@
$(objs): %.o: %.c
        @echo "Compile '$<' into '$@'"; \
        tup command "gcc -c $< -o $@" && \
        tup input $< "gcc -c $< -o $@" && \
        tup output "gcc -c $< -o $@" $@

.PHONY: $(prog) $(srcs) $(objs)

    The 'tup command' lines create the command objects for the various gcc commands that need to be executed. These objects are also stored as dependencies of the directory name. Since this is in the top-level, the "." directory is used. Then the 'tup input' and 'tup output' lines generate the expected input and output links for these commands. Naturally we don't specify the header dependencies here, as we expect those to be added later by the wrapper program. Using a familiar two C file program, here is the DAG that is generated:

    The update phase should work largely the same as before. However, instead of executing the update for each file as we process the DAG, we just execute the command objects. For example, previously when the "ok.o" node was processed, the update logic in the Makefile would run gcc on "ok.c". Now a node like "ok.o" is simply processed in memory by the Updater. When it gets to the command node (as denoted by the rectangles) it will execute that shell command. This means that the configuration file does not need to be used during the entire update phase.

    Now suppose we edit the configuration file and change the program name from "prog" to "mainexe". All we really change is the third like to "prog := mainexe", and then run the Updater. Since the configuration file was changed, the Updater will re-run the create phase for this directory. We will still generate the two "gcc -c" commands, but the last command will be different. Since the "gcc foo.o ok.o -o prog" command is no longer generated, its object reference is put into the delete/ directory. Here is the new graph after the create phase has finished:

    At this point what will probably happen is the Updater will delete the objects for "gcc foo.o ok.o -o prog" and "prog", as well as the actual file "prog". This would leave the links to "gcc foo.o ok.o -o prog" as dangling references, which could be lazily cleaned up as done previously for header links. The Updater would of course also run the new command and generate the new "mainexe" executable. However, I don't actually have that implemented yet. I also still have to change the wrapper program to generate links to the command object instead of the output file. (For instance, "foo.h" would be linked to "foo.o" instead of the gcc command). After those details are worked out, I will be able to revisit the test cases to see if all the old functionality is maintained.

  • Apr 6 - Apr 12:

    I got almost all of the test cases working again using the new command objects. This involved updating the Wrapper program to output dependencies to and from the command object, and some additional logic in the Updater to delete the correct objects and files when necessary. The only exception is the test case for deleting output files. The test involves building a program, then deleting one of the object files (eg: 'rm foo.o'). This puts the hash for foo.o in the delete/ directory. When the Updater runs, ideally I would like to have the object file re-created and the program re-linked. This is what the test previously checked (and successfully worked under the old system). The reason this worked before is because the partial DAG that was loaded would have the 'foo.o' and 'prog' nodes in memory, so it would be re-compiled and re-linked. Now, however, I have the 'foo.o' node, the command for linking, and the 'prog' output node. I don't have the command node that creates foo.o in the partial DAG, because none of its inputs were modified. Here is the view of the DAG after bar.o is deleted, and the create phase completes:

    The nodes that the Updater sees in the partial DAG have the blue outline. Since the Updater no longer passes the filenames on to a separate program, when the bar.o node is processed it will not be re-made. Then when the Updater tries to execute the command node, it will fail because bar.o is not present. In this situation it may be possible to create a backward link from the file to the command that generated. Since there is only ever one incoming link to a file node, this may be a reasonable solution.

    Part of the changes to the Wrapper program involved accounting for the dangling references. Previously, every object had the ".secondary" file that could be used to keep track of dangling references. Now only the command objects have this file. This graph shows how the dangling reference test looks with command objects:

    This test works as before - only foo.c is re-compiled, and the dangling reference (the red link) is removed from the .tup hierarchy.

    The interesting part is that now we can change the configuration file (Makefile) and get some better results. I added some special logic to make sure the create/ object is made for the directory the Makefile is in when it gets modified. (Normally the create/ object is created only when files are added or removed to a directory, not when existing files are modified). This forces the Updater to re-run the Makefile and generate all the commands for that directory, so they can be compared against the previous invocation. This is the same example as last week, where I build everything, then modify the Makefile to change the target and run the Updater. Here is the graph after the Makefile is modified and the create phase runs:

    This shows that the old target 'prog' should be deleted, while 'mainexe' needs to be created. After running the Updater, this is the result:

    Note that foo.o and ok.o now have dangling references to the deleted command node. If one of these object files is re-created at a later point, the dangling reference will be cleaned up as usual. The nice part is that the old target 'prog' is deleted automatically by the Updater, so a user could just make a change to their configuration file and be sure that things are in their correct state (ie: in the same state as if the Makefile originally targeted 'mainexe'). The only difference are the dangling references lying around, but they aren't actually visible to the user unless they go digging through the .tup/object/ directory. This shows the shell session of what a user would see:

       $ ls
   Makefile  foo.c  foo.h  foo.o  ok.c  ok.o  prog
   $ <update Makefile>
   $ tup upd
   Compile 'foo.c' into 'foo.o'
   Compile 'ok.c' into 'ok.o'
   Link 'foo.o ok.o' into 'mainexe'
   [  ] 0/2 (  0%) tup wrap gcc foo.o ok.o -o mainexe
   [= ] 1/2 ( 50%) Delete 71db4c4e
   [==] 2/2 (100%) 
   Delete: prog
   $ ls
   Makefile  foo.c  foo.h  foo.o  mainexe  ok.c  ok.o

    The lines that start with "Compile" and "Link" are displayed by the Makefile during the create phase. As before, this just runs 'tup command', 'tup input', and 'tup output' to setup the appropriate objects. The lines with the progress bars are displayed by the Updater, along with the commands it runs.

    Depending on the time left in the semester, the next thing to try is to conditionally compile files based on some feature setting. For example, the command object to compile foo.c would only be created if ENABLE_FOO was set. This would involve finding a place to set the flags, and then setting up dependencies so a directory's create phase can run when a flag it uses is changed.

  • Apr 13 - Apr 19:

    With the command-based Updater working, I tried to see how it would work by using configuration options. Basically this just entailed setting a variable in the Makefile, and deciding whether or not to build certain files based on its value. In this example, I'm building two C files - one of them (bar.c) is always built, while the other (foo.c) is conditionally compiled based on the value of CONFIG_FOO. This is similar to how the Linux kernel determines which source files to build. For example, if CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV is set, then the joydev.c file is compiled and linked into the kernel. Although I am currently setting the configuration variable directly in the Makefile, in the future it may be done in a separate file (similar to .config for the kernel). Here is the Makefile I am using:

       CONFIG_FOO := 1

   srcs := bar.c
   ifeq (1,$(CONFIG_FOO))
   srcs += foo.c
   endif

   objs := $(srcs:.c=.o)
   prog := prog

   # Change the directory "." to nothing - all other actual directory names get
   # a / appended
   d := $(if $(filter .,$(TUPWD)),,$(TUPWD)/)

   ifneq (,$(strip $(objs)))
   $(prog): $(objs)
           @echo "Link '$(patsubst %,$d%,$^)' into '$d$@'"; \
           create_dep "tup wrap gcc $(patsubst %,$d%,$^) -o $d$@" $(foreach f,$^,-i$f) -o$@
   endif

   $(objs): %.o: %.c
           @echo "Compile '$d$<' into '$d$@'"; \
           create_dep "tup wrap gcc -c $d$< -o $d$@" -i$< -o$@

   default: ; @true

   .PHONY: $(prog) $(srcs) $(objs) default

    This is nearly identical to the Makefile I have been using (in comparison to the previous version posted, this version works in subdirectories, and also generates the whole command object and input/output links in a single command invocation). The additions to support configuration variables are just at the type in the definition of the srcs variable. If CONFIG_FOO is set to 1, then the foo.c file is added to the list. When built in this configuration, both foo.c and bar.c are compiled and linked into the executable. If the Makefile is later updated to set CONFIG_FOO to 0, then the command to build foo.c is no longer generated. This is a similar case to when the target name changed, since the command object will be moved to the delete/ directory. The Updater will then delete the command object as well as the output file, foo.o. The program will be re-linked with only the bar.o object. Here is the dependency graph after the create phase runs:

    Since we turned off the CONFIG_FOO variable, that side of the dependency tree is removed from the system, and the foo.o file that was created is removed. This leaves the system in a state that is almost identical to what it would be in if the option was initially off and the entire program was built (the only difference would be the dangling link from bar.o to the old linking command, which will be silently removed when the opportunity arises). Here is the output from the Updater during this process:

      Compile 'bar.c' into 'bar.o'
  Link 'bar.o' into 'prog'
  [   ] 0/3 (  0%) tup wrap gcc bar.o -o prog
  [=  ] 1/3 ( 33%) Delete 91ce14a6
  [== ] 2/3 ( 66%) Delete: foo.o
  Delete d64ac38d
  [===] 3/3 (100%)

    Some other notes about the graph: first, the use of the .secondary links in order to detect dangling references is no longer required. Since the only time the deletion of files is triggered when command objects are removed, we don't need to identify particular files as "primary" or "secondary". The links that indicate the creation of a command are colored in green. As before, the Updater only sees the colored nodes (it does not need to process any nodes in black).

    Now that the command object structure is fairly stabilized, I re-ran the benchmarks comparing tup vs. make. Unfortunately this change slowed down the initialization phase further, as seen in the following data:

    Command-based builder vs. make
    Size Make (time in s) Command builder (time in s)
    10.050.07
    100.480.72
    1004.26.78
    100039.1966.28
    10000386.571413.63

    The other cases (C-file updated, header file updated, no files changed) are almost identical to before. In the future I will have to profile the initialization phase to see if there are redundant or unnecessary file accesses being performed that slow tup down.

  • Apr 20 - Apr 26:

    Most of my time was spent focusing on writing the technical report to provide a summary of the motivation and end result of tup. I did get a chance to run one more large simulation, as well as try to compile a real program (GNU Octave) using tup.

    For the large simulation, I used the same test setup as before, but this time with 100,000 files. With this setup, tup took an enormous amount of time to initialize (almost 18 hours), as compared to make with 3.5 hours. However, each update in make takes 45 minutes, whereas changing a C file and updating using tup takes 0.09s. Even with the large initial investment required by tup, after about 20 updates the investment will begin to pay off. After that, each update saves a large chunk of time that could be better spent debugging the system or adding new features.

    In order to see how easy or difficult tup would be to use for a real program, I tried to use it to compile GNU Octave version 2.1.73. This is a moderately sized program, with 29 C files, 456 Fortran files, and 595 C++ files. In order to get a more accurate comparison and simplify the problem a bit, I am not building the documentation in either case, and I am assuming that ./configure has already been executed. The main reason for skipping the documentation is that it is unnecessarily rebuilt every time make is executed, making the time-to-rebuild much higher than necessary for make.

    There were a few issues getting Octave to build with tup. One issue I ran across was that I was not canonicalizing pathnames correctly if they ended in a '/' character. Depending on how the files were accessed, it was possible that both the directory objects "foo" and "foo/" would be created, causing the same directory to be updated twice. After fixing the canonicalize function to always remove any trailing slashes, this works as expected.

    Another issue I had was that I had to update the configuration file (the Makefile) to work with C++ and Fortran files. On the surface this looked fairly straightforward, though a few times I forgot to list all of the files I was using in the .PHONY target (which is necessary for the non-standard way I am using make to parse the configuration files). This caused some odd side effects, because when a directory was processed in the create phase it would create different commands based on whether or not the compilation commands had already been executed or not. Once I got all of the files in the .PHONY target things worked as expected. Clearly though, if I ran into this trouble getting tup to work on a program, any other end-user would likely run into it as well. I think this means as far as the future work of tup is concerned, one of the first things I should focus on is an easier way to define configuration files that is more natural to tup (and therefore less error-prone). This should also have a nice side-effect of a slight speedup during initialization, since tup would not have to invoke make for each directory (which in turn invokes tup to create the command objects).

    After these issues were dealt with, I was able to build octave and run the resulting executable. Touching a single C file (src/matherr.c) resulted in a 16.21s update time for make, and a 8.96s update time for tup. If nothing is changed, make has a baseline of about 3.86s, and tup has 0.004s. I'm not sure why make takes about 7 seconds longer when a file is changed, but under 4 seconds longer when no files are changed. The update was executed a few times, so the cache should have been properly warmed. I did verify that both make and tup executed the same commands when the file was changed.

    Although a few seconds may seem like a trivial gain in tup's favor, consider that GNU Octave is just one package. On my Gentoo Linux system, there are 478 packages installed of varying sizes. Now assume I had the source code of all 478 packages installed and built. If I then change that one C file in Octave (which gets put into a library, so it could possibly be used by other programs outside of Octave), I do not think running make from the top would finish in any reasonable time. On the other hand, tup should easily be able to compile that file, re-create the archive, and link all dependent executables in short order.

tup-v0.7.8/docs/make-dependencies-graph.png000066400000000000000000000042571335323540100206310ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR@FMY)PLTE@ @@```@0``@@@@`````@```` ``` @@ @` ```@ ```@@@``` @ @``@@`pT&sAIDATx흋r* Es 5s;R:Y#} c`\pL@ }=5zp9.\TYw}}Vܣz(a1(5i PH+d<ȠG@R@f:;mXJ֮f g&~:0Y˟Gr K.|ù5xv$% cC 26"%V.Q!AH&C ,n!!r?$B P)RbYn8W~ ,;SrE4 +E&H:EZdG-p.K#tr۟(%XHs@9di<3u sY<7@@T;2R'+ y PF:Y@̷ 0}]dpC 셓0# ) P{-o|&?,#Yndc}gY~$͢0Y?fP@K_7Sq۟r,W8 ^ `?IfT,E\B[@ @JE 0:qH(^~ҵP˘0[=ŦOK~jH뮷Ȋb٩#~^f~L[儱})_~  >\*߬]XxO"l|}z۶6y+r&\YJ7;?P`RйOz7ȱ^J ҭ*ߢd+G[I+6@Fj@ջ N  BouřD Q宆@0Nk8^X{;1 h𖽰MY;챼?}vb/3v"5ik\ް1oh|oZߦ8ch:]p–Socڏ02rAao?8$h\ZL" nf%_U_&L.jم- Pskn긘K`$ڙSD'3GSVQb"O~`3EK muEv$-,{5wsO25(URE=v,AZ`եԱhUvɰI:hy'C t!z7@K?`XF9? $Й~Oo7^ʏ2@ǎs sM+q*lXNT: CXzˉ9n**K ɺ/@0K WyZ"yw7@~)r#5KgޥXGԧ&ֵ8my =L ymmmy~ Ryb/i3/!X`4>xGjc`~ LGcۦ++30 ?㳑CHmXy ̎. ǏЅ!3>#@ωTo0 +I[O&~7y&d3Q+iOL؅Wj`b] <:=pޟ!Y8|DfwZ?D+.,]hIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/perl-plot-c_file.png000066400000000000000000000037341335323540100173250ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR@FMY)PLTE@ @@```@0``@@@@`````@```` ``` @@ @` ```@ ```@@@``` @ @``@@`pT&snIDATx흉v Eqgj0Hb{ڤH!o8}a='!nO ]28]-͌/ќp~I8Y̚3FO h%Gwfocy]\%EUdy(<ӹxL1[ccgy5*Ks6WSdIS`$mcg:=)@B)| &bP~3fp I='28Ȥ=;JL+?Ǯq$Ta tQ<90Иs$!<  v/ڮܠ *r\ 2@&@ s",u5L'B@+Utd T 96 ƹ $zƔqy#~ņ_j݅Ɣ<`k:mx[jx@JxHnL ".\5g{"N~@`:ޓGHd0S DB'ia&S\ .~MF' 0œ("QaHx#\ a. iC` RaI^<^A[!gZ</_Bū w/6]a:/>;xr <Oh7߀K B o<͇ Mw,F0A.9}6G oNa}dzVV ȿwVS@{wr1!ts"2ԭwg(vISXߜ#Pg(x)SX'LaQJl-śR72)"cg"RH2K 7XKUpaçpq ,ohkY` oX !]|l!]M2f 7Xp`kM`}c lo(-"pmP>vF]ZFo!@.VsW` b.iMhpk6Ts\]#0,v2՗#s}zz=^ wbO9n-*wzҧf_p/&[4pp-)ܭ>;֧`}렱"Q?FE^9'ڈc6{"+yW~=-8+Go$fs`WUx - pO{"ݾ7|$Pnv^¡eN? |9Lm,٘ډ.FC89K)㛳 `9 odnz 2@&@ dL 2y,s`pSXimo){~Xќp~]~Lhh@?B`22&9 ? @84݂kLj (GwLj H29_ׄLi Na^n`^'2p xOdZ@JM#)@) H?pDf?3 Dql2;(IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/perl-plot-h_file.png000066400000000000000000000041151335323540100173240ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR@FMY)PLTE@ @@```@0``@@@@`````@```` ``` @@ @` ```@ ```@@@``` @ @``@@`pT&sIDATx흋 Ey}!!*홝YTv}]n_@9J@@ tr؎Yu$o=^GG[S̬ŒL d|^n[{@2cL%]Z~GiW`ܾNJ{|*h?1p3idIawhsn Ja'Uv'0 Jsذ޿ZG?Q2?g"ʁ@& {v^wD7;;'ɹ9O%K}:ODxQ7pb̙ T{ةRϝ)S9.@ dL 54ٖKyb b(A e@2 T$A I'6{׹usFn~͆/ufeM0S8ڱNXG ?[Xpc)y7*3T3r> #p)\]2.",! ȭ݀{k_ޒfpv ܮ,k'1(Pv)Z + C{0 )LRwST=5{ 0nTnڭSu=@څ@z'x@o@ %ȣ΁闀r6@ü`'bm} *6ۮ#ōڦpWYM[kmb:9h~箝Co;^i(񮉴~|`?}|n R}RXD@),QRX( ),oFEehOaq}S-3gDgCC> yiܬGG37#i}gK7:y(u>֌dfjwo<'8mF4ӳwv8++Y3}|ARMkOn< s S/@ |W omٰb+kF-aioRt\ 0UuQ>nmg>n]n:Q@/{ƺR@/:T@ӞyO`p3 &5:uTK@o+) A@ϰVX GhߎuczM0 ,߱M[G-8TcƜX/رO:+9NU<{LDq'Nk_L.bJN>m$SxMs}R8~ L-wQOL-wO _ ~?Fb}3m&Jj_G`3uL>QA}٘ Ÿ(Q낔UKR2RS8W)<@^|P|dAق[6LIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/perl-plot-initial.png000066400000000000000000000042711335323540100175320ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR@FMY)PLTE@ @@```@0``@@@@`````@```` ``` @@ @` ```@ ```@@@``` @ @``@@`pT&sKIDATx흍 {$`rfm7|sMp\.r\.! a{>Oľ@-H0lNOL( =c8K_s&eK(RyocrNl1U|TU AR>j6A(pL. :\.΃e3^OiZPX{0ӟ<M"mq ?"tvydЃiV0xƋ2y~ "uxZ |m 퓇MD}>n ڷB R}|=A_L`Uo:`Vhw0̪~3šo=͗M:2gsJ@m?P$;@zCG'bCGR>[wx0㙡 qԸu":HjA$: Td?끚DToO Bb>!XJ -H b gwm?)"+󕦷Peo?xM^h~@.~D)0/yxDW5m^ ECW!Ubv0 \|^h?Ю`@MZjU~1 zj.'2ZDD}z8j#80N'2H끉핉g"˷0,SV&X}K~0rI$>vf߳i?3Y= gߠvAİVuh_w}AOSp|Nb?p|}c?p&|Ne?8>n8~>6YY2>7F Q(H$rDU9\n.~뺟o.惓IS rvmө`Ѕ):b`~ >z\r}ٗ&K+O E II{tgUȢ D%7 늈kⓑ%`D&.hQX,+ R{E}`]|"|`KEG> cۗK`E|:4V\.r\f*BYL}IENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/perl-plot-nothing.png000066400000000000000000000036611335323540100175510ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR@FMY)PLTE@ @@```@0``@@@@`````@```` ``` @@ @` ```@ ```@@@``` @ @``@@`pT&sCIDATx r EM9?0H,WI:H ^0/ KytihV! 47_1F'f%3#h>w:_ x |)Z;kwє̓ ,ϗ{xuV{s͏n8%T]={ 5EƞTJa#xv#Г ¿a8?cB?dRHdl 2)0yY_!@NqN&Ď|S$Eq !}`0LB(,:8QJCA;T @ dL 2@&&DXjJ3 YDXYl$s H圼@ k43|,\ \߽-6~uv3 Ss¯1jl/\8yoV+鯬@rajx<%"u^azx|52VAՃ&k%[ O2Wb" ZKst_6 Ђ{ 7K PwρCˣ=W:Zrvh}"f۾l k<5YCRrKk {[`;mKl~:5"&>) m^% >}.o.oBe7[ ,o.8}J`y}s oAyZ`p%o!fQ)FfHXk]`u oh57 lot#ö6MVFߠR`ŀ[Q`[ lo8&GqxJZ+_~JZtw(e:w/@Z#o:k9BݧKbJ \~W_~ >=bWAIu6qM_Q/?5;SEy 9oQB(ş>PDoљ’i(ʟ>rm0}i$P>UES$P?5oC(,Tߢ%!P? v֧@pN >Or TOr v ԡO@- TO@%ߎDʟ2Yppw3#CqZY^Y( 9y}NMdf# 2'%h.YȤ" 8%¼"xodJ@@v zyȴ G',=i)xMdp,P@ O-~j̎f#  dθ |RIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/proposal.html000066400000000000000000000452221335323540100162050ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Mike Shal - CS798 Proposal

  1. Introduction

    2. This proposal describes the project I would like to undertake towards credit for a Masters of Science in Computer Science. The main goal of the project will be to design and implement a build system (like the UNIX make program, for example) that is able to scale to large sized projects. The sample projects and analysis will assume the projects are written in C and compiled with gcc, though it is hoped that the result will not be language-dependent. In the following sections I will give some background information about the history and current state of build systems, and why I believe they are insufficient for large-scale development. Then I will describe the separate components of the proposed build system. Finally, I will discuss the long-term goals of the program if it is successful.

  2. Background

    3. The need for a build tool becomes evident during the development of any project that grows to span multiple source files, libraries, and directories. The developer typically focuses on a small subset of the project, and even with just a few source files it is more efficient to re-compile only the changes than it is to re-compile the whole project. Parts of the project are dependent on other parts, however. For example, multiple source files can include the same header. A change to the header requires that each source file that includes it is re-built. Similarly, if an archive is re-built, then all programs that link to the archive must be re-linked. All of these dependencies must be tracked by the build program to ensure a consistent and correct build.

    The common UNIX program make is a build tool that allows a developer to specify dependencies, and commands to rebuild targets. When executed, make will perform two main functions: 1) construct a DAG (directed acyclic graph) of all dependencies, and 2) traverse the graph starting at the requested target, rebuilding only those targets that are out of date with respect to their dependencies. In this way make can be used to build an entire project from scratch, or build only the portions of the project that have been affected by changes.

    Unfortunately, make does not scale well for large projects when building only the parts of the project that are affected by changes. Specifically, the update operation is at best an O(n) algorithm, where n is the number of dependencies. This is undesirable, because unrelated pieces of the project affect the build time of the part of the project we may be working on. Consider just the effect of reading an increasing number of dependency files. A Makefile that includes all of these dependency files and simply checks if the files are up-to-date (without building anything) results in the build times shown in the following table. Notice how it scales in a mostly linear fashion, until cache effects start to dominate the large number of files.

    # Files 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768 65536
    Time 0.004s 0.005s 0.006s 0.008s 0.012s 0.019s 0.035s 0.064s 0.128s 0.257s 0.528s 1.093s 2.434s 5.554s 16.035s 1m21.539s 5m53.272s

    This behavior is not specific to make. There are several complaints (some legitimate, some not) with make or its Makefiles, such as the fact that: Makefiles are their own sort of language (as opposed to something already known like Perl or Python), automatic dependency handling is not builtin to the program, or it is difficult maintaining a project across multiple directories. As a result, a number of alternatives to make have been created. For example, CONS, SCONS, JAM, A-A-P, and OMake, among others. All of these programs suffer from the same linear update time. Ideally, the time to process an update would be proportional to the amount of changes required. The current linear behavior is actually a result of three separate factors:

    1. make always reads the entire DAG before rebuilding anything.
    2. make does not know which files have been updated before-hand; instead, it considers each target and checks to see if it is out-of-date with respect to its dependencies.
    3. The storage of the dependencies in the filesystem (as generated by gcc's -MD option, or older equivalents such as makedepend) makes it necessary that any program must read every dependency file before updating.

    We will now consider each of these factors in more detail. First, make always reads in the entire DAG before updating anything. Since each edge must be added to the DAG, it is easy to see that even if we ignore any other processing, constructing the DAG is at best a linear operation. As such, any build program that could hope to improve on a linear time algorithm must not rely on the entire DAG. Instead, it should construct only the portion of the graph that it needs based on the changes to the system. This is difficult because of the second and third factors mentioned above.

    When performing an update, the make program essentially starts with a single target (such as 'all'), and asks the question Do I need to update this target?. This question can only be answered by checking the timestamps of each of its dependencies, and each of their dependencies, and so on through the DAG. (Other build programs may use MD5 sums or other hashes instead of timestamps, but this is irrelevant to the complexity of the algorithm). Again, this is at best a linear operation. While developing in a project, however, we don't really care if 'all' is updated or not. What we care about is that anything dependent on the immediate changes we have made (such as a .c file we modified) is updated. A better question to ask is: What files need to be updated given that these files have changed? Answering this question assumes we had a list of files that were changed up front. This is not currently provided to the build program.

    Even if we had a list of files that were changed up front, any build tool is again limited to a linear-time algorithm because of the way the dependencies are structured in the filesystem. Consider the following minimal example:

    Makefile
main/
    main.c
    Makefile
lib/
    lib.c
    lib.h
    Makefile

    Such a program may have the following dependency information:

    Figure 1: Simple Program Dependencies

    The dependencies are actually stored in several different places. The two dependencies on the header file are output by gcc (using the -MD or similar option) the first time the program is built. This information can be used on subsequent builds to re-build both main.o and lib.o if the header changes. The edges from the .o to the .c files are generally written in the Makefiles as implicit rules (such as %.o: %.c). These dependencies are also written by gcc in the .d file. The following graph shows the same program along with where the actual edges are found:

    Figure 2: Dependencies File Locations

    Dependencies that are from the same file are shown in the same color. This will be explained later. For now, consider we are developing the interaction between the main program and the library. This will likely include changing the lib.h file. When this file is changed, both lib.o and main.o must be rebuilt, the archive must be re-created, and ultimately the main executable must be linked. Now let's assume that this is actually a small part of a much larger project:

    Figure 3: Large Dependency Graph

    Suppose we are still only developing the interaction between the main program and the library. However, now any changes we make to the library must also cause a rebuild of another (or possibly multiple) other binaries. In order to determine which pieces must be rebuilt, the build tool must read in all of the dependency files and find the dependencies on lib.h. Notice how the incident edges to the lib.h node are all separate colors. This indicates that they are all stored in separate files. So if we try to answer the basic question What files must be updated given that lib.h has changed?, the program must necessarily read in every dependency file, since we have no way of knowing which ones might contain an edge to lib.h. This means if we specify dependencies in this manner, no matter what program we use, we will be forced to use at best a linear update algorithm. The consequence of this fact is that any build program that relies on the output of gcc's dependency mechanism can perform no better than a linear-time update.

  3. Goals

    4. The main goal of this project is to create a build tool that can perform an update in sub-linear time. Specifically, it should be possible to create a build tool that performs in O(d), where d is the number of objects dependent on the set of updated objects. Effectively this is constant time for a specific input, since the complexity is invariant with respect to independent objects. Based on the analysis in section 2, such a project must involve several components:

    1. A program capable of constructing a partial DAG from a list of updated input files. This program will be called the Updater.
    2. A means of obtaining the list of updated files so the Updater can treat it as a priori knowledge. This will be called the Monitor.
    3. A means of storing dependencies so that only the edges required by the Updater need to be read.
    4. A means of generating the dependencies in part 3), given that those output from gcc are insufficient.

    Each of these parts will now be considered in more detail. However, note that since none of these pieces have actually been created at this point, it is possible that important details may be left out, or alternative approaches may be discovered.

    First, consider the Updater program. This program is capable of creating a partial DAG, given a list of updated input files. Essentially what we'd like to do is build all parts of the DAG that link to one of the input files, and ignore the rest. In this way we'll have a complete DAG for the parts we care about, but don't have to process the entire graph. Using the initial example from before, suppose the program is provided with the fact that the file main.c has changed. In this case, the following graph would be constructed:

    Figure 4: Partial DAG

    They greyed-out nodes and edges are shown for completeness, and would not actually be included in the graph. The program could then follow the graph in a manner that is even simpler than that implemented in make. Here we know that every node in the graph must be updated, so a simple search algorithm to iterate over each node is sufficient. There is no need to check timestamps or MD5 sums in this graph search. Also note that the direction of the edges has changed. This will be explained in more detail in the third component. The Updater program will likely be independent of the platform and target language, since all it will need to do is read dependency files, construct a partial DAG, and execute commands.

    The Monitor component must be able to determine which files have changed since the last update in order to pass the list of changes to the Updater. A simple Monitor would involve the user specifying which files have changed. Of course, this would be fairly tedious. More advanced options would likely be platform specific. On Linux, the inotify interface could be used to watch the entire source tree. A daemon program would then be notified when a file is changed (by the user's editor, for example) and could keep a list of these files to be passed to the Updater when necessary. The Gamin program (part of GNOME) is an example of a program that uses the inotify interface to provide file monitoring capabilities.

    The third component is not a program. Rather, it describes how dependencies must be stored to allow efficient processing by the Updater. In order to avoid linear searching to find incident edges on a changed file, the edges can simply be reversed. We can call these edges "reverse dependencies", since they effectively provide an answer to the question What files are dependent on me? Instead of creating a dependency (.d) file corresponding to each object (.o) file, a reverse dependency file can instead be created for each input file. For example, when building main.o, a file main.cd and a file lib.hd would be created, or updated. These files would contain the string "main.o". Similarly, the files main.od and lib.ad would be created when linking the main executable, and would contain the string "main". Essentially this means that when the Updater gets the input "main.c", it can read the file main.cd to see that main.o needs to be added to the DAG. Then it would read main.od and see that main needs to be added. The Updater could completely ignore the lib.hd, lib.cd, lib.od, and lib.ad files in this case. The following diagram shows the locations of the reverse dependencies:

    Figure 5: Reverse Dependency File Locations

    The fourth component must provide a way to generate the *d files described above, since gcc will not do this automatically. There are a number of possibilities here. Perhaps the simplest is to create a post-processing program that will run after gcc. It could read in the dependency file generated by gcc, create the new reverse dependency files, and delete the old .d files. Another option is to patch gcc and add a new flag that will create only the reverse dependency files. A third option is to use platform-specific tricks to intercept the open() calls by a program. Based on the flags of the open() call (such as whether read or write-only specified), a proper set of reverse dependency files could be generated. In other words, a file would be created for each read-only file opened(), and in it the contents of the write-only files would be added. This assumes that gcc opens the .c and .h files in read-only mode, and opens the .o file as write-only. Though platform specific, the advantage of this method would be that it would not be specific to gcc, but could apply to arbitrary programs (assuming they follow a similar open() convention). Intercepting the open() calls of the program is possible by creating a shared library and using LD_PRELOAD when launching the program.

    Some questions are not entirely answered here, and likely won't be until the programs are implemented. For example, while creating a new file should be fairly easy to handle, what happens when deleting or moving a file? This event should be caught by the Monitor, but the Updater will need to be able to rebuild the necessary pieces, and delete reverse-dependency files that are no longer applicable. I believe this should be possible given the design above. It should be noted that current build systems generally do not properly handle these cases. Many systems expect the user to run a "clean" target of some kind to erase old files, or just leave the files around (potentially misleading the developer, or worse, causing other programs to build incorrectly).

    In addition to the programs described above, the project will involve designing sample builds to test the system, user documentation, and performance evaluation. The performance metric will be the time to update. The Updater program can be compared against existing build systems such as make or ant using the same sample builds. If time permits, existing software may be used to provide real-world metrics.

    With the Updater and Monitor programs, as well as the necessary changes to create the reverse dependency files, it should be possible for a developer to focus on a small part of a large project and have the build time only be affected by the complexity of the piece being edited. This should allow for a single build system to control a much larger project that is typically handled by today's Makefiles or their substitutes. The ultimate goal for such a capability is described in the next section.

  4. Long-term Goals

    5. As a user of Gentoo Linux, I periodically download updated packages and install them. Since Gentoo is a source-based distribution, the packages that are downloaded must be built before being installed. For example, recently I upgraded to firefox 2.0.0.9. This package is about 35MB gzipped, and contains roughly 1500 *.c files and 4600 *.cpp files. This is a fairly large program, and consequently takes a long time to build. When Gentoo finished building the program, it installed the resulting binaries into usable system directories, and then discarded the build tree. This seems rather foolish, especially since a week or two ago I upgraded to firefox 2.0.0.8, which also involved a 35MB gzipped source tree, with about the same number of files. Those build results were also discarded. This seems even more foolish when looking at the differences between 2.0.0.8 and 2.0.0.9 - a total of 6 .cpp files and 3 .h files. So Gentoo ended up rebuilding the entire firefox source tree in order to accommodate 9 patches (totaling only a few hundred lines).

    For a long-term project (not to be completed during the semester, but to be kept under considering while working on the build system), I would like to investigate updating Gentoo to make use of the Updater program. Updating the system could then involve downloading a set of patches, applying them to an already-unpacked and built source tree, and running the Updater. This would avoid the redundant compilations, at the cost of extra disk space.

    tup-v0.7.8/docs/quote.txt000066400000000000000000000130631335323540100153540ustar00rootroot0000000000000023.4.14.1. Do I need to re-make the world for every change? There is no easy answer to this one, as it depends on the nature of the change. For example, if you just ran CVSup, and it has shown the following files as being updated: src/games/cribbage/instr.c src/games/sail/pl_main.c src/release/sysinstall/config.c src/release/sysinstall/media.c src/share/mk/bsd.port.mk it probably is not worth rebuilding the entire world. You could just go to the appropriate sub-directories and make all install, and that's about it. But if something major changed, for example src/lib/libc/stdlib then you should either re-make the world, or at least those parts of it that are statically linked (as well as anything else you might have added that is statically linked). At the end of the day, it is your call. You might be happy re-making the world every fortnight say, and let changes accumulate over that fortnight. Or you might want to re-make just those things that have changed, and be confident you can spot all the dependencies. - http://64.233.169.104/search?q=cache:9Z-s2h_UBcoJ:www.freebsd.org/doc/en/books/handbook/makeworld.html+freebsd+make+world&hl=en&ct=clnk&cd=1&gl=us # [] Re: A coindience? by smithdev - Jul 5th 2003 18:14:40 I'll chip in for the fairly sophisticated user who is new to the autotools. I've the goat book, the potto book (that O'Reilly one) and a couple of others. I've read the info bits. I couldn't even get started until I found the autoproject script here on Freshmeat. I think that the best thing that could reasonably happen is cribbing an idea from the kernel community: a make menuconfig to streamline the process. -- gentoo is all that - http://freshmeat.net/articles/view/889/ # Renaming is the killer app of distributed version control - http://www.markshuttleworth.com/archives/123 And by extension, why not your build system? # Fast iteration is more than just about time and speed. It's also about how you feel about the code and what you dare do with it. - http://gamesfromwithin.com/?p=42 # What annoys me: Ant is broken (Score:5, Insightful) by The Pim (140414) on Friday June 14 2002, @01:25PM (#3702950) I've gotten used to holding my tongue, but since you started it, I'll put my rant under yours. :-) I've used Ant, and concluded that it's only strength is that it comes with a bunch of modules ready-to-use. (Never mind that most of those modules would be five lines in a more modular, flexible system like make.) Further, in several respects, it has several serious regressions compared to other build systems. In light of this, it seems to me that the main reason Ant is popular is that it attempts to cover for the deficiencies of common Java compilers. What a mess! The first regression is that Ant (by default) doesn't do reliable rebuilds. The most basic function of a build system is to produce correct output, and Ant doesn't do it! Its default algorithm for rebuilding is to compile only those source files that are newer than their corresponding class files. So, for example, if you change an interface, Ant won't recompile all the classes that implement the interface. You won't know that they are broken until you (or someone else) tries a full rebuild. Ant has a "depend" task that attempts to fix this, by tracking source dependencies. Unfortunately, because most Java compilers don't do their part, Ant has to do this in an utterly kludgy way--by parsing class files! Not only is this slow and has some weird side-effects, it's still not completely reliable: Only the compiler really knows what files depend on what others. (For example, if it in-lines a constant, this may not be evident in the class file.) However, as far as I know, gcc is the only Java compiler that can output correct dependencies (jikes claims to do it, but is broken). Even if your compiler does output dependencies, you can't easily use them with Ant, because it stores its dependencies in a non-standard format. Another regression is that in Ant, individual source and class files are not first-class objects to the build system. You can't easily depend on, or ask to rebuild, a single class file. It's all or nothing. This too is largely due to compiler deficiencies: There is no way to tell most compilers to compile only the given sources; they insist upon compiling everything they think is out-of-date (again, gcc is an exception). This misfeature takes control out of the build system's hands, with the result that "recompile everything that's out-of-date" is the only feasible approach. Another effect is that parallel and distributed builds cannot be done reliably. Not to mention, The organic growth and dynamic flexibility shows how close Java can be to Lisp. I don't even know where to start on that one. All Ant shows is that if you give people a half-working workaround for broken tools, they'll flock to it. - http://slashdot.org/comments.pl?sid=34220&cid=3702950 # There's another factor besides effort that dictates how often you build: as project complexity increases, build times lengthen, even as you throw more hardware at them. At some point, you have to struggle just to do a nightly build. Mike Gunderloy Friday, November 16, 2001 - http://discuss.fogcreek.com/joelonsoftware/default.asp?cmd=show&ixPost=862 # A crucial observation here is that you have to run through the loop again and again to write a program, and so it follows that the faster the Edit-Compile-Test loop, the more productive you will be, down to a natural limit of instantaneous compiles. - Joel on Software "Daily Builds Are Your Friend" - http://www.joelonsoftware.com/articles/fog0000000023.html tup-v0.7.8/docs/tech-report.html000066400000000000000000000655501335323540100166100ustar00rootroot00000000000000 CS798 - Technical Report

    CS798 - Technical Report

    Proposal
    Journal
    Main page

    Abstract

    This document describes the background and implementation of a set of programs used for dependency management that function as a replacement for the ubiquitous make(1) program common on UNIX and Linux operating systems. Whereas make and its derivatives generally operate in linear time with respect to the size of the project, the proposed programs (collectively known as "tup", which is short for "The UPdater") can perform near-constant time updates after paying a cost in the initialization phase. As a secondary benefit, some enhancements to the correctness of the build in certain cases (such as deleting files) are attained as well.

    Introduction

    For a software project, a build system generally servers two purposes. First, it allows an end-user to download the source code of the project and build it in a consistent fashion (such as making sure a library is built before a program tries to link it in). Second, the build system allows the developer to re-build parts of a project that are out of date with respect some modifications that were made to the source tree. This update operation can occur many times during development, as a developer may make frequent changes during a typical edit/compile/test cycle. In this paper, the primary focus is on this update operation. Ideally the time to perform the update operation would scale with the magnitude of the changes that are required, rather than the size of the entire source tree (which may contain files that are unrelated to the recent modifications).

    The common UNIX program make is a build tool that allows a developer to specify dependencies, and commands to rebuild targets. When executed, make will perform two main functions: 1) construct a DAG (directed acyclic graph) of all dependencies, and 2) traverse the graph starting at the requested target, rebuilding only those targets that are out of date with respect to their dependencies. In this way make can be used to build an entire project from scratch, or build only the portions of the project that have been affected by changes.

    Unfortunately, make does not scale well for large projects when building only the parts of the project that are affected by changes. Specifically, the update operation is at best an O(n) algorithm, where n is the number of dependencies. This is undesirable, because unrelated pieces of the project affect the build time of the part of the project we may be working on. Consider just the effect of reading an increasing number of dependency files. A Makefile that includes all of these dependency files and simply checks if the files are up-to-date (without building anything) results in the build times shown in the following table. Notice how it scales in a mostly linear fashion, until cache effects start to dominate the large number of files.

    # Files 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768 65536
    Time 0.004s 0.005s 0.006s 0.008s 0.012s 0.019s 0.035s 0.064s 0.128s 0.257s 0.528s 1.093s 2.434s 5.554s 16.035s 1m21.539s 5m53.272s

    This behavior is not specific to make. There are several complaints (some legitimate, some not) with make or its Makefiles, such as the fact that: Makefiles are their own sort of language (as opposed to something already known like Perl or Python), automatic dependency handling is not builtin to the program, or it is difficult maintaining a project across multiple directories. As a result, a number of alternatives to make have been created. For example, CONS, SCONS, JAM, A-A-P, and OMake, among others. All of these programs suffer from the same linear update time. Ideally, the time to process an update would be proportional to the amount of changes required. The current linear behavior is actually a result of three separate factors:

    1. make always reads the entire DAG before rebuilding anything.
    2. make does not know which files have been updated before-hand; instead, it considers each target and checks to see if it is out-of-date with respect to its dependencies.
    3. The storage of the dependencies in the filesystem (as generated by gcc's -MD option, or older equivalents such as makedepend) makes it necessary that any program must read every dependency file before updating.

    We will now consider each of these factors in more detail. First, make always reads in the entire DAG before updating anything. Since each edge must be added to the DAG, it is easy to see that even if we ignore any other processing, constructing the DAG is at best a linear operation. As such, any build program that could hope to improve on a linear time algorithm must not rely on the entire DAG. Instead, it should construct only the portion of the graph that it needs based on the changes to the system. This is difficult because of the second and third factors mentioned above.

    When performing an update, the make program essentially starts with a single target (such as 'all'), and asks the question Do I need to update this target?. This question can only be answered by checking the timestamps of each of its dependencies, and each of their dependencies, and so on through the DAG. (Other build programs may use MD5 sums or other hashes instead of timestamps, but this is irrelevant to the complexity of the algorithm). Again, this is at best a linear operation. While developing in a project, however, we don't really care if 'all' is updated or not. What we care about is that anything dependent on the immediate changes we have made (such as a .c file we modified) is updated. A better question to ask is: What files need to be updated given that these files have changed? Answering this question assumes we had a list of files that were changed up front. This is not currently provided to the build program.

    Even if we had a list of files that were changed up front, any build tool is again limited to a linear-time algorithm because of the way the dependencies are structured in the filesystem. Consider the following minimal example:

    Makefile
main/
    main.c
    Makefile
lib/
    lib.c
    lib.h
    Makefile

    Such a program may have the following dependency information:

    Figure 1: Simple Program Dependencies

    The dependencies are actually stored in several different places. The two dependencies on the header file are output by gcc (using the -MD or similar option) the first time the program is built. This information can be used on subsequent builds to re-build both main.o and lib.o if the header changes. The edges from the .o to the .c files are generally written in the Makefiles as implicit rules (such as %.o: %.c). These dependencies are also written by gcc in the .d file. The following graph shows the same program along with where the actual edges are found:

    Figure 2: Dependencies File Locations

    Dependencies that are from the same file are shown in the same color. This will be explained later. For now, consider we are developing the interaction between the main program and the library. This will likely include changing the lib.h file. When this file is changed, both lib.o and main.o must be rebuilt, the archive must be re-created, and ultimately the main executable must be linked. Now let's assume that this is actually a small part of a much larger project:

    Figure 3: Large Dependency Graph

    Suppose we are still only developing the interaction between the main program and the library. However, now any changes we make to the library must also cause a rebuild of another (or possibly multiple) other binaries. In order to determine which pieces must be rebuilt, the build tool must read in all of the dependency files and find the dependencies on lib.h. Notice how the incident edges to the lib.h node are all separate colors. This indicates that they are all stored in separate files. So if we try to answer the basic question What files must be updated given that lib.h has changed?, the program must necessarily read in every dependency file, since we have no way of knowing which ones might contain an edge to lib.h. This means if we specify dependencies in this manner, no matter what program we use, we will be forced to use at best a linear update algorithm. The consequence of this fact is that any build program that relies on the output of gcc's dependency mechanism can perform no better than a linear-time update.

    Dependency Management Using "tup"

    The primary feature of tup is to introduce a well-defined structure for managing dependencies. The set programs that are described here all interact with this structure, but this set is by no means exclusive; where possible, alternative methods for interacting with the dependency information will be suggested. Before describing each program's interaction with the dependency structure, we must first look at the structure itself.

    All dependency information in tup is stored at the top-level of the project in a directory called ".tup". This subdirectory stores information about every file in the project, the commands used to generate other files, and the dependency relationships between them. Essentially it functions as a dependency database, and is implemented using the underlying filesystem. There are two fundamental concepts in the tup hierarchy, which are "objects" and "links". These naturally mirror the definitions of nodes and edges for a DAG. An object in tup can represent a file (such as "foo.c"), or a command (such as "tup wrap gcc -c foo.c -o foo.o" - the "tup wrap" porition will be explained later). Abstract concepts that are typically represented by PHONY targets in make could also be considered objects, though to date this has not been tried. A sub-directory in .tup/object/ is used to represent each object. Using a technique largely borrowed from git, the SHA1 hash of the filename or commandline is used as the object's unique identifier. For example, the SHA1 hash of "foo.c" is e55780e6340b6e110e51e79f077052cb086292a3. This would be represented in tup as follows:

    .tup/object/e5/5780e6340b6e110e51e79f077052cb086292a3/.name

    The hash is used as the directory name, and the ".name" file is used as the mapping of the object back to the actual filename. In this example, the ".name" file contains the string "foo.c". A command object is similar, though it uses a ".cmd" file instead of a ".name" file to distinguish it as an object that can be executed. This will become apparent later when the Updater is discussed.

    The reason an object is stored as a directory is because any object can have multiple links (outgoing dependencies). For example, multiple C files can include the same header, or a command could create multiple output files. A link is represented by a file, which is named after the dependent object. For example, if we wish to represent the dependency "a -> b", the hash for "b" would exist in object "a"'s directory. Here is an example with two file objects (foo.c and foo.o), and one command object ("tup wrap gcc -c foo.c -o foo.o"). Note that foo.c links to the command, and the command links to foo.o:

    .tup/object/91/ce14a6d690751cdccf21ddc6d19de5bf5ae15c/.cmd
.tup/object/91/ce14a6d690751cdccf21ddc6d19de5bf5ae15c/b309277fe2201344a4f5289f1d5b5d6fe8c5c562
.tup/object/b3/09277fe2201344a4f5289f1d5b5d6fe8c5c562/.name
.tup/object/e5/5780e6340b6e110e51e79f077052cb086292a3/.name
.tup/object/e5/5780e6340b6e110e51e79f077052cb086292a3/91ce14a6d690751cdccf21ddc6d19de5bf5ae15c

$ cat .tup/object/e5/5780e6340b6e110e51e79f077052cb086292a3/.name 
foo.c
$ cat .tup/object/91/ce14a6d690751cdccf21ddc6d19de5bf5ae15c/.cmd 
tup wrap gcc -c foo.c -o foo.o
$ cat .tup/object/b3/09277fe2201344a4f5289f1d5b5d6fe8c5c562/.name 
foo.o

    That is the extent of the complexity of the tup object hierarchy. There are a few other directories at the top of the ".tup" directory. These are the "create", "delete", and "modify" directories, and are used as locations for tracking the modifications made to the source tree. Each directory can contain a list of object hashes for objects that were created, deleted, or modified, respectively. These will be discussed in more detail for the programs that use them.

    Description of Primary tup Programs

    1. monitor: Perhaps the simplest program in tup is the Monitor program. The Monitor runs as a background process and is used in order to provide the list of files that have changed up front, which is necessary to construct the partial DAG. Essentially all it does is recursively setup inotify watches to monitor any file changes. A list of these changes is stored in the form of object hashes in the "create", "delete", and "modify" directories. For example, if the foo.c file is modified (the user adds a new function, for example), then a file is created named "e55780e6340b6e110e51e79f077052cb086292a3" in the .tup/modify directory. Similarly, if foo.c is deleted, the hash is placed in the delete directory. The create directory is somewhat unique - instead of storing the hash of the file that is created, it instead stores the has of the directory name containing the file. Essentially it is a list of "directories that have been modified". A directory hash can also be stored in the create list if a file was deleted from the directory. (The filename hash itself is stored in the delete directory). This distinction is used by the Updater during its two phases of operation.

      An alternative to using the Monitor program is to make the programs used to edit source files "tup-aware". For example, the editor used to create and edit source files could write the appropriate hashes into the .tup hierarchy whenever a file is saved. Similarly, the base tools (such as "cp", "rm", etc) could be modified to do the same (or aliased to commands to perform this option). While this would also work, the Monitor was developed as a catch-all that can be used regardless of what tools modify the source tree. The downside is the user must remember to start the Monitor before changing files, otherwise notification of those changes could be lost.

    2. create_dep: The create_dep program is used to create a command object, as well as its expected inputs and outputs. It is generally called during the create phase of the Updater. The following command represents our familiar example: 
        create_dep "tup wrap gcc -c foo.c -o foo.o" -ifoo.c -ofoo.o

      Note that headers are not explicitly mentioned here, since they are handled by the wrapper program, which is described later. This program creates the command object (given as the first argument), and stores the string in the ".cmd" file. All -i arguments are the input files, so the hash of the command object is stored in each of these object's directories. The -o arguments are output files - the hashes of all of these objects are stored in the command object's directory.

      Aside from the objects explicitly mentioned on the command-line, create_dep also creates an object for the directory it was executed in. A link is stored in this object to the command object that was created, so the origin of the command can be tracked. This can be used to delete files if they are no longer generated by the system.

    3. wrapper: As mentioned in the Introduction, the dependency output of gcc's -MMD option is not sufficient for use by tup. Further, other programs such as ld and ar do not support any kind of dependency generation at all. The wrapper (executed as "tup wrap <cmd>") was developed as another sort of catch-all program, and it can be used to wrap the execution of any well-behaved command. The LD_PRELOAD environment variable is used to dynamically load a shared library that wraps certain libc functions (such as open(), fopen(), rename(), etc) before the wrapped program (eg: gcc) is called. This allows all file accesses to be captured by the wrapper program, so the appropriate dependencies can be written into the .tup hierarchy. For the examples considered here, the wrapper program functions to add the links for the header files.

      Similar to the Monitor, an alternative to the wrapper program is to make the commands "tup-aware". This may even be required for instances where the wrapper does not adequately capture the dependencies of the command. For example, gcc could be modified to provide a "-tup" option that would cause it to generate the appropriate links in the .tup directory. The wrapper does work for at least gcc (both compiling and linking), as we as ar, so it is sufficient for the time being. I suspect javac would not work correctly with the wrapper, because it may create class files not specified on the command line.

    4. updater: The Updater is considered the main program of tup as it is the program that is directly executed instead of make. There are two phases to the Updater, which are known as the "create phase" and the "update phase". The create phase processes all of the object references in the .tup/create directory. These hashes point to file objects that are the names of directories that need to be updated. For example, if a new file was created in a directory, then that directory's hash will be in the create directory. The Updater will run the configuration file in that directory (which is currently actually a Makefile and executed by make). This will create the command objects and their expected input/output links. Any new command objects that were created since the last run of this particular configuration file are put in the .tup/modify directory. Any command objects that had previously been created by the configuration file but now aren't are put in the .tup/delete directory (for example, when a source file is deleted, the command used to compile it will no longer be generated).

      The update phase then reads in the objects referenced by the modify and delete directories. These objects are the start nodes used for building the partial DAG. Here we can take advantage of the filesystem structure of the dependencies in the .tup directory and only read those entries needed for this particular update. This means if there is an unrelated portion of the dependency tree, the Updater does not need to read it in or parse it in any fashion. Using the example from before, suppose the hash for foo.c was in the modify directory. We could take this hash and look in the directory ".tup/object/e5/5780e6340b6e110e51e79f077052cb086292a3/" and see the hash for the gcc command. Similarly, we would then follow the hash for the gcc command to find the output file. Construction of the partial DAG continues in this manner until there are no new nodes to read in. At this point the Updater has a partial DAG in memory representing exactly the files that need to be updated, as well as the commands that need to be executed to re-construct those files. The DAG can be processed by a simple depth-first search. Whenever a file node is reached, no action is taken by the Updater. Whenever a command node is reached, that command is executed.

      5. TODO: describe operation during Update, show full/partial DAGs

    Results

    Timing Comparison

    Here we compare tup against a standard set of Makefiles. The test setup generates a set of C/header file pairs (numbered 0 to n) in a random directory hierarchy that is anywhere from 0 to 7 layers deep. Each C file includes its corresponding header file, as well as the next 6 headers in numerical order (wrapping around as necessary). So, file 0.c will include 0.h, 1.h, 2.h, ... 6.h. All C files that are in the same directory are linked into an executable, and the first C file in each directory is chosen to have the main() function. The execution times, as measured by the "real" field of the "time" shell command, are tested in each of the following categories:

    • Initial build time (that is, time to generate all objects and programs)
    • Changed C file build (touch 0.c, and rebuild)
    • Changed header file build (touch 0.h, and rebuild). Note this actually rebuilds 7 .c files, and re-links them into their executables.
    • No files changed

    In order to make sure both programs were running in a fair environment, the disk was synced before running. An attempt was made to pre-load the cache in both cases by doing a 'cat' on each file before the initial build. After the initial build, the filesystem was again synced to make sure everything was written out before doing other tests. The four categories of testing were done over the following input sizes: 1, 10, 100, 1000, and 10000. For example, at size=100 there are files 0.c - 99.c, and 0.h - 99.h scattered about the hierarchy. 10000 would be about the size of a large project (such as the Linux kernel, or Firefox). The initial build time test was done only once (since it takes a while to do), and the change file/no-op tests were done 10 times each and averaged.

    Initial build times (tup vs. make)
    Size make (time in s) tup (time in s)
    10.050.07
    100.480.72
    1004.26.78
    100039.1966.28
    10000386.571413.63

    In all cases, tup requires about 1.4x - 3.7x the amount of time as make during the initialization phase. This is likely due to the large number of files that must be written into the .tup hierarchy as each file is compiled for the first time. It is possible there are still some inefficiencies in the implementation (since it is largely a proof-of-concept at this point), but it is unlikely that any speed improvements will result in tup outperforming make in the initialization phase. This is the up-front cost that must be paid in order to attain the benefits of tup. These benefits should be evident when analyzing the time it takes to update the source tree when a single C file is updated using the "touch" command:

    C file changed (tup vs. make)
    Size make (time in s) tup (time in s)
    10.050.06
    100.0520.06
    1000.1410.06
    10001.1630.07
    1000018.8030.074
    TODO: Header, no build TODO: tup vs. oracle (shell script)?

    Feature Comparison

    TODO: Delete files, change config options, know size of updates (progress bar)

    Conclusion

    Limitations

    To date, tup has only been tested with C programs. Although it should work as a general purpose build system for any programs that can be described as a set of inputs that go into a command to produce a set of outputs, there are likely certain cases that will be difficult.

    Commands that don't wrap well

    The wrapper program writes dependencies based on the wrapped program's file access patterns. It is very simple by design, and only really works in cases where the program performs the same function everytime. The javac compiler does not necessarily perform the same function everytime. For example, suppose there are two java files: A.java and B.java, where class A uses something from class B. If neither class file exists and the command "javac A.java" is executed, *both* A.class and B.class will be written. If this command is executed again, *only* A.class will be written, since B.class already exists and is up-to-date. This behavior would likely cause the tup dependency database to be inaccurate - at best, it may cause things to be updated unnecessarily. At worst, it could introduce a circular dependency. In cases such as this, it would be beneficial to make the command itself "tup-aware" so it can write the appropriate links.

    Commands with indeterminate outputs

    The update phase generally expects all outputs of commands to be properly listed before the command actually runs. For C programs this is simple, since there is typically only one output file. However, for Java programs there may be multiple class files generated for a single .java file. For example, if one class has several inner classes, each inner class is written to a separate .class file. It may be unreasonable to expect the user to update the configuration file every time a new inner class is added, instead favoring an automatic solution. However, if all class files are put into a .jar file at the end, it would be difficult to determine this command ahead of time since not all inputs (the .class files) are known.

    Future Work

    Although the core of tup is likely stable, there is still a large amount of work to be done on the usability front in order to make tup user-friendly, as well as better testing for error cases and the like. It would be useful to add well-defined support for configuration options, as well as dependency support at the configuration file level (so a configuration file can properly include another, for example). Long-term it will be interesting to see if tup can be used to build an actual large-scale system, such as an entire Linux distribution.

    TODO: parallelism

    References

    TODO: recursive make harmful, omake, purely top-down tup-v0.7.8/docs/todo000066400000000000000000000163651335323540100143560ustar00rootroot00000000000000find a way to avoid committing after the parsing/delete stage let partial parsings commit rather than waiting for all directories to finish successfully will cp -Rp olddir newdir break everything if olddir already has a bunch of stuff compiled in it? - try --seriously-overwrite-outputfiles flag again? I forget why I didn't finish that. put dirtree in a list for things like tup_db_select_node_by_flags to avoid callback? don't continue down re-parse tree unless outputs of the dir have changed. give user an option to kill an autoupdate updater tup 'next_dirs' - print out other directories that use files in the current dir? name_list_entry - pointer to tup_entry? syntax: color %flags in output limit variable names: eg: 0-9a-zA-Z_- when you include a generated file, print path relative to command that was executed? eg: foo/bar.c includes ../blah/baz.c, print it out as ../blah/baz.c tup show to list the Tupfile as read in the current dir? read in +/- in order to add/remove worker threads? rule without a : should be an error? reverse of tup graph: give it a file, print the dir/command to create it? sqlite style graphs for parser cache flags and write out the diff before a commit? eg: no need to add a command to modify (in order to pick up where we left off), then remove it a second later when the command executes. replace 'tup monitor' with a tup.sh function and wrap it with valgrind monitor should move deleted files to use dir=-1 instead of actually doing the full node deletion. The full deletion is done at next tup upd. file should be renamed to avoid unique constraint violation (name=tupid?) look at gcov, gperf highlight += differently from = to make it obvious when a var is overridden spaces in filenames and/or directories? make all error messages and such pretty print on things other than 80 columns make 'tup graph .gitignore' or 'tup graph .git/refs/foo' have a better error message - I was trying to do 'find . -type f | xargs tup graph' to just show files use auto-unmount for fuse? output files to a directory other than the current one? runscr: error message in parser about including generated Tupfiles: suggest using runscr instead runscr: Supports multi-outputs? eg: javac with inner classes runscr branch - need to wrap opendir/readdir to give generated files before they are created? Or else scripts won't wildcard properly? - test: generate *.o in a sub/Tupfile, then use a python script in ./Tupfile to link sub/*.o - make sure ./Tupfile is run first (it should stop running and run sub/Tupfile once it opendirs() on sub/, then readdir() should include the generated list) after runscr: remove *-chain, <| rules use runscr to create a file during parsing stage - fail? use runscr to create a directory during parsing stage - fail? when doing 'touch foo' without '|> foo', why is it a different error message when 'foo' is already a node or not? (ie: if foo is a ghost, or something) add Kconfig file windows builds: Add a 'release' directory for new tags, and an 'experimental' directory for whenever a new set of commits is pushed. gentoo ebuild debian/ubuntu package use setsid() in monitor daemonize (or use daemon(3)) add 'ls' command to show generated files and such in different colors? separate link table for parser? eg: instead of 'select to_id from link where from_id=? and to_id blah type=TUP_NODE_DIR', maybe we can do 'select to_id from parser_link where from_id=?' use 'cmdid' field instead of a link to point to outputs? should TUP_PLATFORM be a $-variable instead of an @-variable? ie: Does it make sense to be able to override it in tup.config, or should it always be static? use lemon to generate a parser? - could also use grammar file to generate syntax file per http://code.google.com/p/autohighlight/ tup web: examples: change codec in mplayer / upgrade firefox tup web: compare parallelism in make to tup build variants - default variant has empty tup.config to enforce a standard configuration? - or allow to disable default variant for out-of-source only build? - allow variants to interact? Or would this force users to have certain variants installed? eg: Rule that has debug/foo.exe and release/foo.exe as inputs is allowed or not? - can variants have configs checked in? - in tree build - disable via config option? Out of tree build uses tup.config for variant? - variants: Make a mingw variant, and a linux-uses-compat-libs variant, and a debug variant (-g -O -DQUEUE_MACRO_DEBUG) [ 1/2 ] ./do_stuff.sh b.out -- write files update node set mtime=? where id=? [1315168842, 7] select to_id from link where from_id=? [8] select to_id from link where from_id=? [8] - why read from the link table twice? fuse server: open(Tupfile) adds Tupfile to the read list twice - for getattr and open. Need both? fuse as a separate process fixes readdir? Ie: it can block and get data from tup Fix fuse_fs - don't depend on db, but preload the generated file list somehow remove tup_vardict_init() and just initialize on first use tup-cpp that replaces macros with @-variables - also work for busybox and uClibc https://github.com/gittup/tup/issues/28 (README) remove TUP_NODE_DIR - any file or ghost (or generated?) can be a directory - use "Tupfile" as the magic for parser, instead of directories - can now create directories in rules? : |> mkdir foo |> foo : foo |> touch foo/bar |> foo/bar ? built-in build logging (eg: dump graph before each stage) - instead of using 'mtup' alias to do this. Can be enabled via config option. also timestamp various stages. : |> cat foo |> touch "cat foo" - Separate namespace for commands and files? tup klee html: add tup.config example run script share site/wiki? gimme_node_or_make_ghost - if(new_dt == 0) block never used? write_list not needed? Just use mapping list? - use string_trees instead of read/write/mapping list once all files are full path/canonicalized check using mmap instead of open/read for reading in files via fslurp? Use madvise to say it's a sequential read? use strsignal: http://www.cs.utah.edu/dept/old/texinfo/glibc-manual-0.02/library_21.html#SEC343 get_output_tree called for both tup_db_check_actual_inputs and tup_db_check_actual_outputs? checksum - calculate as file is written out in fuse fs wrapper (can be used to skip future parts of the build if checksums match) do var replacing in read() in fuse instead of a 'tup preprocess' step? Maybe a ^-flag? recurse_delete_ghost_tree leaks memory? - tup_db_change_node only used in monitor? bin should use string_tree instead of list html: proof: no clean target graphs - re-use tup_dag_*.png and partial_dag_*.png - link styles when Tupfiles are parsed supported tools / how to use things like ar and ln files outside of tup are ignored - hidden files can be written to for testing (result in warnings) - hidden files cannot be read from how files are deleted man pages: tup command line, tup_api error messages (eg: you get this error message if...) document !macro.c !macro.o wc3 validate tup webpages should be able to checkout, tup init, tup upd - or checkout the project as a subdirectory: tup init at a higher level, tup upd node-variables: * trying to store an absolute path in a node var with full_deps on - currently works if you add the node var after the full deps have been found tup-v0.7.8/docs/updater-1.dot000066400000000000000000000006531335323540100157710ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph g { tup80754af91bfb6d1073585b046fe0a474ce868509 [label="build (0)" color="#00ff00"]; tup406e031b8824ea26ae0bf4d7579a1d89e3fb5906 [label="main.c (0)" color="#00ff00"]; tup8aba54e78f22a04fe086427d767240dbdbdac04b [label="clean.sh (0)" color="#00ff00"]; tup76857b23e431da872f75d9c0d5c1f76241da1534 [label="other.h (0)" color="#00ff00"]; tup6a8809d4d9279d10f4891c2bc3a9e94b6f9e6bf5 [label="other.c (0)" color="#00ff00"]; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/updater-1.png000066400000000000000000000257101335323540100157700ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRP;NbKGDtIME"%g IDATxwxe?'$!B IW&MWW + kٵֲb],*"JDjBB $ArL49 y\9e澿gygH&&&&&&&&&5h&&&&&&&& 321111111%febbbbbbbRKĤx-\"rO2ɤ…E9PDd@cŊ~PB ##D' 66~RITI9Iqԟ\r$,'f4 /# &Ӝ`iK[Іv#pCEH g8iI&T.4H'<&\r!+V|_&@ь4#(hMk"0 DI䤭Χb^L2){I)#MI" o 2rS.)g9E.r XgPH!i?q|"eJ0}omȻId';!]b{l_Ӟ0%Ԗ+@dPD9E-J!d'Vyь>aG?zZʨMР"%e/{~stpǝ"'\EiNs|U(? OYdarHzгaE/O<9Qr(ĒEmR6iF3 o|X!\r&≧bZъ eC0zð&'Pd,e)YME d MD_ںM.f7忬c;؁;c$&ΚUq,g+v,XMo[rҗDaLd}l+S2Ƞ$&0a !\%|{ֲg{`+] Їe/=|d'9}HF21 b'2dXURH"1 g IO:,gŊ`"8pc%+Y* &! a(Cޥz6;I&2g,ciJSirX=,a 01La X.s `-kēL}4pOXb ' L`\"^V`{$_+f0a sYEXRdEOz2 d MhbLv%eÏ1a2x3Za V Q0Fq]F6a D/z1]nDC8 %0n3 %֚g-kYJ6B 3;*#*2-` B=C]]ҥt.ջBhkXFKsקT#4BnrSQ%-/ګs:FKs *r-dM|%/M-"%)hy'IIZE |ɚZB-i(F>5USyS5Qs+hiJ E[4Ws`]4JKD7ZQjj,(\zLivHEF˫W/ԝ*_j[}0@ VoMwmҦ2m8IwM[+hIe]-P")Oݩ;JzB |t1ZCHRTEZ OnKEZ-7)Rz^7DHE.z[CүkyCԋzQiJ3ZZ$=`Gwnk]t}!"*Oyi"nmگ%ٯM"kђLW@IyT-r:,h踎-^S~S Q:Fr9N脞 Q<7SѲbk:MnI=+oi=G@_Oi]eeM5Ws-o)Lk&AhSjVԋ:'P9SzJ^R?.A ]ڥ~'/y)=-H+\szQ4Ao[]U^҃zPuhYu"Nq:>GUѲ\\#}N$yhf4D[}/7i7"CzI/)P V^K W+Z]kDyKYֿY*V^ PԛZjM(Rԛ PzbkjSk<􀒕l$@zG逸ZZh-d+[OI[#>fB},/yI=le-\% !4Vc~4ZK4=eU]?%՘oڨߠS#S]rn-v]yuVS5U?3/j?SS5h97MUO4t,YdTMu+RQRިnk @*JQZFKpK}iEun<suٖ$OkR]m٪ PջuQj]9f`r9#wk-9!EqUY5P:r~ArEMt9%5:霦k,A=_Eݫ{]>wUU!=GuT]E-R_+4Xr?r=Su.7iZ-^7Z$)E)jڨFiМy P*Ph96N/r=_ (@Oth962/c}lFQguV+n6ZZmKf֫*Q5^F b-\wYrk:.肺kJ)O^Yem0Z"kv"u\}Wpi/E4; tkƫDB+%/ljB=sB'C=Yk܋_mK+_|^+|װ;ӕꫮRbW۴0[ ͺYWt0*WtE7f+kr4B#DA@֯ CYUcih*U[]ԥF*K.=?cDodlbgMe*ВN}- o-Y^҂ND@__;y1)f7eH]lVo|`'iLǒǑG?1YʫN}J*#IsU>ϰ6Trɥ'=ۙ|]Bab:skB mo|`ȧL>ȍN0le+4*90tX4y1_u{6aC,gC0k*V6ksê0_ﶪn4iϷfm<6GyWw?W1>SjfNU"2x>k}QMEY=[g. 4?B_/0֔T:ͧFWk<婃:X2ntnv 7e׷'THH@cǎ)$$DMJvn}.5a=_5YѨVm2{q/ZwFS&Z++A uQiSj Q.Ng.(@NcЕ#w.MҤJp+]Ye˹@^b= Tf4o<o&M?uu! v٩%G>tF8G9jVzGFMqJf)dd]qv٨ IJ|HKowWKu0}lI@ t#b]q<{.-g9x3Qv\EtVX~r`˖-:ti&>rL2˗{ƛg:PBU1*>0|GuQH3>csꧡcd]>3HNu,a A5k_|T:ۨ Eq/:ԏcdnO{F0*ʪin}U+K ~(77S\͜9SjѢ^~*3m*.- ƍ?lܸQC )L||ڷo__Z5vM4T0 Ӄz.~mmV^^^֭[h"uQիVxM8Qرcur6˾~we㏕?V&??_<򈂃W^yemj5[mP*HAvR6-B͛7O!!!Z2e222$,浉ի-OOOEEEi…ue~|)HCT As5.999oSNYrT_{5EDDbBSC&m:Vnr{&tWuCi%j>¬Ehc@Ǐuy7N?x+Z׏=nrrƎ[eeZU]|>==]ϗj/@VF .w-Rueee4i;ＳgԥܵkWmܸQJOOC=ӧY)SL=3߿z|I=ZgϞUZZ~J52ƅ*>>/榢2ʢ"[Hdv*#A Bheŋmﳲ*ãRYYY )grVe+""BǎvcJ^Ne =S6-(=sբE ׫(浉sddz-={BMe~ ~:rVgtLFM WlOw;vLZm*3+mhPC,hێ+ƺ!J1E9LpukD۶m˽NNNfrrr9ڵr-[P3233m\B&M-sYZr`!,U\ݦ1cm}}}+~ 6 , ~~~\xRAAA9IIIƶcF`H"^&j6MLLK.X,, aaa5yml2֭[G^h߾=+V-$$TFm{ڵծWU,gJ  >O۬BavqX7)Mv-/(_|'O>u-ZT=<<ζOMMͰrv˾~cǎrEGGc{{n-c ,_|Up_'Ofܹ$&&R\\˗Qs֊-[rĉ-kt3TF ߚnFKW{Dqq1P1߿?˗/… [ue~ph(mТEr' fU#0:^G@dmcݐ<&X"`! ? .py.w={W^!;;DfϞ]#ӦMMIIr'trs=<Ӝ;wsO3sr_bĉ5UL2!8l"89د|||ɓv,ь3@BB<#gtH Ϯ!pn;5ݦg'>>B8ԩSy8O6ÇSPP*{ gl`]2e ?0)))C ȱcje}2X':N8$mcݐҺVZQ5ufk]x3f̰={wPTT~=#ժj+QvTqq{1*00POM я_k;muQ7"Nw=&3e*MF2 X1LLvb6mUqCre9izыf>Ӥj̟yw^r߹ei~e~6w%e9)zыyGy)>u )d#ƛZF˱+X}Guh9,%dIWwrhr iJ-E>(lek&(Pڨu٘٨ T&hKE*RL~H5]! ~ԏꨎjJ_-R PGut uNz)D!Z5FiМiݠ/-27<ɚT-AKAZ[kn(IWfhO ^IDATgy@WճrfhKC8A7S.UY5TZK༢+Ȣ 3qME *d)Kwn!4C3̃k-)Vj&.:FKMڤp+La.:֣zTHTRjmV T)-oH+.&Hwh9UR" =ÐguV34CY4USuAT#շꪮʪyhE]<͓UVuUUg WZ>8K4L!='W24if"nխ:FKj|/ATMP <$N $MdU5Wk`8X!4NtHR)MO)YeUhI&_zU*D!i^ήURy'+D!zU6-Miz@CꪮJUԝȢ\8FmT!ݧD%$I5PY4ES9.A/*:kqW"-buR'Ye z%ׅZ-wNݩi$CIRԓ *)R2ZPO~YaPQfiPj(SF˲ B_'A&NTMm4 fHZ#ݯd]._+ݨ(vЮ:{tn%ZҨ*hDKM.wݣ{tR'e7E*R- B4LKT5Z(=hz[a szݱ,wS= B-%]2Z\%-B[詞zG(KYFKwvkikT8s,hh7crMzCo:Mn~^R舦jVj\.JS+5USuDGhnխr۠.MֆD%e.zDMt%/8}]XiJX4N^t6m3ZS8zBO(D!rFjx{(V6k~ߪSCwh-͡XZ5ZnrSB5WsK0rZ[u<婦j氬Yxu gxwH'Qb*S[ +d5_%g=2YӚFs89g|"q-Kpㅗa`Mi]LfҗFs:dUR 11b}nFˬ)f7Yzֲ<xN&0|nda )YnML`O$FK3Yd d%XEI `ws7SB!FKt*$|ʧmh2c:L2XְhFs7w3IX:̷CRc+YF3.tqZqckY/,-Lc7FK4}c+Xrb!3a c(CG?<4Zf6la '8A$L`ڝM4#  /Sh52Y|\`KG2?2\2YJV pKDp3 gK@^ VRp3qLbhLXYRvo`1! a ]n$6߱cMh(Fْg%Mr+`kY:֑L23@8i=b1İa1ьa H8TGC#$Vlf+[9)GIE/zЃt%@'g?WRd %e,cMojȜXv,=FНt dXcErG9AO?~v4Ҁ',2"RI"9INq(|&Pzw܍@t(G9a"hMk"0ӜҌf7޶Ke>غs!\uoBAL$ m@8 28asܖĞ4g9kKt /[^z]N%U[LUz"(" wX[P<7Vɶmk;#"ؖx~@0k.q4H'<&\rm m/xM 4yӀ)M*辰$ '^+ ôԜbmIdr+RX_Z}52 "21111111q%}&&&&&&&&NLLLLLLLLLj@Ԓٓe$CIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/docs/updater-2.dot000066400000000000000000000020741335323540100157710ustar00rootroot00000000000000digraph g { tupb28b7af69320201d1cf206ebf28373980add1451 -> tup073b2dd67c0d080775429f1950ccb00eca67abb8 [dir=back]; tup073b2dd67c0d080775429f1950ccb00eca67abb8 -> tup406e031b8824ea26ae0bf4d7579a1d89e3fb5906 [dir=back]; tupb28b7af69320201d1cf206ebf28373980add1451 -> tup4ab0ef4117b239faf8a62e5ab48981a4cecd60b6 [dir=back]; tup4ab0ef4117b239faf8a62e5ab48981a4cecd60b6 -> tup6a8809d4d9279d10f4891c2bc3a9e94b6f9e6bf5 [dir=back]; tup073b2dd67c0d080775429f1950ccb00eca67abb8 [label="main.o (1)" color="#0000ff"]; tup8aba54e78f22a04fe086427d767240dbdbdac04b [label="clean.sh (0)" color="#0000ff"]; tup76857b23e431da872f75d9c0d5c1f76241da1534 [label="other.h (0)" color="#0000ff"]; tup4ab0ef4117b239faf8a62e5ab48981a4cecd60b6 [label="other.o (1)" color="#0000ff"]; tup6a8809d4d9279d10f4891c2bc3a9e94b6f9e6bf5 [label="other.c (0)" color="#0000ff"]; tup80754af91bfb6d1073585b046fe0a474ce868509 [label="build (0)" color="#0000ff"]; tup406e031b8824ea26ae0bf4d7579a1d89e3fb5906 [label="main.c (0)" color="#0000ff"]; tupb28b7af69320201d1cf206ebf28373980add1451 [label="main (2)" color="#0000ff"]; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/updater-2.png000066400000000000000000000536211335323540100157730ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRwbKGDtIME"& IDATxw|TU?ϤRtZ]&tT:+º_QUe+( "u顅@B!=!=Iɔsϝ{{稈 BQEVJ B"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!tbtbqq;@X ŏ,@4 =zw⇷7м9Ц к5䧫G@v6Z \P.`gԯ4h?{y>>@f@&2W#pD##ONZ]\@~>ܠ?pu>7m͹L9kaaݻ嚘4>>k4ekk>Vxx1ukU+$*ۢ._GPp*9;ۻt2PW$%wĒ;iVVd#6wlmtt <,?ZT[B.7۷9,Dˋ%+ 8+>`sG柳9HM#99.ZqخС?sy[I\ƏD 7_Ã˽aC~vu֖#' -Df&?9!>GEOdxi~t<3 {}2p?yy=<>sp(}—eل 7/>Nk <(*) 8~8v 8zw{{cG9:u*< BmѸs >Щ|@2<4HX"9px _ʺM޾Mp ssC޿Š>ݻ?z LTW gӼU*EJM|}D@2Nv..'\O?ͭmB^O d%2S:]$@KNvSy ,R99sw~I^JE+/88|Up0WgOsg>ëƹ[ܼa.<><:ug={wGg=;|\AWD.'0I``(`pNlk(`v>V_-NU&) 8w#G8AƏ&N}رI`D\Wέ GsM4g5ѐ!DDyyJGgkՊQΑ# yl?mml9VPۮm[ޖ~h^}{= 6U#RR7_tDUc3|(#!/ksT$I=52h ,#R^Vo Ma">;|#2-mk%"jԈhn1/Dr{N\QUdnvZ~c9ry!њ5|F߻7Q\V}vP:=Ν2ƭ[$ՐK4bgmg(Mu o#juHδ0y[w۾ޞhF neƍ\Q:ŷIzFtZOF0s&v$Ч\}6tÑݾ1q&(Om0aok"o+2|8s +JGdڵQJ;vG{}˹Ke㩩9|8e_ƥ`a.|aqG S_|C#bzZoٕʖUJYL vX*Z_}UHJ#=8۷/Z{! 4puuŴiӐPz6mгgOݻ}Uޖ^D-ZӇ/,X aÆXpaf`P.ERqq|6xˮP%Z΀aT`&¯/Ӧ]\Re۰>rww'8q"^ԥ>>?V{Ye ={Ǐ~qݻwϣ~e~^sɡ_ٙf͚E999DۻCrl@˗/&MJz"&S3aIʘ Dul@K.%[.ꫤ.q*|YVӌ3nݺI˖-𲅒eEdgGkWٯKP+WxC:t(EEEQJJ ͛7赒>!CPTTӌ3o[U)K]͍~Rt}zתgggJ+1rjj*կ_wCD\F&齘rY[?,w>|8S\\=^^eRQ9Th?!!̘LQD)˜Cq#FP||+Ldn҄hrS.(I1,,4iR7n\j&Jbc 3Qll,ZhQѮ];T*T*xyylZԥvڅ#Gcǎhٲ%_e/8::"33 899nee,e{z규RA-_UT3ШQj/q)ge]MVmII@z[縸8Wj[.37Ӓ|< ^7tY>طorJ̞=*k_CPPPW\_.^Lw_DDDD݃^ˬl13`NM^L ',Hx@mll]b *-˫rK\,3HP b̳ЫxܨQcǎR[|9};v ]Νxm`E4<9ӧO[o"55/}ofϞp4iR(˒N<7oD~~>3ʔ/+XhbbbEaƌEb?4{1jܘcb[ĉ1o<$$$ !!s-UGhhNˬl)>VÕut4PIC^<=yD,wAbb"1|L2gy_57xJ˜Bʊ|)SO鿜<;w.5lؐ4h@K\-}5 -Y绿?KYo۶ڶmK666GiY%/{Gקӂ #,j? 2SSV,o4sLrrr"'''9sf矓NeZ>S WN >T4QUᱻ-O^tw Qpp0uԉlllLJV^]csNN+@mdi4DD?PlRvG䡊f""cǔļ g?hO ?`mmui4Q|Kf[O>laaX99@׮<񧟚f3f Y%Zo}-㏁K-[|mMy~zSL$f".Mgf&L0\ܹ@g3Ν[%IJ,Xј~U^f>:uo3F֬f4Ei+7ezSٓvuvͺutbu=EUGϷh>],<xyECZз//|EȊywjBzm[[et7Zɢi4\99\ b࣏{z O~Z&)80c[lVZS|E|0 ҂4 z%úu<ٲeƑǝQrs_ϓ[KP wyzT%&7IKme =рƝXXOkoHAADnnD;ݿt4!?護T*K]Ӿ?Zr%Ъ7ݿbdKoy[jtDl!б#wY{y?|ۼ辊|(,R:"Ia/meQ ;%&]IPMmgΝ`DmT31 ƍÕr67qp0oysus0s #2/Dܑߟ;]Q圔ĝOP:!1o;tn!+Wg\MQ+ed6PxC3D98}2YRoCަ'N(QKԨ_b'#.]"ۗ!Qj4?G.5nLԺu@l!ru%j҄h.1]֬kUG7< #W JGe>x9:6ަ&%+Q:),+aW/+WH7W99qũ&*yΊi'Ƀ%&M_ΜQ:";s?Jşݘ3e[f&OATkq:Q F6+ކdإ ŋD&YFrE4nWGףG:w"iΝ#ߟw̡CNT:";y?9#2,guF=mѭogmetu D|Ich2lۉz҅hV˹T*Nͭ2 D|BT>]t.H`DǏ_oCLgdg/|v]D7rwmŸyp69{VL#*wwmd:ED..<JGf|U{ЫѶmt2O?%JO7:dI_'ĉN*˷mΓK ysƒ 8PPC?<0dge!.sG66<qpr ᇏO{b_\q=Bdd LV=j+׻w 9޽a.×/?Ο[[*NS:Қ#-gmpr2nMgqOh|"<+834n,210+PeK];C~nFJ8+v}Lnn3"m[Nzzro\8͍FeWė.nԈ[~:plF" *5~\ܺů3sKkJwwY`ߟv֍;gxp3A, IDATsV;dcIjoc\u6m`MGz=`m 8;2j޹whG\Gw޹ۡK^]j*AmMYK&|frְ!ԯϕ}qcN-Srsy))@rrs\"=x<&%s2z+( |5.Jooח͛{wt,K;x~>ɏd.[sT##ssy-Z'1ݺqE#ɂnjN N%.kk>i-vruw﷋ {lot^nz:eRo~ܽ:u8Yݛ[:䡆زe ^ujmNի;OX bcw8]9;ys[GNsϵChh(n:L:Րh.2F7VB^^4kɊ$VPP{Q\'$pU*&&͛seI0w9A{r}y֜t4jT|nݚ9SKl[X~=/ [ܒp,Vs˄e˖ᣏ>BAA`̙Xr%ƞq zdRSjuH{٩4h0OVd.omgfrKP֖G %䓃amabgg.K77>VCYJ۷ocر/ŋf.tw^ Zl={]v&E!D&ɃBlقYf!??TTX]YѠ~, lmm?e !EjGVc٘6mju 3yׯJt-((Zƴi0{lBj<Н;wеkWlذx5DhC>hcܰav;w(BDٹs':v숰R % #_31 CǎsNG&&>FVXXyaʕPTO6ₔjKDhР}3[J]BQ;ȑȬ0rH<z*쵓+!u$y0?׿p 4k k cΜ9Xd ! jFmeႃW_aҥe&jLKfͰtR|W6qTB!j iy0|t ...8q™8aHKKåK`kktHB!LZe˖!44?'G?"44˖-S:! n޼кuk1֭[>?OܼySpB\0F}B 00PiIѠW^ƙ3g, !(<ʕ+q["+Vkkk[W\ʕ+G! I`Xh>CtApCh"+BFD2d:u(Qk׮ѣG-SBI˃['OO?dԩS?NBaDr@n݊`ݺu.q[֭[G!I˃$$$&LUGQo&v؁xxx(B#&O@ܸqNNNJ W^ضm!0l{" k֬899a͚5޽{G!H˃о}{ 2?(3fѣGqM(B=,\oo *B䡚f|wpuuU:}֬Y@Ba@r٢ЩS'4mR:mذaիWkňBQHC5,[ XzҡxWFdddqS!,$: ŋ駟EJSh~)/^0BarBD ==.]!t 8q̼)fNZt~z={k׮A666Xv-Ξ=+B=IC%$$੧ӱ|r1K6n܈[nBa$yɓ'q,eff={Œe*UVIGGGZ ߕG!D5IC%ݻ# @p,¤IpEܸqS:!:J|HKKt(GZZ>cCBQ >h Xv$&`ggkb…HHHCj "#ZY|SR֖e xx͛䊔BF<-IZ]:LN\~к5OcGQ#n!07%\i9;= DGVV@˖\qm-z{/tX"#;w79y+z=޽}gljrr328kߞ+mUvq1N,D@llq+VXXqsެЯЫP!DI&MҀC~Dˋ+>}=,PۂPh4@x8p'8!!|ۯ0b0r$W|؃@kr~@n|_Zs239ap8}8Qoo.#%iB']-\=sbn=oqq\1NL htʈn \փqsBėW 350dFqB6FKN֭vȑ\ZZUX\ɕfl,LLfK~>O?/A4 0[,i짴4Nn儢n]+Х !4yoJW_65DM8ptxxMN̟_c,`"ܧHODׁNɓpߗ?Y:Y !,î]GqY?[J~ w3NwyyŜ,.\otdUtʉ̙($k +0`0cF1DT+yX˿w8u; li,@h(1lW,JGV|Nz;%n.W:cGX{7p(eoQ !<|o?x|Quܬgpн;'5M|<9k;E;V{oAcyLE!0wUͣ`9B?qqܱuަ/tD,8ёv픎mė ;S:"!*<r3˒89e 8tD8 M/J`(ƒL'Dh'qBsTiCb"?^<0L ׯ򥕚4tmܺ5m郈 !,SɃFCH''5oWWSV3u83e믿o߾OT&*6mڠgϞػwo;z4,T͓Zlē\Q[DYT<|ۮB2CWm5r7n' 'bC Μɗ04Su%M^J!@Æ<·B'Bn6oT*~hvvvٳg?M6S:uׯϽ{0zh899/J-ѼyeƣV1k,gφZ.AAAٳΟGtW|-S8A߲hj˫N`…@ݺu1i$dddRߢiӦ*cls)k=^BG[xh3 ;SN!%%SLqA?~?~>>tӳGGGW;)Yw.*J!<׿]\ Y.?\۷/RP^=$%% ǣEٝZhr퍇zyu8// UFv.wxyy|*ݜӓccZBɃ3D8 0gDGGiiiE߻w徿k׮ppuVKJO0ggB_nתVDT CŤdYLu.0O$󳞗q-''GDDD}d''HHHܹs1F;vΝ;wbԨQՊhk5jWe۵~q7xgFxx8 p 0߲~״=!AdgG{DX|۽{7hтYfbŊ'9ggg̙3ɉh̙]nwyb?ãVZMHe^ի|ʶN:F%Kڒ?Tͩ,!jJE!I9aQ_ŋS{Ǝ=z=k%5p*[<8UF_= ˣhBKQ*M/sœbbٳ ]nmX<`/.^J{w#N!!|O!,^M4n̷r^ 89@7i8|[j]T:2uwsؾ=0y2Pk7[ln13!AB].]RƉD"ж-@r!`>y2aøiaa|os3M{w`ǎ%& 0s&zۢukBps;` ;GM:o ePw.y8)wQÙ3ǏNϝɭ/6qܰ!'s0B(ɃVNW*7s˄|\\y?"#i8QjXM+1ؾ%ۛxHNS:ꋊ2>px*,Dx4ޗmmP!L˨CIG Io_YO]fev` Oֽ;W#Gr i>AlcceݫQ;0CBa0.B,y()/88~+ nh֌h SGudee^5Ow۟ׯsq%دUkFZ:#G~W_Gv}r\989Yo-[23ϯV_ܾ}ｷC [[ ^!,Y'3f ;;;$&&©&Ֆwwwbػw! !D`qީ#oX={ M;Rex!0 KFPTشi cٴiT=CH(&bq-ӧO%ֈSiQU G&ϢZpԩ EkΝ E$2h48uH!jJon "lܸQlܸ7#%IDATYYYa E$E]ڵ+TT*"""Pd߿__2˹s R(2!,޽{e&_P *a .ch"Bpp0ݻ@TBQ{XLm6ؔ3LF͛M0͛7?ѯE۶m3qDBQXe֭[ݻ'$$۷7QDn޼ ?? ӪU+ܹsD !Dc-ׯ_4q֭[M0[V;+V9޽ׯ("!},"yJRŋ aL/.U"( !X\8p \K̗sNt͚5nݺAF U!&&cǎEvv6\\\<ŋ1~%''W)BQ=q* [l)SE֭[1u2BaqB!#ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t"ɃB!t""R:$'bbo%j5&x ԩԫ8;nn;?͛-ZVR)B2QQ@R}V%.\r>wnߞn!2▬0 .phܘ˸woo_B!Юґ^\js` ii/pY;t ̛LXYW!,`r`2}lcmVsK|f-e|<;77jG+Ky\[<̉Oj*'sJGUsw! /׭YS;[VҸU8Ɔ+[._&O.JOօaÀ=6>ġ2-[]'N(@!йAf⳪E?4M!ކum*ѓBCkZ1JGdjnqZBYGCBsSg9l@cfz- Q:bL5 mǎ6mޜFH!ʗ-Aŋ88~>?pÔ)8|y/?;JG$W4Nrr'y^aD[oxGJ9x=;[aXq"vwIa# "Q 䡯xz.е+k7ߘ~Ir2'|'KmTKaY*M~G zTa>|:dss^x6ɽ{-g,*G|MOF!tSawyژ8,Ycǎnj/Z벱9._6o"lM8jXbʲx܇MxPj/F!QaKx}%pvx}OV+6m빬";;kaZ*3451EuS9}4xߛf=zԣs.Yhhh@gg'v{s^Mֵ9&O%?#1Q"DvP *,,Lǫs=t:U^^QѪAX\.*((PfYfl2r~_[[g?{u*TGwq8*''GL&e2TNNN`Ŋ*22ңrZreldUVVJ]+TERJ?}0+qq***BUUl6[@ZZ/_u5kF}>{:ly]'9dO%3x8pS5.Vh6 HKc7֯Zsz5!{b !X"={Tt}c:m7gV'z{-.YSф"L.ɓ}]:!Џdz-;ph`•!?ۙ}Yx .?weFl,NYYL.]ne}g=8˲"tY#*g9mcǀc9e7Όܙ5"gL4`(_oͬg]s氾e"^ \o^O;Z[YZ}kuE dNeS0WBoMp5[/{틿A{=|8X$ .p :w\W:>qׂ k-ՂqxHBϯ8ww/2tߙ3#FD{^?;pp tup073b2dd67c0d080775429f1950ccb00eca67abb8 [dir=back]; tup073b2dd67c0d080775429f1950ccb00eca67abb8 -> tup406e031b8824ea26ae0bf4d7579a1d89e3fb5906 [dir=back]; tupb28b7af69320201d1cf206ebf28373980add1451 -> tup4ab0ef4117b239faf8a62e5ab48981a4cecd60b6 [dir=back]; tup4ab0ef4117b239faf8a62e5ab48981a4cecd60b6 -> tup6a8809d4d9279d10f4891c2bc3a9e94b6f9e6bf5 [dir=back]; tup073b2dd67c0d080775429f1950ccb00eca67abb8 -> tup76857b23e431da872f75d9c0d5c1f76241da1534 [dir=back]; tup4ab0ef4117b239faf8a62e5ab48981a4cecd60b6 -> tup76857b23e431da872f75d9c0d5c1f76241da1534 [dir=back]; tupb28b7af69320201d1cf206ebf28373980add1451 -> tupb309277fe2201344a4f5289f1d5b5d6fe8c5c562 [dir=back]; tupb309277fe2201344a4f5289f1d5b5d6fe8c5c562 -> tupe55780e6340b6e110e51e79f077052cb086292a3 [dir=back]; tupe55780e6340b6e110e51e79f077052cb086292a3 [label="foo.c (0)" color="#ff0000"]; tup073b2dd67c0d080775429f1950ccb00eca67abb8 [label="main.o (2)" color="#000000"]; tup8aba54e78f22a04fe086427d767240dbdbdac04b [label="clean.sh (0)" color="#000000"]; tup76857b23e431da872f75d9c0d5c1f76241da1534 [label="other.h (0)" color="#000000"]; tup4ab0ef4117b239faf8a62e5ab48981a4cecd60b6 [label="other.o (2)" color="#000000"]; tup6a8809d4d9279d10f4891c2bc3a9e94b6f9e6bf5 [label="other.c (0)" color="#000000"]; tup80754af91bfb6d1073585b046fe0a474ce868509 [label="build (0)" color="#000000"]; tup406e031b8824ea26ae0bf4d7579a1d89e3fb5906 [label="main.c (0)" color="#000000"]; tupb28b7af69320201d1cf206ebf28373980add1451 [label="main (3)" color="#ff0000"]; tupb309277fe2201344a4f5289f1d5b5d6fe8c5c562 [label="foo.o (1)" color="#ff0000"]; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/updater-3.png000066400000000000000000000777741335323540100160130ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRI~cbKGDtIME * IDATxyXSoB";*UWpUږZmj]V޺jDU Ȣ"aM抲'rNf^dy3g  0 0L|`aiX0 0 S $1 0 T%I 0 0p0LQ$%'99@n./^}J>h00,,SSpp;;@ԩHOOGFF3<{ x9@&6b1`ddv)~VVVFI$$''#)) IIIBnn._/^T*H$P(Ts۶maaaSSSҥ Um 4| :bcׁ 6mm33yӦ< ?Rɀy-O4y\GG=3JE\\q]ܻwS#acc##7|>ڶm J֊ A"d ##@kkktNNNx'''D"5111ULMMA ۷,,,`bbXHx *ڹCnn.RSS с7778;;KQr "p nܐ'6]ȓ޽ >>A~`bbYl EPP.]|SL?4$1 8II]/O 5GD[#C@J >0cujEDÇqIB9p@tؑ0"Jq\t ϟǕ+WPVV777L4 &MRkDs{bϞ=HMMEUK*իɓ'8p }7MqJaEÉ|";;-[22q'jӆ( (5먚\\\}deeE{W_۷I&q^*))OӓmFϞ=:&Gf"]]]266>*++4~xҢ:І *%I D^^DСDOI\GD/Ott>@sҁˋ[oE_|ݻw8SYYIAAA4o\\\h޽$HK%hŊdhhHFFFi&*,,TI,Ibv))DG˓!Cù锗MdmM$[GTZuTJ)**oI[[&NH-Ǩ iϞ=ԳgO@tRZaa!-^9::ÇIRܼ&??V^MdiiIPL$1 S &#zmKH}ʈH,&҅(86oL$>,׮]ѣG#777:}4!5ʩSʊhϞ=TYYuHjG'>O>>>FŒ$aޔA4`7嫯ICkN4v,G|yڀDsMRRRhĈ8VMFݺu#Zf sRՕ ĉ\ù # hpoKg"*.:"GGΝ>:7!9;;˗ũ Օ6@BBYYYQ^e|\:rرc  |+:vMJ~@|<Ga6mbbbuX-@ ŋ T={ĉ\p 0|r+&MBHH1j(H$z=M&0  qM&'LH/{bjY(eeeGHH݋I&qKkRVVO?v®]0o ~-/^I }E6mZnذaC$aZ2=z yEn͘lڤ֪SNExx8.^G`/g݋ĉ^~SN!""jjӧOc„  E߾}k܏%I ӚY#_-Mli1 ƍ1vz?f|׍ 3Ɨ@qqqXv-߯gp1ql2a̙d*1pF'Hl:Ա]]_|?Լ/cF#|;pEʼ%i&>*UV|ڄƗ>>>4o޼&)~$44.. ԡC駟x"(5*휽vhϞ=diiIe5Lz5zطXH %bWwY 8BƘ2e 233ۻtOOO:uA[ZS|2ٳ_~ui D˗]v022ʕ+<ߔ}.blذk֬AaaC]n݊3fҲ몉2Wq^/͘1ߪΒ$i||DeN>qUo֭Xx1 7.\ @ArĄ `aaѤh {AXXPUQ0m4.>? N7 D"pرwPa4mѸqJvAvvvCNNNtڷo9886уn߾x̃חb1)''JsNQu㱳ZcH$$ ܹsCtu+O>%mmm:{R唗Ӓ%KĄ i֭mJZbH$"zb{}ڲ!wYrrr"mmmrJOOO ~e`ׯ_}T\xhĈJQǏ.+9+>ڼy3{Uf.Ex5Z便4{l#sssڲeK۸l/"^3q$iwwx"._|L6 #GٳgϟcҤI?b___,^[oO>CCCqUcܸqUz]vvvm6 2VVVj]6m''qm"aaaJoP֭C||}ZﲄBa  dffrD5[o#G͞|95׿EJӱcG~^=666t=dnn^cյeCʊoN=6.e |>RoTJZZZUQs!<<(5.gϦ#G*]*Dرc=;tPړe{{Й3gzH7266V[UVV*v X 6mɓ'5oddTcYWPPP̙3ʶGf𫉉|@|y1ڷor:uT~pttǃrssӖ iǏ… ѣ:wӧO7 bEEE _eU<^>^=5y LTPe7;;;dgg+]fvvvrzq^|\RME,IbFO^ɓLd2 WW7NѼK.Ek"##ᮂS(*jڶmϟ+]%>|X222@D۫Tݖnnn?۷z:.=prr* /PrjӦM* 2RRR\@ ӧOUEr_:\TVVB"@,%I ڒBB(A:___9r}3gDBB*++իW1ѣG|99u=e 1k,|Gϱdɒj[p!ϟw)SUіN08uTܽ{ Z{RsaBVVV^ٳgWGυmԱcGʩrrrTR'|#TTT`M^p˗/ǂ 'D3egg޼7O-UǏ#22R%.3ʉs7jJvš5kyZGbΜ9u$aZ[7`vk:dPR\r9{Sχ;~m;v :::j*)) O`nnGVR]FF\]]rJ|5ǒ$iv쐏 Fs\ \a 0p@!00(q֭[6l\\\pND-W_}5D"D"BCCUlLôv|̝ L$Sہo9Iaaa}6|||TS.] A3s՛ץKزe I SLAAAkM$1 ?===IQQ\GӼm| i(NNNGnn.zYjR)֭[5 D~sŶm89H$իWq 0++#ZJٸ[Ǐ'YZZR\\\ǒ$aRxD˗(-C@:u45ڳg득\bH$?I"֭[\TP($jh.]D@>lcY0̛~MCԀo]-9;%$pMhԩFIׯ_:$UYYI+uԉb1mݺ***N7o$СCN% ZhҤITPP2X0L܈ttV jmp DOT\uD r%ruu%GuHO]t!@@3gΤLj1cӣGIiǎ.%I L*% v풏]j23>HvNuDJ?ݝРATNV+''6nH$hUVDAAAdooOb>sz!57N%I -+K>VIG֖hϞ׳Fd HDԱljty2e 萱1-]cW3DB7o&244uֵJׯ_I&ǣ޽{ӹsTR.Kt tu̙tYjB:Tr رDZZD:mFTZuxM&## nݺц (11Ԧ.]D , xԿڿ?_IWWf͚ѧaԷo_@ݻwǏL&SY,Ib*++),,,\H@@|>QD۷=~us:gчmK/OLmd2]v,YB;v$Hti*,,:DJOO~&OLFFFO>Rzz:ᩕD"{RϞ= І (99$J)$$Djkkĉ)44Ic˒0 S2#00Wl;}FGg.,||C޽:fU" $p8HJtAф ߴ 0h L8cƌǁL&Cll,Ο? . 22|>z [[[C ܾ}QQQDdd$Ю]; <>>>6lllls8x =L>>>A߾}źO4iƍ;;ŭ ˗/#** 7oDII '''tprrM{.㑐xǣ ww:hd2"((nB6mWWWO[[&]H񈉉Att4bbbPƍCN,W$a@^^N:Ǐ#88BeeeСCܽ{%5""]33h00bيaɀ ;˓IYr2"K  _BD,6ԏ?;vxxcɓ'cر֭RZTTTFtt4wӧHkkkX[[cǎЮ];O|>ڶm @Nj/uA"ٳgWAzz:=ztdeeA*o6УGGm-QNN.^W"66nByy9`oo888}033LLL a@ IDATׯPZZE; ;;yyyEjj*tHRkpssѿB$1L+iӦ!55U-[*ָ?˗1`U$n{y<~,Otd7+JT(+%]]-OY\\ '''dddڛ qot-##iiix={rh׮amm +++ERfggGGdž62 V^^۷oݻHJJRܲW&"fff=t{{{t M_4KH$KAd'dXS`G!=]IO۶^" @__e! }Kz*[bEOPyy9?@~zwe6b1@1!//O_5-[0 íE3 Ӣuwu"o N<8u9EDSꫯбcjkkcذaXti0 X0 `pvv6AXx1맶x߯F*ɓM^H$=妥mmmMzu0KAff& @MKK 666ذay BBBAy<߯===dɒ*%}}}9IIIjan$aZ .gϞCTT.^X7믿4=zR/_FvvZ߰alllǦM]vDxxZba;,IbVJ*bڵ1b|||gg7'-]j_~yÇRP(orBBBoooojanƴim۶ao3zh={D$W^U[,}ɓ'066V/ɰb lݺ֭Ú5k8%iX0LHHM}}}9r=<$ }Æ óg0M$1L+3fغu+ZwޅS70j(̙3ppp:$aT$1L wIIIo 8pڵ;w)qvvFTTaZ$1L EDؼy3 777ܸq\UJ1vm8h]0-ϛ1 >}Yf… زe /^쯾رc!Hжm[@zz:0i$~O>W"===;v +V̙3Cvh06&aZH> #j`.ܱ+Fm ӂ޽\\\p N4a4K(++üycŊ?L~pHIIG*aڱ$a4ܣGcǎԩSXn|n.ؕo ;)hPEEE/!1`W1fbIhC;＃(t҅되ZmѢE9s& 0 a4D"yplܸ˖-ck>-[s@RRa1$1y&L _:$,X;;;L<Æ C`` aװm !Ν;777|ƲIñ+cI4sD G/^ [[[bT]0K{Əc۶m_ Q!v4_lL4S ?~a1Lǒ$Q\ 2D`` VZae„  CBB<==R& X0jtMǸvƌuHիжm[xxx 88bIèɑ#G0`888 ::\h#44>>>1bvuH "$a "L9s௿a1N$Xz5>,ZREak1L***Œ3p9ٳĨڵkoc֬Y>9mrô'a QI&ʕ+>>عs'!1FcIèT*'| `ʕlH"իs碴F# GHH8)SpӊݫW/̘1qqq8~8:vuh QXO()%%y&._$=z4QTT޽{#,,F$a>}@[[111pww:$K.D~Fc$a_~7+WSLcǎaݺuXd f͚)1L=$aH&aʕ={6,YcǎA,sԊ?ǟӧO_~HOO:,ixDD\^2 YYYHMMEJJ RSS<}Tq{JKK!Hgk X ccc&&& lll`kk Px0sL={wƬY?DYYҐT| j|aEE@R <~ @^P\ x! @*B@$|m[LM7ƈKIOOǭ[pܺu qqqHNNFyy9@(&&&BPq9X,6}VVVEEE*//OEnn.PVVՅ\\\Э[7t =z@98*OQQΝ@lٲK,A@t4ׯmڀ-`i ffMyji@I );[Tiiden={g&ƒ$Id2ܾ}W\իWL|tݻw3toiidxBыw֭[{.$ ڴi GSh3f qi5YQQQr ]WB]vEn {{{E[7bDǏ+z%ÇADɩ8|O?Tunr "p nܐ'6]ȓ޽ |Gͽt={OFHHJJJ舾} pppwNp-DFF",, ˃%FQFۻU/pM+++8zS^nɈ7!?Eƕ4 ,L{ɓS''bcZ$1J)**#$$ѣ1l0888pb={ !!!8s Ν;laѢExwѩS'CDVV870b=C )!6!!!A_rZZZ:t(}]*5~MӤ`?fK$X\R 5GD[#C@J >0c0"i>}:H$I&щ'TJ*Rxx8-[ڷoO<O?p^+//CСCIKKLLL( ¨TtA%mmmj۶-XCkZ/ N֖d7edpUDE͟OԦ Q@Qj*Q1%ILW^G{ϟsZTVVRPP$ ĄV^M?:4ϧH ĉɓT^^uhjC۷o={@J\:/yyDC>MR|'#!MN$SEEٳ:t@4}999~z ]]] lRZAA^b1ҥK)--8B~~~K.td\x))DG˓!Cù锗MdmM$[GTZuTaIScǎ[oE:::Rff&!5+k.$XLk׮Bj2Ą i jVh͍BBBa**HO.]:")+#"K`#b4Kjӈ#Ӵi(99됚5DB6m"CCC-&&\\\H$g}F\ԬݼyNh֬Y3C[Fрޔ' Qz:رD<đaj$ v"z뭷ʕ+\Qrrrhʔ)ЂCQyy9-[ <yڀD-pL!:,IbJJJh̙E+WlWo5'O%9::ҽ{ ԯ_?200ݻwkӜ9sѪUg"jaW*"GGΝ>:b$1s!557!ilL8wC0bCܸq~~~8y$lJۿ?,X!ChӦ !?,\Y[u4S~>0z|~ 6%$1x1 ]]]>7n[uqF;3_uxOoiTqq\pGQ[k=lkwwwlٲoT !e gO˗/ںY: ̙|a`Zc8GӦM:7)YTTDTܿLMMI"4SN5 GGGڴiSE[d2ruu+V4 D臻5z}RV|MQi띌Q~w9<5"yyٴϜitBY-`\]ɟ[/oQf$9R2nk BΝSOƸqwaҥCBBڶmSVRuϙ3 J*.{Ŕ)Sભ ###:te˟::O(-- RNumQ-CiU?pPP\9:KcK*9JvAvvvCNNNtڷo9886уn߾x̃חb1ë|{) vI666n޼Yc<%%%4o<200 ?Qvvvunߤ>~|>*UNm|oHUVVҊ+ԔD"WYP}wԱcGx :\u@@ 8P24mѸq~xuX1nhjREQQ.Q`r0$2 URŋqecڴi9r$Ξ=`<&MbENNz-|'5W"??ƍRV^,$%%!11XfMgggҲ/((UBVVV9~m)UNm\>+UNmǕv_[mܸׯ_Ǎ7H˗Wy|TTnܸL֠e[{yy!<<JShݽ: mhꨢЦ|ha4~ϟ's@O>>4w\˩˞eu\{llliMU^e[GDDzRJOOh^oǺqC@mVǗ^4r$ʗh4֓dggCOOOeQ:q/7k׮axhӦ Ǐ{50"##^x˩?t9 ={z=l544T@qJ7 TfuQEElBN%IM@sTRRPPZǫ+;?uc___9r}}>3\x>ѣU*n@ޛR[oڷoL˩ *s…?>͙3I^zu:v[aa!%&&rQii)bߕ*67o$ :u 6X,nPIRڸq7ggg:tPImqFW:y{-\Tq}@mo/H*%21!ڹSrnkF333۷P8i&DEEɓر+ٳ;v,T6>:ҥKMU[^^^MH,Ijߏ%KѣG~A̚5 Ϟ=ӧ˗ҥKizꥤsΈJ..@Btɏ'Ӫ$D׮]1gq1 '''nvQ IDAT\vi?8ĨQ.M6}eCM_WKV^Jd4KZ#G`s:vu8"GUK?q1B$NA~ݻ7}.c@^ ] $"" :eee @ :Va֭ذaoڪ΢"t سgZlѫW/5 W'WgK-i{f`5:5KBBEDDP($333zwԩS]ﮭm۶ш#H 5-\EEDKd`8\@Tѵk\8(.hD"O#MzӒ0Ѐl߾ǎF_|lllaR񈍍Ell, 7xӧOG>}QصkoߎT*;v,zu+..Fll,< r&LoW^yB'6)NZTS(H `.`nʼni_zIqP͉v^JFHbT&qQ,^娫7BBB`.,p$''#11)))hllĐ!C0~x?\\]]6n܈kעwޅ"((&&&\GmSQQcƌ1vXq-- 'P[ F#G@uJ@"QM1Q /0xu`T͍L$C{?@EEO>ҥK'N 11iiihhh ooo 4...:<{Q\\K.!33FNNZZZ憐bѰP]Iee%bbbرchc\x}űcpI$&&"''<=<==/// 4uXF!;;YYY… PRR=z !!!1b!Іm)Nq옢??EԷ35 \ݿdd(n{Eggg899 ʋ all D?UV P[[ DJܹs(..ƍ7p B* OOO ((}PTQQߏ⦥7O>yjjjTeqru '''899^9DDM\X`V^ D@>>:t(|}}6\7è+'g,r6P,smVXXXJ455އ=Юpwwq3 /_ƾ}k.deeA @.C.+9s3/999Wuaa!!qKKKKY+ WWWVC}=˻_Ԕ* 7lkPQX9:/  RNh+G?@tt4Μ9"S"{C}tܹ'  !,Zn"R I$H$e>|\r ,Q(f 3"6}rb N1S d|$].k#F(33, k٘I#.]vW(OؚpZHXۭZ걛cժU՜JhllĄ ~˨OF#ݱe˖vݗ_XT]]ÇPl۷oFڵP(> %ۧQ:|057x2Ic͘1or|,_ X})7xWƇ~s|Wظqc|>VXWWWڵk#D[j4GWRPP@ѣ=ztIܺu#{|ڵK9ƓY:IN>M@OV^o@ >OAAAҢl@ ǣBuǎ#KKK񡂂""dkkK<|>]V g___aTƓel&Yz5BCC鉌 :TyO?rlݺU3 ׯ_GFFc#999pwwP"suL4 %%%/uG@...P"Fl<]f7"88nnn);;P(Ď;4H;v 8wVHcǎ2??JĨ'X IR̜9.,XC=yMinn_4rJ;JG믿~ɏ bƓuLAA"""PPP?HO܌Ç*~w 2vvv\E*fŸUVᣏ>:`ĉgϞEdd~eƓ ؚnСCx7={px|8ב:dǎ>}cjdtOFװm݀\.ǒ%K#99Y $Ɏ9ܹs:[ 1 pI]\MM &L+V֭[+V1n8$%%ёX 0:I._I&'OlupHkH$9s&݋իW>:0cERu_3wa4in߾8\Gb.W_aĉ|GZZ+a:+DƺuqFpQ"²e0$''+0 tv&Nr?~\GbD"fNNB0 " 8z(M'''ޞH* u$a.mnqV¸q0vX$%% ;taddtV 1 è+tT}}=MO?+Waddu,F _5DV 3 hܦnܸI&ȑ#ĨD"3p]:0L$s)DFFׯב5ŤI b|am:d1b dV ua2dztV 1 pI:3gć~/wH$::aL8 ۷/ױa%M˕!""999q㸎ĨImm-f̘bݺu;w.בa5V$i4L4 FFF8}4{9#1jroQee%N8#1 t{lsڱcBCCၳgϲ ;x H4V 1 h V$i,ZӧO?ƢgϞ\bԀtRcҤI8u[0 E6-RSSӧĉغu+z-#1jR[[z l0bEExx8޽x :Hbĉs[0 6-pQ 28w+" &&&l0cEV^q!,, Nב5xpѫ1 #Rs;b DEEqQ_בav`EJJJꫯիѣĨɃ/sai'MΞ= TWWٳ@\ $aÊ$ ڲe ^|Eٳ0`ב5/$$$O>\ba+4sU6&&fff\bԠ&Le˰~zl޼\ba:IRRDFF"33;"""ĨIff&""" JqI \GbaTf(%%~~~(//ٳgYԅm߾GFF+aV$Ɇ 0|p <pww:͘7of̘C^0 t566bܹ/_||VvEnɓhLܾ}" P[ H: ##0prBnFҚ" .\@ff&233h$R\H$D?L4h>US1:S<2e x<8p mذ:iSTTDQQQdjjJW_Q}}=ױT"i4`4a„nܸAQQQdnnN"/^%Ⲳ27o }ݦnKZZM>B!Ӈ~gjnn:Vefx(+DBM؄8>QfK"I,ON{rSUSSCK.%HDvvvyf|lߟ|>M>򸎤U޽K| }:9P[[K_|D"~R)ױʭ[hܹO={pEE)CӹN9--UVVDDws.ݻ7ҏ?߬Ԩ{=ӣP:Rܹsf̘Ah̘1ty#i*OȈ<==ܹs\Gj#Gu~SiڴiW^"#=]v6sIahbٳho,0OERUUM:x<͚5-Uϓ7Ӻu븎D'{rG\vNzzz`^]SS,N7=D8p O?umFdlLBԅvQɑ#D֊p`,qT$]r @}Ç+SDK,!===z7nVKK }h̙]rA&rڰaRPPqW\!777}qGg544Ч~Jz-{MӲe˟~Jf[y(8ҒY0ZEұč7N8q,--) ˹CDDƍGuVt /_R>}(]:tHYrK#KKK՞ciEE DuHkD"Q7yvIǏ'###9sN.JFNT1I(44SkitAuu57zҁH__k@]tuRII a/''ڿ@̬ktS$266sѓYyy9/gk襗^}̢r]LYXXPo±O ,,CWWYYI?ͩgϞhѢG &Ν;;'АnodllLGU[Զ"q#ڼysh4tPX? ƙH>}Zv9TU.?SN ӦMرcq!8qՈĜ9s Ç~rܾ}f'ODrr20iҤVm=lɒ%QPP7oy߲2ڶ.''~~~ʟ}}}>())iFJJ d2JE&!)) *xb //(**b{C;O>i̖-[tddd022… [ٳg\\z|>UjIsϡw*c+g6ln߾˗/cI@V *5|طҸaiatUӚ5kO>*W_H,+{uzzzmQWWG֭|KW^mWm @ hu&222jWmIII!j[T\\LT^#aggGʟ^ySё\ztʇg}Np9D5kTn-f͢QF܎6G]5ׯD*7X>mvti(*_vLREElll:T=8cD"x<b-,,laׯ_r> G$A"(I?Y_VVR;m)--mOGݾ}ٯ_?ܾ}1u`ccVogg8=YGwkYZW^`ffcccq=ʪӛ~?sC [zHD{.Y0yd̛7n݂\.GMM#Sekkׯ~~~8sL<<<9==sXSS055Uꧣzׯ_G^Tjޛ"t?Y3p9P]]qϡx-kXP̳^}c}Noic ]7`LHdggCCCI# Ϙ1͛7Q]]> ݻ[][o)`x[GXXJmK۷JO>)S(׏>ԩSիw̙3׮]L&Cvvv6GGs9΀b6i3cí[TnGZW^ڽ^W<46OqCIǖAT>c~u{~@ Zn#됞njj>,,,gϞO\ ro-ԃ1`277'sssZpasR^T>;gό'pqqe˖F}}=͜9LLLĄfΜoꫯH$=Әвe˔{D 4}8'}~D"IRƱ֕3}jkkUnMD֩Ïi?ܦ.͟z;N{H.^|8:ƍ4l0DZ#===s\]BNN;И1cT>iUUU{GzzzN:VͥHx]\ĉAzzz4{luבɓ'iСhʔ)tM#_r2рD"b3Ss3׉4hd"(2H,:T*?YXX}g?69{,EFF@ ⸎___ھ};;\)yԩ]lii_~А̙C999\\KK ۷^|E@#GXWB*U12"rs#ڱHfUr+CggN{hҥdccC4k,}#TJw戀@{nش^믓P($;;;ZlYq]vQPP ___ڱcG)JiÆ F<FM111ݮ0ŴvZrqq!>OaaauΑGD|>ѠAboYѿEdfFdiqvmm-D9s2 ;v,&LWWWcjl 88aȑ7s8Q 'pr&ONL"aϟǑ#G$ܽ{666񁷷7WWWk,Wuu5.],\pYYYB]]aÆaرX.]҂?~HMME]]///xyy000X6"Bqq1.^l\|D_ĨQ`fflH,ѣHHH@bb"\@xzzpwwF555!??/^Dff&"!!!xР(Q#~~zsd@n.v1?^SoHzPKK . 33999JC~gggXYYְ)z|ٳ'd]]@"@*ե(,,Daa!*++s___ 6 }d2qey%HRx<NNNprrB^`ii XZZ066D"B@UUŌD"D"Aee%bb߸qxׯX @pp0+TTYYd";;((( ptt=`mmkHz7P__T;wz=b*_%%%ׇ`{KΞΝ\ZZSSpuU\zD"Dц) Rˁ(-b(*Qa!ܬhYp00|8`nCt}I#ɐWׯ_Wbbt}###XZZήՇs>}t_ tup073b2dd67c0d080775429f1950ccb00eca67abb8 [dir=back]; tup073b2dd67c0d080775429f1950ccb00eca67abb8 -> tup406e031b8824ea26ae0bf4d7579a1d89e3fb5906 [dir=back]; tupb28b7af69320201d1cf206ebf28373980add1451 -> tup4ab0ef4117b239faf8a62e5ab48981a4cecd60b6 [dir=back]; tup4ab0ef4117b239faf8a62e5ab48981a4cecd60b6 -> tup6a8809d4d9279d10f4891c2bc3a9e94b6f9e6bf5 [dir=back]; tup073b2dd67c0d080775429f1950ccb00eca67abb8 -> tup76857b23e431da872f75d9c0d5c1f76241da1534 [dir=back]; tup4ab0ef4117b239faf8a62e5ab48981a4cecd60b6 -> tup76857b23e431da872f75d9c0d5c1f76241da1534 [dir=back]; tup073b2dd67c0d080775429f1950ccb00eca67abb8 [label="main.o (2)" color="#000000"]; tup8aba54e78f22a04fe086427d767240dbdbdac04b [label="clean.sh (0)" color="#000000"]; tup76857b23e431da872f75d9c0d5c1f76241da1534 [label="other.h (0)" color="#000000"]; tup4ab0ef4117b239faf8a62e5ab48981a4cecd60b6 [label="other.o (2)" color="#000000"]; tup6a8809d4d9279d10f4891c2bc3a9e94b6f9e6bf5 [label="other.c (0)" color="#000000"]; tup80754af91bfb6d1073585b046fe0a474ce868509 [label="build (0)" color="#000000"]; tup406e031b8824ea26ae0bf4d7579a1d89e3fb5906 [label="main.c (0)" color="#000000"]; tupb28b7af69320201d1cf206ebf28373980add1451 [label="main (2)" color="#000000"]; } tup-v0.7.8/docs/updater-4.png000066400000000000000000000675131335323540100160020ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR $bKGDtIME'b IDATxwXSg?wBC!(SE-U=ڪQkYVOjknZZV*h Ee [B $0uqA~;'9'0 0L0 0M + 0 SGx2 0L0 0u$:L&Cbb"d"77YYY(,,ϡP(PVVD---X XZZڵ3a``ٲrddd %%HIIAvv6={O*Br1MLL ЪU+*tuu9["\ѭ[7t h׮ڷoMT*Ebb"bcc#ܻwwERRD"z ??? <]vmثXdLTT9cǎ!66VVVhѢEq"99ѣ|%???ڲe =xd2UJS {{{Z`ݼyQ?_T*GҀX,yѕ+W'$$ƍӓmذrrrOV<HJJ瓑Ӝ9sΝ;\Ǫ4ڼy39::ϧ!CЅ >}J۶m={*8?#::Nfw^(dllL;wnWՔ27orfXT.))9[M_"z뭷ܜk}?V4i5`WEyy9Y[[׷cU)\YFFDO8_ g FSN:Z]6jĉ(//ߠ4uU=݋W"** |2~J˨<;＃;vԻ1j(6x_՘ﾋ`TJiVVhΝH"\]]ڵk~rvv&PH^^^v#GikkӐ!C*@v"{{{e[<6#՘+]ONNNu+;v,*&C3fԆT* 9T˫L&˗X,&]]]0a*o8eΞ=K$ ޾^xٓ.^|Eݻwe<8{, BWH$SˑЦM‚hƌt5ZONzzzdiiI7oq嘽|O8qD(-_tr;ߦ*))ד!7u>>>tԉ.^HTPP@ ,I&Ujտ'L@iiiT\\Lk׮nݺUGWW;O#???JMMgϞѧ~~ݺu4x`JMMB>}:}Gk3u;sssI"Prr2͚5mU<022ϟ+/Ie<(//'>OJ޽{k >);; FK.t{Uyfeeѐ!Cj,\Q׮]iٲeUƊ'4}t6l<咒*նQRRBbR'7SFr\.'--J˨ښ;۩Ι3g;^<t{Uy666}qœ16lM>6OF)//jiL^d27oo߾000ǃ>mԴڶiiiUve=ڷo_TX[[Wnm*S P9gff&ڶm+++(o8eN8 xyy n灁`hhXiu<uTA___m;+rYYY}s1377}OFI__ғRƏ#== ϟ?moooܾ}=I&ĉ޽k߾}뢤BPBLLLj Z.-- b ByDZ[n8urss}v̙3mU .rsbΜ9L&CDD{=G{ĉx***@D*SNŪU Z ӧO:1SXZZ-Z\b…7|Rcܹjsĉvsrr駟ָC,[AagϞ='|}}x1._}5gR;vqXd*2e r9u&-## ڵkCh?vzjlڴ ::: ޟ5&N͛77x_١C 0sRy0۷LMM)33(M֘1c_}$֭[헩ZII FOLt1ٜ撹y; Ķy2!" 48u|.~g|'pM+WY}3#J"::!!!hժF߶m6n܈{)ļaܸqիW+}m5qqqdllL˗/:JrDcN///A%=| -]II FO*LF}]tR>#jU*VM8H={E.ʕ+שp_EC\iR)-[x<͟?͍tuui͚5j9e©Sё i޽\ǩVBB9;;?\irrrϏtttu>\V bcci$6l@\jR)=z|}} uޝN>u,رc 5ӧʯkN-XdꭢvMK .lvCKKKi޽@"ϟ$VVBB-YH${Gϟgtf+W ;v,qKoڵ+x<7nrIrrr/ 277M6mu5+$ m۶lllHKKƌC=$Ӓ%KԔ?c5DB>}#sssiQɓ'_ {{{Zf q( :qyzzի9rIY]6mikk] +TTTǕhҥt}Jff&m߾C|>hƍu4JII-[P=㑩)?>@Q`` ͟?\\\… ͛M`}\|}] P.]j(/$www@;w1ۖi111pıcoiiiX`*** J,~~~2d mmTrҥK}6n߾\ر#\]]ѩS'A p577QQQGH@WW;wؘMABBOH$pssCnн{wt {ݻ%%%1bGc|Xd4vڅsAKK rh׮aooX X +++|>с\.Gaa!%%%ENN8"66ڴi+V`СpppAip<|QQQFRR кuk١M6%ZjSSSo===(?<)gϟ?B@*ٳgxӧO4 %%eee333t pssCdfʍD"qܽ{WTKK vvvh߾=ڵkXXX(_q[\\;w/"##eKNNFnn.$IŰVcggg666:ɓpqqQҕ &&bdggٳg(..VHSSSSB,?bjp)_IIIQ~ ---bnZuvvFNᡱMf#'|L|lݺ55eҥضmRٳgcxaK$ ̙ɓ'C"( P('|}}+NXN21 Ӵ4Xx{{c^1\.9շo׾"cxyyb`œiǏ?~ L $ ХK׮d(++1wz0L'V?>Ə* '8::*z傿{l5.0bœQ4m;vPy5B!55Um|L&CTTڷoKi Xdf,#8[eR^j}N:[iJXdF(bݺux!\\\j<.[odA=>P(>~'DEEqzaƉOF<==q}^YhŁ^;Lǃ/?~3fpaƎOAHR;w{4 D2d^xu?RsaƌOA|爉!CPEQzKls޼yhժfϞ]r2 21jw-{̙3ׇa gĉ󫴊6-- nnn3g6oa:a+V<*//G׮]accsνCBhT'.Ͼ}G֭[֭iXd?w}ϖܻwќaơL&Çشi6lФ 'b={ !!7n:0 y2j!]]]\rQUw}e˖޽{pww:0+Z|WXv-q8`:tQQQ:0Ɗ'S'Gĉq…Fsj1.]vǹ0Z^^\]]1fٳ8 ??wy8 h+LM<W\Add$(̞=gΜATTLMM0Z9{,>]v|>/: 0f ={đ#GxwqEra `œyŋc%q1c ** :0 ejm۶믿f?( hy2Ւd޽;k~Ep}qaĊ'SoVBXX:tuFOPw7ng+vbnJ/j*V8kcϞ= Ů]0Lb3OJC Ajj*Î;#pa'_'OƵkה!ړH$pww+NEǎ;`Ν\i.^ĉ;v,qQ3V /f ݻW^O?uaT$:?IIIHNNFrr2RSS\<}(..FQQd2ٳgPttt`jj 333叹9WnI`ٳgHJJBJJ |ӧO!HPPPJ())+w<211rmmm;;;888UV նd'GDD ,, =BjjrVZM6077X,V9@TTTPZZ D,/򐔔DDh׮ wwwxzzNÏHUTTp8GDD **JYy<akk[BGG&&&^>RPPPPX!33/_&&&puuU;<<<`hh0M+P\\۷oڵkqn߾SNDN 7i233$}OÇ!>}O>ҥ ZnuJ222p}\~ׯ_ǽ{ J#F`ĈfxQBB>_111СC1|pԔuӸr d2|}}1i$;-͝;wp!;v 999pqqȑ#1tPիf 7o@ǏɓѣG#2LŠ$ :ƍƤI0n8tڵY}r/--EPP~W>}<cǎٳ1`5۷BLL 1uT;NNN\Sx8x """ɓ'>{Kff&ZIGGLB$ɸ@{&ԥK:x sM"""h٤Ch" :ƄѢEٳgSDDױSxQVV͟?ʊ֮]K\Խ{hҤI$ ƆK\RYTT=x<uԉCeee\LYYٳ:uD<FMQQQ\bNYKEEEzj200 kkkڽ{7I$c5*H$:uzIMM3gyyyQ`` ) c5 ˋh̙u,(V|:t(pV ܹё:DrX\.C#Ν;ه `ųϟ?iӦzZٺvuЁh\ǩQBBߟXE2Zb ߿?%$$pa+Ո!'OrzƪESNmE… dffFu&+44<<<̌.\uiP{j{0331zh#5Y:::ذaΝ;3gΠO>:ҶmaÆΝ;ҥ ב.]Ν;6lm6#1Lz76$hܹ$JӬ$$$uЁ222C6m"---ںu+Q[mڴ( X|ř3gH$4[Թsgrqqrlٲeh8@ZZZe0ڱ# 8x{{c֬Yزe q| 4fff8ƏaÆa߾}>}Fni~g|8{,uQV<⸞z /x<#5{ҥ >c|733;wƬY~zے\?#TjܹI$+]vO$ ˋÕ#GikkӐ!C*ա@v"{{{e[<6OYY͞=Ȉ>Hqqq5%%%]xrrr~cln߾T@4~2/_Nbtuui„ TXXX~-ǫSg1rh*0Ay^z;vm]pW\gcذa8{,.^7sQ.?rH|Avv6:tEU˗q <{ cǎֿZ œ'O?峲޸dpp0zY6mڨhAGvv6Un:W^E߾}U>9yM-ߪvzJi6l؀PܿŲe*Ν;> E2U>㭎۷/^R; (p\95k,S\RRRu6JJJH,WjտkV֭ɓ'ˏ?&jѩhJ< GGGzqR)V{*(( ty۪-\PvVzSLLrVVYZZVzzz3[}[]cpBQZyJ-m)ӫ:L|MxG^^^훚Vֿeggm۶m۶Evvv[[[W=z4~7o߾mjޞ1r[V>/4~pqqǃUujTVX[ZZbƮEO###r1|CPj vyoo*v=z(&M'N{~*rH嶪cllc[/^"r2g5օ066VZ.[Fzz:'}AGG:::HLLqfm &(`xȑ#qرJ}Xt).\oo*wq9RlllTn:[V7=&&&xqڜ;w.̙xd2DDD8^[c],a nsd``@DvztݟIm۶%---ui˥4sL244$CCC9sf_p/_{)**""'OI zXhkk+n+V ///yc_AO.ӆ {㺹oV7xshŊ*0\kǶ}9b1N[cĈ /qF-Zj[ppp޽{rJ\x8-… Cit˗cʔ)X-U\\L˗4+l b޽8{,ufkɒ%ؾ};8yr9h\|NNNcر#oiV~-&MaÆ!888͎BE}v8q(ZZZ8yth y@*::prrɓ'YdV<_gL2C7|uf#F]pq1pa[m[#** Çǻﾋ1c-ɓ'}a׮] X,:Vf͚pb ,q yyyX`zXp̚5X MŋՕ}5%|2ǣ &PZZבDPP@@Y[[m7UEEEښHPpa4:~#3gEEEqsrN9.]u,ͥ5k֐ikkӌ3֭[\Ҹ[nь3H[[,,,h͚5u, +*P(tY#>O4fÉD"cǎѣI(1͛7C!"">|8___p޲p8<)S`ԨQ:FEDD8r233ѹsg >#GD׮]7 BCC3gĉ1m4sa V<@DDN>ӧOΝ;F^зo_>>>~ٰXΜXXXv}zz:_7nڵk !#F`zYMz*Ξ=ӧO#&&߿?z>}L#9abbQ~d2”c}#FaЯ_?vt + ,//ϟիWq5@KK pww;<== >˗k,ې!CGaaa@XXRRR oooD>} 4)qܸq044relݺ:tHǏc…Xx1bccc"n{Fvi$4exjX~~>nܸDDD ""P'''mڴ9b1LMMaff*g3ZTTTPZZ DO"??_$$&&")) iii@777|Ϟ=ѵkWhkks5 ~:߿<|O>b`ggLcjj D"rmEII R)=jҐ$%%ٳgSSSxyy]tA>}жm[iXPEEf͚_~_ HNNFjj*򐟟R?"fff077;wѣ _0au[L0h $&&B$a핊[ZZfffT?HR8::ʣƄ IDAT `2XHqq1ƎK.A.C[[UlP(3bA&rF! a``AuttUCC*3:u GVOs˖-XpaC-Zhh(QXX\I&U.[^^|<}TrInmԩSqahiiϟG׮]eAEuʂbbb ۷v/M>sss5˽'_~~ZhRSSe9;<Ǝ d2D"V6Zn֭[5+R)?}?ZaiS߄=yݺuCLL ***,ᵯl۶ ǏGyy47Q^^\S J,nnn2 >|88, AoFݑ,eMR:B'ObРAULmذ3f̀\.Btߗw r3f 4a:V<5ԩS0`@׮]_L&Ý;w#\sbժUjw]]]i<] "Z sUnB`XԀ={`رJվAqU<;uT֊ $$$[n YSVV1c xR]D3eeeN0M+ cܹP(վV^pwwWn W^r劆5-߿?Ν;W$mTZr9Ν;(i Xl@s_~帚u֦oL" 0Jմdffw}mx<3Ϛd{.\\\d ـ.\~@ ܹ&cUbmm ##jo  OdMv X\q`+**8={MKK bw1LÊgԩ\K.cǎUn_bOWU5x4iuVAx<yaӦM022vhc\ `ddM6!-- /ü+0`ܼym۶EV*N5/bԨQؿ?ڴie&C$aBv*b)c/*XXX /fgZbSC>s#$$k׮0Jh۶-o|8u>i&##1c(gq\x<ƌh 8CFF ɷ[ׯϧ+ɡ'6wϵkTQQ~dhhH?0]ۻ(8 00(Ā\4K~mHKKq4!00HKKks561l0DGGkaT]m"} wuЦM 0{΢lܸ8pNi8Xlܸ8 8=hM>m޼(]*;;|>}G\Gd``@\Grd``\av1LQFΝ{BlX`bcc1n8pbޤGGgddĄH Qך]l޼YYYv͛D]]q8l2444`Ϟ=ݮp&Qسgl20~kwO>իuپ};R).]uN>}ؾ};u۷/oߎH>}8 Qa./ .]s=zSNEtt4&MuX,~Gٳ sa4+]dx뭷ѣGsG-x #++ǬTpdgg‚8jq]`ĉػw/qF#ö] K.ŢEzL[{=DZo>ڵN]o>?~8 ؞g3gΞ=wUS#G^:TUUسgq8OFff&,--0bSIgΜ/Ǐ#888?>N'rSgΜA@@<ӧsa8ÊVXHƆ8Ä ?`֬Y\2puu믿;vpG#,Z 233ammu+#GbǎX`q4ŋqAr~ʮ4dddlxvΝ;˗/Օ8ɓFLL ƏuNn0g;w999lqXJ :sņ BBBLqS>C߿ beUVVbذa3g6muQ+6IB\|>| Q47| [(relݺp>"""uV\|8 Vlϳ1vX :Fۺu+/_48;;s繵 &&&g糟z\x\Gb`9`ĈũSZ[[U%&&jMڲe VZ4 68Z!77ÇGDD,YuQ v9m޼\ŷ~?\y.Xz5VZ g 6 VիQZZuQ JJJ+V`͚5\*+Vݻ|WtЉ+Rnnn6l;uQ9V>>ӮcǎaԩŸq㸎~w?GuQ)V /pD,Gw2n'7n53h \_|&&&9˱c,Y:t(g9B!,--*+Wā޽{s1k,DDD7o͛7QRR*TVV*Z"2 _>###XXXY---aooXE"tt ИY^^+W ==@~~(AR%LMMѫW/ke܌VRT"~SVVRxP޿gφb1b3)++Õ+W?'N}P(lr422R|^ (}rmiiD"D"Auub# %%%x<== ???*h}Dl$&&… HHH@qq1x<X [[[xyy)lllTv޽{=K.ɁT* ||| ???066VIF" %%8gggbSSS}b],ׯ|}}???btڊL&Cbb"p 777.TUZZK.) |ZZ Bpp01$ bcchܾ}VVV=z4ƌQFM#ɐ/"!!.\@^^ L4MAA>>> Q{󍍍Drr2py  D@@;<O"Bbb"݋G#F@PP&O wwwZE"ٳ8y$PVV!C7@XXX\JRсh]J&QBB%҄ =bh׮]K<D"X.^H\R tQ6mϧP:x… ȈCVܮB#d2iӦ>҆ ޽{\GRt3f Ç֭[Ν;\GSf:v뤧G_PMM Ѻ۷idiiIFFF4g!Lu4H!4bڷoݿh♟O3f GNNNsNjjjꊦNqq1-_LMMԔ>Sjll:Rr9:t B:::o޼I˗/'333znT^^NdhhHִvqԞT %}}}ׯ}wu,cJϪ*z_~vr:޽{n:$hZȑ#IGGBCC)??H"""̌,--iӦMZwR__Ok֬!@@666ߒT*:Fu-^ ɉ~#1t<|0ۗlllhǎlK3 \޽Kaaa(--HV\IJ'בӧޞ?#%VPP@g&zWH :\|8 :Tc*1ܹwwwL4 Z7͚6}6ƌ|Xm޿ׯ?6ՠ#Fŋ8*Kw^277"5k>Lܯ?EFF.ƺ{. BڼyZ#"zǍ=yyy$u֑UWWOUuG{\OYYYJh'~߿Oi&uy*u-:4իWJ/{{{|><==z[ӊ'WСC2Hee%Uף4xr5DDgϦ``4?;v~,۷N9\N+W$333277>Ltqqqdddܾ}|>o*I+OM+\sCCY[[ݻ;Zl5J}p18=^OOj>>m^su4hгߜxO6eرTMMM4|c,X8RC3LF}YYY1͘1_M'X~&gϒJ')'g8ı֖噈h۶mԷo_1ӾNJCHOOOSRqq1544g}F&&&4mڴ6=zHٙ⨱jkkiɒ%ڦG>c *--%DBk׮#G?'RII <ܢ1544yԴ-jkk̬koS:ttuuUv>tuuСCJl24iݹs_˗+ e?4a*)):z뭷hѢE~{ߟgqd8<ڵkEv4qey&""¡nO_MSa^m444U6W>իW+crlmm%]]6銅… @e=KJJ`D"]vMիm>7P6fvvvx\^^N}mO .Ǚg믿V̛7&Nt;8ڲ<=(Tz~󬬬u '>'/\???x< UUUoaan[wm 8rؠsD񸾾&&&m^SRR=}+N{n߾ݦκsNss3icv- :<<֨h"LwIDATy:KeMkmYw*[nJp%G ˕jigU8>C],kXk r @_}y4;4ה)S΋hԨQtRy˗J\ Nv)::Zhƙ護ޢI&uI[xK.EJJ .\^b888 )) GVY?࠲~9ƍCDDJ ݫ~'kll-6mڄ7|8Lzb,++#N8sGzQXX5ydXYYaϞ=*i+::fBAA>ê>cr={6 <ܞD4ydZvE'200XJ.f}d``@NRGE.oMzK.qի$ )$$)̘ߓ.}eٳg9,[ =M.]JtIU1d2-^|>f|2SHHH|i+22tuu/4\. ϧ3gp;jmm? غx)']]]ڰa3u{555@|>N>u""JMM%KKK1bݼy8BKK {(""8D,wzWȈ?uF :to(44jkkU[r 999-]|8mܸqʊ~Wh7oرcI h5[l!===>}z0wErttpvQO"X۷/ڲl477'|B4v67$ 4g@aaalAroN&&&4tPٳgI$FxMH˗/'===?~|eO"J9s&x< խǓX,&>O[lъ;?~D"ۗvޭ{/LMMM\Gz7ox<2eJ{l2;z(9::R޽i׮]mezNχ9BvvvdllL׿ru 4i$@JOn5559;;ӱcǸ]FӦM#GZy...\\\HOO,XQdgϞQFǣ3fSxݿ6nHdaaAqnAӦM#]]]>|8pI)ڿ?Z =3gvVڳg 0h…u,εұc襗^"4aNhC555n:&CCC7o^IR:tCi!u%5kH$=F駟LJ갶T*;wСC/L'NqLUUUyfrtt$ xc1ˊCR"##I,ruu/ۮdO ' ե)SPBBױTVZEVVVKǏ}ur:w͟?zMY.өShĉC}px"TF)SH__zM.]vh6LJ >t}_5sO4m4244$ccc ;vPqq1"Hرc4|QMغuk"""Օ=-^N:F=۷)22BBBH >٤!Lڝ+ ..'N@TTJJJ0p@3cǎ/USZZZ$$&&"!!uuuDpp0uLݻwNBTTN>wcƌ7ƌp]8<.\D@&a̘14i-LDEE!**  ???`ԨQի1u-$%%HLLDzz:LLL0aL<:&R<.-- OFRRPWWkkk nnnL&õkpUPPTUU nB"J{РApvvF~]fWTT TWWx{&&&egz.- 0 0 0aœaa:OaNJxIENDB`tup-v0.7.8/freebsd.tup000066400000000000000000000000441335323540100146650ustar00rootroot00000000000000CFLAGS += -include compat/freebsd.h tup-v0.7.8/lib32/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100134365ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/lib32/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000002621335323540100147710ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules ifeq ($(TUP_SERVER),ldpreload) ifeq ($(X86_ARCH_SIBLINGS),y) LDFLAGS_tup-ldpreload.so += -m32 : ../src/ldpreload/*.32.o |> !ld |> tup-ldpreload.so endif endif tup-v0.7.8/linux.tup000066400000000000000000000002261335323540100144140ustar00rootroot00000000000000TUP_MONITOR = inotify TUP_SERVER = @(TUP_SERVER) ifeq (,$(TUP_SERVER)) TUP_SERVER = fuse endif ifeq (@(TUP_ARCH),x86_64) X86_ARCH_SIBLINGS=y endif tup-v0.7.8/macosx.tup000066400000000000000000000004071335323540100145500ustar00rootroot00000000000000# Build for the future as this is the direction Apple is moving to CC = clang CFLAGS += -DAT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW=0x100 CFLAGS += -DAT_REMOVEDIR=0x200 # Implementation of *at() functions CFLAGS += -include compat/macosx.h TUP_SUID_GROUP = wheel TUP_SERVER = fuse tup-v0.7.8/solaris.tup000066400000000000000000000002271335323540100147320ustar00rootroot00000000000000# _REENTRANT makes errno threadsafe. Otherwise things explode in an otherwise # not-so-informative fashion. CFLAGS += -D_REENTRANT LDFLAGS += -lsocket tup-v0.7.8/src/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100133125ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/bsd/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100140625ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/bsd/queue.h000066400000000000000000000772731335323540100153770ustar00rootroot00000000000000/*- * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. * * @(#)queue.h 8.5 (Berkeley) 8/20/94 * $FreeBSD: head/sys/sys/queue.h 221843 2011-05-13 15:49:23Z mdf $ */ #ifndef _SYS_QUEUE_H_ #define _SYS_QUEUE_H_ /* * This file defines four types of data structures: singly-linked lists, * singly-linked tail queues, lists and tail queues. * * A singly-linked list is headed by a single forward pointer. The elements * are singly linked for minimum space and pointer manipulation overhead at * the expense of O(n) removal for arbitrary elements. New elements can be * added to the list after an existing element or at the head of the list. * Elements being removed from the head of the list should use the explicit * macro for this purpose for optimum efficiency. A singly-linked list may * only be traversed in the forward direction. Singly-linked lists are ideal * for applications with large datasets and few or no removals or for * implementing a LIFO queue. * * A singly-linked tail queue is headed by a pair of pointers, one to the * head of the list and the other to the tail of the list. The elements are * singly linked for minimum space and pointer manipulation overhead at the * expense of O(n) removal for arbitrary elements. New elements can be added * to the list after an existing element, at the head of the list, or at the * end of the list. Elements being removed from the head of the tail queue * should use the explicit macro for this purpose for optimum efficiency. * A singly-linked tail queue may only be traversed in the forward direction. * Singly-linked tail queues are ideal for applications with large datasets * and few or no removals or for implementing a FIFO queue. * * A list is headed by a single forward pointer (or an array of forward * pointers for a hash table header). The elements are doubly linked * so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to * traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list before * or after an existing element or at the head of the list. A list * may only be traversed in the forward direction. * * A tail queue is headed by a pair of pointers, one to the head of the * list and the other to the tail of the list. The elements are doubly * linked so that an arbitrary element can be removed without a need to * traverse the list. New elements can be added to the list before or * after an existing element, at the head of the list, or at the end of * the list. A tail queue may be traversed in either direction. * * For details on the use of these macros, see the queue(3) manual page. * * * SLIST LIST STAILQ TAILQ * _HEAD + + + + * _HEAD_INITIALIZER + + + + * _ENTRY + + + + * _INIT + + + + * _EMPTY + + + + * _FIRST + + + + * _NEXT + + + + * _PREV - - - + * _LAST - - + + * _FOREACH + + + + * _FOREACH_SAFE + + + + * _FOREACH_REVERSE - - - + * _FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE - - - + * _INSERT_HEAD + + + + * _INSERT_BEFORE - + - + * _INSERT_AFTER + + + + * _INSERT_TAIL - - + + * _CONCAT - - + + * _REMOVE_AFTER + - + - * _REMOVE_HEAD + - + - * _REMOVE + + + + * _SWAP + + + + * */ #ifdef QUEUE_MACRO_DEBUG /* Store the last 2 places the queue element or head was altered */ struct qm_trace { char * lastfile; int lastline; char * prevfile; int prevline; }; #define TRACEBUF struct qm_trace trace; #define TRASHIT(x) do {(x) = (void *)-1;} while (0) #define QMD_SAVELINK(name, link) void **name = (void *)&(link) #define QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head) do { \ (head)->trace.prevline = (head)->trace.lastline; \ (head)->trace.prevfile = (head)->trace.lastfile; \ (head)->trace.lastline = __LINE__; \ (head)->trace.lastfile = __FILE__; \ } while (0) #define QMD_TRACE_ELEM(elem) do { \ (elem)->trace.prevline = (elem)->trace.lastline; \ (elem)->trace.prevfile = (elem)->trace.lastfile; \ (elem)->trace.lastline = __LINE__; \ (elem)->trace.lastfile = __FILE__; \ } while (0) #else #define QMD_TRACE_ELEM(elem) #define QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head) #define QMD_SAVELINK(name, link) #define TRACEBUF #define TRASHIT(x) #endif /* QUEUE_MACRO_DEBUG */ /* Disabled for tup since we don't use it and it conflicts with definitions in * winnt.h for Windows */ #if 0 /* * Singly-linked List declarations. */ #define SLIST_HEAD(name, type) \ struct name { \ struct type *slh_first; /* first element */ \ } #define SLIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head) \ { NULL } #define SLIST_ENTRY(type) \ struct { \ struct type *sle_next; /* next element */ \ } /* * Singly-linked List functions. */ #define SLIST_EMPTY(head) ((head)->slh_first == NULL) #define SLIST_FIRST(head) ((head)->slh_first) #define SLIST_FOREACH(var, head, field) \ for ((var) = SLIST_FIRST((head)); \ (var); \ (var) = SLIST_NEXT((var), field)) #define SLIST_FOREACH_SAFE(var, head, field, tvar) \ for ((var) = SLIST_FIRST((head)); \ (var) && ((tvar) = SLIST_NEXT((var), field), 1); \ (var) = (tvar)) #define SLIST_FOREACH_PREVPTR(var, varp, head, field) \ for ((varp) = &SLIST_FIRST((head)); \ ((var) = *(varp)) != NULL; \ (varp) = &SLIST_NEXT((var), field)) #define SLIST_INIT(head) do { \ SLIST_FIRST((head)) = NULL; \ } while (0) #define SLIST_INSERT_AFTER(slistelm, elm, field) do { \ SLIST_NEXT((elm), field) = SLIST_NEXT((slistelm), field); \ SLIST_NEXT((slistelm), field) = (elm); \ } while (0) #define SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do { \ SLIST_NEXT((elm), field) = SLIST_FIRST((head)); \ SLIST_FIRST((head)) = (elm); \ } while (0) #define SLIST_NEXT(elm, field) ((elm)->field.sle_next) #define SLIST_REMOVE(head, elm, type, field) do { \ QMD_SAVELINK(oldnext, (elm)->field.sle_next); \ if (SLIST_FIRST((head)) == (elm)) { \ SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD((head), field); \ } \ else { \ struct type *curelm = SLIST_FIRST((head)); \ while (SLIST_NEXT(curelm, field) != (elm)) \ curelm = SLIST_NEXT(curelm, field); \ SLIST_REMOVE_AFTER(curelm, field); \ } \ TRASHIT(*oldnext); \ } while (0) #define SLIST_REMOVE_AFTER(elm, field) do { \ SLIST_NEXT(elm, field) = \ SLIST_NEXT(SLIST_NEXT(elm, field), field); \ } while (0) #define SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(head, field) do { \ SLIST_FIRST((head)) = SLIST_NEXT(SLIST_FIRST((head)), field); \ } while (0) #define SLIST_SWAP(head1, head2, type) do { \ struct type *swap_first = SLIST_FIRST(head1); \ SLIST_FIRST(head1) = SLIST_FIRST(head2); \ SLIST_FIRST(head2) = swap_first; \ } while (0) #endif /* * Singly-linked Tail queue declarations. */ #define STAILQ_HEAD(name, type) \ struct name { \ struct type *stqh_first;/* first element */ \ struct type **stqh_last;/* addr of last next element */ \ } #define STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head) \ { NULL, &(head).stqh_first } #define STAILQ_ENTRY(type) \ struct { \ struct type *stqe_next; /* next element */ \ } /* * Singly-linked Tail queue functions. */ #define STAILQ_CONCAT(head1, head2) do { \ if (!STAILQ_EMPTY((head2))) { \ *(head1)->stqh_last = (head2)->stqh_first; \ (head1)->stqh_last = (head2)->stqh_last; \ STAILQ_INIT((head2)); \ } \ } while (0) #define STAILQ_EMPTY(head) ((head)->stqh_first == NULL) #define STAILQ_FIRST(head) ((head)->stqh_first) #define STAILQ_FOREACH(var, head, field) \ for((var) = STAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ (var); \ (var) = STAILQ_NEXT((var), field)) #define STAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(var, head, field, tvar) \ for ((var) = STAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ (var) && ((tvar) = STAILQ_NEXT((var), field), 1); \ (var) = (tvar)) #define STAILQ_INIT(head) do { \ STAILQ_FIRST((head)) = NULL; \ (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ } while (0) #define STAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(head, tqelm, elm, field) do { \ if ((STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = STAILQ_NEXT((tqelm), field)) == NULL)\ (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ STAILQ_NEXT((tqelm), field) = (elm); \ } while (0) #define STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do { \ if ((STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = STAILQ_FIRST((head))) == NULL) \ (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ STAILQ_FIRST((head)) = (elm); \ } while (0) #define STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(head, elm, field) do { \ STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = NULL; \ *(head)->stqh_last = (elm); \ (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ } while (0) #define STAILQ_LAST(head, type, field) \ (STAILQ_EMPTY((head)) ? \ NULL : \ ((struct type *)(void *) \ ((char *)((head)->stqh_last) - __offsetof(struct type, field)))) #define STAILQ_NEXT(elm, field) ((elm)->field.stqe_next) #define STAILQ_REMOVE(head, elm, type, field) do { \ QMD_SAVELINK(oldnext, (elm)->field.stqe_next); \ if (STAILQ_FIRST((head)) == (elm)) { \ STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD((head), field); \ } \ else { \ struct type *curelm = STAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ while (STAILQ_NEXT(curelm, field) != (elm)) \ curelm = STAILQ_NEXT(curelm, field); \ STAILQ_REMOVE_AFTER(head, curelm, field); \ } \ TRASHIT(*oldnext); \ } while (0) #define STAILQ_REMOVE_AFTER(head, elm, field) do { \ if ((STAILQ_NEXT(elm, field) = \ STAILQ_NEXT(STAILQ_NEXT(elm, field), field)) == NULL) \ (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ } while (0) #define STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(head, field) do { \ if ((STAILQ_FIRST((head)) = \ STAILQ_NEXT(STAILQ_FIRST((head)), field)) == NULL) \ (head)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ } while (0) #define STAILQ_SWAP(head1, head2, type) do { \ struct type *swap_first = STAILQ_FIRST(head1); \ struct type **swap_last = (head1)->stqh_last; \ STAILQ_FIRST(head1) = STAILQ_FIRST(head2); \ (head1)->stqh_last = (head2)->stqh_last; \ STAILQ_FIRST(head2) = swap_first; \ (head2)->stqh_last = swap_last; \ if (STAILQ_EMPTY(head1)) \ (head1)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_FIRST(head1); \ if (STAILQ_EMPTY(head2)) \ (head2)->stqh_last = &STAILQ_FIRST(head2); \ } while (0) /* * List declarations. */ #define LIST_HEAD(name, type) \ struct name { \ struct type *lh_first; /* first element */ \ } #define LIST_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head) \ { NULL } #define LIST_ENTRY(type) \ struct { \ struct type *le_next; /* next element */ \ struct type **le_prev; /* address of previous next element */ \ } /* * List functions. */ #if (defined(_KERNEL) && defined(INVARIANTS)) #define QMD_LIST_CHECK_HEAD(head, field) do { \ if (LIST_FIRST((head)) != NULL && \ LIST_FIRST((head))->field.le_prev != \ &LIST_FIRST((head))) \ panic("Bad list head %p first->prev != head", (head)); \ } while (0) #define QMD_LIST_CHECK_NEXT(elm, field) do { \ if (LIST_NEXT((elm), field) != NULL && \ LIST_NEXT((elm), field)->field.le_prev != \ &((elm)->field.le_next)) \ panic("Bad link elm %p next->prev != elm", (elm)); \ } while (0) #define QMD_LIST_CHECK_PREV(elm, field) do { \ if (*(elm)->field.le_prev != (elm)) \ panic("Bad link elm %p prev->next != elm", (elm)); \ } while (0) #else #define QMD_LIST_CHECK_HEAD(head, field) #define QMD_LIST_CHECK_NEXT(elm, field) #define QMD_LIST_CHECK_PREV(elm, field) #endif /* (_KERNEL && INVARIANTS) */ #define LIST_EMPTY(head) ((head)->lh_first == NULL) #define LIST_FIRST(head) ((head)->lh_first) #define LIST_FOREACH(var, head, field) \ for ((var) = LIST_FIRST((head)); \ (var); \ (var) = LIST_NEXT((var), field)) #define LIST_FOREACH_SAFE(var, head, field, tvar) \ for ((var) = LIST_FIRST((head)); \ (var) && ((tvar) = LIST_NEXT((var), field), 1); \ (var) = (tvar)) #define LIST_INIT(head) do { \ LIST_FIRST((head)) = NULL; \ } while (0) #define LIST_INSERT_AFTER(listelm, elm, field) do { \ QMD_LIST_CHECK_NEXT(listelm, field); \ if ((LIST_NEXT((elm), field) = LIST_NEXT((listelm), field)) != NULL)\ LIST_NEXT((listelm), field)->field.le_prev = \ &LIST_NEXT((elm), field); \ LIST_NEXT((listelm), field) = (elm); \ (elm)->field.le_prev = &LIST_NEXT((listelm), field); \ } while (0) #define LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(listelm, elm, field) do { \ QMD_LIST_CHECK_PREV(listelm, field); \ (elm)->field.le_prev = (listelm)->field.le_prev; \ LIST_NEXT((elm), field) = (listelm); \ *(listelm)->field.le_prev = (elm); \ (listelm)->field.le_prev = &LIST_NEXT((elm), field); \ } while (0) #define LIST_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do { \ QMD_LIST_CHECK_HEAD((head), field); \ if ((LIST_NEXT((elm), field) = LIST_FIRST((head))) != NULL) \ LIST_FIRST((head))->field.le_prev = &LIST_NEXT((elm), field);\ LIST_FIRST((head)) = (elm); \ (elm)->field.le_prev = &LIST_FIRST((head)); \ } while (0) #define LIST_NEXT(elm, field) ((elm)->field.le_next) #define LIST_REMOVE(elm, field) do { \ QMD_SAVELINK(oldnext, (elm)->field.le_next); \ QMD_SAVELINK(oldprev, (elm)->field.le_prev); \ QMD_LIST_CHECK_NEXT(elm, field); \ QMD_LIST_CHECK_PREV(elm, field); \ if (LIST_NEXT((elm), field) != NULL) \ LIST_NEXT((elm), field)->field.le_prev = \ (elm)->field.le_prev; \ *(elm)->field.le_prev = LIST_NEXT((elm), field); \ TRASHIT(*oldnext); \ TRASHIT(*oldprev); \ } while (0) #define LIST_SWAP(head1, head2, type, field) do { \ struct type *swap_tmp = LIST_FIRST((head1)); \ LIST_FIRST((head1)) = LIST_FIRST((head2)); \ LIST_FIRST((head2)) = swap_tmp; \ if ((swap_tmp = LIST_FIRST((head1))) != NULL) \ swap_tmp->field.le_prev = &LIST_FIRST((head1)); \ if ((swap_tmp = LIST_FIRST((head2))) != NULL) \ swap_tmp->field.le_prev = &LIST_FIRST((head2)); \ } while (0) /* * Tail queue declarations. */ #define TAILQ_HEAD(name, type) \ struct name { \ struct type *tqh_first; /* first element */ \ struct type **tqh_last; /* addr of last next element */ \ TRACEBUF \ } #define TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(head) \ { NULL, &(head).tqh_first } #define TAILQ_ENTRY(type) \ struct { \ struct type *tqe_next; /* next element */ \ struct type **tqe_prev; /* address of previous next element */ \ TRACEBUF \ } /* * Tail queue functions. */ #if (defined(_KERNEL) && defined(INVARIANTS)) #define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_HEAD(head, field) do { \ if (!TAILQ_EMPTY(head) && \ TAILQ_FIRST((head))->field.tqe_prev != \ &TAILQ_FIRST((head))) \ panic("Bad tailq head %p first->prev != head", (head)); \ } while (0) #define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_TAIL(head, field) do { \ if (*(head)->tqh_last != NULL) \ panic("Bad tailq NEXT(%p->tqh_last) != NULL", (head)); \ } while (0) #define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_NEXT(elm, field) do { \ if (TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) != NULL && \ TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field)->field.tqe_prev != \ &((elm)->field.tqe_next)) \ panic("Bad link elm %p next->prev != elm", (elm)); \ } while (0) #define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_PREV(elm, field) do { \ if (*(elm)->field.tqe_prev != (elm)) \ panic("Bad link elm %p prev->next != elm", (elm)); \ } while (0) #else #define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_HEAD(head, field) #define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_TAIL(head, headname) #define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_NEXT(elm, field) #define QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_PREV(elm, field) #endif /* (_KERNEL && INVARIANTS) */ #define TAILQ_CONCAT(head1, head2, field) do { \ if (!TAILQ_EMPTY(head2)) { \ *(head1)->tqh_last = (head2)->tqh_first; \ (head2)->tqh_first->field.tqe_prev = (head1)->tqh_last; \ (head1)->tqh_last = (head2)->tqh_last; \ TAILQ_INIT((head2)); \ QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head1); \ QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head2); \ } \ } while (0) #define TAILQ_EMPTY(head) ((head)->tqh_first == NULL) #define TAILQ_FIRST(head) ((head)->tqh_first) #define TAILQ_FOREACH(var, head, field) \ for ((var) = TAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ (var); \ (var) = TAILQ_NEXT((var), field)) #define TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(var, head, field, tvar) \ for ((var) = TAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ (var) && ((tvar) = TAILQ_NEXT((var), field), 1); \ (var) = (tvar)) #define TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(var, head, headname, field) \ for ((var) = TAILQ_LAST((head), headname); \ (var); \ (var) = TAILQ_PREV((var), headname, field)) #define TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE(var, head, headname, field, tvar) \ for ((var) = TAILQ_LAST((head), headname); \ (var) && ((tvar) = TAILQ_PREV((var), headname, field), 1); \ (var) = (tvar)) #define TAILQ_INIT(head) do { \ TAILQ_FIRST((head)) = NULL; \ (head)->tqh_last = &TAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head); \ } while (0) #define TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(head, listelm, elm, field) do { \ QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_NEXT(listelm, field); \ if ((TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = TAILQ_NEXT((listelm), field)) != NULL)\ TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field)->field.tqe_prev = \ &TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ else { \ (head)->tqh_last = &TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head); \ } \ TAILQ_NEXT((listelm), field) = (elm); \ (elm)->field.tqe_prev = &TAILQ_NEXT((listelm), field); \ QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&(elm)->field); \ QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&listelm->field); \ } while (0) #define TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(listelm, elm, field) do { \ QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_PREV(listelm, field); \ (elm)->field.tqe_prev = (listelm)->field.tqe_prev; \ TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = (listelm); \ *(listelm)->field.tqe_prev = (elm); \ (listelm)->field.tqe_prev = &TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&(elm)->field); \ QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&listelm->field); \ } while (0) #define TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(head, elm, field) do { \ QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_HEAD(head, field); \ if ((TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = TAILQ_FIRST((head))) != NULL) \ TAILQ_FIRST((head))->field.tqe_prev = \ &TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ else \ (head)->tqh_last = &TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ TAILQ_FIRST((head)) = (elm); \ (elm)->field.tqe_prev = &TAILQ_FIRST((head)); \ QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head); \ QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&(elm)->field); \ } while (0) #define TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(head, elm, field) do { \ QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_TAIL(head, field); \ TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field) = NULL; \ (elm)->field.tqe_prev = (head)->tqh_last; \ *(head)->tqh_last = (elm); \ (head)->tqh_last = &TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head); \ QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&(elm)->field); \ } while (0) #define TAILQ_LAST(head, headname) \ (*(((struct headname *)((head)->tqh_last))->tqh_last)) #define TAILQ_NEXT(elm, field) ((elm)->field.tqe_next) #define TAILQ_PREV(elm, headname, field) \ (*(((struct headname *)((elm)->field.tqe_prev))->tqh_last)) #define TAILQ_REMOVE(head, elm, field) do { \ QMD_SAVELINK(oldnext, (elm)->field.tqe_next); \ QMD_SAVELINK(oldprev, (elm)->field.tqe_prev); \ QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_NEXT(elm, field); \ QMD_TAILQ_CHECK_PREV(elm, field); \ if ((TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field)) != NULL) \ TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field)->field.tqe_prev = \ (elm)->field.tqe_prev; \ else { \ (head)->tqh_last = (elm)->field.tqe_prev; \ QMD_TRACE_HEAD(head); \ } \ *(elm)->field.tqe_prev = TAILQ_NEXT((elm), field); \ TRASHIT(*oldnext); \ TRASHIT(*oldprev); \ QMD_TRACE_ELEM(&(elm)->field); \ } while (0) #define TAILQ_SWAP(head1, head2, type, field) do { \ struct type *swap_first = (head1)->tqh_first; \ struct type **swap_last = (head1)->tqh_last; \ (head1)->tqh_first = (head2)->tqh_first; \ (head1)->tqh_last = (head2)->tqh_last; \ (head2)->tqh_first = swap_first; \ (head2)->tqh_last = swap_last; \ if ((swap_first = (head1)->tqh_first) != NULL) \ swap_first->field.tqe_prev = &(head1)->tqh_first; \ else \ (head1)->tqh_last = &(head1)->tqh_first; \ if ((swap_first = (head2)->tqh_first) != NULL) \ swap_first->field.tqe_prev = &(head2)->tqh_first; \ else \ (head2)->tqh_last = &(head2)->tqh_first; \ } while (0) #endif /* !_SYS_QUEUE_H_ */ tup-v0.7.8/src/bsd/tree.h000066400000000000000000001177161335323540100152070ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* $NetBSD: tree.h,v 1.8 2004/03/28 19:38:30 provos Exp $ */ /* $OpenBSD: tree.h,v 1.7 2002/10/17 21:51:54 art Exp $ */ /* $FreeBSD$ */ /*- * Copyright 2002 Niels Provos * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef _SYS_TREE_H_ #define _SYS_TREE_H_ /* * This file defines data structures for different types of trees: * splay trees and red-black trees. * * A splay tree is a self-organizing data structure. Every operation * on the tree causes a splay to happen. The splay moves the requested * node to the root of the tree and partly rebalances it. * * This has the benefit that request locality causes faster lookups as * the requested nodes move to the top of the tree. On the other hand, * every lookup causes memory writes. * * The Balance Theorem bounds the total access time for m operations * and n inserts on an initially empty tree as O((m + n)lg n). The * amortized cost for a sequence of m accesses to a splay tree is O(lg n); * * A red-black tree is a binary search tree with the node color as an * extra attribute. It fulfills a set of conditions: * - every search path from the root to a leaf consists of the * same number of black nodes, * - each red node (except for the root) has a black parent, * - each leaf node is black. * * Every operation on a red-black tree is bounded as O(lg n). * The maximum height of a red-black tree is 2lg (n+1). */ #define SPLAY_HEAD(name, type) \ struct name { \ struct type *sph_root; /* root of the tree */ \ } #define SPLAY_INITIALIZER(root) \ { NULL } #define SPLAY_INIT(root) do { \ (root)->sph_root = NULL; \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) #define SPLAY_ENTRY(type) \ struct { \ struct type *spe_left; /* left element */ \ struct type *spe_right; /* right element */ \ } #define SPLAY_LEFT(elm, field) (elm)->field.spe_left #define SPLAY_RIGHT(elm, field) (elm)->field.spe_right #define SPLAY_ROOT(head) (head)->sph_root #define SPLAY_EMPTY(head) (SPLAY_ROOT(head) == NULL) /* SPLAY_ROTATE_{LEFT,RIGHT} expect that tmp hold SPLAY_{RIGHT,LEFT} */ #define SPLAY_ROTATE_RIGHT(head, tmp, field) do { \ SPLAY_LEFT((head)->sph_root, field) = SPLAY_RIGHT(tmp, field); \ SPLAY_RIGHT(tmp, field) = (head)->sph_root; \ (head)->sph_root = tmp; \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) #define SPLAY_ROTATE_LEFT(head, tmp, field) do { \ SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field) = SPLAY_LEFT(tmp, field); \ SPLAY_LEFT(tmp, field) = (head)->sph_root; \ (head)->sph_root = tmp; \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) #define SPLAY_LINKLEFT(head, tmp, field) do { \ SPLAY_LEFT(tmp, field) = (head)->sph_root; \ tmp = (head)->sph_root; \ (head)->sph_root = SPLAY_LEFT((head)->sph_root, field); \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) #define SPLAY_LINKRIGHT(head, tmp, field) do { \ SPLAY_RIGHT(tmp, field) = (head)->sph_root; \ tmp = (head)->sph_root; \ (head)->sph_root = SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field); \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) #define SPLAY_ASSEMBLE(head, node, left, right, field) do { \ SPLAY_RIGHT(left, field) = SPLAY_LEFT((head)->sph_root, field); \ SPLAY_LEFT(right, field) = SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field);\ SPLAY_LEFT((head)->sph_root, field) = SPLAY_RIGHT(node, field); \ SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field) = SPLAY_LEFT(node, field); \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) /* Generates prototypes and inline functions */ #define SPLAY_PROTOTYPE(name, type, field, cmp) \ void name##_SPLAY(struct name *, struct type *); \ void name##_SPLAY_MINMAX(struct name *, int); \ struct type *name##_SPLAY_INSERT(struct name *, struct type *); \ struct type *name##_SPLAY_REMOVE(struct name *, struct type *); \ \ /* Finds the node with the same key as elm */ \ static __inline struct type * \ name##_SPLAY_FIND(struct name *head, struct type *elm) \ { \ if (SPLAY_EMPTY(head)) \ return(NULL); \ name##_SPLAY(head, elm); \ if ((cmp)(elm, (head)->sph_root) == 0) \ return (head->sph_root); \ return (NULL); \ } \ \ static __inline struct type * \ name##_SPLAY_NEXT(struct name *head, struct type *elm) \ { \ name##_SPLAY(head, elm); \ if (SPLAY_RIGHT(elm, field) != NULL) { \ elm = SPLAY_RIGHT(elm, field); \ while (SPLAY_LEFT(elm, field) != NULL) { \ elm = SPLAY_LEFT(elm, field); \ } \ } else \ elm = NULL; \ return (elm); \ } \ \ static __inline struct type * \ name##_SPLAY_MIN_MAX(struct name *head, int val) \ { \ name##_SPLAY_MINMAX(head, val); \ return (SPLAY_ROOT(head)); \ } /* Main splay operation. * Moves node close to the key of elm to top */ #define SPLAY_GENERATE(name, type, field, cmp) \ struct type * \ name##_SPLAY_INSERT(struct name *head, struct type *elm) \ { \ if (SPLAY_EMPTY(head)) { \ SPLAY_LEFT(elm, field) = SPLAY_RIGHT(elm, field) = NULL; \ } else { \ int __comp; \ name##_SPLAY(head, elm); \ __comp = (cmp)(elm, (head)->sph_root); \ if(__comp < 0) { \ SPLAY_LEFT(elm, field) = SPLAY_LEFT((head)->sph_root, field);\ SPLAY_RIGHT(elm, field) = (head)->sph_root; \ SPLAY_LEFT((head)->sph_root, field) = NULL; \ } else if (__comp > 0) { \ SPLAY_RIGHT(elm, field) = SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field);\ SPLAY_LEFT(elm, field) = (head)->sph_root; \ SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field) = NULL; \ } else \ return ((head)->sph_root); \ } \ (head)->sph_root = (elm); \ return (NULL); \ } \ \ struct type * \ name##_SPLAY_REMOVE(struct name *head, struct type *elm) \ { \ struct type *__tmp; \ if (SPLAY_EMPTY(head)) \ return (NULL); \ name##_SPLAY(head, elm); \ if ((cmp)(elm, (head)->sph_root) == 0) { \ if (SPLAY_LEFT((head)->sph_root, field) == NULL) { \ (head)->sph_root = SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field);\ } else { \ __tmp = SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field); \ (head)->sph_root = SPLAY_LEFT((head)->sph_root, field);\ name##_SPLAY(head, elm); \ SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field) = __tmp; \ } \ return (elm); \ } \ return (NULL); \ } \ \ void \ name##_SPLAY(struct name *head, struct type *elm) \ { \ struct type __node, *__left, *__right, *__tmp; \ int __comp; \ \ SPLAY_LEFT(&__node, field) = SPLAY_RIGHT(&__node, field) = NULL;\ __left = __right = &__node; \ \ while ((__comp = (cmp)(elm, (head)->sph_root)) != 0) { \ if (__comp < 0) { \ __tmp = SPLAY_LEFT((head)->sph_root, field); \ if (__tmp == NULL) \ break; \ if ((cmp)(elm, __tmp) < 0){ \ SPLAY_ROTATE_RIGHT(head, __tmp, field); \ if (SPLAY_LEFT((head)->sph_root, field) == NULL)\ break; \ } \ SPLAY_LINKLEFT(head, __right, field); \ } else if (__comp > 0) { \ __tmp = SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field); \ if (__tmp == NULL) \ break; \ if ((cmp)(elm, __tmp) > 0){ \ SPLAY_ROTATE_LEFT(head, __tmp, field); \ if (SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field) == NULL)\ break; \ } \ SPLAY_LINKRIGHT(head, __left, field); \ } \ } \ SPLAY_ASSEMBLE(head, &__node, __left, __right, field); \ } \ \ /* Splay with either the minimum or the maximum element \ * Used to find minimum or maximum element in tree. \ */ \ void name##_SPLAY_MINMAX(struct name *head, int __comp) \ { \ struct type __node, *__left, *__right, *__tmp; \ \ SPLAY_LEFT(&__node, field) = SPLAY_RIGHT(&__node, field) = NULL;\ __left = __right = &__node; \ \ while (1) { \ if (__comp < 0) { \ __tmp = SPLAY_LEFT((head)->sph_root, field); \ if (__tmp == NULL) \ break; \ if (__comp < 0){ \ SPLAY_ROTATE_RIGHT(head, __tmp, field); \ if (SPLAY_LEFT((head)->sph_root, field) == NULL)\ break; \ } \ SPLAY_LINKLEFT(head, __right, field); \ } else if (__comp > 0) { \ __tmp = SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field); \ if (__tmp == NULL) \ break; \ if (__comp > 0) { \ SPLAY_ROTATE_LEFT(head, __tmp, field); \ if (SPLAY_RIGHT((head)->sph_root, field) == NULL)\ break; \ } \ SPLAY_LINKRIGHT(head, __left, field); \ } \ } \ SPLAY_ASSEMBLE(head, &__node, __left, __right, field); \ } #define SPLAY_NEGINF -1 #define SPLAY_INF 1 #define SPLAY_INSERT(name, x, y) name##_SPLAY_INSERT(x, y) #define SPLAY_REMOVE(name, x, y) name##_SPLAY_REMOVE(x, y) #define SPLAY_FIND(name, x, y) name##_SPLAY_FIND(x, y) #define SPLAY_NEXT(name, x, y) name##_SPLAY_NEXT(x, y) #define SPLAY_MIN(name, x) (SPLAY_EMPTY(x) ? NULL \ : name##_SPLAY_MIN_MAX(x, SPLAY_NEGINF)) #define SPLAY_MAX(name, x) (SPLAY_EMPTY(x) ? NULL \ : name##_SPLAY_MIN_MAX(x, SPLAY_INF)) #define SPLAY_FOREACH(x, name, head) \ for ((x) = SPLAY_MIN(name, head); \ (x) != NULL; \ (x) = SPLAY_NEXT(name, head, x)) /* Macros that define a red-black tree */ #define RB_HEAD(name, type) \ struct name { \ struct type *rbh_root; /* root of the tree */ \ } #define RB_INITIALIZER(root) \ { NULL } #define RB_INIT(root) do { \ (root)->rbh_root = NULL; \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) #define RB_BLACK 0 #define RB_RED 1 #define RB_ENTRY(type) \ struct { \ struct type *rbe_left; /* left element */ \ struct type *rbe_right; /* right element */ \ struct type *rbe_parent; /* parent element */ \ int rbe_color; /* node color */ \ } #define RB_LEFT(elm, field) (elm)->field.rbe_left #define RB_RIGHT(elm, field) (elm)->field.rbe_right #define RB_PARENT(elm, field) (elm)->field.rbe_parent #define RB_COLOR(elm, field) (elm)->field.rbe_color #define RB_ROOT(head) (head)->rbh_root #define RB_EMPTY(head) (RB_ROOT(head) == NULL) #define RB_SET(elm, parent, field) do { \ RB_PARENT(elm, field) = parent; \ RB_LEFT(elm, field) = RB_RIGHT(elm, field) = NULL; \ RB_COLOR(elm, field) = RB_RED; \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) #define RB_SET_BLACKRED(black, red, field) do { \ RB_COLOR(black, field) = RB_BLACK; \ RB_COLOR(red, field) = RB_RED; \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) #ifndef RB_AUGMENT #define RB_AUGMENT(x) do {} while (0) #endif #define RB_ROTATE_LEFT(head, elm, tmp, field) do { \ (tmp) = RB_RIGHT(elm, field); \ if ((RB_RIGHT(elm, field) = RB_LEFT(tmp, field)) != NULL) { \ RB_PARENT(RB_LEFT(tmp, field), field) = (elm); \ } \ RB_AUGMENT(elm); \ if ((RB_PARENT(tmp, field) = RB_PARENT(elm, field)) != NULL) { \ if ((elm) == RB_LEFT(RB_PARENT(elm, field), field)) \ RB_LEFT(RB_PARENT(elm, field), field) = (tmp); \ else \ RB_RIGHT(RB_PARENT(elm, field), field) = (tmp); \ } else \ (head)->rbh_root = (tmp); \ RB_LEFT(tmp, field) = (elm); \ RB_PARENT(elm, field) = (tmp); \ RB_AUGMENT(tmp); \ if ((RB_PARENT(tmp, field))) \ RB_AUGMENT(RB_PARENT(tmp, field)); \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) #define RB_ROTATE_RIGHT(head, elm, tmp, field) do { \ (tmp) = RB_LEFT(elm, field); \ if ((RB_LEFT(elm, field) = RB_RIGHT(tmp, field)) != NULL) { \ RB_PARENT(RB_RIGHT(tmp, field), field) = (elm); \ } \ RB_AUGMENT(elm); \ if ((RB_PARENT(tmp, field) = RB_PARENT(elm, field)) != NULL) { \ if ((elm) == RB_LEFT(RB_PARENT(elm, field), field)) \ RB_LEFT(RB_PARENT(elm, field), field) = (tmp); \ else \ RB_RIGHT(RB_PARENT(elm, field), field) = (tmp); \ } else \ (head)->rbh_root = (tmp); \ RB_RIGHT(tmp, field) = (elm); \ RB_PARENT(elm, field) = (tmp); \ RB_AUGMENT(tmp); \ if ((RB_PARENT(tmp, field))) \ RB_AUGMENT(RB_PARENT(tmp, field)); \ } while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) /* Generates prototypes and inline functions */ #define RB_PROTOTYPE(name, type, field, cmp) \ RB_PROTOTYPE_INTERNAL(name, type, field, cmp,) #define RB_PROTOTYPE_STATIC(name, type, field, cmp) \ RB_PROTOTYPE_INTERNAL(name, type, field, cmp, __unused static) #define RB_PROTOTYPE_INTERNAL(name, type, field, cmp, attr) \ attr void name##_RB_INSERT_COLOR(struct name *, struct type *); \ attr void name##_RB_REMOVE_COLOR(struct name *, struct type *, struct type *);\ attr struct type *name##_RB_REMOVE(struct name *, struct type *); \ attr struct type *name##_RB_INSERT(struct name *, struct type *); \ attr struct type *name##_RB_FIND(struct name *, struct type *); \ attr struct type *name##_RB_NFIND(struct name *, struct type *); \ attr struct type *name##_RB_NEXT(struct type *); \ attr struct type *name##_RB_PREV(struct type *); \ attr struct type *name##_RB_MINMAX(struct name *, int); \ \ /* Main rb operation. * Moves node close to the key of elm to top */ #define RB_GENERATE(name, type, field, cmp) \ RB_GENERATE_INTERNAL(name, type, field, cmp,) #define RB_GENERATE_STATIC(name, type, field, cmp) \ RB_GENERATE_INTERNAL(name, type, field, cmp, __unused static) #define RB_GENERATE_INTERNAL(name, type, field, cmp, attr) \ attr void \ name##_RB_INSERT_COLOR(struct name *head, struct type *elm) \ { \ struct type *parent, *gparent, *tmp; \ while ((parent = RB_PARENT(elm, field)) != NULL && \ RB_COLOR(parent, field) == RB_RED) { \ gparent = RB_PARENT(parent, field); \ if (parent == RB_LEFT(gparent, field)) { \ tmp = RB_RIGHT(gparent, field); \ if (tmp && RB_COLOR(tmp, field) == RB_RED) { \ RB_COLOR(tmp, field) = RB_BLACK; \ RB_SET_BLACKRED(parent, gparent, field);\ elm = gparent; \ continue; \ } \ if (RB_RIGHT(parent, field) == elm) { \ RB_ROTATE_LEFT(head, parent, tmp, field);\ tmp = parent; \ parent = elm; \ elm = tmp; \ } \ RB_SET_BLACKRED(parent, gparent, field); \ RB_ROTATE_RIGHT(head, gparent, tmp, field); \ } else { \ tmp = RB_LEFT(gparent, field); \ if (tmp && RB_COLOR(tmp, field) == RB_RED) { \ RB_COLOR(tmp, field) = RB_BLACK; \ RB_SET_BLACKRED(parent, gparent, field);\ elm = gparent; \ continue; \ } \ if (RB_LEFT(parent, field) == elm) { \ RB_ROTATE_RIGHT(head, parent, tmp, field);\ tmp = parent; \ parent = elm; \ elm = tmp; \ } \ RB_SET_BLACKRED(parent, gparent, field); \ RB_ROTATE_LEFT(head, gparent, tmp, field); \ } \ } \ RB_COLOR(head->rbh_root, field) = RB_BLACK; \ } \ \ attr void \ name##_RB_REMOVE_COLOR(struct name *head, struct type *parent, struct type *elm) \ { \ struct type *tmp; \ while ((elm == NULL || RB_COLOR(elm, field) == RB_BLACK) && \ elm != RB_ROOT(head)) { \ if (RB_LEFT(parent, field) == elm) { \ tmp = RB_RIGHT(parent, field); \ if (RB_COLOR(tmp, field) == RB_RED) { \ RB_SET_BLACKRED(tmp, parent, field); \ RB_ROTATE_LEFT(head, parent, tmp, field);\ tmp = RB_RIGHT(parent, field); \ } \ if ((RB_LEFT(tmp, field) == NULL || \ RB_COLOR(RB_LEFT(tmp, field), field) == RB_BLACK) &&\ (RB_RIGHT(tmp, field) == NULL || \ RB_COLOR(RB_RIGHT(tmp, field), field) == RB_BLACK)) {\ RB_COLOR(tmp, field) = RB_RED; \ elm = parent; \ parent = RB_PARENT(elm, field); \ } else { \ if (RB_RIGHT(tmp, field) == NULL || \ RB_COLOR(RB_RIGHT(tmp, field), field) == RB_BLACK) {\ struct type *oleft; \ if ((oleft = RB_LEFT(tmp, field)) \ != NULL) \ RB_COLOR(oleft, field) = RB_BLACK;\ RB_COLOR(tmp, field) = RB_RED; \ RB_ROTATE_RIGHT(head, tmp, oleft, field);\ tmp = RB_RIGHT(parent, field); \ } \ RB_COLOR(tmp, field) = RB_COLOR(parent, field);\ RB_COLOR(parent, field) = RB_BLACK; \ if (RB_RIGHT(tmp, field)) \ RB_COLOR(RB_RIGHT(tmp, field), field) = RB_BLACK;\ RB_ROTATE_LEFT(head, parent, tmp, field);\ elm = RB_ROOT(head); \ break; \ } \ } else { \ tmp = RB_LEFT(parent, field); \ if (RB_COLOR(tmp, field) == RB_RED) { \ RB_SET_BLACKRED(tmp, parent, field); \ RB_ROTATE_RIGHT(head, parent, tmp, field);\ tmp = RB_LEFT(parent, field); \ } \ if ((RB_LEFT(tmp, field) == NULL || \ RB_COLOR(RB_LEFT(tmp, field), field) == RB_BLACK) &&\ (RB_RIGHT(tmp, field) == NULL || \ RB_COLOR(RB_RIGHT(tmp, field), field) == RB_BLACK)) {\ RB_COLOR(tmp, field) = RB_RED; \ elm = parent; \ parent = RB_PARENT(elm, field); \ } else { \ if (RB_LEFT(tmp, field) == NULL || \ RB_COLOR(RB_LEFT(tmp, field), field) == RB_BLACK) {\ struct type *oright; \ if ((oright = RB_RIGHT(tmp, field)) \ != NULL) \ RB_COLOR(oright, field) = RB_BLACK;\ RB_COLOR(tmp, field) = RB_RED; \ RB_ROTATE_LEFT(head, tmp, oright, field);\ tmp = RB_LEFT(parent, field); \ } \ RB_COLOR(tmp, field) = RB_COLOR(parent, field);\ RB_COLOR(parent, field) = RB_BLACK; \ if (RB_LEFT(tmp, field)) \ RB_COLOR(RB_LEFT(tmp, field), field) = RB_BLACK;\ RB_ROTATE_RIGHT(head, parent, tmp, field);\ elm = RB_ROOT(head); \ break; \ } \ } \ } \ if (elm) \ RB_COLOR(elm, field) = RB_BLACK; \ } \ \ attr struct type * \ name##_RB_REMOVE(struct name *head, struct type *elm) \ { \ struct type *child, *parent, *old = elm; \ int color; \ if (RB_LEFT(elm, field) == NULL) \ child = RB_RIGHT(elm, field); \ else if (RB_RIGHT(elm, field) == NULL) \ child = RB_LEFT(elm, field); \ else { \ struct type *left; \ elm = RB_RIGHT(elm, field); \ while ((left = RB_LEFT(elm, field)) != NULL) \ elm = left; \ child = RB_RIGHT(elm, field); \ parent = RB_PARENT(elm, field); \ color = RB_COLOR(elm, field); \ if (child) \ RB_PARENT(child, field) = parent; \ if (parent) { \ if (RB_LEFT(parent, field) == elm) \ RB_LEFT(parent, field) = child; \ else \ RB_RIGHT(parent, field) = child; \ RB_AUGMENT(parent); \ } else \ RB_ROOT(head) = child; \ if (RB_PARENT(elm, field) == old) \ parent = elm; \ (elm)->field = (old)->field; \ if (RB_PARENT(old, field)) { \ if (RB_LEFT(RB_PARENT(old, field), field) == old)\ RB_LEFT(RB_PARENT(old, field), field) = elm;\ else \ RB_RIGHT(RB_PARENT(old, field), field) = elm;\ RB_AUGMENT(RB_PARENT(old, field)); \ } else \ RB_ROOT(head) = elm; \ RB_PARENT(RB_LEFT(old, field), field) = elm; \ if (RB_RIGHT(old, field)) \ RB_PARENT(RB_RIGHT(old, field), field) = elm; \ if (parent) { \ left = parent; \ do { \ RB_AUGMENT(left); \ } while ((left = RB_PARENT(left, field)) != NULL); \ } \ goto color; \ } \ parent = RB_PARENT(elm, field); \ color = RB_COLOR(elm, field); \ if (child) \ RB_PARENT(child, field) = parent; \ if (parent) { \ if (RB_LEFT(parent, field) == elm) \ RB_LEFT(parent, field) = child; \ else \ RB_RIGHT(parent, field) = child; \ RB_AUGMENT(parent); \ } else \ RB_ROOT(head) = child; \ color: \ if (color == RB_BLACK) \ name##_RB_REMOVE_COLOR(head, parent, child); \ return (old); \ } \ \ /* Inserts a node into the RB tree */ \ attr struct type * \ name##_RB_INSERT(struct name *head, struct type *elm) \ { \ struct type *tmp; \ struct type *parent = NULL; \ int comp = 0; \ tmp = RB_ROOT(head); \ while (tmp) { \ parent = tmp; \ comp = (cmp)(elm, parent); \ if (comp < 0) \ tmp = RB_LEFT(tmp, field); \ else if (comp > 0) \ tmp = RB_RIGHT(tmp, field); \ else \ return (tmp); \ } \ RB_SET(elm, parent, field); \ if (parent != NULL) { \ if (comp < 0) \ RB_LEFT(parent, field) = elm; \ else \ RB_RIGHT(parent, field) = elm; \ RB_AUGMENT(parent); \ } else \ RB_ROOT(head) = elm; \ name##_RB_INSERT_COLOR(head, elm); \ return (NULL); \ } \ \ /* Finds the node with the same key as elm */ \ attr struct type * \ name##_RB_FIND(struct name *head, struct type *elm) \ { \ struct type *tmp = RB_ROOT(head); \ int comp; \ while (tmp) { \ comp = cmp(elm, tmp); \ if (comp < 0) \ tmp = RB_LEFT(tmp, field); \ else if (comp > 0) \ tmp = RB_RIGHT(tmp, field); \ else \ return (tmp); \ } \ return (NULL); \ } \ \ /* Finds the first node greater than or equal to the search key */ \ attr struct type * \ name##_RB_NFIND(struct name *head, struct type *elm) \ { \ struct type *tmp = RB_ROOT(head); \ struct type *res = NULL; \ int comp; \ while (tmp) { \ comp = cmp(elm, tmp); \ if (comp < 0) { \ res = tmp; \ tmp = RB_LEFT(tmp, field); \ } \ else if (comp > 0) \ tmp = RB_RIGHT(tmp, field); \ else \ return (tmp); \ } \ return (res); \ } \ \ /* ARGSUSED */ \ attr struct type * \ name##_RB_NEXT(struct type *elm) \ { \ if (RB_RIGHT(elm, field)) { \ elm = RB_RIGHT(elm, field); \ while (RB_LEFT(elm, field)) \ elm = RB_LEFT(elm, field); \ } else { \ if (RB_PARENT(elm, field) && \ (elm == RB_LEFT(RB_PARENT(elm, field), field))) \ elm = RB_PARENT(elm, field); \ else { \ while (RB_PARENT(elm, field) && \ (elm == RB_RIGHT(RB_PARENT(elm, field), field)))\ elm = RB_PARENT(elm, field); \ elm = RB_PARENT(elm, field); \ } \ } \ return (elm); \ } \ \ /* ARGSUSED */ \ attr struct type * \ name##_RB_PREV(struct type *elm) \ { \ if (RB_LEFT(elm, field)) { \ elm = RB_LEFT(elm, field); \ while (RB_RIGHT(elm, field)) \ elm = RB_RIGHT(elm, field); \ } else { \ if (RB_PARENT(elm, field) && \ (elm == RB_RIGHT(RB_PARENT(elm, field), field))) \ elm = RB_PARENT(elm, field); \ else { \ while (RB_PARENT(elm, field) && \ (elm == RB_LEFT(RB_PARENT(elm, field), field)))\ elm = RB_PARENT(elm, field); \ elm = RB_PARENT(elm, field); \ } \ } \ return (elm); \ } \ \ attr struct type * \ name##_RB_MINMAX(struct name *head, int val) \ { \ struct type *tmp = RB_ROOT(head); \ struct type *parent = NULL; \ while (tmp) { \ parent = tmp; \ if (val < 0) \ tmp = RB_LEFT(tmp, field); \ else \ tmp = RB_RIGHT(tmp, field); \ } \ return (parent); \ } #define RB_NEGINF -1 #define RB_INF 1 #define RB_INSERT(name, x, y) name##_RB_INSERT(x, y) #define RB_REMOVE(name, x, y) name##_RB_REMOVE(x, y) #define RB_FIND(name, x, y) name##_RB_FIND(x, y) #define RB_NFIND(name, x, y) name##_RB_NFIND(x, y) #define RB_NEXT(name, x, y) name##_RB_NEXT(y) #define RB_PREV(name, x, y) name##_RB_PREV(y) #define RB_MIN(name, x) name##_RB_MINMAX(x, RB_NEGINF) #define RB_MAX(name, x) name##_RB_MINMAX(x, RB_INF) #define RB_FOREACH(x, name, head) \ for ((x) = RB_MIN(name, head); \ (x) != NULL; \ (x) = name##_RB_NEXT(x)) #define RB_FOREACH_FROM(x, name, y) \ for ((x) = (y); \ ((x) != NULL) && ((y) = name##_RB_NEXT(x), (x) != NULL); \ (x) = (y)) #define RB_FOREACH_SAFE(x, name, head, y) \ for ((x) = RB_MIN(name, head); \ ((x) != NULL) && ((y) = name##_RB_NEXT(x), (x) != NULL); \ (x) = (y)) #define RB_FOREACH_REVERSE(x, name, head) \ for ((x) = RB_MAX(name, head); \ (x) != NULL; \ (x) = name##_RB_PREV(x)) #define RB_FOREACH_REVERSE_FROM(x, name, y) \ for ((x) = (y); \ ((x) != NULL) && ((y) = name##_RB_PREV(x), (x) != NULL); \ (x) = (y)) #define RB_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE(x, name, head, y) \ for ((x) = RB_MAX(name, head); \ ((x) != NULL) && ((y) = name##_RB_PREV(x), (x) != NULL); \ (x) = (y)) #endif /* _SYS_TREE_H_ */ tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100145755ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000014431335323540100161320ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules # Changes here need to be reflected in the build.sh file ifeq ($(TARGET),linux) srcs += utimensat_linux.c srcs += dummy.c endif ifeq ($(TARGET),freebsd) srcs += utimensat_linux.c srcs += dummy.c srcs += clearenv.c endif ifeq ($(TARGET),macosx) srcs += clearenv.c srcs += dir_mutex.c srcs += faccessat.c srcs += fchmodat.c srcs += fchownat.c srcs += fdopendir.c srcs += fstatat.c srcs += mkdirat.c srcs += openat.c srcs += readlinkat.c srcs += renameat.c srcs += symlinkat.c srcs += unlinkat.c srcs += utimensat.c endif ifeq ($(TARGET),solaris) srcs += dir_mutex.c srcs += mkdirat.c srcs += readlinkat.c endif ifeq ($(TARGET),win32) srcs += dir_mutex.c srcs += fstatat.c srcs += mkdirat.c srcs += openat.c srcs += renameat.c srcs += unlinkat.c endif : foreach $(srcs) |> !cc |> tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/clearenv.c000066400000000000000000000016211335323540100165400ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include extern char **environ; int clearenv(void) { environ = NULL; return 0; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/dir_mutex.c000066400000000000000000000030001335323540100167320ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include "dir_mutex.h" #include "tup/compat.h" #include #include #include #include #include pthread_mutex_t dir_mutex; int dir_mutex_enabled = 1; int compat_init(void) { if(pthread_mutex_init(&dir_mutex, NULL) < 0) return -1; return 0; } void compat_lock_enable(void) { dir_mutex_enabled = 1; } void compat_lock_disable(void) { dir_mutex_enabled = 0; } void dir_mutex_lock(int dfd) { if(dir_mutex_enabled) pthread_mutex_lock(&dir_mutex); if(fchdir(dfd) < 0) { perror("fchdir"); fprintf(stderr, "tup error: Failed to fchdir in a compat wrapper function.\n"); exit(1); } } void dir_mutex_unlock(void) { if(dir_mutex_enabled) pthread_mutex_unlock(&dir_mutex); } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/dir_mutex.h000066400000000000000000000017271335323540100167550ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #ifndef tup_compat_dirmutex_h #define tup_compat_dirmutex_h #include extern pthread_mutex_t dir_mutex; void dir_mutex_lock(int dfd); void dir_mutex_unlock(void); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/dummy.c000066400000000000000000000016431335323540100161000ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include "tup/compat.h" int compat_init(void) { return 0; } void compat_lock_enable(void) { } void compat_lock_disable(void) { } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/faccessat.c000066400000000000000000000021131335323540100166720ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include "dir_mutex.h" int faccessat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, int mode, int flags) { int rc; if(flags) {/* No way to access() a symlink? */} dir_mutex_lock(dirfd); rc = access(pathname, mode); dir_mutex_unlock(); return rc; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/fchmodat.c000066400000000000000000000023631335323540100165320ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include #include #include "dir_mutex.h" int fchmodat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, mode_t mode, int flags) { int rc; dir_mutex_lock(dirfd); if(flags & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: fchmodat(AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) not supported in compat library.\n"); rc = -1; errno = ENOSYS; } else { rc = chmod(pathname, mode); } dir_mutex_unlock(); return rc; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/fchownat.c000066400000000000000000000022071335323540100165530ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include "dir_mutex.h" int fchownat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flags) { int rc; dir_mutex_lock(dirfd); if(flags & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) { rc = lchown(pathname, owner, group); } else { rc = chown(pathname, owner, group); } dir_mutex_unlock(); return rc; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/fdopendir.c000066400000000000000000000025511335323540100167160ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include #include DIR *fdopendir(int fd) { #ifdef __APPLE__ char fullpath[MAXPATHLEN]; DIR *d; if(fcntl(fd, F_GETPATH, fullpath) < 0) { perror("fcntl"); fprintf(stderr, "tup error: Unable to convert file descriptor back to pathname in fdopendir() compat library.\n"); return NULL; } if(close(fd) < 0) { perror("close(fd) in tup's OSX fdopendir() wrapper:"); return NULL; } d = opendir(fullpath); return d; #else #error Unsupported platform in fdopendir.c compat library #endif } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/freebsd.h000066400000000000000000000015651335323540100163670ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #ifndef tup_compat_freebsd_h #define tup_compat_freebsd_h int clearenv(void); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/fstatat.c000066400000000000000000000022271335323540100164120ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include #include #include "dir_mutex.h" int fstatat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, struct stat *buf, int flags) { int rc; dir_mutex_lock(dirfd); if(flags & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) { rc = lstat(pathname, buf); } else { rc = stat(pathname, buf); } dir_mutex_unlock(); return rc; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/macosx.h000066400000000000000000000035311335323540100162420ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #ifndef tup_compat_macosx_h #define tup_compat_macosx_h #include #include #include #include /* MacOSX 10.6 does not have *at() functions */ DIR *fdopendir(int fd); int faccessat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, int mode, int flags); int fchmodat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, mode_t mode, int flags); int fchownat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, uid_t owner, gid_t group, int flags); int fstatat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, struct stat *buf, int flags); int mkdirat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, mode_t mode); int openat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, int flags, ...); ssize_t readlinkat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, char *buf, size_t bufsiz); int renameat(int olddirfd, const char *oldpath, int newdirfd, const char *newpath); int symlinkat(const char *oldpath, int newdirfd, const char *newpath); int unlinkat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, int flags); int utimensat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, const struct timespec times[2], int flags); /* clearenv also seems to be missing */ int clearenv(void); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/mkdirat.c000066400000000000000000000021011335323540100163660ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include #include "dir_mutex.h" int mkdirat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, mode_t mode) { int rc; if(mode) {/* for win32 */} dir_mutex_lock(dirfd); rc = mkdir(pathname, mode); dir_mutex_unlock(); return rc; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/openat.c000066400000000000000000000022431335323540100162300ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include #include "dir_mutex.h" int openat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, int flags, ...) { int fd; mode_t mode = 0; dir_mutex_lock(dirfd); if(flags & O_CREAT) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, flags); mode = va_arg(ap, int); va_end(ap); } fd = open(pathname, flags, mode); dir_mutex_unlock(); return fd; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/readlinkat.c000066400000000000000000000020541335323540100170600ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include "dir_mutex.h" ssize_t readlinkat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, char *buf, size_t bufsiz) { int rc; dir_mutex_lock(dirfd); rc = readlink(pathname, buf, bufsiz); dir_mutex_unlock(); return rc; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/renameat.c000066400000000000000000000027741335323540100165470ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include "dir_mutex.h" int renameat(int olddirfd, const char *oldpath, int newdirfd, const char *newpath) { int rc; if(olddirfd != newdirfd) { fprintf(stderr, "tup compat renameat error: olddirfd=%i but newdirfd=%i\n", olddirfd, newdirfd); return -1; } dir_mutex_lock(olddirfd); #ifdef _WIN32 wchar_t woldpath[PATH_MAX]; wchar_t wnewpath[PATH_MAX]; MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, oldpath, -1, woldpath, PATH_MAX); MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, newpath, -1, wnewpath, PATH_MAX); if(MoveFileEx(woldpath, wnewpath, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING)) { rc = 0; } else { rc = -1; } #else rc = rename(oldpath, newpath); #endif dir_mutex_unlock(); return rc; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/symlinkat.c000066400000000000000000000020411335323540100167510ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include "dir_mutex.h" int symlinkat(const char *oldpath, int newdirfd, const char *newpath) { int rc; dir_mutex_lock(newdirfd); rc = symlink(oldpath, newpath); dir_mutex_unlock(); return rc; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/unlinkat.c000066400000000000000000000021021335323540100165610ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include "dir_mutex.h" int unlinkat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, int flags) { int rc; dir_mutex_lock(dirfd); if(flags == AT_REMOVEDIR) rc = rmdir(pathname); else rc = unlink(pathname); dir_mutex_unlock(); return rc; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/utimensat.c000066400000000000000000000025251335323540100167560ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2011-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include #include #include "dir_mutex.h" int utimensat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, const struct timespec times[2], int flags) { int rc; struct timeval tv[2]; tv[0].tv_sec = times[0].tv_sec; tv[0].tv_usec = times[0].tv_nsec / 1000; tv[1].tv_sec = times[1].tv_sec; tv[1].tv_usec = times[1].tv_nsec / 1000; dir_mutex_lock(dirfd); if(flags & AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW) { rc = lutimes(pathname, tv); } else { rc = utimes(pathname, tv); } dir_mutex_unlock(); return rc; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/utimensat.h000066400000000000000000000017221335323540100167610ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #ifndef compat_utimensat_h #define compat_utimensat_h #include int utimensat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, const struct timespec times[2], int flags); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/utimensat_linux.c000066400000000000000000000031221335323540100201670ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #define _GNU_SOURCE #include "compat/utimensat.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include /* Older glibc ( < 2.6) doesn't have utimensat, but we can wrap it pretty * easily with a lesser accurate futimesat */ int utimensat(int dfd, const char *pathname, const struct timespec times[2], int flags) { struct timeval tvs[2]; if(flags) {} #if __NR_utimensat if(syscall(__NR_utimensat, dfd, pathname, times, flags) == 0) return 0; /* If the syscall isn't supported, fallback to futimesat */ if(errno != ENOSYS) return -1; #endif tvs[0].tv_sec = times[0].tv_sec; tvs[0].tv_usec = times[0].tv_nsec / 1000; tvs[1].tv_sec = times[1].tv_sec; tvs[1].tv_usec = times[1].tv_nsec / 1000; return futimesat(dfd, pathname, tvs); } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100155375ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000003171335323540100170730ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules ifeq ($(TARGET),win32) ifeq (@(TUP_PLATFORM),win32) CFLAGS += -DATTRIBUTE_USED=__attribute__((used)) else CFLAGS += '-DATTRIBUTE_USED=__attribute__((used))' endif : foreach *.c |> !cc |> endif tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/close.c000066400000000000000000000017171335323540100170160ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include "dirpath.h" int __wrap_close(int fd) ATTRIBUTE_USED; int __real_close(int fd); int __wrap_close(int fd) { if(!win32_rm_dirpath(fd)) __real_close(fd); return 0; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/detect/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100170075ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/detect/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000002311335323540100203360ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules ifeq ($(TARGET),win32) # Disable warnings - we don't care about the pointer conversion error. CFLAGS = -w : foreach *.c |> !cc32 |> endif tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/detect/tup32detect.c000066400000000000000000000002511335323540100213170ustar00rootroot00000000000000#include #include int main(void) { int ll = (int) LoadLibraryA; int gpa = (int) GetProcAddress; printf("%x-%x\n", ll, gpa); ExitProcess(0); } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/dirpath.c000066400000000000000000000067421335323540100173470ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include "dirpath.h" #include "compat/dir_mutex.h" #include "tup/tupid_tree.h" #include "tup/compat.h" #include "tup/config.h" #include "tup/container.h" #include static struct tupid_entries root = {NULL}; static int dp_fd = 10000; struct dirpath { struct tupid_tree tnode; char *path; }; const char *win32_get_dirpath(int dfd) { struct tupid_tree *tt; if(dfd == tup_top_fd()) { return get_tup_top(); } pthread_mutex_lock(&dir_mutex); tt = tupid_tree_search(&root, dfd); pthread_mutex_unlock(&dir_mutex); if(tt) { struct dirpath *dp = container_of(tt, struct dirpath, tnode); return dp->path; } return NULL; } int win32_add_dirpath(const char *path) { struct dirpath *dp; char buf[PATH_MAX]; int len1 = 0; int len2; dp = malloc(sizeof *dp); if(!dp) { perror("malloc"); return -1; } if(!is_full_path(path)) { /* Relative paths get prefixed with getcwd */ if(getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf)) == NULL) { perror("getcwd"); return -1; } len1 = strlen(buf); } len2 = strlen(path); dp->path = malloc(len1 + len2 + 2); if(!dp->path) { perror("malloc"); return -1; } if(!is_full_path(path)) { /* Relative paths */ memcpy(dp->path, buf, len1); dp->path[len1] = '\\'; memcpy(dp->path+len1+1, path, len2); dp->path[len1 + len2 + 1] = 0; } else { /* Full paths */ memcpy(dp->path, path, len2); dp->path[len2] = 0; } pthread_mutex_lock(&dir_mutex); dp->tnode.tupid = dp_fd; dp_fd++; if(tupid_tree_insert(&root, &dp->tnode) < 0) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: Unable to add dirpath for '%s'\n", path); goto out_err; } pthread_mutex_unlock(&dir_mutex); return dp->tnode.tupid; out_err: pthread_mutex_unlock(&dir_mutex); return -1; } int win32_rm_dirpath(int dfd) { struct tupid_tree *tt; int rc = 0; pthread_mutex_lock(&dir_mutex); tt = tupid_tree_search(&root, dfd); if(tt) { struct dirpath *dp = container_of(tt, struct dirpath, tnode); tupid_tree_rm(&root, tt); free(dp->path); free(dp); rc = 1; } pthread_mutex_unlock(&dir_mutex); return rc; } int win32_dup(int oldfd) { struct tupid_tree *tt; int rc = -2; pthread_mutex_lock(&dir_mutex); tt = tupid_tree_search(&root, oldfd); if(tt) { struct dirpath *dp = container_of(tt, struct dirpath, tnode); struct dirpath *new; new = malloc(sizeof *new); if(!new) { perror("malloc"); goto out_err; } new->path = strdup(dp->path); if(!new->path) { perror("strdup"); goto out_err; } new->tnode.tupid = dp_fd; if(tupid_tree_insert(&root, &new->tnode) < 0) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: Unable to dup fd %i\n", oldfd); goto out_err; } rc = dp_fd; dp_fd++; } pthread_mutex_unlock(&dir_mutex); return rc; out_err: pthread_mutex_unlock(&dir_mutex); return -1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/dirpath.h000066400000000000000000000017511335323540100173470ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #ifndef tup_win32_dirpath_h #define tup_win32_dirpath_h const char *win32_get_dirpath(int dfd); int win32_add_dirpath(const char *path); int win32_rm_dirpath(int dfd); int win32_dup(int oldfd); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/dup.c000066400000000000000000000021031335323540100164670ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include "dirpath.h" int __wrap_dup(int oldfd) ATTRIBUTE_USED; int __real_dup(int oldfd); int __wrap_dup(int oldfd) { int rc; rc = win32_dup(oldfd); /* -1 means we should've win32_dup'd it but it failed */ if(rc == -1) return -1; if(rc > 0) return rc; return __real_dup(oldfd); } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/fchdir.c000066400000000000000000000025541335323540100171500ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include "dirpath.h" #include "tup/compat.h" int fchdir(int fd) { const char *path; path = win32_get_dirpath(fd); if(path) { /* If we are changing to a dir like "C:", then we have to make sure we also * clear the path afterwards. Otherwise just cd'ing to C: will put is back * at whatever last directory we were at in C:, not necessarily at C:\ */ if(is_full_path(path) && strlen(path) == 2) { if(chdir(path) < 0) return -1; return chdir("\\"); } return chdir(path); } errno = EBADF; return -1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/fcntl.c000066400000000000000000000020111335323540100170030ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include int fcntl(int fd, int cmd, int unused) { if(unused) {/* unused */} if(cmd != F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: fcntl Windows wrapper only supports F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC\n"); return -1; } return dup(fd); } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/lstat.c000066400000000000000000000065731335323540100170450ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2015-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include #include #include "tup/compat.h" #define WINDOWS_TICK 10000000 #define SEC_TO_UNIX_EPOCH 11644473600LL static time_t filetime_to_epoch(FILETIME *ft) { long long ticks = (((long long)ft->dwHighDateTime) << 32) + (long long)ft->dwLowDateTime; return (time_t)(ticks / WINDOWS_TICK - SEC_TO_UNIX_EPOCH); } static dev_t stat_dev_for(const wchar_t *wpathname) { DWORD len; wchar_t *fullpath; len = GetFullPathNameW(wpathname, 0, NULL, NULL); fullpath = __builtin_alloca((len + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t)); if(!GetFullPathNameW(wpathname, len, fullpath, NULL)) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: GetFullPathNameW(\"%ls\") failed: 0x%08lx\n", wpathname, GetLastError()); return 0; } if(fullpath[1] != L':') { return 0; } return fullpath[0] - L'A'; } int win_lstat(const char *pathname, struct stat *buf) { WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA data; wchar_t wpathname[PATH_MAX]; MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, pathname, -1, wpathname, PATH_MAX); if(!GetFileAttributesExW(wpathname, GetFileExInfoStandard, &data)) { DWORD err = GetLastError(); if(err == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND || err == ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND) { errno = ENOENT; return -1; } fprintf(stderr, "tup error: GetFileAttributesExW(\"%ls\") failed: 0x%08lx\n", wpathname, err); return -1; } buf->st_dev = stat_dev_for(wpathname); buf->st_rdev = buf->st_dev; buf->st_nlink = 1; buf->st_uid = 0; buf->st_gid = 0; buf->st_ino = 0; buf->st_ctime = filetime_to_epoch(&data.ftCreationTime); buf->st_mtime = filetime_to_epoch(&data.ftLastWriteTime); buf->st_atime = filetime_to_epoch(&data.ftLastAccessTime); buf->st_size = (((__int64)data.nFileSizeHigh) << 32) + (__int64)data.nFileSizeLow; buf->st_mode = 0; /* We could support symlinks on Windows with this, we'd just need to * #define S_IFLNK and S_ISLNK. */ /* if(data.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_REPARSE_POINT) { buf->st_mode |= S_IFLNK; } */ if(data.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) { buf->st_mode |= S_IFDIR | S_IEXEC; } else { const char *ext = strrchr(pathname, '.'); if(ext) { if(!stricmp(ext, ".exe") || !stricmp(ext, ".cmd") || !stricmp(ext, ".pif") || !stricmp(ext, ".bat") || !stricmp(ext, ".com")) { buf->st_mode |= S_IEXEC; } } buf->st_mode |= S_IFREG; } if(!(data.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)) { buf->st_mode |= S_IWRITE; } buf->st_mode |= S_IREAD; /* Propagate user permissions to the group/other bits. */ buf->st_mode |= (buf->st_mode & S_IRWXU) >> 3; buf->st_mode |= (buf->st_mode & S_IRWXU) >> 6; return 0; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/mingw.h000066400000000000000000000041271335323540100170350ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ /* _GNU_SOURCE lets us use the %lli flag correctly */ #define _GNU_SOURCE /* Minimum version is windows Vista (for GetFinalPathNameByHandle, at least) */ #define _WIN32_WINNT 0x600 #define __USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO 1 #include /* get size_t */ #include /* get mode_t (mingw with gcc 4.5) */ #include /* get mode_t (mingw with gcc 4.6) */ #include /* struct stat redirection */ #define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW 0x100 #define O_CLOEXEC 0 #define F_DUPFD_CLOEXEC 1030 #define S_ISLNK(a) 0 #define AT_REMOVEDIR 0x200 /* Use wchar functions for Windows (we use UTF8 internally) */ #define UNICODE #define _UNICODE #define mkdir(a,b) mkdir(a) struct stat; #define lstat(a, b) win_lstat(a, b) int win_lstat(const char *pathname, struct stat *buf); int fchdir(int fd); int fstatat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, struct stat *buf, int flags); int mkstemp(char *template); int openat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, int flags, ...); int unlinkat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, int flags); int readlinkat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, char *buf, size_t bufsiz); int mkdirat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, mode_t mode); int renameat(int olddirfd, const char *oldpath, int newdirfd, const char *newpath); int symlink(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath); int fcntl(int fd, int cmd, int); tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/mmap.c000066400000000000000000000031501335323540100166340ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2013-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include void *mmap(void *addr, size_t length, int prot, int flags, int fd, off_t offset) { union { HANDLE h; intptr_t v; } handle; HANDLE mapping; if(addr) {/*unused */} if(prot) {/*unused */} if(flags) {/*unused */} if(offset) {/*unused */} handle.v = _get_osfhandle(fd); if(handle.h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { fprintf(stderr, "tup mmap windows error: Failed to call _get_osfhandle. Error code=0x%08lx\n", GetLastError()); return MAP_FAILED; } mapping = CreateFileMapping(handle.h, NULL, PAGE_READONLY, 0, length, NULL); if(mapping == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { fprintf(stderr, "tup mmap windows error: Failed to call CreateFileMapping. Error code=0x%08lx\n", GetLastError()); return MAP_FAILED; } return MapViewOfFile(mapping, FILE_MAP_READ, 0, 0, length); } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/open.c000066400000000000000000000052061335323540100166470ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include #include "dirpath.h" int __wrap_open(const char *pathname, int flags, ...) ATTRIBUTE_USED; int __wrap_open(const char *pathname, int flags, ...) { mode_t mode = 0; HANDLE h; SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES sec; DWORD desiredAccess; DWORD creationDisposition; wchar_t wpathname[PATH_MAX]; if(flags & O_CREAT) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, flags); mode = va_arg(ap, int); va_end(ap); } else { DWORD attributes; attributes = GetFileAttributesA(pathname); /* If there was an error getting the file attributes, or if we * are trying to open a normal file, we want to fall through to * the CreateFile case. Only things that we know are * directories go through the special dirpath logic. */ if(attributes != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) { if(attributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) { return win32_add_dirpath(pathname); } } } if(flags & O_RDWR) desiredAccess = GENERIC_WRITE | GENERIC_READ; else if(flags & O_WRONLY) desiredAccess = GENERIC_WRITE; else desiredAccess = GENERIC_READ; if(flags & O_CREAT) creationDisposition = CREATE_ALWAYS; else creationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING; memset(&sec, 0, sizeof(sec)); sec.nLength = sizeof(sec); sec.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL; sec.bInheritHandle = FALSE; /* Need to use CreateFile instead of __real_open so we can set the * default handle inheritance to false. This way we can set the * sub-process' stdout file to inheritable and set handle inheritance * on the process itself. */ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, pathname, -1, wpathname, PATH_MAX); h = CreateFile(wpathname, desiredAccess, 0, &sec, creationDisposition, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL); if(h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { errno = GetLastError(); return -1; } if(mode) if(chmod(pathname, mode) < 0) { return -1; } return _open_osfhandle((intptr_t)h, 0); } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/printf.c000066400000000000000000000070511335323540100172100ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include #include #include int __wrap___mingw_vprintf(const char *format, va_list ap) ATTRIBUTE_USED; int __wrap___mingw_vfprintf(FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list ap) ATTRIBUTE_USED; int __real___mingw_vfprintf(FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list ap); static char * handle_color(HANDLE output, char *p) { enum { fmask = FOREGROUND_BLUE + FOREGROUND_GREEN + FOREGROUND_RED + FOREGROUND_INTENSITY }; enum { bmask = BACKGROUND_BLUE + BACKGROUND_GREEN + BACKGROUND_RED + BACKGROUND_INTENSITY }; static DWORD color = FOREGROUND_BLUE + FOREGROUND_GREEN + FOREGROUND_RED; static int reverted = 0; int v = 0; while(*p >= '0' && *p <= '9') { v = v * 10 + *p++ - '0'; } switch(v) { case 0: reverted = 0; color = FOREGROUND_BLUE + FOREGROUND_GREEN + FOREGROUND_RED; break; case 7: reverted = 1; break; case 31: color = (color & ~fmask) | FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break; case 32: color = (color & ~fmask) | FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break; case 33: color = (color & ~fmask) | FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break; case 34: color = (color & ~fmask) | FOREGROUND_BLUE | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break; case 35: color = (color & ~fmask) | FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_BLUE | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break; case 36: color = (color & ~fmask) | FOREGROUND_BLUE | FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break; case 37: color = (color & ~fmask) | FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_BLUE | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break; case 41: color = (color & ~bmask) | BACKGROUND_RED | BACKGROUND_INTENSITY; break; default:; } SetConsoleTextAttribute( output, reverted? ((color & fmask) << 4) | ((color & bmask) >> 4) : color); return p; } static void parse(HANDLE output, char *p) { char *out = p; DWORD dummy; while(*p) { if(*p++ != '' ) continue; WriteConsoleA(output, out, p - 1 - out, &dummy, NULL); if(*p == '[') p++; p = handle_color(output, p); while(*p == ';') { p++; p = handle_color(output, p); } if(*p == 'm') p++; out = p; } WriteConsoleA(output, out, p - out, &dummy, NULL); } int __wrap___mingw_vprintf(const char *format, va_list ap) { return __wrap___mingw_vfprintf(stdout, format, ap); } int __wrap___mingw_vfprintf(FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list ap) { int rc; DWORD dummy; union { HANDLE h; intptr_t v; } handle; static int inited = 0; if(!inited) { SetConsoleOutputCP(CP_UTF8); inited = 1; } handle.v = _get_osfhandle(fileno(stream)); if(GetConsoleMode(handle.h, &dummy)) { char buf[32 * 1024]; rc = vsnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), format, ap); parse(handle.h, buf); return rc; } else { rc = __real___mingw_vfprintf(stream, format, ap); } fflush(stream); return rc; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/pthread.c000066400000000000000000000060721335323540100173370ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010 James McKaskill * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include "pthread.h" #include typedef struct ThreadData ThreadData; struct ThreadData { pthread_start_t func; void* arg; void* ret; }; static DWORD __stdcall begin_thread(void* arg) { ThreadData* data = (ThreadData*) arg; data->ret = data->func(data->arg); return 0; } int pthread_create( pthread_t* thread, const pthread_attr_t* attr, pthread_start_t func, void* arg) { ThreadData* d = (ThreadData*) malloc(sizeof(ThreadData)); d->func = func; d->arg = arg; d->ret = NULL; (void) attr; thread->data = d; thread->h = CreateThread(NULL, 0, &begin_thread, d, 0, 0); return 0; } int pthread_join( pthread_t thread, void** retarg) { HANDLE h = (HANDLE) thread.h; ThreadData* data = (ThreadData*) thread.data; if (retarg) { *retarg = data->ret; } WaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE); CloseHandle(h); free(data); return 0; } int pthread_mutex_init( pthread_mutex_t* mutex, const pthread_mutexattr_t* attr) { (void) attr; InitializeCriticalSection(mutex); return 0; } int pthread_mutex_destroy(pthread_mutex_t* mutex) { DeleteCriticalSection(mutex); return 0; } /* Condition variable code is from: * http://www.cs.wustl.edu/~schmidt/win32-cv-1.html * * Modified to remove broadcasting. */ int pthread_cond_init(pthread_cond_t *cv, const pthread_condattr_t *attr) { if(attr) {} cv->event = CreateEvent(NULL, /* no security */ FALSE, /* auto-reset event */ FALSE, /* non-signaled initially */ NULL); /* unnamed */ if(cv->event) return 0; return -1; } int pthread_cond_destroy(pthread_cond_t *cond) { CloseHandle(cond->event); return 0; } int pthread_cond_wait(pthread_cond_t *cv, pthread_mutex_t *external_mutex) { int result; /* It's ok to release the here since Win32 * manual-reset events maintain state when used with * . This avoids the "lost wakeup" bug... */ LeaveCriticalSection(external_mutex); /* Wait for the event to become signaled due to pthread_cond_signal */ result = WaitForSingleObject(cv->event, INFINITE); if(result < 0) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: WaitForSingleObject failed.\n"); return -1; } EnterCriticalSection(external_mutex); return 0; } int pthread_cond_signal (pthread_cond_t *cv) { SetEvent(cv->event); return 0; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/pthread.h000066400000000000000000000037211335323540100173420ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010 James McKaskill * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #ifndef tup_compat_win32_pthread_h #define tup_compat_win32_pthread_h #include typedef struct { void* h; void* data; } pthread_t; typedef CRITICAL_SECTION pthread_mutex_t; typedef void pthread_attr_t; typedef void pthread_mutexattr_t; typedef void* (*pthread_start_t)(void*); int pthread_create( pthread_t* thread, const pthread_attr_t* attr, pthread_start_t func, void* arg); int pthread_join( pthread_t thread, void** retarg); int pthread_mutex_init( pthread_mutex_t* mutex, const pthread_mutexattr_t* attr); int pthread_mutex_destroy(pthread_mutex_t *mutex); #define pthread_mutex_lock(plock) EnterCriticalSection(plock) #define pthread_mutex_unlock(plock) LeaveCriticalSection(plock) /* Condition variable code is from: * http://www.cs.wustl.edu/~schmidt/win32-cv-1.html */ typedef struct { HANDLE event; } pthread_cond_t; typedef void pthread_condattr_t; int pthread_cond_destroy(pthread_cond_t *cond); int pthread_cond_init(pthread_cond_t *cond, const pthread_condattr_t *attr); int pthread_cond_signal(pthread_cond_t *cond); int pthread_cond_wait(pthread_cond_t *cond, pthread_mutex_t *mutex); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/readlinkat.c000066400000000000000000000017271335323540100200300ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include int readlinkat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, char *buf, size_t bufsiz) { if(dirfd) {} if(pathname) {} if(buf) {} if(bufsiz) {} errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/symlink.c000066400000000000000000000016511335323540100173740ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include int symlink(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath) { if(oldpath) {} if(newpath) {} errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/sys/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100163555ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/sys/mman.h000066400000000000000000000016751335323540100174670ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2013-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ void *mmap(void *addr, size_t length, int prot, int flags, int fd, off_t offset); #define PROT_READ 0x1 #define MAP_PRIVATE 0x2 #define MAP_FAILED ((void*)-1) tup-v0.7.8/src/compat/win32/tmpfile.c000066400000000000000000000044271335323540100173520ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ /* tmpfile() on Windows will occasionally fail with "Permission denied" because * it seems not to be implemented properly. This is a work-around that creates * a temporary file in the .tup/tmp directory with a sequential ID. It maintains * the delete-on-close semantics of tmpfile() by setting the appropriate flag in * CreateFile(). */ #include #include #include "tup/config.h" #include "compat/dir_mutex.h" FILE *__wrap_tmpfile(void) ATTRIBUTE_USED; FILE *__wrap_tmpfile(void) { static int num = 0; int fd; char filename[64]; wchar_t wfilename[64]; FILE *f = NULL; HANDLE h; dir_mutex_lock(tup_top_fd()); if(mkdir(".tup/tmp", 0777) < 0) { if(errno != EEXIST) { perror(".tup/tmp"); fprintf(stderr, "tup error: Unable to create temporary working directory.\n"); goto err_out; } } snprintf(filename, sizeof(filename), ".tup/tmp/tmpfile-%i", num); filename[sizeof(filename)-1] = 0; num++; /* Need to use CreateFile to be able to set it delete-on-close */ MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, filename, -1, wfilename, PATH_MAX); h = CreateFile(wfilename, GENERIC_WRITE | GENERIC_READ, 0, NULL, CREATE_ALWAYS, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE, NULL); if(h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) goto err_out; /* Convert from HANDLE to FILE* */ fd = _open_osfhandle((intptr_t)h, 0); if(fd < 0) goto err_out; f = fdopen(fd, "w+"); if(!f) { if(!close(fd)) { perror("close(fd) in tmpfile()"); goto err_out; } } err_out: dir_mutex_unlock(); return f; } tup-v0.7.8/src/dllinject/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100152625ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/dllinject/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000002221335323540100166110ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules ifeq ($(TARGET),win32) CFLAGS += -Wno-missing-prototypes CFLAGS += -DNDEBUG : foreach *.c |> !cc |> : foreach *.c |> !cc32 |> endif tup-v0.7.8/src/dllinject/dllinject.c000066400000000000000000002002531335323540100174000ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010 James McKaskill * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #define BUILDING_DLLINJECT #include "dllinject.h" #include "tup/access_event.h" #include "iat_patch.h" #include "hot_patch.h" #include "patch.h" #include "trace.h" #include #include #ifndef STATUS_SUCCESS #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #define __DBG_W64 0 #define __DBG_W32 0 #ifndef __in #define __in #endif #ifndef __out #define __out #endif #ifndef __inout #define __inout #endif #ifndef __in_opt #define __in_opt #endif #ifndef __inout_opt #define __inout_opt #endif #ifndef __reserved #define __reserved #endif typedef HFILE (WINAPI *OpenFile_t)( __in LPCSTR lpFileName, __inout LPOFSTRUCT lpReOpenBuff, __in UINT uStyle); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *DeleteFileA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpFileName); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *DeleteFileW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpFileName); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *DeleteFileTransactedA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpFileName, __in HANDLE hTransaction); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *DeleteFileTransactedW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpFileName, __in HANDLE hTransaction); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *MoveFileA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCSTR lpNewFileName); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *MoveFileW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCWSTR lpNewFileName); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *MoveFileExA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in_opt LPCSTR lpNewFileName, __in DWORD dwFlags); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *MoveFileExW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpNewFileName, __in DWORD dwFlags); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *MoveFileWithProgressA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in_opt LPCSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in DWORD dwFlags); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *MoveFileWithProgressW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in DWORD dwFlags); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *MoveFileTransactedA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in_opt LPCSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in DWORD dwFlags, __in HANDLE hTransaction); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *MoveFileTransactedW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in DWORD dwFlags, __in HANDLE hTransaction); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *ReplaceFileA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpReplacedFileName, __in LPCSTR lpReplacementFileName, __in_opt LPCSTR lpBackupFileName, __in DWORD dwReplaceFlags, __reserved LPVOID lpExclude, __reserved LPVOID lpReserved); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *ReplaceFileW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpReplacedFileName, __in LPCWSTR lpReplacementFileName, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpBackupFileName, __in DWORD dwReplaceFlags, __reserved LPVOID lpExclude, __reserved LPVOID lpReserved); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CopyFileA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCSTR lpNewFileName, __in BOOL bFailIfExists); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CopyFileW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCWSTR lpNewFileName, __in BOOL bFailIfExists); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CopyFileExA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in_opt LPBOOL pbCancel, __in DWORD dwCopyFlags); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CopyFileExW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCWSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in_opt LPBOOL pbCancel, __in DWORD dwCopyFlags); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CopyFileTransactedA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in_opt LPBOOL pbCancel, __in DWORD dwCopyFlags, __in HANDLE hTransaction); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CopyFileTransactedW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCWSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in_opt LPBOOL pbCancel, __in DWORD dwCopyFlags, __in HANDLE hTransaction); typedef DWORD (WINAPI *GetFileAttributesA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpFileName); typedef DWORD (WINAPI *GetFileAttributesW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpFileName); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *GetFileAttributesExA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpFileName, __in GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS fInfoLevelId, __out LPVOID lpFileInformation); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *GetFileAttributesExW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpFileName, __in GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS fInfoLevelId, __out LPVOID lpFileInformation); typedef __out HANDLE (WINAPI *FindFirstFileA_t)( __in LPCSTR lpFileName, __out LPWIN32_FIND_DATAA lpFindFileData); typedef __out HANDLE (WINAPI *FindFirstFileW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpFileName, __out LPWIN32_FIND_DATAW lpFindFileData); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *FindNextFileA_t)( __in HANDLE hFindFile, __out LPWIN32_FIND_DATAA lpFindFileData); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *FindNextFileW_t)( __in HANDLE hFindFile, __out LPWIN32_FIND_DATAW lpFindFileData); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CreateProcessA_t)( __in_opt LPCSTR lpApplicationName, __inout_opt LPSTR lpCommandLine, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpProcessAttributes, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpThreadAttributes, __in BOOL bInheritHandles, __in DWORD dwCreationFlags, __in_opt LPVOID lpEnvironment, __in_opt LPCSTR lpCurrentDirectory, __in LPSTARTUPINFOA lpStartupInfo, __out LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation); typedef BOOL (WINAPI * CreateProcessW_t)( __in_opt LPCWSTR lpApplicationName, __inout_opt LPWSTR lpCommandLine, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpProcessAttributes, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpThreadAttributes, __in BOOL bInheritHandles, __in DWORD dwCreationFlags, __in_opt LPVOID lpEnvironment, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpCurrentDirectory, __in LPSTARTUPINFOW lpStartupInfo, __out LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CreateProcessAsUserA_t)( __in_opt HANDLE hToken, __in_opt LPCSTR lpApplicationName, __inout_opt LPSTR lpCommandLine, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpProcessAttributes, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpThreadAttributes, __in BOOL bInheritHandles, __in DWORD dwCreationFlags, __in_opt LPVOID lpEnvironment, __in_opt LPCSTR lpCurrentDirectory, __in LPSTARTUPINFOA lpStartupInfo, __out LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CreateProcessAsUserW_t)( __in_opt HANDLE hToken, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpApplicationName, __inout_opt LPWSTR lpCommandLine, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpProcessAttributes, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpThreadAttributes, __in BOOL bInheritHandles, __in DWORD dwCreationFlags, __in_opt LPVOID lpEnvironment, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpCurrentDirectory, __in LPSTARTUPINFOW lpStartupInfo, __out LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation ); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CreateProcessWithLogonW_t)( __in LPCWSTR lpUsername, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpDomain, __in LPCWSTR lpPassword, __in DWORD dwLogonFlags, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpApplicationName, __inout_opt LPWSTR lpCommandLine, __in DWORD dwCreationFlags, __in_opt LPVOID lpEnvironment, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpCurrentDirectory, __in LPSTARTUPINFOW lpStartupInfo, __out LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation); typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CreateProcessWithTokenW_t)( __in HANDLE hToken, __in DWORD dwLogonFlags, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpApplicationName, __inout_opt LPWSTR lpCommandLine, __in DWORD dwCreationFlags, __in_opt LPVOID lpEnvironment, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpCurrentDirectory, __in LPSTARTUPINFOW lpStartupInfo, __out LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation); typedef NTSTATUS (WINAPI *NtOpenFile_t)( __out PHANDLE FileHandle, __in ACCESS_MASK DesiredAccess, __in POBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes, __out PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock, __in ULONG ShareAccess, __in ULONG OpenOptions); typedef NTSTATUS (WINAPI *NtCreateFile_t)( __out PHANDLE FileHandle, __in ACCESS_MASK DesiredAccess, __in POBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes, __out PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock, __in_opt PLARGE_INTEGER AllocationSize, __in ULONG FileAttributes, __in ULONG ShareAccess, __in ULONG CreateDisposition, __in ULONG CreateOptions, __in PVOID EaBuffer, __in ULONG EaLength); typedef NTSTATUS (WINAPI *NtCreateUserProcess_t)( PHANDLE ProcessHandle, PHANDLE ThreadHandle, ACCESS_MASK ProcessDesiredAccess, ACCESS_MASK ThreadDesiredAccess, POBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ProcessObjectAttributes, POBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ThreadObjectAttributes, ULONG ProcessFlags, ULONG ThreadFlags, PRTL_USER_PROCESS_PARAMETERS ProcessParameters, ULONG_PTR CreateInfo, ULONG_PTR AttributeList ); typedef NTSTATUS (WINAPI *NtQueryDirectoryFile_t)( HANDLE FileHandle, HANDLE Event, PIO_APC_ROUTINE ApcRoutine, PVOID ApcContext, PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock, PVOID FileInformation, ULONG Length, FILE_INFORMATION_CLASS FileInformationClass, BOOLEAN ReturnSingleEntry, PUNICODE_STRING FileName, BOOLEAN RestartScan); typedef NTSTATUS (WINAPI *NtQueryDirectoryFileEx_t)( HANDLE FileHandle, HANDLE Event, PIO_APC_ROUTINE ApcRoutine, PVOID ApcContext, PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock, PVOID FileInformation, ULONG Length, FILE_INFORMATION_CLASS FileInformationClass, ULONG QueryFlags, PUNICODE_STRING FileName ); typedef NTSTATUS (WINAPI *NtSetInformationFile_t)( HANDLE FileHandle, PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock, PVOID FileInformation, ULONG Length, FILE_INFORMATION_CLASS FileInformationClass ); typedef int (*access_t)(const char *pathname, int mode); typedef int (*rename_t)(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath); static OpenFile_t OpenFile_orig; static DeleteFileA_t DeleteFileA_orig; static DeleteFileW_t DeleteFileW_orig; static DeleteFileTransactedA_t DeleteFileTransactedA_orig; static DeleteFileTransactedW_t DeleteFileTransactedW_orig; static MoveFileA_t MoveFileA_orig; static MoveFileW_t MoveFileW_orig; static MoveFileExA_t MoveFileExA_orig; static MoveFileExW_t MoveFileExW_orig; static MoveFileWithProgressA_t MoveFileWithProgressA_orig; static MoveFileWithProgressW_t MoveFileWithProgressW_orig; static MoveFileTransactedA_t MoveFileTransactedA_orig; static MoveFileTransactedW_t MoveFileTransactedW_orig; static ReplaceFileA_t ReplaceFileA_orig; static ReplaceFileW_t ReplaceFileW_orig; static CopyFileA_t CopyFileA_orig; static CopyFileW_t CopyFileW_orig; static CopyFileExA_t CopyFileExA_orig; static CopyFileExW_t CopyFileExW_orig; static CopyFileTransactedA_t CopyFileTransactedA_orig; static CopyFileTransactedW_t CopyFileTransactedW_orig; static GetFileAttributesA_t GetFileAttributesA_orig; static GetFileAttributesW_t GetFileAttributesW_orig; static GetFileAttributesExA_t GetFileAttributesExA_orig; static GetFileAttributesExW_t GetFileAttributesExW_orig; static FindFirstFileA_t FindFirstFileA_orig; static FindFirstFileW_t FindFirstFileW_orig; static FindNextFileA_t FindNextFileA_orig; static FindNextFileW_t FindNextFileW_orig; static CreateProcessA_t CreateProcessA_orig; static CreateProcessW_t CreateProcessW_orig; static CreateProcessAsUserA_t CreateProcessAsUserA_orig; static CreateProcessAsUserW_t CreateProcessAsUserW_orig; static CreateProcessWithLogonW_t CreateProcessWithLogonW_orig; static CreateProcessWithTokenW_t CreateProcessWithTokenW_orig; static NtCreateFile_t NtCreateFile_orig; static NtOpenFile_t NtOpenFile_orig; static NtCreateUserProcess_t NtCreateUserProcess_orig; static NtQueryDirectoryFile_t NtQueryDirectoryFile_orig; static NtQueryDirectoryFileEx_t NtQueryDirectoryFileEx_orig; static NtSetInformationFile_t NtSetInformationFile_orig; static access_t _access_orig; static rename_t rename_orig; #define TUP_CREATE_WRITE_FLAGS (GENERIC_WRITE | FILE_APPEND_DATA | FILE_WRITE_DATA | FILE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES) /* Including ddk/wdm.h causes other issues, and this is all we need... */ #define FILE_OPEN_FOR_BACKUP_INTENT 0x00004000 #define handle_file(a, b, c) mhandle_file(a, b, c, __LINE__) #define handle_file_w(a, b, c, d) mhandle_file_w(a, b, c, d, __LINE__) static void mhandle_file(const char* file, const char* file2, enum access_type at, int line); static void mhandle_file_w(const wchar_t* file, int filelen, const wchar_t* file2, enum access_type at, int line); static const char *strcasestr(const char *arg1, const char *arg2); static const wchar_t *wcscasestr(const wchar_t *arg1, const wchar_t *arg2); static char s_depfilename[PATH_MAX]; static char s_vardict_file[PATH_MAX]; static HANDLE deph = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; static int writef(const char *data, unsigned int len) { int rc = 0; DWORD num_written; if(!WriteFile(deph, data, len, &num_written, NULL)) { DEBUG_HOOK("failed to write %i bytes\n", len); rc = -1; } if(num_written != len) { DEBUG_HOOK("failed to write exactly %i bytes\n", len); rc = -1; } return rc; } static HFILE WINAPI OpenFile_hook( __in LPCSTR lpFileName, __inout LPOFSTRUCT lpReOpenBuff, __in UINT uStyle) { if (uStyle & OF_DELETE) { handle_file(lpFileName, NULL, ACCESS_UNLINK); } else if (uStyle & (OF_READWRITE | OF_WRITE | OF_SHARE_DENY_WRITE | OF_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE | OF_CREATE)) { handle_file(lpFileName, NULL, ACCESS_WRITE); } else { handle_file(lpFileName, NULL, ACCESS_READ); } return OpenFile_orig( lpFileName, lpReOpenBuff, uStyle); } NTSTATUS WINAPI NtCreateFile_hook( __out PHANDLE FileHandle, __in ACCESS_MASK DesiredAccess, __in POBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes, __out PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock, __in_opt PLARGE_INTEGER AllocationSize, __in ULONG FileAttributes, __in ULONG ShareAccess, __in ULONG CreateDisposition, __in ULONG CreateOptions, __in PVOID EaBuffer, __in ULONG EaLength) { NTSTATUS rc = NtCreateFile_orig(FileHandle, DesiredAccess, ObjectAttributes, IoStatusBlock, AllocationSize, FileAttributes, ShareAccess, CreateDisposition, CreateOptions, EaBuffer, EaLength); PUNICODE_STRING uni = ObjectAttributes->ObjectName; DEBUG_HOOK("NtCreateFile[%08x] '%.*ls': %x, %x, %x\n", rc, uni->Length/2, uni->Buffer, ShareAccess, DesiredAccess, CreateOptions); if (rc == STATUS_SUCCESS && DesiredAccess & TUP_CREATE_WRITE_FLAGS) { handle_file_w(uni->Buffer, uni->Length/2, NULL, ACCESS_WRITE); } else { handle_file_w(uni->Buffer, uni->Length/2, NULL, ACCESS_READ); } return rc; } NTSTATUS WINAPI NtOpenFile_hook( __out PHANDLE FileHandle, __in ACCESS_MASK DesiredAccess, __in POBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes, __out PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock, __in ULONG ShareAccess, __in ULONG OpenOptions) { NTSTATUS rc = NtOpenFile_orig(FileHandle, DesiredAccess, ObjectAttributes, IoStatusBlock, ShareAccess, OpenOptions); PUNICODE_STRING uni = ObjectAttributes->ObjectName; DEBUG_HOOK("NtOpenFile[%08x] '%.*ls': %x, %x, %x\n", rc, uni->Length/2, uni->Buffer, ShareAccess, DesiredAccess, OpenOptions); /* The ShareAccess == FILE_SHARE_DELETE check might be specific to how * cygwin handles unlink(). It is very confusing to follow, but it * doesn't ever seem to go through the DeleteFile() route. This is the * only place I've found that seems to be able to hook those events. * * The DesiredAccess & DELETE check is how cygwin does a rename() to * remove the old file. */ if(ShareAccess == FILE_SHARE_DELETE || DesiredAccess & DELETE) { handle_file_w(uni->Buffer, uni->Length/2, NULL, ACCESS_UNLINK); } else if(OpenOptions & FILE_OPEN_FOR_BACKUP_INTENT) { /* The MSVC linker seems to successfully open "prog.ilk" for * reading (when linking "prog.exe"), even though no such file * exists. This confuses tup. It seems that this flag is used * for temporary files, so that should be safe to ignore. */ } else { if (rc == STATUS_SUCCESS && DesiredAccess & TUP_CREATE_WRITE_FLAGS) { handle_file_w(uni->Buffer, uni->Length/2, NULL, ACCESS_WRITE); } else { handle_file_w(uni->Buffer, uni->Length/2, NULL, ACCESS_READ); } } return rc; } NTSTATUS WINAPI NtCreateUserProcess_hook(PHANDLE ProcessHandle, PHANDLE ThreadHandle, ACCESS_MASK ProcessDesiredAccess, ACCESS_MASK ThreadDesiredAccess, POBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ProcessObjectAttributes, POBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ThreadObjectAttributes, ULONG ProcessFlags, ULONG ThreadFlags, PRTL_USER_PROCESS_PARAMETERS ProcessParameters, ULONG_PTR CreateInfo, ULONG_PTR AttributeList) { NTSTATUS rc = NtCreateUserProcess_orig(ProcessHandle, ThreadHandle, ProcessDesiredAccess, ThreadDesiredAccess, ProcessObjectAttributes, ThreadObjectAttributes, ProcessFlags, ThreadFlags, ProcessParameters,CreateInfo, AttributeList); if (rc != STATUS_SUCCESS) { return rc; } TCHAR wbuffer[1024]; if (GetModuleFileNameEx(*ProcessHandle,0,wbuffer,1024)){ char buffer[PATH_MAX]; WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, wbuffer, -1, buffer, PATH_MAX, NULL, NULL); char *exec = strrchr(buffer, '\\'); if (exec == NULL) return rc; exec++; if (strncasecmp(exec, "tup32detect.exe", 15) == 0 || strncasecmp(exec, "mspdbsrv.exe", 12) == 0) return rc; DEBUG_HOOK("NtCreateUser: %s\n", buffer); PROCESS_INFORMATION processInformation; processInformation.hProcess = *ProcessHandle; processInformation.hThread = *ThreadHandle; tup_inject_dll(&processInformation, s_depfilename, s_vardict_file); } return rc; } NTSTATUS WINAPI NtQueryDirectoryFile_hook( HANDLE FileHandle, HANDLE Event, PIO_APC_ROUTINE ApcRoutine, PVOID ApcContext, PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock, PVOID FileInformation, ULONG Length, FILE_INFORMATION_CLASS FileInformationClass, BOOLEAN ReturnSingleEntry, PUNICODE_STRING FileName, BOOLEAN RestartScan) { wchar_t widepath[WIDE_PATH_MAX]; NTSTATUS rc; DWORD len; if(FileName) { DEBUG_HOOK("NtQueryDirectoryFile: %.*ls\n", FileName->Length/2, FileName->Buffer); } else { DEBUG_HOOK("NtQueryDirectoryFile: (No Filename)\n"); } rc = NtQueryDirectoryFile_orig(FileHandle, Event, ApcRoutine, ApcContext, IoStatusBlock, FileInformation, Length, FileInformationClass, ReturnSingleEntry, FileName, RestartScan); if(!FileName) { /* There's no FileName if we're doing the equivalent of * readdir(), and in that case we already had to CreateFile() * on the directory name in order to get here, so just return. */ return rc; } DWORD save_error = GetLastError(); len = GetFinalPathNameByHandleW(FileHandle, widepath, WIDE_PATH_MAX, FILE_NAME_NORMALIZED); if(len == 0) { /* Failed to get path for some reason */ DEBUG_HOOK("NtQueryDirectoryFile Error - failed to GetFinalPathNameByHandle\n"); goto out_exit; } if(len + 1 + FileName->Length/2 + 1 > WIDE_PATH_MAX) { /* Path too large. */ DEBUG_HOOK("NtQueryDirectorFile Error - path too long (%i, %i)\n", len, FileName->Length); goto out_exit; } swprintf(widepath+len, WIDE_PATH_MAX-len, L"\\%.*ls", FileName->Length/2, FileName->Buffer); DEBUG_HOOK(" - got full NtQueryDirectoryFile path: '%ls'\n", widepath); handle_file_w(widepath, -1, NULL, ACCESS_READ); out_exit: SetLastError(save_error); return rc; } NTSTATUS WINAPI NtQueryDirectoryFileEx_hook( HANDLE FileHandle, HANDLE Event, PIO_APC_ROUTINE ApcRoutine, PVOID ApcContext, PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock, PVOID FileInformation, ULONG Length, FILE_INFORMATION_CLASS FileInformationClass, ULONG QueryFlags, PUNICODE_STRING FileName) { wchar_t widepath[WIDE_PATH_MAX]; NTSTATUS rc; DWORD len; if(FileName) { DEBUG_HOOK("NtQueryDirectoryFileEx: %.*ls\n", FileName->Length/2, FileName->Buffer); } else { DEBUG_HOOK("NtQueryDirectoryFileEx: (No Filename)\n"); } rc = NtQueryDirectoryFileEx_orig(FileHandle, Event, ApcRoutine, ApcContext, IoStatusBlock, FileInformation, Length, FileInformationClass, QueryFlags, FileName); if(!FileName) { /* There's no FileName if we're doing the equivalent of * readdir(), and in that case we already had to CreateFile() * on the directory name in order to get here, so just return. */ return rc; } DWORD save_error = GetLastError(); len = GetFinalPathNameByHandleW(FileHandle, widepath, WIDE_PATH_MAX, FILE_NAME_NORMALIZED); if(len == 0) { /* Failed to get path for some reason */ DEBUG_HOOK("NtQueryDirectoryFileEx Error - failed to GetFinalPathNameByHandle\n"); goto out_exit; } if(len + 1 + FileName->Length/2 + 1 > WIDE_PATH_MAX) { /* Path too large. */ DEBUG_HOOK("NtQueryDirectorFileEx Error - path too long (%i, %i)\n", len, FileName->Length); goto out_exit; } swprintf(widepath+len, WIDE_PATH_MAX-len, L"\\%.*ls", FileName->Length/2, FileName->Buffer); DEBUG_HOOK(" - got full NtQueryDirectoryFileEx path: '%ls'\n", widepath); handle_file_w(widepath, -1, NULL, ACCESS_READ); out_exit: SetLastError(save_error); return rc; } NTSTATUS WINAPI NtSetInformationFile_hook( HANDLE FileHandle, PIO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock, PVOID FileInformation, ULONG Length, FILE_INFORMATION_CLASS FileInformationClass ) { wchar_t widepath[WIDE_PATH_MAX]; wchar_t destpath[WIDE_PATH_MAX]; NTSTATUS rc; DWORD len; FILE_RENAME_INFORMATION *info = FileInformation; int failed = 0; if(FileInformationClass == FileRenameInformation) { len = GetFinalPathNameByHandleW(FileHandle, widepath, WIDE_PATH_MAX, FILE_NAME_NORMALIZED); if(len == 0) { /* Failed to get path for some reason */ DEBUG_HOOK("NtSetInformationFile Error - failed to GetFinalPathNameByHandle\n"); failed = 1; } if(len + 1 + info->FileNameLength/2 + 1 > WIDE_PATH_MAX) { /* Path too large. */ DEBUG_HOOK("NtSetInformationFile Error - path too long (%i, %i)\n", len, info->FileNameLength); failed = 1; } } rc = NtSetInformationFile_orig(FileHandle, IoStatusBlock, FileInformation, Length, FileInformationClass); if(rc != STATUS_SUCCESS || failed) return rc; /* We're only checking this to see if a file gets renamed via this call. */ if(FileInformationClass != FileRenameInformation) return rc; if(info->FileNameLength / 2 >= WIDE_PATH_MAX) { DEBUG_HOOK("NtSetInformationFile error - new path is too long.\n"); return rc; } DWORD save_error = GetLastError(); wcsncpy(destpath, info->FileName, info->FileNameLength); destpath[info->FileNameLength / 2] = 0; DEBUG_HOOK("NtSetInformationFile: rename '%S' -> '%S'\n", widepath, destpath); handle_file_w(widepath, -1, destpath, ACCESS_RENAME); SetLastError(save_error); return rc; } BOOL WINAPI DeleteFileA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpFileName) { handle_file(lpFileName, NULL, ACCESS_UNLINK); return DeleteFileA_orig(lpFileName); } BOOL WINAPI DeleteFileW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpFileName) { handle_file_w(lpFileName, -1, NULL, ACCESS_UNLINK); return DeleteFileW_orig(lpFileName); } BOOL WINAPI DeleteFileTransactedA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpFileName, __in HANDLE hTransaction) { handle_file(lpFileName, NULL, ACCESS_UNLINK); return DeleteFileTransactedA_orig(lpFileName, hTransaction); } BOOL WINAPI DeleteFileTransactedW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpFileName, __in HANDLE hTransaction) { handle_file_w(lpFileName, -1, NULL, ACCESS_UNLINK); return DeleteFileTransactedW_orig(lpFileName, hTransaction); } BOOL WINAPI MoveFileA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCSTR lpNewFileName) { handle_file(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, ACCESS_RENAME); return MoveFileA_orig(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName); } BOOL WINAPI MoveFileW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCWSTR lpNewFileName) { handle_file_w(lpExistingFileName, -1, lpNewFileName, ACCESS_RENAME); return MoveFileW_orig(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName); } BOOL WINAPI MoveFileExA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in_opt LPCSTR lpNewFileName, __in DWORD dwFlags) { handle_file(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, ACCESS_RENAME); return MoveFileExA_orig(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, dwFlags); } BOOL WINAPI MoveFileExW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpNewFileName, __in DWORD dwFlags) { handle_file_w(lpExistingFileName, -1, lpNewFileName, ACCESS_RENAME); return MoveFileExW_orig(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, dwFlags); } BOOL WINAPI MoveFileWithProgressA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in_opt LPCSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in DWORD dwFlags) { handle_file(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, ACCESS_RENAME); return MoveFileWithProgressA_orig( lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, lpProgressRoutine, lpData, dwFlags); } BOOL WINAPI MoveFileWithProgressW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in DWORD dwFlags) { handle_file_w(lpExistingFileName, -1, lpNewFileName, ACCESS_RENAME); return MoveFileWithProgressW_orig( lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, lpProgressRoutine, lpData, dwFlags); } BOOL WINAPI MoveFileTransactedA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in_opt LPCSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in DWORD dwFlags, __in HANDLE hTransaction) { handle_file(lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, ACCESS_RENAME); return MoveFileTransactedA_orig( lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, lpProgressRoutine, lpData, dwFlags, hTransaction); } BOOL WINAPI MoveFileTransactedW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in DWORD dwFlags, __in HANDLE hTransaction) { handle_file_w(lpExistingFileName, -1, lpNewFileName, ACCESS_RENAME); return MoveFileTransactedW_orig( lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, lpProgressRoutine, lpData, dwFlags, hTransaction); } BOOL WINAPI ReplaceFileA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpReplacedFileName, __in LPCSTR lpReplacementFileName, __in_opt LPCSTR lpBackupFileName, __in DWORD dwReplaceFlags, __reserved LPVOID lpExclude, __reserved LPVOID lpReserved) { handle_file(lpReplacementFileName, lpReplacedFileName, ACCESS_RENAME); return ReplaceFileA_orig( lpReplacedFileName, lpReplacementFileName, lpBackupFileName, dwReplaceFlags, lpExclude, lpReserved); } BOOL WINAPI ReplaceFileW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpReplacedFileName, __in LPCWSTR lpReplacementFileName, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpBackupFileName, __in DWORD dwReplaceFlags, __reserved LPVOID lpExclude, __reserved LPVOID lpReserved) { handle_file_w(lpReplacementFileName, -1, lpReplacedFileName, ACCESS_RENAME); return ReplaceFileW_orig( lpReplacedFileName, lpReplacementFileName, lpBackupFileName, dwReplaceFlags, lpExclude, lpReserved); } BOOL WINAPI CopyFileA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCSTR lpNewFileName, __in BOOL bFailIfExists) { handle_file(lpExistingFileName, NULL, ACCESS_READ); handle_file(lpNewFileName, NULL, ACCESS_WRITE); return CopyFileA_orig( lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, bFailIfExists); } BOOL WINAPI CopyFileW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCWSTR lpNewFileName, __in BOOL bFailIfExists) { handle_file_w(lpExistingFileName, -1, NULL, ACCESS_READ); handle_file_w(lpNewFileName, -1, NULL, ACCESS_WRITE); return CopyFileW_orig( lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, bFailIfExists); } BOOL WINAPI CopyFileExA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in_opt LPBOOL pbCancel, __in DWORD dwCopyFlags) { handle_file(lpExistingFileName, NULL, ACCESS_READ); handle_file(lpNewFileName, NULL, ACCESS_WRITE); return CopyFileExA_orig( lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, lpProgressRoutine, lpData, pbCancel, dwCopyFlags); } BOOL WINAPI CopyFileExW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCWSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in_opt LPBOOL pbCancel, __in DWORD dwCopyFlags) { handle_file_w(lpExistingFileName, -1, NULL, ACCESS_READ); handle_file_w(lpNewFileName, -1, NULL, ACCESS_WRITE); return CopyFileExW_orig( lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, lpProgressRoutine, lpData, pbCancel, dwCopyFlags); } BOOL WINAPI CopyFileTransactedA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in_opt LPBOOL pbCancel, __in DWORD dwCopyFlags, __in HANDLE hTransaction) { handle_file(lpExistingFileName, NULL, ACCESS_READ); handle_file(lpNewFileName, NULL, ACCESS_WRITE); return CopyFileTransactedA_orig( lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, lpProgressRoutine, lpData, pbCancel, dwCopyFlags, hTransaction); } BOOL WINAPI CopyFileTransactedW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpExistingFileName, __in LPCWSTR lpNewFileName, __in_opt LPPROGRESS_ROUTINE lpProgressRoutine, __in_opt LPVOID lpData, __in_opt LPBOOL pbCancel, __in DWORD dwCopyFlags, __in HANDLE hTransaction) { handle_file_w(lpExistingFileName, -1, NULL, ACCESS_READ); handle_file_w(lpNewFileName, -1, NULL, ACCESS_WRITE); return CopyFileTransactedW_orig( lpExistingFileName, lpNewFileName, lpProgressRoutine, lpData, pbCancel, dwCopyFlags, hTransaction); } #define ATTRIB_FAIL 0xffffffff DWORD WINAPI GetFileAttributesA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpFileName) { DWORD attributes = GetFileAttributesA_orig(lpFileName); DEBUG_HOOK("GetFileAttributesA '%s'\n", lpFileName); /* If it fails (attributes == -1), we need to handle the read since * it will be a ghost. If the file exists, we only care if it's a file * and not a directory. */ if(attributes == ATTRIB_FAIL || ! (attributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)) handle_file(lpFileName, NULL, ACCESS_READ); return attributes; } DWORD WINAPI GetFileAttributesW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpFileName) { DWORD attributes = GetFileAttributesW_orig(lpFileName); if(attributes == ATTRIB_FAIL || ! (attributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)) handle_file_w(lpFileName, -1, NULL, ACCESS_READ); return attributes; } BOOL WINAPI GetFileAttributesExA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpFileName, __in GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS fInfoLevelId, __out LPVOID lpFileInformation) { DWORD attributes = GetFileAttributesExA_orig( lpFileName, fInfoLevelId, lpFileInformation); if(attributes == ATTRIB_FAIL || ! (attributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)) handle_file(lpFileName, NULL, ACCESS_READ); return attributes; } BOOL WINAPI GetFileAttributesExW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpFileName, __in GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS fInfoLevelId, __out LPVOID lpFileInformation) { DWORD attributes = GetFileAttributesExW_orig( lpFileName, fInfoLevelId, lpFileInformation); if(attributes == ATTRIB_FAIL || ! (attributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)) handle_file_w(lpFileName, -1, NULL, ACCESS_READ); return attributes; } __out HANDLE WINAPI FindFirstFileA_hook( __in LPCSTR lpFileName, __out LPWIN32_FIND_DATAA lpFindFileData) { DEBUG_HOOK("FindFirstFileA '%s'\n", lpFileName); handle_file(lpFileName, NULL, ACCESS_READ); return FindFirstFileA_orig(lpFileName, lpFindFileData); } __out HANDLE WINAPI FindFirstFileW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpFileName, __out LPWIN32_FIND_DATAW lpFindFileData) { DEBUG_HOOK("FindFirstFileW '%S'\n", lpFileName); handle_file_w(lpFileName, -1, NULL, ACCESS_READ); return FindFirstFileW_orig(lpFileName, lpFindFileData); } BOOL WINAPI FindNextFileA_hook( __in HANDLE hFindFile, __out LPWIN32_FIND_DATAA lpFindFileData) { if (!FindNextFileA_orig(hFindFile, lpFindFileData)) return 0; DEBUG_HOOK("FindNextFileA '%s'\n", lpFindFileData->cFileName); return 1; } BOOL WINAPI FindNextFileW_hook( __in HANDLE hFindFile, __out LPWIN32_FIND_DATAW lpFindFileData) { if (!FindNextFileW_orig(hFindFile, lpFindFileData)) return 0; DEBUG_HOOK("FindNextFileW '%S'\n", lpFindFileData->cFileName); return 1; } BOOL WINAPI CreateProcessA_hook( __in_opt LPCSTR lpApplicationName, __inout_opt LPSTR lpCommandLine, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpProcessAttributes, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpThreadAttributes, __in BOOL bInheritHandles, __in DWORD dwCreationFlags, __in_opt LPVOID lpEnvironment, __in_opt LPCSTR lpCurrentDirectory, __in LPSTARTUPINFOA lpStartupInfo, __out LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation) { BOOL ret = CreateProcessA_orig( lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine, lpProcessAttributes, lpThreadAttributes, bInheritHandles, dwCreationFlags | CREATE_SUSPENDED, lpEnvironment, lpCurrentDirectory, lpStartupInfo, lpProcessInformation); DEBUG_HOOK("CreateProcessA '%s' '%s' in '%s'\n", lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine, lpCurrentDirectory); if (!ret) { return 0; } /* Ignore mspdbsrv.exe, since it continues to run in the background */ if(!lpApplicationName || strcasestr(lpApplicationName, "mspdbsrv.exe") == NULL || strcasestr(lpApplicationName, "tup32detect.exe") == NULL) { tup_inject_dll(lpProcessInformation, s_depfilename, s_vardict_file); } if ((dwCreationFlags & CREATE_SUSPENDED) != 0) return 1; return ResumeThread(lpProcessInformation->hThread) != 0xFFFFFFFF; } BOOL WINAPI CreateProcessW_hook( __in_opt LPCWSTR lpApplicationName, __inout_opt LPWSTR lpCommandLine, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpProcessAttributes, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpThreadAttributes, __in BOOL bInheritHandles, __in DWORD dwCreationFlags, __in_opt LPVOID lpEnvironment, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpCurrentDirectory, __in LPSTARTUPINFOW lpStartupInfo, __out LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation) { BOOL ret = CreateProcessW_orig( lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine, lpProcessAttributes, lpThreadAttributes, bInheritHandles, dwCreationFlags | CREATE_SUSPENDED, lpEnvironment, lpCurrentDirectory, lpStartupInfo, lpProcessInformation); DEBUG_HOOK("CreateProcessW %x '%S' '%S' in '%S'\n", dwCreationFlags, lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine, lpCurrentDirectory); if (!ret) { return 0; } /* Ignore mspdbsrv.exe, since it continues to run in the background */ if(!lpApplicationName || wcscasestr(lpApplicationName, L"mspdbsrv.exe") == NULL || wcscasestr(lpApplicationName, L"tup32detect.exe") == NULL) { tup_inject_dll(lpProcessInformation, s_depfilename, s_vardict_file); } if ((dwCreationFlags & CREATE_SUSPENDED) != 0) return 1; return ResumeThread(lpProcessInformation->hThread) != 0xFFFFFFFF; } BOOL WINAPI CreateProcessAsUserA_hook( __in_opt HANDLE hToken, __in_opt LPCSTR lpApplicationName, __inout_opt LPSTR lpCommandLine, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpProcessAttributes, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpThreadAttributes, __in BOOL bInheritHandles, __in DWORD dwCreationFlags, __in_opt LPVOID lpEnvironment, __in_opt LPCSTR lpCurrentDirectory, __in LPSTARTUPINFOA lpStartupInfo, __out LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation) { BOOL ret = CreateProcessAsUserA_orig( hToken, lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine, lpProcessAttributes, lpThreadAttributes, bInheritHandles, dwCreationFlags | CREATE_SUSPENDED, lpEnvironment, lpCurrentDirectory, lpStartupInfo, lpProcessInformation); DEBUG_HOOK("CreateProcessAsUserA '%s' '%s' in '%s'\n", lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine, lpCurrentDirectory); if (!ret) { return 0; } /* Ignore mspdbsrv.exe, since it continues to run in the background */ if(!lpApplicationName || strcasestr(lpApplicationName, "mspdbsrv.exe") == NULL || strcasestr(lpApplicationName, "tup32detect.exe") == NULL) { tup_inject_dll(lpProcessInformation, s_depfilename, s_vardict_file); } if ((dwCreationFlags & CREATE_SUSPENDED) != 0) return 1; return ResumeThread(lpProcessInformation->hThread) != 0xFFFFFFFF; } BOOL WINAPI CreateProcessAsUserW_hook( __in_opt HANDLE hToken, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpApplicationName, __inout_opt LPWSTR lpCommandLine, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpProcessAttributes, __in_opt LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES lpThreadAttributes, __in BOOL bInheritHandles, __in DWORD dwCreationFlags, __in_opt LPVOID lpEnvironment, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpCurrentDirectory, __in LPSTARTUPINFOW lpStartupInfo, __out LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation) { BOOL ret = CreateProcessAsUserW_orig( hToken, lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine, lpProcessAttributes, lpThreadAttributes, bInheritHandles, dwCreationFlags | CREATE_SUSPENDED, lpEnvironment, lpCurrentDirectory, lpStartupInfo, lpProcessInformation); DEBUG_HOOK("CreateProcessAsUserW '%S' '%S' in '%S'\n", lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine, lpCurrentDirectory); if (!ret) { return 0; } /* Ignore mspdbsrv.exe, since it continues to run in the background */ if(!lpApplicationName || wcscasestr(lpApplicationName, L"mspdbsrv.exe") == NULL || wcscasestr(lpApplicationName, L"tup32detect.exe") == NULL) { tup_inject_dll(lpProcessInformation, s_depfilename, s_vardict_file); } if ((dwCreationFlags & CREATE_SUSPENDED) != 0) return 1; return ResumeThread(lpProcessInformation->hThread) != 0xFFFFFFFF; } BOOL WINAPI CreateProcessWithLogonW_hook( __in LPCWSTR lpUsername, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpDomain, __in LPCWSTR lpPassword, __in DWORD dwLogonFlags, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpApplicationName, __inout_opt LPWSTR lpCommandLine, __in DWORD dwCreationFlags, __in_opt LPVOID lpEnvironment, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpCurrentDirectory, __in LPSTARTUPINFOW lpStartupInfo, __out LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation) { BOOL ret = CreateProcessWithLogonW_orig( lpUsername, lpDomain, lpPassword, dwLogonFlags, lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine, dwCreationFlags | CREATE_SUSPENDED, lpEnvironment, lpCurrentDirectory, lpStartupInfo, lpProcessInformation); DEBUG_HOOK("CreateProcessWithLogonW '%S' '%S' in '%S'\n", lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine, lpCurrentDirectory); if (!ret) { return 0; } /* Ignore mspdbsrv.exe, since it continues to run in the background */ if(!lpApplicationName || wcscasestr(lpApplicationName, L"mspdbsrv.exe") == NULL || wcscasestr(lpApplicationName, L"tup32detect.exe") == NULL) { tup_inject_dll(lpProcessInformation, s_depfilename, s_vardict_file); } if ((dwCreationFlags & CREATE_SUSPENDED) != 0) return 1; return ResumeThread(lpProcessInformation->hThread) != 0xFFFFFFFF; } BOOL WINAPI CreateProcessWithTokenW_hook( __in HANDLE hToken, __in DWORD dwLogonFlags, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpApplicationName, __inout_opt LPWSTR lpCommandLine, __in DWORD dwCreationFlags, __in_opt LPVOID lpEnvironment, __in_opt LPCWSTR lpCurrentDirectory, __in LPSTARTUPINFOW lpStartupInfo, __out LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation) { BOOL ret = CreateProcessWithTokenW_orig( hToken, dwLogonFlags, lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine, dwCreationFlags | CREATE_SUSPENDED, lpEnvironment, lpCurrentDirectory, lpStartupInfo, lpProcessInformation); DEBUG_HOOK("CreateProcessWithTokenW '%S' '%S' in '%S'\n", lpApplicationName, lpCommandLine, lpCurrentDirectory); if (!ret) { return 0; } /* Ignore mspdbsrv.exe, since it continues to run in the background */ if(!lpApplicationName || wcscasestr(lpApplicationName, L"mspdbsrv.exe") == NULL || wcscasestr(lpApplicationName, L"tup32detect.exe") == NULL) { tup_inject_dll(lpProcessInformation, s_depfilename, s_vardict_file); } if ((dwCreationFlags & CREATE_SUSPENDED) != 0) return 1; return ResumeThread(lpProcessInformation->hThread) != 0xFFFFFFFF; } int _access_hook(const char *pathname, int mode) { DEBUG_HOOK("access(%s, %i)\n", pathname, mode); handle_file(pathname, NULL, ACCESS_READ); return _access_orig(pathname, mode); } int rename_hook(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath) { handle_file(oldpath, newpath, ACCESS_RENAME); return rename_orig(oldpath, newpath); } /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ typedef HMODULE (WINAPI *LoadLibraryA_t)(const char*); typedef FARPROC (WINAPI *GetProcAddress_t)(HMODULE, const char*); struct remote_thread_t { LoadLibraryA_t load_library; GetProcAddress_t get_proc_address; char depfilename[MAX_PATH]; char vardict_file[MAX_PATH]; char execdir[MAX_PATH]; char dll_name[MAX_PATH]; char func_name[256]; }; struct remote_thread32_t { uint32_t load_library; uint32_t get_proc_address; char depfilename[MAX_PATH]; char vardict_file[MAX_PATH]; char execdir[MAX_PATH]; char dll_name[MAX_PATH]; char func_name[256]; }__attribute__((packed)); #define HOOK(name) { MODULE_NAME, #name, name##_hook, (void**)&name##_orig, 0 } static struct patch_entry patch_table[] = { #define MODULE_NAME "kernel32.dll" HOOK(OpenFile), HOOK(DeleteFileA), HOOK(DeleteFileW), HOOK(DeleteFileTransactedA), HOOK(DeleteFileTransactedW), HOOK(MoveFileA), HOOK(MoveFileW), HOOK(MoveFileExA), HOOK(MoveFileExW), HOOK(MoveFileWithProgressA), HOOK(MoveFileWithProgressW), HOOK(MoveFileTransactedA), HOOK(MoveFileTransactedW), HOOK(ReplaceFileA), HOOK(ReplaceFileW), HOOK(CopyFileA), HOOK(CopyFileW), HOOK(CopyFileExA), HOOK(CopyFileExW), HOOK(CopyFileTransactedA), HOOK(CopyFileTransactedW), HOOK(GetFileAttributesA), HOOK(GetFileAttributesW), HOOK(GetFileAttributesExA), HOOK(GetFileAttributesExW), HOOK(FindFirstFileA), HOOK(FindFirstFileW), HOOK(FindNextFileA), HOOK(FindNextFileW), HOOK(CreateProcessA), HOOK(CreateProcessW), #undef MODULE_NAME #define MODULE_NAME "advapi32.dll" HOOK(CreateProcessAsUserA), HOOK(CreateProcessAsUserW), HOOK(CreateProcessWithLogonW), HOOK(CreateProcessWithTokenW), #undef MODULE_NAME #define MODULE_NAME "ntdll.dll" HOOK(NtCreateFile), HOOK(NtOpenFile), HOOK(NtCreateUserProcess), HOOK(NtQueryDirectoryFile), HOOK(NtQueryDirectoryFileEx), HOOK(NtSetInformationFile), #undef MODULE_NAME #define MODULE_NAME "msvcrt.dll" HOOK(_access), HOOK(rename), }; #undef HOOK #undef MODULE_NAME enum { patch_table_len = sizeof( patch_table ) / sizeof( patch_table[0] ) }; /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char execdir[MAX_PATH]; void tup_inject_setexecdir(const char* dir) { strncpy(execdir, dir, MAX_PATH - 1); execdir[MAX_PATH - 1] = '\0'; } /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static const char *strcasestr(const char *arg1, const char *arg2) { const char *a, *b; for(;*arg1;arg1++) { a = arg1; b = arg2; while(tolower(*a++) == tolower(*b++)) { if(!*b) { return (arg1); } } } return(NULL); } static const wchar_t *wcscasestr(const wchar_t *arg1, const wchar_t *arg2) { const wchar_t *a, *b; for(;*arg1;arg1++) { a = arg1; b = arg2; while(tolower(*a++) == tolower(*b++)) { if(!*b) { return (arg1); } } } return(NULL); } static int ignore_file_w(const wchar_t *file) { if (!file) return 0; if (wcsicmp(file, L"\\??\\nul") == 0) return 1; if (wcsicmp(file, L"nul") == 0) return 1; if (wcsicmp(file, L"nul:") == 0) return 1; if (wcsicmp(file, L"prn") == 0) return 1; if (wcsicmp(file, L"aux") == 0) return 1; if (wcsicmp(file, L"con") == 0) return 1; if (wcsncmp(file, L"com", 3) == 0 && isdigit(file[3]) && file[4] == L'\0') return 1; if (wcsncmp(file, L"lpt", 3) == 0 && isdigit(file[3]) && file[4] == L'\0') return 1; if (wcscasestr(file, L"\\PIPE\\") != NULL) return 1; if (wcscasestr(file, L"\\Device\\") != NULL) return 1; if (wcsstr(file, L"$") != NULL) return 1; if (wcsicmp(file, L"\\\\WMIDataDevice") == 0) return 1; if (wcscasestr(file, L"SQM\\sqmcpp.log") != NULL) return 1; return 0; } static int canon_path(const wchar_t *file, int filelen, char *dest) { wchar_t *widepath; wchar_t *widefullpath; wchar_t other_prefix[] = L"\\??\\"; /* Can't find where this is documented, but NtCreateFile / NtOpenFile use it. */ wchar_t backslash_prefix[] = L"\\\\?\\"; /* \\?\ can be used as a prefix in wide-char paths */ int prefix_len = 4; int widepath_len; /* excluding the terminating null character, as usual */ int bufsize; int len; int count; int branch; int x; if(!file) { DEBUG_HOOK("canon_path: No file - return 0\n"); goto out_empty; } if(!file[0]) { DEBUG_HOOK("canon_path: empty string - return 0\n"); goto out_empty; } if(filelen > WIDE_PATH_MAX - prefix_len - 1) { DEBUG_HOOK("Error: file too long: %.*ls\n", filelen, file); goto out_empty; } /* Two wchar_t buffers with a size of WIDE_PATH_MAX take up 128 KiB in * total, which might exceed the stack reserve size defined by the target * executable. Therefore, determine how much we actually need before * alloca()ing that exact amount of memory. */ if(wcsncmp(file, other_prefix, prefix_len) == 0 || wcsncmp(file, backslash_prefix, prefix_len) == 0) { branch = 1; widepath_len = filelen; } else if(is_full_path(file)) { branch = 2; widepath_len = prefix_len + filelen; } else { branch = 3; widepath_len = prefix_len + GetCurrentDirectoryW(0, NULL) + 1 + filelen; } bufsize = (widepath_len + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t); widepath = __builtin_alloca(bufsize); if(!widepath) { DEBUG_HOOK("Error: failed to allocate a %i-byte wide path buffer for '%.*ls'\n", bufsize, filelen, file); goto out_empty; } wcscpy(widepath, backslash_prefix); if(branch == 1) { wcsncpy(&widepath[prefix_len], file + prefix_len, filelen - prefix_len); widepath[filelen] = 0; DEBUG_HOOK("canon_path1: Already prefixed: '%.*ls' -> '%ls'\n", filelen, file, widepath); } else if(branch == 2) { wcsncpy(&widepath[prefix_len], file, filelen); widepath[filelen + prefix_len] = 0; DEBUG_HOOK("canon_path2: Adding backslash prefix: '%.*ls' -> '%ls'\n", filelen, file, widepath); } else if(branch == 3) { wchar_t *tmp; int dirlen; tmp = widepath + prefix_len; dirlen = GetCurrentDirectoryW((widepath_len + 1) - prefix_len, tmp); if(dirlen == 0) { /* TODO: Error handle? */ goto out_empty; } tmp += dirlen; if(prefix_len + dirlen + filelen + 2 > WIDE_PATH_MAX) { DEBUG_HOOK("Error: file plus directory too long: '%ls' + '%.*ls'\n", widepath, filelen, file); goto out_empty; } tmp[0] = '\\'; tmp++; wcsncpy(tmp, file, filelen); tmp += filelen; tmp[0] = 0; DEBUG_HOOK("canon_path3: Prepend CWD: '%.*ls' -> '%ls'\n", filelen, file, widepath); } len = GetFullPathName(widepath, 0, NULL, NULL); if(!len) { goto out_empty; } bufsize = (len + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t); widefullpath = __builtin_alloca(bufsize); if(!widefullpath) { DEBUG_HOOK("Error: failed to allocate a %i-byte full wide path buffer for '%s'\n", bufsize, widepath); goto out_empty; } len = GetFullPathName(widepath, len + 1, widefullpath, NULL); if(!len) { goto out_empty; } DEBUG_HOOK("GetFullPathName[%ls] -> %i, '%ls'\n", widepath, len, widefullpath); count = WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, widefullpath+prefix_len, len+1-prefix_len, dest, WIDE_PATH_MAX, NULL, NULL); if(!count) { goto out_empty; } /* Use forward-slashes inside tup, for things like regex matching. */ for(x=0; x %i, '%s'\n", widefullpath, count, dest); /* Discount the nul-terminator */ return count - 1; out_empty: dest[0] = 0; return 0; } static void mhandle_file(const char* file, const char* file2, enum access_type at, int line) { DWORD save_error = GetLastError(); if(strncmp(file, "@tup@", 5) == 0) { int ret; char buf[ACCESS_EVENT_MAX_SIZE]; struct access_event* e = (struct access_event*) buf; char* dest = (char*) (e + 1); const char *var = file+6; e->at = ACCESS_VAR; e->len = strlen(var); e->len2 = 0; strcpy(dest, var); dest += e->len; *(dest++) = '\0'; *(dest++) = '\0'; DEBUG_HOOK("WRITE EVENT %s: '%s' '%s'\n", access_type_name[at], ((char*)e) + sizeof(*e), ((char*)e) + sizeof(*e) + e->len + 1); ret = writef((char*) e, dest - (char*) e); DEBUG_HOOK("writef %d\n", ret); if(ret) {} } else { wchar_t wfile[WIDE_PATH_MAX]; wchar_t wfile2[WIDE_PATH_MAX]; MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, file, -1, wfile, WIDE_PATH_MAX); DEBUG_HOOK("Convert to widechar: '%s' -> '%ls'\n", file, wfile); if(file2) { MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, file2, -1, wfile2, WIDE_PATH_MAX); DEBUG_HOOK("Convert to widechar: '%s' -> '%ls'\n", file2, wfile2); } else { wfile2[0] = 0; } mhandle_file_w(wfile, -1, wfile2, at, line); } SetLastError( save_error ); } static void mhandle_file_w(const wchar_t* file, int filelen, const wchar_t* file2, enum access_type at, int line) { DWORD save_error = GetLastError(); char buf[ACCESS_EVENT_MAX_SIZE]; size_t file2len; struct access_event* e = (struct access_event*) buf; char* dest = (char*) (e + 1); int ret; if(line) {} if (ignore_file_w(file) || ignore_file_w(file2) || deph == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { DEBUG_HOOK("IGNORE: %ls, %ls, %08x\n", file, file2, deph); goto exit; } if(filelen < 0) filelen = wcslen(file); file2len = file2 ? wcslen(file2) : 0; e->at = at; e->len = canon_path(file, filelen, dest); DEBUG_HOOK("Canonicalize1[%i]: '%.*ls' -> '%s', len=%i\n", line, filelen, file, dest, e->len); dest += e->len + 1; e->len2 = canon_path(file2, file2len, dest); DEBUG_HOOK("Canonicalize2: '%ls' -> '%s' len2=%i\n", file2, dest, e->len2); dest += e->len2 + 1; DEBUG_HOOK("WRITE EVENT %s [%i, %i]: '%s' '%s'\n", access_type_name[at], e->len, e->len2, ((char*)e) + sizeof(*e), ((char*)e) + sizeof(*e) + e->len + 1); ret = writef(buf, dest - buf); DEBUG_HOOK("writef [wide] %d\n", ret); if(ret) {} exit: SetLastError( save_error ); } static int open_file(const char *depfilename) { deph = CreateFileA(depfilename, FILE_APPEND_DATA, FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE | FILE_SHARE_DELETE, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY, NULL); if(deph == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: Unable to open dependency file '%s' in dllinject. Windows error code: 0x%08lx\n", depfilename, GetLastError()); return -1; } return 0; } /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ BOOL WINAPI DllMain(HANDLE HDllHandle, DWORD Reason, LPVOID Reserved) { (void) HDllHandle; (void) Reason; (void) Reserved; return 1; } /* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ typedef DWORD (*tup_init_t)(remote_thread_t*); DWORD tup_inject_init(remote_thread_t* r) { static int initialised = 0; char filename[MAX_PATH]; OSVERSIONINFO osinfo; if (initialised) return 0; initialised = 1; if (!GetModuleFileNameA(NULL, filename, sizeof(filename))) { return 1; } DEBUG_HOOK("Inside tup_dllinject_init '%s' '%s' '%s' '%s' '%s'\n", filename, r->execdir, r->dll_name, r->func_name, r->depfilename); DEBUG_HOOK(" - injected into %d: %s\n", GetCurrentProcessId(), GetCommandLineA()); tup_inject_setexecdir(r->execdir); if (open_file(r->depfilename)) return 1; _putenv_s(TUP_VARDICT_NAME, r->vardict_file); strcpy(s_depfilename, r->depfilename); strcpy(s_vardict_file, r->vardict_file); handle_file(filename, NULL, ACCESS_READ); /* What a horrible API... */ osinfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(osinfo); GetVersionEx(&osinfo); if(osinfo.dwMajorVersion >= 6) { /* Only hot patch for Windows Vista and above. Hot patching * here gets our hook for FindFirstFile, which iat patching * doesn't get for some reason. I also tried to just iat patch * NtQueryDirectoryFile(), but then that ends up crashing for * some reason. * * For XP, the FindFirstFile hook works with iat patching, but * hot patching breaks file removal for some reason, so for * example 'gcc -flto foo.o -o foo.exe' will fail. */ hot_patch( patch_table, patch_table + patch_table_len ); } iat_patch( patch_table, patch_table + patch_table_len ); return 0; } #ifdef _WIN64 int remote_stub(void); __asm( ".globl remote_stub\n" "remote_stub:\n" "subq $8, %rsp\n" "movl $0x556677, (%rsp)\n" // return address, [0x7] "movl $0x11223344, 4(%rsp)\n" // return address, [0xf] "pushf\n" "push %r15\n" "push %r14\n" "push %r13\n" "push %r12\n" "push %r11\n" "push %r10\n" "push %r9\n" "push %r8\n" "push %rbp\n" "push %rdi\n" "push %rsi\n" "push %rdx\n" "push %rcx\n" "push %rbx\n" "push %rax\n" "xorq %rcx, %rcx\n" "movq $0x1100000055667788, %rcx\n" // function parameter [0x30] "xorq %rax, %rax\n" "movq $0x9900000055667788, %rax\n" // function to call, [0x3d] "call *%rax\n" "pop %rax\n" "pop %rbx\n" "pop %rcx\n" "pop %rdx\n" "pop %rsi\n" "pop %rdi\n" "pop %rbp\n" "pop %r8\n" "pop %r9\n" "pop %r10\n" "pop %r11\n" "pop %r12\n" "pop %r13\n" "pop %r14\n" "pop %r15\n" "popf\n" "ret" ); static void WINAPI remote_init( remote_thread_t *r ) { HMODULE h; tup_init_t p; h = r->load_library(r->dll_name); if (!h) return; p = (tup_init_t) r->get_proc_address(h, r->func_name); if (!p) return; p(r); } static void remote_end(void) { } #endif #if __DBG_W64 == 1 static void printHex(const void *lpvbits, const unsigned int n) { char* data = (char*) lpvbits; unsigned int i = 0; char line[17] = {}; printf("%.8X | ", (unsigned char*)data); while ( i < n ) { line[i%16] = *(data+i); if ((line[i%16] < 32) || (line[i%16] > 126)) { line[i%16] = '.'; } printf("%.2X", (unsigned char)*(data+i)); i++; if (i%4 == 0) { if (i%16 == 0) { if (i < n-1) printf(" | %s\n%.8X | ", &line, data+i); } else { printf(" "); } } } while (i%16 > 0) { (i%4 == 0)?printf(" "):printf(" "); line[i%16] = ' '; i++; } printf(" | %s\n", &line); } #endif static inline long long unsigned int low32(long long unsigned int tall) { return tall & 0x00000000ffffffff; } static inline long long unsigned int high32(long long unsigned int tall) { return tall >> 32; } struct remote_stub_t { uint8_t stub[23]; uint8_t fileA_Hook[39]; uint8_t fileW_Hook[39]; uint8_t remote_init[60]; }__attribute__((packed)); static struct remote_stub_t remote_stub32 = { .stub = { 0x68, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x9c, 0x60, 0x68, 0xef, 0xbe, 0xad, 0xde, 0xb8, 0xef, 0xbe, 0xad, 0xde, 0xff, 0xd0, 0x61, 0x9d, 0xc3 }, .fileA_Hook = { 0x55, 0x89, 0xe5, 0x83, 0xec, 0x18, 0x8b, 0x45, 0x0c, 0x89, 0x44, 0x24, 0x04, 0x8b, 0x45, 0x08, 0x89, 0x04, 0x24, 0xff, 0x15, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x85, 0xc0, 0x52, 0x0f, 0x95, 0xc0, 0x52, 0x0f, 0xb6, 0xc0, 0xc9, 0xc2, 0x08, 0x00 }, .fileW_Hook = { 0x55, 0x89, 0xe5, 0x83, 0xec, 0x18, 0x8b, 0x45, 0x0c, 0x89, 0x44, 0x24, 0x04, 0x8b, 0x45, 0x08, 0x89, 0x04, 0x24, 0xff, 0x15, 0x7c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x85, 0xc0, 0x51, 0x0f, 0x95, 0xc0, 0x51, 0x0f, 0xb6, 0xc0, 0xc9, 0xc2, 0x08, 0x00 }, .remote_init = { 0x55, 0x89, 0xe5, 0x53, 0x83, 0xec, 0x14, 0x8b, 0x5d, 0x08, 0x8d, 0x83, 0x14, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x89, 0x04, 0x24, 0xff, 0x13, 0x85, 0xc0, 0x51, 0x74, 0x1b, // JE 0x1b 0x8d, 0x93, 0x18, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x89, 0x54, 0x24, 0x04, 0x89, 0x04, 0x24, 0xff, 0x53, 0x04, 0x85, 0xc0, 0x52, 0x52, 0x74, 0x05, // JE 0x05 0x89, 0x1c, 0x24, 0xff, 0xd0, 0x8b, 0x5d, 0xfc, 0xc9, 0xc2, 0x04, 0x00} }; static uint32_t LOAD_LIBRARY_32 = 0; static uint32_t GET_PROC_ADDRESS_32 = 0; #define BUFSIZE 4096 BOOL get_wow64_addresses(void) { DWORD dwRead; CHAR chBuf[BUFSIZE]; PROCESS_INFORMATION piProcInfo; STARTUPINFOA siStartInfo; BOOL ret; char cmdline[MAX_PATH]; HANDLE g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd = NULL; HANDLE g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr = NULL; SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES saAttr; saAttr.nLength = sizeof(SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES); saAttr.bInheritHandle = TRUE; saAttr.lpSecurityDescriptor = NULL; // Pipe stdout if ( ! CreatePipe(&g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, &g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr, &saAttr, 0) ) return FALSE; // Ensure the read handle to the pipe for STDOUT is not inherited. if ( ! SetHandleInformation(g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT, 0) ) return FALSE; // create process memset(&siStartInfo, 0, sizeof(STARTUPINFO)); siStartInfo.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO); siStartInfo.hStdOutput = g_hChildStd_OUT_Wr; siStartInfo.dwFlags |= STARTF_USESTDHANDLES; memset(&piProcInfo, 0, sizeof(PROCESS_INFORMATION)); if(snprintf(cmdline, MAX_PATH, "%s\\%s", execdir, "tup32detect.exe") >= MAX_PATH) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: cmdline is sized wrong for tup32detect.exe"); return FALSE; } // Detect and avoid inception! if (CreateProcessA_orig != NULL) ret = CreateProcessA_orig( NULL, cmdline, NULL, NULL, TRUE, 0, NULL, NULL, &siStartInfo, &piProcInfo); else ret = CreateProcessA( NULL, cmdline, NULL, NULL, TRUE, 0, NULL, NULL, &siStartInfo, &piProcInfo); if (!ret) { DEBUG_HOOK("Unable to spawn tup32detect.exe\n"); return FALSE; } ret = ReadFile( g_hChildStd_OUT_Rd, chBuf, BUFSIZE, &dwRead, NULL); if (!ret || dwRead == 0) return FALSE; if (sscanf(chBuf, "%x-%x", &LOAD_LIBRARY_32, &GET_PROC_ADDRESS_32) != 2) return FALSE; DEBUG_HOOK("Got addresses: %x, %x\n", LOAD_LIBRARY_32, GET_PROC_ADDRESS_32); CloseHandle(piProcInfo.hProcess); CloseHandle(piProcInfo.hThread); return TRUE; } int tup_inject_dll( LPPROCESS_INFORMATION lpProcessInformation, const char *depfilename, const char *vardict_file) { char* remote_data; size_t code_size; DWORD old_protect; HANDLE process; BOOL bWow64 = 0; IsWow64Process(lpProcessInformation->hProcess, &bWow64); // WOW64 DEBUG_HOOK("%s is WOW64: %i\n", GetCommandLineA(), bWow64); if (bWow64) { remote_thread32_t remote; if (GET_PROC_ADDRESS_32 == 0) { if ( ! get_wow64_addresses() ) { printf("Unable to retrieve WOW64 info\n"); return -1; } } memset(&remote, 0, sizeof(remote)); remote.load_library = LOAD_LIBRARY_32; remote.get_proc_address = GET_PROC_ADDRESS_32; strcpy(remote.depfilename, depfilename); strcpy(remote.vardict_file, vardict_file); strcat(remote.execdir, execdir); strcat(remote.dll_name, execdir); strcat(remote.dll_name, "\\"); strcat(remote.dll_name, "tup-dllinject32.dll"); strcat(remote.func_name, "tup_inject_init"); WOW64_CONTEXT ctx; ctx.ContextFlags = WOW64_CONTEXT_CONTROL; if ( !Wow64GetThreadContext( lpProcessInformation->hThread, &ctx ) ) return -1; /* Align code_size to a 16 byte boundary */ code_size = (sizeof(remote_stub32) + 0x0F) & ~0x0F; DEBUG_HOOK("Injecting dll '%s' '%s' %s' '%s'\n", remote.execdir, remote.dll_name, remote.func_name, remote.depfilename, remote.vardict_file); process = lpProcessInformation->hProcess; if (!WaitForInputIdle(process, INFINITE)) return -1; remote_data = (char*) VirtualAllocEx( process, NULL, code_size + sizeof(remote), MEM_COMMIT | MEM_RESERVE, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE); if (!remote_data) return -1; if (!VirtualProtectEx(process, remote_data, code_size + sizeof(remote), PAGE_READWRITE, &old_protect)) return -1; unsigned char code[code_size]; memcpy( code, &remote_stub32, code_size ); *(DWORD*)(code + 0x1) = ctx.Eip; // Return addr *(DWORD*)(code + 0x8) = (DWORD)((DWORD_PTR)remote_data + code_size); // Arg (ptr to remote (TCB)) *(DWORD*)(code + 0xd) = (DWORD)((DWORD_PTR)remote_data + ((DWORD_PTR)&remote_stub32.remote_init - (DWORD_PTR)&remote_stub32)); // Func (ptr to remote_init) if (!WriteProcessMemory(process, remote_data, code, code_size, NULL)) return -1; if (!WriteProcessMemory(process, remote_data + code_size, &remote, sizeof(remote), NULL)) return -1; if (!VirtualProtectEx(process, remote_data, code_size + sizeof(remote), PAGE_EXECUTE_READ, &old_protect)) return -1; if (!FlushInstructionCache(process, remote_data, code_size + sizeof(remote))) return -1; ctx.Eip = (DWORD_PTR)remote_data; ctx.ContextFlags = WOW64_CONTEXT_CONTROL; if( !Wow64SetThreadContext( lpProcessInformation->hThread, &ctx ) ) return -1; } else { #ifdef _WIN64 HMODULE kernel32; remote_thread_t remote; memset(&remote, 0, sizeof(remote)); kernel32 = LoadLibraryA("kernel32.dll"); remote.load_library = (LoadLibraryA_t) GetProcAddress(kernel32, "LoadLibraryA"); remote.get_proc_address = (GetProcAddress_t) GetProcAddress(kernel32, "GetProcAddress"); strcpy(remote.depfilename, depfilename); strcpy(remote.vardict_file, vardict_file); strcat(remote.execdir, execdir); strcat(remote.dll_name, execdir); strcat(remote.dll_name, "\\"); strcat(remote.dll_name, "tup-dllinject.dll"); strcat(remote.func_name, "tup_inject_init"); CONTEXT ctx; ctx.ContextFlags = CONTEXT_CONTROL; if( !GetThreadContext( lpProcessInformation->hThread, &ctx ) ) return -1; /* Align code_size to a 16 byte boundary */ code_size = ( (uintptr_t) &remote_end - (uintptr_t) &remote_stub + 0x0F) & ~0x0F; DEBUG_HOOK("Injecting dll '%s' '%s' %s' '%s'\n", remote.execdir, remote.dll_name, remote.func_name, remote.depfilename, remote.vardict_file); process = lpProcessInformation->hProcess; if (!WaitForInputIdle(process, INFINITE)) return -1; remote_data = (char*) VirtualAllocEx( process, NULL, code_size + sizeof(remote), MEM_COMMIT | MEM_RESERVE, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE); if (!remote_data) return -1; if (!VirtualProtectEx(process, remote_data, code_size + sizeof(remote), PAGE_READWRITE, &old_protect)) return -1; unsigned char code[code_size]; memcpy( code, &remote_stub, code_size ); *(DWORD*)(code + 0x7) = low32(ctx.Rip); *(DWORD*)(code + 0xf) = high32(ctx.Rip); *(DWORD64*)(code + 0x30) = (long long unsigned int)(remote_data + code_size); *(DWORD64*)(code + 0x3d) = (long long unsigned int)(DWORD_PTR)remote_data + ((DWORD_PTR)&remote_init - (DWORD_PTR)&remote_stub); if (!WriteProcessMemory(process, remote_data, code, code_size, NULL)) return -1; if (!WriteProcessMemory(process, remote_data + code_size, &remote, sizeof(remote), NULL)) return -1; if (!VirtualProtectEx(process, remote_data, code_size + sizeof(remote), PAGE_EXECUTE_READ, &old_protect)) return -1; if (!FlushInstructionCache(process, remote_data, code_size + sizeof(remote))) return -1; ctx.Rip = (DWORD_PTR)remote_data; ctx.ContextFlags = CONTEXT_CONTROL; if( !SetThreadContext( lpProcessInformation->hThread, &ctx ) ) return -1; #else DEBUG_HOOK("Error: Shouldn't be hooking here for the 32-bit dll.\n"); return -1; #endif } return 0; } tup-v0.7.8/src/dllinject/dllinject.h000066400000000000000000000030041335323540100174000ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010 James McKaskill * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #ifndef tup_dllinject_h #define tup_dllinject_h #include #ifdef BUILDING_DLLINJECT # define DLLINJECT_API __declspec(dllexport) #else # define DLLINJECT_API __declspec(dllimport) #endif #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif DLLINJECT_API BOOL WINAPI DllMain(HANDLE HDllHandle, DWORD Reason, LPVOID Reserved); typedef struct remote_thread_t remote_thread_t; typedef struct remote_thread32_t remote_thread32_t; DLLINJECT_API DWORD tup_inject_init(remote_thread_t *r); DLLINJECT_API void tup_inject_setexecdir(const char *dir); DLLINJECT_API int tup_inject_dll(LPPROCESS_INFORMATION process, const char *depfilename, const char *vardict_file); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/dllinject/hot_patch.c000066400000000000000000000044711335323540100174050ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include "hot_patch.h" #include "patch.h" #include "trace.h" #include static int hot_patch_int(void *old_proc, void *new_proc, void **orig_proc) { static const BYTE signature[] = { 0x90, // nop 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90, // <- function start here 0x8b, 0xff // movl %edi,%edi }; BYTE *begin = (BYTE*)old_proc - 5; DWORD old_protect; if(!VirtualProtect((PVOID)begin, sizeof(signature), PAGE_EXECUTE_WRITECOPY, &old_protect)) return -1; int ret = -1; if(memcmp((PVOID)begin, signature, sizeof(signature))) { DEBUG_HOOK("%x %x %x %x %x %x %x\n", begin[0], begin[1],begin[2],begin[3],begin[4],begin[5],begin[6]); goto exit; } *(begin + 0) = 0xe9; // long jump *(DWORD*)(begin + 1) = (DWORD_PTR)new_proc - (DWORD_PTR)old_proc; *(WORD*)(begin + 5) = 0xf9eb; // short jump back if(orig_proc) *orig_proc = (BYTE*)old_proc + 2; ret = 0; exit: VirtualProtect(begin, sizeof(signature), old_protect, &old_protect); return ret; } int hot_patch(struct patch_entry *begin, struct patch_entry *end) { struct patch_entry *i; for(i = begin; i != end; i++) { wchar_t wmodule[PATH_MAX]; MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, i->module, -1, wmodule, PATH_MAX); HMODULE mod = GetModuleHandle(wmodule); if(!mod) continue; void *old_proc = GetProcAddress(mod, i->name); if(!old_proc) continue; if(hot_patch_int(old_proc, i->new_proc, i->orig_proc) != 0) { DEBUG_HOOK("not hot-patchable (%s)\n", i->name); } else { DEBUG_HOOK("hot-patched (%s)\n", i->name); i->skip = 1; } } return 0; } tup-v0.7.8/src/dllinject/hot_patch.h000066400000000000000000000016561335323540100174140ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #ifndef tup_hot_patch_h #define tup_hot_patch_h struct patch_entry; int hot_patch(struct patch_entry *begin, struct patch_entry *end); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/dllinject/iat_patch.c000066400000000000000000000064051335323540100173670ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010 James McKaskill * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #include "iat_patch.h" #include "patch.h" #include "trace.h" #include #include static void do_hook(void* fphook, void** fporig, IMAGE_THUNK_DATA* cur) { DWORD old_protect; *fporig = (void*) cur->u1.Function; if(!VirtualProtect(cur, sizeof(IMAGE_THUNK_DATA), PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE, &old_protect)) { return; } cur->u1.Function = (DWORD_PTR)fphook; if(!VirtualProtect(cur, sizeof(IMAGE_THUNK_DATA), old_protect, &old_protect)) { return; } } static void hook(HMODULE h, const char *module_name, IMAGE_THUNK_DATA* orig, IMAGE_THUNK_DATA* cur, const struct patch_entry *begin, const struct patch_entry *end) { if(orig->u1.Ordinal & IMAGE_ORDINAL_FLAG) return; IMAGE_IMPORT_BY_NAME* name = (IMAGE_IMPORT_BY_NAME*) (orig->u1.AddressOfData + (char*) h); const struct patch_entry *i; for(i = begin; i != end; i++) { if(i->skip) continue; if(stricmp(module_name, i->module)) continue; if(strcmp((const char*)name->Name, i->name)) continue; do_hook(i->new_proc, i->orig_proc, cur); } } static void foreach_module(HMODULE h, const struct patch_entry *begin, const struct patch_entry *end) { IMAGE_DOS_HEADER* dos_header; IMAGE_NT_HEADERS* nt_headers; IMAGE_DATA_DIRECTORY* import_dir; IMAGE_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR* imports; dos_header = (IMAGE_DOS_HEADER*) h; nt_headers = (IMAGE_NT_HEADERS*) (dos_header->e_lfanew + (char*) h); import_dir = &nt_headers->OptionalHeader.DataDirectory[IMAGE_DIRECTORY_ENTRY_IMPORT]; imports = (IMAGE_IMPORT_DESCRIPTOR*) (import_dir->VirtualAddress + (char*) h); if(import_dir->VirtualAddress == 0) return; while(imports->Name != 0) { char* dllname = (char*) h + imports->Name; if(imports->FirstThunk && imports->OriginalFirstThunk) { IMAGE_THUNK_DATA* cur = (IMAGE_THUNK_DATA*) (imports->FirstThunk + (char*) h); IMAGE_THUNK_DATA* orig = (IMAGE_THUNK_DATA*) (imports->OriginalFirstThunk + (char*) h); while(cur->u1.Function && orig->u1.Function) { hook(h, dllname, orig, cur, begin, end); cur++; orig++; } } imports++; } } int iat_patch(struct patch_entry *begin, struct patch_entry *end) { DWORD modnum; HMODULE modules[256]; char filename[MAX_PATH]; if(!EnumProcessModules(GetCurrentProcess(), modules, sizeof(modules), &modnum)) return -1; modnum /= sizeof(HMODULE); DWORD i; for(i = 0; i < modnum; i++) { if(!GetModuleFileNameA(modules[i], filename, sizeof(filename))) { return -1; } foreach_module(modules[i], begin, end); } return 0; } tup-v0.7.8/src/dllinject/iat_patch.h000066400000000000000000000017251335323540100173740ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010 James McKaskill * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #ifndef tup_iat_patch_h #define tup_iat_patch_h struct patch_entry; int iat_patch(struct patch_entry *begin, struct patch_entry *end); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/dllinject/patch.h000066400000000000000000000016751335323540100165430ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2012-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #ifndef tup_patch_h #define tup_patch_h struct patch_entry { const char *module; const char *name; void *new_proc; void **orig_proc; int skip; }; #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/dllinject/trace.c000066400000000000000000000027501335323540100165300ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010 James McKaskill * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #ifndef NDEBUG #include "trace.h" #include #include #include const char* access_type_name[] = { "read", "write", "rename", "unlink", "var", }; FILE *debugf = NULL; int opening = 0; void debug_hook(const char* format, ...) { DWORD save_error = GetLastError(); va_list ap; if(debugf == NULL && !opening) { opening = 1; debugf = fopen("ok.txt", "a"); if(debugf == NULL) { perror("ok.txt"); fprintf(stderr, "Unable to open debugging file.\n"); } fflush(stdout); } if(debugf == NULL) { goto exit; } va_start(ap, format); vfprintf(debugf, format, ap); fflush(debugf); exit: SetLastError( save_error ); } #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/dllinject/trace.h000066400000000000000000000020331335323540100165270ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * tup - A file-based build system * * Copyright (C) 2010 James McKaskill * Copyright (C) 2010-2018 Mike Shal * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as * published by the Free Software Foundation. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. * * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */ #ifndef tup_trace_h #define tup_trace_h #ifndef NDEBUG # define DEBUG_HOOK debug_hook extern const char* access_type_name[]; void debug_hook(const char* format, ...); #else # define DEBUG_HOOK(...) #endif #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/inih/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100142415ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/inih/LICENSE.txt000066400000000000000000000030061335323540100160630ustar00rootroot00000000000000 The "inih" library is distributed under the New BSD license: Copyright (c) 2009, Brush Technology All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of Brush Technology nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY BRUSH TECHNOLOGY ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL BRUSH TECHNOLOGY BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. tup-v0.7.8/src/inih/README.txt000066400000000000000000000002621335323540100157370ustar00rootroot00000000000000 inih is a simple .INI file parser written in C, released under the New BSD license (see LICENSE.txt). Go to the project home page for more info: http://code.google.com/p/inih/ tup-v0.7.8/src/inih/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000003111335323540100155670ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules # Has some warnings about casting away const CFLAGS += -Wno-cast-qual # Don't need multiline support - we just set some ints. CFLAGS += -DINI_ALLOW_MULTILINE=0 : foreach *.c |> !cc |> tup-v0.7.8/src/inih/ini.c000066400000000000000000000102531335323540100151650ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* inih -- simple .INI file parser inih is released under the New BSD license (see LICENSE.txt). Go to the project home page for more info: http://code.google.com/p/inih/ */ #include #include #include #include "ini.h" #define MAX_LINE 200 #define MAX_SECTION 50 #define MAX_NAME 50 /* Strip whitespace chars off end of given string, in place. Return s. */ static char* rstrip(char* s) { char* p = s + strlen(s); while (p > s && isspace(*--p)) *p = '\0'; return s; } /* Return pointer to first non-whitespace char in given string. */ static char* lskip(const char* s) { while (*s && isspace(*s)) s++; return (char*)s; } /* Return pointer to first char c or ';' comment in given string, or pointer to null at end of string if neither found. ';' must be prefixed by a whitespace character to register as a comment. */ static char* find_char_or_comment(const char* s, char c) { int was_whitespace = 0; while (*s && *s != c && !(was_whitespace && *s == ';')) { was_whitespace = isspace(*s); s++; } return (char*)s; } /* Version of strncpy that ensures dest (size bytes) is null-terminated. */ static char* strncpy0(char* dest, const char* src, size_t size) { strncpy(dest, src, size); dest[size - 1] = '\0'; return dest; } /* See documentation in header file. */ int ini_parse_file(FILE* file, int (*handler)(void*, const char*, const char*, const char*), void* user) { /* Uses a fair bit of stack (use heap instead if you need to) */ char line[MAX_LINE]; char section[MAX_SECTION] = ""; char prev_name[MAX_NAME] = ""; char* start; char* end; char* name; char* value; int lineno = 0; int error = 0; /* Scan through file line by line */ while (fgets(line, sizeof(line), file) != NULL) { lineno++; start = lskip(rstrip(line)); if (*start == ';' || *start == '#') { /* Per Python ConfigParser, allow '#' comments at start of line */ } #if INI_ALLOW_MULTILINE else if (*prev_name && *start && start > line) { /* Non-black line with leading whitespace, treat as continuation of previous name's value (as per Python ConfigParser). */ if (!handler(user, section, prev_name, start) && !error) error = lineno; } #endif else if (*start == '[') { /* A "[section]" line */ end = find_char_or_comment(start + 1, ']'); if (*end == ']') { *end = '\0'; strncpy0(section, start + 1, sizeof(section)); *prev_name = '\0'; } else if (!error) { /* No ']' found on section line */ error = lineno; } } else if (*start && *start != ';') { /* Not a comment, must be a name[=:]value pair */ end = find_char_or_comment(start, '='); if (*end != '=') { end = find_char_or_comment(start, ':'); } if (*end == '=' || *end == ':') { *end = '\0'; name = rstrip(start); value = lskip(end + 1); end = find_char_or_comment(value, '\0'); if (*end == ';') *end = '\0'; rstrip(value); /* Valid name[=:]value pair found, call handler */ strncpy0(prev_name, name, sizeof(prev_name)); if (!handler(user, section, name, value) && !error) error = lineno; } else if (!error) { /* No '=' or ':' found on name[=:]value line */ error = lineno; } } } return error; } /* See documentation in header file. */ int ini_parse(const char* filename, int (*handler)(void*, const char*, const char*, const char*), void* user) { FILE* file; int error; file = fopen(filename, "r"); if (!file) return -1; error = ini_parse_file(file, handler, user); fclose(file); return error; } tup-v0.7.8/src/inih/ini.h000066400000000000000000000034531335323540100151760ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* inih -- simple .INI file parser inih is released under the New BSD license (see LICENSE.txt). Go to the project home page for more info: http://code.google.com/p/inih/ */ #ifndef __INI_H__ #define __INI_H__ /* Make this header file easier to include in C++ code */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif #include /* Parse given INI-style file. May have [section]s, name=value pairs (whitespace stripped), and comments starting with ';' (semicolon). Section is "" if name=value pair parsed before any section heading. name:value pairs are also supported as a concession to Python's ConfigParser. For each name=value pair parsed, call handler function with given user pointer as well as section, name, and value (data only valid for duration of handler call). Handler should return nonzero on success, zero on error. Returns 0 on success, line number of first error on parse error (doesn't stop on first error), or -1 on file open error. */ int ini_parse(const char* filename, int (*handler)(void* user, const char* section, const char* name, const char* value), void* user); /* Same as ini_parse(), but takes a FILE* instead of filename. This doesn't close the file when it's finished -- the caller must do that. */ int ini_parse_file(FILE* file, int (*handler)(void* user, const char* section, const char* name, const char* value), void* user); /* Nonzero to allow multi-line value parsing, in the style of Python's ConfigParser. If allowed, ini_parse() will call the handler with the same name for each subsequent line parsed. */ #ifndef INI_ALLOW_MULTILINE #define INI_ALLOW_MULTILINE 1 #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* __INI_H__ */ tup-v0.7.8/src/ldpreload/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100152605ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/ldpreload/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000006561335323540100166220ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules ifeq ($(TUP_SERVER),ldpreload) CFLAGS += $(FPIC) # __realpath_chk is defined with -Os but undefined without optimization. CFLAGS += -Wno-redundant-decls CFLAGS += -pthread srcs += *.c srcs += ../tup/flock/fcntl.c srcs += ../tup/ccache.c ifeq ($(X86_ARCH_SIBLINGS),y) : foreach $(srcs) |> !cc |> %B.64.o CFLAGS += -m32 : foreach $(srcs) |> !cc |> %B.32.o else : foreach $(srcs) |> !cc |> %B.o endif endif tup-v0.7.8/src/ldpreload/ldpreload.c000066400000000000000000000376071335323540100174070ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: * * ldpreload - Shared library shim for file accesses. * * Copyright (c) 2008-2018 Mike Shal * All rights reserved. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this * list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR * ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. * * The views and conclusions contained in the software and documentation are those * of the authors and should not be interpreted as representing official policies, * either expressed or implied, of the FreeBSD Project. */ #define _GNU_SOURCE #include "tup/access_event.h" #include "tup/flock.h" #include "tup/ccache.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include int __xstat(int vers, const char *name, struct stat *buf); int stat64(const char *filename, struct stat64 *buf); int __xstat64(int __ver, __const char *__filename, struct stat64 *__stat_buf); int __lxstat64(int vers, const char *path, struct stat64 *buf); char *__realpath_chk(const char *path, char *resolved_path, size_t resolvedlen); static char cwd[PATH_MAX]; static int cwdlen = -1; static void handle_file(const char *file, const char *file2, int at); static void handle_file_dirfd(int dirfd, const char *file, const char *file2, int at); static int ignore_file(const char *file); static int update_cwd(void); static int (*s_open)(const char *, int, ...); static int (*s_open64)(const char *, int, ...); static FILE *(*s_fopen)(const char *, const char *); static FILE *(*s_fopen64)(const char *, const char *); static FILE *(*s_freopen)(const char *, const char *, FILE *); static int (*s_creat)(const char *, mode_t); static int (*s_symlink)(const char *, const char *); static int (*s_symlinkat)(const char *, int, const char *); static ssize_t (*s_readlink)(const char *, char *, size_t); static char *(*s_realpath)(const char *, char *); static char *(*s_realpath_chk)(const char *, char *, size_t); static int (*s_rename)(const char*, const char*); static int (*s_renameat)(int, const char*, int, const char*); static int (*s_mkstemp)(char *template); static int (*s_mkostemp)(char *template, int flags); static int (*s_remove)(const char *); static int (*s_unlink)(const char*); static int (*s_unlinkat)(int, const char*, int); static int (*s_execve)(const char *filename, char *const argv[], char *const envp[]); static int (*s_execv)(const char *path, char *const argv[]); static int (*s_execvp)(const char *file, char *const argv[]); static int (*s_chdir)(const char *path); static int (*s_fchdir)(int fd); static int (*s_xstat)(int vers, const char *name, struct stat *buf); static int (*s_stat64)(const char *name, struct stat64 *buf); static int (*s_xstat64)(int vers, const char *name, struct stat64 *buf); static int (*s_lxstat64)(int vers, const char *path, struct stat64 *buf); #define WRAP(ptr, name) \ if(!ptr) { \ ptr = dlsym(RTLD_NEXT, name); \ if(!ptr) { \ fprintf(stderr, "tup.ldpreload: Unable to wrap '%s'\n", \ name); \ exit(1); \ } \ } #define VWRAP(ptr, name, version) \ if(!ptr) { \ ptr = dlvsym(RTLD_NEXT, name, version); \ if(!ptr) { \ fprintf(stderr, "tup.ldpreload: Unable to wrap '%s' version '%s'\n", \ name, version); \ exit(1); \ } \ } static int errored = 0; static pthread_mutex_t mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; static int depfd = -1; static void prepare(void) { pthread_mutex_lock(&mutex); } static void parent(void) { int rc; rc = pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutex); if(rc != 0) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: pthread_mutex_unlock() failed in parent atfork handler with rc=%i\n", rc); errored = 1; } } static void child(void) { int rc; rc = pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutex); if(rc != 0) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: pthread_mutex_unlock() failed in child atfork handler with rc=%i\n", rc); errored = 1; } } static void init_fd(void) __attribute__((constructor)); static void init_fd(void) { const char *depfile; if(pthread_atfork(prepare, parent, child) != 0) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: Unable to set pthread atfork handlers.\n"); goto out_error; } depfile = getenv(TUP_DEPFILE); if(!depfile) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: Unable to find dependency filename in the TUP_DEPFILE environment variable.\n"); goto out_error; } WRAP(s_open, "open"); if(depfd < 0) { depfd = s_open(depfile, O_WRONLY | O_APPEND | O_CREAT | O_CLOEXEC, 0666); if(depfd < 0) { perror(depfile); fprintf(stderr, "tup error: Unable to write dependencies to a temporary file.\n"); goto out_error; } } return; out_error: errored = 1; } int open(const char *pathname, int flags, ...) { int rc; mode_t mode = 0; WRAP(s_open, "open"); if(flags & O_CREAT) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, flags); mode = va_arg(ap, int); va_end(ap); } rc = s_open(pathname, flags, mode); if(rc >= 0) { int at = ACCESS_READ; if(flags&O_WRONLY || flags&O_RDWR) at = ACCESS_WRITE; handle_file(pathname, "", at); } else { handle_file(pathname, "", ACCESS_READ); } return rc; } int open64(const char *pathname, int flags, ...) { int rc; mode_t mode = 0; WRAP(s_open64, "open64"); if(flags & O_CREAT) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, flags); mode = va_arg(ap, int); va_end(ap); } rc = s_open64(pathname, flags, mode); if(rc >= 0) { int at = ACCESS_READ; if(flags&O_WRONLY || flags&O_RDWR) at = ACCESS_WRITE; handle_file(pathname, "", at); } else { handle_file(pathname, "", ACCESS_READ); } return rc; } FILE *fopen(const char *path, const char *mode) { FILE *f; WRAP(s_fopen, "fopen"); f = s_fopen(path, mode); if(f) { handle_file(path, "", !(mode[0] == 'r')); } else { handle_file(path, "", ACCESS_READ); } return f; } FILE *fopen64(const char *path, const char *mode) { FILE *f; WRAP(s_fopen64, "fopen64"); f = s_fopen64(path, mode); if(f) { handle_file(path, "", !(mode[0] == 'r')); } else { handle_file(path, "", ACCESS_READ); } return f; } FILE *freopen(const char *path, const char *mode, FILE *stream) { FILE *f; WRAP(s_freopen, "freopen"); f = s_freopen(path, mode, stream); if(f) { handle_file(path, "", !(mode[0] == 'r')); } else { handle_file(path, "", ACCESS_READ); } return f; } int creat(const char *pathname, mode_t mode) { int rc; WRAP(s_creat, "creat"); rc = s_creat(pathname, mode); if(rc >= 0) handle_file(pathname, "", ACCESS_WRITE); return rc; } int symlink(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath) { int rc; WRAP(s_symlink, "symlink"); rc = s_symlink(oldpath, newpath); if(rc == 0) handle_file(newpath, "", ACCESS_WRITE); return rc; } int symlinkat(const char *target, int newdirfd, const char *linkpath) { int rc; WRAP(s_symlinkat, "symlinkat"); rc = s_symlinkat(target, newdirfd, linkpath); if(rc == 0) { handle_file_dirfd(newdirfd, linkpath, "", ACCESS_WRITE); } return rc; } ssize_t readlink(const char *pathname, char *buf, size_t bufsiz) { ssize_t rc; /* Force ENOENT for /etc/malloc.conf, which is used by jemalloc. * * The jemalloc library wraps malloc(), calloc(), etc, and calls * readlink on /etc/malloc.conf in its static initializer. This calls * into our hook, which means we try to call dlsym() to get the real * readlink from libc.so. Unfortunately, dlsym() calls calloc() to * allocate space for thread-specific variables, which jemalloc picks * up and tries to re-initialize itself, and then deadlocks since the * original initialization isn't complete yet. I haven't found aonther * way to work around this since both our shared library shim and * jemalloc have their symbols mapped into the process before the * static initializer is called, and I don't think we can get the real * readlink symbol without allocating memory. */ if(strcmp(pathname, "/etc/malloc.conf") == 0) { errno = ENOENT; return -1; } WRAP(s_readlink, "readlink"); rc = s_readlink(pathname, buf, bufsiz); handle_file(pathname, "", ACCESS_READ); return rc; } char *realpath(const char *path, char *resolved_path) { VWRAP(s_realpath, "realpath", "GLIBC_2.3"); handle_file(path, "", ACCESS_READ); return s_realpath(path, resolved_path); } char *__realpath_chk(const char *path, char *resolved_path, size_t resolvedlen) { WRAP(s_realpath_chk, "__realpath_chk"); handle_file(path, "", ACCESS_READ); return s_realpath_chk(path, resolved_path, resolvedlen); } int rename(const char *old, const char *new) { int rc; WRAP(s_rename, "rename"); rc = s_rename(old, new); if(rc == 0) { handle_file(old, new, ACCESS_RENAME); } return rc; } int renameat(int oldfd, const char *old, int newfd, const char *new) { int rc; /* This shouldn't be too hard to implement, but at the moment we only * need renameat() with AT_FDCWD for 'ln -s' on arch and fedora. */ if(oldfd != AT_FDCWD || newfd != AT_FDCWD) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: renameat() with fd != AT_FDCWD is not yet supported.\n"); errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } WRAP(s_renameat, "renameat"); rc = s_renameat(oldfd, old, newfd, new); if(rc == 0) { handle_file(old, new, ACCESS_RENAME); } return rc; } int mkstemp(char *template) { int rc; WRAP(s_mkstemp, "mkstemp"); rc = s_mkstemp(template); if(rc != -1) { handle_file(template, "", ACCESS_WRITE); } return rc; } int mkostemp(char *template, int flags) { int rc; WRAP(s_mkostemp, "mkostemp"); rc = s_mkostemp(template, flags); if(rc != -1) { handle_file(template, "", ACCESS_WRITE); } return rc; } int remove(const char *pathname) { int rc; WRAP(s_remove, "remove"); rc = s_remove(pathname); if(rc == 0) handle_file(pathname, "", ACCESS_UNLINK); return rc; } int unlink(const char *pathname) { int rc; WRAP(s_unlink, "unlink"); rc = s_unlink(pathname); if(rc == 0) handle_file(pathname, "", ACCESS_UNLINK); return rc; } int unlinkat(int dirfd, const char *pathname, int flags) { int rc; WRAP(s_unlinkat, "unlinkat"); rc = s_unlinkat(dirfd, pathname, flags); if(rc == 0) { handle_file_dirfd(dirfd, pathname, "", ACCESS_UNLINK); } return rc; } int execve(const char *filename, char *const argv[], char *const envp[]) { int rc; WRAP(s_execve, "execve"); handle_file(filename, "", ACCESS_READ); rc = s_execve(filename, argv, envp); return rc; } int execv(const char *path, char *const argv[]) { int rc; WRAP(s_execv, "execv"); handle_file(path, "", ACCESS_READ); rc = s_execv(path, argv); return rc; } int execl(const char *path, const char *arg, ...) { if(path) {} if(arg) {} fprintf(stderr, "tup error: execl() is not supported.\n"); errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } int execlp(const char *file, const char *arg, ...) { if(file) {} if(arg) {} fprintf(stderr, "tup error: execlp() is not supported.\n"); errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } int execle(const char *file, const char *arg, ...) { if(file) {} if(arg) {} fprintf(stderr, "tup error: execle() is not supported.\n"); errno = ENOSYS; return -1; } int execvp(const char *file, char *const argv[]) { int rc; const char *p; WRAP(s_execvp, "execvp"); for(p = file; *p; p++) { if(*p == '/') { handle_file(file, "", ACCESS_READ); rc = s_execvp(file, argv); return rc; } } rc = s_execvp(file, argv); return rc; } int chdir(const char *path) { int rc; WRAP(s_chdir, "chdir"); rc = s_chdir(path); if(rc == 0) { if(update_cwd() < 0) return -1; } return rc; } int fchdir(int fd) { int rc; WRAP(s_fchdir, "fchdir"); rc = s_fchdir(fd); if(rc == 0) { if(update_cwd() < 0) return -1; } return rc; } int __xstat(int vers, const char *name, struct stat *buf) { int rc; WRAP(s_xstat, "__xstat"); rc = s_xstat(vers, name, buf); handle_file(name, "", ACCESS_READ); return rc; } int stat64(const char *filename, struct stat64 *buf) { int rc; WRAP(s_stat64, "stat64"); rc = s_stat64(filename, buf); handle_file(filename, "", ACCESS_READ); return rc; } int __xstat64(int __ver, __const char *__filename, struct stat64 *__stat_buf) { int rc; WRAP(s_xstat64, "__xstat64"); rc = s_xstat64(__ver, __filename, __stat_buf); handle_file(__filename, "", ACCESS_READ); return rc; } int __lxstat64(int vers, const char *path, struct stat64 *buf) { int rc; WRAP(s_lxstat64, "__lxstat64"); rc = s_lxstat64(vers, path, buf); handle_file(path, "", ACCESS_READ); return rc; } static int write_all(int fd, const void *data, int size) { if(write(fd, data, size) != size) { perror("write"); fprintf(stderr, "tup error: Unable to write %i bytes to the dependency file.\n", size); return -1; } return 0; } static void handle_file_locked(const char *dirname, int dirlen, const char *file, const char *file2, int at) { struct access_event event; int len; int len2; if(errored) return; if(ignore_file(file)) return; if(ignore_file(file2)) return; if(tup_flock(depfd) < 0) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: Unable to lock dependency file for writing [%i]: (file event = %s)\n", depfd, file); goto out_error; } len = strlen(file); len2 = strlen(file2); event.at = at; event.len = len; event.len2 = len2; if(!is_full_path(file)) event.len += dirlen + 1; if(file2[0] && !is_full_path(file2)) event.len2 += dirlen + 1; if(write_all(depfd, &event, sizeof(event)) < 0) goto out_error; if(!is_full_path(file)) { if(write_all(depfd, dirname, dirlen) < 0) goto out_error; if(write_all(depfd, "/", 1) < 0) goto out_error; } if(write_all(depfd, file, len + 1) < 0) goto out_error; if(file2[0] && !is_full_path(file2)) { if(write_all(depfd, dirname, dirlen) < 0) goto out_error; if(write_all(depfd, "/", 1) < 0) goto out_error; } if(write_all(depfd, file2, len2 + 1) < 0) goto out_error; if(tup_unflock(depfd) < 0) { fprintf(stderr, "tup error: Unable to unlock dependency file.\n"); goto out_error; } return; out_error: errored = 1; } static void handle_file(const char *file, const char *file2, int at) { pthread_mutex_lock(&mutex); if(cwdlen < 0) update_cwd(); handle_file_locked(cwd, cwdlen, file, file2, at); pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutex); } static void handle_file_dirfd(int dirfd, const char *file, const char *file2, int at) { int dirlen; char procbuf[PATH_MAX]; char dirname[PATH_MAX]; if(dirfd == AT_FDCWD) { handle_file(file, file2, at); return; } snprintf(procbuf, sizeof(procbuf), "/proc/self/fd/%i", dirfd); WRAP(s_readlink, "readlink"); dirlen = s_readlink(procbuf, dirname, sizeof(dirname)); if(dirlen < 0) { perror(procbuf); fprintf(stderr, "tup.ldpreload: Error reading file descriptor symlink from /proc\n"); errored = 1; return; } dirname[dirlen] = 0; pthread_mutex_lock(&mutex); handle_file_locked(dirname, dirlen, file, file2, at); pthread_mutex_unlock(&mutex); } static int ignore_file(const char *file) { if(strncmp(file, "/dev/", 5) == 0) return 1; if(strncmp(file, "/proc/", 6) == 0) return 1; if(is_ccache_path(file)) return 1; return 0; } static int update_cwd(void) { if(getcwd(cwd, sizeof(cwd)) == NULL) { perror("getcwd"); return -1; } cwdlen = strlen(cwd); return 0; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100140735ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/LICENSE.txt000066400000000000000000000020511335323540100157140ustar00rootroot00000000000000Copyright © 1994–2017 Lua.org, PUC-Rio. Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000015021335323540100154240ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules srcs += lapi.c srcs += lcode.c srcs += lctype.c srcs += ldebug.c srcs += ldo.c srcs += ldump.c srcs += lfunc.c srcs += lgc.c srcs += llex.c srcs += lmem.c srcs += lobject.c srcs += lopcodes.c srcs += lparser.c srcs += lstate.c srcs += lstring.c srcs += ltable.c srcs += ltm.c srcs += lundump.c srcs += lvm.c srcs += lzio.c srcs += lauxlib.c srcs += lbaselib.c srcs += lbitlib.c srcs += lcorolib.c srcs += ldblib.c srcs += liolib.c srcs += lmathlib.c srcs += loslib.c srcs += lstrlib.c srcs += ltablib.c srcs += loadlib.c srcs += linit.c srcs += lutf8lib.c CFLAGS += -w ifneq ($(TARGET),win32) CFLAGS += -DLUA_USE_POSIX else CFLAGS_lua.c += -Usig_atomic_t endif : foreach $(srcs) |> !cc |> {objs} : {objs} |> !ar |> liblua.a : foreach lua.c |> !cc |> LDFLAGS += -lm : lua.o liblua.a |> !ld |> lua$(PROGRAM_SUFFIX) tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lapi.c000066400000000000000000000751331335323540100151750ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lapi.c,v 2.259 2016/02/29 14:27:14 roberto Exp $ ** Lua API ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lapi_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lapi.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lfunc.h" #include "lgc.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "ltable.h" #include "ltm.h" #include "lundump.h" #include "lvm.h" const char lua_ident[] = "$LuaVersion: " LUA_COPYRIGHT " $" "$LuaAuthors: " LUA_AUTHORS " $"; /* value at a non-valid index */ #define NONVALIDVALUE cast(TValue *, luaO_nilobject) /* corresponding test */ #define isvalid(o) ((o) != luaO_nilobject) /* test for pseudo index */ #define ispseudo(i) ((i) <= LUA_REGISTRYINDEX) /* test for upvalue */ #define isupvalue(i) ((i) < LUA_REGISTRYINDEX) /* test for valid but not pseudo index */ #define isstackindex(i, o) (isvalid(o) && !ispseudo(i)) #define api_checkvalidindex(l,o) api_check(l, isvalid(o), "invalid index") #define api_checkstackindex(l, i, o) \ api_check(l, isstackindex(i, o), "index not in the stack") static TValue *index2addr (lua_State *L, int idx) { CallInfo *ci = L->ci; if (idx > 0) { TValue *o = ci->func + idx; api_check(L, idx <= ci->top - (ci->func + 1), "unacceptable index"); if (o >= L->top) return NONVALIDVALUE; else return o; } else if (!ispseudo(idx)) { /* negative index */ api_check(L, idx != 0 && -idx <= L->top - (ci->func + 1), "invalid index"); return L->top + idx; } else if (idx == LUA_REGISTRYINDEX) return &G(L)->l_registry; else { /* upvalues */ idx = LUA_REGISTRYINDEX - idx; api_check(L, idx <= MAXUPVAL + 1, "upvalue index too large"); if (ttislcf(ci->func)) /* light C function? */ return NONVALIDVALUE; /* it has no upvalues */ else { CClosure *func = clCvalue(ci->func); return (idx <= func->nupvalues) ? &func->upvalue[idx-1] : NONVALIDVALUE; } } } /* ** to be called by 'lua_checkstack' in protected mode, to grow stack ** capturing memory errors */ static void growstack (lua_State *L, void *ud) { int size = *(int *)ud; luaD_growstack(L, size); } LUA_API int lua_checkstack (lua_State *L, int n) { int res; CallInfo *ci = L->ci; lua_lock(L); api_check(L, n >= 0, "negative 'n'"); if (L->stack_last - L->top > n) /* stack large enough? */ res = 1; /* yes; check is OK */ else { /* no; need to grow stack */ int inuse = cast_int(L->top - L->stack) + EXTRA_STACK; if (inuse > LUAI_MAXSTACK - n) /* can grow without overflow? */ res = 0; /* no */ else /* try to grow stack */ res = (luaD_rawrunprotected(L, &growstack, &n) == LUA_OK); } if (res && ci->top < L->top + n) ci->top = L->top + n; /* adjust frame top */ lua_unlock(L); return res; } LUA_API void lua_xmove (lua_State *from, lua_State *to, int n) { int i; if (from == to) return; lua_lock(to); api_checknelems(from, n); api_check(from, G(from) == G(to), "moving among independent states"); api_check(from, to->ci->top - to->top >= n, "stack overflow"); from->top -= n; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { setobj2s(to, to->top, from->top + i); to->top++; /* stack already checked by previous 'api_check' */ } lua_unlock(to); } LUA_API lua_CFunction lua_atpanic (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction panicf) { lua_CFunction old; lua_lock(L); old = G(L)->panic; G(L)->panic = panicf; lua_unlock(L); return old; } LUA_API const lua_Number *lua_version (lua_State *L) { static const lua_Number version = LUA_VERSION_NUM; if (L == NULL) return &version; else return G(L)->version; } /* ** basic stack manipulation */ /* ** convert an acceptable stack index into an absolute index */ LUA_API int lua_absindex (lua_State *L, int idx) { return (idx > 0 || ispseudo(idx)) ? idx : cast_int(L->top - L->ci->func) + idx; } LUA_API int lua_gettop (lua_State *L) { return cast_int(L->top - (L->ci->func + 1)); } LUA_API void lua_settop (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId func = L->ci->func; lua_lock(L); if (idx >= 0) { api_check(L, idx <= L->stack_last - (func + 1), "new top too large"); while (L->top < (func + 1) + idx) setnilvalue(L->top++); L->top = (func + 1) + idx; } else { api_check(L, -(idx+1) <= (L->top - (func + 1)), "invalid new top"); L->top += idx+1; /* 'subtract' index (index is negative) */ } lua_unlock(L); } /* ** Reverse the stack segment from 'from' to 'to' ** (auxiliary to 'lua_rotate') */ static void reverse (lua_State *L, StkId from, StkId to) { for (; from < to; from++, to--) { TValue temp; setobj(L, &temp, from); setobjs2s(L, from, to); setobj2s(L, to, &temp); } } /* ** Let x = AB, where A is a prefix of length 'n'. Then, ** rotate x n == BA. But BA == (A^r . B^r)^r. */ LUA_API void lua_rotate (lua_State *L, int idx, int n) { StkId p, t, m; lua_lock(L); t = L->top - 1; /* end of stack segment being rotated */ p = index2addr(L, idx); /* start of segment */ api_checkstackindex(L, idx, p); api_check(L, (n >= 0 ? n : -n) <= (t - p + 1), "invalid 'n'"); m = (n >= 0 ? t - n : p - n - 1); /* end of prefix */ reverse(L, p, m); /* reverse the prefix with length 'n' */ reverse(L, m + 1, t); /* reverse the suffix */ reverse(L, p, t); /* reverse the entire segment */ lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API void lua_copy (lua_State *L, int fromidx, int toidx) { TValue *fr, *to; lua_lock(L); fr = index2addr(L, fromidx); to = index2addr(L, toidx); api_checkvalidindex(L, to); setobj(L, to, fr); if (isupvalue(toidx)) /* function upvalue? */ luaC_barrier(L, clCvalue(L->ci->func), fr); /* LUA_REGISTRYINDEX does not need gc barrier (collector revisits it before finishing collection) */ lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API void lua_pushvalue (lua_State *L, int idx) { lua_lock(L); setobj2s(L, L->top, index2addr(L, idx)); api_incr_top(L); lua_unlock(L); } /* ** access functions (stack -> C) */ LUA_API int lua_type (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId o = index2addr(L, idx); return (isvalid(o) ? ttnov(o) : LUA_TNONE); } LUA_API const char *lua_typename (lua_State *L, int t) { UNUSED(L); api_check(L, LUA_TNONE <= t && t < LUA_NUMTAGS, "invalid tag"); return ttypename(t); } LUA_API int lua_iscfunction (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId o = index2addr(L, idx); return (ttislcf(o) || (ttisCclosure(o))); } LUA_API int lua_isinteger (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId o = index2addr(L, idx); return ttisinteger(o); } LUA_API int lua_isnumber (lua_State *L, int idx) { lua_Number n; const TValue *o = index2addr(L, idx); return tonumber(o, &n); } LUA_API int lua_isstring (lua_State *L, int idx) { const TValue *o = index2addr(L, idx); return (ttisstring(o) || cvt2str(o)); } LUA_API int lua_isuserdata (lua_State *L, int idx) { const TValue *o = index2addr(L, idx); return (ttisfulluserdata(o) || ttislightuserdata(o)); } LUA_API int lua_rawequal (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2) { StkId o1 = index2addr(L, index1); StkId o2 = index2addr(L, index2); return (isvalid(o1) && isvalid(o2)) ? luaV_rawequalobj(o1, o2) : 0; } LUA_API void lua_arith (lua_State *L, int op) { lua_lock(L); if (op != LUA_OPUNM && op != LUA_OPBNOT) api_checknelems(L, 2); /* all other operations expect two operands */ else { /* for unary operations, add fake 2nd operand */ api_checknelems(L, 1); setobjs2s(L, L->top, L->top - 1); api_incr_top(L); } /* first operand at top - 2, second at top - 1; result go to top - 2 */ luaO_arith(L, op, L->top - 2, L->top - 1, L->top - 2); L->top--; /* remove second operand */ lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API int lua_compare (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2, int op) { StkId o1, o2; int i = 0; lua_lock(L); /* may call tag method */ o1 = index2addr(L, index1); o2 = index2addr(L, index2); if (isvalid(o1) && isvalid(o2)) { switch (op) { case LUA_OPEQ: i = luaV_equalobj(L, o1, o2); break; case LUA_OPLT: i = luaV_lessthan(L, o1, o2); break; case LUA_OPLE: i = luaV_lessequal(L, o1, o2); break; default: api_check(L, 0, "invalid option"); } } lua_unlock(L); return i; } LUA_API size_t lua_stringtonumber (lua_State *L, const char *s) { size_t sz = luaO_str2num(s, L->top); if (sz != 0) api_incr_top(L); return sz; } LUA_API lua_Number lua_tonumberx (lua_State *L, int idx, int *pisnum) { lua_Number n; const TValue *o = index2addr(L, idx); int isnum = tonumber(o, &n); if (!isnum) n = 0; /* call to 'tonumber' may change 'n' even if it fails */ if (pisnum) *pisnum = isnum; return n; } LUA_API lua_Integer lua_tointegerx (lua_State *L, int idx, int *pisnum) { lua_Integer res; const TValue *o = index2addr(L, idx); int isnum = tointeger(o, &res); if (!isnum) res = 0; /* call to 'tointeger' may change 'n' even if it fails */ if (pisnum) *pisnum = isnum; return res; } LUA_API int lua_toboolean (lua_State *L, int idx) { const TValue *o = index2addr(L, idx); return !l_isfalse(o); } LUA_API const char *lua_tolstring (lua_State *L, int idx, size_t *len) { StkId o = index2addr(L, idx); if (!ttisstring(o)) { if (!cvt2str(o)) { /* not convertible? */ if (len != NULL) *len = 0; return NULL; } lua_lock(L); /* 'luaO_tostring' may create a new string */ luaO_tostring(L, o); luaC_checkGC(L); o = index2addr(L, idx); /* previous call may reallocate the stack */ lua_unlock(L); } if (len != NULL) *len = vslen(o); return svalue(o); } LUA_API size_t lua_rawlen (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId o = index2addr(L, idx); switch (ttype(o)) { case LUA_TSHRSTR: return tsvalue(o)->shrlen; case LUA_TLNGSTR: return tsvalue(o)->u.lnglen; case LUA_TUSERDATA: return uvalue(o)->len; case LUA_TTABLE: return luaH_getn(hvalue(o)); default: return 0; } } LUA_API lua_CFunction lua_tocfunction (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId o = index2addr(L, idx); if (ttislcf(o)) return fvalue(o); else if (ttisCclosure(o)) return clCvalue(o)->f; else return NULL; /* not a C function */ } LUA_API void *lua_touserdata (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId o = index2addr(L, idx); switch (ttnov(o)) { case LUA_TUSERDATA: return getudatamem(uvalue(o)); case LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA: return pvalue(o); default: return NULL; } } LUA_API lua_State *lua_tothread (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId o = index2addr(L, idx); return (!ttisthread(o)) ? NULL : thvalue(o); } LUA_API const void *lua_topointer (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId o = index2addr(L, idx); switch (ttype(o)) { case LUA_TTABLE: return hvalue(o); case LUA_TLCL: return clLvalue(o); case LUA_TCCL: return clCvalue(o); case LUA_TLCF: return cast(void *, cast(size_t, fvalue(o))); case LUA_TTHREAD: return thvalue(o); case LUA_TUSERDATA: return getudatamem(uvalue(o)); case LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA: return pvalue(o); default: return NULL; } } /* ** push functions (C -> stack) */ LUA_API void lua_pushnil (lua_State *L) { lua_lock(L); setnilvalue(L->top); api_incr_top(L); lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API void lua_pushnumber (lua_State *L, lua_Number n) { lua_lock(L); setfltvalue(L->top, n); api_incr_top(L); lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API void lua_pushinteger (lua_State *L, lua_Integer n) { lua_lock(L); setivalue(L->top, n); api_incr_top(L); lua_unlock(L); } /* ** Pushes on the stack a string with given length. Avoid using 's' when ** 'len' == 0 (as 's' can be NULL in that case), due to later use of ** 'memcmp' and 'memcpy'. */ LUA_API const char *lua_pushlstring (lua_State *L, const char *s, size_t len) { TString *ts; lua_lock(L); ts = (len == 0) ? luaS_new(L, "") : luaS_newlstr(L, s, len); setsvalue2s(L, L->top, ts); api_incr_top(L); luaC_checkGC(L); lua_unlock(L); return getstr(ts); } LUA_API const char *lua_pushstring (lua_State *L, const char *s) { lua_lock(L); if (s == NULL) setnilvalue(L->top); else { TString *ts; ts = luaS_new(L, s); setsvalue2s(L, L->top, ts); s = getstr(ts); /* internal copy's address */ } api_incr_top(L); luaC_checkGC(L); lua_unlock(L); return s; } LUA_API const char *lua_pushvfstring (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, va_list argp) { const char *ret; lua_lock(L); ret = luaO_pushvfstring(L, fmt, argp); luaC_checkGC(L); lua_unlock(L); return ret; } LUA_API const char *lua_pushfstring (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...) { const char *ret; va_list argp; lua_lock(L); va_start(argp, fmt); ret = luaO_pushvfstring(L, fmt, argp); va_end(argp); luaC_checkGC(L); lua_unlock(L); return ret; } LUA_API void lua_pushcclosure (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction fn, int n) { lua_lock(L); if (n == 0) { setfvalue(L->top, fn); } else { CClosure *cl; api_checknelems(L, n); api_check(L, n <= MAXUPVAL, "upvalue index too large"); cl = luaF_newCclosure(L, n); cl->f = fn; L->top -= n; while (n--) { setobj2n(L, &cl->upvalue[n], L->top + n); /* does not need barrier because closure is white */ } setclCvalue(L, L->top, cl); } api_incr_top(L); luaC_checkGC(L); lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API void lua_pushboolean (lua_State *L, int b) { lua_lock(L); setbvalue(L->top, (b != 0)); /* ensure that true is 1 */ api_incr_top(L); lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API void lua_pushlightuserdata (lua_State *L, void *p) { lua_lock(L); setpvalue(L->top, p); api_incr_top(L); lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API int lua_pushthread (lua_State *L) { lua_lock(L); setthvalue(L, L->top, L); api_incr_top(L); lua_unlock(L); return (G(L)->mainthread == L); } /* ** get functions (Lua -> stack) */ static int auxgetstr (lua_State *L, const TValue *t, const char *k) { const TValue *slot; TString *str = luaS_new(L, k); if (luaV_fastget(L, t, str, slot, luaH_getstr)) { setobj2s(L, L->top, slot); api_incr_top(L); } else { setsvalue2s(L, L->top, str); api_incr_top(L); luaV_finishget(L, t, L->top - 1, L->top - 1, slot); } lua_unlock(L); return ttnov(L->top - 1); } LUA_API int lua_getglobal (lua_State *L, const char *name) { Table *reg = hvalue(&G(L)->l_registry); lua_lock(L); return auxgetstr(L, luaH_getint(reg, LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS), name); } LUA_API int lua_gettable (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId t; lua_lock(L); t = index2addr(L, idx); luaV_gettable(L, t, L->top - 1, L->top - 1); lua_unlock(L); return ttnov(L->top - 1); } LUA_API int lua_getfield (lua_State *L, int idx, const char *k) { lua_lock(L); return auxgetstr(L, index2addr(L, idx), k); } LUA_API int lua_geti (lua_State *L, int idx, lua_Integer n) { StkId t; const TValue *slot; lua_lock(L); t = index2addr(L, idx); if (luaV_fastget(L, t, n, slot, luaH_getint)) { setobj2s(L, L->top, slot); api_incr_top(L); } else { setivalue(L->top, n); api_incr_top(L); luaV_finishget(L, t, L->top - 1, L->top - 1, slot); } lua_unlock(L); return ttnov(L->top - 1); } LUA_API int lua_rawget (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId t; lua_lock(L); t = index2addr(L, idx); api_check(L, ttistable(t), "table expected"); setobj2s(L, L->top - 1, luaH_get(hvalue(t), L->top - 1)); lua_unlock(L); return ttnov(L->top - 1); } LUA_API int lua_rawgeti (lua_State *L, int idx, lua_Integer n) { StkId t; lua_lock(L); t = index2addr(L, idx); api_check(L, ttistable(t), "table expected"); setobj2s(L, L->top, luaH_getint(hvalue(t), n)); api_incr_top(L); lua_unlock(L); return ttnov(L->top - 1); } LUA_API int lua_rawgetp (lua_State *L, int idx, const void *p) { StkId t; TValue k; lua_lock(L); t = index2addr(L, idx); api_check(L, ttistable(t), "table expected"); setpvalue(&k, cast(void *, p)); setobj2s(L, L->top, luaH_get(hvalue(t), &k)); api_incr_top(L); lua_unlock(L); return ttnov(L->top - 1); } LUA_API void lua_createtable (lua_State *L, int narray, int nrec) { Table *t; lua_lock(L); t = luaH_new(L); sethvalue(L, L->top, t); api_incr_top(L); if (narray > 0 || nrec > 0) luaH_resize(L, t, narray, nrec); luaC_checkGC(L); lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API int lua_getmetatable (lua_State *L, int objindex) { const TValue *obj; Table *mt; int res = 0; lua_lock(L); obj = index2addr(L, objindex); switch (ttnov(obj)) { case LUA_TTABLE: mt = hvalue(obj)->metatable; break; case LUA_TUSERDATA: mt = uvalue(obj)->metatable; break; default: mt = G(L)->mt[ttnov(obj)]; break; } if (mt != NULL) { sethvalue(L, L->top, mt); api_incr_top(L); res = 1; } lua_unlock(L); return res; } LUA_API int lua_getuservalue (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId o; lua_lock(L); o = index2addr(L, idx); api_check(L, ttisfulluserdata(o), "full userdata expected"); getuservalue(L, uvalue(o), L->top); api_incr_top(L); lua_unlock(L); return ttnov(L->top - 1); } /* ** set functions (stack -> Lua) */ /* ** t[k] = value at the top of the stack (where 'k' is a string) */ static void auxsetstr (lua_State *L, const TValue *t, const char *k) { const TValue *slot; TString *str = luaS_new(L, k); api_checknelems(L, 1); if (luaV_fastset(L, t, str, slot, luaH_getstr, L->top - 1)) L->top--; /* pop value */ else { setsvalue2s(L, L->top, str); /* push 'str' (to make it a TValue) */ api_incr_top(L); luaV_finishset(L, t, L->top - 1, L->top - 2, slot); L->top -= 2; /* pop value and key */ } lua_unlock(L); /* lock done by caller */ } LUA_API void lua_setglobal (lua_State *L, const char *name) { Table *reg = hvalue(&G(L)->l_registry); lua_lock(L); /* unlock done in 'auxsetstr' */ auxsetstr(L, luaH_getint(reg, LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS), name); } LUA_API void lua_settable (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId t; lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, 2); t = index2addr(L, idx); luaV_settable(L, t, L->top - 2, L->top - 1); L->top -= 2; /* pop index and value */ lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API void lua_setfield (lua_State *L, int idx, const char *k) { lua_lock(L); /* unlock done in 'auxsetstr' */ auxsetstr(L, index2addr(L, idx), k); } LUA_API void lua_seti (lua_State *L, int idx, lua_Integer n) { StkId t; const TValue *slot; lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, 1); t = index2addr(L, idx); if (luaV_fastset(L, t, n, slot, luaH_getint, L->top - 1)) L->top--; /* pop value */ else { setivalue(L->top, n); api_incr_top(L); luaV_finishset(L, t, L->top - 1, L->top - 2, slot); L->top -= 2; /* pop value and key */ } lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API void lua_rawset (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId o; TValue *slot; lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, 2); o = index2addr(L, idx); api_check(L, ttistable(o), "table expected"); slot = luaH_set(L, hvalue(o), L->top - 2); setobj2t(L, slot, L->top - 1); invalidateTMcache(hvalue(o)); luaC_barrierback(L, hvalue(o), L->top-1); L->top -= 2; lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API void lua_rawseti (lua_State *L, int idx, lua_Integer n) { StkId o; lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, 1); o = index2addr(L, idx); api_check(L, ttistable(o), "table expected"); luaH_setint(L, hvalue(o), n, L->top - 1); luaC_barrierback(L, hvalue(o), L->top-1); L->top--; lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API void lua_rawsetp (lua_State *L, int idx, const void *p) { StkId o; TValue k, *slot; lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, 1); o = index2addr(L, idx); api_check(L, ttistable(o), "table expected"); setpvalue(&k, cast(void *, p)); slot = luaH_set(L, hvalue(o), &k); setobj2t(L, slot, L->top - 1); luaC_barrierback(L, hvalue(o), L->top - 1); L->top--; lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API int lua_setmetatable (lua_State *L, int objindex) { TValue *obj; Table *mt; lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, 1); obj = index2addr(L, objindex); if (ttisnil(L->top - 1)) mt = NULL; else { api_check(L, ttistable(L->top - 1), "table expected"); mt = hvalue(L->top - 1); } switch (ttnov(obj)) { case LUA_TTABLE: { hvalue(obj)->metatable = mt; if (mt) { luaC_objbarrier(L, gcvalue(obj), mt); luaC_checkfinalizer(L, gcvalue(obj), mt); } break; } case LUA_TUSERDATA: { uvalue(obj)->metatable = mt; if (mt) { luaC_objbarrier(L, uvalue(obj), mt); luaC_checkfinalizer(L, gcvalue(obj), mt); } break; } default: { G(L)->mt[ttnov(obj)] = mt; break; } } L->top--; lua_unlock(L); return 1; } LUA_API void lua_setuservalue (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId o; lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, 1); o = index2addr(L, idx); api_check(L, ttisfulluserdata(o), "full userdata expected"); setuservalue(L, uvalue(o), L->top - 1); luaC_barrier(L, gcvalue(o), L->top - 1); L->top--; lua_unlock(L); } /* ** 'load' and 'call' functions (run Lua code) */ #define checkresults(L,na,nr) \ api_check(L, (nr) == LUA_MULTRET || (L->ci->top - L->top >= (nr) - (na)), \ "results from function overflow current stack size") LUA_API void lua_callk (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults, lua_KContext ctx, lua_KFunction k) { StkId func; lua_lock(L); api_check(L, k == NULL || !isLua(L->ci), "cannot use continuations inside hooks"); api_checknelems(L, nargs+1); api_check(L, L->status == LUA_OK, "cannot do calls on non-normal thread"); checkresults(L, nargs, nresults); func = L->top - (nargs+1); if (k != NULL && L->nny == 0) { /* need to prepare continuation? */ L->ci->u.c.k = k; /* save continuation */ L->ci->u.c.ctx = ctx; /* save context */ luaD_call(L, func, nresults); /* do the call */ } else /* no continuation or no yieldable */ luaD_callnoyield(L, func, nresults); /* just do the call */ adjustresults(L, nresults); lua_unlock(L); } /* ** Execute a protected call. */ struct CallS { /* data to 'f_call' */ StkId func; int nresults; }; static void f_call (lua_State *L, void *ud) { struct CallS *c = cast(struct CallS *, ud); luaD_callnoyield(L, c->func, c->nresults); } LUA_API int lua_pcallk (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults, int errfunc, lua_KContext ctx, lua_KFunction k) { struct CallS c; int status; ptrdiff_t func; lua_lock(L); api_check(L, k == NULL || !isLua(L->ci), "cannot use continuations inside hooks"); api_checknelems(L, nargs+1); api_check(L, L->status == LUA_OK, "cannot do calls on non-normal thread"); checkresults(L, nargs, nresults); if (errfunc == 0) func = 0; else { StkId o = index2addr(L, errfunc); api_checkstackindex(L, errfunc, o); func = savestack(L, o); } c.func = L->top - (nargs+1); /* function to be called */ if (k == NULL || L->nny > 0) { /* no continuation or no yieldable? */ c.nresults = nresults; /* do a 'conventional' protected call */ status = luaD_pcall(L, f_call, &c, savestack(L, c.func), func); } else { /* prepare continuation (call is already protected by 'resume') */ CallInfo *ci = L->ci; ci->u.c.k = k; /* save continuation */ ci->u.c.ctx = ctx; /* save context */ /* save information for error recovery */ ci->extra = savestack(L, c.func); ci->u.c.old_errfunc = L->errfunc; L->errfunc = func; setoah(ci->callstatus, L->allowhook); /* save value of 'allowhook' */ ci->callstatus |= CIST_YPCALL; /* function can do error recovery */ luaD_call(L, c.func, nresults); /* do the call */ ci->callstatus &= ~CIST_YPCALL; L->errfunc = ci->u.c.old_errfunc; status = LUA_OK; /* if it is here, there were no errors */ } adjustresults(L, nresults); lua_unlock(L); return status; } LUA_API int lua_load (lua_State *L, lua_Reader reader, void *data, const char *chunkname, const char *mode) { ZIO z; int status; lua_lock(L); if (!chunkname) chunkname = "?"; luaZ_init(L, &z, reader, data); status = luaD_protectedparser(L, &z, chunkname, mode); if (status == LUA_OK) { /* no errors? */ LClosure *f = clLvalue(L->top - 1); /* get newly created function */ if (f->nupvalues >= 1) { /* does it have an upvalue? */ /* get global table from registry */ Table *reg = hvalue(&G(L)->l_registry); const TValue *gt = luaH_getint(reg, LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS); /* set global table as 1st upvalue of 'f' (may be LUA_ENV) */ setobj(L, f->upvals[0]->v, gt); luaC_upvalbarrier(L, f->upvals[0]); } } lua_unlock(L); return status; } LUA_API int lua_dump (lua_State *L, lua_Writer writer, void *data, int strip) { int status; TValue *o; lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, 1); o = L->top - 1; if (isLfunction(o)) status = luaU_dump(L, getproto(o), writer, data, strip); else status = 1; lua_unlock(L); return status; } LUA_API int lua_status (lua_State *L) { return L->status; } /* ** Garbage-collection function */ LUA_API int lua_gc (lua_State *L, int what, int data) { int res = 0; global_State *g; lua_lock(L); g = G(L); switch (what) { case LUA_GCSTOP: { g->gcrunning = 0; break; } case LUA_GCRESTART: { luaE_setdebt(g, 0); g->gcrunning = 1; break; } case LUA_GCCOLLECT: { luaC_fullgc(L, 0); break; } case LUA_GCCOUNT: { /* GC values are expressed in Kbytes: #bytes/2^10 */ res = cast_int(gettotalbytes(g) >> 10); break; } case LUA_GCCOUNTB: { res = cast_int(gettotalbytes(g) & 0x3ff); break; } case LUA_GCSTEP: { l_mem debt = 1; /* =1 to signal that it did an actual step */ lu_byte oldrunning = g->gcrunning; g->gcrunning = 1; /* allow GC to run */ if (data == 0) { luaE_setdebt(g, -GCSTEPSIZE); /* to do a "small" step */ luaC_step(L); } else { /* add 'data' to total debt */ debt = cast(l_mem, data) * 1024 + g->GCdebt; luaE_setdebt(g, debt); luaC_checkGC(L); } g->gcrunning = oldrunning; /* restore previous state */ if (debt > 0 && g->gcstate == GCSpause) /* end of cycle? */ res = 1; /* signal it */ break; } case LUA_GCSETPAUSE: { res = g->gcpause; g->gcpause = data; break; } case LUA_GCSETSTEPMUL: { res = g->gcstepmul; if (data < 40) data = 40; /* avoid ridiculous low values (and 0) */ g->gcstepmul = data; break; } case LUA_GCISRUNNING: { res = g->gcrunning; break; } default: res = -1; /* invalid option */ } lua_unlock(L); return res; } /* ** miscellaneous functions */ LUA_API int lua_error (lua_State *L) { lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, 1); luaG_errormsg(L); /* code unreachable; will unlock when control actually leaves the kernel */ return 0; /* to avoid warnings */ } LUA_API int lua_next (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId t; int more; lua_lock(L); t = index2addr(L, idx); api_check(L, ttistable(t), "table expected"); more = luaH_next(L, hvalue(t), L->top - 1); if (more) { api_incr_top(L); } else /* no more elements */ L->top -= 1; /* remove key */ lua_unlock(L); return more; } LUA_API void lua_concat (lua_State *L, int n) { lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, n); if (n >= 2) { luaV_concat(L, n); } else if (n == 0) { /* push empty string */ setsvalue2s(L, L->top, luaS_newlstr(L, "", 0)); api_incr_top(L); } /* else n == 1; nothing to do */ luaC_checkGC(L); lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API void lua_len (lua_State *L, int idx) { StkId t; lua_lock(L); t = index2addr(L, idx); luaV_objlen(L, L->top, t); api_incr_top(L); lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API lua_Alloc lua_getallocf (lua_State *L, void **ud) { lua_Alloc f; lua_lock(L); if (ud) *ud = G(L)->ud; f = G(L)->frealloc; lua_unlock(L); return f; } LUA_API void lua_setallocf (lua_State *L, lua_Alloc f, void *ud) { lua_lock(L); G(L)->ud = ud; G(L)->frealloc = f; lua_unlock(L); } LUA_API void *lua_newuserdata (lua_State *L, size_t size) { Udata *u; lua_lock(L); u = luaS_newudata(L, size); setuvalue(L, L->top, u); api_incr_top(L); luaC_checkGC(L); lua_unlock(L); return getudatamem(u); } static const char *aux_upvalue (StkId fi, int n, TValue **val, CClosure **owner, UpVal **uv) { switch (ttype(fi)) { case LUA_TCCL: { /* C closure */ CClosure *f = clCvalue(fi); if (!(1 <= n && n <= f->nupvalues)) return NULL; *val = &f->upvalue[n-1]; if (owner) *owner = f; return ""; } case LUA_TLCL: { /* Lua closure */ LClosure *f = clLvalue(fi); TString *name; Proto *p = f->p; if (!(1 <= n && n <= p->sizeupvalues)) return NULL; *val = f->upvals[n-1]->v; if (uv) *uv = f->upvals[n - 1]; name = p->upvalues[n-1].name; return (name == NULL) ? "(*no name)" : getstr(name); } default: return NULL; /* not a closure */ } } LUA_API const char *lua_getupvalue (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n) { const char *name; TValue *val = NULL; /* to avoid warnings */ lua_lock(L); name = aux_upvalue(index2addr(L, funcindex), n, &val, NULL, NULL); if (name) { setobj2s(L, L->top, val); api_incr_top(L); } lua_unlock(L); return name; } LUA_API const char *lua_setupvalue (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n) { const char *name; TValue *val = NULL; /* to avoid warnings */ CClosure *owner = NULL; UpVal *uv = NULL; StkId fi; lua_lock(L); fi = index2addr(L, funcindex); api_checknelems(L, 1); name = aux_upvalue(fi, n, &val, &owner, &uv); if (name) { L->top--; setobj(L, val, L->top); if (owner) { luaC_barrier(L, owner, L->top); } else if (uv) { luaC_upvalbarrier(L, uv); } } lua_unlock(L); return name; } static UpVal **getupvalref (lua_State *L, int fidx, int n, LClosure **pf) { LClosure *f; StkId fi = index2addr(L, fidx); api_check(L, ttisLclosure(fi), "Lua function expected"); f = clLvalue(fi); api_check(L, (1 <= n && n <= f->p->sizeupvalues), "invalid upvalue index"); if (pf) *pf = f; return &f->upvals[n - 1]; /* get its upvalue pointer */ } LUA_API void *lua_upvalueid (lua_State *L, int fidx, int n) { StkId fi = index2addr(L, fidx); switch (ttype(fi)) { case LUA_TLCL: { /* lua closure */ return *getupvalref(L, fidx, n, NULL); } case LUA_TCCL: { /* C closure */ CClosure *f = clCvalue(fi); api_check(L, 1 <= n && n <= f->nupvalues, "invalid upvalue index"); return &f->upvalue[n - 1]; } default: { api_check(L, 0, "closure expected"); return NULL; } } } LUA_API void lua_upvaluejoin (lua_State *L, int fidx1, int n1, int fidx2, int n2) { LClosure *f1; UpVal **up1 = getupvalref(L, fidx1, n1, &f1); UpVal **up2 = getupvalref(L, fidx2, n2, NULL); luaC_upvdeccount(L, *up1); *up1 = *up2; (*up1)->refcount++; if (upisopen(*up1)) (*up1)->u.open.touched = 1; luaC_upvalbarrier(L, *up1); } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lapi.h000066400000000000000000000010351335323540100151700ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lapi.h,v 2.9 2015/03/06 19:49:50 roberto Exp $ ** Auxiliary functions from Lua API ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lapi_h #define lapi_h #include "llimits.h" #include "lstate.h" #define api_incr_top(L) {L->top++; api_check(L, L->top <= L->ci->top, \ "stack overflow");} #define adjustresults(L,nres) \ { if ((nres) == LUA_MULTRET && L->ci->top < L->top) L->ci->top = L->top; } #define api_checknelems(L,n) api_check(L, (n) < (L->top - L->ci->func), \ "not enough elements in the stack") #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lauxlib.c000066400000000000000000000735711335323540100157140ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lauxlib.c,v 1.289 2016/12/20 18:37:00 roberto Exp $ ** Auxiliary functions for building Lua libraries ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lauxlib_c #define LUA_LIB #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include #include /* ** This file uses only the official API of Lua. ** Any function declared here could be written as an application function. */ #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" /* ** {====================================================== ** Traceback ** ======================================================= */ #define LEVELS1 10 /* size of the first part of the stack */ #define LEVELS2 11 /* size of the second part of the stack */ /* ** search for 'objidx' in table at index -1. ** return 1 + string at top if find a good name. */ static int findfield (lua_State *L, int objidx, int level) { if (level == 0 || !lua_istable(L, -1)) return 0; /* not found */ lua_pushnil(L); /* start 'next' loop */ while (lua_next(L, -2)) { /* for each pair in table */ if (lua_type(L, -2) == LUA_TSTRING) { /* ignore non-string keys */ if (lua_rawequal(L, objidx, -1)) { /* found object? */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove value (but keep name) */ return 1; } else if (findfield(L, objidx, level - 1)) { /* try recursively */ lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove table (but keep name) */ lua_pushliteral(L, "."); lua_insert(L, -2); /* place '.' between the two names */ lua_concat(L, 3); return 1; } } lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove value */ } return 0; /* not found */ } /* ** Search for a name for a function in all loaded modules */ static int pushglobalfuncname (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar) { int top = lua_gettop(L); lua_getinfo(L, "f", ar); /* push function */ lua_getfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, LUA_LOADED_TABLE); if (findfield(L, top + 1, 2)) { const char *name = lua_tostring(L, -1); if (strncmp(name, "_G.", 3) == 0) { /* name start with '_G.'? */ lua_pushstring(L, name + 3); /* push name without prefix */ lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove original name */ } lua_copy(L, -1, top + 1); /* move name to proper place */ lua_pop(L, 2); /* remove pushed values */ return 1; } else { lua_settop(L, top); /* remove function and global table */ return 0; } } static void pushfuncname (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar) { if (pushglobalfuncname(L, ar)) { /* try first a global name */ lua_pushfstring(L, "function '%s'", lua_tostring(L, -1)); lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove name */ } else if (*ar->namewhat != '\0') /* is there a name from code? */ lua_pushfstring(L, "%s '%s'", ar->namewhat, ar->name); /* use it */ else if (*ar->what == 'm') /* main? */ lua_pushliteral(L, "main chunk"); else if (*ar->what != 'C') /* for Lua functions, use */ lua_pushfstring(L, "function <%s:%d>", ar->short_src, ar->linedefined); else /* nothing left... */ lua_pushliteral(L, "?"); } static int lastlevel (lua_State *L) { lua_Debug ar; int li = 1, le = 1; /* find an upper bound */ while (lua_getstack(L, le, &ar)) { li = le; le *= 2; } /* do a binary search */ while (li < le) { int m = (li + le)/2; if (lua_getstack(L, m, &ar)) li = m + 1; else le = m; } return le - 1; } LUALIB_API void luaL_traceback (lua_State *L, lua_State *L1, const char *msg, int level) { lua_Debug ar; int top = lua_gettop(L); int last = lastlevel(L1); int n1 = (last - level > LEVELS1 + LEVELS2) ? LEVELS1 : -1; if (msg) lua_pushfstring(L, "%s\n", msg); luaL_checkstack(L, 10, NULL); lua_pushliteral(L, "stack traceback:"); while (lua_getstack(L1, level++, &ar)) { if (n1-- == 0) { /* too many levels? */ lua_pushliteral(L, "\n\t..."); /* add a '...' */ level = last - LEVELS2 + 1; /* and skip to last ones */ } else { lua_getinfo(L1, "Slnt", &ar); lua_pushfstring(L, "\n\t%s:", ar.short_src); if (ar.currentline > 0) lua_pushfstring(L, "%d:", ar.currentline); lua_pushliteral(L, " in "); pushfuncname(L, &ar); if (ar.istailcall) lua_pushliteral(L, "\n\t(...tail calls...)"); lua_concat(L, lua_gettop(L) - top); } } lua_concat(L, lua_gettop(L) - top); } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** Error-report functions ** ======================================================= */ LUALIB_API int luaL_argerror (lua_State *L, int arg, const char *extramsg) { lua_Debug ar; if (!lua_getstack(L, 0, &ar)) /* no stack frame? */ return luaL_error(L, "bad argument #%d (%s)", arg, extramsg); lua_getinfo(L, "n", &ar); if (strcmp(ar.namewhat, "method") == 0) { arg--; /* do not count 'self' */ if (arg == 0) /* error is in the self argument itself? */ return luaL_error(L, "calling '%s' on bad self (%s)", ar.name, extramsg); } if (ar.name == NULL) ar.name = (pushglobalfuncname(L, &ar)) ? lua_tostring(L, -1) : "?"; return luaL_error(L, "bad argument #%d to '%s' (%s)", arg, ar.name, extramsg); } static int typeerror (lua_State *L, int arg, const char *tname) { const char *msg; const char *typearg; /* name for the type of the actual argument */ if (luaL_getmetafield(L, arg, "__name") == LUA_TSTRING) typearg = lua_tostring(L, -1); /* use the given type name */ else if (lua_type(L, arg) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) typearg = "light userdata"; /* special name for messages */ else typearg = luaL_typename(L, arg); /* standard name */ msg = lua_pushfstring(L, "%s expected, got %s", tname, typearg); return luaL_argerror(L, arg, msg); } static void tag_error (lua_State *L, int arg, int tag) { typeerror(L, arg, lua_typename(L, tag)); } /* ** The use of 'lua_pushfstring' ensures this function does not ** need reserved stack space when called. */ LUALIB_API void luaL_where (lua_State *L, int level) { lua_Debug ar; if (lua_getstack(L, level, &ar)) { /* check function at level */ lua_getinfo(L, "Sl", &ar); /* get info about it */ if (ar.currentline > 0) { /* is there info? */ lua_pushfstring(L, "%s:%d: ", ar.short_src, ar.currentline); return; } } lua_pushfstring(L, ""); /* else, no information available... */ } /* ** Again, the use of 'lua_pushvfstring' ensures this function does ** not need reserved stack space when called. (At worst, it generates ** an error with "stack overflow" instead of the given message.) */ LUALIB_API int luaL_error (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list argp; va_start(argp, fmt); luaL_where(L, 1); lua_pushvfstring(L, fmt, argp); va_end(argp); lua_concat(L, 2); return lua_error(L); } LUALIB_API int luaL_fileresult (lua_State *L, int stat, const char *fname) { int en = errno; /* calls to Lua API may change this value */ if (stat) { lua_pushboolean(L, 1); return 1; } else { lua_pushnil(L); if (fname) lua_pushfstring(L, "%s: %s", fname, strerror(en)); else lua_pushstring(L, strerror(en)); lua_pushinteger(L, en); return 3; } } #if !defined(l_inspectstat) /* { */ #if defined(LUA_USE_POSIX) #include /* ** use appropriate macros to interpret 'pclose' return status */ #define l_inspectstat(stat,what) \ if (WIFEXITED(stat)) { stat = WEXITSTATUS(stat); } \ else if (WIFSIGNALED(stat)) { stat = WTERMSIG(stat); what = "signal"; } #else #define l_inspectstat(stat,what) /* no op */ #endif #endif /* } */ LUALIB_API int luaL_execresult (lua_State *L, int stat) { const char *what = "exit"; /* type of termination */ if (stat == -1) /* error? */ return luaL_fileresult(L, 0, NULL); else { l_inspectstat(stat, what); /* interpret result */ if (*what == 'e' && stat == 0) /* successful termination? */ lua_pushboolean(L, 1); else lua_pushnil(L); lua_pushstring(L, what); lua_pushinteger(L, stat); return 3; /* return true/nil,what,code */ } } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** Userdata's metatable manipulation ** ======================================================= */ LUALIB_API int luaL_newmetatable (lua_State *L, const char *tname) { if (luaL_getmetatable(L, tname) != LUA_TNIL) /* name already in use? */ return 0; /* leave previous value on top, but return 0 */ lua_pop(L, 1); lua_createtable(L, 0, 2); /* create metatable */ lua_pushstring(L, tname); lua_setfield(L, -2, "__name"); /* metatable.__name = tname */ lua_pushvalue(L, -1); lua_setfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, tname); /* registry.name = metatable */ return 1; } LUALIB_API void luaL_setmetatable (lua_State *L, const char *tname) { luaL_getmetatable(L, tname); lua_setmetatable(L, -2); } LUALIB_API void *luaL_testudata (lua_State *L, int ud, const char *tname) { void *p = lua_touserdata(L, ud); if (p != NULL) { /* value is a userdata? */ if (lua_getmetatable(L, ud)) { /* does it have a metatable? */ luaL_getmetatable(L, tname); /* get correct metatable */ if (!lua_rawequal(L, -1, -2)) /* not the same? */ p = NULL; /* value is a userdata with wrong metatable */ lua_pop(L, 2); /* remove both metatables */ return p; } } return NULL; /* value is not a userdata with a metatable */ } LUALIB_API void *luaL_checkudata (lua_State *L, int ud, const char *tname) { void *p = luaL_testudata(L, ud, tname); if (p == NULL) typeerror(L, ud, tname); return p; } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** Argument check functions ** ======================================================= */ LUALIB_API int luaL_checkoption (lua_State *L, int arg, const char *def, const char *const lst[]) { const char *name = (def) ? luaL_optstring(L, arg, def) : luaL_checkstring(L, arg); int i; for (i=0; lst[i]; i++) if (strcmp(lst[i], name) == 0) return i; return luaL_argerror(L, arg, lua_pushfstring(L, "invalid option '%s'", name)); } /* ** Ensures the stack has at least 'space' extra slots, raising an error ** if it cannot fulfill the request. (The error handling needs a few ** extra slots to format the error message. In case of an error without ** this extra space, Lua will generate the same 'stack overflow' error, ** but without 'msg'.) */ LUALIB_API void luaL_checkstack (lua_State *L, int space, const char *msg) { if (!lua_checkstack(L, space)) { if (msg) luaL_error(L, "stack overflow (%s)", msg); else luaL_error(L, "stack overflow"); } } LUALIB_API void luaL_checktype (lua_State *L, int arg, int t) { if (lua_type(L, arg) != t) tag_error(L, arg, t); } LUALIB_API void luaL_checkany (lua_State *L, int arg) { if (lua_type(L, arg) == LUA_TNONE) luaL_argerror(L, arg, "value expected"); } LUALIB_API const char *luaL_checklstring (lua_State *L, int arg, size_t *len) { const char *s = lua_tolstring(L, arg, len); if (!s) tag_error(L, arg, LUA_TSTRING); return s; } LUALIB_API const char *luaL_optlstring (lua_State *L, int arg, const char *def, size_t *len) { if (lua_isnoneornil(L, arg)) { if (len) *len = (def ? strlen(def) : 0); return def; } else return luaL_checklstring(L, arg, len); } LUALIB_API lua_Number luaL_checknumber (lua_State *L, int arg) { int isnum; lua_Number d = lua_tonumberx(L, arg, &isnum); if (!isnum) tag_error(L, arg, LUA_TNUMBER); return d; } LUALIB_API lua_Number luaL_optnumber (lua_State *L, int arg, lua_Number def) { return luaL_opt(L, luaL_checknumber, arg, def); } static void interror (lua_State *L, int arg) { if (lua_isnumber(L, arg)) luaL_argerror(L, arg, "number has no integer representation"); else tag_error(L, arg, LUA_TNUMBER); } LUALIB_API lua_Integer luaL_checkinteger (lua_State *L, int arg) { int isnum; lua_Integer d = lua_tointegerx(L, arg, &isnum); if (!isnum) { interror(L, arg); } return d; } LUALIB_API lua_Integer luaL_optinteger (lua_State *L, int arg, lua_Integer def) { return luaL_opt(L, luaL_checkinteger, arg, def); } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** Generic Buffer manipulation ** ======================================================= */ /* userdata to box arbitrary data */ typedef struct UBox { void *box; size_t bsize; } UBox; static void *resizebox (lua_State *L, int idx, size_t newsize) { void *ud; lua_Alloc allocf = lua_getallocf(L, &ud); UBox *box = (UBox *)lua_touserdata(L, idx); void *temp = allocf(ud, box->box, box->bsize, newsize); if (temp == NULL && newsize > 0) { /* allocation error? */ resizebox(L, idx, 0); /* free buffer */ luaL_error(L, "not enough memory for buffer allocation"); } box->box = temp; box->bsize = newsize; return temp; } static int boxgc (lua_State *L) { resizebox(L, 1, 0); return 0; } static void *newbox (lua_State *L, size_t newsize) { UBox *box = (UBox *)lua_newuserdata(L, sizeof(UBox)); box->box = NULL; box->bsize = 0; if (luaL_newmetatable(L, "LUABOX")) { /* creating metatable? */ lua_pushcfunction(L, boxgc); lua_setfield(L, -2, "__gc"); /* metatable.__gc = boxgc */ } lua_setmetatable(L, -2); return resizebox(L, -1, newsize); } /* ** check whether buffer is using a userdata on the stack as a temporary ** buffer */ #define buffonstack(B) ((B)->b != (B)->initb) /* ** returns a pointer to a free area with at least 'sz' bytes */ LUALIB_API char *luaL_prepbuffsize (luaL_Buffer *B, size_t sz) { lua_State *L = B->L; if (B->size - B->n < sz) { /* not enough space? */ char *newbuff; size_t newsize = B->size * 2; /* double buffer size */ if (newsize - B->n < sz) /* not big enough? */ newsize = B->n + sz; if (newsize < B->n || newsize - B->n < sz) luaL_error(L, "buffer too large"); /* create larger buffer */ if (buffonstack(B)) newbuff = (char *)resizebox(L, -1, newsize); else { /* no buffer yet */ newbuff = (char *)newbox(L, newsize); memcpy(newbuff, B->b, B->n * sizeof(char)); /* copy original content */ } B->b = newbuff; B->size = newsize; } return &B->b[B->n]; } LUALIB_API void luaL_addlstring (luaL_Buffer *B, const char *s, size_t l) { if (l > 0) { /* avoid 'memcpy' when 's' can be NULL */ char *b = luaL_prepbuffsize(B, l); memcpy(b, s, l * sizeof(char)); luaL_addsize(B, l); } } LUALIB_API void luaL_addstring (luaL_Buffer *B, const char *s) { luaL_addlstring(B, s, strlen(s)); } LUALIB_API void luaL_pushresult (luaL_Buffer *B) { lua_State *L = B->L; lua_pushlstring(L, B->b, B->n); if (buffonstack(B)) { resizebox(L, -2, 0); /* delete old buffer */ lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove its header from the stack */ } } LUALIB_API void luaL_pushresultsize (luaL_Buffer *B, size_t sz) { luaL_addsize(B, sz); luaL_pushresult(B); } LUALIB_API void luaL_addvalue (luaL_Buffer *B) { lua_State *L = B->L; size_t l; const char *s = lua_tolstring(L, -1, &l); if (buffonstack(B)) lua_insert(L, -2); /* put value below buffer */ luaL_addlstring(B, s, l); lua_remove(L, (buffonstack(B)) ? -2 : -1); /* remove value */ } LUALIB_API void luaL_buffinit (lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *B) { B->L = L; B->b = B->initb; B->n = 0; B->size = LUAL_BUFFERSIZE; } LUALIB_API char *luaL_buffinitsize (lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *B, size_t sz) { luaL_buffinit(L, B); return luaL_prepbuffsize(B, sz); } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** Reference system ** ======================================================= */ /* index of free-list header */ #define freelist 0 LUALIB_API int luaL_ref (lua_State *L, int t) { int ref; if (lua_isnil(L, -1)) { lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove from stack */ return LUA_REFNIL; /* 'nil' has a unique fixed reference */ } t = lua_absindex(L, t); lua_rawgeti(L, t, freelist); /* get first free element */ ref = (int)lua_tointeger(L, -1); /* ref = t[freelist] */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove it from stack */ if (ref != 0) { /* any free element? */ lua_rawgeti(L, t, ref); /* remove it from list */ lua_rawseti(L, t, freelist); /* (t[freelist] = t[ref]) */ } else /* no free elements */ ref = (int)lua_rawlen(L, t) + 1; /* get a new reference */ lua_rawseti(L, t, ref); return ref; } LUALIB_API void luaL_unref (lua_State *L, int t, int ref) { if (ref >= 0) { t = lua_absindex(L, t); lua_rawgeti(L, t, freelist); lua_rawseti(L, t, ref); /* t[ref] = t[freelist] */ lua_pushinteger(L, ref); lua_rawseti(L, t, freelist); /* t[freelist] = ref */ } } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** Load functions ** ======================================================= */ typedef struct LoadF { int n; /* number of pre-read characters */ FILE *f; /* file being read */ char buff[BUFSIZ]; /* area for reading file */ } LoadF; static const char *getF (lua_State *L, void *ud, size_t *size) { LoadF *lf = (LoadF *)ud; (void)L; /* not used */ if (lf->n > 0) { /* are there pre-read characters to be read? */ *size = lf->n; /* return them (chars already in buffer) */ lf->n = 0; /* no more pre-read characters */ } else { /* read a block from file */ /* 'fread' can return > 0 *and* set the EOF flag. If next call to 'getF' called 'fread', it might still wait for user input. The next check avoids this problem. */ if (feof(lf->f)) return NULL; *size = fread(lf->buff, 1, sizeof(lf->buff), lf->f); /* read block */ } return lf->buff; } static int errfile (lua_State *L, const char *what, int fnameindex) { const char *serr = strerror(errno); const char *filename = lua_tostring(L, fnameindex) + 1; lua_pushfstring(L, "cannot %s %s: %s", what, filename, serr); lua_remove(L, fnameindex); return LUA_ERRFILE; } static int skipBOM (LoadF *lf) { const char *p = "\xEF\xBB\xBF"; /* UTF-8 BOM mark */ int c; lf->n = 0; do { c = getc(lf->f); if (c == EOF || c != *(const unsigned char *)p++) return c; lf->buff[lf->n++] = c; /* to be read by the parser */ } while (*p != '\0'); lf->n = 0; /* prefix matched; discard it */ return getc(lf->f); /* return next character */ } /* ** reads the first character of file 'f' and skips an optional BOM mark ** in its beginning plus its first line if it starts with '#'. Returns ** true if it skipped the first line. In any case, '*cp' has the ** first "valid" character of the file (after the optional BOM and ** a first-line comment). */ static int skipcomment (LoadF *lf, int *cp) { int c = *cp = skipBOM(lf); if (c == '#') { /* first line is a comment (Unix exec. file)? */ do { /* skip first line */ c = getc(lf->f); } while (c != EOF && c != '\n'); *cp = getc(lf->f); /* skip end-of-line, if present */ return 1; /* there was a comment */ } else return 0; /* no comment */ } LUALIB_API int luaL_loadfilex (lua_State *L, const char *filename, const char *mode) { LoadF lf; int status, readstatus; int c; int fnameindex = lua_gettop(L) + 1; /* index of filename on the stack */ if (filename == NULL) { lua_pushliteral(L, "=stdin"); lf.f = stdin; } else { lua_pushfstring(L, "@%s", filename); lf.f = fopen(filename, "r"); if (lf.f == NULL) return errfile(L, "open", fnameindex); } if (skipcomment(&lf, &c)) /* read initial portion */ lf.buff[lf.n++] = '\n'; /* add line to correct line numbers */ if (c == LUA_SIGNATURE[0] && filename) { /* binary file? */ lf.f = freopen(filename, "rb", lf.f); /* reopen in binary mode */ if (lf.f == NULL) return errfile(L, "reopen", fnameindex); skipcomment(&lf, &c); /* re-read initial portion */ } if (c != EOF) lf.buff[lf.n++] = c; /* 'c' is the first character of the stream */ status = lua_load(L, getF, &lf, lua_tostring(L, -1), mode); readstatus = ferror(lf.f); if (filename) fclose(lf.f); /* close file (even in case of errors) */ if (readstatus) { lua_settop(L, fnameindex); /* ignore results from 'lua_load' */ return errfile(L, "read", fnameindex); } lua_remove(L, fnameindex); return status; } typedef struct LoadS { const char *s; size_t size; } LoadS; static const char *getS (lua_State *L, void *ud, size_t *size) { LoadS *ls = (LoadS *)ud; (void)L; /* not used */ if (ls->size == 0) return NULL; *size = ls->size; ls->size = 0; return ls->s; } LUALIB_API int luaL_loadbufferx (lua_State *L, const char *buff, size_t size, const char *name, const char *mode) { LoadS ls; ls.s = buff; ls.size = size; return lua_load(L, getS, &ls, name, mode); } LUALIB_API int luaL_loadstring (lua_State *L, const char *s) { return luaL_loadbuffer(L, s, strlen(s), s); } /* }====================================================== */ LUALIB_API int luaL_getmetafield (lua_State *L, int obj, const char *event) { if (!lua_getmetatable(L, obj)) /* no metatable? */ return LUA_TNIL; else { int tt; lua_pushstring(L, event); tt = lua_rawget(L, -2); if (tt == LUA_TNIL) /* is metafield nil? */ lua_pop(L, 2); /* remove metatable and metafield */ else lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove only metatable */ return tt; /* return metafield type */ } } LUALIB_API int luaL_callmeta (lua_State *L, int obj, const char *event) { obj = lua_absindex(L, obj); if (luaL_getmetafield(L, obj, event) == LUA_TNIL) /* no metafield? */ return 0; lua_pushvalue(L, obj); lua_call(L, 1, 1); return 1; } LUALIB_API lua_Integer luaL_len (lua_State *L, int idx) { lua_Integer l; int isnum; lua_len(L, idx); l = lua_tointegerx(L, -1, &isnum); if (!isnum) luaL_error(L, "object length is not an integer"); lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove object */ return l; } LUALIB_API const char *luaL_tolstring (lua_State *L, int idx, size_t *len) { if (luaL_callmeta(L, idx, "__tostring")) { /* metafield? */ if (!lua_isstring(L, -1)) luaL_error(L, "'__tostring' must return a string"); } else { switch (lua_type(L, idx)) { case LUA_TNUMBER: { if (lua_isinteger(L, idx)) lua_pushfstring(L, "%I", (LUAI_UACINT)lua_tointeger(L, idx)); else lua_pushfstring(L, "%f", (LUAI_UACNUMBER)lua_tonumber(L, idx)); break; } case LUA_TSTRING: lua_pushvalue(L, idx); break; case LUA_TBOOLEAN: lua_pushstring(L, (lua_toboolean(L, idx) ? "true" : "false")); break; case LUA_TNIL: lua_pushliteral(L, "nil"); break; default: { int tt = luaL_getmetafield(L, idx, "__name"); /* try name */ const char *kind = (tt == LUA_TSTRING) ? lua_tostring(L, -1) : luaL_typename(L, idx); lua_pushfstring(L, "%s: %p", kind, lua_topointer(L, idx)); if (tt != LUA_TNIL) lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove '__name' */ break; } } } return lua_tolstring(L, -1, len); } /* ** {====================================================== ** Compatibility with 5.1 module functions ** ======================================================= */ #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_MODULE) static const char *luaL_findtable (lua_State *L, int idx, const char *fname, int szhint) { const char *e; if (idx) lua_pushvalue(L, idx); do { e = strchr(fname, '.'); if (e == NULL) e = fname + strlen(fname); lua_pushlstring(L, fname, e - fname); if (lua_rawget(L, -2) == LUA_TNIL) { /* no such field? */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove this nil */ lua_createtable(L, 0, (*e == '.' ? 1 : szhint)); /* new table for field */ lua_pushlstring(L, fname, e - fname); lua_pushvalue(L, -2); lua_settable(L, -4); /* set new table into field */ } else if (!lua_istable(L, -1)) { /* field has a non-table value? */ lua_pop(L, 2); /* remove table and value */ return fname; /* return problematic part of the name */ } lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove previous table */ fname = e + 1; } while (*e == '.'); return NULL; } /* ** Count number of elements in a luaL_Reg list. */ static int libsize (const luaL_Reg *l) { int size = 0; for (; l && l->name; l++) size++; return size; } /* ** Find or create a module table with a given name. The function ** first looks at the LOADED table and, if that fails, try a ** global variable with that name. In any case, leaves on the stack ** the module table. */ LUALIB_API void luaL_pushmodule (lua_State *L, const char *modname, int sizehint) { luaL_findtable(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, LUA_LOADED_TABLE, 1); if (lua_getfield(L, -1, modname) != LUA_TTABLE) { /* no LOADED[modname]? */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove previous result */ /* try global variable (and create one if it does not exist) */ lua_pushglobaltable(L); if (luaL_findtable(L, 0, modname, sizehint) != NULL) luaL_error(L, "name conflict for module '%s'", modname); lua_pushvalue(L, -1); lua_setfield(L, -3, modname); /* LOADED[modname] = new table */ } lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove LOADED table */ } LUALIB_API void luaL_openlib (lua_State *L, const char *libname, const luaL_Reg *l, int nup) { luaL_checkversion(L); if (libname) { luaL_pushmodule(L, libname, libsize(l)); /* get/create library table */ lua_insert(L, -(nup + 1)); /* move library table to below upvalues */ } if (l) luaL_setfuncs(L, l, nup); else lua_pop(L, nup); /* remove upvalues */ } #endif /* }====================================================== */ /* ** set functions from list 'l' into table at top - 'nup'; each ** function gets the 'nup' elements at the top as upvalues. ** Returns with only the table at the stack. */ LUALIB_API void luaL_setfuncs (lua_State *L, const luaL_Reg *l, int nup) { luaL_checkstack(L, nup, "too many upvalues"); for (; l->name != NULL; l++) { /* fill the table with given functions */ int i; for (i = 0; i < nup; i++) /* copy upvalues to the top */ lua_pushvalue(L, -nup); lua_pushcclosure(L, l->func, nup); /* closure with those upvalues */ lua_setfield(L, -(nup + 2), l->name); } lua_pop(L, nup); /* remove upvalues */ } /* ** ensure that stack[idx][fname] has a table and push that table ** into the stack */ LUALIB_API int luaL_getsubtable (lua_State *L, int idx, const char *fname) { if (lua_getfield(L, idx, fname) == LUA_TTABLE) return 1; /* table already there */ else { lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove previous result */ idx = lua_absindex(L, idx); lua_newtable(L); lua_pushvalue(L, -1); /* copy to be left at top */ lua_setfield(L, idx, fname); /* assign new table to field */ return 0; /* false, because did not find table there */ } } /* ** Stripped-down 'require': After checking "loaded" table, calls 'openf' ** to open a module, registers the result in 'package.loaded' table and, ** if 'glb' is true, also registers the result in the global table. ** Leaves resulting module on the top. */ LUALIB_API void luaL_requiref (lua_State *L, const char *modname, lua_CFunction openf, int glb) { luaL_getsubtable(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, LUA_LOADED_TABLE); lua_getfield(L, -1, modname); /* LOADED[modname] */ if (!lua_toboolean(L, -1)) { /* package not already loaded? */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove field */ lua_pushcfunction(L, openf); lua_pushstring(L, modname); /* argument to open function */ lua_call(L, 1, 1); /* call 'openf' to open module */ lua_pushvalue(L, -1); /* make copy of module (call result) */ lua_setfield(L, -3, modname); /* LOADED[modname] = module */ } lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove LOADED table */ if (glb) { lua_pushvalue(L, -1); /* copy of module */ lua_setglobal(L, modname); /* _G[modname] = module */ } } LUALIB_API const char *luaL_gsub (lua_State *L, const char *s, const char *p, const char *r) { const char *wild; size_t l = strlen(p); luaL_Buffer b; luaL_buffinit(L, &b); while ((wild = strstr(s, p)) != NULL) { luaL_addlstring(&b, s, wild - s); /* push prefix */ luaL_addstring(&b, r); /* push replacement in place of pattern */ s = wild + l; /* continue after 'p' */ } luaL_addstring(&b, s); /* push last suffix */ luaL_pushresult(&b); return lua_tostring(L, -1); } static void *l_alloc (void *ud, void *ptr, size_t osize, size_t nsize) { (void)ud; (void)osize; /* not used */ if (nsize == 0) { free(ptr); return NULL; } else return realloc(ptr, nsize); } static int panic (lua_State *L) { lua_writestringerror("PANIC: unprotected error in call to Lua API (%s)\n", lua_tostring(L, -1)); return 0; /* return to Lua to abort */ } LUALIB_API lua_State *luaL_newstate (void) { lua_State *L = lua_newstate(l_alloc, NULL); if (L) lua_atpanic(L, &panic); return L; } LUALIB_API void luaL_setoutput (lua_State *L, FILE *output) { lua_setoutput(L, output); } LUALIB_API void luaL_checkversion_ (lua_State *L, lua_Number ver, size_t sz) { const lua_Number *v = lua_version(L); if (sz != LUAL_NUMSIZES) /* check numeric types */ luaL_error(L, "core and library have incompatible numeric types"); if (v != lua_version(NULL)) luaL_error(L, "multiple Lua VMs detected"); else if (*v != ver) luaL_error(L, "version mismatch: app. needs %f, Lua core provides %f", (LUAI_UACNUMBER)ver, (LUAI_UACNUMBER)*v); } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lauxlib.h000066400000000000000000000212301335323540100157020ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lauxlib.h,v 1.131 2016/12/06 14:54:31 roberto Exp $ ** Auxiliary functions for building Lua libraries ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lauxlib_h #define lauxlib_h #include #include #include "lua.h" /* extra error code for 'luaL_loadfilex' */ #define LUA_ERRFILE (LUA_ERRERR+1) /* key, in the registry, for table of loaded modules */ #define LUA_LOADED_TABLE "_LOADED" /* key, in the registry, for table of preloaded loaders */ #define LUA_PRELOAD_TABLE "_PRELOAD" typedef struct luaL_Reg { const char *name; lua_CFunction func; } luaL_Reg; #define LUAL_NUMSIZES (sizeof(lua_Integer)*16 + sizeof(lua_Number)) LUALIB_API void (luaL_checkversion_) (lua_State *L, lua_Number ver, size_t sz); #define luaL_checkversion(L) \ luaL_checkversion_(L, LUA_VERSION_NUM, LUAL_NUMSIZES) LUALIB_API int (luaL_getmetafield) (lua_State *L, int obj, const char *e); LUALIB_API int (luaL_callmeta) (lua_State *L, int obj, const char *e); LUALIB_API const char *(luaL_tolstring) (lua_State *L, int idx, size_t *len); LUALIB_API int (luaL_argerror) (lua_State *L, int arg, const char *extramsg); LUALIB_API const char *(luaL_checklstring) (lua_State *L, int arg, size_t *l); LUALIB_API const char *(luaL_optlstring) (lua_State *L, int arg, const char *def, size_t *l); LUALIB_API lua_Number (luaL_checknumber) (lua_State *L, int arg); LUALIB_API lua_Number (luaL_optnumber) (lua_State *L, int arg, lua_Number def); LUALIB_API lua_Integer (luaL_checkinteger) (lua_State *L, int arg); LUALIB_API lua_Integer (luaL_optinteger) (lua_State *L, int arg, lua_Integer def); LUALIB_API void (luaL_checkstack) (lua_State *L, int sz, const char *msg); LUALIB_API void (luaL_checktype) (lua_State *L, int arg, int t); LUALIB_API void (luaL_checkany) (lua_State *L, int arg); LUALIB_API int (luaL_newmetatable) (lua_State *L, const char *tname); LUALIB_API void (luaL_setmetatable) (lua_State *L, const char *tname); LUALIB_API void *(luaL_testudata) (lua_State *L, int ud, const char *tname); LUALIB_API void *(luaL_checkudata) (lua_State *L, int ud, const char *tname); LUALIB_API void (luaL_where) (lua_State *L, int lvl); LUALIB_API int (luaL_error) (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...); LUALIB_API int (luaL_checkoption) (lua_State *L, int arg, const char *def, const char *const lst[]); LUALIB_API int (luaL_fileresult) (lua_State *L, int stat, const char *fname); LUALIB_API int (luaL_execresult) (lua_State *L, int stat); /* predefined references */ #define LUA_NOREF (-2) #define LUA_REFNIL (-1) LUALIB_API int (luaL_ref) (lua_State *L, int t); LUALIB_API void (luaL_unref) (lua_State *L, int t, int ref); LUALIB_API int (luaL_loadfilex) (lua_State *L, const char *filename, const char *mode); #define luaL_loadfile(L,f) luaL_loadfilex(L,f,NULL) LUALIB_API int (luaL_loadbufferx) (lua_State *L, const char *buff, size_t sz, const char *name, const char *mode); LUALIB_API int (luaL_loadstring) (lua_State *L, const char *s); LUALIB_API lua_State *(luaL_newstate) (void); LUALIB_API void (luaL_setoutput) (lua_State *L, FILE *output); LUALIB_API lua_Integer (luaL_len) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUALIB_API const char *(luaL_gsub) (lua_State *L, const char *s, const char *p, const char *r); LUALIB_API void (luaL_setfuncs) (lua_State *L, const luaL_Reg *l, int nup); LUALIB_API int (luaL_getsubtable) (lua_State *L, int idx, const char *fname); LUALIB_API void (luaL_traceback) (lua_State *L, lua_State *L1, const char *msg, int level); LUALIB_API void (luaL_requiref) (lua_State *L, const char *modname, lua_CFunction openf, int glb); /* ** =============================================================== ** some useful macros ** =============================================================== */ #define luaL_newlibtable(L,l) \ lua_createtable(L, 0, sizeof(l)/sizeof((l)[0]) - 1) #define luaL_newlib(L,l) \ (luaL_checkversion(L), luaL_newlibtable(L,l), luaL_setfuncs(L,l,0)) #define luaL_argcheck(L, cond,arg,extramsg) \ ((void)((cond) || luaL_argerror(L, (arg), (extramsg)))) #define luaL_checkstring(L,n) (luaL_checklstring(L, (n), NULL)) #define luaL_optstring(L,n,d) (luaL_optlstring(L, (n), (d), NULL)) #define luaL_typename(L,i) lua_typename(L, lua_type(L,(i))) #define luaL_dofile(L, fn) \ (luaL_loadfile(L, fn) || lua_pcall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0)) #define luaL_dostring(L, s) \ (luaL_loadstring(L, s) || lua_pcall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0)) #define luaL_getmetatable(L,n) (lua_getfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, (n))) #define luaL_opt(L,f,n,d) (lua_isnoneornil(L,(n)) ? (d) : f(L,(n))) #define luaL_loadbuffer(L,s,sz,n) luaL_loadbufferx(L,s,sz,n,NULL) /* ** {====================================================== ** Generic Buffer manipulation ** ======================================================= */ typedef struct luaL_Buffer { char *b; /* buffer address */ size_t size; /* buffer size */ size_t n; /* number of characters in buffer */ lua_State *L; char initb[LUAL_BUFFERSIZE]; /* initial buffer */ } luaL_Buffer; #define luaL_addchar(B,c) \ ((void)((B)->n < (B)->size || luaL_prepbuffsize((B), 1)), \ ((B)->b[(B)->n++] = (c))) #define luaL_addsize(B,s) ((B)->n += (s)) LUALIB_API void (luaL_buffinit) (lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *B); LUALIB_API char *(luaL_prepbuffsize) (luaL_Buffer *B, size_t sz); LUALIB_API void (luaL_addlstring) (luaL_Buffer *B, const char *s, size_t l); LUALIB_API void (luaL_addstring) (luaL_Buffer *B, const char *s); LUALIB_API void (luaL_addvalue) (luaL_Buffer *B); LUALIB_API void (luaL_pushresult) (luaL_Buffer *B); LUALIB_API void (luaL_pushresultsize) (luaL_Buffer *B, size_t sz); LUALIB_API char *(luaL_buffinitsize) (lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *B, size_t sz); #define luaL_prepbuffer(B) luaL_prepbuffsize(B, LUAL_BUFFERSIZE) /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** File handles for IO library ** ======================================================= */ /* ** A file handle is a userdata with metatable 'LUA_FILEHANDLE' and ** initial structure 'luaL_Stream' (it may contain other fields ** after that initial structure). */ #define LUA_FILEHANDLE "FILE*" typedef struct luaL_Stream { FILE *f; /* stream (NULL for incompletely created streams) */ lua_CFunction closef; /* to close stream (NULL for closed streams) */ } luaL_Stream; /* }====================================================== */ /* compatibility with old module system */ #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_MODULE) LUALIB_API void (luaL_pushmodule) (lua_State *L, const char *modname, int sizehint); LUALIB_API void (luaL_openlib) (lua_State *L, const char *libname, const luaL_Reg *l, int nup); #define luaL_register(L,n,l) (luaL_openlib(L,(n),(l),0)) #endif /* ** {================================================================== ** "Abstraction Layer" for basic report of messages and errors ** =================================================================== */ /* print a string */ #if !defined(lua_writestring) #define lua_writestring(s,l) fwrite((s), sizeof(char), (l), stdout) #endif /* print a newline and flush the output */ #if !defined(lua_writeline) #define lua_writeline() (lua_writestring("\n", 1), fflush(stdout)) #endif /* print an error message */ #if !defined(lua_writestringerror) #define lua_writestringerror(s,p) \ (fprintf(stderr, (s), (p)), fflush(stderr)) #endif #define lua_writestringout(s,l,ls) fwrite((s), sizeof(char), (l), ls->output) #define lua_writelineout(ls) (lua_writestringout("\n", 1, ls), fflush(ls->output)) /* }================================================================== */ /* ** {============================================================ ** Compatibility with deprecated conversions ** ============================================================= */ #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_APIINTCASTS) #define luaL_checkunsigned(L,a) ((lua_Unsigned)luaL_checkinteger(L,a)) #define luaL_optunsigned(L,a,d) \ ((lua_Unsigned)luaL_optinteger(L,a,(lua_Integer)(d))) #define luaL_checkint(L,n) ((int)luaL_checkinteger(L, (n))) #define luaL_optint(L,n,d) ((int)luaL_optinteger(L, (n), (d))) #define luaL_checklong(L,n) ((long)luaL_checkinteger(L, (n))) #define luaL_optlong(L,n,d) ((long)luaL_optinteger(L, (n), (d))) #endif /* }============================================================ */ #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lbaselib.c000066400000000000000000000326571335323540100160310ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lbaselib.c,v 1.314 2016/09/05 19:06:34 roberto Exp $ ** Basic library ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lbaselib_c #define LUA_LIB #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" #include "lstate.h" static int luaB_print (lua_State *L) { int n = lua_gettop(L); /* number of arguments */ int i; lua_getglobal(L, "tostring"); for (i=1; i<=n; i++) { const char *s; size_t l; lua_pushvalue(L, -1); /* function to be called */ lua_pushvalue(L, i); /* value to print */ lua_call(L, 1, 1); s = lua_tolstring(L, -1, &l); /* get result */ if (s == NULL) return luaL_error(L, "'tostring' must return a string to 'print'"); if (i>1) lua_writestringout("\t", 1, L); lua_writestringout(s, l, L); lua_pop(L, 1); /* pop result */ } lua_writelineout(L); return 0; } #define SPACECHARS " \f\n\r\t\v" static const char *b_str2int (const char *s, int base, lua_Integer *pn) { lua_Unsigned n = 0; int neg = 0; s += strspn(s, SPACECHARS); /* skip initial spaces */ if (*s == '-') { s++; neg = 1; } /* handle signal */ else if (*s == '+') s++; if (!isalnum((unsigned char)*s)) /* no digit? */ return NULL; do { int digit = (isdigit((unsigned char)*s)) ? *s - '0' : (toupper((unsigned char)*s) - 'A') + 10; if (digit >= base) return NULL; /* invalid numeral */ n = n * base + digit; s++; } while (isalnum((unsigned char)*s)); s += strspn(s, SPACECHARS); /* skip trailing spaces */ *pn = (lua_Integer)((neg) ? (0u - n) : n); return s; } static int luaB_tonumber (lua_State *L) { if (lua_isnoneornil(L, 2)) { /* standard conversion? */ luaL_checkany(L, 1); if (lua_type(L, 1) == LUA_TNUMBER) { /* already a number? */ lua_settop(L, 1); /* yes; return it */ return 1; } else { size_t l; const char *s = lua_tolstring(L, 1, &l); if (s != NULL && lua_stringtonumber(L, s) == l + 1) return 1; /* successful conversion to number */ /* else not a number */ } } else { size_t l; const char *s; lua_Integer n = 0; /* to avoid warnings */ lua_Integer base = luaL_checkinteger(L, 2); luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TSTRING); /* no numbers as strings */ s = lua_tolstring(L, 1, &l); luaL_argcheck(L, 2 <= base && base <= 36, 2, "base out of range"); if (b_str2int(s, (int)base, &n) == s + l) { lua_pushinteger(L, n); return 1; } /* else not a number */ } /* else not a number */ lua_pushnil(L); /* not a number */ return 1; } static int luaB_error (lua_State *L) { int level = (int)luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 1); lua_settop(L, 1); if (lua_type(L, 1) == LUA_TSTRING && level > 0) { luaL_where(L, level); /* add extra information */ lua_pushvalue(L, 1); lua_concat(L, 2); } return lua_error(L); } static int luaB_getmetatable (lua_State *L) { luaL_checkany(L, 1); if (!lua_getmetatable(L, 1)) { lua_pushnil(L); return 1; /* no metatable */ } luaL_getmetafield(L, 1, "__metatable"); return 1; /* returns either __metatable field (if present) or metatable */ } static int luaB_setmetatable (lua_State *L) { int t = lua_type(L, 2); luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TTABLE); luaL_argcheck(L, t == LUA_TNIL || t == LUA_TTABLE, 2, "nil or table expected"); if (luaL_getmetafield(L, 1, "__metatable") != LUA_TNIL) return luaL_error(L, "cannot change a protected metatable"); lua_settop(L, 2); lua_setmetatable(L, 1); return 1; } static int luaB_rawequal (lua_State *L) { luaL_checkany(L, 1); luaL_checkany(L, 2); lua_pushboolean(L, lua_rawequal(L, 1, 2)); return 1; } static int luaB_rawlen (lua_State *L) { int t = lua_type(L, 1); luaL_argcheck(L, t == LUA_TTABLE || t == LUA_TSTRING, 1, "table or string expected"); lua_pushinteger(L, lua_rawlen(L, 1)); return 1; } static int luaB_rawget (lua_State *L) { luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TTABLE); luaL_checkany(L, 2); lua_settop(L, 2); lua_rawget(L, 1); return 1; } static int luaB_rawset (lua_State *L) { luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TTABLE); luaL_checkany(L, 2); luaL_checkany(L, 3); lua_settop(L, 3); lua_rawset(L, 1); return 1; } static int luaB_collectgarbage (lua_State *L) { static const char *const opts[] = {"stop", "restart", "collect", "count", "step", "setpause", "setstepmul", "isrunning", NULL}; static const int optsnum[] = {LUA_GCSTOP, LUA_GCRESTART, LUA_GCCOLLECT, LUA_GCCOUNT, LUA_GCSTEP, LUA_GCSETPAUSE, LUA_GCSETSTEPMUL, LUA_GCISRUNNING}; int o = optsnum[luaL_checkoption(L, 1, "collect", opts)]; int ex = (int)luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 0); int res = lua_gc(L, o, ex); switch (o) { case LUA_GCCOUNT: { int b = lua_gc(L, LUA_GCCOUNTB, 0); lua_pushnumber(L, (lua_Number)res + ((lua_Number)b/1024)); return 1; } case LUA_GCSTEP: case LUA_GCISRUNNING: { lua_pushboolean(L, res); return 1; } default: { lua_pushinteger(L, res); return 1; } } } static int luaB_type (lua_State *L) { int t = lua_type(L, 1); luaL_argcheck(L, t != LUA_TNONE, 1, "value expected"); lua_pushstring(L, lua_typename(L, t)); return 1; } static int pairsmeta (lua_State *L, const char *method, int iszero, lua_CFunction iter) { luaL_checkany(L, 1); if (luaL_getmetafield(L, 1, method) == LUA_TNIL) { /* no metamethod? */ lua_pushcfunction(L, iter); /* will return generator, */ lua_pushvalue(L, 1); /* state, */ if (iszero) lua_pushinteger(L, 0); /* and initial value */ else lua_pushnil(L); } else { lua_pushvalue(L, 1); /* argument 'self' to metamethod */ lua_call(L, 1, 3); /* get 3 values from metamethod */ } return 3; } static int luaB_next (lua_State *L) { luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TTABLE); lua_settop(L, 2); /* create a 2nd argument if there isn't one */ if (lua_next(L, 1)) return 2; else { lua_pushnil(L); return 1; } } static int luaB_pairs (lua_State *L) { return pairsmeta(L, "__pairs", 0, luaB_next); } /* ** Traversal function for 'ipairs' */ static int ipairsaux (lua_State *L) { lua_Integer i = luaL_checkinteger(L, 2) + 1; lua_pushinteger(L, i); return (lua_geti(L, 1, i) == LUA_TNIL) ? 1 : 2; } /* ** 'ipairs' function. Returns 'ipairsaux', given "table", 0. ** (The given "table" may not be a table.) */ static int luaB_ipairs (lua_State *L) { #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_IPAIRS) return pairsmeta(L, "__ipairs", 1, ipairsaux); #else luaL_checkany(L, 1); lua_pushcfunction(L, ipairsaux); /* iteration function */ lua_pushvalue(L, 1); /* state */ lua_pushinteger(L, 0); /* initial value */ return 3; #endif } static int load_aux (lua_State *L, int status, int envidx) { if (status == LUA_OK) { if (envidx != 0) { /* 'env' parameter? */ lua_pushvalue(L, envidx); /* environment for loaded function */ if (!lua_setupvalue(L, -2, 1)) /* set it as 1st upvalue */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove 'env' if not used by previous call */ } return 1; } else { /* error (message is on top of the stack) */ lua_pushnil(L); lua_insert(L, -2); /* put before error message */ return 2; /* return nil plus error message */ } } static int luaB_loadfile (lua_State *L) { const char *fname = luaL_optstring(L, 1, NULL); const char *mode = luaL_optstring(L, 2, NULL); int env = (!lua_isnone(L, 3) ? 3 : 0); /* 'env' index or 0 if no 'env' */ int status = luaL_loadfilex(L, fname, mode); return load_aux(L, status, env); } /* ** {====================================================== ** Generic Read function ** ======================================================= */ /* ** reserved slot, above all arguments, to hold a copy of the returned ** string to avoid it being collected while parsed. 'load' has four ** optional arguments (chunk, source name, mode, and environment). */ #define RESERVEDSLOT 5 /* ** Reader for generic 'load' function: 'lua_load' uses the ** stack for internal stuff, so the reader cannot change the ** stack top. Instead, it keeps its resulting string in a ** reserved slot inside the stack. */ static const char *generic_reader (lua_State *L, void *ud, size_t *size) { (void)(ud); /* not used */ luaL_checkstack(L, 2, "too many nested functions"); lua_pushvalue(L, 1); /* get function */ lua_call(L, 0, 1); /* call it */ if (lua_isnil(L, -1)) { lua_pop(L, 1); /* pop result */ *size = 0; return NULL; } else if (!lua_isstring(L, -1)) luaL_error(L, "reader function must return a string"); lua_replace(L, RESERVEDSLOT); /* save string in reserved slot */ return lua_tolstring(L, RESERVEDSLOT, size); } static int luaB_load (lua_State *L) { int status; size_t l; const char *s = lua_tolstring(L, 1, &l); const char *mode = luaL_optstring(L, 3, "bt"); int env = (!lua_isnone(L, 4) ? 4 : 0); /* 'env' index or 0 if no 'env' */ if (s != NULL) { /* loading a string? */ const char *chunkname = luaL_optstring(L, 2, s); status = luaL_loadbufferx(L, s, l, chunkname, mode); } else { /* loading from a reader function */ const char *chunkname = luaL_optstring(L, 2, "=(load)"); luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TFUNCTION); lua_settop(L, RESERVEDSLOT); /* create reserved slot */ status = lua_load(L, generic_reader, NULL, chunkname, mode); } return load_aux(L, status, env); } /* }====================================================== */ static int dofilecont (lua_State *L, int d1, lua_KContext d2) { (void)d1; (void)d2; /* only to match 'lua_Kfunction' prototype */ return lua_gettop(L) - 1; } static int luaB_dofile (lua_State *L) { const char *fname = luaL_optstring(L, 1, NULL); lua_settop(L, 1); if (luaL_loadfile(L, fname) != LUA_OK) return lua_error(L); lua_callk(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET, 0, dofilecont); return dofilecont(L, 0, 0); } static int luaB_assert (lua_State *L) { if (lua_toboolean(L, 1)) /* condition is true? */ return lua_gettop(L); /* return all arguments */ else { /* error */ luaL_checkany(L, 1); /* there must be a condition */ lua_remove(L, 1); /* remove it */ lua_pushliteral(L, "assertion failed!"); /* default message */ lua_settop(L, 1); /* leave only message (default if no other one) */ return luaB_error(L); /* call 'error' */ } } static int luaB_select (lua_State *L) { int n = lua_gettop(L); if (lua_type(L, 1) == LUA_TSTRING && *lua_tostring(L, 1) == '#') { lua_pushinteger(L, n-1); return 1; } else { lua_Integer i = luaL_checkinteger(L, 1); if (i < 0) i = n + i; else if (i > n) i = n; luaL_argcheck(L, 1 <= i, 1, "index out of range"); return n - (int)i; } } /* ** Continuation function for 'pcall' and 'xpcall'. Both functions ** already pushed a 'true' before doing the call, so in case of success ** 'finishpcall' only has to return everything in the stack minus ** 'extra' values (where 'extra' is exactly the number of items to be ** ignored). */ static int finishpcall (lua_State *L, int status, lua_KContext extra) { if (status != LUA_OK && status != LUA_YIELD) { /* error? */ lua_pushboolean(L, 0); /* first result (false) */ lua_pushvalue(L, -2); /* error message */ return 2; /* return false, msg */ } else return lua_gettop(L) - (int)extra; /* return all results */ } static int luaB_pcall (lua_State *L) { int status; luaL_checkany(L, 1); lua_pushboolean(L, 1); /* first result if no errors */ lua_insert(L, 1); /* put it in place */ status = lua_pcallk(L, lua_gettop(L) - 2, LUA_MULTRET, 0, 0, finishpcall); return finishpcall(L, status, 0); } /* ** Do a protected call with error handling. After 'lua_rotate', the ** stack will have ; so, the function passes ** 2 to 'finishpcall' to skip the 2 first values when returning results. */ static int luaB_xpcall (lua_State *L) { int status; int n = lua_gettop(L); luaL_checktype(L, 2, LUA_TFUNCTION); /* check error function */ lua_pushboolean(L, 1); /* first result */ lua_pushvalue(L, 1); /* function */ lua_rotate(L, 3, 2); /* move them below function's arguments */ status = lua_pcallk(L, n - 2, LUA_MULTRET, 2, 2, finishpcall); return finishpcall(L, status, 2); } static int luaB_tostring (lua_State *L) { luaL_checkany(L, 1); luaL_tolstring(L, 1, NULL); return 1; } static const luaL_Reg base_funcs[] = { {"assert", luaB_assert}, {"collectgarbage", luaB_collectgarbage}, {"dofile", luaB_dofile}, {"error", luaB_error}, {"getmetatable", luaB_getmetatable}, {"ipairs", luaB_ipairs}, {"loadfile", luaB_loadfile}, {"load", luaB_load}, #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_LOADSTRING) {"loadstring", luaB_load}, #endif {"next", luaB_next}, {"pairs", luaB_pairs}, {"pcall", luaB_pcall}, {"print", luaB_print}, {"rawequal", luaB_rawequal}, {"rawlen", luaB_rawlen}, {"rawget", luaB_rawget}, {"rawset", luaB_rawset}, {"select", luaB_select}, {"setmetatable", luaB_setmetatable}, {"tonumber", luaB_tonumber}, {"tostring", luaB_tostring}, {"type", luaB_type}, {"xpcall", luaB_xpcall}, /* placeholders */ {"_G", NULL}, {"_VERSION", NULL}, {NULL, NULL} }; LUAMOD_API int luaopen_base (lua_State *L) { /* open lib into global table */ lua_pushglobaltable(L); luaL_setfuncs(L, base_funcs, 0); /* set global _G */ lua_pushvalue(L, -1); lua_setfield(L, -2, "_G"); /* set global _VERSION */ lua_pushliteral(L, LUA_VERSION); lua_setfield(L, -2, "_VERSION"); return 1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lbitlib.c000066400000000000000000000115371335323540100156670ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lbitlib.c,v 1.30 2015/11/11 19:08:09 roberto Exp $ ** Standard library for bitwise operations ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lbitlib_c #define LUA_LIB #include "lprefix.h" #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_BITLIB) /* { */ #define pushunsigned(L,n) lua_pushinteger(L, (lua_Integer)(n)) #define checkunsigned(L,i) ((lua_Unsigned)luaL_checkinteger(L,i)) /* number of bits to consider in a number */ #if !defined(LUA_NBITS) #define LUA_NBITS 32 #endif /* ** a lua_Unsigned with its first LUA_NBITS bits equal to 1. (Shift must ** be made in two parts to avoid problems when LUA_NBITS is equal to the ** number of bits in a lua_Unsigned.) */ #define ALLONES (~(((~(lua_Unsigned)0) << (LUA_NBITS - 1)) << 1)) /* macro to trim extra bits */ #define trim(x) ((x) & ALLONES) /* builds a number with 'n' ones (1 <= n <= LUA_NBITS) */ #define mask(n) (~((ALLONES << 1) << ((n) - 1))) static lua_Unsigned andaux (lua_State *L) { int i, n = lua_gettop(L); lua_Unsigned r = ~(lua_Unsigned)0; for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) r &= checkunsigned(L, i); return trim(r); } static int b_and (lua_State *L) { lua_Unsigned r = andaux(L); pushunsigned(L, r); return 1; } static int b_test (lua_State *L) { lua_Unsigned r = andaux(L); lua_pushboolean(L, r != 0); return 1; } static int b_or (lua_State *L) { int i, n = lua_gettop(L); lua_Unsigned r = 0; for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) r |= checkunsigned(L, i); pushunsigned(L, trim(r)); return 1; } static int b_xor (lua_State *L) { int i, n = lua_gettop(L); lua_Unsigned r = 0; for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) r ^= checkunsigned(L, i); pushunsigned(L, trim(r)); return 1; } static int b_not (lua_State *L) { lua_Unsigned r = ~checkunsigned(L, 1); pushunsigned(L, trim(r)); return 1; } static int b_shift (lua_State *L, lua_Unsigned r, lua_Integer i) { if (i < 0) { /* shift right? */ i = -i; r = trim(r); if (i >= LUA_NBITS) r = 0; else r >>= i; } else { /* shift left */ if (i >= LUA_NBITS) r = 0; else r <<= i; r = trim(r); } pushunsigned(L, r); return 1; } static int b_lshift (lua_State *L) { return b_shift(L, checkunsigned(L, 1), luaL_checkinteger(L, 2)); } static int b_rshift (lua_State *L) { return b_shift(L, checkunsigned(L, 1), -luaL_checkinteger(L, 2)); } static int b_arshift (lua_State *L) { lua_Unsigned r = checkunsigned(L, 1); lua_Integer i = luaL_checkinteger(L, 2); if (i < 0 || !(r & ((lua_Unsigned)1 << (LUA_NBITS - 1)))) return b_shift(L, r, -i); else { /* arithmetic shift for 'negative' number */ if (i >= LUA_NBITS) r = ALLONES; else r = trim((r >> i) | ~(trim(~(lua_Unsigned)0) >> i)); /* add signal bit */ pushunsigned(L, r); return 1; } } static int b_rot (lua_State *L, lua_Integer d) { lua_Unsigned r = checkunsigned(L, 1); int i = d & (LUA_NBITS - 1); /* i = d % NBITS */ r = trim(r); if (i != 0) /* avoid undefined shift of LUA_NBITS when i == 0 */ r = (r << i) | (r >> (LUA_NBITS - i)); pushunsigned(L, trim(r)); return 1; } static int b_lrot (lua_State *L) { return b_rot(L, luaL_checkinteger(L, 2)); } static int b_rrot (lua_State *L) { return b_rot(L, -luaL_checkinteger(L, 2)); } /* ** get field and width arguments for field-manipulation functions, ** checking whether they are valid. ** ('luaL_error' called without 'return' to avoid later warnings about ** 'width' being used uninitialized.) */ static int fieldargs (lua_State *L, int farg, int *width) { lua_Integer f = luaL_checkinteger(L, farg); lua_Integer w = luaL_optinteger(L, farg + 1, 1); luaL_argcheck(L, 0 <= f, farg, "field cannot be negative"); luaL_argcheck(L, 0 < w, farg + 1, "width must be positive"); if (f + w > LUA_NBITS) luaL_error(L, "trying to access non-existent bits"); *width = (int)w; return (int)f; } static int b_extract (lua_State *L) { int w; lua_Unsigned r = trim(checkunsigned(L, 1)); int f = fieldargs(L, 2, &w); r = (r >> f) & mask(w); pushunsigned(L, r); return 1; } static int b_replace (lua_State *L) { int w; lua_Unsigned r = trim(checkunsigned(L, 1)); lua_Unsigned v = trim(checkunsigned(L, 2)); int f = fieldargs(L, 3, &w); lua_Unsigned m = mask(w); r = (r & ~(m << f)) | ((v & m) << f); pushunsigned(L, r); return 1; } static const luaL_Reg bitlib[] = { {"arshift", b_arshift}, {"band", b_and}, {"bnot", b_not}, {"bor", b_or}, {"bxor", b_xor}, {"btest", b_test}, {"extract", b_extract}, {"lrotate", b_lrot}, {"lshift", b_lshift}, {"replace", b_replace}, {"rrotate", b_rrot}, {"rshift", b_rshift}, {NULL, NULL} }; LUAMOD_API int luaopen_bit32 (lua_State *L) { luaL_newlib(L, bitlib); return 1; } #else /* }{ */ LUAMOD_API int luaopen_bit32 (lua_State *L) { return luaL_error(L, "library 'bit32' has been deprecated"); } #endif /* } */ tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lcode.c000066400000000000000000001030001335323540100153170ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lcode.c,v 2.112 2016/12/22 13:08:50 roberto Exp $ ** Code generator for Lua ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lcode_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lcode.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lgc.h" #include "llex.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lopcodes.h" #include "lparser.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "ltable.h" #include "lvm.h" /* Maximum number of registers in a Lua function (must fit in 8 bits) */ #define MAXREGS 255 #define hasjumps(e) ((e)->t != (e)->f) /* ** If expression is a numeric constant, fills 'v' with its value ** and returns 1. Otherwise, returns 0. */ static int tonumeral(const expdesc *e, TValue *v) { if (hasjumps(e)) return 0; /* not a numeral */ switch (e->k) { case VKINT: if (v) setivalue(v, e->u.ival); return 1; case VKFLT: if (v) setfltvalue(v, e->u.nval); return 1; default: return 0; } } /* ** Create a OP_LOADNIL instruction, but try to optimize: if the previous ** instruction is also OP_LOADNIL and ranges are compatible, adjust ** range of previous instruction instead of emitting a new one. (For ** instance, 'local a; local b' will generate a single opcode.) */ void luaK_nil (FuncState *fs, int from, int n) { Instruction *previous; int l = from + n - 1; /* last register to set nil */ if (fs->pc > fs->lasttarget) { /* no jumps to current position? */ previous = &fs->f->code[fs->pc-1]; if (GET_OPCODE(*previous) == OP_LOADNIL) { /* previous is LOADNIL? */ int pfrom = GETARG_A(*previous); /* get previous range */ int pl = pfrom + GETARG_B(*previous); if ((pfrom <= from && from <= pl + 1) || (from <= pfrom && pfrom <= l + 1)) { /* can connect both? */ if (pfrom < from) from = pfrom; /* from = min(from, pfrom) */ if (pl > l) l = pl; /* l = max(l, pl) */ SETARG_A(*previous, from); SETARG_B(*previous, l - from); return; } } /* else go through */ } luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_LOADNIL, from, n - 1, 0); /* else no optimization */ } /* ** Gets the destination address of a jump instruction. Used to traverse ** a list of jumps. */ static int getjump (FuncState *fs, int pc) { int offset = GETARG_sBx(fs->f->code[pc]); if (offset == NO_JUMP) /* point to itself represents end of list */ return NO_JUMP; /* end of list */ else return (pc+1)+offset; /* turn offset into absolute position */ } /* ** Fix jump instruction at position 'pc' to jump to 'dest'. ** (Jump addresses are relative in Lua) */ static void fixjump (FuncState *fs, int pc, int dest) { Instruction *jmp = &fs->f->code[pc]; int offset = dest - (pc + 1); lua_assert(dest != NO_JUMP); if (abs(offset) > MAXARG_sBx) luaX_syntaxerror(fs->ls, "control structure too long"); SETARG_sBx(*jmp, offset); } /* ** Concatenate jump-list 'l2' into jump-list 'l1' */ void luaK_concat (FuncState *fs, int *l1, int l2) { if (l2 == NO_JUMP) return; /* nothing to concatenate? */ else if (*l1 == NO_JUMP) /* no original list? */ *l1 = l2; /* 'l1' points to 'l2' */ else { int list = *l1; int next; while ((next = getjump(fs, list)) != NO_JUMP) /* find last element */ list = next; fixjump(fs, list, l2); /* last element links to 'l2' */ } } /* ** Create a jump instruction and return its position, so its destination ** can be fixed later (with 'fixjump'). If there are jumps to ** this position (kept in 'jpc'), link them all together so that ** 'patchlistaux' will fix all them directly to the final destination. */ int luaK_jump (FuncState *fs) { int jpc = fs->jpc; /* save list of jumps to here */ int j; fs->jpc = NO_JUMP; /* no more jumps to here */ j = luaK_codeAsBx(fs, OP_JMP, 0, NO_JUMP); luaK_concat(fs, &j, jpc); /* keep them on hold */ return j; } /* ** Code a 'return' instruction */ void luaK_ret (FuncState *fs, int first, int nret) { luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_RETURN, first, nret+1, 0); } /* ** Code a "conditional jump", that is, a test or comparison opcode ** followed by a jump. Return jump position. */ static int condjump (FuncState *fs, OpCode op, int A, int B, int C) { luaK_codeABC(fs, op, A, B, C); return luaK_jump(fs); } /* ** returns current 'pc' and marks it as a jump target (to avoid wrong ** optimizations with consecutive instructions not in the same basic block). */ int luaK_getlabel (FuncState *fs) { fs->lasttarget = fs->pc; return fs->pc; } /* ** Returns the position of the instruction "controlling" a given ** jump (that is, its condition), or the jump itself if it is ** unconditional. */ static Instruction *getjumpcontrol (FuncState *fs, int pc) { Instruction *pi = &fs->f->code[pc]; if (pc >= 1 && testTMode(GET_OPCODE(*(pi-1)))) return pi-1; else return pi; } /* ** Patch destination register for a TESTSET instruction. ** If instruction in position 'node' is not a TESTSET, return 0 ("fails"). ** Otherwise, if 'reg' is not 'NO_REG', set it as the destination ** register. Otherwise, change instruction to a simple 'TEST' (produces ** no register value) */ static int patchtestreg (FuncState *fs, int node, int reg) { Instruction *i = getjumpcontrol(fs, node); if (GET_OPCODE(*i) != OP_TESTSET) return 0; /* cannot patch other instructions */ if (reg != NO_REG && reg != GETARG_B(*i)) SETARG_A(*i, reg); else { /* no register to put value or register already has the value; change instruction to simple test */ *i = CREATE_ABC(OP_TEST, GETARG_B(*i), 0, GETARG_C(*i)); } return 1; } /* ** Traverse a list of tests ensuring no one produces a value */ static void removevalues (FuncState *fs, int list) { for (; list != NO_JUMP; list = getjump(fs, list)) patchtestreg(fs, list, NO_REG); } /* ** Traverse a list of tests, patching their destination address and ** registers: tests producing values jump to 'vtarget' (and put their ** values in 'reg'), other tests jump to 'dtarget'. */ static void patchlistaux (FuncState *fs, int list, int vtarget, int reg, int dtarget) { while (list != NO_JUMP) { int next = getjump(fs, list); if (patchtestreg(fs, list, reg)) fixjump(fs, list, vtarget); else fixjump(fs, list, dtarget); /* jump to default target */ list = next; } } /* ** Ensure all pending jumps to current position are fixed (jumping ** to current position with no values) and reset list of pending ** jumps */ static void dischargejpc (FuncState *fs) { patchlistaux(fs, fs->jpc, fs->pc, NO_REG, fs->pc); fs->jpc = NO_JUMP; } /* ** Add elements in 'list' to list of pending jumps to "here" ** (current position) */ void luaK_patchtohere (FuncState *fs, int list) { luaK_getlabel(fs); /* mark "here" as a jump target */ luaK_concat(fs, &fs->jpc, list); } /* ** Path all jumps in 'list' to jump to 'target'. ** (The assert means that we cannot fix a jump to a forward address ** because we only know addresses once code is generated.) */ void luaK_patchlist (FuncState *fs, int list, int target) { if (target == fs->pc) /* 'target' is current position? */ luaK_patchtohere(fs, list); /* add list to pending jumps */ else { lua_assert(target < fs->pc); patchlistaux(fs, list, target, NO_REG, target); } } /* ** Path all jumps in 'list' to close upvalues up to given 'level' ** (The assertion checks that jumps either were closing nothing ** or were closing higher levels, from inner blocks.) */ void luaK_patchclose (FuncState *fs, int list, int level) { level++; /* argument is +1 to reserve 0 as non-op */ for (; list != NO_JUMP; list = getjump(fs, list)) { lua_assert(GET_OPCODE(fs->f->code[list]) == OP_JMP && (GETARG_A(fs->f->code[list]) == 0 || GETARG_A(fs->f->code[list]) >= level)); SETARG_A(fs->f->code[list], level); } } /* ** Emit instruction 'i', checking for array sizes and saving also its ** line information. Return 'i' position. */ static int luaK_code (FuncState *fs, Instruction i) { Proto *f = fs->f; dischargejpc(fs); /* 'pc' will change */ /* put new instruction in code array */ luaM_growvector(fs->ls->L, f->code, fs->pc, f->sizecode, Instruction, MAX_INT, "opcodes"); f->code[fs->pc] = i; /* save corresponding line information */ luaM_growvector(fs->ls->L, f->lineinfo, fs->pc, f->sizelineinfo, int, MAX_INT, "opcodes"); f->lineinfo[fs->pc] = fs->ls->lastline; return fs->pc++; } /* ** Format and emit an 'iABC' instruction. (Assertions check consistency ** of parameters versus opcode.) */ int luaK_codeABC (FuncState *fs, OpCode o, int a, int b, int c) { lua_assert(getOpMode(o) == iABC); lua_assert(getBMode(o) != OpArgN || b == 0); lua_assert(getCMode(o) != OpArgN || c == 0); lua_assert(a <= MAXARG_A && b <= MAXARG_B && c <= MAXARG_C); return luaK_code(fs, CREATE_ABC(o, a, b, c)); } /* ** Format and emit an 'iABx' instruction. */ int luaK_codeABx (FuncState *fs, OpCode o, int a, unsigned int bc) { lua_assert(getOpMode(o) == iABx || getOpMode(o) == iAsBx); lua_assert(getCMode(o) == OpArgN); lua_assert(a <= MAXARG_A && bc <= MAXARG_Bx); return luaK_code(fs, CREATE_ABx(o, a, bc)); } /* ** Emit an "extra argument" instruction (format 'iAx') */ static int codeextraarg (FuncState *fs, int a) { lua_assert(a <= MAXARG_Ax); return luaK_code(fs, CREATE_Ax(OP_EXTRAARG, a)); } /* ** Emit a "load constant" instruction, using either 'OP_LOADK' ** (if constant index 'k' fits in 18 bits) or an 'OP_LOADKX' ** instruction with "extra argument". */ int luaK_codek (FuncState *fs, int reg, int k) { if (k <= MAXARG_Bx) return luaK_codeABx(fs, OP_LOADK, reg, k); else { int p = luaK_codeABx(fs, OP_LOADKX, reg, 0); codeextraarg(fs, k); return p; } } /* ** Check register-stack level, keeping track of its maximum size ** in field 'maxstacksize' */ void luaK_checkstack (FuncState *fs, int n) { int newstack = fs->freereg + n; if (newstack > fs->f->maxstacksize) { if (newstack >= MAXREGS) luaX_syntaxerror(fs->ls, "function or expression needs too many registers"); fs->f->maxstacksize = cast_byte(newstack); } } /* ** Reserve 'n' registers in register stack */ void luaK_reserveregs (FuncState *fs, int n) { luaK_checkstack(fs, n); fs->freereg += n; } /* ** Free register 'reg', if it is neither a constant index nor ** a local variable. ) */ static void freereg (FuncState *fs, int reg) { if (!ISK(reg) && reg >= fs->nactvar) { fs->freereg--; lua_assert(reg == fs->freereg); } } /* ** Free register used by expression 'e' (if any) */ static void freeexp (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { if (e->k == VNONRELOC) freereg(fs, e->u.info); } /* ** Free registers used by expressions 'e1' and 'e2' (if any) in proper ** order. */ static void freeexps (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e1, expdesc *e2) { int r1 = (e1->k == VNONRELOC) ? e1->u.info : -1; int r2 = (e2->k == VNONRELOC) ? e2->u.info : -1; if (r1 > r2) { freereg(fs, r1); freereg(fs, r2); } else { freereg(fs, r2); freereg(fs, r1); } } /* ** Add constant 'v' to prototype's list of constants (field 'k'). ** Use scanner's table to cache position of constants in constant list ** and try to reuse constants. Because some values should not be used ** as keys (nil cannot be a key, integer keys can collapse with float ** keys), the caller must provide a useful 'key' for indexing the cache. */ static int addk (FuncState *fs, TValue *key, TValue *v) { lua_State *L = fs->ls->L; Proto *f = fs->f; TValue *idx = luaH_set(L, fs->ls->h, key); /* index scanner table */ int k, oldsize; if (ttisinteger(idx)) { /* is there an index there? */ k = cast_int(ivalue(idx)); /* correct value? (warning: must distinguish floats from integers!) */ if (k < fs->nk && ttype(&f->k[k]) == ttype(v) && luaV_rawequalobj(&f->k[k], v)) return k; /* reuse index */ } /* constant not found; create a new entry */ oldsize = f->sizek; k = fs->nk; /* numerical value does not need GC barrier; table has no metatable, so it does not need to invalidate cache */ setivalue(idx, k); luaM_growvector(L, f->k, k, f->sizek, TValue, MAXARG_Ax, "constants"); while (oldsize < f->sizek) setnilvalue(&f->k[oldsize++]); setobj(L, &f->k[k], v); fs->nk++; luaC_barrier(L, f, v); return k; } /* ** Add a string to list of constants and return its index. */ int luaK_stringK (FuncState *fs, TString *s) { TValue o; setsvalue(fs->ls->L, &o, s); return addk(fs, &o, &o); /* use string itself as key */ } /* ** Add an integer to list of constants and return its index. ** Integers use userdata as keys to avoid collision with floats with ** same value; conversion to 'void*' is used only for hashing, so there ** are no "precision" problems. */ int luaK_intK (FuncState *fs, lua_Integer n) { TValue k, o; setpvalue(&k, cast(void*, cast(size_t, n))); setivalue(&o, n); return addk(fs, &k, &o); } /* ** Add a float to list of constants and return its index. */ static int luaK_numberK (FuncState *fs, lua_Number r) { TValue o; setfltvalue(&o, r); return addk(fs, &o, &o); /* use number itself as key */ } /* ** Add a boolean to list of constants and return its index. */ static int boolK (FuncState *fs, int b) { TValue o; setbvalue(&o, b); return addk(fs, &o, &o); /* use boolean itself as key */ } /* ** Add nil to list of constants and return its index. */ static int nilK (FuncState *fs) { TValue k, v; setnilvalue(&v); /* cannot use nil as key; instead use table itself to represent nil */ sethvalue(fs->ls->L, &k, fs->ls->h); return addk(fs, &k, &v); } /* ** Fix an expression to return the number of results 'nresults'. ** Either 'e' is a multi-ret expression (function call or vararg) ** or 'nresults' is LUA_MULTRET (as any expression can satisfy that). */ void luaK_setreturns (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e, int nresults) { if (e->k == VCALL) { /* expression is an open function call? */ SETARG_C(getinstruction(fs, e), nresults + 1); } else if (e->k == VVARARG) { Instruction *pc = &getinstruction(fs, e); SETARG_B(*pc, nresults + 1); SETARG_A(*pc, fs->freereg); luaK_reserveregs(fs, 1); } else lua_assert(nresults == LUA_MULTRET); } /* ** Fix an expression to return one result. ** If expression is not a multi-ret expression (function call or ** vararg), it already returns one result, so nothing needs to be done. ** Function calls become VNONRELOC expressions (as its result comes ** fixed in the base register of the call), while vararg expressions ** become VRELOCABLE (as OP_VARARG puts its results where it wants). ** (Calls are created returning one result, so that does not need ** to be fixed.) */ void luaK_setoneret (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { if (e->k == VCALL) { /* expression is an open function call? */ /* already returns 1 value */ lua_assert(GETARG_C(getinstruction(fs, e)) == 2); e->k = VNONRELOC; /* result has fixed position */ e->u.info = GETARG_A(getinstruction(fs, e)); } else if (e->k == VVARARG) { SETARG_B(getinstruction(fs, e), 2); e->k = VRELOCABLE; /* can relocate its simple result */ } } /* ** Ensure that expression 'e' is not a variable. */ void luaK_dischargevars (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { switch (e->k) { case VLOCAL: { /* already in a register */ e->k = VNONRELOC; /* becomes a non-relocatable value */ break; } case VUPVAL: { /* move value to some (pending) register */ e->u.info = luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_GETUPVAL, 0, e->u.info, 0); e->k = VRELOCABLE; break; } case VINDEXED: { OpCode op; freereg(fs, e->u.ind.idx); if (e->u.ind.vt == VLOCAL) { /* is 't' in a register? */ freereg(fs, e->u.ind.t); op = OP_GETTABLE; } else { lua_assert(e->u.ind.vt == VUPVAL); op = OP_GETTABUP; /* 't' is in an upvalue */ } e->u.info = luaK_codeABC(fs, op, 0, e->u.ind.t, e->u.ind.idx); e->k = VRELOCABLE; break; } case VVARARG: case VCALL: { luaK_setoneret(fs, e); break; } default: break; /* there is one value available (somewhere) */ } } /* ** Ensures expression value is in register 'reg' (and therefore ** 'e' will become a non-relocatable expression). */ static void discharge2reg (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e, int reg) { luaK_dischargevars(fs, e); switch (e->k) { case VNIL: { luaK_nil(fs, reg, 1); break; } case VFALSE: case VTRUE: { luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_LOADBOOL, reg, e->k == VTRUE, 0); break; } case VK: { luaK_codek(fs, reg, e->u.info); break; } case VKFLT: { luaK_codek(fs, reg, luaK_numberK(fs, e->u.nval)); break; } case VKINT: { luaK_codek(fs, reg, luaK_intK(fs, e->u.ival)); break; } case VRELOCABLE: { Instruction *pc = &getinstruction(fs, e); SETARG_A(*pc, reg); /* instruction will put result in 'reg' */ break; } case VNONRELOC: { if (reg != e->u.info) luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_MOVE, reg, e->u.info, 0); break; } default: { lua_assert(e->k == VJMP); return; /* nothing to do... */ } } e->u.info = reg; e->k = VNONRELOC; } /* ** Ensures expression value is in any register. */ static void discharge2anyreg (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { if (e->k != VNONRELOC) { /* no fixed register yet? */ luaK_reserveregs(fs, 1); /* get a register */ discharge2reg(fs, e, fs->freereg-1); /* put value there */ } } static int code_loadbool (FuncState *fs, int A, int b, int jump) { luaK_getlabel(fs); /* those instructions may be jump targets */ return luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_LOADBOOL, A, b, jump); } /* ** check whether list has any jump that do not produce a value ** or produce an inverted value */ static int need_value (FuncState *fs, int list) { for (; list != NO_JUMP; list = getjump(fs, list)) { Instruction i = *getjumpcontrol(fs, list); if (GET_OPCODE(i) != OP_TESTSET) return 1; } return 0; /* not found */ } /* ** Ensures final expression result (including results from its jump ** lists) is in register 'reg'. ** If expression has jumps, need to patch these jumps either to ** its final position or to "load" instructions (for those tests ** that do not produce values). */ static void exp2reg (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e, int reg) { discharge2reg(fs, e, reg); if (e->k == VJMP) /* expression itself is a test? */ luaK_concat(fs, &e->t, e->u.info); /* put this jump in 't' list */ if (hasjumps(e)) { int final; /* position after whole expression */ int p_f = NO_JUMP; /* position of an eventual LOAD false */ int p_t = NO_JUMP; /* position of an eventual LOAD true */ if (need_value(fs, e->t) || need_value(fs, e->f)) { int fj = (e->k == VJMP) ? NO_JUMP : luaK_jump(fs); p_f = code_loadbool(fs, reg, 0, 1); p_t = code_loadbool(fs, reg, 1, 0); luaK_patchtohere(fs, fj); } final = luaK_getlabel(fs); patchlistaux(fs, e->f, final, reg, p_f); patchlistaux(fs, e->t, final, reg, p_t); } e->f = e->t = NO_JUMP; e->u.info = reg; e->k = VNONRELOC; } /* ** Ensures final expression result (including results from its jump ** lists) is in next available register. */ void luaK_exp2nextreg (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { luaK_dischargevars(fs, e); freeexp(fs, e); luaK_reserveregs(fs, 1); exp2reg(fs, e, fs->freereg - 1); } /* ** Ensures final expression result (including results from its jump ** lists) is in some (any) register and return that register. */ int luaK_exp2anyreg (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { luaK_dischargevars(fs, e); if (e->k == VNONRELOC) { /* expression already has a register? */ if (!hasjumps(e)) /* no jumps? */ return e->u.info; /* result is already in a register */ if (e->u.info >= fs->nactvar) { /* reg. is not a local? */ exp2reg(fs, e, e->u.info); /* put final result in it */ return e->u.info; } } luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, e); /* otherwise, use next available register */ return e->u.info; } /* ** Ensures final expression result is either in a register or in an ** upvalue. */ void luaK_exp2anyregup (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { if (e->k != VUPVAL || hasjumps(e)) luaK_exp2anyreg(fs, e); } /* ** Ensures final expression result is either in a register or it is ** a constant. */ void luaK_exp2val (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { if (hasjumps(e)) luaK_exp2anyreg(fs, e); else luaK_dischargevars(fs, e); } /* ** Ensures final expression result is in a valid R/K index ** (that is, it is either in a register or in 'k' with an index ** in the range of R/K indices). ** Returns R/K index. */ int luaK_exp2RK (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { luaK_exp2val(fs, e); switch (e->k) { /* move constants to 'k' */ case VTRUE: e->u.info = boolK(fs, 1); goto vk; case VFALSE: e->u.info = boolK(fs, 0); goto vk; case VNIL: e->u.info = nilK(fs); goto vk; case VKINT: e->u.info = luaK_intK(fs, e->u.ival); goto vk; case VKFLT: e->u.info = luaK_numberK(fs, e->u.nval); goto vk; case VK: vk: e->k = VK; if (e->u.info <= MAXINDEXRK) /* constant fits in 'argC'? */ return RKASK(e->u.info); else break; default: break; } /* not a constant in the right range: put it in a register */ return luaK_exp2anyreg(fs, e); } /* ** Generate code to store result of expression 'ex' into variable 'var'. */ void luaK_storevar (FuncState *fs, expdesc *var, expdesc *ex) { switch (var->k) { case VLOCAL: { freeexp(fs, ex); exp2reg(fs, ex, var->u.info); /* compute 'ex' into proper place */ return; } case VUPVAL: { int e = luaK_exp2anyreg(fs, ex); luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_SETUPVAL, e, var->u.info, 0); break; } case VINDEXED: { OpCode op = (var->u.ind.vt == VLOCAL) ? OP_SETTABLE : OP_SETTABUP; int e = luaK_exp2RK(fs, ex); luaK_codeABC(fs, op, var->u.ind.t, var->u.ind.idx, e); break; } default: lua_assert(0); /* invalid var kind to store */ } freeexp(fs, ex); } /* ** Emit SELF instruction (convert expression 'e' into 'e:key(e,'). */ void luaK_self (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e, expdesc *key) { int ereg; luaK_exp2anyreg(fs, e); ereg = e->u.info; /* register where 'e' was placed */ freeexp(fs, e); e->u.info = fs->freereg; /* base register for op_self */ e->k = VNONRELOC; /* self expression has a fixed register */ luaK_reserveregs(fs, 2); /* function and 'self' produced by op_self */ luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_SELF, e->u.info, ereg, luaK_exp2RK(fs, key)); freeexp(fs, key); } /* ** Negate condition 'e' (where 'e' is a comparison). */ static void negatecondition (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { Instruction *pc = getjumpcontrol(fs, e->u.info); lua_assert(testTMode(GET_OPCODE(*pc)) && GET_OPCODE(*pc) != OP_TESTSET && GET_OPCODE(*pc) != OP_TEST); SETARG_A(*pc, !(GETARG_A(*pc))); } /* ** Emit instruction to jump if 'e' is 'cond' (that is, if 'cond' ** is true, code will jump if 'e' is true.) Return jump position. ** Optimize when 'e' is 'not' something, inverting the condition ** and removing the 'not'. */ static int jumponcond (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e, int cond) { if (e->k == VRELOCABLE) { Instruction ie = getinstruction(fs, e); if (GET_OPCODE(ie) == OP_NOT) { fs->pc--; /* remove previous OP_NOT */ return condjump(fs, OP_TEST, GETARG_B(ie), 0, !cond); } /* else go through */ } discharge2anyreg(fs, e); freeexp(fs, e); return condjump(fs, OP_TESTSET, NO_REG, e->u.info, cond); } /* ** Emit code to go through if 'e' is true, jump otherwise. */ void luaK_goiftrue (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { int pc; /* pc of new jump */ luaK_dischargevars(fs, e); switch (e->k) { case VJMP: { /* condition? */ negatecondition(fs, e); /* jump when it is false */ pc = e->u.info; /* save jump position */ break; } case VK: case VKFLT: case VKINT: case VTRUE: { pc = NO_JUMP; /* always true; do nothing */ break; } default: { pc = jumponcond(fs, e, 0); /* jump when false */ break; } } luaK_concat(fs, &e->f, pc); /* insert new jump in false list */ luaK_patchtohere(fs, e->t); /* true list jumps to here (to go through) */ e->t = NO_JUMP; } /* ** Emit code to go through if 'e' is false, jump otherwise. */ void luaK_goiffalse (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { int pc; /* pc of new jump */ luaK_dischargevars(fs, e); switch (e->k) { case VJMP: { pc = e->u.info; /* already jump if true */ break; } case VNIL: case VFALSE: { pc = NO_JUMP; /* always false; do nothing */ break; } default: { pc = jumponcond(fs, e, 1); /* jump if true */ break; } } luaK_concat(fs, &e->t, pc); /* insert new jump in 't' list */ luaK_patchtohere(fs, e->f); /* false list jumps to here (to go through) */ e->f = NO_JUMP; } /* ** Code 'not e', doing constant folding. */ static void codenot (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e) { luaK_dischargevars(fs, e); switch (e->k) { case VNIL: case VFALSE: { e->k = VTRUE; /* true == not nil == not false */ break; } case VK: case VKFLT: case VKINT: case VTRUE: { e->k = VFALSE; /* false == not "x" == not 0.5 == not 1 == not true */ break; } case VJMP: { negatecondition(fs, e); break; } case VRELOCABLE: case VNONRELOC: { discharge2anyreg(fs, e); freeexp(fs, e); e->u.info = luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_NOT, 0, e->u.info, 0); e->k = VRELOCABLE; break; } default: lua_assert(0); /* cannot happen */ } /* interchange true and false lists */ { int temp = e->f; e->f = e->t; e->t = temp; } removevalues(fs, e->f); /* values are useless when negated */ removevalues(fs, e->t); } /* ** Create expression 't[k]'. 't' must have its final result already in a ** register or upvalue. */ void luaK_indexed (FuncState *fs, expdesc *t, expdesc *k) { lua_assert(!hasjumps(t) && (vkisinreg(t->k) || t->k == VUPVAL)); t->u.ind.t = t->u.info; /* register or upvalue index */ t->u.ind.idx = luaK_exp2RK(fs, k); /* R/K index for key */ t->u.ind.vt = (t->k == VUPVAL) ? VUPVAL : VLOCAL; t->k = VINDEXED; } /* ** Return false if folding can raise an error. ** Bitwise operations need operands convertible to integers; division ** operations cannot have 0 as divisor. */ static int validop (int op, TValue *v1, TValue *v2) { switch (op) { case LUA_OPBAND: case LUA_OPBOR: case LUA_OPBXOR: case LUA_OPSHL: case LUA_OPSHR: case LUA_OPBNOT: { /* conversion errors */ lua_Integer i; return (tointeger(v1, &i) && tointeger(v2, &i)); } case LUA_OPDIV: case LUA_OPIDIV: case LUA_OPMOD: /* division by 0 */ return (nvalue(v2) != 0); default: return 1; /* everything else is valid */ } } /* ** Try to "constant-fold" an operation; return 1 iff successful. ** (In this case, 'e1' has the final result.) */ static int constfolding (FuncState *fs, int op, expdesc *e1, const expdesc *e2) { TValue v1, v2, res; if (!tonumeral(e1, &v1) || !tonumeral(e2, &v2) || !validop(op, &v1, &v2)) return 0; /* non-numeric operands or not safe to fold */ luaO_arith(fs->ls->L, op, &v1, &v2, &res); /* does operation */ if (ttisinteger(&res)) { e1->k = VKINT; e1->u.ival = ivalue(&res); } else { /* folds neither NaN nor 0.0 (to avoid problems with -0.0) */ lua_Number n = fltvalue(&res); if (luai_numisnan(n) || n == 0) return 0; e1->k = VKFLT; e1->u.nval = n; } return 1; } /* ** Emit code for unary expressions that "produce values" ** (everything but 'not'). ** Expression to produce final result will be encoded in 'e'. */ static void codeunexpval (FuncState *fs, OpCode op, expdesc *e, int line) { int r = luaK_exp2anyreg(fs, e); /* opcodes operate only on registers */ freeexp(fs, e); e->u.info = luaK_codeABC(fs, op, 0, r, 0); /* generate opcode */ e->k = VRELOCABLE; /* all those operations are relocatable */ luaK_fixline(fs, line); } /* ** Emit code for binary expressions that "produce values" ** (everything but logical operators 'and'/'or' and comparison ** operators). ** Expression to produce final result will be encoded in 'e1'. ** Because 'luaK_exp2RK' can free registers, its calls must be ** in "stack order" (that is, first on 'e2', which may have more ** recent registers to be released). */ static void codebinexpval (FuncState *fs, OpCode op, expdesc *e1, expdesc *e2, int line) { int rk2 = luaK_exp2RK(fs, e2); /* both operands are "RK" */ int rk1 = luaK_exp2RK(fs, e1); freeexps(fs, e1, e2); e1->u.info = luaK_codeABC(fs, op, 0, rk1, rk2); /* generate opcode */ e1->k = VRELOCABLE; /* all those operations are relocatable */ luaK_fixline(fs, line); } /* ** Emit code for comparisons. ** 'e1' was already put in R/K form by 'luaK_infix'. */ static void codecomp (FuncState *fs, BinOpr opr, expdesc *e1, expdesc *e2) { int rk1 = (e1->k == VK) ? RKASK(e1->u.info) : check_exp(e1->k == VNONRELOC, e1->u.info); int rk2 = luaK_exp2RK(fs, e2); freeexps(fs, e1, e2); switch (opr) { case OPR_NE: { /* '(a ~= b)' ==> 'not (a == b)' */ e1->u.info = condjump(fs, OP_EQ, 0, rk1, rk2); break; } case OPR_GT: case OPR_GE: { /* '(a > b)' ==> '(b < a)'; '(a >= b)' ==> '(b <= a)' */ OpCode op = cast(OpCode, (opr - OPR_NE) + OP_EQ); e1->u.info = condjump(fs, op, 1, rk2, rk1); /* invert operands */ break; } default: { /* '==', '<', '<=' use their own opcodes */ OpCode op = cast(OpCode, (opr - OPR_EQ) + OP_EQ); e1->u.info = condjump(fs, op, 1, rk1, rk2); break; } } e1->k = VJMP; } /* ** Aplly prefix operation 'op' to expression 'e'. */ void luaK_prefix (FuncState *fs, UnOpr op, expdesc *e, int line) { static const expdesc ef = {VKINT, {0}, NO_JUMP, NO_JUMP}; switch (op) { case OPR_MINUS: case OPR_BNOT: /* use 'ef' as fake 2nd operand */ if (constfolding(fs, op + LUA_OPUNM, e, &ef)) break; /* FALLTHROUGH */ case OPR_LEN: codeunexpval(fs, cast(OpCode, op + OP_UNM), e, line); break; case OPR_NOT: codenot(fs, e); break; default: lua_assert(0); } } /* ** Process 1st operand 'v' of binary operation 'op' before reading ** 2nd operand. */ void luaK_infix (FuncState *fs, BinOpr op, expdesc *v) { switch (op) { case OPR_AND: { luaK_goiftrue(fs, v); /* go ahead only if 'v' is true */ break; } case OPR_OR: { luaK_goiffalse(fs, v); /* go ahead only if 'v' is false */ break; } case OPR_CONCAT: { luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, v); /* operand must be on the 'stack' */ break; } case OPR_ADD: case OPR_SUB: case OPR_MUL: case OPR_DIV: case OPR_IDIV: case OPR_MOD: case OPR_POW: case OPR_BAND: case OPR_BOR: case OPR_BXOR: case OPR_SHL: case OPR_SHR: { if (!tonumeral(v, NULL)) luaK_exp2RK(fs, v); /* else keep numeral, which may be folded with 2nd operand */ break; } default: { luaK_exp2RK(fs, v); break; } } } /* ** Finalize code for binary operation, after reading 2nd operand. ** For '(a .. b .. c)' (which is '(a .. (b .. c))', because ** concatenation is right associative), merge second CONCAT into first ** one. */ void luaK_posfix (FuncState *fs, BinOpr op, expdesc *e1, expdesc *e2, int line) { switch (op) { case OPR_AND: { lua_assert(e1->t == NO_JUMP); /* list closed by 'luK_infix' */ luaK_dischargevars(fs, e2); luaK_concat(fs, &e2->f, e1->f); *e1 = *e2; break; } case OPR_OR: { lua_assert(e1->f == NO_JUMP); /* list closed by 'luK_infix' */ luaK_dischargevars(fs, e2); luaK_concat(fs, &e2->t, e1->t); *e1 = *e2; break; } case OPR_CONCAT: { luaK_exp2val(fs, e2); if (e2->k == VRELOCABLE && GET_OPCODE(getinstruction(fs, e2)) == OP_CONCAT) { lua_assert(e1->u.info == GETARG_B(getinstruction(fs, e2))-1); freeexp(fs, e1); SETARG_B(getinstruction(fs, e2), e1->u.info); e1->k = VRELOCABLE; e1->u.info = e2->u.info; } else { luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, e2); /* operand must be on the 'stack' */ codebinexpval(fs, OP_CONCAT, e1, e2, line); } break; } case OPR_ADD: case OPR_SUB: case OPR_MUL: case OPR_DIV: case OPR_IDIV: case OPR_MOD: case OPR_POW: case OPR_BAND: case OPR_BOR: case OPR_BXOR: case OPR_SHL: case OPR_SHR: { if (!constfolding(fs, op + LUA_OPADD, e1, e2)) codebinexpval(fs, cast(OpCode, op + OP_ADD), e1, e2, line); break; } case OPR_EQ: case OPR_LT: case OPR_LE: case OPR_NE: case OPR_GT: case OPR_GE: { codecomp(fs, op, e1, e2); break; } default: lua_assert(0); } } /* ** Change line information associated with current position. */ void luaK_fixline (FuncState *fs, int line) { fs->f->lineinfo[fs->pc - 1] = line; } /* ** Emit a SETLIST instruction. ** 'base' is register that keeps table; ** 'nelems' is #table plus those to be stored now; ** 'tostore' is number of values (in registers 'base + 1',...) to add to ** table (or LUA_MULTRET to add up to stack top). */ void luaK_setlist (FuncState *fs, int base, int nelems, int tostore) { int c = (nelems - 1)/LFIELDS_PER_FLUSH + 1; int b = (tostore == LUA_MULTRET) ? 0 : tostore; lua_assert(tostore != 0 && tostore <= LFIELDS_PER_FLUSH); if (c <= MAXARG_C) luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_SETLIST, base, b, c); else if (c <= MAXARG_Ax) { luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_SETLIST, base, b, 0); codeextraarg(fs, c); } else luaX_syntaxerror(fs->ls, "constructor too long"); fs->freereg = base + 1; /* free registers with list values */ } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lcode.h000066400000000000000000000062621335323540100153400ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lcode.h,v 1.64 2016/01/05 16:22:37 roberto Exp $ ** Code generator for Lua ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lcode_h #define lcode_h #include "llex.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lopcodes.h" #include "lparser.h" /* ** Marks the end of a patch list. It is an invalid value both as an absolute ** address, and as a list link (would link an element to itself). */ #define NO_JUMP (-1) /* ** grep "ORDER OPR" if you change these enums (ORDER OP) */ typedef enum BinOpr { OPR_ADD, OPR_SUB, OPR_MUL, OPR_MOD, OPR_POW, OPR_DIV, OPR_IDIV, OPR_BAND, OPR_BOR, OPR_BXOR, OPR_SHL, OPR_SHR, OPR_CONCAT, OPR_EQ, OPR_LT, OPR_LE, OPR_NE, OPR_GT, OPR_GE, OPR_AND, OPR_OR, OPR_NOBINOPR } BinOpr; typedef enum UnOpr { OPR_MINUS, OPR_BNOT, OPR_NOT, OPR_LEN, OPR_NOUNOPR } UnOpr; /* get (pointer to) instruction of given 'expdesc' */ #define getinstruction(fs,e) ((fs)->f->code[(e)->u.info]) #define luaK_codeAsBx(fs,o,A,sBx) luaK_codeABx(fs,o,A,(sBx)+MAXARG_sBx) #define luaK_setmultret(fs,e) luaK_setreturns(fs, e, LUA_MULTRET) #define luaK_jumpto(fs,t) luaK_patchlist(fs, luaK_jump(fs), t) LUAI_FUNC int luaK_codeABx (FuncState *fs, OpCode o, int A, unsigned int Bx); LUAI_FUNC int luaK_codeABC (FuncState *fs, OpCode o, int A, int B, int C); LUAI_FUNC int luaK_codek (FuncState *fs, int reg, int k); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_fixline (FuncState *fs, int line); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_nil (FuncState *fs, int from, int n); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_reserveregs (FuncState *fs, int n); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_checkstack (FuncState *fs, int n); LUAI_FUNC int luaK_stringK (FuncState *fs, TString *s); LUAI_FUNC int luaK_intK (FuncState *fs, lua_Integer n); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_dischargevars (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e); LUAI_FUNC int luaK_exp2anyreg (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_exp2anyregup (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_exp2nextreg (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_exp2val (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e); LUAI_FUNC int luaK_exp2RK (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_self (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e, expdesc *key); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_indexed (FuncState *fs, expdesc *t, expdesc *k); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_goiftrue (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_goiffalse (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_storevar (FuncState *fs, expdesc *var, expdesc *e); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_setreturns (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e, int nresults); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_setoneret (FuncState *fs, expdesc *e); LUAI_FUNC int luaK_jump (FuncState *fs); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_ret (FuncState *fs, int first, int nret); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_patchlist (FuncState *fs, int list, int target); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_patchtohere (FuncState *fs, int list); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_patchclose (FuncState *fs, int list, int level); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_concat (FuncState *fs, int *l1, int l2); LUAI_FUNC int luaK_getlabel (FuncState *fs); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_prefix (FuncState *fs, UnOpr op, expdesc *v, int line); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_infix (FuncState *fs, BinOpr op, expdesc *v); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_posfix (FuncState *fs, BinOpr op, expdesc *v1, expdesc *v2, int line); LUAI_FUNC void luaK_setlist (FuncState *fs, int base, int nelems, int tostore); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lcorolib.c000066400000000000000000000072641335323540100160550ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lcorolib.c,v 1.10 2016/04/11 19:19:55 roberto Exp $ ** Coroutine Library ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lcorolib_c #define LUA_LIB #include "lprefix.h" #include #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" static lua_State *getco (lua_State *L) { lua_State *co = lua_tothread(L, 1); luaL_argcheck(L, co, 1, "thread expected"); return co; } static int auxresume (lua_State *L, lua_State *co, int narg) { int status; if (!lua_checkstack(co, narg)) { lua_pushliteral(L, "too many arguments to resume"); return -1; /* error flag */ } if (lua_status(co) == LUA_OK && lua_gettop(co) == 0) { lua_pushliteral(L, "cannot resume dead coroutine"); return -1; /* error flag */ } lua_xmove(L, co, narg); status = lua_resume(co, L, narg); if (status == LUA_OK || status == LUA_YIELD) { int nres = lua_gettop(co); if (!lua_checkstack(L, nres + 1)) { lua_pop(co, nres); /* remove results anyway */ lua_pushliteral(L, "too many results to resume"); return -1; /* error flag */ } lua_xmove(co, L, nres); /* move yielded values */ return nres; } else { lua_xmove(co, L, 1); /* move error message */ return -1; /* error flag */ } } static int luaB_coresume (lua_State *L) { lua_State *co = getco(L); int r; r = auxresume(L, co, lua_gettop(L) - 1); if (r < 0) { lua_pushboolean(L, 0); lua_insert(L, -2); return 2; /* return false + error message */ } else { lua_pushboolean(L, 1); lua_insert(L, -(r + 1)); return r + 1; /* return true + 'resume' returns */ } } static int luaB_auxwrap (lua_State *L) { lua_State *co = lua_tothread(L, lua_upvalueindex(1)); int r = auxresume(L, co, lua_gettop(L)); if (r < 0) { if (lua_type(L, -1) == LUA_TSTRING) { /* error object is a string? */ luaL_where(L, 1); /* add extra info */ lua_insert(L, -2); lua_concat(L, 2); } return lua_error(L); /* propagate error */ } return r; } static int luaB_cocreate (lua_State *L) { lua_State *NL; luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TFUNCTION); NL = lua_newthread(L); lua_pushvalue(L, 1); /* move function to top */ lua_xmove(L, NL, 1); /* move function from L to NL */ return 1; } static int luaB_cowrap (lua_State *L) { luaB_cocreate(L); lua_pushcclosure(L, luaB_auxwrap, 1); return 1; } static int luaB_yield (lua_State *L) { return lua_yield(L, lua_gettop(L)); } static int luaB_costatus (lua_State *L) { lua_State *co = getco(L); if (L == co) lua_pushliteral(L, "running"); else { switch (lua_status(co)) { case LUA_YIELD: lua_pushliteral(L, "suspended"); break; case LUA_OK: { lua_Debug ar; if (lua_getstack(co, 0, &ar) > 0) /* does it have frames? */ lua_pushliteral(L, "normal"); /* it is running */ else if (lua_gettop(co) == 0) lua_pushliteral(L, "dead"); else lua_pushliteral(L, "suspended"); /* initial state */ break; } default: /* some error occurred */ lua_pushliteral(L, "dead"); break; } } return 1; } static int luaB_yieldable (lua_State *L) { lua_pushboolean(L, lua_isyieldable(L)); return 1; } static int luaB_corunning (lua_State *L) { int ismain = lua_pushthread(L); lua_pushboolean(L, ismain); return 2; } static const luaL_Reg co_funcs[] = { {"create", luaB_cocreate}, {"resume", luaB_coresume}, {"running", luaB_corunning}, {"status", luaB_costatus}, {"wrap", luaB_cowrap}, {"yield", luaB_yield}, {"isyieldable", luaB_yieldable}, {NULL, NULL} }; LUAMOD_API int luaopen_coroutine (lua_State *L) { luaL_newlib(L, co_funcs); return 1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lctype.c000066400000000000000000000044161335323540100155440ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lctype.c,v 1.12 2014/11/02 19:19:04 roberto Exp $ ** 'ctype' functions for Lua ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lctype_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include "lctype.h" #if !LUA_USE_CTYPE /* { */ #include LUAI_DDEF const lu_byte luai_ctype_[UCHAR_MAX + 2] = { 0x00, /* EOZ */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0. */ 0x00, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 1. */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, /* 2. */ 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x16, 0x16, 0x16, 0x16, 0x16, 0x16, 0x16, 0x16, /* 3. */ 0x16, 0x16, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x05, /* 4. */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, /* 5. */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x05, /* 6. */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, /* 7. */ 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 8. */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 9. */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* a. */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* b. */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* c. */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* d. */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* e. */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* f. */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, }; #endif /* } */ tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lctype.h000066400000000000000000000034551335323540100155530ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lctype.h,v 1.12 2011/07/15 12:50:29 roberto Exp $ ** 'ctype' functions for Lua ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lctype_h #define lctype_h #include "lua.h" /* ** WARNING: the functions defined here do not necessarily correspond ** to the similar functions in the standard C ctype.h. They are ** optimized for the specific needs of Lua */ #if !defined(LUA_USE_CTYPE) #if 'A' == 65 && '0' == 48 /* ASCII case: can use its own tables; faster and fixed */ #define LUA_USE_CTYPE 0 #else /* must use standard C ctype */ #define LUA_USE_CTYPE 1 #endif #endif #if !LUA_USE_CTYPE /* { */ #include #include "llimits.h" #define ALPHABIT 0 #define DIGITBIT 1 #define PRINTBIT 2 #define SPACEBIT 3 #define XDIGITBIT 4 #define MASK(B) (1 << (B)) /* ** add 1 to char to allow index -1 (EOZ) */ #define testprop(c,p) (luai_ctype_[(c)+1] & (p)) /* ** 'lalpha' (Lua alphabetic) and 'lalnum' (Lua alphanumeric) both include '_' */ #define lislalpha(c) testprop(c, MASK(ALPHABIT)) #define lislalnum(c) testprop(c, (MASK(ALPHABIT) | MASK(DIGITBIT))) #define lisdigit(c) testprop(c, MASK(DIGITBIT)) #define lisspace(c) testprop(c, MASK(SPACEBIT)) #define lisprint(c) testprop(c, MASK(PRINTBIT)) #define lisxdigit(c) testprop(c, MASK(XDIGITBIT)) /* ** this 'ltolower' only works for alphabetic characters */ #define ltolower(c) ((c) | ('A' ^ 'a')) /* two more entries for 0 and -1 (EOZ) */ LUAI_DDEC const lu_byte luai_ctype_[UCHAR_MAX + 2]; #else /* }{ */ /* ** use standard C ctypes */ #include #define lislalpha(c) (isalpha(c) || (c) == '_') #define lislalnum(c) (isalnum(c) || (c) == '_') #define lisdigit(c) (isdigit(c)) #define lisspace(c) (isspace(c)) #define lisprint(c) (isprint(c)) #define lisxdigit(c) (isxdigit(c)) #define ltolower(c) (tolower(c)) #endif /* } */ #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/ldblib.c000066400000000000000000000307471335323540100155020ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: ldblib.c,v 1.151 2015/11/23 11:29:43 roberto Exp $ ** Interface from Lua to its debug API ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define ldblib_c #define LUA_LIB #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" /* ** The hook table at registry[&HOOKKEY] maps threads to their current ** hook function. (We only need the unique address of 'HOOKKEY'.) */ static const int HOOKKEY = 0; /* ** If L1 != L, L1 can be in any state, and therefore there are no ** guarantees about its stack space; any push in L1 must be ** checked. */ static void checkstack (lua_State *L, lua_State *L1, int n) { if (L != L1 && !lua_checkstack(L1, n)) luaL_error(L, "stack overflow"); } static int db_getregistry (lua_State *L) { lua_pushvalue(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX); return 1; } static int db_getmetatable (lua_State *L) { luaL_checkany(L, 1); if (!lua_getmetatable(L, 1)) { lua_pushnil(L); /* no metatable */ } return 1; } static int db_setmetatable (lua_State *L) { int t = lua_type(L, 2); luaL_argcheck(L, t == LUA_TNIL || t == LUA_TTABLE, 2, "nil or table expected"); lua_settop(L, 2); lua_setmetatable(L, 1); return 1; /* return 1st argument */ } static int db_getuservalue (lua_State *L) { if (lua_type(L, 1) != LUA_TUSERDATA) lua_pushnil(L); else lua_getuservalue(L, 1); return 1; } static int db_setuservalue (lua_State *L) { luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TUSERDATA); luaL_checkany(L, 2); lua_settop(L, 2); lua_setuservalue(L, 1); return 1; } /* ** Auxiliary function used by several library functions: check for ** an optional thread as function's first argument and set 'arg' with ** 1 if this argument is present (so that functions can skip it to ** access their other arguments) */ static lua_State *getthread (lua_State *L, int *arg) { if (lua_isthread(L, 1)) { *arg = 1; return lua_tothread(L, 1); } else { *arg = 0; return L; /* function will operate over current thread */ } } /* ** Variations of 'lua_settable', used by 'db_getinfo' to put results ** from 'lua_getinfo' into result table. Key is always a string; ** value can be a string, an int, or a boolean. */ static void settabss (lua_State *L, const char *k, const char *v) { lua_pushstring(L, v); lua_setfield(L, -2, k); } static void settabsi (lua_State *L, const char *k, int v) { lua_pushinteger(L, v); lua_setfield(L, -2, k); } static void settabsb (lua_State *L, const char *k, int v) { lua_pushboolean(L, v); lua_setfield(L, -2, k); } /* ** In function 'db_getinfo', the call to 'lua_getinfo' may push ** results on the stack; later it creates the result table to put ** these objects. Function 'treatstackoption' puts the result from ** 'lua_getinfo' on top of the result table so that it can call ** 'lua_setfield'. */ static void treatstackoption (lua_State *L, lua_State *L1, const char *fname) { if (L == L1) lua_rotate(L, -2, 1); /* exchange object and table */ else lua_xmove(L1, L, 1); /* move object to the "main" stack */ lua_setfield(L, -2, fname); /* put object into table */ } /* ** Calls 'lua_getinfo' and collects all results in a new table. ** L1 needs stack space for an optional input (function) plus ** two optional outputs (function and line table) from function ** 'lua_getinfo'. */ static int db_getinfo (lua_State *L) { lua_Debug ar; int arg; lua_State *L1 = getthread(L, &arg); const char *options = luaL_optstring(L, arg+2, "flnStu"); checkstack(L, L1, 3); if (lua_isfunction(L, arg + 1)) { /* info about a function? */ options = lua_pushfstring(L, ">%s", options); /* add '>' to 'options' */ lua_pushvalue(L, arg + 1); /* move function to 'L1' stack */ lua_xmove(L, L1, 1); } else { /* stack level */ if (!lua_getstack(L1, (int)luaL_checkinteger(L, arg + 1), &ar)) { lua_pushnil(L); /* level out of range */ return 1; } } if (!lua_getinfo(L1, options, &ar)) return luaL_argerror(L, arg+2, "invalid option"); lua_newtable(L); /* table to collect results */ if (strchr(options, 'S')) { settabss(L, "source", ar.source); settabss(L, "short_src", ar.short_src); settabsi(L, "linedefined", ar.linedefined); settabsi(L, "lastlinedefined", ar.lastlinedefined); settabss(L, "what", ar.what); } if (strchr(options, 'l')) settabsi(L, "currentline", ar.currentline); if (strchr(options, 'u')) { settabsi(L, "nups", ar.nups); settabsi(L, "nparams", ar.nparams); settabsb(L, "isvararg", ar.isvararg); } if (strchr(options, 'n')) { settabss(L, "name", ar.name); settabss(L, "namewhat", ar.namewhat); } if (strchr(options, 't')) settabsb(L, "istailcall", ar.istailcall); if (strchr(options, 'L')) treatstackoption(L, L1, "activelines"); if (strchr(options, 'f')) treatstackoption(L, L1, "func"); return 1; /* return table */ } static int db_getlocal (lua_State *L) { int arg; lua_State *L1 = getthread(L, &arg); lua_Debug ar; const char *name; int nvar = (int)luaL_checkinteger(L, arg + 2); /* local-variable index */ if (lua_isfunction(L, arg + 1)) { /* function argument? */ lua_pushvalue(L, arg + 1); /* push function */ lua_pushstring(L, lua_getlocal(L, NULL, nvar)); /* push local name */ return 1; /* return only name (there is no value) */ } else { /* stack-level argument */ int level = (int)luaL_checkinteger(L, arg + 1); if (!lua_getstack(L1, level, &ar)) /* out of range? */ return luaL_argerror(L, arg+1, "level out of range"); checkstack(L, L1, 1); name = lua_getlocal(L1, &ar, nvar); if (name) { lua_xmove(L1, L, 1); /* move local value */ lua_pushstring(L, name); /* push name */ lua_rotate(L, -2, 1); /* re-order */ return 2; } else { lua_pushnil(L); /* no name (nor value) */ return 1; } } } static int db_setlocal (lua_State *L) { int arg; const char *name; lua_State *L1 = getthread(L, &arg); lua_Debug ar; int level = (int)luaL_checkinteger(L, arg + 1); int nvar = (int)luaL_checkinteger(L, arg + 2); if (!lua_getstack(L1, level, &ar)) /* out of range? */ return luaL_argerror(L, arg+1, "level out of range"); luaL_checkany(L, arg+3); lua_settop(L, arg+3); checkstack(L, L1, 1); lua_xmove(L, L1, 1); name = lua_setlocal(L1, &ar, nvar); if (name == NULL) lua_pop(L1, 1); /* pop value (if not popped by 'lua_setlocal') */ lua_pushstring(L, name); return 1; } /* ** get (if 'get' is true) or set an upvalue from a closure */ static int auxupvalue (lua_State *L, int get) { const char *name; int n = (int)luaL_checkinteger(L, 2); /* upvalue index */ luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TFUNCTION); /* closure */ name = get ? lua_getupvalue(L, 1, n) : lua_setupvalue(L, 1, n); if (name == NULL) return 0; lua_pushstring(L, name); lua_insert(L, -(get+1)); /* no-op if get is false */ return get + 1; } static int db_getupvalue (lua_State *L) { return auxupvalue(L, 1); } static int db_setupvalue (lua_State *L) { luaL_checkany(L, 3); return auxupvalue(L, 0); } /* ** Check whether a given upvalue from a given closure exists and ** returns its index */ static int checkupval (lua_State *L, int argf, int argnup) { int nup = (int)luaL_checkinteger(L, argnup); /* upvalue index */ luaL_checktype(L, argf, LUA_TFUNCTION); /* closure */ luaL_argcheck(L, (lua_getupvalue(L, argf, nup) != NULL), argnup, "invalid upvalue index"); return nup; } static int db_upvalueid (lua_State *L) { int n = checkupval(L, 1, 2); lua_pushlightuserdata(L, lua_upvalueid(L, 1, n)); return 1; } static int db_upvaluejoin (lua_State *L) { int n1 = checkupval(L, 1, 2); int n2 = checkupval(L, 3, 4); luaL_argcheck(L, !lua_iscfunction(L, 1), 1, "Lua function expected"); luaL_argcheck(L, !lua_iscfunction(L, 3), 3, "Lua function expected"); lua_upvaluejoin(L, 1, n1, 3, n2); return 0; } /* ** Call hook function registered at hook table for the current ** thread (if there is one) */ static void hookf (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar) { static const char *const hooknames[] = {"call", "return", "line", "count", "tail call"}; lua_rawgetp(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, &HOOKKEY); lua_pushthread(L); if (lua_rawget(L, -2) == LUA_TFUNCTION) { /* is there a hook function? */ lua_pushstring(L, hooknames[(int)ar->event]); /* push event name */ if (ar->currentline >= 0) lua_pushinteger(L, ar->currentline); /* push current line */ else lua_pushnil(L); lua_assert(lua_getinfo(L, "lS", ar)); lua_call(L, 2, 0); /* call hook function */ } } /* ** Convert a string mask (for 'sethook') into a bit mask */ static int makemask (const char *smask, int count) { int mask = 0; if (strchr(smask, 'c')) mask |= LUA_MASKCALL; if (strchr(smask, 'r')) mask |= LUA_MASKRET; if (strchr(smask, 'l')) mask |= LUA_MASKLINE; if (count > 0) mask |= LUA_MASKCOUNT; return mask; } /* ** Convert a bit mask (for 'gethook') into a string mask */ static char *unmakemask (int mask, char *smask) { int i = 0; if (mask & LUA_MASKCALL) smask[i++] = 'c'; if (mask & LUA_MASKRET) smask[i++] = 'r'; if (mask & LUA_MASKLINE) smask[i++] = 'l'; smask[i] = '\0'; return smask; } static int db_sethook (lua_State *L) { int arg, mask, count; lua_Hook func; lua_State *L1 = getthread(L, &arg); if (lua_isnoneornil(L, arg+1)) { /* no hook? */ lua_settop(L, arg+1); func = NULL; mask = 0; count = 0; /* turn off hooks */ } else { const char *smask = luaL_checkstring(L, arg+2); luaL_checktype(L, arg+1, LUA_TFUNCTION); count = (int)luaL_optinteger(L, arg + 3, 0); func = hookf; mask = makemask(smask, count); } if (lua_rawgetp(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, &HOOKKEY) == LUA_TNIL) { lua_createtable(L, 0, 2); /* create a hook table */ lua_pushvalue(L, -1); lua_rawsetp(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, &HOOKKEY); /* set it in position */ lua_pushstring(L, "k"); lua_setfield(L, -2, "__mode"); /** hooktable.__mode = "k" */ lua_pushvalue(L, -1); lua_setmetatable(L, -2); /* setmetatable(hooktable) = hooktable */ } checkstack(L, L1, 1); lua_pushthread(L1); lua_xmove(L1, L, 1); /* key (thread) */ lua_pushvalue(L, arg + 1); /* value (hook function) */ lua_rawset(L, -3); /* hooktable[L1] = new Lua hook */ lua_sethook(L1, func, mask, count); return 0; } static int db_gethook (lua_State *L) { int arg; lua_State *L1 = getthread(L, &arg); char buff[5]; int mask = lua_gethookmask(L1); lua_Hook hook = lua_gethook(L1); if (hook == NULL) /* no hook? */ lua_pushnil(L); else if (hook != hookf) /* external hook? */ lua_pushliteral(L, "external hook"); else { /* hook table must exist */ lua_rawgetp(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, &HOOKKEY); checkstack(L, L1, 1); lua_pushthread(L1); lua_xmove(L1, L, 1); lua_rawget(L, -2); /* 1st result = hooktable[L1] */ lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove hook table */ } lua_pushstring(L, unmakemask(mask, buff)); /* 2nd result = mask */ lua_pushinteger(L, lua_gethookcount(L1)); /* 3rd result = count */ return 3; } static int db_debug (lua_State *L) { for (;;) { char buffer[250]; lua_writestringerror("%s", "lua_debug> "); if (fgets(buffer, sizeof(buffer), stdin) == 0 || strcmp(buffer, "cont\n") == 0) return 0; if (luaL_loadbuffer(L, buffer, strlen(buffer), "=(debug command)") || lua_pcall(L, 0, 0, 0)) lua_writestringerror("%s\n", lua_tostring(L, -1)); lua_settop(L, 0); /* remove eventual returns */ } } static int db_traceback (lua_State *L) { int arg; lua_State *L1 = getthread(L, &arg); const char *msg = lua_tostring(L, arg + 1); if (msg == NULL && !lua_isnoneornil(L, arg + 1)) /* non-string 'msg'? */ lua_pushvalue(L, arg + 1); /* return it untouched */ else { int level = (int)luaL_optinteger(L, arg + 2, (L == L1) ? 1 : 0); luaL_traceback(L, L1, msg, level); } return 1; } static const luaL_Reg dblib[] = { {"debug", db_debug}, {"getuservalue", db_getuservalue}, {"gethook", db_gethook}, {"getinfo", db_getinfo}, {"getlocal", db_getlocal}, {"getregistry", db_getregistry}, {"getmetatable", db_getmetatable}, {"getupvalue", db_getupvalue}, {"upvaluejoin", db_upvaluejoin}, {"upvalueid", db_upvalueid}, {"setuservalue", db_setuservalue}, {"sethook", db_sethook}, {"setlocal", db_setlocal}, {"setmetatable", db_setmetatable}, {"setupvalue", db_setupvalue}, {"traceback", db_traceback}, {NULL, NULL} }; LUAMOD_API int luaopen_debug (lua_State *L) { luaL_newlib(L, dblib); return 1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/ldebug.c000066400000000000000000000475671335323540100155240ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: ldebug.c,v 2.121 2016/10/19 12:32:10 roberto Exp $ ** Debug Interface ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define ldebug_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lapi.h" #include "lcode.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lfunc.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lopcodes.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "ltable.h" #include "ltm.h" #include "lvm.h" #define noLuaClosure(f) ((f) == NULL || (f)->c.tt == LUA_TCCL) /* Active Lua function (given call info) */ #define ci_func(ci) (clLvalue((ci)->func)) static const char *funcnamefromcode (lua_State *L, CallInfo *ci, const char **name); static int currentpc (CallInfo *ci) { lua_assert(isLua(ci)); return pcRel(ci->u.l.savedpc, ci_func(ci)->p); } static int currentline (CallInfo *ci) { return getfuncline(ci_func(ci)->p, currentpc(ci)); } /* ** If function yielded, its 'func' can be in the 'extra' field. The ** next function restores 'func' to its correct value for debugging ** purposes. (It exchanges 'func' and 'extra'; so, when called again, ** after debugging, it also "re-restores" ** 'func' to its altered value. */ static void swapextra (lua_State *L) { if (L->status == LUA_YIELD) { CallInfo *ci = L->ci; /* get function that yielded */ StkId temp = ci->func; /* exchange its 'func' and 'extra' values */ ci->func = restorestack(L, ci->extra); ci->extra = savestack(L, temp); } } /* ** This function can be called asynchronously (e.g. during a signal). ** Fields 'oldpc', 'basehookcount', and 'hookcount' (set by ** 'resethookcount') are for debug only, and it is no problem if they ** get arbitrary values (causes at most one wrong hook call). 'hookmask' ** is an atomic value. We assume that pointers are atomic too (e.g., gcc ** ensures that for all platforms where it runs). Moreover, 'hook' is ** always checked before being called (see 'luaD_hook'). */ LUA_API void lua_sethook (lua_State *L, lua_Hook func, int mask, int count) { if (func == NULL || mask == 0) { /* turn off hooks? */ mask = 0; func = NULL; } if (isLua(L->ci)) L->oldpc = L->ci->u.l.savedpc; L->hook = func; L->basehookcount = count; resethookcount(L); L->hookmask = cast_byte(mask); } LUA_API lua_Hook lua_gethook (lua_State *L) { return L->hook; } LUA_API int lua_gethookmask (lua_State *L) { return L->hookmask; } LUA_API int lua_gethookcount (lua_State *L) { return L->basehookcount; } LUA_API int lua_getstack (lua_State *L, int level, lua_Debug *ar) { int status; CallInfo *ci; if (level < 0) return 0; /* invalid (negative) level */ lua_lock(L); for (ci = L->ci; level > 0 && ci != &L->base_ci; ci = ci->previous) level--; if (level == 0 && ci != &L->base_ci) { /* level found? */ status = 1; ar->i_ci = ci; } else status = 0; /* no such level */ lua_unlock(L); return status; } static const char *upvalname (Proto *p, int uv) { TString *s = check_exp(uv < p->sizeupvalues, p->upvalues[uv].name); if (s == NULL) return "?"; else return getstr(s); } static const char *findvararg (CallInfo *ci, int n, StkId *pos) { int nparams = clLvalue(ci->func)->p->numparams; if (n >= cast_int(ci->u.l.base - ci->func) - nparams) return NULL; /* no such vararg */ else { *pos = ci->func + nparams + n; return "(*vararg)"; /* generic name for any vararg */ } } static const char *findlocal (lua_State *L, CallInfo *ci, int n, StkId *pos) { const char *name = NULL; StkId base; if (isLua(ci)) { if (n < 0) /* access to vararg values? */ return findvararg(ci, -n, pos); else { base = ci->u.l.base; name = luaF_getlocalname(ci_func(ci)->p, n, currentpc(ci)); } } else base = ci->func + 1; if (name == NULL) { /* no 'standard' name? */ StkId limit = (ci == L->ci) ? L->top : ci->next->func; if (limit - base >= n && n > 0) /* is 'n' inside 'ci' stack? */ name = "(*temporary)"; /* generic name for any valid slot */ else return NULL; /* no name */ } *pos = base + (n - 1); return name; } LUA_API const char *lua_getlocal (lua_State *L, const lua_Debug *ar, int n) { const char *name; lua_lock(L); swapextra(L); if (ar == NULL) { /* information about non-active function? */ if (!isLfunction(L->top - 1)) /* not a Lua function? */ name = NULL; else /* consider live variables at function start (parameters) */ name = luaF_getlocalname(clLvalue(L->top - 1)->p, n, 0); } else { /* active function; get information through 'ar' */ StkId pos = NULL; /* to avoid warnings */ name = findlocal(L, ar->i_ci, n, &pos); if (name) { setobj2s(L, L->top, pos); api_incr_top(L); } } swapextra(L); lua_unlock(L); return name; } LUA_API const char *lua_setlocal (lua_State *L, const lua_Debug *ar, int n) { StkId pos = NULL; /* to avoid warnings */ const char *name; lua_lock(L); swapextra(L); name = findlocal(L, ar->i_ci, n, &pos); if (name) { setobjs2s(L, pos, L->top - 1); L->top--; /* pop value */ } swapextra(L); lua_unlock(L); return name; } static void funcinfo (lua_Debug *ar, Closure *cl) { if (noLuaClosure(cl)) { ar->source = "=[C]"; ar->linedefined = -1; ar->lastlinedefined = -1; ar->what = "C"; } else { Proto *p = cl->l.p; ar->source = p->source ? getstr(p->source) : "=?"; ar->linedefined = p->linedefined; ar->lastlinedefined = p->lastlinedefined; ar->what = (ar->linedefined == 0) ? "main" : "Lua"; } luaO_chunkid(ar->short_src, ar->source, LUA_IDSIZE); } static void collectvalidlines (lua_State *L, Closure *f) { if (noLuaClosure(f)) { setnilvalue(L->top); api_incr_top(L); } else { int i; TValue v; int *lineinfo = f->l.p->lineinfo; Table *t = luaH_new(L); /* new table to store active lines */ sethvalue(L, L->top, t); /* push it on stack */ api_incr_top(L); setbvalue(&v, 1); /* boolean 'true' to be the value of all indices */ for (i = 0; i < f->l.p->sizelineinfo; i++) /* for all lines with code */ luaH_setint(L, t, lineinfo[i], &v); /* table[line] = true */ } } static const char *getfuncname (lua_State *L, CallInfo *ci, const char **name) { if (ci == NULL) /* no 'ci'? */ return NULL; /* no info */ else if (ci->callstatus & CIST_FIN) { /* is this a finalizer? */ *name = "__gc"; return "metamethod"; /* report it as such */ } /* calling function is a known Lua function? */ else if (!(ci->callstatus & CIST_TAIL) && isLua(ci->previous)) return funcnamefromcode(L, ci->previous, name); else return NULL; /* no way to find a name */ } static int auxgetinfo (lua_State *L, const char *what, lua_Debug *ar, Closure *f, CallInfo *ci) { int status = 1; for (; *what; what++) { switch (*what) { case 'S': { funcinfo(ar, f); break; } case 'l': { ar->currentline = (ci && isLua(ci)) ? currentline(ci) : -1; break; } case 'u': { ar->nups = (f == NULL) ? 0 : f->c.nupvalues; if (noLuaClosure(f)) { ar->isvararg = 1; ar->nparams = 0; } else { ar->isvararg = f->l.p->is_vararg; ar->nparams = f->l.p->numparams; } break; } case 't': { ar->istailcall = (ci) ? ci->callstatus & CIST_TAIL : 0; break; } case 'n': { ar->namewhat = getfuncname(L, ci, &ar->name); if (ar->namewhat == NULL) { ar->namewhat = ""; /* not found */ ar->name = NULL; } break; } case 'L': case 'f': /* handled by lua_getinfo */ break; default: status = 0; /* invalid option */ } } return status; } LUA_API int lua_getinfo (lua_State *L, const char *what, lua_Debug *ar) { int status; Closure *cl; CallInfo *ci; StkId func; lua_lock(L); swapextra(L); if (*what == '>') { ci = NULL; func = L->top - 1; api_check(L, ttisfunction(func), "function expected"); what++; /* skip the '>' */ L->top--; /* pop function */ } else { ci = ar->i_ci; func = ci->func; lua_assert(ttisfunction(ci->func)); } cl = ttisclosure(func) ? clvalue(func) : NULL; status = auxgetinfo(L, what, ar, cl, ci); if (strchr(what, 'f')) { setobjs2s(L, L->top, func); api_incr_top(L); } swapextra(L); /* correct before option 'L', which can raise a mem. error */ if (strchr(what, 'L')) collectvalidlines(L, cl); lua_unlock(L); return status; } /* ** {====================================================== ** Symbolic Execution ** ======================================================= */ static const char *getobjname (Proto *p, int lastpc, int reg, const char **name); /* ** find a "name" for the RK value 'c' */ static void kname (Proto *p, int pc, int c, const char **name) { if (ISK(c)) { /* is 'c' a constant? */ TValue *kvalue = &p->k[INDEXK(c)]; if (ttisstring(kvalue)) { /* literal constant? */ *name = svalue(kvalue); /* it is its own name */ return; } /* else no reasonable name found */ } else { /* 'c' is a register */ const char *what = getobjname(p, pc, c, name); /* search for 'c' */ if (what && *what == 'c') { /* found a constant name? */ return; /* 'name' already filled */ } /* else no reasonable name found */ } *name = "?"; /* no reasonable name found */ } static int filterpc (int pc, int jmptarget) { if (pc < jmptarget) /* is code conditional (inside a jump)? */ return -1; /* cannot know who sets that register */ else return pc; /* current position sets that register */ } /* ** try to find last instruction before 'lastpc' that modified register 'reg' */ static int findsetreg (Proto *p, int lastpc, int reg) { int pc; int setreg = -1; /* keep last instruction that changed 'reg' */ int jmptarget = 0; /* any code before this address is conditional */ for (pc = 0; pc < lastpc; pc++) { Instruction i = p->code[pc]; OpCode op = GET_OPCODE(i); int a = GETARG_A(i); switch (op) { case OP_LOADNIL: { int b = GETARG_B(i); if (a <= reg && reg <= a + b) /* set registers from 'a' to 'a+b' */ setreg = filterpc(pc, jmptarget); break; } case OP_TFORCALL: { if (reg >= a + 2) /* affect all regs above its base */ setreg = filterpc(pc, jmptarget); break; } case OP_CALL: case OP_TAILCALL: { if (reg >= a) /* affect all registers above base */ setreg = filterpc(pc, jmptarget); break; } case OP_JMP: { int b = GETARG_sBx(i); int dest = pc + 1 + b; /* jump is forward and do not skip 'lastpc'? */ if (pc < dest && dest <= lastpc) { if (dest > jmptarget) jmptarget = dest; /* update 'jmptarget' */ } break; } default: if (testAMode(op) && reg == a) /* any instruction that set A */ setreg = filterpc(pc, jmptarget); break; } } return setreg; } static const char *getobjname (Proto *p, int lastpc, int reg, const char **name) { int pc; *name = luaF_getlocalname(p, reg + 1, lastpc); if (*name) /* is a local? */ return "local"; /* else try symbolic execution */ pc = findsetreg(p, lastpc, reg); if (pc != -1) { /* could find instruction? */ Instruction i = p->code[pc]; OpCode op = GET_OPCODE(i); switch (op) { case OP_MOVE: { int b = GETARG_B(i); /* move from 'b' to 'a' */ if (b < GETARG_A(i)) return getobjname(p, pc, b, name); /* get name for 'b' */ break; } case OP_GETTABUP: case OP_GETTABLE: { int k = GETARG_C(i); /* key index */ int t = GETARG_B(i); /* table index */ const char *vn = (op == OP_GETTABLE) /* name of indexed variable */ ? luaF_getlocalname(p, t + 1, pc) : upvalname(p, t); kname(p, pc, k, name); return (vn && strcmp(vn, LUA_ENV) == 0) ? "global" : "field"; } case OP_GETUPVAL: { *name = upvalname(p, GETARG_B(i)); return "upvalue"; } case OP_LOADK: case OP_LOADKX: { int b = (op == OP_LOADK) ? GETARG_Bx(i) : GETARG_Ax(p->code[pc + 1]); if (ttisstring(&p->k[b])) { *name = svalue(&p->k[b]); return "constant"; } break; } case OP_SELF: { int k = GETARG_C(i); /* key index */ kname(p, pc, k, name); return "method"; } default: break; /* go through to return NULL */ } } return NULL; /* could not find reasonable name */ } /* ** Try to find a name for a function based on the code that called it. ** (Only works when function was called by a Lua function.) ** Returns what the name is (e.g., "for iterator", "method", ** "metamethod") and sets '*name' to point to the name. */ static const char *funcnamefromcode (lua_State *L, CallInfo *ci, const char **name) { TMS tm = (TMS)0; /* (initial value avoids warnings) */ Proto *p = ci_func(ci)->p; /* calling function */ int pc = currentpc(ci); /* calling instruction index */ Instruction i = p->code[pc]; /* calling instruction */ if (ci->callstatus & CIST_HOOKED) { /* was it called inside a hook? */ *name = "?"; return "hook"; } switch (GET_OPCODE(i)) { case OP_CALL: case OP_TAILCALL: return getobjname(p, pc, GETARG_A(i), name); /* get function name */ case OP_TFORCALL: { /* for iterator */ *name = "for iterator"; return "for iterator"; } /* other instructions can do calls through metamethods */ case OP_SELF: case OP_GETTABUP: case OP_GETTABLE: tm = TM_INDEX; break; case OP_SETTABUP: case OP_SETTABLE: tm = TM_NEWINDEX; break; case OP_ADD: case OP_SUB: case OP_MUL: case OP_MOD: case OP_POW: case OP_DIV: case OP_IDIV: case OP_BAND: case OP_BOR: case OP_BXOR: case OP_SHL: case OP_SHR: { int offset = cast_int(GET_OPCODE(i)) - cast_int(OP_ADD); /* ORDER OP */ tm = cast(TMS, offset + cast_int(TM_ADD)); /* ORDER TM */ break; } case OP_UNM: tm = TM_UNM; break; case OP_BNOT: tm = TM_BNOT; break; case OP_LEN: tm = TM_LEN; break; case OP_CONCAT: tm = TM_CONCAT; break; case OP_EQ: tm = TM_EQ; break; case OP_LT: tm = TM_LT; break; case OP_LE: tm = TM_LE; break; default: return NULL; /* cannot find a reasonable name */ } *name = getstr(G(L)->tmname[tm]); return "metamethod"; } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** The subtraction of two potentially unrelated pointers is ** not ISO C, but it should not crash a program; the subsequent ** checks are ISO C and ensure a correct result. */ static int isinstack (CallInfo *ci, const TValue *o) { ptrdiff_t i = o - ci->u.l.base; return (0 <= i && i < (ci->top - ci->u.l.base) && ci->u.l.base + i == o); } /* ** Checks whether value 'o' came from an upvalue. (That can only happen ** with instructions OP_GETTABUP/OP_SETTABUP, which operate directly on ** upvalues.) */ static const char *getupvalname (CallInfo *ci, const TValue *o, const char **name) { LClosure *c = ci_func(ci); int i; for (i = 0; i < c->nupvalues; i++) { if (c->upvals[i]->v == o) { *name = upvalname(c->p, i); return "upvalue"; } } return NULL; } static const char *varinfo (lua_State *L, const TValue *o) { const char *name = NULL; /* to avoid warnings */ CallInfo *ci = L->ci; const char *kind = NULL; if (isLua(ci)) { kind = getupvalname(ci, o, &name); /* check whether 'o' is an upvalue */ if (!kind && isinstack(ci, o)) /* no? try a register */ kind = getobjname(ci_func(ci)->p, currentpc(ci), cast_int(o - ci->u.l.base), &name); } return (kind) ? luaO_pushfstring(L, " (%s '%s')", kind, name) : ""; } l_noret luaG_typeerror (lua_State *L, const TValue *o, const char *op) { const char *t = luaT_objtypename(L, o); luaG_runerror(L, "attempt to %s a %s value%s", op, t, varinfo(L, o)); } l_noret luaG_concaterror (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2) { if (ttisstring(p1) || cvt2str(p1)) p1 = p2; luaG_typeerror(L, p1, "concatenate"); } l_noret luaG_opinterror (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2, const char *msg) { lua_Number temp; if (!tonumber(p1, &temp)) /* first operand is wrong? */ p2 = p1; /* now second is wrong */ luaG_typeerror(L, p2, msg); } /* ** Error when both values are convertible to numbers, but not to integers */ l_noret luaG_tointerror (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2) { lua_Integer temp; if (!tointeger(p1, &temp)) p2 = p1; luaG_runerror(L, "number%s has no integer representation", varinfo(L, p2)); } l_noret luaG_ordererror (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2) { const char *t1 = luaT_objtypename(L, p1); const char *t2 = luaT_objtypename(L, p2); if (strcmp(t1, t2) == 0) luaG_runerror(L, "attempt to compare two %s values", t1); else luaG_runerror(L, "attempt to compare %s with %s", t1, t2); } /* add src:line information to 'msg' */ const char *luaG_addinfo (lua_State *L, const char *msg, TString *src, int line) { char buff[LUA_IDSIZE]; if (src) luaO_chunkid(buff, getstr(src), LUA_IDSIZE); else { /* no source available; use "?" instead */ buff[0] = '?'; buff[1] = '\0'; } return luaO_pushfstring(L, "%s:%d: %s", buff, line, msg); } l_noret luaG_errormsg (lua_State *L) { if (L->errfunc != 0) { /* is there an error handling function? */ StkId errfunc = restorestack(L, L->errfunc); setobjs2s(L, L->top, L->top - 1); /* move argument */ setobjs2s(L, L->top - 1, errfunc); /* push function */ L->top++; /* assume EXTRA_STACK */ luaD_callnoyield(L, L->top - 2, 1); /* call it */ } luaD_throw(L, LUA_ERRRUN); } l_noret luaG_runerror (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...) { CallInfo *ci = L->ci; const char *msg; va_list argp; va_start(argp, fmt); msg = luaO_pushvfstring(L, fmt, argp); /* format message */ va_end(argp); if (isLua(ci)) /* if Lua function, add source:line information */ luaG_addinfo(L, msg, ci_func(ci)->p->source, currentline(ci)); luaG_errormsg(L); } void luaG_traceexec (lua_State *L) { CallInfo *ci = L->ci; lu_byte mask = L->hookmask; int counthook = (--L->hookcount == 0 && (mask & LUA_MASKCOUNT)); if (counthook) resethookcount(L); /* reset count */ else if (!(mask & LUA_MASKLINE)) return; /* no line hook and count != 0; nothing to be done */ if (ci->callstatus & CIST_HOOKYIELD) { /* called hook last time? */ ci->callstatus &= ~CIST_HOOKYIELD; /* erase mark */ return; /* do not call hook again (VM yielded, so it did not move) */ } if (counthook) luaD_hook(L, LUA_HOOKCOUNT, -1); /* call count hook */ if (mask & LUA_MASKLINE) { Proto *p = ci_func(ci)->p; int npc = pcRel(ci->u.l.savedpc, p); int newline = getfuncline(p, npc); if (npc == 0 || /* call linehook when enter a new function, */ ci->u.l.savedpc <= L->oldpc || /* when jump back (loop), or when */ newline != getfuncline(p, pcRel(L->oldpc, p))) /* enter a new line */ luaD_hook(L, LUA_HOOKLINE, newline); /* call line hook */ } L->oldpc = ci->u.l.savedpc; if (L->status == LUA_YIELD) { /* did hook yield? */ if (counthook) L->hookcount = 1; /* undo decrement to zero */ ci->u.l.savedpc--; /* undo increment (resume will increment it again) */ ci->callstatus |= CIST_HOOKYIELD; /* mark that it yielded */ ci->func = L->top - 1; /* protect stack below results */ luaD_throw(L, LUA_YIELD); } } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/ldebug.h000066400000000000000000000026541335323540100155150ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: ldebug.h,v 2.14 2015/05/22 17:45:56 roberto Exp $ ** Auxiliary functions from Debug Interface module ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef ldebug_h #define ldebug_h #include "lstate.h" #define pcRel(pc, p) (cast(int, (pc) - (p)->code) - 1) #define getfuncline(f,pc) (((f)->lineinfo) ? (f)->lineinfo[pc] : -1) #define resethookcount(L) (L->hookcount = L->basehookcount) LUAI_FUNC l_noret luaG_typeerror (lua_State *L, const TValue *o, const char *opname); LUAI_FUNC l_noret luaG_concaterror (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2); LUAI_FUNC l_noret luaG_opinterror (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2, const char *msg); LUAI_FUNC l_noret luaG_tointerror (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2); LUAI_FUNC l_noret luaG_ordererror (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2); LUAI_FUNC l_noret luaG_runerror (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...); LUAI_FUNC const char *luaG_addinfo (lua_State *L, const char *msg, TString *src, int line); LUAI_FUNC l_noret luaG_errormsg (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC void luaG_traceexec (lua_State *L); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/ldo.c000066400000000000000000000616721335323540100150310ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: ldo.c,v 2.157 2016/12/13 15:52:21 roberto Exp $ ** Stack and Call structure of Lua ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define ldo_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lapi.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lfunc.h" #include "lgc.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lopcodes.h" #include "lparser.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "ltable.h" #include "ltm.h" #include "lundump.h" #include "lvm.h" #include "lzio.h" #define errorstatus(s) ((s) > LUA_YIELD) /* ** {====================================================== ** Error-recovery functions ** ======================================================= */ /* ** LUAI_THROW/LUAI_TRY define how Lua does exception handling. By ** default, Lua handles errors with exceptions when compiling as ** C++ code, with _longjmp/_setjmp when asked to use them, and with ** longjmp/setjmp otherwise. */ #if !defined(LUAI_THROW) /* { */ #if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(LUA_USE_LONGJMP) /* { */ /* C++ exceptions */ #define LUAI_THROW(L,c) throw(c) #define LUAI_TRY(L,c,a) \ try { a } catch(...) { if ((c)->status == 0) (c)->status = -1; } #define luai_jmpbuf int /* dummy variable */ #elif defined(LUA_USE_POSIX) /* }{ */ /* in POSIX, try _longjmp/_setjmp (more efficient) */ #define LUAI_THROW(L,c) _longjmp((c)->b, 1) #define LUAI_TRY(L,c,a) if (_setjmp((c)->b) == 0) { a } #define luai_jmpbuf jmp_buf #else /* }{ */ /* ISO C handling with long jumps */ #define LUAI_THROW(L,c) longjmp((c)->b, 1) #define LUAI_TRY(L,c,a) if (setjmp((c)->b) == 0) { a } #define luai_jmpbuf jmp_buf #endif /* } */ #endif /* } */ /* chain list of long jump buffers */ struct lua_longjmp { struct lua_longjmp *previous; luai_jmpbuf b; volatile int status; /* error code */ }; static void seterrorobj (lua_State *L, int errcode, StkId oldtop) { switch (errcode) { case LUA_ERRMEM: { /* memory error? */ setsvalue2s(L, oldtop, G(L)->memerrmsg); /* reuse preregistered msg. */ break; } case LUA_ERRERR: { setsvalue2s(L, oldtop, luaS_newliteral(L, "error in error handling")); break; } default: { setobjs2s(L, oldtop, L->top - 1); /* error message on current top */ break; } } L->top = oldtop + 1; } l_noret luaD_throw (lua_State *L, int errcode) { if (L->errorJmp) { /* thread has an error handler? */ L->errorJmp->status = errcode; /* set status */ LUAI_THROW(L, L->errorJmp); /* jump to it */ } else { /* thread has no error handler */ global_State *g = G(L); L->status = cast_byte(errcode); /* mark it as dead */ if (g->mainthread->errorJmp) { /* main thread has a handler? */ setobjs2s(L, g->mainthread->top++, L->top - 1); /* copy error obj. */ luaD_throw(g->mainthread, errcode); /* re-throw in main thread */ } else { /* no handler at all; abort */ if (g->panic) { /* panic function? */ seterrorobj(L, errcode, L->top); /* assume EXTRA_STACK */ if (L->ci->top < L->top) L->ci->top = L->top; /* pushing msg. can break this invariant */ lua_unlock(L); g->panic(L); /* call panic function (last chance to jump out) */ } abort(); } } } int luaD_rawrunprotected (lua_State *L, Pfunc f, void *ud) { unsigned short oldnCcalls = L->nCcalls; struct lua_longjmp lj; lj.status = LUA_OK; lj.previous = L->errorJmp; /* chain new error handler */ L->errorJmp = &lj; LUAI_TRY(L, &lj, (*f)(L, ud); ); L->errorJmp = lj.previous; /* restore old error handler */ L->nCcalls = oldnCcalls; return lj.status; } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {================================================================== ** Stack reallocation ** =================================================================== */ static void correctstack (lua_State *L, TValue *oldstack) { CallInfo *ci; UpVal *up; L->top = (L->top - oldstack) + L->stack; for (up = L->openupval; up != NULL; up = up->u.open.next) up->v = (up->v - oldstack) + L->stack; for (ci = L->ci; ci != NULL; ci = ci->previous) { ci->top = (ci->top - oldstack) + L->stack; ci->func = (ci->func - oldstack) + L->stack; if (isLua(ci)) ci->u.l.base = (ci->u.l.base - oldstack) + L->stack; } } /* some space for error handling */ #define ERRORSTACKSIZE (LUAI_MAXSTACK + 200) void luaD_reallocstack (lua_State *L, int newsize) { TValue *oldstack = L->stack; int lim = L->stacksize; lua_assert(newsize <= LUAI_MAXSTACK || newsize == ERRORSTACKSIZE); lua_assert(L->stack_last - L->stack == L->stacksize - EXTRA_STACK); luaM_reallocvector(L, L->stack, L->stacksize, newsize, TValue); for (; lim < newsize; lim++) setnilvalue(L->stack + lim); /* erase new segment */ L->stacksize = newsize; L->stack_last = L->stack + newsize - EXTRA_STACK; correctstack(L, oldstack); } void luaD_growstack (lua_State *L, int n) { int size = L->stacksize; if (size > LUAI_MAXSTACK) /* error after extra size? */ luaD_throw(L, LUA_ERRERR); else { int needed = cast_int(L->top - L->stack) + n + EXTRA_STACK; int newsize = 2 * size; if (newsize > LUAI_MAXSTACK) newsize = LUAI_MAXSTACK; if (newsize < needed) newsize = needed; if (newsize > LUAI_MAXSTACK) { /* stack overflow? */ luaD_reallocstack(L, ERRORSTACKSIZE); luaG_runerror(L, "stack overflow"); } else luaD_reallocstack(L, newsize); } } static int stackinuse (lua_State *L) { CallInfo *ci; StkId lim = L->top; for (ci = L->ci; ci != NULL; ci = ci->previous) { if (lim < ci->top) lim = ci->top; } lua_assert(lim <= L->stack_last); return cast_int(lim - L->stack) + 1; /* part of stack in use */ } void luaD_shrinkstack (lua_State *L) { int inuse = stackinuse(L); int goodsize = inuse + (inuse / 8) + 2*EXTRA_STACK; if (goodsize > LUAI_MAXSTACK) goodsize = LUAI_MAXSTACK; /* respect stack limit */ if (L->stacksize > LUAI_MAXSTACK) /* had been handling stack overflow? */ luaE_freeCI(L); /* free all CIs (list grew because of an error) */ else luaE_shrinkCI(L); /* shrink list */ /* if thread is currently not handling a stack overflow and its good size is smaller than current size, shrink its stack */ if (inuse <= (LUAI_MAXSTACK - EXTRA_STACK) && goodsize < L->stacksize) luaD_reallocstack(L, goodsize); else /* don't change stack */ condmovestack(L,{},{}); /* (change only for debugging) */ } void luaD_inctop (lua_State *L) { luaD_checkstack(L, 1); L->top++; } /* }================================================================== */ /* ** Call a hook for the given event. Make sure there is a hook to be ** called. (Both 'L->hook' and 'L->hookmask', which triggers this ** function, can be changed asynchronously by signals.) */ void luaD_hook (lua_State *L, int event, int line) { lua_Hook hook = L->hook; if (hook && L->allowhook) { /* make sure there is a hook */ CallInfo *ci = L->ci; ptrdiff_t top = savestack(L, L->top); ptrdiff_t ci_top = savestack(L, ci->top); lua_Debug ar; ar.event = event; ar.currentline = line; ar.i_ci = ci; luaD_checkstack(L, LUA_MINSTACK); /* ensure minimum stack size */ ci->top = L->top + LUA_MINSTACK; lua_assert(ci->top <= L->stack_last); L->allowhook = 0; /* cannot call hooks inside a hook */ ci->callstatus |= CIST_HOOKED; lua_unlock(L); (*hook)(L, &ar); lua_lock(L); lua_assert(!L->allowhook); L->allowhook = 1; ci->top = restorestack(L, ci_top); L->top = restorestack(L, top); ci->callstatus &= ~CIST_HOOKED; } } static void callhook (lua_State *L, CallInfo *ci) { int hook = LUA_HOOKCALL; ci->u.l.savedpc++; /* hooks assume 'pc' is already incremented */ if (isLua(ci->previous) && GET_OPCODE(*(ci->previous->u.l.savedpc - 1)) == OP_TAILCALL) { ci->callstatus |= CIST_TAIL; hook = LUA_HOOKTAILCALL; } luaD_hook(L, hook, -1); ci->u.l.savedpc--; /* correct 'pc' */ } static StkId adjust_varargs (lua_State *L, Proto *p, int actual) { int i; int nfixargs = p->numparams; StkId base, fixed; /* move fixed parameters to final position */ fixed = L->top - actual; /* first fixed argument */ base = L->top; /* final position of first argument */ for (i = 0; i < nfixargs && i < actual; i++) { setobjs2s(L, L->top++, fixed + i); setnilvalue(fixed + i); /* erase original copy (for GC) */ } for (; i < nfixargs; i++) setnilvalue(L->top++); /* complete missing arguments */ return base; } /* ** Check whether __call metafield of 'func' is a function. If so, put ** it in stack below original 'func' so that 'luaD_precall' can call ** it. Raise an error if __call metafield is not a function. */ static void tryfuncTM (lua_State *L, StkId func) { const TValue *tm = luaT_gettmbyobj(L, func, TM_CALL); StkId p; if (!ttisfunction(tm)) luaG_typeerror(L, func, "call"); /* Open a hole inside the stack at 'func' */ for (p = L->top; p > func; p--) setobjs2s(L, p, p-1); L->top++; /* slot ensured by caller */ setobj2s(L, func, tm); /* tag method is the new function to be called */ } /* ** Given 'nres' results at 'firstResult', move 'wanted' of them to 'res'. ** Handle most typical cases (zero results for commands, one result for ** expressions, multiple results for tail calls/single parameters) ** separated. */ static int moveresults (lua_State *L, const TValue *firstResult, StkId res, int nres, int wanted) { switch (wanted) { /* handle typical cases separately */ case 0: break; /* nothing to move */ case 1: { /* one result needed */ if (nres == 0) /* no results? */ firstResult = luaO_nilobject; /* adjust with nil */ setobjs2s(L, res, firstResult); /* move it to proper place */ break; } case LUA_MULTRET: { int i; for (i = 0; i < nres; i++) /* move all results to correct place */ setobjs2s(L, res + i, firstResult + i); L->top = res + nres; return 0; /* wanted == LUA_MULTRET */ } default: { int i; if (wanted <= nres) { /* enough results? */ for (i = 0; i < wanted; i++) /* move wanted results to correct place */ setobjs2s(L, res + i, firstResult + i); } else { /* not enough results; use all of them plus nils */ for (i = 0; i < nres; i++) /* move all results to correct place */ setobjs2s(L, res + i, firstResult + i); for (; i < wanted; i++) /* complete wanted number of results */ setnilvalue(res + i); } break; } } L->top = res + wanted; /* top points after the last result */ return 1; } /* ** Finishes a function call: calls hook if necessary, removes CallInfo, ** moves current number of results to proper place; returns 0 iff call ** wanted multiple (variable number of) results. */ int luaD_poscall (lua_State *L, CallInfo *ci, StkId firstResult, int nres) { StkId res; int wanted = ci->nresults; if (L->hookmask & (LUA_MASKRET | LUA_MASKLINE)) { if (L->hookmask & LUA_MASKRET) { ptrdiff_t fr = savestack(L, firstResult); /* hook may change stack */ luaD_hook(L, LUA_HOOKRET, -1); firstResult = restorestack(L, fr); } L->oldpc = ci->previous->u.l.savedpc; /* 'oldpc' for caller function */ } res = ci->func; /* res == final position of 1st result */ L->ci = ci->previous; /* back to caller */ /* move results to proper place */ return moveresults(L, firstResult, res, nres, wanted); } #define next_ci(L) (L->ci = (L->ci->next ? L->ci->next : luaE_extendCI(L))) /* macro to check stack size, preserving 'p' */ #define checkstackp(L,n,p) \ luaD_checkstackaux(L, n, \ ptrdiff_t t__ = savestack(L, p); /* save 'p' */ \ luaC_checkGC(L), /* stack grow uses memory */ \ p = restorestack(L, t__)) /* 'pos' part: restore 'p' */ /* ** Prepares a function call: checks the stack, creates a new CallInfo ** entry, fills in the relevant information, calls hook if needed. ** If function is a C function, does the call, too. (Otherwise, leave ** the execution ('luaV_execute') to the caller, to allow stackless ** calls.) Returns true iff function has been executed (C function). */ int luaD_precall (lua_State *L, StkId func, int nresults) { lua_CFunction f; CallInfo *ci; switch (ttype(func)) { case LUA_TCCL: /* C closure */ f = clCvalue(func)->f; goto Cfunc; case LUA_TLCF: /* light C function */ f = fvalue(func); Cfunc: { int n; /* number of returns */ checkstackp(L, LUA_MINSTACK, func); /* ensure minimum stack size */ ci = next_ci(L); /* now 'enter' new function */ ci->nresults = nresults; ci->func = func; ci->top = L->top + LUA_MINSTACK; lua_assert(ci->top <= L->stack_last); ci->callstatus = 0; if (L->hookmask & LUA_MASKCALL) luaD_hook(L, LUA_HOOKCALL, -1); lua_unlock(L); n = (*f)(L); /* do the actual call */ lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, n); luaD_poscall(L, ci, L->top - n, n); return 1; } case LUA_TLCL: { /* Lua function: prepare its call */ StkId base; Proto *p = clLvalue(func)->p; int n = cast_int(L->top - func) - 1; /* number of real arguments */ int fsize = p->maxstacksize; /* frame size */ checkstackp(L, fsize, func); if (p->is_vararg) base = adjust_varargs(L, p, n); else { /* non vararg function */ for (; n < p->numparams; n++) setnilvalue(L->top++); /* complete missing arguments */ base = func + 1; } ci = next_ci(L); /* now 'enter' new function */ ci->nresults = nresults; ci->func = func; ci->u.l.base = base; L->top = ci->top = base + fsize; lua_assert(ci->top <= L->stack_last); ci->u.l.savedpc = p->code; /* starting point */ ci->callstatus = CIST_LUA; if (L->hookmask & LUA_MASKCALL) callhook(L, ci); return 0; } default: { /* not a function */ checkstackp(L, 1, func); /* ensure space for metamethod */ tryfuncTM(L, func); /* try to get '__call' metamethod */ return luaD_precall(L, func, nresults); /* now it must be a function */ } } } /* ** Check appropriate error for stack overflow ("regular" overflow or ** overflow while handling stack overflow). If 'nCalls' is larger than ** LUAI_MAXCCALLS (which means it is handling a "regular" overflow) but ** smaller than 9/8 of LUAI_MAXCCALLS, does not report an error (to ** allow overflow handling to work) */ static void stackerror (lua_State *L) { if (L->nCcalls == LUAI_MAXCCALLS) luaG_runerror(L, "C stack overflow"); else if (L->nCcalls >= (LUAI_MAXCCALLS + (LUAI_MAXCCALLS>>3))) luaD_throw(L, LUA_ERRERR); /* error while handing stack error */ } /* ** Call a function (C or Lua). The function to be called is at *func. ** The arguments are on the stack, right after the function. ** When returns, all the results are on the stack, starting at the original ** function position. */ void luaD_call (lua_State *L, StkId func, int nResults) { if (++L->nCcalls >= LUAI_MAXCCALLS) stackerror(L); if (!luaD_precall(L, func, nResults)) /* is a Lua function? */ luaV_execute(L); /* call it */ L->nCcalls--; } /* ** Similar to 'luaD_call', but does not allow yields during the call */ void luaD_callnoyield (lua_State *L, StkId func, int nResults) { L->nny++; luaD_call(L, func, nResults); L->nny--; } /* ** Completes the execution of an interrupted C function, calling its ** continuation function. */ static void finishCcall (lua_State *L, int status) { CallInfo *ci = L->ci; int n; /* must have a continuation and must be able to call it */ lua_assert(ci->u.c.k != NULL && L->nny == 0); /* error status can only happen in a protected call */ lua_assert((ci->callstatus & CIST_YPCALL) || status == LUA_YIELD); if (ci->callstatus & CIST_YPCALL) { /* was inside a pcall? */ ci->callstatus &= ~CIST_YPCALL; /* continuation is also inside it */ L->errfunc = ci->u.c.old_errfunc; /* with the same error function */ } /* finish 'lua_callk'/'lua_pcall'; CIST_YPCALL and 'errfunc' already handled */ adjustresults(L, ci->nresults); lua_unlock(L); n = (*ci->u.c.k)(L, status, ci->u.c.ctx); /* call continuation function */ lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, n); luaD_poscall(L, ci, L->top - n, n); /* finish 'luaD_precall' */ } /* ** Executes "full continuation" (everything in the stack) of a ** previously interrupted coroutine until the stack is empty (or another ** interruption long-jumps out of the loop). If the coroutine is ** recovering from an error, 'ud' points to the error status, which must ** be passed to the first continuation function (otherwise the default ** status is LUA_YIELD). */ static void unroll (lua_State *L, void *ud) { if (ud != NULL) /* error status? */ finishCcall(L, *(int *)ud); /* finish 'lua_pcallk' callee */ while (L->ci != &L->base_ci) { /* something in the stack */ if (!isLua(L->ci)) /* C function? */ finishCcall(L, LUA_YIELD); /* complete its execution */ else { /* Lua function */ luaV_finishOp(L); /* finish interrupted instruction */ luaV_execute(L); /* execute down to higher C 'boundary' */ } } } /* ** Try to find a suspended protected call (a "recover point") for the ** given thread. */ static CallInfo *findpcall (lua_State *L) { CallInfo *ci; for (ci = L->ci; ci != NULL; ci = ci->previous) { /* search for a pcall */ if (ci->callstatus & CIST_YPCALL) return ci; } return NULL; /* no pending pcall */ } /* ** Recovers from an error in a coroutine. Finds a recover point (if ** there is one) and completes the execution of the interrupted ** 'luaD_pcall'. If there is no recover point, returns zero. */ static int recover (lua_State *L, int status) { StkId oldtop; CallInfo *ci = findpcall(L); if (ci == NULL) return 0; /* no recovery point */ /* "finish" luaD_pcall */ oldtop = restorestack(L, ci->extra); luaF_close(L, oldtop); seterrorobj(L, status, oldtop); L->ci = ci; L->allowhook = getoah(ci->callstatus); /* restore original 'allowhook' */ L->nny = 0; /* should be zero to be yieldable */ luaD_shrinkstack(L); L->errfunc = ci->u.c.old_errfunc; return 1; /* continue running the coroutine */ } /* ** Signal an error in the call to 'lua_resume', not in the execution ** of the coroutine itself. (Such errors should not be handled by any ** coroutine error handler and should not kill the coroutine.) */ static int resume_error (lua_State *L, const char *msg, int narg) { L->top -= narg; /* remove args from the stack */ setsvalue2s(L, L->top, luaS_new(L, msg)); /* push error message */ api_incr_top(L); lua_unlock(L); return LUA_ERRRUN; } /* ** Do the work for 'lua_resume' in protected mode. Most of the work ** depends on the status of the coroutine: initial state, suspended ** inside a hook, or regularly suspended (optionally with a continuation ** function), plus erroneous cases: non-suspended coroutine or dead ** coroutine. */ static void resume (lua_State *L, void *ud) { int n = *(cast(int*, ud)); /* number of arguments */ StkId firstArg = L->top - n; /* first argument */ CallInfo *ci = L->ci; if (L->status == LUA_OK) { /* starting a coroutine? */ if (!luaD_precall(L, firstArg - 1, LUA_MULTRET)) /* Lua function? */ luaV_execute(L); /* call it */ } else { /* resuming from previous yield */ lua_assert(L->status == LUA_YIELD); L->status = LUA_OK; /* mark that it is running (again) */ ci->func = restorestack(L, ci->extra); if (isLua(ci)) /* yielded inside a hook? */ luaV_execute(L); /* just continue running Lua code */ else { /* 'common' yield */ if (ci->u.c.k != NULL) { /* does it have a continuation function? */ lua_unlock(L); n = (*ci->u.c.k)(L, LUA_YIELD, ci->u.c.ctx); /* call continuation */ lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, n); firstArg = L->top - n; /* yield results come from continuation */ } luaD_poscall(L, ci, firstArg, n); /* finish 'luaD_precall' */ } unroll(L, NULL); /* run continuation */ } } LUA_API int lua_resume (lua_State *L, lua_State *from, int nargs) { int status; unsigned short oldnny = L->nny; /* save "number of non-yieldable" calls */ lua_lock(L); if (L->status == LUA_OK) { /* may be starting a coroutine */ if (L->ci != &L->base_ci) /* not in base level? */ return resume_error(L, "cannot resume non-suspended coroutine", nargs); } else if (L->status != LUA_YIELD) return resume_error(L, "cannot resume dead coroutine", nargs); L->nCcalls = (from) ? from->nCcalls + 1 : 1; if (L->nCcalls >= LUAI_MAXCCALLS) return resume_error(L, "C stack overflow", nargs); luai_userstateresume(L, nargs); L->nny = 0; /* allow yields */ api_checknelems(L, (L->status == LUA_OK) ? nargs + 1 : nargs); status = luaD_rawrunprotected(L, resume, &nargs); if (status == -1) /* error calling 'lua_resume'? */ status = LUA_ERRRUN; else { /* continue running after recoverable errors */ while (errorstatus(status) && recover(L, status)) { /* unroll continuation */ status = luaD_rawrunprotected(L, unroll, &status); } if (errorstatus(status)) { /* unrecoverable error? */ L->status = cast_byte(status); /* mark thread as 'dead' */ seterrorobj(L, status, L->top); /* push error message */ L->ci->top = L->top; } else lua_assert(status == L->status); /* normal end or yield */ } L->nny = oldnny; /* restore 'nny' */ L->nCcalls--; lua_assert(L->nCcalls == ((from) ? from->nCcalls : 0)); lua_unlock(L); return status; } LUA_API int lua_isyieldable (lua_State *L) { return (L->nny == 0); } LUA_API int lua_yieldk (lua_State *L, int nresults, lua_KContext ctx, lua_KFunction k) { CallInfo *ci = L->ci; luai_userstateyield(L, nresults); lua_lock(L); api_checknelems(L, nresults); if (L->nny > 0) { if (L != G(L)->mainthread) luaG_runerror(L, "attempt to yield across a C-call boundary"); else luaG_runerror(L, "attempt to yield from outside a coroutine"); } L->status = LUA_YIELD; ci->extra = savestack(L, ci->func); /* save current 'func' */ if (isLua(ci)) { /* inside a hook? */ api_check(L, k == NULL, "hooks cannot continue after yielding"); } else { if ((ci->u.c.k = k) != NULL) /* is there a continuation? */ ci->u.c.ctx = ctx; /* save context */ ci->func = L->top - nresults - 1; /* protect stack below results */ luaD_throw(L, LUA_YIELD); } lua_assert(ci->callstatus & CIST_HOOKED); /* must be inside a hook */ lua_unlock(L); return 0; /* return to 'luaD_hook' */ } int luaD_pcall (lua_State *L, Pfunc func, void *u, ptrdiff_t old_top, ptrdiff_t ef) { int status; CallInfo *old_ci = L->ci; lu_byte old_allowhooks = L->allowhook; unsigned short old_nny = L->nny; ptrdiff_t old_errfunc = L->errfunc; L->errfunc = ef; status = luaD_rawrunprotected(L, func, u); if (status != LUA_OK) { /* an error occurred? */ StkId oldtop = restorestack(L, old_top); luaF_close(L, oldtop); /* close possible pending closures */ seterrorobj(L, status, oldtop); L->ci = old_ci; L->allowhook = old_allowhooks; L->nny = old_nny; luaD_shrinkstack(L); } L->errfunc = old_errfunc; return status; } /* ** Execute a protected parser. */ struct SParser { /* data to 'f_parser' */ ZIO *z; Mbuffer buff; /* dynamic structure used by the scanner */ Dyndata dyd; /* dynamic structures used by the parser */ const char *mode; const char *name; }; static void checkmode (lua_State *L, const char *mode, const char *x) { if (mode && strchr(mode, x[0]) == NULL) { luaO_pushfstring(L, "attempt to load a %s chunk (mode is '%s')", x, mode); luaD_throw(L, LUA_ERRSYNTAX); } } static void f_parser (lua_State *L, void *ud) { LClosure *cl; struct SParser *p = cast(struct SParser *, ud); int c = zgetc(p->z); /* read first character */ if (c == LUA_SIGNATURE[0]) { checkmode(L, p->mode, "binary"); cl = luaU_undump(L, p->z, p->name); } else { checkmode(L, p->mode, "text"); cl = luaY_parser(L, p->z, &p->buff, &p->dyd, p->name, c); } lua_assert(cl->nupvalues == cl->p->sizeupvalues); luaF_initupvals(L, cl); } int luaD_protectedparser (lua_State *L, ZIO *z, const char *name, const char *mode) { struct SParser p; int status; L->nny++; /* cannot yield during parsing */ p.z = z; p.name = name; p.mode = mode; p.dyd.actvar.arr = NULL; p.dyd.actvar.size = 0; p.dyd.gt.arr = NULL; p.dyd.gt.size = 0; p.dyd.label.arr = NULL; p.dyd.label.size = 0; luaZ_initbuffer(L, &p.buff); status = luaD_pcall(L, f_parser, &p, savestack(L, L->top), L->errfunc); luaZ_freebuffer(L, &p.buff); luaM_freearray(L, p.dyd.actvar.arr, p.dyd.actvar.size); luaM_freearray(L, p.dyd.gt.arr, p.dyd.gt.size); luaM_freearray(L, p.dyd.label.arr, p.dyd.label.size); L->nny--; return status; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/ldo.h000066400000000000000000000040061335323540100150220ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: ldo.h,v 2.29 2015/12/21 13:02:14 roberto Exp $ ** Stack and Call structure of Lua ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef ldo_h #define ldo_h #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lzio.h" /* ** Macro to check stack size and grow stack if needed. Parameters ** 'pre'/'pos' allow the macro to preserve a pointer into the ** stack across reallocations, doing the work only when needed. ** 'condmovestack' is used in heavy tests to force a stack reallocation ** at every check. */ #define luaD_checkstackaux(L,n,pre,pos) \ if (L->stack_last - L->top <= (n)) \ { pre; luaD_growstack(L, n); pos; } else { condmovestack(L,pre,pos); } /* In general, 'pre'/'pos' are empty (nothing to save) */ #define luaD_checkstack(L,n) luaD_checkstackaux(L,n,(void)0,(void)0) #define savestack(L,p) ((char *)(p) - (char *)L->stack) #define restorestack(L,n) ((TValue *)((char *)L->stack + (n))) /* type of protected functions, to be ran by 'runprotected' */ typedef void (*Pfunc) (lua_State *L, void *ud); LUAI_FUNC int luaD_protectedparser (lua_State *L, ZIO *z, const char *name, const char *mode); LUAI_FUNC void luaD_hook (lua_State *L, int event, int line); LUAI_FUNC int luaD_precall (lua_State *L, StkId func, int nresults); LUAI_FUNC void luaD_call (lua_State *L, StkId func, int nResults); LUAI_FUNC void luaD_callnoyield (lua_State *L, StkId func, int nResults); LUAI_FUNC int luaD_pcall (lua_State *L, Pfunc func, void *u, ptrdiff_t oldtop, ptrdiff_t ef); LUAI_FUNC int luaD_poscall (lua_State *L, CallInfo *ci, StkId firstResult, int nres); LUAI_FUNC void luaD_reallocstack (lua_State *L, int newsize); LUAI_FUNC void luaD_growstack (lua_State *L, int n); LUAI_FUNC void luaD_shrinkstack (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC void luaD_inctop (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC l_noret luaD_throw (lua_State *L, int errcode); LUAI_FUNC int luaD_rawrunprotected (lua_State *L, Pfunc f, void *ud); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/ldump.c000066400000000000000000000105721335323540100153650ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: ldump.c,v 2.37 2015/10/08 15:53:49 roberto Exp $ ** save precompiled Lua chunks ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define ldump_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include "lua.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lundump.h" typedef struct { lua_State *L; lua_Writer writer; void *data; int strip; int status; } DumpState; /* ** All high-level dumps go through DumpVector; you can change it to ** change the endianness of the result */ #define DumpVector(v,n,D) DumpBlock(v,(n)*sizeof((v)[0]),D) #define DumpLiteral(s,D) DumpBlock(s, sizeof(s) - sizeof(char), D) static void DumpBlock (const void *b, size_t size, DumpState *D) { if (D->status == 0 && size > 0) { lua_unlock(D->L); D->status = (*D->writer)(D->L, b, size, D->data); lua_lock(D->L); } } #define DumpVar(x,D) DumpVector(&x,1,D) static void DumpByte (int y, DumpState *D) { lu_byte x = (lu_byte)y; DumpVar(x, D); } static void DumpInt (int x, DumpState *D) { DumpVar(x, D); } static void DumpNumber (lua_Number x, DumpState *D) { DumpVar(x, D); } static void DumpInteger (lua_Integer x, DumpState *D) { DumpVar(x, D); } static void DumpString (const TString *s, DumpState *D) { if (s == NULL) DumpByte(0, D); else { size_t size = tsslen(s) + 1; /* include trailing '\0' */ const char *str = getstr(s); if (size < 0xFF) DumpByte(cast_int(size), D); else { DumpByte(0xFF, D); DumpVar(size, D); } DumpVector(str, size - 1, D); /* no need to save '\0' */ } } static void DumpCode (const Proto *f, DumpState *D) { DumpInt(f->sizecode, D); DumpVector(f->code, f->sizecode, D); } static void DumpFunction(const Proto *f, TString *psource, DumpState *D); static void DumpConstants (const Proto *f, DumpState *D) { int i; int n = f->sizek; DumpInt(n, D); for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { const TValue *o = &f->k[i]; DumpByte(ttype(o), D); switch (ttype(o)) { case LUA_TNIL: break; case LUA_TBOOLEAN: DumpByte(bvalue(o), D); break; case LUA_TNUMFLT: DumpNumber(fltvalue(o), D); break; case LUA_TNUMINT: DumpInteger(ivalue(o), D); break; case LUA_TSHRSTR: case LUA_TLNGSTR: DumpString(tsvalue(o), D); break; default: lua_assert(0); } } } static void DumpProtos (const Proto *f, DumpState *D) { int i; int n = f->sizep; DumpInt(n, D); for (i = 0; i < n; i++) DumpFunction(f->p[i], f->source, D); } static void DumpUpvalues (const Proto *f, DumpState *D) { int i, n = f->sizeupvalues; DumpInt(n, D); for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { DumpByte(f->upvalues[i].instack, D); DumpByte(f->upvalues[i].idx, D); } } static void DumpDebug (const Proto *f, DumpState *D) { int i, n; n = (D->strip) ? 0 : f->sizelineinfo; DumpInt(n, D); DumpVector(f->lineinfo, n, D); n = (D->strip) ? 0 : f->sizelocvars; DumpInt(n, D); for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { DumpString(f->locvars[i].varname, D); DumpInt(f->locvars[i].startpc, D); DumpInt(f->locvars[i].endpc, D); } n = (D->strip) ? 0 : f->sizeupvalues; DumpInt(n, D); for (i = 0; i < n; i++) DumpString(f->upvalues[i].name, D); } static void DumpFunction (const Proto *f, TString *psource, DumpState *D) { if (D->strip || f->source == psource) DumpString(NULL, D); /* no debug info or same source as its parent */ else DumpString(f->source, D); DumpInt(f->linedefined, D); DumpInt(f->lastlinedefined, D); DumpByte(f->numparams, D); DumpByte(f->is_vararg, D); DumpByte(f->maxstacksize, D); DumpCode(f, D); DumpConstants(f, D); DumpUpvalues(f, D); DumpProtos(f, D); DumpDebug(f, D); } static void DumpHeader (DumpState *D) { DumpLiteral(LUA_SIGNATURE, D); DumpByte(LUAC_VERSION, D); DumpByte(LUAC_FORMAT, D); DumpLiteral(LUAC_DATA, D); DumpByte(sizeof(int), D); DumpByte(sizeof(size_t), D); DumpByte(sizeof(Instruction), D); DumpByte(sizeof(lua_Integer), D); DumpByte(sizeof(lua_Number), D); DumpInteger(LUAC_INT, D); DumpNumber(LUAC_NUM, D); } /* ** dump Lua function as precompiled chunk */ int luaU_dump(lua_State *L, const Proto *f, lua_Writer w, void *data, int strip) { DumpState D; D.L = L; D.writer = w; D.data = data; D.strip = strip; D.status = 0; DumpHeader(&D); DumpByte(f->sizeupvalues, &D); DumpFunction(f, NULL, &D); return D.status; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lfunc.c000066400000000000000000000071531335323540100153540ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lfunc.c,v 2.45 2014/11/02 19:19:04 roberto Exp $ ** Auxiliary functions to manipulate prototypes and closures ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lfunc_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include "lua.h" #include "lfunc.h" #include "lgc.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" CClosure *luaF_newCclosure (lua_State *L, int n) { GCObject *o = luaC_newobj(L, LUA_TCCL, sizeCclosure(n)); CClosure *c = gco2ccl(o); c->nupvalues = cast_byte(n); return c; } LClosure *luaF_newLclosure (lua_State *L, int n) { GCObject *o = luaC_newobj(L, LUA_TLCL, sizeLclosure(n)); LClosure *c = gco2lcl(o); c->p = NULL; c->nupvalues = cast_byte(n); while (n--) c->upvals[n] = NULL; return c; } /* ** fill a closure with new closed upvalues */ void luaF_initupvals (lua_State *L, LClosure *cl) { int i; for (i = 0; i < cl->nupvalues; i++) { UpVal *uv = luaM_new(L, UpVal); uv->refcount = 1; uv->v = &uv->u.value; /* make it closed */ setnilvalue(uv->v); cl->upvals[i] = uv; } } UpVal *luaF_findupval (lua_State *L, StkId level) { UpVal **pp = &L->openupval; UpVal *p; UpVal *uv; lua_assert(isintwups(L) || L->openupval == NULL); while (*pp != NULL && (p = *pp)->v >= level) { lua_assert(upisopen(p)); if (p->v == level) /* found a corresponding upvalue? */ return p; /* return it */ pp = &p->u.open.next; } /* not found: create a new upvalue */ uv = luaM_new(L, UpVal); uv->refcount = 0; uv->u.open.next = *pp; /* link it to list of open upvalues */ uv->u.open.touched = 1; *pp = uv; uv->v = level; /* current value lives in the stack */ if (!isintwups(L)) { /* thread not in list of threads with upvalues? */ L->twups = G(L)->twups; /* link it to the list */ G(L)->twups = L; } return uv; } void luaF_close (lua_State *L, StkId level) { UpVal *uv; while (L->openupval != NULL && (uv = L->openupval)->v >= level) { lua_assert(upisopen(uv)); L->openupval = uv->u.open.next; /* remove from 'open' list */ if (uv->refcount == 0) /* no references? */ luaM_free(L, uv); /* free upvalue */ else { setobj(L, &uv->u.value, uv->v); /* move value to upvalue slot */ uv->v = &uv->u.value; /* now current value lives here */ luaC_upvalbarrier(L, uv); } } } Proto *luaF_newproto (lua_State *L) { GCObject *o = luaC_newobj(L, LUA_TPROTO, sizeof(Proto)); Proto *f = gco2p(o); f->k = NULL; f->sizek = 0; f->p = NULL; f->sizep = 0; f->code = NULL; f->cache = NULL; f->sizecode = 0; f->lineinfo = NULL; f->sizelineinfo = 0; f->upvalues = NULL; f->sizeupvalues = 0; f->numparams = 0; f->is_vararg = 0; f->maxstacksize = 0; f->locvars = NULL; f->sizelocvars = 0; f->linedefined = 0; f->lastlinedefined = 0; f->source = NULL; return f; } void luaF_freeproto (lua_State *L, Proto *f) { luaM_freearray(L, f->code, f->sizecode); luaM_freearray(L, f->p, f->sizep); luaM_freearray(L, f->k, f->sizek); luaM_freearray(L, f->lineinfo, f->sizelineinfo); luaM_freearray(L, f->locvars, f->sizelocvars); luaM_freearray(L, f->upvalues, f->sizeupvalues); luaM_free(L, f); } /* ** Look for n-th local variable at line 'line' in function 'func'. ** Returns NULL if not found. */ const char *luaF_getlocalname (const Proto *f, int local_number, int pc) { int i; for (i = 0; isizelocvars && f->locvars[i].startpc <= pc; i++) { if (pc < f->locvars[i].endpc) { /* is variable active? */ local_number--; if (local_number == 0) return getstr(f->locvars[i].varname); } } return NULL; /* not found */ } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lfunc.h000066400000000000000000000031371335323540100153570ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lfunc.h,v 2.15 2015/01/13 15:49:11 roberto Exp $ ** Auxiliary functions to manipulate prototypes and closures ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lfunc_h #define lfunc_h #include "lobject.h" #define sizeCclosure(n) (cast(int, sizeof(CClosure)) + \ cast(int, sizeof(TValue)*((n)-1))) #define sizeLclosure(n) (cast(int, sizeof(LClosure)) + \ cast(int, sizeof(TValue *)*((n)-1))) /* test whether thread is in 'twups' list */ #define isintwups(L) (L->twups != L) /* ** maximum number of upvalues in a closure (both C and Lua). (Value ** must fit in a VM register.) */ #define MAXUPVAL 255 /* ** Upvalues for Lua closures */ struct UpVal { TValue *v; /* points to stack or to its own value */ lu_mem refcount; /* reference counter */ union { struct { /* (when open) */ UpVal *next; /* linked list */ int touched; /* mark to avoid cycles with dead threads */ } open; TValue value; /* the value (when closed) */ } u; }; #define upisopen(up) ((up)->v != &(up)->u.value) LUAI_FUNC Proto *luaF_newproto (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC CClosure *luaF_newCclosure (lua_State *L, int nelems); LUAI_FUNC LClosure *luaF_newLclosure (lua_State *L, int nelems); LUAI_FUNC void luaF_initupvals (lua_State *L, LClosure *cl); LUAI_FUNC UpVal *luaF_findupval (lua_State *L, StkId level); LUAI_FUNC void luaF_close (lua_State *L, StkId level); LUAI_FUNC void luaF_freeproto (lua_State *L, Proto *f); LUAI_FUNC const char *luaF_getlocalname (const Proto *func, int local_number, int pc); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lgc.c000066400000000000000000001074151335323540100150140ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lgc.c,v 2.215 2016/12/22 13:08:50 roberto Exp $ ** Garbage Collector ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lgc_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include "lua.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lfunc.h" #include "lgc.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "ltable.h" #include "ltm.h" /* ** internal state for collector while inside the atomic phase. The ** collector should never be in this state while running regular code. */ #define GCSinsideatomic (GCSpause + 1) /* ** cost of sweeping one element (the size of a small object divided ** by some adjust for the sweep speed) */ #define GCSWEEPCOST ((sizeof(TString) + 4) / 4) /* maximum number of elements to sweep in each single step */ #define GCSWEEPMAX (cast_int((GCSTEPSIZE / GCSWEEPCOST) / 4)) /* cost of calling one finalizer */ #define GCFINALIZECOST GCSWEEPCOST /* ** macro to adjust 'stepmul': 'stepmul' is actually used like ** 'stepmul / STEPMULADJ' (value chosen by tests) */ #define STEPMULADJ 200 /* ** macro to adjust 'pause': 'pause' is actually used like ** 'pause / PAUSEADJ' (value chosen by tests) */ #define PAUSEADJ 100 /* ** 'makewhite' erases all color bits then sets only the current white ** bit */ #define maskcolors (~(bitmask(BLACKBIT) | WHITEBITS)) #define makewhite(g,x) \ (x->marked = cast_byte((x->marked & maskcolors) | luaC_white(g))) #define white2gray(x) resetbits(x->marked, WHITEBITS) #define black2gray(x) resetbit(x->marked, BLACKBIT) #define valiswhite(x) (iscollectable(x) && iswhite(gcvalue(x))) #define checkdeadkey(n) lua_assert(!ttisdeadkey(gkey(n)) || ttisnil(gval(n))) #define checkconsistency(obj) \ lua_longassert(!iscollectable(obj) || righttt(obj)) #define markvalue(g,o) { checkconsistency(o); \ if (valiswhite(o)) reallymarkobject(g,gcvalue(o)); } #define markobject(g,t) { if (iswhite(t)) reallymarkobject(g, obj2gco(t)); } /* ** mark an object that can be NULL (either because it is really optional, ** or it was stripped as debug info, or inside an uncompleted structure) */ #define markobjectN(g,t) { if (t) markobject(g,t); } static void reallymarkobject (global_State *g, GCObject *o); /* ** {====================================================== ** Generic functions ** ======================================================= */ /* ** one after last element in a hash array */ #define gnodelast(h) gnode(h, cast(size_t, sizenode(h))) /* ** link collectable object 'o' into list pointed by 'p' */ #define linkgclist(o,p) ((o)->gclist = (p), (p) = obj2gco(o)) /* ** If key is not marked, mark its entry as dead. This allows key to be ** collected, but keeps its entry in the table. A dead node is needed ** when Lua looks up for a key (it may be part of a chain) and when ** traversing a weak table (key might be removed from the table during ** traversal). Other places never manipulate dead keys, because its ** associated nil value is enough to signal that the entry is logically ** empty. */ static void removeentry (Node *n) { lua_assert(ttisnil(gval(n))); if (valiswhite(gkey(n))) setdeadvalue(wgkey(n)); /* unused and unmarked key; remove it */ } /* ** tells whether a key or value can be cleared from a weak ** table. Non-collectable objects are never removed from weak ** tables. Strings behave as 'values', so are never removed too. for ** other objects: if really collected, cannot keep them; for objects ** being finalized, keep them in keys, but not in values */ static int iscleared (global_State *g, const TValue *o) { if (!iscollectable(o)) return 0; else if (ttisstring(o)) { markobject(g, tsvalue(o)); /* strings are 'values', so are never weak */ return 0; } else return iswhite(gcvalue(o)); } /* ** barrier that moves collector forward, that is, mark the white object ** being pointed by a black object. (If in sweep phase, clear the black ** object to white [sweep it] to avoid other barrier calls for this ** same object.) */ void luaC_barrier_ (lua_State *L, GCObject *o, GCObject *v) { global_State *g = G(L); lua_assert(isblack(o) && iswhite(v) && !isdead(g, v) && !isdead(g, o)); if (keepinvariant(g)) /* must keep invariant? */ reallymarkobject(g, v); /* restore invariant */ else { /* sweep phase */ lua_assert(issweepphase(g)); makewhite(g, o); /* mark main obj. as white to avoid other barriers */ } } /* ** barrier that moves collector backward, that is, mark the black object ** pointing to a white object as gray again. */ void luaC_barrierback_ (lua_State *L, Table *t) { global_State *g = G(L); lua_assert(isblack(t) && !isdead(g, t)); black2gray(t); /* make table gray (again) */ linkgclist(t, g->grayagain); } /* ** barrier for assignments to closed upvalues. Because upvalues are ** shared among closures, it is impossible to know the color of all ** closures pointing to it. So, we assume that the object being assigned ** must be marked. */ void luaC_upvalbarrier_ (lua_State *L, UpVal *uv) { global_State *g = G(L); GCObject *o = gcvalue(uv->v); lua_assert(!upisopen(uv)); /* ensured by macro luaC_upvalbarrier */ if (keepinvariant(g)) markobject(g, o); } void luaC_fix (lua_State *L, GCObject *o) { global_State *g = G(L); lua_assert(g->allgc == o); /* object must be 1st in 'allgc' list! */ white2gray(o); /* they will be gray forever */ g->allgc = o->next; /* remove object from 'allgc' list */ o->next = g->fixedgc; /* link it to 'fixedgc' list */ g->fixedgc = o; } /* ** create a new collectable object (with given type and size) and link ** it to 'allgc' list. */ GCObject *luaC_newobj (lua_State *L, int tt, size_t sz) { global_State *g = G(L); GCObject *o = cast(GCObject *, luaM_newobject(L, novariant(tt), sz)); o->marked = luaC_white(g); o->tt = tt; o->next = g->allgc; g->allgc = o; return o; } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** Mark functions ** ======================================================= */ /* ** mark an object. Userdata, strings, and closed upvalues are visited ** and turned black here. Other objects are marked gray and added ** to appropriate list to be visited (and turned black) later. (Open ** upvalues are already linked in 'headuv' list.) */ static void reallymarkobject (global_State *g, GCObject *o) { reentry: white2gray(o); switch (o->tt) { case LUA_TSHRSTR: { gray2black(o); g->GCmemtrav += sizelstring(gco2ts(o)->shrlen); break; } case LUA_TLNGSTR: { gray2black(o); g->GCmemtrav += sizelstring(gco2ts(o)->u.lnglen); break; } case LUA_TUSERDATA: { TValue uvalue; markobjectN(g, gco2u(o)->metatable); /* mark its metatable */ gray2black(o); g->GCmemtrav += sizeudata(gco2u(o)); getuservalue(g->mainthread, gco2u(o), &uvalue); if (valiswhite(&uvalue)) { /* markvalue(g, &uvalue); */ o = gcvalue(&uvalue); goto reentry; } break; } case LUA_TLCL: { linkgclist(gco2lcl(o), g->gray); break; } case LUA_TCCL: { linkgclist(gco2ccl(o), g->gray); break; } case LUA_TTABLE: { linkgclist(gco2t(o), g->gray); break; } case LUA_TTHREAD: { linkgclist(gco2th(o), g->gray); break; } case LUA_TPROTO: { linkgclist(gco2p(o), g->gray); break; } default: lua_assert(0); break; } } /* ** mark metamethods for basic types */ static void markmt (global_State *g) { int i; for (i=0; i < LUA_NUMTAGS; i++) markobjectN(g, g->mt[i]); } /* ** mark all objects in list of being-finalized */ static void markbeingfnz (global_State *g) { GCObject *o; for (o = g->tobefnz; o != NULL; o = o->next) markobject(g, o); } /* ** Mark all values stored in marked open upvalues from non-marked threads. ** (Values from marked threads were already marked when traversing the ** thread.) Remove from the list threads that no longer have upvalues and ** not-marked threads. */ static void remarkupvals (global_State *g) { lua_State *thread; lua_State **p = &g->twups; while ((thread = *p) != NULL) { lua_assert(!isblack(thread)); /* threads are never black */ if (isgray(thread) && thread->openupval != NULL) p = &thread->twups; /* keep marked thread with upvalues in the list */ else { /* thread is not marked or without upvalues */ UpVal *uv; *p = thread->twups; /* remove thread from the list */ thread->twups = thread; /* mark that it is out of list */ for (uv = thread->openupval; uv != NULL; uv = uv->u.open.next) { if (uv->u.open.touched) { markvalue(g, uv->v); /* remark upvalue's value */ uv->u.open.touched = 0; } } } } } /* ** mark root set and reset all gray lists, to start a new collection */ static void restartcollection (global_State *g) { g->gray = g->grayagain = NULL; g->weak = g->allweak = g->ephemeron = NULL; markobject(g, g->mainthread); markvalue(g, &g->l_registry); markmt(g); markbeingfnz(g); /* mark any finalizing object left from previous cycle */ } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** Traverse functions ** ======================================================= */ /* ** Traverse a table with weak values and link it to proper list. During ** propagate phase, keep it in 'grayagain' list, to be revisited in the ** atomic phase. In the atomic phase, if table has any white value, ** put it in 'weak' list, to be cleared. */ static void traverseweakvalue (global_State *g, Table *h) { Node *n, *limit = gnodelast(h); /* if there is array part, assume it may have white values (it is not worth traversing it now just to check) */ int hasclears = (h->sizearray > 0); for (n = gnode(h, 0); n < limit; n++) { /* traverse hash part */ checkdeadkey(n); if (ttisnil(gval(n))) /* entry is empty? */ removeentry(n); /* remove it */ else { lua_assert(!ttisnil(gkey(n))); markvalue(g, gkey(n)); /* mark key */ if (!hasclears && iscleared(g, gval(n))) /* is there a white value? */ hasclears = 1; /* table will have to be cleared */ } } if (g->gcstate == GCSpropagate) linkgclist(h, g->grayagain); /* must retraverse it in atomic phase */ else if (hasclears) linkgclist(h, g->weak); /* has to be cleared later */ } /* ** Traverse an ephemeron table and link it to proper list. Returns true ** iff any object was marked during this traversal (which implies that ** convergence has to continue). During propagation phase, keep table ** in 'grayagain' list, to be visited again in the atomic phase. In ** the atomic phase, if table has any white->white entry, it has to ** be revisited during ephemeron convergence (as that key may turn ** black). Otherwise, if it has any white key, table has to be cleared ** (in the atomic phase). */ static int traverseephemeron (global_State *g, Table *h) { int marked = 0; /* true if an object is marked in this traversal */ int hasclears = 0; /* true if table has white keys */ int hasww = 0; /* true if table has entry "white-key -> white-value" */ Node *n, *limit = gnodelast(h); unsigned int i; /* traverse array part */ for (i = 0; i < h->sizearray; i++) { if (valiswhite(&h->array[i])) { marked = 1; reallymarkobject(g, gcvalue(&h->array[i])); } } /* traverse hash part */ for (n = gnode(h, 0); n < limit; n++) { checkdeadkey(n); if (ttisnil(gval(n))) /* entry is empty? */ removeentry(n); /* remove it */ else if (iscleared(g, gkey(n))) { /* key is not marked (yet)? */ hasclears = 1; /* table must be cleared */ if (valiswhite(gval(n))) /* value not marked yet? */ hasww = 1; /* white-white entry */ } else if (valiswhite(gval(n))) { /* value not marked yet? */ marked = 1; reallymarkobject(g, gcvalue(gval(n))); /* mark it now */ } } /* link table into proper list */ if (g->gcstate == GCSpropagate) linkgclist(h, g->grayagain); /* must retraverse it in atomic phase */ else if (hasww) /* table has white->white entries? */ linkgclist(h, g->ephemeron); /* have to propagate again */ else if (hasclears) /* table has white keys? */ linkgclist(h, g->allweak); /* may have to clean white keys */ return marked; } static void traversestrongtable (global_State *g, Table *h) { Node *n, *limit = gnodelast(h); unsigned int i; for (i = 0; i < h->sizearray; i++) /* traverse array part */ markvalue(g, &h->array[i]); for (n = gnode(h, 0); n < limit; n++) { /* traverse hash part */ checkdeadkey(n); if (ttisnil(gval(n))) /* entry is empty? */ removeentry(n); /* remove it */ else { lua_assert(!ttisnil(gkey(n))); markvalue(g, gkey(n)); /* mark key */ markvalue(g, gval(n)); /* mark value */ } } } static lu_mem traversetable (global_State *g, Table *h) { const char *weakkey, *weakvalue; const TValue *mode = gfasttm(g, h->metatable, TM_MODE); markobjectN(g, h->metatable); if (mode && ttisstring(mode) && /* is there a weak mode? */ ((weakkey = strchr(svalue(mode), 'k')), (weakvalue = strchr(svalue(mode), 'v')), (weakkey || weakvalue))) { /* is really weak? */ black2gray(h); /* keep table gray */ if (!weakkey) /* strong keys? */ traverseweakvalue(g, h); else if (!weakvalue) /* strong values? */ traverseephemeron(g, h); else /* all weak */ linkgclist(h, g->allweak); /* nothing to traverse now */ } else /* not weak */ traversestrongtable(g, h); return sizeof(Table) + sizeof(TValue) * h->sizearray + sizeof(Node) * cast(size_t, allocsizenode(h)); } /* ** Traverse a prototype. (While a prototype is being build, its ** arrays can be larger than needed; the extra slots are filled with ** NULL, so the use of 'markobjectN') */ static int traverseproto (global_State *g, Proto *f) { int i; if (f->cache && iswhite(f->cache)) f->cache = NULL; /* allow cache to be collected */ markobjectN(g, f->source); for (i = 0; i < f->sizek; i++) /* mark literals */ markvalue(g, &f->k[i]); for (i = 0; i < f->sizeupvalues; i++) /* mark upvalue names */ markobjectN(g, f->upvalues[i].name); for (i = 0; i < f->sizep; i++) /* mark nested protos */ markobjectN(g, f->p[i]); for (i = 0; i < f->sizelocvars; i++) /* mark local-variable names */ markobjectN(g, f->locvars[i].varname); return sizeof(Proto) + sizeof(Instruction) * f->sizecode + sizeof(Proto *) * f->sizep + sizeof(TValue) * f->sizek + sizeof(int) * f->sizelineinfo + sizeof(LocVar) * f->sizelocvars + sizeof(Upvaldesc) * f->sizeupvalues; } static lu_mem traverseCclosure (global_State *g, CClosure *cl) { int i; for (i = 0; i < cl->nupvalues; i++) /* mark its upvalues */ markvalue(g, &cl->upvalue[i]); return sizeCclosure(cl->nupvalues); } /* ** open upvalues point to values in a thread, so those values should ** be marked when the thread is traversed except in the atomic phase ** (because then the value cannot be changed by the thread and the ** thread may not be traversed again) */ static lu_mem traverseLclosure (global_State *g, LClosure *cl) { int i; markobjectN(g, cl->p); /* mark its prototype */ for (i = 0; i < cl->nupvalues; i++) { /* mark its upvalues */ UpVal *uv = cl->upvals[i]; if (uv != NULL) { if (upisopen(uv) && g->gcstate != GCSinsideatomic) uv->u.open.touched = 1; /* can be marked in 'remarkupvals' */ else markvalue(g, uv->v); } } return sizeLclosure(cl->nupvalues); } static lu_mem traversethread (global_State *g, lua_State *th) { StkId o = th->stack; if (o == NULL) return 1; /* stack not completely built yet */ lua_assert(g->gcstate == GCSinsideatomic || th->openupval == NULL || isintwups(th)); for (; o < th->top; o++) /* mark live elements in the stack */ markvalue(g, o); if (g->gcstate == GCSinsideatomic) { /* final traversal? */ StkId lim = th->stack + th->stacksize; /* real end of stack */ for (; o < lim; o++) /* clear not-marked stack slice */ setnilvalue(o); /* 'remarkupvals' may have removed thread from 'twups' list */ if (!isintwups(th) && th->openupval != NULL) { th->twups = g->twups; /* link it back to the list */ g->twups = th; } } else if (g->gckind != KGC_EMERGENCY) luaD_shrinkstack(th); /* do not change stack in emergency cycle */ return (sizeof(lua_State) + sizeof(TValue) * th->stacksize + sizeof(CallInfo) * th->nci); } /* ** traverse one gray object, turning it to black (except for threads, ** which are always gray). */ static void propagatemark (global_State *g) { lu_mem size; GCObject *o = g->gray; lua_assert(isgray(o)); gray2black(o); switch (o->tt) { case LUA_TTABLE: { Table *h = gco2t(o); g->gray = h->gclist; /* remove from 'gray' list */ size = traversetable(g, h); break; } case LUA_TLCL: { LClosure *cl = gco2lcl(o); g->gray = cl->gclist; /* remove from 'gray' list */ size = traverseLclosure(g, cl); break; } case LUA_TCCL: { CClosure *cl = gco2ccl(o); g->gray = cl->gclist; /* remove from 'gray' list */ size = traverseCclosure(g, cl); break; } case LUA_TTHREAD: { lua_State *th = gco2th(o); g->gray = th->gclist; /* remove from 'gray' list */ linkgclist(th, g->grayagain); /* insert into 'grayagain' list */ black2gray(o); size = traversethread(g, th); break; } case LUA_TPROTO: { Proto *p = gco2p(o); g->gray = p->gclist; /* remove from 'gray' list */ size = traverseproto(g, p); break; } default: lua_assert(0); return; } g->GCmemtrav += size; } static void propagateall (global_State *g) { while (g->gray) propagatemark(g); } static void convergeephemerons (global_State *g) { int changed; do { GCObject *w; GCObject *next = g->ephemeron; /* get ephemeron list */ g->ephemeron = NULL; /* tables may return to this list when traversed */ changed = 0; while ((w = next) != NULL) { next = gco2t(w)->gclist; if (traverseephemeron(g, gco2t(w))) { /* traverse marked some value? */ propagateall(g); /* propagate changes */ changed = 1; /* will have to revisit all ephemeron tables */ } } } while (changed); } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** Sweep Functions ** ======================================================= */ /* ** clear entries with unmarked keys from all weaktables in list 'l' up ** to element 'f' */ static void clearkeys (global_State *g, GCObject *l, GCObject *f) { for (; l != f; l = gco2t(l)->gclist) { Table *h = gco2t(l); Node *n, *limit = gnodelast(h); for (n = gnode(h, 0); n < limit; n++) { if (!ttisnil(gval(n)) && (iscleared(g, gkey(n)))) { setnilvalue(gval(n)); /* remove value ... */ removeentry(n); /* and remove entry from table */ } } } } /* ** clear entries with unmarked values from all weaktables in list 'l' up ** to element 'f' */ static void clearvalues (global_State *g, GCObject *l, GCObject *f) { for (; l != f; l = gco2t(l)->gclist) { Table *h = gco2t(l); Node *n, *limit = gnodelast(h); unsigned int i; for (i = 0; i < h->sizearray; i++) { TValue *o = &h->array[i]; if (iscleared(g, o)) /* value was collected? */ setnilvalue(o); /* remove value */ } for (n = gnode(h, 0); n < limit; n++) { if (!ttisnil(gval(n)) && iscleared(g, gval(n))) { setnilvalue(gval(n)); /* remove value ... */ removeentry(n); /* and remove entry from table */ } } } } void luaC_upvdeccount (lua_State *L, UpVal *uv) { lua_assert(uv->refcount > 0); uv->refcount--; if (uv->refcount == 0 && !upisopen(uv)) luaM_free(L, uv); } static void freeLclosure (lua_State *L, LClosure *cl) { int i; for (i = 0; i < cl->nupvalues; i++) { UpVal *uv = cl->upvals[i]; if (uv) luaC_upvdeccount(L, uv); } luaM_freemem(L, cl, sizeLclosure(cl->nupvalues)); } static void freeobj (lua_State *L, GCObject *o) { switch (o->tt) { case LUA_TPROTO: luaF_freeproto(L, gco2p(o)); break; case LUA_TLCL: { freeLclosure(L, gco2lcl(o)); break; } case LUA_TCCL: { luaM_freemem(L, o, sizeCclosure(gco2ccl(o)->nupvalues)); break; } case LUA_TTABLE: luaH_free(L, gco2t(o)); break; case LUA_TTHREAD: luaE_freethread(L, gco2th(o)); break; case LUA_TUSERDATA: luaM_freemem(L, o, sizeudata(gco2u(o))); break; case LUA_TSHRSTR: luaS_remove(L, gco2ts(o)); /* remove it from hash table */ luaM_freemem(L, o, sizelstring(gco2ts(o)->shrlen)); break; case LUA_TLNGSTR: { luaM_freemem(L, o, sizelstring(gco2ts(o)->u.lnglen)); break; } default: lua_assert(0); } } #define sweepwholelist(L,p) sweeplist(L,p,MAX_LUMEM) static GCObject **sweeplist (lua_State *L, GCObject **p, lu_mem count); /* ** sweep at most 'count' elements from a list of GCObjects erasing dead ** objects, where a dead object is one marked with the old (non current) ** white; change all non-dead objects back to white, preparing for next ** collection cycle. Return where to continue the traversal or NULL if ** list is finished. */ static GCObject **sweeplist (lua_State *L, GCObject **p, lu_mem count) { global_State *g = G(L); int ow = otherwhite(g); int white = luaC_white(g); /* current white */ while (*p != NULL && count-- > 0) { GCObject *curr = *p; int marked = curr->marked; if (isdeadm(ow, marked)) { /* is 'curr' dead? */ *p = curr->next; /* remove 'curr' from list */ freeobj(L, curr); /* erase 'curr' */ } else { /* change mark to 'white' */ curr->marked = cast_byte((marked & maskcolors) | white); p = &curr->next; /* go to next element */ } } return (*p == NULL) ? NULL : p; } /* ** sweep a list until a live object (or end of list) */ static GCObject **sweeptolive (lua_State *L, GCObject **p) { GCObject **old = p; do { p = sweeplist(L, p, 1); } while (p == old); return p; } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** Finalization ** ======================================================= */ /* ** If possible, shrink string table */ static void checkSizes (lua_State *L, global_State *g) { if (g->gckind != KGC_EMERGENCY) { l_mem olddebt = g->GCdebt; if (g->strt.nuse < g->strt.size / 4) /* string table too big? */ luaS_resize(L, g->strt.size / 2); /* shrink it a little */ g->GCestimate += g->GCdebt - olddebt; /* update estimate */ } } static GCObject *udata2finalize (global_State *g) { GCObject *o = g->tobefnz; /* get first element */ lua_assert(tofinalize(o)); g->tobefnz = o->next; /* remove it from 'tobefnz' list */ o->next = g->allgc; /* return it to 'allgc' list */ g->allgc = o; resetbit(o->marked, FINALIZEDBIT); /* object is "normal" again */ if (issweepphase(g)) makewhite(g, o); /* "sweep" object */ return o; } static void dothecall (lua_State *L, void *ud) { UNUSED(ud); luaD_callnoyield(L, L->top - 2, 0); } static void GCTM (lua_State *L, int propagateerrors) { global_State *g = G(L); const TValue *tm; TValue v; setgcovalue(L, &v, udata2finalize(g)); tm = luaT_gettmbyobj(L, &v, TM_GC); if (tm != NULL && ttisfunction(tm)) { /* is there a finalizer? */ int status; lu_byte oldah = L->allowhook; int running = g->gcrunning; L->allowhook = 0; /* stop debug hooks during GC metamethod */ g->gcrunning = 0; /* avoid GC steps */ setobj2s(L, L->top, tm); /* push finalizer... */ setobj2s(L, L->top + 1, &v); /* ... and its argument */ L->top += 2; /* and (next line) call the finalizer */ L->ci->callstatus |= CIST_FIN; /* will run a finalizer */ status = luaD_pcall(L, dothecall, NULL, savestack(L, L->top - 2), 0); L->ci->callstatus &= ~CIST_FIN; /* not running a finalizer anymore */ L->allowhook = oldah; /* restore hooks */ g->gcrunning = running; /* restore state */ if (status != LUA_OK && propagateerrors) { /* error while running __gc? */ if (status == LUA_ERRRUN) { /* is there an error object? */ const char *msg = (ttisstring(L->top - 1)) ? svalue(L->top - 1) : "no message"; luaO_pushfstring(L, "error in __gc metamethod (%s)", msg); status = LUA_ERRGCMM; /* error in __gc metamethod */ } luaD_throw(L, status); /* re-throw error */ } } } /* ** call a few (up to 'g->gcfinnum') finalizers */ static int runafewfinalizers (lua_State *L) { global_State *g = G(L); unsigned int i; lua_assert(!g->tobefnz || g->gcfinnum > 0); for (i = 0; g->tobefnz && i < g->gcfinnum; i++) GCTM(L, 1); /* call one finalizer */ g->gcfinnum = (!g->tobefnz) ? 0 /* nothing more to finalize? */ : g->gcfinnum * 2; /* else call a few more next time */ return i; } /* ** call all pending finalizers */ static void callallpendingfinalizers (lua_State *L) { global_State *g = G(L); while (g->tobefnz) GCTM(L, 0); } /* ** find last 'next' field in list 'p' list (to add elements in its end) */ static GCObject **findlast (GCObject **p) { while (*p != NULL) p = &(*p)->next; return p; } /* ** move all unreachable objects (or 'all' objects) that need ** finalization from list 'finobj' to list 'tobefnz' (to be finalized) */ static void separatetobefnz (global_State *g, int all) { GCObject *curr; GCObject **p = &g->finobj; GCObject **lastnext = findlast(&g->tobefnz); while ((curr = *p) != NULL) { /* traverse all finalizable objects */ lua_assert(tofinalize(curr)); if (!(iswhite(curr) || all)) /* not being collected? */ p = &curr->next; /* don't bother with it */ else { *p = curr->next; /* remove 'curr' from 'finobj' list */ curr->next = *lastnext; /* link at the end of 'tobefnz' list */ *lastnext = curr; lastnext = &curr->next; } } } /* ** if object 'o' has a finalizer, remove it from 'allgc' list (must ** search the list to find it) and link it in 'finobj' list. */ void luaC_checkfinalizer (lua_State *L, GCObject *o, Table *mt) { global_State *g = G(L); if (tofinalize(o) || /* obj. is already marked... */ gfasttm(g, mt, TM_GC) == NULL) /* or has no finalizer? */ return; /* nothing to be done */ else { /* move 'o' to 'finobj' list */ GCObject **p; if (issweepphase(g)) { makewhite(g, o); /* "sweep" object 'o' */ if (g->sweepgc == &o->next) /* should not remove 'sweepgc' object */ g->sweepgc = sweeptolive(L, g->sweepgc); /* change 'sweepgc' */ } /* search for pointer pointing to 'o' */ for (p = &g->allgc; *p != o; p = &(*p)->next) { /* empty */ } *p = o->next; /* remove 'o' from 'allgc' list */ o->next = g->finobj; /* link it in 'finobj' list */ g->finobj = o; l_setbit(o->marked, FINALIZEDBIT); /* mark it as such */ } } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** GC control ** ======================================================= */ /* ** Set a reasonable "time" to wait before starting a new GC cycle; cycle ** will start when memory use hits threshold. (Division by 'estimate' ** should be OK: it cannot be zero (because Lua cannot even start with ** less than PAUSEADJ bytes). */ static void setpause (global_State *g) { l_mem threshold, debt; l_mem estimate = g->GCestimate / PAUSEADJ; /* adjust 'estimate' */ lua_assert(estimate > 0); threshold = (g->gcpause < MAX_LMEM / estimate) /* overflow? */ ? estimate * g->gcpause /* no overflow */ : MAX_LMEM; /* overflow; truncate to maximum */ debt = gettotalbytes(g) - threshold; luaE_setdebt(g, debt); } /* ** Enter first sweep phase. ** The call to 'sweeplist' tries to make pointer point to an object ** inside the list (instead of to the header), so that the real sweep do ** not need to skip objects created between "now" and the start of the ** real sweep. */ static void entersweep (lua_State *L) { global_State *g = G(L); g->gcstate = GCSswpallgc; lua_assert(g->sweepgc == NULL); g->sweepgc = sweeplist(L, &g->allgc, 1); } void luaC_freeallobjects (lua_State *L) { global_State *g = G(L); separatetobefnz(g, 1); /* separate all objects with finalizers */ lua_assert(g->finobj == NULL); callallpendingfinalizers(L); lua_assert(g->tobefnz == NULL); g->currentwhite = WHITEBITS; /* this "white" makes all objects look dead */ g->gckind = KGC_NORMAL; sweepwholelist(L, &g->finobj); sweepwholelist(L, &g->allgc); sweepwholelist(L, &g->fixedgc); /* collect fixed objects */ lua_assert(g->strt.nuse == 0); } static l_mem atomic (lua_State *L) { global_State *g = G(L); l_mem work; GCObject *origweak, *origall; GCObject *grayagain = g->grayagain; /* save original list */ lua_assert(g->ephemeron == NULL && g->weak == NULL); lua_assert(!iswhite(g->mainthread)); g->gcstate = GCSinsideatomic; g->GCmemtrav = 0; /* start counting work */ markobject(g, L); /* mark running thread */ /* registry and global metatables may be changed by API */ markvalue(g, &g->l_registry); markmt(g); /* mark global metatables */ /* remark occasional upvalues of (maybe) dead threads */ remarkupvals(g); propagateall(g); /* propagate changes */ work = g->GCmemtrav; /* stop counting (do not recount 'grayagain') */ g->gray = grayagain; propagateall(g); /* traverse 'grayagain' list */ g->GCmemtrav = 0; /* restart counting */ convergeephemerons(g); /* at this point, all strongly accessible objects are marked. */ /* Clear values from weak tables, before checking finalizers */ clearvalues(g, g->weak, NULL); clearvalues(g, g->allweak, NULL); origweak = g->weak; origall = g->allweak; work += g->GCmemtrav; /* stop counting (objects being finalized) */ separatetobefnz(g, 0); /* separate objects to be finalized */ g->gcfinnum = 1; /* there may be objects to be finalized */ markbeingfnz(g); /* mark objects that will be finalized */ propagateall(g); /* remark, to propagate 'resurrection' */ g->GCmemtrav = 0; /* restart counting */ convergeephemerons(g); /* at this point, all resurrected objects are marked. */ /* remove dead objects from weak tables */ clearkeys(g, g->ephemeron, NULL); /* clear keys from all ephemeron tables */ clearkeys(g, g->allweak, NULL); /* clear keys from all 'allweak' tables */ /* clear values from resurrected weak tables */ clearvalues(g, g->weak, origweak); clearvalues(g, g->allweak, origall); luaS_clearcache(g); g->currentwhite = cast_byte(otherwhite(g)); /* flip current white */ work += g->GCmemtrav; /* complete counting */ return work; /* estimate of memory marked by 'atomic' */ } static lu_mem sweepstep (lua_State *L, global_State *g, int nextstate, GCObject **nextlist) { if (g->sweepgc) { l_mem olddebt = g->GCdebt; g->sweepgc = sweeplist(L, g->sweepgc, GCSWEEPMAX); g->GCestimate += g->GCdebt - olddebt; /* update estimate */ if (g->sweepgc) /* is there still something to sweep? */ return (GCSWEEPMAX * GCSWEEPCOST); } /* else enter next state */ g->gcstate = nextstate; g->sweepgc = nextlist; return 0; } static lu_mem singlestep (lua_State *L) { global_State *g = G(L); switch (g->gcstate) { case GCSpause: { g->GCmemtrav = g->strt.size * sizeof(GCObject*); restartcollection(g); g->gcstate = GCSpropagate; return g->GCmemtrav; } case GCSpropagate: { g->GCmemtrav = 0; lua_assert(g->gray); propagatemark(g); if (g->gray == NULL) /* no more gray objects? */ g->gcstate = GCSatomic; /* finish propagate phase */ return g->GCmemtrav; /* memory traversed in this step */ } case GCSatomic: { lu_mem work; propagateall(g); /* make sure gray list is empty */ work = atomic(L); /* work is what was traversed by 'atomic' */ entersweep(L); g->GCestimate = gettotalbytes(g); /* first estimate */; return work; } case GCSswpallgc: { /* sweep "regular" objects */ return sweepstep(L, g, GCSswpfinobj, &g->finobj); } case GCSswpfinobj: { /* sweep objects with finalizers */ return sweepstep(L, g, GCSswptobefnz, &g->tobefnz); } case GCSswptobefnz: { /* sweep objects to be finalized */ return sweepstep(L, g, GCSswpend, NULL); } case GCSswpend: { /* finish sweeps */ makewhite(g, g->mainthread); /* sweep main thread */ checkSizes(L, g); g->gcstate = GCScallfin; return 0; } case GCScallfin: { /* call remaining finalizers */ if (g->tobefnz && g->gckind != KGC_EMERGENCY) { int n = runafewfinalizers(L); return (n * GCFINALIZECOST); } else { /* emergency mode or no more finalizers */ g->gcstate = GCSpause; /* finish collection */ return 0; } } default: lua_assert(0); return 0; } } /* ** advances the garbage collector until it reaches a state allowed ** by 'statemask' */ void luaC_runtilstate (lua_State *L, int statesmask) { global_State *g = G(L); while (!testbit(statesmask, g->gcstate)) singlestep(L); } /* ** get GC debt and convert it from Kb to 'work units' (avoid zero debt ** and overflows) */ static l_mem getdebt (global_State *g) { l_mem debt = g->GCdebt; int stepmul = g->gcstepmul; if (debt <= 0) return 0; /* minimal debt */ else { debt = (debt / STEPMULADJ) + 1; debt = (debt < MAX_LMEM / stepmul) ? debt * stepmul : MAX_LMEM; return debt; } } /* ** performs a basic GC step when collector is running */ void luaC_step (lua_State *L) { global_State *g = G(L); l_mem debt = getdebt(g); /* GC deficit (be paid now) */ if (!g->gcrunning) { /* not running? */ luaE_setdebt(g, -GCSTEPSIZE * 10); /* avoid being called too often */ return; } do { /* repeat until pause or enough "credit" (negative debt) */ lu_mem work = singlestep(L); /* perform one single step */ debt -= work; } while (debt > -GCSTEPSIZE && g->gcstate != GCSpause); if (g->gcstate == GCSpause) setpause(g); /* pause until next cycle */ else { debt = (debt / g->gcstepmul) * STEPMULADJ; /* convert 'work units' to Kb */ luaE_setdebt(g, debt); runafewfinalizers(L); } } /* ** Performs a full GC cycle; if 'isemergency', set a flag to avoid ** some operations which could change the interpreter state in some ** unexpected ways (running finalizers and shrinking some structures). ** Before running the collection, check 'keepinvariant'; if it is true, ** there may be some objects marked as black, so the collector has ** to sweep all objects to turn them back to white (as white has not ** changed, nothing will be collected). */ void luaC_fullgc (lua_State *L, int isemergency) { global_State *g = G(L); lua_assert(g->gckind == KGC_NORMAL); if (isemergency) g->gckind = KGC_EMERGENCY; /* set flag */ if (keepinvariant(g)) { /* black objects? */ entersweep(L); /* sweep everything to turn them back to white */ } /* finish any pending sweep phase to start a new cycle */ luaC_runtilstate(L, bitmask(GCSpause)); luaC_runtilstate(L, ~bitmask(GCSpause)); /* start new collection */ luaC_runtilstate(L, bitmask(GCScallfin)); /* run up to finalizers */ /* estimate must be correct after a full GC cycle */ lua_assert(g->GCestimate == gettotalbytes(g)); luaC_runtilstate(L, bitmask(GCSpause)); /* finish collection */ g->gckind = KGC_NORMAL; setpause(g); } /* }====================================================== */ tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lgc.h000066400000000000000000000112021335323540100150050ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lgc.h,v 2.91 2015/12/21 13:02:14 roberto Exp $ ** Garbage Collector ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lgc_h #define lgc_h #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" /* ** Collectable objects may have one of three colors: white, which ** means the object is not marked; gray, which means the ** object is marked, but its references may be not marked; and ** black, which means that the object and all its references are marked. ** The main invariant of the garbage collector, while marking objects, ** is that a black object can never point to a white one. Moreover, ** any gray object must be in a "gray list" (gray, grayagain, weak, ** allweak, ephemeron) so that it can be visited again before finishing ** the collection cycle. These lists have no meaning when the invariant ** is not being enforced (e.g., sweep phase). */ /* how much to allocate before next GC step */ #if !defined(GCSTEPSIZE) /* ~100 small strings */ #define GCSTEPSIZE (cast_int(100 * sizeof(TString))) #endif /* ** Possible states of the Garbage Collector */ #define GCSpropagate 0 #define GCSatomic 1 #define GCSswpallgc 2 #define GCSswpfinobj 3 #define GCSswptobefnz 4 #define GCSswpend 5 #define GCScallfin 6 #define GCSpause 7 #define issweepphase(g) \ (GCSswpallgc <= (g)->gcstate && (g)->gcstate <= GCSswpend) /* ** macro to tell when main invariant (white objects cannot point to black ** ones) must be kept. During a collection, the sweep ** phase may break the invariant, as objects turned white may point to ** still-black objects. The invariant is restored when sweep ends and ** all objects are white again. */ #define keepinvariant(g) ((g)->gcstate <= GCSatomic) /* ** some useful bit tricks */ #define resetbits(x,m) ((x) &= cast(lu_byte, ~(m))) #define setbits(x,m) ((x) |= (m)) #define testbits(x,m) ((x) & (m)) #define bitmask(b) (1<<(b)) #define bit2mask(b1,b2) (bitmask(b1) | bitmask(b2)) #define l_setbit(x,b) setbits(x, bitmask(b)) #define resetbit(x,b) resetbits(x, bitmask(b)) #define testbit(x,b) testbits(x, bitmask(b)) /* Layout for bit use in 'marked' field: */ #define WHITE0BIT 0 /* object is white (type 0) */ #define WHITE1BIT 1 /* object is white (type 1) */ #define BLACKBIT 2 /* object is black */ #define FINALIZEDBIT 3 /* object has been marked for finalization */ /* bit 7 is currently used by tests (luaL_checkmemory) */ #define WHITEBITS bit2mask(WHITE0BIT, WHITE1BIT) #define iswhite(x) testbits((x)->marked, WHITEBITS) #define isblack(x) testbit((x)->marked, BLACKBIT) #define isgray(x) /* neither white nor black */ \ (!testbits((x)->marked, WHITEBITS | bitmask(BLACKBIT))) #define tofinalize(x) testbit((x)->marked, FINALIZEDBIT) #define otherwhite(g) ((g)->currentwhite ^ WHITEBITS) #define isdeadm(ow,m) (!(((m) ^ WHITEBITS) & (ow))) #define isdead(g,v) isdeadm(otherwhite(g), (v)->marked) #define changewhite(x) ((x)->marked ^= WHITEBITS) #define gray2black(x) l_setbit((x)->marked, BLACKBIT) #define luaC_white(g) cast(lu_byte, (g)->currentwhite & WHITEBITS) /* ** Does one step of collection when debt becomes positive. 'pre'/'pos' ** allows some adjustments to be done only when needed. macro ** 'condchangemem' is used only for heavy tests (forcing a full ** GC cycle on every opportunity) */ #define luaC_condGC(L,pre,pos) \ { if (G(L)->GCdebt > 0) { pre; luaC_step(L); pos;}; \ condchangemem(L,pre,pos); } /* more often than not, 'pre'/'pos' are empty */ #define luaC_checkGC(L) luaC_condGC(L,(void)0,(void)0) #define luaC_barrier(L,p,v) ( \ (iscollectable(v) && isblack(p) && iswhite(gcvalue(v))) ? \ luaC_barrier_(L,obj2gco(p),gcvalue(v)) : cast_void(0)) #define luaC_barrierback(L,p,v) ( \ (iscollectable(v) && isblack(p) && iswhite(gcvalue(v))) ? \ luaC_barrierback_(L,p) : cast_void(0)) #define luaC_objbarrier(L,p,o) ( \ (isblack(p) && iswhite(o)) ? \ luaC_barrier_(L,obj2gco(p),obj2gco(o)) : cast_void(0)) #define luaC_upvalbarrier(L,uv) ( \ (iscollectable((uv)->v) && !upisopen(uv)) ? \ luaC_upvalbarrier_(L,uv) : cast_void(0)) LUAI_FUNC void luaC_fix (lua_State *L, GCObject *o); LUAI_FUNC void luaC_freeallobjects (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC void luaC_step (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC void luaC_runtilstate (lua_State *L, int statesmask); LUAI_FUNC void luaC_fullgc (lua_State *L, int isemergency); LUAI_FUNC GCObject *luaC_newobj (lua_State *L, int tt, size_t sz); LUAI_FUNC void luaC_barrier_ (lua_State *L, GCObject *o, GCObject *v); LUAI_FUNC void luaC_barrierback_ (lua_State *L, Table *o); LUAI_FUNC void luaC_upvalbarrier_ (lua_State *L, UpVal *uv); LUAI_FUNC void luaC_checkfinalizer (lua_State *L, GCObject *o, Table *mt); LUAI_FUNC void luaC_upvdeccount (lua_State *L, UpVal *uv); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/linit.c000066400000000000000000000033001335323540100153520ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: linit.c,v 1.39 2016/12/04 20:17:24 roberto Exp $ ** Initialization of libraries for lua.c and other clients ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define linit_c #define LUA_LIB /* ** If you embed Lua in your program and need to open the standard ** libraries, call luaL_openlibs in your program. If you need a ** different set of libraries, copy this file to your project and edit ** it to suit your needs. ** ** You can also *preload* libraries, so that a later 'require' can ** open the library, which is already linked to the application. ** For that, do the following code: ** ** luaL_getsubtable(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, LUA_PRELOAD_TABLE); ** lua_pushcfunction(L, luaopen_modname); ** lua_setfield(L, -2, modname); ** lua_pop(L, 1); // remove PRELOAD table */ #include "lprefix.h" #include #include "lua.h" #include "lualib.h" #include "lauxlib.h" /* ** these libs are loaded by lua.c and are readily available to any Lua ** program */ static const luaL_Reg loadedlibs[] = { {"_G", luaopen_base}, {LUA_LOADLIBNAME, luaopen_package}, {LUA_COLIBNAME, luaopen_coroutine}, {LUA_TABLIBNAME, luaopen_table}, {LUA_IOLIBNAME, luaopen_io}, {LUA_OSLIBNAME, luaopen_os}, {LUA_STRLIBNAME, luaopen_string}, {LUA_MATHLIBNAME, luaopen_math}, {LUA_UTF8LIBNAME, luaopen_utf8}, {LUA_DBLIBNAME, luaopen_debug}, #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_BITLIB) {LUA_BITLIBNAME, luaopen_bit32}, #endif {NULL, NULL} }; LUALIB_API void luaL_openlibs (lua_State *L) { const luaL_Reg *lib; /* "require" functions from 'loadedlibs' and set results to global table */ for (lib = loadedlibs; lib->func; lib++) { luaL_requiref(L, lib->name, lib->func, 1); lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove lib */ } } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/liolib.c000066400000000000000000000474001335323540100155160ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: liolib.c,v 2.151 2016/12/20 18:37:00 roberto Exp $ ** Standard I/O (and system) library ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define liolib_c #define LUA_LIB #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" /* ** Change this macro to accept other modes for 'fopen' besides ** the standard ones. */ #if !defined(l_checkmode) /* accepted extensions to 'mode' in 'fopen' */ #if !defined(L_MODEEXT) #define L_MODEEXT "b" #endif /* Check whether 'mode' matches '[rwa]%+?[L_MODEEXT]*' */ static int l_checkmode (const char *mode) { return (*mode != '\0' && strchr("rwa", *(mode++)) != NULL && (*mode != '+' || (++mode, 1)) && /* skip if char is '+' */ (strspn(mode, L_MODEEXT) == strlen(mode))); /* check extensions */ } #endif /* ** {====================================================== ** l_popen spawns a new process connected to the current ** one through the file streams. ** ======================================================= */ #if !defined(l_popen) /* { */ #if defined(LUA_USE_POSIX) /* { */ #define l_popen(L,c,m) (fflush(NULL), popen(c,m)) #define l_pclose(L,file) (pclose(file)) #elif defined(LUA_USE_WINDOWS) /* }{ */ #define l_popen(L,c,m) (_popen(c,m)) #define l_pclose(L,file) (_pclose(file)) #else /* }{ */ /* ISO C definitions */ #define l_popen(L,c,m) \ ((void)((void)c, m), \ luaL_error(L, "'popen' not supported"), \ (FILE*)0) #define l_pclose(L,file) ((void)L, (void)file, -1) #endif /* } */ #endif /* } */ /* }====================================================== */ #if !defined(l_getc) /* { */ #if defined(LUA_USE_POSIX) #define l_getc(f) getc_unlocked(f) #define l_lockfile(f) flockfile(f) #define l_unlockfile(f) funlockfile(f) #else #define l_getc(f) getc(f) #define l_lockfile(f) ((void)0) #define l_unlockfile(f) ((void)0) #endif #endif /* } */ /* ** {====================================================== ** l_fseek: configuration for longer offsets ** ======================================================= */ #if !defined(l_fseek) /* { */ #if defined(LUA_USE_POSIX) /* { */ #include #define l_fseek(f,o,w) fseeko(f,o,w) #define l_ftell(f) ftello(f) #define l_seeknum off_t #elif defined(LUA_USE_WINDOWS) && !defined(_CRTIMP_TYPEINFO) \ && defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400) /* }{ */ /* Windows (but not DDK) and Visual C++ 2005 or higher */ #define l_fseek(f,o,w) _fseeki64(f,o,w) #define l_ftell(f) _ftelli64(f) #define l_seeknum __int64 #else /* }{ */ /* ISO C definitions */ #define l_fseek(f,o,w) fseek(f,o,w) #define l_ftell(f) ftell(f) #define l_seeknum long #endif /* } */ #endif /* } */ /* }====================================================== */ #define IO_PREFIX "_IO_" #define IOPREF_LEN (sizeof(IO_PREFIX)/sizeof(char) - 1) #define IO_INPUT (IO_PREFIX "input") #define IO_OUTPUT (IO_PREFIX "output") typedef luaL_Stream LStream; #define tolstream(L) ((LStream *)luaL_checkudata(L, 1, LUA_FILEHANDLE)) #define isclosed(p) ((p)->closef == NULL) static int io_type (lua_State *L) { LStream *p; luaL_checkany(L, 1); p = (LStream *)luaL_testudata(L, 1, LUA_FILEHANDLE); if (p == NULL) lua_pushnil(L); /* not a file */ else if (isclosed(p)) lua_pushliteral(L, "closed file"); else lua_pushliteral(L, "file"); return 1; } static int f_tostring (lua_State *L) { LStream *p = tolstream(L); if (isclosed(p)) lua_pushliteral(L, "file (closed)"); else lua_pushfstring(L, "file (%p)", p->f); return 1; } static FILE *tofile (lua_State *L) { LStream *p = tolstream(L); if (isclosed(p)) luaL_error(L, "attempt to use a closed file"); lua_assert(p->f); return p->f; } /* ** When creating file handles, always creates a 'closed' file handle ** before opening the actual file; so, if there is a memory error, the ** handle is in a consistent state. */ static LStream *newprefile (lua_State *L) { LStream *p = (LStream *)lua_newuserdata(L, sizeof(LStream)); p->closef = NULL; /* mark file handle as 'closed' */ luaL_setmetatable(L, LUA_FILEHANDLE); return p; } /* ** Calls the 'close' function from a file handle. The 'volatile' avoids ** a bug in some versions of the Clang compiler (e.g., clang 3.0 for ** 32 bits). */ static int aux_close (lua_State *L) { LStream *p = tolstream(L); volatile lua_CFunction cf = p->closef; p->closef = NULL; /* mark stream as closed */ return (*cf)(L); /* close it */ } static int io_close (lua_State *L) { if (lua_isnone(L, 1)) /* no argument? */ lua_getfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, IO_OUTPUT); /* use standard output */ tofile(L); /* make sure argument is an open stream */ return aux_close(L); } static int f_gc (lua_State *L) { LStream *p = tolstream(L); if (!isclosed(p) && p->f != NULL) aux_close(L); /* ignore closed and incompletely open files */ return 0; } /* ** function to close regular files */ static int io_fclose (lua_State *L) { LStream *p = tolstream(L); int res = fclose(p->f); return luaL_fileresult(L, (res == 0), NULL); } static LStream *newfile (lua_State *L) { LStream *p = newprefile(L); p->f = NULL; p->closef = &io_fclose; return p; } static void opencheck (lua_State *L, const char *fname, const char *mode) { LStream *p = newfile(L); p->f = fopen(fname, mode); if (p->f == NULL) luaL_error(L, "cannot open file '%s' (%s)", fname, strerror(errno)); } static int io_open (lua_State *L) { const char *filename = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); const char *mode = luaL_optstring(L, 2, "r"); LStream *p = newfile(L); const char *md = mode; /* to traverse/check mode */ luaL_argcheck(L, l_checkmode(md), 2, "invalid mode"); p->f = fopen(filename, mode); return (p->f == NULL) ? luaL_fileresult(L, 0, filename) : 1; } /* ** function to close 'popen' files */ static int io_pclose (lua_State *L) { LStream *p = tolstream(L); return luaL_execresult(L, l_pclose(L, p->f)); } static int io_popen (lua_State *L) { const char *filename = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); const char *mode = luaL_optstring(L, 2, "r"); LStream *p = newprefile(L); p->f = l_popen(L, filename, mode); p->closef = &io_pclose; return (p->f == NULL) ? luaL_fileresult(L, 0, filename) : 1; } static int io_tmpfile (lua_State *L) { LStream *p = newfile(L); p->f = tmpfile(); return (p->f == NULL) ? luaL_fileresult(L, 0, NULL) : 1; } static FILE *getiofile (lua_State *L, const char *findex) { LStream *p; lua_getfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, findex); p = (LStream *)lua_touserdata(L, -1); if (isclosed(p)) luaL_error(L, "standard %s file is closed", findex + IOPREF_LEN); return p->f; } static int g_iofile (lua_State *L, const char *f, const char *mode) { if (!lua_isnoneornil(L, 1)) { const char *filename = lua_tostring(L, 1); if (filename) opencheck(L, filename, mode); else { tofile(L); /* check that it's a valid file handle */ lua_pushvalue(L, 1); } lua_setfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, f); } /* return current value */ lua_getfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, f); return 1; } static int io_input (lua_State *L) { return g_iofile(L, IO_INPUT, "r"); } static int io_output (lua_State *L) { return g_iofile(L, IO_OUTPUT, "w"); } static int io_readline (lua_State *L); /* ** maximum number of arguments to 'f:lines'/'io.lines' (it + 3 must fit ** in the limit for upvalues of a closure) */ #define MAXARGLINE 250 static void aux_lines (lua_State *L, int toclose) { int n = lua_gettop(L) - 1; /* number of arguments to read */ luaL_argcheck(L, n <= MAXARGLINE, MAXARGLINE + 2, "too many arguments"); lua_pushinteger(L, n); /* number of arguments to read */ lua_pushboolean(L, toclose); /* close/not close file when finished */ lua_rotate(L, 2, 2); /* move 'n' and 'toclose' to their positions */ lua_pushcclosure(L, io_readline, 3 + n); } static int f_lines (lua_State *L) { tofile(L); /* check that it's a valid file handle */ aux_lines(L, 0); return 1; } static int io_lines (lua_State *L) { int toclose; if (lua_isnone(L, 1)) lua_pushnil(L); /* at least one argument */ if (lua_isnil(L, 1)) { /* no file name? */ lua_getfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, IO_INPUT); /* get default input */ lua_replace(L, 1); /* put it at index 1 */ tofile(L); /* check that it's a valid file handle */ toclose = 0; /* do not close it after iteration */ } else { /* open a new file */ const char *filename = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); opencheck(L, filename, "r"); lua_replace(L, 1); /* put file at index 1 */ toclose = 1; /* close it after iteration */ } aux_lines(L, toclose); return 1; } /* ** {====================================================== ** READ ** ======================================================= */ /* maximum length of a numeral */ #if !defined (L_MAXLENNUM) #define L_MAXLENNUM 200 #endif /* auxiliary structure used by 'read_number' */ typedef struct { FILE *f; /* file being read */ int c; /* current character (look ahead) */ int n; /* number of elements in buffer 'buff' */ char buff[L_MAXLENNUM + 1]; /* +1 for ending '\0' */ } RN; /* ** Add current char to buffer (if not out of space) and read next one */ static int nextc (RN *rn) { if (rn->n >= L_MAXLENNUM) { /* buffer overflow? */ rn->buff[0] = '\0'; /* invalidate result */ return 0; /* fail */ } else { rn->buff[rn->n++] = rn->c; /* save current char */ rn->c = l_getc(rn->f); /* read next one */ return 1; } } /* ** Accept current char if it is in 'set' (of size 2) */ static int test2 (RN *rn, const char *set) { if (rn->c == set[0] || rn->c == set[1]) return nextc(rn); else return 0; } /* ** Read a sequence of (hex)digits */ static int readdigits (RN *rn, int hex) { int count = 0; while ((hex ? isxdigit(rn->c) : isdigit(rn->c)) && nextc(rn)) count++; return count; } /* ** Read a number: first reads a valid prefix of a numeral into a buffer. ** Then it calls 'lua_stringtonumber' to check whether the format is ** correct and to convert it to a Lua number */ static int read_number (lua_State *L, FILE *f) { RN rn; int count = 0; int hex = 0; char decp[2]; rn.f = f; rn.n = 0; decp[0] = lua_getlocaledecpoint(); /* get decimal point from locale */ decp[1] = '.'; /* always accept a dot */ l_lockfile(rn.f); do { rn.c = l_getc(rn.f); } while (isspace(rn.c)); /* skip spaces */ test2(&rn, "-+"); /* optional signal */ if (test2(&rn, "00")) { if (test2(&rn, "xX")) hex = 1; /* numeral is hexadecimal */ else count = 1; /* count initial '0' as a valid digit */ } count += readdigits(&rn, hex); /* integral part */ if (test2(&rn, decp)) /* decimal point? */ count += readdigits(&rn, hex); /* fractional part */ if (count > 0 && test2(&rn, (hex ? "pP" : "eE"))) { /* exponent mark? */ test2(&rn, "-+"); /* exponent signal */ readdigits(&rn, 0); /* exponent digits */ } ungetc(rn.c, rn.f); /* unread look-ahead char */ l_unlockfile(rn.f); rn.buff[rn.n] = '\0'; /* finish string */ if (lua_stringtonumber(L, rn.buff)) /* is this a valid number? */ return 1; /* ok */ else { /* invalid format */ lua_pushnil(L); /* "result" to be removed */ return 0; /* read fails */ } } static int test_eof (lua_State *L, FILE *f) { int c = getc(f); ungetc(c, f); /* no-op when c == EOF */ lua_pushliteral(L, ""); return (c != EOF); } static int read_line (lua_State *L, FILE *f, int chop) { luaL_Buffer b; int c = '\0'; luaL_buffinit(L, &b); while (c != EOF && c != '\n') { /* repeat until end of line */ char *buff = luaL_prepbuffer(&b); /* preallocate buffer */ int i = 0; l_lockfile(f); /* no memory errors can happen inside the lock */ while (i < LUAL_BUFFERSIZE && (c = l_getc(f)) != EOF && c != '\n') buff[i++] = c; l_unlockfile(f); luaL_addsize(&b, i); } if (!chop && c == '\n') /* want a newline and have one? */ luaL_addchar(&b, c); /* add ending newline to result */ luaL_pushresult(&b); /* close buffer */ /* return ok if read something (either a newline or something else) */ return (c == '\n' || lua_rawlen(L, -1) > 0); } static void read_all (lua_State *L, FILE *f) { size_t nr; luaL_Buffer b; luaL_buffinit(L, &b); do { /* read file in chunks of LUAL_BUFFERSIZE bytes */ char *p = luaL_prepbuffer(&b); nr = fread(p, sizeof(char), LUAL_BUFFERSIZE, f); luaL_addsize(&b, nr); } while (nr == LUAL_BUFFERSIZE); luaL_pushresult(&b); /* close buffer */ } static int read_chars (lua_State *L, FILE *f, size_t n) { size_t nr; /* number of chars actually read */ char *p; luaL_Buffer b; luaL_buffinit(L, &b); p = luaL_prepbuffsize(&b, n); /* prepare buffer to read whole block */ nr = fread(p, sizeof(char), n, f); /* try to read 'n' chars */ luaL_addsize(&b, nr); luaL_pushresult(&b); /* close buffer */ return (nr > 0); /* true iff read something */ } static int g_read (lua_State *L, FILE *f, int first) { int nargs = lua_gettop(L) - 1; int success; int n; clearerr(f); if (nargs == 0) { /* no arguments? */ success = read_line(L, f, 1); n = first+1; /* to return 1 result */ } else { /* ensure stack space for all results and for auxlib's buffer */ luaL_checkstack(L, nargs+LUA_MINSTACK, "too many arguments"); success = 1; for (n = first; nargs-- && success; n++) { if (lua_type(L, n) == LUA_TNUMBER) { size_t l = (size_t)luaL_checkinteger(L, n); success = (l == 0) ? test_eof(L, f) : read_chars(L, f, l); } else { const char *p = luaL_checkstring(L, n); if (*p == '*') p++; /* skip optional '*' (for compatibility) */ switch (*p) { case 'n': /* number */ success = read_number(L, f); break; case 'l': /* line */ success = read_line(L, f, 1); break; case 'L': /* line with end-of-line */ success = read_line(L, f, 0); break; case 'a': /* file */ read_all(L, f); /* read entire file */ success = 1; /* always success */ break; default: return luaL_argerror(L, n, "invalid format"); } } } } if (ferror(f)) return luaL_fileresult(L, 0, NULL); if (!success) { lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove last result */ lua_pushnil(L); /* push nil instead */ } return n - first; } static int io_read (lua_State *L) { return g_read(L, getiofile(L, IO_INPUT), 1); } static int f_read (lua_State *L) { return g_read(L, tofile(L), 2); } static int io_readline (lua_State *L) { LStream *p = (LStream *)lua_touserdata(L, lua_upvalueindex(1)); int i; int n = (int)lua_tointeger(L, lua_upvalueindex(2)); if (isclosed(p)) /* file is already closed? */ return luaL_error(L, "file is already closed"); lua_settop(L , 1); luaL_checkstack(L, n, "too many arguments"); for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) /* push arguments to 'g_read' */ lua_pushvalue(L, lua_upvalueindex(3 + i)); n = g_read(L, p->f, 2); /* 'n' is number of results */ lua_assert(n > 0); /* should return at least a nil */ if (lua_toboolean(L, -n)) /* read at least one value? */ return n; /* return them */ else { /* first result is nil: EOF or error */ if (n > 1) { /* is there error information? */ /* 2nd result is error message */ return luaL_error(L, "%s", lua_tostring(L, -n + 1)); } if (lua_toboolean(L, lua_upvalueindex(3))) { /* generator created file? */ lua_settop(L, 0); lua_pushvalue(L, lua_upvalueindex(1)); aux_close(L); /* close it */ } return 0; } } /* }====================================================== */ static int g_write (lua_State *L, FILE *f, int arg) { int nargs = lua_gettop(L) - arg; int status = 1; for (; nargs--; arg++) { if (lua_type(L, arg) == LUA_TNUMBER) { /* optimization: could be done exactly as for strings */ int len = lua_isinteger(L, arg) ? fprintf(f, LUA_INTEGER_FMT, (LUAI_UACINT)lua_tointeger(L, arg)) : fprintf(f, LUA_NUMBER_FMT, (LUAI_UACNUMBER)lua_tonumber(L, arg)); status = status && (len > 0); } else { size_t l; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, arg, &l); status = status && (fwrite(s, sizeof(char), l, f) == l); } } if (status) return 1; /* file handle already on stack top */ else return luaL_fileresult(L, status, NULL); } static int io_write (lua_State *L) { return g_write(L, getiofile(L, IO_OUTPUT), 1); } static int f_write (lua_State *L) { FILE *f = tofile(L); lua_pushvalue(L, 1); /* push file at the stack top (to be returned) */ return g_write(L, f, 2); } static int f_seek (lua_State *L) { static const int mode[] = {SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, SEEK_END}; static const char *const modenames[] = {"set", "cur", "end", NULL}; FILE *f = tofile(L); int op = luaL_checkoption(L, 2, "cur", modenames); lua_Integer p3 = luaL_optinteger(L, 3, 0); l_seeknum offset = (l_seeknum)p3; luaL_argcheck(L, (lua_Integer)offset == p3, 3, "not an integer in proper range"); op = l_fseek(f, offset, mode[op]); if (op) return luaL_fileresult(L, 0, NULL); /* error */ else { lua_pushinteger(L, (lua_Integer)l_ftell(f)); return 1; } } static int f_setvbuf (lua_State *L) { static const int mode[] = {_IONBF, _IOFBF, _IOLBF}; static const char *const modenames[] = {"no", "full", "line", NULL}; FILE *f = tofile(L); int op = luaL_checkoption(L, 2, NULL, modenames); lua_Integer sz = luaL_optinteger(L, 3, LUAL_BUFFERSIZE); int res = setvbuf(f, NULL, mode[op], (size_t)sz); return luaL_fileresult(L, res == 0, NULL); } static int io_flush (lua_State *L) { return luaL_fileresult(L, fflush(getiofile(L, IO_OUTPUT)) == 0, NULL); } static int f_flush (lua_State *L) { return luaL_fileresult(L, fflush(tofile(L)) == 0, NULL); } /* ** functions for 'io' library */ static const luaL_Reg iolib[] = { {"close", io_close}, {"flush", io_flush}, {"input", io_input}, {"lines", io_lines}, {"open", io_open}, {"output", io_output}, {"popen", io_popen}, {"read", io_read}, {"tmpfile", io_tmpfile}, {"type", io_type}, {"write", io_write}, {NULL, NULL} }; /* ** methods for file handles */ static const luaL_Reg flib[] = { {"close", io_close}, {"flush", f_flush}, {"lines", f_lines}, {"read", f_read}, {"seek", f_seek}, {"setvbuf", f_setvbuf}, {"write", f_write}, {"__gc", f_gc}, {"__tostring", f_tostring}, {NULL, NULL} }; static void createmeta (lua_State *L) { luaL_newmetatable(L, LUA_FILEHANDLE); /* create metatable for file handles */ lua_pushvalue(L, -1); /* push metatable */ lua_setfield(L, -2, "__index"); /* metatable.__index = metatable */ luaL_setfuncs(L, flib, 0); /* add file methods to new metatable */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* pop new metatable */ } /* ** function to (not) close the standard files stdin, stdout, and stderr */ static int io_noclose (lua_State *L) { LStream *p = tolstream(L); p->closef = &io_noclose; /* keep file opened */ lua_pushnil(L); lua_pushliteral(L, "cannot close standard file"); return 2; } static void createstdfile (lua_State *L, FILE *f, const char *k, const char *fname) { LStream *p = newprefile(L); p->f = f; p->closef = &io_noclose; if (k != NULL) { lua_pushvalue(L, -1); lua_setfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, k); /* add file to registry */ } lua_setfield(L, -2, fname); /* add file to module */ } LUAMOD_API int luaopen_io (lua_State *L) { luaL_newlib(L, iolib); /* new module */ createmeta(L); /* create (and set) default files */ createstdfile(L, stdin, IO_INPUT, "stdin"); createstdfile(L, stdout, IO_OUTPUT, "stdout"); createstdfile(L, stderr, NULL, "stderr"); return 1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/llex.c000066400000000000000000000375551335323540100152220ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: llex.c,v 2.96 2016/05/02 14:02:12 roberto Exp $ ** Lexical Analyzer ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define llex_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lctype.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lgc.h" #include "llex.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lparser.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "ltable.h" #include "lzio.h" #define next(ls) (ls->current = zgetc(ls->z)) #define currIsNewline(ls) (ls->current == '\n' || ls->current == '\r') /* ORDER RESERVED */ static const char *const luaX_tokens [] = { "and", "break", "do", "else", "elseif", "end", "false", "for", "function", "goto", "if", "in", "local", "nil", "not", "or", "repeat", "return", "then", "true", "until", "while", "//", "..", "...", "==", ">=", "<=", "~=", "<<", ">>", "::", "", "", "", "", "", "!=" }; #define save_and_next(ls) (save(ls, ls->current), next(ls)) static l_noret lexerror (LexState *ls, const char *msg, int token); static void save (LexState *ls, int c) { Mbuffer *b = ls->buff; if (luaZ_bufflen(b) + 1 > luaZ_sizebuffer(b)) { size_t newsize; if (luaZ_sizebuffer(b) >= MAX_SIZE/2) lexerror(ls, "lexical element too long", 0); newsize = luaZ_sizebuffer(b) * 2; luaZ_resizebuffer(ls->L, b, newsize); } b->buffer[luaZ_bufflen(b)++] = cast(char, c); } void luaX_init (lua_State *L) { int i; TString *e = luaS_newliteral(L, LUA_ENV); /* create env name */ luaC_fix(L, obj2gco(e)); /* never collect this name */ for (i=0; iextra = cast_byte(i+1); /* reserved word */ } } const char *luaX_token2str (LexState *ls, int token) { if (token < FIRST_RESERVED) { /* single-byte symbols? */ lua_assert(token == cast_uchar(token)); return luaO_pushfstring(ls->L, "'%c'", token); } else { const char *s = luaX_tokens[token - FIRST_RESERVED]; if (token < TK_EOS) /* fixed format (symbols and reserved words)? */ return luaO_pushfstring(ls->L, "'%s'", s); else /* names, strings, and numerals */ return s; } } static const char *txtToken (LexState *ls, int token) { switch (token) { case TK_NAME: case TK_STRING: case TK_FLT: case TK_INT: save(ls, '\0'); return luaO_pushfstring(ls->L, "'%s'", luaZ_buffer(ls->buff)); default: return luaX_token2str(ls, token); } } static l_noret lexerror (LexState *ls, const char *msg, int token) { msg = luaG_addinfo(ls->L, msg, ls->source, ls->linenumber); if (token) luaO_pushfstring(ls->L, "%s near %s", msg, txtToken(ls, token)); luaD_throw(ls->L, LUA_ERRSYNTAX); } l_noret luaX_syntaxerror (LexState *ls, const char *msg) { lexerror(ls, msg, ls->t.token); } /* ** creates a new string and anchors it in scanner's table so that ** it will not be collected until the end of the compilation ** (by that time it should be anchored somewhere) */ TString *luaX_newstring (LexState *ls, const char *str, size_t l) { lua_State *L = ls->L; TValue *o; /* entry for 'str' */ TString *ts = luaS_newlstr(L, str, l); /* create new string */ setsvalue2s(L, L->top++, ts); /* temporarily anchor it in stack */ o = luaH_set(L, ls->h, L->top - 1); if (ttisnil(o)) { /* not in use yet? */ /* boolean value does not need GC barrier; table has no metatable, so it does not need to invalidate cache */ setbvalue(o, 1); /* t[string] = true */ luaC_checkGC(L); } else { /* string already present */ ts = tsvalue(keyfromval(o)); /* re-use value previously stored */ } L->top--; /* remove string from stack */ return ts; } /* ** increment line number and skips newline sequence (any of ** \n, \r, \n\r, or \r\n) */ static void inclinenumber (LexState *ls) { int old = ls->current; lua_assert(currIsNewline(ls)); next(ls); /* skip '\n' or '\r' */ if (currIsNewline(ls) && ls->current != old) next(ls); /* skip '\n\r' or '\r\n' */ if (++ls->linenumber >= MAX_INT) lexerror(ls, "chunk has too many lines", 0); } void luaX_setinput (lua_State *L, LexState *ls, ZIO *z, TString *source, int firstchar) { ls->t.token = 0; ls->L = L; ls->current = firstchar; ls->lookahead.token = TK_EOS; /* no look-ahead token */ ls->z = z; ls->fs = NULL; ls->linenumber = 1; ls->lastline = 1; ls->source = source; ls->envn = luaS_newliteral(L, LUA_ENV); /* get env name */ luaZ_resizebuffer(ls->L, ls->buff, LUA_MINBUFFER); /* initialize buffer */ } /* ** ======================================================= ** LEXICAL ANALYZER ** ======================================================= */ static int check_next1 (LexState *ls, int c) { if (ls->current == c) { next(ls); return 1; } else return 0; } /* ** Check whether current char is in set 'set' (with two chars) and ** saves it */ static int check_next2 (LexState *ls, const char *set) { lua_assert(set[2] == '\0'); if (ls->current == set[0] || ls->current == set[1]) { save_and_next(ls); return 1; } else return 0; } /* LUA_NUMBER */ /* ** this function is quite liberal in what it accepts, as 'luaO_str2num' ** will reject ill-formed numerals. */ static int read_numeral (LexState *ls, SemInfo *seminfo) { TValue obj; const char *expo = "Ee"; int first = ls->current; lua_assert(lisdigit(ls->current)); save_and_next(ls); if (first == '0' && check_next2(ls, "xX")) /* hexadecimal? */ expo = "Pp"; for (;;) { if (check_next2(ls, expo)) /* exponent part? */ check_next2(ls, "-+"); /* optional exponent sign */ if (lisxdigit(ls->current)) save_and_next(ls); else if (ls->current == '.') save_and_next(ls); else break; } save(ls, '\0'); if (luaO_str2num(luaZ_buffer(ls->buff), &obj) == 0) /* format error? */ lexerror(ls, "malformed number", TK_FLT); if (ttisinteger(&obj)) { seminfo->i = ivalue(&obj); return TK_INT; } else { lua_assert(ttisfloat(&obj)); seminfo->r = fltvalue(&obj); return TK_FLT; } } /* ** skip a sequence '[=*[' or ']=*]'; if sequence is well formed, return ** its number of '='s; otherwise, return a negative number (-1 iff there ** are no '='s after initial bracket) */ static int skip_sep (LexState *ls) { int count = 0; int s = ls->current; lua_assert(s == '[' || s == ']'); save_and_next(ls); while (ls->current == '=') { save_and_next(ls); count++; } return (ls->current == s) ? count : (-count) - 1; } static void read_long_string (LexState *ls, SemInfo *seminfo, int sep) { int line = ls->linenumber; /* initial line (for error message) */ save_and_next(ls); /* skip 2nd '[' */ if (currIsNewline(ls)) /* string starts with a newline? */ inclinenumber(ls); /* skip it */ for (;;) { switch (ls->current) { case EOZ: { /* error */ const char *what = (seminfo ? "string" : "comment"); const char *msg = luaO_pushfstring(ls->L, "unfinished long %s (starting at line %d)", what, line); lexerror(ls, msg, TK_EOS); break; /* to avoid warnings */ } case ']': { if (skip_sep(ls) == sep) { save_and_next(ls); /* skip 2nd ']' */ goto endloop; } break; } case '\n': case '\r': { save(ls, '\n'); inclinenumber(ls); if (!seminfo) luaZ_resetbuffer(ls->buff); /* avoid wasting space */ break; } default: { if (seminfo) save_and_next(ls); else next(ls); } } } endloop: if (seminfo) seminfo->ts = luaX_newstring(ls, luaZ_buffer(ls->buff) + (2 + sep), luaZ_bufflen(ls->buff) - 2*(2 + sep)); } static void esccheck (LexState *ls, int c, const char *msg) { if (!c) { if (ls->current != EOZ) save_and_next(ls); /* add current to buffer for error message */ lexerror(ls, msg, TK_STRING); } } static int gethexa (LexState *ls) { save_and_next(ls); esccheck (ls, lisxdigit(ls->current), "hexadecimal digit expected"); return luaO_hexavalue(ls->current); } static int readhexaesc (LexState *ls) { int r = gethexa(ls); r = (r << 4) + gethexa(ls); luaZ_buffremove(ls->buff, 2); /* remove saved chars from buffer */ return r; } static unsigned long readutf8esc (LexState *ls) { unsigned long r; int i = 4; /* chars to be removed: '\', 'u', '{', and first digit */ save_and_next(ls); /* skip 'u' */ esccheck(ls, ls->current == '{', "missing '{'"); r = gethexa(ls); /* must have at least one digit */ while ((save_and_next(ls), lisxdigit(ls->current))) { i++; r = (r << 4) + luaO_hexavalue(ls->current); esccheck(ls, r <= 0x10FFFF, "UTF-8 value too large"); } esccheck(ls, ls->current == '}', "missing '}'"); next(ls); /* skip '}' */ luaZ_buffremove(ls->buff, i); /* remove saved chars from buffer */ return r; } static void utf8esc (LexState *ls) { char buff[UTF8BUFFSZ]; int n = luaO_utf8esc(buff, readutf8esc(ls)); for (; n > 0; n--) /* add 'buff' to string */ save(ls, buff[UTF8BUFFSZ - n]); } static int readdecesc (LexState *ls) { int i; int r = 0; /* result accumulator */ for (i = 0; i < 3 && lisdigit(ls->current); i++) { /* read up to 3 digits */ r = 10*r + ls->current - '0'; save_and_next(ls); } esccheck(ls, r <= UCHAR_MAX, "decimal escape too large"); luaZ_buffremove(ls->buff, i); /* remove read digits from buffer */ return r; } static void read_string (LexState *ls, int del, SemInfo *seminfo) { save_and_next(ls); /* keep delimiter (for error messages) */ while (ls->current != del) { switch (ls->current) { case EOZ: lexerror(ls, "unfinished string", TK_EOS); break; /* to avoid warnings */ case '\n': case '\r': lexerror(ls, "unfinished string", TK_STRING); break; /* to avoid warnings */ case '\\': { /* escape sequences */ int c; /* final character to be saved */ save_and_next(ls); /* keep '\\' for error messages */ switch (ls->current) { case 'a': c = '\a'; goto read_save; case 'b': c = '\b'; goto read_save; case 'f': c = '\f'; goto read_save; case 'n': c = '\n'; goto read_save; case 'r': c = '\r'; goto read_save; case 't': c = '\t'; goto read_save; case 'v': c = '\v'; goto read_save; case 'x': c = readhexaesc(ls); goto read_save; case 'u': utf8esc(ls); goto no_save; case '\n': case '\r': inclinenumber(ls); c = '\n'; goto only_save; case '\\': case '\"': case '\'': c = ls->current; goto read_save; case EOZ: goto no_save; /* will raise an error next loop */ case 'z': { /* zap following span of spaces */ luaZ_buffremove(ls->buff, 1); /* remove '\\' */ next(ls); /* skip the 'z' */ while (lisspace(ls->current)) { if (currIsNewline(ls)) inclinenumber(ls); else next(ls); } goto no_save; } default: { esccheck(ls, lisdigit(ls->current), "invalid escape sequence"); c = readdecesc(ls); /* digital escape '\ddd' */ goto only_save; } } read_save: next(ls); /* go through */ only_save: luaZ_buffremove(ls->buff, 1); /* remove '\\' */ save(ls, c); /* go through */ no_save: break; } default: save_and_next(ls); } } save_and_next(ls); /* skip delimiter */ seminfo->ts = luaX_newstring(ls, luaZ_buffer(ls->buff) + 1, luaZ_bufflen(ls->buff) - 2); } static int llex (LexState *ls, SemInfo *seminfo) { luaZ_resetbuffer(ls->buff); for (;;) { switch (ls->current) { case '\n': case '\r': { /* line breaks */ inclinenumber(ls); break; } case ' ': case '\f': case '\t': case '\v': { /* spaces */ next(ls); break; } case '-': { /* '-' or '--' (comment) */ next(ls); if (ls->current != '-') return '-'; /* else is a comment */ next(ls); if (ls->current == '[') { /* long comment? */ int sep = skip_sep(ls); luaZ_resetbuffer(ls->buff); /* 'skip_sep' may dirty the buffer */ if (sep >= 0) { read_long_string(ls, NULL, sep); /* skip long comment */ luaZ_resetbuffer(ls->buff); /* previous call may dirty the buff. */ break; } } /* else short comment */ while (!currIsNewline(ls) && ls->current != EOZ) next(ls); /* skip until end of line (or end of file) */ break; } case '[': { /* long string or simply '[' */ int sep = skip_sep(ls); if (sep >= 0) { read_long_string(ls, seminfo, sep); return TK_STRING; } else if (sep != -1) /* '[=...' missing second bracket */ lexerror(ls, "invalid long string delimiter", TK_STRING); return '['; } case '=': { next(ls); if (check_next1(ls, '=')) return TK_EQ; else return '='; } case '<': { next(ls); if (check_next1(ls, '=')) return TK_LE; else if (check_next1(ls, '<')) return TK_SHL; else return '<'; } case '>': { next(ls); if (check_next1(ls, '=')) return TK_GE; else if (check_next1(ls, '>')) return TK_SHR; else return '>'; } case '/': { next(ls); if (check_next1(ls, '/')) return TK_IDIV; else return '/'; } case '~': { next(ls); if (check_next1(ls, '=')) return TK_NE; else return '~'; } case '!': { next(ls); if (ls->current != '=') return '!'; else { next(ls); return TK_NE2; } } case ':': { next(ls); if (check_next1(ls, ':')) return TK_DBCOLON; else return ':'; } case '"': case '\'': { /* short literal strings */ read_string(ls, ls->current, seminfo); return TK_STRING; } case '.': { /* '.', '..', '...', or number */ save_and_next(ls); if (check_next1(ls, '.')) { if (check_next1(ls, '.')) return TK_DOTS; /* '...' */ else return TK_CONCAT; /* '..' */ } else if (!lisdigit(ls->current)) return '.'; else return read_numeral(ls, seminfo); } case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { return read_numeral(ls, seminfo); } case EOZ: { return TK_EOS; } default: { if (lislalpha(ls->current)) { /* identifier or reserved word? */ TString *ts; do { save_and_next(ls); } while (lislalnum(ls->current)); ts = luaX_newstring(ls, luaZ_buffer(ls->buff), luaZ_bufflen(ls->buff)); seminfo->ts = ts; if (isreserved(ts)) /* reserved word? */ return ts->extra - 1 + FIRST_RESERVED; else { return TK_NAME; } } else { /* single-char tokens (+ - / ...) */ int c = ls->current; next(ls); return c; } } } } } void luaX_next (LexState *ls) { ls->lastline = ls->linenumber; if (ls->lookahead.token != TK_EOS) { /* is there a look-ahead token? */ ls->t = ls->lookahead; /* use this one */ ls->lookahead.token = TK_EOS; /* and discharge it */ } else ls->t.token = llex(ls, &ls->t.seminfo); /* read next token */ } int luaX_lookahead (LexState *ls) { lua_assert(ls->lookahead.token == TK_EOS); ls->lookahead.token = llex(ls, &ls->lookahead.seminfo); return ls->lookahead.token; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/llex.h000066400000000000000000000043511335323540100152130ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: llex.h,v 1.79 2016/05/02 14:02:12 roberto Exp $ ** Lexical Analyzer ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef llex_h #define llex_h #include "lobject.h" #include "lzio.h" #define FIRST_RESERVED 257 #if !defined(LUA_ENV) #define LUA_ENV "_ENV" #endif /* * WARNING: if you change the order of this enumeration, * grep "ORDER RESERVED" */ enum RESERVED { /* terminal symbols denoted by reserved words */ TK_AND = FIRST_RESERVED, TK_BREAK, TK_DO, TK_ELSE, TK_ELSEIF, TK_END, TK_FALSE, TK_FOR, TK_FUNCTION, TK_GOTO, TK_IF, TK_IN, TK_LOCAL, TK_NIL, TK_NOT, TK_OR, TK_REPEAT, TK_RETURN, TK_THEN, TK_TRUE, TK_UNTIL, TK_WHILE, /* other terminal symbols */ TK_IDIV, TK_CONCAT, TK_DOTS, TK_EQ, TK_GE, TK_LE, TK_NE, TK_SHL, TK_SHR, TK_DBCOLON, TK_EOS, TK_FLT, TK_INT, TK_NAME, TK_STRING, TK_NE2 }; /* number of reserved words */ #define NUM_RESERVED (cast(int, TK_WHILE-FIRST_RESERVED+1)) typedef union { lua_Number r; lua_Integer i; TString *ts; } SemInfo; /* semantics information */ typedef struct Token { int token; SemInfo seminfo; } Token; /* state of the lexer plus state of the parser when shared by all functions */ typedef struct LexState { int current; /* current character (charint) */ int linenumber; /* input line counter */ int lastline; /* line of last token 'consumed' */ Token t; /* current token */ Token lookahead; /* look ahead token */ struct FuncState *fs; /* current function (parser) */ struct lua_State *L; ZIO *z; /* input stream */ Mbuffer *buff; /* buffer for tokens */ Table *h; /* to avoid collection/reuse strings */ struct Dyndata *dyd; /* dynamic structures used by the parser */ TString *source; /* current source name */ TString *envn; /* environment variable name */ } LexState; LUAI_FUNC void luaX_init (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC void luaX_setinput (lua_State *L, LexState *ls, ZIO *z, TString *source, int firstchar); LUAI_FUNC TString *luaX_newstring (LexState *ls, const char *str, size_t l); LUAI_FUNC void luaX_next (LexState *ls); LUAI_FUNC int luaX_lookahead (LexState *ls); LUAI_FUNC l_noret luaX_syntaxerror (LexState *ls, const char *s); LUAI_FUNC const char *luaX_token2str (LexState *ls, int token); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/llimits.h000066400000000000000000000167741335323540100157400ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: llimits.h,v 1.141 2015/11/19 19:16:22 roberto Exp $ ** Limits, basic types, and some other 'installation-dependent' definitions ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef llimits_h #define llimits_h #include #include #include "lua.h" /* ** 'lu_mem' and 'l_mem' are unsigned/signed integers big enough to count ** the total memory used by Lua (in bytes). Usually, 'size_t' and ** 'ptrdiff_t' should work, but we use 'long' for 16-bit machines. */ #if defined(LUAI_MEM) /* { external definitions? */ typedef LUAI_UMEM lu_mem; typedef LUAI_MEM l_mem; #elif LUAI_BITSINT >= 32 /* }{ */ typedef size_t lu_mem; typedef ptrdiff_t l_mem; #else /* 16-bit ints */ /* }{ */ typedef unsigned long lu_mem; typedef long l_mem; #endif /* } */ /* chars used as small naturals (so that 'char' is reserved for characters) */ typedef unsigned char lu_byte; /* maximum value for size_t */ #define MAX_SIZET ((size_t)(~(size_t)0)) /* maximum size visible for Lua (must be representable in a lua_Integer */ #define MAX_SIZE (sizeof(size_t) < sizeof(lua_Integer) ? MAX_SIZET \ : (size_t)(LUA_MAXINTEGER)) #define MAX_LUMEM ((lu_mem)(~(lu_mem)0)) #define MAX_LMEM ((l_mem)(MAX_LUMEM >> 1)) #define MAX_INT INT_MAX /* maximum value of an int */ /* ** conversion of pointer to unsigned integer: ** this is for hashing only; there is no problem if the integer ** cannot hold the whole pointer value */ #define point2uint(p) ((unsigned int)((size_t)(p) & UINT_MAX)) /* type to ensure maximum alignment */ #if defined(LUAI_USER_ALIGNMENT_T) typedef LUAI_USER_ALIGNMENT_T L_Umaxalign; #else typedef union { lua_Number n; double u; void *s; lua_Integer i; long l; } L_Umaxalign; #endif /* types of 'usual argument conversions' for lua_Number and lua_Integer */ typedef LUAI_UACNUMBER l_uacNumber; typedef LUAI_UACINT l_uacInt; /* internal assertions for in-house debugging */ #if defined(lua_assert) #define check_exp(c,e) (lua_assert(c), (e)) /* to avoid problems with conditions too long */ #define lua_longassert(c) ((c) ? (void)0 : lua_assert(0)) #else #define lua_assert(c) ((void)0) #define check_exp(c,e) (e) #define lua_longassert(c) ((void)0) #endif /* ** assertion for checking API calls */ #if !defined(luai_apicheck) #define luai_apicheck(l,e) lua_assert(e) #endif #define api_check(l,e,msg) luai_apicheck(l,(e) && msg) /* macro to avoid warnings about unused variables */ #if !defined(UNUSED) #define UNUSED(x) ((void)(x)) #endif /* type casts (a macro highlights casts in the code) */ #define cast(t, exp) ((t)(exp)) #define cast_void(i) cast(void, (i)) #define cast_byte(i) cast(lu_byte, (i)) #define cast_num(i) cast(lua_Number, (i)) #define cast_int(i) cast(int, (i)) #define cast_uchar(i) cast(unsigned char, (i)) /* cast a signed lua_Integer to lua_Unsigned */ #if !defined(l_castS2U) #define l_castS2U(i) ((lua_Unsigned)(i)) #endif /* ** cast a lua_Unsigned to a signed lua_Integer; this cast is ** not strict ISO C, but two-complement architectures should ** work fine. */ #if !defined(l_castU2S) #define l_castU2S(i) ((lua_Integer)(i)) #endif /* ** non-return type */ #if defined(__GNUC__) #define l_noret void __attribute__((noreturn)) #elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1200 #define l_noret void __declspec(noreturn) #else #define l_noret void #endif /* ** maximum depth for nested C calls and syntactical nested non-terminals ** in a program. (Value must fit in an unsigned short int.) */ #if !defined(LUAI_MAXCCALLS) #define LUAI_MAXCCALLS 200 #endif /* ** type for virtual-machine instructions; ** must be an unsigned with (at least) 4 bytes (see details in lopcodes.h) */ #if LUAI_BITSINT >= 32 typedef unsigned int Instruction; #else typedef unsigned long Instruction; #endif /* ** Maximum length for short strings, that is, strings that are ** internalized. (Cannot be smaller than reserved words or tags for ** metamethods, as these strings must be internalized; ** #("function") = 8, #("__newindex") = 10.) */ #if !defined(LUAI_MAXSHORTLEN) #define LUAI_MAXSHORTLEN 40 #endif /* ** Initial size for the string table (must be power of 2). ** The Lua core alone registers ~50 strings (reserved words + ** metaevent keys + a few others). Libraries would typically add ** a few dozens more. */ #if !defined(MINSTRTABSIZE) #define MINSTRTABSIZE 128 #endif /* ** Size of cache for strings in the API. 'N' is the number of ** sets (better be a prime) and "M" is the size of each set (M == 1 ** makes a direct cache.) */ #if !defined(STRCACHE_N) #define STRCACHE_N 53 #define STRCACHE_M 2 #endif /* minimum size for string buffer */ #if !defined(LUA_MINBUFFER) #define LUA_MINBUFFER 32 #endif /* ** macros that are executed whenever program enters the Lua core ** ('lua_lock') and leaves the core ('lua_unlock') */ #if !defined(lua_lock) #define lua_lock(L) ((void) 0) #define lua_unlock(L) ((void) 0) #endif /* ** macro executed during Lua functions at points where the ** function can yield. */ #if !defined(luai_threadyield) #define luai_threadyield(L) {lua_unlock(L); lua_lock(L);} #endif /* ** these macros allow user-specific actions on threads when you defined ** LUAI_EXTRASPACE and need to do something extra when a thread is ** created/deleted/resumed/yielded. */ #if !defined(luai_userstateopen) #define luai_userstateopen(L) ((void)L) #endif #if !defined(luai_userstateclose) #define luai_userstateclose(L) ((void)L) #endif #if !defined(luai_userstatethread) #define luai_userstatethread(L,L1) ((void)L) #endif #if !defined(luai_userstatefree) #define luai_userstatefree(L,L1) ((void)L) #endif #if !defined(luai_userstateresume) #define luai_userstateresume(L,n) ((void)L) #endif #if !defined(luai_userstateyield) #define luai_userstateyield(L,n) ((void)L) #endif /* ** The luai_num* macros define the primitive operations over numbers. */ /* floor division (defined as 'floor(a/b)') */ #if !defined(luai_numidiv) #define luai_numidiv(L,a,b) ((void)L, l_floor(luai_numdiv(L,a,b))) #endif /* float division */ #if !defined(luai_numdiv) #define luai_numdiv(L,a,b) ((a)/(b)) #endif /* ** modulo: defined as 'a - floor(a/b)*b'; this definition gives NaN when ** 'b' is huge, but the result should be 'a'. 'fmod' gives the result of ** 'a - trunc(a/b)*b', and therefore must be corrected when 'trunc(a/b) ** ~= floor(a/b)'. That happens when the division has a non-integer ** negative result, which is equivalent to the test below. */ #if !defined(luai_nummod) #define luai_nummod(L,a,b,m) \ { (m) = l_mathop(fmod)(a,b); if ((m)*(b) < 0) (m) += (b); } #endif /* exponentiation */ #if !defined(luai_numpow) #define luai_numpow(L,a,b) ((void)L, l_mathop(pow)(a,b)) #endif /* the others are quite standard operations */ #if !defined(luai_numadd) #define luai_numadd(L,a,b) ((a)+(b)) #define luai_numsub(L,a,b) ((a)-(b)) #define luai_nummul(L,a,b) ((a)*(b)) #define luai_numunm(L,a) (-(a)) #define luai_numeq(a,b) ((a)==(b)) #define luai_numlt(a,b) ((a)<(b)) #define luai_numle(a,b) ((a)<=(b)) #define luai_numisnan(a) (!luai_numeq((a), (a))) #endif /* ** macro to control inclusion of some hard tests on stack reallocation */ #if !defined(HARDSTACKTESTS) #define condmovestack(L,pre,pos) ((void)0) #else /* realloc stack keeping its size */ #define condmovestack(L,pre,pos) \ { int sz_ = (L)->stacksize; pre; luaD_reallocstack((L), sz_); pos; } #endif #if !defined(HARDMEMTESTS) #define condchangemem(L,pre,pos) ((void)0) #else #define condchangemem(L,pre,pos) \ { if (G(L)->gcrunning) { pre; luaC_fullgc(L, 0); pos; } } #endif #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lmathlib.c000066400000000000000000000232701335323540100160370ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lmathlib.c,v 1.119 2016/12/22 13:08:50 roberto Exp $ ** Standard mathematical library ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lmathlib_c #define LUA_LIB #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" #undef PI #define PI (l_mathop(3.141592653589793238462643383279502884)) #if !defined(l_rand) /* { */ #if defined(LUA_USE_POSIX) #define l_rand() random() #define l_srand(x) srandom(x) #define L_RANDMAX 2147483647 /* (2^31 - 1), following POSIX */ #else #define l_rand() rand() #define l_srand(x) srand(x) #define L_RANDMAX RAND_MAX #endif #endif /* } */ static int math_abs (lua_State *L) { if (lua_isinteger(L, 1)) { lua_Integer n = lua_tointeger(L, 1); if (n < 0) n = (lua_Integer)(0u - (lua_Unsigned)n); lua_pushinteger(L, n); } else lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(fabs)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1))); return 1; } static int math_sin (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(sin)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1))); return 1; } static int math_cos (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(cos)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1))); return 1; } static int math_tan (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(tan)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1))); return 1; } static int math_asin (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(asin)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1))); return 1; } static int math_acos (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(acos)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1))); return 1; } static int math_atan (lua_State *L) { lua_Number y = luaL_checknumber(L, 1); lua_Number x = luaL_optnumber(L, 2, 1); lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(atan2)(y, x)); return 1; } static int math_toint (lua_State *L) { int valid; lua_Integer n = lua_tointegerx(L, 1, &valid); if (valid) lua_pushinteger(L, n); else { luaL_checkany(L, 1); lua_pushnil(L); /* value is not convertible to integer */ } return 1; } static void pushnumint (lua_State *L, lua_Number d) { lua_Integer n; if (lua_numbertointeger(d, &n)) /* does 'd' fit in an integer? */ lua_pushinteger(L, n); /* result is integer */ else lua_pushnumber(L, d); /* result is float */ } static int math_floor (lua_State *L) { if (lua_isinteger(L, 1)) lua_settop(L, 1); /* integer is its own floor */ else { lua_Number d = l_mathop(floor)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1)); pushnumint(L, d); } return 1; } static int math_ceil (lua_State *L) { if (lua_isinteger(L, 1)) lua_settop(L, 1); /* integer is its own ceil */ else { lua_Number d = l_mathop(ceil)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1)); pushnumint(L, d); } return 1; } static int math_fmod (lua_State *L) { if (lua_isinteger(L, 1) && lua_isinteger(L, 2)) { lua_Integer d = lua_tointeger(L, 2); if ((lua_Unsigned)d + 1u <= 1u) { /* special cases: -1 or 0 */ luaL_argcheck(L, d != 0, 2, "zero"); lua_pushinteger(L, 0); /* avoid overflow with 0x80000... / -1 */ } else lua_pushinteger(L, lua_tointeger(L, 1) % d); } else lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(fmod)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1), luaL_checknumber(L, 2))); return 1; } /* ** next function does not use 'modf', avoiding problems with 'double*' ** (which is not compatible with 'float*') when lua_Number is not ** 'double'. */ static int math_modf (lua_State *L) { if (lua_isinteger(L ,1)) { lua_settop(L, 1); /* number is its own integer part */ lua_pushnumber(L, 0); /* no fractional part */ } else { lua_Number n = luaL_checknumber(L, 1); /* integer part (rounds toward zero) */ lua_Number ip = (n < 0) ? l_mathop(ceil)(n) : l_mathop(floor)(n); pushnumint(L, ip); /* fractional part (test needed for inf/-inf) */ lua_pushnumber(L, (n == ip) ? l_mathop(0.0) : (n - ip)); } return 2; } static int math_sqrt (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(sqrt)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1))); return 1; } static int math_ult (lua_State *L) { lua_Integer a = luaL_checkinteger(L, 1); lua_Integer b = luaL_checkinteger(L, 2); lua_pushboolean(L, (lua_Unsigned)a < (lua_Unsigned)b); return 1; } static int math_log (lua_State *L) { lua_Number x = luaL_checknumber(L, 1); lua_Number res; if (lua_isnoneornil(L, 2)) res = l_mathop(log)(x); else { lua_Number base = luaL_checknumber(L, 2); #if !defined(LUA_USE_C89) if (base == l_mathop(2.0)) res = l_mathop(log2)(x); else #endif if (base == l_mathop(10.0)) res = l_mathop(log10)(x); else res = l_mathop(log)(x)/l_mathop(log)(base); } lua_pushnumber(L, res); return 1; } static int math_exp (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(exp)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1))); return 1; } static int math_deg (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, luaL_checknumber(L, 1) * (l_mathop(180.0) / PI)); return 1; } static int math_rad (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, luaL_checknumber(L, 1) * (PI / l_mathop(180.0))); return 1; } static int math_min (lua_State *L) { int n = lua_gettop(L); /* number of arguments */ int imin = 1; /* index of current minimum value */ int i; luaL_argcheck(L, n >= 1, 1, "value expected"); for (i = 2; i <= n; i++) { if (lua_compare(L, i, imin, LUA_OPLT)) imin = i; } lua_pushvalue(L, imin); return 1; } static int math_max (lua_State *L) { int n = lua_gettop(L); /* number of arguments */ int imax = 1; /* index of current maximum value */ int i; luaL_argcheck(L, n >= 1, 1, "value expected"); for (i = 2; i <= n; i++) { if (lua_compare(L, imax, i, LUA_OPLT)) imax = i; } lua_pushvalue(L, imax); return 1; } /* ** This function uses 'double' (instead of 'lua_Number') to ensure that ** all bits from 'l_rand' can be represented, and that 'RANDMAX + 1.0' ** will keep full precision (ensuring that 'r' is always less than 1.0.) */ static int math_random (lua_State *L) { lua_Integer low, up; double r = (double)l_rand() * (1.0 / ((double)L_RANDMAX + 1.0)); switch (lua_gettop(L)) { /* check number of arguments */ case 0: { /* no arguments */ lua_pushnumber(L, (lua_Number)r); /* Number between 0 and 1 */ return 1; } case 1: { /* only upper limit */ low = 1; up = luaL_checkinteger(L, 1); break; } case 2: { /* lower and upper limits */ low = luaL_checkinteger(L, 1); up = luaL_checkinteger(L, 2); break; } default: return luaL_error(L, "wrong number of arguments"); } /* random integer in the interval [low, up] */ luaL_argcheck(L, low <= up, 1, "interval is empty"); luaL_argcheck(L, low >= 0 || up <= LUA_MAXINTEGER + low, 1, "interval too large"); r *= (double)(up - low) + 1.0; lua_pushinteger(L, (lua_Integer)r + low); return 1; } static int math_randomseed (lua_State *L) { l_srand((unsigned int)(lua_Integer)luaL_checknumber(L, 1)); (void)l_rand(); /* discard first value to avoid undesirable correlations */ return 0; } static int math_type (lua_State *L) { if (lua_type(L, 1) == LUA_TNUMBER) { if (lua_isinteger(L, 1)) lua_pushliteral(L, "integer"); else lua_pushliteral(L, "float"); } else { luaL_checkany(L, 1); lua_pushnil(L); } return 1; } /* ** {================================================================== ** Deprecated functions (for compatibility only) ** =================================================================== */ #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_MATHLIB) static int math_cosh (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(cosh)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1))); return 1; } static int math_sinh (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(sinh)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1))); return 1; } static int math_tanh (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(tanh)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1))); return 1; } static int math_pow (lua_State *L) { lua_Number x = luaL_checknumber(L, 1); lua_Number y = luaL_checknumber(L, 2); lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(pow)(x, y)); return 1; } static int math_frexp (lua_State *L) { int e; lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(frexp)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1), &e)); lua_pushinteger(L, e); return 2; } static int math_ldexp (lua_State *L) { lua_Number x = luaL_checknumber(L, 1); int ep = (int)luaL_checkinteger(L, 2); lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(ldexp)(x, ep)); return 1; } static int math_log10 (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, l_mathop(log10)(luaL_checknumber(L, 1))); return 1; } #endif /* }================================================================== */ static const luaL_Reg mathlib[] = { {"abs", math_abs}, {"acos", math_acos}, {"asin", math_asin}, {"atan", math_atan}, {"ceil", math_ceil}, {"cos", math_cos}, {"deg", math_deg}, {"exp", math_exp}, {"tointeger", math_toint}, {"floor", math_floor}, {"fmod", math_fmod}, {"ult", math_ult}, {"log", math_log}, {"max", math_max}, {"min", math_min}, {"modf", math_modf}, {"rad", math_rad}, {"random", math_random}, {"randomseed", math_randomseed}, {"sin", math_sin}, {"sqrt", math_sqrt}, {"tan", math_tan}, {"type", math_type}, #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_MATHLIB) {"atan2", math_atan}, {"cosh", math_cosh}, {"sinh", math_sinh}, {"tanh", math_tanh}, {"pow", math_pow}, {"frexp", math_frexp}, {"ldexp", math_ldexp}, {"log10", math_log10}, #endif /* placeholders */ {"pi", NULL}, {"huge", NULL}, {"maxinteger", NULL}, {"mininteger", NULL}, {NULL, NULL} }; /* ** Open math library */ LUAMOD_API int luaopen_math (lua_State *L) { luaL_newlib(L, mathlib); lua_pushnumber(L, PI); lua_setfield(L, -2, "pi"); lua_pushnumber(L, (lua_Number)HUGE_VAL); lua_setfield(L, -2, "huge"); lua_pushinteger(L, LUA_MAXINTEGER); lua_setfield(L, -2, "maxinteger"); lua_pushinteger(L, LUA_MININTEGER); lua_setfield(L, -2, "mininteger"); return 1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lmem.c000066400000000000000000000051571335323540100152010ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lmem.c,v 1.91 2015/03/06 19:45:54 roberto Exp $ ** Interface to Memory Manager ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lmem_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include "lua.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lgc.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" /* ** About the realloc function: ** void * frealloc (void *ud, void *ptr, size_t osize, size_t nsize); ** ('osize' is the old size, 'nsize' is the new size) ** ** * frealloc(ud, NULL, x, s) creates a new block of size 's' (no ** matter 'x'). ** ** * frealloc(ud, p, x, 0) frees the block 'p' ** (in this specific case, frealloc must return NULL); ** particularly, frealloc(ud, NULL, 0, 0) does nothing ** (which is equivalent to free(NULL) in ISO C) ** ** frealloc returns NULL if it cannot create or reallocate the area ** (any reallocation to an equal or smaller size cannot fail!) */ #define MINSIZEARRAY 4 void *luaM_growaux_ (lua_State *L, void *block, int *size, size_t size_elems, int limit, const char *what) { void *newblock; int newsize; if (*size >= limit/2) { /* cannot double it? */ if (*size >= limit) /* cannot grow even a little? */ luaG_runerror(L, "too many %s (limit is %d)", what, limit); newsize = limit; /* still have at least one free place */ } else { newsize = (*size)*2; if (newsize < MINSIZEARRAY) newsize = MINSIZEARRAY; /* minimum size */ } newblock = luaM_reallocv(L, block, *size, newsize, size_elems); *size = newsize; /* update only when everything else is OK */ return newblock; } l_noret luaM_toobig (lua_State *L) { luaG_runerror(L, "memory allocation error: block too big"); } /* ** generic allocation routine. */ void *luaM_realloc_ (lua_State *L, void *block, size_t osize, size_t nsize) { void *newblock; global_State *g = G(L); size_t realosize = (block) ? osize : 0; lua_assert((realosize == 0) == (block == NULL)); #if defined(HARDMEMTESTS) if (nsize > realosize && g->gcrunning) luaC_fullgc(L, 1); /* force a GC whenever possible */ #endif newblock = (*g->frealloc)(g->ud, block, osize, nsize); if (newblock == NULL && nsize > 0) { lua_assert(nsize > realosize); /* cannot fail when shrinking a block */ if (g->version) { /* is state fully built? */ luaC_fullgc(L, 1); /* try to free some memory... */ newblock = (*g->frealloc)(g->ud, block, osize, nsize); /* try again */ } if (newblock == NULL) luaD_throw(L, LUA_ERRMEM); } lua_assert((nsize == 0) == (newblock == NULL)); g->GCdebt = (g->GCdebt + nsize) - realosize; return newblock; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lmem.h000066400000000000000000000046031335323540100152010ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lmem.h,v 1.43 2014/12/19 17:26:14 roberto Exp $ ** Interface to Memory Manager ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lmem_h #define lmem_h #include #include "llimits.h" #include "lua.h" /* ** This macro reallocs a vector 'b' from 'on' to 'n' elements, where ** each element has size 'e'. In case of arithmetic overflow of the ** product 'n'*'e', it raises an error (calling 'luaM_toobig'). Because ** 'e' is always constant, it avoids the runtime division MAX_SIZET/(e). ** ** (The macro is somewhat complex to avoid warnings: The 'sizeof' ** comparison avoids a runtime comparison when overflow cannot occur. ** The compiler should be able to optimize the real test by itself, but ** when it does it, it may give a warning about "comparison is always ** false due to limited range of data type"; the +1 tricks the compiler, ** avoiding this warning but also this optimization.) */ #define luaM_reallocv(L,b,on,n,e) \ (((sizeof(n) >= sizeof(size_t) && cast(size_t, (n)) + 1 > MAX_SIZET/(e)) \ ? luaM_toobig(L) : cast_void(0)) , \ luaM_realloc_(L, (b), (on)*(e), (n)*(e))) /* ** Arrays of chars do not need any test */ #define luaM_reallocvchar(L,b,on,n) \ cast(char *, luaM_realloc_(L, (b), (on)*sizeof(char), (n)*sizeof(char))) #define luaM_freemem(L, b, s) luaM_realloc_(L, (b), (s), 0) #define luaM_free(L, b) luaM_realloc_(L, (b), sizeof(*(b)), 0) #define luaM_freearray(L, b, n) luaM_realloc_(L, (b), (n)*sizeof(*(b)), 0) #define luaM_malloc(L,s) luaM_realloc_(L, NULL, 0, (s)) #define luaM_new(L,t) cast(t *, luaM_malloc(L, sizeof(t))) #define luaM_newvector(L,n,t) \ cast(t *, luaM_reallocv(L, NULL, 0, n, sizeof(t))) #define luaM_newobject(L,tag,s) luaM_realloc_(L, NULL, tag, (s)) #define luaM_growvector(L,v,nelems,size,t,limit,e) \ if ((nelems)+1 > (size)) \ ((v)=cast(t *, luaM_growaux_(L,v,&(size),sizeof(t),limit,e))) #define luaM_reallocvector(L, v,oldn,n,t) \ ((v)=cast(t *, luaM_reallocv(L, v, oldn, n, sizeof(t)))) LUAI_FUNC l_noret luaM_toobig (lua_State *L); /* not to be called directly */ LUAI_FUNC void *luaM_realloc_ (lua_State *L, void *block, size_t oldsize, size_t size); LUAI_FUNC void *luaM_growaux_ (lua_State *L, void *block, int *size, size_t size_elem, int limit, const char *what); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/loadlib.c000066400000000000000000000560251335323540100156550ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: loadlib.c,v 1.130 2017/01/12 17:14:26 roberto Exp $ ** Dynamic library loader for Lua ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h ** ** This module contains an implementation of loadlib for Unix systems ** that have dlfcn, an implementation for Windows, and a stub for other ** systems. */ #define loadlib_c #define LUA_LIB #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" /* ** LUA_IGMARK is a mark to ignore all before it when building the ** luaopen_ function name. */ #if !defined (LUA_IGMARK) #define LUA_IGMARK "-" #endif /* ** LUA_CSUBSEP is the character that replaces dots in submodule names ** when searching for a C loader. ** LUA_LSUBSEP is the character that replaces dots in submodule names ** when searching for a Lua loader. */ #if !defined(LUA_CSUBSEP) #define LUA_CSUBSEP LUA_DIRSEP #endif #if !defined(LUA_LSUBSEP) #define LUA_LSUBSEP LUA_DIRSEP #endif /* prefix for open functions in C libraries */ #define LUA_POF "luaopen_" /* separator for open functions in C libraries */ #define LUA_OFSEP "_" /* ** unique key for table in the registry that keeps handles ** for all loaded C libraries */ static const int CLIBS = 0; #define LIB_FAIL "open" #define setprogdir(L) ((void)0) /* ** system-dependent functions */ /* ** unload library 'lib' */ static void lsys_unloadlib (void *lib); /* ** load C library in file 'path'. If 'seeglb', load with all names in ** the library global. ** Returns the library; in case of error, returns NULL plus an ** error string in the stack. */ static void *lsys_load (lua_State *L, const char *path, int seeglb); /* ** Try to find a function named 'sym' in library 'lib'. ** Returns the function; in case of error, returns NULL plus an ** error string in the stack. */ static lua_CFunction lsys_sym (lua_State *L, void *lib, const char *sym); #if defined(LUA_USE_DLOPEN) /* { */ /* ** {======================================================================== ** This is an implementation of loadlib based on the dlfcn interface. ** The dlfcn interface is available in Linux, SunOS, Solaris, IRIX, FreeBSD, ** NetBSD, AIX 4.2, HPUX 11, and probably most other Unix flavors, at least ** as an emulation layer on top of native functions. ** ========================================================================= */ #include /* ** Macro to convert pointer-to-void* to pointer-to-function. This cast ** is undefined according to ISO C, but POSIX assumes that it works. ** (The '__extension__' in gnu compilers is only to avoid warnings.) */ #if defined(__GNUC__) #define cast_func(p) (__extension__ (lua_CFunction)(p)) #else #define cast_func(p) ((lua_CFunction)(p)) #endif static void lsys_unloadlib (void *lib) { dlclose(lib); } static void *lsys_load (lua_State *L, const char *path, int seeglb) { void *lib = dlopen(path, RTLD_NOW | (seeglb ? RTLD_GLOBAL : RTLD_LOCAL)); if (lib == NULL) lua_pushstring(L, dlerror()); return lib; } static lua_CFunction lsys_sym (lua_State *L, void *lib, const char *sym) { lua_CFunction f = cast_func(dlsym(lib, sym)); if (f == NULL) lua_pushstring(L, dlerror()); return f; } /* }====================================================== */ #elif defined(LUA_DL_DLL) /* }{ */ /* ** {====================================================================== ** This is an implementation of loadlib for Windows using native functions. ** ======================================================================= */ #include /* ** optional flags for LoadLibraryEx */ #if !defined(LUA_LLE_FLAGS) #define LUA_LLE_FLAGS 0 #endif #undef setprogdir /* ** Replace in the path (on the top of the stack) any occurrence ** of LUA_EXEC_DIR with the executable's path. */ static void setprogdir (lua_State *L) { char buff[MAX_PATH + 1]; char *lb; DWORD nsize = sizeof(buff)/sizeof(char); DWORD n = GetModuleFileNameA(NULL, buff, nsize); /* get exec. name */ if (n == 0 || n == nsize || (lb = strrchr(buff, '\\')) == NULL) luaL_error(L, "unable to get ModuleFileName"); else { *lb = '\0'; /* cut name on the last '\\' to get the path */ luaL_gsub(L, lua_tostring(L, -1), LUA_EXEC_DIR, buff); lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove original string */ } } static void pusherror (lua_State *L) { int error = GetLastError(); char buffer[128]; if (FormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM, NULL, error, 0, buffer, sizeof(buffer)/sizeof(char), NULL)) lua_pushstring(L, buffer); else lua_pushfstring(L, "system error %d\n", error); } static void lsys_unloadlib (void *lib) { FreeLibrary((HMODULE)lib); } static void *lsys_load (lua_State *L, const char *path, int seeglb) { HMODULE lib = LoadLibraryExA(path, NULL, LUA_LLE_FLAGS); (void)(seeglb); /* not used: symbols are 'global' by default */ if (lib == NULL) pusherror(L); return lib; } static lua_CFunction lsys_sym (lua_State *L, void *lib, const char *sym) { lua_CFunction f = (lua_CFunction)GetProcAddress((HMODULE)lib, sym); if (f == NULL) pusherror(L); return f; } /* }====================================================== */ #else /* }{ */ /* ** {====================================================== ** Fallback for other systems ** ======================================================= */ #undef LIB_FAIL #define LIB_FAIL "absent" #define DLMSG "dynamic libraries not enabled; check your Lua installation" static void lsys_unloadlib (void *lib) { (void)(lib); /* not used */ } static void *lsys_load (lua_State *L, const char *path, int seeglb) { (void)(path); (void)(seeglb); /* not used */ lua_pushliteral(L, DLMSG); return NULL; } static lua_CFunction lsys_sym (lua_State *L, void *lib, const char *sym) { (void)(lib); (void)(sym); /* not used */ lua_pushliteral(L, DLMSG); return NULL; } /* }====================================================== */ #endif /* } */ /* ** {================================================================== ** Set Paths ** =================================================================== */ /* ** LUA_PATH_VAR and LUA_CPATH_VAR are the names of the environment ** variables that Lua check to set its paths. */ #if !defined(LUA_PATH_VAR) #define LUA_PATH_VAR "LUA_PATH" #endif #if !defined(LUA_CPATH_VAR) #define LUA_CPATH_VAR "LUA_CPATH" #endif #define AUXMARK "\1" /* auxiliary mark */ /* ** return registry.LUA_NOENV as a boolean */ static int noenv (lua_State *L) { int b; lua_getfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, "LUA_NOENV"); b = lua_toboolean(L, -1); lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove value */ return b; } /* ** Set a path */ static void setpath (lua_State *L, const char *fieldname, const char *envname, const char *dft) { const char *nver = lua_pushfstring(L, "%s%s", envname, LUA_VERSUFFIX); const char *path = getenv(nver); /* use versioned name */ if (path == NULL) /* no environment variable? */ path = getenv(envname); /* try unversioned name */ if (path == NULL || noenv(L)) /* no environment variable? */ lua_pushstring(L, dft); /* use default */ else { /* replace ";;" by ";AUXMARK;" and then AUXMARK by default path */ path = luaL_gsub(L, path, LUA_PATH_SEP LUA_PATH_SEP, LUA_PATH_SEP AUXMARK LUA_PATH_SEP); luaL_gsub(L, path, AUXMARK, dft); lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove result from 1st 'gsub' */ } setprogdir(L); lua_setfield(L, -3, fieldname); /* package[fieldname] = path value */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* pop versioned variable name */ } /* }================================================================== */ /* ** return registry.CLIBS[path] */ static void *checkclib (lua_State *L, const char *path) { void *plib; lua_rawgetp(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, &CLIBS); lua_getfield(L, -1, path); plib = lua_touserdata(L, -1); /* plib = CLIBS[path] */ lua_pop(L, 2); /* pop CLIBS table and 'plib' */ return plib; } /* ** registry.CLIBS[path] = plib -- for queries ** registry.CLIBS[#CLIBS + 1] = plib -- also keep a list of all libraries */ static void addtoclib (lua_State *L, const char *path, void *plib) { lua_rawgetp(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, &CLIBS); lua_pushlightuserdata(L, plib); lua_pushvalue(L, -1); lua_setfield(L, -3, path); /* CLIBS[path] = plib */ lua_rawseti(L, -2, luaL_len(L, -2) + 1); /* CLIBS[#CLIBS + 1] = plib */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* pop CLIBS table */ } /* ** __gc tag method for CLIBS table: calls 'lsys_unloadlib' for all lib ** handles in list CLIBS */ static int gctm (lua_State *L) { lua_Integer n = luaL_len(L, 1); for (; n >= 1; n--) { /* for each handle, in reverse order */ lua_rawgeti(L, 1, n); /* get handle CLIBS[n] */ lsys_unloadlib(lua_touserdata(L, -1)); lua_pop(L, 1); /* pop handle */ } return 0; } /* error codes for 'lookforfunc' */ #define ERRLIB 1 #define ERRFUNC 2 /* ** Look for a C function named 'sym' in a dynamically loaded library ** 'path'. ** First, check whether the library is already loaded; if not, try ** to load it. ** Then, if 'sym' is '*', return true (as library has been loaded). ** Otherwise, look for symbol 'sym' in the library and push a ** C function with that symbol. ** Return 0 and 'true' or a function in the stack; in case of ** errors, return an error code and an error message in the stack. */ static int lookforfunc (lua_State *L, const char *path, const char *sym) { void *reg = checkclib(L, path); /* check loaded C libraries */ if (reg == NULL) { /* must load library? */ reg = lsys_load(L, path, *sym == '*'); /* global symbols if 'sym'=='*' */ if (reg == NULL) return ERRLIB; /* unable to load library */ addtoclib(L, path, reg); } if (*sym == '*') { /* loading only library (no function)? */ lua_pushboolean(L, 1); /* return 'true' */ return 0; /* no errors */ } else { lua_CFunction f = lsys_sym(L, reg, sym); if (f == NULL) return ERRFUNC; /* unable to find function */ lua_pushcfunction(L, f); /* else create new function */ return 0; /* no errors */ } } static int ll_loadlib (lua_State *L) { const char *path = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); const char *init = luaL_checkstring(L, 2); int stat = lookforfunc(L, path, init); if (stat == 0) /* no errors? */ return 1; /* return the loaded function */ else { /* error; error message is on stack top */ lua_pushnil(L); lua_insert(L, -2); lua_pushstring(L, (stat == ERRLIB) ? LIB_FAIL : "init"); return 3; /* return nil, error message, and where */ } } /* ** {====================================================== ** 'require' function ** ======================================================= */ static int readable (const char *filename) { FILE *f = fopen(filename, "r"); /* try to open file */ if (f == NULL) return 0; /* open failed */ fclose(f); return 1; } static const char *pushnexttemplate (lua_State *L, const char *path) { const char *l; while (*path == *LUA_PATH_SEP) path++; /* skip separators */ if (*path == '\0') return NULL; /* no more templates */ l = strchr(path, *LUA_PATH_SEP); /* find next separator */ if (l == NULL) l = path + strlen(path); lua_pushlstring(L, path, l - path); /* template */ return l; } static const char *searchpath (lua_State *L, const char *name, const char *path, const char *sep, const char *dirsep) { luaL_Buffer msg; /* to build error message */ luaL_buffinit(L, &msg); if (*sep != '\0') /* non-empty separator? */ name = luaL_gsub(L, name, sep, dirsep); /* replace it by 'dirsep' */ while ((path = pushnexttemplate(L, path)) != NULL) { const char *filename = luaL_gsub(L, lua_tostring(L, -1), LUA_PATH_MARK, name); lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove path template */ if (readable(filename)) /* does file exist and is readable? */ return filename; /* return that file name */ lua_pushfstring(L, "\n\tno file '%s'", filename); lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove file name */ luaL_addvalue(&msg); /* concatenate error msg. entry */ } luaL_pushresult(&msg); /* create error message */ return NULL; /* not found */ } static int ll_searchpath (lua_State *L) { const char *f = searchpath(L, luaL_checkstring(L, 1), luaL_checkstring(L, 2), luaL_optstring(L, 3, "."), luaL_optstring(L, 4, LUA_DIRSEP)); if (f != NULL) return 1; else { /* error message is on top of the stack */ lua_pushnil(L); lua_insert(L, -2); return 2; /* return nil + error message */ } } static const char *findfile (lua_State *L, const char *name, const char *pname, const char *dirsep) { const char *path; lua_getfield(L, lua_upvalueindex(1), pname); path = lua_tostring(L, -1); if (path == NULL) luaL_error(L, "'package.%s' must be a string", pname); return searchpath(L, name, path, ".", dirsep); } static int checkload (lua_State *L, int stat, const char *filename) { if (stat) { /* module loaded successfully? */ lua_pushstring(L, filename); /* will be 2nd argument to module */ return 2; /* return open function and file name */ } else return luaL_error(L, "error loading module '%s' from file '%s':\n\t%s", lua_tostring(L, 1), filename, lua_tostring(L, -1)); } static int searcher_Lua (lua_State *L) { const char *filename; const char *name = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); filename = findfile(L, name, "path", LUA_LSUBSEP); if (filename == NULL) return 1; /* module not found in this path */ return checkload(L, (luaL_loadfile(L, filename) == LUA_OK), filename); } /* ** Try to find a load function for module 'modname' at file 'filename'. ** First, change '.' to '_' in 'modname'; then, if 'modname' has ** the form X-Y (that is, it has an "ignore mark"), build a function ** name "luaopen_X" and look for it. (For compatibility, if that ** fails, it also tries "luaopen_Y".) If there is no ignore mark, ** look for a function named "luaopen_modname". */ static int loadfunc (lua_State *L, const char *filename, const char *modname) { const char *openfunc; const char *mark; modname = luaL_gsub(L, modname, ".", LUA_OFSEP); mark = strchr(modname, *LUA_IGMARK); if (mark) { int stat; openfunc = lua_pushlstring(L, modname, mark - modname); openfunc = lua_pushfstring(L, LUA_POF"%s", openfunc); stat = lookforfunc(L, filename, openfunc); if (stat != ERRFUNC) return stat; modname = mark + 1; /* else go ahead and try old-style name */ } openfunc = lua_pushfstring(L, LUA_POF"%s", modname); return lookforfunc(L, filename, openfunc); } static int searcher_C (lua_State *L) { const char *name = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); const char *filename = findfile(L, name, "cpath", LUA_CSUBSEP); if (filename == NULL) return 1; /* module not found in this path */ return checkload(L, (loadfunc(L, filename, name) == 0), filename); } static int searcher_Croot (lua_State *L) { const char *filename; const char *name = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); const char *p = strchr(name, '.'); int stat; if (p == NULL) return 0; /* is root */ lua_pushlstring(L, name, p - name); filename = findfile(L, lua_tostring(L, -1), "cpath", LUA_CSUBSEP); if (filename == NULL) return 1; /* root not found */ if ((stat = loadfunc(L, filename, name)) != 0) { if (stat != ERRFUNC) return checkload(L, 0, filename); /* real error */ else { /* open function not found */ lua_pushfstring(L, "\n\tno module '%s' in file '%s'", name, filename); return 1; } } lua_pushstring(L, filename); /* will be 2nd argument to module */ return 2; } static int searcher_preload (lua_State *L) { const char *name = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); lua_getfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, LUA_PRELOAD_TABLE); if (lua_getfield(L, -1, name) == LUA_TNIL) /* not found? */ lua_pushfstring(L, "\n\tno field package.preload['%s']", name); return 1; } static void findloader (lua_State *L, const char *name) { int i; luaL_Buffer msg; /* to build error message */ luaL_buffinit(L, &msg); /* push 'package.searchers' to index 3 in the stack */ if (lua_getfield(L, lua_upvalueindex(1), "searchers") != LUA_TTABLE) luaL_error(L, "'package.searchers' must be a table"); /* iterate over available searchers to find a loader */ for (i = 1; ; i++) { if (lua_rawgeti(L, 3, i) == LUA_TNIL) { /* no more searchers? */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove nil */ luaL_pushresult(&msg); /* create error message */ luaL_error(L, "module '%s' not found:%s", name, lua_tostring(L, -1)); } lua_pushstring(L, name); lua_call(L, 1, 2); /* call it */ if (lua_isfunction(L, -2)) /* did it find a loader? */ return; /* module loader found */ else if (lua_isstring(L, -2)) { /* searcher returned error message? */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove extra return */ luaL_addvalue(&msg); /* concatenate error message */ } else lua_pop(L, 2); /* remove both returns */ } } static int ll_require (lua_State *L) { const char *name = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); lua_settop(L, 1); /* LOADED table will be at index 2 */ lua_getfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, LUA_LOADED_TABLE); lua_getfield(L, 2, name); /* LOADED[name] */ if (lua_toboolean(L, -1)) /* is it there? */ return 1; /* package is already loaded */ /* else must load package */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove 'getfield' result */ findloader(L, name); lua_pushstring(L, name); /* pass name as argument to module loader */ lua_insert(L, -2); /* name is 1st argument (before search data) */ lua_call(L, 2, 1); /* run loader to load module */ if (!lua_isnil(L, -1)) /* non-nil return? */ lua_setfield(L, 2, name); /* LOADED[name] = returned value */ if (lua_getfield(L, 2, name) == LUA_TNIL) { /* module set no value? */ lua_pushboolean(L, 1); /* use true as result */ lua_pushvalue(L, -1); /* extra copy to be returned */ lua_setfield(L, 2, name); /* LOADED[name] = true */ } return 1; } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** 'module' function ** ======================================================= */ #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_MODULE) /* ** changes the environment variable of calling function */ static void set_env (lua_State *L) { lua_Debug ar; if (lua_getstack(L, 1, &ar) == 0 || lua_getinfo(L, "f", &ar) == 0 || /* get calling function */ lua_iscfunction(L, -1)) luaL_error(L, "'module' not called from a Lua function"); lua_pushvalue(L, -2); /* copy new environment table to top */ lua_setupvalue(L, -2, 1); lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove function */ } static void dooptions (lua_State *L, int n) { int i; for (i = 2; i <= n; i++) { if (lua_isfunction(L, i)) { /* avoid 'calling' extra info. */ lua_pushvalue(L, i); /* get option (a function) */ lua_pushvalue(L, -2); /* module */ lua_call(L, 1, 0); } } } static void modinit (lua_State *L, const char *modname) { const char *dot; lua_pushvalue(L, -1); lua_setfield(L, -2, "_M"); /* module._M = module */ lua_pushstring(L, modname); lua_setfield(L, -2, "_NAME"); dot = strrchr(modname, '.'); /* look for last dot in module name */ if (dot == NULL) dot = modname; else dot++; /* set _PACKAGE as package name (full module name minus last part) */ lua_pushlstring(L, modname, dot - modname); lua_setfield(L, -2, "_PACKAGE"); } static int ll_module (lua_State *L) { const char *modname = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); int lastarg = lua_gettop(L); /* last parameter */ luaL_pushmodule(L, modname, 1); /* get/create module table */ /* check whether table already has a _NAME field */ if (lua_getfield(L, -1, "_NAME") != LUA_TNIL) lua_pop(L, 1); /* table is an initialized module */ else { /* no; initialize it */ lua_pop(L, 1); modinit(L, modname); } lua_pushvalue(L, -1); set_env(L); dooptions(L, lastarg); return 1; } static int ll_seeall (lua_State *L) { luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TTABLE); if (!lua_getmetatable(L, 1)) { lua_createtable(L, 0, 1); /* create new metatable */ lua_pushvalue(L, -1); lua_setmetatable(L, 1); } lua_pushglobaltable(L); lua_setfield(L, -2, "__index"); /* mt.__index = _G */ return 0; } #endif /* }====================================================== */ static const luaL_Reg pk_funcs[] = { {"loadlib", ll_loadlib}, {"searchpath", ll_searchpath}, #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_MODULE) {"seeall", ll_seeall}, #endif /* placeholders */ {"preload", NULL}, {"cpath", NULL}, {"path", NULL}, {"searchers", NULL}, {"loaded", NULL}, {NULL, NULL} }; static const luaL_Reg ll_funcs[] = { #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_MODULE) {"module", ll_module}, #endif {"require", ll_require}, {NULL, NULL} }; static void createsearcherstable (lua_State *L) { static const lua_CFunction searchers[] = {searcher_preload, searcher_Lua, searcher_C, searcher_Croot, NULL}; int i; /* create 'searchers' table */ lua_createtable(L, sizeof(searchers)/sizeof(searchers[0]) - 1, 0); /* fill it with predefined searchers */ for (i=0; searchers[i] != NULL; i++) { lua_pushvalue(L, -2); /* set 'package' as upvalue for all searchers */ lua_pushcclosure(L, searchers[i], 1); lua_rawseti(L, -2, i+1); } #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_LOADERS) lua_pushvalue(L, -1); /* make a copy of 'searchers' table */ lua_setfield(L, -3, "loaders"); /* put it in field 'loaders' */ #endif lua_setfield(L, -2, "searchers"); /* put it in field 'searchers' */ } /* ** create table CLIBS to keep track of loaded C libraries, ** setting a finalizer to close all libraries when closing state. */ static void createclibstable (lua_State *L) { lua_newtable(L); /* create CLIBS table */ lua_createtable(L, 0, 1); /* create metatable for CLIBS */ lua_pushcfunction(L, gctm); lua_setfield(L, -2, "__gc"); /* set finalizer for CLIBS table */ lua_setmetatable(L, -2); lua_rawsetp(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, &CLIBS); /* set CLIBS table in registry */ } LUAMOD_API int luaopen_package (lua_State *L) { createclibstable(L); luaL_newlib(L, pk_funcs); /* create 'package' table */ createsearcherstable(L); /* set paths */ setpath(L, "path", LUA_PATH_VAR, LUA_PATH_DEFAULT); setpath(L, "cpath", LUA_CPATH_VAR, LUA_CPATH_DEFAULT); /* store config information */ lua_pushliteral(L, LUA_DIRSEP "\n" LUA_PATH_SEP "\n" LUA_PATH_MARK "\n" LUA_EXEC_DIR "\n" LUA_IGMARK "\n"); lua_setfield(L, -2, "config"); /* set field 'loaded' */ luaL_getsubtable(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, LUA_LOADED_TABLE); lua_setfield(L, -2, "loaded"); /* set field 'preload' */ luaL_getsubtable(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, LUA_PRELOAD_TABLE); lua_setfield(L, -2, "preload"); lua_pushglobaltable(L); lua_pushvalue(L, -2); /* set 'package' as upvalue for next lib */ luaL_setfuncs(L, ll_funcs, 1); /* open lib into global table */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* pop global table */ return 1; /* return 'package' table */ } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lobject.c000066400000000000000000000401471335323540100156670ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lobject.c,v 2.113 2016/12/22 13:08:50 roberto Exp $ ** Some generic functions over Lua objects ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lobject_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lctype.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "lvm.h" LUAI_DDEF const TValue luaO_nilobject_ = {NILCONSTANT}; /* ** converts an integer to a "floating point byte", represented as ** (eeeeexxx), where the real value is (1xxx) * 2^(eeeee - 1) if ** eeeee != 0 and (xxx) otherwise. */ int luaO_int2fb (unsigned int x) { int e = 0; /* exponent */ if (x < 8) return x; while (x >= (8 << 4)) { /* coarse steps */ x = (x + 0xf) >> 4; /* x = ceil(x / 16) */ e += 4; } while (x >= (8 << 1)) { /* fine steps */ x = (x + 1) >> 1; /* x = ceil(x / 2) */ e++; } return ((e+1) << 3) | (cast_int(x) - 8); } /* converts back */ int luaO_fb2int (int x) { return (x < 8) ? x : ((x & 7) + 8) << ((x >> 3) - 1); } /* ** Computes ceil(log2(x)) */ int luaO_ceillog2 (unsigned int x) { static const lu_byte log_2[256] = { /* log_2[i] = ceil(log2(i - 1)) */ 0,1,2,2,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5, 6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6, 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7, 7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8, 8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8 }; int l = 0; x--; while (x >= 256) { l += 8; x >>= 8; } return l + log_2[x]; } static lua_Integer intarith (lua_State *L, int op, lua_Integer v1, lua_Integer v2) { switch (op) { case LUA_OPADD: return intop(+, v1, v2); case LUA_OPSUB:return intop(-, v1, v2); case LUA_OPMUL:return intop(*, v1, v2); case LUA_OPMOD: return luaV_mod(L, v1, v2); case LUA_OPIDIV: return luaV_div(L, v1, v2); case LUA_OPBAND: return intop(&, v1, v2); case LUA_OPBOR: return intop(|, v1, v2); case LUA_OPBXOR: return intop(^, v1, v2); case LUA_OPSHL: return luaV_shiftl(v1, v2); case LUA_OPSHR: return luaV_shiftl(v1, -v2); case LUA_OPUNM: return intop(-, 0, v1); case LUA_OPBNOT: return intop(^, ~l_castS2U(0), v1); default: lua_assert(0); return 0; } } static lua_Number numarith (lua_State *L, int op, lua_Number v1, lua_Number v2) { switch (op) { case LUA_OPADD: return luai_numadd(L, v1, v2); case LUA_OPSUB: return luai_numsub(L, v1, v2); case LUA_OPMUL: return luai_nummul(L, v1, v2); case LUA_OPDIV: return luai_numdiv(L, v1, v2); case LUA_OPPOW: return luai_numpow(L, v1, v2); case LUA_OPIDIV: return luai_numidiv(L, v1, v2); case LUA_OPUNM: return luai_numunm(L, v1); case LUA_OPMOD: { lua_Number m; luai_nummod(L, v1, v2, m); return m; } default: lua_assert(0); return 0; } } void luaO_arith (lua_State *L, int op, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2, TValue *res) { switch (op) { case LUA_OPBAND: case LUA_OPBOR: case LUA_OPBXOR: case LUA_OPSHL: case LUA_OPSHR: case LUA_OPBNOT: { /* operate only on integers */ lua_Integer i1; lua_Integer i2; if (tointeger(p1, &i1) && tointeger(p2, &i2)) { setivalue(res, intarith(L, op, i1, i2)); return; } else break; /* go to the end */ } case LUA_OPDIV: case LUA_OPPOW: { /* operate only on floats */ lua_Number n1; lua_Number n2; if (tonumber(p1, &n1) && tonumber(p2, &n2)) { setfltvalue(res, numarith(L, op, n1, n2)); return; } else break; /* go to the end */ } default: { /* other operations */ lua_Number n1; lua_Number n2; if (ttisinteger(p1) && ttisinteger(p2)) { setivalue(res, intarith(L, op, ivalue(p1), ivalue(p2))); return; } else if (tonumber(p1, &n1) && tonumber(p2, &n2)) { setfltvalue(res, numarith(L, op, n1, n2)); return; } else break; /* go to the end */ } } /* could not perform raw operation; try metamethod */ lua_assert(L != NULL); /* should not fail when folding (compile time) */ luaT_trybinTM(L, p1, p2, res, cast(TMS, (op - LUA_OPADD) + TM_ADD)); } int luaO_hexavalue (int c) { if (lisdigit(c)) return c - '0'; else return (ltolower(c) - 'a') + 10; } static int isneg (const char **s) { if (**s == '-') { (*s)++; return 1; } else if (**s == '+') (*s)++; return 0; } /* ** {================================================================== ** Lua's implementation for 'lua_strx2number' ** =================================================================== */ #if !defined(lua_strx2number) /* maximum number of significant digits to read (to avoid overflows even with single floats) */ #define MAXSIGDIG 30 /* ** convert an hexadecimal numeric string to a number, following ** C99 specification for 'strtod' */ static lua_Number lua_strx2number (const char *s, char **endptr) { int dot = lua_getlocaledecpoint(); lua_Number r = 0.0; /* result (accumulator) */ int sigdig = 0; /* number of significant digits */ int nosigdig = 0; /* number of non-significant digits */ int e = 0; /* exponent correction */ int neg; /* 1 if number is negative */ int hasdot = 0; /* true after seen a dot */ *endptr = cast(char *, s); /* nothing is valid yet */ while (lisspace(cast_uchar(*s))) s++; /* skip initial spaces */ neg = isneg(&s); /* check signal */ if (!(*s == '0' && (*(s + 1) == 'x' || *(s + 1) == 'X'))) /* check '0x' */ return 0.0; /* invalid format (no '0x') */ for (s += 2; ; s++) { /* skip '0x' and read numeral */ if (*s == dot) { if (hasdot) break; /* second dot? stop loop */ else hasdot = 1; } else if (lisxdigit(cast_uchar(*s))) { if (sigdig == 0 && *s == '0') /* non-significant digit (zero)? */ nosigdig++; else if (++sigdig <= MAXSIGDIG) /* can read it without overflow? */ r = (r * cast_num(16.0)) + luaO_hexavalue(*s); else e++; /* too many digits; ignore, but still count for exponent */ if (hasdot) e--; /* decimal digit? correct exponent */ } else break; /* neither a dot nor a digit */ } if (nosigdig + sigdig == 0) /* no digits? */ return 0.0; /* invalid format */ *endptr = cast(char *, s); /* valid up to here */ e *= 4; /* each digit multiplies/divides value by 2^4 */ if (*s == 'p' || *s == 'P') { /* exponent part? */ int exp1 = 0; /* exponent value */ int neg1; /* exponent signal */ s++; /* skip 'p' */ neg1 = isneg(&s); /* signal */ if (!lisdigit(cast_uchar(*s))) return 0.0; /* invalid; must have at least one digit */ while (lisdigit(cast_uchar(*s))) /* read exponent */ exp1 = exp1 * 10 + *(s++) - '0'; if (neg1) exp1 = -exp1; e += exp1; *endptr = cast(char *, s); /* valid up to here */ } if (neg) r = -r; return l_mathop(ldexp)(r, e); } #endif /* }====================================================== */ /* maximum length of a numeral */ #if !defined (L_MAXLENNUM) #define L_MAXLENNUM 200 #endif static const char *l_str2dloc (const char *s, lua_Number *result, int mode) { char *endptr; *result = (mode == 'x') ? lua_strx2number(s, &endptr) /* try to convert */ : lua_str2number(s, &endptr); if (endptr == s) return NULL; /* nothing recognized? */ while (lisspace(cast_uchar(*endptr))) endptr++; /* skip trailing spaces */ return (*endptr == '\0') ? endptr : NULL; /* OK if no trailing characters */ } /* ** Convert string 's' to a Lua number (put in 'result'). Return NULL ** on fail or the address of the ending '\0' on success. ** 'pmode' points to (and 'mode' contains) special things in the string: ** - 'x'/'X' means an hexadecimal numeral ** - 'n'/'N' means 'inf' or 'nan' (which should be rejected) ** - '.' just optimizes the search for the common case (nothing special) ** This function accepts both the current locale or a dot as the radix ** mark. If the convertion fails, it may mean number has a dot but ** locale accepts something else. In that case, the code copies 's' ** to a buffer (because 's' is read-only), changes the dot to the ** current locale radix mark, and tries to convert again. */ static const char *l_str2d (const char *s, lua_Number *result) { const char *endptr; const char *pmode = strpbrk(s, ".xXnN"); int mode = pmode ? ltolower(cast_uchar(*pmode)) : 0; if (mode == 'n') /* reject 'inf' and 'nan' */ return NULL; endptr = l_str2dloc(s, result, mode); /* try to convert */ if (endptr == NULL) { /* failed? may be a different locale */ char buff[L_MAXLENNUM + 1]; const char *pdot = strchr(s, '.'); if (strlen(s) > L_MAXLENNUM || pdot == NULL) return NULL; /* string too long or no dot; fail */ strcpy(buff, s); /* copy string to buffer */ buff[pdot - s] = lua_getlocaledecpoint(); /* correct decimal point */ endptr = l_str2dloc(buff, result, mode); /* try again */ if (endptr != NULL) endptr = s + (endptr - buff); /* make relative to 's' */ } return endptr; } #define MAXBY10 cast(lua_Unsigned, LUA_MAXINTEGER / 10) #define MAXLASTD cast_int(LUA_MAXINTEGER % 10) static const char *l_str2int (const char *s, lua_Integer *result) { lua_Unsigned a = 0; int empty = 1; int neg; while (lisspace(cast_uchar(*s))) s++; /* skip initial spaces */ neg = isneg(&s); if (s[0] == '0' && (s[1] == 'x' || s[1] == 'X')) { /* hex? */ s += 2; /* skip '0x' */ for (; lisxdigit(cast_uchar(*s)); s++) { a = a * 16 + luaO_hexavalue(*s); empty = 0; } } else { /* decimal */ for (; lisdigit(cast_uchar(*s)); s++) { int d = *s - '0'; if (a >= MAXBY10 && (a > MAXBY10 || d > MAXLASTD + neg)) /* overflow? */ return NULL; /* do not accept it (as integer) */ a = a * 10 + d; empty = 0; } } while (lisspace(cast_uchar(*s))) s++; /* skip trailing spaces */ if (empty || *s != '\0') return NULL; /* something wrong in the numeral */ else { *result = l_castU2S((neg) ? 0u - a : a); return s; } } size_t luaO_str2num (const char *s, TValue *o) { lua_Integer i; lua_Number n; const char *e; if ((e = l_str2int(s, &i)) != NULL) { /* try as an integer */ setivalue(o, i); } else if ((e = l_str2d(s, &n)) != NULL) { /* else try as a float */ setfltvalue(o, n); } else return 0; /* conversion failed */ return (e - s) + 1; /* success; return string size */ } int luaO_utf8esc (char *buff, unsigned long x) { int n = 1; /* number of bytes put in buffer (backwards) */ lua_assert(x <= 0x10FFFF); if (x < 0x80) /* ascii? */ buff[UTF8BUFFSZ - 1] = cast(char, x); else { /* need continuation bytes */ unsigned int mfb = 0x3f; /* maximum that fits in first byte */ do { /* add continuation bytes */ buff[UTF8BUFFSZ - (n++)] = cast(char, 0x80 | (x & 0x3f)); x >>= 6; /* remove added bits */ mfb >>= 1; /* now there is one less bit available in first byte */ } while (x > mfb); /* still needs continuation byte? */ buff[UTF8BUFFSZ - n] = cast(char, (~mfb << 1) | x); /* add first byte */ } return n; } /* maximum length of the conversion of a number to a string */ #define MAXNUMBER2STR 50 /* ** Convert a number object to a string */ void luaO_tostring (lua_State *L, StkId obj) { char buff[MAXNUMBER2STR]; size_t len; lua_assert(ttisnumber(obj)); if (ttisinteger(obj)) len = lua_integer2str(buff, sizeof(buff), ivalue(obj)); else { len = lua_number2str(buff, sizeof(buff), fltvalue(obj)); #if !defined(LUA_COMPAT_FLOATSTRING) if (buff[strspn(buff, "-0123456789")] == '\0') { /* looks like an int? */ buff[len++] = lua_getlocaledecpoint(); buff[len++] = '0'; /* adds '.0' to result */ } #endif } setsvalue2s(L, obj, luaS_newlstr(L, buff, len)); } static void pushstr (lua_State *L, const char *str, size_t l) { setsvalue2s(L, L->top, luaS_newlstr(L, str, l)); luaD_inctop(L); } /* ** this function handles only '%d', '%c', '%f', '%p', and '%s' conventional formats, plus Lua-specific '%I' and '%U' */ const char *luaO_pushvfstring (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, va_list argp) { int n = 0; for (;;) { const char *e = strchr(fmt, '%'); if (e == NULL) break; pushstr(L, fmt, e - fmt); switch (*(e+1)) { case 's': { /* zero-terminated string */ const char *s = va_arg(argp, char *); if (s == NULL) s = "(null)"; pushstr(L, s, strlen(s)); break; } case 'c': { /* an 'int' as a character */ char buff = cast(char, va_arg(argp, int)); if (lisprint(cast_uchar(buff))) pushstr(L, &buff, 1); else /* non-printable character; print its code */ luaO_pushfstring(L, "<\\%d>", cast_uchar(buff)); break; } case 'd': { /* an 'int' */ setivalue(L->top, va_arg(argp, int)); goto top2str; } case 'I': { /* a 'lua_Integer' */ setivalue(L->top, cast(lua_Integer, va_arg(argp, l_uacInt))); goto top2str; } case 'f': { /* a 'lua_Number' */ setfltvalue(L->top, cast_num(va_arg(argp, l_uacNumber))); top2str: /* convert the top element to a string */ luaD_inctop(L); luaO_tostring(L, L->top - 1); break; } case 'p': { /* a pointer */ char buff[4*sizeof(void *) + 8]; /* should be enough space for a '%p' */ int l = l_sprintf(buff, sizeof(buff), "%p", va_arg(argp, void *)); pushstr(L, buff, l); break; } case 'U': { /* an 'int' as a UTF-8 sequence */ char buff[UTF8BUFFSZ]; int l = luaO_utf8esc(buff, cast(long, va_arg(argp, long))); pushstr(L, buff + UTF8BUFFSZ - l, l); break; } case '%': { pushstr(L, "%", 1); break; } default: { luaG_runerror(L, "invalid option '%%%c' to 'lua_pushfstring'", *(e + 1)); } } n += 2; fmt = e+2; } luaD_checkstack(L, 1); pushstr(L, fmt, strlen(fmt)); if (n > 0) luaV_concat(L, n + 1); return svalue(L->top - 1); } const char *luaO_pushfstring (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...) { const char *msg; va_list argp; va_start(argp, fmt); msg = luaO_pushvfstring(L, fmt, argp); va_end(argp); return msg; } /* number of chars of a literal string without the ending \0 */ #define LL(x) (sizeof(x)/sizeof(char) - 1) #define RETS "..." #define PRE "[string \"" #define POS "\"]" #define addstr(a,b,l) ( memcpy(a,b,(l) * sizeof(char)), a += (l) ) void luaO_chunkid (char *out, const char *source, size_t bufflen) { size_t l = strlen(source); if (*source == '=') { /* 'literal' source */ if (l <= bufflen) /* small enough? */ memcpy(out, source + 1, l * sizeof(char)); else { /* truncate it */ addstr(out, source + 1, bufflen - 1); *out = '\0'; } } else if (*source == '@') { /* file name */ if (l <= bufflen) /* small enough? */ memcpy(out, source + 1, l * sizeof(char)); else { /* add '...' before rest of name */ addstr(out, RETS, LL(RETS)); bufflen -= LL(RETS); memcpy(out, source + 1 + l - bufflen, bufflen * sizeof(char)); } } else { /* string; format as [string "source"] */ const char *nl = strchr(source, '\n'); /* find first new line (if any) */ addstr(out, PRE, LL(PRE)); /* add prefix */ bufflen -= LL(PRE RETS POS) + 1; /* save space for prefix+suffix+'\0' */ if (l < bufflen && nl == NULL) { /* small one-line source? */ addstr(out, source, l); /* keep it */ } else { if (nl != NULL) l = nl - source; /* stop at first newline */ if (l > bufflen) l = bufflen; addstr(out, source, l); addstr(out, RETS, LL(RETS)); } memcpy(out, POS, (LL(POS) + 1) * sizeof(char)); } } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lobject.h000066400000000000000000000342301335323540100156700ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lobject.h,v 2.117 2016/08/01 19:51:24 roberto Exp $ ** Type definitions for Lua objects ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lobject_h #define lobject_h #include #include "llimits.h" #include "lua.h" /* ** Extra tags for non-values */ #define LUA_TPROTO LUA_NUMTAGS /* function prototypes */ #define LUA_TDEADKEY (LUA_NUMTAGS+1) /* removed keys in tables */ /* ** number of all possible tags (including LUA_TNONE but excluding DEADKEY) */ #define LUA_TOTALTAGS (LUA_TPROTO + 2) /* ** tags for Tagged Values have the following use of bits: ** bits 0-3: actual tag (a LUA_T* value) ** bits 4-5: variant bits ** bit 6: whether value is collectable */ /* ** LUA_TFUNCTION variants: ** 0 - Lua function ** 1 - light C function ** 2 - regular C function (closure) */ /* Variant tags for functions */ #define LUA_TLCL (LUA_TFUNCTION | (0 << 4)) /* Lua closure */ #define LUA_TLCF (LUA_TFUNCTION | (1 << 4)) /* light C function */ #define LUA_TCCL (LUA_TFUNCTION | (2 << 4)) /* C closure */ /* Variant tags for strings */ #define LUA_TSHRSTR (LUA_TSTRING | (0 << 4)) /* short strings */ #define LUA_TLNGSTR (LUA_TSTRING | (1 << 4)) /* long strings */ /* Variant tags for numbers */ #define LUA_TNUMFLT (LUA_TNUMBER | (0 << 4)) /* float numbers */ #define LUA_TNUMINT (LUA_TNUMBER | (1 << 4)) /* integer numbers */ /* Bit mark for collectable types */ #define BIT_ISCOLLECTABLE (1 << 6) /* mark a tag as collectable */ #define ctb(t) ((t) | BIT_ISCOLLECTABLE) /* ** Common type for all collectable objects */ typedef struct GCObject GCObject; /* ** Common Header for all collectable objects (in macro form, to be ** included in other objects) */ #define CommonHeader GCObject *next; lu_byte tt; lu_byte marked /* ** Common type has only the common header */ struct GCObject { CommonHeader; }; /* ** Tagged Values. This is the basic representation of values in Lua, ** an actual value plus a tag with its type. */ /* ** Union of all Lua values */ typedef union Value { GCObject *gc; /* collectable objects */ void *p; /* light userdata */ int b; /* booleans */ lua_CFunction f; /* light C functions */ lua_Integer i; /* integer numbers */ lua_Number n; /* float numbers */ } Value; #define TValuefields Value value_; int tt_ typedef struct lua_TValue { TValuefields; } TValue; /* macro defining a nil value */ #define NILCONSTANT {NULL}, LUA_TNIL #define val_(o) ((o)->value_) /* raw type tag of a TValue */ #define rttype(o) ((o)->tt_) /* tag with no variants (bits 0-3) */ #define novariant(x) ((x) & 0x0F) /* type tag of a TValue (bits 0-3 for tags + variant bits 4-5) */ #define ttype(o) (rttype(o) & 0x3F) /* type tag of a TValue with no variants (bits 0-3) */ #define ttnov(o) (novariant(rttype(o))) /* Macros to test type */ #define checktag(o,t) (rttype(o) == (t)) #define checktype(o,t) (ttnov(o) == (t)) #define ttisnumber(o) checktype((o), LUA_TNUMBER) #define ttisfloat(o) checktag((o), LUA_TNUMFLT) #define ttisinteger(o) checktag((o), LUA_TNUMINT) #define ttisnil(o) checktag((o), LUA_TNIL) #define ttisboolean(o) checktag((o), LUA_TBOOLEAN) #define ttislightuserdata(o) checktag((o), LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) #define ttisstring(o) checktype((o), LUA_TSTRING) #define ttisshrstring(o) checktag((o), ctb(LUA_TSHRSTR)) #define ttislngstring(o) checktag((o), ctb(LUA_TLNGSTR)) #define ttistable(o) checktag((o), ctb(LUA_TTABLE)) #define ttisfunction(o) checktype(o, LUA_TFUNCTION) #define ttisclosure(o) ((rttype(o) & 0x1F) == LUA_TFUNCTION) #define ttisCclosure(o) checktag((o), ctb(LUA_TCCL)) #define ttisLclosure(o) checktag((o), ctb(LUA_TLCL)) #define ttislcf(o) checktag((o), LUA_TLCF) #define ttisfulluserdata(o) checktag((o), ctb(LUA_TUSERDATA)) #define ttisthread(o) checktag((o), ctb(LUA_TTHREAD)) #define ttisdeadkey(o) checktag((o), LUA_TDEADKEY) /* Macros to access values */ #define ivalue(o) check_exp(ttisinteger(o), val_(o).i) #define fltvalue(o) check_exp(ttisfloat(o), val_(o).n) #define nvalue(o) check_exp(ttisnumber(o), \ (ttisinteger(o) ? cast_num(ivalue(o)) : fltvalue(o))) #define gcvalue(o) check_exp(iscollectable(o), val_(o).gc) #define pvalue(o) check_exp(ttislightuserdata(o), val_(o).p) #define tsvalue(o) check_exp(ttisstring(o), gco2ts(val_(o).gc)) #define uvalue(o) check_exp(ttisfulluserdata(o), gco2u(val_(o).gc)) #define clvalue(o) check_exp(ttisclosure(o), gco2cl(val_(o).gc)) #define clLvalue(o) check_exp(ttisLclosure(o), gco2lcl(val_(o).gc)) #define clCvalue(o) check_exp(ttisCclosure(o), gco2ccl(val_(o).gc)) #define fvalue(o) check_exp(ttislcf(o), val_(o).f) #define hvalue(o) check_exp(ttistable(o), gco2t(val_(o).gc)) #define bvalue(o) check_exp(ttisboolean(o), val_(o).b) #define thvalue(o) check_exp(ttisthread(o), gco2th(val_(o).gc)) /* a dead value may get the 'gc' field, but cannot access its contents */ #define deadvalue(o) check_exp(ttisdeadkey(o), cast(void *, val_(o).gc)) #define l_isfalse(o) (ttisnil(o) || (ttisboolean(o) && bvalue(o) == 0)) #define iscollectable(o) (rttype(o) & BIT_ISCOLLECTABLE) /* Macros for internal tests */ #define righttt(obj) (ttype(obj) == gcvalue(obj)->tt) #define checkliveness(L,obj) \ lua_longassert(!iscollectable(obj) || \ (righttt(obj) && (L == NULL || !isdead(G(L),gcvalue(obj))))) /* Macros to set values */ #define settt_(o,t) ((o)->tt_=(t)) #define setfltvalue(obj,x) \ { TValue *io=(obj); val_(io).n=(x); settt_(io, LUA_TNUMFLT); } #define chgfltvalue(obj,x) \ { TValue *io=(obj); lua_assert(ttisfloat(io)); val_(io).n=(x); } #define setivalue(obj,x) \ { TValue *io=(obj); val_(io).i=(x); settt_(io, LUA_TNUMINT); } #define chgivalue(obj,x) \ { TValue *io=(obj); lua_assert(ttisinteger(io)); val_(io).i=(x); } #define setnilvalue(obj) settt_(obj, LUA_TNIL) #define setfvalue(obj,x) \ { TValue *io=(obj); val_(io).f=(x); settt_(io, LUA_TLCF); } #define setpvalue(obj,x) \ { TValue *io=(obj); val_(io).p=(x); settt_(io, LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA); } #define setbvalue(obj,x) \ { TValue *io=(obj); val_(io).b=(x); settt_(io, LUA_TBOOLEAN); } #define setgcovalue(L,obj,x) \ { TValue *io = (obj); GCObject *i_g=(x); \ val_(io).gc = i_g; settt_(io, ctb(i_g->tt)); } #define setsvalue(L,obj,x) \ { TValue *io = (obj); TString *x_ = (x); \ val_(io).gc = obj2gco(x_); settt_(io, ctb(x_->tt)); \ checkliveness(L,io); } #define setuvalue(L,obj,x) \ { TValue *io = (obj); Udata *x_ = (x); \ val_(io).gc = obj2gco(x_); settt_(io, ctb(LUA_TUSERDATA)); \ checkliveness(L,io); } #define setthvalue(L,obj,x) \ { TValue *io = (obj); lua_State *x_ = (x); \ val_(io).gc = obj2gco(x_); settt_(io, ctb(LUA_TTHREAD)); \ checkliveness(L,io); } #define setclLvalue(L,obj,x) \ { TValue *io = (obj); LClosure *x_ = (x); \ val_(io).gc = obj2gco(x_); settt_(io, ctb(LUA_TLCL)); \ checkliveness(L,io); } #define setclCvalue(L,obj,x) \ { TValue *io = (obj); CClosure *x_ = (x); \ val_(io).gc = obj2gco(x_); settt_(io, ctb(LUA_TCCL)); \ checkliveness(L,io); } #define sethvalue(L,obj,x) \ { TValue *io = (obj); Table *x_ = (x); \ val_(io).gc = obj2gco(x_); settt_(io, ctb(LUA_TTABLE)); \ checkliveness(L,io); } #define setdeadvalue(obj) settt_(obj, LUA_TDEADKEY) #define setobj(L,obj1,obj2) \ { TValue *io1=(obj1); *io1 = *(obj2); \ (void)L; checkliveness(L,io1); } /* ** different types of assignments, according to destination */ /* from stack to (same) stack */ #define setobjs2s setobj /* to stack (not from same stack) */ #define setobj2s setobj #define setsvalue2s setsvalue #define sethvalue2s sethvalue #define setptvalue2s setptvalue /* from table to same table */ #define setobjt2t setobj /* to new object */ #define setobj2n setobj #define setsvalue2n setsvalue /* to table (define it as an expression to be used in macros) */ #define setobj2t(L,o1,o2) ((void)L, *(o1)=*(o2), checkliveness(L,(o1))) /* ** {====================================================== ** types and prototypes ** ======================================================= */ typedef TValue *StkId; /* index to stack elements */ /* ** Header for string value; string bytes follow the end of this structure ** (aligned according to 'UTString'; see next). */ typedef struct TString { CommonHeader; lu_byte extra; /* reserved words for short strings; "has hash" for longs */ lu_byte shrlen; /* length for short strings */ unsigned int hash; union { size_t lnglen; /* length for long strings */ struct TString *hnext; /* linked list for hash table */ } u; } TString; /* ** Ensures that address after this type is always fully aligned. */ typedef union UTString { L_Umaxalign dummy; /* ensures maximum alignment for strings */ TString tsv; } UTString; /* ** Get the actual string (array of bytes) from a 'TString'. ** (Access to 'extra' ensures that value is really a 'TString'.) */ #define getstr(ts) \ check_exp(sizeof((ts)->extra), cast(char *, (ts)) + sizeof(UTString)) /* get the actual string (array of bytes) from a Lua value */ #define svalue(o) getstr(tsvalue(o)) /* get string length from 'TString *s' */ #define tsslen(s) ((s)->tt == LUA_TSHRSTR ? (s)->shrlen : (s)->u.lnglen) /* get string length from 'TValue *o' */ #define vslen(o) tsslen(tsvalue(o)) /* ** Header for userdata; memory area follows the end of this structure ** (aligned according to 'UUdata'; see next). */ typedef struct Udata { CommonHeader; lu_byte ttuv_; /* user value's tag */ struct Table *metatable; size_t len; /* number of bytes */ union Value user_; /* user value */ } Udata; /* ** Ensures that address after this type is always fully aligned. */ typedef union UUdata { L_Umaxalign dummy; /* ensures maximum alignment for 'local' udata */ Udata uv; } UUdata; /* ** Get the address of memory block inside 'Udata'. ** (Access to 'ttuv_' ensures that value is really a 'Udata'.) */ #define getudatamem(u) \ check_exp(sizeof((u)->ttuv_), (cast(char*, (u)) + sizeof(UUdata))) #define setuservalue(L,u,o) \ { const TValue *io=(o); Udata *iu = (u); \ iu->user_ = io->value_; iu->ttuv_ = rttype(io); \ checkliveness(L,io); } #define getuservalue(L,u,o) \ { TValue *io=(o); const Udata *iu = (u); \ io->value_ = iu->user_; settt_(io, iu->ttuv_); \ checkliveness(L,io); } /* ** Description of an upvalue for function prototypes */ typedef struct Upvaldesc { TString *name; /* upvalue name (for debug information) */ lu_byte instack; /* whether it is in stack (register) */ lu_byte idx; /* index of upvalue (in stack or in outer function's list) */ } Upvaldesc; /* ** Description of a local variable for function prototypes ** (used for debug information) */ typedef struct LocVar { TString *varname; int startpc; /* first point where variable is active */ int endpc; /* first point where variable is dead */ } LocVar; /* ** Function Prototypes */ typedef struct Proto { CommonHeader; lu_byte numparams; /* number of fixed parameters */ lu_byte is_vararg; lu_byte maxstacksize; /* number of registers needed by this function */ int sizeupvalues; /* size of 'upvalues' */ int sizek; /* size of 'k' */ int sizecode; int sizelineinfo; int sizep; /* size of 'p' */ int sizelocvars; int linedefined; /* debug information */ int lastlinedefined; /* debug information */ TValue *k; /* constants used by the function */ Instruction *code; /* opcodes */ struct Proto **p; /* functions defined inside the function */ int *lineinfo; /* map from opcodes to source lines (debug information) */ LocVar *locvars; /* information about local variables (debug information) */ Upvaldesc *upvalues; /* upvalue information */ struct LClosure *cache; /* last-created closure with this prototype */ TString *source; /* used for debug information */ GCObject *gclist; } Proto; /* ** Lua Upvalues */ typedef struct UpVal UpVal; /* ** Closures */ #define ClosureHeader \ CommonHeader; lu_byte nupvalues; GCObject *gclist typedef struct CClosure { ClosureHeader; lua_CFunction f; TValue upvalue[1]; /* list of upvalues */ } CClosure; typedef struct LClosure { ClosureHeader; struct Proto *p; UpVal *upvals[1]; /* list of upvalues */ } LClosure; typedef union Closure { CClosure c; LClosure l; } Closure; #define isLfunction(o) ttisLclosure(o) #define getproto(o) (clLvalue(o)->p) /* ** Tables */ typedef union TKey { struct { TValuefields; int next; /* for chaining (offset for next node) */ } nk; TValue tvk; } TKey; /* copy a value into a key without messing up field 'next' */ #define setnodekey(L,key,obj) \ { TKey *k_=(key); const TValue *io_=(obj); \ k_->nk.value_ = io_->value_; k_->nk.tt_ = io_->tt_; \ (void)L; checkliveness(L,io_); } typedef struct Node { TValue i_val; TKey i_key; } Node; typedef struct Table { CommonHeader; lu_byte flags; /* 1<

    lsizenode)) /* ** (address of) a fixed nil value */ #define luaO_nilobject (&luaO_nilobject_) LUAI_DDEC const TValue luaO_nilobject_; /* size of buffer for 'luaO_utf8esc' function */ #define UTF8BUFFSZ 8 LUAI_FUNC int luaO_int2fb (unsigned int x); LUAI_FUNC int luaO_fb2int (int x); LUAI_FUNC int luaO_utf8esc (char *buff, unsigned long x); LUAI_FUNC int luaO_ceillog2 (unsigned int x); LUAI_FUNC void luaO_arith (lua_State *L, int op, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2, TValue *res); LUAI_FUNC size_t luaO_str2num (const char *s, TValue *o); LUAI_FUNC int luaO_hexavalue (int c); LUAI_FUNC void luaO_tostring (lua_State *L, StkId obj); LUAI_FUNC const char *luaO_pushvfstring (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, va_list argp); LUAI_FUNC const char *luaO_pushfstring (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...); LUAI_FUNC void luaO_chunkid (char *out, const char *source, size_t len); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lopcodes.c000066400000000000000000000067261335323540100160620ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lopcodes.c,v 1.55 2015/01/05 13:48:33 roberto Exp $ ** Opcodes for Lua virtual machine ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lopcodes_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include "lopcodes.h" /* ORDER OP */ LUAI_DDEF const char *const luaP_opnames[NUM_OPCODES+1] = { "MOVE", "LOADK", "LOADKX", "LOADBOOL", "LOADNIL", "GETUPVAL", "GETTABUP", "GETTABLE", "SETTABUP", "SETUPVAL", "SETTABLE", "NEWTABLE", "SELF", "ADD", "SUB", "MUL", "MOD", "POW", "DIV", "IDIV", "BAND", "BOR", "BXOR", "SHL", "SHR", "UNM", "BNOT", "NOT", "LEN", "CONCAT", "JMP", "EQ", "LT", "LE", "TEST", "TESTSET", "CALL", "TAILCALL", "RETURN", "FORLOOP", "FORPREP", "TFORCALL", "TFORLOOP", "SETLIST", "CLOSURE", "VARARG", "EXTRAARG", NULL }; #define opmode(t,a,b,c,m) (((t)<<7) | ((a)<<6) | ((b)<<4) | ((c)<<2) | (m)) LUAI_DDEF const lu_byte luaP_opmodes[NUM_OPCODES] = { /* T A B C mode opcode */ opmode(0, 1, OpArgR, OpArgN, iABC) /* OP_MOVE */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgN, iABx) /* OP_LOADK */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgN, OpArgN, iABx) /* OP_LOADKX */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgU, OpArgU, iABC) /* OP_LOADBOOL */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgU, OpArgN, iABC) /* OP_LOADNIL */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgU, OpArgN, iABC) /* OP_GETUPVAL */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgU, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_GETTABUP */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgR, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_GETTABLE */ ,opmode(0, 0, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_SETTABUP */ ,opmode(0, 0, OpArgU, OpArgN, iABC) /* OP_SETUPVAL */ ,opmode(0, 0, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_SETTABLE */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgU, OpArgU, iABC) /* OP_NEWTABLE */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgR, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_SELF */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_ADD */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_SUB */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_MUL */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_MOD */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_POW */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_DIV */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_IDIV */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_BAND */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_BOR */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_BXOR */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_SHL */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_SHR */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgR, OpArgN, iABC) /* OP_UNM */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgR, OpArgN, iABC) /* OP_BNOT */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgR, OpArgN, iABC) /* OP_NOT */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgR, OpArgN, iABC) /* OP_LEN */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgR, OpArgR, iABC) /* OP_CONCAT */ ,opmode(0, 0, OpArgR, OpArgN, iAsBx) /* OP_JMP */ ,opmode(1, 0, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_EQ */ ,opmode(1, 0, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_LT */ ,opmode(1, 0, OpArgK, OpArgK, iABC) /* OP_LE */ ,opmode(1, 0, OpArgN, OpArgU, iABC) /* OP_TEST */ ,opmode(1, 1, OpArgR, OpArgU, iABC) /* OP_TESTSET */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgU, OpArgU, iABC) /* OP_CALL */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgU, OpArgU, iABC) /* OP_TAILCALL */ ,opmode(0, 0, OpArgU, OpArgN, iABC) /* OP_RETURN */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgR, OpArgN, iAsBx) /* OP_FORLOOP */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgR, OpArgN, iAsBx) /* OP_FORPREP */ ,opmode(0, 0, OpArgN, OpArgU, iABC) /* OP_TFORCALL */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgR, OpArgN, iAsBx) /* OP_TFORLOOP */ ,opmode(0, 0, OpArgU, OpArgU, iABC) /* OP_SETLIST */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgU, OpArgN, iABx) /* OP_CLOSURE */ ,opmode(0, 1, OpArgU, OpArgN, iABC) /* OP_VARARG */ ,opmode(0, 0, OpArgU, OpArgU, iAx) /* OP_EXTRAARG */ }; tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lopcodes.h000066400000000000000000000212201335323540100160510ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lopcodes.h,v 1.149 2016/07/19 17:12:21 roberto Exp $ ** Opcodes for Lua virtual machine ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lopcodes_h #define lopcodes_h #include "llimits.h" /*=========================================================================== We assume that instructions are unsigned numbers. All instructions have an opcode in the first 6 bits. Instructions can have the following fields: 'A' : 8 bits 'B' : 9 bits 'C' : 9 bits 'Ax' : 26 bits ('A', 'B', and 'C' together) 'Bx' : 18 bits ('B' and 'C' together) 'sBx' : signed Bx A signed argument is represented in excess K; that is, the number value is the unsigned value minus K. K is exactly the maximum value for that argument (so that -max is represented by 0, and +max is represented by 2*max), which is half the maximum for the corresponding unsigned argument. ===========================================================================*/ enum OpMode {iABC, iABx, iAsBx, iAx}; /* basic instruction format */ /* ** size and position of opcode arguments. */ #define SIZE_C 9 #define SIZE_B 9 #define SIZE_Bx (SIZE_C + SIZE_B) #define SIZE_A 8 #define SIZE_Ax (SIZE_C + SIZE_B + SIZE_A) #define SIZE_OP 6 #define POS_OP 0 #define POS_A (POS_OP + SIZE_OP) #define POS_C (POS_A + SIZE_A) #define POS_B (POS_C + SIZE_C) #define POS_Bx POS_C #define POS_Ax POS_A /* ** limits for opcode arguments. ** we use (signed) int to manipulate most arguments, ** so they must fit in LUAI_BITSINT-1 bits (-1 for sign) */ #if SIZE_Bx < LUAI_BITSINT-1 #define MAXARG_Bx ((1<>1) /* 'sBx' is signed */ #else #define MAXARG_Bx MAX_INT #define MAXARG_sBx MAX_INT #endif #if SIZE_Ax < LUAI_BITSINT-1 #define MAXARG_Ax ((1<>POS_OP) & MASK1(SIZE_OP,0))) #define SET_OPCODE(i,o) ((i) = (((i)&MASK0(SIZE_OP,POS_OP)) | \ ((cast(Instruction, o)<>pos) & MASK1(size,0))) #define setarg(i,v,pos,size) ((i) = (((i)&MASK0(size,pos)) | \ ((cast(Instruction, v)<> RK(C) */ OP_UNM,/* A B R(A) := -R(B) */ OP_BNOT,/* A B R(A) := ~R(B) */ OP_NOT,/* A B R(A) := not R(B) */ OP_LEN,/* A B R(A) := length of R(B) */ OP_CONCAT,/* A B C R(A) := R(B).. ... ..R(C) */ OP_JMP,/* A sBx pc+=sBx; if (A) close all upvalues >= R(A - 1) */ OP_EQ,/* A B C if ((RK(B) == RK(C)) ~= A) then pc++ */ OP_LT,/* A B C if ((RK(B) < RK(C)) ~= A) then pc++ */ OP_LE,/* A B C if ((RK(B) <= RK(C)) ~= A) then pc++ */ OP_TEST,/* A C if not (R(A) <=> C) then pc++ */ OP_TESTSET,/* A B C if (R(B) <=> C) then R(A) := R(B) else pc++ */ OP_CALL,/* A B C R(A), ... ,R(A+C-2) := R(A)(R(A+1), ... ,R(A+B-1)) */ OP_TAILCALL,/* A B C return R(A)(R(A+1), ... ,R(A+B-1)) */ OP_RETURN,/* A B return R(A), ... ,R(A+B-2) (see note) */ OP_FORLOOP,/* A sBx R(A)+=R(A+2); if R(A) > 4) & 3)) #define getCMode(m) (cast(enum OpArgMask, (luaP_opmodes[m] >> 2) & 3)) #define testAMode(m) (luaP_opmodes[m] & (1 << 6)) #define testTMode(m) (luaP_opmodes[m] & (1 << 7)) LUAI_DDEC const char *const luaP_opnames[NUM_OPCODES+1]; /* opcode names */ /* number of list items to accumulate before a SETLIST instruction */ #define LFIELDS_PER_FLUSH 50 #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/loslib.c000066400000000000000000000253161335323540100155320ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: loslib.c,v 1.65 2016/07/18 17:58:58 roberto Exp $ ** Standard Operating System library ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define loslib_c #define LUA_LIB #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" /* ** {================================================================== ** List of valid conversion specifiers for the 'strftime' function; ** options are grouped by length; group of length 2 start with '||'. ** =================================================================== */ #if !defined(LUA_STRFTIMEOPTIONS) /* { */ /* options for ANSI C 89 (only 1-char options) */ #define L_STRFTIMEC89 "aAbBcdHIjmMpSUwWxXyYZ%" /* options for ISO C 99 and POSIX */ #define L_STRFTIMEC99 "aAbBcCdDeFgGhHIjmMnprRStTuUVwWxXyYzZ%" \ "||" "EcECExEXEyEY" "OdOeOHOIOmOMOSOuOUOVOwOWOy" /* two-char options */ /* options for Windows */ #define L_STRFTIMEWIN "aAbBcdHIjmMpSUwWxXyYzZ%" \ "||" "#c#x#d#H#I#j#m#M#S#U#w#W#y#Y" /* two-char options */ #if defined(LUA_USE_WINDOWS) #define LUA_STRFTIMEOPTIONS L_STRFTIMEWIN #elif defined(LUA_USE_C89) #define LUA_STRFTIMEOPTIONS L_STRFTIMEC89 #else /* C99 specification */ #define LUA_STRFTIMEOPTIONS L_STRFTIMEC99 #endif #endif /* } */ /* }================================================================== */ /* ** {================================================================== ** Configuration for time-related stuff ** =================================================================== */ #if !defined(l_time_t) /* { */ /* ** type to represent time_t in Lua */ #define l_timet lua_Integer #define l_pushtime(L,t) lua_pushinteger(L,(lua_Integer)(t)) static time_t l_checktime (lua_State *L, int arg) { lua_Integer t = luaL_checkinteger(L, arg); luaL_argcheck(L, (time_t)t == t, arg, "time out-of-bounds"); return (time_t)t; } #endif /* } */ #if !defined(l_gmtime) /* { */ /* ** By default, Lua uses gmtime/localtime, except when POSIX is available, ** where it uses gmtime_r/localtime_r */ #if defined(LUA_USE_POSIX) /* { */ #define l_gmtime(t,r) gmtime_r(t,r) #define l_localtime(t,r) localtime_r(t,r) #else /* }{ */ /* ISO C definitions */ #define l_gmtime(t,r) ((void)(r)->tm_sec, gmtime(t)) #define l_localtime(t,r) ((void)(r)->tm_sec, localtime(t)) #endif /* } */ #endif /* } */ /* }================================================================== */ /* ** {================================================================== ** Configuration for 'tmpnam': ** By default, Lua uses tmpnam except when POSIX is available, where ** it uses mkstemp. ** =================================================================== */ #if !defined(lua_tmpnam) /* { */ #if defined(LUA_USE_POSIX) /* { */ #include #define LUA_TMPNAMBUFSIZE 32 #if !defined(LUA_TMPNAMTEMPLATE) #define LUA_TMPNAMTEMPLATE "/tmp/lua_XXXXXX" #endif #define lua_tmpnam(b,e) { \ strcpy(b, LUA_TMPNAMTEMPLATE); \ e = mkstemp(b); \ if (e != -1) close(e); \ e = (e == -1); } #else /* }{ */ /* ISO C definitions */ #define LUA_TMPNAMBUFSIZE L_tmpnam #define lua_tmpnam(b,e) { e = (tmpnam(b) == NULL); } #endif /* } */ #endif /* } */ /* }================================================================== */ static int os_execute (lua_State *L) { const char *cmd = luaL_optstring(L, 1, NULL); int stat = system(cmd); if (cmd != NULL) return luaL_execresult(L, stat); else { lua_pushboolean(L, stat); /* true if there is a shell */ return 1; } } static int os_remove (lua_State *L) { const char *filename = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); return luaL_fileresult(L, remove(filename) == 0, filename); } static int os_rename (lua_State *L) { const char *fromname = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); const char *toname = luaL_checkstring(L, 2); return luaL_fileresult(L, rename(fromname, toname) == 0, NULL); } static int os_tmpname (lua_State *L) { char buff[LUA_TMPNAMBUFSIZE]; int err; lua_tmpnam(buff, err); if (err) return luaL_error(L, "unable to generate a unique filename"); lua_pushstring(L, buff); return 1; } static int os_getenv (lua_State *L) { lua_pushstring(L, getenv(luaL_checkstring(L, 1))); /* if NULL push nil */ return 1; } static int os_clock (lua_State *L) { lua_pushnumber(L, ((lua_Number)clock())/(lua_Number)CLOCKS_PER_SEC); return 1; } /* ** {====================================================== ** Time/Date operations ** { year=%Y, month=%m, day=%d, hour=%H, min=%M, sec=%S, ** wday=%w+1, yday=%j, isdst=? } ** ======================================================= */ static void setfield (lua_State *L, const char *key, int value) { lua_pushinteger(L, value); lua_setfield(L, -2, key); } static void setboolfield (lua_State *L, const char *key, int value) { if (value < 0) /* undefined? */ return; /* does not set field */ lua_pushboolean(L, value); lua_setfield(L, -2, key); } /* ** Set all fields from structure 'tm' in the table on top of the stack */ static void setallfields (lua_State *L, struct tm *stm) { setfield(L, "sec", stm->tm_sec); setfield(L, "min", stm->tm_min); setfield(L, "hour", stm->tm_hour); setfield(L, "day", stm->tm_mday); setfield(L, "month", stm->tm_mon + 1); setfield(L, "year", stm->tm_year + 1900); setfield(L, "wday", stm->tm_wday + 1); setfield(L, "yday", stm->tm_yday + 1); setboolfield(L, "isdst", stm->tm_isdst); } static int getboolfield (lua_State *L, const char *key) { int res; res = (lua_getfield(L, -1, key) == LUA_TNIL) ? -1 : lua_toboolean(L, -1); lua_pop(L, 1); return res; } /* maximum value for date fields (to avoid arithmetic overflows with 'int') */ #if !defined(L_MAXDATEFIELD) #define L_MAXDATEFIELD (INT_MAX / 2) #endif static int getfield (lua_State *L, const char *key, int d, int delta) { int isnum; int t = lua_getfield(L, -1, key); /* get field and its type */ lua_Integer res = lua_tointegerx(L, -1, &isnum); if (!isnum) { /* field is not an integer? */ if (t != LUA_TNIL) /* some other value? */ return luaL_error(L, "field '%s' is not an integer", key); else if (d < 0) /* absent field; no default? */ return luaL_error(L, "field '%s' missing in date table", key); res = d; } else { if (!(-L_MAXDATEFIELD <= res && res <= L_MAXDATEFIELD)) return luaL_error(L, "field '%s' is out-of-bound", key); res -= delta; } lua_pop(L, 1); return (int)res; } static const char *checkoption (lua_State *L, const char *conv, ptrdiff_t convlen, char *buff) { const char *option = LUA_STRFTIMEOPTIONS; int oplen = 1; /* length of options being checked */ for (; *option != '\0' && oplen <= convlen; option += oplen) { if (*option == '|') /* next block? */ oplen++; /* will check options with next length (+1) */ else if (memcmp(conv, option, oplen) == 0) { /* match? */ memcpy(buff, conv, oplen); /* copy valid option to buffer */ buff[oplen] = '\0'; return conv + oplen; /* return next item */ } } luaL_argerror(L, 1, lua_pushfstring(L, "invalid conversion specifier '%%%s'", conv)); return conv; /* to avoid warnings */ } /* maximum size for an individual 'strftime' item */ #define SIZETIMEFMT 250 static int os_date (lua_State *L) { size_t slen; const char *s = luaL_optlstring(L, 1, "%c", &slen); time_t t = luaL_opt(L, l_checktime, 2, time(NULL)); const char *se = s + slen; /* 's' end */ struct tm tmr, *stm; if (*s == '!') { /* UTC? */ stm = l_gmtime(&t, &tmr); s++; /* skip '!' */ } else stm = l_localtime(&t, &tmr); if (stm == NULL) /* invalid date? */ luaL_error(L, "time result cannot be represented in this installation"); if (strcmp(s, "*t") == 0) { lua_createtable(L, 0, 9); /* 9 = number of fields */ setallfields(L, stm); } else { char cc[4]; /* buffer for individual conversion specifiers */ luaL_Buffer b; cc[0] = '%'; luaL_buffinit(L, &b); while (s < se) { if (*s != '%') /* not a conversion specifier? */ luaL_addchar(&b, *s++); else { size_t reslen; char *buff = luaL_prepbuffsize(&b, SIZETIMEFMT); s++; /* skip '%' */ s = checkoption(L, s, se - s, cc + 1); /* copy specifier to 'cc' */ reslen = strftime(buff, SIZETIMEFMT, cc, stm); luaL_addsize(&b, reslen); } } luaL_pushresult(&b); } return 1; } static int os_time (lua_State *L) { time_t t; if (lua_isnoneornil(L, 1)) /* called without args? */ t = time(NULL); /* get current time */ else { struct tm ts; luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TTABLE); lua_settop(L, 1); /* make sure table is at the top */ ts.tm_sec = getfield(L, "sec", 0, 0); ts.tm_min = getfield(L, "min", 0, 0); ts.tm_hour = getfield(L, "hour", 12, 0); ts.tm_mday = getfield(L, "day", -1, 0); ts.tm_mon = getfield(L, "month", -1, 1); ts.tm_year = getfield(L, "year", -1, 1900); ts.tm_isdst = getboolfield(L, "isdst"); t = mktime(&ts); setallfields(L, &ts); /* update fields with normalized values */ } if (t != (time_t)(l_timet)t || t == (time_t)(-1)) luaL_error(L, "time result cannot be represented in this installation"); l_pushtime(L, t); return 1; } static int os_difftime (lua_State *L) { time_t t1 = l_checktime(L, 1); time_t t2 = l_checktime(L, 2); lua_pushnumber(L, (lua_Number)difftime(t1, t2)); return 1; } /* }====================================================== */ static int os_setlocale (lua_State *L) { static const int cat[] = {LC_ALL, LC_COLLATE, LC_CTYPE, LC_MONETARY, LC_NUMERIC, LC_TIME}; static const char *const catnames[] = {"all", "collate", "ctype", "monetary", "numeric", "time", NULL}; const char *l = luaL_optstring(L, 1, NULL); int op = luaL_checkoption(L, 2, "all", catnames); lua_pushstring(L, setlocale(cat[op], l)); return 1; } static int os_exit (lua_State *L) { int status; if (lua_isboolean(L, 1)) status = (lua_toboolean(L, 1) ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE); else status = (int)luaL_optinteger(L, 1, EXIT_SUCCESS); if (lua_toboolean(L, 2)) lua_close(L); if (L) exit(status); /* 'if' to avoid warnings for unreachable 'return' */ return 0; } static const luaL_Reg syslib[] = { {"clock", os_clock}, {"date", os_date}, {"difftime", os_difftime}, {"execute", os_execute}, {"exit", os_exit}, {"getenv", os_getenv}, {"remove", os_remove}, {"rename", os_rename}, {"setlocale", os_setlocale}, {"time", os_time}, {"tmpname", os_tmpname}, {NULL, NULL} }; /* }====================================================== */ LUAMOD_API int luaopen_os (lua_State *L) { luaL_newlib(L, syslib); return 1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lparser.c000066400000000000000000001371341335323540100157200ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lparser.c,v 2.155 2016/08/01 19:51:24 roberto Exp $ ** Lua Parser ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lparser_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include "lua.h" #include "lcode.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lfunc.h" #include "llex.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lopcodes.h" #include "lparser.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "ltable.h" /* maximum number of local variables per function (must be smaller than 250, due to the bytecode format) */ #define MAXVARS 200 #define hasmultret(k) ((k) == VCALL || (k) == VVARARG) /* because all strings are unified by the scanner, the parser can use pointer equality for string equality */ #define eqstr(a,b) ((a) == (b)) /* ** nodes for block list (list of active blocks) */ typedef struct BlockCnt { struct BlockCnt *previous; /* chain */ int firstlabel; /* index of first label in this block */ int firstgoto; /* index of first pending goto in this block */ lu_byte nactvar; /* # active locals outside the block */ lu_byte upval; /* true if some variable in the block is an upvalue */ lu_byte isloop; /* true if 'block' is a loop */ } BlockCnt; /* ** prototypes for recursive non-terminal functions */ static void statement (LexState *ls); static void expr (LexState *ls, expdesc *v); /* semantic error */ static l_noret semerror (LexState *ls, const char *msg) { ls->t.token = 0; /* remove "near " from final message */ luaX_syntaxerror(ls, msg); } static l_noret error_expected (LexState *ls, int token) { luaX_syntaxerror(ls, luaO_pushfstring(ls->L, "%s expected", luaX_token2str(ls, token))); } static l_noret errorlimit (FuncState *fs, int limit, const char *what) { lua_State *L = fs->ls->L; const char *msg; int line = fs->f->linedefined; const char *where = (line == 0) ? "main function" : luaO_pushfstring(L, "function at line %d", line); msg = luaO_pushfstring(L, "too many %s (limit is %d) in %s", what, limit, where); luaX_syntaxerror(fs->ls, msg); } static void checklimit (FuncState *fs, int v, int l, const char *what) { if (v > l) errorlimit(fs, l, what); } static int testnext (LexState *ls, int c) { if (ls->t.token == c) { luaX_next(ls); return 1; } else return 0; } static void check (LexState *ls, int c) { if (ls->t.token != c) error_expected(ls, c); } static void checknext (LexState *ls, int c) { check(ls, c); luaX_next(ls); } #define check_condition(ls,c,msg) { if (!(c)) luaX_syntaxerror(ls, msg); } static void check_match (LexState *ls, int what, int who, int where) { if (!testnext(ls, what)) { if (where == ls->linenumber) error_expected(ls, what); else { luaX_syntaxerror(ls, luaO_pushfstring(ls->L, "%s expected (to close %s at line %d)", luaX_token2str(ls, what), luaX_token2str(ls, who), where)); } } } static TString *str_checkname (LexState *ls) { TString *ts; check(ls, TK_NAME); ts = ls->t.seminfo.ts; luaX_next(ls); return ts; } static void init_exp (expdesc *e, expkind k, int i) { e->f = e->t = NO_JUMP; e->k = k; e->u.info = i; } static void codestring (LexState *ls, expdesc *e, TString *s) { init_exp(e, VK, luaK_stringK(ls->fs, s)); } static void checkname (LexState *ls, expdesc *e) { codestring(ls, e, str_checkname(ls)); } static int registerlocalvar (LexState *ls, TString *varname) { FuncState *fs = ls->fs; Proto *f = fs->f; int oldsize = f->sizelocvars; luaM_growvector(ls->L, f->locvars, fs->nlocvars, f->sizelocvars, LocVar, SHRT_MAX, "local variables"); while (oldsize < f->sizelocvars) f->locvars[oldsize++].varname = NULL; f->locvars[fs->nlocvars].varname = varname; luaC_objbarrier(ls->L, f, varname); return fs->nlocvars++; } static void new_localvar (LexState *ls, TString *name) { FuncState *fs = ls->fs; Dyndata *dyd = ls->dyd; int reg = registerlocalvar(ls, name); checklimit(fs, dyd->actvar.n + 1 - fs->firstlocal, MAXVARS, "local variables"); luaM_growvector(ls->L, dyd->actvar.arr, dyd->actvar.n + 1, dyd->actvar.size, Vardesc, MAX_INT, "local variables"); dyd->actvar.arr[dyd->actvar.n++].idx = cast(short, reg); } static void new_localvarliteral_ (LexState *ls, const char *name, size_t sz) { new_localvar(ls, luaX_newstring(ls, name, sz)); } #define new_localvarliteral(ls,v) \ new_localvarliteral_(ls, "" v, (sizeof(v)/sizeof(char))-1) static LocVar *getlocvar (FuncState *fs, int i) { int idx = fs->ls->dyd->actvar.arr[fs->firstlocal + i].idx; lua_assert(idx < fs->nlocvars); return &fs->f->locvars[idx]; } static void adjustlocalvars (LexState *ls, int nvars) { FuncState *fs = ls->fs; fs->nactvar = cast_byte(fs->nactvar + nvars); for (; nvars; nvars--) { getlocvar(fs, fs->nactvar - nvars)->startpc = fs->pc; } } static void removevars (FuncState *fs, int tolevel) { fs->ls->dyd->actvar.n -= (fs->nactvar - tolevel); while (fs->nactvar > tolevel) getlocvar(fs, --fs->nactvar)->endpc = fs->pc; } static int searchupvalue (FuncState *fs, TString *name) { int i; Upvaldesc *up = fs->f->upvalues; for (i = 0; i < fs->nups; i++) { if (eqstr(up[i].name, name)) return i; } return -1; /* not found */ } static int newupvalue (FuncState *fs, TString *name, expdesc *v) { Proto *f = fs->f; int oldsize = f->sizeupvalues; checklimit(fs, fs->nups + 1, MAXUPVAL, "upvalues"); luaM_growvector(fs->ls->L, f->upvalues, fs->nups, f->sizeupvalues, Upvaldesc, MAXUPVAL, "upvalues"); while (oldsize < f->sizeupvalues) f->upvalues[oldsize++].name = NULL; f->upvalues[fs->nups].instack = (v->k == VLOCAL); f->upvalues[fs->nups].idx = cast_byte(v->u.info); f->upvalues[fs->nups].name = name; luaC_objbarrier(fs->ls->L, f, name); return fs->nups++; } static int searchvar (FuncState *fs, TString *n) { int i; for (i = cast_int(fs->nactvar) - 1; i >= 0; i--) { if (eqstr(n, getlocvar(fs, i)->varname)) return i; } return -1; /* not found */ } /* Mark block where variable at given level was defined (to emit close instructions later). */ static void markupval (FuncState *fs, int level) { BlockCnt *bl = fs->bl; while (bl->nactvar > level) bl = bl->previous; bl->upval = 1; } /* Find variable with given name 'n'. If it is an upvalue, add this upvalue into all intermediate functions. */ static void singlevaraux (FuncState *fs, TString *n, expdesc *var, int base) { if (fs == NULL) /* no more levels? */ init_exp(var, VVOID, 0); /* default is global */ else { int v = searchvar(fs, n); /* look up locals at current level */ if (v >= 0) { /* found? */ init_exp(var, VLOCAL, v); /* variable is local */ if (!base) markupval(fs, v); /* local will be used as an upval */ } else { /* not found as local at current level; try upvalues */ int idx = searchupvalue(fs, n); /* try existing upvalues */ if (idx < 0) { /* not found? */ singlevaraux(fs->prev, n, var, 0); /* try upper levels */ if (var->k == VVOID) /* not found? */ return; /* it is a global */ /* else was LOCAL or UPVAL */ idx = newupvalue(fs, n, var); /* will be a new upvalue */ } init_exp(var, VUPVAL, idx); /* new or old upvalue */ } } } static void singlevar (LexState *ls, expdesc *var) { TString *varname = str_checkname(ls); FuncState *fs = ls->fs; singlevaraux(fs, varname, var, 1); if (var->k == VVOID) { /* global name? */ expdesc key; singlevaraux(fs, ls->envn, var, 1); /* get environment variable */ lua_assert(var->k != VVOID); /* this one must exist */ codestring(ls, &key, varname); /* key is variable name */ luaK_indexed(fs, var, &key); /* env[varname] */ } } static void adjust_assign (LexState *ls, int nvars, int nexps, expdesc *e) { FuncState *fs = ls->fs; int extra = nvars - nexps; if (hasmultret(e->k)) { extra++; /* includes call itself */ if (extra < 0) extra = 0; luaK_setreturns(fs, e, extra); /* last exp. provides the difference */ if (extra > 1) luaK_reserveregs(fs, extra-1); } else { if (e->k != VVOID) luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, e); /* close last expression */ if (extra > 0) { int reg = fs->freereg; luaK_reserveregs(fs, extra); luaK_nil(fs, reg, extra); } } if (nexps > nvars) ls->fs->freereg -= nexps - nvars; /* remove extra values */ } static void enterlevel (LexState *ls) { lua_State *L = ls->L; ++L->nCcalls; checklimit(ls->fs, L->nCcalls, LUAI_MAXCCALLS, "C levels"); } #define leavelevel(ls) ((ls)->L->nCcalls--) static void closegoto (LexState *ls, int g, Labeldesc *label) { int i; FuncState *fs = ls->fs; Labellist *gl = &ls->dyd->gt; Labeldesc *gt = &gl->arr[g]; lua_assert(eqstr(gt->name, label->name)); if (gt->nactvar < label->nactvar) { TString *vname = getlocvar(fs, gt->nactvar)->varname; const char *msg = luaO_pushfstring(ls->L, " at line %d jumps into the scope of local '%s'", getstr(gt->name), gt->line, getstr(vname)); semerror(ls, msg); } luaK_patchlist(fs, gt->pc, label->pc); /* remove goto from pending list */ for (i = g; i < gl->n - 1; i++) gl->arr[i] = gl->arr[i + 1]; gl->n--; } /* ** try to close a goto with existing labels; this solves backward jumps */ static int findlabel (LexState *ls, int g) { int i; BlockCnt *bl = ls->fs->bl; Dyndata *dyd = ls->dyd; Labeldesc *gt = &dyd->gt.arr[g]; /* check labels in current block for a match */ for (i = bl->firstlabel; i < dyd->label.n; i++) { Labeldesc *lb = &dyd->label.arr[i]; if (eqstr(lb->name, gt->name)) { /* correct label? */ if (gt->nactvar > lb->nactvar && (bl->upval || dyd->label.n > bl->firstlabel)) luaK_patchclose(ls->fs, gt->pc, lb->nactvar); closegoto(ls, g, lb); /* close it */ return 1; } } return 0; /* label not found; cannot close goto */ } static int newlabelentry (LexState *ls, Labellist *l, TString *name, int line, int pc) { int n = l->n; luaM_growvector(ls->L, l->arr, n, l->size, Labeldesc, SHRT_MAX, "labels/gotos"); l->arr[n].name = name; l->arr[n].line = line; l->arr[n].nactvar = ls->fs->nactvar; l->arr[n].pc = pc; l->n = n + 1; return n; } /* ** check whether new label 'lb' matches any pending gotos in current ** block; solves forward jumps */ static void findgotos (LexState *ls, Labeldesc *lb) { Labellist *gl = &ls->dyd->gt; int i = ls->fs->bl->firstgoto; while (i < gl->n) { if (eqstr(gl->arr[i].name, lb->name)) closegoto(ls, i, lb); else i++; } } /* ** export pending gotos to outer level, to check them against ** outer labels; if the block being exited has upvalues, and ** the goto exits the scope of any variable (which can be the ** upvalue), close those variables being exited. */ static void movegotosout (FuncState *fs, BlockCnt *bl) { int i = bl->firstgoto; Labellist *gl = &fs->ls->dyd->gt; /* correct pending gotos to current block and try to close it with visible labels */ while (i < gl->n) { Labeldesc *gt = &gl->arr[i]; if (gt->nactvar > bl->nactvar) { if (bl->upval) luaK_patchclose(fs, gt->pc, bl->nactvar); gt->nactvar = bl->nactvar; } if (!findlabel(fs->ls, i)) i++; /* move to next one */ } } static void enterblock (FuncState *fs, BlockCnt *bl, lu_byte isloop) { bl->isloop = isloop; bl->nactvar = fs->nactvar; bl->firstlabel = fs->ls->dyd->label.n; bl->firstgoto = fs->ls->dyd->gt.n; bl->upval = 0; bl->previous = fs->bl; fs->bl = bl; lua_assert(fs->freereg == fs->nactvar); } /* ** create a label named 'break' to resolve break statements */ static void breaklabel (LexState *ls) { TString *n = luaS_new(ls->L, "break"); int l = newlabelentry(ls, &ls->dyd->label, n, 0, ls->fs->pc); findgotos(ls, &ls->dyd->label.arr[l]); } /* ** generates an error for an undefined 'goto'; choose appropriate ** message when label name is a reserved word (which can only be 'break') */ static l_noret undefgoto (LexState *ls, Labeldesc *gt) { const char *msg = isreserved(gt->name) ? "<%s> at line %d not inside a loop" : "no visible label '%s' for at line %d"; msg = luaO_pushfstring(ls->L, msg, getstr(gt->name), gt->line); semerror(ls, msg); } static void leaveblock (FuncState *fs) { BlockCnt *bl = fs->bl; LexState *ls = fs->ls; if (bl->previous && bl->upval) { /* create a 'jump to here' to close upvalues */ int j = luaK_jump(fs); luaK_patchclose(fs, j, bl->nactvar); luaK_patchtohere(fs, j); } if (bl->isloop) breaklabel(ls); /* close pending breaks */ fs->bl = bl->previous; removevars(fs, bl->nactvar); lua_assert(bl->nactvar == fs->nactvar); fs->freereg = fs->nactvar; /* free registers */ ls->dyd->label.n = bl->firstlabel; /* remove local labels */ if (bl->previous) /* inner block? */ movegotosout(fs, bl); /* update pending gotos to outer block */ else if (bl->firstgoto < ls->dyd->gt.n) /* pending gotos in outer block? */ undefgoto(ls, &ls->dyd->gt.arr[bl->firstgoto]); /* error */ } /* ** adds a new prototype into list of prototypes */ static Proto *addprototype (LexState *ls) { Proto *clp; lua_State *L = ls->L; FuncState *fs = ls->fs; Proto *f = fs->f; /* prototype of current function */ if (fs->np >= f->sizep) { int oldsize = f->sizep; luaM_growvector(L, f->p, fs->np, f->sizep, Proto *, MAXARG_Bx, "functions"); while (oldsize < f->sizep) f->p[oldsize++] = NULL; } f->p[fs->np++] = clp = luaF_newproto(L); luaC_objbarrier(L, f, clp); return clp; } /* ** codes instruction to create new closure in parent function. ** The OP_CLOSURE instruction must use the last available register, ** so that, if it invokes the GC, the GC knows which registers ** are in use at that time. */ static void codeclosure (LexState *ls, expdesc *v) { FuncState *fs = ls->fs->prev; init_exp(v, VRELOCABLE, luaK_codeABx(fs, OP_CLOSURE, 0, fs->np - 1)); luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, v); /* fix it at the last register */ } static void open_func (LexState *ls, FuncState *fs, BlockCnt *bl) { Proto *f; fs->prev = ls->fs; /* linked list of funcstates */ fs->ls = ls; ls->fs = fs; fs->pc = 0; fs->lasttarget = 0; fs->jpc = NO_JUMP; fs->freereg = 0; fs->nk = 0; fs->np = 0; fs->nups = 0; fs->nlocvars = 0; fs->nactvar = 0; fs->firstlocal = ls->dyd->actvar.n; fs->bl = NULL; f = fs->f; f->source = ls->source; f->maxstacksize = 2; /* registers 0/1 are always valid */ enterblock(fs, bl, 0); } static void close_func (LexState *ls) { lua_State *L = ls->L; FuncState *fs = ls->fs; Proto *f = fs->f; luaK_ret(fs, 0, 0); /* final return */ leaveblock(fs); luaM_reallocvector(L, f->code, f->sizecode, fs->pc, Instruction); f->sizecode = fs->pc; luaM_reallocvector(L, f->lineinfo, f->sizelineinfo, fs->pc, int); f->sizelineinfo = fs->pc; luaM_reallocvector(L, f->k, f->sizek, fs->nk, TValue); f->sizek = fs->nk; luaM_reallocvector(L, f->p, f->sizep, fs->np, Proto *); f->sizep = fs->np; luaM_reallocvector(L, f->locvars, f->sizelocvars, fs->nlocvars, LocVar); f->sizelocvars = fs->nlocvars; luaM_reallocvector(L, f->upvalues, f->sizeupvalues, fs->nups, Upvaldesc); f->sizeupvalues = fs->nups; lua_assert(fs->bl == NULL); ls->fs = fs->prev; luaC_checkGC(L); } /*============================================================*/ /* GRAMMAR RULES */ /*============================================================*/ /* ** check whether current token is in the follow set of a block. ** 'until' closes syntactical blocks, but do not close scope, ** so it is handled in separate. */ static int block_follow (LexState *ls, int withuntil) { switch (ls->t.token) { case TK_ELSE: case TK_ELSEIF: case TK_END: case TK_EOS: return 1; case TK_UNTIL: return withuntil; default: return 0; } } static void statlist (LexState *ls) { /* statlist -> { stat [';'] } */ while (!block_follow(ls, 1)) { if (ls->t.token == TK_RETURN) { statement(ls); return; /* 'return' must be last statement */ } statement(ls); } } static void fieldsel (LexState *ls, expdesc *v) { /* fieldsel -> ['.' | ':'] NAME */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; expdesc key; luaK_exp2anyregup(fs, v); luaX_next(ls); /* skip the dot or colon */ checkname(ls, &key); luaK_indexed(fs, v, &key); } static void yindex (LexState *ls, expdesc *v) { /* index -> '[' expr ']' */ luaX_next(ls); /* skip the '[' */ expr(ls, v); luaK_exp2val(ls->fs, v); checknext(ls, ']'); } /* ** {====================================================================== ** Rules for Constructors ** ======================================================================= */ struct ConsControl { expdesc v; /* last list item read */ expdesc *t; /* table descriptor */ int nh; /* total number of 'record' elements */ int na; /* total number of array elements */ int tostore; /* number of array elements pending to be stored */ }; static void recfield (LexState *ls, struct ConsControl *cc) { /* recfield -> (NAME | '['exp1']') = exp1 */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; int reg = ls->fs->freereg; expdesc key, val; int rkkey; if (ls->t.token == TK_NAME) { checklimit(fs, cc->nh, MAX_INT, "items in a constructor"); checkname(ls, &key); } else /* ls->t.token == '[' */ yindex(ls, &key); cc->nh++; checknext(ls, '='); rkkey = luaK_exp2RK(fs, &key); expr(ls, &val); luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_SETTABLE, cc->t->u.info, rkkey, luaK_exp2RK(fs, &val)); fs->freereg = reg; /* free registers */ } static void closelistfield (FuncState *fs, struct ConsControl *cc) { if (cc->v.k == VVOID) return; /* there is no list item */ luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, &cc->v); cc->v.k = VVOID; if (cc->tostore == LFIELDS_PER_FLUSH) { luaK_setlist(fs, cc->t->u.info, cc->na, cc->tostore); /* flush */ cc->tostore = 0; /* no more items pending */ } } static void lastlistfield (FuncState *fs, struct ConsControl *cc) { if (cc->tostore == 0) return; if (hasmultret(cc->v.k)) { luaK_setmultret(fs, &cc->v); luaK_setlist(fs, cc->t->u.info, cc->na, LUA_MULTRET); cc->na--; /* do not count last expression (unknown number of elements) */ } else { if (cc->v.k != VVOID) luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, &cc->v); luaK_setlist(fs, cc->t->u.info, cc->na, cc->tostore); } } static void listfield (LexState *ls, struct ConsControl *cc) { /* listfield -> exp */ expr(ls, &cc->v); checklimit(ls->fs, cc->na, MAX_INT, "items in a constructor"); cc->na++; cc->tostore++; } static void field (LexState *ls, struct ConsControl *cc) { /* field -> listfield | recfield */ switch(ls->t.token) { case TK_NAME: { /* may be 'listfield' or 'recfield' */ if (luaX_lookahead(ls) != '=') /* expression? */ listfield(ls, cc); else recfield(ls, cc); break; } case '[': { recfield(ls, cc); break; } default: { listfield(ls, cc); break; } } } static void constructor (LexState *ls, expdesc *t) { /* constructor -> '{' [ field { sep field } [sep] ] '}' sep -> ',' | ';' */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; int line = ls->linenumber; int pc = luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_NEWTABLE, 0, 0, 0); struct ConsControl cc; cc.na = cc.nh = cc.tostore = 0; cc.t = t; init_exp(t, VRELOCABLE, pc); init_exp(&cc.v, VVOID, 0); /* no value (yet) */ luaK_exp2nextreg(ls->fs, t); /* fix it at stack top */ checknext(ls, '{'); do { lua_assert(cc.v.k == VVOID || cc.tostore > 0); if (ls->t.token == '}') break; closelistfield(fs, &cc); field(ls, &cc); } while (testnext(ls, ',') || testnext(ls, ';')); check_match(ls, '}', '{', line); lastlistfield(fs, &cc); SETARG_B(fs->f->code[pc], luaO_int2fb(cc.na)); /* set initial array size */ SETARG_C(fs->f->code[pc], luaO_int2fb(cc.nh)); /* set initial table size */ } /* }====================================================================== */ static void parlist (LexState *ls) { /* parlist -> [ param { ',' param } ] */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; Proto *f = fs->f; int nparams = 0; f->is_vararg = 0; if (ls->t.token != ')') { /* is 'parlist' not empty? */ do { switch (ls->t.token) { case TK_NAME: { /* param -> NAME */ new_localvar(ls, str_checkname(ls)); nparams++; break; } case TK_DOTS: { /* param -> '...' */ luaX_next(ls); f->is_vararg = 1; /* declared vararg */ break; } default: luaX_syntaxerror(ls, " or '...' expected"); } } while (!f->is_vararg && testnext(ls, ',')); } adjustlocalvars(ls, nparams); f->numparams = cast_byte(fs->nactvar); luaK_reserveregs(fs, fs->nactvar); /* reserve register for parameters */ } static void body (LexState *ls, expdesc *e, int ismethod, int line) { /* body -> '(' parlist ')' block END */ FuncState new_fs; BlockCnt bl; new_fs.f = addprototype(ls); new_fs.f->linedefined = line; open_func(ls, &new_fs, &bl); checknext(ls, '('); if (ismethod) { new_localvarliteral(ls, "self"); /* create 'self' parameter */ adjustlocalvars(ls, 1); } parlist(ls); checknext(ls, ')'); statlist(ls); new_fs.f->lastlinedefined = ls->linenumber; check_match(ls, TK_END, TK_FUNCTION, line); codeclosure(ls, e); close_func(ls); } static int explist (LexState *ls, expdesc *v) { /* explist -> expr { ',' expr } */ int n = 1; /* at least one expression */ expr(ls, v); while (testnext(ls, ',')) { luaK_exp2nextreg(ls->fs, v); expr(ls, v); n++; } return n; } static void funcargs (LexState *ls, expdesc *f, int line) { FuncState *fs = ls->fs; expdesc args; int base, nparams; switch (ls->t.token) { case '(': { /* funcargs -> '(' [ explist ] ')' */ luaX_next(ls); if (ls->t.token == ')') /* arg list is empty? */ args.k = VVOID; else { explist(ls, &args); luaK_setmultret(fs, &args); } check_match(ls, ')', '(', line); break; } case '{': { /* funcargs -> constructor */ constructor(ls, &args); break; } case TK_STRING: { /* funcargs -> STRING */ codestring(ls, &args, ls->t.seminfo.ts); luaX_next(ls); /* must use 'seminfo' before 'next' */ break; } default: { luaX_syntaxerror(ls, "function arguments expected"); } } lua_assert(f->k == VNONRELOC); base = f->u.info; /* base register for call */ if (hasmultret(args.k)) nparams = LUA_MULTRET; /* open call */ else { if (args.k != VVOID) luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, &args); /* close last argument */ nparams = fs->freereg - (base+1); } init_exp(f, VCALL, luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_CALL, base, nparams+1, 2)); luaK_fixline(fs, line); fs->freereg = base+1; /* call remove function and arguments and leaves (unless changed) one result */ } /* ** {====================================================================== ** Expression parsing ** ======================================================================= */ static void primaryexp (LexState *ls, expdesc *v) { /* primaryexp -> NAME | '(' expr ')' */ switch (ls->t.token) { case '(': { int line = ls->linenumber; luaX_next(ls); expr(ls, v); check_match(ls, ')', '(', line); luaK_dischargevars(ls->fs, v); return; } case TK_NAME: { singlevar(ls, v); return; } default: { luaX_syntaxerror(ls, "unexpected symbol"); } } } static void suffixedexp (LexState *ls, expdesc *v) { /* suffixedexp -> primaryexp { '.' NAME | '[' exp ']' | ':' NAME funcargs | funcargs } */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; int line = ls->linenumber; primaryexp(ls, v); for (;;) { switch (ls->t.token) { case '.': { /* fieldsel */ fieldsel(ls, v); break; } case '[': { /* '[' exp1 ']' */ expdesc key; luaK_exp2anyregup(fs, v); yindex(ls, &key); luaK_indexed(fs, v, &key); break; } case ':': { /* ':' NAME funcargs */ expdesc key; luaX_next(ls); checkname(ls, &key); luaK_self(fs, v, &key); funcargs(ls, v, line); break; } case '(': case TK_STRING: case '{': { /* funcargs */ luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, v); funcargs(ls, v, line); break; } default: return; } } } static void simpleexp (LexState *ls, expdesc *v) { /* simpleexp -> FLT | INT | STRING | NIL | TRUE | FALSE | ... | constructor | FUNCTION body | suffixedexp */ switch (ls->t.token) { case TK_FLT: { init_exp(v, VKFLT, 0); v->u.nval = ls->t.seminfo.r; break; } case TK_INT: { init_exp(v, VKINT, 0); v->u.ival = ls->t.seminfo.i; break; } case TK_STRING: { codestring(ls, v, ls->t.seminfo.ts); break; } case TK_NIL: { init_exp(v, VNIL, 0); break; } case TK_TRUE: { init_exp(v, VTRUE, 0); break; } case TK_FALSE: { init_exp(v, VFALSE, 0); break; } case TK_DOTS: { /* vararg */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; check_condition(ls, fs->f->is_vararg, "cannot use '...' outside a vararg function"); init_exp(v, VVARARG, luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_VARARG, 0, 1, 0)); break; } case '{': { /* constructor */ constructor(ls, v); return; } case TK_FUNCTION: { luaX_next(ls); body(ls, v, 0, ls->linenumber); return; } default: { suffixedexp(ls, v); return; } } luaX_next(ls); } static UnOpr getunopr (int op) { switch (op) { case TK_NOT: return OPR_NOT; case '-': return OPR_MINUS; case '~': return OPR_BNOT; case '#': return OPR_LEN; default: return OPR_NOUNOPR; } } static BinOpr getbinopr (int op) { switch (op) { case '+': return OPR_ADD; case '-': return OPR_SUB; case '*': return OPR_MUL; case '%': return OPR_MOD; case '^': return OPR_POW; case '/': return OPR_DIV; case TK_IDIV: return OPR_IDIV; case '&': return OPR_BAND; case '|': return OPR_BOR; case '~': return OPR_BXOR; case TK_SHL: return OPR_SHL; case TK_SHR: return OPR_SHR; case TK_CONCAT: return OPR_CONCAT; case TK_NE: return OPR_NE; case TK_NE2: return OPR_NE; case TK_EQ: return OPR_EQ; case '<': return OPR_LT; case TK_LE: return OPR_LE; case '>': return OPR_GT; case TK_GE: return OPR_GE; case TK_AND: return OPR_AND; case TK_OR: return OPR_OR; default: return OPR_NOBINOPR; } } static const struct { lu_byte left; /* left priority for each binary operator */ lu_byte right; /* right priority */ } priority[] = { /* ORDER OPR */ {10, 10}, {10, 10}, /* '+' '-' */ {11, 11}, {11, 11}, /* '*' '%' */ {14, 13}, /* '^' (right associative) */ {11, 11}, {11, 11}, /* '/' '//' */ {6, 6}, {4, 4}, {5, 5}, /* '&' '|' '~' */ {7, 7}, {7, 7}, /* '<<' '>>' */ {9, 8}, /* '..' (right associative) */ {3, 3}, {3, 3}, {3, 3}, /* ==, <, <= */ {3, 3}, {3, 3}, {3, 3}, /* ~=, >, >= */ {2, 2}, {1, 1} /* and, or */ }; #define UNARY_PRIORITY 12 /* priority for unary operators */ /* ** subexpr -> (simpleexp | unop subexpr) { binop subexpr } ** where 'binop' is any binary operator with a priority higher than 'limit' */ static BinOpr subexpr (LexState *ls, expdesc *v, int limit) { BinOpr op; UnOpr uop; enterlevel(ls); uop = getunopr(ls->t.token); if (uop != OPR_NOUNOPR) { int line = ls->linenumber; luaX_next(ls); subexpr(ls, v, UNARY_PRIORITY); luaK_prefix(ls->fs, uop, v, line); } else simpleexp(ls, v); /* expand while operators have priorities higher than 'limit' */ op = getbinopr(ls->t.token); while (op != OPR_NOBINOPR && priority[op].left > limit) { expdesc v2; BinOpr nextop; int line = ls->linenumber; luaX_next(ls); luaK_infix(ls->fs, op, v); /* read sub-expression with higher priority */ nextop = subexpr(ls, &v2, priority[op].right); luaK_posfix(ls->fs, op, v, &v2, line); op = nextop; } leavelevel(ls); return op; /* return first untreated operator */ } static void expr (LexState *ls, expdesc *v) { subexpr(ls, v, 0); } /* }==================================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================================== ** Rules for Statements ** ======================================================================= */ static void block (LexState *ls) { /* block -> statlist */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; BlockCnt bl; enterblock(fs, &bl, 0); statlist(ls); leaveblock(fs); } /* ** structure to chain all variables in the left-hand side of an ** assignment */ struct LHS_assign { struct LHS_assign *prev; expdesc v; /* variable (global, local, upvalue, or indexed) */ }; /* ** check whether, in an assignment to an upvalue/local variable, the ** upvalue/local variable is begin used in a previous assignment to a ** table. If so, save original upvalue/local value in a safe place and ** use this safe copy in the previous assignment. */ static void check_conflict (LexState *ls, struct LHS_assign *lh, expdesc *v) { FuncState *fs = ls->fs; int extra = fs->freereg; /* eventual position to save local variable */ int conflict = 0; for (; lh; lh = lh->prev) { /* check all previous assignments */ if (lh->v.k == VINDEXED) { /* assigning to a table? */ /* table is the upvalue/local being assigned now? */ if (lh->v.u.ind.vt == v->k && lh->v.u.ind.t == v->u.info) { conflict = 1; lh->v.u.ind.vt = VLOCAL; lh->v.u.ind.t = extra; /* previous assignment will use safe copy */ } /* index is the local being assigned? (index cannot be upvalue) */ if (v->k == VLOCAL && lh->v.u.ind.idx == v->u.info) { conflict = 1; lh->v.u.ind.idx = extra; /* previous assignment will use safe copy */ } } } if (conflict) { /* copy upvalue/local value to a temporary (in position 'extra') */ OpCode op = (v->k == VLOCAL) ? OP_MOVE : OP_GETUPVAL; luaK_codeABC(fs, op, extra, v->u.info, 0); luaK_reserveregs(fs, 1); } } static void append_assignment (LexState *ls, struct LHS_assign *lh) { FuncState * fs=ls->fs; TString *appendfunc_name; expdesc appendfunc; expdesc var; expdesc value; int base; luaX_next(ls); checknext(ls, '='); /* Push tup_append_assignment onto the stack */ /* Note: copied from function call suffixedexp -> primaryexp -> singlevar */ appendfunc_name = luaS_new(ls->L, "tup_append_assignment"); singlevaraux(fs, appendfunc_name, &appendfunc, 1); if (appendfunc.k == VVOID) { /* If tup_append_assignment isn't global, then check _ENV/locals * Note: reuse appendfunc to reference _ENV temporarily */ expdesc key; /* Locate _ENV and make it an upvalue if necessary */ singlevaraux(fs, ls->envn, &appendfunc, 1); lua_assert(appendfunc.k == VLOCAL || appendfunc.k == VUPVAL); codestring(ls, &key, appendfunc_name); /* Make func_name a constant */ luaK_indexed(fs, &appendfunc, &key); /* env[varname] */ } luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, &appendfunc); /* Push assignment lhs as first function argument */ var = lh->v; /* exp2nextreg disables the expr somehow, so copy it first */ if (var.k == VINDEXED) { /* exp2nextreg if INDEXED will try to pop/reuse the source table and * index stack positions. * Increase freeregs to prevent that. * The conditions need to match those in and around freereg in * luaK_dischargevars exactly. */ if (!ISK(var.u.ind.idx) && var.u.ind.idx >= fs->nactvar) { fs->freereg += 1; } if (var.u.ind.vt == VLOCAL) { if (!ISK(var.u.ind.t) && var.u.ind.t >= fs->nactvar) { fs->freereg += 1; } } } luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, &var); /* Push original rhs as second function argument */ expr(ls, &value); luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, &value); /* Call the function */ /* Note: copied from funcargs */ lua_assert(appendfunc.k == VNONRELOC); base = appendfunc.u.info; /* base register for call */ init_exp(&appendfunc, VCALL, luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_CALL, base, fs->freereg - (base + 1) + 1, 2)); fs->freereg = base + 1; /* call removes function and arguments and leaves (unless changed) one result */ /* Store the call result */ luaK_storevar(fs, &lh->v, &appendfunc); } static void assignment (LexState *ls, struct LHS_assign *lh, int nvars) { expdesc e; check_condition(ls, vkisvar(lh->v.k), "syntax error"); if (testnext(ls, ',')) { /* assignment -> ',' suffixedexp assignment */ struct LHS_assign nv; nv.prev = lh; suffixedexp(ls, &nv.v); if (nv.v.k != VINDEXED) check_conflict(ls, lh, &nv.v); checklimit(ls->fs, nvars + ls->L->nCcalls, LUAI_MAXCCALLS, "C levels"); assignment(ls, &nv, nvars+1); } else { /* assignment -> '=' explist */ int nexps; if(nvars==1) { if(ls->t.token == '+') { append_assignment(ls, lh); return; } } checknext(ls, '='); nexps = explist(ls, &e); if (nexps != nvars) adjust_assign(ls, nvars, nexps, &e); else { luaK_setoneret(ls->fs, &e); /* close last expression */ luaK_storevar(ls->fs, &lh->v, &e); return; /* avoid default */ } } init_exp(&e, VNONRELOC, ls->fs->freereg-1); /* default assignment */ luaK_storevar(ls->fs, &lh->v, &e); } static int cond (LexState *ls) { /* cond -> exp */ expdesc v; expr(ls, &v); /* read condition */ if (v.k == VNIL) v.k = VFALSE; /* 'falses' are all equal here */ luaK_goiftrue(ls->fs, &v); return v.f; } static void gotostat (LexState *ls, int pc) { int line = ls->linenumber; TString *label; int g; if (testnext(ls, TK_GOTO)) label = str_checkname(ls); else { luaX_next(ls); /* skip break */ label = luaS_new(ls->L, "break"); } g = newlabelentry(ls, &ls->dyd->gt, label, line, pc); findlabel(ls, g); /* close it if label already defined */ } /* check for repeated labels on the same block */ static void checkrepeated (FuncState *fs, Labellist *ll, TString *label) { int i; for (i = fs->bl->firstlabel; i < ll->n; i++) { if (eqstr(label, ll->arr[i].name)) { const char *msg = luaO_pushfstring(fs->ls->L, "label '%s' already defined on line %d", getstr(label), ll->arr[i].line); semerror(fs->ls, msg); } } } /* skip no-op statements */ static void skipnoopstat (LexState *ls) { while (ls->t.token == ';' || ls->t.token == TK_DBCOLON) statement(ls); } static void labelstat (LexState *ls, TString *label, int line) { /* label -> '::' NAME '::' */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; Labellist *ll = &ls->dyd->label; int l; /* index of new label being created */ checkrepeated(fs, ll, label); /* check for repeated labels */ checknext(ls, TK_DBCOLON); /* skip double colon */ /* create new entry for this label */ l = newlabelentry(ls, ll, label, line, luaK_getlabel(fs)); skipnoopstat(ls); /* skip other no-op statements */ if (block_follow(ls, 0)) { /* label is last no-op statement in the block? */ /* assume that locals are already out of scope */ ll->arr[l].nactvar = fs->bl->nactvar; } findgotos(ls, &ll->arr[l]); } static void whilestat (LexState *ls, int line) { /* whilestat -> WHILE cond DO block END */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; int whileinit; int condexit; BlockCnt bl; luaX_next(ls); /* skip WHILE */ whileinit = luaK_getlabel(fs); condexit = cond(ls); enterblock(fs, &bl, 1); checknext(ls, TK_DO); block(ls); luaK_jumpto(fs, whileinit); check_match(ls, TK_END, TK_WHILE, line); leaveblock(fs); luaK_patchtohere(fs, condexit); /* false conditions finish the loop */ } static void repeatstat (LexState *ls, int line) { /* repeatstat -> REPEAT block UNTIL cond */ int condexit; FuncState *fs = ls->fs; int repeat_init = luaK_getlabel(fs); BlockCnt bl1, bl2; enterblock(fs, &bl1, 1); /* loop block */ enterblock(fs, &bl2, 0); /* scope block */ luaX_next(ls); /* skip REPEAT */ statlist(ls); check_match(ls, TK_UNTIL, TK_REPEAT, line); condexit = cond(ls); /* read condition (inside scope block) */ if (bl2.upval) /* upvalues? */ luaK_patchclose(fs, condexit, bl2.nactvar); leaveblock(fs); /* finish scope */ luaK_patchlist(fs, condexit, repeat_init); /* close the loop */ leaveblock(fs); /* finish loop */ } static int exp1 (LexState *ls) { expdesc e; int reg; expr(ls, &e); luaK_exp2nextreg(ls->fs, &e); lua_assert(e.k == VNONRELOC); reg = e.u.info; return reg; } static void forbody (LexState *ls, int base, int line, int nvars, int isnum) { /* forbody -> DO block */ BlockCnt bl; FuncState *fs = ls->fs; int prep, endfor; adjustlocalvars(ls, 3); /* control variables */ checknext(ls, TK_DO); prep = isnum ? luaK_codeAsBx(fs, OP_FORPREP, base, NO_JUMP) : luaK_jump(fs); enterblock(fs, &bl, 0); /* scope for declared variables */ adjustlocalvars(ls, nvars); luaK_reserveregs(fs, nvars); block(ls); leaveblock(fs); /* end of scope for declared variables */ luaK_patchtohere(fs, prep); if (isnum) /* numeric for? */ endfor = luaK_codeAsBx(fs, OP_FORLOOP, base, NO_JUMP); else { /* generic for */ luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_TFORCALL, base, 0, nvars); luaK_fixline(fs, line); endfor = luaK_codeAsBx(fs, OP_TFORLOOP, base + 2, NO_JUMP); } luaK_patchlist(fs, endfor, prep + 1); luaK_fixline(fs, line); } static void fornum (LexState *ls, TString *varname, int line) { /* fornum -> NAME = exp1,exp1[,exp1] forbody */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; int base = fs->freereg; new_localvarliteral(ls, "(for index)"); new_localvarliteral(ls, "(for limit)"); new_localvarliteral(ls, "(for step)"); new_localvar(ls, varname); checknext(ls, '='); exp1(ls); /* initial value */ checknext(ls, ','); exp1(ls); /* limit */ if (testnext(ls, ',')) exp1(ls); /* optional step */ else { /* default step = 1 */ luaK_codek(fs, fs->freereg, luaK_intK(fs, 1)); luaK_reserveregs(fs, 1); } forbody(ls, base, line, 1, 1); } static void forlist (LexState *ls, TString *indexname) { /* forlist -> NAME {,NAME} IN explist forbody */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; expdesc e; int nvars = 4; /* gen, state, control, plus at least one declared var */ int line; int base = fs->freereg; /* create control variables */ new_localvarliteral(ls, "(for generator)"); new_localvarliteral(ls, "(for state)"); new_localvarliteral(ls, "(for control)"); /* create declared variables */ new_localvar(ls, indexname); while (testnext(ls, ',')) { new_localvar(ls, str_checkname(ls)); nvars++; } checknext(ls, TK_IN); line = ls->linenumber; adjust_assign(ls, 3, explist(ls, &e), &e); luaK_checkstack(fs, 3); /* extra space to call generator */ forbody(ls, base, line, nvars - 3, 0); } static void forstat (LexState *ls, int line) { /* forstat -> FOR (fornum | forlist) END */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; TString *varname; BlockCnt bl; enterblock(fs, &bl, 1); /* scope for loop and control variables */ luaX_next(ls); /* skip 'for' */ varname = str_checkname(ls); /* first variable name */ switch (ls->t.token) { case '=': fornum(ls, varname, line); break; case ',': case TK_IN: forlist(ls, varname); break; default: luaX_syntaxerror(ls, "'=' or 'in' expected"); } check_match(ls, TK_END, TK_FOR, line); leaveblock(fs); /* loop scope ('break' jumps to this point) */ } static void test_then_block (LexState *ls, int *escapelist) { /* test_then_block -> [IF | ELSEIF] cond THEN block */ BlockCnt bl; FuncState *fs = ls->fs; expdesc v; int jf; /* instruction to skip 'then' code (if condition is false) */ luaX_next(ls); /* skip IF or ELSEIF */ expr(ls, &v); /* read condition */ checknext(ls, TK_THEN); if (ls->t.token == TK_GOTO || ls->t.token == TK_BREAK) { luaK_goiffalse(ls->fs, &v); /* will jump to label if condition is true */ enterblock(fs, &bl, 0); /* must enter block before 'goto' */ gotostat(ls, v.t); /* handle goto/break */ skipnoopstat(ls); /* skip other no-op statements */ if (block_follow(ls, 0)) { /* 'goto' is the entire block? */ leaveblock(fs); return; /* and that is it */ } else /* must skip over 'then' part if condition is false */ jf = luaK_jump(fs); } else { /* regular case (not goto/break) */ luaK_goiftrue(ls->fs, &v); /* skip over block if condition is false */ enterblock(fs, &bl, 0); jf = v.f; } statlist(ls); /* 'then' part */ leaveblock(fs); if (ls->t.token == TK_ELSE || ls->t.token == TK_ELSEIF) /* followed by 'else'/'elseif'? */ luaK_concat(fs, escapelist, luaK_jump(fs)); /* must jump over it */ luaK_patchtohere(fs, jf); } static void ifstat (LexState *ls, int line) { /* ifstat -> IF cond THEN block {ELSEIF cond THEN block} [ELSE block] END */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; int escapelist = NO_JUMP; /* exit list for finished parts */ test_then_block(ls, &escapelist); /* IF cond THEN block */ while (ls->t.token == TK_ELSEIF) test_then_block(ls, &escapelist); /* ELSEIF cond THEN block */ if (testnext(ls, TK_ELSE)) block(ls); /* 'else' part */ check_match(ls, TK_END, TK_IF, line); luaK_patchtohere(fs, escapelist); /* patch escape list to 'if' end */ } static void localfunc (LexState *ls) { expdesc b; FuncState *fs = ls->fs; new_localvar(ls, str_checkname(ls)); /* new local variable */ adjustlocalvars(ls, 1); /* enter its scope */ body(ls, &b, 0, ls->linenumber); /* function created in next register */ /* debug information will only see the variable after this point! */ getlocvar(fs, b.u.info)->startpc = fs->pc; } static void localstat (LexState *ls) { /* stat -> LOCAL NAME {',' NAME} ['=' explist] */ int nvars = 0; int nexps; expdesc e; do { new_localvar(ls, str_checkname(ls)); nvars++; } while (testnext(ls, ',')); if (testnext(ls, '=')) nexps = explist(ls, &e); else { e.k = VVOID; nexps = 0; } adjust_assign(ls, nvars, nexps, &e); adjustlocalvars(ls, nvars); } static int funcname (LexState *ls, expdesc *v) { /* funcname -> NAME {fieldsel} [':' NAME] */ int ismethod = 0; singlevar(ls, v); while (ls->t.token == '.') fieldsel(ls, v); if (ls->t.token == ':') { ismethod = 1; fieldsel(ls, v); } return ismethod; } static void funcstat (LexState *ls, int line) { /* funcstat -> FUNCTION funcname body */ int ismethod; expdesc v, b; luaX_next(ls); /* skip FUNCTION */ ismethod = funcname(ls, &v); body(ls, &b, ismethod, line); luaK_storevar(ls->fs, &v, &b); luaK_fixline(ls->fs, line); /* definition "happens" in the first line */ } static void exprstat (LexState *ls) { /* stat -> func | assignment */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; struct LHS_assign v; suffixedexp(ls, &v.v); if (ls->t.token == '=' || ls->t.token == ',' || ls->t.token == '+') { /* stat -> assignment ? */ v.prev = NULL; assignment(ls, &v, 1); } else { /* stat -> func */ check_condition(ls, v.v.k == VCALL, "syntax error"); SETARG_C(getinstruction(fs, &v.v), 1); /* call statement uses no results */ } } static void retstat (LexState *ls) { /* stat -> RETURN [explist] [';'] */ FuncState *fs = ls->fs; expdesc e; int first, nret; /* registers with returned values */ if (block_follow(ls, 1) || ls->t.token == ';') first = nret = 0; /* return no values */ else { nret = explist(ls, &e); /* optional return values */ if (hasmultret(e.k)) { luaK_setmultret(fs, &e); if (e.k == VCALL && nret == 1) { /* tail call? */ SET_OPCODE(getinstruction(fs,&e), OP_TAILCALL); lua_assert(GETARG_A(getinstruction(fs,&e)) == fs->nactvar); } first = fs->nactvar; nret = LUA_MULTRET; /* return all values */ } else { if (nret == 1) /* only one single value? */ first = luaK_exp2anyreg(fs, &e); else { luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, &e); /* values must go to the stack */ first = fs->nactvar; /* return all active values */ lua_assert(nret == fs->freereg - first); } } } luaK_ret(fs, first, nret); testnext(ls, ';'); /* skip optional semicolon */ } static void statement (LexState *ls) { int line = ls->linenumber; /* may be needed for error messages */ enterlevel(ls); switch (ls->t.token) { case ';': { /* stat -> ';' (empty statement) */ luaX_next(ls); /* skip ';' */ break; } case TK_IF: { /* stat -> ifstat */ ifstat(ls, line); break; } case TK_WHILE: { /* stat -> whilestat */ whilestat(ls, line); break; } case TK_DO: { /* stat -> DO block END */ luaX_next(ls); /* skip DO */ block(ls); check_match(ls, TK_END, TK_DO, line); break; } case TK_FOR: { /* stat -> forstat */ forstat(ls, line); break; } case TK_REPEAT: { /* stat -> repeatstat */ repeatstat(ls, line); break; } case TK_FUNCTION: { /* stat -> funcstat */ funcstat(ls, line); break; } case TK_LOCAL: { /* stat -> localstat */ luaX_next(ls); /* skip LOCAL */ if (testnext(ls, TK_FUNCTION)) /* local function? */ localfunc(ls); else localstat(ls); break; } case TK_DBCOLON: { /* stat -> label */ luaX_next(ls); /* skip double colon */ labelstat(ls, str_checkname(ls), line); break; } case TK_RETURN: { /* stat -> retstat */ luaX_next(ls); /* skip RETURN */ retstat(ls); break; } case TK_BREAK: /* stat -> breakstat */ case TK_GOTO: { /* stat -> 'goto' NAME */ gotostat(ls, luaK_jump(ls->fs)); break; } default: { /* stat -> func | assignment */ exprstat(ls); break; } } lua_assert(ls->fs->f->maxstacksize >= ls->fs->freereg && ls->fs->freereg >= ls->fs->nactvar); ls->fs->freereg = ls->fs->nactvar; /* free registers */ leavelevel(ls); } /* }====================================================================== */ /* ** compiles the main function, which is a regular vararg function with an ** upvalue named LUA_ENV */ static void mainfunc (LexState *ls, FuncState *fs) { BlockCnt bl; expdesc v; open_func(ls, fs, &bl); fs->f->is_vararg = 1; /* main function is always declared vararg */ init_exp(&v, VLOCAL, 0); /* create and... */ newupvalue(fs, ls->envn, &v); /* ...set environment upvalue */ luaX_next(ls); /* read first token */ statlist(ls); /* parse main body */ check(ls, TK_EOS); close_func(ls); } LClosure *luaY_parser (lua_State *L, ZIO *z, Mbuffer *buff, Dyndata *dyd, const char *name, int firstchar) { LexState lexstate; FuncState funcstate; LClosure *cl = luaF_newLclosure(L, 1); /* create main closure */ setclLvalue(L, L->top, cl); /* anchor it (to avoid being collected) */ luaD_inctop(L); lexstate.h = luaH_new(L); /* create table for scanner */ sethvalue(L, L->top, lexstate.h); /* anchor it */ luaD_inctop(L); funcstate.f = cl->p = luaF_newproto(L); funcstate.f->source = luaS_new(L, name); /* create and anchor TString */ lua_assert(iswhite(funcstate.f)); /* do not need barrier here */ lexstate.buff = buff; lexstate.dyd = dyd; dyd->actvar.n = dyd->gt.n = dyd->label.n = 0; luaX_setinput(L, &lexstate, z, funcstate.f->source, firstchar); mainfunc(&lexstate, &funcstate); lua_assert(!funcstate.prev && funcstate.nups == 1 && !lexstate.fs); /* all scopes should be correctly finished */ lua_assert(dyd->actvar.n == 0 && dyd->gt.n == 0 && dyd->label.n == 0); L->top--; /* remove scanner's table */ return cl; /* closure is on the stack, too */ } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lparser.h000066400000000000000000000104311335323540100157130ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lparser.h,v 1.76 2015/12/30 18:16:13 roberto Exp $ ** Lua Parser ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lparser_h #define lparser_h #include "llimits.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lzio.h" /* ** Expression and variable descriptor. ** Code generation for variables and expressions can be delayed to allow ** optimizations; An 'expdesc' structure describes a potentially-delayed ** variable/expression. It has a description of its "main" value plus a ** list of conditional jumps that can also produce its value (generated ** by short-circuit operators 'and'/'or'). */ /* kinds of variables/expressions */ typedef enum { VVOID, /* when 'expdesc' describes the last expression a list, this kind means an empty list (so, no expression) */ VNIL, /* constant nil */ VTRUE, /* constant true */ VFALSE, /* constant false */ VK, /* constant in 'k'; info = index of constant in 'k' */ VKFLT, /* floating constant; nval = numerical float value */ VKINT, /* integer constant; nval = numerical integer value */ VNONRELOC, /* expression has its value in a fixed register; info = result register */ VLOCAL, /* local variable; info = local register */ VUPVAL, /* upvalue variable; info = index of upvalue in 'upvalues' */ VINDEXED, /* indexed variable; ind.vt = whether 't' is register or upvalue; ind.t = table register or upvalue; ind.idx = key's R/K index */ VJMP, /* expression is a test/comparison; info = pc of corresponding jump instruction */ VRELOCABLE, /* expression can put result in any register; info = instruction pc */ VCALL, /* expression is a function call; info = instruction pc */ VVARARG /* vararg expression; info = instruction pc */ } expkind; #define vkisvar(k) (VLOCAL <= (k) && (k) <= VINDEXED) #define vkisinreg(k) ((k) == VNONRELOC || (k) == VLOCAL) typedef struct expdesc { expkind k; union { lua_Integer ival; /* for VKINT */ lua_Number nval; /* for VKFLT */ int info; /* for generic use */ struct { /* for indexed variables (VINDEXED) */ short idx; /* index (R/K) */ lu_byte t; /* table (register or upvalue) */ lu_byte vt; /* whether 't' is register (VLOCAL) or upvalue (VUPVAL) */ } ind; } u; int t; /* patch list of 'exit when true' */ int f; /* patch list of 'exit when false' */ } expdesc; /* description of active local variable */ typedef struct Vardesc { short idx; /* variable index in stack */ } Vardesc; /* description of pending goto statements and label statements */ typedef struct Labeldesc { TString *name; /* label identifier */ int pc; /* position in code */ int line; /* line where it appeared */ lu_byte nactvar; /* local level where it appears in current block */ } Labeldesc; /* list of labels or gotos */ typedef struct Labellist { Labeldesc *arr; /* array */ int n; /* number of entries in use */ int size; /* array size */ } Labellist; /* dynamic structures used by the parser */ typedef struct Dyndata { struct { /* list of active local variables */ Vardesc *arr; int n; int size; } actvar; Labellist gt; /* list of pending gotos */ Labellist label; /* list of active labels */ } Dyndata; /* control of blocks */ struct BlockCnt; /* defined in lparser.c */ /* state needed to generate code for a given function */ typedef struct FuncState { Proto *f; /* current function header */ struct FuncState *prev; /* enclosing function */ struct LexState *ls; /* lexical state */ struct BlockCnt *bl; /* chain of current blocks */ int pc; /* next position to code (equivalent to 'ncode') */ int lasttarget; /* 'label' of last 'jump label' */ int jpc; /* list of pending jumps to 'pc' */ int nk; /* number of elements in 'k' */ int np; /* number of elements in 'p' */ int firstlocal; /* index of first local var (in Dyndata array) */ short nlocvars; /* number of elements in 'f->locvars' */ lu_byte nactvar; /* number of active local variables */ lu_byte nups; /* number of upvalues */ lu_byte freereg; /* first free register */ } FuncState; LUAI_FUNC LClosure *luaY_parser (lua_State *L, ZIO *z, Mbuffer *buff, Dyndata *dyd, const char *name, int firstchar); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lprefix.h000066400000000000000000000015431335323540100157200ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lprefix.h,v 1.2 2014/12/29 16:54:13 roberto Exp $ ** Definitions for Lua code that must come before any other header file ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lprefix_h #define lprefix_h /* ** Allows POSIX/XSI stuff */ #if !defined(LUA_USE_C89) /* { */ #if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) #define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 #elif _XOPEN_SOURCE == 0 #undef _XOPEN_SOURCE /* use -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=0 to undefine it */ #endif /* ** Allows manipulation of large files in gcc and some other compilers */ #if !defined(LUA_32BITS) && !defined(_FILE_OFFSET_BITS) #define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 #define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 #endif #endif /* } */ /* ** Windows stuff */ #if defined(_WIN32) /* { */ #if !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS /* avoid warnings about ISO C functions */ #endif #endif /* } */ #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lstate.c000066400000000000000000000206251335323540100155400ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lstate.c,v 2.133 2015/11/13 12:16:51 roberto Exp $ ** Global State ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lstate_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lapi.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lfunc.h" #include "lgc.h" #include "llex.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "ltable.h" #include "ltm.h" #if !defined(LUAI_GCPAUSE) #define LUAI_GCPAUSE 200 /* 200% */ #endif #if !defined(LUAI_GCMUL) #define LUAI_GCMUL 200 /* GC runs 'twice the speed' of memory allocation */ #endif /* ** a macro to help the creation of a unique random seed when a state is ** created; the seed is used to randomize hashes. */ #if !defined(luai_makeseed) #include #define luai_makeseed() cast(unsigned int, time(NULL)) #endif /* ** thread state + extra space */ typedef struct LX { lu_byte extra_[LUA_EXTRASPACE]; lua_State l; } LX; /* ** Main thread combines a thread state and the global state */ typedef struct LG { LX l; global_State g; } LG; #define fromstate(L) (cast(LX *, cast(lu_byte *, (L)) - offsetof(LX, l))) /* ** Compute an initial seed as random as possible. Rely on Address Space ** Layout Randomization (if present) to increase randomness.. */ #define addbuff(b,p,e) \ { size_t t = cast(size_t, e); \ memcpy(b + p, &t, sizeof(t)); p += sizeof(t); } static unsigned int makeseed (lua_State *L) { char buff[4 * sizeof(size_t)]; unsigned int h = luai_makeseed(); int p = 0; addbuff(buff, p, L); /* heap variable */ addbuff(buff, p, &h); /* local variable */ addbuff(buff, p, luaO_nilobject); /* global variable */ addbuff(buff, p, &lua_newstate); /* public function */ lua_assert(p == sizeof(buff)); return luaS_hash(buff, p, h); } /* ** set GCdebt to a new value keeping the value (totalbytes + GCdebt) ** invariant (and avoiding underflows in 'totalbytes') */ void luaE_setdebt (global_State *g, l_mem debt) { l_mem tb = gettotalbytes(g); lua_assert(tb > 0); if (debt < tb - MAX_LMEM) debt = tb - MAX_LMEM; /* will make 'totalbytes == MAX_LMEM' */ g->totalbytes = tb - debt; g->GCdebt = debt; } CallInfo *luaE_extendCI (lua_State *L) { CallInfo *ci = luaM_new(L, CallInfo); lua_assert(L->ci->next == NULL); L->ci->next = ci; ci->previous = L->ci; ci->next = NULL; L->nci++; return ci; } /* ** free all CallInfo structures not in use by a thread */ void luaE_freeCI (lua_State *L) { CallInfo *ci = L->ci; CallInfo *next = ci->next; ci->next = NULL; while ((ci = next) != NULL) { next = ci->next; luaM_free(L, ci); L->nci--; } } /* ** free half of the CallInfo structures not in use by a thread */ void luaE_shrinkCI (lua_State *L) { CallInfo *ci = L->ci; CallInfo *next2; /* next's next */ /* while there are two nexts */ while (ci->next != NULL && (next2 = ci->next->next) != NULL) { luaM_free(L, ci->next); /* free next */ L->nci--; ci->next = next2; /* remove 'next' from the list */ next2->previous = ci; ci = next2; /* keep next's next */ } } static void stack_init (lua_State *L1, lua_State *L) { int i; CallInfo *ci; /* initialize stack array */ L1->stack = luaM_newvector(L, BASIC_STACK_SIZE, TValue); L1->stacksize = BASIC_STACK_SIZE; for (i = 0; i < BASIC_STACK_SIZE; i++) setnilvalue(L1->stack + i); /* erase new stack */ L1->top = L1->stack; L1->stack_last = L1->stack + L1->stacksize - EXTRA_STACK; /* initialize first ci */ ci = &L1->base_ci; ci->next = ci->previous = NULL; ci->callstatus = 0; ci->func = L1->top; setnilvalue(L1->top++); /* 'function' entry for this 'ci' */ ci->top = L1->top + LUA_MINSTACK; L1->ci = ci; } static void freestack (lua_State *L) { if (L->stack == NULL) return; /* stack not completely built yet */ L->ci = &L->base_ci; /* free the entire 'ci' list */ luaE_freeCI(L); lua_assert(L->nci == 0); luaM_freearray(L, L->stack, L->stacksize); /* free stack array */ } /* ** Create registry table and its predefined values */ static void init_registry (lua_State *L, global_State *g) { TValue temp; /* create registry */ Table *registry = luaH_new(L); sethvalue(L, &g->l_registry, registry); luaH_resize(L, registry, LUA_RIDX_LAST, 0); /* registry[LUA_RIDX_MAINTHREAD] = L */ setthvalue(L, &temp, L); /* temp = L */ luaH_setint(L, registry, LUA_RIDX_MAINTHREAD, &temp); /* registry[LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS] = table of globals */ sethvalue(L, &temp, luaH_new(L)); /* temp = new table (global table) */ luaH_setint(L, registry, LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS, &temp); } /* ** open parts of the state that may cause memory-allocation errors. ** ('g->version' != NULL flags that the state was completely build) */ static void f_luaopen (lua_State *L, void *ud) { global_State *g = G(L); UNUSED(ud); stack_init(L, L); /* init stack */ init_registry(L, g); luaS_init(L); luaT_init(L); luaX_init(L); g->gcrunning = 1; /* allow gc */ g->version = lua_version(NULL); luai_userstateopen(L); } /* ** preinitialize a thread with consistent values without allocating ** any memory (to avoid errors) */ static void preinit_thread (lua_State *L, global_State *g) { G(L) = g; L->stack = NULL; L->ci = NULL; L->nci = 0; L->stacksize = 0; L->twups = L; /* thread has no upvalues */ L->errorJmp = NULL; L->nCcalls = 0; L->hook = NULL; L->hookmask = 0; L->basehookcount = 0; L->allowhook = 1; resethookcount(L); L->openupval = NULL; L->nny = 1; L->status = LUA_OK; L->errfunc = 0; } static void close_state (lua_State *L) { global_State *g = G(L); luaF_close(L, L->stack); /* close all upvalues for this thread */ luaC_freeallobjects(L); /* collect all objects */ if (g->version) /* closing a fully built state? */ luai_userstateclose(L); luaM_freearray(L, G(L)->strt.hash, G(L)->strt.size); freestack(L); lua_assert(gettotalbytes(g) == sizeof(LG)); (*g->frealloc)(g->ud, fromstate(L), sizeof(LG), 0); /* free main block */ } LUA_API lua_State *lua_newthread (lua_State *L) { global_State *g = G(L); lua_State *L1; lua_lock(L); luaC_checkGC(L); /* create new thread */ L1 = &cast(LX *, luaM_newobject(L, LUA_TTHREAD, sizeof(LX)))->l; L1->marked = luaC_white(g); L1->tt = LUA_TTHREAD; /* link it on list 'allgc' */ L1->next = g->allgc; g->allgc = obj2gco(L1); /* anchor it on L stack */ setthvalue(L, L->top, L1); api_incr_top(L); preinit_thread(L1, g); L1->hookmask = L->hookmask; L1->basehookcount = L->basehookcount; L1->hook = L->hook; resethookcount(L1); /* initialize L1 extra space */ memcpy(lua_getextraspace(L1), lua_getextraspace(g->mainthread), LUA_EXTRASPACE); luai_userstatethread(L, L1); stack_init(L1, L); /* init stack */ lua_unlock(L); return L1; } void luaE_freethread (lua_State *L, lua_State *L1) { LX *l = fromstate(L1); luaF_close(L1, L1->stack); /* close all upvalues for this thread */ lua_assert(L1->openupval == NULL); luai_userstatefree(L, L1); freestack(L1); luaM_free(L, l); } LUA_API lua_State *lua_newstate (lua_Alloc f, void *ud) { int i; lua_State *L; global_State *g; LG *l = cast(LG *, (*f)(ud, NULL, LUA_TTHREAD, sizeof(LG))); if (l == NULL) return NULL; L = &l->l.l; g = &l->g; L->next = NULL; L->tt = LUA_TTHREAD; g->currentwhite = bitmask(WHITE0BIT); L->marked = luaC_white(g); preinit_thread(L, g); g->frealloc = f; g->ud = ud; g->mainthread = L; g->seed = makeseed(L); g->gcrunning = 0; /* no GC while building state */ g->GCestimate = 0; g->strt.size = g->strt.nuse = 0; g->strt.hash = NULL; setnilvalue(&g->l_registry); g->panic = NULL; g->version = NULL; g->gcstate = GCSpause; g->gckind = KGC_NORMAL; g->allgc = g->finobj = g->tobefnz = g->fixedgc = NULL; g->sweepgc = NULL; g->gray = g->grayagain = NULL; g->weak = g->ephemeron = g->allweak = NULL; g->twups = NULL; g->totalbytes = sizeof(LG); g->GCdebt = 0; g->gcfinnum = 0; g->gcpause = LUAI_GCPAUSE; g->gcstepmul = LUAI_GCMUL; for (i=0; i < LUA_NUMTAGS; i++) g->mt[i] = NULL; if (luaD_rawrunprotected(L, f_luaopen, NULL) != LUA_OK) { /* memory allocation error: free partial state */ close_state(L); L = NULL; } L->output = stdout; return L; } LUA_API void lua_setoutput (lua_State *L, FILE *output) { L->output = output; } LUA_API void lua_close (lua_State *L) { L = G(L)->mainthread; /* only the main thread can be closed */ lua_lock(L); close_state(L); } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lstate.h000066400000000000000000000173731335323540100155530ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lstate.h,v 2.133 2016/12/22 13:08:50 roberto Exp $ ** Global State ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lstate_h #define lstate_h #include "lua.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "ltm.h" #include "lzio.h" #include /* ** Some notes about garbage-collected objects: All objects in Lua must ** be kept somehow accessible until being freed, so all objects always ** belong to one (and only one) of these lists, using field 'next' of ** the 'CommonHeader' for the link: ** ** 'allgc': all objects not marked for finalization; ** 'finobj': all objects marked for finalization; ** 'tobefnz': all objects ready to be finalized; ** 'fixedgc': all objects that are not to be collected (currently ** only small strings, such as reserved words). */ struct lua_longjmp; /* defined in ldo.c */ /* ** Atomic type (relative to signals) to better ensure that 'lua_sethook' ** is thread safe */ #if !defined(l_signalT) #if !defined(_WIN32) #include #endif #define l_signalT sig_atomic_t #endif /* extra stack space to handle TM calls and some other extras */ #define EXTRA_STACK 5 #define BASIC_STACK_SIZE (2*LUA_MINSTACK) /* kinds of Garbage Collection */ #define KGC_NORMAL 0 #define KGC_EMERGENCY 1 /* gc was forced by an allocation failure */ typedef struct stringtable { TString **hash; int nuse; /* number of elements */ int size; } stringtable; /* ** Information about a call. ** When a thread yields, 'func' is adjusted to pretend that the ** top function has only the yielded values in its stack; in that ** case, the actual 'func' value is saved in field 'extra'. ** When a function calls another with a continuation, 'extra' keeps ** the function index so that, in case of errors, the continuation ** function can be called with the correct top. */ typedef struct CallInfo { StkId func; /* function index in the stack */ StkId top; /* top for this function */ struct CallInfo *previous, *next; /* dynamic call link */ union { struct { /* only for Lua functions */ StkId base; /* base for this function */ const Instruction *savedpc; } l; struct { /* only for C functions */ lua_KFunction k; /* continuation in case of yields */ ptrdiff_t old_errfunc; lua_KContext ctx; /* context info. in case of yields */ } c; } u; ptrdiff_t extra; short nresults; /* expected number of results from this function */ unsigned short callstatus; } CallInfo; /* ** Bits in CallInfo status */ #define CIST_OAH (1<<0) /* original value of 'allowhook' */ #define CIST_LUA (1<<1) /* call is running a Lua function */ #define CIST_HOOKED (1<<2) /* call is running a debug hook */ #define CIST_FRESH (1<<3) /* call is running on a fresh invocation of luaV_execute */ #define CIST_YPCALL (1<<4) /* call is a yieldable protected call */ #define CIST_TAIL (1<<5) /* call was tail called */ #define CIST_HOOKYIELD (1<<6) /* last hook called yielded */ #define CIST_LEQ (1<<7) /* using __lt for __le */ #define CIST_FIN (1<<8) /* call is running a finalizer */ #define isLua(ci) ((ci)->callstatus & CIST_LUA) /* assume that CIST_OAH has offset 0 and that 'v' is strictly 0/1 */ #define setoah(st,v) ((st) = ((st) & ~CIST_OAH) | (v)) #define getoah(st) ((st) & CIST_OAH) /* ** 'global state', shared by all threads of this state */ typedef struct global_State { lua_Alloc frealloc; /* function to reallocate memory */ void *ud; /* auxiliary data to 'frealloc' */ l_mem totalbytes; /* number of bytes currently allocated - GCdebt */ l_mem GCdebt; /* bytes allocated not yet compensated by the collector */ lu_mem GCmemtrav; /* memory traversed by the GC */ lu_mem GCestimate; /* an estimate of the non-garbage memory in use */ stringtable strt; /* hash table for strings */ TValue l_registry; unsigned int seed; /* randomized seed for hashes */ lu_byte currentwhite; lu_byte gcstate; /* state of garbage collector */ lu_byte gckind; /* kind of GC running */ lu_byte gcrunning; /* true if GC is running */ GCObject *allgc; /* list of all collectable objects */ GCObject **sweepgc; /* current position of sweep in list */ GCObject *finobj; /* list of collectable objects with finalizers */ GCObject *gray; /* list of gray objects */ GCObject *grayagain; /* list of objects to be traversed atomically */ GCObject *weak; /* list of tables with weak values */ GCObject *ephemeron; /* list of ephemeron tables (weak keys) */ GCObject *allweak; /* list of all-weak tables */ GCObject *tobefnz; /* list of userdata to be GC */ GCObject *fixedgc; /* list of objects not to be collected */ struct lua_State *twups; /* list of threads with open upvalues */ unsigned int gcfinnum; /* number of finalizers to call in each GC step */ int gcpause; /* size of pause between successive GCs */ int gcstepmul; /* GC 'granularity' */ lua_CFunction panic; /* to be called in unprotected errors */ struct lua_State *mainthread; const lua_Number *version; /* pointer to version number */ TString *memerrmsg; /* memory-error message */ TString *tmname[TM_N]; /* array with tag-method names */ struct Table *mt[LUA_NUMTAGS]; /* metatables for basic types */ TString *strcache[STRCACHE_N][STRCACHE_M]; /* cache for strings in API */ } global_State; /* ** 'per thread' state */ struct lua_State { CommonHeader; unsigned short nci; /* number of items in 'ci' list */ lu_byte status; StkId top; /* first free slot in the stack */ global_State *l_G; CallInfo *ci; /* call info for current function */ const Instruction *oldpc; /* last pc traced */ StkId stack_last; /* last free slot in the stack */ StkId stack; /* stack base */ UpVal *openupval; /* list of open upvalues in this stack */ GCObject *gclist; struct lua_State *twups; /* list of threads with open upvalues */ struct lua_longjmp *errorJmp; /* current error recover point */ CallInfo base_ci; /* CallInfo for first level (C calling Lua) */ volatile lua_Hook hook; ptrdiff_t errfunc; /* current error handling function (stack index) */ int stacksize; int basehookcount; int hookcount; unsigned short nny; /* number of non-yieldable calls in stack */ unsigned short nCcalls; /* number of nested C calls */ l_signalT hookmask; lu_byte allowhook; FILE *output; }; #define G(L) (L->l_G) /* ** Union of all collectable objects (only for conversions) */ union GCUnion { GCObject gc; /* common header */ struct TString ts; struct Udata u; union Closure cl; struct Table h; struct Proto p; struct lua_State th; /* thread */ }; #define cast_u(o) cast(union GCUnion *, (o)) /* macros to convert a GCObject into a specific value */ #define gco2ts(o) \ check_exp(novariant((o)->tt) == LUA_TSTRING, &((cast_u(o))->ts)) #define gco2u(o) check_exp((o)->tt == LUA_TUSERDATA, &((cast_u(o))->u)) #define gco2lcl(o) check_exp((o)->tt == LUA_TLCL, &((cast_u(o))->cl.l)) #define gco2ccl(o) check_exp((o)->tt == LUA_TCCL, &((cast_u(o))->cl.c)) #define gco2cl(o) \ check_exp(novariant((o)->tt) == LUA_TFUNCTION, &((cast_u(o))->cl)) #define gco2t(o) check_exp((o)->tt == LUA_TTABLE, &((cast_u(o))->h)) #define gco2p(o) check_exp((o)->tt == LUA_TPROTO, &((cast_u(o))->p)) #define gco2th(o) check_exp((o)->tt == LUA_TTHREAD, &((cast_u(o))->th)) /* macro to convert a Lua object into a GCObject */ #define obj2gco(v) \ check_exp(novariant((v)->tt) < LUA_TDEADKEY, (&(cast_u(v)->gc))) /* actual number of total bytes allocated */ #define gettotalbytes(g) cast(lu_mem, (g)->totalbytes + (g)->GCdebt) LUAI_FUNC void luaE_setdebt (global_State *g, l_mem debt); LUAI_FUNC void luaE_freethread (lua_State *L, lua_State *L1); LUAI_FUNC CallInfo *luaE_extendCI (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC void luaE_freeCI (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC void luaE_shrinkCI (lua_State *L); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lstring.c000066400000000000000000000146621335323540100157320ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lstring.c,v 2.56 2015/11/23 11:32:51 roberto Exp $ ** String table (keeps all strings handled by Lua) ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lstring_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include "lua.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lstring.h" #define MEMERRMSG "not enough memory" /* ** Lua will use at most ~(2^LUAI_HASHLIMIT) bytes from a string to ** compute its hash */ #if !defined(LUAI_HASHLIMIT) #define LUAI_HASHLIMIT 5 #endif /* ** equality for long strings */ int luaS_eqlngstr (TString *a, TString *b) { size_t len = a->u.lnglen; lua_assert(a->tt == LUA_TLNGSTR && b->tt == LUA_TLNGSTR); return (a == b) || /* same instance or... */ ((len == b->u.lnglen) && /* equal length and ... */ (memcmp(getstr(a), getstr(b), len) == 0)); /* equal contents */ } unsigned int luaS_hash (const char *str, size_t l, unsigned int seed) { unsigned int h = seed ^ cast(unsigned int, l); size_t step = (l >> LUAI_HASHLIMIT) + 1; for (; l >= step; l -= step) h ^= ((h<<5) + (h>>2) + cast_byte(str[l - 1])); return h; } unsigned int luaS_hashlongstr (TString *ts) { lua_assert(ts->tt == LUA_TLNGSTR); if (ts->extra == 0) { /* no hash? */ ts->hash = luaS_hash(getstr(ts), ts->u.lnglen, ts->hash); ts->extra = 1; /* now it has its hash */ } return ts->hash; } /* ** resizes the string table */ void luaS_resize (lua_State *L, int newsize) { int i; stringtable *tb = &G(L)->strt; if (newsize > tb->size) { /* grow table if needed */ luaM_reallocvector(L, tb->hash, tb->size, newsize, TString *); for (i = tb->size; i < newsize; i++) tb->hash[i] = NULL; } for (i = 0; i < tb->size; i++) { /* rehash */ TString *p = tb->hash[i]; tb->hash[i] = NULL; while (p) { /* for each node in the list */ TString *hnext = p->u.hnext; /* save next */ unsigned int h = lmod(p->hash, newsize); /* new position */ p->u.hnext = tb->hash[h]; /* chain it */ tb->hash[h] = p; p = hnext; } } if (newsize < tb->size) { /* shrink table if needed */ /* vanishing slice should be empty */ lua_assert(tb->hash[newsize] == NULL && tb->hash[tb->size - 1] == NULL); luaM_reallocvector(L, tb->hash, tb->size, newsize, TString *); } tb->size = newsize; } /* ** Clear API string cache. (Entries cannot be empty, so fill them with ** a non-collectable string.) */ void luaS_clearcache (global_State *g) { int i, j; for (i = 0; i < STRCACHE_N; i++) for (j = 0; j < STRCACHE_M; j++) { if (iswhite(g->strcache[i][j])) /* will entry be collected? */ g->strcache[i][j] = g->memerrmsg; /* replace it with something fixed */ } } /* ** Initialize the string table and the string cache */ void luaS_init (lua_State *L) { global_State *g = G(L); int i, j; luaS_resize(L, MINSTRTABSIZE); /* initial size of string table */ /* pre-create memory-error message */ g->memerrmsg = luaS_newliteral(L, MEMERRMSG); luaC_fix(L, obj2gco(g->memerrmsg)); /* it should never be collected */ for (i = 0; i < STRCACHE_N; i++) /* fill cache with valid strings */ for (j = 0; j < STRCACHE_M; j++) g->strcache[i][j] = g->memerrmsg; } /* ** creates a new string object */ static TString *createstrobj (lua_State *L, size_t l, int tag, unsigned int h) { TString *ts; GCObject *o; size_t totalsize; /* total size of TString object */ totalsize = sizelstring(l); o = luaC_newobj(L, tag, totalsize); ts = gco2ts(o); ts->hash = h; ts->extra = 0; getstr(ts)[l] = '\0'; /* ending 0 */ return ts; } TString *luaS_createlngstrobj (lua_State *L, size_t l) { TString *ts = createstrobj(L, l, LUA_TLNGSTR, G(L)->seed); ts->u.lnglen = l; return ts; } void luaS_remove (lua_State *L, TString *ts) { stringtable *tb = &G(L)->strt; TString **p = &tb->hash[lmod(ts->hash, tb->size)]; while (*p != ts) /* find previous element */ p = &(*p)->u.hnext; *p = (*p)->u.hnext; /* remove element from its list */ tb->nuse--; } /* ** checks whether short string exists and reuses it or creates a new one */ static TString *internshrstr (lua_State *L, const char *str, size_t l) { TString *ts; global_State *g = G(L); unsigned int h = luaS_hash(str, l, g->seed); TString **list = &g->strt.hash[lmod(h, g->strt.size)]; lua_assert(str != NULL); /* otherwise 'memcmp'/'memcpy' are undefined */ for (ts = *list; ts != NULL; ts = ts->u.hnext) { if (l == ts->shrlen && (memcmp(str, getstr(ts), l * sizeof(char)) == 0)) { /* found! */ if (isdead(g, ts)) /* dead (but not collected yet)? */ changewhite(ts); /* resurrect it */ return ts; } } if (g->strt.nuse >= g->strt.size && g->strt.size <= MAX_INT/2) { luaS_resize(L, g->strt.size * 2); list = &g->strt.hash[lmod(h, g->strt.size)]; /* recompute with new size */ } ts = createstrobj(L, l, LUA_TSHRSTR, h); memcpy(getstr(ts), str, l * sizeof(char)); ts->shrlen = cast_byte(l); ts->u.hnext = *list; *list = ts; g->strt.nuse++; return ts; } /* ** new string (with explicit length) */ TString *luaS_newlstr (lua_State *L, const char *str, size_t l) { if (l <= LUAI_MAXSHORTLEN) /* short string? */ return internshrstr(L, str, l); else { TString *ts; if (l >= (MAX_SIZE - sizeof(TString))/sizeof(char)) luaM_toobig(L); ts = luaS_createlngstrobj(L, l); memcpy(getstr(ts), str, l * sizeof(char)); return ts; } } /* ** Create or reuse a zero-terminated string, first checking in the ** cache (using the string address as a key). The cache can contain ** only zero-terminated strings, so it is safe to use 'strcmp' to ** check hits. */ TString *luaS_new (lua_State *L, const char *str) { unsigned int i = point2uint(str) % STRCACHE_N; /* hash */ int j; TString **p = G(L)->strcache[i]; for (j = 0; j < STRCACHE_M; j++) { if (strcmp(str, getstr(p[j])) == 0) /* hit? */ return p[j]; /* that is it */ } /* normal route */ for (j = STRCACHE_M - 1; j > 0; j--) p[j] = p[j - 1]; /* move out last element */ /* new element is first in the list */ p[0] = luaS_newlstr(L, str, strlen(str)); return p[0]; } Udata *luaS_newudata (lua_State *L, size_t s) { Udata *u; GCObject *o; if (s > MAX_SIZE - sizeof(Udata)) luaM_toobig(L); o = luaC_newobj(L, LUA_TUSERDATA, sizeludata(s)); u = gco2u(o); u->len = s; u->metatable = NULL; setuservalue(L, u, luaO_nilobject); return u; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lstring.h000066400000000000000000000026531335323540100157340ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lstring.h,v 1.61 2015/11/03 15:36:01 roberto Exp $ ** String table (keep all strings handled by Lua) ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lstring_h #define lstring_h #include "lgc.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" #define sizelstring(l) (sizeof(union UTString) + ((l) + 1) * sizeof(char)) #define sizeludata(l) (sizeof(union UUdata) + (l)) #define sizeudata(u) sizeludata((u)->len) #define luaS_newliteral(L, s) (luaS_newlstr(L, "" s, \ (sizeof(s)/sizeof(char))-1)) /* ** test whether a string is a reserved word */ #define isreserved(s) ((s)->tt == LUA_TSHRSTR && (s)->extra > 0) /* ** equality for short strings, which are always internalized */ #define eqshrstr(a,b) check_exp((a)->tt == LUA_TSHRSTR, (a) == (b)) LUAI_FUNC unsigned int luaS_hash (const char *str, size_t l, unsigned int seed); LUAI_FUNC unsigned int luaS_hashlongstr (TString *ts); LUAI_FUNC int luaS_eqlngstr (TString *a, TString *b); LUAI_FUNC void luaS_resize (lua_State *L, int newsize); LUAI_FUNC void luaS_clearcache (global_State *g); LUAI_FUNC void luaS_init (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC void luaS_remove (lua_State *L, TString *ts); LUAI_FUNC Udata *luaS_newudata (lua_State *L, size_t s); LUAI_FUNC TString *luaS_newlstr (lua_State *L, const char *str, size_t l); LUAI_FUNC TString *luaS_new (lua_State *L, const char *str); LUAI_FUNC TString *luaS_createlngstrobj (lua_State *L, size_t l); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lstrlib.c000066400000000000000000001340561335323540100157230ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lstrlib.c,v 1.254 2016/12/22 13:08:50 roberto Exp $ ** Standard library for string operations and pattern-matching ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lstrlib_c #define LUA_LIB #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" /* ** maximum number of captures that a pattern can do during ** pattern-matching. This limit is arbitrary, but must fit in ** an unsigned char. */ #if !defined(LUA_MAXCAPTURES) #define LUA_MAXCAPTURES 32 #endif /* macro to 'unsign' a character */ #define uchar(c) ((unsigned char)(c)) /* ** Some sizes are better limited to fit in 'int', but must also fit in ** 'size_t'. (We assume that 'lua_Integer' cannot be smaller than 'int'.) */ #define MAX_SIZET ((size_t)(~(size_t)0)) #define MAXSIZE \ (sizeof(size_t) < sizeof(int) ? MAX_SIZET : (size_t)(INT_MAX)) static int str_len (lua_State *L) { size_t l; luaL_checklstring(L, 1, &l); lua_pushinteger(L, (lua_Integer)l); return 1; } /* translate a relative string position: negative means back from end */ static lua_Integer posrelat (lua_Integer pos, size_t len) { if (pos >= 0) return pos; else if (0u - (size_t)pos > len) return 0; else return (lua_Integer)len + pos + 1; } static int str_sub (lua_State *L) { size_t l; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, 1, &l); lua_Integer start = posrelat(luaL_checkinteger(L, 2), l); lua_Integer end = posrelat(luaL_optinteger(L, 3, -1), l); if (start < 1) start = 1; if (end > (lua_Integer)l) end = l; if (start <= end) lua_pushlstring(L, s + start - 1, (size_t)(end - start) + 1); else lua_pushliteral(L, ""); return 1; } static int str_reverse (lua_State *L) { size_t l, i; luaL_Buffer b; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, 1, &l); char *p = luaL_buffinitsize(L, &b, l); for (i = 0; i < l; i++) p[i] = s[l - i - 1]; luaL_pushresultsize(&b, l); return 1; } static int str_lower (lua_State *L) { size_t l; size_t i; luaL_Buffer b; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, 1, &l); char *p = luaL_buffinitsize(L, &b, l); for (i=0; i MAXSIZE / n) /* may overflow? */ return luaL_error(L, "resulting string too large"); else { size_t totallen = (size_t)n * l + (size_t)(n - 1) * lsep; luaL_Buffer b; char *p = luaL_buffinitsize(L, &b, totallen); while (n-- > 1) { /* first n-1 copies (followed by separator) */ memcpy(p, s, l * sizeof(char)); p += l; if (lsep > 0) { /* empty 'memcpy' is not that cheap */ memcpy(p, sep, lsep * sizeof(char)); p += lsep; } } memcpy(p, s, l * sizeof(char)); /* last copy (not followed by separator) */ luaL_pushresultsize(&b, totallen); } return 1; } static int str_byte (lua_State *L) { size_t l; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, 1, &l); lua_Integer posi = posrelat(luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 1), l); lua_Integer pose = posrelat(luaL_optinteger(L, 3, posi), l); int n, i; if (posi < 1) posi = 1; if (pose > (lua_Integer)l) pose = l; if (posi > pose) return 0; /* empty interval; return no values */ if (pose - posi >= INT_MAX) /* arithmetic overflow? */ return luaL_error(L, "string slice too long"); n = (int)(pose - posi) + 1; luaL_checkstack(L, n, "string slice too long"); for (i=0; i= ms->level || ms->capture[l].len == CAP_UNFINISHED) return luaL_error(ms->L, "invalid capture index %%%d", l + 1); return l; } static int capture_to_close (MatchState *ms) { int level = ms->level; for (level--; level>=0; level--) if (ms->capture[level].len == CAP_UNFINISHED) return level; return luaL_error(ms->L, "invalid pattern capture"); } static const char *classend (MatchState *ms, const char *p) { switch (*p++) { case L_ESC: { if (p == ms->p_end) luaL_error(ms->L, "malformed pattern (ends with '%%')"); return p+1; } case '[': { if (*p == '^') p++; do { /* look for a ']' */ if (p == ms->p_end) luaL_error(ms->L, "malformed pattern (missing ']')"); if (*(p++) == L_ESC && p < ms->p_end) p++; /* skip escapes (e.g. '%]') */ } while (*p != ']'); return p+1; } default: { return p; } } } static int match_class (int c, int cl) { int res; switch (tolower(cl)) { case 'a' : res = isalpha(c); break; case 'c' : res = iscntrl(c); break; case 'd' : res = isdigit(c); break; case 'g' : res = isgraph(c); break; case 'l' : res = islower(c); break; case 'p' : res = ispunct(c); break; case 's' : res = isspace(c); break; case 'u' : res = isupper(c); break; case 'w' : res = isalnum(c); break; case 'x' : res = isxdigit(c); break; case 'z' : res = (c == 0); break; /* deprecated option */ default: return (cl == c); } return (islower(cl) ? res : !res); } static int matchbracketclass (int c, const char *p, const char *ec) { int sig = 1; if (*(p+1) == '^') { sig = 0; p++; /* skip the '^' */ } while (++p < ec) { if (*p == L_ESC) { p++; if (match_class(c, uchar(*p))) return sig; } else if ((*(p+1) == '-') && (p+2 < ec)) { p+=2; if (uchar(*(p-2)) <= c && c <= uchar(*p)) return sig; } else if (uchar(*p) == c) return sig; } return !sig; } static int singlematch (MatchState *ms, const char *s, const char *p, const char *ep) { if (s >= ms->src_end) return 0; else { int c = uchar(*s); switch (*p) { case '.': return 1; /* matches any char */ case L_ESC: return match_class(c, uchar(*(p+1))); case '[': return matchbracketclass(c, p, ep-1); default: return (uchar(*p) == c); } } } static const char *matchbalance (MatchState *ms, const char *s, const char *p) { if (p >= ms->p_end - 1) luaL_error(ms->L, "malformed pattern (missing arguments to '%%b')"); if (*s != *p) return NULL; else { int b = *p; int e = *(p+1); int cont = 1; while (++s < ms->src_end) { if (*s == e) { if (--cont == 0) return s+1; } else if (*s == b) cont++; } } return NULL; /* string ends out of balance */ } static const char *max_expand (MatchState *ms, const char *s, const char *p, const char *ep) { ptrdiff_t i = 0; /* counts maximum expand for item */ while (singlematch(ms, s + i, p, ep)) i++; /* keeps trying to match with the maximum repetitions */ while (i>=0) { const char *res = match(ms, (s+i), ep+1); if (res) return res; i--; /* else didn't match; reduce 1 repetition to try again */ } return NULL; } static const char *min_expand (MatchState *ms, const char *s, const char *p, const char *ep) { for (;;) { const char *res = match(ms, s, ep+1); if (res != NULL) return res; else if (singlematch(ms, s, p, ep)) s++; /* try with one more repetition */ else return NULL; } } static const char *start_capture (MatchState *ms, const char *s, const char *p, int what) { const char *res; int level = ms->level; if (level >= LUA_MAXCAPTURES) luaL_error(ms->L, "too many captures"); ms->capture[level].init = s; ms->capture[level].len = what; ms->level = level+1; if ((res=match(ms, s, p)) == NULL) /* match failed? */ ms->level--; /* undo capture */ return res; } static const char *end_capture (MatchState *ms, const char *s, const char *p) { int l = capture_to_close(ms); const char *res; ms->capture[l].len = s - ms->capture[l].init; /* close capture */ if ((res = match(ms, s, p)) == NULL) /* match failed? */ ms->capture[l].len = CAP_UNFINISHED; /* undo capture */ return res; } static const char *match_capture (MatchState *ms, const char *s, int l) { size_t len; l = check_capture(ms, l); len = ms->capture[l].len; if ((size_t)(ms->src_end-s) >= len && memcmp(ms->capture[l].init, s, len) == 0) return s+len; else return NULL; } static const char *match (MatchState *ms, const char *s, const char *p) { if (ms->matchdepth-- == 0) luaL_error(ms->L, "pattern too complex"); init: /* using goto's to optimize tail recursion */ if (p != ms->p_end) { /* end of pattern? */ switch (*p) { case '(': { /* start capture */ if (*(p + 1) == ')') /* position capture? */ s = start_capture(ms, s, p + 2, CAP_POSITION); else s = start_capture(ms, s, p + 1, CAP_UNFINISHED); break; } case ')': { /* end capture */ s = end_capture(ms, s, p + 1); break; } case '$': { if ((p + 1) != ms->p_end) /* is the '$' the last char in pattern? */ goto dflt; /* no; go to default */ s = (s == ms->src_end) ? s : NULL; /* check end of string */ break; } case L_ESC: { /* escaped sequences not in the format class[*+?-]? */ switch (*(p + 1)) { case 'b': { /* balanced string? */ s = matchbalance(ms, s, p + 2); if (s != NULL) { p += 4; goto init; /* return match(ms, s, p + 4); */ } /* else fail (s == NULL) */ break; } case 'f': { /* frontier? */ const char *ep; char previous; p += 2; if (*p != '[') luaL_error(ms->L, "missing '[' after '%%f' in pattern"); ep = classend(ms, p); /* points to what is next */ previous = (s == ms->src_init) ? '\0' : *(s - 1); if (!matchbracketclass(uchar(previous), p, ep - 1) && matchbracketclass(uchar(*s), p, ep - 1)) { p = ep; goto init; /* return match(ms, s, ep); */ } s = NULL; /* match failed */ break; } case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { /* capture results (%0-%9)? */ s = match_capture(ms, s, uchar(*(p + 1))); if (s != NULL) { p += 2; goto init; /* return match(ms, s, p + 2) */ } break; } default: goto dflt; } break; } default: dflt: { /* pattern class plus optional suffix */ const char *ep = classend(ms, p); /* points to optional suffix */ /* does not match at least once? */ if (!singlematch(ms, s, p, ep)) { if (*ep == '*' || *ep == '?' || *ep == '-') { /* accept empty? */ p = ep + 1; goto init; /* return match(ms, s, ep + 1); */ } else /* '+' or no suffix */ s = NULL; /* fail */ } else { /* matched once */ switch (*ep) { /* handle optional suffix */ case '?': { /* optional */ const char *res; if ((res = match(ms, s + 1, ep + 1)) != NULL) s = res; else { p = ep + 1; goto init; /* else return match(ms, s, ep + 1); */ } break; } case '+': /* 1 or more repetitions */ s++; /* 1 match already done */ /* FALLTHROUGH */ case '*': /* 0 or more repetitions */ s = max_expand(ms, s, p, ep); break; case '-': /* 0 or more repetitions (minimum) */ s = min_expand(ms, s, p, ep); break; default: /* no suffix */ s++; p = ep; goto init; /* return match(ms, s + 1, ep); */ } } break; } } } ms->matchdepth++; return s; } static const char *lmemfind (const char *s1, size_t l1, const char *s2, size_t l2) { if (l2 == 0) return s1; /* empty strings are everywhere */ else if (l2 > l1) return NULL; /* avoids a negative 'l1' */ else { const char *init; /* to search for a '*s2' inside 's1' */ l2--; /* 1st char will be checked by 'memchr' */ l1 = l1-l2; /* 's2' cannot be found after that */ while (l1 > 0 && (init = (const char *)memchr(s1, *s2, l1)) != NULL) { init++; /* 1st char is already checked */ if (memcmp(init, s2+1, l2) == 0) return init-1; else { /* correct 'l1' and 's1' to try again */ l1 -= init-s1; s1 = init; } } return NULL; /* not found */ } } static void push_onecapture (MatchState *ms, int i, const char *s, const char *e) { if (i >= ms->level) { if (i == 0) /* ms->level == 0, too */ lua_pushlstring(ms->L, s, e - s); /* add whole match */ else luaL_error(ms->L, "invalid capture index %%%d", i + 1); } else { ptrdiff_t l = ms->capture[i].len; if (l == CAP_UNFINISHED) luaL_error(ms->L, "unfinished capture"); if (l == CAP_POSITION) lua_pushinteger(ms->L, (ms->capture[i].init - ms->src_init) + 1); else lua_pushlstring(ms->L, ms->capture[i].init, l); } } static int push_captures (MatchState *ms, const char *s, const char *e) { int i; int nlevels = (ms->level == 0 && s) ? 1 : ms->level; luaL_checkstack(ms->L, nlevels, "too many captures"); for (i = 0; i < nlevels; i++) push_onecapture(ms, i, s, e); return nlevels; /* number of strings pushed */ } /* check whether pattern has no special characters */ static int nospecials (const char *p, size_t l) { size_t upto = 0; do { if (strpbrk(p + upto, SPECIALS)) return 0; /* pattern has a special character */ upto += strlen(p + upto) + 1; /* may have more after \0 */ } while (upto <= l); return 1; /* no special chars found */ } static void prepstate (MatchState *ms, lua_State *L, const char *s, size_t ls, const char *p, size_t lp) { ms->L = L; ms->matchdepth = MAXCCALLS; ms->src_init = s; ms->src_end = s + ls; ms->p_end = p + lp; } static void reprepstate (MatchState *ms) { ms->level = 0; lua_assert(ms->matchdepth == MAXCCALLS); } static int str_find_aux (lua_State *L, int find) { size_t ls, lp; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, 1, &ls); const char *p = luaL_checklstring(L, 2, &lp); lua_Integer init = posrelat(luaL_optinteger(L, 3, 1), ls); if (init < 1) init = 1; else if (init > (lua_Integer)ls + 1) { /* start after string's end? */ lua_pushnil(L); /* cannot find anything */ return 1; } /* explicit request or no special characters? */ if (find && (lua_toboolean(L, 4) || nospecials(p, lp))) { /* do a plain search */ const char *s2 = lmemfind(s + init - 1, ls - (size_t)init + 1, p, lp); if (s2) { lua_pushinteger(L, (s2 - s) + 1); lua_pushinteger(L, (s2 - s) + lp); return 2; } } else { MatchState ms; const char *s1 = s + init - 1; int anchor = (*p == '^'); if (anchor) { p++; lp--; /* skip anchor character */ } prepstate(&ms, L, s, ls, p, lp); do { const char *res; reprepstate(&ms); if ((res=match(&ms, s1, p)) != NULL) { if (find) { lua_pushinteger(L, (s1 - s) + 1); /* start */ lua_pushinteger(L, res - s); /* end */ return push_captures(&ms, NULL, 0) + 2; } else return push_captures(&ms, s1, res); } } while (s1++ < ms.src_end && !anchor); } lua_pushnil(L); /* not found */ return 1; } static int str_find (lua_State *L) { return str_find_aux(L, 1); } static int str_match (lua_State *L) { return str_find_aux(L, 0); } /* state for 'gmatch' */ typedef struct GMatchState { const char *src; /* current position */ const char *p; /* pattern */ const char *lastmatch; /* end of last match */ MatchState ms; /* match state */ } GMatchState; static int gmatch_aux (lua_State *L) { GMatchState *gm = (GMatchState *)lua_touserdata(L, lua_upvalueindex(3)); const char *src; gm->ms.L = L; for (src = gm->src; src <= gm->ms.src_end; src++) { const char *e; reprepstate(&gm->ms); if ((e = match(&gm->ms, src, gm->p)) != NULL && e != gm->lastmatch) { gm->src = gm->lastmatch = e; return push_captures(&gm->ms, src, e); } } return 0; /* not found */ } static int gmatch (lua_State *L) { size_t ls, lp; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, 1, &ls); const char *p = luaL_checklstring(L, 2, &lp); GMatchState *gm; lua_settop(L, 2); /* keep them on closure to avoid being collected */ gm = (GMatchState *)lua_newuserdata(L, sizeof(GMatchState)); prepstate(&gm->ms, L, s, ls, p, lp); gm->src = s; gm->p = p; gm->lastmatch = NULL; lua_pushcclosure(L, gmatch_aux, 3); return 1; } static void add_s (MatchState *ms, luaL_Buffer *b, const char *s, const char *e) { size_t l, i; lua_State *L = ms->L; const char *news = lua_tolstring(L, 3, &l); for (i = 0; i < l; i++) { if (news[i] != L_ESC) luaL_addchar(b, news[i]); else { i++; /* skip ESC */ if (!isdigit(uchar(news[i]))) { if (news[i] != L_ESC) luaL_error(L, "invalid use of '%c' in replacement string", L_ESC); luaL_addchar(b, news[i]); } else if (news[i] == '0') luaL_addlstring(b, s, e - s); else { push_onecapture(ms, news[i] - '1', s, e); luaL_tolstring(L, -1, NULL); /* if number, convert it to string */ lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove original value */ luaL_addvalue(b); /* add capture to accumulated result */ } } } } static void add_value (MatchState *ms, luaL_Buffer *b, const char *s, const char *e, int tr) { lua_State *L = ms->L; switch (tr) { case LUA_TFUNCTION: { int n; lua_pushvalue(L, 3); n = push_captures(ms, s, e); lua_call(L, n, 1); break; } case LUA_TTABLE: { push_onecapture(ms, 0, s, e); lua_gettable(L, 3); break; } default: { /* LUA_TNUMBER or LUA_TSTRING */ add_s(ms, b, s, e); return; } } if (!lua_toboolean(L, -1)) { /* nil or false? */ lua_pop(L, 1); lua_pushlstring(L, s, e - s); /* keep original text */ } else if (!lua_isstring(L, -1)) luaL_error(L, "invalid replacement value (a %s)", luaL_typename(L, -1)); luaL_addvalue(b); /* add result to accumulator */ } static int str_gsub (lua_State *L) { size_t srcl, lp; const char *src = luaL_checklstring(L, 1, &srcl); /* subject */ const char *p = luaL_checklstring(L, 2, &lp); /* pattern */ const char *lastmatch = NULL; /* end of last match */ int tr = lua_type(L, 3); /* replacement type */ lua_Integer max_s = luaL_optinteger(L, 4, srcl + 1); /* max replacements */ int anchor = (*p == '^'); lua_Integer n = 0; /* replacement count */ MatchState ms; luaL_Buffer b; luaL_argcheck(L, tr == LUA_TNUMBER || tr == LUA_TSTRING || tr == LUA_TFUNCTION || tr == LUA_TTABLE, 3, "string/function/table expected"); luaL_buffinit(L, &b); if (anchor) { p++; lp--; /* skip anchor character */ } prepstate(&ms, L, src, srcl, p, lp); while (n < max_s) { const char *e; reprepstate(&ms); /* (re)prepare state for new match */ if ((e = match(&ms, src, p)) != NULL && e != lastmatch) { /* match? */ n++; add_value(&ms, &b, src, e, tr); /* add replacement to buffer */ src = lastmatch = e; } else if (src < ms.src_end) /* otherwise, skip one character */ luaL_addchar(&b, *src++); else break; /* end of subject */ if (anchor) break; } luaL_addlstring(&b, src, ms.src_end-src); luaL_pushresult(&b); lua_pushinteger(L, n); /* number of substitutions */ return 2; } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** STRING FORMAT ** ======================================================= */ #if !defined(lua_number2strx) /* { */ /* ** Hexadecimal floating-point formatter */ #include #define SIZELENMOD (sizeof(LUA_NUMBER_FRMLEN)/sizeof(char)) /* ** Number of bits that goes into the first digit. It can be any value ** between 1 and 4; the following definition tries to align the number ** to nibble boundaries by making what is left after that first digit a ** multiple of 4. */ #define L_NBFD ((l_mathlim(MANT_DIG) - 1)%4 + 1) /* ** Add integer part of 'x' to buffer and return new 'x' */ static lua_Number adddigit (char *buff, int n, lua_Number x) { lua_Number dd = l_mathop(floor)(x); /* get integer part from 'x' */ int d = (int)dd; buff[n] = (d < 10 ? d + '0' : d - 10 + 'a'); /* add to buffer */ return x - dd; /* return what is left */ } static int num2straux (char *buff, int sz, lua_Number x) { /* if 'inf' or 'NaN', format it like '%g' */ if (x != x || x == (lua_Number)HUGE_VAL || x == -(lua_Number)HUGE_VAL) return l_sprintf(buff, sz, LUA_NUMBER_FMT, (LUAI_UACNUMBER)x); else if (x == 0) { /* can be -0... */ /* create "0" or "-0" followed by exponent */ return l_sprintf(buff, sz, LUA_NUMBER_FMT "x0p+0", (LUAI_UACNUMBER)x); } else { int e; lua_Number m = l_mathop(frexp)(x, &e); /* 'x' fraction and exponent */ int n = 0; /* character count */ if (m < 0) { /* is number negative? */ buff[n++] = '-'; /* add signal */ m = -m; /* make it positive */ } buff[n++] = '0'; buff[n++] = 'x'; /* add "0x" */ m = adddigit(buff, n++, m * (1 << L_NBFD)); /* add first digit */ e -= L_NBFD; /* this digit goes before the radix point */ if (m > 0) { /* more digits? */ buff[n++] = lua_getlocaledecpoint(); /* add radix point */ do { /* add as many digits as needed */ m = adddigit(buff, n++, m * 16); } while (m > 0); } n += l_sprintf(buff + n, sz - n, "p%+d", e); /* add exponent */ lua_assert(n < sz); return n; } } static int lua_number2strx (lua_State *L, char *buff, int sz, const char *fmt, lua_Number x) { int n = num2straux(buff, sz, x); if (fmt[SIZELENMOD] == 'A') { int i; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) buff[i] = toupper(uchar(buff[i])); } else if (fmt[SIZELENMOD] != 'a') luaL_error(L, "modifiers for format '%%a'/'%%A' not implemented"); return n; } #endif /* } */ /* ** Maximum size of each formatted item. This maximum size is produced ** by format('%.99f', -maxfloat), and is equal to 99 + 3 ('-', '.', ** and '\0') + number of decimal digits to represent maxfloat (which ** is maximum exponent + 1). (99+3+1 then rounded to 120 for "extra ** expenses", such as locale-dependent stuff) */ #define MAX_ITEM (120 + l_mathlim(MAX_10_EXP)) /* valid flags in a format specification */ #define FLAGS "-+ #0" /* ** maximum size of each format specification (such as "%-099.99d") */ #define MAX_FORMAT 32 static void addquoted (luaL_Buffer *b, const char *s, size_t len) { luaL_addchar(b, '"'); while (len--) { if (*s == '"' || *s == '\\' || *s == '\n') { luaL_addchar(b, '\\'); luaL_addchar(b, *s); } else if (iscntrl(uchar(*s))) { char buff[10]; if (!isdigit(uchar(*(s+1)))) l_sprintf(buff, sizeof(buff), "\\%d", (int)uchar(*s)); else l_sprintf(buff, sizeof(buff), "\\%03d", (int)uchar(*s)); luaL_addstring(b, buff); } else luaL_addchar(b, *s); s++; } luaL_addchar(b, '"'); } /* ** Ensures the 'buff' string uses a dot as the radix character. */ static void checkdp (char *buff, int nb) { if (memchr(buff, '.', nb) == NULL) { /* no dot? */ char point = lua_getlocaledecpoint(); /* try locale point */ char *ppoint = (char *)memchr(buff, point, nb); if (ppoint) *ppoint = '.'; /* change it to a dot */ } } static void addliteral (lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *b, int arg) { switch (lua_type(L, arg)) { case LUA_TSTRING: { size_t len; const char *s = lua_tolstring(L, arg, &len); addquoted(b, s, len); break; } case LUA_TNUMBER: { char *buff = luaL_prepbuffsize(b, MAX_ITEM); int nb; if (!lua_isinteger(L, arg)) { /* float? */ lua_Number n = lua_tonumber(L, arg); /* write as hexa ('%a') */ nb = lua_number2strx(L, buff, MAX_ITEM, "%" LUA_NUMBER_FRMLEN "a", n); checkdp(buff, nb); /* ensure it uses a dot */ } else { /* integers */ lua_Integer n = lua_tointeger(L, arg); const char *format = (n == LUA_MININTEGER) /* corner case? */ ? "0x%" LUA_INTEGER_FRMLEN "x" /* use hexa */ : LUA_INTEGER_FMT; /* else use default format */ nb = l_sprintf(buff, MAX_ITEM, format, (LUAI_UACINT)n); } luaL_addsize(b, nb); break; } case LUA_TNIL: case LUA_TBOOLEAN: { luaL_tolstring(L, arg, NULL); luaL_addvalue(b); break; } default: { luaL_argerror(L, arg, "value has no literal form"); } } } static const char *scanformat (lua_State *L, const char *strfrmt, char *form) { const char *p = strfrmt; while (*p != '\0' && strchr(FLAGS, *p) != NULL) p++; /* skip flags */ if ((size_t)(p - strfrmt) >= sizeof(FLAGS)/sizeof(char)) luaL_error(L, "invalid format (repeated flags)"); if (isdigit(uchar(*p))) p++; /* skip width */ if (isdigit(uchar(*p))) p++; /* (2 digits at most) */ if (*p == '.') { p++; if (isdigit(uchar(*p))) p++; /* skip precision */ if (isdigit(uchar(*p))) p++; /* (2 digits at most) */ } if (isdigit(uchar(*p))) luaL_error(L, "invalid format (width or precision too long)"); *(form++) = '%'; memcpy(form, strfrmt, ((p - strfrmt) + 1) * sizeof(char)); form += (p - strfrmt) + 1; *form = '\0'; return p; } /* ** add length modifier into formats */ static void addlenmod (char *form, const char *lenmod) { size_t l = strlen(form); size_t lm = strlen(lenmod); char spec = form[l - 1]; strcpy(form + l - 1, lenmod); form[l + lm - 1] = spec; form[l + lm] = '\0'; } static int str_format (lua_State *L) { int top = lua_gettop(L); int arg = 1; size_t sfl; const char *strfrmt = luaL_checklstring(L, arg, &sfl); const char *strfrmt_end = strfrmt+sfl; luaL_Buffer b; luaL_buffinit(L, &b); while (strfrmt < strfrmt_end) { if (*strfrmt != L_ESC) luaL_addchar(&b, *strfrmt++); else if (*++strfrmt == L_ESC) luaL_addchar(&b, *strfrmt++); /* %% */ else { /* format item */ char form[MAX_FORMAT]; /* to store the format ('%...') */ char *buff = luaL_prepbuffsize(&b, MAX_ITEM); /* to put formatted item */ int nb = 0; /* number of bytes in added item */ if (++arg > top) luaL_argerror(L, arg, "no value"); strfrmt = scanformat(L, strfrmt, form); switch (*strfrmt++) { case 'c': { nb = l_sprintf(buff, MAX_ITEM, form, (int)luaL_checkinteger(L, arg)); break; } case 'd': case 'i': case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X': { lua_Integer n = luaL_checkinteger(L, arg); addlenmod(form, LUA_INTEGER_FRMLEN); nb = l_sprintf(buff, MAX_ITEM, form, (LUAI_UACINT)n); break; } case 'a': case 'A': addlenmod(form, LUA_NUMBER_FRMLEN); nb = lua_number2strx(L, buff, MAX_ITEM, form, luaL_checknumber(L, arg)); break; case 'e': case 'E': case 'f': case 'g': case 'G': { lua_Number n = luaL_checknumber(L, arg); addlenmod(form, LUA_NUMBER_FRMLEN); nb = l_sprintf(buff, MAX_ITEM, form, (LUAI_UACNUMBER)n); break; } case 'q': { addliteral(L, &b, arg); break; } case 's': { size_t l; const char *s = luaL_tolstring(L, arg, &l); if (form[2] == '\0') /* no modifiers? */ luaL_addvalue(&b); /* keep entire string */ else { luaL_argcheck(L, l == strlen(s), arg, "string contains zeros"); if (!strchr(form, '.') && l >= 100) { /* no precision and string is too long to be formatted */ luaL_addvalue(&b); /* keep entire string */ } else { /* format the string into 'buff' */ nb = l_sprintf(buff, MAX_ITEM, form, s); lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove result from 'luaL_tolstring' */ } } break; } default: { /* also treat cases 'pnLlh' */ return luaL_error(L, "invalid option '%%%c' to 'format'", *(strfrmt - 1)); } } lua_assert(nb < MAX_ITEM); luaL_addsize(&b, nb); } } luaL_pushresult(&b); return 1; } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** PACK/UNPACK ** ======================================================= */ /* value used for padding */ #if !defined(LUAL_PACKPADBYTE) #define LUAL_PACKPADBYTE 0x00 #endif /* maximum size for the binary representation of an integer */ #define MAXINTSIZE 16 /* number of bits in a character */ #define NB CHAR_BIT /* mask for one character (NB 1's) */ #define MC ((1 << NB) - 1) /* size of a lua_Integer */ #define SZINT ((int)sizeof(lua_Integer)) /* dummy union to get native endianness */ static const union { int dummy; char little; /* true iff machine is little endian */ } nativeendian = {1}; /* dummy structure to get native alignment requirements */ struct cD { char c; union { double d; void *p; lua_Integer i; lua_Number n; } u; }; #define MAXALIGN (offsetof(struct cD, u)) /* ** Union for serializing floats */ typedef union Ftypes { float f; double d; lua_Number n; char buff[5 * sizeof(lua_Number)]; /* enough for any float type */ } Ftypes; /* ** information to pack/unpack stuff */ typedef struct Header { lua_State *L; int islittle; int maxalign; } Header; /* ** options for pack/unpack */ typedef enum KOption { Kint, /* signed integers */ Kuint, /* unsigned integers */ Kfloat, /* floating-point numbers */ Kchar, /* fixed-length strings */ Kstring, /* strings with prefixed length */ Kzstr, /* zero-terminated strings */ Kpadding, /* padding */ Kpaddalign, /* padding for alignment */ Knop /* no-op (configuration or spaces) */ } KOption; /* ** Read an integer numeral from string 'fmt' or return 'df' if ** there is no numeral */ static int digit (int c) { return '0' <= c && c <= '9'; } static int getnum (const char **fmt, int df) { if (!digit(**fmt)) /* no number? */ return df; /* return default value */ else { int a = 0; do { a = a*10 + (*((*fmt)++) - '0'); } while (digit(**fmt) && a <= ((int)MAXSIZE - 9)/10); return a; } } /* ** Read an integer numeral and raises an error if it is larger ** than the maximum size for integers. */ static int getnumlimit (Header *h, const char **fmt, int df) { int sz = getnum(fmt, df); if (sz > MAXINTSIZE || sz <= 0) luaL_error(h->L, "integral size (%d) out of limits [1,%d]", sz, MAXINTSIZE); return sz; } /* ** Initialize Header */ static void initheader (lua_State *L, Header *h) { h->L = L; h->islittle = nativeendian.little; h->maxalign = 1; } /* ** Read and classify next option. 'size' is filled with option's size. */ static KOption getoption (Header *h, const char **fmt, int *size) { int opt = *((*fmt)++); *size = 0; /* default */ switch (opt) { case 'b': *size = sizeof(char); return Kint; case 'B': *size = sizeof(char); return Kuint; case 'h': *size = sizeof(short); return Kint; case 'H': *size = sizeof(short); return Kuint; case 'l': *size = sizeof(long); return Kint; case 'L': *size = sizeof(long); return Kuint; case 'j': *size = sizeof(lua_Integer); return Kint; case 'J': *size = sizeof(lua_Integer); return Kuint; case 'T': *size = sizeof(size_t); return Kuint; case 'f': *size = sizeof(float); return Kfloat; case 'd': *size = sizeof(double); return Kfloat; case 'n': *size = sizeof(lua_Number); return Kfloat; case 'i': *size = getnumlimit(h, fmt, sizeof(int)); return Kint; case 'I': *size = getnumlimit(h, fmt, sizeof(int)); return Kuint; case 's': *size = getnumlimit(h, fmt, sizeof(size_t)); return Kstring; case 'c': *size = getnum(fmt, -1); if (*size == -1) luaL_error(h->L, "missing size for format option 'c'"); return Kchar; case 'z': return Kzstr; case 'x': *size = 1; return Kpadding; case 'X': return Kpaddalign; case ' ': break; case '<': h->islittle = 1; break; case '>': h->islittle = 0; break; case '=': h->islittle = nativeendian.little; break; case '!': h->maxalign = getnumlimit(h, fmt, MAXALIGN); break; default: luaL_error(h->L, "invalid format option '%c'", opt); } return Knop; } /* ** Read, classify, and fill other details about the next option. ** 'psize' is filled with option's size, 'notoalign' with its ** alignment requirements. ** Local variable 'size' gets the size to be aligned. (Kpadal option ** always gets its full alignment, other options are limited by ** the maximum alignment ('maxalign'). Kchar option needs no alignment ** despite its size. */ static KOption getdetails (Header *h, size_t totalsize, const char **fmt, int *psize, int *ntoalign) { KOption opt = getoption(h, fmt, psize); int align = *psize; /* usually, alignment follows size */ if (opt == Kpaddalign) { /* 'X' gets alignment from following option */ if (**fmt == '\0' || getoption(h, fmt, &align) == Kchar || align == 0) luaL_argerror(h->L, 1, "invalid next option for option 'X'"); } if (align <= 1 || opt == Kchar) /* need no alignment? */ *ntoalign = 0; else { if (align > h->maxalign) /* enforce maximum alignment */ align = h->maxalign; if ((align & (align - 1)) != 0) /* is 'align' not a power of 2? */ luaL_argerror(h->L, 1, "format asks for alignment not power of 2"); *ntoalign = (align - (int)(totalsize & (align - 1))) & (align - 1); } return opt; } /* ** Pack integer 'n' with 'size' bytes and 'islittle' endianness. ** The final 'if' handles the case when 'size' is larger than ** the size of a Lua integer, correcting the extra sign-extension ** bytes if necessary (by default they would be zeros). */ static void packint (luaL_Buffer *b, lua_Unsigned n, int islittle, int size, int neg) { char *buff = luaL_prepbuffsize(b, size); int i; buff[islittle ? 0 : size - 1] = (char)(n & MC); /* first byte */ for (i = 1; i < size; i++) { n >>= NB; buff[islittle ? i : size - 1 - i] = (char)(n & MC); } if (neg && size > SZINT) { /* negative number need sign extension? */ for (i = SZINT; i < size; i++) /* correct extra bytes */ buff[islittle ? i : size - 1 - i] = (char)MC; } luaL_addsize(b, size); /* add result to buffer */ } /* ** Copy 'size' bytes from 'src' to 'dest', correcting endianness if ** given 'islittle' is different from native endianness. */ static void copywithendian (volatile char *dest, volatile const char *src, int size, int islittle) { if (islittle == nativeendian.little) { while (size-- != 0) *(dest++) = *(src++); } else { dest += size - 1; while (size-- != 0) *(dest--) = *(src++); } } static int str_pack (lua_State *L) { luaL_Buffer b; Header h; const char *fmt = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); /* format string */ int arg = 1; /* current argument to pack */ size_t totalsize = 0; /* accumulate total size of result */ initheader(L, &h); lua_pushnil(L); /* mark to separate arguments from string buffer */ luaL_buffinit(L, &b); while (*fmt != '\0') { int size, ntoalign; KOption opt = getdetails(&h, totalsize, &fmt, &size, &ntoalign); totalsize += ntoalign + size; while (ntoalign-- > 0) luaL_addchar(&b, LUAL_PACKPADBYTE); /* fill alignment */ arg++; switch (opt) { case Kint: { /* signed integers */ lua_Integer n = luaL_checkinteger(L, arg); if (size < SZINT) { /* need overflow check? */ lua_Integer lim = (lua_Integer)1 << ((size * NB) - 1); luaL_argcheck(L, -lim <= n && n < lim, arg, "integer overflow"); } packint(&b, (lua_Unsigned)n, h.islittle, size, (n < 0)); break; } case Kuint: { /* unsigned integers */ lua_Integer n = luaL_checkinteger(L, arg); if (size < SZINT) /* need overflow check? */ luaL_argcheck(L, (lua_Unsigned)n < ((lua_Unsigned)1 << (size * NB)), arg, "unsigned overflow"); packint(&b, (lua_Unsigned)n, h.islittle, size, 0); break; } case Kfloat: { /* floating-point options */ volatile Ftypes u; char *buff = luaL_prepbuffsize(&b, size); lua_Number n = luaL_checknumber(L, arg); /* get argument */ if (size == sizeof(u.f)) u.f = (float)n; /* copy it into 'u' */ else if (size == sizeof(u.d)) u.d = (double)n; else u.n = n; /* move 'u' to final result, correcting endianness if needed */ copywithendian(buff, u.buff, size, h.islittle); luaL_addsize(&b, size); break; } case Kchar: { /* fixed-size string */ size_t len; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, arg, &len); luaL_argcheck(L, len <= (size_t)size, arg, "string longer than given size"); luaL_addlstring(&b, s, len); /* add string */ while (len++ < (size_t)size) /* pad extra space */ luaL_addchar(&b, LUAL_PACKPADBYTE); break; } case Kstring: { /* strings with length count */ size_t len; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, arg, &len); luaL_argcheck(L, size >= (int)sizeof(size_t) || len < ((size_t)1 << (size * NB)), arg, "string length does not fit in given size"); packint(&b, (lua_Unsigned)len, h.islittle, size, 0); /* pack length */ luaL_addlstring(&b, s, len); totalsize += len; break; } case Kzstr: { /* zero-terminated string */ size_t len; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, arg, &len); luaL_argcheck(L, strlen(s) == len, arg, "string contains zeros"); luaL_addlstring(&b, s, len); luaL_addchar(&b, '\0'); /* add zero at the end */ totalsize += len + 1; break; } case Kpadding: luaL_addchar(&b, LUAL_PACKPADBYTE); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case Kpaddalign: case Knop: arg--; /* undo increment */ break; } } luaL_pushresult(&b); return 1; } static int str_packsize (lua_State *L) { Header h; const char *fmt = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); /* format string */ size_t totalsize = 0; /* accumulate total size of result */ initheader(L, &h); while (*fmt != '\0') { int size, ntoalign; KOption opt = getdetails(&h, totalsize, &fmt, &size, &ntoalign); size += ntoalign; /* total space used by option */ luaL_argcheck(L, totalsize <= MAXSIZE - size, 1, "format result too large"); totalsize += size; switch (opt) { case Kstring: /* strings with length count */ case Kzstr: /* zero-terminated string */ luaL_argerror(L, 1, "variable-length format"); /* call never return, but to avoid warnings: *//* FALLTHROUGH */ default: break; } } lua_pushinteger(L, (lua_Integer)totalsize); return 1; } /* ** Unpack an integer with 'size' bytes and 'islittle' endianness. ** If size is smaller than the size of a Lua integer and integer ** is signed, must do sign extension (propagating the sign to the ** higher bits); if size is larger than the size of a Lua integer, ** it must check the unread bytes to see whether they do not cause an ** overflow. */ static lua_Integer unpackint (lua_State *L, const char *str, int islittle, int size, int issigned) { lua_Unsigned res = 0; int i; int limit = (size <= SZINT) ? size : SZINT; for (i = limit - 1; i >= 0; i--) { res <<= NB; res |= (lua_Unsigned)(unsigned char)str[islittle ? i : size - 1 - i]; } if (size < SZINT) { /* real size smaller than lua_Integer? */ if (issigned) { /* needs sign extension? */ lua_Unsigned mask = (lua_Unsigned)1 << (size*NB - 1); res = ((res ^ mask) - mask); /* do sign extension */ } } else if (size > SZINT) { /* must check unread bytes */ int mask = (!issigned || (lua_Integer)res >= 0) ? 0 : MC; for (i = limit; i < size; i++) { if ((unsigned char)str[islittle ? i : size - 1 - i] != mask) luaL_error(L, "%d-byte integer does not fit into Lua Integer", size); } } return (lua_Integer)res; } static int str_unpack (lua_State *L) { Header h; const char *fmt = luaL_checkstring(L, 1); size_t ld; const char *data = luaL_checklstring(L, 2, &ld); size_t pos = (size_t)posrelat(luaL_optinteger(L, 3, 1), ld) - 1; int n = 0; /* number of results */ luaL_argcheck(L, pos <= ld, 3, "initial position out of string"); initheader(L, &h); while (*fmt != '\0') { int size, ntoalign; KOption opt = getdetails(&h, pos, &fmt, &size, &ntoalign); if ((size_t)ntoalign + size > ~pos || pos + ntoalign + size > ld) luaL_argerror(L, 2, "data string too short"); pos += ntoalign; /* skip alignment */ /* stack space for item + next position */ luaL_checkstack(L, 2, "too many results"); n++; switch (opt) { case Kint: case Kuint: { lua_Integer res = unpackint(L, data + pos, h.islittle, size, (opt == Kint)); lua_pushinteger(L, res); break; } case Kfloat: { volatile Ftypes u; lua_Number num; copywithendian(u.buff, data + pos, size, h.islittle); if (size == sizeof(u.f)) num = (lua_Number)u.f; else if (size == sizeof(u.d)) num = (lua_Number)u.d; else num = u.n; lua_pushnumber(L, num); break; } case Kchar: { lua_pushlstring(L, data + pos, size); break; } case Kstring: { size_t len = (size_t)unpackint(L, data + pos, h.islittle, size, 0); luaL_argcheck(L, pos + len + size <= ld, 2, "data string too short"); lua_pushlstring(L, data + pos + size, len); pos += len; /* skip string */ break; } case Kzstr: { size_t len = (int)strlen(data + pos); lua_pushlstring(L, data + pos, len); pos += len + 1; /* skip string plus final '\0' */ break; } case Kpaddalign: case Kpadding: case Knop: n--; /* undo increment */ break; } pos += size; } lua_pushinteger(L, pos + 1); /* next position */ return n + 1; } /* }====================================================== */ static const luaL_Reg strlib[] = { {"byte", str_byte}, {"char", str_char}, {"dump", str_dump}, {"find", str_find}, {"format", str_format}, {"gmatch", gmatch}, {"gsub", str_gsub}, {"len", str_len}, {"lower", str_lower}, {"match", str_match}, {"rep", str_rep}, {"reverse", str_reverse}, {"sub", str_sub}, {"upper", str_upper}, {"pack", str_pack}, {"packsize", str_packsize}, {"unpack", str_unpack}, {NULL, NULL} }; static void createmetatable (lua_State *L) { lua_createtable(L, 0, 1); /* table to be metatable for strings */ lua_pushliteral(L, ""); /* dummy string */ lua_pushvalue(L, -2); /* copy table */ lua_setmetatable(L, -2); /* set table as metatable for strings */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* pop dummy string */ lua_pushvalue(L, -2); /* get string library */ lua_setfield(L, -2, "__index"); /* metatable.__index = string */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* pop metatable */ } /* ** Open string library */ LUAMOD_API int luaopen_string (lua_State *L) { luaL_newlib(L, strlib); createmetatable(L); return 1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/ltable.c000066400000000000000000000464641335323540100155200ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: ltable.c,v 2.118 2016/11/07 12:38:35 roberto Exp $ ** Lua tables (hash) ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define ltable_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" /* ** Implementation of tables (aka arrays, objects, or hash tables). ** Tables keep its elements in two parts: an array part and a hash part. ** Non-negative integer keys are all candidates to be kept in the array ** part. The actual size of the array is the largest 'n' such that ** more than half the slots between 1 and n are in use. ** Hash uses a mix of chained scatter table with Brent's variation. ** A main invariant of these tables is that, if an element is not ** in its main position (i.e. the 'original' position that its hash gives ** to it), then the colliding element is in its own main position. ** Hence even when the load factor reaches 100%, performance remains good. */ #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lgc.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "ltable.h" #include "lvm.h" /* ** Maximum size of array part (MAXASIZE) is 2^MAXABITS. MAXABITS is ** the largest integer such that MAXASIZE fits in an unsigned int. */ #define MAXABITS cast_int(sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT - 1) #define MAXASIZE (1u << MAXABITS) /* ** Maximum size of hash part is 2^MAXHBITS. MAXHBITS is the largest ** integer such that 2^MAXHBITS fits in a signed int. (Note that the ** maximum number of elements in a table, 2^MAXABITS + 2^MAXHBITS, still ** fits comfortably in an unsigned int.) */ #define MAXHBITS (MAXABITS - 1) #define hashpow2(t,n) (gnode(t, lmod((n), sizenode(t)))) #define hashstr(t,str) hashpow2(t, (str)->hash) #define hashboolean(t,p) hashpow2(t, p) #define hashint(t,i) hashpow2(t, i) /* ** for some types, it is better to avoid modulus by power of 2, as ** they tend to have many 2 factors. */ #define hashmod(t,n) (gnode(t, ((n) % ((sizenode(t)-1)|1)))) #define hashpointer(t,p) hashmod(t, point2uint(p)) #define dummynode (&dummynode_) static const Node dummynode_ = { {NILCONSTANT}, /* value */ {{NILCONSTANT, 0}} /* key */ }; /* ** Hash for floating-point numbers. ** The main computation should be just ** n = frexp(n, &i); return (n * INT_MAX) + i ** but there are some numerical subtleties. ** In a two-complement representation, INT_MAX does not has an exact ** representation as a float, but INT_MIN does; because the absolute ** value of 'frexp' is smaller than 1 (unless 'n' is inf/NaN), the ** absolute value of the product 'frexp * -INT_MIN' is smaller or equal ** to INT_MAX. Next, the use of 'unsigned int' avoids overflows when ** adding 'i'; the use of '~u' (instead of '-u') avoids problems with ** INT_MIN. */ #if !defined(l_hashfloat) static int l_hashfloat (lua_Number n) { int i; lua_Integer ni; n = l_mathop(frexp)(n, &i) * -cast_num(INT_MIN); if (!lua_numbertointeger(n, &ni)) { /* is 'n' inf/-inf/NaN? */ lua_assert(luai_numisnan(n) || l_mathop(fabs)(n) == cast_num(HUGE_VAL)); return 0; } else { /* normal case */ unsigned int u = cast(unsigned int, i) + cast(unsigned int, ni); return cast_int(u <= cast(unsigned int, INT_MAX) ? u : ~u); } } #endif /* ** returns the 'main' position of an element in a table (that is, the index ** of its hash value) */ static Node *mainposition (const Table *t, const TValue *key) { switch (ttype(key)) { case LUA_TNUMINT: return hashint(t, ivalue(key)); case LUA_TNUMFLT: return hashmod(t, l_hashfloat(fltvalue(key))); case LUA_TSHRSTR: return hashstr(t, tsvalue(key)); case LUA_TLNGSTR: return hashpow2(t, luaS_hashlongstr(tsvalue(key))); case LUA_TBOOLEAN: return hashboolean(t, bvalue(key)); case LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA: return hashpointer(t, pvalue(key)); case LUA_TLCF: return hashpointer(t, fvalue(key)); default: lua_assert(!ttisdeadkey(key)); return hashpointer(t, gcvalue(key)); } } /* ** returns the index for 'key' if 'key' is an appropriate key to live in ** the array part of the table, 0 otherwise. */ static unsigned int arrayindex (const TValue *key) { if (ttisinteger(key)) { lua_Integer k = ivalue(key); if (0 < k && (lua_Unsigned)k <= MAXASIZE) return cast(unsigned int, k); /* 'key' is an appropriate array index */ } return 0; /* 'key' did not match some condition */ } /* ** returns the index of a 'key' for table traversals. First goes all ** elements in the array part, then elements in the hash part. The ** beginning of a traversal is signaled by 0. */ static unsigned int findindex (lua_State *L, Table *t, StkId key) { unsigned int i; if (ttisnil(key)) return 0; /* first iteration */ i = arrayindex(key); if (i != 0 && i <= t->sizearray) /* is 'key' inside array part? */ return i; /* yes; that's the index */ else { int nx; Node *n = mainposition(t, key); for (;;) { /* check whether 'key' is somewhere in the chain */ /* key may be dead already, but it is ok to use it in 'next' */ if (luaV_rawequalobj(gkey(n), key) || (ttisdeadkey(gkey(n)) && iscollectable(key) && deadvalue(gkey(n)) == gcvalue(key))) { i = cast_int(n - gnode(t, 0)); /* key index in hash table */ /* hash elements are numbered after array ones */ return (i + 1) + t->sizearray; } nx = gnext(n); if (nx == 0) luaG_runerror(L, "invalid key to 'next'"); /* key not found */ else n += nx; } } } int luaH_next (lua_State *L, Table *t, StkId key) { unsigned int i = findindex(L, t, key); /* find original element */ for (; i < t->sizearray; i++) { /* try first array part */ if (!ttisnil(&t->array[i])) { /* a non-nil value? */ setivalue(key, i + 1); setobj2s(L, key+1, &t->array[i]); return 1; } } for (i -= t->sizearray; cast_int(i) < sizenode(t); i++) { /* hash part */ if (!ttisnil(gval(gnode(t, i)))) { /* a non-nil value? */ setobj2s(L, key, gkey(gnode(t, i))); setobj2s(L, key+1, gval(gnode(t, i))); return 1; } } return 0; /* no more elements */ } /* ** {============================================================= ** Rehash ** ============================================================== */ /* ** Compute the optimal size for the array part of table 't'. 'nums' is a ** "count array" where 'nums[i]' is the number of integers in the table ** between 2^(i - 1) + 1 and 2^i. 'pna' enters with the total number of ** integer keys in the table and leaves with the number of keys that ** will go to the array part; return the optimal size. */ static unsigned int computesizes (unsigned int nums[], unsigned int *pna) { int i; unsigned int twotoi; /* 2^i (candidate for optimal size) */ unsigned int a = 0; /* number of elements smaller than 2^i */ unsigned int na = 0; /* number of elements to go to array part */ unsigned int optimal = 0; /* optimal size for array part */ /* loop while keys can fill more than half of total size */ for (i = 0, twotoi = 1; *pna > twotoi / 2; i++, twotoi *= 2) { if (nums[i] > 0) { a += nums[i]; if (a > twotoi/2) { /* more than half elements present? */ optimal = twotoi; /* optimal size (till now) */ na = a; /* all elements up to 'optimal' will go to array part */ } } } lua_assert((optimal == 0 || optimal / 2 < na) && na <= optimal); *pna = na; return optimal; } static int countint (const TValue *key, unsigned int *nums) { unsigned int k = arrayindex(key); if (k != 0) { /* is 'key' an appropriate array index? */ nums[luaO_ceillog2(k)]++; /* count as such */ return 1; } else return 0; } /* ** Count keys in array part of table 't': Fill 'nums[i]' with ** number of keys that will go into corresponding slice and return ** total number of non-nil keys. */ static unsigned int numusearray (const Table *t, unsigned int *nums) { int lg; unsigned int ttlg; /* 2^lg */ unsigned int ause = 0; /* summation of 'nums' */ unsigned int i = 1; /* count to traverse all array keys */ /* traverse each slice */ for (lg = 0, ttlg = 1; lg <= MAXABITS; lg++, ttlg *= 2) { unsigned int lc = 0; /* counter */ unsigned int lim = ttlg; if (lim > t->sizearray) { lim = t->sizearray; /* adjust upper limit */ if (i > lim) break; /* no more elements to count */ } /* count elements in range (2^(lg - 1), 2^lg] */ for (; i <= lim; i++) { if (!ttisnil(&t->array[i-1])) lc++; } nums[lg] += lc; ause += lc; } return ause; } static int numusehash (const Table *t, unsigned int *nums, unsigned int *pna) { int totaluse = 0; /* total number of elements */ int ause = 0; /* elements added to 'nums' (can go to array part) */ int i = sizenode(t); while (i--) { Node *n = &t->node[i]; if (!ttisnil(gval(n))) { ause += countint(gkey(n), nums); totaluse++; } } *pna += ause; return totaluse; } static void setarrayvector (lua_State *L, Table *t, unsigned int size) { unsigned int i; luaM_reallocvector(L, t->array, t->sizearray, size, TValue); for (i=t->sizearray; iarray[i]); t->sizearray = size; } static void setnodevector (lua_State *L, Table *t, unsigned int size) { if (size == 0) { /* no elements to hash part? */ t->node = cast(Node *, dummynode); /* use common 'dummynode' */ t->lsizenode = 0; t->lastfree = NULL; /* signal that it is using dummy node */ } else { int i; int lsize = luaO_ceillog2(size); if (lsize > MAXHBITS) luaG_runerror(L, "table overflow"); size = twoto(lsize); t->node = luaM_newvector(L, size, Node); for (i = 0; i < (int)size; i++) { Node *n = gnode(t, i); gnext(n) = 0; setnilvalue(wgkey(n)); setnilvalue(gval(n)); } t->lsizenode = cast_byte(lsize); t->lastfree = gnode(t, size); /* all positions are free */ } } void luaH_resize (lua_State *L, Table *t, unsigned int nasize, unsigned int nhsize) { unsigned int i; int j; unsigned int oldasize = t->sizearray; int oldhsize = allocsizenode(t); Node *nold = t->node; /* save old hash ... */ if (nasize > oldasize) /* array part must grow? */ setarrayvector(L, t, nasize); /* create new hash part with appropriate size */ setnodevector(L, t, nhsize); if (nasize < oldasize) { /* array part must shrink? */ t->sizearray = nasize; /* re-insert elements from vanishing slice */ for (i=nasize; iarray[i])) luaH_setint(L, t, i + 1, &t->array[i]); } /* shrink array */ luaM_reallocvector(L, t->array, oldasize, nasize, TValue); } /* re-insert elements from hash part */ for (j = oldhsize - 1; j >= 0; j--) { Node *old = nold + j; if (!ttisnil(gval(old))) { /* doesn't need barrier/invalidate cache, as entry was already present in the table */ setobjt2t(L, luaH_set(L, t, gkey(old)), gval(old)); } } if (oldhsize > 0) /* not the dummy node? */ luaM_freearray(L, nold, cast(size_t, oldhsize)); /* free old hash */ } void luaH_resizearray (lua_State *L, Table *t, unsigned int nasize) { int nsize = allocsizenode(t); luaH_resize(L, t, nasize, nsize); } /* ** nums[i] = number of keys 'k' where 2^(i - 1) < k <= 2^i */ static void rehash (lua_State *L, Table *t, const TValue *ek) { unsigned int asize; /* optimal size for array part */ unsigned int na; /* number of keys in the array part */ unsigned int nums[MAXABITS + 1]; int i; int totaluse; for (i = 0; i <= MAXABITS; i++) nums[i] = 0; /* reset counts */ na = numusearray(t, nums); /* count keys in array part */ totaluse = na; /* all those keys are integer keys */ totaluse += numusehash(t, nums, &na); /* count keys in hash part */ /* count extra key */ na += countint(ek, nums); totaluse++; /* compute new size for array part */ asize = computesizes(nums, &na); /* resize the table to new computed sizes */ luaH_resize(L, t, asize, totaluse - na); } /* ** }============================================================= */ Table *luaH_new (lua_State *L) { GCObject *o = luaC_newobj(L, LUA_TTABLE, sizeof(Table)); Table *t = gco2t(o); t->metatable = NULL; t->flags = cast_byte(~0); t->array = NULL; t->sizearray = 0; setnodevector(L, t, 0); return t; } void luaH_free (lua_State *L, Table *t) { if (!isdummy(t)) luaM_freearray(L, t->node, cast(size_t, sizenode(t))); luaM_freearray(L, t->array, t->sizearray); luaM_free(L, t); } static Node *getfreepos (Table *t) { if (!isdummy(t)) { while (t->lastfree > t->node) { t->lastfree--; if (ttisnil(gkey(t->lastfree))) return t->lastfree; } } return NULL; /* could not find a free place */ } /* ** inserts a new key into a hash table; first, check whether key's main ** position is free. If not, check whether colliding node is in its main ** position or not: if it is not, move colliding node to an empty place and ** put new key in its main position; otherwise (colliding node is in its main ** position), new key goes to an empty position. */ TValue *luaH_newkey (lua_State *L, Table *t, const TValue *key) { Node *mp; TValue aux; if (ttisnil(key)) luaG_runerror(L, "table index is nil"); else if (ttisfloat(key)) { lua_Integer k; if (luaV_tointeger(key, &k, 0)) { /* does index fit in an integer? */ setivalue(&aux, k); key = &aux; /* insert it as an integer */ } else if (luai_numisnan(fltvalue(key))) luaG_runerror(L, "table index is NaN"); } mp = mainposition(t, key); if (!ttisnil(gval(mp)) || isdummy(t)) { /* main position is taken? */ Node *othern; Node *f = getfreepos(t); /* get a free place */ if (f == NULL) { /* cannot find a free place? */ rehash(L, t, key); /* grow table */ /* whatever called 'newkey' takes care of TM cache */ return luaH_set(L, t, key); /* insert key into grown table */ } lua_assert(!isdummy(t)); othern = mainposition(t, gkey(mp)); if (othern != mp) { /* is colliding node out of its main position? */ /* yes; move colliding node into free position */ while (othern + gnext(othern) != mp) /* find previous */ othern += gnext(othern); gnext(othern) = cast_int(f - othern); /* rechain to point to 'f' */ *f = *mp; /* copy colliding node into free pos. (mp->next also goes) */ if (gnext(mp) != 0) { gnext(f) += cast_int(mp - f); /* correct 'next' */ gnext(mp) = 0; /* now 'mp' is free */ } setnilvalue(gval(mp)); } else { /* colliding node is in its own main position */ /* new node will go into free position */ if (gnext(mp) != 0) gnext(f) = cast_int((mp + gnext(mp)) - f); /* chain new position */ else lua_assert(gnext(f) == 0); gnext(mp) = cast_int(f - mp); mp = f; } } setnodekey(L, &mp->i_key, key); luaC_barrierback(L, t, key); lua_assert(ttisnil(gval(mp))); return gval(mp); } /* ** search function for integers */ const TValue *luaH_getint (Table *t, lua_Integer key) { /* (1 <= key && key <= t->sizearray) */ if (l_castS2U(key) - 1 < t->sizearray) return &t->array[key - 1]; else { Node *n = hashint(t, key); for (;;) { /* check whether 'key' is somewhere in the chain */ if (ttisinteger(gkey(n)) && ivalue(gkey(n)) == key) return gval(n); /* that's it */ else { int nx = gnext(n); if (nx == 0) break; n += nx; } } return luaO_nilobject; } } /* ** search function for short strings */ const TValue *luaH_getshortstr (Table *t, TString *key) { Node *n = hashstr(t, key); lua_assert(key->tt == LUA_TSHRSTR); for (;;) { /* check whether 'key' is somewhere in the chain */ const TValue *k = gkey(n); if (ttisshrstring(k) && eqshrstr(tsvalue(k), key)) return gval(n); /* that's it */ else { int nx = gnext(n); if (nx == 0) return luaO_nilobject; /* not found */ n += nx; } } } /* ** "Generic" get version. (Not that generic: not valid for integers, ** which may be in array part, nor for floats with integral values.) */ static const TValue *getgeneric (Table *t, const TValue *key) { Node *n = mainposition(t, key); for (;;) { /* check whether 'key' is somewhere in the chain */ if (luaV_rawequalobj(gkey(n), key)) return gval(n); /* that's it */ else { int nx = gnext(n); if (nx == 0) return luaO_nilobject; /* not found */ n += nx; } } } const TValue *luaH_getstr (Table *t, TString *key) { if (key->tt == LUA_TSHRSTR) return luaH_getshortstr(t, key); else { /* for long strings, use generic case */ TValue ko; setsvalue(cast(lua_State *, NULL), &ko, key); return getgeneric(t, &ko); } } /* ** main search function */ const TValue *luaH_get (Table *t, const TValue *key) { switch (ttype(key)) { case LUA_TSHRSTR: return luaH_getshortstr(t, tsvalue(key)); case LUA_TNUMINT: return luaH_getint(t, ivalue(key)); case LUA_TNIL: return luaO_nilobject; case LUA_TNUMFLT: { lua_Integer k; if (luaV_tointeger(key, &k, 0)) /* index is int? */ return luaH_getint(t, k); /* use specialized version */ /* else... */ } /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: return getgeneric(t, key); } } /* ** beware: when using this function you probably need to check a GC ** barrier and invalidate the TM cache. */ TValue *luaH_set (lua_State *L, Table *t, const TValue *key) { const TValue *p = luaH_get(t, key); if (p != luaO_nilobject) return cast(TValue *, p); else return luaH_newkey(L, t, key); } void luaH_setint (lua_State *L, Table *t, lua_Integer key, TValue *value) { const TValue *p = luaH_getint(t, key); TValue *cell; if (p != luaO_nilobject) cell = cast(TValue *, p); else { TValue k; setivalue(&k, key); cell = luaH_newkey(L, t, &k); } setobj2t(L, cell, value); } static int unbound_search (Table *t, unsigned int j) { unsigned int i = j; /* i is zero or a present index */ j++; /* find 'i' and 'j' such that i is present and j is not */ while (!ttisnil(luaH_getint(t, j))) { i = j; if (j > cast(unsigned int, MAX_INT)/2) { /* overflow? */ /* table was built with bad purposes: resort to linear search */ i = 1; while (!ttisnil(luaH_getint(t, i))) i++; return i - 1; } j *= 2; } /* now do a binary search between them */ while (j - i > 1) { unsigned int m = (i+j)/2; if (ttisnil(luaH_getint(t, m))) j = m; else i = m; } return i; } /* ** Try to find a boundary in table 't'. A 'boundary' is an integer index ** such that t[i] is non-nil and t[i+1] is nil (and 0 if t[1] is nil). */ int luaH_getn (Table *t) { unsigned int j = t->sizearray; if (j > 0 && ttisnil(&t->array[j - 1])) { /* there is a boundary in the array part: (binary) search for it */ unsigned int i = 0; while (j - i > 1) { unsigned int m = (i+j)/2; if (ttisnil(&t->array[m - 1])) j = m; else i = m; } return i; } /* else must find a boundary in hash part */ else if (isdummy(t)) /* hash part is empty? */ return j; /* that is easy... */ else return unbound_search(t, j); } #if defined(LUA_DEBUG) Node *luaH_mainposition (const Table *t, const TValue *key) { return mainposition(t, key); } int luaH_isdummy (const Table *t) { return isdummy(t); } #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/ltable.h000066400000000000000000000040411335323540100155060ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: ltable.h,v 2.23 2016/12/22 13:08:50 roberto Exp $ ** Lua tables (hash) ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef ltable_h #define ltable_h #include "lobject.h" #define gnode(t,i) (&(t)->node[i]) #define gval(n) (&(n)->i_val) #define gnext(n) ((n)->i_key.nk.next) /* 'const' to avoid wrong writings that can mess up field 'next' */ #define gkey(n) cast(const TValue*, (&(n)->i_key.tvk)) /* ** writable version of 'gkey'; allows updates to individual fields, ** but not to the whole (which has incompatible type) */ #define wgkey(n) (&(n)->i_key.nk) #define invalidateTMcache(t) ((t)->flags = 0) /* true when 't' is using 'dummynode' as its hash part */ #define isdummy(t) ((t)->lastfree == NULL) /* allocated size for hash nodes */ #define allocsizenode(t) (isdummy(t) ? 0 : sizenode(t)) /* returns the key, given the value of a table entry */ #define keyfromval(v) \ (gkey(cast(Node *, cast(char *, (v)) - offsetof(Node, i_val)))) LUAI_FUNC const TValue *luaH_getint (Table *t, lua_Integer key); LUAI_FUNC void luaH_setint (lua_State *L, Table *t, lua_Integer key, TValue *value); LUAI_FUNC const TValue *luaH_getshortstr (Table *t, TString *key); LUAI_FUNC const TValue *luaH_getstr (Table *t, TString *key); LUAI_FUNC const TValue *luaH_get (Table *t, const TValue *key); LUAI_FUNC TValue *luaH_newkey (lua_State *L, Table *t, const TValue *key); LUAI_FUNC TValue *luaH_set (lua_State *L, Table *t, const TValue *key); LUAI_FUNC Table *luaH_new (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC void luaH_resize (lua_State *L, Table *t, unsigned int nasize, unsigned int nhsize); LUAI_FUNC void luaH_resizearray (lua_State *L, Table *t, unsigned int nasize); LUAI_FUNC void luaH_free (lua_State *L, Table *t); LUAI_FUNC int luaH_next (lua_State *L, Table *t, StkId key); LUAI_FUNC int luaH_getn (Table *t); #if defined(LUA_DEBUG) LUAI_FUNC Node *luaH_mainposition (const Table *t, const TValue *key); LUAI_FUNC int luaH_isdummy (const Table *t); #endif #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/ltablib.c000066400000000000000000000323521335323540100156550ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: ltablib.c,v 1.93 2016/02/25 19:41:54 roberto Exp $ ** Library for Table Manipulation ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define ltablib_c #define LUA_LIB #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" /* ** Operations that an object must define to mimic a table ** (some functions only need some of them) */ #define TAB_R 1 /* read */ #define TAB_W 2 /* write */ #define TAB_L 4 /* length */ #define TAB_RW (TAB_R | TAB_W) /* read/write */ #define aux_getn(L,n,w) (checktab(L, n, (w) | TAB_L), luaL_len(L, n)) static int checkfield (lua_State *L, const char *key, int n) { lua_pushstring(L, key); return (lua_rawget(L, -n) != LUA_TNIL); } /* ** Check that 'arg' either is a table or can behave like one (that is, ** has a metatable with the required metamethods) */ static void checktab (lua_State *L, int arg, int what) { if (lua_type(L, arg) != LUA_TTABLE) { /* is it not a table? */ int n = 1; /* number of elements to pop */ if (lua_getmetatable(L, arg) && /* must have metatable */ (!(what & TAB_R) || checkfield(L, "__index", ++n)) && (!(what & TAB_W) || checkfield(L, "__newindex", ++n)) && (!(what & TAB_L) || checkfield(L, "__len", ++n))) { lua_pop(L, n); /* pop metatable and tested metamethods */ } else luaL_checktype(L, arg, LUA_TTABLE); /* force an error */ } } #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_MAXN) static int maxn (lua_State *L) { lua_Number max = 0; luaL_checktype(L, 1, LUA_TTABLE); lua_pushnil(L); /* first key */ while (lua_next(L, 1)) { lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove value */ if (lua_type(L, -1) == LUA_TNUMBER) { lua_Number v = lua_tonumber(L, -1); if (v > max) max = v; } } lua_pushnumber(L, max); return 1; } #endif static int tinsert (lua_State *L) { lua_Integer e = aux_getn(L, 1, TAB_RW) + 1; /* first empty element */ lua_Integer pos; /* where to insert new element */ switch (lua_gettop(L)) { case 2: { /* called with only 2 arguments */ pos = e; /* insert new element at the end */ break; } case 3: { lua_Integer i; pos = luaL_checkinteger(L, 2); /* 2nd argument is the position */ luaL_argcheck(L, 1 <= pos && pos <= e, 2, "position out of bounds"); for (i = e; i > pos; i--) { /* move up elements */ lua_geti(L, 1, i - 1); lua_seti(L, 1, i); /* t[i] = t[i - 1] */ } break; } default: { return luaL_error(L, "wrong number of arguments to 'insert'"); } } lua_seti(L, 1, pos); /* t[pos] = v */ return 0; } static int tremove (lua_State *L) { lua_Integer size = aux_getn(L, 1, TAB_RW); lua_Integer pos = luaL_optinteger(L, 2, size); if (pos != size) /* validate 'pos' if given */ luaL_argcheck(L, 1 <= pos && pos <= size + 1, 1, "position out of bounds"); lua_geti(L, 1, pos); /* result = t[pos] */ for ( ; pos < size; pos++) { lua_geti(L, 1, pos + 1); lua_seti(L, 1, pos); /* t[pos] = t[pos + 1] */ } lua_pushnil(L); lua_seti(L, 1, pos); /* t[pos] = nil */ return 1; } /* ** Copy elements (1[f], ..., 1[e]) into (tt[t], tt[t+1], ...). Whenever ** possible, copy in increasing order, which is better for rehashing. ** "possible" means destination after original range, or smaller ** than origin, or copying to another table. */ static int tmove (lua_State *L) { lua_Integer f = luaL_checkinteger(L, 2); lua_Integer e = luaL_checkinteger(L, 3); lua_Integer t = luaL_checkinteger(L, 4); int tt = !lua_isnoneornil(L, 5) ? 5 : 1; /* destination table */ checktab(L, 1, TAB_R); checktab(L, tt, TAB_W); if (e >= f) { /* otherwise, nothing to move */ lua_Integer n, i; luaL_argcheck(L, f > 0 || e < LUA_MAXINTEGER + f, 3, "too many elements to move"); n = e - f + 1; /* number of elements to move */ luaL_argcheck(L, t <= LUA_MAXINTEGER - n + 1, 4, "destination wrap around"); if (t > e || t <= f || (tt != 1 && !lua_compare(L, 1, tt, LUA_OPEQ))) { for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { lua_geti(L, 1, f + i); lua_seti(L, tt, t + i); } } else { for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; i--) { lua_geti(L, 1, f + i); lua_seti(L, tt, t + i); } } } lua_pushvalue(L, tt); /* return destination table */ return 1; } static void addfield (lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *b, lua_Integer i) { lua_geti(L, 1, i); if (!lua_isstring(L, -1)) luaL_error(L, "invalid value (%s) at index %d in table for 'concat'", luaL_typename(L, -1), i); luaL_addvalue(b); } static int tconcat (lua_State *L) { luaL_Buffer b; lua_Integer last = aux_getn(L, 1, TAB_R); size_t lsep; const char *sep = luaL_optlstring(L, 2, "", &lsep); lua_Integer i = luaL_optinteger(L, 3, 1); last = luaL_optinteger(L, 4, last); luaL_buffinit(L, &b); for (; i < last; i++) { addfield(L, &b, i); luaL_addlstring(&b, sep, lsep); } if (i == last) /* add last value (if interval was not empty) */ addfield(L, &b, i); luaL_pushresult(&b); return 1; } /* ** {====================================================== ** Pack/unpack ** ======================================================= */ static int pack (lua_State *L) { int i; int n = lua_gettop(L); /* number of elements to pack */ lua_createtable(L, n, 1); /* create result table */ lua_insert(L, 1); /* put it at index 1 */ for (i = n; i >= 1; i--) /* assign elements */ lua_seti(L, 1, i); lua_pushinteger(L, n); lua_setfield(L, 1, "n"); /* t.n = number of elements */ return 1; /* return table */ } static int unpack (lua_State *L) { lua_Unsigned n; lua_Integer i = luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 1); lua_Integer e = luaL_opt(L, luaL_checkinteger, 3, luaL_len(L, 1)); if (i > e) return 0; /* empty range */ n = (lua_Unsigned)e - i; /* number of elements minus 1 (avoid overflows) */ if (n >= (unsigned int)INT_MAX || !lua_checkstack(L, (int)(++n))) return luaL_error(L, "too many results to unpack"); for (; i < e; i++) { /* push arg[i..e - 1] (to avoid overflows) */ lua_geti(L, 1, i); } lua_geti(L, 1, e); /* push last element */ return (int)n; } /* }====================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================== ** Quicksort ** (based on 'Algorithms in MODULA-3', Robert Sedgewick; ** Addison-Wesley, 1993.) ** ======================================================= */ /* type for array indices */ typedef unsigned int IdxT; /* ** Produce a "random" 'unsigned int' to randomize pivot choice. This ** macro is used only when 'sort' detects a big imbalance in the result ** of a partition. (If you don't want/need this "randomness", ~0 is a ** good choice.) */ #if !defined(l_randomizePivot) /* { */ #include /* size of 'e' measured in number of 'unsigned int's */ #define sof(e) (sizeof(e) / sizeof(unsigned int)) /* ** Use 'time' and 'clock' as sources of "randomness". Because we don't ** know the types 'clock_t' and 'time_t', we cannot cast them to ** anything without risking overflows. A safe way to use their values ** is to copy them to an array of a known type and use the array values. */ static unsigned int l_randomizePivot (void) { clock_t c = clock(); time_t t = time(NULL); unsigned int buff[sof(c) + sof(t)]; unsigned int i, rnd = 0; memcpy(buff, &c, sof(c) * sizeof(unsigned int)); memcpy(buff + sof(c), &t, sof(t) * sizeof(unsigned int)); for (i = 0; i < sof(buff); i++) rnd += buff[i]; return rnd; } #endif /* } */ /* arrays larger than 'RANLIMIT' may use randomized pivots */ #define RANLIMIT 100u static void set2 (lua_State *L, IdxT i, IdxT j) { lua_seti(L, 1, i); lua_seti(L, 1, j); } /* ** Return true iff value at stack index 'a' is less than the value at ** index 'b' (according to the order of the sort). */ static int sort_comp (lua_State *L, int a, int b) { if (lua_isnil(L, 2)) /* no function? */ return lua_compare(L, a, b, LUA_OPLT); /* a < b */ else { /* function */ int res; lua_pushvalue(L, 2); /* push function */ lua_pushvalue(L, a-1); /* -1 to compensate function */ lua_pushvalue(L, b-2); /* -2 to compensate function and 'a' */ lua_call(L, 2, 1); /* call function */ res = lua_toboolean(L, -1); /* get result */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* pop result */ return res; } } /* ** Does the partition: Pivot P is at the top of the stack. ** precondition: a[lo] <= P == a[up-1] <= a[up], ** so it only needs to do the partition from lo + 1 to up - 2. ** Pos-condition: a[lo .. i - 1] <= a[i] == P <= a[i + 1 .. up] ** returns 'i'. */ static IdxT partition (lua_State *L, IdxT lo, IdxT up) { IdxT i = lo; /* will be incremented before first use */ IdxT j = up - 1; /* will be decremented before first use */ /* loop invariant: a[lo .. i] <= P <= a[j .. up] */ for (;;) { /* next loop: repeat ++i while a[i] < P */ while (lua_geti(L, 1, ++i), sort_comp(L, -1, -2)) { if (i == up - 1) /* a[i] < P but a[up - 1] == P ?? */ luaL_error(L, "invalid order function for sorting"); lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove a[i] */ } /* after the loop, a[i] >= P and a[lo .. i - 1] < P */ /* next loop: repeat --j while P < a[j] */ while (lua_geti(L, 1, --j), sort_comp(L, -3, -1)) { if (j < i) /* j < i but a[j] > P ?? */ luaL_error(L, "invalid order function for sorting"); lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove a[j] */ } /* after the loop, a[j] <= P and a[j + 1 .. up] >= P */ if (j < i) { /* no elements out of place? */ /* a[lo .. i - 1] <= P <= a[j + 1 .. i .. up] */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* pop a[j] */ /* swap pivot (a[up - 1]) with a[i] to satisfy pos-condition */ set2(L, up - 1, i); return i; } /* otherwise, swap a[i] - a[j] to restore invariant and repeat */ set2(L, i, j); } } /* ** Choose an element in the middle (2nd-3th quarters) of [lo,up] ** "randomized" by 'rnd' */ static IdxT choosePivot (IdxT lo, IdxT up, unsigned int rnd) { IdxT r4 = (up - lo) / 4; /* range/4 */ IdxT p = rnd % (r4 * 2) + (lo + r4); lua_assert(lo + r4 <= p && p <= up - r4); return p; } /* ** QuickSort algorithm (recursive function) */ static void auxsort (lua_State *L, IdxT lo, IdxT up, unsigned int rnd) { while (lo < up) { /* loop for tail recursion */ IdxT p; /* Pivot index */ IdxT n; /* to be used later */ /* sort elements 'lo', 'p', and 'up' */ lua_geti(L, 1, lo); lua_geti(L, 1, up); if (sort_comp(L, -1, -2)) /* a[up] < a[lo]? */ set2(L, lo, up); /* swap a[lo] - a[up] */ else lua_pop(L, 2); /* remove both values */ if (up - lo == 1) /* only 2 elements? */ return; /* already sorted */ if (up - lo < RANLIMIT || rnd == 0) /* small interval or no randomize? */ p = (lo + up)/2; /* middle element is a good pivot */ else /* for larger intervals, it is worth a random pivot */ p = choosePivot(lo, up, rnd); lua_geti(L, 1, p); lua_geti(L, 1, lo); if (sort_comp(L, -2, -1)) /* a[p] < a[lo]? */ set2(L, p, lo); /* swap a[p] - a[lo] */ else { lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove a[lo] */ lua_geti(L, 1, up); if (sort_comp(L, -1, -2)) /* a[up] < a[p]? */ set2(L, p, up); /* swap a[up] - a[p] */ else lua_pop(L, 2); } if (up - lo == 2) /* only 3 elements? */ return; /* already sorted */ lua_geti(L, 1, p); /* get middle element (Pivot) */ lua_pushvalue(L, -1); /* push Pivot */ lua_geti(L, 1, up - 1); /* push a[up - 1] */ set2(L, p, up - 1); /* swap Pivot (a[p]) with a[up - 1] */ p = partition(L, lo, up); /* a[lo .. p - 1] <= a[p] == P <= a[p + 1 .. up] */ if (p - lo < up - p) { /* lower interval is smaller? */ auxsort(L, lo, p - 1, rnd); /* call recursively for lower interval */ n = p - lo; /* size of smaller interval */ lo = p + 1; /* tail call for [p + 1 .. up] (upper interval) */ } else { auxsort(L, p + 1, up, rnd); /* call recursively for upper interval */ n = up - p; /* size of smaller interval */ up = p - 1; /* tail call for [lo .. p - 1] (lower interval) */ } if ((up - lo) / 128 > n) /* partition too imbalanced? */ rnd = l_randomizePivot(); /* try a new randomization */ } /* tail call auxsort(L, lo, up, rnd) */ } static int sort (lua_State *L) { lua_Integer n = aux_getn(L, 1, TAB_RW); if (n > 1) { /* non-trivial interval? */ luaL_argcheck(L, n < INT_MAX, 1, "array too big"); if (!lua_isnoneornil(L, 2)) /* is there a 2nd argument? */ luaL_checktype(L, 2, LUA_TFUNCTION); /* must be a function */ lua_settop(L, 2); /* make sure there are two arguments */ auxsort(L, 1, (IdxT)n, 0); } return 0; } /* }====================================================== */ static const luaL_Reg tab_funcs[] = { {"concat", tconcat}, #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_MAXN) {"maxn", maxn}, #endif {"insert", tinsert}, {"pack", pack}, {"unpack", unpack}, {"remove", tremove}, {"move", tmove}, {"sort", sort}, {NULL, NULL} }; LUAMOD_API int luaopen_table (lua_State *L) { luaL_newlib(L, tab_funcs); #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_UNPACK) /* _G.unpack = table.unpack */ lua_getfield(L, -1, "unpack"); lua_setglobal(L, "unpack"); #endif return 1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/ltm.c000066400000000000000000000111321335323540100150310ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: ltm.c,v 2.38 2016/12/22 13:08:50 roberto Exp $ ** Tag methods ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define ltm_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include "lua.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "ltable.h" #include "ltm.h" #include "lvm.h" static const char udatatypename[] = "userdata"; LUAI_DDEF const char *const luaT_typenames_[LUA_TOTALTAGS] = { "no value", "nil", "boolean", udatatypename, "number", "string", "table", "function", udatatypename, "thread", "proto" /* this last case is used for tests only */ }; void luaT_init (lua_State *L) { static const char *const luaT_eventname[] = { /* ORDER TM */ "__index", "__newindex", "__gc", "__mode", "__len", "__eq", "__add", "__sub", "__mul", "__mod", "__pow", "__div", "__idiv", "__band", "__bor", "__bxor", "__shl", "__shr", "__unm", "__bnot", "__lt", "__le", "__concat", "__call" }; int i; for (i=0; itmname[i] = luaS_new(L, luaT_eventname[i]); luaC_fix(L, obj2gco(G(L)->tmname[i])); /* never collect these names */ } } /* ** function to be used with macro "fasttm": optimized for absence of ** tag methods */ const TValue *luaT_gettm (Table *events, TMS event, TString *ename) { const TValue *tm = luaH_getshortstr(events, ename); lua_assert(event <= TM_EQ); if (ttisnil(tm)) { /* no tag method? */ events->flags |= cast_byte(1u<metatable; break; case LUA_TUSERDATA: mt = uvalue(o)->metatable; break; default: mt = G(L)->mt[ttnov(o)]; } return (mt ? luaH_getshortstr(mt, G(L)->tmname[event]) : luaO_nilobject); } /* ** Return the name of the type of an object. For tables and userdata ** with metatable, use their '__name' metafield, if present. */ const char *luaT_objtypename (lua_State *L, const TValue *o) { Table *mt; if ((ttistable(o) && (mt = hvalue(o)->metatable) != NULL) || (ttisfulluserdata(o) && (mt = uvalue(o)->metatable) != NULL)) { const TValue *name = luaH_getshortstr(mt, luaS_new(L, "__name")); if (ttisstring(name)) /* is '__name' a string? */ return getstr(tsvalue(name)); /* use it as type name */ } return ttypename(ttnov(o)); /* else use standard type name */ } void luaT_callTM (lua_State *L, const TValue *f, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2, TValue *p3, int hasres) { ptrdiff_t result = savestack(L, p3); StkId func = L->top; setobj2s(L, func, f); /* push function (assume EXTRA_STACK) */ setobj2s(L, func + 1, p1); /* 1st argument */ setobj2s(L, func + 2, p2); /* 2nd argument */ L->top += 3; if (!hasres) /* no result? 'p3' is third argument */ setobj2s(L, L->top++, p3); /* 3rd argument */ /* metamethod may yield only when called from Lua code */ if (isLua(L->ci)) luaD_call(L, func, hasres); else luaD_callnoyield(L, func, hasres); if (hasres) { /* if has result, move it to its place */ p3 = restorestack(L, result); setobjs2s(L, p3, --L->top); } } int luaT_callbinTM (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2, StkId res, TMS event) { const TValue *tm = luaT_gettmbyobj(L, p1, event); /* try first operand */ if (ttisnil(tm)) tm = luaT_gettmbyobj(L, p2, event); /* try second operand */ if (ttisnil(tm)) return 0; luaT_callTM(L, tm, p1, p2, res, 1); return 1; } void luaT_trybinTM (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2, StkId res, TMS event) { if (!luaT_callbinTM(L, p1, p2, res, event)) { switch (event) { case TM_CONCAT: luaG_concaterror(L, p1, p2); /* call never returns, but to avoid warnings: *//* FALLTHROUGH */ case TM_BAND: case TM_BOR: case TM_BXOR: case TM_SHL: case TM_SHR: case TM_BNOT: { lua_Number dummy; if (tonumber(p1, &dummy) && tonumber(p2, &dummy)) luaG_tointerror(L, p1, p2); else luaG_opinterror(L, p1, p2, "perform bitwise operation on"); } /* calls never return, but to avoid warnings: *//* FALLTHROUGH */ default: luaG_opinterror(L, p1, p2, "perform arithmetic on"); } } } int luaT_callorderTM (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2, TMS event) { if (!luaT_callbinTM(L, p1, p2, L->top, event)) return -1; /* no metamethod */ else return !l_isfalse(L->top); } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/ltm.h000066400000000000000000000033631335323540100150450ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: ltm.h,v 2.22 2016/02/26 19:20:15 roberto Exp $ ** Tag methods ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef ltm_h #define ltm_h #include "lobject.h" /* * WARNING: if you change the order of this enumeration, * grep "ORDER TM" and "ORDER OP" */ typedef enum { TM_INDEX, TM_NEWINDEX, TM_GC, TM_MODE, TM_LEN, TM_EQ, /* last tag method with fast access */ TM_ADD, TM_SUB, TM_MUL, TM_MOD, TM_POW, TM_DIV, TM_IDIV, TM_BAND, TM_BOR, TM_BXOR, TM_SHL, TM_SHR, TM_UNM, TM_BNOT, TM_LT, TM_LE, TM_CONCAT, TM_CALL, TM_N /* number of elements in the enum */ } TMS; #define gfasttm(g,et,e) ((et) == NULL ? NULL : \ ((et)->flags & (1u<<(e))) ? NULL : luaT_gettm(et, e, (g)->tmname[e])) #define fasttm(l,et,e) gfasttm(G(l), et, e) #define ttypename(x) luaT_typenames_[(x) + 1] LUAI_DDEC const char *const luaT_typenames_[LUA_TOTALTAGS]; LUAI_FUNC const char *luaT_objtypename (lua_State *L, const TValue *o); LUAI_FUNC const TValue *luaT_gettm (Table *events, TMS event, TString *ename); LUAI_FUNC const TValue *luaT_gettmbyobj (lua_State *L, const TValue *o, TMS event); LUAI_FUNC void luaT_init (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC void luaT_callTM (lua_State *L, const TValue *f, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2, TValue *p3, int hasres); LUAI_FUNC int luaT_callbinTM (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2, StkId res, TMS event); LUAI_FUNC void luaT_trybinTM (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2, StkId res, TMS event); LUAI_FUNC int luaT_callorderTM (lua_State *L, const TValue *p1, const TValue *p2, TMS event); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lua.c000066400000000000000000000427501335323540100150300ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lua.c,v 1.230 2017/01/12 17:14:26 roberto Exp $ ** Lua stand-alone interpreter ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lua_c #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" #if !defined(LUA_PROMPT) #define LUA_PROMPT "> " #define LUA_PROMPT2 ">> " #endif #if !defined(LUA_PROGNAME) #define LUA_PROGNAME "lua" #endif #if !defined(LUA_MAXINPUT) #define LUA_MAXINPUT 512 #endif #if !defined(LUA_INIT_VAR) #define LUA_INIT_VAR "LUA_INIT" #endif #define LUA_INITVARVERSION LUA_INIT_VAR LUA_VERSUFFIX /* ** lua_stdin_is_tty detects whether the standard input is a 'tty' (that ** is, whether we're running lua interactively). */ #if !defined(lua_stdin_is_tty) /* { */ #if defined(LUA_USE_POSIX) /* { */ #include #define lua_stdin_is_tty() isatty(0) #elif defined(LUA_USE_WINDOWS) /* }{ */ #include #include #define lua_stdin_is_tty() _isatty(_fileno(stdin)) #else /* }{ */ /* ISO C definition */ #define lua_stdin_is_tty() 1 /* assume stdin is a tty */ #endif /* } */ #endif /* } */ /* ** lua_readline defines how to show a prompt and then read a line from ** the standard input. ** lua_saveline defines how to "save" a read line in a "history". ** lua_freeline defines how to free a line read by lua_readline. */ #if !defined(lua_readline) /* { */ #if defined(LUA_USE_READLINE) /* { */ #include #include #define lua_readline(L,b,p) ((void)L, ((b)=readline(p)) != NULL) #define lua_saveline(L,line) ((void)L, add_history(line)) #define lua_freeline(L,b) ((void)L, free(b)) #else /* }{ */ #define lua_readline(L,b,p) \ ((void)L, fputs(p, stdout), fflush(stdout), /* show prompt */ \ fgets(b, LUA_MAXINPUT, stdin) != NULL) /* get line */ #define lua_saveline(L,line) { (void)L; (void)line; } #define lua_freeline(L,b) { (void)L; (void)b; } #endif /* } */ #endif /* } */ static lua_State *globalL = NULL; static const char *progname = LUA_PROGNAME; /* ** Hook set by signal function to stop the interpreter. */ static void lstop (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar) { (void)ar; /* unused arg. */ lua_sethook(L, NULL, 0, 0); /* reset hook */ luaL_error(L, "interrupted!"); } /* ** Function to be called at a C signal. Because a C signal cannot ** just change a Lua state (as there is no proper synchronization), ** this function only sets a hook that, when called, will stop the ** interpreter. */ static void laction (int i) { signal(i, SIG_DFL); /* if another SIGINT happens, terminate process */ lua_sethook(globalL, lstop, LUA_MASKCALL | LUA_MASKRET | LUA_MASKCOUNT, 1); } static void print_usage (const char *badoption) { lua_writestringerror("%s: ", progname); if (badoption[1] == 'e' || badoption[1] == 'l') lua_writestringerror("'%s' needs argument\n", badoption); else lua_writestringerror("unrecognized option '%s'\n", badoption); lua_writestringerror( "usage: %s [options] [script [args]]\n" "Available options are:\n" " -e stat execute string 'stat'\n" " -i enter interactive mode after executing 'script'\n" " -l name require library 'name'\n" " -v show version information\n" " -E ignore environment variables\n" " -- stop handling options\n" " - stop handling options and execute stdin\n" , progname); } /* ** Prints an error message, adding the program name in front of it ** (if present) */ static void l_message (const char *pname, const char *msg) { if (pname) lua_writestringerror("%s: ", pname); lua_writestringerror("%s\n", msg); } /* ** Check whether 'status' is not OK and, if so, prints the error ** message on the top of the stack. It assumes that the error object ** is a string, as it was either generated by Lua or by 'msghandler'. */ static int report (lua_State *L, int status) { if (status != LUA_OK) { const char *msg = lua_tostring(L, -1); l_message(progname, msg); lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove message */ } return status; } /* ** Message handler used to run all chunks */ static int msghandler (lua_State *L) { const char *msg = lua_tostring(L, 1); if (msg == NULL) { /* is error object not a string? */ if (luaL_callmeta(L, 1, "__tostring") && /* does it have a metamethod */ lua_type(L, -1) == LUA_TSTRING) /* that produces a string? */ return 1; /* that is the message */ else msg = lua_pushfstring(L, "(error object is a %s value)", luaL_typename(L, 1)); } luaL_traceback(L, L, msg, 1); /* append a standard traceback */ return 1; /* return the traceback */ } /* ** Interface to 'lua_pcall', which sets appropriate message function ** and C-signal handler. Used to run all chunks. */ static int docall (lua_State *L, int narg, int nres) { int status; int base = lua_gettop(L) - narg; /* function index */ lua_pushcfunction(L, msghandler); /* push message handler */ lua_insert(L, base); /* put it under function and args */ globalL = L; /* to be available to 'laction' */ signal(SIGINT, laction); /* set C-signal handler */ status = lua_pcall(L, narg, nres, base); signal(SIGINT, SIG_DFL); /* reset C-signal handler */ lua_remove(L, base); /* remove message handler from the stack */ return status; } static void print_version (void) { lua_writestring(LUA_COPYRIGHT, strlen(LUA_COPYRIGHT)); lua_writeline(); } /* ** Create the 'arg' table, which stores all arguments from the ** command line ('argv'). It should be aligned so that, at index 0, ** it has 'argv[script]', which is the script name. The arguments ** to the script (everything after 'script') go to positive indices; ** other arguments (before the script name) go to negative indices. ** If there is no script name, assume interpreter's name as base. */ static void createargtable (lua_State *L, char **argv, int argc, int script) { int i, narg; if (script == argc) script = 0; /* no script name? */ narg = argc - (script + 1); /* number of positive indices */ lua_createtable(L, narg, script + 1); for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { lua_pushstring(L, argv[i]); lua_rawseti(L, -2, i - script); } lua_setglobal(L, "arg"); } static int dochunk (lua_State *L, int status) { if (status == LUA_OK) status = docall(L, 0, 0); return report(L, status); } static int dofile (lua_State *L, const char *name) { return dochunk(L, luaL_loadfile(L, name)); } static int dostring (lua_State *L, const char *s, const char *name) { return dochunk(L, luaL_loadbuffer(L, s, strlen(s), name)); } /* ** Calls 'require(name)' and stores the result in a global variable ** with the given name. */ static int dolibrary (lua_State *L, const char *name) { int status; lua_getglobal(L, "require"); lua_pushstring(L, name); status = docall(L, 1, 1); /* call 'require(name)' */ if (status == LUA_OK) lua_setglobal(L, name); /* global[name] = require return */ return report(L, status); } /* ** Returns the string to be used as a prompt by the interpreter. */ static const char *get_prompt (lua_State *L, int firstline) { const char *p; lua_getglobal(L, firstline ? "_PROMPT" : "_PROMPT2"); p = lua_tostring(L, -1); if (p == NULL) p = (firstline ? LUA_PROMPT : LUA_PROMPT2); return p; } /* mark in error messages for incomplete statements */ #define EOFMARK "" #define marklen (sizeof(EOFMARK)/sizeof(char) - 1) /* ** Check whether 'status' signals a syntax error and the error ** message at the top of the stack ends with the above mark for ** incomplete statements. */ static int incomplete (lua_State *L, int status) { if (status == LUA_ERRSYNTAX) { size_t lmsg; const char *msg = lua_tolstring(L, -1, &lmsg); if (lmsg >= marklen && strcmp(msg + lmsg - marklen, EOFMARK) == 0) { lua_pop(L, 1); return 1; } } return 0; /* else... */ } /* ** Prompt the user, read a line, and push it into the Lua stack. */ static int pushline (lua_State *L, int firstline) { char buffer[LUA_MAXINPUT]; char *b = buffer; size_t l; const char *prmt = get_prompt(L, firstline); int readstatus = lua_readline(L, b, prmt); if (readstatus == 0) return 0; /* no input (prompt will be popped by caller) */ lua_pop(L, 1); /* remove prompt */ l = strlen(b); if (l > 0 && b[l-1] == '\n') /* line ends with newline? */ b[--l] = '\0'; /* remove it */ if (firstline && b[0] == '=') /* for compatibility with 5.2, ... */ lua_pushfstring(L, "return %s", b + 1); /* change '=' to 'return' */ else lua_pushlstring(L, b, l); lua_freeline(L, b); return 1; } /* ** Try to compile line on the stack as 'return ;'; on return, stack ** has either compiled chunk or original line (if compilation failed). */ static int addreturn (lua_State *L) { const char *line = lua_tostring(L, -1); /* original line */ const char *retline = lua_pushfstring(L, "return %s;", line); int status = luaL_loadbuffer(L, retline, strlen(retline), "=stdin"); if (status == LUA_OK) { lua_remove(L, -2); /* remove modified line */ if (line[0] != '\0') /* non empty? */ lua_saveline(L, line); /* keep history */ } else lua_pop(L, 2); /* pop result from 'luaL_loadbuffer' and modified line */ return status; } /* ** Read multiple lines until a complete Lua statement */ static int multiline (lua_State *L) { for (;;) { /* repeat until gets a complete statement */ size_t len; const char *line = lua_tolstring(L, 1, &len); /* get what it has */ int status = luaL_loadbuffer(L, line, len, "=stdin"); /* try it */ if (!incomplete(L, status) || !pushline(L, 0)) { lua_saveline(L, line); /* keep history */ return status; /* cannot or should not try to add continuation line */ } lua_pushliteral(L, "\n"); /* add newline... */ lua_insert(L, -2); /* ...between the two lines */ lua_concat(L, 3); /* join them */ } } /* ** Read a line and try to load (compile) it first as an expression (by ** adding "return " in front of it) and second as a statement. Return ** the final status of load/call with the resulting function (if any) ** in the top of the stack. */ static int loadline (lua_State *L) { int status; lua_settop(L, 0); if (!pushline(L, 1)) return -1; /* no input */ if ((status = addreturn(L)) != LUA_OK) /* 'return ...' did not work? */ status = multiline(L); /* try as command, maybe with continuation lines */ lua_remove(L, 1); /* remove line from the stack */ lua_assert(lua_gettop(L) == 1); return status; } /* ** Prints (calling the Lua 'print' function) any values on the stack */ static void l_print (lua_State *L) { int n = lua_gettop(L); if (n > 0) { /* any result to be printed? */ luaL_checkstack(L, LUA_MINSTACK, "too many results to print"); lua_getglobal(L, "print"); lua_insert(L, 1); if (lua_pcall(L, n, 0, 0) != LUA_OK) l_message(progname, lua_pushfstring(L, "error calling 'print' (%s)", lua_tostring(L, -1))); } } /* ** Do the REPL: repeatedly read (load) a line, evaluate (call) it, and ** print any results. */ static void doREPL (lua_State *L) { int status; const char *oldprogname = progname; progname = NULL; /* no 'progname' on errors in interactive mode */ while ((status = loadline(L)) != -1) { if (status == LUA_OK) status = docall(L, 0, LUA_MULTRET); if (status == LUA_OK) l_print(L); else report(L, status); } lua_settop(L, 0); /* clear stack */ lua_writeline(); progname = oldprogname; } /* ** Push on the stack the contents of table 'arg' from 1 to #arg */ static int pushargs (lua_State *L) { int i, n; if (lua_getglobal(L, "arg") != LUA_TTABLE) luaL_error(L, "'arg' is not a table"); n = (int)luaL_len(L, -1); luaL_checkstack(L, n + 3, "too many arguments to script"); for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) lua_rawgeti(L, -i, i); lua_remove(L, -i); /* remove table from the stack */ return n; } static int handle_script (lua_State *L, char **argv) { int status; const char *fname = argv[0]; if (strcmp(fname, "-") == 0 && strcmp(argv[-1], "--") != 0) fname = NULL; /* stdin */ status = luaL_loadfile(L, fname); if (status == LUA_OK) { int n = pushargs(L); /* push arguments to script */ status = docall(L, n, LUA_MULTRET); } return report(L, status); } /* bits of various argument indicators in 'args' */ #define has_error 1 /* bad option */ #define has_i 2 /* -i */ #define has_v 4 /* -v */ #define has_e 8 /* -e */ #define has_E 16 /* -E */ /* ** Traverses all arguments from 'argv', returning a mask with those ** needed before running any Lua code (or an error code if it finds ** any invalid argument). 'first' returns the first not-handled argument ** (either the script name or a bad argument in case of error). */ static int collectargs (char **argv, int *first) { int args = 0; int i; for (i = 1; argv[i] != NULL; i++) { *first = i; if (argv[i][0] != '-') /* not an option? */ return args; /* stop handling options */ switch (argv[i][1]) { /* else check option */ case '-': /* '--' */ if (argv[i][2] != '\0') /* extra characters after '--'? */ return has_error; /* invalid option */ *first = i + 1; return args; case '\0': /* '-' */ return args; /* script "name" is '-' */ case 'E': if (argv[i][2] != '\0') /* extra characters after 1st? */ return has_error; /* invalid option */ args |= has_E; break; case 'i': args |= has_i; /* (-i implies -v) *//* FALLTHROUGH */ case 'v': if (argv[i][2] != '\0') /* extra characters after 1st? */ return has_error; /* invalid option */ args |= has_v; break; case 'e': args |= has_e; /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 'l': /* both options need an argument */ if (argv[i][2] == '\0') { /* no concatenated argument? */ i++; /* try next 'argv' */ if (argv[i] == NULL || argv[i][0] == '-') return has_error; /* no next argument or it is another option */ } break; default: /* invalid option */ return has_error; } } *first = i; /* no script name */ return args; } /* ** Processes options 'e' and 'l', which involve running Lua code. ** Returns 0 if some code raises an error. */ static int runargs (lua_State *L, char **argv, int n) { int i; for (i = 1; i < n; i++) { int option = argv[i][1]; lua_assert(argv[i][0] == '-'); /* already checked */ if (option == 'e' || option == 'l') { int status; const char *extra = argv[i] + 2; /* both options need an argument */ if (*extra == '\0') extra = argv[++i]; lua_assert(extra != NULL); status = (option == 'e') ? dostring(L, extra, "=(command line)") : dolibrary(L, extra); if (status != LUA_OK) return 0; } } return 1; } static int handle_luainit (lua_State *L) { const char *name = "=" LUA_INITVARVERSION; const char *init = getenv(name + 1); if (init == NULL) { name = "=" LUA_INIT_VAR; init = getenv(name + 1); /* try alternative name */ } if (init == NULL) return LUA_OK; else if (init[0] == '@') return dofile(L, init+1); else return dostring(L, init, name); } /* ** Main body of stand-alone interpreter (to be called in protected mode). ** Reads the options and handles them all. */ static int pmain (lua_State *L) { int argc = (int)lua_tointeger(L, 1); char **argv = (char **)lua_touserdata(L, 2); int script; int args = collectargs(argv, &script); luaL_checkversion(L); /* check that interpreter has correct version */ if (argv[0] && argv[0][0]) progname = argv[0]; if (args == has_error) { /* bad arg? */ print_usage(argv[script]); /* 'script' has index of bad arg. */ return 0; } if (args & has_v) /* option '-v'? */ print_version(); if (args & has_E) { /* option '-E'? */ lua_pushboolean(L, 1); /* signal for libraries to ignore env. vars. */ lua_setfield(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, "LUA_NOENV"); } luaL_openlibs(L); /* open standard libraries */ createargtable(L, argv, argc, script); /* create table 'arg' */ if (!(args & has_E)) { /* no option '-E'? */ if (handle_luainit(L) != LUA_OK) /* run LUA_INIT */ return 0; /* error running LUA_INIT */ } if (!runargs(L, argv, script)) /* execute arguments -e and -l */ return 0; /* something failed */ if (script < argc && /* execute main script (if there is one) */ handle_script(L, argv + script) != LUA_OK) return 0; if (args & has_i) /* -i option? */ doREPL(L); /* do read-eval-print loop */ else if (script == argc && !(args & (has_e | has_v))) { /* no arguments? */ if (lua_stdin_is_tty()) { /* running in interactive mode? */ print_version(); doREPL(L); /* do read-eval-print loop */ } else dofile(L, NULL); /* executes stdin as a file */ } lua_pushboolean(L, 1); /* signal no errors */ return 1; } int main (int argc, char **argv) { int status, result; lua_State *L = luaL_newstate(); /* create state */ if (L == NULL) { l_message(argv[0], "cannot create state: not enough memory"); return EXIT_FAILURE; } lua_pushcfunction(L, &pmain); /* to call 'pmain' in protected mode */ lua_pushinteger(L, argc); /* 1st argument */ lua_pushlightuserdata(L, argv); /* 2nd argument */ status = lua_pcall(L, 2, 1, 0); /* do the call */ result = lua_toboolean(L, -1); /* get result */ report(L, status); lua_close(L); return (result && status == LUA_OK) ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lua.h000066400000000000000000000351051335323540100150310ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lua.h,v 1.332 2016/12/22 15:51:20 roberto Exp $ ** Lua - A Scripting Language ** Lua.org, PUC-Rio, Brazil (http://www.lua.org) ** See Copyright Notice at the end of this file */ #ifndef lua_h #define lua_h #include #include #include #include "luaconf.h" #define LUA_VERSION_MAJOR "5" #define LUA_VERSION_MINOR "3" #define LUA_VERSION_NUM 503 #define LUA_VERSION_RELEASE "4" #define LUA_VERSION "Lua " LUA_VERSION_MAJOR "." LUA_VERSION_MINOR #define LUA_RELEASE LUA_VERSION "." LUA_VERSION_RELEASE #define LUA_COPYRIGHT LUA_RELEASE " Copyright (C) 1994-2017 Lua.org, PUC-Rio" #define LUA_AUTHORS "R. Ierusalimschy, L. H. de Figueiredo, W. Celes" /* mark for precompiled code ('Lua') */ #define LUA_SIGNATURE "\x1bLua" /* option for multiple returns in 'lua_pcall' and 'lua_call' */ #define LUA_MULTRET (-1) /* ** Pseudo-indices ** (-LUAI_MAXSTACK is the minimum valid index; we keep some free empty ** space after that to help overflow detection) */ #define LUA_REGISTRYINDEX (-LUAI_MAXSTACK - 1000) #define lua_upvalueindex(i) (LUA_REGISTRYINDEX - (i)) /* thread status */ #define LUA_OK 0 #define LUA_YIELD 1 #define LUA_ERRRUN 2 #define LUA_ERRSYNTAX 3 #define LUA_ERRMEM 4 #define LUA_ERRGCMM 5 #define LUA_ERRERR 6 typedef struct lua_State lua_State; /* ** basic types */ #define LUA_TNONE (-1) #define LUA_TNIL 0 #define LUA_TBOOLEAN 1 #define LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA 2 #define LUA_TNUMBER 3 #define LUA_TSTRING 4 #define LUA_TTABLE 5 #define LUA_TFUNCTION 6 #define LUA_TUSERDATA 7 #define LUA_TTHREAD 8 #define LUA_NUMTAGS 9 /* minimum Lua stack available to a C function */ #define LUA_MINSTACK 20 /* predefined values in the registry */ #define LUA_RIDX_MAINTHREAD 1 #define LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS 2 #define LUA_RIDX_LAST LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS /* type of numbers in Lua */ typedef LUA_NUMBER lua_Number; /* type for integer functions */ typedef LUA_INTEGER lua_Integer; /* unsigned integer type */ typedef LUA_UNSIGNED lua_Unsigned; /* type for continuation-function contexts */ typedef LUA_KCONTEXT lua_KContext; /* ** Type for C functions registered with Lua */ typedef int (*lua_CFunction) (lua_State *L); /* ** Type for continuation functions */ typedef int (*lua_KFunction) (lua_State *L, int status, lua_KContext ctx); /* ** Type for functions that read/write blocks when loading/dumping Lua chunks */ typedef const char * (*lua_Reader) (lua_State *L, void *ud, size_t *sz); typedef int (*lua_Writer) (lua_State *L, const void *p, size_t sz, void *ud); /* ** Type for memory-allocation functions */ typedef void * (*lua_Alloc) (void *ud, void *ptr, size_t osize, size_t nsize); /* ** generic extra include file */ #if defined(LUA_USER_H) #include LUA_USER_H #endif /* ** RCS ident string */ extern const char lua_ident[]; /* ** state manipulation */ LUA_API lua_State *(lua_newstate) (lua_Alloc f, void *ud); LUA_API void (lua_setoutput) (lua_State *L, FILE *output); LUA_API void (lua_close) (lua_State *L); LUA_API lua_State *(lua_newthread) (lua_State *L); LUA_API lua_CFunction (lua_atpanic) (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction panicf); LUA_API const lua_Number *(lua_version) (lua_State *L); /* ** basic stack manipulation */ LUA_API int (lua_absindex) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API int (lua_gettop) (lua_State *L); LUA_API void (lua_settop) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API void (lua_pushvalue) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API void (lua_rotate) (lua_State *L, int idx, int n); LUA_API void (lua_copy) (lua_State *L, int fromidx, int toidx); LUA_API int (lua_checkstack) (lua_State *L, int n); LUA_API void (lua_xmove) (lua_State *from, lua_State *to, int n); /* ** access functions (stack -> C) */ LUA_API int (lua_isnumber) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API int (lua_isstring) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API int (lua_iscfunction) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API int (lua_isinteger) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API int (lua_isuserdata) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API int (lua_type) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API const char *(lua_typename) (lua_State *L, int tp); LUA_API lua_Number (lua_tonumberx) (lua_State *L, int idx, int *isnum); LUA_API lua_Integer (lua_tointegerx) (lua_State *L, int idx, int *isnum); LUA_API int (lua_toboolean) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API const char *(lua_tolstring) (lua_State *L, int idx, size_t *len); LUA_API size_t (lua_rawlen) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API lua_CFunction (lua_tocfunction) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API void *(lua_touserdata) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API lua_State *(lua_tothread) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API const void *(lua_topointer) (lua_State *L, int idx); /* ** Comparison and arithmetic functions */ #define LUA_OPADD 0 /* ORDER TM, ORDER OP */ #define LUA_OPSUB 1 #define LUA_OPMUL 2 #define LUA_OPMOD 3 #define LUA_OPPOW 4 #define LUA_OPDIV 5 #define LUA_OPIDIV 6 #define LUA_OPBAND 7 #define LUA_OPBOR 8 #define LUA_OPBXOR 9 #define LUA_OPSHL 10 #define LUA_OPSHR 11 #define LUA_OPUNM 12 #define LUA_OPBNOT 13 LUA_API void (lua_arith) (lua_State *L, int op); #define LUA_OPEQ 0 #define LUA_OPLT 1 #define LUA_OPLE 2 LUA_API int (lua_rawequal) (lua_State *L, int idx1, int idx2); LUA_API int (lua_compare) (lua_State *L, int idx1, int idx2, int op); /* ** push functions (C -> stack) */ LUA_API void (lua_pushnil) (lua_State *L); LUA_API void (lua_pushnumber) (lua_State *L, lua_Number n); LUA_API void (lua_pushinteger) (lua_State *L, lua_Integer n); LUA_API const char *(lua_pushlstring) (lua_State *L, const char *s, size_t len); LUA_API const char *(lua_pushstring) (lua_State *L, const char *s); LUA_API const char *(lua_pushvfstring) (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, va_list argp); LUA_API const char *(lua_pushfstring) (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...); LUA_API void (lua_pushcclosure) (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction fn, int n); LUA_API void (lua_pushboolean) (lua_State *L, int b); LUA_API void (lua_pushlightuserdata) (lua_State *L, void *p); LUA_API int (lua_pushthread) (lua_State *L); /* ** get functions (Lua -> stack) */ LUA_API int (lua_getglobal) (lua_State *L, const char *name); LUA_API int (lua_gettable) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API int (lua_getfield) (lua_State *L, int idx, const char *k); LUA_API int (lua_geti) (lua_State *L, int idx, lua_Integer n); LUA_API int (lua_rawget) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API int (lua_rawgeti) (lua_State *L, int idx, lua_Integer n); LUA_API int (lua_rawgetp) (lua_State *L, int idx, const void *p); LUA_API void (lua_createtable) (lua_State *L, int narr, int nrec); LUA_API void *(lua_newuserdata) (lua_State *L, size_t sz); LUA_API int (lua_getmetatable) (lua_State *L, int objindex); LUA_API int (lua_getuservalue) (lua_State *L, int idx); /* ** set functions (stack -> Lua) */ LUA_API void (lua_setglobal) (lua_State *L, const char *name); LUA_API void (lua_settable) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API void (lua_setfield) (lua_State *L, int idx, const char *k); LUA_API void (lua_seti) (lua_State *L, int idx, lua_Integer n); LUA_API void (lua_rawset) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API void (lua_rawseti) (lua_State *L, int idx, lua_Integer n); LUA_API void (lua_rawsetp) (lua_State *L, int idx, const void *p); LUA_API int (lua_setmetatable) (lua_State *L, int objindex); LUA_API void (lua_setuservalue) (lua_State *L, int idx); /* ** 'load' and 'call' functions (load and run Lua code) */ LUA_API void (lua_callk) (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults, lua_KContext ctx, lua_KFunction k); #define lua_call(L,n,r) lua_callk(L, (n), (r), 0, NULL) LUA_API int (lua_pcallk) (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults, int errfunc, lua_KContext ctx, lua_KFunction k); #define lua_pcall(L,n,r,f) lua_pcallk(L, (n), (r), (f), 0, NULL) LUA_API int (lua_load) (lua_State *L, lua_Reader reader, void *dt, const char *chunkname, const char *mode); LUA_API int (lua_dump) (lua_State *L, lua_Writer writer, void *data, int strip); /* ** coroutine functions */ LUA_API int (lua_yieldk) (lua_State *L, int nresults, lua_KContext ctx, lua_KFunction k); LUA_API int (lua_resume) (lua_State *L, lua_State *from, int narg); LUA_API int (lua_status) (lua_State *L); LUA_API int (lua_isyieldable) (lua_State *L); #define lua_yield(L,n) lua_yieldk(L, (n), 0, NULL) /* ** garbage-collection function and options */ #define LUA_GCSTOP 0 #define LUA_GCRESTART 1 #define LUA_GCCOLLECT 2 #define LUA_GCCOUNT 3 #define LUA_GCCOUNTB 4 #define LUA_GCSTEP 5 #define LUA_GCSETPAUSE 6 #define LUA_GCSETSTEPMUL 7 #define LUA_GCISRUNNING 9 LUA_API int (lua_gc) (lua_State *L, int what, int data); /* ** miscellaneous functions */ LUA_API int (lua_error) (lua_State *L); LUA_API int (lua_next) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API void (lua_concat) (lua_State *L, int n); LUA_API void (lua_len) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUA_API size_t (lua_stringtonumber) (lua_State *L, const char *s); LUA_API lua_Alloc (lua_getallocf) (lua_State *L, void **ud); LUA_API void (lua_setallocf) (lua_State *L, lua_Alloc f, void *ud); /* ** {============================================================== ** some useful macros ** =============================================================== */ #define lua_getextraspace(L) ((void *)((char *)(L) - LUA_EXTRASPACE)) #define lua_tonumber(L,i) lua_tonumberx(L,(i),NULL) #define lua_tointeger(L,i) lua_tointegerx(L,(i),NULL) #define lua_pop(L,n) lua_settop(L, -(n)-1) #define lua_newtable(L) lua_createtable(L, 0, 0) #define lua_register(L,n,f) (lua_pushcfunction(L, (f)), lua_setglobal(L, (n))) #define lua_pushcfunction(L,f) lua_pushcclosure(L, (f), 0) #define lua_isfunction(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TFUNCTION) #define lua_istable(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TTABLE) #define lua_islightuserdata(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA) #define lua_isnil(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TNIL) #define lua_isboolean(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TBOOLEAN) #define lua_isthread(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TTHREAD) #define lua_isnone(L,n) (lua_type(L, (n)) == LUA_TNONE) #define lua_isnoneornil(L, n) (lua_type(L, (n)) <= 0) #define lua_pushliteral(L, s) lua_pushstring(L, "" s) #define lua_pushglobaltable(L) \ ((void)lua_rawgeti(L, LUA_REGISTRYINDEX, LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS)) #define lua_tostring(L,i) lua_tolstring(L, (i), NULL) #define lua_insert(L,idx) lua_rotate(L, (idx), 1) #define lua_remove(L,idx) (lua_rotate(L, (idx), -1), lua_pop(L, 1)) #define lua_replace(L,idx) (lua_copy(L, -1, (idx)), lua_pop(L, 1)) /* }============================================================== */ /* ** {============================================================== ** compatibility macros for unsigned conversions ** =============================================================== */ #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_APIINTCASTS) #define lua_pushunsigned(L,n) lua_pushinteger(L, (lua_Integer)(n)) #define lua_tounsignedx(L,i,is) ((lua_Unsigned)lua_tointegerx(L,i,is)) #define lua_tounsigned(L,i) lua_tounsignedx(L,(i),NULL) #endif /* }============================================================== */ /* ** {====================================================================== ** Debug API ** ======================================================================= */ /* ** Event codes */ #define LUA_HOOKCALL 0 #define LUA_HOOKRET 1 #define LUA_HOOKLINE 2 #define LUA_HOOKCOUNT 3 #define LUA_HOOKTAILCALL 4 /* ** Event masks */ #define LUA_MASKCALL (1 << LUA_HOOKCALL) #define LUA_MASKRET (1 << LUA_HOOKRET) #define LUA_MASKLINE (1 << LUA_HOOKLINE) #define LUA_MASKCOUNT (1 << LUA_HOOKCOUNT) typedef struct lua_Debug lua_Debug; /* activation record */ /* Functions to be called by the debugger in specific events */ typedef void (*lua_Hook) (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar); LUA_API int (lua_getstack) (lua_State *L, int level, lua_Debug *ar); LUA_API int (lua_getinfo) (lua_State *L, const char *what, lua_Debug *ar); LUA_API const char *(lua_getlocal) (lua_State *L, const lua_Debug *ar, int n); LUA_API const char *(lua_setlocal) (lua_State *L, const lua_Debug *ar, int n); LUA_API const char *(lua_getupvalue) (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n); LUA_API const char *(lua_setupvalue) (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n); LUA_API void *(lua_upvalueid) (lua_State *L, int fidx, int n); LUA_API void (lua_upvaluejoin) (lua_State *L, int fidx1, int n1, int fidx2, int n2); LUA_API void (lua_sethook) (lua_State *L, lua_Hook func, int mask, int count); LUA_API lua_Hook (lua_gethook) (lua_State *L); LUA_API int (lua_gethookmask) (lua_State *L); LUA_API int (lua_gethookcount) (lua_State *L); struct lua_Debug { int event; const char *name; /* (n) */ const char *namewhat; /* (n) 'global', 'local', 'field', 'method' */ const char *what; /* (S) 'Lua', 'C', 'main', 'tail' */ const char *source; /* (S) */ int currentline; /* (l) */ int linedefined; /* (S) */ int lastlinedefined; /* (S) */ unsigned char nups; /* (u) number of upvalues */ unsigned char nparams;/* (u) number of parameters */ char isvararg; /* (u) */ char istailcall; /* (t) */ char short_src[LUA_IDSIZE]; /* (S) */ /* private part */ struct CallInfo *i_ci; /* active function */ }; /* }====================================================================== */ /****************************************************************************** * Copyright (C) 1994-2017 Lua.org, PUC-Rio. * * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to * the following conditions: * * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. * * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY * CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, * TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE * SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ******************************************************************************/ #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/luac.c000066400000000000000000000240271335323540100151700ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: luac.c,v 1.75 2015/03/12 01:58:27 lhf Exp $ ** Lua compiler (saves bytecodes to files; also lists bytecodes) ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define luac_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lundump.h" static void PrintFunction(const Proto* f, int full); #define luaU_print PrintFunction #define PROGNAME "luac" /* default program name */ #define OUTPUT PROGNAME ".out" /* default output file */ static int listing=0; /* list bytecodes? */ static int dumping=1; /* dump bytecodes? */ static int stripping=0; /* strip debug information? */ static char Output[]={ OUTPUT }; /* default output file name */ static const char* output=Output; /* actual output file name */ static const char* progname=PROGNAME; /* actual program name */ static void fatal(const char* message) { fprintf(stderr,"%s: %s\n",progname,message); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } static void cannot(const char* what) { fprintf(stderr,"%s: cannot %s %s: %s\n",progname,what,output,strerror(errno)); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } static void usage(const char* message) { if (*message=='-') fprintf(stderr,"%s: unrecognized option '%s'\n",progname,message); else fprintf(stderr,"%s: %s\n",progname,message); fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [options] [filenames]\n" "Available options are:\n" " -l list (use -l -l for full listing)\n" " -o name output to file 'name' (default is \"%s\")\n" " -p parse only\n" " -s strip debug information\n" " -v show version information\n" " -- stop handling options\n" " - stop handling options and process stdin\n" ,progname,Output); exit(EXIT_FAILURE); } #define IS(s) (strcmp(argv[i],s)==0) static int doargs(int argc, char* argv[]) { int i; int version=0; if (argv[0]!=NULL && *argv[0]!=0) progname=argv[0]; for (i=1; itop+(i)) static const Proto* combine(lua_State* L, int n) { if (n==1) return toproto(L,-1); else { Proto* f; int i=n; if (lua_load(L,reader,&i,"=(" PROGNAME ")",NULL)!=LUA_OK) fatal(lua_tostring(L,-1)); f=toproto(L,-1); for (i=0; ip[i]=toproto(L,i-n-1); if (f->p[i]->sizeupvalues>0) f->p[i]->upvalues[0].instack=0; } f->sizelineinfo=0; return f; } } static int writer(lua_State* L, const void* p, size_t size, void* u) { UNUSED(L); return (fwrite(p,size,1,(FILE*)u)!=1) && (size!=0); } static int pmain(lua_State* L) { int argc=(int)lua_tointeger(L,1); char** argv=(char**)lua_touserdata(L,2); const Proto* f; int i; if (!lua_checkstack(L,argc)) fatal("too many input files"); for (i=0; i1); if (dumping) { FILE* D= (output==NULL) ? stdout : fopen(output,"wb"); if (D==NULL) cannot("open"); lua_lock(L); luaU_dump(L,f,writer,D,stripping); lua_unlock(L); if (ferror(D)) cannot("write"); if (fclose(D)) cannot("close"); } return 0; } int main(int argc, char* argv[]) { lua_State* L; int i=doargs(argc,argv); argc-=i; argv+=i; if (argc<=0) usage("no input files given"); L=luaL_newstate(); if (L==NULL) fatal("cannot create state: not enough memory"); lua_pushcfunction(L,&pmain); lua_pushinteger(L,argc); lua_pushlightuserdata(L,argv); if (lua_pcall(L,2,0,0)!=LUA_OK) fatal(lua_tostring(L,-1)); lua_close(L); return EXIT_SUCCESS; } /* ** $Id: luac.c,v 1.75 2015/03/12 01:58:27 lhf Exp $ ** print bytecodes ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #include #include #define luac_c #define LUA_CORE #include "ldebug.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lopcodes.h" #define VOID(p) ((const void*)(p)) static void PrintString(const TString* ts) { const char* s=getstr(ts); size_t i,n=tsslen(ts); printf("%c",'"'); for (i=0; ik[i]; switch (ttype(o)) { case LUA_TNIL: printf("nil"); break; case LUA_TBOOLEAN: printf(bvalue(o) ? "true" : "false"); break; case LUA_TNUMFLT: { char buff[100]; sprintf(buff,LUA_NUMBER_FMT,fltvalue(o)); printf("%s",buff); if (buff[strspn(buff,"-0123456789")]=='\0') printf(".0"); break; } case LUA_TNUMINT: printf(LUA_INTEGER_FMT,ivalue(o)); break; case LUA_TSHRSTR: case LUA_TLNGSTR: PrintString(tsvalue(o)); break; default: /* cannot happen */ printf("? type=%d",ttype(o)); break; } } #define UPVALNAME(x) ((f->upvalues[x].name) ? getstr(f->upvalues[x].name) : "-") #define MYK(x) (-1-(x)) static void PrintCode(const Proto* f) { const Instruction* code=f->code; int pc,n=f->sizecode; for (pc=0; pc0) printf("[%d]\t",line); else printf("[-]\t"); printf("%-9s\t",luaP_opnames[o]); switch (getOpMode(o)) { case iABC: printf("%d",a); if (getBMode(o)!=OpArgN) printf(" %d",ISK(b) ? (MYK(INDEXK(b))) : b); if (getCMode(o)!=OpArgN) printf(" %d",ISK(c) ? (MYK(INDEXK(c))) : c); break; case iABx: printf("%d",a); if (getBMode(o)==OpArgK) printf(" %d",MYK(bx)); if (getBMode(o)==OpArgU) printf(" %d",bx); break; case iAsBx: printf("%d %d",a,sbx); break; case iAx: printf("%d",MYK(ax)); break; } switch (o) { case OP_LOADK: printf("\t; "); PrintConstant(f,bx); break; case OP_GETUPVAL: case OP_SETUPVAL: printf("\t; %s",UPVALNAME(b)); break; case OP_GETTABUP: printf("\t; %s",UPVALNAME(b)); if (ISK(c)) { printf(" "); PrintConstant(f,INDEXK(c)); } break; case OP_SETTABUP: printf("\t; %s",UPVALNAME(a)); if (ISK(b)) { printf(" "); PrintConstant(f,INDEXK(b)); } if (ISK(c)) { printf(" "); PrintConstant(f,INDEXK(c)); } break; case OP_GETTABLE: case OP_SELF: if (ISK(c)) { printf("\t; "); PrintConstant(f,INDEXK(c)); } break; case OP_SETTABLE: case OP_ADD: case OP_SUB: case OP_MUL: case OP_POW: case OP_DIV: case OP_IDIV: case OP_BAND: case OP_BOR: case OP_BXOR: case OP_SHL: case OP_SHR: case OP_EQ: case OP_LT: case OP_LE: if (ISK(b) || ISK(c)) { printf("\t; "); if (ISK(b)) PrintConstant(f,INDEXK(b)); else printf("-"); printf(" "); if (ISK(c)) PrintConstant(f,INDEXK(c)); else printf("-"); } break; case OP_JMP: case OP_FORLOOP: case OP_FORPREP: case OP_TFORLOOP: printf("\t; to %d",sbx+pc+2); break; case OP_CLOSURE: printf("\t; %p",VOID(f->p[bx])); break; case OP_SETLIST: if (c==0) printf("\t; %d",(int)code[++pc]); else printf("\t; %d",c); break; case OP_EXTRAARG: printf("\t; "); PrintConstant(f,ax); break; default: break; } printf("\n"); } } #define SS(x) ((x==1)?"":"s") #define S(x) (int)(x),SS(x) static void PrintHeader(const Proto* f) { const char* s=f->source ? getstr(f->source) : "=?"; if (*s=='@' || *s=='=') s++; else if (*s==LUA_SIGNATURE[0]) s="(bstring)"; else s="(string)"; printf("\n%s <%s:%d,%d> (%d instruction%s at %p)\n", (f->linedefined==0)?"main":"function",s, f->linedefined,f->lastlinedefined, S(f->sizecode),VOID(f)); printf("%d%s param%s, %d slot%s, %d upvalue%s, ", (int)(f->numparams),f->is_vararg?"+":"",SS(f->numparams), S(f->maxstacksize),S(f->sizeupvalues)); printf("%d local%s, %d constant%s, %d function%s\n", S(f->sizelocvars),S(f->sizek),S(f->sizep)); } static void PrintDebug(const Proto* f) { int i,n; n=f->sizek; printf("constants (%d) for %p:\n",n,VOID(f)); for (i=0; isizelocvars; printf("locals (%d) for %p:\n",n,VOID(f)); for (i=0; ilocvars[i].varname),f->locvars[i].startpc+1,f->locvars[i].endpc+1); } n=f->sizeupvalues; printf("upvalues (%d) for %p:\n",n,VOID(f)); for (i=0; iupvalues[i].instack,f->upvalues[i].idx); } } static void PrintFunction(const Proto* f, int full) { int i,n=f->sizep; PrintHeader(f); PrintCode(f); if (full) PrintDebug(f); for (i=0; ip[i],full); } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/luaconf.h000066400000000000000000000517551335323540100157100ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: luaconf.h,v 1.259 2016/12/22 13:08:50 roberto Exp $ ** Configuration file for Lua ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef luaconf_h #define luaconf_h #include #include /* ** =================================================================== ** Search for "@@" to find all configurable definitions. ** =================================================================== */ /* ** {==================================================================== ** System Configuration: macros to adapt (if needed) Lua to some ** particular platform, for instance compiling it with 32-bit numbers or ** restricting it to C89. ** ===================================================================== */ /* @@ LUA_32BITS enables Lua with 32-bit integers and 32-bit floats. You ** can also define LUA_32BITS in the make file, but changing here you ** ensure that all software connected to Lua will be compiled with the ** same configuration. */ /* #define LUA_32BITS */ /* @@ LUA_USE_C89 controls the use of non-ISO-C89 features. ** Define it if you want Lua to avoid the use of a few C99 features ** or Windows-specific features on Windows. */ /* #define LUA_USE_C89 */ /* ** By default, Lua on Windows use (some) specific Windows features */ #if !defined(LUA_USE_C89) && defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) #define LUA_USE_WINDOWS /* enable goodies for regular Windows */ #endif #if defined(LUA_USE_WINDOWS) #define LUA_DL_DLL /* enable support for DLL */ #define LUA_USE_C89 /* broadly, Windows is C89 */ #endif #if defined(LUA_USE_LINUX) #define LUA_USE_POSIX #define LUA_USE_DLOPEN /* needs an extra library: -ldl */ #define LUA_USE_READLINE /* needs some extra libraries */ #endif #if defined(LUA_USE_MACOSX) #define LUA_USE_POSIX #define LUA_USE_DLOPEN /* MacOS does not need -ldl */ #define LUA_USE_READLINE /* needs an extra library: -lreadline */ #endif /* @@ LUA_C89_NUMBERS ensures that Lua uses the largest types available for ** C89 ('long' and 'double'); Windows always has '__int64', so it does ** not need to use this case. */ #if defined(LUA_USE_C89) && !defined(LUA_USE_WINDOWS) #define LUA_C89_NUMBERS #endif /* @@ LUAI_BITSINT defines the (minimum) number of bits in an 'int'. */ /* avoid undefined shifts */ #if ((INT_MAX >> 15) >> 15) >= 1 #define LUAI_BITSINT 32 #else /* 'int' always must have at least 16 bits */ #define LUAI_BITSINT 16 #endif /* @@ LUA_INT_TYPE defines the type for Lua integers. @@ LUA_FLOAT_TYPE defines the type for Lua floats. ** Lua should work fine with any mix of these options (if supported ** by your C compiler). The usual configurations are 64-bit integers ** and 'double' (the default), 32-bit integers and 'float' (for ** restricted platforms), and 'long'/'double' (for C compilers not ** compliant with C99, which may not have support for 'long long'). */ /* predefined options for LUA_INT_TYPE */ #define LUA_INT_INT 1 #define LUA_INT_LONG 2 #define LUA_INT_LONGLONG 3 /* predefined options for LUA_FLOAT_TYPE */ #define LUA_FLOAT_FLOAT 1 #define LUA_FLOAT_DOUBLE 2 #define LUA_FLOAT_LONGDOUBLE 3 #if defined(LUA_32BITS) /* { */ /* ** 32-bit integers and 'float' */ #if LUAI_BITSINT >= 32 /* use 'int' if big enough */ #define LUA_INT_TYPE LUA_INT_INT #else /* otherwise use 'long' */ #define LUA_INT_TYPE LUA_INT_LONG #endif #define LUA_FLOAT_TYPE LUA_FLOAT_FLOAT #elif defined(LUA_C89_NUMBERS) /* }{ */ /* ** largest types available for C89 ('long' and 'double') */ #define LUA_INT_TYPE LUA_INT_LONG #define LUA_FLOAT_TYPE LUA_FLOAT_DOUBLE #endif /* } */ /* ** default configuration for 64-bit Lua ('long long' and 'double') */ #if !defined(LUA_INT_TYPE) #define LUA_INT_TYPE LUA_INT_LONGLONG #endif #if !defined(LUA_FLOAT_TYPE) #define LUA_FLOAT_TYPE LUA_FLOAT_DOUBLE #endif /* }================================================================== */ /* ** {================================================================== ** Configuration for Paths. ** =================================================================== */ /* ** LUA_PATH_SEP is the character that separates templates in a path. ** LUA_PATH_MARK is the string that marks the substitution points in a ** template. ** LUA_EXEC_DIR in a Windows path is replaced by the executable's ** directory. */ #define LUA_PATH_SEP ";" #define LUA_PATH_MARK "?" #define LUA_EXEC_DIR "!" /* @@ LUA_PATH_DEFAULT is the default path that Lua uses to look for ** Lua libraries. @@ LUA_CPATH_DEFAULT is the default path that Lua uses to look for ** C libraries. ** CHANGE them if your machine has a non-conventional directory ** hierarchy or if you want to install your libraries in ** non-conventional directories. */ #define LUA_VDIR LUA_VERSION_MAJOR "." LUA_VERSION_MINOR #if defined(_WIN32) /* { */ /* ** In Windows, any exclamation mark ('!') in the path is replaced by the ** path of the directory of the executable file of the current process. */ #define LUA_LDIR "!\\lua\\" #define LUA_CDIR "!\\" #define LUA_SHRDIR "!\\..\\share\\lua\\" LUA_VDIR "\\" #define LUA_PATH_DEFAULT \ LUA_LDIR"?.lua;" LUA_LDIR"?\\init.lua;" \ LUA_CDIR"?.lua;" LUA_CDIR"?\\init.lua;" \ LUA_SHRDIR"?.lua;" LUA_SHRDIR"?\\init.lua;" \ ".\\?.lua;" ".\\?\\init.lua" #define LUA_CPATH_DEFAULT \ LUA_CDIR"?.dll;" \ LUA_CDIR"..\\lib\\lua\\" LUA_VDIR "\\?.dll;" \ LUA_CDIR"loadall.dll;" ".\\?.dll" #else /* }{ */ #define LUA_ROOT "/usr/local/" #define LUA_LDIR LUA_ROOT "share/lua/" LUA_VDIR "/" #define LUA_CDIR LUA_ROOT "lib/lua/" LUA_VDIR "/" #define LUA_PATH_DEFAULT \ LUA_LDIR"?.lua;" LUA_LDIR"?/init.lua;" \ LUA_CDIR"?.lua;" LUA_CDIR"?/init.lua;" \ "./?.lua;" "./?/init.lua" #define LUA_CPATH_DEFAULT \ LUA_CDIR"?.so;" LUA_CDIR"loadall.so;" "./?.so" #endif /* } */ /* @@ LUA_DIRSEP is the directory separator (for submodules). ** CHANGE it if your machine does not use "/" as the directory separator ** and is not Windows. (On Windows Lua automatically uses "\".) */ #if defined(_WIN32) #define LUA_DIRSEP "\\" #else #define LUA_DIRSEP "/" #endif /* }================================================================== */ /* ** {================================================================== ** Marks for exported symbols in the C code ** =================================================================== */ /* @@ LUA_API is a mark for all core API functions. @@ LUALIB_API is a mark for all auxiliary library functions. @@ LUAMOD_API is a mark for all standard library opening functions. ** CHANGE them if you need to define those functions in some special way. ** For instance, if you want to create one Windows DLL with the core and ** the libraries, you may want to use the following definition (define ** LUA_BUILD_AS_DLL to get it). */ #if defined(LUA_BUILD_AS_DLL) /* { */ #if defined(LUA_CORE) || defined(LUA_LIB) /* { */ #define LUA_API __declspec(dllexport) #else /* }{ */ #define LUA_API __declspec(dllimport) #endif /* } */ #else /* }{ */ #define LUA_API extern #endif /* } */ /* more often than not the libs go together with the core */ #define LUALIB_API LUA_API #define LUAMOD_API LUALIB_API /* @@ LUAI_FUNC is a mark for all extern functions that are not to be ** exported to outside modules. @@ LUAI_DDEF and LUAI_DDEC are marks for all extern (const) variables ** that are not to be exported to outside modules (LUAI_DDEF for ** definitions and LUAI_DDEC for declarations). ** CHANGE them if you need to mark them in some special way. Elf/gcc ** (versions 3.2 and later) mark them as "hidden" to optimize access ** when Lua is compiled as a shared library. Not all elf targets support ** this attribute. Unfortunately, gcc does not offer a way to check ** whether the target offers that support, and those without support ** give a warning about it. To avoid these warnings, change to the ** default definition. */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && ((__GNUC__*100 + __GNUC_MINOR__) >= 302) && \ defined(__ELF__) /* { */ #define LUAI_FUNC __attribute__((visibility("hidden"))) extern #else /* }{ */ #define LUAI_FUNC extern #endif /* } */ #define LUAI_DDEC LUAI_FUNC #define LUAI_DDEF /* empty */ /* }================================================================== */ /* ** {================================================================== ** Compatibility with previous versions ** =================================================================== */ /* @@ LUA_COMPAT_5_2 controls other macros for compatibility with Lua 5.2. @@ LUA_COMPAT_5_1 controls other macros for compatibility with Lua 5.1. ** You can define it to get all options, or change specific options ** to fit your specific needs. */ #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_5_2) /* { */ /* @@ LUA_COMPAT_MATHLIB controls the presence of several deprecated ** functions in the mathematical library. */ #define LUA_COMPAT_MATHLIB /* @@ LUA_COMPAT_BITLIB controls the presence of library 'bit32'. */ #define LUA_COMPAT_BITLIB /* @@ LUA_COMPAT_IPAIRS controls the effectiveness of the __ipairs metamethod. */ #define LUA_COMPAT_IPAIRS /* @@ LUA_COMPAT_APIINTCASTS controls the presence of macros for ** manipulating other integer types (lua_pushunsigned, lua_tounsigned, ** luaL_checkint, luaL_checklong, etc.) */ #define LUA_COMPAT_APIINTCASTS #endif /* } */ #if defined(LUA_COMPAT_5_1) /* { */ /* Incompatibilities from 5.2 -> 5.3 */ #define LUA_COMPAT_MATHLIB #define LUA_COMPAT_APIINTCASTS /* @@ LUA_COMPAT_UNPACK controls the presence of global 'unpack'. ** You can replace it with 'table.unpack'. */ #define LUA_COMPAT_UNPACK /* @@ LUA_COMPAT_LOADERS controls the presence of table 'package.loaders'. ** You can replace it with 'package.searchers'. */ #define LUA_COMPAT_LOADERS /* @@ macro 'lua_cpcall' emulates deprecated function lua_cpcall. ** You can call your C function directly (with light C functions). */ #define lua_cpcall(L,f,u) \ (lua_pushcfunction(L, (f)), \ lua_pushlightuserdata(L,(u)), \ lua_pcall(L,1,0,0)) /* @@ LUA_COMPAT_LOG10 defines the function 'log10' in the math library. ** You can rewrite 'log10(x)' as 'log(x, 10)'. */ #define LUA_COMPAT_LOG10 /* @@ LUA_COMPAT_LOADSTRING defines the function 'loadstring' in the base ** library. You can rewrite 'loadstring(s)' as 'load(s)'. */ #define LUA_COMPAT_LOADSTRING /* @@ LUA_COMPAT_MAXN defines the function 'maxn' in the table library. */ #define LUA_COMPAT_MAXN /* @@ The following macros supply trivial compatibility for some ** changes in the API. The macros themselves document how to ** change your code to avoid using them. */ #define lua_strlen(L,i) lua_rawlen(L, (i)) #define lua_objlen(L,i) lua_rawlen(L, (i)) #define lua_equal(L,idx1,idx2) lua_compare(L,(idx1),(idx2),LUA_OPEQ) #define lua_lessthan(L,idx1,idx2) lua_compare(L,(idx1),(idx2),LUA_OPLT) /* @@ LUA_COMPAT_MODULE controls compatibility with previous ** module functions 'module' (Lua) and 'luaL_register' (C). */ #define LUA_COMPAT_MODULE #endif /* } */ /* @@ LUA_COMPAT_FLOATSTRING makes Lua format integral floats without a @@ a float mark ('.0'). ** This macro is not on by default even in compatibility mode, ** because this is not really an incompatibility. */ /* #define LUA_COMPAT_FLOATSTRING */ /* }================================================================== */ /* ** {================================================================== ** Configuration for Numbers. ** Change these definitions if no predefined LUA_FLOAT_* / LUA_INT_* ** satisfy your needs. ** =================================================================== */ /* @@ LUA_NUMBER is the floating-point type used by Lua. @@ LUAI_UACNUMBER is the result of a 'default argument promotion' @@ over a floating number. @@ l_mathlim(x) corrects limit name 'x' to the proper float type ** by prefixing it with one of FLT/DBL/LDBL. @@ LUA_NUMBER_FRMLEN is the length modifier for writing floats. @@ LUA_NUMBER_FMT is the format for writing floats. @@ lua_number2str converts a float to a string. @@ l_mathop allows the addition of an 'l' or 'f' to all math operations. @@ l_floor takes the floor of a float. @@ lua_str2number converts a decimal numeric string to a number. */ /* The following definitions are good for most cases here */ #define l_floor(x) (l_mathop(floor)(x)) #define lua_number2str(s,sz,n) \ l_sprintf((s), sz, LUA_NUMBER_FMT, (LUAI_UACNUMBER)(n)) /* @@ lua_numbertointeger converts a float number to an integer, or ** returns 0 if float is not within the range of a lua_Integer. ** (The range comparisons are tricky because of rounding. The tests ** here assume a two-complement representation, where MININTEGER always ** has an exact representation as a float; MAXINTEGER may not have one, ** and therefore its conversion to float may have an ill-defined value.) */ #define lua_numbertointeger(n,p) \ ((n) >= (LUA_NUMBER)(LUA_MININTEGER) && \ (n) < -(LUA_NUMBER)(LUA_MININTEGER) && \ (*(p) = (LUA_INTEGER)(n), 1)) /* now the variable definitions */ #if LUA_FLOAT_TYPE == LUA_FLOAT_FLOAT /* { single float */ #define LUA_NUMBER float #define l_mathlim(n) (FLT_##n) #define LUAI_UACNUMBER double #define LUA_NUMBER_FRMLEN "" #define LUA_NUMBER_FMT "%.7g" #define l_mathop(op) op##f #define lua_str2number(s,p) strtof((s), (p)) #elif LUA_FLOAT_TYPE == LUA_FLOAT_LONGDOUBLE /* }{ long double */ #define LUA_NUMBER long double #define l_mathlim(n) (LDBL_##n) #define LUAI_UACNUMBER long double #define LUA_NUMBER_FRMLEN "L" #define LUA_NUMBER_FMT "%.19Lg" #define l_mathop(op) op##l #define lua_str2number(s,p) strtold((s), (p)) #elif LUA_FLOAT_TYPE == LUA_FLOAT_DOUBLE /* }{ double */ #define LUA_NUMBER double #define l_mathlim(n) (DBL_##n) #define LUAI_UACNUMBER double #define LUA_NUMBER_FRMLEN "" #define LUA_NUMBER_FMT "%.14g" #define l_mathop(op) op #define lua_str2number(s,p) strtod((s), (p)) #else /* }{ */ #error "numeric float type not defined" #endif /* } */ /* @@ LUA_INTEGER is the integer type used by Lua. ** @@ LUA_UNSIGNED is the unsigned version of LUA_INTEGER. ** @@ LUAI_UACINT is the result of a 'default argument promotion' @@ over a lUA_INTEGER. @@ LUA_INTEGER_FRMLEN is the length modifier for reading/writing integers. @@ LUA_INTEGER_FMT is the format for writing integers. @@ LUA_MAXINTEGER is the maximum value for a LUA_INTEGER. @@ LUA_MININTEGER is the minimum value for a LUA_INTEGER. @@ lua_integer2str converts an integer to a string. */ /* The following definitions are good for most cases here */ #define LUA_INTEGER_FMT "%" LUA_INTEGER_FRMLEN "d" #define LUAI_UACINT LUA_INTEGER #define lua_integer2str(s,sz,n) \ l_sprintf((s), sz, LUA_INTEGER_FMT, (LUAI_UACINT)(n)) /* ** use LUAI_UACINT here to avoid problems with promotions (which ** can turn a comparison between unsigneds into a signed comparison) */ #define LUA_UNSIGNED unsigned LUAI_UACINT /* now the variable definitions */ #if LUA_INT_TYPE == LUA_INT_INT /* { int */ #define LUA_INTEGER int #define LUA_INTEGER_FRMLEN "" #define LUA_MAXINTEGER INT_MAX #define LUA_MININTEGER INT_MIN #elif LUA_INT_TYPE == LUA_INT_LONG /* }{ long */ #define LUA_INTEGER long #define LUA_INTEGER_FRMLEN "l" #define LUA_MAXINTEGER LONG_MAX #define LUA_MININTEGER LONG_MIN #elif LUA_INT_TYPE == LUA_INT_LONGLONG /* }{ long long */ /* use presence of macro LLONG_MAX as proxy for C99 compliance */ #if defined(LLONG_MAX) /* { */ /* use ISO C99 stuff */ #define LUA_INTEGER long long #define LUA_INTEGER_FRMLEN "ll" #define LUA_MAXINTEGER LLONG_MAX #define LUA_MININTEGER LLONG_MIN #elif defined(LUA_USE_WINDOWS) /* }{ */ /* in Windows, can use specific Windows types */ #define LUA_INTEGER __int64 #define LUA_INTEGER_FRMLEN "I64" #define LUA_MAXINTEGER _I64_MAX #define LUA_MININTEGER _I64_MIN #else /* }{ */ #error "Compiler does not support 'long long'. Use option '-DLUA_32BITS' \ or '-DLUA_C89_NUMBERS' (see file 'luaconf.h' for details)" #endif /* } */ #else /* }{ */ #error "numeric integer type not defined" #endif /* } */ /* }================================================================== */ /* ** {================================================================== ** Dependencies with C99 and other C details ** =================================================================== */ /* @@ l_sprintf is equivalent to 'snprintf' or 'sprintf' in C89. ** (All uses in Lua have only one format item.) */ #if !defined(LUA_USE_C89) #define l_sprintf(s,sz,f,i) snprintf(s,sz,f,i) #else #define l_sprintf(s,sz,f,i) ((void)(sz), sprintf(s,f,i)) #endif /* @@ lua_strx2number converts an hexadecimal numeric string to a number. ** In C99, 'strtod' does that conversion. Otherwise, you can ** leave 'lua_strx2number' undefined and Lua will provide its own ** implementation. */ #if !defined(LUA_USE_C89) #define lua_strx2number(s,p) lua_str2number(s,p) #endif /* @@ lua_number2strx converts a float to an hexadecimal numeric string. ** In C99, 'sprintf' (with format specifiers '%a'/'%A') does that. ** Otherwise, you can leave 'lua_number2strx' undefined and Lua will ** provide its own implementation. */ #if !defined(LUA_USE_C89) #define lua_number2strx(L,b,sz,f,n) \ ((void)L, l_sprintf(b,sz,f,(LUAI_UACNUMBER)(n))) #endif /* ** 'strtof' and 'opf' variants for math functions are not valid in ** C89. Otherwise, the macro 'HUGE_VALF' is a good proxy for testing the ** availability of these variants. ('math.h' is already included in ** all files that use these macros.) */ #if defined(LUA_USE_C89) || (defined(HUGE_VAL) && !defined(HUGE_VALF)) #undef l_mathop /* variants not available */ #undef lua_str2number #define l_mathop(op) (lua_Number)op /* no variant */ #define lua_str2number(s,p) ((lua_Number)strtod((s), (p))) #endif /* @@ LUA_KCONTEXT is the type of the context ('ctx') for continuation ** functions. It must be a numerical type; Lua will use 'intptr_t' if ** available, otherwise it will use 'ptrdiff_t' (the nearest thing to ** 'intptr_t' in C89) */ #define LUA_KCONTEXT ptrdiff_t #if !defined(LUA_USE_C89) && defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && \ __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L #include #if defined(INTPTR_MAX) /* even in C99 this type is optional */ #undef LUA_KCONTEXT #define LUA_KCONTEXT intptr_t #endif #endif /* @@ lua_getlocaledecpoint gets the locale "radix character" (decimal point). ** Change that if you do not want to use C locales. (Code using this ** macro must include header 'locale.h'.) */ #if !defined(lua_getlocaledecpoint) #define lua_getlocaledecpoint() (localeconv()->decimal_point[0]) #endif /* }================================================================== */ /* ** {================================================================== ** Language Variations ** ===================================================================== */ /* @@ LUA_NOCVTN2S/LUA_NOCVTS2N control how Lua performs some ** coercions. Define LUA_NOCVTN2S to turn off automatic coercion from ** numbers to strings. Define LUA_NOCVTS2N to turn off automatic ** coercion from strings to numbers. */ /* #define LUA_NOCVTN2S */ /* #define LUA_NOCVTS2N */ /* @@ LUA_USE_APICHECK turns on several consistency checks on the C API. ** Define it as a help when debugging C code. */ #if defined(LUA_USE_APICHECK) #include #define luai_apicheck(l,e) assert(e) #endif /* }================================================================== */ /* ** {================================================================== ** Macros that affect the API and must be stable (that is, must be the ** same when you compile Lua and when you compile code that links to ** Lua). You probably do not want/need to change them. ** ===================================================================== */ /* @@ LUAI_MAXSTACK limits the size of the Lua stack. ** CHANGE it if you need a different limit. This limit is arbitrary; ** its only purpose is to stop Lua from consuming unlimited stack ** space (and to reserve some numbers for pseudo-indices). */ #if LUAI_BITSINT >= 32 #define LUAI_MAXSTACK 1000000 #else #define LUAI_MAXSTACK 15000 #endif /* @@ LUA_EXTRASPACE defines the size of a raw memory area associated with ** a Lua state with very fast access. ** CHANGE it if you need a different size. */ #define LUA_EXTRASPACE (sizeof(void *)) /* @@ LUA_IDSIZE gives the maximum size for the description of the source @@ of a function in debug information. ** CHANGE it if you want a different size. */ #define LUA_IDSIZE 60 /* @@ LUAL_BUFFERSIZE is the buffer size used by the lauxlib buffer system. ** CHANGE it if it uses too much C-stack space. (For long double, ** 'string.format("%.99f", -1e4932)' needs 5034 bytes, so a ** smaller buffer would force a memory allocation for each call to ** 'string.format'.) */ #if LUA_FLOAT_TYPE == LUA_FLOAT_LONGDOUBLE #define LUAL_BUFFERSIZE 8192 #else #define LUAL_BUFFERSIZE ((int)(0x80 * sizeof(void*) * sizeof(lua_Integer))) #endif /* }================================================================== */ /* @@ LUA_QL describes how error messages quote program elements. ** Lua does not use these macros anymore; they are here for ** compatibility only. */ #define LUA_QL(x) "'" x "'" #define LUA_QS LUA_QL("%s") /* =================================================================== */ /* ** Local configuration. You can use this space to add your redefinitions ** without modifying the main part of the file. */ #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lualib.h000066400000000000000000000024251335323540100155170ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lualib.h,v 1.45 2017/01/12 17:14:26 roberto Exp $ ** Lua standard libraries ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lualib_h #define lualib_h #include "lua.h" /* version suffix for environment variable names */ #define LUA_VERSUFFIX "_" LUA_VERSION_MAJOR "_" LUA_VERSION_MINOR LUAMOD_API int (luaopen_base) (lua_State *L); #define LUA_COLIBNAME "coroutine" LUAMOD_API int (luaopen_coroutine) (lua_State *L); #define LUA_TABLIBNAME "table" LUAMOD_API int (luaopen_table) (lua_State *L); #define LUA_IOLIBNAME "io" LUAMOD_API int (luaopen_io) (lua_State *L); #define LUA_OSLIBNAME "os" LUAMOD_API int (luaopen_os) (lua_State *L); #define LUA_STRLIBNAME "string" LUAMOD_API int (luaopen_string) (lua_State *L); #define LUA_UTF8LIBNAME "utf8" LUAMOD_API int (luaopen_utf8) (lua_State *L); #define LUA_BITLIBNAME "bit32" LUAMOD_API int (luaopen_bit32) (lua_State *L); #define LUA_MATHLIBNAME "math" LUAMOD_API int (luaopen_math) (lua_State *L); #define LUA_DBLIBNAME "debug" LUAMOD_API int (luaopen_debug) (lua_State *L); #define LUA_LOADLIBNAME "package" LUAMOD_API int (luaopen_package) (lua_State *L); /* open all previous libraries */ LUALIB_API void (luaL_openlibs) (lua_State *L); #if !defined(lua_assert) #define lua_assert(x) ((void)0) #endif #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lundump.c000066400000000000000000000140371335323540100157300ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lundump.c,v 2.44 2015/11/02 16:09:30 roberto Exp $ ** load precompiled Lua chunks ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lundump_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include "lua.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lfunc.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "lundump.h" #include "lzio.h" #if !defined(luai_verifycode) #define luai_verifycode(L,b,f) /* empty */ #endif typedef struct { lua_State *L; ZIO *Z; const char *name; } LoadState; static l_noret error(LoadState *S, const char *why) { luaO_pushfstring(S->L, "%s: %s precompiled chunk", S->name, why); luaD_throw(S->L, LUA_ERRSYNTAX); } /* ** All high-level loads go through LoadVector; you can change it to ** adapt to the endianness of the input */ #define LoadVector(S,b,n) LoadBlock(S,b,(n)*sizeof((b)[0])) static void LoadBlock (LoadState *S, void *b, size_t size) { if (luaZ_read(S->Z, b, size) != 0) error(S, "truncated"); } #define LoadVar(S,x) LoadVector(S,&x,1) static lu_byte LoadByte (LoadState *S) { lu_byte x; LoadVar(S, x); return x; } static int LoadInt (LoadState *S) { int x; LoadVar(S, x); return x; } static lua_Number LoadNumber (LoadState *S) { lua_Number x; LoadVar(S, x); return x; } static lua_Integer LoadInteger (LoadState *S) { lua_Integer x; LoadVar(S, x); return x; } static TString *LoadString (LoadState *S) { size_t size = LoadByte(S); if (size == 0xFF) LoadVar(S, size); if (size == 0) return NULL; else if (--size <= LUAI_MAXSHORTLEN) { /* short string? */ char buff[LUAI_MAXSHORTLEN]; LoadVector(S, buff, size); return luaS_newlstr(S->L, buff, size); } else { /* long string */ TString *ts = luaS_createlngstrobj(S->L, size); LoadVector(S, getstr(ts), size); /* load directly in final place */ return ts; } } static void LoadCode (LoadState *S, Proto *f) { int n = LoadInt(S); f->code = luaM_newvector(S->L, n, Instruction); f->sizecode = n; LoadVector(S, f->code, n); } static void LoadFunction(LoadState *S, Proto *f, TString *psource); static void LoadConstants (LoadState *S, Proto *f) { int i; int n = LoadInt(S); f->k = luaM_newvector(S->L, n, TValue); f->sizek = n; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) setnilvalue(&f->k[i]); for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { TValue *o = &f->k[i]; int t = LoadByte(S); switch (t) { case LUA_TNIL: setnilvalue(o); break; case LUA_TBOOLEAN: setbvalue(o, LoadByte(S)); break; case LUA_TNUMFLT: setfltvalue(o, LoadNumber(S)); break; case LUA_TNUMINT: setivalue(o, LoadInteger(S)); break; case LUA_TSHRSTR: case LUA_TLNGSTR: setsvalue2n(S->L, o, LoadString(S)); break; default: lua_assert(0); } } } static void LoadProtos (LoadState *S, Proto *f) { int i; int n = LoadInt(S); f->p = luaM_newvector(S->L, n, Proto *); f->sizep = n; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) f->p[i] = NULL; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { f->p[i] = luaF_newproto(S->L); LoadFunction(S, f->p[i], f->source); } } static void LoadUpvalues (LoadState *S, Proto *f) { int i, n; n = LoadInt(S); f->upvalues = luaM_newvector(S->L, n, Upvaldesc); f->sizeupvalues = n; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) f->upvalues[i].name = NULL; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { f->upvalues[i].instack = LoadByte(S); f->upvalues[i].idx = LoadByte(S); } } static void LoadDebug (LoadState *S, Proto *f) { int i, n; n = LoadInt(S); f->lineinfo = luaM_newvector(S->L, n, int); f->sizelineinfo = n; LoadVector(S, f->lineinfo, n); n = LoadInt(S); f->locvars = luaM_newvector(S->L, n, LocVar); f->sizelocvars = n; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) f->locvars[i].varname = NULL; for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { f->locvars[i].varname = LoadString(S); f->locvars[i].startpc = LoadInt(S); f->locvars[i].endpc = LoadInt(S); } n = LoadInt(S); for (i = 0; i < n; i++) f->upvalues[i].name = LoadString(S); } static void LoadFunction (LoadState *S, Proto *f, TString *psource) { f->source = LoadString(S); if (f->source == NULL) /* no source in dump? */ f->source = psource; /* reuse parent's source */ f->linedefined = LoadInt(S); f->lastlinedefined = LoadInt(S); f->numparams = LoadByte(S); f->is_vararg = LoadByte(S); f->maxstacksize = LoadByte(S); LoadCode(S, f); LoadConstants(S, f); LoadUpvalues(S, f); LoadProtos(S, f); LoadDebug(S, f); } static void checkliteral (LoadState *S, const char *s, const char *msg) { char buff[sizeof(LUA_SIGNATURE) + sizeof(LUAC_DATA)]; /* larger than both */ size_t len = strlen(s); LoadVector(S, buff, len); if (memcmp(s, buff, len) != 0) error(S, msg); } static void fchecksize (LoadState *S, size_t size, const char *tname) { if (LoadByte(S) != size) error(S, luaO_pushfstring(S->L, "%s size mismatch in", tname)); } #define checksize(S,t) fchecksize(S,sizeof(t),#t) static void checkHeader (LoadState *S) { checkliteral(S, LUA_SIGNATURE + 1, "not a"); /* 1st char already checked */ if (LoadByte(S) != LUAC_VERSION) error(S, "version mismatch in"); if (LoadByte(S) != LUAC_FORMAT) error(S, "format mismatch in"); checkliteral(S, LUAC_DATA, "corrupted"); checksize(S, int); checksize(S, size_t); checksize(S, Instruction); checksize(S, lua_Integer); checksize(S, lua_Number); if (LoadInteger(S) != LUAC_INT) error(S, "endianness mismatch in"); if (LoadNumber(S) != LUAC_NUM) error(S, "float format mismatch in"); } /* ** load precompiled chunk */ LClosure *luaU_undump(lua_State *L, ZIO *Z, const char *name) { LoadState S; LClosure *cl; if (*name == '@' || *name == '=') S.name = name + 1; else if (*name == LUA_SIGNATURE[0]) S.name = "binary string"; else S.name = name; S.L = L; S.Z = Z; checkHeader(&S); cl = luaF_newLclosure(L, LoadByte(&S)); setclLvalue(L, L->top, cl); luaD_inctop(L); cl->p = luaF_newproto(L); LoadFunction(&S, cl->p, NULL); lua_assert(cl->nupvalues == cl->p->sizeupvalues); luai_verifycode(L, buff, cl->p); return cl; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lundump.h000066400000000000000000000014371335323540100157350ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lundump.h,v 1.45 2015/09/08 15:41:05 roberto Exp $ ** load precompiled Lua chunks ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lundump_h #define lundump_h #include "llimits.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lzio.h" /* data to catch conversion errors */ #define LUAC_DATA "\x19\x93\r\n\x1a\n" #define LUAC_INT 0x5678 #define LUAC_NUM cast_num(370.5) #define MYINT(s) (s[0]-'0') #define LUAC_VERSION (MYINT(LUA_VERSION_MAJOR)*16+MYINT(LUA_VERSION_MINOR)) #define LUAC_FORMAT 0 /* this is the official format */ /* load one chunk; from lundump.c */ LUAI_FUNC LClosure* luaU_undump (lua_State* L, ZIO* Z, const char* name); /* dump one chunk; from ldump.c */ LUAI_FUNC int luaU_dump (lua_State* L, const Proto* f, lua_Writer w, void* data, int strip); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lutf8lib.c000066400000000000000000000156301335323540100157750ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lutf8lib.c,v 1.16 2016/12/22 13:08:50 roberto Exp $ ** Standard library for UTF-8 manipulation ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lutf8lib_c #define LUA_LIB #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" #define MAXUNICODE 0x10FFFF #define iscont(p) ((*(p) & 0xC0) == 0x80) /* from strlib */ /* translate a relative string position: negative means back from end */ static lua_Integer u_posrelat (lua_Integer pos, size_t len) { if (pos >= 0) return pos; else if (0u - (size_t)pos > len) return 0; else return (lua_Integer)len + pos + 1; } /* ** Decode one UTF-8 sequence, returning NULL if byte sequence is invalid. */ static const char *utf8_decode (const char *o, int *val) { static const unsigned int limits[] = {0xFF, 0x7F, 0x7FF, 0xFFFF}; const unsigned char *s = (const unsigned char *)o; unsigned int c = s[0]; unsigned int res = 0; /* final result */ if (c < 0x80) /* ascii? */ res = c; else { int count = 0; /* to count number of continuation bytes */ while (c & 0x40) { /* still have continuation bytes? */ int cc = s[++count]; /* read next byte */ if ((cc & 0xC0) != 0x80) /* not a continuation byte? */ return NULL; /* invalid byte sequence */ res = (res << 6) | (cc & 0x3F); /* add lower 6 bits from cont. byte */ c <<= 1; /* to test next bit */ } res |= ((c & 0x7F) << (count * 5)); /* add first byte */ if (count > 3 || res > MAXUNICODE || res <= limits[count]) return NULL; /* invalid byte sequence */ s += count; /* skip continuation bytes read */ } if (val) *val = res; return (const char *)s + 1; /* +1 to include first byte */ } /* ** utf8len(s [, i [, j]]) --> number of characters that start in the ** range [i,j], or nil + current position if 's' is not well formed in ** that interval */ static int utflen (lua_State *L) { int n = 0; size_t len; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, 1, &len); lua_Integer posi = u_posrelat(luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 1), len); lua_Integer posj = u_posrelat(luaL_optinteger(L, 3, -1), len); luaL_argcheck(L, 1 <= posi && --posi <= (lua_Integer)len, 2, "initial position out of string"); luaL_argcheck(L, --posj < (lua_Integer)len, 3, "final position out of string"); while (posi <= posj) { const char *s1 = utf8_decode(s + posi, NULL); if (s1 == NULL) { /* conversion error? */ lua_pushnil(L); /* return nil ... */ lua_pushinteger(L, posi + 1); /* ... and current position */ return 2; } posi = s1 - s; n++; } lua_pushinteger(L, n); return 1; } /* ** codepoint(s, [i, [j]]) -> returns codepoints for all characters ** that start in the range [i,j] */ static int codepoint (lua_State *L) { size_t len; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, 1, &len); lua_Integer posi = u_posrelat(luaL_optinteger(L, 2, 1), len); lua_Integer pose = u_posrelat(luaL_optinteger(L, 3, posi), len); int n; const char *se; luaL_argcheck(L, posi >= 1, 2, "out of range"); luaL_argcheck(L, pose <= (lua_Integer)len, 3, "out of range"); if (posi > pose) return 0; /* empty interval; return no values */ if (pose - posi >= INT_MAX) /* (lua_Integer -> int) overflow? */ return luaL_error(L, "string slice too long"); n = (int)(pose - posi) + 1; luaL_checkstack(L, n, "string slice too long"); n = 0; se = s + pose; for (s += posi - 1; s < se;) { int code; s = utf8_decode(s, &code); if (s == NULL) return luaL_error(L, "invalid UTF-8 code"); lua_pushinteger(L, code); n++; } return n; } static void pushutfchar (lua_State *L, int arg) { lua_Integer code = luaL_checkinteger(L, arg); luaL_argcheck(L, 0 <= code && code <= MAXUNICODE, arg, "value out of range"); lua_pushfstring(L, "%U", (long)code); } /* ** utfchar(n1, n2, ...) -> char(n1)..char(n2)... */ static int utfchar (lua_State *L) { int n = lua_gettop(L); /* number of arguments */ if (n == 1) /* optimize common case of single char */ pushutfchar(L, 1); else { int i; luaL_Buffer b; luaL_buffinit(L, &b); for (i = 1; i <= n; i++) { pushutfchar(L, i); luaL_addvalue(&b); } luaL_pushresult(&b); } return 1; } /* ** offset(s, n, [i]) -> index where n-th character counting from ** position 'i' starts; 0 means character at 'i'. */ static int byteoffset (lua_State *L) { size_t len; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, 1, &len); lua_Integer n = luaL_checkinteger(L, 2); lua_Integer posi = (n >= 0) ? 1 : len + 1; posi = u_posrelat(luaL_optinteger(L, 3, posi), len); luaL_argcheck(L, 1 <= posi && --posi <= (lua_Integer)len, 3, "position out of range"); if (n == 0) { /* find beginning of current byte sequence */ while (posi > 0 && iscont(s + posi)) posi--; } else { if (iscont(s + posi)) luaL_error(L, "initial position is a continuation byte"); if (n < 0) { while (n < 0 && posi > 0) { /* move back */ do { /* find beginning of previous character */ posi--; } while (posi > 0 && iscont(s + posi)); n++; } } else { n--; /* do not move for 1st character */ while (n > 0 && posi < (lua_Integer)len) { do { /* find beginning of next character */ posi++; } while (iscont(s + posi)); /* (cannot pass final '\0') */ n--; } } } if (n == 0) /* did it find given character? */ lua_pushinteger(L, posi + 1); else /* no such character */ lua_pushnil(L); return 1; } static int iter_aux (lua_State *L) { size_t len; const char *s = luaL_checklstring(L, 1, &len); lua_Integer n = lua_tointeger(L, 2) - 1; if (n < 0) /* first iteration? */ n = 0; /* start from here */ else if (n < (lua_Integer)len) { n++; /* skip current byte */ while (iscont(s + n)) n++; /* and its continuations */ } if (n >= (lua_Integer)len) return 0; /* no more codepoints */ else { int code; const char *next = utf8_decode(s + n, &code); if (next == NULL || iscont(next)) return luaL_error(L, "invalid UTF-8 code"); lua_pushinteger(L, n + 1); lua_pushinteger(L, code); return 2; } } static int iter_codes (lua_State *L) { luaL_checkstring(L, 1); lua_pushcfunction(L, iter_aux); lua_pushvalue(L, 1); lua_pushinteger(L, 0); return 3; } /* pattern to match a single UTF-8 character */ #define UTF8PATT "[\0-\x7F\xC2-\xF4][\x80-\xBF]*" static const luaL_Reg funcs[] = { {"offset", byteoffset}, {"codepoint", codepoint}, {"char", utfchar}, {"len", utflen}, {"codes", iter_codes}, /* placeholders */ {"charpattern", NULL}, {NULL, NULL} }; LUAMOD_API int luaopen_utf8 (lua_State *L) { luaL_newlib(L, funcs); lua_pushlstring(L, UTF8PATT, sizeof(UTF8PATT)/sizeof(char) - 1); lua_setfield(L, -2, "charpattern"); return 1; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lvm.c000066400000000000000000001265451335323540100150520ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lvm.c,v 2.268 2016/02/05 19:59:14 roberto Exp $ ** Lua virtual machine ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lvm_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "lua.h" #include "ldebug.h" #include "ldo.h" #include "lfunc.h" #include "lgc.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "lopcodes.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lstring.h" #include "ltable.h" #include "ltm.h" #include "lvm.h" /* limit for table tag-method chains (to avoid loops) */ #define MAXTAGLOOP 2000 /* ** 'l_intfitsf' checks whether a given integer can be converted to a ** float without rounding. Used in comparisons. Left undefined if ** all integers fit in a float precisely. */ #if !defined(l_intfitsf) /* number of bits in the mantissa of a float */ #define NBM (l_mathlim(MANT_DIG)) /* ** Check whether some integers may not fit in a float, that is, whether ** (maxinteger >> NBM) > 0 (that implies (1 << NBM) <= maxinteger). ** (The shifts are done in parts to avoid shifting by more than the size ** of an integer. In a worst case, NBM == 113 for long double and ** sizeof(integer) == 32.) */ #if ((((LUA_MAXINTEGER >> (NBM / 4)) >> (NBM / 4)) >> (NBM / 4)) \ >> (NBM - (3 * (NBM / 4)))) > 0 #define l_intfitsf(i) \ (-((lua_Integer)1 << NBM) <= (i) && (i) <= ((lua_Integer)1 << NBM)) #endif #endif /* ** Try to convert a value to a float. The float case is already handled ** by the macro 'tonumber'. */ int luaV_tonumber_ (const TValue *obj, lua_Number *n) { TValue v; if (ttisinteger(obj)) { *n = cast_num(ivalue(obj)); return 1; } else if (cvt2num(obj) && /* string convertible to number? */ luaO_str2num(svalue(obj), &v) == vslen(obj) + 1) { *n = nvalue(&v); /* convert result of 'luaO_str2num' to a float */ return 1; } else return 0; /* conversion failed */ } /* ** try to convert a value to an integer, rounding according to 'mode': ** mode == 0: accepts only integral values ** mode == 1: takes the floor of the number ** mode == 2: takes the ceil of the number */ int luaV_tointeger (const TValue *obj, lua_Integer *p, int mode) { TValue v; again: if (ttisfloat(obj)) { lua_Number n = fltvalue(obj); lua_Number f = l_floor(n); if (n != f) { /* not an integral value? */ if (mode == 0) return 0; /* fails if mode demands integral value */ else if (mode > 1) /* needs ceil? */ f += 1; /* convert floor to ceil (remember: n != f) */ } return lua_numbertointeger(f, p); } else if (ttisinteger(obj)) { *p = ivalue(obj); return 1; } else if (cvt2num(obj) && luaO_str2num(svalue(obj), &v) == vslen(obj) + 1) { obj = &v; goto again; /* convert result from 'luaO_str2num' to an integer */ } return 0; /* conversion failed */ } /* ** Try to convert a 'for' limit to an integer, preserving the ** semantics of the loop. ** (The following explanation assumes a non-negative step; it is valid ** for negative steps mutatis mutandis.) ** If the limit can be converted to an integer, rounding down, that is ** it. ** Otherwise, check whether the limit can be converted to a number. If ** the number is too large, it is OK to set the limit as LUA_MAXINTEGER, ** which means no limit. If the number is too negative, the loop ** should not run, because any initial integer value is larger than the ** limit. So, it sets the limit to LUA_MININTEGER. 'stopnow' corrects ** the extreme case when the initial value is LUA_MININTEGER, in which ** case the LUA_MININTEGER limit would still run the loop once. */ static int forlimit (const TValue *obj, lua_Integer *p, lua_Integer step, int *stopnow) { *stopnow = 0; /* usually, let loops run */ if (!luaV_tointeger(obj, p, (step < 0 ? 2 : 1))) { /* not fit in integer? */ lua_Number n; /* try to convert to float */ if (!tonumber(obj, &n)) /* cannot convert to float? */ return 0; /* not a number */ if (luai_numlt(0, n)) { /* if true, float is larger than max integer */ *p = LUA_MAXINTEGER; if (step < 0) *stopnow = 1; } else { /* float is smaller than min integer */ *p = LUA_MININTEGER; if (step >= 0) *stopnow = 1; } } return 1; } /* ** Finish the table access 'val = t[key]'. ** if 'slot' is NULL, 't' is not a table; otherwise, 'slot' points to ** t[k] entry (which must be nil). */ void luaV_finishget (lua_State *L, const TValue *t, TValue *key, StkId val, const TValue *slot) { int loop; /* counter to avoid infinite loops */ const TValue *tm; /* metamethod */ for (loop = 0; loop < MAXTAGLOOP; loop++) { if (slot == NULL) { /* 't' is not a table? */ lua_assert(!ttistable(t)); tm = luaT_gettmbyobj(L, t, TM_INDEX); if (ttisnil(tm)) luaG_typeerror(L, t, "index"); /* no metamethod */ /* else will try the metamethod */ } else { /* 't' is a table */ lua_assert(ttisnil(slot)); tm = fasttm(L, hvalue(t)->metatable, TM_INDEX); /* table's metamethod */ if (tm == NULL) { /* no metamethod? */ setnilvalue(val); /* result is nil */ return; } /* else will try the metamethod */ } if (ttisfunction(tm)) { /* is metamethod a function? */ luaT_callTM(L, tm, t, key, val, 1); /* call it */ return; } t = tm; /* else try to access 'tm[key]' */ if (luaV_fastget(L,t,key,slot,luaH_get)) { /* fast track? */ setobj2s(L, val, slot); /* done */ return; } /* else repeat (tail call 'luaV_finishget') */ } luaG_runerror(L, "'__index' chain too long; possible loop"); } /* ** Finish a table assignment 't[key] = val'. ** If 'slot' is NULL, 't' is not a table. Otherwise, 'slot' points ** to the entry 't[key]', or to 'luaO_nilobject' if there is no such ** entry. (The value at 'slot' must be nil, otherwise 'luaV_fastset' ** would have done the job.) */ void luaV_finishset (lua_State *L, const TValue *t, TValue *key, StkId val, const TValue *slot) { int loop; /* counter to avoid infinite loops */ for (loop = 0; loop < MAXTAGLOOP; loop++) { const TValue *tm; /* '__newindex' metamethod */ if (slot != NULL) { /* is 't' a table? */ Table *h = hvalue(t); /* save 't' table */ lua_assert(ttisnil(slot)); /* old value must be nil */ tm = fasttm(L, h->metatable, TM_NEWINDEX); /* get metamethod */ if (tm == NULL) { /* no metamethod? */ if (slot == luaO_nilobject) /* no previous entry? */ slot = luaH_newkey(L, h, key); /* create one */ /* no metamethod and (now) there is an entry with given key */ setobj2t(L, cast(TValue *, slot), val); /* set its new value */ invalidateTMcache(h); luaC_barrierback(L, h, val); return; } /* else will try the metamethod */ } else { /* not a table; check metamethod */ if (ttisnil(tm = luaT_gettmbyobj(L, t, TM_NEWINDEX))) luaG_typeerror(L, t, "index"); } /* try the metamethod */ if (ttisfunction(tm)) { luaT_callTM(L, tm, t, key, val, 0); return; } t = tm; /* else repeat assignment over 'tm' */ if (luaV_fastset(L, t, key, slot, luaH_get, val)) return; /* done */ /* else loop */ } luaG_runerror(L, "'__newindex' chain too long; possible loop"); } /* ** Compare two strings 'ls' x 'rs', returning an integer smaller-equal- ** -larger than zero if 'ls' is smaller-equal-larger than 'rs'. ** The code is a little tricky because it allows '\0' in the strings ** and it uses 'strcoll' (to respect locales) for each segments ** of the strings. */ static int l_strcmp (const TString *ls, const TString *rs) { const char *l = getstr(ls); size_t ll = tsslen(ls); const char *r = getstr(rs); size_t lr = tsslen(rs); for (;;) { /* for each segment */ int temp = strcoll(l, r); if (temp != 0) /* not equal? */ return temp; /* done */ else { /* strings are equal up to a '\0' */ size_t len = strlen(l); /* index of first '\0' in both strings */ if (len == lr) /* 'rs' is finished? */ return (len == ll) ? 0 : 1; /* check 'ls' */ else if (len == ll) /* 'ls' is finished? */ return -1; /* 'ls' is smaller than 'rs' ('rs' is not finished) */ /* both strings longer than 'len'; go on comparing after the '\0' */ len++; l += len; ll -= len; r += len; lr -= len; } } } /* ** Check whether integer 'i' is less than float 'f'. If 'i' has an ** exact representation as a float ('l_intfitsf'), compare numbers as ** floats. Otherwise, if 'f' is outside the range for integers, result ** is trivial. Otherwise, compare them as integers. (When 'i' has no ** float representation, either 'f' is "far away" from 'i' or 'f' has ** no precision left for a fractional part; either way, how 'f' is ** truncated is irrelevant.) When 'f' is NaN, comparisons must result ** in false. */ static int LTintfloat (lua_Integer i, lua_Number f) { #if defined(l_intfitsf) if (!l_intfitsf(i)) { if (f >= -cast_num(LUA_MININTEGER)) /* -minint == maxint + 1 */ return 1; /* f >= maxint + 1 > i */ else if (f > cast_num(LUA_MININTEGER)) /* minint < f <= maxint ? */ return (i < cast(lua_Integer, f)); /* compare them as integers */ else /* f <= minint <= i (or 'f' is NaN) --> not(i < f) */ return 0; } #endif return luai_numlt(cast_num(i), f); /* compare them as floats */ } /* ** Check whether integer 'i' is less than or equal to float 'f'. ** See comments on previous function. */ static int LEintfloat (lua_Integer i, lua_Number f) { #if defined(l_intfitsf) if (!l_intfitsf(i)) { if (f >= -cast_num(LUA_MININTEGER)) /* -minint == maxint + 1 */ return 1; /* f >= maxint + 1 > i */ else if (f >= cast_num(LUA_MININTEGER)) /* minint <= f <= maxint ? */ return (i <= cast(lua_Integer, f)); /* compare them as integers */ else /* f < minint <= i (or 'f' is NaN) --> not(i <= f) */ return 0; } #endif return luai_numle(cast_num(i), f); /* compare them as floats */ } /* ** Return 'l < r', for numbers. */ static int LTnum (const TValue *l, const TValue *r) { if (ttisinteger(l)) { lua_Integer li = ivalue(l); if (ttisinteger(r)) return li < ivalue(r); /* both are integers */ else /* 'l' is int and 'r' is float */ return LTintfloat(li, fltvalue(r)); /* l < r ? */ } else { lua_Number lf = fltvalue(l); /* 'l' must be float */ if (ttisfloat(r)) return luai_numlt(lf, fltvalue(r)); /* both are float */ else if (luai_numisnan(lf)) /* 'r' is int and 'l' is float */ return 0; /* NaN < i is always false */ else /* without NaN, (l < r) <--> not(r <= l) */ return !LEintfloat(ivalue(r), lf); /* not (r <= l) ? */ } } /* ** Return 'l <= r', for numbers. */ static int LEnum (const TValue *l, const TValue *r) { if (ttisinteger(l)) { lua_Integer li = ivalue(l); if (ttisinteger(r)) return li <= ivalue(r); /* both are integers */ else /* 'l' is int and 'r' is float */ return LEintfloat(li, fltvalue(r)); /* l <= r ? */ } else { lua_Number lf = fltvalue(l); /* 'l' must be float */ if (ttisfloat(r)) return luai_numle(lf, fltvalue(r)); /* both are float */ else if (luai_numisnan(lf)) /* 'r' is int and 'l' is float */ return 0; /* NaN <= i is always false */ else /* without NaN, (l <= r) <--> not(r < l) */ return !LTintfloat(ivalue(r), lf); /* not (r < l) ? */ } } /* ** Main operation less than; return 'l < r'. */ int luaV_lessthan (lua_State *L, const TValue *l, const TValue *r) { int res; if (ttisnumber(l) && ttisnumber(r)) /* both operands are numbers? */ return LTnum(l, r); else if (ttisstring(l) && ttisstring(r)) /* both are strings? */ return l_strcmp(tsvalue(l), tsvalue(r)) < 0; else if ((res = luaT_callorderTM(L, l, r, TM_LT)) < 0) /* no metamethod? */ luaG_ordererror(L, l, r); /* error */ return res; } /* ** Main operation less than or equal to; return 'l <= r'. If it needs ** a metamethod and there is no '__le', try '__lt', based on ** l <= r iff !(r < l) (assuming a total order). If the metamethod ** yields during this substitution, the continuation has to know ** about it (to negate the result of r= 0) /* try 'le' */ return res; else { /* try 'lt': */ L->ci->callstatus |= CIST_LEQ; /* mark it is doing 'lt' for 'le' */ res = luaT_callorderTM(L, r, l, TM_LT); L->ci->callstatus ^= CIST_LEQ; /* clear mark */ if (res < 0) luaG_ordererror(L, l, r); return !res; /* result is negated */ } } /* ** Main operation for equality of Lua values; return 't1 == t2'. ** L == NULL means raw equality (no metamethods) */ int luaV_equalobj (lua_State *L, const TValue *t1, const TValue *t2) { const TValue *tm; if (ttype(t1) != ttype(t2)) { /* not the same variant? */ if (ttnov(t1) != ttnov(t2) || ttnov(t1) != LUA_TNUMBER) return 0; /* only numbers can be equal with different variants */ else { /* two numbers with different variants */ lua_Integer i1, i2; /* compare them as integers */ return (tointeger(t1, &i1) && tointeger(t2, &i2) && i1 == i2); } } /* values have same type and same variant */ switch (ttype(t1)) { case LUA_TNIL: return 1; case LUA_TNUMINT: return (ivalue(t1) == ivalue(t2)); case LUA_TNUMFLT: return luai_numeq(fltvalue(t1), fltvalue(t2)); case LUA_TBOOLEAN: return bvalue(t1) == bvalue(t2); /* true must be 1 !! */ case LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA: return pvalue(t1) == pvalue(t2); case LUA_TLCF: return fvalue(t1) == fvalue(t2); case LUA_TSHRSTR: return eqshrstr(tsvalue(t1), tsvalue(t2)); case LUA_TLNGSTR: return luaS_eqlngstr(tsvalue(t1), tsvalue(t2)); case LUA_TUSERDATA: { if (uvalue(t1) == uvalue(t2)) return 1; else if (L == NULL) return 0; tm = fasttm(L, uvalue(t1)->metatable, TM_EQ); if (tm == NULL) tm = fasttm(L, uvalue(t2)->metatable, TM_EQ); break; /* will try TM */ } case LUA_TTABLE: { if (hvalue(t1) == hvalue(t2)) return 1; else if (L == NULL) return 0; tm = fasttm(L, hvalue(t1)->metatable, TM_EQ); if (tm == NULL) tm = fasttm(L, hvalue(t2)->metatable, TM_EQ); break; /* will try TM */ } default: return gcvalue(t1) == gcvalue(t2); } if (tm == NULL) /* no TM? */ return 0; /* objects are different */ luaT_callTM(L, tm, t1, t2, L->top, 1); /* call TM */ return !l_isfalse(L->top); } /* macro used by 'luaV_concat' to ensure that element at 'o' is a string */ #define tostring(L,o) \ (ttisstring(o) || (cvt2str(o) && (luaO_tostring(L, o), 1))) #define isemptystr(o) (ttisshrstring(o) && tsvalue(o)->shrlen == 0) /* copy strings in stack from top - n up to top - 1 to buffer */ static void copy2buff (StkId top, int n, char *buff) { size_t tl = 0; /* size already copied */ do { size_t l = vslen(top - n); /* length of string being copied */ memcpy(buff + tl, svalue(top - n), l * sizeof(char)); tl += l; } while (--n > 0); } /* ** Main operation for concatenation: concat 'total' values in the stack, ** from 'L->top - total' up to 'L->top - 1'. */ void luaV_concat (lua_State *L, int total) { lua_assert(total >= 2); do { StkId top = L->top; int n = 2; /* number of elements handled in this pass (at least 2) */ if (!(ttisstring(top-2) || cvt2str(top-2)) || !tostring(L, top-1)) luaT_trybinTM(L, top-2, top-1, top-2, TM_CONCAT); else if (isemptystr(top - 1)) /* second operand is empty? */ cast_void(tostring(L, top - 2)); /* result is first operand */ else if (isemptystr(top - 2)) { /* first operand is an empty string? */ setobjs2s(L, top - 2, top - 1); /* result is second op. */ } else { /* at least two non-empty string values; get as many as possible */ size_t tl = vslen(top - 1); TString *ts; /* collect total length and number of strings */ for (n = 1; n < total && tostring(L, top - n - 1); n++) { size_t l = vslen(top - n - 1); if (l >= (MAX_SIZE/sizeof(char)) - tl) luaG_runerror(L, "string length overflow"); tl += l; } if (tl <= LUAI_MAXSHORTLEN) { /* is result a short string? */ char buff[LUAI_MAXSHORTLEN]; copy2buff(top, n, buff); /* copy strings to buffer */ ts = luaS_newlstr(L, buff, tl); } else { /* long string; copy strings directly to final result */ ts = luaS_createlngstrobj(L, tl); copy2buff(top, n, getstr(ts)); } setsvalue2s(L, top - n, ts); /* create result */ } total -= n-1; /* got 'n' strings to create 1 new */ L->top -= n-1; /* popped 'n' strings and pushed one */ } while (total > 1); /* repeat until only 1 result left */ } /* ** Main operation 'ra' = #rb'. */ void luaV_objlen (lua_State *L, StkId ra, const TValue *rb) { const TValue *tm; switch (ttype(rb)) { case LUA_TTABLE: { Table *h = hvalue(rb); tm = fasttm(L, h->metatable, TM_LEN); if (tm) break; /* metamethod? break switch to call it */ setivalue(ra, luaH_getn(h)); /* else primitive len */ return; } case LUA_TSHRSTR: { setivalue(ra, tsvalue(rb)->shrlen); return; } case LUA_TLNGSTR: { setivalue(ra, tsvalue(rb)->u.lnglen); return; } default: { /* try metamethod */ tm = luaT_gettmbyobj(L, rb, TM_LEN); if (ttisnil(tm)) /* no metamethod? */ luaG_typeerror(L, rb, "get length of"); break; } } luaT_callTM(L, tm, rb, rb, ra, 1); } /* ** Integer division; return 'm // n', that is, floor(m/n). ** C division truncates its result (rounds towards zero). ** 'floor(q) == trunc(q)' when 'q >= 0' or when 'q' is integer, ** otherwise 'floor(q) == trunc(q) - 1'. */ lua_Integer luaV_div (lua_State *L, lua_Integer m, lua_Integer n) { if (l_castS2U(n) + 1u <= 1u) { /* special cases: -1 or 0 */ if (n == 0) luaG_runerror(L, "attempt to divide by zero"); return intop(-, 0, m); /* n==-1; avoid overflow with 0x80000...//-1 */ } else { lua_Integer q = m / n; /* perform C division */ if ((m ^ n) < 0 && m % n != 0) /* 'm/n' would be negative non-integer? */ q -= 1; /* correct result for different rounding */ return q; } } /* ** Integer modulus; return 'm % n'. (Assume that C '%' with ** negative operands follows C99 behavior. See previous comment ** about luaV_div.) */ lua_Integer luaV_mod (lua_State *L, lua_Integer m, lua_Integer n) { if (l_castS2U(n) + 1u <= 1u) { /* special cases: -1 or 0 */ if (n == 0) luaG_runerror(L, "attempt to perform 'n%%0'"); return 0; /* m % -1 == 0; avoid overflow with 0x80000...%-1 */ } else { lua_Integer r = m % n; if (r != 0 && (m ^ n) < 0) /* 'm/n' would be non-integer negative? */ r += n; /* correct result for different rounding */ return r; } } /* number of bits in an integer */ #define NBITS cast_int(sizeof(lua_Integer) * CHAR_BIT) /* ** Shift left operation. (Shift right just negates 'y'.) */ lua_Integer luaV_shiftl (lua_Integer x, lua_Integer y) { if (y < 0) { /* shift right? */ if (y <= -NBITS) return 0; else return intop(>>, x, -y); } else { /* shift left */ if (y >= NBITS) return 0; else return intop(<<, x, y); } } /* ** check whether cached closure in prototype 'p' may be reused, that is, ** whether there is a cached closure with the same upvalues needed by ** new closure to be created. */ static LClosure *getcached (Proto *p, UpVal **encup, StkId base) { LClosure *c = p->cache; if (c != NULL) { /* is there a cached closure? */ int nup = p->sizeupvalues; Upvaldesc *uv = p->upvalues; int i; for (i = 0; i < nup; i++) { /* check whether it has right upvalues */ TValue *v = uv[i].instack ? base + uv[i].idx : encup[uv[i].idx]->v; if (c->upvals[i]->v != v) return NULL; /* wrong upvalue; cannot reuse closure */ } } return c; /* return cached closure (or NULL if no cached closure) */ } /* ** create a new Lua closure, push it in the stack, and initialize ** its upvalues. Note that the closure is not cached if prototype is ** already black (which means that 'cache' was already cleared by the ** GC). */ static void pushclosure (lua_State *L, Proto *p, UpVal **encup, StkId base, StkId ra) { int nup = p->sizeupvalues; Upvaldesc *uv = p->upvalues; int i; LClosure *ncl = luaF_newLclosure(L, nup); ncl->p = p; setclLvalue(L, ra, ncl); /* anchor new closure in stack */ for (i = 0; i < nup; i++) { /* fill in its upvalues */ if (uv[i].instack) /* upvalue refers to local variable? */ ncl->upvals[i] = luaF_findupval(L, base + uv[i].idx); else /* get upvalue from enclosing function */ ncl->upvals[i] = encup[uv[i].idx]; ncl->upvals[i]->refcount++; /* new closure is white, so we do not need a barrier here */ } if (!isblack(p)) /* cache will not break GC invariant? */ p->cache = ncl; /* save it on cache for reuse */ } /* ** finish execution of an opcode interrupted by an yield */ void luaV_finishOp (lua_State *L) { CallInfo *ci = L->ci; StkId base = ci->u.l.base; Instruction inst = *(ci->u.l.savedpc - 1); /* interrupted instruction */ OpCode op = GET_OPCODE(inst); switch (op) { /* finish its execution */ case OP_ADD: case OP_SUB: case OP_MUL: case OP_DIV: case OP_IDIV: case OP_BAND: case OP_BOR: case OP_BXOR: case OP_SHL: case OP_SHR: case OP_MOD: case OP_POW: case OP_UNM: case OP_BNOT: case OP_LEN: case OP_GETTABUP: case OP_GETTABLE: case OP_SELF: { setobjs2s(L, base + GETARG_A(inst), --L->top); break; } case OP_LE: case OP_LT: case OP_EQ: { int res = !l_isfalse(L->top - 1); L->top--; if (ci->callstatus & CIST_LEQ) { /* "<=" using "<" instead? */ lua_assert(op == OP_LE); ci->callstatus ^= CIST_LEQ; /* clear mark */ res = !res; /* negate result */ } lua_assert(GET_OPCODE(*ci->u.l.savedpc) == OP_JMP); if (res != GETARG_A(inst)) /* condition failed? */ ci->u.l.savedpc++; /* skip jump instruction */ break; } case OP_CONCAT: { StkId top = L->top - 1; /* top when 'luaT_trybinTM' was called */ int b = GETARG_B(inst); /* first element to concatenate */ int total = cast_int(top - 1 - (base + b)); /* yet to concatenate */ setobj2s(L, top - 2, top); /* put TM result in proper position */ if (total > 1) { /* are there elements to concat? */ L->top = top - 1; /* top is one after last element (at top-2) */ luaV_concat(L, total); /* concat them (may yield again) */ } /* move final result to final position */ setobj2s(L, ci->u.l.base + GETARG_A(inst), L->top - 1); L->top = ci->top; /* restore top */ break; } case OP_TFORCALL: { lua_assert(GET_OPCODE(*ci->u.l.savedpc) == OP_TFORLOOP); L->top = ci->top; /* correct top */ break; } case OP_CALL: { if (GETARG_C(inst) - 1 >= 0) /* nresults >= 0? */ L->top = ci->top; /* adjust results */ break; } case OP_TAILCALL: case OP_SETTABUP: case OP_SETTABLE: break; default: lua_assert(0); } } /* ** {================================================================== ** Function 'luaV_execute': main interpreter loop ** =================================================================== */ /* ** some macros for common tasks in 'luaV_execute' */ #define RA(i) (base+GETARG_A(i)) #define RB(i) check_exp(getBMode(GET_OPCODE(i)) == OpArgR, base+GETARG_B(i)) #define RC(i) check_exp(getCMode(GET_OPCODE(i)) == OpArgR, base+GETARG_C(i)) #define RKB(i) check_exp(getBMode(GET_OPCODE(i)) == OpArgK, \ ISK(GETARG_B(i)) ? k+INDEXK(GETARG_B(i)) : base+GETARG_B(i)) #define RKC(i) check_exp(getCMode(GET_OPCODE(i)) == OpArgK, \ ISK(GETARG_C(i)) ? k+INDEXK(GETARG_C(i)) : base+GETARG_C(i)) /* execute a jump instruction */ #define dojump(ci,i,e) \ { int a = GETARG_A(i); \ if (a != 0) luaF_close(L, ci->u.l.base + a - 1); \ ci->u.l.savedpc += GETARG_sBx(i) + e; } /* for test instructions, execute the jump instruction that follows it */ #define donextjump(ci) { i = *ci->u.l.savedpc; dojump(ci, i, 1); } #define Protect(x) { {x;}; base = ci->u.l.base; } #define checkGC(L,c) \ { luaC_condGC(L, L->top = (c), /* limit of live values */ \ Protect(L->top = ci->top)); /* restore top */ \ luai_threadyield(L); } /* fetch an instruction and prepare its execution */ #define vmfetch() { \ i = *(ci->u.l.savedpc++); \ if (L->hookmask & (LUA_MASKLINE | LUA_MASKCOUNT)) \ Protect(luaG_traceexec(L)); \ ra = RA(i); /* WARNING: any stack reallocation invalidates 'ra' */ \ lua_assert(base == ci->u.l.base); \ lua_assert(base <= L->top && L->top < L->stack + L->stacksize); \ } #define vmdispatch(o) switch(o) #define vmcase(l) case l: #define vmbreak break /* ** copy of 'luaV_gettable', but protecting the call to potential ** metamethod (which can reallocate the stack) */ #define gettableProtected(L,t,k,v) { const TValue *slot; \ if (luaV_fastget(L,t,k,slot,luaH_get)) { setobj2s(L, v, slot); } \ else Protect(luaV_finishget(L,t,k,v,slot)); } /* same for 'luaV_settable' */ #define settableProtected(L,t,k,v) { const TValue *slot; \ if (!luaV_fastset(L,t,k,slot,luaH_get,v)) \ Protect(luaV_finishset(L,t,k,v,slot)); } void luaV_execute (lua_State *L) { CallInfo *ci = L->ci; LClosure *cl; TValue *k; StkId base; ci->callstatus |= CIST_FRESH; /* fresh invocation of 'luaV_execute" */ newframe: /* reentry point when frame changes (call/return) */ lua_assert(ci == L->ci); cl = clLvalue(ci->func); /* local reference to function's closure */ k = cl->p->k; /* local reference to function's constant table */ base = ci->u.l.base; /* local copy of function's base */ /* main loop of interpreter */ for (;;) { Instruction i; StkId ra; vmfetch(); vmdispatch (GET_OPCODE(i)) { vmcase(OP_MOVE) { setobjs2s(L, ra, RB(i)); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_LOADK) { TValue *rb = k + GETARG_Bx(i); setobj2s(L, ra, rb); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_LOADKX) { TValue *rb; lua_assert(GET_OPCODE(*ci->u.l.savedpc) == OP_EXTRAARG); rb = k + GETARG_Ax(*ci->u.l.savedpc++); setobj2s(L, ra, rb); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_LOADBOOL) { setbvalue(ra, GETARG_B(i)); if (GETARG_C(i)) ci->u.l.savedpc++; /* skip next instruction (if C) */ vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_LOADNIL) { int b = GETARG_B(i); do { setnilvalue(ra++); } while (b--); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_GETUPVAL) { int b = GETARG_B(i); setobj2s(L, ra, cl->upvals[b]->v); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_GETTABUP) { TValue *upval = cl->upvals[GETARG_B(i)]->v; TValue *rc = RKC(i); gettableProtected(L, upval, rc, ra); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_GETTABLE) { StkId rb = RB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); gettableProtected(L, rb, rc, ra); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_SETTABUP) { TValue *upval = cl->upvals[GETARG_A(i)]->v; TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); settableProtected(L, upval, rb, rc); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_SETUPVAL) { UpVal *uv = cl->upvals[GETARG_B(i)]; setobj(L, uv->v, ra); luaC_upvalbarrier(L, uv); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_SETTABLE) { TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); settableProtected(L, ra, rb, rc); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_NEWTABLE) { int b = GETARG_B(i); int c = GETARG_C(i); Table *t = luaH_new(L); sethvalue(L, ra, t); if (b != 0 || c != 0) luaH_resize(L, t, luaO_fb2int(b), luaO_fb2int(c)); checkGC(L, ra + 1); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_SELF) { const TValue *aux; StkId rb = RB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); TString *key = tsvalue(rc); /* key must be a string */ setobjs2s(L, ra + 1, rb); if (luaV_fastget(L, rb, key, aux, luaH_getstr)) { setobj2s(L, ra, aux); } else Protect(luaV_finishget(L, rb, rc, ra, aux)); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_ADD) { TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); lua_Number nb; lua_Number nc; if (ttisinteger(rb) && ttisinteger(rc)) { lua_Integer ib = ivalue(rb); lua_Integer ic = ivalue(rc); setivalue(ra, intop(+, ib, ic)); } else if (tonumber(rb, &nb) && tonumber(rc, &nc)) { setfltvalue(ra, luai_numadd(L, nb, nc)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rc, ra, TM_ADD)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_SUB) { TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); lua_Number nb; lua_Number nc; if (ttisinteger(rb) && ttisinteger(rc)) { lua_Integer ib = ivalue(rb); lua_Integer ic = ivalue(rc); setivalue(ra, intop(-, ib, ic)); } else if (tonumber(rb, &nb) && tonumber(rc, &nc)) { setfltvalue(ra, luai_numsub(L, nb, nc)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rc, ra, TM_SUB)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_MUL) { TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); lua_Number nb; lua_Number nc; if (ttisinteger(rb) && ttisinteger(rc)) { lua_Integer ib = ivalue(rb); lua_Integer ic = ivalue(rc); setivalue(ra, intop(*, ib, ic)); } else if (tonumber(rb, &nb) && tonumber(rc, &nc)) { setfltvalue(ra, luai_nummul(L, nb, nc)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rc, ra, TM_MUL)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_DIV) { /* float division (always with floats) */ TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); lua_Number nb; lua_Number nc; if (tonumber(rb, &nb) && tonumber(rc, &nc)) { setfltvalue(ra, luai_numdiv(L, nb, nc)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rc, ra, TM_DIV)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_BAND) { TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); lua_Integer ib; lua_Integer ic; if (tointeger(rb, &ib) && tointeger(rc, &ic)) { setivalue(ra, intop(&, ib, ic)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rc, ra, TM_BAND)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_BOR) { TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); lua_Integer ib; lua_Integer ic; if (tointeger(rb, &ib) && tointeger(rc, &ic)) { setivalue(ra, intop(|, ib, ic)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rc, ra, TM_BOR)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_BXOR) { TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); lua_Integer ib; lua_Integer ic; if (tointeger(rb, &ib) && tointeger(rc, &ic)) { setivalue(ra, intop(^, ib, ic)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rc, ra, TM_BXOR)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_SHL) { TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); lua_Integer ib; lua_Integer ic; if (tointeger(rb, &ib) && tointeger(rc, &ic)) { setivalue(ra, luaV_shiftl(ib, ic)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rc, ra, TM_SHL)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_SHR) { TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); lua_Integer ib; lua_Integer ic; if (tointeger(rb, &ib) && tointeger(rc, &ic)) { setivalue(ra, luaV_shiftl(ib, -ic)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rc, ra, TM_SHR)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_MOD) { TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); lua_Number nb; lua_Number nc; if (ttisinteger(rb) && ttisinteger(rc)) { lua_Integer ib = ivalue(rb); lua_Integer ic = ivalue(rc); setivalue(ra, luaV_mod(L, ib, ic)); } else if (tonumber(rb, &nb) && tonumber(rc, &nc)) { lua_Number m; luai_nummod(L, nb, nc, m); setfltvalue(ra, m); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rc, ra, TM_MOD)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_IDIV) { /* floor division */ TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); lua_Number nb; lua_Number nc; if (ttisinteger(rb) && ttisinteger(rc)) { lua_Integer ib = ivalue(rb); lua_Integer ic = ivalue(rc); setivalue(ra, luaV_div(L, ib, ic)); } else if (tonumber(rb, &nb) && tonumber(rc, &nc)) { setfltvalue(ra, luai_numidiv(L, nb, nc)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rc, ra, TM_IDIV)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_POW) { TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); lua_Number nb; lua_Number nc; if (tonumber(rb, &nb) && tonumber(rc, &nc)) { setfltvalue(ra, luai_numpow(L, nb, nc)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rc, ra, TM_POW)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_UNM) { TValue *rb = RB(i); lua_Number nb; if (ttisinteger(rb)) { lua_Integer ib = ivalue(rb); setivalue(ra, intop(-, 0, ib)); } else if (tonumber(rb, &nb)) { setfltvalue(ra, luai_numunm(L, nb)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rb, ra, TM_UNM)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_BNOT) { TValue *rb = RB(i); lua_Integer ib; if (tointeger(rb, &ib)) { setivalue(ra, intop(^, ~l_castS2U(0), ib)); } else { Protect(luaT_trybinTM(L, rb, rb, ra, TM_BNOT)); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_NOT) { TValue *rb = RB(i); int res = l_isfalse(rb); /* next assignment may change this value */ setbvalue(ra, res); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_LEN) { Protect(luaV_objlen(L, ra, RB(i))); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_CONCAT) { int b = GETARG_B(i); int c = GETARG_C(i); StkId rb; L->top = base + c + 1; /* mark the end of concat operands */ Protect(luaV_concat(L, c - b + 1)); ra = RA(i); /* 'luaV_concat' may invoke TMs and move the stack */ rb = base + b; setobjs2s(L, ra, rb); checkGC(L, (ra >= rb ? ra + 1 : rb)); L->top = ci->top; /* restore top */ vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_JMP) { dojump(ci, i, 0); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_EQ) { TValue *rb = RKB(i); TValue *rc = RKC(i); Protect( if (luaV_equalobj(L, rb, rc) != GETARG_A(i)) ci->u.l.savedpc++; else donextjump(ci); ) vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_LT) { Protect( if (luaV_lessthan(L, RKB(i), RKC(i)) != GETARG_A(i)) ci->u.l.savedpc++; else donextjump(ci); ) vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_LE) { Protect( if (luaV_lessequal(L, RKB(i), RKC(i)) != GETARG_A(i)) ci->u.l.savedpc++; else donextjump(ci); ) vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_TEST) { if (GETARG_C(i) ? l_isfalse(ra) : !l_isfalse(ra)) ci->u.l.savedpc++; else donextjump(ci); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_TESTSET) { TValue *rb = RB(i); if (GETARG_C(i) ? l_isfalse(rb) : !l_isfalse(rb)) ci->u.l.savedpc++; else { setobjs2s(L, ra, rb); donextjump(ci); } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_CALL) { int b = GETARG_B(i); int nresults = GETARG_C(i) - 1; if (b != 0) L->top = ra+b; /* else previous instruction set top */ if (luaD_precall(L, ra, nresults)) { /* C function? */ if (nresults >= 0) L->top = ci->top; /* adjust results */ Protect((void)0); /* update 'base' */ } else { /* Lua function */ ci = L->ci; goto newframe; /* restart luaV_execute over new Lua function */ } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_TAILCALL) { int b = GETARG_B(i); if (b != 0) L->top = ra+b; /* else previous instruction set top */ lua_assert(GETARG_C(i) - 1 == LUA_MULTRET); if (luaD_precall(L, ra, LUA_MULTRET)) { /* C function? */ Protect((void)0); /* update 'base' */ } else { /* tail call: put called frame (n) in place of caller one (o) */ CallInfo *nci = L->ci; /* called frame */ CallInfo *oci = nci->previous; /* caller frame */ StkId nfunc = nci->func; /* called function */ StkId ofunc = oci->func; /* caller function */ /* last stack slot filled by 'precall' */ StkId lim = nci->u.l.base + getproto(nfunc)->numparams; int aux; /* close all upvalues from previous call */ if (cl->p->sizep > 0) luaF_close(L, oci->u.l.base); /* move new frame into old one */ for (aux = 0; nfunc + aux < lim; aux++) setobjs2s(L, ofunc + aux, nfunc + aux); oci->u.l.base = ofunc + (nci->u.l.base - nfunc); /* correct base */ oci->top = L->top = ofunc + (L->top - nfunc); /* correct top */ oci->u.l.savedpc = nci->u.l.savedpc; oci->callstatus |= CIST_TAIL; /* function was tail called */ ci = L->ci = oci; /* remove new frame */ lua_assert(L->top == oci->u.l.base + getproto(ofunc)->maxstacksize); goto newframe; /* restart luaV_execute over new Lua function */ } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_RETURN) { int b = GETARG_B(i); if (cl->p->sizep > 0) luaF_close(L, base); b = luaD_poscall(L, ci, ra, (b != 0 ? b - 1 : cast_int(L->top - ra))); if (ci->callstatus & CIST_FRESH) /* local 'ci' still from callee */ return; /* external invocation: return */ else { /* invocation via reentry: continue execution */ ci = L->ci; if (b) L->top = ci->top; lua_assert(isLua(ci)); lua_assert(GET_OPCODE(*((ci)->u.l.savedpc - 1)) == OP_CALL); goto newframe; /* restart luaV_execute over new Lua function */ } } vmcase(OP_FORLOOP) { if (ttisinteger(ra)) { /* integer loop? */ lua_Integer step = ivalue(ra + 2); lua_Integer idx = intop(+, ivalue(ra), step); /* increment index */ lua_Integer limit = ivalue(ra + 1); if ((0 < step) ? (idx <= limit) : (limit <= idx)) { ci->u.l.savedpc += GETARG_sBx(i); /* jump back */ chgivalue(ra, idx); /* update internal index... */ setivalue(ra + 3, idx); /* ...and external index */ } } else { /* floating loop */ lua_Number step = fltvalue(ra + 2); lua_Number idx = luai_numadd(L, fltvalue(ra), step); /* inc. index */ lua_Number limit = fltvalue(ra + 1); if (luai_numlt(0, step) ? luai_numle(idx, limit) : luai_numle(limit, idx)) { ci->u.l.savedpc += GETARG_sBx(i); /* jump back */ chgfltvalue(ra, idx); /* update internal index... */ setfltvalue(ra + 3, idx); /* ...and external index */ } } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_FORPREP) { TValue *init = ra; TValue *plimit = ra + 1; TValue *pstep = ra + 2; lua_Integer ilimit; int stopnow; if (ttisinteger(init) && ttisinteger(pstep) && forlimit(plimit, &ilimit, ivalue(pstep), &stopnow)) { /* all values are integer */ lua_Integer initv = (stopnow ? 0 : ivalue(init)); setivalue(plimit, ilimit); setivalue(init, intop(-, initv, ivalue(pstep))); } else { /* try making all values floats */ lua_Number ninit; lua_Number nlimit; lua_Number nstep; if (!tonumber(plimit, &nlimit)) luaG_runerror(L, "'for' limit must be a number"); setfltvalue(plimit, nlimit); if (!tonumber(pstep, &nstep)) luaG_runerror(L, "'for' step must be a number"); setfltvalue(pstep, nstep); if (!tonumber(init, &ninit)) luaG_runerror(L, "'for' initial value must be a number"); setfltvalue(init, luai_numsub(L, ninit, nstep)); } ci->u.l.savedpc += GETARG_sBx(i); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_TFORCALL) { StkId cb = ra + 3; /* call base */ setobjs2s(L, cb+2, ra+2); setobjs2s(L, cb+1, ra+1); setobjs2s(L, cb, ra); L->top = cb + 3; /* func. + 2 args (state and index) */ Protect(luaD_call(L, cb, GETARG_C(i))); L->top = ci->top; i = *(ci->u.l.savedpc++); /* go to next instruction */ ra = RA(i); lua_assert(GET_OPCODE(i) == OP_TFORLOOP); goto l_tforloop; } vmcase(OP_TFORLOOP) { l_tforloop: if (!ttisnil(ra + 1)) { /* continue loop? */ setobjs2s(L, ra, ra + 1); /* save control variable */ ci->u.l.savedpc += GETARG_sBx(i); /* jump back */ } vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_SETLIST) { int n = GETARG_B(i); int c = GETARG_C(i); unsigned int last; Table *h; if (n == 0) n = cast_int(L->top - ra) - 1; if (c == 0) { lua_assert(GET_OPCODE(*ci->u.l.savedpc) == OP_EXTRAARG); c = GETARG_Ax(*ci->u.l.savedpc++); } h = hvalue(ra); last = ((c-1)*LFIELDS_PER_FLUSH) + n; if (last > h->sizearray) /* needs more space? */ luaH_resizearray(L, h, last); /* preallocate it at once */ for (; n > 0; n--) { TValue *val = ra+n; luaH_setint(L, h, last--, val); luaC_barrierback(L, h, val); } L->top = ci->top; /* correct top (in case of previous open call) */ vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_CLOSURE) { Proto *p = cl->p->p[GETARG_Bx(i)]; LClosure *ncl = getcached(p, cl->upvals, base); /* cached closure */ if (ncl == NULL) /* no match? */ pushclosure(L, p, cl->upvals, base, ra); /* create a new one */ else setclLvalue(L, ra, ncl); /* push cashed closure */ checkGC(L, ra + 1); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_VARARG) { int b = GETARG_B(i) - 1; /* required results */ int j; int n = cast_int(base - ci->func) - cl->p->numparams - 1; if (n < 0) /* less arguments than parameters? */ n = 0; /* no vararg arguments */ if (b < 0) { /* B == 0? */ b = n; /* get all var. arguments */ Protect(luaD_checkstack(L, n)); ra = RA(i); /* previous call may change the stack */ L->top = ra + n; } for (j = 0; j < b && j < n; j++) setobjs2s(L, ra + j, base - n + j); for (; j < b; j++) /* complete required results with nil */ setnilvalue(ra + j); vmbreak; } vmcase(OP_EXTRAARG) { lua_assert(0); vmbreak; } } } } /* }================================================================== */ tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lvm.h000066400000000000000000000071411335323540100150450ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lvm.h,v 2.41 2016/12/22 13:08:50 roberto Exp $ ** Lua virtual machine ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lvm_h #define lvm_h #include "ldo.h" #include "lobject.h" #include "ltm.h" #if !defined(LUA_NOCVTN2S) #define cvt2str(o) ttisnumber(o) #else #define cvt2str(o) 0 /* no conversion from numbers to strings */ #endif #if !defined(LUA_NOCVTS2N) #define cvt2num(o) ttisstring(o) #else #define cvt2num(o) 0 /* no conversion from strings to numbers */ #endif /* ** You can define LUA_FLOORN2I if you want to convert floats to integers ** by flooring them (instead of raising an error if they are not ** integral values) */ #if !defined(LUA_FLOORN2I) #define LUA_FLOORN2I 0 #endif #define tonumber(o,n) \ (ttisfloat(o) ? (*(n) = fltvalue(o), 1) : luaV_tonumber_(o,n)) #define tointeger(o,i) \ (ttisinteger(o) ? (*(i) = ivalue(o), 1) : luaV_tointeger(o,i,LUA_FLOORN2I)) #define intop(op,v1,v2) l_castU2S(l_castS2U(v1) op l_castS2U(v2)) #define luaV_rawequalobj(t1,t2) luaV_equalobj(NULL,t1,t2) /* ** fast track for 'gettable': if 't' is a table and 't[k]' is not nil, ** return 1 with 'slot' pointing to 't[k]' (final result). Otherwise, ** return 0 (meaning it will have to check metamethod) with 'slot' ** pointing to a nil 't[k]' (if 't' is a table) or NULL (otherwise). ** 'f' is the raw get function to use. */ #define luaV_fastget(L,t,k,slot,f) \ (!ttistable(t) \ ? (slot = NULL, 0) /* not a table; 'slot' is NULL and result is 0 */ \ : (slot = f(hvalue(t), k), /* else, do raw access */ \ !ttisnil(slot))) /* result not nil? */ /* ** standard implementation for 'gettable' */ #define luaV_gettable(L,t,k,v) { const TValue *slot; \ if (luaV_fastget(L,t,k,slot,luaH_get)) { setobj2s(L, v, slot); } \ else luaV_finishget(L,t,k,v,slot); } /* ** Fast track for set table. If 't' is a table and 't[k]' is not nil, ** call GC barrier, do a raw 't[k]=v', and return true; otherwise, ** return false with 'slot' equal to NULL (if 't' is not a table) or ** 'nil'. (This is needed by 'luaV_finishget'.) Note that, if the macro ** returns true, there is no need to 'invalidateTMcache', because the ** call is not creating a new entry. */ #define luaV_fastset(L,t,k,slot,f,v) \ (!ttistable(t) \ ? (slot = NULL, 0) \ : (slot = f(hvalue(t), k), \ ttisnil(slot) ? 0 \ : (luaC_barrierback(L, hvalue(t), v), \ setobj2t(L, cast(TValue *,slot), v), \ 1))) #define luaV_settable(L,t,k,v) { const TValue *slot; \ if (!luaV_fastset(L,t,k,slot,luaH_get,v)) \ luaV_finishset(L,t,k,v,slot); } LUAI_FUNC int luaV_equalobj (lua_State *L, const TValue *t1, const TValue *t2); LUAI_FUNC int luaV_lessthan (lua_State *L, const TValue *l, const TValue *r); LUAI_FUNC int luaV_lessequal (lua_State *L, const TValue *l, const TValue *r); LUAI_FUNC int luaV_tonumber_ (const TValue *obj, lua_Number *n); LUAI_FUNC int luaV_tointeger (const TValue *obj, lua_Integer *p, int mode); LUAI_FUNC void luaV_finishget (lua_State *L, const TValue *t, TValue *key, StkId val, const TValue *slot); LUAI_FUNC void luaV_finishset (lua_State *L, const TValue *t, TValue *key, StkId val, const TValue *slot); LUAI_FUNC void luaV_finishOp (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC void luaV_execute (lua_State *L); LUAI_FUNC void luaV_concat (lua_State *L, int total); LUAI_FUNC lua_Integer luaV_div (lua_State *L, lua_Integer x, lua_Integer y); LUAI_FUNC lua_Integer luaV_mod (lua_State *L, lua_Integer x, lua_Integer y); LUAI_FUNC lua_Integer luaV_shiftl (lua_Integer x, lua_Integer y); LUAI_FUNC void luaV_objlen (lua_State *L, StkId ra, const TValue *rb); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lzio.c000066400000000000000000000025211335323540100152140ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lzio.c,v 1.37 2015/09/08 15:41:05 roberto Exp $ ** Buffered streams ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #define lzio_c #define LUA_CORE #include "lprefix.h" #include #include "lua.h" #include "llimits.h" #include "lmem.h" #include "lstate.h" #include "lzio.h" int luaZ_fill (ZIO *z) { size_t size; lua_State *L = z->L; const char *buff; lua_unlock(L); buff = z->reader(L, z->data, &size); lua_lock(L); if (buff == NULL || size == 0) return EOZ; z->n = size - 1; /* discount char being returned */ z->p = buff; return cast_uchar(*(z->p++)); } void luaZ_init (lua_State *L, ZIO *z, lua_Reader reader, void *data) { z->L = L; z->reader = reader; z->data = data; z->n = 0; z->p = NULL; } /* --------------------------------------------------------------- read --- */ size_t luaZ_read (ZIO *z, void *b, size_t n) { while (n) { size_t m; if (z->n == 0) { /* no bytes in buffer? */ if (luaZ_fill(z) == EOZ) /* try to read more */ return n; /* no more input; return number of missing bytes */ else { z->n++; /* luaZ_fill consumed first byte; put it back */ z->p--; } } m = (n <= z->n) ? n : z->n; /* min. between n and z->n */ memcpy(b, z->p, m); z->n -= m; z->p += m; b = (char *)b + m; n -= m; } return 0; } tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/lzio.h000066400000000000000000000027051335323540100152250ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* ** $Id: lzio.h,v 1.31 2015/09/08 15:41:05 roberto Exp $ ** Buffered streams ** See Copyright Notice in lua.h */ #ifndef lzio_h #define lzio_h #include "lua.h" #include "lmem.h" #define EOZ (-1) /* end of stream */ typedef struct Zio ZIO; #define zgetc(z) (((z)->n--)>0 ? cast_uchar(*(z)->p++) : luaZ_fill(z)) typedef struct Mbuffer { char *buffer; size_t n; size_t buffsize; } Mbuffer; #define luaZ_initbuffer(L, buff) ((buff)->buffer = NULL, (buff)->buffsize = 0) #define luaZ_buffer(buff) ((buff)->buffer) #define luaZ_sizebuffer(buff) ((buff)->buffsize) #define luaZ_bufflen(buff) ((buff)->n) #define luaZ_buffremove(buff,i) ((buff)->n -= (i)) #define luaZ_resetbuffer(buff) ((buff)->n = 0) #define luaZ_resizebuffer(L, buff, size) \ ((buff)->buffer = luaM_reallocvchar(L, (buff)->buffer, \ (buff)->buffsize, size), \ (buff)->buffsize = size) #define luaZ_freebuffer(L, buff) luaZ_resizebuffer(L, buff, 0) LUAI_FUNC void luaZ_init (lua_State *L, ZIO *z, lua_Reader reader, void *data); LUAI_FUNC size_t luaZ_read (ZIO* z, void *b, size_t n); /* read next n bytes */ /* --------- Private Part ------------------ */ struct Zio { size_t n; /* bytes still unread */ const char *p; /* current position in buffer */ lua_Reader reader; /* reader function */ void *data; /* additional data */ lua_State *L; /* Lua state (for reader) */ }; LUAI_FUNC int luaZ_fill (ZIO *z); #endif tup-v0.7.8/src/lua/tup-lua.patch000066400000000000000000000205501335323540100165050ustar00rootroot00000000000000diff --git a/src/lua/lauxlib.c b/src/lua/lauxlib.c index f7a3836..7b26158 100644 --- a/src/lua/lauxlib.c +++ b/src/lua/lauxlib.c @@ -1030,6 +1030,11 @@ LUALIB_API lua_State *luaL_newstate (void) { } +LUALIB_API void luaL_setoutput (lua_State *L, FILE *output) { + lua_setoutput(L, output); +} + + LUALIB_API void luaL_checkversion_ (lua_State *L, lua_Number ver, size_t sz) { const lua_Number *v = lua_version(L); if (sz != LUAL_NUMSIZES) /* check numeric types */ diff --git a/src/lua/lauxlib.h b/src/lua/lauxlib.h index 9a2e66a..190fa98 100644 --- a/src/lua/lauxlib.h +++ b/src/lua/lauxlib.h @@ -91,6 +91,8 @@ LUALIB_API int (luaL_loadstring) (lua_State *L, const char *s); LUALIB_API lua_State *(luaL_newstate) (void); +LUALIB_API void (luaL_setoutput) (lua_State *L, FILE *output); + LUALIB_API lua_Integer (luaL_len) (lua_State *L, int idx); LUALIB_API const char *(luaL_gsub) (lua_State *L, const char *s, const char *p, @@ -234,6 +236,9 @@ LUALIB_API void (luaL_openlib) (lua_State *L, const char *libname, (fprintf(stderr, (s), (p)), fflush(stderr)) #endif +#define lua_writestringout(s,l,ls) fwrite((s), sizeof(char), (l), ls->output) +#define lua_writelineout(ls) (lua_writestringout("\n", 1, ls), fflush(ls->output)) + /* }================================================================== */ diff --git a/src/lua/lbaselib.c b/src/lua/lbaselib.c index 08523e6..dd741b8 100644 --- a/src/lua/lbaselib.c +++ b/src/lua/lbaselib.c @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ #include "lauxlib.h" #include "lualib.h" +#include "lstate.h" static int luaB_print (lua_State *L) { @@ -34,11 +35,11 @@ static int luaB_print (lua_State *L) { s = lua_tolstring(L, -1, &l); /* get result */ if (s == NULL) return luaL_error(L, "'tostring' must return a string to 'print'"); - if (i>1) lua_writestring("\t", 1); - lua_writestring(s, l); + if (i>1) lua_writestringout("\t", 1, L); + lua_writestringout(s, l, L); lua_pop(L, 1); /* pop result */ } - lua_writeline(); + lua_writelineout(L); return 0; } diff --git a/src/lua/llex.c b/src/lua/llex.c index 7032827..92de8e3 100644 --- a/src/lua/llex.c +++ b/src/lua/llex.c @@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ static const char *const luaX_tokens [] = { "return", "then", "true", "until", "while", "//", "..", "...", "==", ">=", "<=", "~=", "<<", ">>", "::", "", - "", "", "", "" + "", "", "", "", + "!=" }; @@ -494,6 +495,11 @@ static int llex (LexState *ls, SemInfo *seminfo) { if (check_next1(ls, '=')) return TK_NE; else return '~'; } + case '!': { + next(ls); + if (ls->current != '=') return '!'; + else { next(ls); return TK_NE2; } + } case ':': { next(ls); if (check_next1(ls, ':')) return TK_DBCOLON; diff --git a/src/lua/llex.h b/src/lua/llex.h index 2363d87..443f2d9 100644 --- a/src/lua/llex.h +++ b/src/lua/llex.h @@ -33,7 +33,8 @@ enum RESERVED { TK_IDIV, TK_CONCAT, TK_DOTS, TK_EQ, TK_GE, TK_LE, TK_NE, TK_SHL, TK_SHR, TK_DBCOLON, TK_EOS, - TK_FLT, TK_INT, TK_NAME, TK_STRING + TK_FLT, TK_INT, TK_NAME, TK_STRING, + TK_NE2 }; /* number of reserved words */ diff --git a/src/lua/lparser.c b/src/lua/lparser.c index cd4512d..00d9a29 100644 --- a/src/lua/lparser.c +++ b/src/lua/lparser.c @@ -1010,6 +1010,7 @@ static BinOpr getbinopr (int op) { case TK_SHR: return OPR_SHR; case TK_CONCAT: return OPR_CONCAT; case TK_NE: return OPR_NE; + case TK_NE2: return OPR_NE; case TK_EQ: return OPR_EQ; case '<': return OPR_LT; case TK_LE: return OPR_LE; @@ -1143,6 +1144,71 @@ static void check_conflict (LexState *ls, struct LHS_assign *lh, expdesc *v) { } } +static void append_assignment (LexState *ls, struct LHS_assign *lh) { + FuncState * fs=ls->fs; + TString *appendfunc_name; + expdesc appendfunc; + expdesc var; + expdesc value; + int base; + + luaX_next(ls); + + checknext(ls, '='); + + /* Push tup_append_assignment onto the stack */ + /* Note: copied from function call suffixedexp -> primaryexp -> singlevar */ + appendfunc_name = luaS_new(ls->L, "tup_append_assignment"); + singlevaraux(fs, appendfunc_name, &appendfunc, 1); + if (appendfunc.k == VVOID) { + /* If tup_append_assignment isn't global, then check _ENV/locals + * Note: reuse appendfunc to reference _ENV temporarily + */ + expdesc key; + /* Locate _ENV and make it an upvalue if necessary */ + singlevaraux(fs, ls->envn, &appendfunc, 1); + lua_assert(appendfunc.k == VLOCAL || appendfunc.k == VUPVAL); + codestring(ls, &key, appendfunc_name); /* Make func_name a constant */ + luaK_indexed(fs, &appendfunc, &key); /* env[varname] */ + } + luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, &appendfunc); + + /* Push assignment lhs as first function argument */ + var = lh->v; /* exp2nextreg disables the expr somehow, so copy it first */ + if (var.k == VINDEXED) { + /* exp2nextreg if INDEXED will try to pop/reuse the source table and + * index stack positions. + * Increase freeregs to prevent that. + * The conditions need to match those in and around freereg in + * luaK_dischargevars exactly. + */ + if (!ISK(var.u.ind.idx) && var.u.ind.idx >= fs->nactvar) { + fs->freereg += 1; + } + if (var.u.ind.vt == VLOCAL) { + if (!ISK(var.u.ind.t) && var.u.ind.t >= fs->nactvar) { + fs->freereg += 1; + } + } + } + luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, &var); + + /* Push original rhs as second function argument */ + expr(ls, &value); + luaK_exp2nextreg(fs, &value); + + /* Call the function */ + /* Note: copied from funcargs */ + lua_assert(appendfunc.k == VNONRELOC); + base = appendfunc.u.info; /* base register for call */ + init_exp(&appendfunc, VCALL, + luaK_codeABC(fs, OP_CALL, base, fs->freereg - (base + 1) + 1, 2)); + fs->freereg = base + 1; /* call removes function and arguments and leaves + (unless changed) one result */ + + /* Store the call result */ + luaK_storevar(fs, &lh->v, &appendfunc); +} static void assignment (LexState *ls, struct LHS_assign *lh, int nvars) { expdesc e; @@ -1159,6 +1225,13 @@ static void assignment (LexState *ls, struct LHS_assign *lh, int nvars) { } else { /* assignment -> '=' explist */ int nexps; + + if(nvars==1) { + if(ls->t.token == '+') { + append_assignment(ls, lh); + return; + } + } checknext(ls, '='); nexps = explist(ls, &e); if (nexps != nvars) @@ -1490,7 +1563,7 @@ static void exprstat (LexState *ls) { FuncState *fs = ls->fs; struct LHS_assign v; suffixedexp(ls, &v.v); - if (ls->t.token == '=' || ls->t.token == ',') { /* stat -> assignment ? */ + if (ls->t.token == '=' || ls->t.token == ',' || ls->t.token == '+') { /* stat -> assignment ? */ v.prev = NULL; assignment(ls, &v, 1); } diff --git a/src/lua/lstate.c b/src/lua/lstate.c index 9194ac3..a439055 100644 --- a/src/lua/lstate.c +++ b/src/lua/lstate.c @@ -334,10 +334,16 @@ LUA_API lua_State *lua_newstate (lua_Alloc f, void *ud) { close_state(L); L = NULL; } + L->output = stdout; return L; } +LUA_API void lua_setoutput (lua_State *L, FILE *output) { + L->output = output; +} + + LUA_API void lua_close (lua_State *L) { L = G(L)->mainthread; /* only the main thread can be closed */ lua_lock(L); diff --git a/src/lua/lstate.h b/src/lua/lstate.h index a469466..7d56528 100644 --- a/src/lua/lstate.h +++ b/src/lua/lstate.h @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ #include "lobject.h" #include "ltm.h" #include "lzio.h" +#include /* @@ -38,7 +39,9 @@ struct lua_longjmp; /* defined in ldo.c */ ** is thread safe */ #if !defined(l_signalT) +#if !defined(_WIN32) #include +#endif #define l_signalT sig_atomic_t #endif @@ -181,6 +184,7 @@ struct lua_State { unsigned short nCcalls; /* number of nested C calls */ l_signalT hookmask; lu_byte allowhook; + FILE *output; }; diff --git a/src/lua/lua.h b/src/lua/lua.h index 26c0e2d..c107621 100644 --- a/src/lua/lua.h +++ b/src/lua/lua.h @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ #ifndef lua_h #define lua_h +#include #include #include @@ -143,6 +144,7 @@ extern const char lua_ident[]; ** state manipulation */ LUA_API lua_State *(lua_newstate) (lua_Alloc f, void *ud); +LUA_API void (lua_setoutput) (lua_State *L, FILE *output); LUA_API void (lua_close) (lua_State *L); LUA_API lua_State *(lua_newthread) (lua_State *L); tup-v0.7.8/src/luabuiltin/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100154625ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/luabuiltin/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000002621335323540100170150ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules ifeq ($(TARGET),@(TUP_PLATFORM)) dep = ../lua/lua$(PROGRAM_SUFFIX) lua = $(dep) else lua = lua endif : builtin.lua | $(dep) |> $(lua) xxd.lua %f %o |> luabuiltin.h tup-v0.7.8/src/luabuiltin/builtin.lua000066400000000000000000000112171335323540100176350ustar00rootroot00000000000000-- vim: set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet tw=78: -- -- tup - A file-based build system -- -- Copyright (C) 2013 Rendaw -- Copyright (C) 2013-2018 Mike Shal -- -- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as -- published by the Free Software Foundation. -- -- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -- GNU General Public License for more details. -- -- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -- with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., -- 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. -- local realtostring = tostring function tostring(t) if type(t) == 'table' and not getmetatable(t) then return table.concat(t, ' ') end return realtostring(t) end local function unchdir_after(...) tup.unchdir() return ... end local realioopen = io.open function io.open(filename, mode) tup.handle_fileread(filename, mode) return unchdir_after(realioopen(filename, mode)) end local realiolines = io.lines function io.lines(filename, ...) tup.handle_fileread(filename) return unchdir_after(realiolines(filename, ...)) end tup.file = function(filename) -- Returns filename sans preceeding dir/'s return (string.gsub(filename, '[^/\\]*[/\\]', '')) end tup.base = function(filename) -- Returns filename sans preceeding dir/'s and sans the final . and following characters return (string.gsub(tup.file(filename), '%.%w*$', '')) end tup.ext = function(filename) -- Returns the part after the final . in filename match = string.match(filename, '%.(%w*)$') return match and match or '' end function tableize(inp) if type(inp) ~= 'table' then return { inp } end return inp end tup.frule = function(arguments) if arguments.inputs then if type(arguments.inputs) == 'table' then if arguments.inputs.extra_inputs then arguments.extra_inputs = tableize(arguments.inputs.extra_inputs) arguments.inputs["extra_inputs"] = nil end end arguments.inputs = tableize(arguments.inputs) end if arguments.outputs then if type(arguments.outputs) == 'table' then if arguments.outputs.extra_outputs then arguments.extra_outputs = tableize(arguments.outputs.extra_outputs) arguments.outputs["extra_outputs"] = nil end end arguments.outputs = tableize(arguments.outputs) end rc = tup.definerule(arguments) return rc end local function set_command(str) if type(str) != 'string' then error 'Expected command to be a string' end return str end local function set_list(t, s) if type(t) != 'table' then error('Expected ' .. s .. ' to be an array of strings') end return t end local function set_string_or_table(st) if type(st) == 'string' then return {st} else return st end end local function get_abc(a, b, c) local inputs = nil local command = nil local outputs = nil if c == nil then if b == nil then command = set_command(a) else if type(a) == 'string' and type(b) == 'string' then error 'Ambiguous rule: the 2-variable form of this rule must use a table for either the inputs or outputs.' end if type(a) == 'string' then command = set_command(a) outputs = set_list(b, 'outputs') else inputs = set_list(a, 'inputs') command = set_command(b) end end else inputs = set_string_or_table(a) command = set_command(b) outputs = set_string_or_table(c) end return inputs, command, outputs end tup.rule = function(a, b, c) local inputs, command, outputs = get_abc(a, b, c) return tup.frule{ inputs = inputs, command = command, outputs = outputs} end tup.foreach_rule = function(a, b, c) local inputs, command, outputs = get_abc(a, b, c) return tup.frule{ inputs = inputs, command = command, outputs = outputs, foreach = 1} end -- This function is called when we do 'a += b' in a Tupfile.lua. It works -- if a and b are strings, tables, or nils, and always makes a result that -- is an array of strings. tup_append_assignment = function(a, b) local result if type(a) == 'string' then result = {a} elseif type(a) == 'table' then result = a elseif type(a) == 'nil' then result = {} else error '+= operator only works when the source is a table or string' end if type(b) == 'string' then result[#result+1] = b elseif type(b) == 'table' then -- append_table in C is almost twice as fast. tup.append_table(result, b) elseif type(b) == 'nil' then -- nothing to do else error '+= operator only works when the value is a table or string' end return result end tup-v0.7.8/src/luabuiltin/xxd.lua000066400000000000000000000013201335323540100167640ustar00rootroot00000000000000if #arg ~= 2 then error("Usage: xxd.lua input-file output-file") end ifile = io.open(arg[1]) if ifile == nil then error("Unable to open input file: ", arg[1]) end ofile = io.open(arg[2], "w") if ofile == nil then error("Unable to open output file: ", arg[2]) end local output_name = arg[1]:gsub("%.", "_") local num_bytes = 0 ofile:write("unsigned char " .. output_name .. "[] = {\n") while true do local s = ifile:read(12) if s == nil then break end num_bytes = num_bytes + #s ofile:write(" ") string.gsub(s,"(.)", function (c) ofile:write(string.format(" 0x%02x,",string.byte(c))) end) ofile:write("\n") end ofile:write("};\n") ofile:write("unsigned int " .. output_name .. "_len = " .. num_bytes .. ";\n") tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100142435ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/AUTHORS000066400000000000000000000015231335323540100153140ustar00rootroot00000000000000THE MAIN PCRE LIBRARY --------------------- Written by: Philip Hazel Email local part: ph10 Email domain: cam.ac.uk University of Cambridge Computing Service, Cambridge, England. Copyright (c) 1997-2018 University of Cambridge All rights reserved PCRE JUST-IN-TIME COMPILATION SUPPORT ------------------------------------- Written by: Zoltan Herczeg Email local part: hzmester Emain domain: freemail.hu Copyright(c) 2010-2018 Zoltan Herczeg All rights reserved. STACK-LESS JUST-IN-TIME COMPILER -------------------------------- Written by: Zoltan Herczeg Email local part: hzmester Emain domain: freemail.hu Copyright(c) 2009-2018 Zoltan Herczeg All rights reserved. THE C++ WRAPPER LIBRARY ----------------------- Written by: Google Inc. Copyright (c) 2007-2012 Google Inc All rights reserved #### tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/COPYING000066400000000000000000000001371335323540100152770ustar00rootroot00000000000000PCRE LICENCE Please see the file LICENCE in the PCRE distribution for licensing details. End tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/ChangeLog000066400000000000000000011021231335323540100160150ustar00rootroot00000000000000ChangeLog for PCRE ------------------ Note that the PCRE 8.xx series (PCRE1) is now in a bugfix-only state. All development is happening in the PCRE2 10.xx series. Version 8.42 20-March-2018 -------------------------- 1. Fixed a MIPS issue in the JIT compiler reported by Joshua Kinard. 2. Fixed outdated real_pcre definitions in pcre.h.in (patch by Evgeny Kotkov). 3. pcregrep was truncating components of file names to 128 characters when processing files with the -r option, and also (some very odd code) truncating path names to 512 characters. There is now a check on the absolute length of full path file names, which may be up to 2047 characters long. 4. Using pcre_dfa_exec(), in UTF mode when UCP support was not defined, there was the possibility of a false positive match when caselessly matching a "not this character" item such as [^\x{1234}] (with a code point greater than 127) because the "other case" variable was not being initialized. 5. Although pcre_jit_exec checks whether the pattern is compiled in a given mode, it was also expected that at least one mode is available. This is fixed and pcre_jit_exec returns with PCRE_ERROR_JIT_BADOPTION when the pattern is not optimized by JIT at all. 6. The line number and related variables such as match counts in pcregrep were all int variables, causing overflow when files with more than 2147483647 lines were processed (assuming 32-bit ints). They have all been changed to unsigned long ints. 7. If a backreference with a minimum repeat count of zero was first in a pattern, apart from assertions, an incorrect first matching character could be recorded. For example, for the pattern /(?=(a))\1?b/, "b" was incorrectly set as the first character of a match. 8. Fix out-of-bounds read for partial matching of /./ against an empty string when the newline type is CRLF. 9. When matching using the the REG_STARTEND feature of the POSIX API with a non-zero starting offset, unset capturing groups with lower numbers than a group that did capture something were not being correctly returned as "unset" (that is, with offset values of -1). 10. Matching the pattern /(*UTF)\C[^\v]+\x80/ against an 8-bit string containing multi-code-unit characters caused bad behaviour and possibly a crash. This issue was fixed for other kinds of repeat in release 8.37 by change 38, but repeating character classes were overlooked. 11. A small fix to pcregrep to avoid compiler warnings for -Wformat-overflow=2. 12. Added --enable-jit=auto support to configure.ac. 13. Fix misleading error message in configure.ac. Version 8.41 05-July-2017 ------------------------- 1. Fixed typo in CMakeLists.txt (wrong number of arguments for PCRE_STATIC_RUNTIME (affects MSVC only). 2. Issue 1 for 8.40 below was not correctly fixed. If pcregrep in multiline mode with --only-matching matched several lines, it restarted scanning at the next line instead of moving on to the end of the matched string, which can be several lines after the start. 3. Fix a missing else in the JIT compiler reported by 'idaifish'. 4. A (?# style comment is now ignored between a basic quantifier and a following '+' or '?' (example: /X+(?#comment)?Y/. 5. Avoid use of a potentially overflowing buffer in pcregrep (patch by Petr Pisar). 6. Fuzzers have reported issues in pcretest. These are NOT serious (it is, after all, just a test program). However, to stop the reports, some easy ones are fixed: (a) Check for values < 256 when calling isprint() in pcretest. (b) Give an error for too big a number after \O. 7. In the 32-bit library in non-UTF mode, an attempt to find a Unicode property for a character with a code point greater than 0x10ffff (the Unicode maximum) caused a crash. 8. The alternative matching function, pcre_dfa_exec() misbehaved if it encountered a character class with a possessive repeat, for example [a-f]{3}+. 9. When pcretest called pcre_copy_substring() in 32-bit mode, it set the buffer length incorrectly, which could result in buffer overflow. 10. Remove redundant line of code (accidentally left in ages ago). 11. Applied C++ patch from Irfan Adilovic to guard 'using std::' directives with namespace pcrecpp (Bugzilla #2084). 12. Remove a duplication typo in pcre_tables.c. 13. Fix returned offsets from regexec() when REG_STARTEND is used with a starting offset greater than zero. Version 8.40 11-January-2017 ---------------------------- 1. Using -o with -M in pcregrep could cause unnecessary repeated output when the match extended over a line boundary. 2. Applied Chris Wilson's second patch (Bugzilla #1681) to CMakeLists.txt for MSVC static compilation, putting the first patch under a new option. 3. Fix register overwite in JIT when SSE2 acceleration is enabled. 4. Ignore "show all captures" (/=) for DFA matching. 5. Fix JIT unaligned accesses on x86. Patch by Marc Mutz. 6. In any wide-character mode (8-bit UTF or any 16-bit or 32-bit mode), without PCRE_UCP set, a negative character type such as \D in a positive class should cause all characters greater than 255 to match, whatever else is in the class. There was a bug that caused this not to happen if a Unicode property item was added to such a class, for example [\D\P{Nd}] or [\W\pL]. 7. When pcretest was outputing information from a callout, the caret indicator for the current position in the subject line was incorrect if it was after an escape sequence for a character whose code point was greater than \x{ff}. 8. A pattern such as (?abc)(?(R)xyz) was incorrectly compiled such that the conditional was interpreted as a reference to capturing group 1 instead of a test for recursion. Any group whose name began with R was misinterpreted in this way. (The reference interpretation should only happen if the group's name is precisely "R".) 9. A number of bugs have been mended relating to match start-up optimizations when the first thing in a pattern is a positive lookahead. These all applied only when PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE was *not* set: (a) A pattern such as (?=.*X)X$ was incorrectly optimized as if it needed both an initial 'X' and a following 'X'. (b) Some patterns starting with an assertion that started with .* were incorrectly optimized as having to match at the start of the subject or after a newline. There are cases where this is not true, for example, (?=.*[A-Z])(?=.{8,16})(?!.*[\s]) matches after the start in lines that start with spaces. Starting .* in an assertion is no longer taken as an indication of matching at the start (or after a newline). Version 8.39 14-June-2016 ------------------------- 1. If PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT was set on a pattern that had a (?# comment between an item and its qualifier (for example, A(?#comment)?B) pcre_compile() misbehaved. This bug was found by the LLVM fuzzer. 2. Similar to the above, if an isolated \E was present between an item and its qualifier when PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT was set, pcre_compile() misbehaved. This bug was found by the LLVM fuzzer. 3. Further to 8.38/46, negated classes such as [^[:^ascii:]\d] were also not working correctly in UCP mode. 4. The POSIX wrapper function regexec() crashed if the option REG_STARTEND was set when the pmatch argument was NULL. It now returns REG_INVARG. 5. Allow for up to 32-bit numbers in the ordin() function in pcregrep. 6. An empty \Q\E sequence between an item and its qualifier caused pcre_compile() to misbehave when auto callouts were enabled. This bug was found by the LLVM fuzzer. 7. If a pattern that was compiled with PCRE_EXTENDED started with white space or a #-type comment that was followed by (?-x), which turns off PCRE_EXTENDED, and there was no subsequent (?x) to turn it on again, pcre_compile() assumed that (?-x) applied to the whole pattern and consequently mis-compiled it. This bug was found by the LLVM fuzzer. 8. A call of pcre_copy_named_substring() for a named substring whose number was greater than the space in the ovector could cause a crash. 9. Yet another buffer overflow bug involved duplicate named groups with a group that reset capture numbers (compare 8.38/7 below). Once again, I have just allowed for more memory, even if not needed. (A proper fix is implemented in PCRE2, but it involves a lot of refactoring.) 10. pcre_get_substring_list() crashed if the use of \K in a match caused the start of the match to be earlier than the end. 11. Migrating appropriate PCRE2 JIT improvements to PCRE. 12. A pattern such as /(?<=((?C)0))/, which has a callout inside a lookbehind assertion, caused pcretest to generate incorrect output, and also to read uninitialized memory (detected by ASAN or valgrind). 13. A pattern that included (*ACCEPT) in the middle of a sufficiently deeply nested set of parentheses of sufficient size caused an overflow of the compiling workspace (which was diagnosed, but of course is not desirable). 14. And yet another buffer overflow bug involving duplicate named groups, this time nested, with a nested back reference. Yet again, I have just allowed for more memory, because anything more needs all the refactoring that has been done for PCRE2. An example pattern that provoked this bug is: /((?J)(?'R'(?'R'(?'R'(?'R'(?'R'(?|(\k'R'))))))))/ and the bug was registered as CVE-2016-1283. 15. pcretest went into a loop if global matching was requested with an ovector size less than 2. It now gives an error message. This bug was found by afl-fuzz. 16. An invalid pattern fragment such as (?(?C)0 was not diagnosing an error ("assertion expected") when (?(?C) was not followed by an opening parenthesis. 17. Fixed typo ("&&" for "&") in pcre_study(). Fortunately, this could not actually affect anything, by sheer luck. 18. Applied Chris Wilson's patch (Bugzilla #1681) to CMakeLists.txt for MSVC static compilation. 19. Modified the RunTest script to incorporate a valgrind suppressions file so that certain errors, provoked by the SSE2 instruction set when JIT is used, are ignored. 20. A racing condition is fixed in JIT reported by Mozilla. 21. Minor code refactor to avoid "array subscript is below array bounds" compiler warning. 22. Minor code refactor to avoid "left shift of negative number" warning. 23. Fix typo causing compile error when 16- or 32-bit JIT is compiled without UCP support. 24. Refactor to avoid compiler warnings in pcrecpp.cc. 25. Refactor to fix a typo in pcre_jit_test.c 26. Patch to support compiling pcrecpp.cc with Intel compiler. Version 8.38 23-November-2015 ----------------------------- 1. If a group that contained a recursive back reference also contained a forward reference subroutine call followed by a non-forward-reference subroutine call, for example /.((?2)(?R)\1)()/, pcre_compile() failed to compile correct code, leading to undefined behaviour or an internally detected error. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 2. Quantification of certain items (e.g. atomic back references) could cause incorrect code to be compiled when recursive forward references were involved. For example, in this pattern: /(?1)()((((((\1++))\x85)+)|))/. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 3. A repeated conditional group whose condition was a reference by name caused a buffer overflow if there was more than one group with the given name. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 4. A recursive back reference by name within a group that had the same name as another group caused a buffer overflow. For example: /(?J)(?'d'(?'d'\g{d}))/. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 5. A forward reference by name to a group whose number is the same as the current group, for example in this pattern: /(?|(\k'Pm')|(?'Pm'))/, caused a buffer overflow at compile time. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 6. A lookbehind assertion within a set of mutually recursive subpatterns could provoke a buffer overflow. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 7. Another buffer overflow bug involved duplicate named groups with a reference between their definition, with a group that reset capture numbers, for example: /(?J:(?|(?'R')(\k'R')|((?'R'))))/. This has been fixed by always allowing for more memory, even if not needed. (A proper fix is implemented in PCRE2, but it involves more refactoring.) 8. There was no check for integer overflow in subroutine calls such as (?123). 9. The table entry for \l in EBCDIC environments was incorrect, leading to its being treated as a literal 'l' instead of causing an error. 10. There was a buffer overflow if pcre_exec() was called with an ovector of size 1. This bug was found by american fuzzy lop. 11. If a non-capturing group containing a conditional group that could match an empty string was repeated, it was not identified as matching an empty string itself. For example: /^(?:(?(1)x|)+)+$()/. 12. In an EBCDIC environment, pcretest was mishandling the escape sequences \a and \e in test subject lines. 13. In an EBCDIC environment, \a in a pattern was converted to the ASCII instead of the EBCDIC value. 14. The handling of \c in an EBCDIC environment has been revised so that it is now compatible with the specification in Perl's perlebcdic page. 15. The EBCDIC character 0x41 is a non-breaking space, equivalent to 0xa0 in ASCII/Unicode. This has now been added to the list of characters that are recognized as white space in EBCDIC. 16. When PCRE was compiled without UCP support, the use of \p and \P gave an error (correctly) when used outside a class, but did not give an error within a class. 17. \h within a class was incorrectly compiled in EBCDIC environments. 18. A pattern with an unmatched closing parenthesis that contained a backward assertion which itself contained a forward reference caused buffer overflow. And example pattern is: /(?=di(?<=(?1))|(?=(.))))/. 19. JIT should return with error when the compiled pattern requires more stack space than the maximum. 20. A possessively repeated conditional group that could match an empty string, for example, /(?(R))*+/, was incorrectly compiled. 21. Fix infinite recursion in the JIT compiler when certain patterns such as /(?:|a|){100}x/ are analysed. 22. Some patterns with character classes involving [: and \\ were incorrectly compiled and could cause reading from uninitialized memory or an incorrect error diagnosis. 23. Pathological patterns containing many nested occurrences of [: caused pcre_compile() to run for a very long time. 24. A conditional group with only one branch has an implicit empty alternative branch and must therefore be treated as potentially matching an empty string. 25. If (?R was followed by - or + incorrect behaviour happened instead of a diagnostic. 26. Arrange to give up on finding the minimum matching length for overly complex patterns. 27. Similar to (4) above: in a pattern with duplicated named groups and an occurrence of (?| it is possible for an apparently non-recursive back reference to become recursive if a later named group with the relevant number is encountered. This could lead to a buffer overflow. Wen Guanxing from Venustech ADLAB discovered this bug. 28. If pcregrep was given the -q option with -c or -l, or when handling a binary file, it incorrectly wrote output to stdout. 29. The JIT compiler did not restore the control verb head in case of *THEN control verbs. This issue was found by Karl Skomski with a custom LLVM fuzzer. 30. Error messages for syntax errors following \g and \k were giving inaccurate offsets in the pattern. 31. Added a check for integer overflow in conditions (?() and (?(R). This omission was discovered by Karl Skomski with the LLVM fuzzer. 32. Handling recursive references such as (?2) when the reference is to a group later in the pattern uses code that is very hacked about and error-prone. It has been re-written for PCRE2. Here in PCRE1, a check has been added to give an internal error if it is obvious that compiling has gone wrong. 33. The JIT compiler should not check repeats after a {0,1} repeat byte code. This issue was found by Karl Skomski with a custom LLVM fuzzer. 34. The JIT compiler should restore the control chain for empty possessive repeats. This issue was found by Karl Skomski with a custom LLVM fuzzer. 35. Match limit check added to JIT recursion. This issue was found by Karl Skomski with a custom LLVM fuzzer. 36. Yet another case similar to 27 above has been circumvented by an unconditional allocation of extra memory. This issue is fixed "properly" in PCRE2 by refactoring the way references are handled. Wen Guanxing from Venustech ADLAB discovered this bug. 37. Fix two assertion fails in JIT. These issues were found by Karl Skomski with a custom LLVM fuzzer. 38. Fixed a corner case of range optimization in JIT. 39. An incorrect error "overran compiling workspace" was given if there were exactly enough group forward references such that the last one extended into the workspace safety margin. The next one would have expanded the workspace. The test for overflow was not including the safety margin. 40. A match limit issue is fixed in JIT which was found by Karl Skomski with a custom LLVM fuzzer. 41. Remove the use of /dev/null in testdata/testinput2, because it doesn't work under Windows. (Why has it taken so long for anyone to notice?) 42. In a character class such as [\W\p{Any}] where both a negative-type escape ("not a word character") and a property escape were present, the property escape was being ignored. 43. Fix crash caused by very long (*MARK) or (*THEN) names. 44. A sequence such as [[:punct:]b] that is, a POSIX character class followed by a single ASCII character in a class item, was incorrectly compiled in UCP mode. The POSIX class got lost, but only if the single character followed it. 45. [:punct:] in UCP mode was matching some characters in the range 128-255 that should not have been matched. 46. If [:^ascii:] or [:^xdigit:] or [:^cntrl:] are present in a non-negated class, all characters with code points greater than 255 are in the class. When a Unicode property was also in the class (if PCRE_UCP is set, escapes such as \w are turned into Unicode properties), wide characters were not correctly handled, and could fail to match. Version 8.37 28-April-2015 -------------------------- 1. When an (*ACCEPT) is triggered inside capturing parentheses, it arranges for those parentheses to be closed with whatever has been captured so far. However, it was failing to mark any other groups between the hightest capture so far and the currrent group as "unset". Thus, the ovector for those groups contained whatever was previously there. An example is the pattern /(x)|((*ACCEPT))/ when matched against "abcd". 2. If an assertion condition was quantified with a minimum of zero (an odd thing to do, but it happened), SIGSEGV or other misbehaviour could occur. 3. If a pattern in pcretest input had the P (POSIX) modifier followed by an unrecognized modifier, a crash could occur. 4. An attempt to do global matching in pcretest with a zero-length ovector caused a crash. 5. Fixed a memory leak during matching that could occur for a subpattern subroutine call (recursive or otherwise) if the number of captured groups that had to be saved was greater than ten. 6. Catch a bad opcode during auto-possessification after compiling a bad UTF string with NO_UTF_CHECK. This is a tidyup, not a bug fix, as passing bad UTF with NO_UTF_CHECK is documented as having an undefined outcome. 7. A UTF pattern containing a "not" match of a non-ASCII character and a subroutine reference could loop at compile time. Example: /[^\xff]((?1))/. 8. When a pattern is compiled, it remembers the highest back reference so that when matching, if the ovector is too small, extra memory can be obtained to use instead. A conditional subpattern whose condition is a check on a capture having happened, such as, for example in the pattern /^(?:(a)|b)(?(1)A|B)/, is another kind of back reference, but it was not setting the highest backreference number. This mattered only if pcre_exec() was called with an ovector that was too small to hold the capture, and there was no other kind of back reference (a situation which is probably quite rare). The effect of the bug was that the condition was always treated as FALSE when the capture could not be consulted, leading to a incorrect behaviour by pcre_exec(). This bug has been fixed. 9. A reference to a duplicated named group (either a back reference or a test for being set in a conditional) that occurred in a part of the pattern where PCRE_DUPNAMES was not set caused the amount of memory needed for the pattern to be incorrectly calculated, leading to overwriting. 10. A mutually recursive set of back references such as (\2)(\1) caused a segfault at study time (while trying to find the minimum matching length). The infinite loop is now broken (with the minimum length unset, that is, zero). 11. If an assertion that was used as a condition was quantified with a minimum of zero, matching went wrong. In particular, if the whole group had unlimited repetition and could match an empty string, a segfault was likely. The pattern (?(?=0)?)+ is an example that caused this. Perl allows assertions to be quantified, but not if they are being used as conditions, so the above pattern is faulted by Perl. PCRE has now been changed so that it also rejects such patterns. 12. A possessive capturing group such as (a)*+ with a minimum repeat of zero failed to allow the zero-repeat case if pcre2_exec() was called with an ovector too small to capture the group. 13. Fixed two bugs in pcretest that were discovered by fuzzing and reported by Red Hat Product Security: (a) A crash if /K and /F were both set with the option to save the compiled pattern. (b) Another crash if the option to print captured substrings in a callout was combined with setting a null ovector, for example \O\C+ as a subject string. 14. A pattern such as "((?2){0,1999}())?", which has a group containing a forward reference repeated a large (but limited) number of times within a repeated outer group that has a zero minimum quantifier, caused incorrect code to be compiled, leading to the error "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found" when an incorrect memory address was read. This bug was reported as "heap overflow", discovered by Kai Lu of Fortinet's FortiGuard Labs and given the CVE number CVE-2015-2325. 23. A pattern such as "((?+1)(\1))/" containing a forward reference subroutine call within a group that also contained a recursive back reference caused incorrect code to be compiled. This bug was reported as "heap overflow", discovered by Kai Lu of Fortinet's FortiGuard Labs, and given the CVE number CVE-2015-2326. 24. Computing the size of the JIT read-only data in advance has been a source of various issues, and new ones are still appear unfortunately. To fix existing and future issues, size computation is eliminated from the code, and replaced by on-demand memory allocation. 25. A pattern such as /(?i)[A-`]/, where characters in the other case are adjacent to the end of the range, and the range contained characters with more than one other case, caused incorrect behaviour when compiled in UTF mode. In that example, the range a-j was left out of the class. 26. Fix JIT compilation of conditional blocks, which assertion is converted to (*FAIL). E.g: /(?(?!))/. 27. The pattern /(?(?!)^)/ caused references to random memory. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 28. The assertion (?!) is optimized to (*FAIL). This was not handled correctly when this assertion was used as a condition, for example (?(?!)a|b). In pcre2_match() it worked by luck; in pcre2_dfa_match() it gave an incorrect error about an unsupported item. 29. For some types of pattern, for example /Z*(|d*){216}/, the auto- possessification code could take exponential time to complete. A recursion depth limit of 1000 has been imposed to limit the resources used by this optimization. 30. A pattern such as /(*UTF)[\S\V\H]/, which contains a negated special class such as \S in non-UCP mode, explicit wide characters (> 255) can be ignored because \S ensures they are all in the class. The code for doing this was interacting badly with the code for computing the amount of space needed to compile the pattern, leading to a buffer overflow. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 31. A pattern such as /((?2)+)((?1))/ which has mutual recursion nested inside other kinds of group caused stack overflow at compile time. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 32. A pattern such as /(?1)(?#?'){8}(a)/ which had a parenthesized comment between a subroutine call and its quantifier was incorrectly compiled, leading to buffer overflow or other errors. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 33. The illegal pattern /(?(?.*!.*)?)/ was not being diagnosed as missing an assertion after (?(. The code was failing to check the character after (?(?< for the ! or = that would indicate a lookbehind assertion. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 34. A pattern such as /X((?2)()*+){2}+/ which has a possessive quantifier with a fixed maximum following a group that contains a subroutine reference was incorrectly compiled and could trigger buffer overflow. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 35. A mutual recursion within a lookbehind assertion such as (?<=((?2))((?1))) caused a stack overflow instead of the diagnosis of a non-fixed length lookbehind assertion. This bug was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 36. The use of \K in a positive lookbehind assertion in a non-anchored pattern (e.g. /(?<=\Ka)/) could make pcregrep loop. 37. There was a similar problem to 36 in pcretest for global matches. 38. If a greedy quantified \X was preceded by \C in UTF mode (e.g. \C\X*), and a subsequent item in the pattern caused a non-match, backtracking over the repeated \X did not stop, but carried on past the start of the subject, causing reference to random memory and/or a segfault. There were also some other cases where backtracking after \C could crash. This set of bugs was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 39. The function for finding the minimum length of a matching string could take a very long time if mutual recursion was present many times in a pattern, for example, /((?2){73}(?2))((?1))/. A better mutual recursion detection method has been implemented. This infelicity was discovered by the LLVM fuzzer. 40. Static linking against the PCRE library using the pkg-config module was failing on missing pthread symbols. Version 8.36 26-September-2014 ------------------------------ 1. Got rid of some compiler warnings in the C++ modules that were shown up by -Wmissing-field-initializers and -Wunused-parameter. 2. The tests for quantifiers being too big (greater than 65535) were being applied after reading the number, and stupidly assuming that integer overflow would give a negative number. The tests are now applied as the numbers are read. 3. Tidy code in pcre_exec.c where two branches that used to be different are now the same. 4. The JIT compiler did not generate match limit checks for certain bracketed expressions with quantifiers. This may lead to exponential backtracking, instead of returning with PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT. This issue should be resolved now. 5. Fixed an issue, which occures when nested alternatives are optimized with table jumps. 6. Inserted two casts and changed some ints to size_t in the light of some reported 64-bit compiler warnings (Bugzilla 1477). 7. Fixed a bug concerned with zero-minimum possessive groups that could match an empty string, which sometimes were behaving incorrectly in the interpreter (though correctly in the JIT matcher). This pcretest input is an example: '\A(?:[^"]++|"(?:[^"]*+|"")*+")++' NON QUOTED "QUOT""ED" AFTER "NOT MATCHED the interpreter was reporting a match of 'NON QUOTED ' only, whereas the JIT matcher and Perl both matched 'NON QUOTED "QUOT""ED" AFTER '. The test for an empty string was breaking the inner loop and carrying on at a lower level, when possessive repeated groups should always return to a higher level as they have no backtrack points in them. The empty string test now occurs at the outer level. 8. Fixed a bug that was incorrectly auto-possessifying \w+ in the pattern ^\w+(?>\s*)(?<=\w) which caused it not to match "test test". 9. Give a compile-time error for \o{} (as Perl does) and for \x{} (which Perl doesn't). 10. Change 8.34/15 introduced a bug that caused the amount of memory needed to hold a pattern to be incorrectly computed (too small) when there were named back references to duplicated names. This could cause "internal error: code overflow" or "double free or corruption" or other memory handling errors. 11. When named subpatterns had the same prefixes, back references could be confused. For example, in this pattern: /(?Pa)?(?Pb)?(?()c|d)*l/ the reference to 'Name' was incorrectly treated as a reference to a duplicate name. 12. A pattern such as /^s?c/mi8 where the optional character has more than one "other case" was incorrectly compiled such that it would only try to match starting at "c". 13. When a pattern starting with \s was studied, VT was not included in the list of possible starting characters; this should have been part of the 8.34/18 patch. 14. If a character class started [\Qx]... where x is any character, the class was incorrectly terminated at the ]. 15. If a pattern that started with a caseless match for a character with more than one "other case" was studied, PCRE did not set up the starting code unit bit map for the list of possible characters. Now it does. This is an optimization improvement, not a bug fix. 16. The Unicode data tables have been updated to Unicode 7.0.0. 17. Fixed a number of memory leaks in pcregrep. 18. Avoid a compiler warning (from some compilers) for a function call with a cast that removes "const" from an lvalue by using an intermediate variable (to which the compiler does not object). 19. Incorrect code was compiled if a group that contained an internal recursive back reference was optional (had quantifier with a minimum of zero). This example compiled incorrect code: /(((a\2)|(a*)\g<-1>))*/ and other examples caused segmentation faults because of stack overflows at compile time. 20. A pattern such as /((?(R)a|(?1)))+/, which contains a recursion within a group that is quantified with an indefinite repeat, caused a compile-time loop which used up all the system stack and provoked a segmentation fault. This was not the same bug as 19 above. 21. Add PCRECPP_EXP_DECL declaration to operator<< in pcre_stringpiece.h. Patch by Mike Frysinger. Version 8.35 04-April-2014 -------------------------- 1. A new flag is set, when property checks are present in an XCLASS. When this flag is not set, PCRE can perform certain optimizations such as studying these XCLASS-es. 2. The auto-possessification of character sets were improved: a normal and an extended character set can be compared now. Furthermore the JIT compiler optimizes more character set checks. 3. Got rid of some compiler warnings for potentially uninitialized variables that show up only when compiled with -O2. 4. A pattern such as (?=ab\K) that uses \K in an assertion can set the start of a match later then the end of the match. The pcretest program was not handling the case sensibly - it was outputting from the start to the next binary zero. It now reports this situation in a message, and outputs the text from the end to the start. 5. Fast forward search is improved in JIT. Instead of the first three characters, any three characters with fixed position can be searched. Search order: first, last, middle. 6. Improve character range checks in JIT. Characters are read by an inprecise function now, which returns with an unknown value if the character code is above a certain threshold (e.g: 256). The only limitation is that the value must be bigger than the threshold as well. This function is useful when the characters above the threshold are handled in the same way. 7. The macros whose names start with RAWUCHAR are placeholders for a future mode in which only the bottom 21 bits of 32-bit data items are used. To make this more memorable for those maintaining the code, the names have been changed to start with UCHAR21, and an extensive comment has been added to their definition. 8. Add missing (new) files sljitNativeTILEGX.c and sljitNativeTILEGX-encoder.c to the export list in Makefile.am (they were accidentally omitted from the 8.34 tarball). 9. The informational output from pcretest used the phrase "starting byte set" which is inappropriate for the 16-bit and 32-bit libraries. As the output for "first char" and "need char" really means "non-UTF-char", I've changed "byte" to "char", and slightly reworded the output. The documentation about these values has also been (I hope) clarified. 10. Another JIT related optimization: use table jumps for selecting the correct backtracking path, when more than four alternatives are present inside a bracket. 11. Empty match is not possible, when the minimum length is greater than zero, and there is no \K in the pattern. JIT should avoid empty match checks in such cases. 12. In a caseless character class with UCP support, when a character with more than one alternative case was not the first character of a range, not all the alternative cases were added to the class. For example, s and \x{17f} are both alternative cases for S: the class [RST] was handled correctly, but [R-T] was not. 13. The configure.ac file always checked for pthread support when JIT was enabled. This is not used in Windows, so I have put this test inside a check for the presence of windows.h (which was already tested for). 14. Improve pattern prefix search by a simplified Boyer-Moore algorithm in JIT. The algorithm provides a way to skip certain starting offsets, and usually faster than linear prefix searches. 15. Change 13 for 8.20 updated RunTest to check for the 'fr' locale as well as for 'fr_FR' and 'french'. For some reason, however, it then used the Windows-specific input and output files, which have 'french' screwed in. So this could never have worked. One of the problems with locales is that they aren't always the same. I have now updated RunTest so that it checks the output of the locale test (test 3) against three different output files, and it allows the test to pass if any one of them matches. With luck this should make the test pass on some versions of Solaris where it was failing. Because of the uncertainty, the script did not used to stop if test 3 failed; it now does. If further versions of a French locale ever come to light, they can now easily be added. 16. If --with-pcregrep-bufsize was given a non-integer value such as "50K", there was a message during ./configure, but it did not stop. This now provokes an error. The invalid example in README has been corrected. If a value less than the minimum is given, the minimum value has always been used, but now a warning is given. 17. If --enable-bsr-anycrlf was set, the special 16/32-bit test failed. This was a bug in the test system, which is now fixed. Also, the list of various configurations that are tested for each release did not have one with both 16/32 bits and --enable-bar-anycrlf. It now does. 18. pcretest was missing "-C bsr" for displaying the \R default setting. 19. Little endian PowerPC systems are supported now by the JIT compiler. 20. The fast forward newline mechanism could enter to an infinite loop on certain invalid UTF-8 input. Although we don't support these cases this issue can be fixed by a performance optimization. 21. Change 33 of 8.34 is not sufficient to ensure stack safety because it does not take account if existing stack usage. There is now a new global variable called pcre_stack_guard that can be set to point to an external function to check stack availability. It is called at the start of processing every parenthesized group. 22. A typo in the code meant that in ungreedy mode the max/min qualifier behaved like a min-possessive qualifier, and, for example, /a{1,3}b/U did not match "ab". 23. When UTF was disabled, the JIT program reported some incorrect compile errors. These messages are silenced now. 24. Experimental support for ARM-64 and MIPS-64 has been added to the JIT compiler. 25. Change all the temporary files used in RunGrepTest to be different to those used by RunTest so that the tests can be run simultaneously, for example by "make -j check". Version 8.34 15-December-2013 ----------------------------- 1. Add pcre[16|32]_jit_free_unused_memory to forcibly free unused JIT executable memory. Patch inspired by Carsten Klein. 2. ./configure --enable-coverage defined SUPPORT_GCOV in config.h, although this macro is never tested and has no effect, because the work to support coverage involves only compiling and linking options and special targets in the Makefile. The comment in config.h implied that defining the macro would enable coverage support, which is totally false. There was also support for setting this macro in the CMake files (my fault, I just copied it from configure). SUPPORT_GCOV has now been removed. 3. Make a small performance improvement in strlen16() and strlen32() in pcretest. 4. Change 36 for 8.33 left some unreachable statements in pcre_exec.c, detected by the Solaris compiler (gcc doesn't seem to be able to diagnose these cases). There was also one in pcretest.c. 5. Cleaned up a "may be uninitialized" compiler warning in pcre_exec.c. 6. In UTF mode, the code for checking whether a group could match an empty string (which is used for indefinitely repeated groups to allow for breaking an infinite loop) was broken when the group contained a repeated negated single-character class with a character that occupied more than one data item and had a minimum repetition of zero (for example, [^\x{100}]* in UTF-8 mode). The effect was undefined: the group might or might not be deemed as matching an empty string, or the program might have crashed. 7. The code for checking whether a group could match an empty string was not recognizing that \h, \H, \v, \V, and \R must match a character. 8. Implemented PCRE_INFO_MATCH_EMPTY, which yields 1 if the pattern can match an empty string. If it can, pcretest shows this in its information output. 9. Fixed two related bugs that applied to Unicode extended grapheme clusters that were repeated with a maximizing qualifier (e.g. \X* or \X{2,5}) when matched by pcre_exec() without using JIT: (a) If the rest of the pattern did not match after a maximal run of grapheme clusters, the code for backing up to try with fewer of them did not always back up over a full grapheme when characters that do not have the modifier quality were involved, e.g. Hangul syllables. (b) If the match point in a subject started with modifier character, and there was no match, the code could incorrectly back up beyond the match point, and potentially beyond the first character in the subject, leading to a segfault or an incorrect match result. 10. A conditional group with an assertion condition could lead to PCRE recording an incorrect first data item for a match if no other first data item was recorded. For example, the pattern (?(?=ab)ab) recorded "a" as a first data item, and therefore matched "ca" after "c" instead of at the start. 11. Change 40 for 8.33 (allowing pcregrep to find empty strings) showed up a bug that caused the command "echo a | ./pcregrep -M '|a'" to loop. 12. The source of pcregrep now includes z/OS-specific code so that it can be compiled for z/OS as part of the special z/OS distribution. 13. Added the -T and -TM options to pcretest. 14. The code in pcre_compile.c for creating the table of named capturing groups has been refactored. Instead of creating the table dynamically during the actual compiling pass, the information is remembered during the pre-compile pass (on the stack unless there are more than 20 named groups, in which case malloc() is used) and the whole table is created before the actual compile happens. This has simplified the code (it is now nearly 150 lines shorter) and prepared the way for better handling of references to groups with duplicate names. 15. A back reference to a named subpattern when there is more than one of the same name now checks them in the order in which they appear in the pattern. The first one that is set is used for the reference. Previously only the first one was inspected. This change makes PCRE more compatible with Perl. 16. Unicode character properties were updated from Unicode 6.3.0. 17. The compile-time code for auto-possessification has been refactored, based on a patch by Zoltan Herczeg. It now happens after instead of during compilation. The code is cleaner, and more cases are handled. The option PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS is added for testing purposes, and the -O and /O options in pcretest are provided to set it. It can also be set by (*NO_AUTO_POSSESS) at the start of a pattern. 18. The character VT has been added to the default ("C" locale) set of characters that match \s and are generally treated as white space, following this same change in Perl 5.18. There is now no difference between "Perl space" and "POSIX space". Whether VT is treated as white space in other locales depends on the locale. 19. The code for checking named groups as conditions, either for being set or for being recursed, has been refactored (this is related to 14 and 15 above). Processing unduplicated named groups should now be as fast at numerical groups, and processing duplicated groups should be faster than before. 20. Two patches to the CMake build system, by Alexander Barkov: (1) Replace the "source" command by "." in CMakeLists.txt because "source" is a bash-ism. (2) Add missing HAVE_STDINT_H and HAVE_INTTYPES_H to config-cmake.h.in; without these the CMake build does not work on Solaris. 21. Perl has changed its handling of \8 and \9. If there is no previously encountered capturing group of those numbers, they are treated as the literal characters 8 and 9 instead of a binary zero followed by the literals. PCRE now does the same. 22. Following Perl, added \o{} to specify codepoints in octal, making it possible to specify values greater than 0777 and also making them unambiguous. 23. Perl now gives an error for missing closing braces after \x{... instead of treating the string as literal. PCRE now does the same. 24. RunTest used to grumble if an inappropriate test was selected explicitly, but just skip it when running all tests. This make it awkward to run ranges of tests when one of them was inappropriate. Now it just skips any inappropriate tests, as it always did when running all tests. 25. If PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT and PCRE_UCP were set for a pattern that contained character types such as \d or \w, too many callouts were inserted, and the data that they returned was rubbish. 26. In UCP mode, \s was not matching two of the characters that Perl matches, namely NEL (U+0085) and MONGOLIAN VOWEL SEPARATOR (U+180E), though they were matched by \h. The code has now been refactored so that the lists of the horizontal and vertical whitespace characters used for \h and \v (which are defined only in one place) are now also used for \s. 27. Add JIT support for the 64 bit TileGX architecture. Patch by Jiong Wang (Tilera Corporation). 28. Possessive quantifiers for classes (both explicit and automatically generated) now use special opcodes instead of wrapping in ONCE brackets. 29. Whereas an item such as A{4}+ ignored the possessivenes of the quantifier (because it's meaningless), this was not happening when PCRE_CASELESS was set. Not wrong, but inefficient. 30. Updated perltest.pl to add /u (force Unicode mode) when /W (use Unicode properties for \w, \d, etc) is present in a test regex. Otherwise if the test contains no characters greater than 255, Perl doesn't realise it should be using Unicode semantics. 31. Upgraded the handling of the POSIX classes [:graph:], [:print:], and [:punct:] when PCRE_UCP is set so as to include the same characters as Perl does in Unicode mode. 32. Added the "forbid" facility to pcretest so that putting tests into the wrong test files can sometimes be quickly detected. 33. There is now a limit (default 250) on the depth of nesting of parentheses. This limit is imposed to control the amount of system stack used at compile time. It can be changed at build time by --with-parens-nest-limit=xxx or the equivalent in CMake. 34. Character classes such as [A-\d] or [a-[:digit:]] now cause compile-time errors. Perl warns for these when in warning mode, but PCRE has no facility for giving warnings. 35. Change 34 for 8.13 allowed quantifiers on assertions, because Perl does. However, this was not working for (?!) because it is optimized to (*FAIL), for which PCRE does not allow quantifiers. The optimization is now disabled when a quantifier follows (?!). I can't see any use for this, but it makes things uniform. 36. Perl no longer allows group names to start with digits, so I have made this change also in PCRE. It simplifies the code a bit. 37. In extended mode, Perl ignores spaces before a + that indicates a possessive quantifier. PCRE allowed a space before the quantifier, but not before the possessive +. It now does. 38. The use of \K (reset reported match start) within a repeated possessive group such as (a\Kb)*+ was not working. 40. Document that the same character tables must be used at compile time and run time, and that the facility to pass tables to pcre_exec() and pcre_dfa_exec() is for use only with saved/restored patterns. 41. Applied Jeff Trawick's patch CMakeLists.txt, which "provides two new features for Builds with MSVC: 1. Support pcre.rc and/or pcreposix.rc (as is already done for MinGW builds). The .rc files can be used to set FileDescription and many other attributes. 2. Add an option (-DINSTALL_MSVC_PDB) to enable installation of .pdb files. This allows higher-level build scripts which want .pdb files to avoid hard-coding the exact files needed." 42. Added support for [[:<:]] and [[:>:]] as used in the BSD POSIX library to mean "start of word" and "end of word", respectively, as a transition aid. 43. A minimizing repeat of a class containing codepoints greater than 255 in non-UTF 16-bit or 32-bit modes caused an internal error when PCRE was compiled to use the heap for recursion. 44. Got rid of some compiler warnings for unused variables when UTF but not UCP is configured. Version 8.33 28-May-2013 ------------------------ 1. Added 'U' to some constants that are compared to unsigned integers, to avoid compiler signed/unsigned warnings. Added (int) casts to unsigned variables that are added to signed variables, to ensure the result is signed and can be negated. 2. Applied patch by Daniel Richard G for quashing MSVC warnings to the CMake config files. 3. Revise the creation of config.h.generic so that all boolean macros are #undefined, whereas non-boolean macros are #ifndef/#endif-ed. This makes overriding via -D on the command line possible. 4. Changing the definition of the variable "op" in pcre_exec.c from pcre_uchar to unsigned int is reported to make a quite noticeable speed difference in a specific Windows environment. Testing on Linux did also appear to show some benefit (and it is clearly not harmful). Also fixed the definition of Xop which should be unsigned. 5. Related to (4), changing the definition of the intermediate variable cc in repeated character loops from pcre_uchar to pcre_uint32 also gave speed improvements. 6. Fix forward search in JIT when link size is 3 or greater. Also removed some unnecessary spaces. 7. Adjust autogen.sh and configure.ac to lose warnings given by automake 1.12 and later. 8. Fix two buffer over read issues in 16 and 32 bit modes. Affects JIT only. 9. Optimizing fast_forward_start_bits in JIT. 10. Adding support for callouts in JIT, and fixing some issues revealed during this work. Namely: (a) Unoptimized capturing brackets incorrectly reset on backtrack. (b) Minimum length was not checked before the matching is started. 11. The value of capture_last that is passed to callouts was incorrect in some cases when there was a capture on one path that was subsequently abandoned after a backtrack. Also, the capture_last value is now reset after a recursion, since all captures are also reset in this case. 12. The interpreter no longer returns the "too many substrings" error in the case when an overflowing capture is in a branch that is subsequently abandoned after a backtrack. 13. In the pathological case when an offset vector of size 2 is used, pcretest now prints out the matched string after a yield of 0 or 1. 14. Inlining subpatterns in recursions, when certain conditions are fulfilled. Only supported by the JIT compiler at the moment. 15. JIT compiler now supports 32 bit Macs thanks to Lawrence Velazquez. 16. Partial matches now set offsets[2] to the "bumpalong" value, that is, the offset of the starting point of the matching process, provided the offsets vector is large enough. 17. The \A escape now records a lookbehind value of 1, though its execution does not actually inspect the previous character. This is to ensure that, in partial multi-segment matching, at least one character from the old segment is retained when a new segment is processed. Otherwise, if there are no lookbehinds in the pattern, \A might match incorrectly at the start of a new segment. 18. Added some #ifdef __VMS code into pcretest.c to help VMS implementations. 19. Redefined some pcre_uchar variables in pcre_exec.c as pcre_uint32; this gives some modest performance improvement in 8-bit mode. 20. Added the PCRE-specific property \p{Xuc} for matching characters that can be expressed in certain programming languages using Universal Character Names. 21. Unicode validation has been updated in the light of Unicode Corrigendum #9, which points out that "non characters" are not "characters that may not appear in Unicode strings" but rather "characters that are reserved for internal use and have only local meaning". 22. When a pattern was compiled with automatic callouts (PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) and there was a conditional group that depended on an assertion, if the assertion was false, the callout that immediately followed the alternation in the condition was skipped when pcre_exec() was used for matching. 23. Allow an explicit callout to be inserted before an assertion that is the condition for a conditional group, for compatibility with automatic callouts, which always insert a callout at this point. 24. In 8.31, (*COMMIT) was confined to within a recursive subpattern. Perl also confines (*SKIP) and (*PRUNE) in the same way, and this has now been done. 25. (*PRUNE) is now supported by the JIT compiler. 26. Fix infinite loop when /(?<=(*SKIP)ac)a/ is matched against aa. 27. Fix the case where there are two or more SKIPs with arguments that may be ignored. 28. (*SKIP) is now supported by the JIT compiler. 29. (*THEN) is now supported by the JIT compiler. 30. Update RunTest with additional test selector options. 31. The way PCRE handles backtracking verbs has been changed in two ways. (1) Previously, in something like (*COMMIT)(*SKIP), COMMIT would override SKIP. Now, PCRE acts on whichever backtracking verb is reached first by backtracking. In some cases this makes it more Perl-compatible, but Perl's rather obscure rules do not always do the same thing. (2) Previously, backtracking verbs were confined within assertions. This is no longer the case for positive assertions, except for (*ACCEPT). Again, this sometimes improves Perl compatibility, and sometimes does not. 32. A number of tests that were in test 2 because Perl did things differently have been moved to test 1, because either Perl or PCRE has changed, and these tests are now compatible. 32. Backtracking control verbs are now handled in the same way in JIT and interpreter. 33. An opening parenthesis in a MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN name in a pattern that contained a forward subroutine reference caused a compile error. 34. Auto-detect and optimize limited repetitions in JIT. 35. Implement PCRE_NEVER_UTF to lock out the use of UTF, in particular, blocking (*UTF) etc. 36. In the interpreter, maximizing pattern repetitions for characters and character types now use tail recursion, which reduces stack usage. 37. The value of the max lookbehind was not correctly preserved if a compiled and saved regex was reloaded on a host of different endianness. 38. Implemented (*LIMIT_MATCH) and (*LIMIT_RECURSION). As part of the extension of the compiled pattern block, expand the flags field from 16 to 32 bits because it was almost full. 39. Try madvise first before posix_madvise. 40. Change 7 for PCRE 7.9 made it impossible for pcregrep to find empty lines with a pattern such as ^$. It has taken 4 years for anybody to notice! The original change locked out all matches of empty strings. This has been changed so that one match of an empty string per line is recognized. Subsequent searches on the same line (for colouring or for --only-matching, for example) do not recognize empty strings. 41. Applied a user patch to fix a number of spelling mistakes in comments. 42. Data lines longer than 65536 caused pcretest to crash. 43. Clarified the data type for length and startoffset arguments for pcre_exec and pcre_dfa_exec in the function-specific man pages, where they were explicitly stated to be in bytes, never having been updated. I also added some clarification to the pcreapi man page. 44. A call to pcre_dfa_exec() with an output vector size less than 2 caused a segmentation fault. Version 8.32 30-November-2012 ----------------------------- 1. Improved JIT compiler optimizations for first character search and single character iterators. 2. Supporting IBM XL C compilers for PPC architectures in the JIT compiler. Patch by Daniel Richard G. 3. Single character iterator optimizations in the JIT compiler. 4. Improved JIT compiler optimizations for character ranges. 5. Rename the "leave" variable names to "quit" to improve WinCE compatibility. Reported by Giuseppe D'Angelo. 6. The PCRE_STARTLINE bit, indicating that a match can occur only at the start of a line, was being set incorrectly in cases where .* appeared inside atomic brackets at the start of a pattern, or where there was a subsequent *PRUNE or *SKIP. 7. Improved instruction cache flush for POWER/PowerPC. Patch by Daniel Richard G. 8. Fixed a number of issues in pcregrep, making it more compatible with GNU grep: (a) There is now no limit to the number of patterns to be matched. (b) An error is given if a pattern is too long. (c) Multiple uses of --exclude, --exclude-dir, --include, and --include-dir are now supported. (d) --exclude-from and --include-from (multiple use) have been added. (e) Exclusions and inclusions now apply to all files and directories, not just to those obtained from scanning a directory recursively. (f) Multiple uses of -f and --file-list are now supported. (g) In a Windows environment, the default for -d has been changed from "read" (the GNU grep default) to "skip", because otherwise the presence of a directory in the file list provokes an error. (h) The documentation has been revised and clarified in places. 9. Improve the matching speed of capturing brackets. 10. Changed the meaning of \X so that it now matches a Unicode extended grapheme cluster. 11. Patch by Daniel Richard G to the autoconf files to add a macro for sorting out POSIX threads when JIT support is configured. 12. Added support for PCRE_STUDY_EXTRA_NEEDED. 13. In the POSIX wrapper regcomp() function, setting re_nsub field in the preg structure could go wrong in environments where size_t is not the same size as int. 14. Applied user-supplied patch to pcrecpp.cc to allow PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK to be set. 15. The EBCDIC support had decayed; later updates to the code had included explicit references to (e.g.) \x0a instead of CHAR_LF. There has been a general tidy up of EBCDIC-related issues, and the documentation was also not quite right. There is now a test that can be run on ASCII systems to check some of the EBCDIC-related things (but is it not a full test). 16. The new PCRE_STUDY_EXTRA_NEEDED option is now used by pcregrep, resulting in a small tidy to the code. 17. Fix JIT tests when UTF is disabled and both 8 and 16 bit mode are enabled. 18. If the --only-matching (-o) option in pcregrep is specified multiple times, each one causes appropriate output. For example, -o1 -o2 outputs the substrings matched by the 1st and 2nd capturing parentheses. A separating string can be specified by --om-separator (default empty). 19. Improving the first n character searches. 20. Turn case lists for horizontal and vertical white space into macros so that they are defined only once. 21. This set of changes together give more compatible Unicode case-folding behaviour for characters that have more than one other case when UCP support is available. (a) The Unicode property table now has offsets into a new table of sets of three or more characters that are case-equivalent. The MultiStage2.py script that generates these tables (the pcre_ucd.c file) now scans CaseFolding.txt instead of UnicodeData.txt for character case information. (b) The code for adding characters or ranges of characters to a character class has been abstracted into a generalized function that also handles case-independence. In UTF-mode with UCP support, this uses the new data to handle characters with more than one other case. (c) A bug that is fixed as a result of (b) is that codepoints less than 256 whose other case is greater than 256 are now correctly matched caselessly. Previously, the high codepoint matched the low one, but not vice versa. (d) The processing of \h, \H, \v, and \ in character classes now makes use of the new class addition function, using character lists defined as macros alongside the case definitions of 20 above. (e) Caseless back references now work with characters that have more than one other case. (f) General caseless matching of characters with more than one other case is supported. 22. Unicode character properties were updated from Unicode 6.2.0 23. Improved CMake support under Windows. Patch by Daniel Richard G. 24. Add support for 32-bit character strings, and UTF-32 25. Major JIT compiler update (code refactoring and bugfixing). Experimental Sparc 32 support is added. 26. Applied a modified version of Daniel Richard G's patch to create pcre.h.generic and config.h.generic by "make" instead of in the PrepareRelease script. 27. Added a definition for CHAR_NULL (helpful for the z/OS port), and use it in pcre_compile.c when checking for a zero character. 28. Introducing a native interface for JIT. Through this interface, the compiled machine code can be directly executed. The purpose of this interface is to provide fast pattern matching, so several sanity checks are not performed. However, feature tests are still performed. The new interface provides 1.4x speedup compared to the old one. 29. If pcre_exec() or pcre_dfa_exec() was called with a negative value for the subject string length, the error given was PCRE_ERROR_BADOFFSET, which was confusing. There is now a new error PCRE_ERROR_BADLENGTH for this case. 30. In 8-bit UTF-8 mode, pcretest failed to give an error for data codepoints greater than 0x7fffffff (which cannot be represented in UTF-8, even under the "old" RFC 2279). Instead, it ended up passing a negative length to pcre_exec(). 31. Add support for GCC's visibility feature to hide internal functions. 32. Running "pcretest -C pcre8" or "pcretest -C pcre16" gave a spurious error "unknown -C option" after outputting 0 or 1. 33. There is now support for generating a code coverage report for the test suite in environments where gcc is the compiler and lcov is installed. This is mainly for the benefit of the developers. 34. If PCRE is built with --enable-valgrind, certain memory regions are marked unaddressable using valgrind annotations, allowing valgrind to detect invalid memory accesses. This is mainly for the benefit of the developers. 25. (*UTF) can now be used to start a pattern in any of the three libraries. 26. Give configure error if --enable-cpp but no C++ compiler found. Version 8.31 06-July-2012 ------------------------- 1. Fixing a wrong JIT test case and some compiler warnings. 2. Removed a bashism from the RunTest script. 3. Add a cast to pcre_exec.c to fix the warning "unary minus operator applied to unsigned type, result still unsigned" that was given by an MS compiler on encountering the code "-sizeof(xxx)". 4. Partial matching support is added to the JIT compiler. 5. Fixed several bugs concerned with partial matching of items that consist of more than one character: (a) /^(..)\1/ did not partially match "aba" because checking references was done on an "all or nothing" basis. This also applied to repeated references. (b) \R did not give a hard partial match if \r was found at the end of the subject. (c) \X did not give a hard partial match after matching one or more characters at the end of the subject. (d) When newline was set to CRLF, a pattern such as /a$/ did not recognize a partial match for the string "\r". (e) When newline was set to CRLF, the metacharacter "." did not recognize a partial match for a CR character at the end of the subject string. 6. If JIT is requested using /S++ or -s++ (instead of just /S+ or -s+) when running pcretest, the text "(JIT)" added to the output whenever JIT is actually used to run the match. 7. Individual JIT compile options can be set in pcretest by following -s+[+] or /S+[+] with a digit between 1 and 7. 8. OP_NOT now supports any UTF character not just single-byte ones. 9. (*MARK) control verb is now supported by the JIT compiler. 10. The command "./RunTest list" lists the available tests without actually running any of them. (Because I keep forgetting what they all are.) 11. Add PCRE_INFO_MAXLOOKBEHIND. 12. Applied a (slightly modified) user-supplied patch that improves performance when the heap is used for recursion (compiled with --disable-stack-for- recursion). Instead of malloc and free for each heap frame each time a logical recursion happens, frames are retained on a chain and re-used where possible. This sometimes gives as much as 30% improvement. 13. As documented, (*COMMIT) is now confined to within a recursive subpattern call. 14. As documented, (*COMMIT) is now confined to within a positive assertion. 15. It is now possible to link pcretest with libedit as an alternative to libreadline. 16. (*COMMIT) control verb is now supported by the JIT compiler. 17. The Unicode data tables have been updated to Unicode 6.1.0. 18. Added --file-list option to pcregrep. 19. Added binary file support to pcregrep, including the -a, --binary-files, -I, and --text options. 20. The madvise function is renamed for posix_madvise for QNX compatibility reasons. Fixed by Giuseppe D'Angelo. 21. Fixed a bug for backward assertions with REVERSE 0 in the JIT compiler. 22. Changed the option for creating symbolic links for 16-bit man pages from -s to -sf so that re-installing does not cause issues. 23. Support PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE in JIT as (*MARK) support requires it. 24. Fixed a very old bug in pcretest that caused errors with restarted DFA matches in certain environments (the workspace was not being correctly retained). Also added to pcre_dfa_exec() a simple plausibility check on some of the workspace data at the beginning of a restart. 25. \s*\R was auto-possessifying the \s* when it should not, whereas \S*\R was not doing so when it should - probably a typo introduced by SVN 528 (change 8.10/14). 26. When PCRE_UCP was not set, \w+\x{c4} was incorrectly auto-possessifying the \w+ when the character tables indicated that \x{c4} was a word character. There were several related cases, all because the tests for doing a table lookup were testing for characters less than 127 instead of 255. 27. If a pattern contains capturing parentheses that are not used in a match, their slots in the ovector are set to -1. For those that are higher than any matched groups, this happens at the end of processing. In the case when there were back references that the ovector was too small to contain (causing temporary malloc'd memory to be used during matching), and the highest capturing number was not used, memory off the end of the ovector was incorrectly being set to -1. (It was using the size of the temporary memory instead of the true size.) 28. To catch bugs like 27 using valgrind, when pcretest is asked to specify an ovector size, it uses memory at the end of the block that it has got. 29. Check for an overlong MARK name and give an error at compile time. The limit is 255 for the 8-bit library and 65535 for the 16-bit library. 30. JIT compiler update. 31. JIT is now supported on jailbroken iOS devices. Thanks for Ruiger Rill for the patch. 32. Put spaces around SLJIT_PRINT_D in the JIT compiler. Required by CXX11. 33. Variable renamings in the PCRE-JIT compiler. No functionality change. 34. Fixed typos in pcregrep: in two places there was SUPPORT_LIBZ2 instead of SUPPORT_LIBBZ2. This caused a build problem when bzip2 but not gzip (zlib) was enabled. 35. Improve JIT code generation for greedy plus quantifier. 36. When /((?:a?)*)*c/ or /((?>a?)*)*c/ was matched against "aac", it set group 1 to "aa" instead of to an empty string. The bug affected repeated groups that could potentially match an empty string. 37. Optimizing single character iterators in JIT. 38. Wide characters specified with \uxxxx in JavaScript mode are now subject to the same checks as \x{...} characters in non-JavaScript mode. Specifically, codepoints that are too big for the mode are faulted, and in a UTF mode, disallowed codepoints are also faulted. 39. If PCRE was compiled with UTF support, in three places in the DFA matcher there was code that should only have been obeyed in UTF mode, but was being obeyed unconditionally. In 8-bit mode this could cause incorrect processing when bytes with values greater than 127 were present. In 16-bit mode the bug would be provoked by values in the range 0xfc00 to 0xdc00. In both cases the values are those that cannot be the first data item in a UTF character. The three items that might have provoked this were recursions, possessively repeated groups, and atomic groups. 40. Ensure that libpcre is explicitly listed in the link commands for pcretest and pcregrep, because some OS require shared objects to be explicitly passed to ld, causing the link step to fail if they are not. 41. There were two incorrect #ifdefs in pcre_study.c, meaning that, in 16-bit mode, patterns that started with \h* or \R* might be incorrectly matched. Version 8.30 04-February-2012 ----------------------------- 1. Renamed "isnumber" as "is_a_number" because in some Mac environments this name is defined in ctype.h. 2. Fixed a bug in fixed-length calculation for lookbehinds that would show up only in quite long subpatterns. 3. Removed the function pcre_info(), which has been obsolete and deprecated since it was replaced by pcre_fullinfo() in February 2000. 4. For a non-anchored pattern, if (*SKIP) was given with a name that did not match a (*MARK), and the match failed at the start of the subject, a reference to memory before the start of the subject could occur. This bug was introduced by fix 17 of release 8.21. 5. A reference to an unset group with zero minimum repetition was giving totally wrong answers (in non-JavaScript-compatibility mode). For example, /(another)?(\1?)test/ matched against "hello world test". This bug was introduced in release 8.13. 6. Add support for 16-bit character strings (a large amount of work involving many changes and refactorings). 7. RunGrepTest failed on msys because \r\n was replaced by whitespace when the command "pattern=`printf 'xxx\r\njkl'`" was run. The pattern is now taken from a file. 8. Ovector size of 2 is also supported by JIT based pcre_exec (the ovector size rounding is not applied in this particular case). 9. The invalid Unicode surrogate codepoints U+D800 to U+DFFF are now rejected if they appear, or are escaped, in patterns. 10. Get rid of a number of -Wunused-but-set-variable warnings. 11. The pattern /(?=(*:x))(q|)/ matches an empty string, and returns the mark "x". The similar pattern /(?=(*:x))((*:y)q|)/ did not return a mark at all. Oddly, Perl behaves the same way. PCRE has been fixed so that this pattern also returns the mark "x". This bug applied to capturing parentheses, non-capturing parentheses, and atomic parentheses. It also applied to some assertions. 12. Stephen Kelly's patch to CMakeLists.txt allows it to parse the version information out of configure.ac instead of relying on pcre.h.generic, which is not stored in the repository. 13. Applied Dmitry V. Levin's patch for a more portable method for linking with -lreadline. 14. ZH added PCRE_CONFIG_JITTARGET; added its output to pcretest -C. 15. Applied Graycode's patch to put the top-level frame on the stack rather than the heap when not using the stack for recursion. This gives a performance improvement in many cases when recursion is not deep. 16. Experimental code added to "pcretest -C" to output the stack frame size. Version 8.21 12-Dec-2011 ------------------------ 1. Updating the JIT compiler. 2. JIT compiler now supports OP_NCREF, OP_RREF and OP_NRREF. New test cases are added as well. 3. Fix cache-flush issue on PowerPC (It is still an experimental JIT port). PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES is not suported by JIT, and should be checked before calling _pcre_jit_exec. Some extra comments are added. 4. (*MARK) settings inside atomic groups that do not contain any capturing parentheses, for example, (?>a(*:m)), were not being passed out. This bug was introduced by change 18 for 8.20. 5. Supporting of \x, \U and \u in JavaScript compatibility mode based on the ECMA-262 standard. 6. Lookbehinds such as (?<=a{2}b) that contained a fixed repetition were erroneously being rejected as "not fixed length" if PCRE_CASELESS was set. This bug was probably introduced by change 9 of 8.13. 7. While fixing 6 above, I noticed that a number of other items were being incorrectly rejected as "not fixed length". This arose partly because newer opcodes had not been added to the fixed-length checking code. I have (a) corrected the bug and added tests for these items, and (b) arranged for an error to occur if an unknown opcode is encountered while checking for fixed length instead of just assuming "not fixed length". The items that were rejected were: (*ACCEPT), (*COMMIT), (*FAIL), (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), (*THEN), \h, \H, \v, \V, and single character negative classes with fixed repetitions, e.g. [^a]{3}, with and without PCRE_CASELESS. 8. A possessively repeated conditional subpattern such as (?(?=c)c|d)++ was being incorrectly compiled and would have given unpredicatble results. 9. A possessively repeated subpattern with minimum repeat count greater than one behaved incorrectly. For example, (A){2,}+ behaved as if it was (A)(A)++ which meant that, after a subsequent mismatch, backtracking into the first (A) could occur when it should not. 10. Add a cast and remove a redundant test from the code. 11. JIT should use pcre_malloc/pcre_free for allocation. 12. Updated pcre-config so that it no longer shows -L/usr/lib, which seems best practice nowadays, and helps with cross-compiling. (If the exec_prefix is anything other than /usr, -L is still shown). 13. In non-UTF-8 mode, \C is now supported in lookbehinds and DFA matching. 14. Perl does not support \N without a following name in a [] class; PCRE now also gives an error. 15. If a forward reference was repeated with an upper limit of around 2000, it caused the error "internal error: overran compiling workspace". The maximum number of forward references (including repeats) was limited by the internal workspace, and dependent on the LINK_SIZE. The code has been rewritten so that the workspace expands (via pcre_malloc) if necessary, and the default depends on LINK_SIZE. There is a new upper limit (for safety) of around 200,000 forward references. While doing this, I also speeded up the filling in of repeated forward references. 16. A repeated forward reference in a pattern such as (a)(?2){2}(.) was incorrectly expecting the subject to contain another "a" after the start. 17. When (*SKIP:name) is activated without a corresponding (*MARK:name) earlier in the match, the SKIP should be ignored. This was not happening; instead the SKIP was being treated as NOMATCH. For patterns such as /A(*MARK:A)A+(*SKIP:B)Z|AAC/ this meant that the AAC branch was never tested. 18. The behaviour of (*MARK), (*PRUNE), and (*THEN) has been reworked and is now much more compatible with Perl, in particular in cases where the result is a non-match for a non-anchored pattern. For example, if /b(*:m)f|a(*:n)w/ is matched against "abc", the non-match returns the name "m", where previously it did not return a name. A side effect of this change is that for partial matches, the last encountered mark name is returned, as for non matches. A number of tests that were previously not Perl-compatible have been moved into the Perl-compatible test files. The refactoring has had the pleasing side effect of removing one argument from the match() function, thus reducing its stack requirements. 19. If the /S+ option was used in pcretest to study a pattern using JIT, subsequent uses of /S (without +) incorrectly behaved like /S+. 21. Retrieve executable code size support for the JIT compiler and fixing some warnings. 22. A caseless match of a UTF-8 character whose other case uses fewer bytes did not work when the shorter character appeared right at the end of the subject string. 23. Added some (int) casts to non-JIT modules to reduce warnings on 64-bit systems. 24. Added PCRE_INFO_JITSIZE to pass on the value from (21) above, and also output it when the /M option is used in pcretest. 25. The CheckMan script was not being included in the distribution. Also, added an explicit "perl" to run Perl scripts from the PrepareRelease script because this is reportedly needed in Windows. 26. If study data was being save in a file and studying had not found a set of "starts with" bytes for the pattern, the data written to the file (though never used) was taken from uninitialized memory and so caused valgrind to complain. 27. Updated RunTest.bat as provided by Sheri Pierce. 28. Fixed a possible uninitialized memory bug in pcre_jit_compile.c. 29. Computation of memory usage for the table of capturing group names was giving an unnecessarily large value. Version 8.20 21-Oct-2011 ------------------------ 1. Change 37 of 8.13 broke patterns like [:a]...[b:] because it thought it had a POSIX class. After further experiments with Perl, which convinced me that Perl has bugs and confusions, a closing square bracket is no longer allowed in a POSIX name. This bug also affected patterns with classes that started with full stops. 2. If a pattern such as /(a)b|ac/ is matched against "ac", there is no captured substring, but while checking the failing first alternative, substring 1 is temporarily captured. If the output vector supplied to pcre_exec() was not big enough for this capture, the yield of the function was still zero ("insufficient space for captured substrings"). This cannot be totally fixed without adding another stack variable, which seems a lot of expense for a edge case. However, I have improved the situation in cases such as /(a)(b)x|abc/ matched against "abc", where the return code indicates that fewer than the maximum number of slots in the ovector have been set. 3. Related to (2) above: when there are more back references in a pattern than slots in the output vector, pcre_exec() uses temporary memory during matching, and copies in the captures as far as possible afterwards. It was using the entire output vector, but this conflicts with the specification that only 2/3 is used for passing back captured substrings. Now it uses only the first 2/3, for compatibility. This is, of course, another edge case. 4. Zoltan Herczeg's just-in-time compiler support has been integrated into the main code base, and can be used by building with --enable-jit. When this is done, pcregrep automatically uses it unless --disable-pcregrep-jit or the runtime --no-jit option is given. 5. When the number of matches in a pcre_dfa_exec() run exactly filled the ovector, the return from the function was zero, implying that there were other matches that did not fit. The correct "exactly full" value is now returned. 6. If a subpattern that was called recursively or as a subroutine contained (*PRUNE) or any other control that caused it to give a non-standard return, invalid errors such as "Error -26 (nested recursion at the same subject position)" or even infinite loops could occur. 7. If a pattern such as /a(*SKIP)c|b(*ACCEPT)|/ was studied, it stopped computing the minimum length on reaching *ACCEPT, and so ended up with the wrong value of 1 rather than 0. Further investigation indicates that computing a minimum subject length in the presence of *ACCEPT is difficult (think back references, subroutine calls), and so I have changed the code so that no minimum is registered for a pattern that contains *ACCEPT. 8. If (*THEN) was present in the first (true) branch of a conditional group, it was not handled as intended. [But see 16 below.] 9. Replaced RunTest.bat and CMakeLists.txt with improved versions provided by Sheri Pierce. 10. A pathological pattern such as /(*ACCEPT)a/ was miscompiled, thinking that the first byte in a match must be "a". 11. Change 17 for 8.13 increased the recursion depth for patterns like /a(?:.)*?a/ drastically. I've improved things by remembering whether a pattern contains any instances of (*THEN). If it does not, the old optimizations are restored. It would be nice to do this on a per-group basis, but at the moment that is not feasible. 12. In some environments, the output of pcretest -C is CRLF terminated. This broke RunTest's code that checks for the link size. A single white space character after the value is now allowed for. 13. RunTest now checks for the "fr" locale as well as for "fr_FR" and "french". For "fr", it uses the Windows-specific input and output files. 14. If (*THEN) appeared in a group that was called recursively or as a subroutine, it did not work as intended. [But see next item.] 15. Consider the pattern /A (B(*THEN)C) | D/ where A, B, C, and D are complex pattern fragments (but not containing any | characters). If A and B are matched, but there is a failure in C so that it backtracks to (*THEN), PCRE was behaving differently to Perl. PCRE backtracked into A, but Perl goes to D. In other words, Perl considers parentheses that do not contain any | characters to be part of a surrounding alternative, whereas PCRE was treading (B(*THEN)C) the same as (B(*THEN)C|(*FAIL)) -- which Perl handles differently. PCRE now behaves in the same way as Perl, except in the case of subroutine/recursion calls such as (?1) which have in any case always been different (but PCRE had them first :-). 16. Related to 15 above: Perl does not treat the | in a conditional group as creating alternatives. Such a group is treated in the same way as an ordinary group without any | characters when processing (*THEN). PCRE has been changed to match Perl's behaviour. 17. If a user had set PCREGREP_COLO(U)R to something other than 1:31, the RunGrepTest script failed. 18. Change 22 for version 13 caused atomic groups to use more stack. This is inevitable for groups that contain captures, but it can lead to a lot of stack use in large patterns. The old behaviour has been restored for atomic groups that do not contain any capturing parentheses. 19. If the PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE option was set for pcre_compile(), it did not suppress the check for a minimum subject length at run time. (If it was given to pcre_exec() or pcre_dfa_exec() it did work.) 20. Fixed an ASCII-dependent infelicity in pcretest that would have made it fail to work when decoding hex characters in data strings in EBCDIC environments. 21. It appears that in at least one Mac OS environment, the isxdigit() function is implemented as a macro that evaluates to its argument more than once, contravening the C 90 Standard (I haven't checked a later standard). There was an instance in pcretest which caused it to go wrong when processing \x{...} escapes in subject strings. The has been rewritten to avoid using things like p++ in the argument of isxdigit(). Version 8.13 16-Aug-2011 ------------------------ 1. The Unicode data tables have been updated to Unicode 6.0.0. 2. Two minor typos in pcre_internal.h have been fixed. 3. Added #include to pcre_scanner_unittest.cc, pcrecpp.cc, and pcrecpp_unittest.cc. They are needed for strcmp(), memset(), and strchr() in some environments (e.g. Solaris 10/SPARC using Sun Studio 12U2). 4. There were a number of related bugs in the code for matching backrefences caselessly in UTF-8 mode when codes for the characters concerned were different numbers of bytes. For example, U+023A and U+2C65 are an upper and lower case pair, using 2 and 3 bytes, respectively. The main bugs were: (a) A reference to 3 copies of a 2-byte code matched only 2 of a 3-byte code. (b) A reference to 2 copies of a 3-byte code would not match 2 of a 2-byte code at the end of the subject (it thought there wasn't enough data left). 5. Comprehensive information about what went wrong is now returned by pcre_exec() and pcre_dfa_exec() when the UTF-8 string check fails, as long as the output vector has at least 2 elements. The offset of the start of the failing character and a reason code are placed in the vector. 6. When the UTF-8 string check fails for pcre_compile(), the offset that is now returned is for the first byte of the failing character, instead of the last byte inspected. This is an incompatible change, but I hope it is small enough not to be a problem. It makes the returned offset consistent with pcre_exec() and pcre_dfa_exec(). 7. pcretest now gives a text phrase as well as the error number when pcre_exec() or pcre_dfa_exec() fails; if the error is a UTF-8 check failure, the offset and reason code are output. 8. When \R was used with a maximizing quantifier it failed to skip backwards over a \r\n pair if the subsequent match failed. Instead, it just skipped back over a single character (\n). This seems wrong (because it treated the two characters as a single entity when going forwards), conflicts with the documentation that \R is equivalent to (?>\r\n|\n|...etc), and makes the behaviour of \R* different to (\R)*, which also seems wrong. The behaviour has been changed. 9. Some internal refactoring has changed the processing so that the handling of the PCRE_CASELESS and PCRE_MULTILINE options is done entirely at compile time (the PCRE_DOTALL option was changed this way some time ago: version 7.7 change 16). This has made it possible to abolish the OP_OPT op code, which was always a bit of a fudge. It also means that there is one less argument for the match() function, which reduces its stack requirements slightly. This change also fixes an incompatibility with Perl: the pattern (?i:([^b]))(?1) should not match "ab", but previously PCRE gave a match. 10. More internal refactoring has drastically reduced the number of recursive calls to match() for possessively repeated groups such as (abc)++ when using pcre_exec(). 11. While implementing 10, a number of bugs in the handling of groups were discovered and fixed: (?<=(a)+) was not diagnosed as invalid (non-fixed-length lookbehind). (a|)*(?1) gave a compile-time internal error. ((a|)+)+ did not notice that the outer group could match an empty string. (^a|^)+ was not marked as anchored. (.*a|.*)+ was not marked as matching at start or after a newline. 12. Yet more internal refactoring has removed another argument from the match() function. Special calls to this function are now indicated by setting a value in a variable in the "match data" data block. 13. Be more explicit in pcre_study() instead of relying on "default" for opcodes that mean there is no starting character; this means that when new ones are added and accidentally left out of pcre_study(), testing should pick them up. 14. The -s option of pcretest has been documented for ages as being an old synonym of -m (show memory usage). I have changed it to mean "force study for every regex", that is, assume /S for every regex. This is similar to -i and -d etc. It's slightly incompatible, but I'm hoping nobody is still using it. It makes it easier to run collections of tests with and without study enabled, and thereby test pcre_study() more easily. All the standard tests are now run with and without -s (but some patterns can be marked as "never study" - see 20 below). 15. When (*ACCEPT) was used in a subpattern that was called recursively, the restoration of the capturing data to the outer values was not happening correctly. 16. If a recursively called subpattern ended with (*ACCEPT) and matched an empty string, and PCRE_NOTEMPTY was set, pcre_exec() thought the whole pattern had matched an empty string, and so incorrectly returned a no match. 17. There was optimizing code for the last branch of non-capturing parentheses, and also for the obeyed branch of a conditional subexpression, which used tail recursion to cut down on stack usage. Unfortunately, now that there is the possibility of (*THEN) occurring in these branches, tail recursion is no longer possible because the return has to be checked for (*THEN). These two optimizations have therefore been removed. [But see 8.20/11 above.] 18. If a pattern containing \R was studied, it was assumed that \R always matched two bytes, thus causing the minimum subject length to be incorrectly computed because \R can also match just one byte. 19. If a pattern containing (*ACCEPT) was studied, the minimum subject length was incorrectly computed. 20. If /S is present twice on a test pattern in pcretest input, it now *disables* studying, thereby overriding the use of -s on the command line (see 14 above). This is necessary for one or two tests to keep the output identical in both cases. 21. When (*ACCEPT) was used in an assertion that matched an empty string and PCRE_NOTEMPTY was set, PCRE applied the non-empty test to the assertion. 22. When an atomic group that contained a capturing parenthesis was successfully matched, but the branch in which it appeared failed, the capturing was not being forgotten if a higher numbered group was later captured. For example, /(?>(a))b|(a)c/ when matching "ac" set capturing group 1 to "a", when in fact it should be unset. This applied to multi- branched capturing and non-capturing groups, repeated or not, and also to positive assertions (capturing in negative assertions does not happen in PCRE) and also to nested atomic groups. 23. Add the ++ qualifier feature to pcretest, to show the remainder of the subject after a captured substring, to make it easier to tell which of a number of identical substrings has been captured. 24. The way atomic groups are processed by pcre_exec() has been changed so that if they are repeated, backtracking one repetition now resets captured values correctly. For example, if ((?>(a+)b)+aabab) is matched against "aaaabaaabaabab" the value of captured group 2 is now correctly recorded as "aaa". Previously, it would have been "a". As part of this code refactoring, the way recursive calls are handled has also been changed. 25. If an assertion condition captured any substrings, they were not passed back unless some other capturing happened later. For example, if (?(?=(a))a) was matched against "a", no capturing was returned. 26. When studying a pattern that contained subroutine calls or assertions, the code for finding the minimum length of a possible match was handling direct recursions such as (xxx(?1)|yyy) but not mutual recursions (where group 1 called group 2 while simultaneously a separate group 2 called group 1). A stack overflow occurred in this case. I have fixed this by limiting the recursion depth to 10. 27. Updated RunTest.bat in the distribution to the version supplied by Tom Fortmann. This supports explicit test numbers on the command line, and has argument validation and error reporting. 28. An instance of \X with an unlimited repeat could fail if at any point the first character it looked at was a mark character. 29. Some minor code refactoring concerning Unicode properties and scripts should reduce the stack requirement of match() slightly. 30. Added the '=' option to pcretest to check the setting of unused capturing slots at the end of the pattern, which are documented as being -1, but are not included in the return count. 31. If \k was not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name, PCRE compiled something random. Now it gives a compile-time error (as does Perl). 32. A *MARK encountered during the processing of a positive assertion is now recorded and passed back (compatible with Perl). 33. If --only-matching or --colour was set on a pcregrep call whose pattern had alternative anchored branches, the search for a second match in a line was done as if at the line start. Thus, for example, /^01|^02/ incorrectly matched the line "0102" twice. The same bug affected patterns that started with a backwards assertion. For example /\b01|\b02/ also matched "0102" twice. 34. Previously, PCRE did not allow quantification of assertions. However, Perl does, and because of capturing effects, quantifying parenthesized assertions may at times be useful. Quantifiers are now allowed for parenthesized assertions. 35. A minor code tidy in pcre_compile() when checking options for \R usage. 36. \g was being checked for fancy things in a character class, when it should just be a literal "g". 37. PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not. It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or a digit. Also, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown class "[:abc]b:]". PCRE now behaves more like Perl. (But see 8.20/1 above.) 38. PCRE was giving an error for \N with a braced quantifier such as {1,} (this was because it thought it was \N{name}, which is not supported). 39. Add minix to OS list not supporting the -S option in pcretest. 40. PCRE tries to detect cases of infinite recursion at compile time, but it cannot analyze patterns in sufficient detail to catch mutual recursions such as ((?1))((?2)). There is now a runtime test that gives an error if a subgroup is called recursively as a subpattern for a second time at the same position in the subject string. In previous releases this might have been caught by the recursion limit, or it might have run out of stack. 41. A pattern such as /(?(R)a+|(?R)b)/ is quite safe, as the recursion can happen only once. PCRE was, however incorrectly giving a compile time error "recursive call could loop indefinitely" because it cannot analyze the pattern in sufficient detail. The compile time test no longer happens when PCRE is compiling a conditional subpattern, but actual runaway loops are now caught at runtime (see 40 above). 42. It seems that Perl allows any characters other than a closing parenthesis to be part of the NAME in (*MARK:NAME) and other backtracking verbs. PCRE has been changed to be the same. 43. Updated configure.ac to put in more quoting round AC_LANG_PROGRAM etc. so as not to get warnings when autogen.sh is called. Also changed AC_PROG_LIBTOOL (deprecated) to LT_INIT (the current macro). 44. To help people who use pcregrep to scan files containing exceedingly long lines, the following changes have been made: (a) The default value of the buffer size parameter has been increased from 8K to 20K. (The actual buffer used is three times this size.) (b) The default can be changed by ./configure --with-pcregrep-bufsize when PCRE is built. (c) A --buffer-size=n option has been added to pcregrep, to allow the size to be set at run time. (d) Numerical values in pcregrep options can be followed by K or M, for example --buffer-size=50K. (e) If a line being scanned overflows pcregrep's buffer, an error is now given and the return code is set to 2. 45. Add a pointer to the latest mark to the callout data block. 46. The pattern /.(*F)/, when applied to "abc" with PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD, gave a partial match of an empty string instead of no match. This was specific to the use of ".". 47. The pattern /f.*/8s, when applied to "for" with PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD, gave a complete match instead of a partial match. This bug was dependent on both the PCRE_UTF8 and PCRE_DOTALL options being set. 48. For a pattern such as /\babc|\bdef/ pcre_study() was failing to set up the starting byte set, because \b was not being ignored. Version 8.12 15-Jan-2011 ------------------------ 1. Fixed some typos in the markup of the man pages, and wrote a script that checks for such things as part of the documentation building process. 2. On a big-endian 64-bit system, pcregrep did not correctly process the --match-limit and --recursion-limit options (added for 8.11). In particular, this made one of the standard tests fail. (The integer value went into the wrong half of a long int.) 3. If the --colour option was given to pcregrep with -v (invert match), it did strange things, either producing crazy output, or crashing. It should, of course, ignore a request for colour when reporting lines that do not match. 4. Another pcregrep bug caused similar problems if --colour was specified with -M (multiline) and the pattern match finished with a line ending. 5. In pcregrep, when a pattern that ended with a literal newline sequence was matched in multiline mode, the following line was shown as part of the match. This seems wrong, so I have changed it. 6. Another pcregrep bug in multiline mode, when --colour was specified, caused the check for further matches in the same line (so they could be coloured) to overrun the end of the current line. If another match was found, it was incorrectly shown (and then shown again when found in the next line). 7. If pcregrep was compiled under Windows, there was a reference to the function pcregrep_exit() before it was defined. I am assuming this was the cause of the "error C2371: 'pcregrep_exit' : redefinition;" that was reported by a user. I've moved the definition above the reference. Version 8.11 10-Dec-2010 ------------------------ 1. (*THEN) was not working properly if there were untried alternatives prior to it in the current branch. For example, in ((a|b)(*THEN)(*F)|c..) it backtracked to try for "b" instead of moving to the next alternative branch at the same level (in this case, to look for "c"). The Perl documentation is clear that when (*THEN) is backtracked onto, it goes to the "next alternative in the innermost enclosing group". 2. (*COMMIT) was not overriding (*THEN), as it does in Perl. In a pattern such as (A(*COMMIT)B(*THEN)C|D) any failure after matching A should result in overall failure. Similarly, (*COMMIT) now overrides (*PRUNE) and (*SKIP), (*SKIP) overrides (*PRUNE) and (*THEN), and (*PRUNE) overrides (*THEN). 3. If \s appeared in a character class, it removed the VT character from the class, even if it had been included by some previous item, for example in [\x00-\xff\s]. (This was a bug related to the fact that VT is not part of \s, but is part of the POSIX "space" class.) 4. A partial match never returns an empty string (because you can always match an empty string at the end of the subject); however the checking for an empty string was starting at the "start of match" point. This has been changed to the "earliest inspected character" point, because the returned data for a partial match starts at this character. This means that, for example, /(?<=abc)def/ gives a partial match for the subject "abc" (previously it gave "no match"). 5. Changes have been made to the way PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD affects the matching of $, \z, \Z, \b, and \B. If the match point is at the end of the string, previously a full match would be given. However, setting PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD has an implication that the given string is incomplete (because a partial match is preferred over a full match). For this reason, these items now give a partial match in this situation. [Aside: previously, the one case /t\b/ matched against "cat" with PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD set did return a partial match rather than a full match, which was wrong by the old rules, but is now correct.] 6. There was a bug in the handling of #-introduced comments, recognized when PCRE_EXTENDED is set, when PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY and PCRE_UTF8 were also set. If a UTF-8 multi-byte character included the byte 0x85 (e.g. +U0445, whose UTF-8 encoding is 0xd1,0x85), this was misinterpreted as a newline when scanning for the end of the comment. (*Character* 0x85 is an "any" newline, but *byte* 0x85 is not, in UTF-8 mode). This bug was present in several places in pcre_compile(). 7. Related to (6) above, when pcre_compile() was skipping #-introduced comments when looking ahead for named forward references to subpatterns, the only newline sequence it recognized was NL. It now handles newlines according to the set newline convention. 8. SunOS4 doesn't have strerror() or strtoul(); pcregrep dealt with the former, but used strtoul(), whereas pcretest avoided strtoul() but did not cater for a lack of strerror(). These oversights have been fixed. 9. Added --match-limit and --recursion-limit to pcregrep. 10. Added two casts needed to build with Visual Studio when NO_RECURSE is set. 11. When the -o option was used, pcregrep was setting a return code of 1, even when matches were found, and --line-buffered was not being honoured. 12. Added an optional parentheses number to the -o and --only-matching options of pcregrep. 13. Imitating Perl's /g action for multiple matches is tricky when the pattern can match an empty string. The code to do it in pcretest and pcredemo needed fixing: (a) When the newline convention was "crlf", pcretest got it wrong, skipping only one byte after an empty string match just before CRLF (this case just got forgotten; "any" and "anycrlf" were OK). (b) The pcretest code also had a bug, causing it to loop forever in UTF-8 mode when an empty string match preceded an ASCII character followed by a non-ASCII character. (The code for advancing by one character rather than one byte was nonsense.) (c) The pcredemo.c sample program did not have any code at all to handle the cases when CRLF is a valid newline sequence. 14. Neither pcre_exec() nor pcre_dfa_exec() was checking that the value given as a starting offset was within the subject string. There is now a new error, PCRE_ERROR_BADOFFSET, which is returned if the starting offset is negative or greater than the length of the string. In order to test this, pcretest is extended to allow the setting of negative starting offsets. 15. In both pcre_exec() and pcre_dfa_exec() the code for checking that the starting offset points to the beginning of a UTF-8 character was unnecessarily clumsy. I tidied it up. 16. Added PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF8 to make it possible to distinguish between a bad UTF-8 sequence and one that is incomplete when using PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD. 17. Nobody had reported that the --include_dir option, which was added in release 7.7 should have been called --include-dir (hyphen, not underscore) for compatibility with GNU grep. I have changed it to --include-dir, but left --include_dir as an undocumented synonym, and the same for --exclude-dir, though that is not available in GNU grep, at least as of release 2.5.4. 18. At a user's suggestion, the macros GETCHAR and friends (which pick up UTF-8 characters from a string of bytes) have been redefined so as not to use loops, in order to improve performance in some environments. At the same time, I abstracted some of the common code into auxiliary macros to save repetition (this should not affect the compiled code). 19. If \c was followed by a multibyte UTF-8 character, bad things happened. A compile-time error is now given if \c is not followed by an ASCII character, that is, a byte less than 128. (In EBCDIC mode, the code is different, and any byte value is allowed.) 20. Recognize (*NO_START_OPT) at the start of a pattern to set the PCRE_NO_ START_OPTIMIZE option, which is now allowed at compile time - but just passed through to pcre_exec() or pcre_dfa_exec(). This makes it available to pcregrep and other applications that have no direct access to PCRE options. The new /Y option in pcretest sets this option when calling pcre_compile(). 21. Change 18 of release 8.01 broke the use of named subpatterns for recursive back references. Groups containing recursive back references were forced to be atomic by that change, but in the case of named groups, the amount of memory required was incorrectly computed, leading to "Failed: internal error: code overflow". This has been fixed. 22. Some patches to pcre_stringpiece.h, pcre_stringpiece_unittest.cc, and pcretest.c, to avoid build problems in some Borland environments. Version 8.10 25-Jun-2010 ------------------------ 1. Added support for (*MARK:ARG) and for ARG additions to PRUNE, SKIP, and THEN. 2. (*ACCEPT) was not working when inside an atomic group. 3. Inside a character class, \B is treated as a literal by default, but faulted if PCRE_EXTRA is set. This mimics Perl's behaviour (the -w option causes the error). The code is unchanged, but I tidied the documentation. 4. Inside a character class, PCRE always treated \R and \X as literals, whereas Perl faults them if its -w option is set. I have changed PCRE so that it faults them when PCRE_EXTRA is set. 5. Added support for \N, which always matches any character other than newline. (It is the same as "." when PCRE_DOTALL is not set.) 6. When compiling pcregrep with newer versions of gcc which may have FORTIFY_SOURCE set, several warnings "ignoring return value of 'fwrite', declared with attribute warn_unused_result" were given. Just casting the result to (void) does not stop the warnings; a more elaborate fudge is needed. I've used a macro to implement this. 7. Minor change to pcretest.c to avoid a compiler warning. 8. Added four artifical Unicode properties to help with an option to make \s etc use properties (see next item). The new properties are: Xan (alphanumeric), Xsp (Perl space), Xps (POSIX space), and Xwd (word). 9. Added PCRE_UCP to make \b, \d, \s, \w, and certain POSIX character classes use Unicode properties. (*UCP) at the start of a pattern can be used to set this option. Modified pcretest to add /W to test this facility. Added REG_UCP to make it available via the POSIX interface. 10. Added --line-buffered to pcregrep. 11. In UTF-8 mode, if a pattern that was compiled with PCRE_CASELESS was studied, and the match started with a letter with a code point greater than 127 whose first byte was different to the first byte of the other case of the letter, the other case of this starting letter was not recognized (#976). 12. If a pattern that was studied started with a repeated Unicode property test, for example, \p{Nd}+, there was the theoretical possibility of setting up an incorrect bitmap of starting bytes, but fortunately it could not have actually happened in practice until change 8 above was made (it added property types that matched character-matching opcodes). 13. pcre_study() now recognizes \h, \v, and \R when constructing a bit map of possible starting bytes for non-anchored patterns. 14. Extended the "auto-possessify" feature of pcre_compile(). It now recognizes \R, and also a number of cases that involve Unicode properties, both explicit and implicit when PCRE_UCP is set. 15. If a repeated Unicode property match (e.g. \p{Lu}*) was used with non-UTF-8 input, it could crash or give wrong results if characters with values greater than 0xc0 were present in the subject string. (Detail: it assumed UTF-8 input when processing these items.) 16. Added a lot of (int) casts to avoid compiler warnings in systems where size_t is 64-bit (#991). 17. Added a check for running out of memory when PCRE is compiled with --disable-stack-for-recursion (#990). 18. If the last data line in a file for pcretest does not have a newline on the end, a newline was missing in the output. 19. The default pcre_chartables.c file recognizes only ASCII characters (values less than 128) in its various bitmaps. However, there is a facility for generating tables according to the current locale when PCRE is compiled. It turns out that in some environments, 0x85 and 0xa0, which are Unicode space characters, are recognized by isspace() and therefore were getting set in these tables, and indeed these tables seem to approximate to ISO 8859. This caused a problem in UTF-8 mode when pcre_study() was used to create a list of bytes that can start a match. For \s, it was including 0x85 and 0xa0, which of course cannot start UTF-8 characters. I have changed the code so that only real ASCII characters (less than 128) and the correct starting bytes for UTF-8 encodings are set for characters greater than 127 when in UTF-8 mode. (When PCRE_UCP is set - see 9 above - the code is different altogether.) 20. Added the /T option to pcretest so as to be able to run tests with non- standard character tables, thus making it possible to include the tests used for 19 above in the standard set of tests. 21. A pattern such as (?&t)(?#()(?(DEFINE)(?a)) which has a forward reference to a subpattern the other side of a comment that contains an opening parenthesis caused either an internal compiling error, or a reference to the wrong subpattern. Version 8.02 19-Mar-2010 ------------------------ 1. The Unicode data tables have been updated to Unicode 5.2.0. 2. Added the option --libs-cpp to pcre-config, but only when C++ support is configured. 3. Updated the licensing terms in the pcregexp.pas file, as agreed with the original author of that file, following a query about its status. 4. On systems that do not have stdint.h (e.g. Solaris), check for and include inttypes.h instead. This fixes a bug that was introduced by change 8.01/8. 5. A pattern such as (?&t)*+(?(DEFINE)(?.)) which has a possessive quantifier applied to a forward-referencing subroutine call, could compile incorrect code or give the error "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found". 6. Both MS Visual Studio and Symbian OS have problems with initializing variables to point to external functions. For these systems, therefore, pcre_malloc etc. are now initialized to local functions that call the relevant global functions. 7. There were two entries missing in the vectors called coptable and poptable in pcre_dfa_exec.c. This could lead to memory accesses outsize the vectors. I've fixed the data, and added a kludgy way of testing at compile time that the lengths are correct (equal to the number of opcodes). 8. Following on from 7, I added a similar kludge to check the length of the eint vector in pcreposix.c. 9. Error texts for pcre_compile() are held as one long string to avoid too much relocation at load time. To find a text, the string is searched, counting zeros. There was no check for running off the end of the string, which could happen if a new error number was added without updating the string. 10. \K gave a compile-time error if it appeared in a lookbehind assersion. 11. \K was not working if it appeared in an atomic group or in a group that was called as a "subroutine", or in an assertion. Perl 5.11 documents that \K is "not well defined" if used in an assertion. PCRE now accepts it if the assertion is positive, but not if it is negative. 12. Change 11 fortuitously reduced the size of the stack frame used in the "match()" function of pcre_exec.c by one pointer. Forthcoming implementation of support for (*MARK) will need an extra pointer on the stack; I have reserved it now, so that the stack frame size does not decrease. 13. A pattern such as (?P(?P0)|(?P>L2)(?P>L1)) in which the only other item in branch that calls a recursion is a subroutine call - as in the second branch in the above example - was incorrectly given the compile- time error "recursive call could loop indefinitely" because pcre_compile() was not correctly checking the subroutine for matching a non-empty string. 14. The checks for overrunning compiling workspace could trigger after an overrun had occurred. This is a "should never occur" error, but it can be triggered by pathological patterns such as hundreds of nested parentheses. The checks now trigger 100 bytes before the end of the workspace. 15. Fix typo in configure.ac: "srtoq" should be "strtoq". Version 8.01 19-Jan-2010 ------------------------ 1. If a pattern contained a conditional subpattern with only one branch (in particular, this includes all (*DEFINE) patterns), a call to pcre_study() computed the wrong minimum data length (which is of course zero for such subpatterns). This could cause incorrect "no match" results. 2. For patterns such as (?i)a(?-i)b|c where an option setting at the start of the pattern is reset in the first branch, pcre_compile() failed with "internal error: code overflow at offset...". This happened only when the reset was to the original external option setting. (An optimization abstracts leading options settings into an external setting, which was the cause of this.) 3. A pattern such as ^(?!a(*SKIP)b) where a negative assertion contained one of the verbs SKIP, PRUNE, or COMMIT, did not work correctly. When the assertion pattern did not match (meaning that the assertion was true), it was incorrectly treated as false if the SKIP had been reached during the matching. This also applied to assertions used as conditions. 4. If an item that is not supported by pcre_dfa_exec() was encountered in an assertion subpattern, including such a pattern used as a condition, unpredictable results occurred, instead of the error return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM. 5. The C++ GlobalReplace function was not working like Perl for the special situation when an empty string is matched. It now does the fancy magic stuff that is necessary. 6. In pcre_internal.h, obsolete includes to setjmp.h and stdarg.h have been removed. (These were left over from very, very early versions of PCRE.) 7. Some cosmetic changes to the code to make life easier when compiling it as part of something else: (a) Change DEBUG to PCRE_DEBUG. (b) In pcre_compile(), rename the member of the "branch_chain" structure called "current" as "current_branch", to prevent a collision with the Linux macro when compiled as a kernel module. (c) In pcre_study(), rename the function set_bit() as set_table_bit(), to prevent a collision with the Linux macro when compiled as a kernel module. 8. In pcre_compile() there are some checks for integer overflows that used to cast potentially large values to (double). This has been changed to that when building, a check for int64_t is made, and if it is found, it is used instead, thus avoiding the use of floating point arithmetic. (There is no other use of FP in PCRE.) If int64_t is not found, the fallback is to double. 9. Added two casts to avoid signed/unsigned warnings from VS Studio Express 2005 (difference between two addresses compared to an unsigned value). 10. Change the standard AC_CHECK_LIB test for libbz2 in configure.ac to a custom one, because of the following reported problem in Windows: - libbz2 uses the Pascal calling convention (WINAPI) for the functions under Win32. - The standard autoconf AC_CHECK_LIB fails to include "bzlib.h", therefore missing the function definition. - The compiler thus generates a "C" signature for the test function. - The linker fails to find the "C" function. - PCRE fails to configure if asked to do so against libbz2. 11. When running libtoolize from libtool-2.2.6b as part of autogen.sh, these messages were output: Consider adding `AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])' to configure.ac and rerunning libtoolize, to keep the correct libtool macros in-tree. Consider adding `-I m4' to ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS in Makefile.am. I have done both of these things. 12. Although pcre_dfa_exec() does not use nearly as much stack as pcre_exec() most of the time, it *can* run out if it is given a pattern that contains a runaway infinite recursion. I updated the discussion in the pcrestack man page. 13. Now that we have gone to the x.xx style of version numbers, the minor version may start with zero. Using 08 or 09 is a bad idea because users might check the value of PCRE_MINOR in their code, and 08 or 09 may be interpreted as invalid octal numbers. I've updated the previous comment in configure.ac, and also added a check that gives an error if 08 or 09 are used. 14. Change 8.00/11 was not quite complete: code had been accidentally omitted, causing partial matching to fail when the end of the subject matched \W in a UTF-8 pattern where \W was quantified with a minimum of 3. 15. There were some discrepancies between the declarations in pcre_internal.h of _pcre_is_newline(), _pcre_was_newline(), and _pcre_valid_utf8() and their definitions. The declarations used "const uschar *" and the definitions used USPTR. Even though USPTR is normally defined as "const unsigned char *" (and uschar is typedeffed as "unsigned char"), it was reported that: "This difference in casting confuses some C++ compilers, for example, SunCC recognizes above declarations as different functions and generates broken code for hbpcre." I have changed the declarations to use USPTR. 16. GNU libtool is named differently on some systems. The autogen.sh script now tries several variants such as glibtoolize (MacOSX) and libtoolize1x (FreeBSD). 17. Applied Craig's patch that fixes an HP aCC compile error in pcre 8.00 (strtoXX undefined when compiling pcrecpp.cc). The patch contains this comment: "Figure out how to create a longlong from a string: strtoll and equivalent. It's not enough to call AC_CHECK_FUNCS: hpux has a strtoll, for instance, but it only takes 2 args instead of 3!" 18. A subtle bug concerned with back references has been fixed by a change of specification, with a corresponding code fix. A pattern such as ^(xa|=?\1a)+$ which contains a back reference inside the group to which it refers, was giving matches when it shouldn't. For example, xa=xaaa would match that pattern. Interestingly, Perl (at least up to 5.11.3) has the same bug. Such groups have to be quantified to be useful, or contained inside another quantified group. (If there's no repetition, the reference can never match.) The problem arises because, having left the group and moved on to the rest of the pattern, a later failure that backtracks into the group uses the captured value from the final iteration of the group rather than the correct earlier one. I have fixed this in PCRE by forcing any group that contains a reference to itself to be an atomic group; that is, there cannot be any backtracking into it once it has completed. This is similar to recursive and subroutine calls. Version 8.00 19-Oct-09 ---------------------- 1. The table for translating pcre_compile() error codes into POSIX error codes was out-of-date, and there was no check on the pcre_compile() error code being within the table. This could lead to an OK return being given in error. 2. Changed the call to open a subject file in pcregrep from fopen(pathname, "r") to fopen(pathname, "rb"), which fixed a problem with some of the tests in a Windows environment. 3. The pcregrep --count option prints the count for each file even when it is zero, as does GNU grep. However, pcregrep was also printing all files when --files-with-matches was added. Now, when both options are given, it prints counts only for those files that have at least one match. (GNU grep just prints the file name in this circumstance, but including the count seems more useful - otherwise, why use --count?) Also ensured that the combination -clh just lists non-zero counts, with no names. 4. The long form of the pcregrep -F option was incorrectly implemented as --fixed_strings instead of --fixed-strings. This is an incompatible change, but it seems right to fix it, and I didn't think it was worth preserving the old behaviour. 5. The command line items --regex=pattern and --regexp=pattern were not recognized by pcregrep, which required --regex pattern or --regexp pattern (with a space rather than an '='). The man page documented the '=' forms, which are compatible with GNU grep; these now work. 6. No libpcreposix.pc file was created for pkg-config; there was just libpcre.pc and libpcrecpp.pc. The omission has been rectified. 7. Added #ifndef SUPPORT_UCP into the pcre_ucd.c module, to reduce its size when UCP support is not needed, by modifying the Python script that generates it from Unicode data files. This should not matter if the module is correctly used as a library, but I received one complaint about 50K of unwanted data. My guess is that the person linked everything into his program rather than using a library. Anyway, it does no harm. 8. A pattern such as /\x{123}{2,2}+/8 was incorrectly compiled; the trigger was a minimum greater than 1 for a wide character in a possessive repetition. The same bug could also affect patterns like /(\x{ff}{0,2})*/8 which had an unlimited repeat of a nested, fixed maximum repeat of a wide character. Chaos in the form of incorrect output or a compiling loop could result. 9. The restrictions on what a pattern can contain when partial matching is requested for pcre_exec() have been removed. All patterns can now be partially matched by this function. In addition, if there are at least two slots in the offset vector, the offset of the earliest inspected character for the match and the offset of the end of the subject are set in them when PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL is returned. 10. Partial matching has been split into two forms: PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT, which is synonymous with PCRE_PARTIAL, for backwards compatibility, and PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD, which causes a partial match to supersede a full match, and may be more useful for multi-segment matching. 11. Partial matching with pcre_exec() is now more intuitive. A partial match used to be given if ever the end of the subject was reached; now it is given only if matching could not proceed because another character was needed. This makes a difference in some odd cases such as Z(*FAIL) with the string "Z", which now yields "no match" instead of "partial match". In the case of pcre_dfa_exec(), "no match" is given if every matching path for the final character ended with (*FAIL). 12. Restarting a match using pcre_dfa_exec() after a partial match did not work if the pattern had a "must contain" character that was already found in the earlier partial match, unless partial matching was again requested. For example, with the pattern /dog.(body)?/, the "must contain" character is "g". If the first part-match was for the string "dog", restarting with "sbody" failed. This bug has been fixed. 13. The string returned by pcre_dfa_exec() after a partial match has been changed so that it starts at the first inspected character rather than the first character of the match. This makes a difference only if the pattern starts with a lookbehind assertion or \b or \B (\K is not supported by pcre_dfa_exec()). It's an incompatible change, but it makes the two matching functions compatible, and I think it's the right thing to do. 14. Added a pcredemo man page, created automatically from the pcredemo.c file, so that the demonstration program is easily available in environments where PCRE has not been installed from source. 15. Arranged to add -DPCRE_STATIC to cflags in libpcre.pc, libpcreposix.cp, libpcrecpp.pc and pcre-config when PCRE is not compiled as a shared library. 16. Added REG_UNGREEDY to the pcreposix interface, at the request of a user. It maps to PCRE_UNGREEDY. It is not, of course, POSIX-compatible, but it is not the first non-POSIX option to be added. Clearly some people find these options useful. 17. If a caller to the POSIX matching function regexec() passes a non-zero value for nmatch with a NULL value for pmatch, the value of nmatch is forced to zero. 18. RunGrepTest did not have a test for the availability of the -u option of the diff command, as RunTest does. It now checks in the same way as RunTest, and also checks for the -b option. 19. If an odd number of negated classes containing just a single character interposed, within parentheses, between a forward reference to a named subpattern and the definition of the subpattern, compilation crashed with an internal error, complaining that it could not find the referenced subpattern. An example of a crashing pattern is /(?&A)(([^m])(?))/. [The bug was that it was starting one character too far in when skipping over the character class, thus treating the ] as data rather than terminating the class. This meant it could skip too much.] 20. Added PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART in order to be able to correctly implement the /g option in pcretest when the pattern contains \K, which makes it possible to have an empty string match not at the start, even when the pattern is anchored. Updated pcretest and pcredemo to use this option. 21. If the maximum number of capturing subpatterns in a recursion was greater than the maximum at the outer level, the higher number was returned, but with unset values at the outer level. The correct (outer level) value is now given. 22. If (*ACCEPT) appeared inside capturing parentheses, previous releases of PCRE did not set those parentheses (unlike Perl). I have now found a way to make it do so. The string so far is captured, making this feature compatible with Perl. 23. The tests have been re-organized, adding tests 11 and 12, to make it possible to check the Perl 5.10 features against Perl 5.10. 24. Perl 5.10 allows subroutine calls in lookbehinds, as long as the subroutine pattern matches a fixed length string. PCRE did not allow this; now it does. Neither allows recursion. 25. I finally figured out how to implement a request to provide the minimum length of subject string that was needed in order to match a given pattern. (It was back references and recursion that I had previously got hung up on.) This code has now been added to pcre_study(); it finds a lower bound to the length of subject needed. It is not necessarily the greatest lower bound, but using it to avoid searching strings that are too short does give some useful speed-ups. The value is available to calling programs via pcre_fullinfo(). 26. While implementing 25, I discovered to my embarrassment that pcretest had not been passing the result of pcre_study() to pcre_dfa_exec(), so the study optimizations had never been tested with that matching function. Oops. What is worse, even when it was passed study data, there was a bug in pcre_dfa_exec() that meant it never actually used it. Double oops. There were also very few tests of studied patterns with pcre_dfa_exec(). 27. If (?| is used to create subpatterns with duplicate numbers, they are now allowed to have the same name, even if PCRE_DUPNAMES is not set. However, on the other side of the coin, they are no longer allowed to have different names, because these cannot be distinguished in PCRE, and this has caused confusion. (This is a difference from Perl.) 28. When duplicate subpattern names are present (necessarily with different numbers, as required by 27 above), and a test is made by name in a conditional pattern, either for a subpattern having been matched, or for recursion in such a pattern, all the associated numbered subpatterns are tested, and the overall condition is true if the condition is true for any one of them. This is the way Perl works, and is also more like the way testing by number works. Version 7.9 11-Apr-09 --------------------- 1. When building with support for bzlib/zlib (pcregrep) and/or readline (pcretest), all targets were linked against these libraries. This included libpcre, libpcreposix, and libpcrecpp, even though they do not use these libraries. This caused unwanted dependencies to be created. This problem has been fixed, and now only pcregrep is linked with bzlib/zlib and only pcretest is linked with readline. 2. The "typedef int BOOL" in pcre_internal.h that was included inside the "#ifndef FALSE" condition by an earlier change (probably 7.8/18) has been moved outside it again, because FALSE and TRUE are already defined in AIX, but BOOL is not. 3. The pcre_config() function was treating the PCRE_MATCH_LIMIT and PCRE_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION values as ints, when they should be long ints. 4. The pcregrep documentation said spaces were inserted as well as colons (or hyphens) following file names and line numbers when outputting matching lines. This is not true; no spaces are inserted. I have also clarified the wording for the --colour (or --color) option. 5. In pcregrep, when --colour was used with -o, the list of matching strings was not coloured; this is different to GNU grep, so I have changed it to be the same. 6. When --colo(u)r was used in pcregrep, only the first matching substring in each matching line was coloured. Now it goes on to look for further matches of any of the test patterns, which is the same behaviour as GNU grep. 7. A pattern that could match an empty string could cause pcregrep to loop; it doesn't make sense to accept an empty string match in pcregrep, so I have locked it out (using PCRE's PCRE_NOTEMPTY option). By experiment, this seems to be how GNU grep behaves. [But see later change 40 for release 8.33.] 8. The pattern (?(?=.*b)b|^) was incorrectly compiled as "match must be at start or after a newline", because the conditional assertion was not being correctly handled. The rule now is that both the assertion and what follows in the first alternative must satisfy the test. 9. If auto-callout was enabled in a pattern with a conditional group whose condition was an assertion, PCRE could crash during matching, both with pcre_exec() and pcre_dfa_exec(). 10. The PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY option was not working when pcre_dfa_exec() was used for matching. 11. Unicode property support in character classes was not working for characters (bytes) greater than 127 when not in UTF-8 mode. 12. Added the -M command line option to pcretest. 14. Added the non-standard REG_NOTEMPTY option to the POSIX interface. 15. Added the PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE match-time option. 16. Added comments and documentation about mis-use of no_arg in the C++ wrapper. 17. Implemented support for UTF-8 encoding in EBCDIC environments, a patch from Martin Jerabek that uses macro names for all relevant character and string constants. 18. Added to pcre_internal.h two configuration checks: (a) If both EBCDIC and SUPPORT_UTF8 are set, give an error; (b) If SUPPORT_UCP is set without SUPPORT_UTF8, define SUPPORT_UTF8. The "configure" script handles both of these, but not everybody uses configure. 19. A conditional group that had only one branch was not being correctly recognized as an item that could match an empty string. This meant that an enclosing group might also not be so recognized, causing infinite looping (and probably a segfault) for patterns such as ^"((?(?=[a])[^"])|b)*"$ with the subject "ab", where knowledge that the repeated group can match nothing is needed in order to break the loop. 20. If a pattern that was compiled with callouts was matched using pcre_dfa_ exec(), but without supplying a callout function, matching went wrong. 21. If PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT occurred during a recursion, there was a memory leak if the size of the offset vector was greater than 30. When the vector is smaller, the saved offsets during recursion go onto a local stack vector, but for larger vectors malloc() is used. It was failing to free when the recursion yielded PCRE_ERROR_MATCH_LIMIT (or any other "abnormal" error, in fact). 22. There was a missing #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 round one of the variables in the heapframe that is used only when UTF-8 support is enabled. This caused no problem, but was untidy. 23. Steven Van Ingelgem's patch to CMakeLists.txt to change the name CMAKE_BINARY_DIR to PROJECT_BINARY_DIR so that it works when PCRE is included within another project. 24. Steven Van Ingelgem's patches to add more options to the CMake support, slightly modified by me: (a) PCRE_BUILD_TESTS can be set OFF not to build the tests, including not building pcregrep. (b) PCRE_BUILD_PCREGREP can be see OFF not to build pcregrep, but only if PCRE_BUILD_TESTS is also set OFF, because the tests use pcregrep. 25. Forward references, both numeric and by name, in patterns that made use of duplicate group numbers, could behave incorrectly or give incorrect errors, because when scanning forward to find the reference group, PCRE was not taking into account the duplicate group numbers. A pattern such as ^X(?3)(a)(?|(b)|(q))(Y) is an example. 26. Changed a few more instances of "const unsigned char *" to USPTR, making the feature of a custom pointer more persuasive (as requested by a user). 27. Wrapped the definitions of fileno and isatty for Windows, which appear in pcretest.c, inside #ifndefs, because it seems they are sometimes already pre-defined. 28. Added support for (*UTF8) at the start of a pattern. 29. Arrange for flags added by the "release type" setting in CMake to be shown in the configuration summary. Version 7.8 05-Sep-08 --------------------- 1. Replaced UCP searching code with optimized version as implemented for Ad Muncher (http://www.admuncher.com/) by Peter Kankowski. This uses a two- stage table and inline lookup instead of a function, giving speed ups of 2 to 5 times on some simple patterns that I tested. Permission was given to distribute the MultiStage2.py script that generates the tables (it's not in the tarball, but is in the Subversion repository). 2. Updated the Unicode datatables to Unicode 5.1.0. This adds yet more scripts. 3. Change 12 for 7.7 introduced a bug in pcre_study() when a pattern contained a group with a zero qualifier. The result of the study could be incorrect, or the function might crash, depending on the pattern. 4. Caseless matching was not working for non-ASCII characters in back references. For example, /(\x{de})\1/8i was not matching \x{de}\x{fe}. It now works when Unicode Property Support is available. 5. In pcretest, an escape such as \x{de} in the data was always generating a UTF-8 string, even in non-UTF-8 mode. Now it generates a single byte in non-UTF-8 mode. If the value is greater than 255, it gives a warning about truncation. 6. Minor bugfix in pcrecpp.cc (change "" == ... to NULL == ...). 7. Added two (int) casts to pcregrep when printing the difference of two pointers, in case they are 64-bit values. 8. Added comments about Mac OS X stack usage to the pcrestack man page and to test 2 if it fails. 9. Added PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION just before the names of all exported functions, and a #define of that name to empty if it is not externally set. This is to allow users of MSVC to set it if necessary. 10. The PCRE_EXP_DEFN macro which precedes exported functions was missing from the convenience functions in the pcre_get.c source file. 11. An option change at the start of a pattern that had top-level alternatives could cause overwriting and/or a crash. This command provoked a crash in some environments: printf "/(?i)[\xc3\xa9\xc3\xbd]|[\xc3\xa9\xc3\xbdA]/8\n" | pcretest This potential security problem was recorded as CVE-2008-2371. 12. For a pattern where the match had to start at the beginning or immediately after a newline (e.g /.*anything/ without the DOTALL flag), pcre_exec() and pcre_dfa_exec() could read past the end of the passed subject if there was no match. To help with detecting such bugs (e.g. with valgrind), I modified pcretest so that it places the subject at the end of its malloc-ed buffer. 13. The change to pcretest in 12 above threw up a couple more cases when pcre_ exec() might read past the end of the data buffer in UTF-8 mode. 14. A similar bug to 7.3/2 existed when the PCRE_FIRSTLINE option was set and the data contained the byte 0x85 as part of a UTF-8 character within its first line. This applied both to normal and DFA matching. 15. Lazy qualifiers were not working in some cases in UTF-8 mode. For example, /^[^d]*?$/8 failed to match "abc". 16. Added a missing copyright notice to pcrecpp_internal.h. 17. Make it more clear in the documentation that values returned from pcre_exec() in ovector are byte offsets, not character counts. 18. Tidied a few places to stop certain compilers from issuing warnings. 19. Updated the Virtual Pascal + BCC files to compile the latest v7.7, as supplied by Stefan Weber. I made a further small update for 7.8 because there is a change of source arrangements: the pcre_searchfuncs.c module is replaced by pcre_ucd.c. Version 7.7 07-May-08 --------------------- 1. Applied Craig's patch to sort out a long long problem: "If we can't convert a string to a long long, pretend we don't even have a long long." This is done by checking for the strtoq, strtoll, and _strtoi64 functions. 2. Applied Craig's patch to pcrecpp.cc to restore ABI compatibility with pre-7.6 versions, which defined a global no_arg variable instead of putting it in the RE class. (See also #8 below.) 3. Remove a line of dead code, identified by coverity and reported by Nuno Lopes. 4. Fixed two related pcregrep bugs involving -r with --include or --exclude: (1) The include/exclude patterns were being applied to the whole pathnames of files, instead of just to the final components. (2) If there was more than one level of directory, the subdirectories were skipped unless they satisfied the include/exclude conditions. This is inconsistent with GNU grep (and could even be seen as contrary to the pcregrep specification - which I improved to make it absolutely clear). The action now is always to scan all levels of directory, and just apply the include/exclude patterns to regular files. 5. Added the --include_dir and --exclude_dir patterns to pcregrep, and used --exclude_dir in the tests to avoid scanning .svn directories. 6. Applied Craig's patch to the QuoteMeta function so that it escapes the NUL character as backslash + 0 rather than backslash + NUL, because PCRE doesn't support NULs in patterns. 7. Added some missing "const"s to declarations of static tables in pcre_compile.c and pcre_dfa_exec.c. 8. Applied Craig's patch to pcrecpp.cc to fix a problem in OS X that was caused by fix #2 above. (Subsequently also a second patch to fix the first patch. And a third patch - this was a messy problem.) 9. Applied Craig's patch to remove the use of push_back(). 10. Applied Alan Lehotsky's patch to add REG_STARTEND support to the POSIX matching function regexec(). 11. Added support for the Oniguruma syntax \g, \g, \g'name', \g'n', which, however, unlike Perl's \g{...}, are subroutine calls, not back references. PCRE supports relative numbers with this syntax (I don't think Oniguruma does). 12. Previously, a group with a zero repeat such as (...){0} was completely omitted from the compiled regex. However, this means that if the group was called as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, things went wrong (an internal error was given). Such groups are now left in the compiled pattern, with a new opcode that causes them to be skipped at execution time. 13. Added the PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT option. This makes the following changes to the way PCRE behaves: (a) A lone ] character is dis-allowed (Perl treats it as data). (b) A back reference to an unmatched subpattern matches an empty string (Perl fails the current match path). (c) A data ] in a character class must be notated as \] because if the first data character in a class is ], it defines an empty class. (In Perl it is not possible to have an empty class.) The empty class [] never matches; it forces failure and is equivalent to (*FAIL) or (?!). The negative empty class [^] matches any one character, independently of the DOTALL setting. 14. A pattern such as /(?2)[]a()b](abc)/ which had a forward reference to a non-existent subpattern following a character class starting with ']' and containing () gave an internal compiling error instead of "reference to non-existent subpattern". Fortunately, when the pattern did exist, the compiled code was correct. (When scanning forwards to check for the existence of the subpattern, it was treating the data ']' as terminating the class, so got the count wrong. When actually compiling, the reference was subsequently set up correctly.) 15. The "always fail" assertion (?!) is optimzed to (*FAIL) by pcre_compile; it was being rejected as not supported by pcre_dfa_exec(), even though other assertions are supported. I have made pcre_dfa_exec() support (*FAIL). 16. The implementation of 13c above involved the invention of a new opcode, OP_ALLANY, which is like OP_ANY but doesn't check the /s flag. Since /s cannot be changed at match time, I realized I could make a small improvement to matching performance by compiling OP_ALLANY instead of OP_ANY for "." when DOTALL was set, and then removing the runtime tests on the OP_ANY path. 17. Compiling pcretest on Windows with readline support failed without the following two fixes: (1) Make the unistd.h include conditional on HAVE_UNISTD_H; (2) #define isatty and fileno as _isatty and _fileno. 18. Changed CMakeLists.txt and cmake/FindReadline.cmake to arrange for the ncurses library to be included for pcretest when ReadLine support is requested, but also to allow for it to be overridden. This patch came from Daniel Bergstrm. 19. There was a typo in the file ucpinternal.h where f0_rangeflag was defined as 0x00f00000 instead of 0x00800000. Luckily, this would not have caused any errors with the current Unicode tables. Thanks to Peter Kankowski for spotting this. Version 7.6 28-Jan-08 --------------------- 1. A character class containing a very large number of characters with codepoints greater than 255 (in UTF-8 mode, of course) caused a buffer overflow. 2. Patch to cut out the "long long" test in pcrecpp_unittest when HAVE_LONG_LONG is not defined. 3. Applied Christian Ehrlicher's patch to update the CMake build files to bring them up to date and include new features. This patch includes: - Fixed PH's badly added libz and libbz2 support. - Fixed a problem with static linking. - Added pcredemo. [But later removed - see 7 below.] - Fixed dftables problem and added an option. - Added a number of HAVE_XXX tests, including HAVE_WINDOWS_H and HAVE_LONG_LONG. - Added readline support for pcretest. - Added an listing of the option settings after cmake has run. 4. A user submitted a patch to Makefile that makes it easy to create "pcre.dll" under mingw when using Configure/Make. I added stuff to Makefile.am that cause it to include this special target, without affecting anything else. Note that the same mingw target plus all the other distribution libraries and programs are now supported when configuring with CMake (see 6 below) instead of with Configure/Make. 5. Applied Craig's patch that moves no_arg into the RE class in the C++ code. This is an attempt to solve the reported problem "pcrecpp::no_arg is not exported in the Windows port". It has not yet been confirmed that the patch solves the problem, but it does no harm. 6. Applied Sheri's patch to CMakeLists.txt to add NON_STANDARD_LIB_PREFIX and NON_STANDARD_LIB_SUFFIX for dll names built with mingw when configured with CMake, and also correct the comment about stack recursion. 7. Remove the automatic building of pcredemo from the ./configure system and from CMakeLists.txt. The whole idea of pcredemo.c is that it is an example of a program that users should build themselves after PCRE is installed, so building it automatically is not really right. What is more, it gave trouble in some build environments. 8. Further tidies to CMakeLists.txt from Sheri and Christian. Version 7.5 10-Jan-08 --------------------- 1. Applied a patch from Craig: "This patch makes it possible to 'ignore' values in parens when parsing an RE using the C++ wrapper." 2. Negative specials like \S did not work in character classes in UTF-8 mode. Characters greater than 255 were excluded from the class instead of being included. 3. The same bug as (2) above applied to negated POSIX classes such as [:^space:]. 4. PCRECPP_STATIC was referenced in pcrecpp_internal.h, but nowhere was it defined or documented. It seems to have been a typo for PCRE_STATIC, so I have changed it. 5. The construct (?&) was not diagnosed as a syntax error (it referenced the first named subpattern) and a construct such as (?&a) would reference the first named subpattern whose name started with "a" (in other words, the length check was missing). Both these problems are fixed. "Subpattern name expected" is now given for (?&) (a zero-length name), and this patch also makes it give the same error for \k'' (previously it complained that that was a reference to a non-existent subpattern). 6. The erroneous patterns (?+-a) and (?-+a) give different error messages; this is right because (?- can be followed by option settings as well as by digits. I have, however, made the messages clearer. 7. Patterns such as (?(1)a|b) (a pattern that contains fewer subpatterns than the number used in the conditional) now cause a compile-time error. This is actually not compatible with Perl, which accepts such patterns, but treats the conditional as always being FALSE (as PCRE used to), but it seems to me that giving a diagnostic is better. 8. Change "alphameric" to the more common word "alphanumeric" in comments and messages. 9. Fix two occurrences of "backslash" in comments that should have been "backspace". 10. Remove two redundant lines of code that can never be obeyed (their function was moved elsewhere). 11. The program that makes PCRE's Unicode character property table had a bug which caused it to generate incorrect table entries for sequences of characters that have the same character type, but are in different scripts. It amalgamated them into a single range, with the script of the first of them. In other words, some characters were in the wrong script. There were thirteen such cases, affecting characters in the following ranges: U+002b0 - U+002c1 U+0060c - U+0060d U+0061e - U+00612 U+0064b - U+0065e U+0074d - U+0076d U+01800 - U+01805 U+01d00 - U+01d77 U+01d9b - U+01dbf U+0200b - U+0200f U+030fc - U+030fe U+03260 - U+0327f U+0fb46 - U+0fbb1 U+10450 - U+1049d 12. The -o option (show only the matching part of a line) for pcregrep was not compatible with GNU grep in that, if there was more than one match in a line, it showed only the first of them. It now behaves in the same way as GNU grep. 13. If the -o and -v options were combined for pcregrep, it printed a blank line for every non-matching line. GNU grep prints nothing, and pcregrep now does the same. The return code can be used to tell if there were any non-matching lines. 14. Added --file-offsets and --line-offsets to pcregrep. 15. The pattern (?=something)(?R) was not being diagnosed as a potentially infinitely looping recursion. The bug was that positive lookaheads were not being skipped when checking for a possible empty match (negative lookaheads and both kinds of lookbehind were skipped). 16. Fixed two typos in the Windows-only code in pcregrep.c, and moved the inclusion of to before rather than after the definition of INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES (patch from David Byron). 17. Specifying a possessive quantifier with a specific limit for a Unicode character property caused pcre_compile() to compile bad code, which led at runtime to PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL (-14). Examples of patterns that caused this are: /\p{Zl}{2,3}+/8 and /\p{Cc}{2}+/8. It was the possessive "+" that caused the error; without that there was no problem. 18. Added --enable-pcregrep-libz and --enable-pcregrep-libbz2. 19. Added --enable-pcretest-libreadline. 20. In pcrecpp.cc, the variable 'count' was incremented twice in RE::GlobalReplace(). As a result, the number of replacements returned was double what it should be. I removed one of the increments, but Craig sent a later patch that removed the other one (the right fix) and added unit tests that check the return values (which was not done before). 21. Several CMake things: (1) Arranged that, when cmake is used on Unix, the libraries end up with the names libpcre and libpcreposix, not just pcre and pcreposix. (2) The above change means that pcretest and pcregrep are now correctly linked with the newly-built libraries, not previously installed ones. (3) Added PCRE_SUPPORT_LIBREADLINE, PCRE_SUPPORT_LIBZ, PCRE_SUPPORT_LIBBZ2. 22. In UTF-8 mode, with newline set to "any", a pattern such as .*a.*=.b.* crashed when matching a string such as a\x{2029}b (note that \x{2029} is a UTF-8 newline character). The key issue is that the pattern starts .*; this means that the match must be either at the beginning, or after a newline. The bug was in the code for advancing after a failed match and checking that the new position followed a newline. It was not taking account of UTF-8 characters correctly. 23. PCRE was behaving differently from Perl in the way it recognized POSIX character classes. PCRE was not treating the sequence [:...:] as a character class unless the ... were all letters. Perl, however, seems to allow any characters between [: and :], though of course it rejects as unknown any "names" that contain non-letters, because all the known class names consist only of letters. Thus, Perl gives an error for [[:1234:]], for example, whereas PCRE did not - it did not recognize a POSIX character class. This seemed a bit dangerous, so the code has been changed to be closer to Perl. The behaviour is not identical to Perl, because PCRE will diagnose an unknown class for, for example, [[:l\ower:]] where Perl will treat it as [[:lower:]]. However, PCRE does now give "unknown" errors where Perl does, and where it didn't before. 24. Rewrite so as to remove the single use of %n from pcregrep because in some Windows environments %n is disabled by default. Version 7.4 21-Sep-07 --------------------- 1. Change 7.3/28 was implemented for classes by looking at the bitmap. This means that a class such as [\s] counted as "explicit reference to CR or LF". That isn't really right - the whole point of the change was to try to help when there was an actual mention of one of the two characters. So now the change happens only if \r or \n (or a literal CR or LF) character is encountered. 2. The 32-bit options word was also used for 6 internal flags, but the numbers of both had grown to the point where there were only 3 bits left. Fortunately, there was spare space in the data structure, and so I have moved the internal flags into a new 16-bit field to free up more option bits. 3. The appearance of (?J) at the start of a pattern set the DUPNAMES option, but did not set the internal JCHANGED flag - either of these is enough to control the way the "get" function works - but the PCRE_INFO_JCHANGED facility is supposed to tell if (?J) was ever used, so now (?J) at the start sets both bits. 4. Added options (at build time, compile time, exec time) to change \R from matching any Unicode line ending sequence to just matching CR, LF, or CRLF. 5. doc/pcresyntax.html was missing from the distribution. 6. Put back the definition of PCRE_ERROR_NULLWSLIMIT, for backward compatibility, even though it is no longer used. 7. Added macro for snprintf to pcrecpp_unittest.cc and also for strtoll and strtoull to pcrecpp.cc to select the available functions in WIN32 when the windows.h file is present (where different names are used). [This was reversed later after testing - see 16 below.] 8. Changed all #include to #include "config.h". There were also some further cases that I changed to "pcre.h". 9. When pcregrep was used with the --colour option, it missed the line ending sequence off the lines that it output. 10. It was pointed out to me that arrays of string pointers cause lots of relocations when a shared library is dynamically loaded. A technique of using a single long string with a table of offsets can drastically reduce these. I have refactored PCRE in four places to do this. The result is dramatic: Originally: 290 After changing UCP table: 187 After changing error message table: 43 After changing table of "verbs" 36 After changing table of Posix names 22 Thanks to the folks working on Gregex for glib for this insight. 11. --disable-stack-for-recursion caused compiling to fail unless -enable- unicode-properties was also set. 12. Updated the tests so that they work when \R is defaulted to ANYCRLF. 13. Added checks for ANY and ANYCRLF to pcrecpp.cc where it previously checked only for CRLF. 14. Added casts to pcretest.c to avoid compiler warnings. 15. Added Craig's patch to various pcrecpp modules to avoid compiler warnings. 16. Added Craig's patch to remove the WINDOWS_H tests, that were not working, and instead check for _strtoi64 explicitly, and avoid the use of snprintf() entirely. This removes changes made in 7 above. 17. The CMake files have been updated, and there is now more information about building with CMake in the NON-UNIX-USE document. Version 7.3 28-Aug-07 --------------------- 1. In the rejigging of the build system that eventually resulted in 7.1, the line "#include " was included in pcre_internal.h. The use of angle brackets there is not right, since it causes compilers to look for an installed pcre.h, not the version that is in the source that is being compiled (which of course may be different). I have changed it back to: #include "pcre.h" I have a vague recollection that the change was concerned with compiling in different directories, but in the new build system, that is taken care of by the VPATH setting the Makefile. 2. The pattern .*$ when run in not-DOTALL UTF-8 mode with newline=any failed when the subject happened to end in the byte 0x85 (e.g. if the last character was \x{1ec5}). *Character* 0x85 is one of the "any" newline characters but of course it shouldn't be taken as a newline when it is part of another character. The bug was that, for an unlimited repeat of . in not-DOTALL UTF-8 mode, PCRE was advancing by bytes rather than by characters when looking for a newline. 3. A small performance improvement in the DOTALL UTF-8 mode .* case. 4. Debugging: adjusted the names of opcodes for different kinds of parentheses in debug output. 5. Arrange to use "%I64d" instead of "%lld" and "%I64u" instead of "%llu" for long printing in the pcrecpp unittest when running under MinGW. 6. ESC_K was left out of the EBCDIC table. 7. Change 7.0/38 introduced a new limit on the number of nested non-capturing parentheses; I made it 1000, which seemed large enough. Unfortunately, the limit also applies to "virtual nesting" when a pattern is recursive, and in this case 1000 isn't so big. I have been able to remove this limit at the expense of backing off one optimization in certain circumstances. Normally, when pcre_exec() would call its internal match() function recursively and immediately return the result unconditionally, it uses a "tail recursion" feature to save stack. However, when a subpattern that can match an empty string has an unlimited repetition quantifier, it no longer makes this optimization. That gives it a stack frame in which to save the data for checking that an empty string has been matched. Previously this was taken from the 1000-entry workspace that had been reserved. So now there is no explicit limit, but more stack is used. 8. Applied Daniel's patches to solve problems with the import/export magic syntax that is required for Windows, and which was going wrong for the pcreposix and pcrecpp parts of the library. These were overlooked when this problem was solved for the main library. 9. There were some crude static tests to avoid integer overflow when computing the size of patterns that contain repeated groups with explicit upper limits. As the maximum quantifier is 65535, the maximum group length was set at 30,000 so that the product of these two numbers did not overflow a 32-bit integer. However, it turns out that people want to use groups that are longer than 30,000 bytes (though not repeat them that many times). Change 7.0/17 (the refactoring of the way the pattern size is computed) has made it possible to implement the integer overflow checks in a much more dynamic way, which I have now done. The artificial limitation on group length has been removed - we now have only the limit on the total length of the compiled pattern, which depends on the LINK_SIZE setting. 10. Fixed a bug in the documentation for get/copy named substring when duplicate names are permitted. If none of the named substrings are set, the functions return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING (7); the doc said they returned an empty string. 11. Because Perl interprets \Q...\E at a high level, and ignores orphan \E instances, patterns such as [\Q\E] or [\E] or even [^\E] cause an error, because the ] is interpreted as the first data character and the terminating ] is not found. PCRE has been made compatible with Perl in this regard. Previously, it interpreted [\Q\E] as an empty class, and [\E] could cause memory overwriting. 10. Like Perl, PCRE automatically breaks an unlimited repeat after an empty string has been matched (to stop an infinite loop). It was not recognizing a conditional subpattern that could match an empty string if that subpattern was within another subpattern. For example, it looped when trying to match (((?(1)X|))*) but it was OK with ((?(1)X|)*) where the condition was not nested. This bug has been fixed. 12. A pattern like \X?\d or \P{L}?\d in non-UTF-8 mode could cause a backtrack past the start of the subject in the presence of bytes with the top bit set, for example "\x8aBCD". 13. Added Perl 5.10 experimental backtracking controls (*FAIL), (*F), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), (*THEN), (*COMMIT), and (*ACCEPT). 14. Optimized (?!) to (*FAIL). 15. Updated the test for a valid UTF-8 string to conform to the later RFC 3629. This restricts code points to be within the range 0 to 0x10FFFF, excluding the "low surrogate" sequence 0xD800 to 0xDFFF. Previously, PCRE allowed the full range 0 to 0x7FFFFFFF, as defined by RFC 2279. Internally, it still does: it's just the validity check that is more restrictive. 16. Inserted checks for integer overflows during escape sequence (backslash) processing, and also fixed erroneous offset values for syntax errors during backslash processing. 17. Fixed another case of looking too far back in non-UTF-8 mode (cf 12 above) for patterns like [\PPP\x8a]{1,}\x80 with the subject "A\x80". 18. An unterminated class in a pattern like (?1)\c[ with a "forward reference" caused an overrun. 19. A pattern like (?:[\PPa*]*){8,} which had an "extended class" (one with something other than just ASCII characters) inside a group that had an unlimited repeat caused a loop at compile time (while checking to see whether the group could match an empty string). 20. Debugging a pattern containing \p or \P could cause a crash. For example, [\P{Any}] did so. (Error in the code for printing property names.) 21. An orphan \E inside a character class could cause a crash. 22. A repeated capturing bracket such as (A)? could cause a wild memory reference during compilation. 23. There are several functions in pcre_compile() that scan along a compiled expression for various reasons (e.g. to see if it's fixed length for look behind). There were bugs in these functions when a repeated \p or \P was present in the pattern. These operators have additional parameters compared with \d, etc, and these were not being taken into account when moving along the compiled data. Specifically: (a) A item such as \p{Yi}{3} in a lookbehind was not treated as fixed length. (b) An item such as \pL+ within a repeated group could cause crashes or loops. (c) A pattern such as \p{Yi}+(\P{Yi}+)(?1) could give an incorrect "reference to non-existent subpattern" error. (d) A pattern like (\P{Yi}{2}\277)? could loop at compile time. 24. A repeated \S or \W in UTF-8 mode could give wrong answers when multibyte characters were involved (for example /\S{2}/8g with "A\x{a3}BC"). 25. Using pcregrep in multiline, inverted mode (-Mv) caused it to loop. 26. Patterns such as [\P{Yi}A] which include \p or \P and just one other character were causing crashes (broken optimization). 27. Patterns such as (\P{Yi}*\277)* (group with possible zero repeat containing \p or \P) caused a compile-time loop. 28. More problems have arisen in unanchored patterns when CRLF is a valid line break. For example, the unstudied pattern [\r\n]A does not match the string "\r\nA" because change 7.0/46 below moves the current point on by two characters after failing to match at the start. However, the pattern \nA *does* match, because it doesn't start till \n, and if [\r\n]A is studied, the same is true. There doesn't seem any very clean way out of this, but what I have chosen to do makes the common cases work: PCRE now takes note of whether there can be an explicit match for \r or \n anywhere in the pattern, and if so, 7.0/46 no longer applies. As part of this change, there's a new PCRE_INFO_HASCRORLF option for finding out whether a compiled pattern has explicit CR or LF references. 29. Added (*CR) etc for changing newline setting at start of pattern. Version 7.2 19-Jun-07 --------------------- 1. If the fr_FR locale cannot be found for test 3, try the "french" locale, which is apparently normally available under Windows. 2. Re-jig the pcregrep tests with different newline settings in an attempt to make them independent of the local environment's newline setting. 3. Add code to configure.ac to remove -g from the CFLAGS default settings. 4. Some of the "internals" tests were previously cut out when the link size was not 2, because the output contained actual offsets. The recent new "Z" feature of pcretest means that these can be cut out, making the tests usable with all link sizes. 5. Implemented Stan Switzer's goto replacement for longjmp() when not using stack recursion. This gives a massive performance boost under BSD, but just a small improvement under Linux. However, it saves one field in the frame in all cases. 6. Added more features from the forthcoming Perl 5.10: (a) (?-n) (where n is a string of digits) is a relative subroutine or recursion call. It refers to the nth most recently opened parentheses. (b) (?+n) is also a relative subroutine call; it refers to the nth next to be opened parentheses. (c) Conditions that refer to capturing parentheses can be specified relatively, for example, (?(-2)... or (?(+3)... (d) \K resets the start of the current match so that everything before is not part of it. (e) \k{name} is synonymous with \k and \k'name' (.NET compatible). (f) \g{name} is another synonym - part of Perl 5.10's unification of reference syntax. (g) (?| introduces a group in which the numbering of parentheses in each alternative starts with the same number. (h) \h, \H, \v, and \V match horizontal and vertical whitespace. 7. Added two new calls to pcre_fullinfo(): PCRE_INFO_OKPARTIAL and PCRE_INFO_JCHANGED. 8. A pattern such as (.*(.)?)* caused pcre_exec() to fail by either not terminating or by crashing. Diagnosed by Viktor Griph; it was in the code for detecting groups that can match an empty string. 9. A pattern with a very large number of alternatives (more than several hundred) was running out of internal workspace during the pre-compile phase, where pcre_compile() figures out how much memory will be needed. A bit of new cunning has reduced the workspace needed for groups with alternatives. The 1000-alternative test pattern now uses 12 bytes of workspace instead of running out of the 4096 that are available. 10. Inserted some missing (unsigned int) casts to get rid of compiler warnings. 11. Applied patch from Google to remove an optimization that didn't quite work. The report of the bug said: pcrecpp::RE("a*").FullMatch("aaa") matches, while pcrecpp::RE("a*?").FullMatch("aaa") does not, and pcrecpp::RE("a*?\\z").FullMatch("aaa") does again. 12. If \p or \P was used in non-UTF-8 mode on a character greater than 127 it matched the wrong number of bytes. Version 7.1 24-Apr-07 --------------------- 1. Applied Bob Rossi and Daniel G's patches to convert the build system to one that is more "standard", making use of automake and other Autotools. There is some re-arrangement of the files and adjustment of comments consequent on this. 2. Part of the patch fixed a problem with the pcregrep tests. The test of -r for recursive directory scanning broke on some systems because the files are not scanned in any specific order and on different systems the order was different. A call to "sort" has been inserted into RunGrepTest for the approprate test as a short-term fix. In the longer term there may be an alternative. 3. I had an email from Eric Raymond about problems translating some of PCRE's man pages to HTML (despite the fact that I distribute HTML pages, some people do their own conversions for various reasons). The problems concerned the use of low-level troff macros .br and .in. I have therefore removed all such uses from the man pages (some were redundant, some could be replaced by .nf/.fi pairs). The 132html script that I use to generate HTML has been updated to handle .nf/.fi and to complain if it encounters .br or .in. 4. Updated comments in configure.ac that get placed in config.h.in and also arranged for config.h to be included in the distribution, with the name config.h.generic, for the benefit of those who have to compile without Autotools (compare pcre.h, which is now distributed as pcre.h.generic). 5. Updated the support (such as it is) for Virtual Pascal, thanks to Stefan Weber: (1) pcre_internal.h was missing some function renames; (2) updated makevp.bat for the current PCRE, using the additional files makevp_c.txt, makevp_l.txt, and pcregexp.pas. 6. A Windows user reported a minor discrepancy with test 2, which turned out to be caused by a trailing space on an input line that had got lost in his copy. The trailing space was an accident, so I've just removed it. 7. Add -Wl,-R... flags in pcre-config.in for *BSD* systems, as I'm told that is needed. 8. Mark ucp_table (in ucptable.h) and ucp_gentype (in pcre_ucp_searchfuncs.c) as "const" (a) because they are and (b) because it helps the PHP maintainers who have recently made a script to detect big data structures in the php code that should be moved to the .rodata section. I remembered to update Builducptable as well, so it won't revert if ucptable.h is ever re-created. 9. Added some extra #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF8 conditionals into pcretest.c, pcre_printint.src, pcre_compile.c, pcre_study.c, and pcre_tables.c, in order to be able to cut out the UTF-8 tables in the latter when UTF-8 support is not required. This saves 1.5-2K of code, which is important in some applications. Later: more #ifdefs are needed in pcre_ord2utf8.c and pcre_valid_utf8.c so as not to refer to the tables, even though these functions will never be called when UTF-8 support is disabled. Otherwise there are problems with a shared library. 10. Fixed two bugs in the emulated memmove() function in pcre_internal.h: (a) It was defining its arguments as char * instead of void *. (b) It was assuming that all moves were upwards in memory; this was true a long time ago when I wrote it, but is no longer the case. The emulated memove() is provided for those environments that have neither memmove() nor bcopy(). I didn't think anyone used it these days, but that is clearly not the case, as these two bugs were recently reported. 11. The script PrepareRelease is now distributed: it calls 132html, CleanTxt, and Detrail to create the HTML documentation, the .txt form of the man pages, and it removes trailing spaces from listed files. It also creates pcre.h.generic and config.h.generic from pcre.h and config.h. In the latter case, it wraps all the #defines with #ifndefs. This script should be run before "make dist". 12. Fixed two fairly obscure bugs concerned with quantified caseless matching with Unicode property support. (a) For a maximizing quantifier, if the two different cases of the character were of different lengths in their UTF-8 codings (there are some cases like this - I found 11), and the matching function had to back up over a mixture of the two cases, it incorrectly assumed they were both the same length. (b) When PCRE was configured to use the heap rather than the stack for recursion during matching, it was not correctly preserving the data for the other case of a UTF-8 character when checking ahead for a match while processing a minimizing repeat. If the check also involved matching a wide character, but failed, corruption could cause an erroneous result when trying to check for a repeat of the original character. 13. Some tidying changes to the testing mechanism: (a) The RunTest script now detects the internal link size and whether there is UTF-8 and UCP support by running ./pcretest -C instead of relying on values substituted by "configure". (The RunGrepTest script already did this for UTF-8.) The configure.ac script no longer substitutes the relevant variables. (b) The debugging options /B and /D in pcretest show the compiled bytecode with length and offset values. This means that the output is different for different internal link sizes. Test 2 is skipped for link sizes other than 2 because of this, bypassing the problem. Unfortunately, there was also a test in test 3 (the locale tests) that used /B and failed for link sizes other than 2. Rather than cut the whole test out, I have added a new /Z option to pcretest that replaces the length and offset values with spaces. This is now used to make test 3 independent of link size. (Test 2 will be tidied up later.) 14. If erroroffset was passed as NULL to pcre_compile, it provoked a segmentation fault instead of returning the appropriate error message. 15. In multiline mode when the newline sequence was set to "any", the pattern ^$ would give a match between the \r and \n of a subject such as "A\r\nB". This doesn't seem right; it now treats the CRLF combination as the line ending, and so does not match in that case. It's only a pattern such as ^$ that would hit this one: something like ^ABC$ would have failed after \r and then tried again after \r\n. 16. Changed the comparison command for RunGrepTest from "diff -u" to "diff -ub" in an attempt to make files that differ only in their line terminators compare equal. This works on Linux. 17. Under certain error circumstances pcregrep might try to free random memory as it exited. This is now fixed, thanks to valgrind. 19. In pcretest, if the pattern /(?m)^$/g was matched against the string "abc\r\n\r\n", it found an unwanted second match after the second \r. This was because its rules for how to advance for /g after matching an empty string at the end of a line did not allow for this case. They now check for it specially. 20. pcretest is supposed to handle patterns and data of any length, by extending its buffers when necessary. It was getting this wrong when the buffer for a data line had to be extended. 21. Added PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF which is like ANY, but matches only CR, LF, or CRLF as a newline sequence. 22. Code for handling Unicode properties in pcre_dfa_exec() wasn't being cut out by #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP. This did no harm, as it could never be used, but I have nevertheless tidied it up. 23. Added some casts to kill warnings from HP-UX ia64 compiler. 24. Added a man page for pcre-config. Version 7.0 19-Dec-06 --------------------- 1. Fixed a signed/unsigned compiler warning in pcre_compile.c, shown up by moving to gcc 4.1.1. 2. The -S option for pcretest uses setrlimit(); I had omitted to #include sys/time.h, which is documented as needed for this function. It doesn't seem to matter on Linux, but it showed up on some releases of OS X. 3. It seems that there are systems where bytes whose values are greater than 127 match isprint() in the "C" locale. The "C" locale should be the default when a C program starts up. In most systems, only ASCII printing characters match isprint(). This difference caused the output from pcretest to vary, making some of the tests fail. I have changed pcretest so that: (a) When it is outputting text in the compiled version of a pattern, bytes other than 32-126 are always shown as hex escapes. (b) When it is outputting text that is a matched part of a subject string, it does the same, unless a different locale has been set for the match (using the /L modifier). In this case, it uses isprint() to decide. 4. Fixed a major bug that caused incorrect computation of the amount of memory required for a compiled pattern when options that changed within the pattern affected the logic of the preliminary scan that determines the length. The relevant options are -x, and -i in UTF-8 mode. The result was that the computed length was too small. The symptoms of this bug were either the PCRE error "internal error: code overflow" from pcre_compile(), or a glibc crash with a message such as "pcretest: free(): invalid next size (fast)". Examples of patterns that provoked this bug (shown in pcretest format) are: /(?-x: )/x /(?x)(?-x: \s*#\s*)/ /((?i)[\x{c0}])/8 /(?i:[\x{c0}])/8 HOWEVER: Change 17 below makes this fix obsolete as the memory computation is now done differently. 5. Applied patches from Google to: (a) add a QuoteMeta function to the C++ wrapper classes; (b) implement a new function in the C++ scanner that is more efficient than the old way of doing things because it avoids levels of recursion in the regex matching; (c) add a paragraph to the documentation for the FullMatch() function. 6. The escape sequence \n was being treated as whatever was defined as "newline". Not only was this contrary to the documentation, which states that \n is character 10 (hex 0A), but it also went horribly wrong when "newline" was defined as CRLF. This has been fixed. 7. In pcre_dfa_exec.c the value of an unsigned integer (the variable called c) was being set to -1 for the "end of line" case (supposedly a value that no character can have). Though this value is never used (the check for end of line is "zero bytes in current character"), it caused compiler complaints. I've changed it to 0xffffffff. 8. In pcre_version.c, the version string was being built by a sequence of C macros that, in the event of PCRE_PRERELEASE being defined as an empty string (as it is for production releases) called a macro with an empty argument. The C standard says the result of this is undefined. The gcc compiler treats it as an empty string (which was what was wanted) but it is reported that Visual C gives an error. The source has been hacked around to avoid this problem. 9. On the advice of a Windows user, included and in Windows builds of pcretest, and changed the call to _setmode() to use _O_BINARY instead of 0x8000. Made all the #ifdefs test both _WIN32 and WIN32 (not all of them did). 10. Originally, pcretest opened its input and output without "b"; then I was told that "b" was needed in some environments, so it was added for release 5.0 to both the input and output. (It makes no difference on Unix-like systems.) Later I was told that it is wrong for the input on Windows. I've now abstracted the modes into two macros, to make it easier to fiddle with them, and removed "b" from the input mode under Windows. 11. Added pkgconfig support for the C++ wrapper library, libpcrecpp. 12. Added -help and --help to pcretest as an official way of being reminded of the options. 13. Removed some redundant semicolons after macro calls in pcrecpparg.h.in and pcrecpp.cc because they annoy compilers at high warning levels. 14. A bit of tidying/refactoring in pcre_exec.c in the main bumpalong loop. 15. Fixed an occurrence of == in configure.ac that should have been = (shell scripts are not C programs :-) and which was not noticed because it works on Linux. 16. pcretest is supposed to handle any length of pattern and data line (as one line or as a continued sequence of lines) by extending its input buffer if necessary. This feature was broken for very long pattern lines, leading to a string of junk being passed to pcre_compile() if the pattern was longer than about 50K. 17. I have done a major re-factoring of the way pcre_compile() computes the amount of memory needed for a compiled pattern. Previously, there was code that made a preliminary scan of the pattern in order to do this. That was OK when PCRE was new, but as the facilities have expanded, it has become harder and harder to keep it in step with the real compile phase, and there have been a number of bugs (see for example, 4 above). I have now found a cunning way of running the real compile function in a "fake" mode that enables it to compute how much memory it would need, while actually only ever using a few hundred bytes of working memory and without too many tests of the mode. This should make future maintenance and development easier. A side effect of this work is that the limit of 200 on the nesting depth of parentheses has been removed (though this was never a serious limitation, I suspect). However, there is a downside: pcre_compile() now runs more slowly than before (30% or more, depending on the pattern). I hope this isn't a big issue. There is no effect on runtime performance. 18. Fixed a minor bug in pcretest: if a pattern line was not terminated by a newline (only possible for the last line of a file) and it was a pattern that set a locale (followed by /Lsomething), pcretest crashed. 19. Added additional timing features to pcretest. (1) The -tm option now times matching only, not compiling. (2) Both -t and -tm can be followed, as a separate command line item, by a number that specifies the number of repeats to use when timing. The default is 50000; this gives better precision, but takes uncomfortably long for very large patterns. 20. Extended pcre_study() to be more clever in cases where a branch of a subpattern has no definite first character. For example, (a*|b*)[cd] would previously give no result from pcre_study(). Now it recognizes that the first character must be a, b, c, or d. 21. There was an incorrect error "recursive call could loop indefinitely" if a subpattern (or the entire pattern) that was being tested for matching an empty string contained only one non-empty item after a nested subpattern. For example, the pattern (?>\x{100}*)\d(?R) provoked this error incorrectly, because the \d was being skipped in the check. 22. The pcretest program now has a new pattern option /B and a command line option -b, which is equivalent to adding /B to every pattern. This causes it to show the compiled bytecode, without the additional information that -d shows. The effect of -d is now the same as -b with -i (and similarly, /D is the same as /B/I). 23. A new optimization is now able automatically to treat some sequences such as a*b as a*+b. More specifically, if something simple (such as a character or a simple class like \d) has an unlimited quantifier, and is followed by something that cannot possibly match the quantified thing, the quantifier is automatically "possessified". 24. A recursive reference to a subpattern whose number was greater than 39 went wrong under certain circumstances in UTF-8 mode. This bug could also have affected the operation of pcre_study(). 25. Realized that a little bit of performance could be had by replacing (c & 0xc0) == 0xc0 with c >= 0xc0 when processing UTF-8 characters. 26. Timing data from pcretest is now shown to 4 decimal places instead of 3. 27. Possessive quantifiers such as a++ were previously implemented by turning them into atomic groups such as ($>a+). Now they have their own opcodes, which improves performance. This includes the automatically created ones from 23 above. 28. A pattern such as (?=(\w+))\1: which simulates an atomic group using a lookahead was broken if it was not anchored. PCRE was mistakenly expecting the first matched character to be a colon. This applied both to named and numbered groups. 29. The ucpinternal.h header file was missing its idempotency #ifdef. 30. I was sent a "project" file called libpcre.a.dev which I understand makes building PCRE on Windows easier, so I have included it in the distribution. 31. There is now a check in pcretest against a ridiculously large number being returned by pcre_exec() or pcre_dfa_exec(). If this happens in a /g or /G loop, the loop is abandoned. 32. Forward references to subpatterns in conditions such as (?(2)...) where subpattern 2 is defined later cause pcre_compile() to search forwards in the pattern for the relevant set of parentheses. This search went wrong when there were unescaped parentheses in a character class, parentheses escaped with \Q...\E, or parentheses in a #-comment in /x mode. 33. "Subroutine" calls and backreferences were previously restricted to referencing subpatterns earlier in the regex. This restriction has now been removed. 34. Added a number of extra features that are going to be in Perl 5.10. On the whole, these are just syntactic alternatives for features that PCRE had previously implemented using the Python syntax or my own invention. The other formats are all retained for compatibility. (a) Named groups can now be defined as (?...) or (?'name'...) as well as (?P...). The new forms, as well as being in Perl 5.10, are also .NET compatible. (b) A recursion or subroutine call to a named group can now be defined as (?&name) as well as (?P>name). (c) A backreference to a named group can now be defined as \k or \k'name' as well as (?P=name). The new forms, as well as being in Perl 5.10, are also .NET compatible. (d) A conditional reference to a named group can now use the syntax (?() or (?('name') as well as (?(name). (e) A "conditional group" of the form (?(DEFINE)...) can be used to define groups (named and numbered) that are never evaluated inline, but can be called as "subroutines" from elsewhere. In effect, the DEFINE condition is always false. There may be only one alternative in such a group. (f) A test for recursion can be given as (?(R1).. or (?(R&name)... as well as the simple (?(R). The condition is true only if the most recent recursion is that of the given number or name. It does not search out through the entire recursion stack. (g) The escape \gN or \g{N} has been added, where N is a positive or negative number, specifying an absolute or relative reference. 35. Tidied to get rid of some further signed/unsigned compiler warnings and some "unreachable code" warnings. 36. Updated the Unicode property tables to Unicode version 5.0.0. Amongst other things, this adds five new scripts. 37. Perl ignores orphaned \E escapes completely. PCRE now does the same. There were also incompatibilities regarding the handling of \Q..\E inside character classes, for example with patterns like [\Qa\E-\Qz\E] where the hyphen was adjacent to \Q or \E. I hope I've cleared all this up now. 38. Like Perl, PCRE detects when an indefinitely repeated parenthesized group matches an empty string, and forcibly breaks the loop. There were bugs in this code in non-simple cases. For a pattern such as ^(a()*)* matched against aaaa the result was just "a" rather than "aaaa", for example. Two separate and independent bugs (that affected different cases) have been fixed. 39. Refactored the code to abolish the use of different opcodes for small capturing bracket numbers. This is a tidy that I avoided doing when I removed the limit on the number of capturing brackets for 3.5 back in 2001. The new approach is not only tidier, it makes it possible to reduce the memory needed to fix the previous bug (38). 40. Implemented PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY to recognize any of the Unicode newline sequences (http://unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr18/) as "newline" when processing dot, circumflex, or dollar metacharacters, or #-comments in /x mode. 41. Add \R to match any Unicode newline sequence, as suggested in the Unicode report. 42. Applied patch, originally from Ari Pollak, modified by Google, to allow copy construction and assignment in the C++ wrapper. 43. Updated pcregrep to support "--newline=any". In the process, I fixed a couple of bugs that could have given wrong results in the "--newline=crlf" case. 44. Added a number of casts and did some reorganization of signed/unsigned int variables following suggestions from Dair Grant. Also renamed the variable "this" as "item" because it is a C++ keyword. 45. Arranged for dftables to add #include "pcre_internal.h" to pcre_chartables.c because without it, gcc 4.x may remove the array definition from the final binary if PCRE is built into a static library and dead code stripping is activated. 46. For an unanchored pattern, if a match attempt fails at the start of a newline sequence, and the newline setting is CRLF or ANY, and the next two characters are CRLF, advance by two characters instead of one. Version 6.7 04-Jul-06 --------------------- 1. In order to handle tests when input lines are enormously long, pcretest has been re-factored so that it automatically extends its buffers when necessary. The code is crude, but this _is_ just a test program. The default size has been increased from 32K to 50K. 2. The code in pcre_study() was using the value of the re argument before testing it for NULL. (Of course, in any sensible call of the function, it won't be NULL.) 3. The memmove() emulation function in pcre_internal.h, which is used on systems that lack both memmove() and bcopy() - that is, hardly ever - was missing a "static" storage class specifier. 4. When UTF-8 mode was not set, PCRE looped when compiling certain patterns containing an extended class (one that cannot be represented by a bitmap because it contains high-valued characters or Unicode property items, e.g. [\pZ]). Almost always one would set UTF-8 mode when processing such a pattern, but PCRE should not loop if you do not (it no longer does). [Detail: two cases were found: (a) a repeated subpattern containing an extended class; (b) a recursive reference to a subpattern that followed a previous extended class. It wasn't skipping over the extended class correctly when UTF-8 mode was not set.] 5. A negated single-character class was not being recognized as fixed-length in lookbehind assertions such as (?<=[^f]), leading to an incorrect compile error "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length". 6. The RunPerlTest auxiliary script was showing an unexpected difference between PCRE and Perl for UTF-8 tests. It turns out that it is hard to write a Perl script that can interpret lines of an input file either as byte characters or as UTF-8, which is what "perltest" was being required to do for the non-UTF-8 and UTF-8 tests, respectively. Essentially what you can't do is switch easily at run time between having the "use utf8;" pragma or not. In the end, I fudged it by using the RunPerlTest script to insert "use utf8;" explicitly for the UTF-8 tests. 7. In multiline (/m) mode, PCRE was matching ^ after a terminating newline at the end of the subject string, contrary to the documentation and to what Perl does. This was true of both matching functions. Now it matches only at the start of the subject and immediately after *internal* newlines. 8. A call of pcre_fullinfo() from pcretest to get the option bits was passing a pointer to an int instead of a pointer to an unsigned long int. This caused problems on 64-bit systems. 9. Applied a patch from the folks at Google to pcrecpp.cc, to fix "another instance of the 'standard' template library not being so standard". 10. There was no check on the number of named subpatterns nor the maximum length of a subpattern name. The product of these values is used to compute the size of the memory block for a compiled pattern. By supplying a very long subpattern name and a large number of named subpatterns, the size computation could be caused to overflow. This is now prevented by limiting the length of names to 32 characters, and the number of named subpatterns to 10,000. 11. Subpatterns that are repeated with specific counts have to be replicated in the compiled pattern. The size of memory for this was computed from the length of the subpattern and the repeat count. The latter is limited to 65535, but there was no limit on the former, meaning that integer overflow could in principle occur. The compiled length of a repeated subpattern is now limited to 30,000 bytes in order to prevent this. 12. Added the optional facility to have named substrings with the same name. 13. Added the ability to use a named substring as a condition, using the Python syntax: (?(name)yes|no). This overloads (?(R)... and names that are numbers (not recommended). Forward references are permitted. 14. Added forward references in named backreferences (if you see what I mean). 15. In UTF-8 mode, with the PCRE_DOTALL option set, a quantified dot in the pattern could run off the end of the subject. For example, the pattern "(?s)(.{1,5})"8 did this with the subject "ab". 16. If PCRE_DOTALL or PCRE_MULTILINE were set, pcre_dfa_exec() behaved as if PCRE_CASELESS was set when matching characters that were quantified with ? or *. 17. A character class other than a single negated character that had a minimum but no maximum quantifier - for example [ab]{6,} - was not handled correctly by pce_dfa_exec(). It would match only one character. 18. A valid (though odd) pattern that looked like a POSIX character class but used an invalid character after [ (for example [[,abc,]]) caused pcre_compile() to give the error "Failed: internal error: code overflow" or in some cases to crash with a glibc free() error. This could even happen if the pattern terminated after [[ but there just happened to be a sequence of letters, a binary zero, and a closing ] in the memory that followed. 19. Perl's treatment of octal escapes in the range \400 to \777 has changed over the years. Originally (before any Unicode support), just the bottom 8 bits were taken. Thus, for example, \500 really meant \100. Nowadays the output from "man perlunicode" includes this: The regular expression compiler produces polymorphic opcodes. That is, the pattern adapts to the data and automatically switches to the Unicode character scheme when presented with Unicode data--or instead uses a traditional byte scheme when presented with byte data. Sadly, a wide octal escape does not cause a switch, and in a string with no other multibyte characters, these octal escapes are treated as before. Thus, in Perl, the pattern /\500/ actually matches \100 but the pattern /\500|\x{1ff}/ matches \500 or \777 because the whole thing is treated as a Unicode string. I have not perpetrated such confusion in PCRE. Up till now, it took just the bottom 8 bits, as in old Perl. I have now made octal escapes with values greater than \377 illegal in non-UTF-8 mode. In UTF-8 mode they translate to the appropriate multibyte character. 29. Applied some refactoring to reduce the number of warnings from Microsoft and Borland compilers. This has included removing the fudge introduced seven years ago for the OS/2 compiler (see 2.02/2 below) because it caused a warning about an unused variable. 21. PCRE has not included VT (character 0x0b) in the set of whitespace characters since release 4.0, because Perl (from release 5.004) does not. [Or at least, is documented not to: some releases seem to be in conflict with the documentation.] However, when a pattern was studied with pcre_study() and all its branches started with \s, PCRE still included VT as a possible starting character. Of course, this did no harm; it just caused an unnecessary match attempt. 22. Removed a now-redundant internal flag bit that recorded the fact that case dependency changed within the pattern. This was once needed for "required byte" processing, but is no longer used. This recovers a now-scarce options bit. Also moved the least significant internal flag bit to the most- significant bit of the word, which was not previously used (hangover from the days when it was an int rather than a uint) to free up another bit for the future. 23. Added support for CRLF line endings as well as CR and LF. As well as the default being selectable at build time, it can now be changed at runtime via the PCRE_NEWLINE_xxx flags. There are now options for pcregrep to specify that it is scanning data with non-default line endings. 24. Changed the definition of CXXLINK to make it agree with the definition of LINK in the Makefile, by replacing LDFLAGS to CXXFLAGS. 25. Applied Ian Taylor's patches to avoid using another stack frame for tail recursions. This makes a big different to stack usage for some patterns. 26. If a subpattern containing a named recursion or subroutine reference such as (?P>B) was quantified, for example (xxx(?P>B)){3}, the calculation of the space required for the compiled pattern went wrong and gave too small a value. Depending on the environment, this could lead to "Failed: internal error: code overflow at offset 49" or "glibc detected double free or corruption" errors. 27. Applied patches from Google (a) to support the new newline modes and (b) to advance over multibyte UTF-8 characters in GlobalReplace. 28. Change free() to pcre_free() in pcredemo.c. Apparently this makes a difference for some implementation of PCRE in some Windows version. 29. Added some extra testing facilities to pcretest: \q in a data line sets the "match limit" value \Q in a data line sets the "match recursion limt" value -S sets the stack size, where is in megabytes The -S option isn't available for Windows. Version 6.6 06-Feb-06 --------------------- 1. Change 16(a) for 6.5 broke things, because PCRE_DATA_SCOPE was not defined in pcreposix.h. I have copied the definition from pcre.h. 2. Change 25 for 6.5 broke compilation in a build directory out-of-tree because pcre.h is no longer a built file. 3. Added Jeff Friedl's additional debugging patches to pcregrep. These are not normally included in the compiled code. Version 6.5 01-Feb-06 --------------------- 1. When using the partial match feature with pcre_dfa_exec(), it was not anchoring the second and subsequent partial matches at the new starting point. This could lead to incorrect results. For example, with the pattern /1234/, partially matching against "123" and then "a4" gave a match. 2. Changes to pcregrep: (a) All non-match returns from pcre_exec() were being treated as failures to match the line. Now, unless the error is PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH, an error message is output. Some extra information is given for the PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT and PCRE_ERROR_RECURSIONLIMIT errors, which are probably the only errors that are likely to be caused by users (by specifying a regex that has nested indefinite repeats, for instance). If there are more than 20 of these errors, pcregrep is abandoned. (b) A binary zero was treated as data while matching, but terminated the output line if it was written out. This has been fixed: binary zeroes are now no different to any other data bytes. (c) Whichever of the LC_ALL or LC_CTYPE environment variables is set is used to set a locale for matching. The --locale=xxxx long option has been added (no short equivalent) to specify a locale explicitly on the pcregrep command, overriding the environment variables. (d) When -B was used with -n, some line numbers in the output were one less than they should have been. (e) Added the -o (--only-matching) option. (f) If -A or -C was used with -c (count only), some lines of context were accidentally printed for the final match. (g) Added the -H (--with-filename) option. (h) The combination of options -rh failed to suppress file names for files that were found from directory arguments. (i) Added the -D (--devices) and -d (--directories) options. (j) Added the -F (--fixed-strings) option. (k) Allow "-" to be used as a file name for -f as well as for a data file. (l) Added the --colo(u)r option. (m) Added Jeffrey Friedl's -S testing option, but within #ifdefs so that it is not present by default. 3. A nasty bug was discovered in the handling of recursive patterns, that is, items such as (?R) or (?1), when the recursion could match a number of alternatives. If it matched one of the alternatives, but subsequently, outside the recursion, there was a failure, the code tried to back up into the recursion. However, because of the way PCRE is implemented, this is not possible, and the result was an incorrect result from the match. In order to prevent this happening, the specification of recursion has been changed so that all such subpatterns are automatically treated as atomic groups. Thus, for example, (?R) is treated as if it were (?>(?R)). 4. I had overlooked the fact that, in some locales, there are characters for which isalpha() is true but neither isupper() nor islower() are true. In the fr_FR locale, for instance, the \xAA and \xBA characters (ordmasculine and ordfeminine) are like this. This affected the treatment of \w and \W when they appeared in character classes, but not when they appeared outside a character class. The bit map for "word" characters is now created separately from the results of isalnum() instead of just taking it from the upper, lower, and digit maps. (Plus the underscore character, of course.) 5. The above bug also affected the handling of POSIX character classes such as [[:alpha:]] and [[:alnum:]]. These do not have their own bit maps in PCRE's permanent tables. Instead, the bit maps for such a class were previously created as the appropriate unions of the upper, lower, and digit bitmaps. Now they are created by subtraction from the [[:word:]] class, which has its own bitmap. 6. The [[:blank:]] character class matches horizontal, but not vertical space. It is created by subtracting the vertical space characters (\x09, \x0a, \x0b, \x0c) from the [[:space:]] bitmap. Previously, however, the subtraction was done in the overall bitmap for a character class, meaning that a class such as [\x0c[:blank:]] was incorrect because \x0c would not be recognized. This bug has been fixed. 7. Patches from the folks at Google: (a) pcrecpp.cc: "to handle a corner case that may or may not happen in real life, but is still worth protecting against". (b) pcrecpp.cc: "corrects a bug when negative radixes are used with regular expressions". (c) pcre_scanner.cc: avoid use of std::count() because not all systems have it. (d) Split off pcrecpparg.h from pcrecpp.h and had the former built by "configure" and the latter not, in order to fix a problem somebody had with compiling the Arg class on HP-UX. (e) Improve the error-handling of the C++ wrapper a little bit. (f) New tests for checking recursion limiting. 8. The pcre_memmove() function, which is used only if the environment does not have a standard memmove() function (and is therefore rarely compiled), contained two bugs: (a) use of int instead of size_t, and (b) it was not returning a result (though PCRE never actually uses the result). 9. In the POSIX regexec() interface, if nmatch is specified as a ridiculously large number - greater than INT_MAX/(3*sizeof(int)) - REG_ESPACE is returned instead of calling malloc() with an overflowing number that would most likely cause subsequent chaos. 10. The debugging option of pcretest was not showing the NO_AUTO_CAPTURE flag. 11. The POSIX flag REG_NOSUB is now supported. When a pattern that was compiled with this option is matched, the nmatch and pmatch options of regexec() are ignored. 12. Added REG_UTF8 to the POSIX interface. This is not defined by POSIX, but is provided in case anyone wants to the the POSIX interface with UTF-8 strings. 13. Added CXXLDFLAGS to the Makefile parameters to provide settings only on the C++ linking (needed for some HP-UX environments). 14. Avoid compiler warnings in get_ucpname() when compiled without UCP support (unused parameter) and in the pcre_printint() function (omitted "default" switch label when the default is to do nothing). 15. Added some code to make it possible, when PCRE is compiled as a C++ library, to replace subject pointers for pcre_exec() with a smart pointer class, thus making it possible to process discontinuous strings. 16. The two macros PCRE_EXPORT and PCRE_DATA_SCOPE are confusing, and perform much the same function. They were added by different people who were trying to make PCRE easy to compile on non-Unix systems. It has been suggested that PCRE_EXPORT be abolished now that there is more automatic apparatus for compiling on Windows systems. I have therefore replaced it with PCRE_DATA_SCOPE. This is set automatically for Windows; if not set it defaults to "extern" for C or "extern C" for C++, which works fine on Unix-like systems. It is now possible to override the value of PCRE_DATA_ SCOPE with something explicit in config.h. In addition: (a) pcreposix.h still had just "extern" instead of either of these macros; I have replaced it with PCRE_DATA_SCOPE. (b) Functions such as _pcre_xclass(), which are internal to the library, but external in the C sense, all had PCRE_EXPORT in their definitions. This is apparently wrong for the Windows case, so I have removed it. (It makes no difference on Unix-like systems.) 17. Added a new limit, MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION, which limits the depth of nesting of recursive calls to match(). This is different to MATCH_LIMIT because that limits the total number of calls to match(), not all of which increase the depth of recursion. Limiting the recursion depth limits the amount of stack (or heap if NO_RECURSE is set) that is used. The default can be set when PCRE is compiled, and changed at run time. A patch from Google adds this functionality to the C++ interface. 18. Changes to the handling of Unicode character properties: (a) Updated the table to Unicode 4.1.0. (b) Recognize characters that are not in the table as "Cn" (undefined). (c) I revised the way the table is implemented to a much improved format which includes recognition of ranges. It now supports the ranges that are defined in UnicodeData.txt, and it also amalgamates other characters into ranges. This has reduced the number of entries in the table from around 16,000 to around 3,000, thus reducing its size considerably. I realized I did not need to use a tree structure after all - a binary chop search is just as efficient. Having reduced the number of entries, I extended their size from 6 bytes to 8 bytes to allow for more data. (d) Added support for Unicode script names via properties such as \p{Han}. 19. In UTF-8 mode, a backslash followed by a non-Ascii character was not matching that character. 20. When matching a repeated Unicode property with a minimum greater than zero, (for example \pL{2,}), PCRE could look past the end of the subject if it reached it while seeking the minimum number of characters. This could happen only if some of the characters were more than one byte long, because there is a check for at least the minimum number of bytes. 21. Refactored the implementation of \p and \P so as to be more general, to allow for more different types of property in future. This has changed the compiled form incompatibly. Anybody with saved compiled patterns that use \p or \P will have to recompile them. 22. Added "Any" and "L&" to the supported property types. 23. Recognize \x{...} as a code point specifier, even when not in UTF-8 mode, but give a compile time error if the value is greater than 0xff. 24. The man pages for pcrepartial, pcreprecompile, and pcre_compile2 were accidentally not being installed or uninstalled. 25. The pcre.h file was built from pcre.h.in, but the only changes that were made were to insert the current release number. This seemed silly, because it made things harder for people building PCRE on systems that don't run "configure". I have turned pcre.h into a distributed file, no longer built by "configure", with the version identification directly included. There is no longer a pcre.h.in file. However, this change necessitated a change to the pcre-config script as well. It is built from pcre-config.in, and one of the substitutions was the release number. I have updated configure.ac so that ./configure now finds the release number by grepping pcre.h. 26. Added the ability to run the tests under valgrind. Version 6.4 05-Sep-05 --------------------- 1. Change 6.0/10/(l) to pcregrep introduced a bug that caused separator lines "--" to be printed when multiple files were scanned, even when none of the -A, -B, or -C options were used. This is not compatible with Gnu grep, so I consider it to be a bug, and have restored the previous behaviour. 2. A couple of code tidies to get rid of compiler warnings. 3. The pcretest program used to cheat by referring to symbols in the library whose names begin with _pcre_. These are internal symbols that are not really supposed to be visible externally, and in some environments it is possible to suppress them. The cheating is now confined to including certain files from the library's source, which is a bit cleaner. 4. Renamed pcre.in as pcre.h.in to go with pcrecpp.h.in; it also makes the file's purpose clearer. 5. Reorganized pcre_ucp_findchar(). Version 6.3 15-Aug-05 --------------------- 1. The file libpcre.pc.in did not have general read permission in the tarball. 2. There were some problems when building without C++ support: (a) If C++ support was not built, "make install" and "make test" still tried to test it. (b) There were problems when the value of CXX was explicitly set. Some changes have been made to try to fix these, and ... (c) --disable-cpp can now be used to explicitly disable C++ support. (d) The use of @CPP_OBJ@ directly caused a blank line preceded by a backslash in a target when C++ was disabled. This confuses some versions of "make", apparently. Using an intermediate variable solves this. (Same for CPP_LOBJ.) 3. $(LINK_FOR_BUILD) now includes $(CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD) and $(LINK) (non-Windows) now includes $(CFLAGS) because these flags are sometimes necessary on certain architectures. 4. Added a setting of -export-symbols-regex to the link command to remove those symbols that are exported in the C sense, but actually are local within the library, and not documented. Their names all begin with "_pcre_". This is not a perfect job, because (a) we have to except some symbols that pcretest ("illegally") uses, and (b) the facility isn't always available (and never for static libraries). I have made a note to try to find a way round (a) in the future. Version 6.2 01-Aug-05 --------------------- 1. There was no test for integer overflow of quantifier values. A construction such as {1111111111111111} would give undefined results. What is worse, if a minimum quantifier for a parenthesized subpattern overflowed and became negative, the calculation of the memory size went wrong. This could have led to memory overwriting. 2. Building PCRE using VPATH was broken. Hopefully it is now fixed. 3. Added "b" to the 2nd argument of fopen() in dftables.c, for non-Unix-like operating environments where this matters. 4. Applied Giuseppe Maxia's patch to add additional features for controlling PCRE options from within the C++ wrapper. 5. Named capturing subpatterns were not being correctly counted when a pattern was compiled. This caused two problems: (a) If there were more than 100 such subpatterns, the calculation of the memory needed for the whole compiled pattern went wrong, leading to an overflow error. (b) Numerical back references of the form \12, where the number was greater than 9, were not recognized as back references, even though there were sufficient previous subpatterns. 6. Two minor patches to pcrecpp.cc in order to allow it to compile on older versions of gcc, e.g. 2.95.4. Version 6.1 21-Jun-05 --------------------- 1. There was one reference to the variable "posix" in pcretest.c that was not surrounded by "#if !defined NOPOSIX". 2. Make it possible to compile pcretest without DFA support, UTF8 support, or the cross-check on the old pcre_info() function, for the benefit of the cut-down version of PCRE that is currently imported into Exim. 3. A (silly) pattern starting with (?i)(?-i) caused an internal space allocation error. I've done the easy fix, which wastes 2 bytes for sensible patterns that start (?i) but I don't think that matters. The use of (?i) is just an example; this all applies to the other options as well. 4. Since libtool seems to echo the compile commands it is issuing, the output from "make" can be reduced a bit by putting "@" in front of each libtool compile command. 5. Patch from the folks at Google for configure.in to be a bit more thorough in checking for a suitable C++ installation before trying to compile the C++ stuff. This should fix a reported problem when a compiler was present, but no suitable headers. 6. The man pages all had just "PCRE" as their title. I have changed them to be the relevant file name. I have also arranged that these names are retained in the file doc/pcre.txt, which is a concatenation in text format of all the man pages except the little individual ones for each function. 7. The NON-UNIX-USE file had not been updated for the different set of source files that come with release 6. I also added a few comments about the C++ wrapper. Version 6.0 07-Jun-05 --------------------- 1. Some minor internal re-organization to help with my DFA experiments. 2. Some missing #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP conditionals in pcretest and printint that didn't matter for the library itself when fully configured, but did matter when compiling without UCP support, or within Exim, where the ucp files are not imported. 3. Refactoring of the library code to split up the various functions into different source modules. The addition of the new DFA matching code (see below) to a single monolithic source would have made it really too unwieldy, quite apart from causing all the code to be include in a statically linked application, when only some functions are used. This is relevant even without the DFA addition now that patterns can be compiled in one application and matched in another. The downside of splitting up is that there have to be some external functions and data tables that are used internally in different modules of the library but which are not part of the API. These have all had their names changed to start with "_pcre_" so that they are unlikely to clash with other external names. 4. Added an alternate matching function, pcre_dfa_exec(), which matches using a different (DFA) algorithm. Although it is slower than the original function, it does have some advantages for certain types of matching problem. 5. Upgrades to pcretest in order to test the features of pcre_dfa_exec(), including restarting after a partial match. 6. A patch for pcregrep that defines INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES if it is not defined when compiling for Windows was sent to me. I have put it into the code, though I have no means of testing or verifying it. 7. Added the pcre_refcount() auxiliary function. 8. Added the PCRE_FIRSTLINE option. This constrains an unanchored pattern to match before or at the first newline in the subject string. In pcretest, the /f option on a pattern can be used to set this. 9. A repeated \w when used in UTF-8 mode with characters greater than 256 would behave wrongly. This has been present in PCRE since release 4.0. 10. A number of changes to the pcregrep command: (a) Refactored how -x works; insert ^(...)$ instead of setting PCRE_ANCHORED and checking the length, in preparation for adding something similar for -w. (b) Added the -w (match as a word) option. (c) Refactored the way lines are read and buffered so as to have more than one at a time available. (d) Implemented a pcregrep test script. (e) Added the -M (multiline match) option. This allows patterns to match over several lines of the subject. The buffering ensures that at least 8K, or the rest of the document (whichever is the shorter) is available for matching (and similarly the previous 8K for lookbehind assertions). (f) Changed the --help output so that it now says -w, --word-regex(p) instead of two lines, one with "regex" and the other with "regexp" because that confused at least one person since the short forms are the same. (This required a bit of code, as the output is generated automatically from a table. It wasn't just a text change.) (g) -- can be used to terminate pcregrep options if the next thing isn't an option but starts with a hyphen. Could be a pattern or a path name starting with a hyphen, for instance. (h) "-" can be given as a file name to represent stdin. (i) When file names are being printed, "(standard input)" is used for the standard input, for compatibility with GNU grep. Previously "" was used. (j) The option --label=xxx can be used to supply a name to be used for stdin when file names are being printed. There is no short form. (k) Re-factored the options decoding logic because we are going to add two more options that take data. Such options can now be given in four different ways, e.g. "-fname", "-f name", "--file=name", "--file name". (l) Added the -A, -B, and -C options for requesting that lines of context around matches be printed. (m) Added the -L option to print the names of files that do not contain any matching lines, that is, the complement of -l. (n) The return code is 2 if any file cannot be opened, but pcregrep does continue to scan other files. (o) The -s option was incorrectly implemented. For compatibility with other greps, it now suppresses the error message for a non-existent or non- accessible file (but not the return code). There is a new option called -q that suppresses the output of matching lines, which was what -s was previously doing. (p) Added --include and --exclude options to specify files for inclusion and exclusion when recursing. 11. The Makefile was not using the Autoconf-supported LDFLAGS macro properly. Hopefully, it now does. 12. Missing cast in pcre_study(). 13. Added an "uninstall" target to the makefile. 14. Replaced "extern" in the function prototypes in Makefile.in with "PCRE_DATA_SCOPE", which defaults to 'extern' or 'extern "C"' in the Unix world, but is set differently for Windows. 15. Added a second compiling function called pcre_compile2(). The only difference is that it has an extra argument, which is a pointer to an integer error code. When there is a compile-time failure, this is set non-zero, in addition to the error test pointer being set to point to an error message. The new argument may be NULL if no error number is required (but then you may as well call pcre_compile(), which is now just a wrapper). This facility is provided because some applications need a numeric error indication, but it has also enabled me to tidy up the way compile-time errors are handled in the POSIX wrapper. 16. Added VPATH=.libs to the makefile; this should help when building with one prefix path and installing with another. (Or so I'm told by someone who knows more about this stuff than I do.) 17. Added a new option, REG_DOTALL, to the POSIX function regcomp(). This passes PCRE_DOTALL to the pcre_compile() function, making the "." character match everything, including newlines. This is not POSIX-compatible, but somebody wanted the feature. From pcretest it can be activated by using both the P and the s flags. 18. AC_PROG_LIBTOOL appeared twice in Makefile.in. Removed one. 19. libpcre.pc was being incorrectly installed as executable. 20. A couple of places in pcretest check for end-of-line by looking for '\n'; it now also looks for '\r' so that it will work unmodified on Windows. 21. Added Google's contributed C++ wrapper to the distribution. 22. Added some untidy missing memory free() calls in pcretest, to keep Electric Fence happy when testing. Version 5.0 13-Sep-04 --------------------- 1. Internal change: literal characters are no longer packed up into items containing multiple characters in a single byte-string. Each character is now matched using a separate opcode. However, there may be more than one byte in the character in UTF-8 mode. 2. The pcre_callout_block structure has two new fields: pattern_position and next_item_length. These contain the offset in the pattern to the next match item, and its length, respectively. 3. The PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option for pcre_compile() requests the automatic insertion of callouts before each pattern item. Added the /C option to pcretest to make use of this. 4. On the advice of a Windows user, the lines #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) _setmode( _fileno( stdout ), 0x8000 ); #endif /* defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) */ have been added to the source of pcretest. This apparently does useful magic in relation to line terminators. 5. Changed "r" and "w" in the calls to fopen() in pcretest to "rb" and "wb" for the benefit of those environments where the "b" makes a difference. 6. The icc compiler has the same options as gcc, but "configure" doesn't seem to know about it. I have put a hack into configure.in that adds in code to set GCC=yes if CC=icc. This seems to end up at a point in the generated configure script that is early enough to affect the setting of compiler options, which is what is needed, but I have no means of testing whether it really works. (The user who reported this had patched the generated configure script, which of course I cannot do.) LATER: After change 22 below (new libtool files), the configure script seems to know about icc (and also ecc). Therefore, I have commented out this hack in configure.in. 7. Added support for pkg-config (2 patches were sent in). 8. Negated POSIX character classes that used a combination of internal tables were completely broken. These were [[:^alpha:]], [[:^alnum:]], and [[:^ascii]]. Typically, they would match almost any characters. The other POSIX classes were not broken in this way. 9. Matching the pattern "\b.*?" against "ab cd", starting at offset 1, failed to find the match, as PCRE was deluded into thinking that the match had to start at the start point or following a newline. The same bug applied to patterns with negative forward assertions or any backward assertions preceding ".*" at the start, unless the pattern required a fixed first character. This was a failing pattern: "(?!.bcd).*". The bug is now fixed. 10. In UTF-8 mode, when moving forwards in the subject after a failed match starting at the last subject character, bytes beyond the end of the subject string were read. 11. Renamed the variable "class" as "classbits" to make life easier for C++ users. (Previously there was a macro definition, but it apparently wasn't enough.) 12. Added the new field "tables" to the extra data so that tables can be passed in at exec time, or the internal tables can be re-selected. This allows a compiled regex to be saved and re-used at a later time by a different program that might have everything at different addresses. 13. Modified the pcre-config script so that, when run on Solaris, it shows a -R library as well as a -L library. 14. The debugging options of pcretest (-d on the command line or D on a pattern) showed incorrect output for anything following an extended class that contained multibyte characters and which was followed by a quantifier. 15. Added optional support for general category Unicode character properties via the \p, \P, and \X escapes. Unicode property support implies UTF-8 support. It adds about 90K to the size of the library. The meanings of the inbuilt class escapes such as \d and \s have NOT been changed. 16. Updated pcredemo.c to include calls to free() to release the memory for the compiled pattern. 17. The generated file chartables.c was being created in the source directory instead of in the building directory. This caused the build to fail if the source directory was different from the building directory, and was read-only. 18. Added some sample Win commands from Mark Tetrode into the NON-UNIX-USE file. No doubt somebody will tell me if they don't make sense... Also added Dan Mooney's comments about building on OpenVMS. 19. Added support for partial matching via the PCRE_PARTIAL option for pcre_exec() and the \P data escape in pcretest. 20. Extended pcretest with 3 new pattern features: (i) A pattern option of the form ">rest-of-line" causes pcretest to write the compiled pattern to the file whose name is "rest-of-line". This is a straight binary dump of the data, with the saved pointer to the character tables forced to be NULL. The study data, if any, is written too. After writing, pcretest reads a new pattern. (ii) If, instead of a pattern, ": new target : new target : use native compiler : use native linker : handle Windows platform correctly : ditto : ditto copy DLL to top builddir before testing As part of these changes, -no-undefined was removed again. This was reported to give trouble on HP-UX 11.0, so getting rid of it seems like a good idea in any case. 3. Some tidies to get rid of compiler warnings: . In the match_data structure, match_limit was an unsigned long int, whereas match_call_count was an int. I've made them both unsigned long ints. . In pcretest the fact that a const uschar * doesn't automatically cast to a void * provoked a warning. . Turning on some more compiler warnings threw up some "shadow" variables and a few more missing casts. 4. If PCRE was complied with UTF-8 support, but called without the PCRE_UTF8 option, a class that contained a single character with a value between 128 and 255 (e.g. /[\xFF]/) caused PCRE to crash. 5. If PCRE was compiled with UTF-8 support, but called without the PCRE_UTF8 option, a class that contained several characters, but with at least one whose value was between 128 and 255 caused PCRE to crash. Version 4.1 12-Mar-03 --------------------- 1. Compiling with gcc -pedantic found a couple of places where casts were needed, and a string in dftables.c that was longer than standard compilers are required to support. 2. Compiling with Sun's compiler found a few more places where the code could be tidied up in order to avoid warnings. 3. The variables for cross-compiling were called HOST_CC and HOST_CFLAGS; the first of these names is deprecated in the latest Autoconf in favour of the name CC_FOR_BUILD, because "host" is typically used to mean the system on which the compiled code will be run. I can't find a reference for HOST_CFLAGS, but by analogy I have changed it to CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD. 4. Added -no-undefined to the linking command in the Makefile, because this is apparently helpful for Windows. To make it work, also added "-L. -lpcre" to the linking step for the pcreposix library. 5. PCRE was failing to diagnose the case of two named groups with the same name. 6. A problem with one of PCRE's optimizations was discovered. PCRE remembers a literal character that is needed in the subject for a match, and scans along to ensure that it is present before embarking on the full matching process. This saves time in cases of nested unlimited repeats that are never going to match. Problem: the scan can take a lot of time if the subject is very long (e.g. megabytes), thus penalizing straightforward matches. It is now done only if the amount of subject to be scanned is less than 1000 bytes. 7. A lesser problem with the same optimization is that it was recording the first character of an anchored pattern as "needed", thus provoking a search right along the subject, even when the first match of the pattern was going to fail. The "needed" character is now not set for anchored patterns, unless it follows something in the pattern that is of non-fixed length. Thus, it still fulfils its original purpose of finding quick non-matches in cases of nested unlimited repeats, but isn't used for simple anchored patterns such as /^abc/. Version 4.0 17-Feb-03 --------------------- 1. If a comment in an extended regex that started immediately after a meta-item extended to the end of string, PCRE compiled incorrect data. This could lead to all kinds of weird effects. Example: /#/ was bad; /()#/ was bad; /a#/ was not. 2. Moved to autoconf 2.53 and libtool 1.4.2. 3. Perl 5.8 no longer needs "use utf8" for doing UTF-8 things. Consequently, the special perltest8 script is no longer needed - all the tests can be run from a single perltest script. 4. From 5.004, Perl has not included the VT character (0x0b) in the set defined by \s. It has now been removed in PCRE. This means it isn't recognized as whitespace in /x regexes too, which is the same as Perl. Note that the POSIX class [:space:] *does* include VT, thereby creating a mess. 5. Added the class [:blank:] (a GNU extension from Perl 5.8) to match only space and tab. 6. Perl 5.005 was a long time ago. It's time to amalgamate the tests that use its new features into the main test script, reducing the number of scripts. 7. Perl 5.8 has changed the meaning of patterns like /a(?i)b/. Earlier versions were backward compatible, and made the (?i) apply to the whole pattern, as if /i were given. Now it behaves more logically, and applies the option setting only to what follows. PCRE has been changed to follow suit. However, if it finds options settings right at the start of the pattern, it extracts them into the global options, as before. Thus, they show up in the info data. 8. Added support for the \Q...\E escape sequence. Characters in between are treated as literals. This is slightly different from Perl in that $ and @ are also handled as literals inside the quotes. In Perl, they will cause variable interpolation. Note the following examples: Pattern PCRE matches Perl matches \Qabc$xyz\E abc$xyz abc followed by the contents of $xyz \Qabc\$xyz\E abc\$xyz abc\$xyz \Qabc\E\$\Qxyz\E abc$xyz abc$xyz For compatibility with Perl, \Q...\E sequences are recognized inside character classes as well as outside them. 9. Re-organized 3 code statements in pcretest to avoid "overflow in floating-point constant arithmetic" warnings from a Microsoft compiler. Added a (size_t) cast to one statement in pcretest and one in pcreposix to avoid signed/unsigned warnings. 10. SunOS4 doesn't have strtoul(). This was used only for unpicking the -o option for pcretest, so I've replaced it by a simple function that does just that job. 11. pcregrep was ending with code 0 instead of 2 for the commands "pcregrep" or "pcregrep -". 12. Added "possessive quantifiers" ?+, *+, ++, and {,}+ which come from Sun's Java package. This provides some syntactic sugar for simple cases of what my documentation calls "once-only subpatterns". A pattern such as x*+ is the same as (?>x*). In other words, if what is inside (?>...) is just a single repeated item, you can use this simplified notation. Note that only makes sense with greedy quantifiers. Consequently, the use of the possessive quantifier forces greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option. 13. A change of greediness default within a pattern was not taking effect at the current level for patterns like /(b+(?U)a+)/. It did apply to parenthesized subpatterns that followed. Patterns like /b+(?U)a+/ worked because the option was abstracted outside. 14. PCRE now supports the \G assertion. It is true when the current matching position is at the start point of the match. This differs from \A when the starting offset is non-zero. Used with the /g option of pcretest (or similar code), it works in the same way as it does for Perl's /g option. If all alternatives of a regex begin with \G, the expression is anchored to the start match position, and the "anchored" flag is set in the compiled expression. 15. Some bugs concerning the handling of certain option changes within patterns have been fixed. These applied to options other than (?ims). For example, "a(?x: b c )d" did not match "XabcdY" but did match "Xa b c dY". It should have been the other way round. Some of this was related to change 7 above. 16. PCRE now gives errors for /[.x.]/ and /[=x=]/ as unsupported POSIX features, as Perl does. Previously, PCRE gave the warnings only for /[[.x.]]/ and /[[=x=]]/. PCRE now also gives an error for /[:name:]/ because it supports POSIX classes only within a class (e.g. /[[:alpha:]]/). 17. Added support for Perl's \C escape. This matches one byte, even in UTF8 mode. Unlike ".", it always matches newline, whatever the setting of PCRE_DOTALL. However, PCRE does not permit \C to appear in lookbehind assertions. Perl allows it, but it doesn't (in general) work because it can't calculate the length of the lookbehind. At least, that's the case for Perl 5.8.0 - I've been told they are going to document that it doesn't work in future. 18. Added an error diagnosis for escapes that PCRE does not support: these are \L, \l, \N, \P, \p, \U, \u, and \X. 19. Although correctly diagnosing a missing ']' in a character class, PCRE was reading past the end of the pattern in cases such as /[abcd/. 20. PCRE was getting more memory than necessary for patterns with classes that contained both POSIX named classes and other characters, e.g. /[[:space:]abc/. 21. Added some code, conditional on #ifdef VPCOMPAT, to make life easier for compiling PCRE for use with Virtual Pascal. 22. Small fix to the Makefile to make it work properly if the build is done outside the source tree. 23. Added a new extension: a condition to go with recursion. If a conditional subpattern starts with (?(R) the "true" branch is used if recursion has happened, whereas the "false" branch is used only at the top level. 24. When there was a very long string of literal characters (over 255 bytes without UTF support, over 250 bytes with UTF support), the computation of how much memory was required could be incorrect, leading to segfaults or other strange effects. 25. PCRE was incorrectly assuming anchoring (either to start of subject or to start of line for a non-DOTALL pattern) when a pattern started with (.*) and there was a subsequent back reference to those brackets. This meant that, for example, /(.*)\d+\1/ failed to match "abc123bc". Unfortunately, it isn't possible to check for precisely this case. All we can do is abandon the optimization if .* occurs inside capturing brackets when there are any back references whatsoever. (See below for a better fix that came later.) 26. The handling of the optimization for finding the first character of a non-anchored pattern, and for finding a character that is required later in the match were failing in some cases. This didn't break the matching; it just failed to optimize when it could. The way this is done has been re-implemented. 27. Fixed typo in error message for invalid (?R item (it said "(?p"). 28. Added a new feature that provides some of the functionality that Perl provides with (?{...}). The facility is termed a "callout". The way it is done in PCRE is for the caller to provide an optional function, by setting pcre_callout to its entry point. Like pcre_malloc and pcre_free, this is a global variable. By default it is unset, which disables all calling out. To get the function called, the regex must include (?C) at appropriate points. This is, in fact, equivalent to (?C0), and any number <= 255 may be given with (?C). This provides a means of identifying different callout points. When PCRE reaches such a point in the regex, if pcre_callout has been set, the external function is called. It is provided with data in a structure called pcre_callout_block, which is defined in pcre.h. If the function returns 0, matching continues; if it returns a non-zero value, the match at the current point fails. However, backtracking will occur if possible. [This was changed later and other features added - see item 49 below.] 29. pcretest is upgraded to test the callout functionality. It provides a callout function that displays information. By default, it shows the start of the match and the current position in the text. There are some new data escapes to vary what happens: \C+ in addition, show current contents of captured substrings \C- do not supply a callout function \C!n return 1 when callout number n is reached \C!n!m return 1 when callout number n is reached for the mth time 30. If pcregrep was called with the -l option and just a single file name, it output "" if a match was found, instead of the file name. 31. Improve the efficiency of the POSIX API to PCRE. If the number of capturing slots is less than POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD, use a block on the stack to pass to pcre_exec(). This saves a malloc/free per call. The default value of POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD is 10; it can be changed by --with-posix-malloc-threshold when configuring. 32. The default maximum size of a compiled pattern is 64K. There have been a few cases of people hitting this limit. The code now uses macros to handle the storing of links as offsets within the compiled pattern. It defaults to 2-byte links, but this can be changed to 3 or 4 bytes by --with-link-size when configuring. Tests 2 and 5 work only with 2-byte links because they output debugging information about compiled patterns. 33. Internal code re-arrangements: (a) Moved the debugging function for printing out a compiled regex into its own source file (printint.c) and used #include to pull it into pcretest.c and, when DEBUG is defined, into pcre.c, instead of having two separate copies. (b) Defined the list of op-code names for debugging as a macro in internal.h so that it is next to the definition of the opcodes. (c) Defined a table of op-code lengths for simpler skipping along compiled code. This is again a macro in internal.h so that it is next to the definition of the opcodes. 34. Added support for recursive calls to individual subpatterns, along the lines of Robin Houston's patch (but implemented somewhat differently). 35. Further mods to the Makefile to help Win32. Also, added code to pcregrep to allow it to read and process whole directories in Win32. This code was contributed by Lionel Fourquaux; it has not been tested by me. 36. Added support for named subpatterns. The Python syntax (?P...) is used to name a group. Names consist of alphanumerics and underscores, and must be unique. Back references use the syntax (?P=name) and recursive calls use (?P>name) which is a PCRE extension to the Python extension. Groups still have numbers. The function pcre_fullinfo() can be used after compilation to extract a name/number map. There are three relevant calls: PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE yields the size of each entry in the map PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT yields the number of entries PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE yields a pointer to the map. The map is a vector of fixed-size entries. The size of each entry depends on the length of the longest name used. The first two bytes of each entry are the group number, most significant byte first. There follows the corresponding name, zero terminated. The names are in alphabetical order. 37. Make the maximum literal string in the compiled code 250 for the non-UTF-8 case instead of 255. Making it the same both with and without UTF-8 support means that the same test output works with both. 38. There was a case of malloc(0) in the POSIX testing code in pcretest. Avoid calling malloc() with a zero argument. 39. Change 25 above had to resort to a heavy-handed test for the .* anchoring optimization. I've improved things by keeping a bitmap of backreferences with numbers 1-31 so that if .* occurs inside capturing brackets that are not in fact referenced, the optimization can be applied. It is unlikely that a relevant occurrence of .* (i.e. one which might indicate anchoring or forcing the match to follow \n) will appear inside brackets with a number greater than 31, but if it does, any back reference > 31 suppresses the optimization. 40. Added a new compile-time option PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE. This has the effect of disabling numbered capturing parentheses. Any opening parenthesis that is not followed by ? behaves as if it were followed by ?: but named parentheses can still be used for capturing (and they will acquire numbers in the usual way). 41. Redesigned the return codes from the match() function into yes/no/error so that errors can be passed back from deep inside the nested calls. A malloc failure while inside a recursive subpattern call now causes the PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY return instead of quietly going wrong. 42. It is now possible to set a limit on the number of times the match() function is called in a call to pcre_exec(). This facility makes it possible to limit the amount of recursion and backtracking, though not in a directly obvious way, because the match() function is used in a number of different circumstances. The count starts from zero for each position in the subject string (for non-anchored patterns). The default limit is, for compatibility, a large number, namely 10 000 000. You can change this in two ways: (a) When configuring PCRE before making, you can use --with-match-limit=n to set a default value for the compiled library. (b) For each call to pcre_exec(), you can pass a pcre_extra block in which a different value is set. See 45 below. If the limit is exceeded, pcre_exec() returns PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT. 43. Added a new function pcre_config(int, void *) to enable run-time extraction of things that can be changed at compile time. The first argument specifies what is wanted and the second points to where the information is to be placed. The current list of available information is: PCRE_CONFIG_UTF8 The output is an integer that is set to one if UTF-8 support is available; otherwise it is set to zero. PCRE_CONFIG_NEWLINE The output is an integer that it set to the value of the code that is used for newline. It is either LF (10) or CR (13). PCRE_CONFIG_LINK_SIZE The output is an integer that contains the number of bytes used for internal linkage in compiled expressions. The value is 2, 3, or 4. See item 32 above. PCRE_CONFIG_POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD The output is an integer that contains the threshold above which the POSIX interface uses malloc() for output vectors. See item 31 above. PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT The output is an unsigned integer that contains the default limit of the number of match() calls in a pcre_exec() execution. See 42 above. 44. pcretest has been upgraded by the addition of the -C option. This causes it to extract all the available output from the new pcre_config() function, and to output it. The program then exits immediately. 45. A need has arisen to pass over additional data with calls to pcre_exec() in order to support additional features. One way would have been to define pcre_exec2() (for example) with extra arguments, but this would not have been extensible, and would also have required all calls to the original function to be mapped to the new one. Instead, I have chosen to extend the mechanism that is used for passing in "extra" data from pcre_study(). The pcre_extra structure is now exposed and defined in pcre.h. It currently contains the following fields: flags a bitmap indicating which of the following fields are set study_data opaque data from pcre_study() match_limit a way of specifying a limit on match() calls for a specific call to pcre_exec() callout_data data for callouts (see 49 below) The flag bits are also defined in pcre.h, and are PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA The pcre_study() function now returns one of these new pcre_extra blocks, with the actual study data pointed to by the study_data field, and the PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA flag set. This can be passed directly to pcre_exec() as before. That is, this change is entirely upwards-compatible and requires no change to existing code. If you want to pass in additional data to pcre_exec(), you can either place it in a pcre_extra block provided by pcre_study(), or create your own pcre_extra block. 46. pcretest has been extended to test the PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT feature. If a data string contains the escape sequence \M, pcretest calls pcre_exec() several times with different match limits, until it finds the minimum value needed for pcre_exec() to complete. The value is then output. This can be instructive; for most simple matches the number is quite small, but for pathological cases it gets very large very quickly. 47. There's a new option for pcre_fullinfo() called PCRE_INFO_STUDYSIZE. It returns the size of the data block pointed to by the study_data field in a pcre_extra block, that is, the value that was passed as the argument to pcre_malloc() when PCRE was getting memory in which to place the information created by pcre_study(). The fourth argument should point to a size_t variable. pcretest has been extended so that this information is shown after a successful pcre_study() call when information about the compiled regex is being displayed. 48. Cosmetic change to Makefile: there's no need to have / after $(DESTDIR) because what follows is always an absolute path. (Later: it turns out that this is more than cosmetic for MinGW, because it doesn't like empty path components.) 49. Some changes have been made to the callout feature (see 28 above): (i) A callout function now has three choices for what it returns: 0 => success, carry on matching > 0 => failure at this point, but backtrack if possible < 0 => serious error, return this value from pcre_exec() Negative values should normally be chosen from the set of PCRE_ERROR_xxx values. In particular, returning PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH forces a standard "match failed" error. The error number PCRE_ERROR_CALLOUT is reserved for use by callout functions. It will never be used by PCRE itself. (ii) The pcre_extra structure (see 45 above) has a void * field called callout_data, with corresponding flag bit PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA. The pcre_callout_block structure has a field of the same name. The contents of the field passed in the pcre_extra structure are passed to the callout function in the corresponding field in the callout block. This makes it easier to use the same callout-containing regex from multiple threads. For testing, the pcretest program has a new data escape \C*n pass the number n (may be negative) as callout_data If the callout function in pcretest receives a non-zero value as callout_data, it returns that value. 50. Makefile wasn't handling CFLAGS properly when compiling dftables. Also, there were some redundant $(CFLAGS) in commands that are now specified as $(LINK), which already includes $(CFLAGS). 51. Extensions to UTF-8 support are listed below. These all apply when (a) PCRE has been compiled with UTF-8 support *and* pcre_compile() has been compiled with the PCRE_UTF8 flag. Patterns that are compiled without that flag assume one-byte characters throughout. Note that case-insensitive matching applies only to characters whose values are less than 256. PCRE doesn't support the notion of cases for higher-valued characters. (i) A character class whose characters are all within 0-255 is handled as a bit map, and the map is inverted for negative classes. Previously, a character > 255 always failed to match such a class; however it should match if the class was a negative one (e.g. [^ab]). This has been fixed. (ii) A negated character class with a single character < 255 is coded as "not this character" (OP_NOT). This wasn't working properly when the test character was multibyte, either singly or repeated. (iii) Repeats of multibyte characters are now handled correctly in UTF-8 mode, for example: \x{100}{2,3}. (iv) The character escapes \b, \B, \d, \D, \s, \S, \w, and \W (either singly or repeated) now correctly test multibyte characters. However, PCRE doesn't recognize any characters with values greater than 255 as digits, spaces, or word characters. Such characters always match \D, \S, and \W, and never match \d, \s, or \w. (v) Classes may now contain characters and character ranges with values greater than 255. For example: [ab\x{100}-\x{400}]. (vi) pcregrep now has a --utf-8 option (synonym -u) which makes it call PCRE in UTF-8 mode. 52. The info request value PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHAR has been renamed PCRE_INFO_FIRSTBYTE because it is a byte value. However, the old name is retained for backwards compatibility. (Note that LASTLITERAL is also a byte value.) 53. The single man page has become too large. I have therefore split it up into a number of separate man pages. These also give rise to individual HTML pages; these are now put in a separate directory, and there is an index.html page that lists them all. Some hyperlinking between the pages has been installed. 54. Added convenience functions for handling named capturing parentheses. 55. Unknown escapes inside character classes (e.g. [\M]) and escapes that aren't interpreted therein (e.g. [\C]) are literals in Perl. This is now also true in PCRE, except when the PCRE_EXTENDED option is set, in which case they are faulted. 56. Introduced HOST_CC and HOST_CFLAGS which can be set in the environment when calling configure. These values are used when compiling the dftables.c program which is run to generate the source of the default character tables. They default to the values of CC and CFLAGS. If you are cross-compiling PCRE, you will need to set these values. 57. Updated the building process for Windows DLL, as provided by Fred Cox. Version 3.9 02-Jan-02 --------------------- 1. A bit of extraneous text had somehow crept into the pcregrep documentation. 2. If --disable-static was given, the building process failed when trying to build pcretest and pcregrep. (For some reason it was using libtool to compile them, which is not right, as they aren't part of the library.) Version 3.8 18-Dec-01 --------------------- 1. The experimental UTF-8 code was completely screwed up. It was packing the bytes in the wrong order. How dumb can you get? Version 3.7 29-Oct-01 --------------------- 1. In updating pcretest to check change 1 of version 3.6, I screwed up. This caused pcretest, when used on the test data, to segfault. Unfortunately, this didn't happen under Solaris 8, where I normally test things. 2. The Makefile had to be changed to make it work on BSD systems, where 'make' doesn't seem to recognize that ./xxx and xxx are the same file. (This entry isn't in ChangeLog distributed with 3.7 because I forgot when I hastily made this fix an hour or so after the initial 3.7 release.) Version 3.6 23-Oct-01 --------------------- 1. Crashed with /(sens|respons)e and \1ibility/ and "sense and sensibility" if offsets passed as NULL with zero offset count. 2. The config.guess and config.sub files had not been updated when I moved to the latest autoconf. Version 3.5 15-Aug-01 --------------------- 1. Added some missing #if !defined NOPOSIX conditionals in pcretest.c that had been forgotten. 2. By using declared but undefined structures, we can avoid using "void" definitions in pcre.h while keeping the internal definitions of the structures private. 3. The distribution is now built using autoconf 2.50 and libtool 1.4. From a user point of view, this means that both static and shared libraries are built by default, but this can be individually controlled. More of the work of handling this static/shared cases is now inside libtool instead of PCRE's make file. 4. The pcretest utility is now installed along with pcregrep because it is useful for users (to test regexs) and by doing this, it automatically gets relinked by libtool. The documentation has been turned into a man page, so there are now .1, .txt, and .html versions in /doc. 5. Upgrades to pcregrep: (i) Added long-form option names like gnu grep. (ii) Added --help to list all options with an explanatory phrase. (iii) Added -r, --recursive to recurse into sub-directories. (iv) Added -f, --file to read patterns from a file. 6. pcre_exec() was referring to its "code" argument before testing that argument for NULL (and giving an error if it was NULL). 7. Upgraded Makefile.in to allow for compiling in a different directory from the source directory. 8. Tiny buglet in pcretest: when pcre_fullinfo() was called to retrieve the options bits, the pointer it was passed was to an int instead of to an unsigned long int. This mattered only on 64-bit systems. 9. Fixed typo (3.4/1) in pcre.h again. Sigh. I had changed pcre.h (which is generated) instead of pcre.in, which it its source. Also made the same change in several of the .c files. 10. A new release of gcc defines printf() as a macro, which broke pcretest because it had an ifdef in the middle of a string argument for printf(). Fixed by using separate calls to printf(). 11. Added --enable-newline-is-cr and --enable-newline-is-lf to the configure script, to force use of CR or LF instead of \n in the source. On non-Unix systems, the value can be set in config.h. 12. The limit of 200 on non-capturing parentheses is a _nesting_ limit, not an absolute limit. Changed the text of the error message to make this clear, and likewise updated the man page. 13. The limit of 99 on the number of capturing subpatterns has been removed. The new limit is 65535, which I hope will not be a "real" limit. Version 3.4 22-Aug-00 --------------------- 1. Fixed typo in pcre.h: unsigned const char * changed to const unsigned char *. 2. Diagnose condition (?(0) as an error instead of crashing on matching. Version 3.3 01-Aug-00 --------------------- 1. If an octal character was given, but the value was greater than \377, it was not getting masked to the least significant bits, as documented. This could lead to crashes in some systems. 2. Perl 5.6 (if not earlier versions) accepts classes like [a-\d] and treats the hyphen as a literal. PCRE used to give an error; it now behaves like Perl. 3. Added the functions pcre_free_substring() and pcre_free_substring_list(). These just pass their arguments on to (pcre_free)(), but they are provided because some uses of PCRE bind it to non-C systems that can call its functions, but cannot call free() or pcre_free() directly. 4. Add "make test" as a synonym for "make check". Corrected some comments in the Makefile. 5. Add $(DESTDIR)/ in front of all the paths in the "install" target in the Makefile. 6. Changed the name of pgrep to pcregrep, because Solaris has introduced a command called pgrep for grepping around the active processes. 7. Added the beginnings of support for UTF-8 character strings. 8. Arranged for the Makefile to pass over the settings of CC, CFLAGS, and RANLIB to ./ltconfig so that they are used by libtool. I think these are all the relevant ones. (AR is not passed because ./ltconfig does its own figuring out for the ar command.) Version 3.2 12-May-00 --------------------- This is purely a bug fixing release. 1. If the pattern /((Z)+|A)*/ was matched agained ZABCDEFG it matched Z instead of ZA. This was just one example of several cases that could provoke this bug, which was introduced by change 9 of version 2.00. The code for breaking infinite loops after an iteration that matches an empty string was't working correctly. 2. The pcretest program was not imitating Perl correctly for the pattern /a*/g when matched against abbab (for example). After matching an empty string, it wasn't forcing anchoring when setting PCRE_NOTEMPTY for the next attempt; this caused it to match further down the string than it should. 3. The code contained an inclusion of sys/types.h. It isn't clear why this was there because it doesn't seem to be needed, and it causes trouble on some systems, as it is not a Standard C header. It has been removed. 4. Made 4 silly changes to the source to avoid stupid compiler warnings that were reported on the Macintosh. The changes were from while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 && c != '\n'); to while ((c = *(++ptr)) != 0 && c != '\n') ; Totally extraordinary, but if that's what it takes... 5. PCRE is being used in one environment where neither memmove() nor bcopy() is available. Added HAVE_BCOPY and an autoconf test for it; if neither HAVE_MEMMOVE nor HAVE_BCOPY is set, use a built-in emulation function which assumes the way PCRE uses memmove() (always moving upwards). 6. PCRE is being used in one environment where strchr() is not available. There was only one use in pcre.c, and writing it out to avoid strchr() probably gives faster code anyway. Version 3.1 09-Feb-00 --------------------- The only change in this release is the fixing of some bugs in Makefile.in for the "install" target: (1) It was failing to install pcreposix.h. (2) It was overwriting the pcre.3 man page with the pcreposix.3 man page. Version 3.0 01-Feb-00 --------------------- 1. Add support for the /+ modifier to perltest (to output $` like it does in pcretest). 2. Add support for the /g modifier to perltest. 3. Fix pcretest so that it behaves even more like Perl for /g when the pattern matches null strings. 4. Fix perltest so that it doesn't do unwanted things when fed an empty pattern. Perl treats empty patterns specially - it reuses the most recent pattern, which is not what we want. Replace // by /(?#)/ in order to avoid this effect. 5. The POSIX interface was broken in that it was just handing over the POSIX captured string vector to pcre_exec(), but (since release 2.00) PCRE has required a bigger vector, with some working space on the end. This means that the POSIX wrapper now has to get and free some memory, and copy the results. 6. Added some simple autoconf support, placing the test data and the documentation in separate directories, re-organizing some of the information files, and making it build pcre-config (a GNU standard). Also added libtool support for building PCRE as a shared library, which is now the default. 7. Got rid of the leading zero in the definition of PCRE_MINOR because 08 and 09 are not valid octal constants. Single digits will be used for minor values less than 10. 8. Defined REG_EXTENDED and REG_NOSUB as zero in the POSIX header, so that existing programs that set these in the POSIX interface can use PCRE without modification. 9. Added a new function, pcre_fullinfo() with an extensible interface. It can return all that pcre_info() returns, plus additional data. The pcre_info() function is retained for compatibility, but is considered to be obsolete. 10. Added experimental recursion feature (?R) to handle one common case that Perl 5.6 will be able to do with (?p{...}). 11. Added support for POSIX character classes like [:alpha:], which Perl is adopting. Version 2.08 31-Aug-99 ---------------------- 1. When startoffset was not zero and the pattern began with ".*", PCRE was not trying to match at the startoffset position, but instead was moving forward to the next newline as if a previous match had failed. 2. pcretest was not making use of PCRE_NOTEMPTY when repeating for /g and /G, and could get into a loop if a null string was matched other than at the start of the subject. 3. Added definitions of PCRE_MAJOR and PCRE_MINOR to pcre.h so the version can be distinguished at compile time, and for completeness also added PCRE_DATE. 5. Added Paul Sokolovsky's minor changes to make it easy to compile a Win32 DLL in GnuWin32 environments. Version 2.07 29-Jul-99 ---------------------- 1. The documentation is now supplied in plain text form and HTML as well as in the form of man page sources. 2. C++ compilers don't like assigning (void *) values to other pointer types. In particular this affects malloc(). Although there is no problem in Standard C, I've put in casts to keep C++ compilers happy. 3. Typo on pcretest.c; a cast of (unsigned char *) in the POSIX regexec() call should be (const char *). 4. If NOPOSIX is defined, pcretest.c compiles without POSIX support. This may be useful for non-Unix systems who don't want to bother with the POSIX stuff. However, I haven't made this a standard facility. The documentation doesn't mention it, and the Makefile doesn't support it. 5. The Makefile now contains an "install" target, with editable destinations at the top of the file. The pcretest program is not installed. 6. pgrep -V now gives the PCRE version number and date. 7. Fixed bug: a zero repetition after a literal string (e.g. /abcde{0}/) was causing the entire string to be ignored, instead of just the last character. 8. If a pattern like /"([^\\"]+|\\.)*"/ is applied in the normal way to a non-matching string, it can take a very, very long time, even for strings of quite modest length, because of the nested recursion. PCRE now does better in some of these cases. It does this by remembering the last required literal character in the pattern, and pre-searching the subject to ensure it is present before running the real match. In other words, it applies a heuristic to detect some types of certain failure quickly, and in the above example, if presented with a string that has no trailing " it gives "no match" very quickly. 9. A new runtime option PCRE_NOTEMPTY causes null string matches to be ignored; other alternatives are tried instead. Version 2.06 09-Jun-99 ---------------------- 1. Change pcretest's output for amount of store used to show just the code space, because the remainder (the data block) varies in size between 32-bit and 64-bit systems. 2. Added an extra argument to pcre_exec() to supply an offset in the subject to start matching at. This allows lookbehinds to work when searching for multiple occurrences in a string. 3. Added additional options to pcretest for testing multiple occurrences: /+ outputs the rest of the string that follows a match /g loops for multiple occurrences, using the new startoffset argument /G loops for multiple occurrences by passing an incremented pointer 4. PCRE wasn't doing the "first character" optimization for patterns starting with \b or \B, though it was doing it for other lookbehind assertions. That is, it wasn't noticing that a match for a pattern such as /\bxyz/ has to start with the letter 'x'. On long subject strings, this gives a significant speed-up. Version 2.05 21-Apr-99 ---------------------- 1. Changed the type of magic_number from int to long int so that it works properly on 16-bit systems. 2. Fixed a bug which caused patterns starting with .* not to work correctly when the subject string contained newline characters. PCRE was assuming anchoring for such patterns in all cases, which is not correct because .* will not pass a newline unless PCRE_DOTALL is set. It now assumes anchoring only if DOTALL is set at top level; otherwise it knows that patterns starting with .* must be retried after every newline in the subject. Version 2.04 18-Feb-99 ---------------------- 1. For parenthesized subpatterns with repeats whose minimum was zero, the computation of the store needed to hold the pattern was incorrect (too large). If such patterns were nested a few deep, this could multiply and become a real problem. 2. Added /M option to pcretest to show the memory requirement of a specific pattern. Made -m a synonym of -s (which does this globally) for compatibility. 3. Subpatterns of the form (regex){n,m} (i.e. limited maximum) were being compiled in such a way that the backtracking after subsequent failure was pessimal. Something like (a){0,3} was compiled as (a)?(a)?(a)? instead of ((a)((a)(a)?)?)? with disastrous performance if the maximum was of any size. Version 2.03 02-Feb-99 ---------------------- 1. Fixed typo and small mistake in man page. 2. Added 4th condition (GPL supersedes if conflict) and created separate LICENCE file containing the conditions. 3. Updated pcretest so that patterns such as /abc\/def/ work like they do in Perl, that is the internal \ allows the delimiter to be included in the pattern. Locked out the use of \ as a delimiter. If \ immediately follows the final delimiter, add \ to the end of the pattern (to test the error). 4. Added the convenience functions for extracting substrings after a successful match. Updated pcretest to make it able to test these functions. Version 2.02 14-Jan-99 ---------------------- 1. Initialized the working variables associated with each extraction so that their saving and restoring doesn't refer to uninitialized store. 2. Put dummy code into study.c in order to trick the optimizer of the IBM C compiler for OS/2 into generating correct code. Apparently IBM isn't going to fix the problem. 3. Pcretest: the timing code wasn't using LOOPREPEAT for timing execution calls, and wasn't printing the correct value for compiling calls. Increased the default value of LOOPREPEAT, and the number of significant figures in the times. 4. Changed "/bin/rm" in the Makefile to "-rm" so it works on Windows NT. 5. Renamed "deftables" as "dftables" to get it down to 8 characters, to avoid a building problem on Windows NT with a FAT file system. Version 2.01 21-Oct-98 ---------------------- 1. Changed the API for pcre_compile() to allow for the provision of a pointer to character tables built by pcre_maketables() in the current locale. If NULL is passed, the default tables are used. Version 2.00 24-Sep-98 ---------------------- 1. Since the (>?) facility is in Perl 5.005, don't require PCRE_EXTRA to enable it any more. 2. Allow quantification of (?>) groups, and make it work correctly. 3. The first character computation wasn't working for (?>) groups. 4. Correct the implementation of \Z (it is permitted to match on the \n at the end of the subject) and add 5.005's \z, which really does match only at the very end of the subject. 5. Remove the \X "cut" facility; Perl doesn't have it, and (?> is neater. 6. Remove the ability to specify CASELESS, MULTILINE, DOTALL, and DOLLAR_END_ONLY at runtime, to make it possible to implement the Perl 5.005 localized options. All options to pcre_study() were also removed. 7. Add other new features from 5.005: $(?<= positive lookbehind $(?a*))*/ (a PCRE_EXTRA facility). Version 1.00 18-Nov-97 ---------------------- 1. Added compile-time macros to support systems such as SunOS4 which don't have memmove() or strerror() but have other things that can be used instead. 2. Arranged that "make clean" removes the executables. Version 0.99 27-Oct-97 ---------------------- 1. Fixed bug in code for optimizing classes with only one character. It was initializing a 32-byte map regardless, which could cause it to run off the end of the memory it had got. 2. Added, conditional on PCRE_EXTRA, the proposed (?>REGEX) construction. Version 0.98 22-Oct-97 ---------------------- 1. Fixed bug in code for handling temporary memory usage when there are more back references than supplied space in the ovector. This could cause segfaults. Version 0.97 21-Oct-97 ---------------------- 1. Added the \X "cut" facility, conditional on PCRE_EXTRA. 2. Optimized negated single characters not to use a bit map. 3. Brought error texts together as macro definitions; clarified some of them; fixed one that was wrong - it said "range out of order" when it meant "invalid escape sequence". 4. Changed some char * arguments to const char *. 5. Added PCRE_NOTBOL and PCRE_NOTEOL (from POSIX). 6. Added the POSIX-style API wrapper in pcreposix.a and testing facilities in pcretest. Version 0.96 16-Oct-97 ---------------------- 1. Added a simple "pgrep" utility to the distribution. 2. Fixed an incompatibility with Perl: "{" is now treated as a normal character unless it appears in one of the precise forms "{ddd}", "{ddd,}", or "{ddd,ddd}" where "ddd" means "one or more decimal digits". 3. Fixed serious bug. If a pattern had a back reference, but the call to pcre_exec() didn't supply a large enough ovector to record the related identifying subpattern, the match always failed. PCRE now remembers the number of the largest back reference, and gets some temporary memory in which to save the offsets during matching if necessary, in order to ensure that backreferences always work. 4. Increased the compatibility with Perl in a number of ways: (a) . no longer matches \n by default; an option PCRE_DOTALL is provided to request this handling. The option can be set at compile or exec time. (b) $ matches before a terminating newline by default; an option PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY is provided to override this (but not in multiline mode). The option can be set at compile or exec time. (c) The handling of \ followed by a digit other than 0 is now supposed to be the same as Perl's. If the decimal number it represents is less than 10 or there aren't that many previous left capturing parentheses, an octal escape is read. Inside a character class, it's always an octal escape, even if it is a single digit. (d) An escaped but undefined alphabetic character is taken as a literal, unless PCRE_EXTRA is set. Currently this just reserves the remaining escapes. (e) {0} is now permitted. (The previous item is removed from the compiled pattern). 5. Changed all the names of code files so that the basic parts are no longer than 10 characters, and abolished the teeny "globals.c" file. 6. Changed the handling of character classes; they are now done with a 32-byte bit map always. 7. Added the -d and /D options to pcretest to make it possible to look at the internals of compilation without having to recompile pcre. Version 0.95 23-Sep-97 ---------------------- 1. Fixed bug in pre-pass concerning escaped "normal" characters such as \x5c or \x20 at the start of a run of normal characters. These were being treated as real characters, instead of the source characters being re-checked. Version 0.94 18-Sep-97 ---------------------- 1. The functions are now thread-safe, with the caveat that the global variables containing pointers to malloc() and free() or alternative functions are the same for all threads. 2. Get pcre_study() to generate a bitmap of initial characters for non- anchored patterns when this is possible, and use it if passed to pcre_exec(). Version 0.93 15-Sep-97 ---------------------- 1. /(b)|(:+)/ was computing an incorrect first character. 2. Add pcre_study() to the API and the passing of pcre_extra to pcre_exec(), but not actually doing anything yet. 3. Treat "-" characters in classes that cannot be part of ranges as literals, as Perl does (e.g. [-az] or [az-]). 4. Set the anchored flag if a branch starts with .* or .*? because that tests all possible positions. 5. Split up into different modules to avoid including unneeded functions in a compiled binary. However, compile and exec are still in one module. The "study" function is split off. 6. The character tables are now in a separate module whose source is generated by an auxiliary program - but can then be edited by hand if required. There are now no calls to isalnum(), isspace(), isdigit(), isxdigit(), tolower() or toupper() in the code. 7. Turn the malloc/free funtions variables into pcre_malloc and pcre_free and make them global. Abolish the function for setting them, as the caller can now set them directly. Version 0.92 11-Sep-97 ---------------------- 1. A repeat with a fixed maximum and a minimum of 1 for an ordinary character (e.g. /a{1,3}/) was broken (I mis-optimized it). 2. Caseless matching was not working in character classes if the characters in the pattern were in upper case. 3. Make ranges like [W-c] work in the same way as Perl for caseless matching. 4. Make PCRE_ANCHORED public and accept as a compile option. 5. Add an options word to pcre_exec() and accept PCRE_ANCHORED and PCRE_CASELESS at run time. Add escapes \A and \I to pcretest to cause it to pass them. 6. Give an error if bad option bits passed at compile or run time. 7. Add PCRE_MULTILINE at compile and exec time, and (?m) as well. Add \M to pcretest to cause it to pass that flag. 8. Add pcre_info(), to get the number of identifying subpatterns, the stored options, and the first character, if set. 9. Recognize C+ or C{n,m} where n >= 1 as providing a fixed starting character. Version 0.91 10-Sep-97 ---------------------- 1. PCRE was failing to diagnose unlimited repeats of subpatterns that could match the empty string as in /(a*)*/. It was looping and ultimately crashing. 2. PCRE was looping on encountering an indefinitely repeated back reference to a subpattern that had matched an empty string, e.g. /(a|)\1*/. It now does what Perl does - treats the match as successful. **** tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/INSTALL000066400000000000000000000366141335323540100153060ustar00rootroot00000000000000Installation Instructions ************************* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is, without warranty of any kind. Basic Installation ================== Briefly, the shell command './configure && make && make install' should configure, build, and install this package. The following more-detailed instructions are generic; see the 'README' file for instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this 'INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions. The 'configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses those values to create a 'Makefile' in each directory of the package. It may also create one or more '.h' files containing system-dependent definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script 'config.status' that you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a file 'config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for debugging 'configure'). It can also use an optional file (typically called 'config.cache' and enabled with '--cache-file=config.cache' or simply '-C') that saves the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files. If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try to figure out how 'configure' could check whether to do them, and mail diffs or instructions to the address given in the 'README' so they can be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at some point 'config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. The file 'configure.ac' (or 'configure.in') is used to create 'configure' by a program called 'autoconf'. You need 'configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate 'configure' using a newer version of 'autoconf'. The simplest way to compile this package is: 1. 'cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type './configure' to configure the package for your system. Running 'configure' might take a while. While running, it prints some messages telling which features it is checking for. 2. Type 'make' to compile the package. 3. Optionally, type 'make check' to run any self-tests that come with the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries. 4. Type 'make install' to install the programs and any data files and documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular user, and only the 'make install' phase executed with root privileges. 5. Optionally, type 'make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but this time using the binaries in their final installed location. This target does not install anything. Running this target as a regular user, particularly if the prior 'make install' required root privileges, verifies that the installation completed correctly. 6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the source code directory by typing 'make clean'. To also remove the files that 'configure' created (so you can compile the package for a different kind of computer), type 'make distclean'. There is also a 'make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came with the distribution. 7. Often, you can also type 'make uninstall' to remove the installed files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the GNU Coding Standards. 8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide 'make distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other targets like 'make install' and 'make uninstall' work correctly. This target is generally not run by end users. Compilers and Options ===================== Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the 'configure' script does not know about. Run './configure --help' for details on some of the pertinent environment variables. You can give 'configure' initial values for configuration parameters by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here is an example: ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix *Note Defining Variables::, for more details. Compiling For Multiple Architectures ==================================== You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their own directory. To do this, you can use GNU 'make'. 'cd' to the directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run the 'configure' script. 'configure' automatically checks for the source code in the directory that 'configure' is in and in '..'. This is known as a "VPATH" build. With a non-GNU 'make', it is safer to compile the package for one architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for one architecture, use 'make distclean' before reconfiguring for another architecture. On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or "universal" binaries--by specifying multiple '-arch' options to the compiler but only a single '-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like this: ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E" This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results using the 'lipo' tool if you have problems. Installation Names ================== By default, 'make install' installs the package's commands under '/usr/local/bin', include files under '/usr/local/include', etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than '/usr/local' by giving 'configure' the option '--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an absolute file name. You can specify separate installation prefixes for architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you pass the option '--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to 'configure', the package uses PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix. In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give options like '--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular kinds of files. Run 'configure --help' for a list of the directories you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the default for these options is expressed in terms of '${prefix}', so that specifying just '--prefix' will affect all of the other directory specifications that were not explicitly provided. The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the correct locations to 'configure'; however, many packages provide one or both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the 'make install' command line to change installation locations without having to reconfigure or recompile. The first method involves providing an override variable for each affected directory. For example, 'make install prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of '${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during 'configure', but not in terms of '${prefix}', must each be overridden at install time for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation. However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool. The second method involves providing the 'DESTDIR' variable. For example, 'make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend '/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of 'DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand, it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even when some directory options were not specified in terms of '${prefix}' at 'configure' time. Optional Features ================= If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving 'configure' the option '--program-prefix=PREFIX' or '--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. Some packages pay attention to '--enable-FEATURE' options to 'configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. They may also pay attention to '--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE is something like 'gnu-as' or 'x' (for the X Window System). The 'README' should mention any '--enable-' and '--with-' options that the package recognizes. For packages that use the X Window System, 'configure' can usually find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, you can use the 'configure' options '--x-includes=DIR' and '--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the execution of 'make' will be. For these packages, running './configure --enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be overridden with 'make V=1'; while running './configure --disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be overridden with 'make V=0'. Particular systems ================== On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in order to use an ANSI C compiler: ./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500" and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX. HP-UX 'make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped generated files such as 'configure' are involved. Use GNU 'make' instead. On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot parse its '' header file. The option '-nodtk' can be used as a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended to try ./configure CC="cc" and if that doesn't work, try ./configure CC="cc -nodtk" On Solaris, don't put '/usr/ucb' early in your 'PATH'. This directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of these programs are available in '/usr/bin'. So, if you need '/usr/ucb' in your 'PATH', put it _after_ '/usr/bin'. On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in '/boot/common', not '/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options: ./configure --prefix=/boot/common Specifying the System Type ========================== There may be some features 'configure' cannot figure out automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_ architectures, 'configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the '--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system type, such as 'sun4', or a canonical name which has the form: CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM where SYSTEM can have one of these forms: OS KERNEL-OS See the file 'config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If 'config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't need to know the machine type. If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should use the option '--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will produce code for. If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a platform different from the build platform, you should specify the "host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will eventually be run) with '--host=TYPE'. Sharing Defaults ================ If you want to set default values for 'configure' scripts to share, you can create a site shell script called 'config.site' that gives default values for variables like 'CC', 'cache_file', and 'prefix'. 'configure' looks for 'PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then 'PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the 'CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. A warning: not all 'configure' scripts look for a site script. Defining Variables ================== Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the environment passed to 'configure'. However, some packages may run configure again during the build, and the customized values of these variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set them in the 'configure' command line, using 'VAR=value'. For example: ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc causes the specified 'gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is overridden in the site shell script). Unfortunately, this technique does not work for 'CONFIG_SHELL' due to an Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use this workaround: CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash 'configure' Invocation ====================== 'configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates. '--help' '-h' Print a summary of all of the options to 'configure', and exit. '--help=short' '--help=recursive' Print a summary of the options unique to this package's 'configure', and exit. The 'short' variant lists options used only in the top level, while the 'recursive' variant lists options also present in any nested packages. '--version' '-V' Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the 'configure' script, and exit. '--cache-file=FILE' Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE, traditionally 'config.cache'. FILE defaults to '/dev/null' to disable caching. '--config-cache' '-C' Alias for '--cache-file=config.cache'. '--quiet' '--silent' '-q' Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To suppress all normal output, redirect it to '/dev/null' (any error messages will still be shown). '--srcdir=DIR' Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually 'configure' can determine that directory automatically. '--prefix=DIR' Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names:: for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning the installation locations. '--no-create' '-n' Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output files. 'configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run 'configure --help' for more details. tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/LICENCE000066400000000000000000000061561335323540100152400ustar00rootroot00000000000000PCRE LICENCE ------------ PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Release 8 of PCRE is distributed under the terms of the "BSD" licence, as specified below. The documentation for PCRE, supplied in the "doc" directory, is distributed under the same terms as the software itself. The data in the testdata directory is not copyrighted and is in the public domain. The basic library functions are written in C and are freestanding. Also included in the distribution is a set of C++ wrapper functions, and a just-in-time compiler that can be used to optimize pattern matching. These are both optional features that can be omitted when the library is built. THE BASIC LIBRARY FUNCTIONS --------------------------- Written by: Philip Hazel Email local part: ph10 Email domain: cam.ac.uk University of Cambridge Computing Service, Cambridge, England. Copyright (c) 1997-2018 University of Cambridge All rights reserved. PCRE JUST-IN-TIME COMPILATION SUPPORT ------------------------------------- Written by: Zoltan Herczeg Email local part: hzmester Emain domain: freemail.hu Copyright(c) 2010-2018 Zoltan Herczeg All rights reserved. STACK-LESS JUST-IN-TIME COMPILER -------------------------------- Written by: Zoltan Herczeg Email local part: hzmester Emain domain: freemail.hu Copyright(c) 2009-2018 Zoltan Herczeg All rights reserved. THE C++ WRAPPER FUNCTIONS ------------------------- Contributed by: Google Inc. Copyright (c) 2007-2012, Google Inc. All rights reserved. THE "BSD" LICENCE ----------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the name of Google Inc. nor the names of their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. End tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/NEWS000066400000000000000000000707231335323540100147530ustar00rootroot00000000000000News about PCRE releases ------------------------ Release 8.42 20-March-2018 -------------------------- This is a bug-fix release. Release 8.41 13-June-2017 ------------------------- This is a bug-fix release. Release 8.40 11-January-2017 ---------------------------- This is a bug-fix release. Release 8.39 14-June-2016 ------------------------- Some appropriate PCRE2 JIT improvements have been retro-fitted to PCRE1. Apart from that, this is another bug-fix release. Note that this library (now called PCRE1) is now being maintained for bug fixes only. New projects are advised to use the new PCRE2 libraries. Release 8.38 23-November-2015 ----------------------------- This is bug-fix release. Note that this library (now called PCRE1) is now being maintained for bug fixes only. New projects are advised to use the new PCRE2 libraries. Release 8.37 28-April-2015 -------------------------- This is bug-fix release. Note that this library (now called PCRE1) is now being maintained for bug fixes only. New projects are advised to use the new PCRE2 libraries. Release 8.36 26-September-2014 ------------------------------ This is primarily a bug-fix release. However, in addition, the Unicode data tables have been updated to Unicode 7.0.0. Release 8.35 04-April-2014 -------------------------- There have been performance improvements for classes containing non-ASCII characters and the "auto-possessification" feature has been extended. Other minor improvements have been implemented and bugs fixed. There is a new callout feature to enable applications to do detailed stack checks at compile time, to avoid running out of stack for deeply nested parentheses. The JIT compiler has been extended with experimental support for ARM-64, MIPS-64, and PPC-LE. Release 8.34 15-December-2013 ----------------------------- As well as fixing the inevitable bugs, performance has been improved by refactoring and extending the amount of "auto-possessification" that PCRE does. Other notable changes: . Implemented PCRE_INFO_MATCH_EMPTY, which yields 1 if the pattern can match an empty string. If it can, pcretest shows this in its information output. . A back reference to a named subpattern when there is more than one of the same name now checks them in the order in which they appear in the pattern. The first one that is set is used for the reference. Previously only the first one was inspected. This change makes PCRE more compatible with Perl. . Unicode character properties were updated from Unicode 6.3.0. . The character VT has been added to the set of characters that match \s and are generally treated as white space, following this same change in Perl 5.18. There is now no difference between "Perl space" and "POSIX space". . Perl has changed its handling of \8 and \9. If there is no previously encountered capturing group of those numbers, they are treated as the literal characters 8 and 9 instead of a binary zero followed by the literals. PCRE now does the same. . Following Perl, added \o{} to specify codepoints in octal, making it possible to specify values greater than 0777 and also making them unambiguous. . In UCP mode, \s was not matching two of the characters that Perl matches, namely NEL (U+0085) and MONGOLIAN VOWEL SEPARATOR (U+180E), though they were matched by \h. . Add JIT support for the 64 bit TileGX architecture. . Upgraded the handling of the POSIX classes [:graph:], [:print:], and [:punct:] when PCRE_UCP is set so as to include the same characters as Perl does in Unicode mode. . Perl no longer allows group names to start with digits, so I have made this change also in PCRE. . Added support for [[:<:]] and [[:>:]] as used in the BSD POSIX library to mean "start of word" and "end of word", respectively, as a transition aid. Release 8.33 28-May-2013 -------------------------- A number of bugs are fixed, and some performance improvements have been made. There are also some new features, of which these are the most important: . The behaviour of the backtracking verbs has been rationalized and documented in more detail. . JIT now supports callouts and all of the backtracking verbs. . Unicode validation has been updated in the light of Unicode Corrigendum #9, which points out that "non characters" are not "characters that may not appear in Unicode strings" but rather "characters that are reserved for internal use and have only local meaning". . (*LIMIT_MATCH=d) and (*LIMIT_RECURSION=d) have been added so that the creator of a pattern can specify lower (but not higher) limits for the matching process. . The PCRE_NEVER_UTF option is available to prevent pattern-writers from using the (*UTF) feature, as this could be a security issue. Release 8.32 30-November-2012 ----------------------------- This release fixes a number of bugs, but also has some new features. These are the highlights: . There is now support for 32-bit character strings and UTF-32. Like the 16-bit support, this is done by compiling a separate 32-bit library. . \X now matches a Unicode extended grapheme cluster. . Case-independent matching of Unicode characters that have more than one "other case" now makes all three (or more) characters equivalent. This applies, for example, to Greek Sigma, which has two lowercase versions. . Unicode character properties are updated to Unicode 6.2.0. . The EBCDIC support, which had decayed, has had a spring clean. . A number of JIT optimizations have been added, which give faster JIT execution speed. In addition, a new direct interface to JIT execution is available. This bypasses some of the sanity checks of pcre_exec() to give a noticeable speed-up. . A number of issues in pcregrep have been fixed, making it more compatible with GNU grep. In particular, --exclude and --include (and variants) apply to all files now, not just those obtained from scanning a directory recursively. In Windows environments, the default action for directories is now "skip" instead of "read" (which provokes an error). . If the --only-matching (-o) option in pcregrep is specified multiple times, each one causes appropriate output. For example, -o1 -o2 outputs the substrings matched by the 1st and 2nd capturing parentheses. A separating string can be specified by --om-separator (default empty). . When PCRE is built via Autotools using a version of gcc that has the "visibility" feature, it is used to hide internal library functions that are not part of the public API. Release 8.31 06-July-2012 ------------------------- This is mainly a bug-fixing release, with a small number of developments: . The JIT compiler now supports partial matching and the (*MARK) and (*COMMIT) verbs. . PCRE_INFO_MAXLOOKBEHIND can be used to find the longest lookbehind in a pattern. . There should be a performance improvement when using the heap instead of the stack for recursion. . pcregrep can now be linked with libedit as an alternative to libreadline. . pcregrep now has a --file-list option where the list of files to scan is given as a file. . pcregrep now recognizes binary files and there are related options. . The Unicode tables have been updated to 6.1.0. As always, the full list of changes is in the ChangeLog file. Release 8.30 04-February-2012 ----------------------------- Release 8.30 introduces a major new feature: support for 16-bit character strings, compiled as a separate library. There are a few changes to the 8-bit library, in addition to some bug fixes. . The pcre_info() function, which has been obsolete for over 10 years, has been removed. . When a compiled pattern was saved to a file and later reloaded on a host with different endianness, PCRE used automatically to swap the bytes in some of the data fields. With the advent of the 16-bit library, where more of this swapping is needed, it is no longer done automatically. Instead, the bad endianness is detected and a specific error is given. The user can then call a new function called pcre_pattern_to_host_byte_order() (or an equivalent 16-bit function) to do the swap. . In UTF-8 mode, the values 0xd800 to 0xdfff are not legal Unicode code points and are now faulted. (They are the so-called "surrogates" that are reserved for coding high values in UTF-16.) Release 8.21 12-Dec-2011 ------------------------ This is almost entirely a bug-fix release. The only new feature is the ability to obtain the size of the memory used by the JIT compiler. Release 8.20 21-Oct-2011 ------------------------ The main change in this release is the inclusion of Zoltan Herczeg's just-in-time compiler support, which can be accessed by building PCRE with --enable-jit. Large performance benefits can be had in many situations. 8.20 also fixes an unfortunate bug that was introduced in 8.13 as well as tidying up a number of infelicities and differences from Perl. Release 8.13 16-Aug-2011 ------------------------ This is mainly a bug-fix release. There has been a lot of internal refactoring. The Unicode tables have been updated. The only new feature in the library is the passing of *MARK information to callouts. Some additions have been made to pcretest to make testing easier and more comprehensive. There is a new option for pcregrep to adjust its internal buffer size. Release 8.12 15-Jan-2011 ------------------------ This release fixes some bugs in pcregrep, one of which caused the tests to fail on 64-bit big-endian systems. There are no changes to the code of the library. Release 8.11 10-Dec-2010 ------------------------ A number of bugs in the library and in pcregrep have been fixed. As always, see ChangeLog for details. The following are the non-bug-fix changes: . Added --match-limit and --recursion-limit to pcregrep. . Added an optional parentheses number to the -o and --only-matching options of pcregrep. . Changed the way PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD affects the matching of $, \z, \Z, \b, and \B. . Added PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF8 to make it possible to distinguish between a bad UTF-8 sequence and one that is incomplete when using PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD. . Recognize (*NO_START_OPT) at the start of a pattern to set the PCRE_NO_ START_OPTIMIZE option, which is now allowed at compile time Release 8.10 25-Jun-2010 ------------------------ There are two major additions: support for (*MARK) and friends, and the option PCRE_UCP, which changes the behaviour of \b, \d, \s, and \w (and their opposites) so that they make use of Unicode properties. There are also a number of lesser new features, and several bugs have been fixed. A new option, --line-buffered, has been added to pcregrep, for use when it is connected to pipes. Release 8.02 19-Mar-2010 ------------------------ Another bug-fix release. Release 8.01 19-Jan-2010 ------------------------ This is a bug-fix release. Several bugs in the code itself and some bugs and infelicities in the build system have been fixed. Release 8.00 19-Oct-09 ---------------------- Bugs have been fixed in the library and in pcregrep. There are also some enhancements. Restrictions on patterns used for partial matching have been removed, extra information is given for partial matches, the partial matching process has been improved, and an option to make a partial match override a full match is available. The "study" process has been enhanced by finding a lower bound matching length. Groups with duplicate numbers may now have duplicated names without the use of PCRE_DUPNAMES. However, they may not have different names. The documentation has been revised to reflect these changes. The version number has been expanded to 3 digits as it is clear that the rate of change is not slowing down. Release 7.9 11-Apr-09 --------------------- Mostly bugfixes and tidies with just a couple of minor functional additions. Release 7.8 05-Sep-08 --------------------- More bug fixes, plus a performance improvement in Unicode character property lookup. Release 7.7 07-May-08 --------------------- This is once again mainly a bug-fix release, but there are a couple of new features. Release 7.6 28-Jan-08 --------------------- The main reason for having this release so soon after 7.5 is because it fixes a potential buffer overflow problem in pcre_compile() when run in UTF-8 mode. In addition, the CMake configuration files have been brought up to date. Release 7.5 10-Jan-08 --------------------- This is mainly a bug-fix release. However the ability to link pcregrep with libz or libbz2 and the ability to link pcretest with libreadline have been added. Also the --line-offsets and --file-offsets options were added to pcregrep. Release 7.4 21-Sep-07 --------------------- The only change of specification is the addition of options to control whether \R matches any Unicode line ending (the default) or just CR, LF, and CRLF. Otherwise, the changes are bug fixes and a refactoring to reduce the number of relocations needed in a shared library. There have also been some documentation updates, in particular, some more information about using CMake to build PCRE has been added to the NON-UNIX-USE file. Release 7.3 28-Aug-07 --------------------- Most changes are bug fixes. Some that are not: 1. There is some support for Perl 5.10's experimental "backtracking control verbs" such as (*PRUNE). 2. UTF-8 checking is now as per RFC 3629 instead of RFC 2279; this is more restrictive in the strings it accepts. 3. Checking for potential integer overflow has been made more dynamic, and as a consequence there is no longer a hard limit on the size of a subpattern that has a limited repeat count. 4. When CRLF is a valid line-ending sequence, pcre_exec() and pcre_dfa_exec() no longer advance by two characters instead of one when an unanchored match fails at CRLF if there are explicit CR or LF matches within the pattern. This gets rid of some anomalous effects that previously occurred. 5. Some PCRE-specific settings for varying the newline options at the start of a pattern have been added. Release 7.2 19-Jun-07 --------------------- WARNING: saved patterns that were compiled by earlier versions of PCRE must be recompiled for use with 7.2 (necessitated by the addition of \K, \h, \H, \v, and \V). Correction to the notes for 7.1: the note about shared libraries for Windows is wrong. Previously, three libraries were built, but each could function independently. For example, the pcreposix library also included all the functions from the basic pcre library. The change is that the three libraries are no longer independent. They are like the Unix libraries. To use the pcreposix functions, for example, you need to link with both the pcreposix and the basic pcre library. Some more features from Perl 5.10 have been added: (?-n) and (?+n) relative references for recursion and subroutines. (?(-n) and (?(+n) relative references as conditions. \k{name} and \g{name} are synonyms for \k. \K to reset the start of the matched string; for example, (foo)\Kbar matches bar preceded by foo, but only sets bar as the matched string. (?| introduces a group where the capturing parentheses in each alternative start from the same number; for example, (?|(abc)|(xyz)) sets capturing parentheses number 1 in both cases. \h, \H, \v, \V match horizontal and vertical whitespace, respectively. Release 7.1 24-Apr-07 --------------------- There is only one new feature in this release: a linebreak setting of PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF. It is a cut-down version of PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY, which recognizes only CRLF, CR, and LF as linebreaks. A few bugs are fixed (see ChangeLog for details), but the major change is a complete re-implementation of the build system. This now has full Autotools support and so is now "standard" in some sense. It should help with compiling PCRE in a wide variety of environments. NOTE: when building shared libraries for Windows, three dlls are now built, called libpcre, libpcreposix, and libpcrecpp. Previously, everything was included in a single dll. Another important change is that the dftables auxiliary program is no longer compiled and run at "make" time by default. Instead, a default set of character tables (assuming ASCII coding) is used. If you want to use dftables to generate the character tables as previously, add --enable-rebuild-chartables to the "configure" command. You must do this if you are compiling PCRE to run on a system that uses EBCDIC code. There is a discussion about character tables in the README file. The default is not to use dftables so that that there is no problem when cross-compiling. Release 7.0 19-Dec-06 --------------------- This release has a new major number because there have been some internal upheavals to facilitate the addition of new optimizations and other facilities, and to make subsequent maintenance and extension easier. Compilation is likely to be a bit slower, but there should be no major effect on runtime performance. Previously compiled patterns are NOT upwards compatible with this release. If you have saved compiled patterns from a previous release, you will have to re-compile them. Important changes that are visible to users are: 1. The Unicode property tables have been updated to Unicode 5.0.0, which adds some more scripts. 2. The option PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY causes PCRE to recognize any Unicode newline sequence as a newline. 3. The \R escape matches a single Unicode newline sequence as a single unit. 4. New features that will appear in Perl 5.10 are now in PCRE. These include alternative Perl syntax for named parentheses, and Perl syntax for recursion. 5. The C++ wrapper interface has been extended by the addition of a QuoteMeta function and the ability to allow copy construction and assignment. For a complete list of changes, see the ChangeLog file. Release 6.7 04-Jul-06 --------------------- The main additions to this release are the ability to use the same name for multiple sets of parentheses, and support for CRLF line endings in both the library and pcregrep (and in pcretest for testing). Thanks to Ian Taylor, the stack usage for many kinds of pattern has been significantly reduced for certain subject strings. Release 6.5 01-Feb-06 --------------------- Important changes in this release: 1. A number of new features have been added to pcregrep. 2. The Unicode property tables have been updated to Unicode 4.1.0, and the supported properties have been extended with script names such as "Arabic", and the derived properties "Any" and "L&". This has necessitated a change to the interal format of compiled patterns. Any saved compiled patterns that use \p or \P must be recompiled. 3. The specification of recursion in patterns has been changed so that all recursive subpatterns are automatically treated as atomic groups. Thus, for example, (?R) is treated as if it were (?>(?R)). This is necessary because otherwise there are situations where recursion does not work. See the ChangeLog for a complete list of changes, which include a number of bug fixes and tidies. Release 6.0 07-Jun-05 --------------------- The release number has been increased to 6.0 because of the addition of several major new pieces of functionality. A new function, pcre_dfa_exec(), which implements pattern matching using a DFA algorithm, has been added. This has a number of advantages for certain cases, though it does run more slowly, and lacks the ability to capture substrings. On the other hand, it does find all matches, not just the first, and it works better for partial matching. The pcrematching man page discusses the differences. The pcretest program has been enhanced so that it can make use of the new pcre_dfa_exec() matching function and the extra features it provides. The distribution now includes a C++ wrapper library. This is built automatically if a C++ compiler is found. The pcrecpp man page discusses this interface. The code itself has been re-organized into many more files, one for each function, so it no longer requires everything to be linked in when static linkage is used. As a consequence, some internal functions have had to have their names exposed. These functions all have names starting with _pcre_. They are undocumented, and are not intended for use by outside callers. The pcregrep program has been enhanced with new functionality such as multiline-matching and options for output more matching context. See the ChangeLog for a complete list of changes to the library and the utility programs. Release 5.0 13-Sep-04 --------------------- The licence under which PCRE is released has been changed to the more conventional "BSD" licence. In the code, some bugs have been fixed, and there are also some major changes in this release (which is why I've increased the number to 5.0). Some changes are internal rearrangements, and some provide a number of new facilities. The new features are: 1. There's an "automatic callout" feature that inserts callouts before every item in the regex, and there's a new callout field that gives the position in the pattern - useful for debugging and tracing. 2. The extra_data structure can now be used to pass in a set of character tables at exec time. This is useful if compiled regex are saved and re-used at a later time when the tables may not be at the same address. If the default internal tables are used, the pointer saved with the compiled pattern is now set to NULL, which means that you don't need to do anything special unless you are using custom tables. 3. It is possible, with some restrictions on the content of the regex, to request "partial" matching. A special return code is given if all of the subject string matched part of the regex. This could be useful for testing an input field as it is being typed. 4. There is now some optional support for Unicode character properties, which means that the patterns items such as \p{Lu} and \X can now be used. Only the general category properties are supported. If PCRE is compiled with this support, an additional 90K data structure is include, which increases the size of the library dramatically. 5. There is support for saving compiled patterns and re-using them later. 6. There is support for running regular expressions that were compiled on a different host with the opposite endianness. 7. The pcretest program has been extended to accommodate the new features. The main internal rearrangement is that sequences of literal characters are no longer handled as strings. Instead, each character is handled on its own. This makes some UTF-8 handling easier, and makes the support of partial matching possible. Compiled patterns containing long literal strings will be larger as a result of this change; I hope that performance will not be much affected. Release 4.5 01-Dec-03 --------------------- Again mainly a bug-fix and tidying release, with only a couple of new features: 1. It's possible now to compile PCRE so that it does not use recursive function calls when matching. Instead it gets memory from the heap. This slows things down, but may be necessary on systems with limited stacks. 2. UTF-8 string checking has been tightened to reject overlong sequences and to check that a starting offset points to the start of a character. Failure of the latter returns a new error code: PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8_OFFSET. 3. PCRE can now be compiled for systems that use EBCDIC code. Release 4.4 21-Aug-03 --------------------- This is mainly a bug-fix and tidying release. The only new feature is that PCRE checks UTF-8 strings for validity by default. There is an option to suppress this, just in case anybody wants that teeny extra bit of performance. Releases 4.1 - 4.3 ------------------ Sorry, I forgot about updating the NEWS file for these releases. Please take a look at ChangeLog. Release 4.0 17-Feb-03 --------------------- There have been a lot of changes for the 4.0 release, adding additional functionality and mending bugs. Below is a list of the highlights of the new functionality. For full details of these features, please consult the documentation. For a complete list of changes, see the ChangeLog file. 1. Support for Perl's \Q...\E escapes. 2. "Possessive quantifiers" ?+, *+, ++, and {,}+ which come from Sun's Java package. They provide some syntactic sugar for simple cases of "atomic grouping". 3. Support for the \G assertion. It is true when the current matching position is at the start point of the match. 4. A new feature that provides some of the functionality that Perl provides with (?{...}). The facility is termed a "callout". The way it is done in PCRE is for the caller to provide an optional function, by setting pcre_callout to its entry point. To get the function called, the regex must include (?C) at appropriate points. 5. Support for recursive calls to individual subpatterns. This makes it really easy to get totally confused. 6. Support for named subpatterns. The Python syntax (?P...) is used to name a group. 7. Several extensions to UTF-8 support; it is now fairly complete. There is an option for pcregrep to make it operate in UTF-8 mode. 8. The single man page has been split into a number of separate man pages. These also give rise to individual HTML pages which are put in a separate directory. There is an index.html page that lists them all. Some hyperlinking between the pages has been installed. Release 3.5 15-Aug-01 --------------------- 1. The configuring system has been upgraded to use later versions of autoconf and libtool. By default it builds both a shared and a static library if the OS supports it. You can use --disable-shared or --disable-static on the configure command if you want only one of them. 2. The pcretest utility is now installed along with pcregrep because it is useful for users (to test regexs) and by doing this, it automatically gets relinked by libtool. The documentation has been turned into a man page, so there are now .1, .txt, and .html versions in /doc. 3. Upgrades to pcregrep: (i) Added long-form option names like gnu grep. (ii) Added --help to list all options with an explanatory phrase. (iii) Added -r, --recursive to recurse into sub-directories. (iv) Added -f, --file to read patterns from a file. 4. Added --enable-newline-is-cr and --enable-newline-is-lf to the configure script, to force use of CR or LF instead of \n in the source. On non-Unix systems, the value can be set in config.h. 5. The limit of 200 on non-capturing parentheses is a _nesting_ limit, not an absolute limit. Changed the text of the error message to make this clear, and likewise updated the man page. 6. The limit of 99 on the number of capturing subpatterns has been removed. The new limit is 65535, which I hope will not be a "real" limit. Release 3.3 01-Aug-00 --------------------- There is some support for UTF-8 character strings. This is incomplete and experimental. The documentation describes what is and what is not implemented. Otherwise, this is just a bug-fixing release. Release 3.0 01-Feb-00 --------------------- 1. A "configure" script is now used to configure PCRE for Unix systems. It builds a Makefile, a config.h file, and the pcre-config script. 2. PCRE is built as a shared library by default. 3. There is support for POSIX classes such as [:alpha:]. 5. There is an experimental recursion feature. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- IMPORTANT FOR THOSE UPGRADING FROM VERSIONS BEFORE 2.00 Please note that there has been a change in the API such that a larger ovector is required at matching time, to provide some additional workspace. The new man page has details. This change was necessary in order to support some of the new functionality in Perl 5.005. IMPORTANT FOR THOSE UPGRADING FROM VERSION 2.00 Another (I hope this is the last!) change has been made to the API for the pcre_compile() function. An additional argument has been added to make it possible to pass over a pointer to character tables built in the current locale by pcre_maketables(). To use the default tables, this new argument should be passed as NULL. IMPORTANT FOR THOSE UPGRADING FROM VERSION 2.05 Yet another (and again I hope this really is the last) change has been made to the API for the pcre_exec() function. An additional argument has been added to make it possible to start the match other than at the start of the subject string. This is important if there are lookbehinds. The new man page has the details, but you just want to convert existing programs, all you need to do is to stick in a new fifth argument to pcre_exec(), with a value of zero. For example, change pcre_exec(pattern, extra, subject, length, options, ovec, ovecsize) to pcre_exec(pattern, extra, subject, length, 0, options, ovec, ovecsize) **** tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/README000066400000000000000000001307541335323540100151350ustar00rootroot00000000000000README file for PCRE (Perl-compatible regular expression library) ----------------------------------------------------------------- NOTE: This set of files relates to PCRE releases that use the original API, with library names libpcre, libpcre16, and libpcre32. January 2015 saw the first release of a new API, known as PCRE2, with release numbers starting at 10.00 and library names libpcre2-8, libpcre2-16, and libpcre2-32. The old libraries (now called PCRE1) are still being maintained for bug fixes, but there will be no new development. New projects are advised to use the new PCRE2 libraries. The latest release of PCRE1 is always available in three alternative formats from: ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre/pcre-xxx.tar.gz ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre/pcre-xxx.tar.bz2 ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre/pcre-xxx.zip There is a mailing list for discussion about the development of PCRE at pcre-dev@exim.org. You can access the archives and subscribe or manage your subscription here: https://lists.exim.org/mailman/listinfo/pcre-dev Please read the NEWS file if you are upgrading from a previous release. The contents of this README file are: The PCRE APIs Documentation for PCRE Contributions by users of PCRE Building PCRE on non-Unix-like systems Building PCRE without using autotools Building PCRE using autotools Retrieving configuration information Shared libraries Cross-compiling using autotools Using HP's ANSI C++ compiler (aCC) Compiling in Tru64 using native compilers Using Sun's compilers for Solaris Using PCRE from MySQL Making new tarballs Testing PCRE Character tables File manifest The PCRE APIs ------------- PCRE is written in C, and it has its own API. There are three sets of functions, one for the 8-bit library, which processes strings of bytes, one for the 16-bit library, which processes strings of 16-bit values, and one for the 32-bit library, which processes strings of 32-bit values. The distribution also includes a set of C++ wrapper functions (see the pcrecpp man page for details), courtesy of Google Inc., which can be used to call the 8-bit PCRE library from C++. Other C++ wrappers have been created from time to time. See, for example: https://github.com/YasserAsmi/regexp, which aims to be simple and similar in style to the C API. The distribution also contains a set of C wrapper functions (again, just for the 8-bit library) that are based on the POSIX regular expression API (see the pcreposix man page). These end up in the library called libpcreposix. Note that this just provides a POSIX calling interface to PCRE; the regular expressions themselves still follow Perl syntax and semantics. The POSIX API is restricted, and does not give full access to all of PCRE's facilities. The header file for the POSIX-style functions is called pcreposix.h. The official POSIX name is regex.h, but I did not want to risk possible problems with existing files of that name by distributing it that way. To use PCRE with an existing program that uses the POSIX API, pcreposix.h will have to be renamed or pointed at by a link. If you are using the POSIX interface to PCRE and there is already a POSIX regex library installed on your system, as well as worrying about the regex.h header file (as mentioned above), you must also take care when linking programs to ensure that they link with PCRE's libpcreposix library. Otherwise they may pick up the POSIX functions of the same name from the other library. One way of avoiding this confusion is to compile PCRE with the addition of -Dregcomp=PCREregcomp (and similarly for the other POSIX functions) to the compiler flags (CFLAGS if you are using "configure" -- see below). This has the effect of renaming the functions so that the names no longer clash. Of course, you have to do the same thing for your applications, or write them using the new names. Documentation for PCRE ---------------------- If you install PCRE in the normal way on a Unix-like system, you will end up with a set of man pages whose names all start with "pcre". The one that is just called "pcre" lists all the others. In addition to these man pages, the PCRE documentation is supplied in two other forms: 1. There are files called doc/pcre.txt, doc/pcregrep.txt, and doc/pcretest.txt in the source distribution. The first of these is a concatenation of the text forms of all the section 3 man pages except the listing of pcredemo.c and those that summarize individual functions. The other two are the text forms of the section 1 man pages for the pcregrep and pcretest commands. These text forms are provided for ease of scanning with text editors or similar tools. They are installed in /share/doc/pcre, where is the installation prefix (defaulting to /usr/local). 2. A set of files containing all the documentation in HTML form, hyperlinked in various ways, and rooted in a file called index.html, is distributed in doc/html and installed in /share/doc/pcre/html. Users of PCRE have contributed files containing the documentation for various releases in CHM format. These can be found in the Contrib directory of the FTP site (see next section). Contributions by users of PCRE ------------------------------ You can find contributions from PCRE users in the directory ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre/Contrib There is a README file giving brief descriptions of what they are. Some are complete in themselves; others are pointers to URLs containing relevant files. Some of this material is likely to be well out-of-date. Several of the earlier contributions provided support for compiling PCRE on various flavours of Windows (I myself do not use Windows). Nowadays there is more Windows support in the standard distribution, so these contibutions have been archived. A PCRE user maintains downloadable Windows binaries of the pcregrep and pcretest programs here: http://www.rexegg.com/pcregrep-pcretest.html Building PCRE on non-Unix-like systems -------------------------------------- For a non-Unix-like system, please read the comments in the file NON-AUTOTOOLS-BUILD, though if your system supports the use of "configure" and "make" you may be able to build PCRE using autotools in the same way as for many Unix-like systems. PCRE can also be configured using the GUI facility provided by CMake's cmake-gui command. This creates Makefiles, solution files, etc. The file NON-AUTOTOOLS-BUILD has information about CMake. PCRE has been compiled on many different operating systems. It should be straightforward to build PCRE on any system that has a Standard C compiler and library, because it uses only Standard C functions. Building PCRE without using autotools ------------------------------------- The use of autotools (in particular, libtool) is problematic in some environments, even some that are Unix or Unix-like. See the NON-AUTOTOOLS-BUILD file for ways of building PCRE without using autotools. Building PCRE using autotools ----------------------------- If you are using HP's ANSI C++ compiler (aCC), please see the special note in the section entitled "Using HP's ANSI C++ compiler (aCC)" below. The following instructions assume the use of the widely used "configure; make; make install" (autotools) process. To build PCRE on system that supports autotools, first run the "configure" command from the PCRE distribution directory, with your current directory set to the directory where you want the files to be created. This command is a standard GNU "autoconf" configuration script, for which generic instructions are supplied in the file INSTALL. Most commonly, people build PCRE within its own distribution directory, and in this case, on many systems, just running "./configure" is sufficient. However, the usual methods of changing standard defaults are available. For example: CFLAGS='-O2 -Wall' ./configure --prefix=/opt/local This command specifies that the C compiler should be run with the flags '-O2 -Wall' instead of the default, and that "make install" should install PCRE under /opt/local instead of the default /usr/local. If you want to build in a different directory, just run "configure" with that directory as current. For example, suppose you have unpacked the PCRE source into /source/pcre/pcre-xxx, but you want to build it in /build/pcre/pcre-xxx: cd /build/pcre/pcre-xxx /source/pcre/pcre-xxx/configure PCRE is written in C and is normally compiled as a C library. However, it is possible to build it as a C++ library, though the provided building apparatus does not have any features to support this. There are some optional features that can be included or omitted from the PCRE library. They are also documented in the pcrebuild man page. . By default, both shared and static libraries are built. You can change this by adding one of these options to the "configure" command: --disable-shared --disable-static (See also "Shared libraries on Unix-like systems" below.) . By default, only the 8-bit library is built. If you add --enable-pcre16 to the "configure" command, the 16-bit library is also built. If you add --enable-pcre32 to the "configure" command, the 32-bit library is also built. If you want only the 16-bit or 32-bit library, use --disable-pcre8 to disable building the 8-bit library. . If you are building the 8-bit library and want to suppress the building of the C++ wrapper library, you can add --disable-cpp to the "configure" command. Otherwise, when "configure" is run without --disable-pcre8, it will try to find a C++ compiler and C++ header files, and if it succeeds, it will try to build the C++ wrapper. . If you want to include support for just-in-time compiling, which can give large performance improvements on certain platforms, add --enable-jit to the "configure" command. This support is available only for certain hardware architectures. If you try to enable it on an unsupported architecture, there will be a compile time error. . When JIT support is enabled, pcregrep automatically makes use of it, unless you add --disable-pcregrep-jit to the "configure" command. . If you want to make use of the support for UTF-8 Unicode character strings in the 8-bit library, or UTF-16 Unicode character strings in the 16-bit library, or UTF-32 Unicode character strings in the 32-bit library, you must add --enable-utf to the "configure" command. Without it, the code for handling UTF-8, UTF-16 and UTF-8 is not included in the relevant library. Even when --enable-utf is included, the use of a UTF encoding still has to be enabled by an option at run time. When PCRE is compiled with this option, its input can only either be ASCII or UTF-8/16/32, even when running on EBCDIC platforms. It is not possible to use both --enable-utf and --enable-ebcdic at the same time. . There are no separate options for enabling UTF-8, UTF-16 and UTF-32 independently because that would allow ridiculous settings such as requesting UTF-16 support while building only the 8-bit library. However, the option --enable-utf8 is retained for backwards compatibility with earlier releases that did not support 16-bit or 32-bit character strings. It is synonymous with --enable-utf. It is not possible to configure one library with UTF support and the other without in the same configuration. . If, in addition to support for UTF-8/16/32 character strings, you want to include support for the \P, \p, and \X sequences that recognize Unicode character properties, you must add --enable-unicode-properties to the "configure" command. This adds about 30K to the size of the library (in the form of a property table); only the basic two-letter properties such as Lu are supported. . You can build PCRE to recognize either CR or LF or the sequence CRLF or any of the preceding, or any of the Unicode newline sequences as indicating the end of a line. Whatever you specify at build time is the default; the caller of PCRE can change the selection at run time. The default newline indicator is a single LF character (the Unix standard). You can specify the default newline indicator by adding --enable-newline-is-cr or --enable-newline-is-lf or --enable-newline-is-crlf or --enable-newline-is-anycrlf or --enable-newline-is-any to the "configure" command, respectively. If you specify --enable-newline-is-cr or --enable-newline-is-crlf, some of the standard tests will fail, because the lines in the test files end with LF. Even if the files are edited to change the line endings, there are likely to be some failures. With --enable-newline-is-anycrlf or --enable-newline-is-any, many tests should succeed, but there may be some failures. . By default, the sequence \R in a pattern matches any Unicode line ending sequence. This is independent of the option specifying what PCRE considers to be the end of a line (see above). However, the caller of PCRE can restrict \R to match only CR, LF, or CRLF. You can make this the default by adding --enable-bsr-anycrlf to the "configure" command (bsr = "backslash R"). . When called via the POSIX interface, PCRE uses malloc() to get additional storage for processing capturing parentheses if there are more than 10 of them in a pattern. You can increase this threshold by setting, for example, --with-posix-malloc-threshold=20 on the "configure" command. . PCRE has a counter that limits the depth of nesting of parentheses in a pattern. This limits the amount of system stack that a pattern uses when it is compiled. The default is 250, but you can change it by setting, for example, --with-parens-nest-limit=500 . PCRE has a counter that can be set to limit the amount of resources it uses when matching a pattern. If the limit is exceeded during a match, the match fails. The default is ten million. You can change the default by setting, for example, --with-match-limit=500000 on the "configure" command. This is just the default; individual calls to pcre_exec() can supply their own value. There is more discussion on the pcreapi man page. . There is a separate counter that limits the depth of recursive function calls during a matching process. This also has a default of ten million, which is essentially "unlimited". You can change the default by setting, for example, --with-match-limit-recursion=500000 Recursive function calls use up the runtime stack; running out of stack can cause programs to crash in strange ways. There is a discussion about stack sizes in the pcrestack man page. . The default maximum compiled pattern size is around 64K. You can increase this by adding --with-link-size=3 to the "configure" command. In the 8-bit library, PCRE then uses three bytes instead of two for offsets to different parts of the compiled pattern. In the 16-bit library, --with-link-size=3 is the same as --with-link-size=4, which (in both libraries) uses four-byte offsets. Increasing the internal link size reduces performance. In the 32-bit library, the only supported link size is 4. . You can build PCRE so that its internal match() function that is called from pcre_exec() does not call itself recursively. Instead, it uses memory blocks obtained from the heap via the special functions pcre_stack_malloc() and pcre_stack_free() to save data that would otherwise be saved on the stack. To build PCRE like this, use --disable-stack-for-recursion on the "configure" command. PCRE runs more slowly in this mode, but it may be necessary in environments with limited stack sizes. This applies only to the normal execution of the pcre_exec() function; if JIT support is being successfully used, it is not relevant. Equally, it does not apply to pcre_dfa_exec(), which does not use deeply nested recursion. There is a discussion about stack sizes in the pcrestack man page. . For speed, PCRE uses four tables for manipulating and identifying characters whose code point values are less than 256. By default, it uses a set of tables for ASCII encoding that is part of the distribution. If you specify --enable-rebuild-chartables a program called dftables is compiled and run in the default C locale when you obey "make". It builds a source file called pcre_chartables.c. If you do not specify this option, pcre_chartables.c is created as a copy of pcre_chartables.c.dist. See "Character tables" below for further information. . It is possible to compile PCRE for use on systems that use EBCDIC as their character code (as opposed to ASCII/Unicode) by specifying --enable-ebcdic This automatically implies --enable-rebuild-chartables (see above). However, when PCRE is built this way, it always operates in EBCDIC. It cannot support both EBCDIC and UTF-8/16/32. There is a second option, --enable-ebcdic-nl25, which specifies that the code value for the EBCDIC NL character is 0x25 instead of the default 0x15. . In environments where valgrind is installed, if you specify --enable-valgrind PCRE will use valgrind annotations to mark certain memory regions as unaddressable. This allows it to detect invalid memory accesses, and is mostly useful for debugging PCRE itself. . In environments where the gcc compiler is used and lcov version 1.6 or above is installed, if you specify --enable-coverage the build process implements a code coverage report for the test suite. The report is generated by running "make coverage". If ccache is installed on your system, it must be disabled when building PCRE for coverage reporting. You can do this by setting the environment variable CCACHE_DISABLE=1 before running "make" to build PCRE. There is more information about coverage reporting in the "pcrebuild" documentation. . The pcregrep program currently supports only 8-bit data files, and so requires the 8-bit PCRE library. It is possible to compile pcregrep to use libz and/or libbz2, in order to read .gz and .bz2 files (respectively), by specifying one or both of --enable-pcregrep-libz --enable-pcregrep-libbz2 Of course, the relevant libraries must be installed on your system. . The default size (in bytes) of the internal buffer used by pcregrep can be set by, for example: --with-pcregrep-bufsize=51200 The value must be a plain integer. The default is 20480. . It is possible to compile pcretest so that it links with the libreadline or libedit libraries, by specifying, respectively, --enable-pcretest-libreadline or --enable-pcretest-libedit If this is done, when pcretest's input is from a terminal, it reads it using the readline() function. This provides line-editing and history facilities. Note that libreadline is GPL-licenced, so if you distribute a binary of pcretest linked in this way, there may be licensing issues. These can be avoided by linking with libedit (which has a BSD licence) instead. Enabling libreadline causes the -lreadline option to be added to the pcretest build. In many operating environments with a sytem-installed readline library this is sufficient. However, in some environments (e.g. if an unmodified distribution version of readline is in use), it may be necessary to specify something like LIBS="-lncurses" as well. This is because, to quote the readline INSTALL, "Readline uses the termcap functions, but does not link with the termcap or curses library itself, allowing applications which link with readline the to choose an appropriate library." If you get error messages about missing functions tgetstr, tgetent, tputs, tgetflag, or tgoto, this is the problem, and linking with the ncurses library should fix it. The "configure" script builds the following files for the basic C library: . Makefile the makefile that builds the library . config.h build-time configuration options for the library . pcre.h the public PCRE header file . pcre-config script that shows the building settings such as CFLAGS that were set for "configure" . libpcre.pc ) data for the pkg-config command . libpcre16.pc ) . libpcre32.pc ) . libpcreposix.pc ) . libtool script that builds shared and/or static libraries Versions of config.h and pcre.h are distributed in the PCRE tarballs under the names config.h.generic and pcre.h.generic. These are provided for those who have to built PCRE without using "configure" or CMake. If you use "configure" or CMake, the .generic versions are not used. When building the 8-bit library, if a C++ compiler is found, the following files are also built: . libpcrecpp.pc data for the pkg-config command . pcrecpparg.h header file for calling PCRE via the C++ wrapper . pcre_stringpiece.h header for the C++ "stringpiece" functions The "configure" script also creates config.status, which is an executable script that can be run to recreate the configuration, and config.log, which contains compiler output from tests that "configure" runs. Once "configure" has run, you can run "make". This builds the the libraries libpcre, libpcre16 and/or libpcre32, and a test program called pcretest. If you enabled JIT support with --enable-jit, a test program called pcre_jit_test is built as well. If the 8-bit library is built, libpcreposix and the pcregrep command are also built, and if a C++ compiler was found on your system, and you did not disable it with --disable-cpp, "make" builds the C++ wrapper library, which is called libpcrecpp, as well as some test programs called pcrecpp_unittest, pcre_scanner_unittest, and pcre_stringpiece_unittest. The command "make check" runs all the appropriate tests. Details of the PCRE tests are given below in a separate section of this document. You can use "make install" to install PCRE into live directories on your system. The following are installed (file names are all relative to the that is set when "configure" is run): Commands (bin): pcretest pcregrep (if 8-bit support is enabled) pcre-config Libraries (lib): libpcre16 (if 16-bit support is enabled) libpcre32 (if 32-bit support is enabled) libpcre (if 8-bit support is enabled) libpcreposix (if 8-bit support is enabled) libpcrecpp (if 8-bit and C++ support is enabled) Configuration information (lib/pkgconfig): libpcre16.pc libpcre32.pc libpcre.pc libpcreposix.pc libpcrecpp.pc (if C++ support is enabled) Header files (include): pcre.h pcreposix.h pcre_scanner.h ) pcre_stringpiece.h ) if C++ support is enabled pcrecpp.h ) pcrecpparg.h ) Man pages (share/man/man{1,3}): pcregrep.1 pcretest.1 pcre-config.1 pcre.3 pcre*.3 (lots more pages, all starting "pcre") HTML documentation (share/doc/pcre/html): index.html *.html (lots more pages, hyperlinked from index.html) Text file documentation (share/doc/pcre): AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog LICENCE NEWS README pcre.txt (a concatenation of the man(3) pages) pcretest.txt the pcretest man page pcregrep.txt the pcregrep man page pcre-config.txt the pcre-config man page If you want to remove PCRE from your system, you can run "make uninstall". This removes all the files that "make install" installed. However, it does not remove any directories, because these are often shared with other programs. Retrieving configuration information ------------------------------------ Running "make install" installs the command pcre-config, which can be used to recall information about the PCRE configuration and installation. For example: pcre-config --version prints the version number, and pcre-config --libs outputs information about where the library is installed. This command can be included in makefiles for programs that use PCRE, saving the programmer from having to remember too many details. The pkg-config command is another system for saving and retrieving information about installed libraries. Instead of separate commands for each library, a single command is used. For example: pkg-config --cflags pcre The data is held in *.pc files that are installed in a directory called /lib/pkgconfig. Shared libraries ---------------- The default distribution builds PCRE as shared libraries and static libraries, as long as the operating system supports shared libraries. Shared library support relies on the "libtool" script which is built as part of the "configure" process. The libtool script is used to compile and link both shared and static libraries. They are placed in a subdirectory called .libs when they are newly built. The programs pcretest and pcregrep are built to use these uninstalled libraries (by means of wrapper scripts in the case of shared libraries). When you use "make install" to install shared libraries, pcregrep and pcretest are automatically re-built to use the newly installed shared libraries before being installed themselves. However, the versions left in the build directory still use the uninstalled libraries. To build PCRE using static libraries only you must use --disable-shared when configuring it. For example: ./configure --prefix=/usr/gnu --disable-shared Then run "make" in the usual way. Similarly, you can use --disable-static to build only shared libraries. Cross-compiling using autotools ------------------------------- You can specify CC and CFLAGS in the normal way to the "configure" command, in order to cross-compile PCRE for some other host. However, you should NOT specify --enable-rebuild-chartables, because if you do, the dftables.c source file is compiled and run on the local host, in order to generate the inbuilt character tables (the pcre_chartables.c file). This will probably not work, because dftables.c needs to be compiled with the local compiler, not the cross compiler. When --enable-rebuild-chartables is not specified, pcre_chartables.c is created by making a copy of pcre_chartables.c.dist, which is a default set of tables that assumes ASCII code. Cross-compiling with the default tables should not be a problem. If you need to modify the character tables when cross-compiling, you should move pcre_chartables.c.dist out of the way, then compile dftables.c by hand and run it on the local host to make a new version of pcre_chartables.c.dist. Then when you cross-compile PCRE this new version of the tables will be used. Using HP's ANSI C++ compiler (aCC) ---------------------------------- Unless C++ support is disabled by specifying the "--disable-cpp" option of the "configure" script, you must include the "-AA" option in the CXXFLAGS environment variable in order for the C++ components to compile correctly. Also, note that the aCC compiler on PA-RISC platforms may have a defect whereby needed libraries fail to get included when specifying the "-AA" compiler option. If you experience unresolved symbols when linking the C++ programs, use the workaround of specifying the following environment variable prior to running the "configure" script: CXXLDFLAGS="-lstd_v2 -lCsup_v2" Compiling in Tru64 using native compilers ----------------------------------------- The following error may occur when compiling with native compilers in the Tru64 operating system: CXX libpcrecpp_la-pcrecpp.lo cxx: Error: /usr/lib/cmplrs/cxx/V7.1-006/include/cxx/iosfwd, line 58: #error directive: "cannot include iosfwd -- define __USE_STD_IOSTREAM to override default - see section 7.1.2 of the C++ Using Guide" #error "cannot include iosfwd -- define __USE_STD_IOSTREAM to override default - see section 7.1.2 of the C++ Using Guide" This may be followed by other errors, complaining that 'namespace "std" has no member'. The solution to this is to add the line #define __USE_STD_IOSTREAM 1 to the config.h file. Using Sun's compilers for Solaris --------------------------------- A user reports that the following configurations work on Solaris 9 sparcv9 and Solaris 9 x86 (32-bit): Solaris 9 sparcv9: ./configure --disable-cpp CC=/bin/cc CFLAGS="-m64 -g" Solaris 9 x86: ./configure --disable-cpp CC=/bin/cc CFLAGS="-g" Using PCRE from MySQL --------------------- On systems where both PCRE and MySQL are installed, it is possible to make use of PCRE from within MySQL, as an alternative to the built-in pattern matching. There is a web page that tells you how to do this: http://www.mysqludf.org/lib_mysqludf_preg/index.php Making new tarballs ------------------- The command "make dist" creates three PCRE tarballs, in tar.gz, tar.bz2, and zip formats. The command "make distcheck" does the same, but then does a trial build of the new distribution to ensure that it works. If you have modified any of the man page sources in the doc directory, you should first run the PrepareRelease script before making a distribution. This script creates the .txt and HTML forms of the documentation from the man pages. Testing PCRE ------------ To test the basic PCRE library on a Unix-like system, run the RunTest script. There is another script called RunGrepTest that tests the options of the pcregrep command. If the C++ wrapper library is built, three test programs called pcrecpp_unittest, pcre_scanner_unittest, and pcre_stringpiece_unittest are also built. When JIT support is enabled, another test program called pcre_jit_test is built. Both the scripts and all the program tests are run if you obey "make check" or "make test". For other environments, see the instructions in NON-AUTOTOOLS-BUILD. The RunTest script runs the pcretest test program (which is documented in its own man page) on each of the relevant testinput files in the testdata directory, and compares the output with the contents of the corresponding testoutput files. RunTest uses a file called testtry to hold the main output from pcretest. Other files whose names begin with "test" are used as working files in some tests. Some tests are relevant only when certain build-time options were selected. For example, the tests for UTF-8/16/32 support are run only if --enable-utf was used. RunTest outputs a comment when it skips a test. Many of the tests that are not skipped are run up to three times. The second run forces pcre_study() to be called for all patterns except for a few in some tests that are marked "never study" (see the pcretest program for how this is done). If JIT support is available, the non-DFA tests are run a third time, this time with a forced pcre_study() with the PCRE_STUDY_JIT_COMPILE option. This testing can be suppressed by putting "nojit" on the RunTest command line. The entire set of tests is run once for each of the 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit libraries that are enabled. If you want to run just one set of tests, call RunTest with either the -8, -16 or -32 option. If valgrind is installed, you can run the tests under it by putting "valgrind" on the RunTest command line. To run pcretest on just one or more specific test files, give their numbers as arguments to RunTest, for example: RunTest 2 7 11 You can also specify ranges of tests such as 3-6 or 3- (meaning 3 to the end), or a number preceded by ~ to exclude a test. For example: Runtest 3-15 ~10 This runs tests 3 to 15, excluding test 10, and just ~13 runs all the tests except test 13. Whatever order the arguments are in, the tests are always run in numerical order. You can also call RunTest with the single argument "list" to cause it to output a list of tests. The first test file can be fed directly into the perltest.pl script to check that Perl gives the same results. The only difference you should see is in the first few lines, where the Perl version is given instead of the PCRE version. The second set of tests check pcre_fullinfo(), pcre_study(), pcre_copy_substring(), pcre_get_substring(), pcre_get_substring_list(), error detection, and run-time flags that are specific to PCRE, as well as the POSIX wrapper API. It also uses the debugging flags to check some of the internals of pcre_compile(). If you build PCRE with a locale setting that is not the standard C locale, the character tables may be different (see next paragraph). In some cases, this may cause failures in the second set of tests. For example, in a locale where the isprint() function yields TRUE for characters in the range 128-255, the use of [:isascii:] inside a character class defines a different set of characters, and this shows up in this test as a difference in the compiled code, which is being listed for checking. Where the comparison test output contains [\x00-\x7f] the test will contain [\x00-\xff], and similarly in some other cases. This is not a bug in PCRE. The third set of tests checks pcre_maketables(), the facility for building a set of character tables for a specific locale and using them instead of the default tables. The tests make use of the "fr_FR" (French) locale. Before running the test, the script checks for the presence of this locale by running the "locale" command. If that command fails, or if it doesn't include "fr_FR" in the list of available locales, the third test cannot be run, and a comment is output to say why. If running this test produces instances of the error ** Failed to set locale "fr_FR" in the comparison output, it means that locale is not available on your system, despite being listed by "locale". This does not mean that PCRE is broken. [If you are trying to run this test on Windows, you may be able to get it to work by changing "fr_FR" to "french" everywhere it occurs. Alternatively, use RunTest.bat. The version of RunTest.bat included with PCRE 7.4 and above uses Windows versions of test 2. More info on using RunTest.bat is included in the document entitled NON-UNIX-USE.] The fourth and fifth tests check the UTF-8/16/32 support and error handling and internal UTF features of PCRE that are not relevant to Perl, respectively. The sixth and seventh tests do the same for Unicode character properties support. The eighth, ninth, and tenth tests check the pcre_dfa_exec() alternative matching function, in non-UTF-8/16/32 mode, UTF-8/16/32 mode, and UTF-8/16/32 mode with Unicode property support, respectively. The eleventh test checks some internal offsets and code size features; it is run only when the default "link size" of 2 is set (in other cases the sizes change) and when Unicode property support is enabled. The twelfth test is run only when JIT support is available, and the thirteenth test is run only when JIT support is not available. They test some JIT-specific features such as information output from pcretest about JIT compilation. The fourteenth, fifteenth, and sixteenth tests are run only in 8-bit mode, and the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth tests are run only in 16/32-bit mode. These are tests that generate different output in the two modes. They are for general cases, UTF-8/16/32 support, and Unicode property support, respectively. The twentieth test is run only in 16/32-bit mode. It tests some specific 16/32-bit features of the DFA matching engine. The twenty-first and twenty-second tests are run only in 16/32-bit mode, when the link size is set to 2 for the 16-bit library. They test reloading pre-compiled patterns. The twenty-third and twenty-fourth tests are run only in 16-bit mode. They are for general cases, and UTF-16 support, respectively. The twenty-fifth and twenty-sixth tests are run only in 32-bit mode. They are for general cases, and UTF-32 support, respectively. Character tables ---------------- For speed, PCRE uses four tables for manipulating and identifying characters whose code point values are less than 256. The final argument of the pcre_compile() function is a pointer to a block of memory containing the concatenated tables. A call to pcre_maketables() can be used to generate a set of tables in the current locale. If the final argument for pcre_compile() is passed as NULL, a set of default tables that is built into the binary is used. The source file called pcre_chartables.c contains the default set of tables. By default, this is created as a copy of pcre_chartables.c.dist, which contains tables for ASCII coding. However, if --enable-rebuild-chartables is specified for ./configure, a different version of pcre_chartables.c is built by the program dftables (compiled from dftables.c), which uses the ANSI C character handling functions such as isalnum(), isalpha(), isupper(), islower(), etc. to build the table sources. This means that the default C locale which is set for your system will control the contents of these default tables. You can change the default tables by editing pcre_chartables.c and then re-building PCRE. If you do this, you should take care to ensure that the file does not get automatically re-generated. The best way to do this is to move pcre_chartables.c.dist out of the way and replace it with your customized tables. When the dftables program is run as a result of --enable-rebuild-chartables, it uses the default C locale that is set on your system. It does not pay attention to the LC_xxx environment variables. In other words, it uses the system's default locale rather than whatever the compiling user happens to have set. If you really do want to build a source set of character tables in a locale that is specified by the LC_xxx variables, you can run the dftables program by hand with the -L option. For example: ./dftables -L pcre_chartables.c.special The first two 256-byte tables provide lower casing and case flipping functions, respectively. The next table consists of three 32-byte bit maps which identify digits, "word" characters, and white space, respectively. These are used when building 32-byte bit maps that represent character classes for code points less than 256. The final 256-byte table has bits indicating various character types, as follows: 1 white space character 2 letter 4 decimal digit 8 hexadecimal digit 16 alphanumeric or '_' 128 regular expression metacharacter or binary zero You should not alter the set of characters that contain the 128 bit, as that will cause PCRE to malfunction. File manifest ------------- The distribution should contain the files listed below. Where a file name is given as pcre[16|32]_xxx it means that there are three files, one with the name pcre_xxx, one with the name pcre16_xx, and a third with the name pcre32_xxx. (A) Source files of the PCRE library functions and their headers: dftables.c auxiliary program for building pcre_chartables.c when --enable-rebuild-chartables is specified pcre_chartables.c.dist a default set of character tables that assume ASCII coding; used, unless --enable-rebuild-chartables is specified, by copying to pcre[16]_chartables.c pcreposix.c ) pcre[16|32]_byte_order.c ) pcre[16|32]_compile.c ) pcre[16|32]_config.c ) pcre[16|32]_dfa_exec.c ) pcre[16|32]_exec.c ) pcre[16|32]_fullinfo.c ) pcre[16|32]_get.c ) sources for the functions in the library, pcre[16|32]_globals.c ) and some internal functions that they use pcre[16|32]_jit_compile.c ) pcre[16|32]_maketables.c ) pcre[16|32]_newline.c ) pcre[16|32]_refcount.c ) pcre[16|32]_string_utils.c ) pcre[16|32]_study.c ) pcre[16|32]_tables.c ) pcre[16|32]_ucd.c ) pcre[16|32]_version.c ) pcre[16|32]_xclass.c ) pcre_ord2utf8.c ) pcre_valid_utf8.c ) pcre16_ord2utf16.c ) pcre16_utf16_utils.c ) pcre16_valid_utf16.c ) pcre32_utf32_utils.c ) pcre32_valid_utf32.c ) pcre[16|32]_printint.c ) debugging function that is used by pcretest, ) and can also be #included in pcre_compile() pcre.h.in template for pcre.h when built by "configure" pcreposix.h header for the external POSIX wrapper API pcre_internal.h header for internal use sljit/* 16 files that make up the JIT compiler ucp.h header for Unicode property handling config.h.in template for config.h, which is built by "configure" pcrecpp.h public header file for the C++ wrapper pcrecpparg.h.in template for another C++ header file pcre_scanner.h public header file for C++ scanner functions pcrecpp.cc ) pcre_scanner.cc ) source for the C++ wrapper library pcre_stringpiece.h.in template for pcre_stringpiece.h, the header for the C++ stringpiece functions pcre_stringpiece.cc source for the C++ stringpiece functions (B) Source files for programs that use PCRE: pcredemo.c simple demonstration of coding calls to PCRE pcregrep.c source of a grep utility that uses PCRE pcretest.c comprehensive test program (C) Auxiliary files: 132html script to turn "man" pages into HTML AUTHORS information about the author of PCRE ChangeLog log of changes to the code CleanTxt script to clean nroff output for txt man pages Detrail script to remove trailing spaces HACKING some notes about the internals of PCRE INSTALL generic installation instructions LICENCE conditions for the use of PCRE COPYING the same, using GNU's standard name Makefile.in ) template for Unix Makefile, which is built by ) "configure" Makefile.am ) the automake input that was used to create ) Makefile.in NEWS important changes in this release NON-UNIX-USE the previous name for NON-AUTOTOOLS-BUILD NON-AUTOTOOLS-BUILD notes on building PCRE without using autotools PrepareRelease script to make preparations for "make dist" README this file RunTest a Unix shell script for running tests RunGrepTest a Unix shell script for pcregrep tests aclocal.m4 m4 macros (generated by "aclocal") config.guess ) files used by libtool, config.sub ) used only when building a shared library configure a configuring shell script (built by autoconf) configure.ac ) the autoconf input that was used to build ) "configure" and config.h depcomp ) script to find program dependencies, generated by ) automake doc/*.3 man page sources for PCRE doc/*.1 man page sources for pcregrep and pcretest doc/index.html.src the base HTML page doc/html/* HTML documentation doc/pcre.txt plain text version of the man pages doc/pcretest.txt plain text documentation of test program doc/perltest.txt plain text documentation of Perl test program install-sh a shell script for installing files libpcre16.pc.in template for libpcre16.pc for pkg-config libpcre32.pc.in template for libpcre32.pc for pkg-config libpcre.pc.in template for libpcre.pc for pkg-config libpcreposix.pc.in template for libpcreposix.pc for pkg-config libpcrecpp.pc.in template for libpcrecpp.pc for pkg-config ltmain.sh file used to build a libtool script missing ) common stub for a few missing GNU programs while ) installing, generated by automake mkinstalldirs script for making install directories perltest.pl Perl test program pcre-config.in source of script which retains PCRE information pcre_jit_test.c test program for the JIT compiler pcrecpp_unittest.cc ) pcre_scanner_unittest.cc ) test programs for the C++ wrapper pcre_stringpiece_unittest.cc ) testdata/testinput* test data for main library tests testdata/testoutput* expected test results testdata/grep* input and output for pcregrep tests testdata/* other supporting test files (D) Auxiliary files for cmake support cmake/COPYING-CMAKE-SCRIPTS cmake/FindPackageHandleStandardArgs.cmake cmake/FindEditline.cmake cmake/FindReadline.cmake CMakeLists.txt config-cmake.h.in (E) Auxiliary files for VPASCAL makevp.bat makevp_c.txt makevp_l.txt pcregexp.pas (F) Auxiliary files for building PCRE "by hand" pcre.h.generic ) a version of the public PCRE header file ) for use in non-"configure" environments config.h.generic ) a version of config.h for use in non-"configure" ) environments (F) Miscellaneous RunTest.bat a script for running tests under Windows Philip Hazel Email local part: ph10 Email domain: cam.ac.uk Last updated: 10 February 2015 tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000001571335323540100156010ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules ifeq ($(use_system_pcre),n) CFLAGS += -DHAVE_CONFIG_H CFLAGS += -w : foreach *.c |> !cc |> endif tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/config.h000066400000000000000000000336541335323540100156740ustar00rootroot00000000000000/* config.h. Generated from config.h.in by configure. */ /* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ /* PCRE is written in Standard C, but there are a few non-standard things it can cope with, allowing it to run on SunOS4 and other "close to standard" systems. In environments that support the GNU autotools, config.h.in is converted into config.h by the "configure" script. In environments that use CMake, config-cmake.in is converted into config.h. If you are going to build PCRE "by hand" without using "configure" or CMake, you should copy the distributed config.h.generic to config.h, and edit the macro definitions to be the way you need them. You must then add -DHAVE_CONFIG_H to all of your compile commands, so that config.h is included at the start of every source. Alternatively, you can avoid editing by using -D on the compiler command line to set the macro values. In this case, you do not have to set -DHAVE_CONFIG_H, but if you do, default values will be taken from config.h for non-boolean macros that are not defined on the command line. Boolean macros such as HAVE_STDLIB_H and SUPPORT_PCRE8 should either be defined (conventionally to 1) for TRUE, and not defined at all for FALSE. All such macros are listed as a commented #undef in config.h.generic. Macros such as MATCH_LIMIT, whose actual value is relevant, have defaults defined, but are surrounded by #ifndef/#endif lines so that the value can be overridden by -D. PCRE uses memmove() if HAVE_MEMMOVE is defined; otherwise it uses bcopy() if HAVE_BCOPY is defined. If your system has neither bcopy() nor memmove(), make sure both macros are undefined; an emulation function will then be used. */ /* By default, the \R escape sequence matches any Unicode line ending character or sequence of characters. If BSR_ANYCRLF is defined (to any value), this is changed so that backslash-R matches only CR, LF, or CRLF. The build-time default can be overridden by the user of PCRE at runtime. */ /* #undef BSR_ANYCRLF */ /* If you are compiling for a system that uses EBCDIC instead of ASCII character codes, define this macro to any value. You must also edit the NEWLINE macro below to set a suitable EBCDIC newline, commonly 21 (0x15). On systems that can use "configure" or CMake to set EBCDIC, NEWLINE is automatically adjusted. When EBCDIC is set, PCRE assumes that all input strings are in EBCDIC. If you do not define this macro, PCRE will assume input strings are ASCII or UTF-8/16/32 Unicode. It is not possible to build a version of PCRE that supports both EBCDIC and UTF-8/16/32. */ /* #undef EBCDIC */ /* In an EBCDIC environment, define this macro to any value to arrange for the NL character to be 0x25 instead of the default 0x15. NL plays the role that LF does in an ASCII/Unicode environment. The value must also be set in the NEWLINE macro below. On systems that can use "configure" or CMake to set EBCDIC_NL25, the adjustment of NEWLINE is automatic. */ /* #undef EBCDIC_NL25 */ /* Define to 1 if you have the `bcopy' function. */ /* #undef HAVE_BCOPY */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ /* #undef HAVE_BITS_TYPE_TRAITS_H */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ /* #undef HAVE_BZLIB_H */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_DIRENT_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ /* #undef HAVE_DLFCN_H */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ /* #undef HAVE_EDITLINE_READLINE_H */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ /* #undef HAVE_EDIT_READLINE_READLINE_H */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1 /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `long long'. */ #define HAVE_LONG_LONG 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `memmove' function. */ #define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1 /* Define if you have POSIX threads libraries and header files. */ /* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD */ /* Have PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT. */ /* #undef HAVE_PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ /* #undef HAVE_READLINE_HISTORY_H */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ /* #undef HAVE_READLINE_READLINE_H */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */ #define HAVE_STRERROR 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_STRING 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_STRING_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have `strtoimax'. */ /* #undef HAVE_STRTOIMAX */ /* Define to 1 if you have `strtoll'. */ #define HAVE_STRTOLL 1 /* Define to 1 if you have `strtoq'. */ /* #undef HAVE_STRTOQ */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ /* #undef HAVE_TYPE_TRAITS_H */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 /* Define to 1 if the system has the type `unsigned long long'. */ #define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG 1 /* Define to 1 if the compiler supports simple visibility declarations. */ #define HAVE_VISIBILITY 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_WINDOWS_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_ZLIB_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have `_strtoi64'. */ /* #undef HAVE__STRTOI64 */ /* The value of LINK_SIZE determines the number of bytes used to store links as offsets within the compiled regex. The default is 2, which allows for compiled patterns up to 64K long. This covers the vast majority of cases. However, PCRE can also be compiled to use 3 or 4 bytes instead. This allows for longer patterns in extreme cases. */ #define LINK_SIZE 2 /* Define to the sub-directory where libtool stores uninstalled libraries. */ #define LT_OBJDIR ".libs/" /* The value of MATCH_LIMIT determines the default number of times the internal match() function can be called during a single execution of pcre_exec(). There is a runtime interface for setting a different limit. The limit exists in order to catch runaway regular expressions that take for ever to determine that they do not match. The default is set very large so that it does not accidentally catch legitimate cases. */ #define MATCH_LIMIT 10000000 /* The above limit applies to all calls of match(), whether or not they increase the recursion depth. In some environments it is desirable to limit the depth of recursive calls of match() more strictly, in order to restrict the maximum amount of stack (or heap, if NO_RECURSE is defined) that is used. The value of MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION applies only to recursive calls of match(). To have any useful effect, it must be less than the value of MATCH_LIMIT. The default is to use the same value as MATCH_LIMIT. There is a runtime method for setting a different limit. */ #define MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION MATCH_LIMIT /* This limit is parameterized just in case anybody ever wants to change it. Care must be taken if it is increased, because it guards against integer overflow caused by enormously large patterns. */ #define MAX_NAME_COUNT 10000 /* This limit is parameterized just in case anybody ever wants to change it. Care must be taken if it is increased, because it guards against integer overflow caused by enormously large patterns. */ #define MAX_NAME_SIZE 32 /* The value of NEWLINE determines the default newline character sequence. PCRE client programs can override this by selecting other values at run time. In ASCII environments, the value can be 10 (LF), 13 (CR), or 3338 (CRLF); in EBCDIC environments the value can be 21 or 37 (LF), 13 (CR), or 3349 or 3365 (CRLF) because there are two alternative codepoints (0x15 and 0x25) that are used as the NL line terminator that is equivalent to ASCII LF. In both ASCII and EBCDIC environments the value can also be -1 (ANY), or -2 (ANYCRLF). */ #define NEWLINE 10 /* PCRE uses recursive function calls to handle backtracking while matching. This can sometimes be a problem on systems that have stacks of limited size. Define NO_RECURSE to any value to get a version that doesn't use recursion in the match() function; instead it creates its own stack by steam using pcre_recurse_malloc() to obtain memory from the heap. For more detail, see the comments and other stuff just above the match() function. */ /* #undef NO_RECURSE */ /* Name of package */ #define PACKAGE "pcre" /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "" /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #define PACKAGE_NAME "PCRE" /* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ #define PACKAGE_STRING "PCRE 8.42" /* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "pcre" /* Define to the home page for this package. */ #define PACKAGE_URL "" /* Define to the version of this package. */ #define PACKAGE_VERSION "8.42" /* The value of PARENS_NEST_LIMIT specifies the maximum depth of nested parentheses (of any kind) in a pattern. This limits the amount of system stack that is used while compiling a pattern. */ #define PARENS_NEST_LIMIT 250 /* to make a symbol visible */ #define PCRECPP_EXP_DECL extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("default"))) /* to make a symbol visible */ #define PCRECPP_EXP_DEFN __attribute__ ((visibility ("default"))) /* The value of PCREGREP_BUFSIZE determines the size of buffer used by pcregrep to hold parts of the file it is searching. This is also the minimum value. The actual amount of memory used by pcregrep is three times this number, because it allows for the buffering of "before" and "after" lines. */ #define PCREGREP_BUFSIZE 20480 /* to make a symbol visible */ #define PCREPOSIX_EXP_DECL extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("default"))) /* to make a symbol visible */ #define PCREPOSIX_EXP_DEFN extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("default"))) /* to make a symbol visible */ #define PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN __attribute__ ((visibility ("default"))) /* to make a symbol visible */ #define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern __attribute__ ((visibility ("default"))) /* If you are compiling for a system other than a Unix-like system or Win32, and it needs some magic to be inserted before the definition of a function that is exported by the library, define this macro to contain the relevant magic. If you do not define this macro, a suitable __declspec value is used for Windows systems; in other environments "extern" is used for a C compiler and "extern C" for a C++ compiler. This macro apears at the start of every exported function that is part of the external API. It does not appear on functions that are "external" in the C sense, but which are internal to the library. */ #define PCRE_EXP_DEFN __attribute__ ((visibility ("default"))) /* Define to any value if linking statically (TODO: make nice with Libtool) */ /* #undef PCRE_STATIC */ /* When calling PCRE via the POSIX interface, additional working storage is required for holding the pointers to capturing substrings because PCRE requires three integers per substring, whereas the POSIX interface provides only two. If the number of expected substrings is small, the wrapper function uses space on the stack, because this is faster than using malloc() for each call. The threshold above which the stack is no longer used is defined by POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD. */ #define POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD 10 /* Define to necessary symbol if this constant uses a non-standard name on your system. */ /* #undef PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE */ /* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #define STDC_HEADERS 1 /* Define to any value to enable support for Just-In-Time compiling. */ /* #undef SUPPORT_JIT */ /* Define to any value to allow pcregrep to be linked with libbz2, so that it is able to handle .bz2 files. */ /* #undef SUPPORT_LIBBZ2 */ /* Define to any value to allow pcretest to be linked with libedit. */ /* #undef SUPPORT_LIBEDIT */ /* Define to any value to allow pcretest to be linked with libreadline. */ /* #undef SUPPORT_LIBREADLINE */ /* Define to any value to allow pcregrep to be linked with libz, so that it is able to handle .gz files. */ /* #undef SUPPORT_LIBZ */ /* Define to any value to enable the 16 bit PCRE library. */ /* #undef SUPPORT_PCRE16 */ /* Define to any value to enable the 32 bit PCRE library. */ /* #undef SUPPORT_PCRE32 */ /* Define to any value to enable the 8 bit PCRE library. */ #define SUPPORT_PCRE8 /**/ /* Define to any value to enable JIT support in pcregrep. */ /* #undef SUPPORT_PCREGREP_JIT */ /* Define to any value to enable support for Unicode properties. */ /* #undef SUPPORT_UCP */ /* Define to any value to enable support for the UTF-8/16/32 Unicode encoding. This will work even in an EBCDIC environment, but it is incompatible with the EBCDIC macro. That is, PCRE can support *either* EBCDIC code *or* ASCII/UTF-8/16/32, but not both at once. */ /* #undef SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Define to any value for valgrind support to find invalid memory reads. */ /* #undef SUPPORT_VALGRIND */ /* Version number of package */ #define VERSION "8.42" /* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ /* #undef const */ /* Define to the type of a signed integer type of width exactly 64 bits if such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ /* #undef int64_t */ /* Define to `unsigned int' if does not define. */ /* #undef size_t */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre.h000066400000000000000000000757411335323540100153630ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* This is the public header file for the PCRE library, to be #included by applications that call the PCRE functions. Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #ifndef _PCRE_H #define _PCRE_H /* The current PCRE version information. */ #define PCRE_MAJOR 8 #define PCRE_MINOR 42 #define PCRE_PRERELEASE #define PCRE_DATE 2018-03-20 /* When an application links to a PCRE DLL in Windows, the symbols that are imported have to be identified as such. When building PCRE, the appropriate export setting is defined in pcre_internal.h, which includes this file. So we don't change existing definitions of PCRE_EXP_DECL and PCRECPP_EXP_DECL. */ #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(PCRE_STATIC) # ifndef PCRE_EXP_DECL # define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern __declspec(dllimport) # endif # ifdef __cplusplus # ifndef PCRECPP_EXP_DECL # define PCRECPP_EXP_DECL extern __declspec(dllimport) # endif # ifndef PCRECPP_EXP_DEFN # define PCRECPP_EXP_DEFN __declspec(dllimport) # endif # endif #endif /* By default, we use the standard "extern" declarations. */ #ifndef PCRE_EXP_DECL # ifdef __cplusplus # define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern "C" # else # define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern # endif #endif #ifdef __cplusplus # ifndef PCRECPP_EXP_DECL # define PCRECPP_EXP_DECL extern # endif # ifndef PCRECPP_EXP_DEFN # define PCRECPP_EXP_DEFN # endif #endif /* Have to include stdlib.h in order to ensure that size_t is defined; it is needed here for malloc. */ #include /* Allow for C++ users */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* Public options. Some are compile-time only, some are run-time only, and some are both. Most of the compile-time options are saved with the compiled regex so that they can be inspected during studying (and therefore JIT compiling). Note that pcre_study() has its own set of options. Originally, all the options defined here used distinct bits. However, almost all the bits in a 32-bit word are now used, so in order to conserve them, option bits that were previously only recognized at matching time (i.e. by pcre_exec() or pcre_dfa_exec()) may also be used for compile-time options that affect only compiling and are not relevant for studying or JIT compiling. Some options for pcre_compile() change its behaviour but do not affect the behaviour of the execution functions. Other options are passed through to the execution functions and affect their behaviour, with or without affecting the behaviour of pcre_compile(). Options that can be passed to pcre_compile() are tagged Cx below, with these variants: C1 Affects compile only C2 Does not affect compile; affects exec, dfa_exec C3 Affects compile, exec, dfa_exec C4 Affects compile, exec, dfa_exec, study C5 Affects compile, exec, study Options that can be set for pcre_exec() and/or pcre_dfa_exec() are flagged with E and D, respectively. They take precedence over C3, C4, and C5 settings passed from pcre_compile(). Those that are compatible with JIT execution are flagged with J. */ #define PCRE_CASELESS 0x00000001 /* C1 */ #define PCRE_MULTILINE 0x00000002 /* C1 */ #define PCRE_DOTALL 0x00000004 /* C1 */ #define PCRE_EXTENDED 0x00000008 /* C1 */ #define PCRE_ANCHORED 0x00000010 /* C4 E D */ #define PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY 0x00000020 /* C2 */ #define PCRE_EXTRA 0x00000040 /* C1 */ #define PCRE_NOTBOL 0x00000080 /* E D J */ #define PCRE_NOTEOL 0x00000100 /* E D J */ #define PCRE_UNGREEDY 0x00000200 /* C1 */ #define PCRE_NOTEMPTY 0x00000400 /* E D J */ #define PCRE_UTF8 0x00000800 /* C4 ) */ #define PCRE_UTF16 0x00000800 /* C4 ) Synonyms */ #define PCRE_UTF32 0x00000800 /* C4 ) */ #define PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE 0x00001000 /* C1 */ #define PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK 0x00002000 /* C1 E D J ) */ #define PCRE_NO_UTF16_CHECK 0x00002000 /* C1 E D J ) Synonyms */ #define PCRE_NO_UTF32_CHECK 0x00002000 /* C1 E D J ) */ #define PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT 0x00004000 /* C1 */ #define PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT 0x00008000 /* E D J ) Synonyms */ #define PCRE_PARTIAL 0x00008000 /* E D J ) */ /* This pair use the same bit. */ #define PCRE_NEVER_UTF 0x00010000 /* C1 ) Overlaid */ #define PCRE_DFA_SHORTEST 0x00010000 /* D ) Overlaid */ /* This pair use the same bit. */ #define PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS 0x00020000 /* C1 ) Overlaid */ #define PCRE_DFA_RESTART 0x00020000 /* D ) Overlaid */ #define PCRE_FIRSTLINE 0x00040000 /* C3 */ #define PCRE_DUPNAMES 0x00080000 /* C1 */ #define PCRE_NEWLINE_CR 0x00100000 /* C3 E D */ #define PCRE_NEWLINE_LF 0x00200000 /* C3 E D */ #define PCRE_NEWLINE_CRLF 0x00300000 /* C3 E D */ #define PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY 0x00400000 /* C3 E D */ #define PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF 0x00500000 /* C3 E D */ #define PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF 0x00800000 /* C3 E D */ #define PCRE_BSR_UNICODE 0x01000000 /* C3 E D */ #define PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT 0x02000000 /* C5 */ #define PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE 0x04000000 /* C2 E D ) Synonyms */ #define PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMISE 0x04000000 /* C2 E D ) */ #define PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD 0x08000000 /* E D J */ #define PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART 0x10000000 /* E D J */ #define PCRE_UCP 0x20000000 /* C3 */ /* Exec-time and get/set-time error codes */ #define PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH (-1) #define PCRE_ERROR_NULL (-2) #define PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION (-3) #define PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC (-4) #define PCRE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_OPCODE (-5) #define PCRE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_NODE (-5) /* For backward compatibility */ #define PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY (-6) #define PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING (-7) #define PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT (-8) #define PCRE_ERROR_CALLOUT (-9) /* Never used by PCRE itself */ #define PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8 (-10) /* Same for 8/16/32 */ #define PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF16 (-10) /* Same for 8/16/32 */ #define PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF32 (-10) /* Same for 8/16/32 */ #define PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8_OFFSET (-11) /* Same for 8/16 */ #define PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF16_OFFSET (-11) /* Same for 8/16 */ #define PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL (-12) #define PCRE_ERROR_BADPARTIAL (-13) #define PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL (-14) #define PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT (-15) #define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM (-16) #define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UCOND (-17) #define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UMLIMIT (-18) #define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE (-19) #define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_RECURSE (-20) #define PCRE_ERROR_RECURSIONLIMIT (-21) #define PCRE_ERROR_NULLWSLIMIT (-22) /* No longer actually used */ #define PCRE_ERROR_BADNEWLINE (-23) #define PCRE_ERROR_BADOFFSET (-24) #define PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF8 (-25) #define PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF16 (-25) /* Same for 8/16 */ #define PCRE_ERROR_RECURSELOOP (-26) #define PCRE_ERROR_JIT_STACKLIMIT (-27) #define PCRE_ERROR_BADMODE (-28) #define PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS (-29) #define PCRE_ERROR_DFA_BADRESTART (-30) #define PCRE_ERROR_JIT_BADOPTION (-31) #define PCRE_ERROR_BADLENGTH (-32) #define PCRE_ERROR_UNSET (-33) /* Specific error codes for UTF-8 validity checks */ #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR0 0 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR1 1 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR2 2 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR3 3 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR4 4 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR5 5 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR6 6 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR7 7 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR8 8 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR9 9 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR10 10 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR11 11 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR12 12 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR13 13 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR14 14 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR15 15 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR16 16 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR17 17 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR18 18 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR19 19 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR20 20 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR21 21 #define PCRE_UTF8_ERR22 22 /* Unused (was non-character) */ /* Specific error codes for UTF-16 validity checks */ #define PCRE_UTF16_ERR0 0 #define PCRE_UTF16_ERR1 1 #define PCRE_UTF16_ERR2 2 #define PCRE_UTF16_ERR3 3 #define PCRE_UTF16_ERR4 4 /* Unused (was non-character) */ /* Specific error codes for UTF-32 validity checks */ #define PCRE_UTF32_ERR0 0 #define PCRE_UTF32_ERR1 1 #define PCRE_UTF32_ERR2 2 /* Unused (was non-character) */ #define PCRE_UTF32_ERR3 3 /* Request types for pcre_fullinfo() */ #define PCRE_INFO_OPTIONS 0 #define PCRE_INFO_SIZE 1 #define PCRE_INFO_CAPTURECOUNT 2 #define PCRE_INFO_BACKREFMAX 3 #define PCRE_INFO_FIRSTBYTE 4 #define PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHAR 4 /* For backwards compatibility */ #define PCRE_INFO_FIRSTTABLE 5 #define PCRE_INFO_LASTLITERAL 6 #define PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE 7 #define PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT 8 #define PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE 9 #define PCRE_INFO_STUDYSIZE 10 #define PCRE_INFO_DEFAULT_TABLES 11 #define PCRE_INFO_OKPARTIAL 12 #define PCRE_INFO_JCHANGED 13 #define PCRE_INFO_HASCRORLF 14 #define PCRE_INFO_MINLENGTH 15 #define PCRE_INFO_JIT 16 #define PCRE_INFO_JITSIZE 17 #define PCRE_INFO_MAXLOOKBEHIND 18 #define PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHARACTER 19 #define PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHARACTERFLAGS 20 #define PCRE_INFO_REQUIREDCHAR 21 #define PCRE_INFO_REQUIREDCHARFLAGS 22 #define PCRE_INFO_MATCHLIMIT 23 #define PCRE_INFO_RECURSIONLIMIT 24 #define PCRE_INFO_MATCH_EMPTY 25 /* Request types for pcre_config(). Do not re-arrange, in order to remain compatible. */ #define PCRE_CONFIG_UTF8 0 #define PCRE_CONFIG_NEWLINE 1 #define PCRE_CONFIG_LINK_SIZE 2 #define PCRE_CONFIG_POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD 3 #define PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT 4 #define PCRE_CONFIG_STACKRECURSE 5 #define PCRE_CONFIG_UNICODE_PROPERTIES 6 #define PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION 7 #define PCRE_CONFIG_BSR 8 #define PCRE_CONFIG_JIT 9 #define PCRE_CONFIG_UTF16 10 #define PCRE_CONFIG_JITTARGET 11 #define PCRE_CONFIG_UTF32 12 #define PCRE_CONFIG_PARENS_LIMIT 13 /* Request types for pcre_study(). Do not re-arrange, in order to remain compatible. */ #define PCRE_STUDY_JIT_COMPILE 0x0001 #define PCRE_STUDY_JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE 0x0002 #define PCRE_STUDY_JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE 0x0004 #define PCRE_STUDY_EXTRA_NEEDED 0x0008 /* Bit flags for the pcre[16|32]_extra structure. Do not re-arrange or redefine these bits, just add new ones on the end, in order to remain compatible. */ #define PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA 0x0001 #define PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT 0x0002 #define PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA 0x0004 #define PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES 0x0008 #define PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION 0x0010 #define PCRE_EXTRA_MARK 0x0020 #define PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT 0x0040 /* Types */ struct real_pcre8_or_16; /* declaration; the definition is private */ typedef struct real_pcre8_or_16 pcre; struct real_pcre8_or_16; /* declaration; the definition is private */ typedef struct real_pcre8_or_16 pcre16; struct real_pcre32; /* declaration; the definition is private */ typedef struct real_pcre32 pcre32; struct real_pcre_jit_stack; /* declaration; the definition is private */ typedef struct real_pcre_jit_stack pcre_jit_stack; struct real_pcre16_jit_stack; /* declaration; the definition is private */ typedef struct real_pcre16_jit_stack pcre16_jit_stack; struct real_pcre32_jit_stack; /* declaration; the definition is private */ typedef struct real_pcre32_jit_stack pcre32_jit_stack; /* If PCRE is compiled with 16 bit character support, PCRE_UCHAR16 must contain a 16 bit wide signed data type. Otherwise it can be a dummy data type since pcre16 functions are not implemented. There is a check for this in pcre_internal.h. */ #ifndef PCRE_UCHAR16 #define PCRE_UCHAR16 unsigned short #endif #ifndef PCRE_SPTR16 #define PCRE_SPTR16 const PCRE_UCHAR16 * #endif /* If PCRE is compiled with 32 bit character support, PCRE_UCHAR32 must contain a 32 bit wide signed data type. Otherwise it can be a dummy data type since pcre32 functions are not implemented. There is a check for this in pcre_internal.h. */ #ifndef PCRE_UCHAR32 #define PCRE_UCHAR32 unsigned int #endif #ifndef PCRE_SPTR32 #define PCRE_SPTR32 const PCRE_UCHAR32 * #endif /* When PCRE is compiled as a C++ library, the subject pointer type can be replaced with a custom type. For conventional use, the public interface is a const char *. */ #ifndef PCRE_SPTR #define PCRE_SPTR const char * #endif /* The structure for passing additional data to pcre_exec(). This is defined in such as way as to be extensible. Always add new fields at the end, in order to remain compatible. */ typedef struct pcre_extra { unsigned long int flags; /* Bits for which fields are set */ void *study_data; /* Opaque data from pcre_study() */ unsigned long int match_limit; /* Maximum number of calls to match() */ void *callout_data; /* Data passed back in callouts */ const unsigned char *tables; /* Pointer to character tables */ unsigned long int match_limit_recursion; /* Max recursive calls to match() */ unsigned char **mark; /* For passing back a mark pointer */ void *executable_jit; /* Contains a pointer to a compiled jit code */ } pcre_extra; /* Same structure as above, but with 16 bit char pointers. */ typedef struct pcre16_extra { unsigned long int flags; /* Bits for which fields are set */ void *study_data; /* Opaque data from pcre_study() */ unsigned long int match_limit; /* Maximum number of calls to match() */ void *callout_data; /* Data passed back in callouts */ const unsigned char *tables; /* Pointer to character tables */ unsigned long int match_limit_recursion; /* Max recursive calls to match() */ PCRE_UCHAR16 **mark; /* For passing back a mark pointer */ void *executable_jit; /* Contains a pointer to a compiled jit code */ } pcre16_extra; /* Same structure as above, but with 32 bit char pointers. */ typedef struct pcre32_extra { unsigned long int flags; /* Bits for which fields are set */ void *study_data; /* Opaque data from pcre_study() */ unsigned long int match_limit; /* Maximum number of calls to match() */ void *callout_data; /* Data passed back in callouts */ const unsigned char *tables; /* Pointer to character tables */ unsigned long int match_limit_recursion; /* Max recursive calls to match() */ PCRE_UCHAR32 **mark; /* For passing back a mark pointer */ void *executable_jit; /* Contains a pointer to a compiled jit code */ } pcre32_extra; /* The structure for passing out data via the pcre_callout_function. We use a structure so that new fields can be added on the end in future versions, without changing the API of the function, thereby allowing old clients to work without modification. */ typedef struct pcre_callout_block { int version; /* Identifies version of block */ /* ------------------------ Version 0 ------------------------------- */ int callout_number; /* Number compiled into pattern */ int *offset_vector; /* The offset vector */ PCRE_SPTR subject; /* The subject being matched */ int subject_length; /* The length of the subject */ int start_match; /* Offset to start of this match attempt */ int current_position; /* Where we currently are in the subject */ int capture_top; /* Max current capture */ int capture_last; /* Most recently closed capture */ void *callout_data; /* Data passed in with the call */ /* ------------------- Added for Version 1 -------------------------- */ int pattern_position; /* Offset to next item in the pattern */ int next_item_length; /* Length of next item in the pattern */ /* ------------------- Added for Version 2 -------------------------- */ const unsigned char *mark; /* Pointer to current mark or NULL */ /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */ } pcre_callout_block; /* Same structure as above, but with 16 bit char pointers. */ typedef struct pcre16_callout_block { int version; /* Identifies version of block */ /* ------------------------ Version 0 ------------------------------- */ int callout_number; /* Number compiled into pattern */ int *offset_vector; /* The offset vector */ PCRE_SPTR16 subject; /* The subject being matched */ int subject_length; /* The length of the subject */ int start_match; /* Offset to start of this match attempt */ int current_position; /* Where we currently are in the subject */ int capture_top; /* Max current capture */ int capture_last; /* Most recently closed capture */ void *callout_data; /* Data passed in with the call */ /* ------------------- Added for Version 1 -------------------------- */ int pattern_position; /* Offset to next item in the pattern */ int next_item_length; /* Length of next item in the pattern */ /* ------------------- Added for Version 2 -------------------------- */ const PCRE_UCHAR16 *mark; /* Pointer to current mark or NULL */ /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */ } pcre16_callout_block; /* Same structure as above, but with 32 bit char pointers. */ typedef struct pcre32_callout_block { int version; /* Identifies version of block */ /* ------------------------ Version 0 ------------------------------- */ int callout_number; /* Number compiled into pattern */ int *offset_vector; /* The offset vector */ PCRE_SPTR32 subject; /* The subject being matched */ int subject_length; /* The length of the subject */ int start_match; /* Offset to start of this match attempt */ int current_position; /* Where we currently are in the subject */ int capture_top; /* Max current capture */ int capture_last; /* Most recently closed capture */ void *callout_data; /* Data passed in with the call */ /* ------------------- Added for Version 1 -------------------------- */ int pattern_position; /* Offset to next item in the pattern */ int next_item_length; /* Length of next item in the pattern */ /* ------------------- Added for Version 2 -------------------------- */ const PCRE_UCHAR32 *mark; /* Pointer to current mark or NULL */ /* ------------------------------------------------------------------ */ } pcre32_callout_block; /* Indirection for store get and free functions. These can be set to alternative malloc/free functions if required. Special ones are used in the non-recursive case for "frames". There is also an optional callout function that is triggered by the (?) regex item. For Virtual Pascal, these definitions have to take another form. */ #ifndef VPCOMPAT PCRE_EXP_DECL void *(*pcre_malloc)(size_t); PCRE_EXP_DECL void (*pcre_free)(void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void *(*pcre_stack_malloc)(size_t); PCRE_EXP_DECL void (*pcre_stack_free)(void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int (*pcre_callout)(pcre_callout_block *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int (*pcre_stack_guard)(void); PCRE_EXP_DECL void *(*pcre16_malloc)(size_t); PCRE_EXP_DECL void (*pcre16_free)(void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void *(*pcre16_stack_malloc)(size_t); PCRE_EXP_DECL void (*pcre16_stack_free)(void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int (*pcre16_callout)(pcre16_callout_block *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int (*pcre16_stack_guard)(void); PCRE_EXP_DECL void *(*pcre32_malloc)(size_t); PCRE_EXP_DECL void (*pcre32_free)(void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void *(*pcre32_stack_malloc)(size_t); PCRE_EXP_DECL void (*pcre32_stack_free)(void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int (*pcre32_callout)(pcre32_callout_block *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int (*pcre32_stack_guard)(void); #else /* VPCOMPAT */ PCRE_EXP_DECL void *pcre_malloc(size_t); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_free(void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void *pcre_stack_malloc(size_t); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_stack_free(void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_callout(pcre_callout_block *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_stack_guard(void); PCRE_EXP_DECL void *pcre16_malloc(size_t); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_free(void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void *pcre16_stack_malloc(size_t); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_stack_free(void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_callout(pcre16_callout_block *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_stack_guard(void); PCRE_EXP_DECL void *pcre32_malloc(size_t); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_free(void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void *pcre32_stack_malloc(size_t); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_stack_free(void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_callout(pcre32_callout_block *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_stack_guard(void); #endif /* VPCOMPAT */ /* User defined callback which provides a stack just before the match starts. */ typedef pcre_jit_stack *(*pcre_jit_callback)(void *); typedef pcre16_jit_stack *(*pcre16_jit_callback)(void *); typedef pcre32_jit_stack *(*pcre32_jit_callback)(void *); /* Exported PCRE functions */ PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre *pcre_compile(const char *, int, const char **, int *, const unsigned char *); PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre16 *pcre16_compile(PCRE_SPTR16, int, const char **, int *, const unsigned char *); PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre32 *pcre32_compile(PCRE_SPTR32, int, const char **, int *, const unsigned char *); PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre *pcre_compile2(const char *, int, int *, const char **, int *, const unsigned char *); PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre16 *pcre16_compile2(PCRE_SPTR16, int, int *, const char **, int *, const unsigned char *); PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre32 *pcre32_compile2(PCRE_SPTR32, int, int *, const char **, int *, const unsigned char *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_config(int, void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_config(int, void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_config(int, void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_copy_named_substring(const pcre *, const char *, int *, int, const char *, char *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_copy_named_substring(const pcre16 *, PCRE_SPTR16, int *, int, PCRE_SPTR16, PCRE_UCHAR16 *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_copy_named_substring(const pcre32 *, PCRE_SPTR32, int *, int, PCRE_SPTR32, PCRE_UCHAR32 *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_copy_substring(const char *, int *, int, int, char *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_copy_substring(PCRE_SPTR16, int *, int, int, PCRE_UCHAR16 *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_copy_substring(PCRE_SPTR32, int *, int, int, PCRE_UCHAR32 *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_dfa_exec(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *, const char *, int, int, int, int *, int , int *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_dfa_exec(const pcre16 *, const pcre16_extra *, PCRE_SPTR16, int, int, int, int *, int , int *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_dfa_exec(const pcre32 *, const pcre32_extra *, PCRE_SPTR32, int, int, int, int *, int , int *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_exec(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *, PCRE_SPTR, int, int, int, int *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_exec(const pcre16 *, const pcre16_extra *, PCRE_SPTR16, int, int, int, int *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_exec(const pcre32 *, const pcre32_extra *, PCRE_SPTR32, int, int, int, int *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_jit_exec(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *, PCRE_SPTR, int, int, int, int *, int, pcre_jit_stack *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_jit_exec(const pcre16 *, const pcre16_extra *, PCRE_SPTR16, int, int, int, int *, int, pcre16_jit_stack *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_jit_exec(const pcre32 *, const pcre32_extra *, PCRE_SPTR32, int, int, int, int *, int, pcre32_jit_stack *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_free_substring(const char *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_free_substring(PCRE_SPTR16); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_free_substring(PCRE_SPTR32); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_free_substring_list(const char **); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_free_substring_list(PCRE_SPTR16 *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_free_substring_list(PCRE_SPTR32 *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_fullinfo(const pcre *, const pcre_extra *, int, void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_fullinfo(const pcre16 *, const pcre16_extra *, int, void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_fullinfo(const pcre32 *, const pcre32_extra *, int, void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_get_named_substring(const pcre *, const char *, int *, int, const char *, const char **); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_get_named_substring(const pcre16 *, PCRE_SPTR16, int *, int, PCRE_SPTR16, PCRE_SPTR16 *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_get_named_substring(const pcre32 *, PCRE_SPTR32, int *, int, PCRE_SPTR32, PCRE_SPTR32 *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_get_stringnumber(const pcre *, const char *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_get_stringnumber(const pcre16 *, PCRE_SPTR16); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_get_stringnumber(const pcre32 *, PCRE_SPTR32); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_get_stringtable_entries(const pcre *, const char *, char **, char **); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_get_stringtable_entries(const pcre16 *, PCRE_SPTR16, PCRE_UCHAR16 **, PCRE_UCHAR16 **); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_get_stringtable_entries(const pcre32 *, PCRE_SPTR32, PCRE_UCHAR32 **, PCRE_UCHAR32 **); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_get_substring(const char *, int *, int, int, const char **); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_get_substring(PCRE_SPTR16, int *, int, int, PCRE_SPTR16 *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_get_substring(PCRE_SPTR32, int *, int, int, PCRE_SPTR32 *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_get_substring_list(const char *, int *, int, const char ***); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_get_substring_list(PCRE_SPTR16, int *, int, PCRE_SPTR16 **); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_get_substring_list(PCRE_SPTR32, int *, int, PCRE_SPTR32 **); PCRE_EXP_DECL const unsigned char *pcre_maketables(void); PCRE_EXP_DECL const unsigned char *pcre16_maketables(void); PCRE_EXP_DECL const unsigned char *pcre32_maketables(void); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_refcount(pcre *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_refcount(pcre16 *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_refcount(pcre32 *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre_extra *pcre_study(const pcre *, int, const char **); PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre16_extra *pcre16_study(const pcre16 *, int, const char **); PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre32_extra *pcre32_study(const pcre32 *, int, const char **); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_free_study(pcre_extra *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_free_study(pcre16_extra *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_free_study(pcre32_extra *); PCRE_EXP_DECL const char *pcre_version(void); PCRE_EXP_DECL const char *pcre16_version(void); PCRE_EXP_DECL const char *pcre32_version(void); /* Utility functions for byte order swaps. */ PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_pattern_to_host_byte_order(pcre *, pcre_extra *, const unsigned char *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_pattern_to_host_byte_order(pcre16 *, pcre16_extra *, const unsigned char *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_pattern_to_host_byte_order(pcre32 *, pcre32_extra *, const unsigned char *); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_utf16_to_host_byte_order(PCRE_UCHAR16 *, PCRE_SPTR16, int, int *, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_utf32_to_host_byte_order(PCRE_UCHAR32 *, PCRE_SPTR32, int, int *, int); /* JIT compiler related functions. */ PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre_jit_stack *pcre_jit_stack_alloc(int, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre16_jit_stack *pcre16_jit_stack_alloc(int, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre32_jit_stack *pcre32_jit_stack_alloc(int, int); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_jit_stack_free(pcre_jit_stack *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_jit_stack_free(pcre16_jit_stack *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_jit_stack_free(pcre32_jit_stack *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_assign_jit_stack(pcre_extra *, pcre_jit_callback, void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_assign_jit_stack(pcre16_extra *, pcre16_jit_callback, void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_assign_jit_stack(pcre32_extra *, pcre32_jit_callback, void *); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_jit_free_unused_memory(void); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_jit_free_unused_memory(void); PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_jit_free_unused_memory(void); #ifdef __cplusplus } /* extern "C" */ #endif #endif /* End of pcre.h */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_byte_order.c000066400000000000000000000220171335323540100175600ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains an internal function that tests a compiled pattern to see if it was compiled with the opposite endianness. If so, it uses an auxiliary local function to flip the appropriate bytes. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" /************************************************* * Swap byte functions * *************************************************/ /* The following functions swap the bytes of a pcre_uint16 and pcre_uint32 value. Arguments: value any number Returns: the byte swapped value */ static pcre_uint32 swap_uint32(pcre_uint32 value) { return ((value & 0x000000ff) << 24) | ((value & 0x0000ff00) << 8) | ((value & 0x00ff0000) >> 8) | (value >> 24); } static pcre_uint16 swap_uint16(pcre_uint16 value) { return (value >> 8) | (value << 8); } /************************************************* * Test for a byte-flipped compiled regex * *************************************************/ /* This function swaps the bytes of a compiled pattern usually loaded form the disk. It also sets the tables pointer, which is likely an invalid pointer after reload. Arguments: argument_re points to the compiled expression extra_data points to extra data or is NULL tables points to the character tables or NULL Returns: 0 if the swap is successful, negative on error */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre_pattern_to_host_byte_order(pcre *argument_re, pcre_extra *extra_data, const unsigned char *tables) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre16_pattern_to_host_byte_order(pcre16 *argument_re, pcre16_extra *extra_data, const unsigned char *tables) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DECL int pcre32_pattern_to_host_byte_order(pcre32 *argument_re, pcre32_extra *extra_data, const unsigned char *tables) #endif { REAL_PCRE *re = (REAL_PCRE *)argument_re; pcre_study_data *study; #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 pcre_uchar *ptr; int length; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE16 BOOL utf; BOOL utf16_char; #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF && COMPILE_PCRE16 */ #endif /* !COMPILE_PCRE8 */ if (re == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NULL; if (re->magic_number == MAGIC_NUMBER) { if ((re->flags & PCRE_MODE) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMODE; re->tables = tables; return 0; } if (re->magic_number != REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC; if ((swap_uint32(re->flags) & PCRE_MODE) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMODE; re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER; re->size = swap_uint32(re->size); re->options = swap_uint32(re->options); re->flags = swap_uint32(re->flags); re->limit_match = swap_uint32(re->limit_match); re->limit_recursion = swap_uint32(re->limit_recursion); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 re->first_char = swap_uint16(re->first_char); re->req_char = swap_uint16(re->req_char); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 re->first_char = swap_uint32(re->first_char); re->req_char = swap_uint32(re->req_char); #endif re->max_lookbehind = swap_uint16(re->max_lookbehind); re->top_bracket = swap_uint16(re->top_bracket); re->top_backref = swap_uint16(re->top_backref); re->name_table_offset = swap_uint16(re->name_table_offset); re->name_entry_size = swap_uint16(re->name_entry_size); re->name_count = swap_uint16(re->name_count); re->ref_count = swap_uint16(re->ref_count); re->tables = tables; if (extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA) != 0) { study = (pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data; study->size = swap_uint32(study->size); study->flags = swap_uint32(study->flags); study->minlength = swap_uint32(study->minlength); } #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 ptr = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset; length = re->name_count * re->name_entry_size; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE16 utf = (re->options & PCRE_UTF16) != 0; utf16_char = FALSE; #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF && COMPILE_PCRE16 */ while(TRUE) { /* Swap previous characters. */ while (length-- > 0) { #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 *ptr = swap_uint16(*ptr); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 *ptr = swap_uint32(*ptr); #endif ptr++; } #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if (utf16_char) { if (HAS_EXTRALEN(ptr[-1])) { /* We know that there is only one extra character in UTF-16. */ *ptr = swap_uint16(*ptr); ptr++; } } utf16_char = FALSE; #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Get next opcode. */ length = 0; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 *ptr = swap_uint16(*ptr); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 *ptr = swap_uint32(*ptr); #endif switch (*ptr) { case OP_END: return 0; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE16 case OP_CHAR: case OP_CHARI: case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: case OP_STAR: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_PLUS: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_QUERY: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_UPTO: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_EXACT: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_STARI: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_QUERYI: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_UPTOI: case OP_MINUPTOI: case OP_EXACTI: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_POSQUERYI: case OP_POSUPTOI: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: case OP_NOTEXACTI: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: if (utf) utf16_char = TRUE; #endif /* Fall through. */ default: length = PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ptr] - 1; break; case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: /* Skip the character bit map. */ ptr += 32/sizeof(pcre_uchar); length = 0; break; case OP_XCLASS: /* Reverse the size of the XCLASS instance. */ ptr++; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 *ptr = swap_uint16(*ptr); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 *ptr = swap_uint32(*ptr); #endif #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE32 if (LINK_SIZE > 1) { /* LINK_SIZE can be 1 or 2 in 16 bit mode. */ ptr++; *ptr = swap_uint16(*ptr); } #endif ptr++; length = (GET(ptr, -LINK_SIZE)) - (1 + LINK_SIZE + 1); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 *ptr = swap_uint16(*ptr); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 *ptr = swap_uint32(*ptr); #endif if ((*ptr & XCL_MAP) != 0) { /* Skip the character bit map. */ ptr += 32/sizeof(pcre_uchar); length -= 32/sizeof(pcre_uchar); } break; } ptr++; } /* Control should never reach here in 16/32 bit mode. */ #else /* In 8-bit mode, the pattern does not need to be processed. */ return 0; #endif /* !COMPILE_PCRE8 */ } /* End of pcre_byte_order.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_chartables.c000066400000000000000000000172501335323540100175350ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* This file contains character tables that are used when no external tables are passed to PCRE by the application that calls it. The tables are used only for characters whose code values are less than 256. This is a default version of the tables that assumes ASCII encoding. A program called dftables (which is distributed with PCRE) can be used to build alternative versions of this file. This is necessary if you are running in an EBCDIC environment, or if you want to default to a different encoding, for example ISO-8859-1. When dftables is run, it creates these tables in the current locale. If PCRE is configured with --enable-rebuild-chartables, this happens automatically. The following #includes are present because without them gcc 4.x may remove the array definition from the final binary if PCRE is built into a static library and dead code stripping is activated. This leads to link errors. Pulling in the header ensures that the array gets flagged as "someone outside this compilation unit might reference this" and so it will always be supplied to the linker. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" const pcre_uint8 PRIV(default_tables)[] = { /* This table is a lower casing table. */ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103, 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111, 112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119, 120,121,122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103, 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111, 112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119, 120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127, 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135, 136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151, 152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159, 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167, 168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175, 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183, 184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, 192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199, 200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207, 208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215, 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223, 224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231, 232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239, 240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247, 248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255, /* This table is a case flipping table. */ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103, 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111, 112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119, 120,121,122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90,123,124,125,126,127, 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135, 136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151, 152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159, 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167, 168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175, 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183, 184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, 192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199, 200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207, 208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215, 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223, 224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231, 232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239, 240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247, 248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255, /* This table contains bit maps for various character classes. Each map is 32 bytes long and the bits run from the least significant end of each byte. The classes that have their own maps are: space, xdigit, digit, upper, lower, word, graph, print, punct, and cntrl. Other classes are built from combinations. */ 0x00,0x3e,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0x03, 0x7e,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x7e,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0x03, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0xfe,0xff,0xff,0x07,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xfe,0xff,0xff,0x07, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0x03, 0xfe,0xff,0xff,0x87,0xfe,0xff,0xff,0x07, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xfe,0xff,0xff,0xff, 0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0x7f, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, 0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0x7f, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xfe,0xff,0x00,0xfc, 0x01,0x00,0x00,0xf8,0x01,0x00,0x00,0x78, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* This table identifies various classes of character by individual bits: 0x01 white space character 0x02 letter 0x04 decimal digit 0x08 hexadecimal digit 0x10 alphanumeric or '_' 0x80 regular expression metacharacter or binary zero */ 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ 0x00,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */ 0x80,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00, /* ( - / */ 0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */ 0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80, /* 8 - ? */ 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* @ - G */ 0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* H - O */ 0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* P - W */ 0x12,0x12,0x12,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x10, /* X - _ */ 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* ` - g */ 0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* h - o */ 0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* p - w */ 0x12,0x12,0x12,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */ /* End of pcre_chartables.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_compile.c000066400000000000000000011652141335323540100170620ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2016 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #define NLBLOCK cd /* Block containing newline information */ #define PSSTART start_pattern /* Field containing pattern start */ #define PSEND end_pattern /* Field containing pattern end */ #include "pcre_internal.h" /* When PCRE_DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre(16|32)_printint() function, which is also used by pcretest. PCRE_DEBUG is not defined when building a production library. We do not need to select pcre16_printint.c specially, because the COMPILE_PCREx macro will already be appropriately set. */ #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG /* pcre_printint.c should not include any headers */ #define PCRE_INCLUDED #include "pcre_printint.c" #undef PCRE_INCLUDED #endif /* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */ #define SETBIT(a,b) a[(b)/8] |= (1 << ((b)&7)) /* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have to check them every time. */ #define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20) /* Definitions to allow mutual recursion */ static int add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *, pcre_uchar **, int, compile_data *, const pcre_uint32 *, unsigned int); static BOOL compile_regex(int, pcre_uchar **, const pcre_uchar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int, int, pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, branch_chain *, compile_data *, int *); /************************************************* * Code parameters and static tables * *************************************************/ /* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218, so this number is very generous. The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE is 4 there is plenty of room for most patterns. However, the memory can get filled up by repetitions of forward references, for example patterns like /(?1){0,1999}(b)/, and one user did hit the limit. The code has been changed so that the workspace is expanded using malloc() in this situation. The value below is therefore a minimum, and we put a maximum on it for safety. The minimum is now also defined in terms of LINK_SIZE so that the use of malloc() kicks in at the same number of forward references in all cases. */ #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (2048*LINK_SIZE) #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX (100*COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) /* This value determines the size of the initial vector that is used for remembering named groups during the pre-compile. It is allocated on the stack, but if it is too small, it is expanded using malloc(), in a similar way to the workspace. The value is the number of slots in the list. */ #define NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE 20 /* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */ #define WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN (100) /* Private flags added to firstchar and reqchar. */ #define REQ_CASELESS (1 << 0) /* Indicates caselessness */ #define REQ_VARY (1 << 1) /* Reqchar followed non-literal item */ /* Negative values for the firstchar and reqchar flags */ #define REQ_UNSET (-2) #define REQ_NONE (-1) /* Repeated character flags. */ #define UTF_LENGTH 0x10000000l /* The char contains its length. */ /* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape is invalid. */ #ifndef EBCDIC /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running in UTF-8 mode. */ static const short int escapes[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, CHAR_COLON, CHAR_SEMICOLON, CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT, -ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D, -ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G, -ESC_H, 0, 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0, -ESC_N, 0, -ESC_P, -ESC_Q, -ESC_R, -ESC_S, 0, 0, -ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X, 0, -ESC_Z, CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET, CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT, CHAR_UNDERSCORE, CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT, ESC_a, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0, -ESC_h, 0, 0, -ESC_k, 0, 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p, 0, ESC_r, -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0, -ESC_v, -ESC_w, 0, 0, -ESC_z }; #else /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */ static const short int escapes[] = { /* 48 */ 0, 0, 0, '.', '<', '(', '+', '|', /* 50 */ '&', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 58 */ 0, 0, '!', '$', '*', ')', ';', '~', /* 60 */ '-', '/', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 68 */ 0, 0, '|', ',', '%', '_', '>', '?', /* 70 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 78 */ 0, '`', ':', '#', '@', '\'', '=', '"', /* 80 */ 0, ESC_a, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0, /* 88 */-ESC_h, 0, 0, '{', 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 90 */ 0, 0, -ESC_k, 0, 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p, /* 98 */ 0, ESC_r, 0, '}', 0, 0, 0, 0, /* A0 */ 0, '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w, 0, /* A8 */ 0,-ESC_z, 0, 0, 0, '[', 0, 0, /* B0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* B8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ']', '=', '-', /* C0 */ '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G, /* C8 */-ESC_H, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* D0 */ '}', 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0,-ESC_N, 0, -ESC_P, /* D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* E0 */ '\\', 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X, /* E8 */ 0,-ESC_Z, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* F0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* F8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; /* We also need a table of characters that may follow \c in an EBCDIC environment for characters 0-31. */ static unsigned char ebcdic_escape_c[] = "@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_"; #endif /* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC platforms. */ typedef struct verbitem { int len; /* Length of verb name */ int op; /* Op when no arg, or -1 if arg mandatory */ int op_arg; /* Op when arg present, or -1 if not allowed */ } verbitem; static const char verbnames[] = "\0" /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */ STRING_MARK0 STRING_ACCEPT0 STRING_COMMIT0 STRING_F0 STRING_FAIL0 STRING_PRUNE0 STRING_SKIP0 STRING_THEN; static const verbitem verbs[] = { { 0, -1, OP_MARK }, { 4, -1, OP_MARK }, { 6, OP_ACCEPT, -1 }, { 6, OP_COMMIT, -1 }, { 1, OP_FAIL, -1 }, { 4, OP_FAIL, -1 }, { 5, OP_PRUNE, OP_PRUNE_ARG }, { 4, OP_SKIP, OP_SKIP_ARG }, { 4, OP_THEN, OP_THEN_ARG } }; static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem); /* Substitutes for [[:<:]] and [[:>:]], which mean start and end of word in another regex library. */ static const pcre_uchar sub_start_of_word[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_b, CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_w, CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar sub_end_of_word[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_b, CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_w, CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, '\0' }; /* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed for handling case independence. The indices for graph, print, and punct are needed, so identify them. */ static const char posix_names[] = STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0 STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0 STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0 STRING_word0 STRING_xdigit; static const pcre_uint8 posix_name_lengths[] = { 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 }; #define PC_GRAPH 8 #define PC_PRINT 9 #define PC_PUNCT 10 /* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset, second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 => remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */ static const int posix_class_maps[] = { cbit_word, cbit_digit, -2, /* alpha */ cbit_lower, -1, 0, /* lower */ cbit_upper, -1, 0, /* upper */ cbit_word, -1, 2, /* alnum - word without underscore */ cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, 0, /* ascii */ cbit_space, -1, 1, /* blank - a GNU extension */ cbit_cntrl, -1, 0, /* cntrl */ cbit_digit, -1, 0, /* digit */ cbit_graph, -1, 0, /* graph */ cbit_print, -1, 0, /* print */ cbit_punct, -1, 0, /* punct */ cbit_space, -1, 0, /* space */ cbit_word, -1, 0, /* word - a Perl extension */ cbit_xdigit,-1, 0 /* xdigit */ }; /* Table of substitutes for \d etc when PCRE_UCP is set. They are replaced by Unicode property escapes. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP static const pcre_uchar string_PNd[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_pNd[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_PXsp[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_pXsp[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_PXwd[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_pXwd[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar *substitutes[] = { string_PNd, /* \D */ string_pNd, /* \d */ string_PXsp, /* \S */ /* Xsp is Perl space, but from 8.34, Perl */ string_pXsp, /* \s */ /* space and POSIX space are the same. */ string_PXwd, /* \W */ string_pXwd /* \w */ }; /* The POSIX class substitutes must be in the order of the POSIX class names, defined above, and there are both positive and negative cases. NULL means no general substitute of a Unicode property escape (\p or \P). However, for some POSIX classes (e.g. graph, print, punct) a special property code is compiled directly. */ static const pcre_uchar string_pL[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_pLl[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_pLu[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_pXan[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_h[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_h, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_pXps[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_PL[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_PLl[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_PLu[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_PXan[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_H[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_H, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar string_PXps[] = { CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; static const pcre_uchar *posix_substitutes[] = { string_pL, /* alpha */ string_pLl, /* lower */ string_pLu, /* upper */ string_pXan, /* alnum */ NULL, /* ascii */ string_h, /* blank */ NULL, /* cntrl */ string_pNd, /* digit */ NULL, /* graph */ NULL, /* print */ NULL, /* punct */ string_pXps, /* space */ /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */ string_pXwd, /* word */ /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */ NULL, /* xdigit */ /* Negated cases */ string_PL, /* ^alpha */ string_PLl, /* ^lower */ string_PLu, /* ^upper */ string_PXan, /* ^alnum */ NULL, /* ^ascii */ string_H, /* ^blank */ NULL, /* ^cntrl */ string_PNd, /* ^digit */ NULL, /* ^graph */ NULL, /* ^print */ NULL, /* ^punct */ string_PXps, /* ^space */ /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */ string_PXwd, /* ^word */ /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */ NULL /* ^xdigit */ }; #define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes) / sizeof(pcre_uchar *)) #endif #define STRING(a) # a #define XSTRING(s) STRING(s) /* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically, it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error. Each substring ends with \0 to insert a null character. This includes the final substring, so that the whole string ends with \0\0, which can be detected when counting through. */ static const char error_texts[] = "no error\0" "\\ at end of pattern\0" "\\c at end of pattern\0" "unrecognized character follows \\\0" "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0" /* 5 */ "number too big in {} quantifier\0" "missing terminating ] for character class\0" "invalid escape sequence in character class\0" "range out of order in character class\0" "nothing to repeat\0" /* 10 */ "internal error: invalid forward reference offset\0" "internal error: unexpected repeat\0" "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0" "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0" "missing )\0" /* 15 */ "reference to non-existent subpattern\0" "erroffset passed as NULL\0" "unknown option bit(s) set\0" "missing ) after comment\0" "parentheses nested too deeply\0" /** DEAD **/ /* 20 */ "regular expression is too large\0" "failed to get memory\0" "unmatched parentheses\0" "internal error: code overflow\0" "unrecognized character after (?<\0" /* 25 */ "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0" "malformed number or name after (?(\0" "conditional group contains more than two branches\0" "assertion expected after (?( or (?(?C)\0" "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0" /* 30 */ "unknown POSIX class name\0" "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0" "this version of PCRE is compiled without UTF support\0" "spare error\0" /** DEAD **/ "character value in \\x{} or \\o{} is too large\0" /* 35 */ "invalid condition (?(0)\0" "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0" "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, or \\u\0" "number after (?C is > 255\0" "closing ) for (?C expected\0" /* 40 */ "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0" "unrecognized character after (?P\0" "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0" "two named subpatterns have the same name\0" "invalid UTF-8 string\0" /* 45 */ "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0" "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0" "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0" "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0" "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0" /* 50 */ "repeated subpattern is too long\0" /** DEAD **/ "octal value is greater than \\377 in 8-bit non-UTF-8 mode\0" "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0" "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0" "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0" /* 55 */ "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0" /** DEAD **/ "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0" "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0" "a numbered reference must not be zero\0" "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)\0" /* 60 */ "(*VERB) not recognized or malformed\0" "number is too big\0" "subpattern name expected\0" "digit expected after (?+\0" "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode\0" /* 65 */ "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed\0" "(*MARK) must have an argument\0" "this version of PCRE is not compiled with Unicode property support\0" #ifndef EBCDIC "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character\0" #else "\\c must be followed by a letter or one of [\\]^_?\0" #endif "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name\0" /* 70 */ "internal error: unknown opcode in find_fixedlength()\0" "\\N is not supported in a class\0" "too many forward references\0" "disallowed Unicode code point (>= 0xd800 && <= 0xdfff)\0" "invalid UTF-16 string\0" /* 75 */ "name is too long in (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), or (*THEN)\0" "character value in \\u.... sequence is too large\0" "invalid UTF-32 string\0" "setting UTF is disabled by the application\0" "non-hex character in \\x{} (closing brace missing?)\0" /* 80 */ "non-octal character in \\o{} (closing brace missing?)\0" "missing opening brace after \\o\0" "parentheses are too deeply nested\0" "invalid range in character class\0" "group name must start with a non-digit\0" /* 85 */ "parentheses are too deeply nested (stack check)\0" "digits missing in \\x{} or \\o{}\0" "regular expression is too complicated\0" ; /* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match efficiently. For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables: 0x04 decimal digit 0x08 hexadecimal digit Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */ /* Using a simple comparison for decimal numbers rather than a memory read is much faster, and the resulting code is simpler (the compiler turns it into a subtraction and unsigned comparison). */ #define IS_DIGIT(x) ((x) >= CHAR_0 && (x) <= CHAR_9) #ifndef EBCDIC /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in UTF-8 mode. */ static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] = { 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ( - / */ 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 */ 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8 - ? */ 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* @ - G */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H - O */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* P - W */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* X - _ */ 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* ` - g */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h - o */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* p - w */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */ #else /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */ static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] = { 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 0 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 10 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 20 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 30 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 40 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 72- | */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 50 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 60 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ? */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g 80 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p 90 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x A0 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 B0 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* { - G C0 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* } - P D0 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* \ - X E0 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 F0 */ 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ static const pcre_uint8 ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */ 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /* 72- | */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ? */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */ 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g */ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p */ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x */ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 */ 0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ 0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* { - G */ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* } - P */ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* \ - X */ 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ 0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */ 0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ #endif /* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible between adjacent character-type opcodes. The left-hand (repeated) opcode is used to select the row, and the right-hand opcode is use to select the column. A value of 1 means that auto-possessification is OK. For example, the second value in the first row means that \D+\d can be turned into \D++\d. The Unicode property types (\P and \p) have to be present to fill out the table because of what their opcode values are, but the table values should always be zero because property types are handled separately in the code. The last four columns apply to items that cannot be repeated, so there is no need to have rows for them. Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set. When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */ #define APTROWS (LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP + 1) #define APTCOLS (LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP + 1) static const pcre_uint8 autoposstab[APTROWS][APTCOLS] = { /* \D \d \S \s \W \w . .+ \C \P \p \R \H \h \V \v \X \Z \z $ $M */ { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \D */ { 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \d */ { 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \S */ { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \s */ { 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \W */ { 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* \w */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* . */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* .+ */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \C */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* \P */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* \p */ { 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \R */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \H */ { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \h */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \V */ { 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 }, /* \v */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 } /* \X */ }; /* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible between adjacent Unicode property opcodes (OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP). The left-hand (repeated) opcode is used to select the row, and the right-hand opcode is used to select the column. The values are as follows: 0 Always return FALSE (never auto-possessify) 1 Character groups are distinct (possessify if both are OP_PROP) 2 Check character categories in the same group (general or particular) 3 TRUE if the two opcodes are not the same (PROP vs NOTPROP) 4 Check left general category vs right particular category 5 Check right general category vs left particular category 6 Left alphanum vs right general category 7 Left space vs right general category 8 Left word vs right general category 9 Right alphanum vs left general category 10 Right space vs left general category 11 Right word vs left general category 12 Left alphanum vs right particular category 13 Left space vs right particular category 14 Left word vs right particular category 15 Right alphanum vs left particular category 16 Right space vs left particular category 17 Right word vs left particular category */ static const pcre_uint8 propposstab[PT_TABSIZE][PT_TABSIZE] = { /* ANY LAMP GC PC SC ALNUM SPACE PXSPACE WORD CLIST UCNC */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_ANY */ { 0, 3, 0, 0, 0, 3, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_LAMP */ { 0, 0, 2, 4, 0, 9, 10, 10, 11, 0, 0 }, /* PT_GC */ { 0, 0, 5, 2, 0, 15, 16, 16, 17, 0, 0 }, /* PT_PC */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_SC */ { 0, 3, 6, 12, 0, 3, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_ALNUM */ { 0, 1, 7, 13, 0, 1, 3, 3, 1, 0, 0 }, /* PT_SPACE */ { 0, 1, 7, 13, 0, 1, 3, 3, 1, 0, 0 }, /* PT_PXSPACE */ { 0, 0, 8, 14, 0, 0, 1, 1, 3, 0, 0 }, /* PT_WORD */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, /* PT_CLIST */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3 } /* PT_UCNC */ }; /* This table is used to check whether auto-possessification is possible between adjacent Unicode property opcodes (OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP) when one specifies a general category and the other specifies a particular category. The row is selected by the general category and the column by the particular category. The value is 1 if the particular category is not part of the general category. */ static const pcre_uint8 catposstab[7][30] = { /* Cc Cf Cn Co Cs Ll Lm Lo Lt Lu Mc Me Mn Nd Nl No Pc Pd Pe Pf Pi Po Ps Sc Sk Sm So Zl Zp Zs */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* C */ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* L */ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* M */ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* N */ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 }, /* P */ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1 }, /* S */ { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0 } /* Z */ }; /* This table is used when checking ALNUM, (PX)SPACE, SPACE, and WORD against a general or particular category. The properties in each row are those that apply to the character set in question. Duplication means that a little unnecessary work is done when checking, but this keeps things much simpler because they can all use the same code. For more details see the comment where this table is used. Note: SPACE and PXSPACE used to be different because Perl excluded VT from "space", but from Perl 5.18 it's included, so both categories are treated the same here. */ static const pcre_uint8 posspropstab[3][4] = { { ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_N, ucp_Nl }, /* ALNUM, 3rd and 4th values redundant */ { ucp_Z, ucp_Z, ucp_C, ucp_Cc }, /* SPACE and PXSPACE, 2nd value redundant */ { ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_P, ucp_Po } /* WORD */ }; /* This table is used when converting repeating opcodes into possessified versions as a result of an explicit possessive quantifier such as ++. A zero value means there is no possessified version - in those cases the item in question must be wrapped in ONCE brackets. The table is truncated at OP_CALLOUT because all relevant opcodes are less than that. */ static const pcre_uint8 opcode_possessify[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0 - 15 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 16 - 31 */ 0, /* NOTI */ OP_POSSTAR, 0, /* STAR, MINSTAR */ OP_POSPLUS, 0, /* PLUS, MINPLUS */ OP_POSQUERY, 0, /* QUERY, MINQUERY */ OP_POSUPTO, 0, /* UPTO, MINUPTO */ 0, /* EXACT */ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* POS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */ OP_POSSTARI, 0, /* STARI, MINSTARI */ OP_POSPLUSI, 0, /* PLUSI, MINPLUSI */ OP_POSQUERYI, 0, /* QUERYI, MINQUERYI */ OP_POSUPTOI, 0, /* UPTOI, MINUPTOI */ 0, /* EXACTI */ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* POS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */ OP_NOTPOSSTAR, 0, /* NOTSTAR, NOTMINSTAR */ OP_NOTPOSPLUS, 0, /* NOTPLUS, NOTMINPLUS */ OP_NOTPOSQUERY, 0, /* NOTQUERY, NOTMINQUERY */ OP_NOTPOSUPTO, 0, /* NOTUPTO, NOTMINUPTO */ 0, /* NOTEXACT */ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* NOTPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */ OP_NOTPOSSTARI, 0, /* NOTSTARI, NOTMINSTARI */ OP_NOTPOSPLUSI, 0, /* NOTPLUSI, NOTMINPLUSI */ OP_NOTPOSQUERYI, 0, /* NOTQUERYI, NOTMINQUERYI */ OP_NOTPOSUPTOI, 0, /* NOTUPTOI, NOTMINUPTOI */ 0, /* NOTEXACTI */ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* NOTPOS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */ OP_TYPEPOSSTAR, 0, /* TYPESTAR, TYPEMINSTAR */ OP_TYPEPOSPLUS, 0, /* TYPEPLUS, TYPEMINPLUS */ OP_TYPEPOSQUERY, 0, /* TYPEQUERY, TYPEMINQUERY */ OP_TYPEPOSUPTO, 0, /* TYPEUPTO, TYPEMINUPTO */ 0, /* TYPEEXACT */ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* TYPEPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */ OP_CRPOSSTAR, 0, /* CRSTAR, CRMINSTAR */ OP_CRPOSPLUS, 0, /* CRPLUS, CRMINPLUS */ OP_CRPOSQUERY, 0, /* CRQUERY, CRMINQUERY */ OP_CRPOSRANGE, 0, /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* CRPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,RANGE} */ 0, 0, 0, /* CLASS, NCLASS, XCLASS */ 0, 0, /* REF, REFI */ 0, 0, /* DNREF, DNREFI */ 0, 0 /* RECURSE, CALLOUT */ }; /************************************************* * Find an error text * *************************************************/ /* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets. Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue because it happens only when there has been a compilation error. Argument: the error number Returns: pointer to the error string */ static const char * find_error_text(int n) { const char *s = error_texts; for (; n > 0; n--) { while (*s++ != CHAR_NULL) {}; if (*s == CHAR_NULL) return "Error text not found (please report)"; } return s; } /************************************************* * Expand the workspace * *************************************************/ /* This function is called during the second compiling phase, if the number of forward references fills the existing workspace, which is originally a block on the stack. A larger block is obtained from malloc() unless the ultimate limit has been reached or the increase will be rather small. Argument: pointer to the compile data block Returns: 0 if all went well, else an error number */ static int expand_workspace(compile_data *cd) { pcre_uchar *newspace; int newsize = cd->workspace_size * 2; if (newsize > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX) newsize = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX; if (cd->workspace_size >= COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX || newsize - cd->workspace_size < WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) return ERR72; newspace = (PUBL(malloc))(IN_UCHARS(newsize)); if (newspace == NULL) return ERR21; memcpy(newspace, cd->start_workspace, cd->workspace_size * sizeof(pcre_uchar)); cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)newspace + (cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace); if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace); cd->start_workspace = newspace; cd->workspace_size = newsize; return 0; } /************************************************* * Check for counted repeat * *************************************************/ /* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not. It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd} where the ddds are digits. Arguments: p pointer to the first char after '{' Returns: TRUE or FALSE */ static BOOL is_counted_repeat(const pcre_uchar *p) { if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE; p++; while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE; if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE; p++; while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET); } /************************************************* * Handle escapes * *************************************************/ /* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or 0 for a data character which will be placed in chptr. A backreference to group n is returned as negative n. When UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may be returned in chptr. On entry, ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the escape sequence. Arguments: ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer chptr points to a returned data character errorcodeptr points to the errorcode variable bracount number of previous extracting brackets options the options bits isclass TRUE if inside a character class Returns: zero => a data character positive => a special escape sequence negative => a back reference on error, errorcodeptr is set */ static int check_escape(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, pcre_uint32 *chptr, int *errorcodeptr, int bracount, int options, BOOL isclass) { /* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1; pcre_uint32 c; int escape = 0; int i; GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr); /* Get character value, increment pointer */ ptr--; /* Set pointer back to the last byte */ /* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */ if (c == CHAR_NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR1; /* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately. Otherwise further processing may be required. */ #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ /* Not alphanumeric */ else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {} else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; } #else /* EBCDIC coding */ /* Not alphanumeric */ else if (c < CHAR_a || (!MAX_255(c) || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0)) {} else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0) { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; } #endif /* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */ else { const pcre_uchar *oldptr; BOOL braced, negated, overflow; int s; switch (c) { /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit error. */ case CHAR_l: case CHAR_L: *errorcodeptr = ERR37; break; case CHAR_u: if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) { /* In JavaScript, \u must be followed by four hexadecimal numbers. Otherwise it is a lowercase u letter. */ if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 && MAX_255(ptr[3]) && (digitab[ptr[3]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 && MAX_255(ptr[4]) && (digitab[ptr[4]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) { c = 0; for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr); #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); #else /* EBCDIC coding */ if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); #endif } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) #endif { *errorcodeptr = ERR76; } else if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; } } else *errorcodeptr = ERR37; break; case CHAR_U: /* In JavaScript, \U is an uppercase U letter. */ if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37; break; /* In a character class, \g is just a literal "g". Outside a character class, \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things: (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl 5.10 feature. (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really was \k. (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return the ESC_g code (cf \k). */ case CHAR_g: if (isclass) break; if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) { escape = ESC_g; break; } /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) { const pcre_uchar *p; for (p = ptr+2; *p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++) if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(*p)) break; if (*p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) { escape = ESC_k; break; } braced = TRUE; ptr++; } else braced = FALSE; if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) { negated = TRUE; ptr++; } else negated = FALSE; /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */ s = 0; overflow = FALSE; while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) { if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ { overflow = TRUE; break; } s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0); } if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */ { while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) ptr++; *errorcodeptr = ERR61; break; } if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) { *errorcodeptr = ERR57; break; } if (s == 0) { *errorcodeptr = ERR58; break; } if (negated) { if (s > bracount) { *errorcodeptr = ERR15; break; } s = bracount - (s - 1); } escape = -s; break; /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. Perl has changed over the years. Nowadays \g{} for backreferences and \o{} for octal are recommended to avoid the ambiguities in the old syntax. Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the number is less than 8 (used to be 10), or if there are that many previous extracting left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal 123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. \8 and \9 are treated as the literal characters 8 and 9. Inside a character class, \ followed by a digit is always either a literal 8 or 9 or an octal number. */ case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: if (!isclass) { oldptr = ptr; /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */ s = (int)(c -CHAR_0); overflow = FALSE; while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) { if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ { overflow = TRUE; break; } s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0); } if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */ { while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) ptr++; *errorcodeptr = ERR61; break; } if (s < 8 || s <= bracount) /* Check for back reference */ { escape = -s; break; } ptr = oldptr; /* Put the pointer back and fall through */ } /* Handle a digit following \ when the number is not a back reference. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl used to generate a binary zero byte and then treat the digit as a following literal. At least by Perl 5.18 this changed so as not to insert the binary zero. */ if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8) break; /* Fall through with a digit less than 8 */ /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode and 16-bit mode, but no more than 3 octal digits. */ case CHAR_0: c -= CHAR_0; while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7) c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0; #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (!utf && c > 0xff) *errorcodeptr = ERR51; #endif break; /* \o is a relatively new Perl feature, supporting a more general way of specifying character codes in octal. The only supported form is \o{ddd}. */ case CHAR_o: if (ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) *errorcodeptr = ERR81; else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) *errorcodeptr = ERR86; else { ptr += 2; c = 0; overflow = FALSE; while (*ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7) { register pcre_uint32 cc = *ptr++; if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */ #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 if (c >= 0x20000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; } #endif c = (c << 3) + cc - CHAR_0 ; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; } #endif } if (overflow) { while (*ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7) ptr++; *errorcodeptr = ERR34; } else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) { if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; } else *errorcodeptr = ERR80; } break; /* \x is complicated. In JavaScript, \x must be followed by two hexadecimal numbers. Otherwise it is a lowercase x letter. */ case CHAR_x: if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) { if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) { c = 0; for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr); #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); #else /* EBCDIC coding */ if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); #endif } } } /* End JavaScript handling */ /* Handle \x in Perl's style. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be greater than 0xff in utf or non-8bit mode, but only if the ddd are hex digits. If not, { used to be treated as a data character. However, Perl seems to read hex digits up to the first non-such, and ignore the rest, so that, for example \x{zz} matches a binary zero. This seems crazy, so PCRE now gives an error. */ else { if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) { ptr += 2; if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) { *errorcodeptr = ERR86; break; } c = 0; overflow = FALSE; while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (digitab[*ptr] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) { register pcre_uint32 cc = *ptr++; if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */ #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 if (c >= 0x10000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; } #endif #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); #else /* EBCDIC coding */ if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); #endif #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; } #endif } if (overflow) { while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (digitab[*ptr] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) ptr++; *errorcodeptr = ERR34; } else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) { if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; } /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', give an error. We used just to recognize this construct and fall through to the normal \x handling, but nowadays Perl gives an error, which seems much more sensible, so we do too. */ else *errorcodeptr = ERR79; } /* End of \x{} processing */ /* Read a single-byte hex-defined char (up to two hex digits after \x) */ else { c = 0; while (i++ < 2 && MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) { pcre_uint32 cc; /* Some compilers don't like */ cc = *(++ptr); /* ++ in initializers */ #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); #else /* EBCDIC coding */ if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); #endif } } /* End of \xdd handling */ } /* End of Perl-style \x handling */ break; /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped. An error is given if the byte following \c is not an ASCII character. This coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */ case CHAR_c: c = *(++ptr); if (c == CHAR_NULL) { *errorcodeptr = ERR2; break; } #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ if (c > 127) /* Excludes all non-ASCII in either mode */ { *errorcodeptr = ERR68; break; } if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32; c ^= 0x40; #else /* EBCDIC coding */ if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64; if (c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) c = ('\\' == 188 && '`' == 74)? 0x5f : 0xff; else { for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) { if (c == ebcdic_escape_c[i]) break; } if (i < 32) c = i; else *errorcodeptr = ERR68; } #endif break; /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set; otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */ default: if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c) { default: *errorcodeptr = ERR3; break; } break; } } /* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. However, it does support quantification such as \N{2,3}. */ if (escape == ESC_N && ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2)) *errorcodeptr = ERR37; /* If PCRE_UCP is set, we change the values for \d etc. */ if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0 && escape >= ESC_D && escape <= ESC_w) escape += (ESC_DU - ESC_D); /* Set the pointer to the final character before returning. */ *ptrptr = ptr; *chptr = c; return escape; } #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP /************************************************* * Handle \P and \p * *************************************************/ /* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the escape sequence. Argument: ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer negptr points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE ptypeptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the type value pdataptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the detailed property value errorcodeptr points to the error code variable Returns: TRUE if the type value was found, or FALSE for an invalid type */ static BOOL get_ucp(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, unsigned int *ptypeptr, unsigned int *pdataptr, int *errorcodeptr) { pcre_uchar c; int i, bot, top; const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; pcre_uchar name[32]; c = *(++ptr); if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN; *negptr = FALSE; /* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for negation. */ if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) { if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) { *negptr = TRUE; ptr++; } for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(name) / sizeof(pcre_uchar)) - 1; i++) { c = *(++ptr); if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN; if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break; name[i] = c; } if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN; name[i] = 0; } /* Otherwise there is just one following character */ else { name[0] = c; name[1] = 0; } *ptrptr = ptr; /* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */ bot = 0; top = PRIV(utt_size); while (bot < top) { int r; i = (bot + top) >> 1; r = STRCMP_UC_C8(name, PRIV(utt_names) + PRIV(utt)[i].name_offset); if (r == 0) { *ptypeptr = PRIV(utt)[i].type; *pdataptr = PRIV(utt)[i].value; return TRUE; } if (r > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i; } *errorcodeptr = ERR47; *ptrptr = ptr; return FALSE; ERROR_RETURN: *errorcodeptr = ERR46; *ptrptr = ptr; return FALSE; } #endif /************************************************* * Read repeat counts * *************************************************/ /* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists, so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values. Arguments: p pointer to first char after '{' minp pointer to int for min maxp pointer to int for max returned as -1 if no max errorcodeptr points to error code variable Returns: pointer to '}' on success; current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero */ static const pcre_uchar * read_repeat_counts(const pcre_uchar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr) { int min = 0; int max = -1; while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) { min = min * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0); if (min > 65535) { *errorcodeptr = ERR5; return p; } } if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else { if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) { max = 0; while(IS_DIGIT(*p)) { max = max * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0); if (max > 65535) { *errorcodeptr = ERR5; return p; } } if (max < min) { *errorcodeptr = ERR4; return p; } } } *minp = min; *maxp = max; return p; } /************************************************* * Find first significant op code * *************************************************/ /* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things that do not influence this. For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative forward and all backward assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it does not. Arguments: code pointer to the start of the group skipassert TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped Returns: pointer to the first significant opcode */ static const pcre_uchar* first_significant_code(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL skipassert) { for (;;) { switch ((int)*code) { case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: if (!skipassert) return code; do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code]; break; case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: if (!skipassert) return code; /* Fall through */ case OP_CALLOUT: case OP_CREF: case OP_DNCREF: case OP_RREF: case OP_DNRREF: case OP_DEF: code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code]; break; default: return code; } } /* Control never reaches here */ } /************************************************* * Find the fixed length of a branch * *************************************************/ /* Scan a branch and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it, if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions. In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. The branch is temporarily terminated with OP_END when this function is called. This function is called when a backward assertion is encountered, so that if it fails, the error message can point to the correct place in the pattern. However, we cannot do this when the assertion contains subroutine calls, because they can be forward references. We solve this by remembering this case and doing the check at the end; a flag specifies which mode we are running in. Arguments: code points to the start of the pattern (the bracket) utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode atend TRUE if called when the pattern is complete cd the "compile data" structure recurses chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion Returns: the fixed length, or -1 if there is no fixed length, or -2 if \C was encountered (in UTF-8 mode only) or -3 if an OP_RECURSE item was encountered and atend is FALSE or -4 if an unknown opcode was encountered (internal error) */ static int find_fixedlength(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, BOOL atend, compile_data *cd, recurse_check *recurses) { int length = -1; recurse_check this_recurse; register int branchlength = 0; register pcre_uchar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */ for (;;) { int d; pcre_uchar *ce, *cs; register pcre_uchar op = *cc; switch (op) { /* We only need to continue for OP_CBRA (normal capturing bracket) and OP_BRA (normal non-capturing bracket) because the other variants of these opcodes are all concerned with unlimited repeated groups, which of course are not of fixed length. */ case OP_CBRA: case OP_BRA: case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: case OP_COND: d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? IMM2_SIZE : 0), utf, atend, cd, recurses); if (d < 0) return d; branchlength += d; do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested call. If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. An ACCEPT is effectively an ALT. If it is END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by the same code. Note that we must not include the OP_KETRxxx opcodes here, because they all imply an unlimited repeat. */ case OP_ALT: case OP_KET: case OP_END: case OP_ACCEPT: case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: if (length < 0) length = branchlength; else if (length != branchlength) return -1; if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length; cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; branchlength = 0; break; /* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may be OK. If the subroutine is a forward reference, we can't deal with it until the end of the pattern, so return -3. */ case OP_RECURSE: if (!atend) return -3; cs = ce = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_code + GET(cc, 1); /* Start subpattern */ do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); /* End subpattern */ if (cc > cs && cc < ce) return -1; /* Recursion */ else /* Check for mutual recursion */ { recurse_check *r = recurses; for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev) if (r->group == cs) break; if (r != NULL) return -1; /* Mutual recursion */ } this_recurse.prev = recurses; this_recurse.group = cs; d = find_fixedlength(cs + IMM2_SIZE, utf, atend, cd, &this_recurse); if (d < 0) return d; branchlength += d; cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */ case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; /* Skip over things that don't match chars */ case OP_MARK: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_SKIP_ARG: case OP_THEN_ARG: cc += cc[1] + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; break; case OP_CALLOUT: case OP_CIRC: case OP_CIRCM: case OP_CLOSE: case OP_COMMIT: case OP_CREF: case OP_DEF: case OP_DNCREF: case OP_DNRREF: case OP_DOLL: case OP_DOLLM: case OP_EOD: case OP_EODN: case OP_FAIL: case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_PRUNE: case OP_REVERSE: case OP_RREF: case OP_SET_SOM: case OP_SKIP: case OP_SOD: case OP_SOM: case OP_THEN: case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; break; /* Handle literal characters */ case OP_CHAR: case OP_CHARI: case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: branchlength++; cc += 2; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif break; /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */ case OP_EXACT: case OP_EXACTI: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTEXACTI: branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1); cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif break; case OP_TYPEEXACT: branchlength += GET2(cc,1); if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) cc += 2; cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1; break; /* Handle single-char matchers */ case OP_PROP: case OP_NOTPROP: cc += 2; /* Fall through */ case OP_HSPACE: case OP_VSPACE: case OP_NOT_HSPACE: case OP_NOT_VSPACE: case OP_NOT_DIGIT: case OP_DIGIT: case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: case OP_WHITESPACE: case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: case OP_WORDCHAR: case OP_ANY: case OP_ALLANY: branchlength++; cc++; break; /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed. This only happens in UTF-8 mode; otherwise \C is coded as OP_ALLANY. */ case OP_ANYBYTE: return -2; /* Check a class for variable quantification */ case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 case OP_XCLASS: /* The original code caused an unsigned overflow in 64 bit systems, so now we use a conditional statement. */ if (op == OP_XCLASS) cc += GET(cc, 1); else cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; #else cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; #endif switch (*cc) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: case OP_CRPOSPLUS: case OP_CRPOSQUERY: return -1; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: case OP_CRPOSRANGE: if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,1+IMM2_SIZE)) return -1; branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1); cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; break; default: branchlength++; } break; /* Anything else is variable length */ case OP_ANYNL: case OP_BRAMINZERO: case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_BRAPOSZERO: case OP_BRAZERO: case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_EXTUNI: case OP_KETRMAX: case OP_KETRMIN: case OP_KETRPOS: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_MINUPTOI: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_PLUS: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSQUERYI: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_POSUPTOI: case OP_QUERY: case OP_QUERYI: case OP_REF: case OP_REFI: case OP_DNREF: case OP_DNREFI: case OP_SBRA: case OP_SBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRA: case OP_SCBRAPOS: case OP_SCOND: case OP_SKIPZERO: case OP_STAR: case OP_STARI: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: case OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_UPTO: case OP_UPTOI: return -1; /* Catch unrecognized opcodes so that when new ones are added they are not forgotten, as has happened in the past. */ default: return -4; } } /* Control never gets here */ } /************************************************* * Scan compiled regex for specific bracket * *************************************************/ /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a capturing bracket with the given number, or, if the number is negative, an instance of OP_REVERSE for a lookbehind. The function is global in the C sense so that it can be called from pcre_study() when finding the minimum matching length. Arguments: code points to start of expression utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode number the required bracket number or negative to find a lookbehind Returns: pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found */ const pcre_uchar * PRIV(find_bracket)(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, int number) { for (;;) { register pcre_uchar c = *code; if (c == OP_END) return NULL; /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); /* Handle recursion */ else if (c == OP_REVERSE) { if (number < 0) return (pcre_uchar *)code; code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; } /* Handle capturing bracket */ else if (c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_SCBRA || c == OP_CBRAPOS || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) { int n = (int)GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE); if (n == number) return (pcre_uchar *)code; code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; } /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we must add in its length. */ else { switch(c) { case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; break; case OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_TYPEEXACT: case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; break; case OP_MARK: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_SKIP_ARG: case OP_THEN_ARG: code += code[1]; break; } /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf) switch(c) { case OP_CHAR: case OP_CHARI: case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: case OP_EXACT: case OP_EXACTI: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTEXACTI: case OP_UPTO: case OP_UPTOI: case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_MINUPTOI: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_POSUPTOI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: case OP_STAR: case OP_STARI: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_PLUS: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: case OP_QUERY: case OP_QUERYI: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); break; } #else (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ #endif } } } /************************************************* * Scan compiled regex for recursion reference * *************************************************/ /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an instance of OP_RECURSE. Arguments: code points to start of expression utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode Returns: pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found */ static const pcre_uchar * find_recurse(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf) { for (;;) { register pcre_uchar c = *code; if (c == OP_END) return NULL; if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code; /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we must add in its length. */ else { switch(c) { case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; break; case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: case OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_TYPEEXACT: if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; break; case OP_MARK: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_SKIP_ARG: case OP_THEN_ARG: code += code[1]; break; } /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf) switch(c) { case OP_CHAR: case OP_CHARI: case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: case OP_EXACT: case OP_EXACTI: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTEXACTI: case OP_UPTO: case OP_UPTOI: case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_MINUPTOI: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_POSUPTOI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: case OP_STAR: case OP_STARI: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_PLUS: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: case OP_QUERY: case OP_QUERYI: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); break; } #else (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ #endif } } } /************************************************* * Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness * *************************************************/ /* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty() below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned. Arguments: code points to start of search endcode points to where to stop utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode cd contains pointers to tables etc. recurses chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty */ static BOOL could_be_empty_branch(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd, recurse_check *recurses) { register pcre_uchar c; recurse_check this_recurse; for (code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], TRUE); code < endcode; code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[c], TRUE)) { const pcre_uchar *ccode; c = *code; /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */ if (c == OP_ASSERT) { do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); c = *code; continue; } /* For a recursion/subroutine call, if its end has been reached, which implies a backward reference subroutine call, we can scan it. If it's a forward reference subroutine call, we can't. To detect forward reference we have to scan up the list that is kept in the workspace. This function is called only when doing the real compile, not during the pre-compile that measures the size of the compiled pattern. */ if (c == OP_RECURSE) { const pcre_uchar *scode = cd->start_code + GET(code, 1); const pcre_uchar *endgroup = scode; BOOL empty_branch; /* Test for forward reference or uncompleted reference. This is disabled when called to scan a completed pattern by setting cd->start_workspace to NULL. */ if (cd->start_workspace != NULL) { const pcre_uchar *tcode; for (tcode = cd->start_workspace; tcode < cd->hwm; tcode += LINK_SIZE) if ((int)GET(tcode, 0) == (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)) return TRUE; if (GET(scode, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Unclosed */ } /* If the reference is to a completed group, we need to detect whether this is a recursive call, as otherwise there will be an infinite loop. If it is a recursion, just skip over it. Simple recursions are easily detected. For mutual recursions we keep a chain on the stack. */ do endgroup += GET(endgroup, 1); while (*endgroup == OP_ALT); if (code >= scode && code <= endgroup) continue; /* Simple recursion */ else { recurse_check *r = recurses; for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev) if (r->group == scode) break; if (r != NULL) continue; /* Mutual recursion */ } /* Completed reference; scan the referenced group, remembering it on the stack chain to detect mutual recursions. */ empty_branch = FALSE; this_recurse.prev = recurses; this_recurse.group = scode; do { if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, endcode, utf, cd, &this_recurse)) { empty_branch = TRUE; break; } scode += GET(scode, 1); } while (*scode == OP_ALT); if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ continue; } /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */ if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO || c == OP_BRAPOSZERO) { code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); c = *code; continue; } /* A nested group that is already marked as "could be empty" can just be skipped. */ if (c == OP_SBRA || c == OP_SBRAPOS || c == OP_SCBRA || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) { do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); c = *code; continue; } /* For other groups, scan the branches. */ if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_BRAPOS || c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_CBRAPOS || c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_ONCE_NC || c == OP_COND || c == OP_SCOND) { BOOL empty_branch; if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Hit unclosed bracket */ /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied, empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty. Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */ if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT) code += GET(code, 1); else { empty_branch = FALSE; do { if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf, cd, recurses)) empty_branch = TRUE; code += GET(code, 1); } while (*code == OP_ALT); if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ } c = *code; continue; } /* Handle the other opcodes */ switch (c) { /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in PRIV(OP_lengths)[] is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code" here. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: ccode = code += GET(code, 1); goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT; #endif case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: ccode = code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT: #endif switch (*ccode) { case OP_CRSTAR: /* These could be empty; continue */ case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: case OP_CRPOSQUERY: break; default: /* Non-repeat => class must match */ case OP_CRPLUS: /* These repeats aren't empty */ case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRPOSPLUS: return FALSE; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: case OP_CRPOSRANGE: if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE; /* Minimum > 0 */ break; } break; /* Opcodes that must match a character */ case OP_ANY: case OP_ALLANY: case OP_ANYBYTE: case OP_PROP: case OP_NOTPROP: case OP_ANYNL: case OP_NOT_HSPACE: case OP_HSPACE: case OP_NOT_VSPACE: case OP_VSPACE: case OP_EXTUNI: case OP_NOT_DIGIT: case OP_DIGIT: case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: case OP_WHITESPACE: case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: case OP_WORDCHAR: case OP_CHAR: case OP_CHARI: case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: case OP_PLUS: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: case OP_EXACT: case OP_EXACTI: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTEXACTI: case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: case OP_TYPEEXACT: return FALSE; /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */ case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: case OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; break; /* Same for these */ case OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; break; /* End of branch */ case OP_KET: case OP_KETRMAX: case OP_KETRMIN: case OP_KETRPOS: case OP_ALT: return TRUE; /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO, MINUPTO, and POSUPTO and their caseless and negative versions may be followed by a multibyte character. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 case OP_STAR: case OP_STARI: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_QUERY: case OP_QUERYI: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1]); break; case OP_UPTO: case OP_UPTOI: case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_MINUPTOI: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_POSUPTOI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE]); break; #endif /* MARK, and PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument must skip over the argument string. */ case OP_MARK: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_SKIP_ARG: case OP_THEN_ARG: code += code[1]; break; /* None of the remaining opcodes are required to match a character. */ default: break; } } return TRUE; } /************************************************* * Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness * *************************************************/ /* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels, stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion. This function is called only during the real compile, not during the pre-compile. Arguments: code points to start of the recursion endcode points to where to stop (current RECURSE item) bcptr points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode cd pointers to tables etc Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty */ static BOOL could_be_empty(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode, branch_chain *bcptr, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd) { while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current_branch >= code) { if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current_branch, endcode, utf, cd, NULL)) return FALSE; bcptr = bcptr->outer; } return TRUE; } /************************************************* * Base opcode of repeated opcodes * *************************************************/ /* Returns the base opcode for repeated single character type opcodes. If the opcode is not a repeated character type, it returns with the original value. Arguments: c opcode Returns: base opcode for the type */ static pcre_uchar get_repeat_base(pcre_uchar c) { return (c > OP_TYPEPOSUPTO)? c : (c >= OP_TYPESTAR)? OP_TYPESTAR : (c >= OP_NOTSTARI)? OP_NOTSTARI : (c >= OP_NOTSTAR)? OP_NOTSTAR : (c >= OP_STARI)? OP_STARI : OP_STAR; } #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP /************************************************* * Check a character and a property * *************************************************/ /* This function is called by check_auto_possessive() when a property item is adjacent to a fixed character. Arguments: c the character ptype the property type pdata the data for the type negated TRUE if it's a negated property (\P or \p{^) Returns: TRUE if auto-possessifying is OK */ static BOOL check_char_prop(pcre_uint32 c, unsigned int ptype, unsigned int pdata, BOOL negated) { const pcre_uint32 *p; const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c); switch(ptype) { case PT_LAMP: return (prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == negated; case PT_GC: return (pdata == PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == negated; case PT_PC: return (pdata == prop->chartype) == negated; case PT_SC: return (pdata == prop->script) == negated; /* These are specials */ case PT_ALNUM: return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == negated; /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed at release 8.34. */ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: VSPACE_CASES: return negated; default: return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z) == negated; } break; /* Control never reaches here */ case PT_WORD: return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == negated; case PT_CLIST: p = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop->caseset; for (;;) { if (c < *p) return !negated; if (c == *p++) return negated; } break; /* Control never reaches here */ } return FALSE; } #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ /************************************************* * Fill the character property list * *************************************************/ /* Checks whether the code points to an opcode that can take part in auto- possessification, and if so, fills a list with its properties. Arguments: code points to start of expression utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode fcc points to case-flipping table list points to output list list[0] will be filled with the opcode list[1] will be non-zero if this opcode can match an empty character string list[2..7] depends on the opcode Returns: points to the start of the next opcode if *code is accepted NULL if *code is not accepted */ static const pcre_uchar * get_chr_property_list(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const pcre_uint8 *fcc, pcre_uint32 *list) { pcre_uchar c = *code; pcre_uchar base; const pcre_uchar *end; pcre_uint32 chr; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP pcre_uint32 *clist_dest; const pcre_uint32 *clist_src; #else utf = utf; /* Suppress "unused parameter" compiler warning */ #endif list[0] = c; list[1] = FALSE; code++; if (c >= OP_STAR && c <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) { base = get_repeat_base(c); c -= (base - OP_STAR); if (c == OP_UPTO || c == OP_MINUPTO || c == OP_EXACT || c == OP_POSUPTO) code += IMM2_SIZE; list[1] = (c != OP_PLUS && c != OP_MINPLUS && c != OP_EXACT && c != OP_POSPLUS); switch(base) { case OP_STAR: list[0] = OP_CHAR; break; case OP_STARI: list[0] = OP_CHARI; break; case OP_NOTSTAR: list[0] = OP_NOT; break; case OP_NOTSTARI: list[0] = OP_NOTI; break; case OP_TYPESTAR: list[0] = *code; code++; break; } c = list[0]; } switch(c) { case OP_NOT_DIGIT: case OP_DIGIT: case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: case OP_WHITESPACE: case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: case OP_WORDCHAR: case OP_ANY: case OP_ALLANY: case OP_ANYNL: case OP_NOT_HSPACE: case OP_HSPACE: case OP_NOT_VSPACE: case OP_VSPACE: case OP_EXTUNI: case OP_EODN: case OP_EOD: case OP_DOLL: case OP_DOLLM: return code; case OP_CHAR: case OP_NOT: GETCHARINCTEST(chr, code); list[2] = chr; list[3] = NOTACHAR; return code; case OP_CHARI: case OP_NOTI: list[0] = (c == OP_CHARI) ? OP_CHAR : OP_NOT; GETCHARINCTEST(chr, code); list[2] = chr; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (chr < 128 || (chr < 256 && !utf)) list[3] = fcc[chr]; else list[3] = UCD_OTHERCASE(chr); #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 list[3] = (chr < 256) ? fcc[chr] : chr; #else list[3] = fcc[chr]; #endif /* The othercase might be the same value. */ if (chr == list[3]) list[3] = NOTACHAR; else list[4] = NOTACHAR; return code; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP case OP_PROP: case OP_NOTPROP: if (code[0] != PT_CLIST) { list[2] = code[0]; list[3] = code[1]; return code + 2; } /* Convert only if we have enough space. */ clist_src = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[1]; clist_dest = list + 2; code += 2; do { if (clist_dest >= list + 8) { /* Early return if there is not enough space. This should never happen, since all clists are shorter than 5 character now. */ list[2] = code[0]; list[3] = code[1]; return code; } *clist_dest++ = *clist_src; } while(*clist_src++ != NOTACHAR); /* All characters are stored. The terminating NOTACHAR is copied form the clist itself. */ list[0] = (c == OP_PROP) ? OP_CHAR : OP_NOT; return code; #endif case OP_NCLASS: case OP_CLASS: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: if (c == OP_XCLASS) end = code + GET(code, 0) - 1; else #endif end = code + 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); switch(*end) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: case OP_CRPOSQUERY: list[1] = TRUE; end++; break; case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRPOSPLUS: end++; break; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: case OP_CRPOSRANGE: list[1] = (GET2(end, 1) == 0); end += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; break; } list[2] = (pcre_uint32)(end - code); return end; } return NULL; /* Opcode not accepted */ } /************************************************* * Scan further character sets for match * *************************************************/ /* Checks whether the base and the current opcode have a common character, in which case the base cannot be possessified. Arguments: code points to the byte code utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode cd static compile data base_list the data list of the base opcode Returns: TRUE if the auto-possessification is possible */ static BOOL compare_opcodes(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *base_list, const pcre_uchar *base_end, int *rec_limit) { pcre_uchar c; pcre_uint32 list[8]; const pcre_uint32 *chr_ptr; const pcre_uint32 *ochr_ptr; const pcre_uint32 *list_ptr; const pcre_uchar *next_code; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 const pcre_uchar *xclass_flags; #endif const pcre_uint8 *class_bitset; const pcre_uint8 *set1, *set2, *set_end; pcre_uint32 chr; BOOL accepted, invert_bits; BOOL entered_a_group = FALSE; if (*rec_limit == 0) return FALSE; --(*rec_limit); /* Note: the base_list[1] contains whether the current opcode has greedy (represented by a non-zero value) quantifier. This is a different from other character type lists, which stores here that the character iterator matches to an empty string (also represented by a non-zero value). */ for(;;) { /* All operations move the code pointer forward. Therefore infinite recursions are not possible. */ c = *code; /* Skip over callouts */ if (c == OP_CALLOUT) { code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; continue; } if (c == OP_ALT) { do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); c = *code; } switch(c) { case OP_END: case OP_KETRPOS: /* TRUE only in greedy case. The non-greedy case could be replaced by an OP_EXACT, but it is probably not worth it. (And note that OP_EXACT uses more memory, which we cannot get at this stage.) */ return base_list[1] != 0; case OP_KET: /* If the bracket is capturing, and referenced by an OP_RECURSE, or it is an atomic sub-pattern (assert, once, etc.) the non-greedy case cannot be converted to a possessive form. */ if (base_list[1] == 0) return FALSE; switch(*(code - GET(code, 1))) { case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: /* Atomic sub-patterns and assertions can always auto-possessify their last iterator. However, if the group was entered as a result of checking a previous iterator, this is not possible. */ return !entered_a_group; } code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; continue; case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: case OP_BRA: case OP_CBRA: next_code = code + GET(code, 1); code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; while (*next_code == OP_ALT) { if (!compare_opcodes(code, utf, cd, base_list, base_end, rec_limit)) return FALSE; code = next_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; next_code += GET(next_code, 1); } entered_a_group = TRUE; continue; case OP_BRAZERO: case OP_BRAMINZERO: next_code = code + 1; if (*next_code != OP_BRA && *next_code != OP_CBRA && *next_code != OP_ONCE && *next_code != OP_ONCE_NC) return FALSE; do next_code += GET(next_code, 1); while (*next_code == OP_ALT); /* The bracket content will be checked by the OP_BRA/OP_CBRA case above. */ next_code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; if (!compare_opcodes(next_code, utf, cd, base_list, base_end, rec_limit)) return FALSE; code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; continue; default: break; } /* Check for a supported opcode, and load its properties. */ code = get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list); if (code == NULL) return FALSE; /* Unsupported */ /* If either opcode is a small character list, set pointers for comparing characters from that list with another list, or with a property. */ if (base_list[0] == OP_CHAR) { chr_ptr = base_list + 2; list_ptr = list; } else if (list[0] == OP_CHAR) { chr_ptr = list + 2; list_ptr = base_list; } /* Character bitsets can also be compared to certain opcodes. */ else if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS || list[0] == OP_CLASS #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 /* In 8 bit, non-UTF mode, OP_CLASS and OP_NCLASS are the same. */ || (!utf && (base_list[0] == OP_NCLASS || list[0] == OP_NCLASS)) #endif ) { #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS || (!utf && base_list[0] == OP_NCLASS)) #else if (base_list[0] == OP_CLASS) #endif { set1 = (pcre_uint8 *)(base_end - base_list[2]); list_ptr = list; } else { set1 = (pcre_uint8 *)(code - list[2]); list_ptr = base_list; } invert_bits = FALSE; switch(list_ptr[0]) { case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: set2 = (pcre_uint8 *) ((list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2]); break; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: xclass_flags = (list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2] + LINK_SIZE; if ((*xclass_flags & XCL_HASPROP) != 0) return FALSE; if ((*xclass_flags & XCL_MAP) == 0) { /* No bits are set for characters < 256. */ if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; /* Might be an empty repeat. */ continue; } set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(xclass_flags + 1); break; #endif case OP_NOT_DIGIT: invert_bits = TRUE; /* Fall through */ case OP_DIGIT: set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_digit); break; case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: invert_bits = TRUE; /* Fall through */ case OP_WHITESPACE: set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_space); break; case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: invert_bits = TRUE; /* Fall through */ case OP_WORDCHAR: set2 = (pcre_uint8 *)(cd->cbits + cbit_word); break; default: return FALSE; } /* Because the sets are unaligned, we need to perform byte comparison here. */ set_end = set1 + 32; if (invert_bits) { do { if ((*set1++ & ~(*set2++)) != 0) return FALSE; } while (set1 < set_end); } else { do { if ((*set1++ & *set2++) != 0) return FALSE; } while (set1 < set_end); } if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; /* Might be an empty repeat. */ continue; } /* Some property combinations also acceptable. Unicode property opcodes are processed specially; the rest can be handled with a lookup table. */ else { pcre_uint32 leftop, rightop; leftop = base_list[0]; rightop = list[0]; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP accepted = FALSE; /* Always set in non-unicode case. */ if (leftop == OP_PROP || leftop == OP_NOTPROP) { if (rightop == OP_EOD) accepted = TRUE; else if (rightop == OP_PROP || rightop == OP_NOTPROP) { int n; const pcre_uint8 *p; BOOL same = leftop == rightop; BOOL lisprop = leftop == OP_PROP; BOOL risprop = rightop == OP_PROP; BOOL bothprop = lisprop && risprop; /* There's a table that specifies how each combination is to be processed: 0 Always return FALSE (never auto-possessify) 1 Character groups are distinct (possessify if both are OP_PROP) 2 Check character categories in the same group (general or particular) 3 Return TRUE if the two opcodes are not the same ... see comments below */ n = propposstab[base_list[2]][list[2]]; switch(n) { case 0: break; case 1: accepted = bothprop; break; case 2: accepted = (base_list[3] == list[3]) != same; break; case 3: accepted = !same; break; case 4: /* Left general category, right particular category */ accepted = risprop && catposstab[base_list[3]][list[3]] == same; break; case 5: /* Right general category, left particular category */ accepted = lisprop && catposstab[list[3]][base_list[3]] == same; break; /* This code is logically tricky. Think hard before fiddling with it. The posspropstab table has four entries per row. Each row relates to one of PCRE's special properties such as ALNUM or SPACE or WORD. Only WORD actually needs all four entries, but using repeats for the others means they can all use the same code below. The first two entries in each row are Unicode general categories, and apply always, because all the characters they include are part of the PCRE character set. The third and fourth entries are a general and a particular category, respectively, that include one or more relevant characters. One or the other is used, depending on whether the check is for a general or a particular category. However, in both cases the category contains more characters than the specials that are defined for the property being tested against. Therefore, it cannot be used in a NOTPROP case. Example: the row for WORD contains ucp_L, ucp_N, ucp_P, ucp_Po. Underscore is covered by ucp_P or ucp_Po. */ case 6: /* Left alphanum vs right general category */ case 7: /* Left space vs right general category */ case 8: /* Left word vs right general category */ p = posspropstab[n-6]; accepted = risprop && lisprop == (list[3] != p[0] && list[3] != p[1] && (list[3] != p[2] || !lisprop)); break; case 9: /* Right alphanum vs left general category */ case 10: /* Right space vs left general category */ case 11: /* Right word vs left general category */ p = posspropstab[n-9]; accepted = lisprop && risprop == (base_list[3] != p[0] && base_list[3] != p[1] && (base_list[3] != p[2] || !risprop)); break; case 12: /* Left alphanum vs right particular category */ case 13: /* Left space vs right particular category */ case 14: /* Left word vs right particular category */ p = posspropstab[n-12]; accepted = risprop && lisprop == (catposstab[p[0]][list[3]] && catposstab[p[1]][list[3]] && (list[3] != p[3] || !lisprop)); break; case 15: /* Right alphanum vs left particular category */ case 16: /* Right space vs left particular category */ case 17: /* Right word vs left particular category */ p = posspropstab[n-15]; accepted = lisprop && risprop == (catposstab[p[0]][base_list[3]] && catposstab[p[1]][base_list[3]] && (base_list[3] != p[3] || !risprop)); break; } } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ accepted = leftop >= FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP && leftop <= LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP && rightop >= FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP && rightop <= LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP && autoposstab[leftop - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP][rightop - FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP]; if (!accepted) return FALSE; if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; /* Might be an empty repeat. */ continue; } /* Control reaches here only if one of the items is a small character list. All characters are checked against the other side. */ do { chr = *chr_ptr; switch(list_ptr[0]) { case OP_CHAR: ochr_ptr = list_ptr + 2; do { if (chr == *ochr_ptr) return FALSE; ochr_ptr++; } while(*ochr_ptr != NOTACHAR); break; case OP_NOT: ochr_ptr = list_ptr + 2; do { if (chr == *ochr_ptr) break; ochr_ptr++; } while(*ochr_ptr != NOTACHAR); if (*ochr_ptr == NOTACHAR) return FALSE; /* Not found */ break; /* Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set. When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */ case OP_DIGIT: if (chr < 256 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_digit) != 0) return FALSE; break; case OP_NOT_DIGIT: if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_digit) == 0) return FALSE; break; case OP_WHITESPACE: if (chr < 256 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_space) != 0) return FALSE; break; case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_space) == 0) return FALSE; break; case OP_WORDCHAR: if (chr < 255 && (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_word) != 0) return FALSE; break; case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: if (chr > 255 || (cd->ctypes[chr] & ctype_word) == 0) return FALSE; break; case OP_HSPACE: switch(chr) { HSPACE_CASES: return FALSE; default: break; } break; case OP_NOT_HSPACE: switch(chr) { HSPACE_CASES: break; default: return FALSE; } break; case OP_ANYNL: case OP_VSPACE: switch(chr) { VSPACE_CASES: return FALSE; default: break; } break; case OP_NOT_VSPACE: switch(chr) { VSPACE_CASES: break; default: return FALSE; } break; case OP_DOLL: case OP_EODN: switch (chr) { case CHAR_CR: case CHAR_LF: case CHAR_VT: case CHAR_FF: case CHAR_NEL: #ifndef EBCDIC case 0x2028: case 0x2029: #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ return FALSE; } break; case OP_EOD: /* Can always possessify before \z */ break; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP case OP_PROP: case OP_NOTPROP: if (!check_char_prop(chr, list_ptr[2], list_ptr[3], list_ptr[0] == OP_NOTPROP)) return FALSE; break; #endif case OP_NCLASS: if (chr > 255) return FALSE; /* Fall through */ case OP_CLASS: if (chr > 255) break; class_bitset = (pcre_uint8 *) ((list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2]); if ((class_bitset[chr >> 3] & (1 << (chr & 7))) != 0) return FALSE; break; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: if (PRIV(xclass)(chr, (list_ptr == list ? code : base_end) - list_ptr[2] + LINK_SIZE, utf)) return FALSE; break; #endif default: return FALSE; } chr_ptr++; } while(*chr_ptr != NOTACHAR); /* At least one character must be matched from this opcode. */ if (list[1] == 0) return TRUE; } /* Control never reaches here. There used to be a fail-save return FALSE; here, but some compilers complain about an unreachable statement. */ } /************************************************* * Scan compiled regex for auto-possession * *************************************************/ /* Replaces single character iterations with their possessive alternatives if appropriate. This function modifies the compiled opcode! Arguments: code points to start of the byte code utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode cd static compile data Returns: nothing */ static void auto_possessify(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, const compile_data *cd) { register pcre_uchar c; const pcre_uchar *end; pcre_uchar *repeat_opcode; pcre_uint32 list[8]; int rec_limit; for (;;) { c = *code; /* When a pattern with bad UTF-8 encoding is compiled with NO_UTF_CHECK, it may compile without complaining, but may get into a loop here if the code pointer points to a bad value. This is, of course a documentated possibility, when NO_UTF_CHECK is set, so it isn't a bug, but we can detect this case and just give up on this optimization. */ if (c >= OP_TABLE_LENGTH) return; if (c >= OP_STAR && c <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) { c -= get_repeat_base(c) - OP_STAR; end = (c <= OP_MINUPTO) ? get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list) : NULL; list[1] = c == OP_STAR || c == OP_PLUS || c == OP_QUERY || c == OP_UPTO; rec_limit = 1000; if (end != NULL && compare_opcodes(end, utf, cd, list, end, &rec_limit)) { switch(c) { case OP_STAR: *code += OP_POSSTAR - OP_STAR; break; case OP_MINSTAR: *code += OP_POSSTAR - OP_MINSTAR; break; case OP_PLUS: *code += OP_POSPLUS - OP_PLUS; break; case OP_MINPLUS: *code += OP_POSPLUS - OP_MINPLUS; break; case OP_QUERY: *code += OP_POSQUERY - OP_QUERY; break; case OP_MINQUERY: *code += OP_POSQUERY - OP_MINQUERY; break; case OP_UPTO: *code += OP_POSUPTO - OP_UPTO; break; case OP_MINUPTO: *code += OP_POSUPTO - OP_MINUPTO; break; } } c = *code; } else if (c == OP_CLASS || c == OP_NCLASS || c == OP_XCLASS) { #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (c == OP_XCLASS) repeat_opcode = code + GET(code, 1); else #endif repeat_opcode = code + 1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); c = *repeat_opcode; if (c >= OP_CRSTAR && c <= OP_CRMINRANGE) { /* end must not be NULL. */ end = get_chr_property_list(code, utf, cd->fcc, list); list[1] = (c & 1) == 0; rec_limit = 1000; if (compare_opcodes(end, utf, cd, list, end, &rec_limit)) { switch (c) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSSTAR; break; case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSPLUS; break; case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSQUERY; break; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: *repeat_opcode = OP_CRPOSRANGE; break; } } } c = *code; } switch(c) { case OP_END: return; case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; break; case OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_TYPEEXACT: case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; break; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: code += GET(code, 1); break; #endif case OP_MARK: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_SKIP_ARG: case OP_THEN_ARG: code += code[1]; break; } /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf) switch(c) { case OP_CHAR: case OP_CHARI: case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: case OP_STAR: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_PLUS: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_QUERY: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_UPTO: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_EXACT: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_STARI: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_QUERYI: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_UPTOI: case OP_MINUPTOI: case OP_EXACTI: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_POSQUERYI: case OP_POSUPTOI: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: case OP_NOTEXACTI: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); break; } #else (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ #endif } } /************************************************* * Check for POSIX class syntax * *************************************************/ /* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE. Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters, though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an "Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:]. The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code below handles the special cases \\ and \], but does not try to do any other escape processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:] where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize "l\ower". This is a lesser evil than not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does, I think. A user pointed out that PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not. It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or a digit. In Perl, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b:]". However, for [:a[:abc]b][b:] it gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b][b:]", which does not seem right at all. PCRE does not allow closing square brackets in POSIX class names. Arguments: ptr pointer to the initial [ endptr where to return the end pointer Returns: TRUE or FALSE */ static BOOL check_posix_syntax(const pcre_uchar *ptr, const pcre_uchar **endptr) { pcre_uchar terminator; /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */ terminator = *(++ptr); /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */ for (++ptr; *ptr != CHAR_NULL; ptr++) { if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && (ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH)) ptr++; else if ((*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && ptr[1] == terminator) || *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE; else if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) { *endptr = ptr; return TRUE; } } return FALSE; } /************************************************* * Check POSIX class name * *************************************************/ /* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry such as [:alnum:]. Arguments: ptr points to the first letter len the length of the name Returns: a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown */ static int check_posix_name(const pcre_uchar *ptr, int len) { const char *pn = posix_names; register int yield = 0; while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0) { if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] && STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, pn, (unsigned int)len) == 0) return yield; pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1; yield++; } return -1; } /************************************************* * Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group * *************************************************/ /* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with OP_END. This function has been extended to cope with forward references for recursions and subroutine calls. It must check the list of such references for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in the current group is on this list, it does not adjust the value in the reference (which is a group number). After the group has been scanned, all the offsets in the forward reference list for the group are adjusted. Arguments: group points to the start of the group adjust the amount by which the group is to be moved utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode cd contains pointers to tables etc. save_hwm_offset the hwm forward reference offset at the start of the group Returns: nothing */ static void adjust_recurse(pcre_uchar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd, size_t save_hwm_offset) { int offset; pcre_uchar *hc; pcre_uchar *ptr = group; while ((ptr = (pcre_uchar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf)) != NULL) { for (hc = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_hwm_offset; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) { offset = (int)GET(hc, 0); if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1) break; } /* If we have not found this recursion on the forward reference list, adjust the recursion's offset if it's after the start of this group. */ if (hc >= cd->hwm) { offset = (int)GET(ptr, 1); if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust); } ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE; } /* Now adjust all forward reference offsets for the group. */ for (hc = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_hwm_offset; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) { offset = (int)GET(hc, 0); PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust); } } /************************************************* * Insert an automatic callout point * *************************************************/ /* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert callout points before each pattern item. Arguments: code current code pointer ptr current pattern pointer cd pointers to tables etc Returns: new code pointer */ static pcre_uchar * auto_callout(pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd) { *code++ = OP_CALLOUT; *code++ = 255; PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern)); /* Pattern offset */ PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ return code + 2 * LINK_SIZE; } /************************************************* * Complete a callout item * *************************************************/ /* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used for both automatic and manual callouts. Arguments: previous_callout points to previous callout item ptr current pattern pointer cd pointers to tables etc Returns: nothing */ static void complete_callout(pcre_uchar *previous_callout, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd) { int length = (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2)); PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length); } #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP /************************************************* * Get othercase range * *************************************************/ /* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for ranges of characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the start address. A character with multiple other cases is returned on its own with a special return value. Arguments: cptr points to starting character value; updated d end value ocptr where to put start of othercase range odptr where to put end of othercase range Yield: -1 when no more 0 when a range is returned >0 the CASESET offset for char with multiple other cases in this case, ocptr contains the original */ static int get_othercase_range(pcre_uint32 *cptr, pcre_uint32 d, pcre_uint32 *ocptr, pcre_uint32 *odptr) { pcre_uint32 c, othercase, next; unsigned int co; /* Find the first character that has an other case. If it has multiple other cases, return its case offset value. */ for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++) { if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) { *ocptr = c++; /* Character that has the set */ *cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */ return (int)co; } if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break; } if (c > d) return -1; /* Reached end of range */ /* Found a character that has a single other case. Search for the end of the range, which is either the end of the input range, or a character that has zero or more than one other cases. */ *ocptr = othercase; next = othercase + 1; for (++c; c <= d; c++) { if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0 || UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break; next++; } *odptr = next - 1; /* End of othercase range */ *cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */ return 0; } #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ /************************************************* * Add a character or range to a class * *************************************************/ /* This function packages up the logic of adding a character or range of characters to a class. The character values in the arguments will be within the valid values for the current mode (8-bit, 16-bit, UTF, etc). This function is mutually recursive with the function immediately below. Arguments: classbits the bit map for characters < 256 uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data options the options word cd contains pointers to tables etc. start start of range character end end of range character Returns: the number of < 256 characters added the pointer to extra data is updated */ static int add_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options, compile_data *cd, pcre_uint32 start, pcre_uint32 end) { pcre_uint32 c; pcre_uint32 classbits_end = (end <= 0xff ? end : 0xff); int n8 = 0; /* If caseless matching is required, scan the range and process alternate cases. In Unicode, there are 8-bit characters that have alternate cases that are greater than 255 and vice-versa. Sometimes we can just extend the original range. */ if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0) { int rc; pcre_uint32 oc, od; options &= ~PCRE_CASELESS; /* Remove for recursive calls */ c = start; while ((rc = get_othercase_range(&c, end, &oc, &od)) >= 0) { /* Handle a single character that has more than one other case. */ if (rc > 0) n8 += add_list_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + rc, oc); /* Do nothing if the other case range is within the original range. */ else if (oc >= start && od <= end) continue; /* Extend the original range if there is overlap, noting that if oc < c, we can't have od > end because a subrange is always shorter than the basic range. Otherwise, use a recursive call to add the additional range. */ else if (oc < start && od >= start - 1) start = oc; /* Extend downwards */ else if (od > end && oc <= end + 1) { end = od; /* Extend upwards */ if (end > classbits_end) classbits_end = (end <= 0xff ? end : 0xff); } else n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, oc, od); } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ /* Not UTF-mode, or no UCP */ for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++) { SETBIT(classbits, cd->fcc[c]); n8++; } } /* Now handle the original range. Adjust the final value according to the bit length - this means that the same lists of (e.g.) horizontal spaces can be used in all cases. */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) == 0) #endif if (end > 0xff) end = 0xff; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if ((options & PCRE_UTF16) == 0) #endif if (end > 0xffff) end = 0xffff; #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */ /* Use the bitmap for characters < 256. Otherwise use extra data.*/ for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++) { /* Regardless of start, c will always be <= 255. */ SETBIT(classbits, c); n8++; } #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (start <= 0xff) start = 0xff + 1; if (end >= start) { pcre_uchar *uchardata = *uchardptr; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0) /* All UTFs use the same flag bit */ { if (start < end) { *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata); uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(end, uchardata); } else if (start == end) { *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata); } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Without UTF support, character values are constrained by the bit length, and can only be > 256 for 16-bit and 32-bit libraries. */ #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 {} #else if (start < end) { *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; *uchardata++ = start; *uchardata++ = end; } else if (start == end) { *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; *uchardata++ = start; } #endif *uchardptr = uchardata; /* Updata extra data pointer */ } #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF || !COMPILE_PCRE8 */ return n8; /* Number of 8-bit characters */ } /************************************************* * Add a list of characters to a class * *************************************************/ /* This function is used for adding a list of case-equivalent characters to a class, and also for adding a list of horizontal or vertical whitespace. If the list is in order (which it should be), ranges of characters are detected and handled appropriately. This function is mutually recursive with the function above. Arguments: classbits the bit map for characters < 256 uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data options the options word cd contains pointers to tables etc. p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR except character to omit; this is used when adding lists of case-equivalent characters to avoid including the one we already know about Returns: the number of < 256 characters added the pointer to extra data is updated */ static int add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p, unsigned int except) { int n8 = 0; while (p[0] < NOTACHAR) { int n = 0; if (p[0] != except) { while(p[n+1] == p[0] + n + 1) n++; n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0], p[n]); } p += n + 1; } return n8; } /************************************************* * Add characters not in a list to a class * *************************************************/ /* This function is used for adding the complement of a list of horizontal or vertical whitespace to a class. The list must be in order. Arguments: classbits the bit map for characters < 256 uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data options the options word cd contains pointers to tables etc. p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR Returns: the number of < 256 characters added the pointer to extra data is updated */ static int add_not_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p) { BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; int n8 = 0; if (p[0] > 0) n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, 0, p[0] - 1); while (p[0] < NOTACHAR) { while (p[1] == p[0] + 1) p++; n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0] + 1, (p[1] == NOTACHAR) ? (utf ? 0x10ffffu : 0xffffffffu) : p[1] - 1); p++; } return n8; } /************************************************* * Compile one branch * *************************************************/ /* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases. Arguments: optionsptr pointer to the option bits codeptr points to the pointer to the current code point ptrptr points to the current pattern pointer errorcodeptr points to error code variable firstcharptr place to put the first required character firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number reqcharptr place to put the last required character reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number bcptr points to current branch chain cond_depth conditional nesting depth cd contains pointers to tables etc. lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase Returns: TRUE on success FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error */ static BOOL compile_branch(int *optionsptr, pcre_uchar **codeptr, const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr, pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr, branch_chain *bcptr, int cond_depth, compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr) { int repeat_type, op_type; int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0; /* To please picky compilers */ int bravalue = 0; int greedy_default, greedy_non_default; pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar; pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags; pcre_uint32 zeroreqchar, zerofirstchar; pcre_int32 zeroreqcharflags, zerofirstcharflags; pcre_int32 req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary; int options = *optionsptr; /* May change dynamically */ int after_manual_callout = 0; int length_prevgroup = 0; register pcre_uint32 c; int escape; register pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr; pcre_uchar *last_code = code; pcre_uchar *orig_code = code; pcre_uchar *tempcode; BOOL inescq = FALSE; BOOL groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; const pcre_uchar *tempptr; const pcre_uchar *nestptr = NULL; pcre_uchar *previous = NULL; pcre_uchar *previous_callout = NULL; size_t item_hwm_offset = 0; pcre_uint8 classbits[32]; /* We can fish out the UTF-8 setting once and for all into a BOOL, but we must not do this for other options (e.g. PCRE_EXTENDED) because they may change dynamically as we process the pattern. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF /* PCRE_UTF[16|32] have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE32 pcre_uchar utf_chars[6]; #endif #else BOOL utf = FALSE; #endif /* Helper variables for OP_XCLASS opcode (for characters > 255). We define class_uchardata always so that it can be passed to add_to_class() always, though it will not be used in non-UTF 8-bit cases. This avoids having to supply alternative calls for the different cases. */ pcre_uchar *class_uchardata; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 BOOL xclass; pcre_uchar *class_uchardata_base; #endif #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n")); #endif /* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */ greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; /* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that matches a non-fixed char first char; reqchar just remains unset if we never find one. When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to zerofirstbyte and zeroreqchar when such a repeat is encountered. The individual item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */ firstchar = reqchar = zerofirstchar = zeroreqchar = 0; firstcharflags = reqcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = zeroreqcharflags = REQ_UNSET; /* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value or zero, according to the current setting of the caseless flag. The REQ_CASELESS leaves the lower 28 bit empty. It is added into the firstchar or reqchar variables to record the case status of the value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */ req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0; /* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */ for (;; ptr++) { BOOL negate_class; BOOL should_flip_negation; BOOL possessive_quantifier; BOOL is_quantifier; BOOL is_recurse; BOOL reset_bracount; int class_has_8bitchar; int class_one_char; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 BOOL xclass_has_prop; #endif int newoptions; int recno; int refsign; int skipbytes; pcre_uint32 subreqchar, subfirstchar; pcre_int32 subreqcharflags, subfirstcharflags; int terminator; unsigned int mclength; unsigned int tempbracount; pcre_uint32 ec; pcre_uchar mcbuffer[8]; /* Come here to restart the loop without advancing the pointer. */ REDO_LOOP: /* Get next character in the pattern */ c = *ptr; /* If we are at the end of a nested substitution, revert to the outer level string. Nesting only happens one level deep. */ if (c == CHAR_NULL && nestptr != NULL) { ptr = nestptr; nestptr = NULL; c = *ptr; } /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the previous cycle of this loop. */ if (lengthptr != NULL) { #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code; /* High water info */ #endif if (code > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) /* Check for overrun */ { *errorcodeptr = (code >= cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size)? ERR52 : ERR87; goto FAILED; } /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time, the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point. */ if (code < last_code) code = last_code; /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */ if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) { *errorcodeptr = ERR20; goto FAILED; } *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c (0x%x)\n", *lengthptr, (int)(code - last_code), c, c)); /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise, if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */ if (previous != NULL) { if (previous > orig_code) { memmove(orig_code, previous, IN_UCHARS(code - previous)); code -= previous - orig_code; previous = orig_code; } } else code = orig_code; /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length next time round. */ last_code = code; } /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward reference list. */ else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size) { *errorcodeptr = ERR52; goto FAILED; } /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal. Otherwise an isolated \E is ignored. */ if (c != CHAR_NULL) { if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) { inescq = FALSE; ptr++; continue; } else if (inescq) { if (previous_callout != NULL) { if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); previous_callout = NULL; } if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0) { previous_callout = code; code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); } goto NORMAL_CHAR; } /* Check for the start of a \Q...\E sequence. We must do this here rather than later in case it is immediately followed by \E, which turns it into a "do nothing" sequence. */ if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q) { inescq = TRUE; ptr++; continue; } } /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments. */ if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) { const pcre_uchar *wscptr = ptr; while (MAX_255(c) && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) c = *(++ptr); if (c == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) { ptr++; while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) { if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */ { /* IS_NEWLINE sets cd->nllen. */ ptr += cd->nllen; break; } ptr++; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr); #endif } } /* If we skipped any characters, restart the loop. Otherwise, we didn't see a comment. */ if (ptr > wscptr) goto REDO_LOOP; } /* Skip over (?# comments. We need to do this here because we want to know if the next thing is a quantifier, and these comments may come between an item and its quantifier. */ if (c == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS && ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[2] == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) { ptr += 3; while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) { *errorcodeptr = ERR18; goto FAILED; } continue; } /* See if the next thing is a quantifier. */ is_quantifier = c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1)); /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is a quantifier or when processing a property substitution string in UCP mode. */ if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL && nestptr == NULL && after_manual_callout-- <= 0) { if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); previous_callout = NULL; } /* Create auto callout, except for quantifiers, or while processing property strings that are substituted for \w etc in UCP mode. */ if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier && nestptr == NULL) { previous_callout = code; code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); } /* Process the next pattern item. */ switch(c) { /* ===================================================================*/ case CHAR_NULL: /* The branch terminates at string end */ case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* or | or ) */ case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS: *firstcharptr = firstchar; *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags; *reqcharptr = reqchar; *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags; *codeptr = code; *ptrptr = ptr; if (lengthptr != NULL) { if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) { *errorcodeptr = ERR20; goto FAILED; } *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); /* To include callout length */ DPRINTF((">> end branch\n")); } return TRUE; /* ===================================================================*/ /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables the setting of any following char as a first character. */ case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT: previous = NULL; if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0) { if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; *code++ = OP_CIRCM; } else *code++ = OP_CIRC; break; case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN: previous = NULL; *code++ = ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? OP_DOLLM : OP_DOLL; break; /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about repeats. The value of reqchar doesn't change either. */ case CHAR_DOT: if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; zerofirstchar = firstchar; zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; zeroreqchar = reqchar; zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; previous = code; item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY; break; /* ===================================================================*/ /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a 32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly. If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256, but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not. In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */ case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET: if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) { *errorcodeptr = ERR64; goto FAILED; } goto NORMAL_CHAR; /* In another (POSIX) regex library, the ugly syntax [[:<:]] and [[:>:]] is used for "start of word" and "end of word". As these are otherwise illegal sequences, we don't break anything by recognizing them. They are replaced by \b(?=\w) and \b(?<=\w) respectively. Sequences like [a[:<:]] are erroneous and are handled by the normal code below. */ case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET: if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+1, STRING_WEIRD_STARTWORD, 6) == 0) { nestptr = ptr + 7; ptr = sub_start_of_word; goto REDO_LOOP; } if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+1, STRING_WEIRD_ENDWORD, 6) == 0) { nestptr = ptr + 7; ptr = sub_end_of_word; goto REDO_LOOP; } /* Handle a real character class. */ previous = code; item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */ if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) { *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31; goto FAILED; } /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also, if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */ negate_class = FALSE; for (;;) { c = *(++ptr); if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) { if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr++; else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 1, STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0) ptr += 3; else break; } else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) negate_class = TRUE; else break; } /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise, an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */ if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET && (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) { *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL; if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; zerofirstchar = firstchar; zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; break; } /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works correctly (they are all included in the class). */ should_flip_negation = FALSE; /* Extended class (xclass) will be used when characters > 255 might match. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 xclass = FALSE; class_uchardata = code + LINK_SIZE + 2; /* For XCLASS items */ class_uchardata_base = class_uchardata; /* Save the start */ #endif /* For optimization purposes, we track some properties of the class: class_has_8bitchar will be non-zero if the class contains at least one < 256 character; class_one_char will be 1 if the class contains just one character; xclass_has_prop will be TRUE if unicode property checks are present in the class. */ class_has_8bitchar = 0; class_one_char = 0; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 xclass_has_prop = FALSE; #endif /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains fewer than two 8-bit characters because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit map. */ memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */ if (c != CHAR_NULL) do { const pcre_uchar *oldptr; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c)) { /* Braces are required because the */ GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ } #endif #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any extra data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that contain a zillion > 255 characters no longer overwrite the work space (which is on the stack). We have to remember that there was XCLASS data, however. */ if (class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) xclass = TRUE; if (lengthptr != NULL && class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) { *lengthptr += (int)(class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base); class_uchardata = class_uchardata_base; } #endif /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */ if (inescq) { if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) /* If we are at \E */ { inescq = FALSE; /* Reset literal state */ ptr++; /* Skip the 'E' */ continue; /* Carry on with next */ } goto CHECK_RANGE; /* Could be range if \E follows */ } /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl 5.6 and 5.8 do. */ if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) { BOOL local_negate = FALSE; int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt; register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits; pcre_uint8 pbits[32]; if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON) { *errorcodeptr = ERR31; goto FAILED; } ptr += 2; if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) { local_negate = TRUE; should_flip_negation = TRUE; /* Note negative special */ ptr++; } posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr)); if (posix_class < 0) { *errorcodeptr = ERR30; goto FAILED; } /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */ if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2) posix_class = 0; /* When PCRE_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to different escape sequences that use Unicode properties \p or \P. Others that are not available via \p or \P generate XCL_PROP/XCL_NOTPROP directly. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0) { unsigned int ptype = 0; int pc = posix_class + ((local_negate)? POSIX_SUBSIZE/2 : 0); /* The posix_substitutes table specifies which POSIX classes can be converted to \p or \P items. */ if (posix_substitutes[pc] != NULL) { nestptr = tempptr + 1; ptr = posix_substitutes[pc] - 1; continue; } /* There are three other classes that generate special property calls that are recognized only in an XCLASS. */ else switch(posix_class) { case PC_GRAPH: ptype = PT_PXGRAPH; /* Fall through */ case PC_PRINT: if (ptype == 0) ptype = PT_PXPRINT; /* Fall through */ case PC_PUNCT: if (ptype == 0) ptype = PT_PXPUNCT; *class_uchardata++ = local_negate? XCL_NOTPROP : XCL_PROP; *class_uchardata++ = ptype; *class_uchardata++ = 0; xclass_has_prop = TRUE; ptr = tempptr + 1; continue; /* For the other POSIX classes (ascii, cntrl, xdigit) we are going to fall through to the non-UCP case and build a bit map for characters with code points less than 256. If we are in a negated POSIX class, characters with code points greater than 255 must either all match or all not match. In the special case where we have not yet generated any xclass data, and this is the final item in the overall class, we need do nothing: later on, the opcode OP_NCLASS will be used to indicate that characters greater than 255 are acceptable. If we have already seen an xclass item or one may follow (we have to assume that it might if this is not the end of the class), explicitly list all wide codepoints, which will then either not match or match, depending on whether the class is or is not negated. */ default: if (local_negate && (xclass || tempptr[2] != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)) { *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x100, class_uchardata); class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x10ffff, class_uchardata); } break; } } #endif /* In the non-UCP case, or when UCP makes no difference, we build the bit map for the POSIX class in a chunk of local store because we may be adding and subtracting from it, and we don't want to subtract bits that may be in the main map already. At the end we or the result into the bit map that is being built. */ posix_class *= 3; /* Copy in the first table (always present) */ memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class], 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */ taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1]; tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2]; if (taboffset >= 0) { if (tabopt >= 0) for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset]; else for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset]; } /* Now see if we need to remove any special characters. An option value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */ if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt; if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c; else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f; /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is being built and we are done. */ if (local_negate) for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c]; else for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c]; ptr = tempptr + 1; /* Every class contains at least one < 256 character. */ class_has_8bitchar = 1; /* Every class contains at least two characters. */ class_one_char = 2; continue; /* End of POSIX syntax handling */ } /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. We assume that other escapes have more than one character in them, so speculatively set both class_has_8bitchar and class_one_char bigger than one. Unrecognized escapes fall through and are either treated as literal characters (by default), or are faulted if PCRE_EXTRA is set. */ if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) { escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE); if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; if (escape == 0) c = ec; else if (escape == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS; /* \b is backspace in a class */ else if (escape == ESC_N) /* \N is not supported in a class */ { *errorcodeptr = ERR71; goto FAILED; } else if (escape == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */ { if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) { ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */ } else inescq = TRUE; continue; } else if (escape == ESC_E) continue; /* Ignore orphan \E */ else { register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits; /* Every class contains at least two < 256 characters. */ class_has_8bitchar++; /* Every class contains at least two characters. */ class_one_char += 2; switch (escape) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP case ESC_du: /* These are the values given for \d etc */ case ESC_DU: /* when PCRE_UCP is set. We replace the */ case ESC_wu: /* escape sequence with an appropriate \p */ case ESC_WU: /* or \P to test Unicode properties instead */ case ESC_su: /* of the default ASCII testing. */ case ESC_SU: nestptr = ptr; ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */ class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */ continue; #endif case ESC_d: for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit]; continue; case ESC_D: should_flip_negation = TRUE; for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit]; continue; case ESC_w: for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word]; continue; case ESC_W: should_flip_negation = TRUE; for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word]; continue; /* Perl 5.004 onwards omitted VT from \s, but restored it at Perl 5.18. Before PCRE 8.34, we had to preserve the VT bit if it was previously set by something earlier in the character class. Luckily, the value of CHAR_VT is 0x0b in both ASCII and EBCDIC, so we could just adjust the appropriate bit. From PCRE 8.34 we no longer treat \s and \S specially. */ case ESC_s: for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space]; continue; case ESC_S: should_flip_negation = TRUE; for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space]; continue; /* The rest apply in both UCP and non-UCP cases. */ case ESC_h: (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, PRIV(hspace_list), NOTACHAR); continue; case ESC_H: (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, PRIV(hspace_list)); continue; case ESC_v: (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, PRIV(vspace_list), NOTACHAR); continue; case ESC_V: (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, PRIV(vspace_list)); continue; case ESC_p: case ESC_P: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP { BOOL negated; unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0; if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr)) goto FAILED; *class_uchardata++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)? XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP; *class_uchardata++ = ptype; *class_uchardata++ = pdata; xclass_has_prop = TRUE; class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */ continue; } #else *errorcodeptr = ERR45; goto FAILED; #endif /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are treated as literals. */ default: if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) { *errorcodeptr = ERR7; goto FAILED; } class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo the speculative increase. */ class_one_char -= 2; /* Undo the speculative increase. */ c = *ptr; /* Get the final character and fall through */ break; } } /* Fall through if the escape just defined a single character (c >= 0). This may be greater than 256. */ escape = 0; } /* End of backslash handling */ /* A character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However, Perl does not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character at the end is treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences entirely. The code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */ CHECK_RANGE: while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) { inescq = FALSE; ptr += 2; } oldptr = ptr; /* Remember if \r or \n were explicitly used */ if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; /* Check for range */ if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) { pcre_uint32 d; ptr += 2; while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2; /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped mode. */ while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q) { ptr += 2; if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) { ptr += 2; continue; } inescq = TRUE; break; } /* Minus (hyphen) at the end of a class is treated as a literal, so put back the pointer and jump to handle the character that preceded it. */ if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)) { ptr = oldptr; goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; } /* Otherwise, we have a potential range; pick up the next character */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { /* Braces are required because the */ GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ } else #endif d = *ptr; /* Not UTF-8 mode */ /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape sequence, but not any of the other escapes. Perl treats a hyphen as a literal in such circumstances. However, in Perl's warning mode, a warning is given, so PCRE now faults it as it is almost certainly a mistake on the user's part. */ if (!inescq) { if (d == CHAR_BACKSLASH) { int descape; descape = check_escape(&ptr, &d, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE); if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; /* 0 means a character was put into d; \b is backspace; any other special causes an error. */ if (descape != 0) { if (descape == ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS; else { *errorcodeptr = ERR83; goto FAILED; } } } /* A hyphen followed by a POSIX class is treated in the same way. */ else if (d == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) { *errorcodeptr = ERR83; goto FAILED; } } /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize one-character ranges. */ if (d < c) { *errorcodeptr = ERR8; goto FAILED; } if (d == c) goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */ /* We have found a character range, so single character optimizations cannot be done anymore. Any value greater than 1 indicates that there is more than one character. */ class_one_char = 2; /* Remember an explicit \r or \n, and add the range to the class. */ if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; class_has_8bitchar += add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, d); continue; /* Go get the next char in the class */ } /* Handle a single character - we can get here for a normal non-escape char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an apparent range that isn't. Only the value 1 matters for class_one_char, so don't increase it if it is already 2 or more ... just in case there's a class with a zillion characters in it. */ CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER: if (class_one_char < 2) class_one_char++; /* If xclass_has_prop is false and class_one_char is 1, we have the first single character in the class, and there have been no prior ranges, or XCLASS items generated by escapes. If this is the final character in the class, we can optimize by turning the item into a 1-character OP_CHAR[I] if it's positive, or OP_NOT[I] if it's negative. In the positive case, it can cause firstchar to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if this item is first, whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of reqchar, save the previous value for reinstating. */ if (!inescq && #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP !xclass_has_prop && #endif class_one_char == 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) { ptr++; zeroreqchar = reqchar; zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; if (negate_class) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP int d; #endif if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; zerofirstchar = firstchar; zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check whether this character has more than one other case. If so, generate a special OP_NOTPROP item instead of OP_NOTI. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && (d = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) { *code++ = OP_NOTPROP; *code++ = PT_CLIST; *code++ = d; } else #endif /* Char has only one other case, or UCP not available */ { *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_NOTI: OP_NOT; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) code += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, code); else #endif *code++ = c; } /* We are finished with this character class */ goto END_CLASS; } /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer); else #endif { mcbuffer[0] = c; mclength = 1; } goto ONE_CHAR; } /* End of 1-char optimization */ /* There is more than one character in the class, or an XCLASS item has been generated. Add this character to the class. */ class_has_8bitchar += add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, c); } /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" far above. If we are at the end of an internal nested string, revert to the outer string. */ while (((c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL || (nestptr != NULL && (ptr = nestptr, nestptr = NULL, c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL)) && (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq)); /* Check for missing terminating ']' */ if (c == CHAR_NULL) { *errorcodeptr = ERR6; goto FAILED; } /* We will need an XCLASS if data has been placed in class_uchardata. In the second phase this is a sufficient test. However, in the pre-compile phase, class_uchardata gets emptied to prevent workspace overflow, so it only if the very last character in the class needs XCLASS will it contain anything at this point. For this reason, xclass gets set TRUE above when uchar_classdata is emptied, and that's why this code is the way it is here instead of just doing a test on class_uchardata below. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) xclass = TRUE; #endif /* If this is the first thing in the branch, there can be no first char setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqchar setting must remain unchanged after any kind of repeat. */ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; zerofirstchar = firstchar; zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; zeroreqchar = reqchar; zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special such as \S in the class, and PCRE_UCP is not set, because in that case all characters > 255 are in the class, so any that were explicitly given as well can be ignored. If (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must be listed) there are no characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the actual compiled code. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (xclass && (xclass_has_prop || !should_flip_negation || (options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)) #elif !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (xclass && (xclass_has_prop || !should_flip_negation)) #endif #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 { /* For non-UCP wide characters, in a non-negative class containing \S or similar (should_flip_negation is set), all characters greater than 255 must be in the class. */ if ( #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 utf && #endif should_flip_negation && !negate_class && (options & PCRE_UCP) == 0) { *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; if (utf) /* Will always be utf in the 8-bit library */ { class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x100, class_uchardata); class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x10ffff, class_uchardata); } else /* Can only happen for the 16-bit & 32-bit libraries */ { #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 *class_uchardata++ = 0x100; *class_uchardata++ = 0xffffu; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 *class_uchardata++ = 0x100; *class_uchardata++ = 0xffffffffu; #endif } } *class_uchardata++ = XCL_END; /* Marks the end of extra data */ *code++ = OP_XCLASS; code += LINK_SIZE; *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT:0; if (xclass_has_prop) *code |= XCL_HASPROP; /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it; otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */ if (class_has_8bitchar > 0) { *code++ |= XCL_MAP; memmove(code + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)), code, IN_UCHARS(class_uchardata - code)); if (negate_class && !xclass_has_prop) for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c]; memcpy(code, classbits, 32); code = class_uchardata + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); } else code = class_uchardata; /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */ PUT(previous, 1, (int)(code - previous)); break; /* End of class handling */ } /* Even though any XCLASS list is now discarded, we must allow for its memory. */ if (lengthptr != NULL) *lengthptr += (int)(class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base); #endif /* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S (non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector, negating it if necessary. */ *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS; if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */ { if (negate_class) for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c]; memcpy(code, classbits, 32); } code += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); END_CLASS: break; /* ===================================================================*/ /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this has been tested above. */ case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET: if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR; ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr); if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; goto REPEAT; case CHAR_ASTERISK: repeat_min = 0; repeat_max = -1; goto REPEAT; case CHAR_PLUS: repeat_min = 1; repeat_max = -1; goto REPEAT; case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK: repeat_min = 0; repeat_max = 1; REPEAT: if (previous == NULL) { *errorcodeptr = ERR9; goto FAILED; } if (repeat_min == 0) { firstchar = zerofirstchar; /* Adjust for zero repeat */ firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags; reqchar = zeroreqchar; /* Ditto */ reqcharflags = zeroreqcharflags; } /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */ reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY; op_type = 0; /* Default single-char op codes */ possessive_quantifier = FALSE; /* Default not possessive quantifier */ /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up in order to insert something before it. */ tempcode = previous; /* Before checking for a possessive quantifier, we must skip over whitespace and comments in extended mode because Perl allows white space at this point. */ if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) { const pcre_uchar *p = ptr + 1; for (;;) { while (MAX_255(*p) && (cd->ctypes[*p] & ctype_space) != 0) p++; if (*p != CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) break; p++; while (*p != CHAR_NULL) { if (IS_NEWLINE(p)) /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */ { /* IS_NEWLINE sets cd->nllen. */ p += cd->nllen; break; } p++; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(p); #endif } /* Loop for comment characters */ } /* Loop for multiple comments */ ptr = p - 1; /* Character before the next significant one. */ } /* We also need to skip over (?# comments, which are not dependent on extended mode. */ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS && ptr[2] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[3] == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) { ptr += 4; while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) { *errorcodeptr = ERR18; goto FAILED; } } /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option. If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default, but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the repeat type to the non-default. */ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) { repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ possessive_quantifier = TRUE; ptr++; } else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) { repeat_type = greedy_non_default; ptr++; } else repeat_type = greedy_default; /* If previous was a recursion call, wrap it in atomic brackets so that previous becomes the atomic group. All recursions were so wrapped in the past, but it no longer happens for non-repeated recursions. In fact, the repeated ones could be re-implemented independently so as not to need this, but for the moment we rely on the code for repeating groups. */ if (*previous == OP_RECURSE) { memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(1 + LINK_SIZE)); *previous = OP_ONCE; PUT(previous, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); previous[2 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = OP_KET; PUT(previous, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); code += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE; length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE; /* When actually compiling, we need to check whether this was a forward reference, and if so, adjust the offset. */ if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + LINK_SIZE) { int offset = GET(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE); if (offset == previous + 1 - cd->start_code) PUT(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE, offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE); } } /* Now handle repetition for the different types of item. */ /* If previous was a character or negated character match, abolish the item and generate a repeat item instead. If a char item has a minimum of more than one, ensure that it is set in reqchar - it might not be if a sequence such as x{3} is the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone into firstchar instead. */ if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARI || *previous == OP_NOT || *previous == OP_NOTI) { switch (*previous) { default: /* Make compiler happy. */ case OP_CHAR: op_type = OP_STAR - OP_STAR; break; case OP_CHARI: op_type = OP_STARI - OP_STAR; break; case OP_NOT: op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; break; case OP_NOTI: op_type = OP_NOTSTARI - OP_STAR; break; } /* Deal with UTF characters that take up more than one character. It's easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to hold the length of the character in bytes, plus UTF_LENGTH to flag that it's a length rather than a small character. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf && NOT_FIRSTCHAR(code[-1])) { pcre_uchar *lastchar = code - 1; BACKCHAR(lastchar); c = (int)(code - lastchar); /* Length of UTF-8 character */ memcpy(utf_chars, lastchar, IN_UCHARS(c)); /* Save the char */ c |= UTF_LENGTH; /* Flag c as a length */ } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Handle the case of a single charater - either with no UTF support, or with UTF disabled, or for a single character UTF character. */ { c = code[-1]; if (*previous <= OP_CHARI && repeat_min > 1) { reqchar = c; reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt; } } goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; /* Code shared with single character types */ } /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just makes it horribly messy. */ else if (*previous < OP_EODN) { pcre_uchar *oldcode; int prop_type, prop_value; op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use type opcodes */ c = *previous; OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT: if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP) { prop_type = previous[1]; prop_value = previous[2]; } else prop_type = prop_value = -1; oldcode = code; code = previous; /* Usually overwrite previous item */ /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */ if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT; /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */ repeat_type += op_type; /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as an UPTO, with the maximum given. */ if (repeat_min == 0) { if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; else { *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); } } /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with one less than the maximum. */ else if (repeat_min == 1) { if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type; else { code = oldcode; /* leave previous item in place */ if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT; *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1); } } /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */ else { *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type; /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so, we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in c, with the UTF_LENGTH bit as a flag. */ if (repeat_max < 0) { #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) { memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); code += c & 7; } else #endif { *code++ = c; if (prop_type >= 0) { *code++ = prop_type; *code++ = prop_value; } } *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; } /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */ else if (repeat_max != repeat_min) { #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) { memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); code += c & 7; } else #endif *code++ = c; if (prop_type >= 0) { *code++ = prop_type; *code++ = prop_value; } repeat_max -= repeat_min; if (repeat_max == 1) { *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; } else { *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); } } } /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) { memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); code += c & 7; } else #endif *code++ = c; /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the required property. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (prop_type >= 0) { *code++ = prop_type; *code++ = prop_value; } #endif } /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */ else if (*previous == OP_CLASS || *previous == OP_NCLASS || #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 *previous == OP_XCLASS || #endif *previous == OP_REF || *previous == OP_REFI || *previous == OP_DNREF || *previous == OP_DNREFI) { if (repeat_max == 0) { code = previous; goto END_REPEAT; } if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type; else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type; else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type; else { *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type; PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0; /* 2-byte encoding for max */ PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); } } /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain cases. Note that at this point we can encounter only the "basic" bracket opcodes such as BRA and CBRA, as this is the place where they get converted into the more special varieties such as BRAPOS and SBRA. A test for >= OP_ASSERT and <= OP_COND includes ASSERT, ASSERT_NOT, ASSERTBACK, ASSERTBACK_NOT, ONCE, ONCE_NC, BRA, BRAPOS, CBRA, CBRAPOS, and COND. Originally, PCRE did not allow repetition of assertions, but now it does, for Perl compatibility. */ else if (*previous >= OP_ASSERT && *previous <= OP_COND) { register int i; int len = (int)(code - previous); size_t base_hwm_offset = item_hwm_offset; pcre_uchar *bralink = NULL; pcre_uchar *brazeroptr = NULL; /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless, but Perl allows the syntax, so we just ignore the repeat. */ if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) goto END_REPEAT; /* There is no sense in actually repeating assertions. The only potential use of repetition is in cases when the assertion is optional. Therefore, if the minimum is greater than zero, just ignore the repeat. If the maximum is not zero or one, set it to 1. */ if (*previous < OP_ONCE) /* Assertion */ { if (repeat_min > 0) goto END_REPEAT; if (repeat_max < 0 || repeat_max > 1) repeat_max = 1; } /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the minimum is zero. */ if (repeat_min == 0) { /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the output altogether, like this: ** if (repeat_max == 0) ** { ** code = previous; ** goto END_REPEAT; ** } However, that fails when a group or a subgroup within it is referenced as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in OP_SKIPZERO in front of it so that it is skipped on execution. As we don't have a list of which groups are referenced, we cannot do this selectively. If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing this. */ if (repeat_max <= 1) /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */ { *code = OP_END; adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf, cd, item_hwm_offset); memmove(previous + 1, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); code++; if (repeat_max == 0) { *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO; goto END_REPEAT; } brazeroptr = previous; /* Save for possessive optimizing */ *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; } /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets. The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */ else { int offset; *code = OP_END; adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, item_hwm_offset); memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); code += 2 + LINK_SIZE; *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; *previous++ = OP_BRA; /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */ offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink); bralink = previous; PUTINC(previous, 0, offset); } repeat_max--; } /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */ else { if (repeat_min > 1) { /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */ if (lengthptr != NULL) { int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup; if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)* (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) { *errorcodeptr = ERR20; goto FAILED; } *lengthptr += delta; } /* This is compiling for real. If there is a set first byte for the group, and we have not yet set a "required byte", set it. Make sure there is enough workspace for copying forward references before doing the copy. */ else { if (groupsetfirstchar && reqcharflags < 0) { reqchar = firstchar; reqcharflags = firstcharflags; } for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++) { pcre_uchar *hc; size_t this_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm_offset - base_hwm_offset)) { *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; } for (hc = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + base_hwm_offset; hc < (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_hwm_offset; hc += LINK_SIZE) { PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len); cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; } base_hwm_offset = this_hwm_offset; code += len; } } } if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min; } /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion, remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum, the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to replicate entries on the forward reference list. */ if (repeat_max >= 0) { /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1 to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */ if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0) { int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; /* Last one doesn't nest */ if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max * (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) { *errorcodeptr = ERR20; goto FAILED; } *lengthptr += delta; } /* This is compiling for real */ else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--) { pcre_uchar *hc; size_t this_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the chain of brackets outstanding. */ if (i != 0) { int offset; *code++ = OP_BRA; offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink); bralink = code; PUTINC(code, 0, offset); } memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); /* Ensure there is enough workspace for forward references before copying them. */ while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm_offset - base_hwm_offset)) { *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; } for (hc = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + base_hwm_offset; hc < (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_hwm_offset; hc += LINK_SIZE) { PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1)); cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; } base_hwm_offset = this_hwm_offset; code += len; } /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */ while (bralink != NULL) { int oldlinkoffset; int offset = (int)(code - bralink + 1); pcre_uchar *bra = code - offset; oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1); bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset; *code++ = OP_KET; PUTINC(code, 0, offset); PUT(bra, 1, offset); } } /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. For ONCE brackets, that's all we need to do. However, possessively repeated ONCE brackets can be converted into non-capturing brackets, as the behaviour of (?:xx)++ is the same as (?>xx)++ and this saves having to deal with possessive ONCEs specially. Otherwise, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see whether this group is one that could match an empty string. If so, convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to ONCE groups at runtime, but in a different way.] Then, if the quantifier was possessive and the bracket is not a conditional, we convert the BRA code to the POS form, and the KET code to KETRPOS. (It turns out to be convenient at runtime to detect this kind of subpattern at both the start and at the end.) The use of special opcodes makes it possible to reduce greatly the stack usage in pcre_exec(). If the group is preceded by OP_BRAZERO, convert this to OP_BRAPOSZERO. Then, if the minimum number of matches is 1 or 0, cancel the possessive flag so that the default action below, of wrapping everything inside atomic brackets, does not happen. When the minimum is greater than 1, there will be earlier copies of the group, and so we still have to wrap the whole thing. */ else { pcre_uchar *ketcode = code - 1 - LINK_SIZE; pcre_uchar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1); /* Convert possessive ONCE brackets to non-capturing */ if ((*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) && possessive_quantifier) *bracode = OP_BRA; /* For non-possessive ONCE brackets, all we need to do is to set the KET. */ if (*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; /* Handle non-ONCE brackets and possessive ONCEs (which have been converted to non-capturing above). */ else { /* In the compile phase, check for empty string matching. */ if (lengthptr == NULL) { pcre_uchar *scode = bracode; do { if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf, cd, NULL)) { *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA; break; } scode += GET(scode, 1); } while (*scode == OP_ALT); } /* A conditional group with only one branch has an implicit empty alternative branch. */ if (*bracode == OP_COND && bracode[GET(bracode,1)] != OP_ALT) *bracode = OP_SCOND; /* Handle possessive quantifiers. */ if (possessive_quantifier) { /* For COND brackets, we wrap the whole thing in a possessively repeated non-capturing bracket, because we have not invented POS versions of the COND opcodes. Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */ if (*bracode == OP_COND || *bracode == OP_SCOND) { int nlen = (int)(code - bracode); *code = OP_END; adjust_recurse(bracode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, item_hwm_offset); memmove(bracode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, bracode, IN_UCHARS(nlen)); code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; nlen += 1 + LINK_SIZE; *bracode = (*bracode == OP_COND)? OP_BRAPOS : OP_SBRAPOS; *code++ = OP_KETRPOS; PUTINC(code, 0, nlen); PUT(bracode, 1, nlen); } /* For non-COND brackets, we modify the BRA code and use KETRPOS. */ else { *bracode += 1; /* Switch to xxxPOS opcodes */ *ketcode = OP_KETRPOS; } /* If the minimum is zero, mark it as possessive, then unset the possessive flag when the minimum is 0 or 1. */ if (brazeroptr != NULL) *brazeroptr = OP_BRAPOSZERO; if (repeat_min < 2) possessive_quantifier = FALSE; } /* Non-possessive quantifier */ else *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; } } } /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat" error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */ else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT; /* Else there's some kind of shambles */ else { *errorcodeptr = ERR11; goto FAILED; } /* If the character following a repeat is '+', possessive_quantifier is TRUE. For some opcodes, there are special alternative opcodes for this case. For anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE brackets. Logically, the '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from Sun's Java package, but the special opcodes can optimize it. Some (but not all) possessively repeated subpatterns have already been completely handled in the code just above. For them, possessive_quantifier is always FALSE at this stage. Note that the repeated item starts at tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose (former) last char we repeated. */ if (possessive_quantifier) { int len; /* Possessifying an EXACT quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. However, QUERY, STAR, or UPTO may follow (for quantifiers such as {5,6}, {5,}, or {5,10}). We skip over an EXACT item; if the length of what remains is greater than zero, there's a further opcode that can be handled. If not, do nothing, leaving the EXACT alone. */ switch(*tempcode) { case OP_TYPEEXACT: tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode] + ((tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0); break; /* CHAR opcodes are used for exacts whose count is 1. */ case OP_CHAR: case OP_CHARI: case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: case OP_EXACT: case OP_EXACTI: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTEXACTI: tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode]; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1])) tempcode += GET_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]); #endif break; /* For the class opcodes, the repeat operator appears at the end; adjust tempcode to point to it. */ case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: tempcode += 1 + 32/sizeof(pcre_uchar); break; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: tempcode += GET(tempcode, 1); break; #endif } /* If tempcode is equal to code (which points to the end of the repeated item), it means we have skipped an EXACT item but there is no following QUERY, STAR, or UPTO; the value of len will be 0, and we do nothing. In all other cases, tempcode will be pointing to the repeat opcode, and will be less than code, so the value of len will be greater than 0. */ len = (int)(code - tempcode); if (len > 0) { unsigned int repcode = *tempcode; /* There is a table for possessifying opcodes, all of which are less than OP_CALLOUT. A zero entry means there is no possessified version. */ if (repcode < OP_CALLOUT && opcode_possessify[repcode] > 0) *tempcode = opcode_possessify[repcode]; /* For opcode without a special possessified version, wrap the item in ONCE brackets. Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */ else { *code = OP_END; adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, item_hwm_offset); memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len)); code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; len += 1 + LINK_SIZE; tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE; *code++ = OP_KET; PUTINC(code, 0, len); PUT(tempcode, 1, len); } } #ifdef NEVER if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode) { case OP_STAR: *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break; case OP_PLUS: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break; case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break; case OP_UPTO: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break; case OP_STARI: *tempcode = OP_POSSTARI; break; case OP_PLUSI: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUSI; break; case OP_QUERYI: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERYI; break; case OP_UPTOI: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTOI; break; case OP_NOTSTAR: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break; case OP_NOTPLUS: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break; case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break; case OP_NOTUPTO: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break; case OP_NOTSTARI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTARI; break; case OP_NOTPLUSI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUSI; break; case OP_NOTQUERYI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERYI; break; case OP_NOTUPTOI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTOI; break; case OP_TYPESTAR: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break; case OP_TYPEPLUS: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break; case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break; case OP_TYPEUPTO: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break; case OP_CRSTAR: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSSTAR; break; case OP_CRPLUS: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSPLUS; break; case OP_CRQUERY: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSQUERY; break; case OP_CRRANGE: *tempcode = OP_CRPOSRANGE; break; /* Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */ default: *code = OP_END; adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, item_hwm_offset); memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len)); code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; len += 1 + LINK_SIZE; tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE; *code++ = OP_KET; PUTINC(code, 0, len); PUT(tempcode, 1, len); break; } #endif } /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqchars if it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */ END_REPEAT: previous = NULL; cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary; break; /* ===================================================================*/ /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended parenthesis forms. */ case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: ptr++; /* Now deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */ if (ptr[0] == CHAR_ASTERISK && (ptr[1] == ':' || (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0)))) { int i, namelen; int arglen = 0; const char *vn = verbnames; const pcre_uchar *name = ptr + 1; const pcre_uchar *arg = NULL; previous = NULL; ptr++; while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++; namelen = (int)(ptr - name); /* It appears that Perl allows any characters whatsoever, other than a closing parenthesis, to appear in arguments, so we no longer insist on letters, digits, and underscores. */ if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON) { arg = ++ptr; while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; arglen = (int)(ptr - arg); if ((unsigned int)arglen > MAX_MARK) { *errorcodeptr = ERR75; goto FAILED; } } if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) { *errorcodeptr = ERR60; goto FAILED; } /* Scan the table of verb names */ for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++) { if (namelen == verbs[i].len && STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, vn, namelen) == 0) { int setverb; /* Check for open captures before ACCEPT and convert it to ASSERT_ACCEPT if in an assertion. */ if (verbs[i].op == OP_ACCEPT) { open_capitem *oc; if (arglen != 0) { *errorcodeptr = ERR59; goto FAILED; } cd->had_accept = TRUE; for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) { if (lengthptr != NULL) { #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 *lengthptr += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 *lengthptr += 2 + IMM2_SIZE; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 *lengthptr += 4 + IMM2_SIZE; #endif } else { *code++ = OP_CLOSE; PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number); } } setverb = *code++ = (cd->assert_depth > 0)? OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT : OP_ACCEPT; /* Do not set firstchar after *ACCEPT */ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; } /* Handle other cases with/without an argument */ else if (arglen == 0) { if (verbs[i].op < 0) /* Argument is mandatory */ { *errorcodeptr = ERR66; goto FAILED; } setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op; } else { if (verbs[i].op_arg < 0) /* Argument is forbidden */ { *errorcodeptr = ERR59; goto FAILED; } setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op_arg; if (lengthptr != NULL) /* In pass 1 just add in the length */ { /* to avoid potential workspace */ *lengthptr += arglen; /* overflow. */ *code++ = 0; } else { *code++ = arglen; memcpy(code, arg, IN_UCHARS(arglen)); code += arglen; } *code++ = 0; } switch (setverb) { case OP_THEN: case OP_THEN_ARG: cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN; break; case OP_PRUNE: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_SKIP: case OP_SKIP_ARG: cd->had_pruneorskip = TRUE; break; } break; /* Found verb, exit loop */ } vn += verbs[i].len + 1; } if (i < verbcount) continue; /* Successfully handled a verb */ *errorcodeptr = ERR60; /* Verb not recognized */ goto FAILED; } /* Initialize for "real" parentheses */ newoptions = options; skipbytes = 0; bravalue = OP_CBRA; item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; reset_bracount = FALSE; /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */ if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) { int i, set, unset, namelen; int *optset; const pcre_uchar *name; pcre_uchar *slot; switch (*(++ptr)) { /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* Reset capture count for each branch */ reset_bracount = TRUE; cd->dupgroups = TRUE; /* Record (?| encountered */ /* Fall through */ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ case CHAR_COLON: /* Non-capturing bracket */ bravalue = OP_BRA; ptr++; break; /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: bravalue = OP_COND; /* Conditional group */ tempptr = ptr; /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered group's having been set), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', referring to recursion. R and R&name are also permitted for recursion tests. There are ways of testing a named group: (?(name)) is used by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?() or (?('name')). There is one unfortunate ambiguity, caused by history. 'R' can be the recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed by digits). We look for a name first; if not found, we try the other case. For compatibility with auto-callouts, we allow a callout to be specified before a condition that is an assertion. First, check for the syntax of a callout; if found, adjust the temporary pointer that is used to check for an assertion condition. That's all that is needed! */ if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[2] == CHAR_C) { for (i = 3;; i++) if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[i])) break; if (ptr[i] == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) tempptr += i + 1; /* tempptr should now be pointing to the opening parenthesis of the assertion condition. */ if (*tempptr != CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS) { *errorcodeptr = ERR28; goto FAILED; } } /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups, including assertions, are processed. */ if (tempptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && (tempptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || tempptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK || (tempptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && (tempptr[3] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || tempptr[3] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK)))) { cd->iscondassert = TRUE; break; } /* Other conditions use OP_CREF/OP_DNCREF/OP_RREF/OP_DNRREF, and all need to skip at least 1+IMM2_SIZE bytes at the start of the group. */ code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF; skipbytes = 1+IMM2_SIZE; refsign = -1; /* => not a number */ namelen = -1; /* => not a name; must set to avoid warning */ name = NULL; /* Always set to avoid warning */ recno = 0; /* Always set to avoid warning */ /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */ ptr++; if (*ptr == CHAR_R && ptr[1] == CHAR_AMPERSAND) { terminator = -1; ptr += 2; code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change the type of test */ } /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl syntax (?() or (?('name'), and also allow for the original PCRE syntax of (?(name) or for (?(+n), (?(-n), and just (?(n). */ else if (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) { terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; ptr++; } else if (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) { terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE; ptr++; } else { terminator = CHAR_NULL; if (*ptr == CHAR_MINUS || *ptr == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *ptr++; else if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) refsign = 0; } /* Handle a number */ if (refsign >= 0) { while (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) { if (recno > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ { while (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) ptr++; *errorcodeptr = ERR61; goto FAILED; } recno = recno * 10 + (int)(*ptr - CHAR_0); ptr++; } } /* Otherwise we expect to read a name; anything else is an error. When a name is one of a number of duplicates, a different opcode is used and it needs more memory. Unfortunately we cannot tell whether a name is a duplicate in the first pass, so we have to allow for more memory. */ else { if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) { *errorcodeptr = ERR84; goto FAILED; } if (!MAX_255(*ptr) || (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) == 0) { *errorcodeptr = ERR28; /* Assertion expected */ goto FAILED; } name = ptr++; while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) { ptr++; } namelen = (int)(ptr - name); if (lengthptr != NULL) skipbytes += IMM2_SIZE; } /* Check the terminator */ if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != (pcre_uchar)terminator) || *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) { ptr--; /* Error offset */ *errorcodeptr = ERR26; /* Malformed number or name */ goto FAILED; } /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */ if (lengthptr != NULL) break; /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual reference. If refsign is not negative, it means we have a number in recno. */ if (refsign >= 0) { if (recno <= 0) { *errorcodeptr = ERR35; goto FAILED; } if (refsign != 0) recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)? cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno + cd->bracount; if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount) { *errorcodeptr = ERR15; goto FAILED; } PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno; break; } /* Otherwise look for the name. */ slot = cd->name_table; for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) { if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0 && slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0) break; slot += cd->name_entry_size; } /* Found the named subpattern. If the name is duplicated, add one to the opcode to change CREF/RREF into DNCREF/DNRREF and insert appropriate data values. Otherwise, just insert the unique subpattern number. */ if (i < cd->names_found) { int offset = i++; int count = 1; recno = GET2(slot, 0); /* Number from first found */ if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno; for (; i < cd->names_found; i++) { slot += cd->name_entry_size; if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) != 0 || (slot+IMM2_SIZE)[namelen] != 0) break; count++; } if (count > 1) { PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, offset); PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, count); skipbytes += IMM2_SIZE; code[1+LINK_SIZE]++; } else /* Not a duplicated name */ { PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); } } /* If terminator == CHAR_NULL it means that the name followed directly after the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there are some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator != CHAR_NULL [things like (?(... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] we have now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */ else if (terminator != CHAR_NULL) { *errorcodeptr = ERR15; goto FAILED; } /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a specific group number. */ else if (*name == CHAR_R) { recno = 0; for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++) { if (!IS_DIGIT(name[i])) { *errorcodeptr = ERR15; goto FAILED; } if (recno > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ { *errorcodeptr = ERR61; goto FAILED; } recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0; } if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY; code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change test type */ PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); } /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always false. */ else if (namelen == 6 && STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0) { code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF; skipbytes = 1; } /* Reference to an unidentified subpattern. */ else { *errorcodeptr = ERR15; goto FAILED; } break; /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookahead */ bravalue = OP_ASSERT; cd->assert_depth += 1; ptr++; break; /* Optimize (?!) to (*FAIL) unless it is quantified - which is a weird thing to do, but Perl allows all assertions to be quantified, and when they contain capturing parentheses there may be a potential use for this feature. Not that that applies to a quantified (?!) but we allow it for uniformity. */ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookahead */ ptr++; if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && ptr[1] != CHAR_ASTERISK && ptr[1] != CHAR_PLUS && ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && (ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET || !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2))) { *code++ = OP_FAIL; previous = NULL; continue; } bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT; cd->assert_depth += 1; break; /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN: /* Lookbehind or named define */ switch (ptr[1]) { case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookbehind */ bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK; cd->assert_depth += 1; ptr += 2; break; case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookbehind */ bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT; cd->assert_depth += 1; ptr += 2; break; default: /* Could be name define, else bad */ if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0) goto DEFINE_NAME; ptr++; /* Correct offset for error */ *errorcodeptr = ERR24; goto FAILED; } break; /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN: /* One-time brackets */ bravalue = OP_ONCE; ptr++; break; /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ case CHAR_C: /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */ previous_callout = code; /* Save for later completion */ after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */ *code++ = OP_CALLOUT; { int n = 0; ptr++; while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) n = n * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0; if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) { *errorcodeptr = ERR39; goto FAILED; } if (n > 255) { *errorcodeptr = ERR38; goto FAILED; } *code++ = n; PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1)); /* Pattern offset */ PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ code += 2 * LINK_SIZE; } previous = NULL; continue; /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ case CHAR_P: /* Python-style named subpattern handling */ if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN) /* Reference or recursion */ { is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; } else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) /* Test for Python-style defn */ { *errorcodeptr = ERR41; goto FAILED; } /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */ /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ DEFINE_NAME: /* Come here from (?< handling */ case CHAR_APOSTROPHE: terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE; name = ++ptr; if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) { *errorcodeptr = ERR84; /* Group name must start with non-digit */ goto FAILED; } while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++; namelen = (int)(ptr - name); /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check, remember the longest name, and then remember the group in a vector, expanding it if necessary. Duplicates for the same number are skipped; other duplicates are checked for validity. In the actual compile, there is nothing to do. */ if (lengthptr != NULL) { named_group *ng; pcre_uint32 number = cd->bracount + 1; if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator) { *errorcodeptr = ERR42; goto FAILED; } if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT) { *errorcodeptr = ERR49; goto FAILED; } if (namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1 > cd->name_entry_size) { cd->name_entry_size = namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1; if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE) { *errorcodeptr = ERR48; goto FAILED; } } /* Scan the list to check for duplicates. For duplicate names, if the number is the same, break the loop, which causes the name to be discarded; otherwise, if DUPNAMES is not set, give an error. If it is set, allow the name with a different number, but continue scanning in case this is a duplicate with the same number. For non-duplicate names, give an error if the number is duplicated. */ ng = cd->named_groups; for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++, ng++) { if (namelen == ng->length && STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, ng->name, namelen) == 0) { if (ng->number == number) break; if ((options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0) { *errorcodeptr = ERR43; goto FAILED; } cd->dupnames = TRUE; /* Duplicate names exist */ } else if (ng->number == number) { *errorcodeptr = ERR65; goto FAILED; } } if (i >= cd->names_found) /* Not a duplicate with same number */ { /* Increase the list size if necessary */ if (cd->names_found >= cd->named_group_list_size) { int newsize = cd->named_group_list_size * 2; named_group *newspace = (PUBL(malloc)) (newsize * sizeof(named_group)); if (newspace == NULL) { *errorcodeptr = ERR21; goto FAILED; } memcpy(newspace, cd->named_groups, cd->named_group_list_size * sizeof(named_group)); if (cd->named_group_list_size > NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE) (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->named_groups); cd->named_groups = newspace; cd->named_group_list_size = newsize; } cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].name = name; cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].length = namelen; cd->named_groups[cd->names_found].number = number; cd->names_found++; } } ptr++; /* Move past > or ' in both passes. */ goto NUMBERED_GROUP; /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ case CHAR_AMPERSAND: /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */ terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; is_recurse = TRUE; /* Fall through */ /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from the Perl \k or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name} .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */ NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE: name = ++ptr; if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) { *errorcodeptr = ERR84; /* Group name must start with non-digit */ goto FAILED; } while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++; namelen = (int)(ptr - name); /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check. We used to just set a dummy reference number, because it was not used in the first pass. However, with the change of recursive back references to be atomic, we have to look for the number so that this state can be identified, as otherwise the incorrect length is computed. If it's not a backwards reference, the dummy number will do. */ if (lengthptr != NULL) { named_group *ng; recno = 0; if (namelen == 0) { *errorcodeptr = ERR62; goto FAILED; } if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator) { *errorcodeptr = ERR42; goto FAILED; } if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE) { *errorcodeptr = ERR48; goto FAILED; } /* Count named back references. */ if (!is_recurse) cd->namedrefcount++; /* We have to allow for a named reference to a duplicated name (this cannot be determined until the second pass). This needs an extra 16-bit data item. */ *lengthptr += IMM2_SIZE; /* If this is a forward reference and we are within a (?|...) group, the reference may end up as the number of a group which we are currently inside, that is, it could be a recursive reference. In the real compile this will be picked up and the reference wrapped with OP_ONCE to make it atomic, so we must space in case this occurs. */ /* In fact, this can happen for a non-forward reference because another group with the same number might be created later. This issue is fixed "properly" in PCRE2. As PCRE1 is now in maintenance only mode, we finesse the bug by allowing more memory always. */ *lengthptr += 4 + 4*LINK_SIZE; /* It is even worse than that. The current reference may be to an existing named group with a different number (so apparently not recursive) but which later on is also attached to a group with the current number. This can only happen if $(| has been previous encountered. In that case, we allow yet more memory, just in case. (Again, this is fixed "properly" in PCRE2. */ if (cd->dupgroups) *lengthptr += 4 + 4*LINK_SIZE; /* Otherwise, check for recursion here. The name table does not exist in the first pass; instead we must scan the list of names encountered so far in order to get the number. If the name is not found, leave the value of recno as 0 for a forward reference. */ /* This patch (removing "else") fixes a problem when a reference is to multiple identically named nested groups from within the nest. Once again, it is not the "proper" fix, and it results in an over-allocation of memory. */ /* else */ { ng = cd->named_groups; for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++, ng++) { if (namelen == ng->length && STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, ng->name, namelen) == 0) { open_capitem *oc; recno = ng->number; if (is_recurse) break; for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) { if (oc->number == recno) { oc->flag = TRUE; break; } } } } } } /* In the real compile, search the name table. We check the name first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the table. That way, if the name is longer than any in the table, the comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */ else { slot = cd->name_table; for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) { if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0 && slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0) break; slot += cd->name_entry_size; } if (i < cd->names_found) { recno = GET2(slot, 0); } else { *errorcodeptr = ERR15; goto FAILED; } } /* In both phases, for recursions, we can now go to the code than handles numerical recursion. */ if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION; /* In the second pass we must see if the name is duplicated. If so, we generate a different opcode. */ if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->dupnames) { int count = 1; unsigned int index = i; pcre_uchar *cslot = slot + cd->name_entry_size; for (i++; i < cd->names_found; i++) { if (STRCMP_UC_UC(slot + IMM2_SIZE, cslot + IMM2_SIZE) != 0) break; count++; cslot += cd->name_entry_size; } if (count > 1) { if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; previous = code; item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_DNREFI : OP_DNREF; PUT2INC(code, 0, index); PUT2INC(code, 0, count); /* Process each potentially referenced group. */ for (; slot < cslot; slot += cd->name_entry_size) { open_capitem *oc; recno = GET2(slot, 0); cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1; if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno; /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the group can be made atomic. */ for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) { if (oc->number == recno) { oc->flag = TRUE; break; } } } continue; /* End of back ref handling */ } } /* First pass, or a non-duplicated name. */ goto HANDLE_REFERENCE; /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ case CHAR_R: /* Recursion, same as (?0) */ recno = 0; if (*(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) { *errorcodeptr = ERR29; goto FAILED; } goto HANDLE_RECURSION; /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS: /* Recursion or subroutine */ case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: { const pcre_uchar *called; terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY ever be taken. */ HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION: if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS) { ptr++; if (!IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) { *errorcodeptr = ERR63; goto FAILED; } } else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS) { if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY; ptr++; } recno = 0; while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) { if (recno > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ { while (IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) ptr++; *errorcodeptr = ERR61; goto FAILED; } recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0; } if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator) { *errorcodeptr = ERR29; goto FAILED; } if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS) { if (recno == 0) { *errorcodeptr = ERR58; goto FAILED; } recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1; if (recno <= 0) { *errorcodeptr = ERR15; goto FAILED; } } else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS) { if (recno == 0) { *errorcodeptr = ERR58; goto FAILED; } recno += cd->bracount; } /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */ HANDLE_RECURSION: previous = code; item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; called = cd->start_code; /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position) now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can be filled in at the end. */ if (lengthptr == NULL) { *code = OP_END; if (recno != 0) called = PRIV(find_bracket)(cd->start_code, utf, recno); /* Forward reference */ if (called == NULL) { if (recno > cd->final_bracount) { *errorcodeptr = ERR15; goto FAILED; } /* Fudge the value of "called" so that when it is inserted as an offset below, what it actually inserted is the reference number of the group. Then remember the forward reference. */ called = cd->start_code + recno; if (cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) { *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; } PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)); } /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open, this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. We must not, however, do this check if we are in a conditional subpattern because the condition might be testing for recursion in a pattern such as /(?(R)a+|(?R)b)/, which is perfectly valid. Forever loops are also detected at runtime, so those that occur in conditional subpatterns will be picked up then. */ else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 && cond_depth <= 0 && could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf, cd)) { *errorcodeptr = ERR40; goto FAILED; } } /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item. It does not have a set first character (relevant if it is repeated, because it will then be wrapped with ONCE brackets). */ *code = OP_RECURSE; PUT(code, 1, (int)(called - cd->start_code)); code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; } /* Can't determine a first byte now */ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; continue; /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ default: /* Other characters: check option setting */ OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY: set = unset = 0; optset = &set; while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON) { switch (*ptr++) { case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break; case CHAR_J: /* Record that it changed in the external options */ *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES; cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED; break; case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break; case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break; case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break; case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break; case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break; case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break; default: *errorcodeptr = ERR12; ptr--; /* Correct the offset */ goto FAILED; } } /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */ newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset); /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If we are not at the pattern start, reset the greedy defaults and the case value for firstchar and reqchar. */ if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) { greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0; /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use in subsequent branches. */ *optionsptr = options = newoptions; previous = NULL; /* This item can't be repeated */ continue; /* It is complete */ } /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':'; the newoptions value is handled below. */ bravalue = OP_BRA; ptr++; } /* End of switch for character following (? */ } /* End of (? handling */ /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '*' or '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE is set, all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...) brackets. */ else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0) { bravalue = OP_BRA; } /* Else we have a capturing group. */ else { NUMBERED_GROUP: cd->bracount += 1; PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount); skipbytes = IMM2_SIZE; } /* Process nested bracketed regex. First check for parentheses nested too deeply. */ if ((cd->parens_depth += 1) > PARENS_NEST_LIMIT) { *errorcodeptr = ERR82; goto FAILED; } /* All assertions used not to be repeatable, but this was changed for Perl compatibility. All kinds can now be repeated except for assertions that are conditions (Perl also forbids these to be repeated). We copy code into a non-register variable (tempcode) in order to be able to pass its address because some compilers complain otherwise. At the start of a conditional group whose condition is an assertion, cd->iscondassert is set. We unset it here so as to allow assertions later in the group to be quantified. */ if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT && cd->iscondassert) { previous = NULL; cd->iscondassert = FALSE; } else { previous = code; item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; } *code = bravalue; tempcode = code; tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt; /* Save value before bracket */ tempbracount = cd->bracount; /* Save value before bracket */ length_prevgroup = 0; /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */ if (!compile_regex( newoptions, /* The complete new option state */ &tempcode, /* Where to put code (updated) */ &ptr, /* Input pointer (updated) */ errorcodeptr, /* Where to put an error message */ (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK || bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */ reset_bracount, /* True if (?| group */ skipbytes, /* Skip over bracket number */ cond_depth + ((bravalue == OP_COND)?1:0), /* Depth of condition subpatterns */ &subfirstchar, /* For possible first char */ &subfirstcharflags, &subreqchar, /* For possible last char */ &subreqcharflags, bcptr, /* Current branch chain */ cd, /* Tables block */ (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : /* Actual compile phase */ &length_prevgroup /* Pre-compile phase */ )) goto FAILED; cd->parens_depth -= 1; /* If this was an atomic group and there are no capturing groups within it, generate OP_ONCE_NC instead of OP_ONCE. */ if (bravalue == OP_ONCE && cd->bracount <= tempbracount) *code = OP_ONCE_NC; if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) cd->assert_depth -= 1; /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group. The pattern pointer (ptr) is on the bracket. If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may not be available. */ if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL) { pcre_uchar *tc = code; int condcount = 0; do { condcount++; tc += GET(tc,1); } while (*tc != OP_KET); /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always false). It must have only one branch. */ if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) { if (condcount > 1) { *errorcodeptr = ERR54; goto FAILED; } bravalue = OP_DEF; /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */ } /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not make use of its firstchar or reqchar, because this is equivalent to an empty second branch. */ else { if (condcount > 2) { *errorcodeptr = ERR27; goto FAILED; } if (condcount == 1) subfirstcharflags = subreqcharflags = REQ_NONE; } } /* Error if hit end of pattern */ if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) { *errorcodeptr = ERR14; goto FAILED; } /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group, less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is duplicated by a quantifier.*/ if (lengthptr != NULL) { if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE) { *errorcodeptr = ERR20; goto FAILED; } *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; code++; /* This already contains bravalue */ PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE); *code++ = OP_KET; PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE); break; /* No need to waste time with special character handling */ } /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */ code = tempcode; /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not relevant. */ if (bravalue == OP_DEF) break; /* Handle updating of the required and first characters for other types of group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqchar and zerofirstchar outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the back off. */ zeroreqchar = reqchar; zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; zerofirstchar = firstchar; zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE) { /* If we have not yet set a firstchar in this branch, take it from the subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more than one can replicate it as reqchar if necessary. If the subpattern has no firstchar, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero repeat forces firstchar to "none". */ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) { if (subfirstcharflags >= 0) { firstchar = subfirstchar; firstcharflags = subfirstcharflags; groupsetfirstchar = TRUE; } else firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE; } /* If firstchar was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstchar into reqchar if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in existence beforehand. */ else if (subfirstcharflags >= 0 && subreqcharflags < 0) { subreqchar = subfirstchar; subreqcharflags = subfirstcharflags | tempreqvary; } /* If the subpattern set a required byte (or set a first byte that isn't really the first byte - see above), set it. */ if (subreqcharflags >= 0) { reqchar = subreqchar; reqcharflags = subreqcharflags; } } /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqchar, if set, provided that the group has also set a first char. This can be helpful if the pattern that follows the assertion doesn't set a different char. For example, it's useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstchar for an assertion, however because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns such as /(?=a)a.+/ when the "real" "a" would then become a reqchar instead of a firstchar. This is overcome by a scan at the end if there's no firstchar, looking for an asserted first char. */ else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqcharflags >= 0 && subfirstcharflags >= 0) { reqchar = subreqchar; reqcharflags = subreqcharflags; } break; /* End of processing '(' */ /* ===================================================================*/ /* Handle metasequences introduced by \. For ones like \d, the ESC_ values are arranged to be the negation of the corresponding OP_values in the default case when PCRE_UCP is not set. For the back references, the values are negative the reference number. Only back references and those types that consume a character may be repeated. We can test for values between ESC_b and ESC_Z for the latter; this may have to change if any new ones are ever created. */ case CHAR_BACKSLASH: tempptr = ptr; escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, FALSE); if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; if (escape == 0) /* The escape coded a single character */ c = ec; else { /* For metasequences that actually match a character, we disable the setting of a first character if it hasn't already been set. */ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET && escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */ zerofirstchar = firstchar; zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; zeroreqchar = reqchar; zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; /* \g or \g'name' is a subroutine call by name and \g or \g'n' is a subroutine call by number (Oniguruma syntax). In fact, the value ESC_g is returned only for these cases. So we don't need to check for < or ' if the value is ESC_g. For the Perl syntax \g{n} the value is -n, and for the Perl syntax \g{name} the result is ESC_k (as that is a synonym for a named back reference). */ if (escape == ESC_g) { const pcre_uchar *p; pcre_uint32 cf; item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; /* Normally this is set when '(' is read */ terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE; /* These two statements stop the compiler for warning about possibly unset variables caused by the jump to HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION. In fact, because we do the check for a number below, the paths that would actually be in error are never taken. */ skipbytes = 0; reset_bracount = FALSE; /* If it's not a signed or unsigned number, treat it as a name. */ cf = ptr[1]; if (cf != CHAR_PLUS && cf != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(cf)) { is_recurse = TRUE; goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; } /* Signed or unsigned number (cf = ptr[1]) is known to be plus or minus or a digit. */ p = ptr + 2; while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; if (*p != (pcre_uchar)terminator) { *errorcodeptr = ERR57; goto FAILED; } ptr++; goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION; } /* \k or \k'name' is a back reference by name (Perl syntax). We also support \k{name} (.NET syntax). */ if (escape == ESC_k) { if ((ptr[1] != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && ptr[1] != CHAR_APOSTROPHE && ptr[1] != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)) { *errorcodeptr = ERR69; goto FAILED; } is_recurse = FALSE; terminator = (*(++ptr) == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)? CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; } /* Back references are handled specially; must disable firstchar if not set to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set ':' later. */ if (escape < 0) { open_capitem *oc; recno = -escape; /* Come here from named backref handling when the reference is to a single group (i.e. not to a duplicated name. */ HANDLE_REFERENCE: if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; previous = code; item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_REFI : OP_REF; PUT2INC(code, 0, recno); cd->backref_map |= (recno < 32)? (1 << recno) : 1; if (recno > cd->top_backref) cd->top_backref = recno; /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the group can be made atomic. */ for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) { if (oc->number == recno) { oc->flag = TRUE; break; } } } /* So are Unicode property matches, if supported. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP else if (escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p) { BOOL negated; unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0; if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr)) goto FAILED; previous = code; item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; *code++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP; *code++ = ptype; *code++ = pdata; } #else /* If Unicode properties are not supported, \X, \P, and \p are not allowed. */ else if (escape == ESC_X || escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p) { *errorcodeptr = ERR45; goto FAILED; } #endif /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode properties are supported), we can obtain the OP value by negating the escape value in the default situation when PCRE_UCP is not set. When it *is* set, we substitute Unicode property tests. Note that \b and \B do a one-character lookbehind, and \A also behaves as if it does. */ else { if ((escape == ESC_b || escape == ESC_B || escape == ESC_A) && cd->max_lookbehind == 0) cd->max_lookbehind = 1; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (escape >= ESC_DU && escape <= ESC_wu) { nestptr = ptr + 1; /* Where to resume */ ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */ } else #endif /* In non-UTF-8 mode, we turn \C into OP_ALLANY instead of OP_ANYBYTE so that it works in DFA mode and in lookbehinds. */ { previous = (escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z)? code : NULL; item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; *code++ = (!utf && escape == ESC_C)? OP_ALLANY : escape; } } continue; } /* We have a data character whose value is in c. In UTF-8 mode it may have a value > 127. We set its representation in the length/buffer, and then handle it as a data character. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer); else #endif { mcbuffer[0] = c; mclength = 1; } goto ONE_CHAR; /* ===================================================================*/ /* Handle a literal character. It is guaranteed not to be whitespace or # when the extended flag is set. If we are in a UTF mode, it may be a multi-unit literal character. */ default: NORMAL_CHAR: mclength = 1; mcbuffer[0] = c; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c)) ACROSSCHAR(TRUE, ptr[1], mcbuffer[mclength++] = *(++ptr)); #endif /* At this point we have the character's bytes in mcbuffer, and the length in mclength. When not in UTF-8 mode, the length is always 1. */ ONE_CHAR: previous = code; item_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check whether this character has more than one other case. If so, generate a special OP_PROP item instead of OP_CHARI. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) { GETCHAR(c, mcbuffer); if ((c = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) { *code++ = OP_PROP; *code++ = PT_CLIST; *code++ = c; if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE; break; } } #endif /* Caseful matches, or not one of the multicase characters. */ *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARI : OP_CHAR; for (c = 0; c < mclength; c++) *code++ = mcbuffer[c]; /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */ if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; /* Set the first and required bytes appropriately. If no previous first byte, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero repeat. Otherwise, leave the firstchar value alone, and don't change it on a zero repeat. */ if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) { zerofirstcharflags = REQ_NONE; zeroreqchar = reqchar; zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; /* If the character is more than one byte long, we can set firstchar only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */ if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0) { firstchar = mcbuffer[0]; firstcharflags = req_caseopt; if (mclength != 1) { reqchar = code[-1]; reqcharflags = cd->req_varyopt; } } else firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_NONE; } /* firstchar was previously set; we can set reqchar only if the length is 1 or the matching is caseful. */ else { zerofirstchar = firstchar; zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; zeroreqchar = reqchar; zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0) { reqchar = code[-1]; reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt; } } break; /* End of literal character handling */ } } /* end of big loop */ /* Control never reaches here by falling through, only by a goto for all the error states. Pass back the position in the pattern so that it can be displayed to the user for diagnosing the error. */ FAILED: *ptrptr = ptr; return FALSE; } /************************************************* * Compile sequence of alternatives * *************************************************/ /* On entry, ptr is pointing past the bracket character, but on return it points to the closing bracket, or vertical bar, or end of string. The code variable is pointing at the byte into which the BRA operator has been stored. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases. Arguments: options option bits, including any changes for this subpattern codeptr -> the address of the current code pointer ptrptr -> the address of the current pattern pointer errorcodeptr -> pointer to error code variable lookbehind TRUE if this is a lookbehind assertion reset_bracount TRUE to reset the count for each branch skipbytes skip this many bytes at start (for brackets and OP_COND) cond_depth depth of nesting for conditional subpatterns firstcharptr place to put the first required character firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number reqcharptr place to put the last required character reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number bcptr pointer to the chain of currently open branches cd points to the data block with tables pointers etc. lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase Returns: TRUE on success */ static BOOL compile_regex(int options, pcre_uchar **codeptr, const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, BOOL lookbehind, BOOL reset_bracount, int skipbytes, int cond_depth, pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr, pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr, branch_chain *bcptr, compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr) { const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr; pcre_uchar *last_branch = code; pcre_uchar *start_bracket = code; pcre_uchar *reverse_count = NULL; open_capitem capitem; int capnumber = 0; pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar; pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags; pcre_uint32 branchfirstchar, branchreqchar; pcre_int32 branchfirstcharflags, branchreqcharflags; int length; unsigned int orig_bracount; unsigned int max_bracount; branch_chain bc; size_t save_hwm_offset; /* If set, call the external function that checks for stack availability. */ if (PUBL(stack_guard) != NULL && PUBL(stack_guard)()) { *errorcodeptr= ERR85; return FALSE; } /* Miscellaneous initialization */ bc.outer = bcptr; bc.current_branch = code; firstchar = reqchar = 0; firstcharflags = reqcharflags = REQ_UNSET; save_hwm_offset = cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace; /* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the length of the BRA and KET and any extra bytes that are required at the beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of lenthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of code at the start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */ length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipbytes; /* WARNING: If the above line is changed for any reason, you must also change the code that abstracts option settings at the start of the pattern and makes them global. It tests the value of length for (2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) in the pre-compile phase to find out whether anything has yet been compiled or not. */ /* If this is a capturing subpattern, add to the chain of open capturing items so that we can detect them if (*ACCEPT) is encountered. This is also used to detect groups that contain recursive back references to themselves. Note that only OP_CBRA need be tested here; changing this opcode to one of its variants, e.g. OP_SCBRAPOS, happens later, after the group has been compiled. */ if (*code == OP_CBRA) { capnumber = GET2(code, 1 + LINK_SIZE); capitem.number = capnumber; capitem.next = cd->open_caps; capitem.flag = FALSE; cd->open_caps = &capitem; } /* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */ PUT(code, 1, 0); code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes; /* Loop for each alternative branch */ orig_bracount = max_bracount = cd->bracount; for (;;) { /* For a (?| group, reset the capturing bracket count so that each branch uses the same numbers. */ if (reset_bracount) cd->bracount = orig_bracount; /* Set up dummy OP_REVERSE if lookbehind assertion */ if (lookbehind) { *code++ = OP_REVERSE; reverse_count = code; PUTINC(code, 0, 0); length += 1 + LINK_SIZE; } /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added into the length. */ if (!compile_branch(&options, &code, &ptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstchar, &branchfirstcharflags, &branchreqchar, &branchreqcharflags, &bc, cond_depth, cd, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length)) { *ptrptr = ptr; return FALSE; } /* Keep the highest bracket count in case (?| was used and some branch has fewer than the rest. */ if (cd->bracount > max_bracount) max_bracount = cd->bracount; /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */ if (lengthptr == NULL) { /* If this is the first branch, the firstchar and reqchar values for the branch become the values for the regex. */ if (*last_branch != OP_ALT) { firstchar = branchfirstchar; firstcharflags = branchfirstcharflags; reqchar = branchreqchar; reqcharflags = branchreqcharflags; } /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqchar have to match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the previous value for reqchar didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match, and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */ else { /* If we previously had a firstchar, but it doesn't match the new branch, we have to abandon the firstchar for the regex, but if there was previously no reqchar, it takes on the value of the old firstchar. */ if (firstcharflags >= 0 && (firstcharflags != branchfirstcharflags || firstchar != branchfirstchar)) { if (reqcharflags < 0) { reqchar = firstchar; reqcharflags = firstcharflags; } firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; } /* If we (now or from before) have no firstchar, a firstchar from the branch becomes a reqchar if there isn't a branch reqchar. */ if (firstcharflags < 0 && branchfirstcharflags >= 0 && branchreqcharflags < 0) { branchreqchar = branchfirstchar; branchreqcharflags = branchfirstcharflags; } /* Now ensure that the reqchars match */ if (((reqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqcharflags & ~REQ_VARY)) || reqchar != branchreqchar) reqcharflags = REQ_NONE; else { reqchar = branchreqchar; reqcharflags |= branchreqcharflags; /* To "or" REQ_VARY */ } } /* If lookbehind, check that this branch matches a fixed-length string, and put the length into the OP_REVERSE item. Temporarily mark the end of the branch with OP_END. If the branch contains OP_RECURSE, the result is -3 because there may be forward references that we can't check here. Set a flag to cause another lookbehind check at the end. Why not do it all at the end? Because common, erroneous checks are picked up here and the offset of the problem can be shown. */ if (lookbehind) { int fixed_length; *code = OP_END; fixed_length = find_fixedlength(last_branch, (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, FALSE, cd, NULL); DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length)); if (fixed_length == -3) { cd->check_lookbehind = TRUE; } else if (fixed_length < 0) { *errorcodeptr = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70: ERR25; *ptrptr = ptr; return FALSE; } else { if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind) cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length; PUT(reverse_count, 0, fixed_length); } } } /* Reached end of expression, either ')' or end of pattern. In the real compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and reverse the chain of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an offset to the first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to the end of the group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length of the whole bracketed item. Return leaving the pointer at the terminating char. */ if (*ptr != CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE) { if (lengthptr == NULL) { int branch_length = (int)(code - last_branch); do { int prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1); PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length); branch_length = prev_length; last_branch -= branch_length; } while (branch_length > 0); } /* Fill in the ket */ *code = OP_KET; PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket)); code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* If it was a capturing subpattern, check to see if it contained any recursive back references. If so, we must wrap it in atomic brackets. Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. In any event, remove the block from the chain. */ if (capnumber > 0) { if (cd->open_caps->flag) { *code = OP_END; adjust_recurse(start_bracket, 1 + LINK_SIZE, (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, cd, save_hwm_offset); memmove(start_bracket + 1 + LINK_SIZE, start_bracket, IN_UCHARS(code - start_bracket)); *start_bracket = OP_ONCE; code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; PUT(start_bracket, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket)); *code = OP_KET; PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket)); code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE; } cd->open_caps = cd->open_caps->next; } /* Retain the highest bracket number, in case resetting was used. */ cd->bracount = max_bracount; /* Set values to pass back */ *codeptr = code; *ptrptr = ptr; *firstcharptr = firstchar; *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags; *reqcharptr = reqchar; *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags; if (lengthptr != NULL) { if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length) { *errorcodeptr = ERR20; return FALSE; } *lengthptr += length; } return TRUE; } /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is, pretend that each branch is the only one.) In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */ if (lengthptr != NULL) { code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipbytes; length += 1 + LINK_SIZE; } else { *code = OP_ALT; PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - last_branch)); bc.current_branch = last_branch = code; code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; } ptr++; } /* Control never reaches here */ } /************************************************* * Check for anchored expression * *************************************************/ /* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD will be found, because ^ generates OP_CIRCM in that mode. We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches. This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking into account the match offset". A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set, because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points, so there is no point trying again.... er .... .... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information to catch that case precisely. At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level. However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some of the more common cases more precisely. ... A second exception is when the .* appears inside an atomic group, because this prevents the number of characters it matches from being adjusted. Arguments: code points to start of expression (the bracket) bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take the less precise approach cd points to the compile data block atomcount atomic group level Returns: TRUE or FALSE */ static BOOL is_anchored(register const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map, compile_data *cd, int atomcount) { do { const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code( code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE); register int op = *scode; /* Non-capturing brackets */ if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_BRAPOS || op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS) { if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; } /* Capturing brackets */ else if (op == OP_CBRA || op == OP_CBRAPOS || op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS) { int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE); int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1); if (!is_anchored(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; } /* Positive forward assertions and conditions */ else if (op == OP_ASSERT || op == OP_COND) { if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount)) return FALSE; } /* Atomic groups */ else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC) { if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1)) return FALSE; } /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced or inside an atomic group. */ else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)) { if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 || atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip) return FALSE; } /* Check for explicit anchoring */ else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM && op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE; code += GET(code, 1); } while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */ return TRUE; } /************************************************* * Check for starting with ^ or .* * *************************************************/ /* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that "first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .* because in that case we can't make the assumption. Also, the appearance of .* inside atomic brackets or in an assertion, or in a pattern that contains *PRUNE or *SKIP does not count, because once again the assumption no longer holds. Arguments: code points to start of expression (the bracket) bracket_map a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take the less precise approach cd points to the compile data atomcount atomic group level inassert TRUE if in an assertion Returns: TRUE or FALSE */ static BOOL is_startline(const pcre_uchar *code, unsigned int bracket_map, compile_data *cd, int atomcount, BOOL inassert) { do { const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code( code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE); register int op = *scode; /* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an auto-callout at the start of a condition. */ if (op == OP_COND) { scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT]; switch (*scode) { case OP_CREF: case OP_DNCREF: case OP_RREF: case OP_DNRREF: case OP_DEF: case OP_FAIL: return FALSE; default: /* Assertion */ if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount, TRUE)) return FALSE; do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT); scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; } scode = first_significant_code(scode, FALSE); op = *scode; } /* Non-capturing brackets */ if (op == OP_BRA || op == OP_BRAPOS || op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS) { if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount, inassert)) return FALSE; } /* Capturing brackets */ else if (op == OP_CBRA || op == OP_CBRAPOS || op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS) { int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE); int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1 << n) : 1); if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, cd, atomcount, inassert)) return FALSE; } /* Positive forward assertions */ else if (op == OP_ASSERT) { if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount, TRUE)) return FALSE; } /* Atomic brackets */ else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC) { if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cd, atomcount + 1, inassert)) return FALSE; } /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in atomic brackets or brackets that may be referenced or an assertion, as long as the pattern does not contain *PRUNE or *SKIP, because these break the feature. Consider, for example, /.*?a(*PRUNE)b/ with the subject "aab", which matches "ab", i.e. not at the start of a line. */ else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR) { if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & cd->backref_map) != 0 || atomcount > 0 || cd->had_pruneorskip || inassert) return FALSE; } /* Check for explicit circumflex; anything else gives a FALSE result. Note in particular that this includes atomic brackets OP_ONCE and OP_ONCE_NC because the number of characters matched by .* cannot be adjusted inside them. */ else if (op != OP_CIRC && op != OP_CIRCM) return FALSE; /* Move on to the next alternative */ code += GET(code, 1); } while (*code == OP_ALT); /* Loop for each alternative */ return TRUE; } /************************************************* * Check for asserted fixed first char * *************************************************/ /* During compilation, the "first char" settings from forward assertions are discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow. However, if we end up without a first char setting for an unanchored pattern, it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an initial asserted first char. If all branches start with the same asserted char, or with a non-conditional bracket all of whose alternatives start with the same asserted char (recurse ad lib), then we return that char, with the flags set to zero or REQ_CASELESS; otherwise return zero with REQ_NONE in the flags. Arguments: code points to start of expression (the bracket) flags points to the first char flags, or to REQ_NONE inassert TRUE if in an assertion Returns: the fixed first char, or 0 with REQ_NONE in flags */ static pcre_uint32 find_firstassertedchar(const pcre_uchar *code, pcre_int32 *flags, BOOL inassert) { register pcre_uint32 c = 0; int cflags = REQ_NONE; *flags = REQ_NONE; do { pcre_uint32 d; int dflags; int xl = (*code == OP_CBRA || *code == OP_SCBRA || *code == OP_CBRAPOS || *code == OP_SCBRAPOS)? IMM2_SIZE:0; const pcre_uchar *scode = first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE + xl, TRUE); register pcre_uchar op = *scode; switch(op) { default: return 0; case OP_BRA: case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_CBRA: case OP_SCBRA: case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRAPOS: case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: d = find_firstassertedchar(scode, &dflags, op == OP_ASSERT); if (dflags < 0) return 0; if (cflags < 0) { c = d; cflags = dflags; } else if (c != d || cflags != dflags) return 0; break; case OP_EXACT: scode += IMM2_SIZE; /* Fall through */ case OP_CHAR: case OP_PLUS: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_POSPLUS: if (!inassert) return 0; if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = 0; } else if (c != scode[1]) return 0; break; case OP_EXACTI: scode += IMM2_SIZE; /* Fall through */ case OP_CHARI: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_POSPLUSI: if (!inassert) return 0; if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = REQ_CASELESS; } else if (c != scode[1]) return 0; break; } code += GET(code, 1); } while (*code == OP_ALT); *flags = cflags; return c; } /************************************************* * Add an entry to the name/number table * *************************************************/ /* This function is called between compiling passes to add an entry to the name/number table, maintaining alphabetical order. Checking for permitted and forbidden duplicates has already been done. Arguments: cd the compile data block name the name to add length the length of the name groupno the group number Returns: nothing */ static void add_name(compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int length, unsigned int groupno) { int i; pcre_uchar *slot = cd->name_table; for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) { int crc = memcmp(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, IN_UCHARS(length)); if (crc == 0 && slot[IMM2_SIZE+length] != 0) crc = -1; /* Current name is a substring */ /* Make space in the table and break the loop for an earlier name. For a duplicate or later name, carry on. We do this for duplicates so that in the simple case (when ?(| is not used) they are in order of their numbers. In all cases they are in the order in which they appear in the pattern. */ if (crc < 0) { memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot, IN_UCHARS((cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size)); break; } /* Continue the loop for a later or duplicate name */ slot += cd->name_entry_size; } PUT2(slot, 0, groupno); memcpy(slot + IMM2_SIZE, name, IN_UCHARS(length)); slot[IMM2_SIZE + length] = 0; cd->names_found++; } /************************************************* * Compile a Regular Expression * *************************************************/ /* This function takes a string and returns a pointer to a block of store holding a compiled version of the expression. The original API for this function had no error code return variable; it is retained for backwards compatibility. The new function is given a new name. Arguments: pattern the regular expression options various option bits errorcodeptr pointer to error code variable (pcre_compile2() only) can be NULL if you don't want a code value errorptr pointer to pointer to error text erroroffset ptr offset in pattern where error was detected tables pointer to character tables or NULL Returns: pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error, with errorptr and erroroffset set */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_compile(const char *pattern, int options, const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_compile(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_compile(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) #endif { #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 return pcre_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 return pcre16_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 return pcre32_compile2(pattern, options, NULL, errorptr, erroroffset, tables); #endif } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_compile2(const char *pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr, const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_compile2(PCRE_SPTR16 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr, const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32 * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_compile2(PCRE_SPTR32 pattern, int options, int *errorcodeptr, const char **errorptr, int *erroroffset, const unsigned char *tables) #endif { REAL_PCRE *re; int length = 1; /* For final END opcode */ pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags; pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar; pcre_uint32 limit_match = PCRE_UINT32_MAX; pcre_uint32 limit_recursion = PCRE_UINT32_MAX; int newline; int errorcode = 0; int skipatstart = 0; BOOL utf; BOOL never_utf = FALSE; size_t size; pcre_uchar *code; const pcre_uchar *codestart; const pcre_uchar *ptr; compile_data compile_block; compile_data *cd = &compile_block; /* This space is used for "compiling" into during the first phase, when we are computing the amount of memory that is needed. Compiled items are thrown away as soon as possible, so that a fairly large buffer should be sufficient for this purpose. The same space is used in the second phase for remembering where to fill in forward references to subpatterns. That may overflow, in which case new memory is obtained from malloc(). */ pcre_uchar cworkspace[COMPILE_WORK_SIZE]; /* This vector is used for remembering name groups during the pre-compile. In a similar way to cworkspace, it can be expanded using malloc() if necessary. */ named_group named_groups[NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE]; /* Set this early so that early errors get offset 0. */ ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern; /* We can't pass back an error message if errorptr is NULL; I guess the best we can do is just return NULL, but we can set a code value if there is a code pointer. */ if (errorptr == NULL) { if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = 99; return NULL; } *errorptr = NULL; if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR0; /* However, we can give a message for this error */ if (erroroffset == NULL) { errorcode = ERR16; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2; } *erroroffset = 0; /* Set up pointers to the individual character tables */ if (tables == NULL) tables = PRIV(default_tables); cd->lcc = tables + lcc_offset; cd->fcc = tables + fcc_offset; cd->cbits = tables + cbits_offset; cd->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset; /* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero */ if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0) { errorcode = ERR17; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; } /* If PCRE_NEVER_UTF is set, remember it. */ if ((options & PCRE_NEVER_UTF) != 0) never_utf = TRUE; /* Check for global one-time settings at the start of the pattern, and remember the offset for later. */ cd->external_flags = 0; /* Initialize here for LIMIT_MATCH/RECURSION */ while (ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS && ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK) { int newnl = 0; int newbsr = 0; /* For completeness and backward compatibility, (*UTFn) is supported in the relevant libraries, but (*UTF) is generic and always supported. Note that PCRE_UTF8 == PCRE_UTF16 == PCRE_UTF32. */ #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0) { skipatstart += 7; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; } #endif #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16 if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF16_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0) { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF16; continue; } #endif #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF32_RIGHTPAR, 6) == 0) { skipatstart += 8; options |= PCRE_UTF32; continue; } #endif else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0) { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UTF8; continue; } else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0) { skipatstart += 6; options |= PCRE_UCP; continue; } else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_AUTO_POSSESS_RIGHTPAR, 16) == 0) { skipatstart += 18; options |= PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS; continue; } else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR, 13) == 0) { skipatstart += 15; options |= PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE; continue; } else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LIMIT_MATCH_EQ, 12) == 0) { pcre_uint32 c = 0; int p = skipatstart + 14; while (isdigit(ptr[p])) { if (c > PCRE_UINT32_MAX / 10 - 1) break; /* Integer overflow */ c = c*10 + ptr[p++] - CHAR_0; } if (ptr[p++] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break; if (c < limit_match) { limit_match = c; cd->external_flags |= PCRE_MLSET; } skipatstart = p; continue; } else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LIMIT_RECURSION_EQ, 16) == 0) { pcre_uint32 c = 0; int p = skipatstart + 18; while (isdigit(ptr[p])) { if (c > PCRE_UINT32_MAX / 10 - 1) break; /* Integer overflow check */ c = c*10 + ptr[p++] - CHAR_0; } if (ptr[p++] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break; if (c < limit_recursion) { limit_recursion = c; cd->external_flags |= PCRE_RLSET; } skipatstart = p; continue; } if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0) { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR; } else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR, 3) == 0) { skipatstart += 5; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; } else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR, 5) == 0) { skipatstart += 7; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_CR + PCRE_NEWLINE_LF; } else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR, 4) == 0) { skipatstart += 6; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY; } else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 8) == 0) { skipatstart += 10; newnl = PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF; } else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0) { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; } else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr+skipatstart+2, STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR, 12) == 0) { skipatstart += 14; newbsr = PCRE_BSR_UNICODE; } if (newnl != 0) options = (options & ~PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) | newnl; else if (newbsr != 0) options = (options & ~(PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) | newbsr; else break; } /* PCRE_UTF(16|32) have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; if (utf && never_utf) { errorcode = ERR78; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2; } /* Can't support UTF unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. The return of an error code from PRIV(valid_utf)() is a new feature, introduced in release 8.13. It is passed back from pcre_[dfa_]exec(), but at the moment is not used here. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0 && (errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern, -1, erroroffset)) != 0) { #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 errorcode = ERR44; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 errorcode = ERR74; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 errorcode = ERR77; #endif goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2; } #else if (utf) { errorcode = ERR32; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; } #endif /* Can't support UCP unless PCRE has been compiled to include the code. */ #ifndef SUPPORT_UCP if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0) { errorcode = ERR67; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; } #endif /* Check validity of \R options. */ if ((options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) == (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) { errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; } /* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give seven cases. The current code allows for fixed one- or two-byte sequences, plus "any" and "anycrlf". */ switch (options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) { case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Build-time default */ case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+ PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break; default: errorcode = ERR56; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; } if (newline == -2) { cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF; } else if (newline < 0) { cd->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY; } else { cd->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED; if (newline > 255) { cd->nllen = 2; cd->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255; cd->nl[1] = newline & 255; } else { cd->nllen = 1; cd->nl[0] = newline; } } /* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not. */ cd->top_backref = 0; cd->backref_map = 0; /* Reflect pattern for debugging output */ DPRINTF(("------------------------------------------------------------------\n")); #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG print_puchar(stdout, (PCRE_PUCHAR)pattern); #endif DPRINTF(("\n")); /* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the length of memory required. This behaviour is triggered by passing a non-NULL final argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of workspace (cworkspace) for it to compile parts of the pattern into; the compiled code is discarded when it is no longer needed, so hopefully this workspace will never overflow, though there is a test for its doing so. */ cd->bracount = cd->final_bracount = 0; cd->names_found = 0; cd->name_entry_size = 0; cd->name_table = NULL; cd->dupnames = FALSE; cd->dupgroups = FALSE; cd->namedrefcount = 0; cd->start_code = cworkspace; cd->hwm = cworkspace; cd->iscondassert = FALSE; cd->start_workspace = cworkspace; cd->workspace_size = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE; cd->named_groups = named_groups; cd->named_group_list_size = NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE; cd->start_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern; cd->end_pattern = (const pcre_uchar *)(pattern + STRLEN_UC((const pcre_uchar *)pattern)); cd->req_varyopt = 0; cd->parens_depth = 0; cd->assert_depth = 0; cd->max_lookbehind = 0; cd->external_options = options; cd->open_caps = NULL; /* Now do the pre-compile. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result of the function here. The initial options have been put into the cd block so that they can be changed if an option setting is found within the regex right at the beginning. Bringing initial option settings outside can help speed up starting point checks. */ ptr += skipatstart; code = cworkspace; *code = OP_BRA; (void)compile_regex(cd->external_options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 0, &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL, cd, &length); if (errorcode != 0) goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; DPRINTF(("end pre-compile: length=%d workspace=%d\n", length, (int)(cd->hwm - cworkspace))); if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE) { errorcode = ERR20; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; } /* Compute the size of the data block for storing the compiled pattern. Integer overflow should no longer be possible because nowadays we limit the maximum value of cd->names_found and cd->name_entry_size. */ size = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) + (length + cd->names_found * cd->name_entry_size) * sizeof(pcre_uchar); /* Get the memory. */ re = (REAL_PCRE *)(PUBL(malloc))(size); if (re == NULL) { errorcode = ERR21; goto PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN; } /* Put in the magic number, and save the sizes, initial options, internal flags, and character table pointer. NULL is used for the default character tables. The nullpad field is at the end; it's there to help in the case when a regex compiled on a system with 4-byte pointers is run on another with 8-byte pointers. */ re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER; re->size = (int)size; re->options = cd->external_options; re->flags = cd->external_flags; re->limit_match = limit_match; re->limit_recursion = limit_recursion; re->first_char = 0; re->req_char = 0; re->name_table_offset = sizeof(REAL_PCRE) / sizeof(pcre_uchar); re->name_entry_size = cd->name_entry_size; re->name_count = cd->names_found; re->ref_count = 0; re->tables = (tables == PRIV(default_tables))? NULL : tables; re->nullpad = NULL; #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 re->dummy = 0; #else re->dummy1 = re->dummy2 = re->dummy3 = 0; #endif /* The starting points of the name/number translation table and of the code are passed around in the compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial options are already set from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size field. Reset the bracket count and the names_found field. Also reset the hwm field; this time it's used for remembering forward references to subpatterns. */ cd->final_bracount = cd->bracount; /* Save for checking forward references */ cd->parens_depth = 0; cd->assert_depth = 0; cd->bracount = 0; cd->max_lookbehind = 0; cd->name_table = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset; codestart = cd->name_table + re->name_entry_size * re->name_count; cd->start_code = codestart; cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)(cd->start_workspace); cd->iscondassert = FALSE; cd->req_varyopt = 0; cd->had_accept = FALSE; cd->had_pruneorskip = FALSE; cd->check_lookbehind = FALSE; cd->open_caps = NULL; /* If any named groups were found, create the name/number table from the list created in the first pass. */ if (cd->names_found > 0) { int i = cd->names_found; named_group *ng = cd->named_groups; cd->names_found = 0; for (; i > 0; i--, ng++) add_name(cd, ng->name, ng->length, ng->number); if (cd->named_group_list_size > NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE) (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->named_groups); } /* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result of the function here. */ ptr = (const pcre_uchar *)pattern + skipatstart; code = (pcre_uchar *)codestart; *code = OP_BRA; (void)compile_regex(re->options, &code, &ptr, &errorcode, FALSE, FALSE, 0, 0, &firstchar, &firstcharflags, &reqchar, &reqcharflags, NULL, cd, NULL); re->top_bracket = cd->bracount; re->top_backref = cd->top_backref; re->max_lookbehind = cd->max_lookbehind; re->flags = cd->external_flags | PCRE_MODE; if (cd->had_accept) { reqchar = 0; /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */ reqcharflags = REQ_NONE; } /* If not reached end of pattern on success, there's an excess bracket. */ if (errorcode == 0 && *ptr != CHAR_NULL) errorcode = ERR22; /* Fill in the terminating state and check for disastrous overflow, but if debugging, leave the test till after things are printed out. */ *code++ = OP_END; #ifndef PCRE_DEBUG if (code - codestart > length) errorcode = ERR23; #endif #ifdef SUPPORT_VALGRIND /* If the estimated length exceeds the really used length, mark the extra allocated memory as unaddressable, so that any out-of-bound reads can be detected. */ VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(code, (length - (code - codestart)) * sizeof(pcre_uchar)); #endif /* Fill in any forward references that are required. There may be repeated references; optimize for them, as searching a large regex takes time. */ if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace) { int prev_recno = -1; const pcre_uchar *groupptr = NULL; while (errorcode == 0 && cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace) { int offset, recno; cd->hwm -= LINK_SIZE; offset = GET(cd->hwm, 0); /* Check that the hwm handling hasn't gone wrong. This whole area is rewritten in PCRE2 because there are some obscure cases. */ if (offset == 0 || codestart[offset-1] != OP_RECURSE) { errorcode = ERR10; break; } recno = GET(codestart, offset); if (recno != prev_recno) { groupptr = PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, recno); prev_recno = recno; } if (groupptr == NULL) errorcode = ERR53; else PUT(((pcre_uchar *)codestart), offset, (int)(groupptr - codestart)); } } /* If the workspace had to be expanded, free the new memory. Set the pointer to NULL to indicate that forward references have been filled in. */ if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace); cd->start_workspace = NULL; /* Give an error if there's back reference to a non-existent capturing subpattern. */ if (errorcode == 0 && re->top_backref > re->top_bracket) errorcode = ERR15; /* Unless disabled, check whether any single character iterators can be auto-possessified. The function overwrites the appropriate opcode values, so the type of the pointer must be cast. NOTE: the intermediate variable "temp" is used in this code because at least one compiler gives a warning about loss of "const" attribute if the cast (pcre_uchar *)codestart is used directly in the function call. */ if (errorcode == 0 && (options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS) == 0) { pcre_uchar *temp = (pcre_uchar *)codestart; auto_possessify(temp, utf, cd); } /* If there were any lookbehind assertions that contained OP_RECURSE (recursions or subroutine calls), a flag is set for them to be checked here, because they may contain forward references. Actual recursions cannot be fixed length, but subroutine calls can. It is done like this so that those without OP_RECURSE that are not fixed length get a diagnosic with a useful offset. The exceptional ones forgo this. We scan the pattern to check that they are fixed length, and set their lengths. */ if (errorcode == 0 && cd->check_lookbehind) { pcre_uchar *cc = (pcre_uchar *)codestart; /* Loop, searching for OP_REVERSE items, and process those that do not have their length set. (Actually, it will also re-process any that have a length of zero, but that is a pathological case, and it does no harm.) When we find one, we temporarily terminate the branch it is in while we scan it. */ for (cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(codestart, utf, -1); cc != NULL; cc = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(cc, utf, -1)) { if (GET(cc, 1) == 0) { int fixed_length; pcre_uchar *be = cc - 1 - LINK_SIZE + GET(cc, -LINK_SIZE); int end_op = *be; *be = OP_END; fixed_length = find_fixedlength(cc, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, TRUE, cd, NULL); *be = end_op; DPRINTF(("fixed length = %d\n", fixed_length)); if (fixed_length < 0) { errorcode = (fixed_length == -2)? ERR36 : (fixed_length == -4)? ERR70 : ERR25; break; } if (fixed_length > cd->max_lookbehind) cd->max_lookbehind = fixed_length; PUT(cc, 1, fixed_length); } cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; } } /* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing */ if (errorcode != 0) { (PUBL(free))(re); PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN: *erroroffset = (int)(ptr - (const pcre_uchar *)pattern); PCRE_EARLY_ERROR_RETURN2: *errorptr = find_error_text(errorcode); if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = errorcode; return NULL; } /* If the anchored option was not passed, set the flag if we can determine that the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A or anything else, such as starting with non-atomic .* when DOTALL is set and there are no occurrences of *PRUNE or *SKIP. Otherwise, if we know what the first byte has to be, save it, because that speeds up unanchored matches no end. If not, see if we can set the PCRE_STARTLINE flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches start with ^. and also when all branches start with non-atomic .* for non-DOTALL matches when *PRUNE and SKIP are not present. */ if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0) { if (is_anchored(codestart, 0, cd, 0)) re->options |= PCRE_ANCHORED; else { if (firstcharflags < 0) firstchar = find_firstassertedchar(codestart, &firstcharflags, FALSE); if (firstcharflags >= 0) /* Remove caseless flag for non-caseable chars */ { #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 re->first_char = firstchar & 0xff; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 re->first_char = firstchar & 0xffff; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 re->first_char = firstchar; #endif if ((firstcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0) { #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */ if (utf) { if (re->first_char < 128) { if (cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char) re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS; } else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->first_char) != re->first_char) re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS; } else #endif if (MAX_255(re->first_char) && cd->fcc[re->first_char] != re->first_char) re->flags |= PCRE_FCH_CASELESS; } re->flags |= PCRE_FIRSTSET; } else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, cd, 0, FALSE)) re->flags |= PCRE_STARTLINE; } } /* For an anchored pattern, we use the "required byte" only if it follows a variable length item in the regex. Remove the caseless flag for non-caseable bytes. */ if (reqcharflags >= 0 && ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 || (reqcharflags & REQ_VARY) != 0)) { #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 re->req_char = reqchar & 0xff; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 re->req_char = reqchar & 0xffff; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 re->req_char = reqchar; #endif if ((reqcharflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0) { #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) /* We ignore non-ASCII first chars in 8 bit mode. */ if (utf) { if (re->req_char < 128) { if (cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char) re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS; } else if (UCD_OTHERCASE(re->req_char) != re->req_char) re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS; } else #endif if (MAX_255(re->req_char) && cd->fcc[re->req_char] != re->req_char) re->flags |= PCRE_RCH_CASELESS; } re->flags |= PCRE_REQCHSET; } /* Print out the compiled data if debugging is enabled. This is never the case when building a production library. */ #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG printf("Length = %d top_bracket = %d top_backref = %d\n", length, re->top_bracket, re->top_backref); printf("Options=%08x\n", re->options); if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0) { pcre_uchar ch = re->first_char; const char *caseless = ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)"; if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("First char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless); else printf("First char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless); } if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0) { pcre_uchar ch = re->req_char; const char *caseless = ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) == 0)? "" : " (caseless)"; if (PRINTABLE(ch)) printf("Req char = %c%s\n", ch, caseless); else printf("Req char = \\x%02x%s\n", ch, caseless); } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 pcre_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 pcre16_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 pcre32_printint((pcre *)re, stdout, TRUE); #endif /* This check is done here in the debugging case so that the code that was compiled can be seen. */ if (code - codestart > length) { (PUBL(free))(re); *errorptr = find_error_text(ERR23); *erroroffset = ptr - (pcre_uchar *)pattern; if (errorcodeptr != NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR23; return NULL; } #endif /* PCRE_DEBUG */ /* Check for a pattern than can match an empty string, so that this information can be provided to applications. */ do { if (could_be_empty_branch(codestart, code, utf, cd, NULL)) { re->flags |= PCRE_MATCH_EMPTY; break; } codestart += GET(codestart, 1); } while (*codestart == OP_ALT); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 return (pcre *)re; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 return (pcre16 *)re; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 return (pcre32 *)re; #endif } /* End of pcre_compile.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_config.c000066400000000000000000000115671335323540100166770ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains the external function pcre_config(). */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif /* Keep the original link size. */ static int real_link_size = LINK_SIZE; #include "pcre_internal.h" /************************************************* * Return info about what features are configured * *************************************************/ /* This function has an extensible interface so that additional items can be added compatibly. Arguments: what what information is required where where to put the information Returns: 0 if data returned, negative on error */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_config(int what, void *where) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_config(int what, void *where) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_config(int what, void *where) #endif { switch (what) { case PCRE_CONFIG_UTF8: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 *((int *)where) = 0; return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION; #else #if defined SUPPORT_UTF *((int *)where) = 1; #else *((int *)where) = 0; #endif break; #endif case PCRE_CONFIG_UTF16: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 *((int *)where) = 0; return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION; #else #if defined SUPPORT_UTF *((int *)where) = 1; #else *((int *)where) = 0; #endif break; #endif case PCRE_CONFIG_UTF32: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 *((int *)where) = 0; return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION; #else #if defined SUPPORT_UTF *((int *)where) = 1; #else *((int *)where) = 0; #endif break; #endif case PCRE_CONFIG_UNICODE_PROPERTIES: #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP *((int *)where) = 1; #else *((int *)where) = 0; #endif break; case PCRE_CONFIG_JIT: #ifdef SUPPORT_JIT *((int *)where) = 1; #else *((int *)where) = 0; #endif break; case PCRE_CONFIG_JITTARGET: #ifdef SUPPORT_JIT *((const char **)where) = PRIV(jit_get_target)(); #else *((const char **)where) = NULL; #endif break; case PCRE_CONFIG_NEWLINE: *((int *)where) = NEWLINE; break; case PCRE_CONFIG_BSR: #ifdef BSR_ANYCRLF *((int *)where) = 1; #else *((int *)where) = 0; #endif break; case PCRE_CONFIG_LINK_SIZE: *((int *)where) = real_link_size; break; case PCRE_CONFIG_POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD: *((int *)where) = POSIX_MALLOC_THRESHOLD; break; case PCRE_CONFIG_PARENS_LIMIT: *((unsigned long int *)where) = PARENS_NEST_LIMIT; break; case PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT: *((unsigned long int *)where) = MATCH_LIMIT; break; case PCRE_CONFIG_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION: *((unsigned long int *)where) = MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION; break; case PCRE_CONFIG_STACKRECURSE: #ifdef NO_RECURSE *((int *)where) = 0; #else *((int *)where) = 1; #endif break; default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION; } return 0; } /* End of pcre_config.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_dfa_exec.c000066400000000000000000003674601335323540100171760ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language (but see below for why this module is different). Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2017 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains the external function pcre_dfa_exec(), which is an alternative matching function that uses a sort of DFA algorithm (not a true FSM). This is NOT Perl-compatible, but it has advantages in certain applications. */ /* NOTE ABOUT PERFORMANCE: A user of this function sent some code that improved the performance of his patterns greatly. I could not use it as it stood, as it was not thread safe, and made assumptions about pattern sizes. Also, it caused test 7 to loop, and test 9 to crash with a segfault. The issue is the check for duplicate states, which is done by a simple linear search up the state list. (Grep for "duplicate" below to find the code.) For many patterns, there will never be many states active at one time, so a simple linear search is fine. In patterns that have many active states, it might be a bottleneck. The suggested code used an indexing scheme to remember which states had previously been used for each character, and avoided the linear search when it knew there was no chance of a duplicate. This was implemented when adding states to the state lists. I wrote some thread-safe, not-limited code to try something similar at the time of checking for duplicates (instead of when adding states), using index vectors on the stack. It did give a 13% improvement with one specially constructed pattern for certain subject strings, but on other strings and on many of the simpler patterns in the test suite it did worse. The major problem, I think, was the extra time to initialize the index. This had to be done for each call of internal_dfa_exec(). (The supplied patch used a static vector, initialized only once - I suspect this was the cause of the problems with the tests.) Overall, I concluded that the gains in some cases did not outweigh the losses in others, so I abandoned this code. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #define NLBLOCK md /* Block containing newline information */ #define PSSTART start_subject /* Field containing processed string start */ #define PSEND end_subject /* Field containing processed string end */ #include "pcre_internal.h" /* For use to indent debugging output */ #define SP " " /************************************************* * Code parameters and static tables * *************************************************/ /* These are offsets that are used to turn the OP_TYPESTAR and friends opcodes into others, under special conditions. A gap of 20 between the blocks should be enough. The resulting opcodes don't have to be less than 256 because they are never stored, so we push them well clear of the normal opcodes. */ #define OP_PROP_EXTRA 300 #define OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA 320 #define OP_ANYNL_EXTRA 340 #define OP_HSPACE_EXTRA 360 #define OP_VSPACE_EXTRA 380 /* This table identifies those opcodes that are followed immediately by a character that is to be tested in some way. This makes it possible to centralize the loading of these characters. In the case of Type * etc, the "character" is the opcode for \D, \d, \S, \s, \W, or \w, which will always be a small value. Non-zero values in the table are the offsets from the opcode where the character is to be found. ***NOTE*** If the start of this table is modified, the three tables that follow must also be modified. */ static const pcre_uint8 coptable[] = { 0, /* End */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* \A, \G, \K, \B, \b */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* \D, \d, \S, \s, \W, \w */ 0, 0, 0, /* Any, AllAny, Anybyte */ 0, 0, /* \P, \p */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* \R, \H, \h, \V, \v */ 0, /* \X */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* \Z, \z, $, $M, ^, ^M */ 1, /* Char */ 1, /* Chari */ 1, /* not */ 1, /* noti */ /* Positive single-char repeats */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* upto, minupto */ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* exact */ 1, 1, 1, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *I, *?I, +I, +?I, ?I, ??I */ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* upto I, minupto I */ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* exact I */ 1, 1, 1, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* *+I, ++I, ?+I, upto+I */ /* Negative single-char repeats - only for chars < 256 */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* NOT *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT upto, minupto */ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT exact */ 1, 1, 1, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* NOT *I, *?I, +I, +?I, ?I, ??I */ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT upto I, minupto I */ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT exact I */ 1, 1, 1, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT *+I, ++I, ?+I, upto+I */ /* Positive type repeats */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Type *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* Type upto, minupto */ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* Type exact */ 1, 1, 1, 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* Type *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */ /* Character class & ref repeats */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ 0, 0, /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Possessive *+, ++, ?+, CRPOSRANGE */ 0, /* CLASS */ 0, /* NCLASS */ 0, /* XCLASS - variable length */ 0, /* REF */ 0, /* REFI */ 0, /* DNREF */ 0, /* DNREFI */ 0, /* RECURSE */ 0, /* CALLOUT */ 0, /* Alt */ 0, /* Ket */ 0, /* KetRmax */ 0, /* KetRmin */ 0, /* KetRpos */ 0, /* Reverse */ 0, /* Assert */ 0, /* Assert not */ 0, /* Assert behind */ 0, /* Assert behind not */ 0, 0, /* ONCE, ONCE_NC */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* BRA, BRAPOS, CBRA, CBRAPOS, COND */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* SBRA, SBRAPOS, SCBRA, SCBRAPOS, SCOND */ 0, 0, /* CREF, DNCREF */ 0, 0, /* RREF, DNRREF */ 0, /* DEF */ 0, 0, 0, /* BRAZERO, BRAMINZERO, BRAPOSZERO */ 0, 0, 0, /* MARK, PRUNE, PRUNE_ARG */ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* SKIP, SKIP_ARG, THEN, THEN_ARG */ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* COMMIT, FAIL, ACCEPT, ASSERT_ACCEPT */ 0, 0 /* CLOSE, SKIPZERO */ }; /* This table identifies those opcodes that inspect a character. It is used to remember the fact that a character could have been inspected when the end of the subject is reached. ***NOTE*** If the start of this table is modified, the two tables that follow must also be modified. */ static const pcre_uint8 poptable[] = { 0, /* End */ 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, /* \A, \G, \K, \B, \b */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* \D, \d, \S, \s, \W, \w */ 1, 1, 1, /* Any, AllAny, Anybyte */ 1, 1, /* \P, \p */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* \R, \H, \h, \V, \v */ 1, /* \X */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* \Z, \z, $, $M, ^, ^M */ 1, /* Char */ 1, /* Chari */ 1, /* not */ 1, /* noti */ /* Positive single-char repeats */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ 1, 1, 1, /* upto, minupto, exact */ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *I, *?I, +I, +?I, ?I, ??I */ 1, 1, 1, /* upto I, minupto I, exact I */ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *+I, ++I, ?+I, upto+I */ /* Negative single-char repeats - only for chars < 256 */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* NOT *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ 1, 1, 1, /* NOT upto, minupto, exact */ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* NOT *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* NOT *I, *?I, +I, +?I, ?I, ??I */ 1, 1, 1, /* NOT upto I, minupto I, exact I */ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* NOT *+I, ++I, ?+I, upto+I */ /* Positive type repeats */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Type *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ 1, 1, 1, /* Type upto, minupto, exact */ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Type *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */ /* Character class & ref repeats */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ 1, 1, /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Possessive *+, ++, ?+, CRPOSRANGE */ 1, /* CLASS */ 1, /* NCLASS */ 1, /* XCLASS - variable length */ 0, /* REF */ 0, /* REFI */ 0, /* DNREF */ 0, /* DNREFI */ 0, /* RECURSE */ 0, /* CALLOUT */ 0, /* Alt */ 0, /* Ket */ 0, /* KetRmax */ 0, /* KetRmin */ 0, /* KetRpos */ 0, /* Reverse */ 0, /* Assert */ 0, /* Assert not */ 0, /* Assert behind */ 0, /* Assert behind not */ 0, 0, /* ONCE, ONCE_NC */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* BRA, BRAPOS, CBRA, CBRAPOS, COND */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* SBRA, SBRAPOS, SCBRA, SCBRAPOS, SCOND */ 0, 0, /* CREF, DNCREF */ 0, 0, /* RREF, DNRREF */ 0, /* DEF */ 0, 0, 0, /* BRAZERO, BRAMINZERO, BRAPOSZERO */ 0, 0, 0, /* MARK, PRUNE, PRUNE_ARG */ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* SKIP, SKIP_ARG, THEN, THEN_ARG */ 0, 0, 0, 0, /* COMMIT, FAIL, ACCEPT, ASSERT_ACCEPT */ 0, 0 /* CLOSE, SKIPZERO */ }; /* These 2 tables allow for compact code for testing for \D, \d, \S, \s, \W, and \w */ static const pcre_uint8 toptable1[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ctype_digit, ctype_digit, ctype_space, ctype_space, ctype_word, ctype_word, 0, 0 /* OP_ANY, OP_ALLANY */ }; static const pcre_uint8 toptable2[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ctype_digit, 0, ctype_space, 0, ctype_word, 0, 1, 1 /* OP_ANY, OP_ALLANY */ }; /* Structure for holding data about a particular state, which is in effect the current data for an active path through the match tree. It must consist entirely of ints because the working vector we are passed, and which we put these structures in, is a vector of ints. */ typedef struct stateblock { int offset; /* Offset to opcode */ int count; /* Count for repeats */ int data; /* Some use extra data */ } stateblock; #define INTS_PER_STATEBLOCK (int)(sizeof(stateblock)/sizeof(int)) #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG /************************************************* * Print character string * *************************************************/ /* Character string printing function for debugging. Arguments: p points to string length number of bytes f where to print Returns: nothing */ static void pchars(const pcre_uchar *p, int length, FILE *f) { pcre_uint32 c; while (length-- > 0) { if (isprint(c = *(p++))) fprintf(f, "%c", c); else fprintf(f, "\\x{%02x}", c); } } #endif /************************************************* * Execute a Regular Expression - DFA engine * *************************************************/ /* This internal function applies a compiled pattern to a subject string, starting at a given point, using a DFA engine. This function is called from the external one, possibly multiple times if the pattern is not anchored. The function calls itself recursively for some kinds of subpattern. Arguments: md the match_data block with fixed information this_start_code the opening bracket of this subexpression's code current_subject where we currently are in the subject string start_offset start offset in the subject string offsets vector to contain the matching string offsets offsetcount size of same workspace vector of workspace wscount size of same rlevel function call recursion level Returns: > 0 => number of match offset pairs placed in offsets = 0 => offsets overflowed; longest matches are present -1 => failed to match < -1 => some kind of unexpected problem The following macros are used for adding states to the two state vectors (one for the current character, one for the following character). */ #define ADD_ACTIVE(x,y) \ if (active_count++ < wscount) \ { \ next_active_state->offset = (x); \ next_active_state->count = (y); \ next_active_state++; \ DPRINTF(("%.*sADD_ACTIVE(%d,%d)\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, (x), (y))); \ } \ else return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE #define ADD_ACTIVE_DATA(x,y,z) \ if (active_count++ < wscount) \ { \ next_active_state->offset = (x); \ next_active_state->count = (y); \ next_active_state->data = (z); \ next_active_state++; \ DPRINTF(("%.*sADD_ACTIVE_DATA(%d,%d,%d)\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, (x), (y), (z))); \ } \ else return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE #define ADD_NEW(x,y) \ if (new_count++ < wscount) \ { \ next_new_state->offset = (x); \ next_new_state->count = (y); \ next_new_state++; \ DPRINTF(("%.*sADD_NEW(%d,%d)\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, (x), (y))); \ } \ else return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE #define ADD_NEW_DATA(x,y,z) \ if (new_count++ < wscount) \ { \ next_new_state->offset = (x); \ next_new_state->count = (y); \ next_new_state->data = (z); \ next_new_state++; \ DPRINTF(("%.*sADD_NEW_DATA(%d,%d,%d) line %d\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, \ (x), (y), (z), __LINE__)); \ } \ else return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE /* And now, here is the code */ static int internal_dfa_exec( dfa_match_data *md, const pcre_uchar *this_start_code, const pcre_uchar *current_subject, int start_offset, int *offsets, int offsetcount, int *workspace, int wscount, int rlevel) { stateblock *active_states, *new_states, *temp_states; stateblock *next_active_state, *next_new_state; const pcre_uint8 *ctypes, *lcc, *fcc; const pcre_uchar *ptr; const pcre_uchar *end_code, *first_op; dfa_recursion_info new_recursive; int active_count, new_count, match_count; /* Some fields in the md block are frequently referenced, so we load them into independent variables in the hope that this will perform better. */ const pcre_uchar *start_subject = md->start_subject; const pcre_uchar *end_subject = md->end_subject; const pcre_uchar *start_code = md->start_code; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF BOOL utf = (md->poptions & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; #else BOOL utf = FALSE; #endif BOOL reset_could_continue = FALSE; rlevel++; offsetcount &= (-2); wscount -= 2; wscount = (wscount - (wscount % (INTS_PER_STATEBLOCK * 2))) / (2 * INTS_PER_STATEBLOCK); DPRINTF(("\n%.*s---------------------\n" "%.*sCall to internal_dfa_exec f=%d\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, rlevel*2-2, SP, rlevel)); ctypes = md->tables + ctypes_offset; lcc = md->tables + lcc_offset; fcc = md->tables + fcc_offset; match_count = PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH; /* A negative number */ active_states = (stateblock *)(workspace + 2); next_new_state = new_states = active_states + wscount; new_count = 0; first_op = this_start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE + ((*this_start_code == OP_CBRA || *this_start_code == OP_SCBRA || *this_start_code == OP_CBRAPOS || *this_start_code == OP_SCBRAPOS) ? IMM2_SIZE:0); /* The first thing in any (sub) pattern is a bracket of some sort. Push all the alternative states onto the list, and find out where the end is. This makes is possible to use this function recursively, when we want to stop at a matching internal ket rather than at the end. If the first opcode in the first alternative is OP_REVERSE, we are dealing with a backward assertion. In that case, we have to find out the maximum amount to move back, and set up each alternative appropriately. */ if (*first_op == OP_REVERSE) { int max_back = 0; int gone_back; end_code = this_start_code; do { int back = GET(end_code, 2+LINK_SIZE); if (back > max_back) max_back = back; end_code += GET(end_code, 1); } while (*end_code == OP_ALT); /* If we can't go back the amount required for the longest lookbehind pattern, go back as far as we can; some alternatives may still be viable. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF /* In character mode we have to step back character by character */ if (utf) { for (gone_back = 0; gone_back < max_back; gone_back++) { if (current_subject <= start_subject) break; current_subject--; ACROSSCHAR(current_subject > start_subject, *current_subject, current_subject--); } } else #endif /* In byte-mode we can do this quickly. */ { gone_back = (current_subject - max_back < start_subject)? (int)(current_subject - start_subject) : max_back; current_subject -= gone_back; } /* Save the earliest consulted character */ if (current_subject < md->start_used_ptr) md->start_used_ptr = current_subject; /* Now we can process the individual branches. */ end_code = this_start_code; do { int back = GET(end_code, 2+LINK_SIZE); if (back <= gone_back) { int bstate = (int)(end_code - start_code + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); ADD_NEW_DATA(-bstate, 0, gone_back - back); } end_code += GET(end_code, 1); } while (*end_code == OP_ALT); } /* This is the code for a "normal" subpattern (not a backward assertion). The start of a whole pattern is always one of these. If we are at the top level, we may be asked to restart matching from the same point that we reached for a previous partial match. We still have to scan through the top-level branches to find the end state. */ else { end_code = this_start_code; /* Restarting */ if (rlevel == 1 && (md->moptions & PCRE_DFA_RESTART) != 0) { do { end_code += GET(end_code, 1); } while (*end_code == OP_ALT); new_count = workspace[1]; if (!workspace[0]) memcpy(new_states, active_states, new_count * sizeof(stateblock)); } /* Not restarting */ else { int length = 1 + LINK_SIZE + ((*this_start_code == OP_CBRA || *this_start_code == OP_SCBRA || *this_start_code == OP_CBRAPOS || *this_start_code == OP_SCBRAPOS) ? IMM2_SIZE:0); do { ADD_NEW((int)(end_code - start_code + length), 0); end_code += GET(end_code, 1); length = 1 + LINK_SIZE; } while (*end_code == OP_ALT); } } workspace[0] = 0; /* Bit indicating which vector is current */ DPRINTF(("%.*sEnd state = %d\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, (int)(end_code - start_code))); /* Loop for scanning the subject */ ptr = current_subject; for (;;) { int i, j; int clen, dlen; pcre_uint32 c, d; int forced_fail = 0; BOOL partial_newline = FALSE; BOOL could_continue = reset_could_continue; reset_could_continue = FALSE; /* Make the new state list into the active state list and empty the new state list. */ temp_states = active_states; active_states = new_states; new_states = temp_states; active_count = new_count; new_count = 0; workspace[0] ^= 1; /* Remember for the restarting feature */ workspace[1] = active_count; #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG printf("%.*sNext character: rest of subject = \"", rlevel*2-2, SP); pchars(ptr, STRLEN_UC(ptr), stdout); printf("\"\n"); printf("%.*sActive states: ", rlevel*2-2, SP); for (i = 0; i < active_count; i++) printf("%d/%d ", active_states[i].offset, active_states[i].count); printf("\n"); #endif /* Set the pointers for adding new states */ next_active_state = active_states + active_count; next_new_state = new_states; /* Load the current character from the subject outside the loop, as many different states may want to look at it, and we assume that at least one will. */ if (ptr < end_subject) { clen = 1; /* Number of data items in the character */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF GETCHARLENTEST(c, ptr, clen); #else c = *ptr; #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ } else { clen = 0; /* This indicates the end of the subject */ c = NOTACHAR; /* This value should never actually be used */ } /* Scan up the active states and act on each one. The result of an action may be to add more states to the currently active list (e.g. on hitting a parenthesis) or it may be to put states on the new list, for considering when we move the character pointer on. */ for (i = 0; i < active_count; i++) { stateblock *current_state = active_states + i; BOOL caseless = FALSE; const pcre_uchar *code; int state_offset = current_state->offset; int codevalue, rrc; int count; #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG printf ("%.*sProcessing state %d c=", rlevel*2-2, SP, state_offset); if (clen == 0) printf("EOL\n"); else if (c > 32 && c < 127) printf("'%c'\n", c); else printf("0x%02x\n", c); #endif /* A negative offset is a special case meaning "hold off going to this (negated) state until the number of characters in the data field have been skipped". If the could_continue flag was passed over from a previous state, arrange for it to passed on. */ if (state_offset < 0) { if (current_state->data > 0) { DPRINTF(("%.*sSkipping this character\n", rlevel*2-2, SP)); ADD_NEW_DATA(state_offset, current_state->count, current_state->data - 1); if (could_continue) reset_could_continue = TRUE; continue; } else { current_state->offset = state_offset = -state_offset; } } /* Check for a duplicate state with the same count, and skip if found. See the note at the head of this module about the possibility of improving performance here. */ for (j = 0; j < i; j++) { if (active_states[j].offset == state_offset && active_states[j].count == current_state->count) { DPRINTF(("%.*sDuplicate state: skipped\n", rlevel*2-2, SP)); goto NEXT_ACTIVE_STATE; } } /* The state offset is the offset to the opcode */ code = start_code + state_offset; codevalue = *code; /* If this opcode inspects a character, but we are at the end of the subject, remember the fact for use when testing for a partial match. */ if (clen == 0 && poptable[codevalue] != 0) could_continue = TRUE; /* If this opcode is followed by an inline character, load it. It is tempting to test for the presence of a subject character here, but that is wrong, because sometimes zero repetitions of the subject are permitted. We also use this mechanism for opcodes such as OP_TYPEPLUS that take an argument that is not a data character - but is always one byte long because the values are small. We have to take special action to deal with \P, \p, \H, \h, \V, \v and \X in this case. To keep the other cases fast, convert these ones to new opcodes. */ if (coptable[codevalue] > 0) { dlen = 1; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { GETCHARLEN(d, (code + coptable[codevalue]), dlen); } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ d = code[coptable[codevalue]]; if (codevalue >= OP_TYPESTAR) { switch(d) { case OP_ANYBYTE: return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM; case OP_NOTPROP: case OP_PROP: codevalue += OP_PROP_EXTRA; break; case OP_ANYNL: codevalue += OP_ANYNL_EXTRA; break; case OP_EXTUNI: codevalue += OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA; break; case OP_NOT_HSPACE: case OP_HSPACE: codevalue += OP_HSPACE_EXTRA; break; case OP_NOT_VSPACE: case OP_VSPACE: codevalue += OP_VSPACE_EXTRA; break; default: break; } } } else { dlen = 0; /* Not strictly necessary, but compilers moan */ d = NOTACHAR; /* if these variables are not set. */ } /* Now process the individual opcodes */ switch (codevalue) { /* ========================================================================== */ /* These cases are never obeyed. This is a fudge that causes a compile- time error if the vectors coptable or poptable, which are indexed by opcode, are not the correct length. It seems to be the only way to do such a check at compile time, as the sizeof() operator does not work in the C preprocessor. */ case OP_TABLE_LENGTH: case OP_TABLE_LENGTH + ((sizeof(coptable) == OP_TABLE_LENGTH) && (sizeof(poptable) == OP_TABLE_LENGTH)): break; /* ========================================================================== */ /* Reached a closing bracket. If not at the end of the pattern, carry on with the next opcode. For repeating opcodes, also add the repeat state. Note that KETRPOS will always be encountered at the end of the subpattern, because the possessive subpattern repeats are always handled using recursive calls. Thus, it never adds any new states. At the end of the (sub)pattern, unless we have an empty string and PCRE_NOTEMPTY is set, or PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART is set and we are at the start of the subject, save the match data, shifting up all previous matches so we always have the longest first. */ case OP_KET: case OP_KETRMIN: case OP_KETRMAX: case OP_KETRPOS: if (code != end_code) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE, 0); if (codevalue != OP_KET) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset - GET(code, 1), 0); } } else { if (ptr > current_subject || ((md->moptions & PCRE_NOTEMPTY) == 0 && ((md->moptions & PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART) == 0 || current_subject > start_subject + md->start_offset))) { if (match_count < 0) match_count = (offsetcount >= 2)? 1 : 0; else if (match_count > 0 && ++match_count * 2 > offsetcount) match_count = 0; count = ((match_count == 0)? offsetcount : match_count * 2) - 2; if (count > 0) memmove(offsets + 2, offsets, count * sizeof(int)); if (offsetcount >= 2) { offsets[0] = (int)(current_subject - start_subject); offsets[1] = (int)(ptr - start_subject); DPRINTF(("%.*sSet matched string = \"%.*s\"\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, offsets[1] - offsets[0], (char *)current_subject)); } if ((md->moptions & PCRE_DFA_SHORTEST) != 0) { DPRINTF(("%.*sEnd of internal_dfa_exec %d: returning %d\n" "%.*s---------------------\n\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, rlevel, match_count, rlevel*2-2, SP)); return match_count; } } } break; /* ========================================================================== */ /* These opcodes add to the current list of states without looking at the current character. */ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_ALT: do { code += GET(code, 1); } while (*code == OP_ALT); ADD_ACTIVE((int)(code - start_code), 0); break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_BRA: case OP_SBRA: do { ADD_ACTIVE((int)(code - start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), 0); code += GET(code, 1); } while (*code == OP_ALT); break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_CBRA: case OP_SCBRA: ADD_ACTIVE((int)(code - start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE + IMM2_SIZE), 0); code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT) { ADD_ACTIVE((int)(code - start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), 0); code += GET(code, 1); } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_BRAZERO: case OP_BRAMINZERO: ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); code += 1 + GET(code, 2); while (*code == OP_ALT) code += GET(code, 1); ADD_ACTIVE((int)(code - start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), 0); break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_SKIPZERO: code += 1 + GET(code, 2); while (*code == OP_ALT) code += GET(code, 1); ADD_ACTIVE((int)(code - start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), 0); break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_CIRC: if (ptr == start_subject && (md->moptions & PCRE_NOTBOL) == 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_CIRCM: if ((ptr == start_subject && (md->moptions & PCRE_NOTBOL) == 0) || (ptr != end_subject && WAS_NEWLINE(ptr))) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_EOD: if (ptr >= end_subject) { if ((md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) could_continue = TRUE; else { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_SOD: if (ptr == start_subject) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_SOM: if (ptr == start_subject + start_offset) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); } break; /* ========================================================================== */ /* These opcodes inspect the next subject character, and sometimes the previous one as well, but do not have an argument. The variable clen contains the length of the current character and is zero if we are at the end of the subject. */ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_ANY: if (clen > 0 && !IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { if (ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)) != 0 && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && c == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE; } else { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_ALLANY: if (clen > 0) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_EODN: if (clen == 0 && (md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) could_continue = TRUE; else if (clen == 0 || (IS_NEWLINE(ptr) && ptr == end_subject - md->nllen)) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_DOLL: if ((md->moptions & PCRE_NOTEOL) == 0) { if (clen == 0 && (md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) could_continue = TRUE; else if (clen == 0 || ((md->poptions & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) == 0 && IS_NEWLINE(ptr) && (ptr == end_subject - md->nllen) )) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); } else if (ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD|PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT)) != 0 && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && c == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { if ((md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) { reset_could_continue = TRUE; ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 1), 0, 1); } else could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE; } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_DOLLM: if ((md->moptions & PCRE_NOTEOL) == 0) { if (clen == 0 && (md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) could_continue = TRUE; else if (clen == 0 || ((md->poptions & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) == 0 && IS_NEWLINE(ptr))) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); } else if (ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD|PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT)) != 0 && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && c == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { if ((md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) { reset_could_continue = TRUE; ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 1), 0, 1); } else could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE; } } else if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_DIGIT: case OP_WHITESPACE: case OP_WORDCHAR: if (clen > 0 && c < 256 && ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[codevalue]) ^ toptable2[codevalue]) != 0) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_NOT_DIGIT: case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: if (clen > 0 && (c >= 256 || ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[codevalue]) ^ toptable2[codevalue]) != 0)) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: { int left_word, right_word; if (ptr > start_subject) { const pcre_uchar *temp = ptr - 1; if (temp < md->start_used_ptr) md->start_used_ptr = temp; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf) { BACKCHAR(temp); } #endif GETCHARTEST(d, temp); #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if ((md->poptions & PCRE_UCP) != 0) { if (d == '_') left_word = TRUE; else { int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(d); left_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N); } } else #endif left_word = d < 256 && (ctypes[d] & ctype_word) != 0; } else left_word = FALSE; if (clen > 0) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if ((md->poptions & PCRE_UCP) != 0) { if (c == '_') right_word = TRUE; else { int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c); right_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N); } } else #endif right_word = c < 256 && (ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0; } else right_word = FALSE; if ((left_word == right_word) == (codevalue == OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY)) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* Check the next character by Unicode property. We will get here only if the support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP case OP_PROP: case OP_NOTPROP: if (clen > 0) { BOOL OK; const pcre_uint32 *cp; const ucd_record * prop = GET_UCD(c); switch(code[1]) { case PT_ANY: OK = TRUE; break; case PT_LAMP: OK = prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || prop->chartype == ucp_Lt; break; case PT_GC: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == code[2]; break; case PT_PC: OK = prop->chartype == code[2]; break; case PT_SC: OK = prop->script == code[2]; break; /* These are specials for combination cases. */ case PT_ALNUM: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N; break; /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed at release 8.34. */ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: VSPACE_CASES: OK = TRUE; break; default: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z; break; } break; case PT_WORD: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE; break; case PT_CLIST: cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[2]; for (;;) { if (c < *cp) { OK = FALSE; break; } if (c == *cp++) { OK = TRUE; break; } } break; case PT_UCNC: OK = c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) || c >= 0xe000; break; /* Should never occur, but keep compilers from grumbling. */ default: OK = codevalue != OP_PROP; break; } if (OK == (codevalue == OP_PROP)) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 3, 0); } } break; #endif /* ========================================================================== */ /* These opcodes likewise inspect the subject character, but have an argument that is not a data character. It is one of these opcodes: OP_ANY, OP_ALLANY, OP_DIGIT, OP_NOT_DIGIT, OP_WHITESPACE, OP_NOT_SPACE, OP_WORDCHAR, OP_NOT_WORDCHAR. The value is loaded into d. */ case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); } if (clen > 0) { if (d == OP_ANY && ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)) != 0 && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && c == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE; } else if ((c >= 256 && d != OP_DIGIT && d != OP_WHITESPACE && d != OP_WORDCHAR) || (c < 256 && (d != OP_ANY || !IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) && ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[d]) ^ toptable2[d]) != 0)) { if (count > 0 && codevalue == OP_TYPEPOSPLUS) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } count++; ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); if (clen > 0) { if (d == OP_ANY && ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)) != 0 && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && c == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE; } else if ((c >= 256 && d != OP_DIGIT && d != OP_WHITESPACE && d != OP_WORDCHAR) || (c < 256 && (d != OP_ANY || !IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) && ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[d]) ^ toptable2[d]) != 0)) { if (codevalue == OP_TYPEPOSQUERY) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } ADD_NEW(state_offset + 2, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); if (clen > 0) { if (d == OP_ANY && ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)) != 0 && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && c == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE; } else if ((c >= 256 && d != OP_DIGIT && d != OP_WHITESPACE && d != OP_WORDCHAR) || (c < 256 && (d != OP_ANY || !IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) && ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[d]) ^ toptable2[d]) != 0)) { if (codevalue == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } ADD_NEW(state_offset, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_TYPEEXACT: count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */ if (clen > 0) { if (d == OP_ANY && ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)) != 0 && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && c == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE; } else if ((c >= 256 && d != OP_DIGIT && d != OP_WHITESPACE && d != OP_WORDCHAR) || (c < 256 && (d != OP_ANY || !IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) && ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[d]) ^ toptable2[d]) != 0)) { if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1)) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1, 0); } else { ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); } } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */ if (clen > 0) { if (d == OP_ANY && ptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && (md->moptions & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD)) != 0 && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && c == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { could_continue = partial_newline = TRUE; } else if ((c >= 256 && d != OP_DIGIT && d != OP_WHITESPACE && d != OP_WORDCHAR) || (c < 256 && (d != OP_ANY || !IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) && ((ctypes[c] & toptable1[d]) ^ toptable2[d]) != 0)) { if (codevalue == OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1)) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); } else { ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); } } } break; /* ========================================================================== */ /* These are virtual opcodes that are used when something like OP_TYPEPLUS has OP_PROP, OP_NOTPROP, OP_ANYNL, or OP_EXTUNI as its argument. It keeps the code above fast for the other cases. The argument is in the d variable. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 4, 0); } if (clen > 0) { BOOL OK; const pcre_uint32 *cp; const ucd_record * prop = GET_UCD(c); switch(code[2]) { case PT_ANY: OK = TRUE; break; case PT_LAMP: OK = prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || prop->chartype == ucp_Lt; break; case PT_GC: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == code[3]; break; case PT_PC: OK = prop->chartype == code[3]; break; case PT_SC: OK = prop->script == code[3]; break; /* These are specials for combination cases. */ case PT_ALNUM: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N; break; /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed at release 8.34. */ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: VSPACE_CASES: OK = TRUE; break; default: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z; break; } break; case PT_WORD: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE; break; case PT_CLIST: cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[3]; for (;;) { if (c < *cp) { OK = FALSE; break; } if (c == *cp++) { OK = TRUE; break; } } break; case PT_UCNC: OK = c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) || c >= 0xe000; break; /* Should never occur, but keep compilers from grumbling. */ default: OK = codevalue != OP_PROP; break; } if (OK == (d == OP_PROP)) { if (count > 0 && codevalue == OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } count++; ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); } if (clen > 0) { int lgb, rgb; const pcre_uchar *nptr = ptr + clen; int ncount = 0; if (count > 0 && codevalue == OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); while (nptr < end_subject) { dlen = 1; if (!utf) d = *nptr; else { GETCHARLEN(d, nptr, dlen); } rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(d); if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; ncount++; lgb = rgb; nptr += dlen; } count++; ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, ncount); } break; #endif /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); } if (clen > 0) { int ncount = 0; switch (c) { case CHAR_VT: case CHAR_FF: case CHAR_NEL: #ifndef EBCDIC case 0x2028: case 0x2029: #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF) != 0) break; goto ANYNL01; case CHAR_CR: if (ptr + 1 < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(ptr + 1) == CHAR_LF) ncount = 1; /* Fall through */ ANYNL01: case CHAR_LF: if (count > 0 && codevalue == OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } count++; ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, ncount); break; default: break; } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); } if (clen > 0) { BOOL OK; switch (c) { VSPACE_CASES: OK = TRUE; break; default: OK = FALSE; break; } if (OK == (d == OP_VSPACE)) { if (count > 0 && codevalue == OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } count++; ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); } if (clen > 0) { BOOL OK; switch (c) { HSPACE_CASES: OK = TRUE; break; default: OK = FALSE; break; } if (OK == (d == OP_HSPACE)) { if (count > 0 && codevalue == OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSPLUS) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } count++; ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: count = 4; goto QS1; case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: count = 0; QS1: ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 4, 0); if (clen > 0) { BOOL OK; const pcre_uint32 *cp; const ucd_record * prop = GET_UCD(c); switch(code[2]) { case PT_ANY: OK = TRUE; break; case PT_LAMP: OK = prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || prop->chartype == ucp_Lt; break; case PT_GC: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == code[3]; break; case PT_PC: OK = prop->chartype == code[3]; break; case PT_SC: OK = prop->script == code[3]; break; /* These are specials for combination cases. */ case PT_ALNUM: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N; break; /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed at release 8.34. */ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: VSPACE_CASES: OK = TRUE; break; default: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z; break; } break; case PT_WORD: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE; break; case PT_CLIST: cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[3]; for (;;) { if (c < *cp) { OK = FALSE; break; } if (c == *cp++) { OK = TRUE; break; } } break; case PT_UCNC: OK = c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) || c >= 0xe000; break; /* Should never occur, but keep compilers from grumbling. */ default: OK = codevalue != OP_PROP; break; } if (OK == (d == OP_PROP)) { if (codevalue == OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR || codevalue == OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } ADD_NEW(state_offset + count, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: count = 2; goto QS2; case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: count = 0; QS2: ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); if (clen > 0) { int lgb, rgb; const pcre_uchar *nptr = ptr + clen; int ncount = 0; if (codevalue == OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR || codevalue == OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); while (nptr < end_subject) { dlen = 1; if (!utf) d = *nptr; else { GETCHARLEN(d, nptr, dlen); } rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(d); if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; ncount++; lgb = rgb; nptr += dlen; } ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + count), 0, ncount); } break; #endif /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: count = 2; goto QS3; case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: count = 0; QS3: ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); if (clen > 0) { int ncount = 0; switch (c) { case CHAR_VT: case CHAR_FF: case CHAR_NEL: #ifndef EBCDIC case 0x2028: case 0x2029: #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF) != 0) break; goto ANYNL02; case CHAR_CR: if (ptr + 1 < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(ptr + 1) == CHAR_LF) ncount = 1; /* Fall through */ ANYNL02: case CHAR_LF: if (codevalue == OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR || codevalue == OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + (int)count), 0, ncount); break; default: break; } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: count = 2; goto QS4; case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: count = 0; QS4: ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); if (clen > 0) { BOOL OK; switch (c) { VSPACE_CASES: OK = TRUE; break; default: OK = FALSE; break; } if (OK == (d == OP_VSPACE)) { if (codevalue == OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR || codevalue == OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + (int)count), 0, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: count = 2; goto QS5; case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: count = 0; QS5: ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2, 0); if (clen > 0) { BOOL OK; switch (c) { HSPACE_CASES: OK = TRUE; break; default: OK = FALSE; break; } if (OK == (d == OP_HSPACE)) { if (codevalue == OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSSTAR || codevalue == OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSQUERY) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + (int)count), 0, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT: case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: if (codevalue != OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 3, 0); } count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */ if (clen > 0) { BOOL OK; const pcre_uint32 *cp; const ucd_record * prop = GET_UCD(c); switch(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1]) { case PT_ANY: OK = TRUE; break; case PT_LAMP: OK = prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || prop->chartype == ucp_Lt; break; case PT_GC: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == code[1 + IMM2_SIZE + 2]; break; case PT_PC: OK = prop->chartype == code[1 + IMM2_SIZE + 2]; break; case PT_SC: OK = prop->script == code[1 + IMM2_SIZE + 2]; break; /* These are specials for combination cases. */ case PT_ALNUM: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N; break; /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed at release 8.34. */ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: VSPACE_CASES: OK = TRUE; break; default: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z; break; } break; case PT_WORD: OK = PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE; break; case PT_CLIST: cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + code[1 + IMM2_SIZE + 2]; for (;;) { if (c < *cp) { OK = FALSE; break; } if (c == *cp++) { OK = TRUE; break; } } break; case PT_UCNC: OK = c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) || c >= 0xe000; break; /* Should never occur, but keep compilers from grumbling. */ default: OK = codevalue != OP_PROP; break; } if (OK == (d == OP_PROP)) { if (codevalue == OP_PROP_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1)) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 3, 0); } else { ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); } } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT: case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: if (codevalue != OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); } count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */ if (clen > 0) { int lgb, rgb; const pcre_uchar *nptr = ptr + clen; int ncount = 0; if (codevalue == OP_EXTUNI_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); while (nptr < end_subject) { dlen = 1; if (!utf) d = *nptr; else { GETCHARLEN(d, nptr, dlen); } rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(d); if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; ncount++; lgb = rgb; nptr += dlen; } if (nptr >= end_subject && (md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) reset_could_continue = TRUE; if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1)) { ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE), 0, ncount); } else { ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, ncount); } } break; #endif /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT: case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: if (codevalue != OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); } count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */ if (clen > 0) { int ncount = 0; switch (c) { case CHAR_VT: case CHAR_FF: case CHAR_NEL: #ifndef EBCDIC case 0x2028: case 0x2029: #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF) != 0) break; goto ANYNL03; case CHAR_CR: if (ptr + 1 < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(ptr + 1) == CHAR_LF) ncount = 1; /* Fall through */ ANYNL03: case CHAR_LF: if (codevalue == OP_ANYNL_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1)) { ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE), 0, ncount); } else { ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, ncount); } break; default: break; } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT: case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: if (codevalue != OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); } count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */ if (clen > 0) { BOOL OK; switch (c) { VSPACE_CASES: OK = TRUE; break; default: OK = FALSE; } if (OK == (d == OP_VSPACE)) { if (codevalue == OP_VSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1)) { ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE), 0, 0); } else { ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, 0); } } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT: case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: if (codevalue != OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEEXACT) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); } count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */ if (clen > 0) { BOOL OK; switch (c) { HSPACE_CASES: OK = TRUE; break; default: OK = FALSE; break; } if (OK == (d == OP_HSPACE)) { if (codevalue == OP_HSPACE_EXTRA + OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1)) { ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 2 + IMM2_SIZE), 0, 0); } else { ADD_NEW_DATA(-state_offset, count, 0); } } } break; /* ========================================================================== */ /* These opcodes are followed by a character that is usually compared to the current subject character; it is loaded into d. We still get here even if there is no subject character, because in some cases zero repetitions are permitted. */ /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_CHAR: if (clen > 0 && c == d) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_CHARI: if (clen == 0) break; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { if (c == d) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); } else { unsigned int othercase; if (c < 128) othercase = fcc[c]; else /* If we have Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of the character. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c); #else othercase = NOTACHAR; #endif if (d == othercase) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); } } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Not UTF mode */ { if (TABLE_GET(c, lcc, c) == TABLE_GET(d, lcc, d)) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 2, 0); } } break; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* This is a tricky one because it can match more than one character. Find out how many characters to skip, and then set up a negative state to wait for them to pass before continuing. */ case OP_EXTUNI: if (clen > 0) { int lgb, rgb; const pcre_uchar *nptr = ptr + clen; int ncount = 0; lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); while (nptr < end_subject) { dlen = 1; if (!utf) d = *nptr; else { GETCHARLEN(d, nptr, dlen); } rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(d); if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; ncount++; lgb = rgb; nptr += dlen; } if (nptr >= end_subject && (md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) reset_could_continue = TRUE; ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 1), 0, ncount); } break; #endif /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* This is a tricky like EXTUNI because it too can match more than one character (when CR is followed by LF). In this case, set up a negative state to wait for one character to pass before continuing. */ case OP_ANYNL: if (clen > 0) switch(c) { case CHAR_VT: case CHAR_FF: case CHAR_NEL: #ifndef EBCDIC case 0x2028: case 0x2029: #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ if ((md->moptions & PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF) != 0) break; case CHAR_LF: ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); break; case CHAR_CR: if (ptr + 1 >= end_subject) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); if ((md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) reset_could_continue = TRUE; } else if (UCHAR21TEST(ptr + 1) == CHAR_LF) { ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + 1), 0, 1); } else { ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); } break; } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_NOT_VSPACE: if (clen > 0) switch(c) { VSPACE_CASES: break; default: ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); break; } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_VSPACE: if (clen > 0) switch(c) { VSPACE_CASES: ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); break; default: break; } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_NOT_HSPACE: if (clen > 0) switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: break; default: ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); break; } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_HSPACE: if (clen > 0) switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: ADD_NEW(state_offset + 1, 0); break; default: break; } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* Match a negated single character casefully. */ case OP_NOT: if (clen > 0 && c != d) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ /* Match a negated single character caselessly. */ case OP_NOTI: if (clen > 0) { pcre_uint32 otherd; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && d >= 128) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP otherd = UCD_OTHERCASE(d); #else otherd = d; #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ otherd = TABLE_GET(d, fcc, d); if (c != d && c != otherd) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: caseless = TRUE; codevalue -= OP_STARI - OP_STAR; /* Fall through */ case OP_PLUS: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); } if (clen > 0) { pcre_uint32 otherd = NOTACHAR; if (caseless) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && d >= 128) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP otherd = UCD_OTHERCASE(d); #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ otherd = TABLE_GET(d, fcc, d); } if ((c == d || c == otherd) == (codevalue < OP_NOTSTAR)) { if (count > 0 && (codevalue == OP_POSPLUS || codevalue == OP_NOTPOSPLUS)) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } count++; ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_QUERYI: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_POSQUERYI: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: caseless = TRUE; codevalue -= OP_STARI - OP_STAR; /* Fall through */ case OP_QUERY: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); if (clen > 0) { pcre_uint32 otherd = NOTACHAR; if (caseless) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && d >= 128) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP otherd = UCD_OTHERCASE(d); #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ otherd = TABLE_GET(d, fcc, d); } if ((c == d || c == otherd) == (codevalue < OP_NOTSTAR)) { if (codevalue == OP_POSQUERY || codevalue == OP_NOTPOSQUERY) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_STARI: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: caseless = TRUE; codevalue -= OP_STARI - OP_STAR; /* Fall through */ case OP_STAR: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + dlen + 1, 0); if (clen > 0) { pcre_uint32 otherd = NOTACHAR; if (caseless) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && d >= 128) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP otherd = UCD_OTHERCASE(d); #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ otherd = TABLE_GET(d, fcc, d); } if ((c == d || c == otherd) == (codevalue < OP_NOTSTAR)) { if (codevalue == OP_POSSTAR || codevalue == OP_NOTPOSSTAR) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } ADD_NEW(state_offset, 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_EXACTI: case OP_NOTEXACTI: caseless = TRUE; codevalue -= OP_STARI - OP_STAR; /* Fall through */ case OP_EXACT: case OP_NOTEXACT: count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */ if (clen > 0) { pcre_uint32 otherd = NOTACHAR; if (caseless) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && d >= 128) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP otherd = UCD_OTHERCASE(d); #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ otherd = TABLE_GET(d, fcc, d); } if ((c == d || c == otherd) == (codevalue < OP_NOTSTAR)) { if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1)) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); } else { ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); } } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_UPTOI: case OP_MINUPTOI: case OP_POSUPTOI: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: caseless = TRUE; codevalue -= OP_STARI - OP_STAR; /* Fall through */ case OP_UPTO: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + dlen + 1 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); count = current_state->count; /* Number already matched */ if (clen > 0) { pcre_uint32 otherd = NOTACHAR; if (caseless) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && d >= 128) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP otherd = UCD_OTHERCASE(d); #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ otherd = TABLE_GET(d, fcc, d); } if ((c == d || c == otherd) == (codevalue < OP_NOTSTAR)) { if (codevalue == OP_POSUPTO || codevalue == OP_NOTPOSUPTO) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } if (++count >= (int)GET2(code, 1)) { ADD_NEW(state_offset + dlen + 1 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); } else { ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); } } } break; /* ========================================================================== */ /* These are the class-handling opcodes */ case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: case OP_XCLASS: { BOOL isinclass = FALSE; int next_state_offset; const pcre_uchar *ecode; /* For a simple class, there is always just a 32-byte table, and we can set isinclass from it. */ if (codevalue != OP_XCLASS) { ecode = code + 1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); if (clen > 0) { isinclass = (c > 255)? (codevalue == OP_NCLASS) : ((((pcre_uint8 *)(code + 1))[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0); } } /* An extended class may have a table or a list of single characters, ranges, or both, and it may be positive or negative. There's a function that sorts all this out. */ else { ecode = code + GET(code, 1); if (clen > 0) isinclass = PRIV(xclass)(c, code + 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf); } /* At this point, isinclass is set for all kinds of class, and ecode points to the byte after the end of the class. If there is a quantifier, this is where it will be. */ next_state_offset = (int)(ecode - start_code); switch (*ecode) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: ADD_ACTIVE(next_state_offset + 1, 0); if (isinclass) { if (*ecode == OP_CRPOSSTAR) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } ADD_NEW(state_offset, 0); } break; case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRPOSPLUS: count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */ if (count > 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(next_state_offset + 1, 0); } if (isinclass) { if (count > 0 && *ecode == OP_CRPOSPLUS) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } count++; ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); } break; case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: case OP_CRPOSQUERY: ADD_ACTIVE(next_state_offset + 1, 0); if (isinclass) { if (*ecode == OP_CRPOSQUERY) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } ADD_NEW(next_state_offset + 1, 0); } break; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: case OP_CRPOSRANGE: count = current_state->count; /* Already matched */ if (count >= (int)GET2(ecode, 1)) { ADD_ACTIVE(next_state_offset + 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE, 0); } if (isinclass) { int max = (int)GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); if (*ecode == OP_CRPOSRANGE && count >= (int)GET2(ecode, 1)) { active_count--; /* Remove non-match possibility */ next_active_state--; } if (++count >= max && max != 0) /* Max 0 => no limit */ { ADD_NEW(next_state_offset + 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE, 0); } else { ADD_NEW(state_offset, count); } } break; default: if (isinclass) { ADD_NEW(next_state_offset, 0); } break; } } break; /* ========================================================================== */ /* These are the opcodes for fancy brackets of various kinds. We have to use recursion in order to handle them. The "always failing" assertion (?!) is optimised to OP_FAIL when compiling, so we have to support that, though the other "backtracking verbs" are not supported. */ case OP_FAIL: forced_fail++; /* Count FAILs for multiple states */ break; case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: { int rc; int local_offsets[2]; int local_workspace[1000]; const pcre_uchar *endasscode = code + GET(code, 1); while (*endasscode == OP_ALT) endasscode += GET(endasscode, 1); rc = internal_dfa_exec( md, /* static match data */ code, /* this subexpression's code */ ptr, /* where we currently are */ (int)(ptr - start_subject), /* start offset */ local_offsets, /* offset vector */ sizeof(local_offsets)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */ local_workspace, /* workspace vector */ sizeof(local_workspace)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */ rlevel); /* function recursion level */ if (rc == PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM) return rc; if ((rc >= 0) == (codevalue == OP_ASSERT || codevalue == OP_ASSERTBACK)) { ADD_ACTIVE((int)(endasscode + LINK_SIZE + 1 - start_code), 0); } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_COND: case OP_SCOND: { int local_offsets[1000]; int local_workspace[1000]; int codelink = GET(code, 1); int condcode; /* Because of the way auto-callout works during compile, a callout item is inserted between OP_COND and an assertion condition. This does not happen for the other conditions. */ if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_CALLOUT) { rrc = 0; if (PUBL(callout) != NULL) { PUBL(callout_block) cb; cb.version = 1; /* Version 1 of the callout block */ cb.callout_number = code[LINK_SIZE+2]; cb.offset_vector = offsets; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR)start_subject; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR16)start_subject; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR32)start_subject; #endif cb.subject_length = (int)(end_subject - start_subject); cb.start_match = (int)(current_subject - start_subject); cb.current_position = (int)(ptr - start_subject); cb.pattern_position = GET(code, LINK_SIZE + 3); cb.next_item_length = GET(code, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE); cb.capture_top = 1; cb.capture_last = -1; cb.callout_data = md->callout_data; cb.mark = NULL; /* No (*MARK) support */ if ((rrc = (*PUBL(callout))(&cb)) < 0) return rrc; /* Abandon */ } if (rrc > 0) break; /* Fail this thread */ code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT]; /* Skip callout data */ } condcode = code[LINK_SIZE+1]; /* Back reference conditions and duplicate named recursion conditions are not supported */ if (condcode == OP_CREF || condcode == OP_DNCREF || condcode == OP_DNRREF) return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UCOND; /* The DEFINE condition is always false, and the assertion (?!) is converted to OP_FAIL. */ if (condcode == OP_DEF || condcode == OP_FAIL) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + codelink + LINK_SIZE + 1, 0); } /* The only supported version of OP_RREF is for the value RREF_ANY, which means "test if in any recursion". We can't test for specifically recursed groups. */ else if (condcode == OP_RREF) { int value = GET2(code, LINK_SIZE + 2); if (value != RREF_ANY) return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UCOND; if (md->recursive != NULL) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + LINK_SIZE + 2 + IMM2_SIZE, 0); } else { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + codelink + LINK_SIZE + 1, 0); } } /* Otherwise, the condition is an assertion */ else { int rc; const pcre_uchar *asscode = code + LINK_SIZE + 1; const pcre_uchar *endasscode = asscode + GET(asscode, 1); while (*endasscode == OP_ALT) endasscode += GET(endasscode, 1); rc = internal_dfa_exec( md, /* fixed match data */ asscode, /* this subexpression's code */ ptr, /* where we currently are */ (int)(ptr - start_subject), /* start offset */ local_offsets, /* offset vector */ sizeof(local_offsets)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */ local_workspace, /* workspace vector */ sizeof(local_workspace)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */ rlevel); /* function recursion level */ if (rc == PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM) return rc; if ((rc >= 0) == (condcode == OP_ASSERT || condcode == OP_ASSERTBACK)) { ADD_ACTIVE((int)(endasscode + LINK_SIZE + 1 - start_code), 0); } else { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + codelink + LINK_SIZE + 1, 0); } } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_RECURSE: { dfa_recursion_info *ri; int local_offsets[1000]; int local_workspace[1000]; const pcre_uchar *callpat = start_code + GET(code, 1); int recno = (callpat == md->start_code)? 0 : GET2(callpat, 1 + LINK_SIZE); int rc; DPRINTF(("%.*sStarting regex recursion\n", rlevel*2-2, SP)); /* Check for repeating a recursion without advancing the subject pointer. This should catch convoluted mutual recursions. (Some simple cases are caught at compile time.) */ for (ri = md->recursive; ri != NULL; ri = ri->prevrec) if (recno == ri->group_num && ptr == ri->subject_position) return PCRE_ERROR_RECURSELOOP; /* Remember this recursion and where we started it so as to catch infinite loops. */ new_recursive.group_num = recno; new_recursive.subject_position = ptr; new_recursive.prevrec = md->recursive; md->recursive = &new_recursive; rc = internal_dfa_exec( md, /* fixed match data */ callpat, /* this subexpression's code */ ptr, /* where we currently are */ (int)(ptr - start_subject), /* start offset */ local_offsets, /* offset vector */ sizeof(local_offsets)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */ local_workspace, /* workspace vector */ sizeof(local_workspace)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */ rlevel); /* function recursion level */ md->recursive = new_recursive.prevrec; /* Done this recursion */ DPRINTF(("%.*sReturn from regex recursion: rc=%d\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, rc)); /* Ran out of internal offsets */ if (rc == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_RECURSE; /* For each successful matched substring, set up the next state with a count of characters to skip before trying it. Note that the count is in characters, not bytes. */ if (rc > 0) { for (rc = rc*2 - 2; rc >= 0; rc -= 2) { int charcount = local_offsets[rc+1] - local_offsets[rc]; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf) { const pcre_uchar *p = start_subject + local_offsets[rc]; const pcre_uchar *pp = start_subject + local_offsets[rc+1]; while (p < pp) if (NOT_FIRSTCHAR(*p++)) charcount--; } #endif if (charcount > 0) { ADD_NEW_DATA(-(state_offset + LINK_SIZE + 1), 0, (charcount - 1)); } else { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + LINK_SIZE + 1, 0); } } } else if (rc != PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH) return rc; } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_SBRAPOS: case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRAPOS: case OP_BRAPOSZERO: { int charcount, matched_count; const pcre_uchar *local_ptr = ptr; BOOL allow_zero; if (codevalue == OP_BRAPOSZERO) { allow_zero = TRUE; codevalue = *(++code); /* Codevalue will be one of above BRAs */ } else allow_zero = FALSE; /* Loop to match the subpattern as many times as possible as if it were a complete pattern. */ for (matched_count = 0;; matched_count++) { int local_offsets[2]; int local_workspace[1000]; int rc = internal_dfa_exec( md, /* fixed match data */ code, /* this subexpression's code */ local_ptr, /* where we currently are */ (int)(ptr - start_subject), /* start offset */ local_offsets, /* offset vector */ sizeof(local_offsets)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */ local_workspace, /* workspace vector */ sizeof(local_workspace)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */ rlevel); /* function recursion level */ /* Failed to match */ if (rc < 0) { if (rc != PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH) return rc; break; } /* Matched: break the loop if zero characters matched. */ charcount = local_offsets[1] - local_offsets[0]; if (charcount == 0) break; local_ptr += charcount; /* Advance temporary position ptr */ } /* At this point we have matched the subpattern matched_count times, and local_ptr is pointing to the character after the end of the last match. */ if (matched_count > 0 || allow_zero) { const pcre_uchar *end_subpattern = code; int next_state_offset; do { end_subpattern += GET(end_subpattern, 1); } while (*end_subpattern == OP_ALT); next_state_offset = (int)(end_subpattern - start_code + LINK_SIZE + 1); /* Optimization: if there are no more active states, and there are no new states yet set up, then skip over the subject string right here, to save looping. Otherwise, set up the new state to swing into action when the end of the matched substring is reached. */ if (i + 1 >= active_count && new_count == 0) { ptr = local_ptr; clen = 0; ADD_NEW(next_state_offset, 0); } else { const pcre_uchar *p = ptr; const pcre_uchar *pp = local_ptr; charcount = (int)(pp - p); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf) while (p < pp) if (NOT_FIRSTCHAR(*p++)) charcount--; #endif ADD_NEW_DATA(-next_state_offset, 0, (charcount - 1)); } } } break; /*-----------------------------------------------------------------*/ case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: { int local_offsets[2]; int local_workspace[1000]; int rc = internal_dfa_exec( md, /* fixed match data */ code, /* this subexpression's code */ ptr, /* where we currently are */ (int)(ptr - start_subject), /* start offset */ local_offsets, /* offset vector */ sizeof(local_offsets)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */ local_workspace, /* workspace vector */ sizeof(local_workspace)/sizeof(int), /* size of same */ rlevel); /* function recursion level */ if (rc >= 0) { const pcre_uchar *end_subpattern = code; int charcount = local_offsets[1] - local_offsets[0]; int next_state_offset, repeat_state_offset; do { end_subpattern += GET(end_subpattern, 1); } while (*end_subpattern == OP_ALT); next_state_offset = (int)(end_subpattern - start_code + LINK_SIZE + 1); /* If the end of this subpattern is KETRMAX or KETRMIN, we must arrange for the repeat state also to be added to the relevant list. Calculate the offset, or set -1 for no repeat. */ repeat_state_offset = (*end_subpattern == OP_KETRMAX || *end_subpattern == OP_KETRMIN)? (int)(end_subpattern - start_code - GET(end_subpattern, 1)) : -1; /* If we have matched an empty string, add the next state at the current character pointer. This is important so that the duplicate checking kicks in, which is what breaks infinite loops that match an empty string. */ if (charcount == 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(next_state_offset, 0); } /* Optimization: if there are no more active states, and there are no new states yet set up, then skip over the subject string right here, to save looping. Otherwise, set up the new state to swing into action when the end of the matched substring is reached. */ else if (i + 1 >= active_count && new_count == 0) { ptr += charcount; clen = 0; ADD_NEW(next_state_offset, 0); /* If we are adding a repeat state at the new character position, we must fudge things so that it is the only current state. Otherwise, it might be a duplicate of one we processed before, and that would cause it to be skipped. */ if (repeat_state_offset >= 0) { next_active_state = active_states; active_count = 0; i = -1; ADD_ACTIVE(repeat_state_offset, 0); } } else { #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (utf) { const pcre_uchar *p = start_subject + local_offsets[0]; const pcre_uchar *pp = start_subject + local_offsets[1]; while (p < pp) if (NOT_FIRSTCHAR(*p++)) charcount--; } #endif ADD_NEW_DATA(-next_state_offset, 0, (charcount - 1)); if (repeat_state_offset >= 0) { ADD_NEW_DATA(-repeat_state_offset, 0, (charcount - 1)); } } } else if (rc != PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH) return rc; } break; /* ========================================================================== */ /* Handle callouts */ case OP_CALLOUT: rrc = 0; if (PUBL(callout) != NULL) { PUBL(callout_block) cb; cb.version = 1; /* Version 1 of the callout block */ cb.callout_number = code[1]; cb.offset_vector = offsets; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR)start_subject; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR16)start_subject; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR32)start_subject; #endif cb.subject_length = (int)(end_subject - start_subject); cb.start_match = (int)(current_subject - start_subject); cb.current_position = (int)(ptr - start_subject); cb.pattern_position = GET(code, 2); cb.next_item_length = GET(code, 2 + LINK_SIZE); cb.capture_top = 1; cb.capture_last = -1; cb.callout_data = md->callout_data; cb.mark = NULL; /* No (*MARK) support */ if ((rrc = (*PUBL(callout))(&cb)) < 0) return rrc; /* Abandon */ } if (rrc == 0) { ADD_ACTIVE(state_offset + PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT], 0); } break; /* ========================================================================== */ default: /* Unsupported opcode */ return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UITEM; } NEXT_ACTIVE_STATE: continue; } /* End of loop scanning active states */ /* We have finished the processing at the current subject character. If no new states have been set for the next character, we have found all the matches that we are going to find. If we are at the top level and partial matching has been requested, check for appropriate conditions. The "forced_ fail" variable counts the number of (*F) encountered for the character. If it is equal to the original active_count (saved in workspace[1]) it means that (*F) was found on every active state. In this case we don't want to give a partial match. The "could_continue" variable is true if a state could have continued but for the fact that the end of the subject was reached. */ if (new_count <= 0) { if (rlevel == 1 && /* Top level, and */ could_continue && /* Some could go on, and */ forced_fail != workspace[1] && /* Not all forced fail & */ ( /* either... */ (md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0 /* Hard partial */ || /* or... */ ((md->moptions & PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT) != 0 && /* Soft partial and */ match_count < 0) /* no matches */ ) && /* And... */ ( partial_newline || /* Either partial NL */ ( /* or ... */ ptr >= end_subject && /* End of subject and */ ptr > md->start_used_ptr) /* Inspected non-empty string */ ) ) match_count = PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL; DPRINTF(("%.*sEnd of internal_dfa_exec %d: returning %d\n" "%.*s---------------------\n\n", rlevel*2-2, SP, rlevel, match_count, rlevel*2-2, SP)); break; /* In effect, "return", but see the comment below */ } /* One or more states are active for the next character. */ ptr += clen; /* Advance to next subject character */ } /* Loop to move along the subject string */ /* Control gets here from "break" a few lines above. We do it this way because if we use "return" above, we have compiler trouble. Some compilers warn if there's nothing here because they think the function doesn't return a value. On the other hand, if we put a dummy statement here, some more clever compilers complain that it can't be reached. Sigh. */ return match_count; } /************************************************* * Execute a Regular Expression - DFA engine * *************************************************/ /* This external function applies a compiled re to a subject string using a DFA engine. This function calls the internal function multiple times if the pattern is not anchored. Arguments: argument_re points to the compiled expression extra_data points to extra data or is NULL subject points to the subject string length length of subject string (may contain binary zeros) start_offset where to start in the subject string options option bits offsets vector of match offsets offsetcount size of same workspace workspace vector wscount size of same Returns: > 0 => number of match offset pairs placed in offsets = 0 => offsets overflowed; longest matches are present -1 => failed to match < -1 => some kind of unexpected problem */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_dfa_exec(const pcre *argument_re, const pcre_extra *extra_data, const char *subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, int offsetcount, int *workspace, int wscount) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_dfa_exec(const pcre16 *argument_re, const pcre16_extra *extra_data, PCRE_SPTR16 subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, int offsetcount, int *workspace, int wscount) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_dfa_exec(const pcre32 *argument_re, const pcre32_extra *extra_data, PCRE_SPTR32 subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, int offsetcount, int *workspace, int wscount) #endif { REAL_PCRE *re = (REAL_PCRE *)argument_re; dfa_match_data match_block; dfa_match_data *md = &match_block; BOOL utf, anchored, startline, firstline; const pcre_uchar *current_subject, *end_subject; const pcre_study_data *study = NULL; const pcre_uchar *req_char_ptr; const pcre_uint8 *start_bits = NULL; BOOL has_first_char = FALSE; BOOL has_req_char = FALSE; pcre_uchar first_char = 0; pcre_uchar first_char2 = 0; pcre_uchar req_char = 0; pcre_uchar req_char2 = 0; int newline; /* Plausibility checks */ if ((options & ~PUBLIC_DFA_EXEC_OPTIONS) != 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION; if (re == NULL || subject == NULL || workspace == NULL || (offsets == NULL && offsetcount > 0)) return PCRE_ERROR_NULL; if (offsetcount < 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT; if (wscount < 20) return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_WSSIZE; if (length < 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADLENGTH; if (start_offset < 0 || start_offset > length) return PCRE_ERROR_BADOFFSET; /* Check that the first field in the block is the magic number. If it is not, return with PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC. However, if the magic number is equal to REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER we return with PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS, which means that the pattern is likely compiled with different endianness. */ if (re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER) return re->magic_number == REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER? PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS:PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC; if ((re->flags & PCRE_MODE) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMODE; /* If restarting after a partial match, do some sanity checks on the contents of the workspace. */ if ((options & PCRE_DFA_RESTART) != 0) { if ((workspace[0] & (-2)) != 0 || workspace[1] < 1 || workspace[1] > (wscount - 2)/INTS_PER_STATEBLOCK) return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_BADRESTART; } /* Set up study, callout, and table data */ md->tables = re->tables; md->callout_data = NULL; if (extra_data != NULL) { unsigned long int flags = extra_data->flags; if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA) != 0) study = (const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data; if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT) != 0) return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UMLIMIT; if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION) != 0) return PCRE_ERROR_DFA_UMLIMIT; if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA) != 0) md->callout_data = extra_data->callout_data; if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES) != 0) md->tables = extra_data->tables; } /* Set some local values */ current_subject = (const pcre_uchar *)subject + start_offset; end_subject = (const pcre_uchar *)subject + length; req_char_ptr = current_subject - 1; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF /* PCRE_UTF(16|32) have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ utf = (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; #else utf = FALSE; #endif anchored = (options & (PCRE_ANCHORED|PCRE_DFA_RESTART)) != 0 || (re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) != 0; /* The remaining fixed data for passing around. */ md->start_code = (const pcre_uchar *)argument_re + re->name_table_offset + re->name_count * re->name_entry_size; md->start_subject = (const pcre_uchar *)subject; md->end_subject = end_subject; md->start_offset = start_offset; md->moptions = options; md->poptions = re->options; /* If the BSR option is not set at match time, copy what was set at compile time. */ if ((md->moptions & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) == 0) { if ((re->options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) != 0) md->moptions |= re->options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE); #ifdef BSR_ANYCRLF else md->moptions |= PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF; #endif } /* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give eight cases. If nothing is set at run time, whatever was used at compile time applies. */ switch ((((options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) == 0)? re->options : (pcre_uint32)options) & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) { case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Compile-time default */ case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+ PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break; default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADNEWLINE; } if (newline == -2) { md->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF; } else if (newline < 0) { md->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY; } else { md->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED; if (newline > 255) { md->nllen = 2; md->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255; md->nl[1] = newline & 255; } else { md->nllen = 1; md->nl[0] = newline; } } /* Check a UTF-8 string if required. Unfortunately there's no way of passing back the character offset. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0) { int erroroffset; int errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((pcre_uchar *)subject, length, &erroroffset); if (errorcode != 0) { if (offsetcount >= 2) { offsets[0] = erroroffset; offsets[1] = errorcode; } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 return (errorcode <= PCRE_UTF8_ERR5 && (options & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) ? PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF8 : PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 return (errorcode <= PCRE_UTF16_ERR1 && (options & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) ? PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF16 : PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF16; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF32; #endif } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if (start_offset > 0 && start_offset < length && NOT_FIRSTCHAR(((PCRE_PUCHAR)subject)[start_offset])) return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8_OFFSET; #endif } #endif /* If the exec call supplied NULL for tables, use the inbuilt ones. This is a feature that makes it possible to save compiled regex and re-use them in other programs later. */ if (md->tables == NULL) md->tables = PRIV(default_tables); /* The "must be at the start of a line" flags are used in a loop when finding where to start. */ startline = (re->flags & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0; firstline = (re->options & PCRE_FIRSTLINE) != 0; /* Set up the first character to match, if available. The first_byte value is never set for an anchored regular expression, but the anchoring may be forced at run time, so we have to test for anchoring. The first char may be unset for an unanchored pattern, of course. If there's no first char and the pattern was studied, there may be a bitmap of possible first characters. */ if (!anchored) { if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0) { has_first_char = TRUE; first_char = first_char2 = (pcre_uchar)(re->first_char); if ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) != 0) { first_char2 = TABLE_GET(first_char, md->tables + fcc_offset, first_char); #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) if (utf && first_char > 127) first_char2 = UCD_OTHERCASE(first_char); #endif } } else { if (!startline && study != NULL && (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED) != 0) start_bits = study->start_bits; } } /* For anchored or unanchored matches, there may be a "last known required character" set. */ if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0) { has_req_char = TRUE; req_char = req_char2 = (pcre_uchar)(re->req_char); if ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) != 0) { req_char2 = TABLE_GET(req_char, md->tables + fcc_offset, req_char); #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) if (utf && req_char > 127) req_char2 = UCD_OTHERCASE(req_char); #endif } } /* Call the main matching function, looping for a non-anchored regex after a failed match. If not restarting, perform certain optimizations at the start of a match. */ for (;;) { int rc; if ((options & PCRE_DFA_RESTART) == 0) { const pcre_uchar *save_end_subject = end_subject; /* If firstline is TRUE, the start of the match is constrained to the first line of a multiline string. Implement this by temporarily adjusting end_subject so that we stop scanning at a newline. If the match fails at the newline, later code breaks this loop. */ if (firstline) { PCRE_PUCHAR t = current_subject; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { while (t < md->end_subject && !IS_NEWLINE(t)) { t++; ACROSSCHAR(t < end_subject, *t, t++); } } else #endif while (t < md->end_subject && !IS_NEWLINE(t)) t++; end_subject = t; } /* There are some optimizations that avoid running the match if a known starting point is not found. However, there is an option that disables these, for testing and for ensuring that all callouts do actually occur. The option can be set in the regex by (*NO_START_OPT) or passed in match-time options. */ if (((options | re->options) & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0) { /* Advance to a known first pcre_uchar (i.e. data item) */ if (has_first_char) { if (first_char != first_char2) { pcre_uchar csc; while (current_subject < end_subject && (csc = UCHAR21TEST(current_subject)) != first_char && csc != first_char2) current_subject++; } else while (current_subject < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(current_subject) != first_char) current_subject++; } /* Or to just after a linebreak for a multiline match if possible */ else if (startline) { if (current_subject > md->start_subject + start_offset) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { while (current_subject < end_subject && !WAS_NEWLINE(current_subject)) { current_subject++; ACROSSCHAR(current_subject < end_subject, *current_subject, current_subject++); } } else #endif while (current_subject < end_subject && !WAS_NEWLINE(current_subject)) current_subject++; /* If we have just passed a CR and the newline option is ANY or ANYCRLF, and we are now at a LF, advance the match position by one more character. */ if (UCHAR21TEST(current_subject - 1) == CHAR_CR && (md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY || md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) && current_subject < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(current_subject) == CHAR_NL) current_subject++; } } /* Advance to a non-unique first pcre_uchar after study */ else if (start_bits != NULL) { while (current_subject < end_subject) { register pcre_uint32 c = UCHAR21TEST(current_subject); #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (c > 255) c = 255; #endif if ((start_bits[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0) break; current_subject++; } } } /* Restore fudged end_subject */ end_subject = save_end_subject; /* The following two optimizations are disabled for partial matching or if disabling is explicitly requested (and of course, by the test above, this code is not obeyed when restarting after a partial match). */ if (((options | re->options) & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0 && (options & (PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD|PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT)) == 0) { /* If the pattern was studied, a minimum subject length may be set. This is a lower bound; no actual string of that length may actually match the pattern. Although the value is, strictly, in characters, we treat it as in pcre_uchar units to avoid spending too much time in this optimization. */ if (study != NULL && (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MINLEN) != 0 && (pcre_uint32)(end_subject - current_subject) < study->minlength) return PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH; /* If req_char is set, we know that that pcre_uchar must appear in the subject for the match to succeed. If the first pcre_uchar is set, req_char must be later in the subject; otherwise the test starts at the match point. This optimization can save a huge amount of work in patterns with nested unlimited repeats that aren't going to match. Writing separate code for cased/caseless versions makes it go faster, as does using an autoincrement and backing off on a match. HOWEVER: when the subject string is very, very long, searching to its end can take a long time, and give bad performance on quite ordinary patterns. This showed up when somebody was matching /^C/ on a 32-megabyte string... so we don't do this when the string is sufficiently long. */ if (has_req_char && end_subject - current_subject < REQ_BYTE_MAX) { register PCRE_PUCHAR p = current_subject + (has_first_char? 1:0); /* We don't need to repeat the search if we haven't yet reached the place we found it at last time. */ if (p > req_char_ptr) { if (req_char != req_char2) { while (p < end_subject) { register pcre_uint32 pp = UCHAR21INCTEST(p); if (pp == req_char || pp == req_char2) { p--; break; } } } else { while (p < end_subject) { if (UCHAR21INCTEST(p) == req_char) { p--; break; } } } /* If we can't find the required pcre_uchar, break the matching loop, which will cause a return or PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH. */ if (p >= end_subject) break; /* If we have found the required pcre_uchar, save the point where we found it, so that we don't search again next time round the loop if the start hasn't passed this point yet. */ req_char_ptr = p; } } } } /* End of optimizations that are done when not restarting */ /* OK, now we can do the business */ md->start_used_ptr = current_subject; md->recursive = NULL; rc = internal_dfa_exec( md, /* fixed match data */ md->start_code, /* this subexpression's code */ current_subject, /* where we currently are */ start_offset, /* start offset in subject */ offsets, /* offset vector */ offsetcount, /* size of same */ workspace, /* workspace vector */ wscount, /* size of same */ 0); /* function recurse level */ /* Anything other than "no match" means we are done, always; otherwise, carry on only if not anchored. */ if (rc != PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH || anchored) { if (rc == PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL && offsetcount >= 2) { offsets[0] = (int)(md->start_used_ptr - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject); offsets[1] = (int)(end_subject - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject); if (offsetcount > 2) offsets[2] = (int)(current_subject - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject); } return rc; } /* Advance to the next subject character unless we are at the end of a line and firstline is set. */ if (firstline && IS_NEWLINE(current_subject)) break; current_subject++; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { ACROSSCHAR(current_subject < end_subject, *current_subject, current_subject++); } #endif if (current_subject > end_subject) break; /* If we have just passed a CR and we are now at a LF, and the pattern does not contain any explicit matches for \r or \n, and the newline option is CRLF or ANY or ANYCRLF, advance the match position by one more character. */ if (UCHAR21TEST(current_subject - 1) == CHAR_CR && current_subject < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(current_subject) == CHAR_NL && (re->flags & PCRE_HASCRORLF) == 0 && (md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY || md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF || md->nllen == 2)) current_subject++; } /* "Bumpalong" loop */ return PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH; } /* End of pcre_dfa_exec.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_exec.c000066400000000000000000006522131335323540100163550ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2018 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains pcre_exec(), the externally visible function that does pattern matching using an NFA algorithm, trying to mimic Perl as closely as possible. There are also some static supporting functions. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #define NLBLOCK md /* Block containing newline information */ #define PSSTART start_subject /* Field containing processed string start */ #define PSEND end_subject /* Field containing processed string end */ #include "pcre_internal.h" /* Undefine some potentially clashing cpp symbols */ #undef min #undef max /* The md->capture_last field uses the lower 16 bits for the last captured substring (which can never be greater than 65535) and a bit in the top half to mean "capture vector overflowed". This odd way of doing things was implemented when it was realized that preserving and restoring the overflow bit whenever the last capture number was saved/restored made for a neater interface, and doing it this way saved on (a) another variable, which would have increased the stack frame size (a big NO-NO in PCRE) and (b) another separate set of save/restore instructions. The following defines are used in implementing this. */ #define CAPLMASK 0x0000ffff /* The bits used for last_capture */ #define OVFLMASK 0xffff0000 /* The bits used for the overflow flag */ #define OVFLBIT 0x00010000 /* The bit that is set for overflow */ /* Values for setting in md->match_function_type to indicate two special types of call to match(). We do it this way to save on using another stack variable, as stack usage is to be discouraged. */ #define MATCH_CONDASSERT 1 /* Called to check a condition assertion */ #define MATCH_CBEGROUP 2 /* Could-be-empty unlimited repeat group */ /* Non-error returns from the match() function. Error returns are externally defined PCRE_ERROR_xxx codes, which are all negative. */ #define MATCH_MATCH 1 #define MATCH_NOMATCH 0 /* Special internal returns from the match() function. Make them sufficiently negative to avoid the external error codes. */ #define MATCH_ACCEPT (-999) #define MATCH_KETRPOS (-998) #define MATCH_ONCE (-997) /* The next 5 must be kept together and in sequence so that a test that checks for any one of them can use a range. */ #define MATCH_COMMIT (-996) #define MATCH_PRUNE (-995) #define MATCH_SKIP (-994) #define MATCH_SKIP_ARG (-993) #define MATCH_THEN (-992) #define MATCH_BACKTRACK_MAX MATCH_THEN #define MATCH_BACKTRACK_MIN MATCH_COMMIT /* Maximum number of ints of offset to save on the stack for recursive calls. If the offset vector is bigger, malloc is used. This should be a multiple of 3, because the offset vector is always a multiple of 3 long. */ #define REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX 30 /* Min and max values for the common repeats; for the maxima, 0 => infinity */ static const char rep_min[] = { 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, }; static const char rep_max[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, }; #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG /************************************************* * Debugging function to print chars * *************************************************/ /* Print a sequence of chars in printable format, stopping at the end of the subject if the requested. Arguments: p points to characters length number to print is_subject TRUE if printing from within md->start_subject md pointer to matching data block, if is_subject is TRUE Returns: nothing */ static void pchars(const pcre_uchar *p, int length, BOOL is_subject, match_data *md) { pcre_uint32 c; BOOL utf = md->utf; if (is_subject && length > md->end_subject - p) length = md->end_subject - p; while (length-- > 0) if (isprint(c = UCHAR21INCTEST(p))) printf("%c", (char)c); else printf("\\x{%02x}", c); } #endif /************************************************* * Match a back-reference * *************************************************/ /* Normally, if a back reference hasn't been set, the length that is passed is negative, so the match always fails. However, in JavaScript compatibility mode, the length passed is zero. Note that in caseless UTF-8 mode, the number of subject bytes matched may be different to the number of reference bytes. Arguments: offset index into the offset vector eptr pointer into the subject length length of reference to be matched (number of bytes) md points to match data block caseless TRUE if caseless Returns: >= 0 the number of subject bytes matched -1 no match -2 partial match; always given if at end subject */ static int match_ref(int offset, register PCRE_PUCHAR eptr, int length, match_data *md, BOOL caseless) { PCRE_PUCHAR eptr_start = eptr; register PCRE_PUCHAR p = md->start_subject + md->offset_vector[offset]; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined SUPPORT_UCP BOOL utf = md->utf; #endif #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG if (eptr >= md->end_subject) printf("matching subject "); else { printf("matching subject "); pchars(eptr, length, TRUE, md); } printf(" against backref "); pchars(p, length, FALSE, md); printf("\n"); #endif /* Always fail if reference not set (and not JavaScript compatible - in that case the length is passed as zero). */ if (length < 0) return -1; /* Separate the caseless case for speed. In UTF-8 mode we can only do this properly if Unicode properties are supported. Otherwise, we can check only ASCII characters. */ if (caseless) { #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined SUPPORT_UCP if (utf) { /* Match characters up to the end of the reference. NOTE: the number of data units matched may differ, because in UTF-8 there are some characters whose upper and lower case versions code have different numbers of bytes. For example, U+023A (2 bytes in UTF-8) is the upper case version of U+2C65 (3 bytes in UTF-8); a sequence of 3 of the former uses 6 bytes, as does a sequence of two of the latter. It is important, therefore, to check the length along the reference, not along the subject (earlier code did this wrong). */ PCRE_PUCHAR endptr = p + length; while (p < endptr) { pcre_uint32 c, d; const ucd_record *ur; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) return -2; /* Partial match */ GETCHARINC(c, eptr); GETCHARINC(d, p); ur = GET_UCD(d); if (c != d && c != d + ur->other_case) { const pcre_uint32 *pp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + ur->caseset; for (;;) { if (c < *pp) return -1; if (c == *pp++) break; } } } } else #endif /* The same code works when not in UTF-8 mode and in UTF-8 mode when there is no UCP support. */ { while (length-- > 0) { pcre_uint32 cc, cp; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) return -2; /* Partial match */ cc = UCHAR21TEST(eptr); cp = UCHAR21TEST(p); if (TABLE_GET(cp, md->lcc, cp) != TABLE_GET(cc, md->lcc, cc)) return -1; p++; eptr++; } } } /* In the caseful case, we can just compare the bytes, whether or not we are in UTF-8 mode. */ else { while (length-- > 0) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) return -2; /* Partial match */ if (UCHAR21INCTEST(p) != UCHAR21INCTEST(eptr)) return -1; } } return (int)(eptr - eptr_start); } /*************************************************************************** **************************************************************************** RECURSION IN THE match() FUNCTION The match() function is highly recursive, though not every recursive call increases the recursive depth. Nevertheless, some regular expressions can cause it to recurse to a great depth. I was writing for Unix, so I just let it call itself recursively. This uses the stack for saving everything that has to be saved for a recursive call. On Unix, the stack can be large, and this works fine. It turns out that on some non-Unix-like systems there are problems with programs that use a lot of stack. (This despite the fact that every last chip has oodles of memory these days, and techniques for extending the stack have been known for decades.) So.... There is a fudge, triggered by defining NO_RECURSE, which avoids recursive calls by keeping local variables that need to be preserved in blocks of memory obtained from malloc() instead instead of on the stack. Macros are used to achieve this so that the actual code doesn't look very different to what it always used to. The original heap-recursive code used longjmp(). However, it seems that this can be very slow on some operating systems. Following a suggestion from Stan Switzer, the use of longjmp() has been abolished, at the cost of having to provide a unique number for each call to RMATCH. There is no way of generating a sequence of numbers at compile time in C. I have given them names, to make them stand out more clearly. Crude tests on x86 Linux show a small speedup of around 5-8%. However, on FreeBSD, avoiding longjmp() more than halves the time taken to run the standard tests. Furthermore, not using longjmp() means that local dynamic variables don't have indeterminate values; this has meant that the frame size can be reduced because the result can be "passed back" by straight setting of the variable instead of being passed in the frame. **************************************************************************** ***************************************************************************/ /* Numbers for RMATCH calls. When this list is changed, the code at HEAP_RETURN below must be updated in sync. */ enum { RM1=1, RM2, RM3, RM4, RM5, RM6, RM7, RM8, RM9, RM10, RM11, RM12, RM13, RM14, RM15, RM16, RM17, RM18, RM19, RM20, RM21, RM22, RM23, RM24, RM25, RM26, RM27, RM28, RM29, RM30, RM31, RM32, RM33, RM34, RM35, RM36, RM37, RM38, RM39, RM40, RM41, RM42, RM43, RM44, RM45, RM46, RM47, RM48, RM49, RM50, RM51, RM52, RM53, RM54, RM55, RM56, RM57, RM58, RM59, RM60, RM61, RM62, RM63, RM64, RM65, RM66, RM67 }; /* These versions of the macros use the stack, as normal. There are debugging versions and production versions. Note that the "rw" argument of RMATCH isn't actually used in this definition. */ #ifndef NO_RECURSE #define REGISTER register #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG #define RMATCH(ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rw) \ { \ printf("match() called in line %d\n", __LINE__); \ rrc = match(ra,rb,mstart,rc,rd,re,rdepth+1); \ printf("to line %d\n", __LINE__); \ } #define RRETURN(ra) \ { \ printf("match() returned %d from line %d\n", ra, __LINE__); \ return ra; \ } #else #define RMATCH(ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rw) \ rrc = match(ra,rb,mstart,rc,rd,re,rdepth+1) #define RRETURN(ra) return ra #endif #else /* These versions of the macros manage a private stack on the heap. Note that the "rd" argument of RMATCH isn't actually used in this definition. It's the md argument of match(), which never changes. */ #define REGISTER #define RMATCH(ra,rb,rc,rd,re,rw)\ {\ heapframe *newframe = frame->Xnextframe;\ if (newframe == NULL)\ {\ newframe = (heapframe *)(PUBL(stack_malloc))(sizeof(heapframe));\ if (newframe == NULL) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY);\ newframe->Xnextframe = NULL;\ frame->Xnextframe = newframe;\ }\ frame->Xwhere = rw;\ newframe->Xeptr = ra;\ newframe->Xecode = rb;\ newframe->Xmstart = mstart;\ newframe->Xoffset_top = rc;\ newframe->Xeptrb = re;\ newframe->Xrdepth = frame->Xrdepth + 1;\ newframe->Xprevframe = frame;\ frame = newframe;\ DPRINTF(("restarting from line %d\n", __LINE__));\ goto HEAP_RECURSE;\ L_##rw:\ DPRINTF(("jumped back to line %d\n", __LINE__));\ } #define RRETURN(ra)\ {\ heapframe *oldframe = frame;\ frame = oldframe->Xprevframe;\ if (frame != NULL)\ {\ rrc = ra;\ goto HEAP_RETURN;\ }\ return ra;\ } /* Structure for remembering the local variables in a private frame */ typedef struct heapframe { struct heapframe *Xprevframe; struct heapframe *Xnextframe; /* Function arguments that may change */ PCRE_PUCHAR Xeptr; const pcre_uchar *Xecode; PCRE_PUCHAR Xmstart; int Xoffset_top; eptrblock *Xeptrb; unsigned int Xrdepth; /* Function local variables */ PCRE_PUCHAR Xcallpat; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF PCRE_PUCHAR Xcharptr; #endif PCRE_PUCHAR Xdata; PCRE_PUCHAR Xnext; PCRE_PUCHAR Xpp; PCRE_PUCHAR Xprev; PCRE_PUCHAR Xsaved_eptr; recursion_info Xnew_recursive; BOOL Xcur_is_word; BOOL Xcondition; BOOL Xprev_is_word; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP int Xprop_type; unsigned int Xprop_value; int Xprop_fail_result; int Xoclength; pcre_uchar Xocchars[6]; #endif int Xcodelink; int Xctype; unsigned int Xfc; int Xfi; int Xlength; int Xmax; int Xmin; unsigned int Xnumber; int Xoffset; unsigned int Xop; pcre_int32 Xsave_capture_last; int Xsave_offset1, Xsave_offset2, Xsave_offset3; int Xstacksave[REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX]; eptrblock Xnewptrb; /* Where to jump back to */ int Xwhere; } heapframe; #endif /*************************************************************************** ***************************************************************************/ /************************************************* * Match from current position * *************************************************/ /* This function is called recursively in many circumstances. Whenever it returns a negative (error) response, the outer incarnation must also return the same response. */ /* These macros pack up tests that are used for partial matching, and which appear several times in the code. We set the "hit end" flag if the pointer is at the end of the subject and also past the start of the subject (i.e. something has been matched). For hard partial matching, we then return immediately. The second one is used when we already know we are past the end of the subject. */ #define CHECK_PARTIAL()\ if (md->partial != 0 && eptr >= md->end_subject && \ eptr > md->start_used_ptr) \ { \ md->hitend = TRUE; \ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); \ } #define SCHECK_PARTIAL()\ if (md->partial != 0 && eptr > md->start_used_ptr) \ { \ md->hitend = TRUE; \ if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); \ } /* Performance note: It might be tempting to extract commonly used fields from the md structure (e.g. utf, end_subject) into individual variables to improve performance. Tests using gcc on a SPARC disproved this; in the first case, it made performance worse. Arguments: eptr pointer to current character in subject ecode pointer to current position in compiled code mstart pointer to the current match start position (can be modified by encountering \K) offset_top current top pointer md pointer to "static" info for the match eptrb pointer to chain of blocks containing eptr at start of brackets - for testing for empty matches rdepth the recursion depth Returns: MATCH_MATCH if matched ) these values are >= 0 MATCH_NOMATCH if failed to match ) a negative MATCH_xxx value for PRUNE, SKIP, etc a negative PCRE_ERROR_xxx value if aborted by an error condition (e.g. stopped by repeated call or recursion limit) */ static int match(REGISTER PCRE_PUCHAR eptr, REGISTER const pcre_uchar *ecode, PCRE_PUCHAR mstart, int offset_top, match_data *md, eptrblock *eptrb, unsigned int rdepth) { /* These variables do not need to be preserved over recursion in this function, so they can be ordinary variables in all cases. Mark some of them with "register" because they are used a lot in loops. */ register int rrc; /* Returns from recursive calls */ register int i; /* Used for loops not involving calls to RMATCH() */ register pcre_uint32 c; /* Character values not kept over RMATCH() calls */ register BOOL utf; /* Local copy of UTF flag for speed */ BOOL minimize, possessive; /* Quantifier options */ BOOL caseless; int condcode; /* When recursion is not being used, all "local" variables that have to be preserved over calls to RMATCH() are part of a "frame". We set up the top-level frame on the stack here; subsequent instantiations are obtained from the heap whenever RMATCH() does a "recursion". See the macro definitions above. Putting the top-level on the stack rather than malloc-ing them all gives a performance boost in many cases where there is not much "recursion". */ #ifdef NO_RECURSE heapframe *frame = (heapframe *)md->match_frames_base; /* Copy in the original argument variables */ frame->Xeptr = eptr; frame->Xecode = ecode; frame->Xmstart = mstart; frame->Xoffset_top = offset_top; frame->Xeptrb = eptrb; frame->Xrdepth = rdepth; /* This is where control jumps back to to effect "recursion" */ HEAP_RECURSE: /* Macros make the argument variables come from the current frame */ #define eptr frame->Xeptr #define ecode frame->Xecode #define mstart frame->Xmstart #define offset_top frame->Xoffset_top #define eptrb frame->Xeptrb #define rdepth frame->Xrdepth /* Ditto for the local variables */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF #define charptr frame->Xcharptr #endif #define callpat frame->Xcallpat #define codelink frame->Xcodelink #define data frame->Xdata #define next frame->Xnext #define pp frame->Xpp #define prev frame->Xprev #define saved_eptr frame->Xsaved_eptr #define new_recursive frame->Xnew_recursive #define cur_is_word frame->Xcur_is_word #define condition frame->Xcondition #define prev_is_word frame->Xprev_is_word #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP #define prop_type frame->Xprop_type #define prop_value frame->Xprop_value #define prop_fail_result frame->Xprop_fail_result #define oclength frame->Xoclength #define occhars frame->Xocchars #endif #define ctype frame->Xctype #define fc frame->Xfc #define fi frame->Xfi #define length frame->Xlength #define max frame->Xmax #define min frame->Xmin #define number frame->Xnumber #define offset frame->Xoffset #define op frame->Xop #define save_capture_last frame->Xsave_capture_last #define save_offset1 frame->Xsave_offset1 #define save_offset2 frame->Xsave_offset2 #define save_offset3 frame->Xsave_offset3 #define stacksave frame->Xstacksave #define newptrb frame->Xnewptrb /* When recursion is being used, local variables are allocated on the stack and get preserved during recursion in the normal way. In this environment, fi and i, and fc and c, can be the same variables. */ #else /* NO_RECURSE not defined */ #define fi i #define fc c /* Many of the following variables are used only in small blocks of the code. My normal style of coding would have declared them within each of those blocks. However, in order to accommodate the version of this code that uses an external "stack" implemented on the heap, it is easier to declare them all here, so the declarations can be cut out in a block. The only declarations within blocks below are for variables that do not have to be preserved over a recursive call to RMATCH(). */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF const pcre_uchar *charptr; #endif const pcre_uchar *callpat; const pcre_uchar *data; const pcre_uchar *next; PCRE_PUCHAR pp; const pcre_uchar *prev; PCRE_PUCHAR saved_eptr; recursion_info new_recursive; BOOL cur_is_word; BOOL condition; BOOL prev_is_word; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP int prop_type; unsigned int prop_value; int prop_fail_result; int oclength; pcre_uchar occhars[6]; #endif int codelink; int ctype; int length; int max; int min; unsigned int number; int offset; unsigned int op; pcre_int32 save_capture_last; int save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3; int stacksave[REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX]; eptrblock newptrb; /* There is a special fudge for calling match() in a way that causes it to measure the size of its basic stack frame when the stack is being used for recursion. The second argument (ecode) being NULL triggers this behaviour. It cannot normally ever be NULL. The return is the negated value of the frame size. */ if (ecode == NULL) { if (rdepth == 0) return match((PCRE_PUCHAR)&rdepth, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, 1); else { int len = (int)((char *)&rdepth - (char *)eptr); return (len > 0)? -len : len; } } #endif /* NO_RECURSE */ /* To save space on the stack and in the heap frame, I have doubled up on some of the local variables that are used only in localised parts of the code, but still need to be preserved over recursive calls of match(). These macros define the alternative names that are used. */ #define allow_zero cur_is_word #define cbegroup condition #define code_offset codelink #define condassert condition #define matched_once prev_is_word #define foc number #define save_mark data /* These statements are here to stop the compiler complaining about unitialized variables. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP prop_value = 0; prop_fail_result = 0; #endif /* This label is used for tail recursion, which is used in a few cases even when NO_RECURSE is not defined, in order to reduce the amount of stack that is used. Thanks to Ian Taylor for noticing this possibility and sending the original patch. */ TAIL_RECURSE: /* OK, now we can get on with the real code of the function. Recursive calls are specified by the macro RMATCH and RRETURN is used to return. When NO_RECURSE is *not* defined, these just turn into a recursive call to match() and a "return", respectively (possibly with some debugging if PCRE_DEBUG is defined). However, RMATCH isn't like a function call because it's quite a complicated macro. It has to be used in one particular way. This shouldn't, however, impact performance when true recursion is being used. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF utf = md->utf; /* Local copy of the flag */ #else utf = FALSE; #endif /* First check that we haven't called match() too many times, or that we haven't exceeded the recursive call limit. */ if (md->match_call_count++ >= md->match_limit) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT); if (rdepth >= md->match_limit_recursion) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_RECURSIONLIMIT); /* At the start of a group with an unlimited repeat that may match an empty string, the variable md->match_function_type is set to MATCH_CBEGROUP. It is done this way to save having to use another function argument, which would take up space on the stack. See also MATCH_CONDASSERT below. When MATCH_CBEGROUP is set, add the current subject pointer to the chain of such remembered pointers, to be checked when we hit the closing ket, in order to break infinite loops that match no characters. When match() is called in other circumstances, don't add to the chain. The MATCH_CBEGROUP feature must NOT be used with tail recursion, because the memory block that is used is on the stack, so a new one may be required for each match(). */ if (md->match_function_type == MATCH_CBEGROUP) { newptrb.epb_saved_eptr = eptr; newptrb.epb_prev = eptrb; eptrb = &newptrb; md->match_function_type = 0; } /* Now start processing the opcodes. */ for (;;) { minimize = possessive = FALSE; op = *ecode; switch(op) { case OP_MARK: md->nomatch_mark = ecode + 2; md->mark = NULL; /* In case previously set by assertion */ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM55); if ((rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) && md->mark == NULL) md->mark = ecode + 2; /* A return of MATCH_SKIP_ARG means that matching failed at SKIP with an argument, and we must check whether that argument matches this MARK's argument. It is passed back in md->start_match_ptr (an overloading of that variable). If it does match, we reset that variable to the current subject position and return MATCH_SKIP. Otherwise, pass back the return code unaltered. */ else if (rrc == MATCH_SKIP_ARG && STRCMP_UC_UC_TEST(ecode + 2, md->start_match_ptr) == 0) { md->start_match_ptr = eptr; RRETURN(MATCH_SKIP); } RRETURN(rrc); case OP_FAIL: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); case OP_COMMIT: RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM52); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); RRETURN(MATCH_COMMIT); case OP_PRUNE: RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM51); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); RRETURN(MATCH_PRUNE); case OP_PRUNE_ARG: md->nomatch_mark = ecode + 2; md->mark = NULL; /* In case previously set by assertion */ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM56); if ((rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) && md->mark == NULL) md->mark = ecode + 2; if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); RRETURN(MATCH_PRUNE); case OP_SKIP: RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM53); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); md->start_match_ptr = eptr; /* Pass back current position */ RRETURN(MATCH_SKIP); /* Note that, for Perl compatibility, SKIP with an argument does NOT set nomatch_mark. When a pattern match ends with a SKIP_ARG for which there was not a matching mark, we have to re-run the match, ignoring the SKIP_ARG that failed and any that precede it (either they also failed, or were not triggered). To do this, we maintain a count of executed SKIP_ARGs. If a SKIP_ARG gets to top level, the match is re-run with md->ignore_skip_arg set to the count of the one that failed. */ case OP_SKIP_ARG: md->skip_arg_count++; if (md->skip_arg_count <= md->ignore_skip_arg) { ecode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1]; break; } RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM57); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); /* Pass back the current skip name by overloading md->start_match_ptr and returning the special MATCH_SKIP_ARG return code. This will either be caught by a matching MARK, or get to the top, where it causes a rematch with md->ignore_skip_arg set to the value of md->skip_arg_count. */ md->start_match_ptr = ecode + 2; RRETURN(MATCH_SKIP_ARG); /* For THEN (and THEN_ARG) we pass back the address of the opcode, so that the branch in which it occurs can be determined. Overload the start of match pointer to do this. */ case OP_THEN: RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM54); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); md->start_match_ptr = ecode; RRETURN(MATCH_THEN); case OP_THEN_ARG: md->nomatch_mark = ecode + 2; md->mark = NULL; /* In case previously set by assertion */ RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode] + ecode[1], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM58); if ((rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) && md->mark == NULL) md->mark = ecode + 2; if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); md->start_match_ptr = ecode; RRETURN(MATCH_THEN); /* Handle an atomic group that does not contain any capturing parentheses. This can be handled like an assertion. Prior to 8.13, all atomic groups were handled this way. In 8.13, the code was changed as below for ONCE, so that backups pass through the group and thereby reset captured values. However, this uses a lot more stack, so in 8.20, atomic groups that do not contain any captures generate OP_ONCE_NC, which can be handled in the old, less stack intensive way. Check the alternative branches in turn - the matching won't pass the KET for this kind of subpattern. If any one branch matches, we carry on as at the end of a normal bracket, leaving the subject pointer, but resetting the start-of-match value in case it was changed by \K. */ case OP_ONCE_NC: prev = ecode; saved_eptr = eptr; save_mark = md->mark; do { RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM64); if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH) /* Note: _not_ MATCH_ACCEPT */ { mstart = md->start_match_ptr; break; } if (rrc == MATCH_THEN) { next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); if (md->start_match_ptr < next && (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; } if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); ecode += GET(ecode,1); md->mark = save_mark; } while (*ecode == OP_ALT); /* If hit the end of the group (which could be repeated), fail */ if (*ecode != OP_ONCE_NC && *ecode != OP_ALT) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* Continue as from after the group, updating the offsets high water mark, since extracts may have been taken. */ do ecode += GET(ecode, 1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT); offset_top = md->end_offset_top; eptr = md->end_match_ptr; /* For a non-repeating ket, just continue at this level. This also happens for a repeating ket if no characters were matched in the group. This is the forcible breaking of infinite loops as implemented in Perl 5.005. */ if (*ecode == OP_KET || eptr == saved_eptr) { ecode += 1+LINK_SIZE; break; } /* The repeating kets try the rest of the pattern or restart from the preceding bracket, in the appropriate order. The second "call" of match() uses tail recursion, to avoid using another stack frame. */ if (*ecode == OP_KETRMIN) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM65); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); ecode = prev; goto TAIL_RECURSE; } else /* OP_KETRMAX */ { RMATCH(eptr, prev, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM66); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; goto TAIL_RECURSE; } /* Control never gets here */ /* Handle a capturing bracket, other than those that are possessive with an unlimited repeat. If there is space in the offset vector, save the current subject position in the working slot at the top of the vector. We mustn't change the current values of the data slot, because they may be set from a previous iteration of this group, and be referred to by a reference inside the group. A failure to match might occur after the group has succeeded, if something later on doesn't match. For this reason, we need to restore the working value and also the values of the final offsets, in case they were set by a previous iteration of the same bracket. If there isn't enough space in the offset vector, treat this as if it were a non-capturing bracket. Don't worry about setting the flag for the error case here; that is handled in the code for KET. */ case OP_CBRA: case OP_SCBRA: number = GET2(ecode, 1+LINK_SIZE); offset = number << 1; #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG printf("start bracket %d\n", number); printf("subject="); pchars(eptr, 16, TRUE, md); printf("\n"); #endif if (offset < md->offset_max) { save_offset1 = md->offset_vector[offset]; save_offset2 = md->offset_vector[offset+1]; save_offset3 = md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number]; save_capture_last = md->capture_last; save_mark = md->mark; DPRINTF(("saving %d %d %d\n", save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3)); md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject); for (;;) { if (op >= OP_SBRA) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP; RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM1); if (rrc == MATCH_ONCE) break; /* Backing up through an atomic group */ /* If we backed up to a THEN, check whether it is within the current branch by comparing the address of the THEN that is passed back with the end of the branch. If it is within the current branch, and the branch is one of two or more alternatives (it either starts or ends with OP_ALT), we have reached the limit of THEN's action, so convert the return code to NOMATCH, which will cause normal backtracking to happen from now on. Otherwise, THEN is passed back to an outer alternative. This implements Perl's treatment of parenthesized groups, where a group not containing | does not affect the current alternative, that is, (X) is NOT the same as (X|(*F)). */ if (rrc == MATCH_THEN) { next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); if (md->start_match_ptr < next && (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; } /* Anything other than NOMATCH is passed back. */ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); md->capture_last = save_capture_last; ecode += GET(ecode, 1); md->mark = save_mark; if (*ecode != OP_ALT) break; } DPRINTF(("bracket %d failed\n", number)); md->offset_vector[offset] = save_offset1; md->offset_vector[offset+1] = save_offset2; md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = save_offset3; /* At this point, rrc will be one of MATCH_ONCE or MATCH_NOMATCH. */ RRETURN(rrc); } /* FALL THROUGH ... Insufficient room for saving captured contents. Treat as a non-capturing bracket. */ /* VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV */ /* VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV */ DPRINTF(("insufficient capture room: treat as non-capturing\n")); /* VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV */ /* VVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV */ /* Non-capturing or atomic group, except for possessive with unlimited repeat and ONCE group with no captures. Loop for all the alternatives. When we get to the final alternative within the brackets, we used to return the result of a recursive call to match() whatever happened so it was possible to reduce stack usage by turning this into a tail recursion, except in the case of a possibly empty group. However, now that there is the possiblity of (*THEN) occurring in the final alternative, this optimization is no longer always possible. We can optimize if we know there are no (*THEN)s in the pattern; at present this is the best that can be done. MATCH_ONCE is returned when the end of an atomic group is successfully reached, but subsequent matching fails. It passes back up the tree (causing captured values to be reset) until the original atomic group level is reached. This is tested by comparing md->once_target with the start of the group. At this point, the return is converted into MATCH_NOMATCH so that previous backup points can be taken. */ case OP_ONCE: case OP_BRA: case OP_SBRA: DPRINTF(("start non-capturing bracket\n")); for (;;) { if (op >= OP_SBRA || op == OP_ONCE) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP; /* If this is not a possibly empty group, and there are no (*THEN)s in the pattern, and this is the final alternative, optimize as described above. */ else if (!md->hasthen && ecode[GET(ecode, 1)] != OP_ALT) { ecode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode]; goto TAIL_RECURSE; } /* In all other cases, we have to make another call to match(). */ save_mark = md->mark; save_capture_last = md->capture_last; RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM2); /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling THEN. */ if (rrc == MATCH_THEN) { next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); if (md->start_match_ptr < next && (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; } if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) { if (rrc == MATCH_ONCE) { const pcre_uchar *scode = ecode; if (*scode != OP_ONCE) /* If not at start, find it */ { while (*scode == OP_ALT) scode += GET(scode, 1); scode -= GET(scode, 1); } if (md->once_target == scode) rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; } RRETURN(rrc); } ecode += GET(ecode, 1); md->mark = save_mark; if (*ecode != OP_ALT) break; md->capture_last = save_capture_last; } RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* Handle possessive capturing brackets with an unlimited repeat. We come here from BRAZERO with allow_zero set TRUE. The offset_vector values are handled similarly to the normal case above. However, the matching is different. The end of these brackets will always be OP_KETRPOS, which returns MATCH_KETRPOS without going further in the pattern. By this means we can handle the group by iteration rather than recursion, thereby reducing the amount of stack needed. */ case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRAPOS: allow_zero = FALSE; POSSESSIVE_CAPTURE: number = GET2(ecode, 1+LINK_SIZE); offset = number << 1; #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG printf("start possessive bracket %d\n", number); printf("subject="); pchars(eptr, 16, TRUE, md); printf("\n"); #endif if (offset >= md->offset_max) goto POSSESSIVE_NON_CAPTURE; matched_once = FALSE; code_offset = (int)(ecode - md->start_code); save_offset1 = md->offset_vector[offset]; save_offset2 = md->offset_vector[offset+1]; save_offset3 = md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number]; save_capture_last = md->capture_last; DPRINTF(("saving %d %d %d\n", save_offset1, save_offset2, save_offset3)); /* Each time round the loop, save the current subject position for use when the group matches. For MATCH_MATCH, the group has matched, so we restart it with a new subject starting position, remembering that we had at least one match. For MATCH_NOMATCH, carry on with the alternatives, as usual. If we haven't matched any alternatives in any iteration, check to see if a previous iteration matched. If so, the group has matched; continue from afterwards. Otherwise it has failed; restore the previous capture values before returning NOMATCH. */ for (;;) { md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject); if (op >= OP_SBRA) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP; RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM63); if (rrc == MATCH_KETRPOS) { offset_top = md->end_offset_top; ecode = md->start_code + code_offset; save_capture_last = md->capture_last; matched_once = TRUE; mstart = md->start_match_ptr; /* In case \K changed it */ if (eptr == md->end_match_ptr) /* Matched an empty string */ { do ecode += GET(ecode, 1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT); break; } eptr = md->end_match_ptr; continue; } /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling THEN. */ if (rrc == MATCH_THEN) { next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); if (md->start_match_ptr < next && (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; } if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); md->capture_last = save_capture_last; ecode += GET(ecode, 1); if (*ecode != OP_ALT) break; } if (!matched_once) { md->offset_vector[offset] = save_offset1; md->offset_vector[offset+1] = save_offset2; md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number] = save_offset3; } if (allow_zero || matched_once) { ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; } RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* Non-capturing possessive bracket with unlimited repeat. We come here from BRAZERO with allow_zero = TRUE. The code is similar to the above, without the capturing complication. It is written out separately for speed and cleanliness. */ case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_SBRAPOS: allow_zero = FALSE; POSSESSIVE_NON_CAPTURE: matched_once = FALSE; code_offset = (int)(ecode - md->start_code); save_capture_last = md->capture_last; for (;;) { if (op >= OP_SBRA) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP; RMATCH(eptr, ecode + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*ecode], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM48); if (rrc == MATCH_KETRPOS) { offset_top = md->end_offset_top; ecode = md->start_code + code_offset; matched_once = TRUE; mstart = md->start_match_ptr; /* In case \K reset it */ if (eptr == md->end_match_ptr) /* Matched an empty string */ { do ecode += GET(ecode, 1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT); break; } eptr = md->end_match_ptr; continue; } /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling THEN. */ if (rrc == MATCH_THEN) { next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); if (md->start_match_ptr < next && (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; } if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); ecode += GET(ecode, 1); if (*ecode != OP_ALT) break; md->capture_last = save_capture_last; } if (matched_once || allow_zero) { ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; } RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* Control never reaches here. */ /* Conditional group: compilation checked that there are no more than two branches. If the condition is false, skipping the first branch takes us past the end of the item if there is only one branch, but that's exactly what we want. */ case OP_COND: case OP_SCOND: /* The variable codelink will be added to ecode when the condition is false, to get to the second branch. Setting it to the offset to the ALT or KET, then incrementing ecode achieves this effect. We now have ecode pointing to the condition or callout. */ codelink = GET(ecode, 1); /* Offset to the second branch */ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* From this opcode */ /* Because of the way auto-callout works during compile, a callout item is inserted between OP_COND and an assertion condition. */ if (*ecode == OP_CALLOUT) { if (PUBL(callout) != NULL) { PUBL(callout_block) cb; cb.version = 2; /* Version 1 of the callout block */ cb.callout_number = ecode[1]; cb.offset_vector = md->offset_vector; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR)md->start_subject; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR16)md->start_subject; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR32)md->start_subject; #endif cb.subject_length = (int)(md->end_subject - md->start_subject); cb.start_match = (int)(mstart - md->start_subject); cb.current_position = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject); cb.pattern_position = GET(ecode, 2); cb.next_item_length = GET(ecode, 2 + LINK_SIZE); cb.capture_top = offset_top/2; cb.capture_last = md->capture_last & CAPLMASK; /* Internal change requires this for API compatibility. */ if (cb.capture_last == 0) cb.capture_last = -1; cb.callout_data = md->callout_data; cb.mark = md->nomatch_mark; if ((rrc = (*PUBL(callout))(&cb)) > 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (rrc < 0) RRETURN(rrc); } /* Advance ecode past the callout, so it now points to the condition. We must adjust codelink so that the value of ecode+codelink is unchanged. */ ecode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT]; codelink -= PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT]; } /* Test the various possible conditions */ condition = FALSE; switch(condcode = *ecode) { case OP_RREF: /* Numbered group recursion test */ if (md->recursive != NULL) /* Not recursing => FALSE */ { unsigned int recno = GET2(ecode, 1); /* Recursion group number*/ condition = (recno == RREF_ANY || recno == md->recursive->group_num); } break; case OP_DNRREF: /* Duplicate named group recursion test */ if (md->recursive != NULL) { int count = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); pcre_uchar *slot = md->name_table + GET2(ecode, 1) * md->name_entry_size; while (count-- > 0) { unsigned int recno = GET2(slot, 0); condition = recno == md->recursive->group_num; if (condition) break; slot += md->name_entry_size; } } break; case OP_CREF: /* Numbered group used test */ offset = GET2(ecode, 1) << 1; /* Doubled ref number */ condition = offset < offset_top && md->offset_vector[offset] >= 0; break; case OP_DNCREF: /* Duplicate named group used test */ { int count = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); pcre_uchar *slot = md->name_table + GET2(ecode, 1) * md->name_entry_size; while (count-- > 0) { offset = GET2(slot, 0) << 1; condition = offset < offset_top && md->offset_vector[offset] >= 0; if (condition) break; slot += md->name_entry_size; } } break; case OP_DEF: /* DEFINE - always false */ case OP_FAIL: /* From optimized (?!) condition */ break; /* The condition is an assertion. Call match() to evaluate it - setting md->match_function_type to MATCH_CONDASSERT causes it to stop at the end of an assertion. */ default: md->match_function_type = MATCH_CONDASSERT; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, NULL, RM3); if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH) { if (md->end_offset_top > offset_top) offset_top = md->end_offset_top; /* Captures may have happened */ condition = TRUE; /* Advance ecode past the assertion to the start of the first branch, but adjust it so that the general choosing code below works. If the assertion has a quantifier that allows zero repeats we must skip over the BRAZERO. This is a lunatic thing to do, but somebody did! */ if (*ecode == OP_BRAZERO) ecode++; ecode += GET(ecode, 1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT) ecode += GET(ecode, 1); ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE - PRIV(OP_lengths)[condcode]; } /* PCRE doesn't allow the effect of (*THEN) to escape beyond an assertion; it is therefore treated as NOMATCH. Any other return is an error. */ else if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH && rrc != MATCH_THEN) { RRETURN(rrc); /* Need braces because of following else */ } break; } /* Choose branch according to the condition */ ecode += condition? PRIV(OP_lengths)[condcode] : codelink; /* We are now at the branch that is to be obeyed. As there is only one, we can use tail recursion to avoid using another stack frame, except when there is unlimited repeat of a possibly empty group. In the latter case, a recursive call to match() is always required, unless the second alternative doesn't exist, in which case we can just plough on. Note that, for compatibility with Perl, the | in a conditional group is NOT treated as creating two alternatives. If a THEN is encountered in the branch, it propagates out to the enclosing alternative (unless nested in a deeper set of alternatives, of course). */ if (condition || ecode[-(1+LINK_SIZE)] == OP_ALT) { if (op != OP_SCOND) { goto TAIL_RECURSE; } md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM49); RRETURN(rrc); } /* Condition false & no alternative; continue after the group. */ else { } break; /* Before OP_ACCEPT there may be any number of OP_CLOSE opcodes, to close any currently open capturing brackets. */ case OP_CLOSE: number = GET2(ecode, 1); /* Must be less than 65536 */ offset = number << 1; #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG printf("end bracket %d at *ACCEPT", number); printf("\n"); #endif md->capture_last = (md->capture_last & OVFLMASK) | number; if (offset >= md->offset_max) md->capture_last |= OVFLBIT; else { md->offset_vector[offset] = md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number]; md->offset_vector[offset+1] = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject); /* If this group is at or above the current highwater mark, ensure that any groups between the current high water mark and this group are marked unset and then update the high water mark. */ if (offset >= offset_top) { register int *iptr = md->offset_vector + offset_top; register int *iend = md->offset_vector + offset; while (iptr < iend) *iptr++ = -1; offset_top = offset + 2; } } ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; break; /* End of the pattern, either real or forced. */ case OP_END: case OP_ACCEPT: case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: /* If we have matched an empty string, fail if not in an assertion and not in a recursion if either PCRE_NOTEMPTY is set, or if PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART is set and we have matched at the start of the subject. In both cases, backtracking will then try other alternatives, if any. */ if (eptr == mstart && op != OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT && md->recursive == NULL && (md->notempty || (md->notempty_atstart && mstart == md->start_subject + md->start_offset))) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* Otherwise, we have a match. */ md->end_match_ptr = eptr; /* Record where we ended */ md->end_offset_top = offset_top; /* and how many extracts were taken */ md->start_match_ptr = mstart; /* and the start (\K can modify) */ /* For some reason, the macros don't work properly if an expression is given as the argument to RRETURN when the heap is in use. */ rrc = (op == OP_END)? MATCH_MATCH : MATCH_ACCEPT; RRETURN(rrc); /* Assertion brackets. Check the alternative branches in turn - the matching won't pass the KET for an assertion. If any one branch matches, the assertion is true. Lookbehind assertions have an OP_REVERSE item at the start of each branch to move the current point backwards, so the code at this level is identical to the lookahead case. When the assertion is part of a condition, we want to return immediately afterwards. The caller of this incarnation of the match() function will have set MATCH_CONDASSERT in md->match_function type, and one of these opcodes will be the first opcode that is processed. We use a local variable that is preserved over calls to match() to remember this case. */ case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: save_mark = md->mark; if (md->match_function_type == MATCH_CONDASSERT) { condassert = TRUE; md->match_function_type = 0; } else condassert = FALSE; /* Loop for each branch */ do { RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, NULL, RM4); /* A match means that the assertion is true; break out of the loop that matches its alternatives. */ if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) { mstart = md->start_match_ptr; /* In case \K reset it */ break; } /* If not matched, restore the previous mark setting. */ md->mark = save_mark; /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling THEN. */ if (rrc == MATCH_THEN) { next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); if (md->start_match_ptr < next && (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; } /* Anything other than NOMATCH causes the entire assertion to fail, passing back the return code. This includes COMMIT, SKIP, PRUNE and an uncaptured THEN, which means they take their normal effect. This consistent approach does not always have exactly the same effect as in Perl. */ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); ecode += GET(ecode, 1); } while (*ecode == OP_ALT); /* Continue for next alternative */ /* If we have tried all the alternative branches, the assertion has failed. If not, we broke out after a match. */ if (*ecode == OP_KET) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* If checking an assertion for a condition, return MATCH_MATCH. */ if (condassert) RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH); /* Continue from after a successful assertion, updating the offsets high water mark, since extracts may have been taken during the assertion. */ do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT); ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; offset_top = md->end_offset_top; continue; /* Negative assertion: all branches must fail to match for the assertion to succeed. */ case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: save_mark = md->mark; if (md->match_function_type == MATCH_CONDASSERT) { condassert = TRUE; md->match_function_type = 0; } else condassert = FALSE; /* Loop for each alternative branch. */ do { RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, NULL, RM5); md->mark = save_mark; /* Always restore the mark setting */ switch(rrc) { case MATCH_MATCH: /* A successful match means */ case MATCH_ACCEPT: /* the assertion has failed. */ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); case MATCH_NOMATCH: /* Carry on with next branch */ break; /* See comment in the code for capturing groups above about handling THEN. */ case MATCH_THEN: next = ecode + GET(ecode,1); if (md->start_match_ptr < next && (*ecode == OP_ALT || *next == OP_ALT)) { rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; break; } /* Otherwise fall through. */ /* COMMIT, SKIP, PRUNE, and an uncaptured THEN cause the whole assertion to fail to match, without considering any more alternatives. Failing to match means the assertion is true. This is a consistent approach, but does not always have the same effect as in Perl. */ case MATCH_COMMIT: case MATCH_SKIP: case MATCH_SKIP_ARG: case MATCH_PRUNE: do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT); goto NEG_ASSERT_TRUE; /* Break out of alternation loop */ /* Anything else is an error */ default: RRETURN(rrc); } /* Continue with next branch */ ecode += GET(ecode,1); } while (*ecode == OP_ALT); /* All branches in the assertion failed to match. */ NEG_ASSERT_TRUE: if (condassert) RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH); /* Condition assertion */ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* Continue with current branch */ continue; /* Move the subject pointer back. This occurs only at the start of each branch of a lookbehind assertion. If we are too close to the start to move back, this match function fails. When working with UTF-8 we move back a number of characters, not bytes. */ case OP_REVERSE: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { i = GET(ecode, 1); while (i-- > 0) { eptr--; if (eptr < md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); BACKCHAR(eptr); } } else #endif /* No UTF-8 support, or not in UTF-8 mode: count is byte count */ { eptr -= GET(ecode, 1); if (eptr < md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Save the earliest consulted character, then skip to next op code */ if (eptr < md->start_used_ptr) md->start_used_ptr = eptr; ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; /* The callout item calls an external function, if one is provided, passing details of the match so far. This is mainly for debugging, though the function is able to force a failure. */ case OP_CALLOUT: if (PUBL(callout) != NULL) { PUBL(callout_block) cb; cb.version = 2; /* Version 1 of the callout block */ cb.callout_number = ecode[1]; cb.offset_vector = md->offset_vector; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR)md->start_subject; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR16)md->start_subject; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 cb.subject = (PCRE_SPTR32)md->start_subject; #endif cb.subject_length = (int)(md->end_subject - md->start_subject); cb.start_match = (int)(mstart - md->start_subject); cb.current_position = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject); cb.pattern_position = GET(ecode, 2); cb.next_item_length = GET(ecode, 2 + LINK_SIZE); cb.capture_top = offset_top/2; cb.capture_last = md->capture_last & CAPLMASK; /* Internal change requires this for API compatibility. */ if (cb.capture_last == 0) cb.capture_last = -1; cb.callout_data = md->callout_data; cb.mark = md->nomatch_mark; if ((rrc = (*PUBL(callout))(&cb)) > 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (rrc < 0) RRETURN(rrc); } ecode += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE; break; /* Recursion either matches the current regex, or some subexpression. The offset data is the offset to the starting bracket from the start of the whole pattern. (This is so that it works from duplicated subpatterns.) The state of the capturing groups is preserved over recursion, and re-instated afterwards. We don't know how many are started and not yet finished (offset_top records the completed total) so we just have to save all the potential data. There may be up to 65535 such values, which is too large to put on the stack, but using malloc for small numbers seems expensive. As a compromise, the stack is used when there are no more than REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX values to store; otherwise malloc is used. There are also other values that have to be saved. We use a chained sequence of blocks that actually live on the stack. Thanks to Robin Houston for the original version of this logic. It has, however, been hacked around a lot, so he is not to blame for the current way it works. */ case OP_RECURSE: { recursion_info *ri; unsigned int recno; callpat = md->start_code + GET(ecode, 1); recno = (callpat == md->start_code)? 0 : GET2(callpat, 1 + LINK_SIZE); /* Check for repeating a recursion without advancing the subject pointer. This should catch convoluted mutual recursions. (Some simple cases are caught at compile time.) */ for (ri = md->recursive; ri != NULL; ri = ri->prevrec) if (recno == ri->group_num && eptr == ri->subject_position) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_RECURSELOOP); /* Add to "recursing stack" */ new_recursive.group_num = recno; new_recursive.saved_capture_last = md->capture_last; new_recursive.subject_position = eptr; new_recursive.prevrec = md->recursive; md->recursive = &new_recursive; /* Where to continue from afterwards */ ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* Now save the offset data */ new_recursive.saved_max = md->offset_end; if (new_recursive.saved_max <= REC_STACK_SAVE_MAX) new_recursive.offset_save = stacksave; else { new_recursive.offset_save = (int *)(PUBL(malloc))(new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int)); if (new_recursive.offset_save == NULL) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY); } memcpy(new_recursive.offset_save, md->offset_vector, new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int)); /* OK, now we can do the recursion. After processing each alternative, restore the offset data and the last captured value. If there were nested recursions, md->recursive might be changed, so reset it before looping. */ DPRINTF(("Recursing into group %d\n", new_recursive.group_num)); cbegroup = (*callpat >= OP_SBRA); do { if (cbegroup) md->match_function_type = MATCH_CBEGROUP; RMATCH(eptr, callpat + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*callpat], offset_top, md, eptrb, RM6); memcpy(md->offset_vector, new_recursive.offset_save, new_recursive.saved_max * sizeof(int)); md->capture_last = new_recursive.saved_capture_last; md->recursive = new_recursive.prevrec; if (rrc == MATCH_MATCH || rrc == MATCH_ACCEPT) { DPRINTF(("Recursion matched\n")); if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave) (PUBL(free))(new_recursive.offset_save); /* Set where we got to in the subject, and reset the start in case it was changed by \K. This *is* propagated back out of a recursion, for Perl compatibility. */ eptr = md->end_match_ptr; mstart = md->start_match_ptr; goto RECURSION_MATCHED; /* Exit loop; end processing */ } /* PCRE does not allow THEN, SKIP, PRUNE or COMMIT to escape beyond a recursion; they cause a NOMATCH for the entire recursion. These codes are defined in a range that can be tested for. */ if (rrc >= MATCH_BACKTRACK_MIN && rrc <= MATCH_BACKTRACK_MAX) { if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave) (PUBL(free))(new_recursive.offset_save); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Any return code other than NOMATCH is an error. */ if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) { DPRINTF(("Recursion gave error %d\n", rrc)); if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave) (PUBL(free))(new_recursive.offset_save); RRETURN(rrc); } md->recursive = &new_recursive; callpat += GET(callpat, 1); } while (*callpat == OP_ALT); DPRINTF(("Recursion didn't match\n")); md->recursive = new_recursive.prevrec; if (new_recursive.offset_save != stacksave) (PUBL(free))(new_recursive.offset_save); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } RECURSION_MATCHED: break; /* An alternation is the end of a branch; scan along to find the end of the bracketed group and go to there. */ case OP_ALT: do ecode += GET(ecode,1); while (*ecode == OP_ALT); break; /* BRAZERO, BRAMINZERO and SKIPZERO occur just before a bracket group, indicating that it may occur zero times. It may repeat infinitely, or not at all - i.e. it could be ()* or ()? or even (){0} in the pattern. Brackets with fixed upper repeat limits are compiled as a number of copies, with the optional ones preceded by BRAZERO or BRAMINZERO. */ case OP_BRAZERO: next = ecode + 1; RMATCH(eptr, next, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM10); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); do next += GET(next, 1); while (*next == OP_ALT); ecode = next + 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_BRAMINZERO: next = ecode + 1; do next += GET(next, 1); while (*next == OP_ALT); RMATCH(eptr, next + 1+LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM11); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); ecode++; break; case OP_SKIPZERO: next = ecode+1; do next += GET(next,1); while (*next == OP_ALT); ecode = next + 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; /* BRAPOSZERO occurs before a possessive bracket group. Don't do anything here; just jump to the group, with allow_zero set TRUE. */ case OP_BRAPOSZERO: op = *(++ecode); allow_zero = TRUE; if (op == OP_CBRAPOS || op == OP_SCBRAPOS) goto POSSESSIVE_CAPTURE; goto POSSESSIVE_NON_CAPTURE; /* End of a group, repeated or non-repeating. */ case OP_KET: case OP_KETRMIN: case OP_KETRMAX: case OP_KETRPOS: prev = ecode - GET(ecode, 1); /* If this was a group that remembered the subject start, in order to break infinite repeats of empty string matches, retrieve the subject start from the chain. Otherwise, set it NULL. */ if (*prev >= OP_SBRA || *prev == OP_ONCE) { saved_eptr = eptrb->epb_saved_eptr; /* Value at start of group */ eptrb = eptrb->epb_prev; /* Backup to previous group */ } else saved_eptr = NULL; /* If we are at the end of an assertion group or a non-capturing atomic group, stop matching and return MATCH_MATCH, but record the current high water mark for use by positive assertions. We also need to record the match start in case it was changed by \K. */ if ((*prev >= OP_ASSERT && *prev <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) || *prev == OP_ONCE_NC) { md->end_match_ptr = eptr; /* For ONCE_NC */ md->end_offset_top = offset_top; md->start_match_ptr = mstart; RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH); /* Sets md->mark */ } /* For capturing groups we have to check the group number back at the start and if necessary complete handling an extraction by setting the offsets and bumping the high water mark. Whole-pattern recursion is coded as a recurse into group 0, so it won't be picked up here. Instead, we catch it when the OP_END is reached. Other recursion is handled here. We just have to record the current subject position and start match pointer and give a MATCH return. */ if (*prev == OP_CBRA || *prev == OP_SCBRA || *prev == OP_CBRAPOS || *prev == OP_SCBRAPOS) { number = GET2(prev, 1+LINK_SIZE); offset = number << 1; #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG printf("end bracket %d", number); printf("\n"); #endif /* Handle a recursively called group. */ if (md->recursive != NULL && md->recursive->group_num == number) { md->end_match_ptr = eptr; md->start_match_ptr = mstart; RRETURN(MATCH_MATCH); } /* Deal with capturing */ md->capture_last = (md->capture_last & OVFLMASK) | number; if (offset >= md->offset_max) md->capture_last |= OVFLBIT; else { /* If offset is greater than offset_top, it means that we are "skipping" a capturing group, and that group's offsets must be marked unset. In earlier versions of PCRE, all the offsets were unset at the start of matching, but this doesn't work because atomic groups and assertions can cause a value to be set that should later be unset. Example: matching /(?>(a))b|(a)c/ against "ac". This sets group 1 as part of the atomic group, but this is not on the final matching path, so must be unset when 2 is set. (If there is no group 2, there is no problem, because offset_top will then be 2, indicating no capture.) */ if (offset > offset_top) { register int *iptr = md->offset_vector + offset_top; register int *iend = md->offset_vector + offset; while (iptr < iend) *iptr++ = -1; } /* Now make the extraction */ md->offset_vector[offset] = md->offset_vector[md->offset_end - number]; md->offset_vector[offset+1] = (int)(eptr - md->start_subject); if (offset_top <= offset) offset_top = offset + 2; } } /* OP_KETRPOS is a possessive repeating ket. Remember the current position, and return the MATCH_KETRPOS. This makes it possible to do the repeats one at a time from the outer level, thus saving stack. This must precede the empty string test - in this case that test is done at the outer level. */ if (*ecode == OP_KETRPOS) { md->start_match_ptr = mstart; /* In case \K reset it */ md->end_match_ptr = eptr; md->end_offset_top = offset_top; RRETURN(MATCH_KETRPOS); } /* For an ordinary non-repeating ket, just continue at this level. This also happens for a repeating ket if no characters were matched in the group. This is the forcible breaking of infinite loops as implemented in Perl 5.005. For a non-repeating atomic group that includes captures, establish a backup point by processing the rest of the pattern at a lower level. If this results in a NOMATCH return, pass MATCH_ONCE back to the original OP_ONCE level, thereby bypassing intermediate backup points, but resetting any captures that happened along the way. */ if (*ecode == OP_KET || eptr == saved_eptr) { if (*prev == OP_ONCE) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM12); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); md->once_target = prev; /* Level at which to change to MATCH_NOMATCH */ RRETURN(MATCH_ONCE); } ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* Carry on at this level */ break; } /* The normal repeating kets try the rest of the pattern or restart from the preceding bracket, in the appropriate order. In the second case, we can use tail recursion to avoid using another stack frame, unless we have an an atomic group or an unlimited repeat of a group that can match an empty string. */ if (*ecode == OP_KETRMIN) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM7); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (*prev == OP_ONCE) { RMATCH(eptr, prev, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM8); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); md->once_target = prev; /* Level at which to change to MATCH_NOMATCH */ RRETURN(MATCH_ONCE); } if (*prev >= OP_SBRA) /* Could match an empty string */ { RMATCH(eptr, prev, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM50); RRETURN(rrc); } ecode = prev; goto TAIL_RECURSE; } else /* OP_KETRMAX */ { RMATCH(eptr, prev, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM13); if (rrc == MATCH_ONCE && md->once_target == prev) rrc = MATCH_NOMATCH; if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (*prev == OP_ONCE) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM9); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); md->once_target = prev; RRETURN(MATCH_ONCE); } ecode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; goto TAIL_RECURSE; } /* Control never gets here */ /* Not multiline mode: start of subject assertion, unless notbol. */ case OP_CIRC: if (md->notbol && eptr == md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* Start of subject assertion */ case OP_SOD: if (eptr != md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); ecode++; break; /* Multiline mode: start of subject unless notbol, or after any newline. */ case OP_CIRCM: if (md->notbol && eptr == md->start_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr != md->start_subject && (eptr == md->end_subject || !WAS_NEWLINE(eptr))) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); ecode++; break; /* Start of match assertion */ case OP_SOM: if (eptr != md->start_subject + md->start_offset) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); ecode++; break; /* Reset the start of match point */ case OP_SET_SOM: mstart = eptr; ecode++; break; /* Multiline mode: assert before any newline, or before end of subject unless noteol is set. */ case OP_DOLLM: if (eptr < md->end_subject) { if (!IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) { if (md->partial != 0 && eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && UCHAR21TEST(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { md->hitend = TRUE; if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); } RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } else { if (md->noteol) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); SCHECK_PARTIAL(); } ecode++; break; /* Not multiline mode: assert before a terminating newline or before end of subject unless noteol is set. */ case OP_DOLL: if (md->noteol) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (!md->endonly) goto ASSERT_NL_OR_EOS; /* ... else fall through for endonly */ /* End of subject assertion (\z) */ case OP_EOD: if (eptr < md->end_subject) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); SCHECK_PARTIAL(); ecode++; break; /* End of subject or ending \n assertion (\Z) */ case OP_EODN: ASSERT_NL_OR_EOS: if (eptr < md->end_subject && (!IS_NEWLINE(eptr) || eptr != md->end_subject - md->nllen)) { if (md->partial != 0 && eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && UCHAR21TEST(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { md->hitend = TRUE; if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); } RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Either at end of string or \n before end. */ SCHECK_PARTIAL(); ecode++; break; /* Word boundary assertions */ case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: { /* Find out if the previous and current characters are "word" characters. It takes a bit more work in UTF-8 mode. Characters > 255 are assumed to be "non-word" characters. Remember the earliest consulted character for partial matching. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { /* Get status of previous character */ if (eptr == md->start_subject) prev_is_word = FALSE; else { PCRE_PUCHAR lastptr = eptr - 1; BACKCHAR(lastptr); if (lastptr < md->start_used_ptr) md->start_used_ptr = lastptr; GETCHAR(c, lastptr); #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (md->use_ucp) { if (c == '_') prev_is_word = TRUE; else { int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c); prev_is_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N); } } else #endif prev_is_word = c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0; } /* Get status of next character */ if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); cur_is_word = FALSE; } else { GETCHAR(c, eptr); #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (md->use_ucp) { if (c == '_') cur_is_word = TRUE; else { int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c); cur_is_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N); } } else #endif cur_is_word = c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0; } } else #endif /* Not in UTF-8 mode, but we may still have PCRE_UCP set, and for consistency with the behaviour of \w we do use it in this case. */ { /* Get status of previous character */ if (eptr == md->start_subject) prev_is_word = FALSE; else { if (eptr <= md->start_used_ptr) md->start_used_ptr = eptr - 1; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (md->use_ucp) { c = eptr[-1]; if (c == '_') prev_is_word = TRUE; else { int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c); prev_is_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N); } } else #endif prev_is_word = MAX_255(eptr[-1]) && ((md->ctypes[eptr[-1]] & ctype_word) != 0); } /* Get status of next character */ if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); cur_is_word = FALSE; } else #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (md->use_ucp) { c = *eptr; if (c == '_') cur_is_word = TRUE; else { int cat = UCD_CATEGORY(c); cur_is_word = (cat == ucp_L || cat == ucp_N); } } else #endif cur_is_word = MAX_255(*eptr) && ((md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0); } /* Now see if the situation is what we want */ if ((*ecode++ == OP_WORD_BOUNDARY)? cur_is_word == prev_is_word : cur_is_word != prev_is_word) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; /* Match any single character type except newline; have to take care with CRLF newlines and partial matching. */ case OP_ANY: if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (md->partial != 0 && eptr == md->end_subject - 1 && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && UCHAR21TEST(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { md->hitend = TRUE; if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); } /* Fall through */ /* Match any single character whatsoever. */ case OP_ALLANY: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) /* DO NOT merge the eptr++ here; it must */ { /* not be updated before SCHECK_PARTIAL. */ SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } eptr++; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); #endif ecode++; break; /* Match a single byte, even in UTF-8 mode. This opcode really does match any byte, even newline, independent of the setting of PCRE_DOTALL. */ case OP_ANYBYTE: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) /* DO NOT merge the eptr++ here; it must */ { /* not be updated before SCHECK_PARTIAL. */ SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } eptr++; ecode++; break; case OP_NOT_DIGIT: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ( #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) c < 256 && #endif (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0 ) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); ecode++; break; case OP_DIGIT: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ( #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) c > 255 || #endif (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0 ) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); ecode++; break; case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ( #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) c < 256 && #endif (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0 ) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); ecode++; break; case OP_WHITESPACE: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ( #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) c > 255 || #endif (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0 ) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); ecode++; break; case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ( #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) c < 256 && #endif (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0 ) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); ecode++; break; case OP_WORDCHAR: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ( #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) c > 255 || #endif (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0 ) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); ecode++; break; case OP_ANYNL: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); switch(c) { default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); case CHAR_CR: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); } else if (UCHAR21TEST(eptr) == CHAR_LF) eptr++; break; case CHAR_LF: break; case CHAR_VT: case CHAR_FF: case CHAR_NEL: #ifndef EBCDIC case 0x2028: case 0x2029: #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; } ecode++; break; case OP_NOT_HSPACE: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* Byte and multibyte cases */ default: break; } ecode++; break; case OP_HSPACE: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: break; /* Byte and multibyte cases */ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } ecode++; break; case OP_NOT_VSPACE: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); switch(c) { VSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); default: break; } ecode++; break; case OP_VSPACE: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); switch(c) { VSPACE_CASES: break; default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } ecode++; break; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP /* Check the next character by Unicode property. We will get here only if the support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */ case OP_PROP: case OP_NOTPROP: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); { const pcre_uint32 *cp; const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c); switch(ecode[1]) { case PT_ANY: if (op == OP_NOTPROP) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case PT_LAMP: if ((prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == (op == OP_NOTPROP)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case PT_GC: if ((ecode[2] != PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == (op == OP_PROP)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case PT_PC: if ((ecode[2] != prop->chartype) == (op == OP_PROP)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case PT_SC: if ((ecode[2] != prop->script) == (op == OP_PROP)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; /* These are specials */ case PT_ALNUM: if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == (op == OP_NOTPROP)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed at release 8.34. */ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: VSPACE_CASES: if (op == OP_NOTPROP) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; default: if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z) == (op == OP_NOTPROP)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; } break; case PT_WORD: if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == (op == OP_NOTPROP)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case PT_CLIST: cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + ecode[2]; for (;;) { if (c < *cp) { if (op == OP_PROP) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else break; } if (c == *cp++) { if (op == OP_PROP) break; else { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } } break; case PT_UCNC: if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) || c >= 0xe000) == (op == OP_NOTPROP)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; /* This should never occur */ default: RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); } ecode += 3; } break; /* Match an extended Unicode sequence. We will get here only if the support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */ case OP_EXTUNI: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else { int lgb, rgb; GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); while (eptr < md->end_subject) { int len = 1; if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); } rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; lgb = rgb; eptr += len; } } CHECK_PARTIAL(); ecode++; break; #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ /* Match a back reference, possibly repeatedly. Look past the end of the item to see if there is repeat information following. The code is similar to that for character classes, but repeated for efficiency. Then obey similar code to character type repeats - written out again for speed. However, if the referenced string is the empty string, always treat it as matched, any number of times (otherwise there could be infinite loops). If the reference is unset, there are two possibilities: (a) In the default, Perl-compatible state, set the length negative; this ensures that every attempt at a match fails. We can't just fail here, because of the possibility of quantifiers with zero minima. (b) If the JavaScript compatibility flag is set, set the length to zero so that the back reference matches an empty string. Otherwise, set the length to the length of what was matched by the referenced subpattern. The OP_REF and OP_REFI opcodes are used for a reference to a numbered group or to a non-duplicated named group. For a duplicated named group, OP_DNREF and OP_DNREFI are used. In this case we must scan the list of groups to which the name refers, and use the first one that is set. */ case OP_DNREF: case OP_DNREFI: caseless = op == OP_DNREFI; { int count = GET2(ecode, 1+IMM2_SIZE); pcre_uchar *slot = md->name_table + GET2(ecode, 1) * md->name_entry_size; ecode += 1 + 2*IMM2_SIZE; /* Setting the default length first and initializing 'offset' avoids compiler warnings in the REF_REPEAT code. */ length = (md->jscript_compat)? 0 : -1; offset = 0; while (count-- > 0) { offset = GET2(slot, 0) << 1; if (offset < offset_top && md->offset_vector[offset] >= 0) { length = md->offset_vector[offset+1] - md->offset_vector[offset]; break; } slot += md->name_entry_size; } } goto REF_REPEAT; case OP_REF: case OP_REFI: caseless = op == OP_REFI; offset = GET2(ecode, 1) << 1; /* Doubled ref number */ ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; if (offset >= offset_top || md->offset_vector[offset] < 0) length = (md->jscript_compat)? 0 : -1; else length = md->offset_vector[offset+1] - md->offset_vector[offset]; /* Set up for repetition, or handle the non-repeated case */ REF_REPEAT: switch (*ecode) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR; minimize = (c & 1) != 0; min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */ max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; break; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE); min = GET2(ecode, 1); max = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; ecode += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; break; default: /* No repeat follows */ if ((length = match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, caseless)) < 0) { if (length == -2) eptr = md->end_subject; /* Partial match */ CHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } eptr += length; continue; /* With the main loop */ } /* Handle repeated back references. If the length of the reference is zero, just continue with the main loop. If the length is negative, it means the reference is unset in non-Java-compatible mode. If the minimum is zero, we can continue at the same level without recursion. For any other minimum, carrying on will result in NOMATCH. */ if (length == 0) continue; if (length < 0 && min == 0) continue; /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. We get back the length of the reference string explicitly rather than passing the address of eptr, so that eptr can be a register variable. */ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { int slength; if ((slength = match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, caseless)) < 0) { if (slength == -2) eptr = md->end_subject; /* Partial match */ CHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } eptr += slength; } /* If min = max, continue at the same level without recursion. They are not both allowed to be zero. */ if (min == max) continue; /* If minimizing, keep trying and advancing the pointer */ if (minimize) { for (fi = min;; fi++) { int slength; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM14); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if ((slength = match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, caseless)) < 0) { if (slength == -2) eptr = md->end_subject; /* Partial match */ CHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } eptr += slength; } /* Control never gets here */ } /* If maximizing, find the longest string and work backwards */ else { pp = eptr; for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int slength; if ((slength = match_ref(offset, eptr, length, md, caseless)) < 0) { /* Can't use CHECK_PARTIAL because we don't want to update eptr in the soft partial matching case. */ if (slength == -2 && md->partial != 0 && md->end_subject > md->start_used_ptr) { md->hitend = TRUE; if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); } break; } eptr += slength; } while (eptr >= pp) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM15); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); eptr -= length; } RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Control never gets here */ /* Match a bit-mapped character class, possibly repeatedly. This op code is used when all the characters in the class have values in the range 0-255, and either the matching is caseful, or the characters are in the range 0-127 when UTF-8 processing is enabled. The only difference between OP_CLASS and OP_NCLASS occurs when a data character outside the range is encountered. First, look past the end of the item to see if there is repeat information following. Then obey similar code to character type repeats - written out again for speed. */ case OP_NCLASS: case OP_CLASS: { /* The data variable is saved across frames, so the byte map needs to be stored there. */ #define BYTE_MAP ((pcre_uint8 *)data) data = ecode + 1; /* Save for matching */ ecode += 1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); /* Advance past the item */ switch (*ecode) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: case OP_CRPOSPLUS: case OP_CRPOSQUERY: c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR; if (c < OP_CRPOSSTAR - OP_CRSTAR) minimize = (c & 1) != 0; else possessive = TRUE; min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */ max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; break; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: case OP_CRPOSRANGE: minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE); possessive = (*ecode == OP_CRPOSRANGE); min = GET2(ecode, 1); max = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; ecode += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; break; default: /* No repeat follows */ min = max = 1; break; } /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINC(c, eptr); if (c > 255) { if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } else #endif /* Not UTF mode */ { for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } c = *eptr++; #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (c > 255) { if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else #endif if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } /* If max == min we can continue with the main loop without the need to recurse. */ if (min == max) continue; /* If minimizing, keep testing the rest of the expression and advancing the pointer while it matches the class. */ if (minimize) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM16); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINC(c, eptr); if (c > 255) { if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } else #endif /* Not UTF mode */ { for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM17); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } c = *eptr++; #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (c > 255) { if (op == OP_CLASS) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else #endif if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } /* Control never gets here */ } /* If maximizing, find the longest possible run, then work backwards. */ else { pp = eptr; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); if (c > 255) { if (op == OP_CLASS) break; } else if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) break; eptr += len; } if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ for (;;) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM18); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (eptr-- <= pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */ BACKCHAR(eptr); } } else #endif /* Not UTF mode */ { for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } c = *eptr; #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (c > 255) { if (op == OP_CLASS) break; } else #endif if ((BYTE_MAP[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) == 0) break; eptr++; } if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ while (eptr >= pp) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM19); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); eptr--; } } RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } #undef BYTE_MAP } /* Control never gets here */ /* Match an extended character class. In the 8-bit library, this opcode is encountered only when UTF-8 mode mode is supported. In the 16-bit and 32-bit libraries, codepoints greater than 255 may be encountered even when UTF is not supported. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: { data = ecode + 1 + LINK_SIZE; /* Save for matching */ ecode += GET(ecode, 1); /* Advance past the item */ switch (*ecode) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: case OP_CRPOSPLUS: case OP_CRPOSQUERY: c = *ecode++ - OP_CRSTAR; if (c < OP_CRPOSSTAR - OP_CRSTAR) minimize = (c & 1) != 0; else possessive = TRUE; min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */ max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; break; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: case OP_CRPOSRANGE: minimize = (*ecode == OP_CRMINRANGE); possessive = (*ecode == OP_CRPOSRANGE); min = GET2(ecode, 1); max = GET2(ecode, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; ecode += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; break; default: /* No repeat follows */ min = max = 1; break; } /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. */ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if (!PRIV(xclass)(c, data, utf)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* If max == min we can continue with the main loop without the need to recurse. */ if (min == max) continue; /* If minimizing, keep testing the rest of the expression and advancing the pointer while it matches the class. */ if (minimize) { for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM20); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if (!PRIV(xclass)(c, data, utf)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Control never gets here */ } /* If maximizing, find the longest possible run, then work backwards. */ else { pp = eptr; for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); #else c = *eptr; #endif if (!PRIV(xclass)(c, data, utf)) break; eptr += len; } if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ for(;;) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM21); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (eptr-- <= pp) break; /* Stop if tried at original pos */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) BACKCHAR(eptr); #endif } RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Control never gets here */ } #endif /* End of XCLASS */ /* Match a single character, casefully */ case OP_CHAR: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { length = 1; ecode++; GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length); if (length > md->end_subject - eptr) { CHECK_PARTIAL(); /* Not SCHECK_PARTIAL() */ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } while (length-- > 0) if (*ecode++ != UCHAR21INC(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else #endif /* Not UTF mode */ { if (md->end_subject - eptr < 1) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); /* This one can use SCHECK_PARTIAL() */ RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (ecode[1] != *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); ecode += 2; } break; /* Match a single character, caselessly. If we are at the end of the subject, give up immediately. */ case OP_CHARI: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { length = 1; ecode++; GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length); /* If the pattern character's value is < 128, we have only one byte, and we know that its other case must also be one byte long, so we can use the fast lookup table. We know that there is at least one byte left in the subject. */ if (fc < 128) { pcre_uint32 cc = UCHAR21(eptr); if (md->lcc[fc] != TABLE_GET(cc, md->lcc, cc)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); ecode++; eptr++; } /* Otherwise we must pick up the subject character. Note that we cannot use the value of "length" to check for sufficient bytes left, because the other case of the character may have more or fewer bytes. */ else { pcre_uint32 dc; GETCHARINC(dc, eptr); ecode += length; /* If we have Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of the character, if there is one. */ if (fc != dc) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (dc != UCD_OTHERCASE(fc)) #endif RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Not UTF mode */ { if (TABLE_GET(ecode[1], md->lcc, ecode[1]) != TABLE_GET(*eptr, md->lcc, *eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; ecode += 2; } break; /* Match a single character repeatedly. */ case OP_EXACT: case OP_EXACTI: min = max = GET2(ecode, 1); ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; goto REPEATCHAR; case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_POSUPTOI: possessive = TRUE; /* Fall through */ case OP_UPTO: case OP_UPTOI: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_MINUPTOI: min = 0; max = GET2(ecode, 1); minimize = *ecode == OP_MINUPTO || *ecode == OP_MINUPTOI; ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; goto REPEATCHAR; case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSSTARI: possessive = TRUE; min = 0; max = INT_MAX; ecode++; goto REPEATCHAR; case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_POSPLUSI: possessive = TRUE; min = 1; max = INT_MAX; ecode++; goto REPEATCHAR; case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSQUERYI: possessive = TRUE; min = 0; max = 1; ecode++; goto REPEATCHAR; case OP_STAR: case OP_STARI: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_PLUS: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_QUERY: case OP_QUERYI: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_MINQUERYI: c = *ecode++ - ((op < OP_STARI)? OP_STAR : OP_STARI); minimize = (c & 1) != 0; min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */ max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; /* Common code for all repeated single-character matches. We first check for the minimum number of characters. If the minimum equals the maximum, we are done. Otherwise, if minimizing, check the rest of the pattern for a match; if there isn't one, advance up to the maximum, one character at a time. If maximizing, advance up to the maximum number of matching characters, until eptr is past the end of the maximum run. If possessive, we are then done (no backing up). Otherwise, match at this position; anything other than no match is immediately returned. For nomatch, back up one character, unless we are matching \R and the last thing matched was \r\n, in which case, back up two bytes. When we reach the first optional character position, we can save stack by doing a tail recurse. The various UTF/non-UTF and caseful/caseless cases are handled separately, for speed. */ REPEATCHAR: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { length = 1; charptr = ecode; GETCHARLEN(fc, ecode, length); ecode += length; /* Handle multibyte character matching specially here. There is support for caseless matching if UCP support is present. */ if (length > 1) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP pcre_uint32 othercase; if (op >= OP_STARI && /* Caseless */ (othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(fc)) != fc) oclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(othercase, occhars); else oclength = 0; #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr <= md->end_subject - length && memcmp(eptr, charptr, IN_UCHARS(length)) == 0) eptr += length; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP else if (oclength > 0 && eptr <= md->end_subject - oclength && memcmp(eptr, occhars, IN_UCHARS(oclength)) == 0) eptr += oclength; #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ else { CHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } if (min == max) continue; if (minimize) { for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM22); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr <= md->end_subject - length && memcmp(eptr, charptr, IN_UCHARS(length)) == 0) eptr += length; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP else if (oclength > 0 && eptr <= md->end_subject - oclength && memcmp(eptr, occhars, IN_UCHARS(oclength)) == 0) eptr += oclength; #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ else { CHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } /* Control never gets here */ } else /* Maximize */ { pp = eptr; for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr <= md->end_subject - length && memcmp(eptr, charptr, IN_UCHARS(length)) == 0) eptr += length; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP else if (oclength > 0 && eptr <= md->end_subject - oclength && memcmp(eptr, occhars, IN_UCHARS(oclength)) == 0) eptr += oclength; #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ else { CHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } } if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ for(;;) { if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM23); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP eptr--; BACKCHAR(eptr); #else /* without SUPPORT_UCP */ eptr -= length; #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ } } /* Control never gets here */ } /* If the length of a UTF-8 character is 1, we fall through here, and obey the code as for non-UTF-8 characters below, though in this case the value of fc will always be < 128. */ } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* When not in UTF-8 mode, load a single-byte character. */ fc = *ecode++; /* The value of fc at this point is always one character, though we may or may not be in UTF mode. The code is duplicated for the caseless and caseful cases, for speed, since matching characters is likely to be quite common. First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. If min = max, continue at the same level without recursing. Otherwise, if minimizing, keep trying the rest of the expression and advancing one matching character if failing, up to the maximum. Alternatively, if maximizing, find the maximum number of characters and work backwards. */ DPRINTF(("matching %c{%d,%d} against subject %.*s\n", fc, min, max, max, (char *)eptr)); if (op >= OP_STARI) /* Caseless */ { #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 /* fc must be < 128 if UTF is enabled. */ foc = md->fcc[fc]; #else #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (utf && fc > 127) foc = UCD_OTHERCASE(fc); #else if (utf && fc > 127) foc = fc; #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ foc = TABLE_GET(fc, md->fcc, fc); #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { pcre_uint32 cc; /* Faster than pcre_uchar */ if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } cc = UCHAR21TEST(eptr); if (fc != cc && foc != cc) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; } if (min == max) continue; if (minimize) { for (fi = min;; fi++) { pcre_uint32 cc; /* Faster than pcre_uchar */ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM24); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } cc = UCHAR21TEST(eptr); if (fc != cc && foc != cc) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; } /* Control never gets here */ } else /* Maximize */ { pp = eptr; for (i = min; i < max; i++) { pcre_uint32 cc; /* Faster than pcre_uchar */ if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } cc = UCHAR21TEST(eptr); if (fc != cc && foc != cc) break; eptr++; } if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ for (;;) { if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM25); eptr--; if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); } /* Control never gets here */ } } /* Caseful comparisons (includes all multi-byte characters) */ else { for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (fc != UCHAR21INCTEST(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (min == max) continue; if (minimize) { for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM26); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (fc != UCHAR21INCTEST(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Control never gets here */ } else /* Maximize */ { pp = eptr; for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } if (fc != UCHAR21TEST(eptr)) break; eptr++; } if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ for (;;) { if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM27); eptr--; if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); } /* Control never gets here */ } } /* Control never gets here */ /* Match a negated single one-byte character. The character we are checking can be multibyte. */ case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { register pcre_uint32 ch, och; ecode++; GETCHARINC(ch, ecode); GETCHARINC(c, eptr); if (op == OP_NOT) { if (ch == c) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (ch > 127) och = UCD_OTHERCASE(ch); #else if (ch > 127) och = ch; #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ else och = TABLE_GET(ch, md->fcc, ch); if (ch == c || och == c) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } else #endif { register pcre_uint32 ch = ecode[1]; c = *eptr++; if (ch == c || (op == OP_NOTI && TABLE_GET(ch, md->fcc, ch) == c)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); ecode += 2; } break; /* Match a negated single one-byte character repeatedly. This is almost a repeat of the code for a repeated single character, but I haven't found a nice way of commoning these up that doesn't require a test of the positive/negative option for each character match. Maybe that wouldn't add very much to the time taken, but character matching *is* what this is all about... */ case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTEXACTI: min = max = GET2(ecode, 1); ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; goto REPEATNOTCHAR; case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: min = 0; max = GET2(ecode, 1); minimize = *ecode == OP_NOTMINUPTO || *ecode == OP_NOTMINUPTOI; ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; goto REPEATNOTCHAR; case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: possessive = TRUE; min = 0; max = INT_MAX; ecode++; goto REPEATNOTCHAR; case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: possessive = TRUE; min = 1; max = INT_MAX; ecode++; goto REPEATNOTCHAR; case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: possessive = TRUE; min = 0; max = 1; ecode++; goto REPEATNOTCHAR; case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: possessive = TRUE; min = 0; max = GET2(ecode, 1); ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; goto REPEATNOTCHAR; case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: c = *ecode++ - ((op >= OP_NOTSTARI)? OP_NOTSTARI: OP_NOTSTAR); minimize = (c & 1) != 0; min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */ max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; /* Common code for all repeated single-byte matches. */ REPEATNOTCHAR: GETCHARINCTEST(fc, ecode); /* The code is duplicated for the caseless and caseful cases, for speed, since matching characters is likely to be quite common. First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. If min = max, continue at the same level without recursing. Otherwise, if minimizing, keep trying the rest of the expression and advancing one matching character if failing, up to the maximum. Alternatively, if maximizing, find the maximum number of characters and work backwards. */ DPRINTF(("negative matching %c{%d,%d} against subject %.*s\n", fc, min, max, max, (char *)eptr)); if (op >= OP_NOTSTARI) /* Caseless */ { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (utf && fc > 127) foc = UCD_OTHERCASE(fc); #else if (utf && fc > 127) foc = fc; #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ foc = TABLE_GET(fc, md->fcc, fc); #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { register pcre_uint32 d; for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINC(d, eptr); if (fc == d || (unsigned int)foc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Not UTF mode */ { for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (fc == *eptr || foc == *eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; } } if (min == max) continue; if (minimize) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { register pcre_uint32 d; for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM28); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINC(d, eptr); if (fc == d || (unsigned int)foc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } else #endif /*SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Not UTF mode */ { for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM29); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (fc == *eptr || foc == *eptr) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; } } /* Control never gets here */ } /* Maximize case */ else { pp = eptr; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { register pcre_uint32 d; for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLEN(d, eptr, len); if (fc == d || (unsigned int)foc == d) break; eptr += len; } if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ for(;;) { if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM30); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); eptr--; BACKCHAR(eptr); } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Not UTF mode */ { for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } if (fc == *eptr || foc == *eptr) break; eptr++; } if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ for (;;) { if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM31); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); eptr--; } } /* Control never gets here */ } } /* Caseful comparisons */ else { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { register pcre_uint32 d; for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINC(d, eptr); if (fc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } else #endif /* Not UTF mode */ { for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (fc == *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } if (min == max) continue; if (minimize) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { register pcre_uint32 d; for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM32); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINC(d, eptr); if (fc == d) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } else #endif /* Not UTF mode */ { for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM33); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (fc == *eptr++) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } /* Control never gets here */ } /* Maximize case */ else { pp = eptr; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { register pcre_uint32 d; for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLEN(d, eptr, len); if (fc == d) break; eptr += len; } if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ for(;;) { if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM34); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); eptr--; BACKCHAR(eptr); } } else #endif /* Not UTF mode */ { for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } if (fc == *eptr) break; eptr++; } if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ for (;;) { if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM35); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); eptr--; } } /* Control never gets here */ } } /* Control never gets here */ /* Match a single character type repeatedly; several different opcodes share code. This is very similar to the code for single characters, but we repeat it in the interests of efficiency. */ case OP_TYPEEXACT: min = max = GET2(ecode, 1); minimize = TRUE; ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; goto REPEATTYPE; case OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: min = 0; max = GET2(ecode, 1); minimize = *ecode == OP_TYPEMINUPTO; ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; goto REPEATTYPE; case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: possessive = TRUE; min = 0; max = INT_MAX; ecode++; goto REPEATTYPE; case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: possessive = TRUE; min = 1; max = INT_MAX; ecode++; goto REPEATTYPE; case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: possessive = TRUE; min = 0; max = 1; ecode++; goto REPEATTYPE; case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: possessive = TRUE; min = 0; max = GET2(ecode, 1); ecode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; goto REPEATTYPE; case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: c = *ecode++ - OP_TYPESTAR; minimize = (c & 1) != 0; min = rep_min[c]; /* Pick up values from tables; */ max = rep_max[c]; /* zero for max => infinity */ if (max == 0) max = INT_MAX; /* Common code for all repeated single character type matches. Note that in UTF-8 mode, '.' matches a character of any length, but for the other character types, the valid characters are all one-byte long. */ REPEATTYPE: ctype = *ecode++; /* Code for the character type */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (ctype == OP_PROP || ctype == OP_NOTPROP) { prop_fail_result = ctype == OP_NOTPROP; prop_type = *ecode++; prop_value = *ecode++; } else prop_type = -1; #endif /* First, ensure the minimum number of matches are present. Use inline code for maximizing the speed, and do the type test once at the start (i.e. keep it out of the loop). Separate the UTF-8 code completely as that is tidier. Also separate the UCP code, which can be the same for both UTF-8 and single-bytes. */ if (min > 0) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (prop_type >= 0) { switch(prop_type) { case PT_ANY: if (prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); } break; case PT_LAMP: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { int chartype; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); chartype = UCD_CHARTYPE(c); if ((chartype == ucp_Lu || chartype == ucp_Ll || chartype == ucp_Lt) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; case PT_GC: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; case PT_PC: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ((UCD_CHARTYPE(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; case PT_SC: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ((UCD_SCRIPT(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; case PT_ALNUM: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { int category; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); category = UCD_CATEGORY(c); if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed at release 8.34. */ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: VSPACE_CASES: if (prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; default: if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == ucp_Z) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; } } break; case PT_WORD: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { int category; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); category = UCD_CATEGORY(c); if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; case PT_CLIST: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { const pcre_uint32 *cp; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop_value; for (;;) { if (c < *cp) { if (prop_fail_result) break; else { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } if (c == *cp++) { if (prop_fail_result) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else break; } } } break; case PT_UCNC: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) || c >= 0xe000) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; /* This should not occur */ default: RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); } } /* Match extended Unicode sequences. We will get here only if the support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */ else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI) { for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else { int lgb, rgb; GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); while (eptr < md->end_subject) { int len = 1; if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); } rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; lgb = rgb; eptr += len; } } CHECK_PARTIAL(); } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ /* Handle all other cases when the coding is UTF-8 */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) switch(ctype) { case OP_ANY: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (md->partial != 0 && eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && UCHAR21(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { md->hitend = TRUE; if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); } eptr++; ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); } break; case OP_ALLANY: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } eptr++; ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); } break; case OP_ANYBYTE: if (eptr > md->end_subject - min) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr += min; break; case OP_ANYNL: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINC(c, eptr); switch(c) { default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); case CHAR_CR: if (eptr < md->end_subject && UCHAR21(eptr) == CHAR_LF) eptr++; break; case CHAR_LF: break; case CHAR_VT: case CHAR_FF: case CHAR_NEL: #ifndef EBCDIC case 0x2028: case 0x2029: #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; } } break; case OP_NOT_HSPACE: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINC(c, eptr); switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); /* Byte and multibyte cases */ default: break; } } break; case OP_HSPACE: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINC(c, eptr); switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: break; /* Byte and multibyte cases */ default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } break; case OP_NOT_VSPACE: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINC(c, eptr); switch(c) { VSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); default: break; } } break; case OP_VSPACE: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINC(c, eptr); switch(c) { VSPACE_CASES: break; default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } break; case OP_NOT_DIGIT: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINC(c, eptr); if (c < 128 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; case OP_DIGIT: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { pcre_uint32 cc; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } cc = UCHAR21(eptr); if (cc >= 128 || (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_digit) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; /* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */ } break; case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { pcre_uint32 cc; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } cc = UCHAR21(eptr); if (cc < 128 && (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_space) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); } break; case OP_WHITESPACE: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { pcre_uint32 cc; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } cc = UCHAR21(eptr); if (cc >= 128 || (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_space) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; /* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */ } break; case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { pcre_uint32 cc; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } cc = UCHAR21(eptr); if (cc < 128 && (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_word) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); } break; case OP_WORDCHAR: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { pcre_uint32 cc; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } cc = UCHAR21(eptr); if (cc >= 128 || (md->ctypes[cc] & ctype_word) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; /* No need to skip more bytes - we know it's a 1-byte character */ } break; default: RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); } /* End switch(ctype) */ else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Code for the non-UTF-8 case for minimum matching of operators other than OP_PROP and OP_NOTPROP. */ switch(ctype) { case OP_ANY: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (md->partial != 0 && eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && *eptr == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { md->hitend = TRUE; if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); } eptr++; } break; case OP_ALLANY: if (eptr > md->end_subject - min) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } eptr += min; break; case OP_ANYBYTE: if (eptr > md->end_subject - min) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } eptr += min; break; case OP_ANYNL: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } switch(*eptr++) { default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); case CHAR_CR: if (eptr < md->end_subject && *eptr == CHAR_LF) eptr++; break; case CHAR_LF: break; case CHAR_VT: case CHAR_FF: case CHAR_NEL: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 case 0x2028: case 0x2029: #endif if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; } } break; case OP_NOT_HSPACE: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } switch(*eptr++) { default: break; HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: #endif RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } break; case OP_HSPACE: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } switch(*eptr++) { default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: #endif break; } } break; case OP_NOT_VSPACE: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } switch(*eptr++) { VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: #endif RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); default: break; } } break; case OP_VSPACE: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } switch(*eptr++) { default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: #endif break; } } break; case OP_NOT_DIGIT: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; } break; case OP_DIGIT: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; } break; case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; } break; case OP_WHITESPACE: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; } break; case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; } break; case OP_WORDCHAR: for (i = 1; i <= min; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); eptr++; } break; default: RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); } } /* If min = max, continue at the same level without recursing */ if (min == max) continue; /* If minimizing, we have to test the rest of the pattern before each subsequent match. Again, separate the UTF-8 case for speed, and also separate the UCP cases. */ if (minimize) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (prop_type >= 0) { switch(prop_type) { case PT_ANY: for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM36); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if (prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Control never gets here */ case PT_LAMP: for (fi = min;; fi++) { int chartype; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM37); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); chartype = UCD_CHARTYPE(c); if ((chartype == ucp_Lu || chartype == ucp_Ll || chartype == ucp_Lt) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Control never gets here */ case PT_GC: for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM38); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Control never gets here */ case PT_PC: for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM39); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ((UCD_CHARTYPE(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Control never gets here */ case PT_SC: for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM40); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ((UCD_SCRIPT(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Control never gets here */ case PT_ALNUM: for (fi = min;; fi++) { int category; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM59); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); category = UCD_CATEGORY(c); if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Control never gets here */ /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed at release 8.34. */ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM61); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: VSPACE_CASES: if (prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; default: if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == ucp_Z) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; } } /* Control never gets here */ case PT_WORD: for (fi = min;; fi++) { int category; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM62); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); category = UCD_CATEGORY(c); if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Control never gets here */ case PT_CLIST: for (fi = min;; fi++) { const pcre_uint32 *cp; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM67); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop_value; for (;;) { if (c < *cp) { if (prop_fail_result) break; else { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } } if (c == *cp++) { if (prop_fail_result) { RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else break; } } } /* Control never gets here */ case PT_UCNC: for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM60); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) || c >= 0xe000) == prop_fail_result) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } /* Control never gets here */ /* This should never occur */ default: RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); } } /* Match extended Unicode sequences. We will get here only if the support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */ else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI) { for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM41); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } else { int lgb, rgb; GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); while (eptr < md->end_subject) { int len = 1; if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); } rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; lgb = rgb; eptr += len; } } CHECK_PARTIAL(); } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM42); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (ctype == OP_ANY && IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); GETCHARINC(c, eptr); switch(ctype) { case OP_ANY: /* This is the non-NL case */ if (md->partial != 0 && /* Take care with CRLF partial */ eptr >= md->end_subject && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && c == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { md->hitend = TRUE; if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); } break; case OP_ALLANY: case OP_ANYBYTE: break; case OP_ANYNL: switch(c) { default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); case CHAR_CR: if (eptr < md->end_subject && UCHAR21(eptr) == CHAR_LF) eptr++; break; case CHAR_LF: break; case CHAR_VT: case CHAR_FF: case CHAR_NEL: #ifndef EBCDIC case 0x2028: case 0x2029: #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; } break; case OP_NOT_HSPACE: switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); default: break; } break; case OP_HSPACE: switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: break; default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; case OP_NOT_VSPACE: switch(c) { VSPACE_CASES: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); default: break; } break; case OP_VSPACE: switch(c) { VSPACE_CASES: break; default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; case OP_NOT_DIGIT: if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case OP_DIGIT: if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case OP_WHITESPACE: if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case OP_WORDCHAR: if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; default: RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); } } } else #endif /* Not UTF mode */ { for (fi = min;; fi++) { RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM43); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); if (fi >= max) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } if (ctype == OP_ANY && IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); c = *eptr++; switch(ctype) { case OP_ANY: /* This is the non-NL case */ if (md->partial != 0 && /* Take care with CRLF partial */ eptr >= md->end_subject && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && c == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { md->hitend = TRUE; if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); } break; case OP_ALLANY: case OP_ANYBYTE: break; case OP_ANYNL: switch(c) { default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); case CHAR_CR: if (eptr < md->end_subject && *eptr == CHAR_LF) eptr++; break; case CHAR_LF: break; case CHAR_VT: case CHAR_FF: case CHAR_NEL: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 case 0x2028: case 0x2029: #endif if (md->bsr_anycrlf) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; } break; case OP_NOT_HSPACE: switch(c) { default: break; HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: #endif RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; case OP_HSPACE: switch(c) { default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: #endif break; } break; case OP_NOT_VSPACE: switch(c) { default: break; VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: #endif RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); } break; case OP_VSPACE: switch(c) { default: RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: #endif break; } break; case OP_NOT_DIGIT: if (MAX_255(c) && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case OP_DIGIT: if (!MAX_255(c) || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: if (MAX_255(c) && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case OP_WHITESPACE: if (!MAX_255(c) || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: if (MAX_255(c) && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; case OP_WORDCHAR: if (!MAX_255(c) || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0) RRETURN(MATCH_NOMATCH); break; default: RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); } } } /* Control never gets here */ } /* If maximizing, it is worth using inline code for speed, doing the type test once at the start (i.e. keep it out of the loop). Again, keep the UTF-8 and UCP stuff separate. */ else { pp = eptr; /* Remember where we started */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (prop_type >= 0) { switch(prop_type) { case PT_ANY: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); if (prop_fail_result) break; eptr+= len; } break; case PT_LAMP: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int chartype; int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); chartype = UCD_CHARTYPE(c); if ((chartype == ucp_Lu || chartype == ucp_Ll || chartype == ucp_Lt) == prop_fail_result) break; eptr+= len; } break; case PT_GC: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) break; eptr+= len; } break; case PT_PC: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); if ((UCD_CHARTYPE(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) break; eptr+= len; } break; case PT_SC: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); if ((UCD_SCRIPT(c) == prop_value) == prop_fail_result) break; eptr+= len; } break; case PT_ALNUM: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int category; int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); category = UCD_CATEGORY(c); if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N) == prop_fail_result) break; eptr+= len; } break; /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed at release 8.34. */ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: VSPACE_CASES: if (prop_fail_result) goto ENDLOOP99; /* Break the loop */ break; default: if ((UCD_CATEGORY(c) == ucp_Z) == prop_fail_result) goto ENDLOOP99; /* Break the loop */ break; } eptr+= len; } ENDLOOP99: break; case PT_WORD: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int category; int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); category = UCD_CATEGORY(c); if ((category == ucp_L || category == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == prop_fail_result) break; eptr+= len; } break; case PT_CLIST: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { const pcre_uint32 *cp; int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); cp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop_value; for (;;) { if (c < *cp) { if (prop_fail_result) break; else goto GOT_MAX; } if (c == *cp++) { if (prop_fail_result) goto GOT_MAX; else break; } } eptr += len; } GOT_MAX: break; case PT_UCNC: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len); if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT || (c >= 0xa0 && c <= 0xd7ff) || c >= 0xe000) == prop_fail_result) break; eptr += len; } break; default: RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); } /* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ for(;;) { if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM44); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); eptr--; if (utf) BACKCHAR(eptr); } } /* Match extended Unicode grapheme clusters. We will get here only if the support is in the binary; otherwise a compile-time error occurs. */ else if (ctype == OP_EXTUNI) { for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } else { int lgb, rgb; GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr); lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); while (eptr < md->end_subject) { int len = 1; if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); } rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; lgb = rgb; eptr += len; } } CHECK_PARTIAL(); } /* eptr is now past the end of the maximum run */ if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ /* We use <= pp rather than == pp to detect the start of the run while backtracking because the use of \C in UTF mode can cause BACKCHAR to move back past pp. This is just palliative; the use of \C in UTF mode is fraught with danger. */ for(;;) { int lgb, rgb; PCRE_PUCHAR fptr; if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; /* At start of char run */ RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM45); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); /* Backtracking over an extended grapheme cluster involves inspecting the previous two characters (if present) to see if a break is permitted between them. */ eptr--; if (!utf) c = *eptr; else { BACKCHAR(eptr); GETCHAR(c, eptr); } rgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); for (;;) { if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; /* At start of char run */ fptr = eptr - 1; if (!utf) c = *fptr; else { BACKCHAR(fptr); GETCHAR(c, fptr); } lgb = UCD_GRAPHBREAK(c); if ((PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[lgb] & (1 << rgb)) == 0) break; eptr = fptr; rgb = lgb; } } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { switch(ctype) { case OP_ANY: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) break; if (md->partial != 0 && /* Take care with CRLF partial */ eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && UCHAR21(eptr) == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { md->hitend = TRUE; if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); } eptr++; ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); } break; case OP_ALLANY: if (max < INT_MAX) { for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } eptr++; ACROSSCHAR(eptr < md->end_subject, *eptr, eptr++); } } else { eptr = md->end_subject; /* Unlimited UTF-8 repeat */ SCHECK_PARTIAL(); } break; /* The byte case is the same as non-UTF8 */ case OP_ANYBYTE: c = max - min; if (c > (unsigned int)(md->end_subject - eptr)) { eptr = md->end_subject; SCHECK_PARTIAL(); } else eptr += c; break; case OP_ANYNL: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); if (c == CHAR_CR) { if (++eptr >= md->end_subject) break; if (UCHAR21(eptr) == CHAR_LF) eptr++; } else { if (c != CHAR_LF && (md->bsr_anycrlf || (c != CHAR_VT && c != CHAR_FF && c != CHAR_NEL #ifndef EBCDIC && c != 0x2028 && c != 0x2029 #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ ))) break; eptr += len; } } break; case OP_NOT_HSPACE: case OP_HSPACE: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { BOOL gotspace; int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: gotspace = TRUE; break; default: gotspace = FALSE; break; } if (gotspace == (ctype == OP_NOT_HSPACE)) break; eptr += len; } break; case OP_NOT_VSPACE: case OP_VSPACE: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { BOOL gotspace; int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); switch(c) { VSPACE_CASES: gotspace = TRUE; break; default: gotspace = FALSE; break; } if (gotspace == (ctype == OP_NOT_VSPACE)) break; eptr += len; } break; case OP_NOT_DIGIT: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0) break; eptr+= len; } break; case OP_DIGIT: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); if (c >= 256 ||(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0) break; eptr+= len; } break; case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) break; eptr+= len; } break; case OP_WHITESPACE: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); if (c >= 256 ||(md->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0) break; eptr+= len; } break; case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); if (c < 256 && (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0) break; eptr+= len; } break; case OP_WORDCHAR: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { int len = 1; if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len); if (c >= 256 || (md->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0) break; eptr+= len; } break; default: RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); } if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ for(;;) { if (eptr <= pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM46); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); eptr--; BACKCHAR(eptr); if (ctype == OP_ANYNL && eptr > pp && UCHAR21(eptr) == CHAR_NL && UCHAR21(eptr - 1) == CHAR_CR) eptr--; } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Not UTF mode */ { switch(ctype) { case OP_ANY: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } if (IS_NEWLINE(eptr)) break; if (md->partial != 0 && /* Take care with CRLF partial */ eptr + 1 >= md->end_subject && NLBLOCK->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && NLBLOCK->nllen == 2 && *eptr == NLBLOCK->nl[0]) { md->hitend = TRUE; if (md->partial > 1) RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); } eptr++; } break; case OP_ALLANY: case OP_ANYBYTE: c = max - min; if (c > (unsigned int)(md->end_subject - eptr)) { eptr = md->end_subject; SCHECK_PARTIAL(); } else eptr += c; break; case OP_ANYNL: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } c = *eptr; if (c == CHAR_CR) { if (++eptr >= md->end_subject) break; if (*eptr == CHAR_LF) eptr++; } else { if (c != CHAR_LF && (md->bsr_anycrlf || (c != CHAR_VT && c != CHAR_FF && c != CHAR_NEL #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 && c != 0x2028 && c != 0x2029 #endif ))) break; eptr++; } } break; case OP_NOT_HSPACE: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } switch(*eptr) { default: eptr++; break; HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: #endif goto ENDLOOP00; } } ENDLOOP00: break; case OP_HSPACE: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } switch(*eptr) { default: goto ENDLOOP01; HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: #endif eptr++; break; } } ENDLOOP01: break; case OP_NOT_VSPACE: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } switch(*eptr) { default: eptr++; break; VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: #endif goto ENDLOOP02; } } ENDLOOP02: break; case OP_VSPACE: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } switch(*eptr) { default: goto ENDLOOP03; VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES: #endif eptr++; break; } } ENDLOOP03: break; case OP_NOT_DIGIT: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) != 0) break; eptr++; } break; case OP_DIGIT: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_digit) == 0) break; eptr++; } break; case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) != 0) break; eptr++; } break; case OP_WHITESPACE: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_space) == 0) break; eptr++; } break; case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } if (MAX_255(*eptr) && (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) != 0) break; eptr++; } break; case OP_WORDCHAR: for (i = min; i < max; i++) { if (eptr >= md->end_subject) { SCHECK_PARTIAL(); break; } if (!MAX_255(*eptr) || (md->ctypes[*eptr] & ctype_word) == 0) break; eptr++; } break; default: RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL); } if (possessive) continue; /* No backtracking */ for (;;) { if (eptr == pp) goto TAIL_RECURSE; RMATCH(eptr, ecode, offset_top, md, eptrb, RM47); if (rrc != MATCH_NOMATCH) RRETURN(rrc); eptr--; if (ctype == OP_ANYNL && eptr > pp && *eptr == CHAR_LF && eptr[-1] == CHAR_CR) eptr--; } } /* Control never gets here */ } /* There's been some horrible disaster. Arrival here can only mean there is something seriously wrong in the code above or the OP_xxx definitions. */ default: DPRINTF(("Unknown opcode %d\n", *ecode)); RRETURN(PCRE_ERROR_UNKNOWN_OPCODE); } /* Do not stick any code in here without much thought; it is assumed that "continue" in the code above comes out to here to repeat the main loop. */ } /* End of main loop */ /* Control never reaches here */ /* When compiling to use the heap rather than the stack for recursive calls to match(), the RRETURN() macro jumps here. The number that is saved in frame->Xwhere indicates which label we actually want to return to. */ #ifdef NO_RECURSE #define LBL(val) case val: goto L_RM##val; HEAP_RETURN: switch (frame->Xwhere) { LBL( 1) LBL( 2) LBL( 3) LBL( 4) LBL( 5) LBL( 6) LBL( 7) LBL( 8) LBL( 9) LBL(10) LBL(11) LBL(12) LBL(13) LBL(14) LBL(15) LBL(17) LBL(19) LBL(24) LBL(25) LBL(26) LBL(27) LBL(29) LBL(31) LBL(33) LBL(35) LBL(43) LBL(47) LBL(48) LBL(49) LBL(50) LBL(51) LBL(52) LBL(53) LBL(54) LBL(55) LBL(56) LBL(57) LBL(58) LBL(63) LBL(64) LBL(65) LBL(66) #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 LBL(20) LBL(21) #endif #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF LBL(16) LBL(18) LBL(22) LBL(23) LBL(28) LBL(30) LBL(32) LBL(34) LBL(42) LBL(46) #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP LBL(36) LBL(37) LBL(38) LBL(39) LBL(40) LBL(41) LBL(44) LBL(45) LBL(59) LBL(60) LBL(61) LBL(62) LBL(67) #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ default: DPRINTF(("jump error in pcre match: label %d non-existent\n", frame->Xwhere)); return PCRE_ERROR_INTERNAL; } #undef LBL #endif /* NO_RECURSE */ } /*************************************************************************** **************************************************************************** RECURSION IN THE match() FUNCTION Undefine all the macros that were defined above to handle this. */ #ifdef NO_RECURSE #undef eptr #undef ecode #undef mstart #undef offset_top #undef eptrb #undef flags #undef callpat #undef charptr #undef data #undef next #undef pp #undef prev #undef saved_eptr #undef new_recursive #undef cur_is_word #undef condition #undef prev_is_word #undef ctype #undef length #undef max #undef min #undef number #undef offset #undef op #undef save_capture_last #undef save_offset1 #undef save_offset2 #undef save_offset3 #undef stacksave #undef newptrb #endif /* These two are defined as macros in both cases */ #undef fc #undef fi /*************************************************************************** ***************************************************************************/ #ifdef NO_RECURSE /************************************************* * Release allocated heap frames * *************************************************/ /* This function releases all the allocated frames. The base frame is on the machine stack, and so must not be freed. Argument: the address of the base frame Returns: nothing */ static void release_match_heapframes (heapframe *frame_base) { heapframe *nextframe = frame_base->Xnextframe; while (nextframe != NULL) { heapframe *oldframe = nextframe; nextframe = nextframe->Xnextframe; (PUBL(stack_free))(oldframe); } } #endif /************************************************* * Execute a Regular Expression * *************************************************/ /* This function applies a compiled re to a subject string and picks out portions of the string if it matches. Two elements in the vector are set for each substring: the offsets to the start and end of the substring. Arguments: argument_re points to the compiled expression extra_data points to extra data or is NULL subject points to the subject string length length of subject string (may contain binary zeros) start_offset where to start in the subject string options option bits offsets points to a vector of ints to be filled in with offsets offsetcount the number of elements in the vector Returns: > 0 => success; value is the number of elements filled in = 0 => success, but offsets is not big enough -1 => failed to match < -1 => some kind of unexpected problem */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_exec(const pcre *argument_re, const pcre_extra *extra_data, PCRE_SPTR subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, int offsetcount) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_exec(const pcre16 *argument_re, const pcre16_extra *extra_data, PCRE_SPTR16 subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, int offsetcount) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_exec(const pcre32 *argument_re, const pcre32_extra *extra_data, PCRE_SPTR32 subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, int offsetcount) #endif { int rc, ocount, arg_offset_max; int newline; BOOL using_temporary_offsets = FALSE; BOOL anchored; BOOL startline; BOOL firstline; BOOL utf; BOOL has_first_char = FALSE; BOOL has_req_char = FALSE; pcre_uchar first_char = 0; pcre_uchar first_char2 = 0; pcre_uchar req_char = 0; pcre_uchar req_char2 = 0; match_data match_block; match_data *md = &match_block; const pcre_uint8 *tables; const pcre_uint8 *start_bits = NULL; PCRE_PUCHAR start_match = (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject + start_offset; PCRE_PUCHAR end_subject; PCRE_PUCHAR start_partial = NULL; PCRE_PUCHAR match_partial = NULL; PCRE_PUCHAR req_char_ptr = start_match - 1; const pcre_study_data *study; const REAL_PCRE *re = (const REAL_PCRE *)argument_re; #ifdef NO_RECURSE heapframe frame_zero; frame_zero.Xprevframe = NULL; /* Marks the top level */ frame_zero.Xnextframe = NULL; /* None are allocated yet */ md->match_frames_base = &frame_zero; #endif /* Check for the special magic call that measures the size of the stack used per recursive call of match(). Without the funny casting for sizeof, a Windows compiler gave this error: "unary minus operator applied to unsigned type, result still unsigned". Hopefully the cast fixes that. */ if (re == NULL && extra_data == NULL && subject == NULL && length == -999 && start_offset == -999) #ifdef NO_RECURSE return -((int)sizeof(heapframe)); #else return match(NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL, 0); #endif /* Plausibility checks */ if ((options & ~PUBLIC_EXEC_OPTIONS) != 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION; if (re == NULL || subject == NULL || (offsets == NULL && offsetcount > 0)) return PCRE_ERROR_NULL; if (offsetcount < 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADCOUNT; if (length < 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADLENGTH; if (start_offset < 0 || start_offset > length) return PCRE_ERROR_BADOFFSET; /* Check that the first field in the block is the magic number. If it is not, return with PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC. However, if the magic number is equal to REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER we return with PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS, which means that the pattern is likely compiled with different endianness. */ if (re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER) return re->magic_number == REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER? PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS:PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC; if ((re->flags & PCRE_MODE) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMODE; /* These two settings are used in the code for checking a UTF-8 string that follows immediately afterwards. Other values in the md block are used only during "normal" pcre_exec() processing, not when the JIT support is in use, so they are set up later. */ /* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ utf = md->utf = (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; md->partial = ((options & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0)? 2 : ((options & PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT) != 0)? 1 : 0; /* Check a UTF-8 string if required. Pass back the character offset and error code for an invalid string if a results vector is available. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && (options & PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK) == 0) { int erroroffset; int errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)((PCRE_PUCHAR)subject, length, &erroroffset); if (errorcode != 0) { if (offsetcount >= 2) { offsets[0] = erroroffset; offsets[1] = errorcode; } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 return (errorcode <= PCRE_UTF8_ERR5 && md->partial > 1)? PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF8 : PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 return (errorcode <= PCRE_UTF16_ERR1 && md->partial > 1)? PCRE_ERROR_SHORTUTF16 : PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF16; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF32; #endif } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 /* Check that a start_offset points to the start of a UTF character. */ if (start_offset > 0 && start_offset < length && NOT_FIRSTCHAR(((PCRE_PUCHAR)subject)[start_offset])) return PCRE_ERROR_BADUTF8_OFFSET; #endif } #endif /* If the pattern was successfully studied with JIT support, run the JIT executable instead of the rest of this function. Most options must be set at compile time for the JIT code to be usable. Fallback to the normal code path if an unsupported flag is set. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_JIT if (extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & (PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT | PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES)) == PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT && extra_data->executable_jit != NULL && (options & ~PUBLIC_JIT_EXEC_OPTIONS) == 0) { rc = PRIV(jit_exec)(extra_data, (const pcre_uchar *)subject, length, start_offset, options, offsets, offsetcount); /* PCRE_ERROR_NULL means that the selected normal or partial matching mode is not compiled. In this case we simply fallback to interpreter. */ if (rc != PCRE_ERROR_JIT_BADOPTION) return rc; } #endif /* Carry on with non-JIT matching. This information is for finding all the numbers associated with a given name, for condition testing. */ md->name_table = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset; md->name_count = re->name_count; md->name_entry_size = re->name_entry_size; /* Fish out the optional data from the extra_data structure, first setting the default values. */ study = NULL; md->match_limit = MATCH_LIMIT; md->match_limit_recursion = MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION; md->callout_data = NULL; /* The table pointer is always in native byte order. */ tables = re->tables; /* The two limit values override the defaults, whatever their value. */ if (extra_data != NULL) { unsigned long int flags = extra_data->flags; if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA) != 0) study = (const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data; if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT) != 0) md->match_limit = extra_data->match_limit; if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT_RECURSION) != 0) md->match_limit_recursion = extra_data->match_limit_recursion; if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA) != 0) md->callout_data = extra_data->callout_data; if ((flags & PCRE_EXTRA_TABLES) != 0) tables = extra_data->tables; } /* Limits in the regex override only if they are smaller. */ if ((re->flags & PCRE_MLSET) != 0 && re->limit_match < md->match_limit) md->match_limit = re->limit_match; if ((re->flags & PCRE_RLSET) != 0 && re->limit_recursion < md->match_limit_recursion) md->match_limit_recursion = re->limit_recursion; /* If the exec call supplied NULL for tables, use the inbuilt ones. This is a feature that makes it possible to save compiled regex and re-use them in other programs later. */ if (tables == NULL) tables = PRIV(default_tables); /* Set up other data */ anchored = ((re->options | options) & PCRE_ANCHORED) != 0; startline = (re->flags & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0; firstline = (re->options & PCRE_FIRSTLINE) != 0; /* The code starts after the real_pcre block and the capture name table. */ md->start_code = (const pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset + re->name_count * re->name_entry_size; md->start_subject = (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject; md->start_offset = start_offset; md->end_subject = md->start_subject + length; end_subject = md->end_subject; md->endonly = (re->options & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) != 0; md->use_ucp = (re->options & PCRE_UCP) != 0; md->jscript_compat = (re->options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0; md->ignore_skip_arg = 0; /* Some options are unpacked into BOOL variables in the hope that testing them will be faster than individual option bits. */ md->notbol = (options & PCRE_NOTBOL) != 0; md->noteol = (options & PCRE_NOTEOL) != 0; md->notempty = (options & PCRE_NOTEMPTY) != 0; md->notempty_atstart = (options & PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART) != 0; md->hitend = FALSE; md->mark = md->nomatch_mark = NULL; /* In case never set */ md->recursive = NULL; /* No recursion at top level */ md->hasthen = (re->flags & PCRE_HASTHEN) != 0; md->lcc = tables + lcc_offset; md->fcc = tables + fcc_offset; md->ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset; /* Handle different \R options. */ switch (options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) { case 0: if ((re->options & (PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE)) != 0) md->bsr_anycrlf = (re->options & PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF) != 0; else #ifdef BSR_ANYCRLF md->bsr_anycrlf = TRUE; #else md->bsr_anycrlf = FALSE; #endif break; case PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF: md->bsr_anycrlf = TRUE; break; case PCRE_BSR_UNICODE: md->bsr_anycrlf = FALSE; break; default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADNEWLINE; } /* Handle different types of newline. The three bits give eight cases. If nothing is set at run time, whatever was used at compile time applies. */ switch ((((options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) == 0)? re->options : (pcre_uint32)options) & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) { case 0: newline = NEWLINE; break; /* Compile-time default */ case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: newline = CHAR_CR; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = CHAR_NL; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+ PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: newline = -1; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: newline = -2; break; default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADNEWLINE; } if (newline == -2) { md->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF; } else if (newline < 0) { md->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY; } else { md->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED; if (newline > 255) { md->nllen = 2; md->nl[0] = (newline >> 8) & 255; md->nl[1] = newline & 255; } else { md->nllen = 1; md->nl[0] = newline; } } /* Partial matching was originally supported only for a restricted set of regexes; from release 8.00 there are no restrictions, but the bits are still defined (though never set). So there's no harm in leaving this code. */ if (md->partial && (re->flags & PCRE_NOPARTIAL) != 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADPARTIAL; /* If the expression has got more back references than the offsets supplied can hold, we get a temporary chunk of working store to use during the matching. Otherwise, we can use the vector supplied, rounding down its size to a multiple of 3. */ ocount = offsetcount - (offsetcount % 3); arg_offset_max = (2*ocount)/3; if (re->top_backref > 0 && re->top_backref >= ocount/3) { ocount = re->top_backref * 3 + 3; md->offset_vector = (int *)(PUBL(malloc))(ocount * sizeof(int)); if (md->offset_vector == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY; using_temporary_offsets = TRUE; DPRINTF(("Got memory to hold back references\n")); } else md->offset_vector = offsets; md->offset_end = ocount; md->offset_max = (2*ocount)/3; md->capture_last = 0; /* Reset the working variable associated with each extraction. These should never be used unless previously set, but they get saved and restored, and so we initialize them to avoid reading uninitialized locations. Also, unset the offsets for the matched string. This is really just for tidiness with callouts, in case they inspect these fields. */ if (md->offset_vector != NULL) { register int *iptr = md->offset_vector + ocount; register int *iend = iptr - re->top_bracket; if (iend < md->offset_vector + 2) iend = md->offset_vector + 2; while (--iptr >= iend) *iptr = -1; if (offsetcount > 0) md->offset_vector[0] = -1; if (offsetcount > 1) md->offset_vector[1] = -1; } /* Set up the first character to match, if available. The first_char value is never set for an anchored regular expression, but the anchoring may be forced at run time, so we have to test for anchoring. The first char may be unset for an unanchored pattern, of course. If there's no first char and the pattern was studied, there may be a bitmap of possible first characters. */ if (!anchored) { if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0) { has_first_char = TRUE; first_char = first_char2 = (pcre_uchar)(re->first_char); if ((re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) != 0) { first_char2 = TABLE_GET(first_char, md->fcc, first_char); #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) if (utf && first_char > 127) first_char2 = UCD_OTHERCASE(first_char); #endif } } else if (!startline && study != NULL && (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED) != 0) start_bits = study->start_bits; } /* For anchored or unanchored matches, there may be a "last known required character" set. */ if ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0) { has_req_char = TRUE; req_char = req_char2 = (pcre_uchar)(re->req_char); if ((re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) != 0) { req_char2 = TABLE_GET(req_char, md->fcc, req_char); #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) if (utf && req_char > 127) req_char2 = UCD_OTHERCASE(req_char); #endif } } /* ==========================================================================*/ /* Loop for handling unanchored repeated matching attempts; for anchored regexs the loop runs just once. */ for(;;) { PCRE_PUCHAR save_end_subject = end_subject; PCRE_PUCHAR new_start_match; /* If firstline is TRUE, the start of the match is constrained to the first line of a multiline string. That is, the match must be before or at the first newline. Implement this by temporarily adjusting end_subject so that we stop scanning at a newline. If the match fails at the newline, later code breaks this loop. */ if (firstline) { PCRE_PUCHAR t = start_match; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { while (t < md->end_subject && !IS_NEWLINE(t)) { t++; ACROSSCHAR(t < end_subject, *t, t++); } } else #endif while (t < md->end_subject && !IS_NEWLINE(t)) t++; end_subject = t; } /* There are some optimizations that avoid running the match if a known starting point is not found, or if a known later character is not present. However, there is an option that disables these, for testing and for ensuring that all callouts do actually occur. The option can be set in the regex by (*NO_START_OPT) or passed in match-time options. */ if (((options | re->options) & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0) { /* Advance to a unique first char if there is one. */ if (has_first_char) { pcre_uchar smc; if (first_char != first_char2) while (start_match < end_subject && (smc = UCHAR21TEST(start_match)) != first_char && smc != first_char2) start_match++; else while (start_match < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(start_match) != first_char) start_match++; } /* Or to just after a linebreak for a multiline match */ else if (startline) { if (start_match > md->start_subject + start_offset) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { while (start_match < end_subject && !WAS_NEWLINE(start_match)) { start_match++; ACROSSCHAR(start_match < end_subject, *start_match, start_match++); } } else #endif while (start_match < end_subject && !WAS_NEWLINE(start_match)) start_match++; /* If we have just passed a CR and the newline option is ANY or ANYCRLF, and we are now at a LF, advance the match position by one more character. */ if (start_match[-1] == CHAR_CR && (md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY || md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) && start_match < end_subject && UCHAR21TEST(start_match) == CHAR_NL) start_match++; } } /* Or to a non-unique first byte after study */ else if (start_bits != NULL) { while (start_match < end_subject) { register pcre_uint32 c = UCHAR21TEST(start_match); #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (c > 255) c = 255; #endif if ((start_bits[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0) break; start_match++; } } } /* Starting optimizations */ /* Restore fudged end_subject */ end_subject = save_end_subject; /* The following two optimizations are disabled for partial matching or if disabling is explicitly requested. */ if (((options | re->options) & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0 && !md->partial) { /* If the pattern was studied, a minimum subject length may be set. This is a lower bound; no actual string of that length may actually match the pattern. Although the value is, strictly, in characters, we treat it as bytes to avoid spending too much time in this optimization. */ if (study != NULL && (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MINLEN) != 0 && (pcre_uint32)(end_subject - start_match) < study->minlength) { rc = MATCH_NOMATCH; break; } /* If req_char is set, we know that that character must appear in the subject for the match to succeed. If the first character is set, req_char must be later in the subject; otherwise the test starts at the match point. This optimization can save a huge amount of backtracking in patterns with nested unlimited repeats that aren't going to match. Writing separate code for cased/caseless versions makes it go faster, as does using an autoincrement and backing off on a match. HOWEVER: when the subject string is very, very long, searching to its end can take a long time, and give bad performance on quite ordinary patterns. This showed up when somebody was matching something like /^\d+C/ on a 32-megabyte string... so we don't do this when the string is sufficiently long. */ if (has_req_char && end_subject - start_match < REQ_BYTE_MAX) { register PCRE_PUCHAR p = start_match + (has_first_char? 1:0); /* We don't need to repeat the search if we haven't yet reached the place we found it at last time. */ if (p > req_char_ptr) { if (req_char != req_char2) { while (p < end_subject) { register pcre_uint32 pp = UCHAR21INCTEST(p); if (pp == req_char || pp == req_char2) { p--; break; } } } else { while (p < end_subject) { if (UCHAR21INCTEST(p) == req_char) { p--; break; } } } /* If we can't find the required character, break the matching loop, forcing a match failure. */ if (p >= end_subject) { rc = MATCH_NOMATCH; break; } /* If we have found the required character, save the point where we found it, so that we don't search again next time round the loop if the start hasn't passed this character yet. */ req_char_ptr = p; } } } #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG /* Sigh. Some compilers never learn. */ printf(">>>> Match against: "); pchars(start_match, end_subject - start_match, TRUE, md); printf("\n"); #endif /* OK, we can now run the match. If "hitend" is set afterwards, remember the first starting point for which a partial match was found. */ md->start_match_ptr = start_match; md->start_used_ptr = start_match; md->match_call_count = 0; md->match_function_type = 0; md->end_offset_top = 0; md->skip_arg_count = 0; rc = match(start_match, md->start_code, start_match, 2, md, NULL, 0); if (md->hitend && start_partial == NULL) { start_partial = md->start_used_ptr; match_partial = start_match; } switch(rc) { /* If MATCH_SKIP_ARG reaches this level it means that a MARK that matched the SKIP's arg was not found. In this circumstance, Perl ignores the SKIP entirely. The only way we can do that is to re-do the match at the same point, with a flag to force SKIP with an argument to be ignored. Just treating this case as NOMATCH does not work because it does not check other alternatives in patterns such as A(*SKIP:A)B|AC when the subject is AC. */ case MATCH_SKIP_ARG: new_start_match = start_match; md->ignore_skip_arg = md->skip_arg_count; break; /* SKIP passes back the next starting point explicitly, but if it is no greater than the match we have just done, treat it as NOMATCH. */ case MATCH_SKIP: if (md->start_match_ptr > start_match) { new_start_match = md->start_match_ptr; break; } /* Fall through */ /* NOMATCH and PRUNE advance by one character. THEN at this level acts exactly like PRUNE. Unset ignore SKIP-with-argument. */ case MATCH_NOMATCH: case MATCH_PRUNE: case MATCH_THEN: md->ignore_skip_arg = 0; new_start_match = start_match + 1; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) ACROSSCHAR(new_start_match < end_subject, *new_start_match, new_start_match++); #endif break; /* COMMIT disables the bumpalong, but otherwise behaves as NOMATCH. */ case MATCH_COMMIT: rc = MATCH_NOMATCH; goto ENDLOOP; /* Any other return is either a match, or some kind of error. */ default: goto ENDLOOP; } /* Control reaches here for the various types of "no match at this point" result. Reset the code to MATCH_NOMATCH for subsequent checking. */ rc = MATCH_NOMATCH; /* If PCRE_FIRSTLINE is set, the match must happen before or at the first newline in the subject (though it may continue over the newline). Therefore, if we have just failed to match, starting at a newline, do not continue. */ if (firstline && IS_NEWLINE(start_match)) break; /* Advance to new matching position */ start_match = new_start_match; /* Break the loop if the pattern is anchored or if we have passed the end of the subject. */ if (anchored || start_match > end_subject) break; /* If we have just passed a CR and we are now at a LF, and the pattern does not contain any explicit matches for \r or \n, and the newline option is CRLF or ANY or ANYCRLF, advance the match position by one more character. In normal matching start_match will aways be greater than the first position at this stage, but a failed *SKIP can cause a return at the same point, which is why the first test exists. */ if (start_match > (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject + start_offset && start_match[-1] == CHAR_CR && start_match < end_subject && *start_match == CHAR_NL && (re->flags & PCRE_HASCRORLF) == 0 && (md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY || md->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF || md->nllen == 2)) start_match++; md->mark = NULL; /* Reset for start of next match attempt */ } /* End of for(;;) "bumpalong" loop */ /* ==========================================================================*/ /* We reach here when rc is not MATCH_NOMATCH, or if one of the stopping conditions is true: (1) The pattern is anchored or the match was failed by (*COMMIT); (2) We are past the end of the subject; (3) PCRE_FIRSTLINE is set and we have failed to match at a newline, because this option requests that a match occur at or before the first newline in the subject. When we have a match and the offset vector is big enough to deal with any backreferences, captured substring offsets will already be set up. In the case where we had to get some local store to hold offsets for backreference processing, copy those that we can. In this case there need not be overflow if certain parts of the pattern were not used, even though there are more capturing parentheses than vector slots. */ ENDLOOP: if (rc == MATCH_MATCH || rc == MATCH_ACCEPT) { if (using_temporary_offsets) { if (arg_offset_max >= 4) { memcpy(offsets + 2, md->offset_vector + 2, (arg_offset_max - 2) * sizeof(int)); DPRINTF(("Copied offsets from temporary memory\n")); } if (md->end_offset_top > arg_offset_max) md->capture_last |= OVFLBIT; DPRINTF(("Freeing temporary memory\n")); (PUBL(free))(md->offset_vector); } /* Set the return code to the number of captured strings, or 0 if there were too many to fit into the vector. */ rc = ((md->capture_last & OVFLBIT) != 0 && md->end_offset_top >= arg_offset_max)? 0 : md->end_offset_top/2; /* If there is space in the offset vector, set any unused pairs at the end of the pattern to -1 for backwards compatibility. It is documented that this happens. In earlier versions, the whole set of potential capturing offsets was set to -1 each time round the loop, but this is handled differently now. "Gaps" are set to -1 dynamically instead (this fixes a bug). Thus, it is only those at the end that need unsetting here. We can't just unset them all at the start of the whole thing because they may get set in one branch that is not the final matching branch. */ if (md->end_offset_top/2 <= re->top_bracket && offsets != NULL) { register int *iptr, *iend; int resetcount = 2 + re->top_bracket * 2; if (resetcount > offsetcount) resetcount = offsetcount; iptr = offsets + md->end_offset_top; iend = offsets + resetcount; while (iptr < iend) *iptr++ = -1; } /* If there is space, set up the whole thing as substring 0. The value of md->start_match_ptr might be modified if \K was encountered on the success matching path. */ if (offsetcount < 2) rc = 0; else { offsets[0] = (int)(md->start_match_ptr - md->start_subject); offsets[1] = (int)(md->end_match_ptr - md->start_subject); } /* Return MARK data if requested */ if (extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MARK) != 0) *(extra_data->mark) = (pcre_uchar *)md->mark; DPRINTF((">>>> returning %d\n", rc)); #ifdef NO_RECURSE release_match_heapframes(&frame_zero); #endif return rc; } /* Control gets here if there has been an error, or if the overall match attempt has failed at all permitted starting positions. */ if (using_temporary_offsets) { DPRINTF(("Freeing temporary memory\n")); (PUBL(free))(md->offset_vector); } /* For anything other than nomatch or partial match, just return the code. */ if (rc != MATCH_NOMATCH && rc != PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL) { DPRINTF((">>>> error: returning %d\n", rc)); #ifdef NO_RECURSE release_match_heapframes(&frame_zero); #endif return rc; } /* Handle partial matches - disable any mark data */ if (match_partial != NULL) { DPRINTF((">>>> returning PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL\n")); md->mark = NULL; if (offsetcount > 1) { offsets[0] = (int)(start_partial - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject); offsets[1] = (int)(end_subject - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject); if (offsetcount > 2) offsets[2] = (int)(match_partial - (PCRE_PUCHAR)subject); } rc = PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL; } /* This is the classic nomatch case */ else { DPRINTF((">>>> returning PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH\n")); rc = PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH; } /* Return the MARK data if it has been requested. */ if (extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MARK) != 0) *(extra_data->mark) = (pcre_uchar *)md->nomatch_mark; #ifdef NO_RECURSE release_match_heapframes(&frame_zero); #endif return rc; } /* End of pcre_exec.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_fullinfo.c000066400000000000000000000172131335323540100172420ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2013 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains the external function pcre_fullinfo(), which returns information about a compiled pattern. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" /************************************************* * Return info about compiled pattern * *************************************************/ /* This is a newer "info" function which has an extensible interface so that additional items can be added compatibly. Arguments: argument_re points to compiled code extra_data points extra data, or NULL what what information is required where where to put the information Returns: 0 if data returned, negative on error */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_fullinfo(const pcre *argument_re, const pcre_extra *extra_data, int what, void *where) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_fullinfo(const pcre16 *argument_re, const pcre16_extra *extra_data, int what, void *where) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_fullinfo(const pcre32 *argument_re, const pcre32_extra *extra_data, int what, void *where) #endif { const REAL_PCRE *re = (const REAL_PCRE *)argument_re; const pcre_study_data *study = NULL; if (re == NULL || where == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NULL; if (extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA) != 0) study = (const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data; /* Check that the first field in the block is the magic number. If it is not, return with PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC. However, if the magic number is equal to REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER we return with PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS, which means that the pattern is likely compiled with different endianness. */ if (re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER) return re->magic_number == REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER? PCRE_ERROR_BADENDIANNESS:PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC; /* Check that this pattern was compiled in the correct bit mode */ if ((re->flags & PCRE_MODE) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMODE; switch (what) { case PCRE_INFO_OPTIONS: *((unsigned long int *)where) = re->options & PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS; break; case PCRE_INFO_SIZE: *((size_t *)where) = re->size; break; case PCRE_INFO_STUDYSIZE: *((size_t *)where) = (study == NULL)? 0 : study->size; break; case PCRE_INFO_JITSIZE: #ifdef SUPPORT_JIT *((size_t *)where) = (extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT) != 0 && extra_data->executable_jit != NULL)? PRIV(jit_get_size)(extra_data->executable_jit) : 0; #else *((size_t *)where) = 0; #endif break; case PCRE_INFO_CAPTURECOUNT: *((int *)where) = re->top_bracket; break; case PCRE_INFO_BACKREFMAX: *((int *)where) = re->top_backref; break; case PCRE_INFO_FIRSTBYTE: *((int *)where) = ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0)? (int)re->first_char : ((re->flags & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0)? -1 : -2; break; case PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHARACTER: *((pcre_uint32 *)where) = (re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0 ? re->first_char : 0; break; case PCRE_INFO_FIRSTCHARACTERFLAGS: *((int *)where) = ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0) ? 1 : ((re->flags & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0) ? 2 : 0; break; /* Make sure we pass back the pointer to the bit vector in the external block, not the internal copy (with flipped integer fields). */ case PCRE_INFO_FIRSTTABLE: *((const pcre_uint8 **)where) = (study != NULL && (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED) != 0)? ((const pcre_study_data *)extra_data->study_data)->start_bits : NULL; break; case PCRE_INFO_MINLENGTH: *((int *)where) = (study != NULL && (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MINLEN) != 0)? (int)(study->minlength) : -1; break; case PCRE_INFO_JIT: *((int *)where) = extra_data != NULL && (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT) != 0 && extra_data->executable_jit != NULL; break; case PCRE_INFO_LASTLITERAL: *((int *)where) = ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0)? (int)re->req_char : -1; break; case PCRE_INFO_REQUIREDCHAR: *((pcre_uint32 *)where) = ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0) ? re->req_char : 0; break; case PCRE_INFO_REQUIREDCHARFLAGS: *((int *)where) = ((re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0); break; case PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE: *((int *)where) = re->name_entry_size; break; case PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT: *((int *)where) = re->name_count; break; case PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE: *((const pcre_uchar **)where) = (const pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset; break; case PCRE_INFO_DEFAULT_TABLES: *((const pcre_uint8 **)where) = (const pcre_uint8 *)(PRIV(default_tables)); break; /* From release 8.00 this will always return TRUE because NOPARTIAL is no longer ever set (the restrictions have been removed). */ case PCRE_INFO_OKPARTIAL: *((int *)where) = (re->flags & PCRE_NOPARTIAL) == 0; break; case PCRE_INFO_JCHANGED: *((int *)where) = (re->flags & PCRE_JCHANGED) != 0; break; case PCRE_INFO_HASCRORLF: *((int *)where) = (re->flags & PCRE_HASCRORLF) != 0; break; case PCRE_INFO_MAXLOOKBEHIND: *((int *)where) = re->max_lookbehind; break; case PCRE_INFO_MATCHLIMIT: if ((re->flags & PCRE_MLSET) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_UNSET; *((pcre_uint32 *)where) = re->limit_match; break; case PCRE_INFO_RECURSIONLIMIT: if ((re->flags & PCRE_RLSET) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_UNSET; *((pcre_uint32 *)where) = re->limit_recursion; break; case PCRE_INFO_MATCH_EMPTY: *((int *)where) = (re->flags & PCRE_MATCH_EMPTY) != 0; break; default: return PCRE_ERROR_BADOPTION; } return 0; } /* End of pcre_fullinfo.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_get.c000066400000000000000000000545721335323540100162140ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains some convenience functions for extracting substrings from the subject string after a regex match has succeeded. The original idea for these functions came from Scott Wimer. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" /************************************************* * Find number for named string * *************************************************/ /* This function is used by the get_first_set() function below, as well as being generally available. It assumes that names are unique. Arguments: code the compiled regex stringname the name whose number is required Returns: the number of the named parentheses, or a negative number (PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING) if not found */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_get_stringnumber(const pcre *code, const char *stringname) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_get_stringnumber(const pcre16 *code, PCRE_SPTR16 stringname) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_get_stringnumber(const pcre32 *code, PCRE_SPTR32 stringname) #endif { int rc; int entrysize; int top, bot; pcre_uchar *nametable; #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 if ((rc = pcre_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT, &top)) != 0) return rc; if (top <= 0) return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING; if ((rc = pcre_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE, &entrysize)) != 0) return rc; if ((rc = pcre_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE, &nametable)) != 0) return rc; #endif #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16 if ((rc = pcre16_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT, &top)) != 0) return rc; if (top <= 0) return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING; if ((rc = pcre16_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE, &entrysize)) != 0) return rc; if ((rc = pcre16_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE, &nametable)) != 0) return rc; #endif #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 if ((rc = pcre32_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT, &top)) != 0) return rc; if (top <= 0) return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING; if ((rc = pcre32_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE, &entrysize)) != 0) return rc; if ((rc = pcre32_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE, &nametable)) != 0) return rc; #endif bot = 0; while (top > bot) { int mid = (top + bot) / 2; pcre_uchar *entry = nametable + entrysize*mid; int c = STRCMP_UC_UC((pcre_uchar *)stringname, (pcre_uchar *)(entry + IMM2_SIZE)); if (c == 0) return GET2(entry, 0); if (c > 0) bot = mid + 1; else top = mid; } return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING; } /************************************************* * Find (multiple) entries for named string * *************************************************/ /* This is used by the get_first_set() function below, as well as being generally available. It is used when duplicated names are permitted. Arguments: code the compiled regex stringname the name whose entries required firstptr where to put the pointer to the first entry lastptr where to put the pointer to the last entry Returns: the length of each entry, or a negative number (PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING) if not found */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_get_stringtable_entries(const pcre *code, const char *stringname, char **firstptr, char **lastptr) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_get_stringtable_entries(const pcre16 *code, PCRE_SPTR16 stringname, PCRE_UCHAR16 **firstptr, PCRE_UCHAR16 **lastptr) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_get_stringtable_entries(const pcre32 *code, PCRE_SPTR32 stringname, PCRE_UCHAR32 **firstptr, PCRE_UCHAR32 **lastptr) #endif { int rc; int entrysize; int top, bot; pcre_uchar *nametable, *lastentry; #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 if ((rc = pcre_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT, &top)) != 0) return rc; if (top <= 0) return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING; if ((rc = pcre_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE, &entrysize)) != 0) return rc; if ((rc = pcre_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE, &nametable)) != 0) return rc; #endif #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE16 if ((rc = pcre16_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT, &top)) != 0) return rc; if (top <= 0) return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING; if ((rc = pcre16_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE, &entrysize)) != 0) return rc; if ((rc = pcre16_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE, &nametable)) != 0) return rc; #endif #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 if ((rc = pcre32_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMECOUNT, &top)) != 0) return rc; if (top <= 0) return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING; if ((rc = pcre32_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMEENTRYSIZE, &entrysize)) != 0) return rc; if ((rc = pcre32_fullinfo(code, NULL, PCRE_INFO_NAMETABLE, &nametable)) != 0) return rc; #endif lastentry = nametable + entrysize * (top - 1); bot = 0; while (top > bot) { int mid = (top + bot) / 2; pcre_uchar *entry = nametable + entrysize*mid; int c = STRCMP_UC_UC((pcre_uchar *)stringname, (pcre_uchar *)(entry + IMM2_SIZE)); if (c == 0) { pcre_uchar *first = entry; pcre_uchar *last = entry; while (first > nametable) { if (STRCMP_UC_UC((pcre_uchar *)stringname, (pcre_uchar *)(first - entrysize + IMM2_SIZE)) != 0) break; first -= entrysize; } while (last < lastentry) { if (STRCMP_UC_UC((pcre_uchar *)stringname, (pcre_uchar *)(last + entrysize + IMM2_SIZE)) != 0) break; last += entrysize; } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 *firstptr = (char *)first; *lastptr = (char *)last; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 *firstptr = (PCRE_UCHAR16 *)first; *lastptr = (PCRE_UCHAR16 *)last; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 *firstptr = (PCRE_UCHAR32 *)first; *lastptr = (PCRE_UCHAR32 *)last; #endif return entrysize; } if (c > 0) bot = mid + 1; else top = mid; } return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING; } /************************************************* * Find first set of multiple named strings * *************************************************/ /* This function allows for duplicate names in the table of named substrings. It returns the number of the first one that was set in a pattern match. Arguments: code the compiled regex stringname the name of the capturing substring ovector the vector of matched substrings stringcount number of captured substrings Returns: the number of the first that is set, or the number of the last one if none are set, or a negative number on error */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 static int get_first_set(const pcre *code, const char *stringname, int *ovector, int stringcount) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 static int get_first_set(const pcre16 *code, PCRE_SPTR16 stringname, int *ovector, int stringcount) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 static int get_first_set(const pcre32 *code, PCRE_SPTR32 stringname, int *ovector, int stringcount) #endif { const REAL_PCRE *re = (const REAL_PCRE *)code; int entrysize; pcre_uchar *entry; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 char *first, *last; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_UCHAR16 *first, *last; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_UCHAR32 *first, *last; #endif #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if ((re->options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0 && (re->flags & PCRE_JCHANGED) == 0) return pcre_get_stringnumber(code, stringname); entrysize = pcre_get_stringtable_entries(code, stringname, &first, &last); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if ((re->options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0 && (re->flags & PCRE_JCHANGED) == 0) return pcre16_get_stringnumber(code, stringname); entrysize = pcre16_get_stringtable_entries(code, stringname, &first, &last); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if ((re->options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0 && (re->flags & PCRE_JCHANGED) == 0) return pcre32_get_stringnumber(code, stringname); entrysize = pcre32_get_stringtable_entries(code, stringname, &first, &last); #endif if (entrysize <= 0) return entrysize; for (entry = (pcre_uchar *)first; entry <= (pcre_uchar *)last; entry += entrysize) { int n = GET2(entry, 0); if (n < stringcount && ovector[n*2] >= 0) return n; } return GET2(entry, 0); } /************************************************* * Copy captured string to given buffer * *************************************************/ /* This function copies a single captured substring into a given buffer. Note that we use memcpy() rather than strncpy() in case there are binary zeros in the string. Arguments: subject the subject string that was matched ovector pointer to the offsets table stringcount the number of substrings that were captured (i.e. the yield of the pcre_exec call, unless that was zero, in which case it should be 1/3 of the offset table size) stringnumber the number of the required substring buffer where to put the substring size the size of the buffer Returns: if successful: the length of the copied string, not including the zero that is put on the end; can be zero if not successful: PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY (-6) buffer too small PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING (-7) no such captured substring */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_copy_substring(const char *subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, int stringnumber, char *buffer, int size) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_copy_substring(PCRE_SPTR16 subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, int stringnumber, PCRE_UCHAR16 *buffer, int size) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_copy_substring(PCRE_SPTR32 subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, int stringnumber, PCRE_UCHAR32 *buffer, int size) #endif { int yield; if (stringnumber < 0 || stringnumber >= stringcount) return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING; stringnumber *= 2; yield = ovector[stringnumber+1] - ovector[stringnumber]; if (size < yield + 1) return PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY; memcpy(buffer, subject + ovector[stringnumber], IN_UCHARS(yield)); buffer[yield] = 0; return yield; } /************************************************* * Copy named captured string to given buffer * *************************************************/ /* This function copies a single captured substring into a given buffer, identifying it by name. If the regex permits duplicate names, the first substring that is set is chosen. Arguments: code the compiled regex subject the subject string that was matched ovector pointer to the offsets table stringcount the number of substrings that were captured (i.e. the yield of the pcre_exec call, unless that was zero, in which case it should be 1/3 of the offset table size) stringname the name of the required substring buffer where to put the substring size the size of the buffer Returns: if successful: the length of the copied string, not including the zero that is put on the end; can be zero if not successful: PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY (-6) buffer too small PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING (-7) no such captured substring */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_copy_named_substring(const pcre *code, const char *subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, const char *stringname, char *buffer, int size) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_copy_named_substring(const pcre16 *code, PCRE_SPTR16 subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, PCRE_SPTR16 stringname, PCRE_UCHAR16 *buffer, int size) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_copy_named_substring(const pcre32 *code, PCRE_SPTR32 subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, PCRE_SPTR32 stringname, PCRE_UCHAR32 *buffer, int size) #endif { int n = get_first_set(code, stringname, ovector, stringcount); if (n <= 0) return n; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 return pcre_copy_substring(subject, ovector, stringcount, n, buffer, size); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 return pcre16_copy_substring(subject, ovector, stringcount, n, buffer, size); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 return pcre32_copy_substring(subject, ovector, stringcount, n, buffer, size); #endif } /************************************************* * Copy all captured strings to new store * *************************************************/ /* This function gets one chunk of store and builds a list of pointers and all of the captured substrings in it. A NULL pointer is put on the end of the list. Arguments: subject the subject string that was matched ovector pointer to the offsets table stringcount the number of substrings that were captured (i.e. the yield of the pcre_exec call, unless that was zero, in which case it should be 1/3 of the offset table size) listptr set to point to the list of pointers Returns: if successful: 0 if not successful: PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY (-6) failed to get store */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_get_substring_list(const char *subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, const char ***listptr) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_get_substring_list(PCRE_SPTR16 subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, PCRE_SPTR16 **listptr) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_get_substring_list(PCRE_SPTR32 subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, PCRE_SPTR32 **listptr) #endif { int i; int size = sizeof(pcre_uchar *); int double_count = stringcount * 2; pcre_uchar **stringlist; pcre_uchar *p; for (i = 0; i < double_count; i += 2) { size += sizeof(pcre_uchar *) + IN_UCHARS(1); if (ovector[i+1] > ovector[i]) size += IN_UCHARS(ovector[i+1] - ovector[i]); } stringlist = (pcre_uchar **)(PUBL(malloc))(size); if (stringlist == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 *listptr = (const char **)stringlist; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 *listptr = (PCRE_SPTR16 *)stringlist; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 *listptr = (PCRE_SPTR32 *)stringlist; #endif p = (pcre_uchar *)(stringlist + stringcount + 1); for (i = 0; i < double_count; i += 2) { int len = (ovector[i+1] > ovector[i])? (ovector[i+1] - ovector[i]) : 0; memcpy(p, subject + ovector[i], IN_UCHARS(len)); *stringlist++ = p; p += len; *p++ = 0; } *stringlist = NULL; return 0; } /************************************************* * Free store obtained by get_substring_list * *************************************************/ /* This function exists for the benefit of people calling PCRE from non-C programs that can call its functions, but not free() or (PUBL(free))() directly. Argument: the result of a previous pcre_get_substring_list() Returns: nothing */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN void PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_free_substring_list(const char **pointer) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN void PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_free_substring_list(PCRE_SPTR16 *pointer) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN void PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_free_substring_list(PCRE_SPTR32 *pointer) #endif { (PUBL(free))((void *)pointer); } /************************************************* * Copy captured string to new store * *************************************************/ /* This function copies a single captured substring into a piece of new store Arguments: subject the subject string that was matched ovector pointer to the offsets table stringcount the number of substrings that were captured (i.e. the yield of the pcre_exec call, unless that was zero, in which case it should be 1/3 of the offset table size) stringnumber the number of the required substring stringptr where to put a pointer to the substring Returns: if successful: the length of the string, not including the zero that is put on the end; can be zero if not successful: PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY (-6) failed to get store PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING (-7) substring not present */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_get_substring(const char *subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, int stringnumber, const char **stringptr) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_get_substring(PCRE_SPTR16 subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, int stringnumber, PCRE_SPTR16 *stringptr) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_get_substring(PCRE_SPTR32 subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, int stringnumber, PCRE_SPTR32 *stringptr) #endif { int yield; pcre_uchar *substring; if (stringnumber < 0 || stringnumber >= stringcount) return PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING; stringnumber *= 2; yield = ovector[stringnumber+1] - ovector[stringnumber]; substring = (pcre_uchar *)(PUBL(malloc))(IN_UCHARS(yield + 1)); if (substring == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY; memcpy(substring, subject + ovector[stringnumber], IN_UCHARS(yield)); substring[yield] = 0; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 *stringptr = (const char *)substring; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 *stringptr = (PCRE_SPTR16)substring; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 *stringptr = (PCRE_SPTR32)substring; #endif return yield; } /************************************************* * Copy named captured string to new store * *************************************************/ /* This function copies a single captured substring, identified by name, into new store. If the regex permits duplicate names, the first substring that is set is chosen. Arguments: code the compiled regex subject the subject string that was matched ovector pointer to the offsets table stringcount the number of substrings that were captured (i.e. the yield of the pcre_exec call, unless that was zero, in which case it should be 1/3 of the offset table size) stringname the name of the required substring stringptr where to put the pointer Returns: if successful: the length of the copied string, not including the zero that is put on the end; can be zero if not successful: PCRE_ERROR_NOMEMORY (-6) couldn't get memory PCRE_ERROR_NOSUBSTRING (-7) no such captured substring */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_get_named_substring(const pcre *code, const char *subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, const char *stringname, const char **stringptr) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_get_named_substring(const pcre16 *code, PCRE_SPTR16 subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, PCRE_SPTR16 stringname, PCRE_SPTR16 *stringptr) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_get_named_substring(const pcre32 *code, PCRE_SPTR32 subject, int *ovector, int stringcount, PCRE_SPTR32 stringname, PCRE_SPTR32 *stringptr) #endif { int n = get_first_set(code, stringname, ovector, stringcount); if (n <= 0) return n; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 return pcre_get_substring(subject, ovector, stringcount, n, stringptr); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 return pcre16_get_substring(subject, ovector, stringcount, n, stringptr); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 return pcre32_get_substring(subject, ovector, stringcount, n, stringptr); #endif } /************************************************* * Free store obtained by get_substring * *************************************************/ /* This function exists for the benefit of people calling PCRE from non-C programs that can call its functions, but not free() or (PUBL(free))() directly. Argument: the result of a previous pcre_get_substring() Returns: nothing */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN void PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_free_substring(const char *pointer) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN void PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_free_substring(PCRE_SPTR16 pointer) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN void PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_free_substring(PCRE_SPTR32 pointer) #endif { (PUBL(free))((void *)pointer); } /* End of pcre_get.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_globals.c000066400000000000000000000073741335323540100170560ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains global variables that are exported by the PCRE library. PCRE is thread-clean and doesn't use any global variables in the normal sense. However, it calls memory allocation and freeing functions via the four indirections below, and it can optionally do callouts, using the fifth indirection. These values can be changed by the caller, but are shared between all threads. For MS Visual Studio and Symbian OS, there are problems in initializing these variables to non-local functions. In these cases, therefore, an indirection via a local function is used. Also, when compiling for Virtual Pascal, things are done differently, and global variables are not used. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" #if defined _MSC_VER || defined __SYMBIAN32__ static void* LocalPcreMalloc(size_t aSize) { return malloc(aSize); } static void LocalPcreFree(void* aPtr) { free(aPtr); } PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void *(*PUBL(malloc))(size_t) = LocalPcreMalloc; PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void (*PUBL(free))(void *) = LocalPcreFree; PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void *(*PUBL(stack_malloc))(size_t) = LocalPcreMalloc; PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void (*PUBL(stack_free))(void *) = LocalPcreFree; PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN int (*PUBL(callout))(PUBL(callout_block) *) = NULL; PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN int (*PUBL(stack_guard))(void) = NULL; #elif !defined VPCOMPAT PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void *(*PUBL(malloc))(size_t) = malloc; PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void (*PUBL(free))(void *) = free; PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void *(*PUBL(stack_malloc))(size_t) = malloc; PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN void (*PUBL(stack_free))(void *) = free; PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN int (*PUBL(callout))(PUBL(callout_block) *) = NULL; PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN int (*PUBL(stack_guard))(void) = NULL; #endif /* End of pcre_globals.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_internal.h000066400000000000000000003367671335323540100172670ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2016 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This header contains definitions that are shared between the different modules, but which are not relevant to the exported API. This includes some functions whose names all begin with "_pcre_", "_pcre16_" or "_pcre32_" depending on the PRIV macro. */ #ifndef PCRE_INTERNAL_H #define PCRE_INTERNAL_H /* Define PCRE_DEBUG to get debugging output on stdout. */ #if 0 #define PCRE_DEBUG #endif /* PCRE is compiled as an 8 bit library if it is not requested otherwise. */ #if !defined COMPILE_PCRE16 && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #define COMPILE_PCRE8 #endif /* If SUPPORT_UCP is defined, SUPPORT_UTF must also be defined. The "configure" script ensures this, but not everybody uses "configure". */ #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined SUPPORT_UTF) #define SUPPORT_UTF 1 #endif /* We define SUPPORT_UTF if SUPPORT_UTF8 is enabled for compatibility reasons with existing code. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF8 && !(defined SUPPORT_UTF) #define SUPPORT_UTF 1 #endif /* Fixme: SUPPORT_UTF8 should be eventually disappear from the code. Until then we define it if SUPPORT_UTF is defined. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !(defined SUPPORT_UTF8) #define SUPPORT_UTF8 1 #endif /* We do not support both EBCDIC and UTF-8/16/32 at the same time. The "configure" script prevents both being selected, but not everybody uses "configure". */ #if defined EBCDIC && defined SUPPORT_UTF #error The use of both EBCDIC and SUPPORT_UTF is not supported. #endif /* Use a macro for debugging printing, 'cause that eliminates the use of #ifdef inline, and there are *still* stupid compilers about that don't like indented pre-processor statements, or at least there were when I first wrote this. After all, it had only been about 10 years then... It turns out that the Mac Debugging.h header also defines the macro DPRINTF, so be absolutely sure we get our version. */ #undef DPRINTF #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG #define DPRINTF(p) printf p #else #define DPRINTF(p) /* Nothing */ #endif /* Standard C headers plus the external interface definition. The only time setjmp and stdarg are used is when NO_RECURSE is set. */ #include #include #include #include #include #include /* Valgrind (memcheck) support */ #ifdef SUPPORT_VALGRIND #include #endif /* When compiling a DLL for Windows, the exported symbols have to be declared using some MS magic. I found some useful information on this web page: http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/y4h7bcy6(VS.80).aspx. According to the information there, using __declspec(dllexport) without "extern" we have a definition; with "extern" we have a declaration. The settings here override the setting in pcre.h (which is included below); it defines only PCRE_EXP_DECL, which is all that is needed for applications (they just import the symbols). We use: PCRE_EXP_DECL for declarations PCRE_EXP_DEFN for definitions of exported functions PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN for definitions of exported variables The reason for the two DEFN macros is that in non-Windows environments, one does not want to have "extern" before variable definitions because it leads to compiler warnings. So we distinguish between functions and variables. In Windows, the two should always be the same. The reason for wrapping this in #ifndef PCRE_EXP_DECL is so that pcretest, which is an application, but needs to import this file in order to "peek" at internals, can #include pcre.h first to get an application's-eye view. In principle, people compiling for non-Windows, non-Unix-like (i.e. uncommon, special-purpose environments) might want to stick other stuff in front of exported symbols. That's why, in the non-Windows case, we set PCRE_EXP_DEFN and PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN only if they are not already set. */ #ifndef PCRE_EXP_DECL # ifdef _WIN32 # ifndef PCRE_STATIC # define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern __declspec(dllexport) # define PCRE_EXP_DEFN __declspec(dllexport) # define PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN __declspec(dllexport) # else # define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern # define PCRE_EXP_DEFN # define PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN # endif # else # ifdef __cplusplus # define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern "C" # else # define PCRE_EXP_DECL extern # endif # ifndef PCRE_EXP_DEFN # define PCRE_EXP_DEFN PCRE_EXP_DECL # endif # ifndef PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN # define PCRE_EXP_DATA_DEFN # endif # endif #endif /* When compiling with the MSVC compiler, it is sometimes necessary to include a "calling convention" before exported function names. (This is secondhand information; I know nothing about MSVC myself). For example, something like void __cdecl function(....) might be needed. In order so make this easy, all the exported functions have PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION just before their names. It is rarely needed; if not set, we ensure here that it has no effect. */ #ifndef PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION #define PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION #endif /* We need to have types that specify unsigned 8, 16 and 32-bit integers. We cannot determine these outside the compilation (e.g. by running a program as part of "configure") because PCRE is often cross-compiled for use on other systems. Instead we make use of the maximum sizes that are available at preprocessor time in standard C environments. */ typedef unsigned char pcre_uint8; #if USHRT_MAX == 65535 typedef unsigned short pcre_uint16; typedef short pcre_int16; #define PCRE_UINT16_MAX USHRT_MAX #define PCRE_INT16_MAX SHRT_MAX #elif UINT_MAX == 65535 typedef unsigned int pcre_uint16; typedef int pcre_int16; #define PCRE_UINT16_MAX UINT_MAX #define PCRE_INT16_MAX INT_MAX #else #error Cannot determine a type for 16-bit integers #endif #if UINT_MAX == 4294967295U typedef unsigned int pcre_uint32; typedef int pcre_int32; #define PCRE_UINT32_MAX UINT_MAX #define PCRE_INT32_MAX INT_MAX #elif ULONG_MAX == 4294967295UL typedef unsigned long int pcre_uint32; typedef long int pcre_int32; #define PCRE_UINT32_MAX ULONG_MAX #define PCRE_INT32_MAX LONG_MAX #else #error Cannot determine a type for 32-bit integers #endif /* When checking for integer overflow in pcre_compile(), we need to handle large integers. If a 64-bit integer type is available, we can use that. Otherwise we have to cast to double, which of course requires floating point arithmetic. Handle this by defining a macro for the appropriate type. If stdint.h is available, include it; it may define INT64_MAX. Systems that do not have stdint.h (e.g. Solaris) may have inttypes.h. The macro int64_t may be set by "configure". */ #if defined HAVE_STDINT_H #include #elif defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H #include #endif #if defined INT64_MAX || defined int64_t #define INT64_OR_DOUBLE int64_t #else #define INT64_OR_DOUBLE double #endif /* All character handling must be done as unsigned characters. Otherwise there are problems with top-bit-set characters and functions such as isspace(). However, we leave the interface to the outside world as char * or short *, because that should make things easier for callers. This character type is called pcre_uchar. The IN_UCHARS macro multiply its argument with the byte size of the current pcre_uchar type. Useful for memcpy and such operations, whose require the byte size of their input/output buffers. The MAX_255 macro checks whether its pcre_uchar input is less than 256. The TABLE_GET macro is designed for accessing elements of tables whose contain exactly 256 items. When the character is able to contain more than 256 items, some check is needed before accessing these tables. */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 typedef unsigned char pcre_uchar; #define IN_UCHARS(x) (x) #define MAX_255(c) 1 #define TABLE_GET(c, table, default) ((table)[c]) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 #if USHRT_MAX != 65535 /* This is a warning message. Change PCRE_UCHAR16 to a 16 bit data type in pcre.h(.in) and disable (comment out) this message. */ #error Warning: PCRE_UCHAR16 is not a 16 bit data type. #endif typedef pcre_uint16 pcre_uchar; #define UCHAR_SHIFT (1) #define IN_UCHARS(x) ((x) * 2) #define MAX_255(c) ((c) <= 255u) #define TABLE_GET(c, table, default) (MAX_255(c)? ((table)[c]):(default)) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 typedef pcre_uint32 pcre_uchar; #define UCHAR_SHIFT (2) #define IN_UCHARS(x) ((x) * 4) #define MAX_255(c) ((c) <= 255u) #define TABLE_GET(c, table, default) (MAX_255(c)? ((table)[c]):(default)) #else #error Unsupported compiling mode #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ /* This is an unsigned int value that no character can ever have. UTF-8 characters only go up to 0x7fffffff (though Unicode doesn't go beyond 0x0010ffff). */ #define NOTACHAR 0xffffffff /* PCRE is able to support several different kinds of newline (CR, LF, CRLF, "any" and "anycrlf" at present). The following macros are used to package up testing for newlines. NLBLOCK, PSSTART, and PSEND are defined in the various modules to indicate in which datablock the parameters exist, and what the start/end of string field names are. */ #define NLTYPE_FIXED 0 /* Newline is a fixed length string */ #define NLTYPE_ANY 1 /* Newline is any Unicode line ending */ #define NLTYPE_ANYCRLF 2 /* Newline is CR, LF, or CRLF */ /* This macro checks for a newline at the given position */ #define IS_NEWLINE(p) \ ((NLBLOCK->nltype != NLTYPE_FIXED)? \ ((p) < NLBLOCK->PSEND && \ PRIV(is_newline)((p), NLBLOCK->nltype, NLBLOCK->PSEND, \ &(NLBLOCK->nllen), utf)) \ : \ ((p) <= NLBLOCK->PSEND - NLBLOCK->nllen && \ UCHAR21TEST(p) == NLBLOCK->nl[0] && \ (NLBLOCK->nllen == 1 || UCHAR21TEST(p+1) == NLBLOCK->nl[1]) \ ) \ ) /* This macro checks for a newline immediately preceding the given position */ #define WAS_NEWLINE(p) \ ((NLBLOCK->nltype != NLTYPE_FIXED)? \ ((p) > NLBLOCK->PSSTART && \ PRIV(was_newline)((p), NLBLOCK->nltype, NLBLOCK->PSSTART, \ &(NLBLOCK->nllen), utf)) \ : \ ((p) >= NLBLOCK->PSSTART + NLBLOCK->nllen && \ UCHAR21TEST(p - NLBLOCK->nllen) == NLBLOCK->nl[0] && \ (NLBLOCK->nllen == 1 || UCHAR21TEST(p - NLBLOCK->nllen + 1) == NLBLOCK->nl[1]) \ ) \ ) /* When PCRE is compiled as a C++ library, the subject pointer can be replaced with a custom type. This makes it possible, for example, to allow pcre_exec() to process subject strings that are discontinuous by using a smart pointer class. It must always be possible to inspect all of the subject string in pcre_exec() because of the way it backtracks. Two macros are required in the normal case, for sign-unspecified and unsigned char pointers. The former is used for the external interface and appears in pcre.h, which is why its name must begin with PCRE_. */ #ifdef CUSTOM_SUBJECT_PTR #define PCRE_PUCHAR CUSTOM_SUBJECT_PTR #else #define PCRE_PUCHAR const pcre_uchar * #endif /* Include the public PCRE header and the definitions of UCP character property values. */ #include "pcre.h" #include "ucp.h" #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 /* Assert that the public PCRE_UCHAR32 is a 32-bit type */ typedef int __assert_pcre_uchar32_size[sizeof(PCRE_UCHAR32) == 4 ? 1 : -1]; #endif /* When compiling for use with the Virtual Pascal compiler, these functions need to have their names changed. PCRE must be compiled with the -DVPCOMPAT option on the command line. */ #ifdef VPCOMPAT #define strlen(s) _strlen(s) #define strncmp(s1,s2,m) _strncmp(s1,s2,m) #define memcmp(s,c,n) _memcmp(s,c,n) #define memcpy(d,s,n) _memcpy(d,s,n) #define memmove(d,s,n) _memmove(d,s,n) #define memset(s,c,n) _memset(s,c,n) #else /* VPCOMPAT */ /* To cope with SunOS4 and other systems that lack memmove() but have bcopy(), define a macro for memmove() if HAVE_MEMMOVE is false, provided that HAVE_BCOPY is set. Otherwise, include an emulating function for those systems that have neither (there some non-Unix environments where this is the case). */ #ifndef HAVE_MEMMOVE #undef memmove /* some systems may have a macro */ #ifdef HAVE_BCOPY #define memmove(a, b, c) bcopy(b, a, c) #else /* HAVE_BCOPY */ static void * pcre_memmove(void *d, const void *s, size_t n) { size_t i; unsigned char *dest = (unsigned char *)d; const unsigned char *src = (const unsigned char *)s; if (dest > src) { dest += n; src += n; for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) *(--dest) = *(--src); return (void *)dest; } else { for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) *dest++ = *src++; return (void *)(dest - n); } } #define memmove(a, b, c) pcre_memmove(a, b, c) #endif /* not HAVE_BCOPY */ #endif /* not HAVE_MEMMOVE */ #endif /* not VPCOMPAT */ /* PCRE keeps offsets in its compiled code as 2-byte quantities (always stored in big-endian order) by default. These are used, for example, to link from the start of a subpattern to its alternatives and its end. The use of 2 bytes per offset limits the size of the compiled regex to around 64K, which is big enough for almost everybody. However, I received a request for an even bigger limit. For this reason, and also to make the code easier to maintain, the storing and loading of offsets from the byte string is now handled by the macros that are defined here. The macros are controlled by the value of LINK_SIZE. This defaults to 2 in the config.h file, but can be overridden by using -D on the command line. This is automated on Unix systems via the "configure" command. */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 #if LINK_SIZE == 2 #define PUT(a,n,d) \ (a[n] = (d) >> 8), \ (a[(n)+1] = (d) & 255) #define GET(a,n) \ (((a)[n] << 8) | (a)[(n)+1]) #define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 16) #elif LINK_SIZE == 3 #define PUT(a,n,d) \ (a[n] = (d) >> 16), \ (a[(n)+1] = (d) >> 8), \ (a[(n)+2] = (d) & 255) #define GET(a,n) \ (((a)[n] << 16) | ((a)[(n)+1] << 8) | (a)[(n)+2]) #define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 24) #elif LINK_SIZE == 4 #define PUT(a,n,d) \ (a[n] = (d) >> 24), \ (a[(n)+1] = (d) >> 16), \ (a[(n)+2] = (d) >> 8), \ (a[(n)+3] = (d) & 255) #define GET(a,n) \ (((a)[n] << 24) | ((a)[(n)+1] << 16) | ((a)[(n)+2] << 8) | (a)[(n)+3]) /* Keep it positive */ #define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 30) #else #error LINK_SIZE must be either 2, 3, or 4 #endif #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 #if LINK_SIZE == 2 /* Redefine LINK_SIZE as a multiple of sizeof(pcre_uchar) */ #undef LINK_SIZE #define LINK_SIZE 1 #define PUT(a,n,d) \ (a[n] = (d)) #define GET(a,n) \ (a[n]) #define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 16) #elif LINK_SIZE == 3 || LINK_SIZE == 4 /* Redefine LINK_SIZE as a multiple of sizeof(pcre_uchar) */ #undef LINK_SIZE #define LINK_SIZE 2 #define PUT(a,n,d) \ (a[n] = (d) >> 16), \ (a[(n)+1] = (d) & 65535) #define GET(a,n) \ (((a)[n] << 16) | (a)[(n)+1]) /* Keep it positive */ #define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 30) #else #error LINK_SIZE must be either 2, 3, or 4 #endif #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 /* Only supported LINK_SIZE is 4 */ /* Redefine LINK_SIZE as a multiple of sizeof(pcre_uchar) */ #undef LINK_SIZE #define LINK_SIZE 1 #define PUT(a,n,d) \ (a[n] = (d)) #define GET(a,n) \ (a[n]) /* Keep it positive */ #define MAX_PATTERN_SIZE (1 << 30) #else #error Unsupported compiling mode #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ /* Convenience macro defined in terms of the others */ #define PUTINC(a,n,d) PUT(a,n,d), a += LINK_SIZE /* PCRE uses some other 2-byte quantities that do not change when the size of offsets changes. There are used for repeat counts and for other things such as capturing parenthesis numbers in back references. */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 #define IMM2_SIZE 2 #define PUT2(a,n,d) \ a[n] = (d) >> 8; \ a[(n)+1] = (d) & 255 /* For reasons that I do not understand, the expression in this GET2 macro is treated by gcc as a signed expression, even when a is declared as unsigned. It seems that any kind of arithmetic results in a signed value. */ #define GET2(a,n) \ (unsigned int)(((a)[n] << 8) | (a)[(n)+1]) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 #define IMM2_SIZE 1 #define PUT2(a,n,d) \ a[n] = d #define GET2(a,n) \ a[n] #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #define IMM2_SIZE 1 #define PUT2(a,n,d) \ a[n] = d #define GET2(a,n) \ a[n] #else #error Unsupported compiling mode #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ #define PUT2INC(a,n,d) PUT2(a,n,d), a += IMM2_SIZE /* The maximum length of a MARK name is currently one data unit; it may be changed in future to be a fixed number of bytes or to depend on LINK_SIZE. */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #define MAX_MARK ((1u << 16) - 1) #else #define MAX_MARK ((1u << 8) - 1) #endif /* There is a proposed future special "UTF-21" mode, in which only the lowest 21 bits of a 32-bit character are interpreted as UTF, with the remaining 11 high-order bits available to the application for other uses. In preparation for the future implementation of this mode, there are macros that load a data item and, if in this special mode, mask it to 21 bits. These macros all have names starting with UCHAR21. In all other modes, including the normal 32-bit library, the macros all have the same simple definitions. When the new mode is implemented, it is expected that these definitions will be varied appropriately using #ifdef when compiling the library that supports the special mode. */ #define UCHAR21(eptr) (*(eptr)) #define UCHAR21TEST(eptr) (*(eptr)) #define UCHAR21INC(eptr) (*(eptr)++) #define UCHAR21INCTEST(eptr) (*(eptr)++) /* When UTF encoding is being used, a character is no longer just a single byte in 8-bit mode or a single short in 16-bit mode. The macros for character handling generate simple sequences when used in the basic mode, and more complicated ones for UTF characters. GETCHARLENTEST and other macros are not used when UTF is not supported. To make sure they can never even appear when UTF support is omitted, we don't even define them. */ #ifndef SUPPORT_UTF /* #define MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR */ /* #define HAS_EXTRALEN(c) */ /* #define GET_EXTRALEN(c) */ /* #define NOT_FIRSTCHAR(c) */ #define GETCHAR(c, eptr) c = *eptr; #define GETCHARTEST(c, eptr) c = *eptr; #define GETCHARINC(c, eptr) c = *eptr++; #define GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr) c = *eptr++; #define GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len) c = *eptr; /* #define GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len) */ /* #define BACKCHAR(eptr) */ /* #define FORWARDCHAR(eptr) */ /* #define ACROSSCHAR(condition, eptr, action) */ #else /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Tests whether the code point needs extra characters to decode. */ #define HASUTF8EXTRALEN(c) ((c) >= 0xc0) /* Base macro to pick up the remaining bytes of a UTF-8 character, not advancing the pointer. */ #define GETUTF8(c, eptr) \ { \ if ((c & 0x20) == 0) \ c = ((c & 0x1f) << 6) | (eptr[1] & 0x3f); \ else if ((c & 0x10) == 0) \ c = ((c & 0x0f) << 12) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[2] & 0x3f); \ else if ((c & 0x08) == 0) \ c = ((c & 0x07) << 18) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 12) | \ ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[3] & 0x3f); \ else if ((c & 0x04) == 0) \ c = ((c & 0x03) << 24) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 18) | \ ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 12) | ((eptr[3] & 0x3f) << 6) | \ (eptr[4] & 0x3f); \ else \ c = ((c & 0x01) << 30) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 24) | \ ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 18) | ((eptr[3] & 0x3f) << 12) | \ ((eptr[4] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[5] & 0x3f); \ } /* Base macro to pick up the remaining bytes of a UTF-8 character, advancing the pointer. */ #define GETUTF8INC(c, eptr) \ { \ if ((c & 0x20) == 0) \ c = ((c & 0x1f) << 6) | (*eptr++ & 0x3f); \ else if ((c & 0x10) == 0) \ { \ c = ((c & 0x0f) << 12) | ((*eptr & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[1] & 0x3f); \ eptr += 2; \ } \ else if ((c & 0x08) == 0) \ { \ c = ((c & 0x07) << 18) | ((*eptr & 0x3f) << 12) | \ ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[2] & 0x3f); \ eptr += 3; \ } \ else if ((c & 0x04) == 0) \ { \ c = ((c & 0x03) << 24) | ((*eptr & 0x3f) << 18) | \ ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 12) | ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 6) | \ (eptr[3] & 0x3f); \ eptr += 4; \ } \ else \ { \ c = ((c & 0x01) << 30) | ((*eptr & 0x3f) << 24) | \ ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 18) | ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 12) | \ ((eptr[3] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[4] & 0x3f); \ eptr += 5; \ } \ } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 /* These macros were originally written in the form of loops that used data from the tables whose names start with PRIV(utf8_table). They were rewritten by a user so as not to use loops, because in some environments this gives a significant performance advantage, and it seems never to do any harm. */ /* Tells the biggest code point which can be encoded as a single character. */ #define MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR 127 /* Tests whether the code point needs extra characters to decode. */ #define HAS_EXTRALEN(c) ((c) >= 0xc0) /* Returns with the additional number of characters if IS_MULTICHAR(c) is TRUE. Otherwise it has an undefined behaviour. */ #define GET_EXTRALEN(c) (PRIV(utf8_table4)[(c) & 0x3f]) /* Returns TRUE, if the given character is not the first character of a UTF sequence. */ #define NOT_FIRSTCHAR(c) (((c) & 0xc0) == 0x80) /* Get the next UTF-8 character, not advancing the pointer. This is called when we know we are in UTF-8 mode. */ #define GETCHAR(c, eptr) \ c = *eptr; \ if (c >= 0xc0) GETUTF8(c, eptr); /* Get the next UTF-8 character, testing for UTF-8 mode, and not advancing the pointer. */ #define GETCHARTEST(c, eptr) \ c = *eptr; \ if (utf && c >= 0xc0) GETUTF8(c, eptr); /* Get the next UTF-8 character, advancing the pointer. This is called when we know we are in UTF-8 mode. */ #define GETCHARINC(c, eptr) \ c = *eptr++; \ if (c >= 0xc0) GETUTF8INC(c, eptr); /* Get the next character, testing for UTF-8 mode, and advancing the pointer. This is called when we don't know if we are in UTF-8 mode. */ #define GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr) \ c = *eptr++; \ if (utf && c >= 0xc0) GETUTF8INC(c, eptr); /* Base macro to pick up the remaining bytes of a UTF-8 character, not advancing the pointer, incrementing the length. */ #define GETUTF8LEN(c, eptr, len) \ { \ if ((c & 0x20) == 0) \ { \ c = ((c & 0x1f) << 6) | (eptr[1] & 0x3f); \ len++; \ } \ else if ((c & 0x10) == 0) \ { \ c = ((c & 0x0f) << 12) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[2] & 0x3f); \ len += 2; \ } \ else if ((c & 0x08) == 0) \ {\ c = ((c & 0x07) << 18) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 12) | \ ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[3] & 0x3f); \ len += 3; \ } \ else if ((c & 0x04) == 0) \ { \ c = ((c & 0x03) << 24) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 18) | \ ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 12) | ((eptr[3] & 0x3f) << 6) | \ (eptr[4] & 0x3f); \ len += 4; \ } \ else \ {\ c = ((c & 0x01) << 30) | ((eptr[1] & 0x3f) << 24) | \ ((eptr[2] & 0x3f) << 18) | ((eptr[3] & 0x3f) << 12) | \ ((eptr[4] & 0x3f) << 6) | (eptr[5] & 0x3f); \ len += 5; \ } \ } /* Get the next UTF-8 character, not advancing the pointer, incrementing length if there are extra bytes. This is called when we know we are in UTF-8 mode. */ #define GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len) \ c = *eptr; \ if (c >= 0xc0) GETUTF8LEN(c, eptr, len); /* Get the next UTF-8 character, testing for UTF-8 mode, not advancing the pointer, incrementing length if there are extra bytes. This is called when we do not know if we are in UTF-8 mode. */ #define GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len) \ c = *eptr; \ if (utf && c >= 0xc0) GETUTF8LEN(c, eptr, len); /* If the pointer is not at the start of a character, move it back until it is. This is called only in UTF-8 mode - we don't put a test within the macro because almost all calls are already within a block of UTF-8 only code. */ #define BACKCHAR(eptr) while((*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr-- /* Same as above, just in the other direction. */ #define FORWARDCHAR(eptr) while((*eptr & 0xc0) == 0x80) eptr++ /* Same as above, but it allows a fully customizable form. */ #define ACROSSCHAR(condition, eptr, action) \ while((condition) && ((eptr) & 0xc0) == 0x80) action #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 /* Tells the biggest code point which can be encoded as a single character. */ #define MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR 65535 /* Tests whether the code point needs extra characters to decode. */ #define HAS_EXTRALEN(c) (((c) & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) /* Returns with the additional number of characters if IS_MULTICHAR(c) is TRUE. Otherwise it has an undefined behaviour. */ #define GET_EXTRALEN(c) 1 /* Returns TRUE, if the given character is not the first character of a UTF sequence. */ #define NOT_FIRSTCHAR(c) (((c) & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) /* Base macro to pick up the low surrogate of a UTF-16 character, not advancing the pointer. */ #define GETUTF16(c, eptr) \ { c = (((c & 0x3ff) << 10) | (eptr[1] & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000; } /* Get the next UTF-16 character, not advancing the pointer. This is called when we know we are in UTF-16 mode. */ #define GETCHAR(c, eptr) \ c = *eptr; \ if ((c & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) GETUTF16(c, eptr); /* Get the next UTF-16 character, testing for UTF-16 mode, and not advancing the pointer. */ #define GETCHARTEST(c, eptr) \ c = *eptr; \ if (utf && (c & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) GETUTF16(c, eptr); /* Base macro to pick up the low surrogate of a UTF-16 character, advancing the pointer. */ #define GETUTF16INC(c, eptr) \ { c = (((c & 0x3ff) << 10) | (*eptr++ & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000; } /* Get the next UTF-16 character, advancing the pointer. This is called when we know we are in UTF-16 mode. */ #define GETCHARINC(c, eptr) \ c = *eptr++; \ if ((c & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) GETUTF16INC(c, eptr); /* Get the next character, testing for UTF-16 mode, and advancing the pointer. This is called when we don't know if we are in UTF-16 mode. */ #define GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr) \ c = *eptr++; \ if (utf && (c & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) GETUTF16INC(c, eptr); /* Base macro to pick up the low surrogate of a UTF-16 character, not advancing the pointer, incrementing the length. */ #define GETUTF16LEN(c, eptr, len) \ { c = (((c & 0x3ff) << 10) | (eptr[1] & 0x3ff)) + 0x10000; len++; } /* Get the next UTF-16 character, not advancing the pointer, incrementing length if there is a low surrogate. This is called when we know we are in UTF-16 mode. */ #define GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len) \ c = *eptr; \ if ((c & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) GETUTF16LEN(c, eptr, len); /* Get the next UTF-816character, testing for UTF-16 mode, not advancing the pointer, incrementing length if there is a low surrogate. This is called when we do not know if we are in UTF-16 mode. */ #define GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len) \ c = *eptr; \ if (utf && (c & 0xfc00) == 0xd800) GETUTF16LEN(c, eptr, len); /* If the pointer is not at the start of a character, move it back until it is. This is called only in UTF-16 mode - we don't put a test within the macro because almost all calls are already within a block of UTF-16 only code. */ #define BACKCHAR(eptr) if ((*eptr & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) eptr-- /* Same as above, just in the other direction. */ #define FORWARDCHAR(eptr) if ((*eptr & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) eptr++ /* Same as above, but it allows a fully customizable form. */ #define ACROSSCHAR(condition, eptr, action) \ if ((condition) && ((eptr) & 0xfc00) == 0xdc00) action #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 /* These are trivial for the 32-bit library, since all UTF-32 characters fit into one pcre_uchar unit. */ #define MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR (0x10ffffu) #define HAS_EXTRALEN(c) (0) #define GET_EXTRALEN(c) (0) #define NOT_FIRSTCHAR(c) (0) /* Get the next UTF-32 character, not advancing the pointer. This is called when we know we are in UTF-32 mode. */ #define GETCHAR(c, eptr) \ c = *(eptr); /* Get the next UTF-32 character, testing for UTF-32 mode, and not advancing the pointer. */ #define GETCHARTEST(c, eptr) \ c = *(eptr); /* Get the next UTF-32 character, advancing the pointer. This is called when we know we are in UTF-32 mode. */ #define GETCHARINC(c, eptr) \ c = *((eptr)++); /* Get the next character, testing for UTF-32 mode, and advancing the pointer. This is called when we don't know if we are in UTF-32 mode. */ #define GETCHARINCTEST(c, eptr) \ c = *((eptr)++); /* Get the next UTF-32 character, not advancing the pointer, not incrementing length (since all UTF-32 is of length 1). This is called when we know we are in UTF-32 mode. */ #define GETCHARLEN(c, eptr, len) \ GETCHAR(c, eptr) /* Get the next UTF-32character, testing for UTF-32 mode, not advancing the pointer, not incrementing the length (since all UTF-32 is of length 1). This is called when we do not know if we are in UTF-32 mode. */ #define GETCHARLENTEST(c, eptr, len) \ GETCHARTEST(c, eptr) /* If the pointer is not at the start of a character, move it back until it is. This is called only in UTF-32 mode - we don't put a test within the macro because almost all calls are already within a block of UTF-32 only code. These are all no-ops since all UTF-32 characters fit into one pcre_uchar. */ #define BACKCHAR(eptr) do { } while (0) /* Same as above, just in the other direction. */ #define FORWARDCHAR(eptr) do { } while (0) /* Same as above, but it allows a fully customizable form. */ #define ACROSSCHAR(condition, eptr, action) do { } while (0) #else #error Unsupported compiling mode #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Tests for Unicode horizontal and vertical whitespace characters must check a number of different values. Using a switch statement for this generates the fastest code (no loop, no memory access), and there are several places in the interpreter code where this happens. In order to ensure that all the case lists remain in step, we use macros so that there is only one place where the lists are defined. These values are also required as lists in pcre_compile.c when processing \h, \H, \v and \V in a character class. The lists are defined in pcre_tables.c, but macros that define the values are here so that all the definitions are together. The lists must be in ascending character order, terminated by NOTACHAR (which is 0xffffffff). Any changes should ensure that the various macros are kept in step with each other. NOTE: The values also appear in pcre_jit_compile.c. */ /* ------ ASCII/Unicode environments ------ */ #ifndef EBCDIC #define HSPACE_LIST \ CHAR_HT, CHAR_SPACE, CHAR_NBSP, \ 0x1680, 0x180e, 0x2000, 0x2001, 0x2002, 0x2003, 0x2004, 0x2005, \ 0x2006, 0x2007, 0x2008, 0x2009, 0x200A, 0x202f, 0x205f, 0x3000, \ NOTACHAR #define HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES \ case 0x1680: /* OGHAM SPACE MARK */ \ case 0x180e: /* MONGOLIAN VOWEL SEPARATOR */ \ case 0x2000: /* EN QUAD */ \ case 0x2001: /* EM QUAD */ \ case 0x2002: /* EN SPACE */ \ case 0x2003: /* EM SPACE */ \ case 0x2004: /* THREE-PER-EM SPACE */ \ case 0x2005: /* FOUR-PER-EM SPACE */ \ case 0x2006: /* SIX-PER-EM SPACE */ \ case 0x2007: /* FIGURE SPACE */ \ case 0x2008: /* PUNCTUATION SPACE */ \ case 0x2009: /* THIN SPACE */ \ case 0x200A: /* HAIR SPACE */ \ case 0x202f: /* NARROW NO-BREAK SPACE */ \ case 0x205f: /* MEDIUM MATHEMATICAL SPACE */ \ case 0x3000 /* IDEOGRAPHIC SPACE */ #define HSPACE_BYTE_CASES \ case CHAR_HT: \ case CHAR_SPACE: \ case CHAR_NBSP #define HSPACE_CASES \ HSPACE_BYTE_CASES: \ HSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES #define VSPACE_LIST \ CHAR_LF, CHAR_VT, CHAR_FF, CHAR_CR, CHAR_NEL, 0x2028, 0x2029, NOTACHAR #define VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES \ case 0x2028: /* LINE SEPARATOR */ \ case 0x2029 /* PARAGRAPH SEPARATOR */ #define VSPACE_BYTE_CASES \ case CHAR_LF: \ case CHAR_VT: \ case CHAR_FF: \ case CHAR_CR: \ case CHAR_NEL #define VSPACE_CASES \ VSPACE_BYTE_CASES: \ VSPACE_MULTIBYTE_CASES /* ------ EBCDIC environments ------ */ #else #define HSPACE_LIST CHAR_HT, CHAR_SPACE, CHAR_NBSP, NOTACHAR #define HSPACE_BYTE_CASES \ case CHAR_HT: \ case CHAR_SPACE: \ case CHAR_NBSP #define HSPACE_CASES HSPACE_BYTE_CASES #ifdef EBCDIC_NL25 #define VSPACE_LIST \ CHAR_VT, CHAR_FF, CHAR_CR, CHAR_NEL, CHAR_LF, NOTACHAR #else #define VSPACE_LIST \ CHAR_VT, CHAR_FF, CHAR_CR, CHAR_LF, CHAR_NEL, NOTACHAR #endif #define VSPACE_BYTE_CASES \ case CHAR_LF: \ case CHAR_VT: \ case CHAR_FF: \ case CHAR_CR: \ case CHAR_NEL #define VSPACE_CASES VSPACE_BYTE_CASES #endif /* EBCDIC */ /* ------ End of whitespace macros ------ */ /* Private flags containing information about the compiled regex. They used to live at the top end of the options word, but that got almost full, so they were moved to a 16-bit flags word - which got almost full, so now they are in a 32-bit flags word. From release 8.00, PCRE_NOPARTIAL is unused, as the restrictions on partial matching have been lifted. It remains for backwards compatibility. */ #define PCRE_MODE8 0x00000001 /* compiled in 8 bit mode */ #define PCRE_MODE16 0x00000002 /* compiled in 16 bit mode */ #define PCRE_MODE32 0x00000004 /* compiled in 32 bit mode */ #define PCRE_FIRSTSET 0x00000010 /* first_char is set */ #define PCRE_FCH_CASELESS 0x00000020 /* caseless first char */ #define PCRE_REQCHSET 0x00000040 /* req_byte is set */ #define PCRE_RCH_CASELESS 0x00000080 /* caseless requested char */ #define PCRE_STARTLINE 0x00000100 /* start after \n for multiline */ #define PCRE_NOPARTIAL 0x00000200 /* can't use partial with this regex */ #define PCRE_JCHANGED 0x00000400 /* j option used in regex */ #define PCRE_HASCRORLF 0x00000800 /* explicit \r or \n in pattern */ #define PCRE_HASTHEN 0x00001000 /* pattern contains (*THEN) */ #define PCRE_MLSET 0x00002000 /* match limit set by regex */ #define PCRE_RLSET 0x00004000 /* recursion limit set by regex */ #define PCRE_MATCH_EMPTY 0x00008000 /* pattern can match empty string */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 #define PCRE_MODE PCRE_MODE8 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 #define PCRE_MODE PCRE_MODE16 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #define PCRE_MODE PCRE_MODE32 #endif #define PCRE_MODE_MASK (PCRE_MODE8 | PCRE_MODE16 | PCRE_MODE32) /* Flags for the "extra" block produced by pcre_study(). */ #define PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED 0x0001 /* a map of starting chars exists */ #define PCRE_STUDY_MINLEN 0x0002 /* a minimum length field exists */ /* Masks for identifying the public options that are permitted at compile time, run time, or study time, respectively. */ #define PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS (PCRE_NEWLINE_CR|PCRE_NEWLINE_LF|PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY| \ PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF) #define PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS \ (PCRE_CASELESS|PCRE_EXTENDED|PCRE_ANCHORED|PCRE_MULTILINE| \ PCRE_DOTALL|PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY|PCRE_EXTRA|PCRE_UNGREEDY|PCRE_UTF8| \ PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE|PCRE_NO_AUTO_POSSESS| \ PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK|PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT|PCRE_FIRSTLINE| \ PCRE_DUPNAMES|PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS|PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE| \ PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT|PCRE_UCP|PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE|PCRE_NEVER_UTF) #define PUBLIC_EXEC_OPTIONS \ (PCRE_ANCHORED|PCRE_NOTBOL|PCRE_NOTEOL|PCRE_NOTEMPTY|PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART| \ PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK|PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD|PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT|PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS| \ PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE|PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) #define PUBLIC_DFA_EXEC_OPTIONS \ (PCRE_ANCHORED|PCRE_NOTBOL|PCRE_NOTEOL|PCRE_NOTEMPTY|PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART| \ PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK|PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD|PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT|PCRE_DFA_SHORTEST| \ PCRE_DFA_RESTART|PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS|PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF|PCRE_BSR_UNICODE| \ PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) #define PUBLIC_STUDY_OPTIONS \ (PCRE_STUDY_JIT_COMPILE|PCRE_STUDY_JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE| \ PCRE_STUDY_JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE|PCRE_STUDY_EXTRA_NEEDED) #define PUBLIC_JIT_EXEC_OPTIONS \ (PCRE_NO_UTF8_CHECK|PCRE_NOTBOL|PCRE_NOTEOL|PCRE_NOTEMPTY|\ PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART|PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT|PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) /* Magic number to provide a small check against being handed junk. */ #define MAGIC_NUMBER 0x50435245UL /* 'PCRE' */ /* This variable is used to detect a loaded regular expression in different endianness. */ #define REVERSED_MAGIC_NUMBER 0x45524350UL /* 'ERCP' */ /* The maximum remaining length of subject we are prepared to search for a req_byte match. */ #define REQ_BYTE_MAX 1000 /* Miscellaneous definitions. The #ifndef is to pacify compiler warnings in environments where these macros are defined elsewhere. Unfortunately, there is no way to do the same for the typedef. */ typedef int BOOL; #ifndef FALSE #define FALSE 0 #define TRUE 1 #endif /* If PCRE is to support UTF-8 on EBCDIC platforms, we cannot use normal character constants like '*' because the compiler would emit their EBCDIC code, which is different from their ASCII/UTF-8 code. Instead we define macros for the characters so that they always use the ASCII/UTF-8 code when UTF-8 support is enabled. When UTF-8 support is not enabled, the definitions use character literals. Both character and string versions of each character are needed, and there are some longer strings as well. This means that, on EBCDIC platforms, the PCRE library can handle either EBCDIC, or UTF-8, but not both. To support both in the same compiled library would need different lookups depending on whether PCRE_UTF8 was set or not. This would make it impossible to use characters in switch/case statements, which would reduce performance. For a theoretical use (which nobody has asked for) in a minority area (EBCDIC platforms), this is not sensible. Any application that did need both could compile two versions of the library, using macros to give the functions distinct names. */ #ifndef SUPPORT_UTF /* UTF-8 support is not enabled; use the platform-dependent character literals so that PCRE works in both ASCII and EBCDIC environments, but only in non-UTF mode. Newline characters are problematic in EBCDIC. Though it has CR and LF characters, a common practice has been to use its NL (0x15) character as the line terminator in C-like processing environments. However, sometimes the LF (0x25) character is used instead, according to this Unicode document: http://unicode.org/standard/reports/tr13/tr13-5.html PCRE defaults EBCDIC NL to 0x15, but has a build-time option to select 0x25 instead. Whichever is *not* chosen is defined as NEL. In both ASCII and EBCDIC environments, CHAR_NL and CHAR_LF are synonyms for the same code point. */ #ifdef EBCDIC #ifndef EBCDIC_NL25 #define CHAR_NL '\x15' #define CHAR_NEL '\x25' #define STR_NL "\x15" #define STR_NEL "\x25" #else #define CHAR_NL '\x25' #define CHAR_NEL '\x15' #define STR_NL "\x25" #define STR_NEL "\x15" #endif #define CHAR_LF CHAR_NL #define STR_LF STR_NL #define CHAR_ESC '\047' #define CHAR_DEL '\007' #define CHAR_NBSP '\x41' #define STR_ESC "\047" #define STR_DEL "\007" #else /* Not EBCDIC */ /* In ASCII/Unicode, linefeed is '\n' and we equate this to NL for compatibility. NEL is the Unicode newline character; make sure it is a positive value. */ #define CHAR_LF '\n' #define CHAR_NL CHAR_LF #define CHAR_NEL ((unsigned char)'\x85') #define CHAR_ESC '\033' #define CHAR_DEL '\177' #define CHAR_NBSP ((unsigned char)'\xa0') #define STR_LF "\n" #define STR_NL STR_LF #define STR_NEL "\x85" #define STR_ESC "\033" #define STR_DEL "\177" #endif /* EBCDIC */ /* The remaining definitions work in both environments. */ #define CHAR_NULL '\0' #define CHAR_HT '\t' #define CHAR_VT '\v' #define CHAR_FF '\f' #define CHAR_CR '\r' #define CHAR_BS '\b' #define CHAR_BEL '\a' #define CHAR_SPACE ' ' #define CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK '!' #define CHAR_QUOTATION_MARK '"' #define CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN '#' #define CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN '$' #define CHAR_PERCENT_SIGN '%' #define CHAR_AMPERSAND '&' #define CHAR_APOSTROPHE '\'' #define CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS '(' #define CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS ')' #define CHAR_ASTERISK '*' #define CHAR_PLUS '+' #define CHAR_COMMA ',' #define CHAR_MINUS '-' #define CHAR_DOT '.' #define CHAR_SLASH '/' #define CHAR_0 '0' #define CHAR_1 '1' #define CHAR_2 '2' #define CHAR_3 '3' #define CHAR_4 '4' #define CHAR_5 '5' #define CHAR_6 '6' #define CHAR_7 '7' #define CHAR_8 '8' #define CHAR_9 '9' #define CHAR_COLON ':' #define CHAR_SEMICOLON ';' #define CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN '<' #define CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN '=' #define CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN '>' #define CHAR_QUESTION_MARK '?' #define CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT '@' #define CHAR_A 'A' #define CHAR_B 'B' #define CHAR_C 'C' #define CHAR_D 'D' #define CHAR_E 'E' #define CHAR_F 'F' #define CHAR_G 'G' #define CHAR_H 'H' #define CHAR_I 'I' #define CHAR_J 'J' #define CHAR_K 'K' #define CHAR_L 'L' #define CHAR_M 'M' #define CHAR_N 'N' #define CHAR_O 'O' #define CHAR_P 'P' #define CHAR_Q 'Q' #define CHAR_R 'R' #define CHAR_S 'S' #define CHAR_T 'T' #define CHAR_U 'U' #define CHAR_V 'V' #define CHAR_W 'W' #define CHAR_X 'X' #define CHAR_Y 'Y' #define CHAR_Z 'Z' #define CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET '[' #define CHAR_BACKSLASH '\\' #define CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET ']' #define CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT '^' #define CHAR_UNDERSCORE '_' #define CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT '`' #define CHAR_a 'a' #define CHAR_b 'b' #define CHAR_c 'c' #define CHAR_d 'd' #define CHAR_e 'e' #define CHAR_f 'f' #define CHAR_g 'g' #define CHAR_h 'h' #define CHAR_i 'i' #define CHAR_j 'j' #define CHAR_k 'k' #define CHAR_l 'l' #define CHAR_m 'm' #define CHAR_n 'n' #define CHAR_o 'o' #define CHAR_p 'p' #define CHAR_q 'q' #define CHAR_r 'r' #define CHAR_s 's' #define CHAR_t 't' #define CHAR_u 'u' #define CHAR_v 'v' #define CHAR_w 'w' #define CHAR_x 'x' #define CHAR_y 'y' #define CHAR_z 'z' #define CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET '{' #define CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE '|' #define CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET '}' #define CHAR_TILDE '~' #define STR_HT "\t" #define STR_VT "\v" #define STR_FF "\f" #define STR_CR "\r" #define STR_BS "\b" #define STR_BEL "\a" #define STR_SPACE " " #define STR_EXCLAMATION_MARK "!" #define STR_QUOTATION_MARK "\"" #define STR_NUMBER_SIGN "#" #define STR_DOLLAR_SIGN "$" #define STR_PERCENT_SIGN "%" #define STR_AMPERSAND "&" #define STR_APOSTROPHE "'" #define STR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS "(" #define STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS ")" #define STR_ASTERISK "*" #define STR_PLUS "+" #define STR_COMMA "," #define STR_MINUS "-" #define STR_DOT "." #define STR_SLASH "/" #define STR_0 "0" #define STR_1 "1" #define STR_2 "2" #define STR_3 "3" #define STR_4 "4" #define STR_5 "5" #define STR_6 "6" #define STR_7 "7" #define STR_8 "8" #define STR_9 "9" #define STR_COLON ":" #define STR_SEMICOLON ";" #define STR_LESS_THAN_SIGN "<" #define STR_EQUALS_SIGN "=" #define STR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN ">" #define STR_QUESTION_MARK "?" #define STR_COMMERCIAL_AT "@" #define STR_A "A" #define STR_B "B" #define STR_C "C" #define STR_D "D" #define STR_E "E" #define STR_F "F" #define STR_G "G" #define STR_H "H" #define STR_I "I" #define STR_J "J" #define STR_K "K" #define STR_L "L" #define STR_M "M" #define STR_N "N" #define STR_O "O" #define STR_P "P" #define STR_Q "Q" #define STR_R "R" #define STR_S "S" #define STR_T "T" #define STR_U "U" #define STR_V "V" #define STR_W "W" #define STR_X "X" #define STR_Y "Y" #define STR_Z "Z" #define STR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET "[" #define STR_BACKSLASH "\\" #define STR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET "]" #define STR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT "^" #define STR_UNDERSCORE "_" #define STR_GRAVE_ACCENT "`" #define STR_a "a" #define STR_b "b" #define STR_c "c" #define STR_d "d" #define STR_e "e" #define STR_f "f" #define STR_g "g" #define STR_h "h" #define STR_i "i" #define STR_j "j" #define STR_k "k" #define STR_l "l" #define STR_m "m" #define STR_n "n" #define STR_o "o" #define STR_p "p" #define STR_q "q" #define STR_r "r" #define STR_s "s" #define STR_t "t" #define STR_u "u" #define STR_v "v" #define STR_w "w" #define STR_x "x" #define STR_y "y" #define STR_z "z" #define STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET "{" #define STR_VERTICAL_LINE "|" #define STR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET "}" #define STR_TILDE "~" #define STRING_ACCEPT0 "ACCEPT\0" #define STRING_COMMIT0 "COMMIT\0" #define STRING_F0 "F\0" #define STRING_FAIL0 "FAIL\0" #define STRING_MARK0 "MARK\0" #define STRING_PRUNE0 "PRUNE\0" #define STRING_SKIP0 "SKIP\0" #define STRING_THEN "THEN" #define STRING_alpha0 "alpha\0" #define STRING_lower0 "lower\0" #define STRING_upper0 "upper\0" #define STRING_alnum0 "alnum\0" #define STRING_ascii0 "ascii\0" #define STRING_blank0 "blank\0" #define STRING_cntrl0 "cntrl\0" #define STRING_digit0 "digit\0" #define STRING_graph0 "graph\0" #define STRING_print0 "print\0" #define STRING_punct0 "punct\0" #define STRING_space0 "space\0" #define STRING_word0 "word\0" #define STRING_xdigit "xdigit" #define STRING_DEFINE "DEFINE" #define STRING_WEIRD_STARTWORD "[:<:]]" #define STRING_WEIRD_ENDWORD "[:>:]]" #define STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR "CR)" #define STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR "LF)" #define STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR "CRLF)" #define STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR "ANY)" #define STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR "ANYCRLF)" #define STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR "BSR_ANYCRLF)" #define STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR "BSR_UNICODE)" #define STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR "UTF8)" #define STRING_UTF16_RIGHTPAR "UTF16)" #define STRING_UTF32_RIGHTPAR "UTF32)" #define STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR "UTF)" #define STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR "UCP)" #define STRING_NO_AUTO_POSSESS_RIGHTPAR "NO_AUTO_POSSESS)" #define STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR "NO_START_OPT)" #define STRING_LIMIT_MATCH_EQ "LIMIT_MATCH=" #define STRING_LIMIT_RECURSION_EQ "LIMIT_RECURSION=" #else /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* UTF-8 support is enabled; always use UTF-8 (=ASCII) character codes. This works in both modes non-EBCDIC platforms, and on EBCDIC platforms in UTF-8 mode only. */ #define CHAR_HT '\011' #define CHAR_VT '\013' #define CHAR_FF '\014' #define CHAR_CR '\015' #define CHAR_LF '\012' #define CHAR_NL CHAR_LF #define CHAR_NEL ((unsigned char)'\x85') #define CHAR_BS '\010' #define CHAR_BEL '\007' #define CHAR_ESC '\033' #define CHAR_DEL '\177' #define CHAR_NULL '\0' #define CHAR_SPACE '\040' #define CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK '\041' #define CHAR_QUOTATION_MARK '\042' #define CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN '\043' #define CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN '\044' #define CHAR_PERCENT_SIGN '\045' #define CHAR_AMPERSAND '\046' #define CHAR_APOSTROPHE '\047' #define CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS '\050' #define CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS '\051' #define CHAR_ASTERISK '\052' #define CHAR_PLUS '\053' #define CHAR_COMMA '\054' #define CHAR_MINUS '\055' #define CHAR_DOT '\056' #define CHAR_SLASH '\057' #define CHAR_0 '\060' #define CHAR_1 '\061' #define CHAR_2 '\062' #define CHAR_3 '\063' #define CHAR_4 '\064' #define CHAR_5 '\065' #define CHAR_6 '\066' #define CHAR_7 '\067' #define CHAR_8 '\070' #define CHAR_9 '\071' #define CHAR_COLON '\072' #define CHAR_SEMICOLON '\073' #define CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN '\074' #define CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN '\075' #define CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN '\076' #define CHAR_QUESTION_MARK '\077' #define CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT '\100' #define CHAR_A '\101' #define CHAR_B '\102' #define CHAR_C '\103' #define CHAR_D '\104' #define CHAR_E '\105' #define CHAR_F '\106' #define CHAR_G '\107' #define CHAR_H '\110' #define CHAR_I '\111' #define CHAR_J '\112' #define CHAR_K '\113' #define CHAR_L '\114' #define CHAR_M '\115' #define CHAR_N '\116' #define CHAR_O '\117' #define CHAR_P '\120' #define CHAR_Q '\121' #define CHAR_R '\122' #define CHAR_S '\123' #define CHAR_T '\124' #define CHAR_U '\125' #define CHAR_V '\126' #define CHAR_W '\127' #define CHAR_X '\130' #define CHAR_Y '\131' #define CHAR_Z '\132' #define CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET '\133' #define CHAR_BACKSLASH '\134' #define CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET '\135' #define CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT '\136' #define CHAR_UNDERSCORE '\137' #define CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT '\140' #define CHAR_a '\141' #define CHAR_b '\142' #define CHAR_c '\143' #define CHAR_d '\144' #define CHAR_e '\145' #define CHAR_f '\146' #define CHAR_g '\147' #define CHAR_h '\150' #define CHAR_i '\151' #define CHAR_j '\152' #define CHAR_k '\153' #define CHAR_l '\154' #define CHAR_m '\155' #define CHAR_n '\156' #define CHAR_o '\157' #define CHAR_p '\160' #define CHAR_q '\161' #define CHAR_r '\162' #define CHAR_s '\163' #define CHAR_t '\164' #define CHAR_u '\165' #define CHAR_v '\166' #define CHAR_w '\167' #define CHAR_x '\170' #define CHAR_y '\171' #define CHAR_z '\172' #define CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET '\173' #define CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE '\174' #define CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET '\175' #define CHAR_TILDE '\176' #define CHAR_NBSP ((unsigned char)'\xa0') #define STR_HT "\011" #define STR_VT "\013" #define STR_FF "\014" #define STR_CR "\015" #define STR_NL "\012" #define STR_BS "\010" #define STR_BEL "\007" #define STR_ESC "\033" #define STR_DEL "\177" #define STR_SPACE "\040" #define STR_EXCLAMATION_MARK "\041" #define STR_QUOTATION_MARK "\042" #define STR_NUMBER_SIGN "\043" #define STR_DOLLAR_SIGN "\044" #define STR_PERCENT_SIGN "\045" #define STR_AMPERSAND "\046" #define STR_APOSTROPHE "\047" #define STR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS "\050" #define STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS "\051" #define STR_ASTERISK "\052" #define STR_PLUS "\053" #define STR_COMMA "\054" #define STR_MINUS "\055" #define STR_DOT "\056" #define STR_SLASH "\057" #define STR_0 "\060" #define STR_1 "\061" #define STR_2 "\062" #define STR_3 "\063" #define STR_4 "\064" #define STR_5 "\065" #define STR_6 "\066" #define STR_7 "\067" #define STR_8 "\070" #define STR_9 "\071" #define STR_COLON "\072" #define STR_SEMICOLON "\073" #define STR_LESS_THAN_SIGN "\074" #define STR_EQUALS_SIGN "\075" #define STR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN "\076" #define STR_QUESTION_MARK "\077" #define STR_COMMERCIAL_AT "\100" #define STR_A "\101" #define STR_B "\102" #define STR_C "\103" #define STR_D "\104" #define STR_E "\105" #define STR_F "\106" #define STR_G "\107" #define STR_H "\110" #define STR_I "\111" #define STR_J "\112" #define STR_K "\113" #define STR_L "\114" #define STR_M "\115" #define STR_N "\116" #define STR_O "\117" #define STR_P "\120" #define STR_Q "\121" #define STR_R "\122" #define STR_S "\123" #define STR_T "\124" #define STR_U "\125" #define STR_V "\126" #define STR_W "\127" #define STR_X "\130" #define STR_Y "\131" #define STR_Z "\132" #define STR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET "\133" #define STR_BACKSLASH "\134" #define STR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET "\135" #define STR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT "\136" #define STR_UNDERSCORE "\137" #define STR_GRAVE_ACCENT "\140" #define STR_a "\141" #define STR_b "\142" #define STR_c "\143" #define STR_d "\144" #define STR_e "\145" #define STR_f "\146" #define STR_g "\147" #define STR_h "\150" #define STR_i "\151" #define STR_j "\152" #define STR_k "\153" #define STR_l "\154" #define STR_m "\155" #define STR_n "\156" #define STR_o "\157" #define STR_p "\160" #define STR_q "\161" #define STR_r "\162" #define STR_s "\163" #define STR_t "\164" #define STR_u "\165" #define STR_v "\166" #define STR_w "\167" #define STR_x "\170" #define STR_y "\171" #define STR_z "\172" #define STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET "\173" #define STR_VERTICAL_LINE "\174" #define STR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET "\175" #define STR_TILDE "\176" #define STRING_ACCEPT0 STR_A STR_C STR_C STR_E STR_P STR_T "\0" #define STRING_COMMIT0 STR_C STR_O STR_M STR_M STR_I STR_T "\0" #define STRING_F0 STR_F "\0" #define STRING_FAIL0 STR_F STR_A STR_I STR_L "\0" #define STRING_MARK0 STR_M STR_A STR_R STR_K "\0" #define STRING_PRUNE0 STR_P STR_R STR_U STR_N STR_E "\0" #define STRING_SKIP0 STR_S STR_K STR_I STR_P "\0" #define STRING_THEN STR_T STR_H STR_E STR_N #define STRING_alpha0 STR_a STR_l STR_p STR_h STR_a "\0" #define STRING_lower0 STR_l STR_o STR_w STR_e STR_r "\0" #define STRING_upper0 STR_u STR_p STR_p STR_e STR_r "\0" #define STRING_alnum0 STR_a STR_l STR_n STR_u STR_m "\0" #define STRING_ascii0 STR_a STR_s STR_c STR_i STR_i "\0" #define STRING_blank0 STR_b STR_l STR_a STR_n STR_k "\0" #define STRING_cntrl0 STR_c STR_n STR_t STR_r STR_l "\0" #define STRING_digit0 STR_d STR_i STR_g STR_i STR_t "\0" #define STRING_graph0 STR_g STR_r STR_a STR_p STR_h "\0" #define STRING_print0 STR_p STR_r STR_i STR_n STR_t "\0" #define STRING_punct0 STR_p STR_u STR_n STR_c STR_t "\0" #define STRING_space0 STR_s STR_p STR_a STR_c STR_e "\0" #define STRING_word0 STR_w STR_o STR_r STR_d "\0" #define STRING_xdigit STR_x STR_d STR_i STR_g STR_i STR_t #define STRING_DEFINE STR_D STR_E STR_F STR_I STR_N STR_E #define STRING_WEIRD_STARTWORD STR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET STR_COLON STR_LESS_THAN_SIGN STR_COLON STR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET STR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET #define STRING_WEIRD_ENDWORD STR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET STR_COLON STR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN STR_COLON STR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET STR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET #define STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR STR_C STR_R STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR STR_L STR_F STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR STR_C STR_R STR_L STR_F STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR STR_A STR_N STR_Y STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR STR_A STR_N STR_Y STR_C STR_R STR_L STR_F STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR STR_B STR_S STR_R STR_UNDERSCORE STR_A STR_N STR_Y STR_C STR_R STR_L STR_F STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR STR_B STR_S STR_R STR_UNDERSCORE STR_U STR_N STR_I STR_C STR_O STR_D STR_E STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR STR_U STR_T STR_F STR_8 STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_UTF16_RIGHTPAR STR_U STR_T STR_F STR_1 STR_6 STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_UTF32_RIGHTPAR STR_U STR_T STR_F STR_3 STR_2 STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR STR_U STR_T STR_F STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR STR_U STR_C STR_P STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_NO_AUTO_POSSESS_RIGHTPAR STR_N STR_O STR_UNDERSCORE STR_A STR_U STR_T STR_O STR_UNDERSCORE STR_P STR_O STR_S STR_S STR_E STR_S STR_S STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR STR_N STR_O STR_UNDERSCORE STR_S STR_T STR_A STR_R STR_T STR_UNDERSCORE STR_O STR_P STR_T STR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS #define STRING_LIMIT_MATCH_EQ STR_L STR_I STR_M STR_I STR_T STR_UNDERSCORE STR_M STR_A STR_T STR_C STR_H STR_EQUALS_SIGN #define STRING_LIMIT_RECURSION_EQ STR_L STR_I STR_M STR_I STR_T STR_UNDERSCORE STR_R STR_E STR_C STR_U STR_R STR_S STR_I STR_O STR_N STR_EQUALS_SIGN #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Escape items that are just an encoding of a particular data value. */ #ifndef ESC_a #define ESC_a CHAR_BEL #endif #ifndef ESC_e #define ESC_e CHAR_ESC #endif #ifndef ESC_f #define ESC_f CHAR_FF #endif #ifndef ESC_n #define ESC_n CHAR_LF #endif #ifndef ESC_r #define ESC_r CHAR_CR #endif /* We can't officially use ESC_t because it is a POSIX reserved identifier (presumably because of all the others like size_t). */ #ifndef ESC_tee #define ESC_tee CHAR_HT #endif /* Codes for different types of Unicode property */ #define PT_ANY 0 /* Any property - matches all chars */ #define PT_LAMP 1 /* L& - the union of Lu, Ll, Lt */ #define PT_GC 2 /* Specified general characteristic (e.g. L) */ #define PT_PC 3 /* Specified particular characteristic (e.g. Lu) */ #define PT_SC 4 /* Script (e.g. Han) */ #define PT_ALNUM 5 /* Alphanumeric - the union of L and N */ #define PT_SPACE 6 /* Perl space - Z plus 9,10,12,13 */ #define PT_PXSPACE 7 /* POSIX space - Z plus 9,10,11,12,13 */ #define PT_WORD 8 /* Word - L plus N plus underscore */ #define PT_CLIST 9 /* Pseudo-property: match character list */ #define PT_UCNC 10 /* Universal Character nameable character */ #define PT_TABSIZE 11 /* Size of square table for autopossessify tests */ /* The following special properties are used only in XCLASS items, when POSIX classes are specified and PCRE_UCP is set - in other words, for Unicode handling of these classes. They are not available via the \p or \P escapes like those in the above list, and so they do not take part in the autopossessifying table. */ #define PT_PXGRAPH 11 /* [:graph:] - characters that mark the paper */ #define PT_PXPRINT 12 /* [:print:] - [:graph:] plus non-control spaces */ #define PT_PXPUNCT 13 /* [:punct:] - punctuation characters */ /* Flag bits and data types for the extended class (OP_XCLASS) for classes that contain characters with values greater than 255. */ #define XCL_NOT 0x01 /* Flag: this is a negative class */ #define XCL_MAP 0x02 /* Flag: a 32-byte map is present */ #define XCL_HASPROP 0x04 /* Flag: property checks are present. */ #define XCL_END 0 /* Marks end of individual items */ #define XCL_SINGLE 1 /* Single item (one multibyte char) follows */ #define XCL_RANGE 2 /* A range (two multibyte chars) follows */ #define XCL_PROP 3 /* Unicode property (2-byte property code follows) */ #define XCL_NOTPROP 4 /* Unicode inverted property (ditto) */ /* These are escaped items that aren't just an encoding of a particular data value such as \n. They must have non-zero values, as check_escape() returns 0 for a data character. Also, they must appear in the same order as in the opcode definitions below, up to ESC_z. There's a dummy for OP_ALLANY because it corresponds to "." in DOTALL mode rather than an escape sequence. It is also used for [^] in JavaScript compatibility mode, and for \C in non-utf mode. In non-DOTALL mode, "." behaves like \N. The special values ESC_DU, ESC_du, etc. are used instead of ESC_D, ESC_d, etc. when PCRE_UCP is set and replacement of \d etc by \p sequences is required. They must be contiguous, and remain in order so that the replacements can be looked up from a table. Negative numbers are used to encode a backreference (\1, \2, \3, etc.) in check_escape(). There are two tests in the code for an escape greater than ESC_b and less than ESC_Z to detect the types that may be repeated. These are the types that consume characters. If any new escapes are put in between that don't consume a character, that code will have to change. */ enum { ESC_A = 1, ESC_G, ESC_K, ESC_B, ESC_b, ESC_D, ESC_d, ESC_S, ESC_s, ESC_W, ESC_w, ESC_N, ESC_dum, ESC_C, ESC_P, ESC_p, ESC_R, ESC_H, ESC_h, ESC_V, ESC_v, ESC_X, ESC_Z, ESC_z, ESC_E, ESC_Q, ESC_g, ESC_k, ESC_DU, ESC_du, ESC_SU, ESC_su, ESC_WU, ESC_wu }; /********************** Opcode definitions ******************/ /****** NOTE NOTE NOTE ****** Starting from 1 (i.e. after OP_END), the values up to OP_EOD must correspond in order to the list of escapes immediately above. Furthermore, values up to OP_DOLLM must not be changed without adjusting the table called autoposstab in pcre_compile.c Whenever this list is updated, the two macro definitions that follow must be updated to match. The possessification table called "opcode_possessify" in pcre_compile.c must also be updated, and also the tables called "coptable" and "poptable" in pcre_dfa_exec.c. ****** NOTE NOTE NOTE ******/ /* The values between FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP and LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP, inclusive, are used in a table for deciding whether a repeated character type can be auto-possessified. */ #define FIRST_AUTOTAB_OP OP_NOT_DIGIT #define LAST_AUTOTAB_LEFT_OP OP_EXTUNI #define LAST_AUTOTAB_RIGHT_OP OP_DOLLM enum { OP_END, /* 0 End of pattern */ /* Values corresponding to backslashed metacharacters */ OP_SOD, /* 1 Start of data: \A */ OP_SOM, /* 2 Start of match (subject + offset): \G */ OP_SET_SOM, /* 3 Set start of match (\K) */ OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY, /* 4 \B */ OP_WORD_BOUNDARY, /* 5 \b */ OP_NOT_DIGIT, /* 6 \D */ OP_DIGIT, /* 7 \d */ OP_NOT_WHITESPACE, /* 8 \S */ OP_WHITESPACE, /* 9 \s */ OP_NOT_WORDCHAR, /* 10 \W */ OP_WORDCHAR, /* 11 \w */ OP_ANY, /* 12 Match any character except newline (\N) */ OP_ALLANY, /* 13 Match any character */ OP_ANYBYTE, /* 14 Match any byte (\C); different to OP_ANY for UTF-8 */ OP_NOTPROP, /* 15 \P (not Unicode property) */ OP_PROP, /* 16 \p (Unicode property) */ OP_ANYNL, /* 17 \R (any newline sequence) */ OP_NOT_HSPACE, /* 18 \H (not horizontal whitespace) */ OP_HSPACE, /* 19 \h (horizontal whitespace) */ OP_NOT_VSPACE, /* 20 \V (not vertical whitespace) */ OP_VSPACE, /* 21 \v (vertical whitespace) */ OP_EXTUNI, /* 22 \X (extended Unicode sequence */ OP_EODN, /* 23 End of data or \n at end of data (\Z) */ OP_EOD, /* 24 End of data (\z) */ /* Line end assertions */ OP_DOLL, /* 25 End of line - not multiline */ OP_DOLLM, /* 26 End of line - multiline */ OP_CIRC, /* 27 Start of line - not multiline */ OP_CIRCM, /* 28 Start of line - multiline */ /* Single characters; caseful must precede the caseless ones */ OP_CHAR, /* 29 Match one character, casefully */ OP_CHARI, /* 30 Match one character, caselessly */ OP_NOT, /* 31 Match one character, not the given one, casefully */ OP_NOTI, /* 32 Match one character, not the given one, caselessly */ /* The following sets of 13 opcodes must always be kept in step because the offset from the first one is used to generate the others. */ /* Repeated characters; caseful must precede the caseless ones */ OP_STAR, /* 33 The maximizing and minimizing versions of */ OP_MINSTAR, /* 34 these six opcodes must come in pairs, with */ OP_PLUS, /* 35 the minimizing one second. */ OP_MINPLUS, /* 36 */ OP_QUERY, /* 37 */ OP_MINQUERY, /* 38 */ OP_UPTO, /* 39 From 0 to n matches of one character, caseful*/ OP_MINUPTO, /* 40 */ OP_EXACT, /* 41 Exactly n matches */ OP_POSSTAR, /* 42 Possessified star, caseful */ OP_POSPLUS, /* 43 Possessified plus, caseful */ OP_POSQUERY, /* 44 Posesssified query, caseful */ OP_POSUPTO, /* 45 Possessified upto, caseful */ /* Repeated characters; caseless must follow the caseful ones */ OP_STARI, /* 46 */ OP_MINSTARI, /* 47 */ OP_PLUSI, /* 48 */ OP_MINPLUSI, /* 49 */ OP_QUERYI, /* 50 */ OP_MINQUERYI, /* 51 */ OP_UPTOI, /* 52 From 0 to n matches of one character, caseless */ OP_MINUPTOI, /* 53 */ OP_EXACTI, /* 54 */ OP_POSSTARI, /* 55 Possessified star, caseless */ OP_POSPLUSI, /* 56 Possessified plus, caseless */ OP_POSQUERYI, /* 57 Posesssified query, caseless */ OP_POSUPTOI, /* 58 Possessified upto, caseless */ /* The negated ones must follow the non-negated ones, and match them */ /* Negated repeated character, caseful; must precede the caseless ones */ OP_NOTSTAR, /* 59 The maximizing and minimizing versions of */ OP_NOTMINSTAR, /* 60 these six opcodes must come in pairs, with */ OP_NOTPLUS, /* 61 the minimizing one second. They must be in */ OP_NOTMINPLUS, /* 62 exactly the same order as those above. */ OP_NOTQUERY, /* 63 */ OP_NOTMINQUERY, /* 64 */ OP_NOTUPTO, /* 65 From 0 to n matches, caseful */ OP_NOTMINUPTO, /* 66 */ OP_NOTEXACT, /* 67 Exactly n matches */ OP_NOTPOSSTAR, /* 68 Possessified versions, caseful */ OP_NOTPOSPLUS, /* 69 */ OP_NOTPOSQUERY, /* 70 */ OP_NOTPOSUPTO, /* 71 */ /* Negated repeated character, caseless; must follow the caseful ones */ OP_NOTSTARI, /* 72 */ OP_NOTMINSTARI, /* 73 */ OP_NOTPLUSI, /* 74 */ OP_NOTMINPLUSI, /* 75 */ OP_NOTQUERYI, /* 76 */ OP_NOTMINQUERYI, /* 77 */ OP_NOTUPTOI, /* 78 From 0 to n matches, caseless */ OP_NOTMINUPTOI, /* 79 */ OP_NOTEXACTI, /* 80 Exactly n matches */ OP_NOTPOSSTARI, /* 81 Possessified versions, caseless */ OP_NOTPOSPLUSI, /* 82 */ OP_NOTPOSQUERYI, /* 83 */ OP_NOTPOSUPTOI, /* 84 */ /* Character types */ OP_TYPESTAR, /* 85 The maximizing and minimizing versions of */ OP_TYPEMINSTAR, /* 86 these six opcodes must come in pairs, with */ OP_TYPEPLUS, /* 87 the minimizing one second. These codes must */ OP_TYPEMINPLUS, /* 88 be in exactly the same order as those above. */ OP_TYPEQUERY, /* 89 */ OP_TYPEMINQUERY, /* 90 */ OP_TYPEUPTO, /* 91 From 0 to n matches */ OP_TYPEMINUPTO, /* 92 */ OP_TYPEEXACT, /* 93 Exactly n matches */ OP_TYPEPOSSTAR, /* 94 Possessified versions */ OP_TYPEPOSPLUS, /* 95 */ OP_TYPEPOSQUERY, /* 96 */ OP_TYPEPOSUPTO, /* 97 */ /* These are used for character classes and back references; only the first six are the same as the sets above. */ OP_CRSTAR, /* 98 The maximizing and minimizing versions of */ OP_CRMINSTAR, /* 99 all these opcodes must come in pairs, with */ OP_CRPLUS, /* 100 the minimizing one second. These codes must */ OP_CRMINPLUS, /* 101 be in exactly the same order as those above. */ OP_CRQUERY, /* 102 */ OP_CRMINQUERY, /* 103 */ OP_CRRANGE, /* 104 These are different to the three sets above. */ OP_CRMINRANGE, /* 105 */ OP_CRPOSSTAR, /* 106 Possessified versions */ OP_CRPOSPLUS, /* 107 */ OP_CRPOSQUERY, /* 108 */ OP_CRPOSRANGE, /* 109 */ /* End of quantifier opcodes */ OP_CLASS, /* 110 Match a character class, chars < 256 only */ OP_NCLASS, /* 111 Same, but the bitmap was created from a negative class - the difference is relevant only when a character > 255 is encountered. */ OP_XCLASS, /* 112 Extended class for handling > 255 chars within the class. This does both positive and negative. */ OP_REF, /* 113 Match a back reference, casefully */ OP_REFI, /* 114 Match a back reference, caselessly */ OP_DNREF, /* 115 Match a duplicate name backref, casefully */ OP_DNREFI, /* 116 Match a duplicate name backref, caselessly */ OP_RECURSE, /* 117 Match a numbered subpattern (possibly recursive) */ OP_CALLOUT, /* 118 Call out to external function if provided */ OP_ALT, /* 119 Start of alternation */ OP_KET, /* 120 End of group that doesn't have an unbounded repeat */ OP_KETRMAX, /* 121 These two must remain together and in this */ OP_KETRMIN, /* 122 order. They are for groups the repeat for ever. */ OP_KETRPOS, /* 123 Possessive unlimited repeat. */ /* The assertions must come before BRA, CBRA, ONCE, and COND, and the four asserts must remain in order. */ OP_REVERSE, /* 124 Move pointer back - used in lookbehind assertions */ OP_ASSERT, /* 125 Positive lookahead */ OP_ASSERT_NOT, /* 126 Negative lookahead */ OP_ASSERTBACK, /* 127 Positive lookbehind */ OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT, /* 128 Negative lookbehind */ /* ONCE, ONCE_NC, BRA, BRAPOS, CBRA, CBRAPOS, and COND must come immediately after the assertions, with ONCE first, as there's a test for >= ONCE for a subpattern that isn't an assertion. The POS versions must immediately follow the non-POS versions in each case. */ OP_ONCE, /* 129 Atomic group, contains captures */ OP_ONCE_NC, /* 130 Atomic group containing no captures */ OP_BRA, /* 131 Start of non-capturing bracket */ OP_BRAPOS, /* 132 Ditto, with unlimited, possessive repeat */ OP_CBRA, /* 133 Start of capturing bracket */ OP_CBRAPOS, /* 134 Ditto, with unlimited, possessive repeat */ OP_COND, /* 135 Conditional group */ /* These five must follow the previous five, in the same order. There's a check for >= SBRA to distinguish the two sets. */ OP_SBRA, /* 136 Start of non-capturing bracket, check empty */ OP_SBRAPOS, /* 137 Ditto, with unlimited, possessive repeat */ OP_SCBRA, /* 138 Start of capturing bracket, check empty */ OP_SCBRAPOS, /* 139 Ditto, with unlimited, possessive repeat */ OP_SCOND, /* 140 Conditional group, check empty */ /* The next two pairs must (respectively) be kept together. */ OP_CREF, /* 141 Used to hold a capture number as condition */ OP_DNCREF, /* 142 Used to point to duplicate names as a condition */ OP_RREF, /* 143 Used to hold a recursion number as condition */ OP_DNRREF, /* 144 Used to point to duplicate names as a condition */ OP_DEF, /* 145 The DEFINE condition */ OP_BRAZERO, /* 146 These two must remain together and in this */ OP_BRAMINZERO, /* 147 order. */ OP_BRAPOSZERO, /* 148 */ /* These are backtracking control verbs */ OP_MARK, /* 149 always has an argument */ OP_PRUNE, /* 150 */ OP_PRUNE_ARG, /* 151 same, but with argument */ OP_SKIP, /* 152 */ OP_SKIP_ARG, /* 153 same, but with argument */ OP_THEN, /* 154 */ OP_THEN_ARG, /* 155 same, but with argument */ OP_COMMIT, /* 156 */ /* These are forced failure and success verbs */ OP_FAIL, /* 157 */ OP_ACCEPT, /* 158 */ OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT, /* 159 Used inside assertions */ OP_CLOSE, /* 160 Used before OP_ACCEPT to close open captures */ /* This is used to skip a subpattern with a {0} quantifier */ OP_SKIPZERO, /* 161 */ /* This is not an opcode, but is used to check that tables indexed by opcode are the correct length, in order to catch updating errors - there have been some in the past. */ OP_TABLE_LENGTH }; /* *** NOTE NOTE NOTE *** Whenever the list above is updated, the two macro definitions that follow must also be updated to match. There are also tables called "opcode_possessify" in pcre_compile.c and "coptable" and "poptable" in pcre_dfa_exec.c that must be updated. */ /* This macro defines textual names for all the opcodes. These are used only for debugging, and some of them are only partial names. The macro is referenced only in pcre_printint.c, which fills out the full names in many cases (and in some cases doesn't actually use these names at all). */ #define OP_NAME_LIST \ "End", "\\A", "\\G", "\\K", "\\B", "\\b", "\\D", "\\d", \ "\\S", "\\s", "\\W", "\\w", "Any", "AllAny", "Anybyte", \ "notprop", "prop", "\\R", "\\H", "\\h", "\\V", "\\v", \ "extuni", "\\Z", "\\z", \ "$", "$", "^", "^", "char", "chari", "not", "noti", \ "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", \ "{", "{", "{", \ "*+","++", "?+", "{", \ "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", \ "{", "{", "{", \ "*+","++", "?+", "{", \ "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", \ "{", "{", "{", \ "*+","++", "?+", "{", \ "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", \ "{", "{", "{", \ "*+","++", "?+", "{", \ "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", "{", "{", "{", \ "*+","++", "?+", "{", \ "*", "*?", "+", "+?", "?", "??", "{", "{", \ "*+","++", "?+", "{", \ "class", "nclass", "xclass", "Ref", "Refi", "DnRef", "DnRefi", \ "Recurse", "Callout", \ "Alt", "Ket", "KetRmax", "KetRmin", "KetRpos", \ "Reverse", "Assert", "Assert not", "AssertB", "AssertB not", \ "Once", "Once_NC", \ "Bra", "BraPos", "CBra", "CBraPos", \ "Cond", \ "SBra", "SBraPos", "SCBra", "SCBraPos", \ "SCond", \ "Cond ref", "Cond dnref", "Cond rec", "Cond dnrec", "Cond def", \ "Brazero", "Braminzero", "Braposzero", \ "*MARK", "*PRUNE", "*PRUNE", "*SKIP", "*SKIP", \ "*THEN", "*THEN", "*COMMIT", "*FAIL", \ "*ACCEPT", "*ASSERT_ACCEPT", \ "Close", "Skip zero" /* This macro defines the length of fixed length operations in the compiled regex. The lengths are used when searching for specific things, and also in the debugging printing of a compiled regex. We use a macro so that it can be defined close to the definitions of the opcodes themselves. As things have been extended, some of these are no longer fixed lenths, but are minima instead. For example, the length of a single-character repeat may vary in UTF-8 mode. The code that uses this table must know about such things. */ #define OP_LENGTHS \ 1, /* End */ \ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* \A, \G, \K, \B, \b */ \ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* \D, \d, \S, \s, \W, \w */ \ 1, 1, 1, /* Any, AllAny, Anybyte */ \ 3, 3, /* \P, \p */ \ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* \R, \H, \h, \V, \v */ \ 1, /* \X */ \ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* \Z, \z, $, $M ^, ^M */ \ 2, /* Char - the minimum length */ \ 2, /* Chari - the minimum length */ \ 2, /* not */ \ 2, /* noti */ \ /* Positive single-char repeats ** These are */ \ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? ** minima in */ \ 2+IMM2_SIZE, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* upto, minupto ** mode */ \ 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* exact */ \ 2, 2, 2, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */ \ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* *I, *?I, +I, +?I, ?I, ??I ** UTF-8 */ \ 2+IMM2_SIZE, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* upto I, minupto I */ \ 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* exact I */ \ 2, 2, 2, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* *+I, ++I, ?+I, upto+I */ \ /* Negative single-char repeats - only for chars < 256 */ \ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* NOT *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ \ 2+IMM2_SIZE, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT upto, minupto */ \ 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT exact */ \ 2, 2, 2, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* Possessive NOT *, +, ?, upto */ \ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* NOT *I, *?I, +I, +?I, ?I, ??I */ \ 2+IMM2_SIZE, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT upto I, minupto I */ \ 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* NOT exact I */ \ 2, 2, 2, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* Possessive NOT *I, +I, ?I, upto I */ \ /* Positive type repeats */ \ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* Type *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ \ 2+IMM2_SIZE, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* Type upto, minupto */ \ 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* Type exact */ \ 2, 2, 2, 2+IMM2_SIZE, /* Possessive *+, ++, ?+, upto+ */ \ /* Character class & ref repeats */ \ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* *, *?, +, +?, ?, ?? */ \ 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */ \ 1, 1, 1, 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, /* Possessive *+, ++, ?+, CRPOSRANGE */ \ 1+(32/sizeof(pcre_uchar)), /* CLASS */ \ 1+(32/sizeof(pcre_uchar)), /* NCLASS */ \ 0, /* XCLASS - variable length */ \ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* REF */ \ 1+IMM2_SIZE, /* REFI */ \ 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, /* DNREF */ \ 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, /* DNREFI */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* RECURSE */ \ 2+2*LINK_SIZE, /* CALLOUT */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Alt */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Ket */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* KetRmax */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* KetRmin */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* KetRpos */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Reverse */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Assert */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Assert not */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Assert behind */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* Assert behind not */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* ONCE */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* ONCE_NC */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* BRA */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* BRAPOS */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, /* CBRA */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, /* CBRAPOS */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* COND */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* SBRA */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* SBRAPOS */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, /* SCBRA */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, /* SCBRAPOS */ \ 1+LINK_SIZE, /* SCOND */ \ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, /* CREF, DNCREF */ \ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1+2*IMM2_SIZE, /* RREF, DNRREF */ \ 1, /* DEF */ \ 1, 1, 1, /* BRAZERO, BRAMINZERO, BRAPOSZERO */ \ 3, 1, 3, /* MARK, PRUNE, PRUNE_ARG */ \ 1, 3, /* SKIP, SKIP_ARG */ \ 1, 3, /* THEN, THEN_ARG */ \ 1, 1, 1, 1, /* COMMIT, FAIL, ACCEPT, ASSERT_ACCEPT */ \ 1+IMM2_SIZE, 1 /* CLOSE, SKIPZERO */ /* A magic value for OP_RREF to indicate the "any recursion" condition. */ #define RREF_ANY 0xffff /* Compile time error code numbers. They are given names so that they can more easily be tracked. When a new number is added, the table called eint in pcreposix.c must be updated. */ enum { ERR0, ERR1, ERR2, ERR3, ERR4, ERR5, ERR6, ERR7, ERR8, ERR9, ERR10, ERR11, ERR12, ERR13, ERR14, ERR15, ERR16, ERR17, ERR18, ERR19, ERR20, ERR21, ERR22, ERR23, ERR24, ERR25, ERR26, ERR27, ERR28, ERR29, ERR30, ERR31, ERR32, ERR33, ERR34, ERR35, ERR36, ERR37, ERR38, ERR39, ERR40, ERR41, ERR42, ERR43, ERR44, ERR45, ERR46, ERR47, ERR48, ERR49, ERR50, ERR51, ERR52, ERR53, ERR54, ERR55, ERR56, ERR57, ERR58, ERR59, ERR60, ERR61, ERR62, ERR63, ERR64, ERR65, ERR66, ERR67, ERR68, ERR69, ERR70, ERR71, ERR72, ERR73, ERR74, ERR75, ERR76, ERR77, ERR78, ERR79, ERR80, ERR81, ERR82, ERR83, ERR84, ERR85, ERR86, ERR87, ERRCOUNT }; /* JIT compiling modes. The function list is indexed by them. */ enum { JIT_COMPILE, JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE, JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE, JIT_NUMBER_OF_COMPILE_MODES }; /* The real format of the start of the pcre block; the index of names and the code vector run on as long as necessary after the end. We store an explicit offset to the name table so that if a regex is compiled on one host, saved, and then run on another where the size of pointers is different, all might still be well. The size of the structure must be a multiple of 8 bytes. For the case of compiled-on-4 and run-on-8, we include an extra pointer that is always NULL so that there are an even number of pointers which therefore are a multiple of 8 bytes. It is necessary to fork the struct for the 32 bit library, since it needs to use pcre_uint32 for first_char and req_char. We can't put an ifdef inside the typedef because pcretest needs access to the struct of the 8-, 16- and 32-bit variants. *** WARNING *** When new fields are added to these structures, remember to adjust the code in pcre_byte_order.c that is concerned with swapping the byte order of the fields when a compiled regex is reloaded on a host with different endianness. *** WARNING *** There is also similar byte-flipping code in pcretest.c, which is used for testing the byte-flipping features. It must also be kept in step. *** WARNING *** */ typedef struct real_pcre8_or_16 { pcre_uint32 magic_number; pcre_uint32 size; /* Total that was malloced */ pcre_uint32 options; /* Public options */ pcre_uint32 flags; /* Private flags */ pcre_uint32 limit_match; /* Limit set from regex */ pcre_uint32 limit_recursion; /* Limit set from regex */ pcre_uint16 first_char; /* Starting character */ pcre_uint16 req_char; /* This character must be seen */ pcre_uint16 max_lookbehind; /* Longest lookbehind (characters) */ pcre_uint16 top_bracket; /* Highest numbered group */ pcre_uint16 top_backref; /* Highest numbered back reference */ pcre_uint16 name_table_offset; /* Offset to name table that follows */ pcre_uint16 name_entry_size; /* Size of any name items */ pcre_uint16 name_count; /* Number of name items */ pcre_uint16 ref_count; /* Reference count */ pcre_uint16 dummy1; /* To ensure size is a multiple of 8 */ pcre_uint16 dummy2; /* To ensure size is a multiple of 8 */ pcre_uint16 dummy3; /* To ensure size is a multiple of 8 */ const pcre_uint8 *tables; /* Pointer to tables or NULL for std */ void *nullpad; /* NULL padding */ } real_pcre8_or_16; typedef struct real_pcre8_or_16 real_pcre; typedef struct real_pcre8_or_16 real_pcre16; typedef struct real_pcre32 { pcre_uint32 magic_number; pcre_uint32 size; /* Total that was malloced */ pcre_uint32 options; /* Public options */ pcre_uint32 flags; /* Private flags */ pcre_uint32 limit_match; /* Limit set from regex */ pcre_uint32 limit_recursion; /* Limit set from regex */ pcre_uint32 first_char; /* Starting character */ pcre_uint32 req_char; /* This character must be seen */ pcre_uint16 max_lookbehind; /* Longest lookbehind (characters) */ pcre_uint16 top_bracket; /* Highest numbered group */ pcre_uint16 top_backref; /* Highest numbered back reference */ pcre_uint16 name_table_offset; /* Offset to name table that follows */ pcre_uint16 name_entry_size; /* Size of any name items */ pcre_uint16 name_count; /* Number of name items */ pcre_uint16 ref_count; /* Reference count */ pcre_uint16 dummy; /* To ensure size is a multiple of 8 */ const pcre_uint8 *tables; /* Pointer to tables or NULL for std */ void *nullpad; /* NULL padding */ } real_pcre32; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 #define REAL_PCRE real_pcre #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 #define REAL_PCRE real_pcre16 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #define REAL_PCRE real_pcre32 #endif /* Assert that the size of REAL_PCRE is divisible by 8 */ typedef int __assert_real_pcre_size_divisible_8[(sizeof(REAL_PCRE) % 8) == 0 ? 1 : -1]; /* Needed in pcretest to access some fields in the real_pcre* structures * directly. They're unified for 8/16/32 bits since the structs only differ * after these fields; if that ever changes, need to fork those defines into * 8/16 and 32 bit versions. */ #define REAL_PCRE_MAGIC(re) (((REAL_PCRE*)re)->magic_number) #define REAL_PCRE_SIZE(re) (((REAL_PCRE*)re)->size) #define REAL_PCRE_OPTIONS(re) (((REAL_PCRE*)re)->options) #define REAL_PCRE_FLAGS(re) (((REAL_PCRE*)re)->flags) /* The format of the block used to store data from pcre_study(). The same remark (see NOTE above) about extending this structure applies. */ typedef struct pcre_study_data { pcre_uint32 size; /* Total that was malloced */ pcre_uint32 flags; /* Private flags */ pcre_uint8 start_bits[32]; /* Starting char bits */ pcre_uint32 minlength; /* Minimum subject length */ } pcre_study_data; /* Structure for building a chain of open capturing subpatterns during compiling, so that instructions to close them can be compiled when (*ACCEPT) is encountered. This is also used to identify subpatterns that contain recursive back references to themselves, so that they can be made atomic. */ typedef struct open_capitem { struct open_capitem *next; /* Chain link */ pcre_uint16 number; /* Capture number */ pcre_uint16 flag; /* Set TRUE if recursive back ref */ } open_capitem; /* Structure for building a list of named groups during the first pass of compiling. */ typedef struct named_group { const pcre_uchar *name; /* Points to the name in the pattern */ int length; /* Length of the name */ pcre_uint32 number; /* Group number */ } named_group; /* Structure for passing "static" information around between the functions doing the compiling, so that they are thread-safe. */ typedef struct compile_data { const pcre_uint8 *lcc; /* Points to lower casing table */ const pcre_uint8 *fcc; /* Points to case-flipping table */ const pcre_uint8 *cbits; /* Points to character type table */ const pcre_uint8 *ctypes; /* Points to table of type maps */ const pcre_uchar *start_workspace;/* The start of working space */ const pcre_uchar *start_code; /* The start of the compiled code */ const pcre_uchar *start_pattern; /* The start of the pattern */ const pcre_uchar *end_pattern; /* The end of the pattern */ pcre_uchar *hwm; /* High watermark of workspace */ open_capitem *open_caps; /* Chain of open capture items */ named_group *named_groups; /* Points to vector in pre-compile */ pcre_uchar *name_table; /* The name/number table */ int names_found; /* Number of entries so far */ int name_entry_size; /* Size of each entry */ int named_group_list_size; /* Number of entries in the list */ int workspace_size; /* Size of workspace */ unsigned int bracount; /* Count of capturing parens as we compile */ int final_bracount; /* Saved value after first pass */ int max_lookbehind; /* Maximum lookbehind (characters) */ int top_backref; /* Maximum back reference */ unsigned int backref_map; /* Bitmap of low back refs */ unsigned int namedrefcount; /* Number of backreferences by name */ int parens_depth; /* Depth of nested parentheses */ int assert_depth; /* Depth of nested assertions */ pcre_uint32 external_options; /* External (initial) options */ pcre_uint32 external_flags; /* External flag bits to be set */ int req_varyopt; /* "After variable item" flag for reqbyte */ BOOL had_accept; /* (*ACCEPT) encountered */ BOOL had_pruneorskip; /* (*PRUNE) or (*SKIP) encountered */ BOOL check_lookbehind; /* Lookbehinds need later checking */ BOOL dupnames; /* Duplicate names exist */ BOOL dupgroups; /* Duplicate groups exist: (?| found */ BOOL iscondassert; /* Next assert is a condition */ int nltype; /* Newline type */ int nllen; /* Newline string length */ pcre_uchar nl[4]; /* Newline string when fixed length */ } compile_data; /* Structure for maintaining a chain of pointers to the currently incomplete branches, for testing for left recursion while compiling. */ typedef struct branch_chain { struct branch_chain *outer; pcre_uchar *current_branch; } branch_chain; /* Structure for mutual recursion detection. */ typedef struct recurse_check { struct recurse_check *prev; const pcre_uchar *group; } recurse_check; /* Structure for items in a linked list that represents an explicit recursive call within the pattern; used by pcre_exec(). */ typedef struct recursion_info { struct recursion_info *prevrec; /* Previous recursion record (or NULL) */ unsigned int group_num; /* Number of group that was called */ int *offset_save; /* Pointer to start of saved offsets */ int saved_max; /* Number of saved offsets */ int saved_capture_last; /* Last capture number */ PCRE_PUCHAR subject_position; /* Position at start of recursion */ } recursion_info; /* A similar structure for pcre_dfa_exec(). */ typedef struct dfa_recursion_info { struct dfa_recursion_info *prevrec; int group_num; PCRE_PUCHAR subject_position; } dfa_recursion_info; /* Structure for building a chain of data for holding the values of the subject pointer at the start of each subpattern, so as to detect when an empty string has been matched by a subpattern - to break infinite loops; used by pcre_exec(). */ typedef struct eptrblock { struct eptrblock *epb_prev; PCRE_PUCHAR epb_saved_eptr; } eptrblock; /* Structure for passing "static" information around between the functions doing traditional NFA matching, so that they are thread-safe. */ typedef struct match_data { unsigned long int match_call_count; /* As it says */ unsigned long int match_limit; /* As it says */ unsigned long int match_limit_recursion; /* As it says */ int *offset_vector; /* Offset vector */ int offset_end; /* One past the end */ int offset_max; /* The maximum usable for return data */ int nltype; /* Newline type */ int nllen; /* Newline string length */ int name_count; /* Number of names in name table */ int name_entry_size; /* Size of entry in names table */ unsigned int skip_arg_count; /* For counting SKIP_ARGs */ unsigned int ignore_skip_arg; /* For re-run when SKIP arg name not found */ pcre_uchar *name_table; /* Table of names */ pcre_uchar nl[4]; /* Newline string when fixed */ const pcre_uint8 *lcc; /* Points to lower casing table */ const pcre_uint8 *fcc; /* Points to case-flipping table */ const pcre_uint8 *ctypes; /* Points to table of type maps */ BOOL notbol; /* NOTBOL flag */ BOOL noteol; /* NOTEOL flag */ BOOL utf; /* UTF-8 / UTF-16 flag */ BOOL jscript_compat; /* JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT flag */ BOOL use_ucp; /* PCRE_UCP flag */ BOOL endonly; /* Dollar not before final \n */ BOOL notempty; /* Empty string match not wanted */ BOOL notempty_atstart; /* Empty string match at start not wanted */ BOOL hitend; /* Hit the end of the subject at some point */ BOOL bsr_anycrlf; /* \R is just any CRLF, not full Unicode */ BOOL hasthen; /* Pattern contains (*THEN) */ const pcre_uchar *start_code; /* For use when recursing */ PCRE_PUCHAR start_subject; /* Start of the subject string */ PCRE_PUCHAR end_subject; /* End of the subject string */ PCRE_PUCHAR start_match_ptr; /* Start of matched string */ PCRE_PUCHAR end_match_ptr; /* Subject position at end match */ PCRE_PUCHAR start_used_ptr; /* Earliest consulted character */ int partial; /* PARTIAL options */ int end_offset_top; /* Highwater mark at end of match */ pcre_int32 capture_last; /* Most recent capture number + overflow flag */ int start_offset; /* The start offset value */ int match_function_type; /* Set for certain special calls of MATCH() */ eptrblock *eptrchain; /* Chain of eptrblocks for tail recursions */ int eptrn; /* Next free eptrblock */ recursion_info *recursive; /* Linked list of recursion data */ void *callout_data; /* To pass back to callouts */ const pcre_uchar *mark; /* Mark pointer to pass back on success */ const pcre_uchar *nomatch_mark;/* Mark pointer to pass back on failure */ const pcre_uchar *once_target; /* Where to back up to for atomic groups */ #ifdef NO_RECURSE void *match_frames_base; /* For remembering malloc'd frames */ #endif } match_data; /* A similar structure is used for the same purpose by the DFA matching functions. */ typedef struct dfa_match_data { const pcre_uchar *start_code; /* Start of the compiled pattern */ const pcre_uchar *start_subject ; /* Start of the subject string */ const pcre_uchar *end_subject; /* End of subject string */ const pcre_uchar *start_used_ptr; /* Earliest consulted character */ const pcre_uint8 *tables; /* Character tables */ int start_offset; /* The start offset value */ int moptions; /* Match options */ int poptions; /* Pattern options */ int nltype; /* Newline type */ int nllen; /* Newline string length */ pcre_uchar nl[4]; /* Newline string when fixed */ void *callout_data; /* To pass back to callouts */ dfa_recursion_info *recursive; /* Linked list of recursion data */ } dfa_match_data; /* Bit definitions for entries in the pcre_ctypes table. */ #define ctype_space 0x01 #define ctype_letter 0x02 #define ctype_digit 0x04 #define ctype_xdigit 0x08 #define ctype_word 0x10 /* alphanumeric or '_' */ #define ctype_meta 0x80 /* regexp meta char or zero (end pattern) */ /* Offsets for the bitmap tables in pcre_cbits. Each table contains a set of bits for a class map. Some classes are built by combining these tables. */ #define cbit_space 0 /* [:space:] or \s */ #define cbit_xdigit 32 /* [:xdigit:] */ #define cbit_digit 64 /* [:digit:] or \d */ #define cbit_upper 96 /* [:upper:] */ #define cbit_lower 128 /* [:lower:] */ #define cbit_word 160 /* [:word:] or \w */ #define cbit_graph 192 /* [:graph:] */ #define cbit_print 224 /* [:print:] */ #define cbit_punct 256 /* [:punct:] */ #define cbit_cntrl 288 /* [:cntrl:] */ #define cbit_length 320 /* Length of the cbits table */ /* Offsets of the various tables from the base tables pointer, and total length. */ #define lcc_offset 0 #define fcc_offset 256 #define cbits_offset 512 #define ctypes_offset (cbits_offset + cbit_length) #define tables_length (ctypes_offset + 256) /* Internal function and data prefixes. */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 #ifndef PUBL #define PUBL(name) pcre_##name #endif #ifndef PRIV #define PRIV(name) _pcre_##name #endif #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 #ifndef PUBL #define PUBL(name) pcre16_##name #endif #ifndef PRIV #define PRIV(name) _pcre16_##name #endif #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #ifndef PUBL #define PUBL(name) pcre32_##name #endif #ifndef PRIV #define PRIV(name) _pcre32_##name #endif #else #error Unsupported compiling mode #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ /* Layout of the UCP type table that translates property names into types and codes. Each entry used to point directly to a name, but to reduce the number of relocations in shared libraries, it now has an offset into a single string instead. */ typedef struct { pcre_uint16 name_offset; pcre_uint16 type; pcre_uint16 value; } ucp_type_table; /* Internal shared data tables. These are tables that are used by more than one of the exported public functions. They have to be "external" in the C sense, but are not part of the PCRE public API. The data for these tables is in the pcre_tables.c module. */ #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 extern const int PRIV(utf8_table1)[]; extern const int PRIV(utf8_table1_size); extern const int PRIV(utf8_table2)[]; extern const int PRIV(utf8_table3)[]; extern const pcre_uint8 PRIV(utf8_table4)[]; #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ extern const char PRIV(utt_names)[]; extern const ucp_type_table PRIV(utt)[]; extern const int PRIV(utt_size); extern const pcre_uint8 PRIV(OP_lengths)[]; extern const pcre_uint8 PRIV(default_tables)[]; extern const pcre_uint32 PRIV(hspace_list)[]; extern const pcre_uint32 PRIV(vspace_list)[]; /* Internal shared functions. These are functions that are used by more than one of the exported public functions. They have to be "external" in the C sense, but are not part of the PCRE public API. */ /* String comparison functions. */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 #define STRCMP_UC_UC(str1, str2) \ strcmp((char *)(str1), (char *)(str2)) #define STRCMP_UC_C8(str1, str2) \ strcmp((char *)(str1), (str2)) #define STRNCMP_UC_UC(str1, str2, num) \ strncmp((char *)(str1), (char *)(str2), (num)) #define STRNCMP_UC_C8(str1, str2, num) \ strncmp((char *)(str1), (str2), (num)) #define STRLEN_UC(str) strlen((const char *)str) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 extern int PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc)(const pcre_uchar *, const pcre_uchar *); extern int PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8)(const pcre_uchar *, const char *); extern int PRIV(strncmp_uc_uc)(const pcre_uchar *, const pcre_uchar *, unsigned int num); extern int PRIV(strncmp_uc_c8)(const pcre_uchar *, const char *, unsigned int num); extern unsigned int PRIV(strlen_uc)(const pcre_uchar *str); #define STRCMP_UC_UC(str1, str2) \ PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc)((str1), (str2)) #define STRCMP_UC_C8(str1, str2) \ PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8)((str1), (str2)) #define STRNCMP_UC_UC(str1, str2, num) \ PRIV(strncmp_uc_uc)((str1), (str2), (num)) #define STRNCMP_UC_C8(str1, str2, num) \ PRIV(strncmp_uc_c8)((str1), (str2), (num)) #define STRLEN_UC(str) PRIV(strlen_uc)(str) #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 #define STRCMP_UC_UC_TEST(str1, str2) STRCMP_UC_UC(str1, str2) #define STRCMP_UC_C8_TEST(str1, str2) STRCMP_UC_C8(str1, str2) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 extern int PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc_utf)(const pcre_uchar *, const pcre_uchar *); extern int PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8_utf)(const pcre_uchar *, const char *); #define STRCMP_UC_UC_TEST(str1, str2) \ (utf ? PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc_utf)((str1), (str2)) : PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc)((str1), (str2))) #define STRCMP_UC_C8_TEST(str1, str2) \ (utf ? PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8_utf)((str1), (str2)) : PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8)((str1), (str2))) #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ extern const pcre_uchar *PRIV(find_bracket)(const pcre_uchar *, BOOL, int); extern BOOL PRIV(is_newline)(PCRE_PUCHAR, int, PCRE_PUCHAR, int *, BOOL); extern unsigned int PRIV(ord2utf)(pcre_uint32, pcre_uchar *); extern int PRIV(valid_utf)(PCRE_PUCHAR, int, int *); extern BOOL PRIV(was_newline)(PCRE_PUCHAR, int, PCRE_PUCHAR, int *, BOOL); extern BOOL PRIV(xclass)(pcre_uint32, const pcre_uchar *, BOOL); #ifdef SUPPORT_JIT extern void PRIV(jit_compile)(const REAL_PCRE *, PUBL(extra) *, int); extern int PRIV(jit_exec)(const PUBL(extra) *, const pcre_uchar *, int, int, int, int *, int); extern void PRIV(jit_free)(void *); extern int PRIV(jit_get_size)(void *); extern const char* PRIV(jit_get_target)(void); #endif /* Unicode character database (UCD) */ typedef struct { pcre_uint8 script; /* ucp_Arabic, etc. */ pcre_uint8 chartype; /* ucp_Cc, etc. (general categories) */ pcre_uint8 gbprop; /* ucp_gbControl, etc. (grapheme break property) */ pcre_uint8 caseset; /* offset to multichar other cases or zero */ pcre_int32 other_case; /* offset to other case, or zero if none */ } ucd_record; extern const pcre_uint32 PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets)[]; extern const ucd_record PRIV(ucd_records)[]; extern const pcre_uint8 PRIV(ucd_stage1)[]; extern const pcre_uint16 PRIV(ucd_stage2)[]; extern const pcre_uint32 PRIV(ucp_gentype)[]; extern const pcre_uint32 PRIV(ucp_gbtable)[]; #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 extern const ucd_record PRIV(dummy_ucd_record)[]; #endif #ifdef SUPPORT_JIT extern const int PRIV(ucp_typerange)[]; #endif #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP /* UCD access macros */ #define UCD_BLOCK_SIZE 128 #define REAL_GET_UCD(ch) (PRIV(ucd_records) + \ PRIV(ucd_stage2)[PRIV(ucd_stage1)[(int)(ch) / UCD_BLOCK_SIZE] * \ UCD_BLOCK_SIZE + (int)(ch) % UCD_BLOCK_SIZE]) #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 #define GET_UCD(ch) ((ch > 0x10ffff)? PRIV(dummy_ucd_record) : REAL_GET_UCD(ch)) #else #define GET_UCD(ch) REAL_GET_UCD(ch) #endif #define UCD_CHARTYPE(ch) GET_UCD(ch)->chartype #define UCD_SCRIPT(ch) GET_UCD(ch)->script #define UCD_CATEGORY(ch) PRIV(ucp_gentype)[UCD_CHARTYPE(ch)] #define UCD_GRAPHBREAK(ch) GET_UCD(ch)->gbprop #define UCD_CASESET(ch) GET_UCD(ch)->caseset #define UCD_OTHERCASE(ch) ((pcre_uint32)((int)ch + (int)(GET_UCD(ch)->other_case))) #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ #endif /* End of pcre_internal.h */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_jit_compile.c000066400000000000000000013075401335323540100177300ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2013 University of Cambridge The machine code generator part (this module) was written by Zoltan Herczeg Copyright (c) 2010-2013 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" #if defined SUPPORT_JIT /* All-in-one: Since we use the JIT compiler only from here, we just include it. This way we don't need to touch the build system files. */ #define SLJIT_MALLOC(size, allocator_data) (PUBL(malloc))(size) #define SLJIT_FREE(ptr, allocator_data) (PUBL(free))(ptr) #define SLJIT_CONFIG_AUTO 1 #define SLJIT_CONFIG_STATIC 1 #define SLJIT_VERBOSE 0 #define SLJIT_DEBUG 0 #include "sljit/sljitLir.c" #if defined SLJIT_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED && SLJIT_CONFIG_UNSUPPORTED #error Unsupported architecture #endif /* Defines for debugging purposes. */ /* 1 - Use unoptimized capturing brackets. 2 - Enable capture_last_ptr (includes option 1). */ /* #define DEBUG_FORCE_UNOPTIMIZED_CBRAS 2 */ /* 1 - Always have a control head. */ /* #define DEBUG_FORCE_CONTROL_HEAD 1 */ /* Allocate memory for the regex stack on the real machine stack. Fast, but limited size. */ #define MACHINE_STACK_SIZE 32768 /* Growth rate for stack allocated by the OS. Should be the multiply of page size. */ #define STACK_GROWTH_RATE 8192 /* Enable to check that the allocation could destroy temporaries. */ #if defined SLJIT_DEBUG && SLJIT_DEBUG #define DESTROY_REGISTERS 1 #endif /* Short summary about the backtracking mechanism empolyed by the jit code generator: The code generator follows the recursive nature of the PERL compatible regular expressions. The basic blocks of regular expressions are condition checkers whose execute different commands depending on the result of the condition check. The relationship between the operators can be horizontal (concatenation) and vertical (sub-expression) (See struct backtrack_common for more details). 'ab' - 'a' and 'b' regexps are concatenated 'a+' - 'a' is the sub-expression of the '+' operator The condition checkers are boolean (true/false) checkers. Machine code is generated for the checker itself and for the actions depending on the result of the checker. The 'true' case is called as the matching path (expected path), and the other is called as the 'backtrack' path. Branch instructions are expesive for all CPUs, so we avoid taken branches on the matching path. Greedy star operator (*) : Matching path: match happens. Backtrack path: match failed. Non-greedy star operator (*?) : Matching path: no need to perform a match. Backtrack path: match is required. The following example shows how the code generated for a capturing bracket with two alternatives. Let A, B, C, D are arbirary regular expressions, and we have the following regular expression: A(B|C)D The generated code will be the following: A matching path '(' matching path (pushing arguments to the stack) B matching path ')' matching path (pushing arguments to the stack) D matching path return with successful match D backtrack path ')' backtrack path (If we arrived from "C" jump to the backtrack of "C") B backtrack path C expected path jump to D matching path C backtrack path A backtrack path Notice, that the order of backtrack code paths are the opposite of the fast code paths. In this way the topmost value on the stack is always belong to the current backtrack code path. The backtrack path must check whether there is a next alternative. If so, it needs to jump back to the matching path eventually. Otherwise it needs to clear out its own stack frame and continue the execution on the backtrack code paths. */ /* Saved stack frames: Atomic blocks and asserts require reloading the values of private data when the backtrack mechanism performed. Because of OP_RECURSE, the data are not necessarly known in compile time, thus we need a dynamic restore mechanism. The stack frames are stored in a chain list, and have the following format: ([ capturing bracket offset ][ start value ][ end value ])+ ... [ 0 ] [ previous head ] Thus we can restore the private data to a particular point in the stack. */ typedef struct jit_arguments { /* Pointers first. */ struct sljit_stack *stack; const pcre_uchar *str; const pcre_uchar *begin; const pcre_uchar *end; int *offsets; pcre_uchar *mark_ptr; void *callout_data; /* Everything else after. */ sljit_u32 limit_match; int real_offset_count; int offset_count; sljit_u8 notbol; sljit_u8 noteol; sljit_u8 notempty; sljit_u8 notempty_atstart; } jit_arguments; typedef struct executable_functions { void *executable_funcs[JIT_NUMBER_OF_COMPILE_MODES]; void *read_only_data_heads[JIT_NUMBER_OF_COMPILE_MODES]; sljit_uw executable_sizes[JIT_NUMBER_OF_COMPILE_MODES]; PUBL(jit_callback) callback; void *userdata; sljit_u32 top_bracket; sljit_u32 limit_match; } executable_functions; typedef struct jump_list { struct sljit_jump *jump; struct jump_list *next; } jump_list; typedef struct stub_list { struct sljit_jump *start; struct sljit_label *quit; struct stub_list *next; } stub_list; typedef struct label_addr_list { struct sljit_label *label; sljit_uw *update_addr; struct label_addr_list *next; } label_addr_list; enum frame_types { no_frame = -1, no_stack = -2 }; enum control_types { type_mark = 0, type_then_trap = 1 }; typedef int (SLJIT_FUNC *jit_function)(jit_arguments *args); /* The following structure is the key data type for the recursive code generator. It is allocated by compile_matchingpath, and contains the arguments for compile_backtrackingpath. Must be the first member of its descendants. */ typedef struct backtrack_common { /* Concatenation stack. */ struct backtrack_common *prev; jump_list *nextbacktracks; /* Internal stack (for component operators). */ struct backtrack_common *top; jump_list *topbacktracks; /* Opcode pointer. */ pcre_uchar *cc; } backtrack_common; typedef struct assert_backtrack { backtrack_common common; jump_list *condfailed; /* Less than 0 if a frame is not needed. */ int framesize; /* Points to our private memory word on the stack. */ int private_data_ptr; /* For iterators. */ struct sljit_label *matchingpath; } assert_backtrack; typedef struct bracket_backtrack { backtrack_common common; /* Where to coninue if an alternative is successfully matched. */ struct sljit_label *alternative_matchingpath; /* For rmin and rmax iterators. */ struct sljit_label *recursive_matchingpath; /* For greedy ? operator. */ struct sljit_label *zero_matchingpath; /* Contains the branches of a failed condition. */ union { /* Both for OP_COND, OP_SCOND. */ jump_list *condfailed; assert_backtrack *assert; /* For OP_ONCE. Less than 0 if not needed. */ int framesize; } u; /* Points to our private memory word on the stack. */ int private_data_ptr; } bracket_backtrack; typedef struct bracketpos_backtrack { backtrack_common common; /* Points to our private memory word on the stack. */ int private_data_ptr; /* Reverting stack is needed. */ int framesize; /* Allocated stack size. */ int stacksize; } bracketpos_backtrack; typedef struct braminzero_backtrack { backtrack_common common; struct sljit_label *matchingpath; } braminzero_backtrack; typedef struct char_iterator_backtrack { backtrack_common common; /* Next iteration. */ struct sljit_label *matchingpath; union { jump_list *backtracks; struct { unsigned int othercasebit; pcre_uchar chr; BOOL enabled; } charpos; } u; } char_iterator_backtrack; typedef struct ref_iterator_backtrack { backtrack_common common; /* Next iteration. */ struct sljit_label *matchingpath; } ref_iterator_backtrack; typedef struct recurse_entry { struct recurse_entry *next; /* Contains the function entry. */ struct sljit_label *entry; /* Collects the calls until the function is not created. */ jump_list *calls; /* Points to the starting opcode. */ sljit_sw start; } recurse_entry; typedef struct recurse_backtrack { backtrack_common common; BOOL inlined_pattern; } recurse_backtrack; #define OP_THEN_TRAP OP_TABLE_LENGTH typedef struct then_trap_backtrack { backtrack_common common; /* If then_trap is not NULL, this structure contains the real then_trap for the backtracking path. */ struct then_trap_backtrack *then_trap; /* Points to the starting opcode. */ sljit_sw start; /* Exit point for the then opcodes of this alternative. */ jump_list *quit; /* Frame size of the current alternative. */ int framesize; } then_trap_backtrack; #define MAX_RANGE_SIZE 4 typedef struct compiler_common { /* The sljit ceneric compiler. */ struct sljit_compiler *compiler; /* First byte code. */ pcre_uchar *start; /* Maps private data offset to each opcode. */ sljit_s32 *private_data_ptrs; /* Chain list of read-only data ptrs. */ void *read_only_data_head; /* Tells whether the capturing bracket is optimized. */ sljit_u8 *optimized_cbracket; /* Tells whether the starting offset is a target of then. */ sljit_u8 *then_offsets; /* Current position where a THEN must jump. */ then_trap_backtrack *then_trap; /* Starting offset of private data for capturing brackets. */ sljit_s32 cbra_ptr; /* Output vector starting point. Must be divisible by 2. */ sljit_s32 ovector_start; /* Points to the starting character of the current match. */ sljit_s32 start_ptr; /* Last known position of the requested byte. */ sljit_s32 req_char_ptr; /* Head of the last recursion. */ sljit_s32 recursive_head_ptr; /* First inspected character for partial matching. (Needed for avoiding zero length partial matches.) */ sljit_s32 start_used_ptr; /* Starting pointer for partial soft matches. */ sljit_s32 hit_start; /* Pointer of the match end position. */ sljit_s32 match_end_ptr; /* Points to the marked string. */ sljit_s32 mark_ptr; /* Recursive control verb management chain. */ sljit_s32 control_head_ptr; /* Points to the last matched capture block index. */ sljit_s32 capture_last_ptr; /* Fast forward skipping byte code pointer. */ pcre_uchar *fast_forward_bc_ptr; /* Locals used by fast fail optimization. */ sljit_s32 fast_fail_start_ptr; sljit_s32 fast_fail_end_ptr; /* Flipped and lower case tables. */ const sljit_u8 *fcc; sljit_sw lcc; /* Mode can be PCRE_STUDY_JIT_COMPILE and others. */ int mode; /* TRUE, when minlength is greater than 0. */ BOOL might_be_empty; /* \K is found in the pattern. */ BOOL has_set_som; /* (*SKIP:arg) is found in the pattern. */ BOOL has_skip_arg; /* (*THEN) is found in the pattern. */ BOOL has_then; /* (*SKIP) or (*SKIP:arg) is found in lookbehind assertion. */ BOOL has_skip_in_assert_back; /* Currently in recurse or negative assert. */ BOOL local_exit; /* Currently in a positive assert. */ BOOL positive_assert; /* Newline control. */ int nltype; sljit_u32 nlmax; sljit_u32 nlmin; int newline; int bsr_nltype; sljit_u32 bsr_nlmax; sljit_u32 bsr_nlmin; /* Dollar endonly. */ int endonly; /* Tables. */ sljit_sw ctypes; /* Named capturing brackets. */ pcre_uchar *name_table; sljit_sw name_count; sljit_sw name_entry_size; /* Labels and jump lists. */ struct sljit_label *partialmatchlabel; struct sljit_label *quit_label; struct sljit_label *forced_quit_label; struct sljit_label *accept_label; struct sljit_label *ff_newline_shortcut; stub_list *stubs; label_addr_list *label_addrs; recurse_entry *entries; recurse_entry *currententry; jump_list *partialmatch; jump_list *quit; jump_list *positive_assert_quit; jump_list *forced_quit; jump_list *accept; jump_list *calllimit; jump_list *stackalloc; jump_list *revertframes; jump_list *wordboundary; jump_list *anynewline; jump_list *hspace; jump_list *vspace; jump_list *casefulcmp; jump_list *caselesscmp; jump_list *reset_match; BOOL jscript_compat; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF BOOL utf; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP BOOL use_ucp; jump_list *getucd; #endif #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 jump_list *utfreadchar; jump_list *utfreadchar16; jump_list *utfreadtype8; #endif #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ } compiler_common; /* For byte_sequence_compare. */ typedef struct compare_context { int length; int sourcereg; #if defined SLJIT_UNALIGNED && SLJIT_UNALIGNED int ucharptr; union { sljit_s32 asint; sljit_u16 asushort; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 sljit_u8 asbyte; sljit_u8 asuchars[4]; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 sljit_u16 asuchars[2]; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 sljit_u32 asuchars[1]; #endif } c; union { sljit_s32 asint; sljit_u16 asushort; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 sljit_u8 asbyte; sljit_u8 asuchars[4]; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 sljit_u16 asuchars[2]; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 sljit_u32 asuchars[1]; #endif } oc; #endif } compare_context; /* Undefine sljit macros. */ #undef CMP /* Used for accessing the elements of the stack. */ #define STACK(i) ((i) * (int)sizeof(sljit_sw)) #ifdef SLJIT_PREF_SHIFT_REG #if SLJIT_PREF_SHIFT_REG == SLJIT_R2 /* Nothing. */ #elif SLJIT_PREF_SHIFT_REG == SLJIT_R3 #define SHIFT_REG_IS_R3 #else #error "Unsupported shift register" #endif #endif #define TMP1 SLJIT_R0 #ifdef SHIFT_REG_IS_R3 #define TMP2 SLJIT_R3 #define TMP3 SLJIT_R2 #else #define TMP2 SLJIT_R2 #define TMP3 SLJIT_R3 #endif #define STR_PTR SLJIT_S0 #define STR_END SLJIT_S1 #define STACK_TOP SLJIT_R1 #define STACK_LIMIT SLJIT_S2 #define COUNT_MATCH SLJIT_S3 #define ARGUMENTS SLJIT_S4 #define RETURN_ADDR SLJIT_R4 /* Local space layout. */ /* These two locals can be used by the current opcode. */ #define LOCALS0 (0 * sizeof(sljit_sw)) #define LOCALS1 (1 * sizeof(sljit_sw)) /* Two local variables for possessive quantifiers (char1 cannot use them). */ #define POSSESSIVE0 (2 * sizeof(sljit_sw)) #define POSSESSIVE1 (3 * sizeof(sljit_sw)) /* Max limit of recursions. */ #define LIMIT_MATCH (4 * sizeof(sljit_sw)) /* The output vector is stored on the stack, and contains pointers to characters. The vector data is divided into two groups: the first group contains the start / end character pointers, and the second is the start pointers when the end of the capturing group has not yet reached. */ #define OVECTOR_START (common->ovector_start) #define OVECTOR(i) (OVECTOR_START + (i) * (sljit_sw)sizeof(sljit_sw)) #define OVECTOR_PRIV(i) (common->cbra_ptr + (i) * (sljit_sw)sizeof(sljit_sw)) #define PRIVATE_DATA(cc) (common->private_data_ptrs[(cc) - common->start]) #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 #define MOV_UCHAR SLJIT_MOV_U8 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 #define MOV_UCHAR SLJIT_MOV_U16 #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #define MOV_UCHAR SLJIT_MOV_U32 #else #error Unsupported compiling mode #endif /* Shortcuts. */ #define DEFINE_COMPILER \ struct sljit_compiler *compiler = common->compiler #define OP1(op, dst, dstw, src, srcw) \ sljit_emit_op1(compiler, (op), (dst), (dstw), (src), (srcw)) #define OP2(op, dst, dstw, src1, src1w, src2, src2w) \ sljit_emit_op2(compiler, (op), (dst), (dstw), (src1), (src1w), (src2), (src2w)) #define LABEL() \ sljit_emit_label(compiler) #define JUMP(type) \ sljit_emit_jump(compiler, (type)) #define JUMPTO(type, label) \ sljit_set_label(sljit_emit_jump(compiler, (type)), (label)) #define JUMPHERE(jump) \ sljit_set_label((jump), sljit_emit_label(compiler)) #define SET_LABEL(jump, label) \ sljit_set_label((jump), (label)) #define CMP(type, src1, src1w, src2, src2w) \ sljit_emit_cmp(compiler, (type), (src1), (src1w), (src2), (src2w)) #define CMPTO(type, src1, src1w, src2, src2w, label) \ sljit_set_label(sljit_emit_cmp(compiler, (type), (src1), (src1w), (src2), (src2w)), (label)) #define OP_FLAGS(op, dst, dstw, type) \ sljit_emit_op_flags(compiler, (op), (dst), (dstw), (type)) #define GET_LOCAL_BASE(dst, dstw, offset) \ sljit_get_local_base(compiler, (dst), (dstw), (offset)) #define READ_CHAR_MAX 0x7fffffff #define INVALID_UTF_CHAR 888 static pcre_uchar *bracketend(pcre_uchar *cc) { SLJIT_ASSERT((*cc >= OP_ASSERT && *cc <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) || (*cc >= OP_ONCE && *cc <= OP_SCOND)); do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); SLJIT_ASSERT(*cc >= OP_KET && *cc <= OP_KETRPOS); cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; return cc; } static int no_alternatives(pcre_uchar *cc) { int count = 0; SLJIT_ASSERT((*cc >= OP_ASSERT && *cc <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) || (*cc >= OP_ONCE && *cc <= OP_SCOND)); do { cc += GET(cc, 1); count++; } while (*cc == OP_ALT); SLJIT_ASSERT(*cc >= OP_KET && *cc <= OP_KETRPOS); return count; } /* Functions whose might need modification for all new supported opcodes: next_opcode check_opcode_types set_private_data_ptrs get_framesize init_frame get_private_data_copy_length copy_private_data compile_matchingpath compile_backtrackingpath */ static pcre_uchar *next_opcode(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc) { SLJIT_UNUSED_ARG(common); switch(*cc) { case OP_SOD: case OP_SOM: case OP_SET_SOM: case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_NOT_DIGIT: case OP_DIGIT: case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: case OP_WHITESPACE: case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: case OP_WORDCHAR: case OP_ANY: case OP_ALLANY: case OP_NOTPROP: case OP_PROP: case OP_ANYNL: case OP_NOT_HSPACE: case OP_HSPACE: case OP_NOT_VSPACE: case OP_VSPACE: case OP_EXTUNI: case OP_EODN: case OP_EOD: case OP_CIRC: case OP_CIRCM: case OP_DOLL: case OP_DOLLM: case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: case OP_CRPOSPLUS: case OP_CRPOSQUERY: case OP_CRPOSRANGE: case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: case OP_REF: case OP_REFI: case OP_DNREF: case OP_DNREFI: case OP_RECURSE: case OP_CALLOUT: case OP_ALT: case OP_KET: case OP_KETRMAX: case OP_KETRMIN: case OP_KETRPOS: case OP_REVERSE: case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: case OP_BRA: case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_CBRA: case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_COND: case OP_SBRA: case OP_SBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRA: case OP_SCBRAPOS: case OP_SCOND: case OP_CREF: case OP_DNCREF: case OP_RREF: case OP_DNRREF: case OP_DEF: case OP_BRAZERO: case OP_BRAMINZERO: case OP_BRAPOSZERO: case OP_PRUNE: case OP_SKIP: case OP_THEN: case OP_COMMIT: case OP_FAIL: case OP_ACCEPT: case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: case OP_CLOSE: case OP_SKIPZERO: return cc + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; case OP_CHAR: case OP_CHARI: case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: case OP_STAR: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_PLUS: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_QUERY: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_UPTO: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_EXACT: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_STARI: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_QUERYI: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_UPTOI: case OP_MINUPTOI: case OP_EXACTI: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_POSQUERYI: case OP_POSUPTOI: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: case OP_NOTEXACTI: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif return cc; /* Special cases. */ case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_TYPEEXACT: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: return cc + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc] - 1; case OP_ANYBYTE: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf) return NULL; #endif return cc + 1; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: return cc + GET(cc, 1); #endif case OP_MARK: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_SKIP_ARG: case OP_THEN_ARG: return cc + 1 + 2 + cc[1]; default: /* All opcodes are supported now! */ SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); return NULL; } } static BOOL check_opcode_types(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, pcre_uchar *ccend) { int count; pcre_uchar *slot; pcre_uchar *assert_back_end = cc - 1; /* Calculate important variables (like stack size) and checks whether all opcodes are supported. */ while (cc < ccend) { switch(*cc) { case OP_SET_SOM: common->has_set_som = TRUE; common->might_be_empty = TRUE; cc += 1; break; case OP_REF: case OP_REFI: common->optimized_cbracket[GET2(cc, 1)] = 0; cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRAPOS: common->optimized_cbracket[GET2(cc, 1 + LINK_SIZE)] = 0; cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_COND: case OP_SCOND: /* Only AUTO_CALLOUT can insert this opcode. We do not intend to support this case. */ if (cc[1 + LINK_SIZE] == OP_CALLOUT) return FALSE; cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_CREF: common->optimized_cbracket[GET2(cc, 1)] = 0; cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_DNREF: case OP_DNREFI: case OP_DNCREF: count = GET2(cc, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); slot = common->name_table + GET2(cc, 1) * common->name_entry_size; while (count-- > 0) { common->optimized_cbracket[GET2(slot, 0)] = 0; slot += common->name_entry_size; } cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_RECURSE: /* Set its value only once. */ if (common->recursive_head_ptr == 0) { common->recursive_head_ptr = common->ovector_start; common->ovector_start += sizeof(sljit_sw); } cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_CALLOUT: if (common->capture_last_ptr == 0) { common->capture_last_ptr = common->ovector_start; common->ovector_start += sizeof(sljit_sw); } cc += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_ASSERTBACK: slot = bracketend(cc); if (slot > assert_back_end) assert_back_end = slot; cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_THEN_ARG: common->has_then = TRUE; common->control_head_ptr = 1; /* Fall through. */ case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_MARK: if (common->mark_ptr == 0) { common->mark_ptr = common->ovector_start; common->ovector_start += sizeof(sljit_sw); } cc += 1 + 2 + cc[1]; break; case OP_THEN: common->has_then = TRUE; common->control_head_ptr = 1; cc += 1; break; case OP_SKIP: if (cc < assert_back_end) common->has_skip_in_assert_back = TRUE; cc += 1; break; case OP_SKIP_ARG: common->control_head_ptr = 1; common->has_skip_arg = TRUE; if (cc < assert_back_end) common->has_skip_in_assert_back = TRUE; cc += 1 + 2 + cc[1]; break; default: cc = next_opcode(common, cc); if (cc == NULL) return FALSE; break; } } return TRUE; } static BOOL is_accelerated_repeat(pcre_uchar *cc) { switch(*cc) { case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: return (cc[1] != OP_ANYNL && cc[1] != OP_EXTUNI); case OP_STAR: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_PLUS: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_STARI: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: return TRUE; case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: cc += (*cc == OP_XCLASS) ? GET(cc, 1) : (int)(1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar))); #else cc += (1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar))); #endif switch(*cc) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: case OP_CRPOSPLUS: return TRUE; } break; } return FALSE; } static SLJIT_INLINE BOOL detect_fast_forward_skip(compiler_common *common, int *private_data_start) { pcre_uchar *cc = common->start; pcre_uchar *end; /* Skip not repeated brackets. */ while (TRUE) { switch(*cc) { case OP_SOD: case OP_SOM: case OP_SET_SOM: case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_EODN: case OP_EOD: case OP_CIRC: case OP_CIRCM: case OP_DOLL: case OP_DOLLM: /* Zero width assertions. */ cc++; continue; } if (*cc != OP_BRA && *cc != OP_CBRA) break; end = cc + GET(cc, 1); if (*end != OP_KET || PRIVATE_DATA(end) != 0) return FALSE; if (*cc == OP_CBRA) { if (common->optimized_cbracket[GET2(cc, 1 + LINK_SIZE)] == 0) return FALSE; cc += IMM2_SIZE; } cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; } if (is_accelerated_repeat(cc)) { common->fast_forward_bc_ptr = cc; common->private_data_ptrs[(cc + 1) - common->start] = *private_data_start; *private_data_start += sizeof(sljit_sw); return TRUE; } return FALSE; } static SLJIT_INLINE void detect_fast_fail(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, int *private_data_start, sljit_s32 depth) { pcre_uchar *next_alt; SLJIT_ASSERT(*cc == OP_BRA || *cc == OP_CBRA); if (*cc == OP_CBRA && common->optimized_cbracket[GET2(cc, 1 + LINK_SIZE)] == 0) return; next_alt = bracketend(cc) - (1 + LINK_SIZE); if (*next_alt != OP_KET || PRIVATE_DATA(next_alt) != 0) return; do { next_alt = cc + GET(cc, 1); cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE + ((*cc == OP_CBRA) ? IMM2_SIZE : 0); while (TRUE) { switch(*cc) { case OP_SOD: case OP_SOM: case OP_SET_SOM: case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_EODN: case OP_EOD: case OP_CIRC: case OP_CIRCM: case OP_DOLL: case OP_DOLLM: /* Zero width assertions. */ cc++; continue; } break; } if (depth > 0 && (*cc == OP_BRA || *cc == OP_CBRA)) detect_fast_fail(common, cc, private_data_start, depth - 1); if (is_accelerated_repeat(cc)) { common->private_data_ptrs[(cc + 1) - common->start] = *private_data_start; if (common->fast_fail_start_ptr == 0) common->fast_fail_start_ptr = *private_data_start; *private_data_start += sizeof(sljit_sw); common->fast_fail_end_ptr = *private_data_start; if (*private_data_start > SLJIT_MAX_LOCAL_SIZE) return; } cc = next_alt; } while (*cc == OP_ALT); } static int get_class_iterator_size(pcre_uchar *cc) { sljit_u32 min; sljit_u32 max; switch(*cc) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRPLUS: return 2; case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: return 1; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: min = GET2(cc, 1); max = GET2(cc, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); if (max == 0) return (*cc == OP_CRRANGE) ? 2 : 1; max -= min; if (max > 2) max = 2; return max; default: return 0; } } static BOOL detect_repeat(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *begin) { pcre_uchar *end = bracketend(begin); pcre_uchar *next; pcre_uchar *next_end; pcre_uchar *max_end; pcre_uchar type; sljit_sw length = end - begin; int min, max, i; /* Detect fixed iterations first. */ if (end[-(1 + LINK_SIZE)] != OP_KET) return FALSE; /* Already detected repeat. */ if (common->private_data_ptrs[end - common->start - LINK_SIZE] != 0) return TRUE; next = end; min = 1; while (1) { if (*next != *begin) break; next_end = bracketend(next); if (next_end - next != length || memcmp(begin, next, IN_UCHARS(length)) != 0) break; next = next_end; min++; } if (min == 2) return FALSE; max = 0; max_end = next; if (*next == OP_BRAZERO || *next == OP_BRAMINZERO) { type = *next; while (1) { if (next[0] != type || next[1] != OP_BRA || next[2 + LINK_SIZE] != *begin) break; next_end = bracketend(next + 2 + LINK_SIZE); if (next_end - next != (length + 2 + LINK_SIZE) || memcmp(begin, next + 2 + LINK_SIZE, IN_UCHARS(length)) != 0) break; next = next_end; max++; } if (next[0] == type && next[1] == *begin && max >= 1) { next_end = bracketend(next + 1); if (next_end - next == (length + 1) && memcmp(begin, next + 1, IN_UCHARS(length)) == 0) { for (i = 0; i < max; i++, next_end += 1 + LINK_SIZE) if (*next_end != OP_KET) break; if (i == max) { common->private_data_ptrs[max_end - common->start - LINK_SIZE] = next_end - max_end; common->private_data_ptrs[max_end - common->start - LINK_SIZE + 1] = (type == OP_BRAZERO) ? OP_UPTO : OP_MINUPTO; /* +2 the original and the last. */ common->private_data_ptrs[max_end - common->start - LINK_SIZE + 2] = max + 2; if (min == 1) return TRUE; min--; max_end -= (1 + LINK_SIZE) + GET(max_end, -LINK_SIZE); } } } } if (min >= 3) { common->private_data_ptrs[end - common->start - LINK_SIZE] = max_end - end; common->private_data_ptrs[end - common->start - LINK_SIZE + 1] = OP_EXACT; common->private_data_ptrs[end - common->start - LINK_SIZE + 2] = min; return TRUE; } return FALSE; } #define CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_1 \ case OP_MINSTAR: \ case OP_MINPLUS: \ case OP_QUERY: \ case OP_MINQUERY: \ case OP_MINSTARI: \ case OP_MINPLUSI: \ case OP_QUERYI: \ case OP_MINQUERYI: \ case OP_NOTMINSTAR: \ case OP_NOTMINPLUS: \ case OP_NOTQUERY: \ case OP_NOTMINQUERY: \ case OP_NOTMINSTARI: \ case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: \ case OP_NOTQUERYI: \ case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: #define CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_2A \ case OP_STAR: \ case OP_PLUS: \ case OP_STARI: \ case OP_PLUSI: \ case OP_NOTSTAR: \ case OP_NOTPLUS: \ case OP_NOTSTARI: \ case OP_NOTPLUSI: #define CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_2B \ case OP_UPTO: \ case OP_MINUPTO: \ case OP_UPTOI: \ case OP_MINUPTOI: \ case OP_NOTUPTO: \ case OP_NOTMINUPTO: \ case OP_NOTUPTOI: \ case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: #define CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_1 \ case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: \ case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: \ case OP_TYPEQUERY: \ case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: #define CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_2A \ case OP_TYPESTAR: \ case OP_TYPEPLUS: #define CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_2B \ case OP_TYPEUPTO: \ case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: static void set_private_data_ptrs(compiler_common *common, int *private_data_start, pcre_uchar *ccend) { pcre_uchar *cc = common->start; pcre_uchar *alternative; pcre_uchar *end = NULL; int private_data_ptr = *private_data_start; int space, size, bracketlen; BOOL repeat_check = TRUE; while (cc < ccend) { space = 0; size = 0; bracketlen = 0; if (private_data_ptr > SLJIT_MAX_LOCAL_SIZE) break; if (repeat_check && (*cc == OP_ONCE || *cc == OP_ONCE_NC || *cc == OP_BRA || *cc == OP_CBRA || *cc == OP_COND)) { if (detect_repeat(common, cc)) { /* These brackets are converted to repeats, so no global based single character repeat is allowed. */ if (cc >= end) end = bracketend(cc); } } repeat_check = TRUE; switch(*cc) { case OP_KET: if (common->private_data_ptrs[cc + 1 - common->start] != 0) { common->private_data_ptrs[cc - common->start] = private_data_ptr; private_data_ptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); cc += common->private_data_ptrs[cc + 1 - common->start]; } cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_SBRA: case OP_SBRAPOS: case OP_SCOND: common->private_data_ptrs[cc - common->start] = private_data_ptr; private_data_ptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); bracketlen = 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRAPOS: common->private_data_ptrs[cc - common->start] = private_data_ptr; private_data_ptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); bracketlen = 1 + LINK_SIZE + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_COND: /* Might be a hidden SCOND. */ alternative = cc + GET(cc, 1); if (*alternative == OP_KETRMAX || *alternative == OP_KETRMIN) { common->private_data_ptrs[cc - common->start] = private_data_ptr; private_data_ptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); } bracketlen = 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_BRA: bracketlen = 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_CBRA: case OP_SCBRA: bracketlen = 1 + LINK_SIZE + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_BRAZERO: case OP_BRAMINZERO: case OP_BRAPOSZERO: repeat_check = FALSE; size = 1; break; CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_1 space = 1; size = -2; break; CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_2A space = 2; size = -2; break; CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_2B space = 2; size = -(2 + IMM2_SIZE); break; CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_1 space = 1; size = 1; break; CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_2A if (cc[1] != OP_ANYNL && cc[1] != OP_EXTUNI) space = 2; size = 1; break; case OP_TYPEUPTO: if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] != OP_ANYNL && cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] != OP_EXTUNI) space = 2; size = 1 + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: space = 2; size = 1 + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: space = get_class_iterator_size(cc + size); size = 1 + 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); break; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: space = get_class_iterator_size(cc + size); size = GET(cc, 1); break; #endif default: cc = next_opcode(common, cc); SLJIT_ASSERT(cc != NULL); break; } /* Character iterators, which are not inside a repeated bracket, gets a private slot instead of allocating it on the stack. */ if (space > 0 && cc >= end) { common->private_data_ptrs[cc - common->start] = private_data_ptr; private_data_ptr += sizeof(sljit_sw) * space; } if (size != 0) { if (size < 0) { cc += -size; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif } else cc += size; } if (bracketlen > 0) { if (cc >= end) { end = bracketend(cc); if (end[-1 - LINK_SIZE] == OP_KET) end = NULL; } cc += bracketlen; } } *private_data_start = private_data_ptr; } /* Returns with a frame_types (always < 0) if no need for frame. */ static int get_framesize(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, pcre_uchar *ccend, BOOL recursive, BOOL *needs_control_head) { int length = 0; int possessive = 0; BOOL stack_restore = FALSE; BOOL setsom_found = recursive; BOOL setmark_found = recursive; /* The last capture is a local variable even for recursions. */ BOOL capture_last_found = FALSE; #if defined DEBUG_FORCE_CONTROL_HEAD && DEBUG_FORCE_CONTROL_HEAD SLJIT_ASSERT(common->control_head_ptr != 0); *needs_control_head = TRUE; #else *needs_control_head = FALSE; #endif if (ccend == NULL) { ccend = bracketend(cc) - (1 + LINK_SIZE); if (!recursive && (*cc == OP_CBRAPOS || *cc == OP_SCBRAPOS)) { possessive = length = (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) ? 5 : 3; /* This is correct regardless of common->capture_last_ptr. */ capture_last_found = TRUE; } cc = next_opcode(common, cc); } SLJIT_ASSERT(cc != NULL); while (cc < ccend) switch(*cc) { case OP_SET_SOM: SLJIT_ASSERT(common->has_set_som); stack_restore = TRUE; if (!setsom_found) { length += 2; setsom_found = TRUE; } cc += 1; break; case OP_MARK: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_THEN_ARG: SLJIT_ASSERT(common->mark_ptr != 0); stack_restore = TRUE; if (!setmark_found) { length += 2; setmark_found = TRUE; } if (common->control_head_ptr != 0) *needs_control_head = TRUE; cc += 1 + 2 + cc[1]; break; case OP_RECURSE: stack_restore = TRUE; if (common->has_set_som && !setsom_found) { length += 2; setsom_found = TRUE; } if (common->mark_ptr != 0 && !setmark_found) { length += 2; setmark_found = TRUE; } if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0 && !capture_last_found) { length += 2; capture_last_found = TRUE; } cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_CBRA: case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRA: case OP_SCBRAPOS: stack_restore = TRUE; if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0 && !capture_last_found) { length += 2; capture_last_found = TRUE; } length += 3; cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_THEN: stack_restore = TRUE; if (common->control_head_ptr != 0) *needs_control_head = TRUE; cc ++; break; default: stack_restore = TRUE; /* Fall through. */ case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_NOT_DIGIT: case OP_DIGIT: case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: case OP_WHITESPACE: case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: case OP_WORDCHAR: case OP_ANY: case OP_ALLANY: case OP_ANYBYTE: case OP_NOTPROP: case OP_PROP: case OP_ANYNL: case OP_NOT_HSPACE: case OP_HSPACE: case OP_NOT_VSPACE: case OP_VSPACE: case OP_EXTUNI: case OP_EODN: case OP_EOD: case OP_CIRC: case OP_CIRCM: case OP_DOLL: case OP_DOLLM: case OP_CHAR: case OP_CHARI: case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: case OP_EXACT: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_EXACTI: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_POSQUERYI: case OP_POSUPTOI: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTEXACTI: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: case OP_TYPEEXACT: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: case OP_XCLASS: case OP_CALLOUT: cc = next_opcode(common, cc); SLJIT_ASSERT(cc != NULL); break; } /* Possessive quantifiers can use a special case. */ if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(possessive == length)) return stack_restore ? no_frame : no_stack; if (length > 0) return length + 1; return stack_restore ? no_frame : no_stack; } static void init_frame(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, pcre_uchar *ccend, int stackpos, int stacktop, BOOL recursive) { DEFINE_COMPILER; BOOL setsom_found = recursive; BOOL setmark_found = recursive; /* The last capture is a local variable even for recursions. */ BOOL capture_last_found = FALSE; int offset; /* >= 1 + shortest item size (2) */ SLJIT_UNUSED_ARG(stacktop); SLJIT_ASSERT(stackpos >= stacktop + 2); stackpos = STACK(stackpos); if (ccend == NULL) { ccend = bracketend(cc) - (1 + LINK_SIZE); if (recursive || (*cc != OP_CBRAPOS && *cc != OP_SCBRAPOS)) cc = next_opcode(common, cc); } SLJIT_ASSERT(cc != NULL); while (cc < ccend) switch(*cc) { case OP_SET_SOM: SLJIT_ASSERT(common->has_set_som); if (!setsom_found) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, SLJIT_IMM, -OVECTOR(0)); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, TMP1, 0); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); setsom_found = TRUE; } cc += 1; break; case OP_MARK: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_THEN_ARG: SLJIT_ASSERT(common->mark_ptr != 0); if (!setmark_found) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mark_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, SLJIT_IMM, -common->mark_ptr); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, TMP1, 0); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); setmark_found = TRUE; } cc += 1 + 2 + cc[1]; break; case OP_RECURSE: if (common->has_set_som && !setsom_found) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, SLJIT_IMM, -OVECTOR(0)); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, TMP1, 0); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); setsom_found = TRUE; } if (common->mark_ptr != 0 && !setmark_found) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mark_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, SLJIT_IMM, -common->mark_ptr); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, TMP1, 0); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); setmark_found = TRUE; } if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0 && !capture_last_found) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->capture_last_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, SLJIT_IMM, -common->capture_last_ptr); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, TMP1, 0); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); capture_last_found = TRUE; } cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_CBRA: case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRA: case OP_SCBRAPOS: if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0 && !capture_last_found) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->capture_last_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, SLJIT_IMM, -common->capture_last_ptr); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, TMP1, 0); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); capture_last_found = TRUE; } offset = (GET2(cc, 1 + LINK_SIZE)) << 1; OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, SLJIT_IMM, OVECTOR(offset)); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, TMP1, 0); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, TMP2, 0); stackpos -= (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE + IMM2_SIZE; break; default: cc = next_opcode(common, cc); SLJIT_ASSERT(cc != NULL); break; } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackpos, SLJIT_IMM, 0); SLJIT_ASSERT(stackpos == STACK(stacktop)); } static SLJIT_INLINE int get_private_data_copy_length(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, pcre_uchar *ccend, BOOL needs_control_head) { int private_data_length = needs_control_head ? 3 : 2; int size; pcre_uchar *alternative; /* Calculate the sum of the private machine words. */ while (cc < ccend) { size = 0; switch(*cc) { case OP_KET: if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc) != 0) { private_data_length++; SLJIT_ASSERT(PRIVATE_DATA(cc + 1) != 0); cc += PRIVATE_DATA(cc + 1); } cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_SBRA: case OP_SBRAPOS: case OP_SCOND: private_data_length++; SLJIT_ASSERT(PRIVATE_DATA(cc) != 0); cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_CBRA: case OP_SCBRA: if (common->optimized_cbracket[GET2(cc, 1 + LINK_SIZE)] == 0) private_data_length++; cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRAPOS: private_data_length += 2; cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_COND: /* Might be a hidden SCOND. */ alternative = cc + GET(cc, 1); if (*alternative == OP_KETRMAX || *alternative == OP_KETRMIN) private_data_length++; cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_1 if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) private_data_length++; cc += 2; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif break; CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_2A if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) private_data_length += 2; cc += 2; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif break; CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_2B if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) private_data_length += 2; cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif break; CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_1 if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) private_data_length++; cc += 1; break; CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_2A if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) private_data_length += 2; cc += 1; break; CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_2B if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) private_data_length += 2; cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: size = (*cc == OP_XCLASS) ? GET(cc, 1) : 1 + 32 / (int)sizeof(pcre_uchar); #else size = 1 + 32 / (int)sizeof(pcre_uchar); #endif if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) private_data_length += get_class_iterator_size(cc + size); cc += size; break; default: cc = next_opcode(common, cc); SLJIT_ASSERT(cc != NULL); break; } } SLJIT_ASSERT(cc == ccend); return private_data_length; } static void copy_private_data(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, pcre_uchar *ccend, BOOL save, int stackptr, int stacktop, BOOL needs_control_head) { DEFINE_COMPILER; int srcw[2]; int count, size; BOOL tmp1next = TRUE; BOOL tmp1empty = TRUE; BOOL tmp2empty = TRUE; pcre_uchar *alternative; enum { loop, end } status; status = loop; stackptr = STACK(stackptr); stacktop = STACK(stacktop - 1); if (!save) { stacktop -= (needs_control_head ? 2 : 1) * sizeof(sljit_sw); if (stackptr < stacktop) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackptr); stackptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); tmp1empty = FALSE; } if (stackptr < stacktop) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackptr); stackptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); tmp2empty = FALSE; } /* The tmp1next must be TRUE in either way. */ } SLJIT_ASSERT(common->recursive_head_ptr != 0); do { count = 0; if (cc >= ccend) { if (!save) break; count = 1; srcw[0] = common->recursive_head_ptr; if (needs_control_head) { SLJIT_ASSERT(common->control_head_ptr != 0); count = 2; srcw[0] = common->control_head_ptr; srcw[1] = common->recursive_head_ptr; } status = end; } else switch(*cc) { case OP_KET: if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc) != 0) { count = 1; srcw[0] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); SLJIT_ASSERT(PRIVATE_DATA(cc + 1) != 0); cc += PRIVATE_DATA(cc + 1); } cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_SBRA: case OP_SBRAPOS: case OP_SCOND: count = 1; srcw[0] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); SLJIT_ASSERT(srcw[0] != 0); cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_CBRA: case OP_SCBRA: if (common->optimized_cbracket[GET2(cc, 1 + LINK_SIZE)] == 0) { count = 1; srcw[0] = OVECTOR_PRIV(GET2(cc, 1 + LINK_SIZE)); } cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRAPOS: count = 2; srcw[0] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); srcw[1] = OVECTOR_PRIV(GET2(cc, 1 + LINK_SIZE)); SLJIT_ASSERT(srcw[0] != 0 && srcw[1] != 0); cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_COND: /* Might be a hidden SCOND. */ alternative = cc + GET(cc, 1); if (*alternative == OP_KETRMAX || *alternative == OP_KETRMIN) { count = 1; srcw[0] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); SLJIT_ASSERT(srcw[0] != 0); } cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_1 if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) { count = 1; srcw[0] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); } cc += 2; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif break; CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_2A if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) { count = 2; srcw[0] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); srcw[1] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc) + sizeof(sljit_sw); } cc += 2; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif break; CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_2B if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) { count = 2; srcw[0] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); srcw[1] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc) + sizeof(sljit_sw); } cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif break; CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_1 if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) { count = 1; srcw[0] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); } cc += 1; break; CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_2A if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) { count = 2; srcw[0] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); srcw[1] = srcw[0] + sizeof(sljit_sw); } cc += 1; break; CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_2B if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) { count = 2; srcw[0] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); srcw[1] = srcw[0] + sizeof(sljit_sw); } cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: size = (*cc == OP_XCLASS) ? GET(cc, 1) : 1 + 32 / (int)sizeof(pcre_uchar); #else size = 1 + 32 / (int)sizeof(pcre_uchar); #endif if (PRIVATE_DATA(cc)) switch(get_class_iterator_size(cc + size)) { case 1: count = 1; srcw[0] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); break; case 2: count = 2; srcw[0] = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); srcw[1] = srcw[0] + sizeof(sljit_sw); break; default: SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); break; } cc += size; break; default: cc = next_opcode(common, cc); SLJIT_ASSERT(cc != NULL); break; } while (count > 0) { count--; if (save) { if (tmp1next) { if (!tmp1empty) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackptr, TMP1, 0); stackptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), srcw[count]); tmp1empty = FALSE; tmp1next = FALSE; } else { if (!tmp2empty) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackptr, TMP2, 0); stackptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), srcw[count]); tmp2empty = FALSE; tmp1next = TRUE; } } else { if (tmp1next) { SLJIT_ASSERT(!tmp1empty); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), srcw[count], TMP1, 0); tmp1empty = stackptr >= stacktop; if (!tmp1empty) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackptr); stackptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); } tmp1next = FALSE; } else { SLJIT_ASSERT(!tmp2empty); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), srcw[count], TMP2, 0); tmp2empty = stackptr >= stacktop; if (!tmp2empty) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackptr); stackptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); } tmp1next = TRUE; } } } } while (status != end); if (save) { if (tmp1next) { if (!tmp1empty) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackptr, TMP1, 0); stackptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); } if (!tmp2empty) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackptr, TMP2, 0); stackptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); } } else { if (!tmp2empty) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackptr, TMP2, 0); stackptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); } if (!tmp1empty) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), stackptr, TMP1, 0); stackptr += sizeof(sljit_sw); } } } SLJIT_ASSERT(cc == ccend && stackptr == stacktop && (save || (tmp1empty && tmp2empty))); } static SLJIT_INLINE pcre_uchar *set_then_offsets(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, sljit_u8 *current_offset) { pcre_uchar *end = bracketend(cc); BOOL has_alternatives = cc[GET(cc, 1)] == OP_ALT; /* Assert captures then. */ if (*cc >= OP_ASSERT && *cc <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) current_offset = NULL; /* Conditional block does not. */ if (*cc == OP_COND || *cc == OP_SCOND) has_alternatives = FALSE; cc = next_opcode(common, cc); if (has_alternatives) current_offset = common->then_offsets + (cc - common->start); while (cc < end) { if ((*cc >= OP_ASSERT && *cc <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) || (*cc >= OP_ONCE && *cc <= OP_SCOND)) cc = set_then_offsets(common, cc, current_offset); else { if (*cc == OP_ALT && has_alternatives) current_offset = common->then_offsets + (cc + 1 + LINK_SIZE - common->start); if (*cc >= OP_THEN && *cc <= OP_THEN_ARG && current_offset != NULL) *current_offset = 1; cc = next_opcode(common, cc); } } return end; } #undef CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_1 #undef CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_2A #undef CASE_ITERATOR_PRIVATE_DATA_2B #undef CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_1 #undef CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_2A #undef CASE_ITERATOR_TYPE_PRIVATE_DATA_2B static SLJIT_INLINE BOOL is_powerof2(unsigned int value) { return (value & (value - 1)) == 0; } static SLJIT_INLINE void set_jumps(jump_list *list, struct sljit_label *label) { while (list) { /* sljit_set_label is clever enough to do nothing if either the jump or the label is NULL. */ SET_LABEL(list->jump, label); list = list->next; } } static SLJIT_INLINE void add_jump(struct sljit_compiler *compiler, jump_list **list, struct sljit_jump *jump) { jump_list *list_item = sljit_alloc_memory(compiler, sizeof(jump_list)); if (list_item) { list_item->next = *list; list_item->jump = jump; *list = list_item; } } static void add_stub(compiler_common *common, struct sljit_jump *start) { DEFINE_COMPILER; stub_list *list_item = sljit_alloc_memory(compiler, sizeof(stub_list)); if (list_item) { list_item->start = start; list_item->quit = LABEL(); list_item->next = common->stubs; common->stubs = list_item; } } static void flush_stubs(compiler_common *common) { DEFINE_COMPILER; stub_list *list_item = common->stubs; while (list_item) { JUMPHERE(list_item->start); add_jump(compiler, &common->stackalloc, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, list_item->quit); list_item = list_item->next; } common->stubs = NULL; } static void add_label_addr(compiler_common *common, sljit_uw *update_addr) { DEFINE_COMPILER; label_addr_list *label_addr; label_addr = sljit_alloc_memory(compiler, sizeof(label_addr_list)); if (label_addr == NULL) return; label_addr->label = LABEL(); label_addr->update_addr = update_addr; label_addr->next = common->label_addrs; common->label_addrs = label_addr; } static SLJIT_INLINE void count_match(compiler_common *common) { DEFINE_COMPILER; OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, COUNT_MATCH, 0, COUNT_MATCH, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); add_jump(compiler, &common->calllimit, JUMP(SLJIT_ZERO)); } static SLJIT_INLINE void allocate_stack(compiler_common *common, int size) { /* May destroy all locals and registers except TMP2. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; SLJIT_ASSERT(size > 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, size * sizeof(sljit_sw)); #ifdef DESTROY_REGISTERS OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 12345); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, RETURN_ADDR, 0, TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0, TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS1, TMP1, 0); #endif add_stub(common, CMP(SLJIT_LESS, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_LIMIT, 0)); } static SLJIT_INLINE void free_stack(compiler_common *common, int size) { DEFINE_COMPILER; SLJIT_ASSERT(size > 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, size * sizeof(sljit_sw)); } static sljit_uw * allocate_read_only_data(compiler_common *common, sljit_uw size) { DEFINE_COMPILER; sljit_uw *result; if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) return NULL; result = (sljit_uw *)SLJIT_MALLOC(size + sizeof(sljit_uw), compiler->allocator_data); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(result == NULL)) { sljit_set_compiler_memory_error(compiler); return NULL; } *(void**)result = common->read_only_data_head; common->read_only_data_head = (void *)result; return result + 1; } static void free_read_only_data(void *current, void *allocator_data) { void *next; SLJIT_UNUSED_ARG(allocator_data); while (current != NULL) { next = *(void**)current; SLJIT_FREE(current, allocator_data); current = next; } } static SLJIT_INLINE void reset_ovector(compiler_common *common, int length) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_label *loop; int i; /* At this point we can freely use all temporary registers. */ SLJIT_ASSERT(length > 1); /* TMP1 returns with begin - 1. */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_R0, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_S0), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, begin), SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); if (length < 8) { for (i = 1; i < length; i++) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(i), SLJIT_R0, 0); } else { if (sljit_emit_mem(compiler, SLJIT_MOV | SLJIT_MEM_SUPP | SLJIT_MEM_STORE | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, SLJIT_R0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R1), sizeof(sljit_sw)) == SLJIT_SUCCESS) { GET_LOCAL_BASE(SLJIT_R1, 0, OVECTOR_START); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, length - 1); loop = LABEL(); sljit_emit_mem(compiler, SLJIT_MOV | SLJIT_MEM_STORE | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, SLJIT_R0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R1), sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, loop); } else { GET_LOCAL_BASE(SLJIT_R1, 0, OVECTOR_START + sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, length - 1); loop = LABEL(); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R1), 0, SLJIT_R0, 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, loop); } } } static SLJIT_INLINE void reset_fast_fail(compiler_common *common) { DEFINE_COMPILER; sljit_s32 i; SLJIT_ASSERT(common->fast_fail_start_ptr < common->fast_fail_end_ptr); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); for (i = common->fast_fail_start_ptr; i < common->fast_fail_end_ptr; i += sizeof(sljit_sw)) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), i, TMP1, 0); } static SLJIT_INLINE void do_reset_match(compiler_common *common, int length) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_label *loop; int i; SLJIT_ASSERT(length > 1); /* OVECTOR(1) contains the "string begin - 1" constant. */ if (length > 2) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(1)); if (length < 8) { for (i = 2; i < length; i++) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(i), TMP1, 0); } else { if (sljit_emit_mem(compiler, SLJIT_MOV | SLJIT_MEM_SUPP | SLJIT_MEM_STORE | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, TMP1, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), sizeof(sljit_sw)) == SLJIT_SUCCESS) { GET_LOCAL_BASE(TMP2, 0, OVECTOR_START + sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, length - 2); loop = LABEL(); sljit_emit_mem(compiler, SLJIT_MOV | SLJIT_MEM_STORE | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, TMP1, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, loop); } else { GET_LOCAL_BASE(TMP2, 0, OVECTOR_START + 2 * sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, length - 2); loop = LABEL(); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), 0, TMP1, 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, loop); } } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); if (common->mark_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mark_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 0); if (common->control_head_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, stack)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(struct sljit_stack, end)); } static sljit_sw SLJIT_FUNC do_search_mark(sljit_sw *current, const pcre_uchar *skip_arg) { while (current != NULL) { switch (current[1]) { case type_then_trap: break; case type_mark: if (STRCMP_UC_UC(skip_arg, (pcre_uchar *)current[2]) == 0) return current[3]; break; default: SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); break; } SLJIT_ASSERT(current[0] == 0 || current < (sljit_sw*)current[0]); current = (sljit_sw*)current[0]; } return 0; } static SLJIT_INLINE void copy_ovector(compiler_common *common, int topbracket) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_label *loop; struct sljit_jump *early_quit; BOOL has_pre; /* At this point we can freely use all registers. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_S2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(1)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(1), STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R0, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); if (common->mark_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mark_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R0), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, offset_count)); if (common->mark_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R0), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, mark_ptr), SLJIT_R2, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R0), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, offsets), SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(int)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R0, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R0), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, begin)); has_pre = sljit_emit_mem(compiler, SLJIT_MOV | SLJIT_MEM_SUPP | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, SLJIT_S1, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_S0), sizeof(sljit_sw)) == SLJIT_SUCCESS; GET_LOCAL_BASE(SLJIT_S0, 0, OVECTOR_START - (has_pre ? sizeof(sljit_sw) : 0)); /* Unlikely, but possible */ early_quit = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); loop = LABEL(); if (has_pre) sljit_emit_mem(compiler, SLJIT_MOV | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, SLJIT_S1, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_S0), sizeof(sljit_sw)); else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_S1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_S0), 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, SLJIT_S0, 0, SLJIT_S0, 0, SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(sljit_sw)); } OP2(SLJIT_ADD, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(int)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_S1, 0, SLJIT_S1, 0, SLJIT_R0, 0); /* Copy the integer value to the output buffer */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 OP2(SLJIT_ASHR, SLJIT_S1, 0, SLJIT_S1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCHAR_SHIFT); #endif OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R2), 0, SLJIT_S1, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, loop); JUMPHERE(early_quit); /* Calculate the return value, which is the maximum ovector value. */ if (topbracket > 1) { if (sljit_emit_mem(compiler, SLJIT_MOV | SLJIT_MEM_SUPP | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, SLJIT_R2, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R0), -(2 * (sljit_sw)sizeof(sljit_sw))) == SLJIT_SUCCESS) { GET_LOCAL_BASE(SLJIT_R0, 0, OVECTOR_START + topbracket * 2 * sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, topbracket + 1); /* OVECTOR(0) is never equal to SLJIT_S2. */ loop = LABEL(); sljit_emit_mem(compiler, SLJIT_MOV | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, SLJIT_R2, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R0), -(2 * (sljit_sw)sizeof(sljit_sw))); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_S2, 0, loop); } else { GET_LOCAL_BASE(SLJIT_R0, 0, OVECTOR_START + (topbracket - 1) * 2 * sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, topbracket + 1); /* OVECTOR(0) is never equal to SLJIT_S2. */ loop = LABEL(); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R0), 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_R0, 0, SLJIT_R0, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 2 * (sljit_sw)sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_S2, 0, loop); } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_R1, 0); } else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); } static SLJIT_INLINE void return_with_partial_match(compiler_common *common, struct sljit_label *quit) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; SLJIT_COMPILE_ASSERT(STR_END == SLJIT_S1, str_end_must_be_saved_reg2); SLJIT_ASSERT(common->start_used_ptr != 0 && common->start_ptr != 0 && (common->mode == JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE ? common->hit_start != 0 : common->hit_start == 0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R1, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_IMM, PCRE_ERROR_PARTIAL); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, real_offset_count)); CMPTO(SLJIT_SIG_LESS, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 2, quit); /* Store match begin and end. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_S0, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, begin)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, offsets)); jump = CMP(SLJIT_SIG_LESS, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 3); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mode == JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE ? common->start_ptr : (common->hit_start + (int)sizeof(sljit_sw)), SLJIT_S0, 0); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 OP2(SLJIT_ASHR, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCHAR_SHIFT); #endif OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R1), 2 * sizeof(int), SLJIT_R2, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mode == JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE ? common->start_used_ptr : common->hit_start); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_S1, 0, STR_END, 0, SLJIT_S0, 0); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 OP2(SLJIT_ASHR, SLJIT_S1, 0, SLJIT_S1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCHAR_SHIFT); #endif OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R1), sizeof(int), SLJIT_S1, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_S0, 0); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 OP2(SLJIT_ASHR, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCHAR_SHIFT); #endif OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R1), 0, SLJIT_R2, 0); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, quit); } static SLJIT_INLINE void check_start_used_ptr(compiler_common *common) { /* May destroy TMP1. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; if (common->mode == JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE) { /* The value of -1 must be kept for start_used_ptr! */ OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 1); /* Jumps if start_used_ptr < STR_PTR, or start_used_ptr == -1. Although overwriting is not necessary if start_used_ptr == STR_PTR, it does not hurt as well. */ jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); } else if (common->mode == JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE) { jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); } } static SLJIT_INLINE BOOL char_has_othercase(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc) { /* Detects if the character has an othercase. */ unsigned int c; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf) { GETCHAR(c, cc); if (c > 127) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP return c != UCD_OTHERCASE(c); #else return FALSE; #endif } #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 return common->fcc[c] != c; #endif } else #endif c = *cc; return MAX_255(c) ? common->fcc[c] != c : FALSE; } static SLJIT_INLINE unsigned int char_othercase(compiler_common *common, unsigned int c) { /* Returns with the othercase. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && c > 127) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP return UCD_OTHERCASE(c); #else return c; #endif } #endif return TABLE_GET(c, common->fcc, c); } static unsigned int char_get_othercase_bit(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc) { /* Detects if the character and its othercase has only 1 bit difference. */ unsigned int c, oc, bit; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 int n; #endif #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf) { GETCHAR(c, cc); if (c <= 127) oc = common->fcc[c]; else { #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP oc = UCD_OTHERCASE(c); #else oc = c; #endif } } else { c = *cc; oc = TABLE_GET(c, common->fcc, c); } #else c = *cc; oc = TABLE_GET(c, common->fcc, c); #endif SLJIT_ASSERT(c != oc); bit = c ^ oc; /* Optimized for English alphabet. */ if (c <= 127 && bit == 0x20) return (0 << 8) | 0x20; /* Since c != oc, they must have at least 1 bit difference. */ if (!is_powerof2(bit)) return 0; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && c > 127) { n = GET_EXTRALEN(*cc); while ((bit & 0x3f) == 0) { n--; bit >>= 6; } return (n << 8) | bit; } #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ return (0 << 8) | bit; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && c > 65535) { if (bit >= (1 << 10)) bit >>= 10; else return (bit < 256) ? ((2 << 8) | bit) : ((3 << 8) | (bit >> 8)); } #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ return (bit < 256) ? ((0 << 8) | bit) : ((1 << 8) | (bit >> 8)); #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ } static void check_partial(compiler_common *common, BOOL force) { /* Checks whether a partial matching is occurred. Does not modify registers. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump = NULL; SLJIT_ASSERT(!force || common->mode != JIT_COMPILE); if (common->mode == JIT_COMPILE) return; if (!force) jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); else if (common->mode == JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE) jump = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, -1); if (common->mode == JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->hit_start, SLJIT_IMM, 0); else { if (common->partialmatchlabel != NULL) JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, common->partialmatchlabel); else add_jump(compiler, &common->partialmatch, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); } if (jump != NULL) JUMPHERE(jump); } static void check_str_end(compiler_common *common, jump_list **end_reached) { /* Does not affect registers. Usually used in a tight spot. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; if (common->mode == JIT_COMPILE) { add_jump(compiler, end_reached, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0)); return; } jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); if (common->mode == JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE) { add_jump(compiler, end_reached, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr, STR_PTR, 0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->hit_start, SLJIT_IMM, 0); add_jump(compiler, end_reached, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); } else { add_jump(compiler, end_reached, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr, STR_PTR, 0)); if (common->partialmatchlabel != NULL) JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, common->partialmatchlabel); else add_jump(compiler, &common->partialmatch, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); } JUMPHERE(jump); } static void detect_partial_match(compiler_common *common, jump_list **backtracks) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; if (common->mode == JIT_COMPILE) { add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0)); return; } /* Partial matching mode. */ jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr, STR_PTR, 0)); if (common->mode == JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->hit_start, SLJIT_IMM, 0); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); } else { if (common->partialmatchlabel != NULL) JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, common->partialmatchlabel); else add_jump(compiler, &common->partialmatch, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); } JUMPHERE(jump); } static void peek_char(compiler_common *common, sljit_u32 max) { /* Reads the character into TMP1, keeps STR_PTR. Does not check STR_END. TMP2 Destroyed. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 struct sljit_jump *jump; #endif SLJIT_UNUSED_ARG(max); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf) { if (max < 128) return; jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xc0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); add_jump(compiler, &common->utfreadchar, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); } #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF && !COMPILE_PCRE32 */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if (common->utf) { if (max < 0xd800) return; OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xd800); jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xdc00 - 0xd800 - 1); /* TMP2 contains the high surrogate. */ OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x40); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 10); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3ff); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); } #endif } #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 static BOOL is_char7_bitset(const sljit_u8 *bitset, BOOL nclass) { /* Tells whether the character codes below 128 are enough to determine a match. */ const sljit_u8 value = nclass ? 0xff : 0; const sljit_u8 *end = bitset + 32; bitset += 16; do { if (*bitset++ != value) return FALSE; } while (bitset < end); return TRUE; } static void read_char7_type(compiler_common *common, BOOL full_read) { /* Reads the precise character type of a character into TMP1, if the character is less than 128. Otherwise it returns with zero. Does not check STR_END. The full_read argument tells whether characters above max are accepted or not. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; SLJIT_ASSERT(common->utf); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), common->ctypes); if (full_read) { jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xc0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), (sljit_sw)PRIV(utf8_table4) - 0xc0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); } } #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF && COMPILE_PCRE8 */ static void read_char_range(compiler_common *common, sljit_u32 min, sljit_u32 max, BOOL update_str_ptr) { /* Reads the precise value of a character into TMP1, if the character is between min and max (c >= min && c <= max). Otherwise it returns with a value outside the range. Does not check STR_END. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 struct sljit_jump *jump; #endif #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 struct sljit_jump *jump2; #endif SLJIT_UNUSED_ARG(update_str_ptr); SLJIT_UNUSED_ARG(min); SLJIT_UNUSED_ARG(max); SLJIT_ASSERT(min <= max); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf) { if (max < 128 && !update_str_ptr) return; jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xc0); if (min >= 0x10000) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xf0); if (update_str_ptr) OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, RETURN_ADDR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)PRIV(utf8_table4) - 0xc0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); jump2 = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x7); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(1)); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(2)); if (!update_str_ptr) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(3)); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); JUMPHERE(jump2); if (update_str_ptr) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } else if (min >= 0x800 && max <= 0xffff) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xe0); if (update_str_ptr) OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, RETURN_ADDR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)PRIV(utf8_table4) - 0xc0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); jump2 = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xf); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(1)); if (!update_str_ptr) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(2)); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); JUMPHERE(jump2); if (update_str_ptr) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } else if (max >= 0x800) add_jump(compiler, (max < 0x10000) ? &common->utfreadchar16 : &common->utfreadchar, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); else if (max < 128) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)PRIV(utf8_table4) - 0xc0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); } else { OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); if (!update_str_ptr) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); else OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, RETURN_ADDR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)PRIV(utf8_table4) - 0xc0); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); if (update_str_ptr) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } JUMPHERE(jump); } #endif #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if (common->utf) { if (max >= 0x10000) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xd800); jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xdc00 - 0xd800 - 1); /* TMP2 contains the high surrogate. */ OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x40); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 10); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3ff); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); return; } if (max < 0xd800 && !update_str_ptr) return; /* Skip low surrogate if necessary. */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xd800); jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xdc00 - 0xd800 - 1); if (update_str_ptr) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); if (max >= 0xd800) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x10000); JUMPHERE(jump); } #endif } static SLJIT_INLINE void read_char(compiler_common *common) { read_char_range(common, 0, READ_CHAR_MAX, TRUE); } static void read_char8_type(compiler_common *common, BOOL update_str_ptr) { /* Reads the character type into TMP1, updates STR_PTR. Does not check STR_END. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 struct sljit_jump *jump; #endif #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 struct sljit_jump *jump2; #endif SLJIT_UNUSED_ARG(update_str_ptr); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf) { /* This can be an extra read in some situations, but hopefully it is needed in most cases. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), common->ctypes); jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xc0); if (!update_str_ptr) { OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); jump2 = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), common->ctypes); JUMPHERE(jump2); } else add_jump(compiler, &common->utfreadtype8, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); JUMPHERE(jump); return; } #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF && COMPILE_PCRE8 */ #if !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 /* The ctypes array contains only 256 values. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); #endif OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), common->ctypes); #if !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 JUMPHERE(jump); #endif #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if (common->utf && update_str_ptr) { /* Skip low surrogate if necessary. */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xd800); jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xdc00 - 0xd800 - 1); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); JUMPHERE(jump); } #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF && COMPILE_PCRE16 */ } static void skip_char_back(compiler_common *common) { /* Goes one character back. Affects STR_PTR and TMP1. Does not check begin. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 struct sljit_label *label; if (common->utf) { label = LABEL(); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), -IN_UCHARS(1)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xc0); CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x80, label); return; } #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if (common->utf) { OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), -IN_UCHARS(1)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); /* Skip low surrogate if necessary. */ OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xfc00); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xdc00); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); return; } #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */ #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF && !COMPILE_PCRE32 */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); } static void check_newlinechar(compiler_common *common, int nltype, jump_list **backtracks, BOOL jumpifmatch) { /* Character comes in TMP1. Checks if it is a newline. TMP2 may be destroyed. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; if (nltype == NLTYPE_ANY) { add_jump(compiler, &common->anynewline, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); sljit_set_current_flags(compiler, SLJIT_SET_Z); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(jumpifmatch ? SLJIT_NOT_ZERO : SLJIT_ZERO)); } else if (nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) { if (jumpifmatch) { add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_CR)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_NL)); } else { jump = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_CR); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_NL)); JUMPHERE(jump); } } else { SLJIT_ASSERT(nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && common->newline < 256); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(jumpifmatch ? SLJIT_EQUAL : SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, common->newline)); } } #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 static void do_utfreadchar(compiler_common *common) { /* Fast decoding a UTF-8 character. TMP1 contains the first byte of the character (>= 0xc0). Return char value in TMP1, length in TMP2. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); /* Searching for the first zero. */ OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x800); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO); /* Two byte sequence. */ OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(2)); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(1)); OP2(SLJIT_XOR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x800); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x10000); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO); /* Three byte sequence. */ OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(2)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(3)); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); /* Four byte sequence. */ JUMPHERE(jump); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(2)); OP2(SLJIT_XOR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x10000); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(3)); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(4)); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } static void do_utfreadchar16(compiler_common *common) { /* Fast decoding a UTF-8 character. TMP1 contains the first byte of the character (>= 0xc0). Return value in TMP1. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); /* Searching for the first zero. */ OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x800); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO); /* Two byte sequence. */ OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x400); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_NOT_ZERO); /* This code runs only in 8 bit mode. No need to shift the value. */ OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(1)); OP2(SLJIT_XOR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x800); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); /* Three byte sequence. */ OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(2)); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } static void do_utfreadtype8(compiler_common *common) { /* Fast decoding a UTF-8 character type. TMP2 contains the first byte of the character (>= 0xc0). Return value in TMP1. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; struct sljit_jump *compare; sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x20); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO); /* Two byte sequence. */ OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x1f); /* The upper 5 bits are known at this point. */ compare = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 6); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3f); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), common->ctypes); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); JUMPHERE(compare); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); /* We only have types for characters less than 256. */ JUMPHERE(jump); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), (sljit_sw)PRIV(utf8_table4) - 0xc0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP /* UCD_BLOCK_SIZE must be 128 (see the assert below). */ #define UCD_BLOCK_MASK 127 #define UCD_BLOCK_SHIFT 7 static void do_getucd(compiler_common *common) { /* Search the UCD record for the character comes in TMP1. Returns chartype in TMP1 and UCD offset in TMP2. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 struct sljit_jump *jump; #endif #if defined SLJIT_DEBUG && SLJIT_DEBUG /* dummy_ucd_record */ const ucd_record *record = GET_UCD(INVALID_UTF_CHAR); SLJIT_ASSERT(record->script == ucp_Common && record->chartype == ucp_Cn && record->gbprop == ucp_gbOther); SLJIT_ASSERT(record->caseset == 0 && record->other_case == 0); #endif SLJIT_ASSERT(UCD_BLOCK_SIZE == 128 && sizeof(ucd_record) == 8); sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 if (!common->utf) { jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x10ffff + 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, INVALID_UTF_CHAR); JUMPHERE(jump); } #endif OP2(SLJIT_LSHR, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCD_BLOCK_SHIFT); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), (sljit_sw)PRIV(ucd_stage1)); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCD_BLOCK_MASK); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCD_BLOCK_SHIFT); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)PRIV(ucd_stage2)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U16, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM2(TMP2, TMP1), 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)PRIV(ucd_records) + SLJIT_OFFSETOF(ucd_record, chartype)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM2(TMP1, TMP2), 3); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } #endif static SLJIT_INLINE struct sljit_label *mainloop_entry(compiler_common *common, BOOL hascrorlf) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_label *mainloop; struct sljit_label *newlinelabel = NULL; struct sljit_jump *start; struct sljit_jump *end = NULL; struct sljit_jump *end2 = NULL; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 struct sljit_jump *singlechar; #endif jump_list *newline = NULL; BOOL newlinecheck = FALSE; BOOL readuchar = FALSE; if (!(hascrorlf || (common->match_end_ptr != 0)) && (common->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY || common->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF || common->newline > 255)) newlinecheck = TRUE; if (common->match_end_ptr != 0) { /* Search for the end of the first line. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, STR_PTR, 0); if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && common->newline > 255) { mainloop = LABEL(); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); end = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(-1)); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (common->newline >> 8) & 0xff, mainloop); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, common->newline & 0xff, mainloop); JUMPHERE(end); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->match_end_ptr, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); } else { end = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); mainloop = LABEL(); /* Continual stores does not cause data dependency. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->match_end_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); read_char_range(common, common->nlmin, common->nlmax, TRUE); check_newlinechar(common, common->nltype, &newline, TRUE); CMPTO(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0, mainloop); JUMPHERE(end); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->match_end_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); set_jumps(newline, LABEL()); } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, TMP3, 0); } start = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); if (newlinecheck) { newlinelabel = LABEL(); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); end = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, common->newline & 0xff); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCHAR_SHIFT); #endif OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); end2 = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); } mainloop = LABEL(); /* Increasing the STR_PTR here requires one less jump in the most common case. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf) readuchar = TRUE; #endif if (newlinecheck) readuchar = TRUE; if (readuchar) OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); if (newlinecheck) CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (common->newline >> 8) & 0xff, newlinelabel); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf) { singlechar = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xc0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)PRIV(utf8_table4) - 0xc0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); JUMPHERE(singlechar); } #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if (common->utf) { singlechar = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xd800); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xfc00); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xd800); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); JUMPHERE(singlechar); } #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */ #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF && !COMPILE_PCRE32 */ JUMPHERE(start); if (newlinecheck) { JUMPHERE(end); JUMPHERE(end2); } return mainloop; } #define MAX_N_CHARS 16 #define MAX_DIFF_CHARS 6 static SLJIT_INLINE void add_prefix_char(pcre_uchar chr, pcre_uchar *chars) { pcre_uchar i, len; len = chars[0]; if (len == 255) return; if (len == 0) { chars[0] = 1; chars[1] = chr; return; } for (i = len; i > 0; i--) if (chars[i] == chr) return; if (len >= MAX_DIFF_CHARS - 1) { chars[0] = 255; return; } len++; chars[len] = chr; chars[0] = len; } static int scan_prefix(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, pcre_uchar *chars, int max_chars, sljit_u32 *rec_count) { /* Recursive function, which scans prefix literals. */ BOOL last, any, class, caseless; int len, repeat, len_save, consumed = 0; sljit_u32 chr; /* Any unicode character. */ sljit_u8 *bytes, *bytes_end, byte; pcre_uchar *alternative, *cc_save, *oc; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 pcre_uchar othercase[8]; #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE16 pcre_uchar othercase[2]; #else pcre_uchar othercase[1]; #endif repeat = 1; while (TRUE) { if (*rec_count == 0) return 0; (*rec_count)--; last = TRUE; any = FALSE; class = FALSE; caseless = FALSE; switch (*cc) { case OP_CHARI: caseless = TRUE; case OP_CHAR: last = FALSE; cc++; break; case OP_SOD: case OP_SOM: case OP_SET_SOM: case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_EODN: case OP_EOD: case OP_CIRC: case OP_CIRCM: case OP_DOLL: case OP_DOLLM: /* Zero width assertions. */ cc++; continue; case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: cc = bracketend(cc); continue; case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_POSPLUSI: caseless = TRUE; case OP_PLUS: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_POSPLUS: cc++; break; case OP_EXACTI: caseless = TRUE; case OP_EXACT: repeat = GET2(cc, 1); last = FALSE; cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_QUERYI: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_POSQUERYI: caseless = TRUE; case OP_QUERY: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_POSQUERY: len = 1; cc++; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(*cc)) len += GET_EXTRALEN(*cc); #endif max_chars = scan_prefix(common, cc + len, chars, max_chars, rec_count); if (max_chars == 0) return consumed; last = FALSE; break; case OP_KET: cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; continue; case OP_ALT: cc += GET(cc, 1); continue; case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: case OP_BRA: case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_CBRA: case OP_CBRAPOS: alternative = cc + GET(cc, 1); while (*alternative == OP_ALT) { max_chars = scan_prefix(common, alternative + 1 + LINK_SIZE, chars, max_chars, rec_count); if (max_chars == 0) return consumed; alternative += GET(alternative, 1); } if (*cc == OP_CBRA || *cc == OP_CBRAPOS) cc += IMM2_SIZE; cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; continue; case OP_CLASS: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf && !is_char7_bitset((const sljit_u8 *)(cc + 1), FALSE)) return consumed; #endif class = TRUE; break; case OP_NCLASS: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (common->utf) return consumed; #endif class = TRUE; break; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (common->utf) return consumed; #endif any = TRUE; cc += GET(cc, 1); break; #endif case OP_DIGIT: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf && !is_char7_bitset((const sljit_u8 *)common->ctypes - cbit_length + cbit_digit, FALSE)) return consumed; #endif any = TRUE; cc++; break; case OP_WHITESPACE: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf && !is_char7_bitset((const sljit_u8 *)common->ctypes - cbit_length + cbit_space, FALSE)) return consumed; #endif any = TRUE; cc++; break; case OP_WORDCHAR: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf && !is_char7_bitset((const sljit_u8 *)common->ctypes - cbit_length + cbit_word, FALSE)) return consumed; #endif any = TRUE; cc++; break; case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: cc++; /* Fall through. */ case OP_NOT_DIGIT: case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: case OP_ANY: case OP_ALLANY: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (common->utf) return consumed; #endif any = TRUE; cc++; break; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF case OP_NOTPROP: case OP_PROP: #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE32 if (common->utf) return consumed; #endif any = TRUE; cc += 1 + 2; break; #endif case OP_TYPEEXACT: repeat = GET2(cc, 1); cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; continue; case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTEXACTI: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (common->utf) return consumed; #endif any = TRUE; repeat = GET2(cc, 1); cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1; break; default: return consumed; } if (any) { do { chars[0] = 255; consumed++; if (--max_chars == 0) return consumed; chars += MAX_DIFF_CHARS; } while (--repeat > 0); repeat = 1; continue; } if (class) { bytes = (sljit_u8*) (cc + 1); cc += 1 + 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); switch (*cc) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: case OP_CRPOSQUERY: max_chars = scan_prefix(common, cc + 1, chars, max_chars, rec_count); if (max_chars == 0) return consumed; break; default: case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRPOSPLUS: break; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: case OP_CRPOSRANGE: repeat = GET2(cc, 1); if (repeat <= 0) return consumed; break; } do { if (bytes[31] & 0x80) chars[0] = 255; else if (chars[0] != 255) { bytes_end = bytes + 32; chr = 0; do { byte = *bytes++; SLJIT_ASSERT((chr & 0x7) == 0); if (byte == 0) chr += 8; else { do { if ((byte & 0x1) != 0) add_prefix_char(chr, chars); byte >>= 1; chr++; } while (byte != 0); chr = (chr + 7) & ~7; } } while (chars[0] != 255 && bytes < bytes_end); bytes = bytes_end - 32; } consumed++; if (--max_chars == 0) return consumed; chars += MAX_DIFF_CHARS; } while (--repeat > 0); switch (*cc) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: return consumed; case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: case OP_CRPOSQUERY: cc++; break; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: case OP_CRPOSRANGE: if (GET2(cc, 1) != GET2(cc, 1 + IMM2_SIZE)) return consumed; cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; break; } repeat = 1; continue; } len = 1; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(*cc)) len += GET_EXTRALEN(*cc); #endif if (caseless && char_has_othercase(common, cc)) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf) { GETCHAR(chr, cc); if ((int)PRIV(ord2utf)(char_othercase(common, chr), othercase) != len) return consumed; } else #endif { chr = *cc; othercase[0] = TABLE_GET(chr, common->fcc, chr); } } else { caseless = FALSE; othercase[0] = 0; /* Stops compiler warning - PH */ } len_save = len; cc_save = cc; while (TRUE) { oc = othercase; do { chr = *cc; add_prefix_char(*cc, chars); if (caseless) add_prefix_char(*oc, chars); len--; consumed++; if (--max_chars == 0) return consumed; chars += MAX_DIFF_CHARS; cc++; oc++; } while (len > 0); if (--repeat == 0) break; len = len_save; cc = cc_save; } repeat = 1; if (last) return consumed; } } #if (defined SLJIT_CONFIG_X86 && SLJIT_CONFIG_X86) && !(defined SUPPORT_VALGRIND) static sljit_s32 character_to_int32(pcre_uchar chr) { sljit_s32 value = (sljit_s32)chr; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 #define SSE2_COMPARE_TYPE_INDEX 0 return (value << 24) | (value << 16) | (value << 8) | value; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 #define SSE2_COMPARE_TYPE_INDEX 1 return (value << 16) | value; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #define SSE2_COMPARE_TYPE_INDEX 2 return value; #else #error "Unsupported unit width" #endif } static SLJIT_INLINE void fast_forward_first_char2_sse2(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar char1, pcre_uchar char2) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_label *start; struct sljit_jump *quit[3]; struct sljit_jump *nomatch; sljit_u8 instruction[8]; sljit_s32 tmp1_ind = sljit_get_register_index(TMP1); sljit_s32 tmp2_ind = sljit_get_register_index(TMP2); sljit_s32 str_ptr_ind = sljit_get_register_index(STR_PTR); BOOL load_twice = FALSE; pcre_uchar bit; bit = char1 ^ char2; if (!is_powerof2(bit)) bit = 0; if ((char1 != char2) && bit == 0) load_twice = TRUE; quit[0] = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); /* First part (unaligned start) */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, character_to_int32(char1 | bit)); SLJIT_ASSERT(tmp1_ind < 8 && tmp2_ind == 1); /* MOVD xmm, r/m32 */ instruction[0] = 0x66; instruction[1] = 0x0f; instruction[2] = 0x6e; instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (2 << 3) | tmp1_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); if (char1 != char2) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, character_to_int32(bit != 0 ? bit : char2)); /* MOVD xmm, r/m32 */ instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (3 << 3) | tmp1_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); } /* PSHUFD xmm1, xmm2/m128, imm8 */ instruction[2] = 0x70; instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (2 << 3) | 2; instruction[4] = 0; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 5); if (char1 != char2) { /* PSHUFD xmm1, xmm2/m128, imm8 */ instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (3 << 3) | 3; instruction[4] = 0; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 5); } OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xf); OP2(SLJIT_AND, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ~0xf); /* MOVDQA xmm1, xmm2/m128 */ #if (defined SLJIT_CONFIG_X86_64 && SLJIT_CONFIG_X86_64) if (str_ptr_ind < 8) { instruction[2] = 0x6f; instruction[3] = (0 << 3) | str_ptr_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); if (load_twice) { instruction[3] = (1 << 3) | str_ptr_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); } } else { instruction[1] = 0x41; instruction[2] = 0x0f; instruction[3] = 0x6f; instruction[4] = (0 << 3) | (str_ptr_ind & 0x7); sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 5); if (load_twice) { instruction[4] = (1 << 3) | str_ptr_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 5); } instruction[1] = 0x0f; } #else instruction[2] = 0x6f; instruction[3] = (0 << 3) | str_ptr_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); if (load_twice) { instruction[3] = (1 << 3) | str_ptr_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); } #endif if (bit != 0) { /* POR xmm1, xmm2/m128 */ instruction[2] = 0xeb; instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (0 << 3) | 3; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); } /* PCMPEQB/W/D xmm1, xmm2/m128 */ instruction[2] = 0x74 + SSE2_COMPARE_TYPE_INDEX; instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (0 << 3) | 2; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); if (load_twice) { instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (1 << 3) | 3; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); } /* PMOVMSKB reg, xmm */ instruction[2] = 0xd7; instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (tmp1_ind << 3) | 0; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); if (load_twice) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, RETURN_ADDR, 0, TMP2, 0); instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (tmp2_ind << 3) | 1; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } OP2(SLJIT_ASHR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); /* BSF r32, r/m32 */ instruction[0] = 0x0f; instruction[1] = 0xbc; instruction[2] = 0xc0 | (tmp1_ind << 3) | tmp1_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 3); sljit_set_current_flags(compiler, SLJIT_SET_Z); nomatch = JUMP(SLJIT_ZERO); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); quit[1] = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); JUMPHERE(nomatch); start = LABEL(); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 16); quit[2] = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); /* Second part (aligned) */ instruction[0] = 0x66; instruction[1] = 0x0f; /* MOVDQA xmm1, xmm2/m128 */ #if (defined SLJIT_CONFIG_X86_64 && SLJIT_CONFIG_X86_64) if (str_ptr_ind < 8) { instruction[2] = 0x6f; instruction[3] = (0 << 3) | str_ptr_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); if (load_twice) { instruction[3] = (1 << 3) | str_ptr_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); } } else { instruction[1] = 0x41; instruction[2] = 0x0f; instruction[3] = 0x6f; instruction[4] = (0 << 3) | (str_ptr_ind & 0x7); sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 5); if (load_twice) { instruction[4] = (1 << 3) | str_ptr_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 5); } instruction[1] = 0x0f; } #else instruction[2] = 0x6f; instruction[3] = (0 << 3) | str_ptr_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); if (load_twice) { instruction[3] = (1 << 3) | str_ptr_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); } #endif if (bit != 0) { /* POR xmm1, xmm2/m128 */ instruction[2] = 0xeb; instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (0 << 3) | 3; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); } /* PCMPEQB/W/D xmm1, xmm2/m128 */ instruction[2] = 0x74 + SSE2_COMPARE_TYPE_INDEX; instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (0 << 3) | 2; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); if (load_twice) { instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (1 << 3) | 3; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); } /* PMOVMSKB reg, xmm */ instruction[2] = 0xd7; instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (tmp1_ind << 3) | 0; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); if (load_twice) { instruction[3] = 0xc0 | (tmp2_ind << 3) | 1; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 4); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); } /* BSF r32, r/m32 */ instruction[0] = 0x0f; instruction[1] = 0xbc; instruction[2] = 0xc0 | (tmp1_ind << 3) | tmp1_ind; sljit_emit_op_custom(compiler, instruction, 3); sljit_set_current_flags(compiler, SLJIT_SET_Z); JUMPTO(SLJIT_ZERO, start); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); start = LABEL(); SET_LABEL(quit[0], start); SET_LABEL(quit[1], start); SET_LABEL(quit[2], start); } #undef SSE2_COMPARE_TYPE_INDEX #endif static void fast_forward_first_char2(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar char1, pcre_uchar char2, sljit_s32 offset) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_label *start; struct sljit_jump *quit; struct sljit_jump *found; pcre_uchar mask; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 struct sljit_label *utf_start = NULL; struct sljit_jump *utf_quit = NULL; #endif BOOL has_match_end = (common->match_end_ptr != 0); if (offset > 0) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(offset)); if (has_match_end) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, STR_END, 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_END, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->match_end_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(offset + 1)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_GREATER, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, STR_END, 0, TMP3, 0); sljit_emit_cmov(compiler, SLJIT_GREATER, STR_END, TMP3, 0); } #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (common->utf && offset > 0) utf_start = LABEL(); #endif #if (defined SLJIT_CONFIG_X86 && SLJIT_CONFIG_X86) && !(defined SUPPORT_VALGRIND) /* SSE2 accelerated first character search. */ if (sljit_has_cpu_feature(SLJIT_HAS_SSE2)) { fast_forward_first_char2_sse2(common, char1, char2); SLJIT_ASSERT(common->mode == JIT_COMPILE || offset == 0); if (common->mode == JIT_COMPILE) { /* In complete mode, we don't need to run a match when STR_PTR == STR_END. */ SLJIT_ASSERT(common->forced_quit_label == NULL); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_IMM, PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH); add_jump(compiler, &common->forced_quit, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0)); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (common->utf && offset > 0) { SLJIT_ASSERT(common->mode == JIT_COMPILE); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(-offset)); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xc0); CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x80, utf_start); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xfc00); CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xdc00, utf_start); #else #error "Unknown code width" #endif OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); } #endif if (offset > 0) OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(offset)); } else { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_GREATER_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); if (has_match_end) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->match_end_ptr); sljit_emit_cmov(compiler, SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, TMP1, 0); } else sljit_emit_cmov(compiler, SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, STR_END, 0); } if (has_match_end) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_END, 0, TMP3, 0); return; } #endif quit = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); start = LABEL(); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); if (char1 == char2) found = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, char1); else { mask = char1 ^ char2; if (is_powerof2(mask)) { OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, mask); found = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, char1 | mask); } else { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, char1); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, char2); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); found = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO); } } OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); CMPTO(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0, start); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (common->utf && offset > 0) utf_quit = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); #endif JUMPHERE(found); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (common->utf && offset > 0) { OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(-offset)); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xc0); CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x80, utf_start); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xfc00); CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xdc00, utf_start); #else #error "Unknown code width" #endif OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); JUMPHERE(utf_quit); } #endif JUMPHERE(quit); if (has_match_end) { quit = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->match_end_ptr); if (offset > 0) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(offset)); JUMPHERE(quit); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_END, 0, TMP3, 0); } if (offset > 0) OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(offset)); } static SLJIT_INLINE BOOL fast_forward_first_n_chars(compiler_common *common) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_label *start; struct sljit_jump *quit; struct sljit_jump *match; /* bytes[0] represent the number of characters between 0 and MAX_N_BYTES - 1, 255 represents any character. */ pcre_uchar chars[MAX_N_CHARS * MAX_DIFF_CHARS]; sljit_s32 offset; pcre_uchar mask; pcre_uchar *char_set, *char_set_end; int i, max, from; int range_right = -1, range_len; sljit_u8 *update_table = NULL; BOOL in_range; sljit_u32 rec_count; for (i = 0; i < MAX_N_CHARS; i++) chars[i * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] = 0; rec_count = 10000; max = scan_prefix(common, common->start, chars, MAX_N_CHARS, &rec_count); if (max < 1) return FALSE; in_range = FALSE; /* Prevent compiler "uninitialized" warning */ from = 0; range_len = 4 /* minimum length */ - 1; for (i = 0; i <= max; i++) { if (in_range && (i - from) > range_len && (chars[(i - 1) * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] < 255)) { range_len = i - from; range_right = i - 1; } if (i < max && chars[i * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] < 255) { SLJIT_ASSERT(chars[i * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] > 0); if (!in_range) { in_range = TRUE; from = i; } } else in_range = FALSE; } if (range_right >= 0) { update_table = (sljit_u8 *)allocate_read_only_data(common, 256); if (update_table == NULL) return TRUE; memset(update_table, IN_UCHARS(range_len), 256); for (i = 0; i < range_len; i++) { char_set = chars + ((range_right - i) * MAX_DIFF_CHARS); SLJIT_ASSERT(char_set[0] > 0 && char_set[0] < 255); char_set_end = char_set + char_set[0]; char_set++; while (char_set <= char_set_end) { if (update_table[(*char_set) & 0xff] > IN_UCHARS(i)) update_table[(*char_set) & 0xff] = IN_UCHARS(i); char_set++; } } } offset = -1; /* Scan forward. */ for (i = 0; i < max; i++) { if (offset == -1) { if (chars[i * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] <= 2) offset = i; } else if (chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] == 2 && chars[i * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] <= 2) { if (chars[i * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] == 1) offset = i; else { mask = chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS + 1] ^ chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS + 2]; if (!is_powerof2(mask)) { mask = chars[i * MAX_DIFF_CHARS + 1] ^ chars[i * MAX_DIFF_CHARS + 2]; if (is_powerof2(mask)) offset = i; } } } } if (range_right < 0) { if (offset < 0) return FALSE; SLJIT_ASSERT(chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] >= 1 && chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] <= 2); /* Works regardless the value is 1 or 2. */ mask = chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS + chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS]]; fast_forward_first_char2(common, chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS + 1], mask, offset); return TRUE; } if (range_right == offset) offset = -1; SLJIT_ASSERT(offset == -1 || (chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] >= 1 && chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] <= 2)); max -= 1; SLJIT_ASSERT(max > 0); if (common->match_end_ptr != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->match_end_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, STR_END, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_END, 0, STR_END, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(max)); quit = CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, STR_END, 0, TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_END, 0, TMP1, 0); JUMPHERE(quit); } else OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_END, 0, STR_END, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(max)); SLJIT_ASSERT(range_right >= 0); #if !(defined SLJIT_CONFIG_X86_32 && SLJIT_CONFIG_X86_32) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, RETURN_ADDR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)update_table); #endif start = LABEL(); quit = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || (defined SLJIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN && SLJIT_LITTLE_ENDIAN) OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(range_right)); #else OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(range_right + 1) - 1); #endif #if !(defined SLJIT_CONFIG_X86_32 && SLJIT_CONFIG_X86_32) OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM2(RETURN_ADDR, TMP1), 0); #else OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)update_table); #endif OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, start); if (offset >= 0) { OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(offset)); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); if (chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS] == 1) CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS + 1], start); else { mask = chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS + 1] ^ chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS + 2]; if (is_powerof2(mask)) { OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, mask); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS + 1] | mask, start); } else { match = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS + 1]); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, chars[offset * MAX_DIFF_CHARS + 2], start); JUMPHERE(match); } } } #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (common->utf && offset != 0) { if (offset < 0) { OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); } else OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(-1)); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xc0); CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x80, start); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xfc00); CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xdc00, start); #else #error "Unknown code width" #endif if (offset < 0) OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); } #endif if (offset >= 0) OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); JUMPHERE(quit); if (common->match_end_ptr != 0) { if (range_right >= 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->match_end_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_END, 0, TMP3, 0); if (range_right >= 0) { quit = CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); JUMPHERE(quit); } } else OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_END, 0, STR_END, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(max)); return TRUE; } #undef MAX_N_CHARS #undef MAX_DIFF_CHARS static SLJIT_INLINE void fast_forward_first_char(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar first_char, BOOL caseless) { pcre_uchar oc; oc = first_char; if (caseless) { oc = TABLE_GET(first_char, common->fcc, first_char); #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (first_char > 127 && common->utf) oc = UCD_OTHERCASE(first_char); #endif } fast_forward_first_char2(common, first_char, oc, 0); } static SLJIT_INLINE void fast_forward_newline(compiler_common *common) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_label *loop; struct sljit_jump *lastchar; struct sljit_jump *firstchar; struct sljit_jump *quit; struct sljit_jump *foundcr = NULL; struct sljit_jump *notfoundnl; jump_list *newline = NULL; if (common->match_end_ptr != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, STR_END, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_END, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->match_end_ptr); } if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && common->newline > 255) { lastchar = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, str)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, begin)); firstchar = CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(2)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_GREATER_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCHAR_SHIFT); #endif OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); loop = LABEL(); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); quit = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(-2)); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(-1)); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (common->newline >> 8) & 0xff, loop); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, common->newline & 0xff, loop); JUMPHERE(quit); JUMPHERE(firstchar); JUMPHERE(lastchar); if (common->match_end_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_END, 0, TMP3, 0); return; } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, str)); firstchar = CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); skip_char_back(common); loop = LABEL(); common->ff_newline_shortcut = loop; read_char_range(common, common->nlmin, common->nlmax, TRUE); lastchar = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY || common->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) foundcr = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_CR); check_newlinechar(common, common->nltype, &newline, FALSE); set_jumps(newline, loop); if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY || common->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) { quit = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); JUMPHERE(foundcr); notfoundnl = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_NL); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCHAR_SHIFT); #endif OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); JUMPHERE(notfoundnl); JUMPHERE(quit); } JUMPHERE(lastchar); JUMPHERE(firstchar); if (common->match_end_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_END, 0, TMP3, 0); } static BOOL check_class_ranges(compiler_common *common, const sljit_u8 *bits, BOOL nclass, BOOL invert, jump_list **backtracks); static SLJIT_INLINE void fast_forward_start_bits(compiler_common *common, const sljit_u8 *start_bits) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_label *start; struct sljit_jump *quit; struct sljit_jump *found = NULL; jump_list *matches = NULL; #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 struct sljit_jump *jump; #endif if (common->match_end_ptr != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, RETURN_ADDR, 0, STR_END, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_END, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->match_end_ptr); } start = LABEL(); quit = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, TMP1, 0); #endif if (!check_class_ranges(common, start_bits, (start_bits[31] & 0x80) != 0, TRUE, &matches)) { #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); JUMPHERE(jump); #endif OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x7); OP2(SLJIT_LSHR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 3); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)start_bits); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1, TMP2, 0); OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); found = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO); } #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, TMP3, 0); #endif OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf) { CMPTO(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xc0, start); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)PRIV(utf8_table4) - 0xc0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); } #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if (common->utf) { CMPTO(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xd800, start); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xfc00); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xd800); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); } #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */ #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, start); if (found != NULL) JUMPHERE(found); if (matches != NULL) set_jumps(matches, LABEL()); JUMPHERE(quit); if (common->match_end_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_END, 0, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } static SLJIT_INLINE struct sljit_jump *search_requested_char(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar req_char, BOOL caseless, BOOL has_firstchar) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_label *loop; struct sljit_jump *toolong; struct sljit_jump *alreadyfound; struct sljit_jump *found; struct sljit_jump *foundoc = NULL; struct sljit_jump *notfound; sljit_u32 oc, bit; SLJIT_ASSERT(common->req_char_ptr != 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->req_char_ptr); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, REQ_BYTE_MAX); toolong = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, STR_END, 0); alreadyfound = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); if (has_firstchar) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, STR_PTR, 0); loop = LABEL(); notfound = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, STR_END, 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), 0); oc = req_char; if (caseless) { oc = TABLE_GET(req_char, common->fcc, req_char); #if defined SUPPORT_UCP && !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) if (req_char > 127 && common->utf) oc = UCD_OTHERCASE(req_char); #endif } if (req_char == oc) found = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, req_char); else { bit = req_char ^ oc; if (is_powerof2(bit)) { OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, bit); found = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, req_char | bit); } else { found = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, req_char); foundoc = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, oc); } } OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, loop); JUMPHERE(found); if (foundoc) JUMPHERE(foundoc); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->req_char_ptr, TMP1, 0); JUMPHERE(alreadyfound); JUMPHERE(toolong); return notfound; } static void do_revertframes(compiler_common *common) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; struct sljit_label *mainloop; sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, STACK_TOP, 0); GET_LOCAL_BASE(TMP1, 0, 0); /* Drop frames until we reach STACK_TOP. */ mainloop = LABEL(); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), -sizeof(sljit_sw)); jump = CMP(SLJIT_SIG_LESS_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), -2 * sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), sizeof(sljit_sw), SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), -3 * sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 3 * sizeof(sljit_sw)); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, mainloop); JUMPHERE(jump); jump = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO /* SIG_LESS */, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); /* End of reverting values. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, TMP3, 0); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); OP1(SLJIT_NEG, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), -2 * sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 2 * sizeof(sljit_sw)); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, mainloop); } static void check_wordboundary(compiler_common *common) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *skipread; jump_list *skipread_list = NULL; #if !(defined COMPILE_PCRE8) || defined SUPPORT_UTF struct sljit_jump *jump; #endif SLJIT_COMPILE_ASSERT(ctype_word == 0x10, ctype_word_must_be_16); sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); /* Get type of the previous char, and put it to LOCALS1. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, begin)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS1, SLJIT_IMM, 0); skipread = CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); skip_char_back(common); check_start_used_ptr(common); read_char(common); /* Testing char type. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (common->use_ucp) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); jump = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_UNDERSCORE); add_jump(compiler, &common->getucd, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Ll); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Lu - ucp_Ll); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Nd - ucp_Ll); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_No - ucp_Nd); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); JUMPHERE(jump); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS1, TMP2, 0); } else #endif { #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF /* Here LOCALS1 has already been zeroed. */ jump = NULL; if (common->utf) jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), common->ctypes); OP2(SLJIT_LSHR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 4 /* ctype_word */); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS1, TMP1, 0); #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 JUMPHERE(jump); #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF if (jump != NULL) JUMPHERE(jump); #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ } JUMPHERE(skipread); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); check_str_end(common, &skipread_list); peek_char(common, READ_CHAR_MAX); /* Testing char type. This is a code duplication. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (common->use_ucp) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); jump = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_UNDERSCORE); add_jump(compiler, &common->getucd, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Ll); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Lu - ucp_Ll); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Nd - ucp_Ll); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_No - ucp_Nd); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); JUMPHERE(jump); } else #endif { #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 /* TMP2 may be destroyed by peek_char. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); jump = NULL; if (common->utf) jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); #endif OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), common->ctypes); OP2(SLJIT_LSHR, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 4 /* ctype_word */); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 JUMPHERE(jump); #elif defined SUPPORT_UTF if (jump != NULL) JUMPHERE(jump); #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ } set_jumps(skipread_list, LABEL()); OP2(SLJIT_XOR | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS1); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); } static BOOL check_class_ranges(compiler_common *common, const sljit_u8 *bits, BOOL nclass, BOOL invert, jump_list **backtracks) { /* May destroy TMP1. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; int ranges[MAX_RANGE_SIZE]; sljit_u8 bit, cbit, all; int i, byte, length = 0; bit = bits[0] & 0x1; /* All bits will be zero or one (since bit is zero or one). */ all = -bit; for (i = 0; i < 256; ) { byte = i >> 3; if ((i & 0x7) == 0 && bits[byte] == all) i += 8; else { cbit = (bits[byte] >> (i & 0x7)) & 0x1; if (cbit != bit) { if (length >= MAX_RANGE_SIZE) return FALSE; ranges[length] = i; length++; bit = cbit; all = -cbit; } i++; } } if (((bit == 0) && nclass) || ((bit == 1) && !nclass)) { if (length >= MAX_RANGE_SIZE) return FALSE; ranges[length] = 256; length++; } if (length < 0 || length > 4) return FALSE; bit = bits[0] & 0x1; if (invert) bit ^= 0x1; /* No character is accepted. */ if (length == 0 && bit == 0) add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); switch(length) { case 0: /* When bit != 0, all characters are accepted. */ return TRUE; case 1: add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(bit == 0 ? SLJIT_LESS : SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[0])); return TRUE; case 2: if (ranges[0] + 1 != ranges[1]) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[0]); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(bit != 0 ? SLJIT_LESS : SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[1] - ranges[0])); } else add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(bit != 0 ? SLJIT_EQUAL : SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[0])); return TRUE; case 3: if (bit != 0) { add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[2])); if (ranges[0] + 1 != ranges[1]) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[0]); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[1] - ranges[0])); } else add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[0])); return TRUE; } add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[0])); if (ranges[1] + 1 != ranges[2]) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[1]); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[2] - ranges[1])); } else add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[1])); return TRUE; case 4: if ((ranges[1] - ranges[0]) == (ranges[3] - ranges[2]) && (ranges[0] | (ranges[2] - ranges[0])) == ranges[2] && (ranges[1] & (ranges[2] - ranges[0])) == 0 && is_powerof2(ranges[2] - ranges[0])) { SLJIT_ASSERT((ranges[0] & (ranges[2] - ranges[0])) == 0 && (ranges[2] & ranges[3] & (ranges[2] - ranges[0])) != 0); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[2] - ranges[0]); if (ranges[2] + 1 != ranges[3]) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[2]); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(bit != 0 ? SLJIT_LESS : SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[3] - ranges[2])); } else add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(bit != 0 ? SLJIT_EQUAL : SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[2])); return TRUE; } if (bit != 0) { i = 0; if (ranges[0] + 1 != ranges[1]) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[0]); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[1] - ranges[0])); i = ranges[0]; } else add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[0])); if (ranges[2] + 1 != ranges[3]) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[2] - i); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[3] - ranges[2])); } else add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[2] - i)); return TRUE; } OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[0]); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[3] - ranges[0])); if (ranges[1] + 1 != ranges[2]) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[1] - ranges[0]); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[2] - ranges[1])); } else add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ranges[1] - ranges[0])); return TRUE; default: SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); return FALSE; } } static void check_anynewline(compiler_common *common) { /* Check whether TMP1 contains a newline character. TMP2 destroyed. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x0a); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x0d - 0x0a); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x85 - 0x0a); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf) { #endif OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x1); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x2029 - 0x0a); #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 } #endif #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF || COMPILE_PCRE16 || COMPILE_PCRE32 */ OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } static void check_hspace(compiler_common *common) { /* Check whether TMP1 contains a newline character. TMP2 destroyed. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x09); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x20); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xa0); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf) { #endif OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x1680); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x180e); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x2000); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x200A - 0x2000); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x202f - 0x2000); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x205f - 0x2000); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x3000 - 0x2000); #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 } #endif #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF || COMPILE_PCRE16 || COMPILE_PCRE32 */ OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } static void check_vspace(compiler_common *common) { /* Check whether TMP1 contains a newline character. TMP2 destroyed. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x0a); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x0d - 0x0a); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x85 - 0x0a); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf) { #endif OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x1); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x2029 - 0x0a); #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 } #endif #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF || COMPILE_PCRE16 || COMPILE_PCRE32 */ OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } static void do_casefulcmp(compiler_common *common) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; struct sljit_label *label; int char1_reg; int char2_reg; if (sljit_get_register_index(TMP3) < 0) { char1_reg = STR_END; char2_reg = STACK_TOP; } else { char1_reg = TMP3; char2_reg = RETURN_ADDR; } sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); if (char1_reg == STR_END) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, char1_reg, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, RETURN_ADDR, 0, char2_reg, 0); } if (sljit_emit_mem(compiler, MOV_UCHAR | SLJIT_MEM_SUPP | SLJIT_MEM_POST, char1_reg, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), IN_UCHARS(1)) == SLJIT_SUCCESS) { label = LABEL(); sljit_emit_mem(compiler, MOV_UCHAR | SLJIT_MEM_POST, char1_reg, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), IN_UCHARS(1)); sljit_emit_mem(compiler, MOV_UCHAR | SLJIT_MEM_POST, char2_reg, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(1)); jump = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, char1_reg, 0, char2_reg, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); JUMPHERE(jump); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); } else if (sljit_emit_mem(compiler, MOV_UCHAR | SLJIT_MEM_SUPP | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, char1_reg, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), IN_UCHARS(1)) == SLJIT_SUCCESS) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); label = LABEL(); sljit_emit_mem(compiler, MOV_UCHAR | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, char1_reg, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), IN_UCHARS(1)); sljit_emit_mem(compiler, MOV_UCHAR | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, char2_reg, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(1)); jump = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, char1_reg, 0, char2_reg, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); JUMPHERE(jump); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); } else { label = LABEL(); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, char1_reg, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, char2_reg, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); jump = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, char1_reg, 0, char2_reg, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); JUMPHERE(jump); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); } if (char1_reg == STR_END) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, char1_reg, 0, TMP3, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, char2_reg, 0, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, TMP1, 0); } static void do_caselesscmp(compiler_common *common) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; struct sljit_label *label; int char1_reg = STR_END; int char2_reg; int lcc_table; int opt_type = 0; if (sljit_get_register_index(TMP3) < 0) { char2_reg = STACK_TOP; lcc_table = STACK_LIMIT; } else { char2_reg = RETURN_ADDR; lcc_table = TMP3; } if (sljit_emit_mem(compiler, MOV_UCHAR | SLJIT_MEM_SUPP | SLJIT_MEM_POST, char1_reg, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), IN_UCHARS(1)) == SLJIT_SUCCESS) opt_type = 1; else if (sljit_emit_mem(compiler, MOV_UCHAR | SLJIT_MEM_SUPP | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, char1_reg, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), IN_UCHARS(1)) == SLJIT_SUCCESS) opt_type = 2; sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS1, char1_reg, 0); if (char2_reg == STACK_TOP) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, char2_reg, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, RETURN_ADDR, 0, lcc_table, 0); } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, lcc_table, 0, SLJIT_IMM, common->lcc); if (opt_type == 1) { label = LABEL(); sljit_emit_mem(compiler, MOV_UCHAR | SLJIT_MEM_POST, char1_reg, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), IN_UCHARS(1)); sljit_emit_mem(compiler, MOV_UCHAR | SLJIT_MEM_POST, char2_reg, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(1)); } else if (opt_type == 2) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); label = LABEL(); sljit_emit_mem(compiler, MOV_UCHAR | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, char1_reg, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), IN_UCHARS(1)); sljit_emit_mem(compiler, MOV_UCHAR | SLJIT_MEM_PRE, char2_reg, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(1)); } else { label = LABEL(); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, char1_reg, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), 0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, char2_reg, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); } #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, char1_reg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); #endif OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, char1_reg, 0, SLJIT_MEM2(lcc_table, char1_reg), 0); #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 JUMPHERE(jump); jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, char2_reg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); #endif OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, char2_reg, 0, SLJIT_MEM2(lcc_table, char2_reg), 0); #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 JUMPHERE(jump); #endif if (opt_type == 0) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); jump = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, char1_reg, 0, char2_reg, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); JUMPHERE(jump); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); if (opt_type == 2) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); if (char2_reg == STACK_TOP) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, char2_reg, 0, TMP3, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, lcc_table, 0, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, char1_reg, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS1); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, TMP1, 0); } #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined SUPPORT_UCP static const pcre_uchar * SLJIT_FUNC do_utf_caselesscmp(pcre_uchar *src1, pcre_uchar *src2, pcre_uchar *end1, pcre_uchar *end2) { /* This function would be ineffective to do in JIT level. */ sljit_u32 c1, c2; const ucd_record *ur; const sljit_u32 *pp; while (src1 < end1) { if (src2 >= end2) return (pcre_uchar*)1; GETCHARINC(c1, src1); GETCHARINC(c2, src2); ur = GET_UCD(c2); if (c1 != c2 && c1 != c2 + ur->other_case) { pp = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + ur->caseset; for (;;) { if (c1 < *pp) return NULL; if (c1 == *pp++) break; } } } return src2; } #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF && SUPPORT_UCP */ static pcre_uchar *byte_sequence_compare(compiler_common *common, BOOL caseless, pcre_uchar *cc, compare_context *context, jump_list **backtracks) { DEFINE_COMPILER; unsigned int othercasebit = 0; pcre_uchar *othercasechar = NULL; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF int utflength; #endif if (caseless && char_has_othercase(common, cc)) { othercasebit = char_get_othercase_bit(common, cc); SLJIT_ASSERT(othercasebit); /* Extracting bit difference info. */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 othercasechar = cc + (othercasebit >> 8); othercasebit &= 0xff; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 /* Note that this code only handles characters in the BMP. If there ever are characters outside the BMP whose othercase differs in only one bit from itself (there currently are none), this code will need to be revised for COMPILE_PCRE32. */ othercasechar = cc + (othercasebit >> 9); if ((othercasebit & 0x100) != 0) othercasebit = (othercasebit & 0xff) << 8; else othercasebit &= 0xff; #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ } if (context->sourcereg == -1) { #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 #if defined SLJIT_UNALIGNED && SLJIT_UNALIGNED if (context->length >= 4) OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), -context->length); else if (context->length >= 2) OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U16, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), -context->length); else #endif OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), -context->length); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 #if defined SLJIT_UNALIGNED && SLJIT_UNALIGNED if (context->length >= 4) OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), -context->length); else #endif OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), -context->length); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), -context->length); #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ context->sourcereg = TMP2; } #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF utflength = 1; if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(*cc)) utflength += GET_EXTRALEN(*cc); do { #endif context->length -= IN_UCHARS(1); #if (defined SLJIT_UNALIGNED && SLJIT_UNALIGNED) && (defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE16) /* Unaligned read is supported. */ if (othercasebit != 0 && othercasechar == cc) { context->c.asuchars[context->ucharptr] = *cc | othercasebit; context->oc.asuchars[context->ucharptr] = othercasebit; } else { context->c.asuchars[context->ucharptr] = *cc; context->oc.asuchars[context->ucharptr] = 0; } context->ucharptr++; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (context->ucharptr >= 4 || context->length == 0 || (context->ucharptr == 2 && context->length == 1)) #else if (context->ucharptr >= 2 || context->length == 0) #endif { if (context->length >= 4) OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), -context->length); else if (context->length >= 2) OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U16, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), -context->length); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 else if (context->length >= 1) OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), -context->length); #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ context->sourcereg = context->sourcereg == TMP1 ? TMP2 : TMP1; switch(context->ucharptr) { case 4 / sizeof(pcre_uchar): if (context->oc.asint != 0) OP2(SLJIT_OR, context->sourcereg, 0, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, context->oc.asint); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, context->c.asint | context->oc.asint)); break; case 2 / sizeof(pcre_uchar): if (context->oc.asushort != 0) OP2(SLJIT_OR, context->sourcereg, 0, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, context->oc.asushort); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, context->c.asushort | context->oc.asushort)); break; #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 case 1: if (context->oc.asbyte != 0) OP2(SLJIT_OR, context->sourcereg, 0, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, context->oc.asbyte); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, context->c.asbyte | context->oc.asbyte)); break; #endif default: SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); break; } context->ucharptr = 0; } #else /* Unaligned read is unsupported or in 32 bit mode. */ if (context->length >= 1) OP1(MOV_UCHAR, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), -context->length); context->sourcereg = context->sourcereg == TMP1 ? TMP2 : TMP1; if (othercasebit != 0 && othercasechar == cc) { OP2(SLJIT_OR, context->sourcereg, 0, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, othercasebit); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, *cc | othercasebit)); } else add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, context->sourcereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, *cc)); #endif cc++; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF utflength--; } while (utflength > 0); #endif return cc; } #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 #define SET_TYPE_OFFSET(value) \ if ((value) != typeoffset) \ { \ if ((value) < typeoffset) \ OP2(SLJIT_ADD, typereg, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, typeoffset - (value)); \ else \ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, typereg, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (value) - typeoffset); \ } \ typeoffset = (value); #define SET_CHAR_OFFSET(value) \ if ((value) != charoffset) \ { \ if ((value) < charoffset) \ OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(charoffset - (value))); \ else \ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)((value) - charoffset)); \ } \ charoffset = (value); static pcre_uchar *compile_char1_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar type, pcre_uchar *cc, jump_list **backtracks, BOOL check_str_ptr); static void compile_xclass_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, jump_list **backtracks) { DEFINE_COMPILER; jump_list *found = NULL; jump_list **list = (cc[0] & XCL_NOT) == 0 ? &found : backtracks; sljit_uw c, charoffset, max = 256, min = READ_CHAR_MAX; struct sljit_jump *jump = NULL; pcre_uchar *ccbegin; int compares, invertcmp, numberofcmps; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && (defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE16) BOOL utf = common->utf; #endif #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP BOOL needstype = FALSE, needsscript = FALSE, needschar = FALSE; BOOL charsaved = FALSE; int typereg = TMP1; const sljit_u32 *other_cases; sljit_uw typeoffset; #endif /* Scanning the necessary info. */ cc++; ccbegin = cc; compares = 0; if (cc[-1] & XCL_MAP) { min = 0; cc += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); } while (*cc != XCL_END) { compares++; if (*cc == XCL_SINGLE) { cc ++; GETCHARINCTEST(c, cc); if (c > max) max = c; if (c < min) min = c; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP needschar = TRUE; #endif } else if (*cc == XCL_RANGE) { cc ++; GETCHARINCTEST(c, cc); if (c < min) min = c; GETCHARINCTEST(c, cc); if (c > max) max = c; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP needschar = TRUE; #endif } #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP else { SLJIT_ASSERT(*cc == XCL_PROP || *cc == XCL_NOTPROP); cc++; if (*cc == PT_CLIST) { other_cases = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + cc[1]; while (*other_cases != NOTACHAR) { if (*other_cases > max) max = *other_cases; if (*other_cases < min) min = *other_cases; other_cases++; } } else { max = READ_CHAR_MAX; min = 0; } switch(*cc) { case PT_ANY: /* Any either accepts everything or ignored. */ if (cc[-1] == XCL_PROP) { compile_char1_matchingpath(common, OP_ALLANY, cc, backtracks, FALSE); if (list == backtracks) add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); return; } break; case PT_LAMP: case PT_GC: case PT_PC: case PT_ALNUM: needstype = TRUE; break; case PT_SC: needsscript = TRUE; break; case PT_SPACE: case PT_PXSPACE: case PT_WORD: case PT_PXGRAPH: case PT_PXPRINT: case PT_PXPUNCT: needstype = TRUE; needschar = TRUE; break; case PT_CLIST: case PT_UCNC: needschar = TRUE; break; default: SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); break; } cc += 2; } #endif } SLJIT_ASSERT(compares > 0); /* We are not necessary in utf mode even in 8 bit mode. */ cc = ccbegin; read_char_range(common, min, max, (cc[-1] & XCL_NOT) != 0); if ((cc[-1] & XCL_HASPROP) == 0) { if ((cc[-1] & XCL_MAP) != 0) { jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); if (!check_class_ranges(common, (const sljit_u8 *)cc, (((const sljit_u8 *)cc)[31] & 0x80) != 0, TRUE, &found)) { OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x7); OP2(SLJIT_LSHR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 3); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)cc); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1, TMP2, 0); OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); add_jump(compiler, &found, JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO)); } add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); JUMPHERE(jump); cc += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); } else { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, min); add_jump(compiler, (cc[-1] & XCL_NOT) == 0 ? backtracks : &found, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, max - min)); } } else if ((cc[-1] & XCL_MAP) != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, RETURN_ADDR, 0, TMP1, 0); #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP charsaved = TRUE; #endif if (!check_class_ranges(common, (const sljit_u8 *)cc, FALSE, TRUE, list)) { #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 jump = NULL; if (common->utf) #endif jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x7); OP2(SLJIT_LSHR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 3); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)cc); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1, TMP2, 0); OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); add_jump(compiler, list, JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO)); #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf) #endif JUMPHERE(jump); } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, RETURN_ADDR, 0); cc += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); } #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (needstype || needsscript) { if (needschar && !charsaved) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, RETURN_ADDR, 0, TMP1, 0); #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 if (!common->utf) { jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x10ffff + 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, INVALID_UTF_CHAR); JUMPHERE(jump); } #endif OP2(SLJIT_LSHR, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCD_BLOCK_SHIFT); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), (sljit_sw)PRIV(ucd_stage1)); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCD_BLOCK_MASK); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, UCD_BLOCK_SHIFT); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)PRIV(ucd_stage2)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U16, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM2(TMP2, TMP1), 1); /* Before anything else, we deal with scripts. */ if (needsscript) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)PRIV(ucd_records) + SLJIT_OFFSETOF(ucd_record, script)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM2(TMP1, TMP2), 3); ccbegin = cc; while (*cc != XCL_END) { if (*cc == XCL_SINGLE) { cc ++; GETCHARINCTEST(c, cc); } else if (*cc == XCL_RANGE) { cc ++; GETCHARINCTEST(c, cc); GETCHARINCTEST(c, cc); } else { SLJIT_ASSERT(*cc == XCL_PROP || *cc == XCL_NOTPROP); cc++; if (*cc == PT_SC) { compares--; invertcmp = (compares == 0 && list != backtracks); if (cc[-1] == XCL_NOTPROP) invertcmp ^= 0x1; jump = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL ^ invertcmp, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (int)cc[1]); add_jump(compiler, compares > 0 ? list : backtracks, jump); } cc += 2; } } cc = ccbegin; } if (needschar) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, RETURN_ADDR, 0); } if (needstype) { if (!needschar) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)PRIV(ucd_records) + SLJIT_OFFSETOF(ucd_record, chartype)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM2(TMP1, TMP2), 3); } else { OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 3); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, RETURN_ADDR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), (sljit_sw)PRIV(ucd_records) + SLJIT_OFFSETOF(ucd_record, chartype)); typereg = RETURN_ADDR; } } } #endif /* Generating code. */ charoffset = 0; numberofcmps = 0; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP typeoffset = 0; #endif while (*cc != XCL_END) { compares--; invertcmp = (compares == 0 && list != backtracks); jump = NULL; if (*cc == XCL_SINGLE) { cc ++; GETCHARINCTEST(c, cc); if (numberofcmps < 3 && (*cc == XCL_SINGLE || *cc == XCL_RANGE)) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(c - charoffset)); OP_FLAGS(numberofcmps == 0 ? SLJIT_MOV : SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); numberofcmps++; } else if (numberofcmps > 0) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(c - charoffset)); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO ^ invertcmp); numberofcmps = 0; } else { jump = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL ^ invertcmp, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(c - charoffset)); numberofcmps = 0; } } else if (*cc == XCL_RANGE) { cc ++; GETCHARINCTEST(c, cc); SET_CHAR_OFFSET(c); GETCHARINCTEST(c, cc); if (numberofcmps < 3 && (*cc == XCL_SINGLE || *cc == XCL_RANGE)) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(c - charoffset)); OP_FLAGS(numberofcmps == 0 ? SLJIT_MOV : SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); numberofcmps++; } else if (numberofcmps > 0) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(c - charoffset)); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO ^ invertcmp); numberofcmps = 0; } else { jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL ^ invertcmp, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(c - charoffset)); numberofcmps = 0; } } #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP else { SLJIT_ASSERT(*cc == XCL_PROP || *cc == XCL_NOTPROP); if (*cc == XCL_NOTPROP) invertcmp ^= 0x1; cc++; switch(*cc) { case PT_ANY: if (!invertcmp) jump = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); break; case PT_LAMP: OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Lu - typeoffset); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Ll - typeoffset); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Lt - typeoffset); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO ^ invertcmp); break; case PT_GC: c = PRIV(ucp_typerange)[(int)cc[1] * 2]; SET_TYPE_OFFSET(c); jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL ^ invertcmp, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, PRIV(ucp_typerange)[(int)cc[1] * 2 + 1] - c); break; case PT_PC: jump = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL ^ invertcmp, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (int)cc[1] - typeoffset); break; case PT_SC: compares++; /* Do nothing. */ break; case PT_SPACE: case PT_PXSPACE: SET_CHAR_OFFSET(9); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xd - 0x9); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x85 - 0x9); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x180e - 0x9); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); SET_TYPE_OFFSET(ucp_Zl); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Zs - ucp_Zl); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO ^ invertcmp); break; case PT_WORD: OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(CHAR_UNDERSCORE - charoffset)); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); /* Fall through. */ case PT_ALNUM: SET_TYPE_OFFSET(ucp_Ll); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Lu - ucp_Ll); OP_FLAGS((*cc == PT_ALNUM) ? SLJIT_MOV : SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); SET_TYPE_OFFSET(ucp_Nd); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_No - ucp_Nd); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO ^ invertcmp); break; case PT_CLIST: other_cases = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + cc[1]; /* At least three characters are required. Otherwise this case would be handled by the normal code path. */ SLJIT_ASSERT(other_cases[0] != NOTACHAR && other_cases[1] != NOTACHAR && other_cases[2] != NOTACHAR); SLJIT_ASSERT(other_cases[0] < other_cases[1] && other_cases[1] < other_cases[2]); /* Optimizing character pairs, if their difference is power of 2. */ if (is_powerof2(other_cases[1] ^ other_cases[0])) { if (charoffset == 0) OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, other_cases[1] ^ other_cases[0]); else { OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)charoffset); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, other_cases[1] ^ other_cases[0]); } OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, other_cases[1]); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); other_cases += 2; } else if (is_powerof2(other_cases[2] ^ other_cases[1])) { if (charoffset == 0) OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, other_cases[2] ^ other_cases[1]); else { OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)charoffset); OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, other_cases[1] ^ other_cases[0]); } OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, other_cases[2]); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(other_cases[0] - charoffset)); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | ((other_cases[3] == NOTACHAR) ? SLJIT_SET_Z : 0), TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); other_cases += 3; } else { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(*other_cases++ - charoffset)); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); } while (*other_cases != NOTACHAR) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(*other_cases++ - charoffset)); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | ((*other_cases == NOTACHAR) ? SLJIT_SET_Z : 0), TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); } jump = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO ^ invertcmp); break; case PT_UCNC: OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN - charoffset)); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT - charoffset)); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT - charoffset)); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); SET_CHAR_OFFSET(0xa0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(0xd7ff - charoffset)); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); SET_CHAR_OFFSET(0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_GREATER_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xe000 - 0); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO ^ invertcmp); break; case PT_PXGRAPH: /* C and Z groups are the farthest two groups. */ SET_TYPE_OFFSET(ucp_Ll); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_GREATER, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_So - ucp_Ll); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_GREATER); jump = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Cf - ucp_Ll); /* In case of ucp_Cf, we overwrite the result. */ SET_CHAR_OFFSET(0x2066); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x2069 - 0x2066); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x061c - 0x2066); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x180e - 0x2066); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); JUMPHERE(jump); jump = CMP(SLJIT_ZERO ^ invertcmp, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); break; case PT_PXPRINT: /* C and Z groups are the farthest two groups. */ SET_TYPE_OFFSET(ucp_Ll); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_GREATER, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_So - ucp_Ll); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_GREATER); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Zs - ucp_Ll); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL); jump = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Cf - ucp_Ll); /* In case of ucp_Cf, we overwrite the result. */ SET_CHAR_OFFSET(0x2066); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x2069 - 0x2066); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x061c - 0x2066); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); JUMPHERE(jump); jump = CMP(SLJIT_ZERO ^ invertcmp, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); break; case PT_PXPUNCT: SET_TYPE_OFFSET(ucp_Sc); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_So - ucp_Sc); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); SET_CHAR_OFFSET(0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x7f); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); SET_TYPE_OFFSET(ucp_Pc); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, typereg, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ucp_Ps - ucp_Pc); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO ^ invertcmp); break; default: SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); break; } cc += 2; } #endif if (jump != NULL) add_jump(compiler, compares > 0 ? list : backtracks, jump); } if (found != NULL) set_jumps(found, LABEL()); } #undef SET_TYPE_OFFSET #undef SET_CHAR_OFFSET #endif static pcre_uchar *compile_simple_assertion_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar type, pcre_uchar *cc, jump_list **backtracks) { DEFINE_COMPILER; int length; struct sljit_jump *jump[4]; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF struct sljit_label *label; #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ switch(type) { case OP_SOD: OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, begin)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0)); return cc; case OP_SOM: OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, str)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0)); return cc; case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: add_jump(compiler, &common->wordboundary, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); sljit_set_current_flags(compiler, SLJIT_SET_Z); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(type == OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY ? SLJIT_NOT_ZERO : SLJIT_ZERO)); return cc; case OP_EODN: /* Requires rather complex checks. */ jump[0] = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && common->newline > 255) { OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(2)); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); if (common->mode == JIT_COMPILE) add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, STR_END, 0)); else { jump[1] = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, STR_END, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_LESS, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP2, 0, STR_END, 0); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_LESS); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (common->newline >> 8) & 0xff); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL)); check_partial(common, TRUE); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); JUMPHERE(jump[1]); } OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(1)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (common->newline >> 8) & 0xff)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, common->newline & 0xff)); } else if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED) { OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, STR_END, 0)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, common->newline)); } else { OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); jump[1] = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_CR); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(2)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z | SLJIT_SET_GREATER, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP2, 0, STR_END, 0); jump[2] = JUMP(SLJIT_GREATER); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL) /* LESS */); /* Equal. */ OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(1)); jump[3] = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_NL); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); JUMPHERE(jump[1]); if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) { OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP2, 0, STR_END, 0)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_NL)); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS1, STR_PTR, 0); read_char_range(common, common->nlmin, common->nlmax, TRUE); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0)); add_jump(compiler, &common->anynewline, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); sljit_set_current_flags(compiler, SLJIT_SET_Z); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_ZERO)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS1); } JUMPHERE(jump[2]); JUMPHERE(jump[3]); } JUMPHERE(jump[0]); check_partial(common, FALSE); return cc; case OP_EOD: add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0)); check_partial(common, FALSE); return cc; case OP_DOLL: OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, noteol)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0)); if (!common->endonly) compile_simple_assertion_matchingpath(common, OP_EODN, cc, backtracks); else { add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0)); check_partial(common, FALSE); } return cc; case OP_DOLLM: jump[1] = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, noteol)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0)); check_partial(common, FALSE); jump[0] = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); JUMPHERE(jump[1]); if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && common->newline > 255) { OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(2)); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); if (common->mode == JIT_COMPILE) add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP2, 0, STR_END, 0)); else { jump[1] = CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, STR_END, 0); /* STR_PTR = STR_END - IN_UCHARS(1) */ add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (common->newline >> 8) & 0xff)); check_partial(common, TRUE); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); JUMPHERE(jump[1]); } OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(1)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (common->newline >> 8) & 0xff)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, common->newline & 0xff)); } else { peek_char(common, common->nlmax); check_newlinechar(common, common->nltype, backtracks, FALSE); } JUMPHERE(jump[0]); return cc; case OP_CIRC: OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, begin)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, notbol)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0)); return cc; case OP_CIRCM: OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, begin)); jump[1] = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, notbol)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0)); jump[0] = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); JUMPHERE(jump[1]); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0)); if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && common->newline > 255) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(2)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0)); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(-2)); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(-1)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (common->newline >> 8) & 0xff)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, common->newline & 0xff)); } else { skip_char_back(common); read_char_range(common, common->nlmin, common->nlmax, TRUE); check_newlinechar(common, common->nltype, backtracks, FALSE); } JUMPHERE(jump[0]); return cc; case OP_REVERSE: length = GET(cc, 0); if (length == 0) return cc + LINK_SIZE; OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, begin)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, length); label = LABEL(); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, TMP3, 0)); skip_char_back(common); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); } else #endif { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, begin)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(length)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0)); } check_start_used_ptr(common); return cc + LINK_SIZE; } SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); return cc; } static pcre_uchar *compile_char1_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar type, pcre_uchar *cc, jump_list **backtracks, BOOL check_str_ptr) { DEFINE_COMPILER; int length; unsigned int c, oc, bit; compare_context context; struct sljit_jump *jump[3]; jump_list *end_list; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF struct sljit_label *label; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP pcre_uchar propdata[5]; #endif #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ switch(type) { case OP_NOT_DIGIT: case OP_DIGIT: /* Digits are usually 0-9, so it is worth to optimize them. */ if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf && is_char7_bitset((const sljit_u8 *)common->ctypes - cbit_length + cbit_digit, FALSE)) read_char7_type(common, type == OP_NOT_DIGIT); else #endif read_char8_type(common, type == OP_NOT_DIGIT); /* Flip the starting bit in the negative case. */ OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ctype_digit); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(type == OP_DIGIT ? SLJIT_ZERO : SLJIT_NOT_ZERO)); return cc; case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: case OP_WHITESPACE: if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf && is_char7_bitset((const sljit_u8 *)common->ctypes - cbit_length + cbit_space, FALSE)) read_char7_type(common, type == OP_NOT_WHITESPACE); else #endif read_char8_type(common, type == OP_NOT_WHITESPACE); OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ctype_space); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(type == OP_WHITESPACE ? SLJIT_ZERO : SLJIT_NOT_ZERO)); return cc; case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: case OP_WORDCHAR: if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utf && is_char7_bitset((const sljit_u8 *)common->ctypes - cbit_length + cbit_word, FALSE)) read_char7_type(common, type == OP_NOT_WORDCHAR); else #endif read_char8_type(common, type == OP_NOT_WORDCHAR); OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, ctype_word); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(type == OP_WORDCHAR ? SLJIT_ZERO : SLJIT_NOT_ZERO)); return cc; case OP_ANY: if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); read_char_range(common, common->nlmin, common->nlmax, TRUE); if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED && common->newline > 255) { jump[0] = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (common->newline >> 8) & 0xff); end_list = NULL; if (common->mode != JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE) add_jump(compiler, &end_list, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0)); else check_str_end(common, &end_list); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, common->newline & 0xff)); set_jumps(end_list, LABEL()); JUMPHERE(jump[0]); } else check_newlinechar(common, common->nltype, backtracks, TRUE); return cc; case OP_ALLANY: if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf) { OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 jump[0] = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xc0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)PRIV(utf8_table4) - 0xc0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 jump[0] = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xd800); OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xfc00); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xd800); OP_FLAGS(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_EQUAL); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); #endif JUMPHERE(jump[0]); #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */ return cc; } #endif OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); return cc; case OP_ANYBYTE: if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); return cc; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP case OP_NOTPROP: case OP_PROP: propdata[0] = XCL_HASPROP; propdata[1] = type == OP_NOTPROP ? XCL_NOTPROP : XCL_PROP; propdata[2] = cc[0]; propdata[3] = cc[1]; propdata[4] = XCL_END; if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); compile_xclass_matchingpath(common, propdata, backtracks); return cc + 2; #endif #endif case OP_ANYNL: if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); read_char_range(common, common->bsr_nlmin, common->bsr_nlmax, FALSE); jump[0] = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_CR); /* We don't need to handle soft partial matching case. */ end_list = NULL; if (common->mode != JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE) add_jump(compiler, &end_list, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0)); else check_str_end(common, &end_list); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); jump[1] = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CHAR_NL); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); jump[2] = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); JUMPHERE(jump[0]); check_newlinechar(common, common->bsr_nltype, backtracks, FALSE); set_jumps(end_list, LABEL()); JUMPHERE(jump[1]); JUMPHERE(jump[2]); return cc; case OP_NOT_HSPACE: case OP_HSPACE: if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); read_char_range(common, 0x9, 0x3000, type == OP_NOT_HSPACE); add_jump(compiler, &common->hspace, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); sljit_set_current_flags(compiler, SLJIT_SET_Z); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(type == OP_NOT_HSPACE ? SLJIT_NOT_ZERO : SLJIT_ZERO)); return cc; case OP_NOT_VSPACE: case OP_VSPACE: if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); read_char_range(common, 0xa, 0x2029, type == OP_NOT_VSPACE); add_jump(compiler, &common->vspace, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); sljit_set_current_flags(compiler, SLJIT_SET_Z); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(type == OP_NOT_VSPACE ? SLJIT_NOT_ZERO : SLJIT_ZERO)); return cc; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP case OP_EXTUNI: if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); read_char(common); add_jump(compiler, &common->getucd, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)PRIV(ucd_records) + SLJIT_OFFSETOF(ucd_record, gbprop)); /* Optimize register allocation: use a real register. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0, STACK_TOP, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM2(TMP1, TMP2), 3); label = LABEL(); jump[0] = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, STR_PTR, 0); read_char(common); add_jump(compiler, &common->getucd, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)PRIV(ucd_records) + SLJIT_OFFSETOF(ucd_record, gbprop)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM2(TMP1, TMP2), 3); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U32, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), (sljit_sw)PRIV(ucp_gbtable)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, TMP2, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1, TMP2, 0); OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, TMP3, 0); JUMPHERE(jump[0]); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); if (common->mode == JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE) { jump[0] = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); /* Since we successfully read a char above, partial matching must occure. */ check_partial(common, TRUE); JUMPHERE(jump[0]); } return cc; #endif case OP_CHAR: case OP_CHARI: length = 1; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(*cc)) length += GET_EXTRALEN(*cc); #endif if (common->mode == JIT_COMPILE && check_str_ptr && (type == OP_CHAR || !char_has_othercase(common, cc) || char_get_othercase_bit(common, cc) != 0)) { OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(length)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0)); context.length = IN_UCHARS(length); context.sourcereg = -1; #if defined SLJIT_UNALIGNED && SLJIT_UNALIGNED context.ucharptr = 0; #endif return byte_sequence_compare(common, type == OP_CHARI, cc, &context, backtracks); } if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf) { GETCHAR(c, cc); } else #endif c = *cc; if (type == OP_CHAR || !char_has_othercase(common, cc)) { read_char_range(common, c, c, FALSE); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, c)); return cc + length; } oc = char_othercase(common, c); read_char_range(common, c < oc ? c : oc, c > oc ? c : oc, FALSE); bit = c ^ oc; if (is_powerof2(bit)) { OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, bit); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, c | bit)); return cc + length; } jump[0] = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, c); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, oc)); JUMPHERE(jump[0]); return cc + length; case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); length = 1; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf) { #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 c = *cc; if (c < 128) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), 0); if (type == OP_NOT || !char_has_othercase(common, cc)) add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, c)); else { /* Since UTF8 code page is fixed, we know that c is in [a-z] or [A-Z] range. */ OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x20); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, c | 0x20)); } /* Skip the variable-length character. */ OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); jump[0] = CMP(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0xc0); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)PRIV(utf8_table4) - 0xc0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); JUMPHERE(jump[0]); return cc + 1; } else #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ { GETCHARLEN(c, cc, length); } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ c = *cc; if (type == OP_NOT || !char_has_othercase(common, cc)) { read_char_range(common, c, c, TRUE); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, c)); } else { oc = char_othercase(common, c); read_char_range(common, c < oc ? c : oc, c > oc ? c : oc, TRUE); bit = c ^ oc; if (is_powerof2(bit)) { OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, bit); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, c | bit)); } else { add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, c)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, oc)); } } return cc + length; case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 bit = (common->utf && is_char7_bitset((const sljit_u8 *)cc, type == OP_NCLASS)) ? 127 : 255; read_char_range(common, 0, bit, type == OP_NCLASS); #else read_char_range(common, 0, 255, type == OP_NCLASS); #endif if (check_class_ranges(common, (const sljit_u8 *)cc, type == OP_NCLASS, FALSE, backtracks)) return cc + 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 jump[0] = NULL; if (common->utf) { jump[0] = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, bit); if (type == OP_CLASS) { add_jump(compiler, backtracks, jump[0]); jump[0] = NULL; } } #elif !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 jump[0] = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 255); if (type == OP_CLASS) { add_jump(compiler, backtracks, jump[0]); jump[0] = NULL; } #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF && COMPILE_PCRE8 */ OP2(SLJIT_AND, TMP2, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0x7); OP2(SLJIT_LSHR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 3); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)cc); OP2(SLJIT_SHL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1, TMP2, 0); OP2(SLJIT_AND | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, TMP1, 0, TMP2, 0); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_ZERO)); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (jump[0] != NULL) JUMPHERE(jump[0]); #endif return cc + 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 case OP_XCLASS: if (check_str_ptr) detect_partial_match(common, backtracks); compile_xclass_matchingpath(common, cc + LINK_SIZE, backtracks); return cc + GET(cc, 0) - 1; #endif } SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); return cc; } static SLJIT_INLINE pcre_uchar *compile_charn_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, pcre_uchar *ccend, jump_list **backtracks) { /* This function consumes at least one input character. */ /* To decrease the number of length checks, we try to concatenate the fixed length character sequences. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; pcre_uchar *ccbegin = cc; compare_context context; int size; context.length = 0; do { if (cc >= ccend) break; if (*cc == OP_CHAR) { size = 1; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[1])) size += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[1]); #endif } else if (*cc == OP_CHARI) { size = 1; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf) { if (char_has_othercase(common, cc + 1) && char_get_othercase_bit(common, cc + 1) == 0) size = 0; else if (HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[1])) size += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[1]); } else #endif if (char_has_othercase(common, cc + 1) && char_get_othercase_bit(common, cc + 1) == 0) size = 0; } else size = 0; cc += 1 + size; context.length += IN_UCHARS(size); } while (size > 0 && context.length <= 128); cc = ccbegin; if (context.length > 0) { /* We have a fixed-length byte sequence. */ OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, context.length); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0)); context.sourcereg = -1; #if defined SLJIT_UNALIGNED && SLJIT_UNALIGNED context.ucharptr = 0; #endif do cc = byte_sequence_compare(common, *cc == OP_CHARI, cc + 1, &context, backtracks); while (context.length > 0); return cc; } /* A non-fixed length character will be checked if length == 0. */ return compile_char1_matchingpath(common, *cc, cc + 1, backtracks, TRUE); } /* Forward definitions. */ static void compile_matchingpath(compiler_common *, pcre_uchar *, pcre_uchar *, backtrack_common *); static void compile_backtrackingpath(compiler_common *, struct backtrack_common *); #define PUSH_BACKTRACK(size, ccstart, error) \ do \ { \ backtrack = sljit_alloc_memory(compiler, (size)); \ if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) \ return error; \ memset(backtrack, 0, size); \ backtrack->prev = parent->top; \ backtrack->cc = (ccstart); \ parent->top = backtrack; \ } \ while (0) #define PUSH_BACKTRACK_NOVALUE(size, ccstart) \ do \ { \ backtrack = sljit_alloc_memory(compiler, (size)); \ if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) \ return; \ memset(backtrack, 0, size); \ backtrack->prev = parent->top; \ backtrack->cc = (ccstart); \ parent->top = backtrack; \ } \ while (0) #define BACKTRACK_AS(type) ((type *)backtrack) static void compile_dnref_search(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, jump_list **backtracks) { /* The OVECTOR offset goes to TMP2. */ DEFINE_COMPILER; int count = GET2(cc, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); pcre_uchar *slot = common->name_table + GET2(cc, 1) * common->name_entry_size; unsigned int offset; jump_list *found = NULL; SLJIT_ASSERT(*cc == OP_DNREF || *cc == OP_DNREFI); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(1)); count--; while (count-- > 0) { offset = GET2(slot, 0) << 1; GET_LOCAL_BASE(TMP2, 0, OVECTOR(offset)); add_jump(compiler, &found, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset), TMP1, 0)); slot += common->name_entry_size; } offset = GET2(slot, 0) << 1; GET_LOCAL_BASE(TMP2, 0, OVECTOR(offset)); if (backtracks != NULL && !common->jscript_compat) add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset), TMP1, 0)); set_jumps(found, LABEL()); } static void compile_ref_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, jump_list **backtracks, BOOL withchecks, BOOL emptyfail) { DEFINE_COMPILER; BOOL ref = (*cc == OP_REF || *cc == OP_REFI); int offset = 0; struct sljit_jump *jump = NULL; struct sljit_jump *partial; struct sljit_jump *nopartial; if (ref) { offset = GET2(cc, 1) << 1; OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset)); /* OVECTOR(1) contains the "string begin - 1" constant. */ if (withchecks && !common->jscript_compat) add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(1))); } else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), 0); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined SUPPORT_UCP if (common->utf && *cc == OP_REFI) { SLJIT_ASSERT(TMP1 == SLJIT_R0 && STACK_TOP == SLJIT_R1); if (ref) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1)); else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), sizeof(sljit_sw)); if (withchecks) jump = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_R2, 0); /* No free saved registers so save data on stack. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0, STACK_TOP, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R1, 0, STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R3, 0, STR_END, 0); sljit_emit_icall(compiler, SLJIT_CALL, SLJIT_RET(SW) | SLJIT_ARG1(SW) | SLJIT_ARG2(SW) | SLJIT_ARG3(SW) | SLJIT_ARG4(SW), SLJIT_IMM, SLJIT_FUNC_OFFSET(do_utf_caselesscmp)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0); if (common->mode == JIT_COMPILE) add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1)); else { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z | SLJIT_SET_LESS, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_LESS)); nopartial = JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); check_partial(common, FALSE); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); JUMPHERE(nopartial); } } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF && SUPPORT_UCP */ { if (ref) OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1), TMP1, 0); else OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), sizeof(sljit_sw), TMP1, 0); if (withchecks) jump = JUMP(SLJIT_ZERO); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); partial = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); if (common->mode == JIT_COMPILE) add_jump(compiler, backtracks, partial); add_jump(compiler, *cc == OP_REF ? &common->casefulcmp : &common->caselesscmp, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0)); if (common->mode != JIT_COMPILE) { nopartial = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); JUMPHERE(partial); /* TMP2 -= STR_END - STR_PTR */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, STR_END, 0); partial = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0); add_jump(compiler, *cc == OP_REF ? &common->casefulcmp : &common->caselesscmp, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0)); JUMPHERE(partial); check_partial(common, FALSE); add_jump(compiler, backtracks, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); JUMPHERE(nopartial); } } if (jump != NULL) { if (emptyfail) add_jump(compiler, backtracks, jump); else JUMPHERE(jump); } } static SLJIT_INLINE pcre_uchar *compile_ref_iterator_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, backtrack_common *parent) { DEFINE_COMPILER; BOOL ref = (*cc == OP_REF || *cc == OP_REFI); backtrack_common *backtrack; pcre_uchar type; int offset = 0; struct sljit_label *label; struct sljit_jump *zerolength; struct sljit_jump *jump = NULL; pcre_uchar *ccbegin = cc; int min = 0, max = 0; BOOL minimize; PUSH_BACKTRACK(sizeof(ref_iterator_backtrack), cc, NULL); if (ref) offset = GET2(cc, 1) << 1; else cc += IMM2_SIZE; type = cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE]; SLJIT_COMPILE_ASSERT((OP_CRSTAR & 0x1) == 0, crstar_opcode_must_be_even); minimize = (type & 0x1) != 0; switch(type) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: min = 0; max = 0; cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1; break; case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: min = 1; max = 0; cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1; break; case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: min = 0; max = 1; cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1; break; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: min = GET2(cc, 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1); max = GET2(cc, 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1 + IMM2_SIZE); cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; break; default: SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); break; } if (!minimize) { if (min == 0) { allocate_stack(common, 2); if (ref) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), SLJIT_IMM, 0); /* Temporary release of STR_PTR. */ OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(sljit_sw)); /* Handles both invalid and empty cases. Since the minimum repeat, is zero the invalid case is basically the same as an empty case. */ if (ref) zerolength = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1)); else { compile_dnref_search(common, ccbegin, NULL); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), POSSESSIVE1, TMP2, 0); zerolength = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), sizeof(sljit_sw)); } /* Restore if not zero length. */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(sljit_sw)); } else { allocate_stack(common, 1); if (ref) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); if (ref) { add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(1))); zerolength = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1)); } else { compile_dnref_search(common, ccbegin, &backtrack->topbacktracks); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), POSSESSIVE1, TMP2, 0); zerolength = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), sizeof(sljit_sw)); } } if (min > 1 || max > 1) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), POSSESSIVE0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); label = LABEL(); if (!ref) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), POSSESSIVE1); compile_ref_matchingpath(common, ccbegin, &backtrack->topbacktracks, FALSE, FALSE); if (min > 1 || max > 1) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), POSSESSIVE0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), POSSESSIVE0, TMP1, 0); if (min > 1) CMPTO(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, min, label); if (max > 1) { jump = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, max); allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, label); JUMPHERE(jump); } } if (max == 0) { /* Includes min > 1 case as well. */ allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, label); } JUMPHERE(zerolength); BACKTRACK_AS(ref_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath = LABEL(); count_match(common); return cc; } allocate_stack(common, ref ? 2 : 3); if (ref) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); if (type != OP_CRMINSTAR) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), SLJIT_IMM, 0); if (min == 0) { /* Handles both invalid and empty cases. Since the minimum repeat, is zero the invalid case is basically the same as an empty case. */ if (ref) zerolength = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1)); else { compile_dnref_search(common, ccbegin, NULL); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(2), TMP2, 0); zerolength = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), sizeof(sljit_sw)); } /* Length is non-zero, we can match real repeats. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); } else { if (ref) { add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(1))); zerolength = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1)); } else { compile_dnref_search(common, ccbegin, &backtrack->topbacktracks); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(2), TMP2, 0); zerolength = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), sizeof(sljit_sw)); } } BACKTRACK_AS(ref_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath = LABEL(); if (max > 0) add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), SLJIT_IMM, max)); if (!ref) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(2)); compile_ref_matchingpath(common, ccbegin, &backtrack->topbacktracks, TRUE, TRUE); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); if (min > 1) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1)); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), TMP1, 0); CMPTO(SLJIT_LESS, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, min, BACKTRACK_AS(ref_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath); } else if (max > 0) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), SLJIT_IMM, 1); if (jump != NULL) JUMPHERE(jump); JUMPHERE(zerolength); count_match(common); return cc; } static SLJIT_INLINE pcre_uchar *compile_recurse_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, backtrack_common *parent) { DEFINE_COMPILER; backtrack_common *backtrack; recurse_entry *entry = common->entries; recurse_entry *prev = NULL; sljit_sw start = GET(cc, 1); pcre_uchar *start_cc; BOOL needs_control_head; PUSH_BACKTRACK(sizeof(recurse_backtrack), cc, NULL); /* Inlining simple patterns. */ if (get_framesize(common, common->start + start, NULL, TRUE, &needs_control_head) == no_stack) { start_cc = common->start + start; compile_matchingpath(common, next_opcode(common, start_cc), bracketend(start_cc) - (1 + LINK_SIZE), backtrack); BACKTRACK_AS(recurse_backtrack)->inlined_pattern = TRUE; return cc + 1 + LINK_SIZE; } while (entry != NULL) { if (entry->start == start) break; prev = entry; entry = entry->next; } if (entry == NULL) { entry = sljit_alloc_memory(compiler, sizeof(recurse_entry)); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) return NULL; entry->next = NULL; entry->entry = NULL; entry->calls = NULL; entry->start = start; if (prev != NULL) prev->next = entry; else common->entries = entry; } if (common->has_set_som && common->mark_ptr != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(0)); allocate_stack(common, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mark_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), TMP1, 0); } else if (common->has_set_som || common->mark_ptr != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->has_set_som ? (int)(OVECTOR(0)) : common->mark_ptr); allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), TMP2, 0); } if (entry->entry == NULL) add_jump(compiler, &entry->calls, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); else JUMPTO(SLJIT_FAST_CALL, entry->entry); /* Leave if the match is failed. */ add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0)); return cc + 1 + LINK_SIZE; } static sljit_s32 SLJIT_FUNC do_callout(struct jit_arguments *arguments, PUBL(callout_block) *callout_block, pcre_uchar **jit_ovector) { const pcre_uchar *begin = arguments->begin; int *offset_vector = arguments->offsets; int offset_count = arguments->offset_count; int i; if (PUBL(callout) == NULL) return 0; callout_block->version = 2; callout_block->callout_data = arguments->callout_data; /* Offsets in subject. */ callout_block->subject_length = arguments->end - arguments->begin; callout_block->start_match = (pcre_uchar*)callout_block->subject - arguments->begin; callout_block->current_position = (pcre_uchar*)callout_block->offset_vector - arguments->begin; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 callout_block->subject = (PCRE_SPTR)begin; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 callout_block->subject = (PCRE_SPTR16)begin; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 callout_block->subject = (PCRE_SPTR32)begin; #endif /* Convert and copy the JIT offset vector to the offset_vector array. */ callout_block->capture_top = 0; callout_block->offset_vector = offset_vector; for (i = 2; i < offset_count; i += 2) { offset_vector[i] = jit_ovector[i] - begin; offset_vector[i + 1] = jit_ovector[i + 1] - begin; if (jit_ovector[i] >= begin) callout_block->capture_top = i; } callout_block->capture_top = (callout_block->capture_top >> 1) + 1; if (offset_count > 0) offset_vector[0] = -1; if (offset_count > 1) offset_vector[1] = -1; return (*PUBL(callout))(callout_block); } /* Aligning to 8 byte. */ #define CALLOUT_ARG_SIZE \ (((int)sizeof(PUBL(callout_block)) + 7) & ~7) #define CALLOUT_ARG_OFFSET(arg) \ SLJIT_OFFSETOF(PUBL(callout_block), arg) static SLJIT_INLINE pcre_uchar *compile_callout_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, backtrack_common *parent) { DEFINE_COMPILER; backtrack_common *backtrack; PUSH_BACKTRACK(sizeof(backtrack_common), cc, NULL); allocate_stack(common, CALLOUT_ARG_SIZE / sizeof(sljit_sw)); SLJIT_ASSERT(common->capture_last_ptr != 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->capture_last_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), CALLOUT_ARG_OFFSET(callout_number), SLJIT_IMM, cc[1]); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), CALLOUT_ARG_OFFSET(capture_last), TMP2, 0); /* These pointer sized fields temporarly stores internal variables. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), CALLOUT_ARG_OFFSET(offset_vector), STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), CALLOUT_ARG_OFFSET(subject), TMP2, 0); if (common->mark_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, mark_ptr)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), CALLOUT_ARG_OFFSET(pattern_position), SLJIT_IMM, GET(cc, 2)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_S32, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), CALLOUT_ARG_OFFSET(next_item_length), SLJIT_IMM, GET(cc, 2 + LINK_SIZE)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), CALLOUT_ARG_OFFSET(mark), (common->mark_ptr != 0) ? TMP2 : SLJIT_IMM, 0); /* Needed to save important temporary registers. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0, STACK_TOP, 0); /* SLJIT_R0 = arguments */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R1, 0, STACK_TOP, 0); GET_LOCAL_BASE(SLJIT_R2, 0, OVECTOR_START); sljit_emit_icall(compiler, SLJIT_CALL, SLJIT_RET(S32) | SLJIT_ARG1(SW) | SLJIT_ARG2(SW) | SLJIT_ARG3(SW), SLJIT_IMM, SLJIT_FUNC_OFFSET(do_callout)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); free_stack(common, CALLOUT_ARG_SIZE / sizeof(sljit_sw)); /* Check return value. */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB32 | SLJIT_SET_Z | SLJIT_SET_SIG_GREATER, SLJIT_UNUSED, 0, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, JUMP(SLJIT_SIG_GREATER32)); if (common->forced_quit_label == NULL) add_jump(compiler, &common->forced_quit, JUMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL32) /* SIG_LESS */); else JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL32 /* SIG_LESS */, common->forced_quit_label); return cc + 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE; } #undef CALLOUT_ARG_SIZE #undef CALLOUT_ARG_OFFSET static SLJIT_INLINE BOOL assert_needs_str_ptr_saving(pcre_uchar *cc) { while (TRUE) { switch (*cc) { case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_CIRC: case OP_CIRCM: case OP_DOLL: case OP_DOLLM: case OP_CALLOUT: case OP_ALT: cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; break; case OP_KET: return FALSE; default: return TRUE; } } } static pcre_uchar *compile_assert_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, assert_backtrack *backtrack, BOOL conditional) { DEFINE_COMPILER; int framesize; int extrasize; BOOL needs_control_head; int private_data_ptr; backtrack_common altbacktrack; pcre_uchar *ccbegin; pcre_uchar opcode; pcre_uchar bra = OP_BRA; jump_list *tmp = NULL; jump_list **target = (conditional) ? &backtrack->condfailed : &backtrack->common.topbacktracks; jump_list **found; /* Saving previous accept variables. */ BOOL save_local_exit = common->local_exit; BOOL save_positive_assert = common->positive_assert; then_trap_backtrack *save_then_trap = common->then_trap; struct sljit_label *save_quit_label = common->quit_label; struct sljit_label *save_accept_label = common->accept_label; jump_list *save_quit = common->quit; jump_list *save_positive_assert_quit = common->positive_assert_quit; jump_list *save_accept = common->accept; struct sljit_jump *jump; struct sljit_jump *brajump = NULL; /* Assert captures then. */ common->then_trap = NULL; if (*cc == OP_BRAZERO || *cc == OP_BRAMINZERO) { SLJIT_ASSERT(!conditional); bra = *cc; cc++; } private_data_ptr = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); SLJIT_ASSERT(private_data_ptr != 0); framesize = get_framesize(common, cc, NULL, FALSE, &needs_control_head); backtrack->framesize = framesize; backtrack->private_data_ptr = private_data_ptr; opcode = *cc; SLJIT_ASSERT(opcode >= OP_ASSERT && opcode <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT); found = (opcode == OP_ASSERT || opcode == OP_ASSERTBACK) ? &tmp : target; ccbegin = cc; cc += GET(cc, 1); if (bra == OP_BRAMINZERO) { /* This is a braminzero backtrack path. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 1); brajump = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); } if (framesize < 0) { extrasize = 1; if (bra == OP_BRA && !assert_needs_str_ptr_saving(ccbegin + 1 + LINK_SIZE)) extrasize = 0; if (needs_control_head) extrasize++; if (framesize == no_frame) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, STACK_TOP, 0); if (extrasize > 0) allocate_stack(common, extrasize); if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr); if (extrasize > 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); if (needs_control_head) { SLJIT_ASSERT(extrasize == 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), TMP1, 0); } } else { extrasize = needs_control_head ? 3 : 2; allocate_stack(common, framesize + extrasize); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (framesize + extrasize) * sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, TMP2, 0); if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); if (needs_control_head) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(2), TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 0); } else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), TMP1, 0); init_frame(common, ccbegin, NULL, framesize + extrasize - 1, extrasize, FALSE); } memset(&altbacktrack, 0, sizeof(backtrack_common)); if (opcode == OP_ASSERT_NOT || opcode == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) { /* Negative assert is stronger than positive assert. */ common->local_exit = TRUE; common->quit_label = NULL; common->quit = NULL; common->positive_assert = FALSE; } else common->positive_assert = TRUE; common->positive_assert_quit = NULL; while (1) { common->accept_label = NULL; common->accept = NULL; altbacktrack.top = NULL; altbacktrack.topbacktracks = NULL; if (*ccbegin == OP_ALT && extrasize > 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); altbacktrack.cc = ccbegin; compile_matchingpath(common, ccbegin + 1 + LINK_SIZE, cc, &altbacktrack); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) { if (opcode == OP_ASSERT_NOT || opcode == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) { common->local_exit = save_local_exit; common->quit_label = save_quit_label; common->quit = save_quit; } common->positive_assert = save_positive_assert; common->then_trap = save_then_trap; common->accept_label = save_accept_label; common->positive_assert_quit = save_positive_assert_quit; common->accept = save_accept; return NULL; } common->accept_label = LABEL(); if (common->accept != NULL) set_jumps(common->accept, common->accept_label); /* Reset stack. */ if (framesize < 0) { if (framesize == no_frame) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); else if (extrasize > 0) free_stack(common, extrasize); if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-1)); } else { if ((opcode != OP_ASSERT_NOT && opcode != OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) || conditional) { /* We don't need to keep the STR_PTR, only the previous private_data_ptr. */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, (framesize + 1) * sizeof(sljit_sw)); if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-1)); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-framesize - 2)); add_jump(compiler, &common->revertframes, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); } } if (opcode == OP_ASSERT_NOT || opcode == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) { /* We know that STR_PTR was stored on the top of the stack. */ if (conditional) { if (extrasize > 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), needs_control_head ? STACK(-2) : STACK(-1)); } else if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { if (framesize < 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-extrasize)); else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-framesize - 1)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-framesize - extrasize)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, TMP1, 0); } OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); } else if (framesize >= 0) { /* For OP_BRA and OP_BRAMINZERO. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-framesize - 1)); } } add_jump(compiler, found, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); compile_backtrackingpath(common, altbacktrack.top); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) { if (opcode == OP_ASSERT_NOT || opcode == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) { common->local_exit = save_local_exit; common->quit_label = save_quit_label; common->quit = save_quit; } common->positive_assert = save_positive_assert; common->then_trap = save_then_trap; common->accept_label = save_accept_label; common->positive_assert_quit = save_positive_assert_quit; common->accept = save_accept; return NULL; } set_jumps(altbacktrack.topbacktracks, LABEL()); if (*cc != OP_ALT) break; ccbegin = cc; cc += GET(cc, 1); } if (opcode == OP_ASSERT_NOT || opcode == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) { SLJIT_ASSERT(common->positive_assert_quit == NULL); /* Makes the check less complicated below. */ common->positive_assert_quit = common->quit; } /* None of them matched. */ if (common->positive_assert_quit != NULL) { jump = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); set_jumps(common->positive_assert_quit, LABEL()); SLJIT_ASSERT(framesize != no_stack); if (framesize < 0) OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, extrasize * sizeof(sljit_sw)); else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); add_jump(compiler, &common->revertframes, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (framesize + extrasize) * sizeof(sljit_sw)); } JUMPHERE(jump); } if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1)); if (opcode == OP_ASSERT || opcode == OP_ASSERTBACK) { /* Assert is failed. */ if ((conditional && extrasize > 0) || bra == OP_BRAZERO) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); if (framesize < 0) { /* The topmost item should be 0. */ if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { if (extrasize == 2) free_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); } else if (extrasize > 0) free_stack(common, extrasize); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(extrasize - 1)); /* The topmost item should be 0. */ if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { free_stack(common, framesize + extrasize - 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); } else free_stack(common, framesize + extrasize); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, TMP1, 0); } jump = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); if (bra != OP_BRAZERO) add_jump(compiler, target, jump); /* Assert is successful. */ set_jumps(tmp, LABEL()); if (framesize < 0) { /* We know that STR_PTR was stored on the top of the stack. */ if (extrasize > 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-extrasize)); /* Keep the STR_PTR on the top of the stack. */ if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(sljit_sw)); if (extrasize == 2) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); } else if (bra == OP_BRAMINZERO) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); } } else { if (bra == OP_BRA) { /* We don't need to keep the STR_PTR, only the previous private_data_ptr. */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, (framesize + 1) * sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-extrasize + 1)); } else { /* We don't need to keep the STR_PTR, only the previous private_data_ptr. */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, (framesize + 2) * sizeof(sljit_sw)); if (extrasize == 2) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); if (bra == OP_BRAMINZERO) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), bra == OP_BRAZERO ? STR_PTR : SLJIT_IMM, 0); } } } if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { backtrack->matchingpath = LABEL(); SET_LABEL(jump, backtrack->matchingpath); } else if (bra == OP_BRAMINZERO) { JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, backtrack->matchingpath); JUMPHERE(brajump); if (framesize >= 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); add_jump(compiler, &common->revertframes, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-framesize - 1)); } set_jumps(backtrack->common.topbacktracks, LABEL()); } } else { /* AssertNot is successful. */ if (framesize < 0) { if (extrasize > 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); if (bra != OP_BRA) { if (extrasize == 2) free_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); } else if (extrasize > 0) free_stack(common, extrasize); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(extrasize - 1)); /* The topmost item should be 0. */ if (bra != OP_BRA) { free_stack(common, framesize + extrasize - 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); } else free_stack(common, framesize + extrasize); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, TMP1, 0); } if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) backtrack->matchingpath = LABEL(); else if (bra == OP_BRAMINZERO) { JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, backtrack->matchingpath); JUMPHERE(brajump); } if (bra != OP_BRA) { SLJIT_ASSERT(found == &backtrack->common.topbacktracks); set_jumps(backtrack->common.topbacktracks, LABEL()); backtrack->common.topbacktracks = NULL; } } if (opcode == OP_ASSERT_NOT || opcode == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) { common->local_exit = save_local_exit; common->quit_label = save_quit_label; common->quit = save_quit; } common->positive_assert = save_positive_assert; common->then_trap = save_then_trap; common->accept_label = save_accept_label; common->positive_assert_quit = save_positive_assert_quit; common->accept = save_accept; return cc + 1 + LINK_SIZE; } static SLJIT_INLINE void match_once_common(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar ket, int framesize, int private_data_ptr, BOOL has_alternatives, BOOL needs_control_head) { DEFINE_COMPILER; int stacksize; if (framesize < 0) { if (framesize == no_frame) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); else { stacksize = needs_control_head ? 1 : 0; if (ket != OP_KET || has_alternatives) stacksize++; if (stacksize > 0) free_stack(common, stacksize); } if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), (ket != OP_KET || has_alternatives) ? STACK(-2) : STACK(-1)); /* TMP2 which is set here used by OP_KETRMAX below. */ if (ket == OP_KETRMAX) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-1)); else if (ket == OP_KETRMIN) { /* Move the STR_PTR to the private_data_ptr. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-1)); } } else { stacksize = (ket != OP_KET || has_alternatives) ? 2 : 1; OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, (framesize + stacksize) * sizeof(sljit_sw)); if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-1)); if (ket == OP_KETRMAX) { /* TMP2 which is set here used by OP_KETRMAX below. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); } } if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, TMP1, 0); } static SLJIT_INLINE int match_capture_common(compiler_common *common, int stacksize, int offset, int private_data_ptr) { DEFINE_COMPILER; if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->capture_last_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->capture_last_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, offset >> 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), TMP1, 0); stacksize++; } if (common->optimized_cbracket[offset >> 1] == 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize + 1), TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1), STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset), TMP1, 0); stacksize += 2; } return stacksize; } /* Handling bracketed expressions is probably the most complex part. Stack layout naming characters: S - Push the current STR_PTR 0 - Push a 0 (NULL) A - Push the current STR_PTR. Needed for restoring the STR_PTR before the next alternative. Not pushed if there are no alternatives. M - Any values pushed by the current alternative. Can be empty, or anything. C - Push the previous OVECTOR(i), OVECTOR(i+1) and OVECTOR_PRIV(i) to the stack. L - Push the previous local (pointed by localptr) to the stack () - opional values stored on the stack ()* - optonal, can be stored multiple times The following list shows the regular expression templates, their PCRE byte codes and stack layout supported by pcre-sljit. (?:) OP_BRA | OP_KET A M () OP_CBRA | OP_KET C M (?:)+ OP_BRA | OP_KETRMAX 0 A M S ( A M S )* OP_SBRA | OP_KETRMAX 0 L M S ( L M S )* (?:)+? OP_BRA | OP_KETRMIN 0 A M S ( A M S )* OP_SBRA | OP_KETRMIN 0 L M S ( L M S )* ()+ OP_CBRA | OP_KETRMAX 0 C M S ( C M S )* OP_SCBRA | OP_KETRMAX 0 C M S ( C M S )* ()+? OP_CBRA | OP_KETRMIN 0 C M S ( C M S )* OP_SCBRA | OP_KETRMIN 0 C M S ( C M S )* (?:)? OP_BRAZERO | OP_BRA | OP_KET S ( A M 0 ) (?:)?? OP_BRAMINZERO | OP_BRA | OP_KET S ( A M 0 ) ()? OP_BRAZERO | OP_CBRA | OP_KET S ( C M 0 ) ()?? OP_BRAMINZERO | OP_CBRA | OP_KET S ( C M 0 ) (?:)* OP_BRAZERO | OP_BRA | OP_KETRMAX S 0 ( A M S )* OP_BRAZERO | OP_SBRA | OP_KETRMAX S 0 ( L M S )* (?:)*? OP_BRAMINZERO | OP_BRA | OP_KETRMIN S 0 ( A M S )* OP_BRAMINZERO | OP_SBRA | OP_KETRMIN S 0 ( L M S )* ()* OP_BRAZERO | OP_CBRA | OP_KETRMAX S 0 ( C M S )* OP_BRAZERO | OP_SCBRA | OP_KETRMAX S 0 ( C M S )* ()*? OP_BRAMINZERO | OP_CBRA | OP_KETRMIN S 0 ( C M S )* OP_BRAMINZERO | OP_SCBRA | OP_KETRMIN S 0 ( C M S )* Stack layout naming characters: A - Push the alternative index (starting from 0) on the stack. Not pushed if there is no alternatives. M - Any values pushed by the current alternative. Can be empty, or anything. The next list shows the possible content of a bracket: (|) OP_*BRA | OP_ALT ... M A (?()|) OP_*COND | OP_ALT M A (?>|) OP_ONCE | OP_ALT ... [stack trace] M A (?>|) OP_ONCE_NC | OP_ALT ... [stack trace] M A Or nothing, if trace is unnecessary */ static pcre_uchar *compile_bracket_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, backtrack_common *parent) { DEFINE_COMPILER; backtrack_common *backtrack; pcre_uchar opcode; int private_data_ptr = 0; int offset = 0; int i, stacksize; int repeat_ptr = 0, repeat_length = 0; int repeat_type = 0, repeat_count = 0; pcre_uchar *ccbegin; pcre_uchar *matchingpath; pcre_uchar *slot; pcre_uchar bra = OP_BRA; pcre_uchar ket; assert_backtrack *assert; BOOL has_alternatives; BOOL needs_control_head = FALSE; struct sljit_jump *jump; struct sljit_jump *skip; struct sljit_label *rmax_label = NULL; struct sljit_jump *braminzero = NULL; PUSH_BACKTRACK(sizeof(bracket_backtrack), cc, NULL); if (*cc == OP_BRAZERO || *cc == OP_BRAMINZERO) { bra = *cc; cc++; opcode = *cc; } opcode = *cc; ccbegin = cc; matchingpath = bracketend(cc) - 1 - LINK_SIZE; ket = *matchingpath; if (ket == OP_KET && PRIVATE_DATA(matchingpath) != 0) { repeat_ptr = PRIVATE_DATA(matchingpath); repeat_length = PRIVATE_DATA(matchingpath + 1); repeat_type = PRIVATE_DATA(matchingpath + 2); repeat_count = PRIVATE_DATA(matchingpath + 3); SLJIT_ASSERT(repeat_length != 0 && repeat_type != 0 && repeat_count != 0); if (repeat_type == OP_UPTO) ket = OP_KETRMAX; if (repeat_type == OP_MINUPTO) ket = OP_KETRMIN; } if ((opcode == OP_COND || opcode == OP_SCOND) && cc[1 + LINK_SIZE] == OP_DEF) { /* Drop this bracket_backtrack. */ parent->top = backtrack->prev; return matchingpath + 1 + LINK_SIZE + repeat_length; } matchingpath = ccbegin + 1 + LINK_SIZE; SLJIT_ASSERT(ket == OP_KET || ket == OP_KETRMAX || ket == OP_KETRMIN); SLJIT_ASSERT(!((bra == OP_BRAZERO && ket == OP_KETRMIN) || (bra == OP_BRAMINZERO && ket == OP_KETRMAX))); cc += GET(cc, 1); has_alternatives = *cc == OP_ALT; if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(opcode == OP_COND || opcode == OP_SCOND)) has_alternatives = (*matchingpath == OP_RREF || *matchingpath == OP_DNRREF || *matchingpath == OP_FAIL) ? FALSE : TRUE; if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(opcode == OP_COND) && (*cc == OP_KETRMAX || *cc == OP_KETRMIN)) opcode = OP_SCOND; if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(opcode == OP_ONCE_NC)) opcode = OP_ONCE; if (opcode == OP_CBRA || opcode == OP_SCBRA) { /* Capturing brackets has a pre-allocated space. */ offset = GET2(ccbegin, 1 + LINK_SIZE); if (common->optimized_cbracket[offset] == 0) { private_data_ptr = OVECTOR_PRIV(offset); offset <<= 1; } else { offset <<= 1; private_data_ptr = OVECTOR(offset); } BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->private_data_ptr = private_data_ptr; matchingpath += IMM2_SIZE; } else if (opcode == OP_ONCE || opcode == OP_SBRA || opcode == OP_SCOND) { /* Other brackets simply allocate the next entry. */ private_data_ptr = PRIVATE_DATA(ccbegin); SLJIT_ASSERT(private_data_ptr != 0); BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->private_data_ptr = private_data_ptr; if (opcode == OP_ONCE) BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize = get_framesize(common, ccbegin, NULL, FALSE, &needs_control_head); } /* Instructions before the first alternative. */ stacksize = 0; if (ket == OP_KETRMAX || (ket == OP_KETRMIN && bra != OP_BRAMINZERO)) stacksize++; if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) stacksize++; if (stacksize > 0) allocate_stack(common, stacksize); stacksize = 0; if (ket == OP_KETRMAX || (ket == OP_KETRMIN && bra != OP_BRAMINZERO)) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), SLJIT_IMM, 0); stacksize++; } if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), STR_PTR, 0); if (bra == OP_BRAMINZERO) { /* This is a backtrack path! (Since the try-path of OP_BRAMINZERO matches to the empty string) */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); if (ket != OP_KETRMIN) { free_stack(common, 1); braminzero = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); } else { if (opcode == OP_ONCE || opcode >= OP_SBRA) { jump = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1)); /* Nothing stored during the first run. */ skip = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); JUMPHERE(jump); /* Checking zero-length iteration. */ if (opcode != OP_ONCE || BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize < 0) { /* When we come from outside, private_data_ptr contains the previous STR_PTR. */ braminzero = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); } else { /* Except when the whole stack frame must be saved. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); braminzero = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), STACK(-BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize - 2)); } JUMPHERE(skip); } else { jump = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1)); JUMPHERE(jump); } } } if (repeat_type != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, repeat_count); if (repeat_type == OP_EXACT) rmax_label = LABEL(); } if (ket == OP_KETRMIN) BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->recursive_matchingpath = LABEL(); if (ket == OP_KETRMAX) { rmax_label = LABEL(); if (has_alternatives && opcode != OP_ONCE && opcode < OP_SBRA && repeat_type == 0) BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->alternative_matchingpath = rmax_label; } /* Handling capturing brackets and alternatives. */ if (opcode == OP_ONCE) { stacksize = 0; if (needs_control_head) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr); stacksize++; } if (BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize < 0) { /* Neither capturing brackets nor recursions are found in the block. */ if (ket == OP_KETRMIN) { stacksize += 2; if (!needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); } else { if (BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize == no_frame) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, STACK_TOP, 0); if (ket == OP_KETRMAX || has_alternatives) stacksize++; } if (stacksize > 0) allocate_stack(common, stacksize); stacksize = 0; if (needs_control_head) { stacksize++; OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), TMP2, 0); } if (ket == OP_KETRMIN) { if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), STR_PTR, 0); if (BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize == no_frame) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, needs_control_head ? (2 * sizeof(sljit_sw)) : sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize + 1), TMP2, 0); } else if (ket == OP_KETRMAX || has_alternatives) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), STR_PTR, 0); } else { if (ket != OP_KET || has_alternatives) stacksize++; stacksize += BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize + 1; allocate_stack(common, stacksize); if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, stacksize * sizeof(sljit_sw)); stacksize = needs_control_head ? 1 : 0; if (ket != OP_KET || has_alternatives) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, TMP2, 0); stacksize++; OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), TMP1, 0); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), TMP1, 0); } init_frame(common, ccbegin, NULL, BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize + stacksize, stacksize + 1, FALSE); } } else if (opcode == OP_CBRA || opcode == OP_SCBRA) { /* Saving the previous values. */ if (common->optimized_cbracket[offset >> 1] != 0) { SLJIT_ASSERT(private_data_ptr == OVECTOR(offset)); allocate_stack(common, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr + sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), TMP2, 0); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), TMP2, 0); } } else if (opcode == OP_SBRA || opcode == OP_SCOND) { /* Saving the previous value. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), TMP2, 0); } else if (has_alternatives) { /* Pushing the starting string pointer. */ allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); } /* Generating code for the first alternative. */ if (opcode == OP_COND || opcode == OP_SCOND) { if (*matchingpath == OP_CREF) { SLJIT_ASSERT(has_alternatives); add_jump(compiler, &(BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.condfailed), CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(GET2(matchingpath, 1) << 1), SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(1))); matchingpath += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; } else if (*matchingpath == OP_DNCREF) { SLJIT_ASSERT(has_alternatives); i = GET2(matchingpath, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); slot = common->name_table + GET2(matchingpath, 1) * common->name_entry_size; OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(1)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(GET2(slot, 0) << 1), TMP1, 0); slot += common->name_entry_size; i--; while (i-- > 0) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(GET2(slot, 0) << 1), TMP1, 0); OP2(SLJIT_OR | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP2, 0, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0); slot += common->name_entry_size; } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, TMP3, 0); add_jump(compiler, &(BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.condfailed), JUMP(SLJIT_ZERO)); matchingpath += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; } else if (*matchingpath == OP_RREF || *matchingpath == OP_DNRREF || *matchingpath == OP_FAIL) { /* Never has other case. */ BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.condfailed = NULL; SLJIT_ASSERT(!has_alternatives); if (*matchingpath == OP_FAIL) stacksize = 0; else if (*matchingpath == OP_RREF) { stacksize = GET2(matchingpath, 1); if (common->currententry == NULL) stacksize = 0; else if (stacksize == RREF_ANY) stacksize = 1; else if (common->currententry->start == 0) stacksize = stacksize == 0; else stacksize = stacksize == (int)GET2(common->start, common->currententry->start + 1 + LINK_SIZE); if (stacksize != 0) matchingpath += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; } else { if (common->currententry == NULL || common->currententry->start == 0) stacksize = 0; else { stacksize = GET2(matchingpath, 1 + IMM2_SIZE); slot = common->name_table + GET2(matchingpath, 1) * common->name_entry_size; i = (int)GET2(common->start, common->currententry->start + 1 + LINK_SIZE); while (stacksize > 0) { if ((int)GET2(slot, 0) == i) break; slot += common->name_entry_size; stacksize--; } } if (stacksize != 0) matchingpath += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; } /* The stacksize == 0 is a common "else" case. */ if (stacksize == 0) { if (*cc == OP_ALT) { matchingpath = cc + 1 + LINK_SIZE; cc += GET(cc, 1); } else matchingpath = cc; } } else { SLJIT_ASSERT(has_alternatives && *matchingpath >= OP_ASSERT && *matchingpath <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT); /* Similar code as PUSH_BACKTRACK macro. */ assert = sljit_alloc_memory(compiler, sizeof(assert_backtrack)); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) return NULL; memset(assert, 0, sizeof(assert_backtrack)); assert->common.cc = matchingpath; BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.assert = assert; matchingpath = compile_assert_matchingpath(common, matchingpath, assert, TRUE); } } compile_matchingpath(common, matchingpath, cc, backtrack); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) return NULL; if (opcode == OP_ONCE) match_once_common(common, ket, BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize, private_data_ptr, has_alternatives, needs_control_head); stacksize = 0; if (repeat_type == OP_MINUPTO) { /* We need to preserve the counter. TMP2 will be used below. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr); stacksize++; } if (ket != OP_KET || bra != OP_BRA) stacksize++; if (offset != 0) { if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) stacksize++; if (common->optimized_cbracket[offset >> 1] == 0) stacksize += 2; } if (has_alternatives && opcode != OP_ONCE) stacksize++; if (stacksize > 0) allocate_stack(common, stacksize); stacksize = 0; if (repeat_type == OP_MINUPTO) { /* TMP2 was set above. */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); stacksize++; } if (ket != OP_KET || bra != OP_BRA) { if (ket != OP_KET) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), STR_PTR, 0); else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), SLJIT_IMM, 0); stacksize++; } if (offset != 0) stacksize = match_capture_common(common, stacksize, offset, private_data_ptr); if (has_alternatives) { if (opcode != OP_ONCE) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), SLJIT_IMM, 0); if (ket != OP_KETRMAX) BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->alternative_matchingpath = LABEL(); } /* Must be after the matchingpath label. */ if (offset != 0 && common->optimized_cbracket[offset >> 1] != 0) { SLJIT_ASSERT(private_data_ptr == OVECTOR(offset + 0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1), STR_PTR, 0); } if (ket == OP_KETRMAX) { if (repeat_type != 0) { if (has_alternatives) BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->alternative_matchingpath = LABEL(); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, rmax_label); /* Drop STR_PTR for greedy plus quantifier. */ if (opcode != OP_ONCE) free_stack(common, 1); } else if (opcode == OP_ONCE || opcode >= OP_SBRA) { if (has_alternatives) BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->alternative_matchingpath = LABEL(); /* Checking zero-length iteration. */ if (opcode != OP_ONCE) { CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, STR_PTR, 0, rmax_label); /* Drop STR_PTR for greedy plus quantifier. */ if (bra != OP_BRAZERO) free_stack(common, 1); } else /* TMP2 must contain the starting STR_PTR. */ CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0, rmax_label); } else JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, rmax_label); BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->recursive_matchingpath = LABEL(); } if (repeat_type == OP_EXACT) { count_match(common); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, rmax_label); } else if (repeat_type == OP_UPTO) { /* We need to preserve the counter. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr); allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), TMP2, 0); } if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->zero_matchingpath = LABEL(); if (bra == OP_BRAMINZERO) { /* This is a backtrack path! (From the viewpoint of OP_BRAMINZERO) */ JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, ((braminzero_backtrack *)parent)->matchingpath); if (braminzero != NULL) { JUMPHERE(braminzero); /* We need to release the end pointer to perform the backtrack for the zero-length iteration. When framesize is < 0, OP_ONCE will do the release itself. */ if (opcode == OP_ONCE && BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize >= 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); add_jump(compiler, &common->revertframes, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); } else if (ket == OP_KETRMIN && opcode != OP_ONCE) free_stack(common, 1); } /* Continue to the normal backtrack. */ } if ((ket != OP_KET && bra != OP_BRAMINZERO) || bra == OP_BRAZERO) count_match(common); /* Skip the other alternatives. */ while (*cc == OP_ALT) cc += GET(cc, 1); cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; if (opcode == OP_ONCE) { /* We temporarily encode the needs_control_head in the lowest bit. Note: on the target architectures of SLJIT the ((x << 1) >> 1) returns the same value for small signed numbers (including negative numbers). */ BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize = (BACKTRACK_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize << 1) | (needs_control_head ? 1 : 0); } return cc + repeat_length; } static pcre_uchar *compile_bracketpos_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, backtrack_common *parent) { DEFINE_COMPILER; backtrack_common *backtrack; pcre_uchar opcode; int private_data_ptr; int cbraprivptr = 0; BOOL needs_control_head; int framesize; int stacksize; int offset = 0; BOOL zero = FALSE; pcre_uchar *ccbegin = NULL; int stack; /* Also contains the offset of control head. */ struct sljit_label *loop = NULL; struct jump_list *emptymatch = NULL; PUSH_BACKTRACK(sizeof(bracketpos_backtrack), cc, NULL); if (*cc == OP_BRAPOSZERO) { zero = TRUE; cc++; } opcode = *cc; private_data_ptr = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); SLJIT_ASSERT(private_data_ptr != 0); BACKTRACK_AS(bracketpos_backtrack)->private_data_ptr = private_data_ptr; switch(opcode) { case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_SBRAPOS: ccbegin = cc + 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRAPOS: offset = GET2(cc, 1 + LINK_SIZE); /* This case cannot be optimized in the same was as normal capturing brackets. */ SLJIT_ASSERT(common->optimized_cbracket[offset] == 0); cbraprivptr = OVECTOR_PRIV(offset); offset <<= 1; ccbegin = cc + 1 + LINK_SIZE + IMM2_SIZE; break; default: SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); break; } framesize = get_framesize(common, cc, NULL, FALSE, &needs_control_head); BACKTRACK_AS(bracketpos_backtrack)->framesize = framesize; if (framesize < 0) { if (offset != 0) { stacksize = 2; if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) stacksize++; } else stacksize = 1; if (needs_control_head) stacksize++; if (!zero) stacksize++; BACKTRACK_AS(bracketpos_backtrack)->stacksize = stacksize; allocate_stack(common, stacksize); if (framesize == no_frame) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, STACK_TOP, 0); stack = 0; if (offset != 0) { stack = 2; OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), TMP1, 0); if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->capture_last_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), TMP2, 0); if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr); if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(2), TMP1, 0); stack = 3; } } else { if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); stack = 1; } if (needs_control_head) stack++; if (!zero) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stack), SLJIT_IMM, 1); if (needs_control_head) { stack--; OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stack), TMP2, 0); } } else { stacksize = framesize + 1; if (!zero) stacksize++; if (needs_control_head) stacksize++; if (offset == 0) stacksize++; BACKTRACK_AS(bracketpos_backtrack)->stacksize = stacksize; allocate_stack(common, stacksize); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, stacksize * sizeof(sljit_sw)); stack = 0; if (!zero) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 1); stack = 1; } if (needs_control_head) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stack), TMP2, 0); stack++; } if (offset == 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stack), STR_PTR, 0); stack++; } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stack), TMP1, 0); init_frame(common, cc, NULL, stacksize - 1, stacksize - framesize, FALSE); stack -= 1 + (offset == 0); } if (offset != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), cbraprivptr, STR_PTR, 0); loop = LABEL(); while (*cc != OP_KETRPOS) { backtrack->top = NULL; backtrack->topbacktracks = NULL; cc += GET(cc, 1); compile_matchingpath(common, ccbegin, cc, backtrack); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) return NULL; if (framesize < 0) { if (framesize == no_frame) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); if (offset != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), cbraprivptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1), STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), cbraprivptr, STR_PTR, 0); if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->capture_last_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, offset >> 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset), TMP1, 0); } else { if (opcode == OP_SBRAPOS) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); } /* Even if the match is empty, we need to reset the control head. */ if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stack)); if (opcode == OP_SBRAPOS || opcode == OP_SCBRAPOS) add_jump(compiler, &emptymatch, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, STR_PTR, 0)); if (!zero) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize - 1), SLJIT_IMM, 0); } else { if (offset != 0) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, stacksize * sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), cbraprivptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1), STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), cbraprivptr, STR_PTR, 0); if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->capture_last_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, offset >> 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset), TMP1, 0); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, stacksize * sizeof(sljit_sw)); if (opcode == OP_SBRAPOS) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), STACK(-framesize - 2)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), STACK(-framesize - 2), STR_PTR, 0); } /* Even if the match is empty, we need to reset the control head. */ if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stack)); if (opcode == OP_SBRAPOS || opcode == OP_SCBRAPOS) add_jump(compiler, &emptymatch, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, STR_PTR, 0)); if (!zero) { if (framesize < 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize - 1), SLJIT_IMM, 0); else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); } } JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, loop); flush_stubs(common); compile_backtrackingpath(common, backtrack->top); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) return NULL; set_jumps(backtrack->topbacktracks, LABEL()); if (framesize < 0) { if (offset != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), cbraprivptr); else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); } else { if (offset != 0) { /* Last alternative. */ if (*cc == OP_KETRPOS) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), cbraprivptr); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), STACK(-framesize - 2)); } } if (*cc == OP_KETRPOS) break; ccbegin = cc + 1 + LINK_SIZE; } /* We don't have to restore the control head in case of a failed match. */ backtrack->topbacktracks = NULL; if (!zero) { if (framesize < 0) add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize - 1), SLJIT_IMM, 0)); else /* TMP2 is set to [private_data_ptr] above. */ add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), STACK(-stacksize), SLJIT_IMM, 0)); } /* None of them matched. */ set_jumps(emptymatch, LABEL()); count_match(common); return cc + 1 + LINK_SIZE; } static SLJIT_INLINE pcre_uchar *get_iterator_parameters(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, pcre_uchar *opcode, pcre_uchar *type, sljit_u32 *max, sljit_u32 *exact, pcre_uchar **end) { int class_len; *opcode = *cc; *exact = 0; if (*opcode >= OP_STAR && *opcode <= OP_POSUPTO) { cc++; *type = OP_CHAR; } else if (*opcode >= OP_STARI && *opcode <= OP_POSUPTOI) { cc++; *type = OP_CHARI; *opcode -= OP_STARI - OP_STAR; } else if (*opcode >= OP_NOTSTAR && *opcode <= OP_NOTPOSUPTO) { cc++; *type = OP_NOT; *opcode -= OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; } else if (*opcode >= OP_NOTSTARI && *opcode <= OP_NOTPOSUPTOI) { cc++; *type = OP_NOTI; *opcode -= OP_NOTSTARI - OP_STAR; } else if (*opcode >= OP_TYPESTAR && *opcode <= OP_TYPEPOSUPTO) { cc++; *opcode -= OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; *type = OP_END; } else { SLJIT_ASSERT(*opcode == OP_CLASS || *opcode == OP_NCLASS || *opcode == OP_XCLASS); *type = *opcode; cc++; class_len = (*type < OP_XCLASS) ? (int)(1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar))) : GET(cc, 0); *opcode = cc[class_len - 1]; if (*opcode >= OP_CRSTAR && *opcode <= OP_CRMINQUERY) { *opcode -= OP_CRSTAR - OP_STAR; *end = cc + class_len; if (*opcode == OP_PLUS || *opcode == OP_MINPLUS) { *exact = 1; *opcode -= OP_PLUS - OP_STAR; } } else if (*opcode >= OP_CRPOSSTAR && *opcode <= OP_CRPOSQUERY) { *opcode -= OP_CRPOSSTAR - OP_POSSTAR; *end = cc + class_len; if (*opcode == OP_POSPLUS) { *exact = 1; *opcode = OP_POSSTAR; } } else { SLJIT_ASSERT(*opcode == OP_CRRANGE || *opcode == OP_CRMINRANGE || *opcode == OP_CRPOSRANGE); *max = GET2(cc, (class_len + IMM2_SIZE)); *exact = GET2(cc, class_len); if (*max == 0) { if (*opcode == OP_CRPOSRANGE) *opcode = OP_POSSTAR; else *opcode -= OP_CRRANGE - OP_STAR; } else { *max -= *exact; if (*max == 0) *opcode = OP_EXACT; else if (*max == 1) { if (*opcode == OP_CRPOSRANGE) *opcode = OP_POSQUERY; else *opcode -= OP_CRRANGE - OP_QUERY; } else { if (*opcode == OP_CRPOSRANGE) *opcode = OP_POSUPTO; else *opcode -= OP_CRRANGE - OP_UPTO; } } *end = cc + class_len + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; } return cc; } switch(*opcode) { case OP_EXACT: *exact = GET2(cc, 0); cc += IMM2_SIZE; break; case OP_PLUS: case OP_MINPLUS: *exact = 1; *opcode -= OP_PLUS - OP_STAR; break; case OP_POSPLUS: *exact = 1; *opcode = OP_POSSTAR; break; case OP_UPTO: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_POSUPTO: *max = GET2(cc, 0); cc += IMM2_SIZE; break; } if (*type == OP_END) { *type = *cc; *end = next_opcode(common, cc); cc++; return cc; } *end = cc + 1; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (common->utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(*cc)) *end += GET_EXTRALEN(*cc); #endif return cc; } static pcre_uchar *compile_iterator_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, backtrack_common *parent) { DEFINE_COMPILER; backtrack_common *backtrack; pcre_uchar opcode; pcre_uchar type; sljit_u32 max = 0, exact; BOOL fast_fail; sljit_s32 fast_str_ptr; BOOL charpos_enabled; pcre_uchar charpos_char; unsigned int charpos_othercasebit; pcre_uchar *end; jump_list *no_match = NULL; jump_list *no_char1_match = NULL; struct sljit_jump *jump = NULL; struct sljit_label *label; int private_data_ptr = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); int base = (private_data_ptr == 0) ? SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP) : SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP); int offset0 = (private_data_ptr == 0) ? STACK(0) : private_data_ptr; int offset1 = (private_data_ptr == 0) ? STACK(1) : private_data_ptr + (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); int tmp_base, tmp_offset; PUSH_BACKTRACK(sizeof(char_iterator_backtrack), cc, NULL); fast_str_ptr = PRIVATE_DATA(cc + 1); fast_fail = TRUE; SLJIT_ASSERT(common->fast_forward_bc_ptr == NULL || fast_str_ptr == 0 || cc == common->fast_forward_bc_ptr); if (cc == common->fast_forward_bc_ptr) fast_fail = FALSE; else if (common->fast_fail_start_ptr == 0) fast_str_ptr = 0; SLJIT_ASSERT(common->fast_forward_bc_ptr != NULL || fast_str_ptr == 0 || (fast_str_ptr >= common->fast_fail_start_ptr && fast_str_ptr <= common->fast_fail_end_ptr)); cc = get_iterator_parameters(common, cc, &opcode, &type, &max, &exact, &end); if (type != OP_EXTUNI) { tmp_base = TMP3; tmp_offset = 0; } else { tmp_base = SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP); tmp_offset = POSSESSIVE0; } if (fast_fail && fast_str_ptr != 0) add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), fast_str_ptr)); /* Handle fixed part first. */ if (exact > 1) { SLJIT_ASSERT(fast_str_ptr == 0); if (common->mode == JIT_COMPILE #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF && !common->utf #endif ) { OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(exact)); add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP1, 0, STR_END, 0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, exact); label = LABEL(); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &backtrack->topbacktracks, FALSE); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, tmp_base, tmp_offset, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, exact); label = LABEL(); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &backtrack->topbacktracks, TRUE); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, tmp_base, tmp_offset, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); } } else if (exact == 1) compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &backtrack->topbacktracks, TRUE); switch(opcode) { case OP_STAR: case OP_UPTO: SLJIT_ASSERT(fast_str_ptr == 0 || opcode == OP_STAR); if (type == OP_ANYNL || type == OP_EXTUNI) { SLJIT_ASSERT(private_data_ptr == 0); SLJIT_ASSERT(fast_str_ptr == 0); allocate_stack(common, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), SLJIT_IMM, 0); if (opcode == OP_UPTO) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), POSSESSIVE0, SLJIT_IMM, max); label = LABEL(); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &BACKTRACK_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->u.backtracks, TRUE); if (opcode == OP_UPTO) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), POSSESSIVE0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_ZERO); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), POSSESSIVE0, TMP1, 0); } /* We cannot use TMP3 because of this allocate_stack. */ allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, label); if (jump != NULL) JUMPHERE(jump); } else { charpos_enabled = FALSE; charpos_char = 0; charpos_othercasebit = 0; if ((type != OP_CHAR && type != OP_CHARI) && (*end == OP_CHAR || *end == OP_CHARI)) { charpos_enabled = TRUE; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF charpos_enabled = !common->utf || !HAS_EXTRALEN(end[1]); #endif if (charpos_enabled && *end == OP_CHARI && char_has_othercase(common, end + 1)) { charpos_othercasebit = char_get_othercase_bit(common, end + 1); if (charpos_othercasebit == 0) charpos_enabled = FALSE; } if (charpos_enabled) { charpos_char = end[1]; /* Consumpe the OP_CHAR opcode. */ end += 2; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 SLJIT_ASSERT((charpos_othercasebit >> 8) == 0); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 SLJIT_ASSERT((charpos_othercasebit >> 9) == 0); if ((charpos_othercasebit & 0x100) != 0) charpos_othercasebit = (charpos_othercasebit & 0xff) << 8; #endif if (charpos_othercasebit != 0) charpos_char |= charpos_othercasebit; BACKTRACK_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->u.charpos.enabled = TRUE; BACKTRACK_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->u.charpos.chr = charpos_char; BACKTRACK_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->u.charpos.othercasebit = charpos_othercasebit; } } if (charpos_enabled) { if (opcode == OP_UPTO) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, max + 1); /* Search the first instance of charpos_char. */ jump = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); label = LABEL(); if (opcode == OP_UPTO) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, tmp_base, tmp_offset, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, 1); add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, JUMP(SLJIT_ZERO)); } compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &backtrack->topbacktracks, FALSE); if (fast_str_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), fast_str_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); detect_partial_match(common, &backtrack->topbacktracks); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); if (charpos_othercasebit != 0) OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, charpos_othercasebit); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, charpos_char, label); if (private_data_ptr == 0) allocate_stack(common, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset1, STR_PTR, 0); if (opcode == OP_UPTO) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, tmp_base, tmp_offset, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, 1); add_jump(compiler, &no_match, JUMP(SLJIT_ZERO)); } /* Search the last instance of charpos_char. */ label = LABEL(); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &no_match, FALSE); if (fast_str_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), fast_str_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); detect_partial_match(common, &no_match); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(0)); if (charpos_othercasebit != 0) OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, charpos_othercasebit); if (opcode == OP_STAR) { CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, charpos_char, label); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); } else { jump = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, charpos_char); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); } if (opcode == OP_UPTO) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, tmp_base, tmp_offset, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); } else JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, label); set_jumps(no_match, LABEL()); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, base, offset0); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); } #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 else if (common->utf) { if (private_data_ptr == 0) allocate_stack(common, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset1, STR_PTR, 0); if (opcode == OP_UPTO) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, max); label = LABEL(); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &no_match, TRUE); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); if (opcode == OP_UPTO) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, tmp_base, tmp_offset, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); } else JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, label); set_jumps(no_match, LABEL()); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, base, offset0); if (fast_str_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), fast_str_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); } #endif else { if (private_data_ptr == 0) allocate_stack(common, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset1, STR_PTR, 0); if (opcode == OP_UPTO) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, max); label = LABEL(); detect_partial_match(common, &no_match); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &no_char1_match, FALSE); if (opcode == OP_UPTO) { OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, tmp_base, tmp_offset, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); } else JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, label); set_jumps(no_char1_match, LABEL()); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); set_jumps(no_match, LABEL()); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); if (fast_str_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), fast_str_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); } } BACKTRACK_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath = LABEL(); break; case OP_MINSTAR: if (private_data_ptr == 0) allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); BACKTRACK_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath = LABEL(); if (fast_str_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), fast_str_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); break; case OP_MINUPTO: SLJIT_ASSERT(fast_str_ptr == 0); if (private_data_ptr == 0) allocate_stack(common, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset1, SLJIT_IMM, max + 1); BACKTRACK_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath = LABEL(); break; case OP_QUERY: case OP_MINQUERY: SLJIT_ASSERT(fast_str_ptr == 0); if (private_data_ptr == 0) allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); if (opcode == OP_QUERY) compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &BACKTRACK_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->u.backtracks, TRUE); BACKTRACK_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath = LABEL(); break; case OP_EXACT: break; case OP_POSSTAR: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (common->utf) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, tmp_base, tmp_offset, STR_PTR, 0); label = LABEL(); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &no_match, TRUE); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, tmp_base, tmp_offset, STR_PTR, 0); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, label); set_jumps(no_match, LABEL()); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, tmp_base, tmp_offset); if (fast_str_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), fast_str_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); break; } #endif label = LABEL(); detect_partial_match(common, &no_match); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &no_char1_match, FALSE); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, label); set_jumps(no_char1_match, LABEL()); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); set_jumps(no_match, LABEL()); if (fast_str_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), fast_str_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); break; case OP_POSUPTO: SLJIT_ASSERT(fast_str_ptr == 0); #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (common->utf) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), POSSESSIVE1, STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, max); label = LABEL(); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &no_match, TRUE); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), POSSESSIVE1, STR_PTR, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, tmp_base, tmp_offset, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); set_jumps(no_match, LABEL()); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), POSSESSIVE1); break; } #endif OP1(SLJIT_MOV, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, max); label = LABEL(); detect_partial_match(common, &no_match); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &no_char1_match, FALSE); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, tmp_base, tmp_offset, tmp_base, tmp_offset, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_ZERO, label); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); set_jumps(no_char1_match, LABEL()); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); set_jumps(no_match, LABEL()); break; case OP_POSQUERY: SLJIT_ASSERT(fast_str_ptr == 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, tmp_base, tmp_offset, STR_PTR, 0); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &no_match, TRUE); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, tmp_base, tmp_offset, STR_PTR, 0); set_jumps(no_match, LABEL()); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, tmp_base, tmp_offset); break; default: SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); break; } count_match(common); return end; } static SLJIT_INLINE pcre_uchar *compile_fail_accept_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, backtrack_common *parent) { DEFINE_COMPILER; backtrack_common *backtrack; PUSH_BACKTRACK(sizeof(backtrack_common), cc, NULL); if (*cc == OP_FAIL) { add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); return cc + 1; } if (*cc == OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT || common->currententry != NULL || !common->might_be_empty) { /* No need to check notempty conditions. */ if (common->accept_label == NULL) add_jump(compiler, &common->accept, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); else JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, common->accept_label); return cc + 1; } if (common->accept_label == NULL) add_jump(compiler, &common->accept, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(0))); else CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(0), common->accept_label); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, notempty)); add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, notempty_atstart)); if (common->accept_label == NULL) add_jump(compiler, &common->accept, CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0)); else CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, common->accept_label); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, str)); if (common->accept_label == NULL) add_jump(compiler, &common->accept, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0)); else CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0, common->accept_label); add_jump(compiler, &backtrack->topbacktracks, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); return cc + 1; } static SLJIT_INLINE pcre_uchar *compile_close_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc) { DEFINE_COMPILER; int offset = GET2(cc, 1); BOOL optimized_cbracket = common->optimized_cbracket[offset] != 0; /* Data will be discarded anyway... */ if (common->currententry != NULL) return cc + 1 + IMM2_SIZE; if (!optimized_cbracket) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR_PRIV(offset)); offset <<= 1; OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1), STR_PTR, 0); if (!optimized_cbracket) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset), TMP1, 0); return cc + 1 + IMM2_SIZE; } static SLJIT_INLINE pcre_uchar *compile_control_verb_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, backtrack_common *parent) { DEFINE_COMPILER; backtrack_common *backtrack; pcre_uchar opcode = *cc; pcre_uchar *ccend = cc + 1; if (opcode == OP_PRUNE_ARG || opcode == OP_SKIP_ARG || opcode == OP_THEN_ARG) ccend += 2 + cc[1]; PUSH_BACKTRACK(sizeof(backtrack_common), cc, NULL); if (opcode == OP_SKIP) { allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); return ccend; } if (opcode == OP_PRUNE_ARG || opcode == OP_THEN_ARG) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(cc + 2)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mark_ptr, TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, mark_ptr), TMP2, 0); } return ccend; } static pcre_uchar then_trap_opcode[1] = { OP_THEN_TRAP }; static SLJIT_INLINE void compile_then_trap_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, pcre_uchar *ccend, backtrack_common *parent) { DEFINE_COMPILER; backtrack_common *backtrack; BOOL needs_control_head; int size; PUSH_BACKTRACK_NOVALUE(sizeof(then_trap_backtrack), cc); common->then_trap = BACKTRACK_AS(then_trap_backtrack); BACKTRACK_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->common.cc = then_trap_opcode; BACKTRACK_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->start = (sljit_sw)(cc - common->start); BACKTRACK_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->framesize = get_framesize(common, cc, ccend, FALSE, &needs_control_head); size = BACKTRACK_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->framesize; size = 3 + (size < 0 ? 0 : size); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr); allocate_stack(common, size); if (size > 3) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (size - 3) * sizeof(sljit_sw)); else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, STACK_TOP, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(size - 1), SLJIT_IMM, BACKTRACK_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->start); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(size - 2), SLJIT_IMM, type_then_trap); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(size - 3), TMP2, 0); size = BACKTRACK_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->framesize; if (size >= 0) init_frame(common, cc, ccend, size - 1, 0, FALSE); } static void compile_matchingpath(compiler_common *common, pcre_uchar *cc, pcre_uchar *ccend, backtrack_common *parent) { DEFINE_COMPILER; backtrack_common *backtrack; BOOL has_then_trap = FALSE; then_trap_backtrack *save_then_trap = NULL; SLJIT_ASSERT(*ccend == OP_END || (*ccend >= OP_ALT && *ccend <= OP_KETRPOS)); if (common->has_then && common->then_offsets[cc - common->start] != 0) { SLJIT_ASSERT(*ccend != OP_END && common->control_head_ptr != 0); has_then_trap = TRUE; save_then_trap = common->then_trap; /* Tail item on backtrack. */ compile_then_trap_matchingpath(common, cc, ccend, parent); } while (cc < ccend) { switch(*cc) { case OP_SOD: case OP_SOM: case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_EODN: case OP_EOD: case OP_DOLL: case OP_DOLLM: case OP_CIRC: case OP_CIRCM: case OP_REVERSE: cc = compile_simple_assertion_matchingpath(common, *cc, cc + 1, parent->top != NULL ? &parent->top->nextbacktracks : &parent->topbacktracks); break; case OP_NOT_DIGIT: case OP_DIGIT: case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: case OP_WHITESPACE: case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: case OP_WORDCHAR: case OP_ANY: case OP_ALLANY: case OP_ANYBYTE: case OP_NOTPROP: case OP_PROP: case OP_ANYNL: case OP_NOT_HSPACE: case OP_HSPACE: case OP_NOT_VSPACE: case OP_VSPACE: case OP_EXTUNI: case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: cc = compile_char1_matchingpath(common, *cc, cc + 1, parent->top != NULL ? &parent->top->nextbacktracks : &parent->topbacktracks, TRUE); break; case OP_SET_SOM: PUSH_BACKTRACK_NOVALUE(sizeof(backtrack_common), cc); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(0)); allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(0), STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), TMP2, 0); cc++; break; case OP_CHAR: case OP_CHARI: if (common->mode == JIT_COMPILE) cc = compile_charn_matchingpath(common, cc, ccend, parent->top != NULL ? &parent->top->nextbacktracks : &parent->topbacktracks); else cc = compile_char1_matchingpath(common, *cc, cc + 1, parent->top != NULL ? &parent->top->nextbacktracks : &parent->topbacktracks, TRUE); break; case OP_STAR: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_PLUS: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_QUERY: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_UPTO: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_EXACT: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_STARI: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_QUERYI: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_UPTOI: case OP_MINUPTOI: case OP_EXACTI: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_POSQUERYI: case OP_POSUPTOI: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: case OP_NOTEXACTI: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_TYPEEXACT: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: cc = compile_iterator_matchingpath(common, cc, parent); break; case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: if (cc[1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar))] >= OP_CRSTAR && cc[1 + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar))] <= OP_CRPOSRANGE) cc = compile_iterator_matchingpath(common, cc, parent); else cc = compile_char1_matchingpath(common, *cc, cc + 1, parent->top != NULL ? &parent->top->nextbacktracks : &parent->topbacktracks, TRUE); break; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 case OP_XCLASS: if (*(cc + GET(cc, 1)) >= OP_CRSTAR && *(cc + GET(cc, 1)) <= OP_CRPOSRANGE) cc = compile_iterator_matchingpath(common, cc, parent); else cc = compile_char1_matchingpath(common, *cc, cc + 1, parent->top != NULL ? &parent->top->nextbacktracks : &parent->topbacktracks, TRUE); break; #endif case OP_REF: case OP_REFI: if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] >= OP_CRSTAR && cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] <= OP_CRPOSRANGE) cc = compile_ref_iterator_matchingpath(common, cc, parent); else { compile_ref_matchingpath(common, cc, parent->top != NULL ? &parent->top->nextbacktracks : &parent->topbacktracks, TRUE, FALSE); cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; } break; case OP_DNREF: case OP_DNREFI: if (cc[1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE] >= OP_CRSTAR && cc[1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE] <= OP_CRPOSRANGE) cc = compile_ref_iterator_matchingpath(common, cc, parent); else { compile_dnref_search(common, cc, parent->top != NULL ? &parent->top->nextbacktracks : &parent->topbacktracks); compile_ref_matchingpath(common, cc, parent->top != NULL ? &parent->top->nextbacktracks : &parent->topbacktracks, TRUE, FALSE); cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; } break; case OP_RECURSE: cc = compile_recurse_matchingpath(common, cc, parent); break; case OP_CALLOUT: cc = compile_callout_matchingpath(common, cc, parent); break; case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: PUSH_BACKTRACK_NOVALUE(sizeof(assert_backtrack), cc); cc = compile_assert_matchingpath(common, cc, BACKTRACK_AS(assert_backtrack), FALSE); break; case OP_BRAMINZERO: PUSH_BACKTRACK_NOVALUE(sizeof(braminzero_backtrack), cc); cc = bracketend(cc + 1); if (*(cc - 1 - LINK_SIZE) != OP_KETRMIN) { allocate_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); } else { allocate_stack(common, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), STR_PTR, 0); } BACKTRACK_AS(braminzero_backtrack)->matchingpath = LABEL(); count_match(common); break; case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: case OP_BRA: case OP_CBRA: case OP_COND: case OP_SBRA: case OP_SCBRA: case OP_SCOND: cc = compile_bracket_matchingpath(common, cc, parent); break; case OP_BRAZERO: if (cc[1] > OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) cc = compile_bracket_matchingpath(common, cc, parent); else { PUSH_BACKTRACK_NOVALUE(sizeof(assert_backtrack), cc); cc = compile_assert_matchingpath(common, cc, BACKTRACK_AS(assert_backtrack), FALSE); } break; case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRAPOS: case OP_BRAPOSZERO: cc = compile_bracketpos_matchingpath(common, cc, parent); break; case OP_MARK: PUSH_BACKTRACK_NOVALUE(sizeof(backtrack_common), cc); SLJIT_ASSERT(common->mark_ptr != 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mark_ptr); allocate_stack(common, common->has_skip_arg ? 5 : 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(common->has_skip_arg ? 4 : 0), TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(cc + 2)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mark_ptr, TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, mark_ptr), TMP2, 0); if (common->has_skip_arg) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, STACK_TOP, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), SLJIT_IMM, type_mark); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(2), SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(cc + 2)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(3), STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), TMP1, 0); } cc += 1 + 2 + cc[1]; break; case OP_PRUNE: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_SKIP: case OP_SKIP_ARG: case OP_THEN: case OP_THEN_ARG: case OP_COMMIT: cc = compile_control_verb_matchingpath(common, cc, parent); break; case OP_FAIL: case OP_ACCEPT: case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: cc = compile_fail_accept_matchingpath(common, cc, parent); break; case OP_CLOSE: cc = compile_close_matchingpath(common, cc); break; case OP_SKIPZERO: cc = bracketend(cc + 1); break; default: SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); return; } if (cc == NULL) return; } if (has_then_trap) { /* Head item on backtrack. */ PUSH_BACKTRACK_NOVALUE(sizeof(then_trap_backtrack), cc); BACKTRACK_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->common.cc = then_trap_opcode; BACKTRACK_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->then_trap = common->then_trap; common->then_trap = save_then_trap; } SLJIT_ASSERT(cc == ccend); } #undef PUSH_BACKTRACK #undef PUSH_BACKTRACK_NOVALUE #undef BACKTRACK_AS #define COMPILE_BACKTRACKINGPATH(current) \ do \ { \ compile_backtrackingpath(common, (current)); \ if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) \ return; \ } \ while (0) #define CURRENT_AS(type) ((type *)current) static void compile_iterator_backtrackingpath(compiler_common *common, struct backtrack_common *current) { DEFINE_COMPILER; pcre_uchar *cc = current->cc; pcre_uchar opcode; pcre_uchar type; sljit_u32 max = 0, exact; struct sljit_label *label = NULL; struct sljit_jump *jump = NULL; jump_list *jumplist = NULL; pcre_uchar *end; int private_data_ptr = PRIVATE_DATA(cc); int base = (private_data_ptr == 0) ? SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP) : SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP); int offset0 = (private_data_ptr == 0) ? STACK(0) : private_data_ptr; int offset1 = (private_data_ptr == 0) ? STACK(1) : private_data_ptr + (int)sizeof(sljit_sw); cc = get_iterator_parameters(common, cc, &opcode, &type, &max, &exact, &end); switch(opcode) { case OP_STAR: case OP_UPTO: if (type == OP_ANYNL || type == OP_EXTUNI) { SLJIT_ASSERT(private_data_ptr == 0); set_jumps(CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->u.backtracks, LABEL()); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 1); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath); } else { if (CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->u.charpos.enabled) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, base, offset0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, base, offset1); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STR_PTR, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(1)); jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0); label = LABEL(); OP1(MOV_UCHAR, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STR_PTR), IN_UCHARS(-1)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); if (CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->u.charpos.othercasebit != 0) OP2(SLJIT_OR, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->u.charpos.othercasebit); CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->u.charpos.chr, CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath); skip_char_back(common); CMPTO(SLJIT_GREATER, STR_PTR, 0, TMP2, 0, label); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, base, offset0); jump = CMP(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, base, offset1); skip_char_back(common); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath); } JUMPHERE(jump); if (private_data_ptr == 0) free_stack(common, 2); } break; case OP_MINSTAR: OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, base, offset0); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &jumplist, TRUE); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath); set_jumps(jumplist, LABEL()); if (private_data_ptr == 0) free_stack(common, 1); break; case OP_MINUPTO: OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, base, offset1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, base, offset0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB | SLJIT_SET_Z, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); add_jump(compiler, &jumplist, JUMP(SLJIT_ZERO)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset1, TMP1, 0); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &jumplist, TRUE); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, STR_PTR, 0); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath); set_jumps(jumplist, LABEL()); if (private_data_ptr == 0) free_stack(common, 2); break; case OP_QUERY: OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, base, offset0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); set_jumps(CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->u.backtracks, LABEL()); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, base, offset0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath); JUMPHERE(jump); if (private_data_ptr == 0) free_stack(common, 1); break; case OP_MINQUERY: OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, base, offset0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, base, offset0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); jump = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); compile_char1_matchingpath(common, type, cc, &jumplist, TRUE); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, CURRENT_AS(char_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath); set_jumps(jumplist, LABEL()); JUMPHERE(jump); if (private_data_ptr == 0) free_stack(common, 1); break; case OP_EXACT: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSUPTO: break; default: SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); break; } set_jumps(current->topbacktracks, LABEL()); } static SLJIT_INLINE void compile_ref_iterator_backtrackingpath(compiler_common *common, struct backtrack_common *current) { DEFINE_COMPILER; pcre_uchar *cc = current->cc; BOOL ref = (*cc == OP_REF || *cc == OP_REFI); pcre_uchar type; type = cc[ref ? 1 + IMM2_SIZE : 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE]; if ((type & 0x1) == 0) { /* Maximize case. */ set_jumps(current->topbacktracks, LABEL()); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 1); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, CURRENT_AS(ref_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath); return; } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, CURRENT_AS(ref_iterator_backtrack)->matchingpath); set_jumps(current->topbacktracks, LABEL()); free_stack(common, ref ? 2 : 3); } static SLJIT_INLINE void compile_recurse_backtrackingpath(compiler_common *common, struct backtrack_common *current) { DEFINE_COMPILER; if (CURRENT_AS(recurse_backtrack)->inlined_pattern) compile_backtrackingpath(common, current->top); set_jumps(current->topbacktracks, LABEL()); if (CURRENT_AS(recurse_backtrack)->inlined_pattern) return; if (common->has_set_som && common->mark_ptr != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1)); free_stack(common, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(0), TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mark_ptr, TMP1, 0); } else if (common->has_set_som || common->mark_ptr != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->has_set_som ? (int)(OVECTOR(0)) : common->mark_ptr, TMP2, 0); } } static void compile_assert_backtrackingpath(compiler_common *common, struct backtrack_common *current) { DEFINE_COMPILER; pcre_uchar *cc = current->cc; pcre_uchar bra = OP_BRA; struct sljit_jump *brajump = NULL; SLJIT_ASSERT(*cc != OP_BRAMINZERO); if (*cc == OP_BRAZERO) { bra = *cc; cc++; } if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { SLJIT_ASSERT(current->topbacktracks == NULL); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); } if (CURRENT_AS(assert_backtrack)->framesize < 0) { set_jumps(current->topbacktracks, LABEL()); if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, CURRENT_AS(assert_backtrack)->matchingpath); free_stack(common, 1); } return; } if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { if (*cc == OP_ASSERT_NOT || *cc == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, CURRENT_AS(assert_backtrack)->matchingpath); free_stack(common, 1); return; } free_stack(common, 1); brajump = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); } if (*cc == OP_ASSERT || *cc == OP_ASSERTBACK) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), CURRENT_AS(assert_backtrack)->private_data_ptr); add_jump(compiler, &common->revertframes, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), CURRENT_AS(assert_backtrack)->private_data_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-CURRENT_AS(assert_backtrack)->framesize - 1)); set_jumps(current->topbacktracks, LABEL()); } else set_jumps(current->topbacktracks, LABEL()); if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { /* We know there is enough place on the stack. */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(sljit_sw)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), SLJIT_IMM, 0); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, CURRENT_AS(assert_backtrack)->matchingpath); JUMPHERE(brajump); } } static void compile_bracket_backtrackingpath(compiler_common *common, struct backtrack_common *current) { DEFINE_COMPILER; int opcode, stacksize, alt_count, alt_max; int offset = 0; int private_data_ptr = CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->private_data_ptr; int repeat_ptr = 0, repeat_type = 0, repeat_count = 0; pcre_uchar *cc = current->cc; pcre_uchar *ccbegin; pcre_uchar *ccprev; pcre_uchar bra = OP_BRA; pcre_uchar ket; assert_backtrack *assert; sljit_uw *next_update_addr = NULL; BOOL has_alternatives; BOOL needs_control_head = FALSE; struct sljit_jump *brazero = NULL; struct sljit_jump *alt1 = NULL; struct sljit_jump *alt2 = NULL; struct sljit_jump *once = NULL; struct sljit_jump *cond = NULL; struct sljit_label *rmin_label = NULL; struct sljit_label *exact_label = NULL; if (*cc == OP_BRAZERO || *cc == OP_BRAMINZERO) { bra = *cc; cc++; } opcode = *cc; ccbegin = bracketend(cc) - 1 - LINK_SIZE; ket = *ccbegin; if (ket == OP_KET && PRIVATE_DATA(ccbegin) != 0) { repeat_ptr = PRIVATE_DATA(ccbegin); repeat_type = PRIVATE_DATA(ccbegin + 2); repeat_count = PRIVATE_DATA(ccbegin + 3); SLJIT_ASSERT(repeat_type != 0 && repeat_count != 0); if (repeat_type == OP_UPTO) ket = OP_KETRMAX; if (repeat_type == OP_MINUPTO) ket = OP_KETRMIN; } ccbegin = cc; cc += GET(cc, 1); has_alternatives = *cc == OP_ALT; if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(opcode == OP_COND) || SLJIT_UNLIKELY(opcode == OP_SCOND)) has_alternatives = (ccbegin[1 + LINK_SIZE] >= OP_ASSERT && ccbegin[1 + LINK_SIZE] <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) || CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.condfailed != NULL; if (opcode == OP_CBRA || opcode == OP_SCBRA) offset = (GET2(ccbegin, 1 + LINK_SIZE)) << 1; if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(opcode == OP_COND) && (*cc == OP_KETRMAX || *cc == OP_KETRMIN)) opcode = OP_SCOND; if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(opcode == OP_ONCE_NC)) opcode = OP_ONCE; alt_max = has_alternatives ? no_alternatives(ccbegin) : 0; /* Decoding the needs_control_head in framesize. */ if (opcode == OP_ONCE) { needs_control_head = (CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize & 0x1) != 0; CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize >>= 1; } if (ket != OP_KET && repeat_type != 0) { /* TMP1 is used in OP_KETRMIN below. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 1); if (repeat_type == OP_UPTO) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr, TMP1, 0); } if (ket == OP_KETRMAX) { if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 1); brazero = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); } } else if (ket == OP_KETRMIN) { if (bra != OP_BRAMINZERO) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); if (repeat_type != 0) { /* TMP1 was set a few lines above. */ CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->recursive_matchingpath); /* Drop STR_PTR for non-greedy plus quantifier. */ if (opcode != OP_ONCE) free_stack(common, 1); } else if (opcode >= OP_SBRA || opcode == OP_ONCE) { /* Checking zero-length iteration. */ if (opcode != OP_ONCE || CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize < 0) CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->recursive_matchingpath); else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), STACK(-CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize - 2), CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->recursive_matchingpath); } /* Drop STR_PTR for non-greedy plus quantifier. */ if (opcode != OP_ONCE) free_stack(common, 1); } else JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->recursive_matchingpath); } rmin_label = LABEL(); if (repeat_type != 0) OP2(SLJIT_ADD, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 1); } else if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 1); brazero = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); } else if (repeat_type == OP_EXACT) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 1); exact_label = LABEL(); } if (offset != 0) { if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) { SLJIT_ASSERT(common->optimized_cbracket[offset >> 1] == 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->capture_last_ptr, TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(2)); free_stack(common, 3); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset), TMP2, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1), TMP1, 0); } else if (common->optimized_cbracket[offset >> 1] == 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1)); free_stack(common, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset), TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1), TMP2, 0); } } if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(opcode == OP_ONCE)) { if (CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize >= 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); add_jump(compiler, &common->revertframes, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); } once = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); } else if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(opcode == OP_COND) || SLJIT_UNLIKELY(opcode == OP_SCOND)) { if (has_alternatives) { /* Always exactly one alternative. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 1); alt_max = 2; alt1 = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(sljit_uw)); } } else if (has_alternatives) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 1); if (alt_max > 4) { /* Table jump if alt_max is greater than 4. */ next_update_addr = allocate_read_only_data(common, alt_max * sizeof(sljit_uw)); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(next_update_addr == NULL)) return; sljit_emit_ijump(compiler, SLJIT_JUMP, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), (sljit_sw)next_update_addr); add_label_addr(common, next_update_addr++); } else { if (alt_max == 4) alt2 = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 2 * sizeof(sljit_uw)); alt1 = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, sizeof(sljit_uw)); } } COMPILE_BACKTRACKINGPATH(current->top); if (current->topbacktracks) set_jumps(current->topbacktracks, LABEL()); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(opcode == OP_COND) || SLJIT_UNLIKELY(opcode == OP_SCOND)) { /* Conditional block always has at most one alternative. */ if (ccbegin[1 + LINK_SIZE] >= OP_ASSERT && ccbegin[1 + LINK_SIZE] <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) { SLJIT_ASSERT(has_alternatives); assert = CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.assert; if (assert->framesize >= 0 && (ccbegin[1 + LINK_SIZE] == OP_ASSERT || ccbegin[1 + LINK_SIZE] == OP_ASSERTBACK)) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), assert->private_data_ptr); add_jump(compiler, &common->revertframes, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), assert->private_data_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-assert->framesize - 1)); } cond = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); set_jumps(CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.assert->condfailed, LABEL()); } else if (CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.condfailed != NULL) { SLJIT_ASSERT(has_alternatives); cond = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); set_jumps(CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.condfailed, LABEL()); } else SLJIT_ASSERT(!has_alternatives); } if (has_alternatives) { alt_count = sizeof(sljit_uw); do { current->top = NULL; current->topbacktracks = NULL; current->nextbacktracks = NULL; /* Conditional blocks always have an additional alternative, even if it is empty. */ if (*cc == OP_ALT) { ccprev = cc + 1 + LINK_SIZE; cc += GET(cc, 1); if (opcode != OP_COND && opcode != OP_SCOND) { if (opcode != OP_ONCE) { if (private_data_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr); else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); } else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(needs_control_head ? 1 : 0)); } compile_matchingpath(common, ccprev, cc, current); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) return; } /* Instructions after the current alternative is successfully matched. */ /* There is a similar code in compile_bracket_matchingpath. */ if (opcode == OP_ONCE) match_once_common(common, ket, CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize, private_data_ptr, has_alternatives, needs_control_head); stacksize = 0; if (repeat_type == OP_MINUPTO) { /* We need to preserve the counter. TMP2 will be used below. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr); stacksize++; } if (ket != OP_KET || bra != OP_BRA) stacksize++; if (offset != 0) { if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) stacksize++; if (common->optimized_cbracket[offset >> 1] == 0) stacksize += 2; } if (opcode != OP_ONCE) stacksize++; if (stacksize > 0) allocate_stack(common, stacksize); stacksize = 0; if (repeat_type == OP_MINUPTO) { /* TMP2 was set above. */ OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); stacksize++; } if (ket != OP_KET || bra != OP_BRA) { if (ket != OP_KET) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), STR_PTR, 0); else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), SLJIT_IMM, 0); stacksize++; } if (offset != 0) stacksize = match_capture_common(common, stacksize, offset, private_data_ptr); if (opcode != OP_ONCE) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(stacksize), SLJIT_IMM, alt_count); if (offset != 0 && ket == OP_KETRMAX && common->optimized_cbracket[offset >> 1] != 0) { /* If ket is not OP_KETRMAX, this code path is executed after the jump to alternative_matchingpath. */ SLJIT_ASSERT(private_data_ptr == OVECTOR(offset + 0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1), STR_PTR, 0); } JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->alternative_matchingpath); if (opcode != OP_ONCE) { if (alt_max > 4) add_label_addr(common, next_update_addr++); else { if (alt_count != 2 * sizeof(sljit_uw)) { JUMPHERE(alt1); if (alt_max == 3 && alt_count == sizeof(sljit_uw)) alt2 = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 2 * sizeof(sljit_uw)); } else { JUMPHERE(alt2); if (alt_max == 4) alt1 = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 3 * sizeof(sljit_uw)); } } alt_count += sizeof(sljit_uw); } COMPILE_BACKTRACKINGPATH(current->top); if (current->topbacktracks) set_jumps(current->topbacktracks, LABEL()); SLJIT_ASSERT(!current->nextbacktracks); } while (*cc == OP_ALT); if (cond != NULL) { SLJIT_ASSERT(opcode == OP_COND || opcode == OP_SCOND); assert = CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.assert; if ((ccbegin[1 + LINK_SIZE] == OP_ASSERT_NOT || ccbegin[1 + LINK_SIZE] == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) && assert->framesize >= 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), assert->private_data_ptr); add_jump(compiler, &common->revertframes, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), assert->private_data_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-assert->framesize - 1)); } JUMPHERE(cond); } /* Free the STR_PTR. */ if (private_data_ptr == 0) free_stack(common, 1); } if (offset != 0) { /* Using both tmp register is better for instruction scheduling. */ if (common->optimized_cbracket[offset >> 1] != 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1)); free_stack(common, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset), TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1), TMP2, 0); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, TMP1, 0); } } else if (opcode == OP_SBRA || opcode == OP_SCOND) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 1); } else if (opcode == OP_ONCE) { cc = ccbegin + GET(ccbegin, 1); stacksize = needs_control_head ? 1 : 0; if (CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize >= 0) { /* Reset head and drop saved frame. */ stacksize += CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize + ((ket != OP_KET || *cc == OP_ALT) ? 2 : 1); } else if (ket == OP_KETRMAX || (*cc == OP_ALT && ket != OP_KETRMIN)) { /* The STR_PTR must be released. */ stacksize++; } if (stacksize > 0) free_stack(common, stacksize); JUMPHERE(once); /* Restore previous private_data_ptr */ if (CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize >= 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->u.framesize - 1)); else if (ket == OP_KETRMIN) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1)); /* See the comment below. */ free_stack(common, 2); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), private_data_ptr, TMP1, 0); } } if (repeat_type == OP_EXACT) { OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), repeat_ptr, TMP1, 0); CMPTO(SLJIT_LESS_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, repeat_count, exact_label); } else if (ket == OP_KETRMAX) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); if (bra != OP_BRAZERO) free_stack(common, 1); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->recursive_matchingpath); if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1)); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->zero_matchingpath); JUMPHERE(brazero); free_stack(common, 1); } } else if (ket == OP_KETRMIN) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); /* OP_ONCE removes everything in case of a backtrack, so we don't need to explicitly release the STR_PTR. The extra release would affect badly the free_stack(2) above. */ if (opcode != OP_ONCE) free_stack(common, 1); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, rmin_label); if (opcode == OP_ONCE) free_stack(common, bra == OP_BRAMINZERO ? 2 : 1); else if (bra == OP_BRAMINZERO) free_stack(common, 1); } else if (bra == OP_BRAZERO) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, CURRENT_AS(bracket_backtrack)->zero_matchingpath); JUMPHERE(brazero); } } static SLJIT_INLINE void compile_bracketpos_backtrackingpath(compiler_common *common, struct backtrack_common *current) { DEFINE_COMPILER; int offset; struct sljit_jump *jump; if (CURRENT_AS(bracketpos_backtrack)->framesize < 0) { if (*current->cc == OP_CBRAPOS || *current->cc == OP_SCBRAPOS) { offset = (GET2(current->cc, 1 + LINK_SIZE)) << 1; OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset), TMP1, 0); if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(2)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(offset + 1), TMP2, 0); if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->capture_last_ptr, TMP1, 0); } set_jumps(current->topbacktracks, LABEL()); free_stack(common, CURRENT_AS(bracketpos_backtrack)->stacksize); return; } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), CURRENT_AS(bracketpos_backtrack)->private_data_ptr); add_jump(compiler, &common->revertframes, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); if (current->topbacktracks) { jump = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); set_jumps(current->topbacktracks, LABEL()); /* Drop the stack frame. */ free_stack(common, CURRENT_AS(bracketpos_backtrack)->stacksize); JUMPHERE(jump); } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), CURRENT_AS(bracketpos_backtrack)->private_data_ptr, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-CURRENT_AS(bracketpos_backtrack)->framesize - 1)); } static SLJIT_INLINE void compile_braminzero_backtrackingpath(compiler_common *common, struct backtrack_common *current) { assert_backtrack backtrack; current->top = NULL; current->topbacktracks = NULL; current->nextbacktracks = NULL; if (current->cc[1] > OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) { /* Manual call of compile_bracket_matchingpath and compile_bracket_backtrackingpath. */ compile_bracket_matchingpath(common, current->cc, current); compile_bracket_backtrackingpath(common, current->top); } else { memset(&backtrack, 0, sizeof(backtrack)); backtrack.common.cc = current->cc; backtrack.matchingpath = CURRENT_AS(braminzero_backtrack)->matchingpath; /* Manual call of compile_assert_matchingpath. */ compile_assert_matchingpath(common, current->cc, &backtrack, FALSE); } SLJIT_ASSERT(!current->nextbacktracks && !current->topbacktracks); } static SLJIT_INLINE void compile_control_verb_backtrackingpath(compiler_common *common, struct backtrack_common *current) { DEFINE_COMPILER; pcre_uchar opcode = *current->cc; struct sljit_label *loop; struct sljit_jump *jump; if (opcode == OP_THEN || opcode == OP_THEN_ARG) { if (common->then_trap != NULL) { SLJIT_ASSERT(common->control_head_ptr != 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, type_then_trap); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, common->then_trap->start); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); loop = LABEL(); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); JUMPHERE(jump); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(1), TMP1, 0, loop); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(2), TMP2, 0, loop); add_jump(compiler, &common->then_trap->quit, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); return; } else if (common->positive_assert) { add_jump(compiler, &common->positive_assert_quit, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); return; } } if (common->local_exit) { if (common->quit_label == NULL) add_jump(compiler, &common->quit, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); else JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, common->quit_label); return; } if (opcode == OP_SKIP_ARG) { SLJIT_ASSERT(common->control_head_ptr != 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0, STACK_TOP, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (sljit_sw)(current->cc + 2)); sljit_emit_icall(compiler, SLJIT_CALL, SLJIT_RET(SW) | SLJIT_ARG1(SW) | SLJIT_ARG2(SW), SLJIT_IMM, SLJIT_FUNC_OFFSET(do_search_mark)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); add_jump(compiler, &common->reset_match, CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0)); return; } if (opcode == OP_SKIP) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); else OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); add_jump(compiler, &common->reset_match, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); } static SLJIT_INLINE void compile_then_trap_backtrackingpath(compiler_common *common, struct backtrack_common *current) { DEFINE_COMPILER; struct sljit_jump *jump; int size; if (CURRENT_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->then_trap) { common->then_trap = CURRENT_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->then_trap; return; } size = CURRENT_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->framesize; size = 3 + (size < 0 ? 0 : size); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(size - 3)); free_stack(common, size); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); set_jumps(CURRENT_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->quit, LABEL()); /* STACK_TOP is set by THEN. */ if (CURRENT_AS(then_trap_backtrack)->framesize >= 0) add_jump(compiler, &common->revertframes, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 3); JUMPHERE(jump); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, TMP1, 0); } static void compile_backtrackingpath(compiler_common *common, struct backtrack_common *current) { DEFINE_COMPILER; then_trap_backtrack *save_then_trap = common->then_trap; while (current) { if (current->nextbacktracks != NULL) set_jumps(current->nextbacktracks, LABEL()); switch(*current->cc) { case OP_SET_SOM: OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(0), TMP1, 0); break; case OP_STAR: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_PLUS: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_QUERY: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_UPTO: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_EXACT: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_STARI: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_QUERYI: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_UPTOI: case OP_MINUPTOI: case OP_EXACTI: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_POSQUERYI: case OP_POSUPTOI: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: case OP_NOTEXACTI: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_TYPEEXACT: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: #endif compile_iterator_backtrackingpath(common, current); break; case OP_REF: case OP_REFI: case OP_DNREF: case OP_DNREFI: compile_ref_iterator_backtrackingpath(common, current); break; case OP_RECURSE: compile_recurse_backtrackingpath(common, current); break; case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: compile_assert_backtrackingpath(common, current); break; case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: case OP_BRA: case OP_CBRA: case OP_COND: case OP_SBRA: case OP_SCBRA: case OP_SCOND: compile_bracket_backtrackingpath(common, current); break; case OP_BRAZERO: if (current->cc[1] > OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) compile_bracket_backtrackingpath(common, current); else compile_assert_backtrackingpath(common, current); break; case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRAPOS: case OP_BRAPOSZERO: compile_bracketpos_backtrackingpath(common, current); break; case OP_BRAMINZERO: compile_braminzero_backtrackingpath(common, current); break; case OP_MARK: OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(common->has_skip_arg ? 4 : 0)); if (common->has_skip_arg) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); free_stack(common, common->has_skip_arg ? 5 : 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mark_ptr, TMP1, 0); if (common->has_skip_arg) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, TMP2, 0); break; case OP_THEN: case OP_THEN_ARG: case OP_PRUNE: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_SKIP: case OP_SKIP_ARG: compile_control_verb_backtrackingpath(common, current); break; case OP_COMMIT: if (!common->local_exit) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_IMM, PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH); if (common->quit_label == NULL) add_jump(compiler, &common->quit, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); else JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, common->quit_label); break; case OP_CALLOUT: case OP_FAIL: case OP_ACCEPT: case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: set_jumps(current->topbacktracks, LABEL()); break; case OP_THEN_TRAP: /* A virtual opcode for then traps. */ compile_then_trap_backtrackingpath(common, current); break; default: SLJIT_UNREACHABLE(); break; } current = current->prev; } common->then_trap = save_then_trap; } static SLJIT_INLINE void compile_recurse(compiler_common *common) { DEFINE_COMPILER; pcre_uchar *cc = common->start + common->currententry->start; pcre_uchar *ccbegin = cc + 1 + LINK_SIZE + (*cc == OP_BRA ? 0 : IMM2_SIZE); pcre_uchar *ccend = bracketend(cc) - (1 + LINK_SIZE); BOOL needs_control_head; int framesize = get_framesize(common, cc, NULL, TRUE, &needs_control_head); int private_data_size = get_private_data_copy_length(common, ccbegin, ccend, needs_control_head); int alternativesize; BOOL needs_frame; backtrack_common altbacktrack; struct sljit_jump *jump; /* Recurse captures then. */ common->then_trap = NULL; SLJIT_ASSERT(*cc == OP_BRA || *cc == OP_CBRA || *cc == OP_CBRAPOS || *cc == OP_SCBRA || *cc == OP_SCBRAPOS); needs_frame = framesize >= 0; if (!needs_frame) framesize = 0; alternativesize = *(cc + GET(cc, 1)) == OP_ALT ? 1 : 0; SLJIT_ASSERT(common->currententry->entry == NULL && common->recursive_head_ptr != 0); common->currententry->entry = LABEL(); set_jumps(common->currententry->calls, common->currententry->entry); sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, TMP2, 0); count_match(common); allocate_stack(common, private_data_size + framesize + alternativesize); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(private_data_size + framesize + alternativesize - 1), TMP2, 0); copy_private_data(common, ccbegin, ccend, TRUE, framesize + alternativesize, private_data_size + framesize + alternativesize, needs_control_head); if (needs_control_head) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->recursive_head_ptr, STACK_TOP, 0); if (needs_frame) init_frame(common, cc, NULL, framesize + alternativesize - 1, alternativesize, TRUE); if (alternativesize > 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0), STR_PTR, 0); memset(&altbacktrack, 0, sizeof(backtrack_common)); common->quit_label = NULL; common->accept_label = NULL; common->quit = NULL; common->accept = NULL; altbacktrack.cc = ccbegin; cc += GET(cc, 1); while (1) { altbacktrack.top = NULL; altbacktrack.topbacktracks = NULL; if (altbacktrack.cc != ccbegin) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(0)); compile_matchingpath(common, altbacktrack.cc, cc, &altbacktrack); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) return; add_jump(compiler, &common->accept, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); compile_backtrackingpath(common, altbacktrack.top); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) return; set_jumps(altbacktrack.topbacktracks, LABEL()); if (*cc != OP_ALT) break; altbacktrack.cc = cc + 1 + LINK_SIZE; cc += GET(cc, 1); } /* None of them matched. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); jump = JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP); if (common->quit != NULL) { set_jumps(common->quit, LABEL()); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->recursive_head_ptr); if (needs_frame) { OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (framesize + alternativesize) * sizeof(sljit_sw)); add_jump(compiler, &common->revertframes, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (framesize + alternativesize) * sizeof(sljit_sw)); } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); common->quit = NULL; add_jump(compiler, &common->quit, JUMP(SLJIT_JUMP)); } set_jumps(common->accept, LABEL()); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->recursive_head_ptr); if (needs_frame) { OP2(SLJIT_ADD, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (framesize + alternativesize) * sizeof(sljit_sw)); add_jump(compiler, &common->revertframes, JUMP(SLJIT_FAST_CALL)); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, STACK_TOP, 0, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_IMM, (framesize + alternativesize) * sizeof(sljit_sw)); } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP3, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); JUMPHERE(jump); if (common->quit != NULL) set_jumps(common->quit, LABEL()); copy_private_data(common, ccbegin, ccend, FALSE, framesize + alternativesize, private_data_size + framesize + alternativesize, needs_control_head); free_stack(common, private_data_size + framesize + alternativesize); if (needs_control_head) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-3)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-2)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->recursive_head_ptr, TMP1, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, TMP3, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, TMP2, 0); } else { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-2)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, TMP3, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->recursive_head_ptr, TMP2, 0); } sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, SLJIT_MEM1(STACK_TOP), STACK(-1)); } #undef COMPILE_BACKTRACKINGPATH #undef CURRENT_AS void PRIV(jit_compile)(const REAL_PCRE *re, PUBL(extra) *extra, int mode) { struct sljit_compiler *compiler; backtrack_common rootbacktrack; compiler_common common_data; compiler_common *common = &common_data; const sljit_u8 *tables = re->tables; pcre_study_data *study; int private_data_size; pcre_uchar *ccend; executable_functions *functions; void *executable_func; sljit_uw executable_size; sljit_uw total_length; label_addr_list *label_addr; struct sljit_label *mainloop_label = NULL; struct sljit_label *continue_match_label; struct sljit_label *empty_match_found_label = NULL; struct sljit_label *empty_match_backtrack_label = NULL; struct sljit_label *reset_match_label; struct sljit_label *quit_label; struct sljit_jump *jump; struct sljit_jump *minlength_check_failed = NULL; struct sljit_jump *reqbyte_notfound = NULL; struct sljit_jump *empty_match = NULL; SLJIT_ASSERT((extra->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA) != 0); study = extra->study_data; if (!tables) tables = PRIV(default_tables); memset(&rootbacktrack, 0, sizeof(backtrack_common)); memset(common, 0, sizeof(compiler_common)); rootbacktrack.cc = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset + re->name_count * re->name_entry_size; common->start = rootbacktrack.cc; common->read_only_data_head = NULL; common->fcc = tables + fcc_offset; common->lcc = (sljit_sw)(tables + lcc_offset); common->mode = mode; common->might_be_empty = study->minlength == 0; common->nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED; switch(re->options & PCRE_NEWLINE_BITS) { case 0: /* Compile-time default */ switch(NEWLINE) { case -1: common->newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; common->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY; break; case -2: common->newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; common->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF; break; default: common->newline = NEWLINE; break; } break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR: common->newline = CHAR_CR; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: common->newline = CHAR_NL; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_CR+ PCRE_NEWLINE_LF: common->newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANY: common->newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; common->nltype = NLTYPE_ANY; break; case PCRE_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF: common->newline = (CHAR_CR << 8) | CHAR_NL; common->nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF; break; default: return; } common->nlmax = READ_CHAR_MAX; common->nlmin = 0; if ((re->options & PCRE_BSR_ANYCRLF) != 0) common->bsr_nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF; else if ((re->options & PCRE_BSR_UNICODE) != 0) common->bsr_nltype = NLTYPE_ANY; else { #ifdef BSR_ANYCRLF common->bsr_nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF; #else common->bsr_nltype = NLTYPE_ANY; #endif } common->bsr_nlmax = READ_CHAR_MAX; common->bsr_nlmin = 0; common->endonly = (re->options & PCRE_DOLLAR_ENDONLY) != 0; common->ctypes = (sljit_sw)(tables + ctypes_offset); common->name_table = ((pcre_uchar *)re) + re->name_table_offset; common->name_count = re->name_count; common->name_entry_size = re->name_entry_size; common->jscript_compat = (re->options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF /* PCRE_UTF[16|32] have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ common->utf = (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP common->use_ucp = (re->options & PCRE_UCP) != 0; #endif if (common->utf) { if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_ANY) common->nlmax = 0x2029; else if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) common->nlmax = (CHAR_CR > CHAR_NL) ? CHAR_CR : CHAR_NL; else { /* We only care about the first newline character. */ common->nlmax = common->newline & 0xff; } if (common->nltype == NLTYPE_FIXED) common->nlmin = common->newline & 0xff; else common->nlmin = (CHAR_CR < CHAR_NL) ? CHAR_CR : CHAR_NL; if (common->bsr_nltype == NLTYPE_ANY) common->bsr_nlmax = 0x2029; else common->bsr_nlmax = (CHAR_CR > CHAR_NL) ? CHAR_CR : CHAR_NL; common->bsr_nlmin = (CHAR_CR < CHAR_NL) ? CHAR_CR : CHAR_NL; } #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ ccend = bracketend(common->start); /* Calculate the local space size on the stack. */ common->ovector_start = LIMIT_MATCH + sizeof(sljit_sw); common->optimized_cbracket = (sljit_u8 *)SLJIT_MALLOC(re->top_bracket + 1, compiler->allocator_data); if (!common->optimized_cbracket) return; #if defined DEBUG_FORCE_UNOPTIMIZED_CBRAS && DEBUG_FORCE_UNOPTIMIZED_CBRAS == 1 memset(common->optimized_cbracket, 0, re->top_bracket + 1); #else memset(common->optimized_cbracket, 1, re->top_bracket + 1); #endif SLJIT_ASSERT(*common->start == OP_BRA && ccend[-(1 + LINK_SIZE)] == OP_KET); #if defined DEBUG_FORCE_UNOPTIMIZED_CBRAS && DEBUG_FORCE_UNOPTIMIZED_CBRAS == 2 common->capture_last_ptr = common->ovector_start; common->ovector_start += sizeof(sljit_sw); #endif if (!check_opcode_types(common, common->start, ccend)) { SLJIT_FREE(common->optimized_cbracket, compiler->allocator_data); return; } /* Checking flags and updating ovector_start. */ if (mode == JIT_COMPILE && (re->flags & PCRE_REQCHSET) != 0 && (re->options & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0) { common->req_char_ptr = common->ovector_start; common->ovector_start += sizeof(sljit_sw); } if (mode != JIT_COMPILE) { common->start_used_ptr = common->ovector_start; common->ovector_start += sizeof(sljit_sw); if (mode == JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE) { common->hit_start = common->ovector_start; common->ovector_start += 2 * sizeof(sljit_sw); } } if ((re->options & PCRE_FIRSTLINE) != 0) { common->match_end_ptr = common->ovector_start; common->ovector_start += sizeof(sljit_sw); } #if defined DEBUG_FORCE_CONTROL_HEAD && DEBUG_FORCE_CONTROL_HEAD common->control_head_ptr = 1; #endif if (common->control_head_ptr != 0) { common->control_head_ptr = common->ovector_start; common->ovector_start += sizeof(sljit_sw); } if (common->has_set_som) { /* Saving the real start pointer is necessary. */ common->start_ptr = common->ovector_start; common->ovector_start += sizeof(sljit_sw); } /* Aligning ovector to even number of sljit words. */ if ((common->ovector_start & sizeof(sljit_sw)) != 0) common->ovector_start += sizeof(sljit_sw); if (common->start_ptr == 0) common->start_ptr = OVECTOR(0); /* Capturing brackets cannot be optimized if callouts are allowed. */ if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) memset(common->optimized_cbracket, 0, re->top_bracket + 1); SLJIT_ASSERT(!(common->req_char_ptr != 0 && common->start_used_ptr != 0)); common->cbra_ptr = OVECTOR_START + (re->top_bracket + 1) * 2 * sizeof(sljit_sw); total_length = ccend - common->start; common->private_data_ptrs = (sljit_s32 *)SLJIT_MALLOC(total_length * (sizeof(sljit_s32) + (common->has_then ? 1 : 0)), compiler->allocator_data); if (!common->private_data_ptrs) { SLJIT_FREE(common->optimized_cbracket, compiler->allocator_data); return; } memset(common->private_data_ptrs, 0, total_length * sizeof(sljit_s32)); private_data_size = common->cbra_ptr + (re->top_bracket + 1) * sizeof(sljit_sw); set_private_data_ptrs(common, &private_data_size, ccend); if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 && (re->options & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0) { if (!detect_fast_forward_skip(common, &private_data_size) && !common->has_skip_in_assert_back) detect_fast_fail(common, common->start, &private_data_size, 4); } SLJIT_ASSERT(common->fast_fail_start_ptr <= common->fast_fail_end_ptr); if (private_data_size > SLJIT_MAX_LOCAL_SIZE) { SLJIT_FREE(common->private_data_ptrs, compiler->allocator_data); SLJIT_FREE(common->optimized_cbracket, compiler->allocator_data); return; } if (common->has_then) { common->then_offsets = (sljit_u8 *)(common->private_data_ptrs + total_length); memset(common->then_offsets, 0, total_length); set_then_offsets(common, common->start, NULL); } compiler = sljit_create_compiler(NULL); if (!compiler) { SLJIT_FREE(common->optimized_cbracket, compiler->allocator_data); SLJIT_FREE(common->private_data_ptrs, compiler->allocator_data); return; } common->compiler = compiler; /* Main pcre_jit_exec entry. */ sljit_emit_enter(compiler, 0, SLJIT_ARG1(SW), 5, 5, 0, 0, private_data_size); /* Register init. */ reset_ovector(common, (re->top_bracket + 1) * 2); if (common->req_char_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->req_char_ptr, SLJIT_R0, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, ARGUMENTS, 0, SLJIT_S0, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_S0, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, str)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_END, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, end)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, stack)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U32, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, limit_match)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(struct sljit_stack, end)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_LIMIT, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP2), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(struct sljit_stack, start)); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP1, 0, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LIMIT_MATCH, TMP1, 0); if (common->fast_fail_start_ptr < common->fast_fail_end_ptr) reset_fast_fail(common); if (mode == JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->hit_start, SLJIT_IMM, -1); if (common->mark_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->mark_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 0); if (common->control_head_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->control_head_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, 0); /* Main part of the matching */ if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0) { mainloop_label = mainloop_entry(common, (re->flags & PCRE_HASCRORLF) != 0); continue_match_label = LABEL(); /* Forward search if possible. */ if ((re->options & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0) { if (mode == JIT_COMPILE && fast_forward_first_n_chars(common)) ; else if ((re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0) fast_forward_first_char(common, (pcre_uchar)re->first_char, (re->flags & PCRE_FCH_CASELESS) != 0); else if ((re->flags & PCRE_STARTLINE) != 0) fast_forward_newline(common); else if (study != NULL && (study->flags & PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED) != 0) fast_forward_start_bits(common, study->start_bits); } } else continue_match_label = LABEL(); if (mode == JIT_COMPILE && study->minlength > 0 && (re->options & PCRE_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0) { OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_IMM, PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH); OP2(SLJIT_ADD, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_IMM, IN_UCHARS(study->minlength)); minlength_check_failed = CMP(SLJIT_GREATER, TMP2, 0, STR_END, 0); } if (common->req_char_ptr != 0) reqbyte_notfound = search_requested_char(common, (pcre_uchar)re->req_char, (re->flags & PCRE_RCH_CASELESS) != 0, (re->flags & PCRE_FIRSTSET) != 0); /* Store the current STR_PTR in OVECTOR(0). */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(0), STR_PTR, 0); /* Copy the limit of allowed recursions. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, COUNT_MATCH, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LIMIT_MATCH); if (common->capture_last_ptr != 0) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->capture_last_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, -1); if (common->fast_forward_bc_ptr != NULL) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), PRIVATE_DATA(common->fast_forward_bc_ptr + 1), STR_PTR, 0); if (common->start_ptr != OVECTOR(0)) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); /* Copy the beginning of the string. */ if (mode == JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE) { jump = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->hit_start, SLJIT_IMM, -1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->hit_start + sizeof(sljit_sw), STR_PTR, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); } else if (mode == JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE) OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr, STR_PTR, 0); compile_matchingpath(common, common->start, ccend, &rootbacktrack); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) { sljit_free_compiler(compiler); SLJIT_FREE(common->optimized_cbracket, compiler->allocator_data); SLJIT_FREE(common->private_data_ptrs, compiler->allocator_data); free_read_only_data(common->read_only_data_head, compiler->allocator_data); return; } if (common->might_be_empty) { empty_match = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), OVECTOR(0)); empty_match_found_label = LABEL(); } common->accept_label = LABEL(); if (common->accept != NULL) set_jumps(common->accept, common->accept_label); /* This means we have a match. Update the ovector. */ copy_ovector(common, re->top_bracket + 1); common->quit_label = common->forced_quit_label = LABEL(); if (common->quit != NULL) set_jumps(common->quit, common->quit_label); if (common->forced_quit != NULL) set_jumps(common->forced_quit, common->forced_quit_label); if (minlength_check_failed != NULL) SET_LABEL(minlength_check_failed, common->forced_quit_label); sljit_emit_return(compiler, SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0); if (mode != JIT_COMPILE) { common->partialmatchlabel = LABEL(); set_jumps(common->partialmatch, common->partialmatchlabel); return_with_partial_match(common, common->quit_label); } if (common->might_be_empty) empty_match_backtrack_label = LABEL(); compile_backtrackingpath(common, rootbacktrack.top); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) { sljit_free_compiler(compiler); SLJIT_FREE(common->optimized_cbracket, compiler->allocator_data); SLJIT_FREE(common->private_data_ptrs, compiler->allocator_data); free_read_only_data(common->read_only_data_head, compiler->allocator_data); return; } SLJIT_ASSERT(rootbacktrack.prev == NULL); reset_match_label = LABEL(); if (mode == JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE) { /* Update hit_start only in the first time. */ jump = CMP(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->hit_start, SLJIT_IMM, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->start_used_ptr, SLJIT_IMM, -1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->hit_start, TMP1, 0); JUMPHERE(jump); } /* Check we have remaining characters. */ if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 && (re->options & PCRE_FIRSTLINE) != 0) { SLJIT_ASSERT(common->match_end_ptr != 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->match_end_ptr); } OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), (common->fast_forward_bc_ptr != NULL) ? (PRIVATE_DATA(common->fast_forward_bc_ptr + 1)) : common->start_ptr); if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0) { if (common->ff_newline_shortcut != NULL) { if ((re->options & PCRE_FIRSTLINE) == 0) CMPTO(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, STR_END, 0, common->ff_newline_shortcut); /* There cannot be more newlines here. */ } else CMPTO(SLJIT_LESS, STR_PTR, 0, ((re->options & PCRE_FIRSTLINE) == 0) ? STR_END : TMP1, 0, mainloop_label); } /* No more remaining characters. */ if (reqbyte_notfound != NULL) JUMPHERE(reqbyte_notfound); if (mode == JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE) CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), common->hit_start, SLJIT_IMM, -1, common->partialmatchlabel); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_IMM, PCRE_ERROR_NOMATCH); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, common->quit_label); flush_stubs(common); if (common->might_be_empty) { JUMPHERE(empty_match); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, notempty)); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, empty_match_backtrack_label); OP1(SLJIT_MOV_U8, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, notempty_atstart)); CMPTO(SLJIT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0, empty_match_found_label); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(TMP1), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, str)); CMPTO(SLJIT_NOT_EQUAL, TMP2, 0, STR_PTR, 0, empty_match_found_label); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, empty_match_backtrack_label); } common->fast_forward_bc_ptr = NULL; common->fast_fail_start_ptr = 0; common->fast_fail_end_ptr = 0; common->currententry = common->entries; common->local_exit = TRUE; quit_label = common->quit_label; while (common->currententry != NULL) { /* Might add new entries. */ compile_recurse(common); if (SLJIT_UNLIKELY(sljit_get_compiler_error(compiler))) { sljit_free_compiler(compiler); SLJIT_FREE(common->optimized_cbracket, compiler->allocator_data); SLJIT_FREE(common->private_data_ptrs, compiler->allocator_data); free_read_only_data(common->read_only_data_head, compiler->allocator_data); return; } flush_stubs(common); common->currententry = common->currententry->next; } common->local_exit = FALSE; common->quit_label = quit_label; /* Allocating stack, returns with PCRE_ERROR_JIT_STACKLIMIT if fails. */ /* This is a (really) rare case. */ set_jumps(common->stackalloc, LABEL()); /* RETURN_ADDR is not a saved register. */ sljit_emit_fast_enter(compiler, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); SLJIT_ASSERT(TMP1 == SLJIT_R0 && STACK_TOP == SLJIT_R1); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS1, STACK_TOP, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R0, 0, ARGUMENTS, 0); OP2(SLJIT_SUB, SLJIT_R1, 0, STACK_LIMIT, 0, SLJIT_IMM, STACK_GROWTH_RATE); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_R0, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_R0), SLJIT_OFFSETOF(jit_arguments, stack)); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_LIMIT, 0, TMP2, 0); sljit_emit_icall(compiler, SLJIT_CALL, SLJIT_RET(SW) | SLJIT_ARG1(SW) | SLJIT_ARG2(SW), SLJIT_IMM, SLJIT_FUNC_OFFSET(sljit_stack_resize)); jump = CMP(SLJIT_EQUAL, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_IMM, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP2, 0, STACK_LIMIT, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_LIMIT, 0, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, TMP1, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS0); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STACK_TOP, 0, SLJIT_MEM1(SLJIT_SP), LOCALS1); sljit_emit_fast_return(compiler, TMP1, 0); /* Allocation failed. */ JUMPHERE(jump); /* We break the return address cache here, but this is a really rare case. */ OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_IMM, PCRE_ERROR_JIT_STACKLIMIT); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, common->quit_label); /* Call limit reached. */ set_jumps(common->calllimit, LABEL()); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, SLJIT_RETURN_REG, 0, SLJIT_IMM, PCRE_ERROR_MATCHLIMIT); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, common->quit_label); if (common->revertframes != NULL) { set_jumps(common->revertframes, LABEL()); do_revertframes(common); } if (common->wordboundary != NULL) { set_jumps(common->wordboundary, LABEL()); check_wordboundary(common); } if (common->anynewline != NULL) { set_jumps(common->anynewline, LABEL()); check_anynewline(common); } if (common->hspace != NULL) { set_jumps(common->hspace, LABEL()); check_hspace(common); } if (common->vspace != NULL) { set_jumps(common->vspace, LABEL()); check_vspace(common); } if (common->casefulcmp != NULL) { set_jumps(common->casefulcmp, LABEL()); do_casefulcmp(common); } if (common->caselesscmp != NULL) { set_jumps(common->caselesscmp, LABEL()); do_caselesscmp(common); } if (common->reset_match != NULL) { set_jumps(common->reset_match, LABEL()); do_reset_match(common, (re->top_bracket + 1) * 2); CMPTO(SLJIT_GREATER, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0, continue_match_label); OP1(SLJIT_MOV, STR_PTR, 0, TMP1, 0); JUMPTO(SLJIT_JUMP, reset_match_label); } #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 if (common->utfreadchar != NULL) { set_jumps(common->utfreadchar, LABEL()); do_utfreadchar(common); } if (common->utfreadchar16 != NULL) { set_jumps(common->utfreadchar16, LABEL()); do_utfreadchar16(common); } if (common->utfreadtype8 != NULL) { set_jumps(common->utfreadtype8, LABEL()); do_utfreadtype8(common); } #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (common->getucd != NULL) { set_jumps(common->getucd, LABEL()); do_getucd(common); } #endif SLJIT_FREE(common->optimized_cbracket, compiler->allocator_data); SLJIT_FREE(common->private_data_ptrs, compiler->allocator_data); executable_func = sljit_generate_code(compiler); executable_size = sljit_get_generated_code_size(compiler); label_addr = common->label_addrs; while (label_addr != NULL) { *label_addr->update_addr = sljit_get_label_addr(label_addr->label); label_addr = label_addr->next; } sljit_free_compiler(compiler); if (executable_func == NULL) { free_read_only_data(common->read_only_data_head, compiler->allocator_data); return; } /* Reuse the function descriptor if possible. */ if ((extra->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT) != 0 && extra->executable_jit != NULL) functions = (executable_functions *)extra->executable_jit; else { /* Note: If your memory-checker has flagged the allocation below as a * memory leak, it is probably because you either forgot to call * pcre_free_study() (or pcre16_free_study()) on the pcre_extra (or * pcre16_extra) object, or you called said function after having * cleared the PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT bit from the "flags" field * of the object. (The function will only free the JIT data if the * bit remains set, as the bit indicates that the pointer to the data * is valid.) */ functions = SLJIT_MALLOC(sizeof(executable_functions), compiler->allocator_data); if (functions == NULL) { /* This case is highly unlikely since we just recently freed a lot of memory. Not impossible though. */ sljit_free_code(executable_func); free_read_only_data(common->read_only_data_head, compiler->allocator_data); return; } memset(functions, 0, sizeof(executable_functions)); functions->top_bracket = (re->top_bracket + 1) * 2; functions->limit_match = (re->flags & PCRE_MLSET) != 0 ? re->limit_match : 0; extra->executable_jit = functions; extra->flags |= PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT; } functions->executable_funcs[mode] = executable_func; functions->read_only_data_heads[mode] = common->read_only_data_head; functions->executable_sizes[mode] = executable_size; } static SLJIT_NOINLINE int jit_machine_stack_exec(jit_arguments *arguments, void *executable_func) { union { void *executable_func; jit_function call_executable_func; } convert_executable_func; sljit_u8 local_space[MACHINE_STACK_SIZE]; struct sljit_stack local_stack; local_stack.min_start = local_space; local_stack.start = local_space; local_stack.end = local_space + MACHINE_STACK_SIZE; local_stack.top = local_space + MACHINE_STACK_SIZE; arguments->stack = &local_stack; convert_executable_func.executable_func = executable_func; return convert_executable_func.call_executable_func(arguments); } int PRIV(jit_exec)(const PUBL(extra) *extra_data, const pcre_uchar *subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, int offset_count) { executable_functions *functions = (executable_functions *)extra_data->executable_jit; union { void *executable_func; jit_function call_executable_func; } convert_executable_func; jit_arguments arguments; int max_offset_count; int retval; int mode = JIT_COMPILE; if ((options & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) mode = JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE; else if ((options & PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT) != 0) mode = JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE; if (functions->executable_funcs[mode] == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_JIT_BADOPTION; /* Sanity checks should be handled by pcre_exec. */ arguments.str = subject + start_offset; arguments.begin = subject; arguments.end = subject + length; arguments.mark_ptr = NULL; /* JIT decreases this value less frequently than the interpreter. */ arguments.limit_match = ((extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT) == 0) ? MATCH_LIMIT : (sljit_u32)(extra_data->match_limit); if (functions->limit_match != 0 && functions->limit_match < arguments.limit_match) arguments.limit_match = functions->limit_match; arguments.notbol = (options & PCRE_NOTBOL) != 0; arguments.noteol = (options & PCRE_NOTEOL) != 0; arguments.notempty = (options & PCRE_NOTEMPTY) != 0; arguments.notempty_atstart = (options & PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART) != 0; arguments.offsets = offsets; arguments.callout_data = (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA) != 0 ? extra_data->callout_data : NULL; arguments.real_offset_count = offset_count; /* pcre_exec() rounds offset_count to a multiple of 3, and then uses only 2/3 of the output vector for storing captured strings, with the remainder used as workspace. We don't need the workspace here. For compatibility, we limit the number of captured strings in the same way as pcre_exec(), so that the user gets the same result with and without JIT. */ if (offset_count != 2) offset_count = ((offset_count - (offset_count % 3)) * 2) / 3; max_offset_count = functions->top_bracket; if (offset_count > max_offset_count) offset_count = max_offset_count; arguments.offset_count = offset_count; if (functions->callback) arguments.stack = (struct sljit_stack *)functions->callback(functions->userdata); else arguments.stack = (struct sljit_stack *)functions->userdata; if (arguments.stack == NULL) retval = jit_machine_stack_exec(&arguments, functions->executable_funcs[mode]); else { convert_executable_func.executable_func = functions->executable_funcs[mode]; retval = convert_executable_func.call_executable_func(&arguments); } if (retval * 2 > offset_count) retval = 0; if ((extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MARK) != 0) *(extra_data->mark) = arguments.mark_ptr; return retval; } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_jit_exec(const pcre *argument_re, const pcre_extra *extra_data, PCRE_SPTR subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, int offset_count, pcre_jit_stack *stack) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_jit_exec(const pcre16 *argument_re, const pcre16_extra *extra_data, PCRE_SPTR16 subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, int offset_count, pcre16_jit_stack *stack) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_jit_exec(const pcre32 *argument_re, const pcre32_extra *extra_data, PCRE_SPTR32 subject, int length, int start_offset, int options, int *offsets, int offset_count, pcre32_jit_stack *stack) #endif { pcre_uchar *subject_ptr = (pcre_uchar *)subject; executable_functions *functions = (executable_functions *)extra_data->executable_jit; union { void *executable_func; jit_function call_executable_func; } convert_executable_func; jit_arguments arguments; int max_offset_count; int retval; int mode = JIT_COMPILE; SLJIT_UNUSED_ARG(argument_re); /* Plausibility checks */ if ((options & ~PUBLIC_JIT_EXEC_OPTIONS) != 0) return PCRE_ERROR_JIT_BADOPTION; if ((options & PCRE_PARTIAL_HARD) != 0) mode = JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE; else if ((options & PCRE_PARTIAL_SOFT) != 0) mode = JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE; if (functions == NULL || functions->executable_funcs[mode] == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_JIT_BADOPTION; /* Sanity checks should be handled by pcre_exec. */ arguments.stack = (struct sljit_stack *)stack; arguments.str = subject_ptr + start_offset; arguments.begin = subject_ptr; arguments.end = subject_ptr + length; arguments.mark_ptr = NULL; /* JIT decreases this value less frequently than the interpreter. */ arguments.limit_match = ((extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MATCH_LIMIT) == 0) ? MATCH_LIMIT : (sljit_u32)(extra_data->match_limit); if (functions->limit_match != 0 && functions->limit_match < arguments.limit_match) arguments.limit_match = functions->limit_match; arguments.notbol = (options & PCRE_NOTBOL) != 0; arguments.noteol = (options & PCRE_NOTEOL) != 0; arguments.notempty = (options & PCRE_NOTEMPTY) != 0; arguments.notempty_atstart = (options & PCRE_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART) != 0; arguments.offsets = offsets; arguments.callout_data = (extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_CALLOUT_DATA) != 0 ? extra_data->callout_data : NULL; arguments.real_offset_count = offset_count; /* pcre_exec() rounds offset_count to a multiple of 3, and then uses only 2/3 of the output vector for storing captured strings, with the remainder used as workspace. We don't need the workspace here. For compatibility, we limit the number of captured strings in the same way as pcre_exec(), so that the user gets the same result with and without JIT. */ if (offset_count != 2) offset_count = ((offset_count - (offset_count % 3)) * 2) / 3; max_offset_count = functions->top_bracket; if (offset_count > max_offset_count) offset_count = max_offset_count; arguments.offset_count = offset_count; convert_executable_func.executable_func = functions->executable_funcs[mode]; retval = convert_executable_func.call_executable_func(&arguments); if (retval * 2 > offset_count) retval = 0; if ((extra_data->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_MARK) != 0) *(extra_data->mark) = arguments.mark_ptr; return retval; } void PRIV(jit_free)(void *executable_funcs) { int i; executable_functions *functions = (executable_functions *)executable_funcs; for (i = 0; i < JIT_NUMBER_OF_COMPILE_MODES; i++) { if (functions->executable_funcs[i] != NULL) sljit_free_code(functions->executable_funcs[i]); free_read_only_data(functions->read_only_data_heads[i], NULL); } SLJIT_FREE(functions, compiler->allocator_data); } int PRIV(jit_get_size)(void *executable_funcs) { int i; sljit_uw size = 0; sljit_uw *executable_sizes = ((executable_functions *)executable_funcs)->executable_sizes; for (i = 0; i < JIT_NUMBER_OF_COMPILE_MODES; i++) size += executable_sizes[i]; return (int)size; } const char* PRIV(jit_get_target)(void) { return sljit_get_platform_name(); } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre_jit_stack * pcre_jit_stack_alloc(int startsize, int maxsize) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre16_jit_stack * pcre16_jit_stack_alloc(int startsize, int maxsize) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre32_jit_stack * pcre32_jit_stack_alloc(int startsize, int maxsize) #endif { if (startsize < 1 || maxsize < 1) return NULL; if (startsize > maxsize) startsize = maxsize; startsize = (startsize + STACK_GROWTH_RATE - 1) & ~(STACK_GROWTH_RATE - 1); maxsize = (maxsize + STACK_GROWTH_RATE - 1) & ~(STACK_GROWTH_RATE - 1); return (PUBL(jit_stack)*)sljit_allocate_stack(startsize, maxsize, NULL); } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_jit_stack_free(pcre_jit_stack *stack) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_jit_stack_free(pcre16_jit_stack *stack) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_jit_stack_free(pcre32_jit_stack *stack) #endif { sljit_free_stack((struct sljit_stack *)stack, NULL); } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_assign_jit_stack(pcre_extra *extra, pcre_jit_callback callback, void *userdata) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_assign_jit_stack(pcre16_extra *extra, pcre16_jit_callback callback, void *userdata) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_assign_jit_stack(pcre32_extra *extra, pcre32_jit_callback callback, void *userdata) #endif { executable_functions *functions; if (extra != NULL && (extra->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT) != 0 && extra->executable_jit != NULL) { functions = (executable_functions *)extra->executable_jit; functions->callback = callback; functions->userdata = userdata; } } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_jit_free_unused_memory(void) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_jit_free_unused_memory(void) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_jit_free_unused_memory(void) #endif { sljit_free_unused_memory_exec(); } #else /* SUPPORT_JIT */ /* These are dummy functions to avoid linking errors when JIT support is not being compiled. */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre_jit_stack * pcre_jit_stack_alloc(int startsize, int maxsize) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre16_jit_stack * pcre16_jit_stack_alloc(int startsize, int maxsize) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DECL pcre32_jit_stack * pcre32_jit_stack_alloc(int startsize, int maxsize) #endif { (void)startsize; (void)maxsize; return NULL; } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_jit_stack_free(pcre_jit_stack *stack) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_jit_stack_free(pcre16_jit_stack *stack) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_jit_stack_free(pcre32_jit_stack *stack) #endif { (void)stack; } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_assign_jit_stack(pcre_extra *extra, pcre_jit_callback callback, void *userdata) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_assign_jit_stack(pcre16_extra *extra, pcre16_jit_callback callback, void *userdata) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_assign_jit_stack(pcre32_extra *extra, pcre32_jit_callback callback, void *userdata) #endif { (void)extra; (void)callback; (void)userdata; } #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre_jit_free_unused_memory(void) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre16_jit_free_unused_memory(void) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DECL void pcre32_jit_free_unused_memory(void) #endif { } #endif /* End of pcre_jit_compile.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_maketables.c000066400000000000000000000133471335323540100175400ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains the external function pcre_maketables(), which builds character tables for PCRE in the current locale. The file is compiled on its own as part of the PCRE library. However, it is also included in the compilation of dftables.c, in which case the macro DFTABLES is defined. */ #ifndef DFTABLES # ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" # endif # include "pcre_internal.h" #endif /************************************************* * Create PCRE character tables * *************************************************/ /* This function builds a set of character tables for use by PCRE and returns a pointer to them. They are build using the ctype functions, and consequently their contents will depend upon the current locale setting. When compiled as part of the library, the store is obtained via PUBL(malloc)(), but when compiled inside dftables, use malloc(). Arguments: none Returns: pointer to the contiguous block of data */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 const unsigned char * pcre_maketables(void) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 const unsigned char * pcre16_maketables(void) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 const unsigned char * pcre32_maketables(void) #endif { unsigned char *yield, *p; int i; #ifndef DFTABLES yield = (unsigned char*)(PUBL(malloc))(tables_length); #else yield = (unsigned char*)malloc(tables_length); #endif if (yield == NULL) return NULL; p = yield; /* First comes the lower casing table */ for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) *p++ = tolower(i); /* Next the case-flipping table */ for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) *p++ = islower(i)? toupper(i) : tolower(i); /* Then the character class tables. Don't try to be clever and save effort on exclusive ones - in some locales things may be different. Note that the table for "space" includes everything "isspace" gives, including VT in the default locale. This makes it work for the POSIX class [:space:]. From release 8.34 is is also correct for Perl space, because Perl added VT at release 5.18. Note also that it is possible for a character to be alnum or alpha without being lower or upper, such as "male and female ordinals" (\xAA and \xBA) in the fr_FR locale (at least under Debian Linux's locales as of 12/2005). So we must test for alnum specially. */ memset(p, 0, cbit_length); for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) { if (isdigit(i)) p[cbit_digit + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7); if (isupper(i)) p[cbit_upper + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7); if (islower(i)) p[cbit_lower + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7); if (isalnum(i)) p[cbit_word + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7); if (i == '_') p[cbit_word + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7); if (isspace(i)) p[cbit_space + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7); if (isxdigit(i))p[cbit_xdigit + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7); if (isgraph(i)) p[cbit_graph + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7); if (isprint(i)) p[cbit_print + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7); if (ispunct(i)) p[cbit_punct + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7); if (iscntrl(i)) p[cbit_cntrl + i/8] |= 1 << (i&7); } p += cbit_length; /* Finally, the character type table. In this, we used to exclude VT from the white space chars, because Perl didn't recognize it as such for \s and for comments within regexes. However, Perl changed at release 5.18, so PCRE changed at release 8.34. */ for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) { int x = 0; if (isspace(i)) x += ctype_space; if (isalpha(i)) x += ctype_letter; if (isdigit(i)) x += ctype_digit; if (isxdigit(i)) x += ctype_xdigit; if (isalnum(i) || i == '_') x += ctype_word; /* Note: strchr includes the terminating zero in the characters it considers. In this instance, that is ok because we want binary zero to be flagged as a meta-character, which in this sense is any character that terminates a run of data characters. */ if (strchr("\\*+?{^.$|()[", i) != 0) x += ctype_meta; *p++ = x; } return yield; } /* End of pcre_maketables.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_newline.c000066400000000000000000000140241335323540100170620ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains internal functions for testing newlines when more than one kind of newline is to be recognized. When a newline is found, its length is returned. In principle, we could implement several newline "types", each referring to a different set of newline characters. At present, PCRE supports only NLTYPE_FIXED, which gets handled without these functions, NLTYPE_ANYCRLF, and NLTYPE_ANY. The full list of Unicode newline characters is taken from http://unicode.org/unicode/reports/tr18/. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" /************************************************* * Check for newline at given position * *************************************************/ /* It is guaranteed that the initial value of ptr is less than the end of the string that is being processed. Arguments: ptr pointer to possible newline type the newline type endptr pointer to the end of the string lenptr where to return the length utf TRUE if in utf mode Returns: TRUE or FALSE */ BOOL PRIV(is_newline)(PCRE_PUCHAR ptr, int type, PCRE_PUCHAR endptr, int *lenptr, BOOL utf) { pcre_uint32 c; (void)utf; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { GETCHAR(c, ptr); } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ c = *ptr; /* Note that this function is called only for ANY or ANYCRLF. */ if (type == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) switch(c) { case CHAR_LF: *lenptr = 1; return TRUE; case CHAR_CR: *lenptr = (ptr < endptr - 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_LF)? 2 : 1; return TRUE; default: return FALSE; } /* NLTYPE_ANY */ else switch(c) { #ifdef EBCDIC case CHAR_NEL: #endif case CHAR_LF: case CHAR_VT: case CHAR_FF: *lenptr = 1; return TRUE; case CHAR_CR: *lenptr = (ptr < endptr - 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_LF)? 2 : 1; return TRUE; #ifndef EBCDIC #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 case CHAR_NEL: *lenptr = utf? 2 : 1; return TRUE; case 0x2028: /* LS */ case 0x2029: *lenptr = 3; return TRUE; /* PS */ #else /* COMPILE_PCRE16 || COMPILE_PCRE32 */ case CHAR_NEL: case 0x2028: /* LS */ case 0x2029: *lenptr = 1; return TRUE; /* PS */ #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ default: return FALSE; } } /************************************************* * Check for newline at previous position * *************************************************/ /* It is guaranteed that the initial value of ptr is greater than the start of the string that is being processed. Arguments: ptr pointer to possible newline type the newline type startptr pointer to the start of the string lenptr where to return the length utf TRUE if in utf mode Returns: TRUE or FALSE */ BOOL PRIV(was_newline)(PCRE_PUCHAR ptr, int type, PCRE_PUCHAR startptr, int *lenptr, BOOL utf) { pcre_uint32 c; (void)utf; ptr--; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { BACKCHAR(ptr); GETCHAR(c, ptr); } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ c = *ptr; /* Note that this function is called only for ANY or ANYCRLF. */ if (type == NLTYPE_ANYCRLF) switch(c) { case CHAR_LF: *lenptr = (ptr > startptr && ptr[-1] == CHAR_CR)? 2 : 1; return TRUE; case CHAR_CR: *lenptr = 1; return TRUE; default: return FALSE; } /* NLTYPE_ANY */ else switch(c) { case CHAR_LF: *lenptr = (ptr > startptr && ptr[-1] == CHAR_CR)? 2 : 1; return TRUE; #ifdef EBCDIC case CHAR_NEL: #endif case CHAR_VT: case CHAR_FF: case CHAR_CR: *lenptr = 1; return TRUE; #ifndef EBCDIC #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 case CHAR_NEL: *lenptr = utf? 2 : 1; return TRUE; case 0x2028: /* LS */ case 0x2029: *lenptr = 3; return TRUE; /* PS */ #else /* COMPILE_PCRE16 || COMPILE_PCRE32 */ case CHAR_NEL: case 0x2028: /* LS */ case 0x2029: *lenptr = 1; return TRUE; /* PS */ #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ #endif /* NotEBCDIC */ default: return FALSE; } } /* End of pcre_newline.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_ord2utf8.c000066400000000000000000000062741335323540100171060ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This file contains a private PCRE function that converts an ordinal character value into a UTF8 string. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #define COMPILE_PCRE8 #include "pcre_internal.h" /************************************************* * Convert character value to UTF-8 * *************************************************/ /* This function takes an integer value in the range 0 - 0x10ffff and encodes it as a UTF-8 character in 1 to 4 pcre_uchars. Arguments: cvalue the character value buffer pointer to buffer for result - at least 6 pcre_uchars long Returns: number of characters placed in the buffer */ unsigned int PRIV(ord2utf)(pcre_uint32 cvalue, pcre_uchar *buffer) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF register int i, j; for (i = 0; i < PRIV(utf8_table1_size); i++) if ((int)cvalue <= PRIV(utf8_table1)[i]) break; buffer += i; for (j = i; j > 0; j--) { *buffer-- = 0x80 | (cvalue & 0x3f); cvalue >>= 6; } *buffer = PRIV(utf8_table2)[i] | cvalue; return i + 1; #else (void)(cvalue); /* Keep compiler happy; this function won't ever be */ (void)(buffer); /* called when SUPPORT_UTF is not defined. */ return 0; #endif } /* End of pcre_ord2utf8.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_refcount.c000066400000000000000000000073021335323540100172470ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains the external function pcre_refcount(), which is an auxiliary function that can be used to maintain a reference count in a compiled pattern data block. This might be helpful in applications where the block is shared by different users. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" /************************************************* * Maintain reference count * *************************************************/ /* The reference count is a 16-bit field, initialized to zero. It is not possible to transfer a non-zero count from one host to a different host that has a different byte order - though I can't see why anyone in their right mind would ever want to do that! Arguments: argument_re points to compiled code adjust value to add to the count Returns: the (possibly updated) count value (a non-negative number), or a negative error number */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_refcount(pcre *argument_re, int adjust) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_refcount(pcre16 *argument_re, int adjust) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN int PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_refcount(pcre32 *argument_re, int adjust) #endif { REAL_PCRE *re = (REAL_PCRE *)argument_re; if (re == NULL) return PCRE_ERROR_NULL; if (re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMAGIC; if ((re->flags & PCRE_MODE) == 0) return PCRE_ERROR_BADMODE; re->ref_count = (-adjust > re->ref_count)? 0 : (adjust + re->ref_count > 65535)? 65535 : re->ref_count + adjust; return re->ref_count; } /* End of pcre_refcount.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_string_utils.c000066400000000000000000000124121335323540100201460ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2014 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains internal functions for comparing and finding the length of strings for different data item sizes. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE8 /************************************************* * Compare string utilities * *************************************************/ /* The following two functions compares two strings. Basically a strcmp for non 8 bit characters. Arguments: str1 first string str2 second string Returns: 0 if both string are equal (like strcmp), 1 otherwise */ int PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc)(const pcre_uchar *str1, const pcre_uchar *str2) { pcre_uchar c1; pcre_uchar c2; while (*str1 != '\0' || *str2 != '\0') { c1 = *str1++; c2 = *str2++; if (c1 != c2) return ((c1 > c2) << 1) - 1; } /* Both length and characters must be equal. */ return 0; } #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 int PRIV(strcmp_uc_uc_utf)(const pcre_uchar *str1, const pcre_uchar *str2) { pcre_uchar c1; pcre_uchar c2; while (*str1 != '\0' || *str2 != '\0') { c1 = UCHAR21INC(str1); c2 = UCHAR21INC(str2); if (c1 != c2) return ((c1 > c2) << 1) - 1; } /* Both length and characters must be equal. */ return 0; } #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE32 */ int PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8)(const pcre_uchar *str1, const char *str2) { const pcre_uint8 *ustr2 = (pcre_uint8 *)str2; pcre_uchar c1; pcre_uchar c2; while (*str1 != '\0' || *ustr2 != '\0') { c1 = *str1++; c2 = (pcre_uchar)*ustr2++; if (c1 != c2) return ((c1 > c2) << 1) - 1; } /* Both length and characters must be equal. */ return 0; } #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 int PRIV(strcmp_uc_c8_utf)(const pcre_uchar *str1, const char *str2) { const pcre_uint8 *ustr2 = (pcre_uint8 *)str2; pcre_uchar c1; pcre_uchar c2; while (*str1 != '\0' || *ustr2 != '\0') { c1 = UCHAR21INC(str1); c2 = (pcre_uchar)*ustr2++; if (c1 != c2) return ((c1 > c2) << 1) - 1; } /* Both length and characters must be equal. */ return 0; } #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE32 */ /* The following two functions compares two, fixed length strings. Basically an strncmp for non 8 bit characters. Arguments: str1 first string str2 second string num size of the string Returns: 0 if both string are equal (like strcmp), 1 otherwise */ int PRIV(strncmp_uc_uc)(const pcre_uchar *str1, const pcre_uchar *str2, unsigned int num) { pcre_uchar c1; pcre_uchar c2; while (num-- > 0) { c1 = *str1++; c2 = *str2++; if (c1 != c2) return ((c1 > c2) << 1) - 1; } /* Both length and characters must be equal. */ return 0; } int PRIV(strncmp_uc_c8)(const pcre_uchar *str1, const char *str2, unsigned int num) { const pcre_uint8 *ustr2 = (pcre_uint8 *)str2; pcre_uchar c1; pcre_uchar c2; while (num-- > 0) { c1 = *str1++; c2 = (pcre_uchar)*ustr2++; if (c1 != c2) return ((c1 > c2) << 1) - 1; } /* Both length and characters must be equal. */ return 0; } /* The following function returns with the length of a zero terminated string. Basically an strlen for non 8 bit characters. Arguments: str string Returns: length of the string */ unsigned int PRIV(strlen_uc)(const pcre_uchar *str) { unsigned int len = 0; while (*str++ != 0) len++; return len; } #endif /* !COMPILE_PCRE8 */ /* End of pcre_string_utils.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_study.c000066400000000000000000001367121335323540100166020ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains the external function pcre_study(), along with local supporting functions. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" #define SET_BIT(c) start_bits[c/8] |= (1 << (c&7)) /* Returns from set_start_bits() */ enum { SSB_FAIL, SSB_DONE, SSB_CONTINUE, SSB_UNKNOWN }; /************************************************* * Find the minimum subject length for a group * *************************************************/ /* Scan a parenthesized group and compute the minimum length of subject that is needed to match it. This is a lower bound; it does not mean there is a string of that length that matches. In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. Arguments: re compiled pattern block code pointer to start of group (the bracket) startcode pointer to start of the whole pattern's code options the compiling options recurses chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion countptr pointer to call count (to catch over complexity) Returns: the minimum length -1 if \C in UTF-8 mode or (*ACCEPT) was encountered -2 internal error (missing capturing bracket) -3 internal error (opcode not listed) */ static int find_minlength(const REAL_PCRE *re, const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *startcode, int options, recurse_check *recurses, int *countptr) { int length = -1; /* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; BOOL had_recurse = FALSE; recurse_check this_recurse; register int branchlength = 0; register pcre_uchar *cc = (pcre_uchar *)code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; if ((*countptr)++ > 1000) return -1; /* too complex */ if (*code == OP_CBRA || *code == OP_SCBRA || *code == OP_CBRAPOS || *code == OP_SCBRAPOS) cc += IMM2_SIZE; /* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */ for (;;) { int d, min; pcre_uchar *cs, *ce; register pcre_uchar op = *cc; switch (op) { case OP_COND: case OP_SCOND: /* If there is only one branch in a condition, the implied branch has zero length, so we don't add anything. This covers the DEFINE "condition" automatically. */ cs = cc + GET(cc, 1); if (*cs != OP_ALT) { cc = cs + 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; } /* Otherwise we can fall through and treat it the same as any other subpattern. */ case OP_CBRA: case OP_SCBRA: case OP_BRA: case OP_SBRA: case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRAPOS: case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_SBRAPOS: case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: d = find_minlength(re, cc, startcode, options, recurses, countptr); if (d < 0) return d; branchlength += d; do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; /* ACCEPT makes things far too complicated; we have to give up. */ case OP_ACCEPT: case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: return -1; /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested call. If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. If it is END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by the same code. If an ACCEPT was previously encountered, use the length that was in force at that time, and pass back the shortest ACCEPT length. */ case OP_ALT: case OP_KET: case OP_KETRMAX: case OP_KETRMIN: case OP_KETRPOS: case OP_END: if (length < 0 || (!had_recurse && branchlength < length)) length = branchlength; if (op != OP_ALT) return length; cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; branchlength = 0; had_recurse = FALSE; break; /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */ case OP_ASSERT: case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); /* Fall through */ /* Skip over things that don't match chars */ case OP_REVERSE: case OP_CREF: case OP_DNCREF: case OP_RREF: case OP_DNRREF: case OP_DEF: case OP_CALLOUT: case OP_SOD: case OP_SOM: case OP_EOD: case OP_EODN: case OP_CIRC: case OP_CIRCM: case OP_DOLL: case OP_DOLLM: case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; break; /* Skip over a subpattern that has a {0} or {0,x} quantifier */ case OP_BRAZERO: case OP_BRAMINZERO: case OP_BRAPOSZERO: case OP_SKIPZERO: cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; /* Handle literal characters and + repetitions */ case OP_CHAR: case OP_CHARI: case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTI: case OP_PLUS: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_POSPLUS: case OP_POSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: branchlength++; cc += 2; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif break; case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: branchlength++; cc += (cc[1] == OP_PROP || cc[1] == OP_NOTPROP)? 4 : 2; break; /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */ case OP_EXACT: case OP_EXACTI: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTEXACTI: branchlength += GET2(cc,1); cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif break; case OP_TYPEEXACT: branchlength += GET2(cc,1); cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE + ((cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0); break; /* Handle single-char non-literal matchers */ case OP_PROP: case OP_NOTPROP: cc += 2; /* Fall through */ case OP_NOT_DIGIT: case OP_DIGIT: case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: case OP_WHITESPACE: case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: case OP_WORDCHAR: case OP_ANY: case OP_ALLANY: case OP_EXTUNI: case OP_HSPACE: case OP_NOT_HSPACE: case OP_VSPACE: case OP_NOT_VSPACE: branchlength++; cc++; break; /* "Any newline" might match two characters, but it also might match just one. */ case OP_ANYNL: branchlength += 1; cc++; break; /* The single-byte matcher means we can't proceed in UTF-8 mode. (In non-UTF-8 mode \C will actually be turned into OP_ALLANY, so won't ever appear, but leave the code, just in case.) */ case OP_ANYBYTE: #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) return -1; #endif branchlength++; cc++; break; /* For repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra two bytes of parameters. */ case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: if (cc[1] == OP_PROP || cc[1] == OP_NOTPROP) cc += 2; cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[op]; break; case OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) cc += 2; cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[op]; break; /* Check a class for variable quantification */ case OP_CLASS: case OP_NCLASS: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 case OP_XCLASS: /* The original code caused an unsigned overflow in 64 bit systems, so now we use a conditional statement. */ if (op == OP_XCLASS) cc += GET(cc, 1); else cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; #else cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; #endif switch (*cc) { case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRPOSPLUS: branchlength++; /* Fall through */ case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: case OP_CRPOSQUERY: cc++; break; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: case OP_CRPOSRANGE: branchlength += GET2(cc,1); cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; break; default: branchlength++; break; } break; /* Backreferences and subroutine calls are treated in the same way: we find the minimum length for the subpattern. A recursion, however, causes an a flag to be set that causes the length of this branch to be ignored. The logic is that a recursion can only make sense if there is another alternation that stops the recursing. That will provide the minimum length (when no recursion happens). A backreference within the group that it is referencing behaves in the same way. If PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT is set, a backreference to an unset bracket matches an empty string (by default it causes a matching failure), so in that case we must set the minimum length to zero. */ case OP_DNREF: /* Duplicate named pattern back reference */ case OP_DNREFI: if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) { int count = GET2(cc, 1+IMM2_SIZE); pcre_uchar *slot = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset + GET2(cc, 1) * re->name_entry_size; d = INT_MAX; while (count-- > 0) { ce = cs = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(startcode, utf, GET2(slot, 0)); if (cs == NULL) return -2; do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); if (cc > cs && cc < ce) /* Simple recursion */ { d = 0; had_recurse = TRUE; break; } else { recurse_check *r = recurses; for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev) if (r->group == cs) break; if (r != NULL) /* Mutual recursion */ { d = 0; had_recurse = TRUE; break; } else { int dd; this_recurse.prev = recurses; this_recurse.group = cs; dd = find_minlength(re, cs, startcode, options, &this_recurse, countptr); if (dd < d) d = dd; } } slot += re->name_entry_size; } } else d = 0; cc += 1 + 2*IMM2_SIZE; goto REPEAT_BACK_REFERENCE; case OP_REF: /* Single back reference */ case OP_REFI: if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) { ce = cs = (pcre_uchar *)PRIV(find_bracket)(startcode, utf, GET2(cc, 1)); if (cs == NULL) return -2; do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); if (cc > cs && cc < ce) /* Simple recursion */ { d = 0; had_recurse = TRUE; } else { recurse_check *r = recurses; for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev) if (r->group == cs) break; if (r != NULL) /* Mutual recursion */ { d = 0; had_recurse = TRUE; } else { this_recurse.prev = recurses; this_recurse.group = cs; d = find_minlength(re, cs, startcode, options, &this_recurse, countptr); } } } else d = 0; cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; /* Handle repeated back references */ REPEAT_BACK_REFERENCE: switch (*cc) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: case OP_CRPOSQUERY: min = 0; cc++; break; case OP_CRPLUS: case OP_CRMINPLUS: case OP_CRPOSPLUS: min = 1; cc++; break; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: case OP_CRPOSRANGE: min = GET2(cc, 1); cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; break; default: min = 1; break; } branchlength += min * d; break; /* We can easily detect direct recursion, but not mutual recursion. This is caught by a recursion depth count. */ case OP_RECURSE: cs = ce = (pcre_uchar *)startcode + GET(cc, 1); do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); if (cc > cs && cc < ce) /* Simple recursion */ had_recurse = TRUE; else { recurse_check *r = recurses; for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev) if (r->group == cs) break; if (r != NULL) /* Mutual recursion */ had_recurse = TRUE; else { this_recurse.prev = recurses; this_recurse.group = cs; branchlength += find_minlength(re, cs, startcode, options, &this_recurse, countptr); } } cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; /* Anything else does not or need not match a character. We can get the item's length from the table, but for those that can match zero occurrences of a character, we must take special action for UTF-8 characters. As it happens, the "NOT" versions of these opcodes are used at present only for ASCII characters, so they could be omitted from this list. However, in future that may change, so we include them here so as not to leave a gotcha for a future maintainer. */ case OP_UPTO: case OP_UPTOI: case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_MINUPTOI: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: case OP_POSUPTO: case OP_POSUPTOI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: case OP_STAR: case OP_STARI: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_QUERY: case OP_QUERYI: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: case OP_POSQUERY: case OP_POSQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[op]; #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); #endif break; /* Skip these, but we need to add in the name length. */ case OP_MARK: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_SKIP_ARG: case OP_THEN_ARG: cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[op] + cc[1]; break; /* The remaining opcodes are just skipped over. */ case OP_CLOSE: case OP_COMMIT: case OP_FAIL: case OP_PRUNE: case OP_SET_SOM: case OP_SKIP: case OP_THEN: cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[op]; break; /* This should not occur: we list all opcodes explicitly so that when new ones get added they are properly considered. */ default: return -3; } } /* Control never gets here */ } /************************************************* * Set a bit and maybe its alternate case * *************************************************/ /* Given a character, set its first byte's bit in the table, and also the corresponding bit for the other version of a letter if we are caseless. In UTF-8 mode, for characters greater than 127, we can only do the caseless thing when Unicode property support is available. Arguments: start_bits points to the bit map p points to the character caseless the caseless flag cd the block with char table pointers utf TRUE for UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode Returns: pointer after the character */ static const pcre_uchar * set_table_bit(pcre_uint8 *start_bits, const pcre_uchar *p, BOOL caseless, compile_data *cd, BOOL utf) { pcre_uint32 c = *p; #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 SET_BIT(c); #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && c > 127) { GETCHARINC(c, p); #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (caseless) { pcre_uchar buff[6]; c = UCD_OTHERCASE(c); (void)PRIV(ord2utf)(c, buff); SET_BIT(buff[0]); } #endif /* Not SUPPORT_UCP */ return p; } #else /* Not SUPPORT_UTF */ (void)(utf); /* Stops warning for unused parameter */ #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ /* Not UTF-8 mode, or character is less than 127. */ if (caseless && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_letter) != 0) SET_BIT(cd->fcc[c]); return p + 1; #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE8 */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (c > 0xff) { c = 0xff; caseless = FALSE; } SET_BIT(c); #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf && c > 127) { GETCHARINC(c, p); #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP if (caseless) { c = UCD_OTHERCASE(c); if (c > 0xff) c = 0xff; SET_BIT(c); } #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ return p; } #else /* Not SUPPORT_UTF */ (void)(utf); /* Stops warning for unused parameter */ #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ if (caseless && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_letter) != 0) SET_BIT(cd->fcc[c]); return p + 1; #endif } /************************************************* * Set bits for a positive character type * *************************************************/ /* This function sets starting bits for a character type. In UTF-8 mode, we can only do a direct setting for bytes less than 128, as otherwise there can be confusion with bytes in the middle of UTF-8 characters. In a "traditional" environment, the tables will only recognize ASCII characters anyway, but in at least one Windows environment, some higher bytes bits were set in the tables. So we deal with that case by considering the UTF-8 encoding. Arguments: start_bits the starting bitmap cbit type the type of character wanted table_limit 32 for non-UTF-8; 16 for UTF-8 cd the block with char table pointers Returns: nothing */ static void set_type_bits(pcre_uint8 *start_bits, int cbit_type, unsigned int table_limit, compile_data *cd) { register pcre_uint32 c; for (c = 0; c < table_limit; c++) start_bits[c] |= cd->cbits[c+cbit_type]; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (table_limit == 32) return; for (c = 128; c < 256; c++) { if ((cd->cbits[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0) { pcre_uchar buff[6]; (void)PRIV(ord2utf)(c, buff); SET_BIT(buff[0]); } } #endif } /************************************************* * Set bits for a negative character type * *************************************************/ /* This function sets starting bits for a negative character type such as \D. In UTF-8 mode, we can only do a direct setting for bytes less than 128, as otherwise there can be confusion with bytes in the middle of UTF-8 characters. Unlike in the positive case, where we can set appropriate starting bits for specific high-valued UTF-8 characters, in this case we have to set the bits for all high-valued characters. The lowest is 0xc2, but we overkill by starting at 0xc0 (192) for simplicity. Arguments: start_bits the starting bitmap cbit type the type of character wanted table_limit 32 for non-UTF-8; 16 for UTF-8 cd the block with char table pointers Returns: nothing */ static void set_nottype_bits(pcre_uint8 *start_bits, int cbit_type, unsigned int table_limit, compile_data *cd) { register pcre_uint32 c; for (c = 0; c < table_limit; c++) start_bits[c] |= ~cd->cbits[c+cbit_type]; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (table_limit != 32) for (c = 24; c < 32; c++) start_bits[c] = 0xff; #endif } /************************************************* * Create bitmap of starting bytes * *************************************************/ /* This function scans a compiled unanchored expression recursively and attempts to build a bitmap of the set of possible starting bytes. As time goes by, we may be able to get more clever at doing this. The SSB_CONTINUE return is useful for parenthesized groups in patterns such as (a*)b where the group provides some optional starting bytes but scanning must continue at the outer level to find at least one mandatory byte. At the outermost level, this function fails unless the result is SSB_DONE. Arguments: code points to an expression start_bits points to a 32-byte table, initialized to 0 utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode cd the block with char table pointers Returns: SSB_FAIL => Failed to find any starting bytes SSB_DONE => Found mandatory starting bytes SSB_CONTINUE => Found optional starting bytes SSB_UNKNOWN => Hit an unrecognized opcode */ static int set_start_bits(const pcre_uchar *code, pcre_uint8 *start_bits, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd) { register pcre_uint32 c; int yield = SSB_DONE; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 int table_limit = utf? 16:32; #else int table_limit = 32; #endif #if 0 /* ========================================================================= */ /* The following comment and code was inserted in January 1999. In May 2006, when it was observed to cause compiler warnings about unused values, I took it out again. If anybody is still using OS/2, they will have to put it back manually. */ /* This next statement and the later reference to dummy are here in order to trick the optimizer of the IBM C compiler for OS/2 into generating correct code. Apparently IBM isn't going to fix the problem, and we would rather not disable optimization (in this module it actually makes a big difference, and the pcre module can use all the optimization it can get). */ volatile int dummy; /* ========================================================================= */ #endif do { BOOL try_next = TRUE; const pcre_uchar *tcode = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; if (*code == OP_CBRA || *code == OP_SCBRA || *code == OP_CBRAPOS || *code == OP_SCBRAPOS) tcode += IMM2_SIZE; while (try_next) /* Loop for items in this branch */ { int rc; switch(*tcode) { /* If we reach something we don't understand, it means a new opcode has been created that hasn't been added to this code. Hopefully this problem will be discovered during testing. */ default: return SSB_UNKNOWN; /* Fail for a valid opcode that implies no starting bits. */ case OP_ACCEPT: case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: case OP_ALLANY: case OP_ANY: case OP_ANYBYTE: case OP_CIRC: case OP_CIRCM: case OP_CLOSE: case OP_COMMIT: case OP_COND: case OP_CREF: case OP_DEF: case OP_DNCREF: case OP_DNREF: case OP_DNREFI: case OP_DNRREF: case OP_DOLL: case OP_DOLLM: case OP_END: case OP_EOD: case OP_EODN: case OP_EXTUNI: case OP_FAIL: case OP_MARK: case OP_NOT: case OP_NOTEXACT: case OP_NOTEXACTI: case OP_NOTI: case OP_NOTMINPLUS: case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: case OP_NOTMINQUERY: case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: case OP_NOTMINSTAR: case OP_NOTMINSTARI: case OP_NOTMINUPTO: case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: case OP_NOTPLUS: case OP_NOTPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: case OP_NOTPROP: case OP_NOTQUERY: case OP_NOTQUERYI: case OP_NOTSTAR: case OP_NOTSTARI: case OP_NOTUPTO: case OP_NOTUPTOI: case OP_NOT_HSPACE: case OP_NOT_VSPACE: case OP_PRUNE: case OP_PRUNE_ARG: case OP_RECURSE: case OP_REF: case OP_REFI: case OP_REVERSE: case OP_RREF: case OP_SCOND: case OP_SET_SOM: case OP_SKIP: case OP_SKIP_ARG: case OP_SOD: case OP_SOM: case OP_THEN: case OP_THEN_ARG: return SSB_FAIL; /* A "real" property test implies no starting bits, but the fake property PT_CLIST identifies a list of characters. These lists are short, as they are used for characters with more than one "other case", so there is no point in recognizing them for OP_NOTPROP. */ case OP_PROP: if (tcode[1] != PT_CLIST) return SSB_FAIL; { const pcre_uint32 *p = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + tcode[2]; while ((c = *p++) < NOTACHAR) { #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (utf) { pcre_uchar buff[6]; (void)PRIV(ord2utf)(c, buff); c = buff[0]; } #endif if (c > 0xff) SET_BIT(0xff); else SET_BIT(c); } } try_next = FALSE; break; /* We can ignore word boundary tests. */ case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: tcode++; break; /* If we hit a bracket or a positive lookahead assertion, recurse to set bits from within the subpattern. If it can't find anything, we have to give up. If it finds some mandatory character(s), we are done for this branch. Otherwise, carry on scanning after the subpattern. */ case OP_BRA: case OP_SBRA: case OP_CBRA: case OP_SCBRA: case OP_BRAPOS: case OP_SBRAPOS: case OP_CBRAPOS: case OP_SCBRAPOS: case OP_ONCE: case OP_ONCE_NC: case OP_ASSERT: rc = set_start_bits(tcode, start_bits, utf, cd); if (rc == SSB_FAIL || rc == SSB_UNKNOWN) return rc; if (rc == SSB_DONE) try_next = FALSE; else { do tcode += GET(tcode, 1); while (*tcode == OP_ALT); tcode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; } break; /* If we hit ALT or KET, it means we haven't found anything mandatory in this branch, though we might have found something optional. For ALT, we continue with the next alternative, but we have to arrange that the final result from subpattern is SSB_CONTINUE rather than SSB_DONE. For KET, return SSB_CONTINUE: if this is the top level, that indicates failure, but after a nested subpattern, it causes scanning to continue. */ case OP_ALT: yield = SSB_CONTINUE; try_next = FALSE; break; case OP_KET: case OP_KETRMAX: case OP_KETRMIN: case OP_KETRPOS: return SSB_CONTINUE; /* Skip over callout */ case OP_CALLOUT: tcode += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE; break; /* Skip over lookbehind and negative lookahead assertions */ case OP_ASSERT_NOT: case OP_ASSERTBACK: case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: do tcode += GET(tcode, 1); while (*tcode == OP_ALT); tcode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; /* BRAZERO does the bracket, but carries on. */ case OP_BRAZERO: case OP_BRAMINZERO: case OP_BRAPOSZERO: rc = set_start_bits(++tcode, start_bits, utf, cd); if (rc == SSB_FAIL || rc == SSB_UNKNOWN) return rc; /* ========================================================================= See the comment at the head of this function concerning the next line, which was an old fudge for the benefit of OS/2. dummy = 1; ========================================================================= */ do tcode += GET(tcode,1); while (*tcode == OP_ALT); tcode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; /* SKIPZERO skips the bracket. */ case OP_SKIPZERO: tcode++; do tcode += GET(tcode,1); while (*tcode == OP_ALT); tcode += 1 + LINK_SIZE; break; /* Single-char * or ? sets the bit and tries the next item */ case OP_STAR: case OP_MINSTAR: case OP_POSSTAR: case OP_QUERY: case OP_MINQUERY: case OP_POSQUERY: tcode = set_table_bit(start_bits, tcode + 1, FALSE, cd, utf); break; case OP_STARI: case OP_MINSTARI: case OP_POSSTARI: case OP_QUERYI: case OP_MINQUERYI: case OP_POSQUERYI: tcode = set_table_bit(start_bits, tcode + 1, TRUE, cd, utf); break; /* Single-char upto sets the bit and tries the next */ case OP_UPTO: case OP_MINUPTO: case OP_POSUPTO: tcode = set_table_bit(start_bits, tcode + 1 + IMM2_SIZE, FALSE, cd, utf); break; case OP_UPTOI: case OP_MINUPTOI: case OP_POSUPTOI: tcode = set_table_bit(start_bits, tcode + 1 + IMM2_SIZE, TRUE, cd, utf); break; /* At least one single char sets the bit and stops */ case OP_EXACT: tcode += IMM2_SIZE; /* Fall through */ case OP_CHAR: case OP_PLUS: case OP_MINPLUS: case OP_POSPLUS: (void)set_table_bit(start_bits, tcode + 1, FALSE, cd, utf); try_next = FALSE; break; case OP_EXACTI: tcode += IMM2_SIZE; /* Fall through */ case OP_CHARI: case OP_PLUSI: case OP_MINPLUSI: case OP_POSPLUSI: (void)set_table_bit(start_bits, tcode + 1, TRUE, cd, utf); try_next = FALSE; break; /* Special spacing and line-terminating items. These recognize specific lists of characters. The difference between VSPACE and ANYNL is that the latter can match the two-character CRLF sequence, but that is not relevant for finding the first character, so their code here is identical. */ case OP_HSPACE: SET_BIT(CHAR_HT); SET_BIT(CHAR_SPACE); #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 SET_BIT(0xC2); /* For U+00A0 */ SET_BIT(0xE1); /* For U+1680, U+180E */ SET_BIT(0xE2); /* For U+2000 - U+200A, U+202F, U+205F */ SET_BIT(0xE3); /* For U+3000 */ #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 SET_BIT(0xA0); SET_BIT(0xFF); /* For characters > 255 */ #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ { #ifndef EBCDIC SET_BIT(0xA0); #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 SET_BIT(0xFF); /* For characters > 255 */ #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[16|32] */ } try_next = FALSE; break; case OP_ANYNL: case OP_VSPACE: SET_BIT(CHAR_LF); SET_BIT(CHAR_VT); SET_BIT(CHAR_FF); SET_BIT(CHAR_CR); #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 SET_BIT(0xC2); /* For U+0085 */ SET_BIT(0xE2); /* For U+2028, U+2029 */ #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 SET_BIT(CHAR_NEL); SET_BIT(0xFF); /* For characters > 255 */ #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ { SET_BIT(CHAR_NEL); #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 SET_BIT(0xFF); /* For characters > 255 */ #endif } try_next = FALSE; break; /* Single character types set the bits and stop. Note that if PCRE_UCP is set, we do not see these op codes because \d etc are converted to properties. Therefore, these apply in the case when only characters less than 256 are recognized to match the types. */ case OP_NOT_DIGIT: set_nottype_bits(start_bits, cbit_digit, table_limit, cd); try_next = FALSE; break; case OP_DIGIT: set_type_bits(start_bits, cbit_digit, table_limit, cd); try_next = FALSE; break; /* The cbit_space table has vertical tab as whitespace; we no longer have to play fancy tricks because Perl added VT to its whitespace at release 5.18. PCRE added it at release 8.34. */ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: set_nottype_bits(start_bits, cbit_space, table_limit, cd); try_next = FALSE; break; case OP_WHITESPACE: set_type_bits(start_bits, cbit_space, table_limit, cd); try_next = FALSE; break; case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: set_nottype_bits(start_bits, cbit_word, table_limit, cd); try_next = FALSE; break; case OP_WORDCHAR: set_type_bits(start_bits, cbit_word, table_limit, cd); try_next = FALSE; break; /* One or more character type fudges the pointer and restarts, knowing it will hit a single character type and stop there. */ case OP_TYPEPLUS: case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: tcode++; break; case OP_TYPEEXACT: tcode += 1 + IMM2_SIZE; break; /* Zero or more repeats of character types set the bits and then try again. */ case OP_TYPEUPTO: case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: tcode += IMM2_SIZE; /* Fall through */ case OP_TYPESTAR: case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: case OP_TYPEQUERY: case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: switch(tcode[1]) { default: case OP_ANY: case OP_ALLANY: return SSB_FAIL; case OP_HSPACE: SET_BIT(CHAR_HT); SET_BIT(CHAR_SPACE); #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 SET_BIT(0xC2); /* For U+00A0 */ SET_BIT(0xE1); /* For U+1680, U+180E */ SET_BIT(0xE2); /* For U+2000 - U+200A, U+202F, U+205F */ SET_BIT(0xE3); /* For U+3000 */ #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 SET_BIT(0xA0); SET_BIT(0xFF); /* For characters > 255 */ #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16|32] */ } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ #ifndef EBCDIC SET_BIT(0xA0); #endif /* Not EBCDIC */ break; case OP_ANYNL: case OP_VSPACE: SET_BIT(CHAR_LF); SET_BIT(CHAR_VT); SET_BIT(CHAR_FF); SET_BIT(CHAR_CR); #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 SET_BIT(0xC2); /* For U+0085 */ SET_BIT(0xE2); /* For U+2028, U+2029 */ #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 SET_BIT(CHAR_NEL); SET_BIT(0xFF); /* For characters > 255 */ #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE16 */ } else #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ SET_BIT(CHAR_NEL); break; case OP_NOT_DIGIT: set_nottype_bits(start_bits, cbit_digit, table_limit, cd); break; case OP_DIGIT: set_type_bits(start_bits, cbit_digit, table_limit, cd); break; /* The cbit_space table has vertical tab as whitespace; we no longer have to play fancy tricks because Perl added VT to its whitespace at release 5.18. PCRE added it at release 8.34. */ case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: set_nottype_bits(start_bits, cbit_space, table_limit, cd); break; case OP_WHITESPACE: set_type_bits(start_bits, cbit_space, table_limit, cd); break; case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: set_nottype_bits(start_bits, cbit_word, table_limit, cd); break; case OP_WORDCHAR: set_type_bits(start_bits, cbit_word, table_limit, cd); break; } tcode += 2; break; /* Character class where all the information is in a bit map: set the bits and either carry on or not, according to the repeat count. If it was a negative class, and we are operating with UTF-8 characters, any byte with a value >= 0xc4 is a potentially valid starter because it starts a character with a value > 255. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 case OP_XCLASS: if ((tcode[1 + LINK_SIZE] & XCL_HASPROP) != 0) return SSB_FAIL; /* All bits are set. */ if ((tcode[1 + LINK_SIZE] & XCL_MAP) == 0 && (tcode[1 + LINK_SIZE] & XCL_NOT) != 0) return SSB_FAIL; #endif /* Fall through */ case OP_NCLASS: #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (utf) { start_bits[24] |= 0xf0; /* Bits for 0xc4 - 0xc8 */ memset(start_bits+25, 0xff, 7); /* Bits for 0xc9 - 0xff */ } #endif #if defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 SET_BIT(0xFF); /* For characters > 255 */ #endif /* Fall through */ case OP_CLASS: { pcre_uint8 *map; #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 map = NULL; if (*tcode == OP_XCLASS) { if ((tcode[1 + LINK_SIZE] & XCL_MAP) != 0) map = (pcre_uint8 *)(tcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE + 1); tcode += GET(tcode, 1); } else #endif { tcode++; map = (pcre_uint8 *)tcode; tcode += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); } /* In UTF-8 mode, the bits in a bit map correspond to character values, not to byte values. However, the bit map we are constructing is for byte values. So we have to do a conversion for characters whose value is > 127. In fact, there are only two possible starting bytes for characters in the range 128 - 255. */ #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (map != NULL) #endif { #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (utf) { for (c = 0; c < 16; c++) start_bits[c] |= map[c]; for (c = 128; c < 256; c++) { if ((map[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0) { int d = (c >> 6) | 0xc0; /* Set bit for this starter */ start_bits[d/8] |= (1 << (d&7)); /* and then skip on to the */ c = (c & 0xc0) + 0x40 - 1; /* next relevant character. */ } } } else #endif { /* In non-UTF-8 mode, the two bit maps are completely compatible. */ for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) start_bits[c] |= map[c]; } } /* Advance past the bit map, and act on what follows. For a zero minimum repeat, continue; otherwise stop processing. */ switch (*tcode) { case OP_CRSTAR: case OP_CRMINSTAR: case OP_CRQUERY: case OP_CRMINQUERY: case OP_CRPOSSTAR: case OP_CRPOSQUERY: tcode++; break; case OP_CRRANGE: case OP_CRMINRANGE: case OP_CRPOSRANGE: if (GET2(tcode, 1) == 0) tcode += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; else try_next = FALSE; break; default: try_next = FALSE; break; } } break; /* End of bitmap class handling */ } /* End of switch */ } /* End of try_next loop */ code += GET(code, 1); /* Advance to next branch */ } while (*code == OP_ALT); return yield; } /************************************************* * Study a compiled expression * *************************************************/ /* This function is handed a compiled expression that it must study to produce information that will speed up the matching. It returns a pcre[16]_extra block which then gets handed back to pcre_exec(). Arguments: re points to the compiled expression options contains option bits errorptr points to where to place error messages; set NULL unless error Returns: pointer to a pcre[16]_extra block, with study_data filled in and the appropriate flags set; NULL on error or if no optimization possible */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre_extra * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_study(const pcre *external_re, int options, const char **errorptr) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre16_extra * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_study(const pcre16 *external_re, int options, const char **errorptr) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN pcre32_extra * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_study(const pcre32 *external_re, int options, const char **errorptr) #endif { int min; int count = 0; BOOL bits_set = FALSE; pcre_uint8 start_bits[32]; PUBL(extra) *extra = NULL; pcre_study_data *study; const pcre_uint8 *tables; pcre_uchar *code; compile_data compile_block; const REAL_PCRE *re = (const REAL_PCRE *)external_re; *errorptr = NULL; if (re == NULL || re->magic_number != MAGIC_NUMBER) { *errorptr = "argument is not a compiled regular expression"; return NULL; } if ((re->flags & PCRE_MODE) == 0) { #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 *errorptr = "argument not compiled in 8 bit mode"; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 *errorptr = "argument not compiled in 16 bit mode"; #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 *errorptr = "argument not compiled in 32 bit mode"; #endif return NULL; } if ((options & ~PUBLIC_STUDY_OPTIONS) != 0) { *errorptr = "unknown or incorrect option bit(s) set"; return NULL; } code = (pcre_uchar *)re + re->name_table_offset + (re->name_count * re->name_entry_size); /* For an anchored pattern, or an unanchored pattern that has a first char, or a multiline pattern that matches only at "line starts", there is no point in seeking a list of starting bytes. */ if ((re->options & PCRE_ANCHORED) == 0 && (re->flags & (PCRE_FIRSTSET|PCRE_STARTLINE)) == 0) { int rc; /* Set the character tables in the block that is passed around */ tables = re->tables; #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 if (tables == NULL) (void)pcre_fullinfo(external_re, NULL, PCRE_INFO_DEFAULT_TABLES, (void *)(&tables)); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 if (tables == NULL) (void)pcre16_fullinfo(external_re, NULL, PCRE_INFO_DEFAULT_TABLES, (void *)(&tables)); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 if (tables == NULL) (void)pcre32_fullinfo(external_re, NULL, PCRE_INFO_DEFAULT_TABLES, (void *)(&tables)); #endif compile_block.lcc = tables + lcc_offset; compile_block.fcc = tables + fcc_offset; compile_block.cbits = tables + cbits_offset; compile_block.ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset; /* See if we can find a fixed set of initial characters for the pattern. */ memset(start_bits, 0, 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); rc = set_start_bits(code, start_bits, (re->options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0, &compile_block); bits_set = rc == SSB_DONE; if (rc == SSB_UNKNOWN) { *errorptr = "internal error: opcode not recognized"; return NULL; } } /* Find the minimum length of subject string. */ switch(min = find_minlength(re, code, code, re->options, NULL, &count)) { case -2: *errorptr = "internal error: missing capturing bracket"; return NULL; case -3: *errorptr = "internal error: opcode not recognized"; return NULL; default: break; } /* If a set of starting bytes has been identified, or if the minimum length is greater than zero, or if JIT optimization has been requested, or if PCRE_STUDY_EXTRA_NEEDED is set, get a pcre[16]_extra block and a pcre_study_data block. The study data is put in the latter, which is pointed to by the former, which may also get additional data set later by the calling program. At the moment, the size of pcre_study_data is fixed. We nevertheless save it in a field for returning via the pcre_fullinfo() function so that if it becomes variable in the future, we don't have to change that code. */ if (bits_set || min > 0 || (options & ( #ifdef SUPPORT_JIT PCRE_STUDY_JIT_COMPILE | PCRE_STUDY_JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE | PCRE_STUDY_JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE | #endif PCRE_STUDY_EXTRA_NEEDED)) != 0) { extra = (PUBL(extra) *)(PUBL(malloc)) (sizeof(PUBL(extra)) + sizeof(pcre_study_data)); if (extra == NULL) { *errorptr = "failed to get memory"; return NULL; } study = (pcre_study_data *)((char *)extra + sizeof(PUBL(extra))); extra->flags = PCRE_EXTRA_STUDY_DATA; extra->study_data = study; study->size = sizeof(pcre_study_data); study->flags = 0; /* Set the start bits always, to avoid unset memory errors if the study data is written to a file, but set the flag only if any of the bits are set, to save time looking when none are. */ if (bits_set) { study->flags |= PCRE_STUDY_MAPPED; memcpy(study->start_bits, start_bits, sizeof(start_bits)); } else memset(study->start_bits, 0, 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG if (bits_set) { pcre_uint8 *ptr = start_bits; int i; printf("Start bits:\n"); for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) printf("%3d: %02x%s", i * 8, *ptr++, ((i + 1) & 0x7) != 0? " " : "\n"); } #endif /* Always set the minlength value in the block, because the JIT compiler makes use of it. However, don't set the bit unless the length is greater than zero - the interpretive pcre_exec() and pcre_dfa_exec() needn't waste time checking the zero case. */ if (min > 0) { study->flags |= PCRE_STUDY_MINLEN; study->minlength = min; } else study->minlength = 0; /* If JIT support was compiled and requested, attempt the JIT compilation. If no starting bytes were found, and the minimum length is zero, and JIT compilation fails, abandon the extra block and return NULL, unless PCRE_STUDY_EXTRA_NEEDED is set. */ #ifdef SUPPORT_JIT extra->executable_jit = NULL; if ((options & PCRE_STUDY_JIT_COMPILE) != 0) PRIV(jit_compile)(re, extra, JIT_COMPILE); if ((options & PCRE_STUDY_JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE) != 0) PRIV(jit_compile)(re, extra, JIT_PARTIAL_SOFT_COMPILE); if ((options & PCRE_STUDY_JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE) != 0) PRIV(jit_compile)(re, extra, JIT_PARTIAL_HARD_COMPILE); if (study->flags == 0 && (extra->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT) == 0 && (options & PCRE_STUDY_EXTRA_NEEDED) == 0) { #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 pcre_free_study(extra); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 pcre16_free_study(extra); #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 pcre32_free_study(extra); #endif extra = NULL; } #endif } return extra; } /************************************************* * Free the study data * *************************************************/ /* This function frees the memory that was obtained by pcre_study(). Argument: a pointer to the pcre[16]_extra block Returns: nothing */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN void pcre_free_study(pcre_extra *extra) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN void pcre16_free_study(pcre16_extra *extra) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN void pcre32_free_study(pcre32_extra *extra) #endif { if (extra == NULL) return; #ifdef SUPPORT_JIT if ((extra->flags & PCRE_EXTRA_EXECUTABLE_JIT) != 0 && extra->executable_jit != NULL) PRIV(jit_free)(extra->executable_jit); #endif PUBL(free)(extra); } /* End of pcre_study.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_tables.c000066400000000000000000000701461335323540100167020ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2017 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #ifndef PCRE_INCLUDED /* This module contains some fixed tables that are used by more than one of the PCRE code modules. The tables are also #included by the pcretest program, which uses macros to change their names from _pcre_xxx to xxxx, thereby avoiding name clashes with the library. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" #endif /* PCRE_INCLUDED */ /* Table of sizes for the fixed-length opcodes. It's defined in a macro so that the definition is next to the definition of the opcodes in pcre_internal.h. */ const pcre_uint8 PRIV(OP_lengths)[] = { OP_LENGTHS }; /* Tables of horizontal and vertical whitespace characters, suitable for adding to classes. */ const pcre_uint32 PRIV(hspace_list)[] = { HSPACE_LIST }; const pcre_uint32 PRIV(vspace_list)[] = { VSPACE_LIST }; /************************************************* * Tables for UTF-8 support * *************************************************/ /* These are the breakpoints for different numbers of bytes in a UTF-8 character. */ #if (defined SUPPORT_UTF && defined COMPILE_PCRE8) \ || (defined PCRE_INCLUDED && (defined SUPPORT_PCRE16 || defined SUPPORT_PCRE32)) /* These tables are also required by pcretest in 16- or 32-bit mode. */ const int PRIV(utf8_table1)[] = { 0x7f, 0x7ff, 0xffff, 0x1fffff, 0x3ffffff, 0x7fffffff}; const int PRIV(utf8_table1_size) = sizeof(PRIV(utf8_table1)) / sizeof(int); /* These are the indicator bits and the mask for the data bits to set in the first byte of a character, indexed by the number of additional bytes. */ const int PRIV(utf8_table2)[] = { 0, 0xc0, 0xe0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc}; const int PRIV(utf8_table3)[] = { 0xff, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x07, 0x03, 0x01}; /* Table of the number of extra bytes, indexed by the first byte masked with 0x3f. The highest number for a valid UTF-8 first byte is in fact 0x3d. */ const pcre_uint8 PRIV(utf8_table4)[] = { 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, 2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, 3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5 }; #endif /* (SUPPORT_UTF && COMPILE_PCRE8) || (PCRE_INCLUDED && SUPPORT_PCRE[16|32])*/ #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF /* Table to translate from particular type value to the general value. */ const pcre_uint32 PRIV(ucp_gentype)[] = { ucp_C, ucp_C, ucp_C, ucp_C, ucp_C, /* Cc, Cf, Cn, Co, Cs */ ucp_L, ucp_L, ucp_L, ucp_L, ucp_L, /* Ll, Lu, Lm, Lo, Lt */ ucp_M, ucp_M, ucp_M, /* Mc, Me, Mn */ ucp_N, ucp_N, ucp_N, /* Nd, Nl, No */ ucp_P, ucp_P, ucp_P, ucp_P, ucp_P, /* Pc, Pd, Pe, Pf, Pi */ ucp_P, ucp_P, /* Ps, Po */ ucp_S, ucp_S, ucp_S, ucp_S, /* Sc, Sk, Sm, So */ ucp_Z, ucp_Z, ucp_Z /* Zl, Zp, Zs */ }; /* This table encodes the rules for finding the end of an extended grapheme cluster. Every code point has a grapheme break property which is one of the ucp_gbXX values defined in ucp.h. The 2-dimensional table is indexed by the properties of two adjacent code points. The left property selects a word from the table, and the right property selects a bit from that word like this: ucp_gbtable[left-property] & (1 << right-property) The value is non-zero if a grapheme break is NOT permitted between the relevant two code points. The breaking rules are as follows: 1. Break at the start and end of text (pretty obviously). 2. Do not break between a CR and LF; otherwise, break before and after controls. 3. Do not break Hangul syllable sequences, the rules for which are: L may be followed by L, V, LV or LVT LV or V may be followed by V or T LVT or T may be followed by T 4. Do not break before extending characters. The next two rules are only for extended grapheme clusters (but that's what we are implementing). 5. Do not break before SpacingMarks. 6. Do not break after Prepend characters. 7. Otherwise, break everywhere. */ const pcre_uint32 PRIV(ucp_gbtable[]) = { (1< 0x10ffff is not permitted PCRE_UTF8_ERR14 3-byte character with value 0xd000-0xdfff is not permitted PCRE_UTF8_ERR15 Overlong 2-byte sequence PCRE_UTF8_ERR16 Overlong 3-byte sequence PCRE_UTF8_ERR17 Overlong 4-byte sequence PCRE_UTF8_ERR18 Overlong 5-byte sequence (won't ever occur) PCRE_UTF8_ERR19 Overlong 6-byte sequence (won't ever occur) PCRE_UTF8_ERR20 Isolated 0x80 byte (not within UTF-8 character) PCRE_UTF8_ERR21 Byte with the illegal value 0xfe or 0xff PCRE_UTF8_ERR22 Unused (was non-character) Arguments: string points to the string length length of string, or -1 if the string is zero-terminated errp pointer to an error position offset variable Returns: = 0 if the string is a valid UTF-8 string > 0 otherwise, setting the offset of the bad character */ int PRIV(valid_utf)(PCRE_PUCHAR string, int length, int *erroroffset) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF register PCRE_PUCHAR p; if (length < 0) { for (p = string; *p != 0; p++); length = (int)(p - string); } for (p = string; length-- > 0; p++) { register pcre_uchar ab, c, d; c = *p; if (c < 128) continue; /* ASCII character */ if (c < 0xc0) /* Isolated 10xx xxxx byte */ { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string); return PCRE_UTF8_ERR20; } if (c >= 0xfe) /* Invalid 0xfe or 0xff bytes */ { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string); return PCRE_UTF8_ERR21; } ab = PRIV(utf8_table4)[c & 0x3f]; /* Number of additional bytes */ if (length < ab) { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string); /* Missing bytes */ return ab - length; /* Codes ERR1 to ERR5 */ } length -= ab; /* Length remaining */ /* Check top bits in the second byte */ if (((d = *(++p)) & 0xc0) != 0x80) { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 1; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR6; } /* For each length, check that the remaining bytes start with the 0x80 bit set and not the 0x40 bit. Then check for an overlong sequence, and for the excluded range 0xd800 to 0xdfff. */ switch (ab) { /* 2-byte character. No further bytes to check for 0x80. Check first byte for for xx00 000x (overlong sequence). */ case 1: if ((c & 0x3e) == 0) { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 1; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR15; } break; /* 3-byte character. Check third byte for 0x80. Then check first 2 bytes for 1110 0000, xx0x xxxx (overlong sequence) or 1110 1101, 1010 xxxx (0xd800 - 0xdfff) */ case 2: if ((*(++p) & 0xc0) != 0x80) /* Third byte */ { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 2; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR7; } if (c == 0xe0 && (d & 0x20) == 0) { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 2; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR16; } if (c == 0xed && d >= 0xa0) { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 2; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR14; } break; /* 4-byte character. Check 3rd and 4th bytes for 0x80. Then check first 2 bytes for for 1111 0000, xx00 xxxx (overlong sequence), then check for a character greater than 0x0010ffff (f4 8f bf bf) */ case 3: if ((*(++p) & 0xc0) != 0x80) /* Third byte */ { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 2; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR7; } if ((*(++p) & 0xc0) != 0x80) /* Fourth byte */ { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 3; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR8; } if (c == 0xf0 && (d & 0x30) == 0) { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 3; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR17; } if (c > 0xf4 || (c == 0xf4 && d > 0x8f)) { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 3; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR13; } break; /* 5-byte and 6-byte characters are not allowed by RFC 3629, and will be rejected by the length test below. However, we do the appropriate tests here so that overlong sequences get diagnosed, and also in case there is ever an option for handling these larger code points. */ /* 5-byte character. Check 3rd, 4th, and 5th bytes for 0x80. Then check for 1111 1000, xx00 0xxx */ case 4: if ((*(++p) & 0xc0) != 0x80) /* Third byte */ { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 2; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR7; } if ((*(++p) & 0xc0) != 0x80) /* Fourth byte */ { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 3; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR8; } if ((*(++p) & 0xc0) != 0x80) /* Fifth byte */ { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 4; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR9; } if (c == 0xf8 && (d & 0x38) == 0) { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 4; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR18; } break; /* 6-byte character. Check 3rd-6th bytes for 0x80. Then check for 1111 1100, xx00 00xx. */ case 5: if ((*(++p) & 0xc0) != 0x80) /* Third byte */ { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 2; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR7; } if ((*(++p) & 0xc0) != 0x80) /* Fourth byte */ { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 3; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR8; } if ((*(++p) & 0xc0) != 0x80) /* Fifth byte */ { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 4; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR9; } if ((*(++p) & 0xc0) != 0x80) /* Sixth byte */ { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 5; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR10; } if (c == 0xfc && (d & 0x3c) == 0) { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - 5; return PCRE_UTF8_ERR19; } break; } /* Character is valid under RFC 2279, but 4-byte and 5-byte characters are excluded by RFC 3629. The pointer p is currently at the last byte of the character. */ if (ab > 3) { *erroroffset = (int)(p - string) - ab; return (ab == 4)? PCRE_UTF8_ERR11 : PCRE_UTF8_ERR12; } } #else /* Not SUPPORT_UTF */ (void)(string); /* Keep picky compilers happy */ (void)(length); (void)(erroroffset); #endif return PCRE_UTF8_ERR0; /* This indicates success */ } /* End of pcre_valid_utf8.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_version.c000066400000000000000000000101521335323540100171040ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains the external function pcre_version(), which returns a string that identifies the PCRE version that is in use. */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" /************************************************* * Return version string * *************************************************/ /* These macros are the standard way of turning unquoted text into C strings. They allow macros like PCRE_MAJOR to be defined without quotes, which is convenient for user programs that want to test its value. */ #define STRING(a) # a #define XSTRING(s) STRING(s) /* A problem turned up with PCRE_PRERELEASE, which is defined empty for production releases. Originally, it was used naively in this code: return XSTRING(PCRE_MAJOR) "." XSTRING(PCRE_MINOR) XSTRING(PCRE_PRERELEASE) " " XSTRING(PCRE_DATE); However, when PCRE_PRERELEASE is empty, this leads to an attempted expansion of STRING(). The C standard states: "If (before argument substitution) any argument consists of no preprocessing tokens, the behavior is undefined." It turns out the gcc treats this case as a single empty string - which is what we really want - but Visual C grumbles about the lack of an argument for the macro. Unfortunately, both are within their rights. To cope with both ways of handling this, I had resort to some messy hackery that does a test at run time. I could find no way of detecting that a macro is defined as an empty string at pre-processor time. This hack uses a standard trick for avoiding calling the STRING macro with an empty argument when doing the test. */ #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 PCRE_EXP_DEFN const char * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre_version(void) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 PCRE_EXP_DEFN const char * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre16_version(void) #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 PCRE_EXP_DEFN const char * PCRE_CALL_CONVENTION pcre32_version(void) #endif { return (XSTRING(Z PCRE_PRERELEASE)[1] == 0)? XSTRING(PCRE_MAJOR.PCRE_MINOR PCRE_DATE) : XSTRING(PCRE_MAJOR.PCRE_MINOR) XSTRING(PCRE_PRERELEASE PCRE_DATE); } /* End of pcre_version.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/pcre_xclass.c000066400000000000000000000200471335323540100167200ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * *************************************************/ /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. Written by Philip Hazel Copyright (c) 1997-2013 University of Cambridge ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* This module contains an internal function that is used to match an extended class. It is used by both pcre_exec() and pcre_def_exec(). */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include "pcre_internal.h" /************************************************* * Match character against an XCLASS * *************************************************/ /* This function is called to match a character against an extended class that might contain values > 255 and/or Unicode properties. Arguments: c the character data points to the flag byte of the XCLASS data Returns: TRUE if character matches, else FALSE */ BOOL PRIV(xclass)(pcre_uint32 c, const pcre_uchar *data, BOOL utf) { pcre_uchar t; BOOL negated = (*data & XCL_NOT) != 0; (void)utf; #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 /* In 8 bit mode, this must always be TRUE. Help the compiler to know that. */ utf = TRUE; #endif /* Character values < 256 are matched against a bitmap, if one is present. If not, we still carry on, because there may be ranges that start below 256 in the additional data. */ if (c < 256) { if ((*data & XCL_HASPROP) == 0) { if ((*data & XCL_MAP) == 0) return negated; return (((pcre_uint8 *)(data + 1))[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0; } if ((*data & XCL_MAP) != 0 && (((pcre_uint8 *)(data + 1))[c/8] & (1 << (c&7))) != 0) return !negated; /* char found */ } /* First skip the bit map if present. Then match against the list of Unicode properties or large chars or ranges that end with a large char. We won't ever encounter XCL_PROP or XCL_NOTPROP when UCP support is not compiled. */ if ((*data++ & XCL_MAP) != 0) data += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); while ((t = *data++) != XCL_END) { pcre_uint32 x, y; if (t == XCL_SINGLE) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { GETCHARINC(x, data); /* macro generates multiple statements */ } else #endif x = *data++; if (c == x) return !negated; } else if (t == XCL_RANGE) { #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF if (utf) { GETCHARINC(x, data); /* macro generates multiple statements */ GETCHARINC(y, data); /* macro generates multiple statements */ } else #endif { x = *data++; y = *data++; } if (c >= x && c <= y) return !negated; } #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP else /* XCL_PROP & XCL_NOTPROP */ { const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c); BOOL isprop = t == XCL_PROP; switch(*data) { case PT_ANY: if (isprop) return !negated; break; case PT_LAMP: if ((prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == isprop) return !negated; break; case PT_GC: if ((data[1] == PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == isprop) return !negated; break; case PT_PC: if ((data[1] == prop->chartype) == isprop) return !negated; break; case PT_SC: if ((data[1] == prop->script) == isprop) return !negated; break; case PT_ALNUM: if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == isprop) return !negated; break; /* Perl space used to exclude VT, but from Perl 5.18 it is included, which means that Perl space and POSIX space are now identical. PCRE was changed at release 8.34. */ case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ switch(c) { HSPACE_CASES: VSPACE_CASES: if (isprop) return !negated; break; default: if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z) == isprop) return !negated; break; } break; case PT_WORD: if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == isprop) return !negated; break; case PT_UCNC: if (c < 0xa0) { if ((c == CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN || c == CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT || c == CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT) == isprop) return !negated; } else { if ((c < 0xd800 || c > 0xdfff) == isprop) return !negated; } break; /* The following three properties can occur only in an XCLASS, as there is no \p or \P coding for them. */ /* Graphic character. Implement this as not Z (space or separator) and not C (other), except for Cf (format) with a few exceptions. This seems to be what Perl does. The exceptional characters are: U+061C Arabic Letter Mark U+180E Mongolian Vowel Separator U+2066 - U+2069 Various "isolate"s */ case PT_PXGRAPH: if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] != ucp_Z && (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] != ucp_C || (prop->chartype == ucp_Cf && c != 0x061c && c != 0x180e && (c < 0x2066 || c > 0x2069)) )) == isprop) return !negated; break; /* Printable character: same as graphic, with the addition of Zs, i.e. not Zl and not Zp, and U+180E. */ case PT_PXPRINT: if ((prop->chartype != ucp_Zl && prop->chartype != ucp_Zp && (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] != ucp_C || (prop->chartype == ucp_Cf && c != 0x061c && (c < 0x2066 || c > 0x2069)) )) == isprop) return !negated; break; /* Punctuation: all Unicode punctuation, plus ASCII characters that Unicode treats as symbols rather than punctuation, for Perl compatibility (these are $+<=>^`|~). */ case PT_PXPUNCT: if ((PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_P || (c < 128 && PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_S)) == isprop) return !negated; break; /* This should never occur, but compilers may mutter if there is no default. */ default: return FALSE; } data += 2; } #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ } return negated; /* char did not match */ } /* End of pcre_xclass.c */ tup-v0.7.8/src/pcre/ucp.h000066400000000000000000000121371335323540100152070ustar00rootroot00000000000000/************************************************* * Unicode Property Table handler * *************************************************/ #ifndef _UCP_H #define _UCP_H /* This file contains definitions of the property values that are returned by the UCD access macros. New values that are added for new releases of Unicode should always be at the end of each enum, for backwards compatibility. IMPORTANT: Note also that the specific numeric values of the enums have to be the same as the values that are generated by the maint/MultiStage2.py script, where the equivalent property descriptive names are listed in vectors. ALSO: The specific values of the first two enums are assumed for the table called catposstab in pcre_compile.c. */ /* These are the general character categories. */ enum { ucp_C, /* Other */ ucp_L, /* Letter */ ucp_M, /* Mark */ ucp_N, /* Number */ ucp_P, /* Punctuation */ ucp_S, /* Symbol */ ucp_Z /* Separator */ }; /* These are the particular character categories. */ enum { ucp_Cc, /* Control */ ucp_Cf, /* Format */ ucp_Cn, /* Unassigned */ ucp_Co, /* Private use */ ucp_Cs, /* Surrogate */ ucp_Ll, /* Lower case letter */ ucp_Lm, /* Modifier letter */ ucp_Lo, /* Other letter */ ucp_Lt, /* Title case letter */ ucp_Lu, /* Upper case letter */ ucp_Mc, /* Spacing mark */ ucp_Me, /* Enclosing mark */ ucp_Mn, /* Non-spacing mark */ ucp_Nd, /* Decimal number */ ucp_Nl, /* Letter number */ ucp_No, /* Other number */ ucp_Pc, /* Connector punctuation */ ucp_Pd, /* Dash punctuation */ ucp_Pe, /* Close punctuation */ ucp_Pf, /* Final punctuation */ ucp_Pi, /* Initial punctuation */ ucp_Po, /* Other punctuation */ ucp_Ps, /* Open punctuation */ ucp_Sc, /* Currency symbol */ ucp_Sk, /* Modifier symbol */ ucp_Sm, /* Mathematical symbol */ ucp_So, /* Other symbol */ ucp_Zl, /* Line separator */ ucp_Zp, /* Paragraph separator */ ucp_Zs /* Space separator */ }; /* These are grapheme break properties. Note that the code for processing them assumes that the values are less than 16. If more values are added that take the number to 16 or more, the code will have to be rewritten. */ enum { ucp_gbCR, /* 0 */ ucp_gbLF, /* 1 */ ucp_gbControl, /* 2 */ ucp_gbExtend, /* 3 */ ucp_gbPrepend, /* 4 */ ucp_gbSpacingMark, /* 5 */ ucp_gbL, /* 6 Hangul syllable type L */ ucp_gbV, /* 7 Hangul syllable type V */ ucp_gbT, /* 8 Hangul syllable type T */ ucp_gbLV, /* 9 Hangul syllable type LV */ ucp_gbLVT, /* 10 Hangul syllable type LVT */ ucp_gbRegionalIndicator, /* 11 */ ucp_gbOther /* 12 */ }; /* These are the script identifications. */ enum { ucp_Arabic, ucp_Armenian, ucp_Bengali, ucp_Bopomofo, ucp_Braille, ucp_Buginese, ucp_Buhid, ucp_Canadian_Aboriginal, ucp_Cherokee, ucp_Common, ucp_Coptic, ucp_Cypriot, ucp_Cyrillic, ucp_Deseret, ucp_Devanagari, ucp_Ethiopic, ucp_Georgian, ucp_Glagolitic, ucp_Gothic, ucp_Greek, ucp_Gujarati, ucp_Gurmukhi, ucp_Han, ucp_Hangul, ucp_Hanunoo, ucp_Hebrew, ucp_Hiragana, ucp_Inherited, ucp_Kannada, ucp_Katakana, ucp_Kharoshthi, ucp_Khmer, ucp_Lao, ucp_Latin, ucp_Limbu, ucp_Linear_B, ucp_Malayalam, ucp_Mongolian, ucp_Myanmar, ucp_New_Tai_Lue, ucp_Ogham, ucp_Old_Italic, ucp_Old_Persian, ucp_Oriya, ucp_Osmanya, ucp_Runic, ucp_Shavian, ucp_Sinhala, ucp_Syloti_Nagri, ucp_Syriac, ucp_Tagalog, ucp_Tagbanwa, ucp_Tai_Le, ucp_Tamil, ucp_Telugu, ucp_Thaana, ucp_Thai, ucp_Tibetan, ucp_Tifinagh, ucp_Ugaritic, ucp_Yi, /* New for Unicode 5.0: */ ucp_Balinese, ucp_Cuneiform, ucp_Nko, ucp_Phags_Pa, ucp_Phoenician, /* New for Unicode 5.1: */ ucp_Carian, ucp_Cham, ucp_Kayah_Li, ucp_Lepcha, ucp_Lycian, ucp_Lydian, ucp_Ol_Chiki, ucp_Rejang, ucp_Saurashtra, ucp_Sundanese, ucp_Vai, /* New for Unicode 5.2: */ ucp_Avestan, ucp_Bamum, ucp_Egyptian_Hieroglyphs, ucp_Imperial_Aramaic, ucp_Inscriptional_Pahlavi, ucp_Inscriptional_Parthian, ucp_Javanese, ucp_Kaithi, ucp_Lisu, ucp_Meetei_Mayek, ucp_Old_South_Arabian, ucp_Old_Turkic, ucp_Samaritan, ucp_Tai_Tham, ucp_Tai_Viet, /* New for Unicode 6.0.0: */ ucp_Batak, ucp_Brahmi, ucp_Mandaic, /* New for Unicode 6.1.0: */ ucp_Chakma, ucp_Meroitic_Cursive, ucp_Meroitic_Hieroglyphs, ucp_Miao, ucp_Sharada, ucp_Sora_Sompeng, ucp_Takri, /* New for Unicode 7.0.0: */ ucp_Bassa_Vah, ucp_Caucasian_Albanian, ucp_Duployan, ucp_Elbasan, ucp_Grantha, ucp_Khojki, ucp_Khudawadi, ucp_Linear_A, ucp_Mahajani, ucp_Manichaean, ucp_Mende_Kikakui, ucp_Modi, ucp_Mro, ucp_Nabataean, ucp_Old_North_Arabian, ucp_Old_Permic, ucp_Pahawh_Hmong, ucp_Palmyrene, ucp_Psalter_Pahlavi, ucp_Pau_Cin_Hau, ucp_Siddham, ucp_Tirhuta, ucp_Warang_Citi }; #endif /* End of ucp.h */ tup-v0.7.8/src/sqlite3/000077500000000000000000000000001335323540100146765ustar00rootroot00000000000000tup-v0.7.8/src/sqlite3/Tupfile000066400000000000000000000005411335323540100162310ustar00rootroot00000000000000include_rules # Remove warnings from CFLAGS CFLAGS += -w # Use memory by default for temporary tables CFLAGS += -DSQLITE_TEMP_STORE=2 # tup does its own locking of the database CFLAGS += -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 # No need to depend on libdl here. CFLAGS += -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION ifneq (@(TUP_USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE),y) : foreach *.c |> !cc |> endif tup-v0.7.8/src/sqlite3/sqlite3.c000066400000000000000000353471351335323540100164530ustar00rootroot00000000000000/****************************************************************************** ** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite ** version 3.25.1. By combining all the individual C code files into this ** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation ** unit. This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be ** possible if the files were compiled separately. Performance improvements ** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single ** translation unit. ** ** This file is all you need to compile SQLite. To use SQLite in other ** programs, you need this file and the "sqlite3.h" header file that defines ** the programming interface to the SQLite library. (If you do not have ** the "sqlite3.h" header file at hand, you will find a copy embedded within ** the text of this file. Search for "Begin file sqlite3.h" to find the start ** of the embedded sqlite3.h header file.) Additional code files may be needed ** if you want a wrapper to interface SQLite with your choice of programming ** language. The code for the "sqlite3" command-line shell is also in a ** separate file. This file contains only code for the core SQLite library. */ #define SQLITE_CORE 1 #define SQLITE_AMALGAMATION 1 #ifndef SQLITE_PRIVATE # define SQLITE_PRIVATE static #endif /************** Begin file ctime.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2010 February 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file implements routines used to report what compile-time options ** SQLite was built with. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS /* ** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the ** autoconf-based build */ #if defined(_HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(SQLITECONFIG_H) #include "config.h" #define SQLITECONFIG_H 1 #endif /* These macros are provided to "stringify" the value of the define ** for those options in which the value is meaningful. */ #define CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) #opt #define CTIMEOPT_VAL(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL_(opt) /* Like CTIMEOPT_VAL, but especially for SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE. This ** option requires a separate macro because legal values contain a single ** comma. e.g. (-DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE="100,100") */ #define CTIMEOPT_VAL2_(opt1,opt2) #opt1 "," #opt2 #define CTIMEOPT_VAL2(opt) CTIMEOPT_VAL2_(opt) /* ** An array of names of all compile-time options. This array should ** be sorted A-Z. ** ** This array looks large, but in a typical installation actually uses ** only a handful of compile-time options, so most times this array is usually ** rather short and uses little memory space. */ static const char * const sqlite3azCompileOpt[] = { /* ** BEGIN CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl */ #if SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID "32BIT_ROWID", #endif #if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC "4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC", #endif #if SQLITE_64BIT_STATS "64BIT_STATS", #endif #if SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN "ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN", #endif #if SQLITE_ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY "ALLOW_URI_AUTHORITY", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE "BITMASK_TYPE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE), #endif #if SQLITE_BUG_COMPATIBLE_20160819 "BUG_COMPATIBLE_20160819", #endif #if SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE "CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE", #endif #if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES "CHECK_PAGES", #endif #if defined(__clang__) && defined(__clang_major__) "COMPILER=clang-" CTIMEOPT_VAL(__clang_major__) "." CTIMEOPT_VAL(__clang_minor__) "." CTIMEOPT_VAL(__clang_patchlevel__), #elif defined(_MSC_VER) "COMPILER=msvc-" CTIMEOPT_VAL(_MSC_VER), #elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__VERSION__) "COMPILER=gcc-" __VERSION__, #endif #if SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST "COVERAGE_TEST", #endif #if SQLITE_DEBUG "DEBUG", #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX "DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX", #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM "DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE "DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE), #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_CKPTFULLFSYNC "DEFAULT_CKPTFULLFSYNC", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT "DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS "DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS), #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS "DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT "DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE "DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE "DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL2(SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE), #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS "DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE "DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE "DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ "DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS "DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS), #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS "DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_ROWEST "DEFAULT_ROWEST=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_ROWEST), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE "DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS "DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT "DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS "DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS "DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS), #endif #if SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ "DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ", #endif #if SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC "DISABLE_DIRSYNC", #endif #if SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE "DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE", #endif #if SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED "DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED", #endif #if SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC "DISABLE_INTRINSIC", #endif #if SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS "DISABLE_LFS", #endif #if SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS "DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS", #endif #if SQLITE_DISABLE_SKIPAHEAD_DISTINCT "DISABLE_SKIPAHEAD_DISTINCT", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES "ENABLE_8_3_NAMES=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES), #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR "ENABLE_API_ARMOR", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE "ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE "ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD "ENABLE_CEROD=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD), #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA "ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK "ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT "ENABLE_COSTMULT", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS "ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB "ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT "ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 "ENABLE_FTS1", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 "ENABLE_FTS2", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 "ENABLE_FTS3", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS "ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER "ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 "ENABLE_FTS4", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 "ENABLE_FTS5", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS "ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU "ENABLE_ICU", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE "ENABLE_IOTRACE", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 "ENABLE_JSON1", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION "ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE "ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE), #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT "ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 "ENABLE_MEMSYS3", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 "ENABLE_MEMSYS5", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTIPLEX "ENABLE_MULTIPLEX", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM "ENABLE_NULL_TRIM", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK "ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK "ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_QPSG "ENABLE_QPSG", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_RBU "ENABLE_RBU", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE "ENABLE_RTREE", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE "ENABLE_SELECTTRACE", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION "ENABLE_SESSION", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT "ENABLE_SNAPSHOT", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES "ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG "ENABLE_SQLLOG", #endif #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) "ENABLE_STAT4", #elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) "ENABLE_STAT3", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB "ENABLE_STMTVTAB", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS "ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION "ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY "ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT "ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR "ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_VFSTRACE "ENABLE_VFSTRACE", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE "ENABLE_WHERETRACE", #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS "ENABLE_ZIPVFS", #endif #if SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS "EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS", #endif #if SQLITE_EXTRA_IFNULLROW "EXTRA_IFNULLROW", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT "EXTRA_INIT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN "EXTRA_SHUTDOWN=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH "FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH), #endif #if SQLITE_FTS5_ENABLE_TEST_MI "FTS5_ENABLE_TEST_MI", #endif #if SQLITE_FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID "FTS5_NO_WITHOUT_ROWID", #endif #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC "HAS_CODEC", #endif #if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN "HAVE_ISNAN", #endif #if SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX "HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX", #endif #if SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS "IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS", #endif #if SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS "IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS", #endif #if SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY "INLINE_MEMCPY", #endif #if SQLITE_INT64_TYPE "INT64_TYPE", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX "INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX), #endif #if SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS "LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS", #endif #if SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE "LOCK_TRACE", #endif #if SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL "LOG_CACHE_SPILL", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT "MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED "MAX_ATTACHED=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN "MAX_COLUMN=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT "MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE "MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH "MAX_EXPR_DEPTH=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG "MAX_FUNCTION_ARG=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH "MAX_LENGTH=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH "MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_MEMORY "MAX_MEMORY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MEMORY), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE "MAX_MMAP_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_ "MAX_MMAP_SIZE_=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE_), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT "MAX_PAGE_COUNT=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE "MAX_PAGE_SIZE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH "MAX_SQL_LENGTH=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH "MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER "MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP "MAX_VDBE_OP=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS "MAX_WORKER_THREADS=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS), #endif #if SQLITE_MEMDEBUG "MEMDEBUG", #endif #if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT", #endif #if SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE "MMAP_READWRITE", #endif #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP "MUTEX_NOOP", #endif #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF "MUTEX_NREF", #endif #if SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT "MUTEX_OMIT", #endif #if SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS "MUTEX_PTHREADS", #endif #if SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 "MUTEX_W32", #endif #if SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME "NEED_ERR_NAME", #endif #if SQLITE_NOINLINE "NOINLINE", #endif #if SQLITE_NO_SYNC "NO_SYNC", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE "OMIT_ALTERTABLE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE "OMIT_ANALYZE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH "OMIT_ATTACH", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION "OMIT_AUTHORIZATION", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT "OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT "OMIT_AUTOINIT", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX "OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET "OMIT_AUTORESET", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM "OMIT_AUTOVACUUM", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION "OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL "OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT "OMIT_BTREECOUNT", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_CAST "OMIT_CAST", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK "OMIT_CHECK", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE "OMIT_COMPLETE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT "OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_CONFLICT_CLAUSE "OMIT_CONFLICT_CLAUSE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_CTE "OMIT_CTE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS "OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE "OMIT_DECLTYPE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED "OMIT_DEPRECATED", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO "OMIT_DISKIO", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN "OMIT_EXPLAIN", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS "OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT "OMIT_FLOATING_POINT", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY "OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE "OMIT_GET_TABLE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER "OMIT_HEX_INTEGER", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB "OMIT_INCRBLOB", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK "OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION "OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION "OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME "OMIT_LOCALTIME", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE "OMIT_LOOKASIDE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB "OMIT_MEMORYDB", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER_TRACE "OMIT_PARSER_TRACE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_POPEN "OMIT_POPEN", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA "OMIT_PRAGMA", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK "OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE "OMIT_QUICKBALANCE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX "OMIT_REINDEX", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS "OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS "OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE "OMIT_SHARED_CACHE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES "OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY "OMIT_SUBQUERY", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE "OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB "OMIT_TEMPDB", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_TEST_CONTROL "OMIT_TEST_CONTROL", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE "OMIT_TRACE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER "OMIT_TRIGGER", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION "OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 "OMIT_UTF16", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM "OMIT_VACUUM", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW "OMIT_VIEW", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE "OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL "OMIT_WAL", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_WSD "OMIT_WSD", #endif #if SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT "OMIT_XFER_OPT", #endif #if SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER "PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER", #endif #if SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE "PERFORMANCE_TRACE", #endif #if SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE "POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE", #endif #if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING "PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING", #endif #if SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG "PROXY_DEBUG", #endif #if SQLITE_REVERSE_UNORDERED_SELECTS "REVERSE_UNORDERED_SELECTS", #endif #if SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY "RTREE_INT_ONLY", #endif #if SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE "SECURE_DELETE", #endif #if SQLITE_SMALL_STACK "SMALL_STACK", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ "SORTER_PMASZ=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ), #endif #if SQLITE_SOUNDEX "SOUNDEX", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES "STAT4_SAMPLES=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL "STMTJRNL_SPILL=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL), #endif #if SQLITE_SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY "SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY", #endif #if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC "SYSTEM_MALLOC", #endif #if SQLITE_TCL "TCL", #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE "TEMP_STORE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_TEMP_STORE), #endif #if SQLITE_TEST "TEST", #endif #if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_THREADSAFE), #elif defined(THREADSAFE) "THREADSAFE=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(THREADSAFE), #else "THREADSAFE=1", #endif #if SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE "UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE", #endif #if SQLITE_UNTESTABLE "UNTESTABLE", #endif #if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION "USER_AUTHENTICATION", #endif #if SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA "USE_ALLOCA", #endif #if SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE "USE_FCNTL_TRACE", #endif #if SQLITE_USE_URI "USE_URI", #endif #if SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE "VDBE_COVERAGE", #endif #if SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC "WIN32_MALLOC", #endif #if SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC "ZERO_MALLOC", #endif /* ** END CODE GENERATED BY tool/mkctime.tcl */ }; SQLITE_PRIVATE const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt){ *pnOpt = sizeof(sqlite3azCompileOpt) / sizeof(sqlite3azCompileOpt[0]); return (const char**)sqlite3azCompileOpt; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ /************** End of ctime.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file sqliteInt.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Internal interface definitions for SQLite. ** */ #ifndef SQLITEINT_H #define SQLITEINT_H /* Special Comments: ** ** Some comments have special meaning to the tools that measure test ** coverage: ** ** NO_TEST - The branches on this line are not ** measured by branch coverage. This is ** used on lines of code that actually ** implement parts of coverage testing. ** ** OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE - This branch is allowed to alway be false ** and the correct answer is still obtained, ** though perhaps more slowly. ** ** OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE - This branch is allowed to alway be true ** and the correct answer is still obtained, ** though perhaps more slowly. ** ** PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD - This branch prevents a buffer overread ** that would be harmless and undetectable ** if it did occur. ** ** In all cases, the special comment must be enclosed in the usual ** slash-asterisk...asterisk-slash comment marks, with no spaces between the ** asterisks and the comment text. */ /* ** Make sure the Tcl calling convention macro is defined. This macro is ** only used by test code and Tcl integration code. */ #ifndef SQLITE_TCLAPI # define SQLITE_TCLAPI #endif /* ** Include the header file used to customize the compiler options for MSVC. ** This should be done first so that it can successfully prevent spurious ** compiler warnings due to subsequent content in this file and other files ** that are included by this file. */ /************** Include msvc.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Begin file msvc.h ********************************************/ /* ** 2015 January 12 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains code that is specific to MSVC. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MSVC_H #define SQLITE_MSVC_H #if defined(_MSC_VER) #pragma warning(disable : 4054) #pragma warning(disable : 4055) #pragma warning(disable : 4100) #pragma warning(disable : 4127) #pragma warning(disable : 4130) #pragma warning(disable : 4152) #pragma warning(disable : 4189) #pragma warning(disable : 4206) #pragma warning(disable : 4210) #pragma warning(disable : 4232) #pragma warning(disable : 4244) #pragma warning(disable : 4305) #pragma warning(disable : 4306) #pragma warning(disable : 4702) #pragma warning(disable : 4706) #endif /* defined(_MSC_VER) */ #endif /* SQLITE_MSVC_H */ /************** End of msvc.h ************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /* ** Special setup for VxWorks */ /************** Include vxworks.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ /************** Begin file vxworks.h *****************************************/ /* ** 2015-03-02 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains code that is specific to Wind River's VxWorks */ #if defined(__RTP__) || defined(_WRS_KERNEL) /* This is VxWorks. Set up things specially for that OS */ #include #include /* amalgamator: dontcache */ #define OS_VXWORKS 1 #define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 #define SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX 1 #define SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION 1 #define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 #define HAVE_UTIME 1 #else /* This is not VxWorks. */ #define OS_VXWORKS 0 #define HAVE_FCHOWN 1 #define HAVE_READLINK 1 #define HAVE_LSTAT 1 #endif /* defined(_WRS_KERNEL) */ /************** End of vxworks.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /* ** These #defines should enable >2GB file support on POSIX if the ** underlying operating system supports it. If the OS lacks ** large file support, or if the OS is windows, these should be no-ops. ** ** Ticket #2739: The _LARGEFILE_SOURCE macro must appear before any ** system #includes. Hence, this block of code must be the very first ** code in all source files. ** ** Large file support can be disabled using the -DSQLITE_DISABLE_LFS switch ** on the compiler command line. This is necessary if you are compiling ** on a recent machine (ex: Red Hat 7.2) but you want your code to work ** on an older machine (ex: Red Hat 6.0). If you compile on Red Hat 7.2 ** without this option, LFS is enable. But LFS does not exist in the kernel ** in Red Hat 6.0, so the code won't work. Hence, for maximum binary ** portability you should omit LFS. ** ** The previous paragraph was written in 2005. (This paragraph is written ** on 2008-11-28.) These days, all Linux kernels support large files, so ** you should probably leave LFS enabled. But some embedded platforms might ** lack LFS in which case the SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS macro might still be useful. ** ** Similar is true for Mac OS X. LFS is only supported on Mac OS X 9 and later. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS # define _LARGE_FILE 1 # ifndef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS # define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64 # endif # define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1 #endif /* The GCC_VERSION and MSVC_VERSION macros are used to ** conditionally include optimizations for each of these compilers. A ** value of 0 means that compiler is not being used. The ** SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC macro means do not use any compiler-specific ** optimizations, and hence set all compiler macros to 0 ** ** There was once also a CLANG_VERSION macro. However, we learn that the ** version numbers in clang are for "marketing" only and are inconsistent ** and unreliable. Fortunately, all versions of clang also recognize the ** gcc version numbers and have reasonable settings for gcc version numbers, ** so the GCC_VERSION macro will be set to a correct non-zero value even ** when compiling with clang. */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) # define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) #else # define GCC_VERSION 0 #endif #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) # define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER #else # define MSVC_VERSION 0 #endif /* Needed for various definitions... */ #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) # define _GNU_SOURCE #endif #if defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(_BSD_SOURCE) # define _BSD_SOURCE #endif /* ** For MinGW, check to see if we can include the header file containing its ** version information, among other things. Normally, this internal MinGW ** header file would [only] be included automatically by other MinGW header ** files; however, the contained version information is now required by this ** header file to work around binary compatibility issues (see below) and ** this is the only known way to reliably obtain it. This entire #if block ** would be completely unnecessary if there was any other way of detecting ** MinGW via their preprocessor (e.g. if they customized their GCC to define ** some MinGW-specific macros). When compiling for MinGW, either the ** _HAVE_MINGW_H or _HAVE__MINGW_H (note the extra underscore) macro must be ** defined; otherwise, detection of conditions specific to MinGW will be ** disabled. */ #if defined(_HAVE_MINGW_H) # include "mingw.h" #elif defined(_HAVE__MINGW_H) # include "_mingw.h" #endif /* ** For MinGW version 4.x (and higher), check to see if the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T ** define is required to maintain binary compatibility with the MSVC runtime ** library in use (e.g. for Windows XP). */ #if !defined(_USE_32BIT_TIME_T) && !defined(_USE_64BIT_TIME_T) && \ defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) && \ defined(__MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION) && __MINGW_MAJOR_VERSION >= 4 && \ defined(__MSVCRT__) # define _USE_32BIT_TIME_T #endif /* The public SQLite interface. The _FILE_OFFSET_BITS macro must appear ** first in QNX. Also, the _USE_32BIT_TIME_T macro must appear first for ** MinGW. */ /************** Include sqlite3.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***************/ /************** Begin file sqlite3.h *****************************************/ /* ** 2001-09-15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface that the SQLite library ** presents to client programs. If a C-function, structure, datatype, ** or constant definition does not appear in this file, then it is ** not a published API of SQLite, is subject to change without ** notice, and should not be referenced by programs that use SQLite. ** ** Some of the definitions that are in this file are marked as ** "experimental". Experimental interfaces are normally new ** features recently added to SQLite. We do not anticipate changes ** to experimental interfaces but reserve the right to make minor changes ** if experience from use "in the wild" suggest such changes are prudent. ** ** The official C-language API documentation for SQLite is derived ** from comments in this file. This file is the authoritative source ** on how SQLite interfaces are supposed to operate. ** ** The name of this file under configuration management is "sqlite.h.in". ** The makefile makes some minor changes to this file (such as inserting ** the version number) and changes its name to "sqlite3.h" as ** part of the build process. */ #ifndef SQLITE3_H #define SQLITE3_H #include /* Needed for the definition of va_list */ /* ** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. */ #if 0 extern "C" { #endif /* ** Provide the ability to override linkage features of the interface. */ #ifndef SQLITE_EXTERN # define SQLITE_EXTERN extern #endif #ifndef SQLITE_API # define SQLITE_API #endif #ifndef SQLITE_CDECL # define SQLITE_CDECL #endif #ifndef SQLITE_APICALL # define SQLITE_APICALL #endif #ifndef SQLITE_STDCALL # define SQLITE_STDCALL SQLITE_APICALL #endif #ifndef SQLITE_CALLBACK # define SQLITE_CALLBACK #endif #ifndef SQLITE_SYSAPI # define SQLITE_SYSAPI #endif /* ** These no-op macros are used in front of interfaces to mark those ** interfaces as either deprecated or experimental. New applications ** should not use deprecated interfaces - they are supported for backwards ** compatibility only. Application writers should be aware that ** experimental interfaces are subject to change in point releases. ** ** These macros used to resolve to various kinds of compiler magic that ** would generate warning messages when they were used. But that ** compiler magic ended up generating such a flurry of bug reports ** that we have taken it all out and gone back to using simple ** noop macros. */ #define SQLITE_DEPRECATED #define SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL /* ** Ensure these symbols were not defined by some previous header file. */ #ifdef SQLITE_VERSION # undef SQLITE_VERSION #endif #ifdef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER # undef SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Library Version Numbers ** ** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION] C preprocessor macro in the sqlite3.h header ** evaluates to a string literal that is the SQLite version in the ** format "X.Y.Z" where X is the major version number (always 3 for ** SQLite3) and Y is the minor version number and Z is the release number.)^ ** ^(The [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER] C preprocessor macro resolves to an integer ** with the value (X*1000000 + Y*1000 + Z) where X, Y, and Z are the same ** numbers used in [SQLITE_VERSION].)^ ** The SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER for any given release of SQLite will also ** be larger than the release from which it is derived. Either Y will ** be held constant and Z will be incremented or else Y will be incremented ** and Z will be reset to zero. ** ** Since [version 3.6.18] ([dateof:3.6.18]), ** SQLite source code has been stored in the ** Fossil configuration management ** system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID macro evaluates to ** a string which identifies a particular check-in of SQLite ** within its configuration management system. ^The SQLITE_SOURCE_ID ** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and a SHA1 ** or SHA3-256 hash of the entire source tree. If the source code has ** been edited in any way since it was last checked in, then the last ** four hexadecimal digits of the hash may be modified. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()], ** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()], ** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ #define SQLITE_VERSION "3.25.1" #define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3025001 #define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID "2018-09-18 20:20:44 2ac9003de44da7dafa3fbb1915ac5725a9275c86bf2f3b7aa19321bf1460b386" /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version sqlite3_sourceid ** ** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION], ** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros ** but are associated with the library instead of the header file. ^(Cautious ** programmers might include assert() statements in their application to ** verify that values returned by these interfaces match the macros in ** the header, and thus ensure that the application is ** compiled with matching library and header files. ** ** 

    ** assert( sqlite3_libversion_number()==SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER );
** assert( strncmp(sqlite3_sourceid(),SQLITE_SOURCE_ID,80)==0 );
** assert( strcmp(sqlite3_libversion(),SQLITE_VERSION)==0 );
**
    )^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_version[] string constant contains the text of [SQLITE_VERSION] ** macro. ^The sqlite3_libversion() function returns a pointer to the ** to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. The sqlite3_libversion() ** function is provided for use in DLLs since DLL users usually do not have ** direct access to string constants within the DLL. ^The ** sqlite3_libversion_number() function returns an integer equal to ** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER]. ^(The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns ** a pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the ** [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built ** using an edited copy of [the amalgamation], then the last four characters ** of the hash might be different from [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID].)^ ** ** See also: [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()]. */ SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Compilation Options Diagnostics ** ** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_used() function returns 0 or 1 ** indicating whether the specified option was defined at ** compile time. ^The SQLITE_ prefix may be omitted from the ** option name passed to sqlite3_compileoption_used(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_compileoption_get() function allows iterating ** over the list of options that were defined at compile time by ** returning the N-th compile time option string. ^If N is out of range, ** sqlite3_compileoption_get() returns a NULL pointer. ^The SQLITE_ ** prefix is omitted from any strings returned by ** sqlite3_compileoption_get(). ** ** ^Support for the diagnostic functions sqlite3_compileoption_used() ** and sqlite3_compileoption_get() may be omitted by specifying the ** [SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS] option at compile time. ** ** See also: SQL functions [sqlite_compileoption_used()] and ** [sqlite_compileoption_get()] and the [compile_options pragma]. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_compileoption_get(int N); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Test To See If The Library Is Threadsafe ** ** ^The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns zero if and only if ** SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to the ** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] compile-time option being set to 0. ** ** SQLite can be compiled with or without mutexes. When ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] C preprocessor macro is 1 or 2, mutexes ** are enabled and SQLite is threadsafe. When the ** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro is 0, ** the mutexes are omitted. Without the mutexes, it is not safe ** to use SQLite concurrently from more than one thread. ** ** Enabling mutexes incurs a measurable performance penalty. ** So if speed is of utmost importance, it makes sense to disable ** the mutexes. But for maximum safety, mutexes should be enabled. ** ^The default behavior is for mutexes to be enabled. ** ** This interface can be used by an application to make sure that the ** version of SQLite that it is linking against was compiled with ** the desired setting of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] macro. ** ** This interface only reports on the compile-time mutex setting ** of the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE] flag. If SQLite is compiled with ** SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 or =2 then mutexes are enabled by default but ** can be fully or partially disabled using a call to [sqlite3_config()] ** with the verbs [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD], [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD], ** or [SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]. ^(The return value of the ** sqlite3_threadsafe() function shows only the compile-time setting of ** thread safety, not any run-time changes to that setting made by ** sqlite3_config(). In other words, the return value from sqlite3_threadsafe() ** is unchanged by calls to sqlite3_config().)^ ** ** See the [threading mode] documentation for additional information. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Handle ** KEYWORDS: {database connection} {database connections} ** ** Each open SQLite database is represented by a pointer to an instance of ** the opaque structure named "sqlite3". It is useful to think of an sqlite3 ** pointer as an object. The [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], and ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] interfaces are its constructors, and [sqlite3_close()] ** and [sqlite3_close_v2()] are its destructors. There are many other ** interfaces (such as ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_create_function()], and ** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] to name but three) that are methods on an ** sqlite3 object. */ typedef struct sqlite3 sqlite3; /* ** CAPI3REF: 64-Bit Integer Types ** KEYWORDS: sqlite_int64 sqlite_uint64 ** ** Because there is no cross-platform way to specify 64-bit integer types ** SQLite includes typedefs for 64-bit signed and unsigned integers. ** ** The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite3_uint64 are the preferred type definitions. ** The sqlite_int64 and sqlite_uint64 types are supported for backwards ** compatibility only. ** ** ^The sqlite3_int64 and sqlite_int64 types can store integer values ** between -9223372036854775808 and +9223372036854775807 inclusive. ^The ** sqlite3_uint64 and sqlite_uint64 types can store integer values ** between 0 and +18446744073709551615 inclusive. */ #ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_int64; # ifdef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE typedef SQLITE_UINT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; # else typedef unsigned SQLITE_INT64_TYPE sqlite_uint64; # endif #elif defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) typedef __int64 sqlite_int64; typedef unsigned __int64 sqlite_uint64; #else typedef long long int sqlite_int64; typedef unsigned long long int sqlite_uint64; #endif typedef sqlite_int64 sqlite3_int64; typedef sqlite_uint64 sqlite3_uint64; /* ** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, ** substitute integer for floating-point. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # define double sqlite3_int64 #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Closing A Database Connection ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() routines are destructors ** for the [sqlite3] object. ** ^Calls to sqlite3_close() and sqlite3_close_v2() return [SQLITE_OK] if ** the [sqlite3] object is successfully destroyed and all associated ** resources are deallocated. ** ** ^If the database connection is associated with unfinalized prepared ** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects then sqlite3_close() ** will leave the database connection open and return [SQLITE_BUSY]. ** ^If sqlite3_close_v2() is called with unfinalized prepared statements ** and/or unfinished sqlite3_backups, then the database connection becomes ** an unusable "zombie" which will automatically be deallocated when the ** last prepared statement is finalized or the last sqlite3_backup is ** finished. The sqlite3_close_v2() interface is intended for use with ** host languages that are garbage collected, and where the order in which ** destructors are called is arbitrary. ** ** Applications should [sqlite3_finalize | finalize] all [prepared statements], ** [sqlite3_blob_close | close] all [BLOB handles], and ** [sqlite3_backup_finish | finish] all [sqlite3_backup] objects associated ** with the [sqlite3] object prior to attempting to close the object. ^If ** sqlite3_close_v2() is called on a [database connection] that still has ** outstanding [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], and/or ** [sqlite3_backup] objects then it returns [SQLITE_OK] and the deallocation ** of resources is deferred until all [prepared statements], [BLOB handles], ** and [sqlite3_backup] objects are also destroyed. ** ** ^If an [sqlite3] object is destroyed while a transaction is open, ** the transaction is automatically rolled back. ** ** The C parameter to [sqlite3_close(C)] and [sqlite3_close_v2(C)] ** must be either a NULL ** pointer or an [sqlite3] object pointer obtained ** from [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], or ** [sqlite3_open_v2()], and not previously closed. ** ^Calling sqlite3_close() or sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer ** argument is a harmless no-op. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3*); /* ** The type for a callback function. ** This is legacy and deprecated. It is included for historical ** compatibility and is not documented. */ typedef int (*sqlite3_callback)(void*,int,char**, char**); /* ** CAPI3REF: One-Step Query Execution Interface ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** The sqlite3_exec() interface is a convenience wrapper around ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_step()], and [sqlite3_finalize()], ** that allows an application to run multiple statements of SQL ** without having to use a lot of C code. ** ** ^The sqlite3_exec() interface runs zero or more UTF-8 encoded, ** semicolon-separate SQL statements passed into its 2nd argument, ** in the context of the [database connection] passed in as its 1st ** argument. ^If the callback function of the 3rd argument to ** sqlite3_exec() is not NULL, then it is invoked for each result row ** coming out of the evaluated SQL statements. ^The 4th argument to ** sqlite3_exec() is relayed through to the 1st argument of each ** callback invocation. ^If the callback pointer to sqlite3_exec() ** is NULL, then no callback is ever invoked and result rows are ** ignored. ** ** ^If an error occurs while evaluating the SQL statements passed into ** sqlite3_exec(), then execution of the current statement stops and ** subsequent statements are skipped. ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() ** is not NULL then any error message is written into memory obtained ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] and passed back through the 5th parameter. ** To avoid memory leaks, the application should invoke [sqlite3_free()] ** on error message strings returned through the 5th parameter of ** sqlite3_exec() after the error message string is no longer needed. ** ^If the 5th parameter to sqlite3_exec() is not NULL and no errors ** occur, then sqlite3_exec() sets the pointer in its 5th parameter to ** NULL before returning. ** ** ^If an sqlite3_exec() callback returns non-zero, the sqlite3_exec() ** routine returns SQLITE_ABORT without invoking the callback again and ** without running any subsequent SQL statements. ** ** ^The 2nd argument to the sqlite3_exec() callback function is the ** number of columns in the result. ^The 3rd argument to the sqlite3_exec() ** callback is an array of pointers to strings obtained as if from ** [sqlite3_column_text()], one for each column. ^If an element of a ** result row is NULL then the corresponding string pointer for the ** sqlite3_exec() callback is a NULL pointer. ^The 4th argument to the ** sqlite3_exec() callback is an array of pointers to strings where each ** entry represents the name of corresponding result column as obtained ** from [sqlite3_column_name()]. ** ** ^If the 2nd parameter to sqlite3_exec() is a NULL pointer, a pointer ** to an empty string, or a pointer that contains only whitespace and/or ** SQL comments, then no SQL statements are evaluated and the database ** is not changed. ** ** Restrictions: ** **
      **
    • The application must ensure that the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() ** is a valid and open [database connection]. **
    • The application must not close the [database connection] specified by ** the 1st parameter to sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. **
    • The application must not modify the SQL statement text passed into ** the 2nd parameter of sqlite3_exec() while sqlite3_exec() is running. **
    */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( sqlite3*, /* An open database */ const char *sql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ int (*callback)(void*,int,char**,char**), /* Callback function */ void *, /* 1st argument to callback */ char **errmsg /* Error msg written here */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Result Codes ** KEYWORDS: {result code definitions} ** ** Many SQLite functions return an integer result code from the set shown ** here in order to indicate success or failure. ** ** New error codes may be added in future versions of SQLite. ** ** See also: [extended result code definitions] */ #define SQLITE_OK 0 /* Successful result */ /* beginning-of-error-codes */ #define SQLITE_ERROR 1 /* Generic error */ #define SQLITE_INTERNAL 2 /* Internal logic error in SQLite */ #define SQLITE_PERM 3 /* Access permission denied */ #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 /* Callback routine requested an abort */ #define SQLITE_BUSY 5 /* The database file is locked */ #define SQLITE_LOCKED 6 /* A table in the database is locked */ #define SQLITE_NOMEM 7 /* A malloc() failed */ #define SQLITE_READONLY 8 /* Attempt to write a readonly database */ #define SQLITE_INTERRUPT 9 /* Operation terminated by sqlite3_interrupt()*/ #define SQLITE_IOERR 10 /* Some kind of disk I/O error occurred */ #define SQLITE_CORRUPT 11 /* The database disk image is malformed */ #define SQLITE_NOTFOUND 12 /* Unknown opcode in sqlite3_file_control() */ #define SQLITE_FULL 13 /* Insertion failed because database is full */ #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN 14 /* Unable to open the database file */ #define SQLITE_PROTOCOL 15 /* Database lock protocol error */ #define SQLITE_EMPTY 16 /* Internal use only */ #define SQLITE_SCHEMA 17 /* The database schema changed */ #define SQLITE_TOOBIG 18 /* String or BLOB exceeds size limit */ #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT 19 /* Abort due to constraint violation */ #define SQLITE_MISMATCH 20 /* Data type mismatch */ #define SQLITE_MISUSE 21 /* Library used incorrectly */ #define SQLITE_NOLFS 22 /* Uses OS features not supported on host */ #define SQLITE_AUTH 23 /* Authorization denied */ #define SQLITE_FORMAT 24 /* Not used */ #define SQLITE_RANGE 25 /* 2nd parameter to sqlite3_bind out of range */ #define SQLITE_NOTADB 26 /* File opened that is not a database file */ #define SQLITE_NOTICE 27 /* Notifications from sqlite3_log() */ #define SQLITE_WARNING 28 /* Warnings from sqlite3_log() */ #define SQLITE_ROW 100 /* sqlite3_step() has another row ready */ #define SQLITE_DONE 101 /* sqlite3_step() has finished executing */ /* end-of-error-codes */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Extended Result Codes ** KEYWORDS: {extended result code definitions} ** ** In its default configuration, SQLite API routines return one of 30 integer ** [result codes]. However, experience has shown that many of ** these result codes are too coarse-grained. They do not provide as ** much information about problems as programmers might like. In an effort to ** address this, newer versions of SQLite (version 3.3.8 [dateof:3.3.8] ** and later) include ** support for additional result codes that provide more detailed information ** about errors. These [extended result codes] are enabled or disabled ** on a per database connection basis using the ** [sqlite3_extended_result_codes()] API. Or, the extended code for ** the most recent error can be obtained using ** [sqlite3_extended_errcode()]. */ #define SQLITE_ERROR_MISSING_COLLSEQ (SQLITE_ERROR | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_ERROR_RETRY (SQLITE_ERROR | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_ERROR | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ (SQLITE_IOERR | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE (SQLITE_IOERR | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (4<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC (SQLITE_IOERR | (5<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE (SQLITE_IOERR | (6<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT (SQLITE_IOERR | (7<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (8<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (9<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE (SQLITE_IOERR | (10<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED (SQLITE_IOERR | (11<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM (SQLITE_IOERR | (12<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS (SQLITE_IOERR | (13<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (14<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (15<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (16<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE (SQLITE_IOERR | (17<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN (SQLITE_IOERR | (18<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE (SQLITE_IOERR | (19<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK (SQLITE_IOERR | (20<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (21<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK (SQLITE_IOERR | (22<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT (SQLITE_IOERR | (23<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP (SQLITE_IOERR | (24<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (25<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH (SQLITE_IOERR | (26<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_VNODE (SQLITE_IOERR | (27<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_AUTH (SQLITE_IOERR | (28<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (29<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (30<<8)) #define SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC (SQLITE_IOERR | (31<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE (SQLITE_LOCKED | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB (SQLITE_LOCKED | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_BUSY | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT (SQLITE_BUSY | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (4<<8)) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_DIRTYWAL (SQLITE_CANTOPEN | (5<<8)) /* Not Used */ #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE (SQLITE_CORRUPT | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY (SQLITE_READONLY | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTLOCK (SQLITE_READONLY | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_READONLY | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED (SQLITE_READONLY | (4<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT (SQLITE_READONLY | (5<<8)) #define SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY (SQLITE_READONLY | (6<<8)) #define SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_ABORT | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (3<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (4<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (5<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (6<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (7<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (8<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT | (9<<8)) #define SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID (SQLITE_CONSTRAINT |(10<<8)) #define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL (SQLITE_NOTICE | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK (SQLITE_NOTICE | (2<<8)) #define SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX (SQLITE_WARNING | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_AUTH_USER (SQLITE_AUTH | (1<<8)) #define SQLITE_OK_LOAD_PERMANENTLY (SQLITE_OK | (1<<8)) /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags For File Open Operations ** ** These bit values are intended for use in the ** 3rd parameter to the [sqlite3_open_v2()] interface and ** in the 4th parameter to the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method. */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY 0x00000001 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 0x00000002 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 0x00000004 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 0x00000008 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 0x00000010 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY 0x00000020 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_URI 0x00000040 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY 0x00000080 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB 0x00000100 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB 0x00000200 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB 0x00000400 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 0x00000800 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL 0x00001000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL 0x00002000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 0x00004000 /* VFS only */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX 0x00008000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX 0x00010000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE 0x00020000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE 0x00040000 /* Ok for sqlite3_open_v2() */ #define SQLITE_OPEN_WAL 0x00080000 /* VFS only */ /* Reserved: 0x00F00000 */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Device Characteristics ** ** The xDeviceCharacteristics method of the [sqlite3_io_methods] ** object returns an integer which is a vector of these ** bit values expressing I/O characteristics of the mass storage ** device that holds the file that the [sqlite3_io_methods] ** refers to. ** ** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of ** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values ** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and ** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of ** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means ** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended ** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other ** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that ** information is written to disk in the same order as calls ** to xWrite(). The SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property means that ** after reboot following a crash or power loss, the only bytes in a ** file that were written at the application level might have changed ** and that adjacent bytes, even bytes within the same sector are ** guaranteed to be unchanged. The SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN ** flag indicates that a file cannot be deleted when open. The ** SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the file is on ** read-only media and cannot be changed even by processes with ** elevated privileges. ** ** The SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC property means that the underlying ** filesystem supports doing multiple write operations atomically when those ** write operations are bracketed by [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] and ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]. */ #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC 0x00000001 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 0x00000002 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K 0x00000004 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K 0x00000008 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K 0x00000010 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K 0x00000020 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K 0x00000040 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K 0x00000080 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K 0x00000100 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND 0x00000200 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL 0x00000400 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 0x00000800 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 0x00001000 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE 0x00002000 #define SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC 0x00004000 /* ** CAPI3REF: File Locking Levels ** ** SQLite uses one of these integer values as the second ** argument to calls it makes to the xLock() and xUnlock() methods ** of an [sqlite3_io_methods] object. */ #define SQLITE_LOCK_NONE 0 #define SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED 1 #define SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED 2 #define SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING 3 #define SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE 4 /* ** CAPI3REF: Synchronization Type Flags ** ** When SQLite invokes the xSync() method of an ** [sqlite3_io_methods] object it uses a combination of ** these integer values as the second argument. ** ** When the SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY flag is used, it means that the ** sync operation only needs to flush data to mass storage. Inode ** information need not be flushed. If the lower four bits of the flag ** equal SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL, that means to use normal fsync() semantics. ** If the lower four bits equal SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, that means ** to use Mac OS X style fullsync instead of fsync(). ** ** Do not confuse the SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags ** with the [PRAGMA synchronous]=NORMAL and [PRAGMA synchronous]=FULL ** settings. The [synchronous pragma] determines when calls to the ** xSync VFS method occur and applies uniformly across all platforms. ** The SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL flags determine how ** energetic or rigorous or forceful the sync operations are and ** only make a difference on Mac OSX for the default SQLite code. ** (Third-party VFS implementations might also make the distinction ** between SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL and SQLITE_SYNC_FULL, but among the ** operating systems natively supported by SQLite, only Mac OSX ** cares about the difference.) */ #define SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL 0x00002 #define SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 0x00003 #define SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY 0x00010 /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Open File Handle ** ** An [sqlite3_file] object represents an open file in the ** [sqlite3_vfs | OS interface layer]. Individual OS interface ** implementations will ** want to subclass this object by appending additional fields ** for their own use. The pMethods entry is a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_io_methods] object that defines methods for performing ** I/O operations on the open file. */ typedef struct sqlite3_file sqlite3_file; struct sqlite3_file { const struct sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Methods for an open file */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface File Virtual Methods Object ** ** Every file opened by the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method populates an ** [sqlite3_file] object (or, more commonly, a subclass of the ** [sqlite3_file] object) with a pointer to an instance of this object. ** This object defines the methods used to perform various operations ** against the open file represented by the [sqlite3_file] object. ** ** If the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] method sets the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to a non-NULL pointer, then the sqlite3_io_methods.xClose method ** may be invoked even if the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] reported that it failed. The ** only way to prevent a call to xClose following a failed [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] ** is for the [sqlite3_vfs.xOpen] to set the sqlite3_file.pMethods element ** to NULL. ** ** The flags argument to xSync may be one of [SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL] or ** [SQLITE_SYNC_FULL]. The first choice is the normal fsync(). ** The second choice is a Mac OS X style fullsync. The [SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY] ** flag may be ORed in to indicate that only the data of the file ** and not its inode needs to be synced. ** ** The integer values to xLock() and xUnlock() are one of **
      **
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], **
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], **
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], **
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or **
    • [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]. **
    ** xLock() increases the lock. xUnlock() decreases the lock. ** The xCheckReservedLock() method checks whether any database connection, ** either in this process or in some other process, is holding a RESERVED, ** PENDING, or EXCLUSIVE lock on the file. It returns true ** if such a lock exists and false otherwise. ** ** The xFileControl() method is a generic interface that allows custom ** VFS implementations to directly control an open file using the ** [sqlite3_file_control()] interface. The second "op" argument is an ** integer opcode. The third argument is a generic pointer intended to ** point to a structure that may contain arguments or space in which to ** write return values. Potential uses for xFileControl() might be ** functions to enable blocking locks with timeouts, to change the ** locking strategy (for example to use dot-file locks), to inquire ** about the status of a lock, or to break stale locks. The SQLite ** core reserves all opcodes less than 100 for its own use. ** A [file control opcodes | list of opcodes] less than 100 is available. ** Applications that define a custom xFileControl method should use opcodes ** greater than 100 to avoid conflicts. VFS implementations should ** return [SQLITE_NOTFOUND] for file control opcodes that they do not ** recognize. ** ** The xSectorSize() method returns the sector size of the ** device that underlies the file. The sector size is the ** minimum write that can be performed without disturbing ** other bytes in the file. The xDeviceCharacteristics() ** method returns a bit vector describing behaviors of the ** underlying device: ** **
      **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC1K] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC2K] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC8K] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC16K] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC32K] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE] **
    • [SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC] **
    ** ** The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC property means that all writes of ** any size are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMICnnn values ** mean that writes of blocks that are nnn bytes in size and ** are aligned to an address which is an integer multiple of ** nnn are atomic. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND value means ** that when data is appended to a file, the data is appended ** first then the size of the file is extended, never the other ** way around. The SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL property means that ** information is written to disk in the same order as calls ** to xWrite(). ** ** If xRead() returns SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ it must also fill ** in the unread portions of the buffer with zeros. A VFS that ** fails to zero-fill short reads might seem to work. However, ** failure to zero-fill short reads will eventually lead to ** database corruption. */ typedef struct sqlite3_io_methods sqlite3_io_methods; struct sqlite3_io_methods { int iVersion; int (*xClose)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xRead)(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); int (*xWrite)(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); int (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); int (*xSync)(sqlite3_file*, int flags); int (*xFileSize)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); int (*xLock)(sqlite3_file*, int); int (*xUnlock)(sqlite3_file*, int); int (*xCheckReservedLock)(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut); int (*xFileControl)(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xDeviceCharacteristics)(sqlite3_file*); /* Methods above are valid for version 1 */ int (*xShmMap)(sqlite3_file*, int iPg, int pgsz, int, void volatile**); int (*xShmLock)(sqlite3_file*, int offset, int n, int flags); void (*xShmBarrier)(sqlite3_file*); int (*xShmUnmap)(sqlite3_file*, int deleteFlag); /* Methods above are valid for version 2 */ int (*xFetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); int (*xUnfetch)(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); /* Methods above are valid for version 3 */ /* Additional methods may be added in future releases */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Standard File Control Opcodes ** KEYWORDS: {file control opcodes} {file control opcode} ** ** These integer constants are opcodes for the xFileControl method ** of the [sqlite3_io_methods] object and for the [sqlite3_file_control()] ** interface. ** **
      **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE] opcode is used for debugging. This ** opcode causes the xFileControl method to write the current state of ** the lock (one of [SQLITE_LOCK_NONE], [SQLITE_LOCK_SHARED], ** [SQLITE_LOCK_RESERVED], [SQLITE_LOCK_PENDING], or [SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE]) ** into an integer that the pArg argument points to. This capability ** is used during testing and is only available when the SQLITE_TEST ** compile-time option is used. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT] opcode is used by SQLite to give the VFS ** layer a hint of how large the database file will grow to be during the ** current transaction. This hint is not guaranteed to be accurate but it ** is often close. The underlying VFS might choose to preallocate database ** file space based on this hint in order to help writes to the database ** file run faster. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE] opcode is used to request that the VFS ** extends and truncates the database file in chunks of a size specified ** by the user. The fourth argument to [sqlite3_file_control()] should ** point to an integer (type int) containing the new chunk-size to use ** for the nominated database. Allocating database file space in large ** chunks (say 1MB at a time), may reduce file-system fragmentation and ** improve performance on some systems. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer ** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with a particular database ** connection. See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] opcode is used to obtain a pointer ** to the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file (either ** the [rollback journal] or the [write-ahead log]) for a particular database ** connection. See also [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER]. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED]] ** No longer in use. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC] opcode is generated internally by SQLite and ** sent to the VFS immediately before the xSync method is invoked on a ** database file descriptor. Or, if the xSync method is not invoked ** because the user has configured SQLite with ** [PRAGMA synchronous | PRAGMA synchronous=OFF] it is invoked in place ** of the xSync method. In most cases, the pointer argument passed with ** this file-control is NULL. However, if the database file is being synced ** as part of a multi-database commit, the argument points to a nul-terminated ** string containing the transactions master-journal file name. VFSes that ** do not need this signal should silently ignore this opcode. Applications ** should not call [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may ** disrupt the operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO] opcode is generated internally by SQLite ** and sent to the VFS after a transaction has been committed immediately ** but before the database is unlocked. VFSes that do not need this signal ** should silently ignore this opcode. Applications should not call ** [sqlite3_file_control()] with this opcode as doing so may disrupt the ** operation of the specialized VFSes that do require it. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY] opcode is used to configure automatic ** retry counts and intervals for certain disk I/O operations for the ** windows [VFS] in order to provide robustness in the presence of ** anti-virus programs. By default, the windows VFS will retry file read, ** file write, and file delete operations up to 10 times, with a delay ** of 25 milliseconds before the first retry and with the delay increasing ** by an additional 25 milliseconds with each subsequent retry. This ** opcode allows these two values (10 retries and 25 milliseconds of delay) ** to be adjusted. The values are changed for all database connections ** within the same process. The argument is a pointer to an array of two ** integers where the first integer is the new retry count and the second ** integer is the delay. If either integer is negative, then the setting ** is not changed but instead the prior value of that setting is written ** into the array entry, allowing the current retry settings to be ** interrogated. The zDbName parameter is ignored. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] opcode is used to set or query the ** persistent [WAL | Write Ahead Log] setting. By default, the auxiliary ** write ahead log ([WAL file]) and shared memory ** files used for transaction control ** are automatically deleted when the latest connection to the database ** closes. Setting persistent WAL mode causes those files to persist after ** close. Persisting the files is useful when other processes that do not ** have write permission on the directory containing the database file want ** to read the database file, as the WAL and shared memory files must exist ** in order for the database to be readable. The fourth parameter to ** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. ** That integer is 0 to disable persistent WAL mode or 1 to enable persistent ** WAL mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current ** WAL persistence setting. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] opcode is used to set or query the ** persistent "powersafe-overwrite" or "PSOW" setting. The PSOW setting ** determines the [SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE] bit of the ** xDeviceCharacteristics methods. The fourth parameter to ** [sqlite3_file_control()] for this opcode should be a pointer to an integer. ** That integer is 0 to disable zero-damage mode or 1 to enable zero-damage ** mode. If the integer is -1, then it is overwritten with the current ** zero-damage mode setting. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE] opcode is invoked by SQLite after opening ** a write transaction to indicate that, unless it is rolled back for some ** reason, the entire database file will be overwritten by the current ** transaction. This is used by VACUUM operations. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME] opcode can be used to obtain the names of ** all [VFSes] in the VFS stack. The names are of all VFS shims and the ** final bottom-level VFS are written into memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc()] and the result is stored in the char* variable ** that the fourth parameter of [sqlite3_file_control()] points to. ** The caller is responsible for freeing the memory when done. As with ** all file-control actions, there is no guarantee that this will actually ** do anything. Callers should initialize the char* variable to a NULL ** pointer in case this file-control is not implemented. This file-control ** is intended for diagnostic use only. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode finds a pointer to the top-level ** [VFSes] currently in use. ^(The argument X in ** sqlite3_file_control(db,SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER,X) must be ** of type "[sqlite3_vfs] **". This opcodes will set *X ** to a pointer to the top-level VFS.)^ ** ^When there are multiple VFS shims in the stack, this opcode finds the ** upper-most shim only. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA]] ** ^Whenever a [PRAGMA] statement is parsed, an [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control is sent to the open [sqlite3_file] object corresponding ** to the database file to which the pragma statement refers. ^The argument ** to the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control is an array of ** pointers to strings (char**) in which the second element of the array ** is the name of the pragma and the third element is the argument to the ** pragma or NULL if the pragma has no argument. ^The handler for an ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control can optionally make the first element ** of the char** argument point to a string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] ** or the equivalent and that string will become the result of the pragma or ** the error message if the pragma fails. ^If the ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], then normal ** [PRAGMA] processing continues. ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control returns [SQLITE_OK], then the parser assumes that the ** VFS has handled the PRAGMA itself and the parser generates a no-op ** prepared statement if result string is NULL, or that returns a copy ** of the result string if the string is non-NULL. ** ^If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] file control returns ** any result code other than [SQLITE_OK] or [SQLITE_NOTFOUND], that means ** that the VFS encountered an error while handling the [PRAGMA] and the ** compilation of the PRAGMA fails with an error. ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA] ** file control occurs at the beginning of pragma statement analysis and so ** it is able to override built-in [PRAGMA] statements. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER]] ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER] ** file-control may be invoked by SQLite on the database file handle ** shortly after it is opened in order to provide a custom VFS with access ** to the connections busy-handler callback. The argument is of type (void **) ** - an array of two (void *) values. The first (void *) actually points ** to a function of type (int (*)(void *)). In order to invoke the connections ** busy-handler, this function should be invoked with the second (void *) in ** the array as the only argument. If it returns non-zero, then the operation ** should be retried. If it returns zero, the custom VFS should abandon the ** current operation. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME]] ** ^Application can invoke the [SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME] file-control ** to have SQLite generate a ** temporary filename using the same algorithm that is followed to generate ** temporary filenames for TEMP tables and other internal uses. The ** argument should be a char** which will be filled with the filename ** written into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The caller should ** invoke [sqlite3_free()] on the result to avoid a memory leak. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control is used to query or set the ** maximum number of bytes that will be used for memory-mapped I/O. ** The argument is a pointer to a value of type sqlite3_int64 that ** is an advisory maximum number of bytes in the file to memory map. The ** pointer is overwritten with the old value. The limit is not changed if ** the value originally pointed to is negative, and so the current limit ** can be queried by passing in a pointer to a negative number. This ** file-control is used internally to implement [PRAGMA mmap_size]. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE] file control provides advisory information ** to the VFS about what the higher layers of the SQLite stack are doing. ** This file control is used by some VFS activity tracing [shims]. ** The argument is a zero-terminated string. Higher layers in the ** SQLite stack may generate instances of this file control if ** the [SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE] compile-time option is enabled. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED] file control interprets its argument as a ** pointer to an integer and it writes a boolean into that integer depending ** on whether or not the file has been renamed, moved, or deleted since it ** was first opened. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE] opcode can be used to obtain the ** underlying native file handle associated with a file handle. This file ** control interprets its argument as a pointer to a native file handle and ** writes the resulting value there. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE] opcode is used for debugging. This ** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one ** pointed to by the pArg argument. This capability is used during testing ** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK] is a signal to the VFS layer that it might ** be advantageous to block on the next WAL lock if the lock is not immediately ** available. The WAL subsystem issues this signal during rare ** circumstances in order to fix a problem with priority inversion. ** Applications should not use this file-control. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS] opcode is implemented by zipvfs only. All other ** VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for this opcode. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU] opcode is implemented by the special VFS used by ** the RBU extension only. All other VFS should return SQLITE_NOTFOUND for ** this opcode. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** If the [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode returns SQLITE_OK, then ** the file descriptor is placed in "batch write mode", which ** means all subsequent write operations will be deferred and done ** atomically at the next [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]. Systems ** that do not support batch atomic writes will return SQLITE_NOTFOUND. ** ^Following a successful SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE and prior to ** the closing [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] or ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE], SQLite will make ** no VFS interface calls on the same [sqlite3_file] file descriptor ** except for calls to the xWrite method and the xFileControl method ** with [SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT]. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write ** operations since the previous successful call to ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be performed atomically. ** This file control returns [SQLITE_OK] if and only if the writes were ** all performed successfully and have been committed to persistent storage. ** ^Regardless of whether or not it is successful, this file control takes ** the file descriptor out of batch write mode so that all subsequent ** write operations are independent. ** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE without ** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE] opcode causes all write ** operations since the previous successful call to ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE] to be rolled back. ** ^This file control takes the file descriptor out of batch write mode ** so that all subsequent write operations are independent. ** ^SQLite will never invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE without ** a prior successful call to [SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE]. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT] opcode causes attempts to obtain ** a file lock using the xLock or xShmLock methods of the VFS to wait ** for up to M milliseconds before failing, where M is the single ** unsigned integer parameter. ** **
    • [[SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION]] ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] opcode is used to detect changes to ** a database file. The argument is a pointer to a 32-bit unsigned integer. ** The "data version" for the pager is written into the pointer. The ** "data version" changes whenever any change occurs to the corresponding ** database file, either through SQL statements on the same database ** connection or through transactions committed by separate database ** connections possibly in other processes. The [sqlite3_total_changes()] ** interface can be used to find if any database on the connection has changed, ** but that interface responds to changes on TEMP as well as MAIN and does ** not provide a mechanism to detect changes to MAIN only. Also, the ** [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface responds to internal changes only and ** omits changes made by other database connections. The ** [PRAGMA data_version] command provide a mechanism to detect changes to ** a single attached database that occur due to other database connections, ** but omits changes implemented by the database connection on which it is ** called. This file control is the only mechanism to detect changes that ** happen either internally or externally and that are associated with ** a particular attached database. **
    */ #define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE 1 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE 2 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE 3 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO 4 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 5 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE 6 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER 7 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED 8 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY 9 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL 10 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE 11 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME 12 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 13 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA 14 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER 15 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME 16 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE 18 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE 19 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED 20 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC 21 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO 22 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE 23 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_WAL_BLOCK 24 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_ZIPVFS 25 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU 26 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER 27 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER 28 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE 29 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB 30 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE 31 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE 32 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE 33 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT 34 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION 35 /* deprecated names */ #define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE #define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE #define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle ** ** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an ** abstract type for a mutex object. The SQLite core never looks ** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex]. It only ** deals with pointers to the [sqlite3_mutex] object. ** ** Mutexes are created using [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]. */ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex sqlite3_mutex; /* ** CAPI3REF: Loadable Extension Thunk ** ** A pointer to the opaque sqlite3_api_routines structure is passed as ** the third parameter to entry points of [loadable extensions]. This ** structure must be typedefed in order to work around compiler warnings ** on some platforms. */ typedef struct sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3_api_routines; /* ** CAPI3REF: OS Interface Object ** ** An instance of the sqlite3_vfs object defines the interface between ** the SQLite core and the underlying operating system. The "vfs" ** in the name of the object stands for "virtual file system". See ** the [VFS | VFS documentation] for further information. ** ** The VFS interface is sometimes extended by adding new methods onto ** the end. Each time such an extension occurs, the iVersion field ** is incremented. The iVersion value started out as 1 in ** SQLite [version 3.5.0] on [dateof:3.5.0], then increased to 2 ** with SQLite [version 3.7.0] on [dateof:3.7.0], and then increased ** to 3 with SQLite [version 3.7.6] on [dateof:3.7.6]. Additional fields ** may be appended to the sqlite3_vfs object and the iVersion value ** may increase again in future versions of SQLite. ** Note that the structure ** of the sqlite3_vfs object changes in the transition from ** SQLite [version 3.5.9] to [version 3.6.0] on [dateof:3.6.0] ** and yet the iVersion field was not modified. ** ** The szOsFile field is the size of the subclassed [sqlite3_file] ** structure used by this VFS. mxPathname is the maximum length of ** a pathname in this VFS. ** ** Registered sqlite3_vfs objects are kept on a linked list formed by ** the pNext pointer. The [sqlite3_vfs_register()] ** and [sqlite3_vfs_unregister()] interfaces manage this list ** in a thread-safe way. The [sqlite3_vfs_find()] interface ** searches the list. Neither the application code nor the VFS ** implementation should use the pNext pointer. ** ** The pNext field is the only field in the sqlite3_vfs ** structure that SQLite will ever modify. SQLite will only access ** or modify this field while holding a particular static mutex. ** The application should never modify anything within the sqlite3_vfs ** object once the object has been registered. ** ** The zName field holds the name of the VFS module. The name must ** be unique across all VFS modules. ** ** [[sqlite3_vfs.xOpen]] ** ^SQLite guarantees that the zFilename parameter to xOpen ** is either a NULL pointer or string obtained ** from xFullPathname() with an optional suffix added. ** ^If a suffix is added to the zFilename parameter, it will ** consist of a single "-" character followed by no more than ** 11 alphanumeric and/or "-" characters. ** ^SQLite further guarantees that ** the string will be valid and unchanged until xClose() is ** called. Because of the previous sentence, ** the [sqlite3_file] can safely store a pointer to the ** filename if it needs to remember the filename for some reason. ** If the zFilename parameter to xOpen is a NULL pointer then xOpen ** must invent its own temporary name for the file. ^Whenever the ** xFilename parameter is NULL it will also be the case that the ** flags parameter will include [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE]. ** ** The flags argument to xOpen() includes all bits set in ** the flags argument to [sqlite3_open_v2()]. Or if [sqlite3_open()] ** or [sqlite3_open16()] is used, then flags includes at least ** [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]. ** If xOpen() opens a file read-only then it sets *pOutFlags to ** include [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]. Other bits in *pOutFlags may be set. ** ** ^(SQLite will also add one of the following flags to the xOpen() ** call, depending on the object being opened: ** **
      **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_WAL] **
    )^ ** ** The file I/O implementation can use the object type flags to ** change the way it deals with files. For example, an application ** that does not care about crash recovery or rollback might make ** the open of a journal file a no-op. Writes to this journal would ** also be no-ops, and any attempt to read the journal would return ** SQLITE_IOERR. Or the implementation might recognize that a database ** file will be doing page-aligned sector reads and writes in a random ** order and set up its I/O subsystem accordingly. ** ** SQLite might also add one of the following flags to the xOpen method: ** **
      **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] **
    • [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] **
    ** ** The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] flag means the file should be ** deleted when it is closed. ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE] ** will be set for TEMP databases and their journals, transient ** databases, and subjournals. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE] flag is always used in conjunction ** with the [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE] flag, which are both directly ** analogous to the O_EXCL and O_CREAT flags of the POSIX open() ** API. The SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE flag, when paired with the ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, is used to indicate that file should always ** be created, and that it is an error if it already exists. ** It is not used to indicate the file should be opened ** for exclusive access. ** ** ^At least szOsFile bytes of memory are allocated by SQLite ** to hold the [sqlite3_file] structure passed as the third ** argument to xOpen. The xOpen method does not have to ** allocate the structure; it should just fill it in. Note that ** the xOpen method must set the sqlite3_file.pMethods to either ** a valid [sqlite3_io_methods] object or to NULL. xOpen must do ** this even if the open fails. SQLite expects that the sqlite3_file.pMethods ** element will be valid after xOpen returns regardless of the success ** or failure of the xOpen call. ** ** [[sqlite3_vfs.xAccess]] ** ^The flags argument to xAccess() may be [SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS] ** to test for the existence of a file, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE] to ** test whether a file is readable and writable, or [SQLITE_ACCESS_READ] ** to test whether a file is at least readable. The file can be a ** directory. ** ** ^SQLite will always allocate at least mxPathname+1 bytes for the ** output buffer xFullPathname. The exact size of the output buffer ** is also passed as a parameter to both methods. If the output buffer ** is not large enough, [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] should be returned. Since this is ** handled as a fatal error by SQLite, vfs implementations should endeavor ** to prevent this by setting mxPathname to a sufficiently large value. ** ** The xRandomness(), xSleep(), xCurrentTime(), and xCurrentTimeInt64() ** interfaces are not strictly a part of the filesystem, but they are ** included in the VFS structure for completeness. ** The xRandomness() function attempts to return nBytes bytes ** of good-quality randomness into zOut. The return value is ** the actual number of bytes of randomness obtained. ** The xSleep() method causes the calling thread to sleep for at ** least the number of microseconds given. ^The xCurrentTime() ** method returns a Julian Day Number for the current date and time as ** a floating point value. ** ^The xCurrentTimeInt64() method returns, as an integer, the Julian ** Day Number multiplied by 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in ** a 24-hour day). ** ^SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() method to get the current ** date and time if that method is available (if iVersion is 2 or ** greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and will fall back ** to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is unavailable. ** ** ^The xSetSystemCall(), xGetSystemCall(), and xNestSystemCall() interfaces ** are not used by the SQLite core. These optional interfaces are provided ** by some VFSes to facilitate testing of the VFS code. By overriding ** system calls with functions under its control, a test program can ** simulate faults and error conditions that would otherwise be difficult ** or impossible to induce. The set of system calls that can be overridden ** varies from one VFS to another, and from one version of the same VFS to the ** next. Applications that use these interfaces must be prepared for any ** or all of these interfaces to be NULL or for their behavior to change ** from one release to the next. Applications must not attempt to access ** any of these methods if the iVersion of the VFS is less than 3. */ typedef struct sqlite3_vfs sqlite3_vfs; typedef void (*sqlite3_syscall_ptr)(void); struct sqlite3_vfs { int iVersion; /* Structure version number (currently 3) */ int szOsFile; /* Size of subclassed sqlite3_file */ int mxPathname; /* Maximum file pathname length */ sqlite3_vfs *pNext; /* Next registered VFS */ const char *zName; /* Name of this virtual file system */ void *pAppData; /* Pointer to application-specific data */ int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_file*, int flags, int *pOutFlags); int (*xDelete)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); int (*xAccess)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *pResOut); int (*xFullPathname)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int nOut, char *zOut); void *(*xDlOpen)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); void (*xDlError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); void (*(*xDlSym)(sqlite3_vfs*,void*, const char *zSymbol))(void); void (*xDlClose)(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); int (*xRandomness)(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); int (*xSleep)(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); int (*xCurrentTime)(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); int (*xGetLastError)(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); /* ** The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_vfs object ** definition. Those that follow are added in version 2 or later */ int (*xCurrentTimeInt64)(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 and 2 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** Those below are for version 3 and greater. */ int (*xSetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, sqlite3_syscall_ptr); sqlite3_syscall_ptr (*xGetSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); const char *(*xNextSystemCall)(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName); /* ** The methods above are in versions 1 through 3 of the sqlite_vfs object. ** New fields may be appended in future versions. The iVersion ** value will increment whenever this happens. */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xAccess VFS method ** ** These integer constants can be used as the third parameter to ** the xAccess method of an [sqlite3_vfs] object. They determine ** what kind of permissions the xAccess method is looking for. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, the xAccess method ** simply checks whether the file exists. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, the xAccess method ** checks whether the named directory is both readable and writable ** (in other words, if files can be added, removed, and renamed within ** the directory). ** The SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE constant is currently used only by the ** [temp_store_directory pragma], though this could change in a future ** release of SQLite. ** With SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, the xAccess method ** checks whether the file is readable. The SQLITE_ACCESS_READ constant is ** currently unused, though it might be used in a future release of ** SQLite. */ #define SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS 0 #define SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE 1 /* Used by PRAGMA temp_store_directory */ #define SQLITE_ACCESS_READ 2 /* Unused */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags for the xShmLock VFS method ** ** These integer constants define the various locking operations ** allowed by the xShmLock method of [sqlite3_io_methods]. The ** following are the only legal combinations of flags to the ** xShmLock method: ** **
      **
    • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED **
    • SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE **
    • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED **
    • SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE **
    ** ** When unlocking, the same SHARED or EXCLUSIVE flag must be supplied as ** was given on the corresponding lock. ** ** The xShmLock method can transition between unlocked and SHARED or ** between unlocked and EXCLUSIVE. It cannot transition between SHARED ** and EXCLUSIVE. */ #define SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK 1 #define SQLITE_SHM_LOCK 2 #define SQLITE_SHM_SHARED 4 #define SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE 8 /* ** CAPI3REF: Maximum xShmLock index ** ** The xShmLock method on [sqlite3_io_methods] may use values ** between 0 and this upper bound as its "offset" argument. ** The SQLite core will never attempt to acquire or release a ** lock outside of this range */ #define SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK 8 /* ** CAPI3REF: Initialize The SQLite Library ** ** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine initializes the ** SQLite library. ^The sqlite3_shutdown() routine ** deallocates any resources that were allocated by sqlite3_initialize(). ** These routines are designed to aid in process initialization and ** shutdown on embedded systems. Workstation applications using ** SQLite normally do not need to invoke either of these routines. ** ** A call to sqlite3_initialize() is an "effective" call if it is ** the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked during the lifetime of ** the process, or if it is the first time sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** following a call to sqlite3_shutdown(). ^(Only an effective call ** of sqlite3_initialize() does any initialization. All other calls ** are harmless no-ops.)^ ** ** A call to sqlite3_shutdown() is an "effective" call if it is the first ** call to sqlite3_shutdown() since the last sqlite3_initialize(). ^(Only ** an effective call to sqlite3_shutdown() does any deinitialization. ** All other valid calls to sqlite3_shutdown() are harmless no-ops.)^ ** ** The sqlite3_initialize() interface is threadsafe, but sqlite3_shutdown() ** is not. The sqlite3_shutdown() interface must only be called from a ** single thread. All open [database connections] must be closed and all ** other SQLite resources must be deallocated prior to invoking ** sqlite3_shutdown(). ** ** Among other things, ^sqlite3_initialize() will invoke ** sqlite3_os_init(). Similarly, ^sqlite3_shutdown() ** will invoke sqlite3_os_end(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine returns [SQLITE_OK] on success. ** ^If for some reason, sqlite3_initialize() is unable to initialize ** the library (perhaps it is unable to allocate a needed resource such ** as a mutex) it returns an [error code] other than [SQLITE_OK]. ** ** ^The sqlite3_initialize() routine is called internally by many other ** SQLite interfaces so that an application usually does not need to ** invoke sqlite3_initialize() directly. For example, [sqlite3_open()] ** calls sqlite3_initialize() so the SQLite library will be automatically ** initialized when [sqlite3_open()] is called if it has not be initialized ** already. ^However, if SQLite is compiled with the [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] ** compile-time option, then the automatic calls to sqlite3_initialize() ** are omitted and the application must call sqlite3_initialize() directly ** prior to using any other SQLite interface. For maximum portability, ** it is recommended that applications always invoke sqlite3_initialize() ** directly prior to using any other SQLite interface. Future releases ** of SQLite may require this. In other words, the behavior exhibited ** when SQLite is compiled with [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT] might become the ** default behavior in some future release of SQLite. ** ** The sqlite3_os_init() routine does operating-system specific ** initialization of the SQLite library. The sqlite3_os_end() ** routine undoes the effect of sqlite3_os_init(). Typical tasks ** performed by these routines include allocation or deallocation ** of static resources, initialization of global variables, ** setting up a default [sqlite3_vfs] module, or setting up ** a default configuration using [sqlite3_config()]. ** ** The application should never invoke either sqlite3_os_init() ** or sqlite3_os_end() directly. The application should only invoke ** sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown(). The sqlite3_os_init() ** interface is called automatically by sqlite3_initialize() and ** sqlite3_os_end() is called by sqlite3_shutdown(). Appropriate ** implementations for sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end() ** are built into SQLite when it is compiled for Unix, Windows, or OS/2. ** When [custom builds | built for other platforms] ** (using the [SQLITE_OS_OTHER=1] compile-time ** option) the application must supply a suitable implementation for ** sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). An application-supplied ** implementation of sqlite3_os_init() or sqlite3_os_end() ** must return [SQLITE_OK] on success and some other [error code] upon ** failure. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configuring The SQLite Library ** ** The sqlite3_config() interface is used to make global configuration ** changes to SQLite in order to tune SQLite to the specific needs of ** the application. The default configuration is recommended for most ** applications and so this routine is usually not necessary. It is ** provided to support rare applications with unusual needs. ** ** The sqlite3_config() interface is not threadsafe. The application ** must ensure that no other SQLite interfaces are invoked by other ** threads while sqlite3_config() is running. ** ** The sqlite3_config() interface ** may only be invoked prior to library initialization using ** [sqlite3_initialize()] or after shutdown by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. ** ^If sqlite3_config() is called after [sqlite3_initialize()] and before ** [sqlite3_shutdown()] then it will return SQLITE_MISUSE. ** Note, however, that ^sqlite3_config() can be called as part of the ** implementation of an application-defined [sqlite3_os_init()]. ** ** The first argument to sqlite3_config() is an integer ** [configuration option] that determines ** what property of SQLite is to be configured. Subsequent arguments ** vary depending on the [configuration option] ** in the first argument. ** ** ^When a configuration option is set, sqlite3_config() returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If the option is unknown or SQLite is unable to set the option ** then this routine returns a non-zero [error code]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure database connections ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** The sqlite3_db_config() interface is used to make configuration ** changes to a [database connection]. The interface is similar to ** [sqlite3_config()] except that the changes apply to a single ** [database connection] (specified in the first argument). ** ** The second argument to sqlite3_db_config(D,V,...) is the ** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE | configuration verb] - an integer code ** that indicates what aspect of the [database connection] is being configured. ** Subsequent arguments vary depending on the configuration verb. ** ** ^Calls to sqlite3_db_config() return SQLITE_OK if and only if ** the call is considered successful. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Routines ** ** An instance of this object defines the interface between SQLite ** and low-level memory allocation routines. ** ** This object is used in only one place in the SQLite interface. ** A pointer to an instance of this object is the argument to ** [sqlite3_config()] when the configuration option is ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]. ** By creating an instance of this object ** and passing it to [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]) ** during configuration, an application can specify an alternative ** memory allocation subsystem for SQLite to use for all of its ** dynamic memory needs. ** ** Note that SQLite comes with several [built-in memory allocators] ** that are perfectly adequate for the overwhelming majority of applications ** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications ** with specialized memory allocation requirements. This object is ** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative ** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in ** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such ** conditions. ** ** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the ** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library. ** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to ** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup. ** ** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation ** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc. The allocated size ** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger. ** ** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of ** a memory allocation given a particular requested size. Most memory ** allocators round up memory allocations at least to the next multiple ** of 8. Some allocators round up to a larger multiple or to a power of 2. ** Every memory allocation request coming in through [sqlite3_malloc()] ** or [sqlite3_realloc()] first calls xRoundup. If xRoundup returns 0, ** that causes the corresponding memory allocation to fail. ** ** The xInit method initializes the memory allocator. For example, ** it might allocate any require mutexes or initialize internal data ** structures. The xShutdown method is invoked (indirectly) by ** [sqlite3_shutdown()] and should deallocate any resources acquired ** by xInit. The pAppData pointer is used as the only parameter to ** xInit and xShutdown. ** ** SQLite holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER] mutex when it invokes ** the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. The ** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. For all other methods, SQLite ** holds the [SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM] mutex as long as the ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] configuration option is turned on (which ** it is by default) and so the methods are automatically serialized. ** However, if [SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS] is disabled, then the other ** methods must be threadsafe or else make their own arrangements for ** serialization. ** ** SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening ** call to xShutdown(). */ typedef struct sqlite3_mem_methods sqlite3_mem_methods; struct sqlite3_mem_methods { void *(*xMalloc)(int); /* Memory allocation function */ void (*xFree)(void*); /* Free a prior allocation */ void *(*xRealloc)(void*,int); /* Resize an allocation */ int (*xSize)(void*); /* Return the size of an allocation */ int (*xRoundup)(int); /* Round up request size to allocation size */ int (*xInit)(void*); /* Initialize the memory allocator */ void (*xShutdown)(void*); /* Deinitialize the memory allocator */ void *pAppData; /* Argument to xInit() and xShutdown() */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Configuration Options ** KEYWORDS: {configuration option} ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the first argument to the [sqlite3_config()] interface. ** ** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. ** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications ** should check the return code from [sqlite3_config()] to make sure that ** the call worked. The [sqlite3_config()] interface will return a ** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option ** is invoked. ** **
    ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Single-thread. In other words, it disables ** all mutexing and puts SQLite into a mode where it can only be used ** by a single thread. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to change the [threading mode] from its default ** value of Single-thread and so [sqlite3_config()] will return ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD ** configuration option.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Multi-thread. In other words, it disables ** mutexing on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. ** The application is responsible for serializing access to ** [database connections] and [prepared statements]. But other mutexes ** are enabled so that SQLite will be safe to use in a multi-threaded ** environment as long as no two threads attempt to use the same ** [database connection] at the same time. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to set the Multi-thread [threading mode] and ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD configuration option.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED
    **
    There are no arguments to this option. ^This option sets the ** [threading mode] to Serialized. In other words, this option enables ** all mutexes including the recursive ** mutexes on [database connection] and [prepared statement] objects. ** In this mode (which is the default when SQLite is compiled with ** [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1]) the SQLite library will itself serialize access ** to [database connections] and [prepared statements] so that the ** application is free to use the same [database connection] or the ** same [prepared statement] in different threads at the same time. ** ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** it is not possible to set the Serialized [threading mode] and ** [sqlite3_config()] will return [SQLITE_ERROR] if called with the ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED configuration option.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC
    **
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a single argument which is ** a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. ** The argument specifies ** alternative low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of ** the memory allocation routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes ** its own private copy of the content of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure ** before the [sqlite3_config()] call returns.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC
    **
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a single argument which ** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mem_methods] structure. ** The [sqlite3_mem_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines.)^ ** This option can be used to overload the default memory allocation ** routines with a wrapper that simulations memory allocation failure or ** tracks memory usage, for example.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC
    **
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC option takes single argument of ** type int, interpreted as a boolean, which if true provides a hint to ** SQLite that it should avoid large memory allocations if possible. ** SQLite will run faster if it is free to make large memory allocations, ** but some application might prefer to run slower in exchange for ** guarantees about memory fragmentation that are possible if large ** allocations are avoided. This hint is normally off. **
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS
    **
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes single argument of type int, ** interpreted as a boolean, which enables or disables the collection of ** memory allocation statistics. ^(When memory allocation statistics are ** disabled, the following SQLite interfaces become non-operational: **
      **
    • [sqlite3_memory_used()] **
    • [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] **
    • [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] **
    • [sqlite3_status64()] **
    )^ ** ^Memory allocation statistics are enabled by default unless SQLite is ** compiled with [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS]=0 in which case memory ** allocation statistics are disabled by default. **
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH
    **
    The SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH option is no longer used. **
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
    **
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE option specifies a memory pool ** that SQLite can use for the database page cache with the default page ** cache implementation. ** This configuration option is a no-op if an application-define page ** cache implementation is loaded using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]. ** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to ** 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), the size of each page cache line (sz), ** and the number of cache lines (N). ** The sz argument should be the size of the largest database page ** (a power of two between 512 and 65536) plus some extra bytes for each ** page header. ^The number of extra bytes needed by the page header ** can be determined using [SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]. ** ^It is harmless, apart from the wasted memory, ** for the sz parameter to be larger than necessary. The pMem ** argument must be either a NULL pointer or a pointer to an 8-byte ** aligned block of memory of at least sz*N bytes, otherwise ** subsequent behavior is undefined. ** ^When pMem is not NULL, SQLite will strive to use the memory provided ** to satisfy page cache needs, falling back to [sqlite3_malloc()] if ** a page cache line is larger than sz bytes or if all of the pMem buffer ** is exhausted. ** ^If pMem is NULL and N is non-zero, then each database connection ** does an initial bulk allocation for page cache memory ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] sufficient for N cache lines if N is positive or ** of -1024*N bytes if N is negative, . ^If additional ** page cache memory is needed beyond what is provided by the initial ** allocation, then SQLite goes to [sqlite3_malloc()] separately for each ** additional cache line.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP
    **
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option specifies a static memory buffer ** that SQLite will use for all of its dynamic memory allocation needs ** beyond those provided for by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. ** ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only available if SQLite is compiled ** with either [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3] or [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5] and returns ** [SQLITE_ERROR] if invoked otherwise. ** ^There are three arguments to SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: ** An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, ** the number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. ** ^If the first pointer (the memory pointer) is NULL, then SQLite reverts ** to using its default memory allocator (the system malloc() implementation), ** undoing any prior invocation of [SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC]. ^If the ** memory pointer is not NULL then the alternative memory ** allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites memory allocation needs. ** The first pointer (the memory pointer) must be aligned to an 8-byte ** boundary or subsequent behavior of SQLite will be undefined. ** The minimum allocation size is capped at 2**12. Reasonable values ** for the minimum allocation size are 2**5 through 2**8.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX
    **
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX option takes a single argument which is a ** pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. ** The argument specifies alternative low-level mutex routines to be used ** in place the mutex routines built into SQLite.)^ ^SQLite makes a copy of ** the content of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure before the call to ** [sqlite3_config()] returns. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX
    **
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX option takes a single argument which ** is a pointer to an instance of the [sqlite3_mutex_methods] structure. The ** [sqlite3_mutex_methods] ** structure is filled with the currently defined mutex routines.)^ ** This option can be used to overload the default mutex allocation ** routines with a wrapper used to track mutex usage for performance ** profiling or testing, for example. ^If SQLite is compiled with ** the [SQLITE_THREADSAFE | SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] compile-time option then ** the entire mutexing subsystem is omitted from the build and hence calls to ** [sqlite3_config()] with the SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX configuration option will ** return [SQLITE_ERROR].
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    **
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE option takes two arguments that determine ** the default size of lookaside memory on each [database connection]. ** The first argument is the ** size of each lookaside buffer slot and the second is the number of ** slots allocated to each database connection.)^ ^(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE ** sets the default lookaside size. The [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE] ** option to [sqlite3_db_config()] can be used to change the lookaside ** configuration on individual connections.)^
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2
    **
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a single argument which is ** a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. This object specifies ** the interface to a custom page cache implementation.)^ ** ^SQLite makes a copy of the [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2
    **
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a single argument which ** is a pointer to an [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] object. SQLite copies of ** the current page cache implementation into that object.)^
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG
    **
    The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option is used to configure the SQLite ** global [error log]. ** (^The SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG option takes two arguments: a pointer to a ** function with a call signature of void(*)(void*,int,const char*), ** and a pointer to void. ^If the function pointer is not NULL, it is ** invoked by [sqlite3_log()] to process each logging event. ^If the ** function pointer is NULL, the [sqlite3_log()] interface becomes a no-op. ** ^The void pointer that is the second argument to SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG is ** passed through as the first parameter to the application-defined logger ** function whenever that function is invoked. ^The second parameter to ** the logger function is a copy of the first parameter to the corresponding ** [sqlite3_log()] call and is intended to be a [result code] or an ** [extended result code]. ^The third parameter passed to the logger is ** log message after formatting via [sqlite3_snprintf()]. ** The SQLite logging interface is not reentrant; the logger function ** supplied by the application must not invoke any SQLite interface. ** In a multi-threaded application, the application-defined logger ** function must be threadsafe.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_URI]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_URI **
    ^(The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single argument of type int. ** If non-zero, then URI handling is globally enabled. If the parameter is zero, ** then URI handling is globally disabled.)^ ^If URI handling is globally ** enabled, all filenames passed to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], ** [sqlite3_open16()] or ** specified as part of [ATTACH] commands are interpreted as URIs, regardless ** of whether or not the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is set when the database ** connection is opened. ^If it is globally disabled, filenames are ** only interpreted as URIs if the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set when the ** database connection is opened. ^(By default, URI handling is globally ** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the ** [SQLITE_USE_URI] symbol defined.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN]]
    SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN **
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN option takes a single integer ** argument which is interpreted as a boolean in order to enable or disable ** the use of covering indices for full table scans in the query optimizer. ** ^The default setting is determined ** by the [SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN] compile-time option, or is "on" ** if that compile-time option is omitted. ** The ability to disable the use of covering indices for full table scans ** is because some incorrectly coded legacy applications might malfunction ** when the optimization is enabled. Providing the ability to ** disable the optimization allows the older, buggy application code to work ** without change even with newer versions of SQLite. ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE]] [[SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE]] **
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE and SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE **
    These options are obsolete and should not be used by new code. ** They are retained for backwards compatibility but are now no-ops. **
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG]] **
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG **
    This option is only available if sqlite is compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG] pre-processor macro defined. The first argument should ** be a pointer to a function of type void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int). ** The second should be of type (void*). The callback is invoked by the library ** in three separate circumstances, identified by the value passed as the ** fourth parameter. If the fourth parameter is 0, then the database connection ** passed as the second argument has just been opened. The third argument ** points to a buffer containing the name of the main database file. If the ** fourth parameter is 1, then the SQL statement that the third parameter ** points to has just been executed. Or, if the fourth parameter is 2, then ** the connection being passed as the second parameter is being closed. The ** third parameter is passed NULL In this case. An example of using this ** configuration option can be seen in the "test_sqllog.c" source file in ** the canonical SQLite source tree.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE]] **
    SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE **
    ^SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit integer (sqlite3_int64) values ** that are the default mmap size limit (the default setting for ** [PRAGMA mmap_size]) and the maximum allowed mmap size limit. ** ^The default setting can be overridden by each database connection using ** either the [PRAGMA mmap_size] command, or by using the ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE] file control. ^(The maximum allowed mmap size ** will be silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the ** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the ** [SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE] compile-time option.)^ ** ^If either argument to this option is negative, then that argument is ** changed to its compile-time default. ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE]] **
    SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE **
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE option is only available if SQLite is ** compiled for Windows with the [SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC] pre-processor macro ** defined. ^SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit unsigned integer value ** that specifies the maximum size of the created heap. ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ]] **
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ **
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes a single parameter which ** is a pointer to an integer and writes into that integer the number of extra ** bytes per page required for each page in [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. ** The amount of extra space required can change depending on the compiler, ** target platform, and SQLite version. ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ]] **
    SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ **
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ option takes a single parameter which ** is an unsigned integer and sets the "Minimum PMA Size" for the multithreaded ** sorter to that integer. The default minimum PMA Size is set by the ** [SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ] compile-time option. New threads are launched ** to help with sort operations when multithreaded sorting ** is enabled (using the [PRAGMA threads] command) and the amount of content ** to be sorted exceeds the page size times the minimum of the ** [PRAGMA cache_size] setting and this value. ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL]] **
    SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL **
    ^The SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL option takes a single parameter which ** becomes the [statement journal] spill-to-disk threshold. ** [Statement journals] are held in memory until their size (in bytes) ** exceeds this threshold, at which point they are written to disk. ** Or if the threshold is -1, statement journals are always held ** exclusively in memory. ** Since many statement journals never become large, setting the spill ** threshold to a value such as 64KiB can greatly reduce the amount of ** I/O required to support statement rollback. ** The default value for this setting is controlled by the ** [SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL] compile-time option. ** ** [[SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE]] **
    SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE **
    The SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE option accepts a single parameter ** of type (int) - the new value of the sorter-reference size threshold. ** Usually, when SQLite uses an external sort to order records according ** to an ORDER BY clause, all fields required by the caller are present in the ** sorted records. However, if SQLite determines based on the declared type ** of a table column that its values are likely to be very large - larger ** than the configured sorter-reference size threshold - then a reference ** is stored in each sorted record and the required column values loaded ** from the database as records are returned in sorted order. The default ** value for this option is to never use this optimization. Specifying a ** negative value for this option restores the default behaviour. ** This option is only available if SQLite is compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES] compile-time option. **
    */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD 1 /* nil */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD 2 /* nil */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED 3 /* nil */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC 4 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC 5 /* sqlite3_mem_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SCRATCH 6 /* No longer used */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE 7 /* void*, int sz, int N */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP 8 /* void*, int nByte, int min */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS 9 /* boolean */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX 10 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX 11 /* sqlite3_mutex_methods* */ /* previously SQLITE_CONFIG_CHUNKALLOC 12 which is now unused. */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE 13 /* int int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE 14 /* no-op */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE 15 /* no-op */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG 16 /* xFunc, void* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_URI 17 /* int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 18 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 19 /* sqlite3_pcache_methods2* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 20 /* int */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG 21 /* xSqllog, void* */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE 22 /* sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64 */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE 23 /* int nByte */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ 24 /* int *psz */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ 25 /* unsigned int szPma */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL 26 /* int nByte */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC 27 /* boolean */ #define SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE 28 /* int nByte */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Configuration Options ** ** These constants are the available integer configuration options that ** can be passed as the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_config()] interface. ** ** New configuration options may be added in future releases of SQLite. ** Existing configuration options might be discontinued. Applications ** should check the return code from [sqlite3_db_config()] to make sure that ** the call worked. ^The [sqlite3_db_config()] interface will return a ** non-zero [error code] if a discontinued or unsupported configuration option ** is invoked. ** **
    **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE
    **
    ^This option takes three additional arguments that determine the ** [lookaside memory allocator] configuration for the [database connection]. ** ^The first argument (the third parameter to [sqlite3_db_config()] is a ** pointer to a memory buffer to use for lookaside memory. ** ^The first argument after the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE verb ** may be NULL in which case SQLite will allocate the ** lookaside buffer itself using [sqlite3_malloc()]. ^The second argument is the ** size of each lookaside buffer slot. ^The third argument is the number of ** slots. The size of the buffer in the first argument must be greater than ** or equal to the product of the second and third arguments. The buffer ** must be aligned to an 8-byte boundary. ^If the second argument to ** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE is not a multiple of 8, it is internally ** rounded down to the next smaller multiple of 8. ^(The lookaside memory ** configuration for a database connection can only be changed when that ** connection is not currently using lookaside memory, or in other words ** when the "current value" returned by ** [sqlite3_db_status](D,[SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE],...) is zero. ** Any attempt to change the lookaside memory configuration when lookaside ** memory is in use leaves the configuration unchanged and returns ** [SQLITE_BUSY].)^
    ** **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY
    **
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the enforcement of ** [foreign key constraints]. There should be two additional arguments. ** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable FK enforcement, ** positive to enable FK enforcement or negative to leave FK enforcement ** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether FK enforcement is off or on ** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in ** which case the FK enforcement setting is not reported back.
    ** **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER
    **
    ^This option is used to enable or disable [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers]. ** There should be two additional arguments. ** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable triggers, ** positive to enable triggers or negative to leave the setting unchanged. ** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether triggers are disabled or enabled ** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in ** which case the trigger setting is not reported back.
    ** **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER
    **
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the two-argument ** version of the [fts3_tokenizer()] function which is part of the ** [FTS3] full-text search engine extension. ** There should be two additional arguments. ** The first argument is an integer which is 0 to disable fts3_tokenizer() or ** positive to enable fts3_tokenizer() or negative to leave the setting ** unchanged. ** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether fts3_tokenizer is disabled or enabled ** following this call. The second parameter may be a NULL pointer, in ** which case the new setting is not reported back.
    ** **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
    **
    ^This option is used to enable or disable the [sqlite3_load_extension()] ** interface independently of the [load_extension()] SQL function. ** The [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] API enables or disables both the ** C-API [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. ** There should be two additional arguments. ** When the first argument to this interface is 1, then only the C-API is ** enabled and the SQL function remains disabled. If the first argument to ** this interface is 0, then both the C-API and the SQL function are disabled. ** If the first argument is -1, then no changes are made to state of either the ** C-API or the SQL function. ** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface ** is disabled or enabled following this call. The second parameter may ** be a NULL pointer, in which case the new setting is not reported back. **
    ** **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME
    **
    ^This option is used to change the name of the "main" database ** schema. ^The sole argument is a pointer to a constant UTF8 string ** which will become the new schema name in place of "main". ^SQLite ** does not make a copy of the new main schema name string, so the application ** must ensure that the argument passed into this DBCONFIG option is unchanged ** until after the database connection closes. **
    ** **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE
    **
    Usually, when a database in wal mode is closed or detached from a ** database handle, SQLite checks if this will mean that there are now no ** connections at all to the database. If so, it performs a checkpoint ** operation before closing the connection. This option may be used to ** override this behaviour. The first parameter passed to this operation ** is an integer - positive to disable checkpoints-on-close, or zero (the ** default) to enable them, and negative to leave the setting unchanged. ** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer ** into which is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether checkpoints-on-close ** have been disabled - 0 if they are not disabled, 1 if they are. **
    ** **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG
    **
    ^(The SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG option activates or deactivates ** the [query planner stability guarantee] (QPSG). When the QPSG is active, ** a single SQL query statement will always use the same algorithm regardless ** of values of [bound parameters].)^ The QPSG disables some query optimizations ** that look at the values of bound parameters, which can make some queries ** slower. But the QPSG has the advantage of more predictable behavior. With ** the QPSG active, SQLite will always use the same query plan in the field as ** was used during testing in the lab. ** The first argument to this setting is an integer which is 0 to disable ** the QPSG, positive to enable QPSG, or negative to leave the setting ** unchanged. The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which ** is written 0 or 1 to indicate whether the QPSG is disabled or enabled ** following this call. **
    ** **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP
    **
    By default, the output of EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN commands does not ** include output for any operations performed by trigger programs. This ** option is used to set or clear (the default) a flag that governs this ** behavior. The first parameter passed to this operation is an integer - ** positive to enable output for trigger programs, or zero to disable it, ** or negative to leave the setting unchanged. ** The second parameter is a pointer to an integer into which is written ** 0 or 1 to indicate whether output-for-triggers has been disabled - 0 if ** it is not disabled, 1 if it is. **
    ** **
    SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE
    **
    Set the SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE flag and then run ** [VACUUM] in order to reset a database back to an empty database ** with no schema and no content. The following process works even for ** a badly corrupted database file: **
      **
    1. If the database connection is newly opened, make sure it has read the ** database schema by preparing then discarding some query against the ** database, or calling sqlite3_table_column_metadata(), ignoring any ** errors. This step is only necessary if the application desires to keep ** the database in WAL mode after the reset if it was in WAL mode before ** the reset. **
    2. sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 1, 0); **
    3. [sqlite3_exec](db, "[VACUUM]", 0, 0, 0); **
    4. sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, 0, 0); **
    ** Because resetting a database is destructive and irreversible, the ** process requires the use of this obscure API and multiple steps to help ** ensure that it does not happen by accident. **
    **
    */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME 1000 /* const char* */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE 1001 /* void* int int */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY 1002 /* int int* */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER 1003 /* int int* */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER 1004 /* int int* */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION 1005 /* int int* */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE 1006 /* int int* */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG 1007 /* int int* */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP 1008 /* int int* */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE 1009 /* int int* */ #define SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAX 1009 /* Largest DBCONFIG */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extended Result Codes ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_extended_result_codes() routine enables or disables the ** [extended result codes] feature of SQLite. ^The extended result ** codes are disabled by default for historical compatibility. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3*, int onoff); /* ** CAPI3REF: Last Insert Rowid ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^Each entry in most SQLite tables (except for [WITHOUT ROWID] tables) ** has a unique 64-bit signed ** integer key called the [ROWID | "rowid"]. ^The rowid is always available ** as an undeclared column named ROWID, OID, or _ROWID_ as long as those ** names are not also used by explicitly declared columns. ^If ** the table has a column of type [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] then that column ** is another alias for the rowid. ** ** ^The sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) interface usually returns the [rowid] of ** the most recent successful [INSERT] into a rowid table or [virtual table] ** on database connection D. ^Inserts into [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are not ** recorded. ^If no successful [INSERT]s into rowid tables have ever occurred ** on the database connection D, then sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) returns ** zero. ** ** As well as being set automatically as rows are inserted into database ** tables, the value returned by this function may be set explicitly by ** [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] ** ** Some virtual table implementations may INSERT rows into rowid tables as ** part of committing a transaction (e.g. to flush data accumulated in memory ** to disk). In this case subsequent calls to this function return the rowid ** associated with these internal INSERT operations, which leads to ** unintuitive results. Virtual table implementations that do write to rowid ** tables in this way can avoid this problem by restoring the original ** rowid value using [sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid()] before returning ** control to the user. ** ** ^(If an [INSERT] occurs within a trigger then this routine will ** return the [rowid] of the inserted row as long as the trigger is ** running. Once the trigger program ends, the value returned ** by this routine reverts to what it was before the trigger was fired.)^ ** ** ^An [INSERT] that fails due to a constraint violation is not a ** successful [INSERT] and does not change the value returned by this ** routine. ^Thus INSERT OR FAIL, INSERT OR IGNORE, INSERT OR ROLLBACK, ** and INSERT OR ABORT make no changes to the return value of this ** routine when their insertion fails. ^(When INSERT OR REPLACE ** encounters a constraint violation, it does not fail. The ** INSERT continues to completion after deleting rows that caused ** the constraint problem so INSERT OR REPLACE will always change ** the return value of this interface.)^ ** ** ^For the purposes of this routine, an [INSERT] is considered to ** be successful even if it is subsequently rolled back. ** ** This function is accessible to SQL statements via the ** [last_insert_rowid() SQL function]. ** ** If a separate thread performs a new [INSERT] on the same ** database connection while the [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] ** function is running and thus changes the last insert [rowid], ** then the value returned by [sqlite3_last_insert_rowid()] is ** unpredictable and might not equal either the old or the new ** last insert [rowid]. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Set the Last Insert Rowid value. ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** The sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(D, R) method allows the application to ** set the value returned by calling sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(D) to R ** without inserting a row into the database. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Count The Number Of Rows Modified ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This function returns the number of rows modified, inserted or ** deleted by the most recently completed INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE ** statement on the database connection specified by the only parameter. ** ^Executing any other type of SQL statement does not modify the value ** returned by this function. ** ** ^Only changes made directly by the INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement are ** considered - auxiliary changes caused by [CREATE TRIGGER | triggers], ** [foreign key actions] or [REPLACE] constraint resolution are not counted. ** ** Changes to a view that are intercepted by ** [INSTEAD OF trigger | INSTEAD OF triggers] are not counted. ^The value ** returned by sqlite3_changes() immediately after an INSERT, UPDATE or ** DELETE statement run on a view is always zero. Only changes made to real ** tables are counted. ** ** Things are more complicated if the sqlite3_changes() function is ** executed while a trigger program is running. This may happen if the ** program uses the [changes() SQL function], or if some other callback ** function invokes sqlite3_changes() directly. Essentially: ** **
      **
    • ^(Before entering a trigger program the value returned by ** sqlite3_changes() function is saved. After the trigger program ** has finished, the original value is restored.)^ ** **
    • ^(Within a trigger program each INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE ** statement sets the value returned by sqlite3_changes() ** upon completion as normal. Of course, this value will not include ** any changes performed by sub-triggers, as the sqlite3_changes() ** value will be saved and restored after each sub-trigger has run.)^ **
    ** ** ^This means that if the changes() SQL function (or similar) is used ** by the first INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within a trigger, it ** returns the value as set when the calling statement began executing. ** ^If it is used by the second or subsequent such statement within a trigger ** program, the value returned reflects the number of rows modified by the ** previous INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement within the same trigger. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection ** while [sqlite3_changes()] is running then the value returned ** is unpredictable and not meaningful. ** ** See also: **
      **
    • the [sqlite3_total_changes()] interface **
    • the [count_changes pragma] **
    • the [changes() SQL function] **
    • the [data_version pragma] **
    */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Total Number Of Rows Modified ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This function returns the total number of rows inserted, modified or ** deleted by all [INSERT], [UPDATE] or [DELETE] statements completed ** since the database connection was opened, including those executed as ** part of trigger programs. ^Executing any other type of SQL statement ** does not affect the value returned by sqlite3_total_changes(). ** ** ^Changes made as part of [foreign key actions] are included in the ** count, but those made as part of REPLACE constraint resolution are ** not. ^Changes to a view that are intercepted by INSTEAD OF triggers ** are not counted. ** ** This the [sqlite3_total_changes(D)] interface only reports the number ** of rows that changed due to SQL statement run against database ** connection D. Any changes by other database connections are ignored. ** To detect changes against a database file from other database ** connections use the [PRAGMA data_version] command or the ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control]. ** ** If a separate thread makes changes on the same database connection ** while [sqlite3_total_changes()] is running then the value ** returned is unpredictable and not meaningful. ** ** See also: **
      **
    • the [sqlite3_changes()] interface **
    • the [count_changes pragma] **
    • the [changes() SQL function] **
    • the [data_version pragma] **
    • the [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] [file control] **
    */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Interrupt A Long-Running Query ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This function causes any pending database operation to abort and ** return at its earliest opportunity. This routine is typically ** called in response to a user action such as pressing "Cancel" ** or Ctrl-C where the user wants a long query operation to halt ** immediately. ** ** ^It is safe to call this routine from a thread different from the ** thread that is currently running the database operation. But it ** is not safe to call this routine with a [database connection] that ** is closed or might close before sqlite3_interrupt() returns. ** ** ^If an SQL operation is very nearly finished at the time when ** sqlite3_interrupt() is called, then it might not have an opportunity ** to be interrupted and might continue to completion. ** ** ^An SQL operation that is interrupted will return [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]. ** ^If the interrupted SQL operation is an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE ** that is inside an explicit transaction, then the entire transaction ** will be rolled back automatically. ** ** ^The sqlite3_interrupt(D) call is in effect until all currently running ** SQL statements on [database connection] D complete. ^Any new SQL statements ** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call and before the ** running statements reaches zero are interrupted as if they had been ** running prior to the sqlite3_interrupt() call. ^New SQL statements ** that are started after the running statement count reaches zero are ** not effected by the sqlite3_interrupt(). ** ^A call to sqlite3_interrupt(D) that occurs when there are no running ** SQL statements is a no-op and has no effect on SQL statements ** that are started after the sqlite3_interrupt() call returns. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Is Complete ** ** These routines are useful during command-line input to determine if the ** currently entered text seems to form a complete SQL statement or ** if additional input is needed before sending the text into ** SQLite for parsing. ^These routines return 1 if the input string ** appears to be a complete SQL statement. ^A statement is judged to be ** complete if it ends with a semicolon token and is not a prefix of a ** well-formed CREATE TRIGGER statement. ^Semicolons that are embedded within ** string literals or quoted identifier names or comments are not ** independent tokens (they are part of the token in which they are ** embedded) and thus do not count as a statement terminator. ^Whitespace ** and comments that follow the final semicolon are ignored. ** ** ^These routines return 0 if the statement is incomplete. ^If a ** memory allocation fails, then SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. ** ** ^These routines do not parse the SQL statements thus ** will not detect syntactically incorrect SQL. ** ** ^(If SQLite has not been initialized using [sqlite3_initialize()] prior ** to invoking sqlite3_complete16() then sqlite3_initialize() is invoked ** automatically by sqlite3_complete16(). If that initialization fails, ** then the return value from sqlite3_complete16() will be non-zero ** regardless of whether or not the input SQL is complete.)^ ** ** The input to [sqlite3_complete()] must be a zero-terminated ** UTF-8 string. ** ** The input to [sqlite3_complete16()] must be a zero-terminated ** UTF-16 string in native byte order. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *sql); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *sql); /* ** CAPI3REF: Register A Callback To Handle SQLITE_BUSY Errors ** KEYWORDS: {busy-handler callback} {busy handler} ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_busy_handler(D,X,P) routine sets a callback function X ** that might be invoked with argument P whenever ** an attempt is made to access a database table associated with ** [database connection] D when another thread ** or process has the table locked. ** The sqlite3_busy_handler() interface is used to implement ** [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] and [PRAGMA busy_timeout]. ** ** ^If the busy callback is NULL, then [SQLITE_BUSY] ** is returned immediately upon encountering the lock. ^If the busy callback ** is not NULL, then the callback might be invoked with two arguments. ** ** ^The first argument to the busy handler is a copy of the void* pointer which ** is the third argument to sqlite3_busy_handler(). ^The second argument to ** the busy handler callback is the number of times that the busy handler has ** been invoked previously for the same locking event. ^If the ** busy callback returns 0, then no additional attempts are made to ** access the database and [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned ** to the application. ** ^If the callback returns non-zero, then another attempt ** is made to access the database and the cycle repeats. ** ** The presence of a busy handler does not guarantee that it will be invoked ** when there is lock contention. ^If SQLite determines that invoking the busy ** handler could result in a deadlock, it will go ahead and return [SQLITE_BUSY] ** to the application instead of invoking the ** busy handler. ** Consider a scenario where one process is holding a read lock that ** it is trying to promote to a reserved lock and ** a second process is holding a reserved lock that it is trying ** to promote to an exclusive lock. The first process cannot proceed ** because it is blocked by the second and the second process cannot ** proceed because it is blocked by the first. If both processes ** invoke the busy handlers, neither will make any progress. Therefore, ** SQLite returns [SQLITE_BUSY] for the first process, hoping that this ** will induce the first process to release its read lock and allow ** the second process to proceed. ** ** ^The default busy callback is NULL. ** ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler defined for each ** [database connection]. Setting a new busy handler clears any ** previously set handler.)^ ^Note that calling [sqlite3_busy_timeout()] ** or evaluating [PRAGMA busy_timeout=N] will change the ** busy handler and thus clear any previously set busy handler. ** ** The busy callback should not take any actions which modify the ** database connection that invoked the busy handler. In other words, ** the busy handler is not reentrant. Any such actions ** result in undefined behavior. ** ** A busy handler must not close the database connection ** or [prepared statement] that invoked the busy handler. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Set A Busy Timeout ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This routine sets a [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy handler] that sleeps ** for a specified amount of time when a table is locked. ^The handler ** will sleep multiple times until at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping ** have accumulated. ^After at least "ms" milliseconds of sleeping, ** the handler returns 0 which causes [sqlite3_step()] to return ** [SQLITE_BUSY]. ** ** ^Calling this routine with an argument less than or equal to zero ** turns off all busy handlers. ** ** ^(There can only be a single busy handler for a particular ** [database connection] at any given moment. If another busy handler ** was defined (using [sqlite3_busy_handler()]) prior to calling ** this routine, that other busy handler is cleared.)^ ** ** See also: [PRAGMA busy_timeout] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3*, int ms); /* ** CAPI3REF: Convenience Routines For Running Queries ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** This is a legacy interface that is preserved for backwards compatibility. ** Use of this interface is not recommended. ** ** Definition: A result table is memory data structure created by the ** [sqlite3_get_table()] interface. A result table records the ** complete query results from one or more queries. ** ** The table conceptually has a number of rows and columns. But ** these numbers are not part of the result table itself. These ** numbers are obtained separately. Let N be the number of rows ** and M be the number of columns. ** ** A result table is an array of pointers to zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. ** There are (N+1)*M elements in the array. The first M pointers point ** to zero-terminated strings that contain the names of the columns. ** The remaining entries all point to query results. NULL values result ** in NULL pointers. All other values are in their UTF-8 zero-terminated ** string representation as returned by [sqlite3_column_text()]. ** ** A result table might consist of one or more memory allocations. ** It is not safe to pass a result table directly to [sqlite3_free()]. ** A result table should be deallocated using [sqlite3_free_table()]. ** ** ^(As an example of the result table format, suppose a query result ** is as follows: ** ** 
    **        Name        | Age
**        -----------------------
**        Alice       | 43
**        Bob         | 28
**        Cindy       | 21
**
    ** ** There are two column (M==2) and three rows (N==3). Thus the ** result table has 8 entries. Suppose the result table is stored ** in an array names azResult. Then azResult holds this content: ** ** 
    **        azResult[0] = "Name";
**        azResult[1] = "Age";
**        azResult[2] = "Alice";
**        azResult[3] = "43";
**        azResult[4] = "Bob";
**        azResult[5] = "28";
**        azResult[6] = "Cindy";
**        azResult[7] = "21";
**
    )^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_table() function evaluates one or more ** semicolon-separated SQL statements in the zero-terminated UTF-8 ** string of its 2nd parameter and returns a result table to the ** pointer given in its 3rd parameter. ** ** After the application has finished with the result from sqlite3_get_table(), ** it must pass the result table pointer to sqlite3_free_table() in order to ** release the memory that was malloced. Because of the way the ** [sqlite3_malloc()] happens within sqlite3_get_table(), the calling ** function must not try to call [sqlite3_free()] directly. Only ** [sqlite3_free_table()] is able to release the memory properly and safely. ** ** The sqlite3_get_table() interface is implemented as a wrapper around ** [sqlite3_exec()]. The sqlite3_get_table() routine does not have access ** to any internal data structures of SQLite. It uses only the public ** interface defined here. As a consequence, errors that occur in the ** wrapper layer outside of the internal [sqlite3_exec()] call are not ** reflected in subsequent calls to [sqlite3_errcode()] or ** [sqlite3_errmsg()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ const char *zSql, /* SQL to be evaluated */ char ***pazResult, /* Results of the query */ int *pnRow, /* Number of result rows written here */ int *pnColumn, /* Number of result columns written here */ char **pzErrmsg /* Error msg written here */ ); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result); /* ** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions ** ** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions ** from the standard C library. ** These routines understand most of the common formatting options from ** the standard library printf() ** plus some additional non-standard formats ([%q], [%Q], [%w], and [%z]). ** See the [built-in printf()] documentation for details. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their ** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()]. ** The strings returned by these two routines should be ** released by [sqlite3_free()]. ^Both routines return a ** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc64()] is unable to allocate enough ** memory to hold the resulting string. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_snprintf() routine is similar to "snprintf()" from ** the standard C library. The result is written into the ** buffer supplied as the second parameter whose size is given by ** the first parameter. Note that the order of the ** first two parameters is reversed from snprintf().)^ This is an ** historical accident that cannot be fixed without breaking ** backwards compatibility. ^(Note also that sqlite3_snprintf() ** returns a pointer to its buffer instead of the number of ** characters actually written into the buffer.)^ We admit that ** the number of characters written would be a more useful return ** value but we cannot change the implementation of sqlite3_snprintf() ** now without breaking compatibility. ** ** ^As long as the buffer size is greater than zero, sqlite3_snprintf() ** guarantees that the buffer is always zero-terminated. ^The first ** parameter "n" is the total size of the buffer, including space for ** the zero terminator. So the longest string that can be completely ** written will be n-1 characters. ** ** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf(). ** ** See also: [built-in printf()], [printf() SQL function] */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int,char*,const char*, ...); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int,char*,const char*, va_list); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocation Subsystem ** ** The SQLite core uses these three routines for all of its own ** internal memory allocation needs. "Core" in the previous sentence ** does not include operating-system specific VFS implementation. The ** Windows VFS uses native malloc() and free() for some operations. ** ** ^The sqlite3_malloc() routine returns a pointer to a block ** of memory at least N bytes in length, where N is the parameter. ** ^If sqlite3_malloc() is unable to obtain sufficient free ** memory, it returns a NULL pointer. ^If the parameter N to ** sqlite3_malloc() is zero or negative then sqlite3_malloc() returns ** a NULL pointer. ** ** ^The sqlite3_malloc64(N) routine works just like ** sqlite3_malloc(N) except that N is an unsigned 64-bit integer instead ** of a signed 32-bit integer. ** ** ^Calling sqlite3_free() with a pointer previously returned ** by sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc() releases that memory so ** that it might be reused. ^The sqlite3_free() routine is ** a no-op if is called with a NULL pointer. Passing a NULL pointer ** to sqlite3_free() is harmless. After being freed, memory ** should neither be read nor written. Even reading previously freed ** memory might result in a segmentation fault or other severe error. ** Memory corruption, a segmentation fault, or other severe error ** might result if sqlite3_free() is called with a non-NULL pointer that ** was not obtained from sqlite3_malloc() or sqlite3_realloc(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_realloc(X,N) interface attempts to resize a ** prior memory allocation X to be at least N bytes. ** ^If the X parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) ** is a NULL pointer then its behavior is identical to calling ** sqlite3_malloc(N). ** ^If the N parameter to sqlite3_realloc(X,N) is zero or ** negative then the behavior is exactly the same as calling ** sqlite3_free(X). ** ^sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns a pointer to a memory allocation ** of at least N bytes in size or NULL if insufficient memory is available. ** ^If M is the size of the prior allocation, then min(N,M) bytes ** of the prior allocation are copied into the beginning of buffer returned ** by sqlite3_realloc(X,N) and the prior allocation is freed. ** ^If sqlite3_realloc(X,N) returns NULL and N is positive, then the ** prior allocation is not freed. ** ** ^The sqlite3_realloc64(X,N) interfaces works the same as ** sqlite3_realloc(X,N) except that N is a 64-bit unsigned integer instead ** of a 32-bit signed integer. ** ** ^If X is a memory allocation previously obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), ** sqlite3_malloc64(), sqlite3_realloc(), or sqlite3_realloc64(), then ** sqlite3_msize(X) returns the size of that memory allocation in bytes. ** ^The value returned by sqlite3_msize(X) might be larger than the number ** of bytes requested when X was allocated. ^If X is a NULL pointer then ** sqlite3_msize(X) returns zero. If X points to something that is not ** the beginning of memory allocation, or if it points to a formerly ** valid memory allocation that has now been freed, then the behavior ** of sqlite3_msize(X) is undefined and possibly harmful. ** ** ^The memory returned by sqlite3_malloc(), sqlite3_realloc(), ** sqlite3_malloc64(), and sqlite3_realloc64() ** is always aligned to at least an 8 byte boundary, or to a ** 4 byte boundary if the [SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC] compile-time ** option is used. ** ** In SQLite version 3.5.0 and 3.5.1, it was possible to define ** the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORY_ALLOCATION which would cause the built-in ** implementation of these routines to be omitted. That capability ** is no longer provided. Only built-in memory allocators can be used. ** ** Prior to SQLite version 3.7.10, the Windows OS interface layer called ** the system malloc() and free() directly when converting ** filenames between the UTF-8 encoding used by SQLite ** and whatever filename encoding is used by the particular Windows ** installation. Memory allocation errors were detected, but ** they were reported back as [SQLITE_CANTOPEN] or ** [SQLITE_IOERR] rather than [SQLITE_NOMEM]. ** ** The pointer arguments to [sqlite3_free()] and [sqlite3_realloc()] ** must be either NULL or else pointers obtained from a prior ** invocation of [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] that have ** not yet been released. ** ** The application must not read or write any part of ** a block of memory after it has been released using ** [sqlite3_free()] or [sqlite3_realloc()]. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void*, int); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void*, sqlite3_uint64); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void*); SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Memory Allocator Statistics ** ** SQLite provides these two interfaces for reporting on the status ** of the [sqlite3_malloc()], [sqlite3_free()], and [sqlite3_realloc()] ** routines, which form the built-in memory allocation subsystem. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_memory_used()] routine returns the number of bytes ** of memory currently outstanding (malloced but not freed). ** ^The [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] routine returns the maximum ** value of [sqlite3_memory_used()] since the high-water mark ** was last reset. ^The values returned by [sqlite3_memory_used()] and ** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] include any overhead ** added by SQLite in its implementation of [sqlite3_malloc()], ** but not overhead added by the any underlying system library ** routines that [sqlite3_malloc()] may call. ** ** ^The memory high-water mark is reset to the current value of ** [sqlite3_memory_used()] if and only if the parameter to ** [sqlite3_memory_highwater()] is true. ^The value returned ** by [sqlite3_memory_highwater(1)] is the high-water mark ** prior to the reset. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag); /* ** CAPI3REF: Pseudo-Random Number Generator ** ** SQLite contains a high-quality pseudo-random number generator (PRNG) used to ** select random [ROWID | ROWIDs] when inserting new records into a table that ** already uses the largest possible [ROWID]. The PRNG is also used for ** the build-in random() and randomblob() SQL functions. This interface allows ** applications to access the same PRNG for other purposes. ** ** ^A call to this routine stores N bytes of randomness into buffer P. ** ^The P parameter can be a NULL pointer. ** ** ^If this routine has not been previously called or if the previous ** call had N less than one or a NULL pointer for P, then the PRNG is ** seeded using randomness obtained from the xRandomness method of ** the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. ** ^If the previous call to this routine had an N of 1 or more and a ** non-NULL P then the pseudo-randomness is generated ** internally and without recourse to the [sqlite3_vfs] xRandomness ** method. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *P); /* ** CAPI3REF: Compile-Time Authorization Callbacks ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** KEYWORDS: {authorizer callback} ** ** ^This routine registers an authorizer callback with a particular ** [database connection], supplied in the first argument. ** ^The authorizer callback is invoked as SQL statements are being compiled ** by [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], ** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare16()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], ** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. ^At various ** points during the compilation process, as logic is being created ** to perform various actions, the authorizer callback is invoked to ** see if those actions are allowed. ^The authorizer callback should ** return [SQLITE_OK] to allow the action, [SQLITE_IGNORE] to disallow the ** specific action but allow the SQL statement to continue to be ** compiled, or [SQLITE_DENY] to cause the entire SQL statement to be ** rejected with an error. ^If the authorizer callback returns ** any value other than [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_OK], or [SQLITE_DENY] ** then the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered ** the authorizer will fail with an error message. ** ** When the callback returns [SQLITE_OK], that means the operation ** requested is ok. ^When the callback returns [SQLITE_DENY], the ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or equivalent call that triggered the ** authorizer will fail with an error message explaining that ** access is denied. ** ** ^The first parameter to the authorizer callback is a copy of the third ** parameter to the sqlite3_set_authorizer() interface. ^The second parameter ** to the callback is an integer [SQLITE_COPY | action code] that specifies ** the particular action to be authorized. ^The third through sixth parameters ** to the callback are either NULL pointers or zero-terminated strings ** that contain additional details about the action to be authorized. ** Applications must always be prepared to encounter a NULL pointer in any ** of the third through the sixth parameters of the authorization callback. ** ** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_READ] ** and the callback returns [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the ** [prepared statement] statement is constructed to substitute ** a NULL value in place of the table column that would have ** been read if [SQLITE_OK] had been returned. The [SQLITE_IGNORE] ** return can be used to deny an untrusted user access to individual ** columns of a table. ** ^When a table is referenced by a [SELECT] but no column values are ** extracted from that table (for example in a query like ** "SELECT count(*) FROM tab") then the [SQLITE_READ] authorizer callback ** is invoked once for that table with a column name that is an empty string. ** ^If the action code is [SQLITE_DELETE] and the callback returns ** [SQLITE_IGNORE] then the [DELETE] operation proceeds but the ** [truncate optimization] is disabled and all rows are deleted individually. ** ** An authorizer is used when [sqlite3_prepare | preparing] ** SQL statements from an untrusted source, to ensure that the SQL statements ** do not try to access data they are not allowed to see, or that they do not ** try to execute malicious statements that damage the database. For ** example, an application may allow a user to enter arbitrary ** SQL queries for evaluation by a database. But the application does ** not want the user to be able to make arbitrary changes to the ** database. An authorizer could then be put in place while the ** user-entered SQL is being [sqlite3_prepare | prepared] that ** disallows everything except [SELECT] statements. ** ** Applications that need to process SQL from untrusted sources ** might also consider lowering resource limits using [sqlite3_limit()] ** and limiting database size using the [max_page_count] [PRAGMA] ** in addition to using an authorizer. ** ** ^(Only a single authorizer can be in place on a database connection ** at a time. Each call to sqlite3_set_authorizer overrides the ** previous call.)^ ^Disable the authorizer by installing a NULL callback. ** The authorizer is disabled by default. ** ** The authorizer callback must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the authorizer callback. ** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^When [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] is used to prepare a statement, the ** statement might be re-prepared during [sqlite3_step()] due to a ** schema change. Hence, the application should ensure that the ** correct authorizer callback remains in place during the [sqlite3_step()]. ** ** ^Note that the authorizer callback is invoked only during ** [sqlite3_prepare()] or its variants. Authorization is not ** performed during statement evaluation in [sqlite3_step()], unless ** as stated in the previous paragraph, sqlite3_step() invokes ** sqlite3_prepare_v2() to reprepare a statement after a schema change. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( sqlite3*, int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), void *pUserData ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Return Codes ** ** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer callback function] must ** return either [SQLITE_OK] or one of these two constants in order ** to signal SQLite whether or not the action is permitted. See the ** [sqlite3_set_authorizer | authorizer documentation] for additional ** information. ** ** Note that SQLITE_IGNORE is also used as a [conflict resolution mode] ** returned from the [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] interface. */ #define SQLITE_DENY 1 /* Abort the SQL statement with an error */ #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 /* Don't allow access, but don't generate an error */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Authorizer Action Codes ** ** The [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] interface registers a callback function ** that is invoked to authorize certain SQL statement actions. The ** second parameter to the callback is an integer code that specifies ** what action is being authorized. These are the integer action codes that ** the authorizer callback may be passed. ** ** These action code values signify what kind of operation is to be ** authorized. The 3rd and 4th parameters to the authorization ** callback function will be parameters or NULL depending on which of these ** codes is used as the second parameter. ^(The 5th parameter to the ** authorizer callback is the name of the database ("main", "temp", ** etc.) if applicable.)^ ^The 6th parameter to the authorizer callback ** is the name of the inner-most trigger or view that is responsible for ** the access attempt or NULL if this access attempt is directly from ** top-level SQL code. */ /******************************************* 3rd ************ 4th ***********/ #define SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX 1 /* Index Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE 2 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX 3 /* Index Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE 4 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER 5 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW 6 /* View Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER 7 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW 8 /* View Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DELETE 9 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DROP_INDEX 10 /* Index Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TABLE 11 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX 12 /* Index Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE 13 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER 14 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW 15 /* View Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER 16 /* Trigger Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_VIEW 17 /* View Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_INSERT 18 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_PRAGMA 19 /* Pragma Name 1st arg or NULL */ #define SQLITE_READ 20 /* Table Name Column Name */ #define SQLITE_SELECT 21 /* NULL NULL */ #define SQLITE_TRANSACTION 22 /* Operation NULL */ #define SQLITE_UPDATE 23 /* Table Name Column Name */ #define SQLITE_ATTACH 24 /* Filename NULL */ #define SQLITE_DETACH 25 /* Database Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE 26 /* Database Name Table Name */ #define SQLITE_REINDEX 27 /* Index Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_ANALYZE 28 /* Table Name NULL */ #define SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE 29 /* Table Name Module Name */ #define SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE 30 /* Table Name Module Name */ #define SQLITE_FUNCTION 31 /* NULL Function Name */ #define SQLITE_SAVEPOINT 32 /* Operation Savepoint Name */ #define SQLITE_COPY 0 /* No longer used */ #define SQLITE_RECURSIVE 33 /* NULL NULL */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Tracing And Profiling Functions ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** These routines are deprecated. Use the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] interface ** instead of the routines described here. ** ** These routines register callback functions that can be used for ** tracing and profiling the execution of SQL statements. ** ** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_trace() is invoked at ** various times when an SQL statement is being run by [sqlite3_step()]. ** ^The sqlite3_trace() callback is invoked with a UTF-8 rendering of the ** SQL statement text as the statement first begins executing. ** ^(Additional sqlite3_trace() callbacks might occur ** as each triggered subprogram is entered. The callbacks for triggers ** contain a UTF-8 SQL comment that identifies the trigger.)^ ** ** The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option can be used to limit ** the length of [bound parameter] expansion in the output of sqlite3_trace(). ** ** ^The callback function registered by sqlite3_profile() is invoked ** as each SQL statement finishes. ^The profile callback contains ** the original statement text and an estimate of wall-clock time ** of how long that statement took to run. ^The profile callback ** time is in units of nanoseconds, however the current implementation ** is only capable of millisecond resolution so the six least significant ** digits in the time are meaningless. Future versions of SQLite ** might provide greater resolution on the profiler callback. The ** sqlite3_profile() function is considered experimental and is ** subject to change in future versions of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3*, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void *sqlite3_profile(sqlite3*, void(*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Event Codes ** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TRACE ** ** These constants identify classes of events that can be monitored ** using the [sqlite3_trace_v2()] tracing logic. The M argument ** to [sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P)] is an OR-ed combination of one or more of ** the following constants. ^The first argument to the trace callback ** is one of the following constants. ** ** New tracing constants may be added in future releases. ** ** ^A trace callback has four arguments: xCallback(T,C,P,X). ** ^The T argument is one of the integer type codes above. ** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer passed in as the ** fourth argument to [sqlite3_trace_v2()]. ** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T. ** **
    ** [[SQLITE_TRACE_STMT]]
    SQLITE_TRACE_STMT
    **
    ^An SQLITE_TRACE_STMT callback is invoked when a prepared statement ** first begins running and possibly at other times during the ** execution of the prepared statement, such as at the start of each ** trigger subprogram. ^The P argument is a pointer to the ** [prepared statement]. ^The X argument is a pointer to a string which ** is the unexpanded SQL text of the prepared statement or an SQL comment ** that indicates the invocation of a trigger. ^The callback can compute ** the same text that would have been returned by the legacy [sqlite3_trace()] ** interface by using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking ** [sqlite3_expanded_sql(P)] otherwise. ** ** [[SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE]]
    SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE
    **
    ^An SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback provides approximately the same ** information as is provided by the [sqlite3_profile()] callback. ** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the ** X argument points to a 64-bit integer which is the estimated of ** the number of nanosecond that the prepared statement took to run. ** ^The SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE callback is invoked when the statement finishes. ** ** [[SQLITE_TRACE_ROW]]
    SQLITE_TRACE_ROW
    **
    ^An SQLITE_TRACE_ROW callback is invoked whenever a prepared ** statement generates a single row of result. ** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [prepared statement] and the ** X argument is unused. ** ** [[SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE]]
    SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE
    **
    ^An SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE callback is invoked when a database ** connection closes. ** ^The P argument is a pointer to the [database connection] object ** and the X argument is unused. **
    */ #define SQLITE_TRACE_STMT 0x01 #define SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE 0x02 #define SQLITE_TRACE_ROW 0x04 #define SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE 0x08 /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Trace Hook ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_trace_v2(D,M,X,P) interface registers a trace callback ** function X against [database connection] D, using property mask M ** and context pointer P. ^If the X callback is ** NULL or if the M mask is zero, then tracing is disabled. The ** M argument should be the bitwise OR-ed combination of ** zero or more [SQLITE_TRACE] constants. ** ** ^Each call to either sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2() overrides ** (cancels) any prior calls to sqlite3_trace() or sqlite3_trace_v2(). ** ** ^The X callback is invoked whenever any of the events identified by ** mask M occur. ^The integer return value from the callback is currently ** ignored, though this may change in future releases. Callback ** implementations should return zero to ensure future compatibility. ** ** ^A trace callback is invoked with four arguments: callback(T,C,P,X). ** ^The T argument is one of the [SQLITE_TRACE] ** constants to indicate why the callback was invoked. ** ^The C argument is a copy of the context pointer. ** The P and X arguments are pointers whose meanings depend on T. ** ** The sqlite3_trace_v2() interface is intended to replace the legacy ** interfaces [sqlite3_trace()] and [sqlite3_profile()], both of which ** are deprecated. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( sqlite3*, unsigned uMask, int(*xCallback)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*), void *pCtx ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Query Progress Callbacks ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_progress_handler(D,N,X,P) interface causes the callback ** function X to be invoked periodically during long running calls to ** [sqlite3_exec()], [sqlite3_step()] and [sqlite3_get_table()] for ** database connection D. An example use for this ** interface is to keep a GUI updated during a large query. ** ** ^The parameter P is passed through as the only parameter to the ** callback function X. ^The parameter N is the approximate number of ** [virtual machine instructions] that are evaluated between successive ** invocations of the callback X. ^If N is less than one then the progress ** handler is disabled. ** ** ^Only a single progress handler may be defined at one time per ** [database connection]; setting a new progress handler cancels the ** old one. ^Setting parameter X to NULL disables the progress handler. ** ^The progress handler is also disabled by setting N to a value less ** than 1. ** ** ^If the progress callback returns non-zero, the operation is ** interrupted. This feature can be used to implement a ** "Cancel" button on a GUI progress dialog box. ** ** The progress handler callback must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the progress handler. ** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler(sqlite3*, int, int(*)(void*), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Opening A New Database Connection ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3 ** ** ^These routines open an SQLite database file as specified by the ** filename argument. ^The filename argument is interpreted as UTF-8 for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() and as UTF-16 in the native byte ** order for sqlite3_open16(). ^(A [database connection] handle is usually ** returned in *ppDb, even if an error occurs. The only exception is that ** if SQLite is unable to allocate memory to hold the [sqlite3] object, ** a NULL will be written into *ppDb instead of a pointer to the [sqlite3] ** object.)^ ^(If the database is opened (and/or created) successfully, then ** [SQLITE_OK] is returned. Otherwise an [error code] is returned.)^ ^The ** [sqlite3_errmsg()] or [sqlite3_errmsg16()] routines can be used to obtain ** an English language description of the error following a failure of any ** of the sqlite3_open() routines. ** ** ^The default encoding will be UTF-8 for databases created using ** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). ^The default encoding for databases ** created using sqlite3_open16() will be UTF-16 in the native byte order. ** ** Whether or not an error occurs when it is opened, resources ** associated with the [database connection] handle should be released by ** passing it to [sqlite3_close()] when it is no longer required. ** ** The sqlite3_open_v2() interface works like sqlite3_open() ** except that it accepts two additional parameters for additional control ** over the new database connection. ^(The flags parameter to ** sqlite3_open_v2() can take one of ** the following three values, optionally combined with the ** [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX], [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE], ** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE], and/or [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flags:)^ ** **
    ** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY]
    **
    The database is opened in read-only mode. If the database does not ** already exist, an error is returned.
    )^ ** ** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE]
    **
    The database is opened for reading and writing if possible, or reading ** only if the file is write protected by the operating system. In either ** case the database must already exist, otherwise an error is returned.
    )^ ** ** ^(
    [SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE] | [SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE]
    **
    The database is opened for reading and writing, and is created if ** it does not already exist. This is the behavior that is always used for ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16().
    )^ **
    ** ** If the 3rd parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is not one of the ** combinations shown above optionally combined with other ** [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_* bits] ** then the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^If the [SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX] flag is set, then the database connection ** opens in the multi-thread [threading mode] as long as the single-thread ** mode has not been set at compile-time or start-time. ^If the ** [SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX] flag is set then the database connection opens ** in the serialized [threading mode] unless single-thread was ** previously selected at compile-time or start-time. ** ^The [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE] flag causes the database connection to be ** eligible to use [shared cache mode], regardless of whether or not shared ** cache is enabled using [sqlite3_enable_shared_cache()]. ^The ** [SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE] flag causes the database connection to not ** participate in [shared cache mode] even if it is enabled. ** ** ^The fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2() is the name of the ** [sqlite3_vfs] object that defines the operating system interface that ** the new database connection should use. ^If the fourth parameter is ** a NULL pointer then the default [sqlite3_vfs] object is used. ** ** ^If the filename is ":memory:", then a private, temporary in-memory database ** is created for the connection. ^This in-memory database will vanish when ** the database connection is closed. Future versions of SQLite might ** make use of additional special filenames that begin with the ":" character. ** It is recommended that when a database filename actually does begin with ** a ":" character you should prefix the filename with a pathname such as ** "./" to avoid ambiguity. ** ** ^If the filename is an empty string, then a private, temporary ** on-disk database will be created. ^This private database will be ** automatically deleted as soon as the database connection is closed. ** ** [[URI filenames in sqlite3_open()]]

    URI Filenames

    ** ** ^If [URI filename] interpretation is enabled, and the filename argument ** begins with "file:", then the filename is interpreted as a URI. ^URI ** filename interpretation is enabled if the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] flag is ** set in the third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(), or if it has ** been enabled globally using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_URI] option with the ** [sqlite3_config()] method or by the [SQLITE_USE_URI] compile-time option. ** URI filename interpretation is turned off ** by default, but future releases of SQLite might enable URI filename ** interpretation by default. See "[URI filenames]" for additional ** information. ** ** URI filenames are parsed according to RFC 3986. ^If the URI contains an ** authority, then it must be either an empty string or the string ** "localhost". ^If the authority is not an empty string or "localhost", an ** error is returned to the caller. ^The fragment component of a URI, if ** present, is ignored. ** ** ^SQLite uses the path component of the URI as the name of the disk file ** which contains the database. ^If the path begins with a '/' character, ** then it is interpreted as an absolute path. ^If the path does not begin ** with a '/' (meaning that the authority section is omitted from the URI) ** then the path is interpreted as a relative path. ** ^(On windows, the first component of an absolute path ** is a drive specification (e.g. "C:").)^ ** ** [[core URI query parameters]] ** The query component of a URI may contain parameters that are interpreted ** either by SQLite itself, or by a [VFS | custom VFS implementation]. ** SQLite and its built-in [VFSes] interpret the ** following query parameters: ** **
      **
    • vfs: ^The "vfs" parameter may be used to specify the name of ** a VFS object that provides the operating system interface that should ** be used to access the database file on disk. ^If this option is set to ** an empty string the default VFS object is used. ^Specifying an unknown ** VFS is an error. ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the vfs option is ** present, then the VFS specified by the option takes precedence over ** the value passed as the fourth parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). ** **
    • mode: ^(The mode parameter may be set to either "ro", "rw", ** "rwc", or "memory". Attempting to set it to any other value is ** an error)^. ** ^If "ro" is specified, then the database is opened for read-only ** access, just as if the [SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY] flag had been set in the ** third argument to sqlite3_open_v2(). ^If the mode option is set to ** "rw", then the database is opened for read-write (but not create) ** access, as if SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE (but not SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE) had ** been set. ^Value "rwc" is equivalent to setting both ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE and SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE. ^If the mode option is ** set to "memory" then a pure [in-memory database] that never reads ** or writes from disk is used. ^It is an error to specify a value for ** the mode parameter that is less restrictive than that specified by ** the flags passed in the third parameter to sqlite3_open_v2(). ** **
    • cache: ^The cache parameter may be set to either "shared" or ** "private". ^Setting it to "shared" is equivalent to setting the ** SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE bit in the flags argument passed to ** sqlite3_open_v2(). ^Setting the cache parameter to "private" is ** equivalent to setting the SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE bit. ** ^If sqlite3_open_v2() is used and the "cache" parameter is present in ** a URI filename, its value overrides any behavior requested by setting ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE flag. ** **
    • psow: ^The psow parameter indicates whether or not the ** [powersafe overwrite] property does or does not apply to the ** storage media on which the database file resides. ** **
    • nolock: ^The nolock parameter is a boolean query parameter ** which if set disables file locking in rollback journal modes. This ** is useful for accessing a database on a filesystem that does not ** support locking. Caution: Database corruption might result if two ** or more processes write to the same database and any one of those ** processes uses nolock=1. ** **
    • immutable: ^The immutable parameter is a boolean query ** parameter that indicates that the database file is stored on ** read-only media. ^When immutable is set, SQLite assumes that the ** database file cannot be changed, even by a process with higher ** privilege, and so the database is opened read-only and all locking ** and change detection is disabled. Caution: Setting the immutable ** property on a database file that does in fact change can result ** in incorrect query results and/or [SQLITE_CORRUPT] errors. ** See also: [SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE]. ** **
    ** ** ^Specifying an unknown parameter in the query component of a URI is not an ** error. Future versions of SQLite might understand additional query ** parameters. See "[query parameters with special meaning to SQLite]" for ** additional information. ** ** [[URI filename examples]]

    URI filename examples

    ** ** **
    URI filenames Results **
    file:data.db ** Open the file "data.db" in the current directory. **
    file:/home/fred/data.db
    ** file:///home/fred/data.db
    ** file://localhost/home/fred/data.db
    		** Open the database file "/home/fred/data.db". **
    file://darkstar/home/fred/data.db ** An error. "darkstar" is not a recognized authority. **
    ** file:///C:/Documents%20and%20Settings/fred/Desktop/data.db ** Windows only: Open the file "data.db" on fred's desktop on drive ** C:. Note that the %20 escaping in this example is not strictly ** necessary - space characters can be used literally ** in URI filenames. **
    file:data.db?mode=ro&cache=private ** Open file "data.db" in the current directory for read-only access. ** Regardless of whether or not shared-cache mode is enabled by ** default, use a private cache. **
    file:/home/fred/data.db?vfs=unix-dotfile ** Open file "/home/fred/data.db". Use the special VFS "unix-dotfile" ** that uses dot-files in place of posix advisory locking. **
    file:data.db?mode=readonly ** An error. "readonly" is not a valid option for the "mode" parameter. **
    ** ** ^URI hexadecimal escape sequences (%HH) are supported within the path and ** query components of a URI. A hexadecimal escape sequence consists of a ** percent sign - "%" - followed by exactly two hexadecimal digits ** specifying an octet value. ^Before the path or query components of a ** URI filename are interpreted, they are encoded using UTF-8 and all ** hexadecimal escape sequences replaced by a single byte containing the ** corresponding octet. If this process generates an invalid UTF-8 encoding, ** the results are undefined. ** ** Note to Windows users: The encoding used for the filename argument ** of sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open_v2() must be UTF-8, not whatever ** codepage is currently defined. Filenames containing international ** characters must be converted to UTF-8 prior to passing them into ** sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). ** ** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set ** prior to calling sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(). Otherwise, various ** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_temp_directory] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open( const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open16( const void *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-16) */ sqlite3 **ppDb /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_v2( const char *filename, /* Database filename (UTF-8) */ sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: SQLite db handle */ int flags, /* Flags */ const char *zVfs /* Name of VFS module to use */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Values For URI Parameters ** ** These are utility routines, useful to VFS implementations, that check ** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of that query parameter. ** ** If F is the database filename pointer passed into the xOpen() method of ** a VFS implementation when the flags parameter to xOpen() has one or ** more of the [SQLITE_OPEN_URI] or [SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB] bits set and ** P is the name of the query parameter, then ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns the value of the P ** parameter if it exists or a NULL pointer if P does not appear as a ** query parameter on F. If P is a query parameter of F ** has no explicit value, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns ** a pointer to an empty string. ** ** The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine assumes that P is a boolean ** parameter and returns true (1) or false (0) according to the value ** of P. The sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routine returns true (1) if the ** value of query parameter P is one of "yes", "true", or "on" in any ** case or if the value begins with a non-zero number. The ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) routines returns false (0) if the value of ** query parameter P is one of "no", "false", or "off" in any case or ** if the value begins with a numeric zero. If P is not a query ** parameter on F or if the value of P is does not match any of the ** above, then sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns (B!=0). ** ** The sqlite3_uri_int64(F,P,D) routine converts the value of P into a ** 64-bit signed integer and returns that integer, or D if P does not ** exist. If the value of P is something other than an integer, then ** zero is returned. ** ** If F is a NULL pointer, then sqlite3_uri_parameter(F,P) returns NULL and ** sqlite3_uri_boolean(F,P,B) returns B. If F is not a NULL pointer and ** is not a database file pathname pointer that SQLite passed into the xOpen ** VFS method, then the behavior of this routine is undefined and probably ** undesirable. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFile, const char *zParam, int bDefault); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64(const char*, const char*, sqlite3_int64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Codes And Messages ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^If the most recent sqlite3_* API call associated with ** [database connection] D failed, then the sqlite3_errcode(D) interface ** returns the numeric [result code] or [extended result code] for that ** API call. ** ^The sqlite3_extended_errcode() ** interface is the same except that it always returns the ** [extended result code] even when extended result codes are ** disabled. ** ** The values returned by sqlite3_errcode() and/or ** sqlite3_extended_errcode() might change with each API call. ** Except, there are some interfaces that are guaranteed to never ** change the value of the error code. The error-code preserving ** interfaces are: ** **
      **
    • sqlite3_errcode() **
    • sqlite3_extended_errcode() **
    • sqlite3_errmsg() **
    • sqlite3_errmsg16() **
    ** ** ^The sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16() return English-language ** text that describes the error, as either UTF-8 or UTF-16 respectively. ** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally. ** The application does not need to worry about freeing the result. ** However, the error string might be overwritten or deallocated by ** subsequent calls to other SQLite interface functions.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_errstr() interface returns the English-language text ** that describes the [result code], as UTF-8. ** ^(Memory to hold the error message string is managed internally ** and must not be freed by the application)^. ** ** When the serialized [threading mode] is in use, it might be the ** case that a second error occurs on a separate thread in between ** the time of the first error and the call to these interfaces. ** When that happens, the second error will be reported since these ** interfaces always report the most recent result. To avoid ** this, each thread can obtain exclusive use of the [database connection] D ** by invoking [sqlite3_mutex_enter]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) before beginning ** to use D and invoking [sqlite3_mutex_leave]([sqlite3_db_mutex](D)) after ** all calls to the interfaces listed here are completed. ** ** If an interface fails with SQLITE_MISUSE, that means the interface ** was invoked incorrectly by the application. In that case, the ** error code and message may or may not be set. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3*); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Object ** KEYWORDS: {prepared statement} {prepared statements} ** ** An instance of this object represents a single SQL statement that ** has been compiled into binary form and is ready to be evaluated. ** ** Think of each SQL statement as a separate computer program. The ** original SQL text is source code. A prepared statement object ** is the compiled object code. All SQL must be converted into a ** prepared statement before it can be run. ** ** The life-cycle of a prepared statement object usually goes like this: ** **
      **
    1. Create the prepared statement object using [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]. **
    2. Bind values to [parameters] using the sqlite3_bind_*() ** interfaces. **
    3. Run the SQL by calling [sqlite3_step()] one or more times. **
    4. Reset the prepared statement using [sqlite3_reset()] then go back ** to step 2. Do this zero or more times. **
    5. Destroy the object using [sqlite3_finalize()]. **
    */ typedef struct sqlite3_stmt sqlite3_stmt; /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-time Limits ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^(This interface allows the size of various constructs to be limited ** on a connection by connection basis. The first parameter is the ** [database connection] whose limit is to be set or queried. The ** second parameter is one of the [limit categories] that define a ** class of constructs to be size limited. The third parameter is the ** new limit for that construct.)^ ** ** ^If the new limit is a negative number, the limit is unchanged. ** ^(For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME there is a ** [limits | hard upper bound] ** set at compile-time by a C preprocessor macro called ** [limits | SQLITE_MAX_NAME]. ** (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to "_MAX_".))^ ** ^Attempts to increase a limit above its hard upper bound are ** silently truncated to the hard upper bound. ** ** ^Regardless of whether or not the limit was changed, the ** [sqlite3_limit()] interface returns the prior value of the limit. ** ^Hence, to find the current value of a limit without changing it, ** simply invoke this interface with the third parameter set to -1. ** ** Run-time limits are intended for use in applications that manage ** both their own internal database and also databases that are controlled ** by untrusted external sources. An example application might be a ** web browser that has its own databases for storing history and ** separate databases controlled by JavaScript applications downloaded ** off the Internet. The internal databases can be given the ** large, default limits. Databases managed by external sources can ** be given much smaller limits designed to prevent a denial of service ** attack. Developers might also want to use the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] ** interface to further control untrusted SQL. The size of the database ** created by an untrusted script can be contained using the ** [max_page_count] [PRAGMA]. ** ** New run-time limit categories may be added in future releases. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3*, int id, int newVal); /* ** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Limit Categories ** KEYWORDS: {limit category} {*limit categories} ** ** These constants define various performance limits ** that can be lowered at run-time using [sqlite3_limit()]. ** The synopsis of the meanings of the various limits is shown below. ** Additional information is available at [limits | Limits in SQLite]. ** **
    ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH
    **
    The maximum size of any string or BLOB or table row, in bytes.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH
    **
    The maximum length of an SQL statement, in bytes.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN
    **
    The maximum number of columns in a table definition or in the ** result set of a [SELECT] or the maximum number of columns in an index ** or in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH
    **
    The maximum depth of the parse tree on any expression.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT
    **
    The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP
    **
    The maximum number of instructions in a virtual machine program ** used to implement an SQL statement. If [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or ** the equivalent tries to allocate space for more than this many opcodes ** in a single prepared statement, an SQLITE_NOMEM error is returned.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG
    **
    The maximum number of arguments on a function.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED
    **
    The maximum number of [ATTACH | attached databases].)^
    ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
    **
    The maximum length of the pattern argument to the [LIKE] or ** [GLOB] operators.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER
    **
    The maximum index number of any [parameter] in an SQL statement.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH
    **
    The maximum depth of recursion for triggers.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]] ^(
    SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS
    **
    The maximum number of auxiliary worker threads that a single ** [prepared statement] may start.
    )^ **
    */ #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH 0 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH 1 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN 2 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH 3 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT 4 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP 5 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG 6 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED 7 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 8 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER 9 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH 10 #define SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS 11 /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepare Flags ** ** These constants define various flags that can be passed into ** "prepFlags" parameter of the [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] and ** [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] interfaces. ** ** New flags may be added in future releases of SQLite. ** **
    ** [[SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT]] ^(
    SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT
    **
    The SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT flag is a hint to the query planner ** that the prepared statement will be retained for a long time and ** probably reused many times.)^ ^Without this flag, [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] ** and [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] assume that the prepared statement will ** be used just once or at most a few times and then destroyed using ** [sqlite3_finalize()] relatively soon. The current implementation acts ** on this hint by avoiding the use of [lookaside memory] so as not to ** deplete the limited store of lookaside memory. Future versions of ** SQLite may act on this hint differently. **
    */ #define SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT 0x01 /* ** CAPI3REF: Compiling An SQL Statement ** KEYWORDS: {SQL statement compiler} ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt ** ** To execute an SQL statement, it must first be compiled into a byte-code ** program using one of these routines. Or, in other words, these routines ** are constructors for the [prepared statement] object. ** ** The preferred routine to use is [sqlite3_prepare_v2()]. The ** [sqlite3_prepare()] interface is legacy and should be avoided. ** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] has an extra "prepFlags" option that is used ** for special purposes. ** ** The use of the UTF-8 interfaces is preferred, as SQLite currently ** does all parsing using UTF-8. The UTF-16 interfaces are provided ** as a convenience. The UTF-16 interfaces work by converting the ** input text into UTF-8, then invoking the corresponding UTF-8 interface. ** ** The first argument, "db", is a [database connection] obtained from a ** prior successful call to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()] or ** [sqlite3_open16()]. The database connection must not have been closed. ** ** The second argument, "zSql", is the statement to be compiled, encoded ** as either UTF-8 or UTF-16. The sqlite3_prepare(), sqlite3_prepare_v2(), ** and sqlite3_prepare_v3() ** interfaces use UTF-8, and sqlite3_prepare16(), sqlite3_prepare16_v2(), ** and sqlite3_prepare16_v3() use UTF-16. ** ** ^If the nByte argument is negative, then zSql is read up to the ** first zero terminator. ^If nByte is positive, then it is the ** number of bytes read from zSql. ^If nByte is zero, then no prepared ** statement is generated. ** If the caller knows that the supplied string is nul-terminated, then ** there is a small performance advantage to passing an nByte parameter that ** is the number of bytes in the input string including ** the nul-terminator. ** ** ^If pzTail is not NULL then *pzTail is made to point to the first byte ** past the end of the first SQL statement in zSql. These routines only ** compile the first statement in zSql, so *pzTail is left pointing to ** what remains uncompiled. ** ** ^*ppStmt is left pointing to a compiled [prepared statement] that can be ** executed using [sqlite3_step()]. ^If there is an error, *ppStmt is set ** to NULL. ^If the input text contains no SQL (if the input is an empty ** string or a comment) then *ppStmt is set to NULL. ** The calling procedure is responsible for deleting the compiled ** SQL statement using [sqlite3_finalize()] after it has finished with it. ** ppStmt may not be NULL. ** ** ^On success, the sqlite3_prepare() family of routines return [SQLITE_OK]; ** otherwise an [error code] is returned. ** ** The sqlite3_prepare_v2(), sqlite3_prepare_v3(), sqlite3_prepare16_v2(), ** and sqlite3_prepare16_v3() interfaces are recommended for all new programs. ** The older interfaces (sqlite3_prepare() and sqlite3_prepare16()) ** are retained for backwards compatibility, but their use is discouraged. ** ^In the "vX" interfaces, the prepared statement ** that is returned (the [sqlite3_stmt] object) contains a copy of the ** original SQL text. This causes the [sqlite3_step()] interface to ** behave differently in three ways: ** **
      **
    1. ** ^If the database schema changes, instead of returning [SQLITE_SCHEMA] as it ** always used to do, [sqlite3_step()] will automatically recompile the SQL ** statement and try to run it again. As many as [SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY] ** retries will occur before sqlite3_step() gives up and returns an error. **
      2. ** **
    2. ** ^When an error occurs, [sqlite3_step()] will return one of the detailed ** [error codes] or [extended error codes]. ^The legacy behavior was that ** [sqlite3_step()] would only return a generic [SQLITE_ERROR] result code ** and the application would have to make a second call to [sqlite3_reset()] ** in order to find the underlying cause of the problem. With the "v2" prepare ** interfaces, the underlying reason for the error is returned immediately. **
      3. ** **
    3. ** ^If the specific value bound to [parameter | host parameter] in the ** WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan for a statement, ** then the statement will be automatically recompiled, as if there had been ** a schema change, on the first [sqlite3_step()] call following any change ** to the [sqlite3_bind_text | bindings] of that [parameter]. ** ^The specific value of WHERE-clause [parameter] might influence the ** choice of query plan if the parameter is the left-hand side of a [LIKE] ** or [GLOB] operator or if the parameter is compared to an indexed column ** and the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3] compile-time option is enabled. **
      4. **
    ** **

    ^sqlite3_prepare_v3() differs from sqlite3_prepare_v2() only in having ** the extra prepFlags parameter, which is a bit array consisting of zero or ** more of the [SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT|SQLITE_PREPARE_*] flags. ^The ** sqlite3_prepare_v2() interface works exactly the same as ** sqlite3_prepare_v3() with a zero prepFlags parameter. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v3( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-8 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_ flags */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const void *zSql, /* SQL statement, UTF-16 encoded */ int nByte, /* Maximum length of zSql in bytes. */ unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_ flags */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: Statement handle */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: Pointer to unused portion of zSql */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieving Statement SQL ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a copy of the UTF-8 ** SQL text used to create [prepared statement] P if P was ** created by [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], ** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. ** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql(P) interface returns a pointer to a UTF-8 ** string containing the SQL text of prepared statement P with ** [bound parameters] expanded. ** ** ^(For example, if a prepared statement is created using the SQL ** text "SELECT $abc,:xyz" and if parameter $abc is bound to integer 2345 ** and parameter :xyz is unbound, then sqlite3_sql() will return ** the original string, "SELECT $abc,:xyz" but sqlite3_expanded_sql() ** will return "SELECT 2345,NULL".)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_expanded_sql() interface returns NULL if insufficient memory ** is available to hold the result, or if the result would exceed the ** the maximum string length determined by the [SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]. ** ** ^The [SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT] compile-time option limits the size of ** bound parameter expansions. ^The [SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE] compile-time ** option causes sqlite3_expanded_sql() to always return NULL. ** ** ^The string returned by sqlite3_sql(P) is managed by SQLite and is ** automatically freed when the prepared statement is finalized. ** ^The string returned by sqlite3_expanded_sql(P), on the other hand, ** is obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()] and must be free by the application ** by passing it to [sqlite3_free()]. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_expanded_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If An SQL Statement Writes The Database ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly(X) interface returns true (non-zero) if ** and only if the [prepared statement] X makes no direct changes to ** the content of the database file. ** ** Note that [application-defined SQL functions] or ** [virtual tables] might change the database indirectly as a side effect. ** ^(For example, if an application defines a function "eval()" that ** calls [sqlite3_exec()], then the following SQL statement would ** change the database file through side-effects: ** ** 

    **    SELECT eval('DELETE FROM t1') FROM t2;
**
    ** ** But because the [SELECT] statement does not change the database file ** directly, sqlite3_stmt_readonly() would still return true.)^ ** ** ^Transaction control statements such as [BEGIN], [COMMIT], [ROLLBACK], ** [SAVEPOINT], and [RELEASE] cause sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true, ** since the statements themselves do not actually modify the database but ** rather they control the timing of when other statements modify the ** database. ^The [ATTACH] and [DETACH] statements also cause ** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() to return true since, while those statements ** change the configuration of a database connection, they do not make ** changes to the content of the database files on disk. ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_readonly() interface returns true for [BEGIN] since ** [BEGIN] merely sets internal flags, but the [BEGIN|BEGIN IMMEDIATE] and ** [BEGIN|BEGIN EXCLUSIVE] commands do touch the database and so ** sqlite3_stmt_readonly() returns false for those commands. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If A Prepared Statement Has Been Reset ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) interface returns true (non-zero) if the ** [prepared statement] S has been stepped at least once using ** [sqlite3_step(S)] but has neither run to completion (returned ** [SQLITE_DONE] from [sqlite3_step(S)]) nor ** been reset using [sqlite3_reset(S)]. ^The sqlite3_stmt_busy(S) ** interface returns false if S is a NULL pointer. If S is not a ** NULL pointer and is not a pointer to a valid [prepared statement] ** object, then the behavior is undefined and probably undesirable. ** ** This interface can be used in combination [sqlite3_next_stmt()] ** to locate all prepared statements associated with a database ** connection that are in need of being reset. This can be used, ** for example, in diagnostic routines to search for prepared ** statements that are holding a transaction open. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Dynamically Typed Value Object ** KEYWORDS: {protected sqlite3_value} {unprotected sqlite3_value} ** ** SQLite uses the sqlite3_value object to represent all values ** that can be stored in a database table. SQLite uses dynamic typing ** for the values it stores. ^Values stored in sqlite3_value objects ** can be integers, floating point values, strings, BLOBs, or NULL. ** ** An sqlite3_value object may be either "protected" or "unprotected". ** Some interfaces require a protected sqlite3_value. Other interfaces ** will accept either a protected or an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** Every interface that accepts sqlite3_value arguments specifies ** whether or not it requires a protected sqlite3_value. The ** [sqlite3_value_dup()] interface can be used to construct a new ** protected sqlite3_value from an unprotected sqlite3_value. ** ** The terms "protected" and "unprotected" refer to whether or not ** a mutex is held. An internal mutex is held for a protected ** sqlite3_value object but no mutex is held for an unprotected ** sqlite3_value object. If SQLite is compiled to be single-threaded ** (with [SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0] and with [sqlite3_threadsafe()] returning 0) ** or if SQLite is run in one of reduced mutex modes ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD] or [SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD] ** then there is no distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects and they can be used interchangeably. However, ** for maximum code portability it is recommended that applications ** still make the distinction between protected and unprotected ** sqlite3_value objects even when not strictly required. ** ** ^The sqlite3_value objects that are passed as parameters into the ** implementation of [application-defined SQL functions] are protected. ** ^The sqlite3_value object returned by ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is unprotected. ** Unprotected sqlite3_value objects may only be used as arguments ** to [sqlite3_result_value()], [sqlite3_bind_value()], and ** [sqlite3_value_dup()]. ** The [sqlite3_value_blob | sqlite3_value_type()] family of ** interfaces require protected sqlite3_value objects. */ typedef struct sqlite3_value sqlite3_value; /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Function Context Object ** ** The context in which an SQL function executes is stored in an ** sqlite3_context object. ^A pointer to an sqlite3_context object ** is always first parameter to [application-defined SQL functions]. ** The application-defined SQL function implementation will pass this ** pointer through into calls to [sqlite3_result_int | sqlite3_result()], ** [sqlite3_aggregate_context()], [sqlite3_user_data()], ** [sqlite3_context_db_handle()], [sqlite3_get_auxdata()], ** and/or [sqlite3_set_auxdata()]. */ typedef struct sqlite3_context sqlite3_context; /* ** CAPI3REF: Binding Values To Prepared Statements ** KEYWORDS: {host parameter} {host parameters} {host parameter name} ** KEYWORDS: {SQL parameter} {SQL parameters} {parameter binding} ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^(In the SQL statement text input to [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and its variants, ** literals may be replaced by a [parameter] that matches one of following ** templates: ** **
      **
    • ? **
    • ?NNN **
    • :VVV **
    • @VVV **
    • $VVV **
    ** ** In the templates above, NNN represents an integer literal, ** and VVV represents an alphanumeric identifier.)^ ^The values of these ** parameters (also called "host parameter names" or "SQL parameters") ** can be set using the sqlite3_bind_*() routines defined here. ** ** ^The first argument to the sqlite3_bind_*() routines is always ** a pointer to the [sqlite3_stmt] object returned from ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or its variants. ** ** ^The second argument is the index of the SQL parameter to be set. ** ^The leftmost SQL parameter has an index of 1. ^When the same named ** SQL parameter is used more than once, second and subsequent ** occurrences have the same index as the first occurrence. ** ^The index for named parameters can be looked up using the ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()] API if desired. ^The index ** for "?NNN" parameters is the value of NNN. ** ^The NNN value must be between 1 and the [sqlite3_limit()] ** parameter [SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] (default value: 999). ** ** ^The third argument is the value to bind to the parameter. ** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() ** or sqlite3_bind_blob() is a NULL pointer then the fourth parameter ** is ignored and the end result is the same as sqlite3_bind_null(). ** ** ^(In those routines that have a fourth argument, its value is the ** number of bytes in the parameter. To be clear: the value is the ** number of bytes in the value, not the number of characters.)^ ** ^If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_text() or sqlite3_bind_text16() ** is negative, then the length of the string is ** the number of bytes up to the first zero terminator. ** If the fourth parameter to sqlite3_bind_blob() is negative, then ** the behavior is undefined. ** If a non-negative fourth parameter is provided to sqlite3_bind_text() ** or sqlite3_bind_text16() or sqlite3_bind_text64() then ** that parameter must be the byte offset ** where the NUL terminator would occur assuming the string were NUL ** terminated. If any NUL characters occur at byte offsets less than ** the value of the fourth parameter then the resulting string value will ** contain embedded NULs. The result of expressions involving strings ** with embedded NULs is undefined. ** ** ^The fifth argument to the BLOB and string binding interfaces ** is a destructor used to dispose of the BLOB or ** string after SQLite has finished with it. ^The destructor is called ** to dispose of the BLOB or string even if the call to bind API fails. ** ^If the fifth argument is ** the special value [SQLITE_STATIC], then SQLite assumes that the ** information is in static, unmanaged space and does not need to be freed. ** ^If the fifth argument has the value [SQLITE_TRANSIENT], then ** SQLite makes its own private copy of the data immediately, before ** the sqlite3_bind_*() routine returns. ** ** ^The sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() must be one of ** [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE] ** to specify the encoding of the text in the third parameter. If ** the sixth argument to sqlite3_bind_text64() is not one of the ** allowed values shown above, or if the text encoding is different ** from the encoding specified by the sixth parameter, then the behavior ** is undefined. ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_zeroblob() routine binds a BLOB of length N that ** is filled with zeroes. ^A zeroblob uses a fixed amount of memory ** (just an integer to hold its size) while it is being processed. ** Zeroblobs are intended to serve as placeholders for BLOBs whose ** content is later written using ** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] routines. ** ^A negative value for the zeroblob results in a zero-length BLOB. ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,T,D) routine causes the I-th parameter in ** [prepared statement] S to have an SQL value of NULL, but to also be ** associated with the pointer P of type T. ^D is either a NULL pointer or ** a pointer to a destructor function for P. ^SQLite will invoke the ** destructor D with a single argument of P when it is finished using ** P. The T parameter should be a static string, preferably a string ** literal. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() routine is part of the ** [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. ** ** ^If any of the sqlite3_bind_*() routines are called with a NULL pointer ** for the [prepared statement] or with a prepared statement for which ** [sqlite3_step()] has been called more recently than [sqlite3_reset()], ** then the call will return [SQLITE_MISUSE]. If any sqlite3_bind_() ** routine is passed a [prepared statement] that has been finalized, the ** result is undefined and probably harmful. ** ** ^Bindings are not cleared by the [sqlite3_reset()] routine. ** ^Unbound parameters are interpreted as NULL. ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_* routines return [SQLITE_OK] on success or an ** [error code] if anything goes wrong. ** ^[SQLITE_TOOBIG] might be returned if the size of a string or BLOB ** exceeds limits imposed by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) or ** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH]. ** ^[SQLITE_RANGE] is returned if the parameter ** index is out of range. ^[SQLITE_NOMEM] is returned if malloc() fails. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int n, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, sqlite3_uint64, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int, double); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt*, int); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const char*, sqlite3_uint64, void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int, const sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_pointer(sqlite3_stmt*, int, void*, const char*,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt*, int, int n); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number Of SQL Parameters ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^This routine can be used to find the number of [SQL parameters] ** in a [prepared statement]. SQL parameters are tokens of the ** form "?", "?NNN", ":AAA", "$AAA", or "@AAA" that serve as ** placeholders for values that are [sqlite3_bind_blob | bound] ** to the parameters at a later time. ** ** ^(This routine actually returns the index of the largest (rightmost) ** parameter. For all forms except ?NNN, this will correspond to the ** number of unique parameters. If parameters of the ?NNN form are used, ** there may be gaps in the list.)^ ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()], and ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Name Of A Host Parameter ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(P,N) interface returns ** the name of the N-th [SQL parameter] in the [prepared statement] P. ** ^(SQL parameters of the form "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" ** have a name which is the string "?NNN" or ":AAA" or "@AAA" or "$AAA" ** respectively. ** In other words, the initial ":" or "$" or "@" or "?" ** is included as part of the name.)^ ** ^Parameters of the form "?" without a following integer have no name ** and are referred to as "nameless" or "anonymous parameters". ** ** ^The first host parameter has an index of 1, not 0. ** ** ^If the value N is out of range or if the N-th parameter is ** nameless, then NULL is returned. ^The returned string is ** always in UTF-8 encoding even if the named parameter was ** originally specified as UTF-16 in [sqlite3_prepare16()], ** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_index()]. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Index Of A Parameter With A Given Name ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Return the index of an SQL parameter given its name. ^The ** index value returned is suitable for use as the second ** parameter to [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()]. ^A zero ** is returned if no matching parameter is found. ^The parameter ** name must be given in UTF-8 even if the original statement ** was prepared from UTF-16 text using [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or ** [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_bind_blob|sqlite3_bind()], ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_count()], and ** [sqlite3_bind_parameter_name()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt*, const char *zName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset All Bindings On A Prepared Statement ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Contrary to the intuition of many, [sqlite3_reset()] does not reset ** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | bindings] on a [prepared statement]. ** ^Use this routine to reset all host parameters to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number Of Columns In A Result Set ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Return the number of columns in the result set returned by the ** [prepared statement]. ^If this routine returns 0, that means the ** [prepared statement] returns no data (for example an [UPDATE]). ** ^However, just because this routine returns a positive number does not ** mean that one or more rows of data will be returned. ^A SELECT statement ** will always have a positive sqlite3_column_count() but depending on the ** WHERE clause constraints and the table content, it might return no rows. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_data_count()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Column Names In A Result Set ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^These routines return the name assigned to a particular column ** in the result set of a [SELECT] statement. ^The sqlite3_column_name() ** interface returns a pointer to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string ** and sqlite3_column_name16() returns a pointer to a zero-terminated ** UTF-16 string. ^The first parameter is the [prepared statement] ** that implements the [SELECT] statement. ^The second parameter is the ** column number. ^The leftmost column is number 0. ** ** ^The returned string pointer is valid until either the [prepared statement] ** is destroyed by [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically ** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run ** or until the next call to ** sqlite3_column_name() or sqlite3_column_name16() on the same column. ** ** ^If sqlite3_malloc() fails during the processing of either routine ** (for example during a conversion from UTF-8 to UTF-16) then a ** NULL pointer is returned. ** ** ^The name of a result column is the value of the "AS" clause for ** that column, if there is an AS clause. If there is no AS clause ** then the name of the column is unspecified and may change from ** one release of SQLite to the next. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt*, int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Source Of Data In A Query Result ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^These routines provide a means to determine the database, table, and ** table column that is the origin of a particular result column in ** [SELECT] statement. ** ^The name of the database or table or column can be returned as ** either a UTF-8 or UTF-16 string. ^The _database_ routines return ** the database name, the _table_ routines return the table name, and ** the origin_ routines return the column name. ** ^The returned string is valid until the [prepared statement] is destroyed ** using [sqlite3_finalize()] or until the statement is automatically ** reprepared by the first call to [sqlite3_step()] for a particular run ** or until the same information is requested ** again in a different encoding. ** ** ^The names returned are the original un-aliased names of the ** database, table, and column. ** ** ^The first argument to these interfaces is a [prepared statement]. ** ^These functions return information about the Nth result column returned by ** the statement, where N is the second function argument. ** ^The left-most column is column 0 for these routines. ** ** ^If the Nth column returned by the statement is an expression or ** subquery and is not a column value, then all of these functions return ** NULL. ^These routine might also return NULL if a memory allocation error ** occurs. ^Otherwise, they return the name of the attached database, table, ** or column that query result column was extracted from. ** ** ^As with all other SQLite APIs, those whose names end with "16" return ** UTF-16 encoded strings and the other functions return UTF-8. ** ** ^These APIs are only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA] C-preprocessor symbol. ** ** If two or more threads call one or more of these routines against the same ** prepared statement and column at the same time then the results are ** undefined. ** ** If two or more threads call one or more ** [sqlite3_column_database_name | column metadata interfaces] ** for the same [prepared statement] and result column ** at the same time then the results are undefined. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Declared Datatype Of A Query Result ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^(The first parameter is a [prepared statement]. ** If this statement is a [SELECT] statement and the Nth column of the ** returned result set of that [SELECT] is a table column (not an ** expression or subquery) then the declared type of the table ** column is returned.)^ ^If the Nth column of the result set is an ** expression or subquery, then a NULL pointer is returned. ** ^The returned string is always UTF-8 encoded. ** ** ^(For example, given the database schema: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(c1 VARIANT); ** ** and the following statement to be compiled: ** ** SELECT c1 + 1, c1 FROM t1; ** ** this routine would return the string "VARIANT" for the second result ** column (i==1), and a NULL pointer for the first result column (i==0).)^ ** ** ^SQLite uses dynamic run-time typing. ^So just because a column ** is declared to contain a particular type does not mean that the ** data stored in that column is of the declared type. SQLite is ** strongly typed, but the typing is dynamic not static. ^Type ** is associated with individual values, not with the containers ** used to hold those values. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt*,int); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Evaluate An SQL Statement ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** After a [prepared statement] has been prepared using any of ** [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()], ** or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] or one of the legacy ** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] or [sqlite3_prepare16()], this function ** must be called one or more times to evaluate the statement. ** ** The details of the behavior of the sqlite3_step() interface depend ** on whether the statement was prepared using the newer "vX" interfaces ** [sqlite3_prepare_v3()], [sqlite3_prepare_v2()], [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()], ** [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or the older legacy ** interfaces [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()]. The use of the ** new "vX" interface is recommended for new applications but the legacy ** interface will continue to be supported. ** ** ^In the legacy interface, the return value will be either [SQLITE_BUSY], ** [SQLITE_DONE], [SQLITE_ROW], [SQLITE_ERROR], or [SQLITE_MISUSE]. ** ^With the "v2" interface, any of the other [result codes] or ** [extended result codes] might be returned as well. ** ** ^[SQLITE_BUSY] means that the database engine was unable to acquire the ** database locks it needs to do its job. ^If the statement is a [COMMIT] ** or occurs outside of an explicit transaction, then you can retry the ** statement. If the statement is not a [COMMIT] and occurs within an ** explicit transaction then you should rollback the transaction before ** continuing. ** ** ^[SQLITE_DONE] means that the statement has finished executing ** successfully. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on this virtual ** machine without first calling [sqlite3_reset()] to reset the virtual ** machine back to its initial state. ** ** ^If the SQL statement being executed returns any data, then [SQLITE_ROW] ** is returned each time a new row of data is ready for processing by the ** caller. The values may be accessed using the [column access functions]. ** sqlite3_step() is called again to retrieve the next row of data. ** ** ^[SQLITE_ERROR] means that a run-time error (such as a constraint ** violation) has occurred. sqlite3_step() should not be called again on ** the VM. More information may be found by calling [sqlite3_errmsg()]. ** ^With the legacy interface, a more specific error code (for example, ** [SQLITE_INTERRUPT], [SQLITE_SCHEMA], [SQLITE_CORRUPT], and so forth) ** can be obtained by calling [sqlite3_reset()] on the ** [prepared statement]. ^In the "v2" interface, ** the more specific error code is returned directly by sqlite3_step(). ** ** [SQLITE_MISUSE] means that the this routine was called inappropriately. ** Perhaps it was called on a [prepared statement] that has ** already been [sqlite3_finalize | finalized] or on one that had ** previously returned [SQLITE_ERROR] or [SQLITE_DONE]. Or it could ** be the case that the same database connection is being used by two or ** more threads at the same moment in time. ** ** For all versions of SQLite up to and including 3.6.23.1, a call to ** [sqlite3_reset()] was required after sqlite3_step() returned anything ** other than [SQLITE_ROW] before any subsequent invocation of ** sqlite3_step(). Failure to reset the prepared statement using ** [sqlite3_reset()] would result in an [SQLITE_MISUSE] return from ** sqlite3_step(). But after [version 3.6.23.1] ([dateof:3.6.23.1], ** sqlite3_step() began ** calling [sqlite3_reset()] automatically in this circumstance rather ** than returning [SQLITE_MISUSE]. This is not considered a compatibility ** break because any application that ever receives an SQLITE_MISUSE error ** is broken by definition. The [SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET] compile-time option ** can be used to restore the legacy behavior. ** ** Goofy Interface Alert: In the legacy interface, the sqlite3_step() ** API always returns a generic error code, [SQLITE_ERROR], following any ** error other than [SQLITE_BUSY] and [SQLITE_MISUSE]. You must call ** [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] in order to find one of the ** specific [error codes] that better describes the error. ** We admit that this is a goofy design. The problem has been fixed ** with the "v2" interface. If you prepare all of your SQL statements ** using [sqlite3_prepare_v3()] or [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] ** or [sqlite3_prepare16_v2()] or [sqlite3_prepare16_v3()] instead ** of the legacy [sqlite3_prepare()] and [sqlite3_prepare16()] interfaces, ** then the more specific [error codes] are returned directly ** by sqlite3_step(). The use of the "vX" interfaces is recommended. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Number of columns in a result set ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) interface returns the number of columns in the ** current row of the result set of [prepared statement] P. ** ^If prepared statement P does not have results ready to return ** (via calls to the [sqlite3_column_int | sqlite3_column_*()] of ** interfaces) then sqlite3_data_count(P) returns 0. ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine also returns 0 if P is a NULL pointer. ** ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) routine returns 0 if the previous call to ** [sqlite3_step](P) returned [SQLITE_DONE]. ^The sqlite3_data_count(P) ** will return non-zero if previous call to [sqlite3_step](P) returned ** [SQLITE_ROW], except in the case of the [PRAGMA incremental_vacuum] ** where it always returns zero since each step of that multi-step ** pragma returns 0 columns of data. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_column_count()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Fundamental Datatypes ** KEYWORDS: SQLITE_TEXT ** ** ^(Every value in SQLite has one of five fundamental datatypes: ** **
      **
    • 64-bit signed integer **
    • 64-bit IEEE floating point number **
    • string **
    • BLOB **
    • NULL **
    )^ ** ** These constants are codes for each of those types. ** ** Note that the SQLITE_TEXT constant was also used in SQLite version 2 ** for a completely different meaning. Software that links against both ** SQLite version 2 and SQLite version 3 should use SQLITE3_TEXT, not ** SQLITE_TEXT. */ #define SQLITE_INTEGER 1 #define SQLITE_FLOAT 2 #define SQLITE_BLOB 4 #define SQLITE_NULL 5 #ifdef SQLITE_TEXT # undef SQLITE_TEXT #else # define SQLITE_TEXT 3 #endif #define SQLITE3_TEXT 3 /* ** CAPI3REF: Result Values From A Query ** KEYWORDS: {column access functions} ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** Summary: **
    **
    sqlite3_column_blob→BLOB result **
    sqlite3_column_double→REAL result **
    sqlite3_column_int→32-bit INTEGER result **
    sqlite3_column_int64→64-bit INTEGER result **
    sqlite3_column_text→UTF-8 TEXT result **
    sqlite3_column_text16→UTF-16 TEXT result **
    sqlite3_column_value→The result as an ** [sqlite3_value|unprotected sqlite3_value] object. **
        **
    sqlite3_column_bytes→Size of a BLOB ** or a UTF-8 TEXT result in bytes **
    sqlite3_column_bytes16   ** →  Size of UTF-16 ** TEXT in bytes **
    sqlite3_column_type→Default ** datatype of the result **
    ** ** Details: ** ** ^These routines return information about a single column of the current ** result row of a query. ^In every case the first argument is a pointer ** to the [prepared statement] that is being evaluated (the [sqlite3_stmt*] ** that was returned from [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] or one of its variants) ** and the second argument is the index of the column for which information ** should be returned. ^The leftmost column of the result set has the index 0. ** ^The number of columns in the result can be determined using ** [sqlite3_column_count()]. ** ** If the SQL statement does not currently point to a valid row, or if the ** column index is out of range, the result is undefined. ** These routines may only be called when the most recent call to ** [sqlite3_step()] has returned [SQLITE_ROW] and neither ** [sqlite3_reset()] nor [sqlite3_finalize()] have been called subsequently. ** If any of these routines are called after [sqlite3_reset()] or ** [sqlite3_finalize()] or after [sqlite3_step()] has returned ** something other than [SQLITE_ROW], the results are undefined. ** If [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] ** are called from a different thread while any of these routines ** are pending, then the results are undefined. ** ** The first six interfaces (_blob, _double, _int, _int64, _text, and _text16) ** each return the value of a result column in a specific data format. If ** the result column is not initially in the requested format (for example, ** if the query returns an integer but the sqlite3_column_text() interface ** is used to extract the value) then an automatic type conversion is performed. ** ** ^The sqlite3_column_type() routine returns the ** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial data type ** of the result column. ^The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], ** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL]. ** The return value of sqlite3_column_type() can be used to decide which ** of the first six interface should be used to extract the column value. ** The value returned by sqlite3_column_type() is only meaningful if no ** automatic type conversions have occurred for the value in question. ** After a type conversion, the result of calling sqlite3_column_type() ** is undefined, though harmless. Future ** versions of SQLite may change the behavior of sqlite3_column_type() ** following a type conversion. ** ** If the result is a BLOB or a TEXT string, then the sqlite3_column_bytes() ** or sqlite3_column_bytes16() interfaces can be used to determine the size ** of that BLOB or string. ** ** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-8 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes() ** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. ** ^If the result is a UTF-16 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes() converts ** the string to UTF-8 and then returns the number of bytes. ** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes() uses ** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-8 string and returns ** the number of bytes in that string. ** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes() returns zero. ** ** ^If the result is a BLOB or UTF-16 string then the sqlite3_column_bytes16() ** routine returns the number of bytes in that BLOB or string. ** ^If the result is a UTF-8 string, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() converts ** the string to UTF-16 and then returns the number of bytes. ** ^If the result is a numeric value then sqlite3_column_bytes16() uses ** [sqlite3_snprintf()] to convert that value to a UTF-16 string and returns ** the number of bytes in that string. ** ^If the result is NULL, then sqlite3_column_bytes16() returns zero. ** ** ^The values returned by [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and ** [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] do not include the zero terminators at the end ** of the string. ^For clarity: the values returned by ** [sqlite3_column_bytes()] and [sqlite3_column_bytes16()] are the number of ** bytes in the string, not the number of characters. ** ** ^Strings returned by sqlite3_column_text() and sqlite3_column_text16(), ** even empty strings, are always zero-terminated. ^The return ** value from sqlite3_column_blob() for a zero-length BLOB is a NULL pointer. ** ** Warning: ^The object returned by [sqlite3_column_value()] is an ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object. In a multithreaded environment, ** an unprotected sqlite3_value object may only be used safely with ** [sqlite3_bind_value()] and [sqlite3_result_value()]. ** If the [unprotected sqlite3_value] object returned by ** [sqlite3_column_value()] is used in any other way, including calls ** to routines like [sqlite3_value_int()], [sqlite3_value_text()], ** or [sqlite3_value_bytes()], the behavior is not threadsafe. ** Hence, the sqlite3_column_value() interface ** is normally only useful within the implementation of ** [application-defined SQL functions] or [virtual tables], not within ** top-level application code. ** ** The these routines may attempt to convert the datatype of the result. ** ^For example, if the internal representation is FLOAT and a text result ** is requested, [sqlite3_snprintf()] is used internally to perform the ** conversion automatically. ^(The following table details the conversions ** that are applied: ** **
    ** **
    Internal
    Type     		Requested
    Type     		Conversion ** **
    NULL INTEGER Result is 0 **
    NULL FLOAT Result is 0.0 **
    NULL TEXT Result is a NULL pointer **
    NULL BLOB Result is a NULL pointer **
    INTEGER FLOAT Convert from integer to float **
    INTEGER TEXT ASCII rendering of the integer **
    INTEGER BLOB Same as INTEGER->TEXT **
    FLOAT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER **
    FLOAT TEXT ASCII rendering of the float **
    FLOAT BLOB [CAST] to BLOB **
    TEXT INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER **
    TEXT FLOAT [CAST] to REAL **
    TEXT BLOB No change **
    BLOB INTEGER [CAST] to INTEGER **
    BLOB FLOAT [CAST] to REAL **
    BLOB TEXT Add a zero terminator if needed **
    **
    )^ ** ** Note that when type conversions occur, pointers returned by prior ** calls to sqlite3_column_blob(), sqlite3_column_text(), and/or ** sqlite3_column_text16() may be invalidated. ** Type conversions and pointer invalidations might occur ** in the following cases: ** **
      **
    • The initial content is a BLOB and sqlite3_column_text() or ** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. A zero-terminator might ** need to be added to the string.
      • **
    • The initial content is UTF-8 text and sqlite3_column_bytes16() or ** sqlite3_column_text16() is called. The content must be converted ** to UTF-16.
      • **
    • The initial content is UTF-16 text and sqlite3_column_bytes() or ** sqlite3_column_text() is called. The content must be converted ** to UTF-8.
      • **
    ** ** ^Conversions between UTF-16be and UTF-16le are always done in place and do ** not invalidate a prior pointer, though of course the content of the buffer ** that the prior pointer references will have been modified. Other kinds ** of conversion are done in place when it is possible, but sometimes they ** are not possible and in those cases prior pointers are invalidated. ** ** The safest policy is to invoke these routines ** in one of the following ways: ** **
      **
    • sqlite3_column_text() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
      • **
    • sqlite3_column_blob() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes()
      • **
    • sqlite3_column_text16() followed by sqlite3_column_bytes16()
      • **
    ** ** In other words, you should call sqlite3_column_text(), ** sqlite3_column_blob(), or sqlite3_column_text16() first to force the result ** into the desired format, then invoke sqlite3_column_bytes() or ** sqlite3_column_bytes16() to find the size of the result. Do not mix calls ** to sqlite3_column_text() or sqlite3_column_blob() with calls to ** sqlite3_column_bytes16(), and do not mix calls to sqlite3_column_text16() ** with calls to sqlite3_column_bytes(). ** ** ^The pointers returned are valid until a type conversion occurs as ** described above, or until [sqlite3_step()] or [sqlite3_reset()] or ** [sqlite3_finalize()] is called. ^The memory space used to hold strings ** and BLOBs is freed automatically. Do not pass the pointers returned ** from [sqlite3_column_blob()], [sqlite3_column_text()], etc. into ** [sqlite3_free()]. ** ** As long as the input parameters are correct, these routines will only ** fail if an out-of-memory error occurs during a format conversion. ** Only the following subset of interfaces are subject to out-of-memory ** errors: ** **
      **
    • sqlite3_column_blob() **
    • sqlite3_column_text() **
    • sqlite3_column_text16() **
    • sqlite3_column_bytes() **
    • sqlite3_column_bytes16() **
    ** ** If an out-of-memory error occurs, then the return value from these ** routines is the same as if the column had contained an SQL NULL value. ** Valid SQL NULL returns can be distinguished from out-of-memory errors ** by invoking the [sqlite3_errcode()] immediately after the suspect ** return value is obtained and before any ** other SQLite interface is called on the same [database connection]. */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt*, int iCol); /* ** CAPI3REF: Destroy A Prepared Statement Object ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_finalize() function is called to delete a [prepared statement]. ** ^If the most recent evaluation of the statement encountered no errors ** or if the statement is never been evaluated, then sqlite3_finalize() returns ** SQLITE_OK. ^If the most recent evaluation of statement S failed, then ** sqlite3_finalize(S) returns the appropriate [error code] or ** [extended error code]. ** ** ^The sqlite3_finalize(S) routine can be called at any point during ** the life cycle of [prepared statement] S: ** before statement S is ever evaluated, after ** one or more calls to [sqlite3_reset()], or after any call ** to [sqlite3_step()] regardless of whether or not the statement has ** completed execution. ** ** ^Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL pointer is a harmless no-op. ** ** The application must finalize every [prepared statement] in order to avoid ** resource leaks. It is a grievous error for the application to try to use ** a prepared statement after it has been finalized. Any use of a prepared ** statement after it has been finalized can result in undefined and ** undesirable behavior such as segfaults and heap corruption. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset A Prepared Statement Object ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** The sqlite3_reset() function is called to reset a [prepared statement] ** object back to its initial state, ready to be re-executed. ** ^Any SQL statement variables that had values bound to them using ** the [sqlite3_bind_blob | sqlite3_bind_*() API] retain their values. ** Use [sqlite3_clear_bindings()] to reset the bindings. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface resets the [prepared statement] S ** back to the beginning of its program. ** ** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the ** [prepared statement] S returned [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], ** or if [sqlite3_step(S)] has never before been called on S, ** then [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ** ^If the most recent call to [sqlite3_step(S)] for the ** [prepared statement] S indicated an error, then ** [sqlite3_reset(S)] returns an appropriate [error code]. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_reset(S)] interface does not change the values ** of any [sqlite3_bind_blob|bindings] on the [prepared statement] S. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Create Or Redefine SQL Functions ** KEYWORDS: {function creation routines} ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL function} ** KEYWORDS: {application-defined SQL functions} ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^These functions (collectively known as "function creation routines") ** are used to add SQL functions or aggregates or to redefine the behavior ** of existing SQL functions or aggregates. The only differences between ** the three "sqlite3_create_function*" routines are the text encoding ** expected for the second parameter (the name of the function being ** created) and the presence or absence of a destructor callback for ** the application data pointer. Function sqlite3_create_window_function() ** is similar, but allows the user to supply the extra callback functions ** needed by [aggregate window functions]. ** ** ^The first parameter is the [database connection] to which the SQL ** function is to be added. ^If an application uses more than one database ** connection then application-defined SQL functions must be added ** to each database connection separately. ** ** ^The second parameter is the name of the SQL function to be created or ** redefined. ^The length of the name is limited to 255 bytes in a UTF-8 ** representation, exclusive of the zero-terminator. ^Note that the name ** length limit is in UTF-8 bytes, not characters nor UTF-16 bytes. ** ^Any attempt to create a function with a longer name ** will result in [SQLITE_MISUSE] being returned. ** ** ^The third parameter (nArg) ** is the number of arguments that the SQL function or ** aggregate takes. ^If this parameter is -1, then the SQL function or ** aggregate may take any number of arguments between 0 and the limit ** set by [sqlite3_limit]([SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]). If the third ** parameter is less than -1 or greater than 127 then the behavior is ** undefined. ** ** ^The fourth parameter, eTextRep, specifies what ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | text encoding] this SQL function prefers for ** its parameters. The application should set this parameter to ** [SQLITE_UTF16LE] if the function implementation invokes ** [sqlite3_value_text16le()] on an input, or [SQLITE_UTF16BE] if the ** implementation invokes [sqlite3_value_text16be()] on an input, or ** [SQLITE_UTF16] if [sqlite3_value_text16()] is used, or [SQLITE_UTF8] ** otherwise. ^The same SQL function may be registered multiple times using ** different preferred text encodings, with different implementations for ** each encoding. ** ^When multiple implementations of the same function are available, SQLite ** will pick the one that involves the least amount of data conversion. ** ** ^The fourth parameter may optionally be ORed with [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] ** to signal that the function will always return the same result given ** the same inputs within a single SQL statement. Most SQL functions are ** deterministic. The built-in [random()] SQL function is an example of a ** function that is not deterministic. The SQLite query planner is able to ** perform additional optimizations on deterministic functions, so use ** of the [SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC] flag is recommended where possible. ** ** ^(The fifth parameter is an arbitrary pointer. The implementation of the ** function can gain access to this pointer using [sqlite3_user_data()].)^ ** ** ^The sixth, seventh and eighth parameters passed to the three ** "sqlite3_create_function*" functions, xFunc, xStep and xFinal, are ** pointers to C-language functions that implement the SQL function or ** aggregate. ^A scalar SQL function requires an implementation of the xFunc ** callback only; NULL pointers must be passed as the xStep and xFinal ** parameters. ^An aggregate SQL function requires an implementation of xStep ** and xFinal and NULL pointer must be passed for xFunc. ^To delete an existing ** SQL function or aggregate, pass NULL pointers for all three function ** callbacks. ** ** ^The sixth, seventh, eighth and ninth parameters (xStep, xFinal, xValue ** and xInverse) passed to sqlite3_create_window_function are pointers to ** C-language callbacks that implement the new function. xStep and xFinal ** must both be non-NULL. xValue and xInverse may either both be NULL, in ** which case a regular aggregate function is created, or must both be ** non-NULL, in which case the new function may be used as either an aggregate ** or aggregate window function. More details regarding the implementation ** of aggregate window functions are ** [user-defined window functions|available here]. ** ** ^(If the final parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2() or ** sqlite3_create_window_function() is not NULL, then it is destructor for ** the application data pointer. The destructor is invoked when the function ** is deleted, either by being overloaded or when the database connection ** closes.)^ ^The destructor is also invoked if the call to ** sqlite3_create_function_v2() fails. ^When the destructor callback is ** invoked, it is passed a single argument which is a copy of the application ** data pointer which was the fifth parameter to sqlite3_create_function_v2(). ** ** ^It is permitted to register multiple implementations of the same ** functions with the same name but with either differing numbers of ** arguments or differing preferred text encodings. ^SQLite will use ** the implementation that most closely matches the way in which the ** SQL function is used. ^A function implementation with a non-negative ** nArg parameter is a better match than a function implementation with ** a negative nArg. ^A function where the preferred text encoding ** matches the database encoding is a better ** match than a function where the encoding is different. ** ^A function where the encoding difference is between UTF16le and UTF16be ** is a closer match than a function where the encoding difference is ** between UTF8 and UTF16. ** ** ^Built-in functions may be overloaded by new application-defined functions. ** ** ^An application-defined function is permitted to call other ** SQLite interfaces. However, such calls must not ** close the database connection nor finalize or reset the prepared ** statement in which the function is running. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( sqlite3 *db, const void *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *pApp, void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Text Encodings ** ** These constant define integer codes that represent the various ** text encodings supported by SQLite. */ #define SQLITE_UTF8 1 /* IMP: R-37514-35566 */ #define SQLITE_UTF16LE 2 /* IMP: R-03371-37637 */ #define SQLITE_UTF16BE 3 /* IMP: R-51971-34154 */ #define SQLITE_UTF16 4 /* Use native byte order */ #define SQLITE_ANY 5 /* Deprecated */ #define SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED 8 /* sqlite3_create_collation only */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Flags ** ** These constants may be ORed together with the ** [SQLITE_UTF8 | preferred text encoding] as the fourth argument ** to [sqlite3_create_function()], [sqlite3_create_function16()], or ** [sqlite3_create_function_v2()]. */ #define SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC 0x800 /* ** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Functions ** DEPRECATED ** ** These functions are [deprecated]. In order to maintain ** backwards compatibility with older code, these functions continue ** to be supported. However, new applications should avoid ** the use of these functions. To encourage programmers to avoid ** these functions, we will not explain what they do. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt*, sqlite3_stmt*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_global_recover(void); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void); SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED int sqlite3_memory_alarm(void(*)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int), void*,sqlite3_int64); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtaining SQL Values ** METHOD: sqlite3_value ** ** Summary: **
    **
    sqlite3_value_blob→BLOB value **
    sqlite3_value_double→REAL value **
    sqlite3_value_int→32-bit INTEGER value **
    sqlite3_value_int64→64-bit INTEGER value **
    sqlite3_value_pointer→Pointer value **
    sqlite3_value_text→UTF-8 TEXT value **
    sqlite3_value_text16→UTF-16 TEXT value in ** the native byteorder **
    sqlite3_value_text16be→UTF-16be TEXT value **
    sqlite3_value_text16le→UTF-16le TEXT value **
        **
    sqlite3_value_bytes→Size of a BLOB ** or a UTF-8 TEXT in bytes **
    sqlite3_value_bytes16   ** →  Size of UTF-16 ** TEXT in bytes **
    sqlite3_value_type→Default ** datatype of the value **
    sqlite3_value_numeric_type   ** →  Best numeric datatype of the value **
    sqlite3_value_nochange   ** →  True if the column is unchanged in an UPDATE ** against a virtual table. **
    ** ** Details: ** ** These routines extract type, size, and content information from ** [protected sqlite3_value] objects. Protected sqlite3_value objects ** are used to pass parameter information into implementation of ** [application-defined SQL functions] and [virtual tables]. ** ** These routines work only with [protected sqlite3_value] objects. ** Any attempt to use these routines on an [unprotected sqlite3_value] ** is not threadsafe. ** ** ^These routines work just like the corresponding [column access functions] ** except that these routines take a single [protected sqlite3_value] object ** pointer instead of a [sqlite3_stmt*] pointer and an integer column number. ** ** ^The sqlite3_value_text16() interface extracts a UTF-16 string ** in the native byte-order of the host machine. ^The ** sqlite3_value_text16be() and sqlite3_value_text16le() interfaces ** extract UTF-16 strings as big-endian and little-endian respectively. ** ** ^If [sqlite3_value] object V was initialized ** using [sqlite3_bind_pointer(S,I,P,X,D)] or [sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,X,D)] ** and if X and Y are strings that compare equal according to strcmp(X,Y), ** then sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) will return the pointer P. ^Otherwise, ** sqlite3_value_pointer(V,Y) returns a NULL. The sqlite3_bind_pointer() ** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_value_type(V) interface returns the ** [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype code] for the initial datatype of the ** [sqlite3_value] object V. The returned value is one of [SQLITE_INTEGER], ** [SQLITE_FLOAT], [SQLITE_TEXT], [SQLITE_BLOB], or [SQLITE_NULL].)^ ** Other interfaces might change the datatype for an sqlite3_value object. ** For example, if the datatype is initially SQLITE_INTEGER and ** sqlite3_value_text(V) is called to extract a text value for that ** integer, then subsequent calls to sqlite3_value_type(V) might return ** SQLITE_TEXT. Whether or not a persistent internal datatype conversion ** occurs is undefined and may change from one release of SQLite to the next. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_value_numeric_type() interface attempts to apply ** numeric affinity to the value. This means that an attempt is ** made to convert the value to an integer or floating point. If ** such a conversion is possible without loss of information (in other ** words, if the value is a string that looks like a number) ** then the conversion is performed. Otherwise no conversion occurs. ** The [SQLITE_INTEGER | datatype] after conversion is returned.)^ ** ** ^Within the [xUpdate] method of a [virtual table], the ** sqlite3_value_nochange(X) interface returns true if and only if ** the column corresponding to X is unchanged by the UPDATE operation ** that the xUpdate method call was invoked to implement and if ** and the prior [xColumn] method call that was invoked to extracted ** the value for that column returned without setting a result (probably ** because it queried [sqlite3_vtab_nochange()] and found that the column ** was unchanging). ^Within an [xUpdate] method, any value for which ** sqlite3_value_nochange(X) is true will in all other respects appear ** to be a NULL value. If sqlite3_value_nochange(X) is invoked anywhere other ** than within an [xUpdate] method call for an UPDATE statement, then ** the return value is arbitrary and meaningless. ** ** Please pay particular attention to the fact that the pointer returned ** from [sqlite3_value_blob()], [sqlite3_value_text()], or ** [sqlite3_value_text16()] can be invalidated by a subsequent call to ** [sqlite3_value_bytes()], [sqlite3_value_bytes16()], [sqlite3_value_text()], ** or [sqlite3_value_text16()]. ** ** These routines must be called from the same thread as ** the SQL function that supplied the [sqlite3_value*] parameters. ** ** As long as the input parameter is correct, these routines can only ** fail if an out-of-memory error occurs during a format conversion. ** Only the following subset of interfaces are subject to out-of-memory ** errors: ** **
      **
    • sqlite3_value_blob() **
    • sqlite3_value_text() **
    • sqlite3_value_text16() **
    • sqlite3_value_text16le() **
    • sqlite3_value_text16be() **
    • sqlite3_value_bytes() **
    • sqlite3_value_bytes16() **
    ** ** If an out-of-memory error occurs, then the return value from these ** routines is the same as if the column had contained an SQL NULL value. ** Valid SQL NULL returns can be distinguished from out-of-memory errors ** by invoking the [sqlite3_errcode()] immediately after the suspect ** return value is obtained and before any ** other SQLite interface is called on the same [database connection]. */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_value_pointer(sqlite3_value*, const char*); SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_nochange(sqlite3_value*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Finding The Subtype Of SQL Values ** METHOD: sqlite3_value ** ** The sqlite3_value_subtype(V) function returns the subtype for ** an [application-defined SQL function] argument V. The subtype ** information can be used to pass a limited amount of context from ** one SQL function to another. Use the [sqlite3_result_subtype()] ** routine to set the subtype for the return value of an SQL function. */ SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Copy And Free SQL Values ** METHOD: sqlite3_value ** ** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] ** object D and returns a pointer to that copy. ^The [sqlite3_value] returned ** is a [protected sqlite3_value] object even if the input is not. ** ^The sqlite3_value_dup(V) interface returns NULL if V is NULL or if a ** memory allocation fails. ** ** ^The sqlite3_value_free(V) interface frees an [sqlite3_value] object ** previously obtained from [sqlite3_value_dup()]. ^If V is a NULL pointer ** then sqlite3_value_free(V) is a harmless no-op. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Aggregate Function Context ** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** Implementations of aggregate SQL functions use this ** routine to allocate memory for storing their state. ** ** ^The first time the sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine is called ** for a particular aggregate function, SQLite ** allocates N of memory, zeroes out that memory, and returns a pointer ** to the new memory. ^On second and subsequent calls to ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() for the same aggregate function instance, ** the same buffer is returned. Sqlite3_aggregate_context() is normally ** called once for each invocation of the xStep callback and then one ** last time when the xFinal callback is invoked. ^(When no rows match ** an aggregate query, the xStep() callback of the aggregate function ** implementation is never called and xFinal() is called exactly once. ** In those cases, sqlite3_aggregate_context() might be called for the ** first time from within xFinal().)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) routine returns a NULL pointer ** when first called if N is less than or equal to zero or if a memory ** allocate error occurs. ** ** ^(The amount of space allocated by sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) is ** determined by the N parameter on first successful call. Changing the ** value of N in subsequent call to sqlite3_aggregate_context() within ** the same aggregate function instance will not resize the memory ** allocation.)^ Within the xFinal callback, it is customary to set ** N=0 in calls to sqlite3_aggregate_context(C,N) so that no ** pointless memory allocations occur. ** ** ^SQLite automatically frees the memory allocated by ** sqlite3_aggregate_context() when the aggregate query concludes. ** ** The first parameter must be a copy of the ** [sqlite3_context | SQL function context] that is the first parameter ** to the xStep or xFinal callback routine that implements the aggregate ** function. ** ** This routine must be called from the same thread in which ** the aggregate SQL function is running. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context*, int nBytes); /* ** CAPI3REF: User Data For Functions ** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** ^The sqlite3_user_data() interface returns a copy of ** the pointer that was the pUserData parameter (the 5th parameter) ** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] ** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally ** registered the application defined function. ** ** This routine must be called from the same thread in which ** the application-defined function is running. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection For Functions ** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** ^The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface returns a copy of ** the pointer to the [database connection] (the 1st parameter) ** of the [sqlite3_create_function()] ** and [sqlite3_create_function16()] routines that originally ** registered the application defined function. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Function Auxiliary Data ** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** These functions may be used by (non-aggregate) SQL functions to ** associate metadata with argument values. If the same value is passed to ** multiple invocations of the same SQL function during query execution, under ** some circumstances the associated metadata may be preserved. An example ** of where this might be useful is in a regular-expression matching ** function. The compiled version of the regular expression can be stored as ** metadata associated with the pattern string. ** Then as long as the pattern string remains the same, ** the compiled regular expression can be reused on multiple ** invocations of the same function. ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) interface returns a pointer to the metadata ** associated by the sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) function with the Nth argument ** value to the application-defined function. ^N is zero for the left-most ** function argument. ^If there is no metadata ** associated with the function argument, the sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) interface ** returns a NULL pointer. ** ** ^The sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) interface saves P as metadata for the N-th ** argument of the application-defined function. ^Subsequent ** calls to sqlite3_get_auxdata(C,N) return P from the most recent ** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) call if the metadata is still valid or ** NULL if the metadata has been discarded. ** ^After each call to sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) where X is not NULL, ** SQLite will invoke the destructor function X with parameter P exactly ** once, when the metadata is discarded. ** SQLite is free to discard the metadata at any time, including:
      **
    • ^(when the corresponding function parameter changes)^, or **
    • ^(when [sqlite3_reset()] or [sqlite3_finalize()] is called for the ** SQL statement)^, or **
    • ^(when sqlite3_set_auxdata() is invoked again on the same ** parameter)^, or **
    • ^(during the original sqlite3_set_auxdata() call when a memory ** allocation error occurs.)^
    ** ** Note the last bullet in particular. The destructor X in ** sqlite3_set_auxdata(C,N,P,X) might be called immediately, before the ** sqlite3_set_auxdata() interface even returns. Hence sqlite3_set_auxdata() ** should be called near the end of the function implementation and the ** function implementation should not make any use of P after ** sqlite3_set_auxdata() has been called. ** ** ^(In practice, metadata is preserved between function calls for ** function parameters that are compile-time constants, including literal ** values and [parameters] and expressions composed from the same.)^ ** ** The value of the N parameter to these interfaces should be non-negative. ** Future enhancements may make use of negative N values to define new ** kinds of function caching behavior. ** ** These routines must be called from the same thread in which ** the SQL function is running. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata(sqlite3_context*, int N, void*, void (*)(void*)); /* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Defining Special Destructor Behavior ** ** These are special values for the destructor that is passed in as the ** final argument to routines like [sqlite3_result_blob()]. ^If the destructor ** argument is SQLITE_STATIC, it means that the content pointer is constant ** and will never change. It does not need to be destroyed. ^The ** SQLITE_TRANSIENT value means that the content will likely change in ** the near future and that SQLite should make its own private copy of ** the content before returning. ** ** The typedef is necessary to work around problems in certain ** C++ compilers. */ typedef void (*sqlite3_destructor_type)(void*); #define SQLITE_STATIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)0) #define SQLITE_TRANSIENT ((sqlite3_destructor_type)-1) /* ** CAPI3REF: Setting The Result Of An SQL Function ** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** These routines are used by the xFunc or xFinal callbacks that ** implement SQL functions and aggregates. See ** [sqlite3_create_function()] and [sqlite3_create_function16()] ** for additional information. ** ** These functions work very much like the [parameter binding] family of ** functions used to bind values to host parameters in prepared statements. ** Refer to the [SQL parameter] documentation for additional information. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_blob() interface sets the result from ** an application-defined function to be the BLOB whose content is pointed ** to by the second parameter and which is N bytes long where N is the ** third parameter. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_zeroblob(C,N) and sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(C,N) ** interfaces set the result of the application-defined function to be ** a BLOB containing all zero bytes and N bytes in size. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_double() interface sets the result from ** an application-defined function to be a floating point value specified ** by its 2nd argument. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() functions ** cause the implemented SQL function to throw an exception. ** ^SQLite uses the string pointed to by the ** 2nd parameter of sqlite3_result_error() or sqlite3_result_error16() ** as the text of an error message. ^SQLite interprets the error ** message string from sqlite3_result_error() as UTF-8. ^SQLite ** interprets the string from sqlite3_result_error16() as UTF-16 in native ** byte order. ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() ** or sqlite3_result_error16() is negative then SQLite takes as the error ** message all text up through the first zero character. ** ^If the third parameter to sqlite3_result_error() or ** sqlite3_result_error16() is non-negative then SQLite takes that many ** bytes (not characters) from the 2nd parameter as the error message. ** ^The sqlite3_result_error() and sqlite3_result_error16() ** routines make a private copy of the error message text before ** they return. Hence, the calling function can deallocate or ** modify the text after they return without harm. ** ^The sqlite3_result_error_code() function changes the error code ** returned by SQLite as a result of an error in a function. ^By default, ** the error code is SQLITE_ERROR. ^A subsequent call to sqlite3_result_error() ** or sqlite3_result_error16() resets the error code to SQLITE_ERROR. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_error_toobig() interface causes SQLite to throw an ** error indicating that a string or BLOB is too long to represent. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_error_nomem() interface causes SQLite to throw an ** error indicating that a memory allocation failed. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_int() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be the 32-bit signed integer ** value given in the 2nd argument. ** ^The sqlite3_result_int64() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be the 64-bit signed integer ** value given in the 2nd argument. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_null() interface sets the return value ** of the application-defined function to be NULL. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_text(), sqlite3_result_text16(), ** sqlite3_result_text16le(), and sqlite3_result_text16be() interfaces ** set the return value of the application-defined function to be ** a text string which is represented as UTF-8, UTF-16 native byte order, ** UTF-16 little endian, or UTF-16 big endian, respectively. ** ^The sqlite3_result_text64() interface sets the return value of an ** application-defined function to be a text string in an encoding ** specified by the fifth (and last) parameter, which must be one ** of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], or [SQLITE_UTF16LE]. ** ^SQLite takes the text result from the application from ** the 2nd parameter of the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces. ** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** is negative, then SQLite takes result text from the 2nd parameter ** through the first zero character. ** ^If the 3rd parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** is non-negative, then as many bytes (not characters) of the text ** pointed to by the 2nd parameter are taken as the application-defined ** function result. If the 3rd parameter is non-negative, then it ** must be the byte offset into the string where the NUL terminator would ** appear if the string where NUL terminated. If any NUL characters occur ** in the string at a byte offset that is less than the value of the 3rd ** parameter, then the resulting string will contain embedded NULs and the ** result of expressions operating on strings with embedded NULs is undefined. ** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** or sqlite3_result_blob is a non-NULL pointer, then SQLite calls that ** function as the destructor on the text or BLOB result when it has ** finished using that result. ** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces or to ** sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_STATIC, then SQLite ** assumes that the text or BLOB result is in constant space and does not ** copy the content of the parameter nor call a destructor on the content ** when it has finished using that result. ** ^If the 4th parameter to the sqlite3_result_text* interfaces ** or sqlite3_result_blob is the special constant SQLITE_TRANSIENT ** then SQLite makes a copy of the result into space obtained ** from [sqlite3_malloc()] before it returns. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_value() interface sets the result of ** the application-defined function to be a copy of the ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object specified by the 2nd parameter. ^The ** sqlite3_result_value() interface makes a copy of the [sqlite3_value] ** so that the [sqlite3_value] specified in the parameter may change or ** be deallocated after sqlite3_result_value() returns without harm. ** ^A [protected sqlite3_value] object may always be used where an ** [unprotected sqlite3_value] object is required, so either ** kind of [sqlite3_value] object can be used with this interface. ** ** ^The sqlite3_result_pointer(C,P,T,D) interface sets the result to an ** SQL NULL value, just like [sqlite3_result_null(C)], except that it ** also associates the host-language pointer P or type T with that ** NULL value such that the pointer can be retrieved within an ** [application-defined SQL function] using [sqlite3_value_pointer()]. ** ^If the D parameter is not NULL, then it is a pointer to a destructor ** for the P parameter. ^SQLite invokes D with P as its only argument ** when SQLite is finished with P. The T parameter should be a static ** string and preferably a string literal. The sqlite3_result_pointer() ** routine is part of the [pointer passing interface] added for SQLite 3.20.0. ** ** If these routines are called from within the different thread ** than the one containing the application-defined function that received ** the [sqlite3_context] pointer, the results are undefined. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64(sqlite3_context*,const void*, sqlite3_uint64,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context*, double); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context*, int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text(sqlite3_context*, const char*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64(sqlite3_context*, const char*,sqlite3_uint64, void(*)(void*), unsigned char encoding); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be(sqlite3_context*, const void*, int,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_pointer(sqlite3_context*, void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context*, int n); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context*, sqlite3_uint64 n); /* ** CAPI3REF: Setting The Subtype Of An SQL Function ** METHOD: sqlite3_context ** ** The sqlite3_result_subtype(C,T) function causes the subtype of ** the result from the [application-defined SQL function] with ** [sqlite3_context] C to be the value T. Only the lower 8 bits ** of the subtype T are preserved in current versions of SQLite; ** higher order bits are discarded. ** The number of subtype bytes preserved by SQLite might increase ** in future releases of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Define New Collating Sequences ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^These functions add, remove, or modify a [collation] associated ** with the [database connection] specified as the first argument. ** ** ^The name of the collation is a UTF-8 string ** for sqlite3_create_collation() and sqlite3_create_collation_v2() ** and a UTF-16 string in native byte order for sqlite3_create_collation16(). ** ^Collation names that compare equal according to [sqlite3_strnicmp()] are ** considered to be the same name. ** ** ^(The third argument (eTextRep) must be one of the constants: **
      **
    • [SQLITE_UTF8], **
    • [SQLITE_UTF16LE], **
    • [SQLITE_UTF16BE], **
    • [SQLITE_UTF16], or **
    • [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED]. **
    )^ ** ^The eTextRep argument determines the encoding of strings passed ** to the collating function callback, xCallback. ** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16] and [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] values for eTextRep ** force strings to be UTF16 with native byte order. ** ^The [SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED] value for eTextRep forces strings to begin ** on an even byte address. ** ** ^The fourth argument, pArg, is an application data pointer that is passed ** through as the first argument to the collating function callback. ** ** ^The fifth argument, xCallback, is a pointer to the collating function. ** ^Multiple collating functions can be registered using the same name but ** with different eTextRep parameters and SQLite will use whichever ** function requires the least amount of data transformation. ** ^If the xCallback argument is NULL then the collating function is ** deleted. ^When all collating functions having the same name are deleted, ** that collation is no longer usable. ** ** ^The collating function callback is invoked with a copy of the pArg ** application data pointer and with two strings in the encoding specified ** by the eTextRep argument. The collating function must return an ** integer that is negative, zero, or positive ** if the first string is less than, equal to, or greater than the second, ** respectively. A collating function must always return the same answer ** given the same inputs. If two or more collating functions are registered ** to the same collation name (using different eTextRep values) then all ** must give an equivalent answer when invoked with equivalent strings. ** The collating function must obey the following properties for all ** strings A, B, and C: ** **
      **
    1. If A==B then B==A. **
    2. If A==B and B==C then A==C. **
    3. If A<B THEN B>A. **
    4. If A<B and B<C then A<C. **
    ** ** If a collating function fails any of the above constraints and that ** collating function is registered and used, then the behavior of SQLite ** is undefined. ** ** ^The sqlite3_create_collation_v2() works like sqlite3_create_collation() ** with the addition that the xDestroy callback is invoked on pArg when ** the collating function is deleted. ** ^Collating functions are deleted when they are overridden by later ** calls to the collation creation functions or when the ** [database connection] is closed using [sqlite3_close()]. ** ** ^The xDestroy callback is not called if the ** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() function fails. Applications that invoke ** sqlite3_create_collation_v2() with a non-NULL xDestroy argument should ** check the return code and dispose of the application data pointer ** themselves rather than expecting SQLite to deal with it for them. ** This is different from every other SQLite interface. The inconsistency ** is unfortunate but cannot be changed without breaking backwards ** compatibility. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_collation_needed()] and [sqlite3_collation_needed16()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation( sqlite3*, const char *zName, int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation_v2( sqlite3*, const char *zName, int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( sqlite3*, const void *zName, int eTextRep, void *pArg, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Collation Needed Callbacks ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^To avoid having to register all collation sequences before a database ** can be used, a single callback function may be registered with the ** [database connection] to be invoked whenever an undefined collation ** sequence is required. ** ** ^If the function is registered using the sqlite3_collation_needed() API, ** then it is passed the names of undefined collation sequences as strings ** encoded in UTF-8. ^If sqlite3_collation_needed16() is used, ** the names are passed as UTF-16 in machine native byte order. ** ^A call to either function replaces the existing collation-needed callback. ** ** ^(When the callback is invoked, the first argument passed is a copy ** of the second argument to sqlite3_collation_needed() or ** sqlite3_collation_needed16(). The second argument is the database ** connection. The third argument is one of [SQLITE_UTF8], [SQLITE_UTF16BE], ** or [SQLITE_UTF16LE], indicating the most desirable form of the collation ** sequence function required. The fourth parameter is the name of the ** required collation sequence.)^ ** ** The callback function should register the desired collation using ** [sqlite3_create_collation()], [sqlite3_create_collation16()], or ** [sqlite3_create_collation_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( sqlite3*, void*, void(*)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ); #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* ** Specify the key for an encrypted database. This routine should be ** called right after sqlite3_open(). ** ** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release ** of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_key_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The key */ ); /* ** Change the key on an open database. If the current database is not ** encrypted, this routine will encrypt it. If pNew==0 or nNew==0, the ** database is decrypted. ** ** The code to implement this API is not available in the public release ** of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rekey_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database to be rekeyed */ const char *zDbName, /* Name of the database */ const void *pKey, int nKey /* The new key */ ); /* ** Specify the activation key for a SEE database. Unless ** activated, none of the SEE routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_see( const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ ); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD /* ** Specify the activation key for a CEROD database. Unless ** activated, none of the CEROD routines will work. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_activate_cerod( const char *zPassPhrase /* Activation phrase */ ); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Suspend Execution For A Short Time ** ** The sqlite3_sleep() function causes the current thread to suspend execution ** for at least a number of milliseconds specified in its parameter. ** ** If the operating system does not support sleep requests with ** millisecond time resolution, then the time will be rounded up to ** the nearest second. The number of milliseconds of sleep actually ** requested from the operating system is returned. ** ** ^SQLite implements this interface by calling the xSleep() ** method of the default [sqlite3_vfs] object. If the xSleep() method ** of the default VFS is not implemented correctly, or not implemented at ** all, then the behavior of sqlite3_sleep() may deviate from the description ** in the previous paragraphs. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Temporary Files ** ** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is ** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all temporary files ** created by SQLite when using a built-in [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] ** will be placed in that directory.)^ ^If this variable ** is a NULL pointer, then SQLite performs a search for an appropriate ** temporary file directory. ** ** Applications are strongly discouraged from using this global variable. ** It is required to set a temporary folder on Windows Runtime (WinRT). ** But for all other platforms, it is highly recommended that applications ** neither read nor write this variable. This global variable is a relic ** that exists for backwards compatibility of legacy applications and should ** be avoided in new projects. ** ** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one ** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable ** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate ** thread. ** It is intended that this variable be set once ** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface ** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged ** thereafter. ** ** ^The [temp_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [temp_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string ** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be ** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] ** or else the use of the [temp_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. ** Except when requested by the [temp_store_directory pragma], SQLite ** does not free the memory that sqlite3_temp_directory points to. If ** the application wants that memory to be freed, it must do ** so itself, taking care to only do so after all [database connection] ** objects have been destroyed. ** ** Note to Windows Runtime users: The temporary directory must be set ** prior to calling [sqlite3_open] or [sqlite3_open_v2]. Otherwise, various ** features that require the use of temporary files may fail. Here is an ** example of how to do this using C++ with the Windows Runtime: ** ** 
    ** LPCWSTR zPath = Windows::Storage::ApplicationData::Current->
**       TemporaryFolder->Path->Data();
** char zPathBuf[MAX_PATH + 1];
** memset(zPathBuf, 0, sizeof(zPathBuf));
** WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zPath, -1, zPathBuf, sizeof(zPathBuf),
**       NULL, NULL);
** sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zPathBuf);
**
    */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory; /* ** CAPI3REF: Name Of The Folder Holding Database Files ** ** ^(If this global variable is made to point to a string which is ** the name of a folder (a.k.a. directory), then all database files ** specified with a relative pathname and created or accessed by ** SQLite when using a built-in windows [sqlite3_vfs | VFS] will be assumed ** to be relative to that directory.)^ ^If this variable is a NULL ** pointer, then SQLite assumes that all database files specified ** with a relative pathname are relative to the current directory ** for the process. Only the windows VFS makes use of this global ** variable; it is ignored by the unix VFS. ** ** Changing the value of this variable while a database connection is ** open can result in a corrupt database. ** ** It is not safe to read or modify this variable in more than one ** thread at a time. It is not safe to read or modify this variable ** if a [database connection] is being used at the same time in a separate ** thread. ** It is intended that this variable be set once ** as part of process initialization and before any SQLite interface ** routines have been called and that this variable remain unchanged ** thereafter. ** ** ^The [data_store_directory pragma] may modify this variable and cause ** it to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc]. ^Furthermore, ** the [data_store_directory pragma] always assumes that any string ** that this variable points to is held in memory obtained from ** [sqlite3_malloc] and the pragma may attempt to free that memory ** using [sqlite3_free]. ** Hence, if this variable is modified directly, either it should be ** made NULL or made to point to memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] ** or else the use of the [data_store_directory pragma] should be avoided. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory; /* ** CAPI3REF: Win32 Specific Interface ** ** These interfaces are available only on Windows. The ** [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface is used to set the value associated ** with the [sqlite3_temp_directory] or [sqlite3_data_directory] variable, to ** zValue, depending on the value of the type parameter. The zValue parameter ** should be NULL to cause the previous value to be freed via [sqlite3_free]; ** a non-NULL value will be copied into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc] ** prior to being used. The [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface returns ** [SQLITE_OK] to indicate success, [SQLITE_ERROR] if the type is unsupported, ** or [SQLITE_NOMEM] if memory could not be allocated. The value of the ** [sqlite3_data_directory] variable is intended to act as a replacement for ** the current directory on the sub-platforms of Win32 where that concept is ** not present, e.g. WinRT and UWP. The [sqlite3_win32_set_directory8] and ** [sqlite3_win32_set_directory16] interfaces behave exactly the same as the ** sqlite3_win32_set_directory interface except the string parameter must be ** UTF-8 or UTF-16, respectively. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory( unsigned long type, /* Identifier for directory being set or reset */ void *zValue /* New value for directory being set or reset */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory8(unsigned long type, const char *zValue); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory16(unsigned long type, const void *zValue); /* ** CAPI3REF: Win32 Directory Types ** ** These macros are only available on Windows. They define the allowed values ** for the type argument to the [sqlite3_win32_set_directory] interface. */ #define SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE 1 #define SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE 2 /* ** CAPI3REF: Test For Auto-Commit Mode ** KEYWORDS: {autocommit mode} ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_get_autocommit() interface returns non-zero or ** zero if the given database connection is or is not in autocommit mode, ** respectively. ^Autocommit mode is on by default. ** ^Autocommit mode is disabled by a [BEGIN] statement. ** ^Autocommit mode is re-enabled by a [COMMIT] or [ROLLBACK]. ** ** If certain kinds of errors occur on a statement within a multi-statement ** transaction (errors including [SQLITE_FULL], [SQLITE_IOERR], ** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], and [SQLITE_INTERRUPT]) then the ** transaction might be rolled back automatically. The only way to ** find out whether SQLite automatically rolled back the transaction after ** an error is to use this function. ** ** If another thread changes the autocommit status of the database ** connection while this routine is running, then the return value ** is undefined. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Find The Database Handle Of A Prepared Statement ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_handle interface returns the [database connection] handle ** to which a [prepared statement] belongs. ^The [database connection] ** returned by sqlite3_db_handle is the same [database connection] ** that was the first argument ** to the [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] call (or its variants) that was used to ** create the statement in the first place. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Return The Filename For A Database Connection ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_filename(D,N) interface returns a pointer to a filename ** associated with database N of connection D. ^The main database file ** has the name "main". If there is no attached database N on the database ** connection D, or if database N is a temporary or in-memory database, then ** a NULL pointer is returned. ** ** ^The filename returned by this function is the output of the ** xFullPathname method of the [VFS]. ^In other words, the filename ** will be an absolute pathname, even if the filename used ** to open the database originally was a URI or relative pathname. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine if a database is read-only ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_readonly(D,N) interface returns 1 if the database N ** of connection D is read-only, 0 if it is read/write, or -1 if N is not ** the name of a database on connection D. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName); /* ** CAPI3REF: Find the next prepared statement ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This interface returns a pointer to the next [prepared statement] after ** pStmt associated with the [database connection] pDb. ^If pStmt is NULL ** then this interface returns a pointer to the first prepared statement ** associated with the database connection pDb. ^If no prepared statement ** satisfies the conditions of this routine, it returns NULL. ** ** The [database connection] pointer D in a call to ** [sqlite3_next_stmt(D,S)] must refer to an open database ** connection and in particular must not be a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt); /* ** CAPI3REF: Commit And Rollback Notification Callbacks ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook() interface registers a callback ** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [COMMIT | committed]. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_commit_hook() ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ^The sqlite3_rollback_hook() interface registers a callback ** function to be invoked whenever a transaction is [ROLLBACK | rolled back]. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to sqlite3_rollback_hook() ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ^The pArg argument is passed through to the callback. ** ^If the callback on a commit hook function returns non-zero, ** then the commit is converted into a rollback. ** ** ^The sqlite3_commit_hook(D,C,P) and sqlite3_rollback_hook(D,C,P) functions ** return the P argument from the previous call of the same function ** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for ** the first call for each function on D. ** ** The commit and rollback hook callbacks are not reentrant. ** The callback implementation must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the callback. Any actions ** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the ** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the commit ** or rollback hook in the first place. ** Note that running any other SQL statements, including SELECT statements, ** or merely calling [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] will modify ** the database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^Registering a NULL function disables the callback. ** ** ^When the commit hook callback routine returns zero, the [COMMIT] ** operation is allowed to continue normally. ^If the commit hook ** returns non-zero, then the [COMMIT] is converted into a [ROLLBACK]. ** ^The rollback hook is invoked on a rollback that results from a commit ** hook returning non-zero, just as it would be with any other rollback. ** ** ^For the purposes of this API, a transaction is said to have been ** rolled back if an explicit "ROLLBACK" statement is executed, or ** an error or constraint causes an implicit rollback to occur. ** ^The rollback callback is not invoked if a transaction is ** automatically rolled back because the database connection is closed. ** ** See also the [sqlite3_update_hook()] interface. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook(sqlite3*, int(*)(void*), void*); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook(sqlite3*, void(*)(void *), void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Data Change Notification Callbacks ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_update_hook() interface registers a callback function ** with the [database connection] identified by the first argument ** to be invoked whenever a row is updated, inserted or deleted in ** a [rowid table]. ** ^Any callback set by a previous call to this function ** for the same database connection is overridden. ** ** ^The second argument is a pointer to the function to invoke when a ** row is updated, inserted or deleted in a rowid table. ** ^The first argument to the callback is a copy of the third argument ** to sqlite3_update_hook(). ** ^The second callback argument is one of [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], ** or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the operation that caused the callback ** to be invoked. ** ^The third and fourth arguments to the callback contain pointers to the ** database and table name containing the affected row. ** ^The final callback parameter is the [rowid] of the row. ** ^In the case of an update, this is the [rowid] after the update takes place. ** ** ^(The update hook is not invoked when internal system tables are ** modified (i.e. sqlite_master and sqlite_sequence).)^ ** ^The update hook is not invoked when [WITHOUT ROWID] tables are modified. ** ** ^In the current implementation, the update hook ** is not invoked when conflicting rows are deleted because of an ** [ON CONFLICT | ON CONFLICT REPLACE] clause. ^Nor is the update hook ** invoked when rows are deleted using the [truncate optimization]. ** The exceptions defined in this paragraph might change in a future ** release of SQLite. ** ** The update hook implementation must not do anything that will modify ** the database connection that invoked the update hook. Any actions ** to modify the database connection must be deferred until after the ** completion of the [sqlite3_step()] call that triggered the update hook. ** Note that [sqlite3_prepare_v2()] and [sqlite3_step()] both modify their ** database connections for the meaning of "modify" in this paragraph. ** ** ^The sqlite3_update_hook(D,C,P) function ** returns the P argument from the previous call ** on the same [database connection] D, or NULL for ** the first call on D. ** ** See also the [sqlite3_commit_hook()], [sqlite3_rollback_hook()], ** and [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interfaces. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( sqlite3*, void(*)(void *,int ,char const *,char const *,sqlite3_int64), void* ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Shared Pager Cache ** ** ^(This routine enables or disables the sharing of the database cache ** and schema data structures between [database connection | connections] ** to the same database. Sharing is enabled if the argument is true ** and disabled if the argument is false.)^ ** ** ^Cache sharing is enabled and disabled for an entire process. ** This is a change as of SQLite [version 3.5.0] ([dateof:3.5.0]). ** In prior versions of SQLite, ** sharing was enabled or disabled for each thread separately. ** ** ^(The cache sharing mode set by this interface effects all subsequent ** calls to [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open_v2()], and [sqlite3_open16()]. ** Existing database connections continue use the sharing mode ** that was in effect at the time they were opened.)^ ** ** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled ** successfully. An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^ ** ** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in ** future releases of SQLite. Applications that care about shared ** cache setting should set it explicitly. ** ** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0 ** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, ** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE]. ** ** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a ** 32-bit integer is atomic. ** ** See Also: [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Attempt To Free Heap Memory ** ** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() interface attempts to free N bytes ** of heap memory by deallocating non-essential memory allocations ** held by the database library. Memory used to cache database ** pages to improve performance is an example of non-essential memory. ** ^sqlite3_release_memory() returns the number of bytes actually freed, ** which might be more or less than the amount requested. ** ^The sqlite3_release_memory() routine is a no-op returning zero ** if SQLite is not compiled with [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_db_release_memory()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Free Memory Used By A Database Connection ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_release_memory(D) interface attempts to free as much heap ** memory as possible from database connection D. Unlike the ** [sqlite3_release_memory()] interface, this interface is in effect even ** when the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] compile-time option is ** omitted. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_release_memory()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Impose A Limit On Heap Size ** ** ^The sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface sets and/or queries the ** soft limit on the amount of heap memory that may be allocated by SQLite. ** ^SQLite strives to keep heap memory utilization below the soft heap ** limit by reducing the number of pages held in the page cache ** as heap memory usages approaches the limit. ** ^The soft heap limit is "soft" because even though SQLite strives to stay ** below the limit, it will exceed the limit rather than generate ** an [SQLITE_NOMEM] error. In other words, the soft heap limit ** is advisory only. ** ** ^The return value from sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() is the size of ** the soft heap limit prior to the call, or negative in the case of an ** error. ^If the argument N is negative ** then no change is made to the soft heap limit. Hence, the current ** size of the soft heap limit can be determined by invoking ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() with a negative argument. ** ** ^If the argument N is zero then the soft heap limit is disabled. ** ** ^(The soft heap limit is not enforced in the current implementation ** if one or more of following conditions are true: ** **
      **
    • The soft heap limit is set to zero. **
    • Memory accounting is disabled using a combination of the ** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS],...) start-time option and ** the [SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS] compile-time option. **
    • An alternative page cache implementation is specified using ** [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2],...). **
    • The page cache allocates from its own memory pool supplied ** by [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE],...) rather than ** from the heap. **
    )^ ** ** Beginning with SQLite [version 3.7.3] ([dateof:3.7.3]), ** the soft heap limit is enforced ** regardless of whether or not the [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT] ** compile-time option is invoked. With [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], ** the soft heap limit is enforced on every memory allocation. Without ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT], the soft heap limit is only enforced ** when memory is allocated by the page cache. Testing suggests that because ** the page cache is the predominate memory user in SQLite, most ** applications will achieve adequate soft heap limit enforcement without ** the use of [SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT]. ** ** The circumstances under which SQLite will enforce the soft heap limit may ** changes in future releases of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Deprecated Soft Heap Limit Interface ** DEPRECATED ** ** This is a deprecated version of the [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] ** interface. This routine is provided for historical compatibility ** only. All new applications should use the ** [sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64()] interface rather than this one. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_DEPRECATED void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Extract Metadata About A Column Of A Table ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^(The sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,....) routine returns ** information about column C of table T in database D ** on [database connection] X.)^ ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() ** interface returns SQLITE_OK and fills in the non-NULL pointers in ** the final five arguments with appropriate values if the specified ** column exists. ^The sqlite3_table_column_metadata() interface returns ** SQLITE_ERROR and if the specified column does not exist. ** ^If the column-name parameter to sqlite3_table_column_metadata() is a ** NULL pointer, then this routine simply checks for the existence of the ** table and returns SQLITE_OK if the table exists and SQLITE_ERROR if it ** does not. If the table name parameter T in a call to ** sqlite3_table_column_metadata(X,D,T,C,...) is NULL then the result is ** undefined behavior. ** ** ^The column is identified by the second, third and fourth parameters to ** this function. ^(The second parameter is either the name of the database ** (i.e. "main", "temp", or an attached database) containing the specified ** table or NULL.)^ ^If it is NULL, then all attached databases are searched ** for the table using the same algorithm used by the database engine to ** resolve unqualified table references. ** ** ^The third and fourth parameters to this function are the table and column ** name of the desired column, respectively. ** ** ^Metadata is returned by writing to the memory locations passed as the 5th ** and subsequent parameters to this function. ^Any of these arguments may be ** NULL, in which case the corresponding element of metadata is omitted. ** ** ^(
    ** **
    Parameter Output
    Type     		Description ** **
    5th const char* Data type **
    6th const char* Name of default collation sequence **
    7th int True if column has a NOT NULL constraint **
    8th int True if column is part of the PRIMARY KEY **
    9th int True if column is [AUTOINCREMENT] **
    **
    )^ ** ** ^The memory pointed to by the character pointers returned for the ** declaration type and collation sequence is valid until the next ** call to any SQLite API function. ** ** ^If the specified table is actually a view, an [error code] is returned. ** ** ^If the specified column is "rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" and the table ** is not a [WITHOUT ROWID] table and an ** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column has been explicitly declared, then the output ** parameters are set for the explicitly declared column. ^(If there is no ** [INTEGER PRIMARY KEY] column, then the outputs ** for the [rowid] are set as follows: ** ** 
    **     data type: "INTEGER"
**     collation sequence: "BINARY"
**     not null: 0
**     primary key: 1
**     auto increment: 0
**
    )^ ** ** ^This function causes all database schemas to be read from disk and ** parsed, if that has not already been done, and returns an error if ** any errors are encountered while loading the schema. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Load An Extension ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This interface loads an SQLite extension library from the named file. ** ** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface attempts to load an ** [SQLite extension] library contained in the file zFile. If ** the file cannot be loaded directly, attempts are made to load ** with various operating-system specific extensions added. ** So for example, if "samplelib" cannot be loaded, then names like ** "samplelib.so" or "samplelib.dylib" or "samplelib.dll" might ** be tried also. ** ** ^The entry point is zProc. ** ^(zProc may be 0, in which case SQLite will try to come up with an ** entry point name on its own. It first tries "sqlite3_extension_init". ** If that does not work, it constructs a name "sqlite3_X_init" where the ** X is consists of the lower-case equivalent of all ASCII alphabetic ** characters in the filename from the last "/" to the first following ** "." and omitting any initial "lib".)^ ** ^The sqlite3_load_extension() interface returns ** [SQLITE_OK] on success and [SQLITE_ERROR] if something goes wrong. ** ^If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then the ** [sqlite3_load_extension()] interface shall attempt to ** fill *pzErrMsg with error message text stored in memory ** obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()]. The calling function ** should free this memory by calling [sqlite3_free()]. ** ** ^Extension loading must be enabled using ** [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] or ** [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],1,NULL) ** prior to calling this API, ** otherwise an error will be returned. ** ** Security warning: It is recommended that the ** [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method be used to enable only this ** interface. The use of the [sqlite3_enable_load_extension()] interface ** should be avoided. This will keep the SQL function [load_extension()] ** disabled and prevent SQL injections from giving attackers ** access to extension loading capabilities. ** ** See also the [load_extension() SQL function]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Derived from zFile if 0 */ char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable Extension Loading ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^So as not to open security holes in older applications that are ** unprepared to deal with [extension loading], and as a means of disabling ** [extension loading] while evaluating user-entered SQL, the following API ** is provided to turn the [sqlite3_load_extension()] mechanism on and off. ** ** ^Extension loading is off by default. ** ^Call the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() routine with onoff==1 ** to turn extension loading on and call it with onoff==0 to turn ** it back off again. ** ** ^This interface enables or disables both the C-API ** [sqlite3_load_extension()] and the SQL function [load_extension()]. ** ^(Use [sqlite3_db_config](db,[SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION],..) ** to enable or disable only the C-API.)^ ** ** Security warning: It is recommended that extension loading ** be disabled using the [SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION] method ** rather than this interface, so the [load_extension()] SQL function ** remains disabled. This will prevent SQL injections from giving attackers ** access to extension loading capabilities. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff); /* ** CAPI3REF: Automatically Load Statically Linked Extensions ** ** ^This interface causes the xEntryPoint() function to be invoked for ** each new [database connection] that is created. The idea here is that ** xEntryPoint() is the entry point for a statically linked [SQLite extension] ** that is to be automatically loaded into all new database connections. ** ** ^(Even though the function prototype shows that xEntryPoint() takes ** no arguments and returns void, SQLite invokes xEntryPoint() with three ** arguments and expects an integer result as if the signature of the ** entry point where as follows: ** ** 
    **    int xEntryPoint(
**      sqlite3 *db,
**      const char **pzErrMsg,
**      const struct sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk
**    );
**
    )^ ** ** If the xEntryPoint routine encounters an error, it should make *pzErrMsg ** point to an appropriate error message (obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()]) ** and return an appropriate [error code]. ^SQLite ensures that *pzErrMsg ** is NULL before calling the xEntryPoint(). ^SQLite will invoke ** [sqlite3_free()] on *pzErrMsg after xEntryPoint() returns. ^If any ** xEntryPoint() returns an error, the [sqlite3_open()], [sqlite3_open16()], ** or [sqlite3_open_v2()] call that provoked the xEntryPoint() will fail. ** ** ^Calling sqlite3_auto_extension(X) with an entry point X that is already ** on the list of automatic extensions is a harmless no-op. ^No entry point ** will be called more than once for each database connection that is opened. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_reset_auto_extension()] ** and [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void)); /* ** CAPI3REF: Cancel Automatic Extension Loading ** ** ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] interface unregisters the ** initialization routine X that was registered using a prior call to ** [sqlite3_auto_extension(X)]. ^The [sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(X)] ** routine returns 1 if initialization routine X was successfully ** unregistered and it returns 0 if X was not on the list of initialization ** routines. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension(void(*xEntryPoint)(void)); /* ** CAPI3REF: Reset Automatic Extension Loading ** ** ^This interface disables all automatic extensions previously ** registered using [sqlite3_auto_extension()]. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void); /* ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism is currently considered ** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. ** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. ** ** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the ** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. */ /* ** Structures used by the virtual table interface */ typedef struct sqlite3_vtab sqlite3_vtab; typedef struct sqlite3_index_info sqlite3_index_info; typedef struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor sqlite3_vtab_cursor; typedef struct sqlite3_module sqlite3_module; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_module {virtual table module} ** ** This structure, sometimes called a "virtual table module", ** defines the implementation of a [virtual tables]. ** This structure consists mostly of methods for the module. ** ** ^A virtual table module is created by filling in a persistent ** instance of this structure and passing a pointer to that instance ** to [sqlite3_create_module()] or [sqlite3_create_module_v2()]. ** ^The registration remains valid until it is replaced by a different ** module or until the [database connection] closes. The content ** of this structure must not change while it is registered with ** any database connection. */ struct sqlite3_module { int iVersion; int (*xCreate)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); int (*xConnect)(sqlite3*, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, char**); int (*xBestIndex)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info*); int (*xDisconnect)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor); int (*xClose)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); int (*xFilter)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv); int (*xNext)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); int (*xEof)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*); int (*xColumn)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_context*, int); int (*xRowid)(sqlite3_vtab_cursor*, sqlite3_int64 *pRowid); int (*xUpdate)(sqlite3_vtab *, int, sqlite3_value **, sqlite3_int64 *); int (*xBegin)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xSync)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xCommit)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xRollback)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab); int (*xFindFunction)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg); int (*xRename)(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNew); /* The methods above are in version 1 of the sqlite_module object. Those ** below are for version 2 and greater. */ int (*xSavepoint)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); int (*xRelease)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); int (*xRollbackTo)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, int); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Indexing Information ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_index_info ** ** The sqlite3_index_info structure and its substructures is used as part ** of the [virtual table] interface to ** pass information into and receive the reply from the [xBestIndex] ** method of a [virtual table module]. The fields under **Inputs** are the ** inputs to xBestIndex and are read-only. xBestIndex inserts its ** results into the **Outputs** fields. ** ** ^(The aConstraint[] array records WHERE clause constraints of the form: ** **
    column OP expr
    ** ** where OP is =, <, <=, >, or >=.)^ ^(The particular operator is ** stored in aConstraint[].op using one of the ** [SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ | SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ values].)^ ** ^(The index of the column is stored in ** aConstraint[].iColumn.)^ ^(aConstraint[].usable is TRUE if the ** expr on the right-hand side can be evaluated (and thus the constraint ** is usable) and false if it cannot.)^ ** ** ^The optimizer automatically inverts terms of the form "expr OP column" ** and makes other simplifications to the WHERE clause in an attempt to ** get as many WHERE clause terms into the form shown above as possible. ** ^The aConstraint[] array only reports WHERE clause terms that are ** relevant to the particular virtual table being queried. ** ** ^Information about the ORDER BY clause is stored in aOrderBy[]. ** ^Each term of aOrderBy records a column of the ORDER BY clause. ** ** The colUsed field indicates which columns of the virtual table may be ** required by the current scan. Virtual table columns are numbered from ** zero in the order in which they appear within the CREATE TABLE statement ** passed to sqlite3_declare_vtab(). For the first 63 columns (columns 0-62), ** the corresponding bit is set within the colUsed mask if the column may be ** required by SQLite. If the table has at least 64 columns and any column ** to the right of the first 63 is required, then bit 63 of colUsed is also ** set. In other words, column iCol may be required if the expression ** (colUsed & ((sqlite3_uint64)1 << (iCol>=63 ? 63 : iCol))) evaluates to ** non-zero. ** ** The [xBestIndex] method must fill aConstraintUsage[] with information ** about what parameters to pass to xFilter. ^If argvIndex>0 then ** the right-hand side of the corresponding aConstraint[] is evaluated ** and becomes the argvIndex-th entry in argv. ^(If aConstraintUsage[].omit ** is true, then the constraint is assumed to be fully handled by the ** virtual table and is not checked again by SQLite.)^ ** ** ^The idxNum and idxPtr values are recorded and passed into the ** [xFilter] method. ** ^[sqlite3_free()] is used to free idxPtr if and only if ** needToFreeIdxPtr is true. ** ** ^The orderByConsumed means that output from [xFilter]/[xNext] will occur in ** the correct order to satisfy the ORDER BY clause so that no separate ** sorting step is required. ** ** ^The estimatedCost value is an estimate of the cost of a particular ** strategy. A cost of N indicates that the cost of the strategy is similar ** to a linear scan of an SQLite table with N rows. A cost of log(N) ** indicates that the expense of the operation is similar to that of a ** binary search on a unique indexed field of an SQLite table with N rows. ** ** ^The estimatedRows value is an estimate of the number of rows that ** will be returned by the strategy. ** ** The xBestIndex method may optionally populate the idxFlags field with a ** mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags. Currently there is only one such flag - ** SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE. If the xBestIndex method sets this flag, SQLite ** assumes that the strategy may visit at most one row. ** ** Additionally, if xBestIndex sets the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag, then ** SQLite also assumes that if a call to the xUpdate() method is made as ** part of the same statement to delete or update a virtual table row and the ** implementation returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then there is no need to rollback ** any database changes. In other words, if the xUpdate() returns ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the database contents must be exactly as they were ** before xUpdate was called. By contrast, if SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE is not ** set and xUpdate returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, any database changes made by ** the xUpdate method are automatically rolled back by SQLite. ** ** IMPORTANT: The estimatedRows field was added to the sqlite3_index_info ** structure for SQLite [version 3.8.2] ([dateof:3.8.2]). ** If a virtual table extension is ** used with an SQLite version earlier than 3.8.2, the results of attempting ** to read or write the estimatedRows field are undefined (but are likely ** to included crashing the application). The estimatedRows field should ** therefore only be used if [sqlite3_libversion_number()] returns a ** value greater than or equal to 3008002. Similarly, the idxFlags field ** was added for [version 3.9.0] ([dateof:3.9.0]). ** It may therefore only be used if ** sqlite3_libversion_number() returns a value greater than or equal to ** 3009000. */ struct sqlite3_index_info { /* Inputs */ int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ struct sqlite3_index_constraint { int iColumn; /* Column constrained. -1 for ROWID */ unsigned char op; /* Constraint operator */ unsigned char usable; /* True if this constraint is usable */ int iTermOffset; /* Used internally - xBestIndex should ignore */ } *aConstraint; /* Table of WHERE clause constraints */ int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ struct sqlite3_index_orderby { int iColumn; /* Column number */ unsigned char desc; /* True for DESC. False for ASC. */ } *aOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ /* Outputs */ struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage { int argvIndex; /* if >0, constraint is part of argv to xFilter */ unsigned char omit; /* Do not code a test for this constraint */ } *aConstraintUsage; int idxNum; /* Number used to identify the index */ char *idxStr; /* String, possibly obtained from sqlite3_malloc */ int needToFreeIdxStr; /* Free idxStr using sqlite3_free() if true */ int orderByConsumed; /* True if output is already ordered */ double estimatedCost; /* Estimated cost of using this index */ /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.8.2 and later */ sqlite3_int64 estimatedRows; /* Estimated number of rows returned */ /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.9.0 and later */ int idxFlags; /* Mask of SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_* flags */ /* Fields below are only available in SQLite 3.10.0 and later */ sqlite3_uint64 colUsed; /* Input: Mask of columns used by statement */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Scan Flags ** ** Virtual table implementations are allowed to set the ** [sqlite3_index_info].idxFlags field to some combination of ** these bits. */ #define SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE 1 /* Scan visits at most 1 row */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Constraint Operator Codes ** ** These macros defined the allowed values for the ** [sqlite3_index_info].aConstraint[].op field. Each value represents ** an operator that is part of a constraint term in the wHERE clause of ** a query that uses a [virtual table]. */ #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ 2 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT 4 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE 8 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT 16 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE 32 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH 64 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE 65 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB 66 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP 67 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE 68 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT 69 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL 70 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNULL 71 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_IS 72 #define SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION 150 /* ** CAPI3REF: Register A Virtual Table Implementation ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^These routines are used to register a new [virtual table module] name. ** ^Module names must be registered before ** creating a new [virtual table] using the module and before using a ** preexisting [virtual table] for the module. ** ** ^The module name is registered on the [database connection] specified ** by the first parameter. ^The name of the module is given by the ** second parameter. ^The third parameter is a pointer to ** the implementation of the [virtual table module]. ^The fourth ** parameter is an arbitrary client data pointer that is passed through ** into the [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of the virtual table module ** when a new virtual table is be being created or reinitialized. ** ** ^The sqlite3_create_module_v2() interface has a fifth parameter which ** is a pointer to a destructor for the pClientData. ^SQLite will ** invoke the destructor function (if it is not NULL) when SQLite ** no longer needs the pClientData pointer. ^The destructor will also ** be invoked if the call to sqlite3_create_module_v2() fails. ** ^The sqlite3_create_module() ** interface is equivalent to sqlite3_create_module_v2() with a NULL ** destructor. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ void *pClientData /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* SQLite connection to register module with */ const char *zName, /* Name of the module */ const sqlite3_module *p, /* Methods for the module */ void *pClientData, /* Client data for xCreate/xConnect */ void(*xDestroy)(void*) /* Module destructor function */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Instance Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab ** ** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass ** of this object to describe a particular instance ** of the [virtual table]. Each subclass will ** be tailored to the specific needs of the module implementation. ** The purpose of this superclass is to define certain fields that are ** common to all module implementations. ** ** ^Virtual tables methods can set an error message by assigning a ** string obtained from [sqlite3_mprintf()] to zErrMsg. The method should ** take care that any prior string is freed by a call to [sqlite3_free()] ** prior to assigning a new string to zErrMsg. ^After the error message ** is delivered up to the client application, the string will be automatically ** freed by sqlite3_free() and the zErrMsg field will be zeroed. */ struct sqlite3_vtab { const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* The module for this virtual table */ int nRef; /* Number of open cursors */ char *zErrMsg; /* Error message from sqlite3_mprintf() */ /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Cursor Object ** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_vtab_cursor {virtual table cursor} ** ** Every [virtual table module] implementation uses a subclass of the ** following structure to describe cursors that point into the ** [virtual table] and are used ** to loop through the virtual table. Cursors are created using the ** [sqlite3_module.xOpen | xOpen] method of the module and are destroyed ** by the [sqlite3_module.xClose | xClose] method. Cursors are used ** by the [xFilter], [xNext], [xEof], [xColumn], and [xRowid] methods ** of the module. Each module implementation will define ** the content of a cursor structure to suit its own needs. ** ** This superclass exists in order to define fields of the cursor that ** are common to all implementations. */ struct sqlite3_vtab_cursor { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Virtual table of this cursor */ /* Virtual table implementations will typically add additional fields */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Declare The Schema Of A Virtual Table ** ** ^The [xCreate] and [xConnect] methods of a ** [virtual table module] call this interface ** to declare the format (the names and datatypes of the columns) of ** the virtual tables they implement. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3*, const char *zSQL); /* ** CAPI3REF: Overload A Function For A Virtual Table ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^(Virtual tables can provide alternative implementations of functions ** using the [xFindFunction] method of the [virtual table module]. ** But global versions of those functions ** must exist in order to be overloaded.)^ ** ** ^(This API makes sure a global version of a function with a particular ** name and number of parameters exists. If no such function exists ** before this API is called, a new function is created.)^ ^The implementation ** of the new function always causes an exception to be thrown. So ** the new function is not good for anything by itself. Its only ** purpose is to be a placeholder function that can be overloaded ** by a [virtual table]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); /* ** The interface to the virtual-table mechanism defined above (back up ** to a comment remarkably similar to this one) is currently considered ** to be experimental. The interface might change in incompatible ways. ** If this is a problem for you, do not use the interface at this time. ** ** When the virtual-table mechanism stabilizes, we will declare the ** interface fixed, support it indefinitely, and remove this comment. */ /* ** CAPI3REF: A Handle To An Open BLOB ** KEYWORDS: {BLOB handle} {BLOB handles} ** ** An instance of this object represents an open BLOB on which ** [sqlite3_blob_open | incremental BLOB I/O] can be performed. ** ^Objects of this type are created by [sqlite3_blob_open()] ** and destroyed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. ** ^The [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] interfaces ** can be used to read or write small subsections of the BLOB. ** ^The [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface returns the size of the BLOB in bytes. */ typedef struct sqlite3_blob sqlite3_blob; /* ** CAPI3REF: Open A BLOB For Incremental I/O ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^(This interfaces opens a [BLOB handle | handle] to the BLOB located ** in row iRow, column zColumn, table zTable in database zDb; ** in other words, the same BLOB that would be selected by: ** ** 
    **     SELECT zColumn FROM zDb.zTable WHERE [rowid] = iRow;
**
    )^ ** ** ^(Parameter zDb is not the filename that contains the database, but ** rather the symbolic name of the database. For attached databases, this is ** the name that appears after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement. ** For the main database file, the database name is "main". For TEMP ** tables, the database name is "temp".)^ ** ** ^If the flags parameter is non-zero, then the BLOB is opened for read ** and write access. ^If the flags parameter is zero, the BLOB is opened for ** read-only access. ** ** ^(On success, [SQLITE_OK] is returned and the new [BLOB handle] is stored ** in *ppBlob. Otherwise an [error code] is returned and, unless the error ** code is SQLITE_MISUSE, *ppBlob is set to NULL.)^ ^This means that, provided ** the API is not misused, it is always safe to call [sqlite3_blob_close()] ** on *ppBlob after this function it returns. ** ** This function fails with SQLITE_ERROR if any of the following are true: **
      **
    • ^(Database zDb does not exist)^, **
    • ^(Table zTable does not exist within database zDb)^, **
    • ^(Table zTable is a WITHOUT ROWID table)^, **
    • ^(Column zColumn does not exist)^, **
    • ^(Row iRow is not present in the table)^, **
    • ^(The specified column of row iRow contains a value that is not ** a TEXT or BLOB value)^, **
    • ^(Column zColumn is part of an index, PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE ** constraint and the blob is being opened for read/write access)^, **
    • ^([foreign key constraints | Foreign key constraints] are enabled, ** column zColumn is part of a [child key] definition and the blob is ** being opened for read/write access)^. **
    ** ** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, this function sets the ** [database connection] error code and message accessible via ** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** A BLOB referenced by sqlite3_blob_open() may be read using the ** [sqlite3_blob_read()] interface and modified by using ** [sqlite3_blob_write()]. The [BLOB handle] can be moved to a ** different row of the same table using the [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] ** interface. However, the column, table, or database of a [BLOB handle] ** cannot be changed after the [BLOB handle] is opened. ** ** ^(If the row that a BLOB handle points to is modified by an ** [UPDATE], [DELETE], or by [ON CONFLICT] side-effects ** then the BLOB handle is marked as "expired". ** This is true if any column of the row is changed, even a column ** other than the one the BLOB handle is open on.)^ ** ^Calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()] and [sqlite3_blob_write()] for ** an expired BLOB handle fail with a return code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ** ^(Changes written into a BLOB prior to the BLOB expiring are not ** rolled back by the expiration of the BLOB. Such changes will eventually ** commit if the transaction continues to completion.)^ ** ** ^Use the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface to determine the size of ** the opened blob. ^The size of a blob may not be changed by this ** interface. Use the [UPDATE] SQL command to change the size of a ** blob. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_bind_zeroblob()] and [sqlite3_result_zeroblob()] interfaces ** and the built-in [zeroblob] SQL function may be used to create a ** zero-filled blob to read or write using the incremental-blob interface. ** ** To avoid a resource leak, every open [BLOB handle] should eventually ** be released by a call to [sqlite3_blob_close()]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_blob_close()], ** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()], [sqlite3_blob_read()], ** [sqlite3_blob_bytes()], [sqlite3_blob_write()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( sqlite3*, const char *zDb, const char *zTable, const char *zColumn, sqlite3_int64 iRow, int flags, sqlite3_blob **ppBlob ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Move a BLOB Handle to a New Row ** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^This function is used to move an existing [BLOB handle] so that it points ** to a different row of the same database table. ^The new row is identified ** by the rowid value passed as the second argument. Only the row can be ** changed. ^The database, table and column on which the blob handle is open ** remain the same. Moving an existing [BLOB handle] to a new row is ** faster than closing the existing handle and opening a new one. ** ** ^(The new row must meet the same criteria as for [sqlite3_blob_open()] - ** it must exist and there must be either a blob or text value stored in ** the nominated column.)^ ^If the new row is not present in the table, or if ** it does not contain a blob or text value, or if another error occurs, an ** SQLite error code is returned and the blob handle is considered aborted. ** ^All subsequent calls to [sqlite3_blob_read()], [sqlite3_blob_write()] or ** [sqlite3_blob_reopen()] on an aborted blob handle immediately return ** SQLITE_ABORT. ^Calling [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] on an aborted blob handle ** always returns zero. ** ** ^This function sets the database handle error code and message. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *, sqlite3_int64); /* ** CAPI3REF: Close A BLOB Handle ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^This function closes an open [BLOB handle]. ^(The BLOB handle is closed ** unconditionally. Even if this routine returns an error code, the ** handle is still closed.)^ ** ** ^If the blob handle being closed was opened for read-write access, and if ** the database is in auto-commit mode and there are no other open read-write ** blob handles or active write statements, the current transaction is ** committed. ^If an error occurs while committing the transaction, an error ** code is returned and the transaction rolled back. ** ** Calling this function with an argument that is not a NULL pointer or an ** open blob handle results in undefined behaviour. ^Calling this routine ** with a null pointer (such as would be returned by a failed call to ** [sqlite3_blob_open()]) is a harmless no-op. ^Otherwise, if this function ** is passed a valid open blob handle, the values returned by the ** sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg() functions are set before returning. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Return The Size Of An Open BLOB ** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^Returns the size in bytes of the BLOB accessible via the ** successfully opened [BLOB handle] in its only argument. ^The ** incremental blob I/O routines can only read or overwriting existing ** blob content; they cannot change the size of a blob. ** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created ** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not ** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in ** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Read Data From A BLOB Incrementally ** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^(This function is used to read data from an open [BLOB handle] into a ** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied into buffer Z ** from the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ ** ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, ** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ^If N or iOffset is ** less than zero, [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is read. ** ^The size of the blob (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) ** can be determined using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ** ** ^An attempt to read from an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an ** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ** ** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_read() returns SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ ** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created ** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not ** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in ** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_blob_write()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *, void *Z, int N, int iOffset); /* ** CAPI3REF: Write Data Into A BLOB Incrementally ** METHOD: sqlite3_blob ** ** ^(This function is used to write data into an open [BLOB handle] from a ** caller-supplied buffer. N bytes of data are copied from the buffer Z ** into the open BLOB, starting at offset iOffset.)^ ** ** ^(On success, sqlite3_blob_write() returns SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, an [error code] or an [extended error code] is returned.)^ ** ^Unless SQLITE_MISUSE is returned, this function sets the ** [database connection] error code and message accessible via ** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] and related functions. ** ** ^If the [BLOB handle] passed as the first argument was not opened for ** writing (the flags parameter to [sqlite3_blob_open()] was zero), ** this function returns [SQLITE_READONLY]. ** ** This function may only modify the contents of the BLOB; it is ** not possible to increase the size of a BLOB using this API. ** ^If offset iOffset is less than N bytes from the end of the BLOB, ** [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. The size of the ** BLOB (and hence the maximum value of N+iOffset) can be determined ** using the [sqlite3_blob_bytes()] interface. ^If N or iOffset are less ** than zero [SQLITE_ERROR] is returned and no data is written. ** ** ^An attempt to write to an expired [BLOB handle] fails with an ** error code of [SQLITE_ABORT]. ^Writes to the BLOB that occurred ** before the [BLOB handle] expired are not rolled back by the ** expiration of the handle, though of course those changes might ** have been overwritten by the statement that expired the BLOB handle ** or by other independent statements. ** ** This routine only works on a [BLOB handle] which has been created ** by a prior successful call to [sqlite3_blob_open()] and which has not ** been closed by [sqlite3_blob_close()]. Passing any other pointer in ** to this routine results in undefined and probably undesirable behavior. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_blob_read()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *, const void *z, int n, int iOffset); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual File System Objects ** ** A virtual filesystem (VFS) is an [sqlite3_vfs] object ** that SQLite uses to interact ** with the underlying operating system. Most SQLite builds come with a ** single default VFS that is appropriate for the host computer. ** New VFSes can be registered and existing VFSes can be unregistered. ** The following interfaces are provided. ** ** ^The sqlite3_vfs_find() interface returns a pointer to a VFS given its name. ** ^Names are case sensitive. ** ^Names are zero-terminated UTF-8 strings. ** ^If there is no match, a NULL pointer is returned. ** ^If zVfsName is NULL then the default VFS is returned. ** ** ^New VFSes are registered with sqlite3_vfs_register(). ** ^Each new VFS becomes the default VFS if the makeDflt flag is set. ** ^The same VFS can be registered multiple times without injury. ** ^To make an existing VFS into the default VFS, register it again ** with the makeDflt flag set. If two different VFSes with the ** same name are registered, the behavior is undefined. If a ** VFS is registered with a name that is NULL or an empty string, ** then the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^Unregister a VFS with the sqlite3_vfs_unregister() interface. ** ^(If the default VFS is unregistered, another VFS is chosen as ** the default. The choice for the new VFS is arbitrary.)^ */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfsName); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs*, int makeDflt); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutexes ** ** The SQLite core uses these routines for thread ** synchronization. Though they are intended for internal ** use by SQLite, code that links against SQLite is ** permitted to use any of these routines. ** ** The SQLite source code contains multiple implementations ** of these mutex routines. An appropriate implementation ** is selected automatically at compile-time. The following ** implementations are available in the SQLite core: ** **
      **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP **
    ** ** The SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP implementation is a set of routines ** that does no real locking and is appropriate for use in ** a single-threaded application. The SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS and ** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 implementations are appropriate for use on Unix ** and Windows. ** ** If SQLite is compiled with the SQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF preprocessor ** macro defined (with "-DSQLITE_MUTEX_APPDEF=1"), then no mutex ** implementation is included with the library. In this case the ** application must supply a custom mutex implementation using the ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option of the sqlite3_config() function ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() or any other public sqlite3_ ** function that calls sqlite3_initialize(). ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. ^The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() ** routine returns NULL if it is unable to allocate the requested ** mutex. The argument to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() must one of these ** integer constants: ** **
      **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 **
    ** ** ^The first two constants (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) ** cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create ** a new mutex. ^The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction ** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does ** not want to. SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in ** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. ** ** ^The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() (anything other ** than SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST and SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) each return ** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. ^Nine static mutexes are ** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite ** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal ** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should ** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. ** ** ^Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() ** returns a different mutex on every call. ^For the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_free() routine deallocates a previously ** allocated dynamic mutex. Attempting to deallocate a static ** mutex results in undefined behavior. ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. ^If another thread is already within the mutex, ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return ** SQLITE_BUSY. ^The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns [SQLITE_OK] ** upon successful entry. ^(Mutexes created using ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can be entered multiple times by the same thread. ** In such cases, the ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread ** can enter.)^ If the same thread tries to enter any mutex other ** than an SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE more than once, the behavior is undefined. ** ** ^(Some systems (for example, Windows 95) do not support the operation ** implemented by sqlite3_mutex_try(). On those systems, sqlite3_mutex_try() ** will always return SQLITE_BUSY. The SQLite core only ever uses ** sqlite3_mutex_try() as an optimization so this is acceptable ** behavior.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was ** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered by the ** calling thread or is not currently allocated. ** ** ^If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_enter(), sqlite3_mutex_try(), or ** sqlite3_mutex_leave() is a NULL pointer, then all three routines ** behave as no-ops. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_mutex_held()] and [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex*); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Methods Object ** ** An instance of this structure defines the low-level routines ** used to allocate and use mutexes. ** ** Usually, the default mutex implementations provided by SQLite are ** sufficient, however the application has the option of substituting a custom ** implementation for specialized deployments or systems for which SQLite ** does not provide a suitable implementation. In this case, the application ** creates and populates an instance of this structure to pass ** to sqlite3_config() along with the [SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX] option. ** Additionally, an instance of this structure can be used as an ** output variable when querying the system for the current mutex ** implementation, using the [SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX] option. ** ** ^The xMutexInit method defined by this structure is invoked as ** part of system initialization by the sqlite3_initialize() function. ** ^The xMutexInit routine is called by SQLite exactly once for each ** effective call to [sqlite3_initialize()]. ** ** ^The xMutexEnd method defined by this structure is invoked as ** part of system shutdown by the sqlite3_shutdown() function. The ** implementation of this method is expected to release all outstanding ** resources obtained by the mutex methods implementation, especially ** those obtained by the xMutexInit method. ^The xMutexEnd() ** interface is invoked exactly once for each call to [sqlite3_shutdown()]. ** ** ^(The remaining seven methods defined by this structure (xMutexAlloc, ** xMutexFree, xMutexEnter, xMutexTry, xMutexLeave, xMutexHeld and ** xMutexNotheld) implement the following interfaces (respectively): ** **
      **
    • [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()]
      • **
    • [sqlite3_mutex_free()]
      • **
    • [sqlite3_mutex_enter()]
      • **
    • [sqlite3_mutex_try()]
      • **
    • [sqlite3_mutex_leave()]
      • **
    • [sqlite3_mutex_held()]
      • **
    • [sqlite3_mutex_notheld()]
      • **
    )^ ** ** The only difference is that the public sqlite3_XXX functions enumerated ** above silently ignore any invocations that pass a NULL pointer instead ** of a valid mutex handle. The implementations of the methods defined ** by this structure are not required to handle this case, the results ** of passing a NULL pointer instead of a valid mutex handle are undefined ** (i.e. it is acceptable to provide an implementation that segfaults if ** it is passed a NULL pointer). ** ** The xMutexInit() method must be threadsafe. It must be harmless to ** invoke xMutexInit() multiple times within the same process and without ** intervening calls to xMutexEnd(). Second and subsequent calls to ** xMutexInit() must be no-ops. ** ** xMutexInit() must not use SQLite memory allocation ([sqlite3_malloc()] ** and its associates). Similarly, xMutexAlloc() must not use SQLite memory ** allocation for a static mutex. ^However xMutexAlloc() may use SQLite ** memory allocation for a fast or recursive mutex. ** ** ^SQLite will invoke the xMutexEnd() method when [sqlite3_shutdown()] is ** called, but only if the prior call to xMutexInit returned SQLITE_OK. ** If xMutexInit fails in any way, it is expected to clean up after itself ** prior to returning. */ typedef struct sqlite3_mutex_methods sqlite3_mutex_methods; struct sqlite3_mutex_methods { int (*xMutexInit)(void); int (*xMutexEnd)(void); sqlite3_mutex *(*xMutexAlloc)(int); void (*xMutexFree)(sqlite3_mutex *); void (*xMutexEnter)(sqlite3_mutex *); int (*xMutexTry)(sqlite3_mutex *); void (*xMutexLeave)(sqlite3_mutex *); int (*xMutexHeld)(sqlite3_mutex *); int (*xMutexNotheld)(sqlite3_mutex *); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Verification Routines ** ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routines ** are intended for use inside assert() statements. The SQLite core ** never uses these routines except inside an assert() and applications ** are advised to follow the lead of the core. The SQLite core only ** provides implementations for these routines when it is compiled ** with the SQLITE_DEBUG flag. External mutex implementations ** are only required to provide these routines if SQLITE_DEBUG is ** defined and if NDEBUG is not defined. ** ** These routines should return true if the mutex in their argument ** is held or not held, respectively, by the calling thread. ** ** The implementation is not required to provide versions of these ** routines that actually work. If the implementation does not provide working ** versions of these routines, it should at least provide stubs that always ** return true so that one does not get spurious assertion failures. ** ** If the argument to sqlite3_mutex_held() is a NULL pointer then ** the routine should return 1. This seems counter-intuitive since ** clearly the mutex cannot be held if it does not exist. But ** the reason the mutex does not exist is because the build is not ** using mutexes. And we do not want the assert() containing the ** call to sqlite3_mutex_held() to fail, so a non-zero return is ** the appropriate thing to do. The sqlite3_mutex_notheld() ** interface should also return 1 when given a NULL pointer. */ #ifndef NDEBUG SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex*); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Mutex Types ** ** The [sqlite3_mutex_alloc()] interface takes a single argument ** which is one of these integer constants. ** ** The set of static mutexes may change from one SQLite release to the ** next. Applications that override the built-in mutex logic must be ** prepared to accommodate additional static mutexes. */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2 #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3 /* sqlite3_malloc() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2 4 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN 4 /* sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 5 /* sqlite3_randomness() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU 6 /* lru page list */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU2 7 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM 7 /* sqlite3PageMalloc() */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 8 /* For use by application */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 9 /* For use by application */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 10 /* For use by application */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 11 /* For use by built-in VFS */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 12 /* For use by extension VFS */ #define SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 13 /* For use by application VFS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Retrieve the mutex for a database connection ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This interface returns a pointer the [sqlite3_mutex] object that ** serializes access to the [database connection] given in the argument ** when the [threading mode] is Serialized. ** ^If the [threading mode] is Single-thread or Multi-thread then this ** routine returns a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Low-Level Control Of Database Files ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** KEYWORDS: {file control} ** ** ^The [sqlite3_file_control()] interface makes a direct call to the ** xFileControl method for the [sqlite3_io_methods] object associated ** with a particular database identified by the second argument. ^The ** name of the database is "main" for the main database or "temp" for the ** TEMP database, or the name that appears after the AS keyword for ** databases that are added using the [ATTACH] SQL command. ** ^A NULL pointer can be used in place of "main" to refer to the ** main database file. ** ^The third and fourth parameters to this routine ** are passed directly through to the second and third parameters of ** the xFileControl method. ^The return value of the xFileControl ** method becomes the return value of this routine. ** ** A few opcodes for [sqlite3_file_control()] are handled directly ** by the SQLite core and never invoke the ** sqlite3_io_methods.xFileControl method. ** ^The [SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER] value for the op parameter causes ** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_file] object to be written into ** the space pointed to by the 4th parameter. The ** [SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER] works similarly except that it returns ** the [sqlite3_file] object associated with the journal file instead of ** the main database. The [SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER] opcode returns ** a pointer to the underlying [sqlite3_vfs] object for the file. ** The [SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION] returns the data version counter ** from the pager. ** ** ^If the second parameter (zDbName) does not match the name of any ** open database file, then SQLITE_ERROR is returned. ^This error ** code is not remembered and will not be recalled by [sqlite3_errcode()] ** or [sqlite3_errmsg()]. The underlying xFileControl method might ** also return SQLITE_ERROR. There is no way to distinguish between ** an incorrect zDbName and an SQLITE_ERROR return from the underlying ** xFileControl method. ** ** See also: [file control opcodes] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3*, const char *zDbName, int op, void*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface ** ** ^The sqlite3_test_control() interface is used to read out internal ** state of SQLite and to inject faults into SQLite for testing ** purposes. ^The first parameter is an operation code that determines ** the number, meaning, and operation of all subsequent parameters. ** ** This interface is not for use by applications. It exists solely ** for verifying the correct operation of the SQLite library. Depending ** on how the SQLite library is compiled, this interface might not exist. ** ** The details of the operation codes, their meanings, the parameters ** they take, and what they do are all subject to change without notice. ** Unlike most of the SQLite API, this function is not guaranteed to ** operate consistently from one release to the next. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Testing Interface Operation Codes ** ** These constants are the valid operation code parameters used ** as the first argument to [sqlite3_test_control()]. ** ** These parameters and their meanings are subject to change ** without notice. These values are for testing purposes only. ** Applications should not use any of these parameters or the ** [sqlite3_test_control()] interface. */ #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FIRST 5 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE 5 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE 6 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET 7 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST 8 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL 9 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS 10 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE 11 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT 12 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS 13 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE 14 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS 15 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD 16 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC 17 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT 18 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT 19 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ONCE_RESET_THRESHOLD 19 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT 20 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE 21 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER 22 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT 23 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP 24 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER 25 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PARSER_COVERAGE 26 #define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST 26 /* Largest TESTCTRL */ /* ** CAPI3REF: SQL Keyword Checking ** ** These routines provide access to the set of SQL language keywords ** recognized by SQLite. Applications can uses these routines to determine ** whether or not a specific identifier needs to be escaped (for example, ** by enclosing in double-quotes) so as not to confuse the parser. ** ** The sqlite3_keyword_count() interface returns the number of distinct ** keywords understood by SQLite. ** ** The sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) interface finds the N-th keyword and ** makes *Z point to that keyword expressed as UTF8 and writes the number ** of bytes in the keyword into *L. The string that *Z points to is not ** zero-terminated. The sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) routine returns ** SQLITE_OK if N is within bounds and SQLITE_ERROR if not. If either Z ** or L are NULL or invalid pointers then calls to ** sqlite3_keyword_name(N,Z,L) result in undefined behavior. ** ** The sqlite3_keyword_check(Z,L) interface checks to see whether or not ** the L-byte UTF8 identifier that Z points to is a keyword, returning non-zero ** if it is and zero if not. ** ** The parser used by SQLite is forgiving. It is often possible to use ** a keyword as an identifier as long as such use does not result in a ** parsing ambiguity. For example, the statement ** "CREATE TABLE BEGIN(REPLACE,PRAGMA,END);" is accepted by SQLite, and ** creates a new table named "BEGIN" with three columns named ** "REPLACE", "PRAGMA", and "END". Nevertheless, best practice is to avoid ** using keywords as identifiers. Common techniques used to avoid keyword ** name collisions include: **
      **
    • Put all identifier names inside double-quotes. This is the official ** SQL way to escape identifier names. **
    • Put identifier names inside [...]. This is not standard SQL, ** but it is what SQL Server does and so lots of programmers use this ** technique. **
    • Begin every identifier with the letter "Z" as no SQL keywords start ** with "Z". **
    • Include a digit somewhere in every identifier name. **
    ** ** Note that the number of keywords understood by SQLite can depend on ** compile-time options. For example, "VACUUM" is not a keyword if ** SQLite is compiled with the [-DSQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM] option. Also, ** new keywords may be added to future releases of SQLite. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_count(void); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_name(int,const char**,int*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_check(const char*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Dynamic String Object ** KEYWORDS: {dynamic string} ** ** An instance of the sqlite3_str object contains a dynamically-sized ** string under construction. ** ** The lifecycle of an sqlite3_str object is as follows: **
      **
    1. ^The sqlite3_str object is created using [sqlite3_str_new()]. **
    2. ^Text is appended to the sqlite3_str object using various ** methods, such as [sqlite3_str_appendf()]. **
    3. ^The sqlite3_str object is destroyed and the string it created ** is returned using the [sqlite3_str_finish()] interface. **
    */ typedef struct sqlite3_str sqlite3_str; /* ** CAPI3REF: Create A New Dynamic String Object ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_str ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface allocates and initializes ** a new [sqlite3_str] object. To avoid memory leaks, the object returned by ** [sqlite3_str_new()] must be freed by a subsequent call to ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_new(D)] interface always returns a pointer to a ** valid [sqlite3_str] object, though in the event of an out-of-memory ** error the returned object might be a special singleton that will ** silently reject new text, always return SQLITE_NOMEM from ** [sqlite3_str_errcode()], always return 0 for ** [sqlite3_str_length()], and always return NULL from ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)]. It is always safe to use the value ** returned by [sqlite3_str_new(D)] as the sqlite3_str parameter ** to any of the other [sqlite3_str] methods. ** ** The D parameter to [sqlite3_str_new(D)] may be NULL. If the ** D parameter in [sqlite3_str_new(D)] is not NULL, then the maximum ** length of the string contained in the [sqlite3_str] object will be ** the value set for [sqlite3_limit](D,[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]) instead ** of [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH]. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_str *sqlite3_str_new(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Dynamic String ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_str ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface destroys the sqlite3_str object X ** and returns a pointer to a memory buffer obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] ** that contains the constructed string. The calling application should ** pass the returned value to [sqlite3_free()] to avoid a memory leak. ** ^The [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface may return a NULL pointer if any ** errors were encountered during construction of the string. ^The ** [sqlite3_str_finish(X)] interface will also return a NULL pointer if the ** string in [sqlite3_str] object X is zero bytes long. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Add Content To A Dynamic String ** METHOD: sqlite3_str ** ** These interfaces add content to an sqlite3_str object previously obtained ** from [sqlite3_str_new()]. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendf(X,F,...)] and ** [sqlite3_str_vappendf(X,F,V)] interfaces uses the [built-in printf] ** functionality of SQLite to append formatted text onto the end of ** [sqlite3_str] object X. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_append(X,S,N)] method appends exactly N bytes from string S ** onto the end of the [sqlite3_str] object X. N must be non-negative. ** S must contain at least N non-zero bytes of content. To append a ** zero-terminated string in its entirety, use the [sqlite3_str_appendall()] ** method instead. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendall(X,S)] method appends the complete content of ** zero-terminated string S onto the end of [sqlite3_str] object X. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_appendchar(X,N,C)] method appends N copies of the ** single-byte character C onto the end of [sqlite3_str] object X. ** ^This method can be used, for example, to add whitespace indentation. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_reset(X)] method resets the string under construction ** inside [sqlite3_str] object X back to zero bytes in length. ** ** These methods do not return a result code. ^If an error occurs, that fact ** is recorded in the [sqlite3_str] object and can be recovered by a ** subsequent call to [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)]. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendf(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, ...); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, va_list); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_append(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn, int N); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendall(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendchar(sqlite3_str*, int N, char C); SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_reset(sqlite3_str*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Of A Dynamic String ** METHOD: sqlite3_str ** ** These interfaces return the current status of an [sqlite3_str] object. ** ** ^If any prior errors have occurred while constructing the dynamic string ** in sqlite3_str X, then the [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)] method will return ** an appropriate error code. ^The [sqlite3_str_errcode(X)] method returns ** [SQLITE_NOMEM] following any out-of-memory error, or ** [SQLITE_TOOBIG] if the size of the dynamic string exceeds ** [SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH], or [SQLITE_OK] if there have been no errors. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_length(X)] method returns the current length, in bytes, ** of the dynamic string under construction in [sqlite3_str] object X. ** ^The length returned by [sqlite3_str_length(X)] does not include the ** zero-termination byte. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_str_value(X)] method returns a pointer to the current ** content of the dynamic string under construction in X. The value ** returned by [sqlite3_str_value(X)] is managed by the sqlite3_str object X ** and might be freed or altered by any subsequent method on the same ** [sqlite3_str] object. Applications must not used the pointer returned ** [sqlite3_str_value(X)] after any subsequent method call on the same ** object. ^Applications may change the content of the string returned ** by [sqlite3_str_value(X)] as long as they do not write into any bytes ** outside the range of 0 to [sqlite3_str_length(X)] and do not read or ** write any byte after any subsequent sqlite3_str method call. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_str_errcode(sqlite3_str*); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_str_length(sqlite3_str*); SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_value(sqlite3_str*); /* ** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status ** ** ^These interfaces are used to retrieve runtime status information ** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various ** highwater marks. ^The first argument is an integer code for ** the specific parameter to measure. ^(Recognized integer codes ** are of the form [status parameters | SQLITE_STATUS_...].)^ ** ^The current value of the parameter is returned into *pCurrent. ** ^The highest recorded value is returned in *pHighwater. ^If the ** resetFlag is true, then the highest record value is reset after ** *pHighwater is written. ^(Some parameters do not record the highest ** value. For those parameters ** nothing is written into *pHighwater and the resetFlag is ignored.)^ ** ^(Other parameters record only the highwater mark and not the current ** value. For these latter parameters nothing is written into *pCurrent.)^ ** ** ^The sqlite3_status() and sqlite3_status64() routines return ** SQLITE_OK on success and a non-zero [error code] on failure. ** ** If either the current value or the highwater mark is too large to ** be represented by a 32-bit integer, then the values returned by ** sqlite3_status() are undefined. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_db_status()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( int op, sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent, sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater, int resetFlag ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters ** KEYWORDS: {status parameters} ** ** These integer constants designate various run-time status parameters ** that can be returned by [sqlite3_status()]. ** **
    ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED
    **
    This parameter is the current amount of memory checked out ** using [sqlite3_malloc()], either directly or indirectly. The ** figure includes calls made to [sqlite3_malloc()] by the application ** and internal memory usage by the SQLite library. Auxiliary page-cache ** memory controlled by [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] is not included in ** this parameter. The amount returned is the sum of the allocation ** sizes as reported by the xSize method in [sqlite3_mem_methods].
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [sqlite3_malloc()] or [sqlite3_realloc()] (or their ** internal equivalents). Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT
    **
    This parameter records the number of separate memory allocations ** currently checked out.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of pages used out of the ** [pagecache memory allocator] that was configured using ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]. The ** value returned is in pages, not in bytes.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW
    **
    This parameter returns the number of bytes of page cache ** allocation which could not be satisfied by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE] ** buffer and where forced to overflow to [sqlite3_malloc()]. The ** returned value includes allocations that overflowed because they ** where too large (they were larger than the "sz" parameter to ** [SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE]) and allocations that overflowed because ** no space was left in the page cache.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE
    **
    This parameter records the largest memory allocation request ** handed to [pagecache memory allocator]. Only the value returned in the ** *pHighwater parameter to [sqlite3_status()] is of interest. ** The value written into the *pCurrent parameter is undefined.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED]]
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED
    **
    No longer used.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW
    **
    No longer used.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE]]
    SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE
    **
    No longer used.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK]] ^(
    SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK
    **
    The *pHighwater parameter records the deepest parser stack. ** The *pCurrent value is undefined. The *pHighwater value is only ** meaningful if SQLite is compiled with [YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH].
    )^ **
    ** ** New status parameters may be added from time to time. */ #define SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED 0 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED 1 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW 2 #define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED 3 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW 4 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE 5 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK 6 #define SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE 7 #define SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE 8 /* NOT USED */ #define SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT 9 /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Connection Status ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information ** about a single [database connection]. ^The first argument is the ** database connection object to be interrogated. ^The second argument ** is an integer constant, taken from the set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options], that ** determines the parameter to interrogate. The set of ** [SQLITE_DBSTATUS options] is likely ** to grow in future releases of SQLite. ** ** ^The current value of the requested parameter is written into *pCur ** and the highest instantaneous value is written into *pHiwtr. ^If ** the resetFlg is true, then the highest instantaneous value is ** reset back down to the current value. ** ** ^The sqlite3_db_status() routine returns SQLITE_OK on success and a ** non-zero [error code] on failure. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_stmt_status()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status(sqlite3*, int op, int *pCur, int *pHiwtr, int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for database connections ** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_DBSTATUS options} ** ** These constants are the available integer "verbs" that can be passed as ** the second argument to the [sqlite3_db_status()] interface. ** ** New verbs may be added in future releases of SQLite. Existing verbs ** might be discontinued. Applications should check the return code from ** [sqlite3_db_status()] to make sure that the call worked. ** The [sqlite3_db_status()] interface will return a non-zero error code ** if a discontinued or unsupported verb is invoked. ** **
    ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the number of lookaside memory slots currently ** checked out.
    )^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT
    **
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that were ** satisfied using lookaside memory. Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE
    **
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have ** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to the amount of ** memory requested being larger than the lookaside slot size. ** Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL
    **
    This parameter returns the number malloc attempts that might have ** been satisfied using lookaside memory but failed due to all lookaside ** memory already being in use. ** Only the high-water value is meaningful; ** the current value is always zero.)^ ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** memory used by all pager caches associated with the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED is always 0. ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED]] ** ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED
    **
    This parameter is similar to DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED, except that if a ** pager cache is shared between two or more connections the bytes of heap ** memory used by that pager cache is divided evenly between the attached ** connections.)^ In other words, if none of the pager caches associated ** with the database connection are shared, this request returns the same ** value as DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. Or, if one or more or the pager caches are ** shared, the value returned by this call will be smaller than that returned ** by DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED. ^The highwater mark associated with ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED is always 0. ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** memory used to store the schema for all databases associated ** with the connection - main, temp, and any [ATTACH]-ed databases.)^ ** ^The full amount of memory used by the schemas is reported, even if the ** schema memory is shared with other database connections due to ** [shared cache mode] being enabled. ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED is always 0. ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED
    **
    This parameter returns the approximate number of bytes of heap ** and lookaside memory used by all prepared statements associated with ** the database connection.)^ ** ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED is always 0. **
    ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
    **
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache hits that have ** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT ** is always 0. **
    ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
    **
    This parameter returns the number of pager cache misses that have ** occurred.)^ ^The highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ** is always 0. **
    ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
    **
    This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have ** been written to disk. Specifically, the number of pages written to the ** wal file in wal mode databases, or the number of pages written to the ** database file in rollback mode databases. Any pages written as part of ** transaction rollback or database recovery operations are not included. ** If an IO or other error occurs while writing a page to disk, the effect ** on subsequent SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE requests is undefined.)^ ^The ** highwater mark associated with SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE is always 0. **
    ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL
    **
    This parameter returns the number of dirty cache entries that have ** been written to disk in the middle of a transaction due to the page ** cache overflowing. Transactions are more efficient if they are written ** to disk all at once. When pages spill mid-transaction, that introduces ** additional overhead. This parameter can be used help identify ** inefficiencies that can be resolve by increasing the cache size. **
    ** ** [[SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS]] ^(
    SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS
    **
    This parameter returns zero for the current value if and only if ** all foreign key constraints (deferred or immediate) have been ** resolved.)^ ^The highwater mark is always 0. **
    **
    */ #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED 0 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED 1 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED 2 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED 3 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT 4 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE 5 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL 6 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 7 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 8 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 9 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS 10 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED 11 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL 12 #define SQLITE_DBSTATUS_MAX 12 /* Largest defined DBSTATUS */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Status ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^(Each prepared statement maintains various ** [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters] that measure the number ** of times it has performed specific operations.)^ These counters can ** be used to monitor the performance characteristics of the prepared ** statements. For example, if the number of table steps greatly exceeds ** the number of table searches or result rows, that would tend to indicate ** that the prepared statement is using a full table scan rather than ** an index. ** ** ^(This interface is used to retrieve and reset counter values from ** a [prepared statement]. The first argument is the prepared statement ** object to be interrogated. The second argument ** is an integer code for a specific [SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter] ** to be interrogated.)^ ** ^The current value of the requested counter is returned. ** ^If the resetFlg is true, then the counter is reset to zero after this ** interface call returns. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_status()] and [sqlite3_db_status()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt*, int op,int resetFlg); /* ** CAPI3REF: Status Parameters for prepared statements ** KEYWORDS: {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counter} {SQLITE_STMTSTATUS counters} ** ** These preprocessor macros define integer codes that name counter ** values associated with the [sqlite3_stmt_status()] interface. ** The meanings of the various counters are as follows: ** **
    ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP
    **
    ^This is the number of times that SQLite has stepped forward in ** a table as part of a full table scan. Large numbers for this counter ** may indicate opportunities for performance improvement through ** careful use of indices.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT
    **
    ^This is the number of sort operations that have occurred. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance through careful use of indices.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX
    **
    ^This is the number of rows inserted into transient indices that ** were created automatically in order to help joins run faster. ** A non-zero value in this counter may indicate an opportunity to ** improvement performance by adding permanent indices that do not ** need to be reinitialized each time the statement is run.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP
    **
    ^This is the number of virtual machine operations executed ** by the prepared statement if that number is less than or equal ** to 2147483647. The number of virtual machine operations can be ** used as a proxy for the total work done by the prepared statement. ** If the number of virtual machine operations exceeds 2147483647 ** then the value returned by this statement status code is undefined. ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE
    **
    ^This is the number of times that the prepare statement has been ** automatically regenerated due to schema changes or change to ** [bound parameters] that might affect the query plan. ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN
    **
    ^This is the number of times that the prepared statement has ** been run. A single "run" for the purposes of this counter is one ** or more calls to [sqlite3_step()] followed by a call to [sqlite3_reset()]. ** The counter is incremented on the first [sqlite3_step()] call of each ** cycle. ** ** [[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED]]
    SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED
    **
    ^This is the approximate number of bytes of heap memory ** used to store the prepared statement. ^This value is not actually ** a counter, and so the resetFlg parameter to sqlite3_stmt_status() ** is ignored when the opcode is SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED. **
    **
    */ #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP 1 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT 2 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX 3 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP 4 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE 5 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN 6 #define SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED 99 /* ** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object ** ** The sqlite3_pcache type is opaque. It is implemented by ** the pluggable module. The SQLite core has no knowledge of ** its size or internal structure and never deals with the ** sqlite3_pcache object except by holding and passing pointers ** to the object. ** ** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache sqlite3_pcache; /* ** CAPI3REF: Custom Page Cache Object ** ** The sqlite3_pcache_page object represents a single page in the ** page cache. The page cache will allocate instances of this ** object. Various methods of the page cache use pointers to instances ** of this object as parameters or as their return value. ** ** See [sqlite3_pcache_methods2] for additional information. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_page sqlite3_pcache_page; struct sqlite3_pcache_page { void *pBuf; /* The content of the page */ void *pExtra; /* Extra information associated with the page */ }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Application Defined Page Cache. ** KEYWORDS: {page cache} ** ** ^(The [sqlite3_config]([SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2], ...) interface can ** register an alternative page cache implementation by passing in an ** instance of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure.)^ ** In many applications, most of the heap memory allocated by ** SQLite is used for the page cache. ** By implementing a ** custom page cache using this API, an application can better control ** the amount of memory consumed by SQLite, the way in which ** that memory is allocated and released, and the policies used to ** determine exactly which parts of a database file are cached and for ** how long. ** ** The alternative page cache mechanism is an ** extreme measure that is only needed by the most demanding applications. ** The built-in page cache is recommended for most uses. ** ** ^(The contents of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2 structure are copied to an ** internal buffer by SQLite within the call to [sqlite3_config]. Hence ** the application may discard the parameter after the call to ** [sqlite3_config()] returns.)^ ** ** [[the xInit() page cache method]] ** ^(The xInit() method is called once for each effective ** call to [sqlite3_initialize()])^ ** (usually only once during the lifetime of the process). ^(The xInit() ** method is passed a copy of the sqlite3_pcache_methods2.pArg value.)^ ** The intent of the xInit() method is to set up global data structures ** required by the custom page cache implementation. ** ^(If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache.)^ ** ** [[the xShutdown() page cache method]] ** ^The xShutdown() method is called by [sqlite3_shutdown()]. ** It can be used to clean up ** any outstanding resources before process shutdown, if required. ** ^The xShutdown() method may be NULL. ** ** ^SQLite automatically serializes calls to the xInit method, ** so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ^The ** xShutdown method is only called from [sqlite3_shutdown()] so it does ** not need to be threadsafe either. All other methods must be threadsafe ** in multithreaded applications. ** ** ^SQLite will never invoke xInit() more than once without an intervening ** call to xShutdown(). ** ** [[the xCreate() page cache methods]] ** ^SQLite invokes the xCreate() method to construct a new cache instance. ** SQLite will typically create one cache instance for each open database file, ** though this is not guaranteed. ^The ** first parameter, szPage, is the size in bytes of the pages that must ** be allocated by the cache. ^szPage will always a power of two. ^The ** second parameter szExtra is a number of bytes of extra storage ** associated with each page cache entry. ^The szExtra parameter will ** a number less than 250. SQLite will use the ** extra szExtra bytes on each page to store metadata about the underlying ** database page on disk. The value passed into szExtra depends ** on the SQLite version, the target platform, and how SQLite was compiled. ** ^The third argument to xCreate(), bPurgeable, is true if the cache being ** created will be used to cache database pages of a file stored on disk, or ** false if it is used for an in-memory database. The cache implementation ** does not have to do anything special based with the value of bPurgeable; ** it is purely advisory. ^On a cache where bPurgeable is false, SQLite will ** never invoke xUnpin() except to deliberately delete a page. ** ^In other words, calls to xUnpin() on a cache with bPurgeable set to ** false will always have the "discard" flag set to true. ** ^Hence, a cache created with bPurgeable false will ** never contain any unpinned pages. ** ** [[the xCachesize() page cache method]] ** ^(The xCachesize() method may be called at any time by SQLite to set the ** suggested maximum cache-size (number of pages stored by) the cache ** instance passed as the first argument. This is the value configured using ** the SQLite "[PRAGMA cache_size]" command.)^ As with the bPurgeable ** parameter, the implementation is not required to do anything with this ** value; it is advisory only. ** ** [[the xPagecount() page cache methods]] ** The xPagecount() method must return the number of pages currently ** stored in the cache, both pinned and unpinned. ** ** [[the xFetch() page cache methods]] ** The xFetch() method locates a page in the cache and returns a pointer to ** an sqlite3_pcache_page object associated with that page, or a NULL pointer. ** The pBuf element of the returned sqlite3_pcache_page object will be a ** pointer to a buffer of szPage bytes used to store the content of a ** single database page. The pExtra element of sqlite3_pcache_page will be ** a pointer to the szExtra bytes of extra storage that SQLite has requested ** for each entry in the page cache. ** ** The page to be fetched is determined by the key. ^The minimum key value ** is 1. After it has been retrieved using xFetch, the page is considered ** to be "pinned". ** ** If the requested page is already in the page cache, then the page cache ** implementation must return a pointer to the page buffer with its content ** intact. If the requested page is not already in the cache, then the ** cache implementation should use the value of the createFlag ** parameter to help it determined what action to take: ** ** **
    createFlag Behavior when page is not already in cache **
    0 Do not allocate a new page. Return NULL. **
    1 Allocate a new page if it easy and convenient to do so. ** Otherwise return NULL. **
    2 Make every effort to allocate a new page. Only return ** NULL if allocating a new page is effectively impossible. **
    ** ** ^(SQLite will normally invoke xFetch() with a createFlag of 0 or 1. SQLite ** will only use a createFlag of 2 after a prior call with a createFlag of 1 ** failed.)^ In between the to xFetch() calls, SQLite may ** attempt to unpin one or more cache pages by spilling the content of ** pinned pages to disk and synching the operating system disk cache. ** ** [[the xUnpin() page cache method]] ** ^xUnpin() is called by SQLite with a pointer to a currently pinned page ** as its second argument. If the third parameter, discard, is non-zero, ** then the page must be evicted from the cache. ** ^If the discard parameter is ** zero, then the page may be discarded or retained at the discretion of ** page cache implementation. ^The page cache implementation ** may choose to evict unpinned pages at any time. ** ** The cache must not perform any reference counting. A single ** call to xUnpin() unpins the page regardless of the number of prior calls ** to xFetch(). ** ** [[the xRekey() page cache methods]] ** The xRekey() method is used to change the key value associated with the ** page passed as the second argument. If the cache ** previously contains an entry associated with newKey, it must be ** discarded. ^Any prior cache entry associated with newKey is guaranteed not ** to be pinned. ** ** When SQLite calls the xTruncate() method, the cache must discard all ** existing cache entries with page numbers (keys) greater than or equal ** to the value of the iLimit parameter passed to xTruncate(). If any ** of these pages are pinned, they are implicitly unpinned, meaning that ** they can be safely discarded. ** ** [[the xDestroy() page cache method]] ** ^The xDestroy() method is used to delete a cache allocated by xCreate(). ** All resources associated with the specified cache should be freed. ^After ** calling the xDestroy() method, SQLite considers the [sqlite3_pcache*] ** handle invalid, and will not use it with any other sqlite3_pcache_methods2 ** functions. ** ** [[the xShrink() page cache method]] ** ^SQLite invokes the xShrink() method when it wants the page cache to ** free up as much of heap memory as possible. The page cache implementation ** is not obligated to free any memory, but well-behaved implementations should ** do their best. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 sqlite3_pcache_methods2; struct sqlite3_pcache_methods2 { int iVersion; void *pArg; int (*xInit)(void*); void (*xShutdown)(void*); sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable); void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); sqlite3_pcache_page *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, int discard); void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, sqlite3_pcache_page*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); void (*xShrink)(sqlite3_pcache*); }; /* ** This is the obsolete pcache_methods object that has now been replaced ** by sqlite3_pcache_methods2. This object is not used by SQLite. It is ** retained in the header file for backwards compatibility only. */ typedef struct sqlite3_pcache_methods sqlite3_pcache_methods; struct sqlite3_pcache_methods { void *pArg; int (*xInit)(void*); void (*xShutdown)(void*); sqlite3_pcache *(*xCreate)(int szPage, int bPurgeable); void (*xCachesize)(sqlite3_pcache*, int nCachesize); int (*xPagecount)(sqlite3_pcache*); void *(*xFetch)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned key, int createFlag); void (*xUnpin)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, int discard); void (*xRekey)(sqlite3_pcache*, void*, unsigned oldKey, unsigned newKey); void (*xTruncate)(sqlite3_pcache*, unsigned iLimit); void (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_pcache*); }; /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup Object ** ** The sqlite3_backup object records state information about an ongoing ** online backup operation. ^The sqlite3_backup object is created by ** a call to [sqlite3_backup_init()] and is destroyed by a call to ** [sqlite3_backup_finish()]. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] */ typedef struct sqlite3_backup sqlite3_backup; /* ** CAPI3REF: Online Backup API. ** ** The backup API copies the content of one database into another. ** It is useful either for creating backups of databases or ** for copying in-memory databases to or from persistent files. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Online Backup API] ** ** ^SQLite holds a write transaction open on the destination database file ** for the duration of the backup operation. ** ^The source database is read-locked only while it is being read; ** it is not locked continuously for the entire backup operation. ** ^Thus, the backup may be performed on a live source database without ** preventing other database connections from ** reading or writing to the source database while the backup is underway. ** ** ^(To perform a backup operation: **
      **
    1. sqlite3_backup_init() is called once to initialize the ** backup, **
    2. sqlite3_backup_step() is called one or more times to transfer ** the data between the two databases, and finally **
    3. sqlite3_backup_finish() is called to release all resources ** associated with the backup operation. **
    )^ ** There should be exactly one call to sqlite3_backup_finish() for each ** successful call to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_init()]] sqlite3_backup_init() ** ** ^The D and N arguments to sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) are the ** [database connection] associated with the destination database ** and the database name, respectively. ** ^The database name is "main" for the main database, "temp" for the ** temporary database, or the name specified after the AS keyword in ** an [ATTACH] statement for an attached database. ** ^The S and M arguments passed to ** sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) identify the [database connection] ** and database name of the source database, respectively. ** ^The source and destination [database connections] (parameters S and D) ** must be different or else sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M) will fail with ** an error. ** ** ^A call to sqlite3_backup_init() will fail, returning NULL, if ** there is already a read or read-write transaction open on the ** destination database. ** ** ^If an error occurs within sqlite3_backup_init(D,N,S,M), then NULL is ** returned and an error code and error message are stored in the ** destination [database connection] D. ** ^The error code and message for the failed call to sqlite3_backup_init() ** can be retrieved using the [sqlite3_errcode()], [sqlite3_errmsg()], and/or ** [sqlite3_errmsg16()] functions. ** ^A successful call to sqlite3_backup_init() returns a pointer to an ** [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^The [sqlite3_backup] object may be used with the sqlite3_backup_step() and ** sqlite3_backup_finish() functions to perform the specified backup ** operation. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_step()]] sqlite3_backup_step() ** ** ^Function sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) will copy up to N pages between ** the source and destination databases specified by [sqlite3_backup] object B. ** ^If N is negative, all remaining source pages are copied. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully copies N pages and there ** are still more pages to be copied, then the function returns [SQLITE_OK]. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step(B,N) successfully finishes copying all pages ** from source to destination, then it returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ** ^If an error occurs while running sqlite3_backup_step(B,N), ** then an [error code] is returned. ^As well as [SQLITE_OK] and ** [SQLITE_DONE], a call to sqlite3_backup_step() may return [SQLITE_READONLY], ** [SQLITE_NOMEM], [SQLITE_BUSY], [SQLITE_LOCKED], or an ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX] extended error code. ** ** ^(The sqlite3_backup_step() might return [SQLITE_READONLY] if **
      **
    1. the destination database was opened read-only, or **
    2. the destination database is using write-ahead-log journaling ** and the destination and source page sizes differ, or **
    3. the destination database is an in-memory database and the ** destination and source page sizes differ. **
    )^ ** ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() cannot obtain a required file-system lock, then ** the [sqlite3_busy_handler | busy-handler function] ** is invoked (if one is specified). ^If the ** busy-handler returns non-zero before the lock is available, then ** [SQLITE_BUSY] is returned to the caller. ^In this case the call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later. ^If the source ** [database connection] ** is being used to write to the source database when sqlite3_backup_step() ** is called, then [SQLITE_LOCKED] is returned immediately. ^Again, in this ** case the call to sqlite3_backup_step() can be retried later on. ^(If ** [SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS | SQLITE_IOERR_XXX], [SQLITE_NOMEM], or ** [SQLITE_READONLY] is returned, then ** there is no point in retrying the call to sqlite3_backup_step(). These ** errors are considered fatal.)^ The application must accept ** that the backup operation has failed and pass the backup operation handle ** to the sqlite3_backup_finish() to release associated resources. ** ** ^The first call to sqlite3_backup_step() obtains an exclusive lock ** on the destination file. ^The exclusive lock is not released until either ** sqlite3_backup_finish() is called or the backup operation is complete ** and sqlite3_backup_step() returns [SQLITE_DONE]. ^Every call to ** sqlite3_backup_step() obtains a [shared lock] on the source database that ** lasts for the duration of the sqlite3_backup_step() call. ** ^Because the source database is not locked between calls to ** sqlite3_backup_step(), the source database may be modified mid-way ** through the backup process. ^If the source database is modified by an ** external process or via a database connection other than the one being ** used by the backup operation, then the backup will be automatically ** restarted by the next call to sqlite3_backup_step(). ^If the source ** database is modified by the using the same database connection as is used ** by the backup operation, then the backup database is automatically ** updated at the same time. ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_finish()]] sqlite3_backup_finish() ** ** When sqlite3_backup_step() has returned [SQLITE_DONE], or when the ** application wishes to abandon the backup operation, the application ** should destroy the [sqlite3_backup] by passing it to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ^The sqlite3_backup_finish() interfaces releases all ** resources associated with the [sqlite3_backup] object. ** ^If sqlite3_backup_step() has not yet returned [SQLITE_DONE], then any ** active write-transaction on the destination database is rolled back. ** The [sqlite3_backup] object is invalid ** and may not be used following a call to sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ** ^The value returned by sqlite3_backup_finish is [SQLITE_OK] if no ** sqlite3_backup_step() errors occurred, regardless or whether or not ** sqlite3_backup_step() completed. ** ^If an out-of-memory condition or IO error occurred during any prior ** sqlite3_backup_step() call on the same [sqlite3_backup] object, then ** sqlite3_backup_finish() returns the corresponding [error code]. ** ** ^A return of [SQLITE_BUSY] or [SQLITE_LOCKED] from sqlite3_backup_step() ** is not a permanent error and does not affect the return value of ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). ** ** [[sqlite3_backup_remaining()]] [[sqlite3_backup_pagecount()]] ** sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** ** ^The sqlite3_backup_remaining() routine returns the number of pages still ** to be backed up at the conclusion of the most recent sqlite3_backup_step(). ** ^The sqlite3_backup_pagecount() routine returns the total number of pages ** in the source database at the conclusion of the most recent ** sqlite3_backup_step(). ** ^(The values returned by these functions are only updated by ** sqlite3_backup_step(). If the source database is modified in a way that ** changes the size of the source database or the number of pages remaining, ** those changes are not reflected in the output of sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** and sqlite3_backup_remaining() until after the next ** sqlite3_backup_step().)^ ** ** Concurrent Usage of Database Handles ** ** ^The source [database connection] may be used by the application for other ** purposes while a backup operation is underway or being initialized. ** ^If SQLite is compiled and configured to support threadsafe database ** connections, then the source database connection may be used concurrently ** from within other threads. ** ** However, the application must guarantee that the destination ** [database connection] is not passed to any other API (by any thread) after ** sqlite3_backup_init() is called and before the corresponding call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). SQLite does not currently check to see ** if the application incorrectly accesses the destination [database connection] ** and so no error code is reported, but the operations may malfunction ** nevertheless. Use of the destination database connection while a ** backup is in progress might also also cause a mutex deadlock. ** ** If running in [shared cache mode], the application must ** guarantee that the shared cache used by the destination database ** is not accessed while the backup is running. In practice this means ** that the application must guarantee that the disk file being ** backed up to is not accessed by any connection within the process, ** not just the specific connection that was passed to sqlite3_backup_init(). ** ** The [sqlite3_backup] object itself is partially threadsafe. Multiple ** threads may safely make multiple concurrent calls to sqlite3_backup_step(). ** However, the sqlite3_backup_remaining() and sqlite3_backup_pagecount() ** APIs are not strictly speaking threadsafe. If they are invoked at the ** same time as another thread is invoking sqlite3_backup_step() it is ** possible that they return invalid values. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( sqlite3 *pDest, /* Destination database handle */ const char *zDestName, /* Destination database name */ sqlite3 *pSource, /* Source database handle */ const char *zSourceName /* Source database name */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Unlock Notification ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^When running in shared-cache mode, a database operation may fail with ** an [SQLITE_LOCKED] error if the required locks on the shared-cache or ** individual tables within the shared-cache cannot be obtained. See ** [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode] for a description of shared-cache locking. ** ^This API may be used to register a callback that SQLite will invoke ** when the connection currently holding the required lock relinquishes it. ** ^This API is only available if the library was compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY] C-preprocessor symbol defined. ** ** See Also: [Using the SQLite Unlock Notification Feature]. ** ** ^Shared-cache locks are released when a database connection concludes ** its current transaction, either by committing it or rolling it back. ** ** ^When a connection (known as the blocked connection) fails to obtain a ** shared-cache lock and SQLITE_LOCKED is returned to the caller, the ** identity of the database connection (the blocking connection) that ** has locked the required resource is stored internally. ^After an ** application receives an SQLITE_LOCKED error, it may call the ** sqlite3_unlock_notify() method with the blocked connection handle as ** the first argument to register for a callback that will be invoked ** when the blocking connections current transaction is concluded. ^The ** callback is invoked from within the [sqlite3_step] or [sqlite3_close] ** call that concludes the blocking connections transaction. ** ** ^(If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called in a multi-threaded application, ** there is a chance that the blocking connection will have already ** concluded its transaction by the time sqlite3_unlock_notify() is invoked. ** If this happens, then the specified callback is invoked immediately, ** from within the call to sqlite3_unlock_notify().)^ ** ** ^If the blocked connection is attempting to obtain a write-lock on a ** shared-cache table, and more than one other connection currently holds ** a read-lock on the same table, then SQLite arbitrarily selects one of ** the other connections to use as the blocking connection. ** ** ^(There may be at most one unlock-notify callback registered by a ** blocked connection. If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is called when the ** blocked connection already has a registered unlock-notify callback, ** then the new callback replaces the old.)^ ^If sqlite3_unlock_notify() is ** called with a NULL pointer as its second argument, then any existing ** unlock-notify callback is canceled. ^The blocked connections ** unlock-notify callback may also be canceled by closing the blocked ** connection using [sqlite3_close()]. ** ** The unlock-notify callback is not reentrant. If an application invokes ** any sqlite3_xxx API functions from within an unlock-notify callback, a ** crash or deadlock may be the result. ** ** ^Unless deadlock is detected (see below), sqlite3_unlock_notify() always ** returns SQLITE_OK. ** ** Callback Invocation Details ** ** When an unlock-notify callback is registered, the application provides a ** single void* pointer that is passed to the callback when it is invoked. ** However, the signature of the callback function allows SQLite to pass ** it an array of void* context pointers. The first argument passed to ** an unlock-notify callback is a pointer to an array of void* pointers, ** and the second is the number of entries in the array. ** ** When a blocking connections transaction is concluded, there may be ** more than one blocked connection that has registered for an unlock-notify ** callback. ^If two or more such blocked connections have specified the ** same callback function, then instead of invoking the callback function ** multiple times, it is invoked once with the set of void* context pointers ** specified by the blocked connections bundled together into an array. ** This gives the application an opportunity to prioritize any actions ** related to the set of unblocked database connections. ** ** Deadlock Detection ** ** Assuming that after registering for an unlock-notify callback a ** database waits for the callback to be issued before taking any further ** action (a reasonable assumption), then using this API may cause the ** application to deadlock. For example, if connection X is waiting for ** connection Y's transaction to be concluded, and similarly connection ** Y is waiting on connection X's transaction, then neither connection ** will proceed and the system may remain deadlocked indefinitely. ** ** To avoid this scenario, the sqlite3_unlock_notify() performs deadlock ** detection. ^If a given call to sqlite3_unlock_notify() would put the ** system in a deadlocked state, then SQLITE_LOCKED is returned and no ** unlock-notify callback is registered. The system is said to be in ** a deadlocked state if connection A has registered for an unlock-notify ** callback on the conclusion of connection B's transaction, and connection ** B has itself registered for an unlock-notify callback when connection ** A's transaction is concluded. ^Indirect deadlock is also detected, so ** the system is also considered to be deadlocked if connection B has ** registered for an unlock-notify callback on the conclusion of connection ** C's transaction, where connection C is waiting on connection A. ^Any ** number of levels of indirection are allowed. ** ** The "DROP TABLE" Exception ** ** When a call to [sqlite3_step()] returns SQLITE_LOCKED, it is almost ** always appropriate to call sqlite3_unlock_notify(). There is however, ** one exception. When executing a "DROP TABLE" or "DROP INDEX" statement, ** SQLite checks if there are any currently executing SELECT statements ** that belong to the same connection. If there are, SQLITE_LOCKED is ** returned. In this case there is no "blocking connection", so invoking ** sqlite3_unlock_notify() results in the unlock-notify callback being ** invoked immediately. If the application then re-attempts the "DROP TABLE" ** or "DROP INDEX" query, an infinite loop might be the result. ** ** One way around this problem is to check the extended error code returned ** by an sqlite3_step() call. ^(If there is a blocking connection, then the ** extended error code is set to SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE. Otherwise, in ** the special "DROP TABLE/INDEX" case, the extended error code is just ** SQLITE_LOCKED.)^ */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( sqlite3 *pBlocked, /* Waiting connection */ void (*xNotify)(void **apArg, int nArg), /* Callback function to invoke */ void *pNotifyArg /* Argument to pass to xNotify */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: String Comparison ** ** ^The [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()] APIs allow applications ** and extensions to compare the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 ** strings in a case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case ** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *, const char *); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *, const char *, int); /* ** CAPI3REF: String Globbing * ** ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] interface returns zero if and only if ** string X matches the [GLOB] pattern P. ** ^The definition of [GLOB] pattern matching used in ** [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] is the same as for the "X GLOB P" operator in the ** SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^The [sqlite3_strglob(P,X)] function ** is case sensitive. ** ** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings ** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_strlike()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr); /* ** CAPI3REF: String LIKE Matching * ** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] interface returns zero if and only if ** string X matches the [LIKE] pattern P with escape character E. ** ^The definition of [LIKE] pattern matching used in ** [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] is the same as for the "X LIKE P ESCAPE E" ** operator in the SQL dialect understood by SQLite. ^For "X LIKE P" without ** the ESCAPE clause, set the E parameter of [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] to 0. ** ^As with the LIKE operator, the [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function is case ** insensitive - equivalent upper and lower case ASCII characters match ** one another. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_strlike(P,X,E)] function matches Unicode characters, though ** only ASCII characters are case folded. ** ** Note that this routine returns zero on a match and non-zero if the strings ** do not match, the same as [sqlite3_stricmp()] and [sqlite3_strnicmp()]. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_strglob()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strlike(const char *zGlob, const char *zStr, unsigned int cEsc); /* ** CAPI3REF: Error Logging Interface ** ** ^The [sqlite3_log()] interface writes a message into the [error log] ** established by the [SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG] option to [sqlite3_config()]. ** ^If logging is enabled, the zFormat string and subsequent arguments are ** used with [sqlite3_snprintf()] to generate the final output string. ** ** The sqlite3_log() interface is intended for use by extensions such as ** virtual tables, collating functions, and SQL functions. While there is ** nothing to prevent an application from calling sqlite3_log(), doing so ** is considered bad form. ** ** The zFormat string must not be NULL. ** ** To avoid deadlocks and other threading problems, the sqlite3_log() routine ** will not use dynamically allocated memory. The log message is stored in ** a fixed-length buffer on the stack. If the log message is longer than ** a few hundred characters, it will be truncated to the length of the ** buffer. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Write-Ahead Log Commit Hook ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_hook()] function is used to register a callback that ** is invoked each time data is committed to a database in wal mode. ** ** ^(The callback is invoked by SQLite after the commit has taken place and ** the associated write-lock on the database released)^, so the implementation ** may read, write or [checkpoint] the database as required. ** ** ^The first parameter passed to the callback function when it is invoked ** is a copy of the third parameter passed to sqlite3_wal_hook() when ** registering the callback. ^The second is a copy of the database handle. ** ^The third parameter is the name of the database that was written to - ** either "main" or the name of an [ATTACH]-ed database. ^The fourth parameter ** is the number of pages currently in the write-ahead log file, ** including those that were just committed. ** ** The callback function should normally return [SQLITE_OK]. ^If an error ** code is returned, that error will propagate back up through the ** SQLite code base to cause the statement that provoked the callback ** to report an error, though the commit will have still occurred. If the ** callback returns [SQLITE_ROW] or [SQLITE_DONE], or if it returns a value ** that does not correspond to any valid SQLite error code, the results ** are undefined. ** ** A single database handle may have at most a single write-ahead log callback ** registered at one time. ^Calling [sqlite3_wal_hook()] replaces any ** previously registered write-ahead log callback. ^Note that the ** [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint()] interface and the ** [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] both invoke [sqlite3_wal_hook()] and will ** overwrite any prior [sqlite3_wal_hook()] settings. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( sqlite3*, int(*)(void *,sqlite3*,const char*,int), void* ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure an auto-checkpoint ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^The [sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(D,N)] is a wrapper around ** [sqlite3_wal_hook()] that causes any database on [database connection] D ** to automatically [checkpoint] ** after committing a transaction if there are N or ** more frames in the [write-ahead log] file. ^Passing zero or ** a negative value as the nFrame parameter disables automatic ** checkpoints entirely. ** ** ^The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback ** registered using [sqlite3_wal_hook()]. ^Likewise, registering a callback ** using [sqlite3_wal_hook()] disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism ** configured by this function. ** ** ^The [wal_autocheckpoint pragma] can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. ** ** ^Checkpoints initiated by this mechanism are ** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2|PASSIVE]. ** ** ^Every new [database connection] defaults to having the auto-checkpoint ** enabled with a threshold of 1000 or [SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT] ** pages. The use of this interface ** is only necessary if the default setting is found to be suboptimal ** for a particular application. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int N); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to ** [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2](D,X,[SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE],0,0).)^ ** ** In brief, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) causes the content in the ** [write-ahead log] for database X on [database connection] D to be ** transferred into the database file and for the write-ahead log to ** be reset. See the [checkpointing] documentation for addition ** information. ** ** This interface used to be the only way to cause a checkpoint to ** occur. But then the newer and more powerful [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] ** interface was added. This interface is retained for backwards ** compatibility and as a convenience for applications that need to manually ** start a callback but which do not need the full power (and corresponding ** complication) of [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint a database ** METHOD: sqlite3 ** ** ^(The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,M,L,C) interface runs a checkpoint ** operation on database X of [database connection] D in mode M. Status ** information is written back into integers pointed to by L and C.)^ ** ^(The M parameter must be a valid [checkpoint mode]:)^ ** **
    **
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE
    ** ^Checkpoint as many frames as possible without waiting for any database ** readers or writers to finish, then sync the database file if all frames ** in the log were checkpointed. ^The [busy-handler callback] ** is never invoked in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. ** ^On the other hand, passive mode might leave the checkpoint unfinished ** if there are concurrent readers or writers. ** **
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL
    ** ^This mode blocks (it invokes the ** [sqlite3_busy_handler|busy-handler callback]) until there is no ** database writer and all readers are reading from the most recent database ** snapshot. ^It then checkpoints all frames in the log file and syncs the ** database file. ^This mode blocks new database writers while it is pending, ** but new database readers are allowed to continue unimpeded. ** **
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART
    ** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL with the addition ** that after checkpointing the log file it blocks (calls the ** [busy-handler callback]) ** until all readers are reading from the database file only. ^This ensures ** that the next writer will restart the log file from the beginning. ** ^Like SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, this mode blocks new ** database writer attempts while it is pending, but does not impede readers. ** **
    SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE
    ** ^This mode works the same way as SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the ** addition that it also truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior ** to a successful return. **
    ** ** ^If pnLog is not NULL, then *pnLog is set to the total number of frames in ** the log file or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run because ** of an error or because the database is not in [WAL mode]. ^If pnCkpt is not ** NULL,then *pnCkpt is set to the total number of checkpointed frames in the ** log file (including any that were already checkpointed before the function ** was called) or to -1 if the checkpoint could not run due to an error or ** because the database is not in WAL mode. ^Note that upon successful ** completion of an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE, the log file will have been ** truncated to zero bytes and so both *pnLog and *pnCkpt will be set to zero. ** ** ^All calls obtain an exclusive "checkpoint" lock on the database file. ^If ** any other process is running a checkpoint operation at the same time, the ** lock cannot be obtained and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ^Even if there is a ** busy-handler configured, it will not be invoked in this case. ** ** ^The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and TRUNCATE modes also obtain the ** exclusive "writer" lock on the database file. ^If the writer lock cannot be ** obtained immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and ** the writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the lock ** is successfully obtained. ^The busy-handler is also invoked while waiting for ** database readers as described above. ^If the busy-handler returns 0 before ** the writer lock is obtained or while waiting for database readers, the ** checkpoint operation proceeds from that point in the same way as ** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE - checkpointing as many frames as possible ** without blocking any further. ^SQLITE_BUSY is returned in this case. ** ** ^If parameter zDb is NULL or points to a zero length string, then the ** specified operation is attempted on all WAL databases [attached] to ** [database connection] db. In this case the ** values written to output parameters *pnLog and *pnCkpt are undefined. ^If ** an SQLITE_BUSY error is encountered when processing one or more of the ** attached WAL databases, the operation is still attempted on any remaining ** attached databases and SQLITE_BUSY is returned at the end. ^If any other ** error occurs while processing an attached database, processing is abandoned ** and the error code is returned to the caller immediately. ^If no error ** (SQLITE_BUSY or otherwise) is encountered while processing the attached ** databases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** ^If database zDb is the name of an attached database that is not in WAL ** mode, SQLITE_OK is returned and both *pnLog and *pnCkpt set to -1. ^If ** zDb is not NULL (or a zero length string) and is not the name of any ** attached database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned to the caller. ** ** ^Unless it returns SQLITE_MISUSE, ** the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2() interface ** sets the error information that is queried by ** [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()]. ** ** ^The [PRAGMA wal_checkpoint] command can be used to invoke this interface ** from SQL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Checkpoint Mode Values ** KEYWORDS: {checkpoint mode} ** ** These constants define all valid values for the "checkpoint mode" passed ** as the third parameter to the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] interface. ** See the [sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2()] documentation for details on the ** meaning of each of these checkpoint modes. */ #define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE 0 /* Do as much as possible w/o blocking */ #define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL 1 /* Wait for writers, then checkpoint */ #define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART 2 /* Like FULL but wait for for readers */ #define SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE 3 /* Like RESTART but also truncate WAL */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Interface Configuration ** ** This function may be called by either the [xConnect] or [xCreate] method ** of a [virtual table] implementation to configure ** various facets of the virtual table interface. ** ** If this interface is invoked outside the context of an xConnect or ** xCreate virtual table method then the behavior is undefined. ** ** At present, there is only one option that may be configured using ** this function. (See [SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT].) Further options ** may be added in the future. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3*, int op, ...); /* ** CAPI3REF: Virtual Table Configuration Options ** ** These macros define the various options to the ** [sqlite3_vtab_config()] interface that [virtual table] implementations ** can use to customize and optimize their behavior. ** **
    **
    SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT **
    Calls of the form ** [sqlite3_vtab_config](db,SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT,X) are supported, ** where X is an integer. If X is zero, then the [virtual table] whose ** [xCreate] or [xConnect] method invoked [sqlite3_vtab_config()] does not ** support constraints. In this configuration (which is the default) if ** a call to the [xUpdate] method returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], then the entire ** statement is rolled back as if [ON CONFLICT | OR ABORT] had been ** specified as part of the users SQL statement, regardless of the actual ** ON CONFLICT mode specified. ** ** If X is non-zero, then the virtual table implementation guarantees ** that if [xUpdate] returns [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], it will do so before ** any modifications to internal or persistent data structures have been made. ** If the [ON CONFLICT] mode is ABORT, FAIL, IGNORE or ROLLBACK, SQLite ** is able to roll back a statement or database transaction, and abandon ** or continue processing the current SQL statement as appropriate. ** If the ON CONFLICT mode is REPLACE and the [xUpdate] method returns ** [SQLITE_CONSTRAINT], SQLite handles this as if the ON CONFLICT mode ** had been ABORT. ** ** Virtual table implementations that are required to handle OR REPLACE ** must do so within the [xUpdate] method. If a call to the ** [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] function indicates that the current ON ** CONFLICT policy is REPLACE, the virtual table implementation should ** silently replace the appropriate rows within the xUpdate callback and ** return SQLITE_OK. Or, if this is not possible, it may return ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, in which case SQLite falls back to OR ABORT ** constraint handling. **
    */ #define SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT 1 /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine The Virtual Table Conflict Policy ** ** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xUpdate] method ** of a [virtual table] implementation for an INSERT or UPDATE operation. ^The ** value returned is one of [SQLITE_ROLLBACK], [SQLITE_IGNORE], [SQLITE_FAIL], ** [SQLITE_ABORT], or [SQLITE_REPLACE], according to the [ON CONFLICT] mode ** of the SQL statement that triggered the call to the [xUpdate] method of the ** [virtual table]. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine If Virtual Table Column Access Is For UPDATE ** ** If the sqlite3_vtab_nochange(X) routine is called within the [xColumn] ** method of a [virtual table], then it returns true if and only if the ** column is being fetched as part of an UPDATE operation during which the ** column value will not change. Applications might use this to substitute ** a return value that is less expensive to compute and that the corresponding ** [xUpdate] method understands as a "no-change" value. ** ** If the [xColumn] method calls sqlite3_vtab_nochange() and finds that ** the column is not changed by the UPDATE statement, then the xColumn ** method can optionally return without setting a result, without calling ** any of the [sqlite3_result_int|sqlite3_result_xxxxx() interfaces]. ** In that case, [sqlite3_value_nochange(X)] will return true for the ** same column in the [xUpdate] method. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine The Collation For a Virtual Table Constraint ** ** This function may only be called from within a call to the [xBestIndex] ** method of a [virtual table]. ** ** The first argument must be the sqlite3_index_info object that is the ** first parameter to the xBestIndex() method. The second argument must be ** an index into the aConstraint[] array belonging to the sqlite3_index_info ** structure passed to xBestIndex. This function returns a pointer to a buffer ** containing the name of the collation sequence for the corresponding ** constraint. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info*,int); /* ** CAPI3REF: Conflict resolution modes ** KEYWORDS: {conflict resolution mode} ** ** These constants are returned by [sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict()] to ** inform a [virtual table] implementation what the [ON CONFLICT] mode ** is for the SQL statement being evaluated. ** ** Note that the [SQLITE_IGNORE] constant is also used as a potential ** return value from the [sqlite3_set_authorizer()] callback and that ** [SQLITE_ABORT] is also a [result code]. */ #define SQLITE_ROLLBACK 1 /* #define SQLITE_IGNORE 2 // Also used by sqlite3_authorizer() callback */ #define SQLITE_FAIL 3 /* #define SQLITE_ABORT 4 // Also an error code */ #define SQLITE_REPLACE 5 /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status Opcodes ** KEYWORDS: {scanstatus options} ** ** The following constants can be used for the T parameter to the ** [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(S,X,T,V)] interface. Each constant designates a ** different metric for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() to return. ** ** When the value returned to V is a string, space to hold that string is ** managed by the prepared statement S and will be automatically freed when ** S is finalized. ** **
    ** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP
    **
    ^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be ** set to the total number of times that the X-th loop has run.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT
    **
    ^The [sqlite3_int64] variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set ** to the total number of rows examined by all iterations of the X-th loop.
    ** ** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST
    **
    ^The "double" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the ** query planner's estimate for the average number of rows output from each ** iteration of the X-th loop. If the query planner's estimates was accurate, ** then this value will approximate the quotient NVISIT/NLOOP and the ** product of this value for all prior loops with the same SELECTID will ** be the NLOOP value for the current loop. ** ** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME
    **
    ^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set ** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the name of the index or table ** used for the X-th loop. ** ** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN
    **
    ^The "const char *" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set ** to a zero-terminated UTF-8 string containing the [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] ** description for the X-th loop. ** ** [[SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID]]
    SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECT
    **
    ^The "int" variable pointed to by the T parameter will be set to the ** "select-id" for the X-th loop. The select-id identifies which query or ** subquery the loop is part of. The main query has a select-id of zero. ** The select-id is the same value as is output in the first column ** of an [EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN] query. **
    */ #define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP 0 #define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT 1 #define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST 2 #define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME 3 #define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN 4 #define SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID 5 /* ** CAPI3REF: Prepared Statement Scan Status ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** This interface returns information about the predicted and measured ** performance for pStmt. Advanced applications can use this ** interface to compare the predicted and the measured performance and ** issue warnings and/or rerun [ANALYZE] if discrepancies are found. ** ** Since this interface is expected to be rarely used, it is only ** available if SQLite is compiled using the [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] ** compile-time option. ** ** The "iScanStatusOp" parameter determines which status information to return. ** The "iScanStatusOp" must be one of the [scanstatus options] or the behavior ** of this interface is undefined. ** ^The requested measurement is written into a variable pointed to by ** the "pOut" parameter. ** Parameter "idx" identifies the specific loop to retrieve statistics for. ** Loops are numbered starting from zero. ^If idx is out of range - less than ** zero or greater than or equal to the total number of loops used to implement ** the statement - a non-zero value is returned and the variable that pOut ** points to is unchanged. ** ** ^Statistics might not be available for all loops in all statements. ^In cases ** where there exist loops with no available statistics, this function behaves ** as if the loop did not exist - it returns non-zero and leave the variable ** that pOut points to unchanged. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset()] */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Prepared statement for which info desired */ int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ int iScanStatusOp, /* Information desired. SQLITE_SCANSTAT_* */ void *pOut /* Result written here */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Zero Scan-Status Counters ** METHOD: sqlite3_stmt ** ** ^Zero all [sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus()] related event counters. ** ** This API is only available if the library is built with pre-processor ** symbol [SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS] defined. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Flush caches to disk mid-transaction ** ** ^If a write-transaction is open on [database connection] D when the ** [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] interface invoked, any dirty ** pages in the pager-cache that are not currently in use are written out ** to disk. A dirty page may be in use if a database cursor created by an ** active SQL statement is reading from it, or if it is page 1 of a database ** file (page 1 is always "in use"). ^The [sqlite3_db_cacheflush(D)] ** interface flushes caches for all schemas - "main", "temp", and ** any [attached] databases. ** ** ^If this function needs to obtain extra database locks before dirty pages ** can be flushed to disk, it does so. ^If those locks cannot be obtained ** immediately and there is a busy-handler callback configured, it is invoked ** in the usual manner. ^If the required lock still cannot be obtained, then ** the database is skipped and an attempt made to flush any dirty pages ** belonging to the next (if any) database. ^If any databases are skipped ** because locks cannot be obtained, but no other error occurs, this ** function returns SQLITE_BUSY. ** ** ^If any other error occurs while flushing dirty pages to disk (for ** example an IO error or out-of-memory condition), then processing is ** abandoned and an SQLite [error code] is returned to the caller immediately. ** ** ^Otherwise, if no error occurs, [sqlite3_db_cacheflush()] returns SQLITE_OK. ** ** ^This function does not set the database handle error code or message ** returned by the [sqlite3_errcode()] and [sqlite3_errmsg()] functions. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: The pre-update hook. ** ** ^These interfaces are only available if SQLite is compiled using the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK] compile-time option. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] interface registers a callback function ** that is invoked prior to each [INSERT], [UPDATE], and [DELETE] operation ** on a database table. ** ^At most one preupdate hook may be registered at a time on a single ** [database connection]; each call to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] overrides ** the previous setting. ** ^The preupdate hook is disabled by invoking [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] ** with a NULL pointer as the second parameter. ** ^The third parameter to [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] is passed through as ** the first parameter to callbacks. ** ** ^The preupdate hook only fires for changes to real database tables; the ** preupdate hook is not invoked for changes to [virtual tables] or to ** system tables like sqlite_master or sqlite_stat1. ** ** ^The second parameter to the preupdate callback is a pointer to ** the [database connection] that registered the preupdate hook. ** ^The third parameter to the preupdate callback is one of the constants ** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE], or [SQLITE_UPDATE] to identify the ** kind of update operation that is about to occur. ** ^(The fourth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the ** database within the database connection that is being modified. This ** will be "main" for the main database or "temp" for TEMP tables or ** the name given after the AS keyword in the [ATTACH] statement for attached ** databases.)^ ** ^The fifth parameter to the preupdate callback is the name of the ** table that is being modified. ** ** For an UPDATE or DELETE operation on a [rowid table], the sixth ** parameter passed to the preupdate callback is the initial [rowid] of the ** row being modified or deleted. For an INSERT operation on a rowid table, ** or any operation on a WITHOUT ROWID table, the value of the sixth ** parameter is undefined. For an INSERT or UPDATE on a rowid table the ** seventh parameter is the final rowid value of the row being inserted ** or updated. The value of the seventh parameter passed to the callback ** function is not defined for operations on WITHOUT ROWID tables, or for ** INSERT operations on rowid tables. ** ** The [sqlite3_preupdate_old()], [sqlite3_preupdate_new()], ** [sqlite3_preupdate_count()], and [sqlite3_preupdate_depth()] interfaces ** provide additional information about a preupdate event. These routines ** may only be called from within a preupdate callback. Invoking any of ** these routines from outside of a preupdate callback or with a ** [database connection] pointer that is different from the one supplied ** to the preupdate callback results in undefined and probably undesirable ** behavior. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_count(D)] interface returns the number of columns ** in the row that is being inserted, updated, or deleted. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_old(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to ** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of ** the table row before it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 ** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be ** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_UPDATE and SQLITE_DELETE ** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_INSERT callback then the ** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to ** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_new(D,N,P)] interface writes into P a pointer to ** a [protected sqlite3_value] that contains the value of the Nth column of ** the table row after it is updated. The N parameter must be between 0 ** and one less than the number of columns or the behavior will be ** undefined. This must only be used within SQLITE_INSERT and SQLITE_UPDATE ** preupdate callbacks; if it is used by an SQLITE_DELETE callback then the ** behavior is undefined. The [sqlite3_value] that P points to ** will be destroyed when the preupdate callback returns. ** ** ^The [sqlite3_preupdate_depth(D)] interface returns 0 if the preupdate ** callback was invoked as a result of a direct insert, update, or delete ** operation; or 1 for inserts, updates, or deletes invoked by top-level ** triggers; or 2 for changes resulting from triggers called by top-level ** triggers; and so forth. ** ** See also: [sqlite3_update_hook()] */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK) SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_preupdate_hook( sqlite3 *db, void(*xPreUpdate)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to preupdate_hook() */ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ int op, /* SQLITE_UPDATE, DELETE or INSERT */ char const *zDb, /* Database name */ char const *zName, /* Table name */ sqlite3_int64 iKey1, /* Rowid of row about to be deleted/updated */ sqlite3_int64 iKey2 /* New rowid value (for a rowid UPDATE) */ ), void* ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_old(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_depth(sqlite3 *); SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *, int, sqlite3_value **); #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Low-level system error code ** ** ^Attempt to return the underlying operating system error code or error ** number that caused the most recent I/O error or failure to open a file. ** The return value is OS-dependent. For example, on unix systems, after ** [sqlite3_open_v2()] returns [SQLITE_CANTOPEN], this interface could be ** called to get back the underlying "errno" that caused the problem, such ** as ENOSPC, EAUTH, EISDIR, and so forth. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Database Snapshot ** KEYWORDS: {snapshot} {sqlite3_snapshot} ** ** An instance of the snapshot object records the state of a [WAL mode] ** database for some specific point in history. ** ** In [WAL mode], multiple [database connections] that are open on the ** same database file can each be reading a different historical version ** of the database file. When a [database connection] begins a read ** transaction, that connection sees an unchanging copy of the database ** as it existed for the point in time when the transaction first started. ** Subsequent changes to the database from other connections are not seen ** by the reader until a new read transaction is started. ** ** The sqlite3_snapshot object records state information about an historical ** version of the database file so that it is possible to later open a new read ** transaction that sees that historical version of the database rather than ** the most recent version. */ typedef struct sqlite3_snapshot { unsigned char hidden[48]; } sqlite3_snapshot; /* ** CAPI3REF: Record A Database Snapshot ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_snapshot ** ** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface attempts to make a ** new [sqlite3_snapshot] object that records the current state of ** schema S in database connection D. ^On success, the ** [sqlite3_snapshot_get(D,S,P)] interface writes a pointer to the newly ** created [sqlite3_snapshot] object into *P and returns SQLITE_OK. ** If there is not already a read-transaction open on schema S when ** this function is called, one is opened automatically. ** ** The following must be true for this function to succeed. If any of ** the following statements are false when sqlite3_snapshot_get() is ** called, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. The final value of *P is undefined ** in this case. ** **
      **
    • The database handle must not be in [autocommit mode]. ** **
    • Schema S of [database connection] D must be a [WAL mode] database. ** **
    • There must not be a write transaction open on schema S of database ** connection D. ** **
    • One or more transactions must have been written to the current wal ** file since it was created on disk (by any connection). This means ** that a snapshot cannot be taken on a wal mode database with no wal ** file immediately after it is first opened. At least one transaction ** must be written to it first. **
    ** ** This function may also return SQLITE_NOMEM. If it is called with the ** database handle in autocommit mode but fails for some other reason, ** whether or not a read transaction is opened on schema S is undefined. ** ** The [sqlite3_snapshot] object returned from a successful call to ** [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] must be freed using [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] ** to avoid a memory leak. ** ** The [sqlite3_snapshot_get()] interface is only available when the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_get( sqlite3 *db, const char *zSchema, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Start a read transaction on an historical snapshot ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot ** ** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] interface either starts a new read ** transaction or upgrades an existing one for schema S of ** [database connection] D such that the read transaction refers to ** historical [snapshot] P, rather than the most recent change to the ** database. ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface returns SQLITE_OK ** on success or an appropriate [error code] if it fails. ** ** ^In order to succeed, the database connection must not be in ** [autocommit mode] when [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] is called. If there ** is already a read transaction open on schema S, then the database handle ** must have no active statements (SELECT statements that have been passed ** to sqlite3_step() but not sqlite3_reset() or sqlite3_finalize()). ** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if either of these conditions is violated, or ** if schema S does not exist, or if the snapshot object is invalid. ** ** ^A call to sqlite3_snapshot_open() will fail to open if the specified ** snapshot has been overwritten by a [checkpoint]. In this case ** SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT is returned. ** ** If there is already a read transaction open when this function is ** invoked, then the same read transaction remains open (on the same ** database snapshot) if SQLITE_ERROR, SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT ** is returned. If another error code - for example SQLITE_PROTOCOL or an ** SQLITE_IOERR error code - is returned, then the final state of the ** read transaction is undefined. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then the ** read transaction is now open on database snapshot P. ** ** ^(A call to [sqlite3_snapshot_open(D,S,P)] will fail if the ** database connection D does not know that the database file for ** schema S is in [WAL mode]. A database connection might not know ** that the database file is in [WAL mode] if there has been no prior ** I/O on that database connection, or if the database entered [WAL mode] ** after the most recent I/O on the database connection.)^ ** (Hint: Run "[PRAGMA application_id]" against a newly opened ** database connection in order to make it ready to use snapshots.) ** ** The [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface is only available when the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_open( sqlite3 *db, const char *zSchema, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Destroy a snapshot ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_snapshot ** ** ^The [sqlite3_snapshot_free(P)] interface destroys [sqlite3_snapshot] P. ** The application must eventually free every [sqlite3_snapshot] object ** using this routine to avoid a memory leak. ** ** The [sqlite3_snapshot_free()] interface is only available when the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] compile-time option is used. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Compare the ages of two snapshot handles. ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot ** ** The sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(P1, P2) interface is used to compare the ages ** of two valid snapshot handles. ** ** If the two snapshot handles are not associated with the same database ** file, the result of the comparison is undefined. ** ** Additionally, the result of the comparison is only valid if both of the ** snapshot handles were obtained by calling sqlite3_snapshot_get() since the ** last time the wal file was deleted. The wal file is deleted when the ** database is changed back to rollback mode or when the number of database ** clients drops to zero. If either snapshot handle was obtained before the ** wal file was last deleted, the value returned by this function ** is undefined. ** ** Otherwise, this API returns a negative value if P1 refers to an older ** snapshot than P2, zero if the two handles refer to the same database ** snapshot, and a positive value if P1 is a newer snapshot than P2. ** ** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] option. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_cmp( sqlite3_snapshot *p1, sqlite3_snapshot *p2 ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Recover snapshots from a wal file ** METHOD: sqlite3_snapshot ** ** If a [WAL file] remains on disk after all database connections close ** (either through the use of the [SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL] [file control] ** or because the last process to have the database opened exited without ** calling [sqlite3_close()]) and a new connection is subsequently opened ** on that database and [WAL file], the [sqlite3_snapshot_open()] interface ** will only be able to open the last transaction added to the WAL file ** even though the WAL file contains other valid transactions. ** ** This function attempts to scan the WAL file associated with database zDb ** of database handle db and make all valid snapshots available to ** sqlite3_snapshot_open(). It is an error if there is already a read ** transaction open on the database, or if the database is not a WAL mode ** database. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. ** ** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT] option. */ SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXPERIMENTAL int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb); /* ** CAPI3REF: Serialize a database ** ** The sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) interface returns a pointer to memory ** that is a serialization of the S database on [database connection] D. ** If P is not a NULL pointer, then the size of the database in bytes ** is written into *P. ** ** For an ordinary on-disk database file, the serialization is just a ** copy of the disk file. For an in-memory database or a "TEMP" database, ** the serialization is the same sequence of bytes which would be written ** to disk if that database where backed up to disk. ** ** The usual case is that sqlite3_serialize() copies the serialization of ** the database into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] and returns ** a pointer to that memory. The caller is responsible for freeing the ** returned value to avoid a memory leak. However, if the F argument ** contains the SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit, then no memory allocations ** are made, and the sqlite3_serialize() function will return a pointer ** to the contiguous memory representation of the database that SQLite ** is currently using for that database, or NULL if the no such contiguous ** memory representation of the database exists. A contiguous memory ** representation of the database will usually only exist if there has ** been a prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,...)] with the same ** values of D and S. ** The size of the database is written into *P even if the ** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is set but no contiguous copy ** of the database exists. ** ** A call to sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F) might return NULL even if the ** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY bit is omitted from argument F if a memory ** allocation error occurs. ** ** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE] option. */ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ const char *zSchema, /* Which DB to serialize. ex: "main", "temp", ... */ sqlite3_int64 *piSize, /* Write size of the DB here, if not NULL */ unsigned int mFlags /* Zero or more SQLITE_SERIALIZE_* flags */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_serialize ** ** Zero or more of the following constants can be OR-ed together for ** the F argument to [sqlite3_serialize(D,S,P,F)]. ** ** SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY means that [sqlite3_serialize()] will return ** a pointer to contiguous in-memory database that it is currently using, ** without making a copy of the database. If SQLite is not currently using ** a contiguous in-memory database, then this option causes ** [sqlite3_serialize()] to return a NULL pointer. SQLite will only be ** using a contiguous in-memory database if it has been initialized by a ** prior call to [sqlite3_deserialize()]. */ #define SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY 0x001 /* Do no memory allocations */ /* ** CAPI3REF: Deserialize a database ** ** The sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) interface causes the ** [database connection] D to disconnect from database S and then ** reopen S as an in-memory database based on the serialization contained ** in P. The serialized database P is N bytes in size. M is the size of ** the buffer P, which might be larger than N. If M is larger than N, and ** the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY bit is not set in F, then SQLite is ** permitted to add content to the in-memory database as long as the total ** size does not exceed M bytes. ** ** If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in F, then SQLite will ** invoke sqlite3_free() on the serialization buffer when the database ** connection closes. If the SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE bit is set, then ** SQLite will try to increase the buffer size using sqlite3_realloc64() ** if writes on the database cause it to grow larger than M bytes. ** ** The sqlite3_deserialize() interface will fail with SQLITE_BUSY if the ** database is currently in a read transaction or is involved in a backup ** operation. ** ** If sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F) fails for any reason and if the ** SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE bit is set in argument F, then ** [sqlite3_free()] is invoked on argument P prior to returning. ** ** This interface is only available if SQLite is compiled with the ** [SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE] option. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ const char *zSchema, /* Which DB to reopen with the deserialization */ unsigned char *pData, /* The serialized database content */ sqlite3_int64 szDb, /* Number bytes in the deserialization */ sqlite3_int64 szBuf, /* Total size of buffer pData[] */ unsigned mFlags /* Zero or more SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_* flags */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3_deserialize() ** ** The following are allowed values for 6th argument (the F argument) to ** the [sqlite3_deserialize(D,S,P,N,M,F)] interface. ** ** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE means that the database serialization ** in the P argument is held in memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc64()] ** and that SQLite should take ownership of this memory and automatically ** free it when it has finished using it. Without this flag, the caller ** is responsible for freeing any dynamically allocated memory. ** ** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE flag means that SQLite is allowed to ** grow the size of the database using calls to [sqlite3_realloc64()]. This ** flag should only be used if SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE is also used. ** Without this flag, the deserialized database cannot increase in size beyond ** the number of bytes specified by the M parameter. ** ** The SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY flag means that the deserialized database ** should be treated as read-only. */ #define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE 1 /* Call sqlite3_free() on close */ #define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE 2 /* Resize using sqlite3_realloc64() */ #define SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_READONLY 4 /* Database is read-only */ /* ** Undo the hack that converts floating point types to integer for ** builds on processors without floating point support. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # undef double #endif #if 0 } /* End of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif #endif /* SQLITE3_H */ /******** Begin file sqlite3rtree.h *********/ /* ** 2010 August 30 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* */ #ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ #define _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ #if 0 extern "C" { #endif typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry sqlite3_rtree_geometry; typedef struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info sqlite3_rtree_query_info; /* The double-precision datatype used by RTree depends on the ** SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY compile-time option. */ #ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_rtree_dbl; #else typedef double sqlite3_rtree_dbl; #endif /* ** Register a geometry callback named zGeom that can be used as part of an ** R-Tree geometry query as follows: ** ** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zGeom(... params ...) */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( sqlite3 *db, const char *zGeom, int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, sqlite3_rtree_dbl*,int*), void *pContext ); /* ** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the first ** argument to callbacks registered using rtree_geometry_callback(). */ struct sqlite3_rtree_geometry { void *pContext; /* Copy of pContext passed to s_r_g_c() */ int nParam; /* Size of array aParam[] */ sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* Parameters passed to SQL geom function */ void *pUser; /* Callback implementation user data */ void (*xDelUser)(void *); /* Called by SQLite to clean up pUser */ }; /* ** Register a 2nd-generation geometry callback named zScore that can be ** used as part of an R-Tree geometry query as follows: ** ** SELECT ... FROM WHERE MATCH $zQueryFunc(... params ...) */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( sqlite3 *db, const char *zQueryFunc, int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), void *pContext, void (*xDestructor)(void*) ); /* ** A pointer to a structure of the following type is passed as the ** argument to scored geometry callback registered using ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). ** ** Note that the first 5 fields of this structure are identical to ** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. This structure is a subclass of ** sqlite3_rtree_geometry. */ struct sqlite3_rtree_query_info { void *pContext; /* pContext from when function registered */ int nParam; /* Number of function parameters */ sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aParam; /* value of function parameters */ void *pUser; /* callback can use this, if desired */ void (*xDelUser)(void*); /* function to free pUser */ sqlite3_rtree_dbl *aCoord; /* Coordinates of node or entry to check */ unsigned int *anQueue; /* Number of pending entries in the queue */ int nCoord; /* Number of coordinates */ int iLevel; /* Level of current node or entry */ int mxLevel; /* The largest iLevel value in the tree */ sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Rowid for current entry */ sqlite3_rtree_dbl rParentScore; /* Score of parent node */ int eParentWithin; /* Visibility of parent node */ int eWithin; /* OUT: Visiblity */ sqlite3_rtree_dbl rScore; /* OUT: Write the score here */ /* The following fields are only available in 3.8.11 and later */ sqlite3_value **apSqlParam; /* Original SQL values of parameters */ }; /* ** Allowed values for sqlite3_rtree_query.eWithin and .eParentWithin. */ #define NOT_WITHIN 0 /* Object completely outside of query region */ #define PARTLY_WITHIN 1 /* Object partially overlaps query region */ #define FULLY_WITHIN 2 /* Object fully contained within query region */ #if 0 } /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif #endif /* ifndef _SQLITE3RTREE_H_ */ /******** End of sqlite3rtree.h *********/ /******** Begin file sqlite3session.h *********/ #if !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) #define __SQLITESESSION_H_ 1 /* ** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. */ #if 0 extern "C" { #endif /* ** CAPI3REF: Session Object Handle ** ** An instance of this object is a [session] that can be used to ** record changes to a database. */ typedef struct sqlite3_session sqlite3_session; /* ** CAPI3REF: Changeset Iterator Handle ** ** An instance of this object acts as a cursor for iterating ** over the elements of a [changeset] or [patchset]. */ typedef struct sqlite3_changeset_iter sqlite3_changeset_iter; /* ** CAPI3REF: Create A New Session Object ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session ** ** Create a new session object attached to database handle db. If successful, ** a pointer to the new object is written to *ppSession and SQLITE_OK is ** returned. If an error occurs, *ppSession is set to NULL and an SQLite ** error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. ** ** It is possible to create multiple session objects attached to a single ** database handle. ** ** Session objects created using this function should be deleted using the ** [sqlite3session_delete()] function before the database handle that they ** are attached to is itself closed. If the database handle is closed before ** the session object is deleted, then the results of calling any session ** module function, including [sqlite3session_delete()] on the session object ** are undefined. ** ** Because the session module uses the [sqlite3_preupdate_hook()] API, it ** is not possible for an application to register a pre-update hook on a ** database handle that has one or more session objects attached. Nor is ** it possible to create a session object attached to a database handle for ** which a pre-update hook is already defined. The results of attempting ** either of these things are undefined. ** ** The session object will be used to create changesets for tables in ** database zDb, where zDb is either "main", or "temp", or the name of an ** attached database. It is not an error if database zDb is not attached ** to the database when the session object is created. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_create( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zDb, /* Name of db (e.g. "main") */ sqlite3_session **ppSession /* OUT: New session object */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Delete A Session Object ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_session ** ** Delete a session object previously allocated using ** [sqlite3session_create()]. Once a session object has been deleted, the ** results of attempting to use pSession with any other session module ** function are undefined. ** ** Session objects must be deleted before the database handle to which they ** are attached is closed. Refer to the documentation for ** [sqlite3session_create()] for details. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_delete(sqlite3_session *pSession); /* ** CAPI3REF: Enable Or Disable A Session Object ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** ** Enable or disable the recording of changes by a session object. When ** enabled, a session object records changes made to the database. When ** disabled - it does not. A newly created session object is enabled. ** Refer to the documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further ** details regarding how enabling and disabling a session object affects ** the eventual changesets. ** ** Passing zero to this function disables the session. Passing a value ** greater than zero enables it. Passing a value less than zero is a ** no-op, and may be used to query the current state of the session. ** ** The return value indicates the final state of the session object: 0 if ** the session is disabled, or 1 if it is enabled. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_enable(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bEnable); /* ** CAPI3REF: Set Or Clear the Indirect Change Flag ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** ** Each change recorded by a session object is marked as either direct or ** indirect. A change is marked as indirect if either: ** **
      **
    • The session object "indirect" flag is set when the change is ** made, or **
    • The change is made by an SQL trigger or foreign key action ** instead of directly as a result of a users SQL statement. **
    ** ** If a single row is affected by more than one operation within a session, ** then the change is considered indirect if all operations meet the criteria ** for an indirect change above, or direct otherwise. ** ** This function is used to set, clear or query the session object indirect ** flag. If the second argument passed to this function is zero, then the ** indirect flag is cleared. If it is greater than zero, the indirect flag ** is set. Passing a value less than zero does not modify the current value ** of the indirect flag, and may be used to query the current state of the ** indirect flag for the specified session object. ** ** The return value indicates the final state of the indirect flag: 0 if ** it is clear, or 1 if it is set. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_indirect(sqlite3_session *pSession, int bIndirect); /* ** CAPI3REF: Attach A Table To A Session Object ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** ** If argument zTab is not NULL, then it is the name of a table to attach ** to the session object passed as the first argument. All subsequent changes ** made to the table while the session object is enabled will be recorded. See ** documentation for [sqlite3session_changeset()] for further details. ** ** Or, if argument zTab is NULL, then changes are recorded for all tables ** in the database. If additional tables are added to the database (by ** executing "CREATE TABLE" statements) after this call is made, changes for ** the new tables are also recorded. ** ** Changes can only be recorded for tables that have a PRIMARY KEY explicitly ** defined as part of their CREATE TABLE statement. It does not matter if the ** PRIMARY KEY is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY" (rowid alias) or not. The PRIMARY ** KEY may consist of a single column, or may be a composite key. ** ** It is not an error if the named table does not exist in the database. Nor ** is it an error if the named table does not have a PRIMARY KEY. However, ** no changes will be recorded in either of these scenarios. ** ** Changes are not recorded for individual rows that have NULL values stored ** in one or more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if the call completes without error. Or, if an error ** occurs, an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned. ** **

    Special sqlite_stat1 Handling

    ** ** As of SQLite version 3.22.0, the "sqlite_stat1" table is an exception to ** some of the rules above. In SQLite, the schema of sqlite_stat1 is: ** 
    **        CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)  
**
    ** ** Even though sqlite_stat1 does not have a PRIMARY KEY, changes are ** recorded for it as if the PRIMARY KEY is (tbl,idx). Additionally, changes ** are recorded for rows for which (idx IS NULL) is true. However, for such ** rows a zero-length blob (SQL value X'') is stored in the changeset or ** patchset instead of a NULL value. This allows such changesets to be ** manipulated by legacy implementations of sqlite3changeset_invert(), ** concat() and similar. ** ** The sqlite3changeset_apply() function automatically converts the ** zero-length blob back to a NULL value when updating the sqlite_stat1 ** table. However, if the application calls sqlite3changeset_new(), ** sqlite3changeset_old() or sqlite3changeset_conflict on a changeset ** iterator directly (including on a changeset iterator passed to a ** conflict-handler callback) then the X'' value is returned. The application ** must translate X'' to NULL itself if required. ** ** Legacy (older than 3.22.0) versions of the sessions module cannot capture ** changes made to the sqlite_stat1 table. Legacy versions of the ** sqlite3changeset_apply() function silently ignore any modifications to the ** sqlite_stat1 table that are part of a changeset or patchset. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_attach( sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ const char *zTab /* Table name */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Set a table filter on a Session Object. ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** ** The second argument (xFilter) is the "filter callback". For changes to rows ** in tables that are not attached to the Session object, the filter is called ** to determine whether changes to the table's rows should be tracked or not. ** If xFilter returns 0, changes is not tracked. Note that once a table is ** attached, xFilter will not be called again. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3session_table_filter( sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ int(*xFilter)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of third arg to _filter_table() */ const char *zTab /* Table name */ ), void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xFilter */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Generate A Changeset From A Session Object ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** ** Obtain a changeset containing changes to the tables attached to the ** session object passed as the first argument. If successful, ** set *ppChangeset to point to a buffer containing the changeset ** and *pnChangeset to the size of the changeset in bytes before returning ** SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set both *ppChangeset and *pnChangeset to ** zero and return an SQLite error code. ** ** A changeset consists of zero or more INSERT, UPDATE and/or DELETE changes, ** each representing a change to a single row of an attached table. An INSERT ** change contains the values of each field of a new database row. A DELETE ** contains the original values of each field of a deleted database row. An ** UPDATE change contains the original values of each field of an updated ** database row along with the updated values for each updated non-primary-key ** column. It is not possible for an UPDATE change to represent a change that ** modifies the values of primary key columns. If such a change is made, it ** is represented in a changeset as a DELETE followed by an INSERT. ** ** Changes are not recorded for rows that have NULL values stored in one or ** more of their PRIMARY KEY columns. If such a row is inserted or deleted, ** no corresponding change is present in the changesets returned by this ** function. If an existing row with one or more NULL values stored in ** PRIMARY KEY columns is updated so that all PRIMARY KEY columns are non-NULL, ** only an INSERT is appears in the changeset. Similarly, if an existing row ** with non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values is updated so that one or more of its ** PRIMARY KEY columns are set to NULL, the resulting changeset contains a ** DELETE change only. ** ** The contents of a changeset may be traversed using an iterator created ** using the [sqlite3changeset_start()] API. A changeset may be applied to ** a database with a compatible schema using the [sqlite3changeset_apply()] ** API. ** ** Within a changeset generated by this function, all changes related to a ** single table are grouped together. In other words, when iterating through ** a changeset or when applying a changeset to a database, all changes related ** to a single table are processed before moving on to the next table. Tables ** are sorted in the same order in which they were attached (or auto-attached) ** to the sqlite3_session object. The order in which the changes related to ** a single table are stored is undefined. ** ** Following a successful call to this function, it is the responsibility of ** the caller to eventually free the buffer that *ppChangeset points to using ** [sqlite3_free()]. ** **

    Changeset Generation

    ** ** Once a table has been attached to a session object, the session object ** records the primary key values of all new rows inserted into the table. ** It also records the original primary key and other column values of any ** deleted or updated rows. For each unique primary key value, data is only ** recorded once - the first time a row with said primary key is inserted, ** updated or deleted in the lifetime of the session. ** ** There is one exception to the previous paragraph: when a row is inserted, ** updated or deleted, if one or more of its primary key columns contain a ** NULL value, no record of the change is made. ** ** The session object therefore accumulates two types of records - those ** that consist of primary key values only (created when the user inserts ** a new record) and those that consist of the primary key values and the ** original values of other table columns (created when the users deletes ** or updates a record). ** ** When this function is called, the requested changeset is created using ** both the accumulated records and the current contents of the database ** file. Specifically: ** **
      **
    • For each record generated by an insert, the database is queried ** for a row with a matching primary key. If one is found, an INSERT ** change is added to the changeset. If no such row is found, no change ** is added to the changeset. ** **
    • For each record generated by an update or delete, the database is ** queried for a row with a matching primary key. If such a row is ** found and one or more of the non-primary key fields have been ** modified from their original values, an UPDATE change is added to ** the changeset. Or, if no such row is found in the table, a DELETE ** change is added to the changeset. If there is a row with a matching ** primary key in the database, but all fields contain their original ** values, no change is added to the changeset. **
    ** ** This means, amongst other things, that if a row is inserted and then later ** deleted while a session object is active, neither the insert nor the delete ** will be present in the changeset. Or if a row is deleted and then later a ** row with the same primary key values inserted while a session object is ** active, the resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change instead of ** a DELETE and an INSERT. ** ** When a session object is disabled (see the [sqlite3session_enable()] API), ** it does not accumulate records when rows are inserted, updated or deleted. ** This may appear to have some counter-intuitive effects if a single row ** is written to more than once during a session. For example, if a row ** is inserted while a session object is enabled, then later deleted while ** the same session object is disabled, no INSERT record will appear in the ** changeset, even though the delete took place while the session was disabled. ** Or, if one field of a row is updated while a session is disabled, and ** another field of the same row is updated while the session is enabled, the ** resulting changeset will contain an UPDATE change that updates both fields. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset( sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ int *pnChangeset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppChangeset */ void **ppChangeset /* OUT: Buffer containing changeset */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Load The Difference Between Tables Into A Session ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** ** If it is not already attached to the session object passed as the first ** argument, this function attaches table zTbl in the same manner as the ** [sqlite3session_attach()] function. If zTbl does not exist, or if it ** does not have a primary key, this function is a no-op (but does not return ** an error). ** ** Argument zFromDb must be the name of a database ("main", "temp" etc.) ** attached to the same database handle as the session object that contains ** a table compatible with the table attached to the session by this function. ** A table is considered compatible if it: ** **
      **
    • Has the same name, **
    • Has the same set of columns declared in the same order, and **
    • Has the same PRIMARY KEY definition. **
    ** ** If the tables are not compatible, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned. If the tables ** are compatible but do not have any PRIMARY KEY columns, it is not an error ** but no changes are added to the session object. As with other session ** APIs, tables without PRIMARY KEYs are simply ignored. ** ** This function adds a set of changes to the session object that could be ** used to update the table in database zFrom (call this the "from-table") ** so that its content is the same as the table attached to the session ** object (call this the "to-table"). Specifically: ** **
      **
    • For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in ** the from-table, an INSERT record is added to the session object. ** **
    • For each row (primary key) that exists in the to-table but not in ** the from-table, a DELETE record is added to the session object. ** **
    • For each row (primary key) that exists in both tables, but features ** different non-PK values in each, an UPDATE record is added to the ** session. **
    ** ** To clarify, if this function is called and then a changeset constructed ** using [sqlite3session_changeset()], then after applying that changeset to ** database zFrom the contents of the two compatible tables would be ** identical. ** ** It an error if database zFrom does not exist or does not contain the ** required compatible table. ** ** If the operation successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite ** error code. In this case, if argument pzErrMsg is not NULL, *pzErrMsg ** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error ** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this buffer using ** sqlite3_free(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_diff( sqlite3_session *pSession, const char *zFromDb, const char *zTbl, char **pzErrMsg ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Generate A Patchset From A Session Object ** METHOD: sqlite3_session ** ** The differences between a patchset and a changeset are that: ** **
      **
    • DELETE records consist of the primary key fields only. The ** original values of other fields are omitted. **
    • The original values of any modified fields are omitted from ** UPDATE records. **
    ** ** A patchset blob may be used with up to date versions of all ** sqlite3changeset_xxx API functions except for sqlite3changeset_invert(), ** which returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if it is passed a patchset. Similarly, ** attempting to use a patchset blob with old versions of the ** sqlite3changeset_xxx APIs also provokes an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. ** ** Because the non-primary key "old.*" fields are omitted, no ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflicts can be detected or reported if a patchset ** is passed to the sqlite3changeset_apply() API. Other conflict types work ** in the same way as for changesets. ** ** Changes within a patchset are ordered in the same way as for changesets ** generated by the sqlite3session_changeset() function (i.e. all changes for ** a single table are grouped together, tables appear in the order in which ** they were attached to the session object). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset( sqlite3_session *pSession, /* Session object */ int *pnPatchset, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppPatchset */ void **ppPatchset /* OUT: Buffer containing patchset */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Test if a changeset has recorded any changes. ** ** Return non-zero if no changes to attached tables have been recorded by ** the session object passed as the first argument. Otherwise, if one or ** more changes have been recorded, return zero. ** ** Even if this function returns zero, it is possible that calling ** [sqlite3session_changeset()] on the session handle may still return a ** changeset that contains no changes. This can happen when a row in ** an attached table is modified and then later on the original values ** are restored. However, if this function returns non-zero, then it is ** guaranteed that a call to sqlite3session_changeset() will return a ** changeset containing zero changes. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_isempty(sqlite3_session *pSession); /* ** CAPI3REF: Create An Iterator To Traverse A Changeset ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** Create an iterator used to iterate through the contents of a changeset. ** If successful, *pp is set to point to the iterator handle and SQLITE_OK ** is returned. Otherwise, if an error occurs, *pp is set to zero and an ** SQLite error code is returned. ** ** The following functions can be used to advance and query a changeset ** iterator created by this function: ** **
      **
    • [sqlite3changeset_next()] **
    • [sqlite3changeset_op()] **
    • [sqlite3changeset_new()] **
    • [sqlite3changeset_old()] **
    ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually destroy the iterator ** by passing it to [sqlite3changeset_finalize()]. The buffer containing the ** changeset (pChangeset) must remain valid until after the iterator is ** destroyed. ** ** Assuming the changeset blob was created by one of the ** [sqlite3session_changeset()], [sqlite3changeset_concat()] or ** [sqlite3changeset_invert()] functions, all changes within the changeset ** that apply to a single table are grouped together. This means that when ** an application iterates through a changeset using an iterator created by ** this function, all changes that relate to a single table are visited ** consecutively. There is no chance that the iterator will visit a change ** the applies to table X, then one for table Y, and then later on visit ** another change for table X. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start( sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, /* OUT: New changeset iterator handle */ int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset blob in bytes */ void *pChangeset /* Pointer to blob containing changeset */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Advance A Changeset Iterator ** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** This function may only be used with iterators created by function ** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. If it is called on an iterator passed to ** a conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], SQLITE_MISUSE ** is returned and the call has no effect. ** ** Immediately after an iterator is created by sqlite3changeset_start(), it ** does not point to any change in the changeset. Assuming the changeset ** is not empty, the first call to this function advances the iterator to ** point to the first change in the changeset. Each subsequent call advances ** the iterator to point to the next change in the changeset (if any). If ** no error occurs and the iterator points to a valid change after a call ** to sqlite3changeset_next() has advanced it, SQLITE_ROW is returned. ** Otherwise, if all changes in the changeset have already been visited, ** SQLITE_DONE is returned. ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Possible error ** codes include SQLITE_CORRUPT (if the changeset buffer is corrupt) or ** SQLITE_NOMEM. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_next(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Current Operation From A Changeset Iterator ** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent ** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned [SQLITE_ROW]. If this ** is not the case, this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE]. ** ** If argument pzTab is not NULL, then *pzTab is set to point to a ** nul-terminated utf-8 encoded string containing the name of the table ** affected by the current change. The buffer remains valid until either ** sqlite3changeset_next() is called on the iterator or until the ** conflict-handler function returns. If pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is ** set to the number of columns in the table affected by the change. If ** pbIncorrect is not NULL, then *pbIndirect is set to true (1) if the change ** is an indirect change, or false (0) otherwise. See the documentation for ** [sqlite3session_indirect()] for a description of direct and indirect ** changes. Finally, if pOp is not NULL, then *pOp is set to one of ** [SQLITE_INSERT], [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE], depending on the ** type of change that the iterator currently points to. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error does occur, an ** SQLite error code is returned. The values of the output variables may not ** be trusted in this case. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_op( sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ const char **pzTab, /* OUT: Pointer to table name */ int *pnCol, /* OUT: Number of columns in table */ int *pOp, /* OUT: SQLITE_INSERT, DELETE or UPDATE */ int *pbIndirect /* OUT: True for an 'indirect' change */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain The Primary Key Definition Of A Table ** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** For each modified table, a changeset includes the following: ** **
      **
    • The number of columns in the table, and **
    • Which of those columns make up the tables PRIMARY KEY. **
    ** ** This function is used to find which columns comprise the PRIMARY KEY of ** the table modified by the change that iterator pIter currently points to. ** If successful, *pabPK is set to point to an array of nCol entries, where ** nCol is the number of columns in the table. Elements of *pabPK are set to ** 0x01 if the corresponding column is part of the tables primary key, or ** 0x00 if it is not. ** ** If argument pnCol is not NULL, then *pnCol is set to the number of columns ** in the table. ** ** If this function is called when the iterator does not point to a valid ** entry, SQLITE_MISUSE is returned and the output variables zeroed. Otherwise, ** SQLITE_OK is returned and the output variables populated as described ** above. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_pk( sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Iterator object */ unsigned char **pabPK, /* OUT: Array of boolean - true for PK cols */ int *pnCol /* OUT: Number of entries in output array */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain old.* Values From A Changeset Iterator ** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent ** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. ** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator ** currently points to is either [SQLITE_DELETE] or [SQLITE_UPDATE]. Otherwise, ** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. ** ** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number ** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected ** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of ** original row values stored as part of the UPDATE or DELETE change and ** returns SQLITE_OK. The name of the function comes from the fact that this ** is similar to the "old.*" columns available to update or delete triggers. ** ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code ** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_old( sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ int iVal, /* Column number */ sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Old value (or NULL pointer) */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain new.* Values From A Changeset Iterator ** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** The pIter argument passed to this function may either be an iterator ** passed to a conflict-handler by [sqlite3changeset_apply()], or an iterator ** created by [sqlite3changeset_start()]. In the latter case, the most recent ** call to [sqlite3changeset_next()] must have returned SQLITE_ROW. ** Furthermore, it may only be called if the type of change that the iterator ** currently points to is either [SQLITE_UPDATE] or [SQLITE_INSERT]. Otherwise, ** this function returns [SQLITE_MISUSE] and sets *ppValue to NULL. ** ** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number ** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected ** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the vector of ** new row values stored as part of the UPDATE or INSERT change and ** returns SQLITE_OK. If the change is an UPDATE and does not include ** a new value for the requested column, *ppValue is set to NULL and ** SQLITE_OK returned. The name of the function comes from the fact that ** this is similar to the "new.*" columns available to update or delete ** triggers. ** ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code ** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_new( sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ int iVal, /* Column number */ sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: New value (or NULL pointer) */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain Conflicting Row Values From A Changeset Iterator ** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** This function should only be used with iterator objects passed to a ** conflict-handler callback by [sqlite3changeset_apply()] with either ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] or [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. If this function ** is called on any other iterator, [SQLITE_MISUSE] is returned and *ppValue ** is set to NULL. ** ** Argument iVal must be greater than or equal to 0, and less than the number ** of columns in the table affected by the current change. Otherwise, ** [SQLITE_RANGE] is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. ** ** If successful, this function sets *ppValue to point to a protected ** sqlite3_value object containing the iVal'th value from the ** "conflicting row" associated with the current conflict-handler callback ** and returns SQLITE_OK. ** ** If some other error occurs (e.g. an OOM condition), an SQLite error code ** is returned and *ppValue is set to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_conflict( sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ int iVal, /* Column number */ sqlite3_value **ppValue /* OUT: Value from conflicting row */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Determine The Number Of Foreign Key Constraint Violations ** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** This function may only be called with an iterator passed to an ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY conflict handler callback. In this case ** it sets the output variable to the total number of known foreign key ** violations in the destination database and returns SQLITE_OK. ** ** In all other cases this function returns SQLITE_MISUSE. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts( sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter, /* Changeset iterator */ int *pnOut /* OUT: Number of FK violations */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Finalize A Changeset Iterator ** METHOD: sqlite3_changeset_iter ** ** This function is used to finalize an iterator allocated with ** [sqlite3changeset_start()]. ** ** This function should only be called on iterators created using the ** [sqlite3changeset_start()] function. If an application calls this ** function with an iterator passed to a conflict-handler by ** [sqlite3changeset_apply()], [SQLITE_MISUSE] is immediately returned and the ** call has no effect. ** ** If an error was encountered within a call to an sqlite3changeset_xxx() ** function (for example an [SQLITE_CORRUPT] in [sqlite3changeset_next()] or an ** [SQLITE_NOMEM] in [sqlite3changeset_new()]) then an error code corresponding ** to that error is returned by this function. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is ** returned. This is to allow the following pattern (pseudo-code): ** ** 
    **   sqlite3changeset_start();
**   while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3changeset_next() ){
**     // Do something with change.
**   }
**   rc = sqlite3changeset_finalize();
**   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
**     // An error has occurred 
**   }
**
    */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_finalize(sqlite3_changeset_iter *pIter); /* ** CAPI3REF: Invert A Changeset ** ** This function is used to "invert" a changeset object. Applying an inverted ** changeset to a database reverses the effects of applying the uninverted ** changeset. Specifically: ** **
      **
    • Each DELETE change is changed to an INSERT, and **
    • Each INSERT change is changed to a DELETE, and **
    • For each UPDATE change, the old.* and new.* values are exchanged. **
    ** ** This function does not change the order in which changes appear within ** the changeset. It merely reverses the sense of each individual change. ** ** If successful, a pointer to a buffer containing the inverted changeset ** is stored in *ppOut, the size of the same buffer is stored in *pnOut, and ** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, both *pnOut and *ppOut are ** zeroed and an SQLite error code returned. ** ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() ** on the *ppOut pointer to free the buffer allocation following a successful ** call to this function. ** ** WARNING/TODO: This function currently assumes that the input is a valid ** changeset. If it is not, the results are undefined. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert( int nIn, const void *pIn, /* Input changeset */ int *pnOut, void **ppOut /* OUT: Inverse of input */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Concatenate Two Changeset Objects ** ** This function is used to concatenate two changesets, A and B, into a ** single changeset. The result is a changeset equivalent to applying ** changeset A followed by changeset B. ** ** This function combines the two input changesets using an ** sqlite3_changegroup object. Calling it produces similar results as the ** following code fragment: ** ** 
    **   sqlite3_changegroup *pGrp;
**   rc = sqlite3_changegroup_new(&pGrp);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nA, pA);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3changegroup_add(pGrp, nB, pB);
**   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
**     rc = sqlite3changegroup_output(pGrp, pnOut, ppOut);
**   }else{
**     *ppOut = 0;
**     *pnOut = 0;
**   }
**
    ** ** Refer to the sqlite3_changegroup documentation below for details. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat( int nA, /* Number of bytes in buffer pA */ void *pA, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset A */ int nB, /* Number of bytes in buffer pB */ void *pB, /* Pointer to buffer containing changeset B */ int *pnOut, /* OUT: Number of bytes in output changeset */ void **ppOut /* OUT: Buffer containing output changeset */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Changegroup Handle ** ** A changegroup is an object used to combine two or more ** [changesets] or [patchsets] */ typedef struct sqlite3_changegroup sqlite3_changegroup; /* ** CAPI3REF: Create A New Changegroup Object ** CONSTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup ** ** An sqlite3_changegroup object is used to combine two or more changesets ** (or patchsets) into a single changeset (or patchset). A single changegroup ** object may combine changesets or patchsets, but not both. The output is ** always in the same format as the input. ** ** If successful, this function returns SQLITE_OK and populates (*pp) with ** a pointer to a new sqlite3_changegroup object before returning. The caller ** should eventually free the returned object using a call to ** sqlite3changegroup_delete(). If an error occurs, an SQLite error code ** (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) is returned and *pp is set to NULL. ** ** The usual usage pattern for an sqlite3_changegroup object is as follows: ** **
      **
    • It is created using a call to sqlite3changegroup_new(). ** **
    • Zero or more changesets (or patchsets) are added to the object ** by calling sqlite3changegroup_add(). ** **
    • The result of combining all input changesets together is obtained ** by the application via a call to sqlite3changegroup_output(). ** **
    • The object is deleted using a call to sqlite3changegroup_delete(). **
    ** ** Any number of calls to add() and output() may be made between the calls to ** new() and delete(), and in any order. ** ** As well as the regular sqlite3changegroup_add() and ** sqlite3changegroup_output() functions, also available are the streaming ** versions sqlite3changegroup_add_strm() and sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_new(sqlite3_changegroup **pp); /* ** CAPI3REF: Add A Changeset To A Changegroup ** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup ** ** Add all changes within the changeset (or patchset) in buffer pData (size ** nData bytes) to the changegroup. ** ** If the buffer contains a patchset, then all prior calls to this function ** on the same changegroup object must also have specified patchsets. Or, if ** the buffer contains a changeset, so must have the earlier calls to this ** function. Otherwise, SQLITE_ERROR is returned and no changes are added ** to the changegroup. ** ** Rows within the changeset and changegroup are identified by the values in ** their PRIMARY KEY columns. A change in the changeset is considered to ** apply to the same row as a change already present in the changegroup if ** the two rows have the same primary key. ** ** Changes to rows that do not already appear in the changegroup are ** simply copied into it. Or, if both the new changeset and the changegroup ** contain changes that apply to a single row, the final contents of the ** changegroup depends on the type of each change, as follows: ** ** ** ** **
    Existing Change New Change Output Change **
    INSERT INSERT ** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new ** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already ** added to the changegroup. **
    INSERT UPDATE ** The INSERT change remains in the changegroup. The values in the ** INSERT change are modified as if the row was inserted by the ** existing change and then updated according to the new change. **
    INSERT DELETE ** The existing INSERT is removed from the changegroup. The DELETE is ** not added. **
    UPDATE INSERT ** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new ** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already ** added to the changegroup. **
    UPDATE UPDATE ** The existing UPDATE remains within the changegroup. It is amended ** so that the accompanying values are as if the row was updated once ** by the existing change and then again by the new change. **
    UPDATE DELETE ** The existing UPDATE is replaced by the new DELETE within the ** changegroup. **
    DELETE INSERT ** If one or more of the column values in the row inserted by the ** new change differ from those in the row deleted by the existing ** change, the existing DELETE is replaced by an UPDATE within the ** changegroup. Otherwise, if the inserted row is exactly the same ** as the deleted row, the existing DELETE is simply discarded. **
    DELETE UPDATE ** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new ** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already ** added to the changegroup. **
    DELETE DELETE ** The new change is ignored. This case does not occur if the new ** changeset was recorded immediately after the changesets already ** added to the changegroup. **
    ** ** If the new changeset contains changes to a table that is already present ** in the changegroup, then the number of columns and the position of the ** primary key columns for the table must be consistent. If this is not the ** case, this function fails with SQLITE_SCHEMA. If the input changeset ** appears to be corrupt and the corruption is detected, SQLITE_CORRUPT is ** returned. Or, if an out-of-memory condition occurs during processing, this ** function returns SQLITE_NOMEM. In all cases, if an error occurs the ** final contents of the changegroup is undefined. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add(sqlite3_changegroup*, int nData, void *pData); /* ** CAPI3REF: Obtain A Composite Changeset From A Changegroup ** METHOD: sqlite3_changegroup ** ** Obtain a buffer containing a changeset (or patchset) representing the ** current contents of the changegroup. If the inputs to the changegroup ** were themselves changesets, the output is a changeset. Or, if the ** inputs were patchsets, the output is also a patchset. ** ** As with the output of the sqlite3session_changeset() and ** sqlite3session_patchset() functions, all changes related to a single ** table are grouped together in the output of this function. Tables appear ** in the same order as for the very first changeset added to the changegroup. ** If the second or subsequent changesets added to the changegroup contain ** changes for tables that do not appear in the first changeset, they are ** appended onto the end of the output changeset, again in the order in ** which they are first encountered. ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the output ** variables (*pnData) and (*ppData) are set to 0. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK ** is returned and the output variables are set to the size of and a ** pointer to the output buffer, respectively. In this case it is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the buffer using a ** call to sqlite3_free(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output( sqlite3_changegroup*, int *pnData, /* OUT: Size of output buffer in bytes */ void **ppData /* OUT: Pointer to output buffer */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Delete A Changegroup Object ** DESTRUCTOR: sqlite3_changegroup */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3changegroup_delete(sqlite3_changegroup*); /* ** CAPI3REF: Apply A Changeset To A Database ** ** Apply a changeset or patchset to a database. These functions attempt to ** update the "main" database attached to handle db with the changes found in ** the changeset passed via the second and third arguments. ** ** The fourth argument (xFilter) passed to these functions is the "filter ** callback". If it is not NULL, then for each table affected by at least one ** change in the changeset, the filter callback is invoked with ** the table name as the second argument, and a copy of the context pointer ** passed as the sixth argument as the first. If the "filter callback" ** returns zero, then no attempt is made to apply any changes to the table. ** Otherwise, if the return value is non-zero or the xFilter argument to ** is NULL, all changes related to the table are attempted. ** ** For each table that is not excluded by the filter callback, this function ** tests that the target database contains a compatible table. A table is ** considered compatible if all of the following are true: ** **
      **
    • The table has the same name as the name recorded in the ** changeset, and **
    • The table has at least as many columns as recorded in the ** changeset, and **
    • The table has primary key columns in the same position as ** recorded in the changeset. **
    ** ** If there is no compatible table, it is not an error, but none of the ** changes associated with the table are applied. A warning message is issued ** via the sqlite3_log() mechanism with the error code SQLITE_SCHEMA. At most ** one such warning is issued for each table in the changeset. ** ** For each change for which there is a compatible table, an attempt is made ** to modify the table contents according to the UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE ** change. If a change cannot be applied cleanly, the conflict handler ** function passed as the fifth argument to sqlite3changeset_apply() may be ** invoked. A description of exactly when the conflict handler is invoked for ** each type of change is below. ** ** Unlike the xFilter argument, xConflict may not be passed NULL. The results ** of passing anything other than a valid function pointer as the xConflict ** argument are undefined. ** ** Each time the conflict handler function is invoked, it must return one ** of [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT], [SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT] or ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE may only be returned ** if the second argument passed to the conflict handler is either ** SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If the conflict-handler ** returns an illegal value, any changes already made are rolled back and ** the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. Different ** actions are taken by sqlite3changeset_apply() depending on the value ** returned by each invocation of the conflict-handler function. Refer to ** the documentation for the three ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT|available return values] for details. ** **
    **
    DELETE Changes
    ** For each DELETE change, the function checks if the target database ** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the ** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values ** stored in all non-primary key columns also match the values stored in ** the changeset the row is deleted from the target database. ** ** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of ** the non-primary key fields contains a value different from the original ** row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function is ** invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. If the ** database table has more columns than are recorded in the changeset, ** only the values of those non-primary key fields are compared against ** the current database contents - any trailing database table columns ** are ignored. ** ** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, ** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] ** passed as the second argument. ** ** If the DELETE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ** (which can only happen if a foreign key constraint is violated), the ** conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] ** passed as the second argument. This includes the case where the DELETE ** operation is attempted because an earlier call to the conflict handler ** function returned [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. ** **
    INSERT Changes
    ** For each INSERT change, an attempt is made to insert the new row into ** the database. If the changeset row contains fewer fields than the ** database table, the trailing fields are populated with their default ** values. ** ** If the attempt to insert the row fails because the database already ** contains a row with the same primary key values, the conflict handler ** function is invoked with the second argument set to ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT]. ** ** If the attempt to insert the row fails because of some other constraint ** violation (e.g. NOT NULL or UNIQUE), the conflict handler function is ** invoked with the second argument set to [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT]. ** This includes the case where the INSERT operation is re-attempted because ** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. ** **
    UPDATE Changes
    ** For each UPDATE change, the function checks if the target database ** contains a row with the same primary key value (or values) as the ** original row values stored in the changeset. If it does, and the values ** stored in all modified non-primary key columns also match the values ** stored in the changeset the row is updated within the target database. ** ** If a row with matching primary key values is found, but one or more of ** the modified non-primary key fields contains a value different from an ** original row value stored in the changeset, the conflict-handler function ** is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA] as the second argument. Since ** UPDATE changes only contain values for non-primary key fields that are ** to be modified, only those fields need to match the original values to ** avoid the SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict-handler callback. ** ** If no row with matching primary key values is found in the database, ** the conflict-handler function is invoked with [SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND] ** passed as the second argument. ** ** If the UPDATE operation is attempted, but SQLite returns ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, the conflict-handler function is invoked with ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT] passed as the second argument. ** This includes the case where the UPDATE operation is attempted after ** an earlier call to the conflict handler function returned ** [SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE]. **
    ** ** It is safe to execute SQL statements, including those that write to the ** table that the callback related to, from within the xConflict callback. ** This can be used to further customize the applications conflict ** resolution strategy. ** ** All changes made by these functions are enclosed in a savepoint transaction. ** If any other error (aside from a constraint failure when attempting to ** write to the target database) occurs, then the savepoint transaction is ** rolled back, restoring the target database to its original state, and an ** SQLite error code returned. ** ** If the output parameters (ppRebase) and (pnRebase) are non-NULL and ** the input is a changeset (not a patchset), then sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() ** may set (*ppRebase) to point to a "rebase" that may be used with the ** sqlite3_rebaser APIs buffer before returning. In this case (*pnRebase) ** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. It is the responsibility of the ** caller to eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). The buffer ** is only allocated and populated if one or more conflicts were encountered ** while applying the patchset. See comments surrounding the sqlite3_rebaser ** APIs for further details. ** ** The behavior of sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and its streaming equivalent ** may be modified by passing a combination of ** [SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT | supported flags] as the 9th parameter. ** ** Note that the sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() API is still experimental ** and therefore subject to change. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply( sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ int(*xFilter)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ const char *zTab /* Table name */ ), int(*xConflict)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ ), void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ int nChangeset, /* Size of changeset in bytes */ void *pChangeset, /* Changeset blob */ int(*xFilter)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ const char *zTab /* Table name */ ), int(*xConflict)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ ), void *pCtx, /* First argument passed to xConflict */ void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, /* OUT: Rebase data */ int flags /* Combination of SESSION_APPLY_* flags */ ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Flags for sqlite3changeset_apply_v2 ** ** The following flags may passed via the 9th parameter to ** [sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] and [sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm]: ** **
    **
    SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT
    ** Usually, the sessions module encloses all operations performed by ** a single call to apply_v2() or apply_v2_strm() in a [SAVEPOINT]. The ** SAVEPOINT is committed if the changeset or patchset is successfully ** applied, or rolled back if an error occurs. Specifying this flag ** causes the sessions module to omit this savepoint. In this case, if the ** caller has an open transaction or savepoint when apply_v2() is called, ** it may revert the partially applied changeset by rolling it back. */ #define SQLITE_CHANGESETAPPLY_NOSAVEPOINT 0x0001 /* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Passed To The Conflict Handler ** ** Values that may be passed as the second argument to a conflict-handler. ** **
    **
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA
    ** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_DATA as the second argument ** when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the required ** PRIMARY KEY fields is present in the database, but one or more other ** (non primary-key) fields modified by the update do not contain the ** expected "before" values. ** ** The conflicting row, in this case, is the database row with the matching ** primary key. ** **
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND
    ** The conflict handler is invoked with CHANGESET_NOTFOUND as the second ** argument when processing a DELETE or UPDATE change if a row with the ** required PRIMARY KEY fields is not present in the database. ** ** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the ** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. ** **
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT
    ** CHANGESET_CONFLICT is passed as the second argument to the conflict ** handler while processing an INSERT change if the operation would result ** in duplicate primary key values. ** ** The conflicting row in this case is the database row with the matching ** primary key. ** **
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY
    ** If foreign key handling is enabled, and applying a changeset leaves the ** database in a state containing foreign key violations, the conflict ** handler is invoked with CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY as the second argument ** exactly once before the changeset is committed. If the conflict handler ** returns CHANGESET_OMIT, the changes, including those that caused the ** foreign key constraint violation, are committed. Or, if it returns ** CHANGESET_ABORT, the changeset is rolled back. ** ** No current or conflicting row information is provided. The only function ** it is possible to call on the supplied sqlite3_changeset_iter handle ** is sqlite3changeset_fk_conflicts(). ** **
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT
    ** If any other constraint violation occurs while applying a change (i.e. ** a UNIQUE, CHECK or NOT NULL constraint), the conflict handler is ** invoked with CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT as the second argument. ** ** There is no conflicting row in this case. The results of invoking the ** sqlite3changeset_conflict() API are undefined. ** **
    */ #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA 1 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_NOTFOUND 2 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT 3 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONSTRAINT 4 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_FOREIGN_KEY 5 /* ** CAPI3REF: Constants Returned By The Conflict Handler ** ** A conflict handler callback must return one of the following three values. ** **
    **
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT
    ** If a conflict handler returns this value no special action is taken. The ** change that caused the conflict is not applied. The session module ** continues to the next change in the changeset. ** **
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE
    ** This value may only be returned if the second argument to the conflict ** handler was SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA or SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT. If this ** is not the case, any changes applied so far are rolled back and the ** call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_MISUSE. ** ** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_DATA conflict ** handler, then the conflicting row is either updated or deleted, depending ** on the type of change. ** ** If CHANGESET_REPLACE is returned by an SQLITE_CHANGESET_CONFLICT conflict ** handler, then the conflicting row is removed from the database and a ** second attempt to apply the change is made. If this second attempt fails, ** the original row is restored to the database before continuing. ** **
    SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT
    ** If this value is returned, any changes applied so far are rolled back ** and the call to sqlite3changeset_apply() returns SQLITE_ABORT. **
    */ #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_OMIT 0 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_REPLACE 1 #define SQLITE_CHANGESET_ABORT 2 /* ** CAPI3REF: Rebasing changesets ** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Suppose there is a site hosting a database in state S0. And that ** modifications are made that move that database to state S1 and a ** changeset recorded (the "local" changeset). Then, a changeset based ** on S0 is received from another site (the "remote" changeset) and ** applied to the database. The database is then in state ** (S1+"remote"), where the exact state depends on any conflict ** resolution decisions (OMIT or REPLACE) made while applying "remote". ** Rebasing a changeset is to update it to take those conflict ** resolution decisions into account, so that the same conflicts ** do not have to be resolved elsewhere in the network. ** ** For example, if both the local and remote changesets contain an ** INSERT of the same key on "CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY, b)": ** ** local: INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v1'); ** remote: INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 'v2'); ** ** and the conflict resolution is REPLACE, then the INSERT change is ** removed from the local changeset (it was overridden). Or, if the ** conflict resolution was "OMIT", then the local changeset is modified ** to instead contain: ** ** UPDATE t1 SET b = 'v2' WHERE a=1; ** ** Changes within the local changeset are rebased as follows: ** **
    **
    Local INSERT
    ** This may only conflict with a remote INSERT. If the conflict ** resolution was OMIT, then add an UPDATE change to the rebased ** changeset. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, add ** nothing to the rebased changeset. ** **
    Local DELETE
    ** This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. In both cases the ** only possible resolution is OMIT. If the remote operation was a ** DELETE, then add no change to the rebased changeset. If the remote ** operation was an UPDATE, then the old.* fields of change are updated ** to reflect the new.* values in the UPDATE. ** **
    Local UPDATE
    ** This may conflict with a remote UPDATE or DELETE. If it conflicts ** with a DELETE, and the conflict resolution was OMIT, then the update ** is changed into an INSERT. Any undefined values in the new.* record ** from the update change are filled in using the old.* values from ** the conflicting DELETE. Or, if the conflict resolution was REPLACE, ** the UPDATE change is simply omitted from the rebased changeset. ** ** If conflict is with a remote UPDATE and the resolution is OMIT, then ** the old.* values are rebased using the new.* values in the remote ** change. Or, if the resolution is REPLACE, then the change is copied ** into the rebased changeset with updates to columns also updated by ** the conflicting remote UPDATE removed. If this means no columns would ** be updated, the change is omitted. **
    ** ** A local change may be rebased against multiple remote changes ** simultaneously. If a single key is modified by multiple remote ** changesets, they are combined as follows before the local changeset ** is rebased: ** **
      **
    • If there has been one or more REPLACE resolutions on a ** key, it is rebased according to a REPLACE. ** **
    • If there have been no REPLACE resolutions on a key, then ** the local changeset is rebased according to the most recent ** of the OMIT resolutions. **
    ** ** Note that conflict resolutions from multiple remote changesets are ** combined on a per-field basis, not per-row. This means that in the ** case of multiple remote UPDATE operations, some fields of a single ** local change may be rebased for REPLACE while others are rebased for ** OMIT. ** ** In order to rebase a local changeset, the remote changeset must first ** be applied to the local database using sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() and ** the buffer of rebase information captured. Then: ** **
      **
    1. An sqlite3_rebaser object is created by calling ** sqlite3rebaser_create(). **
    2. The new object is configured with the rebase buffer obtained from ** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() by calling sqlite3rebaser_configure(). ** If the local changeset is to be rebased against multiple remote ** changesets, then sqlite3rebaser_configure() should be called ** multiple times, in the same order that the multiple ** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2() calls were made. **
    3. Each local changeset is rebased by calling sqlite3rebaser_rebase(). **
    4. The sqlite3_rebaser object is deleted by calling ** sqlite3rebaser_delete(). **
    */ typedef struct sqlite3_rebaser sqlite3_rebaser; /* ** CAPI3REF: Create a changeset rebaser object. ** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Allocate a new changeset rebaser object. If successful, set (*ppNew) to ** point to the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error ** occurs, return an SQLite error code (e.g. SQLITE_NOMEM) and set (*ppNew) ** to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_create(sqlite3_rebaser **ppNew); /* ** CAPI3REF: Configure a changeset rebaser object. ** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Configure the changeset rebaser object to rebase changesets according ** to the conflict resolutions described by buffer pRebase (size nRebase ** bytes), which must have been obtained from a previous call to ** sqlite3changeset_apply_v2(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_configure( sqlite3_rebaser*, int nRebase, const void *pRebase ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Rebase a changeset ** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Argument pIn must point to a buffer containing a changeset nIn bytes ** in size. This function allocates and populates a buffer with a copy ** of the changeset rebased rebased according to the configuration of the ** rebaser object passed as the first argument. If successful, (*ppOut) ** is set to point to the new buffer containing the rebased changset and ** (*pnOut) to its size in bytes and SQLITE_OK returned. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the new buffer using ** sqlite3_free(). Otherwise, if an error occurs, (*ppOut) and (*pnOut) ** are set to zero and an SQLite error code returned. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase( sqlite3_rebaser*, int nIn, const void *pIn, int *pnOut, void **ppOut ); /* ** CAPI3REF: Delete a changeset rebaser object. ** EXPERIMENTAL ** ** Delete the changeset rebaser object and all associated resources. There ** should be one call to this function for each successful invocation ** of sqlite3rebaser_create(). */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rebaser_delete(sqlite3_rebaser *p); /* ** CAPI3REF: Streaming Versions of API functions. ** ** The six streaming API xxx_strm() functions serve similar purposes to the ** corresponding non-streaming API functions: ** ** ** **
    Streaming functionNon-streaming equivalent
    sqlite3changeset_apply_strm[sqlite3changeset_apply] **
    sqlite3changeset_apply_strm_v2[sqlite3changeset_apply_v2] **
    sqlite3changeset_concat_strm[sqlite3changeset_concat] **
    sqlite3changeset_invert_strm[sqlite3changeset_invert] **
    sqlite3changeset_start_strm[sqlite3changeset_start] **
    sqlite3session_changeset_strm[sqlite3session_changeset] **
    sqlite3session_patchset_strm[sqlite3session_patchset] **
    ** ** Non-streaming functions that accept changesets (or patchsets) as input ** require that the entire changeset be stored in a single buffer in memory. ** Similarly, those that return a changeset or patchset do so by returning ** a pointer to a single large buffer allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). ** Normally this is convenient. However, if an application running in a ** low-memory environment is required to handle very large changesets, the ** large contiguous memory allocations required can become onerous. ** ** In order to avoid this problem, instead of a single large buffer, input ** is passed to a streaming API functions by way of a callback function that ** the sessions module invokes to incrementally request input data as it is ** required. In all cases, a pair of API function parameters such as ** ** 
    **        int nChangeset,
**        void *pChangeset,
**
    ** ** Is replaced by: ** ** 
    **        int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData),
**        void *pIn,
**
    ** ** Each time the xInput callback is invoked by the sessions module, the first ** argument passed is a copy of the supplied pIn context pointer. The second ** argument, pData, points to a buffer (*pnData) bytes in size. Assuming no ** error occurs the xInput method should copy up to (*pnData) bytes of data ** into the buffer and set (*pnData) to the actual number of bytes copied ** before returning SQLITE_OK. If the input is completely exhausted, (*pnData) ** should be set to zero to indicate this. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite ** error code should be returned. In all cases, if an xInput callback returns ** an error, all processing is abandoned and the streaming API function ** returns a copy of the error code to the caller. ** ** In the case of sqlite3changeset_start_strm(), the xInput callback may be ** invoked by the sessions module at any point during the lifetime of the ** iterator. If such an xInput callback returns an error, the iterator enters ** an error state, whereby all subsequent calls to iterator functions ** immediately fail with the same error code as returned by xInput. ** ** Similarly, streaming API functions that return changesets (or patchsets) ** return them in chunks by way of a callback function instead of via a ** pointer to a single large buffer. In this case, a pair of parameters such ** as: ** ** 
    **        int *pnChangeset,
**        void **ppChangeset,
**
    ** ** Is replaced by: ** ** 
    **        int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData),
**        void *pOut
**
    ** ** The xOutput callback is invoked zero or more times to return data to ** the application. The first parameter passed to each call is a copy of the ** pOut pointer supplied by the application. The second parameter, pData, ** points to a buffer nData bytes in size containing the chunk of output ** data being returned. If the xOutput callback successfully processes the ** supplied data, it should return SQLITE_OK to indicate success. Otherwise, ** it should return some other SQLite error code. In this case processing ** is immediately abandoned and the streaming API function returns a copy ** of the xOutput error code to the application. ** ** The sessions module never invokes an xOutput callback with the third ** parameter set to a value less than or equal to zero. Other than this, ** no guarantees are made as to the size of the chunks of data returned. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_strm( sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ int(*xFilter)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ const char *zTab /* Table name */ ), int(*xConflict)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ ), void *pCtx /* First argument passed to xConflict */ ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_apply_v2_strm( sqlite3 *db, /* Apply change to "main" db of this handle */ int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), /* Input function */ void *pIn, /* First arg for xInput */ int(*xFilter)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ const char *zTab /* Table name */ ), int(*xConflict)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of sixth arg to _apply() */ int eConflict, /* DATA, MISSING, CONFLICT, CONSTRAINT */ sqlite3_changeset_iter *p /* Handle describing change and conflict */ ), void *pCtx, /* First argument passed to xConflict */ void **ppRebase, int *pnRebase, int flags ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_concat_strm( int (*xInputA)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), void *pInA, int (*xInputB)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), void *pInB, int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_invert_strm( int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), void *pIn, int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3changeset_start_strm( sqlite3_changeset_iter **pp, int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), void *pIn ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_changeset_strm( sqlite3_session *pSession, int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3session_patchset_strm( sqlite3_session *pSession, int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_add_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), void *pIn ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3changegroup_output_strm(sqlite3_changegroup*, int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); SQLITE_API int sqlite3rebaser_rebase_strm( sqlite3_rebaser *pRebaser, int (*xInput)(void *pIn, void *pData, int *pnData), void *pIn, int (*xOutput)(void *pOut, const void *pData, int nData), void *pOut ); /* ** Make sure we can call this stuff from C++. */ #if 0 } #endif #endif /* !defined(__SQLITESESSION_H_) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SESSION) */ /******** End of sqlite3session.h *********/ /******** Begin file fts5.h *********/ /* ** 2014 May 31 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** Interfaces to extend FTS5. Using the interfaces defined in this file, ** FTS5 may be extended with: ** ** * custom tokenizers, and ** * custom auxiliary functions. */ #ifndef _FTS5_H #define _FTS5_H #if 0 extern "C" { #endif /************************************************************************* ** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS ** ** Virtual table implementations may overload SQL functions by implementing ** the sqlite3_module.xFindFunction() method. */ typedef struct Fts5ExtensionApi Fts5ExtensionApi; typedef struct Fts5Context Fts5Context; typedef struct Fts5PhraseIter Fts5PhraseIter; typedef void (*fts5_extension_function)( const Fts5ExtensionApi *pApi, /* API offered by current FTS version */ Fts5Context *pFts, /* First arg to pass to pApi functions */ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for returning result/error */ int nVal, /* Number of values in apVal[] array */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of trailing arguments */ ); struct Fts5PhraseIter { const unsigned char *a; const unsigned char *b; }; /* ** EXTENSION API FUNCTIONS ** ** xUserData(pFts): ** Return a copy of the context pointer the extension function was ** registered with. ** ** xColumnTotalSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): ** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken ** to the total number of tokens in the FTS5 table. Or, if iCol is ** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, return ** the total number of tokens in column iCol, considering all rows in ** the FTS5 table. ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. ** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** xColumnCount(pFts): ** Return the number of columns in the table. ** ** xColumnSize(pFts, iCol, pnToken): ** If parameter iCol is less than zero, set output variable *pnToken ** to the total number of tokens in the current row. Or, if iCol is ** non-negative but less than the number of columns in the table, set ** *pnToken to the number of tokens in column iCol of the current row. ** ** If parameter iCol is greater than or equal to the number of columns ** in the table, SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Or, if an error occurs (e.g. ** an OOM condition or IO error), an appropriate SQLite error code is ** returned. ** ** This function may be quite inefficient if used with an FTS5 table ** created with the "columnsize=0" option. ** ** xColumnText: ** This function attempts to retrieve the text of column iCol of the ** current document. If successful, (*pz) is set to point to a buffer ** containing the text in utf-8 encoding, (*pn) is set to the size in bytes ** (not characters) of the buffer and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, ** if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final values ** of (*pz) and (*pn) are undefined. ** ** xPhraseCount: ** Returns the number of phrases in the current query expression. ** ** xPhraseSize: ** Returns the number of tokens in phrase iPhrase of the query. Phrases ** are numbered starting from zero. ** ** xInstCount: ** Set *pnInst to the total number of occurrences of all phrases within ** the query within the current row. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or ** an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the ** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created ** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always returns 0. ** ** xInst: ** Query for the details of phrase match iIdx within the current row. ** Phrase matches are numbered starting from zero, so the iIdx argument ** should be greater than or equal to zero and smaller than the value ** output by xInstCount(). ** ** Usually, output parameter *piPhrase is set to the phrase number, *piCol ** to the column in which it occurs and *piOff the token offset of the ** first token of the phrase. The exception is if the table was created ** with the offsets=0 option specified. In this case *piOff is always ** set to -1. ** ** Returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) ** if an error occurs. ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the ** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. ** ** xRowid: ** Returns the rowid of the current row. ** ** xTokenize: ** Tokenize text using the tokenizer belonging to the FTS5 table. ** ** xQueryPhrase(pFts5, iPhrase, pUserData, xCallback): ** This API function is used to query the FTS table for phrase iPhrase ** of the current query. Specifically, a query equivalent to: ** ** ... FROM ftstable WHERE ftstable MATCH $p ORDER BY rowid ** ** with $p set to a phrase equivalent to the phrase iPhrase of the ** current query is executed. Any column filter that applies to ** phrase iPhrase of the current query is included in $p. For each ** row visited, the callback function passed as the fourth argument ** is invoked. The context and API objects passed to the callback ** function may be used to access the properties of each matched row. ** Invoking Api.xUserData() returns a copy of the pointer passed as ** the third argument to pUserData. ** ** If the callback function returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the ** query is abandoned and the xQueryPhrase function returns immediately. ** If the returned value is SQLITE_DONE, xQueryPhrase returns SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, the error code is propagated upwards. ** ** If the query runs to completion without incident, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** Or, if some error occurs before the query completes or is aborted by ** the callback, an SQLite error code is returned. ** ** ** xSetAuxdata(pFts5, pAux, xDelete) ** ** Save the pointer passed as the second argument as the extension functions ** "auxiliary data". The pointer may then be retrieved by the current or any ** future invocation of the same fts5 extension function made as part of ** of the same MATCH query using the xGetAuxdata() API. ** ** Each extension function is allocated a single auxiliary data slot for ** each FTS query (MATCH expression). If the extension function is invoked ** more than once for a single FTS query, then all invocations share a ** single auxiliary data context. ** ** If there is already an auxiliary data pointer when this function is ** invoked, then it is replaced by the new pointer. If an xDelete callback ** was specified along with the original pointer, it is invoked at this ** point. ** ** The xDelete callback, if one is specified, is also invoked on the ** auxiliary data pointer after the FTS5 query has finished. ** ** If an error (e.g. an OOM condition) occurs within this function, an ** the auxiliary data is set to NULL and an error code returned. If the ** xDelete parameter was not NULL, it is invoked on the auxiliary data ** pointer before returning. ** ** ** xGetAuxdata(pFts5, bClear) ** ** Returns the current auxiliary data pointer for the fts5 extension ** function. See the xSetAuxdata() method for details. ** ** If the bClear argument is non-zero, then the auxiliary data is cleared ** (set to NULL) before this function returns. In this case the xDelete, ** if any, is not invoked. ** ** ** xRowCount(pFts5, pnRow) ** ** This function is used to retrieve the total number of rows in the table. ** In other words, the same value that would be returned by: ** ** SELECT count(*) FROM ftstable; ** ** xPhraseFirst() ** This function is used, along with type Fts5PhraseIter and the xPhraseNext ** method, to iterate through all instances of a single query phrase within ** the current row. This is the same information as is accessible via the ** xInstCount/xInst APIs. While the xInstCount/xInst APIs are more convenient ** to use, this API may be faster under some circumstances. To iterate ** through instances of phrase iPhrase, use the following code: ** ** Fts5PhraseIter iter; ** int iCol, iOff; ** for(pApi->xPhraseFirst(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol, &iOff); ** iCol>=0; ** pApi->xPhraseNext(pFts, &iter, &iCol, &iOff) ** ){ ** // An instance of phrase iPhrase at offset iOff of column iCol ** } ** ** The Fts5PhraseIter structure is defined above. Applications should not ** modify this structure directly - it should only be used as shown above ** with the xPhraseFirst() and xPhraseNext() API methods (and by ** xPhraseFirstColumn() and xPhraseNextColumn() as illustrated below). ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the ** "detail=none" or "detail=column" option. If the FTS5 table is created ** with either "detail=none" or "detail=column" and "content=" option ** (i.e. if it is a contentless table), then this API always iterates ** through an empty set (all calls to xPhraseFirst() set iCol to -1). ** ** xPhraseNext() ** See xPhraseFirst above. ** ** xPhraseFirstColumn() ** This function and xPhraseNextColumn() are similar to the xPhraseFirst() ** and xPhraseNext() APIs described above. The difference is that instead ** of iterating through all instances of a phrase in the current row, these ** APIs are used to iterate through the set of columns in the current row ** that contain one or more instances of a specified phrase. For example: ** ** Fts5PhraseIter iter; ** int iCol; ** for(pApi->xPhraseFirstColumn(pFts, iPhrase, &iter, &iCol); ** iCol>=0; ** pApi->xPhraseNextColumn(pFts, &iter, &iCol) ** ){ ** // Column iCol contains at least one instance of phrase iPhrase ** } ** ** This API can be quite slow if used with an FTS5 table created with the ** "detail=none" option. If the FTS5 table is created with either ** "detail=none" "content=" option (i.e. if it is a contentless table), ** then this API always iterates through an empty set (all calls to ** xPhraseFirstColumn() set iCol to -1). ** ** The information accessed using this API and its companion ** xPhraseFirstColumn() may also be obtained using xPhraseFirst/xPhraseNext ** (or xInst/xInstCount). The chief advantage of this API is that it is ** significantly more efficient than those alternatives when used with ** "detail=column" tables. ** ** xPhraseNextColumn() ** See xPhraseFirstColumn above. */ struct Fts5ExtensionApi { int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 3 */ void *(*xUserData)(Fts5Context*); int (*xColumnCount)(Fts5Context*); int (*xRowCount)(Fts5Context*, sqlite3_int64 *pnRow); int (*xColumnTotalSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, sqlite3_int64 *pnToken); int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Context*, const char *pText, int nText, /* Text to tokenize */ void *pCtx, /* Context passed to xToken() */ int (*xToken)(void*, int, const char*, int, int, int) /* Callback */ ); int (*xPhraseCount)(Fts5Context*); int (*xPhraseSize)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase); int (*xInstCount)(Fts5Context*, int *pnInst); int (*xInst)(Fts5Context*, int iIdx, int *piPhrase, int *piCol, int *piOff); sqlite3_int64 (*xRowid)(Fts5Context*); int (*xColumnText)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, const char **pz, int *pn); int (*xColumnSize)(Fts5Context*, int iCol, int *pnToken); int (*xQueryPhrase)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, void *pUserData, int(*)(const Fts5ExtensionApi*,Fts5Context*,void*) ); int (*xSetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, void *pAux, void(*xDelete)(void*)); void *(*xGetAuxdata)(Fts5Context*, int bClear); int (*xPhraseFirst)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*, int*); void (*xPhraseNext)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol, int *piOff); int (*xPhraseFirstColumn)(Fts5Context*, int iPhrase, Fts5PhraseIter*, int*); void (*xPhraseNextColumn)(Fts5Context*, Fts5PhraseIter*, int *piCol); }; /* ** CUSTOM AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS *************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************* ** CUSTOM TOKENIZERS ** ** Applications may also register custom tokenizer types. A tokenizer ** is registered by providing fts5 with a populated instance of the ** following structure. All structure methods must be defined, setting ** any member of the fts5_tokenizer struct to NULL leads to undefined ** behaviour. The structure methods are expected to function as follows: ** ** xCreate: ** This function is used to allocate and initialize a tokenizer instance. ** A tokenizer instance is required to actually tokenize text. ** ** The first argument passed to this function is a copy of the (void*) ** pointer provided by the application when the fts5_tokenizer object ** was registered with FTS5 (the third argument to xCreateTokenizer()). ** The second and third arguments are an array of nul-terminated strings ** containing the tokenizer arguments, if any, specified following the ** tokenizer name as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement used ** to create the FTS5 table. ** ** The final argument is an output variable. If successful, (*ppOut) ** should be set to point to the new tokenizer handle and SQLITE_OK ** returned. If an error occurs, some value other than SQLITE_OK should ** be returned. In this case, fts5 assumes that the final value of *ppOut ** is undefined. ** ** xDelete: ** This function is invoked to delete a tokenizer handle previously ** allocated using xCreate(). Fts5 guarantees that this function will ** be invoked exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). ** ** xTokenize: ** This function is expected to tokenize the nText byte string indicated ** by argument pText. pText may or may not be nul-terminated. The first ** argument passed to this function is a pointer to an Fts5Tokenizer object ** returned by an earlier call to xCreate(). ** ** The second argument indicates the reason that FTS5 is requesting ** tokenization of the supplied text. This is always one of the following ** four values: ** **
    • FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT - A document is being inserted into ** or removed from the FTS table. The tokenizer is being invoked to ** determine the set of tokens to add to (or delete from) the ** FTS index. ** **
    • FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY - A MATCH query is being executed ** against the FTS index. The tokenizer is being called to tokenize ** a bareword or quoted string specified as part of the query. ** **
    • (FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY | FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX) - Same as ** FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY, except that the bareword or quoted string is ** followed by a "*" character, indicating that the last token ** returned by the tokenizer will be treated as a token prefix. ** **
    • FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX - The tokenizer is being invoked to ** satisfy an fts5_api.xTokenize() request made by an auxiliary ** function. Or an fts5_api.xColumnSize() request made by the same ** on a columnsize=0 database. **
    ** ** For each token in the input string, the supplied callback xToken() must ** be invoked. The first argument to it should be a copy of the pointer ** passed as the second argument to xTokenize(). The third and fourth ** arguments are a pointer to a buffer containing the token text, and the ** size of the token in bytes. The 4th and 5th arguments are the byte offsets ** of the first byte of and first byte immediately following the text from ** which the token is derived within the input. ** ** The second argument passed to the xToken() callback ("tflags") should ** normally be set to 0. The exception is if the tokenizer supports ** synonyms. In this case see the discussion below for details. ** ** FTS5 assumes the xToken() callback is invoked for each token in the ** order that they occur within the input text. ** ** If an xToken() callback returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, then ** the tokenization should be abandoned and the xTokenize() method should ** immediately return a copy of the xToken() return value. Or, if the ** input buffer is exhausted, xTokenize() should return SQLITE_OK. Finally, ** if an error occurs with the xTokenize() implementation itself, it ** may abandon the tokenization and return any error code other than ** SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_DONE. ** ** SYNONYM SUPPORT ** ** Custom tokenizers may also support synonyms. Consider a case in which a ** user wishes to query for a phrase such as "first place". Using the ** built-in tokenizers, the FTS5 query 'first + place' will match instances ** of "first place" within the document set, but not alternative forms ** such as "1st place". In some applications, it would be better to match ** all instances of "first place" or "1st place" regardless of which form ** the user specified in the MATCH query text. ** ** There are several ways to approach this in FTS5: ** **
    1. By mapping all synonyms to a single token. In this case, the ** In the above example, this means that the tokenizer returns the ** same token for inputs "first" and "1st". Say that token is in ** fact "first", so that when the user inserts the document "I won ** 1st place" entries are added to the index for tokens "i", "won", ** "first" and "place". If the user then queries for '1st + place', ** the tokenizer substitutes "first" for "1st" and the query works ** as expected. ** **
    2. By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. ** In this case, when tokenizing query text, the tokenizer may ** provide multiple synonyms for a single term within the document. ** FTS5 then queries the index for each synonym individually. For ** example, faced with the query: ** ** ** ... MATCH 'first place' ** ** the tokenizer offers both "1st" and "first" as synonyms for the ** first token in the MATCH query and FTS5 effectively runs a query ** similar to: ** ** ** ... MATCH '(first OR 1st) place' ** ** except that, for the purposes of auxiliary functions, the query ** still appears to contain just two phrases - "(first OR 1st)" ** being treated as a single phrase. ** **
    3. By adding multiple synonyms for a single term to the FTS index. ** Using this method, when tokenizing document text, the tokenizer ** provides multiple synonyms for each token. So that when a ** document such as "I won first place" is tokenized, entries are ** added to the FTS index for "i", "won", "first", "1st" and ** "place". ** ** This way, even if the tokenizer does not provide synonyms ** when tokenizing query text (it should not - to do would be ** inefficient), it doesn't matter if the user queries for ** 'first + place' or '1st + place', as there are entries in the ** FTS index corresponding to both forms of the first token. **
    ** ** Whether it is parsing document or query text, any call to xToken that ** specifies a tflags argument with the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED bit ** is considered to supply a synonym for the previous token. For example, ** when parsing the document "I won first place", a tokenizer that supports ** synonyms would call xToken() 5 times, as follows: ** ** ** xToken(pCtx, 0, "i", 1, 0, 1); ** xToken(pCtx, 0, "won", 3, 2, 5); ** xToken(pCtx, 0, "first", 5, 6, 11); ** xToken(pCtx, FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED, "1st", 3, 6, 11); ** xToken(pCtx, 0, "place", 5, 12, 17); ** ** ** It is an error to specify the FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED flag the first time ** xToken() is called. Multiple synonyms may be specified for a single token ** by making multiple calls to xToken(FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED) in sequence. ** There is no limit to the number of synonyms that may be provided for a ** single token. ** ** In many cases, method (1) above is the best approach. It does not add ** extra data to the FTS index or require FTS5 to query for multiple terms, ** so it is efficient in terms of disk space and query speed. However, it ** does not support prefix queries very well. If, as suggested above, the ** token "first" is substituted for "1st" by the tokenizer, then the query: ** ** ** ... MATCH '1s*' ** ** will not match documents that contain the token "1st" (as the tokenizer ** will probably not map "1s" to any prefix of "first"). ** ** For full prefix support, method (3) may be preferred. In this case, ** because the index contains entries for both "first" and "1st", prefix ** queries such as 'fi*' or '1s*' will match correctly. However, because ** extra entries are added to the FTS index, this method uses more space ** within the database. ** ** Method (2) offers a midpoint between (1) and (3). Using this method, ** a query such as '1s*' will match documents that contain the literal ** token "1st", but not "first" (assuming the tokenizer is not able to ** provide synonyms for prefixes). However, a non-prefix query like '1st' ** will match against "1st" and "first". This method does not require ** extra disk space, as no extra entries are added to the FTS index. ** On the other hand, it may require more CPU cycles to run MATCH queries, ** as separate queries of the FTS index are required for each synonym. ** ** When using methods (2) or (3), it is important that the tokenizer only ** provide synonyms when tokenizing document text (method (2)) or query ** text (method (3)), not both. Doing so will not cause any errors, but is ** inefficient. */ typedef struct Fts5Tokenizer Fts5Tokenizer; typedef struct fts5_tokenizer fts5_tokenizer; struct fts5_tokenizer { int (*xCreate)(void*, const char **azArg, int nArg, Fts5Tokenizer **ppOut); void (*xDelete)(Fts5Tokenizer*); int (*xTokenize)(Fts5Tokenizer*, void *pCtx, int flags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKENIZE_* flags */ const char *pText, int nText, int (*xToken)( void *pCtx, /* Copy of 2nd argument to xTokenize() */ int tflags, /* Mask of FTS5_TOKEN_* flags */ const char *pToken, /* Pointer to buffer containing token */ int nToken, /* Size of token in bytes */ int iStart, /* Byte offset of token within input text */ int iEnd /* Byte offset of end of token within input text */ ) ); }; /* Flags that may be passed as the third argument to xTokenize() */ #define FTS5_TOKENIZE_QUERY 0x0001 #define FTS5_TOKENIZE_PREFIX 0x0002 #define FTS5_TOKENIZE_DOCUMENT 0x0004 #define FTS5_TOKENIZE_AUX 0x0008 /* Flags that may be passed by the tokenizer implementation back to FTS5 ** as the third argument to the supplied xToken callback. */ #define FTS5_TOKEN_COLOCATED 0x0001 /* Same position as prev. token */ /* ** END OF CUSTOM TOKENIZERS *************************************************************************/ /************************************************************************* ** FTS5 EXTENSION REGISTRATION API */ typedef struct fts5_api fts5_api; struct fts5_api { int iVersion; /* Currently always set to 2 */ /* Create a new tokenizer */ int (*xCreateTokenizer)( fts5_api *pApi, const char *zName, void *pContext, fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer, void (*xDestroy)(void*) ); /* Find an existing tokenizer */ int (*xFindTokenizer)( fts5_api *pApi, const char *zName, void **ppContext, fts5_tokenizer *pTokenizer ); /* Create a new auxiliary function */ int (*xCreateFunction)( fts5_api *pApi, const char *zName, void *pContext, fts5_extension_function xFunction, void (*xDestroy)(void*) ); }; /* ** END OF REGISTRATION API *************************************************************************/ #if 0 } /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif #endif /* _FTS5_H */ /******** End of fts5.h *********/ /************** End of sqlite3.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /* ** Include the configuration header output by 'configure' if we're using the ** autoconf-based build */ #if defined(_HAVE_SQLITE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(SQLITECONFIG_H) /* #include "config.h" */ #define SQLITECONFIG_H 1 #endif /************** Include sqliteLimit.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ***********/ /************** Begin file sqliteLimit.h *************************************/ /* ** 2007 May 7 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process. */ /* ** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also ** limits the size of a row in a table or index. ** ** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer ** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH # define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000 #endif /* ** This is the maximum number of ** ** * Columns in a table ** * Columns in an index ** * Columns in a view ** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement ** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement ** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement. ** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement ** ** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will ** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should ** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if ** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few ** dozen values in any of the other situations described above. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN # define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000 #endif /* ** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes. ** ** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would ** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible ** to turn this limit off. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH # define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000 #endif /* ** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to ** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might ** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an ** expression. ** ** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced. ** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced ** at all times. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH # define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000 #endif /* ** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement. ** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one ** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result ** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL ** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable ** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT # define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500 #endif /* ** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program. ** Not currently enforced. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP # define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 250000000 #endif /* ** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG # define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127 #endif /* ** The suggested maximum number of in-memory pages to use for ** the main database table and for temporary tables. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30185-15359 The default suggested cache size is -2000, ** which means the cache size is limited to 2048000 bytes of memory. ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48205-43578 The default suggested cache size can be ** altered using the SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE compile-time options. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE -2000 #endif /* ** The default number of frames to accumulate in the log file before ** checkpointing the database in WAL mode. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 1000 #endif /* ** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0 ** and 125. The upper bound of 125 is because the attached databases are ** counted using a signed 8-bit integer which has a maximum value of 127 ** and we have to allow 2 extra counts for the "main" and "temp" databases. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED # define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10 #endif /* ** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER # define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999 #endif /* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 65536. This a limit ** imposed by the use of 16-bit offsets within each page. ** ** Earlier versions of SQLite allowed the user to change this value at ** compile time. This is no longer permitted, on the grounds that it creates ** a library that is technically incompatible with an SQLite library ** compiled with a different limit. If a process operating on a database ** with a page-size of 65536 bytes crashes, then an instance of SQLite ** compiled with the default page-size limit will not be able to rollback ** the aborted transaction. This could lead to database corruption. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE # undef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE #endif #define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 65536 /* ** The default size of a database page. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 4096 #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE # undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE #endif /* ** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases ** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain ** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support), ** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value ** SQLite will choose on its own. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE # define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE # undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE # define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE #endif /* ** Maximum number of pages in one database file. ** ** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma. ** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the ** max_page_count macro. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT # define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823 #endif /* ** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB ** operator. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH # define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 #endif /* ** Maximum depth of recursion for triggers. ** ** A value of 1 means that a trigger program will not be able to itself ** fire any triggers. A value of 0 means that no trigger programs at all ** may be executed. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH # define SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH 1000 #endif /************** End of sqliteLimit.h *****************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /* Disable nuisance warnings on Borland compilers */ #if defined(__BORLANDC__) #pragma warn -rch /* unreachable code */ #pragma warn -ccc /* Condition is always true or false */ #pragma warn -aus /* Assigned value is never used */ #pragma warn -csu /* Comparing signed and unsigned */ #pragma warn -spa /* Suspicious pointer arithmetic */ #endif /* ** Include standard header files as necessary */ #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H #include #endif #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H #include #endif /* ** The following macros are used to cast pointers to integers and ** integers to pointers. The way you do this varies from one compiler ** to the next, so we have developed the following set of #if statements ** to generate appropriate macros for a wide range of compilers. ** ** The correct "ANSI" way to do this is to use the intptr_t type. ** Unfortunately, that typedef is not available on all compilers, or ** if it is available, it requires an #include of specific headers ** that vary from one machine to the next. ** ** Ticket #3860: The llvm-gcc-4.2 compiler from Apple chokes on ** the ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) construct. But MSVC chokes on ((void*)(X)). ** So we have to define the macros in different ways depending on the ** compiler. */ #if defined(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__) /* This case should work for GCC */ # define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) # define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(__PTRDIFF_TYPE__)(X)) #elif !defined(__GNUC__) /* Works for compilers other than LLVM */ # define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)&((char*)0)[X]) # define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(((char*)X)-(char*)0)) #elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) /* Use this case if we have ANSI headers */ # define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(intptr_t)(X)) # define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(intptr_t)(X)) #else /* Generates a warning - but it always works */ # define SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(X) ((void*)(X)) # define SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(X) ((int)(X)) #endif /* ** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be ** inlined. */ #if defined(__GNUC__) # define SQLITE_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline)) #elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310 # define SQLITE_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) #else # define SQLITE_NOINLINE #endif /* ** Make sure that the compiler intrinsics we desire are enabled when ** compiling with an appropriate version of MSVC unless prevented by ** the SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC define. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) # if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1400 # if !defined(_WIN32_WCE) # include # pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ushort) # pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_ulong) # pragma intrinsic(_byteswap_uint64) # pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier) # else # include # endif # endif #endif /* ** The SQLITE_THREADSAFE macro must be defined as 0, 1, or 2. ** 0 means mutexes are permanently disable and the library is never ** threadsafe. 1 means the library is serialized which is the highest ** level of threadsafety. 2 means the library is multithreaded - multiple ** threads can use SQLite as long as no two threads try to use the same ** database connection at the same time. ** ** Older versions of SQLite used an optional THREADSAFE macro. ** We support that for legacy. ** ** To ensure that the correct value of "THREADSAFE" is reported when querying ** for compile-time options at runtime (e.g. "PRAGMA compile_options"), this ** logic is partially replicated in ctime.c. If it is updated here, it should ** also be updated there. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) # if defined(THREADSAFE) # define SQLITE_THREADSAFE THREADSAFE # else # define SQLITE_THREADSAFE 1 /* IMP: R-07272-22309 */ # endif #endif /* ** Powersafe overwrite is on by default. But can be turned off using ** the -DSQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE=0 command-line option. */ #ifndef SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE # define SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE 1 #endif /* ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-25715-37072 Memory allocation statistics are enabled by ** default unless SQLite is compiled with SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS=0 in ** which case memory allocation statistics are disabled by default. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS) # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS 1 #endif /* ** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to ** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use. ** ** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC // Use normal system malloc() ** SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC // Use Win32 native heap API ** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC // Use a stub allocator that always fails ** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG // Debugging version of system malloc() ** ** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the ** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem ** will cause HeapValidate to be called. If heap validation should fail, an ** assertion will be triggered. ** ** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as ** the default. */ #if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1 # error "Two or more of the following compile-time configuration options\ are defined but at most one is allowed:\ SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG,\ SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC" #endif #if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC) \ + defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) \ + defined(SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC) \ + defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0 # define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1 #endif /* ** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the ** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT) # define SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT 1024 #endif /* ** We need to define _XOPEN_SOURCE as follows in order to enable ** recursive mutexes on most Unix systems and fchmod() on OpenBSD. ** But _XOPEN_SOURCE define causes problems for Mac OS X, so omit ** it. */ #if !defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) && !defined(__DARWIN__) && !defined(__APPLE__) # define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600 #endif /* ** NDEBUG and SQLITE_DEBUG are opposites. It should always be true that ** defined(NDEBUG)==!defined(SQLITE_DEBUG). If this is not currently true, ** make it true by defining or undefining NDEBUG. ** ** Setting NDEBUG makes the code smaller and faster by disabling the ** assert() statements in the code. So we want the default action ** to be for NDEBUG to be set and NDEBUG to be undefined only if SQLITE_DEBUG ** is set. Thus NDEBUG becomes an opt-in rather than an opt-out ** feature. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif #if defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # undef NDEBUG #endif /* ** Enable SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if SQLITE_DEBUG is turned on. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS 1 #endif /* ** The testcase() macro is used to aid in coverage testing. When ** doing coverage testing, the condition inside the argument to ** testcase() must be evaluated both true and false in order to ** get full branch coverage. The testcase() macro is inserted ** to help ensure adequate test coverage in places where simple ** condition/decision coverage is inadequate. For example, testcase() ** can be used to make sure boundary values are tested. For ** bitmask tests, testcase() can be used to make sure each bit ** is significant and used at least once. On switch statements ** where multiple cases go to the same block of code, testcase() ** can insure that all cases are evaluated. ** */ #ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int); # define testcase(X) if( X ){ sqlite3Coverage(__LINE__); } #else # define testcase(X) #endif /* ** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or ** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments ** within testcase() and assert() macros. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) # define TESTONLY(X) X #else # define TESTONLY(X) #endif /* ** Sometimes we need a small amount of code such as a variable initialization ** to setup for a later assert() statement. We do not want this code to ** appear when assert() is disabled. The following macro is therefore ** used to contain that setup code. The "VVA" acronym stands for ** "Verification, Validation, and Accreditation". In other words, the ** code within VVA_ONLY() will only run during verification processes. */ #ifndef NDEBUG # define VVA_ONLY(X) X #else # define VVA_ONLY(X) #endif /* ** The ALWAYS and NEVER macros surround boolean expressions which ** are intended to always be true or false, respectively. Such ** expressions could be omitted from the code completely. But they ** are included in a few cases in order to enhance the resilience ** of SQLite to unexpected behavior - to make the code "self-healing" ** or "ductile" rather than being "brittle" and crashing at the first ** hint of unplanned behavior. ** ** In other words, ALWAYS and NEVER are added for defensive code. ** ** When doing coverage testing ALWAYS and NEVER are hard-coded to ** be true and false so that the unreachable code they specify will ** not be counted as untested code. */ #if defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST) # define ALWAYS(X) (1) # define NEVER(X) (0) #elif !defined(NDEBUG) # define ALWAYS(X) ((X)?1:(assert(0),0)) # define NEVER(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) #else # define ALWAYS(X) (X) # define NEVER(X) (X) #endif /* ** Some conditionals are optimizations only. In other words, if the ** conditionals are replaced with a constant 1 (true) or 0 (false) then ** the correct answer is still obtained, though perhaps not as quickly. ** ** The following macros mark these optimizations conditionals. */ #if defined(SQLITE_MUTATION_TEST) # define OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(X) (1) # define OK_IF_ALWAYS_FALSE(X) (0) #else # define OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(X) (X) # define OK_IF_ALWAYS_FALSE(X) (X) #endif /* ** Some malloc failures are only possible if SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is ** defined. We need to defend against those failures when testing with ** SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS, but we don't want the unreachable branches ** during a normal build. The following macro can be used to disable tests ** that are always false except when SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is set. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) # define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) (X) #elif !defined(NDEBUG) # define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) ((X)?(assert(0),1):0) #else # define ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(X) (0) #endif /* ** Declarations used for tracing the operating system interfaces. */ #if defined(SQLITE_FORCE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) extern int sqlite3OSTrace; # define OSTRACE(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X # define SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE #else # define OSTRACE(X) # undef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE #endif /* ** Is the sqlite3ErrName() function needed in the build? Currently, ** it is needed by "mutex_w32.c" (when debugging), "os_win.c" (when ** OSTRACE is enabled), and by several "test*.c" files (which are ** compiled using SQLITE_TEST). */ #if defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) || \ (defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && SQLITE_OS_WIN) # define SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME #else # undef SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME #endif /* ** SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS is incompatible with SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN # undef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS #endif /* ** Return true (non-zero) if the input is an integer that is too large ** to fit in 32-bits. This macro is used inside of various testcase() ** macros to verify that we have tested SQLite for large-file support. */ #define IS_BIG_INT(X) (((X)&~(i64)0xffffffff)!=0) /* ** The macro unlikely() is a hint that surrounds a boolean ** expression that is usually false. Macro likely() surrounds ** a boolean expression that is usually true. These hints could, ** in theory, be used by the compiler to generate better code, but ** currently they are just comments for human readers. */ #define likely(X) (X) #define unlikely(X) (X) /************** Include hash.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Begin file hash.h ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation ** used in SQLite. */ #ifndef SQLITE_HASH_H #define SQLITE_HASH_H /* Forward declarations of structures. */ typedef struct Hash Hash; typedef struct HashElem HashElem; /* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. ** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client ** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure ** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. ** However, some of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and ** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make ** this structure opaque. ** ** All elements of the hash table are on a single doubly-linked list. ** Hash.first points to the head of this list. ** ** There are Hash.htsize buckets. Each bucket points to a spot in ** the global doubly-linked list. The contents of the bucket are the ** element pointed to plus the next _ht.count-1 elements in the list. ** ** Hash.htsize and Hash.ht may be zero. In that case lookup is done ** by a linear search of the global list. For small tables, the ** Hash.ht table is never allocated because if there are few elements ** in the table, it is faster to do a linear search than to manage ** the hash table. */ struct Hash { unsigned int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ struct _ht { /* the hash table */ int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ } *ht; }; /* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following ** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** ** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really ** be opaque because it is used by macros. */ struct HashElem { HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ const char *pKey; /* Key associated with this element */ }; /* ** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const char *pKey, void *pData); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const char *pKey); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*); /* ** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is ** like this: ** ** Hash h; ** HashElem *p; ** ... ** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ ** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p); ** // do something with pData ** } */ #define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first) #define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next) #define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data) /* #define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) // NOT USED */ /* #define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) // NOT USED */ /* ** Number of entries in a hash table */ /* #define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count) // NOT USED */ #endif /* SQLITE_HASH_H */ /************** End of hash.h ************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include parse.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ /************** Begin file parse.h *******************************************/ #define TK_SEMI 1 #define TK_EXPLAIN 2 #define TK_QUERY 3 #define TK_PLAN 4 #define TK_BEGIN 5 #define TK_TRANSACTION 6 #define TK_DEFERRED 7 #define TK_IMMEDIATE 8 #define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9 #define TK_COMMIT 10 #define TK_END 11 #define TK_ROLLBACK 12 #define TK_SAVEPOINT 13 #define TK_RELEASE 14 #define TK_TO 15 #define TK_TABLE 16 #define TK_CREATE 17 #define TK_IF 18 #define TK_NOT 19 #define TK_EXISTS 20 #define TK_TEMP 21 #define TK_LP 22 #define TK_RP 23 #define TK_AS 24 #define TK_WITHOUT 25 #define TK_COMMA 26 #define TK_ABORT 27 #define TK_ACTION 28 #define TK_AFTER 29 #define TK_ANALYZE 30 #define TK_ASC 31 #define TK_ATTACH 32 #define TK_BEFORE 33 #define TK_BY 34 #define TK_CASCADE 35 #define TK_CAST 36 #define TK_CONFLICT 37 #define TK_DATABASE 38 #define TK_DESC 39 #define TK_DETACH 40 #define TK_EACH 41 #define TK_FAIL 42 #define TK_OR 43 #define TK_AND 44 #define TK_IS 45 #define TK_MATCH 46 #define TK_LIKE_KW 47 #define TK_BETWEEN 48 #define TK_IN 49 #define TK_ISNULL 50 #define TK_NOTNULL 51 #define TK_NE 52 #define TK_EQ 53 #define TK_GT 54 #define TK_LE 55 #define TK_LT 56 #define TK_GE 57 #define TK_ESCAPE 58 #define TK_ID 59 #define TK_COLUMNKW 60 #define TK_DO 61 #define TK_FOR 62 #define TK_IGNORE 63 #define TK_INITIALLY 64 #define TK_INSTEAD 65 #define TK_NO 66 #define TK_KEY 67 #define TK_OF 68 #define TK_OFFSET 69 #define TK_PRAGMA 70 #define TK_RAISE 71 #define TK_RECURSIVE 72 #define TK_REPLACE 73 #define TK_RESTRICT 74 #define TK_ROW 75 #define TK_ROWS 76 #define TK_TRIGGER 77 #define TK_VACUUM 78 #define TK_VIEW 79 #define TK_VIRTUAL 80 #define TK_WITH 81 #define TK_CURRENT 82 #define TK_FOLLOWING 83 #define TK_PARTITION 84 #define TK_PRECEDING 85 #define TK_RANGE 86 #define TK_UNBOUNDED 87 #define TK_REINDEX 88 #define TK_RENAME 89 #define TK_CTIME_KW 90 #define TK_ANY 91 #define TK_BITAND 92 #define TK_BITOR 93 #define TK_LSHIFT 94 #define TK_RSHIFT 95 #define TK_PLUS 96 #define TK_MINUS 97 #define TK_STAR 98 #define TK_SLASH 99 #define TK_REM 100 #define TK_CONCAT 101 #define TK_COLLATE 102 #define TK_BITNOT 103 #define TK_ON 104 #define TK_INDEXED 105 #define TK_STRING 106 #define TK_JOIN_KW 107 #define TK_CONSTRAINT 108 #define TK_DEFAULT 109 #define TK_NULL 110 #define TK_PRIMARY 111 #define TK_UNIQUE 112 #define TK_CHECK 113 #define TK_REFERENCES 114 #define TK_AUTOINCR 115 #define TK_INSERT 116 #define TK_DELETE 117 #define TK_UPDATE 118 #define TK_SET 119 #define TK_DEFERRABLE 120 #define TK_FOREIGN 121 #define TK_DROP 122 #define TK_UNION 123 #define TK_ALL 124 #define TK_EXCEPT 125 #define TK_INTERSECT 126 #define TK_SELECT 127 #define TK_VALUES 128 #define TK_DISTINCT 129 #define TK_DOT 130 #define TK_FROM 131 #define TK_JOIN 132 #define TK_USING 133 #define TK_ORDER 134 #define TK_GROUP 135 #define TK_HAVING 136 #define TK_LIMIT 137 #define TK_WHERE 138 #define TK_INTO 139 #define TK_NOTHING 140 #define TK_FLOAT 141 #define TK_BLOB 142 #define TK_INTEGER 143 #define TK_VARIABLE 144 #define TK_CASE 145 #define TK_WHEN 146 #define TK_THEN 147 #define TK_ELSE 148 #define TK_INDEX 149 #define TK_ALTER 150 #define TK_ADD 151 #define TK_WINDOW 152 #define TK_OVER 153 #define TK_FILTER 154 #define TK_TRUEFALSE 155 #define TK_ISNOT 156 #define TK_FUNCTION 157 #define TK_COLUMN 158 #define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 159 #define TK_AGG_COLUMN 160 #define TK_UMINUS 161 #define TK_UPLUS 162 #define TK_TRUTH 163 #define TK_REGISTER 164 #define TK_VECTOR 165 #define TK_SELECT_COLUMN 166 #define TK_IF_NULL_ROW 167 #define TK_ASTERISK 168 #define TK_SPAN 169 #define TK_END_OF_FILE 170 #define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 171 #define TK_SPACE 172 #define TK_ILLEGAL 173 /* The token codes above must all fit in 8 bits */ #define TKFLG_MASK 0xff /* Flags that can be added to a token code when it is not ** being stored in a u8: */ #define TKFLG_DONTFOLD 0x100 /* Omit constant folding optimizations */ /************** End of parse.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ #include #include #include #include #include /* ** Use a macro to replace memcpy() if compiled with SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY. ** This allows better measurements of where memcpy() is used when running ** cachegrind. But this macro version of memcpy() is very slow so it ** should not be used in production. This is a performance measurement ** hack only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_INLINE_MEMCPY # define memcpy(D,S,N) {char*xxd=(char*)(D);const char*xxs=(const char*)(S);\ int xxn=(N);while(xxn-->0)*(xxd++)=*(xxs++);} #endif /* ** If compiling for a processor that lacks floating point support, ** substitute integer for floating-point */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # define double sqlite_int64 # define float sqlite_int64 # define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite_int64 # ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL # define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (((sqlite3_int64)1)<<50) # endif # define SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS 1 # define SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE 1 # undef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT # undef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN #endif #ifndef SQLITE_BIG_DBL # define SQLITE_BIG_DBL (1e99) #endif /* ** OMIT_TEMPDB is set to 1 if SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB is defined, or 0 ** afterward. Having this macro allows us to cause the C compiler ** to omit code used by TEMP tables without messy #ifndef statements. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB #define OMIT_TEMPDB 1 #else #define OMIT_TEMPDB 0 #endif /* ** The "file format" number is an integer that is incremented whenever ** the VDBE-level file format changes. The following macros define the ** the default file format for new databases and the maximum file format ** that the library can read. */ #define SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT 4 #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT 4 #endif /* ** Determine whether triggers are recursive by default. This can be ** changed at run-time using a pragma. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS 0 #endif /* ** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified ** on the command-line */ #ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE # define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1 #endif /* ** If no value has been provided for SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, or if ** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE is set to 3 (never use temporary files), set it ** to zero. */ #if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 # undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS # define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 0 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS # define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS 8 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS 0 #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS>SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS # undef SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS # define SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS #endif /* ** The default initial allocation for the pagecache when using separate ** pagecaches for each database connection. A positive number is the ** number of pages. A negative number N translations means that a buffer ** of -1024*N bytes is allocated and used for as many pages as it will hold. ** ** The default value of "20" was choosen to minimize the run-time of the ** speedtest1 test program with options: --shrink-memory --reprepare */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ 20 #endif /* ** Default value for the SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE option. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE 0x7fffffff #endif /* ** The compile-time options SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and ** SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE are not compatible with one another. ** You must choose one or the other (or neither) but not both. */ #if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) #error Cannot use both SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE and SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE #endif /* ** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it ** ourselves. */ #ifndef offsetof #define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD)) #endif /* ** Macros to compute minimum and maximum of two numbers. */ #ifndef MIN # define MIN(A,B) ((A)<(B)?(A):(B)) #endif #ifndef MAX # define MAX(A,B) ((A)>(B)?(A):(B)) #endif /* ** Swap two objects of type TYPE. */ #define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} /* ** Check to see if this machine uses EBCDIC. (Yes, believe it or ** not, there are still machines out there that use EBCDIC.) */ #if 'A' == '\301' # define SQLITE_EBCDIC 1 #else # define SQLITE_ASCII 1 #endif /* ** Integers of known sizes. These typedefs might change for architectures ** where the sizes very. Preprocessor macros are available so that the ** types can be conveniently redefined at compile-type. Like this: ** ** cc '-DUINTPTR_TYPE=long long int' ... */ #ifndef UINT32_TYPE # ifdef HAVE_UINT32_T # define UINT32_TYPE uint32_t # else # define UINT32_TYPE unsigned int # endif #endif #ifndef UINT16_TYPE # ifdef HAVE_UINT16_T # define UINT16_TYPE uint16_t # else # define UINT16_TYPE unsigned short int # endif #endif #ifndef INT16_TYPE # ifdef HAVE_INT16_T # define INT16_TYPE int16_t # else # define INT16_TYPE short int # endif #endif #ifndef UINT8_TYPE # ifdef HAVE_UINT8_T # define UINT8_TYPE uint8_t # else # define UINT8_TYPE unsigned char # endif #endif #ifndef INT8_TYPE # ifdef HAVE_INT8_T # define INT8_TYPE int8_t # else # define INT8_TYPE signed char # endif #endif #ifndef LONGDOUBLE_TYPE # define LONGDOUBLE_TYPE long double #endif typedef sqlite_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ typedef sqlite_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ typedef UINT32_TYPE u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ typedef UINT16_TYPE u16; /* 2-byte unsigned integer */ typedef INT16_TYPE i16; /* 2-byte signed integer */ typedef UINT8_TYPE u8; /* 1-byte unsigned integer */ typedef INT8_TYPE i8; /* 1-byte signed integer */ /* ** SQLITE_MAX_U32 is a u64 constant that is the maximum u64 value ** that can be stored in a u32 without loss of data. The value ** is 0x00000000ffffffff. But because of quirks of some compilers, we ** have to specify the value in the less intuitive manner shown: */ #define SQLITE_MAX_U32 ((((u64)1)<<32)-1) /* ** The datatype used to store estimates of the number of rows in a ** table or index. This is an unsigned integer type. For 99.9% of ** the world, a 32-bit integer is sufficient. But a 64-bit integer ** can be used at compile-time if desired. */ #ifdef SQLITE_64BIT_STATS typedef u64 tRowcnt; /* 64-bit only if requested at compile-time */ #else typedef u32 tRowcnt; /* 32-bit is the default */ #endif /* ** Estimated quantities used for query planning are stored as 16-bit ** logarithms. For quantity X, the value stored is 10*log2(X). This ** gives a possible range of values of approximately 1.0e986 to 1e-986. ** But the allowed values are "grainy". Not every value is representable. ** For example, quantities 16 and 17 are both represented by a LogEst ** of 40. However, since LogEst quantities are suppose to be estimates, ** not exact values, this imprecision is not a problem. ** ** "LogEst" is short for "Logarithmic Estimate". ** ** Examples: ** 1 -> 0 20 -> 43 10000 -> 132 ** 2 -> 10 25 -> 46 25000 -> 146 ** 3 -> 16 100 -> 66 1000000 -> 199 ** 4 -> 20 1000 -> 99 1048576 -> 200 ** 10 -> 33 1024 -> 100 4294967296 -> 320 ** ** The LogEst can be negative to indicate fractional values. ** Examples: ** ** 0.5 -> -10 0.1 -> -33 0.0625 -> -40 */ typedef INT16_TYPE LogEst; /* ** Set the SQLITE_PTRSIZE macro to the number of bytes in a pointer */ #ifndef SQLITE_PTRSIZE # if defined(__SIZEOF_POINTER__) # define SQLITE_PTRSIZE __SIZEOF_POINTER__ # elif defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__arm__) || defined(__x86) || \ (defined(__TOS_AIX__) && !defined(__64BIT__)) # define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 4 # else # define SQLITE_PTRSIZE 8 # endif #endif /* The uptr type is an unsigned integer large enough to hold a pointer */ #if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) typedef uintptr_t uptr; #elif SQLITE_PTRSIZE==4 typedef u32 uptr; #else typedef u64 uptr; #endif /* ** The SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) macro checks to see if pointer P points to ** something between S (inclusive) and E (exclusive). ** ** In other words, S is a buffer and E is a pointer to the first byte after ** the end of buffer S. This macro returns true if P points to something ** contained within the buffer S. */ #define SQLITE_WITHIN(P,S,E) (((uptr)(P)>=(uptr)(S))&&((uptr)(P)<(uptr)(E))) /* ** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, ** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time. ** ** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order ** using C-preprocessor macros. If that is unsuccessful, or if ** -DSQLITE_BYTEORDER=0 is set, then byte-order is determined ** at run-time. */ #ifndef SQLITE_BYTEORDER # if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__x86) || \ defined(__arm__) || defined(_M_ARM64) # define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 # elif defined(sparc) || defined(__ppc__) # define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 # else # define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 # endif #endif #if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 1 # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 0 # define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16BE #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN 0 # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN 1 # define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE SQLITE_UTF16LE #else # ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION const int sqlite3one = 1; # else extern const int sqlite3one; # endif # define SQLITE_BIGENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==0) # define SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN (*(char *)(&sqlite3one)==1) # define SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE (SQLITE_BIGENDIAN?SQLITE_UTF16BE:SQLITE_UTF16LE) #endif /* ** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. ** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit ** compilers. */ #define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((i64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) #define SMALLEST_INT64 (((i64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) /* ** Round up a number to the next larger multiple of 8. This is used ** to force 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures. */ #define ROUND8(x) (((x)+7)&~7) /* ** Round down to the nearest multiple of 8 */ #define ROUNDDOWN8(x) ((x)&~7) /* ** Assert that the pointer X is aligned to an 8-byte boundary. This ** macro is used only within assert() to verify that the code gets ** all alignment restrictions correct. ** ** Except, if SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC is defined, then the ** underlying malloc() implementation might return us 4-byte aligned ** pointers. In that case, only verify 4-byte alignment. */ #ifdef SQLITE_4_BYTE_ALIGNED_MALLOC # define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&3)==0) #else # define EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(X) ((((char*)(X) - (char*)0)&7)==0) #endif /* ** Disable MMAP on platforms where it is known to not work */ #if defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__QNXNTO__) # undef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE # define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 #endif /* ** Default maximum size of memory used by memory-mapped I/O in the VFS */ #ifdef __APPLE__ # include #endif #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE # if defined(__linux__) \ || defined(_WIN32) \ || (defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)) \ || defined(__sun) \ || defined(__FreeBSD__) \ || defined(__DragonFly__) # define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0x7fff0000 /* 2147418112 */ # else # define SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE 0 # endif #endif /* ** The default MMAP_SIZE is zero on all platforms. Or, even if a larger ** default MMAP_SIZE is specified at compile-time, make sure that it does ** not exceed the maximum mmap size. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE 0 #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE # undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE #endif /* ** Only one of SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 or SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 can be defined. ** Priority is given to SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4. If either are defined, also ** define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 # undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 # define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 #elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 # define SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 1 #elif SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 # undef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 #endif /* ** SELECTTRACE_ENABLED will be either 1 or 0 depending on whether or not ** the Select query generator tracing logic is turned on. */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_SELECTTRACE) # define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 1 #else # define SELECTTRACE_ENABLED 0 #endif /* ** An instance of the following structure is used to store the busy-handler ** callback for a given sqlite handle. ** ** The sqlite.busyHandler member of the sqlite struct contains the busy ** callback for the database handle. Each pager opened via the sqlite ** handle is passed a pointer to sqlite.busyHandler. The busy-handler ** callback is currently invoked only from within pager.c. */ typedef struct BusyHandler BusyHandler; struct BusyHandler { int (*xBusyHandler)(void *,int); /* The busy callback */ void *pBusyArg; /* First arg to busy callback */ int nBusy; /* Incremented with each busy call */ u8 bExtraFileArg; /* Include sqlite3_file as callback arg */ }; /* ** Name of the master database table. The master database table ** is a special table that holds the names and attributes of all ** user tables and indices. */ #define MASTER_NAME "sqlite_master" #define TEMP_MASTER_NAME "sqlite_temp_master" /* ** The root-page of the master database table. */ #define MASTER_ROOT 1 /* ** The name of the schema table. */ #define SCHEMA_TABLE(x) ((!OMIT_TEMPDB)&&(x==1)?TEMP_MASTER_NAME:MASTER_NAME) /* ** A convenience macro that returns the number of elements in ** an array. */ #define ArraySize(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) /* ** Determine if the argument is a power of two */ #define IsPowerOfTwo(X) (((X)&((X)-1))==0) /* ** The following value as a destructor means to use sqlite3DbFree(). ** The sqlite3DbFree() routine requires two parameters instead of the ** one parameter that destructors normally want. So we have to introduce ** this magic value that the code knows to handle differently. Any ** pointer will work here as long as it is distinct from SQLITE_STATIC ** and SQLITE_TRANSIENT. */ #define SQLITE_DYNAMIC ((sqlite3_destructor_type)sqlite3MallocSize) /* ** When SQLITE_OMIT_WSD is defined, it means that the target platform does ** not support Writable Static Data (WSD) such as global and static variables. ** All variables must either be on the stack or dynamically allocated from ** the heap. When WSD is unsupported, the variable declarations scattered ** throughout the SQLite code must become constants instead. The SQLITE_WSD ** macro is used for this purpose. And instead of referencing the variable ** directly, we use its constant as a key to lookup the run-time allocated ** buffer that holds real variable. The constant is also the initializer ** for the run-time allocated buffer. ** ** In the usual case where WSD is supported, the SQLITE_WSD and GLOBAL ** macros become no-ops and have zero performance impact. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD #define SQLITE_WSD const #define GLOBAL(t,v) (*(t*)sqlite3_wsd_find((void*)&(v), sizeof(v))) #define sqlite3GlobalConfig GLOBAL(struct Sqlite3Config, sqlite3Config) SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wsd_init(int N, int J); SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wsd_find(void *K, int L); #else #define SQLITE_WSD #define GLOBAL(t,v) v #define sqlite3GlobalConfig sqlite3Config #endif /* ** The following macros are used to suppress compiler warnings and to ** make it clear to human readers when a function parameter is deliberately ** left unused within the body of a function. This usually happens when ** a function is called via a function pointer. For example the ** implementation of an SQL aggregate step callback may not use the ** parameter indicating the number of arguments passed to the aggregate, ** if it knows that this is enforced elsewhere. ** ** When a function parameter is not used at all within the body of a function, ** it is generally named "NotUsed" or "NotUsed2" to make things even clearer. ** However, these macros may also be used to suppress warnings related to ** parameters that may or may not be used depending on compilation options. ** For example those parameters only used in assert() statements. In these ** cases the parameters are named as per the usual conventions. */ #define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) #define UNUSED_PARAMETER2(x,y) UNUSED_PARAMETER(x),UNUSED_PARAMETER(y) /* ** Forward references to structures */ typedef struct AggInfo AggInfo; typedef struct AuthContext AuthContext; typedef struct AutoincInfo AutoincInfo; typedef struct Bitvec Bitvec; typedef struct CollSeq CollSeq; typedef struct Column Column; typedef struct Db Db; typedef struct Schema Schema; typedef struct Expr Expr; typedef struct ExprList ExprList; typedef struct FKey FKey; typedef struct FuncDestructor FuncDestructor; typedef struct FuncDef FuncDef; typedef struct FuncDefHash FuncDefHash; typedef struct IdList IdList; typedef struct Index Index; typedef struct IndexSample IndexSample; typedef struct KeyClass KeyClass; typedef struct KeyInfo KeyInfo; typedef struct Lookaside Lookaside; typedef struct LookasideSlot LookasideSlot; typedef struct Module Module; typedef struct NameContext NameContext; typedef struct Parse Parse; typedef struct PreUpdate PreUpdate; typedef struct PrintfArguments PrintfArguments; typedef struct RenameToken RenameToken; typedef struct RowSet RowSet; typedef struct Savepoint Savepoint; typedef struct Select Select; typedef struct SQLiteThread SQLiteThread; typedef struct SelectDest SelectDest; typedef struct SrcList SrcList; typedef struct sqlite3_str StrAccum; /* Internal alias for sqlite3_str */ typedef struct Table Table; typedef struct TableLock TableLock; typedef struct Token Token; typedef struct TreeView TreeView; typedef struct Trigger Trigger; typedef struct TriggerPrg TriggerPrg; typedef struct TriggerStep TriggerStep; typedef struct UnpackedRecord UnpackedRecord; typedef struct Upsert Upsert; typedef struct VTable VTable; typedef struct VtabCtx VtabCtx; typedef struct Walker Walker; typedef struct WhereInfo WhereInfo; typedef struct Window Window; typedef struct With With; /* ** The bitmask datatype defined below is used for various optimizations. ** ** Changing this from a 64-bit to a 32-bit type limits the number of ** tables in a join to 32 instead of 64. But it also reduces the size ** of the library by 738 bytes on ix86. */ #ifdef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE typedef SQLITE_BITMASK_TYPE Bitmask; #else typedef u64 Bitmask; #endif /* ** The number of bits in a Bitmask. "BMS" means "BitMask Size". */ #define BMS ((int)(sizeof(Bitmask)*8)) /* ** A bit in a Bitmask */ #define MASKBIT(n) (((Bitmask)1)<<(n)) #define MASKBIT32(n) (((unsigned int)1)<<(n)) #define ALLBITS ((Bitmask)-1) /* A VList object records a mapping between parameters/variables/wildcards ** in the SQL statement (such as $abc, @pqr, or :xyz) and the integer ** variable number associated with that parameter. See the format description ** on the sqlite3VListAdd() routine for more information. A VList is really ** just an array of integers. */ typedef int VList; /* ** Defer sourcing vdbe.h and btree.h until after the "u8" and ** "BusyHandler" typedefs. vdbe.h also requires a few of the opaque ** pointer types (i.e. FuncDef) defined above. */ /************** Include btree.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ /************** Begin file btree.h *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file ** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description ** of what each interface routine does. */ #ifndef SQLITE_BTREE_H #define SQLITE_BTREE_H /* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It ** needs to be revisited. */ #define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 16 /* ** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise ** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1". */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0 #endif #define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */ #define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */ #define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */ /* ** Forward declarations of structure */ typedef struct Btree Btree; typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor; typedef struct BtShared BtShared; typedef struct BtreePayload BtreePayload; SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use with this b-tree */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */ sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */ Btree **ppBtree, /* Return open Btree* here */ int flags, /* Flags */ int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */ ); /* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the ** following values. ** ** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in ** pager.h. */ #define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */ #define BTREE_MEMORY 2 /* This is an in-memory DB */ #define BTREE_SINGLE 4 /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */ #define BTREE_UNORDERED 8 /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(Btree*,int); #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree*,sqlite3_int64); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *)); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *pBtree); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *pBtree, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *); /* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR ** of the flags shown below. ** ** Every SQLite table must have either BTREE_INTKEY or BTREE_BLOBKEY set. ** With BTREE_INTKEY, the table key is a 64-bit integer and arbitrary data ** is stored in the leaves. (BTREE_INTKEY is used for SQL tables.) With ** BTREE_BLOBKEY, the key is an arbitrary BLOB and no content is stored ** anywhere - the key is the content. (BTREE_BLOBKEY is used for SQL ** indices.) */ #define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */ #define BTREE_BLOBKEY 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *pBtree, int idx, u32 *pValue); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p); /* ** The second parameter to sqlite3BtreeGetMeta or sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta ** should be one of the following values. The integer values are assigned ** to constants so that the offset of the corresponding field in an ** SQLite database header may be found using the following formula: ** ** offset = 36 + (idx * 4) ** ** For example, the free-page-count field is located at byte offset 36 of ** the database file header. The incr-vacuum-flag field is located at ** byte offset 64 (== 36+4*7). ** ** The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not really a value stored in the header. ** It is a read-only number computed by the pager. But we merge it with ** the header value access routines since its access pattern is the same. ** Call it a "virtual meta value". */ #define BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT 0 #define BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION 1 #define BTREE_FILE_FORMAT 2 #define BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 3 #define BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE 4 #define BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING 5 #define BTREE_USER_VERSION 6 #define BTREE_INCR_VACUUM 7 #define BTREE_APPLICATION_ID 8 #define BTREE_DATA_VERSION 15 /* A virtual meta-value */ /* ** Kinds of hints that can be passed into the sqlite3BtreeCursorHint() ** interface. ** ** BTREE_HINT_RANGE (arguments: Expr*, Mem*) ** ** The first argument is an Expr* (which is guaranteed to be constant for ** the lifetime of the cursor) that defines constraints on which rows ** might be fetched with this cursor. The Expr* tree may contain ** TK_REGISTER nodes that refer to values stored in the array of registers ** passed as the second parameter. In other words, if Expr.op==TK_REGISTER ** then the value of the node is the value in Mem[pExpr.iTable]. Any ** TK_COLUMN node in the expression tree refers to the Expr.iColumn-th ** column of the b-tree of the cursor. The Expr tree will not contain ** any function calls nor subqueries nor references to b-trees other than ** the cursor being hinted. ** ** The design of the _RANGE hint is aid b-tree implementations that try ** to prefetch content from remote machines - to provide those ** implementations with limits on what needs to be prefetched and thereby ** reduce network bandwidth. ** ** Note that BTREE_HINT_FLAGS with BTREE_BULKLOAD is the only hint used by ** standard SQLite. The other hints are provided for extentions that use ** the SQLite parser and code generator but substitute their own storage ** engine. */ #define BTREE_HINT_RANGE 0 /* Range constraints on queries */ /* ** Values that may be OR'd together to form the argument to the ** BTREE_HINT_FLAGS hint for sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(): ** ** The BTREE_BULKLOAD flag is set on index cursors when the index is going ** to be filled with content that is already in sorted order. ** ** The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is set on cursors that will get OP_SeekGE or ** OP_SeekLE opcodes for a range search, but where the range of entries ** selected will all have the same key. In other words, the cursor will ** be used only for equality key searches. ** */ #define BTREE_BULKLOAD 0x00000001 /* Used to full index in sorted order */ #define BTREE_SEEK_EQ 0x00000002 /* EQ seeks only - no range seeks */ /* ** Flags passed as the third argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor(). ** ** For read-only cursors the wrFlag argument is always zero. For read-write ** cursors it may be set to either (BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) or just ** (BTREE_WRCSR). If the BTREE_FORDELETE bit is set, then the cursor will ** only be used by SQLite for the following: ** ** * to seek to and then delete specific entries, and/or ** ** * to read values that will be used to create keys that other ** BTREE_FORDELETE cursors will seek to and delete. ** ** The BTREE_FORDELETE flag is an optimization hint. It is not used by ** by this, the native b-tree engine of SQLite, but it is available to ** alternative storage engines that might be substituted in place of this ** b-tree system. For alternative storage engines in which a delete of ** the main table row automatically deletes corresponding index rows, ** the FORDELETE flag hint allows those alternative storage engines to ** skip a lot of work. Namely: FORDELETE cursors may treat all SEEK ** and DELETE operations as no-ops, and any READ operation against a ** FORDELETE cursor may return a null row: 0x01 0x00. */ #define BTREE_WRCSR 0x00000004 /* read-write cursor */ #define BTREE_FORDELETE 0x00000008 /* Cursor is for seek/delete only */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */ int iTable, /* Index of root page */ int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */ struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */ BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */ ); SQLITE_PRIVATE BtCursor *sqlite3BtreeFakeValidCursor(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(BtCursor*, unsigned); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(BtCursor*, int, ...); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( BtCursor*, UnpackedRecord *pUnKey, i64 intKey, int bias, int *pRes ); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*, u8 flags); /* Allowed flags for sqlite3BtreeDelete() and sqlite3BtreeInsert() */ #define BTREE_SAVEPOSITION 0x02 /* Leave cursor pointing at NEXT or PREV */ #define BTREE_AUXDELETE 0x04 /* not the primary delete operation */ #define BTREE_APPEND 0x08 /* Insert is likely an append */ /* An instance of the BtreePayload object describes the content of a single ** entry in either an index or table btree. ** ** Index btrees (used for indexes and also WITHOUT ROWID tables) contain ** an arbitrary key and no data. These btrees have pKey,nKey set to the ** key and the pData,nData,nZero fields are uninitialized. The aMem,nMem ** fields give an array of Mem objects that are a decomposition of the key. ** The nMem field might be zero, indicating that no decomposition is available. ** ** Table btrees (used for rowid tables) contain an integer rowid used as ** the key and passed in the nKey field. The pKey field is zero. ** pData,nData hold the content of the new entry. nZero extra zero bytes ** are appended to the end of the content when constructing the entry. ** The aMem,nMem fields are uninitialized for table btrees. ** ** Field usage summary: ** ** Table BTrees Index Btrees ** ** pKey always NULL encoded key ** nKey the ROWID length of pKey ** pData data not used ** aMem not used decomposed key value ** nMem not used entries in aMem ** nData length of pData not used ** nZero extra zeros after pData not used ** ** This object is used to pass information into sqlite3BtreeInsert(). The ** same information used to be passed as five separate parameters. But placing ** the information into this object helps to keep the interface more ** organized and understandable, and it also helps the resulting code to ** run a little faster by using fewer registers for parameter passing. */ struct BtreePayload { const void *pKey; /* Key content for indexes. NULL for tables */ sqlite3_int64 nKey; /* Size of pKey for indexes. PRIMARY KEY for tabs */ const void *pData; /* Data for tables. */ sqlite3_value *aMem; /* First of nMem value in the unpacked pKey */ u16 nMem; /* Number of aMem[] value. Might be zero */ int nData; /* Size of pData. 0 if none. */ int nZero; /* Extra zero data appended after pData,nData */ }; SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const BtreePayload *pPayload, int flags, int seekResult); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSkipNext(BtCursor*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int flags); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int flags); SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(BtCursor*); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeOffset(BtCursor*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayload(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(BtCursor*, u32 *pAmt); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBt, int iVersion); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor*, unsigned int mask); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *pBt); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void); #ifndef NDEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(BtCursor*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree*, int, int *, int *); #endif /* ** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to ** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the ** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree*); #else # define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X) # define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X) # define sqlite3BtreeSharable(X) 0 # define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X) # define sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(X) 1 #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*); #ifndef NDEBUG /* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3*,int,Schema*); #endif #else # define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X) # define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X) # define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X) # define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1 # define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1 # define sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(X,Y,Z) 1 #endif #endif /* SQLITE_BTREE_H */ /************** End of btree.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include vdbe.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Begin file vdbe.h ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE) ** ** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine ** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a ** simple program to access and modify the underlying database. */ #ifndef SQLITE_VDBE_H #define SQLITE_VDBE_H /* #include */ /* ** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines ** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides ** of this structure. */ typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe; /* ** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required ** for the VdbeOp definition. */ typedef struct sqlite3_value Mem; typedef struct SubProgram SubProgram; /* ** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode ** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded ** as an instance of the following structure: */ struct VdbeOp { u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */ u16 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned 16-bit integer */ int p1; /* First operand */ int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ int p3; /* The third parameter */ union p4union { /* fourth parameter */ int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */ void *p; /* Generic pointer */ char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */ i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */ double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */ FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */ sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCCTX */ CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */ Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */ VTable *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */ int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */ Table *pTab; /* Used when p4type is P4_TABLE */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS Expr *pExpr; /* Used when p4type is P4_EXPR */ #endif int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int); } p4; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */ #endif #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE u32 cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */ u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE u32 iSrcLine; /* Source-code line that generated this opcode ** with flags in the upper 8 bits */ #endif }; typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp; /* ** A sub-routine used to implement a trigger program. */ struct SubProgram { VdbeOp *aOp; /* Array of opcodes for sub-program */ int nOp; /* Elements in aOp[] */ int nMem; /* Number of memory cells required */ int nCsr; /* Number of cursors required */ u8 *aOnce; /* Array of OP_Once flags */ void *token; /* id that may be used to recursive triggers */ SubProgram *pNext; /* Next sub-program already visited */ }; /* ** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because ** it takes up less space. */ struct VdbeOpList { u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */ signed char p1; /* First operand */ signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */ signed char p3; /* Third parameter */ }; typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList; /* ** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p4type */ #define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */ #define P4_TRANSIENT 0 /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */ #define P4_STATIC (-1) /* Pointer to a static string */ #define P4_COLLSEQ (-2) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */ #define P4_INT32 (-3) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */ #define P4_SUBPROGRAM (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */ #define P4_ADVANCE (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */ #define P4_TABLE (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a Table structure */ /* Above do not own any resources. Must free those below */ #define P4_FREE_IF_LE (-7) #define P4_DYNAMIC (-7) /* Pointer to memory from sqliteMalloc() */ #define P4_FUNCDEF (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */ #define P4_KEYINFO (-9) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */ #define P4_EXPR (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an Expr tree */ #define P4_MEM (-11) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */ #define P4_VTAB (-12) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */ #define P4_REAL (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */ #define P4_INT64 (-14) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */ #define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */ #define P4_FUNCCTX (-16) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object */ #define P4_DYNBLOB (-17) /* Pointer to memory from sqliteMalloc() */ /* Error message codes for OP_Halt */ #define P5_ConstraintNotNull 1 #define P5_ConstraintUnique 2 #define P5_ConstraintCheck 3 #define P5_ConstraintFK 4 /* ** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the ** number of columns of data returned by the statement. */ #define COLNAME_NAME 0 #define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1 #define COLNAME_DATABASE 2 #define COLNAME_TABLE 3 #define COLNAME_COLUMN 4 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA # define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */ #else # ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE # define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */ # else # define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */ # endif #endif /* ** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field ** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that ** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling ** the macro again restores the address. */ #define ADDR(X) (-1-(X)) /* ** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h" ** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE. */ /************** Include opcodes.h in the middle of vdbe.h ********************/ /************** Begin file opcodes.h *****************************************/ /* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ /* See the tool/mkopcodeh.tcl script for details */ #define OP_Savepoint 0 #define OP_AutoCommit 1 #define OP_Transaction 2 #define OP_SorterNext 3 /* jump */ #define OP_Prev 4 /* jump */ #define OP_Next 5 /* jump */ #define OP_Checkpoint 6 #define OP_JournalMode 7 #define OP_Vacuum 8 #define OP_VFilter 9 /* jump, synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' */ #define OP_VUpdate 10 /* synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] */ #define OP_Goto 11 /* jump */ #define OP_Gosub 12 /* jump */ #define OP_InitCoroutine 13 /* jump */ #define OP_Yield 14 /* jump */ #define OP_MustBeInt 15 /* jump */ #define OP_Jump 16 /* jump */ #define OP_Once 17 /* jump */ #define OP_If 18 /* jump */ #define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT, synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] */ #define OP_IfNot 20 /* jump */ #define OP_IfNullRow 21 /* jump, synopsis: if P1.nullRow then r[P3]=NULL, goto P2 */ #define OP_SeekLT 22 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ #define OP_SeekLE 23 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ #define OP_SeekGE 24 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ #define OP_SeekGT 25 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ #define OP_IfNoHope 26 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ #define OP_NoConflict 27 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ #define OP_NotFound 28 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ #define OP_Found 29 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ #define OP_SeekRowid 30 /* jump, synopsis: intkey=r[P3] */ #define OP_NotExists 31 /* jump, synopsis: intkey=r[P3] */ #define OP_Last 32 /* jump */ #define OP_IfSmaller 33 /* jump */ #define OP_SorterSort 34 /* jump */ #define OP_Sort 35 /* jump */ #define OP_Rewind 36 /* jump */ #define OP_IdxLE 37 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ #define OP_IdxGT 38 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ #define OP_IdxLT 39 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ #define OP_IdxGE 40 /* jump, synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] */ #define OP_RowSetRead 41 /* jump, synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) */ #define OP_RowSetTest 42 /* jump, synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 */ #define OP_Or 43 /* same as TK_OR, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) */ #define OP_And 44 /* same as TK_AND, synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) */ #define OP_Program 45 /* jump */ #define OP_FkIfZero 46 /* jump, synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 */ #define OP_IfPos 47 /* jump, synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2 */ #define OP_IfNotZero 48 /* jump, synopsis: if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]--, goto P2 */ #define OP_DecrJumpZero 49 /* jump, synopsis: if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2 */ #define OP_IsNull 50 /* jump, same as TK_ISNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 */ #define OP_NotNull 51 /* jump, same as TK_NOTNULL, synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 */ #define OP_Ne 52 /* jump, same as TK_NE, synopsis: IF r[P3]!=r[P1] */ #define OP_Eq 53 /* jump, same as TK_EQ, synopsis: IF r[P3]==r[P1] */ #define OP_Gt 54 /* jump, same as TK_GT, synopsis: IF r[P3]>r[P1] */ #define OP_Le 55 /* jump, same as TK_LE, synopsis: IF r[P3]<=r[P1] */ #define OP_Lt 56 /* jump, same as TK_LT, synopsis: IF r[P3]=r[P1] */ #define OP_ElseNotEq 58 /* jump, same as TK_ESCAPE */ #define OP_IncrVacuum 59 /* jump */ #define OP_VNext 60 /* jump */ #define OP_Init 61 /* jump, synopsis: Start at P2 */ #define OP_PureFunc0 62 #define OP_Function0 63 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */ #define OP_PureFunc 64 #define OP_Function 65 /* synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) */ #define OP_Return 66 #define OP_EndCoroutine 67 #define OP_HaltIfNull 68 /* synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt */ #define OP_Halt 69 #define OP_Integer 70 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P1 */ #define OP_Int64 71 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ #define OP_String 72 /* synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) */ #define OP_Null 73 /* synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL */ #define OP_SoftNull 74 /* synopsis: r[P1]=NULL */ #define OP_Blob 75 /* synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) */ #define OP_Variable 76 /* synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) */ #define OP_Move 77 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] */ #define OP_Copy 78 /* synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1] */ #define OP_SCopy 79 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */ #define OP_IntCopy 80 /* synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] */ #define OP_ResultRow 81 /* synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] */ #define OP_CollSeq 82 #define OP_AddImm 83 /* synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 */ #define OP_RealAffinity 84 #define OP_Cast 85 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1]) */ #define OP_Permutation 86 #define OP_Compare 87 /* synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] */ #define OP_IsTrue 88 /* synopsis: r[P2] = coalesce(r[P1]==TRUE,P3) ^ P4 */ #define OP_Offset 89 /* synopsis: r[P3] = sqlite_offset(P1) */ #define OP_Column 90 /* synopsis: r[P3]=PX */ #define OP_Affinity 91 /* synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) */ #define OP_BitAnd 92 /* same as TK_BITAND, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] */ #define OP_BitOr 93 /* same as TK_BITOR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] */ #define OP_ShiftLeft 94 /* same as TK_LSHIFT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1] */ #define OP_Add 96 /* same as TK_PLUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] */ #define OP_Subtract 97 /* same as TK_MINUS, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] */ #define OP_Multiply 98 /* same as TK_STAR, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] */ #define OP_Divide 99 /* same as TK_SLASH, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] */ #define OP_Remainder 100 /* same as TK_REM, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] */ #define OP_Concat 101 /* same as TK_CONCAT, synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] */ #define OP_MakeRecord 102 /* synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) */ #define OP_BitNot 103 /* same as TK_BITNOT, synopsis: r[P2]= ~r[P1] */ #define OP_Count 104 /* synopsis: r[P2]=count() */ #define OP_ReadCookie 105 #define OP_String8 106 /* same as TK_STRING, synopsis: r[P2]='P4' */ #define OP_SetCookie 107 #define OP_ReopenIdx 108 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ #define OP_OpenRead 109 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ #define OP_OpenWrite 110 /* synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 */ #define OP_OpenDup 111 #define OP_OpenAutoindex 112 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ #define OP_OpenEphemeral 113 /* synopsis: nColumn=P2 */ #define OP_SorterOpen 114 #define OP_SequenceTest 115 /* synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2 */ #define OP_OpenPseudo 116 /* synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] */ #define OP_Close 117 #define OP_ColumnsUsed 118 #define OP_SeekHit 119 /* synopsis: seekHit=P2 */ #define OP_Sequence 120 /* synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ */ #define OP_NewRowid 121 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ #define OP_Insert 122 /* synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] */ #define OP_InsertInt 123 /* synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] */ #define OP_Delete 124 #define OP_ResetCount 125 #define OP_SorterCompare 126 /* synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 */ #define OP_SorterData 127 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ #define OP_RowData 128 /* synopsis: r[P2]=data */ #define OP_Rowid 129 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ #define OP_NullRow 130 #define OP_SeekEnd 131 #define OP_SorterInsert 132 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ #define OP_IdxInsert 133 /* synopsis: key=r[P2] */ #define OP_IdxDelete 134 /* synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] */ #define OP_DeferredSeek 135 /* synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed */ #define OP_IdxRowid 136 /* synopsis: r[P2]=rowid */ #define OP_Destroy 137 #define OP_Clear 138 #define OP_ResetSorter 139 #define OP_CreateBtree 140 /* synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3 */ #define OP_Real 141 /* same as TK_FLOAT, synopsis: r[P2]=P4 */ #define OP_SqlExec 142 #define OP_ParseSchema 143 #define OP_LoadAnalysis 144 #define OP_DropTable 145 #define OP_DropIndex 146 #define OP_DropTrigger 147 #define OP_IntegrityCk 148 #define OP_RowSetAdd 149 /* synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] */ #define OP_Param 150 #define OP_FkCounter 151 /* synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 */ #define OP_MemMax 152 /* synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) */ #define OP_OffsetLimit 153 /* synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) */ #define OP_AggInverse 154 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] inverse(r[P2@P5]) */ #define OP_AggStep 155 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ #define OP_AggStep1 156 /* synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) */ #define OP_AggValue 157 /* synopsis: r[P3]=value N=P2 */ #define OP_AggFinal 158 /* synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 */ #define OP_Expire 159 #define OP_TableLock 160 /* synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 */ #define OP_VBegin 161 #define OP_VCreate 162 #define OP_VDestroy 163 #define OP_VOpen 164 #define OP_VColumn 165 /* synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) */ #define OP_VRename 166 #define OP_Pagecount 167 #define OP_MaxPgcnt 168 #define OP_Trace 169 #define OP_CursorHint 170 #define OP_Noop 171 #define OP_Explain 172 #define OP_Abortable 173 /* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in ** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c ** are encoded into bitvectors as follows: */ #define OPFLG_JUMP 0x01 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */ #define OPFLG_IN1 0x02 /* in1: P1 is an input */ #define OPFLG_IN2 0x04 /* in2: P2 is an input */ #define OPFLG_IN3 0x08 /* in3: P3 is an input */ #define OPFLG_OUT2 0x10 /* out2: P2 is an output */ #define OPFLG_OUT3 0x20 /* out3: P3 is an output */ #define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\ /* 0 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x10,\ /* 8 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x03, 0x03,\ /* 16 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x03, 0x12, 0x03, 0x01, 0x09, 0x09,\ /* 24 */ 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09, 0x09,\ /* 32 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01,\ /* 40 */ 0x01, 0x23, 0x0b, 0x26, 0x26, 0x01, 0x01, 0x03,\ /* 48 */ 0x03, 0x03, 0x03, 0x03, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x0b,\ /* 56 */ 0x0b, 0x0b, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 64 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x08, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10,\ /* 72 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10,\ /* 80 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 88 */ 0x12, 0x20, 0x00, 0x00, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26,\ /* 96 */ 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x26, 0x00, 0x12,\ /* 104 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 112 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 120 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 128 */ 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 136 */ 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 144 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x06, 0x10, 0x00,\ /* 152 */ 0x04, 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\ /* 160 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10,\ /* 168 */ 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,} /* The sqlite3P2Values() routine is able to run faster if it knows ** the value of the largest JUMP opcode. The smaller the maximum ** JUMP opcode the better, so the mkopcodeh.tcl script that ** generated this include file strives to group all JUMP opcodes ** together near the beginning of the list. */ #define SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE 61 /* Maximum JUMP opcode */ /************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/ /* ** Additional non-public SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ #define SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL 0x80 /* Preserve SQL text */ #define SQLITE_PREPARE_MASK 0x0f /* Mask of public flags */ /* ** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation ** for a description of what each of these routines does. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeGoto(Vdbe*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeLoadString(Vdbe*,int,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(Vdbe*,int,const char*,...); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const u8*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(Vdbe*,int); #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(Vdbe *p, int N); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(Vdbe *p); #else # define sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(A,B) # define sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(A) #endif #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(Vdbe *p, int); #else # define sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(A,B) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp,int iLineno); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeExplain(Parse*,u8,const char*,...); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeExplainPop(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExplainParent(Parse*); # define ExplainQueryPlan(P) sqlite3VdbeExplain P # define ExplainQueryPlanPop(P) sqlite3VdbeExplainPop(P) # define ExplainQueryPlanParent(P) sqlite3VdbeExplainParent(P) #else # define ExplainQueryPlan(P) # define ExplainQueryPlanPop(P) # define ExplainQueryPlanParent(P) 0 #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(Vdbe*, u32 addr, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u16 P5); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe*, u8 op); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(Vdbe*, void *pP4, int p4type); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse*, Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReusable(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3*,Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *, int); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbePrepareFlags(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe*, int*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe*, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe*, int); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(Vdbe*, const char*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BlobCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(int, const void *, UnpackedRecord *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(KeyInfo*); typedef int (*RecordCompare)(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*); SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *, SubProgram *); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NotPureFunc(sqlite3_context*); /* Use SQLITE_ENABLE_COMMENTS to enable generation of extra comments on ** each VDBE opcode. ** ** Use the SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS macro to see some extra no-op ** comments in VDBE programs that show key decision points in the code ** generator. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); # define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...); # define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X # ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MODULE_COMMENTS # define VdbeModuleComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X # else # define VdbeModuleComment(X) # endif #else # define VdbeComment(X) # define VdbeNoopComment(X) # define VdbeModuleComment(X) #endif /* ** The VdbeCoverage macros are used to set a coverage testing point ** for VDBE branch instructions. The coverage testing points are line ** numbers in the sqlite3.c source file. VDBE branch coverage testing ** only works with an amalagmation build. That's ok since a VDBE branch ** coverage build designed for testing the test suite only. No application ** should ever ship with VDBE branch coverage measuring turned on. ** ** VdbeCoverage(v) // Mark the previously coded instruction ** // as a branch ** ** VdbeCoverageIf(v, conditional) // Mark previous if conditional true ** ** VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) // Previous branch is always taken ** ** VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) // Previous branch is never taken ** ** VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v) // Previous three-way branch is only ** // taken on the first two ways. The ** // NULL option is not possible ** ** VdbeCoverageEqNe(v) // Previous OP_Jump is only interested ** // in distingishing equal and not-equal. ** ** Every VDBE branch operation must be tagged with one of the macros above. ** If not, then when "make test" is run with -DSQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE and ** -DSQLITE_DEBUG then an ALWAYS() will fail in the vdbeTakeBranch() ** routine in vdbe.c, alerting the developer to the missed tag. ** ** During testing, the test application will invoke ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE,...) to set a callback ** routine that is invoked as each bytecode branch is taken. The callback ** contains the sqlite3.c source line number ov the VdbeCoverage macro and ** flags to indicate whether or not the branch was taken. The test application ** is responsible for keeping track of this and reporting byte-code branches ** that are never taken. ** ** See the VdbeBranchTaken() macro and vdbeTakeBranch() function in the ** vdbe.c source file for additional information. */ #ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe*,int); # define VdbeCoverage(v) sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) # define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__) # define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) \ sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__|0x5000000); # define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) \ sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__|0x6000000); # define VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v) \ sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__|0x4000000); # define VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v,x) \ if(x)sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__|0x4000000); # define VdbeCoverageEqNe(v) \ sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(v,__LINE__|0x8000000); # define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) (__LINE__+x) #else # define VdbeCoverage(v) # define VdbeCoverageIf(v,x) # define VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v) # define VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v) # define VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v) # define VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v,x) # define VdbeCoverageEqNe(v) # define VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(x) 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(Vdbe*, int, int, int, LogEst, const char*); #else # define sqlite3VdbeScanStatus(a,b,c,d,e) #endif #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, VdbeOp*); #endif #endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_H */ /************** End of vdbe.h ************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include pager.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ /************** Begin file pager.h *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache ** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page ** at a time and provides a journal for rollback. */ #ifndef SQLITE_PAGER_H #define SQLITE_PAGER_H /* ** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative ** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the ** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit". */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1 #endif /* ** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file ** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page". */ typedef u32 Pgno; /* ** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure. */ typedef struct Pager Pager; /* ** Handle type for pages. */ typedef struct PgHdr DbPage; /* ** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is ** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is ** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file ** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to ** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c ** for details. */ #define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1)) /* ** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen(). ** ** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h. */ #define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */ #define PAGER_MEMORY 0x0002 /* In-memory database */ /* ** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode(). */ #define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1 #define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0 #define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1 /* ** Numeric constants that encode the journalmode. ** ** The numeric values encoded here (other than PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY) ** are exposed in the API via the "PRAGMA journal_mode" command and ** therefore cannot be changed without a compatibility break. */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY (-1) /* Query the value of journalmode */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */ #define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 5 /* Use write-ahead logging */ /* ** Flags that make up the mask passed to sqlite3PagerGet(). */ #define PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT 0x01 /* Do not load data from disk */ #define PAGER_GET_READONLY 0x02 /* Read-only page is acceptable */ /* ** Flags for sqlite3PagerSetFlags() ** ** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): ** PAGER_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_FullFSync ** PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC == SQLITE_CkptFullFSync ** PAGER_CACHE_SPILL == SQLITE_CacheSpill */ #define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF 0x01 /* PRAGMA synchronous=OFF */ #define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_NORMAL 0x02 /* PRAGMA synchronous=NORMAL */ #define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL 0x03 /* PRAGMA synchronous=FULL */ #define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA 0x04 /* PRAGMA synchronous=EXTRA */ #define PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK 0x07 /* Mask for four values above */ #define PAGER_FULLFSYNC 0x08 /* PRAGMA fullfsync=ON */ #define PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC 0x10 /* PRAGMA checkpoint_fullfsync=ON */ #define PAGER_CACHESPILL 0x20 /* PRAGMA cache_spill=ON */ #define PAGER_FLAGS_MASK 0x38 /* All above except SYNCHRONOUS */ /* ** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions ** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for ** a detailed description of each routine. */ /* Open and close a Pager connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( sqlite3_vfs*, Pager **ppPager, const char*, int, int, int, void(*)(DbPage*) ); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*); /* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u32*, int); #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager*,Pager*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(Pager*,unsigned); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager*); /* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag); SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage*); /* Operations on page references. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *); /* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*, int, int*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager, int *pisOpen); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3*); # ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno); # endif # ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager); # endif #else # define sqlite3PagerUseWal(x,y) 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager); #endif /* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager*); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *, int, int, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager); #else # define sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(X) #endif /* Functions used to truncate the database file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage*, Pgno, u16); #if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *); #endif /* Functions to support testing and debugging. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*); void disable_simulated_io_errors(void); void enable_simulated_io_errors(void); #else # define disable_simulated_io_errors() # define enable_simulated_io_errors() #endif #endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_H */ /************** End of pager.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include pcache.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ****************/ /************** Begin file pcache.h ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 August 05 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache ** subsystem. */ #ifndef _PCACHE_H_ typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr; typedef struct PCache PCache; /* ** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following ** structure. */ struct PgHdr { sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; /* Pcache object page handle */ void *pData; /* Page data */ void *pExtra; /* Extra content */ PCache *pCache; /* PRIVATE: Cache that owns this page */ PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty sorted by pgno */ Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */ Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */ #endif u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */ /********************************************************************** ** Elements above, except pCache, are public. All that follow are ** private to pcache.c and should not be accessed by other modules. ** pCache is grouped with the public elements for efficiency. */ i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */ PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */ PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */ /* NB: pDirtyNext and pDirtyPrev are undefined if the ** PgHdr object is not dirty */ }; /* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */ #define PGHDR_CLEAN 0x001 /* Page not on the PCache.pDirty list */ #define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page is on the PCache.pDirty list */ #define PGHDR_WRITEABLE 0x004 /* Journaled and ready to modify */ #define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x008 /* Fsync the rollback journal before ** writing this page to the database */ #define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x010 /* Do not write content to disk */ #define PGHDR_MMAP 0x020 /* This is an mmap page object */ #define PGHDR_WAL_APPEND 0x040 /* Appended to wal file */ /* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void); /* Page cache buffer management: ** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n); /* Create a new pager cache. ** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean. ** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheOpen( int szPage, /* Size of every page */ int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */ void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ ); /* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int); /* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate ** storage space. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void); /* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released. ** Reference counted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page**); SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(PCache*, Pgno, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(PCache*); /* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno); /* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x); /* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */ SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*); /* Reset and close the cache object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*); /* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *); /* Discard the contents of the cache */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*); /* Return the total number of outstanding page references */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*); /* Increment the reference count of an existing page */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*); /* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*); #if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This ** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the ** library is built. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)); #endif #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* Check invariants on a PgHdr object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageSanity(PgHdr*); #endif /* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache. ** ** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit ** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum ** of the suggested cache-sizes. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int); #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *); #endif /* Set or get the suggested spill-size for the specified pager-cache. ** ** The spill-size is the minimum number of pages in cache before the cache ** will attempt to spill dirty pages by calling xStress. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *, int); /* Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache*); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT /* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void); /* Return the header size */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(void); /* Number of dirty pages as a percentage of the configured cache size */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(PCache*); #endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */ /************** End of pcache.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include os.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h ********************/ /************** Begin file os.h **********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 16 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file ** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that ** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems. ** ** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up ** being included by every source file. */ #ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_ #define _SQLITE_OS_H_ /* ** Attempt to automatically detect the operating system and setup the ** necessary pre-processor macros for it. */ /************** Include os_setup.h in the middle of os.h *********************/ /************** Begin file os_setup.h ****************************************/ /* ** 2013 November 25 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains pre-processor directives related to operating system ** detection and/or setup. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OS_SETUP_H #define SQLITE_OS_SETUP_H /* ** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other operating ** system. ** ** After the following block of preprocess macros, all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, ** SQLITE_OS_WIN, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER will defined to either 1 or 0. One of ** the three will be 1. The other two will be 0. */ #if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) # if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1 # undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX # define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 # undef SQLITE_OS_WIN # define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 # else # undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER # endif #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER) # define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0 # ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN # if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || \ defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__) # define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1 # define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 # else # define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 # define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1 # endif # else # define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0 # endif #else # ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN # define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0 # endif #endif #endif /* SQLITE_OS_SETUP_H */ /************** End of os_setup.h ********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os.h *************************/ /* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it ** a no-op */ #ifndef SET_FULLSYNC # define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y) #endif /* ** The default size of a disk sector */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 4096 #endif /* ** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random ** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the ** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit. ** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the ** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits ** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done ** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line. ** ** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then ** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it ** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder. ** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a ** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the ** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain. ** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite" ** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but ** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart ** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid ** of the file. */ #ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX # define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_" #endif /* ** The following values may be passed as the second argument to ** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics: ** ** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously. ** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at ** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks. ** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at ** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new ** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes. ** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks. ** ** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a ** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING ** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to ** sqlite3OsLock(). */ #define NO_LOCK 0 #define SHARED_LOCK 1 #define RESERVED_LOCK 2 #define PENDING_LOCK 3 #define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4 /* ** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix) ** ** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because ** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and ** UnlockFile(). ** ** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes. ** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen ** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at ** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the ** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte. ** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range. ** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking ** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte. ** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from ** the RESERVED_LOCK byte. ** ** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available, ** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks ** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used ** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme ** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers. ** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single ** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers. ** ** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking. ** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which ** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for ** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST. ** ** The same locking strategy and ** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possibility of having ** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file ** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever ** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between ** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by ** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility. ** ** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store ** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates ** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so ** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size. ** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE ** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except ** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic ** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite. ** ** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible ** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice ** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test. ** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the ** 1GB boundary. ** */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD # define PENDING_BYTE (0x40000000) #else # define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte #endif #define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1) #define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2) #define SHARED_SIZE 510 /* ** Wrapper around OS specific sqlite3_os_init() function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void); /* ** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); #define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap(sqlite3_file *,int,int,int,void volatile **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64, int, void **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *, i64, void *); /* ** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *, sqlite3_int64*); /* ** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using ** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *); #endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */ /************** End of os.h **************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /************** Include mutex.h in the middle of sqliteInt.h *****************/ /************** Begin file mutex.h *******************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 28 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations. ** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available ** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code ** better organized. ** ** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly. ** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file ** include this one indirectly. */ /* ** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The ** mutexes implementation cannot be overridden ** at start-time. ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No ** mutual exclusion is provided. But this ** implementation can be overridden at ** start-time. ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix. ** ** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32. */ #if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE # define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT #endif #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) # if SQLITE_OS_UNIX # define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS # elif SQLITE_OS_WIN # define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 # else # define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP # endif #endif #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT /* ** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros. */ #define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) #define sqlite3_mutex_free(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK #define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X) #define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) ((void)(X),1) #define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8) #define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK #define sqlite3MutexEnd() #define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) #else #define MUTEX_LOGIC(X) X #endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ /************** End of mutex.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqliteInt.h ******************/ /* The SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE compile-time option used to set the default ** synchronous setting to EXTRA. It is no longer supported. */ #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE # warning Use SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS=3 instead of SQLITE_EXTRA_DURABLE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS 3 #endif /* ** Default synchronous levels. ** ** Note that (for historcal reasons) the PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_* macros differ ** from the SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS value by 1. ** ** PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS ** OFF 1 0 ** NORMAL 2 1 ** FULL 3 2 ** EXTRA 4 3 ** ** The "PRAGMA synchronous" statement also uses the zero-based numbers. ** In other words, the zero-based numbers are used for all external interfaces ** and the one-based values are used internally. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS 2 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS #endif /* ** Each database file to be accessed by the system is an instance ** of the following structure. There are normally two of these structures ** in the sqlite.aDb[] array. aDb[0] is the main database file and ** aDb[1] is the database file used to hold temporary tables. Additional ** databases may be attached. */ struct Db { char *zDbSName; /* Name of this database. (schema name, not filename) */ Btree *pBt; /* The B*Tree structure for this database file */ u8 safety_level; /* How aggressive at syncing data to disk */ u8 bSyncSet; /* True if "PRAGMA synchronous=N" has been run */ Schema *pSchema; /* Pointer to database schema (possibly shared) */ }; /* ** An instance of the following structure stores a database schema. ** ** Most Schema objects are associated with a Btree. The exception is ** the Schema for the TEMP databaes (sqlite3.aDb[1]) which is free-standing. ** In shared cache mode, a single Schema object can be shared by multiple ** Btrees that refer to the same underlying BtShared object. ** ** Schema objects are automatically deallocated when the last Btree that ** references them is destroyed. The TEMP Schema is manually freed by ** sqlite3_close(). * ** A thread must be holding a mutex on the corresponding Btree in order ** to access Schema content. This implies that the thread must also be ** holding a mutex on the sqlite3 connection pointer that owns the Btree. ** For a TEMP Schema, only the connection mutex is required. */ struct Schema { int schema_cookie; /* Database schema version number for this file */ int iGeneration; /* Generation counter. Incremented with each change */ Hash tblHash; /* All tables indexed by name */ Hash idxHash; /* All (named) indices indexed by name */ Hash trigHash; /* All triggers indexed by name */ Hash fkeyHash; /* All foreign keys by referenced table name */ Table *pSeqTab; /* The sqlite_sequence table used by AUTOINCREMENT */ u8 file_format; /* Schema format version for this file */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding used by this database */ u16 schemaFlags; /* Flags associated with this schema */ int cache_size; /* Number of pages to use in the cache */ }; /* ** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the ** Db.pSchema->flags field. */ #define DbHasProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))==(P)) #define DbHasAnyProperty(D,I,P) (((D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&(P))!=0) #define DbSetProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags|=(P) #define DbClearProperty(D,I,P) (D)->aDb[I].pSchema->schemaFlags&=~(P) /* ** Allowed values for the DB.pSchema->flags field. ** ** The DB_SchemaLoaded flag is set after the database schema has been ** read into internal hash tables. ** ** DB_UnresetViews means that one or more views have column names that ** have been filled out. If the schema changes, these column names might ** changes and so the view will need to be reset. */ #define DB_SchemaLoaded 0x0001 /* The schema has been loaded */ #define DB_UnresetViews 0x0002 /* Some views have defined column names */ #define DB_Empty 0x0004 /* The file is empty (length 0 bytes) */ #define DB_ResetWanted 0x0008 /* Reset the schema when nSchemaLock==0 */ /* ** The number of different kinds of things that can be limited ** using the sqlite3_limit() interface. */ #define SQLITE_N_LIMIT (SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS+1) /* ** Lookaside malloc is a set of fixed-size buffers that can be used ** to satisfy small transient memory allocation requests for objects ** associated with a particular database connection. The use of ** lookaside malloc provides a significant performance enhancement ** (approx 10%) by avoiding numerous malloc/free requests while parsing ** SQL statements. ** ** The Lookaside structure holds configuration information about the ** lookaside malloc subsystem. Each available memory allocation in ** the lookaside subsystem is stored on a linked list of LookasideSlot ** objects. ** ** Lookaside allocations are only allowed for objects that are associated ** with a particular database connection. Hence, schema information cannot ** be stored in lookaside because in shared cache mode the schema information ** is shared by multiple database connections. Therefore, while parsing ** schema information, the Lookaside.bEnabled flag is cleared so that ** lookaside allocations are not used to construct the schema objects. */ struct Lookaside { u32 bDisable; /* Only operate the lookaside when zero */ u16 sz; /* Size of each buffer in bytes */ u8 bMalloced; /* True if pStart obtained from sqlite3_malloc() */ u32 nSlot; /* Number of lookaside slots allocated */ u32 anStat[3]; /* 0: hits. 1: size misses. 2: full misses */ LookasideSlot *pInit; /* List of buffers not previously used */ LookasideSlot *pFree; /* List of available buffers */ void *pStart; /* First byte of available memory space */ void *pEnd; /* First byte past end of available space */ }; struct LookasideSlot { LookasideSlot *pNext; /* Next buffer in the list of free buffers */ }; /* ** A hash table for built-in function definitions. (Application-defined ** functions use a regular table table from hash.h.) ** ** Hash each FuncDef structure into one of the FuncDefHash.a[] slots. ** Collisions are on the FuncDef.u.pHash chain. */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ 23 struct FuncDefHash { FuncDef *a[SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ]; /* Hash table for functions */ }; #ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION /* ** Information held in the "sqlite3" database connection object and used ** to manage user authentication. */ typedef struct sqlite3_userauth sqlite3_userauth; struct sqlite3_userauth { u8 authLevel; /* Current authentication level */ int nAuthPW; /* Size of the zAuthPW in bytes */ char *zAuthPW; /* Password used to authenticate */ char *zAuthUser; /* User name used to authenticate */ }; /* Allowed values for sqlite3_userauth.authLevel */ #define UAUTH_Unknown 0 /* Authentication not yet checked */ #define UAUTH_Fail 1 /* User authentication failed */ #define UAUTH_User 2 /* Authenticated as a normal user */ #define UAUTH_Admin 3 /* Authenticated as an administrator */ /* Functions used only by user authorization logic */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(sqlite3*,const char*,u8*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UserAuthInit(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CryptFunc(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); #endif /* SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION */ /* ** typedef for the authorization callback function. */ #ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*, const char*, const char*); #else typedef int (*sqlite3_xauth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*, const char*); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* This is an extra SQLITE_TRACE macro that indicates "legacy" tracing ** in the style of sqlite3_trace() */ #define SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY 0x80 #else #define SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY 0 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ /* ** Each database connection is an instance of the following structure. */ struct sqlite3 { sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS Interface */ struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* List of active virtual machines */ CollSeq *pDfltColl; /* The default collating sequence (BINARY) */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Connection mutex */ Db *aDb; /* All backends */ int nDb; /* Number of backends currently in use */ u32 mDbFlags; /* flags recording internal state */ u32 flags; /* flags settable by pragmas. See below */ i64 lastRowid; /* ROWID of most recent insert (see above) */ i64 szMmap; /* Default mmap_size setting */ u32 nSchemaLock; /* Do not reset the schema when non-zero */ unsigned int openFlags; /* Flags passed to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ int errCode; /* Most recent error code (SQLITE_*) */ int errMask; /* & result codes with this before returning */ int iSysErrno; /* Errno value from last system error */ u16 dbOptFlags; /* Flags to enable/disable optimizations */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding */ u8 autoCommit; /* The auto-commit flag. */ u8 temp_store; /* 1: file 2: memory 0: default */ u8 mallocFailed; /* True if we have seen a malloc failure */ u8 bBenignMalloc; /* Do not require OOMs if true */ u8 dfltLockMode; /* Default locking-mode for attached dbs */ signed char nextAutovac; /* Autovac setting after VACUUM if >=0 */ u8 suppressErr; /* Do not issue error messages if true */ u8 vtabOnConflict; /* Value to return for s3_vtab_on_conflict() */ u8 isTransactionSavepoint; /* True if the outermost savepoint is a TS */ u8 mTrace; /* zero or more SQLITE_TRACE flags */ u8 noSharedCache; /* True if no shared-cache backends */ u8 nSqlExec; /* Number of pending OP_SqlExec opcodes */ int nextPagesize; /* Pagesize after VACUUM if >0 */ u32 magic; /* Magic number for detect library misuse */ int nChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_changes() */ int nTotalChange; /* Value returned by sqlite3_total_changes() */ int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT]; /* Limits */ int nMaxSorterMmap; /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */ struct sqlite3InitInfo { /* Information used during initialization */ int newTnum; /* Rootpage of table being initialized */ u8 iDb; /* Which db file is being initialized */ u8 busy; /* TRUE if currently initializing */ unsigned orphanTrigger : 1; /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */ unsigned imposterTable : 1; /* Building an imposter table */ unsigned reopenMemdb : 1; /* ATTACH is really a reopen using MemDB */ } init; int nVdbeActive; /* Number of VDBEs currently running */ int nVdbeRead; /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */ int nVdbeWrite; /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */ int nVdbeExec; /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */ int nVDestroy; /* Number of active OP_VDestroy operations */ int nExtension; /* Number of loaded extensions */ void **aExtension; /* Array of shared library handles */ int (*xTrace)(u32,void*,void*,void*); /* Trace function */ void *pTraceArg; /* Argument to the trace function */ void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,u64); /* Profiling function */ void *pProfileArg; /* Argument to profile function */ void *pCommitArg; /* Argument to xCommitCallback() */ int (*xCommitCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ void *pRollbackArg; /* Argument to xRollbackCallback() */ void (*xRollbackCallback)(void*); /* Invoked at every commit. */ void *pUpdateArg; void (*xUpdateCallback)(void*,int, const char*,const char*,sqlite_int64); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK void *pPreUpdateArg; /* First argument to xPreUpdateCallback */ void (*xPreUpdateCallback)( /* Registered using sqlite3_preupdate_hook() */ void*,sqlite3*,int,char const*,char const*,sqlite3_int64,sqlite3_int64 ); PreUpdate *pPreUpdate; /* Context for active pre-update callback */ #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL int (*xWalCallback)(void *, sqlite3 *, const char *, int); void *pWalArg; #endif void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*); void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*); void *pCollNeededArg; sqlite3_value *pErr; /* Most recent error message */ union { volatile int isInterrupted; /* True if sqlite3_interrupt has been called */ double notUsed1; /* Spacer */ } u1; Lookaside lookaside; /* Lookaside malloc configuration */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION sqlite3_xauth xAuth; /* Access authorization function */ void *pAuthArg; /* 1st argument to the access auth function */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK int (*xProgress)(void *); /* The progress callback */ void *pProgressArg; /* Argument to the progress callback */ unsigned nProgressOps; /* Number of opcodes for progress callback */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE int nVTrans; /* Allocated size of aVTrans */ Hash aModule; /* populated by sqlite3_create_module() */ VtabCtx *pVtabCtx; /* Context for active vtab connect/create */ VTable **aVTrans; /* Virtual tables with open transactions */ VTable *pDisconnect; /* Disconnect these in next sqlite3_prepare() */ #endif Hash aFunc; /* Hash table of connection functions */ Hash aCollSeq; /* All collating sequences */ BusyHandler busyHandler; /* Busy callback */ Db aDbStatic[2]; /* Static space for the 2 default backends */ Savepoint *pSavepoint; /* List of active savepoints */ int busyTimeout; /* Busy handler timeout, in msec */ int nSavepoint; /* Number of non-transaction savepoints */ int nStatement; /* Number of nested statement-transactions */ i64 nDeferredCons; /* Net deferred constraints this transaction. */ i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Net deferred immediate constraints */ int *pnBytesFreed; /* If not NULL, increment this in DbFree() */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY /* The following variables are all protected by the STATIC_MASTER ** mutex, not by sqlite3.mutex. They are used by code in notify.c. ** ** When X.pUnlockConnection==Y, that means that X is waiting for Y to ** unlock so that it can proceed. ** ** When X.pBlockingConnection==Y, that means that something that X tried ** tried to do recently failed with an SQLITE_LOCKED error due to locks ** held by Y. */ sqlite3 *pBlockingConnection; /* Connection that caused SQLITE_LOCKED */ sqlite3 *pUnlockConnection; /* Connection to watch for unlock */ void *pUnlockArg; /* Argument to xUnlockNotify */ void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int); /* Unlock notify callback */ sqlite3 *pNextBlocked; /* Next in list of all blocked connections */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION sqlite3_userauth auth; /* User authentication information */ #endif }; /* ** A macro to discover the encoding of a database. */ #define SCHEMA_ENC(db) ((db)->aDb[0].pSchema->enc) #define ENC(db) ((db)->enc) /* ** Possible values for the sqlite3.flags. ** ** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): ** SQLITE_FullFSync == PAGER_FULLFSYNC ** SQLITE_CkptFullFSync == PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ** SQLITE_CacheSpill == PAGER_CACHE_SPILL */ #define SQLITE_WriteSchema 0x00000001 /* OK to update SQLITE_MASTER */ #define SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt 0x00000002 /* Create new databases in format 1 */ #define SQLITE_FullColNames 0x00000004 /* Show full column names on SELECT */ #define SQLITE_FullFSync 0x00000008 /* Use full fsync on the backend */ #define SQLITE_CkptFullFSync 0x00000010 /* Use full fsync for checkpoint */ #define SQLITE_CacheSpill 0x00000020 /* OK to spill pager cache */ #define SQLITE_ShortColNames 0x00000040 /* Show short columns names */ #define SQLITE_CountRows 0x00000080 /* Count rows changed by INSERT, */ /* DELETE, or UPDATE and return */ /* the count using a callback. */ #define SQLITE_NullCallback 0x00000100 /* Invoke the callback once if the */ /* result set is empty */ #define SQLITE_IgnoreChecks 0x00000200 /* Do not enforce check constraints */ #define SQLITE_ReadUncommit 0x00000400 /* READ UNCOMMITTED in shared-cache */ #define SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose 0x00000800 /* No checkpoint on close()/DETACH */ #define SQLITE_ReverseOrder 0x00001000 /* Reverse unordered SELECTs */ #define SQLITE_RecTriggers 0x00002000 /* Enable recursive triggers */ #define SQLITE_ForeignKeys 0x00004000 /* Enforce foreign key constraints */ #define SQLITE_AutoIndex 0x00008000 /* Enable automatic indexes */ #define SQLITE_LoadExtension 0x00010000 /* Enable load_extension */ #define SQLITE_LoadExtFunc 0x00020000 /* Enable load_extension() SQL func */ #define SQLITE_EnableTrigger 0x00040000 /* True to enable triggers */ #define SQLITE_DeferFKs 0x00080000 /* Defer all FK constraints */ #define SQLITE_QueryOnly 0x00100000 /* Disable database changes */ #define SQLITE_CellSizeCk 0x00200000 /* Check btree cell sizes on load */ #define SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer 0x00400000 /* Enable fts3_tokenizer(2) */ #define SQLITE_EnableQPSG 0x00800000 /* Query Planner Stability Guarantee*/ #define SQLITE_TriggerEQP 0x01000000 /* Show trigger EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ #define SQLITE_ResetDatabase 0x02000000 /* Reset the database */ /* Flags used only if debugging */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG #define SQLITE_SqlTrace 0x08000000 /* Debug print SQL as it executes */ #define SQLITE_VdbeListing 0x10000000 /* Debug listings of VDBE programs */ #define SQLITE_VdbeTrace 0x20000000 /* True to trace VDBE execution */ #define SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace 0x40000000 /* Trace sqlite3VdbeAddOp() calls */ #define SQLITE_VdbeEQP 0x80000000 /* Debug EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ #endif /* ** Allowed values for sqlite3.mDbFlags */ #define DBFLAG_SchemaChange 0x0001 /* Uncommitted Hash table changes */ #define DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin 0x0002 /* Preference to built-in funcs */ #define DBFLAG_Vacuum 0x0004 /* Currently in a VACUUM */ #define DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk 0x0008 /* Schema is known to be valid */ /* ** Bits of the sqlite3.dbOptFlags field that are used by the ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) interface to ** selectively disable various optimizations. */ #define SQLITE_QueryFlattener 0x0001 /* Query flattening */ /* 0x0002 available for reuse */ #define SQLITE_GroupByOrder 0x0004 /* GROUPBY cover of ORDERBY */ #define SQLITE_FactorOutConst 0x0008 /* Constant factoring */ #define SQLITE_DistinctOpt 0x0010 /* DISTINCT using indexes */ #define SQLITE_CoverIdxScan 0x0020 /* Covering index scans */ #define SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin 0x0040 /* ORDER BY of joins via index */ #define SQLITE_Transitive 0x0080 /* Transitive constraints */ #define SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin 0x0100 /* Omit unused tables in joins */ #define SQLITE_CountOfView 0x0200 /* The count-of-view optimization */ #define SQLITE_CursorHints 0x0400 /* Add OP_CursorHint opcodes */ #define SQLITE_Stat34 0x0800 /* Use STAT3 or STAT4 data */ /* TH3 expects the Stat34 ^^^^^^ value to be 0x0800. Don't change it */ #define SQLITE_PushDown 0x1000 /* The push-down optimization */ #define SQLITE_SimplifyJoin 0x2000 /* Convert LEFT JOIN to JOIN */ #define SQLITE_SkipScan 0x4000 /* Skip-scans */ #define SQLITE_PropagateConst 0x8000 /* The constant propagation opt */ #define SQLITE_AllOpts 0xffff /* All optimizations */ /* ** Macros for testing whether or not optimizations are enabled or disabled. */ #define OptimizationDisabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))!=0) #define OptimizationEnabled(db, mask) (((db)->dbOptFlags&(mask))==0) /* ** Return true if it OK to factor constant expressions into the initialization ** code. The argument is a Parse object for the code generator. */ #define ConstFactorOk(P) ((P)->okConstFactor) /* ** Possible values for the sqlite.magic field. ** The numbers are obtained at random and have no special meaning, other ** than being distinct from one another. */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN 0xa029a697 /* Database is open */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED 0x9f3c2d33 /* Database is closed */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK 0x4b771290 /* Error and awaiting close */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY 0xf03b7906 /* Database currently in use */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR 0xb5357930 /* An SQLITE_MISUSE error occurred */ #define SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE 0x64cffc7f /* Close with last statement close */ /* ** Each SQL function is defined by an instance of the following ** structure. For global built-in functions (ex: substr(), max(), count()) ** a pointer to this structure is held in the sqlite3BuiltinFunctions object. ** For per-connection application-defined functions, a pointer to this ** structure is held in the db->aHash hash table. ** ** The u.pHash field is used by the global built-ins. The u.pDestructor ** field is used by per-connection app-def functions. */ struct FuncDef { i8 nArg; /* Number of arguments. -1 means unlimited */ u32 funcFlags; /* Some combination of SQLITE_FUNC_* */ void *pUserData; /* User data parameter */ FuncDef *pNext; /* Next function with same name */ void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* func or agg-step */ void (*xFinalize)(sqlite3_context*); /* Agg finalizer */ void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*); /* Current agg value */ void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); /* inverse agg-step */ const char *zName; /* SQL name of the function. */ union { FuncDef *pHash; /* Next with a different name but the same hash */ FuncDestructor *pDestructor; /* Reference counted destructor function */ } u; }; /* ** This structure encapsulates a user-function destructor callback (as ** configured using create_function_v2()) and a reference counter. When ** create_function_v2() is called to create a function with a destructor, ** a single object of this type is allocated. FuncDestructor.nRef is set to ** the number of FuncDef objects created (either 1 or 3, depending on whether ** or not the specified encoding is SQLITE_ANY). The FuncDef.pDestructor ** member of each of the new FuncDef objects is set to point to the allocated ** FuncDestructor. ** ** Thereafter, when one of the FuncDef objects is deleted, the reference ** count on this object is decremented. When it reaches 0, the destructor ** is invoked and the FuncDestructor structure freed. */ struct FuncDestructor { int nRef; void (*xDestroy)(void *); void *pUserData; }; /* ** Possible values for FuncDef.flags. Note that the _LENGTH and _TYPEOF ** values must correspond to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG. And ** SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT must be the same as SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC. There ** are assert() statements in the code to verify this. ** ** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): ** SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX == NC_MinMaxAgg == SF_MinMaxAgg ** SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH == OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ** SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF == OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG ** SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT == SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC from the API ** SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK depends on SQLITE_UTF* macros in the API */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK 0x0003 /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE or UTF16LE */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE 0x0004 /* Candidate for the LIKE optimization */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_CASE 0x0008 /* Case-sensitive LIKE-type function */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM 0x0010 /* Ephemeral. Delete with VDBE */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL 0x0020 /* sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq() might be called*/ #define SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH 0x0040 /* Built-in length() function */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF 0x0080 /* Built-in typeof() function */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT 0x0100 /* Built-in count(*) aggregate */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE 0x0200 /* Built-in coalesce() or ifnull() */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY 0x0400 /* Built-in unlikely() function */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT 0x0800 /* Constant inputs give a constant output */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX 0x1000 /* True for min() and max() aggregates */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG 0x2000 /* "Slow Change". Value constant during a ** single query - might change over time */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY 0x4000 /* Built-in affinity() function */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_OFFSET 0x8000 /* Built-in sqlite_offset() function */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW 0x10000 /* Built-in window-only function */ #define SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW_SIZE 0x20000 /* Requires partition size as arg. */ /* ** The following three macros, FUNCTION(), LIKEFUNC() and AGGREGATE() are ** used to create the initializers for the FuncDef structures. ** ** FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) ** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName ** implemented by C function xFunc that accepts nArg arguments. The ** value passed as iArg is cast to a (void*) and made available ** as the user-data (sqlite3_user_data()) for the function. If ** argument bNC is true, then the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL flag is set. ** ** VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) ** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag. ** ** DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) ** Like FUNCTION except it omits the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flag and ** adds the SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG flag. Used for date & time functions ** and functions like sqlite_version() that can change, but not during ** a single query. The iArg is ignored. The user-data is always set ** to a NULL pointer. The bNC parameter is not used. ** ** PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) ** Used for "pure" date/time functions, this macro is like DFUNCTION ** except that it does set the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT flags. iArg is ** ignored and the user-data for these functions is set to an ** arbitrary non-NULL pointer. The bNC parameter is not used. ** ** AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xStep, xFinal) ** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by ** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters ** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to ** FUNCTION(). ** ** WFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse) ** Used to create an aggregate function definition implemented by ** the C functions xStep and xFinal. The first four parameters ** are interpreted in the same way as the first 4 parameters to ** FUNCTION(). ** ** LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, pArg, flags) ** Used to create a scalar function definition of a function zName ** that accepts nArg arguments and is implemented by a call to C ** function likeFunc. Argument pArg is cast to a (void *) and made ** available as the function user-data (sqlite3_user_data()). The ** FuncDef.flags variable is set to the value passed as the flags ** parameter. */ #define FUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } #define VFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } #define DFUNCTION(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8, \ 0, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } #define PURE_DATE(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc) \ {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT, \ (void*)&sqlite3Config, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } #define FUNCTION2(zName, nArg, iArg, bNC, xFunc, extraFlags) \ {nArg,SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags,\ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(iArg), 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } #define STR_FUNCTION(zName, nArg, pArg, bNC, xFunc) \ {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG|SQLITE_UTF8|(bNC*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ pArg, 0, xFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, } #define LIKEFUNC(zName, nArg, arg, flags) \ {nArg, SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_UTF8|flags, \ (void *)arg, 0, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0, #zName, {0} } #define AGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal, xValue) \ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL), \ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, xStep,xFinal,xValue,0,#zName, {0}} #define AGGREGATE2(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal, extraFlags) \ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|extraFlags, \ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, xStep,xFinal,xFinal,0,#zName, {0}} #define WAGGREGATE(zName, nArg, arg, nc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, f) \ {nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|(nc*SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)|f, \ SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(arg), 0, xStep,xFinal,xValue,xInverse,#zName, {0}} /* ** All current savepoints are stored in a linked list starting at ** sqlite3.pSavepoint. The first element in the list is the most recently ** opened savepoint. Savepoints are added to the list by the vdbe ** OP_Savepoint instruction. */ struct Savepoint { char *zName; /* Savepoint name (nul-terminated) */ i64 nDeferredCons; /* Number of deferred fk violations */ i64 nDeferredImmCons; /* Number of deferred imm fk. */ Savepoint *pNext; /* Parent savepoint (if any) */ }; /* ** The following are used as the second parameter to sqlite3Savepoint(), ** and as the P1 argument to the OP_Savepoint instruction. */ #define SAVEPOINT_BEGIN 0 #define SAVEPOINT_RELEASE 1 #define SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK 2 /* ** Each SQLite module (virtual table definition) is defined by an ** instance of the following structure, stored in the sqlite3.aModule ** hash table. */ struct Module { const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Callback pointers */ const char *zName; /* Name passed to create_module() */ void *pAux; /* pAux passed to create_module() */ void (*xDestroy)(void *); /* Module destructor function */ Table *pEpoTab; /* Eponymous table for this module */ }; /* ** information about each column of an SQL table is held in an instance ** of this structure. */ struct Column { char *zName; /* Name of this column, \000, then the type */ Expr *pDflt; /* Default value of this column */ char *zColl; /* Collating sequence. If NULL, use the default */ u8 notNull; /* An OE_ code for handling a NOT NULL constraint */ char affinity; /* One of the SQLITE_AFF_... values */ u8 szEst; /* Estimated size of value in this column. sizeof(INT)==1 */ u8 colFlags; /* Boolean properties. See COLFLAG_ defines below */ }; /* Allowed values for Column.colFlags: */ #define COLFLAG_PRIMKEY 0x0001 /* Column is part of the primary key */ #define COLFLAG_HIDDEN 0x0002 /* A hidden column in a virtual table */ #define COLFLAG_HASTYPE 0x0004 /* Type name follows column name */ #define COLFLAG_UNIQUE 0x0008 /* Column def contains "UNIQUE" or "PK" */ #define COLFLAG_SORTERREF 0x0010 /* Use sorter-refs with this column */ /* ** A "Collating Sequence" is defined by an instance of the following ** structure. Conceptually, a collating sequence consists of a name and ** a comparison routine that defines the order of that sequence. ** ** If CollSeq.xCmp is NULL, it means that the ** collating sequence is undefined. Indices built on an undefined ** collating sequence may not be read or written. */ struct CollSeq { char *zName; /* Name of the collating sequence, UTF-8 encoded */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding handled by xCmp() */ void *pUser; /* First argument to xCmp() */ int (*xCmp)(void*,int, const void*, int, const void*); void (*xDel)(void*); /* Destructor for pUser */ }; /* ** A sort order can be either ASC or DESC. */ #define SQLITE_SO_ASC 0 /* Sort in ascending order */ #define SQLITE_SO_DESC 1 /* Sort in ascending order */ #define SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED -1 /* No sort order specified */ /* ** Column affinity types. ** ** These used to have mnemonic name like 'i' for SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER and ** 't' for SQLITE_AFF_TEXT. But we can save a little space and improve ** the speed a little by numbering the values consecutively. ** ** But rather than start with 0 or 1, we begin with 'A'. That way, ** when multiple affinity types are concatenated into a string and ** used as the P4 operand, they will be more readable. ** ** Note also that the numeric types are grouped together so that testing ** for a numeric type is a single comparison. And the BLOB type is first. */ #define SQLITE_AFF_BLOB 'A' #define SQLITE_AFF_TEXT 'B' #define SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC 'C' #define SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER 'D' #define SQLITE_AFF_REAL 'E' #define sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(X) ((X)>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC) /* ** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK values masks off the significant bits of an ** affinity value. */ #define SQLITE_AFF_MASK 0x47 /* ** Additional bit values that can be ORed with an affinity without ** changing the affinity. ** ** The SQLITE_NOTNULL flag is a combination of NULLEQ and JUMPIFNULL. ** It causes an assert() to fire if either operand to a comparison ** operator is NULL. It is added to certain comparison operators to ** prove that the operands are always NOT NULL. */ #define SQLITE_KEEPNULL 0x08 /* Used by vector == or <> */ #define SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL 0x10 /* jumps if either operand is NULL */ #define SQLITE_STOREP2 0x20 /* Store result in reg[P2] rather than jump */ #define SQLITE_NULLEQ 0x80 /* NULL=NULL */ #define SQLITE_NOTNULL 0x90 /* Assert that operands are never NULL */ /* ** An object of this type is created for each virtual table present in ** the database schema. ** ** If the database schema is shared, then there is one instance of this ** structure for each database connection (sqlite3*) that uses the shared ** schema. This is because each database connection requires its own unique ** instance of the sqlite3_vtab* handle used to access the virtual table ** implementation. sqlite3_vtab* handles can not be shared between ** database connections, even when the rest of the in-memory database ** schema is shared, as the implementation often stores the database ** connection handle passed to it via the xConnect() or xCreate() method ** during initialization internally. This database connection handle may ** then be used by the virtual table implementation to access real tables ** within the database. So that they appear as part of the callers ** transaction, these accesses need to be made via the same database ** connection as that used to execute SQL operations on the virtual table. ** ** All VTable objects that correspond to a single table in a shared ** database schema are initially stored in a linked-list pointed to by ** the Table.pVTable member variable of the corresponding Table object. ** When an sqlite3_prepare() operation is required to access the virtual ** table, it searches the list for the VTable that corresponds to the ** database connection doing the preparing so as to use the correct ** sqlite3_vtab* handle in the compiled query. ** ** When an in-memory Table object is deleted (for example when the ** schema is being reloaded for some reason), the VTable objects are not ** deleted and the sqlite3_vtab* handles are not xDisconnect()ed ** immediately. Instead, they are moved from the Table.pVTable list to ** another linked list headed by the sqlite3.pDisconnect member of the ** corresponding sqlite3 structure. They are then deleted/xDisconnected ** next time a statement is prepared using said sqlite3*. This is done ** to avoid deadlock issues involving multiple sqlite3.mutex mutexes. ** Refer to comments above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an ** explanation as to why it is safe to add an entry to an sqlite3.pDisconnect ** list without holding the corresponding sqlite3.mutex mutex. ** ** The memory for objects of this type is always allocated by ** sqlite3DbMalloc(), using the connection handle stored in VTable.db as ** the first argument. */ struct VTable { sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection associated with this table */ Module *pMod; /* Pointer to module implementation */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Pointer to vtab instance */ int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ u8 bConstraint; /* True if constraints are supported */ int iSavepoint; /* Depth of the SAVEPOINT stack */ VTable *pNext; /* Next in linked list (see above) */ }; /* ** The schema for each SQL table and view is represented in memory ** by an instance of the following structure. */ struct Table { char *zName; /* Name of the table or view */ Column *aCol; /* Information about each column */ Index *pIndex; /* List of SQL indexes on this table. */ Select *pSelect; /* NULL for tables. Points to definition if a view. */ FKey *pFKey; /* Linked list of all foreign keys in this table */ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ ExprList *pCheck; /* All CHECK constraints */ /* ... also used as column name list in a VIEW */ int tnum; /* Root BTree page for this table */ u32 nTabRef; /* Number of pointers to this Table */ u32 tabFlags; /* Mask of TF_* values */ i16 iPKey; /* If not negative, use aCol[iPKey] as the rowid */ i16 nCol; /* Number of columns in this table */ LogEst nRowLogEst; /* Estimated rows in table - from sqlite_stat1 table */ LogEst szTabRow; /* Estimated size of each table row in bytes */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT LogEst costMult; /* Cost multiplier for using this table */ #endif u8 keyConf; /* What to do in case of uniqueness conflict on iPKey */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE int addColOffset; /* Offset in CREATE TABLE stmt to add a new column */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE int nModuleArg; /* Number of arguments to the module */ char **azModuleArg; /* 0: module 1: schema 2: vtab name 3...: args */ VTable *pVTable; /* List of VTable objects. */ #endif Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers stored in pSchema */ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema that contains this table */ Table *pNextZombie; /* Next on the Parse.pZombieTab list */ }; /* ** Allowed values for Table.tabFlags. ** ** TF_OOOHidden applies to tables or view that have hidden columns that are ** followed by non-hidden columns. Example: "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x USING ** vtab1(a HIDDEN, b);". Since "b" is a non-hidden column but "a" is hidden, ** the TF_OOOHidden attribute would apply in this case. Such tables require ** special handling during INSERT processing. */ #define TF_Readonly 0x0001 /* Read-only system table */ #define TF_Ephemeral 0x0002 /* An ephemeral table */ #define TF_HasPrimaryKey 0x0004 /* Table has a primary key */ #define TF_Autoincrement 0x0008 /* Integer primary key is autoincrement */ #define TF_HasStat1 0x0010 /* nRowLogEst set from sqlite_stat1 */ #define TF_WithoutRowid 0x0020 /* No rowid. PRIMARY KEY is the key */ #define TF_NoVisibleRowid 0x0040 /* No user-visible "rowid" column */ #define TF_OOOHidden 0x0080 /* Out-of-Order hidden columns */ #define TF_StatsUsed 0x0100 /* Query planner decisions affected by ** Index.aiRowLogEst[] values */ #define TF_HasNotNull 0x0200 /* Contains NOT NULL constraints */ /* ** Test to see whether or not a table is a virtual table. This is ** done as a macro so that it will be optimized out when virtual ** table support is omitted from the build. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE # define IsVirtual(X) ((X)->nModuleArg) #else # define IsVirtual(X) 0 #endif /* ** Macros to determine if a column is hidden. IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn() ** only works for non-virtual tables (ordinary tables and views) and is ** always false unless SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS is defined. The ** IsHiddenColumn() macro is general purpose. */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS) # define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) # define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) #elif !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) # define IsHiddenColumn(X) (((X)->colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)!=0) # define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0 #else # define IsHiddenColumn(X) 0 # define IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(X) 0 #endif /* Does the table have a rowid */ #define HasRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_WithoutRowid)==0) #define VisibleRowid(X) (((X)->tabFlags & TF_NoVisibleRowid)==0) /* ** Each foreign key constraint is an instance of the following structure. ** ** A foreign key is associated with two tables. The "from" table is ** the table that contains the REFERENCES clause that creates the foreign ** key. The "to" table is the table that is named in the REFERENCES clause. ** Consider this example: ** ** CREATE TABLE ex1( ** a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, ** b INTEGER CONSTRAINT fk1 REFERENCES ex2(x) ** ); ** ** For foreign key "fk1", the from-table is "ex1" and the to-table is "ex2". ** Equivalent names: ** ** from-table == child-table ** to-table == parent-table ** ** Each REFERENCES clause generates an instance of the following structure ** which is attached to the from-table. The to-table need not exist when ** the from-table is created. The existence of the to-table is not checked. ** ** The list of all parents for child Table X is held at X.pFKey. ** ** A list of all children for a table named Z (which might not even exist) ** is held in Schema.fkeyHash with a hash key of Z. */ struct FKey { Table *pFrom; /* Table containing the REFERENCES clause (aka: Child) */ FKey *pNextFrom; /* Next FKey with the same in pFrom. Next parent of pFrom */ char *zTo; /* Name of table that the key points to (aka: Parent) */ FKey *pNextTo; /* Next with the same zTo. Next child of zTo. */ FKey *pPrevTo; /* Previous with the same zTo */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in this key */ /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ u8 isDeferred; /* True if constraint checking is deferred till COMMIT */ u8 aAction[2]; /* ON DELETE and ON UPDATE actions, respectively */ Trigger *apTrigger[2];/* Triggers for aAction[] actions */ struct sColMap { /* Mapping of columns in pFrom to columns in zTo */ int iFrom; /* Index of column in pFrom */ char *zCol; /* Name of column in zTo. If NULL use PRIMARY KEY */ } aCol[1]; /* One entry for each of nCol columns */ }; /* ** SQLite supports many different ways to resolve a constraint ** error. ROLLBACK processing means that a constraint violation ** causes the operation in process to fail and for the current transaction ** to be rolled back. ABORT processing means the operation in process ** fails and any prior changes from that one operation are backed out, ** but the transaction is not rolled back. FAIL processing means that ** the operation in progress stops and returns an error code. But prior ** changes due to the same operation are not backed out and no rollback ** occurs. IGNORE means that the particular row that caused the constraint ** error is not inserted or updated. Processing continues and no error ** is returned. REPLACE means that preexisting database rows that caused ** a UNIQUE constraint violation are removed so that the new insert or ** update can proceed. Processing continues and no error is reported. ** ** RESTRICT, SETNULL, and CASCADE actions apply only to foreign keys. ** RESTRICT is the same as ABORT for IMMEDIATE foreign keys and the ** same as ROLLBACK for DEFERRED keys. SETNULL means that the foreign ** key is set to NULL. CASCADE means that a DELETE or UPDATE of the ** referenced table row is propagated into the row that holds the ** foreign key. ** ** The following symbolic values are used to record which type ** of action to take. */ #define OE_None 0 /* There is no constraint to check */ #define OE_Rollback 1 /* Fail the operation and rollback the transaction */ #define OE_Abort 2 /* Back out changes but do no rollback transaction */ #define OE_Fail 3 /* Stop the operation but leave all prior changes */ #define OE_Ignore 4 /* Ignore the error. Do not do the INSERT or UPDATE */ #define OE_Replace 5 /* Delete existing record, then do INSERT or UPDATE */ #define OE_Update 6 /* Process as a DO UPDATE in an upsert */ #define OE_Restrict 7 /* OE_Abort for IMMEDIATE, OE_Rollback for DEFERRED */ #define OE_SetNull 8 /* Set the foreign key value to NULL */ #define OE_SetDflt 9 /* Set the foreign key value to its default */ #define OE_Cascade 10 /* Cascade the changes */ #define OE_Default 11 /* Do whatever the default action is */ /* ** An instance of the following structure is passed as the first ** argument to sqlite3VdbeKeyCompare and is used to control the ** comparison of the two index keys. ** ** Note that aSortOrder[] and aColl[] have nField+1 slots. There ** are nField slots for the columns of an index then one extra slot ** for the rowid at the end. */ struct KeyInfo { u32 nRef; /* Number of references to this KeyInfo object */ u8 enc; /* Text encoding - one of the SQLITE_UTF* values */ u16 nKeyField; /* Number of key columns in the index */ u16 nAllField; /* Total columns, including key plus others */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ u8 *aSortOrder; /* Sort order for each column. */ CollSeq *aColl[1]; /* Collating sequence for each term of the key */ }; /* ** This object holds a record which has been parsed out into individual ** fields, for the purposes of doing a comparison. ** ** A record is an object that contains one or more fields of data. ** Records are used to store the content of a table row and to store ** the key of an index. A blob encoding of a record is created by ** the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE and is disassembled by the ** OP_Column opcode. ** ** An instance of this object serves as a "key" for doing a search on ** an index b+tree. The goal of the search is to find the entry that ** is closed to the key described by this object. This object might hold ** just a prefix of the key. The number of fields is given by ** pKeyInfo->nField. ** ** The r1 and r2 fields are the values to return if this key is less than ** or greater than a key in the btree, respectively. These are normally ** -1 and +1 respectively, but might be inverted to +1 and -1 if the b-tree ** is in DESC order. ** ** The key comparison functions actually return default_rc when they find ** an equals comparison. default_rc can be -1, 0, or +1. If there are ** multiple entries in the b-tree with the same key (when only looking ** at the first pKeyInfo->nFields,) then default_rc can be set to -1 to ** cause the search to find the last match, or +1 to cause the search to ** find the first match. ** ** The key comparison functions will set eqSeen to true if they ever ** get and equal results when comparing this structure to a b-tree record. ** When default_rc!=0, the search might end up on the record immediately ** before the first match or immediately after the last match. The ** eqSeen field will indicate whether or not an exact match exists in the ** b-tree. */ struct UnpackedRecord { KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collation and sort-order information */ Mem *aMem; /* Values */ u16 nField; /* Number of entries in apMem[] */ i8 default_rc; /* Comparison result if keys are equal */ u8 errCode; /* Error detected by xRecordCompare (CORRUPT or NOMEM) */ i8 r1; /* Value to return if (lhs < rhs) */ i8 r2; /* Value to return if (lhs > rhs) */ u8 eqSeen; /* True if an equality comparison has been seen */ }; /* ** Each SQL index is represented in memory by an ** instance of the following structure. ** ** The columns of the table that are to be indexed are described ** by the aiColumn[] field of this structure. For example, suppose ** we have the following table and index: ** ** CREATE TABLE Ex1(c1 int, c2 int, c3 text); ** CREATE INDEX Ex2 ON Ex1(c3,c1); ** ** In the Table structure describing Ex1, nCol==3 because there are ** three columns in the table. In the Index structure describing ** Ex2, nColumn==2 since 2 of the 3 columns of Ex1 are indexed. ** The value of aiColumn is {2, 0}. aiColumn[0]==2 because the ** first column to be indexed (c3) has an index of 2 in Ex1.aCol[]. ** The second column to be indexed (c1) has an index of 0 in ** Ex1.aCol[], hence Ex2.aiColumn[1]==0. ** ** The Index.onError field determines whether or not the indexed columns ** must be unique and what to do if they are not. When Index.onError=OE_None, ** it means this is not a unique index. Otherwise it is a unique index ** and the value of Index.onError indicate the which conflict resolution ** algorithm to employ whenever an attempt is made to insert a non-unique ** element. ** ** While parsing a CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement in order to ** generate VDBE code (as opposed to parsing one read from an sqlite_master ** table as part of parsing an existing database schema), transient instances ** of this structure may be created. In this case the Index.tnum variable is ** used to store the address of a VDBE instruction, not a database page ** number (it cannot - the database page is not allocated until the VDBE ** program is executed). See convertToWithoutRowidTable() for details. */ struct Index { char *zName; /* Name of this index */ i16 *aiColumn; /* Which columns are used by this index. 1st is 0 */ LogEst *aiRowLogEst; /* From ANALYZE: Est. rows selected by each column */ Table *pTable; /* The SQL table being indexed */ char *zColAff; /* String defining the affinity of each column */ Index *pNext; /* The next index associated with the same table */ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing this index */ u8 *aSortOrder; /* for each column: True==DESC, False==ASC */ const char **azColl; /* Array of collation sequence names for index */ Expr *pPartIdxWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ ExprList *aColExpr; /* Column expressions */ int tnum; /* DB Page containing root of this index */ LogEst szIdxRow; /* Estimated average row size in bytes */ u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of columns forming the key */ u16 nColumn; /* Number of columns stored in the index */ u8 onError; /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ unsigned idxType:2; /* 1==UNIQUE, 2==PRIMARY KEY, 0==CREATE INDEX */ unsigned bUnordered:1; /* Use this index for == or IN queries only */ unsigned uniqNotNull:1; /* True if UNIQUE and NOT NULL for all columns */ unsigned isResized:1; /* True if resizeIndexObject() has been called */ unsigned isCovering:1; /* True if this is a covering index */ unsigned noSkipScan:1; /* Do not try to use skip-scan if true */ unsigned hasStat1:1; /* aiRowLogEst values come from sqlite_stat1 */ unsigned bNoQuery:1; /* Do not use this index to optimize queries */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 int nSample; /* Number of elements in aSample[] */ int nSampleCol; /* Size of IndexSample.anEq[] and so on */ tRowcnt *aAvgEq; /* Average nEq values for keys not in aSample */ IndexSample *aSample; /* Samples of the left-most key */ tRowcnt *aiRowEst; /* Non-logarithmic stat1 data for this index */ tRowcnt nRowEst0; /* Non-logarithmic number of rows in the index */ #endif Bitmask colNotIdxed; /* 0 for unindexed columns in pTab */ }; /* ** Allowed values for Index.idxType */ #define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF 0 /* Created using CREATE INDEX */ #define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE 1 /* Implements a UNIQUE constraint */ #define SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY 2 /* Is the PRIMARY KEY for the table */ /* Return true if index X is a PRIMARY KEY index */ #define IsPrimaryKeyIndex(X) ((X)->idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY) /* Return true if index X is a UNIQUE index */ #define IsUniqueIndex(X) ((X)->onError!=OE_None) /* The Index.aiColumn[] values are normally positive integer. But ** there are some negative values that have special meaning: */ #define XN_ROWID (-1) /* Indexed column is the rowid */ #define XN_EXPR (-2) /* Indexed column is an expression */ /* ** Each sample stored in the sqlite_stat3 table is represented in memory ** using a structure of this type. See documentation at the top of the ** analyze.c source file for additional information. */ struct IndexSample { void *p; /* Pointer to sampled record */ int n; /* Size of record in bytes */ tRowcnt *anEq; /* Est. number of rows where the key equals this sample */ tRowcnt *anLt; /* Est. number of rows where key is less than this sample */ tRowcnt *anDLt; /* Est. number of distinct keys less than this sample */ }; /* ** Each token coming out of the lexer is an instance of ** this structure. Tokens are also used as part of an expression. ** ** The memory that "z" points to is owned by other objects. Take care ** that the owner of the "z" string does not deallocate the string before ** the Token goes out of scope! Very often, the "z" points to some place ** in the middle of the Parse.zSql text. But it might also point to a ** static string. */ struct Token { const char *z; /* Text of the token. Not NULL-terminated! */ unsigned int n; /* Number of characters in this token */ }; /* ** An instance of this structure contains information needed to generate ** code for a SELECT that contains aggregate functions. ** ** If Expr.op==TK_AGG_COLUMN or TK_AGG_FUNCTION then Expr.pAggInfo is a ** pointer to this structure. The Expr.iColumn field is the index in ** AggInfo.aCol[] or AggInfo.aFunc[] of information needed to generate ** code for that node. ** ** AggInfo.pGroupBy and AggInfo.aFunc.pExpr point to fields within the ** original Select structure that describes the SELECT statement. These ** fields do not need to be freed when deallocating the AggInfo structure. */ struct AggInfo { u8 directMode; /* Direct rendering mode means take data directly ** from source tables rather than from accumulators */ u8 useSortingIdx; /* In direct mode, reference the sorting index rather ** than the source table */ int sortingIdx; /* Cursor number of the sorting index */ int sortingIdxPTab; /* Cursor number of pseudo-table */ int nSortingColumn; /* Number of columns in the sorting index */ int mnReg, mxReg; /* Range of registers allocated for aCol and aFunc */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The group by clause */ struct AggInfo_col { /* For each column used in source tables */ Table *pTab; /* Source table */ int iTable; /* Cursor number of the source table */ int iColumn; /* Column number within the source table */ int iSorterColumn; /* Column number in the sorting index */ int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ Expr *pExpr; /* The original expression */ } *aCol; int nColumn; /* Number of used entries in aCol[] */ int nAccumulator; /* Number of columns that show through to the output. ** Additional columns are used only as parameters to ** aggregate functions */ struct AggInfo_func { /* For each aggregate function */ Expr *pExpr; /* Expression encoding the function */ FuncDef *pFunc; /* The aggregate function implementation */ int iMem; /* Memory location that acts as accumulator */ int iDistinct; /* Ephemeral table used to enforce DISTINCT */ } *aFunc; int nFunc; /* Number of entries in aFunc[] */ }; /* ** The datatype ynVar is a signed integer, either 16-bit or 32-bit. ** Usually it is 16-bits. But if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER is greater ** than 32767 we have to make it 32-bit. 16-bit is preferred because ** it uses less memory in the Expr object, which is a big memory user ** in systems with lots of prepared statements. And few applications ** need more than about 10 or 20 variables. But some extreme users want ** to have prepared statements with over 32767 variables, and for them ** the option is available (at compile-time). */ #if SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER<=32767 typedef i16 ynVar; #else typedef int ynVar; #endif /* ** Each node of an expression in the parse tree is an instance ** of this structure. ** ** Expr.op is the opcode. The integer parser token codes are reused ** as opcodes here. For example, the parser defines TK_GE to be an integer ** code representing the ">=" operator. This same integer code is reused ** to represent the greater-than-or-equal-to operator in the expression ** tree. ** ** If the expression is an SQL literal (TK_INTEGER, TK_FLOAT, TK_BLOB, ** or TK_STRING), then Expr.token contains the text of the SQL literal. If ** the expression is a variable (TK_VARIABLE), then Expr.token contains the ** variable name. Finally, if the expression is an SQL function (TK_FUNCTION), ** then Expr.token contains the name of the function. ** ** Expr.pRight and Expr.pLeft are the left and right subexpressions of a ** binary operator. Either or both may be NULL. ** ** Expr.x.pList is a list of arguments if the expression is an SQL function, ** a CASE expression or an IN expression of the form " IN (, ...)". ** Expr.x.pSelect is used if the expression is a sub-select or an expression of ** the form " IN (SELECT ...)". If the EP_xIsSelect bit is set in the ** Expr.flags mask, then Expr.x.pSelect is valid. Otherwise, Expr.x.pList is ** valid. ** ** An expression of the form ID or ID.ID refers to a column in a table. ** For such expressions, Expr.op is set to TK_COLUMN and Expr.iTable is ** the integer cursor number of a VDBE cursor pointing to that table and ** Expr.iColumn is the column number for the specific column. If the ** expression is used as a result in an aggregate SELECT, then the ** value is also stored in the Expr.iAgg column in the aggregate so that ** it can be accessed after all aggregates are computed. ** ** If the expression is an unbound variable marker (a question mark ** character '?' in the original SQL) then the Expr.iTable holds the index ** number for that variable. ** ** If the expression is a subquery then Expr.iColumn holds an integer ** register number containing the result of the subquery. If the ** subquery gives a constant result, then iTable is -1. If the subquery ** gives a different answer at different times during statement processing ** then iTable is the address of a subroutine that computes the subquery. ** ** If the Expr is of type OP_Column, and the table it is selecting from ** is a disk table or the "old.*" pseudo-table, then pTab points to the ** corresponding table definition. ** ** ALLOCATION NOTES: ** ** Expr objects can use a lot of memory space in database schema. To ** help reduce memory requirements, sometimes an Expr object will be ** truncated. And to reduce the number of memory allocations, sometimes ** two or more Expr objects will be stored in a single memory allocation, ** together with Expr.zToken strings. ** ** If the EP_Reduced and EP_TokenOnly flags are set when ** an Expr object is truncated. When EP_Reduced is set, then all ** the child Expr objects in the Expr.pLeft and Expr.pRight subtrees ** are contained within the same memory allocation. Note, however, that ** the subtrees in Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect are always separately ** allocated, regardless of whether or not EP_Reduced is set. */ struct Expr { u8 op; /* Operation performed by this node */ char affinity; /* The affinity of the column or 0 if not a column */ u32 flags; /* Various flags. EP_* See below */ union { char *zToken; /* Token value. Zero terminated and dequoted */ int iValue; /* Non-negative integer value if EP_IntValue */ } u; /* If the EP_TokenOnly flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. *********************************************************************/ Expr *pLeft; /* Left subnode */ Expr *pRight; /* Right subnode */ union { ExprList *pList; /* op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT, CASE, FUNCTION, BETWEEN */ Select *pSelect; /* EP_xIsSelect and op = IN, EXISTS, SELECT */ } x; /* If the EP_Reduced flag is set in the Expr.flags mask, then no ** space is allocated for the fields below this point. An attempt to ** access them will result in a segfault or malfunction. *********************************************************************/ #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 int nHeight; /* Height of the tree headed by this node */ #endif int iTable; /* TK_COLUMN: cursor number of table holding column ** TK_REGISTER: register number ** TK_TRIGGER: 1 -> new, 0 -> old ** EP_Unlikely: 134217728 times likelihood ** TK_SELECT: 1st register of result vector */ ynVar iColumn; /* TK_COLUMN: column index. -1 for rowid. ** TK_VARIABLE: variable number (always >= 1). ** TK_SELECT_COLUMN: column of the result vector */ i16 iAgg; /* Which entry in pAggInfo->aCol[] or ->aFunc[] */ i16 iRightJoinTable; /* If EP_FromJoin, the right table of the join */ u8 op2; /* TK_REGISTER: original value of Expr.op ** TK_COLUMN: the value of p5 for OP_Column ** TK_AGG_FUNCTION: nesting depth */ AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Used by TK_AGG_COLUMN and TK_AGG_FUNCTION */ Table *pTab; /* Table for TK_COLUMN expressions. Can be NULL ** for a column of an index on an expression */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC Window *pWin; /* Window definition for window functions */ #endif }; /* ** The following are the meanings of bits in the Expr.flags field. */ #define EP_FromJoin 0x000001 /* Originates in ON/USING clause of outer join */ #define EP_Agg 0x000002 /* Contains one or more aggregate functions */ #define EP_HasFunc 0x000004 /* Contains one or more functions of any kind */ #define EP_FixedCol 0x000008 /* TK_Column with a known fixed value */ #define EP_Distinct 0x000010 /* Aggregate function with DISTINCT keyword */ #define EP_VarSelect 0x000020 /* pSelect is correlated, not constant */ #define EP_DblQuoted 0x000040 /* token.z was originally in "..." */ #define EP_InfixFunc 0x000080 /* True for an infix function: LIKE, GLOB, etc */ #define EP_Collate 0x000100 /* Tree contains a TK_COLLATE operator */ #define EP_Generic 0x000200 /* Ignore COLLATE or affinity on this tree */ #define EP_IntValue 0x000400 /* Integer value contained in u.iValue */ #define EP_xIsSelect 0x000800 /* x.pSelect is valid (otherwise x.pList is) */ #define EP_Skip 0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */ #define EP_Reduced 0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */ #define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */ #define EP_Static 0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */ #define EP_MemToken 0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */ #define EP_NoReduce 0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */ #define EP_Unlikely 0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */ #define EP_ConstFunc 0x080000 /* A SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function */ #define EP_CanBeNull 0x100000 /* Can be null despite NOT NULL constraint */ #define EP_Subquery 0x200000 /* Tree contains a TK_SELECT operator */ #define EP_Alias 0x400000 /* Is an alias for a result set column */ #define EP_Leaf 0x800000 /* Expr.pLeft, .pRight, .u.pSelect all NULL */ /* ** The EP_Propagate mask is a set of properties that automatically propagate ** upwards into parent nodes. */ #define EP_Propagate (EP_Collate|EP_Subquery|EP_HasFunc) /* ** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the ** Expr.flags field. */ #define ExprHasProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))!=0) #define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P) (((E)->flags&(P))==(P)) #define ExprSetProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) #define ExprClearProperty(E,P) (E)->flags&=~(P) /* The ExprSetVVAProperty() macro is used for Verification, Validation, ** and Accreditation only. It works like ExprSetProperty() during VVA ** processes but is a no-op for delivery. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG # define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) (E)->flags|=(P) #else # define ExprSetVVAProperty(E,P) #endif /* ** Macros to determine the number of bytes required by a normal Expr ** struct, an Expr struct with the EP_Reduced flag set in Expr.flags ** and an Expr struct with the EP_TokenOnly flag set. */ #define EXPR_FULLSIZE sizeof(Expr) /* Full size */ #define EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE offsetof(Expr,iTable) /* Common features */ #define EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE offsetof(Expr,pLeft) /* Fewer features */ /* ** Flags passed to the sqlite3ExprDup() function. See the header comment ** above sqlite3ExprDup() for details. */ #define EXPRDUP_REDUCE 0x0001 /* Used reduced-size Expr nodes */ /* ** A list of expressions. Each expression may optionally have a ** name. An expr/name combination can be used in several ways, such ** as the list of "expr AS ID" fields following a "SELECT" or in the ** list of "ID = expr" items in an UPDATE. A list of expressions can ** also be used as the argument to a function, in which case the a.zName ** field is not used. ** ** By default the Expr.zSpan field holds a human-readable description of ** the expression that is used in the generation of error messages and ** column labels. In this case, Expr.zSpan is typically the text of a ** column expression as it exists in a SELECT statement. However, if ** the bSpanIsTab flag is set, then zSpan is overloaded to mean the name ** of the result column in the form: DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN. This later ** form is used for name resolution with nested FROM clauses. */ struct ExprList { int nExpr; /* Number of expressions on the list */ struct ExprList_item { /* For each expression in the list */ Expr *pExpr; /* The parse tree for this expression */ char *zName; /* Token associated with this expression */ char *zSpan; /* Original text of the expression */ u8 sortOrder; /* 1 for DESC or 0 for ASC */ unsigned done :1; /* A flag to indicate when processing is finished */ unsigned bSpanIsTab :1; /* zSpan holds DB.TABLE.COLUMN */ unsigned reusable :1; /* Constant expression is reusable */ unsigned bSorterRef :1; /* Defer evaluation until after sorting */ union { struct { u16 iOrderByCol; /* For ORDER BY, column number in result set */ u16 iAlias; /* Index into Parse.aAlias[] for zName */ } x; int iConstExprReg; /* Register in which Expr value is cached */ } u; } a[1]; /* One slot for each expression in the list */ }; /* ** An instance of this structure can hold a simple list of identifiers, ** such as the list "a,b,c" in the following statements: ** ** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) VALUES ...; ** CREATE INDEX idx ON t(a,b,c); ** CREATE TRIGGER trig BEFORE UPDATE ON t(a,b,c) ...; ** ** The IdList.a.idx field is used when the IdList represents the list of ** column names after a table name in an INSERT statement. In the statement ** ** INSERT INTO t(a,b,c) ... ** ** If "a" is the k-th column of table "t", then IdList.a[0].idx==k. */ struct IdList { struct IdList_item { char *zName; /* Name of the identifier */ int idx; /* Index in some Table.aCol[] of a column named zName */ } *a; int nId; /* Number of identifiers on the list */ }; /* ** The following structure describes the FROM clause of a SELECT statement. ** Each table or subquery in the FROM clause is a separate element of ** the SrcList.a[] array. ** ** With the addition of multiple database support, the following structure ** can also be used to describe a particular table such as the table that ** is modified by an INSERT, DELETE, or UPDATE statement. In standard SQL, ** such a table must be a simple name: ID. But in SQLite, the table can ** now be identified by a database name, a dot, then the table name: ID.ID. ** ** The jointype starts out showing the join type between the current table ** and the next table on the list. The parser builds the list this way. ** But sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType() later shifts the jointypes so that each ** jointype expresses the join between the table and the previous table. ** ** In the colUsed field, the high-order bit (bit 63) is set if the table ** contains more than 63 columns and the 64-th or later column is used. */ struct SrcList { int nSrc; /* Number of tables or subqueries in the FROM clause */ u32 nAlloc; /* Number of entries allocated in a[] below */ struct SrcList_item { Schema *pSchema; /* Schema to which this item is fixed */ char *zDatabase; /* Name of database holding this table */ char *zName; /* Name of the table */ char *zAlias; /* The "B" part of a "A AS B" phrase. zName is the "A" */ Table *pTab; /* An SQL table corresponding to zName */ Select *pSelect; /* A SELECT statement used in place of a table name */ int addrFillSub; /* Address of subroutine to manifest a subquery */ int regReturn; /* Register holding return address of addrFillSub */ int regResult; /* Registers holding results of a co-routine */ struct { u8 jointype; /* Type of join between this table and the previous */ unsigned notIndexed :1; /* True if there is a NOT INDEXED clause */ unsigned isIndexedBy :1; /* True if there is an INDEXED BY clause */ unsigned isTabFunc :1; /* True if table-valued-function syntax */ unsigned isCorrelated :1; /* True if sub-query is correlated */ unsigned viaCoroutine :1; /* Implemented as a co-routine */ unsigned isRecursive :1; /* True for recursive reference in WITH */ } fg; int iCursor; /* The VDBE cursor number used to access this table */ Expr *pOn; /* The ON clause of a join */ IdList *pUsing; /* The USING clause of a join */ Bitmask colUsed; /* Bit N (1<" clause */ ExprList *pFuncArg; /* Arguments to table-valued-function */ } u1; Index *pIBIndex; /* Index structure corresponding to u1.zIndexedBy */ } a[1]; /* One entry for each identifier on the list */ }; /* ** Permitted values of the SrcList.a.jointype field */ #define JT_INNER 0x0001 /* Any kind of inner or cross join */ #define JT_CROSS 0x0002 /* Explicit use of the CROSS keyword */ #define JT_NATURAL 0x0004 /* True for a "natural" join */ #define JT_LEFT 0x0008 /* Left outer join */ #define JT_RIGHT 0x0010 /* Right outer join */ #define JT_OUTER 0x0020 /* The "OUTER" keyword is present */ #define JT_ERROR 0x0040 /* unknown or unsupported join type */ /* ** Flags appropriate for the wctrlFlags parameter of sqlite3WhereBegin() ** and the WhereInfo.wctrlFlags member. ** ** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): ** WHERE_USE_LIMIT == SF_FixedLimit */ #define WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL 0x0000 /* No-op */ #define WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN 0x0001 /* ORDER BY processing for min() func */ #define WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX 0x0002 /* ORDER BY processing for max() func */ #define WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED 0x0004 /* Want to do one-pass UPDATE/DELETE */ #define WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW 0x0008 /* ONEPASS is ok with multiple rows */ #define WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK 0x0010 /* Ok to return a row more than once */ #define WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE 0x0020 /* Processing a sub-WHERE as part of ** the OR optimization */ #define WHERE_GROUPBY 0x0040 /* pOrderBy is really a GROUP BY */ #define WHERE_DISTINCTBY 0x0080 /* pOrderby is really a DISTINCT clause */ #define WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT 0x0100 /* All output needs to be distinct */ #define WHERE_SORTBYGROUP 0x0200 /* Support sqlite3WhereIsSorted() */ #define WHERE_SEEK_TABLE 0x0400 /* Do not defer seeks on main table */ #define WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT 0x0800 /* ORDERBY+LIMIT on the inner loop */ #define WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE 0x1000 /* Do not defer seeks if unique */ /* 0x2000 not currently used */ #define WHERE_USE_LIMIT 0x4000 /* Use the LIMIT in cost estimates */ /* 0x8000 not currently used */ /* Allowed return values from sqlite3WhereIsDistinct() */ #define WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP 0 /* DISTINCT keyword not used */ #define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 1 /* No duplicates */ #define WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 2 /* All duplicates are adjacent */ #define WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED 3 /* Duplicates are scattered */ /* ** A NameContext defines a context in which to resolve table and column ** names. The context consists of a list of tables (the pSrcList) field and ** a list of named expression (pEList). The named expression list may ** be NULL. The pSrc corresponds to the FROM clause of a SELECT or ** to the table being operated on by INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE. The ** pEList corresponds to the result set of a SELECT and is NULL for ** other statements. ** ** NameContexts can be nested. When resolving names, the inner-most ** context is searched first. If no match is found, the next outer ** context is checked. If there is still no match, the next context ** is checked. This process continues until either a match is found ** or all contexts are check. When a match is found, the nRef member of ** the context containing the match is incremented. ** ** Each subquery gets a new NameContext. The pNext field points to the ** NameContext in the parent query. Thus the process of scanning the ** NameContext list corresponds to searching through successively outer ** subqueries looking for a match. */ struct NameContext { Parse *pParse; /* The parser */ SrcList *pSrcList; /* One or more tables used to resolve names */ union { ExprList *pEList; /* Optional list of result-set columns */ AggInfo *pAggInfo; /* Information about aggregates at this level */ Upsert *pUpsert; /* ON CONFLICT clause information from an upsert */ } uNC; NameContext *pNext; /* Next outer name context. NULL for outermost */ int nRef; /* Number of names resolved by this context */ int nErr; /* Number of errors encountered while resolving names */ u16 ncFlags; /* Zero or more NC_* flags defined below */ Select *pWinSelect; /* SELECT statement for any window functions */ }; /* ** Allowed values for the NameContext, ncFlags field. ** ** Value constraints (all checked via assert()): ** NC_HasAgg == SF_HasAgg ** NC_MinMaxAgg == SF_MinMaxAgg == SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ** */ #define NC_AllowAgg 0x0001 /* Aggregate functions are allowed here */ #define NC_PartIdx 0x0002 /* True if resolving a partial index WHERE */ #define NC_IsCheck 0x0004 /* True if resolving names in a CHECK constraint */ #define NC_InAggFunc 0x0008 /* True if analyzing arguments to an agg func */ #define NC_HasAgg 0x0010 /* One or more aggregate functions seen */ #define NC_IdxExpr 0x0020 /* True if resolving columns of CREATE INDEX */ #define NC_VarSelect 0x0040 /* A correlated subquery has been seen */ #define NC_UEList 0x0080 /* True if uNC.pEList is used */ #define NC_UAggInfo 0x0100 /* True if uNC.pAggInfo is used */ #define NC_UUpsert 0x0200 /* True if uNC.pUpsert is used */ #define NC_MinMaxAgg 0x1000 /* min/max aggregates seen. See note above */ #define NC_Complex 0x2000 /* True if a function or subquery seen */ #define NC_AllowWin 0x4000 /* Window functions are allowed here */ /* ** An instance of the following object describes a single ON CONFLICT ** clause in an upsert. ** ** The pUpsertTarget field is only set if the ON CONFLICT clause includes ** conflict-target clause. (In "ON CONFLICT(a,b)" the "(a,b)" is the ** conflict-target clause.) The pUpsertTargetWhere is the optional ** WHERE clause used to identify partial unique indexes. ** ** pUpsertSet is the list of column=expr terms of the UPDATE statement. ** The pUpsertSet field is NULL for a ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING. The ** pUpsertWhere is the WHERE clause for the UPDATE and is NULL if the ** WHERE clause is omitted. */ struct Upsert { ExprList *pUpsertTarget; /* Optional description of conflicting index */ Expr *pUpsertTargetWhere; /* WHERE clause for partial index targets */ ExprList *pUpsertSet; /* The SET clause from an ON CONFLICT UPDATE */ Expr *pUpsertWhere; /* WHERE clause for the ON CONFLICT UPDATE */ /* The fields above comprise the parse tree for the upsert clause. ** The fields below are used to transfer information from the INSERT ** processing down into the UPDATE processing while generating code. ** Upsert owns the memory allocated above, but not the memory below. */ Index *pUpsertIdx; /* Constraint that pUpsertTarget identifies */ SrcList *pUpsertSrc; /* Table to be updated */ int regData; /* First register holding array of VALUES */ int iDataCur; /* Index of the data cursor */ int iIdxCur; /* Index of the first index cursor */ }; /* ** An instance of the following structure contains all information ** needed to generate code for a single SELECT statement. ** ** See the header comment on the computeLimitRegisters() routine for a ** detailed description of the meaning of the iLimit and iOffset fields. ** ** addrOpenEphm[] entries contain the address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcodes. ** These addresses must be stored so that we can go back and fill in ** the P4_KEYINFO and P2 parameters later. Neither the KeyInfo nor ** the number of columns in P2 can be computed at the same time ** as the OP_OpenEphm instruction is coded because not ** enough information about the compound query is known at that point. ** The KeyInfo for addrOpenTran[0] and [1] contains collating sequences ** for the result set. The KeyInfo for addrOpenEphm[2] contains collating ** sequences for the ORDER BY clause. */ struct Select { ExprList *pEList; /* The fields of the result */ u8 op; /* One of: TK_UNION TK_ALL TK_INTERSECT TK_EXCEPT */ LogEst nSelectRow; /* Estimated number of result rows */ u32 selFlags; /* Various SF_* values */ int iLimit, iOffset; /* Memory registers holding LIMIT & OFFSET counters */ u32 selId; /* Unique identifier number for this SELECT */ int addrOpenEphm[2]; /* OP_OpenEphem opcodes related to this select */ SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause */ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause */ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ Select *pPrior; /* Prior select in a compound select statement */ Select *pNext; /* Next select to the left in a compound */ Expr *pLimit; /* LIMIT expression. NULL means not used. */ With *pWith; /* WITH clause attached to this select. Or NULL. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC Window *pWin; /* List of window functions */ Window *pWinDefn; /* List of named window definitions */ #endif }; /* ** Allowed values for Select.selFlags. The "SF" prefix stands for ** "Select Flag". ** ** Value constraints (all checked via assert()) ** SF_HasAgg == NC_HasAgg ** SF_MinMaxAgg == NC_MinMaxAgg == SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ** SF_FixedLimit == WHERE_USE_LIMIT */ #define SF_Distinct 0x00001 /* Output should be DISTINCT */ #define SF_All 0x00002 /* Includes the ALL keyword */ #define SF_Resolved 0x00004 /* Identifiers have been resolved */ #define SF_Aggregate 0x00008 /* Contains agg functions or a GROUP BY */ #define SF_HasAgg 0x00010 /* Contains aggregate functions */ #define SF_UsesEphemeral 0x00020 /* Uses the OpenEphemeral opcode */ #define SF_Expanded 0x00040 /* sqlite3SelectExpand() called on this */ #define SF_HasTypeInfo 0x00080 /* FROM subqueries have Table metadata */ #define SF_Compound 0x00100 /* Part of a compound query */ #define SF_Values 0x00200 /* Synthesized from VALUES clause */ #define SF_MultiValue 0x00400 /* Single VALUES term with multiple rows */ #define SF_NestedFrom 0x00800 /* Part of a parenthesized FROM clause */ #define SF_MinMaxAgg 0x01000 /* Aggregate containing min() or max() */ #define SF_Recursive 0x02000 /* The recursive part of a recursive CTE */ #define SF_FixedLimit 0x04000 /* nSelectRow set by a constant LIMIT */ #define SF_MaybeConvert 0x08000 /* Need convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ #define SF_Converted 0x10000 /* By convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ #define SF_IncludeHidden 0x20000 /* Include hidden columns in output */ #define SF_ComplexResult 0x40000 /* Result contains subquery or function */ /* ** The results of a SELECT can be distributed in several ways, as defined ** by one of the following macros. The "SRT" prefix means "SELECT Result ** Type". ** ** SRT_Union Store results as a key in a temporary index ** identified by pDest->iSDParm. ** ** SRT_Except Remove results from the temporary index pDest->iSDParm. ** ** SRT_Exists Store a 1 in memory cell pDest->iSDParm if the result ** set is not empty. ** ** SRT_Discard Throw the results away. This is used by SELECT ** statements within triggers whose only purpose is ** the side-effects of functions. ** ** All of the above are free to ignore their ORDER BY clause. Those that ** follow must honor the ORDER BY clause. ** ** SRT_Output Generate a row of output (using the OP_ResultRow ** opcode) for each row in the result set. ** ** SRT_Mem Only valid if the result is a single column. ** Store the first column of the first result row ** in register pDest->iSDParm then abandon the rest ** of the query. This destination implies "LIMIT 1". ** ** SRT_Set The result must be a single column. Store each ** row of result as the key in table pDest->iSDParm. ** Apply the affinity pDest->affSdst before storing ** results. Used to implement "IN (SELECT ...)". ** ** SRT_EphemTab Create an temporary table pDest->iSDParm and store ** the result there. The cursor is left open after ** returning. This is like SRT_Table except that ** this destination uses OP_OpenEphemeral to create ** the table first. ** ** SRT_Coroutine Generate a co-routine that returns a new row of ** results each time it is invoked. The entry point ** of the co-routine is stored in register pDest->iSDParm ** and the result row is stored in pDest->nDest registers ** starting with pDest->iSdst. ** ** SRT_Table Store results in temporary table pDest->iSDParm. ** SRT_Fifo This is like SRT_EphemTab except that the table ** is assumed to already be open. SRT_Fifo has ** the additional property of being able to ignore ** the ORDER BY clause. ** ** SRT_DistFifo Store results in a temporary table pDest->iSDParm. ** But also use temporary table pDest->iSDParm+1 as ** a record of all prior results and ignore any duplicate ** rows. Name means: "Distinct Fifo". ** ** SRT_Queue Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm (really ** an index). Append a sequence number so that all entries ** are distinct. ** ** SRT_DistQueue Store results in priority queue pDest->iSDParm only if ** the same record has never been stored before. The ** index at pDest->iSDParm+1 hold all prior stores. */ #define SRT_Union 1 /* Store result as keys in an index */ #define SRT_Except 2 /* Remove result from a UNION index */ #define SRT_Exists 3 /* Store 1 if the result is not empty */ #define SRT_Discard 4 /* Do not save the results anywhere */ #define SRT_Fifo 5 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ #define SRT_DistFifo 6 /* Like SRT_Fifo, but unique results only */ #define SRT_Queue 7 /* Store result in an queue */ #define SRT_DistQueue 8 /* Like SRT_Queue, but unique results only */ /* The ORDER BY clause is ignored for all of the above */ #define IgnorableOrderby(X) ((X->eDest)<=SRT_DistQueue) #define SRT_Output 9 /* Output each row of result */ #define SRT_Mem 10 /* Store result in a memory cell */ #define SRT_Set 11 /* Store results as keys in an index */ #define SRT_EphemTab 12 /* Create transient tab and store like SRT_Table */ #define SRT_Coroutine 13 /* Generate a single row of result */ #define SRT_Table 14 /* Store result as data with an automatic rowid */ /* ** An instance of this object describes where to put of the results of ** a SELECT statement. */ struct SelectDest { u8 eDest; /* How to dispose of the results. On of SRT_* above. */ int iSDParm; /* A parameter used by the eDest disposal method */ int iSdst; /* Base register where results are written */ int nSdst; /* Number of registers allocated */ char *zAffSdst; /* Affinity used when eDest==SRT_Set */ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* Key columns for SRT_Queue and SRT_DistQueue */ }; /* ** During code generation of statements that do inserts into AUTOINCREMENT ** tables, the following information is attached to the Table.u.autoInc.p ** pointer of each autoincrement table to record some side information that ** the code generator needs. We have to keep per-table autoincrement ** information in case inserts are done within triggers. Triggers do not ** normally coordinate their activities, but we do need to coordinate the ** loading and saving of autoincrement information. */ struct AutoincInfo { AutoincInfo *pNext; /* Next info block in a list of them all */ Table *pTab; /* Table this info block refers to */ int iDb; /* Index in sqlite3.aDb[] of database holding pTab */ int regCtr; /* Memory register holding the rowid counter */ }; /* ** At least one instance of the following structure is created for each ** trigger that may be fired while parsing an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE ** statement. All such objects are stored in the linked list headed at ** Parse.pTriggerPrg and deleted once statement compilation has been ** completed. ** ** A Vdbe sub-program that implements the body and WHEN clause of trigger ** TriggerPrg.pTrigger, assuming a default ON CONFLICT clause of ** TriggerPrg.orconf, is stored in the TriggerPrg.pProgram variable. ** The Parse.pTriggerPrg list never contains two entries with the same ** values for both pTrigger and orconf. ** ** The TriggerPrg.aColmask[0] variable is set to a mask of old.* columns ** accessed (or set to 0 for triggers fired as a result of INSERT ** statements). Similarly, the TriggerPrg.aColmask[1] variable is set to ** a mask of new.* columns used by the program. */ struct TriggerPrg { Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger this program was coded from */ TriggerPrg *pNext; /* Next entry in Parse.pTriggerPrg list */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Program implementing pTrigger/orconf */ int orconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy */ u32 aColmask[2]; /* Masks of old.*, new.* columns accessed */ }; /* ** The yDbMask datatype for the bitmask of all attached databases. */ #if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 typedef unsigned char yDbMask[(SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+9)/8]; # define DbMaskTest(M,I) (((M)[(I)/8]&(1<<((I)&7)))!=0) # define DbMaskZero(M) memset((M),0,sizeof(M)) # define DbMaskSet(M,I) (M)[(I)/8]|=(1<<((I)&7)) # define DbMaskAllZero(M) sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M) # define DbMaskNonZero(M) (sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(M)==0) #else typedef unsigned int yDbMask; # define DbMaskTest(M,I) (((M)&(((yDbMask)1)<<(I)))!=0) # define DbMaskZero(M) (M)=0 # define DbMaskSet(M,I) (M)|=(((yDbMask)1)<<(I)) # define DbMaskAllZero(M) (M)==0 # define DbMaskNonZero(M) (M)!=0 #endif /* ** An SQL parser context. A copy of this structure is passed through ** the parser and down into all the parser action routine in order to ** carry around information that is global to the entire parse. ** ** The structure is divided into two parts. When the parser and code ** generate call themselves recursively, the first part of the structure ** is constant but the second part is reset at the beginning and end of ** each recursion. ** ** The nTableLock and aTableLock variables are only used if the shared-cache ** feature is enabled (if sqlite3Tsd()->useSharedData is true). They are ** used to store the set of table-locks required by the statement being ** compiled. Function sqlite3TableLock() is used to add entries to the ** list. */ struct Parse { sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ char *zErrMsg; /* An error message */ Vdbe *pVdbe; /* An engine for executing database bytecode */ int rc; /* Return code from execution */ u8 colNamesSet; /* TRUE after OP_ColumnName has been issued to pVdbe */ u8 checkSchema; /* Causes schema cookie check after an error */ u8 nested; /* Number of nested calls to the parser/code generator */ u8 nTempReg; /* Number of temporary registers in aTempReg[] */ u8 isMultiWrite; /* True if statement may modify/insert multiple rows */ u8 mayAbort; /* True if statement may throw an ABORT exception */ u8 hasCompound; /* Need to invoke convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() */ u8 okConstFactor; /* OK to factor out constants */ u8 disableLookaside; /* Number of times lookaside has been disabled */ int nRangeReg; /* Size of the temporary register block */ int iRangeReg; /* First register in temporary register block */ int nErr; /* Number of errors seen */ int nTab; /* Number of previously allocated VDBE cursors */ int nMem; /* Number of memory cells used so far */ int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */ int szOpAlloc; /* Bytes of memory space allocated for Vdbe.aOp[] */ int iSelfTab; /* Table associated with an index on expr, or negative ** of the base register during check-constraint eval */ int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */ int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */ ExprList *pConstExpr;/* Constant expressions */ Token constraintName;/* Name of the constraint currently being parsed */ yDbMask writeMask; /* Start a write transaction on these databases */ yDbMask cookieMask; /* Bitmask of schema verified databases */ int regRowid; /* Register holding rowid of CREATE TABLE entry */ int regRoot; /* Register holding root page number for new objects */ int nMaxArg; /* Max args passed to user function by sub-program */ int nSelect; /* Number of SELECT stmts. Counter for Select.selId */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE int nTableLock; /* Number of locks in aTableLock */ TableLock *aTableLock; /* Required table locks for shared-cache mode */ #endif AutoincInfo *pAinc; /* Information about AUTOINCREMENT counters */ Parse *pToplevel; /* Parse structure for main program (or NULL) */ Table *pTriggerTab; /* Table triggers are being coded for */ int addrCrTab; /* Address of OP_CreateBtree opcode on CREATE TABLE */ u32 nQueryLoop; /* Est number of iterations of a query (10*log2(N)) */ u32 oldmask; /* Mask of old.* columns referenced */ u32 newmask; /* Mask of new.* columns referenced */ u8 eTriggerOp; /* TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT or TK_DELETE */ u8 eOrconf; /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ u8 disableTriggers; /* True to disable triggers */ /************************************************************************** ** Fields above must be initialized to zero. The fields that follow, ** down to the beginning of the recursive section, do not need to be ** initialized as they will be set before being used. The boundary is ** determined by offsetof(Parse,aTempReg). **************************************************************************/ int aTempReg[8]; /* Holding area for temporary registers */ Token sNameToken; /* Token with unqualified schema object name */ /************************************************************************ ** Above is constant between recursions. Below is reset before and after ** each recursion. The boundary between these two regions is determined ** using offsetof(Parse,sLastToken) so the sLastToken field must be the ** first field in the recursive region. ************************************************************************/ Token sLastToken; /* The last token parsed */ ynVar nVar; /* Number of '?' variables seen in the SQL so far */ u8 iPkSortOrder; /* ASC or DESC for INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ u8 explain; /* True if the EXPLAIN flag is found on the query */ #if !(defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE)) u8 eParseMode; /* PARSE_MODE_XXX constant */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE int nVtabLock; /* Number of virtual tables to lock */ #endif int nHeight; /* Expression tree height of current sub-select */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN int addrExplain; /* Address of current OP_Explain opcode */ #endif VList *pVList; /* Mapping between variable names and numbers */ Vdbe *pReprepare; /* VM being reprepared (sqlite3Reprepare()) */ const char *zTail; /* All SQL text past the last semicolon parsed */ Table *pNewTable; /* A table being constructed by CREATE TABLE */ Index *pNewIndex; /* An index being constructed by CREATE INDEX */ Trigger *pNewTrigger; /* Trigger under construct by a CREATE TRIGGER */ const char *zAuthContext; /* The 6th parameter to db->xAuth callbacks */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE Token sArg; /* Complete text of a module argument */ Table **apVtabLock; /* Pointer to virtual tables needing locking */ #endif Table *pZombieTab; /* List of Table objects to delete after code gen */ TriggerPrg *pTriggerPrg; /* Linked list of coded triggers */ With *pWith; /* Current WITH clause, or NULL */ With *pWithToFree; /* Free this WITH object at the end of the parse */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE RenameToken *pRename; /* Tokens subject to renaming by ALTER TABLE */ #endif }; #define PARSE_MODE_NORMAL 0 #define PARSE_MODE_DECLARE_VTAB 1 #define PARSE_MODE_RENAME_COLUMN 2 #define PARSE_MODE_RENAME_TABLE 3 /* ** Sizes and pointers of various parts of the Parse object. */ #define PARSE_HDR_SZ offsetof(Parse,aTempReg) /* Recursive part w/o aColCache*/ #define PARSE_RECURSE_SZ offsetof(Parse,sLastToken) /* Recursive part */ #define PARSE_TAIL_SZ (sizeof(Parse)-PARSE_RECURSE_SZ) /* Non-recursive part */ #define PARSE_TAIL(X) (((char*)(X))+PARSE_RECURSE_SZ) /* Pointer to tail */ /* ** Return true if currently inside an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB 0 #else #define IN_DECLARE_VTAB (pParse->eParseMode==PARSE_MODE_DECLARE_VTAB) #endif #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE) #define IN_RENAME_OBJECT 0 #else #define IN_RENAME_OBJECT (pParse->eParseMode>=PARSE_MODE_RENAME_COLUMN) #endif #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE) #define IN_SPECIAL_PARSE 0 #else #define IN_SPECIAL_PARSE (pParse->eParseMode!=PARSE_MODE_NORMAL) #endif /* ** An instance of the following structure can be declared on a stack and used ** to save the Parse.zAuthContext value so that it can be restored later. */ struct AuthContext { const char *zAuthContext; /* Put saved Parse.zAuthContext here */ Parse *pParse; /* The Parse structure */ }; /* ** Bitfield flags for P5 value in various opcodes. ** ** Value constraints (enforced via assert()): ** OPFLAG_LENGTHARG == SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH ** OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG == SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF ** OPFLAG_BULKCSR == BTREE_BULKLOAD ** OPFLAG_SEEKEQ == BTREE_SEEK_EQ ** OPFLAG_FORDELETE == BTREE_FORDELETE ** OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION == BTREE_SAVEPOSITION ** OPFLAG_AUXDELETE == BTREE_AUXDELETE */ #define OPFLAG_NCHANGE 0x01 /* OP_Insert: Set to update db->nChange */ /* Also used in P2 (not P5) of OP_Delete */ #define OPFLAG_EPHEM 0x01 /* OP_Column: Ephemeral output is ok */ #define OPFLAG_LASTROWID 0x20 /* Set to update db->lastRowid */ #define OPFLAG_ISUPDATE 0x04 /* This OP_Insert is an sql UPDATE */ #define OPFLAG_APPEND 0x08 /* This is likely to be an append */ #define OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT 0x10 /* Try to avoid a seek in BtreeInsert() */ #define OPFLAG_ISNOOP 0x40 /* OP_Delete does pre-update-hook only */ #define OPFLAG_LENGTHARG 0x40 /* OP_Column only used for length() */ #define OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG 0x80 /* OP_Column only used for typeof() */ #define OPFLAG_BULKCSR 0x01 /* OP_Open** used to open bulk cursor */ #define OPFLAG_SEEKEQ 0x02 /* OP_Open** cursor uses EQ seek only */ #define OPFLAG_FORDELETE 0x08 /* OP_Open should use BTREE_FORDELETE */ #define OPFLAG_P2ISREG 0x10 /* P2 to OP_Open** is a register number */ #define OPFLAG_PERMUTE 0x01 /* OP_Compare: use the permutation */ #define OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION 0x02 /* OP_Delete/Insert: save cursor pos */ #define OPFLAG_AUXDELETE 0x04 /* OP_Delete: index in a DELETE op */ #define OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC 0x6d /* OP_MakeRecord: serialtype 10 is ok */ /* * Each trigger present in the database schema is stored as an instance of * struct Trigger. * * Pointers to instances of struct Trigger are stored in two ways. * 1. In the "trigHash" hash table (part of the sqlite3* that represents the * database). This allows Trigger structures to be retrieved by name. * 2. All triggers associated with a single table form a linked list, using the * pNext member of struct Trigger. A pointer to the first element of the * linked list is stored as the "pTrigger" member of the associated * struct Table. * * The "step_list" member points to the first element of a linked list * containing the SQL statements specified as the trigger program. */ struct Trigger { char *zName; /* The name of the trigger */ char *table; /* The table or view to which the trigger applies */ u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT */ u8 tr_tm; /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ Expr *pWhen; /* The WHEN clause of the expression (may be NULL) */ IdList *pColumns; /* If this is an UPDATE OF trigger, the is stored here */ Schema *pSchema; /* Schema containing the trigger */ Schema *pTabSchema; /* Schema containing the table */ TriggerStep *step_list; /* Link list of trigger program steps */ Trigger *pNext; /* Next trigger associated with the table */ }; /* ** A trigger is either a BEFORE or an AFTER trigger. The following constants ** determine which. ** ** If there are multiple triggers, you might of some BEFORE and some AFTER. ** In that cases, the constants below can be ORed together. */ #define TRIGGER_BEFORE 1 #define TRIGGER_AFTER 2 /* * An instance of struct TriggerStep is used to store a single SQL statement * that is a part of a trigger-program. * * Instances of struct TriggerStep are stored in a singly linked list (linked * using the "pNext" member) referenced by the "step_list" member of the * associated struct Trigger instance. The first element of the linked list is * the first step of the trigger-program. * * The "op" member indicates whether this is a "DELETE", "INSERT", "UPDATE" or * "SELECT" statement. The meanings of the other members is determined by the * value of "op" as follows: * * (op == TK_INSERT) * orconf -> stores the ON CONFLICT algorithm * pSelect -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... statement, then * this stores a pointer to the SELECT statement. Otherwise NULL. * zTarget -> Dequoted name of the table to insert into. * pExprList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... VALUES ... statement, then * this stores values to be inserted. Otherwise NULL. * pIdList -> If this is an INSERT INTO ... () VALUES ... * statement, then this stores the column-names to be * inserted into. * * (op == TK_DELETE) * zTarget -> Dequoted name of the table to delete from. * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the DELETE statement if one is specified. * Otherwise NULL. * * (op == TK_UPDATE) * zTarget -> Dequoted name of the table to update. * pWhere -> The WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement if one is specified. * Otherwise NULL. * pExprList -> A list of the columns to update and the expressions to update * them to. See sqlite3Update() documentation of "pChanges" * argument. * */ struct TriggerStep { u8 op; /* One of TK_DELETE, TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_SELECT */ u8 orconf; /* OE_Rollback etc. */ Trigger *pTrig; /* The trigger that this step is a part of */ Select *pSelect; /* SELECT statement or RHS of INSERT INTO SELECT ... */ char *zTarget; /* Target table for DELETE, UPDATE, INSERT */ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause for DELETE or UPDATE steps */ ExprList *pExprList; /* SET clause for UPDATE */ IdList *pIdList; /* Column names for INSERT */ Upsert *pUpsert; /* Upsert clauses on an INSERT */ char *zSpan; /* Original SQL text of this command */ TriggerStep *pNext; /* Next in the link-list */ TriggerStep *pLast; /* Last element in link-list. Valid for 1st elem only */ }; /* ** The following structure contains information used by the sqliteFix... ** routines as they walk the parse tree to make database references ** explicit. */ typedef struct DbFixer DbFixer; struct DbFixer { Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context. Error messages written here */ Schema *pSchema; /* Fix items to this schema */ int bVarOnly; /* Check for variable references only */ const char *zDb; /* Make sure all objects are contained in this database */ const char *zType; /* Type of the container - used for error messages */ const Token *pName; /* Name of the container - used for error messages */ }; /* ** An objected used to accumulate the text of a string where we ** do not necessarily know how big the string will be in the end. */ struct sqlite3_str { sqlite3 *db; /* Optional database for lookaside. Can be NULL */ char *zText; /* The string collected so far */ u32 nAlloc; /* Amount of space allocated in zText */ u32 mxAlloc; /* Maximum allowed allocation. 0 for no malloc usage */ u32 nChar; /* Length of the string so far */ u8 accError; /* SQLITE_NOMEM or SQLITE_TOOBIG */ u8 printfFlags; /* SQLITE_PRINTF flags below */ }; #define SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL 0x01 /* Internal-use-only converters allowed */ #define SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC 0x02 /* SQL function arguments to VXPrintf */ #define SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED 0x04 /* True if xText is allocated space */ #define isMalloced(X) (((X)->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)!=0) /* ** A pointer to this structure is used to communicate information ** from sqlite3Init and OP_ParseSchema into the sqlite3InitCallback. */ typedef struct { sqlite3 *db; /* The database being initialized */ char **pzErrMsg; /* Error message stored here */ int iDb; /* 0 for main database. 1 for TEMP, 2.. for ATTACHed */ int rc; /* Result code stored here */ u32 mInitFlags; /* Flags controlling error messages */ } InitData; /* ** Allowed values for mInitFlags */ #define INITFLAG_AlterTable 0x0001 /* This is a reparse after ALTER TABLE */ /* ** Structure containing global configuration data for the SQLite library. ** ** This structure also contains some state information. */ struct Sqlite3Config { int bMemstat; /* True to enable memory status */ int bCoreMutex; /* True to enable core mutexing */ int bFullMutex; /* True to enable full mutexing */ int bOpenUri; /* True to interpret filenames as URIs */ int bUseCis; /* Use covering indices for full-scans */ int bSmallMalloc; /* Avoid large memory allocations if true */ int mxStrlen; /* Maximum string length */ int neverCorrupt; /* Database is always well-formed */ int szLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer size */ int nLookaside; /* Default lookaside buffer count */ int nStmtSpill; /* Stmt-journal spill-to-disk threshold */ sqlite3_mem_methods m; /* Low-level memory allocation interface */ sqlite3_mutex_methods mutex; /* Low-level mutex interface */ sqlite3_pcache_methods2 pcache2; /* Low-level page-cache interface */ void *pHeap; /* Heap storage space */ int nHeap; /* Size of pHeap[] */ int mnReq, mxReq; /* Min and max heap requests sizes */ sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* mmap() space per open file */ sqlite3_int64 mxMmap; /* Maximum value for szMmap */ void *pPage; /* Page cache memory */ int szPage; /* Size of each page in pPage[] */ int nPage; /* Number of pages in pPage[] */ int mxParserStack; /* maximum depth of the parser stack */ int sharedCacheEnabled; /* true if shared-cache mode enabled */ u32 szPma; /* Maximum Sorter PMA size */ /* The above might be initialized to non-zero. The following need to always ** initially be zero, however. */ int isInit; /* True after initialization has finished */ int inProgress; /* True while initialization in progress */ int isMutexInit; /* True after mutexes are initialized */ int isMallocInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ int isPCacheInit; /* True after malloc is initialized */ int nRefInitMutex; /* Number of users of pInitMutex */ sqlite3_mutex *pInitMutex; /* Mutex used by sqlite3_initialize() */ void (*xLog)(void*,int,const char*); /* Function for logging */ void *pLogArg; /* First argument to xLog() */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG void(*xSqllog)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*, int); void *pSqllogArg; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE /* The following callback (if not NULL) is invoked on every VDBE branch ** operation. Set the callback using SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE. */ void (*xVdbeBranch)(void*,unsigned iSrcLine,u8 eThis,u8 eMx); /* Callback */ void *pVdbeBranchArg; /* 1st argument */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE int (*xTestCallback)(int); /* Invoked by sqlite3FaultSim() */ #endif int bLocaltimeFault; /* True to fail localtime() calls */ int iOnceResetThreshold; /* When to reset OP_Once counters */ u32 szSorterRef; /* Min size in bytes to use sorter-refs */ }; /* ** This macro is used inside of assert() statements to indicate that ** the assert is only valid on a well-formed database. Instead of: ** ** assert( X ); ** ** One writes: ** ** assert( X || CORRUPT_DB ); ** ** CORRUPT_DB is true during normal operation. CORRUPT_DB does not indicate ** that the database is definitely corrupt, only that it might be corrupt. ** For most test cases, CORRUPT_DB is set to false using a special ** sqlite3_test_control(). This enables assert() statements to prove ** things that are always true for well-formed databases. */ #define CORRUPT_DB (sqlite3Config.neverCorrupt==0) /* ** Context pointer passed down through the tree-walk. */ struct Walker { Parse *pParse; /* Parser context. */ int (*xExprCallback)(Walker*, Expr*); /* Callback for expressions */ int (*xSelectCallback)(Walker*,Select*); /* Callback for SELECTs */ void (*xSelectCallback2)(Walker*,Select*);/* Second callback for SELECTs */ int walkerDepth; /* Number of subqueries */ u8 eCode; /* A small processing code */ union { /* Extra data for callback */ NameContext *pNC; /* Naming context */ int n; /* A counter */ int iCur; /* A cursor number */ SrcList *pSrcList; /* FROM clause */ struct SrcCount *pSrcCount; /* Counting column references */ struct CCurHint *pCCurHint; /* Used by codeCursorHint() */ int *aiCol; /* array of column indexes */ struct IdxCover *pIdxCover; /* Check for index coverage */ struct IdxExprTrans *pIdxTrans; /* Convert idxed expr to column */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* GROUP BY clause */ Select *pSelect; /* HAVING to WHERE clause ctx */ struct WindowRewrite *pRewrite; /* Window rewrite context */ struct WhereConst *pConst; /* WHERE clause constants */ struct RenameCtx *pRename; /* RENAME COLUMN context */ } u; }; /* Forward declarations */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkFail(Walker*, Select*); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWalkAssert2(Walker*, Select*); #endif /* ** Return code from the parse-tree walking primitives and their ** callbacks. */ #define WRC_Continue 0 /* Continue down into children */ #define WRC_Prune 1 /* Omit children but continue walking siblings */ #define WRC_Abort 2 /* Abandon the tree walk */ /* ** An instance of this structure represents a set of one or more CTEs ** (common table expressions) created by a single WITH clause. */ struct With { int nCte; /* Number of CTEs in the WITH clause */ With *pOuter; /* Containing WITH clause, or NULL */ struct Cte { /* For each CTE in the WITH clause.... */ char *zName; /* Name of this CTE */ ExprList *pCols; /* List of explicit column names, or NULL */ Select *pSelect; /* The definition of this CTE */ const char *zCteErr; /* Error message for circular references */ } a[1]; }; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** An instance of the TreeView object is used for printing the content of ** data structures on sqlite3DebugPrintf() using a tree-like view. */ struct TreeView { int iLevel; /* Which level of the tree we are on */ u8 bLine[100]; /* Draw vertical in column i if bLine[i] is true */ }; #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* ** This object is used in varioius ways, all related to window functions ** ** (1) A single instance of this structure is attached to the ** the Expr.pWin field for each window function in an expression tree. ** This object holds the information contained in the OVER clause, ** plus additional fields used during code generation. ** ** (2) All window functions in a single SELECT form a linked-list ** attached to Select.pWin. The Window.pFunc and Window.pExpr ** fields point back to the expression that is the window function. ** ** (3) The terms of the WINDOW clause of a SELECT are instances of this ** object on a linked list attached to Select.pWinDefn. ** ** The uses (1) and (2) are really the same Window object that just happens ** to be accessible in two different ways. Use (3) is are separate objects. */ struct Window { char *zName; /* Name of window (may be NULL) */ ExprList *pPartition; /* PARTITION BY clause */ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* ORDER BY clause */ u8 eType; /* TK_RANGE or TK_ROWS */ u8 eStart; /* UNBOUNDED, CURRENT, PRECEDING or FOLLOWING */ u8 eEnd; /* UNBOUNDED, CURRENT, PRECEDING or FOLLOWING */ Expr *pStart; /* Expression for " PRECEDING" */ Expr *pEnd; /* Expression for " FOLLOWING" */ Window *pNextWin; /* Next window function belonging to this SELECT */ Expr *pFilter; /* The FILTER expression */ FuncDef *pFunc; /* The function */ int iEphCsr; /* Partition buffer or Peer buffer */ int regAccum; int regResult; int csrApp; /* Function cursor (used by min/max) */ int regApp; /* Function register (also used by min/max) */ int regPart; /* First in a set of registers holding PARTITION BY ** and ORDER BY values for the window */ Expr *pOwner; /* Expression object this window is attached to */ int nBufferCol; /* Number of columns in buffer table */ int iArgCol; /* Offset of first argument for this function */ }; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowDelete(sqlite3*, Window*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowListDelete(sqlite3 *db, Window *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowAlloc(Parse*, int, int, Expr*, int , Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowAttach(Parse*, Expr*, Window*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowCompare(Parse*, Window*, Window*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeInit(Parse*, Window*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep(Parse*, Select*, WhereInfo*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExpandSubquery(Parse*, struct SrcList_item*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowUpdate(Parse*, Window*, Window*, FuncDef*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pOwner, Window *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowListDup(sqlite3 *db, Window *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowFunctions(void); #else # define sqlite3WindowDelete(a,b) # define sqlite3WindowFunctions() # define sqlite3WindowAttach(a,b,c) #endif /* ** Assuming zIn points to the first byte of a UTF-8 character, ** advance zIn to point to the first byte of the next UTF-8 character. */ #define SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) { \ if( (*(zIn++))>=0xc0 ){ \ while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ zIn++; } \ } \ } /* ** The SQLITE_*_BKPT macros are substitutes for the error codes with ** the same name but without the _BKPT suffix. These macros invoke ** routines that report the line-number on which the error originated ** using sqlite3_log(). The routines also provide a convenient place ** to set a debugger breakpoint. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReportError(int iErr, int lineno, const char *zType); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int); #define SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__) #define SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT sqlite3MisuseError(__LINE__) #define SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT sqlite3CantopenError(__LINE__) #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NomemError(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IoerrnomemError(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(int,Pgno); # define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3NomemError(__LINE__) # define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT sqlite3IoerrnomemError(__LINE__) # define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(P) sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(__LINE__,(P)) #else # define SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_NOMEM # define SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM # define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(P) sqlite3CorruptError(__LINE__) #endif /* ** FTS3 and FTS4 both require virtual table support */ #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) # undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 # undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 #endif /* ** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the ** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also call ** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alias for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) # define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 1 #endif /* ** The ctype.h header is needed for non-ASCII systems. It is also ** needed by FTS3 when FTS3 is included in the amalgamation. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_ASCII) || \ (defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION)) # include #endif /* ** The following macros mimic the standard library functions toupper(), ** isspace(), isalnum(), isdigit() and isxdigit(), respectively. The ** sqlite versions only work for ASCII characters, regardless of locale. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII # define sqlite3Toupper(x) ((x)&~(sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x20)) # define sqlite3Isspace(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x01) # define sqlite3Isalnum(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x06) # define sqlite3Isalpha(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x02) # define sqlite3Isdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x04) # define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x08) # define sqlite3Tolower(x) (sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)(x)]) # define sqlite3Isquote(x) (sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)(x)]&0x80) #else # define sqlite3Toupper(x) toupper((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Isspace(x) isspace((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Isalpha(x) isalpha((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Tolower(x) tolower((unsigned char)(x)) # define sqlite3Isquote(x) ((x)=='"'||(x)=='\''||(x)=='['||(x)=='`') #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8); /* ** Internal function prototypes */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3ColumnType(Column*,char*); #define sqlite3StrNICmp sqlite3_strnicmp SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(u64); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3*, u64); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3*, u64); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3*, u64); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3*,const char*, u64); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbSpanDup(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void*, u64); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *, void *, u64); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *, void *, u64); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3*, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFreeNN(sqlite3*, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3*, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void); #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(void (*)(void), void (*)(void)); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void); /* ** On systems with ample stack space and that support alloca(), make ** use of alloca() to obtain space for large automatic objects. By default, ** obtain space from malloc(). ** ** The alloca() routine never returns NULL. This will cause code paths ** that deal with sqlite3StackAlloc() failures to be unreachable. */ #ifdef SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA # define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) alloca(N) # define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) memset(alloca(N), 0, N) # define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) #else # define sqlite3StackAllocRaw(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocRaw(D,N) # define sqlite3StackAllocZero(D,N) sqlite3DbMallocZero(D,N) # define sqlite3StackFree(D,P) sqlite3DbFree(D,P) #endif /* Do not allow both MEMSYS5 and MEMSYS3 to be defined together. If they ** are, disable MEMSYS3 */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void); #undef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void); #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void); #else # define sqlite3MemoryBarrier() #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatusValue(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusUp(int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusDown(int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusHighwater(int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3LookasideUsed(sqlite3*,int*); /* Access to mutexes used by sqlite3_status() */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void); #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(sqlite3_mutex*); #else # define sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(x) #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double); #else # define sqlite3IsNaN(X) 0 #endif /* ** An instance of the following structure holds information about SQL ** functions arguments that are the parameters to the printf() function. */ struct PrintfArguments { int nArg; /* Total number of arguments */ int nUsed; /* Number of arguments used so far */ sqlite3_value **apArg; /* The argument values */ }; SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, ...); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3*,const char*, va_list); #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char*, ...); #endif #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3TestTextToPtr(const char*); #endif #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView*, const Expr*, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewBareExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExprList(TreeView*, const ExprList*, u8, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView*, const Select*, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewWith(TreeView*, const With*, u8); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewWindow(TreeView*, const Window*, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewWinFunc(TreeView*, const Window*, u8); #endif #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **, sqlite3*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse*, const char*, ...); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenInit(Token*,char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse*, const char*, char **); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishCoding(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse*); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NoTempsInRange(Parse*,int,int); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc(sqlite3*,int,const Token*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr(sqlite3*,int,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(sqlite3*,Expr*,Expr*,Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr(Parse*, int, Expr*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PExprAddSelect(Parse*, Expr*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3*,Expr*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*, u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(Parse*,ExprList*,IdList*,Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,const char*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3*, int, char**, u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE SQLITE_PRIVATE Module *sqlite3PragmaVtabRegister(sqlite3*,const char *zName); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3*,Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(Parse*,ExprList*,i16*,Column**); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(Parse*,Table*,Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse*,Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index*, i16); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,int,int,int,int); #if SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(Table*, Column*); #else # define sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(T,C) /* no-op */ #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse*,Token*,Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(Parse*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue(Parse*,Expr*,const char*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable(Parse*,Token*,Token*,u8,Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri(const char*,const char*,unsigned int*, sqlite3_vfs**,char**,char **); SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3*,const char*); #ifdef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE # define sqlite3FaultSim(X) SQLITE_OK #else SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec*, u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(Bitvec*, u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec*, u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec*, u32, void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec*); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec*); #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int,int*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetDelete(void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet*, i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet*, int iBatch, i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet*, i64*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*,int,int); #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse*,Table*); #else # define sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(A,B) 0 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse*, SrcList*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse*, Table*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3*, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FreeIndex(sqlite3*, Index*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse); #else # define sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(X) # define sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(X) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert(Parse*, SrcList*, Select*, IdList*, int, Upsert*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate(sqlite3*,void*,int,int*,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(Parse*, IdList*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(sqlite3*, SrcList*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend(sqlite3*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*, Token*, Select*, Expr*, IdList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *, SrcList *, Token *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *, struct SrcList_item *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse*, SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3*, IdList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3*, SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(sqlite3*,i16,int,char**); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex(Parse*,Token*,Token*,SrcList*,ExprList*,int,Token*, Expr*, int, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse*, SrcList*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select(Parse*, Select*, SelectDest*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew(Parse*,ExprList*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*, Expr*,ExprList*,u32,Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse*, SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse*, Table*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable(Parse*, int iCur, int iDb, Table*, int); #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*,char*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom(Parse*, SrcList*, Expr*, ExprList*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update(Parse*, SrcList*, ExprList*,Expr*,int,ExprList*,Expr*, Upsert*); SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin(Parse*,SrcList*,Expr*,ExprList*,ExprList*,u16,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(WhereInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo*, int*); #define ONEPASS_OFF 0 /* Use of ONEPASS not allowed */ #define ONEPASS_SINGLE 1 /* ONEPASS valid for a single row update */ #define ONEPASS_MULTI 2 /* ONEPASS is valid for multiple rows */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(Vdbe*, Table*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse*, Expr*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int, u8); #define SQLITE_ECEL_DUP 0x01 /* Deep, not shallow copies */ #define SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR 0x02 /* Factor out constant terms */ #define SQLITE_ECEL_REF 0x04 /* Use ExprList.u.x.iOrderByCol */ #define SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF 0x08 /* Omit if ExprList.u.x.iOrderByCol */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(Parse*, Expr*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); #define LOCATE_VIEW 0x01 #define LOCATE_NOERR 0x02 SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable(Parse*,u32 flags,const char*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem(Parse*,u32 flags,struct SrcList_item *); SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3*,const char*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3*,int,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3*,int,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse*,Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char**, sqlite3*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Parse*,Expr*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(Expr*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList*, ExprList*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Parse*,Expr*, Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(Expr*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext*,ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(Expr*, int iCur, Index *pIdx); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr*, SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse*); #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse*, const char *zDb); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTransaction(Parse*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse*, int, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprTruthValue(const Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr*, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(Parse*, Expr*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr*,int); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(Expr*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr*, char); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( Parse*,Table*,Trigger*,int,int,int,i16,u8,u8,u8,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(Parse*, Index*, int, int, int, int*,Index*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(Parse*,Table*,int*,int,int,int,int, u8,u8,int,int*,int*,Upsert*); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(Vdbe*,Table*); #else # define sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(A,B) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion(Parse*,Table*,int,int,int,int*,int,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(Parse*, Table*, int, u8, int, u8*, int*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint(Parse*, int, int, char*, i8, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint(Parse*, int, Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint(Parse*, int, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3*,Expr*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3*,ExprList*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3*,SrcList*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3*,IdList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3*,Select*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(FuncDef*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(sqlite3*,const char*,int,u8,u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse*, int); #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, ExprList*,Expr*,int); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger(Parse*, Token*,Token*,int,int,IdList*,SrcList*, Expr*,int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger(Parse*, TriggerStep*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse*, SrcList*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse*, Trigger*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(Parse *, Table*, int, ExprList*, int *pMask); SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *, Table *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(Parse*, Trigger *, int, ExprList*, int, Table *, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(Parse *, Trigger *, Table *, int, int, int); void sqliteViewTriggers(Parse*, Table*, Expr*, int, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3*, TriggerStep*); SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3*,Select*, const char*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(Parse*,Token*, IdList*, Select*,u8,Upsert*, const char*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(Parse*,Token*,ExprList*, Expr*, u8, const char*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(Parse*,Token*, Expr*, const char*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3*, Trigger*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3*,int,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask(Parse*,Trigger*,ExprList*,int,int,Table*,int); # define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel ? (p)->pToplevel : (p)) # define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) ((p)->pToplevel==0) #else # define sqlite3TriggersExist(B,C,D,E,F) 0 # define sqlite3DeleteTrigger(A,B) # define sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(A,B) # define sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(A,B,C) # define sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I) # define sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(A,B,C,D,E,F) # define sqlite3TriggerList(X, Y) 0 # define sqlite3ParseToplevel(p) p # define sqlite3IsToplevel(p) 1 # define sqlite3TriggerColmask(A,B,C,D,E,F,G) 0 #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey(Parse*, ExprList*, Token*, ExprList*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse*, int); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead(Parse*,Expr*,Schema*,SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck(Parse*,int, const char*, const char*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush(Parse*, AuthContext*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol(Parse*, const char *, const char *, int); #else # define sqlite3AuthRead(a,b,c,d) # define sqlite3AuthCheck(a,b,c,d,e) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3AuthContextPush(a,b,c) # define sqlite3AuthContextPop(a) ((void)(a)) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse*, Expr*, Expr*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit(DbFixer*, Parse*, int, const char*, const Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList(DbFixer*, SrcList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect(DbFixer*, Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr(DbFixer*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList(DbFixer*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(DbFixer*, TriggerStep*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double*, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *pData, int nChar); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *pData, int nByte); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read(const u8**); SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64); SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst,LogEst); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double); #endif #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) || \ defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) || \ defined(SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS) SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE VList *sqlite3VListAdd(sqlite3*,VList*,const char*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VListNumToName(VList*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VListNameToNum(VList*,const char*,int); /* ** Routines to read and write variable-length integers. These used to ** be defined locally, but now we use the varint routines in the util.c ** file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char*, u64); SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *, u64 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *, u32 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v); /* ** The common case is for a varint to be a single byte. They following ** macros handle the common case without a procedure call, but then call ** the procedure for larger varints. */ #define getVarint32(A,B) \ (u8)((*(A)<(u8)0x80)?((B)=(u32)*(A)),1:sqlite3GetVarint32((A),(u32 *)&(B))) #define putVarint32(A,B) \ (u8)(((u32)(B)<(u32)0x80)?(*(A)=(unsigned char)(B)),1:\ sqlite3PutVarint((A),(B))) #define getVarint sqlite3GetVarint #define putVarint sqlite3PutVarint SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3*, Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe*, Table*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity); SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(Table*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char*, i64*, int, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char*, i64*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3*, int, const char*,...); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SystemError(sqlite3*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3*, const char *z, int n); SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName(Parse *, Token *, Token *, Token **); #if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME) SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(sqlite3*,u8 enc, const char*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsBinary(const CollSeq*); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char*zName); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse*,Expr*,Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(Parse *pParse, Expr*, const Token*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse*,Expr*,const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *, CollSeq *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64*,i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64*,i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64*,i64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char*, char*); #else # define sqlite3FileSuffix3(X,Y) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetBoolean(const char *z,u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value*, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value*, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr(sqlite3_value*, int, const void *,u8, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *, const void*, int, u8); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3 *, Expr *, u8, u8, sqlite3_value **); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(sqlite3_value *, u8, u8); #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3StrBINARY[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[]; SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config; SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte; #endif #endif #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3NProfileCnt; #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3*, int, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse*, Token*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameColumn(Parse*, SrcList*, Token*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse*, const char*, ...); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect(Parse*, Expr *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(Parse *pParse, Select *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName(const char*, const char*, const char*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames(NameContext*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(NameContext*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(Parse*, Select*, NameContext*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(Parse*,Table*,int,Expr*,ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(Parse*, Select*, ExprList*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *, Table *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *, Token *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *, SrcList *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3RenameTokenMap(Parse*, void*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(Parse*, void *pTo, void *pFrom); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(Parse*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameExprlistUnmap(Parse*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(Parse*, u8, CollSeq *, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char*, Column*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse*, Token*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler*, sqlite3_file*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3*,int iDB); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3*,Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3*,Expr*,int*,char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *); SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *, Btree *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *); SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse*, Index*); SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(Parse*, ExprList*, int, int); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc(sqlite3 *, const char *, int, int, void *, void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*)(sqlite3_context*), void (*)(sqlite3_context*), void (*)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), FuncDestructor *pDestructor ); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NoopDestructor(void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomFault(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomClear(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3 *db, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum*, sqlite3*, char*, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest*,int,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *, SrcList *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *, Pgno, const u8 *); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse*, Expr*); #else # define sqlite3ExprCheckIN(x,y) SQLITE_OK #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue( Parse*,Index*,UnpackedRecord**,Expr*,int,int,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(Parse*, Expr*, u8, sqlite3_value**); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column(sqlite3*, const void*, int, int, sqlite3_value**); SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3*, Index*, int); #endif /* ** The interface to the LEMON-generated parser */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void*(*)(u64), Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree(void*, void(*)(void*)); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser(void*, int, Token); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserFallback(int); #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3*); #else # define sqlite3CloseExtensions(X) #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock(Parse *, int, int, u8, const char *); #else #define sqlite3TableLock(v,w,x,y,z) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char*); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE # define sqlite3VtabClear(Y) # define sqlite3VtabSync(X,Y) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3VtabRollback(X) # define sqlite3VtabCommit(X) # define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) 0 # define sqlite3VtabLock(X) # define sqlite3VtabUnlock(X) # define sqlite3VtabUnlockList(X) # define sqlite3VtabSavepoint(X, Y, Z) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3GetVTable(X,Y) ((VTable*)0) #else SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe*, sqlite3_vtab*); SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3*, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Module *sqlite3VtabCreateModule( sqlite3*, const char*, const sqlite3_module*, void*, void(*)(void*) ); # define sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ((db)->nVTrans>0 && (db)->aVTrans==0) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse*,Module*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3*,Module*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse*,Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(Parse*, Token*, Token*, Token*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse*, Token*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3*, int, const char *, char **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse*, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3*, int, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *, VTable *); SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(sqlite3 *,FuncDef*, int nArg, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe*, const char*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *, sqlite3_stmt *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(Parse*, ExprList*, const char*); SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(Parse *, Expr *, Expr *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3*); SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3*, int, int, int*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd(Parse*,With*,Token*,ExprList*,Select*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3*,With*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse*, With*, u8); #else #define sqlite3WithPush(x,y,z) #define sqlite3WithDelete(x,y) #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT SQLITE_PRIVATE Upsert *sqlite3UpsertNew(sqlite3*,ExprList*,Expr*,ExprList*,Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UpsertDelete(sqlite3*,Upsert*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Upsert *sqlite3UpsertDup(sqlite3*,Upsert*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UpsertAnalyzeTarget(Parse*,SrcList*,Upsert*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate(Parse*,Upsert*,Table*,Index*,int); #else #define sqlite3UpsertNew(v,w,x,y,z) ((Upsert*)0) #define sqlite3UpsertDelete(x,y) #define sqlite3UpsertDup(x,y) ((Upsert*)0) #endif /* Declarations for functions in fkey.c. All of these are replaced by ** no-op macros if OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is defined. In this case no foreign ** key functionality is available. If OMIT_TRIGGER is defined but ** OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY is not, only some of the functions are no-oped. In ** this case foreign keys are parsed, but no other functionality is ** provided (enforcement of FK constraints requires the triggers sub-system). */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck(Parse*, Table*, int, int, int*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse*, SrcList *, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions(Parse*, Table*, ExprList*, int, int*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired(Parse*, Table*, int*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask(Parse*, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *); #else #define sqlite3FkActions(a,b,c,d,e,f) #define sqlite3FkCheck(a,b,c,d,e,f) #define sqlite3FkDropTable(a,b,c) #define sqlite3FkOldmask(a,b) 0 #define sqlite3FkRequired(a,b,c,d) 0 #define sqlite3FkReferences(a) 0 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *, Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex(Parse*,Table*,FKey*,Index**,int**); #else #define sqlite3FkDelete(a,b) #define sqlite3FkLocateIndex(a,b,c,d,e) #endif /* ** Available fault injectors. Should be numbered beginning with 0. */ #define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_MALLOC 0 #define SQLITE_FAULTINJECTOR_COUNT 1 /* ** The interface to the code in fault.c used for identifying "benign" ** malloc failures. This is only present if SQLITE_UNTESTABLE ** is not defined. */ #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void); #else #define sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() #define sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() #endif /* ** Allowed return values from sqlite3FindInIndex() */ #define IN_INDEX_ROWID 1 /* Search the rowid of the table */ #define IN_INDEX_EPH 2 /* Search an ephemeral b-tree */ #define IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC 3 /* Existing index ASCENDING */ #define IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC 4 /* Existing index DESCENDING */ #define IN_INDEX_NOOP 5 /* No table available. Use comparisons */ /* ** Allowed flags for the 3rd parameter to sqlite3FindInIndex(). */ #define IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK 0x0001 /* OK to return IN_INDEX_NOOP */ #define IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP 0x0002 /* IN operator used for membership test */ #define IN_INDEX_LOOP 0x0004 /* IN operator used as a loop */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex(Parse *, Expr *, u32, int*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file *, int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *); #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(sqlite3_file *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p); #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int); #else #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0 #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *, sqlite3 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db); #else #define sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(x,y) #define sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(x) #define sqlite3ConnectionClosed(x) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE*, char *); #endif #if defined(YYCOVERAGE) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserCoverage(FILE*); #endif /* ** If the SQLITE_ENABLE IOTRACE exists then the global variable ** sqlite3IoTrace is a pointer to a printf-like routine used to ** print I/O tracing messages. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE # define IOTRACE(A) if( sqlite3IoTrace ){ sqlite3IoTrace A; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe*); SQLITE_API SQLITE_EXTERN void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*,...); #else # define IOTRACE(A) # define sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(X) #endif /* ** These routines are available for the mem2.c debugging memory allocator ** only. They are used to verify that different "types" of memory ** allocations are properly tracked by the system. ** ** sqlite3MemdebugSetType() sets the "type" of an allocation to one of ** the MEMTYPE_* macros defined below. The type must be a bitmask with ** a single bit set. ** ** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() returns true if any of the bits in its second ** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). ** sqlite3MemdebugHasType() is intended for use inside assert() statements. ** ** sqlite3MemdebugNoType() returns true if none of the bits in its second ** argument match the type set by the previous sqlite3MemdebugSetType(). ** ** Perhaps the most important point is the difference between MEMTYPE_HEAP ** and MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE. If an allocation is MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE, that means ** it might have been allocated by lookaside, except the allocation was ** too large or lookaside was already full. It is important to verify ** that allocations that might have been satisfied by lookaside are not ** passed back to non-lookaside free() routines. Asserts such as the ** example above are placed on the non-lookaside free() routines to verify ** this constraint. ** ** All of this is no-op for a production build. It only comes into ** play when the SQLITE_MEMDEBUG compile-time option is used. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void*,u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void*,u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void*,u8); #else # define sqlite3MemdebugSetType(X,Y) /* no-op */ # define sqlite3MemdebugHasType(X,Y) 1 # define sqlite3MemdebugNoType(X,Y) 1 #endif #define MEMTYPE_HEAP 0x01 /* General heap allocations */ #define MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE 0x02 /* Heap that might have been lookaside */ #define MEMTYPE_PCACHE 0x04 /* Page cache allocations */ /* ** Threading interface */ #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate(SQLiteThread**,void*(*)(void*),void*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread*, void**); #endif #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbpageRegister(sqlite3*); #endif #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbstatRegister(sqlite3*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprVectorSize(Expr *pExpr); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsVector(Expr *pExpr); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(Expr*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprForVectorField(Parse*,Expr*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(Parse*, Expr*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS SQLITE_PRIVATE const char **sqlite3CompileOptions(int *pnOpt); #endif #endif /* SQLITEINT_H */ /************** End of sqliteInt.h *******************************************/ /************** Begin file global.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 June 13 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains definitions of global variables and constants. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding ** lower-case character. ** ** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not ** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables ** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = { #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103, 104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121, 122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107, 108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125, 126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161, 162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179, 180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197, 198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215, 216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233, 234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251, 252,253,254,255 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */ 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */ 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */ 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */ 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */ 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */ 112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */ 128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */ 144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159, /* 9x */ 160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */ 176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */ 192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */ 208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */ 224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,234,235,236,237,238,239, /* Ex */ 240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255, /* Fx */ #endif }; /* ** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in ** equivalents to the following standard library functions: ** ** isspace() 0x01 ** isalpha() 0x02 ** isdigit() 0x04 ** isalnum() 0x06 ** isxdigit() 0x08 ** toupper() 0x20 ** SQLite identifier character 0x40 ** Quote character 0x80 ** ** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper ** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character. ** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent ** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as: ** ** (x & ~(map[x]&0x20)) ** ** The equivalent of tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[] ** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite. ** ** Bit 0x40 is set if the character is non-alphanumeric and can be used in an ** SQLite identifier. Identifiers are alphanumerics, "_", "$", and any ** non-ASCII UTF character. Hence the test for whether or not a character is ** part of an identifier is 0x46. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 00..07 ........ */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, /* 08..0f ........ */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 10..17 ........ */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 18..1f ........ */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x80, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, /* 20..27 !"#$%&' */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 28..2f ()*+,-./ */ 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, /* 30..37 01234567 */ 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 38..3f 89:;<=>? */ 0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02, /* 40..47 @ABCDEFG */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 48..4f HIJKLMNO */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 50..57 PQRSTUVW */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x40, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */ 0x80, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22, /* 60..67 `abcdefg */ 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 68..6f hijklmno */ 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 70..77 pqrstuvw */ 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 78..7f xyz{|}~. */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 80..87 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 88..8f ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 90..97 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* 98..9f ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a0..a7 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* a8..af ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b0..b7 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* b8..bf ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c0..c7 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* c8..cf ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d0..d7 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* d8..df ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e0..e7 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* e8..ef ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, /* f0..f7 ........ */ 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40, 0x40 /* f8..ff ........ */ }; #endif /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02982-34736 In order to maintain full backwards ** compatibility for legacy applications, the URI filename capability is ** disabled by default. ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-38799-08373 URI filenames can be enabled or disabled ** using the SQLITE_USE_URI=1 or SQLITE_USE_URI=0 compile-time options. ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-43642-56306 By default, URI handling is globally ** disabled. The default value may be changed by compiling with the ** SQLITE_USE_URI symbol defined. ** ** URI filenames are enabled by default if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC is ** enabled. */ #ifndef SQLITE_USE_URI # ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC # define SQLITE_USE_URI 1 # else # define SQLITE_USE_URI 0 # endif #endif /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-38720-18127 The default setting is determined by the ** SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN compile-time option, or is "on" if ** that compile-time option is omitted. */ #ifndef SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN # define SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN 1 #endif /* The minimum PMA size is set to this value multiplied by the database ** page size in bytes. */ #ifndef SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ # define SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ 250 #endif /* Statement journals spill to disk when their size exceeds the following ** threshold (in bytes). 0 means that statement journals are created and ** written to disk immediately (the default behavior for SQLite versions ** before 3.12.0). -1 means always keep the entire statement journal in ** memory. (The statement journal is also always held entirely in memory ** if journal_mode=MEMORY or if temp_store=MEMORY, regardless of this ** setting.) */ #ifndef SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL # define SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL (64*1024) #endif /* ** The default lookaside-configuration, the format "SZ,N". SZ is the ** number of bytes in each lookaside slot (should be a multiple of 8) ** and N is the number of slots. The lookaside-configuration can be ** changed as start-time using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE) ** or at run-time for an individual database connection using ** sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE); */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE 1200,100 #endif /* ** The following singleton contains the global configuration for ** the SQLite library. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = { SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */ 1, /* bCoreMutex */ SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */ SQLITE_USE_URI, /* bOpenUri */ SQLITE_ALLOW_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN, /* bUseCis */ 0, /* bSmallMalloc */ 0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */ 0, /* neverCorrupt */ SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOOKASIDE, /* szLookaside, nLookaside */ SQLITE_STMTJRNL_SPILL, /* nStmtSpill */ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */ {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},/* pcache2 */ (void*)0, /* pHeap */ 0, /* nHeap */ 0, 0, /* mnHeap, mxHeap */ SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE, /* szMmap */ SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE, /* mxMmap */ (void*)0, /* pPage */ 0, /* szPage */ SQLITE_DEFAULT_PCACHE_INITSZ, /* nPage */ 0, /* mxParserStack */ 0, /* sharedCacheEnabled */ SQLITE_SORTER_PMASZ, /* szPma */ /* All the rest should always be initialized to zero */ 0, /* isInit */ 0, /* inProgress */ 0, /* isMutexInit */ 0, /* isMallocInit */ 0, /* isPCacheInit */ 0, /* nRefInitMutex */ 0, /* pInitMutex */ 0, /* xLog */ 0, /* pLogArg */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG 0, /* xSqllog */ 0, /* pSqllogArg */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE 0, /* xVdbeBranch */ 0, /* pVbeBranchArg */ #endif #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE 0, /* xTestCallback */ #endif 0, /* bLocaltimeFault */ 0x7ffffffe, /* iOnceResetThreshold */ SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE /* szSorterRef */ }; /* ** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all ** database connections. After initialization, this table is ** read-only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDefHash sqlite3BuiltinFunctions; /* ** Constant tokens for values 0 and 1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const Token sqlite3IntTokens[] = { { "0", 1 }, { "1", 1 } }; #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE /* ** The following performance counter can be used in place of ** sqlite3Hwtime() for profiling. This is a no-op on standard builds. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3NProfileCnt = 0; #endif /* ** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the ** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses ** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts ** to read or write that page. The pending byte page is set aside ** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks. ** ** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to ** a different position in the file. This allows code that has to ** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller ** than 1 GiB. The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to ** move the pending byte. ** ** IMPORTANT: Changing the pending byte to any value other than ** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format! ** Changing the pending byte during operation will result in undefined ** and incorrect behavior. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000; #endif /* #include "opcodes.h" */ /* ** Properties of opcodes. The OPFLG_INITIALIZER macro is ** created by mkopcodeh.awk during compilation. Data is obtained ** from the comments following the "case OP_xxxx:" statements in ** the vdbe.c file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const unsigned char sqlite3OpcodeProperty[] = OPFLG_INITIALIZER; /* ** Name of the default collating sequence */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3StrBINARY[] = "BINARY"; /************** End of global.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file status.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 June 18 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related ** functionality. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /************** Include vdbeInt.h in the middle of status.c ******************/ /************** Begin file vdbeInt.h *****************************************/ /* ** 2003 September 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the header file for information that is private to the ** VDBE. This information used to all be at the top of the single ** source code file "vdbe.c". When that file became too big (over ** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and ** this header information was factored out. */ #ifndef SQLITE_VDBEINT_H #define SQLITE_VDBEINT_H /* ** The maximum number of times that a statement will try to reparse ** itself before giving up and returning SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY # define SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY 50 #endif /* ** VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 is true or false depending on whether or not the ** "explain" P4 display logic is enabled. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) \ || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 1 #else # define VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 0 #endif /* ** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be ** executed by a virtual machine. Each instruction is an instance ** of the following structure. */ typedef struct VdbeOp Op; /* ** Boolean values */ typedef unsigned Bool; /* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */ typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter; /* Elements of the linked list at Vdbe.pAuxData */ typedef struct AuxData AuxData; /* Types of VDBE cursors */ #define CURTYPE_BTREE 0 #define CURTYPE_SORTER 1 #define CURTYPE_VTAB 2 #define CURTYPE_PSEUDO 3 /* ** A VdbeCursor is an superclass (a wrapper) for various cursor objects: ** ** * A b-tree cursor ** - In the main database or in an ephemeral database ** - On either an index or a table ** * A sorter ** * A virtual table ** * A one-row "pseudotable" stored in a single register */ typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor; struct VdbeCursor { u8 eCurType; /* One of the CURTYPE_* values above */ i8 iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */ u8 nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */ u8 deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */ u8 isTable; /* True for rowid tables. False for indexes */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG u8 seekOp; /* Most recent seek operation on this cursor */ u8 wrFlag; /* The wrFlag argument to sqlite3BtreeCursor() */ #endif Bool isEphemeral:1; /* True for an ephemeral table */ Bool useRandomRowid:1; /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */ Bool isOrdered:1; /* True if the table is not BTREE_UNORDERED */ Bool seekHit:1; /* See the OP_SeekHit and OP_IfNoHope opcodes */ Btree *pBtx; /* Separate file holding temporary table */ i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */ int *aAltMap; /* Mapping from table to index column numbers */ /* Cached OP_Column parse information is only valid if cacheStatus matches ** Vdbe.cacheCtr. Vdbe.cacheCtr will never take on the value of ** CACHE_STALE (0) and so setting cacheStatus=CACHE_STALE guarantees that ** the cache is out of date. */ u32 cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */ int seekResult; /* Result of previous sqlite3BtreeMoveto() or 0 ** if there have been no prior seeks on the cursor. */ /* seekResult does not distinguish between "no seeks have ever occurred ** on this cursor" and "the most recent seek was an exact match". ** For CURTYPE_PSEUDO, seekResult is the register holding the record */ /* When a new VdbeCursor is allocated, only the fields above are zeroed. ** The fields that follow are uninitialized, and must be individually ** initialized prior to first use. */ VdbeCursor *pAltCursor; /* Associated index cursor from which to read */ union { BtCursor *pCursor; /* CURTYPE_BTREE or _PSEUDO. Btree cursor */ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur; /* CURTYPE_VTAB. Vtab cursor */ VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* CURTYPE_SORTER. Sorter object */ } uc; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */ u32 iHdrOffset; /* Offset to next unparsed byte of the header */ Pgno pgnoRoot; /* Root page of the open btree cursor */ i16 nField; /* Number of fields in the header */ u16 nHdrParsed; /* Number of header fields parsed so far */ i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */ u32 *aOffset; /* Pointer to aType[nField] */ const u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */ u32 payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */ u32 szRow; /* Byte available in aRow */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK u64 maskUsed; /* Mask of columns used by this cursor */ #endif /* 2*nField extra array elements allocated for aType[], beyond the one ** static element declared in the structure. nField total array slots for ** aType[] and nField+1 array slots for aOffset[] */ u32 aType[1]; /* Type values record decode. MUST BE LAST */ }; /* ** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheStatus that means the cache is always invalid. */ #define CACHE_STALE 0 /* ** When a sub-program is executed (OP_Program), a structure of this type ** is allocated to store the current value of the program counter, as ** well as the current memory cell array and various other frame specific ** values stored in the Vdbe struct. When the sub-program is finished, ** these values are copied back to the Vdbe from the VdbeFrame structure, ** restoring the state of the VM to as it was before the sub-program ** began executing. ** ** The memory for a VdbeFrame object is allocated and managed by a memory ** cell in the parent (calling) frame. When the memory cell is deleted or ** overwritten, the VdbeFrame object is not freed immediately. Instead, it ** is linked into the Vdbe.pDelFrame list. The contents of the Vdbe.pDelFrame ** list is deleted when the VM is reset in VdbeHalt(). The reason for doing ** this instead of deleting the VdbeFrame immediately is to avoid recursive ** calls to sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() when the memory cells belonging to the ** child frame are released. ** ** The currently executing frame is stored in Vdbe.pFrame. Vdbe.pFrame is ** set to NULL if the currently executing frame is the main program. */ typedef struct VdbeFrame VdbeFrame; struct VdbeFrame { Vdbe *v; /* VM this frame belongs to */ VdbeFrame *pParent; /* Parent of this frame, or NULL if parent is main */ Op *aOp; /* Program instructions for parent frame */ i64 *anExec; /* Event counters from parent frame */ Mem *aMem; /* Array of memory cells for parent frame */ VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* Array of Vdbe cursors for parent frame */ u8 *aOnce; /* Bitmask used by OP_Once */ void *token; /* Copy of SubProgram.token */ i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */ AuxData *pAuxData; /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */ #if SQLITE_DEBUG u32 iFrameMagic; /* magic number for sanity checking */ #endif int nCursor; /* Number of entries in apCsr */ int pc; /* Program Counter in parent (calling) frame */ int nOp; /* Size of aOp array */ int nMem; /* Number of entries in aMem */ int nChildMem; /* Number of memory cells for child frame */ int nChildCsr; /* Number of cursors for child frame */ int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChange) */ int nDbChange; /* Value of db->nChange */ }; /* Magic number for sanity checking on VdbeFrame objects */ #define SQLITE_FRAME_MAGIC 0x879fb71e /* ** Return a pointer to the array of registers allocated for use ** by a VdbeFrame. */ #define VdbeFrameMem(p) ((Mem *)&((u8 *)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame))]) /* ** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem ** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string, ** integer etc.) of the same value. */ struct sqlite3_value { union MemValue { double r; /* Real value used when MEM_Real is set in flags */ i64 i; /* Integer value used when MEM_Int is set in flags */ int nZero; /* Extra zero bytes when MEM_Zero and MEM_Blob set */ const char *zPType; /* Pointer type when MEM_Term|MEM_Subtype|MEM_Null */ FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */ } u; u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */ u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */ u8 eSubtype; /* Subtype for this value */ int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */ char *z; /* String or BLOB value */ /* ShallowCopy only needs to copy the information above */ char *zMalloc; /* Space to hold MEM_Str or MEM_Blob if szMalloc>0 */ int szMalloc; /* Size of the zMalloc allocation */ u32 uTemp; /* Transient storage for serial_type in OP_MakeRecord */ sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */ void (*xDel)(void*);/* Destructor for Mem.z - only valid if MEM_Dyn */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG Mem *pScopyFrom; /* This Mem is a shallow copy of pScopyFrom */ u16 mScopyFlags; /* flags value immediately after the shallow copy */ #endif }; /* ** Size of struct Mem not including the Mem.zMalloc member or anything that ** follows. */ #define MEMCELLSIZE offsetof(Mem,zMalloc) /* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK ** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct. ** ** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value. ** For a pointer type created using sqlite3_bind_pointer() or ** sqlite3_result_pointer() the MEM_Term and MEM_Subtype flags are also set. ** ** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation. ** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main ** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also ** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real ** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag. */ #define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL (or a pointer) */ #define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */ #define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */ #define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */ #define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */ #define MEM_AffMask 0x001f /* Mask of affinity bits */ /* Available 0x0020 */ /* Available 0x0040 */ #define MEM_Undefined 0x0080 /* Value is undefined */ #define MEM_Cleared 0x0100 /* NULL set by OP_Null, not from data */ #define MEM_TypeMask 0xc1ff /* Mask of type bits */ /* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of ** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management ** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the ** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated */ #define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String in Mem.z is zero terminated */ #define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call Mem.xDel() on Mem.z */ #define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */ #define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */ #define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */ #define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */ #define MEM_Subtype 0x8000 /* Mem.eSubtype is valid */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB #undef MEM_Zero #define MEM_Zero 0x0000 #endif /* Return TRUE if Mem X contains dynamically allocated content - anything ** that needs to be deallocated to avoid a leak. */ #define VdbeMemDynamic(X) \ (((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn))!=0) /* ** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f */ #define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \ ((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f) /* ** Return true if a memory cell is not marked as invalid. This macro ** is for use inside assert() statements only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG #define memIsValid(M) ((M)->flags & MEM_Undefined)==0 #endif /* ** Each auxiliary data pointer stored by a user defined function ** implementation calling sqlite3_set_auxdata() is stored in an instance ** of this structure. All such structures associated with a single VM ** are stored in a linked list headed at Vdbe.pAuxData. All are destroyed ** when the VM is halted (if not before). */ struct AuxData { int iAuxOp; /* Instruction number of OP_Function opcode */ int iAuxArg; /* Index of function argument. */ void *pAux; /* Aux data pointer */ void (*xDeleteAux)(void*); /* Destructor for the aux data */ AuxData *pNextAux; /* Next element in list */ }; /* ** The "context" argument for an installable function. A pointer to an ** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used ** implement the SQL functions. ** ** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines, ** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure. ** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this ** structure are known. ** ** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures ** (Mem) which are only defined there. */ struct sqlite3_context { Mem *pOut; /* The return value is stored here */ FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information */ Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */ Vdbe *pVdbe; /* The VM that owns this context */ int iOp; /* Instruction number of OP_Function */ int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */ u8 skipFlag; /* Skip accumulator loading if true */ u8 argc; /* Number of arguments */ sqlite3_value *argv[1]; /* Argument set */ }; /* A bitfield type for use inside of structures. Always follow with :N where ** N is the number of bits. */ typedef unsigned bft; /* Bit Field Type */ typedef struct ScanStatus ScanStatus; struct ScanStatus { int addrExplain; /* OP_Explain for loop */ int addrLoop; /* Address of "loops" counter */ int addrVisit; /* Address of "rows visited" counter */ int iSelectID; /* The "Select-ID" for this loop */ LogEst nEst; /* Estimated output rows per loop */ char *zName; /* Name of table or index */ }; /* ** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete ** state of the virtual machine. ** ** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_prepare() ** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure. */ struct Vdbe { sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection that owns this statement */ Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context used to create this Vdbe */ ynVar nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */ u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */ int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */ int nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */ u32 cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */ int pc; /* The program counter */ int rc; /* Value to return */ int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */ int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */ i64 iCurrentTime; /* Value of julianday('now') for this statement */ i64 nFkConstraint; /* Number of imm. FK constraints this VM */ i64 nStmtDefCons; /* Number of def. constraints when stmt started */ i64 nStmtDefImmCons; /* Number of def. imm constraints when stmt started */ /* When allocating a new Vdbe object, all of the fields below should be ** initialized to zero or NULL */ Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */ Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */ Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */ Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */ Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */ char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */ VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */ Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */ VList *pVList; /* Name of variables */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */ #endif int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG int rcApp; /* errcode set by sqlite3_result_error_code() */ u32 nWrite; /* Number of write operations that have occurred */ #endif u16 nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */ u8 errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */ u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */ u8 prepFlags; /* SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ bft expired:2; /* 1: recompile VM immediately 2: when convenient */ bft explain:2; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */ bft doingRerun:1; /* True if rerunning after an auto-reprepare */ bft changeCntOn:1; /* True to update the change-counter */ bft runOnlyOnce:1; /* Automatically expire on reset */ bft usesStmtJournal:1; /* True if uses a statement journal */ bft readOnly:1; /* True for statements that do not write */ bft bIsReader:1; /* True for statements that read */ yDbMask btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */ yDbMask lockMask; /* Subset of btreeMask that requires a lock */ u32 aCounter[7]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */ char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */ void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Parent frame */ VdbeFrame *pDelFrame; /* List of frame objects to free on VM reset */ int nFrame; /* Number of frames in pFrame list */ u32 expmask; /* Binding to these vars invalidates VM */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Linked list of all sub-programs used by VM */ AuxData *pAuxData; /* Linked list of auxdata allocations */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS i64 *anExec; /* Number of times each op has been executed */ int nScan; /* Entries in aScan[] */ ScanStatus *aScan; /* Scan definitions for sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() */ #endif }; /* ** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic */ #define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x16bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */ #define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0x2df20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */ #define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x319c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */ #define VDBE_MAGIC_RESET 0x48fa9f76 /* Reset and ready to run again */ #define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0x5606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */ /* ** Structure used to store the context required by the ** sqlite3_preupdate_*() API functions. */ struct PreUpdate { Vdbe *v; VdbeCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to read old values from */ int op; /* One of SQLITE_INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE */ u8 *aRecord; /* old.* database record */ KeyInfo keyinfo; UnpackedRecord *pUnpacked; /* Unpacked version of aRecord[] */ UnpackedRecord *pNewUnpacked; /* Unpacked version of new.* record */ int iNewReg; /* Register for new.* values */ i64 iKey1; /* First key value passed to hook */ i64 iKey2; /* Second key value passed to hook */ Mem *aNew; /* Array of new.* values */ Table *pTab; /* Schema object being upated */ Index *pPk; /* PK index if pTab is WITHOUT ROWID */ }; /* ** Function prototypes */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe*, const char *, ...); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*); void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor**, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int, u32*); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, Mem*, u32); SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(sqlite3*, AuxData**, int, int); int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(sqlite3*,VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3*, BtCursor*, i64*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64); #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT # define sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64 #else SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetPointer(Mem*, void*, const char*, void(*)(void*)); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem*,sqlite3*,u16); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(const Mem*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, u8, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(Mem*, int ifNull); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem*,u8,u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,u32,u32,Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemAggValue(Mem*, Mem*, FuncDef*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int n); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameIsValid(VdbeFrame*); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameMemDel(void*); /* Destructor on Mem */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*); /* Actually deletes the Frame */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(Vdbe*,VdbeCursor*,int,const char*,Table*,i64,int); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, int, VdbeCursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *, VdbeSorter *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, const VdbeCursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(const VdbeCursor *, Mem *, int, int *); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(Vdbe*, VdbeCursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(Vdbe*); #else # define sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(V,C) # define sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(V) #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*); #else # define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X) #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*); #else # define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe*,Mem*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem*); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *, int); #else # define sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p,i) 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *); #define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0) #else #define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK #define ExpandBlob(P) SQLITE_OK #endif #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_VDBEINT_H) */ /************** End of vdbeInt.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in status.c *********************/ /* ** Variables in which to record status information. */ #if SQLITE_PTRSIZE>4 typedef sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatValueType; #else typedef u32 sqlite3StatValueType; #endif typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType; static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType { sqlite3StatValueType nowValue[10]; /* Current value */ sqlite3StatValueType mxValue[10]; /* Maximum value */ } sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} }; /* ** Elements of sqlite3Stat[] are protected by either the memory allocator ** mutex, or by the pcache1 mutex. The following array determines which. */ static const char statMutex[] = { 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED */ 1, /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED */ 1, /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW */ 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED */ 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW */ 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE */ 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK */ 1, /* SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE */ 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE */ 0, /* SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT */ }; /* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly ** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD # define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat) # define wsdStat x[0] #else # define wsdStatInit # define wsdStat sqlite3Stat #endif /* ** Return the current value of a status parameter. The caller must ** be holding the appropriate mutex. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StatusValue(int op){ wsdStatInit; assert( op>=0 && op=0 && op=0 && op=0 && opwsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StatusDown(int op, int N){ wsdStatInit; assert( N>=0 ); assert( op>=0 && op=0 && op=0 ); newValue = (sqlite3StatValueType)X; assert( op>=0 && op=0 && opwsdStat.mxValue[op] ){ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = newValue; } } /* ** Query status information. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status64( int op, sqlite3_int64 *pCurrent, sqlite3_int64 *pHighwater, int resetFlag ){ sqlite3_mutex *pMutex; wsdStatInit; if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( pCurrent==0 || pHighwater==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif pMutex = statMutex[op] ? sqlite3Pcache1Mutex() : sqlite3MallocMutex(); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMutex); *pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; *pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op]; if( resetFlag ){ wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op]; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMutex); (void)pMutex; /* Prevent warning when SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0 */ return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){ sqlite3_int64 iCur = 0, iHwtr = 0; int rc; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( pCurrent==0 || pHighwater==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif rc = sqlite3_status64(op, &iCur, &iHwtr, resetFlag); if( rc==0 ){ *pCurrent = (int)iCur; *pHighwater = (int)iHwtr; } return rc; } /* ** Return the number of LookasideSlot elements on the linked list */ static u32 countLookasideSlots(LookasideSlot *p){ u32 cnt = 0; while( p ){ p = p->pNext; cnt++; } return cnt; } /* ** Count the number of slots of lookaside memory that are outstanding */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3LookasideUsed(sqlite3 *db, int *pHighwater){ u32 nInit = countLookasideSlots(db->lookaside.pInit); u32 nFree = countLookasideSlots(db->lookaside.pFree); if( pHighwater ) *pHighwater = db->lookaside.nSlot - nInit; return db->lookaside.nSlot - (nInit+nFree); } /* ** Query status information for a single database connection */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_status( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection whose status is desired */ int op, /* Status verb */ int *pCurrent, /* Write current value here */ int *pHighwater, /* Write high-water mark here */ int resetFlag /* Reset high-water mark if true */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || pCurrent==0|| pHighwater==0 ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); switch( op ){ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: { *pCurrent = sqlite3LookasideUsed(db, pHighwater); if( resetFlag ){ LookasideSlot *p = db->lookaside.pFree; if( p ){ while( p->pNext ) p = p->pNext; p->pNext = db->lookaside.pInit; db->lookaside.pInit = db->lookaside.pFree; db->lookaside.pFree = 0; } } break; } case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT: case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE: case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL: { testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT ); testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_SIZE ); testcase( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_MISS_FULL ); assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)>=0 ); assert( (op-SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT)<3 ); *pCurrent = 0; *pHighwater = db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT]; if( resetFlag ){ db->lookaside.anStat[op - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_HIT] = 0; } break; } /* ** Return an approximation for the amount of memory currently used ** by all pagers associated with the given database connection. The ** highwater mark is meaningless and is returned as zero. */ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED: case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED: { int totalUsed = 0; int i; sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); int nByte = sqlite3PagerMemUsed(pPager); if( op==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_USED_SHARED ){ nByte = nByte / sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(pBt); } totalUsed += nByte; } } sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); *pCurrent = totalUsed; *pHighwater = 0; break; } /* ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used ** to store the schema for all databases (main, temp, and any ATTACHed ** databases. *pHighwater is set to zero. */ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_SCHEMA_USED: { int i; /* Used to iterate through schemas */ int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; if( ALWAYS(pSchema!=0) ){ HashElem *p; nByte += sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(sizeof(HashElem)) * ( pSchema->tblHash.count + pSchema->trigHash.count + pSchema->idxHash.count + pSchema->fkeyHash.count ); nByte += sqlite3_msize(pSchema->tblHash.ht); nByte += sqlite3_msize(pSchema->trigHash.ht); nByte += sqlite3_msize(pSchema->idxHash.ht); nByte += sqlite3_msize(pSchema->fkeyHash.ht); for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(p)); } for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, (Table *)sqliteHashData(p)); } } } db->pnBytesFreed = 0; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); *pHighwater = 0; *pCurrent = nByte; break; } /* ** *pCurrent gets an accurate estimate of the amount of memory used ** to store all prepared statements. ** *pHighwater is set to zero. */ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_STMT_USED: { struct Vdbe *pVdbe; /* Used to iterate through VMs */ int nByte = 0; /* Used to accumulate return value */ db->pnBytesFreed = &nByte; for(pVdbe=db->pVdbe; pVdbe; pVdbe=pVdbe->pNext){ sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe); sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe); } db->pnBytesFreed = 0; *pHighwater = 0; /* IMP: R-64479-57858 */ *pCurrent = nByte; break; } /* ** Set *pCurrent to the total cache hits or misses encountered by all ** pagers the database handle is connected to. *pHighwater is always set ** to zero. */ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL: op = SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1; /* Fall through into the next case */ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT: case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS: case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE:{ int i; int nRet = 0; assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1 ); assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2 ); for(i=0; inDb; i++){ if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[i].pBt); sqlite3PagerCacheStat(pPager, op, resetFlag, &nRet); } } *pHighwater = 0; /* IMP: R-42420-56072 */ /* IMP: R-54100-20147 */ /* IMP: R-29431-39229 */ *pCurrent = nRet; break; } /* Set *pCurrent to non-zero if there are unresolved deferred foreign ** key constraints. Set *pCurrent to zero if all foreign key constraints ** have been satisfied. The *pHighwater is always set to zero. */ case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_DEFERRED_FKS: { *pHighwater = 0; /* IMP: R-11967-56545 */ *pCurrent = db->nDeferredImmCons>0 || db->nDeferredCons>0; break; } default: { rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /************** End of status.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file date.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2003 October 31 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement date and time ** functions for SQLite. ** ** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function ** sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions() found at the bottom of the file. ** All other code has file scope. ** ** SQLite processes all times and dates as julian day numbers. The ** dates and times are stored as the number of days since noon ** in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C. according to the Gregorian ** calendar system. ** ** 1970-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2440587.5 ** 2000-01-01 00:00:00 is JD 2451544.5 ** ** This implementation requires years to be expressed as a 4-digit number ** which means that only dates between 0000-01-01 and 9999-12-31 can ** be represented, even though julian day numbers allow a much wider ** range of dates. ** ** The Gregorian calendar system is used for all dates and times, ** even those that predate the Gregorian calendar. Historians usually ** use the julian calendar for dates prior to 1582-10-15 and for some ** dates afterwards, depending on locale. Beware of this difference. ** ** The conversion algorithms are implemented based on descriptions ** in the following text: ** ** Jean Meeus ** Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998 ** ISBN 0-943396-61-1 ** Willmann-Bell, Inc ** Richmond, Virginia (USA) */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include */ /* #include */ #include #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS /* ** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function. ** So declare a substitute. The substitute function itself is ** defined in "os_win.c". */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME) && defined(_WIN32_WCE) && \ (!defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *); #endif /* ** A structure for holding a single date and time. */ typedef struct DateTime DateTime; struct DateTime { sqlite3_int64 iJD; /* The julian day number times 86400000 */ int Y, M, D; /* Year, month, and day */ int h, m; /* Hour and minutes */ int tz; /* Timezone offset in minutes */ double s; /* Seconds */ char validJD; /* True (1) if iJD is valid */ char rawS; /* Raw numeric value stored in s */ char validYMD; /* True (1) if Y,M,D are valid */ char validHMS; /* True (1) if h,m,s are valid */ char validTZ; /* True (1) if tz is valid */ char tzSet; /* Timezone was set explicitly */ char isError; /* An overflow has occurred */ }; /* ** Convert zDate into one or more integers according to the conversion ** specifier zFormat. ** ** zFormat[] contains 4 characters for each integer converted, except for ** the last integer which is specified by three characters. The meaning ** of a four-character format specifiers ABCD is: ** ** A: number of digits to convert. Always "2" or "4". ** B: minimum value. Always "0" or "1". ** C: maximum value, decoded as: ** a: 12 ** b: 14 ** c: 24 ** d: 31 ** e: 59 ** f: 9999 ** D: the separator character, or \000 to indicate this is the ** last number to convert. ** ** Example: To translate an ISO-8601 date YYYY-MM-DD, the format would ** be "40f-21a-20c". The "40f-" indicates the 4-digit year followed by "-". ** The "21a-" indicates the 2-digit month followed by "-". The "20c" indicates ** the 2-digit day which is the last integer in the set. ** ** The function returns the number of successful conversions. */ static int getDigits(const char *zDate, const char *zFormat, ...){ /* The aMx[] array translates the 3rd character of each format ** spec into a max size: a b c d e f */ static const u16 aMx[] = { 12, 14, 24, 31, 59, 9999 }; va_list ap; int cnt = 0; char nextC; va_start(ap, zFormat); do{ char N = zFormat[0] - '0'; char min = zFormat[1] - '0'; int val = 0; u16 max; assert( zFormat[2]>='a' && zFormat[2]<='f' ); max = aMx[zFormat[2] - 'a']; nextC = zFormat[3]; val = 0; while( N-- ){ if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ goto end_getDigits; } val = val*10 + *zDate - '0'; zDate++; } if( val<(int)min || val>(int)max || (nextC!=0 && nextC!=*zDate) ){ goto end_getDigits; } *va_arg(ap,int*) = val; zDate++; cnt++; zFormat += 4; }while( nextC ); end_getDigits: va_end(ap); return cnt; } /* ** Parse a timezone extension on the end of a date-time. ** The extension is of the form: ** ** (+/-)HH:MM ** ** Or the "zulu" notation: ** ** Z ** ** If the parse is successful, write the number of minutes ** of change in p->tz and return 0. If a parser error occurs, ** return non-zero. ** ** A missing specifier is not considered an error. */ static int parseTimezone(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ int sgn = 0; int nHr, nMn; int c; while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } p->tz = 0; c = *zDate; if( c=='-' ){ sgn = -1; }else if( c=='+' ){ sgn = +1; }else if( c=='Z' || c=='z' ){ zDate++; goto zulu_time; }else{ return c!=0; } zDate++; if( getDigits(zDate, "20b:20e", &nHr, &nMn)!=2 ){ return 1; } zDate += 5; p->tz = sgn*(nMn + nHr*60); zulu_time: while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) ){ zDate++; } p->tzSet = 1; return *zDate!=0; } /* ** Parse times of the form HH:MM or HH:MM:SS or HH:MM:SS.FFFF. ** The HH, MM, and SS must each be exactly 2 digits. The ** fractional seconds FFFF can be one or more digits. ** ** Return 1 if there is a parsing error and 0 on success. */ static int parseHhMmSs(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ int h, m, s; double ms = 0.0; if( getDigits(zDate, "20c:20e", &h, &m)!=2 ){ return 1; } zDate += 5; if( *zDate==':' ){ zDate++; if( getDigits(zDate, "20e", &s)!=1 ){ return 1; } zDate += 2; if( *zDate=='.' && sqlite3Isdigit(zDate[1]) ){ double rScale = 1.0; zDate++; while( sqlite3Isdigit(*zDate) ){ ms = ms*10.0 + *zDate - '0'; rScale *= 10.0; zDate++; } ms /= rScale; } }else{ s = 0; } p->validJD = 0; p->rawS = 0; p->validHMS = 1; p->h = h; p->m = m; p->s = s + ms; if( parseTimezone(zDate, p) ) return 1; p->validTZ = (p->tz!=0)?1:0; return 0; } /* ** Put the DateTime object into its error state. */ static void datetimeError(DateTime *p){ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); p->isError = 1; } /* ** Convert from YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS to julian day. We always assume ** that the YYYY-MM-DD is according to the Gregorian calendar. ** ** Reference: Meeus page 61 */ static void computeJD(DateTime *p){ int Y, M, D, A, B, X1, X2; if( p->validJD ) return; if( p->validYMD ){ Y = p->Y; M = p->M; D = p->D; }else{ Y = 2000; /* If no YMD specified, assume 2000-Jan-01 */ M = 1; D = 1; } if( Y<-4713 || Y>9999 || p->rawS ){ datetimeError(p); return; } if( M<=2 ){ Y--; M += 12; } A = Y/100; B = 2 - A + (A/4); X1 = 36525*(Y+4716)/100; X2 = 306001*(M+1)/10000; p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)((X1 + X2 + D + B - 1524.5 ) * 86400000); p->validJD = 1; if( p->validHMS ){ p->iJD += p->h*3600000 + p->m*60000 + (sqlite3_int64)(p->s*1000); if( p->validTZ ){ p->iJD -= p->tz*60000; p->validYMD = 0; p->validHMS = 0; p->validTZ = 0; } } } /* ** Parse dates of the form ** ** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF ** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS ** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM ** YYYY-MM-DD ** ** Write the result into the DateTime structure and return 0 ** on success and 1 if the input string is not a well-formed ** date. */ static int parseYyyyMmDd(const char *zDate, DateTime *p){ int Y, M, D, neg; if( zDate[0]=='-' ){ zDate++; neg = 1; }else{ neg = 0; } if( getDigits(zDate, "40f-21a-21d", &Y, &M, &D)!=3 ){ return 1; } zDate += 10; while( sqlite3Isspace(*zDate) || 'T'==*(u8*)zDate ){ zDate++; } if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ /* We got the time */ }else if( *zDate==0 ){ p->validHMS = 0; }else{ return 1; } p->validJD = 0; p->validYMD = 1; p->Y = neg ? -Y : Y; p->M = M; p->D = D; if( p->validTZ ){ computeJD(p); } return 0; } /* ** Set the time to the current time reported by the VFS. ** ** Return the number of errors. */ static int setDateTimeToCurrent(sqlite3_context *context, DateTime *p){ p->iJD = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context); if( p->iJD>0 ){ p->validJD = 1; return 0; }else{ return 1; } } /* ** Input "r" is a numeric quantity which might be a julian day number, ** or the number of seconds since 1970. If the value if r is within ** range of a julian day number, install it as such and set validJD. ** If the value is a valid unix timestamp, put it in p->s and set p->rawS. */ static void setRawDateNumber(DateTime *p, double r){ p->s = r; p->rawS = 1; if( r>=0.0 && r<5373484.5 ){ p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0 + 0.5); p->validJD = 1; } } /* ** Attempt to parse the given string into a julian day number. Return ** the number of errors. ** ** The following are acceptable forms for the input string: ** ** YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS.FFF +/-HH:MM ** DDDD.DD ** now ** ** In the first form, the +/-HH:MM is always optional. The fractional ** seconds extension (the ".FFF") is optional. The seconds portion ** (":SS.FFF") is option. The year and date can be omitted as long ** as there is a time string. The time string can be omitted as long ** as there is a year and date. */ static int parseDateOrTime( sqlite3_context *context, const char *zDate, DateTime *p ){ double r; if( parseYyyyMmDd(zDate,p)==0 ){ return 0; }else if( parseHhMmSs(zDate, p)==0 ){ return 0; }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zDate,"now")==0 && sqlite3NotPureFunc(context) ){ return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); }else if( sqlite3AtoF(zDate, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(zDate), SQLITE_UTF8) ){ setRawDateNumber(p, r); return 0; } return 1; } /* The julian day number for 9999-12-31 23:59:59.999 is 5373484.4999999. ** Multiplying this by 86400000 gives 464269060799999 as the maximum value ** for DateTime.iJD. ** ** But some older compilers (ex: gcc 4.2.1 on older Macs) cannot deal with ** such a large integer literal, so we have to encode it. */ #define INT_464269060799999 ((((i64)0x1a640)<<32)|0x1072fdff) /* ** Return TRUE if the given julian day number is within range. ** ** The input is the JulianDay times 86400000. */ static int validJulianDay(sqlite3_int64 iJD){ return iJD>=0 && iJD<=INT_464269060799999; } /* ** Compute the Year, Month, and Day from the julian day number. */ static void computeYMD(DateTime *p){ int Z, A, B, C, D, E, X1; if( p->validYMD ) return; if( !p->validJD ){ p->Y = 2000; p->M = 1; p->D = 1; }else if( !validJulianDay(p->iJD) ){ datetimeError(p); return; }else{ Z = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000)/86400000); A = (int)((Z - 1867216.25)/36524.25); A = Z + 1 + A - (A/4); B = A + 1524; C = (int)((B - 122.1)/365.25); D = (36525*(C&32767))/100; E = (int)((B-D)/30.6001); X1 = (int)(30.6001*E); p->D = B - D - X1; p->M = E<14 ? E-1 : E-13; p->Y = p->M>2 ? C - 4716 : C - 4715; } p->validYMD = 1; } /* ** Compute the Hour, Minute, and Seconds from the julian day number. */ static void computeHMS(DateTime *p){ int s; if( p->validHMS ) return; computeJD(p); s = (int)((p->iJD + 43200000) % 86400000); p->s = s/1000.0; s = (int)p->s; p->s -= s; p->h = s/3600; s -= p->h*3600; p->m = s/60; p->s += s - p->m*60; p->rawS = 0; p->validHMS = 1; } /* ** Compute both YMD and HMS */ static void computeYMD_HMS(DateTime *p){ computeYMD(p); computeHMS(p); } /* ** Clear the YMD and HMS and the TZ */ static void clearYMD_HMS_TZ(DateTime *p){ p->validYMD = 0; p->validHMS = 0; p->validTZ = 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME /* ** On recent Windows platforms, the localtime_s() function is available ** as part of the "Secure CRT". It is essentially equivalent to ** localtime_r() available under most POSIX platforms, except that the ** order of the parameters is reversed. ** ** See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/a442x3ye(VS.80).aspx. ** ** If the user has not indicated to use localtime_r() or localtime_s() ** already, check for an MSVC build environment that provides ** localtime_s(). */ #if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S \ && defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_CRT_INSECURE_DEPRECATE) #undef HAVE_LOCALTIME_S #define HAVE_LOCALTIME_S 1 #endif /* ** The following routine implements the rough equivalent of localtime_r() ** using whatever operating-system specific localtime facility that ** is available. This routine returns 0 on success and ** non-zero on any kind of error. ** ** If the sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault variable is true then this ** routine will always fail. ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-62172-00036 In this implementation, the standard C ** library function localtime_r() is used to assist in the calculation of ** local time. */ static int osLocaltime(time_t *t, struct tm *pTm){ int rc; #if !HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && !HAVE_LOCALTIME_S struct tm *pX; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); pX = localtime(t); #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) pX = 0; #endif if( pX ) *pTm = *pX; sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); rc = pX==0; #else #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault ) return 1; #endif #if HAVE_LOCALTIME_R rc = localtime_r(t, pTm)==0; #else rc = localtime_s(pTm, t); #endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R */ #endif /* HAVE_LOCALTIME_R || HAVE_LOCALTIME_S */ return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME /* ** Compute the difference (in milliseconds) between localtime and UTC ** (a.k.a. GMT) for the time value p where p is in UTC. If no error occurs, ** return this value and set *pRc to SQLITE_OK. ** ** Or, if an error does occur, set *pRc to SQLITE_ERROR. The returned value ** is undefined in this case. */ static sqlite3_int64 localtimeOffset( DateTime *p, /* Date at which to calculate offset */ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Write error here if one occurs */ int *pRc /* OUT: Error code. SQLITE_OK or ERROR */ ){ DateTime x, y; time_t t; struct tm sLocal; /* Initialize the contents of sLocal to avoid a compiler warning. */ memset(&sLocal, 0, sizeof(sLocal)); x = *p; computeYMD_HMS(&x); if( x.Y<1971 || x.Y>=2038 ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55269-29598 The localtime_r() C function normally only ** works for years between 1970 and 2037. For dates outside this range, ** SQLite attempts to map the year into an equivalent year within this ** range, do the calculation, then map the year back. */ x.Y = 2000; x.M = 1; x.D = 1; x.h = 0; x.m = 0; x.s = 0.0; } else { int s = (int)(x.s + 0.5); x.s = s; } x.tz = 0; x.validJD = 0; computeJD(&x); t = (time_t)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000); if( osLocaltime(&t, &sLocal) ){ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "local time unavailable", -1); *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR; return 0; } y.Y = sLocal.tm_year + 1900; y.M = sLocal.tm_mon + 1; y.D = sLocal.tm_mday; y.h = sLocal.tm_hour; y.m = sLocal.tm_min; y.s = sLocal.tm_sec; y.validYMD = 1; y.validHMS = 1; y.validJD = 0; y.rawS = 0; y.validTZ = 0; y.isError = 0; computeJD(&y); *pRc = SQLITE_OK; return y.iJD - x.iJD; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME */ /* ** The following table defines various date transformations of the form ** ** 'NNN days' ** ** Where NNN is an arbitrary floating-point number and "days" can be one ** of several units of time. */ static const struct { u8 eType; /* Transformation type code */ u8 nName; /* Length of th name */ char *zName; /* Name of the transformation */ double rLimit; /* Maximum NNN value for this transform */ double rXform; /* Constant used for this transform */ } aXformType[] = { { 0, 6, "second", 464269060800.0, 86400000.0/(24.0*60.0*60.0) }, { 0, 6, "minute", 7737817680.0, 86400000.0/(24.0*60.0) }, { 0, 4, "hour", 128963628.0, 86400000.0/24.0 }, { 0, 3, "day", 5373485.0, 86400000.0 }, { 1, 5, "month", 176546.0, 30.0*86400000.0 }, { 2, 4, "year", 14713.0, 365.0*86400000.0 }, }; /* ** Process a modifier to a date-time stamp. The modifiers are ** as follows: ** ** NNN days ** NNN hours ** NNN minutes ** NNN.NNNN seconds ** NNN months ** NNN years ** start of month ** start of year ** start of week ** start of day ** weekday N ** unixepoch ** localtime ** utc ** ** Return 0 on success and 1 if there is any kind of error. If the error ** is in a system call (i.e. localtime()), then an error message is written ** to context pCtx. If the error is an unrecognized modifier, no error is ** written to pCtx. */ static int parseModifier( sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */ const char *z, /* The text of the modifier */ int n, /* Length of zMod in bytes */ DateTime *p /* The date/time value to be modified */ ){ int rc = 1; double r; switch(sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)z[0]] ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME case 'l': { /* localtime ** ** Assuming the current time value is UTC (a.k.a. GMT), shift it to ** show local time. */ if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, "localtime")==0 && sqlite3NotPureFunc(pCtx) ){ computeJD(p); p->iJD += localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); } break; } #endif case 'u': { /* ** unixepoch ** ** Treat the current value of p->s as the number of ** seconds since 1970. Convert to a real julian day number. */ if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, "unixepoch")==0 && p->rawS ){ r = p->s*1000.0 + 210866760000000.0; if( r>=0.0 && r<464269060800000.0 ){ clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); p->iJD = (sqlite3_int64)r; p->validJD = 1; p->rawS = 0; rc = 0; } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME else if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, "utc")==0 && sqlite3NotPureFunc(pCtx) ){ if( p->tzSet==0 ){ sqlite3_int64 c1; computeJD(p); c1 = localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->iJD -= c1; clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); p->iJD += c1 - localtimeOffset(p, pCtx, &rc); } p->tzSet = 1; }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } #endif break; } case 'w': { /* ** weekday N ** ** Move the date to the same time on the next occurrence of ** weekday N where 0==Sunday, 1==Monday, and so forth. If the ** date is already on the appropriate weekday, this is a no-op. */ if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "weekday ", 8)==0 && sqlite3AtoF(&z[8], &r, sqlite3Strlen30(&z[8]), SQLITE_UTF8) && (n=(int)r)==r && n>=0 && r<7 ){ sqlite3_int64 Z; computeYMD_HMS(p); p->validTZ = 0; p->validJD = 0; computeJD(p); Z = ((p->iJD + 129600000)/86400000) % 7; if( Z>n ) Z -= 7; p->iJD += (n - Z)*86400000; clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); rc = 0; } break; } case 's': { /* ** start of TTTTT ** ** Move the date backwards to the beginning of the current day, ** or month or year. */ if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "start of ", 9)!=0 ) break; if( !p->validJD && !p->validYMD && !p->validHMS ) break; z += 9; computeYMD(p); p->validHMS = 1; p->h = p->m = 0; p->s = 0.0; p->rawS = 0; p->validTZ = 0; p->validJD = 0; if( sqlite3_stricmp(z,"month")==0 ){ p->D = 1; rc = 0; }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(z,"year")==0 ){ p->M = 1; p->D = 1; rc = 0; }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(z,"day")==0 ){ rc = 0; } break; } case '+': case '-': case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': { double rRounder; int i; for(n=1; z[n] && z[n]!=':' && !sqlite3Isspace(z[n]); n++){} if( !sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, n, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ rc = 1; break; } if( z[n]==':' ){ /* A modifier of the form (+|-)HH:MM:SS.FFF adds (or subtracts) the ** specified number of hours, minutes, seconds, and fractional seconds ** to the time. The ".FFF" may be omitted. The ":SS.FFF" may be ** omitted. */ const char *z2 = z; DateTime tx; sqlite3_int64 day; if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z2) ) z2++; memset(&tx, 0, sizeof(tx)); if( parseHhMmSs(z2, &tx) ) break; computeJD(&tx); tx.iJD -= 43200000; day = tx.iJD/86400000; tx.iJD -= day*86400000; if( z[0]=='-' ) tx.iJD = -tx.iJD; computeJD(p); clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); p->iJD += tx.iJD; rc = 0; break; } /* If control reaches this point, it means the transformation is ** one of the forms like "+NNN days". */ z += n; while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); if( n>10 || n<3 ) break; if( sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)z[n-1]]=='s' ) n--; computeJD(p); rc = 1; rRounder = r<0 ? -0.5 : +0.5; for(i=0; i-aXformType[i].rLimit && rM += (int)r; x = p->M>0 ? (p->M-1)/12 : (p->M-12)/12; p->Y += x; p->M -= x*12; p->validJD = 0; r -= (int)r; break; } case 2: { /* Special processing to add years */ int y = (int)r; computeYMD_HMS(p); p->Y += y; p->validJD = 0; r -= (int)r; break; } } computeJD(p); p->iJD += (sqlite3_int64)(r*aXformType[i].rXform + rRounder); rc = 0; break; } } clearYMD_HMS_TZ(p); break; } default: { break; } } return rc; } /* ** Process time function arguments. argv[0] is a date-time stamp. ** argv[1] and following are modifiers. Parse them all and write ** the resulting time into the DateTime structure p. Return 0 ** on success and 1 if there are any errors. ** ** If there are zero parameters (if even argv[0] is undefined) ** then assume a default value of "now" for argv[0]. */ static int isDate( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv, DateTime *p ){ int i, n; const unsigned char *z; int eType; memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); if( argc==0 ){ return setDateTimeToCurrent(context, p); } if( (eType = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]))==SQLITE_FLOAT || eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ setRawDateNumber(p, sqlite3_value_double(argv[0])); }else{ z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( !z || parseDateOrTime(context, (char*)z, p) ){ return 1; } } for(i=1; iisError || !validJulianDay(p->iJD) ) return 1; return 0; } /* ** The following routines implement the various date and time functions ** of SQLite. */ /* ** julianday( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) ** ** Return the julian day number of the date specified in the arguments */ static void juliandayFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ DateTime x; if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){ computeJD(&x); sqlite3_result_double(context, x.iJD/86400000.0); } } /* ** datetime( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) ** ** Return YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS */ static void datetimeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ DateTime x; if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){ char zBuf[100]; computeYMD_HMS(&x); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d %02d:%02d:%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D, x.h, x.m, (int)(x.s)); sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } /* ** time( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) ** ** Return HH:MM:SS */ static void timeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ DateTime x; if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){ char zBuf[100]; computeHMS(&x); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%02d:%02d:%02d", x.h, x.m, (int)x.s); sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } /* ** date( TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) ** ** Return YYYY-MM-DD */ static void dateFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ DateTime x; if( isDate(context, argc, argv, &x)==0 ){ char zBuf[100]; computeYMD(&x); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%04d-%02d-%02d", x.Y, x.M, x.D); sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } /* ** strftime( FORMAT, TIMESTRING, MOD, MOD, ...) ** ** Return a string described by FORMAT. Conversions as follows: ** ** %d day of month ** %f ** fractional seconds SS.SSS ** %H hour 00-24 ** %j day of year 000-366 ** %J ** julian day number ** %m month 01-12 ** %M minute 00-59 ** %s seconds since 1970-01-01 ** %S seconds 00-59 ** %w day of week 0-6 sunday==0 ** %W week of year 00-53 ** %Y year 0000-9999 ** %% % */ static void strftimeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ DateTime x; u64 n; size_t i,j; char *z; sqlite3 *db; const char *zFmt; char zBuf[100]; if( argc==0 ) return; zFmt = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( zFmt==0 || isDate(context, argc-1, argv+1, &x) ) return; db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); for(i=0, n=1; zFmt[i]; i++, n++){ if( zFmt[i]=='%' ){ switch( zFmt[i+1] ){ case 'd': case 'H': case 'm': case 'M': case 'S': case 'W': n++; /* fall thru */ case 'w': case '%': break; case 'f': n += 8; break; case 'j': n += 3; break; case 'Y': n += 8; break; case 's': case 'J': n += 50; break; default: return; /* ERROR. return a NULL */ } i++; } } testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf)-1 ); testcase( n==sizeof(zBuf) ); testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); testcase( n==(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); if( n(u64)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); return; }else{ z = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, (int)n); if( z==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); return; } } computeJD(&x); computeYMD_HMS(&x); for(i=j=0; zFmt[i]; i++){ if( zFmt[i]!='%' ){ z[j++] = zFmt[i]; }else{ i++; switch( zFmt[i] ){ case 'd': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.D); j+=2; break; case 'f': { double s = x.s; if( s>59.999 ) s = 59.999; sqlite3_snprintf(7, &z[j],"%06.3f", s); j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); break; } case 'H': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.h); j+=2; break; case 'W': /* Fall thru */ case 'j': { int nDay; /* Number of days since 1st day of year */ DateTime y = x; y.validJD = 0; y.M = 1; y.D = 1; computeJD(&y); nDay = (int)((x.iJD-y.iJD+43200000)/86400000); if( zFmt[i]=='W' ){ int wd; /* 0=Monday, 1=Tuesday, ... 6=Sunday */ wd = (int)(((x.iJD+43200000)/86400000)%7); sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",(nDay+7-wd)/7); j += 2; }else{ sqlite3_snprintf(4, &z[j],"%03d",nDay+1); j += 3; } break; } case 'J': { sqlite3_snprintf(20, &z[j],"%.16g",x.iJD/86400000.0); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); break; } case 'm': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.M); j+=2; break; case 'M': sqlite3_snprintf(3, &z[j],"%02d",x.m); j+=2; break; case 's': { sqlite3_snprintf(30,&z[j],"%lld", (i64)(x.iJD/1000 - 21086676*(i64)10000)); j += sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); break; } case 'S': sqlite3_snprintf(3,&z[j],"%02d",(int)x.s); j+=2; break; case 'w': { z[j++] = (char)(((x.iJD+129600000)/86400000) % 7) + '0'; break; } case 'Y': { sqlite3_snprintf(5,&z[j],"%04d",x.Y); j+=sqlite3Strlen30(&z[j]); break; } default: z[j++] = '%'; break; } } } z[j] = 0; sqlite3_result_text(context, z, -1, z==zBuf ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } /* ** current_time() ** ** This function returns the same value as time('now'). */ static void ctimeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); timeFunc(context, 0, 0); } /* ** current_date() ** ** This function returns the same value as date('now'). */ static void cdateFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); dateFunc(context, 0, 0); } /* ** current_timestamp() ** ** This function returns the same value as datetime('now'). */ static void ctimestampFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); datetimeFunc(context, 0, 0); } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS) */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS /* ** If the library is compiled to omit the full-scale date and time ** handling (to get a smaller binary), the following minimal version ** of the functions current_time(), current_date() and current_timestamp() ** are included instead. This is to support column declarations that ** include "DEFAULT CURRENT_TIME" etc. ** ** This function uses the C-library functions time(), gmtime() ** and strftime(). The format string to pass to strftime() is supplied ** as the user-data for the function. */ static void currentTimeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ time_t t; char *zFormat = (char *)sqlite3_user_data(context); sqlite3_int64 iT; struct tm *pTm; struct tm sNow; char zBuf[20]; UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); iT = sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(context); if( iT<=0 ) return; t = iT/1000 - 10000*(sqlite3_int64)21086676; #if HAVE_GMTIME_R pTm = gmtime_r(&t, &sNow); #else sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); pTm = gmtime(&t); if( pTm ) memcpy(&sNow, pTm, sizeof(sNow)); sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); #endif if( pTm ){ strftime(zBuf, 20, zFormat, &sNow); sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } #endif /* ** This function registered all of the above C functions as SQL ** functions. This should be the only routine in this file with ** external linkage. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(void){ static FuncDef aDateTimeFuncs[] = { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS PURE_DATE(julianday, -1, 0, 0, juliandayFunc ), PURE_DATE(date, -1, 0, 0, dateFunc ), PURE_DATE(time, -1, 0, 0, timeFunc ), PURE_DATE(datetime, -1, 0, 0, datetimeFunc ), PURE_DATE(strftime, -1, 0, 0, strftimeFunc ), DFUNCTION(current_time, 0, 0, 0, ctimeFunc ), DFUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, 0, 0, ctimestampFunc), DFUNCTION(current_date, 0, 0, 0, cdateFunc ), #else STR_FUNCTION(current_time, 0, "%H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), STR_FUNCTION(current_date, 0, "%Y-%m-%d", 0, currentTimeFunc), STR_FUNCTION(current_timestamp, 0, "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", 0, currentTimeFunc), #endif }; sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aDateTimeFuncs, ArraySize(aDateTimeFuncs)); } /************** End of date.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file os.c **********************************************/ /* ** 2005 November 29 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all ** architectures. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block ** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This ** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_diskfull = 0; #endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ /* ** When testing, also keep a count of the number of open files. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_API int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0; #endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ /* ** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate ** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory ** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may. ** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX() ** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro. ** ** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure ** testing: ** ** sqlite3OsRead() ** sqlite3OsWrite() ** sqlite3OsSync() ** sqlite3OsFileSize() ** sqlite3OsLock() ** sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() ** sqlite3OsFileControl() ** sqlite3OsShmMap() ** sqlite3OsOpen() ** sqlite3OsDelete() ** sqlite3OsAccess() ** sqlite3OsFullPathname() ** */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test = 1; #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x) \ if (sqlite3_memdebug_vfs_oom_test && (!x || !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(x))) { \ void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10); \ if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; \ sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); \ } #else #define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(x) #endif /* ** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods ** of the sqlite3_file object. This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All ** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using ** C++ instead of plain old C. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){ if( pId->pMethods ){ pId->pMethods->xClose(pId); pId->pMethods = 0; } } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){ return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return flags ? id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags) : SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){ return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut); } /* ** Use sqlite3OsFileControl() when we are doing something that might fail ** and we need to know about the failures. Use sqlite3OsFileControlHint() ** when simply tossing information over the wall to the VFS and we do not ** really care if the VFS receives and understands the information since it ** is only a hint and can be safely ignored. The sqlite3OsFileControlHint() ** routine has no return value since the return value would be meaningless. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ if( id->pMethods==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO && op!=SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT ){ /* Faults are not injected into COMMIT_PHASETWO because, assuming SQLite ** is using a regular VFS, it is called after the corresponding ** transaction has been committed. Injecting a fault at this point ** confuses the test scripts - the COMMIT comand returns SQLITE_NOMEM ** but the transaction is committed anyway. ** ** The core must call OsFileControl() though, not OsFileControlHint(), ** as if a custom VFS (e.g. zipvfs) returns an error here, it probably ** means the commit really has failed and an error should be returned ** to the user. */ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); } #endif return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsFileControlHint(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ if( id->pMethods ) (void)id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize; return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmLock(sqlite3_file *id, int offset, int n, int flags){ return id->pMethods->xShmLock(id, offset, n, flags); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsShmBarrier(sqlite3_file *id){ id->pMethods->xShmBarrier(id); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmUnmap(sqlite3_file *id, int deleteFlag){ return id->pMethods->xShmUnmap(id, deleteFlag); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsShmMap( sqlite3_file *id, /* Database file handle */ int iPage, int pgsz, int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Pointer to mapping */ ){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xShmMap(id, iPage, pgsz, bExtend, pp); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* The real implementation of xFetch and xUnfetch */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(id); return id->pMethods->xFetch(id, iOff, iAmt, pp); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){ return id->pMethods->xUnfetch(id, iOff, p); } #else /* No-op stubs to use when memory-mapped I/O is disabled */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, int iAmt, void **pp){ *pp = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsUnfetch(sqlite3_file *id, i64 iOff, void *p){ return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the ** VFS methods. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags, int *pFlagsOut ){ int rc; DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); /* 0x87f7f is a mask of SQLITE_OPEN_ flags that are valid to be passed ** down into the VFS layer. Some SQLITE_OPEN_ flags (for example, ** SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX or SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE) are blocked before ** reaching the VFS. */ rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags & 0x87f7f, pFlagsOut); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 ); return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); assert( dirSync==0 || dirSync==1 ); return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsAccess( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int flags, int *pResOut ){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsFullPathname( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int nPathOut, char *zPathOut ){ DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST(0); zPathOut[0] = 0; return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){ return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ return pVfs->xGetLastError ? pVfs->xGetLastError(pVfs, 0, 0) : 0; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *pTimeOut){ int rc; /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-49045-42493 SQLite will use the xCurrentTimeInt64() ** method to get the current date and time if that method is available ** (if iVersion is 2 or greater and the function pointer is not NULL) and ** will fall back to xCurrentTime() if xCurrentTimeInt64() is ** unavailable. */ if( pVfs->iVersion>=2 && pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64 ){ rc = pVfs->xCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, pTimeOut); }else{ double r; rc = pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, &r); *pTimeOut = (sqlite3_int64)(r*86400000.0); } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFile, sqlite3_file **ppFile, int flags, int *pOutFlags ){ int rc; sqlite3_file *pFile; pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile); if( pFile ){ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(pFile); }else{ *ppFile = pFile; } }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){ assert( pFile ); sqlite3OsClose(pFile); sqlite3_free(pFile); } /* ** This function is a wrapper around the OS specific implementation of ** sqlite3_os_init(). The purpose of the wrapper is to provide the ** ability to simulate a malloc failure, so that the handling of an ** error in sqlite3_os_init() by the upper layers can be tested. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OsInit(void){ void *p = sqlite3_malloc(10); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; sqlite3_free(p); return sqlite3_os_init(); } /* ** The list of all registered VFS implementations. */ static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0; #define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList) /* ** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the ** first VFS on the list. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex; #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return 0; #endif #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){ if( zVfs==0 ) break; if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); return pVfs; } /* ** Unlink a VFS from the linked list */ static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) ); if( pVfs==0 ){ /* No-op */ }else if( vfsList==pVfs ){ vfsList = pVfs->pNext; }else if( vfsList ){ sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList; while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){ p = p->pNext; } if( p->pNext==pVfs ){ p->pNext = pVfs->pNext; } } } /* ** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same ** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is ** true. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){ MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;) #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return rc; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( pVfs==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); vfsUnlink(pVfs); if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){ pVfs->pNext = vfsList; vfsList = pVfs; }else{ pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext; vfsList->pNext = pVfs; } assert(vfsList); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ MUTEX_LOGIC(sqlite3_mutex *mutex;) #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return rc; #endif MUTEX_LOGIC( mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); vfsUnlink(pVfs); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } /************** End of os.c **************************************************/ /************** Begin file fault.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2008 Jan 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign" ** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory ** and returns 0). ** ** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite ** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually ** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily ** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this ** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The ** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure ** during a hash table resize is a benign fault. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE /* ** Global variables. */ typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks; static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks { void (*xBenignBegin)(void); void (*xBenignEnd)(void); } sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 }; /* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks ** structure. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly ** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD # define wsdHooksInit \ BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks) # define wsdHooks x[0] #else # define wsdHooksInit # define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks #endif /* ** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and ** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks( void (*xBenignBegin)(void), void (*xBenignEnd)(void) ){ wsdHooksInit; wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin; wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd; } /* ** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that ** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() ** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){ wsdHooksInit; if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){ wsdHooks.xBenignBegin(); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){ wsdHooksInit; if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){ wsdHooks.xBenignEnd(); } } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE */ /************** End of fault.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file mem0.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2008 October 28 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when ** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined. The allocation drivers implemented ** here always fail. SQLite will not operate with these drivers. These ** are merely placeholders. Real drivers must be substituted using ** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is ** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time ** macros. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC /* ** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines */ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; } static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; } static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; } static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; } static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; } static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; } static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; } /* ** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. ** ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { sqlite3MemMalloc, sqlite3MemFree, sqlite3MemRealloc, sqlite3MemSize, sqlite3MemRoundup, sqlite3MemInit, sqlite3MemShutdown, 0 }; sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); } #endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */ /************** End of mem0.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file mem1.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 14 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when ** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface ** to obtain the memory it needs. ** ** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation ** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. The content of ** this file is only used if SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC is defined. The ** SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC macro is defined automatically if neither the ** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG nor the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC macros are defined. The ** default configuration is to use memory allocation routines in this ** file. ** ** C-preprocessor macro summary: ** ** HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE The configure script sets this symbol if ** the malloc_usable_size() interface exists ** on the target platform. Or, this symbol ** can be set manually, if desired. ** If an equivalent interface exists by ** a different name, using a separate -D ** option to rename it. ** ** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC Some older macs lack support for the zone ** memory allocator. Set this symbol to enable ** building on older macs. ** ** SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE Set this symbol to disable the use of ** _msize() on windows systems. This might ** be necessary when compiling for Delphi, ** for example. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is ** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time ** macros. */ #ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC #if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) /* ** Use the zone allocator available on apple products unless the ** SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC symbol is defined. */ #include #include #ifdef SQLITE_MIGHT_BE_SINGLE_CORE #include #endif /* SQLITE_MIGHT_BE_SINGLE_CORE */ static malloc_zone_t* _sqliteZone_; #define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc_zone_malloc(_sqliteZone_, (x)) #define SQLITE_FREE(x) malloc_zone_free(_sqliteZone_, (x)); #define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) malloc_zone_realloc(_sqliteZone_, (x), (y)) #define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) \ (_sqliteZone_ ? _sqliteZone_->size(_sqliteZone_,x) : malloc_size(x)) #else /* if not __APPLE__ */ /* ** Use standard C library malloc and free on non-Apple systems. ** Also used by Apple systems if SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC is defined. */ #define SQLITE_MALLOC(x) malloc(x) #define SQLITE_FREE(x) free(x) #define SQLITE_REALLOC(x,y) realloc((x),(y)) /* ** The malloc.h header file is needed for malloc_usable_size() function ** on some systems (e.g. Linux). */ #if HAVE_MALLOC_H && HAVE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE # define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H 1 # define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE 1 /* ** The MSVCRT has malloc_usable_size(), but it is called _msize(). The ** use of _msize() is automatic, but can be disabled by compiling with ** -DSQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE. Using the _msize() function also requires ** the malloc.h header file. */ #elif defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_MSIZE) # define SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H # define SQLITE_USE_MSIZE #endif /* ** Include the malloc.h header file, if necessary. Also set define macro ** SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the appropriate function name, which is _msize() ** for MSVC and malloc_usable_size() for most other systems (e.g. Linux). ** The memory size function can always be overridden manually by defining ** the macro SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE to the desired function name. */ #if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) # include # if defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_USABLE_SIZE) # if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE) # define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(x) malloc_usable_size(x) # endif # elif defined(SQLITE_USE_MSIZE) # if !defined(SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE) # define SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE _msize # endif # endif #endif /* defined(SQLITE_USE_MALLOC_H) */ #endif /* __APPLE__ or not __APPLE__ */ /* ** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation ** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize(). ** ** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because ** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level ** routines. */ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ #ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE void *p; testcase( ROUND8(nByte)==nByte ); p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte ); if( p==0 ){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); } return p; #else sqlite3_int64 *p; assert( nByte>0 ); testcase( ROUND8(nByte)!=nByte ); p = SQLITE_MALLOC( nByte+8 ); if( p ){ p[0] = nByte; p++; }else{ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes of memory", nByte); } return (void *)p; #endif } /* ** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc() ** or sqlite3MemRealloc(). ** ** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since ** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with ** by higher-level routines. */ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ #ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE SQLITE_FREE(pPrior); #else sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; assert( pPrior!=0 ); p--; SQLITE_FREE(p); #endif } /* ** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc() ** or xRealloc(). */ static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ #ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE assert( pPrior!=0 ); return (int)SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior); #else sqlite3_int64 *p; assert( pPrior!=0 ); p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; p--; return (int)p[0]; #endif } /* ** Like realloc(). Resize an allocation previously obtained from ** sqlite3MemMalloc(). ** ** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0. Cases where ** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and ** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 because ** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level ** routines and redirected to xFree. */ static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ #ifdef SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE void *p = SQLITE_REALLOC(pPrior, nByte); if( p==0 ){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", SQLITE_MALLOCSIZE(pPrior), nByte); } return p; #else sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior; assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 ); assert( nByte==ROUND8(nByte) ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ p--; p = SQLITE_REALLOC(p, nByte+8 ); if( p ){ p[0] = nByte; p++; }else{ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed memory resize %u to %u bytes", sqlite3MemSize(pPrior), nByte); } return (void*)p; #endif } /* ** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. */ static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return ROUND8(n); } /* ** Initialize this module. */ static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ #if defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) int cpuCount; size_t len; if( _sqliteZone_ ){ return SQLITE_OK; } len = sizeof(cpuCount); /* One usually wants to use hw.acctivecpu for MT decisions, but not here */ sysctlbyname("hw.ncpu", &cpuCount, &len, NULL, 0); if( cpuCount>1 ){ /* defer MT decisions to system malloc */ _sqliteZone_ = malloc_default_zone(); }else{ /* only 1 core, use our own zone to contention over global locks, ** e.g. we have our own dedicated locks */ _sqliteZone_ = malloc_create_zone(4096, 0); malloc_set_zone_name(_sqliteZone_, "Sqlite_Heap"); } #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && !defined(SQLITE_WITHOUT_ZONEMALLOC) */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Deinitialize this module. */ static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return; } /* ** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage. ** ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { sqlite3MemMalloc, sqlite3MemFree, sqlite3MemRealloc, sqlite3MemSize, sqlite3MemRoundup, sqlite3MemInit, sqlite3MemShutdown, 0 }; sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); } #endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */ /************** End of mem1.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file mem2.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when ** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface ** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging ** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory ** leaks and memory usage errors. ** ** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation ** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the ** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined */ #ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG /* ** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC */ #ifdef __GLIBC__ extern int backtrace(void**,int); extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int); #else # define backtrace(A,B) 1 # define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C) #endif /* #include */ /* ** Each memory allocation looks like this: ** ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ** | Title | backtrace pointers | MemBlockHdr | allocation | EndGuard | ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ** ** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation. We have ** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr. The ** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of ** backtrace pointers. There is also a guard word at the end of the ** MemBlockHdr. */ struct MemBlockHdr { i64 iSize; /* Size of this allocation */ struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev; /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */ char nBacktrace; /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */ char nBacktraceSlots; /* Available backtrace slots */ u8 nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */ u8 eType; /* Allocation type code */ int iForeGuard; /* Guard word for sanity */ }; /* ** Guard words */ #define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153 #define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53 /* ** Number of malloc size increments to track. */ #define NCSIZE 1000 /* ** All of the static variables used by this module are collected ** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the ** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution ** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation. */ static struct { /* ** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem. */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* ** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations */ struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst; struct MemBlockHdr *pLast; /* ** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations. */ int nBacktrace; void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **); /* ** Title text to insert in front of each block */ int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */ char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */ /* ** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter. ** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it. */ int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */ /* ** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations. ** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8 ** bytes. i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for ** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes. */ int nAlloc[NCSIZE]; /* Total number of allocations */ int nCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Current number of allocations */ int mxCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */ } mem; /* ** Adjust memory usage statistics */ static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){ int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8; if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){ i = NCSIZE - 1; } if( increment>0 ){ mem.nAlloc[i]++; mem.nCurrent[i]++; if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){ mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i]; } }else{ mem.nCurrent[i]--; assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 ); } } /* ** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation. ** ** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and ** if they are incorrect it asserts. */ static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){ struct MemBlockHdr *p; int *pInt; u8 *pU8; int nReserve; p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation; p--; assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD ); nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize); pInt = (int*)pAllocation; pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation; assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD ); /* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due ** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure ** they haven't been overwritten. */ while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 ); return p; } /* ** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p. */ static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; if( !p ){ return 0; } pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); return (int)pHdr->iSize; } /* ** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. */ static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 ); if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ /* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already ** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */ mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. */ static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); mem.mutex = 0; } /* ** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. */ static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return ROUND8(n); } /* ** Fill a buffer with pseudo-random bytes. This is used to preset ** the content of a new memory allocation to unpredictable values and ** to clear the content of a freed allocation to unpredictable values. */ static void randomFill(char *pBuf, int nByte){ unsigned int x, y, r; x = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pBuf); y = nByte | 1; while( nByte >= 4 ){ x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001); y = y*1103515245 + 12345; r = x ^ y; *(int*)pBuf = r; pBuf += 4; nByte -= 4; } while( nByte-- > 0 ){ x = (x>>1) ^ (-(int)(x&1) & 0xd0000001); y = y*1103515245 + 12345; r = x ^ y; *(pBuf++) = r & 0xff; } } /* ** Allocate nByte bytes of memory. */ static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; void **pBt; char *z; int *pInt; void *p = 0; int totalSize; int nReserve; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); assert( mem.disallow==0 ); nReserve = ROUND8(nByte); totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) + mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle; p = malloc(totalSize); if( p ){ z = p; pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle]; pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace]; pHdr->pNext = 0; pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast; if( mem.pLast ){ mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr; }else{ mem.pFirst = pHdr; } mem.pLast = pHdr; pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD; pHdr->eType = MEMTYPE_HEAP; pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace; pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle; if( mem.nBacktrace ){ void *aAddr[40]; pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1; memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*)); assert(pBt[0]); if( mem.xBacktrace ){ mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]); } }else{ pHdr->nBacktrace = 0; } if( mem.nTitle ){ memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle); } pHdr->iSize = nByte; adjustStats(nByte, +1); pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1]; pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD; randomFill((char*)pInt, nByte); memset(((char*)pInt)+nByte, 0x65, nReserve-nByte); p = (void*)pInt; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); return p; } /* ** Free memory. */ static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; void **pBt; char *z; assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || mem.mutex!=0 ); pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); pBt = (void**)pHdr; pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); if( pHdr->pPrev ){ assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr ); pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext; }else{ assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr ); mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext; } if( pHdr->pNext ){ assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr ); pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev; }else{ assert( mem.pLast==pHdr ); mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev; } z = (char*)pBt; z -= pHdr->nTitle; adjustStats((int)pHdr->iSize, -1); randomFill(z, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) + (int)pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle); free(z); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. ** ** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the ** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the ** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is ** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find ** the error. */ static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr; void *pNew; assert( mem.disallow==0 ); assert( (nByte & 7)==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior); pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte); if( pNew ){ memcpy(pNew, pPrior, (int)(nByteiSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize)); if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){ randomFill(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], nByte - (int)pOldHdr->iSize); } sqlite3MemFree(pPrior); } return pNew; } /* ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = { sqlite3MemMalloc, sqlite3MemFree, sqlite3MemRealloc, sqlite3MemSize, sqlite3MemRoundup, sqlite3MemInit, sqlite3MemShutdown, 0 }; sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods); } /* ** Set the "type" of an allocation. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSetType(void *p, u8 eType){ if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); pHdr->eType = eType; } } /* ** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches the type of the ** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. ** ** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to ** verify the type of an allocation. For example: ** ** assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugHasType(void *p, u8 eType){ int rc = 1; if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ if( (pHdr->eType&eType)==0 ){ rc = 0; } } return rc; } /* ** Return TRUE if the mask of type in eType matches no bits of the type of the ** allocation p. Also return true if p==NULL. ** ** This routine is designed for use within an assert() statement, to ** verify the type of an allocation. For example: ** ** assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdebugNoType(void *p, u8 eType){ int rc = 1; if( p && sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==sqlite3MemMalloc ){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p); assert( pHdr->iForeGuard==FOREGUARD ); /* Allocation is valid */ if( (pHdr->eType&eType)!=0 ){ rc = 0; } } return rc; } /* ** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation. ** A value of zero turns off backtracing. The number is always rounded ** up to a multiple of 2. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){ if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; } if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; } depth = (depth+1)&0xfe; mem.nBacktrace = depth; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){ mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace; } /* ** Set the title string for subsequent allocations. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){ unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex); if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1; memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n); mem.zTitle[n] = 0; mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){ struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ void **pBt = (void**)pHdr; pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; mem.xBacktrace((int)pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]); } } /* ** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){ FILE *out; struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr; void **pBt; int i; out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); if( out==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", zFilename); return; } for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){ char *z = (char*)pHdr; z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle; fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n", pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???"); if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){ fflush(out); pBt = (void**)pHdr; pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots; backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out)); fprintf(out, "\n"); } } fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n"); for(i=0; i=1 ); size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); assert( size>=2 ); if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); }else{ hash = size % N_HASH; memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); } } /* ** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted ** at *pRoot. */ static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot; mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0; if( *pRoot ){ mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i; } *pRoot = i; } /* ** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate ** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table. */ static void memsys3Link(u32 i){ u32 size, hash; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); assert( i>=1 ); assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 ); size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); assert( size>=2 ); if( size <= MX_SMALL ){ memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]); }else{ hash = size % N_HASH; memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); } } /* ** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex ** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true. */ static void memsys3Enter(void){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){ mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); } sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); } static void memsys3Leave(void){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); } /* ** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes. */ static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){ if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){ mem3.alarmBusy = 1; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); sqlite3_release_memory(nByte); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex); mem3.alarmBusy = 0; } } /* ** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its ** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the ** user portion of the chunk. */ static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){ u32 x; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); assert( i>=1 ); assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ); assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock ); x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2); mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; return &mem3.aPool[i]; } /* ** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk. ** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the master chunk ** is not large enough, return 0. */ static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ); if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){ /* Use the entire master */ void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster); mem3.iMaster = 0; mem3.szMaster = 0; mem3.mnMaster = 0; return p; }else{ /* Split the master block. Return the tail. */ u32 newi, x; newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock; assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 ); mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock; mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2; mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1; mem3.szMaster -= nBlock; mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){ mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster; } return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi]; } } /* ** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size ** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either ** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[]. ** ** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries ** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks. ** ** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces ** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for ** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be ** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of ** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the master ** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly ** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished. */ static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){ u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){ iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next; size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x; assert( (size&1)==0 ); if( (size&2)==0 ){ memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot); assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize ); prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize; if( prev==iNext ){ iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next; } memsys3Unlink(prev); size = i + size/4 - prev; x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x; mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; memsys3Link(prev); i = prev; }else{ size /= 4; } if( size>mem3.szMaster ){ mem3.iMaster = i; mem3.szMaster = size; } } } /* ** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size. ** Return NULL if unable. ** ** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are ** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". */ static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){ u32 i; u32 nBlock; u32 toFree; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 ); if( nByte<=12 ){ nBlock = 2; }else{ nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8; } assert( nBlock>=2 ); /* STEP 1: ** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small ** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table. This is ** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10). */ if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){ i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]; if( i>0 ){ memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]); return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); } }else{ int hash = nBlock % N_HASH; for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){ if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){ memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]); return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock); } } } /* STEP 2: ** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end ** of the master chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails. */ if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){ return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); } /* STEP 3: ** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free ** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk. ** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off ** of the end of the master chunk. This step happens very ** rarely (we hope!) */ for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){ memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree); if( mem3.iMaster ){ memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster); mem3.iMaster = 0; mem3.szMaster = 0; } for(i=0; i=nBlock ){ return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock); } } } /* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */ return 0; } /* ** Free an outstanding memory allocation. ** ** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are ** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe". */ static void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){ Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld; int i; u32 size, x; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) ); assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] ); i = p - mem3.aPool; assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 ); size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 ); mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1; mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size; mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2; memsys3Link(i); /* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */ if( mem3.iMaster ){ while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){ size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize; mem3.iMaster -= size; mem3.szMaster += size; memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster); x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; } x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2; while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){ memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster); mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4; mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x; mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster; } } } /* ** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The ** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only ** works for chunks that are currently checked out. */ static int memsys3Size(void *p){ Mem3Block *pBlock; assert( p!=0 ); pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p; assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 ); return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4; } /* ** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. */ static int memsys3Roundup(int n){ if( n<=12 ){ return 12; }else{ return ((n+11)&~7) - 4; } } /* ** Allocate nBytes of memory. */ static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){ sqlite3_int64 *p; assert( nBytes>0 ); /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */ memsys3Enter(); p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); memsys3Leave(); return (void*)p; } /* ** Free memory. */ static void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){ assert( pPrior ); memsys3Enter(); memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior); memsys3Leave(); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation */ static void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ int nOld; void *p; if( pPrior==0 ){ return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes); } if( nBytes<=0 ){ sqlite3_free(pPrior); return 0; } nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior); if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){ return pPrior; } memsys3Enter(); p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes); if( p ){ if( nOld>1)!=(size&1) ){ fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]); assert( 0 ); break; } if( size&1 ){ fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8); }else{ fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8, i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : ""); } } for(i=0; i0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); } fprintf(out, "\n"); } for(i=0; i0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){ fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j], (mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8); } fprintf(out, "\n"); } fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster); fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8); fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex); if( out==stdout ){ fflush(stdout); }else{ fclose(out); } #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename); #endif } /* ** This routine is the only routine in this file with external ** linkage. ** ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The ** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. ** ** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore ** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){ static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = { memsys3Malloc, memsys3Free, memsys3Realloc, memsys3Size, memsys3Roundup, memsys3Init, memsys3Shutdown, 0 }; return &mempoolMethods; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */ /************** End of mem3.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file mem5.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2007 October 14 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory ** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite. ** ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all ** use of malloc(). The application gives SQLite a block of memory ** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations ** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc() ** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called, ** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot ** be changed. ** ** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included ** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. ** ** This memory allocator uses the following algorithm: ** ** 1. All memory allocation sizes are rounded up to a power of 2. ** ** 2. If two adjacent free blocks are the halves of a larger block, ** then the two blocks are coalesced into the single larger block. ** ** 3. New memory is allocated from the first available free block. ** ** This algorithm is described in: J. M. Robson. "Bounds for Some Functions ** Concerning Dynamic Storage Allocation". Journal of the Association for ** Computing Machinery, Volume 21, Number 8, July 1974, pages 491-499. ** ** Let n be the size of the largest allocation divided by the minimum ** allocation size (after rounding all sizes up to a power of 2.) Let M ** be the maximum amount of memory ever outstanding at one time. Let ** N be the total amount of memory available for allocation. Robson ** proved that this memory allocator will never breakdown due to ** fragmentation as long as the following constraint holds: ** ** N >= M*(1 + log2(n)/2) - n + 1 ** ** The sqlite3_status() logic tracks the maximum values of n and M so ** that an application can, at any time, verify this constraint. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** This version of the memory allocator is used only when ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 /* ** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure. ** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the ** size of the array is a power of 2. ** ** The size of this object must be a power of two. That fact is ** verified in memsys5Init(). */ typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link; struct Mem5Link { int next; /* Index of next free chunk */ int prev; /* Index of previous free chunk */ }; /* ** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); next = MEM5LINK(i)->next; prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev; if( prev<0 ){ mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next; }else{ MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next; } if( next>=0 ){ MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev; } } /* ** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize ** free list. */ static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){ int x; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) ); assert( i>=0 && i=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX ); assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize ); x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize]; MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1; if( x>=0 ){ assert( xprev = i; } mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i; } /* ** Obtain or release the mutex needed to access global data structures. */ static void memsys5Enter(void){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex); } static void memsys5Leave(void){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex); } /* ** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. ** This only works for chunks that are currently checked out. */ static int memsys5Size(void *p){ int iSize, i; assert( p!=0 ); i = (int)(((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.szAtom); assert( i>=0 && i0 ); /* No more than 1GiB per allocation */ if( nByte > 0x40000000 ) return 0; #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) /* Keep track of the maximum allocation request. Even unfulfilled ** requests are counted */ if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){ mem5.maxRequest = nByte; } #endif /* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */ for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom,iLogsize=0; iFullSzLOGMAX ){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to allocate %u bytes", nByte); return 0; } i = mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]; memsys5Unlink(i, iBin); while( iBin>iLogsize ){ int newSize; iBin--; newSize = 1 << iBin; mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin; memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin); } mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize; #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) /* Update allocator performance statistics. */ mem5.nAlloc++; mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz; mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte; mem5.currentCount++; mem5.currentOut += iFullSz; if( mem5.maxCount=0 && iBlock0 ); assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.szAtom) ); mem5.currentCount--; mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.szAtom; assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 ); assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 ); #endif mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize; while( ALWAYS(iLogsize>iLogsize) & 1 ){ iBuddy = iBlock - size; assert( iBuddy>=0 ); }else{ iBuddy = iBlock + size; if( iBuddy>=mem5.nBlock ) break; } if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break; memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize); iLogsize++; if( iBuddy0 ){ memsys5Enter(); p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes); memsys5Leave(); } return (void*)p; } /* ** Free memory. ** ** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from ** being called with pPrior==0. */ static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){ assert( pPrior!=0 ); memsys5Enter(); memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior); memsys5Leave(); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation. ** ** The outer layer memory allocator prevents this routine from ** being called with pPrior==0. ** ** nBytes is always a value obtained from a prior call to ** memsys5Round(). Hence nBytes is always a non-negative power ** of two. If nBytes==0 that means that an oversize allocation ** (an allocation larger than 0x40000000) was requested and this ** routine should return 0 without freeing pPrior. */ static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ int nOld; void *p; assert( pPrior!=0 ); assert( (nBytes&(nBytes-1))==0 ); /* EV: R-46199-30249 */ assert( nBytes>=0 ); if( nBytes==0 ){ return 0; } nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior); if( nBytes<=nOld ){ return pPrior; } p = memsys5Malloc(nBytes); if( p ){ memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld); memsys5Free(pPrior); } return p; } /* ** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. If ** the allocation is too large to be handled by this allocation system, ** return 0. ** ** All allocations must be a power of two and must be expressed by a ** 32-bit signed integer. Hence the largest allocation is 0x40000000 ** or 1073741824 bytes. */ static int memsys5Roundup(int n){ int iFullSz; if( n > 0x40000000 ) return 0; for(iFullSz=mem5.szAtom; iFullSz 0 ** memsys5Log(2) -> 1 ** memsys5Log(4) -> 2 ** memsys5Log(5) -> 3 ** memsys5Log(8) -> 3 ** memsys5Log(9) -> 4 */ static int memsys5Log(int iValue){ int iLog; for(iLog=0; (iLog<(int)((sizeof(int)*8)-1)) && (1<mem5.szAtom ){ mem5.szAtom = mem5.szAtom << 1; } mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.szAtom+sizeof(u8))); mem5.zPool = zByte; mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.szAtom]; for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){ mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1; } iOffset = 0; for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){ int nAlloc = (1<mem5.nBlock); } /* If a mutex is required for normal operation, allocate one */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 ){ mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Deinitialize this module. */ static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); mem5.mutex = 0; return; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory ** allocations into that log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){ FILE *out; int i, j, n; int nMinLog; if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){ out = stdout; }else{ out = fopen(zFilename, "w"); if( out==0 ){ fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n", zFilename); return; } } memsys5Enter(); nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.szAtom); for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){ for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){} fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.szAtom << i, n); } fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc); fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc); fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess); fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut = %u\n", mem5.currentOut); fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount); fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut = %u\n", mem5.maxOut); fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount = %u\n", mem5.maxCount); fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest); memsys5Leave(); if( out==stdout ){ fflush(stdout); }else{ fclose(out); } } #endif /* ** This routine is the only routine in this file with external ** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods ** struct populated with the memsys5 methods. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){ static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = { memsys5Malloc, memsys5Free, memsys5Realloc, memsys5Size, memsys5Roundup, memsys5Init, memsys5Shutdown, 0 }; return &memsys5Methods; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */ /************** End of mem5.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file mutex.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 14 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. ** ** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) /* ** For debugging purposes, record when the mutex subsystem is initialized ** and uninitialized so that we can assert() if there is an attempt to ** allocate a mutex while the system is uninitialized. */ static SQLITE_WSD int mutexIsInit = 0; #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ #ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS /* ** This block (enclosed by SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS) contains ** the implementation of a wrapper around the system default mutex ** implementation (sqlite3DefaultMutex()). ** ** Most calls are passed directly through to the underlying default ** mutex implementation. Except, if a mutex is configured by calling ** sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention() on it, then if contention is ever ** encountered within xMutexEnter() a warning is emitted via sqlite3_log(). ** ** This type of mutex is used as the database handle mutex when testing ** apps that usually use SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD mode. */ /* ** Type for all mutexes used when SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS ** is defined. Variable CheckMutex.mutex is a pointer to the real mutex ** allocated by the system mutex implementation. Variable iType is usually set ** to the type of mutex requested - SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE, SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or one of the static mutex identifiers. Or, if this is a recursive mutex ** that has been configured using sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(), it is ** set to SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION. */ typedef struct CheckMutex CheckMutex; struct CheckMutex { int iType; sqlite3_mutex *mutex; }; #define SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION (-1) /* ** Pointer to real mutex methods object used by the CheckMutex ** implementation. Set by checkMutexInit(). */ static SQLITE_WSD const sqlite3_mutex_methods *pGlobalMutexMethods; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG static int checkMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexHeld(((CheckMutex*)p)->mutex); } static int checkMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexNotheld(((CheckMutex*)p)->mutex); } #endif /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. */ static int checkMutexInit(void){ pGlobalMutexMethods = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); return SQLITE_OK; } static int checkMutexEnd(void){ pGlobalMutexMethods = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Allocate a mutex. */ static sqlite3_mutex *checkMutexAlloc(int iType){ static CheckMutex staticMutexes[] = { {2, 0}, {3, 0}, {4, 0}, {5, 0}, {6, 0}, {7, 0}, {8, 0}, {9, 0}, {10, 0}, {11, 0}, {12, 0}, {13, 0} }; CheckMutex *p = 0; assert( SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE==1 && SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST==0 ); if( iType<2 ){ p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(CheckMutex)); if( p==0 ) return 0; p->iType = iType; }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( iType-2>=ArraySize(staticMutexes) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; } if( p->mutex==0 ){ p->mutex = pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexAlloc(iType); if( p->mutex==0 ){ if( iType<2 ){ sqlite3_free(p); } p = 0; } } return (sqlite3_mutex*)p; } /* ** Free a mutex. */ static void checkMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE<2 ); assert( SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST<2 ); assert( SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION<2 ); #if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( ((CheckMutex*)p)->iType<2 ) #endif { CheckMutex *pCheck = (CheckMutex*)p; pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexFree(pCheck->mutex); sqlite3_free(pCheck); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR else{ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif } /* ** Enter the mutex. */ static void checkMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ CheckMutex *pCheck = (CheckMutex*)p; if( pCheck->iType==SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION ){ if( SQLITE_OK==pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexTry(pCheck->mutex) ){ return; } sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "illegal multi-threaded access to database connection" ); } pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexEnter(pCheck->mutex); } /* ** Enter the mutex (do not block). */ static int checkMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ CheckMutex *pCheck = (CheckMutex*)p; return pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexTry(pCheck->mutex); } /* ** Leave the mutex. */ static void checkMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ CheckMutex *pCheck = (CheckMutex*)p; pGlobalMutexMethods->xMutexLeave(pCheck->mutex); } sqlite3_mutex_methods const *multiThreadedCheckMutex(void){ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { checkMutexInit, checkMutexEnd, checkMutexAlloc, checkMutexFree, checkMutexEnter, checkMutexTry, checkMutexLeave, #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG checkMutexHeld, checkMutexNotheld #else 0, 0 #endif }; return &sMutex; } /* ** Mark the SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE mutex passed as the only argument as ** one on which there should be no contention. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(sqlite3_mutex *p){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc==checkMutexAlloc ){ CheckMutex *pCheck = (CheckMutex*)p; assert( pCheck->iType==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); pCheck->iType = SQLITE_MUTEX_WARNONCONTENTION; } } #endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS */ /* ** Initialize the mutex system. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexInit(void){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){ /* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not ** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to ** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to ** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure. */ sqlite3_mutex_methods const *pFrom; sqlite3_mutex_methods *pTo = &sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS pFrom = multiThreadedCheckMutex(); #else pFrom = sqlite3DefaultMutex(); #endif }else{ pFrom = sqlite3NoopMutex(); } pTo->xMutexInit = pFrom->xMutexInit; pTo->xMutexEnd = pFrom->xMutexEnd; pTo->xMutexFree = pFrom->xMutexFree; pTo->xMutexEnter = pFrom->xMutexEnter; pTo->xMutexTry = pFrom->xMutexTry; pTo->xMutexLeave = pFrom->xMutexLeave; pTo->xMutexHeld = pFrom->xMutexHeld; pTo->xMutexNotheld = pFrom->xMutexNotheld; sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); pTo->xMutexAlloc = pFrom->xMutexAlloc; } assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit ); rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit(); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 1; #endif return rc; } /* ** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by ** sqlite3MutexInit(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){ rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd(); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) = 0; #endif return rc; } /* ** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( id<=SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; if( id>SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE && sqlite3MutexInit() ) return 0; #endif assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ); return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); } SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){ if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ return 0; } assert( GLOBAL(int, mutexIsInit) ); assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ); return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id); } /* ** Free a dynamic mutex. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){ if( p ){ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree ); sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p); } } /* ** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block ** until it can be obtained. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ if( p ){ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter ); sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p); } } /* ** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another ** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p ){ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry ); return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p); } return rc; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously ** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex ** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument ** this function is a no-op. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ if( p ){ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave ); sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p); } } #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are ** intended for use inside assert() statements. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld ); return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld ); return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p); } #endif #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ /************** End of mutex.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file mutex_noop.c **************************************/ /* ** 2008 October 07 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes. ** ** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual ** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications ** that use SQLite in a single thread. The routines defined ** here are place-holders. Applications can substitute working ** mutex routines at start-time using the ** ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...) ** ** interface. ** ** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted ** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being ** called correctly. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT #ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Stub routines for all mutex methods. ** ** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking. */ static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; } static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return SQLITE_OK; } static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return; } SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { noopMutexInit, noopMutexEnd, noopMutexAlloc, noopMutexFree, noopMutexEnter, noopMutexTry, noopMutexLeave, 0, 0, }; return &sMutex; } #endif /* !SQLITE_DEBUG */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing ** and debugging purposes. The mutexes still do not provide any ** mutual exclusion. */ /* ** The mutex object */ typedef struct sqlite3_debug_mutex { int id; /* The mutex type */ int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */ } sqlite3_debug_mutex; /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are ** intended for use inside assert() statements. */ static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; return p==0 || p->cnt>0; } static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; return p==0 || p->cnt==0; } /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. */ static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL ** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. */ static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){ static sqlite3_debug_mutex aStatic[SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 - 1]; sqlite3_debug_mutex *pNew = 0; switch( id ){ case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew)); if( pNew ){ pNew->id = id; pNew->cnt = 0; } break; } default: { #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( id-2<0 || id-2>=ArraySize(aStatic) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif pNew = &aStatic[id-2]; pNew->id = id; break; } } return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew; } /* ** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex. */ static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; assert( p->cnt==0 ); if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ){ sqlite3_free(p); }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif } } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return ** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK ** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can ** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread ** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex ** more than once, the behavior is undefined. */ static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); p->cnt++; } static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); p->cnt++; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was ** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or ** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. */ static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *pX){ sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX; assert( debugMutexHeld(pX) ); p->cnt--; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(pX) ); } SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3NoopMutex(void){ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { debugMutexInit, debugMutexEnd, debugMutexAlloc, debugMutexFree, debugMutexEnter, debugMutexTry, debugMutexLeave, debugMutexHeld, debugMutexNotheld }; return &sMutex; } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* ** If compiled with SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP, then the no-op mutex implementation ** is used regardless of the run-time threadsafety setting. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ return sqlite3NoopMutex(); } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) */ #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT) */ /************** End of mutex_noop.c ******************************************/ /************** Begin file mutex_unix.c **************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 28 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe ** under unix with pthreads. ** ** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that ** supports recursive mutexes. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS #include /* ** The sqlite3_mutex.id, sqlite3_mutex.nRef, and sqlite3_mutex.owner fields ** are necessary under two condidtions: (1) Debug builds and (2) using ** home-grown mutexes. Encapsulate these conditions into a single #define. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX) # define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 1 #else # define SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF 0 #endif /* ** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. */ struct sqlite3_mutex { pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR) int id; /* Mutex type */ #endif #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF volatile int nRef; /* Number of entrances */ volatile pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */ int trace; /* True to trace changes */ #endif }; #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF # define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(id) \ {PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,id,0,(pthread_t)0,0} #elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR) # define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(id) { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, id } #else #define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(id) { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER } #endif /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are ** intended for use only inside assert() statements. On some platforms, ** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to ** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is ** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery ** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a ** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are ** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines ** will not always work correctly on HPUX. ** ** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite ** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to ** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these ** routines are never called. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())); } static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0; } #endif /* ** Try to provide a memory barrier operation, needed for initialization ** and also for the implementation of xShmBarrier in the VFS in cases ** where SQLite is compiled without mutexes. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void){ #if defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER) SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER; #elif defined(__GNUC__) && GCC_VERSION>=4001000 __sync_synchronize(); #endif } /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. */ static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new ** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL ** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite ** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument ** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants: ** **
      **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 **
    • SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 **
    ** ** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create ** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction ** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does ** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in ** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. ** ** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return ** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are ** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite ** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal ** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should ** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. ** ** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() ** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. */ static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){ static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = { SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(2), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(3), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(4), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(5), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(6), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(7), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(8), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(9), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(10), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(11), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(12), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(13) }; sqlite3_mutex *p; switch( iType ){ case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); if( p ){ #ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX /* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to ** build our own. See below. */ pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); #else /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */ pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr; pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr); pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr); pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr); #endif #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR) p->id = SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE; #endif } break; } case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: { p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); if( p ){ pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0); #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR) p->id = SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST; #endif } break; } default: { #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(staticMutexes) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif p = &staticMutexes[iType-2]; break; } } #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR) assert( p==0 || p->id==iType ); #endif return p; } /* ** This routine deallocates a previously ** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every ** mutex that it allocates. */ static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( p->nRef==0 ); #if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ) #endif { pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex); sqlite3_free(p); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR else{ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return ** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK ** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can ** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread ** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex ** more than once, the behavior is undefined. */ static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); #ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. */ { pthread_t self = pthread_self(); if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ p->nRef++; }else{ pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); assert( p->nRef==0 ); p->owner = self; p->nRef = 1; } } #else /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. */ pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex); #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); p->owner = pthread_self(); p->nRef++; #endif #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ){ printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); } #endif } static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ int rc; assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) ); #ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX /* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow ** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal() ** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self ** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values ** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place. ** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that ** separate processes cannot read different values from the same ** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions ** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result. */ { pthread_t self = pthread_self(); if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){ p->nRef++; rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ assert( p->nRef==0 ); p->owner = self; p->nRef = 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } } #else /* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available. */ if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){ #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF p->owner = pthread_self(); p->nRef++; #endif rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){ printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); } #endif return rc; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was ** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or ** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. */ static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) ); #if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF p->nRef--; if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; #endif assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); #ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX if( p->nRef==0 ){ pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); } #else pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ){ printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef); } #endif } SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { pthreadMutexInit, pthreadMutexEnd, pthreadMutexAlloc, pthreadMutexFree, pthreadMutexEnter, pthreadMutexTry, pthreadMutexLeave, #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pthreadMutexHeld, pthreadMutexNotheld #else 0, 0 #endif }; return &sMutex; } #endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS */ /************** End of mutex_unix.c ******************************************/ /************** Begin file mutex_w32.c ***************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 14 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for Win32. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* ** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files */ /************** Include os_common.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c *************/ /************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to ** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those ** files. ** ** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a ** general purpose header file. */ #ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ #define _OS_COMMON_H_ /* ** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG ** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the ** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. */ #ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG # error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." #endif /* ** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works ** on i486 hardware. */ #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE /* ** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ /************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 May 27 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" ** counters for x86 class CPUs. */ #ifndef SQLITE_HWTIME_H #define SQLITE_HWTIME_H /* ** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. ** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the ** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res ** profiling. */ #if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) #if defined(__GNUC__) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned int lo, hi; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; } #elif defined(_MSC_VER) __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ __asm { rdtsc ret ; return value at EDX:EAX } } #endif #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long val; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long long retval; unsigned long junk; __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ 1: mftbu %1\n\ mftb %L0\n\ mftbu %0\n\ cmpw %0,%1\n\ bne 1b" : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); return retval; } #else #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. /* ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, ** you can remove the above #error and use the following ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at ** least compile and run. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } #endif #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_HWTIME_H) */ /************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ static sqlite_uint64 g_start; static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; #define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() #define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start #define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed #else #define TIMER_START #define TIMER_END #define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) #endif /* ** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block ** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This ** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_persist; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_benign; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull; #define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) #define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ { local_ioerr(); CODE; } static void local_ioerr(){ IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); sqlite3_io_error_hit++; if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; } #define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ local_ioerr(); \ sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ CODE; \ }else{ \ sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ } \ } #else #define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) #define SimulateIOError(A) #define SimulateDiskfullError(A) #endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ /* ** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_open_file_count; #define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) #else #define OpenCounter(X) #endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ #endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ /************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/ /* ** Include the header file for the Windows VFS. */ /************** Include os_win.h in the middle of mutex_w32.c ****************/ /************** Begin file os_win.h ******************************************/ /* ** 2013 November 25 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains code that is specific to Windows. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN_H #define SQLITE_OS_WIN_H /* ** Include the primary Windows SDK header file. */ #include "windows.h" #ifdef __CYGWIN__ # include # include /* amalgamator: dontcache */ #endif /* ** Determine if we are dealing with Windows NT. ** ** We ought to be able to determine if we are compiling for Windows 9x or ** Windows NT using the _WIN32_WINNT macro as follows: ** ** #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) ** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 ** #else ** # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 0 ** #endif ** ** However, Visual Studio 2005 does not set _WIN32_WINNT by default, as ** it ought to, so the above test does not work. We'll just assume that ** everything is Windows NT unless the programmer explicitly says otherwise ** by setting SQLITE_OS_WINNT to 0. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINNT) # define SQLITE_OS_WINNT 1 #endif /* ** Determine if we are dealing with Windows CE - which has a much reduced ** API. */ #if defined(_WIN32_WCE) # define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1 #else # define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0 #endif /* ** Determine if we are dealing with WinRT, which provides only a subset of ** the full Win32 API. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OS_WINRT) # define SQLITE_OS_WINRT 0 #endif /* ** For WinCE, some API function parameters do not appear to be declared as ** volatile. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE # define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE #else # define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE volatile #endif /* ** For some Windows sub-platforms, the _beginthreadex() / _endthreadex() ** functions are not available (e.g. those not using MSVC, Cygwin, etc). */ #if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \ SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 && !defined(__CYGWIN__) # define SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS 1 #else # define SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS 0 #endif #endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN_H */ /************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/ #endif /* ** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded ** on a Win32 system. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 /* ** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure. */ struct sqlite3_mutex { CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */ int id; /* Mutex type */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG volatile int nRef; /* Number of enterances */ volatile DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */ volatile LONG trace; /* True to trace changes */ #endif }; /* ** These are the initializer values used when declaring a "static" mutex ** on Win32. It should be noted that all mutexes require initialization ** on the Win32 platform. */ #define SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { 0 } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG #define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(id) { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, id, \ 0L, (DWORD)0, 0 } #else #define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(id) { SQLITE_W32_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, id } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are ** intended for use only inside assert() statements. */ static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId(); } static int winMutexNotheld2(sqlite3_mutex *p, DWORD tid){ return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid; } static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); return winMutexNotheld2(p, tid); } #endif /* ** Try to provide a memory barrier operation, needed for initialization ** and also for the xShmBarrier method of the VFS in cases when SQLite is ** compiled without mutexes (SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemoryBarrier(void){ #if defined(SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER) SQLITE_MEMORY_BARRIER; #elif defined(__GNUC__) __sync_synchronize(); #elif MSVC_VERSION>=1300 _ReadWriteBarrier(); #elif defined(MemoryBarrier) MemoryBarrier(); #endif } /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem. */ static sqlite3_mutex winMutex_staticMutexes[] = { SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(2), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(3), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(4), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(5), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(6), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(7), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(8), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(9), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(10), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(11), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(12), SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER(13) }; static int winMutex_isInit = 0; static int winMutex_isNt = -1; /* <0 means "need to query" */ /* As the winMutexInit() and winMutexEnd() functions are called as part ** of the sqlite3_initialize() and sqlite3_shutdown() processing, the ** "interlocked" magic used here is probably not strictly necessary. */ static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE winMutex_lock = 0; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void); /* os_win.c */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds); /* os_win.c */ static int winMutexInit(void){ /* The first to increment to 1 does actual initialization */ if( InterlockedCompareExchange(&winMutex_lock, 1, 0)==0 ){ int i; for(i=0; i **
  5. SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST **
  6. SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE **
  7. SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER **
  8. SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM **
  9. SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN **
  10. SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG **
  11. SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU **
  12. SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM **
  13. SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP1 **
  14. SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP2 **
  15. SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_APP3 **
  16. SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1 **
  17. SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS2 **
  18. SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS3 ** ** ** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create ** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used. ** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction ** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does ** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in ** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex ** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem ** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST. ** ** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return ** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Six static mutexes are ** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite ** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal ** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should ** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or ** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE. ** ** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc() ** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static ** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has ** the same type number. */ static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){ sqlite3_mutex *p; switch( iType ){ case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: { p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); if( p ){ p->id = iType; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_DYNAMIC p->trace = 1; #endif #endif #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0); #else InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex); #endif } break; } default: { #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2]; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_STATIC InterlockedCompareExchange(&p->trace, 1, 0); #endif #endif break; } } assert( p==0 || p->id==iType ); return p; } /* ** This routine deallocates a previously ** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every ** mutex that it allocates. */ static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ assert( p ); assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 ); if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ){ DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex); sqlite3_free(p); }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif } } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt ** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex, ** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return ** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK ** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can ** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the, ** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread ** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex ** more than once, the behavior is undefined. */ static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG assert( p ); assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); #else assert( p ); #endif assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG assert( p->nRef>0 || p->owner==0 ); p->owner = tid; p->nRef++; if( p->trace ){ OSTRACE(("ENTER-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex(%d)=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n", tid, p->id, p, p->trace, p->nRef)); } #endif } static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); #endif int rc = SQLITE_BUSY; assert( p ); assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld2(p, tid) ); /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it ** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always ** fail. ** ** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT. ** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without ** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98. ** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now. See ** ticket #2685. */ #if defined(_WIN32_WINNT) && _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400 assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); assert( winMutex_isNt>=-1 && winMutex_isNt<=1 ); if( winMutex_isNt<0 ){ winMutex_isNt = sqlite3_win32_is_nt(); } assert( winMutex_isNt==0 || winMutex_isNt==1 ); if( winMutex_isNt && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->owner = tid; p->nRef++; #endif rc = SQLITE_OK; } #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ){ OSTRACE(("TRY-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex(%d)=%p (%d), owner=%lu, nRef=%d, rc=%s\n", tid, p->id, p, p->trace, p->owner, p->nRef, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); } #endif return rc; } /* ** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was ** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior ** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or ** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either. */ static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) DWORD tid = GetCurrentThreadId(); #endif assert( p ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG assert( p->nRef>0 ); assert( p->owner==tid ); p->nRef--; if( p->nRef==0 ) p->owner = 0; assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ); #endif assert( winMutex_isInit==1 ); LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->trace ){ OSTRACE(("LEAVE-MUTEX tid=%lu, mutex(%d)=%p (%d), nRef=%d\n", tid, p->id, p, p->trace, p->nRef)); } #endif } SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex_methods const *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){ static const sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = { winMutexInit, winMutexEnd, winMutexAlloc, winMutexFree, winMutexEnter, winMutexTry, winMutexLeave, #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG winMutexHeld, winMutexNotheld #else 0, 0 #endif }; return &sMutex; } #endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */ /************** End of mutex_w32.c *******************************************/ /************** Begin file malloc.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include */ /* ** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently ** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to ** cache database pages that are not currently in use. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT return sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n); #else /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34391-24921 The sqlite3_release_memory() routine ** is a no-op returning zero if SQLite is not compiled with ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT. */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(n); return 0; #endif } /* ** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem. */ static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global { sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */ sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold; /* The soft heap limit */ /* ** True if heap is nearly "full" where "full" is defined by the ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit() setting. */ int nearlyFull; } mem0 = { 0, 0, 0 }; #define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0) /* ** Return the memory allocator mutex. sqlite3_status() needs it. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MallocMutex(void){ return mem0.mutex; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** Deprecated external interface. It used to set an alarm callback ** that was invoked when memory usage grew too large. Now it is a ** no-op. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_memory_alarm( void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N), void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 iThreshold ){ (void)xCallback; (void)pArg; (void)iThreshold; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or ** negative value indicates no limit. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(sqlite3_int64 n){ sqlite3_int64 priorLimit; sqlite3_int64 excess; sqlite3_int64 nUsed; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return -1; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); priorLimit = mem0.alarmThreshold; if( n<0 ){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); return priorLimit; } mem0.alarmThreshold = n; nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); mem0.nearlyFull = (n>0 && n<=nUsed); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); excess = sqlite3_memory_used() - n; if( excess>0 ) sqlite3_release_memory((int)(excess & 0x7fffffff)); return priorLimit; } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){ if( n<0 ) n = 0; sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(n); } /* ** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocInit(void){ int rc; if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){ sqlite3MemSetDefault(); } memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage<512 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage<=0 ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0; sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0; } rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); return rc; } /* ** Return true if the heap is currently under memory pressure - in other ** words if the amount of heap used is close to the limit set by ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(void){ return mem0.nearlyFull; } /* ** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData); } memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0)); } /* ** Return the amount of memory currently checked out. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){ sqlite3_int64 res, mx; sqlite3_status64(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &res, &mx, 0); return res; } /* ** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been ** checked out since either the beginning of this process ** or since the most recent reset. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){ sqlite3_int64 res, mx; sqlite3_status64(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &res, &mx, resetFlag); return mx; } /* ** Trigger the alarm */ static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){ if( mem0.alarmThreshold<=0 ) return; sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); sqlite3_release_memory(nByte); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); } /* ** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms. Assume the ** lock is already held. */ static void mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){ void *p; int nFull; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) ); assert( n>0 ); /* In Firefox (circa 2017-02-08), xRoundup() is remapped to an internal ** implementation of malloc_good_size(), which must be called in debug ** mode and specifically when the DMD "Dark Matter Detector" is enabled ** or else a crash results. Hence, do not attempt to optimize out the ** following xRoundup() call. */ nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n); #ifdef SQLITE_MAX_MEMORY if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)+nFull>SQLITE_MAX_MEMORY ){ *pp = 0; return; } #endif sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n); if( mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){ sqlite3_int64 nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED); if( nUsed >= mem0.alarmThreshold - nFull ){ mem0.nearlyFull = 1; sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); }else{ mem0.nearlyFull = 0; } } p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT if( p==0 && mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){ sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull); p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull); } #endif if( p ){ nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p); sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull); sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); } *pp = p; } /* ** Allocate memory. This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it ** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Malloc(u64 n){ void *p; if( n==0 || n>=0x7fffff00 ){ /* A memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum ** signed integer value might cause an integer overflow inside of the ** xMalloc(). Hence we limit the maximum size to 0x7fffff00, giving ** 255 bytes of overhead. SQLite itself will never use anything near ** this amount. The only way to reach the limit is with sqlite3_malloc() */ p = 0; }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); mallocWithAlarm((int)n, &p); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc((int)n); } assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) ); /* IMP: R-11148-40995 */ return p; } /* ** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application. ** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the ** allocation. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif return n<=0 ? 0 : sqlite3Malloc(n); } SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_malloc64(sqlite3_uint64 n){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif return sqlite3Malloc(n); } /* ** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ return SQLITE_WITHIN(p, db->lookaside.pStart, db->lookaside.pEnd); } #else #define isLookaside(A,B) 0 #endif /* ** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from ** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ assert( p!=0 ); if( db==0 || !isLookaside(db,p) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( db==0 ){ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); }else{ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); } #endif return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p); }else{ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); return db->lookaside.sz; } } SQLITE_API sqlite3_uint64 sqlite3_msize(void *p){ assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); return p ? sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p) : 0; } /* ** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc(). */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free(void *p){ if( p==0 ) return; /* IMP: R-49053-54554 */ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, sqlite3MallocSize(p)); sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_COUNT, 1); sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p); } } /* ** Add the size of memory allocation "p" to the count in ** *db->pnBytesFreed. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void measureAllocationSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ *db->pnBytesFreed += sqlite3DbMallocSize(db,p); } /* ** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database ** connection. Calling sqlite3DbFree(D,X) for X==0 is a harmless no-op. ** The sqlite3DbFreeNN(D,X) version requires that X be non-NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFreeNN(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( p!=0 ); if( db ){ if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ measureAllocationSize(db, p); return; } if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Trash all content in the buffer being freed */ memset(p, 0xaa, db->lookaside.sz); #endif pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree; db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf; return; } } assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); assert( db!=0 || sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE) ); sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); sqlite3_free(p); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){ assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( p ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, u64 nBytes){ int nOld, nNew, nDiff; void *pNew; assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(pOld, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(pOld, (u8)~MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); if( pOld==0 ){ return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes); /* IMP: R-04300-56712 */ } if( nBytes==0 ){ sqlite3_free(pOld); /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */ return 0; } if( nBytes>=0x7fffff00 ){ /* The 0x7ffff00 limit term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */ return 0; } nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld); /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46199-30249 SQLite guarantees that the second ** argument to xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to ** xRoundup. */ nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup((int)nBytes); if( nOld==nNew ){ pNew = pOld; }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex); sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, (int)nBytes); nDiff = nNew - nOld; if( nDiff>0 && sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED) >= mem0.alarmThreshold-nDiff ){ sqlite3MallocAlarm(nDiff); } pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmThreshold>0 ){ sqlite3MallocAlarm((int)nBytes); pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); } if( pNew ){ nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew); sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex); }else{ pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew); } assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pNew) ); /* IMP: R-11148-40995 */ return pNew; } /* ** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc. Make sure that the memory ** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif if( n<0 ) n = 0; /* IMP: R-26507-47431 */ return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n); } SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_realloc64(void *pOld, sqlite3_uint64 n){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n); } /* ** Allocate and zero memory. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3MallocZero(u64 n){ void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n); if( p ){ memset(p, 0, (size_t)n); } return p; } /* ** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make ** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){ void *p; testcase( db==0 ); p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); if( p ) memset(p, 0, (size_t)n); return p; } /* Finish the work of sqlite3DbMallocRawNN for the unusual and ** slower case when the allocation cannot be fulfilled using lookaside. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbMallocRawFinish(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){ void *p; assert( db!=0 ); p = sqlite3Malloc(n); if( !p ) sqlite3OomFault(db); sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, (db->lookaside.bDisable==0) ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP); return p; } /* ** Allocate memory, either lookaside (if possible) or heap. ** If the allocation fails, set the mallocFailed flag in ** the connection pointer. ** ** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc ** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0. ** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts ** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset. ** This is an important assumption. There are many places in the ** code that do things like this: ** ** int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100); ** int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200); ** if( b ) a[10] = 9; ** ** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed ** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too. ** ** The sqlite3MallocRawNN() variant guarantees that the "db" parameter is ** not a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){ void *p; if( db ) return sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n); p = sqlite3Malloc(n); sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); return p; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3 *db, u64 n){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE LookasideSlot *pBuf; assert( db!=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ); if( db->lookaside.bDisable==0 ){ assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); if( n>db->lookaside.sz ){ db->lookaside.anStat[1]++; }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)!=0 ){ db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext; db->lookaside.anStat[0]++; return (void*)pBuf; }else if( (pBuf = db->lookaside.pInit)!=0 ){ db->lookaside.pInit = pBuf->pNext; db->lookaside.anStat[0]++; return (void*)pBuf; }else{ db->lookaside.anStat[2]++; } }else if( db->mallocFailed ){ return 0; } #else assert( db!=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ); if( db->mallocFailed ){ return 0; } #endif return dbMallocRawFinish(db, n); } /* Forward declaration */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbReallocFinish(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n); /* ** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the ** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){ assert( db!=0 ); if( p==0 ) return sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( isLookaside(db,p) && n<=db->lookaside.sz ) return p; return dbReallocFinish(db, p, n); } static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *dbReallocFinish(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){ void *pNew = 0; assert( db!=0 ); assert( p!=0 ); if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ if( isLookaside(db, p) ){ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n); if( pNew ){ memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } }else{ assert( sqlite3MemdebugHasType(p, (MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); assert( sqlite3MemdebugNoType(p, (u8)~(MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE|MEMTYPE_HEAP)) ); sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_HEAP); pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p, n); if( !pNew ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); } sqlite3MemdebugSetType(pNew, (db->lookaside.bDisable==0 ? MEMTYPE_LOOKASIDE : MEMTYPE_HEAP)); } } return pNew; } /* ** Attempt to reallocate p. If the reallocation fails, then free p ** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, u64 n){ void *pNew; pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n); if( !pNew ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } return pNew; } /* ** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These ** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This ** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are ** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the ** ThreadData structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){ char *zNew; size_t n; if( z==0 ){ return 0; } n = strlen(z) + 1; zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n); if( zNew ){ memcpy(zNew, z, n); } return zNew; } SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, u64 n){ char *zNew; assert( db!=0 ); if( z==0 ){ return 0; } assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n ); zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n+1); if( zNew ){ memcpy(zNew, z, (size_t)n); zNew[n] = 0; } return zNew; } /* ** The text between zStart and zEnd represents a phrase within a larger ** SQL statement. Make a copy of this phrase in space obtained form ** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Omit leading and trailing whitespace. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3DbSpanDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *zStart, const char *zEnd){ int n; while( sqlite3Isspace(zStart[0]) ) zStart++; n = (int)(zEnd - zStart); while( ALWAYS(n>0) && sqlite3Isspace(zStart[n-1]) ) n--; return sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zStart, n); } /* ** Free any prior content in *pz and replace it with a copy of zNew. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zNew){ sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz); *pz = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zNew); } /* ** Call this routine to record the fact that an OOM (out-of-memory) error ** has happened. This routine will set db->mallocFailed, and also ** temporarily disable the lookaside memory allocator and interrupt ** any running VDBEs. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomFault(sqlite3 *db){ if( db->mallocFailed==0 && db->bBenignMalloc==0 ){ db->mallocFailed = 1; if( db->nVdbeExec>0 ){ db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; } db->lookaside.bDisable++; } } /* ** This routine reactivates the memory allocator and clears the ** db->mallocFailed flag as necessary. ** ** The memory allocator is not restarted if there are running ** VDBEs. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OomClear(sqlite3 *db){ if( db->mallocFailed && db->nVdbeExec==0 ){ db->mallocFailed = 0; db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; assert( db->lookaside.bDisable>0 ); db->lookaside.bDisable--; } } /* ** Take actions at the end of an API call to indicate an OOM error */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int apiOomError(sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3OomClear(db); sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } /* ** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e. ** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or ** sqlite3_realloc. ** ** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this ** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous ** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead. ** ** If an OOM as occurred, then the connection error-code (the value ** returned by sqlite3_errcode()) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){ /* If the db handle must hold the connection handle mutex here. ** Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed ** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error(). */ assert( db!=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ return apiOomError(db); } return rc & db->errMask; } /************** End of malloc.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file printf.c ******************************************/ /* ** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in ** the public domain. ** ************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains code for a set of "printf"-like routines. These ** routines format strings much like the printf() from the standard C ** library, though the implementation here has enhancements to support ** SQLite. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the ** following enumeration. */ #define etRADIX 0 /* non-decimal integer types. %x %o */ #define etFLOAT 1 /* Floating point. %f */ #define etEXP 2 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */ #define etGENERIC 3 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */ #define etSIZE 4 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */ #define etSTRING 5 /* Strings. %s */ #define etDYNSTRING 6 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */ #define etPERCENT 7 /* Percent symbol. %% */ #define etCHARX 8 /* Characters. %c */ /* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */ #define etSQLESCAPE 9 /* Strings with '\'' doubled. %q */ #define etSQLESCAPE2 10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '', NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL. %Q */ #define etTOKEN 11 /* a pointer to a Token structure */ #define etSRCLIST 12 /* a pointer to a SrcList */ #define etPOINTER 13 /* The %p conversion */ #define etSQLESCAPE3 14 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */ #define etORDINAL 15 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc. English only */ #define etDECIMAL 16 /* %d or %u, but not %x, %o */ #define etINVALID 17 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */ /* ** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value. */ typedef unsigned char etByte; /* ** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described ** by an instance of the following structure */ typedef struct et_info { /* Information about each format field */ char fmttype; /* The format field code letter */ etByte base; /* The base for radix conversion */ etByte flags; /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */ etByte type; /* Conversion paradigm */ etByte charset; /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */ etByte prefix; /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */ } et_info; /* ** Allowed values for et_info.flags */ #define FLAG_SIGNED 1 /* True if the value to convert is signed */ #define FLAG_STRING 4 /* Allow infinite precision */ /* ** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the ** most frequently used conversion types first. */ static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef"; static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0"; static const et_info fmtinfo[] = { { 'd', 10, 1, etDECIMAL, 0, 0 }, { 's', 0, 4, etSTRING, 0, 0 }, { 'g', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 30, 0 }, { 'z', 0, 4, etDYNSTRING, 0, 0 }, { 'q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE, 0, 0 }, { 'Q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0, 0 }, { 'w', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0, 0 }, { 'c', 0, 0, etCHARX, 0, 0 }, { 'o', 8, 0, etRADIX, 0, 2 }, { 'u', 10, 0, etDECIMAL, 0, 0 }, { 'x', 16, 0, etRADIX, 16, 1 }, { 'X', 16, 0, etRADIX, 0, 4 }, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT { 'f', 0, 1, etFLOAT, 0, 0 }, { 'e', 0, 1, etEXP, 30, 0 }, { 'E', 0, 1, etEXP, 14, 0 }, { 'G', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 14, 0 }, #endif { 'i', 10, 1, etDECIMAL, 0, 0 }, { 'n', 0, 0, etSIZE, 0, 0 }, { '%', 0, 0, etPERCENT, 0, 0 }, { 'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER, 0, 1 }, /* All the rest are undocumented and are for internal use only */ { 'T', 0, 0, etTOKEN, 0, 0 }, { 'S', 0, 0, etSRCLIST, 0, 0 }, { 'r', 10, 1, etORDINAL, 0, 0 }, }; /* ** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point ** conversions will work. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* ** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0 ** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then ** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize. ** ** Example: ** input: *val = 3.14159 ** output: *val = 1.4159 function return = '3' ** ** The counter *cnt is incremented each time. After counter exceeds ** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is ** always returned. */ static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){ int digit; LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d; if( (*cnt)<=0 ) return '0'; (*cnt)--; digit = (int)*val; d = digit; digit += '0'; *val = (*val - d)*10.0; return (char)digit; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ /* ** Set the StrAccum object to an error mode. */ static void setStrAccumError(StrAccum *p, u8 eError){ assert( eError==SQLITE_NOMEM || eError==SQLITE_TOOBIG ); p->accError = eError; p->nAlloc = 0; } /* ** Extra argument values from a PrintfArguments object */ static sqlite3_int64 getIntArg(PrintfArguments *p){ if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0; return sqlite3_value_int64(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); } static double getDoubleArg(PrintfArguments *p){ if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0.0; return sqlite3_value_double(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); } static char *getTextArg(PrintfArguments *p){ if( p->nArg<=p->nUsed ) return 0; return (char*)sqlite3_value_text(p->apArg[p->nUsed++]); } /* ** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the ** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be something smaller, if desired. */ #ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE # define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 70 #endif #define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */ /* ** Render a string given by "fmt" into the StrAccum object. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_vappendf( sqlite3_str *pAccum, /* Accumulate results here */ const char *fmt, /* Format string */ va_list ap /* arguments */ ){ int c; /* Next character in the format string */ char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */ int precision; /* Precision of the current field */ int length; /* Length of the field */ int idx; /* A general purpose loop counter */ int width; /* Width of the current field */ etByte flag_leftjustify; /* True if "-" flag is present */ etByte flag_prefix; /* '+' or ' ' or 0 for prefix */ etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */ etByte flag_altform2; /* True if "!" flag is present */ etByte flag_zeropad; /* True if field width constant starts with zero */ etByte flag_long; /* 1 for the "l" flag, 2 for "ll", 0 by default */ etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */ etByte cThousand; /* Thousands separator for %d and %u */ etByte xtype = etINVALID; /* Conversion paradigm */ u8 bArgList; /* True for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */ char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */ sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */ const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */ char *zOut; /* Rendering buffer */ int nOut; /* Size of the rendering buffer */ char *zExtra = 0; /* Malloced memory used by some conversion */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */ int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */ double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */ etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */ etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */ #endif PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */ char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */ /* pAccum never starts out with an empty buffer that was obtained from ** malloc(). This precondition is required by the mprintf("%z...") ** optimization. */ assert( pAccum->nChar>0 || (pAccum->printfFlags&SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)==0 ); bufpt = 0; if( (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC)!=0 ){ pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*); bArgList = 1; }else{ bArgList = 0; } for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){ if( c!='%' ){ bufpt = (char *)fmt; #if HAVE_STRCHRNUL fmt = strchrnul(fmt, '%'); #else do{ fmt++; }while( *fmt && *fmt != '%' ); #endif sqlite3_str_append(pAccum, bufpt, (int)(fmt - bufpt)); if( *fmt==0 ) break; } if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){ sqlite3_str_append(pAccum, "%", 1); break; } /* Find out what flags are present */ flag_leftjustify = flag_prefix = cThousand = flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0; done = 0; do{ switch( c ){ case '-': flag_leftjustify = 1; break; case '+': flag_prefix = '+'; break; case ' ': flag_prefix = ' '; break; case '#': flag_alternateform = 1; break; case '!': flag_altform2 = 1; break; case '0': flag_zeropad = 1; break; case ',': cThousand = ','; break; default: done = 1; break; } }while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 ); /* Get the field width */ if( c=='*' ){ if( bArgList ){ width = (int)getIntArg(pArgList); }else{ width = va_arg(ap,int); } if( width<0 ){ flag_leftjustify = 1; width = width >= -2147483647 ? -width : 0; } c = *++fmt; }else{ unsigned wx = 0; while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ wx = wx*10 + c - '0'; c = *++fmt; } testcase( wx>0x7fffffff ); width = wx & 0x7fffffff; } assert( width>=0 ); #ifdef SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT if( width>SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT ){ width = SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT; } #endif /* Get the precision */ if( c=='.' ){ c = *++fmt; if( c=='*' ){ if( bArgList ){ precision = (int)getIntArg(pArgList); }else{ precision = va_arg(ap,int); } c = *++fmt; if( precision<0 ){ precision = precision >= -2147483647 ? -precision : -1; } }else{ unsigned px = 0; while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){ px = px*10 + c - '0'; c = *++fmt; } testcase( px>0x7fffffff ); precision = px & 0x7fffffff; } }else{ precision = -1; } assert( precision>=(-1) ); #ifdef SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT if( precision>SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT ){ precision = SQLITE_PRINTF_PRECISION_LIMIT; } #endif /* Get the conversion type modifier */ if( c=='l' ){ flag_long = 1; c = *++fmt; if( c=='l' ){ flag_long = 2; c = *++fmt; } }else{ flag_long = 0; } /* Fetch the info entry for the field */ infop = &fmtinfo[0]; xtype = etINVALID; for(idx=0; idxtype; break; } } /* ** At this point, variables are initialized as follows: ** ** flag_alternateform TRUE if a '#' is present. ** flag_altform2 TRUE if a '!' is present. ** flag_prefix '+' or ' ' or zero ** flag_leftjustify TRUE if a '-' is present or if the ** field width was negative. ** flag_zeropad TRUE if the width began with 0. ** flag_long 1 for "l", 2 for "ll" ** width The specified field width. This is ** always non-negative. Zero is the default. ** precision The specified precision. The default ** is -1. ** xtype The class of the conversion. ** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct. */ switch( xtype ){ case etPOINTER: flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64) ? 2 : sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int) ? 1 : 0; /* Fall through into the next case */ case etORDINAL: case etRADIX: cThousand = 0; /* Fall through into the next case */ case etDECIMAL: if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){ i64 v; if( bArgList ){ v = getIntArg(pArgList); }else if( flag_long ){ if( flag_long==2 ){ v = va_arg(ap,i64) ; }else{ v = va_arg(ap,long int); } }else{ v = va_arg(ap,int); } if( v<0 ){ if( v==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ longvalue = ((u64)1)<<63; }else{ longvalue = -v; } prefix = '-'; }else{ longvalue = v; prefix = flag_prefix; } }else{ if( bArgList ){ longvalue = (u64)getIntArg(pArgList); }else if( flag_long ){ if( flag_long==2 ){ longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64); }else{ longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int); } }else{ longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int); } prefix = 0; } if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0; if( flag_zeropad && precision=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){ x = 0; } *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2+1]; *(--bufpt) = zOrd[x*2]; } { const char *cset = &aDigits[infop->charset]; u8 base = infop->base; do{ /* Convert to ascii */ *(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base]; longvalue = longvalue/base; }while( longvalue>0 ); } length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); while( precision>length ){ *(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */ length++; } if( cThousand ){ int nn = (length - 1)/3; /* Number of "," to insert */ int ix = (length - 1)%3 + 1; bufpt -= nn; for(idx=0; nn>0; idx++){ bufpt[idx] = bufpt[idx+nn]; ix--; if( ix==0 ){ bufpt[++idx] = cThousand; nn--; ix = 3; } } } if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix; /* Add sign */ if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){ /* Add "0" or "0x" */ const char *pre; char x; pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix]; for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x; } length = (int)(&zOut[nOut-1]-bufpt); break; case etFLOAT: case etEXP: case etGENERIC: if( bArgList ){ realvalue = getDoubleArg(pArgList); }else{ realvalue = va_arg(ap,double); } #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT length = 0; #else if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */ if( realvalue<0.0 ){ realvalue = -realvalue; prefix = '-'; }else{ prefix = flag_prefix; } if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--; testcase( precision>0xfff ); for(idx=precision&0xfff, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){} if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder; /* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */ exp = 0; if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){ bufpt = "NaN"; length = 3; break; } if( realvalue>0.0 ){ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0; while( realvalue>=1e100*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e100;exp+=100;} while( realvalue>=1e10*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 1e10; exp+=10; } while( realvalue>=10.0*scale && exp<=350 ){ scale *= 10.0; exp++; } realvalue /= scale; while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; } while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; } if( exp>350 ){ bufpt = buf; buf[0] = prefix; memcpy(buf+(prefix!=0),"Inf",4); length = 3+(prefix!=0); break; } } bufpt = buf; /* ** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP ** or etFLOAT, as appropriate. */ if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){ realvalue += rounder; if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; } } if( xtype==etGENERIC ){ flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform; if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){ xtype = etEXP; }else{ precision = precision - exp; xtype = etFLOAT; } }else{ flag_rtz = flag_altform2; } if( xtype==etEXP ){ e2 = 0; }else{ e2 = exp; } if( MAX(e2,0)+(i64)precision+(i64)width > etBUFSIZE - 15 ){ bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( MAX(e2,0)+(i64)precision+(i64)width+15 ); if( bufpt==0 ){ setStrAccumError(pAccum, SQLITE_NOMEM); return; } } zOut = bufpt; nsd = 16 + flag_altform2*10; flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2; /* The sign in front of the number */ if( prefix ){ *(bufpt++) = prefix; } /* Digits prior to the decimal point */ if( e2<0 ){ *(bufpt++) = '0'; }else{ for(; e2>=0; e2--){ *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); } } /* The decimal point */ if( flag_dp ){ *(bufpt++) = '.'; } /* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first ** significant digit of the number */ for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){ assert( precision>0 ); *(bufpt++) = '0'; } /* Significant digits after the decimal point */ while( (precision--)>0 ){ *(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd); } /* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */ if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){ while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0; assert( bufpt>zOut ); if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){ if( flag_altform2 ){ *(bufpt++) = '0'; }else{ *(--bufpt) = 0; } } } /* Add the "eNNN" suffix */ if( xtype==etEXP ){ *(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset]; if( exp<0 ){ *(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp; }else{ *(bufpt++) = '+'; } if( exp>=100 ){ *(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0'); /* 100's digit */ exp %= 100; } *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0'); /* 10's digit */ *(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0'); /* 1's digit */ } *bufpt = 0; /* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it. ** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with ** integer conversions. */ length = (int)(bufpt-zOut); bufpt = zOut; /* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is ** set and we are not left justified */ if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){ int i; int nPad = width - length; for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){ bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad]; } i = prefix!=0; while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0'; length = width; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) */ break; case etSIZE: if( !bArgList ){ *(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar; } length = width = 0; break; case etPERCENT: buf[0] = '%'; bufpt = buf; length = 1; break; case etCHARX: if( bArgList ){ bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList); length = 1; if( bufpt ){ buf[0] = c = *(bufpt++); if( (c&0xc0)==0xc0 ){ while( length<4 && (bufpt[0]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ buf[length++] = *(bufpt++); } } }else{ buf[0] = 0; } }else{ unsigned int ch = va_arg(ap,unsigned int); if( ch<0x00080 ){ buf[0] = ch & 0xff; length = 1; }else if( ch<0x00800 ){ buf[0] = 0xc0 + (u8)((ch>>6)&0x1f); buf[1] = 0x80 + (u8)(ch & 0x3f); length = 2; }else if( ch<0x10000 ){ buf[0] = 0xe0 + (u8)((ch>>12)&0x0f); buf[1] = 0x80 + (u8)((ch>>6) & 0x3f); buf[2] = 0x80 + (u8)(ch & 0x3f); length = 3; }else{ buf[0] = 0xf0 + (u8)((ch>>18) & 0x07); buf[1] = 0x80 + (u8)((ch>>12) & 0x3f); buf[2] = 0x80 + (u8)((ch>>6) & 0x3f); buf[3] = 0x80 + (u8)(ch & 0x3f); length = 4; } } if( precision>1 ){ width -= precision-1; if( width>1 && !flag_leftjustify ){ sqlite3_str_appendchar(pAccum, width-1, ' '); width = 0; } while( precision-- > 1 ){ sqlite3_str_append(pAccum, buf, length); } } bufpt = buf; flag_altform2 = 1; goto adjust_width_for_utf8; case etSTRING: case etDYNSTRING: if( bArgList ){ bufpt = getTextArg(pArgList); xtype = etSTRING; }else{ bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*); } if( bufpt==0 ){ bufpt = ""; }else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){ if( pAccum->nChar==0 && pAccum->mxAlloc && width==0 && precision<0 && pAccum->accError==0 ){ /* Special optimization for sqlite3_mprintf("%z..."): ** Extend an existing memory allocation rather than creating ** a new one. */ assert( (pAccum->printfFlags&SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED)==0 ); pAccum->zText = bufpt; pAccum->nAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pAccum->db, bufpt); pAccum->nChar = 0x7fffffff & (int)strlen(bufpt); pAccum->printfFlags |= SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED; length = 0; break; } zExtra = bufpt; } if( precision>=0 ){ if( flag_altform2 ){ /* Set length to the number of bytes needed in order to display ** precision characters */ unsigned char *z = (unsigned char*)bufpt; while( precision-- > 0 && z[0] ){ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); } length = (int)(z - (unsigned char*)bufpt); }else{ for(length=0; length0 ){ /* Adjust width to account for extra bytes in UTF-8 characters */ int ii = length - 1; while( ii>=0 ) if( (bufpt[ii--] & 0xc0)==0x80 ) width++; } break; case etSQLESCAPE: /* %q: Escape ' characters */ case etSQLESCAPE2: /* %Q: Escape ' and enclose in '...' */ case etSQLESCAPE3: { /* %w: Escape " characters */ int i, j, k, n, isnull; int needQuote; char ch; char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\''); /* Quote character */ char *escarg; if( bArgList ){ escarg = getTextArg(pArgList); }else{ escarg = va_arg(ap,char*); } isnull = escarg==0; if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)"); /* For %q, %Q, and %w, the precision is the number of byte (or ** characters if the ! flags is present) to use from the input. ** Because of the extra quoting characters inserted, the number ** of output characters may be larger than the precision. */ k = precision; for(i=n=0; k!=0 && (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++, k--){ if( ch==q ) n++; if( flag_altform2 && (ch&0xc0)==0xc0 ){ while( (escarg[i+1]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ i++; } } } needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2; n += i + 3; if( n>etBUFSIZE ){ bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n ); if( bufpt==0 ){ setStrAccumError(pAccum, SQLITE_NOMEM); return; } }else{ bufpt = buf; } j = 0; if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q; k = i; for(i=0; iprintfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL)==0 ) return; pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*); assert( bArgList==0 ); if( pToken && pToken->n ){ sqlite3_str_append(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n); } length = width = 0; break; } case etSRCLIST: { SrcList *pSrc; int k; struct SrcList_item *pItem; if( (pAccum->printfFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL)==0 ) return; pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*); k = va_arg(ap, int); pItem = &pSrc->a[k]; assert( bArgList==0 ); assert( k>=0 && knSrc ); if( pItem->zDatabase ){ sqlite3_str_appendall(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase); sqlite3_str_append(pAccum, ".", 1); } sqlite3_str_appendall(pAccum, pItem->zName); length = width = 0; break; } default: { assert( xtype==etINVALID ); return; } }/* End switch over the format type */ /* ** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is ** "length" characters long. The field width is "width". Do ** the output. Both length and width are in bytes, not characters, ** at this point. If the "!" flag was present on string conversions ** indicating that width and precision should be expressed in characters, ** then the values have been translated prior to reaching this point. */ width -= length; if( width>0 ){ if( !flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3_str_appendchar(pAccum, width, ' '); sqlite3_str_append(pAccum, bufpt, length); if( flag_leftjustify ) sqlite3_str_appendchar(pAccum, width, ' '); }else{ sqlite3_str_append(pAccum, bufpt, length); } if( zExtra ){ sqlite3DbFree(pAccum->db, zExtra); zExtra = 0; } }/* End for loop over the format string */ } /* End of function */ /* ** Enlarge the memory allocation on a StrAccum object so that it is ** able to accept at least N more bytes of text. ** ** Return the number of bytes of text that StrAccum is able to accept ** after the attempted enlargement. The value returned might be zero. */ static int sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(StrAccum *p, int N){ char *zNew; assert( p->nChar+(i64)N >= p->nAlloc ); /* Only called if really needed */ if( p->accError ){ testcase(p->accError==SQLITE_TOOBIG); testcase(p->accError==SQLITE_NOMEM); return 0; } if( p->mxAlloc==0 ){ N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1; setStrAccumError(p, SQLITE_TOOBIG); return N; }else{ char *zOld = isMalloced(p) ? p->zText : 0; i64 szNew = p->nChar; szNew += N + 1; if( szNew+p->nChar<=p->mxAlloc ){ /* Force exponential buffer size growth as long as it does not overflow, ** to avoid having to call this routine too often */ szNew += p->nChar; } if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){ sqlite3_str_reset(p); setStrAccumError(p, SQLITE_TOOBIG); return 0; }else{ p->nAlloc = (int)szNew; } if( p->db ){ zNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, zOld, p->nAlloc); }else{ zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(zOld, p->nAlloc); } if( zNew ){ assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 ); if( !isMalloced(p) && p->nChar>0 ) memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar); p->zText = zNew; p->nAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, zNew); p->printfFlags |= SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED; }else{ sqlite3_str_reset(p); setStrAccumError(p, SQLITE_NOMEM); return 0; } } return N; } /* ** Append N copies of character c to the given string buffer. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendchar(sqlite3_str *p, int N, char c){ testcase( p->nChar + (i64)N > 0x7fffffff ); if( p->nChar+(i64)N >= p->nAlloc && (N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N))<=0 ){ return; } while( (N--)>0 ) p->zText[p->nChar++] = c; } /* ** The StrAccum "p" is not large enough to accept N new bytes of z[]. ** So enlarge if first, then do the append. ** ** This is a helper routine to sqlite3_str_append() that does special-case ** work (enlarging the buffer) using tail recursion, so that the ** sqlite3_str_append() routine can use fast calling semantics. */ static void SQLITE_NOINLINE enlargeAndAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){ N = sqlite3StrAccumEnlarge(p, N); if( N>0 ){ memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N); p->nChar += N; } } /* ** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object. Increase the ** size of the memory allocation for StrAccum if necessary. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_append(sqlite3_str *p, const char *z, int N){ assert( z!=0 || N==0 ); assert( p->zText!=0 || p->nChar==0 || p->accError ); assert( N>=0 ); assert( p->accError==0 || p->nAlloc==0 ); if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){ enlargeAndAppend(p,z,N); }else if( N ){ assert( p->zText ); p->nChar += N; memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar-N], z, N); } } /* ** Append the complete text of zero-terminated string z[] to the p string. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendall(sqlite3_str *p, const char *z){ sqlite3_str_append(p, z, sqlite3Strlen30(z)); } /* ** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated. ** Return a pointer to the resulting string. Return a NULL ** pointer if any kind of error was encountered. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE char *strAccumFinishRealloc(StrAccum *p){ char *zText; assert( p->mxAlloc>0 && !isMalloced(p) ); zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 ); if( zText ){ memcpy(zText, p->zText, p->nChar+1); p->printfFlags |= SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED; }else{ setStrAccumError(p, SQLITE_NOMEM); } p->zText = zText; return zText; } SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){ if( p->zText ){ p->zText[p->nChar] = 0; if( p->mxAlloc>0 && !isMalloced(p) ){ return strAccumFinishRealloc(p); } } return p->zText; } /* ** This singleton is an sqlite3_str object that is returned if ** sqlite3_malloc() fails to provide space for a real one. This ** sqlite3_str object accepts no new text and always returns ** an SQLITE_NOMEM error. */ static sqlite3_str sqlite3OomStr = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0 }; /* Finalize a string created using sqlite3_str_new(). */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_finish(sqlite3_str *p){ char *z; if( p!=0 && p!=&sqlite3OomStr ){ z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(p); sqlite3_free(p); }else{ z = 0; } return z; } /* Return any error code associated with p */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_str_errcode(sqlite3_str *p){ return p ? p->accError : SQLITE_NOMEM; } /* Return the current length of p in bytes */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_str_length(sqlite3_str *p){ return p ? p->nChar : 0; } /* Return the current value for p */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_str_value(sqlite3_str *p){ if( p==0 || p->nChar==0 ) return 0; p->zText[p->nChar] = 0; return p->zText; } /* ** Reset an StrAccum string. Reclaim all malloced memory. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_reset(StrAccum *p){ if( isMalloced(p) ){ sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText); p->printfFlags &= ~SQLITE_PRINTF_MALLOCED; } p->nAlloc = 0; p->nChar = 0; p->zText = 0; } /* ** Initialize a string accumulator. ** ** p: The accumulator to be initialized. ** db: Pointer to a database connection. May be NULL. Lookaside ** memory is used if not NULL. db->mallocFailed is set appropriately ** when not NULL. ** zBase: An initial buffer. May be NULL in which case the initial buffer ** is malloced. ** n: Size of zBase in bytes. If total space requirements never exceed ** n then no memory allocations ever occur. ** mx: Maximum number of bytes to accumulate. If mx==0 then no memory ** allocations will ever occur. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, sqlite3 *db, char *zBase, int n, int mx){ p->zText = zBase; p->db = db; p->nAlloc = n; p->mxAlloc = mx; p->nChar = 0; p->accError = 0; p->printfFlags = 0; } /* Allocate and initialize a new dynamic string object */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_str *sqlite3_str_new(sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3_str *p = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*p)); if( p ){ sqlite3StrAccumInit(p, 0, 0, 0, db ? db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] : SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); }else{ p = &sqlite3OomStr; } return p; } /* ** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal ** %-conversion extensions. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ char *z; char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; StrAccum acc; assert( db!=0 ); sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, db, zBase, sizeof(zBase), db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); acc.printfFlags = SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL; sqlite3_str_vappendf(&acc, zFormat, ap); z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); if( acc.accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); } return z; } /* ** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal ** %-conversion extensions. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; char *z; va_start(ap, zFormat); z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); return z; } /* ** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). Omit the internal ** %-conversion extensions. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ char *z; char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE]; StrAccum acc; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( zFormat==0 ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); sqlite3_str_vappendf(&acc, zFormat, ap); z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); return z; } /* ** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()(). Omit the internal ** %-conversion extensions. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; char *z; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif va_start(ap, zFormat); z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); return z; } /* ** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the ** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we ** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as ** specified by some locales. ** ** Oops: The first two arguments of sqlite3_snprintf() are backwards ** from the snprintf() standard. Unfortunately, it is too late to change ** this without breaking compatibility, so we just have to live with the ** mistake. ** ** sqlite3_vsnprintf() is the varargs version. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ StrAccum acc; if( n<=0 ) return zBuf; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( zBuf==0 || zFormat==0 ) { (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; if( zBuf ) zBuf[0] = 0; return zBuf; } #endif sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, n, 0); sqlite3_str_vappendf(&acc, zFormat, ap); zBuf[acc.nChar] = 0; return zBuf; } SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){ char *z; va_list ap; va_start(ap,zFormat); z = sqlite3_vsnprintf(n, zBuf, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); return z; } /* ** This is the routine that actually formats the sqlite3_log() message. ** We house it in a separate routine from sqlite3_log() to avoid using ** stack space on small-stack systems when logging is disabled. ** ** sqlite3_log() must render into a static buffer. It cannot dynamically ** allocate memory because it might be called while the memory allocator ** mutex is held. ** ** sqlite3_str_vappendf() might ask for *temporary* memory allocations for ** certain format characters (%q) or for very large precisions or widths. ** Care must be taken that any sqlite3_log() calls that occur while the ** memory mutex is held do not use these mechanisms. */ static void renderLogMsg(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ StrAccum acc; /* String accumulator */ char zMsg[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE*3]; /* Complete log message */ sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zMsg, sizeof(zMsg), 0); sqlite3_str_vappendf(&acc, zFormat, ap); sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg, iErrCode, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc)); } /* ** Format and write a message to the log if logging is enabled. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_log(int iErrCode, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; /* Vararg list */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog ){ va_start(ap, zFormat); renderLogMsg(iErrCode, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); } } #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) /* ** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging. ** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld ** and segfaults if you give it a long long int. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; StrAccum acc; char zBuf[500]; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); va_start(ap,zFormat); sqlite3_str_vappendf(&acc, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); #ifdef SQLITE_OS_TRACE_PROC { extern void SQLITE_OS_TRACE_PROC(const char *zBuf, int nBuf); SQLITE_OS_TRACE_PROC(zBuf, sizeof(zBuf)); } #else fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); fflush(stdout); #endif } #endif /* ** variable-argument wrapper around sqlite3_str_vappendf(). The bFlags argument ** can contain the bit SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL enable internal formats. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_str_appendf(StrAccum *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; va_start(ap,zFormat); sqlite3_str_vappendf(p, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); } /************** End of printf.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file treeview.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2015-06-08 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains C code to implement the TreeView debugging routines. ** These routines print a parse tree to standard output for debugging and ** analysis. ** ** The interfaces in this file is only available when compiling ** with SQLITE_DEBUG. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Add a new subitem to the tree. The moreToFollow flag indicates that this ** is not the last item in the tree. */ static TreeView *sqlite3TreeViewPush(TreeView *p, u8 moreToFollow){ if( p==0 ){ p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) ); if( p==0 ) return 0; memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); }else{ p->iLevel++; } assert( moreToFollow==0 || moreToFollow==1 ); if( p->iLevelbLine) ) p->bLine[p->iLevel] = moreToFollow; return p; } /* ** Finished with one layer of the tree */ static void sqlite3TreeViewPop(TreeView *p){ if( p==0 ) return; p->iLevel--; if( p->iLevel<0 ) sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** Generate a single line of output for the tree, with a prefix that contains ** all the appropriate tree lines */ static void sqlite3TreeViewLine(TreeView *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; int i; StrAccum acc; char zBuf[500]; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); if( p ){ for(i=0; iiLevel && ibLine)-1; i++){ sqlite3_str_append(&acc, p->bLine[i] ? "| " : " ", 4); } sqlite3_str_append(&acc, p->bLine[i] ? "|-- " : "'-- ", 4); } if( zFormat!=0 ){ va_start(ap, zFormat); sqlite3_str_vappendf(&acc, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); assert( acc.nChar>0 ); sqlite3_str_append(&acc, "\n", 1); } sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf); fflush(stdout); } /* ** Shorthand for starting a new tree item that consists of a single label */ static void sqlite3TreeViewItem(TreeView *p, const char *zLabel,u8 moreFollows){ p = sqlite3TreeViewPush(p, moreFollows); sqlite3TreeViewLine(p, "%s", zLabel); } /* ** Generate a human-readable description of a WITH clause. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewWith(TreeView *pView, const With *pWith, u8 moreToFollow){ int i; if( pWith==0 ) return; if( pWith->nCte==0 ) return; if( pWith->pOuter ){ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "WITH (0x%p, pOuter=0x%p)",pWith,pWith->pOuter); }else{ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "WITH (0x%p)", pWith); } if( pWith->nCte>0 ){ pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 1); for(i=0; inCte; i++){ StrAccum x; char zLine[1000]; const struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i]; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zLine, sizeof(zLine), 0); sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%s", pCte->zName); if( pCte->pCols && pCte->pCols->nExpr>0 ){ char cSep = '('; int j; for(j=0; jpCols->nExpr; j++){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%c%s", cSep, pCte->pCols->a[j].zName); cSep = ','; } sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, ")"); } sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " AS"); sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x); sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, inCte-1); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pCte->pSelect, 0); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } } /* ** Generate a human-readable description of a Select object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView *pView, const Select *p, u8 moreToFollow){ int n = 0; int cnt = 0; if( p==0 ){ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil-SELECT"); return; } pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow); if( p->pWith ){ sqlite3TreeViewWith(pView, p->pWith, 1); cnt = 1; sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, 1); } do{ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT%s%s (%u/%p) selFlags=0x%x nSelectRow=%d", ((p->selFlags & SF_Distinct) ? " DISTINCT" : ""), ((p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate) ? " agg_flag" : ""), p->selId, p, p->selFlags, (int)p->nSelectRow ); if( cnt++ ) sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); if( p->pPrior ){ n = 1000; }else{ n = 0; if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ) n++; if( p->pWhere ) n++; if( p->pGroupBy ) n++; if( p->pHaving ) n++; if( p->pOrderBy ) n++; if( p->pLimit ) n++; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( p->pWin ) n++; if( p->pWinDefn ) n++; #endif } sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pEList, (n--)>0, "result-set"); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( p->pWin ){ Window *pX; pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, (n--)>0); sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "window-functions"); for(pX=p->pWin; pX; pX=pX->pNextWin){ sqlite3TreeViewWinFunc(pView, pX, pX->pNextWin!=0); } sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } #endif if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ){ int i; pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, (n--)>0); sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "FROM"); for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; StrAccum x; char zLine[100]; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zLine, sizeof(zLine), 0); sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "{%d,*}", pItem->iCursor); if( pItem->zDatabase ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " %s.%s", pItem->zDatabase, pItem->zName); }else if( pItem->zName ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " %s", pItem->zName); } if( pItem->pTab ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " tabname=%Q", pItem->pTab->zName); } if( pItem->zAlias ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " (AS %s)", pItem->zAlias); } if( pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, " LEFT-JOIN"); } sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x); sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zLine, ipSrc->nSrc-1); if( pItem->pSelect ){ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pItem->pSelect, 0); } if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ){ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pItem->u1.pFuncArg, 0, "func-args:"); } sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } if( p->pWhere ){ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "WHERE", (n--)>0); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pWhere, 0); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } if( p->pGroupBy ){ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pGroupBy, (n--)>0, "GROUPBY"); } if( p->pHaving ){ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "HAVING", (n--)>0); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pHaving, 0); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( p->pWinDefn ){ Window *pX; sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "WINDOW", (n--)>0); for(pX=p->pWinDefn; pX; pX=pX->pNextWin){ sqlite3TreeViewWindow(pView, pX, pX->pNextWin!=0); } sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } #endif if( p->pOrderBy ){ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, p->pOrderBy, (n--)>0, "ORDERBY"); } if( p->pLimit ){ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "LIMIT", (n--)>0); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pLimit->pLeft, p->pLimit->pRight!=0); if( p->pLimit->pRight ){ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "OFFSET", (n--)>0); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, p->pLimit->pRight, 0); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } if( p->pPrior ){ const char *zOp = "UNION"; switch( p->op ){ case TK_ALL: zOp = "UNION ALL"; break; case TK_INTERSECT: zOp = "INTERSECT"; break; case TK_EXCEPT: zOp = "EXCEPT"; break; } sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, zOp, 1); } p = p->pPrior; }while( p!=0 ); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC /* ** Generate a description of starting or stopping bounds */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewBound( TreeView *pView, /* View context */ u8 eBound, /* UNBOUNDED, CURRENT, PRECEDING, FOLLOWING */ Expr *pExpr, /* Value for PRECEDING or FOLLOWING */ u8 moreToFollow /* True if more to follow */ ){ switch( eBound ){ case TK_UNBOUNDED: { sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "UNBOUNDED", moreToFollow); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); break; } case TK_CURRENT: { sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "CURRENT", moreToFollow); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); break; } case TK_PRECEDING: { sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "PRECEDING", moreToFollow); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr, 0); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); break; } case TK_FOLLOWING: { sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, "FOLLOWING", moreToFollow); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr, 0); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); break; } } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC /* ** Generate a human-readable explanation for a Window object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewWindow(TreeView *pView, const Window *pWin, u8 more){ pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, more); if( pWin->zName ){ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "OVER %s", pWin->zName); }else{ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "OVER"); } if( pWin->pPartition ){ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pWin->pPartition, 1, "PARTITION-BY"); } if( pWin->pOrderBy ){ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pWin->pOrderBy, 1, "ORDER-BY"); } if( pWin->eType ){ sqlite3TreeViewItem(pView, pWin->eType==TK_RANGE ? "RANGE" : "ROWS", 0); sqlite3TreeViewBound(pView, pWin->eStart, pWin->pStart, 1); sqlite3TreeViewBound(pView, pWin->eEnd, pWin->pEnd, 0); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC /* ** Generate a human-readable explanation for a Window Function object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewWinFunc(TreeView *pView, const Window *pWin, u8 more){ pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, more); sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "WINFUNC %s(%d)", pWin->pFunc->zName, pWin->pFunc->nArg); sqlite3TreeViewWindow(pView, pWin, 0); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ /* ** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression tree. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExpr(TreeView *pView, const Expr *pExpr, u8 moreToFollow){ const char *zBinOp = 0; /* Binary operator */ const char *zUniOp = 0; /* Unary operator */ char zFlgs[60]; pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow); if( pExpr==0 ){ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "nil"); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); return; } if( pExpr->flags ){ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zFlgs),zFlgs," flags=0x%x iRJT=%d", pExpr->flags, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); }else{ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zFlgs),zFlgs," flags=0x%x",pExpr->flags); } }else{ zFlgs[0] = 0; } switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG{%d:%d}%s", pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs); break; } case TK_COLUMN: { if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ /* This only happens when coding check constraints */ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "COLUMN(%d)%s", pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs); }else{ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "{%d:%d}%s", pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs); } if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FixedCol) ){ sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0); } break; } case TK_INTEGER: { if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue); }else{ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", pExpr->u.zToken); } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT case TK_FLOAT: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken); break; } #endif case TK_STRING: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%Q", pExpr->u.zToken); break; } case TK_NULL: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"NULL"); break; } case TK_TRUEFALSE: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr) ? "TRUE" : "FALSE"); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL case TK_BLOB: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"%s", pExpr->u.zToken); break; } #endif case TK_VARIABLE: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"VARIABLE(%s,%d)", pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->iColumn); break; } case TK_REGISTER: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"REGISTER(%d)", pExpr->iTable); break; } case TK_ID: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"ID \"%w\"", pExpr->u.zToken); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST case TK_CAST: { /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView,"CAST %Q", pExpr->u.zToken); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ case TK_LT: zBinOp = "LT"; break; case TK_LE: zBinOp = "LE"; break; case TK_GT: zBinOp = "GT"; break; case TK_GE: zBinOp = "GE"; break; case TK_NE: zBinOp = "NE"; break; case TK_EQ: zBinOp = "EQ"; break; case TK_IS: zBinOp = "IS"; break; case TK_ISNOT: zBinOp = "ISNOT"; break; case TK_AND: zBinOp = "AND"; break; case TK_OR: zBinOp = "OR"; break; case TK_PLUS: zBinOp = "ADD"; break; case TK_STAR: zBinOp = "MUL"; break; case TK_MINUS: zBinOp = "SUB"; break; case TK_REM: zBinOp = "REM"; break; case TK_BITAND: zBinOp = "BITAND"; break; case TK_BITOR: zBinOp = "BITOR"; break; case TK_SLASH: zBinOp = "DIV"; break; case TK_LSHIFT: zBinOp = "LSHIFT"; break; case TK_RSHIFT: zBinOp = "RSHIFT"; break; case TK_CONCAT: zBinOp = "CONCAT"; break; case TK_DOT: zBinOp = "DOT"; break; case TK_UMINUS: zUniOp = "UMINUS"; break; case TK_UPLUS: zUniOp = "UPLUS"; break; case TK_BITNOT: zUniOp = "BITNOT"; break; case TK_NOT: zUniOp = "NOT"; break; case TK_ISNULL: zUniOp = "ISNULL"; break; case TK_NOTNULL: zUniOp = "NOTNULL"; break; case TK_TRUTH: { int x; const char *azOp[] = { "IS-FALSE", "IS-TRUE", "IS-NOT-FALSE", "IS-NOT-TRUE" }; assert( pExpr->op2==TK_IS || pExpr->op2==TK_ISNOT ); assert( pExpr->pRight ); assert( pExpr->pRight->op==TK_TRUEFALSE ); x = (pExpr->op2==TK_ISNOT)*2 + sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr->pRight); zUniOp = azOp[x]; break; } case TK_SPAN: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SPAN %Q", pExpr->u.zToken); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0); break; } case TK_COLLATE: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "COLLATE %Q", pExpr->u.zToken); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0); break; } case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: case TK_FUNCTION: { ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ Window *pWin; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ pFarg = 0; pWin = 0; }else{ pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC pWin = pExpr->pWin; #else pWin = 0; #endif } if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "AGG_FUNCTION%d %Q", pExpr->op2, pExpr->u.zToken); }else{ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "FUNCTION %Q", pExpr->u.zToken); } if( pFarg ){ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pFarg, pWin!=0, 0); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( pWin ){ sqlite3TreeViewWindow(pView, pWin, 0); } #endif break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_EXISTS: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "EXISTS-expr flags=0x%x", pExpr->flags); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0); break; } case TK_SELECT: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT-expr flags=0x%x", pExpr->flags); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0); break; } case TK_IN: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "IN flags=0x%x", pExpr->flags); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->x.pSelect, 0); }else{ sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, 0, 0); } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* ** x BETWEEN y AND z ** ** This is equivalent to ** ** x>=y AND x<=z ** ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. */ case TK_BETWEEN: { Expr *pX = pExpr->pLeft; Expr *pY = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; Expr *pZ = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "BETWEEN"); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pX, 1); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pY, 1); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pZ, 0); break; } case TK_TRIGGER: { /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to ** read the rowid field. */ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s(%d)", pExpr->iTable ? "NEW" : "OLD", pExpr->iColumn); break; } case TK_CASE: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "CASE"); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1); sqlite3TreeViewExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, 0, 0); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER case TK_RAISE: { const char *zType = "unk"; switch( pExpr->affinity ){ case OE_Rollback: zType = "rollback"; break; case OE_Abort: zType = "abort"; break; case OE_Fail: zType = "fail"; break; case OE_Ignore: zType = "ignore"; break; } sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "RAISE %s(%Q)", zType, pExpr->u.zToken); break; } #endif case TK_MATCH: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "MATCH {%d:%d}%s", pExpr->iTable, pExpr->iColumn, zFlgs); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pRight, 0); break; } case TK_VECTOR: { sqlite3TreeViewBareExprList(pView, pExpr->x.pList, "VECTOR"); break; } case TK_SELECT_COLUMN: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT-COLUMN %d", pExpr->iColumn); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(pView, pExpr->pLeft->x.pSelect, 0); break; } case TK_IF_NULL_ROW: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "IF-NULL-ROW %d", pExpr->iTable); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0); break; } default: { sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "op=%d", pExpr->op); break; } } if( zBinOp ){ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s%s", zBinOp, zFlgs); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 1); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pRight, 0); }else if( zUniOp ){ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s%s", zUniOp, zFlgs); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pExpr->pLeft, 0); } sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } /* ** Generate a human-readable explanation of an expression list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewBareExprList( TreeView *pView, const ExprList *pList, const char *zLabel ){ if( zLabel==0 || zLabel[0]==0 ) zLabel = "LIST"; if( pList==0 ){ sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s (empty)", zLabel); }else{ int i; sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "%s", zLabel); for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ int j = pList->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol; char *zName = pList->a[i].zName; int moreToFollow = inExpr - 1; if( j || zName ){ sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow); moreToFollow = 0; sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, 0); if( zName ){ fprintf(stdout, "AS %s ", zName); } if( j ){ fprintf(stdout, "iOrderByCol=%d", j); } fprintf(stdout, "\n"); fflush(stdout); } sqlite3TreeViewExpr(pView, pList->a[i].pExpr, moreToFollow); if( j || zName ){ sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } } } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewExprList( TreeView *pView, const ExprList *pList, u8 moreToFollow, const char *zLabel ){ pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow); sqlite3TreeViewBareExprList(pView, pList, zLabel); sqlite3TreeViewPop(pView); } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ /************** End of treeview.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file random.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number ** generator (PRNG) for SQLite. ** ** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order ** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* All threads share a single random number generator. ** This structure is the current state of the generator. */ static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType { unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */ unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */ unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */ } sqlite3Prng; /* ** Return N random bytes. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){ unsigned char t; unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf; /* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly ** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng); # define wsdPrng p[0] #else # define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng #endif #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex; #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return; #endif #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG); #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); if( N<=0 || pBuf==0 ){ wsdPrng.isInit = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); return; } /* Initialize the state of the random number generator once, ** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does ** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not ** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that... ** ** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of ** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random ** number generator) not as an encryption device. */ if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){ int i; char k[256]; wsdPrng.j = 0; wsdPrng.i = 0; sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k); for(i=0; i<256; i++){ wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i; } for(i=0; i<256; i++){ wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i]; t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i]; wsdPrng.s[i] = t; } wsdPrng.isInit = 1; } assert( N>0 ); do{ wsdPrng.i++; t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; wsdPrng.j += t; wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j]; wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t; t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i]; *(zBuf++) = wsdPrng.s[t]; }while( --N ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); } #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE /* ** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of ** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or ** to reset the PRNG to its initial state. These routines accomplish ** those tasks. ** ** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to ** control the PRNG. */ static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng; SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){ memcpy( &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), sizeof(sqlite3Prng) ); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){ memcpy( &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng), &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng), sizeof(sqlite3Prng) ); } #endif /* SQLITE_UNTESTABLE */ /************** End of random.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file threads.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2012 July 21 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file presents a simple cross-platform threading interface for ** use internally by SQLite. ** ** A "thread" can be created using sqlite3ThreadCreate(). This thread ** runs independently of its creator until it is joined using ** sqlite3ThreadJoin(), at which point it terminates. ** ** Threads do not have to be real. It could be that the work of the ** "thread" is done by the main thread at either the sqlite3ThreadCreate() ** or sqlite3ThreadJoin() call. This is, in fact, what happens in ** single threaded systems. Nothing in SQLite requires multiple threads. ** This interface exists so that applications that want to take advantage ** of multiple cores can do so, while also allowing applications to stay ** single-threaded if desired. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* # include "os_win.h" */ #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 /********************************* Unix Pthreads ****************************/ #if SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 #define SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1 /* Prevent the single-thread code below */ /* #include */ /* A running thread */ struct SQLiteThread { pthread_t tid; /* Thread ID */ int done; /* Set to true when thread finishes */ void *pOut; /* Result returned by the thread */ void *(*xTask)(void*); /* The thread routine */ void *pIn; /* Argument to the thread */ }; /* Create a new thread */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate( SQLiteThread **ppThread, /* OUT: Write the thread object here */ void *(*xTask)(void*), /* Routine to run in a separate thread */ void *pIn /* Argument passed into xTask() */ ){ SQLiteThread *p; int rc; assert( ppThread!=0 ); assert( xTask!=0 ); /* This routine is never used in single-threaded mode */ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex!=0 ); *ppThread = 0; p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p)); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); p->xTask = xTask; p->pIn = pIn; /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically ** for testing purposes. */ if( sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){ rc = 1; }else{ rc = pthread_create(&p->tid, 0, xTask, pIn); } if( rc ){ p->done = 1; p->pOut = xTask(pIn); } *ppThread = p; return SQLITE_OK; } /* Get the results of the thread */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){ int rc; assert( ppOut!=0 ); if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; if( p->done ){ *ppOut = p->pOut; rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = pthread_join(p->tid, ppOut) ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_OK; } sqlite3_free(p); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS) */ /******************************** End Unix Pthreads *************************/ /********************************* Win32 Threads ****************************/ #if SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS #define SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1 /* Prevent the single-thread code below */ #include /* A running thread */ struct SQLiteThread { void *tid; /* The thread handle */ unsigned id; /* The thread identifier */ void *(*xTask)(void*); /* The routine to run as a thread */ void *pIn; /* Argument to xTask */ void *pResult; /* Result of xTask */ }; /* Thread procedure Win32 compatibility shim */ static unsigned __stdcall sqlite3ThreadProc( void *pArg /* IN: Pointer to the SQLiteThread structure */ ){ SQLiteThread *p = (SQLiteThread *)pArg; assert( p!=0 ); #if 0 /* ** This assert appears to trigger spuriously on certain ** versions of Windows, possibly due to _beginthreadex() ** and/or CreateThread() not fully setting their thread ** ID parameter before starting the thread. */ assert( p->id==GetCurrentThreadId() ); #endif assert( p->xTask!=0 ); p->pResult = p->xTask(p->pIn); _endthreadex(0); return 0; /* NOT REACHED */ } /* Create a new thread */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate( SQLiteThread **ppThread, /* OUT: Write the thread object here */ void *(*xTask)(void*), /* Routine to run in a separate thread */ void *pIn /* Argument passed into xTask() */ ){ SQLiteThread *p; assert( ppThread!=0 ); assert( xTask!=0 ); *ppThread = 0; p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p)); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; /* If the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL callback is registered to a ** function that returns SQLITE_ERROR when passed the argument 200, that ** forces worker threads to run sequentially and deterministically ** (via the sqlite3FaultSim() term of the conditional) for testing ** purposes. */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 || sqlite3FaultSim(200) ){ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); }else{ p->xTask = xTask; p->pIn = pIn; p->tid = (void*)_beginthreadex(0, 0, sqlite3ThreadProc, p, 0, &p->id); if( p->tid==0 ){ memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); } } if( p->xTask==0 ){ p->id = GetCurrentThreadId(); p->pResult = xTask(pIn); } *ppThread = p; return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject); /* os_win.c */ /* Get the results of the thread */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){ DWORD rc; BOOL bRc; assert( ppOut!=0 ); if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; if( p->xTask==0 ){ /* assert( p->id==GetCurrentThreadId() ); */ rc = WAIT_OBJECT_0; assert( p->tid==0 ); }else{ assert( p->id!=0 && p->id!=GetCurrentThreadId() ); rc = sqlite3Win32Wait((HANDLE)p->tid); assert( rc!=WAIT_IO_COMPLETION ); bRc = CloseHandle((HANDLE)p->tid); assert( bRc ); } if( rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0 ) *ppOut = p->pResult; sqlite3_free(p); return (rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR; } #endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS */ /******************************** End Win32 Threads *************************/ /********************************* Single-Threaded **************************/ #ifndef SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED /* ** This implementation does not actually create a new thread. It does the ** work of the thread in the main thread, when either the thread is created ** or when it is joined */ /* A running thread */ struct SQLiteThread { void *(*xTask)(void*); /* The routine to run as a thread */ void *pIn; /* Argument to xTask */ void *pResult; /* Result of xTask */ }; /* Create a new thread */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadCreate( SQLiteThread **ppThread, /* OUT: Write the thread object here */ void *(*xTask)(void*), /* Routine to run in a separate thread */ void *pIn /* Argument passed into xTask() */ ){ SQLiteThread *p; assert( ppThread!=0 ); assert( xTask!=0 ); *ppThread = 0; p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*p)); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; if( (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p)/17)&1 ){ p->xTask = xTask; p->pIn = pIn; }else{ p->xTask = 0; p->pResult = xTask(pIn); } *ppThread = p; return SQLITE_OK; } /* Get the results of the thread */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ThreadJoin(SQLiteThread *p, void **ppOut){ assert( ppOut!=0 ); if( NEVER(p==0) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; if( p->xTask ){ *ppOut = p->xTask(p->pIn); }else{ *ppOut = p->pResult; } sqlite3_free(p); #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) { void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10); if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); } #endif return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED) */ /****************************** End Single-Threaded *************************/ #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */ /************** End of threads.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file utf.c *********************************************/ /* ** 2004 April 13 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8, ** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE. ** ** Notes on UTF-8: ** ** Byte-0 Byte-1 Byte-2 Byte-3 Value ** 0xxxxxxx 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx ** 110yyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx ** 1110zzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx ** 11110uuu 10uuzzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx ** ** ** Notes on UTF-16: (with wwww+1==uuuuu) ** ** Word-0 Word-1 Value ** 110110ww wwzzzzyy 110111yy yyxxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx ** zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx ** ** ** BOM or Byte Order Mark: ** 0xff 0xfe little-endian utf-16 follows ** 0xfe 0xff big-endian utf-16 follows ** */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION) && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==0 /* ** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and ** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1; #endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION && SQLITE_BYTEORDER==0 */ /* ** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of ** a multi-byte UTF8 character. */ static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, }; #define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ if( c<0x00080 ){ \ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ } \ else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ } \ else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ }else{ \ *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ } \ } #define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \ if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ }else{ \ *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ } \ } #define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \ if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \ *zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ }else{ \ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \ } \ } #define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ c = (*zIn++); \ c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ int c2 = (*zIn++); \ c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \ c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ } \ } #define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, TERM, c){ \ c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ c += (*zIn++); \ if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 && TERM ){ \ int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \ c2 += (*zIn++); \ c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \ } \ } /* ** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value. ** ** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points ** is a 0x00. ** ** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext. ** ** Notes On Invalid UTF-8: ** ** * This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to ** be encoded as a multi-byte character. Any multi-byte character that ** attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd. ** ** * This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded. ** If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between ** 0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd. ** ** * Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first ** byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters ** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically ** invalid characters. ** ** * This routine accepts over-length UTF8 encodings ** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It does not change over-length ** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend. */ #define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ c = *(zIn++); \ if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ } \ if( c<0x80 \ || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ } SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Utf8Read( const unsigned char **pz /* Pointer to string from which to read char */ ){ unsigned int c; /* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter. ** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated. */ c = *((*pz)++); if( c>=0xc0 ){ c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; while( (*(*pz) & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *((*pz)++)); } if( c<0x80 || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } } return c; } /* ** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is ** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(). */ /* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to ** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired ** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){ int len; /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */ unsigned char *zOut; /* Output buffer */ unsigned char *zIn; /* Input iterator */ unsigned char *zTerm; /* End of input */ unsigned char *z; /* Output iterator */ unsigned int c; assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str ); assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc ); assert( pMem->enc!=0 ); assert( pMem->n>=0 ); #if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) { char zBuf[100]; sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); fprintf(stderr, "INPUT: %s\n", zBuf); } #endif /* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then ** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled ** differently from the others. */ if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ u8 temp; int rc; rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1]; while( zInenc = desiredEnc; goto translate_out; } /* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */ if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ /* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from ** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character. ** A single byte is required for the output string ** nul-terminator. */ pMem->n &= ~1; len = pMem->n * 2 + 1; }else{ /* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused ** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16 ** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the ** nul-terminator. */ len = pMem->n * 2 + 2; } /* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1 ** byte past the end. ** ** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained ** from sqlite3_malloc(). */ zIn = (u8*)pMem->z; zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n]; zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len); if( !zOut ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } z = zOut; if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ /* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */ while( zIn UTF-16 Big-endian */ while( zInn = (int)(z - zOut); *z++ = 0; }else{ assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){ /* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */ while( zIn UTF-8 */ while( zInn = (int)(z - zOut); } *z = 0; assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len ); c = pMem->flags; sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term|(c&(MEM_AffMask|MEM_Subtype)); pMem->enc = desiredEnc; pMem->z = (char*)zOut; pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z; pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->z); translate_out: #if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) { char zBuf[100]; sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf); fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf); } #endif return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the ** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and ** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any ** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately. ** ** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be ** changed by this function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; u8 bom = 0; assert( pMem->n>=0 ); if( pMem->n>1 ){ u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z; u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1); if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){ bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE; } if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){ bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE; } } if( bom ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pMem->n -= 2; memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n); pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0'; pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0'; pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; pMem->enc = bom; } } return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* ** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero, ** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including) ** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the ** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to ** the first 0x00, whichever comes first). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){ int r = 0; const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn; const u8 *zTerm; if( nByte>=0 ){ zTerm = &z[nByte]; }else{ zTerm = (const u8*)(-1); } assert( z<=zTerm ); while( *z!=0 && zmallocFailed ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); m.z = 0; } assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); assert( m.z || db->mallocFailed ); return m.z; } /* ** zIn is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long. ** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters ** in pZ. nChar must be non-negative. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){ int c; unsigned char const *z = zIn; int n = 0; if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ while( n0 && n<=4 ); z[0] = 0; z = zBuf; c = sqlite3Utf8Read((const u8**)&z); t = i; if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD; if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD; assert( c==t ); assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); } for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; z = zBuf; WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i); n = (int)(z-zBuf); assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); z[0] = 0; z = zBuf; READ_UTF16LE(z, 1, c); assert( c==i ); assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); } for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){ if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue; z = zBuf; WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i); n = (int)(z-zBuf); assert( n>0 && n<=4 ); z[0] = 0; z = zBuf; READ_UTF16BE(z, 1, c); assert( c==i ); assert( (z-zBuf)==n ); } } #endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /************** End of utf.c *************************************************/ /************** Begin file util.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Utility functions used throughout sqlite. ** ** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing ** strings, and stuff like that. ** */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include */ #if HAVE_ISNAN || SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN # include #endif /* ** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro. */ #ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Coverage(int x){ static unsigned dummy = 0; dummy += (unsigned)x; } #endif /* ** Give a callback to the test harness that can be used to simulate faults ** in places where it is difficult or expensive to do so purely by means ** of inputs. ** ** The intent of the integer argument is to let the fault simulator know ** which of multiple sqlite3FaultSim() calls has been hit. ** ** Return whatever integer value the test callback returns, or return ** SQLITE_OK if no test callback is installed. */ #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FaultSim(int iTest){ int (*xCallback)(int) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback; return xCallback ? xCallback(iTest) : SQLITE_OK; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* ** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN). ** ** Use the math library isnan() function if compiled with SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. ** Otherwise, we have our own implementation that works on most systems. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){ int rc; /* The value return */ #if !SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN && !HAVE_ISNAN /* ** Systems that support the isnan() library function should probably ** make use of it by compiling with -DSQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN. But we have ** found that many systems do not have a working isnan() function so ** this implementation is provided as an alternative. ** ** This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math. ** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following ** warning: ** ** This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any ** -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs ** which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO ** rules/specifications for math functions. ** ** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating- ** point precision mode other than /fp:precise. From the MSDN ** documentation: ** ** The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons ** involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN ** ... */ #ifdef __FAST_MATH__ # error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC. #endif volatile double y = x; volatile double z = y; rc = (y!=z); #else /* if HAVE_ISNAN */ rc = isnan(x); #endif /* HAVE_ISNAN */ testcase( rc ); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ /* ** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in ** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer. ** ** The value returned will never be negative. Nor will it ever be greater ** than the actual length of the string. For very long strings (greater ** than 1GiB) the value returned might be less than the true string length. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){ if( z==0 ) return 0; return 0x3fffffff & (int)strlen(z); } /* ** Return the declared type of a column. Or return zDflt if the column ** has no declared type. ** ** The column type is an extra string stored after the zero-terminator on ** the column name if and only if the COLFLAG_HASTYPE flag is set. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3ColumnType(Column *pCol, char *zDflt){ if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_HASTYPE)==0 ) return zDflt; return pCol->zName + strlen(pCol->zName) + 1; } /* ** Helper function for sqlite3Error() - called rarely. Broken out into ** a separate routine to avoid unnecessary register saves on entry to ** sqlite3Error(). */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void sqlite3ErrorFinish(sqlite3 *db, int err_code){ if( db->pErr ) sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr); sqlite3SystemError(db, err_code); } /* ** Set the current error code to err_code and clear any prior error message. ** Also set iSysErrno (by calling sqlite3System) if the err_code indicates ** that would be appropriate. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code){ assert( db!=0 ); db->errCode = err_code; if( err_code || db->pErr ) sqlite3ErrorFinish(db, err_code); } /* ** Load the sqlite3.iSysErrno field if that is an appropriate thing ** to do based on the SQLite error code in rc. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SystemError(sqlite3 *db, int rc){ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) return; rc &= 0xff; if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN || rc==SQLITE_IOERR ){ db->iSysErrno = sqlite3OsGetLastError(db->pVfs); } } /* ** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite ** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code". ** ** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the ** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following ** format characters are allowed: ** ** %s Insert a string ** %z A string that should be freed after use ** %d Insert an integer ** %T Insert a token ** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList ** ** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be ** encoded in UTF-8. ** ** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error ** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set ** to NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){ assert( db!=0 ); db->errCode = err_code; sqlite3SystemError(db, err_code); if( zFormat==0 ){ sqlite3Error(db, err_code); }else if( db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0 ){ char *z; va_list ap; va_start(ap, zFormat); z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } } /* ** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr. ** The following formatting characters are allowed: ** ** %s Insert a string ** %z A string that should be freed after use ** %d Insert an integer ** %T Insert a token ** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList ** ** This function should be used to report any error that occurs while ** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The ** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error ** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error(). ** Functions sqlite3Error() or sqlite3ErrorWithMsg() should be used ** during statement execution (sqlite3_step() etc.). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ char *zMsg; va_list ap; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; va_start(ap, zFormat); zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); if( db->suppressErr ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMsg); }else{ pParse->nErr++; sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg); pParse->zErrMsg = zMsg; pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } } /* ** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing ** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the ** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine ** is a no-op. ** ** The input string must be zero-terminated. A new zero-terminator ** is added to the dequoted string. ** ** The return value is -1 if no dequoting occurs or the length of the ** dequoted string, exclusive of the zero terminator, if dequoting does ** occur. ** ** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style ** brackets from around identifiers. For example: "[a-b-c]" becomes ** "a-b-c". */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){ char quote; int i, j; if( z==0 ) return; quote = z[0]; if( !sqlite3Isquote(quote) ) return; if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; for(i=1, j=0;; i++){ assert( z[i] ); if( z[i]==quote ){ if( z[i+1]==quote ){ z[j++] = quote; i++; }else{ break; } }else{ z[j++] = z[i]; } } z[j] = 0; } /* ** Generate a Token object from a string */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TokenInit(Token *p, char *z){ p->z = z; p->n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); } /* Convenient short-hand */ #define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower /* ** Some systems have stricmp(). Others have strcasecmp(). Because ** there is no consistency, we will define our own. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-30243-02494 The sqlite3_stricmp() and ** sqlite3_strnicmp() APIs allow applications and extensions to compare ** the contents of two buffers containing UTF-8 strings in a ** case-independent fashion, using the same definition of "case ** independence" that SQLite uses internally when comparing identifiers. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stricmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ if( zLeft==0 ){ return zRight ? -1 : 0; }else if( zRight==0 ){ return 1; } return sqlite3StrICmp(zLeft, zRight); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){ unsigned char *a, *b; int c; a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; b = (unsigned char *)zRight; for(;;){ c = (int)UpperToLower[*a] - (int)UpperToLower[*b]; if( c || *a==0 ) break; a++; b++; } return c; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strnicmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){ register unsigned char *a, *b; if( zLeft==0 ){ return zRight ? -1 : 0; }else if( zRight==0 ){ return 1; } a = (unsigned char *)zLeft; b = (unsigned char *)zRight; while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; } return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b]; } /* ** Compute 10 to the E-th power. Examples: E==1 results in 10. ** E==2 results in 100. E==50 results in 1.0e50. ** ** This routine only works for values of E between 1 and 341. */ static LONGDOUBLE_TYPE sqlite3Pow10(int E){ #if defined(_MSC_VER) static const LONGDOUBLE_TYPE x[] = { 1.0e+001, 1.0e+002, 1.0e+004, 1.0e+008, 1.0e+016, 1.0e+032, 1.0e+064, 1.0e+128, 1.0e+256 }; LONGDOUBLE_TYPE r = 1.0; int i; assert( E>=0 && E<=307 ); for(i=0; E!=0; i++, E >>=1){ if( E & 1 ) r *= x[i]; } return r; #else LONGDOUBLE_TYPE x = 10.0; LONGDOUBLE_TYPE r = 1.0; while(1){ if( E & 1 ) r *= x; E >>= 1; if( E==0 ) break; x *= x; } return r; #endif } /* ** The string z[] is an text representation of a real number. ** Convert this string to a double and write it into *pResult. ** ** The string z[] is length bytes in length (bytes, not characters) and ** uses the encoding enc. The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. ** ** Return TRUE if the result is a valid real number (or integer) and FALSE ** if the string is empty or contains extraneous text. Valid numbers ** are in one of these formats: ** ** [+-]digits[E[+-]digits] ** [+-]digits.[digits][E[+-]digits] ** [+-].digits[E[+-]digits] ** ** Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored for the purpose of determining ** validity. ** ** If some prefix of the input string is a valid number, this routine ** returns FALSE but it still converts the prefix and writes the result ** into *pResult. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult, int length, u8 enc){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT int incr; const char *zEnd = z + length; /* sign * significand * (10 ^ (esign * exponent)) */ int sign = 1; /* sign of significand */ i64 s = 0; /* significand */ int d = 0; /* adjust exponent for shifting decimal point */ int esign = 1; /* sign of exponent */ int e = 0; /* exponent */ int eValid = 1; /* True exponent is either not used or is well-formed */ double result; int nDigits = 0; int nonNum = 0; /* True if input contains UTF16 with high byte non-zero */ assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); *pResult = 0.0; /* Default return value, in case of an error */ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ incr = 1; }else{ int i; incr = 2; assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); for(i=3-enc; i=zEnd ) return 0; /* get sign of significand */ if( *z=='-' ){ sign = -1; z+=incr; }else if( *z=='+' ){ z+=incr; } /* copy max significant digits to significand */ while( z=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /* if decimal point is present */ if( *z=='.' ){ z+=incr; /* copy digits from after decimal to significand ** (decrease exponent by d to shift decimal right) */ while( z=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /* if exponent is present */ if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){ z+=incr; eValid = 0; /* This branch is needed to avoid a (harmless) buffer overread. The ** special comment alerts the mutation tester that the correct answer ** is obtained even if the branch is omitted */ if( z>=zEnd ) goto do_atof_calc; /*PREVENTS-HARMLESS-OVERREAD*/ /* get sign of exponent */ if( *z=='-' ){ esign = -1; z+=incr; }else if( *z=='+' ){ z+=incr; } /* copy digits to exponent */ while( z0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ if( esign>0 ){ if( s>=(LARGEST_INT64/10) ) break; /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ s *= 10; }else{ if( s%10!=0 ) break; /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ s /= 10; } e--; } /* adjust the sign of significand */ s = sign<0 ? -s : s; if( e==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ result = (double)s; }else{ /* attempt to handle extremely small/large numbers better */ if( e>307 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ if( e<342 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = sqlite3Pow10(e-308); if( esign<0 ){ result = s / scale; result /= 1.0e+308; }else{ result = s * scale; result *= 1.0e+308; } }else{ assert( e>=342 ); if( esign<0 ){ result = 0.0*s; }else{ #ifdef INFINITY result = INFINITY*s; #else result = 1e308*1e308*s; /* Infinity */ #endif } } }else{ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = sqlite3Pow10(e); if( esign<0 ){ result = s / scale; }else{ result = s * scale; } } } } /* store the result */ *pResult = result; /* return true if number and no extra non-whitespace chracters after */ return z==zEnd && nDigits>0 && eValid && nonNum==0; #else return !sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult, length, enc); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */ } /* ** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation ** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive ** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string. ** Note that zNum must contain exactly 19 characters. ** ** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference ** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the ** last digit. So, for example, ** ** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800", 1) ** ** will return -8. */ static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum, int incr){ int c = 0; int i; /* 012345678901234567 */ const char *pow63 = "922337203685477580"; for(i=0; c==0 && i<18; i++){ c = (zNum[i*incr]-pow63[i])*10; } if( c==0 ){ c = zNum[18*incr] - '8'; testcase( c==(-1) ); testcase( c==0 ); testcase( c==(+1) ); } return c; } /* ** Convert zNum to a 64-bit signed integer. zNum must be decimal. This ** routine does *not* accept hexadecimal notation. ** ** Returns: ** ** 0 Successful transformation. Fits in a 64-bit signed integer. ** 1 Excess non-space text after the integer value ** 2 Integer too large for a 64-bit signed integer or is malformed ** 3 Special case of 9223372036854775808 ** ** length is the number of bytes in the string (bytes, not characters). ** The string is not necessarily zero-terminated. The encoding is ** given by enc. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum, int length, u8 enc){ int incr; u64 u = 0; int neg = 0; /* assume positive */ int i; int c = 0; int nonNum = 0; /* True if input contains UTF16 with high byte non-zero */ int rc; /* Baseline return code */ const char *zStart; const char *zEnd = zNum + length; assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ incr = 1; }else{ incr = 2; assert( SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); for(i=3-enc; i='0' && c<='9'; i+=incr){ u = u*10 + c - '0'; } testcase( i==18*incr ); testcase( i==19*incr ); testcase( i==20*incr ); if( u>LARGEST_INT64 ){ /* This test and assignment is needed only to suppress UB warnings ** from clang and -fsanitize=undefined. This test and assignment make ** the code a little larger and slower, and no harm comes from omitting ** them, but we must appaise the undefined-behavior pharisees. */ *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64; }else if( neg ){ *pNum = -(i64)u; }else{ *pNum = (i64)u; } rc = 0; if( (i==0 && zStart==zNum) /* No digits */ || nonNum /* UTF16 with high-order bytes non-zero */ ){ rc = 1; }else if( &zNum[i]19*incr ? 1 : compare2pow63(zNum, incr); if( c<0 ){ /* zNum is less than 9223372036854775808 so it fits */ assert( u<=LARGEST_INT64 ); return rc; }else{ *pNum = neg ? SMALLEST_INT64 : LARGEST_INT64; if( c>0 ){ /* zNum is greater than 9223372036854775808 so it overflows */ return 2; }else{ /* zNum is exactly 9223372036854775808. Fits if negative. The ** special case 2 overflow if positive */ assert( u-1==LARGEST_INT64 ); return neg ? rc : 3; } } } } /* ** Transform a UTF-8 integer literal, in either decimal or hexadecimal, ** into a 64-bit signed integer. This routine accepts hexadecimal literals, ** whereas sqlite3Atoi64() does not. ** ** Returns: ** ** 0 Successful transformation. Fits in a 64-bit signed integer. ** 1 Excess text after the integer value ** 2 Integer too large for a 64-bit signed integer or is malformed ** 3 Special case of 9223372036854775808 */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(const char *z, i64 *pOut){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER if( z[0]=='0' && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X') ){ u64 u = 0; int i, k; for(i=2; z[i]=='0'; i++){} for(k=i; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[k]); k++){ u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(z[k]); } memcpy(pOut, &u, 8); return (z[k]==0 && k-i<=16) ? 0 : 2; }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER */ { return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pOut, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); } } /* ** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set ** *pValue to that integer and return true. Otherwise return false. ** ** This routine accepts both decimal and hexadecimal notation for integers. ** ** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored. ** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the ** input number to be zero-terminated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){ sqlite_int64 v = 0; int i, c; int neg = 0; if( zNum[0]=='-' ){ neg = 1; zNum++; }else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){ zNum++; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER else if( zNum[0]=='0' && (zNum[1]=='x' || zNum[1]=='X') && sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[2]) ){ u32 u = 0; zNum += 2; while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++; for(i=0; sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[i]) && i<8; i++){ u = u*16 + sqlite3HexToInt(zNum[i]); } if( (u&0x80000000)==0 && sqlite3Isxdigit(zNum[i])==0 ){ memcpy(pValue, &u, 4); return 1; }else{ return 0; } } #endif if( !sqlite3Isdigit(zNum[0]) ) return 0; while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++; for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){ v = v*10 + c; } /* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits: ** ** 1234567890 ** 2^31 -> 2147483648 */ testcase( i==10 ); if( i>10 ){ return 0; } testcase( v-neg==2147483647 ); if( v-neg>2147483647 ){ return 0; } if( neg ){ v = -v; } *pValue = (int)v; return 1; } /* ** Return a 32-bit integer value extracted from a string. If the ** string is not an integer, just return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Atoi(const char *z){ int x = 0; if( z ) sqlite3GetInt32(z, &x); return x; } /* ** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows: ** ** KEY: ** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit ** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit ** C = xxxxxxxx 8 bits of data ** ** 7 bits - A ** 14 bits - BA ** 21 bits - BBA ** 28 bits - BBBA ** 35 bits - BBBBA ** 42 bits - BBBBBA ** 49 bits - BBBBBBA ** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA ** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC */ /* ** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. ** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes. The number ** of bytes written is returned. ** ** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte ** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th ** bit clear. Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full ** 8 bits and is the last byte. */ static int SQLITE_NOINLINE putVarint64(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ int i, j, n; u8 buf[10]; if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){ p[8] = (u8)v; v >>= 8; for(i=7; i>=0; i--){ p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); v >>= 7; } return 9; } n = 0; do{ buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80); v >>= 7; }while( v!=0 ); buf[0] &= 0x7f; assert( n<=9 ); for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){ p[i] = buf[j]; } return n; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){ if( v<=0x7f ){ p[0] = v&0x7f; return 1; } if( v<=0x3fff ){ p[0] = ((v>>7)&0x7f)|0x80; p[1] = v&0x7f; return 2; } return putVarint64(p,v); } /* ** Bitmasks used by sqlite3GetVarint(). These precomputed constants ** are defined here rather than simply putting the constant expressions ** inline in order to work around bugs in the RVT compiler. ** ** SLOT_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<14) | 0x7f ** ** SLOT_4_2_0 A mask for (0x7f<<28) | SLOT_2_0 */ #define SLOT_2_0 0x001fc07f #define SLOT_4_2_0 0xf01fc07f /* ** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. ** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){ u32 a,b,s; a = *p; /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ if (!(a&0x80)) { *v = a; return 1; } p++; b = *p; /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ if (!(b&0x80)) { a &= 0x7f; a = a<<7; a |= b; *v = a; return 2; } /* Verify that constants are precomputed correctly */ assert( SLOT_2_0 == ((0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); assert( SLOT_4_2_0 == ((0xfU<<28) | (0x7f<<14) | (0x7f)) ); p++; a = a<<14; a |= *p; /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ if (!(a&0x80)) { a &= SLOT_2_0; b &= 0x7f; b = b<<7; a |= b; *v = a; return 3; } /* CSE1 from below */ a &= SLOT_2_0; p++; b = b<<14; b |= *p; /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ if (!(b&0x80)) { b &= SLOT_2_0; /* moved CSE1 up */ /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ a = a<<7; a |= b; *v = a; return 4; } /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ /* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ /* moved CSE1 up */ /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ b &= SLOT_2_0; s = a; /* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */ p++; a = a<<14; a |= *p; /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ if (!(a&0x80)) { /* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above ** while calculating s */ /* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ /* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ b = b<<7; a |= b; s = s>>18; *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; return 5; } /* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ s = s<<7; s |= b; /* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */ p++; b = b<<14; b |= *p; /* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */ if (!(b&0x80)) { /* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */ /* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ a &= SLOT_2_0; a = a<<7; a |= b; s = s>>18; *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; return 6; } p++; a = a<<14; a |= *p; /* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */ if (!(a&0x80)) { a &= SLOT_4_2_0; b &= SLOT_2_0; b = b<<7; a |= b; s = s>>11; *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; return 7; } /* CSE2 from below */ a &= SLOT_2_0; p++; b = b<<14; b |= *p; /* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */ if (!(b&0x80)) { b &= SLOT_4_2_0; /* moved CSE2 up */ /* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */ a = a<<7; a |= b; s = s>>4; *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; return 8; } p++; a = a<<15; a |= *p; /* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */ /* moved CSE2 up */ /* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */ b &= SLOT_2_0; b = b<<8; a |= b; s = s<<4; b = p[-4]; b &= 0x7f; b = b>>3; s |= b; *v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a; return 9; } /* ** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. ** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v. ** ** If the varint stored in p[0] is larger than can fit in a 32-bit unsigned ** integer, then set *v to 0xffffffff. ** ** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the ** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as ** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){ u32 a,b; /* The 1-byte case. Overwhelmingly the most common. Handled inline ** by the getVarin32() macro */ a = *p; /* a: p0 (unmasked) */ #ifndef getVarint32 if (!(a&0x80)) { /* Values between 0 and 127 */ *v = a; return 1; } #endif /* The 2-byte case */ p++; b = *p; /* b: p1 (unmasked) */ if (!(b&0x80)) { /* Values between 128 and 16383 */ a &= 0x7f; a = a<<7; *v = a | b; return 2; } /* The 3-byte case */ p++; a = a<<14; a |= *p; /* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */ if (!(a&0x80)) { /* Values between 16384 and 2097151 */ a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); b &= 0x7f; b = b<<7; *v = a | b; return 3; } /* A 32-bit varint is used to store size information in btrees. ** Objects are rarely larger than 2MiB limit of a 3-byte varint. ** A 3-byte varint is sufficient, for example, to record the size ** of a 1048569-byte BLOB or string. ** ** We only unroll the first 1-, 2-, and 3- byte cases. The very ** rare larger cases can be handled by the slower 64-bit varint ** routine. */ #if 1 { u64 v64; u8 n; p -= 2; n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); assert( n>3 && n<=9 ); if( (v64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)!=v64 ){ *v = 0xffffffff; }else{ *v = (u32)v64; } return n; } #else /* For following code (kept for historical record only) shows an ** unrolling for the 3- and 4-byte varint cases. This code is ** slightly faster, but it is also larger and much harder to test. */ p++; b = b<<14; b |= *p; /* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */ if (!(b&0x80)) { /* Values between 2097152 and 268435455 */ b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); a = a<<7; *v = a | b; return 4; } p++; a = a<<14; a |= *p; /* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */ if (!(a&0x80)) { /* Values between 268435456 and 34359738367 */ a &= SLOT_4_2_0; b &= SLOT_4_2_0; b = b<<7; *v = a | b; return 5; } /* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database ** file. In that case we are not in any hurry. Use the (relatively ** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the ** value. */ { u64 v64; u8 n; p -= 4; n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64); assert( n>5 && n<=9 ); *v = (u32)v64; return n; } #endif } /* ** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given ** 64-bit integer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){ int i; for(i=1; (v >>= 7)!=0; i++){ assert( i<10 ); } return i; } /* ** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){ #if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 u32 x; memcpy(&x,p,4); return x; #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 u32 x; memcpy(&x,p,4); return __builtin_bswap32(x); #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 u32 x; memcpy(&x,p,4); return _byteswap_ulong(x); #else testcase( p[0]&0x80 ); return ((unsigned)p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3]; #endif } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){ #if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 memcpy(p,&v,4); #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 u32 x = __builtin_bswap32(v); memcpy(p,&x,4); #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 u32 x = _byteswap_ulong(v); memcpy(p,&x,4); #else p[0] = (u8)(v>>24); p[1] = (u8)(v>>16); p[2] = (u8)(v>>8); p[3] = (u8)v; #endif } /* ** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer. ** This routine only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal ** character: 0..9a..fA..F */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3HexToInt(int h){ assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') || (h>='a' && h<='f') || (h>='A' && h<='F') ); #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII h += 9*(1&(h>>6)); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC h += 9*(1&~(h>>4)); #endif return (u8)(h & 0xf); } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) /* ** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary ** value. Return a pointer to its binary value. Space to hold the ** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by ** the calling routine. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){ char *zBlob; int i; zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n/2 + 1); n--; if( zBlob ){ for(i=0; imagic; if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){ if( sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); logBadConnection("unopened"); } return 0; }else{ return 1; } } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){ u32 magic; magic = db->magic; if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK && magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN && magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); logBadConnection("invalid"); return 0; }else{ return 1; } } /* ** Attempt to add, substract, or multiply the 64-bit signed value iB against ** the other 64-bit signed integer at *pA and store the result in *pA. ** Return 0 on success. Or if the operation would have resulted in an ** overflow, leave *pA unchanged and return 1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AddInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ #if GCC_VERSION>=5004000 && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) return __builtin_add_overflow(*pA, iB, pA); #else i64 iA = *pA; testcase( iA==0 ); testcase( iA==1 ); testcase( iB==-1 ); testcase( iB==0 ); if( iB>=0 ){ testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB ); testcase( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA == iB - 1 ); if( iA>0 && LARGEST_INT64 - iA < iB ) return 1; }else{ testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 1 ); testcase( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) == iB + 2 ); if( iA<0 && -(iA + LARGEST_INT64) > iB + 1 ) return 1; } *pA += iB; return 0; #endif } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SubInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ #if GCC_VERSION>=5004000 && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) return __builtin_sub_overflow(*pA, iB, pA); #else testcase( iB==SMALLEST_INT64+1 ); if( iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ testcase( (*pA)==(-1) ); testcase( (*pA)==0 ); if( (*pA)>=0 ) return 1; *pA -= iB; return 0; }else{ return sqlite3AddInt64(pA, -iB); } #endif } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MulInt64(i64 *pA, i64 iB){ #if GCC_VERSION>=5004000 && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) return __builtin_mul_overflow(*pA, iB, pA); #else i64 iA = *pA; if( iB>0 ){ if( iA>LARGEST_INT64/iB ) return 1; if( iA0 ){ if( iBLARGEST_INT64/-iB ) return 1; } } *pA = iA*iB; return 0; #endif } /* ** Compute the absolute value of a 32-bit signed integer, of possible. Or ** if the integer has a value of -2147483648, return +2147483647 */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AbsInt32(int x){ if( x>=0 ) return x; if( x==(int)0x80000000 ) return 0x7fffffff; return -x; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES /* ** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database ** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and ** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than ** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three ** characters of the original suffix. ** ** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always ** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter. ** ** Examples: ** ** test.db-journal => test.nal ** test.db-wal => test.wal ** test.db-shm => test.shm ** test.db-mj7f3319fa => test.9fa */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FileSuffix3(const char *zBaseFilename, char *z){ #if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2 if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBaseFilename, "8_3_names", 0) ) #endif { int i, sz; sz = sqlite3Strlen30(z); for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){} if( z[i]=='.' && ALWAYS(sz>i+4) ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4); } } #endif /* ** Find (an approximate) sum of two LogEst values. This computation is ** not a simple "+" operator because LogEst is stored as a logarithmic ** value. ** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstAdd(LogEst a, LogEst b){ static const unsigned char x[] = { 10, 10, /* 0,1 */ 9, 9, /* 2,3 */ 8, 8, /* 4,5 */ 7, 7, 7, /* 6,7,8 */ 6, 6, 6, /* 9,10,11 */ 5, 5, 5, /* 12-14 */ 4, 4, 4, 4, /* 15-18 */ 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, /* 19-24 */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* 25-31 */ }; if( a>=b ){ if( a>b+49 ) return a; if( a>b+31 ) return a+1; return a+x[a-b]; }else{ if( b>a+49 ) return b; if( b>a+31 ) return b+1; return b+x[b-a]; } } /* ** Convert an integer into a LogEst. In other words, compute an ** approximation for 10*log2(x). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEst(u64 x){ static LogEst a[] = { 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 }; LogEst y = 40; if( x<8 ){ if( x<2 ) return 0; while( x<8 ){ y -= 10; x <<= 1; } }else{ #if GCC_VERSION>=5004000 int i = 60 - __builtin_clzll(x); y += i*10; x >>= i; #else while( x>255 ){ y += 40; x >>= 4; } /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ while( x>15 ){ y += 10; x >>= 1; } #endif } return a[x&7] + y - 10; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* ** Convert a double into a LogEst ** In other words, compute an approximation for 10*log2(x). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(double x){ u64 a; LogEst e; assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(a)==8 ); if( x<=1 ) return 0; if( x<=2000000000 ) return sqlite3LogEst((u64)x); memcpy(&a, &x, 8); e = (a>>52) - 1022; return e*10; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) || \ defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) || \ defined(SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS) /* ** Convert a LogEst into an integer. ** ** Note that this routine is only used when one or more of various ** non-standard compile-time options is enabled. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u64 sqlite3LogEstToInt(LogEst x){ u64 n; n = x%10; x /= 10; if( n>=5 ) n -= 2; else if( n>=1 ) n -= 1; #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) || \ defined(SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS) if( x>60 ) return (u64)LARGEST_INT64; #else /* If only SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 is on, then the largest input ** possible to this routine is 310, resulting in a maximum x of 31 */ assert( x<=60 ); #endif return x>=3 ? (n+8)<<(x-3) : (n+8)>>(3-x); } #endif /* defined SCANSTAT or STAT4 or ESTIMATED_ROWS */ /* ** Add a new name/number pair to a VList. This might require that the ** VList object be reallocated, so return the new VList. If an OOM ** error occurs, the original VList returned and the ** db->mallocFailed flag is set. ** ** A VList is really just an array of integers. To destroy a VList, ** simply pass it to sqlite3DbFree(). ** ** The first integer is the number of integers allocated for the whole ** VList. The second integer is the number of integers actually used. ** Each name/number pair is encoded by subsequent groups of 3 or more ** integers. ** ** Each name/number pair starts with two integers which are the numeric ** value for the pair and the size of the name/number pair, respectively. ** The text name overlays one or more following integers. The text name ** is always zero-terminated. ** ** Conceptually: ** ** struct VList { ** int nAlloc; // Number of allocated slots ** int nUsed; // Number of used slots ** struct VListEntry { ** int iValue; // Value for this entry ** int nSlot; // Slots used by this entry ** // ... variable name goes here ** } a[0]; ** } ** ** During code generation, pointers to the variable names within the ** VList are taken. When that happens, nAlloc is set to zero as an ** indication that the VList may never again be enlarged, since the ** accompanying realloc() would invalidate the pointers. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE VList *sqlite3VListAdd( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection used for malloc() */ VList *pIn, /* The input VList. Might be NULL */ const char *zName, /* Name of symbol to add */ int nName, /* Bytes of text in zName */ int iVal /* Value to associate with zName */ ){ int nInt; /* number of sizeof(int) objects needed for zName */ char *z; /* Pointer to where zName will be stored */ int i; /* Index in pIn[] where zName is stored */ nInt = nName/4 + 3; assert( pIn==0 || pIn[0]>=3 ); /* Verify ok to add new elements */ if( pIn==0 || pIn[1]+nInt > pIn[0] ){ /* Enlarge the allocation */ int nAlloc = (pIn ? pIn[0]*2 : 10) + nInt; VList *pOut = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pIn, nAlloc*sizeof(int)); if( pOut==0 ) return pIn; if( pIn==0 ) pOut[1] = 2; pIn = pOut; pIn[0] = nAlloc; } i = pIn[1]; pIn[i] = iVal; pIn[i+1] = nInt; z = (char*)&pIn[i+2]; pIn[1] = i+nInt; assert( pIn[1]<=pIn[0] ); memcpy(z, zName, nName); z[nName] = 0; return pIn; } /* ** Return a pointer to the name of a variable in the given VList that ** has the value iVal. Or return a NULL if there is no such variable in ** the list */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3VListNumToName(VList *pIn, int iVal){ int i, mx; if( pIn==0 ) return 0; mx = pIn[1]; i = 2; do{ if( pIn[i]==iVal ) return (char*)&pIn[i+2]; i += pIn[i+1]; }while( i */ /* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the ** fields of the Hash structure. ** ** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){ assert( pNew!=0 ); pNew->first = 0; pNew->count = 0; pNew->htsize = 0; pNew->ht = 0; } /* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. ** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table ** to the empty state. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){ HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ assert( pH!=0 ); elem = pH->first; pH->first = 0; sqlite3_free(pH->ht); pH->ht = 0; pH->htsize = 0; while( elem ){ HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; sqlite3_free(elem); elem = next_elem; } pH->count = 0; } /* ** The hashing function. */ static unsigned int strHash(const char *z){ unsigned int h = 0; unsigned char c; while( (c = (unsigned char)*z++)!=0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ /* Knuth multiplicative hashing. (Sorting & Searching, p. 510). ** 0x9e3779b1 is 2654435761 which is the closest prime number to ** (2**32)*golden_ratio, where golden_ratio = (sqrt(5) - 1)/2. */ h += sqlite3UpperToLower[c]; h *= 0x9e3779b1; } return h; } /* Link pNew element into the hash table pH. If pEntry!=0 then also ** insert pNew into the pEntry hash bucket. */ static void insertElement( Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ struct _ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ ){ HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ if( pEntry ){ pHead = pEntry->count ? pEntry->chain : 0; pEntry->count++; pEntry->chain = pNew; }else{ pHead = 0; } if( pHead ){ pNew->next = pHead; pNew->prev = pHead->prev; if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } else { pH->first = pNew; } pHead->prev = pNew; }else{ pNew->next = pH->first; if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } pNew->prev = 0; pH->first = pNew; } } /* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. ** ** The hash table might fail to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails or ** if the new size is the same as the prior size. ** Return TRUE if the resize occurs and false if not. */ static int rehash(Hash *pH, unsigned int new_size){ struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ #if SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT>0 if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){ new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht); } if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return 0; #endif /* The inability to allocates space for a larger hash table is ** a performance hit but it is not a fatal error. So mark the ** allocation as a benign. Use sqlite3Malloc()/memset(0) instead of ** sqlite3MallocZero() to make the allocation, as sqlite3MallocZero() ** only zeroes the requested number of bytes whereas this module will ** use the actual amount of space allocated for the hash table (which ** may be larger than the requested amount). */ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3Malloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) ); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( new_ht==0 ) return 0; sqlite3_free(pH->ht); pH->ht = new_ht; pH->htsize = new_size = sqlite3MallocSize(new_ht)/sizeof(struct _ht); memset(new_ht, 0, new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)); for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ unsigned int h = strHash(elem->pKey) % new_size; next_elem = elem->next; insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); } return 1; } /* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an ** hash table that matches the given key. If no element is found, ** a pointer to a static null element with HashElem.data==0 is returned. ** If pH is not NULL, then the hash for this key is written to *pH. */ static HashElem *findElementWithHash( const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ const char *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ unsigned int *pHash /* Write the hash value here */ ){ HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ unsigned int h; /* The computed hash */ static HashElem nullElement = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; if( pH->ht ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ struct _ht *pEntry; h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize; pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; elem = pEntry->chain; count = pEntry->count; }else{ h = 0; elem = pH->first; count = pH->count; } if( pHash ) *pHash = h; while( count-- ){ assert( elem!=0 ); if( sqlite3StrICmp(elem->pKey,pKey)==0 ){ return elem; } elem = elem->next; } return &nullElement; } /* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that ** element and a hash on the element's key. */ static void removeElementGivenHash( Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ unsigned int h /* Hash value for the element */ ){ struct _ht *pEntry; if( elem->prev ){ elem->prev->next = elem->next; }else{ pH->first = elem->next; } if( elem->next ){ elem->next->prev = elem->prev; } if( pH->ht ){ pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ pEntry->chain = elem->next; } pEntry->count--; assert( pEntry->count>=0 ); } sqlite3_free( elem ); pH->count--; if( pH->count==0 ){ assert( pH->first==0 ); assert( pH->count==0 ); sqlite3HashClear(pH); } } /* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key ** that matches pKey. Return the data for this element if it is ** found, or NULL if there is no match. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const char *pKey){ assert( pH!=0 ); assert( pKey!=0 ); return findElementWithHash(pH, pKey, 0)->data; } /* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey ** and the data is "data". ** ** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new ** element is created and NULL is returned. ** ** If another element already exists with the same key, then the ** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. ** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then ** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. ** ** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the ** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const char *pKey, void *data){ unsigned int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ assert( pH!=0 ); assert( pKey!=0 ); elem = findElementWithHash(pH,pKey,&h); if( elem->data ){ void *old_data = elem->data; if( data==0 ){ removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h); }else{ elem->data = data; elem->pKey = pKey; } return old_data; } if( data==0 ) return 0; new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) ); if( new_elem==0 ) return data; new_elem->pKey = pKey; new_elem->data = data; pH->count++; if( pH->count>=10 && pH->count > 2*pH->htsize ){ if( rehash(pH, pH->count*2) ){ assert( pH->htsize>0 ); h = strHash(pKey) % pH->htsize; } } insertElement(pH, pH->ht ? &pH->ht[h] : 0, new_elem); return 0; } /************** End of hash.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file opcodes.c *****************************************/ /* Automatically generated. Do not edit */ /* See the tool/mkopcodec.tcl script for details. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) \ || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) \ || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define OpHelp(X) "\0" X #else # define OpHelp(X) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){ static const char *const azName[] = { /* 0 */ "Savepoint" OpHelp(""), /* 1 */ "AutoCommit" OpHelp(""), /* 2 */ "Transaction" OpHelp(""), /* 3 */ "SorterNext" OpHelp(""), /* 4 */ "Prev" OpHelp(""), /* 5 */ "Next" OpHelp(""), /* 6 */ "Checkpoint" OpHelp(""), /* 7 */ "JournalMode" OpHelp(""), /* 8 */ "Vacuum" OpHelp(""), /* 9 */ "VFilter" OpHelp("iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4'"), /* 10 */ "VUpdate" OpHelp("data=r[P3@P2]"), /* 11 */ "Goto" OpHelp(""), /* 12 */ "Gosub" OpHelp(""), /* 13 */ "InitCoroutine" OpHelp(""), /* 14 */ "Yield" OpHelp(""), /* 15 */ "MustBeInt" OpHelp(""), /* 16 */ "Jump" OpHelp(""), /* 17 */ "Once" OpHelp(""), /* 18 */ "If" OpHelp(""), /* 19 */ "Not" OpHelp("r[P2]= !r[P1]"), /* 20 */ "IfNot" OpHelp(""), /* 21 */ "IfNullRow" OpHelp("if P1.nullRow then r[P3]=NULL, goto P2"), /* 22 */ "SeekLT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), /* 23 */ "SeekLE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), /* 24 */ "SeekGE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), /* 25 */ "SeekGT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), /* 26 */ "IfNoHope" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), /* 27 */ "NoConflict" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), /* 28 */ "NotFound" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), /* 29 */ "Found" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), /* 30 */ "SeekRowid" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"), /* 31 */ "NotExists" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3]"), /* 32 */ "Last" OpHelp(""), /* 33 */ "IfSmaller" OpHelp(""), /* 34 */ "SorterSort" OpHelp(""), /* 35 */ "Sort" OpHelp(""), /* 36 */ "Rewind" OpHelp(""), /* 37 */ "IdxLE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), /* 38 */ "IdxGT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), /* 39 */ "IdxLT" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), /* 40 */ "IdxGE" OpHelp("key=r[P3@P4]"), /* 41 */ "RowSetRead" OpHelp("r[P3]=rowset(P1)"), /* 42 */ "RowSetTest" OpHelp("if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2"), /* 43 */ "Or" OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2])"), /* 44 */ "And" OpHelp("r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2])"), /* 45 */ "Program" OpHelp(""), /* 46 */ "FkIfZero" OpHelp("if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2"), /* 47 */ "IfPos" OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2"), /* 48 */ "IfNotZero" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]--, goto P2"), /* 49 */ "DecrJumpZero" OpHelp("if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2"), /* 50 */ "IsNull" OpHelp("if r[P1]==NULL goto P2"), /* 51 */ "NotNull" OpHelp("if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2"), /* 52 */ "Ne" OpHelp("IF r[P3]!=r[P1]"), /* 53 */ "Eq" OpHelp("IF r[P3]==r[P1]"), /* 54 */ "Gt" OpHelp("IF r[P3]>r[P1]"), /* 55 */ "Le" OpHelp("IF r[P3]<=r[P1]"), /* 56 */ "Lt" OpHelp("IF r[P3]=r[P1]"), /* 58 */ "ElseNotEq" OpHelp(""), /* 59 */ "IncrVacuum" OpHelp(""), /* 60 */ "VNext" OpHelp(""), /* 61 */ "Init" OpHelp("Start at P2"), /* 62 */ "PureFunc0" OpHelp(""), /* 63 */ "Function0" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"), /* 64 */ "PureFunc" OpHelp(""), /* 65 */ "Function" OpHelp("r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5])"), /* 66 */ "Return" OpHelp(""), /* 67 */ "EndCoroutine" OpHelp(""), /* 68 */ "HaltIfNull" OpHelp("if r[P3]=null halt"), /* 69 */ "Halt" OpHelp(""), /* 70 */ "Integer" OpHelp("r[P2]=P1"), /* 71 */ "Int64" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"), /* 72 */ "String" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4' (len=P1)"), /* 73 */ "Null" OpHelp("r[P2..P3]=NULL"), /* 74 */ "SoftNull" OpHelp("r[P1]=NULL"), /* 75 */ "Blob" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4 (len=P1)"), /* 76 */ "Variable" OpHelp("r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4)"), /* 77 */ "Move" OpHelp("r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3]"), /* 78 */ "Copy" OpHelp("r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1]"), /* 79 */ "SCopy" OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"), /* 80 */ "IntCopy" OpHelp("r[P2]=r[P1]"), /* 81 */ "ResultRow" OpHelp("output=r[P1@P2]"), /* 82 */ "CollSeq" OpHelp(""), /* 83 */ "AddImm" OpHelp("r[P1]=r[P1]+P2"), /* 84 */ "RealAffinity" OpHelp(""), /* 85 */ "Cast" OpHelp("affinity(r[P1])"), /* 86 */ "Permutation" OpHelp(""), /* 87 */ "Compare" OpHelp("r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3]"), /* 88 */ "IsTrue" OpHelp("r[P2] = coalesce(r[P1]==TRUE,P3) ^ P4"), /* 89 */ "Offset" OpHelp("r[P3] = sqlite_offset(P1)"), /* 90 */ "Column" OpHelp("r[P3]=PX"), /* 91 */ "Affinity" OpHelp("affinity(r[P1@P2])"), /* 92 */ "BitAnd" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2]"), /* 93 */ "BitOr" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2]"), /* 94 */ "ShiftLeft" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1]"), /* 96 */ "Add" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2]"), /* 97 */ "Subtract" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1]"), /* 98 */ "Multiply" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2]"), /* 99 */ "Divide" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1]"), /* 100 */ "Remainder" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1]"), /* 101 */ "Concat" OpHelp("r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1]"), /* 102 */ "MakeRecord" OpHelp("r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2])"), /* 103 */ "BitNot" OpHelp("r[P2]= ~r[P1]"), /* 104 */ "Count" OpHelp("r[P2]=count()"), /* 105 */ "ReadCookie" OpHelp(""), /* 106 */ "String8" OpHelp("r[P2]='P4'"), /* 107 */ "SetCookie" OpHelp(""), /* 108 */ "ReopenIdx" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"), /* 109 */ "OpenRead" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"), /* 110 */ "OpenWrite" OpHelp("root=P2 iDb=P3"), /* 111 */ "OpenDup" OpHelp(""), /* 112 */ "OpenAutoindex" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"), /* 113 */ "OpenEphemeral" OpHelp("nColumn=P2"), /* 114 */ "SorterOpen" OpHelp(""), /* 115 */ "SequenceTest" OpHelp("if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2"), /* 116 */ "OpenPseudo" OpHelp("P3 columns in r[P2]"), /* 117 */ "Close" OpHelp(""), /* 118 */ "ColumnsUsed" OpHelp(""), /* 119 */ "SeekHit" OpHelp("seekHit=P2"), /* 120 */ "Sequence" OpHelp("r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++"), /* 121 */ "NewRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), /* 122 */ "Insert" OpHelp("intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2]"), /* 123 */ "InsertInt" OpHelp("intkey=P3 data=r[P2]"), /* 124 */ "Delete" OpHelp(""), /* 125 */ "ResetCount" OpHelp(""), /* 126 */ "SorterCompare" OpHelp("if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2"), /* 127 */ "SorterData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), /* 128 */ "RowData" OpHelp("r[P2]=data"), /* 129 */ "Rowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), /* 130 */ "NullRow" OpHelp(""), /* 131 */ "SeekEnd" OpHelp(""), /* 132 */ "SorterInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), /* 133 */ "IdxInsert" OpHelp("key=r[P2]"), /* 134 */ "IdxDelete" OpHelp("key=r[P2@P3]"), /* 135 */ "DeferredSeek" OpHelp("Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed"), /* 136 */ "IdxRowid" OpHelp("r[P2]=rowid"), /* 137 */ "Destroy" OpHelp(""), /* 138 */ "Clear" OpHelp(""), /* 139 */ "ResetSorter" OpHelp(""), /* 140 */ "CreateBtree" OpHelp("r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3"), /* 141 */ "Real" OpHelp("r[P2]=P4"), /* 142 */ "SqlExec" OpHelp(""), /* 143 */ "ParseSchema" OpHelp(""), /* 144 */ "LoadAnalysis" OpHelp(""), /* 145 */ "DropTable" OpHelp(""), /* 146 */ "DropIndex" OpHelp(""), /* 147 */ "DropTrigger" OpHelp(""), /* 148 */ "IntegrityCk" OpHelp(""), /* 149 */ "RowSetAdd" OpHelp("rowset(P1)=r[P2]"), /* 150 */ "Param" OpHelp(""), /* 151 */ "FkCounter" OpHelp("fkctr[P1]+=P2"), /* 152 */ "MemMax" OpHelp("r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2])"), /* 153 */ "OffsetLimit" OpHelp("if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1)"), /* 154 */ "AggInverse" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] inverse(r[P2@P5])"), /* 155 */ "AggStep" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"), /* 156 */ "AggStep1" OpHelp("accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5])"), /* 157 */ "AggValue" OpHelp("r[P3]=value N=P2"), /* 158 */ "AggFinal" OpHelp("accum=r[P1] N=P2"), /* 159 */ "Expire" OpHelp(""), /* 160 */ "TableLock" OpHelp("iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3"), /* 161 */ "VBegin" OpHelp(""), /* 162 */ "VCreate" OpHelp(""), /* 163 */ "VDestroy" OpHelp(""), /* 164 */ "VOpen" OpHelp(""), /* 165 */ "VColumn" OpHelp("r[P3]=vcolumn(P2)"), /* 166 */ "VRename" OpHelp(""), /* 167 */ "Pagecount" OpHelp(""), /* 168 */ "MaxPgcnt" OpHelp(""), /* 169 */ "Trace" OpHelp(""), /* 170 */ "CursorHint" OpHelp(""), /* 171 */ "Noop" OpHelp(""), /* 172 */ "Explain" OpHelp(""), /* 173 */ "Abortable" OpHelp(""), }; return azName[i]; } #endif /************** End of opcodes.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file os_unix.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains the VFS implementation for unix-like operating systems ** include Linux, MacOSX, *BSD, QNX, VxWorks, AIX, HPUX, and others. ** ** There are actually several different VFS implementations in this file. ** The differences are in the way that file locking is done. The default ** implementation uses Posix Advisory Locks. Alternative implementations ** use flock(), dot-files, various proprietary locking schemas, or simply ** skip locking all together. ** ** This source file is organized into divisions where the logic for various ** subfunctions is contained within the appropriate division. PLEASE ** KEEP THE STRUCTURE OF THIS FILE INTACT. New code should be placed ** in the correct division and should be clearly labeled. ** ** The layout of divisions is as follows: ** ** * General-purpose declarations and utility functions. ** * Unique file ID logic used by VxWorks. ** * Various locking primitive implementations (all except proxy locking): ** + for Posix Advisory Locks ** + for no-op locks ** + for dot-file locks ** + for flock() locking ** + for named semaphore locks (VxWorks only) ** + for AFP filesystem locks (MacOSX only) ** * sqlite3_file methods not associated with locking. ** * Definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects for all locking ** methods plus "finder" functions for each locking method. ** * sqlite3_vfs method implementations. ** * Locking primitives for the proxy uber-locking-method. (MacOSX only) ** * Definitions of sqlite3_vfs objects for all locking methods ** plus implementations of sqlite3_os_init() and sqlite3_os_end(). */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #if SQLITE_OS_UNIX /* This file is used on unix only */ /* ** There are various methods for file locking used for concurrency ** control: ** ** 1. POSIX locking (the default), ** 2. No locking, ** 3. Dot-file locking, ** 4. flock() locking, ** 5. AFP locking (OSX only), ** 6. Named POSIX semaphores (VXWorks only), ** 7. proxy locking. (OSX only) ** ** Styles 4, 5, and 7 are only available of SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE ** is defined to 1. The SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE also enables automatic ** selection of the appropriate locking style based on the filesystem ** where the database is located. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) # if defined(__APPLE__) # define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 # else # define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 # endif #endif /* Use pread() and pwrite() if they are available */ #if defined(__APPLE__) # define HAVE_PREAD 1 # define HAVE_PWRITE 1 #endif #if defined(HAVE_PREAD64) && defined(HAVE_PWRITE64) # undef USE_PREAD # define USE_PREAD64 1 #elif defined(HAVE_PREAD) && defined(HAVE_PWRITE) # undef USE_PREAD64 # define USE_PREAD 1 #endif /* ** standard include files. */ #include #include #include #include #include /* #include */ #include #include #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 # include #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* # include */ # include # include #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && ((__MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050) || \ (__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 2000)) # if (!defined(TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED) || (TARGET_OS_EMBEDDED==0)) \ && (!defined(TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR) || (TARGET_IPHONE_SIMULATOR==0)) # define HAVE_GETHOSTUUID 1 # else # warning "gethostuuid() is disabled." # endif #endif #if OS_VXWORKS /* # include */ # include # include #endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ #if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_UTIME # include #endif /* ** Allowed values of unixFile.fsFlags */ #define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS 0x1 /* ** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define ** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro. */ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE /* # include */ # define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1 #endif /* ** Default permissions when creating a new file */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS 0644 #endif /* ** Default permissions when creating auto proxy dir */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS # define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS 0755 #endif /* ** Maximum supported path-length. */ #define MAX_PATHNAME 512 /* ** Maximum supported symbolic links */ #define SQLITE_MAX_SYMLINKS 100 /* Always cast the getpid() return type for compatibility with ** kernel modules in VxWorks. */ #define osGetpid(X) (pid_t)getpid() /* ** Only set the lastErrno if the error code is a real error and not ** a normal expected return code of SQLITE_BUSY or SQLITE_OK */ #define IS_LOCK_ERROR(x) ((x != SQLITE_OK) && (x != SQLITE_BUSY)) /* Forward references */ typedef struct unixShm unixShm; /* Connection shared memory */ typedef struct unixShmNode unixShmNode; /* Shared memory instance */ typedef struct unixInodeInfo unixInodeInfo; /* An i-node */ typedef struct UnixUnusedFd UnixUnusedFd; /* An unused file descriptor */ /* ** Sometimes, after a file handle is closed by SQLite, the file descriptor ** cannot be closed immediately. In these cases, instances of the following ** structure are used to store the file descriptor while waiting for an ** opportunity to either close or reuse it. */ struct UnixUnusedFd { int fd; /* File descriptor to close */ int flags; /* Flags this file descriptor was opened with */ UnixUnusedFd *pNext; /* Next unused file descriptor on same file */ }; /* ** The unixFile structure is subclass of sqlite3_file specific to the unix ** VFS implementations. */ typedef struct unixFile unixFile; struct unixFile { sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod; /* Always the first entry */ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS that created this unixFile */ unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* Info about locks on this inode */ int h; /* The file descriptor */ unsigned char eFileLock; /* The type of lock held on this fd */ unsigned short int ctrlFlags; /* Behavioral bits. UNIXFILE_* flags */ int lastErrno; /* The unix errno from last I/O error */ void *lockingContext; /* Locking style specific state */ UnixUnusedFd *pPreallocatedUnused; /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */ const char *zPath; /* Name of the file */ unixShm *pShm; /* Shared memory segment information */ int szChunk; /* Configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch refs */ sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapping at pMapRegion */ sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapping at pMapRegion */ sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */ void *pMapRegion; /* Memory mapped region */ #endif int sectorSize; /* Device sector size */ int deviceCharacteristics; /* Precomputed device characteristics */ #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE int openFlags; /* The flags specified at open() */ #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || defined(__APPLE__) unsigned fsFlags; /* cached details from statfs() */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT unsigned iBusyTimeout; /* Wait this many millisec on locks */ #endif #if OS_VXWORKS struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* The next group of variables are used to track whether or not the ** transaction counter in bytes 24-27 of database files are updated ** whenever any part of the database changes. An assertion fault will ** occur if a file is updated without also updating the transaction ** counter. This test is made to avoid new problems similar to the ** one described by ticket #3584. */ unsigned char transCntrChng; /* True if the transaction counter changed */ unsigned char dbUpdate; /* True if any part of database file changed */ unsigned char inNormalWrite; /* True if in a normal write operation */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* In test mode, increase the size of this structure a bit so that ** it is larger than the struct CrashFile defined in test6.c. */ char aPadding[32]; #endif }; /* This variable holds the process id (pid) from when the xRandomness() ** method was called. If xOpen() is called from a different process id, ** indicating that a fork() has occurred, the PRNG will be reset. */ static pid_t randomnessPid = 0; /* ** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask: */ #define UNIXFILE_EXCL 0x01 /* Connections from one process only */ #define UNIXFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ #define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC # define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x08 /* Directory sync needed */ #else # define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC 0x00 #endif #define UNIXFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ #define UNIXFILE_DELETE 0x20 /* Delete on close */ #define UNIXFILE_URI 0x40 /* Filename might have query parameters */ #define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK 0x80 /* Do no file locking */ /* ** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files */ /************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/ /************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to ** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those ** files. ** ** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a ** general purpose header file. */ #ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ #define _OS_COMMON_H_ /* ** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG ** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the ** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. */ #ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG # error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." #endif /* ** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works ** on i486 hardware. */ #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE /* ** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ /************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 May 27 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" ** counters for x86 class CPUs. */ #ifndef SQLITE_HWTIME_H #define SQLITE_HWTIME_H /* ** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. ** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the ** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res ** profiling. */ #if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) #if defined(__GNUC__) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned int lo, hi; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; } #elif defined(_MSC_VER) __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ __asm { rdtsc ret ; return value at EDX:EAX } } #endif #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long val; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long long retval; unsigned long junk; __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ 1: mftbu %1\n\ mftb %L0\n\ mftbu %0\n\ cmpw %0,%1\n\ bne 1b" : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); return retval; } #else #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. /* ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, ** you can remove the above #error and use the following ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at ** least compile and run. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } #endif #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_HWTIME_H) */ /************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ static sqlite_uint64 g_start; static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; #define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() #define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start #define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed #else #define TIMER_START #define TIMER_END #define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) #endif /* ** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block ** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This ** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_persist; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_benign; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull; #define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) #define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ { local_ioerr(); CODE; } static void local_ioerr(){ IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); sqlite3_io_error_hit++; if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; } #define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ local_ioerr(); \ sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ CODE; \ }else{ \ sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ } \ } #else #define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) #define SimulateIOError(A) #define SimulateDiskfullError(A) #endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ /* ** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_open_file_count; #define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) #else #define OpenCounter(X) #endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ #endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ /************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os_unix.c ********************/ /* ** Define various macros that are missing from some systems. */ #ifndef O_LARGEFILE # define O_LARGEFILE 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS # undef O_LARGEFILE # define O_LARGEFILE 0 #endif #ifndef O_NOFOLLOW # define O_NOFOLLOW 0 #endif #ifndef O_BINARY # define O_BINARY 0 #endif /* ** The threadid macro resolves to the thread-id or to 0. Used for ** testing and debugging only. */ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE #define threadid pthread_self() #else #define threadid 0 #endif /* ** HAVE_MREMAP defaults to true on Linux and false everywhere else. */ #if !defined(HAVE_MREMAP) # if defined(__linux__) && defined(_GNU_SOURCE) # define HAVE_MREMAP 1 # else # define HAVE_MREMAP 0 # endif #endif /* ** Explicitly call the 64-bit version of lseek() on Android. Otherwise, lseek() ** is the 32-bit version, even if _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. */ #ifdef __ANDROID__ # define lseek lseek64 #endif #ifdef __linux__ /* ** Linux-specific IOCTL magic numbers used for controlling F2FS */ #define F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC 0xf5 #define F2FS_IOC_START_ATOMIC_WRITE _IO(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 1) #define F2FS_IOC_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE _IO(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 2) #define F2FS_IOC_START_VOLATILE_WRITE _IO(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 3) #define F2FS_IOC_ABORT_VOLATILE_WRITE _IO(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 5) #define F2FS_IOC_GET_FEATURES _IOR(F2FS_IOCTL_MAGIC, 12, u32) #define F2FS_FEATURE_ATOMIC_WRITE 0x0004 #endif /* __linux__ */ /* ** Different Unix systems declare open() in different ways. Same use ** open(const char*,int,mode_t). Others use open(const char*,int,...). ** The difference is important when using a pointer to the function. ** ** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper ** which always has the same well-defined interface. */ static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){ return open(zFile, flags, mode); } /* Forward reference */ static int openDirectory(const char*, int*); static int unixGetpagesize(void); /* ** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that ** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during ** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers ** to all overrideable system calls. */ static struct unix_syscall { const char *zName; /* Name of the system call */ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ } aSyscall[] = { { "open", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posixOpen, 0 }, #define osOpen ((int(*)(const char*,int,int))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) { "close", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)close, 0 }, #define osClose ((int(*)(int))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) { "access", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)access, 0 }, #define osAccess ((int(*)(const char*,int))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) { "getcwd", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)getcwd, 0 }, #define osGetcwd ((char*(*)(char*,size_t))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) { "stat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)stat, 0 }, #define osStat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) /* ** The DJGPP compiler environment looks mostly like Unix, but it ** lacks the fcntl() system call. So redefine fcntl() to be something ** that always succeeds. This means that locking does not occur under ** DJGPP. But it is DOS - what did you expect? */ #ifdef __DJGPP__ { "fstat", 0, 0 }, #define osFstat(a,b,c) 0 #else { "fstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fstat, 0 }, #define osFstat ((int(*)(int,struct stat*))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) #endif { "ftruncate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ftruncate, 0 }, #define osFtruncate ((int(*)(int,off_t))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) { "fcntl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fcntl, 0 }, #define osFcntl ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) { "read", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)read, 0 }, #define osRead ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) #if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread, 0 }, #else { "pread", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osPread ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off_t))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) #if defined(USE_PREAD64) { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pread64, 0 }, #else { "pread64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osPread64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,void*,size_t,off64_t))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) { "write", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)write, 0 }, #define osWrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) #if defined(USE_PREAD) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite, 0 }, #else { "pwrite", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osPwrite ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off_t))\ aSyscall[12].pCurrent) #if defined(USE_PREAD64) { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)pwrite64, 0 }, #else { "pwrite64", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osPwrite64 ((ssize_t(*)(int,const void*,size_t,off64_t))\ aSyscall[13].pCurrent) { "fchmod", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchmod, 0 }, #define osFchmod ((int(*)(int,mode_t))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) #if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate, 0 }, #else { "fallocate", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) { "unlink", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink, 0 }, #define osUnlink ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) { "openDirectory", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory, 0 }, #define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) { "mkdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mkdir, 0 }, #define osMkdir ((int(*)(const char*,mode_t))aSyscall[18].pCurrent) { "rmdir", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)rmdir, 0 }, #define osRmdir ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[19].pCurrent) #if defined(HAVE_FCHOWN) { "fchown", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)fchown, 0 }, #else { "fchown", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFchown ((int(*)(int,uid_t,gid_t))aSyscall[20].pCurrent) #if defined(HAVE_FCHOWN) { "geteuid", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)geteuid, 0 }, #else { "geteuid", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGeteuid ((uid_t(*)(void))aSyscall[21].pCurrent) #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 { "mmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mmap, 0 }, #else { "mmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osMmap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,int,int,int,off_t))aSyscall[22].pCurrent) #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 { "munmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)munmap, 0 }, #else { "munmap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osMunmap ((int(*)(void*,size_t))aSyscall[23].pCurrent) #if HAVE_MREMAP && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) { "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)mremap, 0 }, #else { "mremap", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osMremap ((void*(*)(void*,size_t,size_t,int,...))aSyscall[24].pCurrent) #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 { "getpagesize", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unixGetpagesize, 0 }, #else { "getpagesize", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetpagesize ((int(*)(void))aSyscall[25].pCurrent) #if defined(HAVE_READLINK) { "readlink", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)readlink, 0 }, #else { "readlink", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osReadlink ((ssize_t(*)(const char*,char*,size_t))aSyscall[26].pCurrent) #if defined(HAVE_LSTAT) { "lstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)lstat, 0 }, #else { "lstat", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osLstat ((int(*)(const char*,struct stat*))aSyscall[27].pCurrent) #if defined(__linux__) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) { "ioctl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)ioctl, 0 }, #else { "ioctl", (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0, 0 }, #endif #define osIoctl ((int(*)(int,int,...))aSyscall[28].pCurrent) }; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ /* ** On some systems, calls to fchown() will trigger a message in a security ** log if they come from non-root processes. So avoid calling fchown() if ** we are not running as root. */ static int robustFchown(int fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid){ #if defined(HAVE_FCHOWN) return osGeteuid() ? 0 : osFchown(fd,uid,gid); #else return 0; #endif } /* ** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the ** "unix" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the ** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable ** system call named zName. */ static int unixSetSystemCall( sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ ){ unsigned int i; int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); if( zName==0 ){ /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default ** settings and return NULL */ rc = SQLITE_OK; for(i=0; i=SQLITE_MINIMUM_FILE_DESCRIPTOR ) break; osClose(fd); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "attempt to open \"%s\" as file descriptor %d", z, fd); fd = -1; if( osOpen("/dev/null", f, m)<0 ) break; } if( fd>=0 ){ if( m!=0 ){ struct stat statbuf; if( osFstat(fd, &statbuf)==0 && statbuf.st_size==0 && (statbuf.st_mode&0777)!=m ){ osFchmod(fd, m); } } #if defined(FD_CLOEXEC) && (!defined(O_CLOEXEC) || O_CLOEXEC==0) osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC); #endif } return fd; } /* ** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The ** global mutex is used to protect the unixInodeInfo and ** vxworksFileId objects used by this file, all of which may be ** shared by multiple threads. ** ** Function unixMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex ** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() ** statements. e.g. ** ** unixEnterMutex() ** assert( unixMutexHeld() ); ** unixEnterLeave() ** ** To prevent deadlock, the global unixBigLock must must be acquired ** before the unixInodeInfo.pLockMutex mutex, if both are held. It is ** OK to get the pLockMutex without holding unixBigLock first, but if ** that happens, the unixBigLock mutex must not be acquired until after ** pLockMutex is released. ** ** OK: enter(unixBigLock), enter(pLockInfo) ** OK: enter(unixBigLock) ** OK: enter(pLockInfo) ** ERROR: enter(pLockInfo), enter(unixBigLock) */ static sqlite3_mutex *unixBigLock = 0; static void unixEnterMutex(void){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(unixBigLock) ); /* Not a recursive mutex */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(unixBigLock); } static void unixLeaveMutex(void){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(unixBigLock) ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(unixBigLock); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG static int unixMutexHeld(void) { return sqlite3_mutex_held(unixBigLock); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE /* ** Helper function for printing out trace information from debugging ** binaries. This returns the string representation of the supplied ** integer lock-type. */ static const char *azFileLock(int eFileLock){ switch( eFileLock ){ case NO_LOCK: return "NONE"; case SHARED_LOCK: return "SHARED"; case RESERVED_LOCK: return "RESERVED"; case PENDING_LOCK: return "PENDING"; case EXCLUSIVE_LOCK: return "EXCLUSIVE"; } return "ERROR"; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE /* ** Print out information about all locking operations. ** ** This routine is used for troubleshooting locks on multithreaded ** platforms. Enable by compiling with the -DSQLITE_LOCK_TRACE ** command-line option on the compiler. This code is normally ** turned off. */ static int lockTrace(int fd, int op, struct flock *p){ char *zOpName, *zType; int s; int savedErrno; if( op==F_GETLK ){ zOpName = "GETLK"; }else if( op==F_SETLK ){ zOpName = "SETLK"; }else{ s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl unknown %d %d %d\n", fd, op, s); return s; } if( p->l_type==F_RDLCK ){ zType = "RDLCK"; }else if( p->l_type==F_WRLCK ){ zType = "WRLCK"; }else if( p->l_type==F_UNLCK ){ zType = "UNLCK"; }else{ assert( 0 ); } assert( p->l_whence==SEEK_SET ); s = osFcntl(fd, op, p); savedErrno = errno; sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl %d %d %s %s %d %d %d %d\n", threadid, fd, zOpName, zType, (int)p->l_start, (int)p->l_len, (int)p->l_pid, s); if( s==(-1) && op==F_SETLK && (p->l_type==F_RDLCK || p->l_type==F_WRLCK) ){ struct flock l2; l2 = *p; osFcntl(fd, F_GETLK, &l2); if( l2.l_type==F_RDLCK ){ zType = "RDLCK"; }else if( l2.l_type==F_WRLCK ){ zType = "WRLCK"; }else if( l2.l_type==F_UNLCK ){ zType = "UNLCK"; }else{ assert( 0 ); } sqlite3DebugPrintf("fcntl-failure-reason: %s %d %d %d\n", zType, (int)l2.l_start, (int)l2.l_len, (int)l2.l_pid); } errno = savedErrno; return s; } #undef osFcntl #define osFcntl lockTrace #endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */ /* ** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR ** ** All calls to ftruncate() within this file should be made through ** this wrapper. On the Android platform, bypassing the logic below ** could lead to a corrupt database. */ static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){ int rc; #ifdef __ANDROID__ /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if ** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to ** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any ** such attempts. */ if( sz>(sqlite3_int64)0x7FFFFFFF ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else #endif do{ rc = osFtruncate(h,sz); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); return rc; } /* ** This routine translates a standard POSIX errno code into something ** useful to the clients of the sqlite3 functions. Specifically, it is ** intended to translate a variety of "try again" errors into SQLITE_BUSY ** and a variety of "please close the file descriptor NOW" errors into ** SQLITE_IOERR ** ** Errors during initialization of locks, or file system support for locks, ** should handle ENOLCK, ENOTSUP, EOPNOTSUPP separately. */ static int sqliteErrorFromPosixError(int posixError, int sqliteIOErr) { assert( (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK) || (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK) || (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK) || (sqliteIOErr == SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK) ); switch (posixError) { case EACCES: case EAGAIN: case ETIMEDOUT: case EBUSY: case EINTR: case ENOLCK: /* random NFS retry error, unless during file system support * introspection, in which it actually means what it says */ return SQLITE_BUSY; case EPERM: return SQLITE_PERM; default: return sqliteIOErr; } } /****************************************************************************** ****************** Begin Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks *************** ** ** On most versions of unix, we can get a unique ID for a file by concatenating ** the device number and the inode number. But this does not work on VxWorks. ** On VxWorks, a unique file id must be based on the canonical filename. ** ** A pointer to an instance of the following structure can be used as a ** unique file ID in VxWorks. Each instance of this structure contains ** a copy of the canonical filename. There is also a reference count. ** The structure is reclaimed when the number of pointers to it drops to ** zero. ** ** There are never very many files open at one time and lookups are not ** a performance-critical path, so it is sufficient to put these ** structures on a linked list. */ struct vxworksFileId { struct vxworksFileId *pNext; /* Next in a list of them all */ int nRef; /* Number of references to this one */ int nName; /* Length of the zCanonicalName[] string */ char *zCanonicalName; /* Canonical filename */ }; #if OS_VXWORKS /* ** All unique filenames are held on a linked list headed by this ** variable: */ static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFileList = 0; /* ** Simplify a filename into its canonical form ** by making the following changes: ** ** * removing any trailing and duplicate / ** * convert /./ into just / ** * convert /A/../ where A is any simple name into just / ** ** Changes are made in-place. Return the new name length. ** ** The original filename is in z[0..n-1]. Return the number of ** characters in the simplified name. */ static int vxworksSimplifyName(char *z, int n){ int i, j; while( n>1 && z[n-1]=='/' ){ n--; } for(i=j=0; i0 && z[j-1]!='/' ){ j--; } if( j>0 ){ j--; } i += 2; continue; } } z[j++] = z[i]; } z[j] = 0; return j; } /* ** Find a unique file ID for the given absolute pathname. Return ** a pointer to the vxworksFileId object. This pointer is the unique ** file ID. ** ** The nRef field of the vxworksFileId object is incremented before ** the object is returned. A new vxworksFileId object is created ** and added to the global list if necessary. ** ** If a memory allocation error occurs, return NULL. */ static struct vxworksFileId *vxworksFindFileId(const char *zAbsoluteName){ struct vxworksFileId *pNew; /* search key and new file ID */ struct vxworksFileId *pCandidate; /* For looping over existing file IDs */ int n; /* Length of zAbsoluteName string */ assert( zAbsoluteName[0]=='/' ); n = (int)strlen(zAbsoluteName); pNew = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pNew) + (n+1) ); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; pNew->zCanonicalName = (char*)&pNew[1]; memcpy(pNew->zCanonicalName, zAbsoluteName, n+1); n = vxworksSimplifyName(pNew->zCanonicalName, n); /* Search for an existing entry that matching the canonical name. ** If found, increment the reference count and return a pointer to ** the existing file ID. */ unixEnterMutex(); for(pCandidate=vxworksFileList; pCandidate; pCandidate=pCandidate->pNext){ if( pCandidate->nName==n && memcmp(pCandidate->zCanonicalName, pNew->zCanonicalName, n)==0 ){ sqlite3_free(pNew); pCandidate->nRef++; unixLeaveMutex(); return pCandidate; } } /* No match was found. We will make a new file ID */ pNew->nRef = 1; pNew->nName = n; pNew->pNext = vxworksFileList; vxworksFileList = pNew; unixLeaveMutex(); return pNew; } /* ** Decrement the reference count on a vxworksFileId object. Free ** the object when the reference count reaches zero. */ static void vxworksReleaseFileId(struct vxworksFileId *pId){ unixEnterMutex(); assert( pId->nRef>0 ); pId->nRef--; if( pId->nRef==0 ){ struct vxworksFileId **pp; for(pp=&vxworksFileList; *pp && *pp!=pId; pp = &((*pp)->pNext)){} assert( *pp==pId ); *pp = pId->pNext; sqlite3_free(pId); } unixLeaveMutex(); } #endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ /*************** End of Unique File ID Utility Used By VxWorks **************** ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** *************************** Posix Advisory Locking **************************** ** ** POSIX advisory locks are broken by design. ANSI STD 1003.1 (1996) ** section 6.5.2.2 lines 483 through 490 specify that when a process ** sets or clears a lock, that operation overrides any prior locks set ** by the same process. It does not explicitly say so, but this implies ** that it overrides locks set by the same process using a different ** file descriptor. Consider this test case: ** ** int fd1 = open("./file1", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); ** int fd2 = open("./file2", O_RDWR|O_CREAT, 0644); ** ** Suppose ./file1 and ./file2 are really the same file (because ** one is a hard or symbolic link to the other) then if you set ** an exclusive lock on fd1, then try to get an exclusive lock ** on fd2, it works. I would have expected the second lock to ** fail since there was already a lock on the file due to fd1. ** But not so. Since both locks came from the same process, the ** second overrides the first, even though they were on different ** file descriptors opened on different file names. ** ** This means that we cannot use POSIX locks to synchronize file access ** among competing threads of the same process. POSIX locks will work fine ** to synchronize access for threads in separate processes, but not ** threads within the same process. ** ** To work around the problem, SQLite has to manage file locks internally ** on its own. Whenever a new database is opened, we have to find the ** specific inode of the database file (the inode is determined by the ** st_dev and st_ino fields of the stat structure that fstat() fills in) ** and check for locks already existing on that inode. When locks are ** created or removed, we have to look at our own internal record of the ** locks to see if another thread has previously set a lock on that same ** inode. ** ** (Aside: The use of inode numbers as unique IDs does not work on VxWorks. ** For VxWorks, we have to use the alternative unique ID system based on ** canonical filename and implemented in the previous division.) ** ** The sqlite3_file structure for POSIX is no longer just an integer file ** descriptor. It is now a structure that holds the integer file ** descriptor and a pointer to a structure that describes the internal ** locks on the corresponding inode. There is one locking structure ** per inode, so if the same inode is opened twice, both unixFile structures ** point to the same locking structure. The locking structure keeps ** a reference count (so we will know when to delete it) and a "cnt" ** field that tells us its internal lock status. cnt==0 means the ** file is unlocked. cnt==-1 means the file has an exclusive lock. ** cnt>0 means there are cnt shared locks on the file. ** ** Any attempt to lock or unlock a file first checks the locking ** structure. The fcntl() system call is only invoked to set a ** POSIX lock if the internal lock structure transitions between ** a locked and an unlocked state. ** ** But wait: there are yet more problems with POSIX advisory locks. ** ** If you close a file descriptor that points to a file that has locks, ** all locks on that file that are owned by the current process are ** released. To work around this problem, each unixInodeInfo object ** maintains a count of the number of pending locks on tha inode. ** When an attempt is made to close an unixFile, if there are ** other unixFile open on the same inode that are holding locks, the call ** to close() the file descriptor is deferred until all of the locks clear. ** The unixInodeInfo structure keeps a list of file descriptors that need to ** be closed and that list is walked (and cleared) when the last lock ** clears. ** ** Yet another problem: LinuxThreads do not play well with posix locks. ** ** Many older versions of linux use the LinuxThreads library which is ** not posix compliant. Under LinuxThreads, a lock created by thread ** A cannot be modified or overridden by a different thread B. ** Only thread A can modify the lock. Locking behavior is correct ** if the appliation uses the newer Native Posix Thread Library (NPTL) ** on linux - with NPTL a lock created by thread A can override locks ** in thread B. But there is no way to know at compile-time which ** threading library is being used. So there is no way to know at ** compile-time whether or not thread A can override locks on thread B. ** One has to do a run-time check to discover the behavior of the ** current process. ** ** SQLite used to support LinuxThreads. But support for LinuxThreads ** was dropped beginning with version 3.7.0. SQLite will still work with ** LinuxThreads provided that (1) there is no more than one connection ** per database file in the same process and (2) database connections ** do not move across threads. */ /* ** An instance of the following structure serves as the key used ** to locate a particular unixInodeInfo object. */ struct unixFileId { dev_t dev; /* Device number */ #if OS_VXWORKS struct vxworksFileId *pId; /* Unique file ID for vxworks. */ #else /* We are told that some versions of Android contain a bug that ** sizes ino_t at only 32-bits instead of 64-bits. (See ** https://android-review.googlesource.com/#/c/115351/3/dist/sqlite3.c) ** To work around this, always allocate 64-bits for the inode number. ** On small machines that only have 32-bit inodes, this wastes 4 bytes, ** but that should not be a big deal. */ /* WAS: ino_t ino; */ u64 ino; /* Inode number */ #endif }; /* ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each open ** inode. Or, on LinuxThreads, there is one of these structures for ** each inode opened by each thread. ** ** A single inode can have multiple file descriptors, so each unixFile ** structure contains a pointer to an instance of this object and this ** object keeps a count of the number of unixFile pointing to it. ** ** Mutex rules: ** ** (1) Only the pLockMutex mutex must be held in order to read or write ** any of the locking fields: ** nShared, nLock, eFileLock, bProcessLock, pUnused ** ** (2) When nRef>0, then the following fields are unchanging and can ** be read (but not written) without holding any mutex: ** fileId, pLockMutex ** ** (3) With the exceptions above, all the fields may only be read ** or written while holding the global unixBigLock mutex. ** ** Deadlock prevention: The global unixBigLock mutex may not ** be acquired while holding the pLockMutex mutex. If both unixBigLock ** and pLockMutex are needed, then unixBigLock must be acquired first. */ struct unixInodeInfo { struct unixFileId fileId; /* The lookup key */ sqlite3_mutex *pLockMutex; /* Hold this mutex for... */ int nShared; /* Number of SHARED locks held */ int nLock; /* Number of outstanding file locks */ unsigned char eFileLock; /* One of SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK etc. */ unsigned char bProcessLock; /* An exclusive process lock is held */ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; /* Unused file descriptors to close */ int nRef; /* Number of pointers to this structure */ unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Shared memory associated with this inode */ unixInodeInfo *pNext; /* List of all unixInodeInfo objects */ unixInodeInfo *pPrev; /* .... doubly linked */ #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE unsigned long long sharedByte; /* for AFP simulated shared lock */ #endif #if OS_VXWORKS sem_t *pSem; /* Named POSIX semaphore */ char aSemName[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; /* Name of that semaphore */ #endif }; /* ** A lists of all unixInodeInfo objects. */ static unixInodeInfo *inodeList = 0; /* All unixInodeInfo objects */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** True if the inode mutex is held, or not. Used only within assert() ** to help verify correct mutex usage. */ int unixFileMutexHeld(unixFile *pFile){ assert( pFile->pInode ); return sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex); } int unixFileMutexNotheld(unixFile *pFile){ assert( pFile->pInode ); return sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex); } #endif /* ** ** This function - unixLogErrorAtLine(), is only ever called via the macro ** unixLogError(). ** ** It is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function and errno has been ** set. It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of ** errno and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from strerror() or ** strerror_r(). ** ** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that ** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). ** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that ** failed (e.g. "unlink", "open") and the associated file-system path, ** if any. */ #define unixLogError(a,b,c) unixLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,__LINE__) static int unixLogErrorAtLine( int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ ){ char *zErr; /* Message from strerror() or equivalent */ int iErrno = errno; /* Saved syscall error number */ /* If this is not a threadsafe build (SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0), then use ** the strerror() function to obtain the human-readable error message ** equivalent to errno. Otherwise, use strerror_r(). */ #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && defined(HAVE_STRERROR_R) char aErr[80]; memset(aErr, 0, sizeof(aErr)); zErr = aErr; /* If STRERROR_R_CHAR_P (set by autoconf scripts) or __USE_GNU is defined, ** assume that the system provides the GNU version of strerror_r() that ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the error message. That pointer ** may point to aErr[], or it may point to some static storage somewhere. ** Otherwise, assume that the system provides the POSIX version of ** strerror_r(), which always writes an error message into aErr[]. ** ** If the code incorrectly assumes that it is the POSIX version that is ** available, the error message will often be an empty string. Not a ** huge problem. Incorrectly concluding that the GNU version is available ** could lead to a segfault though. */ #if defined(STRERROR_R_CHAR_P) || defined(__USE_GNU) zErr = # endif strerror_r(iErrno, aErr, sizeof(aErr)-1); #elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE /* This is a threadsafe build, but strerror_r() is not available. */ zErr = ""; #else /* Non-threadsafe build, use strerror(). */ zErr = strerror(iErrno); #endif if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; sqlite3_log(errcode, "os_unix.c:%d: (%d) %s(%s) - %s", iLine, iErrno, zFunc, zPath, zErr ); return errcode; } /* ** Close a file descriptor. ** ** We assume that close() almost always works, since it is only in a ** very sick application or on a very sick platform that it might fail. ** If it does fail, simply leak the file descriptor, but do log the ** error. ** ** Note that it is not safe to retry close() after EINTR since the ** file descriptor might have already been reused by another thread. ** So we don't even try to recover from an EINTR. Just log the error ** and move on. */ static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){ if( osClose(h) ){ unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close", pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno); } } /* ** Set the pFile->lastErrno. Do this in a subroutine as that provides ** a convenient place to set a breakpoint. */ static void storeLastErrno(unixFile *pFile, int error){ pFile->lastErrno = error; } /* ** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list. */ static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; UnixUnusedFd *p; UnixUnusedFd *pNext; assert( unixFileMutexHeld(pFile) ); for(p=pInode->pUnused; p; p=pNext){ pNext = p->pNext; robust_close(pFile, p->fd, __LINE__); sqlite3_free(p); } pInode->pUnused = 0; } /* ** Release a unixInodeInfo structure previously allocated by findInodeInfo(). ** ** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held ** when this function is called. */ static void releaseInodeInfo(unixFile *pFile){ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; assert( unixMutexHeld() ); assert( unixFileMutexNotheld(pFile) ); if( ALWAYS(pInode) ){ pInode->nRef--; if( pInode->nRef==0 ){ assert( pInode->pShmNode==0 ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pInode->pLockMutex); closePendingFds(pFile); sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); if( pInode->pPrev ){ assert( pInode->pPrev->pNext==pInode ); pInode->pPrev->pNext = pInode->pNext; }else{ assert( inodeList==pInode ); inodeList = pInode->pNext; } if( pInode->pNext ){ assert( pInode->pNext->pPrev==pInode ); pInode->pNext->pPrev = pInode->pPrev; } sqlite3_mutex_free(pInode->pLockMutex); sqlite3_free(pInode); } } } /* ** Given a file descriptor, locate the unixInodeInfo object that ** describes that file descriptor. Create a new one if necessary. The ** return value might be uninitialized if an error occurs. ** ** The mutex entered using the unixEnterMutex() function must be held ** when this function is called. ** ** Return an appropriate error code. */ static int findInodeInfo( unixFile *pFile, /* Unix file with file desc used in the key */ unixInodeInfo **ppInode /* Return the unixInodeInfo object here */ ){ int rc; /* System call return code */ int fd; /* The file descriptor for pFile */ struct unixFileId fileId; /* Lookup key for the unixInodeInfo */ struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ unixInodeInfo *pInode = 0; /* Candidate unixInodeInfo object */ assert( unixMutexHeld() ); /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to ** create a unique name for the file. */ fd = pFile->h; rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); if( rc!=0 ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); #if defined(EOVERFLOW) && defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS) if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS; #endif return SQLITE_IOERR; } #ifdef __APPLE__ /* On OS X on an msdos filesystem, the inode number is reported ** incorrectly for zero-size files. See ticket #3260. To work ** around this problem (we consider it a bug in OS X, not SQLite) ** we always increase the file size to 1 by writing a single byte ** prior to accessing the inode number. The one byte written is ** an ASCII 'S' character which also happens to be the first byte ** in the header of every SQLite database. In this way, if there ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated ** the first page of the database, no damage is done. */ if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){ do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); if( rc!=1 ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); return SQLITE_IOERR; } rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf); if( rc!=0 ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); return SQLITE_IOERR; } } #endif memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId)); fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev; #if OS_VXWORKS fileId.pId = pFile->pId; #else fileId.ino = (u64)statbuf.st_ino; #endif pInode = inodeList; while( pInode && memcmp(&fileId, &pInode->fileId, sizeof(fileId)) ){ pInode = pInode->pNext; } if( pInode==0 ){ pInode = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pInode) ); if( pInode==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memset(pInode, 0, sizeof(*pInode)); memcpy(&pInode->fileId, &fileId, sizeof(fileId)); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ pInode->pLockMutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); if( pInode->pLockMutex==0 ){ sqlite3_free(pInode); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } } pInode->nRef = 1; pInode->pNext = inodeList; pInode->pPrev = 0; if( inodeList ) inodeList->pPrev = pInode; inodeList = pInode; }else{ pInode->nRef++; } *ppInode = pInode; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return TRUE if pFile has been renamed or unlinked since it was first opened. */ static int fileHasMoved(unixFile *pFile){ #if OS_VXWORKS return pFile->pInode!=0 && pFile->pId!=pFile->pInode->fileId.pId; #else struct stat buf; return pFile->pInode!=0 && (osStat(pFile->zPath, &buf)!=0 || (u64)buf.st_ino!=pFile->pInode->fileId.ino); #endif } /* ** Check a unixFile that is a database. Verify the following: ** ** (1) There is exactly one hard link on the file ** (2) The file is not a symbolic link ** (3) The file has not been renamed or unlinked ** ** Issue sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING,...) messages if anything is not right. */ static void verifyDbFile(unixFile *pFile){ struct stat buf; int rc; /* These verifications occurs for the main database only */ if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ) return; rc = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf); if( rc!=0 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "cannot fstat db file %s", pFile->zPath); return; } if( buf.st_nlink==0 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file unlinked while open: %s", pFile->zPath); return; } if( buf.st_nlink>1 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "multiple links to file: %s", pFile->zPath); return; } if( fileHasMoved(pFile) ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING, "file renamed while open: %s", pFile->zPath); return; } } /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value ** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. */ static int unixCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); assert( pFile ); assert( pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex); /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ #ifndef __DJGPP__ if( !reserved && !pFile->pInode->bProcessLock ){ struct flock lock; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; lock.l_len = 1; lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){ reserved = 1; } } #endif sqlite3_mutex_leave(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex); OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (unix)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* ** Set a posix-advisory-lock. ** ** There are two versions of this routine. If compiled with ** SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT then the routine has an extra parameter ** which is a pointer to a unixFile. If the unixFile->iBusyTimeout ** value is set, then it is the number of milliseconds to wait before ** failing the lock. The iBusyTimeout value is always reset back to ** zero on each call. ** ** If SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT is not defined, then do a non-blocking ** attempt to set the lock. */ #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT # define osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(h,x,t) osFcntl(h,F_SETLK,x) #else static int osSetPosixAdvisoryLock( int h, /* The file descriptor on which to take the lock */ struct flock *pLock, /* The description of the lock */ unixFile *pFile /* Structure holding timeout value */ ){ int rc = osFcntl(h,F_SETLK,pLock); while( rc<0 && pFile->iBusyTimeout>0 ){ /* On systems that support some kind of blocking file lock with a timeout, ** make appropriate changes here to invoke that blocking file lock. On ** generic posix, however, there is no such API. So we simply try the ** lock once every millisecond until either the timeout expires, or until ** the lock is obtained. */ usleep(1000); rc = osFcntl(h,F_SETLK,pLock); pFile->iBusyTimeout--; } return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT */ /* ** Attempt to set a system-lock on the file pFile. The lock is ** described by pLock. ** ** If the pFile was opened read/write from unix-excl, then the only lock ** ever obtained is an exclusive lock, and it is obtained exactly once ** the first time any lock is attempted. All subsequent system locking ** operations become no-ops. Locking operations still happen internally, ** in order to coordinate access between separate database connections ** within this process, but all of that is handled in memory and the ** operating system does not participate. ** ** This function is a pass-through to fcntl(F_SETLK) if pFile is using ** any VFS other than "unix-excl" or if pFile is opened on "unix-excl" ** and is read-only. ** ** Zero is returned if the call completes successfully, or -1 if a call ** to fcntl() fails. In this case, errno is set appropriately (by fcntl()). */ static int unixFileLock(unixFile *pFile, struct flock *pLock){ int rc; unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; assert( pInode!=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pInode->pLockMutex) ); if( (pFile->ctrlFlags & (UNIXFILE_EXCL|UNIXFILE_RDONLY))==UNIXFILE_EXCL ){ if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ struct flock lock; assert( pInode->nLock==0 ); lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; rc = osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(pFile->h, &lock, pFile); if( rc<0 ) return rc; pInode->bProcessLock = 1; pInode->nLock++; }else{ rc = 0; } }else{ rc = osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(pFile->h, pLock, pFile); } return rc; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ static int unixLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ /* The following describes the implementation of the various locks and ** lock transitions in terms of the POSIX advisory shared and exclusive ** lock primitives (called read-locks and write-locks below, to avoid ** confusion with SQLite lock names). The algorithms are complicated ** slightly in order to be compatible with Windows95 systems simultaneously ** accessing the same database file, in case that is ever required. ** ** Symbols defined in os.h indentify the 'pending byte' and the 'reserved ** byte', each single bytes at well known offsets, and the 'shared byte ** range', a range of 510 bytes at a well known offset. ** ** To obtain a SHARED lock, a read-lock is obtained on the 'pending ** byte'. If this is successful, 'shared byte range' is read-locked ** and the lock on the 'pending byte' released. (Legacy note: When ** SQLite was first developed, Windows95 systems were still very common, ** and Widnows95 lacks a shared-lock capability. So on Windows95, a ** single randomly selected by from the 'shared byte range' is locked. ** Windows95 is now pretty much extinct, but this work-around for the ** lack of shared-locks on Windows95 lives on, for backwards ** compatibility.) ** ** A process may only obtain a RESERVED lock after it has a SHARED lock. ** A RESERVED lock is implemented by grabbing a write-lock on the ** 'reserved byte'. ** ** A process may only obtain a PENDING lock after it has obtained a ** SHARED lock. A PENDING lock is implemented by obtaining a write-lock ** on the 'pending byte'. This ensures that no new SHARED locks can be ** obtained, but existing SHARED locks are allowed to persist. A process ** does not have to obtain a RESERVED lock on the way to a PENDING lock. ** This property is used by the algorithm for rolling back a journal file ** after a crash. ** ** An EXCLUSIVE lock, obtained after a PENDING lock is held, is ** implemented by obtaining a write-lock on the entire 'shared byte ** range'. Since all other locks require a read-lock on one of the bytes ** within this range, this ensures that no other locks are held on the ** database. */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; unixInodeInfo *pInode; struct flock lock; int tErrno = 0; assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->pInode->eFileLock), pFile->pInode->nShared, osGetpid(0))); /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. */ if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock))); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct. ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock. ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. */ assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ pInode = pFile->pInode; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pInode->pLockMutex); /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. */ if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto end_lock; } /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and ** return SQLITE_OK. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; pInode->nShared++; pInode->nLock++; goto end_lock; } /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will ** be released. */ lock.l_len = 1L; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLocknShared==0 ); assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Now get the read-lock */ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); } /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; lock.l_len = 1L; lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* This could happen with a network mount */ tErrno = errno; rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; } if( rc ){ if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } goto end_lock; }else{ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; pInode->nLock++; pInode->nShared = 1; } }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file ** already. */ assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; assert( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); if( eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){ lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE; lock.l_len = 1L; }else{ lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; } if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } } } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when ** transitioning from a SHARED to a RESERVED lock. The change ** from SHARED to RESERVED marks the beginning of a normal ** write operation (not a hot journal rollback). */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK && eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK ){ pFile->transCntrChng = 0; pFile->dbUpdate = 0; pFile->inNormalWrite = 1; } #endif if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; } end_lock: sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (unix)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); return rc; } /* ** Add the file descriptor used by file handle pFile to the corresponding ** pUnused list. */ static void setPendingFd(unixFile *pFile){ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; UnixUnusedFd *p = pFile->pPreallocatedUnused; assert( unixFileMutexHeld(pFile) ); p->pNext = pInode->pUnused; pInode->pUnused = p; pFile->h = -1; pFile->pPreallocatedUnused = 0; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. ** ** If handleNFSUnlock is true, then on downgrading an EXCLUSIVE_LOCK to SHARED ** the byte range is divided into 2 parts and the first part is unlocked then ** set to a read lock, then the other part is simply unlocked. This works ** around a bug in BSD NFS lockd (also seen on MacOSX 10.3+) that fails to ** remove the write lock on a region when a read lock is set. */ static int posixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock, int handleNFSUnlock){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; unixInodeInfo *pInode; struct flock lock; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (unix)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, osGetpid(0))); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pInode = pFile->pInode; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pInode->pLockMutex); assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start ** reading the database file again, make sure that the ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, ** other connections to the same file might not realize that ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. */ pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; #endif /* downgrading to a shared lock on NFS involves clearing the write lock ** before establishing the readlock - to avoid a race condition we downgrade ** the lock in 2 blocks, so that part of the range will be covered by a ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock: ** 1: [WWWWW] ** 2: [....W] ** 3: [RRRRW] ** 4: [RRRR.] */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ #if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE (void)handleNFSUnlock; assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 ); #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE if( handleNFSUnlock ){ int tErrno; /* Error code from system call errors */ off_t divSize = SHARED_SIZE - 1; lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = divSize; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); goto end_unlock; } lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = divSize; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } goto end_unlock; } lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){ tErrno = errno; rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); goto end_unlock; } }else #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ { lock.l_type = F_RDLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST; lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){ /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes ** an assert to fail). */ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); goto end_unlock; } } } lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE; lock.l_len = 2L; assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE ); if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; }else{ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); goto end_unlock; } } if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released ** the lock. */ pInode->nShared--; if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ lock.l_type = F_UNLCK; lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L; if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){ pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; }else{ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; } } /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file. When the ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close ** was deferred because of outstanding locks. */ pInode->nLock--; assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); if( pInode->nLock==0 ) closePendingFds(pFile); } end_unlock: sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; } return rc; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ static int unixUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || ((unixFile *)id)->nFetchOut==0 ); #endif return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 0); } #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nByte); static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd); #endif /* ** This function performs the parts of the "close file" operation ** common to all locking schemes. It closes the directory and file ** handles, if they are valid, and sets all fields of the unixFile ** structure to 0. ** ** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called, ** even on VxWorks. A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the ** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine. */ static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 unixUnmapfile(pFile); #endif if( pFile->h>=0 ){ robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); pFile->h = -1; } #if OS_VXWORKS if( pFile->pId ){ if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){ osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName); } vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId); pFile->pId = 0; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DELETE ){ osUnlink(pFile->zPath); sqlite3_free(*(char**)&pFile->zPath); pFile->zPath = 0; } #endif OSTRACE(("CLOSE %-3d\n", pFile->h)); OpenCounter(-1); sqlite3_free(pFile->pPreallocatedUnused); memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a file. */ static int unixClose(sqlite3_file *id){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; assert( pInode!=0 ); verifyDbFile(pFile); unixUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); assert( unixFileMutexNotheld(pFile) ); unixEnterMutex(); /* unixFile.pInode is always valid here. Otherwise, a different close ** routine (e.g. nolockClose()) would be called instead. */ assert( pFile->pInode->nLock>0 || pFile->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pInode->pLockMutex); if( pInode->nLock ){ /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file ** descriptor to pInode->pUnused list. It will be automatically closed ** when the last lock is cleared. */ setPendingFd(pFile); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); releaseInodeInfo(pFile); rc = closeUnixFile(id); unixLeaveMutex(); return rc; } /************** End of the posix advisory lock implementation ***************** ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** ****************************** No-op Locking ********************************** ** ** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the ** simplest: locking is ignored. No attempt is made to lock the database ** file for reading or writing. ** ** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases ** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.) It can ** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to ** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more ** database connections. But there is a serious risk of database ** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple ** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same ** time and one or more of those connections are writing. */ static int nolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int *pResOut){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); *pResOut = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } static int nolockLock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); return SQLITE_OK; } static int nolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close the file. */ static int nolockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { return closeUnixFile(id); } /******************* End of the no-op lock implementation ********************* ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** ************************* Begin dot-file Locking ****************************** ** ** The dotfile locking implementation uses the existence of separate lock ** files (really a directory) to control access to the database. This works ** on just about every filesystem imaginable. But there are serious downsides: ** ** (1) There is zero concurrency. A single reader blocks all other ** connections from reading or writing the database. ** ** (2) An application crash or power loss can leave stale lock files ** sitting around that need to be cleared manually. ** ** Nevertheless, a dotlock is an appropriate locking mode for use if no ** other locking strategy is available. ** ** Dotfile locking works by creating a subdirectory in the same directory as ** the database and with the same name but with a ".lock" extension added. ** The existence of a lock directory implies an EXCLUSIVE lock. All other ** lock types (SHARED, RESERVED, PENDING) are mapped into EXCLUSIVE. */ /* ** The file suffix added to the data base filename in order to create the ** lock directory. */ #define DOTLOCK_SUFFIX ".lock" /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value ** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. ** ** In dotfile locking, either a lock exists or it does not. So in this ** variation of CheckReservedLock(), *pResOut is set to true if any lock ** is held on the file and false if the file is unlocked. */ static int dotlockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); assert( pFile ); reserved = osAccess((const char*)pFile->lockingContext, 0)==0; OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. ** ** With dotfile locking, we really only support state (4): EXCLUSIVE. ** But we track the other locking levels internally. */ static int dotlockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* If we have any lock, then the lock file already exists. All we have ** to do is adjust our internal record of the lock level. */ if( pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK ){ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; /* Always update the timestamp on the old file */ #ifdef HAVE_UTIME utime(zLockFile, NULL); #else utimes(zLockFile, NULL); #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* grab an exclusive lock */ rc = osMkdir(zLockFile, 0777); if( rc<0 ){ /* failed to open/create the lock directory */ int tErrno = errno; if( EEXIST == tErrno ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } else { rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } } return rc; } /* got it, set the type and return ok */ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return rc; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. ** ** When the locking level reaches NO_LOCK, delete the lock file. */ static int dotlockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; char *zLockFile = (char *)pFile->lockingContext; int rc; assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (dotlock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); /* no-op if possible */ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* To downgrade to shared, simply update our internal notion of the ** lock state. No need to mess with the file on disk. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */ assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ); rc = osRmdir(zLockFile); if( rc<0 ){ int tErrno = errno; if( tErrno==ENOENT ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } return rc; } pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a file. Make sure the lock has been released before closing. */ static int dotlockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; assert( id!=0 ); dotlockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); return closeUnixFile(id); } /****************** End of the dot-file lock implementation ******************* ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** ************************** Begin flock Locking ******************************** ** ** Use the flock() system call to do file locking. ** ** flock() locking is like dot-file locking in that the various ** fine-grain locking levels supported by SQLite are collapsed into ** a single exclusive lock. In other words, SHARED, RESERVED, and ** PENDING locks are the same thing as an EXCLUSIVE lock. SQLite ** still works when you do this, but concurrency is reduced since ** only a single process can be reading the database at a time. ** ** Omit this section if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE is turned off */ #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* ** Retry flock() calls that fail with EINTR */ #ifdef EINTR static int robust_flock(int fd, int op){ int rc; do{ rc = flock(fd,op); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); return rc; } #else # define robust_flock(a,b) flock(a,b) #endif /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value ** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. */ static int flockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); assert( pFile ); /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ /* attempt to get the lock */ int lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB); if( !lrc ){ /* got the lock, unlock it */ lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN); if ( lrc ) { int tErrno = errno; /* unlock failed with an error */ lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); rc = lrc; } } else { int tErrno = errno; reserved = 1; /* someone else might have it reserved */ lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); rc = lrc; } } } OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS if( (rc & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; reserved=1; } #endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** flock() only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate ** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or ** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from ** access the file. ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ static int flockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; assert( pFile ); /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } /* grab an exclusive lock */ if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) { int tErrno = errno; /* didn't get, must be busy */ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } } else { /* got it, set the type and return ok */ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; } OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS if( (rc & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } #endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ return rc; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ static int flockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (flock)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); /* no-op if possible */ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } /* no, really, unlock. */ if( robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS return SQLITE_OK; #endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS */ return SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; }else{ pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } } /* ** Close a file. */ static int flockClose(sqlite3_file *id) { assert( id!=0 ); flockUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); return closeUnixFile(id); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && !OS_VXWORK */ /******************* End of the flock lock implementation ********************* ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** ************************ Begin Named Semaphore Locking ************************ ** ** Named semaphore locking is only supported on VxWorks. ** ** Semaphore locking is like dot-lock and flock in that it really only ** supports EXCLUSIVE locking. Only a single process can read or write ** the database file at a time. This reduces potential concurrency, but ** makes the lock implementation much easier. */ #if OS_VXWORKS /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value ** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. */ static int semXCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); assert( pFile ); /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ int tErrno = errno; if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){ rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK); storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } else { /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */ reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK); } }else{ /* we could have it if we want it */ sem_post(pSem); } } OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (sem)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** Semaphore locks only really support EXCLUSIVE locks. We track intermediate ** lock states in the sqlite3_file structure, but all locks SHARED or ** above are really EXCLUSIVE locks and exclude all other processes from ** access the file. ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ static int semXLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* if we already have a lock, it is exclusive. ** Just adjust level and punt on outta here. */ if (pFile->eFileLock > NO_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; rc = SQLITE_OK; goto sem_end_lock; } /* lock semaphore now but bail out when already locked. */ if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto sem_end_lock; } /* got it, set the type and return ok */ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; sem_end_lock: return rc; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ static int semXUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem; assert( pFile ); assert( pSem ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d pid=%d (sem)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, osGetpid(0))); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); /* no-op if possible */ if( pFile->eFileLock==eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* shared can just be set because we always have an exclusive */ if (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK) { pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } /* no, really unlock. */ if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) { int rc, tErrno = errno; rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } return rc; } pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a file. */ static int semXClose(sqlite3_file *id) { if( id ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; semXUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); assert( pFile ); assert( unixFileMutexNotheld(pFile) ); unixEnterMutex(); releaseInodeInfo(pFile); unixLeaveMutex(); closeUnixFile(id); } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ /* ** Named semaphore locking is only available on VxWorks. ** *************** End of the named semaphore lock implementation **************** ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** *************************** Begin AFP Locking ********************************* ** ** AFP is the Apple Filing Protocol. AFP is a network filesystem found ** on Apple Macintosh computers - both OS9 and OSX. ** ** Third-party implementations of AFP are available. But this code here ** only works on OSX. */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* ** The afpLockingContext structure contains all afp lock specific state */ typedef struct afpLockingContext afpLockingContext; struct afpLockingContext { int reserved; const char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ }; struct ByteRangeLockPB2 { unsigned long long offset; /* offset to first byte to lock */ unsigned long long length; /* nbr of bytes to lock */ unsigned long long retRangeStart; /* nbr of 1st byte locked if successful */ unsigned char unLockFlag; /* 1 = unlock, 0 = lock */ unsigned char startEndFlag; /* 1=rel to end of fork, 0=rel to start */ int fd; /* file desc to assoc this lock with */ }; #define afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) /* ** This is a utility for setting or clearing a bit-range lock on an ** AFP filesystem. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success, SQLITE_BUSY on failure. */ static int afpSetLock( const char *path, /* Name of the file to be locked or unlocked */ unixFile *pFile, /* Open file descriptor on path */ unsigned long long offset, /* First byte to be locked */ unsigned long long length, /* Number of bytes to lock */ int setLockFlag /* True to set lock. False to clear lock */ ){ struct ByteRangeLockPB2 pb; int err; pb.unLockFlag = setLockFlag ? 0 : 1; pb.startEndFlag = 0; pb.offset = offset; pb.length = length; pb.fd = pFile->h; OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK [%s] for %d%s in range %llx:%llx\n", (setLockFlag?"ON":"OFF"), pFile->h, (pb.fd==-1?"[testval-1]":""), offset, length)); err = fsctl(path, afpfsByteRangeLock2FSCTL, &pb, 0); if ( err==-1 ) { int rc; int tErrno = errno; OSTRACE(("AFPSETLOCK failed to fsctl() '%s' %d %s\n", path, tErrno, strerror(tErrno))); #ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS rc = SQLITE_BUSY; #else rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK); #endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */ if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno); } return rc; } else { return SQLITE_OK; } } /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value ** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. */ static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int reserved = 0; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; afpLockingContext *context; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); assert( pFile ); context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; if( context->reserved ){ *pResOut = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } sqlite3_mutex_enter(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex); /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */ if( pFile->pInode->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ reserved = 1; } /* Otherwise see if some other process holds it. */ if( !reserved ){ /* lock the RESERVED byte */ int lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); if( SQLITE_OK==lrc ){ /* if we succeeded in taking the reserved lock, unlock it to restore ** the original state */ lrc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); } else { /* if we failed to get the lock then someone else must have it */ reserved = 1; } if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){ rc=lrc; } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pFile->pInode->pLockMutex); OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (afp)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved)); *pResOut = reserved; return rc; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ static int afpLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s was %s(%s,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), azFileLock(pFile->eFileLock), azFileLock(pInode->eFileLock), pInode->nShared , osGetpid(0))); /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the ** unixFile, do nothing. Don't use the afp_end_lock: exit path, as ** unixEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. */ if( pFile->eFileLock>=eFileLock ){ OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s ok (already held) (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock))); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct ** (1) We never move from unlocked to anything higher than shared lock. ** (2) SQLite never explicitly requests a pendig lock. ** (3) A shared lock is always held when a reserve lock is requested. */ assert( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK || eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( eFileLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); assert( eFileLock!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); /* This mutex is needed because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */ pInode = pFile->pInode; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pInode->pLockMutex); /* If some thread using this PID has a lock via a different unixFile* ** handle that precludes the requested lock, return BUSY. */ if( (pFile->eFileLock!=pInode->eFileLock && (pInode->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK || eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK)) ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto afp_end_lock; } /* If a SHARED lock is requested, and some thread using this PID already ** has a SHARED or RESERVED lock, then increment reference counts and ** return SQLITE_OK. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK && (pInode->eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->eFileLock==RESERVED_LOCK) ){ assert( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( pFile->eFileLock==0 ); assert( pInode->nShared>0 ); pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; pInode->nShared++; pInode->nLock++; goto afp_end_lock; } /* A PENDING lock is needed before acquiring a SHARED lock and before ** acquiring an EXCLUSIVE lock. For the SHARED lock, the PENDING will ** be released. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || (eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->eFileLockdbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 1); if (failed) { rc = failed; goto afp_end_lock; } } /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make ** operating system calls for the specified lock. */ if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){ int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0; long lk, mask; assert( pInode->nShared==0 ); assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 ); mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff; /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */ /* note that the quality of the randomness doesn't matter that much */ lk = random(); pInode->sharedByte = (lk & mask)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1); lrc1 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){ lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno; } /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */ lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) { storeLastErrno(pFile, lrc1Errno); rc = lrc1; goto afp_end_lock; } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){ rc = lrc2; goto afp_end_lock; } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) { rc = lrc1; } else { pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; pInode->nLock++; pInode->nShared = 1; } }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pInode->nShared>1 ){ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ /* The request was for a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock. It is ** assumed that there is a SHARED or greater lock on the file ** already. */ int failed = 0; assert( 0!=pFile->eFileLock ); if (eFileLock >= RESERVED_LOCK && pFile->eFileLock < RESERVED_LOCK) { /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1,1); if( !failed ){ context->reserved = 1; } } if (!failed && eFileLock == EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) { /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ /* Remove the shared lock before trying the range. we'll need to ** reestablish the shared lock if we can't get the afpUnlock */ if( !(failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 0)) ){ int failed2 = SQLITE_OK; /* now attemmpt to get the exclusive lock range */ failed = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 1); if( failed && (failed2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST + pInode->sharedByte, 1, 1)) ){ /* Can't reestablish the shared lock. Sqlite can't deal, this is ** a critical I/O error */ rc = ((failed & 0xff) == SQLITE_IOERR) ? failed2 : SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; goto afp_end_lock; } }else{ rc = failed; } } if( failed ){ rc = failed; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; pInode->eFileLock = eFileLock; }else if( eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ pFile->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; pInode->eFileLock = PENDING_LOCK; } afp_end_lock: sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); OSTRACE(("LOCK %d %s %s (afp)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed")); return rc; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ static int afpUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; unixInodeInfo *pInode; afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext; int skipShared = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST int h = pFile->h; #endif assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK %d %d was %d(%d,%d) pid=%d (afp)\n", pFile->h, eFileLock, pFile->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->eFileLock, pFile->pInode->nShared, osGetpid(0))); assert( eFileLock<=SHARED_LOCK ); if( pFile->eFileLock<=eFileLock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pInode = pFile->pInode; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pInode->pLockMutex); assert( pInode->nShared!=0 ); if( pFile->eFileLock>SHARED_LOCK ){ assert( pInode->eFileLock==pFile->eFileLock ); SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* When reducing a lock such that other processes can start ** reading the database file again, make sure that the ** transaction counter was updated if any part of the database ** file changed. If the transaction counter is not updated, ** other connections to the same file might not realize that ** the file has changed and hence might not know to flush their ** cache. The use of a stale cache can lead to database corruption. */ assert( pFile->inNormalWrite==0 || pFile->dbUpdate==0 || pFile->transCntrChng==1 ); pFile->inNormalWrite = 0; #endif if( pFile->eFileLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, SHARED_FIRST, SHARED_SIZE, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1) ){ /* only re-establish the shared lock if necessary */ int sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 1); } else { skipShared = 1; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=PENDING_LOCK ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->eFileLock>=RESERVED_LOCK && context->reserved ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, RESERVED_BYTE, 1, 0); if( !rc ){ context->reserved = 0; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK || pInode->nShared>1)){ pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){ /* Decrement the shared lock counter. Release the lock using an ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released ** the lock. */ unsigned long long sharedLockByte = SHARED_FIRST+pInode->sharedByte; pInode->nShared--; if( pInode->nShared==0 ){ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); SimulateIOError( h=(-1) ) SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); if( !skipShared ){ rc = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, sharedLockByte, 1, 0); } if( !rc ){ pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pInode->nLock--; assert( pInode->nLock>=0 ); if( pInode->nLock==0 ) closePendingFds(pFile); } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock; } return rc; } /* ** Close a file & cleanup AFP specific locking context */ static int afpClose(sqlite3_file *id) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; assert( id!=0 ); afpUnlock(id, NO_LOCK); assert( unixFileMutexNotheld(pFile) ); unixEnterMutex(); if( pFile->pInode ){ unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pInode->pLockMutex); if( pInode->nLock ){ /* If there are outstanding locks, do not actually close the file just ** yet because that would clear those locks. Instead, add the file ** descriptor to pInode->aPending. It will be automatically closed when ** the last lock is cleared. */ setPendingFd(pFile); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); } releaseInodeInfo(pFile); sqlite3_free(pFile->lockingContext); rc = closeUnixFile(id); unixLeaveMutex(); return rc; } #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ /* ** The code above is the AFP lock implementation. The code is specific ** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative ** is available. If you don't compile for a mac, then the "unix-afp" ** VFS is not available. ** ********************* End of the AFP lock implementation ********************** ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** *************************** Begin NFS Locking ********************************/ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ static int nfsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock){ return posixUnlock(id, eFileLock, 1); } #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ /* ** The code above is the NFS lock implementation. The code is specific ** to MacOSX and does not work on other unix platforms. No alternative ** is available. ** ********************* End of the NFS lock implementation ********************** ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** **************** Non-locking sqlite3_file methods ***************************** ** ** The next division contains implementations for all methods of the ** sqlite3_file object other than the locking methods. The locking ** methods were defined in divisions above (one locking method per ** division). Those methods that are common to all locking modes ** are gather together into this division. */ /* ** Seek to the offset passed as the second argument, then read cnt ** bytes into pBuf. Return the number of bytes actually read. ** ** NB: If you define USE_PREAD or USE_PREAD64, then it might also ** be necessary to define _XOPEN_SOURCE to be 500. This varies from ** one system to another. Since SQLite does not define USE_PREAD ** in any form by default, we will not attempt to define _XOPEN_SOURCE. ** See tickets #2741 and #2681. ** ** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed read the lastErrno value ** is set before returning. */ static int seekAndRead(unixFile *id, sqlite3_int64 offset, void *pBuf, int cnt){ int got; int prior = 0; #if (!defined(USE_PREAD) && !defined(USE_PREAD64)) i64 newOffset; #endif TIMER_START; assert( cnt==(cnt&0x1ffff) ); assert( id->h>2 ); do{ #if defined(USE_PREAD) got = osPread(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); #elif defined(USE_PREAD64) got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); SimulateIOError( got = -1 ); #else newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET); SimulateIOError( newOffset = -1 ); if( newOffset<0 ){ storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno); return -1; } got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt); #endif if( got==cnt ) break; if( got<0 ){ if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; } prior = 0; storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno); break; }else if( got>0 ){ cnt -= got; offset += got; prior += got; pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf); } }while( got>0 ); TIMER_END; OSTRACE(("READ %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got+prior, offset-prior, TIMER_ELAPSED)); return got+prior; } /* ** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all ** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes ** wrong. */ static int unixRead( sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, sqlite3_int64 offset ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; int got; assert( id ); assert( offset>=0 ); assert( amt>0 ); /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ #if 0 assert( pFile->pPreallocatedUnused==0 || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE ); #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ if( offsetmmapSize ){ if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt); return SQLITE_OK; }else{ int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset; memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy); pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; amt -= nCopy; offset += nCopy; } } #endif got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt); if( got==amt ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else if( got<0 ){ /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; }else{ storeLastErrno(pFile, 0); /* not a system error */ /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got); return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; } } /* ** Attempt to seek the file-descriptor passed as the first argument to ** absolute offset iOff, then attempt to write nBuf bytes of data from ** pBuf to it. If an error occurs, return -1 and set *piErrno. Otherwise, ** return the actual number of bytes written (which may be less than ** nBuf). */ static int seekAndWriteFd( int fd, /* File descriptor to write to */ i64 iOff, /* File offset to begin writing at */ const void *pBuf, /* Copy data from this buffer to the file */ int nBuf, /* Size of buffer pBuf in bytes */ int *piErrno /* OUT: Error number if error occurs */ ){ int rc = 0; /* Value returned by system call */ assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) ); assert( fd>2 ); assert( piErrno!=0 ); nBuf &= 0x1ffff; TIMER_START; #if defined(USE_PREAD) do{ rc = (int)osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); #elif defined(USE_PREAD64) do{ rc = (int)osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR); #else do{ i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET); SimulateIOError( iSeek = -1 ); if( iSeek<0 ){ rc = -1; break; } rc = osWrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR ); #endif TIMER_END; OSTRACE(("WRITE %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", fd, rc, iOff, TIMER_ELAPSED)); if( rc<0 ) *piErrno = errno; return rc; } /* ** Seek to the offset in id->offset then read cnt bytes into pBuf. ** Return the number of bytes actually read. Update the offset. ** ** To avoid stomping the errno value on a failed write the lastErrno value ** is set before returning. */ static int seekAndWrite(unixFile *id, i64 offset, const void *pBuf, int cnt){ return seekAndWriteFd(id->h, offset, pBuf, cnt, &id->lastErrno); } /* ** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success ** or some other error code on failure. */ static int unixWrite( sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, sqlite3_int64 offset ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int wrote = 0; assert( id ); assert( amt>0 ); /* If this is a database file (not a journal, master-journal or temp ** file), the bytes in the locking range should never be read or written. */ #if 0 assert( pFile->pPreallocatedUnused==0 || offset>=PENDING_BYTE+512 || offset+amt<=PENDING_BYTE ); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a ** normal database file) then record the fact that the database ** has changed. If the transaction counter is modified, record that ** fact too. */ if( pFile->inNormalWrite ){ pFile->dbUpdate = 1; /* The database has been modified */ if( offset<=24 && offset+amt>=27 ){ int rc; char oldCntr[4]; SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); rc = seekAndRead(pFile, 24, oldCntr, 4); SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); if( rc!=4 || memcmp(oldCntr, &((char*)pBuf)[24-offset], 4)!=0 ){ pFile->transCntrChng = 1; /* The transaction counter has changed */ } } } #endif #if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ if( offsetmmapSize ){ if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt); return SQLITE_OK; }else{ int nCopy = pFile->mmapSize - offset; memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy); pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; amt -= nCopy; offset += nCopy; } } #endif while( (wrote = seekAndWrite(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt))0 ){ amt -= wrote; offset += wrote; pBuf = &((char*)pBuf)[wrote]; } SimulateIOError(( wrote=(-1), amt=1 )); SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 )); if( amt>wrote ){ if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){ /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */ return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; }else{ storeLastErrno(pFile, 0); /* not a system error */ return SQLITE_FULL; } } return SQLITE_OK; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test ** that syncs and fullsyncs are occurring at the right times. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; #endif /* ** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync(). Some do. ** Others do no. To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower) ** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly, ** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync or -DHAVE_FDATASYNC */ #if !defined(fdatasync) && !HAVE_FDATASYNC # define fdatasync fsync #endif /* ** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not ** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined. F_FULLFSYNC is currently ** only available on Mac OS X. But that could change. */ #ifdef F_FULLFSYNC # define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 1 #else # define HAVE_FULLFSYNC 0 #endif /* ** The fsync() system call does not work as advertised on many ** unix systems. The following procedure is an attempt to make ** it work better. ** ** The SQLITE_NO_SYNC macro disables all fsync()s. This is useful ** for testing when we want to run through the test suite quickly. ** You are strongly advised *not* to deploy with SQLITE_NO_SYNC ** enabled, however, since with SQLITE_NO_SYNC enabled, an OS crash ** or power failure will likely corrupt the database file. ** ** SQLite sets the dataOnly flag if the size of the file is unchanged. ** The idea behind dataOnly is that it should only write the file content ** to disk, not the inode. We only set dataOnly if the file size is ** unchanged since the file size is part of the inode. However, ** Ted Ts'o tells us that fdatasync() will also write the inode if the ** file size has changed. The only real difference between fdatasync() ** and fsync(), Ted tells us, is that fdatasync() will not flush the ** inode if the mtime or owner or other inode attributes have changed. ** We only care about the file size, not the other file attributes, so ** as far as SQLite is concerned, an fdatasync() is always adequate. ** So, we always use fdatasync() if it is available, regardless of ** the value of the dataOnly flag. */ static int full_fsync(int fd, int fullSync, int dataOnly){ int rc; /* The following "ifdef/elif/else/" block has the same structure as ** the one below. It is replicated here solely to avoid cluttering ** up the real code with the UNUSED_PARAMETER() macros. */ #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); #elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(fullSync); UNUSED_PARAMETER(dataOnly); #endif /* Record the number of times that we do a normal fsync() and ** FULLSYNC. This is used during testing to verify that this procedure ** gets called with the correct arguments. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( fullSync ) sqlite3_fullsync_count++; sqlite3_sync_count++; #endif /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a ** no-op. But go ahead and call fstat() to validate the file ** descriptor as we need a method to provoke a failure during ** coverate testing. */ #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC { struct stat buf; rc = osFstat(fd, &buf); } #elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC if( fullSync ){ rc = osFcntl(fd, F_FULLFSYNC, 0); }else{ rc = 1; } /* If the FULLFSYNC failed, fall back to attempting an fsync(). ** It shouldn't be possible for fullfsync to fail on the local ** file system (on OSX), so failure indicates that FULLFSYNC ** isn't supported for this file system. So, attempt an fsync ** and (for now) ignore the overhead of a superfluous fcntl call. ** It'd be better to detect fullfsync support once and avoid ** the fcntl call every time sync is called. */ if( rc ) rc = fsync(fd); #elif defined(__APPLE__) /* fdatasync() on HFS+ doesn't yet flush the file size if it changed correctly ** so currently we default to the macro that redefines fdatasync to fsync */ rc = fsync(fd); #else rc = fdatasync(fd); #if OS_VXWORKS if( rc==-1 && errno==ENOTSUP ){ rc = fsync(fd); } #endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ #endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */ if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){ rc = 0; } return rc; } /* ** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename. ** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and ** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM ** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined ** value. ** ** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to ** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events ** are flushed to disk. Such fsyncs are not needed on newer ** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems. ** ** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface. ** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the ** chromium sandbox. Opening a directory is a security risk (we are ** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to ** replace this routine with a harmless no-op. To make this routine ** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves ** *pFd set to a negative number. ** ** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing ** the file descriptor *pFd using close(). */ static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){ int ii; int fd = -1; char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename); for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>0 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--); if( ii>0 ){ zDirname[ii] = '\0'; }else{ if( zDirname[0]!='/' ) zDirname[0] = '.'; zDirname[1] = 0; } fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0); if( fd>=0 ){ OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname)); } *pFd = fd; if( fd>=0 ) return SQLITE_OK; return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "openDirectory", zDirname); } /* ** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. ** ** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file ** size, access time, etc) are synced. If dataOnly!=0 then only the ** file data is synced. ** ** Under Unix, also make sure that the directory entry for the file ** has been created by fsync-ing the directory that contains the file. ** If we do not do this and we encounter a power failure, the directory ** entry for the journal might not exist after we reboot. The next ** SQLite to access the file will not know that the journal exists (because ** the directory entry for the journal was never created) and the transaction ** will not roll back - possibly leading to database corruption. */ static int unixSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ int rc; unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int isDataOnly = (flags&SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY); int isFullsync = (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ); /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. */ SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); assert( pFile ); OSTRACE(("SYNC %-3d\n", pFile->h)); rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly); SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); if( rc ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath); } /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag ** is set. This is a one-time occurrence. Many systems (examples: AIX) ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync. */ if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){ int dirfd; OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath, HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync)); rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0); robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__); }else{ assert( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ); rc = SQLITE_OK; } pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; } return rc; } /* ** Truncate an open file to a specified size */ static int unixTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 nByte){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile *)id; int rc; assert( pFile ); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE ); /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested ** size). */ if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; } rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte); if( rc ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length, ** that effectively updates the change counter. This might happen ** when restoring a database using the backup API from a zero-length ** source. */ if( pFile->inNormalWrite && nByte==0 ){ pFile->transCntrChng = 1; } #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* If the file was just truncated to a size smaller than the currently ** mapped region, reduce the effective mapping size as well. SQLite will ** use read() and write() to access data beyond this point from now on. */ if( nBytemmapSize ){ pFile->mmapSize = nByte; } #endif return SQLITE_OK; } } /* ** Determine the current size of a file in bytes */ static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){ int rc; struct stat buf; assert( id ); rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf); SimulateIOError( rc=1 ); if( rc!=0 ){ storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno); return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; } *pSize = buf.st_size; /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem. In order to avoid problems with upper ** layers, we need to report this file size as zero even though it is ** really 1. Ticket #3260. */ if( *pSize==1 ) *pSize = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) /* ** Handler for proxy-locking file-control verbs. Defined below in the ** proxying locking division. */ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*); #endif /* ** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT ** file-control operation. Enlarge the database to nBytes in size ** (rounded up to the next chunk-size). If the database is already ** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op. */ static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){ if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ i64 nSize; /* Required file size */ struct stat buf; /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */ if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; } nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){ #if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, ** or an error number on failure". See the manpage for details. */ int err; do{ err = osFallocate(pFile->h, buf.st_size, nSize-buf.st_size); }while( err==EINTR ); if( err && err!=EINVAL ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; #else /* If the OS does not have posix_fallocate(), fake it. Write a ** single byte to the last byte in each block that falls entirely ** within the extended region. Then, if required, a single byte ** at offset (nSize-1), to set the size of the file correctly. ** This is a similar technique to that used by glibc on systems ** that do not have a real fallocate() call. */ int nBlk = buf.st_blksize; /* File-system block size */ int nWrite = 0; /* Number of bytes written by seekAndWrite */ i64 iWrite; /* Next offset to write to */ iWrite = (buf.st_size/nBlk)*nBlk + nBlk - 1; assert( iWrite>=buf.st_size ); assert( ((iWrite+1)%nBlk)==0 ); for(/*no-op*/; iWrite=nSize ) iWrite = nSize - 1; nWrite = seekAndWrite(pFile, iWrite, "", 1); if( nWrite!=1 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE; } #endif } } #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){ int rc; if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){ if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath); } } rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte); return rc; } #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to ** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set. ** ** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags. */ static void unixModeBit(unixFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ if( *pArg<0 ){ *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0; }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){ pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask; }else{ pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask; } } /* Forward declaration */ static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf); /* ** Information and control of an open file handle. */ static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; switch( op ){ #if defined(__linux__) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) case SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE: { int rc = osIoctl(pFile->h, F2FS_IOC_START_ATOMIC_WRITE); return rc ? SQLITE_IOERR_BEGIN_ATOMIC : SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE: { int rc = osIoctl(pFile->h, F2FS_IOC_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE); return rc ? SQLITE_IOERR_COMMIT_ATOMIC : SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE: { int rc = osIoctl(pFile->h, F2FS_IOC_ABORT_VOLATILE_WRITE); return rc ? SQLITE_IOERR_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC : SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* __linux__ && SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */ case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock; return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO: { *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno; return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { int rc; SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg); SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); return rc; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: { unixModeBit(pFile, UNIXFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: { *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: { char *zTFile = sqlite3_malloc64( pFile->pVfs->mxPathname ); if( zTFile ){ unixGetTempname(pFile->pVfs->mxPathname, zTFile); *(char**)pArg = zTFile; } return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED: { *(int*)pArg = fileHasMoved(pFile); return SQLITE_OK; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT: { pFile->iBusyTimeout = *(int*)pArg; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: { i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg; int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){ newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap; } /* The value of newLimit may be eventually cast to (size_t) and passed ** to mmap(). Restrict its value to 2GB if (size_t) is not at least a ** 64-bit type. */ if( newLimit>0 && sizeof(size_t)<8 ){ newLimit = (newLimit & 0x7FFFFFFF); } *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax; if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){ pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit; if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){ unixUnmapfile(pFile); rc = unixMapfile(pFile, -1); } } return rc; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* The pager calls this method to signal that it has done ** a rollback and that the database is therefore unchanged and ** it hence it is OK for the transaction change counter to be ** unchanged. */ case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: { ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) case SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: case SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */ } return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; } /* ** If pFd->sectorSize is non-zero when this function is called, it is a ** no-op. Otherwise, the values of pFd->sectorSize and ** pFd->deviceCharacteristics are set according to the file-system ** characteristics. ** ** There are two versions of this function. One for QNX and one for all ** other systems. */ #ifndef __QNXNTO__ static void setDeviceCharacteristics(unixFile *pFd){ assert( pFd->deviceCharacteristics==0 || pFd->sectorSize!=0 ); if( pFd->sectorSize==0 ){ #if defined(__linux__) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) int res; u32 f = 0; /* Check for support for F2FS atomic batch writes. */ res = osIoctl(pFd->h, F2FS_IOC_GET_FEATURES, &f); if( res==0 && (f & F2FS_FEATURE_ATOMIC_WRITE) ){ pFd->deviceCharacteristics = SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC; } #endif /* __linux__ && SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */ /* Set the POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE flag if requested. */ if( pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PSOW ){ pFd->deviceCharacteristics |= SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE; } pFd->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; } } #else #include #include static void setDeviceCharacteristics(unixFile *pFile){ if( pFile->sectorSize == 0 ){ struct statvfs fsInfo; /* Set defaults for non-supported filesystems */ pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0; if( fstatvfs(pFile->h, &fsInfo) == -1 ) { return; } if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "tmp") ) { pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; pFile->deviceCharacteristics = SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC4K | /* All ram filesystem writes are atomic */ SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until ** the write succeeds */ SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind ** so it is ordered */ 0; }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "etfs") ){ pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; pFile->deviceCharacteristics = /* etfs cluster size writes are atomic */ (pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) | SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until ** the write succeeds */ SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind ** so it is ordered */ 0; }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx6") ){ pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; pFile->deviceCharacteristics = SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | /* All filesystem writes are atomic */ SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until ** the write succeeds */ SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind ** so it is ordered */ 0; }else if( !strcmp(fsInfo.f_basetype, "qnx4") ){ pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; pFile->deviceCharacteristics = /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */ ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 | SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind ** so it is ordered */ 0; }else if( strstr(fsInfo.f_basetype, "dos") ){ pFile->sectorSize = fsInfo.f_bsize; pFile->deviceCharacteristics = /* full bitset of atomics from max sector size and smaller */ ((pFile->sectorSize / 512 * SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512) << 1) - 2 | SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL | /* The ram filesystem has no write behind ** so it is ordered */ 0; }else{ pFile->deviceCharacteristics = SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512 | /* blocks are atomic */ SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | /* growing the file does not occur until ** the write succeeds */ 0; } } /* Last chance verification. If the sector size isn't a multiple of 512 ** then it isn't valid.*/ if( pFile->sectorSize % 512 != 0 ){ pFile->deviceCharacteristics = 0; pFile->sectorSize = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; } } #endif /* ** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for ** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be ** larger for some devices. ** ** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that ** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. ** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the ** same for both. */ static int unixSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ unixFile *pFd = (unixFile*)id; setDeviceCharacteristics(pFd); return pFd->sectorSize; } /* ** Return the device characteristics for the file. ** ** This VFS is set up to return SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE by default. ** However, that choice is controversial since technically the underlying ** file system does not always provide powersafe overwrites. (In other ** words, after a power-loss event, parts of the file that were never ** written might end up being altered.) However, non-PSOW behavior is very, ** very rare. And asserting PSOW makes a large reduction in the amount ** of required I/O for journaling, since a lot of padding is eliminated. ** Hence, while POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is on by default, there is a file-control ** available to turn it off and URI query parameter available to turn it off. */ static int unixDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ unixFile *pFd = (unixFile*)id; setDeviceCharacteristics(pFd); return pFd->deviceCharacteristics; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* ** Return the system page size. ** ** This function should not be called directly by other code in this file. ** Instead, it should be called via macro osGetpagesize(). */ static int unixGetpagesize(void){ #if OS_VXWORKS return 1024; #elif defined(_BSD_SOURCE) return getpagesize(); #else return (int)sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE); #endif } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Object used to represent an shared memory buffer. ** ** When multiple threads all reference the same wal-index, each thread ** has its own unixShm object, but they all point to a single instance ** of this unixShmNode object. In other words, each wal-index is opened ** only once per process. ** ** Each unixShmNode object is connected to a single unixInodeInfo object. ** We could coalesce this object into unixInodeInfo, but that would mean ** every open file that does not use shared memory (in other words, most ** open files) would have to carry around this extra information. So ** the unixInodeInfo object contains a pointer to this unixShmNode object ** and the unixShmNode object is created only when needed. ** ** unixMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying ** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: ** ** nRef ** ** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: ** ** fid ** zFilename ** ** Either unixShmNode.mutex must be held or unixShmNode.nRef==0 and ** unixMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field ** in this structure. */ struct unixShmNode { unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* unixInodeInfo that owns this SHM node */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ char *zFilename; /* Name of the mmapped file */ int h; /* Open file descriptor */ int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ u16 nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */ u8 isUnlocked; /* True if no DMS lock held */ char **apRegion; /* Array of mapped shared-memory regions */ int nRef; /* Number of unixShm objects pointing to this */ unixShm *pFirst; /* All unixShm objects pointing to this */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG u8 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ u8 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ u8 nextShmId; /* Next available unixShm.id value */ #endif }; /* ** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an ** open shared memory connection. ** ** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and ** are read-only thereafter: ** ** unixShm.pFile ** unixShm.id ** ** All other fields are read/write. The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held ** while accessing any read/write fields. */ struct unixShm { unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying unixShmNode object */ unixShm *pNext; /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */ u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */ u8 id; /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */ u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ }; /* ** Constants used for locking */ #define UNIX_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ #define UNIX_SHM_DMS (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ /* ** Apply posix advisory locks for all bytes from ofst through ofst+n-1. ** ** Locks block if the mask is exactly UNIX_SHM_C and are non-blocking ** otherwise. */ static int unixShmSystemLock( unixFile *pFile, /* Open connection to the WAL file */ int lockType, /* F_UNLCK, F_RDLCK, or F_WRLCK */ int ofst, /* First byte of the locking range */ int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ ){ unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ struct flock f; /* The posix advisory locking structure */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code form fcntl() */ /* Access to the unixShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ pShmNode = pFile->pInode->pShmNode; assert( pShmNode->nRef==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pShmNode->mutex) ); /* Shared locks never span more than one byte */ assert( n==1 || lockType!=F_RDLCK ); /* Locks are within range */ assert( n>=1 && n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ /* Initialize the locking parameters */ f.l_type = lockType; f.l_whence = SEEK_SET; f.l_start = ofst; f.l_len = n; rc = osSetPosixAdvisoryLock(pShmNode->h, &f, pFile); rc = (rc!=(-1)) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_BUSY; } /* Update the global lock state and do debug tracing */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { u16 mask; OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK ")); mask = ofst>31 ? 0xffff : (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<exclMask &= ~mask; pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ OSTRACE(("read-lock %d ok", ofst)); pShmNode->exclMask &= ~mask; pShmNode->sharedMask |= mask; }else{ assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); OSTRACE(("write-lock %d ok", ofst)); pShmNode->exclMask |= mask; pShmNode->sharedMask &= ~mask; } }else{ if( lockType==F_UNLCK ){ OSTRACE(("unlock %d failed", ofst)); }else if( lockType==F_RDLCK ){ OSTRACE(("read-lock failed")); }else{ assert( lockType==F_WRLCK ); OSTRACE(("write-lock %d failed", ofst)); } } OSTRACE((" - afterwards %03x,%03x\n", pShmNode->sharedMask, pShmNode->exclMask)); } #endif return rc; } /* ** Return the minimum number of 32KB shm regions that should be mapped at ** a time, assuming that each mapping must be an integer multiple of the ** current system page-size. ** ** Usually, this is 1. The exception seems to be systems that are configured ** to use 64KB pages - in this case each mapping must cover at least two ** shm regions. */ static int unixShmRegionPerMap(void){ int shmsz = 32*1024; /* SHM region size */ int pgsz = osGetpagesize(); /* System page size */ assert( ((pgsz-1)&pgsz)==0 ); /* Page size must be a power of 2 */ if( pgszpInode->pShmNode; assert( unixMutexHeld() ); if( p && ALWAYS(p->nRef==0) ){ int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap(); int i; assert( p->pInode==pFd->pInode ); sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); for(i=0; inRegion; i+=nShmPerMap){ if( p->h>=0 ){ osMunmap(p->apRegion[i], p->szRegion); }else{ sqlite3_free(p->apRegion[i]); } } sqlite3_free(p->apRegion); if( p->h>=0 ){ robust_close(pFd, p->h, __LINE__); p->h = -1; } p->pInode->pShmNode = 0; sqlite3_free(p); } } /* ** The DMS lock has not yet been taken on shm file pShmNode. Attempt to ** take it now. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error ** code otherwise. ** ** If the DMS cannot be locked because this is a readonly_shm=1 ** connection and no other process already holds a lock, return ** SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT and set pShmNode->isUnlocked=1. */ static int unixLockSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd, unixShmNode *pShmNode){ struct flock lock; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Use F_GETLK to determine the locks other processes are holding ** on the DMS byte. If it indicates that another process is holding ** a SHARED lock, then this process may also take a SHARED lock ** and proceed with opening the *-shm file. ** ** Or, if no other process is holding any lock, then this process ** is the first to open it. In this case take an EXCLUSIVE lock on the ** DMS byte and truncate the *-shm file to zero bytes in size. Then ** downgrade to a SHARED lock on the DMS byte. ** ** If another process is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock on the DMS byte, ** return SQLITE_BUSY to the caller (it will try again). An earlier ** version of this code attempted the SHARED lock at this point. But ** this introduced a subtle race condition: if the process holding ** EXCLUSIVE failed just before truncating the *-shm file, then this ** process might open and use the *-shm file without truncating it. ** And if the *-shm file has been corrupted by a power failure or ** system crash, the database itself may also become corrupt. */ lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lock.l_start = UNIX_SHM_DMS; lock.l_len = 1; lock.l_type = F_WRLCK; if( osFcntl(pShmNode->h, F_GETLK, &lock)!=0 ) { rc = SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; }else if( lock.l_type==F_UNLCK ){ if( pShmNode->isReadonly ){ pShmNode->isUnlocked = 1; rc = SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT; }else{ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && robust_ftruncate(pShmNode->h, 0) ){ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN,"ftruncate",pShmNode->zFilename); } } }else if( lock.l_type==F_WRLCK ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( lock.l_type==F_UNLCK || lock.l_type==F_RDLCK ); rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, UNIX_SHM_DMS, 1); } return rc; } /* ** Open a shared-memory area associated with open database file pDbFd. ** This particular implementation uses mmapped files. ** ** The file used to implement shared-memory is in the same directory ** as the open database file and has the same name as the open database ** file with the "-shm" suffix added. For example, if the database file ** is "/home/user1/config.db" then the file that is created and mmapped ** for shared memory will be called "/home/user1/config.db-shm". ** ** Another approach to is to use files in /dev/shm or /dev/tmp or an ** some other tmpfs mount. But if a file in a different directory ** from the database file is used, then differing access permissions ** or a chroot() might cause two different processes on the same ** database to end up using different files for shared memory - ** meaning that their memory would not really be shared - resulting ** in database corruption. Nevertheless, this tmpfs file usage ** can be enabled at compile-time using -DSQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY="/dev/shm" ** or the equivalent. The use of the SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time ** option results in an incompatible build of SQLite; builds of SQLite ** that with differing SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY settings attempt to use the ** same database file at the same time, database corruption will likely ** result. The SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY compile-time option is considered ** "unsupported" and may go away in a future SQLite release. ** ** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that ** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then ** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. ** ** If the original database file (pDbFd) is using the "unix-excl" VFS ** that means that an exclusive lock is held on the database file and ** that no other processes are able to read or write the database. In ** that case, we do not really need shared memory. No shared memory ** file is created. The shared memory will be simulated with heap memory. */ static int unixOpenSharedMemory(unixFile *pDbFd){ struct unixShm *p = 0; /* The connection to be opened */ struct unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying mmapped file */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ unixInodeInfo *pInode; /* The inode of fd */ char *zShm; /* Name of the file used for SHM */ int nShmFilename; /* Size of the SHM filename in bytes */ /* Allocate space for the new unixShm object. */ p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) ); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Check to see if a unixShmNode object already exists. Reuse an existing ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary. */ assert( unixFileMutexNotheld(pDbFd) ); unixEnterMutex(); pInode = pDbFd->pInode; pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode; if( pShmNode==0 ){ struct stat sStat; /* fstat() info for database file */ #ifndef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY const char *zBasePath = pDbFd->zPath; #endif /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it ** with the same permissions. */ if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; goto shm_open_err; } #ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31; #else nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(zBasePath); #endif pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename ); if( pShmNode==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto shm_open_err; } memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename); zShm = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1]; #ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShm, SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x", (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev); #else sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShm, "%s-shm", zBasePath); sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShm); #endif pShmNode->h = -1; pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode; pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode; if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto shm_open_err; } } if( pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){ if( 0==sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){ pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShm, O_RDWR|O_CREAT, (sStat.st_mode&0777)); } if( pShmNode->h<0 ){ pShmNode->h = robust_open(zShm, O_RDONLY, (sStat.st_mode&0777)); if( pShmNode->h<0 ){ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zShm); goto shm_open_err; } pShmNode->isReadonly = 1; } /* If this process is running as root, make sure that the SHM file ** is owned by the same user that owns the original database. Otherwise, ** the original owner will not be able to connect. */ robustFchown(pShmNode->h, sStat.st_uid, sStat.st_gid); rc = unixLockSharedMemory(pDbFd, pShmNode); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT ) goto shm_open_err; } } /* Make the new connection a child of the unixShmNode */ p->pShmNode = pShmNode; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; #endif pShmNode->nRef++; pDbFd->pShm = p; unixLeaveMutex(); /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under ** the cover of the unixEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the ** new (struct unixShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex ** mutex. */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; pShmNode->pFirst = p; sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); return rc; /* Jump here on any error */ shm_open_err: unixShmPurge(pDbFd); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ sqlite3_free(p); unixLeaveMutex(); return rc; } /* ** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the ** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions ** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion ** bytes in size. ** ** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. ** ** Otherwise, if the bExtend parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory ** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a ** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If ** bExtend is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet ** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. ** ** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by ** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes ** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped ** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. */ static int unixShmMap( sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ int bExtend, /* True to extend file if necessary */ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ ){ unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; unixShm *p; unixShmNode *pShmNode; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nShmPerMap = unixShmRegionPerMap(); int nReqRegion; /* If the shared-memory file has not yet been opened, open it now. */ if( pDbFd->pShm==0 ){ rc = unixOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } p = pDbFd->pShm; pShmNode = p->pShmNode; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); if( pShmNode->isUnlocked ){ rc = unixLockSharedMemory(pDbFd, pShmNode); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto shmpage_out; pShmNode->isUnlocked = 0; } assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); /* Minimum number of regions required to be mapped. */ nReqRegion = ((iRegion+nShmPerMap) / nShmPerMap) * nShmPerMap; if( pShmNode->nRegionszRegion = szRegion; if( pShmNode->h>=0 ){ /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is ** large enough to contain the requested region). */ if( osFstat(pShmNode->h, &sStat) ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE; goto shmpage_out; } if( sStat.st_sizeh, iPg*pgsz + pgsz-1, "", 1, &x)!=1 ){ const char *zFile = pShmNode->zFilename; rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, "write", zFile); goto shmpage_out; } } } } } /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ apNew = (char **)sqlite3_realloc( pShmNode->apRegion, nReqRegion*sizeof(char *) ); if( !apNew ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; goto shmpage_out; } pShmNode->apRegion = apNew; while( pShmNode->nRegionh>=0 ){ pMem = osMmap(0, nMap, pShmNode->isReadonly ? PROT_READ : PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, pShmNode->h, szRegion*(i64)pShmNode->nRegion ); if( pMem==MAP_FAILED ){ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, "mmap", pShmNode->zFilename); goto shmpage_out; } }else{ pMem = sqlite3_malloc64(szRegion); if( pMem==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto shmpage_out; } memset(pMem, 0, szRegion); } for(i=0; iapRegion[pShmNode->nRegion+i] = &((char*)pMem)[szRegion*i]; } pShmNode->nRegion += nShmPerMap; } } shmpage_out: if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ *pp = pShmNode->apRegion[iRegion]; }else{ *pp = 0; } if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. ** ** Note that the relationship between SHAREd and EXCLUSIVE locks is a little ** different here than in posix. In xShmLock(), one can go from unlocked ** to shared and back or from unlocked to exclusive and back. But one may ** not go from shared to exclusive or from exclusive to shared. */ static int unixShmLock( sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ int flags /* What to do with the lock */ ){ unixFile *pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ unixShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ unixShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ unixShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* The underlying file iNode */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); assert( n>=1 ); assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); assert( pShmNode->h>=0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==1 ); assert( pShmNode->h<0 || pDbFd->pInode->bProcessLock==0 ); mask = (1<<(ofst+n)) - (1<1 || mask==(1<mutex); if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( pX==p ) continue; assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); allMask |= pX->sharedMask; } /* Unlock the system-level locks */ if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_UNLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* Undo the local locks */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->exclMask &= ~mask; p->sharedMask &= ~mask; } }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return ** SQLITE_BUSY. */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; break; } allShared |= pX->sharedMask; } /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_RDLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } /* Get the local shared locks */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->sharedMask |= mask; } }else{ /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; break; } } /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful ** also mark the local connection as being locked. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = unixShmSystemLock(pDbFd, F_WRLCK, ofst+UNIX_SHM_BASE, n); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); p->exclMask |= mask; } } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK shmid-%d, pid-%d got %03x,%03x\n", p->id, osGetpid(0), p->sharedMask, p->exclMask)); return rc; } /* ** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. ** ** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before ** any load or store begun after the barrier. */ static void unixShmBarrier( sqlite3_file *fd /* Database file holding the shared memory */ ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); /* compiler-defined memory barrier */ assert( fd->pMethods->xLock==nolockLock || unixFileMutexNotheld((unixFile*)fd) ); unixEnterMutex(); /* Also mutex, for redundancy */ unixLeaveMutex(); } /* ** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying ** storage if deleteFlag is true. ** ** If there is no shared memory associated with the connection then this ** routine is a harmless no-op. */ static int unixShmUnmap( sqlite3_file *fd, /* The underlying database file */ int deleteFlag /* Delete shared-memory if true */ ){ unixShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ unixShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ unixShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ unixFile *pDbFd; /* The underlying database file */ pDbFd = (unixFile*)fd; p = pDbFd->pShm; if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; pShmNode = p->pShmNode; assert( pShmNode==pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode ); assert( pShmNode->pInode==pDbFd->pInode ); /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated ** with pShmNode */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} *pp = p->pNext; /* Free the connection p */ sqlite3_free(p); pDbFd->pShm = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying ** shared-memory file, too */ assert( unixFileMutexNotheld(pDbFd) ); unixEnterMutex(); assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); pShmNode->nRef--; if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ){ osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename); } unixShmPurge(pDbFd); } unixLeaveMutex(); return SQLITE_OK; } #else # define unixShmMap 0 # define unixShmLock 0 # define unixShmBarrier 0 # define unixShmUnmap 0 #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* ** If it is currently memory mapped, unmap file pFd. */ static void unixUnmapfile(unixFile *pFd){ assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); if( pFd->pMapRegion ){ osMunmap(pFd->pMapRegion, pFd->mmapSizeActual); pFd->pMapRegion = 0; pFd->mmapSize = 0; pFd->mmapSizeActual = 0; } } /* ** Attempt to set the size of the memory mapping maintained by file ** descriptor pFd to nNew bytes. Any existing mapping is discarded. ** ** If successful, this function sets the following variables: ** ** unixFile.pMapRegion ** unixFile.mmapSize ** unixFile.mmapSizeActual ** ** If unsuccessful, an error message is logged via sqlite3_log() and ** the three variables above are zeroed. In this case SQLite should ** continue accessing the database using the xRead() and xWrite() ** methods. */ static void unixRemapfile( unixFile *pFd, /* File descriptor object */ i64 nNew /* Required mapping size */ ){ const char *zErr = "mmap"; int h = pFd->h; /* File descriptor open on db file */ u8 *pOrig = (u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion; /* Pointer to current file mapping */ i64 nOrig = pFd->mmapSizeActual; /* Size of pOrig region in bytes */ u8 *pNew = 0; /* Location of new mapping */ int flags = PROT_READ; /* Flags to pass to mmap() */ assert( pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); assert( nNew>pFd->mmapSize ); assert( nNew<=pFd->mmapSizeMax ); assert( nNew>0 ); assert( pFd->mmapSizeActual>=pFd->mmapSize ); assert( MAP_FAILED!=0 ); #ifdef SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_RDONLY)==0 ) flags |= PROT_WRITE; #endif if( pOrig ){ #if HAVE_MREMAP i64 nReuse = pFd->mmapSize; #else const int szSyspage = osGetpagesize(); i64 nReuse = (pFd->mmapSize & ~(szSyspage-1)); #endif u8 *pReq = &pOrig[nReuse]; /* Unmap any pages of the existing mapping that cannot be reused. */ if( nReuse!=nOrig ){ osMunmap(pReq, nOrig-nReuse); } #if HAVE_MREMAP pNew = osMremap(pOrig, nReuse, nNew, MREMAP_MAYMOVE); zErr = "mremap"; #else pNew = osMmap(pReq, nNew-nReuse, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, nReuse); if( pNew!=MAP_FAILED ){ if( pNew!=pReq ){ osMunmap(pNew, nNew - nReuse); pNew = 0; }else{ pNew = pOrig; } } #endif /* The attempt to extend the existing mapping failed. Free it. */ if( pNew==MAP_FAILED || pNew==0 ){ osMunmap(pOrig, nReuse); } } /* If pNew is still NULL, try to create an entirely new mapping. */ if( pNew==0 ){ pNew = osMmap(0, nNew, flags, MAP_SHARED, h, 0); } if( pNew==MAP_FAILED ){ pNew = 0; nNew = 0; unixLogError(SQLITE_OK, zErr, pFd->zPath); /* If the mmap() above failed, assume that all subsequent mmap() calls ** will probably fail too. Fall back to using xRead/xWrite exclusively ** in this case. */ pFd->mmapSizeMax = 0; } pFd->pMapRegion = (void *)pNew; pFd->mmapSize = pFd->mmapSizeActual = nNew; } /* ** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file ** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if ** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still ** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op. ** ** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of ** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the ** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the ** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured ** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_LIMIT, whichever is smaller. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not ** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error ** code otherwise. */ static int unixMapfile(unixFile *pFd, i64 nMap){ assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); assert( nMap>0 || (pFd->mmapSize==0 && pFd->pMapRegion==0) ); if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; if( nMap<0 ){ struct stat statbuf; /* Low-level file information */ if( osFstat(pFd->h, &statbuf) ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; } nMap = statbuf.st_size; } if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){ nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax; } assert( nMap>0 || (pFd->mmapSize==0 && pFd->pMapRegion==0) ); if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){ unixRemapfile(pFd, nMap); } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ /* ** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset ** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes. ** ** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK. ** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. ** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final ** value of *pp is undefined in this case. ** ** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually ** release the reference by calling unixUnfetch(). */ static int unixFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */ #endif *pp = 0; #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){ if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){ int rc = unixMapfile(pFd, -1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){ *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff]; pFd->nFetchOut++; } } #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a ** reference obtained by an earlier call to unixFetch(). The second ** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding ** argument that was passed to the unixFetch() invocation. ** ** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called ** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping ** may now be invalid and should be unmapped. */ static int unixUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 unixFile *pFd = (unixFile *)fd; /* The underlying database file */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff); /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference), ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */ assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) ); /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */ assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] ); if( p ){ pFd->nFetchOut--; }else{ unixUnmapfile(pFd); } assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 ); #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOff); #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. ** ********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* ******************************************************************************/ /* ** This division contains definitions of sqlite3_io_methods objects that ** implement various file locking strategies. It also contains definitions ** of "finder" functions. A finder-function is used to locate the appropriate ** sqlite3_io_methods object for a particular database file. The pAppData ** field of the sqlite3_vfs VFS objects are initialized to be pointers to ** the correct finder-function for that VFS. ** ** Most finder functions return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods ** object. The only interesting finder-function is autolockIoFinder, which ** looks at the filesystem type and tries to guess the best locking ** strategy from that. ** ** For finder-function F, two objects are created: ** ** (1) The real finder-function named "FImpt()". ** ** (2) A constant pointer to this function named just "F". ** ** ** A pointer to the F pointer is used as the pAppData value for VFS ** objects. We have to do this instead of letting pAppData point ** directly at the finder-function since C90 rules prevent a void* ** from be cast into a function pointer. ** ** ** Each instance of this macro generates two objects: ** ** * A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking ** methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK. ** ** * An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer ** to the METHOD object in the previous bullet. */ #define IOMETHODS(FINDER,METHOD,VERSION,CLOSE,LOCK,UNLOCK,CKLOCK,SHMMAP) \ static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = { \ VERSION, /* iVersion */ \ CLOSE, /* xClose */ \ unixRead, /* xRead */ \ unixWrite, /* xWrite */ \ unixTruncate, /* xTruncate */ \ unixSync, /* xSync */ \ unixFileSize, /* xFileSize */ \ LOCK, /* xLock */ \ UNLOCK, /* xUnlock */ \ CKLOCK, /* xCheckReservedLock */ \ unixFileControl, /* xFileControl */ \ unixSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ \ unixDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCapabilities */ \ SHMMAP, /* xShmMap */ \ unixShmLock, /* xShmLock */ \ unixShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ \ unixShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ \ unixFetch, /* xFetch */ \ unixUnfetch, /* xUnfetch */ \ }; \ static const sqlite3_io_methods *FINDER##Impl(const char *z, unixFile *p){ \ UNUSED_PARAMETER(z); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); \ return &METHOD; \ } \ static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const FINDER)(const char*,unixFile *p) \ = FINDER##Impl; /* ** Here are all of the sqlite3_io_methods objects for each of the ** locking strategies. Functions that return pointers to these methods ** are also created. */ IOMETHODS( posixIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ posixIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 3, /* shared memory and mmap are enabled */ unixClose, /* xClose method */ unixLock, /* xLock method */ unixUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ unixCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ unixShmMap /* xShmMap method */ ) IOMETHODS( nolockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ nolockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 3, /* shared memory and mmap are enabled */ nolockClose, /* xClose method */ nolockLock, /* xLock method */ nolockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ nolockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ 0 /* xShmMap method */ ) IOMETHODS( dotlockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ dotlockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ dotlockClose, /* xClose method */ dotlockLock, /* xLock method */ dotlockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ dotlockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ 0 /* xShmMap method */ ) #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE IOMETHODS( flockIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ flockIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ flockClose, /* xClose method */ flockLock, /* xLock method */ flockUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ flockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ 0 /* xShmMap method */ ) #endif #if OS_VXWORKS IOMETHODS( semIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ semIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ semXClose, /* xClose method */ semXLock, /* xLock method */ semXUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ semXCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ 0 /* xShmMap method */ ) #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE IOMETHODS( afpIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ afpIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ afpClose, /* xClose method */ afpLock, /* xLock method */ afpUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ afpCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ 0 /* xShmMap method */ ) #endif /* ** The proxy locking method is a "super-method" in the sense that it ** opens secondary file descriptors for the conch and lock files and ** it uses proxy, dot-file, AFP, and flock() locking methods on those ** secondary files. For this reason, the division that implements ** proxy locking is located much further down in the file. But we need ** to go ahead and define the sqlite3_io_methods and finder function ** for proxy locking here. So we forward declare the I/O methods. */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file*); static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file*, int); static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int); static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int*); IOMETHODS( proxyIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ proxyIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ proxyClose, /* xClose method */ proxyLock, /* xLock method */ proxyUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ proxyCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ 0 /* xShmMap method */ ) #endif /* nfs lockd on OSX 10.3+ doesn't clear write locks when a read lock is set */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE IOMETHODS( nfsIoFinder, /* Finder function name */ nfsIoMethods, /* sqlite3_io_methods object name */ 1, /* shared memory is disabled */ unixClose, /* xClose method */ unixLock, /* xLock method */ nfsUnlock, /* xUnlock method */ unixCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock method */ 0 /* xShmMap method */ ) #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* ** This "finder" function attempts to determine the best locking strategy ** for the database file "filePath". It then returns the sqlite3_io_methods ** object that implements that strategy. ** ** This is for MacOSX only. */ static const sqlite3_io_methods *autolockIoFinderImpl( const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ unixFile *pNew /* open file object for the database file */ ){ static const struct Mapping { const char *zFilesystem; /* Filesystem type name */ const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods; /* Appropriate locking method */ } aMap[] = { { "hfs", &posixIoMethods }, { "ufs", &posixIoMethods }, { "afpfs", &afpIoMethods }, { "smbfs", &afpIoMethods }, { "webdav", &nolockIoMethods }, { 0, 0 } }; int i; struct statfs fsInfo; struct flock lockInfo; if( !filePath ){ /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file ** that does not need to be locked. */ return &nolockIoMethods; } if( statfs(filePath, &fsInfo) != -1 ){ if( fsInfo.f_flags & MNT_RDONLY ){ return &nolockIoMethods; } for(i=0; aMap[i].zFilesystem; i++){ if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, aMap[i].zFilesystem)==0 ){ return aMap[i].pMethods; } } } /* Default case. Handles, amongst others, "nfs". ** Test byte-range lock using fcntl(). If the call succeeds, ** assume that the file-system supports POSIX style locks. */ lockInfo.l_len = 1; lockInfo.l_start = 0; lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { if( strcmp(fsInfo.f_fstypename, "nfs")==0 ){ return &nfsIoMethods; } else { return &posixIoMethods; } }else{ return &dotlockIoMethods; } } static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const autolockIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = autolockIoFinderImpl; #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ #if OS_VXWORKS /* ** This "finder" function for VxWorks checks to see if posix advisory ** locking works. If it does, then that is what is used. If it does not ** work, then fallback to named semaphore locking. */ static const sqlite3_io_methods *vxworksIoFinderImpl( const char *filePath, /* name of the database file */ unixFile *pNew /* the open file object */ ){ struct flock lockInfo; if( !filePath ){ /* If filePath==NULL that means we are dealing with a transient file ** that does not need to be locked. */ return &nolockIoMethods; } /* Test if fcntl() is supported and use POSIX style locks. ** Otherwise fall back to the named semaphore method. */ lockInfo.l_len = 1; lockInfo.l_start = 0; lockInfo.l_whence = SEEK_SET; lockInfo.l_type = F_RDLCK; if( osFcntl(pNew->h, F_GETLK, &lockInfo)!=-1 ) { return &posixIoMethods; }else{ return &semIoMethods; } } static const sqlite3_io_methods *(*const vxworksIoFinder)(const char*,unixFile*) = vxworksIoFinderImpl; #endif /* OS_VXWORKS */ /* ** An abstract type for a pointer to an IO method finder function: */ typedef const sqlite3_io_methods *(*finder_type)(const char*,unixFile*); /**************************************************************************** **************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** ** ** This division contains the implementation of methods on the ** sqlite3_vfs object. */ /* ** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId. */ static int fillInUnixFile( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ int h, /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */ sqlite3_file *pId, /* Write to the unixFile structure here */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file being opened */ int ctrlFlags /* Zero or more UNIXFILE_* values */ ){ const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle; unixFile *pNew = (unixFile *)pId; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pNew->pInode==NULL ); /* No locking occurs in temporary files */ assert( zFilename!=0 || (ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK)!=0 ); OSTRACE(("OPEN %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename)); pNew->h = h; pNew->pVfs = pVfs; pNew->zPath = zFilename; pNew->ctrlFlags = (u8)ctrlFlags; #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 pNew->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; #endif if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(((ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_URI) ? zFilename : 0), "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){ pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_PSOW; } if( strcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl")==0 ){ pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_EXCL; } #if OS_VXWORKS pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename); if( pNew->pId==0 ){ ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK; rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } #endif if( ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_NOLOCK ){ pLockingStyle = &nolockIoMethods; }else{ pLockingStyle = (**(finder_type*)pVfs->pAppData)(zFilename, pNew); #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* Cache zFilename in the locking context (AFP and dotlock override) for ** proxyLock activation is possible (remote proxy is based on db name) ** zFilename remains valid until file is closed, to support */ pNew->lockingContext = (void*)zFilename; #endif } if( pLockingStyle == &posixIoMethods #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || pLockingStyle == &nfsIoMethods #endif ){ unixEnterMutex(); rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* If an error occurred in findInodeInfo(), close the file descriptor ** immediately, before releasing the mutex. findInodeInfo() may fail ** in two scenarios: ** ** (a) A call to fstat() failed. ** (b) A malloc failed. ** ** Scenario (b) may only occur if the process is holding no other ** file descriptors open on the same file. If there were other file ** descriptors on this file, then no malloc would be required by ** findInodeInfo(). If this is the case, it is quite safe to close ** handle h - as it is guaranteed that no posix locks will be released ** by doing so. ** ** If scenario (a) caused the error then things are not so safe. The ** implicit assumption here is that if fstat() fails, things are in ** such bad shape that dropping a lock or two doesn't matter much. */ robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); h = -1; } unixLeaveMutex(); } #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) else if( pLockingStyle == &afpIoMethods ){ /* AFP locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in ** the afpLockingContext. */ afpLockingContext *pCtx; pNew->lockingContext = pCtx = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pCtx) ); if( pCtx==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ /* NB: zFilename exists and remains valid until the file is closed ** according to requirement F11141. So we do not need to make a ** copy of the filename. */ pCtx->dbPath = zFilename; pCtx->reserved = 0; srandomdev(); unixEnterMutex(); rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(pNew->lockingContext); robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); h = -1; } unixLeaveMutex(); } } #endif else if( pLockingStyle == &dotlockIoMethods ){ /* Dotfile locking uses the file path so it needs to be included in ** the dotlockLockingContext */ char *zLockFile; int nFilename; assert( zFilename!=0 ); nFilename = (int)strlen(zFilename) + 6; zLockFile = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(nFilename); if( zLockFile==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ sqlite3_snprintf(nFilename, zLockFile, "%s" DOTLOCK_SUFFIX, zFilename); } pNew->lockingContext = zLockFile; } #if OS_VXWORKS else if( pLockingStyle == &semIoMethods ){ /* Named semaphore locking uses the file path so it needs to be ** included in the semLockingContext */ unixEnterMutex(); rc = findInodeInfo(pNew, &pNew->pInode); if( (rc==SQLITE_OK) && (pNew->pInode->pSem==NULL) ){ char *zSemName = pNew->pInode->aSemName; int n; sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zSemName, "/%s.sem", pNew->pId->zCanonicalName); for( n=1; zSemName[n]; n++ ) if( zSemName[n]=='/' ) zSemName[n] = '_'; pNew->pInode->pSem = sem_open(zSemName, O_CREAT, 0666, 1); if( pNew->pInode->pSem == SEM_FAILED ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0'; } } unixLeaveMutex(); } #endif storeLastErrno(pNew, 0); #if OS_VXWORKS if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); h = -1; osUnlink(zFilename); pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE; } #endif if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__); }else{ pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle; OpenCounter(+1); verifyDbFile(pNew); } return rc; } /* ** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files. ** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL. */ static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){ static const char *azDirs[] = { 0, 0, "/var/tmp", "/usr/tmp", "/tmp", "." }; unsigned int i = 0; struct stat buf; const char *zDir = sqlite3_temp_directory; if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR"); if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR"); while(1){ if( zDir!=0 && osStat(zDir, &buf)==0 && S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode) && osAccess(zDir, 03)==0 ){ return zDir; } if( i>=sizeof(azDirs)/sizeof(azDirs[0]) ) break; zDir = azDirs[i++]; } return 0; } /* ** Create a temporary file name in zBuf. zBuf must be allocated ** by the calling process and must be big enough to hold at least ** pVfs->mxPathname bytes. */ static int unixGetTempname(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ const char *zDir; int iLimit = 0; /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this ** function failing. */ zBuf[0] = 0; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR ); zDir = unixTempFileDir(); if( zDir==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH; do{ u64 r; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(r), &r); assert( nBuf>2 ); zBuf[nBuf-2] = 0; sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s/"SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX"%llx%c", zDir, r, 0); if( zBuf[nBuf-2]!=0 || (iLimit++)>10 ) return SQLITE_ERROR; }while( osAccess(zBuf,0)==0 ); return SQLITE_OK; } #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) /* ** Routine to transform a unixFile into a proxy-locking unixFile. ** Implementation in the proxy-lock division, but used by unixOpen() ** if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING is defined. */ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile*, const char*); #endif /* ** Search for an unused file descriptor that was opened on the database ** file (not a journal or master-journal file) identified by pathname ** zPath with SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags matching those passed as the second ** argument to this function. ** ** Such a file descriptor may exist if a database connection was closed ** but the associated file descriptor could not be closed because some ** other file descriptor open on the same file is holding a file-lock. ** Refer to comments in the unixClose() function and the lengthy comment ** describing "Posix Advisory Locking" at the start of this file for ** further details. Also, ticket #4018. ** ** If a suitable file descriptor is found, then it is returned. If no ** such file descriptor is located, -1 is returned. */ static UnixUnusedFd *findReusableFd(const char *zPath, int flags){ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = 0; /* Do not search for an unused file descriptor on vxworks. Not because ** vxworks would not benefit from the change (it might, we're not sure), ** but because no way to test it is currently available. It is better ** not to risk breaking vxworks support for the sake of such an obscure ** feature. */ #if !OS_VXWORKS struct stat sStat; /* Results of stat() call */ unixEnterMutex(); /* A stat() call may fail for various reasons. If this happens, it is ** almost certain that an open() call on the same path will also fail. ** For this reason, if an error occurs in the stat() call here, it is ** ignored and -1 is returned. The caller will try to open a new file ** descriptor on the same path, fail, and return an error to SQLite. ** ** Even if a subsequent open() call does succeed, the consequences of ** not searching for a reusable file descriptor are not dire. */ if( inodeList!=0 && 0==osStat(zPath, &sStat) ){ unixInodeInfo *pInode; pInode = inodeList; while( pInode && (pInode->fileId.dev!=sStat.st_dev || pInode->fileId.ino!=(u64)sStat.st_ino) ){ pInode = pInode->pNext; } if( pInode ){ UnixUnusedFd **pp; assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pInode->pLockMutex) ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pInode->pLockMutex); for(pp=&pInode->pUnused; *pp && (*pp)->flags!=flags; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); pUnused = *pp; if( pUnused ){ *pp = pUnused->pNext; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pInode->pLockMutex); } } unixLeaveMutex(); #endif /* if !OS_VXWORKS */ return pUnused; } /* ** Find the mode, uid and gid of file zFile. */ static int getFileMode( const char *zFile, /* File name */ mode_t *pMode, /* OUT: Permissions of zFile */ uid_t *pUid, /* OUT: uid of zFile. */ gid_t *pGid /* OUT: gid of zFile. */ ){ struct stat sStat; /* Output of stat() on database file */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( 0==osStat(zFile, &sStat) ){ *pMode = sStat.st_mode & 0777; *pUid = sStat.st_uid; *pGid = sStat.st_gid; }else{ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; } return rc; } /* ** This function is called by unixOpen() to determine the unix permissions ** to create new files with. If no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK is returned ** and a value suitable for passing as the third argument to open(2) is ** written to *pMode. If an IO error occurs, an SQLite error code is ** returned and the value of *pMode is not modified. ** ** In most cases, this routine sets *pMode to 0, which will become ** an indication to robust_open() to create the file using ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS adjusted by the umask. ** But if the file being opened is a WAL or regular journal file, then ** this function queries the file-system for the permissions on the ** corresponding database file and sets *pMode to this value. Whenever ** possible, WAL and journal files are created using the same permissions ** as the associated database file. ** ** If the SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES option is enabled, then the ** original filename is unavailable. But 8_3_NAMES is only used for ** FAT filesystems and permissions do not matter there, so just use ** the default permissions. */ static int findCreateFileMode( const char *zPath, /* Path of file (possibly) being created */ int flags, /* Flags passed as 4th argument to xOpen() */ mode_t *pMode, /* OUT: Permissions to open file with */ uid_t *pUid, /* OUT: uid to set on the file */ gid_t *pGid /* OUT: gid to set on the file */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ *pMode = 0; *pUid = 0; *pGid = 0; if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){ char zDb[MAX_PATHNAME+1]; /* Database file path */ int nDb; /* Number of valid bytes in zDb */ /* zPath is a path to a WAL or journal file. The following block derives ** the path to the associated database file from zPath. This block handles ** the following naming conventions: ** ** "-journal" ** "-wal" ** "-journalNN" ** "-walNN" ** ** where NN is a decimal number. The NN naming schemes are ** used by the test_multiplex.c module. */ nDb = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath) - 1; while( zPath[nDb]!='-' ){ /* In normal operation, the journal file name will always contain ** a '-' character. However in 8+3 filename mode, or if a corrupt ** rollback journal specifies a master journal with a goofy name, then ** the '-' might be missing. */ if( nDb==0 || zPath[nDb]=='.' ) return SQLITE_OK; nDb--; } memcpy(zDb, zPath, nDb); zDb[nDb] = '\0'; rc = getFileMode(zDb, pMode, pUid, pGid); }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE ){ *pMode = 0600; }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ){ /* If this is a main database file and the file was opened using a URI ** filename, check for the "modeof" parameter. If present, interpret ** its value as a filename and try to copy the mode, uid and gid from ** that file. */ const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zPath, "modeof"); if( z ){ rc = getFileMode(z, pMode, pUid, pGid); } } return rc; } /* ** Open the file zPath. ** ** Previously, the SQLite OS layer used three functions in place of this ** one: ** ** sqlite3OsOpenReadWrite(); ** sqlite3OsOpenReadOnly(); ** sqlite3OsOpenExclusive(); ** ** These calls correspond to the following combinations of flags: ** ** ReadWrite() -> (READWRITE | CREATE) ** ReadOnly() -> (READONLY) ** OpenExclusive() -> (READWRITE | CREATE | EXCLUSIVE) ** ** The old OpenExclusive() accepted a boolean argument - "delFlag". If ** true, the file was configured to be automatically deleted when the ** file handle closed. To achieve the same effect using this new ** interface, add the DELETEONCLOSE flag to those specified above for ** OpenExclusive(). */ static int unixOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS for which this is the xOpen method */ const char *zPath, /* Pathname of file to be opened */ sqlite3_file *pFile, /* The file descriptor to be filled in */ int flags, /* Input flags to control the opening */ int *pOutFlags /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */ ){ unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile; int fd = -1; /* File descriptor returned by open() */ int openFlags = 0; /* Flags to pass to open() */ int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ int noLock; /* True to omit locking primitives */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ int ctrlFlags = 0; /* UNIXFILE_* flags */ int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE int isAutoProxy = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY); #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE struct statfs fsInfo; #endif /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync() ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d. */ int isNewJrnl = (isCreate && ( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL )); /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. */ char zTmpname[MAX_PATHNAME+2]; const char *zName = zPath; /* Check the following statements are true: ** ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. */ assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); /* Detect a pid change and reset the PRNG. There is a race condition ** here such that two or more threads all trying to open databases at ** the same instant might all reset the PRNG. But multiple resets ** are harmless. */ if( randomnessPid!=osGetpid(0) ){ randomnessPid = osGetpid(0); sqlite3_randomness(0,0); } memset(p, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); if( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ){ UnixUnusedFd *pUnused; pUnused = findReusableFd(zName, flags); if( pUnused ){ fd = pUnused->fd; }else{ pUnused = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pUnused)); if( !pUnused ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } } p->pPreallocatedUnused = pUnused; /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ assert( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 ); }else if( !zName ){ /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */ assert(isDelete && !isNewJrnl); rc = unixGetTempname(pVfs->mxPathname, zTmpname); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } zName = zTmpname; /* Generated temporary filenames are always double-zero terminated ** for use by sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ assert( zName[strlen(zName)+1]==0 ); } /* Determine the value of the flags parameter passed to POSIX function ** open(). These must be calculated even if open() is not called, as ** they may be stored as part of the file handle and used by the ** 'conch file' locking functions later on. */ if( isReadonly ) openFlags |= O_RDONLY; if( isReadWrite ) openFlags |= O_RDWR; if( isCreate ) openFlags |= O_CREAT; if( isExclusive ) openFlags |= (O_EXCL|O_NOFOLLOW); openFlags |= (O_LARGEFILE|O_BINARY); if( fd<0 ){ mode_t openMode; /* Permissions to create file with */ uid_t uid; /* Userid for the file */ gid_t gid; /* Groupid for the file */ rc = findCreateFileMode(zName, flags, &openMode, &uid, &gid); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( !p->pPreallocatedUnused ); assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); return rc; } fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); OSTRACE(("OPENX %-3d %s 0%o\n", fd, zName, openFlags)); assert( !isExclusive || (openFlags & O_CREAT)!=0 ); if( fd<0 ){ if( isNewJrnl && errno==EACCES && osAccess(zName, F_OK) ){ /* If unable to create a journal because the directory is not ** writable, change the error code to indicate that. */ rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY; }else if( errno!=EISDIR && isReadWrite ){ /* Failed to open the file for read/write access. Try read-only. */ flags &= ~(SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); openFlags &= ~(O_RDWR|O_CREAT); flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; openFlags |= O_RDONLY; isReadonly = 1; fd = robust_open(zName, openFlags, openMode); } } if( fd<0 ){ int rc2 = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zName); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; goto open_finished; } /* If this process is running as root and if creating a new rollback ** journal or WAL file, set the ownership of the journal or WAL to be ** the same as the original database. */ if( flags & (SQLITE_OPEN_WAL|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) ){ robustFchown(fd, uid, gid); } } assert( fd>=0 ); if( pOutFlags ){ *pOutFlags = flags; } if( p->pPreallocatedUnused ){ p->pPreallocatedUnused->fd = fd; p->pPreallocatedUnused->flags = flags; } if( isDelete ){ #if OS_VXWORKS zPath = zName; #elif defined(SQLITE_UNLINK_AFTER_CLOSE) zPath = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zName); if( zPath==0 ){ robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } #else osUnlink(zName); #endif } #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE else{ p->openFlags = openFlags; } #endif #if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){ storeLastErrno(p, errno); robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__); return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; } if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) { ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS; } if (0 == strncmp("exfat", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) { ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS; } #endif /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */ if( isDelete ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE; if( isReadonly ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY; noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; if( noLock ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK; if( isNewJrnl ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC; if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI ) ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_URI; #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE #if SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING isAutoProxy = 1; #endif if( isAutoProxy && (zPath!=NULL) && (!noLock) && pVfs->xOpen ){ char *envforce = getenv("SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING"); int useProxy = 0; /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only. */ if( envforce!=NULL ){ useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0; }else{ useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL); } if( useProxy ){ rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:"); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile ** and clear all the structure's references. Specifically, ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op */ unixClose(pFile); return rc; } } goto open_finished; } } #endif assert( zPath==0 || zPath[0]=='/' || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags); open_finished: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(p->pPreallocatedUnused); } return rc; } /* ** Delete the file at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, fsync() ** the directory after deleting the file. */ static int unixDelete( sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */ const char *zPath, /* Name of file to be deleted */ int dirSync /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) ){ if( errno==ENOENT #if OS_VXWORKS || osAccess(zPath,0)!=0 #endif ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; }else{ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath); } return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC if( (dirSync & 1)!=0 ){ int fd; rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( full_fsync(fd,0,0) ){ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath); } robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); }else{ assert( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ); rc = SQLITE_OK; } } #endif return rc; } /* ** Test the existence of or access permissions of file zPath. The ** test performed depends on the value of flags: ** ** SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: Return 1 if the file exists ** SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: Return 1 if the file is read and writable. ** SQLITE_ACCESS_READONLY: Return 1 if the file is readable. ** ** Otherwise return 0. */ static int unixAccess( sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, /* The VFS containing this xAccess method */ const char *zPath, /* Path of the file to examine */ int flags, /* What do we want to learn about the zPath file? */ int *pResOut /* Write result boolean here */ ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); assert( pResOut!=0 ); /* The spec says there are three possible values for flags. But only ** two of them are actually used */ assert( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS || flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE ); if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS ){ struct stat buf; *pResOut = (0==osStat(zPath, &buf) && buf.st_size>0); }else{ *pResOut = osAccess(zPath, W_OK|R_OK)==0; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** */ static int mkFullPathname( const char *zPath, /* Input path */ char *zOut, /* Output buffer */ int nOut /* Allocated size of buffer zOut */ ){ int nPath = sqlite3Strlen30(zPath); int iOff = 0; if( zPath[0]!='/' ){ if( osGetcwd(zOut, nOut-2)==0 ){ return unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "getcwd", zPath); } iOff = sqlite3Strlen30(zOut); zOut[iOff++] = '/'; } if( (iOff+nPath+1)>nOut ){ /* SQLite assumes that xFullPathname() nul-terminates the output buffer ** even if it returns an error. */ zOut[iOff] = '\0'; return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } sqlite3_snprintf(nOut-iOff, &zOut[iOff], "%s", zPath); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. The relative path ** is stored as a nul-terminated string in the buffer pointed to by ** zPath. ** ** zOut points to a buffer of at least sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname bytes ** (in this case, MAX_PATHNAME bytes). The full-path is written to ** this buffer before returning. */ static int unixFullPathname( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ const char *zPath, /* Possibly relative input path */ int nOut, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ char *zOut /* Output buffer */ ){ #if !defined(HAVE_READLINK) || !defined(HAVE_LSTAT) return mkFullPathname(zPath, zOut, nOut); #else int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nByte; int nLink = 1; /* Number of symbolic links followed so far */ const char *zIn = zPath; /* Input path for each iteration of loop */ char *zDel = 0; assert( pVfs->mxPathname==MAX_PATHNAME ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the ** current working directory has been unlinked. */ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); do { /* Call stat() on path zIn. Set bLink to true if the path is a symbolic ** link, or false otherwise. */ int bLink = 0; struct stat buf; if( osLstat(zIn, &buf)!=0 ){ if( errno!=ENOENT ){ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "lstat", zIn); } }else{ bLink = S_ISLNK(buf.st_mode); } if( bLink ){ if( zDel==0 ){ zDel = sqlite3_malloc(nOut); if( zDel==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else if( ++nLink>SQLITE_MAX_SYMLINKS ){ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nByte = osReadlink(zIn, zDel, nOut-1); if( nByte<0 ){ rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "readlink", zIn); }else{ if( zDel[0]!='/' ){ int n; for(n = sqlite3Strlen30(zIn); n>0 && zIn[n-1]!='/'; n--); if( nByte+n+1>nOut ){ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; }else{ memmove(&zDel[n], zDel, nByte+1); memcpy(zDel, zIn, n); nByte += n; } } zDel[nByte] = '\0'; } } zIn = zDel; } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zIn!=zOut || zIn[0]=='/' ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zIn!=zOut ){ rc = mkFullPathname(zIn, zOut, nOut); } if( bLink==0 ) break; zIn = zOut; }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); sqlite3_free(zDel); return rc; #endif /* HAVE_READLINK && HAVE_LSTAT */ } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION /* ** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points ** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. */ #include static void *unixDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, const char *zFilename){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return dlopen(zFilename, RTLD_NOW | RTLD_GLOBAL); } /* ** SQLite calls this function immediately after a call to unixDlSym() or ** unixDlOpen() fails (returns a null pointer). If a more detailed error ** message is available, it is written to zBufOut. If no error message ** is available, zBufOut is left unmodified and SQLite uses a default ** error message. */ static void unixDlError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ const char *zErr; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); unixEnterMutex(); zErr = dlerror(); if( zErr ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBufOut, "%s", zErr); } unixLeaveMutex(); } static void (*unixDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *p, const char*zSym))(void){ /* ** GCC with -pedantic-errors says that C90 does not allow a void* to be ** cast into a pointer to a function. And yet the library dlsym() routine ** returns a void* which is really a pointer to a function. So how do we ** use dlsym() with -pedantic-errors? ** ** Variable x below is defined to be a pointer to a function taking ** parameters void* and const char* and returning a pointer to a function. ** We initialize x by assigning it a pointer to the dlsym() function. ** (That assignment requires a cast.) Then we call the function that ** x points to. ** ** This work-around is unlikely to work correctly on any system where ** you really cannot cast a function pointer into void*. But then, on the ** other hand, dlsym() will not work on such a system either, so we have ** not really lost anything. */ void (*(*x)(void*,const char*))(void); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); x = (void(*(*)(void*,const char*))(void))dlsym; return (*x)(p, zSym); } static void unixDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, void *pHandle){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); dlclose(pHandle); } #else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ #define unixDlOpen 0 #define unixDlError 0 #define unixDlSym 0 #define unixDlClose 0 #endif /* ** Write nBuf bytes of random data to the supplied buffer zBuf. */ static int unixRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); assert((size_t)nBuf>=(sizeof(time_t)+sizeof(int))); /* We have to initialize zBuf to prevent valgrind from reporting ** errors. The reports issued by valgrind are incorrect - we would ** prefer that the randomness be increased by making use of the ** uninitialized space in zBuf - but valgrind errors tend to worry ** some users. Rather than argue, it seems easier just to initialize ** the whole array and silence valgrind, even if that means less randomness ** in the random seed. ** ** When testing, initializing zBuf[] to zero is all we do. That means ** that we always use the same random number sequence. This makes the ** tests repeatable. */ memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); randomnessPid = osGetpid(0); #if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) { int fd, got; fd = robust_open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY, 0); if( fd<0 ){ time_t t; time(&t); memcpy(zBuf, &t, sizeof(t)); memcpy(&zBuf[sizeof(t)], &randomnessPid, sizeof(randomnessPid)); assert( sizeof(t)+sizeof(randomnessPid)<=(size_t)nBuf ); nBuf = sizeof(t) + sizeof(randomnessPid); }else{ do{ got = osRead(fd, zBuf, nBuf); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR ); robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__); } } #endif return nBuf; } /* ** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. ** The argument is the number of microseconds we want to sleep. ** The return value is the number of microseconds of sleep actually ** requested from the underlying operating system, a number which ** might be greater than or equal to the argument, but not less ** than the argument. */ static int unixSleep(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int microseconds){ #if OS_VXWORKS struct timespec sp; sp.tv_sec = microseconds / 1000000; sp.tv_nsec = (microseconds % 1000000) * 1000; nanosleep(&sp, NULL); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return microseconds; #elif defined(HAVE_USLEEP) && HAVE_USLEEP usleep(microseconds); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return microseconds; #else int seconds = (microseconds+999999)/1000000; sleep(seconds); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return seconds*1000000; #endif } /* ** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as ** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of ** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ #endif /* ** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow ** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In ** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian ** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the ** proleptic Gregorian calendar. ** ** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date ** cannot be found. */ static int unixCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; int rc = SQLITE_OK; #if defined(NO_GETTOD) time_t t; time(&t); *piNow = ((sqlite3_int64)t)*1000 + unixEpoch; #elif OS_VXWORKS struct timespec sNow; clock_gettime(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sNow); *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_nsec/1000000; #else struct timeval sNow; (void)gettimeofday(&sNow, 0); /* Cannot fail given valid arguments */ *piNow = unixEpoch + 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sNow.tv_sec + sNow.tv_usec/1000; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( sqlite3_current_time ){ *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; } #endif UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the ** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and ** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. */ static int unixCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, double *prNow){ sqlite3_int64 i = 0; int rc; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); rc = unixCurrentTimeInt64(0, &i); *prNow = i/86400000.0; return rc; } #else # define unixCurrentTime 0 #endif /* ** The xGetLastError() method is designed to return a better ** low-level error message when operating-system problems come up ** during SQLite operation. Only the integer return code is currently ** used. */ static int unixGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed, int NotUsed2, char *NotUsed3){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed2); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed3); return errno; } /* ************************ End of sqlite3_vfs methods *************************** ******************************************************************************/ /****************************************************************************** ************************** Begin Proxy Locking ******************************** ** ** Proxy locking is a "uber-locking-method" in this sense: It uses the ** other locking methods on secondary lock files. Proxy locking is a ** meta-layer over top of the primitive locking implemented above. For ** this reason, the division that implements of proxy locking is deferred ** until late in the file (here) after all of the other I/O methods have ** been defined - so that the primitive locking methods are available ** as services to help with the implementation of proxy locking. ** **** ** ** The default locking schemes in SQLite use byte-range locks on the ** database file to coordinate safe, concurrent access by multiple readers ** and writers [http://sqlite.org/lockingv3.html]. The five file locking ** states (UNLOCKED, PENDING, SHARED, RESERVED, EXCLUSIVE) are implemented ** as POSIX read & write locks over fixed set of locations (via fsctl), ** on AFP and SMB only exclusive byte-range locks are available via fsctl ** with _IOWR('z', 23, struct ByteRangeLockPB2) to track the same 5 states. ** To simulate a F_RDLCK on the shared range, on AFP a randomly selected ** address in the shared range is taken for a SHARED lock, the entire ** shared range is taken for an EXCLUSIVE lock): ** ** PENDING_BYTE 0x40000000 ** RESERVED_BYTE 0x40000001 ** SHARED_RANGE 0x40000002 -> 0x40000200 ** ** This works well on the local file system, but shows a nearly 100x ** slowdown in read performance on AFP because the AFP client disables ** the read cache when byte-range locks are present. Enabling the read ** cache exposes a cache coherency problem that is present on all OS X ** supported network file systems. NFS and AFP both observe the ** close-to-open semantics for ensuring cache coherency ** [http://nfs.sourceforge.net/#faq_a8], which does not effectively ** address the requirements for concurrent database access by multiple ** readers and writers ** [http://www.nabble.com/SQLite-on-NFS-cache-coherency-td15655701.html]. ** ** To address the performance and cache coherency issues, proxy file locking ** changes the way database access is controlled by limiting access to a ** single host at a time and moving file locks off of the database file ** and onto a proxy file on the local file system. ** ** ** Using proxy locks ** ----------------- ** ** C APIs ** ** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, ** | ":auto:"); ** sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, ** &); ** ** ** SQL pragmas ** ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file= | :auto: ** PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file ** ** Specifying ":auto:" means that if there is a conch file with a matching ** host ID in it, the proxy path in the conch file will be used, otherwise ** a proxy path based on the user's temp dir ** (via confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR,...)) will be used and the ** actual proxy file name is generated from the name and path of the ** database file. For example: ** ** For database path "/Users/me/foo.db" ** The lock path will be "/sqliteplocks/_Users_me_foo.db:auto:") ** ** Once a lock proxy is configured for a database connection, it can not ** be removed, however it may be switched to a different proxy path via ** the above APIs (assuming the conch file is not being held by another ** connection or process). ** ** ** How proxy locking works ** ----------------------- ** ** Proxy file locking relies primarily on two new supporting files: ** ** * conch file to limit access to the database file to a single host ** at a time ** ** * proxy file to act as a proxy for the advisory locks normally ** taken on the database ** ** The conch file - to use a proxy file, sqlite must first "hold the conch" ** by taking an sqlite-style shared lock on the conch file, reading the ** contents and comparing the host's unique host ID (see below) and lock ** proxy path against the values stored in the conch. The conch file is ** stored in the same directory as the database file and the file name ** is patterned after the database file name as ".-conch". ** If the conch file does not exist, or its contents do not match the ** host ID and/or proxy path, then the lock is escalated to an exclusive ** lock and the conch file contents is updated with the host ID and proxy ** path and the lock is downgraded to a shared lock again. If the conch ** is held by another process (with a shared lock), the exclusive lock ** will fail and SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ** ** The proxy file - a single-byte file used for all advisory file locks ** normally taken on the database file. This allows for safe sharing ** of the database file for multiple readers and writers on the same ** host (the conch ensures that they all use the same local lock file). ** ** Requesting the lock proxy does not immediately take the conch, it is ** only taken when the first request to lock database file is made. ** This matches the semantics of the traditional locking behavior, where ** opening a connection to a database file does not take a lock on it. ** The shared lock and an open file descriptor are maintained until ** the connection to the database is closed. ** ** The proxy file and the lock file are never deleted so they only need ** to be created the first time they are used. ** ** Configuration options ** --------------------- ** ** SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING ** ** Database files accessed on non-local file systems are ** automatically configured for proxy locking, lock files are ** named automatically using the same logic as ** PRAGMA lock_proxy_file=":auto:" ** ** SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG ** ** Enables the logging of error messages during host id file ** retrieval and creation ** ** LOCKPROXYDIR ** ** Overrides the default directory used for lock proxy files that ** are named automatically via the ":auto:" setting ** ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS ** ** Permissions to use when creating a directory for storing the ** lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set. ** ** ** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING, ** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will ** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0 ** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database ** files (explicitly calling the SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or ** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING). */ /* ** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX */ #if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* ** The proxyLockingContext has the path and file structures for the remote ** and local proxy files in it */ typedef struct proxyLockingContext proxyLockingContext; struct proxyLockingContext { unixFile *conchFile; /* Open conch file */ char *conchFilePath; /* Name of the conch file */ unixFile *lockProxy; /* Open proxy lock file */ char *lockProxyPath; /* Name of the proxy lock file */ char *dbPath; /* Name of the open file */ int conchHeld; /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */ int nFails; /* Number of conch taking failures */ void *oldLockingContext; /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */ sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod; /* Original I/O methods for close */ }; /* ** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, ** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length ** file path. */ static int proxyGetLockPath(const char *dbPath, char *lPath, size_t maxLen){ int len; int dbLen; int i; #ifdef LOCKPROXYDIR len = strlcpy(lPath, LOCKPROXYDIR, maxLen); #else # ifdef _CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR { if( !confstr(_CS_DARWIN_USER_TEMP_DIR, lPath, maxLen) ){ OSTRACE(("GETLOCKPATH failed %s errno=%d pid=%d\n", lPath, errno, osGetpid(0))); return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } len = strlcat(lPath, "sqliteplocks", maxLen); } # else len = strlcpy(lPath, "/tmp/", maxLen); # endif #endif if( lPath[len-1]!='/' ){ len = strlcat(lPath, "/", maxLen); } /* transform the db path to a unique cache name */ dbLen = (int)strlen(dbPath); for( i=0; i 0) ){ /* only mkdir if leaf dir != "." or "/" or ".." */ if( i-start>2 || (i-start==1 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start] != '/') || (i-start==2 && buf[start] != '.' && buf[start+1] != '.') ){ buf[i]='\0'; if( osMkdir(buf, SQLITE_DEFAULT_PROXYDIR_PERMISSIONS) ){ int err=errno; if( err!=EEXIST ) { OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH FAILED creating %s, " "'%s' proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n", buf, strerror(err), lockPath, osGetpid(0))); return err; } } } start=i+1; } buf[i] = lockPath[i]; } OSTRACE(("CREATELOCKPATH proxy lock path=%s pid=%d\n",lockPath,osGetpid(0))); return 0; } /* ** Create a new VFS file descriptor (stored in memory obtained from ** sqlite3_malloc) and open the file named "path" in the file descriptor. ** ** The caller is responsible not only for closing the file descriptor ** but also for freeing the memory associated with the file descriptor. */ static int proxyCreateUnixFile( const char *path, /* path for the new unixFile */ unixFile **ppFile, /* unixFile created and returned by ref */ int islockfile /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */ ) { int fd = -1; unixFile *pNew; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs; int terrno = 0; UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL; /* 1. first try to open/create the file ** 2. if that fails, and this is a lock file (not-conch), try creating ** the parent directories and then try again. ** 3. if that fails, try to open the file read-only ** otherwise return BUSY (if lock file) or CANTOPEN for the conch file */ pUnused = findReusableFd(path, openFlags); if( pUnused ){ fd = pUnused->fd; }else{ pUnused = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pUnused)); if( !pUnused ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } } if( fd<0 ){ fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); terrno = errno; if( fd<0 && errno==ENOENT && islockfile ){ if( proxyCreateLockPath(path) == SQLITE_OK ){ fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); } } } if( fd<0 ){ openFlags = O_RDONLY; fd = robust_open(path, openFlags, 0); terrno = errno; } if( fd<0 ){ if( islockfile ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } switch (terrno) { case EACCES: return SQLITE_PERM; case EIO: return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; /* even though it is the conch */ default: return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } } pNew = (unixFile *)sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(*pNew)); if( pNew==NULL ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto end_create_proxy; } memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unixFile)); pNew->openFlags = openFlags; memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs)); dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder; dummyVfs.zName = "dummy"; pUnused->fd = fd; pUnused->flags = openFlags; pNew->pPreallocatedUnused = pUnused; rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *ppFile = pNew; return SQLITE_OK; } end_create_proxy: robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__); sqlite3_free(pNew); sqlite3_free(pUnused); return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_hostid_num = 0; #endif #define PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 16 /* conch file host id length */ #ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID /* Not always defined in the headers as it ought to be */ extern int gethostuuid(uuid_t id, const struct timespec *wait); #endif /* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN ** bytes of writable memory. */ static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){ assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t)); memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); #ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTUUID { struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */ if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){ int err = errno; if( pError ){ *pError = err; } return SQLITE_IOERR; } } #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */ if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){ pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF)); } #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* The conch file contains the header, host id and lock file path */ #define PROXY_CONCHVERSION 2 /* 1-byte header, 16-byte host id, path */ #define PROXY_HEADERLEN 1 /* conch file header length */ #define PROXY_PATHINDEX (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) #define PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN (PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN+MAXPATHLEN) /* ** Takes an open conch file, copies the contents to a new path and then moves ** it back. The newly created file's file descriptor is assigned to the ** conch file structure and finally the original conch file descriptor is ** closed. Returns zero if successful. */ static int proxyBreakConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; char tPath[MAXPATHLEN]; char buf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; char *cPath = pCtx->conchFilePath; size_t readLen = 0; size_t pathLen = 0; char errmsg[64] = ""; int fd = -1; int rc = -1; UNUSED_PARAMETER(myHostID); /* create a new path by replace the trailing '-conch' with '-break' */ pathLen = strlcpy(tPath, cPath, MAXPATHLEN); if( pathLen>MAXPATHLEN || pathLen<6 || (strlcpy(&tPath[pathLen-5], "break", 6) != 5) ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(errmsg),errmsg,"path error (len %d)",(int)pathLen); goto end_breaklock; } /* read the conch content */ readLen = osPread(conchFile->h, buf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); if( readLenh, __LINE__); conchFile->h = fd; conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT; end_breaklock: if( rc ){ if( fd>=0 ){ osUnlink(tPath); robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__); } fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg); } return rc; } /* Take the requested lock on the conch file and break a stale lock if the ** host id matches. */ static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nTries = 0; struct timespec conchModTime; memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime)); do { rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); nTries ++; if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ /* If the lock failed (busy): * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait * 10 sec and try again * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed. */ struct stat buf; if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } if( nTries==1 ){ conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec; usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/ continue; } assert( nTries>1 ); if( conchModTime.tv_sec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_sec || conchModTime.tv_nsec != buf.st_mtimespec.tv_nsec ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } if( nTries==2 ){ char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0); if( len<0 ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, errno); return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){ /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */ if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } }else{ /* don't break the lock on short read or a version mismatch */ return SQLITE_BUSY; } usleep(10000000); /* wait 10 sec and try the lock again */ continue; } assert( nTries==3 ); if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); } if( !rc ){ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType); } } } } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 ); return rc; } /* Takes the conch by taking a shared lock and read the contents conch, if ** lockPath is non-NULL, the host ID and lock file path must match. A NULL ** lockPath means that the lockPath in the conch file will be used if the ** host IDs match, or a new lock path will be generated automatically ** and written to the conch file. */ static int proxyTakeConch(unixFile *pFile){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; if( pCtx->conchHeld!=0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; uuid_t myHostID; int pError = 0; char readBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; char lockPath[MAXPATHLEN]; char *tempLockPath = NULL; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int createConch = 0; int hostIdMatch = 0; int readLen = 0; int tryOldLockPath = 0; int forceNewLockPath = 0; OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0))); rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError); if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){ storeLastErrno(pFile, pError); goto end_takeconch; } rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto end_takeconch; } /* read the existing conch file */ readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN); if( readLen<0 ){ /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */ storeLastErrno(pFile, conchFile->lastErrno); rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ; goto end_takeconch; }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){ /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new ** conch file. */ createConch = 1; } /* if the host id matches and the lock path already exists in the conch ** we'll try to use the path there, if we can't open that path, we'll ** retry with a new auto-generated path */ do { /* in case we need to try again for an :auto: named lock file */ if( !createConch && !forceNewLockPath ){ hostIdMatch = !memcmp(&readBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); /* if the conch has data compare the contents */ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ /* for auto-named local lock file, just check the host ID and we'll ** use the local lock file path that's already in there */ if( hostIdMatch ){ size_t pathLen = (readLen - PROXY_PATHINDEX); if( pathLen>=MAXPATHLEN ){ pathLen=MAXPATHLEN-1; } memcpy(lockPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pathLen); lockPath[pathLen] = 0; tempLockPath = lockPath; tryOldLockPath = 1; /* create a copy of the lock path if the conch is taken */ goto end_takeconch; } }else if( hostIdMatch && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, &readBuf[PROXY_PATHINDEX], readLen-PROXY_PATHINDEX) ){ /* conch host and lock path match */ goto end_takeconch; } } /* if the conch isn't writable and doesn't match, we can't take it */ if( (conchFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto end_takeconch; } /* either the conch didn't match or we need to create a new one */ if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ proxyGetLockPath(pCtx->dbPath, lockPath, MAXPATHLEN); tempLockPath = lockPath; /* create a copy of the lock path _only_ if the conch is taken */ } /* update conch with host and path (this will fail if other process ** has a shared lock already), if the host id matches, use the big ** stick. */ futimes(conchFile->h, NULL); if( hostIdMatch && !createConch ){ if( conchFile->pInode && conchFile->pInode->nShared>1 ){ /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } else { rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } }else{ rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN]; int writeSize = 0; writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION; memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN); if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){ strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN); }else{ strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN); } writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]); robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize); rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0); full_fsync(conchFile->h,0,0); /* If we created a new conch file (not just updated the contents of a ** valid conch file), try to match the permissions of the database */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && createConch ){ struct stat buf; int err = osFstat(pFile->h, &buf); if( err==0 ){ mode_t cmode = buf.st_mode&(S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP | S_IROTH|S_IWOTH); /* try to match the database file R/W permissions, ignore failure */ #ifndef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); #else do{ rc = osFchmod(conchFile->h, cmode); }while( rc==(-1) && errno==EINTR ); if( rc!=0 ){ int code = errno; fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o FAILED with %d %s\n", cmode, code, strerror(code)); } else { fprintf(stderr, "fchmod %o SUCCEDED\n",cmode); } }else{ int code = errno; fprintf(stderr, "STAT FAILED[%d] with %d %s\n", err, code, strerror(code)); #endif } } } conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK); end_takeconch: OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE %d\n", pFile->h)); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){ int fd; if( pFile->h>=0 ){ robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__); } pFile->h = -1; fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags, 0); OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN %d\n", fd)); if( fd>=0 ){ pFile->h = fd; }else{ rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called during locking */ } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pCtx->lockProxy ){ char *path = tempLockPath ? tempLockPath : pCtx->lockProxyPath; rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(path, &pCtx->lockProxy, 1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM && tryOldLockPath ){ /* we couldn't create the proxy lock file with the old lock file path ** so try again via auto-naming */ forceNewLockPath = 1; tryOldLockPath = 0; continue; /* go back to the do {} while start point, try again */ } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Need to make a copy of path if we extracted the value ** from the conch file or the path was allocated on the stack */ if( tempLockPath ){ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, tempLockPath); if( !pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCtx->conchHeld = 1; if( pCtx->lockProxy->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ afpLockingContext *afpCtx; afpCtx = (afpLockingContext *)pCtx->lockProxy->lockingContext; afpCtx->dbPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; } } else { conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); } OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, rc==SQLITE_OK?"ok":"failed")); return rc; } while (1); /* in case we need to retry the :auto: lock file - ** we should never get here except via the 'continue' call. */ } } /* ** If pFile holds a lock on a conch file, then release that lock. */ static int proxyReleaseConch(unixFile *pFile){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subroutine return code */ proxyLockingContext *pCtx; /* The locking context for the proxy lock */ unixFile *conchFile; /* Name of the conch file */ pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h, (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0))); if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ rc = conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, NO_LOCK); } pCtx->conchHeld = 0; OSTRACE(("RELEASECONCH %d %s\n", conchFile->h, (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); return rc; } /* ** Given the name of a database file, compute the name of its conch file. ** Store the conch filename in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc64(). ** Make *pConchPath point to the new name. Return SQLITE_OK on success ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if unable to obtain memory. ** ** The caller is responsible for ensuring that the allocated memory ** space is eventually freed. ** ** *pConchPath is set to NULL if a memory allocation error occurs. */ static int proxyCreateConchPathname(char *dbPath, char **pConchPath){ int i; /* Loop counter */ int len = (int)strlen(dbPath); /* Length of database filename - dbPath */ char *conchPath; /* buffer in which to construct conch name */ /* Allocate space for the conch filename and initialize the name to ** the name of the original database file. */ *pConchPath = conchPath = (char *)sqlite3_malloc64(len + 8); if( conchPath==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memcpy(conchPath, dbPath, len+1); /* now insert a "." before the last / character */ for( i=(len-1); i>=0; i-- ){ if( conchPath[i]=='/' ){ i++; break; } } conchPath[i]='.'; while ( ilockingContext; char *oldPath = pCtx->lockProxyPath; int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } /* nothing to do if the path is NULL, :auto: or matches the existing path */ if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") || (oldPath && !strncmp(oldPath, path, MAXPATHLEN)) ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; pCtx->lockProxy=NULL; pCtx->conchHeld = 0; if( lockProxy!=NULL ){ rc=lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)lockProxy); if( rc ) return rc; sqlite3_free(lockProxy); } sqlite3_free(oldPath); pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, path); } return rc; } /* ** pFile is a file that has been opened by a prior xOpen call. dbPath ** is a string buffer at least MAXPATHLEN+1 characters in size. ** ** This routine find the filename associated with pFile and writes it ** int dbPath. */ static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){ #if defined(__APPLE__) if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){ /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field ** of the struct */ assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN); } else #endif if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){ /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock ** file path */ int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX); memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1); }else{ /* all other styles use the locking context to store the db file path */ assert( strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN ); strlcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, MAXPATHLEN); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Takes an already filled in unix file and alters it so all file locking ** will be performed on the local proxy lock file. The following fields ** are preserved in the locking context so that they can be restored and ** the unix structure properly cleaned up at close time: ** ->lockingContext ** ->pMethod */ static int proxyTransformUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, const char *path) { proxyLockingContext *pCtx; char dbPath[MAXPATHLEN+1]; /* Name of the database file */ char *lockPath=NULL; int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pFile->eFileLock!=NO_LOCK ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(pFile, dbPath); if( !path || path[0]=='\0' || !strcmp(path, ":auto:") ){ lockPath=NULL; }else{ lockPath=(char *)path; } OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d for %s pid=%d\n", pFile->h, (lockPath ? lockPath : ":auto:"), osGetpid(0))); pCtx = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pCtx) ); if( pCtx==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memset(pCtx, 0, sizeof(*pCtx)); rc = proxyCreateConchPathname(dbPath, &pCtx->conchFilePath); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = proxyCreateUnixFile(pCtx->conchFilePath, &pCtx->conchFile, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN && ((pFile->openFlags&O_RDWR) == 0) ){ /* if (a) the open flags are not O_RDWR, (b) the conch isn't there, and ** (c) the file system is read-only, then enable no-locking access. ** Ugh, since O_RDONLY==0x0000 we test for !O_RDWR since unixOpen asserts ** that openFlags will have only one of O_RDONLY or O_RDWR. */ struct statfs fsInfo; struct stat conchInfo; int goLockless = 0; if( osStat(pCtx->conchFilePath, &conchInfo) == -1 ) { int err = errno; if( (err==ENOENT) && (statfs(dbPath, &fsInfo) != -1) ){ goLockless = (fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_RDONLY) == MNT_RDONLY; } } if( goLockless ){ pCtx->conchHeld = -1; /* read only FS/ lockless */ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && lockPath ){ pCtx->lockProxyPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, lockPath); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCtx->dbPath = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, dbPath); if( pCtx->dbPath==NULL ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* all memory is allocated, proxys are created and assigned, ** switch the locking context and pMethod then return. */ pCtx->oldLockingContext = pFile->lockingContext; pFile->lockingContext = pCtx; pCtx->pOldMethod = pFile->pMethod; pFile->pMethod = &proxyIoMethods; }else{ if( pCtx->conchFile ){ pCtx->conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file *)pCtx->conchFile); sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFile); } sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); sqlite3_free(pCtx); } OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY %d %s\n", pFile->h, (rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"))); return rc; } /* ** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific ** to proxy locking. */ static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ switch( op ){ case SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; proxyTakeConch(pFile); if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){ *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath; }else{ *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)"; } } else { *(const char **)pArg = NULL; } return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods); if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){ if( isProxyStyle ){ /* turn off proxy locking - not supported. If support is added for ** switching proxy locking mode off then it will need to fail if ** the journal mode is WAL mode. */ rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/; }else{ /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */ rc = SQLITE_OK; } }else{ const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg; if( isProxyStyle ){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext; if( !strcmp(pArg, ":auto:") || (pCtx->lockProxyPath && !strncmp(pCtx->lockProxyPath, proxyPath, MAXPATHLEN)) ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = switchLockProxyPath(pFile, proxyPath); } }else{ /* turn on proxy file locking */ rc = proxyTransformUnixFile(pFile, proxyPath); } } return rc; } default: { assert( 0 ); /* The call assures that only valid opcodes are sent */ } } /*NOTREACHED*/ return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* ** Within this division (the proxying locking implementation) the procedures ** above this point are all utilities. The lock-related methods of the ** proxy-locking sqlite3_io_method object follow. */ /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, set *pResOut ** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero. The return value ** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking. */ static int proxyCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; return proxy->pMethod->xCheckReservedLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, pResOut); }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ pResOut=0; } } return rc; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter eFileLock - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. Use the sqlite3OsUnlock() ** routine to lower a locking level. */ static int proxyLock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; rc = proxy->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ } } return rc; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor pFile to eFileLock. eFileLock ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. */ static int proxyUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int eFileLock) { unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; int rc = proxyTakeConch(pFile); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; if( pCtx->conchHeld>0 ){ unixFile *proxy = pCtx->lockProxy; rc = proxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)proxy, eFileLock); pFile->eFileLock = proxy->eFileLock; }else{ /* conchHeld < 0 is lockless */ } } return rc; } /* ** Close a file that uses proxy locks. */ static int proxyClose(sqlite3_file *id) { if( ALWAYS(id) ){ unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id; proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; unixFile *lockProxy = pCtx->lockProxy; unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile; int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( lockProxy ){ rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy, NO_LOCK); if( rc ) return rc; rc = lockProxy->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)lockProxy); if( rc ) return rc; sqlite3_free(lockProxy); pCtx->lockProxy = 0; } if( conchFile ){ if( pCtx->conchHeld ){ rc = proxyReleaseConch(pFile); if( rc ) return rc; } rc = conchFile->pMethod->xClose((sqlite3_file*)conchFile); if( rc ) return rc; sqlite3_free(conchFile); } sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->lockProxyPath); sqlite3_free(pCtx->conchFilePath); sqlite3DbFree(0, pCtx->dbPath); /* restore the original locking context and pMethod then close it */ pFile->lockingContext = pCtx->oldLockingContext; pFile->pMethod = pCtx->pOldMethod; sqlite3_free(pCtx); return pFile->pMethod->xClose(id); } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ /* ** The proxy locking style is intended for use with AFP filesystems. ** And since AFP is only supported on MacOSX, the proxy locking is also ** restricted to MacOSX. ** ** ******************* End of the proxy lock implementation ********************** ******************************************************************************/ /* ** Initialize the operating system interface. ** ** This routine registers all VFS implementations for unix-like operating ** systems. This routine, and the sqlite3_os_end() routine that follows, ** should be the only routines in this file that are visible from other ** files. ** ** This routine is called once during SQLite initialization and by a ** single thread. The memory allocation and mutex subsystems have not ** necessarily been initialized when this routine is called, and so they ** should not be used. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ /* ** The following macro defines an initializer for an sqlite3_vfs object. ** The name of the VFS is NAME. The pAppData is a pointer to a pointer ** to the "finder" function. (pAppData is a pointer to a pointer because ** silly C90 rules prohibit a void* from being cast to a function pointer ** and so we have to go through the intermediate pointer to avoid problems ** when compiling with -pedantic-errors on GCC.) ** ** The FINDER parameter to this macro is the name of the pointer to the ** finder-function. The finder-function returns a pointer to the ** sqlite_io_methods object that implements the desired locking ** behaviors. See the division above that contains the IOMETHODS ** macro for addition information on finder-functions. ** ** Most finders simply return a pointer to a fixed sqlite3_io_methods ** object. But the "autolockIoFinder" available on MacOSX does a little ** more than that; it looks at the filesystem type that hosts the ** database file and tries to choose an locking method appropriate for ** that filesystem time. */ #define UNIXVFS(VFSNAME, FINDER) { \ 3, /* iVersion */ \ sizeof(unixFile), /* szOsFile */ \ MAX_PATHNAME, /* mxPathname */ \ 0, /* pNext */ \ VFSNAME, /* zName */ \ (void*)&FINDER, /* pAppData */ \ unixOpen, /* xOpen */ \ unixDelete, /* xDelete */ \ unixAccess, /* xAccess */ \ unixFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ \ unixDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ \ unixDlError, /* xDlError */ \ unixDlSym, /* xDlSym */ \ unixDlClose, /* xDlClose */ \ unixRandomness, /* xRandomness */ \ unixSleep, /* xSleep */ \ unixCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ \ unixGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ \ unixCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ \ unixSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ \ unixGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ \ unixNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ \ } /* ** All default VFSes for unix are contained in the following array. ** ** Note that the sqlite3_vfs.pNext field of the VFS object is modified ** by the SQLite core when the VFS is registered. So the following ** array cannot be const. */ static sqlite3_vfs aVfs[] = { #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) UNIXVFS("unix", autolockIoFinder ), #elif OS_VXWORKS UNIXVFS("unix", vxworksIoFinder ), #else UNIXVFS("unix", posixIoFinder ), #endif UNIXVFS("unix-none", nolockIoFinder ), UNIXVFS("unix-dotfile", dotlockIoFinder ), UNIXVFS("unix-excl", posixIoFinder ), #if OS_VXWORKS UNIXVFS("unix-namedsem", semIoFinder ), #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE || OS_VXWORKS UNIXVFS("unix-posix", posixIoFinder ), #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE UNIXVFS("unix-flock", flockIoFinder ), #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) UNIXVFS("unix-afp", afpIoFinder ), UNIXVFS("unix-nfs", nfsIoFinder ), UNIXVFS("unix-proxy", proxyIoFinder ), #endif }; unsigned int i; /* Loop counter */ /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==29 ); /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */ for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){ sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0); } unixBigLock = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Shutdown the operating system interface. ** ** Some operating systems might need to do some cleanup in this routine, ** to release dynamically allocated objects. But not on unix. ** This routine is a no-op for unix. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ unixBigLock = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX */ /************** End of os_unix.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file os_win.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains code that is specific to Windows. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* This file is used for Windows only */ /* ** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files */ /************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_win.c ****************/ /************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to ** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those ** files. ** ** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a ** general purpose header file. */ #ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_ #define _OS_COMMON_H_ /* ** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG ** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the ** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time. */ #ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG # error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead." #endif /* ** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works ** on i486 hardware. */ #ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE /* ** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of os_common.h ****************/ /************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 May 27 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" ** counters for x86 class CPUs. */ #ifndef SQLITE_HWTIME_H #define SQLITE_HWTIME_H /* ** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. ** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the ** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res ** profiling. */ #if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) #if defined(__GNUC__) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned int lo, hi; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; } #elif defined(_MSC_VER) __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ __asm { rdtsc ret ; return value at EDX:EAX } } #endif #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long val; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long long retval; unsigned long junk; __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ 1: mftbu %1\n\ mftb %L0\n\ mftbu %0\n\ cmpw %0,%1\n\ bne 1b" : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); return retval; } #else #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. /* ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, ** you can remove the above #error and use the following ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at ** least compile and run. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } #endif #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_HWTIME_H) */ /************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os_common.h ******************/ static sqlite_uint64 g_start; static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed; #define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime() #define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start #define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed #else #define TIMER_START #define TIMER_END #define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0) #endif /* ** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block ** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This ** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_persist; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_benign; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull_pending; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_diskfull; #define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X) #define SimulateIOError(CODE) \ if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \ || sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \ { local_ioerr(); CODE; } static void local_ioerr(){ IOTRACE(("IOERR\n")); sqlite3_io_error_hit++; if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++; } #define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \ if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \ local_ioerr(); \ sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \ sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \ CODE; \ }else{ \ sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \ } \ } #else #define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) #define SimulateIOError(A) #define SimulateDiskfullError(A) #endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ /* ** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_open_file_count; #define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X) #else #define OpenCounter(X) #endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) */ #endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */ /************** End of os_common.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in os_win.c *********************/ /* ** Include the header file for the Windows VFS. */ /* #include "os_win.h" */ /* ** Compiling and using WAL mode requires several APIs that are only ** available in Windows platforms based on the NT kernel. */ #if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) # error "WAL mode requires support from the Windows NT kernel, compile\ with SQLITE_OMIT_WAL." #endif #if !SQLITE_OS_WINNT && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 # error "Memory mapped files require support from the Windows NT kernel,\ compile with SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE=0." #endif /* ** Are most of the Win32 ANSI APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions ** based on the sub-platform)? */ #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_ANSI) # define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI #endif /* ** Are most of the Win32 Unicode APIs available (i.e. with certain exceptions ** based on the sub-platform)? */ #if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINNT || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && \ !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_WIDE) # define SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE #endif /* ** Make sure at least one set of Win32 APIs is available. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) # error "At least one of SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI and SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE\ must be defined." #endif /* ** Define the required Windows SDK version constants if they are not ** already available. */ #ifndef NTDDI_WIN8 # define NTDDI_WIN8 0x06020000 #endif #ifndef NTDDI_WINBLUE # define NTDDI_WINBLUE 0x06030000 #endif #ifndef NTDDI_WINTHRESHOLD # define NTDDI_WINTHRESHOLD 0x06040000 #endif /* ** Check to see if the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are deprecated on the ** target system. GetVersionEx was first deprecated in Win8.1. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX # if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINBLUE # define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX 0 /* GetVersionEx() is deprecated */ # else # define SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX 1 /* GetVersionEx() is current */ # endif #endif /* ** Check to see if the CreateFileMappingA function is supported on the ** target system. It is unavailable when using "mincore.lib" on Win10. ** When compiling for Windows 10, always assume "mincore.lib" is in use. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA # if defined(NTDDI_VERSION) && NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINTHRESHOLD # define SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA 0 # else # define SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA 1 # endif #endif /* ** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinDef.h" SDK file). */ #ifndef MAX_PATH # define MAX_PATH (260) #endif /* ** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for Win32. This should normally be ** MAX_PATH. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS # define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS (MAX_PATH) #endif /* ** This constant should already be defined (in the "WinNT.h" SDK file). */ #ifndef UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS # define UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS (32767) #endif /* ** Maximum pathname length (in chars) for WinNT. This should normally be ** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS # define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS (UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS) #endif /* ** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for Win32. The MAX_PATH macro is in ** characters, so we allocate 4 bytes per character assuming worst-case of ** 4-bytes-per-character for UTF8. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES # define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES (SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_CHARS*4) #endif /* ** Maximum pathname length (in bytes) for WinNT. This should normally be ** UNICODE_STRING_MAX_CHARS * sizeof(WCHAR). */ #ifndef SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES # define SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES \ (sizeof(WCHAR) * SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_CHARS) #endif /* ** Maximum error message length (in chars) for WinRT. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS # define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS (1024) #endif /* ** Returns non-zero if the character should be treated as a directory ** separator. */ #ifndef winIsDirSep # define winIsDirSep(a) (((a) == '/') || ((a) == '\\')) #endif /* ** This macro is used when a local variable is set to a value that is ** [sometimes] not used by the code (e.g. via conditional compilation). */ #ifndef UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE # define UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(x) (void)(x) #endif /* ** Returns the character that should be used as the directory separator. */ #ifndef winGetDirSep # define winGetDirSep() '\\' #endif /* ** Do we need to manually define the Win32 file mapping APIs for use with WAL ** mode or memory mapped files (e.g. these APIs are available in the Windows ** CE SDK; however, they are not present in the header file)? */ #if SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API && \ (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) /* ** Two of the file mapping APIs are different under WinRT. Figure out which ** set we need. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingFromApp(HANDLE, \ LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, ULONG, ULONG64, LPCWSTR); WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFileFromApp(HANDLE, ULONG, ULONG64, SIZE_T); #else #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingA(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCSTR); #endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) */ #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) WINBASEAPI HANDLE WINAPI CreateFileMappingW(HANDLE, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, LPCWSTR); #endif /* defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) */ WINBASEAPI LPVOID WINAPI MapViewOfFile(HANDLE, DWORD, DWORD, DWORD, SIZE_T); #endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */ /* ** These file mapping APIs are common to both Win32 and WinRT. */ WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI FlushViewOfFile(LPCVOID, SIZE_T); WINBASEAPI BOOL WINAPI UnmapViewOfFile(LPCVOID); #endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_FILEMAPPING_API */ /* ** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition. */ #ifndef INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES # define INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ((DWORD)-1) #endif #ifndef FILE_FLAG_MASK # define FILE_FLAG_MASK (0xFF3C0000) #endif #ifndef FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK # define FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK (0x0003FFF7) #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* Forward references to structures used for WAL */ typedef struct winShm winShm; /* A connection to shared-memory */ typedef struct winShmNode winShmNode; /* A region of shared-memory */ #endif /* ** WinCE lacks native support for file locking so we have to fake it ** with some code of our own. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE typedef struct winceLock { int nReaders; /* Number of reader locks obtained */ BOOL bPending; /* Indicates a pending lock has been obtained */ BOOL bReserved; /* Indicates a reserved lock has been obtained */ BOOL bExclusive; /* Indicates an exclusive lock has been obtained */ } winceLock; #endif /* ** The winFile structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file* specific to the win32 ** portability layer. */ typedef struct winFile winFile; struct winFile { const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /*** Must be first ***/ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to open this file */ HANDLE h; /* Handle for accessing the file */ u8 locktype; /* Type of lock currently held on this file */ short sharedLockByte; /* Randomly chosen byte used as a shared lock */ u8 ctrlFlags; /* Flags. See WINFILE_* below */ DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL winShm *pShm; /* Instance of shared memory on this file */ #endif const char *zPath; /* Full pathname of this file */ int szChunk; /* Chunk size configured by FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE LPWSTR zDeleteOnClose; /* Name of file to delete when closing */ HANDLE hMutex; /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */ HANDLE hShared; /* Shared memory segment used for locking */ winceLock local; /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */ winceLock *shared; /* Global shared lock memory for the file */ #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 int nFetchOut; /* Number of outstanding xFetch references */ HANDLE hMap; /* Handle for accessing memory mapping */ void *pMapRegion; /* Area memory mapped */ sqlite3_int64 mmapSize; /* Usable size of mapped region */ sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeActual; /* Actual size of mapped region */ sqlite3_int64 mmapSizeMax; /* Configured FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE value */ #endif }; /* ** The winVfsAppData structure is used for the pAppData member for all of the ** Win32 VFS variants. */ typedef struct winVfsAppData winVfsAppData; struct winVfsAppData { const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* The file I/O methods to use. */ void *pAppData; /* The extra pAppData, if any. */ BOOL bNoLock; /* Non-zero if locking is disabled. */ }; /* ** Allowed values for winFile.ctrlFlags */ #define WINFILE_RDONLY 0x02 /* Connection is read only */ #define WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04 /* Persistent WAL mode */ #define WINFILE_PSOW 0x10 /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ /* * The size of the buffer used by sqlite3_win32_write_debug(). */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE # define SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE ((int)(4096-sizeof(DWORD))) #endif /* * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own. */ #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC /* * If this is non-zero, an isolated heap will be created by the native Win32 * allocator subsystem; otherwise, the default process heap will be used. This * setting has no effect when compiling for WinRT. By default, this is enabled * and an isolated heap will be created to store all allocated data. * ****************************************************************************** * WARNING: It is important to note that when this setting is non-zero and the * winMemShutdown function is called (e.g. by the sqlite3_shutdown * function), all data that was allocated using the isolated heap will * be freed immediately and any attempt to access any of that freed * data will almost certainly result in an immediate access violation. ****************************************************************************** */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE # define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE (TRUE) #endif /* * This is the maximum possible initial size of the Win32-specific heap, in * bytes. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_INIT_SIZE # define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_INIT_SIZE (4294967295U) #endif /* * This is the extra space for the initial size of the Win32-specific heap, * in bytes. This value may be zero. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_EXTRA # define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_EXTRA (4194304) #endif /* * Calculate the maximum legal cache size, in pages, based on the maximum * possible initial heap size and the default page size, setting aside the * needed extra space. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_CACHE_SIZE # define SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_CACHE_SIZE (((SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_INIT_SIZE) - \ (SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_EXTRA)) / \ (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE)) #endif /* * This is cache size used in the calculation of the initial size of the * Win32-specific heap. It cannot be negative. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE # if SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE>=0 # define SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE (SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) # else # define SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE (-(SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE)) # endif #endif /* * Make sure that the calculated cache size, in pages, cannot cause the * initial size of the Win32-specific heap to exceed the maximum amount * of memory that can be specified in the call to HeapCreate. */ #if SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE>SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_CACHE_SIZE # undef SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE # define SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE (2000) #endif /* * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE # define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_WIN32_CACHE_SIZE) * \ (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + \ (SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_EXTRA)) #endif /* * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap. This value may be zero. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE # define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE (0) #endif /* * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs. This value may be * zero for the default behavior. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS # define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS (0) #endif /* ** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific ** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation. */ typedef struct winMemData winMemData; struct winMemData { #ifndef NDEBUG u32 magic1; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */ #endif HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */ BOOL bOwned; /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */ #ifndef NDEBUG u32 magic2; /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */ #endif }; #ifndef NDEBUG #define WINMEM_MAGIC1 0x42b2830b #define WINMEM_MAGIC2 0xbd4d7cf4 #endif static struct winMemData win_mem_data = { #ifndef NDEBUG WINMEM_MAGIC1, #endif NULL, FALSE #ifndef NDEBUG ,WINMEM_MAGIC2 #endif }; #ifndef NDEBUG #define winMemAssertMagic1() assert( win_mem_data.magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ) #define winMemAssertMagic2() assert( win_mem_data.magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ) #define winMemAssertMagic() winMemAssertMagic1(); winMemAssertMagic2(); #else #define winMemAssertMagic() #endif #define winMemGetDataPtr() &win_mem_data #define winMemGetHeap() win_mem_data.hHeap #define winMemGetOwned() win_mem_data.bOwned static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes); static void winMemFree(void *pPrior); static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes); static int winMemSize(void *p); static int winMemRoundup(int n); static int winMemInit(void *pAppData); static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData); SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void); #endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ /* ** The following variable is (normally) set once and never changes ** thereafter. It records whether the operating system is Win9x ** or WinNT. ** ** 0: Operating system unknown. ** 1: Operating system is Win9x. ** 2: Operating system is WinNT. ** ** In order to facilitate testing on a WinNT system, the test fixture ** can manually set this value to 1 to emulate Win98 behavior. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0; #else static LONG SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE sqlite3_os_type = 0; #endif #ifndef SYSCALL # define SYSCALL sqlite3_syscall_ptr #endif /* ** This function is not available on Windows CE or WinRT. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT # define osAreFileApisANSI() 1 #endif /* ** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that ** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during ** testing and sandboxing. The following array holds the names and pointers ** to all overrideable system calls. */ static struct win_syscall { const char *zName; /* Name of the system call */ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pCurrent; /* Current value of the system call */ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pDefault; /* Default value */ } aSyscall[] = { #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)AreFileApisANSI, 0 }, #else { "AreFileApisANSI", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #ifndef osAreFileApisANSI #define osAreFileApisANSI ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[0].pCurrent) #endif #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)CharLowerW, 0 }, #else { "CharLowerW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCharLowerW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[1].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)CharUpperW, 0 }, #else { "CharUpperW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCharUpperW ((LPWSTR(WINAPI*)(LPWSTR))aSyscall[2].pCurrent) { "CloseHandle", (SYSCALL)CloseHandle, 0 }, #define osCloseHandle ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[3].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileA, 0 }, #else { "CreateFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCreateFileA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \ LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[4].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileW, 0 }, #else { "CreateFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCreateFileW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD, \ LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,DWORD,DWORD,HANDLE))aSyscall[5].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && \ (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) && \ SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA { "CreateFileMappingA", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingA, 0 }, #else { "CreateFileMappingA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCreateFileMappingA ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCSTR))aSyscall[6].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)) { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingW, 0 }, #else { "CreateFileMappingW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCreateFileMappingW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, \ DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[7].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)CreateMutexW, 0 }, #else { "CreateMutexW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCreateMutexW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,BOOL, \ LPCWSTR))aSyscall[8].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileA, 0 }, #else { "DeleteFileA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osDeleteFileA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[9].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)DeleteFileW, 0 }, #else { "DeleteFileW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osDeleteFileW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[10].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToLocalFileTime, 0 }, #else { "FileTimeToLocalFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFileTimeToLocalFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \ LPFILETIME))aSyscall[11].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)FileTimeToSystemTime, 0 }, #else { "FileTimeToSystemTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFileTimeToSystemTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST FILETIME*, \ LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[12].pCurrent) { "FlushFileBuffers", (SYSCALL)FlushFileBuffers, 0 }, #define osFlushFileBuffers ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[13].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageA, 0 }, #else { "FormatMessageA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFormatMessageA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPSTR, \ DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[14].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)FormatMessageW, 0 }, #else { "FormatMessageW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFormatMessageW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPCVOID,DWORD,DWORD,LPWSTR, \ DWORD,va_list*))aSyscall[15].pCurrent) #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) { "FreeLibrary", (SYSCALL)FreeLibrary, 0 }, #else { "FreeLibrary", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFreeLibrary ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HMODULE))aSyscall[16].pCurrent) { "GetCurrentProcessId", (SYSCALL)GetCurrentProcessId, 0 }, #define osGetCurrentProcessId ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[17].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceA, 0 }, #else { "GetDiskFreeSpaceA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetDiskFreeSpaceA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \ LPDWORD))aSyscall[18].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)GetDiskFreeSpaceW, 0 }, #else { "GetDiskFreeSpaceW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetDiskFreeSpaceW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,LPDWORD,LPDWORD,LPDWORD, \ LPDWORD))aSyscall[19].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesA, 0 }, #else { "GetFileAttributesA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetFileAttributesA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[20].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesW, 0 }, #else { "GetFileAttributesW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetFileAttributesW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[21].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)GetFileAttributesExW, 0 }, #else { "GetFileAttributesExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetFileAttributesExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS, \ LPVOID))aSyscall[22].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)GetFileSize, 0 }, #else { "GetFileSize", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetFileSize ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPDWORD))aSyscall[23].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameA, 0 }, #else { "GetFullPathNameA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetFullPathNameA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR,DWORD,LPSTR, \ LPSTR*))aSyscall[24].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)GetFullPathNameW, 0 }, #else { "GetFullPathNameW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetFullPathNameW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,LPWSTR, \ LPWSTR*))aSyscall[25].pCurrent) { "GetLastError", (SYSCALL)GetLastError, 0 }, #define osGetLastError ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[26].pCurrent) #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE /* The GetProcAddressA() routine is only available on Windows CE. */ { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)GetProcAddressA, 0 }, #else /* All other Windows platforms expect GetProcAddress() to take ** an ANSI string regardless of the _UNICODE setting */ { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)GetProcAddress, 0 }, #endif #else { "GetProcAddressA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetProcAddressA ((FARPROC(WINAPI*)(HMODULE, \ LPCSTR))aSyscall[27].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetSystemInfo, 0 }, #else { "GetSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[28].pCurrent) { "GetSystemTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTime, 0 }, #define osGetSystemTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPSYSTEMTIME))aSyscall[29].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)GetSystemTimeAsFileTime, 0 }, #else { "GetSystemTimeAsFileTime", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \ LPFILETIME))aSyscall[30].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathA, 0 }, #else { "GetTempPathA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetTempPathA ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPSTR))aSyscall[31].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)GetTempPathW, 0 }, #else { "GetTempPathW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetTempPathW ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(DWORD,LPWSTR))aSyscall[32].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount, 0 }, #else { "GetTickCount", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetTickCount ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[33].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExA, 0 }, #else { "GetVersionExA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetVersionExA ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ LPOSVERSIONINFOA))aSyscall[34].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX { "GetVersionExW", (SYSCALL)GetVersionExW, 0 }, #else { "GetVersionExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetVersionExW ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ LPOSVERSIONINFOW))aSyscall[35].pCurrent) { "HeapAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapAlloc, 0 }, #define osHeapAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ SIZE_T))aSyscall[36].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)HeapCreate, 0 }, #else { "HeapCreate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osHeapCreate ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(DWORD,SIZE_T, \ SIZE_T))aSyscall[37].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)HeapDestroy, 0 }, #else { "HeapDestroy", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osHeapDestroy ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[38].pCurrent) { "HeapFree", (SYSCALL)HeapFree, 0 }, #define osHeapFree ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID))aSyscall[39].pCurrent) { "HeapReAlloc", (SYSCALL)HeapReAlloc, 0 }, #define osHeapReAlloc ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,LPVOID, \ SIZE_T))aSyscall[40].pCurrent) { "HeapSize", (SYSCALL)HeapSize, 0 }, #define osHeapSize ((SIZE_T(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ LPCVOID))aSyscall[41].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)HeapValidate, 0 }, #else { "HeapValidate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osHeapValidate ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ LPCVOID))aSyscall[42].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "HeapCompact", (SYSCALL)HeapCompact, 0 }, #else { "HeapCompact", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osHeapCompact ((UINT(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD))aSyscall[43].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryA, 0 }, #else { "LoadLibraryA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osLoadLibraryA ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[44].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) && \ !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)LoadLibraryW, 0 }, #else { "LoadLibraryW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osLoadLibraryW ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[45].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)LocalFree, 0 }, #else { "LocalFree", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osLocalFree ((HLOCAL(WINAPI*)(HLOCAL))aSyscall[46].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)LockFile, 0 }, #else { "LockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #ifndef osLockFile #define osLockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ DWORD))aSyscall[47].pCurrent) #endif #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)LockFileEx, 0 }, #else { "LockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #ifndef osLockFileEx #define osLockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[48].pCurrent) #endif #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || (!SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \ (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0)) { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFile, 0 }, #else { "MapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osMapViewOfFile ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ SIZE_T))aSyscall[49].pCurrent) { "MultiByteToWideChar", (SYSCALL)MultiByteToWideChar, 0 }, #define osMultiByteToWideChar ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCSTR,int,LPWSTR, \ int))aSyscall[50].pCurrent) { "QueryPerformanceCounter", (SYSCALL)QueryPerformanceCounter, 0 }, #define osQueryPerformanceCounter ((BOOL(WINAPI*)( \ LARGE_INTEGER*))aSyscall[51].pCurrent) { "ReadFile", (SYSCALL)ReadFile, 0 }, #define osReadFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \ LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[52].pCurrent) { "SetEndOfFile", (SYSCALL)SetEndOfFile, 0 }, #define osSetEndOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE))aSyscall[53].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointer, 0 }, #else { "SetFilePointer", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osSetFilePointer ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LONG,PLONG, \ DWORD))aSyscall[54].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)Sleep, 0 }, #else { "Sleep", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osSleep ((VOID(WINAPI*)(DWORD))aSyscall[55].pCurrent) { "SystemTimeToFileTime", (SYSCALL)SystemTimeToFileTime, 0 }, #define osSystemTimeToFileTime ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(CONST SYSTEMTIME*, \ LPFILETIME))aSyscall[56].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)UnlockFile, 0 }, #else { "UnlockFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #ifndef osUnlockFile #define osUnlockFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ DWORD))aSyscall[57].pCurrent) #endif #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)UnlockFileEx, 0 }, #else { "UnlockFileEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osUnlockFileEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[58].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)UnmapViewOfFile, 0 }, #else { "UnmapViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osUnmapViewOfFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID))aSyscall[59].pCurrent) { "WideCharToMultiByte", (SYSCALL)WideCharToMultiByte, 0 }, #define osWideCharToMultiByte ((int(WINAPI*)(UINT,DWORD,LPCWSTR,int,LPSTR,int, \ LPCSTR,LPBOOL))aSyscall[60].pCurrent) { "WriteFile", (SYSCALL)WriteFile, 0 }, #define osWriteFile ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LPCVOID,DWORD,LPDWORD, \ LPOVERLAPPED))aSyscall[61].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "CreateEventExW", (SYSCALL)CreateEventExW, 0 }, #else { "CreateEventExW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCreateEventExW ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,LPCWSTR, \ DWORD,DWORD))aSyscall[62].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "WaitForSingleObject", (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObject, 0 }, #else { "WaitForSingleObject", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osWaitForSingleObject ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ DWORD))aSyscall[63].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE { "WaitForSingleObjectEx", (SYSCALL)WaitForSingleObjectEx, 0 }, #else { "WaitForSingleObjectEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osWaitForSingleObjectEx ((DWORD(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,DWORD, \ BOOL))aSyscall[64].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "SetFilePointerEx", (SYSCALL)SetFilePointerEx, 0 }, #else { "SetFilePointerEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osSetFilePointerEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,LARGE_INTEGER, \ PLARGE_INTEGER,DWORD))aSyscall[65].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)GetFileInformationByHandleEx, 0 }, #else { "GetFileInformationByHandleEx", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetFileInformationByHandleEx ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS,LPVOID,DWORD))aSyscall[66].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) { "MapViewOfFileFromApp", (SYSCALL)MapViewOfFileFromApp, 0 }, #else { "MapViewOfFileFromApp", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osMapViewOfFileFromApp ((LPVOID(WINAPI*)(HANDLE,ULONG,ULONG64, \ SIZE_T))aSyscall[67].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "CreateFile2", (SYSCALL)CreateFile2, 0 }, #else { "CreateFile2", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCreateFile2 ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR,DWORD,DWORD,DWORD, \ LPCREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS))aSyscall[68].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) { "LoadPackagedLibrary", (SYSCALL)LoadPackagedLibrary, 0 }, #else { "LoadPackagedLibrary", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osLoadPackagedLibrary ((HMODULE(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR, \ DWORD))aSyscall[69].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "GetTickCount64", (SYSCALL)GetTickCount64, 0 }, #else { "GetTickCount64", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetTickCount64 ((ULONGLONG(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[70].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT { "GetNativeSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)GetNativeSystemInfo, 0 }, #else { "GetNativeSystemInfo", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osGetNativeSystemInfo ((VOID(WINAPI*)( \ LPSYSTEM_INFO))aSyscall[71].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) { "OutputDebugStringA", (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringA, 0 }, #else { "OutputDebugStringA", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osOutputDebugStringA ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCSTR))aSyscall[72].pCurrent) #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) { "OutputDebugStringW", (SYSCALL)OutputDebugStringW, 0 }, #else { "OutputDebugStringW", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osOutputDebugStringW ((VOID(WINAPI*)(LPCWSTR))aSyscall[73].pCurrent) { "GetProcessHeap", (SYSCALL)GetProcessHeap, 0 }, #define osGetProcessHeap ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(VOID))aSyscall[74].pCurrent) #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT && (!defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) || SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0) { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)CreateFileMappingFromApp, 0 }, #else { "CreateFileMappingFromApp", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osCreateFileMappingFromApp ((HANDLE(WINAPI*)(HANDLE, \ LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES,ULONG,ULONG64,LPCWSTR))aSyscall[75].pCurrent) /* ** NOTE: On some sub-platforms, the InterlockedCompareExchange "function" ** is really just a macro that uses a compiler intrinsic (e.g. x64). ** So do not try to make this is into a redefinable interface. */ #if defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #define osInterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedCompareExchange #else { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)InterlockedCompareExchange, 0 }, #define osInterlockedCompareExchange ((LONG(WINAPI*)(LONG \ SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE*, LONG,LONG))aSyscall[76].pCurrent) #endif /* defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) */ #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID { "UuidCreate", (SYSCALL)UuidCreate, 0 }, #else { "UuidCreate", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osUuidCreate ((RPC_STATUS(RPC_ENTRY*)(UUID*))aSyscall[77].pCurrent) #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID { "UuidCreateSequential", (SYSCALL)UuidCreateSequential, 0 }, #else { "UuidCreateSequential", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osUuidCreateSequential \ ((RPC_STATUS(RPC_ENTRY*)(UUID*))aSyscall[78].pCurrent) #if !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 { "FlushViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)FlushViewOfFile, 0 }, #else { "FlushViewOfFile", (SYSCALL)0, 0 }, #endif #define osFlushViewOfFile \ ((BOOL(WINAPI*)(LPCVOID,SIZE_T))aSyscall[79].pCurrent) }; /* End of the overrideable system calls */ /* ** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the ** "win32" VFSes. Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the ** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable ** system call named zName. */ static int winSetSystemCall( sqlite3_vfs *pNotUsed, /* The VFS pointer. Not used */ const char *zName, /* Name of system call to override */ sqlite3_syscall_ptr pNewFunc /* Pointer to new system call value */ ){ unsigned int i; int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pNotUsed); if( zName==0 ){ /* If no zName is given, restore all system calls to their default ** settings and return NULL */ rc = SQLITE_OK; for(i=0; i0 ){ memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE); memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin); osOutputDebugStringA(zDbgBuf); }else{ osOutputDebugStringA(zBuf); } #elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE); if ( osMultiByteToWideChar( osAreFileApisANSI() ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP, 0, zBuf, nMin, (LPWSTR)zDbgBuf, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(WCHAR))<=0 ){ return; } osOutputDebugStringW((LPCWSTR)zDbgBuf); #else if( nMin>0 ){ memset(zDbgBuf, 0, SQLITE_WIN32_DBG_BUF_SIZE); memcpy(zDbgBuf, zBuf, nMin); fprintf(stderr, "%s", zDbgBuf); }else{ fprintf(stderr, "%s", zBuf); } #endif } /* ** The following routine suspends the current thread for at least ms ** milliseconds. This is equivalent to the Win32 Sleep() interface. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT static HANDLE sleepObj = NULL; #endif SQLITE_API void sqlite3_win32_sleep(DWORD milliseconds){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT if ( sleepObj==NULL ){ sleepObj = osCreateEventExW(NULL, NULL, CREATE_EVENT_MANUAL_RESET, SYNCHRONIZE); } assert( sleepObj!=NULL ); osWaitForSingleObjectEx(sleepObj, milliseconds, FALSE); #else osSleep(milliseconds); #endif } #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \ SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 SQLITE_PRIVATE DWORD sqlite3Win32Wait(HANDLE hObject){ DWORD rc; while( (rc = osWaitForSingleObjectEx(hObject, INFINITE, TRUE))==WAIT_IO_COMPLETION ){} return rc; } #endif /* ** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP, ** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME. ** ** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack ** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that ** API as long as we don't call it when running Win95/98/ME. A call to ** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or ** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call ** the LockFileEx() API. */ #if !SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX # define osIsNT() (1) #elif SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT || !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) # define osIsNT() (1) #elif !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) # define osIsNT() (0) #else # define osIsNT() ((sqlite3_os_type==2) || sqlite3_win32_is_nt()) #endif /* ** This function determines if the machine is running a version of Windows ** based on the NT kernel. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_is_nt(void){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT /* ** NOTE: The WinRT sub-platform is always assumed to be based on the NT ** kernel. */ return 1; #elif SQLITE_WIN32_GETVERSIONEX if( osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 0, 0)==0 ){ #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) OSVERSIONINFOA sInfo; sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); osGetVersionExA(&sInfo); osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0); #elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) OSVERSIONINFOW sInfo; sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo); osGetVersionExW(&sInfo); osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, (sInfo.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) ? 2 : 1, 0); #endif } return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2; #elif SQLITE_TEST return osInterlockedCompareExchange(&sqlite3_os_type, 2, 2)==2; #else /* ** NOTE: All sub-platforms where the GetVersionEx[AW] functions are ** deprecated are always assumed to be based on the NT kernel. */ return 1; #endif } #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC /* ** Allocate nBytes of memory. */ static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){ HANDLE hHeap; void *p; winMemAssertMagic(); hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); assert( hHeap!=0 ); assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); #endif assert( nBytes>=0 ); p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); if( !p ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p", nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); } return p; } /* ** Free memory. */ static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){ HANDLE hHeap; winMemAssertMagic(); hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); assert( hHeap!=0 ); assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); #endif if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */ if( !osHeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%lu), heap=%p", pPrior, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); } } /* ** Change the size of an existing memory allocation */ static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){ HANDLE hHeap; void *p; winMemAssertMagic(); hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); assert( hHeap!=0 ); assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ); #endif assert( nBytes>=0 ); if( !pPrior ){ p = osHeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes); }else{ p = osHeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes); } if( !p ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%lu), heap=%p", pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); } return p; } /* ** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. */ static int winMemSize(void *p){ HANDLE hHeap; SIZE_T n; winMemAssertMagic(); hHeap = winMemGetHeap(); assert( hHeap!=0 ); assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) assert( osHeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p) ); #endif if( !p ) return 0; n = osHeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p); if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%lu), heap=%p", p, osGetLastError(), (void*)hHeap); return 0; } return (int)n; } /* ** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size. */ static int winMemRoundup(int n){ return n; } /* ** Initialize this module. */ static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){ winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR; assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ); assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ); #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_CREATE if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ DWORD dwInitialSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE; DWORD dwMaximumSize = (DWORD)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap; if( dwMaximumSize==0 ){ dwMaximumSize = SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE; }else if( dwInitialSize>dwMaximumSize ){ dwInitialSize = dwMaximumSize; } pWinMemData->hHeap = osHeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, dwInitialSize, dwMaximumSize); if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapCreate (%lu), flags=%u, initSize=%lu, maxSize=%lu", osGetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, dwInitialSize, dwMaximumSize); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE; assert( pWinMemData->bOwned ); } #else pWinMemData->hHeap = osGetProcessHeap(); if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to GetProcessHeap (%lu)", osGetLastError()); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE; assert( !pWinMemData->bOwned ); #endif assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 ); assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Deinitialize this module. */ static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){ winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData; if( !pWinMemData ) return; assert( pWinMemData->magic1==WINMEM_MAGIC1 ); assert( pWinMemData->magic2==WINMEM_MAGIC2 ); if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){ assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE) assert( osHeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) ); #endif if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){ if( !osHeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%lu), heap=%p", osGetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap); } pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE; } pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL; } } /* ** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The ** arguments specify the block of memory to manage. ** ** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore ** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){ static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = { winMemMalloc, winMemFree, winMemRealloc, winMemSize, winMemRoundup, winMemInit, winMemShutdown, &win_mem_data }; return &winMemMethods; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){ sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32()); } #endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */ /* ** Convert a UTF-8 string to Microsoft Unicode. ** ** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). */ static LPWSTR winUtf8ToUnicode(const char *zText){ int nChar; LPWSTR zWideText; nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zText, -1, NULL, 0); if( nChar==0 ){ return 0; } zWideText = sqlite3MallocZero( nChar*sizeof(WCHAR) ); if( zWideText==0 ){ return 0; } nChar = osMultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, zText, -1, zWideText, nChar); if( nChar==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zWideText); zWideText = 0; } return zWideText; } /* ** Convert a Microsoft Unicode string to UTF-8. ** ** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). */ static char *winUnicodeToUtf8(LPCWSTR zWideText){ int nByte; char *zText; nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideText, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); if( nByte == 0 ){ return 0; } zText = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte ); if( zText==0 ){ return 0; } nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, zWideText, -1, zText, nByte, 0, 0); if( nByte == 0 ){ sqlite3_free(zText); zText = 0; } return zText; } /* ** Convert an ANSI string to Microsoft Unicode, using the ANSI or OEM ** code page. ** ** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). */ static LPWSTR winMbcsToUnicode(const char *zText, int useAnsi){ int nByte; LPWSTR zMbcsText; int codepage = useAnsi ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zText, -1, NULL, 0)*sizeof(WCHAR); if( nByte==0 ){ return 0; } zMbcsText = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(WCHAR) ); if( zMbcsText==0 ){ return 0; } nByte = osMultiByteToWideChar(codepage, 0, zText, -1, zMbcsText, nByte); if( nByte==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zMbcsText); zMbcsText = 0; } return zMbcsText; } /* ** Convert a Microsoft Unicode string to a multi-byte character string, ** using the ANSI or OEM code page. ** ** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). */ static char *winUnicodeToMbcs(LPCWSTR zWideText, int useAnsi){ int nByte; char *zText; int codepage = useAnsi ? CP_ACP : CP_OEMCP; nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideText, -1, 0, 0, 0, 0); if( nByte == 0 ){ return 0; } zText = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte ); if( zText==0 ){ return 0; } nByte = osWideCharToMultiByte(codepage, 0, zWideText, -1, zText, nByte, 0, 0); if( nByte == 0 ){ sqlite3_free(zText); zText = 0; } return zText; } /* ** Convert a multi-byte character string to UTF-8. ** ** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). */ static char *winMbcsToUtf8(const char *zText, int useAnsi){ char *zTextUtf8; LPWSTR zTmpWide; zTmpWide = winMbcsToUnicode(zText, useAnsi); if( zTmpWide==0 ){ return 0; } zTextUtf8 = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTmpWide); sqlite3_free(zTmpWide); return zTextUtf8; } /* ** Convert a UTF-8 string to a multi-byte character string. ** ** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). */ static char *winUtf8ToMbcs(const char *zText, int useAnsi){ char *zTextMbcs; LPWSTR zTmpWide; zTmpWide = winUtf8ToUnicode(zText); if( zTmpWide==0 ){ return 0; } zTextMbcs = winUnicodeToMbcs(zTmpWide, useAnsi); sqlite3_free(zTmpWide); return zTextMbcs; } /* ** This is a public wrapper for the winUtf8ToUnicode() function. */ SQLITE_API LPWSTR sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_unicode(const char *zText){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !zText ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif return winUtf8ToUnicode(zText); } /* ** This is a public wrapper for the winUnicodeToUtf8() function. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_unicode_to_utf8(LPCWSTR zWideText){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !zWideText ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif return winUnicodeToUtf8(zWideText); } /* ** This is a public wrapper for the winMbcsToUtf8() function. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8(const char *zText){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !zText ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif return winMbcsToUtf8(zText, osAreFileApisANSI()); } /* ** This is a public wrapper for the winMbcsToUtf8() function. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_mbcs_to_utf8_v2(const char *zText, int useAnsi){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !zText ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif return winMbcsToUtf8(zText, useAnsi); } /* ** This is a public wrapper for the winUtf8ToMbcs() function. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs(const char *zText){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !zText ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif return winUtf8ToMbcs(zText, osAreFileApisANSI()); } /* ** This is a public wrapper for the winUtf8ToMbcs() function. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_win32_utf8_to_mbcs_v2(const char *zText, int useAnsi){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !zText ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0; #endif return winUtf8ToMbcs(zText, useAnsi); } /* ** This function is the same as sqlite3_win32_set_directory (below); however, ** it accepts a UTF-8 string. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory8( unsigned long type, /* Identifier for directory being set or reset */ const char *zValue /* New value for directory being set or reset */ ){ char **ppDirectory = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT int rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return rc; #endif if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){ ppDirectory = &sqlite3_data_directory; }else if( type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE ){ ppDirectory = &sqlite3_temp_directory; } assert( !ppDirectory || type==SQLITE_WIN32_DATA_DIRECTORY_TYPE || type==SQLITE_WIN32_TEMP_DIRECTORY_TYPE ); assert( !ppDirectory || sqlite3MemdebugHasType(*ppDirectory, MEMTYPE_HEAP) ); if( ppDirectory ){ char *zCopy = 0; if( zValue && zValue[0] ){ zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zValue); if ( zCopy==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } } sqlite3_free(*ppDirectory); *ppDirectory = zCopy; return SQLITE_OK; } return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* ** This function is the same as sqlite3_win32_set_directory (below); however, ** it accepts a UTF-16 string. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory16( unsigned long type, /* Identifier for directory being set or reset */ const void *zValue /* New value for directory being set or reset */ ){ int rc; char *zUtf8 = 0; if( zValue ){ zUtf8 = sqlite3_win32_unicode_to_utf8(zValue); if( zUtf8==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } rc = sqlite3_win32_set_directory8(type, zUtf8); if( zUtf8 ) sqlite3_free(zUtf8); return rc; } /* ** This function sets the data directory or the temporary directory based on ** the provided arguments. The type argument must be 1 in order to set the ** data directory or 2 in order to set the temporary directory. The zValue ** argument is the name of the directory to use. The return value will be ** SQLITE_OK if successful. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_win32_set_directory( unsigned long type, /* Identifier for directory being set or reset */ void *zValue /* New value for directory being set or reset */ ){ return sqlite3_win32_set_directory16(type, zValue); } /* ** The return value of winGetLastErrorMsg ** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero ** otherwise (if the message was truncated). */ static int winGetLastErrorMsg(DWORD lastErrno, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ /* FormatMessage returns 0 on failure. Otherwise it ** returns the number of TCHARs written to the output ** buffer, excluding the terminating null char. */ DWORD dwLen = 0; char *zOut = 0; if( osIsNT() ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT WCHAR zTempWide[SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS+1]; dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, lastErrno, 0, zTempWide, SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_ERRMSG_CHARS, 0); #else LPWSTR zTempWide = NULL; dwLen = osFormatMessageW(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, lastErrno, 0, (LPWSTR) &zTempWide, 0, 0); #endif if( dwLen > 0 ){ /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTempWide); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ osLocalFree(zTempWide); #endif } } #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI else{ char *zTemp = NULL; dwLen = osFormatMessageA(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, lastErrno, 0, (LPSTR) &zTemp, 0, 0); if( dwLen > 0 ){ /* allocate a buffer and convert to UTF8 */ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); zOut = winMbcsToUtf8(zTemp, osAreFileApisANSI()); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); /* free the system buffer allocated by FormatMessage */ osLocalFree(zTemp); } } #endif if( 0 == dwLen ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "OsError 0x%lx (%lu)", lastErrno, lastErrno); }else{ /* copy a maximum of nBuf chars to output buffer */ sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf, zBuf, "%s", zOut); /* free the UTF8 buffer */ sqlite3_free(zOut); } return 0; } /* ** ** This function - winLogErrorAtLine() - is only ever called via the macro ** winLogError(). ** ** This routine is invoked after an error occurs in an OS function. ** It logs a message using sqlite3_log() containing the current value of ** error code and, if possible, the human-readable equivalent from ** FormatMessage. ** ** The first argument passed to the macro should be the error code that ** will be returned to SQLite (e.g. SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN). ** The two subsequent arguments should be the name of the OS function that ** failed and the associated file-system path, if any. */ #define winLogError(a,b,c,d) winLogErrorAtLine(a,b,c,d,__LINE__) static int winLogErrorAtLine( int errcode, /* SQLite error code */ DWORD lastErrno, /* Win32 last error */ const char *zFunc, /* Name of OS function that failed */ const char *zPath, /* File path associated with error */ int iLine /* Source line number where error occurred */ ){ char zMsg[500]; /* Human readable error text */ int i; /* Loop counter */ zMsg[0] = 0; winGetLastErrorMsg(lastErrno, sizeof(zMsg), zMsg); assert( errcode!=SQLITE_OK ); if( zPath==0 ) zPath = ""; for(i=0; zMsg[i] && zMsg[i]!='\r' && zMsg[i]!='\n'; i++){} zMsg[i] = 0; sqlite3_log(errcode, "os_win.c:%d: (%lu) %s(%s) - %s", iLine, lastErrno, zFunc, zPath, zMsg ); return errcode; } /* ** The number of times that a ReadFile(), WriteFile(), and DeleteFile() ** will be retried following a locking error - probably caused by ** antivirus software. Also the initial delay before the first retry. ** The delay increases linearly with each retry. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY # define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY 10 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY # define SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY 25 #endif static int winIoerrRetry = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY; static int winIoerrRetryDelay = SQLITE_WIN32_IOERR_RETRY_DELAY; /* ** The "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro is used to determine if a particular I/O ** error code obtained via GetLastError() is eligible to be retried. It ** must accept the error code DWORD as its only argument and should return ** non-zero if the error code is transient in nature and the operation ** responsible for generating the original error might succeed upon being ** retried. The argument to this macro should be a variable. ** ** Additionally, a macro named "winIoerrCanRetry2" may be defined. If it ** is defined, it will be consulted only when the macro "winIoerrCanRetry1" ** returns zero. The "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro is completely optional and ** may be used to include additional error codes in the set that should ** result in the failing I/O operation being retried by the caller. If ** defined, the "winIoerrCanRetry2" macro must exhibit external semantics ** identical to those of the "winIoerrCanRetry1" macro. */ #if !defined(winIoerrCanRetry1) #define winIoerrCanRetry1(a) (((a)==ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED) || \ ((a)==ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION) || \ ((a)==ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION) || \ ((a)==ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST) || \ ((a)==ERROR_NETNAME_DELETED) || \ ((a)==ERROR_SEM_TIMEOUT) || \ ((a)==ERROR_NETWORK_UNREACHABLE)) #endif /* ** If a ReadFile() or WriteFile() error occurs, invoke this routine ** to see if it should be retried. Return TRUE to retry. Return FALSE ** to give up with an error. */ static int winRetryIoerr(int *pnRetry, DWORD *pError){ DWORD e = osGetLastError(); if( *pnRetry>=winIoerrRetry ){ if( pError ){ *pError = e; } return 0; } if( winIoerrCanRetry1(e) ){ sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry)); ++*pnRetry; return 1; } #if defined(winIoerrCanRetry2) else if( winIoerrCanRetry2(e) ){ sqlite3_win32_sleep(winIoerrRetryDelay*(1+*pnRetry)); ++*pnRetry; return 1; } #endif if( pError ){ *pError = e; } return 0; } /* ** Log a I/O error retry episode. */ static void winLogIoerr(int nRetry, int lineno){ if( nRetry ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE, "delayed %dms for lock/sharing conflict at line %d", winIoerrRetryDelay*nRetry*(nRetry+1)/2, lineno ); } } /* ** This #if does not rely on the SQLITE_OS_WINCE define because the ** corresponding section in "date.c" cannot use it. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOCALTIME) && defined(_WIN32_WCE) && \ (!defined(SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) || !SQLITE_MSVC_LOCALTIME_API) /* ** The MSVC CRT on Windows CE may not have a localtime() function. ** So define a substitute. */ /* # include */ struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t) { static struct tm y; FILETIME uTm, lTm; SYSTEMTIME pTm; sqlite3_int64 t64; t64 = *t; t64 = (t64 + 11644473600)*10000000; uTm.dwLowDateTime = (DWORD)(t64 & 0xFFFFFFFF); uTm.dwHighDateTime= (DWORD)(t64 >> 32); osFileTimeToLocalFileTime(&uTm,&lTm); osFileTimeToSystemTime(&lTm,&pTm); y.tm_year = pTm.wYear - 1900; y.tm_mon = pTm.wMonth - 1; y.tm_wday = pTm.wDayOfWeek; y.tm_mday = pTm.wDay; y.tm_hour = pTm.wHour; y.tm_min = pTm.wMinute; y.tm_sec = pTm.wSecond; return &y; } #endif #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE /************************************************************************* ** This section contains code for WinCE only. */ #define HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(a) (winFile*)&((char*)a)[-(int)offsetof(winFile,h)] /* ** Acquire a lock on the handle h */ static void winceMutexAcquire(HANDLE h){ DWORD dwErr; do { dwErr = osWaitForSingleObject(h, INFINITE); } while (dwErr != WAIT_OBJECT_0 && dwErr != WAIT_ABANDONED); } /* ** Release a lock acquired by winceMutexAcquire() */ #define winceMutexRelease(h) ReleaseMutex(h) /* ** Create the mutex and shared memory used for locking in the file ** descriptor pFile */ static int winceCreateLock(const char *zFilename, winFile *pFile){ LPWSTR zTok; LPWSTR zName; DWORD lastErrno; BOOL bLogged = FALSE; BOOL bInit = TRUE; zName = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); if( zName==0 ){ /* out of memory */ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } /* Initialize the local lockdata */ memset(&pFile->local, 0, sizeof(pFile->local)); /* Replace the backslashes from the filename and lowercase it ** to derive a mutex name. */ zTok = osCharLowerW(zName); for (;*zTok;zTok++){ if (*zTok == '\\') *zTok = '_'; } /* Create/open the named mutex */ pFile->hMutex = osCreateMutexW(NULL, FALSE, zName); if (!pFile->hMutex){ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); sqlite3_free(zName); return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, "winceCreateLock1", zFilename); } /* Acquire the mutex before continuing */ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); /* Since the names of named mutexes, semaphores, file mappings etc are ** case-sensitive, take advantage of that by uppercasing the mutex name ** and using that as the shared filemapping name. */ osCharUpperW(zName); pFile->hShared = osCreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, NULL, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, sizeof(winceLock), zName); /* Set a flag that indicates we're the first to create the memory so it ** must be zero-initialized */ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); if (lastErrno == ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS){ bInit = FALSE; } sqlite3_free(zName); /* If we succeeded in making the shared memory handle, map it. */ if( pFile->hShared ){ pFile->shared = (winceLock*)osMapViewOfFile(pFile->hShared, FILE_MAP_READ|FILE_MAP_WRITE, 0, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); /* If mapping failed, close the shared memory handle and erase it */ if( !pFile->shared ){ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, "winceCreateLock2", zFilename); bLogged = TRUE; osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared); pFile->hShared = NULL; } } /* If shared memory could not be created, then close the mutex and fail */ if( pFile->hShared==NULL ){ if( !bLogged ){ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR, pFile->lastErrno, "winceCreateLock3", zFilename); bLogged = TRUE; } winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); pFile->hMutex = NULL; return SQLITE_IOERR; } /* Initialize the shared memory if we're supposed to */ if( bInit ){ memset(pFile->shared, 0, sizeof(winceLock)); } winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Destroy the part of winFile that deals with wince locks */ static void winceDestroyLock(winFile *pFile){ if (pFile->hMutex){ /* Acquire the mutex */ winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); /* The following blocks should probably assert in debug mode, but they are to cleanup in case any locks remained open */ if (pFile->local.nReaders){ pFile->shared->nReaders --; } if (pFile->local.bReserved){ pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; } if (pFile->local.bPending){ pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; } if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; } /* De-reference and close our copy of the shared memory handle */ osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->shared); osCloseHandle(pFile->hShared); /* Done with the mutex */ winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); osCloseHandle(pFile->hMutex); pFile->hMutex = NULL; } } /* ** An implementation of the LockFile() API of Windows for CE */ static BOOL winceLockFile( LPHANDLE phFile, DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, DWORD nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh ){ winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); BOOL bReturn = FALSE; UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh); if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); /* Wanting an exclusive lock? */ if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE){ if (pFile->shared->nReaders == 0 && pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ pFile->shared->bExclusive = TRUE; pFile->local.bExclusive = TRUE; bReturn = TRUE; } } /* Want a read-only lock? */ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ if (pFile->shared->bExclusive == 0){ pFile->local.nReaders ++; if (pFile->local.nReaders == 1){ pFile->shared->nReaders ++; } bReturn = TRUE; } } /* Want a pending lock? */ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ /* If no pending lock has been acquired, then acquire it */ if (pFile->shared->bPending == 0) { pFile->shared->bPending = TRUE; pFile->local.bPending = TRUE; bReturn = TRUE; } } /* Want a reserved lock? */ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToLockLow == 1){ if (pFile->shared->bReserved == 0) { pFile->shared->bReserved = TRUE; pFile->local.bReserved = TRUE; bReturn = TRUE; } } winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); return bReturn; } /* ** An implementation of the UnlockFile API of Windows for CE */ static BOOL winceUnlockFile( LPHANDLE phFile, DWORD dwFileOffsetLow, DWORD dwFileOffsetHigh, DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow, DWORD nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh ){ winFile *pFile = HANDLE_TO_WINFILE(phFile); BOOL bReturn = FALSE; UNUSED_PARAMETER(dwFileOffsetHigh); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh); if (!pFile->hMutex) return TRUE; winceMutexAcquire(pFile->hMutex); /* Releasing a reader lock or an exclusive lock */ if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)SHARED_FIRST){ /* Did we have an exclusive lock? */ if (pFile->local.bExclusive){ assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE); pFile->local.bExclusive = FALSE; pFile->shared->bExclusive = FALSE; bReturn = TRUE; } /* Did we just have a reader lock? */ else if (pFile->local.nReaders){ assert(nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == (DWORD)SHARED_SIZE || nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1); pFile->local.nReaders --; if (pFile->local.nReaders == 0) { pFile->shared->nReaders --; } bReturn = TRUE; } } /* Releasing a pending lock */ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)PENDING_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ if (pFile->local.bPending){ pFile->local.bPending = FALSE; pFile->shared->bPending = FALSE; bReturn = TRUE; } } /* Releasing a reserved lock */ else if (dwFileOffsetLow == (DWORD)RESERVED_BYTE && nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow == 1){ if (pFile->local.bReserved) { pFile->local.bReserved = FALSE; pFile->shared->bReserved = FALSE; bReturn = TRUE; } } winceMutexRelease(pFile->hMutex); return bReturn; } /* ** End of the special code for wince *****************************************************************************/ #endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */ /* ** Lock a file region. */ static BOOL winLockFile( LPHANDLE phFile, DWORD flags, DWORD offsetLow, DWORD offsetHigh, DWORD numBytesLow, DWORD numBytesHigh ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE /* ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 ** API LockFile. */ return winceLockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh); #else if( osIsNT() ){ OVERLAPPED ovlp; memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); ovlp.Offset = offsetLow; ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh; return osLockFileEx(*phFile, flags, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp); }else{ return osLockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh); } #endif } /* ** Unlock a file region. */ static BOOL winUnlockFile( LPHANDLE phFile, DWORD offsetLow, DWORD offsetHigh, DWORD numBytesLow, DWORD numBytesHigh ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE /* ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 ** API UnlockFile. */ return winceUnlockFile(phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh); #else if( osIsNT() ){ OVERLAPPED ovlp; memset(&ovlp, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); ovlp.Offset = offsetLow; ovlp.OffsetHigh = offsetHigh; return osUnlockFileEx(*phFile, 0, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh, &ovlp); }else{ return osUnlockFile(*phFile, offsetLow, offsetHigh, numBytesLow, numBytesHigh); } #endif } /***************************************************************************** ** The next group of routines implement the I/O methods specified ** by the sqlite3_io_methods object. ******************************************************************************/ /* ** Some Microsoft compilers lack this definition. */ #ifndef INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER # define INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER ((DWORD)-1) #endif /* ** Move the current position of the file handle passed as the first ** argument to offset iOffset within the file. If successful, return 0. ** Otherwise, set pFile->lastErrno and return non-zero. */ static int winSeekFile(winFile *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOffset){ #if !SQLITE_OS_WINRT LONG upperBits; /* Most sig. 32 bits of new offset */ LONG lowerBits; /* Least sig. 32 bits of new offset */ DWORD dwRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointer() */ DWORD lastErrno; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */ OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, offset=%lld\n", pFile->h, iOffset)); upperBits = (LONG)((iOffset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); lowerBits = (LONG)(iOffset & 0xffffffff); /* API oddity: If successful, SetFilePointer() returns a dword ** containing the lower 32-bits of the new file-offset. Or, if it fails, ** it returns INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER. However according to MSDN, ** INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER may also be a valid new offset. So to determine ** whether an error has actually occurred, it is also necessary to call ** GetLastError(). */ dwRet = osSetFilePointer(pFile->h, lowerBits, &upperBits, FILE_BEGIN); if( (dwRet==INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR)) ){ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno, "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath); OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h)); return 1; } OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); return 0; #else /* ** Same as above, except that this implementation works for WinRT. */ LARGE_INTEGER x; /* The new offset */ BOOL bRet; /* Value returned by SetFilePointerEx() */ x.QuadPart = iOffset; bRet = osSetFilePointerEx(pFile->h, x, 0, FILE_BEGIN); if(!bRet){ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK, pFile->lastErrno, "winSeekFile", pFile->zPath); OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK\n", pFile->h)); return 1; } OSTRACE(("SEEK file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); return 0; #endif } #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for memory mapped files */ static int winMapfile(winFile*, sqlite3_int64); static int winUnmapfile(winFile*); #endif /* ** Close a file. ** ** It is reported that an attempt to close a handle might sometimes ** fail. This is a very unreasonable result, but Windows is notorious ** for being unreasonable so I do not doubt that it might happen. If ** the close fails, we pause for 100 milliseconds and try again. As ** many as MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT attempts to close the handle are made before ** giving up and returning an error. */ #define MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT 3 static int winClose(sqlite3_file *id){ int rc, cnt = 0; winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; assert( id!=0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL assert( pFile->pShm==0 ); #endif assert( pFile->h!=NULL && pFile->h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ); OSTRACE(("CLOSE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 winUnmapfile(pFile); #endif do{ rc = osCloseHandle(pFile->h); /* SimulateIOError( rc=0; cnt=MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT; ); */ }while( rc==0 && ++cnt < MX_CLOSE_ATTEMPT && (sqlite3_win32_sleep(100), 1) ); #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE #define WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS 3 { winVfsAppData *pAppData = (winVfsAppData*)pFile->pVfs->pAppData; if( pAppData==NULL || !pAppData->bNoLock ){ winceDestroyLock(pFile); } } if( pFile->zDeleteOnClose ){ int cnt = 0; while( osDeleteFileW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)==0 && osGetFileAttributesW(pFile->zDeleteOnClose)!=0xffffffff && cnt++ < WINCE_DELETION_ATTEMPTS ){ sqlite3_win32_sleep(100); /* Wait a little before trying again */ } sqlite3_free(pFile->zDeleteOnClose); } #endif if( rc ){ pFile->h = NULL; } OpenCounter(-1); OSTRACE(("CLOSE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=%s\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, rc ? "ok" : "failed")); return rc ? SQLITE_OK : winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, osGetLastError(), "winClose", pFile->zPath); } /* ** Read data from a file into a buffer. Return SQLITE_OK if all ** bytes were read successfully and SQLITE_IOERR if anything goes ** wrong. */ static int winRead( sqlite3_file *id, /* File to read from */ void *pBuf, /* Write content into this buffer */ int amt, /* Number of bytes to read */ sqlite3_int64 offset /* Begin reading at this offset */ ){ #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) OVERLAPPED overlapped; /* The offset for ReadFile. */ #endif winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* file handle */ DWORD nRead; /* Number of bytes actually read from file */ int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retrys */ assert( id!=0 ); assert( amt>0 ); assert( offset>=0 ); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_READ); OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, " "offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype)); #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* Deal with as much of this read request as possible by transfering ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ if( offsetmmapSize ){ if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], amt); OSTRACE(("READ-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; }else{ int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset); memcpy(pBuf, &((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], nCopy); pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; amt -= nCopy; offset += nCopy; } } #endif #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) if( winSeekFile(pFile, offset) ){ OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); return SQLITE_FULL; } while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, 0) ){ #else memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); while( !osReadFile(pFile->h, pBuf, amt, &nRead, &overlapped) && osGetLastError()!=ERROR_HANDLE_EOF ){ #endif DWORD lastErrno; if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue; pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_READ\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_READ, pFile->lastErrno, "winRead", pFile->zPath); } winLogIoerr(nRetry, __LINE__); if( nRead<(DWORD)amt ){ /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */ memset(&((char*)pBuf)[nRead], 0, amt-nRead); OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; } OSTRACE(("READ pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Write data from a buffer into a file. Return SQLITE_OK on success ** or some other error code on failure. */ static int winWrite( sqlite3_file *id, /* File to write into */ const void *pBuf, /* The bytes to be written */ int amt, /* Number of bytes to write */ sqlite3_int64 offset /* Offset into the file to begin writing at */ ){ int rc = 0; /* True if error has occurred, else false */ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle */ int nRetry = 0; /* Number of retries */ assert( amt>0 ); assert( pFile ); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE); SimulateDiskfullError(return SQLITE_FULL); OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, buffer=%p, amount=%d, " "offset=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, pBuf, amt, offset, pFile->locktype)); #if defined(SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE) && SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* Deal with as much of this write request as possible by transfering ** data from the memory mapping using memcpy(). */ if( offsetmmapSize ){ if( offset+amt <= pFile->mmapSize ){ memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, amt); OSTRACE(("WRITE-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; }else{ int nCopy = (int)(pFile->mmapSize - offset); memcpy(&((u8 *)(pFile->pMapRegion))[offset], pBuf, nCopy); pBuf = &((u8 *)pBuf)[nCopy]; amt -= nCopy; offset += nCopy; } } #endif #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) rc = winSeekFile(pFile, offset); if( rc==0 ){ #else { #endif #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) OVERLAPPED overlapped; /* The offset for WriteFile. */ #endif u8 *aRem = (u8 *)pBuf; /* Data yet to be written */ int nRem = amt; /* Number of bytes yet to be written */ DWORD nWrite; /* Bytes written by each WriteFile() call */ DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; /* Value returned by GetLastError() */ #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) memset(&overlapped, 0, sizeof(OVERLAPPED)); overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); #endif while( nRem>0 ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE || defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, 0) ){ #else if( !osWriteFile(pFile->h, aRem, nRem, &nWrite, &overlapped) ){ #endif if( winRetryIoerr(&nRetry, &lastErrno) ) continue; break; } assert( nWrite==0 || nWrite<=(DWORD)nRem ); if( nWrite==0 || nWrite>(DWORD)nRem ){ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); break; } #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !defined(SQLITE_WIN32_NO_OVERLAPPED) offset += nWrite; overlapped.Offset = (LONG)(offset & 0xffffffff); overlapped.OffsetHigh = (LONG)((offset>>32) & 0x7fffffff); #endif aRem += nWrite; nRem -= nWrite; } if( nRem>0 ){ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; rc = 1; } } if( rc ){ if( ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL ) || ( pFile->lastErrno==ERROR_DISK_FULL )){ OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_FULL\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); return winLogError(SQLITE_FULL, pFile->lastErrno, "winWrite1", pFile->zPath); } OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE, pFile->lastErrno, "winWrite2", pFile->zPath); }else{ winLogIoerr(nRetry, __LINE__); } OSTRACE(("WRITE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Truncate an open file to a specified size */ static int winTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; /* File handle object */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code for this function */ DWORD lastErrno; #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 sqlite3_int64 oldMmapSize; #endif assert( pFile ); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE); OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, size=%lld, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, nByte, pFile->locktype)); /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested ** size). */ if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk; } #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 if( pFile->pMapRegion ){ oldMmapSize = pFile->mmapSize; }else{ oldMmapSize = 0; } winUnmapfile(pFile); #endif /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */ if( winSeekFile(pFile, nByte) ){ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno, "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath); }else if( 0==osSetEndOfFile(pFile->h) && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_USER_MAPPED_FILE) ){ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, pFile->lastErrno, "winTruncate2", pFile->zPath); } #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && oldMmapSize>0 ){ if( oldMmapSize>nByte ){ winMapfile(pFile, -1); }else{ winMapfile(pFile, oldMmapSize); } } #endif OSTRACE(("TRUNCATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=%s\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** Count the number of fullsyncs and normal syncs. This is used to test ** that syncs and fullsyncs are occuring at the right times. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0; SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0; #endif /* ** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk. */ static int winSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){ #ifndef SQLITE_NO_SYNC /* ** Used only when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined. */ BOOL rc; #endif #if !defined(NDEBUG) || !defined(SQLITE_NO_SYNC) || \ defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) /* ** Used when SQLITE_NO_SYNC is not defined and by the assert() and/or ** OSTRACE() macros. */ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); #endif assert( pFile ); /* Check that one of SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL or FULL was passed */ assert((flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL || (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ); /* Unix cannot, but some systems may return SQLITE_FULL from here. This ** line is to test that doing so does not cause any problems. */ SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL ); OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, flags=%x, lock=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h, flags, pFile->locktype)); #ifndef SQLITE_TEST UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); #else if( (flags&0x0F)==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ){ sqlite3_fullsync_count++; } sqlite3_sync_count++; #endif /* If we compiled with the SQLITE_NO_SYNC flag, then syncing is a ** no-op */ #ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC OSTRACE(("SYNC-NOP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; #else #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 if( pFile->pMapRegion ){ if( osFlushViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion, 0) ){ OSTRACE(("SYNC-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " "rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->pMapRegion)); }else{ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); OSTRACE(("SYNC-MMAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->pMapRegion)); return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, "winSync1", pFile->zPath); } } #endif rc = osFlushFileBuffers(pFile->h); SimulateIOError( rc=FALSE ); if( rc ){ OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; }else{ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); OSTRACE(("SYNC pid=%lu, pFile=%p, file=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->h)); return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, pFile->lastErrno, "winSync2", pFile->zPath); } #endif } /* ** Determine the current size of a file in bytes */ static int winFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, sqlite3_int64 *pSize){ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( id!=0 ); assert( pSize!=0 ); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT); OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p\n", pFile->h, pSize)); #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT { FILE_STANDARD_INFO info; if( osGetFileInformationByHandleEx(pFile->h, FileStandardInfo, &info, sizeof(info)) ){ *pSize = info.EndOfFile.QuadPart; }else{ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno, "winFileSize", pFile->zPath); } } #else { DWORD upperBits; DWORD lowerBits; DWORD lastErrno; lowerBits = osGetFileSize(pFile->h, &upperBits); *pSize = (((sqlite3_int64)upperBits)<<32) + lowerBits; if( (lowerBits == INVALID_FILE_SIZE) && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=NO_ERROR) ){ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT, pFile->lastErrno, "winFileSize", pFile->zPath); } } #endif OSTRACE(("SIZE file=%p, pSize=%p, *pSize=%lld, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, pSize, *pSize, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } /* ** LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY is undefined on some Windows systems. */ #ifndef LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY # define LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY 1 #endif #ifndef LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK # define LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 2 #endif /* ** Historically, SQLite has used both the LockFile and LockFileEx functions. ** When the LockFile function was used, it was always expected to fail ** immediately if the lock could not be obtained. Also, it always expected to ** obtain an exclusive lock. These flags are used with the LockFileEx function ** and reflect those expectations; therefore, they should not be changed. */ #ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS # define SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY | \ LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) #endif /* ** Currently, SQLite never calls the LockFileEx function without wanting the ** call to fail immediately if the lock cannot be obtained. */ #ifndef SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS # define SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS (LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY) #endif /* ** Acquire a reader lock. ** Different API routines are called depending on whether or not this ** is Win9x or WinNT. */ static int winGetReadLock(winFile *pFile){ int res; OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); if( osIsNT() ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE /* ** NOTE: Windows CE is handled differently here due its lack of the Win32 ** API LockFileEx. */ res = winceLockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, 1, 0); #else res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); #endif } #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI else{ int lk; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(lk), &lk); pFile->sharedLockByte = (short)((lk & 0x7fffffff)%(SHARED_SIZE - 1)); res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); } #endif if( res == 0 ){ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); /* No need to log a failure to lock */ } OSTRACE(("READ-LOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res)); return res; } /* ** Undo a readlock */ static int winUnlockReadLock(winFile *pFile){ int res; DWORD lastErrno; OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype)); if( osIsNT() ){ res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); } #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI else{ res = winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST+pFile->sharedLockByte, 0, 1, 0); } #endif if( res==0 && ((lastErrno = osGetLastError())!=ERROR_NOT_LOCKED) ){ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, pFile->lastErrno, "winUnlockReadLock", pFile->zPath); } OSTRACE(("READ-UNLOCK file=%p, result=%d\n", pFile->h, res)); return res; } /* ** Lock the file with the lock specified by parameter locktype - one ** of the following: ** ** (1) SHARED_LOCK ** (2) RESERVED_LOCK ** (3) PENDING_LOCK ** (4) EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ** ** Sometimes when requesting one lock state, additional lock states ** are inserted in between. The locking might fail on one of the later ** transitions leaving the lock state different from what it started but ** still short of its goal. The following chart shows the allowed ** transitions and the inserted intermediate states: ** ** UNLOCKED -> SHARED ** SHARED -> RESERVED ** SHARED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** RESERVED -> (PENDING) -> EXCLUSIVE ** PENDING -> EXCLUSIVE ** ** This routine will only increase a lock. The winUnlock() routine ** erases all locks at once and returns us immediately to locking level 0. ** It is not possible to lower the locking level one step at a time. You ** must go straight to locking level 0. */ static int winLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from subroutines */ int res = 1; /* Result of a Windows lock call */ int newLocktype; /* Set pFile->locktype to this value before exiting */ int gotPendingLock = 0;/* True if we acquired a PENDING lock this time */ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; DWORD lastErrno = NO_ERROR; assert( id!=0 ); OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype)); /* If there is already a lock of this type or more restrictive on the ** OsFile, do nothing. Don't use the end_lock: exit path, as ** sqlite3OsEnterMutex() hasn't been called yet. */ if( pFile->locktype>=locktype ){ OSTRACE(("LOCK-HELD file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Do not allow any kind of write-lock on a read-only database */ if( (pFile->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)!=0 && locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; } /* Make sure the locking sequence is correct */ assert( pFile->locktype!=NO_LOCK || locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( locktype!=PENDING_LOCK ); assert( locktype!=RESERVED_LOCK || pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); /* Lock the PENDING_LOCK byte if we need to acquire a PENDING lock or ** a SHARED lock. If we are acquiring a SHARED lock, the acquisition of ** the PENDING_LOCK byte is temporary. */ newLocktype = pFile->locktype; if( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK || (locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && pFile->locktype<=RESERVED_LOCK) ){ int cnt = 3; while( cnt-->0 && (res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0))==0 ){ /* Try 3 times to get the pending lock. This is needed to work ** around problems caused by indexing and/or anti-virus software on ** Windows systems. ** If you are using this code as a model for alternative VFSes, do not ** copy this retry logic. It is a hack intended for Windows only. */ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); OSTRACE(("LOCK-PENDING-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, result=%d\n", pFile->h, cnt, res)); if( lastErrno==ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE ){ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; rc = SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK; OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, count=%d, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, cnt, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } if( cnt ) sqlite3_win32_sleep(1); } gotPendingLock = res; if( !res ){ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); } } /* Acquire a shared lock */ if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && res ){ assert( pFile->locktype==NO_LOCK ); res = winGetReadLock(pFile); if( res ){ newLocktype = SHARED_LOCK; }else{ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); } } /* Acquire a RESERVED lock */ if( locktype==RESERVED_LOCK && res ){ assert( pFile->locktype==SHARED_LOCK ); res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); if( res ){ newLocktype = RESERVED_LOCK; }else{ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); } } /* Acquire a PENDING lock */ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ newLocktype = PENDING_LOCK; gotPendingLock = 0; } /* Acquire an EXCLUSIVE lock */ if( locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK && res ){ assert( pFile->locktype>=SHARED_LOCK ); res = winUnlockReadLock(pFile); res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILE_FLAGS, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); if( res ){ newLocktype = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; }else{ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); winGetReadLock(pFile); } } /* If we are holding a PENDING lock that ought to be released, then ** release it now. */ if( gotPendingLock && locktype==SHARED_LOCK ){ winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); } /* Update the state of the lock has held in the file descriptor then ** return the appropriate result code. */ if( res ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; rc = SQLITE_BUSY; OSTRACE(("LOCK-FAIL file=%p, wanted=%d, got=%d\n", pFile->h, locktype, newLocktype)); } pFile->locktype = (u8)newLocktype; OSTRACE(("LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } /* ** This routine checks if there is a RESERVED lock held on the specified ** file by this or any other process. If such a lock is held, return ** non-zero, otherwise zero. */ static int winCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ int res; winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; ); OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p\n", pFile->h, pResOut)); assert( id!=0 ); if( pFile->locktype>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ res = 1; OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (local)\n", pFile->h, res)); }else{ res = winLockFile(&pFile->h, SQLITE_LOCKFILEEX_FLAGS,RESERVED_BYTE,0,1,0); if( res ){ winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); } res = !res; OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, result=%d (remote)\n", pFile->h, res)); } *pResOut = res; OSTRACE(("TEST-WR-LOCK file=%p, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h, pResOut, *pResOut)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Lower the locking level on file descriptor id to locktype. locktype ** must be either NO_LOCK or SHARED_LOCK. ** ** If the locking level of the file descriptor is already at or below ** the requested locking level, this routine is a no-op. ** ** It is not possible for this routine to fail if the second argument ** is NO_LOCK. If the second argument is SHARED_LOCK then this routine ** might return SQLITE_IOERR; */ static int winUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ int type; winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pFile!=0 ); assert( locktype<=SHARED_LOCK ); OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, oldLock=%d(%d), newLock=%d\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype, pFile->sharedLockByte, locktype)); type = pFile->locktype; if( type>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){ winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, SHARED_FIRST, 0, SHARED_SIZE, 0); if( locktype==SHARED_LOCK && !winGetReadLock(pFile) ){ /* This should never happen. We should always be able to ** reacquire the read lock */ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK, osGetLastError(), "winUnlock", pFile->zPath); } } if( type>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, RESERVED_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); } if( locktype==NO_LOCK && type>=SHARED_LOCK ){ winUnlockReadLock(pFile); } if( type>=PENDING_LOCK ){ winUnlockFile(&pFile->h, PENDING_BYTE, 0, 1, 0); } pFile->locktype = (u8)locktype; OSTRACE(("UNLOCK file=%p, lock=%d, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, pFile->locktype, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } /****************************************************************************** ****************************** No-op Locking ********************************** ** ** Of the various locking implementations available, this is by far the ** simplest: locking is ignored. No attempt is made to lock the database ** file for reading or writing. ** ** This locking mode is appropriate for use on read-only databases ** (ex: databases that are burned into CD-ROM, for example.) It can ** also be used if the application employs some external mechanism to ** prevent simultaneous access of the same database by two or more ** database connections. But there is a serious risk of database ** corruption if this locking mode is used in situations where multiple ** database connections are accessing the same database file at the same ** time and one or more of those connections are writing. */ static int winNolockLock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); UNUSED_PARAMETER(locktype); return SQLITE_OK; } static int winNolockCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pResOut); return SQLITE_OK; } static int winNolockUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int locktype){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(id); UNUSED_PARAMETER(locktype); return SQLITE_OK; } /******************* End of the no-op lock implementation ********************* ******************************************************************************/ /* ** If *pArg is initially negative then this is a query. Set *pArg to ** 1 or 0 depending on whether or not bit mask of pFile->ctrlFlags is set. ** ** If *pArg is 0 or 1, then clear or set the mask bit of pFile->ctrlFlags. */ static void winModeBit(winFile *pFile, unsigned char mask, int *pArg){ if( *pArg<0 ){ *pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & mask)!=0; }else if( (*pArg)==0 ){ pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~mask; }else{ pFile->ctrlFlags |= mask; } } /* Forward references to VFS helper methods used for temporary files */ static int winGetTempname(sqlite3_vfs *, char **); static int winIsDir(const void *); static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon(const char *); /* ** Control and query of the open file handle. */ static int winFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){ winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, op=%d, pArg=%p\n", pFile->h, op, pArg)); switch( op ){ case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: { *(int*)pArg = pFile->locktype; OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO: { *(int*)pArg = (int)pFile->lastErrno; OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: { pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg; OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: { if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){ sqlite3_int64 oldSz; int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg; if( newSz>oldSz ){ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); rc = winTruncate(id, newSz); SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); } } OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: { winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PERSIST_WAL, (int*)pArg); OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE: { winModeBit(pFile, WINFILE_PSOW, (int*)pArg); OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME: { *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", pFile->pVfs->zName); OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY: { int *a = (int*)pArg; if( a[0]>0 ){ winIoerrRetry = a[0]; }else{ a[0] = winIoerrRetry; } if( a[1]>0 ){ winIoerrRetryDelay = a[1]; }else{ a[1] = winIoerrRetryDelay; } OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_GET_HANDLE: { LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg; *phFile = pFile->h; OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST case SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE: { LPHANDLE phFile = (LPHANDLE)pArg; HANDLE hOldFile = pFile->h; pFile->h = *phFile; *phFile = hOldFile; OSTRACE(("FCNTL oldFile=%p, newFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", hOldFile, pFile->h)); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif case SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME: { char *zTFile = 0; int rc = winGetTempname(pFile->pVfs, &zTFile); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *(char**)pArg = zTFile; } OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 case SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE: { i64 newLimit = *(i64*)pArg; int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( newLimit>sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap ){ newLimit = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap; } /* The value of newLimit may be eventually cast to (SIZE_T) and passed ** to MapViewOfFile(). Restrict its value to 2GB if (SIZE_T) is not at ** least a 64-bit type. */ if( newLimit>0 && sizeof(SIZE_T)<8 ){ newLimit = (newLimit & 0x7FFFFFFF); } *(i64*)pArg = pFile->mmapSizeMax; if( newLimit>=0 && newLimit!=pFile->mmapSizeMax && pFile->nFetchOut==0 ){ pFile->mmapSizeMax = newLimit; if( pFile->mmapSize>0 ){ winUnmapfile(pFile); rc = winMapfile(pFile, -1); } } OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=%s\n", pFile->h, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } #endif } OSTRACE(("FCNTL file=%p, rc=SQLITE_NOTFOUND\n", pFile->h)); return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; } /* ** Return the sector size in bytes of the underlying block device for ** the specified file. This is almost always 512 bytes, but may be ** larger for some devices. ** ** SQLite code assumes this function cannot fail. It also assumes that ** if two files are created in the same file-system directory (i.e. ** a database and its journal file) that the sector size will be the ** same for both. */ static int winSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){ (void)id; return SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE; } /* ** Return a vector of device characteristics. */ static int winDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){ winFile *p = (winFile*)id; return SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN | ((p->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_PSOW)?SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE:0); } /* ** Windows will only let you create file view mappings ** on allocation size granularity boundaries. ** During sqlite3_os_init() we do a GetSystemInfo() ** to get the granularity size. */ static SYSTEM_INFO winSysInfo; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Helper functions to obtain and relinquish the global mutex. The ** global mutex is used to protect the winLockInfo objects used by ** this file, all of which may be shared by multiple threads. ** ** Function winShmMutexHeld() is used to assert() that the global mutex ** is held when required. This function is only used as part of assert() ** statements. e.g. ** ** winShmEnterMutex() ** assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); ** winShmLeaveMutex() */ static sqlite3_mutex *winBigLock = 0; static void winShmEnterMutex(void){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(winBigLock); } static void winShmLeaveMutex(void){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(winBigLock); } #ifndef NDEBUG static int winShmMutexHeld(void) { return sqlite3_mutex_held(winBigLock); } #endif /* ** Object used to represent a single file opened and mmapped to provide ** shared memory. When multiple threads all reference the same ** log-summary, each thread has its own winFile object, but they all ** point to a single instance of this object. In other words, each ** log-summary is opened only once per process. ** ** winShmMutexHeld() must be true when creating or destroying ** this object or while reading or writing the following fields: ** ** nRef ** pNext ** ** The following fields are read-only after the object is created: ** ** fid ** zFilename ** ** Either winShmNode.mutex must be held or winShmNode.nRef==0 and ** winShmMutexHeld() is true when reading or writing any other field ** in this structure. ** */ struct winShmNode { sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to access this object */ char *zFilename; /* Name of the file */ winFile hFile; /* File handle from winOpen */ int szRegion; /* Size of shared-memory regions */ int nRegion; /* Size of array apRegion */ u8 isReadonly; /* True if read-only */ u8 isUnlocked; /* True if no DMS lock held */ struct ShmRegion { HANDLE hMap; /* File handle from CreateFileMapping */ void *pMap; } *aRegion; DWORD lastErrno; /* The Windows errno from the last I/O error */ int nRef; /* Number of winShm objects pointing to this */ winShm *pFirst; /* All winShm objects pointing to this */ winShmNode *pNext; /* Next in list of all winShmNode objects */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) u8 nextShmId; /* Next available winShm.id value */ #endif }; /* ** A global array of all winShmNode objects. ** ** The winShmMutexHeld() must be true while reading or writing this list. */ static winShmNode *winShmNodeList = 0; /* ** Structure used internally by this VFS to record the state of an ** open shared memory connection. ** ** The following fields are initialized when this object is created and ** are read-only thereafter: ** ** winShm.pShmNode ** winShm.id ** ** All other fields are read/write. The winShm.pShmNode->mutex must be held ** while accessing any read/write fields. */ struct winShm { winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying winShmNode object */ winShm *pNext; /* Next winShm with the same winShmNode */ u8 hasMutex; /* True if holding the winShmNode mutex */ u16 sharedMask; /* Mask of shared locks held */ u16 exclMask; /* Mask of exclusive locks held */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) u8 id; /* Id of this connection with its winShmNode */ #endif }; /* ** Constants used for locking */ #define WIN_SHM_BASE ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4) /* first lock byte */ #define WIN_SHM_DMS (WIN_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK) /* deadman switch */ /* ** Apply advisory locks for all n bytes beginning at ofst. */ #define WINSHM_UNLCK 1 #define WINSHM_RDLCK 2 #define WINSHM_WRLCK 3 static int winShmSystemLock( winShmNode *pFile, /* Apply locks to this open shared-memory segment */ int lockType, /* WINSHM_UNLCK, WINSHM_RDLCK, or WINSHM_WRLCK */ int ofst, /* Offset to first byte to be locked/unlocked */ int nByte /* Number of bytes to lock or unlock */ ){ int rc = 0; /* Result code form Lock/UnlockFileEx() */ /* Access to the winShmNode object is serialized by the caller */ assert( pFile->nRef==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFile->mutex) ); OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, lock=%d, offset=%d, size=%d\n", pFile->hFile.h, lockType, ofst, nByte)); /* Release/Acquire the system-level lock */ if( lockType==WINSHM_UNLCK ){ rc = winUnlockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, ofst, 0, nByte, 0); }else{ /* Initialize the locking parameters */ DWORD dwFlags = LOCKFILE_FAIL_IMMEDIATELY; if( lockType == WINSHM_WRLCK ) dwFlags |= LOCKFILE_EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; rc = winLockFile(&pFile->hFile.h, dwFlags, ofst, 0, nByte, 0); } if( rc!= 0 ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK file=%p, func=%s, errno=%lu, rc=%s\n", pFile->hFile.h, (lockType == WINSHM_UNLCK) ? "winUnlockFile" : "winLockFile", pFile->lastErrno, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } /* Forward references to VFS methods */ static int winOpen(sqlite3_vfs*,const char*,sqlite3_file*,int,int*); static int winDelete(sqlite3_vfs *,const char*,int); /* ** Purge the winShmNodeList list of all entries with winShmNode.nRef==0. ** ** This is not a VFS shared-memory method; it is a utility function called ** by VFS shared-memory methods. */ static void winShmPurge(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int deleteFlag){ winShmNode **pp; winShmNode *p; assert( winShmMutexHeld() ); OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE pid=%lu, deleteFlag=%d\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), deleteFlag)); pp = &winShmNodeList; while( (p = *pp)!=0 ){ if( p->nRef==0 ){ int i; if( p->mutex ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(p->mutex); } for(i=0; inRegion; i++){ BOOL bRc = osUnmapViewOfFile(p->aRegion[i].pMap); OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-UNMAP pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc); bRc = osCloseHandle(p->aRegion[i].hMap); OSTRACE(("SHM-PURGE-CLOSE pid=%lu, region=%d, rc=%s\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), i, bRc ? "ok" : "failed")); UNUSED_VARIABLE_VALUE(bRc); } if( p->hFile.h!=NULL && p->hFile.h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); winClose((sqlite3_file *)&p->hFile); SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); } if( deleteFlag ){ SimulateIOErrorBenign(1); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); winDelete(pVfs, p->zFilename, 0); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); SimulateIOErrorBenign(0); } *pp = p->pNext; sqlite3_free(p->aRegion); sqlite3_free(p); }else{ pp = &p->pNext; } } } /* ** The DMS lock has not yet been taken on shm file pShmNode. Attempt to ** take it now. Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error ** code otherwise. ** ** If the DMS cannot be locked because this is a readonly_shm=1 ** connection and no other process already holds a lock, return ** SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT and set pShmNode->isUnlocked=1. */ static int winLockSharedMemory(winShmNode *pShmNode){ int rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_WRLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pShmNode->isReadonly ){ pShmNode->isUnlocked = 1; winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); return SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT; }else if( winTruncate((sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, 0) ){ winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN, osGetLastError(), "winLockSharedMemory", pShmNode->zFilename); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); } return winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_RDLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); } /* ** Open the shared-memory area associated with database file pDbFd. ** ** When opening a new shared-memory file, if no other instances of that ** file are currently open, in this process or in other processes, then ** the file must be truncated to zero length or have its header cleared. */ static int winOpenSharedMemory(winFile *pDbFd){ struct winShm *p; /* The connection to be opened */ winShmNode *pShmNode = 0; /* The underlying mmapped file */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ winShmNode *pNew; /* Newly allocated winShmNode */ int nName; /* Size of zName in bytes */ assert( pDbFd->pShm==0 ); /* Not previously opened */ /* Allocate space for the new sqlite3_shm object. Also speculatively ** allocate space for a new winShmNode and filename. */ p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDbFd->zPath); pNew = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nName + 17 ); if( pNew==0 ){ sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } pNew->zFilename = (char*)&pNew[1]; sqlite3_snprintf(nName+15, pNew->zFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath); sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, pNew->zFilename); /* Look to see if there is an existing winShmNode that can be used. ** If no matching winShmNode currently exists, create a new one. */ winShmEnterMutex(); for(pShmNode = winShmNodeList; pShmNode; pShmNode=pShmNode->pNext){ /* TBD need to come up with better match here. Perhaps ** use FILE_ID_BOTH_DIR_INFO Structure. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pShmNode->zFilename, pNew->zFilename)==0 ) break; } if( pShmNode ){ sqlite3_free(pNew); }else{ int inFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_WAL; int outFlags = 0; pShmNode = pNew; pNew = 0; ((winFile*)(&pShmNode->hFile))->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; pShmNode->pNext = winShmNodeList; winShmNodeList = pShmNode; if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; goto shm_open_err; } } if( 0==sqlite3_uri_boolean(pDbFd->zPath, "readonly_shm", 0) ){ inFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; }else{ inFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; } rc = winOpen(pDbFd->pVfs, pShmNode->zFilename, (sqlite3_file*)&pShmNode->hFile, inFlags, &outFlags); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = winLogError(rc, osGetLastError(), "winOpenShm", pShmNode->zFilename); goto shm_open_err; } if( outFlags==SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ) pShmNode->isReadonly = 1; rc = winLockSharedMemory(pShmNode); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT ) goto shm_open_err; } /* Make the new connection a child of the winShmNode */ p->pShmNode = pShmNode; #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE) p->id = pShmNode->nextShmId++; #endif pShmNode->nRef++; pDbFd->pShm = p; winShmLeaveMutex(); /* The reference count on pShmNode has already been incremented under ** the cover of the winShmEnterMutex() mutex and the pointer from the ** new (struct winShm) object to the pShmNode has been set. All that is ** left to do is to link the new object into the linked list starting ** at pShmNode->pFirst. This must be done while holding the pShmNode->mutex ** mutex. */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); p->pNext = pShmNode->pFirst; pShmNode->pFirst = p; sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); return rc; /* Jump here on any error */ shm_open_err: winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_UNLCK, WIN_SHM_DMS, 1); winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, 0); /* This call frees pShmNode if required */ sqlite3_free(p); sqlite3_free(pNew); winShmLeaveMutex(); return rc; } /* ** Close a connection to shared-memory. Delete the underlying ** storage if deleteFlag is true. */ static int winShmUnmap( sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database holding shared memory */ int deleteFlag /* Delete after closing if true */ ){ winFile *pDbFd; /* Database holding shared-memory */ winShm *p; /* The connection to be closed */ winShmNode *pShmNode; /* The underlying shared-memory file */ winShm **pp; /* For looping over sibling connections */ pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; p = pDbFd->pShm; if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; pShmNode = p->pShmNode; /* Remove connection p from the set of connections associated ** with pShmNode */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); for(pp=&pShmNode->pFirst; (*pp)!=p; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){} *pp = p->pNext; /* Free the connection p */ sqlite3_free(p); pDbFd->pShm = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying ** shared-memory file, too */ winShmEnterMutex(); assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 ); pShmNode->nRef--; if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){ winShmPurge(pDbFd->pVfs, deleteFlag); } winShmLeaveMutex(); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Change the lock state for a shared-memory segment. */ static int winShmLock( sqlite3_file *fd, /* Database file holding the shared memory */ int ofst, /* First lock to acquire or release */ int n, /* Number of locks to acquire or release */ int flags /* What to do with the lock */ ){ winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; /* Connection holding shared memory */ winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm; /* The shared memory being locked */ winShm *pX; /* For looping over all siblings */ winShmNode *pShmNode = p->pShmNode; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ u16 mask; /* Mask of locks to take or release */ assert( ofst>=0 && ofst+n<=SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK ); assert( n>=1 ); assert( flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED) || flags==(SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE) ); assert( n==1 || (flags & SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ); mask = (u16)((1U<<(ofst+n)) - (1U<1 || mask==(1<mutex); if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK ){ u16 allMask = 0; /* Mask of locks held by siblings */ /* See if any siblings hold this same lock */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( pX==p ) continue; assert( (pX->exclMask & (p->exclMask|p->sharedMask))==0 ); allMask |= pX->sharedMask; } /* Unlock the system-level locks */ if( (mask & allMask)==0 ){ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_UNLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* Undo the local locks */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->exclMask &= ~mask; p->sharedMask &= ~mask; } }else if( flags & SQLITE_SHM_SHARED ){ u16 allShared = 0; /* Union of locks held by connections other than "p" */ /* Find out which shared locks are already held by sibling connections. ** If any sibling already holds an exclusive lock, go ahead and return ** SQLITE_BUSY. */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; break; } allShared |= pX->sharedMask; } /* Get shared locks at the system level, if necessary */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( (allShared & mask)==0 ){ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_RDLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } /* Get the local shared locks */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->sharedMask |= mask; } }else{ /* Make sure no sibling connections hold locks that will block this ** lock. If any do, return SQLITE_BUSY right away. */ for(pX=pShmNode->pFirst; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( (pX->exclMask & mask)!=0 || (pX->sharedMask & mask)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; break; } } /* Get the exclusive locks at the system level. Then if successful ** also mark the local connection as being locked. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = winShmSystemLock(pShmNode, WINSHM_WRLCK, ofst+WIN_SHM_BASE, n); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( (p->sharedMask & mask)==0 ); p->exclMask |= mask; } } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); OSTRACE(("SHM-LOCK pid=%lu, id=%d, sharedMask=%03x, exclMask=%03x, rc=%s\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), p->id, p->sharedMask, p->exclMask, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } /* ** Implement a memory barrier or memory fence on shared memory. ** ** All loads and stores begun before the barrier must complete before ** any load or store begun after the barrier. */ static void winShmBarrier( sqlite3_file *fd /* Database holding the shared memory */ ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(fd); sqlite3MemoryBarrier(); /* compiler-defined memory barrier */ winShmEnterMutex(); /* Also mutex, for redundancy */ winShmLeaveMutex(); } /* ** This function is called to obtain a pointer to region iRegion of the ** shared-memory associated with the database file fd. Shared-memory regions ** are numbered starting from zero. Each shared-memory region is szRegion ** bytes in size. ** ** If an error occurs, an error code is returned and *pp is set to NULL. ** ** Otherwise, if the isWrite parameter is 0 and the requested shared-memory ** region has not been allocated (by any client, including one running in a ** separate process), then *pp is set to NULL and SQLITE_OK returned. If ** isWrite is non-zero and the requested shared-memory region has not yet ** been allocated, it is allocated by this function. ** ** If the shared-memory region has already been allocated or is allocated by ** this call as described above, then it is mapped into this processes ** address space (if it is not already), *pp is set to point to the mapped ** memory and SQLITE_OK returned. */ static int winShmMap( sqlite3_file *fd, /* Handle open on database file */ int iRegion, /* Region to retrieve */ int szRegion, /* Size of regions */ int isWrite, /* True to extend file if necessary */ void volatile **pp /* OUT: Mapped memory */ ){ winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd; winShm *pShm = pDbFd->pShm; winShmNode *pShmNode; DWORD protect = PAGE_READWRITE; DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_WRITE | FILE_MAP_READ; int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !pShm ){ rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; pShm = pDbFd->pShm; } pShmNode = pShm->pShmNode; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex); if( pShmNode->isUnlocked ){ rc = winLockSharedMemory(pShmNode); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto shmpage_out; pShmNode->isUnlocked = 0; } assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 ); if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ struct ShmRegion *apNew; /* New aRegion[] array */ int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion; /* Minimum required file size */ sqlite3_int64 sz; /* Current size of wal-index file */ pShmNode->szRegion = szRegion; /* The requested region is not mapped into this processes address space. ** Check to see if it has been allocated (i.e. if the wal-index file is ** large enough to contain the requested region). */ rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file *)&pShmNode->hFile, &sz); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(), "winShmMap1", pDbFd->zPath); goto shmpage_out; } if( szhFile, nByte); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE, osGetLastError(), "winShmMap2", pDbFd->zPath); goto shmpage_out; } } /* Map the requested memory region into this processes address space. */ apNew = (struct ShmRegion *)sqlite3_realloc64( pShmNode->aRegion, (iRegion+1)*sizeof(apNew[0]) ); if( !apNew ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; goto shmpage_out; } pShmNode->aRegion = apNew; if( pShmNode->isReadonly ){ protect = PAGE_READONLY; flags = FILE_MAP_READ; } while( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){ HANDLE hMap = NULL; /* file-mapping handle */ void *pMap = 0; /* Mapped memory region */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pShmNode->hFile.h, NULL, protect, nByte, NULL ); #elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pShmNode->hFile.h, NULL, protect, 0, nByte, NULL ); #elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pShmNode->hFile.h, NULL, protect, 0, nByte, NULL ); #endif OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-CREATE pid=%lu, region=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, nByte, hMap ? "ok" : "failed")); if( hMap ){ int iOffset = pShmNode->nRegion*szRegion; int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT pMap = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(hMap, flags, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift ); #else pMap = osMapViewOfFile(hMap, flags, 0, iOffset - iOffsetShift, szRegion + iOffsetShift ); #endif OSTRACE(("SHM-MAP-MAP pid=%lu, region=%d, offset=%d, size=%d, rc=%s\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pShmNode->nRegion, iOffset, szRegion, pMap ? "ok" : "failed")); } if( !pMap ){ pShmNode->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP, pShmNode->lastErrno, "winShmMap3", pDbFd->zPath); if( hMap ) osCloseHandle(hMap); goto shmpage_out; } pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].pMap = pMap; pShmNode->aRegion[pShmNode->nRegion].hMap = hMap; pShmNode->nRegion++; } } shmpage_out: if( pShmNode->nRegion>iRegion ){ int iOffset = iRegion*szRegion; int iOffsetShift = iOffset % winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity; char *p = (char *)pShmNode->aRegion[iRegion].pMap; *pp = (void *)&p[iOffsetShift]; }else{ *pp = 0; } if( pShmNode->isReadonly && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; sqlite3_mutex_leave(pShmNode->mutex); return rc; } #else # define winShmMap 0 # define winShmLock 0 # define winShmBarrier 0 # define winShmUnmap 0 #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /* ** Cleans up the mapped region of the specified file, if any. */ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 static int winUnmapfile(winFile *pFile){ assert( pFile!=0 ); OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " "mmapSize=%lld, mmapSizeActual=%lld, mmapSizeMax=%lld\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap, pFile->pMapRegion, pFile->mmapSize, pFile->mmapSizeActual, pFile->mmapSizeMax)); if( pFile->pMapRegion ){ if( !osUnmapViewOfFile(pFile->pMapRegion) ){ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pMapRegion=%p, " "rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->pMapRegion)); return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, "winUnmapfile1", pFile->zPath); } pFile->pMapRegion = 0; pFile->mmapSize = 0; pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0; } if( pFile->hMap!=NULL ){ if( !osCloseHandle(pFile->hMap) ){ pFile->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, hMap=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile, pFile->hMap)); return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFile->lastErrno, "winUnmapfile2", pFile->zPath); } pFile->hMap = NULL; } OSTRACE(("UNMAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFile)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Memory map or remap the file opened by file-descriptor pFd (if the file ** is already mapped, the existing mapping is replaced by the new). Or, if ** there already exists a mapping for this file, and there are still ** outstanding xFetch() references to it, this function is a no-op. ** ** If parameter nByte is non-negative, then it is the requested size of ** the mapping to create. Otherwise, if nByte is less than zero, then the ** requested size is the size of the file on disk. The actual size of the ** created mapping is either the requested size or the value configured ** using SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, whichever is smaller. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs (even if the mapping is not ** recreated as a result of outstanding references) or an SQLite error ** code otherwise. */ static int winMapfile(winFile *pFd, sqlite3_int64 nByte){ sqlite3_int64 nMap = nByte; int rc; assert( nMap>=0 || pFd->nFetchOut==0 ); OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, size=%lld\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, nByte)); if( pFd->nFetchOut>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; if( nMap<0 ){ rc = winFileSize((sqlite3_file*)pFd, &nMap); if( rc ){ OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd)); return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT; } } if( nMap>pFd->mmapSizeMax ){ nMap = pFd->mmapSizeMax; } nMap &= ~(sqlite3_int64)(winSysInfo.dwPageSize - 1); if( nMap==0 && pFd->mmapSize>0 ){ winUnmapfile(pFd); } if( nMap!=pFd->mmapSize ){ void *pNew = 0; DWORD protect = PAGE_READONLY; DWORD flags = FILE_MAP_READ; winUnmapfile(pFd); #ifdef SQLITE_MMAP_READWRITE if( (pFd->ctrlFlags & WINFILE_RDONLY)==0 ){ protect = PAGE_READWRITE; flags |= FILE_MAP_WRITE; } #endif #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingFromApp(pFd->h, NULL, protect, nMap, NULL); #elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingW(pFd->h, NULL, protect, (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff), (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL); #elif defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI) && SQLITE_WIN32_CREATEFILEMAPPINGA pFd->hMap = osCreateFileMappingA(pFd->h, NULL, protect, (DWORD)((nMap>>32) & 0xffffffff), (DWORD)(nMap & 0xffffffff), NULL); #endif if( pFd->hMap==NULL ){ pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno, "winMapfile1", pFd->zPath); /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */ OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-CREATE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return SQLITE_OK; } assert( (nMap % winSysInfo.dwPageSize)==0 ); assert( sizeof(SIZE_T)==sizeof(sqlite3_int64) || nMap<=0xffffffff ); #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT pNew = osMapViewOfFileFromApp(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap); #else pNew = osMapViewOfFile(pFd->hMap, flags, 0, 0, (SIZE_T)nMap); #endif if( pNew==NULL ){ osCloseHandle(pFd->hMap); pFd->hMap = NULL; pFd->lastErrno = osGetLastError(); rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP, pFd->lastErrno, "winMapfile2", pFd->zPath); /* Log the error, but continue normal operation using xRead/xWrite */ OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE-MAP pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return SQLITE_OK; } pFd->pMapRegion = pNew; pFd->mmapSize = nMap; pFd->mmapSizeActual = nMap; } OSTRACE(("MAP-FILE pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd)); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ /* ** If possible, return a pointer to a mapping of file fd starting at offset ** iOff. The mapping must be valid for at least nAmt bytes. ** ** If such a pointer can be obtained, store it in *pp and return SQLITE_OK. ** Or, if one cannot but no error occurs, set *pp to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. ** Finally, if an error does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final ** value of *pp is undefined in this case. ** ** If this function does return a pointer, the caller must eventually ** release the reference by calling winUnfetch(). */ static int winFetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, int nAmt, void **pp){ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd; /* The underlying database file */ #endif *pp = 0; OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, amount=%d, pp=%p\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, iOff, nAmt, pp)); #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 if( pFd->mmapSizeMax>0 ){ if( pFd->pMapRegion==0 ){ int rc = winMapfile(pFd, -1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=%s\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } } if( pFd->mmapSize >= iOff+nAmt ){ *pp = &((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff]; pFd->nFetchOut++; } } #endif OSTRACE(("FETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, pp=%p, *pp=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd, pp, *pp)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If the third argument is non-NULL, then this function releases a ** reference obtained by an earlier call to winFetch(). The second ** argument passed to this function must be the same as the corresponding ** argument that was passed to the winFetch() invocation. ** ** Or, if the third argument is NULL, then this function is being called ** to inform the VFS layer that, according to POSIX, any existing mapping ** may now be invalid and should be unmapped. */ static int winUnfetch(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 iOff, void *p){ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 winFile *pFd = (winFile*)fd; /* The underlying database file */ /* If p==0 (unmap the entire file) then there must be no outstanding ** xFetch references. Or, if p!=0 (meaning it is an xFetch reference), ** then there must be at least one outstanding. */ assert( (p==0)==(pFd->nFetchOut==0) ); /* If p!=0, it must match the iOff value. */ assert( p==0 || p==&((u8 *)pFd->pMapRegion)[iOff] ); OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, offset=%lld, p=%p\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), pFd, iOff, p)); if( p ){ pFd->nFetchOut--; }else{ /* FIXME: If Windows truly always prevents truncating or deleting a ** file while a mapping is held, then the following winUnmapfile() call ** is unnecessary can be omitted - potentially improving ** performance. */ winUnmapfile(pFd); } assert( pFd->nFetchOut>=0 ); #endif OSTRACE(("UNFETCH pid=%lu, pFile=%p, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", osGetCurrentProcessId(), fd)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Here ends the implementation of all sqlite3_file methods. ** ********************** End sqlite3_file Methods ******************************* ******************************************************************************/ /* ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an ** sqlite3_file for win32. */ static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoMethod = { 3, /* iVersion */ winClose, /* xClose */ winRead, /* xRead */ winWrite, /* xWrite */ winTruncate, /* xTruncate */ winSync, /* xSync */ winFileSize, /* xFileSize */ winLock, /* xLock */ winUnlock, /* xUnlock */ winCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */ winFileControl, /* xFileControl */ winSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ winDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ winShmMap, /* xShmMap */ winShmLock, /* xShmLock */ winShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ winShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ winFetch, /* xFetch */ winUnfetch /* xUnfetch */ }; /* ** This vector defines all the methods that can operate on an ** sqlite3_file for win32 without performing any locking. */ static const sqlite3_io_methods winIoNolockMethod = { 3, /* iVersion */ winClose, /* xClose */ winRead, /* xRead */ winWrite, /* xWrite */ winTruncate, /* xTruncate */ winSync, /* xSync */ winFileSize, /* xFileSize */ winNolockLock, /* xLock */ winNolockUnlock, /* xUnlock */ winNolockCheckReservedLock, /* xCheckReservedLock */ winFileControl, /* xFileControl */ winSectorSize, /* xSectorSize */ winDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ winShmMap, /* xShmMap */ winShmLock, /* xShmLock */ winShmBarrier, /* xShmBarrier */ winShmUnmap, /* xShmUnmap */ winFetch, /* xFetch */ winUnfetch /* xUnfetch */ }; static winVfsAppData winAppData = { &winIoMethod, /* pMethod */ 0, /* pAppData */ 0 /* bNoLock */ }; static winVfsAppData winNolockAppData = { &winIoNolockMethod, /* pMethod */ 0, /* pAppData */ 1 /* bNoLock */ }; /**************************************************************************** **************************** sqlite3_vfs methods **************************** ** ** This division contains the implementation of methods on the ** sqlite3_vfs object. */ #if defined(__CYGWIN__) /* ** Convert a filename from whatever the underlying operating system ** supports for filenames into UTF-8. Space to hold the result is ** obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling function. */ static char *winConvertToUtf8Filename(const void *zFilename){ char *zConverted = 0; if( osIsNT() ){ zConverted = winUnicodeToUtf8(zFilename); } #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI else{ zConverted = winMbcsToUtf8(zFilename, osAreFileApisANSI()); } #endif /* caller will handle out of memory */ return zConverted; } #endif /* ** Convert a UTF-8 filename into whatever form the underlying ** operating system wants filenames in. Space to hold the result ** is obtained from malloc and must be freed by the calling ** function. */ static void *winConvertFromUtf8Filename(const char *zFilename){ void *zConverted = 0; if( osIsNT() ){ zConverted = winUtf8ToUnicode(zFilename); } #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI else{ zConverted = winUtf8ToMbcs(zFilename, osAreFileApisANSI()); } #endif /* caller will handle out of memory */ return zConverted; } /* ** This function returns non-zero if the specified UTF-8 string buffer ** ends with a directory separator character or one was successfully ** added to it. */ static int winMakeEndInDirSep(int nBuf, char *zBuf){ if( zBuf ){ int nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); if( nLen>0 ){ if( winIsDirSep(zBuf[nLen-1]) ){ return 1; }else if( nLen+1mxPathname; nBuf = nMax + 2; zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero( nBuf ); if( !zBuf ){ OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n")); return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } /* Figure out the effective temporary directory. First, check if one ** has been explicitly set by the application; otherwise, use the one ** configured by the operating system. */ nDir = nMax - (nPre + 15); assert( nDir>0 ); if( sqlite3_temp_directory ){ int nDirLen = sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_temp_directory); if( nDirLen>0 ){ if( !winIsDirSep(sqlite3_temp_directory[nDirLen-1]) ){ nDirLen++; } if( nDirLen>nDir ){ sqlite3_free(zBuf); OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n")); return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname1", 0); } sqlite3_snprintf(nMax, zBuf, "%s", sqlite3_temp_directory); } } #if defined(__CYGWIN__) else{ static const char *azDirs[] = { 0, /* getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR") */ 0, /* getenv("TMPDIR") */ 0, /* getenv("TMP") */ 0, /* getenv("TEMP") */ 0, /* getenv("USERPROFILE") */ "/var/tmp", "/usr/tmp", "/tmp", ".", 0 /* List terminator */ }; unsigned int i; const char *zDir = 0; if( !azDirs[0] ) azDirs[0] = getenv("SQLITE_TMPDIR"); if( !azDirs[1] ) azDirs[1] = getenv("TMPDIR"); if( !azDirs[2] ) azDirs[2] = getenv("TMP"); if( !azDirs[3] ) azDirs[3] = getenv("TEMP"); if( !azDirs[4] ) azDirs[4] = getenv("USERPROFILE"); for(i=0; i/etilqs_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX\0\0" ** ** If not, return SQLITE_ERROR. The number 17 is used here in order to ** account for the space used by the 15 character random suffix and the ** two trailing NUL characters. The final directory separator character ** has already added if it was not already present. */ nLen = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); if( (nLen + nPre + 17) > nBuf ){ sqlite3_free(zBuf); OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME rc=SQLITE_ERROR\n")); return winLogError(SQLITE_ERROR, 0, "winGetTempname5", 0); } sqlite3_snprintf(nBuf-16-nLen, zBuf+nLen, SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX); j = sqlite3Strlen30(zBuf); sqlite3_randomness(15, &zBuf[j]); for(i=0; i<15; i++, j++){ zBuf[j] = (char)zChars[ ((unsigned char)zBuf[j])%(sizeof(zChars)-1) ]; } zBuf[j] = 0; zBuf[j+1] = 0; *pzBuf = zBuf; OSTRACE(("TEMP-FILENAME name=%s, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", zBuf)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return TRUE if the named file is really a directory. Return false if ** it is something other than a directory, or if there is any kind of memory ** allocation failure. */ static int winIsDir(const void *zConverted){ DWORD attr; int rc = 0; DWORD lastErrno; if( osIsNT() ){ int cnt = 0; WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard, &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} if( !rc ){ return 0; /* Invalid name? */ } attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0 }else{ attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); #endif } return (attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES) && (attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY); } /* forward reference */ static int winAccess( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */ int *pResOut /* OUT: Result */ ); /* ** Open a file. */ static int winOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Used to get maximum path length and AppData */ const char *zName, /* Name of the file (UTF-8) */ sqlite3_file *id, /* Write the SQLite file handle here */ int flags, /* Open mode flags */ int *pOutFlags /* Status return flags */ ){ HANDLE h; DWORD lastErrno = 0; DWORD dwDesiredAccess; DWORD dwShareMode; DWORD dwCreationDisposition; DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0; #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE int isTemp = 0; #endif winVfsAppData *pAppData; winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id; void *zConverted; /* Filename in OS encoding */ const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */ int cnt = 0; /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in. */ char *zTmpname = 0; /* For temporary filename, if necessary. */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Function Return Code */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) || SQLITE_OS_WINCE int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00; /* Type of file to open */ #endif int isExclusive = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE); int isDelete = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE); int isCreate = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE); int isReadonly = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); int isReadWrite = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE); #ifndef NDEBUG int isOpenJournal = (isCreate && ( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL )); #endif OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, pFile=%p, flags=%x, pOutFlags=%p\n", zUtf8Name, id, flags, pOutFlags)); /* Check the following statements are true: ** ** (a) Exactly one of the READWRITE and READONLY flags must be set, and ** (b) if CREATE is set, then READWRITE must also be set, and ** (c) if EXCLUSIVE is set, then CREATE must also be set. ** (d) if DELETEONCLOSE is set, then CREATE must also be set. */ assert((isReadonly==0 || isReadWrite==0) && (isReadWrite || isReadonly)); assert(isCreate==0 || isReadWrite); assert(isExclusive==0 || isCreate); assert(isDelete==0 || isCreate); /* The main DB, main journal, WAL file and master journal are never ** automatically deleted. Nor are they ever temporary files. */ assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL ); assert( (!isDelete && zName) || eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); /* Assert that the upper layer has set one of the "file-type" flags. */ assert( eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); assert( pFile!=0 ); memset(pFile, 0, sizeof(winFile)); pFile->h = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT if( !zUtf8Name && !sqlite3_temp_directory ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_ERROR, "sqlite3_temp_directory variable should be set for WinRT"); } #endif /* If the second argument to this function is NULL, generate a ** temporary file name to use */ if( !zUtf8Name ){ assert( isDelete && !isOpenJournal ); rc = winGetTempname(pVfs, &zTmpname); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=%s", zUtf8Name, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } zUtf8Name = zTmpname; } /* Database filenames are double-zero terminated if they are not ** URIs with parameters. Hence, they can always be passed into ** sqlite3_uri_parameter(). */ assert( (eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) || (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) || zUtf8Name[sqlite3Strlen30(zUtf8Name)+1]==0 ); /* Convert the filename to the system encoding. */ zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zUtf8Name); if( zConverted==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zTmpname); OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM", zUtf8Name)); return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( winIsDir(zConverted) ){ sqlite3_free(zConverted); sqlite3_free(zTmpname); OSTRACE(("OPEN name=%s, rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR", zUtf8Name)); return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR; } if( isReadWrite ){ dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE; }else{ dwDesiredAccess = GENERIC_READ; } /* SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE is used to make sure that a new file is ** created. SQLite doesn't use it to indicate "exclusive access" ** as it is usually understood. */ if( isExclusive ){ /* Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist. */ /* If the file exists, it fails. */ dwCreationDisposition = CREATE_NEW; }else if( isCreate ){ /* Open existing file, or create if it doesn't exist */ dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_ALWAYS; }else{ /* Opens a file, only if it exists. */ dwCreationDisposition = OPEN_EXISTING; } dwShareMode = FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE; if( isDelete ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN; isTemp = 1; #else dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_TEMPORARY | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN | FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE; #endif }else{ dwFlagsAndAttributes = FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL; } /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used. Ticket #2699. */ #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS; #endif if( osIsNT() ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS extendedParameters; extendedParameters.dwSize = sizeof(CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS); extendedParameters.dwFileAttributes = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_MASK; extendedParameters.dwFileFlags = dwFlagsAndAttributes & FILE_FLAG_MASK; extendedParameters.dwSecurityQosFlags = SECURITY_ANONYMOUS; extendedParameters.lpSecurityAttributes = NULL; extendedParameters.hTemplateFile = NULL; do{ h = osCreateFile2((LPCWSTR)zConverted, dwDesiredAccess, dwShareMode, dwCreationDisposition, &extendedParameters); if( h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ) break; if( isReadWrite ){ int rc2, isRO = 0; sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); rc2 = winAccess(pVfs, zName, SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, &isRO); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( rc2==SQLITE_OK && isRO ) break; } }while( winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ); #else do{ h = osCreateFileW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, dwDesiredAccess, dwShareMode, NULL, dwCreationDisposition, dwFlagsAndAttributes, NULL); if( h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ) break; if( isReadWrite ){ int rc2, isRO = 0; sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); rc2 = winAccess(pVfs, zName, SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, &isRO); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( rc2==SQLITE_OK && isRO ) break; } }while( winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ); #endif } #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI else{ do{ h = osCreateFileA((LPCSTR)zConverted, dwDesiredAccess, dwShareMode, NULL, dwCreationDisposition, dwFlagsAndAttributes, NULL); if( h!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ) break; if( isReadWrite ){ int rc2, isRO = 0; sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); rc2 = winAccess(pVfs, zName, SQLITE_ACCESS_READ, &isRO); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( rc2==SQLITE_OK && isRO ) break; } }while( winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ); } #endif winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__); OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, dwDesiredAccess, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok")); if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){ sqlite3_free(zConverted); sqlite3_free(zTmpname); if( isReadWrite && !isExclusive ){ return winOpen(pVfs, zName, id, ((flags|SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY) & ~(SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE)), pOutFlags); }else{ pFile->lastErrno = lastErrno; winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, pFile->lastErrno, "winOpen", zUtf8Name); return SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } } if( pOutFlags ){ if( isReadWrite ){ *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE; }else{ *pOutFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; } } OSTRACE(("OPEN file=%p, name=%s, access=%lx, pOutFlags=%p, *pOutFlags=%d, " "rc=%s\n", h, zUtf8Name, dwDesiredAccess, pOutFlags, pOutFlags ? *pOutFlags : 0, (h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) ? "failed" : "ok")); pAppData = (winVfsAppData*)pVfs->pAppData; #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE { if( isReadWrite && eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB && ((pAppData==NULL) || !pAppData->bNoLock) && (rc = winceCreateLock(zName, pFile))!=SQLITE_OK ){ osCloseHandle(h); sqlite3_free(zConverted); sqlite3_free(zTmpname); OSTRACE(("OPEN-CE-LOCK name=%s, rc=%s\n", zName, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } } if( isTemp ){ pFile->zDeleteOnClose = zConverted; }else #endif { sqlite3_free(zConverted); } sqlite3_free(zTmpname); pFile->pMethod = pAppData ? pAppData->pMethod : &winIoMethod; pFile->pVfs = pVfs; pFile->h = h; if( isReadonly ){ pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_RDONLY; } if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zName, "psow", SQLITE_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE) ){ pFile->ctrlFlags |= WINFILE_PSOW; } pFile->lastErrno = NO_ERROR; pFile->zPath = zName; #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 pFile->hMap = NULL; pFile->pMapRegion = 0; pFile->mmapSize = 0; pFile->mmapSizeActual = 0; pFile->mmapSizeMax = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; #endif OpenCounter(+1); return rc; } /* ** Delete the named file. ** ** Note that Windows does not allow a file to be deleted if some other ** process has it open. Sometimes a virus scanner or indexing program ** will open a journal file shortly after it is created in order to do ** whatever it does. While this other process is holding the ** file open, we will be unable to delete it. To work around this ** problem, we delay 100 milliseconds and try to delete again. Up ** to MX_DELETION_ATTEMPTs deletion attempts are run before giving ** up and returning an error. */ static int winDelete( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to delete */ int syncDir /* Not used on win32 */ ){ int cnt = 0; int rc; DWORD attr; DWORD lastErrno = 0; void *zConverted; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); UNUSED_PARAMETER(syncDir); SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE); OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, syncDir=%d\n", zFilename, syncDir)); zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); if( zConverted==0 ){ OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename)); return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( osIsNT() ){ do { #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); if ( osGetFileAttributesExW(zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard, &sAttrData) ){ attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; }else{ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } break; } #else attr = osGetFileAttributesW(zConverted); #endif if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } break; } if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */ break; } if ( osDeleteFileW(zConverted) ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */ break; } if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */ break; } } while(1); } #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI else{ do { attr = osGetFileAttributesA(zConverted); if ( attr==INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES ){ lastErrno = osGetLastError(); if( lastErrno==ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND || lastErrno==ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ rc = SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT; /* Already gone? */ }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } break; } if ( attr&FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* Files only. */ break; } if ( osDeleteFileA(zConverted) ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Deleted OK. */ break; } if ( !winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* No more retries. */ break; } } while(1); } #endif if( rc && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ){ rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, lastErrno, "winDelete", zFilename); }else{ winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__); } sqlite3_free(zConverted); OSTRACE(("DELETE name=%s, rc=%s\n", zFilename, sqlite3ErrName(rc))); return rc; } /* ** Check the existence and status of a file. */ static int winAccess( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Not used on win32 */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of file to check */ int flags, /* Type of test to make on this file */ int *pResOut /* OUT: Result */ ){ DWORD attr; int rc = 0; DWORD lastErrno = 0; void *zConverted; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; ); OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, flags=%x, pResOut=%p\n", zFilename, flags, pResOut)); zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); if( zConverted==0 ){ OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, rc=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM\n", zFilename)); return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( osIsNT() ){ int cnt = 0; WIN32_FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DATA sAttrData; memset(&sAttrData, 0, sizeof(sAttrData)); while( !(rc = osGetFileAttributesExW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, GetFileExInfoStandard, &sAttrData)) && winRetryIoerr(&cnt, &lastErrno) ){} if( rc ){ /* For an SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS query, treat a zero-length file ** as if it does not exist. */ if( flags==SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS && sAttrData.nFileSizeHigh==0 && sAttrData.nFileSizeLow==0 ){ attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; }else{ attr = sAttrData.dwFileAttributes; } }else{ winLogIoerr(cnt, __LINE__); if( lastErrno!=ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND && lastErrno!=ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND ){ sqlite3_free(zConverted); return winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS, lastErrno, "winAccess", zFilename); }else{ attr = INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; } } } #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI else{ attr = osGetFileAttributesA((char*)zConverted); } #endif sqlite3_free(zConverted); switch( flags ){ case SQLITE_ACCESS_READ: case SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS: rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES; break; case SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE: rc = attr!=INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES && (attr & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY)==0; break; default: assert(!"Invalid flags argument"); } *pResOut = rc; OSTRACE(("ACCESS name=%s, pResOut=%p, *pResOut=%d, rc=SQLITE_OK\n", zFilename, pResOut, *pResOut)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Returns non-zero if the specified path name starts with a drive letter ** followed by a colon character. */ static BOOL winIsDriveLetterAndColon( const char *zPathname ){ return ( sqlite3Isalpha(zPathname[0]) && zPathname[1]==':' ); } /* ** Returns non-zero if the specified path name should be used verbatim. If ** non-zero is returned from this function, the calling function must simply ** use the provided path name verbatim -OR- resolve it into a full path name ** using the GetFullPathName Win32 API function (if available). */ static BOOL winIsVerbatimPathname( const char *zPathname ){ /* ** If the path name starts with a forward slash or a backslash, it is either ** a legal UNC name, a volume relative path, or an absolute path name in the ** "Unix" format on Windows. There is no easy way to differentiate between ** the final two cases; therefore, we return the safer return value of TRUE ** so that callers of this function will simply use it verbatim. */ if ( winIsDirSep(zPathname[0]) ){ return TRUE; } /* ** If the path name starts with a letter and a colon it is either a volume ** relative path or an absolute path. Callers of this function must not ** attempt to treat it as a relative path name (i.e. they should simply use ** it verbatim). */ if ( winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zPathname) ){ return TRUE; } /* ** If we get to this point, the path name should almost certainly be a purely ** relative one (i.e. not a UNC name, not absolute, and not volume relative). */ return FALSE; } /* ** Turn a relative pathname into a full pathname. Write the full ** pathname into zOut[]. zOut[] will be at least pVfs->mxPathname ** bytes in size. */ static int winFullPathname( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* Pointer to vfs object */ const char *zRelative, /* Possibly relative input path */ int nFull, /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ char *zFull /* Output buffer */ ){ #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__) DWORD nByte; void *zConverted; char *zOut; #endif /* If this path name begins with "/X:", where "X" is any alphabetic ** character, discard the initial "/" from the pathname. */ if( zRelative[0]=='/' && winIsDriveLetterAndColon(zRelative+1) ){ zRelative++; } #if defined(__CYGWIN__) SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFull); assert( nFull>=pVfs->mxPathname ); if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){ /* ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute ** one by prepending the data directory and a slash. */ char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 ); if( !zOut ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( cygwin_conv_path( (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A) | CCP_RELATIVE, zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){ sqlite3_free(zOut); return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno, "winFullPathname1", zRelative); }else{ char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut); if( !zUtf8 ){ sqlite3_free(zOut); return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s", sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zUtf8); sqlite3_free(zUtf8); sqlite3_free(zOut); } }else{ char *zOut = sqlite3MallocZero( pVfs->mxPathname+1 ); if( !zOut ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( cygwin_conv_path( (osIsNT() ? CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_W : CCP_POSIX_TO_WIN_A), zRelative, zOut, pVfs->mxPathname+1)<0 ){ sqlite3_free(zOut); return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH, (DWORD)errno, "winFullPathname2", zRelative); }else{ char *zUtf8 = winConvertToUtf8Filename(zOut); if( !zUtf8 ){ sqlite3_free(zOut); return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zUtf8); sqlite3_free(zUtf8); sqlite3_free(zOut); } } return SQLITE_OK; #endif #if (SQLITE_OS_WINCE || SQLITE_OS_WINRT) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); /* WinCE has no concept of a relative pathname, or so I am told. */ /* WinRT has no way to convert a relative path to an absolute one. */ if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){ /* ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute ** one by prepending the data directory and a backslash. */ sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s", sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative); }else{ sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zRelative); } return SQLITE_OK; #endif #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && !defined(__CYGWIN__) /* It's odd to simulate an io-error here, but really this is just ** using the io-error infrastructure to test that SQLite handles this ** function failing. This function could fail if, for example, the ** current working directory has been unlinked. */ SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_ERROR ); if ( sqlite3_data_directory && !winIsVerbatimPathname(zRelative) ){ /* ** NOTE: We are dealing with a relative path name and the data ** directory has been set. Therefore, use it as the basis ** for converting the relative path name to an absolute ** one by prepending the data directory and a backslash. */ sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s%c%s", sqlite3_data_directory, winGetDirSep(), zRelative); return SQLITE_OK; } zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zRelative); if( zConverted==0 ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( osIsNT() ){ LPWSTR zTemp; nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0, 0, 0); if( nByte==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zConverted); return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), "winFullPathname1", zRelative); } nByte += 3; zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); if( zTemp==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zConverted); return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } nByte = osGetFullPathNameW((LPCWSTR)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); if( nByte==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zConverted); sqlite3_free(zTemp); return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), "winFullPathname2", zRelative); } sqlite3_free(zConverted); zOut = winUnicodeToUtf8(zTemp); sqlite3_free(zTemp); } #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI else{ char *zTemp; nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, 0, 0, 0); if( nByte==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zConverted); return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), "winFullPathname3", zRelative); } nByte += 3; zTemp = sqlite3MallocZero( nByte*sizeof(zTemp[0]) ); if( zTemp==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zConverted); return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } nByte = osGetFullPathNameA((char*)zConverted, nByte, zTemp, 0); if( nByte==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zConverted); sqlite3_free(zTemp); return winLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH, osGetLastError(), "winFullPathname4", zRelative); } sqlite3_free(zConverted); zOut = winMbcsToUtf8(zTemp, osAreFileApisANSI()); sqlite3_free(zTemp); } #endif if( zOut ){ sqlite3_snprintf(MIN(nFull, pVfs->mxPathname), zFull, "%s", zOut); sqlite3_free(zOut); return SQLITE_OK; }else{ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } #endif } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION /* ** Interfaces for opening a shared library, finding entry points ** within the shared library, and closing the shared library. */ static void *winDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zFilename){ HANDLE h; #if defined(__CYGWIN__) int nFull = pVfs->mxPathname+1; char *zFull = sqlite3MallocZero( nFull ); void *zConverted = 0; if( zFull==0 ){ OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0)); return 0; } if( winFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFull, zFull)!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(zFull); OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0)); return 0; } zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFull); sqlite3_free(zFull); #else void *zConverted = winConvertFromUtf8Filename(zFilename); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); #endif if( zConverted==0 ){ OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)0)); return 0; } if( osIsNT() ){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT h = osLoadPackagedLibrary((LPCWSTR)zConverted, 0); #else h = osLoadLibraryW((LPCWSTR)zConverted); #endif } #ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_ANSI else{ h = osLoadLibraryA((char*)zConverted); } #endif OSTRACE(("DLOPEN name=%s, handle=%p\n", zFilename, (void*)h)); sqlite3_free(zConverted); return (void*)h; } static void winDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBufOut){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); winGetLastErrorMsg(osGetLastError(), nBuf, zBufOut); } static void (*winDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,void *pH,const char *zSym))(void){ FARPROC proc; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); proc = osGetProcAddressA((HANDLE)pH, zSym); OSTRACE(("DLSYM handle=%p, symbol=%s, address=%p\n", (void*)pH, zSym, (void*)proc)); return (void(*)(void))proc; } static void winDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); osFreeLibrary((HANDLE)pHandle); OSTRACE(("DLCLOSE handle=%p\n", (void*)pHandle)); } #else /* if SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION is defined: */ #define winDlOpen 0 #define winDlError 0 #define winDlSym 0 #define winDlClose 0 #endif /* State information for the randomness gatherer. */ typedef struct EntropyGatherer EntropyGatherer; struct EntropyGatherer { unsigned char *a; /* Gather entropy into this buffer */ int na; /* Size of a[] in bytes */ int i; /* XOR next input into a[i] */ int nXor; /* Number of XOR operations done */ }; #if !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) /* Mix sz bytes of entropy into p. */ static void xorMemory(EntropyGatherer *p, unsigned char *x, int sz){ int j, k; for(j=0, k=p->i; ja[k++] ^= x[j]; if( k>=p->na ) k = 0; } p->i = k; p->nXor += sz; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) */ /* ** Write up to nBuf bytes of randomness into zBuf. */ static int winRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); return nBuf; #else EntropyGatherer e; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); memset(zBuf, 0, nBuf); e.a = (unsigned char*)zBuf; e.na = nBuf; e.nXor = 0; e.i = 0; { SYSTEMTIME x; osGetSystemTime(&x); xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&x, sizeof(SYSTEMTIME)); } { DWORD pid = osGetCurrentProcessId(); xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&pid, sizeof(DWORD)); } #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT { ULONGLONG cnt = osGetTickCount64(); xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&cnt, sizeof(ULONGLONG)); } #else { DWORD cnt = osGetTickCount(); xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&cnt, sizeof(DWORD)); } #endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINRT */ { LARGE_INTEGER i; osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i); xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&i, sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)); } #if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID { UUID id; memset(&id, 0, sizeof(UUID)); osUuidCreate(&id); xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&id, sizeof(UUID)); memset(&id, 0, sizeof(UUID)); osUuidCreateSequential(&id); xorMemory(&e, (unsigned char*)&id, sizeof(UUID)); } #endif /* !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID */ return e.nXor>nBuf ? nBuf : e.nXor; #endif /* defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_RANDOMNESS) */ } /* ** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. */ static int winSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int microsec){ sqlite3_win32_sleep((microsec+999)/1000); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); return ((microsec+999)/1000)*1000; } /* ** The following variable, if set to a non-zero value, is interpreted as ** the number of seconds since 1970 and is used to set the result of ** sqlite3OsCurrentTime() during testing. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_current_time = 0; /* Fake system time in seconds since 1970. */ #endif /* ** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write into *piNow ** the current time and date as a Julian Day number times 86_400_000. In ** other words, write into *piNow the number of milliseconds since the Julian ** epoch of noon in Greenwich on November 24, 4714 B.C according to the ** proleptic Gregorian calendar. ** ** On success, return SQLITE_OK. Return SQLITE_ERROR if the time and date ** cannot be found. */ static int winCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *piNow){ /* FILETIME structure is a 64-bit value representing the number of 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (= JD 2305813.5). */ FILETIME ft; static const sqlite3_int64 winFiletimeEpoch = 23058135*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST static const sqlite3_int64 unixEpoch = 24405875*(sqlite3_int64)8640000; #endif /* 2^32 - to avoid use of LL and warnings in gcc */ static const sqlite3_int64 max32BitValue = (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)2000000000 + (sqlite3_int64)294967296; #if SQLITE_OS_WINCE SYSTEMTIME time; osGetSystemTime(&time); /* if SystemTimeToFileTime() fails, it returns zero. */ if (!osSystemTimeToFileTime(&time,&ft)){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } #else osGetSystemTimeAsFileTime( &ft ); #endif *piNow = winFiletimeEpoch + ((((sqlite3_int64)ft.dwHighDateTime)*max32BitValue) + (sqlite3_int64)ft.dwLowDateTime)/(sqlite3_int64)10000; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( sqlite3_current_time ){ *piNow = 1000*(sqlite3_int64)sqlite3_current_time + unixEpoch; } #endif UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Find the current time (in Universal Coordinated Time). Write the ** current time and date as a Julian Day number into *prNow and ** return 0. Return 1 if the time and date cannot be found. */ static int winCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *prNow){ int rc; sqlite3_int64 i; rc = winCurrentTimeInt64(pVfs, &i); if( !rc ){ *prNow = i/86400000.0; } return rc; } /* ** The idea is that this function works like a combination of ** GetLastError() and FormatMessage() on Windows (or errno and ** strerror_r() on Unix). After an error is returned by an OS ** function, SQLite calls this function with zBuf pointing to ** a buffer of nBuf bytes. The OS layer should populate the ** buffer with a nul-terminated UTF-8 encoded error message ** describing the last IO error to have occurred within the calling ** thread. ** ** If the error message is too large for the supplied buffer, ** it should be truncated. The return value of xGetLastError ** is zero if the error message fits in the buffer, or non-zero ** otherwise (if the message was truncated). If non-zero is returned, ** then it is not necessary to include the nul-terminator character ** in the output buffer. ** ** Not supplying an error message will have no adverse effect ** on SQLite. It is fine to have an implementation that never ** returns an error message: ** ** int xGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ ** assert(zBuf[0]=='\0'); ** return 0; ** } ** ** However if an error message is supplied, it will be incorporated ** by sqlite into the error message available to the user using ** sqlite3_errmsg(), possibly making IO errors easier to debug. */ static int winGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nBuf, char *zBuf){ DWORD e = osGetLastError(); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVfs); if( nBuf>0 ) winGetLastErrorMsg(e, nBuf, zBuf); return e; } /* ** Initialize and deinitialize the operating system interface. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_init(void){ static sqlite3_vfs winVfs = { 3, /* iVersion */ sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */ 0, /* pNext */ "win32", /* zName */ &winAppData, /* pAppData */ winOpen, /* xOpen */ winDelete, /* xDelete */ winAccess, /* xAccess */ winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ winDlError, /* xDlError */ winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ winSleep, /* xSleep */ winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ }; #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathVfs = { 3, /* iVersion */ sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */ 0, /* pNext */ "win32-longpath", /* zName */ &winAppData, /* pAppData */ winOpen, /* xOpen */ winDelete, /* xDelete */ winAccess, /* xAccess */ winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ winDlError, /* xDlError */ winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ winSleep, /* xSleep */ winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ }; #endif static sqlite3_vfs winNolockVfs = { 3, /* iVersion */ sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ SQLITE_WIN32_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */ 0, /* pNext */ "win32-none", /* zName */ &winNolockAppData, /* pAppData */ winOpen, /* xOpen */ winDelete, /* xDelete */ winAccess, /* xAccess */ winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ winDlError, /* xDlError */ winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ winSleep, /* xSleep */ winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ }; #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) static sqlite3_vfs winLongPathNolockVfs = { 3, /* iVersion */ sizeof(winFile), /* szOsFile */ SQLITE_WINNT_MAX_PATH_BYTES, /* mxPathname */ 0, /* pNext */ "win32-longpath-none", /* zName */ &winNolockAppData, /* pAppData */ winOpen, /* xOpen */ winDelete, /* xDelete */ winAccess, /* xAccess */ winFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ winDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ winDlError, /* xDlError */ winDlSym, /* xDlSym */ winDlClose, /* xDlClose */ winRandomness, /* xRandomness */ winSleep, /* xSleep */ winCurrentTime, /* xCurrentTime */ winGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ winCurrentTimeInt64, /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ winSetSystemCall, /* xSetSystemCall */ winGetSystemCall, /* xGetSystemCall */ winNextSystemCall, /* xNextSystemCall */ }; #endif /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed ** correctly. See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */ assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==80 ); /* get memory map allocation granularity */ memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO)); #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo); #else osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo); #endif assert( winSysInfo.dwAllocationGranularity>0 ); assert( winSysInfo.dwPageSize>0 ); sqlite3_vfs_register(&winVfs, 1); #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathVfs, 0); #endif sqlite3_vfs_register(&winNolockVfs, 0); #if defined(SQLITE_WIN32_HAS_WIDE) sqlite3_vfs_register(&winLongPathNolockVfs, 0); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL winBigLock = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_VFS1); #endif return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_os_end(void){ #if SQLITE_OS_WINRT if( sleepObj!=NULL ){ osCloseHandle(sleepObj); sleepObj = NULL; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL winBigLock = 0; #endif return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN */ /************** End of os_win.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file memdb.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2016-09-07 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file implements an in-memory VFS. A database is held as a contiguous ** block of memory. ** ** This file also implements interface sqlite3_serialize() and ** sqlite3_deserialize(). */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE /* ** Forward declaration of objects used by this utility */ typedef struct sqlite3_vfs MemVfs; typedef struct MemFile MemFile; /* Access to a lower-level VFS that (might) implement dynamic loading, ** access to randomness, etc. */ #define ORIGVFS(p) ((sqlite3_vfs*)((p)->pAppData)) /* An open file */ struct MemFile { sqlite3_file base; /* IO methods */ sqlite3_int64 sz; /* Size of the file */ sqlite3_int64 szMax; /* Space allocated to aData */ unsigned char *aData; /* content of the file */ int nMmap; /* Number of memory mapped pages */ unsigned mFlags; /* Flags */ int eLock; /* Most recent lock against this file */ }; /* ** Methods for MemFile */ static int memdbClose(sqlite3_file*); static int memdbRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); static int memdbWrite(sqlite3_file*,const void*,int iAmt, sqlite3_int64 iOfst); static int memdbTruncate(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 size); static int memdbSync(sqlite3_file*, int flags); static int memdbFileSize(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 *pSize); static int memdbLock(sqlite3_file*, int); /* static int memdbCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file*, int *pResOut);// not used */ static int memdbFileControl(sqlite3_file*, int op, void *pArg); /* static int memdbSectorSize(sqlite3_file*); // not used */ static int memdbDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file*); static int memdbFetch(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp); static int memdbUnfetch(sqlite3_file*, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *p); /* ** Methods for MemVfs */ static int memdbOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int , int *); /* static int memdbDelete(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int syncDir); */ static int memdbAccess(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int flags, int *); static int memdbFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zName, int, char *zOut); static void *memdbDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, const char *zFilename); static void memdbDlError(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zErrMsg); static void (*memdbDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *p, const char*zSym))(void); static void memdbDlClose(sqlite3_vfs*, void*); static int memdbRandomness(sqlite3_vfs*, int nByte, char *zOut); static int memdbSleep(sqlite3_vfs*, int microseconds); /* static int memdbCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs*, double*); */ static int memdbGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs*, int, char *); static int memdbCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_int64*); static sqlite3_vfs memdb_vfs = { 2, /* iVersion */ 0, /* szOsFile (set when registered) */ 1024, /* mxPathname */ 0, /* pNext */ "memdb", /* zName */ 0, /* pAppData (set when registered) */ memdbOpen, /* xOpen */ 0, /* memdbDelete, */ /* xDelete */ memdbAccess, /* xAccess */ memdbFullPathname, /* xFullPathname */ memdbDlOpen, /* xDlOpen */ memdbDlError, /* xDlError */ memdbDlSym, /* xDlSym */ memdbDlClose, /* xDlClose */ memdbRandomness, /* xRandomness */ memdbSleep, /* xSleep */ 0, /* memdbCurrentTime, */ /* xCurrentTime */ memdbGetLastError, /* xGetLastError */ memdbCurrentTimeInt64 /* xCurrentTimeInt64 */ }; static const sqlite3_io_methods memdb_io_methods = { 3, /* iVersion */ memdbClose, /* xClose */ memdbRead, /* xRead */ memdbWrite, /* xWrite */ memdbTruncate, /* xTruncate */ memdbSync, /* xSync */ memdbFileSize, /* xFileSize */ memdbLock, /* xLock */ memdbLock, /* xUnlock - same as xLock in this case */ 0, /* memdbCheckReservedLock, */ /* xCheckReservedLock */ memdbFileControl, /* xFileControl */ 0, /* memdbSectorSize,*/ /* xSectorSize */ memdbDeviceCharacteristics, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ 0, /* xShmMap */ 0, /* xShmLock */ 0, /* xShmBarrier */ 0, /* xShmUnmap */ memdbFetch, /* xFetch */ memdbUnfetch /* xUnfetch */ }; /* ** Close an memdb-file. ** ** The pData pointer is owned by the application, so there is nothing ** to free. */ static int memdbClose(sqlite3_file *pFile){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; if( p->mFlags & SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE ) sqlite3_free(p->aData); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Read data from an memdb-file. */ static int memdbRead( sqlite3_file *pFile, void *zBuf, int iAmt, sqlite_int64 iOfst ){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; if( iOfst+iAmt>p->sz ){ memset(zBuf, 0, iAmt); if( iOfstsz ) memcpy(zBuf, p->aData+iOfst, p->sz - iOfst); return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; } memcpy(zBuf, p->aData+iOfst, iAmt); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Try to enlarge the memory allocation to hold at least sz bytes */ static int memdbEnlarge(MemFile *p, sqlite3_int64 newSz){ unsigned char *pNew; if( (p->mFlags & SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE)==0 || p->nMmap>0 ){ return SQLITE_FULL; } pNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p->aData, newSz); if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; p->aData = pNew; p->szMax = newSz; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Write data to an memdb-file. */ static int memdbWrite( sqlite3_file *pFile, const void *z, int iAmt, sqlite_int64 iOfst ){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; if( iOfst+iAmt>p->sz ){ int rc; if( iOfst+iAmt>p->szMax && (rc = memdbEnlarge(p, (iOfst+iAmt)*2))!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } if( iOfst>p->sz ) memset(p->aData+p->sz, 0, iOfst-p->sz); p->sz = iOfst+iAmt; } memcpy(p->aData+iOfst, z, iAmt); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Truncate an memdb-file. ** ** In rollback mode (which is always the case for memdb, as it does not ** support WAL mode) the truncate() method is only used to reduce ** the size of a file, never to increase the size. */ static int memdbTruncate(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 size){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; if( NEVER(size>p->sz) ) return SQLITE_FULL; p->sz = size; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Sync an memdb-file. */ static int memdbSync(sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return the current file-size of an memdb-file. */ static int memdbFileSize(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; *pSize = p->sz; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Lock an memdb-file. */ static int memdbLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int eLock){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; p->eLock = eLock; return SQLITE_OK; } #if 0 /* Never used because memdbAccess() always returns false */ /* ** Check if another file-handle holds a RESERVED lock on an memdb-file. */ static int memdbCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *pFile, int *pResOut){ *pResOut = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** File control method. For custom operations on an memdb-file. */ static int memdbFileControl(sqlite3_file *pFile, int op, void *pArg){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; int rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND; if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFSNAME ){ *(char**)pArg = sqlite3_mprintf("memdb(%p,%lld)", p->aData, p->sz); rc = SQLITE_OK; } return rc; } #if 0 /* Not used because of SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */ /* ** Return the sector-size in bytes for an memdb-file. */ static int memdbSectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ return 1024; } #endif /* ** Return the device characteristic flags supported by an memdb-file. */ static int memdbDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *pFile){ return SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC | SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE | SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND | SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL; } /* Fetch a page of a memory-mapped file */ static int memdbFetch( sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, int iAmt, void **pp ){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; p->nMmap++; *pp = (void*)(p->aData + iOfst); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Release a memory-mapped page */ static int memdbUnfetch(sqlite3_file *pFile, sqlite3_int64 iOfst, void *pPage){ MemFile *p = (MemFile *)pFile; p->nMmap--; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Open an mem file handle. */ static int memdbOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zName, sqlite3_file *pFile, int flags, int *pOutFlags ){ MemFile *p = (MemFile*)pFile; if( (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)==0 ){ return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xOpen(ORIGVFS(pVfs), zName, pFile, flags, pOutFlags); } memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); p->mFlags = SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_RESIZEABLE | SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_FREEONCLOSE; assert( pOutFlags!=0 ); /* True because flags==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB */ *pOutFlags = flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY; p->base.pMethods = &memdb_io_methods; return SQLITE_OK; } #if 0 /* Only used to delete rollback journals, master journals, and WAL ** files, none of which exist in memdb. So this routine is never used */ /* ** Delete the file located at zPath. If the dirSync argument is true, ** ensure the file-system modifications are synced to disk before ** returning. */ static int memdbDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){ return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE; } #endif /* ** Test for access permissions. Return true if the requested permission ** is available, or false otherwise. ** ** With memdb, no files ever exist on disk. So always return false. */ static int memdbAccess( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int flags, int *pResOut ){ *pResOut = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Populate buffer zOut with the full canonical pathname corresponding ** to the pathname in zPath. zOut is guaranteed to point to a buffer ** of at least (INST_MAX_PATHNAME+1) bytes. */ static int memdbFullPathname( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int nOut, char *zOut ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nOut, zOut, "%s", zPath); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Open the dynamic library located at zPath and return a handle. */ static void *memdbDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){ return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xDlOpen(ORIGVFS(pVfs), zPath); } /* ** Populate the buffer zErrMsg (size nByte bytes) with a human readable ** utf-8 string describing the most recent error encountered associated ** with dynamic libraries. */ static void memdbDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zErrMsg){ ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xDlError(ORIGVFS(pVfs), nByte, zErrMsg); } /* ** Return a pointer to the symbol zSymbol in the dynamic library pHandle. */ static void (*memdbDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *p, const char *zSym))(void){ return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xDlSym(ORIGVFS(pVfs), p, zSym); } /* ** Close the dynamic library handle pHandle. */ static void memdbDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){ ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xDlClose(ORIGVFS(pVfs), pHandle); } /* ** Populate the buffer pointed to by zBufOut with nByte bytes of ** random data. */ static int memdbRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){ return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xRandomness(ORIGVFS(pVfs), nByte, zBufOut); } /* ** Sleep for nMicro microseconds. Return the number of microseconds ** actually slept. */ static int memdbSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){ return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xSleep(ORIGVFS(pVfs), nMicro); } #if 0 /* Never used. Modern cores only call xCurrentTimeInt64() */ /* ** Return the current time as a Julian Day number in *pTimeOut. */ static int memdbCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){ return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xCurrentTime(ORIGVFS(pVfs), pTimeOut); } #endif static int memdbGetLastError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int a, char *b){ return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xGetLastError(ORIGVFS(pVfs), a, b); } static int memdbCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, sqlite3_int64 *p){ return ORIGVFS(pVfs)->xCurrentTimeInt64(ORIGVFS(pVfs), p); } /* ** Translate a database connection pointer and schema name into a ** MemFile pointer. */ static MemFile *memdbFromDbSchema(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSchema){ MemFile *p = 0; int rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zSchema, SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER, &p); if( rc ) return 0; if( p->base.pMethods!=&memdb_io_methods ) return 0; return p; } /* ** Return the serialization of a database */ SQLITE_API unsigned char *sqlite3_serialize( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ const char *zSchema, /* Which database within the connection */ sqlite3_int64 *piSize, /* Write size here, if not NULL */ unsigned int mFlags /* Maybe SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY */ ){ MemFile *p; int iDb; Btree *pBt; sqlite3_int64 sz; int szPage = 0; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; unsigned char *pOut; char *zSql; int rc; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif if( zSchema==0 ) zSchema = db->aDb[0].zDbSName; p = memdbFromDbSchema(db, zSchema); iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zSchema); if( piSize ) *piSize = -1; if( iDb<0 ) return 0; if( p ){ if( piSize ) *piSize = p->sz; if( mFlags & SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY ){ pOut = p->aData; }else{ pOut = sqlite3_malloc64( p->sz ); if( pOut ) memcpy(pOut, p->aData, p->sz); } return pOut; } pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; if( pBt==0 ) return 0; szPage = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt); zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA \"%w\".page_count", zSchema); rc = zSql ? sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) : SQLITE_NOMEM; sqlite3_free(zSql); if( rc ) return 0; rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ pOut = 0; }else{ sz = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0)*szPage; if( piSize ) *piSize = sz; if( mFlags & SQLITE_SERIALIZE_NOCOPY ){ pOut = 0; }else{ pOut = sqlite3_malloc64( sz ); if( pOut ){ int nPage = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); int pgno; for(pgno=1; pgno<=nPage; pgno++){ DbPage *pPage = 0; unsigned char *pTo = pOut + szPage*(sqlite3_int64)(pgno-1); rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pPage, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ memcpy(pTo, sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage), szPage); }else{ memset(pTo, 0, szPage); } sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage); } } } } sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); return pOut; } /* Convert zSchema to a MemDB and initialize its content. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_deserialize( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ const char *zSchema, /* Which DB to reopen with the deserialization */ unsigned char *pData, /* The serialized database content */ sqlite3_int64 szDb, /* Number bytes in the deserialization */ sqlite3_int64 szBuf, /* Total size of buffer pData[] */ unsigned mFlags /* Zero or more SQLITE_DESERIALIZE_* flags */ ){ MemFile *p; char *zSql; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; int rc; int iDb; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } if( szDb<0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; if( szBuf<0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( zSchema==0 ) zSchema = db->aDb[0].zDbSName; iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zSchema); if( iDb<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto end_deserialize; } zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("ATTACH x AS %Q", zSchema); rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); if( rc ) goto end_deserialize; db->init.iDb = (u8)iDb; db->init.reopenMemdb = 1; rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); db->init.reopenMemdb = 0; if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto end_deserialize; } p = memdbFromDbSchema(db, zSchema); if( p==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ p->aData = pData; p->sz = szDb; p->szMax = szBuf; p->mFlags = mFlags; rc = SQLITE_OK; } end_deserialize: sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** This routine is called when the extension is loaded. ** Register the new VFS. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemdbInit(void){ sqlite3_vfs *pLower = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); int sz = pLower->szOsFile; memdb_vfs.pAppData = pLower; /* In all known configurations of SQLite, the size of a default ** sqlite3_file is greater than the size of a memdb sqlite3_file. ** Should that ever change, remove the following NEVER() */ if( NEVER(szBITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is ** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values. ** ** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR ** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[]. Each subbitmap ** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i. apSub[0] holds ** values between 1 and iDivisor. apSub[1] holds values between ** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor. apSub[N] holds values between ** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor. Each subbitmap is normalized ** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor. */ struct Bitvec { u32 iSize; /* Maximum bit index. Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */ u32 nSet; /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash ** element. Max is BITVEC_NINT. For BITVEC_SZ of 512, ** this would be 125. */ u32 iDivisor; /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */ /* Should >=0 for apSub element. */ /* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1. */ /* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */ union { BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM]; /* Bitmap representation */ u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT]; /* Hash table representation */ Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR]; /* Recursive representation */ } u; }; /* ** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize, ** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if ** malloc fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){ Bitvec *p; assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ ); p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) ); if( p ){ p->iSize = iSize; } return p; } /* ** Check to see if the i-th bit is set. Return true or false. ** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if ** i is out of range, then return false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ assert( p!=0 ); i--; if( i>=p->iSize ) return 0; while( p->iDivisor ){ u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; i = i%p->iDivisor; p = p->u.apSub[bin]; if (!p) { return 0; } } if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0; } else{ u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1; h = (h+1) % BITVEC_NINT; } return 0; } } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ return p!=0 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p,i); } /* ** Set the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if ** anything goes wrong. ** ** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated. Failing ** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only ** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid. ** ** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object ** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object. ** Otherwise the behavior is undefined. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){ u32 h; if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; assert( i>0 ); assert( i<=p->iSize ); i--; while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) { u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; i = i%p->iDivisor; if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){ p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor ); if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } p = p->u.apSub[bin]; } if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)); return SQLITE_OK; } h = BITVEC_HASH(i++); /* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */ /* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */ /* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */ if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){ if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) { goto bitvec_set_end; } else { goto bitvec_set_rehash; } } /* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */ /* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */ do { if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK; h++; if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; } while( p->u.aHash[h] ); /* we didn't find it in the hash. h points to the first */ /* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */ /* make our hash too "full". */ bitvec_set_rehash: if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){ unsigned int j; int rc; u32 *aiValues = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); if( aiValues==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(p->u.apSub)); p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR; rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i); for(j=0; jnSet++; p->u.aHash[h] = i; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Clear the i-th bit. ** ** pBuf must be a pointer to at least BITVEC_SZ bytes of temporary storage ** that BitvecClear can use to rebuilt its hash table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i, void *pBuf){ if( p==0 ) return; assert( i>0 ); i--; while( p->iDivisor ){ u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor; i = i%p->iDivisor; p = p->u.apSub[bin]; if (!p) { return; } } if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){ p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))); }else{ unsigned int j; u32 *aiValues = pBuf; memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(p->u.aHash)); p->nSet = 0; for(j=0; jnSet++; while( p->u.aHash[h] ){ h++; if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0; } p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j]; } } } } /* ** Destroy a bitmap object. Reclaim all memory used. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){ if( p==0 ) return; if( p->iDivisor ){ unsigned int i; for(i=0; iu.apSub[i]); } } sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p ** was created. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){ return p->iSize; } #ifndef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE /* ** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold ** up to N bits. Let I be an integer between 0 and N. 0<=I>3] |= (1<<(I&7)) #define CLEARBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7)) #define TESTBIT(V,I) (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0 /* ** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code. ** ** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program ** to test the Bitvec. The integers are opcodes followed ** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode. Another ** opcode follows immediately after the last operand. ** ** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5. 0 is the ** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end. ** ** 0 Halt and return the number of errors ** 1 N S X Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X ** 2 N S X Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X ** 3 N Set N randomly chosen bits ** 4 N Clear N randomly chosen bits ** 5 N S X Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec ** ** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed ** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc. ** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec. ** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to ** confirm that error detection works. ** ** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared ** against the Bitvec object. If there are any differences, ** an error is returned. If they are the same, zero is returned. ** ** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){ Bitvec *pBitvec = 0; unsigned char *pV = 0; int rc = -1; int i, nx, pc, op; void *pTmpSpace; /* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of ** bits to act as the reference */ pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz ); pV = sqlite3MallocZero( (sz+7)/8 + 1 ); pTmpSpace = sqlite3_malloc64(BITVEC_SZ); if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 || pTmpSpace==0 ) goto bitvec_end; /* NULL pBitvec tests */ sqlite3BitvecSet(0, 1); sqlite3BitvecClear(0, 1, pTmpSpace); /* Run the program */ pc = 0; while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){ switch( op ){ case 1: case 2: case 5: { nx = 4; i = aOp[pc+2] - 1; aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3]; break; } case 3: case 4: default: { nx = 2; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i); break; } } if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0; pc += nx; i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz; if( (op & 1)!=0 ){ SETBIT(pV, (i+1)); if( op!=5 ){ if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end; } }else{ CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1)); sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1, pTmpSpace); } } /* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the ** Bitvec object. Start with the assumption that they do ** match (rc==0). Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy ** is found. */ rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0) + (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz); for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){ if( (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){ rc = i; break; } } /* Free allocated structure */ bitvec_end: sqlite3_free(pTmpSpace); sqlite3_free(pV); sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_UNTESTABLE */ /************** End of bitvec.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file pcache.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 August 05 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file implements that page cache. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure. Every ** entry in the cache holds a single page of the database file. The ** btree layer only operates on the cached copy of the database pages. ** ** A page cache entry is "clean" if it exactly matches what is currently ** on disk. A page is "dirty" if it has been modified and needs to be ** persisted to disk. ** ** pDirty, pDirtyTail, pSynced: ** All dirty pages are linked into the doubly linked list using ** PgHdr.pDirtyNext and pDirtyPrev. The list is maintained in LRU order ** such that p was added to the list more recently than p->pDirtyNext. ** PCache.pDirty points to the first (newest) element in the list and ** pDirtyTail to the last (oldest). ** ** The PCache.pSynced variable is used to optimize searching for a dirty ** page to eject from the cache mid-transaction. It is better to eject ** a page that does not require a journal sync than one that does. ** Therefore, pSynced is maintained to that it *almost* always points ** to either the oldest page in the pDirty/pDirtyTail list that has a ** clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag or to a page that is older than this one ** (so that the right page to eject can be found by following pDirtyPrev ** pointers). */ struct PCache { PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail; /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */ PgHdr *pSynced; /* Last synced page in dirty page list */ int nRefSum; /* Sum of ref counts over all pages */ int szCache; /* Configured cache size */ int szSpill; /* Size before spilling occurs */ int szPage; /* Size of every page in this cache */ int szExtra; /* Size of extra space for each page */ u8 bPurgeable; /* True if pages are on backing store */ u8 eCreate; /* eCreate value for for xFetch() */ int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*); /* Call to try make a page clean */ void *pStress; /* Argument to xStress */ sqlite3_pcache *pCache; /* Pluggable cache module */ }; /********************************** Test and Debug Logic **********************/ /* ** Debug tracing macros. Enable by by changing the "0" to "1" and ** recompiling. ** ** When sqlite3PcacheTrace is 1, single line trace messages are issued. ** When sqlite3PcacheTrace is 2, a dump of the pcache showing all cache entries ** is displayed for many operations, resulting in a lot of output. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && 0 int sqlite3PcacheTrace = 2; /* 0: off 1: simple 2: cache dumps */ int sqlite3PcacheMxDump = 9999; /* Max cache entries for pcacheDump() */ # define pcacheTrace(X) if(sqlite3PcacheTrace){sqlite3DebugPrintf X;} void pcacheDump(PCache *pCache){ int N; int i, j; sqlite3_pcache_page *pLower; PgHdr *pPg; unsigned char *a; if( sqlite3PcacheTrace<2 ) return; if( pCache->pCache==0 ) return; N = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache); if( N>sqlite3PcacheMxDump ) N = sqlite3PcacheMxDump; for(i=1; i<=N; i++){ pLower = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, i, 0); if( pLower==0 ) continue; pPg = (PgHdr*)pLower->pExtra; printf("%3d: nRef %2d flgs %02x data ", i, pPg->nRef, pPg->flags); a = (unsigned char *)pLower->pBuf; for(j=0; j<12; j++) printf("%02x", a[j]); printf("\n"); if( pPg->pPage==0 ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, pLower, 0); } } } #else # define pcacheTrace(X) # define pcacheDump(X) #endif /* ** Check invariants on a PgHdr entry. Return true if everything is OK. ** Return false if any invariant is violated. ** ** This routine is for use inside of assert() statements only. For ** example: ** ** assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(pPg) ); */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageSanity(PgHdr *pPg){ PCache *pCache; assert( pPg!=0 ); assert( pPg->pgno>0 || pPg->pPager==0 ); /* Page number is 1 or more */ pCache = pPg->pCache; assert( pCache!=0 ); /* Every page has an associated PCache */ if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN ){ assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 );/* Cannot be both CLEAN and DIRTY */ assert( pCache->pDirty!=pPg ); /* CLEAN pages not on dirty list */ assert( pCache->pDirtyTail!=pPg ); } /* WRITEABLE pages must also be DIRTY */ if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE ){ assert( pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY ); /* WRITEABLE implies DIRTY */ } /* NEED_SYNC can be set independently of WRITEABLE. This can happen, ** for example, when using the sqlite3PagerDontWrite() optimization: ** (1) Page X is journalled, and gets WRITEABLE and NEED_SEEK. ** (2) Page X moved to freelist, WRITEABLE is cleared ** (3) Page X reused, WRITEABLE is set again ** If NEED_SYNC had been cleared in step 2, then it would not be reset ** in step 3, and page might be written into the database without first ** syncing the rollback journal, which might cause corruption on a power ** loss. ** ** Another example is when the database page size is smaller than the ** disk sector size. When any page of a sector is journalled, all pages ** in that sector are marked NEED_SYNC even if they are still CLEAN, just ** in case they are later modified, since all pages in the same sector ** must be journalled and synced before any of those pages can be safely ** written. */ return 1; } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ /********************************** Linked List Management ********************/ /* Allowed values for second argument to pcacheManageDirtyList() */ #define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE 1 /* Remove pPage from dirty list */ #define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD 2 /* Add pPage to the dirty list */ #define PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT 3 /* Move pPage to the front of the list */ /* ** Manage pPage's participation on the dirty list. Bits of the addRemove ** argument determines what operation to do. The 0x01 bit means first ** remove pPage from the dirty list. The 0x02 means add pPage back to ** the dirty list. Doing both moves pPage to the front of the dirty list. */ static void pcacheManageDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage, u8 addRemove){ PCache *p = pPage->pCache; pcacheTrace(("%p.DIRTYLIST.%s %d\n", p, addRemove==1 ? "REMOVE" : addRemove==2 ? "ADD" : "FRONT", pPage->pgno)); if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE ){ assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty ); /* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */ if( p->pSynced==pPage ){ p->pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev; } if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev; }else{ assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail ); p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev; } if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){ pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext; }else{ /* If there are now no dirty pages in the cache, set eCreate to 2. ** This is an optimization that allows sqlite3PcacheFetch() to skip ** searching for a dirty page to eject from the cache when it might ** otherwise have to. */ assert( pPage==p->pDirty ); p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext; assert( p->bPurgeable || p->eCreate==2 ); if( p->pDirty==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ assert( p->bPurgeable==0 || p->eCreate==1 ); p->eCreate = 2; } } } if( addRemove & PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD ){ pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0; pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty; if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){ assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 ); pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage; }else{ p->pDirtyTail = pPage; if( p->bPurgeable ){ assert( p->eCreate==2 ); p->eCreate = 1; } } p->pDirty = pPage; /* If pSynced is NULL and this page has a clear NEED_SYNC flag, set ** pSynced to point to it. Checking the NEED_SYNC flag is an ** optimization, as if pSynced points to a page with the NEED_SYNC ** flag set sqlite3PcacheFetchStress() searches through all newer ** entries of the dirty-list for a page with NEED_SYNC clear anyway. */ if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ ){ p->pSynced = pPage; } } pcacheDump(p); } /* ** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is ** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op. */ static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){ if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){ pcacheTrace(("%p.UNPIN %d\n", p->pCache, p->pgno)); sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 0); pcacheDump(p->pCache); } } /* ** Compute the number of pages of cache requested. p->szCache is the ** cache size requested by the "PRAGMA cache_size" statement. */ static int numberOfCachePages(PCache *p){ if( p->szCache>=0 ){ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-42059-47211 If the argument N is positive then the ** suggested cache size is set to N. */ return p->szCache; }else{ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-61436-13639 If the argument N is negative, then ** the number of cache pages is adjusted to use approximately abs(N*1024) ** bytes of memory. */ return (int)((-1024*(i64)p->szCache)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra)); } } /*************************************************** General Interfaces ****** ** ** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these ** functions are threadsafe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26801-64137 If the xInit() method is NULL, then the ** built-in default page cache is used instead of the application defined ** page cache. */ sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); } return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown ){ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26000-56589 The xShutdown() method may be NULL. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.pArg); } } /* ** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); } /* ** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object ** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer. ** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by ** calling sqlite3PcacheSize(). ** ** szExtra is some extra space allocated for each page. The first ** 8 bytes of the extra space will be zeroed as the page is allocated, ** but remaining content will be uninitialized. Though it is opaque ** to this module, the extra space really ends up being the MemPage ** structure in the pager. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheOpen( int szPage, /* Size of every page */ int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */ int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */ int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */ void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */ PCache *p /* Preallocated space for the PCache */ ){ memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache)); p->szPage = 1; p->szExtra = szExtra; assert( szExtra>=8 ); /* First 8 bytes will be zeroed */ p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable; p->eCreate = 2; p->xStress = xStress; p->pStress = pStress; p->szCache = 100; p->szSpill = 1; pcacheTrace(("%p.OPEN szPage %d bPurgeable %d\n",p,szPage,bPurgeable)); return sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(p, szPage); } /* ** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there ** are no outstanding page references when this function is called. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){ assert( pCache->nRefSum==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 ); if( pCache->szPage ){ sqlite3_pcache *pNew; pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCreate( szPage, pCache->szExtra + ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr)), pCache->bPurgeable ); if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pNew, numberOfCachePages(pCache)); if( pCache->pCache ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); } pCache->pCache = pNew; pCache->szPage = szPage; pcacheTrace(("%p.PAGESIZE %d\n",pCache,szPage)); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Try to obtain a page from the cache. ** ** This routine returns a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_page object if ** such an object is already in cache, or if a new one is created. ** This routine returns a NULL pointer if the object was not in cache ** and could not be created. ** ** The createFlags should be 0 to check for existing pages and should ** be 3 (not 1, but 3) to try to create a new page. ** ** If the createFlag is 0, then NULL is always returned if the page ** is not already in the cache. If createFlag is 1, then a new page ** is created only if that can be done without spilling dirty pages ** and without exceeding the cache size limit. ** ** The caller needs to invoke sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() to properly ** initialize the sqlite3_pcache_page object and convert it into a ** PgHdr object. The sqlite3PcacheFetch() and sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() ** routines are split this way for performance reasons. When separated ** they can both (usually) operate without having to push values to ** the stack on entry and pop them back off on exit, which saves a ** lot of pushing and popping. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_pcache_page *sqlite3PcacheFetch( PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */ int createFlag /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */ ){ int eCreate; sqlite3_pcache_page *pRes; assert( pCache!=0 ); assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); assert( createFlag==3 || createFlag==0 ); assert( pCache->eCreate==((pCache->bPurgeable && pCache->pDirty) ? 1 : 2) ); /* eCreate defines what to do if the page does not exist. ** 0 Do not allocate a new page. (createFlag==0) ** 1 Allocate a new page if doing so is inexpensive. ** (createFlag==1 AND bPurgeable AND pDirty) ** 2 Allocate a new page even it doing so is difficult. ** (createFlag==1 AND !(bPurgeable AND pDirty) */ eCreate = createFlag & pCache->eCreate; assert( eCreate==0 || eCreate==1 || eCreate==2 ); assert( createFlag==0 || pCache->eCreate==eCreate ); assert( createFlag==0 || eCreate==1+(!pCache->bPurgeable||!pCache->pDirty) ); pRes = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate); pcacheTrace(("%p.FETCH %d%s (result: %p)\n",pCache,pgno, createFlag?" create":"",pRes)); return pRes; } /* ** If the sqlite3PcacheFetch() routine is unable to allocate a new ** page because no clean pages are available for reuse and the cache ** size limit has been reached, then this routine can be invoked to ** try harder to allocate a page. This routine might invoke the stress ** callback to spill dirty pages to the journal. It will then try to ** allocate the new page and will only fail to allocate a new page on ** an OOM error. ** ** This routine should be invoked only after sqlite3PcacheFetch() fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheFetchStress( PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */ sqlite3_pcache_page **ppPage /* Write result here */ ){ PgHdr *pPg; if( pCache->eCreate==2 ) return 0; if( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pCache)>pCache->szSpill ){ /* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a ** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other ** unreferenced dirty page. ** ** If the LRU page in the dirty list that has a clear PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ** flag is currently referenced, then the following may leave pSynced ** set incorrectly (pointing to other than the LRU page with NEED_SYNC ** cleared). This is Ok, as pSynced is just an optimization. */ for(pPg=pCache->pSynced; pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev ); pCache->pSynced = pPg; if( !pPg ){ for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev); } if( pPg ){ int rc; #ifdef SQLITE_LOG_CACHE_SPILL sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "spill page %d making room for %d - cache used: %d/%d", pPg->pgno, pgno, sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache), numberOfCachePages(pCache)); #endif pcacheTrace(("%p.SPILL %d\n",pCache,pPg->pgno)); rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg); pcacheDump(pCache); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ return rc; } } } *ppPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2); return *ppPage==0 ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This is a helper routine for sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish() ** ** In the uncommon case where the page being fetched has not been ** initialized, this routine is invoked to do the initialization. ** This routine is broken out into a separate function since it ** requires extra stack manipulation that can be avoided in the common ** case. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr *pcacheFetchFinishWithInit( PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number obtained */ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */ ){ PgHdr *pPgHdr; assert( pPage!=0 ); pPgHdr = (PgHdr*)pPage->pExtra; assert( pPgHdr->pPage==0 ); memset(&pPgHdr->pDirty, 0, sizeof(PgHdr) - offsetof(PgHdr,pDirty)); pPgHdr->pPage = pPage; pPgHdr->pData = pPage->pBuf; pPgHdr->pExtra = (void *)&pPgHdr[1]; memset(pPgHdr->pExtra, 0, 8); pPgHdr->pCache = pCache; pPgHdr->pgno = pgno; pPgHdr->flags = PGHDR_CLEAN; return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pCache,pgno,pPage); } /* ** This routine converts the sqlite3_pcache_page object returned by ** sqlite3PcacheFetch() into an initialized PgHdr object. This routine ** must be called after sqlite3PcacheFetch() in order to get a usable ** result. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish( PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number obtained */ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage /* Page obtained by prior PcacheFetch() call */ ){ PgHdr *pPgHdr; assert( pPage!=0 ); pPgHdr = (PgHdr *)pPage->pExtra; if( !pPgHdr->pPage ){ return pcacheFetchFinishWithInit(pCache, pgno, pPage); } pCache->nRefSum++; pPgHdr->nRef++; assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(pPgHdr) ); return pPgHdr; } /* ** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the ** reference count drops to 0, then it is made eligible for recycling. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void SQLITE_NOINLINE sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){ assert( p->nRef>0 ); p->pCache->nRefSum--; if( (--p->nRef)==0 ){ if( p->flags&PGHDR_CLEAN ){ pcacheUnpin(p); }else{ pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT); } } } /* ** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){ assert(p->nRef>0); assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); p->nRef++; p->pCache->nRefSum++; } /* ** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the ** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the ** page pointed to by p is invalid. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){ assert( p->nRef==1 ); assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){ pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE); } p->pCache->nRefSum--; sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xUnpin(p->pCache->pCache, p->pPage, 1); } /* ** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already, ** make it so. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){ assert( p->nRef>0 ); assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); if( p->flags & (PGHDR_CLEAN|PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; if( p->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN ){ p->flags ^= (PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_CLEAN); pcacheTrace(("%p.DIRTY %d\n",p->pCache,p->pgno)); assert( (p->flags & (PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_CLEAN))==PGHDR_DIRTY ); pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_ADD); } assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); } } /* ** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already, ** make it so. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){ assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); assert( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 ); assert( (p->flags & PGHDR_CLEAN)==0 ); pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_REMOVE); p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC|PGHDR_WRITEABLE); p->flags |= PGHDR_CLEAN; pcacheTrace(("%p.CLEAN %d\n",p->pCache,p->pgno)); assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); if( p->nRef==0 ){ pcacheUnpin(p); } } /* ** Make every page in the cache clean. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){ PgHdr *p; pcacheTrace(("%p.CLEAN-ALL\n",pCache)); while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){ sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); } } /* ** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC and PGHDR_WRITEABLE flag from all dirty pages. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(PCache *pCache){ PgHdr *p; pcacheTrace(("%p.CLEAR-WRITEABLE\n",pCache)); for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_NEED_SYNC|PGHDR_WRITEABLE); } pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail; } /* ** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){ PgHdr *p; for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; } pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail; } /* ** Change the page number of page p to newPgno. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){ PCache *pCache = p->pCache; assert( p->nRef>0 ); assert( newPgno>0 ); assert( sqlite3PcachePageSanity(p) ); pcacheTrace(("%p.MOVE %d -> %d\n",pCache,p->pgno,newPgno)); sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p->pPage, p->pgno,newPgno); p->pgno = newPgno; if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){ pcacheManageDirtyList(p, PCACHE_DIRTYLIST_FRONT); } } /* ** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The ** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages ** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno. ** ** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this ** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but ** the page object is not dropped. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){ if( pCache->pCache ){ PgHdr *p; PgHdr *pNext; pcacheTrace(("%p.TRUNCATE %d\n",pCache,pgno)); for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){ pNext = p->pDirtyNext; /* This routine never gets call with a positive pgno except right ** after sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(). So if there are dirty pages, ** it must be that pgno==0. */ assert( p->pgno>0 ); if( p->pgno>pgno ){ assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p); } } if( pgno==0 && pCache->nRefSum ){ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage1; pPage1 = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xFetch(pCache->pCache,1,0); if( ALWAYS(pPage1) ){ /* Page 1 is always available in cache, because ** pCache->nRefSum>0 */ memset(pPage1->pBuf, 0, pCache->szPage); pgno = 1; } } sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1); } } /* ** Close a cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){ assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); pcacheTrace(("%p.CLOSE\n",pCache)); sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xDestroy(pCache->pCache); } /* ** Discard the contents of the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){ sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0); } /* ** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order. ** Do not bother fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers. */ static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){ PgHdr result, *pTail; pTail = &result; assert( pA!=0 && pB!=0 ); for(;;){ if( pA->pgnopgno ){ pTail->pDirty = pA; pTail = pA; pA = pA->pDirty; if( pA==0 ){ pTail->pDirty = pB; break; } }else{ pTail->pDirty = pB; pTail = pB; pB = pB->pDirty; if( pB==0 ){ pTail->pDirty = pA; break; } } } return result.pDirty; } /* ** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are ** connected by pDirty pointers. The pDirtyPrev pointers are ** corrupted by this sort. ** ** Since there cannot be more than 2^31 distinct pages in a database, ** there cannot be more than 31 buckets required by the merge sorter. ** One extra bucket is added to catch overflow in case something ** ever changes to make the previous sentence incorrect. */ #define N_SORT_BUCKET 32 static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){ PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET], *p; int i; memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); while( pIn ){ p = pIn; pIn = p->pDirty; p->pDirty = 0; for(i=0; ALWAYS(ipDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){ p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext; } return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty); } /* ** Return the total number of references to all pages held by the cache. ** ** This is not the total number of pages referenced, but the sum of the ** reference count for all pages. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){ return pCache->nRefSum; } /* ** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){ return p->nRef; } /* ** Return the total number of pages in the cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){ assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xPagecount(pCache->pCache); } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** Get the suggested cache-size value. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){ return numberOfCachePages(pCache); } #endif /* ** Set the suggested cache-size value. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){ assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); pCache->szCache = mxPage; sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xCachesize(pCache->pCache, numberOfCachePages(pCache)); } /* ** Set the suggested cache-spill value. Make no changes if if the ** argument is zero. Return the effective cache-spill size, which will ** be the larger of the szSpill and szCache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(PCache *p, int mxPage){ int res; assert( p->pCache!=0 ); if( mxPage ){ if( mxPage<0 ){ mxPage = (int)((-1024*(i64)mxPage)/(p->szPage+p->szExtra)); } p->szSpill = mxPage; } res = numberOfCachePages(p); if( resszSpill ) res = p->szSpill; return res; } /* ** Free up as much memory as possible from the page cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheShrink(PCache *pCache){ assert( pCache->pCache!=0 ); sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xShrink(pCache->pCache); } /* ** Return the size of the header added by this middleware layer ** in the page-cache hierarchy. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr)); } /* ** Return the number of dirty pages currently in the cache, as a percentage ** of the configured cache size. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(PCache *pCache){ PgHdr *pDirty; int nDirty = 0; int nCache = numberOfCachePages(pCache); for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext) nDirty++; return nCache ? (int)(((i64)nDirty * 100) / nCache) : 0; } #if defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* ** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified ** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is ** defined. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){ PgHdr *pDirty; for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){ xIter(pDirty); } } #endif /************** End of pcache.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file pcache1.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2008 November 05 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the ** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation ** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features. ** If the default page cache implementation is overridden, then neither of ** these two features are available. ** ** A Page cache line looks like this: ** ** ------------------------------------------------------------- ** | database page content | PgHdr1 | MemPage | PgHdr | ** ------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** The database page content is up front (so that buffer overreads tend to ** flow harmlessly into the PgHdr1, MemPage, and PgHdr extensions). MemPage ** is the extension added by the btree.c module containing information such ** as the database page number and how that database page is used. PgHdr ** is added by the pcache.c layer and contains information used to keep track ** of which pages are "dirty". PgHdr1 is an extension added by this ** module (pcache1.c). The PgHdr1 header is a subclass of sqlite3_pcache_page. ** PgHdr1 contains information needed to look up a page by its page number. ** The superclass sqlite3_pcache_page.pBuf points to the start of the ** database page content and sqlite3_pcache_page.pExtra points to PgHdr. ** ** The size of the extension (MemPage+PgHdr+PgHdr1) can be determined at ** runtime using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ, &size). The ** sizes of the extensions sum to 272 bytes on x64 for 3.8.10, but this ** size can vary according to architecture, compile-time options, and ** SQLite library version number. ** ** If SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, then the extension is obtained ** using a separate memory allocation from the database page content. This ** seeks to overcome the "clownshoe" problem (also called "internal ** fragmentation" in academic literature) of allocating a few bytes more ** than a power of two with the memory allocator rounding up to the next ** power of two, and leaving the rounded-up space unused. ** ** This module tracks pointers to PgHdr1 objects. Only pcache.c communicates ** with this module. Information is passed back and forth as PgHdr1 pointers. ** ** The pcache.c and pager.c modules deal pointers to PgHdr objects. ** The btree.c module deals with pointers to MemPage objects. ** ** SOURCE OF PAGE CACHE MEMORY: ** ** Memory for a page might come from any of three sources: ** ** (1) The general-purpose memory allocator - sqlite3Malloc() ** (2) Global page-cache memory provided using sqlite3_config() with ** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. ** (3) PCache-local bulk allocation. ** ** The third case is a chunk of heap memory (defaulting to 100 pages worth) ** that is allocated when the page cache is created. The size of the local ** bulk allocation can be adjusted using ** ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, (void*)0, 0, N). ** ** If N is positive, then N pages worth of memory are allocated using a single ** sqlite3Malloc() call and that memory is used for the first N pages allocated. ** Or if N is negative, then -1024*N bytes of memory are allocated and used ** for as many pages as can be accomodated. ** ** Only one of (2) or (3) can be used. Once the memory available to (2) or ** (3) is exhausted, subsequent allocations fail over to the general-purpose ** memory allocator (1). ** ** Earlier versions of SQLite used only methods (1) and (2). But experiments ** show that method (3) with N==100 provides about a 5% performance boost for ** common workloads. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ typedef struct PCache1 PCache1; typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1; typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot; typedef struct PGroup PGroup; /* ** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following ** structure. Unless SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER is defined, a buffer of ** PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated directly before this structure ** in memory. */ struct PgHdr1 { sqlite3_pcache_page page; /* Base class. Must be first. pBuf & pExtra */ unsigned int iKey; /* Key value (page number) */ u8 isBulkLocal; /* This page from bulk local storage */ u8 isAnchor; /* This is the PGroup.lru element */ PgHdr1 *pNext; /* Next in hash table chain */ PCache1 *pCache; /* Cache that currently owns this page */ PgHdr1 *pLruNext; /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */ PgHdr1 *pLruPrev; /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */ }; /* ** A page is pinned if it is no on the LRU list */ #define PAGE_IS_PINNED(p) ((p)->pLruNext==0) #define PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(p) ((p)->pLruNext!=0) /* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup. A PGroup is a set ** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each other's unpinned ** pages when they are under memory pressure. A PGroup is an instance of ** the following object. ** ** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes: ** ** (1) Every PCache is the sole member of its own PGroup. There is ** one PGroup per PCache. ** ** (2) There is a single global PGroup that all PCaches are a member ** of. ** ** Mode 1 uses more memory (since PCache instances are not able to rob ** unused pages from other PCaches) but it also operates without a mutex, ** and is therefore often faster. Mode 2 requires a mutex in order to be ** threadsafe, but recycles pages more efficiently. ** ** For mode (1), PGroup.mutex is NULL. For mode (2) there is only a single ** PGroup which is the pcache1.grp global variable and its mutex is ** SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU. */ struct PGroup { sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */ unsigned int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */ unsigned int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */ unsigned int mxPinned; /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */ unsigned int nPurgeable; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */ PgHdr1 lru; /* The beginning and end of the LRU list */ }; /* Each page cache is an instance of the following object. Every ** open database file (including each in-memory database and each ** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which ** is an instance of this object. ** ** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as ** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles. */ struct PCache1 { /* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable ** flag (bPurgeable) and the pnPurgeable pointer are all set when the ** cache is created and are never changed thereafter. nMax may be ** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1Cachesize() method. ** The PGroup mutex must be held when accessing nMax. */ PGroup *pGroup; /* PGroup this cache belongs to */ unsigned int *pnPurgeable; /* Pointer to pGroup->nPurgeable */ int szPage; /* Size of database content section */ int szExtra; /* sizeof(MemPage)+sizeof(PgHdr) */ int szAlloc; /* Total size of one pcache line */ int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */ unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */ unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */ unsigned int n90pct; /* nMax*9/10 */ unsigned int iMaxKey; /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */ /* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed ** when the accessor is holding the PGroup mutex. */ unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */ unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */ unsigned int nHash; /* Number of slots in apHash[] */ PgHdr1 **apHash; /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */ PgHdr1 *pFree; /* List of unused pcache-local pages */ void *pBulk; /* Bulk memory used by pcache-local */ }; /* ** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the global page cache ** buffer provided using the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism. */ struct PgFreeslot { PgFreeslot *pNext; /* Next free slot */ }; /* ** Global data used by this cache. */ static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal { PGroup grp; /* The global PGroup for mode (2) */ /* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. The ** szSlot, nSlot, pStart, pEnd, nReserve, and isInit values are all ** fixed at sqlite3_initialize() time and do not require mutex protection. ** The nFreeSlot and pFree values do require mutex protection. */ int isInit; /* True if initialized */ int separateCache; /* Use a new PGroup for each PCache */ int nInitPage; /* Initial bulk allocation size */ int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */ int nSlot; /* The number of pcache slots */ int nReserve; /* Try to keep nFreeSlot above this */ void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of global page cache memory */ /* Above requires no mutex. Use mutex below for variable that follow. */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex for accessing the following: */ PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */ int nFreeSlot; /* Number of unused pcache slots */ /* The following value requires a mutex to change. We skip the mutex on ** reading because (1) most platforms read a 32-bit integer atomically and ** (2) even if an incorrect value is read, no great harm is done since this ** is really just an optimization. */ int bUnderPressure; /* True if low on PAGECACHE memory */ } pcache1_g; /* ** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the ** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when ** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD. */ #define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g)) /* ** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) || SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 # define pcache1EnterMutex(X) assert((X)->mutex==0) # define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) assert((X)->mutex==0) # define PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX 0 #else # define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex) # define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex) # define PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX 1 #endif /******************************************************************************/ /******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/ /* ** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is ** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE ** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large ** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each. ** ** This routine is called from sqlite3_initialize() and so it is guaranteed ** to be serialized already. There is no need for further mutexing. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){ if( pcache1.isInit ){ PgFreeslot *p; if( pBuf==0 ) sz = n = 0; if( n==0 ) sz = 0; sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); pcache1.szSlot = sz; pcache1.nSlot = pcache1.nFreeSlot = n; pcache1.nReserve = n>90 ? 10 : (n/10 + 1); pcache1.pStart = pBuf; pcache1.pFree = 0; pcache1.bUnderPressure = 0; while( n-- ){ p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf; p->pNext = pcache1.pFree; pcache1.pFree = p; pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz]; } pcache1.pEnd = pBuf; } } /* ** Try to initialize the pCache->pFree and pCache->pBulk fields. Return ** true if pCache->pFree ends up containing one or more free pages. */ static int pcache1InitBulk(PCache1 *pCache){ i64 szBulk; char *zBulk; if( pcache1.nInitPage==0 ) return 0; /* Do not bother with a bulk allocation if the cache size very small */ if( pCache->nMax<3 ) return 0; sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); if( pcache1.nInitPage>0 ){ szBulk = pCache->szAlloc * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage; }else{ szBulk = -1024 * (i64)pcache1.nInitPage; } if( szBulk > pCache->szAlloc*(i64)pCache->nMax ){ szBulk = pCache->szAlloc*(i64)pCache->nMax; } zBulk = pCache->pBulk = sqlite3Malloc( szBulk ); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( zBulk ){ int nBulk = sqlite3MallocSize(zBulk)/pCache->szAlloc; do{ PgHdr1 *pX = (PgHdr1*)&zBulk[pCache->szPage]; pX->page.pBuf = zBulk; pX->page.pExtra = &pX[1]; pX->isBulkLocal = 1; pX->isAnchor = 0; pX->pNext = pCache->pFree; pCache->pFree = pX; zBulk += pCache->szAlloc; }while( --nBulk ); } return pCache->pFree!=0; } /* ** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer ** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no ** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls ** back to sqlite3Malloc(). ** ** Multiple threads can run this routine at the same time. Global variables ** in pcache1 need to be protected via mutex. */ static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){ void *p = 0; assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree; if( p ){ pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext; pcache1.nFreeSlot--; pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot=0 ); sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte); sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); } if( p==0 ){ /* Memory is not available in the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE pool. Get ** it from sqlite3Malloc instead. */ p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte); #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW_STATS if( p ){ int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte); sqlite3StatusUp(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz); sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex); } #endif sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE); } return p; } /* ** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc(). */ static void pcache1Free(void *p){ if( p==0 ) return; if( SQLITE_WITHIN(p, pcache1.pStart, pcache1.pEnd) ){ PgFreeslot *pSlot; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex); sqlite3StatusDown(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1); pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p; pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree; pcache1.pFree = pSlot; pcache1.nFreeSlot++; pcache1.bUnderPressure = pcache1.nFreeSlot=pcache1.pStart && ppGroup->mutex) ); if( pCache->pFree || (pCache->nPage==0 && pcache1InitBulk(pCache)) ){ p = pCache->pFree; pCache->pFree = p->pNext; p->pNext = 0; }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This ** is because it might call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that ** this mutex is not held. */ assert( pcache1.separateCache==0 ); assert( pCache->pGroup==&pcache1.grp ); pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); #endif if( benignMalloc ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); } #ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szPage); p = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szExtra); if( !pPg || !p ){ pcache1Free(pPg); sqlite3_free(p); pPg = 0; } #else pPg = pcache1Alloc(pCache->szAlloc); p = (PgHdr1 *)&((u8 *)pPg)[pCache->szPage]; #endif if( benignMalloc ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); #endif if( pPg==0 ) return 0; p->page.pBuf = pPg; p->page.pExtra = &p[1]; p->isBulkLocal = 0; p->isAnchor = 0; } (*pCache->pnPurgeable)++; return p; } /* ** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage(). */ static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){ PCache1 *pCache; assert( p!=0 ); pCache = p->pCache; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); if( p->isBulkLocal ){ p->pNext = pCache->pFree; pCache->pFree = p; }else{ pcache1Free(p->page.pBuf); #ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER sqlite3_free(p); #endif } (*pCache->pnPurgeable)--; } /* ** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured ** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer ** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){ return pcache1Alloc(sz); } /* ** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){ pcache1Free(p); } /* ** Return true if it desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache ** entry. ** ** If memory was allocated specifically to the page cache using ** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE but that memory has all been used, then ** it is desirable to avoid allocating a new page cache entry because ** presumably SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE was suppose to be sufficient ** for all page cache needs and we should not need to spill the ** allocation onto the heap. ** ** Or, the heap is used for all page cache memory but the heap is ** under memory pressure, then again it is desirable to avoid ** allocating a new page cache entry in order to avoid stressing ** the heap even further. */ static int pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(PCache1 *pCache){ if( pcache1.nSlot && (pCache->szPage+pCache->szExtra)<=pcache1.szSlot ){ return pcache1.bUnderPressure; }else{ return sqlite3HeapNearlyFull(); } } /******************************************************************************/ /******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/ /* ** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed ** as the first argument. ** ** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. */ static void pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){ PgHdr1 **apNew; unsigned int nNew; unsigned int i; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pGroup->mutex) ); nNew = p->nHash*2; if( nNew<256 ){ nNew = 256; } pcache1LeaveMutex(p->pGroup); if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); } apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew); if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } pcache1EnterMutex(p->pGroup); if( apNew ){ for(i=0; inHash; i++){ PgHdr1 *pPage; PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i]; while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){ unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew; pNext = pPage->pNext; pPage->pNext = apNew[h]; apNew[h] = pPage; } } sqlite3_free(p->apHash); p->apHash = apNew; p->nHash = nNew; } } /* ** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the ** PGroup LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the PGroup ** LRU list, then this function is a no-op. ** ** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. */ static PgHdr1 *pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){ assert( pPage!=0 ); assert( PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(pPage) ); assert( pPage->pLruNext ); assert( pPage->pLruPrev ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext; pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev; pPage->pLruNext = 0; pPage->pLruPrev = 0; assert( pPage->isAnchor==0 ); assert( pPage->pCache->pGroup->lru.isAnchor==1 ); pPage->pCache->nRecyclable--; return pPage; } /* ** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table ** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in. ** Also free the page if freePage is true. ** ** The PGroup mutex must be held when this function is called. */ static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage, int freeFlag){ unsigned int h; PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache; PgHdr1 **pp; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash; for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext); *pp = (*pp)->pNext; pCache->nPage--; if( freeFlag ) pcache1FreePage(pPage); } /* ** If there are currently more than nMaxPage pages allocated, try ** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to nMaxPage. */ static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(PCache1 *pCache){ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; PgHdr1 *p; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) ); while( pGroup->nPurgeable>pGroup->nMaxPage && (p=pGroup->lru.pLruPrev)->isAnchor==0 ){ assert( p->pCache->pGroup==pGroup ); assert( PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(p) ); pcache1PinPage(p); pcache1RemoveFromHash(p, 1); } if( pCache->nPage==0 && pCache->pBulk ){ sqlite3_free(pCache->pBulk); pCache->pBulk = pCache->pFree = 0; } } /* ** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value) ** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this ** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded. ** ** The PCache mutex must be held when this function is called. */ static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe( PCache1 *pCache, /* The cache to truncate */ unsigned int iLimit /* Drop pages with this pgno or larger */ ){ TESTONLY( int nPage = 0; ) /* To assert pCache->nPage is correct */ unsigned int h, iStop; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) ); assert( pCache->iMaxKey >= iLimit ); assert( pCache->nHash > 0 ); if( pCache->iMaxKey - iLimit < pCache->nHash ){ /* If we are just shaving the last few pages off the end of the ** cache, then there is no point in scanning the entire hash table. ** Only scan those hash slots that might contain pages that need to ** be removed. */ h = iLimit % pCache->nHash; iStop = pCache->iMaxKey % pCache->nHash; TESTONLY( nPage = -10; ) /* Disable the pCache->nPage validity check */ }else{ /* This is the general case where many pages are being removed. ** It is necessary to scan the entire hash table */ h = pCache->nHash/2; iStop = h - 1; } for(;;){ PgHdr1 **pp; PgHdr1 *pPage; assert( hnHash ); pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){ if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){ pCache->nPage--; *pp = pPage->pNext; if( PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(pPage) ) pcache1PinPage(pPage); pcache1FreePage(pPage); }else{ pp = &pPage->pNext; TESTONLY( if( nPage>=0 ) nPage++; ) } } if( h==iStop ) break; h = (h+1) % pCache->nHash; } assert( nPage<0 || pCache->nPage==(unsigned)nPage ); } /******************************************************************************/ /******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/ /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method. */ static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); assert( pcache1.isInit==0 ); memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); /* ** The pcache1.separateCache variable is true if each PCache has its own ** private PGroup (mode-1). pcache1.separateCache is false if the single ** PGroup in pcache1.grp is used for all page caches (mode-2). ** ** * Always use a unified cache (mode-2) if ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT ** ** * Use a unified cache in single-threaded applications that have ** configured a start-time buffer for use as page-cache memory using ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE, pBuf, sz, N) with non-NULL ** pBuf argument. ** ** * Otherwise use separate caches (mode-1) */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT) pcache1.separateCache = 0; #elif SQLITE_THREADSAFE pcache1.separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex>0; #else pcache1.separateCache = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0; #endif #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ pcache1.grp.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU); pcache1.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PMEM); } #endif if( pcache1.separateCache && sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage!=0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 ){ pcache1.nInitPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage; }else{ pcache1.nInitPage = 0; } pcache1.grp.mxPinned = 10; pcache1.isInit = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method. ** Note that the static mutex allocated in xInit does ** not need to be freed. */ static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); assert( pcache1.isInit!=0 ); memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1)); } /* forward declaration */ static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p); /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method. ** ** Allocate a new cache. */ static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int szExtra, int bPurgeable){ PCache1 *pCache; /* The newly created page cache */ PGroup *pGroup; /* The group the new page cache will belong to */ int sz; /* Bytes of memory required to allocate the new cache */ assert( (szPage & (szPage-1))==0 && szPage>=512 && szPage<=65536 ); assert( szExtra < 300 ); sz = sizeof(PCache1) + sizeof(PGroup)*pcache1.separateCache; pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3MallocZero(sz); if( pCache ){ if( pcache1.separateCache ){ pGroup = (PGroup*)&pCache[1]; pGroup->mxPinned = 10; }else{ pGroup = &pcache1.grp; } if( pGroup->lru.isAnchor==0 ){ pGroup->lru.isAnchor = 1; pGroup->lru.pLruPrev = pGroup->lru.pLruNext = &pGroup->lru; } pCache->pGroup = pGroup; pCache->szPage = szPage; pCache->szExtra = szExtra; pCache->szAlloc = szPage + szExtra + ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr1)); pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0); pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); pcache1ResizeHash(pCache); if( bPurgeable ){ pCache->nMin = 10; pGroup->nMinPage += pCache->nMin; pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; pCache->pnPurgeable = &pGroup->nPurgeable; }else{ static unsigned int dummyCurrentPage; pCache->pnPurgeable = &dummyCurrentPage; } pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); if( pCache->nHash==0 ){ pcache1Destroy((sqlite3_pcache*)pCache); pCache = 0; } } return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache; } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method. ** ** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache. */ static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); pGroup->nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax); pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; pCache->nMax = nMax; pCache->n90pct = pCache->nMax*9/10; pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache); pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); } } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShrink method. ** ** Free up as much memory as possible. */ static void pcache1Shrink(sqlite3_pcache *p){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; if( pCache->bPurgeable ){ PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; int savedMaxPage; pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); savedMaxPage = pGroup->nMaxPage; pGroup->nMaxPage = 0; pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache); pGroup->nMaxPage = savedMaxPage; pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); } } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method. */ static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){ int n; PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1*)p; pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); n = pCache->nPage; pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); return n; } /* ** Implement steps 3, 4, and 5 of the pcache1Fetch() algorithm described ** in the header of the pcache1Fetch() procedure. ** ** This steps are broken out into a separate procedure because they are ** usually not needed, and by avoiding the stack initialization required ** for these steps, the main pcache1Fetch() procedure can run faster. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchStage2( PCache1 *pCache, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ unsigned int nPinned; PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; PgHdr1 *pPage = 0; /* Step 3: Abort if createFlag is 1 but the cache is nearly full */ assert( pCache->nPage >= pCache->nRecyclable ); nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable; assert( pGroup->mxPinned == pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage ); assert( pCache->n90pct == pCache->nMax*9/10 ); if( createFlag==1 && ( nPinned>=pGroup->mxPinned || nPinned>=pCache->n90pct || (pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache) && pCache->nRecyclablenPage>=pCache->nHash ) pcache1ResizeHash(pCache); assert( pCache->nHash>0 && pCache->apHash ); /* Step 4. Try to recycle a page. */ if( pCache->bPurgeable && !pGroup->lru.pLruPrev->isAnchor && ((pCache->nPage+1>=pCache->nMax) || pcache1UnderMemoryPressure(pCache)) ){ PCache1 *pOther; pPage = pGroup->lru.pLruPrev; assert( PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(pPage) ); pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage, 0); pcache1PinPage(pPage); pOther = pPage->pCache; if( pOther->szAlloc != pCache->szAlloc ){ pcache1FreePage(pPage); pPage = 0; }else{ pGroup->nPurgeable -= (pOther->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable); } } /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, ** attempt to allocate a new one. */ if( !pPage ){ pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache, createFlag==1); } if( pPage ){ unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash; pCache->nPage++; pPage->iKey = iKey; pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; pPage->pCache = pCache; pPage->pLruPrev = 0; pPage->pLruNext = 0; *(void **)pPage->page.pExtra = 0; pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; if( iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){ pCache->iMaxKey = iKey; } } return pPage; } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method. ** ** Fetch a page by key value. ** ** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on ** the value of the createFlag argument. 0 means do not allocate a new ** page. 1 means allocate a new page if space is easily available. 2 ** means to try really hard to allocate a new page. ** ** For a non-purgeable cache (a cache used as the storage for an in-memory ** database) there is really no difference between createFlag 1 and 2. So ** the calling function (pcache.c) will never have a createFlag of 1 on ** a non-purgeable cache. ** ** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page, ** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2). ** ** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a ** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned. ** ** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is ** returned. ** ** 3. If createFlag is 1, and the page is not already in the cache, then ** return NULL (do not allocate a new page) if any of the following ** conditions are true: ** ** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than ** PCache1.nMax, or ** ** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than ** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of ** nMin for all other purgeable caches, or ** ** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked ** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true: ** ** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already ** PCache1.nMax, or ** ** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is ** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all ** purgeable caches, ** ** (c) The system is under memory pressure and wants to avoid ** unnecessary pages cache entry allocations ** ** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right ** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and ** proceed to step 5. ** ** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer. ** ** There are two versions of this routine. pcache1FetchWithMutex() is ** the general case. pcache1FetchNoMutex() is a faster implementation for ** the common case where pGroup->mutex is NULL. The pcache1Fetch() wrapper ** invokes the appropriate routine. */ static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchNoMutex( sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PgHdr1 *pPage = 0; /* Step 1: Search the hash table for an existing entry. */ pPage = pCache->apHash[iKey % pCache->nHash]; while( pPage && pPage->iKey!=iKey ){ pPage = pPage->pNext; } /* Step 2: If the page was found in the hash table, then return it. ** If the page was not in the hash table and createFlag is 0, abort. ** Otherwise (page not in hash and createFlag!=0) continue with ** subsequent steps to try to create the page. */ if( pPage ){ if( PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(pPage) ){ return pcache1PinPage(pPage); }else{ return pPage; } }else if( createFlag ){ /* Steps 3, 4, and 5 implemented by this subroutine */ return pcache1FetchStage2(pCache, iKey, createFlag); }else{ return 0; } } #if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX static PgHdr1 *pcache1FetchWithMutex( sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PgHdr1 *pPage; pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); pPage = pcache1FetchNoMutex(p, iKey, createFlag); assert( pPage==0 || pCache->iMaxKey>=iKey ); pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); return pPage; } #endif static sqlite3_pcache_page *pcache1Fetch( sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag ){ #if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; #endif assert( offsetof(PgHdr1,page)==0 ); assert( pCache->bPurgeable || createFlag!=1 ); assert( pCache->bPurgeable || pCache->nMin==0 ); assert( pCache->bPurgeable==0 || pCache->nMin==10 ); assert( pCache->nMin==0 || pCache->bPurgeable ); assert( pCache->nHash>0 ); #if PCACHE1_MIGHT_USE_GROUP_MUTEX if( pCache->pGroup->mutex ){ return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pcache1FetchWithMutex(p, iKey, createFlag); }else #endif { return (sqlite3_pcache_page*)pcache1FetchNoMutex(p, iKey, createFlag); } } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method. ** ** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling). */ static void pcache1Unpin( sqlite3_pcache *p, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, int reuseUnlikely ){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); /* It is an error to call this function if the page is already ** part of the PGroup LRU list. */ assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 ); assert( PAGE_IS_PINNED(pPage) ); if( reuseUnlikely || pGroup->nPurgeable>pGroup->nMaxPage ){ pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage, 1); }else{ /* Add the page to the PGroup LRU list. */ PgHdr1 **ppFirst = &pGroup->lru.pLruNext; pPage->pLruPrev = &pGroup->lru; (pPage->pLruNext = *ppFirst)->pLruPrev = pPage; *ppFirst = pPage; pCache->nRecyclable++; } pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method. */ static void pcache1Rekey( sqlite3_pcache *p, sqlite3_pcache_page *pPg, unsigned int iOld, unsigned int iNew ){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PgHdr1 *pPage = (PgHdr1 *)pPg; PgHdr1 **pp; unsigned int h; assert( pPage->iKey==iOld ); assert( pPage->pCache==pCache ); pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); h = iOld%pCache->nHash; pp = &pCache->apHash[h]; while( (*pp)!=pPage ){ pp = &(*pp)->pNext; } *pp = pPage->pNext; h = iNew%pCache->nHash; pPage->iKey = iNew; pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h]; pCache->apHash[h] = pPage; if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){ pCache->iMaxKey = iNew; } pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method. ** ** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to ** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number ** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned. */ static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup); if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){ pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit); pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1; } pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method. ** ** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create(). */ static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){ PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p; PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup; assert( pCache->bPurgeable || (pCache->nMax==0 && pCache->nMin==0) ); pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup); if( pCache->nPage ) pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0); assert( pGroup->nMaxPage >= pCache->nMax ); pGroup->nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax; assert( pGroup->nMinPage >= pCache->nMin ); pGroup->nMinPage -= pCache->nMin; pGroup->mxPinned = pGroup->nMaxPage + 10 - pGroup->nMinPage; pcache1EnforceMaxPage(pCache); pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup); sqlite3_free(pCache->pBulk); sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash); sqlite3_free(pCache); } /* ** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to ** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not ** already provided an alternative. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){ static const sqlite3_pcache_methods2 defaultMethods = { 1, /* iVersion */ 0, /* pArg */ pcache1Init, /* xInit */ pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */ pcache1Create, /* xCreate */ pcache1Cachesize, /* xCachesize */ pcache1Pagecount, /* xPagecount */ pcache1Fetch, /* xFetch */ pcache1Unpin, /* xUnpin */ pcache1Rekey, /* xRekey */ pcache1Truncate, /* xTruncate */ pcache1Destroy, /* xDestroy */ pcache1Shrink /* xShrink */ }; sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2, &defaultMethods); } /* ** Return the size of the header on each page of this PCACHE implementation. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(PgHdr1)); } /* ** Return the global mutex used by this PCACHE implementation. The ** sqlite3_status() routine needs access to this mutex. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3Pcache1Mutex(void){ return pcache1.mutex; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT /* ** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory ** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated ** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed. ** ** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has ** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number ** of bytes of memory released. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){ int nFree = 0; assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) ); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage==0 ){ PgHdr1 *p; pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp); while( (nReq<0 || nFreeisAnchor==0 ){ nFree += pcache1MemSize(p->page.pBuf); #ifdef SQLITE_PCACHE_SEPARATE_HEADER nFree += sqlite3MemSize(p); #endif assert( PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(p) ); pcache1PinPage(p); pcache1RemoveFromHash(p, 1); } pcache1LeaveMutex(&pcache1.grp); } return nFree; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state ** of the global cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PcacheStats( int *pnCurrent, /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */ int *pnMax, /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */ int *pnMin, /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */ int *pnRecyclable /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */ ){ PgHdr1 *p; int nRecyclable = 0; for(p=pcache1.grp.lru.pLruNext; p && !p->isAnchor; p=p->pLruNext){ assert( PAGE_IS_UNPINNED(p) ); nRecyclable++; } *pnCurrent = pcache1.grp.nPurgeable; *pnMax = (int)pcache1.grp.nMaxPage; *pnMin = (int)pcache1.grp.nMinPage; *pnRecyclable = nRecyclable; } #endif /************** End of pcache1.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file rowset.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 December 3 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This module implements an object we call a "RowSet". ** ** The RowSet object is a collection of rowids. Rowids ** are inserted into the RowSet in an arbitrary order. Inserts ** can be intermixed with tests to see if a given rowid has been ** previously inserted into the RowSet. ** ** After all inserts are finished, it is possible to extract the ** elements of the RowSet in sorted order. Once this extraction ** process has started, no new elements may be inserted. ** ** Hence, the primitive operations for a RowSet are: ** ** CREATE ** INSERT ** TEST ** SMALLEST ** DESTROY ** ** The CREATE and DESTROY primitives are the constructor and destructor, ** obviously. The INSERT primitive adds a new element to the RowSet. ** TEST checks to see if an element is already in the RowSet. SMALLEST ** extracts the least value from the RowSet. ** ** The INSERT primitive might allocate additional memory. Memory is ** allocated in chunks so most INSERTs do no allocation. There is an ** upper bound on the size of allocated memory. No memory is freed ** until DESTROY. ** ** The TEST primitive includes a "batch" number. The TEST primitive ** will only see elements that were inserted before the last change ** in the batch number. In other words, if an INSERT occurs between ** two TESTs where the TESTs have the same batch nubmer, then the ** value added by the INSERT will not be visible to the second TEST. ** The initial batch number is zero, so if the very first TEST contains ** a non-zero batch number, it will see all prior INSERTs. ** ** No INSERTs may occurs after a SMALLEST. An assertion will fail if ** that is attempted. ** ** The cost of an INSERT is roughly constant. (Sometimes new memory ** has to be allocated on an INSERT.) The cost of a TEST with a new ** batch number is O(NlogN) where N is the number of elements in the RowSet. ** The cost of a TEST using the same batch number is O(logN). The cost ** of the first SMALLEST is O(NlogN). Second and subsequent SMALLEST ** primitives are constant time. The cost of DESTROY is O(N). ** ** TEST and SMALLEST may not be used by the same RowSet. This used to ** be possible, but the feature was not used, so it was removed in order ** to simplify the code. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** Target size for allocation chunks. */ #define ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE 1024 /* ** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk. */ #define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK \ ((ROWSET_ALLOCATION_SIZE-8)/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry)) /* ** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following object. ** ** This same object is reused to store a linked list of trees of RowSetEntry ** objects. In that alternative use, pRight points to the next entry ** in the list, pLeft points to the tree, and v is unused. The ** RowSet.pForest value points to the head of this forest list. */ struct RowSetEntry { i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */ struct RowSetEntry *pRight; /* Right subtree (larger entries) or list */ struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree (smaller entries) */ }; /* ** RowSetEntry objects are allocated in large chunks (instances of the ** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead. The ** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated ** when the RowSet is destroyed. */ struct RowSetChunk { struct RowSetChunk *pNextChunk; /* Next chunk on list of them all */ struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */ }; /* ** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure. ** ** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h. */ struct RowSet { struct RowSetChunk *pChunk; /* List of all chunk allocations */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* List of entries using pRight */ struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* Last entry on the pEntry list */ struct RowSetEntry *pFresh; /* Source of new entry objects */ struct RowSetEntry *pForest; /* List of binary trees of entries */ u16 nFresh; /* Number of objects on pFresh */ u16 rsFlags; /* Various flags */ int iBatch; /* Current insert batch */ }; /* ** Allowed values for RowSet.rsFlags */ #define ROWSET_SORTED 0x01 /* True if RowSet.pEntry is sorted */ #define ROWSET_NEXT 0x02 /* True if sqlite3RowSetNext() has been called */ /* ** Allocate a RowSet object. Return NULL if a memory allocation ** error occurs. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db){ RowSet *p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*p)); if( p ){ int N = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p); p->pChunk = 0; p->db = db; p->pEntry = 0; p->pLast = 0; p->pForest = 0; p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)(ROUND8(sizeof(*p)) + (char*)p); p->nFresh = (u16)((N - ROUND8(sizeof(*p)))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry)); p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED; p->iBatch = 0; } return p; } /* ** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet. This frees all memory that ** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime. This routine is ** the destructor for the RowSet. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetClear(void *pArg){ RowSet *p = (RowSet*)pArg; struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk; for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){ pNextChunk = pChunk->pNextChunk; sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk); } p->pChunk = 0; p->nFresh = 0; p->pEntry = 0; p->pLast = 0; p->pForest = 0; p->rsFlags = ROWSET_SORTED; } /* ** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet. This frees all memory that ** the RowSet has allocated over its lifetime. This routine is ** the destructor for the RowSet. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetDelete(void *pArg){ sqlite3RowSetClear(pArg); sqlite3DbFree(((RowSet*)pArg)->db, pArg); } /* ** Allocate a new RowSetEntry object that is associated with the ** given RowSet. Return a pointer to the new and completely uninitialized ** objected. ** ** In an OOM situation, the RowSet.db->mallocFailed flag is set and this ** routine returns NULL. */ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryAlloc(RowSet *p){ assert( p!=0 ); if( p->nFresh==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ /* We could allocate a fresh RowSetEntry each time one is needed, but it ** is more efficient to pull a preallocated entry from the pool */ struct RowSetChunk *pNew; pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(p->db, sizeof(*pNew)); if( pNew==0 ){ return 0; } pNew->pNextChunk = p->pChunk; p->pChunk = pNew; p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry; p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK; } p->nFresh--; return p->pFresh++; } /* ** Insert a new value into a RowSet. ** ** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a ** memory allocation fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){ struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* The new entry */ struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* The last prior entry */ /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */ assert( p!=0 && (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ); pEntry = rowSetEntryAlloc(p); if( pEntry==0 ) return; pEntry->v = rowid; pEntry->pRight = 0; pLast = p->pLast; if( pLast ){ if( rowid<=pLast->v ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ /* Avoid unnecessary sorts by preserving the ROWSET_SORTED flags ** where possible */ p->rsFlags &= ~ROWSET_SORTED; } pLast->pRight = pEntry; }else{ p->pEntry = pEntry; } p->pLast = pEntry; } /* ** Merge two lists of RowSetEntry objects. Remove duplicates. ** ** The input lists are connected via pRight pointers and are ** assumed to each already be in sorted order. */ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntryMerge( struct RowSetEntry *pA, /* First sorted list to be merged */ struct RowSetEntry *pB /* Second sorted list to be merged */ ){ struct RowSetEntry head; struct RowSetEntry *pTail; pTail = &head; assert( pA!=0 && pB!=0 ); for(;;){ assert( pA->pRight==0 || pA->v<=pA->pRight->v ); assert( pB->pRight==0 || pB->v<=pB->pRight->v ); if( pA->v<=pB->v ){ if( pA->vv ) pTail = pTail->pRight = pA; pA = pA->pRight; if( pA==0 ){ pTail->pRight = pB; break; } }else{ pTail = pTail->pRight = pB; pB = pB->pRight; if( pB==0 ){ pTail->pRight = pA; break; } } } return head.pRight; } /* ** Sort all elements on the list of RowSetEntry objects into order of ** increasing v. */ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetEntrySort(struct RowSetEntry *pIn){ unsigned int i; struct RowSetEntry *pNext, *aBucket[40]; memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket)); while( pIn ){ pNext = pIn->pRight; pIn->pRight = 0; for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){ pIn = rowSetEntryMerge(aBucket[i], pIn); aBucket[i] = 0; } aBucket[i] = pIn; pIn = pNext; } pIn = aBucket[0]; for(i=1; ipLeft ){ struct RowSetEntry *p; rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pLeft, ppFirst, &p); p->pRight = pIn; }else{ *ppFirst = pIn; } if( pIn->pRight ){ rowSetTreeToList(pIn->pRight, &pIn->pRight, ppLast); }else{ *ppLast = pIn; } assert( (*ppLast)->pRight==0 ); } /* ** Convert a sorted list of elements (connected by pRight) into a binary ** tree with depth of iDepth. A depth of 1 means the tree contains a single ** node taken from the head of *ppList. A depth of 2 means a tree with ** three nodes. And so forth. ** ** Use as many entries from the input list as required and update the ** *ppList to point to the unused elements of the list. If the input ** list contains too few elements, then construct an incomplete tree ** and leave *ppList set to NULL. ** ** Return a pointer to the root of the constructed binary tree. */ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetNDeepTree( struct RowSetEntry **ppList, int iDepth ){ struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Root of the new tree */ struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */ if( *ppList==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ /* Prevent unnecessary deep recursion when we run out of entries */ return 0; } if( iDepth>1 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ /* This branch causes a *balanced* tree to be generated. A valid tree ** is still generated without this branch, but the tree is wildly ** unbalanced and inefficient. */ pLeft = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1); p = *ppList; if( p==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ /* It is safe to always return here, but the resulting tree ** would be unbalanced */ return pLeft; } p->pLeft = pLeft; *ppList = p->pRight; p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(ppList, iDepth-1); }else{ p = *ppList; *ppList = p->pRight; p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; } return p; } /* ** Convert a sorted list of elements into a binary tree. Make the tree ** as deep as it needs to be in order to contain the entire list. */ static struct RowSetEntry *rowSetListToTree(struct RowSetEntry *pList){ int iDepth; /* Depth of the tree so far */ struct RowSetEntry *p; /* Current tree root */ struct RowSetEntry *pLeft; /* Left subtree */ assert( pList!=0 ); p = pList; pList = p->pRight; p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; for(iDepth=1; pList; iDepth++){ pLeft = p; p = pList; pList = p->pRight; p->pLeft = pLeft; p->pRight = rowSetNDeepTree(&pList, iDepth); } return p; } /* ** Extract the smallest element from the RowSet. ** Write the element into *pRowid. Return 1 on success. Return ** 0 if the RowSet is already empty. ** ** After this routine has been called, the sqlite3RowSetInsert() ** routine may not be called again. ** ** This routine may not be called after sqlite3RowSetTest() has ** been used. Older versions of RowSet allowed that, but as the ** capability was not used by the code generator, it was removed ** for code economy. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){ assert( p!=0 ); assert( p->pForest==0 ); /* Cannot be used with sqlite3RowSetText() */ /* Merge the forest into a single sorted list on first call */ if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ if( (p->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ p->pEntry = rowSetEntrySort(p->pEntry); } p->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED|ROWSET_NEXT; } /* Return the next entry on the list */ if( p->pEntry ){ *pRowid = p->pEntry->v; p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pRight; if( p->pEntry==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ /* Free memory immediately, rather than waiting on sqlite3_finalize() */ sqlite3RowSetClear(p); } return 1; }else{ return 0; } } /* ** Check to see if element iRowid was inserted into the rowset as ** part of any insert batch prior to iBatch. Return 1 or 0. ** ** If this is the first test of a new batch and if there exist entries ** on pRowSet->pEntry, then sort those entries into the forest at ** pRowSet->pForest so that they can be tested. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RowSetTest(RowSet *pRowSet, int iBatch, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){ struct RowSetEntry *p, *pTree; /* This routine is never called after sqlite3RowSetNext() */ assert( pRowSet!=0 && (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_NEXT)==0 ); /* Sort entries into the forest on the first test of a new batch. ** To save unnecessary work, only do this when the batch number changes. */ if( iBatch!=pRowSet->iBatch ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ p = pRowSet->pEntry; if( p ){ struct RowSetEntry **ppPrevTree = &pRowSet->pForest; if( (pRowSet->rsFlags & ROWSET_SORTED)==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ /* Only sort the current set of entiries if they need it */ p = rowSetEntrySort(p); } for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){ ppPrevTree = &pTree->pRight; if( pTree->pLeft==0 ){ pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p); break; }else{ struct RowSetEntry *pAux, *pTail; rowSetTreeToList(pTree->pLeft, &pAux, &pTail); pTree->pLeft = 0; p = rowSetEntryMerge(pAux, p); } } if( pTree==0 ){ *ppPrevTree = pTree = rowSetEntryAlloc(pRowSet); if( pTree ){ pTree->v = 0; pTree->pRight = 0; pTree->pLeft = rowSetListToTree(p); } } pRowSet->pEntry = 0; pRowSet->pLast = 0; pRowSet->rsFlags |= ROWSET_SORTED; } pRowSet->iBatch = iBatch; } /* Test to see if the iRowid value appears anywhere in the forest. ** Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. */ for(pTree = pRowSet->pForest; pTree; pTree=pTree->pRight){ p = pTree->pLeft; while( p ){ if( p->vpRight; }else if( p->v>iRowid ){ p = p->pLeft; }else{ return 1; } } } return 0; } /************** End of rowset.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file pager.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". ** ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while ** another is writing. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /************** Include wal.h in the middle of pager.c ***********************/ /************** Begin file wal.h *********************************************/ /* ** 2010 February 1 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the interface to the write-ahead logging ** system. Refer to the comments below and the header comment attached to ** the implementation of each function in log.c for further details. */ #ifndef SQLITE_WAL_H #define SQLITE_WAL_H /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* Macros for extracting appropriate sync flags for either transaction ** commits (WAL_SYNC_FLAGS(X)) or for checkpoint ops (CKPT_SYNC_FLAGS(X)): */ #define WAL_SYNC_FLAGS(X) ((X)&0x03) #define CKPT_SYNC_FLAGS(X) (((X)>>2)&0x03) #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL # define sqlite3WalOpen(x,y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalLimit(x,y) # define sqlite3WalClose(v,w,x,y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(z) # define sqlite3WalDbsize(y) 0 # define sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(y) 0 # define sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(x) 0 # define sqlite3WalUndo(x,y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalSavepoint(y,z) # define sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalFrames(u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalCheckpoint(q,r,s,t,u,v,w,x,y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalCallback(z) 0 # define sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalHeapMemory(z) 0 # define sqlite3WalFramesize(z) 0 # define sqlite3WalFindFrame(x,y,z) 0 # define sqlite3WalFile(x) 0 #else #define WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA 4 /* Connection to a write-ahead log (WAL) file. ** There is one object of this type for each pager. */ typedef struct Wal Wal; /* Open and close a connection to a write-ahead log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen(sqlite3_vfs*, sqlite3_file*, const char *, int, i64, Wal**); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose(Wal *pWal, sqlite3*, int sync_flags, int, u8 *); /* Set the limiting size of a WAL file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal*, i64); /* Used by readers to open (lock) and close (unlock) a snapshot. A ** snapshot is like a read-transaction. It is the state of the database ** at an instant in time. sqlite3WalOpenSnapshot gets a read lock and ** preserves the current state even if the other threads or processes ** write to or checkpoint the WAL. sqlite3WalCloseSnapshot() closes the ** transaction and releases the lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal); /* Read a page from the write-ahead log, if it is present. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame(Wal *, Pgno, u32 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame(Wal *, u32, int, u8 *); /* If the WAL is not empty, return the size of the database. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal); /* Obtain or release the WRITER lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal); /* Undo any frames written (but not committed) to the log */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx); /* Return an integer that records the current (uncommitted) write ** position in the WAL */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); /* Move the write position of the WAL back to iFrame. Called in ** response to a ROLLBACK TO command. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData); /* Write a frame or frames to the log. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames(Wal *pWal, int, PgHdr *, Pgno, int, int); /* Copy pages from the log to the database file */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( Wal *pWal, /* Write-ahead log connection */ sqlite3 *db, /* Check this handle's interrupt flag */ int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL and RESTART */ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ int nBuf, /* Size of buffer nBuf */ u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ ); /* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the ** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since ** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since ** the last call, then return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal); /* Tell the wal layer that an EXCLUSIVE lock has been obtained (or released) ** by the pager layer on the database file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op); /* Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using ** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the ** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(Wal *pWal); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(Wal *pWal); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS /* If the WAL file is not empty, return the number of bytes of content ** stored in each frame (i.e. the db page-size when the WAL was created). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal); #endif /* Return the sqlite3_file object for the WAL file */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal); #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ #endif /* SQLITE_WAL_H */ /************** End of wal.h *************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in pager.c **********************/ /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ ** ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. ** ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. ** ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if ** one or more of the following are true about the page: ** ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and ** synced. ** ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. ** ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in ** the database file at the start of the transaction. ** ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the ** following are true: ** ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. ** ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence ** number consists of a single page change. ** ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current ** transaction. ** ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. ** ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the ** first 100 bytes of the database file. ** ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. ** ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. ** ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence ** of the database. ** ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. ** ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will ** invoke it.) ** ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same ** database to flush their caches. ** ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less ** than one billion transactions. ** ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion ** of every transaction. ** ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to ** the database file. ** ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any ** content out of the database file. ** ******************************************************************************/ /* ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off */ #if 0 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } #else #define PAGERTRACE(X) #endif /* ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above ** to print out file-descriptors. ** ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file ** struct as its argument. */ #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd)) #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd)) /* ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following ** state diagram. ** ** OPEN <------+------+ ** | | | ** V | | ** +---------> READER-------+ | ** | | | ** | V | ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR ** | | ^ ** | V | ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| ** | | | ** | V | ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| ** | | | ** | V | ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ ** ** ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: ** ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] ** ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] ** ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] ** ** ** OPEN: ** ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. ** ** * No read or write transaction is active. ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. ** ** READER: ** ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is ** open. The database size is known in this state. ** ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN ** is via the ERROR state (see below). ** ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables ** may not be trusted at this point. ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. ** ** WRITER_LOCKED: ** ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. ** ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database ** file. ** ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. ** ** * A write transaction is active. ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater ** lock is held on the database file. ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully ** called). ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. ** * The journal file may or may not be open. ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. ** ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: ** ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. ** ** * A write transaction is active. ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. ** ** WRITER_DBMOD: ** ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, ** just the log file). ** ** * A write transaction is active. ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written ** and synced to disk. ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly ** written to disk). ** ** WRITER_FINISHED: ** ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. ** ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. ** ** * A write transaction is active. ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need ** to rollback the transaction. ** ** ERROR: ** ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. ** ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers ** cannot. ** ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state ** instead of READER following such an error. ** ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered ** from the error. ** ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: ** ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). ** ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). ** ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up ** memory. ** ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. ** ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent ** state. ** ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. ** ** ** Notes: ** ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one ** of the first four states. ** ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". ** ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). */ #define PAGER_OPEN 0 #define PAGER_READER 1 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 /* ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. ** ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. ** ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. ** ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part ** of hot-journal detection. ** ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database ** without rolling it back. ** ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. ** ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in ** PAGER_OPEN state. */ #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) /* ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } #else # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D #endif /* ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. */ #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 /* ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). ** ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). */ typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; struct PagerSavepoint { i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ #endif }; /* ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. */ #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ /* ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of ** some of the more important member variables follows: ** ** eState ** ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. ** ** eLock ** ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. ** ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever ** need (and no reason to release them). ** ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for ** details. ** ** changeCountDone ** ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is ** not updated more often than necessary. ** ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. ** ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction ** committed. ** ** setMaster ** ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the ** journal file before it is synced to disk. ** ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. ** ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. ** ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). ** ** doNotSpill ** ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). ** ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF ** case is a user preference. ** ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. ** ** subjInMemory ** ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. ** ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new ** write-transaction is opened. ** ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize ** ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for ** OPEN and ERROR). ** ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads ** to dbSize==1). ** ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), ** dbSize is updated. ** ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before ** being modified. ** ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. ** ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. ** ** dbHintSize ** ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. ** ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for ** details. ** ** errCode ** ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX ** sub-codes. ** ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags ** ** syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03). ** syncFlags is used for rollback mode. walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode ** and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the ** lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL ** file in bits 0x04 and 0x08. In other words, to get the correct sync flags ** for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct ** sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03). Note ** that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced ** meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero. */ struct Pager { sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ u8 walSyncFlags; /* See description above */ u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ /************************************************************************** ** The following block contains those class members that change during ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the ** "configuration" of the pager. */ u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ /* ** End of the routinely-changing class members ***************************************************************************/ u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ int aStat[4]; /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST int nRead; /* Database pages read */ #endif void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ #endif char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ #endif }; /* ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). */ #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3 /* ** The following global variables hold counters used for ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ #else # define PAGER_INCR(v) #endif /* ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. ** ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the ** journal and ignore it. ** ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. */ static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, }; /* ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by ** the following macro. */ #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) /* ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). */ #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) /* ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize ** out code that would never execute. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB # define MEMDB 0 #else # define MEMDB pPager->memDb #endif /* ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. */ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) #else # define USEFETCH(x) 0 #endif /* ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). */ #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 /* ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. ** ** This is so that expressions can be written as: ** ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... ** ** instead of ** ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... */ #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) /* ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log to read page pgno. ** Return false if the pager reads pgno directly from the database. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) && defined(SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUseWal(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ u32 iRead = 0; int rc; if( pPager->pWal==0 ) return 0; rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead); return rc || iRead; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0) #else # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK #endif #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Usage: ** ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); ** ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in ** the internal state of the Pager object. */ static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ Pager *pPager = p; /* State must be valid. */ assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN || p->eState==PAGER_READER || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ); /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. */ assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. */ assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR ** state. */ if( MEMDB ){ assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); assert( p->noSync ); assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); } /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held ** on the file. */ assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); switch( p->eState ){ case PAGER_OPEN: assert( !MEMDB ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); break; case PAGER_READER: assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); break; case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); } assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); break; case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off ** to journal_mode=wal. */ assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); assert( isOpen(p->jfd) || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); } assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); break; case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( isOpen(p->jfd) || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ); assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); break; case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( isOpen(p->jfd) || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ); break; case PAGER_ERROR: /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped ** back to OPEN state. */ assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); break; } return 1; } #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: ** ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) ** ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings ** about an unused function. It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does ** not appear in normal builds. */ char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ static char zRet[1024]; sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, "Filename: %s\n" "State: %s errCode=%d\n" "Lock: %s\n" "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" , p->zFilename , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" , (int)p->errCode , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize ); return zRet; } #endif /* Forward references to the various page getters */ static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); #endif /* ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch ** content from the pager. */ static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){ if( pPager->errCode ){ pPager->xGet = getPageError; #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC && pPager->xCodec==0 #endif ){ pPager->xGet = getPageMMap; #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ }else{ pPager->xGet = getPageNormal; } } /* ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one ** or more open savepoints for which: ** ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. */ static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; PagerSavepoint *p; Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; int i; for(i=0; inSavepoint; i++){ p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ return 1; } } return 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. */ static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); } #endif /* ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an ** error code is something goes wrong. ** ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. */ static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ unsigned char ac[4]; int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); } return rc; } /* ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. */ #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) /* ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. */ static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ char ac[4]; put32bits(ac, val); return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); } /* ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. ** ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. */ static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; } IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) } return rc; } /* ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. ** ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation ** of this. */ static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); if( pPager->eLockeLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) } } return rc; } /* ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The ** atomic-write optimization can be used if: ** ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that ** a database page may be written atomically, and ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal ** to the page size. ** ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page. ** ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics() ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is ** returned in this case. ** ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned. */ static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ assert( !MEMDB ); #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) int dc; /* Device characteristics */ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){ return -1; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE { int nSector = pPager->sectorSize; int szPage = pPager->pageSize; assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ return 0; } } return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); #endif return 0; } /* ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing ** and debugging only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES /* ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. */ static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ u32 hash = 0; int i; for(i=0; ipPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); } static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); } /* ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. */ #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); } #else #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) #define CHECK_PAGE(x) #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ /* ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. ** ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name ** were present in the journal. ** ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master ** journal file name. ** ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. ** ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite ** error code is returned. */ static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ int rc; /* Return code */ u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ zMaster[0] = '\0'; if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) || szJ<16 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) || len>=nMaster || len>szJ-16 || len==0 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) ){ return rc; } /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ for(u=0; ujournalOff, assuming a sector ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. ** ** i.e for a sector size of 512: ** ** Pager.journalOff Return value ** --------------------------------------- ** 0 0 ** 512 512 ** 100 512 ** 2000 2048 ** */ static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ i64 offset = 0; i64 c = pPager->journalOff; if( c ){ offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); } assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); assert( offset>=c ); assert( (offset-c)jfd) ); assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); if( pPager->journalOff ){ const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); }else{ static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); } /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need ** to sync the file following this operation. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ i64 sz; rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); } } } return rc; } /* ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the ** current location. ** ** The format for the journal header is as follows: ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. ** ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. */ static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ int ii; /* Loop counter */ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); } /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. */ for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; } } pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); /* ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number ** of records (see syncJournal()). ** ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios ** where this risk can be ignored: ** ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a ** power failure in this case anyway. ** ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. */ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); }else{ memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); } /* The random check-hash initializer */ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); /* The initial database size */ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); /* The assumed sector size for this process */ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); /* The page size */ put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to ** take the performance hit. */ memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). ** ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what ** is done. ** ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required ** to populate the entire journal header sector. */ for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWritejournalHdr, nHeader)) rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); pPager->journalOff += nHeader; } return rc; } /* ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for ** a description of the journal header format. ** ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned ** in this case. ** ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. */ static int readJournalHdr( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ int isHot, i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. */ pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, ** proceed. */ if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); if( rc ){ return rc; } if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } } /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) ){ return rc; } if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) ){ return rc; } /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize ** variable is already set to the correct page size. */ if( iPageSize==0 ){ iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; } /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their ** respective compile time maximum limits. */ if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 ){ /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading ** the journal file here. */ return SQLITE_DONE; } /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. */ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. */ pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; } pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); return rc; } /* ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before ** anything is written. The format is: ** ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. ** ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. ** ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), ** this call is a no-op. */ static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ int rc; /* Return code */ int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); if( !zMaster || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pPager->setMaster = 1; assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; } /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to ** the journal has already been synced. */ if( pPager->fullSync ){ pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); } iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. */ if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) ){ return rc; } pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine ** whether or not the journal is hot. ** ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal ** file to the required size. */ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); } return rc; } /* ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. */ static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ pPager->iDataVersion++; sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); } /* ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->iDataVersion; } /* ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. */ static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); } if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); } sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); pPager->aSavepoint = 0; pPager->nSavepoint = 0; pPager->nSubRec = 0; } /* ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. */ static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ int ii; /* Loop counter */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ for(ii=0; iinSavepoint; ii++){ PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); } } return rc; } /* ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN ** state. ** ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is ** closed (if it is open). ** ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). */ static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ); sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); pPager->pInJournal = 0; releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file ** out from under us. */ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) ){ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); } /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this ** is necessary. */ rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; } /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. */ assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); pPager->changeCountDone = 0; pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; } /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. */ assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); if( pPager->errCode ){ if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ pager_reset(pPager); pPager->changeCountDone = 0; pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; }else{ pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); } if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; setGetterMethod(pPager); } pPager->journalOff = 0; pPager->journalHdr = 0; pPager->setMaster = 0; } /* ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. ** ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. ** ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if ** it were a hot-journal). */ static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ int rc2 = rc & 0xff; assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ pPager->errCode = rc; pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; setGetterMethod(pPager); } return rc; } static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); /* ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). ** ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. ** ** Rules: ** ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary ** for transactions to be durable. ** ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total ** cache size. */ static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; if( !bCommit ) return 0; if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); } /* ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a ** database transaction. ** ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. ** ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. ** ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: ** ** journalMode==MEMORY ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an ** in-memory journal. ** ** journalMode==TRUNCATE ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. ** ** journalMode==PERSIST ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. ** ** journalMode==DELETE ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). ** ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. ** ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is ** returned. */ static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is ** held under two circumstances: ** ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. ** ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. */ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); if( pPager->eStateeLockjfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ); if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); /* Finalize the journal file. */ if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 */ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); } } pPager->journalOff = 0; }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) ){ rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile); pPager->journalOff = 0; }else{ /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. */ int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); if( bDelete ){ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); } } } #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); if( p ){ p->pageHash = 0; sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); } } #endif sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); pPager->pInJournal = 0; pPager->nRec = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); }else{ sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); } sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); } if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE ** lock held on the database file. */ rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum ** required size. */ assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) ){ rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); pPager->changeCountDone = 0; } pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; pPager->setMaster = 0; return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); } /* ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the ** database file. ** ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) ** will roll it back. ** ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. */ static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); } } pager_unlock(pPager); } /* ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. ** ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. ** ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an ** incompatible journal file format. ** ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. */ static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ while( i>0 ){ cksum += aData[i]; i -= 200; } return cksum; } /* ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back ** to the codec. */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, (int)pPager->nReserve); } } #else # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; pagerReportSize(pDest); } } #endif /* ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. ** ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does ** not. ** ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set ** prior to returning. ** ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in ** two circumstances: ** ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. ** ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. ** ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. */ static int pager_playback_one_page( Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ ){ int rc; PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* The jrnlEnc flag is true if Journal pages should be passed through ** the codec. It is false for pure in-memory journals. */ const int jrnlEnc = (isMainJrnl || pPager->subjInMemory==0); #endif assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. */ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ); assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. */ jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. */ if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ assert( !isSavepnt ); return SQLITE_DONE; } if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ return SQLITE_OK; } if( isMainJrnl ){ rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); if( rc ) return rc; if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } } /* If this page has already been played back before during the current ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. */ if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting */ if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; pagerReportSize(pPager); } /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. ** ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not ** assert()able. ** ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty ** if the pager is in OPEN state. ** ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else ** the page is marked as needSync==0. ** ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. */ if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ pPg = 0; }else{ pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); } assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") )); if( isMainJrnl ){ isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); }else{ isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); } if( isOpen(pPager->fd) && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) && isSynced ){ i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file. ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database ** file. */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( !jrnlEnc ){ CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }else #endif rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; } if( pPager->pBackup ){ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT,aData); }else #endif sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); } }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be ** current. ** ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). ** ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. */ assert( isSavepnt ); assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); } if( pPg ){ /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). */ void *pData; pData = pPg->pData; memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); pPager->xReiniter(pPg); /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so ** has been removed. */ pager_set_pagehash(pPg); /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. ** Do this before any decoding. */ if( pgno==1 ){ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); } /* Decode the page just read from disk */ #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( jrnlEnc ){ CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); } #endif sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); } return rc; } /* ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, ** and does so if it is. ** ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not ** available for use within this function. ** ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: ** ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" ** ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child ** journals have been rolled back. ** ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For ** each child journal, it checks if: ** ** * if the child journal exists, and if so ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal ** file zMaster ** ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). ** ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page ** size. */ static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; int rc; /* Return code */ sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. */ pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); if( !pMaster ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. */ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); if( !zMasterJournal ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto delmaster_out; } zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; zJournal = zMasterJournal; while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)pageSize bytes). ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. ** ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to ** the end of the new file instead. ** ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. */ static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); if( isOpen(pPager->fd) && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) ){ i64 currentSize, newSize; int szPage = pPager->pageSize; assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ if( currentSize>newSize ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; } } } return rc; } /* ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); if( iRet<32 ){ iRet = 512; }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; } return iRet; } /* ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and ** master journal pointers within created journal files. ** ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. ** ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. ** ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. */ static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); if( pPager->tempFile || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 ){ /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() ** call will segfault. */ pPager->sectorSize = 512; }else{ pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); } } /* ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to ** the state it was in before we started making changes. ** ** The journal file format is as follows: ** ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the ** number of page records from the journal size. ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the ** sanity checksum. ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the ** database to during a rollback. ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header ** is this many bytes in size. ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: ** + 4 byte page number. ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. ** + 4 byte checksum ** ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. ** ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. ** ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. ** ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had ** been encountered. ** ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted ** and an error code is returned. ** ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is ** needed. */ static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize; /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if ** the journal is empty. */ assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto end_playback; } /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be ** played back. ** ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value ** for pageSize. */ zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); } zMaster = 0; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ goto end_playback; } pPager->journalOff = 0; needPagerReset = isHot; /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error ** occurs. */ while( 1 ){ /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. */ rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } goto end_playback; } /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. */ if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); } /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining ** size of the file. ** ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages ** should be computed based on the journal file size. */ if( nRec==0 && !isHot && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); } /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the ** database file back to its original size. */ if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto end_playback; } pPager->dbSize = mxPg; } /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the ** database file and/or page cache. */ for(u=0; ujournalOff,0,1,0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nPlayback++; }else{ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ pPager->journalOff = szJ; break; }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that ** case, the database should have never been written in the ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ rc = SQLITE_OK; goto end_playback; }else{ /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. */ goto end_playback; } } } } /*NOTREACHED*/ assert( 0 ); end_playback: if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1); } /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); #endif /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. */ pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. */ rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } if( isHot && nPlayback ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); } /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. */ setSectorSize(pPager); return rc; } /* ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database ** file before this function is called. ** ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to ** the value read from the database file. ** ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. */ static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); if( rc ) return rc; } if( iFrame ){ rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData); }else #endif { i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset); if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } if( pPg->pgno==1 ){ if( rc ){ /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. ** ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so ** we should still be ok. */ memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); }else{ u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); } } CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)); PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); return rc; } /* ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. ** ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. */ static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ u32 change_counter; /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number ** is valid. */ put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. ** ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; PgHdr *pPg; assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); if( pPg ){ if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); }else{ rc = readDbPage(pPg); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->xReiniter(pPg); } sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); } } /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, ** the backups must be restarted. */ sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); return rc; } /* ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. */ static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ int rc; /* Return Code */ PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the ** following: ** ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). */ pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); pList = pNext; } return rc; } /* ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have ** changed. ** ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. */ static int pagerWalFrames( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ assert( pPager->pWal ); assert( pList ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); } #endif assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); if( isCommit ){ /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty ** list here. */ PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; nList = 0; for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ ppNext = &p->pDirty; nList++; } } assert( pList ); }else{ nList = 1; } pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); } } #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ pager_set_pagehash(p); } #endif return rc; } /* ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. ** ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by ** other writers or checkpointers. */ static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ int rc; /* Return code */ int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, ** the duplicate call is harmless. */ sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ pager_reset(pPager); if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); } return rc; } #endif /* ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. */ static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or ** contains no valid committed transactions. */ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. */ if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); } /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so ** that the file can be read. */ if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; } *pnPage = nPage; return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. ** ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. ** ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some ** other connection. */ static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); if( !pPager->tempFile ){ int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ rc = sqlite3OsAccess( pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( isWal ){ Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); if( rc ) return rc; if( nPage==0 ){ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); }else{ testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); } }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; } } } return rc; } #endif /* ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction ** savepoint. ** ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, ** performed in the order specified: ** ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. ** ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played ** back starting from the journal header immediately following ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. ** ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of ** the journal file. ** ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. ** ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. ** ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. */ static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ if( pSavepoint ){ pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); if( !pDone ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } } /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint ** being reverted was opened. */ pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); } /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. */ szJ = pPager->journalOff; assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they ** are played back. */ if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalOff, pDone, 1, 1); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); }else{ pPager->journalOff = 0; } /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. */ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOffjournalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the ** pager_playback() function for additional information. */ if( nJRec==0 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); } for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iijournalOffjournalOff, pDone, 1, 1); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. */ if( pSavepoint ){ u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); } for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSubRec; ii++){ assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); } sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->journalOff = szJ; } return rc; } /* ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); } /* ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); } /* ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. */ static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ sqlite3_int64 sz; sz = pPager->szMmap; pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); setGetterMethod(pPager); sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); } #endif } /* ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ pPager->szMmap = szMmap; pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); } /* ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); } /* ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. ** ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. ** There are four levels: ** ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default ** for temporary and transient files. ** ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal ** in a state which would cause damage to the database ** when it is rolled back. ** ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field ** of the journal header - being written in between the two ** syncs). If we assume that writing a ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. ** ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback ** journal is unlinked. ** ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. ** ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. ** ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, ** and FULL=3. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ ){ unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; if( pPager->tempFile ){ pPager->noSync = 1; pPager->fullSync = 0; pPager->extraSync = 0; }else{ pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; } if( pPager->noSync ){ pPager->syncFlags = 0; }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; }else{ pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; } pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2); if( pPager->fullSync ){ pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags; } if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){ pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2); } if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; }else{ pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; } } #endif /* ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for ** testing and analysis only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; #endif /* ** Open a temporary file. ** ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. ** ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: ** ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE */ static int pagerOpentemp( Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ #endif vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); return rc; } /* ** Set the busy handler function. ** ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: ** ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler ** -------------------------------------------------------- ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes ** ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ ){ void **ap; pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); } /* ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size ** is passed in *pPageSize. ** ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). ** ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: ** ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and ** ** * there are no outstanding page references, and ** ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. ** ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. ** ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. ** ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. */ u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize ){ char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ i64 nByte = 0; if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pager_reset(pPager); rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); pPager->pageSize = pageSize; }else{ sqlite3PageFree(pNew); } } *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; pagerReportSize(pPager); pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); } return rc; } /* ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as ** no rollbacks are happening. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->pTmpSpace; } /* ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. ** ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ if( mxPage>0 ){ pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; } assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ return pPager->mxPgno; } /* ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. ** ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops ** and generate no code. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; SQLITE_API extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; static int saved_cnt; void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; } void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; } #else # define disable_simulated_io_errors() # define enable_simulated_io_errors() #endif /* ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory ** that pDest points to. ** ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. ** ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the ** output buffer undefined. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; memset(pDest, 0, N); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition ** to WAL mode yet. */ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } return rc; } /* ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. ** ** However, if the file is between 1 and bytes in size, then ** this is considered a 1 page file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; } /* ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). ** ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to ** obtain the lock succeeds. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state ** variable to locktype before returning. */ static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ int rc; /* Return code */ /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). */ assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ); do { rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); return rc; } /* ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: ** ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the ** current database image, in pages, OR ** ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). ** ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that ** this circumstance cannot arise. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); } static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); } #else # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) #endif /* ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. ** ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and ** then continue writing to the database. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); pPager->dbSize = nPage; /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call ** is no longer correct. */ } /* ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows ** that the entire journal file has been synced. ** ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal ** content as this process. ** ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, ** an SQLite error code. */ static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !pPager->noSync ){ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); } return rc; } #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set ** *ppPage to zero. ** ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). */ static int pagerAcquireMapPage( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ ){ PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; p->pDirty = 0; assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 ); memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8); }else{ *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); if( p==0 ){ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; p->nRef = 1; p->pPager = pPager; } assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); assert( p->pPage==0 ); assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); assert( p->pPager==pPager ); assert( p->nRef==1 ); p->pgno = pgno; p->pData = pData; pPager->nMmapOut++; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). */ static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; pPager->nMmapOut--; pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); } /* ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. */ static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ PgHdr *p; PgHdr *pNext; for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ pNext = p->pDirty; sqlite3_free(p); } } /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. */ static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ int bHasMoved = 0; int rc; if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; } return rc; } /* ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. ** ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely ** result in a coredump. ** ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned ** to the caller. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace; assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); disable_simulated_io_errors(); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL { u8 *a = 0; assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 ); if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose) && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager) ){ a = pTmp; } sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a); pPager->pWal = 0; } #endif pager_reset(pPager); if( MEMDB ){ pager_unlock(pPager); }else{ /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. ** ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal ** rollback before accessing the database file. */ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); } pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); enable_simulated_io_errors(); PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); #endif assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); sqlite3_free(pPager); return SQLITE_OK; } #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) /* ** Return the page number for page pPg. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ return pPg->pgno; } #endif /* ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); } /* ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. ** ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: ** ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need ** be taken. ** ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. ** ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then ** journal file is synced. ** ** Or, in pseudo-code: ** ** if( NOT ){ ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ ** if( ) xSync(); ** ** } ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(); ** } ** ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. */ static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ int rc; /* Return code */ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; if( !pPager->noSync ){ assert( !pPager->tempFile ); if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. ** ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. ** ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of ** the potential journal header. */ i64 iNextHdrOffset; u8 aMagic[8]; u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ static const u8 zerobyte = 0; rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ return rc; } /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark ** it as a candidate for rollback. ** ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written ** and never needs to be updated. */ if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); rc = sqlite3OsWrite( pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ pPager->nRec = 0; rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } }else{ pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; } } /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on ** all pages. */ sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is ** a no-op. ** ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. ** ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is ** written out. ** ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: ** ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. ** ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in ** the database file. ** ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. */ static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. */ if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); } /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final ** file size will be. */ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->dbHintSizedbSize && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) ){ sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write ** any such pages to the file. ** ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). */ if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ char *pData; /* Data to write */ assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); /* Encode the database */ CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); /* Write out the page data. */ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. */ if( pgno==1 ){ memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); } if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; } pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); }else{ PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); } pager_set_pagehash(pList); pList = pList->pDirty; } return rc; } /* ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this ** function is a no-op. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() ** fails. */ static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ nStmtSpill = -1; } rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); } return rc; } /* ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. ** ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs ** for all open savepoints before returning. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint ** bitvec. */ static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ assert( pPager->useJournal ); assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); rc = openSubJournal(pPager); /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), ** write the journal record into the file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ void *pData = pPg->pData; i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); char *pData2; #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( !pPager->subjInMemory ){ CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); }else #endif pData2 = pData; PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->nSubRec++; assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); } return rc; } static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ return subjournalPage(pPg); }else{ return SQLITE_OK; } } /* ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first ** argument. ** ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the ** journal file. ** ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. */ static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple ** pages belonging to the same sector. ** ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. ** ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); if( pPager->doNotSpill && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++; pPg->pDirty = 0; if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); } }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc); } #endif /* Sync the journal file if required. */ if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ){ rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); } /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); } } /* Mark the page as clean. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); } return pager_error(pPager, rc); } /* ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ int rc = pPager->errCode; if( !MEMDB ){ PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; if( pList->nRef==0 ){ rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); } pList = pNext; } } return rc; } /* ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). ** ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. ** ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. When a new page is allocated, the ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized. ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.) ** ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination ** of the PAGER_* flags. ** ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. ** ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ ){ u8 *pPtr; Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE int memJM = 0; /* Memory journal mode */ #else # define memJM 0 #endif int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ *ppPager = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ memDb = 1; if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); zFilename = 0; } } #endif /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. */ if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ const char *z; nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); if( zPathname==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; while( *z ){ z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; } nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); assert( nUri>=0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even ** check for a hot-journal before reading. */ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); return rc; } } /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: ** ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) */ pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ #endif ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); if( !pPtr ){ sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ if( zPathname ){ assert( nPathname>0 ); pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); #endif sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); } pPager->pVfs = pVfs; pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; /* Open the pager file. */ if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); assert( !memDb ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0; #endif readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0; /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: ** ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); if( !readOnly ){ setSectorSize(pPager); assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); if( szPageDfltsectorSize ){ if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; }else{ szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; } } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE { int ii; assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ szPageDflt = ii; } } } #endif } pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; goto act_like_temp_file; } } }else{ /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). ** ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. ** ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. */ act_like_temp_file: tempFile = 1; pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); } /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } /* Initialize the PCache object. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 ); rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); } /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. */ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); sqlite3_free(pPager); return rc; } PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; if( pPager->noSync ){ assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); }else{ pPager->fullSync = 1; pPager->extraSync = 0; pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2); } /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); setSectorSize(pPager); if( !useJournal ){ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; }else if( memDb || memJM ){ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; } /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; setGetterMethod(pPager); /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ *ppPager = pPager; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal ** file exists if the following criteria are met: ** ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. ** ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK ** is returned. ** ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and ** will not roll it back. ** ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. */ static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); assert( pPager->useJournal ); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN )); *pExists = 0; if( !jrnlOpen ){ rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. */ rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to ** journal_mode=PERSIST. */ if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }else{ /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, ** it can be ignored. */ if( !jrnlOpen ){ int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u8 first = 0; rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } if( !jrnlOpen ){ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); } *pExists = (first!=0); }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to ** worry so much with race conditions. */ *pExists = 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; } } } } } return rc; } /* ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when ** this function is called, it is a no-op. ** ** The following operations are also performed by this function. ** ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. ** ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal ** file. ** ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in ** exclusive access mode. */ assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ assert( !MEMDB ); assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); goto failed; } /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. */ if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto failed; } if( bHotJournal ){ if( pPager->readOnly ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; goto failed; } /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the ** hot-journal back. ** ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock ** on the database file. ** ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. */ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto failed; } /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). ** ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. */ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ rc = sqlite3OsAccess( pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ int fout = 0; int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; assert( !pPager->tempFile ); rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); } } } /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync ** the journal before playing it back. */ if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; } }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). ** ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page ** references. */ pager_error(pPager, rc); goto failed; } assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) ); } if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. ** ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when ** a codec is in use. ** ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that ** it can be neglected. */ char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ goto failed; } memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); } if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ pager_reset(pPager); /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); } } } /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. */ rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); #endif } if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); } if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); } failed: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( !MEMDB ); pager_unlock(pPager); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); }else{ pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; } return rc; } /* ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active ** transaction and unlock the pager. ** ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. */ static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){ assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */ pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); } } /* ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. ** ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending ** on the current state of the pager. ** ** getPageNormal() -- The normal getter ** getPageError() -- Used if the pager is in an error state ** getPageMmap() -- Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled ** ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing ** object with no outstanding references. ** ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. ** ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the ** page is initialized to all zeros. ** ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: ** ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and ** ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read ** from the savepoint journal. ** ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. ** ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. ** ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks ** or journal files. */ static int getPageNormal( Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; PgHdr *pPg; u8 noContent; /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */ sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); if( pgno==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); if( pBase==0 ){ pPg = 0; rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; if( pBase==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto pager_acquire_err; } } pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0; if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of ** the page. Return without further ado. */ assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; return SQLITE_OK; }else{ /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to ** be initialized. But first some error checks: ** ** (1) The maximum page number is 2^31 ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page */ if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto pager_acquire_err; } pPg->pPager = pPager; assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSizepPager->mxPgno ){ rc = SQLITE_FULL; goto pager_acquire_err; } if( noContent ){ /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set ** a bit in a bit vector. */ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); } TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); }else{ assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; rc = readDbPage(pPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto pager_acquire_err; } } pager_set_pagehash(pPg); } return SQLITE_OK; pager_acquire_err: assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); if( pPg ){ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); } pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); *ppPage = 0; return rc; } #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */ static int getPageMMap( Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; PgHdr *pPg = 0; u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a ** temporary or in-memory database. */ const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) ); assert( USEFETCH(pPager) ); #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC assert( pPager->xCodec==0 ); #endif /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the ** common case where pgno is large. */ if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *ppPage = 0; return rc; } } if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ void *pData = 0; rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); } if( pPg==0 ){ rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); }else{ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); } if( pPg ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); *ppPage = pPg; return SQLITE_OK; } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *ppPage = 0; return rc; } } return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); } #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */ static int getPageError( Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno); UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags); assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); *ppPage = 0; return pPager->errCode; } /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGet( Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ ){ return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags); } /* ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. ** ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error ** has ever happened. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; assert( pPager!=0 ); assert( pgno!=0 ); assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); if( pPage==0 ) return 0; return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); } /* ** Release a page reference. ** ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page. ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1. ** ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1. This latter routine ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; ) assert( pPg!=0 ); if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ assert( pPg->pgno!=1 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); }else{ sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); } /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */ assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){ Pager *pPager; assert( pPg!=0 ); assert( pPg->pgno==1 ); assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */ pPager = pPg->pPager; sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager); sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); } /* ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database ** file when this routine is called. ** ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. ** ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the ** already open file. ** ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. */ static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in ** an error state. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); }else{ int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; int nSpill; if( pPager->tempFile ){ flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; }else{ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); } /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when ** it was originally opened. */ rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill ); } } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); } /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open ** the sub-journal if necessary. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ pPager->nRec = 0; pPager->journalOff = 0; pPager->setMaster = 0; pPager->journalHdr = 0; rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); pPager->pInJournal = 0; }else{ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; } return rc; } /* ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. ** ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking ** functions need be called. ** ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, ** or using a temporary file otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eStatesubjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. */ if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); } /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. */ rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); }else{ /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. */ rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. ** ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in ** WAL mode. */ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; pPager->journalOff = 0; } assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); } PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); return rc; } /* ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; int rc; u32 cksum; char *pData2; i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; /* We should never write to the journal file the page that ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies ** that we do not. */ assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, ** then corruption may follow. */ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; pPager->nRec++; assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); return rc; } /* ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. */ static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. ** It is never called in the ERROR state. */ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); CHECK_PAGE(pPg); /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. ** ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. */ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. */ assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 ){ assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } }else{ if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; } PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); } } /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. */ pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, ** then write the page into the statement journal. */ if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); } /* Update the database size and return. */ if( pPager->dbSizepgno ){ pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; } return rc; } /* ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of ** a write. ** ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ int ii; /* Loop counter */ int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by ** this function. */ assert( !MEMDB ); assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. */ pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; }else{ nPage = nPagePerSector; } assert(nPage>0); assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); for(ii=0; iipgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pager_write(pPage); if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ needSync = 1; } sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); } } }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ needSync = 1; } sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); } } /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ assert( !MEMDB ); for(ii=0; iiflags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); } } } assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; return rc; } /* ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. ** ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. ** ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); return SQLITE_OK; }else if( pPager->errCode ){ return pPager->errCode; }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); }else{ return pager_write(pPg); } } /* ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok ** to change the content of the page. */ #ifndef NDEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; } #endif /* ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its ** content no longer matters. ** ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so ** that it does not get written to disk. ** ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large ** DELETE operations. ** ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the ** current transaction is rolled back. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); pager_set_pagehash(pPg); } } /* ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. ** ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an ** unconditional update of the change counters. ** ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current ** transaction is committed. ** ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. */ static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. ** ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the ** "if( isDirect )" condition. */ #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE # define DIRECT_MODE 0 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); #else # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode #endif if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. */ if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ if( DIRECT_MODE ){ const void *zBuf; assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); pPager->changeCountDone = 1; } }else{ pPager->changeCountDone = 1; } } /* Release the page reference. */ sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); } return rc; } /* ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. ** ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ assert( !MEMDB ); rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); } return rc; } /* ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. ** ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is ** returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ int rc = pPager->errCode; assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); } } return rc; } /* ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master ** journal (a single database transaction). ** ** This routine ensures that: ** ** * The database file change-counter is updated, ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and ** * the database file synced. ** ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or ** delete the master journal file if specified). ** ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. ** ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the ** journal file in this case. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ if( pPager->eStatetempFile ); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); }else{ PgHdr *pList; if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); if( pList==0 ){ /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); pList = pPageOne; pList->pDirty = 0; } assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); } sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); } }else{ /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method ** should be used. No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write ** is enabled. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; int bBatch = zMaster==0 /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */ && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) && !pPager->noSync && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd); #else # define bBatch 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the ** runtime criteria to use the operation: ** ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for ** blocks of size page-size, and ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. ** ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect ** mode. ** ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be ** created for this transaction. */ if( bBatch==0 ){ PgHdr *pPg; assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) ){ /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. */ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); }else{ rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); } } } #else /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE if( zMaster ){ rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; assert( bBatch==0 ); } #endif rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. */ rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. ** ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. */ rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE if( bBatch ){ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0); } } if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); goto commit_phase_one_exit; } bBatch = 0; }else{ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); } } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */ if( bBatch==0 ){ rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); goto commit_phase_one_exit; } sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; } /* Finally, sync the database file. */ if( !noSync ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); } IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) } } commit_phase_one_exit: if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; } return rc; } /* ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. ** ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is ** irrevocably committed. ** ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. ** ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need ** to drop any locks either. */ if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ){ assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; return SQLITE_OK; } PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); pPager->iDataVersion++; rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); return pager_error(pPager, rc); } /* ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR ** state if an error occurs. ** ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. ** ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: ** ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction ** was opened, and ** ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot ** rollback at any point in the future. ** ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the ** rollback is successful. ** ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. */ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ int rc2; rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ int eState = pPager->eState; rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. */ pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; setGetterMethod(pPager); return rc; } }else{ rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); } assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ); /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. */ return pager_error(pPager, rc); } /* ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE ** if the database is (in theory) writable. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->readOnly; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); } #endif /* ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently ** used by the pager and its associated cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) + 5*sizeof(void*); return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) + pPager->pageSize; } /* ** Return the number of references to the specified page. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ static int a[11]; a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; a[4] = pPager->eState; a[5] = pPager->errCode; a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ a[9] = pPager->nRead; a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; return a; } #endif /* ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE, ** or _WRITE+1. The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL. The _SPILL case is not contiguous because ** it was added later. ** ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before ** returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 ); assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 ); eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT; *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat]; if( reset ){ pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0; } } /* ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->tempFile; } /* ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. ** ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ int ii; /* Iterator variable */ PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. */ aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint ); if( !aNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ for(ii=nCurrent; iidbSize; if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; }else{ aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); } aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); } pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; } assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); }else{ return SQLITE_OK; } } /* ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently ** created savepoint. ** ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. ** ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. ** ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the ** contents of the database to its original state. ** ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. ** ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ int rc = pPager->errCode; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; #endif assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepointnSavepoint ){ int ii; /* Iterator variable */ int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. */ nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); for(ii=nNew; iinSavepoint; ii++){ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); } pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); } pPager->nSubRec = 0; } } /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. */ else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ){ pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; setGetterMethod(pPager); } #endif } return rc; } /* ** Return the full pathname of the database file. ** ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can ** participate in shared-cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; } /* ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->pVfs; } /* ** Return the file handle for the database file associated ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has ** not yet been opened. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->fd; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT /* ** Reset the lock timeout for pager. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(Pager *pPager){ int x = 0; sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &x); } #endif /* ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL return pPager->jfd; #else return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; #endif } /* ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->zJournal; } #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( Pager *pPager, void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), void (*xCodecFree)(void*), void *pCodec ){ if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; pPager->pCodec = pCodec; setGetterMethod(pPager); pagerReportSize(pPager); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->pCodec; } /* ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content ** into the log file. ** ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ void *aData = 0; CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); return aData; } /* ** Return the current pager state */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ return pPager->eState; } #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. ** ** There must be no references to the page previously located at ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. ** ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. ** ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement ** transaction is active). ** ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. ** ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ int rc; /* Return code */ Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal ** the page we are moving from. */ assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); if( pPager->tempFile ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); if( rc ) return rc; } /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: ** ** BEGIN; ** ** SAVEPOINT one; ** ** ROLLBACK TO one; ** ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" ** statement were is processed. ** ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. */ if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) ){ return rc; } PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. ** ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. */ if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); } /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained ** for the page moved there. */ pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); if( pPgOld ){ pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); if( pPager->tempFile ){ /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); }else{ sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); } } origPgno = pPg->pgno; sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. */ if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); } if( needSyncPgno ){ /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ** flag. ** ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. */ PgHdr *pPgHdr; rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); } return rc; } pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to ** the value passed as the third parameter. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); pPg->flags = flags; sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); } /* ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); return pPg->pData; } /* ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space ** allocated along with the specified page. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ return pPg->pExtra; } /* ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. ** ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) ** locking-mode. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; } return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; } /* ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: ** ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ** ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: ** ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF ** or _MEMORY. ** ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. ** ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed ** to WAL mode. */ assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF */ if( MEMDB ){ assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ eMode = eOld; } } if( eMode!=eOld ){ /* Change the journal mode. */ assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, ** delete the journal file. */ assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file ** here is an optimization only. ** ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted ** while it is in use by some other client. */ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); }else{ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int state = pPager->eState; assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); } if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ pager_unlock(pPager); } assert( state==pPager->eState ); } }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); } } /* Return the new journal mode */ return (int)pPager->journalMode; } /* ** Return the current journal mode. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ return (int)pPager->journalMode; } /* ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database ** is unmodified. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; return 1; } /* ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. ** ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ if( iLimit>=-1 ){ pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); } return pPager->journalSizeLimit; } /* ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ return &pPager->pBackup; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM /* ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. ** ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint( Pager *pPager, /* Checkpoint on this pager */ sqlite3 *db, /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */ int eMode, /* Type of checkpoint */ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pPager->pWal ){ rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode, (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, pnLog, pnCkpt ); sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pPager); } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); } /* ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); } /* ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. */ static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ int rc; /* Return code */ assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); } return rc; } /* ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. */ static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL ** file, to make sure this is safe. */ if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); } /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal ); } pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); return rc; } /* ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call ** this function. ** ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is ** not modified in either case. ** ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK ** without doing anything. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; } }else{ *pbOpen = 1; } return rc; } /* ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. ** ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. */ if( !pPager->pWal ){ int logexists = 0; rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsAccess( pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); } } /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); pPager->pWal = 0; pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); } } return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT /* ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; if( pPager->pWal ){ rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); } return rc; } /* ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pPager->pWal ){ sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } return rc; } /* ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this ** is not a WAL database, return an error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){ int rc; if( pPager->pWal ){ rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal); }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } return rc; } /* ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database. ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise, ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER ** lock is released before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ int rc; if( pPager->pWal ){ rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } return rc; } /* ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){ assert( pPager->pWal ); return sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS /* ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file ** is empty, return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); } #endif #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ /************** End of pager.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file wal.c *********************************************/ /* ** 2010 February 1 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains the implementation of a write-ahead log (WAL) used in ** "journal_mode=WAL" mode. ** ** WRITE-AHEAD LOG (WAL) FILE FORMAT ** ** A WAL file consists of a header followed by zero or more "frames". ** Each frame records the revised content of a single page from the ** database file. All changes to the database are recorded by writing ** frames into the WAL. Transactions commit when a frame is written that ** contains a commit marker. A single WAL can and usually does record ** multiple transactions. Periodically, the content of the WAL is ** transferred back into the database file in an operation called a ** "checkpoint". ** ** A single WAL file can be used multiple times. In other words, the ** WAL can fill up with frames and then be checkpointed and then new ** frames can overwrite the old ones. A WAL always grows from beginning ** toward the end. Checksums and counters attached to each frame are ** used to determine which frames within the WAL are valid and which ** are leftovers from prior checkpoints. ** ** The WAL header is 32 bytes in size and consists of the following eight ** big-endian 32-bit unsigned integer values: ** ** 0: Magic number. 0x377f0682 or 0x377f0683 ** 4: File format version. Currently 3007000 ** 8: Database page size. Example: 1024 ** 12: Checkpoint sequence number ** 16: Salt-1, random integer incremented with each checkpoint ** 20: Salt-2, a different random integer changing with each ckpt ** 24: Checksum-1 (first part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). ** 28: Checksum-2 (second part of checksum for first 24 bytes of header). ** ** Immediately following the wal-header are zero or more frames. Each ** frame consists of a 24-byte frame-header followed by a bytes ** of page data. The frame-header is six big-endian 32-bit unsigned ** integer values, as follows: ** ** 0: Page number. ** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages ** after the commit. For all other records, zero. ** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the header) ** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the header) ** 16: Checksum-1. ** 20: Checksum-2. ** ** A frame is considered valid if and only if the following conditions are ** true: ** ** (1) The salt-1 and salt-2 values in the frame-header match ** salt values in the wal-header ** ** (2) The checksum values in the final 8 bytes of the frame-header ** exactly match the checksum computed consecutively on the ** WAL header and the first 8 bytes and the content of all frames ** up to and including the current frame. ** ** The checksum is computed using 32-bit big-endian integers if the ** magic number in the first 4 bytes of the WAL is 0x377f0683 and it ** is computed using little-endian if the magic number is 0x377f0682. ** The checksum values are always stored in the frame header in a ** big-endian format regardless of which byte order is used to compute ** the checksum. The checksum is computed by interpreting the input as ** an even number of unsigned 32-bit integers: x[0] through x[N]. The ** algorithm used for the checksum is as follows: ** ** for i from 0 to n-1 step 2: ** s0 += x[i] + s1; ** s1 += x[i+1] + s0; ** endfor ** ** Note that s0 and s1 are both weighted checksums using fibonacci weights ** in reverse order (the largest fibonacci weight occurs on the first element ** of the sequence being summed.) The s1 value spans all 32-bit ** terms of the sequence whereas s0 omits the final term. ** ** On a checkpoint, the WAL is first VFS.xSync-ed, then valid content of the ** WAL is transferred into the database, then the database is VFS.xSync-ed. ** The VFS.xSync operations serve as write barriers - all writes launched ** before the xSync must complete before any write that launches after the ** xSync begins. ** ** After each checkpoint, the salt-1 value is incremented and the salt-2 ** value is randomized. This prevents old and new frames in the WAL from ** being considered valid at the same time and being checkpointing together ** following a crash. ** ** READER ALGORITHM ** ** To read a page from the database (call it page number P), a reader ** first checks the WAL to see if it contains page P. If so, then the ** last valid instance of page P that is a followed by a commit frame ** or is a commit frame itself becomes the value read. If the WAL ** contains no copies of page P that are valid and which are a commit ** frame or are followed by a commit frame, then page P is read from ** the database file. ** ** To start a read transaction, the reader records the index of the last ** valid frame in the WAL. The reader uses this recorded "mxFrame" value ** for all subsequent read operations. New transactions can be appended ** to the WAL, but as long as the reader uses its original mxFrame value ** and ignores the newly appended content, it will see a consistent snapshot ** of the database from a single point in time. This technique allows ** multiple concurrent readers to view different versions of the database ** content simultaneously. ** ** The reader algorithm in the previous paragraphs works correctly, but ** because frames for page P can appear anywhere within the WAL, the ** reader has to scan the entire WAL looking for page P frames. If the ** WAL is large (multiple megabytes is typical) that scan can be slow, ** and read performance suffers. To overcome this problem, a separate ** data structure called the wal-index is maintained to expedite the ** search for frames of a particular page. ** ** WAL-INDEX FORMAT ** ** Conceptually, the wal-index is shared memory, though VFS implementations ** might choose to implement the wal-index using a mmapped file. Because ** the wal-index is shared memory, SQLite does not support journal_mode=WAL ** on a network filesystem. All users of the database must be able to ** share memory. ** ** In the default unix and windows implementation, the wal-index is a mmapped ** file whose name is the database name with a "-shm" suffix added. For that ** reason, the wal-index is sometimes called the "shm" file. ** ** The wal-index is transient. After a crash, the wal-index can (and should ** be) reconstructed from the original WAL file. In fact, the VFS is required ** to either truncate or zero the header of the wal-index when the last ** connection to it closes. Because the wal-index is transient, it can ** use an architecture-specific format; it does not have to be cross-platform. ** Hence, unlike the database and WAL file formats which store all values ** as big endian, the wal-index can store multi-byte values in the native ** byte order of the host computer. ** ** The purpose of the wal-index is to answer this question quickly: Given ** a page number P and a maximum frame index M, return the index of the ** last frame in the wal before frame M for page P in the WAL, or return ** NULL if there are no frames for page P in the WAL prior to M. ** ** The wal-index consists of a header region, followed by an one or ** more index blocks. ** ** The wal-index header contains the total number of frames within the WAL ** in the mxFrame field. ** ** Each index block except for the first contains information on ** HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames. The first index block contains information on ** HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE frames. The values of HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE and ** HASHTABLE_NPAGE are selected so that together the wal-index header and ** first index block are the same size as all other index blocks in the ** wal-index. ** ** Each index block contains two sections, a page-mapping that contains the ** database page number associated with each wal frame, and a hash-table ** that allows readers to query an index block for a specific page number. ** The page-mapping is an array of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE ** for the first index block) 32-bit page numbers. The first entry in the ** first index-block contains the database page number corresponding to the ** first frame in the WAL file. The first entry in the second index block ** in the WAL file corresponds to the (HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1)th frame in ** the log, and so on. ** ** The last index block in a wal-index usually contains less than the full ** complement of HASHTABLE_NPAGE (or HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) page-numbers, ** depending on the contents of the WAL file. This does not change the ** allocated size of the page-mapping array - the page-mapping array merely ** contains unused entries. ** ** Even without using the hash table, the last frame for page P ** can be found by scanning the page-mapping sections of each index block ** starting with the last index block and moving toward the first, and ** within each index block, starting at the end and moving toward the ** beginning. The first entry that equals P corresponds to the frame ** holding the content for that page. ** ** The hash table consists of HASHTABLE_NSLOT 16-bit unsigned integers. ** HASHTABLE_NSLOT = 2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE, and there is one entry in the ** hash table for each page number in the mapping section, so the hash ** table is never more than half full. The expected number of collisions ** prior to finding a match is 1. Each entry of the hash table is an ** 1-based index of an entry in the mapping section of the same ** index block. Let K be the 1-based index of the largest entry in ** the mapping section. (For index blocks other than the last, K will ** always be exactly HASHTABLE_NPAGE (4096) and for the last index block ** K will be (mxFrame%HASHTABLE_NPAGE).) Unused slots of the hash table ** contain a value of 0. ** ** To look for page P in the hash table, first compute a hash iKey on ** P as follows: ** ** iKey = (P * 383) % HASHTABLE_NSLOT ** ** Then start scanning entries of the hash table, starting with iKey ** (wrapping around to the beginning when the end of the hash table is ** reached) until an unused hash slot is found. Let the first unused slot ** be at index iUnused. (iUnused might be less than iKey if there was ** wrap-around.) Because the hash table is never more than half full, ** the search is guaranteed to eventually hit an unused entry. Let ** iMax be the value between iKey and iUnused, closest to iUnused, ** where aHash[iMax]==P. If there is no iMax entry (if there exists ** no hash slot such that aHash[i]==p) then page P is not in the ** current index block. Otherwise the iMax-th mapping entry of the ** current index block corresponds to the last entry that references ** page P. ** ** A hash search begins with the last index block and moves toward the ** first index block, looking for entries corresponding to page P. On ** average, only two or three slots in each index block need to be ** examined in order to either find the last entry for page P, or to ** establish that no such entry exists in the block. Each index block ** holds over 4000 entries. So two or three index blocks are sufficient ** to cover a typical 10 megabyte WAL file, assuming 1K pages. 8 or 10 ** comparisons (on average) suffice to either locate a frame in the ** WAL or to establish that the frame does not exist in the WAL. This ** is much faster than scanning the entire 10MB WAL. ** ** Note that entries are added in order of increasing K. Hence, one ** reader might be using some value K0 and a second reader that started ** at a later time (after additional transactions were added to the WAL ** and to the wal-index) might be using a different value K1, where K1>K0. ** Both readers can use the same hash table and mapping section to get ** the correct result. There may be entries in the hash table with ** K>K0 but to the first reader, those entries will appear to be unused ** slots in the hash table and so the first reader will get an answer as ** if no values greater than K0 had ever been inserted into the hash table ** in the first place - which is what reader one wants. Meanwhile, the ** second reader using K1 will see additional values that were inserted ** later, which is exactly what reader two wants. ** ** When a rollback occurs, the value of K is decreased. Hash table entries ** that correspond to frames greater than the new K value are removed ** from the hash table at this point. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* #include "wal.h" */ /* ** Trace output macros */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalTrace = 0; # define WALTRACE(X) if(sqlite3WalTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf X #else # define WALTRACE(X) #endif /* ** WAL mode depends on atomic aligned 32-bit loads and stores in a few ** places. The following macros try to make this explicit. */ #if GCC_VESRION>=5004000 # define AtomicLoad(PTR) __atomic_load_n((PTR),__ATOMIC_RELAXED) # define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) __atomic_store_n((PTR),(VAL),__ATOMIC_RELAXED) #else # define AtomicLoad(PTR) (*(PTR)) # define AtomicStore(PTR,VAL) (*(PTR) = (VAL)) #endif /* ** The maximum (and only) versions of the wal and wal-index formats ** that may be interpreted by this version of SQLite. ** ** If a client begins recovering a WAL file and finds that (a) the checksum ** values in the wal-header are correct and (b) the version field is not ** WAL_MAX_VERSION, recovery fails and SQLite returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. ** ** Similarly, if a client successfully reads a wal-index header (i.e. the ** checksum test is successful) and finds that the version field is not ** WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION, then no read-transaction is opened and SQLite ** returns SQLITE_CANTOPEN. */ #define WAL_MAX_VERSION 3007000 #define WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION 3007000 /* ** Index numbers for various locking bytes. WAL_NREADER is the number ** of available reader locks and should be at least 3. The default ** is SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK==8 and WAL_NREADER==5. ** ** Technically, the various VFSes are free to implement these locks however ** they see fit. However, compatibility is encouraged so that VFSes can ** interoperate. The standard implemention used on both unix and windows ** is for the index number to indicate a byte offset into the ** WalCkptInfo.aLock[] array in the wal-index header. In other words, all ** locks are on the shm file. The WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET constant (which ** should be 120) is the location in the shm file for the first locking ** byte. */ #define WAL_WRITE_LOCK 0 #define WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE 1 #define WAL_CKPT_LOCK 1 #define WAL_RECOVER_LOCK 2 #define WAL_READ_LOCK(I) (3+(I)) #define WAL_NREADER (SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK-3) /* Object declarations */ typedef struct WalIndexHdr WalIndexHdr; typedef struct WalIterator WalIterator; typedef struct WalCkptInfo WalCkptInfo; /* ** The following object holds a copy of the wal-index header content. ** ** The actual header in the wal-index consists of two copies of this ** object followed by one instance of the WalCkptInfo object. ** For all versions of SQLite through 3.10.0 and probably beyond, ** the locking bytes (WalCkptInfo.aLock) start at offset 120 and ** the total header size is 136 bytes. ** ** The szPage value can be any power of 2 between 512 and 32768, inclusive. ** Or it can be 1 to represent a 65536-byte page. The latter case was ** added in 3.7.1 when support for 64K pages was added. */ struct WalIndexHdr { u32 iVersion; /* Wal-index version */ u32 unused; /* Unused (padding) field */ u32 iChange; /* Counter incremented each transaction */ u8 isInit; /* 1 when initialized */ u8 bigEndCksum; /* True if checksums in WAL are big-endian */ u16 szPage; /* Database page size in bytes. 1==64K */ u32 mxFrame; /* Index of last valid frame in the WAL */ u32 nPage; /* Size of database in pages */ u32 aFrameCksum[2]; /* Checksum of last frame in log */ u32 aSalt[2]; /* Two salt values copied from WAL header */ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum over all prior fields */ }; /* ** A copy of the following object occurs in the wal-index immediately ** following the second copy of the WalIndexHdr. This object stores ** information used by checkpoint. ** ** nBackfill is the number of frames in the WAL that have been written ** back into the database. (We call the act of moving content from WAL to ** database "backfilling".) The nBackfill number is never greater than ** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame. nBackfill can only be increased by threads ** holding the WAL_CKPT_LOCK lock (which includes a recovery thread). ** However, a WAL_WRITE_LOCK thread can move the value of nBackfill from ** mxFrame back to zero when the WAL is reset. ** ** nBackfillAttempted is the largest value of nBackfill that a checkpoint ** has attempted to achieve. Normally nBackfill==nBackfillAtempted, however ** the nBackfillAttempted is set before any backfilling is done and the ** nBackfill is only set after all backfilling completes. So if a checkpoint ** crashes, nBackfillAttempted might be larger than nBackfill. The ** WalIndexHdr.mxFrame must never be less than nBackfillAttempted. ** ** The aLock[] field is a set of bytes used for locking. These bytes should ** never be read or written. ** ** There is one entry in aReadMark[] for each reader lock. If a reader ** holds read-lock K, then the value in aReadMark[K] is no greater than ** the mxFrame for that reader. The value READMARK_NOT_USED (0xffffffff) ** for any aReadMark[] means that entry is unused. aReadMark[0] is ** a special case; its value is never used and it exists as a place-holder ** to avoid having to offset aReadMark[] indexs by one. Readers holding ** WAL_READ_LOCK(0) always ignore the entire WAL and read all content ** directly from the database. ** ** The value of aReadMark[K] may only be changed by a thread that ** is holding an exclusive lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). Thus, the value of ** aReadMark[K] cannot changed while there is a reader is using that mark ** since the reader will be holding a shared lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(K). ** ** The checkpointer may only transfer frames from WAL to database where ** the frame numbers are less than or equal to every aReadMark[] that is ** in use (that is, every aReadMark[j] for which there is a corresponding ** WAL_READ_LOCK(j)). New readers (usually) pick the aReadMark[] with the ** largest value and will increase an unused aReadMark[] to mxFrame if there ** is not already an aReadMark[] equal to mxFrame. The exception to the ** previous sentence is when nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that everything ** in the WAL has been backfilled into the database) then new readers ** will choose aReadMark[0] which has value 0 and hence such reader will ** get all their all content directly from the database file and ignore ** the WAL. ** ** Writers normally append new frames to the end of the WAL. However, ** if nBackfill equals mxFrame (meaning that all WAL content has been ** written back into the database) and if no readers are using the WAL ** (in other words, if there are no WAL_READ_LOCK(i) where i>0) then ** the writer will first "reset" the WAL back to the beginning and start ** writing new content beginning at frame 1. ** ** We assume that 32-bit loads are atomic and so no locks are needed in ** order to read from any aReadMark[] entries. */ struct WalCkptInfo { u32 nBackfill; /* Number of WAL frames backfilled into DB */ u32 aReadMark[WAL_NREADER]; /* Reader marks */ u8 aLock[SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK]; /* Reserved space for locks */ u32 nBackfillAttempted; /* WAL frames perhaps written, or maybe not */ u32 notUsed0; /* Available for future enhancements */ }; #define READMARK_NOT_USED 0xffffffff /* A block of WALINDEX_LOCK_RESERVED bytes beginning at ** WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET is reserved for locks. Since some systems ** only support mandatory file-locks, we do not read or write data ** from the region of the file on which locks are applied. */ #define WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2+offsetof(WalCkptInfo,aLock)) #define WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE (sizeof(WalIndexHdr)*2+sizeof(WalCkptInfo)) /* Size of header before each frame in wal */ #define WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE 24 /* Size of write ahead log header, including checksum. */ #define WAL_HDRSIZE 32 /* WAL magic value. Either this value, or the same value with the least ** significant bit also set (WAL_MAGIC | 0x00000001) is stored in 32-bit ** big-endian format in the first 4 bytes of a WAL file. ** ** If the LSB is set, then the checksums for each frame within the WAL ** file are calculated by treating all data as an array of 32-bit ** big-endian words. Otherwise, they are calculated by interpreting ** all data as 32-bit little-endian words. */ #define WAL_MAGIC 0x377f0682 /* ** Return the offset of frame iFrame in the write-ahead log file, ** assuming a database page size of szPage bytes. The offset returned ** is to the start of the write-ahead log frame-header. */ #define walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ( \ WAL_HDRSIZE + ((iFrame)-1)*(i64)((szPage)+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE) \ ) /* ** An open write-ahead log file is represented by an instance of the ** following object. */ struct Wal { sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The VFS used to create pDbFd */ sqlite3_file *pDbFd; /* File handle for the database file */ sqlite3_file *pWalFd; /* File handle for WAL file */ u32 iCallback; /* Value to pass to log callback (or 0) */ i64 mxWalSize; /* Truncate WAL to this size upon reset */ int nWiData; /* Size of array apWiData */ int szFirstBlock; /* Size of first block written to WAL file */ volatile u32 **apWiData; /* Pointer to wal-index content in memory */ u32 szPage; /* Database page size */ i16 readLock; /* Which read lock is being held. -1 for none */ u8 syncFlags; /* Flags to use to sync header writes */ u8 exclusiveMode; /* Non-zero if connection is in exclusive mode */ u8 writeLock; /* True if in a write transaction */ u8 ckptLock; /* True if holding a checkpoint lock */ u8 readOnly; /* WAL_RDWR, WAL_RDONLY, or WAL_SHM_RDONLY */ u8 truncateOnCommit; /* True to truncate WAL file on commit */ u8 syncHeader; /* Fsync the WAL header if true */ u8 padToSectorBoundary; /* Pad transactions out to the next sector */ u8 bShmUnreliable; /* SHM content is read-only and unreliable */ WalIndexHdr hdr; /* Wal-index header for current transaction */ u32 minFrame; /* Ignore wal frames before this one */ u32 iReCksum; /* On commit, recalculate checksums from here */ const char *zWalName; /* Name of WAL file */ u32 nCkpt; /* Checkpoint sequence counter in the wal-header */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG u8 lockError; /* True if a locking error has occurred */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT WalIndexHdr *pSnapshot; /* Start transaction here if not NULL */ #endif }; /* ** Candidate values for Wal.exclusiveMode. */ #define WAL_NORMAL_MODE 0 #define WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE 1 #define WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE 2 /* ** Possible values for WAL.readOnly */ #define WAL_RDWR 0 /* Normal read/write connection */ #define WAL_RDONLY 1 /* The WAL file is readonly */ #define WAL_SHM_RDONLY 2 /* The SHM file is readonly */ /* ** Each page of the wal-index mapping contains a hash-table made up of ** an array of HASHTABLE_NSLOT elements of the following type. */ typedef u16 ht_slot; /* ** This structure is used to implement an iterator that loops through ** all frames in the WAL in database page order. Where two or more frames ** correspond to the same database page, the iterator visits only the ** frame most recently written to the WAL (in other words, the frame with ** the largest index). ** ** The internals of this structure are only accessed by: ** ** walIteratorInit() - Create a new iterator, ** walIteratorNext() - Step an iterator, ** walIteratorFree() - Free an iterator. ** ** This functionality is used by the checkpoint code (see walCheckpoint()). */ struct WalIterator { int iPrior; /* Last result returned from the iterator */ int nSegment; /* Number of entries in aSegment[] */ struct WalSegment { int iNext; /* Next slot in aIndex[] not yet returned */ ht_slot *aIndex; /* i0, i1, i2... such that aPgno[iN] ascend */ u32 *aPgno; /* Array of page numbers. */ int nEntry; /* Nr. of entries in aPgno[] and aIndex[] */ int iZero; /* Frame number associated with aPgno[0] */ } aSegment[1]; /* One for every 32KB page in the wal-index */ }; /* ** Define the parameters of the hash tables in the wal-index file. There ** is a hash-table following every HASHTABLE_NPAGE page numbers in the ** wal-index. ** ** Changing any of these constants will alter the wal-index format and ** create incompatibilities. */ #define HASHTABLE_NPAGE 4096 /* Must be power of 2 */ #define HASHTABLE_HASH_1 383 /* Should be prime */ #define HASHTABLE_NSLOT (HASHTABLE_NPAGE*2) /* Must be a power of 2 */ /* ** The block of page numbers associated with the first hash-table in a ** wal-index is smaller than usual. This is so that there is a complete ** hash-table on each aligned 32KB page of the wal-index. */ #define HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE (HASHTABLE_NPAGE - (WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32))) /* The wal-index is divided into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes each. */ #define WALINDEX_PGSZ ( \ sizeof(ht_slot)*HASHTABLE_NSLOT + HASHTABLE_NPAGE*sizeof(u32) \ ) /* ** Obtain a pointer to the iPage'th page of the wal-index. The wal-index ** is broken into pages of WALINDEX_PGSZ bytes. Wal-index pages are ** numbered from zero. ** ** If the wal-index is currently smaller the iPage pages then the size ** of the wal-index might be increased, but only if it is safe to do ** so. It is safe to enlarge the wal-index if pWal->writeLock is true ** or pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE. ** ** If this call is successful, *ppPage is set to point to the wal-index ** page and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error (an OOM or VFS error) occurs, ** then an SQLite error code is returned and *ppPage is set to 0. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int walIndexPageRealloc( Wal *pWal, /* The WAL context */ int iPage, /* The page we seek */ volatile u32 **ppPage /* Write the page pointer here */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Enlarge the pWal->apWiData[] array if required */ if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage ){ int nByte = sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1); volatile u32 **apNew; apNew = (volatile u32 **)sqlite3_realloc64((void *)pWal->apWiData, nByte); if( !apNew ){ *ppPage = 0; return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memset((void*)&apNew[pWal->nWiData], 0, sizeof(u32*)*(iPage+1-pWal->nWiData)); pWal->apWiData = apNew; pWal->nWiData = iPage+1; } /* Request a pointer to the required page from the VFS */ assert( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 ); if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ pWal->apWiData[iPage] = (u32 volatile *)sqlite3MallocZero(WALINDEX_PGSZ); if( !pWal->apWiData[iPage] ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, iPage, WALINDEX_PGSZ, pWal->writeLock, (void volatile **)&pWal->apWiData[iPage] ); assert( pWal->apWiData[iPage]!=0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK || pWal->writeLock==0 ); testcase( pWal->apWiData[iPage]==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_READONLY ){ pWal->readOnly |= WAL_SHM_RDONLY; if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } } *ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage]; assert( iPage==0 || *ppPage || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); return rc; } static int walIndexPage( Wal *pWal, /* The WAL context */ int iPage, /* The page we seek */ volatile u32 **ppPage /* Write the page pointer here */ ){ if( pWal->nWiData<=iPage || (*ppPage = pWal->apWiData[iPage])==0 ){ return walIndexPageRealloc(pWal, iPage, ppPage); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return a pointer to the WalCkptInfo structure in the wal-index. */ static volatile WalCkptInfo *walCkptInfo(Wal *pWal){ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); return (volatile WalCkptInfo*)&(pWal->apWiData[0][sizeof(WalIndexHdr)/2]); } /* ** Return a pointer to the WalIndexHdr structure in the wal-index. */ static volatile WalIndexHdr *walIndexHdr(Wal *pWal){ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); return (volatile WalIndexHdr*)pWal->apWiData[0]; } /* ** The argument to this macro must be of type u32. On a little-endian ** architecture, it returns the u32 value that results from interpreting ** the 4 bytes as a big-endian value. On a big-endian architecture, it ** returns the value that would be produced by interpreting the 4 bytes ** of the input value as a little-endian integer. */ #define BYTESWAP32(x) ( \ (((x)&0x000000FF)<<24) + (((x)&0x0000FF00)<<8) \ + (((x)&0x00FF0000)>>8) + (((x)&0xFF000000)>>24) \ ) /* ** Generate or extend an 8 byte checksum based on the data in ** array aByte[] and the initial values of aIn[0] and aIn[1] (or ** initial values of 0 and 0 if aIn==NULL). ** ** The checksum is written back into aOut[] before returning. ** ** nByte must be a positive multiple of 8. */ static void walChecksumBytes( int nativeCksum, /* True for native byte-order, false for non-native */ u8 *a, /* Content to be checksummed */ int nByte, /* Bytes of content in a[]. Must be a multiple of 8. */ const u32 *aIn, /* Initial checksum value input */ u32 *aOut /* OUT: Final checksum value output */ ){ u32 s1, s2; u32 *aData = (u32 *)a; u32 *aEnd = (u32 *)&a[nByte]; if( aIn ){ s1 = aIn[0]; s2 = aIn[1]; }else{ s1 = s2 = 0; } assert( nByte>=8 ); assert( (nByte&0x00000007)==0 ); if( nativeCksum ){ do { s1 += *aData++ + s2; s2 += *aData++ + s1; }while( aDataexclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ sqlite3OsShmBarrier(pWal->pDbFd); } } /* ** Write the header information in pWal->hdr into the wal-index. ** ** The checksum on pWal->hdr is updated before it is written. */ static void walIndexWriteHdr(Wal *pWal){ volatile WalIndexHdr *aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); const int nCksum = offsetof(WalIndexHdr, aCksum); assert( pWal->writeLock ); pWal->hdr.isInit = 1; pWal->hdr.iVersion = WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION; walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&pWal->hdr, nCksum, 0, pWal->hdr.aCksum); memcpy((void*)&aHdr[1], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); walShmBarrier(pWal); memcpy((void*)&aHdr[0], (const void*)&pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); } /* ** This function encodes a single frame header and writes it to a buffer ** supplied by the caller. A frame-header is made up of a series of ** 4-byte big-endian integers, as follows: ** ** 0: Page number. ** 4: For commit records, the size of the database image in pages ** after the commit. For all other records, zero. ** 8: Salt-1 (copied from the wal-header) ** 12: Salt-2 (copied from the wal-header) ** 16: Checksum-1. ** 20: Checksum-2. */ static void walEncodeFrame( Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ u32 iPage, /* Database page number for frame */ u32 nTruncate, /* New db size (or 0 for non-commit frames) */ u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data */ u8 *aFrame /* OUT: Write encoded frame here */ ){ int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[0], iPage); sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[4], nTruncate); if( pWal->iReCksum==0 ){ memcpy(&aFrame[8], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[16], aCksum[0]); sqlite3Put4byte(&aFrame[20], aCksum[1]); }else{ memset(&aFrame[8], 0, 16); } } /* ** Check to see if the frame with header in aFrame[] and content ** in aData[] is valid. If it is a valid frame, fill *piPage and ** *pnTruncate and return true. Return if the frame is not valid. */ static int walDecodeFrame( Wal *pWal, /* The write-ahead log */ u32 *piPage, /* OUT: Database page number for frame */ u32 *pnTruncate, /* OUT: New db size (or 0 if not commit) */ u8 *aData, /* Pointer to page data (for checksum) */ u8 *aFrame /* Frame data */ ){ int nativeCksum; /* True for native byte-order checksums */ u32 *aCksum = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum; u32 pgno; /* Page number of the frame */ assert( WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE==24 ); /* A frame is only valid if the salt values in the frame-header ** match the salt values in the wal-header. */ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aFrame[8], 8)!=0 ){ return 0; } /* A frame is only valid if the page number is creater than zero. */ pgno = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[0]); if( pgno==0 ){ return 0; } /* A frame is only valid if a checksum of the WAL header, ** all prior frams, the first 16 bytes of this frame-header, ** and the frame-data matches the checksum in the last 8 ** bytes of this frame-header. */ nativeCksum = (pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN); walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aFrame, 8, aCksum, aCksum); walChecksumBytes(nativeCksum, aData, pWal->szPage, aCksum, aCksum); if( aCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[16]) || aCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[20]) ){ /* Checksum failed. */ return 0; } /* If we reach this point, the frame is valid. Return the page number ** and the new database size. */ *piPage = pgno; *pnTruncate = sqlite3Get4byte(&aFrame[4]); return 1; } #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* ** Names of locks. This routine is used to provide debugging output and is not ** a part of an ordinary build. */ static const char *walLockName(int lockIdx){ if( lockIdx==WAL_WRITE_LOCK ){ return "WRITE-LOCK"; }else if( lockIdx==WAL_CKPT_LOCK ){ return "CKPT-LOCK"; }else if( lockIdx==WAL_RECOVER_LOCK ){ return "RECOVER-LOCK"; }else{ static char zName[15]; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zName), zName, "READ-LOCK[%d]", lockIdx-WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); return zName; } } #endif /*defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */ /* ** Set or release locks on the WAL. Locks are either shared or exclusive. ** A lock cannot be moved directly between shared and exclusive - it must go ** through the unlocked state first. ** ** In locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE, all of these routines become no-ops. */ static int walLockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ int rc; if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire SHARED-%s %s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx), rc ? "failed" : "ok")); VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) return rc; } static void walUnlockShared(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, 1, SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_SHARED); WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release SHARED-%s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx))); } static int walLockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ int rc; if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return SQLITE_OK; rc = sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, SQLITE_SHM_LOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); WALTRACE(("WAL%p: acquire EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d %s\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx), n, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = (u8)(rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY); ) return rc; } static void walUnlockExclusive(Wal *pWal, int lockIdx, int n){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode ) return; (void)sqlite3OsShmLock(pWal->pDbFd, lockIdx, n, SQLITE_SHM_UNLOCK | SQLITE_SHM_EXCLUSIVE); WALTRACE(("WAL%p: release EXCLUSIVE-%s cnt=%d\n", pWal, walLockName(lockIdx), n)); } /* ** Compute a hash on a page number. The resulting hash value must land ** between 0 and (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1). The walHashNext() function advances ** the hash to the next value in the event of a collision. */ static int walHash(u32 iPage){ assert( iPage>0 ); assert( (HASHTABLE_NSLOT & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1))==0 ); return (iPage*HASHTABLE_HASH_1) & (HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); } static int walNextHash(int iPriorHash){ return (iPriorHash+1)&(HASHTABLE_NSLOT-1); } /* ** An instance of the WalHashLoc object is used to describe the location ** of a page hash table in the wal-index. This becomes the return value ** from walHashGet(). */ typedef struct WalHashLoc WalHashLoc; struct WalHashLoc { volatile ht_slot *aHash; /* Start of the wal-index hash table */ volatile u32 *aPgno; /* aPgno[1] is the page of first frame indexed */ u32 iZero; /* One less than the frame number of first indexed*/ }; /* ** Return pointers to the hash table and page number array stored on ** page iHash of the wal-index. The wal-index is broken into 32KB pages ** numbered starting from 0. ** ** Set output variable pLoc->aHash to point to the start of the hash table ** in the wal-index file. Set pLoc->iZero to one less than the frame ** number of the first frame indexed by this hash table. If a ** slot in the hash table is set to N, it refers to frame number ** (pLoc->iZero+N) in the log. ** ** Finally, set pLoc->aPgno so that pLoc->aPgno[1] is the page number of the ** first frame indexed by the hash table, frame (pLoc->iZero+1). */ static int walHashGet( Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ int iHash, /* Find the iHash'th table */ WalHashLoc *pLoc /* OUT: Hash table location */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ rc = walIndexPage(pWal, iHash, &pLoc->aPgno); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iHash>0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pLoc->aHash = (volatile ht_slot *)&pLoc->aPgno[HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; if( iHash==0 ){ pLoc->aPgno = &pLoc->aPgno[WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32)]; pLoc->iZero = 0; }else{ pLoc->iZero = HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE + (iHash-1)*HASHTABLE_NPAGE; } pLoc->aPgno = &pLoc->aPgno[-1]; } return rc; } /* ** Return the number of the wal-index page that contains the hash-table ** and page-number array that contain entries corresponding to WAL frame ** iFrame. The wal-index is broken up into 32KB pages. Wal-index pages ** are numbered starting from 0. */ static int walFramePage(u32 iFrame){ int iHash = (iFrame+HASHTABLE_NPAGE-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1) / HASHTABLE_NPAGE; assert( (iHash==0 || iFrame>HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) && (iHash>=1 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE) && (iHash<=1 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) && (iHash>=2 || iFrame<=HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+HASHTABLE_NPAGE) && (iHash<=2 || iFrame>(HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+2*HASHTABLE_NPAGE)) ); return iHash; } /* ** Return the page number associated with frame iFrame in this WAL. */ static u32 walFramePgno(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame){ int iHash = walFramePage(iFrame); if( iHash==0 ){ return pWal->apWiData[0][WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE/sizeof(u32) + iFrame - 1]; } return pWal->apWiData[iHash][(iFrame-1-HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE)%HASHTABLE_NPAGE]; } /* ** Remove entries from the hash table that point to WAL slots greater ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. ** ** This function is called whenever pWal->hdr.mxFrame is decreased due ** to a rollback or savepoint. ** ** At most only the hash table containing pWal->hdr.mxFrame needs to be ** updated. Any later hash tables will be automatically cleared when ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame advances to the point where those hash tables are ** actually needed. */ static void walCleanupHash(Wal *pWal){ WalHashLoc sLoc; /* Hash table location */ int iLimit = 0; /* Zero values greater than this */ int nByte; /* Number of bytes to zero in aPgno[] */ int i; /* Used to iterate through aHash[] */ assert( pWal->writeLock ); testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE-1 ); testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE ); testcase( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==HASHTABLE_NPAGE_ONE+1 ); if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ) return; /* Obtain pointers to the hash-table and page-number array containing ** the entry that corresponds to frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame. It is guaranteed ** that the page said hash-table and array reside on is already mapped. */ assert( pWal->nWiData>walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame) ); assert( pWal->apWiData[walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame)] ); walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(pWal->hdr.mxFrame), &sLoc); /* Zero all hash-table entries that correspond to frame numbers greater ** than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. */ iLimit = pWal->hdr.mxFrame - sLoc.iZero; assert( iLimit>0 ); for(i=0; iiLimit ){ sLoc.aHash[i] = 0; } } /* Zero the entries in the aPgno array that correspond to frames with ** frame numbers greater than pWal->hdr.mxFrame. */ nByte = (int)((char *)sLoc.aHash - (char *)&sLoc.aPgno[iLimit+1]); memset((void *)&sLoc.aPgno[iLimit+1], 0, nByte); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT /* Verify that the every entry in the mapping region is still reachable ** via the hash table even after the cleanup. */ if( iLimit ){ int j; /* Loop counter */ int iKey; /* Hash key */ for(j=1; j<=iLimit; j++){ for(iKey=walHash(sLoc.aPgno[j]);sLoc.aHash[iKey];iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ if( sLoc.aHash[iKey]==j ) break; } assert( sLoc.aHash[iKey]==j ); } } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */ } /* ** Set an entry in the wal-index that will map database page number ** pPage into WAL frame iFrame. */ static int walIndexAppend(Wal *pWal, u32 iFrame, u32 iPage){ int rc; /* Return code */ WalHashLoc sLoc; /* Wal-index hash table location */ rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(iFrame), &sLoc); /* Assuming the wal-index file was successfully mapped, populate the ** page number array and hash table entry. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iKey; /* Hash table key */ int idx; /* Value to write to hash-table slot */ int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions */ idx = iFrame - sLoc.iZero; assert( idx <= HASHTABLE_NSLOT/2 + 1 ); /* If this is the first entry to be added to this hash-table, zero the ** entire hash table and aPgno[] array before proceeding. */ if( idx==1 ){ int nByte = (int)((u8 *)&sLoc.aHash[HASHTABLE_NSLOT] - (u8 *)&sLoc.aPgno[1]); memset((void*)&sLoc.aPgno[1], 0, nByte); } /* If the entry in aPgno[] is already set, then the previous writer ** must have exited unexpectedly in the middle of a transaction (after ** writing one or more dirty pages to the WAL to free up memory). ** Remove the remnants of that writers uncommitted transaction from ** the hash-table before writing any new entries. */ if( sLoc.aPgno[idx] ){ walCleanupHash(pWal); assert( !sLoc.aPgno[idx] ); } /* Write the aPgno[] array entry and the hash-table slot. */ nCollide = idx; for(iKey=walHash(iPage); sLoc.aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ if( (nCollide--)==0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } sLoc.aPgno[idx] = iPage; sLoc.aHash[iKey] = (ht_slot)idx; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT /* Verify that the number of entries in the hash table exactly equals ** the number of entries in the mapping region. */ { int i; /* Loop counter */ int nEntry = 0; /* Number of entries in the hash table */ for(i=0; ickptLock==1 || pWal->ckptLock==0 ); assert( WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE==WAL_WRITE_LOCK+1 ); assert( WAL_CKPT_LOCK==WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE ); assert( pWal->writeLock ); iLock = WAL_ALL_BUT_WRITE + pWal->ckptLock; rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, iLock, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)-iLock); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)-iLock); } } if( rc ){ return rc; } WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery begin...\n", pWal)); memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &nSize); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto recovery_error; } if( nSize>WAL_HDRSIZE ){ u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */ u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */ int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */ u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */ int iFrame; /* Index of last frame read */ i64 iOffset; /* Next offset to read from log file */ int szPage; /* Page size according to the log */ u32 magic; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ u32 version; /* Magic value read from WAL header */ int isValid; /* True if this frame is valid */ /* Read in the WAL header. */ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto recovery_error; } /* If the database page size is not a power of two, or is greater than ** SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, conclude that the WAL file contains no valid ** data. Similarly, if the 'magic' value is invalid, ignore the whole ** WAL file. */ magic = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[0]); szPage = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[8]); if( (magic&0xFFFFFFFE)!=WAL_MAGIC || szPage&(szPage-1) || szPage>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || szPage<512 ){ goto finished; } pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = (u8)(magic&0x00000001); pWal->szPage = szPage; pWal->nCkpt = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[12]); memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8); /* Verify that the WAL header checksum is correct */ walChecksumBytes(pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum==SQLITE_BIGENDIAN, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum ); if( pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[24]) || pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]!=sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[28]) ){ goto finished; } /* Verify that the version number on the WAL format is one that ** are able to understand */ version = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]); if( version!=WAL_MAX_VERSION ){ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; goto finished; } /* Malloc a buffer to read frames into. */ szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc64(szFrame); if( !aFrame ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto recovery_error; } aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Read all frames from the log file. */ iFrame = 0; for(iOffset=WAL_HDRSIZE; (iOffset+szFrame)<=nSize; iOffset+=szFrame){ u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */ /* Read and decode the next log frame. */ iFrame++; rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; isValid = walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame); if( !isValid ) break; rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pgno); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; /* If nTruncate is non-zero, this is a commit record. */ if( nTruncate ){ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); testcase( szPage<=32768 ); testcase( szPage>=65536 ); aFrameCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; aFrameCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; } } sqlite3_free(aFrame); } finished: if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; int i; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aFrameCksum[0]; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aFrameCksum[1]; walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); /* Reset the checkpoint-header. This is safe because this thread is ** currently holding locks that exclude all other readers, writers and ** checkpointers. */ pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); pInfo->nBackfill = 0; pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; pInfo->aReadMark[0] = 0; for(i=1; iaReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) pInfo->aReadMark[1] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* If more than one frame was recovered from the log file, report an ** event via sqlite3_log(). This is to help with identifying performance ** problems caused by applications routinely shutting down without ** checkpointing the log file. */ if( pWal->hdr.nPage ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL, "recovered %d frames from WAL file %s", pWal->hdr.mxFrame, pWal->zWalName ); } } recovery_error: WALTRACE(("WAL%p: recovery %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); walUnlockExclusive(pWal, iLock, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)-iLock); walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); return rc; } /* ** Close an open wal-index. */ static void walIndexClose(Wal *pWal, int isDelete){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || pWal->bShmUnreliable ){ int i; for(i=0; inWiData; i++){ sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData[i]); pWal->apWiData[i] = 0; } } if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ){ sqlite3OsShmUnmap(pWal->pDbFd, isDelete); } } /* ** Open a connection to the WAL file zWalName. The database file must ** already be opened on connection pDbFd. The buffer that zWalName points ** to must remain valid for the lifetime of the returned Wal* handle. ** ** A SHARED lock should be held on the database file when this function ** is called. The purpose of this SHARED lock is to prevent any other ** client from unlinking the WAL or wal-index file. If another process ** were to do this just after this client opened one of these files, the ** system would be badly broken. ** ** If the log file is successfully opened, SQLITE_OK is returned and ** *ppWal is set to point to a new WAL handle. If an error occurs, ** an SQLite error code is returned and *ppWal is left unmodified. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* vfs module to open wal and wal-index */ sqlite3_file *pDbFd, /* The open database file */ const char *zWalName, /* Name of the WAL file */ int bNoShm, /* True to run in heap-memory mode */ i64 mxWalSize, /* Truncate WAL to this size on reset */ Wal **ppWal /* OUT: Allocated Wal handle */ ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ Wal *pRet; /* Object to allocate and return */ int flags; /* Flags passed to OsOpen() */ assert( zWalName && zWalName[0] ); assert( pDbFd ); /* In the amalgamation, the os_unix.c and os_win.c source files come before ** this source file. Verify that the #defines of the locking byte offsets ** in os_unix.c and os_win.c agree with the WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET value. ** For that matter, if the lock offset ever changes from its initial design ** value of 120, we need to know that so there is an assert() to check it. */ assert( 120==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); assert( 136==WALINDEX_HDR_SIZE ); #ifdef WIN_SHM_BASE assert( WIN_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); #endif #ifdef UNIX_SHM_BASE assert( UNIX_SHM_BASE==WALINDEX_LOCK_OFFSET ); #endif /* Allocate an instance of struct Wal to return. */ *ppWal = 0; pRet = (Wal*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Wal) + pVfs->szOsFile); if( !pRet ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } pRet->pVfs = pVfs; pRet->pWalFd = (sqlite3_file *)&pRet[1]; pRet->pDbFd = pDbFd; pRet->readLock = -1; pRet->mxWalSize = mxWalSize; pRet->zWalName = zWalName; pRet->syncHeader = 1; pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 1; pRet->exclusiveMode = (bNoShm ? WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE: WAL_NORMAL_MODE); /* Open file handle on the write-ahead log file. */ flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_WAL); rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zWalName, pRet->pWalFd, flags, &flags); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && flags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ pRet->readOnly = WAL_RDONLY; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ walIndexClose(pRet, 0); sqlite3OsClose(pRet->pWalFd); sqlite3_free(pRet); }else{ int iDC = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pDbFd); if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL ){ pRet->syncHeader = 0; } if( iDC & SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE ){ pRet->padToSectorBoundary = 0; } *ppWal = pRet; WALTRACE(("WAL%d: opened\n", pRet)); } return rc; } /* ** Change the size to which the WAL file is trucated on each reset. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalLimit(Wal *pWal, i64 iLimit){ if( pWal ) pWal->mxWalSize = iLimit; } /* ** Find the smallest page number out of all pages held in the WAL that ** has not been returned by any prior invocation of this method on the ** same WalIterator object. Write into *piFrame the frame index where ** that page was last written into the WAL. Write into *piPage the page ** number. ** ** Return 0 on success. If there are no pages in the WAL with a page ** number larger than *piPage, then return 1. */ static int walIteratorNext( WalIterator *p, /* Iterator */ u32 *piPage, /* OUT: The page number of the next page */ u32 *piFrame /* OUT: Wal frame index of next page */ ){ u32 iMin; /* Result pgno must be greater than iMin */ u32 iRet = 0xFFFFFFFF; /* 0xffffffff is never a valid page number */ int i; /* For looping through segments */ iMin = p->iPrior; assert( iMin<0xffffffff ); for(i=p->nSegment-1; i>=0; i--){ struct WalSegment *pSegment = &p->aSegment[i]; while( pSegment->iNextnEntry ){ u32 iPg = pSegment->aPgno[pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]]; if( iPg>iMin ){ if( iPgiZero + pSegment->aIndex[pSegment->iNext]; } break; } pSegment->iNext++; } } *piPage = p->iPrior = iRet; return (iRet==0xFFFFFFFF); } /* ** This function merges two sorted lists into a single sorted list. ** ** aLeft[] and aRight[] are arrays of indices. The sort key is ** aContent[aLeft[]] and aContent[aRight[]]. Upon entry, the following ** is guaranteed for all J0 && nRight>0 ); while( iRight=nRight || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]=nLeft || aContent[aLeft[iLeft]]>dbpage ); assert( iRight>=nRight || aContent[aRight[iRight]]>dbpage ); } *paRight = aLeft; *pnRight = iOut; memcpy(aLeft, aTmp, sizeof(aTmp[0])*iOut); } /* ** Sort the elements in list aList using aContent[] as the sort key. ** Remove elements with duplicate keys, preferring to keep the ** larger aList[] values. ** ** The aList[] entries are indices into aContent[]. The values in ** aList[] are to be sorted so that for all J0 ); assert( HASHTABLE_NPAGE==(1<<(ArraySize(aSub)-1)) ); for(iList=0; iListaList && p->nList<=(1<aList==&aList[iList&~((2<aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); } aSub[iSub].aList = aMerge; aSub[iSub].nList = nMerge; } for(iSub++; iSubnList<=(1<aList==&aList[nList&~((2<aList, p->nList, &aMerge, &nMerge, aBuffer); } } assert( aMerge==aList ); *pnList = nMerge; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { int i; for(i=1; i<*pnList; i++){ assert( aContent[aList[i]] > aContent[aList[i-1]] ); } } #endif } /* ** Free an iterator allocated by walIteratorInit(). */ static void walIteratorFree(WalIterator *p){ sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** Construct a WalInterator object that can be used to loop over all ** pages in the WAL following frame nBackfill in ascending order. Frames ** nBackfill or earlier may be included - excluding them is an optimization ** only. The caller must hold the checkpoint lock. ** ** On success, make *pp point to the newly allocated WalInterator object ** return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an error code. If this routine ** returns an error, the value of *pp is undefined. ** ** The calling routine should invoke walIteratorFree() to destroy the ** WalIterator object when it has finished with it. */ static int walIteratorInit(Wal *pWal, u32 nBackfill, WalIterator **pp){ WalIterator *p; /* Return value */ int nSegment; /* Number of segments to merge */ u32 iLast; /* Last frame in log */ int nByte; /* Number of bytes to allocate */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ ht_slot *aTmp; /* Temp space used by merge-sort */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ /* This routine only runs while holding the checkpoint lock. And ** it only runs if there is actually content in the log (mxFrame>0). */ assert( pWal->ckptLock && pWal->hdr.mxFrame>0 ); iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Allocate space for the WalIterator object. */ nSegment = walFramePage(iLast) + 1; nByte = sizeof(WalIterator) + (nSegment-1)*sizeof(struct WalSegment) + iLast*sizeof(ht_slot); p = (WalIterator *)sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); if( !p ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memset(p, 0, nByte); p->nSegment = nSegment; /* Allocate temporary space used by the merge-sort routine. This block ** of memory will be freed before this function returns. */ aTmp = (ht_slot *)sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(ht_slot) * (iLast>HASHTABLE_NPAGE?HASHTABLE_NPAGE:iLast) ); if( !aTmp ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } for(i=walFramePage(nBackfill+1); rc==SQLITE_OK && iaSegment[p->nSegment])[sLoc.iZero]; sLoc.iZero++; for(j=0; jaSegment[i].iZero = sLoc.iZero; p->aSegment[i].nEntry = nEntry; p->aSegment[i].aIndex = aIndex; p->aSegment[i].aPgno = (u32 *)sLoc.aPgno; } } sqlite3_free(aTmp); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ walIteratorFree(p); p = 0; } *pp = p; return rc; } /* ** Attempt to obtain the exclusive WAL lock defined by parameters lockIdx and ** n. If the attempt fails and parameter xBusy is not NULL, then it is a ** busy-handler function. Invoke it and retry the lock until either the ** lock is successfully obtained or the busy-handler returns 0. */ static int walBusyLock( Wal *pWal, /* WAL connection */ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ int lockIdx, /* Offset of first byte to lock */ int n /* Number of bytes to lock */ ){ int rc; do { rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, lockIdx, n); }while( xBusy && rc==SQLITE_BUSY && xBusy(pBusyArg) ); return rc; } /* ** The cache of the wal-index header must be valid to call this function. ** Return the page-size in bytes used by the database. */ static int walPagesize(Wal *pWal){ return (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); } /* ** The following is guaranteed when this function is called: ** ** a) the WRITER lock is held, ** b) the entire log file has been checkpointed, and ** c) any existing readers are reading exclusively from the database ** file - there are no readers that may attempt to read a frame from ** the log file. ** ** This function updates the shared-memory structures so that the next ** client to write to the database (which may be this one) does so by ** writing frames into the start of the log file. ** ** The value of parameter salt1 is used as the aSalt[1] value in the ** new wal-index header. It should be passed a pseudo-random value (i.e. ** one obtained from sqlite3_randomness()). */ static void walRestartHdr(Wal *pWal, u32 salt1){ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); int i; /* Loop counter */ u32 *aSalt = pWal->hdr.aSalt; /* Big-endian salt values */ pWal->nCkpt++; pWal->hdr.mxFrame = 0; sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0], 1 + sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)&aSalt[0])); memcpy(&pWal->hdr.aSalt[1], &salt1, 4); walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); pInfo->nBackfill = 0; pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = 0; pInfo->aReadMark[1] = 0; for(i=2; iaReadMark[i] = READMARK_NOT_USED; assert( pInfo->aReadMark[0]==0 ); } /* ** Copy as much content as we can from the WAL back into the database file ** in response to an sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() request or the equivalent. ** ** The amount of information copies from WAL to database might be limited ** by active readers. This routine will never overwrite a database page ** that a concurrent reader might be using. ** ** All I/O barrier operations (a.k.a fsyncs) occur in this routine when ** SQLite is in WAL-mode in synchronous=NORMAL. That means that if ** checkpoints are always run by a background thread or background ** process, foreground threads will never block on a lengthy fsync call. ** ** Fsync is called on the WAL before writing content out of the WAL and ** into the database. This ensures that if the new content is persistent ** in the WAL and can be recovered following a power-loss or hard reset. ** ** Fsync is also called on the database file if (and only if) the entire ** WAL content is copied into the database file. This second fsync makes ** it safe to delete the WAL since the new content will persist in the ** database file. ** ** This routine uses and updates the nBackfill field of the wal-index header. ** This is the only routine that will increase the value of nBackfill. ** (A WAL reset or recovery will revert nBackfill to zero, but not increase ** its value.) ** ** The caller must be holding sufficient locks to ensure that no other ** checkpoint is running (in any other thread or process) at the same ** time. */ static int walCheckpoint( Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ sqlite3 *db, /* Check for interrupts on this handle */ int eMode, /* One of PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART */ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ int sync_flags, /* Flags for OsSync() (or 0) */ u8 *zBuf /* Temporary buffer to use */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int szPage; /* Database page-size */ WalIterator *pIter = 0; /* Wal iterator context */ u32 iDbpage = 0; /* Next database page to write */ u32 iFrame = 0; /* Wal frame containing data for iDbpage */ u32 mxSafeFrame; /* Max frame that can be backfilled */ u32 mxPage; /* Max database page to write */ int i; /* Loop counter */ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* The checkpoint status information */ szPage = walPagesize(pWal); testcase( szPage<=32768 ); testcase( szPage>=65536 ); pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); if( pInfo->nBackfillhdr.mxFrame ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */ assert( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || xBusy==0 ); /* Compute in mxSafeFrame the index of the last frame of the WAL that is ** safe to write into the database. Frames beyond mxSafeFrame might ** overwrite database pages that are in use by active readers and thus ** cannot be backfilled from the WAL. */ mxSafeFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; mxPage = pWal->hdr.nPage; for(i=1; iaReadMark[i]; if( mxSafeFrame>y ){ assert( y<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pInfo->aReadMark[i] = (i==1 ? mxSafeFrame : READMARK_NOT_USED); walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ mxSafeFrame = y; xBusy = 0; }else{ goto walcheckpoint_out; } } } /* Allocate the iterator */ if( pInfo->nBackfillnBackfill, &pIter); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pIter==0 ); } if( pIter && (rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(0),1))==SQLITE_OK ){ u32 nBackfill = pInfo->nBackfill; pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = mxSafeFrame; /* Sync the WAL to disk */ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, CKPT_SYNC_FLAGS(sync_flags)); /* If the database may grow as a result of this checkpoint, hint ** about the eventual size of the db file to the VFS layer. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ i64 nReq = ((i64)mxPage * szPage); i64 nSize; /* Current size of database file */ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &nSize); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nSizepDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nReq); } } /* Iterate through the contents of the WAL, copying data to the db file */ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==walIteratorNext(pIter, &iDbpage, &iFrame) ){ i64 iOffset; assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)==iDbpage ); if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_INTERRUPT; break; } if( iFrame<=nBackfill || iFrame>mxSafeFrame || iDbpage>mxPage ){ continue; } iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL file */ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; iOffset = (iDbpage-1)*(i64)szPage; testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pDbFd, zBuf, szPage, iOffset); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; } /* If work was actually accomplished... */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( mxSafeFrame==walIndexHdr(pWal)->mxFrame ){ i64 szDb = pWal->hdr.nPage*(i64)szPage; testcase( IS_BIG_INT(szDb) ); rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pDbFd, szDb); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pDbFd, CKPT_SYNC_FLAGS(sync_flags)); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pInfo->nBackfill = mxSafeFrame; } } /* Release the reader lock held while backfilling */ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0), 1); } if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ /* Reset the return code so as not to report a checkpoint failure ** just because there are active readers. */ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } /* If this is an SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART or TRUNCATE operation, and the ** entire wal file has been copied into the database file, then block ** until all readers have finished using the wal file. This ensures that ** the next process to write to the database restarts the wal file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ assert( pWal->writeLock ); if( pInfo->nBackfillhdr.mxFrame ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else if( eMode>=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART ){ u32 salt1; sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1); assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE ){ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-44699-57140 This mode works the same way as ** SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART with the addition that it also ** truncates the log file to zero bytes just prior to a ** successful return. ** ** In theory, it might be safe to do this without updating the ** wal-index header in shared memory, as all subsequent reader or ** writer clients should see that the entire log file has been ** checkpointed and behave accordingly. This seems unsafe though, ** as it would leave the system in a state where the contents of ** the wal-index header do not match the contents of the ** file-system. To avoid this, update the wal-index header to ** indicate that the log file contains zero valid frames. */ walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1); rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, 0); } walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); } } } walcheckpoint_out: walIteratorFree(pIter); return rc; } /* ** If the WAL file is currently larger than nMax bytes in size, truncate ** it to exactly nMax bytes. If an error occurs while doing so, ignore it. */ static void walLimitSize(Wal *pWal, i64 nMax){ i64 sz; int rx; sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); rx = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &sz); if( rx==SQLITE_OK && (sz > nMax ) ){ rx = sqlite3OsTruncate(pWal->pWalFd, nMax); } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( rx ){ sqlite3_log(rx, "cannot limit WAL size: %s", pWal->zWalName); } } /* ** Close a connection to a log file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalClose( Wal *pWal, /* Wal to close */ sqlite3 *db, /* For interrupt flag */ int sync_flags, /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ int nBuf, u8 *zBuf /* Buffer of at least nBuf bytes */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pWal ){ int isDelete = 0; /* True to unlink wal and wal-index files */ /* If an EXCLUSIVE lock can be obtained on the database file (using the ** ordinary, rollback-mode locking methods, this guarantees that the ** connection associated with this log file is the only connection to ** the database. In this case checkpoint the database and unlink both ** the wal and wal-index files. ** ** The EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. */ if( zBuf!=0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsLock(pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_LOCK_EXCLUSIVE)) ){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE; } rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pWal, db, SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, 0, 0, sync_flags, nBuf, zBuf, 0, 0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int bPersist = -1; sqlite3OsFileControlHint( pWal->pDbFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL, &bPersist ); if( bPersist!=1 ){ /* Try to delete the WAL file if the checkpoint completed and ** fsyned (rc==SQLITE_OK) and if we are not in persistent-wal ** mode (!bPersist) */ isDelete = 1; }else if( pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ /* Try to truncate the WAL file to zero bytes if the checkpoint ** completed and fsynced (rc==SQLITE_OK) and we are in persistent ** WAL mode (bPersist) and if the PRAGMA journal_size_limit is a ** non-negative value (pWal->mxWalSize>=0). Note that we truncate ** to zero bytes as truncating to the journal_size_limit might ** leave a corrupt WAL file on disk. */ walLimitSize(pWal, 0); } } } walIndexClose(pWal, isDelete); sqlite3OsClose(pWal->pWalFd); if( isDelete ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); sqlite3OsDelete(pWal->pVfs, pWal->zWalName, 0); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } WALTRACE(("WAL%p: closed\n", pWal)); sqlite3_free((void *)pWal->apWiData); sqlite3_free(pWal); } return rc; } /* ** Try to read the wal-index header. Return 0 on success and 1 if ** there is a problem. ** ** The wal-index is in shared memory. Another thread or process might ** be writing the header at the same time this procedure is trying to ** read it, which might result in inconsistency. A dirty read is detected ** by verifying that both copies of the header are the same and also by ** a checksum on the header. ** ** If and only if the read is consistent and the header is different from ** pWal->hdr, then pWal->hdr is updated to the content of the new header ** and *pChanged is set to 1. ** ** If the checksum cannot be verified return non-zero. If the header ** is read successfully and the checksum verified, return zero. */ static int walIndexTryHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum on the header content */ WalIndexHdr h1, h2; /* Two copies of the header content */ WalIndexHdr volatile *aHdr; /* Header in shared memory */ /* The first page of the wal-index must be mapped at this point. */ assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); /* Read the header. This might happen concurrently with a write to the ** same area of shared memory on a different CPU in a SMP, ** meaning it is possible that an inconsistent snapshot is read ** from the file. If this happens, return non-zero. ** ** There are two copies of the header at the beginning of the wal-index. ** When reading, read [0] first then [1]. Writes are in the reverse order. ** Memory barriers are used to prevent the compiler or the hardware from ** reordering the reads and writes. */ aHdr = walIndexHdr(pWal); memcpy(&h1, (void *)&aHdr[0], sizeof(h1)); walShmBarrier(pWal); memcpy(&h2, (void *)&aHdr[1], sizeof(h2)); if( memcmp(&h1, &h2, sizeof(h1))!=0 ){ return 1; /* Dirty read */ } if( h1.isInit==0 ){ return 1; /* Malformed header - probably all zeros */ } walChecksumBytes(1, (u8*)&h1, sizeof(h1)-sizeof(h1.aCksum), 0, aCksum); if( aCksum[0]!=h1.aCksum[0] || aCksum[1]!=h1.aCksum[1] ){ return 1; /* Checksum does not match */ } if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ *pChanged = 1; memcpy(&pWal->hdr, &h1, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); pWal->szPage = (pWal->hdr.szPage&0xfe00) + ((pWal->hdr.szPage&0x0001)<<16); testcase( pWal->szPage<=32768 ); testcase( pWal->szPage>=65536 ); } /* The header was successfully read. Return zero. */ return 0; } /* ** This is the value that walTryBeginRead returns when it needs to ** be retried. */ #define WAL_RETRY (-1) /* ** Read the wal-index header from the wal-index and into pWal->hdr. ** If the wal-header appears to be corrupt, try to reconstruct the ** wal-index from the WAL before returning. ** ** Set *pChanged to 1 if the wal-index header value in pWal->hdr is ** changed by this operation. If pWal->hdr is unchanged, set *pChanged ** to 0. ** ** If the wal-index header is successfully read, return SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int walIndexReadHdr(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ int rc; /* Return code */ int badHdr; /* True if a header read failed */ volatile u32 *page0; /* Chunk of wal-index containing header */ /* Ensure that page 0 of the wal-index (the page that contains the ** wal-index header) is mapped. Return early if an error occurs here. */ assert( pChanged ); rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( rc!=SQLITE_READONLY ); /* READONLY changed to OK in walIndexPage */ if( rc==SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT ){ /* The SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT return means that the shared-memory ** was openable but is not writable, and this thread is unable to ** confirm that another write-capable connection has the shared-memory ** open, and hence the content of the shared-memory is unreliable, ** since the shared-memory might be inconsistent with the WAL file ** and there is no writer on hand to fix it. */ assert( page0==0 ); assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); assert( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ); pWal->bShmUnreliable = 1; pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE; *pChanged = 1; }else{ return rc; /* Any other non-OK return is just an error */ } }else{ /* page0 can be NULL if the SHM is zero bytes in size and pWal->writeLock ** is zero, which prevents the SHM from growing */ testcase( page0!=0 ); } assert( page0!=0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); /* If the first page of the wal-index has been mapped, try to read the ** wal-index header immediately, without holding any lock. This usually ** works, but may fail if the wal-index header is corrupt or currently ** being modified by another thread or process. */ badHdr = (page0 ? walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged) : 1); /* If the first attempt failed, it might have been due to a race ** with a writer. So get a WRITE lock and try again. */ assert( badHdr==0 || pWal->writeLock==0 ); if( badHdr ){ if( pWal->bShmUnreliable==0 && (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY) ){ if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK)) ){ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK); rc = SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY; } }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1)) ){ pWal->writeLock = 1; if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walIndexPage(pWal, 0, &page0)) ){ badHdr = walIndexTryHdr(pWal, pChanged); if( badHdr ){ /* If the wal-index header is still malformed even while holding ** a WRITE lock, it can only mean that the header is corrupted and ** needs to be reconstructed. So run recovery to do exactly that. */ rc = walIndexRecover(pWal); *pChanged = 1; } } pWal->writeLock = 0; walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); } } /* If the header is read successfully, check the version number to make ** sure the wal-index was not constructed with some future format that ** this version of SQLite cannot understand. */ if( badHdr==0 && pWal->hdr.iVersion!=WALINDEX_MAX_VERSION ){ rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; } if( pWal->bShmUnreliable ){ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ walIndexClose(pWal, 0); pWal->bShmUnreliable = 0; assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ); /* walIndexRecover() might have returned SHORT_READ if a concurrent ** writer truncated the WAL out from under it. If that happens, it ** indicates that a writer has fixed the SHM file for us, so retry */ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ) rc = WAL_RETRY; } pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_NORMAL_MODE; } return rc; } /* ** Open a transaction in a connection where the shared-memory is read-only ** and where we cannot verify that there is a separate write-capable connection ** on hand to keep the shared-memory up-to-date with the WAL file. ** ** This can happen, for example, when the shared-memory is implemented by ** memory-mapping a *-shm file, where a prior writer has shut down and ** left the *-shm file on disk, and now the present connection is trying ** to use that database but lacks write permission on the *-shm file. ** Other scenarios are also possible, depending on the VFS implementation. ** ** Precondition: ** ** The *-wal file has been read and an appropriate wal-index has been ** constructed in pWal->apWiData[] using heap memory instead of shared ** memory. ** ** If this function returns SQLITE_OK, then the read transaction has ** been successfully opened. In this case output variable (*pChanged) ** is set to true before returning if the caller should discard the ** contents of the page cache before proceeding. Or, if it returns ** WAL_RETRY, then the heap memory wal-index has been discarded and ** the caller should retry opening the read transaction from the ** beginning (including attempting to map the *-shm file). ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int walBeginShmUnreliable(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ i64 szWal; /* Size of wal file on disk in bytes */ i64 iOffset; /* Current offset when reading wal file */ u8 aBuf[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to load WAL header into */ u8 *aFrame = 0; /* Malloc'd buffer to load entire frame */ int szFrame; /* Number of bytes in buffer aFrame[] */ u8 *aData; /* Pointer to data part of aFrame buffer */ volatile void *pDummy; /* Dummy argument for xShmMap */ int rc; /* Return code */ u32 aSaveCksum[2]; /* Saved copy of pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum */ assert( pWal->bShmUnreliable ); assert( pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY ); assert( pWal->nWiData>0 && pWal->apWiData[0] ); /* Take WAL_READ_LOCK(0). This has the effect of preventing any ** writers from running a checkpoint, but does not stop them ** from running recovery. */ rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ) rc = WAL_RETRY; goto begin_unreliable_shm_out; } pWal->readLock = 0; /* Check to see if a separate writer has attached to the shared-memory area, ** thus making the shared-memory "reliable" again. Do this by invoking ** the xShmMap() routine of the VFS and looking to see if the return ** is SQLITE_READONLY instead of SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT. ** ** If the shared-memory is now "reliable" return WAL_RETRY, which will ** cause the heap-memory WAL-index to be discarded and the actual ** shared memory to be used in its place. ** ** This step is important because, even though this connection is holding ** the WAL_READ_LOCK(0) which prevents a checkpoint, a writer might ** have already checkpointed the WAL file and, while the current ** is active, wrap the WAL and start overwriting frames that this ** process wants to use. ** ** Once sqlite3OsShmMap() has been called for an sqlite3_file and has ** returned any SQLITE_READONLY value, it must return only SQLITE_READONLY ** or SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT or some error for all subsequent invocations, ** even if some external agent does a "chmod" to make the shared-memory ** writable by us, until sqlite3OsShmUnmap() has been called. ** This is a requirement on the VFS implementation. */ rc = sqlite3OsShmMap(pWal->pDbFd, 0, WALINDEX_PGSZ, 0, &pDummy); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); /* SQLITE_OK not possible for read-only connection */ if( rc!=SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT ){ rc = (rc==SQLITE_READONLY ? WAL_RETRY : rc); goto begin_unreliable_shm_out; } /* We reach this point only if the real shared-memory is still unreliable. ** Assume the in-memory WAL-index substitute is correct and load it ** into pWal->hdr. */ memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void*)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); /* Make sure some writer hasn't come in and changed the WAL file out ** from under us, then disconnected, while we were not looking. */ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pWalFd, &szWal); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto begin_unreliable_shm_out; } if( szWalhdr.mxFrame==0 ? SQLITE_OK : WAL_RETRY); goto begin_unreliable_shm_out; } /* Check the salt keys at the start of the wal file still match. */ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, WAL_HDRSIZE, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto begin_unreliable_shm_out; } if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aSalt, &aBuf[16], 8) ){ /* Some writer has wrapped the WAL file while we were not looking. ** Return WAL_RETRY which will cause the in-memory WAL-index to be ** rebuilt. */ rc = WAL_RETRY; goto begin_unreliable_shm_out; } /* Allocate a buffer to read frames into */ szFrame = pWal->hdr.szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; aFrame = (u8 *)sqlite3_malloc64(szFrame); if( aFrame==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto begin_unreliable_shm_out; } aData = &aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Check to see if a complete transaction has been appended to the ** wal file since the heap-memory wal-index was created. If so, the ** heap-memory wal-index is discarded and WAL_RETRY returned to ** the caller. */ aSaveCksum[0] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; aSaveCksum[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; for(iOffset=walFrameOffset(pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1, pWal->hdr.szPage); iOffset+szFrame<=szWal; iOffset+=szFrame ){ u32 pgno; /* Database page number for frame */ u32 nTruncate; /* dbsize field from frame header */ /* Read and decode the next log frame. */ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, szFrame, iOffset); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; if( !walDecodeFrame(pWal, &pgno, &nTruncate, aData, aFrame) ) break; /* If nTruncate is non-zero, then a complete transaction has been ** appended to this wal file. Set rc to WAL_RETRY and break out of ** the loop. */ if( nTruncate ){ rc = WAL_RETRY; break; } } pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aSaveCksum[0]; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aSaveCksum[1]; begin_unreliable_shm_out: sqlite3_free(aFrame); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ int i; for(i=0; inWiData; i++){ sqlite3_free((void*)pWal->apWiData[i]); pWal->apWiData[i] = 0; } pWal->bShmUnreliable = 0; sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pWal); *pChanged = 1; } return rc; } /* ** Attempt to start a read transaction. This might fail due to a race or ** other transient condition. When that happens, it returns WAL_RETRY to ** indicate to the caller that it is safe to retry immediately. ** ** On success return SQLITE_OK. On a permanent failure (such an ** I/O error or an SQLITE_BUSY because another process is running ** recovery) return a positive error code. ** ** The useWal parameter is true to force the use of the WAL and disable ** the case where the WAL is bypassed because it has been completely ** checkpointed. If useWal==0 then this routine calls walIndexReadHdr() ** to make a copy of the wal-index header into pWal->hdr. If the ** wal-index header has changed, *pChanged is set to 1 (as an indication ** to the caller that the local page cache is obsolete and needs to be ** flushed.) When useWal==1, the wal-index header is assumed to already ** be loaded and the pChanged parameter is unused. ** ** The caller must set the cnt parameter to the number of prior calls to ** this routine during the current read attempt that returned WAL_RETRY. ** This routine will start taking more aggressive measures to clear the ** race conditions after multiple WAL_RETRY returns, and after an excessive ** number of errors will ultimately return SQLITE_PROTOCOL. The ** SQLITE_PROTOCOL return indicates that some other process has gone rogue ** and is not honoring the locking protocol. There is a vanishingly small ** chance that SQLITE_PROTOCOL could be returned because of a run of really ** bad luck when there is lots of contention for the wal-index, but that ** possibility is so small that it can be safely neglected, we believe. ** ** On success, this routine obtains a read lock on ** WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock). The pWal->readLock integer is ** in the range 0 <= pWal->readLock < WAL_NREADER. If pWal->readLock==(-1) ** that means the Wal does not hold any read lock. The reader must not ** access any database page that is modified by a WAL frame up to and ** including frame number aReadMark[pWal->readLock]. The reader will ** use WAL frames up to and including pWal->hdr.mxFrame if pWal->readLock>0 ** Or if pWal->readLock==0, then the reader will ignore the WAL ** completely and get all content directly from the database file. ** If the useWal parameter is 1 then the WAL will never be ignored and ** this routine will always set pWal->readLock>0 on success. ** When the read transaction is completed, the caller must release the ** lock on WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock) and set pWal->readLock to -1. ** ** This routine uses the nBackfill and aReadMark[] fields of the header ** to select a particular WAL_READ_LOCK() that strives to let the ** checkpoint process do as much work as possible. This routine might ** update values of the aReadMark[] array in the header, but if it does ** so it takes care to hold an exclusive lock on the corresponding ** WAL_READ_LOCK() while changing values. */ static int walTryBeginRead(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged, int useWal, int cnt){ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo; /* Checkpoint information in wal-index */ u32 mxReadMark; /* Largest aReadMark[] value */ int mxI; /* Index of largest aReadMark[] value */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ u32 mxFrame; /* Wal frame to lock to */ assert( pWal->readLock<0 ); /* Not currently locked */ /* useWal may only be set for read/write connections */ assert( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0 || useWal==0 ); /* Take steps to avoid spinning forever if there is a protocol error. ** ** Circumstances that cause a RETRY should only last for the briefest ** instances of time. No I/O or other system calls are done while the ** locks are held, so the locks should not be held for very long. But ** if we are unlucky, another process that is holding a lock might get ** paged out or take a page-fault that is time-consuming to resolve, ** during the few nanoseconds that it is holding the lock. In that case, ** it might take longer than normal for the lock to free. ** ** After 5 RETRYs, we begin calling sqlite3OsSleep(). The first few ** calls to sqlite3OsSleep() have a delay of 1 microsecond. Really this ** is more of a scheduler yield than an actual delay. But on the 10th ** an subsequent retries, the delays start becoming longer and longer, ** so that on the 100th (and last) RETRY we delay for 323 milliseconds. ** The total delay time before giving up is less than 10 seconds. */ if( cnt>5 ){ int nDelay = 1; /* Pause time in microseconds */ if( cnt>100 ){ VVA_ONLY( pWal->lockError = 1; ) return SQLITE_PROTOCOL; } if( cnt>=10 ) nDelay = (cnt-9)*(cnt-9)*39; sqlite3OsSleep(pWal->pVfs, nDelay); } if( !useWal ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( pWal->bShmUnreliable==0 ){ rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, pChanged); } if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ /* If there is not a recovery running in another thread or process ** then convert BUSY errors to WAL_RETRY. If recovery is known to ** be running, convert BUSY to BUSY_RECOVERY. There is a race here ** which might cause WAL_RETRY to be returned even if BUSY_RECOVERY ** would be technically correct. But the race is benign since with ** WAL_RETRY this routine will be called again and will probably be ** right on the second iteration. */ if( pWal->apWiData[0]==0 ){ /* This branch is taken when the xShmMap() method returns SQLITE_BUSY. ** We assume this is a transient condition, so return WAL_RETRY. The ** xShmMap() implementation used by the default unix and win32 VFS ** modules may return SQLITE_BUSY due to a race condition in the ** code that determines whether or not the shared-memory region ** must be zeroed before the requested page is returned. */ rc = WAL_RETRY; }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK)) ){ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_RECOVER_LOCK); rc = WAL_RETRY; }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY; } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } else if( pWal->bShmUnreliable ){ return walBeginShmUnreliable(pWal, pChanged); } } assert( pWal->nWiData>0 ); assert( pWal->apWiData[0]!=0 ); pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); if( !useWal && pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT && (pWal->pSnapshot==0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0) #endif ){ /* The WAL has been completely backfilled (or it is empty). ** and can be safely ignored. */ rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); walShmBarrier(pWal); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ /* It is not safe to allow the reader to continue here if frames ** may have been appended to the log before READ_LOCK(0) was obtained. ** When holding READ_LOCK(0), the reader ignores the entire log file, ** which implies that the database file contains a trustworthy ** snapshot. Since holding READ_LOCK(0) prevents a checkpoint from ** happening, this is usually correct. ** ** However, if frames have been appended to the log (or if the log ** is wrapped and written for that matter) before the READ_LOCK(0) ** is obtained, that is not necessarily true. A checkpointer may ** have started to backfill the appended frames but crashed before ** it finished. Leaving a corrupt image in the database file. */ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); return WAL_RETRY; } pWal->readLock = 0; return SQLITE_OK; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ return rc; } } /* If we get this far, it means that the reader will want to use ** the WAL to get at content from recent commits. The job now is ** to select one of the aReadMark[] entries that is closest to ** but not exceeding pWal->hdr.mxFrame and lock that entry. */ mxReadMark = 0; mxI = 0; mxFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT if( pWal->pSnapshot && pWal->pSnapshot->mxFramepSnapshot->mxFrame; } #endif for(i=1; iaReadMark+i); if( mxReadMark<=thisMark && thisMark<=mxFrame ){ assert( thisMark!=READMARK_NOT_USED ); mxReadMark = thisMark; mxI = i; } } if( (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)==0 && (mxReadMarkaReadMark+i,mxFrame); mxI = i; walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(i), 1); break; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ return rc; } } } if( mxI==0 ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || (pWal->readOnly & WAL_SHM_RDONLY)!=0 ); return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT; } rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); if( rc ){ return rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? WAL_RETRY : rc; } /* Now that the read-lock has been obtained, check that neither the ** value in the aReadMark[] array or the contents of the wal-index ** header have changed. ** ** It is necessary to check that the wal-index header did not change ** between the time it was read and when the shared-lock was obtained ** on WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI) was obtained to account for the possibility ** that the log file may have been wrapped by a writer, or that frames ** that occur later in the log than pWal->hdr.mxFrame may have been ** copied into the database by a checkpointer. If either of these things ** happened, then reading the database with the current value of ** pWal->hdr.mxFrame risks reading a corrupted snapshot. So, retry ** instead. ** ** Before checking that the live wal-index header has not changed ** since it was read, set Wal.minFrame to the first frame in the wal ** file that has not yet been checkpointed. This client will not need ** to read any frames earlier than minFrame from the wal file - they ** can be safely read directly from the database file. ** ** Because a ShmBarrier() call is made between taking the copy of ** nBackfill and checking that the wal-header in shared-memory still ** matches the one cached in pWal->hdr, it is guaranteed that the ** checkpointer that set nBackfill was not working with a wal-index ** header newer than that cached in pWal->hdr. If it were, that could ** cause a problem. The checkpointer could omit to checkpoint ** a version of page X that lies before pWal->minFrame (call that version ** A) on the basis that there is a newer version (version B) of the same ** page later in the wal file. But if version B happens to like past ** frame pWal->hdr.mxFrame - then the client would incorrectly assume ** that it can read version A from the database file. However, since ** we can guarantee that the checkpointer that set nBackfill could not ** see any pages past pWal->hdr.mxFrame, this problem does not come up. */ pWal->minFrame = AtomicLoad(&pInfo->nBackfill)+1; walShmBarrier(pWal); if( AtomicLoad(pInfo->aReadMark+mxI)!=mxReadMark || memcmp((void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)) ){ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(mxI)); return WAL_RETRY; }else{ assert( mxReadMark<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); pWal->readLock = (i16)mxI; } return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT /* ** Attempt to reduce the value of the WalCkptInfo.nBackfillAttempted ** variable so that older snapshots can be accessed. To do this, loop ** through all wal frames from nBackfillAttempted to (nBackfill+1), ** comparing their content to the corresponding page with the database ** file, if any. Set nBackfillAttempted to the frame number of the ** first frame for which the wal file content matches the db file. ** ** This is only really safe if the file-system is such that any page ** writes made by earlier checkpointers were atomic operations, which ** is not always true. It is also possible that nBackfillAttempted ** may be left set to a value larger than expected, if a wal frame ** contains content that duplicate of an earlier version of the same ** page. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code if an ** error occurs. It is not an error if nBackfillAttempted cannot be ** decreased at all. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(Wal *pWal){ int rc; assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); int szPage = (int)pWal->szPage; i64 szDb; /* Size of db file in bytes */ rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pWal->pDbFd, &szDb); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ void *pBuf1 = sqlite3_malloc(szPage); void *pBuf2 = sqlite3_malloc(szPage); if( pBuf1==0 || pBuf2==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ u32 i = pInfo->nBackfillAttempted; for(i=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted; i>pInfo->nBackfill; i--){ WalHashLoc sLoc; /* Hash table location */ u32 pgno; /* Page number in db file */ i64 iDbOff; /* Offset of db file entry */ i64 iWalOff; /* Offset of wal file entry */ rc = walHashGet(pWal, walFramePage(i), &sLoc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; pgno = sLoc.aPgno[i-sLoc.iZero]; iDbOff = (i64)(pgno-1) * szPage; if( iDbOff+szPage<=szDb ){ iWalOff = walFrameOffset(i, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pBuf1, szPage, iWalOff); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pDbFd, pBuf2, szPage, iDbOff); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || 0==memcmp(pBuf1, pBuf2, szPage) ){ break; } } pInfo->nBackfillAttempted = i-1; } } sqlite3_free(pBuf1); sqlite3_free(pBuf2); } walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); } return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ /* ** Begin a read transaction on the database. ** ** This routine used to be called sqlite3OpenSnapshot() and with good reason: ** it takes a snapshot of the state of the WAL and wal-index for the current ** instant in time. The current thread will continue to use this snapshot. ** Other threads might append new content to the WAL and wal-index but ** that extra content is ignored by the current thread. ** ** If the database contents have changes since the previous read ** transaction, then *pChanged is set to 1 before returning. The ** Pager layer will use this to know that its cache is stale and ** needs to be flushed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(Wal *pWal, int *pChanged){ int rc; /* Return code */ int cnt = 0; /* Number of TryBeginRead attempts */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT int bChanged = 0; WalIndexHdr *pSnapshot = pWal->pSnapshot; if( pSnapshot && memcmp(pSnapshot, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ bChanged = 1; } #endif do{ rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, pChanged, 0, ++cnt); }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ); testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pSnapshot && memcmp(pSnapshot, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ /* At this point the client has a lock on an aReadMark[] slot holding ** a value equal to or smaller than pSnapshot->mxFrame, but pWal->hdr ** is populated with the wal-index header corresponding to the head ** of the wal file. Verify that pSnapshot is still valid before ** continuing. Reasons why pSnapshot might no longer be valid: ** ** (1) The WAL file has been reset since the snapshot was taken. ** In this case, the salt will have changed. ** ** (2) A checkpoint as been attempted that wrote frames past ** pSnapshot->mxFrame into the database file. Note that the ** checkpoint need not have completed for this to cause problems. */ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); assert( pWal->readLock>0 || pWal->hdr.mxFrame==0 ); assert( pInfo->aReadMark[pWal->readLock]<=pSnapshot->mxFrame ); /* It is possible that there is a checkpointer thread running ** concurrent with this code. If this is the case, it may be that the ** checkpointer has already determined that it will checkpoint ** snapshot X, where X is later in the wal file than pSnapshot, but ** has not yet set the pInfo->nBackfillAttempted variable to indicate ** its intent. To avoid the race condition this leads to, ensure that ** there is no checkpointer process by taking a shared CKPT lock ** before checking pInfo->nBackfillAttempted. ** ** TODO: Does the aReadMark[] lock prevent a checkpointer from doing ** this already? */ rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Check that the wal file has not been wrapped. Assuming that it has ** not, also check that no checkpointer has attempted to checkpoint any ** frames beyond pSnapshot->mxFrame. If either of these conditions are ** true, return SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT. Otherwise, overwrite pWal->hdr ** with *pSnapshot and set *pChanged as appropriate for opening the ** snapshot. */ if( !memcmp(pSnapshot->aSalt, pWal->hdr.aSalt, sizeof(pWal->hdr.aSalt)) && pSnapshot->mxFrame>=pInfo->nBackfillAttempted ){ assert( pWal->readLock>0 ); memcpy(&pWal->hdr, pSnapshot, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); *pChanged = bChanged; }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT; } /* Release the shared CKPT lock obtained above. */ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK); pWal->minFrame = 1; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pWal); } } } #endif return rc; } /* ** Finish with a read transaction. All this does is release the ** read-lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(Wal *pWal){ sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); if( pWal->readLock>=0 ){ walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); pWal->readLock = -1; } } /* ** Search the wal file for page pgno. If found, set *piRead to the frame that ** contains the page. Otherwise, if pgno is not in the wal file, set *piRead ** to zero. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an error code if an error occurs. If an ** error does occur, the final value of *piRead is undefined. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFindFrame( Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ Pgno pgno, /* Database page number to read data for */ u32 *piRead /* OUT: Frame number (or zero) */ ){ u32 iRead = 0; /* If !=0, WAL frame to return data from */ u32 iLast = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; /* Last page in WAL for this reader */ int iHash; /* Used to loop through N hash tables */ int iMinHash; /* This routine is only be called from within a read transaction. */ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); /* If the "last page" field of the wal-index header snapshot is 0, then ** no data will be read from the wal under any circumstances. Return early ** in this case as an optimization. Likewise, if pWal->readLock==0, ** then the WAL is ignored by the reader so return early, as if the ** WAL were empty. */ if( iLast==0 || (pWal->readLock==0 && pWal->bShmUnreliable==0) ){ *piRead = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } /* Search the hash table or tables for an entry matching page number ** pgno. Each iteration of the following for() loop searches one ** hash table (each hash table indexes up to HASHTABLE_NPAGE frames). ** ** This code might run concurrently to the code in walIndexAppend() ** that adds entries to the wal-index (and possibly to this hash ** table). This means the value just read from the hash ** slot (aHash[iKey]) may have been added before or after the ** current read transaction was opened. Values added after the ** read transaction was opened may have been written incorrectly - ** i.e. these slots may contain garbage data. However, we assume ** that any slots written before the current read transaction was ** opened remain unmodified. ** ** For the reasons above, the if(...) condition featured in the inner ** loop of the following block is more stringent that would be required ** if we had exclusive access to the hash-table: ** ** (aPgno[iFrame]==pgno): ** This condition filters out normal hash-table collisions. ** ** (iFrame<=iLast): ** This condition filters out entries that were added to the hash ** table after the current read-transaction had started. */ iMinHash = walFramePage(pWal->minFrame); for(iHash=walFramePage(iLast); iHash>=iMinHash; iHash--){ WalHashLoc sLoc; /* Hash table location */ int iKey; /* Hash slot index */ int nCollide; /* Number of hash collisions remaining */ int rc; /* Error code */ rc = walHashGet(pWal, iHash, &sLoc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } nCollide = HASHTABLE_NSLOT; for(iKey=walHash(pgno); sLoc.aHash[iKey]; iKey=walNextHash(iKey)){ u32 iFrame = sLoc.aHash[iKey] + sLoc.iZero; if( iFrame<=iLast && iFrame>=pWal->minFrame && sLoc.aPgno[sLoc.aHash[iKey]]==pgno ){ assert( iFrame>iRead || CORRUPT_DB ); iRead = iFrame; } if( (nCollide--)==0 ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } } if( iRead ) break; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT /* If expensive assert() statements are available, do a linear search ** of the wal-index file content. Make sure the results agree with the ** result obtained using the hash indexes above. */ { u32 iRead2 = 0; u32 iTest; assert( pWal->bShmUnreliable || pWal->minFrame>0 ); for(iTest=iLast; iTest>=pWal->minFrame && iTest>0; iTest--){ if( walFramePgno(pWal, iTest)==pgno ){ iRead2 = iTest; break; } } assert( iRead==iRead2 ); } #endif *piRead = iRead; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Read the contents of frame iRead from the wal file into buffer pOut ** (which is nOut bytes in size). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an ** error code otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalReadFrame( Wal *pWal, /* WAL handle */ u32 iRead, /* Frame to read */ int nOut, /* Size of buffer pOut in bytes */ u8 *pOut /* Buffer to write page data to */ ){ int sz; i64 iOffset; sz = pWal->hdr.szPage; sz = (sz&0xfe00) + ((sz&0x0001)<<16); testcase( sz<=32768 ); testcase( sz>=65536 ); iOffset = walFrameOffset(iRead, sz) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; /* testcase( IS_BIG_INT(iOffset) ); // requires a 4GiB WAL */ return sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, pOut, (nOut>sz ? sz : nOut), iOffset); } /* ** Return the size of the database in pages (or zero, if unknown). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pgno sqlite3WalDbsize(Wal *pWal){ if( pWal && ALWAYS(pWal->readLock>=0) ){ return pWal->hdr.nPage; } return 0; } /* ** This function starts a write transaction on the WAL. ** ** A read transaction must have already been started by a prior call ** to sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(). ** ** If another thread or process has written into the database since ** the read transaction was started, then it is not possible for this ** thread to write as doing so would cause a fork. So this routine ** returns SQLITE_BUSY in that case and no write transaction is started. ** ** There can only be a single writer active at a time. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ int rc; /* Cannot start a write transaction without first holding a read ** transaction. */ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); assert( pWal->writeLock==0 && pWal->iReCksum==0 ); if( pWal->readOnly ){ return SQLITE_READONLY; } /* Only one writer allowed at a time. Get the write lock. Return ** SQLITE_BUSY if unable. */ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); if( rc ){ return rc; } pWal->writeLock = 1; /* If another connection has written to the database file since the ** time the read transaction on this connection was started, then ** the write is disallowed. */ if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); pWal->writeLock = 0; rc = SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT; } return rc; } /* ** End a write transaction. The commit has already been done. This ** routine merely releases the lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(Wal *pWal){ if( pWal->writeLock ){ walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); pWal->writeLock = 0; pWal->iReCksum = 0; pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If any data has been written (but not committed) to the log file, this ** function moves the write-pointer back to the start of the transaction. ** ** Additionally, the callback function is invoked for each frame written ** to the WAL since the start of the transaction. If the callback returns ** other than SQLITE_OK, it is not invoked again and the error code is ** returned to the caller. ** ** Otherwise, if the callback function does not return an error, this ** function returns SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalUndo(Wal *pWal, int (*xUndo)(void *, Pgno), void *pUndoCtx){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( ALWAYS(pWal->writeLock) ){ Pgno iMax = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; Pgno iFrame; /* Restore the clients cache of the wal-index header to the state it ** was in before the client began writing to the database. */ memcpy(&pWal->hdr, (void *)walIndexHdr(pWal), sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); for(iFrame=pWal->hdr.mxFrame+1; ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) && iFrame<=iMax; iFrame++ ){ /* This call cannot fail. Unless the page for which the page number ** is passed as the second argument is (a) in the cache and ** (b) has an outstanding reference, then xUndo is either a no-op ** (if (a) is false) or simply expels the page from the cache (if (b) ** is false). ** ** If the upper layer is doing a rollback, it is guaranteed that there ** are no outstanding references to any page other than page 1. And ** page 1 is never written to the log until the transaction is ** committed. As a result, the call to xUndo may not fail. */ assert( walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)!=1 ); rc = xUndo(pUndoCtx, walFramePgno(pWal, iFrame)); } if( iMax!=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ) walCleanupHash(pWal); } return rc; } /* ** Argument aWalData must point to an array of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 ** values. This function populates the array with values required to ** "rollback" the write position of the WAL handle back to the current ** point in the event of a savepoint rollback (via WalSavepointUndo()). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSavepoint(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ assert( pWal->writeLock ); aWalData[0] = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; aWalData[1] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0]; aWalData[2] = pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1]; aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; } /* ** Move the write position of the WAL back to the point identified by ** the values in the aWalData[] array. aWalData must point to an array ** of WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA u32 values that has been previously populated ** by a call to WalSavepoint(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(Wal *pWal, u32 *aWalData){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pWal->writeLock ); assert( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt || aWalData[0]<=pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); if( aWalData[3]!=pWal->nCkpt ){ /* This savepoint was opened immediately after the write-transaction ** was started. Right after that, the writer decided to wrap around ** to the start of the log. Update the savepoint values to match. */ aWalData[0] = 0; aWalData[3] = pWal->nCkpt; } if( aWalData[0]hdr.mxFrame ){ pWal->hdr.mxFrame = aWalData[0]; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aWalData[1]; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aWalData[2]; walCleanupHash(pWal); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called just before writing a set of frames to the log ** file (see sqlite3WalFrames()). It checks to see if, instead of appending ** to the current log file, it is possible to overwrite the start of the ** existing log file with the new frames (i.e. "reset" the log). If so, ** it sets pWal->hdr.mxFrame to 0. Otherwise, pWal->hdr.mxFrame is left ** unchanged. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error is encountered (regardless of whether ** or not pWal->hdr.mxFrame is modified). An SQLite error code is returned ** if an error occurs. */ static int walRestartLog(Wal *pWal){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int cnt; if( pWal->readLock==0 ){ volatile WalCkptInfo *pInfo = walCkptInfo(pWal); assert( pInfo->nBackfill==pWal->hdr.mxFrame ); if( pInfo->nBackfill>0 ){ u32 salt1; sqlite3_randomness(4, &salt1); rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* If all readers are using WAL_READ_LOCK(0) (in other words if no ** readers are currently using the WAL), then the transactions ** frames will overwrite the start of the existing log. Update the ** wal-index header to reflect this. ** ** In theory it would be Ok to update the cache of the header only ** at this point. But updating the actual wal-index header is also ** safe and means there is no special case for sqlite3WalUndo() ** to handle if this transaction is rolled back. */ walRestartHdr(pWal, salt1); walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(1), WAL_NREADER-1); }else if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){ return rc; } } walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(0)); pWal->readLock = -1; cnt = 0; do{ int notUsed; rc = walTryBeginRead(pWal, ¬Used, 1, ++cnt); }while( rc==WAL_RETRY ); assert( (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_BUSY ); /* BUSY not possible when useWal==1 */ testcase( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ); testcase( rc==SQLITE_PROTOCOL ); testcase( rc==SQLITE_OK ); } return rc; } /* ** Information about the current state of the WAL file and where ** the next fsync should occur - passed from sqlite3WalFrames() into ** walWriteToLog(). */ typedef struct WalWriter { Wal *pWal; /* The complete WAL information */ sqlite3_file *pFd; /* The WAL file to which we write */ sqlite3_int64 iSyncPoint; /* Fsync at this offset */ int syncFlags; /* Flags for the fsync */ int szPage; /* Size of one page */ } WalWriter; /* ** Write iAmt bytes of content into the WAL file beginning at iOffset. ** Do a sync when crossing the p->iSyncPoint boundary. ** ** In other words, if iSyncPoint is in between iOffset and iOffset+iAmt, ** first write the part before iSyncPoint, then sync, then write the ** rest. */ static int walWriteToLog( WalWriter *p, /* WAL to write to */ void *pContent, /* Content to be written */ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Start writing at this offset */ ){ int rc; if( iOffsetiSyncPoint && iOffset+iAmt>=p->iSyncPoint ){ int iFirstAmt = (int)(p->iSyncPoint - iOffset); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iFirstAmt, iOffset); if( rc ) return rc; iOffset += iFirstAmt; iAmt -= iFirstAmt; pContent = (void*)(iFirstAmt + (char*)pContent); assert( WAL_SYNC_FLAGS(p->syncFlags)!=0 ); rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pFd, WAL_SYNC_FLAGS(p->syncFlags)); if( iAmt==0 || rc ) return rc; } rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, pContent, iAmt, iOffset); return rc; } /* ** Write out a single frame of the WAL */ static int walWriteOneFrame( WalWriter *p, /* Where to write the frame */ PgHdr *pPage, /* The page of the frame to be written */ int nTruncate, /* The commit flag. Usually 0. >0 for commit */ sqlite3_int64 iOffset /* Byte offset at which to write */ ){ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ void *pData; /* Data actually written */ u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-header in */ #if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(pPage))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; #else pData = pPage->pData; #endif walEncodeFrame(p->pWal, pPage->pgno, nTruncate, pData, aFrame); rc = walWriteToLog(p, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOffset); if( rc ) return rc; /* Write the page data */ rc = walWriteToLog(p, pData, p->szPage, iOffset+sizeof(aFrame)); return rc; } /* ** This function is called as part of committing a transaction within which ** one or more frames have been overwritten. It updates the checksums for ** all frames written to the wal file by the current transaction starting ** with the earliest to have been overwritten. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. */ static int walRewriteChecksums(Wal *pWal, u32 iLast){ const int szPage = pWal->szPage;/* Database page size */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ u8 *aBuf; /* Buffer to load data from wal file into */ u8 aFrame[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble frame-headers in */ u32 iRead; /* Next frame to read from wal file */ i64 iCksumOff; aBuf = sqlite3_malloc(szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE); if( aBuf==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; /* Find the checksum values to use as input for the recalculating the ** first checksum. If the first frame is frame 1 (implying that the current ** transaction restarted the wal file), these values must be read from the ** wal-file header. Otherwise, read them from the frame header of the ** previous frame. */ assert( pWal->iReCksum>0 ); if( pWal->iReCksum==1 ){ iCksumOff = 24; }else{ iCksumOff = walFrameOffset(pWal->iReCksum-1, szPage) + 16; } rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, sizeof(u32)*2, iCksumOff); pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = sqlite3Get4byte(aBuf); pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[sizeof(u32)]); iRead = pWal->iReCksum; pWal->iReCksum = 0; for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead<=iLast; iRead++){ i64 iOff = walFrameOffset(iRead, szPage); rc = sqlite3OsRead(pWal->pWalFd, aBuf, szPage+WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE, iOff); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u32 iPgno, nDbSize; iPgno = sqlite3Get4byte(aBuf); nDbSize = sqlite3Get4byte(&aBuf[4]); walEncodeFrame(pWal, iPgno, nDbSize, &aBuf[WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE], aFrame); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aFrame, sizeof(aFrame), iOff); } } sqlite3_free(aBuf); return rc; } /* ** Write a set of frames to the log. The caller must hold the write-lock ** on the log file (obtained using sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction()). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFrames( Wal *pWal, /* Wal handle to write to */ int szPage, /* Database page-size in bytes */ PgHdr *pList, /* List of dirty pages to write */ Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ int isCommit, /* True if this is a commit */ int sync_flags /* Flags to pass to OsSync() (or 0) */ ){ int rc; /* Used to catch return codes */ u32 iFrame; /* Next frame address */ PgHdr *p; /* Iterator to run through pList with. */ PgHdr *pLast = 0; /* Last frame in list */ int nExtra = 0; /* Number of extra copies of last page */ int szFrame; /* The size of a single frame */ i64 iOffset; /* Next byte to write in WAL file */ WalWriter w; /* The writer */ u32 iFirst = 0; /* First frame that may be overwritten */ WalIndexHdr *pLive; /* Pointer to shared header */ assert( pList ); assert( pWal->writeLock ); /* If this frame set completes a transaction, then nTruncate>0. If ** nTruncate==0 then this frame set does not complete the transaction. */ assert( (isCommit!=0)==(nTruncate!=0) ); #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) { int cnt; for(cnt=0, p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty, cnt++){} WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write begin. %d frames. mxFrame=%d. %s\n", pWal, cnt, pWal->hdr.mxFrame, isCommit ? "Commit" : "Spill")); } #endif pLive = (WalIndexHdr*)walIndexHdr(pWal); if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr, (void *)pLive, sizeof(WalIndexHdr))!=0 ){ iFirst = pLive->mxFrame+1; } /* See if it is possible to write these frames into the start of the ** log file, instead of appending to it at pWal->hdr.mxFrame. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = walRestartLog(pWal)) ){ return rc; } /* If this is the first frame written into the log, write the WAL ** header to the start of the WAL file. See comments at the top of ** this source file for a description of the WAL header format. */ iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; if( iFrame==0 ){ u8 aWalHdr[WAL_HDRSIZE]; /* Buffer to assemble wal-header in */ u32 aCksum[2]; /* Checksum for wal-header */ sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[0], (WAL_MAGIC | SQLITE_BIGENDIAN)); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[4], WAL_MAX_VERSION); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[8], szPage); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[12], pWal->nCkpt); if( pWal->nCkpt==0 ) sqlite3_randomness(8, pWal->hdr.aSalt); memcpy(&aWalHdr[16], pWal->hdr.aSalt, 8); walChecksumBytes(1, aWalHdr, WAL_HDRSIZE-2*4, 0, aCksum); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[24], aCksum[0]); sqlite3Put4byte(&aWalHdr[28], aCksum[1]); pWal->szPage = szPage; pWal->hdr.bigEndCksum = SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0] = aCksum[0]; pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[1] = aCksum[1]; pWal->truncateOnCommit = 1; rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, aWalHdr, sizeof(aWalHdr), 0); WALTRACE(("WAL%p: wal-header write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* Sync the header (unless SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL is true or unless ** all syncing is turned off by PRAGMA synchronous=OFF). Otherwise ** an out-of-order write following a WAL restart could result in ** database corruption. See the ticket: ** ** https://sqlite.org/src/info/ff5be73dee */ if( pWal->syncHeader ){ rc = sqlite3OsSync(pWal->pWalFd, CKPT_SYNC_FLAGS(sync_flags)); if( rc ) return rc; } } assert( (int)pWal->szPage==szPage ); /* Setup information needed to write frames into the WAL */ w.pWal = pWal; w.pFd = pWal->pWalFd; w.iSyncPoint = 0; w.syncFlags = sync_flags; w.szPage = szPage; iOffset = walFrameOffset(iFrame+1, szPage); szFrame = szPage + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; /* Write all frames into the log file exactly once */ for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ int nDbSize; /* 0 normally. Positive == commit flag */ /* Check if this page has already been written into the wal file by ** the current transaction. If so, overwrite the existing frame and ** set Wal.writeLock to WAL_WRITELOCK_RECKSUM - indicating that ** checksums must be recomputed when the transaction is committed. */ if( iFirst && (p->pDirty || isCommit==0) ){ u32 iWrite = 0; VVA_ONLY(rc =) sqlite3WalFindFrame(pWal, p->pgno, &iWrite); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || iWrite==0 ); if( iWrite>=iFirst ){ i64 iOff = walFrameOffset(iWrite, szPage) + WAL_FRAME_HDRSIZE; void *pData; if( pWal->iReCksum==0 || iWriteiReCksum ){ pWal->iReCksum = iWrite; } #if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) if( (pData = sqlite3PagerCodec(p))==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; #else pData = p->pData; #endif rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pWal->pWalFd, pData, szPage, iOff); if( rc ) return rc; p->flags &= ~PGHDR_WAL_APPEND; continue; } } iFrame++; assert( iOffset==walFrameOffset(iFrame, szPage) ); nDbSize = (isCommit && p->pDirty==0) ? nTruncate : 0; rc = walWriteOneFrame(&w, p, nDbSize, iOffset); if( rc ) return rc; pLast = p; iOffset += szFrame; p->flags |= PGHDR_WAL_APPEND; } /* Recalculate checksums within the wal file if required. */ if( isCommit && pWal->iReCksum ){ rc = walRewriteChecksums(pWal, iFrame); if( rc ) return rc; } /* If this is the end of a transaction, then we might need to pad ** the transaction and/or sync the WAL file. ** ** Padding and syncing only occur if this set of frames complete a ** transaction and if PRAGMA synchronous=FULL. If synchronous==NORMAL ** or synchronous==OFF, then no padding or syncing are needed. ** ** If SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE is defined, then padding is not ** needed and only the sync is done. If padding is needed, then the ** final frame is repeated (with its commit mark) until the next sector ** boundary is crossed. Only the part of the WAL prior to the last ** sector boundary is synced; the part of the last frame that extends ** past the sector boundary is written after the sync. */ if( isCommit && WAL_SYNC_FLAGS(sync_flags)!=0 ){ int bSync = 1; if( pWal->padToSectorBoundary ){ int sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pWal->pWalFd); w.iSyncPoint = ((iOffset+sectorSize-1)/sectorSize)*sectorSize; bSync = (w.iSyncPoint==iOffset); testcase( bSync ); while( iOffsettruncateOnCommit && pWal->mxWalSize>=0 ){ i64 sz = pWal->mxWalSize; if( walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage)>pWal->mxWalSize ){ sz = walFrameOffset(iFrame+nExtra+1, szPage); } walLimitSize(pWal, sz); pWal->truncateOnCommit = 0; } /* Append data to the wal-index. It is not necessary to lock the ** wal-index to do this as the SQLITE_SHM_WRITE lock held on the wal-index ** guarantees that there are no other writers, and no data that may ** be in use by existing readers is being overwritten. */ iFrame = pWal->hdr.mxFrame; for(p=pList; p && rc==SQLITE_OK; p=p->pDirty){ if( (p->flags & PGHDR_WAL_APPEND)==0 ) continue; iFrame++; rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, p->pgno); } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nExtra>0 ){ iFrame++; nExtra--; rc = walIndexAppend(pWal, iFrame, pLast->pgno); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Update the private copy of the header. */ pWal->hdr.szPage = (u16)((szPage&0xff00) | (szPage>>16)); testcase( szPage<=32768 ); testcase( szPage>=65536 ); pWal->hdr.mxFrame = iFrame; if( isCommit ){ pWal->hdr.iChange++; pWal->hdr.nPage = nTruncate; } /* If this is a commit, update the wal-index header too. */ if( isCommit ){ walIndexWriteHdr(pWal); pWal->iCallback = iFrame; } } WALTRACE(("WAL%p: frame write %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); return rc; } /* ** This routine is called to implement sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() and ** related interfaces. ** ** Obtain a CHECKPOINT lock and then backfill as much information as ** we can from WAL into the database. ** ** If parameter xBusy is not NULL, it is a pointer to a busy-handler ** callback. In this case this function runs a blocking checkpoint. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCheckpoint( Wal *pWal, /* Wal connection */ sqlite3 *db, /* Check this handle's interrupt flag */ int eMode, /* PASSIVE, FULL, RESTART, or TRUNCATE */ int (*xBusy)(void*), /* Function to call when busy */ void *pBusyArg, /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ int sync_flags, /* Flags to sync db file with (or 0) */ int nBuf, /* Size of temporary buffer */ u8 *zBuf, /* Temporary buffer to use */ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Number of frames in WAL */ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Number of backfilled frames in WAL */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ int isChanged = 0; /* True if a new wal-index header is loaded */ int eMode2 = eMode; /* Mode to pass to walCheckpoint() */ int (*xBusy2)(void*) = xBusy; /* Busy handler for eMode2 */ assert( pWal->ckptLock==0 ); assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-62920-47450 The busy-handler callback is never invoked ** in the SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE mode. */ assert( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || xBusy==0 ); if( pWal->readOnly ) return SQLITE_READONLY; WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint begins\n", pWal)); /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-62028-47212 All calls obtain an exclusive ** "checkpoint" lock on the database file. */ rc = walLockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); if( rc ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-10421-19736 If any other process is running a ** checkpoint operation at the same time, the lock cannot be obtained and ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned. ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53820-33897 Even if there is a busy-handler configured, ** it will not be invoked in this case. */ testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ); testcase( xBusy!=0 ); return rc; } pWal->ckptLock = 1; /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-59782-36818 The SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL, RESTART and ** TRUNCATE modes also obtain the exclusive "writer" lock on the database ** file. ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60642-04082 If the writer lock cannot be obtained ** immediately, and a busy-handler is configured, it is invoked and the ** writer lock retried until either the busy-handler returns 0 or the ** lock is successfully obtained. */ if( eMode!=SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ){ rc = walBusyLock(pWal, xBusy, pBusyArg, WAL_WRITE_LOCK, 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pWal->writeLock = 1; }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ eMode2 = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; xBusy2 = 0; rc = SQLITE_OK; } } /* Read the wal-index header. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = walIndexReadHdr(pWal, &isChanged); if( isChanged && pWal->pDbFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pWal->pDbFd, 0, 0); } } /* Copy data from the log to the database file. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pWal->hdr.mxFrame && walPagesize(pWal)!=nBuf ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; }else{ rc = walCheckpoint(pWal, db, eMode2, xBusy2, pBusyArg, sync_flags, zBuf); } /* If no error occurred, set the output variables. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ if( pnLog ) *pnLog = (int)pWal->hdr.mxFrame; if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = (int)(walCkptInfo(pWal)->nBackfill); } } if( isChanged ){ /* If a new wal-index header was loaded before the checkpoint was ** performed, then the pager-cache associated with pWal is now ** out of date. So zero the cached wal-index header to ensure that ** next time the pager opens a snapshot on this database it knows that ** the cache needs to be reset. */ memset(&pWal->hdr, 0, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); } /* Release the locks. */ sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pWal); walUnlockExclusive(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK, 1); pWal->ckptLock = 0; WALTRACE(("WAL%p: checkpoint %s\n", pWal, rc ? "failed" : "ok")); return (rc==SQLITE_OK && eMode!=eMode2 ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc); } /* Return the value to pass to a sqlite3_wal_hook callback, the ** number of frames in the WAL at the point of the last commit since ** sqlite3WalCallback() was called. If no commits have occurred since ** the last call, then return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalCallback(Wal *pWal){ u32 ret = 0; if( pWal ){ ret = pWal->iCallback; pWal->iCallback = 0; } return (int)ret; } /* ** This function is called to change the WAL subsystem into or out ** of locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. ** ** If op is zero, then attempt to change from locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE ** into locking_mode=NORMAL. This means that we must acquire a lock ** on the pWal->readLock byte. If the WAL is already in locking_mode=NORMAL ** or if the acquisition of the lock fails, then return 0. If the ** transition out of exclusive-mode is successful, return 1. This ** operation must occur while the pager is still holding the exclusive ** lock on the main database file. ** ** If op is one, then change from locking_mode=NORMAL into ** locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. This means that the pWal->readLock must ** be released. Return 1 if the transition is made and 0 if the ** WAL is already in exclusive-locking mode - meaning that this ** routine is a no-op. The pager must already hold the exclusive lock ** on the main database file before invoking this operation. ** ** If op is negative, then do a dry-run of the op==1 case but do ** not actually change anything. The pager uses this to see if it ** should acquire the database exclusive lock prior to invoking ** the op==1 case. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(Wal *pWal, int op){ int rc; assert( pWal->writeLock==0 ); assert( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE || op==-1 ); /* pWal->readLock is usually set, but might be -1 if there was a ** prior error while attempting to acquire are read-lock. This cannot ** happen if the connection is actually in exclusive mode (as no xShmLock ** locks are taken in this case). Nor should the pager attempt to ** upgrade to exclusive-mode following such an error. */ assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || pWal->lockError ); assert( pWal->readLock>=0 || (op<=0 && pWal->exclusiveMode==0) ); if( op==0 ){ if( pWal->exclusiveMode!=WAL_NORMAL_MODE ){ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_NORMAL_MODE; if( walLockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock))!=SQLITE_OK ){ pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE; } rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE; }else{ /* Already in locking_mode=NORMAL */ rc = 0; } }else if( op>0 ){ assert( pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE ); assert( pWal->readLock>=0 ); walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_READ_LOCK(pWal->readLock)); pWal->exclusiveMode = WAL_EXCLUSIVE_MODE; rc = 1; }else{ rc = pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_NORMAL_MODE; } return rc; } /* ** Return true if the argument is non-NULL and the WAL module is using ** heap-memory for the wal-index. Otherwise, if the argument is NULL or the ** WAL module is using shared-memory, return false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalHeapMemory(Wal *pWal){ return (pWal && pWal->exclusiveMode==WAL_HEAPMEMORY_MODE ); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT /* Create a snapshot object. The content of a snapshot is opaque to ** every other subsystem, so the WAL module can put whatever it needs ** in the object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; WalIndexHdr *pRet; static const u32 aZero[4] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 }; assert( pWal->readLock>=0 && pWal->writeLock==0 ); if( memcmp(&pWal->hdr.aFrameCksum[0],aZero,16)==0 ){ *ppSnapshot = 0; return SQLITE_ERROR; } pRet = (WalIndexHdr*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); if( pRet==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ memcpy(pRet, &pWal->hdr, sizeof(WalIndexHdr)); *ppSnapshot = (sqlite3_snapshot*)pRet; } return rc; } /* Try to open on pSnapshot when the next read-transaction starts */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ pWal->pSnapshot = (WalIndexHdr*)pSnapshot; } /* ** Return a +ve value if snapshot p1 is newer than p2. A -ve value if ** p1 is older than p2 and zero if p1 and p2 are the same snapshot. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_cmp(sqlite3_snapshot *p1, sqlite3_snapshot *p2){ WalIndexHdr *pHdr1 = (WalIndexHdr*)p1; WalIndexHdr *pHdr2 = (WalIndexHdr*)p2; /* aSalt[0] is a copy of the value stored in the wal file header. It ** is incremented each time the wal file is restarted. */ if( pHdr1->aSalt[0]aSalt[0] ) return -1; if( pHdr1->aSalt[0]>pHdr2->aSalt[0] ) return +1; if( pHdr1->mxFramemxFrame ) return -1; if( pHdr1->mxFrame>pHdr2->mxFrame ) return +1; return 0; } /* ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database. ** This function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER ** lock is released before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(Wal *pWal, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ int rc; rc = walLockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ WalIndexHdr *pNew = (WalIndexHdr*)pSnapshot; if( memcmp(pNew->aSalt, pWal->hdr.aSalt, sizeof(pWal->hdr.aSalt)) || pNew->mxFramenBackfillAttempted ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT; walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK); } } return rc; } /* ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to ** sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(Wal *pWal){ assert( pWal ); walUnlockShared(pWal, WAL_CKPT_LOCK); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS /* ** If the argument is not NULL, it points to a Wal object that holds a ** read-lock. This function returns the database page-size if it is known, ** or zero if it is not (or if pWal is NULL). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalFramesize(Wal *pWal){ assert( pWal==0 || pWal->readLock>=0 ); return (pWal ? pWal->szPage : 0); } #endif /* Return the sqlite3_file object for the WAL file */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3WalFile(Wal *pWal){ return pWal->pWalFd; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /************** End of wal.c *************************************************/ /************** Begin file btmutex.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2007 August 27 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects. ** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too ** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like ** a good breakout. */ /************** Include btreeInt.h in the middle of btmutex.c ****************/ /************** Begin file btreeInt.h ****************************************/ /* ** 2004 April 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees. ** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to ** ** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3: ** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley ** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts. ** ** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database ** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages. ** ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) | ** ---------------------------------------------------------------- ** ** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less ** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have ** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys ** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And ** so forth. ** ** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the ** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree. ** ** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate ** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The ** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A ** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database ** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus ** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry ** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each ** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other ** information such as the size of key and data. ** ** FORMAT DETAILS ** ** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1, ** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates ** "no such page". The page size can be any power of 2 between 512 and 65536. ** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page, an overflow ** page, or a pointer-map page. ** ** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first ** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file. ** The format of the file header is as follows: ** ** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION ** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000" ** 16 2 Page size in bytes. (1 means 65536) ** 18 1 File format write version ** 19 1 File format read version ** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page ** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction (must be 64) ** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction (must be 32) ** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction (must be 32) ** 24 4 File change counter ** 28 4 Reserved for future use ** 32 4 First freelist page ** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file ** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers ** ** 40 4 Schema cookie ** 44 4 File format of schema layer ** 48 4 Size of page cache ** 52 4 Largest root-page (auto/incr_vacuum) ** 56 4 1=UTF-8 2=UTF16le 3=UTF16be ** 60 4 User version ** 64 4 Incremental vacuum mode ** 68 4 Application-ID ** 72 20 unused ** 92 4 The version-valid-for number ** 96 4 SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER ** ** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first). ** ** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed ** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed ** and thus when they need to flush their cache. ** ** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable ** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard ** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default ** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit ** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64. ** ** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra ** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated, ** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting ** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction. ** ** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction ** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum ** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it ** not specified in the header. ** ** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the ** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte ** file header that occurs before the page header. ** ** |----------------| ** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only. ** |----------------| ** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes ** |----------------| ** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order. ** | array | | Grows downward ** | | v ** |----------------| ** | unallocated | ** | space | ** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards ** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks. ** | area | | and free space fragments. ** |----------------| ** ** The page headers looks like this: ** ** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION ** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf ** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock ** 3 2 number of cells on this page ** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area ** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes ** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves. ** ** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that ** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries ** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is an integer ** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in ** the payload area. ** ** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header. ** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are ** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell ** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives ** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can ** be easily added without having to defragment the page. ** ** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the ** beginning of the page. ** ** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of ** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset ** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in ** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size, ** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot ** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called ** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded. ** in the page header at offset 7. ** ** SIZE DESCRIPTION ** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock ** 2 Bytes in this freeblock ** ** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at ** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array ** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily ** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order. ** ** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable ** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each ** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and ** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer ** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long. ** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This ** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes. ** ** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000 ** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f ** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080 ** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100 ** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f ** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678 ** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081 ** ** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of ** bytes of key and data in a btree cell. ** ** The content of a cell looks like this: ** ** SIZE DESCRIPTION ** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set. ** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set. ** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set. ** * Payload ** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow ** ** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely ** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little ** as 1 byte of data. ** ** SIZE DESCRIPTION ** 4 Page number of next overflow page ** * Data ** ** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The ** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk ** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is ** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this: ** ** SIZE DESCRIPTION ** 4 Page number of next trunk page ** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page ** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page ** size give above. */ #define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ((int)(pBt->pageSize-8)) /* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This ** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself ** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such ** small cells will be rare, but they are possible. */ #define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6) /* Forward declarations */ typedef struct MemPage MemPage; typedef struct BtLock BtLock; typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo; /* ** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every ** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database. ** ** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a ** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The ** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so ** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change ** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read ** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools ** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library. */ #ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */ # define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3" #endif /* ** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the ** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page. */ #define PTF_INTKEY 0x01 #define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02 #define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04 #define PTF_LEAF 0x08 /* ** An instance of this object stores information about each a single database ** page that has been loaded into memory. The information in this object ** is derived from the raw on-disk page content. ** ** As each database page is loaded into memory, the pager allocats an ** instance of this object and zeros the first 8 bytes. (This is the ** "extra" information associated with each page of the pager.) ** ** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex ** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex. */ struct MemPage { u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */ u8 bBusy; /* Prevent endless loops on corrupt database files */ u8 intKey; /* True if table b-trees. False for index b-trees */ u8 intKeyLeaf; /* True if the leaf of an intKey table */ Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */ /* Only the first 8 bytes (above) are zeroed by pager.c when a new page ** is allocated. All fields that follow must be initialized before use */ u8 leaf; /* True if a leaf page */ u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */ u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */ u8 max1bytePayload; /* min(maxLocal,127) */ u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */ u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */ u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */ u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */ u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */ u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */ u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */ u16 aiOvfl[4]; /* Insert the i-th overflow cell before the aiOvfl-th ** non-overflow cell */ u8 *apOvfl[4]; /* Pointers to the body of overflow cells */ BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */ u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */ u8 *aDataEnd; /* One byte past the end of usable data */ u8 *aCellIdx; /* The cell index area */ u8 *aDataOfst; /* Same as aData for leaves. aData+4 for interior */ DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */ u16 (*xCellSize)(MemPage*,u8*); /* cellSizePtr method */ void (*xParseCell)(MemPage*,u8*,CellInfo*); /* btreeParseCell method */ }; /* ** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock. ** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor ** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed ** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when ** a btree handle is closed. */ struct BtLock { Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */ Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */ u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */ BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */ }; /* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */ #define READ_LOCK 1 #define WRITE_LOCK 2 /* A Btree handle ** ** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of ** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure ** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot ** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to ** this structure. ** ** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be ** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each connection ** has it own instance of this object. But each instance of this object ** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the ** schema associated with the database file are all contained within ** the BtShared object. ** ** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex. ** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors ** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those ** cursors have to go through this Btree to find their BtShared and ** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex. */ struct Btree { sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */ BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */ u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */ u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */ u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */ u8 hasIncrblobCur; /* True if there are one or more Incrblob cursors */ int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */ int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */ u32 iDataVersion; /* Combines with pBt->pPager->iDataVersion */ Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */ Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE BtLock lock; /* Object used to lock page 1 */ #endif }; /* ** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values. ** ** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users ** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction, ** but any number may have active read transactions. */ #define TRANS_NONE 0 #define TRANS_READ 1 #define TRANS_WRITE 2 /* ** An instance of this object represents a single database file. ** ** A single database file can be in use at the same time by two ** or more database connections. When two or more connections are ** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own ** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points ** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of ** connections currently sharing this database file. ** ** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex ** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the ** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field ** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0. ** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and ** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0. ** ** isPending: ** ** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database ** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table), ** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is ** set to true. ** ** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of ** the following occur: ** ** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR ** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero. ** ** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new ** transaction. ** ** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation. */ struct BtShared { Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */ BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */ MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */ u8 openFlags; /* Flags to sqlite3BtreeOpen() */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */ u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */ u8 bDoTruncate; /* True to truncate db on commit */ #endif u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */ u8 max1bytePayload; /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC u8 optimalReserve; /* Desired amount of reserved space per page */ #endif u16 btsFlags; /* Boolean parameters. See BTS_* macros below */ u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */ u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */ u32 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */ u32 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */ int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */ u32 nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */ void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this object */ Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */ BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */ BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */ Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */ #endif u8 *pTmpSpace; /* Temp space sufficient to hold a single cell */ }; /* ** Allowed values for BtShared.btsFlags */ #define BTS_READ_ONLY 0x0001 /* Underlying file is readonly */ #define BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED 0x0002 /* Page size can no longer be changed */ #define BTS_SECURE_DELETE 0x0004 /* PRAGMA secure_delete is enabled */ #define BTS_OVERWRITE 0x0008 /* Overwrite deleted content with zeros */ #define BTS_FAST_SECURE 0x000c /* Combination of the previous two */ #define BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY 0x0010 /* Database was empty at trans start */ #define BTS_NO_WAL 0x0020 /* Do not open write-ahead-log files */ #define BTS_EXCLUSIVE 0x0040 /* pWriter has an exclusive lock */ #define BTS_PENDING 0x0080 /* Waiting for read-locks to clear */ /* ** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information ** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure ** based on information extract from the raw disk page. */ struct CellInfo { i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or nPayload otherwise */ u8 *pPayload; /* Pointer to the start of payload */ u32 nPayload; /* Bytes of payload */ u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally, not on overflow */ u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */ }; /* ** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than ** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a ** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a ** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes. ** ** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is ** assumed that the database is corrupt. */ #define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20 /* ** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular ** b-tree within a database file. ** ** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in ** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry. ** ** A single database file can be shared by two more database connections, ** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a ** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db. ** ** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex ** found at self->pBt->mutex. ** ** skipNext meaning: ** eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext>0: Next sqlite3BtreeNext() is no-op. ** eState==SKIPNEXT && skipNext<0: Next sqlite3BtreePrevious() is no-op. ** eState==FAULT: Cursor fault with skipNext as error code. */ struct BtCursor { u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */ u8 curFlags; /* zero or more BTCF_* flags defined below */ u8 curPagerFlags; /* Flags to send to sqlite3PagerGet() */ u8 hints; /* As configured by CursorSetHints() */ int skipNext; /* Prev() is noop if negative. Next() is noop if positive. ** Error code if eState==CURSOR_FAULT */ Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */ Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */ void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor last known position */ /* All fields above are zeroed when the cursor is allocated. See ** sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(). Fields that follow must be manually ** initialized. */ #define BTCURSOR_FIRST_UNINIT pBt /* Name of first uninitialized field */ BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */ BtCursor *pNext; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */ CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */ i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */ Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */ i8 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */ u8 curIntKey; /* Value of apPage[0]->intKey */ u16 ix; /* Current index for apPage[iPage] */ u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Arg passed to comparison function */ MemPage *pPage; /* Current page */ MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1]; /* Stack of parents of current page */ }; /* ** Legal values for BtCursor.curFlags */ #define BTCF_WriteFlag 0x01 /* True if a write cursor */ #define BTCF_ValidNKey 0x02 /* True if info.nKey is valid */ #define BTCF_ValidOvfl 0x04 /* True if aOverflow is valid */ #define BTCF_AtLast 0x08 /* Cursor is pointing ot the last entry */ #define BTCF_Incrblob 0x10 /* True if an incremental I/O handle */ #define BTCF_Multiple 0x20 /* Maybe another cursor on the same btree */ /* ** Potential values for BtCursor.eState. ** ** CURSOR_INVALID: ** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example) ** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been ** called. ** ** CURSOR_VALID: ** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called. ** ** CURSOR_SKIPNEXT: ** Cursor is valid except that the Cursor.skipNext field is non-zero ** indicating that the next sqlite3BtreeNext() or sqlite3BtreePrevious() ** operation should be a no-op. ** ** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK: ** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been ** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved ** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in ** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to ** seek the cursor to the saved position. ** ** CURSOR_FAULT: ** An unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred ** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this ** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state. ** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor ** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skipNext */ #define CURSOR_VALID 0 #define CURSOR_INVALID 1 #define CURSOR_SKIPNEXT 2 #define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 3 #define CURSOR_FAULT 4 /* ** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used. */ # define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt) /* ** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a ** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable ** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the ** page number to look up in the pointer map. ** ** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map ** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns ** the offset of the requested map entry. ** ** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page, ** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be ** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements ** this test. */ #define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno) #define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1)) #define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno)) /* ** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for ** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that ** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains ** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers ** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map ** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number. ** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types. ** ** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one ** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page ** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the ** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly. ** ** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not ** used in this case. ** ** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number ** is not used in this case. ** ** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of ** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that ** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page. ** ** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of ** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous ** page in the overflow page list. ** ** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number ** identifies the parent page in the btree. */ #define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1 #define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2 #define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3 #define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4 #define PTRMAP_BTREE 5 /* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables ** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent. */ #define btreeIntegrity(p) \ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \ assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans ); /* ** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine ** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used ** within an expression that is an argument to another macro ** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation. ** So, this macro is defined instead. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM #define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum) #else #define ISAUTOVACUUM 0 #endif /* ** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines ** in order to keep track of some global state information. ** ** The aRef[] array is allocated so that there is 1 bit for each page in ** the database. As the integrity-check proceeds, for each page used in ** the database the corresponding bit is set. This allows integrity-check to ** detect pages that are used twice and orphaned pages (both of which ** indicate corruption). */ typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk; struct IntegrityCk { BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */ Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */ u8 *aPgRef; /* 1 bit per page in the db (see above) */ Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */ int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */ int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */ const char *zPfx; /* Error message prefix */ int v1, v2; /* Values for up to two %d fields in zPfx */ StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */ u32 *heap; /* Min-heap used for analyzing cell coverage */ }; /* ** Routines to read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values. */ #define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) #define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v)) #define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte #define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte /* ** get2byteAligned(), unlike get2byte(), requires that its argument point to a ** two-byte aligned address. get2bytea() is only used for accessing the ** cell addresses in a btree header. */ #if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 # define get2byteAligned(x) (*(u16*)(x)) #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4008000 # define get2byteAligned(x) __builtin_bswap16(*(u16*)(x)) #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 # define get2byteAligned(x) _byteswap_ushort(*(u16*)(x)) #else # define get2byteAligned(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1]) #endif /************** End of btreeInt.h ********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in btmutex.c ********************/ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE /* ** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also, ** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the ** p->locked boolean to true. */ static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ assert( p->locked==0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex); p->pBt->db = p->db; p->locked = 1; } /* ** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and ** clear the p->locked boolean. */ static void SQLITE_NOINLINE unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( p->locked==1 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); assert( p->db==pBt->db ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(pBt->mutex); p->locked = 0; } /* Forward reference */ static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p); /* ** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object. ** ** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required ** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive. ** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior ** of this interface is recursive. ** ** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order ** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other ** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree ** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on ** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait ** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the ** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ /* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees ** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by ** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to ** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */ assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt ); assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBtpBt ); assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db ); assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db ); assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) ); /* Check for locking consistency */ assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 ); assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 ); /* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); /* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db ** should already be set correctly. */ assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db ); if( !p->sharable ) return; p->wantToLock++; if( p->locked ) return; btreeLockCarefully(p); } /* This is a helper function for sqlite3BtreeLock(). By moving ** complex, but seldom used logic, out of sqlite3BtreeLock() and ** into this routine, we avoid unnecessary stack pointer changes ** and thus help the sqlite3BtreeLock() routine to run much faster ** in the common case. */ static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLockCarefully(Btree *p){ Btree *pLater; /* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we ** want without having to go through the ascending lock ** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block. */ if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){ p->pBt->db = p->db; p->locked = 1; return; } /* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger ** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire ** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending ** order. */ for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ assert( pLater->sharable ); assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt ); assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 ); if( pLater->locked ){ unlockBtreeMutex(pLater); } } lockBtreeMutex(p); for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){ if( pLater->wantToLock ){ lockBtreeMutex(pLater); } } } /* ** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); if( p->sharable ){ assert( p->wantToLock>0 ); p->wantToLock--; if( p->wantToLock==0 ){ unlockBtreeMutex(p); } } } #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the ** B-Tree is not marked as sharable. ** ** This routine is used only from within assert() statements. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){ assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 ); assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db ); assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked); } #endif /* ** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database ** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing ** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names ** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being ** reset out from under us. ** ** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures. ** ** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address ** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with ** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees ** at the same instant. */ static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ int i; int skipOk = 1; Btree *p; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); for(i=0; inDb; i++){ p = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( p && p->sharable ){ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); skipOk = 0; } } db->noSharedCache = skipOk; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ if( db->noSharedCache==0 ) btreeEnterAll(db); } static void SQLITE_NOINLINE btreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){ int i; Btree *p; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); for(i=0; inDb; i++){ p = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( p ) sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){ if( db->noSharedCache==0 ) btreeLeaveAll(db); } #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection ** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes. ** ** This routine is used inside assert() statements only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){ int i; if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){ return 0; } for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Btree *p; p = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( p && p->sharable && (p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){ return 0; } } return 1; } #endif /* NDEBUG */ #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Return true if the correct mutexes are held for accessing the ** db->aDb[iDb].pSchema structure. The mutexes required for schema ** access are: ** ** (1) The mutex on db ** (2) if iDb!=1, then the mutex on db->aDb[iDb].pBt. ** ** If pSchema is not NULL, then iDb is computed from pSchema and ** db using sqlite3SchemaToIndex(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, Schema *pSchema){ Btree *p; assert( db!=0 ); if( pSchema ) iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ) return 0; if( iDb==1 ) return 1; p = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; assert( p!=0 ); return p->sharable==0 || p->locked==1; } #endif /* NDEBUG */ #else /* SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 above. SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 below */ /* ** The following are special cases for mutex enter routines for use ** in single threaded applications that use shared cache. Except for ** these two routines, all mutex operations are no-ops in that case and ** are null #defines in btree.h. ** ** If shared cache is disabled, then all btree mutex routines, including ** the ones below, are no-ops and are null #defines in btree.h. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){ p->pBt->db = p->db; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){ int i; for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( p ){ p->pBt->db = p->db; } } } #endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* ** Enter a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that Btree. ** ** These entry points are used by incremental I/O only. Enter() is required ** any time OMIT_SHARED_CACHE is not defined, regardless of whether or not ** the build is threadsafe. Leave() is only required by threadsafe builds. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree); } # if SQLITE_THREADSAFE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree); } # endif #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ /************** End of btmutex.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file btree.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2004 April 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file implements an external (disk-based) database using BTrees. ** See the header comment on "btreeInt.h" for additional information. ** Including a description of file format and an overview of operation. */ /* #include "btreeInt.h" */ /* ** The header string that appears at the beginning of every ** SQLite database. */ static const char zMagicHeader[] = SQLITE_FILE_HEADER; /* ** Set this global variable to 1 to enable tracing using the TRACE ** macro. */ #if 0 int sqlite3BtreeTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ # define TRACE(X) if(sqlite3BtreeTrace){printf X;fflush(stdout);} #else # define TRACE(X) #endif /* ** Extract a 2-byte big-endian integer from an array of unsigned bytes. ** But if the value is zero, make it 65536. ** ** This routine is used to extract the "offset to cell content area" value ** from the header of a btree page. If the page size is 65536 and the page ** is empty, the offset should be 65536, but the 2-byte value stores zero. ** This routine makes the necessary adjustment to 65536. */ #define get2byteNotZero(X) (((((int)get2byte(X))-1)&0xffff)+1) /* ** Values passed as the 5th argument to allocateBtreePage() */ #define BTALLOC_ANY 0 /* Allocate any page */ #define BTALLOC_EXACT 1 /* Allocate exact page if possible */ #define BTALLOC_LE 2 /* Allocate any page <= the parameter */ /* ** Macro IfNotOmitAV(x) returns (x) if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM is not ** defined, or 0 if it is. For example: ** ** bIncrVacuum = IfNotOmitAV(pBtShared->incrVacuum); */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM #define IfNotOmitAV(expr) (expr) #else #define IfNotOmitAV(expr) 0 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** A list of BtShared objects that are eligible for participation ** in shared cache. This variable has file scope during normal builds, ** but the test harness needs to access it so we make it global for ** test builds. ** ** Access to this variable is protected by SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; #else static BtShared *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3SharedCacheList = 0; #endif #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** Enable or disable the shared pager and schema features. ** ** This routine has no effect on existing database connections. ** The shared cache setting effects only future calls to ** sqlite3_open(), sqlite3_open16(), or sqlite3_open_v2(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int enable){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled = enable; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** The functions querySharedCacheTableLock(), setSharedCacheTableLock(), ** and clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks() ** manipulate entries in the BtShared.pLock linked list used to store ** shared-cache table level locks. If the library is compiled with the ** shared-cache feature disabled, then there is only ever one user ** of each BtShared structure and so this locking is not necessary. ** So define the lock related functions as no-ops. */ #define querySharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK #define setSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c) SQLITE_OK #define clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) #define downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(a) #define hasSharedCacheTableLock(a,b,c,d) 1 #define hasReadConflicts(a, b) 0 #endif /* ** Implementation of the SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE() macro. Takes a single ** (MemPage*) as an argument. The (MemPage*) must not be NULL. ** ** If SQLITE_DEBUG is not defined, then this macro is equivalent to ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT. Or, if SQLITE_DEBUG is set, then the log message ** normally produced as a side-effect of SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT is augmented ** with the page number and filename associated with the (MemPage*). */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG int corruptPageError(int lineno, MemPage *p){ char *zMsg; sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("database corruption page %d of %s", (int)p->pgno, sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 0) ); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( zMsg ){ sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, zMsg); } sqlite3_free(zMsg); return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } # define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pMemPage) corruptPageError(__LINE__, pMemPage) #else # define SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pMemPage) SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pMemPage->pgno) #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* **** This function is only used as part of an assert() statement. *** ** ** Check to see if pBtree holds the required locks to read or write to the ** table with root page iRoot. Return 1 if it does and 0 if not. ** ** For example, when writing to a table with root-page iRoot via ** Btree connection pBtree: ** ** assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pBtree, iRoot, 0, WRITE_LOCK) ); ** ** When writing to an index that resides in a sharable database, the ** caller should have first obtained a lock specifying the root page of ** the corresponding table. This makes things a bit more complicated, ** as this module treats each table as a separate structure. To determine ** the table corresponding to the index being written, this ** function has to search through the database schema. ** ** Instead of a lock on the table/index rooted at page iRoot, the caller may ** hold a write-lock on the schema table (root page 1). This is also ** acceptable. */ static int hasSharedCacheTableLock( Btree *pBtree, /* Handle that must hold lock */ Pgno iRoot, /* Root page of b-tree */ int isIndex, /* True if iRoot is the root of an index b-tree */ int eLockType /* Required lock type (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) */ ){ Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)pBtree->pBt->pSchema; Pgno iTab = 0; BtLock *pLock; /* If this database is not shareable, or if the client is reading ** and has the read-uncommitted flag set, then no lock is required. ** Return true immediately. */ if( (pBtree->sharable==0) || (eLockType==READ_LOCK && (pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommit)) ){ return 1; } /* If the client is reading or writing an index and the schema is ** not loaded, then it is too difficult to actually check to see if ** the correct locks are held. So do not bother - just return true. ** This case does not come up very often anyhow. */ if( isIndex && (!pSchema || (pSchema->schemaFlags&DB_SchemaLoaded)==0) ){ return 1; } /* Figure out the root-page that the lock should be held on. For table ** b-trees, this is just the root page of the b-tree being read or ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated ** table. */ if( isIndex ){ HashElem *p; for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p); if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){ if( iTab ){ /* Two or more indexes share the same root page. There must ** be imposter tables. So just return true. The assert is not ** useful in that case. */ return 1; } iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum; } } }else{ iTab = iRoot; } /* Search for the required lock. Either a write-lock on root-page iTab, a ** write-lock on the schema table, or (if the client is reading) a ** read-lock on iTab will suffice. Return 1 if any of these are found. */ for(pLock=pBtree->pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ if( pLock->pBtree==pBtree && (pLock->iTable==iTab || (pLock->eLock==WRITE_LOCK && pLock->iTable==1)) && pLock->eLock>=eLockType ){ return 1; } } /* Failed to find the required lock. */ return 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* **** This function may be used as part of assert() statements only. **** ** ** Return true if it would be illegal for pBtree to write into the ** table or index rooted at iRoot because other shared connections are ** simultaneously reading that same table or index. ** ** It is illegal for pBtree to write if some other Btree object that ** shares the same BtShared object is currently reading or writing ** the iRoot table. Except, if the other Btree object has the ** read-uncommitted flag set, then it is OK for the other object to ** have a read cursor. ** ** For example, before writing to any part of the table or index ** rooted at page iRoot, one should call: ** ** assert( !hasReadConflicts(pBtree, iRoot) ); */ static int hasReadConflicts(Btree *pBtree, Pgno iRoot){ BtCursor *p; for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ if( p->pgnoRoot==iRoot && p->pBtree!=pBtree && 0==(p->pBtree->db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommit) ){ return 1; } } return 0; } #endif /* #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* ** Query to see if Btree handle p may obtain a lock of type eLock ** (READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK) on the table with root-page iTab. Return ** SQLITE_OK if the lock may be obtained (by calling ** setSharedCacheTableLock()), or SQLITE_LOCKED if not. */ static int querySharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTab, u8 eLock){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; BtLock *pIter; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); assert( p->db!=0 ); assert( !(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit)||eLock==WRITE_LOCK||iTab==1 ); /* If requesting a write-lock, then the Btree must have an open write ** transaction on this file. And, obviously, for this to be so there ** must be an open write transaction on the file itself. */ assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || (p==pBt->pWriter && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE) ); assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); /* This routine is a no-op if the shared-cache is not enabled */ if( !p->sharable ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* If some other connection is holding an exclusive lock, the ** requested lock may not be obtained. */ if( pBt->pWriter!=p && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)!=0 ){ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBt->pWriter->db); return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; } for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ /* The condition (pIter->eLock!=eLock) in the following if(...) ** statement is a simplification of: ** ** (eLock==WRITE_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK) ** ** since we know that if eLock==WRITE_LOCK, then no other connection ** may hold a WRITE_LOCK on any table in this file (since there can ** only be a single writer). */ assert( pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || pIter->pBtree==p || pIter->eLock==READ_LOCK); if( pIter->pBtree!=p && pIter->iTable==iTab && pIter->eLock!=eLock ){ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pIter->pBtree->db); if( eLock==WRITE_LOCK ){ assert( p==pBt->pWriter ); pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PENDING; } return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; } } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** Add a lock on the table with root-page iTable to the shared-btree used ** by Btree handle p. Parameter eLock must be either READ_LOCK or ** WRITE_LOCK. ** ** This function assumes the following: ** ** (a) The specified Btree object p is connected to a sharable ** database (one with the BtShared.sharable flag set), and ** ** (b) No other Btree objects hold a lock that conflicts ** with the requested lock (i.e. querySharedCacheTableLock() has ** already been called and returned SQLITE_OK). ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if the lock is added successfully. SQLITE_NOMEM ** is returned if a malloc attempt fails. */ static int setSharedCacheTableLock(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, u8 eLock){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; BtLock *pLock = 0; BtLock *pIter; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( eLock==READ_LOCK || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); assert( p->db!=0 ); /* A connection with the read-uncommitted flag set will never try to ** obtain a read-lock using this function. The only read-lock obtained ** by a connection in read-uncommitted mode is on the sqlite_master ** table, and that lock is obtained in BtreeBeginTrans(). */ assert( 0==(p->db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit) || eLock==WRITE_LOCK ); /* This function should only be called on a sharable b-tree after it ** has been determined that no other b-tree holds a conflicting lock. */ assert( p->sharable ); assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, eLock) ); /* First search the list for an existing lock on this table. */ for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ if( pIter->iTable==iTable && pIter->pBtree==p ){ pLock = pIter; break; } } /* If the above search did not find a BtLock struct associating Btree p ** with table iTable, allocate one and link it into the list. */ if( !pLock ){ pLock = (BtLock *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(BtLock)); if( !pLock ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } pLock->iTable = iTable; pLock->pBtree = p; pLock->pNext = pBt->pLock; pBt->pLock = pLock; } /* Set the BtLock.eLock variable to the maximum of the current lock ** and the requested lock. This means if a write-lock was already held ** and a read-lock requested, we don't incorrectly downgrade the lock. */ assert( WRITE_LOCK>READ_LOCK ); if( eLock>pLock->eLock ){ pLock->eLock = eLock; } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** Release all the table locks (locks obtained via calls to ** the setSharedCacheTableLock() procedure) held by Btree object p. ** ** This function assumes that Btree p has an open read or write ** transaction. If it does not, then the BTS_PENDING flag ** may be incorrectly cleared. */ static void clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; BtLock **ppIter = &pBt->pLock; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( p->sharable || 0==*ppIter ); assert( p->inTrans>0 ); while( *ppIter ){ BtLock *pLock = *ppIter; assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_EXCLUSIVE)==0 || pBt->pWriter==pLock->pBtree ); assert( pLock->pBtree->inTrans>=pLock->eLock ); if( pLock->pBtree==p ){ *ppIter = pLock->pNext; assert( pLock->iTable!=1 || pLock==&p->lock ); if( pLock->iTable!=1 ){ sqlite3_free(pLock); } }else{ ppIter = &pLock->pNext; } } assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)==0 || pBt->pWriter ); if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ pBt->pWriter = 0; pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); }else if( pBt->nTransaction==2 ){ /* This function is called when Btree p is concluding its ** transaction. If there currently exists a writer, and p is not ** that writer, then the number of locks held by connections other ** than the writer must be about to drop to zero. In this case ** set the BTS_PENDING flag to 0. ** ** If there is not currently a writer, then BTS_PENDING must ** be zero already. So this next line is harmless in that case. */ pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PENDING; } } /* ** This function changes all write-locks held by Btree p into read-locks. */ static void downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; if( pBt->pWriter==p ){ BtLock *pLock; pBt->pWriter = 0; pBt->btsFlags &= ~(BTS_EXCLUSIVE|BTS_PENDING); for(pLock=pBt->pLock; pLock; pLock=pLock->pNext){ assert( pLock->eLock==READ_LOCK || pLock->pBtree==p ); pLock->eLock = READ_LOCK; } } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ static void releasePageOne(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ static void releasePageNotNull(MemPage *pPage); /* Forward reference */ /* ***** This routine is used inside of assert() only **** ** ** Verify that the cursor holds the mutex on its BtShared */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG static int cursorHoldsMutex(BtCursor *p){ return sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex); } /* Verify that the cursor and the BtShared agree about what is the current ** database connetion. This is important in shared-cache mode. If the database ** connection pointers get out-of-sync, it is possible for routines like ** btreeInitPage() to reference an stale connection pointer that references a ** a connection that has already closed. This routine is used inside assert() ** statements only and for the purpose of double-checking that the btree code ** does keep the database connection pointers up-to-date. */ static int cursorOwnsBtShared(BtCursor *p){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(p) ); return (p->pBtree->db==p->pBt->db); } #endif /* ** Invalidate the overflow cache of the cursor passed as the first argument. ** on the shared btree structure pBt. */ #define invalidateOverflowCache(pCur) (pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl) /* ** Invalidate the overflow page-list cache for all cursors opened ** on the shared btree structure pBt. */ static void invalidateAllOverflowCache(BtShared *pBt){ BtCursor *p; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ invalidateOverflowCache(p); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* ** This function is called before modifying the contents of a table ** to invalidate any incrblob cursors that are open on the ** row or one of the rows being modified. ** ** If argument isClearTable is true, then the entire contents of the ** table is about to be deleted. In this case invalidate all incrblob ** cursors open on any row within the table with root-page pgnoRoot. ** ** Otherwise, if argument isClearTable is false, then the row with ** rowid iRow is being replaced or deleted. In this case invalidate ** only those incrblob cursors open on that specific row. */ static void invalidateIncrblobCursors( Btree *pBtree, /* The database file to check */ Pgno pgnoRoot, /* The table that might be changing */ i64 iRow, /* The rowid that might be changing */ int isClearTable /* True if all rows are being deleted */ ){ BtCursor *p; if( pBtree->hasIncrblobCur==0 ) return; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBtree) ); pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 0; for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ if( (p->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob)!=0 ){ pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 1; if( p->pgnoRoot==pgnoRoot && (isClearTable || p->info.nKey==iRow) ){ p->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; } } } } #else /* Stub function when INCRBLOB is omitted */ #define invalidateIncrblobCursors(w,x,y,z) #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ /* ** Set bit pgno of the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This is called ** when a page that previously contained data becomes a free-list leaf ** page. ** ** The BtShared.pHasContent bitvec exists to work around an obscure ** bug caused by the interaction of two useful IO optimizations surrounding ** free-list leaf pages: ** ** 1) When all data is deleted from a page and the page becomes ** a free-list leaf page, the page is not written to the database ** (as free-list leaf pages contain no meaningful data). Sometimes ** such a page is not even journalled (as it will not be modified, ** why bother journalling it?). ** ** 2) When a free-list leaf page is reused, its content is not read ** from the database or written to the journal file (why should it ** be, if it is not at all meaningful?). ** ** By themselves, these optimizations work fine and provide a handy ** performance boost to bulk delete or insert operations. However, if ** a page is moved to the free-list and then reused within the same ** transaction, a problem comes up. If the page is not journalled when ** it is moved to the free-list and it is also not journalled when it ** is extracted from the free-list and reused, then the original data ** may be lost. In the event of a rollback, it may not be possible ** to restore the database to its original configuration. ** ** The solution is the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. Whenever a page is ** moved to become a free-list leaf page, the corresponding bit is ** set in the bitvec. Whenever a leaf page is extracted from the free-list, ** optimization 2 above is omitted if the corresponding bit is already ** set in BtShared.pHasContent. The contents of the bitvec are cleared ** at the end of every transaction. */ static int btreeSetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ assert( pgno<=pBt->nPage ); pBt->pHasContent = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pBt->nPage); if( !pBt->pHasContent ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pgno<=sqlite3BitvecSize(pBt->pHasContent) ){ rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pBt->pHasContent, pgno); } return rc; } /* ** Query the BtShared.pHasContent vector. ** ** This function is called when a free-list leaf page is removed from the ** free-list for reuse. It returns false if it is safe to retrieve the ** page from the pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. True otherwise. */ static int btreeGetHasContent(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ Bitvec *p = pBt->pHasContent; return (p && (pgno>sqlite3BitvecSize(p) || sqlite3BitvecTest(p, pgno))); } /* ** Clear (destroy) the BtShared.pHasContent bitvec. This should be ** invoked at the conclusion of each write-transaction. */ static void btreeClearHasContent(BtShared *pBt){ sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBt->pHasContent); pBt->pHasContent = 0; } /* ** Release all of the apPage[] pages for a cursor. */ static void btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(BtCursor *pCur){ int i; if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){ for(i=0; iiPage; i++){ releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[i]); } releasePageNotNull(pCur->pPage); pCur->iPage = -1; } } /* ** The cursor passed as the only argument must point to a valid entry ** when this function is called (i.e. have eState==CURSOR_VALID). This ** function saves the current cursor key in variables pCur->nKey and ** pCur->pKey. SQLITE_OK is returned if successful or an SQLite error ** code otherwise. ** ** If the cursor is open on an intkey table, then the integer key ** (the rowid) is stored in pCur->nKey and pCur->pKey is left set to ** NULL. If the cursor is open on a non-intkey table, then pCur->pKey is ** set to point to a malloced buffer pCur->nKey bytes in size containing ** the key. */ static int saveCursorKey(BtCursor *pCur){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState ); assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); if( pCur->curIntKey ){ /* Only the rowid is required for a table btree */ pCur->nKey = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pCur); }else{ /* For an index btree, save the complete key content */ void *pKey; pCur->nKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur); pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pCur->nKey ); if( pKey ){ rc = sqlite3BtreePayload(pCur, 0, (int)pCur->nKey, pKey); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCur->pKey = pKey; }else{ sqlite3_free(pKey); } }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } } assert( !pCur->curIntKey || !pCur->pKey ); return rc; } /* ** Save the current cursor position in the variables BtCursor.nKey ** and BtCursor.pKey. The cursor's state is set to CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK. ** ** The caller must ensure that the cursor is valid (has eState==CURSOR_VALID) ** prior to calling this routine. */ static int saveCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ int rc; assert( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState || CURSOR_SKIPNEXT==pCur->eState ); assert( 0==pCur->pKey ); assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){ pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; }else{ pCur->skipNext = 0; } rc = saveCursorKey(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur); pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; } pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_AtLast); return rc; } /* Forward reference */ static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList(BtCursor*,Pgno,BtCursor*); /* ** Save the positions of all cursors (except pExcept) that are open on ** the table with root-page iRoot. "Saving the cursor position" means that ** the location in the btree is remembered in such a way that it can be ** moved back to the same spot after the btree has been modified. This ** routine is called just before cursor pExcept is used to modify the ** table, for example in BtreeDelete() or BtreeInsert(). ** ** If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such ** cursors should have their BTCF_Multiple flag set. The btreeCursor() ** routine enforces that rule. This routine only needs to be called in ** the uncommon case when pExpect has the BTCF_Multiple flag set. ** ** If pExpect!=NULL and if no other cursors are found on the same root-page, ** then the BTCF_Multiple flag on pExpect is cleared, to avoid another ** pointless call to this routine. ** ** Implementation note: This routine merely checks to see if any cursors ** need to be saved. It calls out to saveCursorsOnList() in the (unusual) ** event that cursors are in need to being saved. */ static int saveAllCursors(BtShared *pBt, Pgno iRoot, BtCursor *pExcept){ BtCursor *p; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( pExcept==0 || pExcept->pBt==pBt ); for(p=pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ) break; } if( p ) return saveCursorsOnList(p, iRoot, pExcept); if( pExcept ) pExcept->curFlags &= ~BTCF_Multiple; return SQLITE_OK; } /* This helper routine to saveAllCursors does the actual work of saving ** the cursors if and when a cursor is found that actually requires saving. ** The common case is that no cursors need to be saved, so this routine is ** broken out from its caller to avoid unnecessary stack pointer movement. */ static int SQLITE_NOINLINE saveCursorsOnList( BtCursor *p, /* The first cursor that needs saving */ Pgno iRoot, /* Only save cursor with this iRoot. Save all if zero */ BtCursor *pExcept /* Do not save this cursor */ ){ do{ if( p!=pExcept && (0==iRoot || p->pgnoRoot==iRoot) ){ if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID || p->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){ int rc = saveCursorPosition(p); if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ return rc; } }else{ testcase( p->iPage>=0 ); btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p); } } p = p->pNext; }while( p ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Clear the current cursor position. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); pCur->pKey = 0; pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; } /* ** In this version of BtreeMoveto, pKey is a packed index record ** such as is generated by the OP_MakeRecord opcode. Unpack the ** record and then call BtreeMovetoUnpacked() to do the work. */ static int btreeMoveto( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor open on the btree to be searched */ const void *pKey, /* Packed key if the btree is an index */ i64 nKey, /* Integer key for tables. Size of pKey for indices */ int bias, /* Bias search to the high end */ int *pRes /* Write search results here */ ){ int rc; /* Status code */ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; /* Unpacked index key */ if( pKey ){ assert( nKey==(i64)(int)nKey ); pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pCur->pKeyInfo); if( pIdxKey==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pCur->pKeyInfo, (int)nKey, pKey, pIdxKey); if( pIdxKey->nField==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto moveto_done; } }else{ pIdxKey = 0; } rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, pIdxKey, nKey, bias, pRes); moveto_done: if( pIdxKey ){ sqlite3DbFree(pCur->pKeyInfo->db, pIdxKey); } return rc; } /* ** Restore the cursor to the position it was in (or as close to as possible) ** when saveCursorPosition() was called. Note that this call deletes the ** saved position info stored by saveCursorPosition(), so there can be ** at most one effective restoreCursorPosition() call after each ** saveCursorPosition(). */ static int btreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur){ int rc; int skipNext; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ return pCur->skipNext; } pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pCur->pKey, pCur->nKey, 0, &skipNext); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); pCur->pKey = 0; assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ); pCur->skipNext |= skipNext; if( pCur->skipNext && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT; } } return rc; } #define restoreCursorPosition(p) \ (p->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ? \ btreeRestoreCursorPosition(p) : \ SQLITE_OK) /* ** Determine whether or not a cursor has moved from the position where ** it was last placed, or has been invalidated for any other reason. ** Cursors can move when the row they are pointing at is deleted out ** from under them, for example. Cursor might also move if a btree ** is rebalanced. ** ** Calling this routine with a NULL cursor pointer returns false. ** ** Use the separate sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore() routine to restore a cursor ** back to where it ought to be if this routine returns true. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor *pCur){ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pCur) || pCur==sqlite3BtreeFakeValidCursor() ); assert( offsetof(BtCursor, eState)==0 ); assert( sizeof(pCur->eState)==1 ); return CURSOR_VALID != *(u8*)pCur; } /* ** Return a pointer to a fake BtCursor object that will always answer ** false to the sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved() routine above. The fake ** cursor returned must not be used with any other Btree interface. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE BtCursor *sqlite3BtreeFakeValidCursor(void){ static u8 fakeCursor = CURSOR_VALID; assert( offsetof(BtCursor, eState)==0 ); return (BtCursor*)&fakeCursor; } /* ** This routine restores a cursor back to its original position after it ** has been moved by some outside activity (such as a btree rebalance or ** a row having been deleted out from under the cursor). ** ** On success, the *pDifferentRow parameter is false if the cursor is left ** pointing at exactly the same row. *pDifferntRow is the row the cursor ** was pointing to has been deleted, forcing the cursor to point to some ** nearby row. ** ** This routine should only be called for a cursor that just returned ** TRUE from sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(BtCursor *pCur, int *pDifferentRow){ int rc; assert( pCur!=0 ); assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); if( rc ){ *pDifferentRow = 1; return rc; } if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ *pDifferentRow = 1; }else{ assert( pCur->skipNext==0 ); *pDifferentRow = 0; } return SQLITE_OK; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS /* ** Provide hints to the cursor. The particular hint given (and the type ** and number of the varargs parameters) is determined by the eHintType ** parameter. See the definitions of the BTREE_HINT_* macros for details. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(BtCursor *pCur, int eHintType, ...){ /* Used only by system that substitute their own storage engine */ } #endif /* ** Provide flag hints to the cursor. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(BtCursor *pCur, unsigned x){ assert( x==BTREE_SEEK_EQ || x==BTREE_BULKLOAD || x==0 ); pCur->hints = x; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* ** Given a page number of a regular database page, return the page ** number for the pointer-map page that contains the entry for the ** input page number. ** ** Return 0 (not a valid page) for pgno==1 since there is ** no pointer map associated with page 1. The integrity_check logic ** requires that ptrmapPageno(*,1)!=1. */ static Pgno ptrmapPageno(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ int nPagesPerMapPage; Pgno iPtrMap, ret; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); if( pgno<2 ) return 0; nPagesPerMapPage = (pBt->usableSize/5)+1; iPtrMap = (pgno-2)/nPagesPerMapPage; ret = (iPtrMap*nPagesPerMapPage) + 2; if( ret==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ ret++; } return ret; } /* ** Write an entry into the pointer map. ** ** This routine updates the pointer map entry for page number 'key' ** so that it maps to type 'eType' and parent page number 'pgno'. ** ** If *pRC is initially non-zero (non-SQLITE_OK) then this routine is ** a no-op. If an error occurs, the appropriate error code is written ** into *pRC. */ static void ptrmapPut(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 eType, Pgno parent, int *pRC){ DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ u8 *pPtrmap; /* The pointer map data */ Pgno iPtrmap; /* The pointer map page number */ int offset; /* Offset in pointer map page */ int rc; /* Return code from subfunctions */ if( *pRC ) return; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); /* The master-journal page number must never be used as a pointer map page */ assert( 0==PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt)) ); assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); if( key==0 ){ *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; return; } iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pRC = rc; return; } offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); if( offset<0 ){ *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto ptrmap_exit; } assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); if( eType!=pPtrmap[offset] || get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1])!=parent ){ TRACE(("PTRMAP_UPDATE: %d->(%d,%d)\n", key, eType, parent)); *pRC= rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pPtrmap[offset] = eType; put4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1], parent); } } ptrmap_exit: sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); } /* ** Read an entry from the pointer map. ** ** This routine retrieves the pointer map entry for page 'key', writing ** the type and parent page number to *pEType and *pPgno respectively. ** An error code is returned if something goes wrong, otherwise SQLITE_OK. */ static int ptrmapGet(BtShared *pBt, Pgno key, u8 *pEType, Pgno *pPgno){ DbPage *pDbPage; /* The pointer map page */ int iPtrmap; /* Pointer map page index */ u8 *pPtrmap; /* Pointer map page data */ int offset; /* Offset of entry in pointer map */ int rc; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); iPtrmap = PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, key); rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, iPtrmap, &pDbPage, 0); if( rc!=0 ){ return rc; } pPtrmap = (u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); offset = PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(iPtrmap, key); if( offset<0 ){ sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } assert( offset <= (int)pBt->usableSize-5 ); assert( pEType!=0 ); *pEType = pPtrmap[offset]; if( pPgno ) *pPgno = get4byte(&pPtrmap[offset+1]); sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); if( *pEType<1 || *pEType>5 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(iPtrmap); return SQLITE_OK; } #else /* if defined SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ #define ptrmapPut(w,x,y,z,rc) #define ptrmapGet(w,x,y,z) SQLITE_OK #define ptrmapPutOvflPtr(x, y, rc) #endif /* ** Given a btree page and a cell index (0 means the first cell on ** the page, 1 means the second cell, and so forth) return a pointer ** to the cell content. ** ** findCellPastPtr() does the same except it skips past the initial ** 4-byte child pointer found on interior pages, if there is one. ** ** This routine works only for pages that do not contain overflow cells. */ #define findCell(P,I) \ ((P)->aData + ((P)->maskPage & get2byteAligned(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)]))) #define findCellPastPtr(P,I) \ ((P)->aDataOfst + ((P)->maskPage & get2byteAligned(&(P)->aCellIdx[2*(I)]))) /* ** This is common tail processing for btreeParseCellPtr() and ** btreeParseCellPtrIndex() for the case when the cell does not fit entirely ** on a single B-tree page. Make necessary adjustments to the CellInfo ** structure. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow( MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ ){ /* If the payload will not fit completely on the local page, we have ** to decide how much to store locally and how much to spill onto ** overflow pages. The strategy is to minimize the amount of unused ** space on overflow pages while keeping the amount of local storage ** in between minLocal and maxLocal. ** ** Warning: changing the way overflow payload is distributed in any ** way will result in an incompatible file format. */ int minLocal; /* Minimum amount of payload held locally */ int maxLocal; /* Maximum amount of payload held locally */ int surplus; /* Overflow payload available for local storage */ minLocal = pPage->minLocal; maxLocal = pPage->maxLocal; surplus = minLocal + (pInfo->nPayload - minLocal)%(pPage->pBt->usableSize-4); testcase( surplus==maxLocal ); testcase( surplus==maxLocal+1 ); if( surplus <= maxLocal ){ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)surplus; }else{ pInfo->nLocal = (u16)minLocal; } pInfo->nSize = (u16)(&pInfo->pPayload[pInfo->nLocal] - pCell) + 4; } /* ** The following routines are implementations of the MemPage.xParseCell() ** method. ** ** Parse a cell content block and fill in the CellInfo structure. ** ** btreeParseCellPtr() => table btree leaf nodes ** btreeParseCellNoPayload() => table btree internal nodes ** btreeParseCellPtrIndex() => index btree nodes ** ** There is also a wrapper function btreeParseCell() that works for ** all MemPage types and that references the cell by index rather than ** by pointer. */ static void btreeParseCellPtrNoPayload( MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( pPage->leaf==0 ); assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 ); #ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPage); #endif pInfo->nSize = 4 + getVarint(&pCell[4], (u64*)&pInfo->nKey); pInfo->nPayload = 0; pInfo->nLocal = 0; pInfo->pPayload = 0; return; } static void btreeParseCellPtr( MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ ){ u8 *pIter; /* For scanning through pCell */ u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ u64 iKey; /* Extracted Key value */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf ); assert( pPage->childPtrSize==0 ); pIter = pCell; /* The next block of code is equivalent to: ** ** pIter += getVarint32(pIter, nPayload); ** ** The code is inlined to avoid a function call. */ nPayload = *pIter; if( nPayload>=0x80 ){ u8 *pEnd = &pIter[8]; nPayload &= 0x7f; do{ nPayload = (nPayload<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f); }while( (*pIter)>=0x80 && pIternKey); ** ** The code is inlined to avoid a function call. */ iKey = *pIter; if( iKey>=0x80 ){ u8 *pEnd = &pIter[7]; iKey &= 0x7f; while(1){ iKey = (iKey<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f); if( (*pIter)<0x80 ) break; if( pIter>=pEnd ){ iKey = (iKey<<8) | *++pIter; break; } } } pIter++; pInfo->nKey = *(i64*)&iKey; pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; pInfo->pPayload = pIter; testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits ** on the local page. No overflow is required. */ pInfo->nSize = nPayload + (u16)(pIter - pCell); if( pInfo->nSize<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4; pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; }else{ btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(pPage, pCell, pInfo); } } static void btreeParseCellPtrIndex( MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to the cell text. */ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ ){ u8 *pIter; /* For scanning through pCell */ u32 nPayload; /* Number of bytes of cell payload */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( pPage->leaf==0 || pPage->leaf==1 ); assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf==0 ); pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize; nPayload = *pIter; if( nPayload>=0x80 ){ u8 *pEnd = &pIter[8]; nPayload &= 0x7f; do{ nPayload = (nPayload<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f); }while( *(pIter)>=0x80 && pIternKey = nPayload; pInfo->nPayload = nPayload; pInfo->pPayload = pIter; testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal ); testcase( nPayload==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ /* This is the (easy) common case where the entire payload fits ** on the local page. No overflow is required. */ pInfo->nSize = nPayload + (u16)(pIter - pCell); if( pInfo->nSize<4 ) pInfo->nSize = 4; pInfo->nLocal = (u16)nPayload; }else{ btreeParseCellAdjustSizeForOverflow(pPage, pCell, pInfo); } } static void btreeParseCell( MemPage *pPage, /* Page containing the cell */ int iCell, /* The cell index. First cell is 0 */ CellInfo *pInfo /* Fill in this structure */ ){ pPage->xParseCell(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell), pInfo); } /* ** The following routines are implementations of the MemPage.xCellSize ** method. ** ** Compute the total number of bytes that a Cell needs in the cell ** data area of the btree-page. The return number includes the cell ** data header and the local payload, but not any overflow page or ** the space used by the cell pointer. ** ** cellSizePtrNoPayload() => table internal nodes ** cellSizePtr() => all index nodes & table leaf nodes */ static u16 cellSizePtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ u8 *pIter = pCell + pPage->childPtrSize; /* For looping over bytes of pCell */ u8 *pEnd; /* End mark for a varint */ u32 nSize; /* Size value to return */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ CellInfo debuginfo; pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); #endif nSize = *pIter; if( nSize>=0x80 ){ pEnd = &pIter[8]; nSize &= 0x7f; do{ nSize = (nSize<<7) | (*++pIter & 0x7f); }while( *(pIter)>=0x80 && pIterintKey ){ /* pIter now points at the 64-bit integer key value, a variable length ** integer. The following block moves pIter to point at the first byte ** past the end of the key value. */ pEnd = &pIter[9]; while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pItermaxLocal ); testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); if( nSize<=pPage->maxLocal ){ nSize += (u32)(pIter - pCell); if( nSize<4 ) nSize = 4; }else{ int minLocal = pPage->minLocal; nSize = minLocal + (nSize - minLocal) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal ); testcase( nSize==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); if( nSize>pPage->maxLocal ){ nSize = minLocal; } nSize += 4 + (u16)(pIter - pCell); } assert( nSize==debuginfo.nSize || CORRUPT_DB ); return (u16)nSize; } static u16 cellSizePtrNoPayload(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell){ u8 *pIter = pCell + 4; /* For looping over bytes of pCell */ u8 *pEnd; /* End mark for a varint */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* The value returned by this function should always be the same as ** the (CellInfo.nSize) value found by doing a full parse of the ** cell. If SQLITE_DEBUG is defined, an assert() at the bottom of ** this function verifies that this invariant is not violated. */ CellInfo debuginfo; pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &debuginfo); #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPage); #endif assert( pPage->childPtrSize==4 ); pEnd = pIter + 9; while( (*pIter++)&0x80 && pIterxCellSize(pPage, findCell(pPage, iCell)); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* ** If the cell pCell, part of page pPage contains a pointer ** to an overflow page, insert an entry into the pointer-map ** for the overflow page. */ static void ptrmapPutOvflPtr(MemPage *pPage, u8 *pCell, int *pRC){ CellInfo info; if( *pRC ) return; assert( pCell!=0 ); pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); if( info.nLocalpBt, ovfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, pPage->pgno, pRC); } } #endif /* ** Defragment the page given. This routine reorganizes cells within the ** page so that there are no free-blocks on the free-block list. ** ** Parameter nMaxFrag is the maximum amount of fragmented space that may be ** present in the page after this routine returns. ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-44582-60138 SQLite may from time to time reorganize a ** b-tree page so that there are no freeblocks or fragment bytes, all ** unused bytes are contained in the unallocated space region, and all ** cells are packed tightly at the end of the page. */ static int defragmentPage(MemPage *pPage, int nMaxFrag){ int i; /* Loop counter */ int pc; /* Address of the i-th cell */ int hdr; /* Offset to the page header */ int size; /* Size of a cell */ int usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on a page */ int cellOffset; /* Offset to the cell pointer array */ int cbrk; /* Offset to the cell content area */ int nCell; /* Number of cells on the page */ unsigned char *data; /* The page data */ unsigned char *temp; /* Temp area for cell content */ unsigned char *src; /* Source of content */ int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell index */ int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell index */ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); assert( pPage->pBt->usableSize <= SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE ); assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); temp = 0; src = data = pPage->aData; hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; cellOffset = pPage->cellOffset; nCell = pPage->nCell; assert( nCell==get2byte(&data[hdr+3]) ); iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*nCell; usableSize = pPage->pBt->usableSize; /* This block handles pages with two or fewer free blocks and nMaxFrag ** or fewer fragmented bytes. In this case it is faster to move the ** two (or one) blocks of cells using memmove() and add the required ** offsets to each pointer in the cell-pointer array than it is to ** reconstruct the entire page. */ if( (int)data[hdr+7]<=nMaxFrag ){ int iFree = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); if( iFree ){ int iFree2 = get2byte(&data[iFree]); /* pageFindSlot() has already verified that free blocks are sorted ** in order of offset within the page, and that no block extends ** past the end of the page. Provided the two free slots do not ** overlap, this guarantees that the memmove() calls below will not ** overwrite the usableSize byte buffer, even if the database page ** is corrupt. */ assert( iFree2==0 || iFree2>iFree ); assert( iFree+get2byte(&data[iFree+2]) <= usableSize ); assert( iFree2==0 || iFree2+get2byte(&data[iFree2+2]) <= usableSize ); if( 0==iFree2 || (data[iFree2]==0 && data[iFree2+1]==0) ){ u8 *pEnd = &data[cellOffset + nCell*2]; u8 *pAddr; int sz2 = 0; int sz = get2byte(&data[iFree+2]); int top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); if( top>=iFree ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } if( iFree2 ){ assert( iFree+sz<=iFree2 ); /* Verified by pageFindSlot() */ sz2 = get2byte(&data[iFree2+2]); assert( iFree+sz+sz2+iFree2-(iFree+sz) <= usableSize ); memmove(&data[iFree+sz+sz2], &data[iFree+sz], iFree2-(iFree+sz)); sz += sz2; } cbrk = top+sz; assert( cbrk+(iFree-top) <= usableSize ); memmove(&data[cbrk], &data[top], iFree-top); for(pAddr=&data[cellOffset]; pAddriCellLast ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } assert( pc>=iCellFirst && pc<=iCellLast ); size = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &src[pc]); cbrk -= size; if( cbrkusableSize ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } assert( cbrk+size<=usableSize && cbrk>=iCellFirst ); testcase( cbrk+size==usableSize ); testcase( pc+size==usableSize ); put2byte(pAddr, cbrk); if( temp==0 ){ int x; if( cbrk==pc ) continue; temp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPage->pBt->pPager); x = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); memcpy(&temp[x], &data[x], (cbrk+size) - x); src = temp; } memcpy(&data[cbrk], &src[pc], size); } data[hdr+7] = 0; defragment_out: if( data[hdr+7]+cbrk-iCellFirst!=pPage->nFree ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } assert( cbrk>=iCellFirst ); put2byte(&data[hdr+5], cbrk); data[hdr+1] = 0; data[hdr+2] = 0; memset(&data[iCellFirst], 0, cbrk-iCellFirst); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Search the free-list on page pPg for space to store a cell nByte bytes in ** size. If one can be found, return a pointer to the space and remove it ** from the free-list. ** ** If no suitable space can be found on the free-list, return NULL. ** ** This function may detect corruption within pPg. If corruption is ** detected then *pRc is set to SQLITE_CORRUPT and NULL is returned. ** ** Slots on the free list that are between 1 and 3 bytes larger than nByte ** will be ignored if adding the extra space to the fragmentation count ** causes the fragmentation count to exceed 60. */ static u8 *pageFindSlot(MemPage *pPg, int nByte, int *pRc){ const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset; u8 * const aData = pPg->aData; int iAddr = hdr + 1; int pc = get2byte(&aData[iAddr]); int x; int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize; int size; /* Size of the free slot */ assert( pc>0 ); while( pc<=usableSize-4 ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22710-53328 The third and fourth bytes of each ** freeblock form a big-endian integer which is the size of the freeblock ** in bytes, including the 4-byte header. */ size = get2byte(&aData[pc+2]); if( (x = size - nByte)>=0 ){ testcase( x==4 ); testcase( x==3 ); if( size+pc > usableSize ){ *pRc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPg); return 0; }else if( x<4 ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-11498-58022 In a well-formed b-tree page, the total ** number of bytes in fragments may not exceed 60. */ if( aData[hdr+7]>57 ) return 0; /* Remove the slot from the free-list. Update the number of ** fragmented bytes within the page. */ memcpy(&aData[iAddr], &aData[pc], 2); aData[hdr+7] += (u8)x; }else{ /* The slot remains on the free-list. Reduce its size to account ** for the portion used by the new allocation. */ put2byte(&aData[pc+2], x); } return &aData[pc + x]; } iAddr = pc; pc = get2byte(&aData[pc]); if( pcaData[] ** of the first byte of allocated space. Return either SQLITE_OK or ** an error code (usually SQLITE_CORRUPT). ** ** The caller guarantees that there is sufficient space to make the ** allocation. This routine might need to defragment in order to bring ** all the space together, however. This routine will avoid using ** the first two bytes past the cell pointer area since presumably this ** allocation is being made in order to insert a new cell, so we will ** also end up needing a new cell pointer. */ static int allocateSpace(MemPage *pPage, int nByte, int *pIdx){ const int hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Local cache of pPage->hdrOffset */ u8 * const data = pPage->aData; /* Local cache of pPage->aData */ int top; /* First byte of cell content area */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Integer return code */ int gap; /* First byte of gap between cell pointers and cell content */ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->pBt ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( nByte>=0 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ assert( pPage->nFree>=nByte ); assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 ); assert( nByte < (int)(pPage->pBt->usableSize-8) ); assert( pPage->cellOffset == hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf ); gap = pPage->cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; assert( gap<=65536 ); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-29356-02391 If the database uses a 65536-byte page size ** and the reserved space is zero (the usual value for reserved space) ** then the cell content offset of an empty page wants to be 65536. ** However, that integer is too large to be stored in a 2-byte unsigned ** integer, so a value of 0 is used in its place. */ top = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); assert( top<=(int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); /* Prevent by getAndInitPage() */ if( gap>top ){ if( top==0 && pPage->pBt->usableSize==65536 ){ top = 65536; }else{ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } } /* If there is enough space between gap and top for one more cell pointer ** array entry offset, and if the freelist is not empty, then search the ** freelist looking for a free slot big enough to satisfy the request. */ testcase( gap+2==top ); testcase( gap+1==top ); testcase( gap==top ); if( (data[hdr+2] || data[hdr+1]) && gap+2<=top ){ u8 *pSpace = pageFindSlot(pPage, nByte, &rc); if( pSpace ){ assert( pSpace>=data && (pSpace - data)<65536 ); *pIdx = (int)(pSpace - data); return SQLITE_OK; }else if( rc ){ return rc; } } /* The request could not be fulfilled using a freelist slot. Check ** to see if defragmentation is necessary. */ testcase( gap+2+nByte==top ); if( gap+2+nByte>top ){ assert( pPage->nCell>0 || CORRUPT_DB ); rc = defragmentPage(pPage, MIN(4, pPage->nFree - (2+nByte))); if( rc ) return rc; top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); assert( gap+2+nByte<=top ); } /* Allocate memory from the gap in between the cell pointer array ** and the cell content area. The btreeInitPage() call has already ** validated the freelist. Given that the freelist is valid, there ** is no way that the allocation can extend off the end of the page. ** The assert() below verifies the previous sentence. */ top -= nByte; put2byte(&data[hdr+5], top); assert( top+nByte <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); *pIdx = top; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return a section of the pPage->aData to the freelist. ** The first byte of the new free block is pPage->aData[iStart] ** and the size of the block is iSize bytes. ** ** Adjacent freeblocks are coalesced. ** ** Note that even though the freeblock list was checked by btreeInitPage(), ** that routine will not detect overlap between cells or freeblocks. Nor ** does it detect cells or freeblocks that encrouch into the reserved bytes ** at the end of the page. So do additional corruption checks inside this ** routine and return SQLITE_CORRUPT if any problems are found. */ static int freeSpace(MemPage *pPage, u16 iStart, u16 iSize){ u16 iPtr; /* Address of ptr to next freeblock */ u16 iFreeBlk; /* Address of the next freeblock */ u8 hdr; /* Page header size. 0 or 100 */ u8 nFrag = 0; /* Reduction in fragmentation */ u16 iOrigSize = iSize; /* Original value of iSize */ u16 x; /* Offset to cell content area */ u32 iEnd = iStart + iSize; /* First byte past the iStart buffer */ unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; /* Page content */ assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( CORRUPT_DB || iStart>=pPage->hdrOffset+6+pPage->childPtrSize ); assert( CORRUPT_DB || iEnd <= pPage->pBt->usableSize ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( iSize>=4 ); /* Minimum cell size is 4 */ assert( iStart<=pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ); /* The list of freeblocks must be in ascending order. Find the ** spot on the list where iStart should be inserted. */ hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; iPtr = hdr + 1; if( data[iPtr+1]==0 && data[iPtr]==0 ){ iFreeBlk = 0; /* Shortcut for the case when the freelist is empty */ }else{ while( (iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iPtr]))pPage->pBt->usableSize-4 ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } assert( iFreeBlk>iPtr || iFreeBlk==0 ); /* At this point: ** iFreeBlk: First freeblock after iStart, or zero if none ** iPtr: The address of a pointer to iFreeBlk ** ** Check to see if iFreeBlk should be coalesced onto the end of iStart. */ if( iFreeBlk && iEnd+3>=iFreeBlk ){ nFrag = iFreeBlk - iEnd; if( iEnd>iFreeBlk ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); iEnd = iFreeBlk + get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk+2]); if( iEnd > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } iSize = iEnd - iStart; iFreeBlk = get2byte(&data[iFreeBlk]); } /* If iPtr is another freeblock (that is, if iPtr is not the freelist ** pointer in the page header) then check to see if iStart should be ** coalesced onto the end of iPtr. */ if( iPtr>hdr+1 ){ int iPtrEnd = iPtr + get2byte(&data[iPtr+2]); if( iPtrEnd+3>=iStart ){ if( iPtrEnd>iStart ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); nFrag += iStart - iPtrEnd; iSize = iEnd - iPtr; iStart = iPtr; } } if( nFrag>data[hdr+7] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); data[hdr+7] -= nFrag; } x = get2byte(&data[hdr+5]); if( iStart<=x ){ /* The new freeblock is at the beginning of the cell content area, ** so just extend the cell content area rather than create another ** freelist entry */ if( iStartpBt->btsFlags & BTS_FAST_SECURE ){ /* Overwrite deleted information with zeros when the secure_delete ** option is enabled */ memset(&data[iStart], 0, iSize); } put2byte(&data[iStart], iFreeBlk); put2byte(&data[iStart+2], iSize); pPage->nFree += iOrigSize; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Decode the flags byte (the first byte of the header) for a page ** and initialize fields of the MemPage structure accordingly. ** ** Only the following combinations are supported. Anything different ** indicates a corrupt database files: ** ** PTF_ZERODATA ** PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF ** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY ** PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAF */ static int decodeFlags(MemPage *pPage, int flagByte){ BtShared *pBt; /* A copy of pPage->pBt */ assert( pPage->hdrOffset==(pPage->pgno==1 ? 100 : 0) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); pPage->leaf = (u8)(flagByte>>3); assert( PTF_LEAF == 1<<3 ); flagByte &= ~PTF_LEAF; pPage->childPtrSize = 4-4*pPage->leaf; pPage->xCellSize = cellSizePtr; pBt = pPage->pBt; if( flagByte==(PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_INTKEY) ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-07291-35328 A value of 5 (0x05) means the page is an ** interior table b-tree page. */ assert( (PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_INTKEY)==5 ); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-26900-09176 A value of 13 (0x0d) means the page is a ** leaf table b-tree page. */ assert( (PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF)==13 ); pPage->intKey = 1; if( pPage->leaf ){ pPage->intKeyLeaf = 1; pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtr; }else{ pPage->intKeyLeaf = 0; pPage->xCellSize = cellSizePtrNoPayload; pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtrNoPayload; } pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLeaf; pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLeaf; }else if( flagByte==PTF_ZERODATA ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43316-37308 A value of 2 (0x02) means the page is an ** interior index b-tree page. */ assert( (PTF_ZERODATA)==2 ); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59615-42828 A value of 10 (0x0a) means the page is a ** leaf index b-tree page. */ assert( (PTF_ZERODATA|PTF_LEAF)==10 ); pPage->intKey = 0; pPage->intKeyLeaf = 0; pPage->xParseCell = btreeParseCellPtrIndex; pPage->maxLocal = pBt->maxLocal; pPage->minLocal = pBt->minLocal; }else{ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-47608-56469 Any other value for the b-tree page type is ** an error. */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } pPage->max1bytePayload = pBt->max1bytePayload; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Initialize the auxiliary information for a disk block. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If we see that the page does ** not contain a well-formed database page, then return ** SQLITE_CORRUPT. Note that a return of SQLITE_OK does not ** guarantee that the page is well-formed. It only shows that ** we failed to detect any corruption. */ static int btreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage){ int pc; /* Address of a freeblock within pPage->aData[] */ u8 hdr; /* Offset to beginning of page header */ u8 *data; /* Equal to pPage->aData */ BtShared *pBt; /* The main btree structure */ int usableSize; /* Amount of usable space on each page */ u16 cellOffset; /* Offset from start of page to first cell pointer */ int nFree; /* Number of unused bytes on the page */ int top; /* First byte of the cell content area */ int iCellFirst; /* First allowable cell or freeblock offset */ int iCellLast; /* Last possible cell or freeblock offset */ assert( pPage->pBt!=0 ); assert( pPage->pBt->db!=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( pPage->pgno==sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage == sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->aData == sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->isInit==0 ); pBt = pPage->pBt; hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; data = pPage->aData; /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28594-02890 The one-byte flag at offset 0 indicating ** the b-tree page type. */ if( decodeFlags(pPage, data[hdr]) ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); pPage->nOverflow = 0; usableSize = pBt->usableSize; pPage->cellOffset = cellOffset = hdr + 8 + pPage->childPtrSize; pPage->aDataEnd = &data[usableSize]; pPage->aCellIdx = &data[cellOffset]; pPage->aDataOfst = &data[pPage->childPtrSize]; /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58015-48175 The two-byte integer at offset 5 designates ** the start of the cell content area. A zero value for this integer is ** interpreted as 65536. */ top = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the ** number of cells on the page. */ pPage->nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); if( pPage->nCell>MX_CELL(pBt) ){ /* To many cells for a single page. The page must be corrupt */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } testcase( pPage->nCell==MX_CELL(pBt) ); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24089-57979 If a page contains no cells (which is only ** possible for a root page of a table that contains no rows) then the ** offset to the cell content area will equal the page size minus the ** bytes of reserved space. */ assert( pPage->nCell>0 || top==usableSize || CORRUPT_DB ); /* A malformed database page might cause us to read past the end ** of page when parsing a cell. ** ** The following block of code checks early to see if a cell extends ** past the end of a page boundary and causes SQLITE_CORRUPT to be ** returned if it does. */ iCellFirst = cellOffset + 2*pPage->nCell; iCellLast = usableSize - 4; if( pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_CellSizeCk ){ int i; /* Index into the cell pointer array */ int sz; /* Size of a cell */ if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast--; for(i=0; inCell; i++){ pc = get2byteAligned(&data[cellOffset+i*2]); testcase( pc==iCellFirst ); testcase( pc==iCellLast ); if( pciCellLast ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } sz = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &data[pc]); testcase( pc+sz==usableSize ); if( pc+sz>usableSize ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } } if( !pPage->leaf ) iCellLast++; } /* Compute the total free space on the page ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-23588-34450 The two-byte integer at offset 1 gives the ** start of the first freeblock on the page, or is zero if there are no ** freeblocks. */ pc = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); nFree = data[hdr+7] + top; /* Init nFree to non-freeblock free space */ if( pc>0 ){ u32 next, size; if( pciCellLast ){ /* Freeblock off the end of the page */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } next = get2byte(&data[pc]); size = get2byte(&data[pc+2]); nFree = nFree + size; if( next<=pc+size+3 ) break; pc = next; } if( next>0 ){ /* Freeblock not in ascending order */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } if( pc+size>(unsigned int)usableSize ){ /* Last freeblock extends past page end */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } } /* At this point, nFree contains the sum of the offset to the start ** of the cell-content area plus the number of free bytes within ** the cell-content area. If this is greater than the usable-size ** of the page, then the page must be corrupted. This check also ** serves to verify that the offset to the start of the cell-content ** area, according to the page header, lies within the page. */ if( nFree>usableSize ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } pPage->nFree = (u16)(nFree - iCellFirst); pPage->isInit = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Set up a raw page so that it looks like a database page holding ** no entries. */ static void zeroPage(MemPage *pPage, int flags){ unsigned char *data = pPage->aData; BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; u8 hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; u16 first; assert( sqlite3PagerPagenumber(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->pgno ); assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage) == data ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_FAST_SECURE ){ memset(&data[hdr], 0, pBt->usableSize - hdr); } data[hdr] = (char)flags; first = hdr + ((flags&PTF_LEAF)==0 ? 12 : 8); memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); data[hdr+7] = 0; put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pBt->usableSize); pPage->nFree = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - first); decodeFlags(pPage, flags); pPage->cellOffset = first; pPage->aDataEnd = &data[pBt->usableSize]; pPage->aCellIdx = &data[first]; pPage->aDataOfst = &data[pPage->childPtrSize]; pPage->nOverflow = 0; assert( pBt->pageSize>=512 && pBt->pageSize<=65536 ); pPage->maskPage = (u16)(pBt->pageSize - 1); pPage->nCell = 0; pPage->isInit = 1; } /* ** Convert a DbPage obtained from the pager into a MemPage used by ** the btree layer. */ static MemPage *btreePageFromDbPage(DbPage *pDbPage, Pgno pgno, BtShared *pBt){ MemPage *pPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); if( pgno!=pPage->pgno ){ pPage->aData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); pPage->pDbPage = pDbPage; pPage->pBt = pBt; pPage->pgno = pgno; pPage->hdrOffset = pgno==1 ? 100 : 0; } assert( pPage->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) ); return pPage; } /* ** Get a page from the pager. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and ** MemPage.aData elements if needed. See also: btreeGetUnusedPage(). ** ** If the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT flag is set, it means that we do not care ** about the content of the page at this time. So do not go to the disk ** to fetch the content. Just fill in the content with zeros for now. ** If in the future we call sqlite3PagerWrite() on this page, that ** means we have started to be concerned about content and the disk ** read should occur at that point. */ static int btreeGetPage( BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ int flags /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */ ){ int rc; DbPage *pDbPage; assert( flags==0 || flags==PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT || flags==PAGER_GET_READONLY ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, flags); if( rc ) return rc; *ppPage = btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Retrieve a page from the pager cache. If the requested page is not ** already in the pager cache return NULL. Initialize the MemPage.pBt and ** MemPage.aData elements if needed. */ static MemPage *btreePageLookup(BtShared *pBt, Pgno pgno){ DbPage *pDbPage; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); pDbPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pBt->pPager, pgno); if( pDbPage ){ return btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); } return 0; } /* ** Return the size of the database file in pages. If there is any kind of ** error, return ((unsigned int)-1). */ static Pgno btreePagecount(BtShared *pBt){ return pBt->nPage; } SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree *p){ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( ((p->pBt->nPage)&0x80000000)==0 ); return btreePagecount(p->pBt); } /* ** Get a page from the pager and initialize it. ** ** If pCur!=0 then the page is being fetched as part of a moveToChild() ** call. Do additional sanity checking on the page in this case. ** And if the fetch fails, this routine must decrement pCur->iPage. ** ** The page is fetched as read-write unless pCur is not NULL and is ** a read-only cursor. ** ** If an error occurs, then *ppPage is undefined. It ** may remain unchanged, or it may be set to an invalid value. */ static int getAndInitPage( BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to get */ MemPage **ppPage, /* Write the page pointer here */ BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor to receive the page, or NULL */ int bReadOnly /* True for a read-only page */ ){ int rc; DbPage *pDbPage; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( pCur==0 || ppPage==&pCur->pPage ); assert( pCur==0 || bReadOnly==pCur->curPagerFlags ); assert( pCur==0 || pCur->iPage>0 ); if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto getAndInitPage_error; } rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, pgno, (DbPage**)&pDbPage, bReadOnly); if( rc ){ goto getAndInitPage_error; } *ppPage = (MemPage*)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDbPage); if( (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ){ btreePageFromDbPage(pDbPage, pgno, pBt); rc = btreeInitPage(*ppPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(*ppPage); goto getAndInitPage_error; } } assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno ); assert( (*ppPage)->aData==sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage) ); /* If obtaining a child page for a cursor, we must verify that the page is ** compatible with the root page. */ if( pCur && ((*ppPage)->nCell<1 || (*ppPage)->intKey!=pCur->curIntKey) ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pgno); releasePage(*ppPage); goto getAndInitPage_error; } return SQLITE_OK; getAndInitPage_error: if( pCur ){ pCur->iPage--; pCur->pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; } testcase( pgno==0 ); assert( pgno!=0 || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); return rc; } /* ** Release a MemPage. This should be called once for each prior ** call to btreeGetPage. ** ** Page1 is a special case and must be released using releasePageOne(). */ static void releasePageNotNull(MemPage *pPage){ assert( pPage->aData ); assert( pPage->pBt ); assert( pPage->pDbPage!=0 ); assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage->pDbPage); } static void releasePage(MemPage *pPage){ if( pPage ) releasePageNotNull(pPage); } static void releasePageOne(MemPage *pPage){ assert( pPage!=0 ); assert( pPage->aData ); assert( pPage->pBt ); assert( pPage->pDbPage!=0 ); assert( sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pPage->pDbPage) == (void*)pPage ); assert( sqlite3PagerGetData(pPage->pDbPage)==pPage->aData ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(pPage->pDbPage); } /* ** Get an unused page. ** ** This works just like btreeGetPage() with the addition: ** ** * If the page is already in use for some other purpose, immediately ** release it and return an SQLITE_CURRUPT error. ** * Make sure the isInit flag is clear */ static int btreeGetUnusedPage( BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ Pgno pgno, /* Number of the page to fetch */ MemPage **ppPage, /* Return the page in this parameter */ int flags /* PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT or PAGER_GET_READONLY */ ){ int rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgno, ppPage, flags); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)>1 ){ releasePage(*ppPage); *ppPage = 0; return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } (*ppPage)->isInit = 0; }else{ *ppPage = 0; } return rc; } /* ** During a rollback, when the pager reloads information into the cache ** so that the cache is restored to its original state at the start of ** the transaction, for each page restored this routine is called. ** ** This routine needs to reset the extra data section at the end of the ** page to agree with the restored data. */ static void pageReinit(DbPage *pData){ MemPage *pPage; pPage = (MemPage *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pData); assert( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>0 ); if( pPage->isInit ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); pPage->isInit = 0; if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pData)>1 ){ /* pPage might not be a btree page; it might be an overflow page ** or ptrmap page or a free page. In those cases, the following ** call to btreeInitPage() will likely return SQLITE_CORRUPT. ** But no harm is done by this. And it is very important that ** btreeInitPage() be called on every btree page so we make ** the call for every page that comes in for re-initing. */ btreeInitPage(pPage); } } } /* ** Invoke the busy handler for a btree. */ static int btreeInvokeBusyHandler(void *pArg){ BtShared *pBt = (BtShared*)pArg; assert( pBt->db ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->db->mutex) ); return sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(&pBt->db->busyHandler, sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager)); } /* ** Open a database file. ** ** zFilename is the name of the database file. If zFilename is NULL ** then an ephemeral database is created. The ephemeral database might ** be exclusively in memory, or it might use a disk-based memory cache. ** Either way, the ephemeral database will be automatically deleted ** when sqlite3BtreeClose() is called. ** ** If zFilename is ":memory:" then an in-memory database is created ** that is automatically destroyed when it is closed. ** ** The "flags" parameter is a bitmask that might contain bits like ** BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and/or BTREE_MEMORY. ** ** If the database is already opened in the same database connection ** and we are in shared cache mode, then the open will fail with an ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT error. We cannot allow two or more BtShared ** objects in the same database connection since doing so will lead ** to problems with locking. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* VFS to use for this b-tree */ const char *zFilename, /* Name of the file containing the BTree database */ sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database handle */ Btree **ppBtree, /* Pointer to new Btree object written here */ int flags, /* Options */ int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ ){ BtShared *pBt = 0; /* Shared part of btree structure */ Btree *p; /* Handle to return */ sqlite3_mutex *mutexOpen = 0; /* Prevents a race condition. Ticket #3537 */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code from this function */ u8 nReserve; /* Byte of unused space on each page */ unsigned char zDbHeader[100]; /* Database header content */ /* True if opening an ephemeral, temporary database */ const int isTempDb = zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0; /* Set the variable isMemdb to true for an in-memory database, or ** false for a file-based database. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB const int isMemdb = 0; #else const int isMemdb = (zFilename && strcmp(zFilename, ":memory:")==0) || (isTempDb && sqlite3TempInMemory(db)) || (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0; #endif assert( db!=0 ); assert( pVfs!=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( (flags&0xff)==flags ); /* flags fit in 8 bits */ /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */ assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 ); /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */ assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb ); if( isMemdb ){ flags |= BTREE_MEMORY; } if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){ vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; } p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree)); if( !p ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; p->db = db; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE p->lock.pBtree = p; p->lock.iTable = 1; #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) /* ** If this Btree is a candidate for shared cache, try to find an ** existing BtShared object that we can share with */ if( isTempDb==0 && (isMemdb==0 || (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_URI)!=0) ){ if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE ){ int nFilename = sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1; int nFullPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; char *zFullPathname = sqlite3Malloc(MAX(nFullPathname,nFilename)); MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) p->sharable = 1; if( !zFullPathname ){ sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( isMemdb ){ memcpy(zFullPathname, zFilename, nFilename); }else{ rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nFullPathname, zFullPathname); if( rc ){ sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); sqlite3_free(p); return rc; } } #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE mutexOpen = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_OPEN); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexOpen); mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); #endif for(pBt=GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); pBt; pBt=pBt->pNext){ assert( pBt->nRef>0 ); if( 0==strcmp(zFullPathname, sqlite3PagerFilename(pBt->pPager, 0)) && sqlite3PagerVfs(pBt->pPager)==pVfs ){ int iDb; for(iDb=db->nDb-1; iDb>=0; iDb--){ Btree *pExisting = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; if( pExisting && pExisting->pBt==pBt ){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; } } p->pBt = pBt; pBt->nRef++; break; } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); sqlite3_free(zFullPathname); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG else{ /* In debug mode, we mark all persistent databases as sharable ** even when they are not. This exercises the locking code and ** gives more opportunity for asserts(sqlite3_mutex_held()) ** statements to find locking problems. */ p->sharable = 1; } #endif } #endif if( pBt==0 ){ /* ** The following asserts make sure that structures used by the btree are ** the right size. This is to guard against size changes that result ** when compiling on a different architecture. */ assert( sizeof(i64)==8 ); assert( sizeof(u64)==8 ); assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); assert( sizeof(u16)==2 ); assert( sizeof(Pgno)==4 ); pBt = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*pBt) ); if( pBt==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto btree_open_out; } rc = sqlite3PagerOpen(pVfs, &pBt->pPager, zFilename, sizeof(MemPage), flags, vfsFlags, pageReinit); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, db->szMmap); rc = sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(pBt->pPager,sizeof(zDbHeader),zDbHeader); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto btree_open_out; } pBt->openFlags = (u8)flags; pBt->db = db; sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(pBt->pPager, btreeInvokeBusyHandler, pBt); p->pBt = pBt; pBt->pCursor = 0; pBt->pPage1 = 0; if( sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager) ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; #if defined(SQLITE_SECURE_DELETE) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE; #elif defined(SQLITE_FAST_SECURE_DELETE) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_OVERWRITE; #endif /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51873-39618 The page size for a database file is ** determined by the 2-byte integer located at an offset of 16 bytes from ** the beginning of the database file. */ pBt->pageSize = (zDbHeader[16]<<8) | (zDbHeader[17]<<16); if( pBt->pageSize<512 || pBt->pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || ((pBt->pageSize-1)&pBt->pageSize)!=0 ){ pBt->pageSize = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* If the magic name ":memory:" will create an in-memory database, then ** leave the autoVacuum mode at 0 (do not auto-vacuum), even if ** SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM is true. On the other hand, if ** SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB has been defined, then ":memory:" is just a ** regular file-name. In this case the auto-vacuum applies as per normal. */ if( zFilename && !isMemdb ){ pBt->autoVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM ? 1 : 0); pBt->incrVacuum = (SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM==2 ? 1 : 0); } #endif nReserve = 0; }else{ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20 ** into the database file header. */ nReserve = zDbHeader[20]; pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 4*4])?1:0); pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&zDbHeader[36 + 7*4])?1:0); #endif } rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); if( rc ) goto btree_open_out; pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - nReserve; assert( (pBt->pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* 8-byte alignment of pageSize */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) /* Add the new BtShared object to the linked list sharable BtShareds. */ pBt->nRef = 1; if( p->sharable ){ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *mutexShared; ) MUTEX_LOGIC( mutexShared = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);) if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){ pBt->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST); if( pBt->mutex==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto btree_open_out; } } sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutexShared); pBt->pNext = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt; sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexShared); } #endif } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO) /* If the new Btree uses a sharable pBtShared, then link the new ** Btree into the list of all sharable Btrees for the same connection. ** The list is kept in ascending order by pBt address. */ if( p->sharable ){ int i; Btree *pSib; for(i=0; inDb; i++){ if( (pSib = db->aDb[i].pBt)!=0 && pSib->sharable ){ while( pSib->pPrev ){ pSib = pSib->pPrev; } if( (uptr)p->pBt<(uptr)pSib->pBt ){ p->pNext = pSib; p->pPrev = 0; pSib->pPrev = p; }else{ while( pSib->pNext && (uptr)pSib->pNext->pBt<(uptr)p->pBt ){ pSib = pSib->pNext; } p->pNext = pSib->pNext; p->pPrev = pSib; if( p->pNext ){ p->pNext->pPrev = p; } pSib->pNext = p; } break; } } } #endif *ppBtree = p; btree_open_out: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( pBt && pBt->pPager ){ sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager, 0); } sqlite3_free(pBt); sqlite3_free(p); *ppBtree = 0; }else{ sqlite3_file *pFile; /* If the B-Tree was successfully opened, set the pager-cache size to the ** default value. Except, when opening on an existing shared pager-cache, ** do not change the pager-cache size. */ if( sqlite3BtreeSchema(p, 0, 0)==0 ){ sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(p->pBt->pPager, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE); } pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager); if( pFile->pMethods ){ sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_FCNTL_PDB, (void*)&pBt->db); } } if( mutexOpen ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mutexOpen) ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutexOpen); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(*ppBtree)>0 ); return rc; } /* ** Decrement the BtShared.nRef counter. When it reaches zero, ** remove the BtShared structure from the sharing list. Return ** true if the BtShared.nRef counter reaches zero and return ** false if it is still positive. */ static int removeFromSharingList(BtShared *pBt){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) BtShared *pList; int removed = 0; assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pBt->mutex) ); MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); pBt->nRef--; if( pBt->nRef<=0 ){ if( GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList)==pBt ){ GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList) = pBt->pNext; }else{ pList = GLOBAL(BtShared*,sqlite3SharedCacheList); while( ALWAYS(pList) && pList->pNext!=pBt ){ pList=pList->pNext; } if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ pList->pNext = pBt->pNext; } } if( SQLITE_THREADSAFE ){ sqlite3_mutex_free(pBt->mutex); } removed = 1; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); return removed; #else return 1; #endif } /* ** Make sure pBt->pTmpSpace points to an allocation of ** MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) bytes with a 4-byte prefix for a left-child ** pointer. */ static void allocateTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ if( !pBt->pTmpSpace ){ pBt->pTmpSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); /* One of the uses of pBt->pTmpSpace is to format cells before ** inserting them into a leaf page (function fillInCell()). If ** a cell is less than 4 bytes in size, it is rounded up to 4 bytes ** by the various routines that manipulate binary cells. Which ** can mean that fillInCell() only initializes the first 2 or 3 ** bytes of pTmpSpace, but that the first 4 bytes are copied from ** it into a database page. This is not actually a problem, but it ** does cause a valgrind error when the 1 or 2 bytes of unitialized ** data is passed to system call write(). So to avoid this error, ** zero the first 4 bytes of temp space here. ** ** Also: Provide four bytes of initialized space before the ** beginning of pTmpSpace as an area available to prepend the ** left-child pointer to the beginning of a cell. */ if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){ memset(pBt->pTmpSpace, 0, 8); pBt->pTmpSpace += 4; } } } /* ** Free the pBt->pTmpSpace allocation */ static void freeTempSpace(BtShared *pBt){ if( pBt->pTmpSpace ){ pBt->pTmpSpace -= 4; sqlite3PageFree(pBt->pTmpSpace); pBt->pTmpSpace = 0; } } /* ** Close an open database and invalidate all cursors. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; BtCursor *pCur; /* Close all cursors opened via this handle. */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); pCur = pBt->pCursor; while( pCur ){ BtCursor *pTmp = pCur; pCur = pCur->pNext; if( pTmp->pBtree==p ){ sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pTmp); } } /* Rollback any active transaction and free the handle structure. ** The call to sqlite3BtreeRollback() drops any table-locks held by ** this handle. */ sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, SQLITE_OK, 0); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); /* If there are still other outstanding references to the shared-btree ** structure, return now. The remainder of this procedure cleans ** up the shared-btree. */ assert( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked==0 ); if( !p->sharable || removeFromSharingList(pBt) ){ /* The pBt is no longer on the sharing list, so we can access ** it without having to hold the mutex. ** ** Clean out and delete the BtShared object. */ assert( !pBt->pCursor ); sqlite3PagerClose(pBt->pPager, p->db); if( pBt->xFreeSchema && pBt->pSchema ){ pBt->xFreeSchema(pBt->pSchema); } sqlite3DbFree(0, pBt->pSchema); freeTempSpace(pBt); sqlite3_free(pBt); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE assert( p->wantToLock==0 ); assert( p->locked==0 ); if( p->pPrev ) p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; if( p->pNext ) p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; #endif sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Change the "soft" limit on the number of pages in the cache. ** Unused and unmodified pages will be recycled when the number of ** pages in the cache exceeds this soft limit. But the size of the ** cache is allowed to grow larger than this limit if it contains ** dirty pages or pages still in active use. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Change the "spill" limit on the number of pages in the cache. ** If the number of pages exceeds this limit during a write transaction, ** the pager might attempt to "spill" pages to the journal early in ** order to free up memory. ** ** The value returned is the current spill size. If zero is passed ** as an argument, no changes are made to the spill size setting, so ** using mxPage of 0 is a way to query the current spill size. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(Btree *p, int mxPage){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; int res; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); res = sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(pBt->pPager, mxPage); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return res; } #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* ** Change the limit on the amount of the database file that may be ** memory mapped. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(Btree *p, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(pBt->pPager, szMmap); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */ /* ** Change the way data is synced to disk in order to increase or decrease ** how well the database resists damage due to OS crashes and power ** failures. Level 1 is the same as asynchronous (no syncs() occur and ** there is a high probability of damage) Level 2 is the default. There ** is a very low but non-zero probability of damage. Level 3 reduces the ** probability of damage to near zero but with a write performance reduction. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags( Btree *p, /* The btree to set the safety level on */ unsigned pgFlags /* Various PAGER_* flags */ ){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, pgFlags); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** Change the default pages size and the number of reserved bytes per page. ** Or, if the page size has already been fixed, return SQLITE_READONLY ** without changing anything. ** ** The page size must be a power of 2 between 512 and 65536. If the page ** size supplied does not meet this constraint then the page size is not ** changed. ** ** Page sizes are constrained to be a power of two so that the region ** of the database file used for locking (beginning at PENDING_BYTE, ** the first byte past the 1GB boundary, 0x40000000) needs to occur ** at the beginning of a page. ** ** If parameter nReserve is less than zero, then the number of reserved ** bytes per page is left unchanged. ** ** If the iFix!=0 then the BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED flag is set so that the page size ** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); #if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( nReserve>pBt->optimalReserve ) pBt->optimalReserve = (u8)nReserve; #endif if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return SQLITE_READONLY; } if( nReserve<0 ){ nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize; } assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<=255 ); if( pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE && ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)==0 ){ assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); assert( !pBt->pCursor ); pBt->pageSize = (u32)pageSize; freeTempSpace(pBt); } rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, nReserve); pBt->usableSize = pBt->pageSize - (u16)nReserve; if( iFix ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** Return the currently defined page size */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){ return p->pBt->pageSize; } /* ** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it ** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already ** held. ** ** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is ** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the ** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter() ** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the ** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){ int n; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) ); n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize; return n; } /* ** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that ** are intentually left unused. This is the "reserved" space that is ** sometimes used by extensions. ** ** If SQLITE_HAS_MUTEX is defined then the number returned is the ** greater of the current reserved space and the maximum requested ** reserve space. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree *p){ int n; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); n = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p); #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( npBt->optimalReserve ) n = p->pBt->optimalReserve; #endif sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return n; } /* ** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive. ** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative. ** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){ int n; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); n = sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(p->pBt->pPager, mxPage); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return n; } /* ** Change the values for the BTS_SECURE_DELETE and BTS_OVERWRITE flags: ** ** newFlag==0 Both BTS_SECURE_DELETE and BTS_OVERWRITE are cleared ** newFlag==1 BTS_SECURE_DELETE set and BTS_OVERWRITE is cleared ** newFlag==2 BTS_SECURE_DELETE cleared and BTS_OVERWRITE is set ** newFlag==(-1) No changes ** ** This routine acts as a query if newFlag is less than zero ** ** With BTS_OVERWRITE set, deleted content is overwritten by zeros, but ** freelist leaf pages are not written back to the database. Thus in-page ** deleted content is cleared, but freelist deleted content is not. ** ** With BTS_SECURE_DELETE, operation is like BTS_OVERWRITE with the addition ** that freelist leaf pages are written back into the database, increasing ** the amount of disk I/O. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree *p, int newFlag){ int b; if( p==0 ) return 0; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( BTS_OVERWRITE==BTS_SECURE_DELETE*2 ); assert( BTS_FAST_SECURE==(BTS_OVERWRITE|BTS_SECURE_DELETE) ); if( newFlag>=0 ){ p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_FAST_SECURE; p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE*newFlag; } b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_FAST_SECURE)/BTS_SECURE_DELETE; sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return b; } /* ** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum' ** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it ** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is ** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *p, int autoVacuum){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM return SQLITE_READONLY; #else BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; int rc = SQLITE_OK; u8 av = (u8)autoVacuum; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED)!=0 && (av ?1:0)!=pBt->autoVacuum ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; }else{ pBt->autoVacuum = av ?1:0; pBt->incrVacuum = av==2 ?1:0; } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; #endif } /* ** Return the value of the 'auto-vacuum' property. If auto-vacuum is ** enabled 1 is returned. Otherwise 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *p){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM return BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE; #else int rc; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = ( (!p->pBt->autoVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE: (!p->pBt->incrVacuum)?BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL: BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR ); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; #endif } /* ** If the user has not set the safety-level for this database connection ** using "PRAGMA synchronous", and if the safety-level is not already ** set to the value passed to this function as the second parameter, ** set it so. */ #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS!=SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS \ && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) static void setDefaultSyncFlag(BtShared *pBt, u8 safety_level){ sqlite3 *db; Db *pDb; if( (db=pBt->db)!=0 && (pDb=db->aDb)!=0 ){ while( pDb->pBt==0 || pDb->pBt->pBt!=pBt ){ pDb++; } if( pDb->bSyncSet==0 && pDb->safety_level!=safety_level && pDb!=&db->aDb[1] ){ pDb->safety_level = safety_level; sqlite3PagerSetFlags(pBt->pPager, pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK)); } } } #else # define setDefaultSyncFlag(pBt,safety_level) #endif /* Forward declaration */ static int newDatabase(BtShared*); /* ** Get a reference to pPage1 of the database file. This will ** also acquire a readlock on that file. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. If the file is not a ** well-formed database file, then SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned if the database is locked. SQLITE_NOMEM ** is returned if we run out of memory. */ static int lockBtree(BtShared *pBt){ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ MemPage *pPage1; /* Page 1 of the database file */ int nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */ int nPageFile = 0; /* Number of pages in the database file */ int nPageHeader; /* Number of pages in the database according to hdr */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( pBt->pPage1==0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pBt->pPager); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Do some checking to help insure the file we opened really is ** a valid database file. */ nPage = nPageHeader = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPageFile); if( nPage==0 || memcmp(24+(u8*)pPage1->aData, 92+(u8*)pPage1->aData,4)!=0 ){ nPage = nPageFile; } if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_ResetDatabase)!=0 ){ nPage = 0; } if( nPage>0 ){ u32 pageSize; u32 usableSize; u8 *page1 = pPage1->aData; rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43737-39999 Every valid SQLite database file begins ** with the following 16 bytes (in hex): 53 51 4c 69 74 65 20 66 6f 72 6d ** 61 74 20 33 00. */ if( memcmp(page1, zMagicHeader, 16)!=0 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL if( page1[18]>1 ){ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; } if( page1[19]>1 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } #else if( page1[18]>2 ){ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; } if( page1[19]>2 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } /* If the write version is set to 2, this database should be accessed ** in WAL mode. If the log is not already open, open it now. Then ** return SQLITE_OK and return without populating BtShared.pPage1. ** The caller detects this and calls this function again. This is ** required as the version of page 1 currently in the page1 buffer ** may not be the latest version - there may be a newer one in the log ** file. */ if( page1[19]==2 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_NO_WAL)==0 ){ int isOpen = 0; rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pBt->pPager, &isOpen); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto page1_init_failed; }else{ setDefaultSyncFlag(pBt, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_SYNCHRONOUS+1); if( isOpen==0 ){ releasePageOne(pPage1); return SQLITE_OK; } } rc = SQLITE_NOTADB; }else{ setDefaultSyncFlag(pBt, SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1); } #endif /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-15465-20813 The maximum and minimum embedded payload ** fractions and the leaf payload fraction values must be 64, 32, and 32. ** ** The original design allowed these amounts to vary, but as of ** version 3.6.0, we require them to be fixed. */ if( memcmp(&page1[21], "\100\040\040",3)!=0 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51873-39618 The page size for a database file is ** determined by the 2-byte integer located at an offset of 16 bytes from ** the beginning of the database file. */ pageSize = (page1[16]<<8) | (page1[17]<<16); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25008-21688 The size of a page is a power of two ** between 512 and 65536 inclusive. */ if( ((pageSize-1)&pageSize)!=0 || pageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || pageSize<=256 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } assert( (pageSize & 7)==0 ); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59310-51205 The "reserved space" size in the 1-byte ** integer at offset 20 is the number of bytes of space at the end of ** each page to reserve for extensions. ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-37497-42412 The size of the reserved region is ** determined by the one-byte unsigned integer found at an offset of 20 ** into the database file header. */ usableSize = pageSize - page1[20]; if( (u32)pageSize!=pBt->pageSize ){ /* After reading the first page of the database assuming a page size ** of BtShared.pageSize, we have discovered that the page-size is ** actually pageSize. Unlock the database, leave pBt->pPage1 at ** zero and return SQLITE_OK. The caller will call this function ** again with the correct page-size. */ releasePageOne(pPage1); pBt->usableSize = usableSize; pBt->pageSize = pageSize; freeTempSpace(pBt); rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pBt->pPager, &pBt->pageSize, pageSize-usableSize); return rc; } if( (pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 && nPage>nPageFile ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto page1_init_failed; } /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-28312-64704 However, the usable size is not allowed to ** be less than 480. In other words, if the page size is 512, then the ** reserved space size cannot exceed 32. */ if( usableSize<480 ){ goto page1_init_failed; } pBt->pageSize = pageSize; pBt->usableSize = usableSize; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM pBt->autoVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 4*4])?1:0); pBt->incrVacuum = (get4byte(&page1[36 + 7*4])?1:0); #endif } /* maxLocal is the maximum amount of payload to store locally for ** a cell. Make sure it is small enough so that at least minFanout ** cells can will fit on one page. We assume a 10-byte page header. ** Besides the payload, the cell must store: ** 2-byte pointer to the cell ** 4-byte child pointer ** 9-byte nKey value ** 4-byte nData value ** 4-byte overflow page pointer ** So a cell consists of a 2-byte pointer, a header which is as much as ** 17 bytes long, 0 to N bytes of payload, and an optional 4 byte overflow ** page pointer. */ pBt->maxLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*64/255 - 23); pBt->minLocal = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); pBt->maxLeaf = (u16)(pBt->usableSize - 35); pBt->minLeaf = (u16)((pBt->usableSize-12)*32/255 - 23); if( pBt->maxLocal>127 ){ pBt->max1bytePayload = 127; }else{ pBt->max1bytePayload = (u8)pBt->maxLocal; } assert( pBt->maxLeaf + 23 <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); pBt->pPage1 = pPage1; pBt->nPage = nPage; return SQLITE_OK; page1_init_failed: releasePageOne(pPage1); pBt->pPage1 = 0; return rc; } #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Return the number of cursors open on pBt. This is for use ** in assert() expressions, so it is only compiled if NDEBUG is not ** defined. ** ** Only write cursors are counted if wrOnly is true. If wrOnly is ** false then all cursors are counted. ** ** For the purposes of this routine, a cursor is any cursor that ** is capable of reading or writing to the database. Cursors that ** have been tripped into the CURSOR_FAULT state are not counted. */ static int countValidCursors(BtShared *pBt, int wrOnly){ BtCursor *pCur; int r = 0; for(pCur=pBt->pCursor; pCur; pCur=pCur->pNext){ if( (wrOnly==0 || (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0) && pCur->eState!=CURSOR_FAULT ) r++; } return r; } #endif /* ** If there are no outstanding cursors and we are not in the middle ** of a transaction but there is a read lock on the database, then ** this routine unrefs the first page of the database file which ** has the effect of releasing the read lock. ** ** If there is a transaction in progress, this routine is a no-op. */ static void unlockBtreeIfUnused(BtShared *pBt){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( countValidCursors(pBt,0)==0 || pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); if( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && pBt->pPage1!=0 ){ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; assert( pPage1->aData ); assert( sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager)==1 ); pBt->pPage1 = 0; releasePageOne(pPage1); } } /* ** If pBt points to an empty file then convert that empty file ** into a new empty database by initializing the first page of ** the database. */ static int newDatabase(BtShared *pBt){ MemPage *pP1; unsigned char *data; int rc; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); if( pBt->nPage>0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pP1 = pBt->pPage1; assert( pP1!=0 ); data = pP1->aData; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pP1->pDbPage); if( rc ) return rc; memcpy(data, zMagicHeader, sizeof(zMagicHeader)); assert( sizeof(zMagicHeader)==16 ); data[16] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>8)&0xff); data[17] = (u8)((pBt->pageSize>>16)&0xff); data[18] = 1; data[19] = 1; assert( pBt->usableSize<=pBt->pageSize && pBt->usableSize+255>=pBt->pageSize); data[20] = (u8)(pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize); data[21] = 64; data[22] = 32; data[23] = 32; memset(&data[24], 0, 100-24); zeroPage(pP1, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF|PTF_LEAFDATA ); pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM assert( pBt->autoVacuum==1 || pBt->autoVacuum==0 ); assert( pBt->incrVacuum==1 || pBt->incrVacuum==0 ); put4byte(&data[36 + 4*4], pBt->autoVacuum); put4byte(&data[36 + 7*4], pBt->incrVacuum); #endif pBt->nPage = 1; data[31] = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Initialize the first page of the database file (creating a database ** consisting of a single page and no schema objects). Return SQLITE_OK ** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNewDb(Btree *p){ int rc; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); p->pBt->nPage = 0; rc = newDatabase(p->pBt); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** Attempt to start a new transaction. A write-transaction ** is started if the second argument is nonzero, otherwise a read- ** transaction. If the second argument is 2 or more and exclusive ** transaction is started, meaning that no other process is allowed ** to access the database. A preexisting transaction may not be ** upgraded to exclusive by calling this routine a second time - the ** exclusivity flag only works for a new transaction. ** ** A write-transaction must be started before attempting any ** changes to the database. None of the following routines ** will work unless a transaction is started first: ** ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() ** sqlite3BtreeCreateIndex() ** sqlite3BtreeClearTable() ** sqlite3BtreeDropTable() ** sqlite3BtreeInsert() ** sqlite3BtreeDelete() ** sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() ** ** If an initial attempt to acquire the lock fails because of lock contention ** and the database was previously unlocked, then invoke the busy handler ** if there is one. But if there was previously a read-lock, do not ** invoke the busy handler - just return SQLITE_BUSY. SQLITE_BUSY is ** returned when there is already a read-lock in order to avoid a deadlock. ** ** Suppose there are two processes A and B. A has a read lock and B has ** a reserved lock. B tries to promote to exclusive but is blocked because ** of A's read lock. A tries to promote to reserved but is blocked by B. ** One or the other of the two processes must give way or there can be ** no progress. By returning SQLITE_BUSY and not invoking the busy callback ** when A already has a read lock, we encourage A to give up and let B ** proceed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree *p, int wrflag, int *pSchemaVersion){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); btreeIntegrity(p); /* If the btree is already in a write-transaction, or it ** is already in a read-transaction and a read-transaction ** is requested, this is a no-op. */ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE || (p->inTrans==TRANS_READ && !wrflag) ){ goto trans_begun; } assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE || IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate)==0 ); if( (p->db->flags & SQLITE_ResetDatabase) && sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(pBt->pPager)==0 ){ pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_READ_ONLY; } /* Write transactions are not possible on a read-only database */ if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 && wrflag ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; goto trans_begun; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE { sqlite3 *pBlock = 0; /* If another database handle has already opened a write transaction ** on this shared-btree structure and a second write transaction is ** requested, return SQLITE_LOCKED. */ if( (wrflag && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE) || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PENDING)!=0 ){ pBlock = pBt->pWriter->db; }else if( wrflag>1 ){ BtLock *pIter; for(pIter=pBt->pLock; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ if( pIter->pBtree!=p ){ pBlock = pIter->pBtree->db; break; } } } if( pBlock ){ sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(p->db, pBlock); rc = SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE; goto trans_begun; } } #endif /* Any read-only or read-write transaction implies a read-lock on ** page 1. So if some other shared-cache client already has a write-lock ** on page 1, the transaction cannot be opened. */ rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ) goto trans_begun; pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; if( pBt->nPage==0 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY; do { /* Call lockBtree() until either pBt->pPage1 is populated or ** lockBtree() returns something other than SQLITE_OK. lockBtree() ** may return SQLITE_OK but leave pBt->pPage1 set to 0 if after ** reading page 1 it discovers that the page-size of the database ** file is not pBt->pageSize. In this case lockBtree() will update ** pBt->pageSize to the page-size of the file on disk. */ while( pBt->pPage1==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = lockBtree(pBt)) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && wrflag ){ if( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; }else{ rc = sqlite3PagerBegin(pBt->pPager,wrflag>1,sqlite3TempInMemory(p->db)); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = newDatabase(pBt); }else if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE ){ /* if there was no transaction opened when this function was ** called and SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT is returned, change the error ** code to SQLITE_BUSY. */ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; } } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); } }while( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_BUSY && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_NONE && btreeInvokeBusyHandler(pBt) ); sqlite3PagerResetLockTimeout(pBt->pPager); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ){ pBt->nTransaction++; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE if( p->sharable ){ assert( p->lock.pBtree==p && p->lock.iTable==1 ); p->lock.eLock = READ_LOCK; p->lock.pNext = pBt->pLock; pBt->pLock = &p->lock; } #endif } p->inTrans = (wrflag?TRANS_WRITE:TRANS_READ); if( p->inTrans>pBt->inTransaction ){ pBt->inTransaction = p->inTrans; } if( wrflag ){ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE assert( !pBt->pWriter ); pBt->pWriter = p; pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_EXCLUSIVE; if( wrflag>1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_EXCLUSIVE; #endif /* If the db-size header field is incorrect (as it may be if an old ** client has been writing the database file), update it now. Doing ** this sooner rather than later means the database size can safely ** re-read the database size from page 1 if a savepoint or transaction ** rollback occurs within the transaction. */ if( pBt->nPage!=get4byte(&pPage1->aData[28]) ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ put4byte(&pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); } } } } trans_begun: if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pSchemaVersion ){ *pSchemaVersion = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[40]); } if( wrflag ){ /* This call makes sure that the pager has the correct number of ** open savepoints. If the second parameter is greater than 0 and ** the sub-journal is not already open, then it will be opened here. */ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, p->db->nSavepoint); } } btreeIntegrity(p); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* ** Set the pointer-map entries for all children of page pPage. Also, if ** pPage contains cells that point to overflow pages, set the pointer ** map entries for the overflow pages as well. */ static int setChildPtrmaps(MemPage *pPage){ int i; /* Counter variable */ int nCell; /* Number of cells in page pPage */ int rc; /* Return code */ BtShared *pBt = pPage->pBt; Pgno pgno = pPage->pgno; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); rc = pPage->isInit ? SQLITE_OK : btreeInitPage(pPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; nCell = pPage->nCell; for(i=0; ileaf ){ Pgno childPgno = get4byte(pCell); ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); } } if( !pPage->leaf ){ Pgno childPgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); ptrmapPut(pBt, childPgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pgno, &rc); } return rc; } /* ** Somewhere on pPage is a pointer to page iFrom. Modify this pointer so ** that it points to iTo. Parameter eType describes the type of pointer to ** be modified, as follows: ** ** PTRMAP_BTREE: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at a child ** page of pPage. ** ** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: pPage is a btree-page. The pointer points at an overflow ** page pointed to by one of the cells on pPage. ** ** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: pPage is an overflow-page. The pointer points at the next ** overflow page in the list. */ static int modifyPagePointer(MemPage *pPage, Pgno iFrom, Pgno iTo, u8 eType){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 ){ /* The pointer is always the first 4 bytes of the page in this case. */ if( get4byte(pPage->aData)!=iFrom ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } put4byte(pPage->aData, iTo); }else{ int i; int nCell; int rc; rc = pPage->isInit ? SQLITE_OK : btreeInitPage(pPage); if( rc ) return rc; nCell = pPage->nCell; for(i=0; ixParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); if( info.nLocal pPage->aData+pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } if( iFrom==get4byte(pCell+info.nSize-4) ){ put4byte(pCell+info.nSize-4, iTo); break; } } }else{ if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){ put4byte(pCell, iTo); break; } } } if( i==nCell ){ if( eType!=PTRMAP_BTREE || get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])!=iFrom ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } put4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8], iTo); } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Move the open database page pDbPage to location iFreePage in the ** database. The pDbPage reference remains valid. ** ** The isCommit flag indicates that there is no need to remember that ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pDbPage->pgno ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to that ** page. */ static int relocatePage( BtShared *pBt, /* Btree */ MemPage *pDbPage, /* Open page to move */ u8 eType, /* Pointer map 'type' entry for pDbPage */ Pgno iPtrPage, /* Pointer map 'page-no' entry for pDbPage */ Pgno iFreePage, /* The location to move pDbPage to */ int isCommit /* isCommit flag passed to sqlite3PagerMovepage */ ){ MemPage *pPtrPage; /* The page that contains a pointer to pDbPage */ Pgno iDbPage = pDbPage->pgno; Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; int rc; assert( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 || eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 || eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( pDbPage->pBt==pBt ); /* Move page iDbPage from its current location to page number iFreePage */ TRACE(("AUTOVACUUM: Moving %d to free page %d (ptr page %d type %d)\n", iDbPage, iFreePage, iPtrPage, eType)); rc = sqlite3PagerMovepage(pPager, pDbPage->pDbPage, iFreePage, isCommit); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } pDbPage->pgno = iFreePage; /* If pDbPage was a btree-page, then it may have child pages and/or cells ** that point to overflow pages. The pointer map entries for all these ** pages need to be changed. ** ** If pDbPage is an overflow page, then the first 4 bytes may store a ** pointer to a subsequent overflow page. If this is the case, then ** the pointer map needs to be updated for the subsequent overflow page. */ if( eType==PTRMAP_BTREE || eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ rc = setChildPtrmaps(pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } }else{ Pgno nextOvfl = get4byte(pDbPage->aData); if( nextOvfl!=0 ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, nextOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iFreePage, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } } } /* Fix the database pointer on page iPtrPage that pointed at iDbPage so ** that it points at iFreePage. Also fix the pointer map entry for ** iPtrPage. */ if( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPtrPage, &pPtrPage, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPtrPage->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(pPtrPage); return rc; } rc = modifyPagePointer(pPtrPage, iDbPage, iFreePage, eType); releasePage(pPtrPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, iFreePage, eType, iPtrPage, &rc); } } return rc; } /* Forward declaration required by incrVacuumStep(). */ static int allocateBtreePage(BtShared *, MemPage **, Pgno *, Pgno, u8); /* ** Perform a single step of an incremental-vacuum. If successful, return ** SQLITE_OK. If there is no work to do (and therefore no point in ** calling this function again), return SQLITE_DONE. Or, if an error ** occurs, return some other error code. ** ** More specifically, this function attempts to re-organize the database so ** that the last page of the file currently in use is no longer in use. ** ** Parameter nFin is the number of pages that this database would contain ** were this function called until it returns SQLITE_DONE. ** ** If the bCommit parameter is non-zero, this function assumes that the ** caller will keep calling incrVacuumStep() until it returns SQLITE_DONE ** or an error. bCommit is passed true for an auto-vacuum-on-commit ** operation, or false for an incremental vacuum. */ static int incrVacuumStep(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nFin, Pgno iLastPg, int bCommit){ Pgno nFreeList; /* Number of pages still on the free-list */ int rc; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( iLastPg>nFin ); if( !PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iLastPg) && iLastPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ u8 eType; Pgno iPtrPage; nFreeList = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); if( nFreeList==0 ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iLastPg, &eType, &iPtrPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ if( bCommit==0 ){ /* Remove the page from the files free-list. This is not required ** if bCommit is non-zero. In that case, the free-list will be ** truncated to zero after this function returns, so it doesn't ** matter if it still contains some garbage entries. */ Pgno iFreePg; MemPage *pFreePg; rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iLastPg, BTALLOC_EXACT); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } assert( iFreePg==iLastPg ); releasePage(pFreePg); } } else { Pgno iFreePg; /* Index of free page to move pLastPg to */ MemPage *pLastPg; u8 eMode = BTALLOC_ANY; /* Mode parameter for allocateBtreePage() */ Pgno iNear = 0; /* nearby parameter for allocateBtreePage() */ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iLastPg, &pLastPg, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* If bCommit is zero, this loop runs exactly once and page pLastPg ** is swapped with the first free page pulled off the free list. ** ** On the other hand, if bCommit is greater than zero, then keep ** looping until a free-page located within the first nFin pages ** of the file is found. */ if( bCommit==0 ){ eMode = BTALLOC_LE; iNear = nFin; } do { MemPage *pFreePg; rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pFreePg, &iFreePg, iNear, eMode); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(pLastPg); return rc; } releasePage(pFreePg); }while( bCommit && iFreePg>nFin ); assert( iFreePgbDoTruncate = 1; pBt->nPage = iLastPg; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The database opened by the first argument is an auto-vacuum database ** nOrig pages in size containing nFree free pages. Return the expected ** size of the database in pages following an auto-vacuum operation. */ static Pgno finalDbSize(BtShared *pBt, Pgno nOrig, Pgno nFree){ int nEntry; /* Number of entries on one ptrmap page */ Pgno nPtrmap; /* Number of PtrMap pages to be freed */ Pgno nFin; /* Return value */ nEntry = pBt->usableSize/5; nPtrmap = (nFree-nOrig+PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, nOrig)+nEntry)/nEntry; nFin = nOrig - nFree - nPtrmap; if( nOrig>PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) && nFinpBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); if( !pBt->autoVacuum ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; }else{ Pgno nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); Pgno nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); Pgno nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree); if( nOrig0 ){ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, nOrig, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], pBt->nPage); } }else{ rc = SQLITE_DONE; } } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** This routine is called prior to sqlite3PagerCommit when a transaction ** is committed for an auto-vacuum database. ** ** If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *pnTrunc is set to the number of pages ** the database file should be truncated to during the commit process. ** i.e. the database has been reorganized so that only the first *pnTrunc ** pages are in use. */ static int autoVacuumCommit(BtShared *pBt){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Pager *pPager = pBt->pPager; VVA_ONLY( int nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager); ) assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); assert(pBt->autoVacuum); if( !pBt->incrVacuum ){ Pgno nFin; /* Number of pages in database after autovacuuming */ Pgno nFree; /* Number of pages on the freelist initially */ Pgno iFree; /* The next page to be freed */ Pgno nOrig; /* Database size before freeing */ nOrig = btreePagecount(pBt); if( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, nOrig) || nOrig==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ /* It is not possible to create a database for which the final page ** is either a pointer-map page or the pending-byte page. If one ** is encountered, this indicates corruption. */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } nFree = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36]); nFin = finalDbSize(pBt, nOrig, nFree); if( nFin>nOrig ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; if( nFinnFin && rc==SQLITE_OK; iFree--){ rc = incrVacuumStep(pBt, nFin, iFree, 1); } if( (rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_OK) && nFree>0 ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32], 0); put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36], 0); put4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[28], nFin); pBt->bDoTruncate = 1; pBt->nPage = nFin; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); } } assert( nRef>=sqlite3PagerRefcount(pPager) ); return rc; } #else /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ # define setChildPtrmaps(x) SQLITE_OK #endif /* ** This routine does the first phase of a two-phase commit. This routine ** causes a rollback journal to be created (if it does not already exist) ** and populated with enough information so that if a power loss occurs ** the database can be restored to its original state by playing back ** the journal. Then the contents of the journal are flushed out to ** the disk. After the journal is safely on oxide, the changes to the ** database are written into the database file and flushed to oxide. ** At the end of this call, the rollback journal still exists on the ** disk and we are still holding all locks, so the transaction has not ** committed. See sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() for the second phase of the ** commit process. ** ** This call is a no-op if no write-transaction is currently active on pBt. ** ** Otherwise, sync the database file for the btree pBt. zMaster points to ** the name of a master journal file that should be written into the ** individual journal file, or is NULL, indicating no master journal file ** (single database transaction). ** ** When this is called, the master journal should already have been ** created, populated with this journal pointer and synced to disk. ** ** Once this is routine has returned, the only thing required to commit ** the write-transaction for this database file is to delete the journal. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree *p, const char *zMaster){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ rc = autoVacuumCommit(pBt); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } } if( pBt->bDoTruncate ){ sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, pBt->nPage); } #endif rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pBt->pPager, zMaster, 0); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called from both BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() and BtreeRollback() ** at the conclusion of a transaction. */ static void btreeEndTransaction(Btree *p){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3 *db = p->db; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM pBt->bDoTruncate = 0; #endif if( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && db->nVdbeRead>1 ){ /* If there are other active statements that belong to this database ** handle, downgrade to a read-only transaction. The other statements ** may still be reading from the database. */ downgradeAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); p->inTrans = TRANS_READ; }else{ /* If the handle had any kind of transaction open, decrement the ** transaction count of the shared btree. If the transaction count ** reaches 0, set the shared state to TRANS_NONE. The unlockBtreeIfUnused() ** call below will unlock the pager. */ if( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ){ clearAllSharedCacheTableLocks(p); pBt->nTransaction--; if( 0==pBt->nTransaction ){ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_NONE; } } /* Set the current transaction state to TRANS_NONE and unlock the ** pager if this call closed the only read or write transaction. */ p->inTrans = TRANS_NONE; unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); } btreeIntegrity(p); } /* ** Commit the transaction currently in progress. ** ** This routine implements the second phase of a 2-phase commit. The ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() routine does the first phase and should ** be invoked prior to calling this routine. The sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne() ** routine did all the work of writing information out to disk and flushing the ** contents so that they are written onto the disk platter. All this ** routine has to do is delete or truncate or zero the header in the ** the rollback journal (which causes the transaction to commit) and ** drop locks. ** ** Normally, if an error occurs while the pager layer is attempting to ** finalize the underlying journal file, this function returns an error and ** the upper layer will attempt a rollback. However, if the second argument ** is non-zero then this b-tree transaction is part of a multi-file ** transaction. In this case, the transaction has already been committed ** (by deleting a master journal file) and the caller will ignore this ** functions return code. So, even if an error occurs in the pager layer, ** reset the b-tree objects internal state to indicate that the write ** transaction has been closed. This is quite safe, as the pager will have ** transitioned to the error state. ** ** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there ** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree *p, int bCleanup){ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_NONE ) return SQLITE_OK; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); btreeIntegrity(p); /* If the handle has a write-transaction open, commit the shared-btrees ** transaction and set the shared state to TRANS_READ. */ if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ int rc; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( pBt->nTransaction>0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(pBt->pPager); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && bCleanup==0 ){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } p->iDataVersion--; /* Compensate for pPager->iDataVersion++; */ pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; btreeClearHasContent(pBt); } btreeEndTransaction(p); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Do both phases of a commit. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree *p){ int rc; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p, 0); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** This routine sets the state to CURSOR_FAULT and the error ** code to errCode for every cursor on any BtShared that pBtree ** references. Or if the writeOnly flag is set to 1, then only ** trip write cursors and leave read cursors unchanged. ** ** Every cursor is a candidate to be tripped, including cursors ** that belong to other database connections that happen to be ** sharing the cache with pBtree. ** ** This routine gets called when a rollback occurs. If the writeOnly ** flag is true, then only write-cursors need be tripped - read-only ** cursors save their current positions so that they may continue ** following the rollback. Or, if writeOnly is false, all cursors are ** tripped. In general, writeOnly is false if the transaction being ** rolled back modified the database schema. In this case b-tree root ** pages may be moved or deleted from the database altogether, making ** it unsafe for read cursors to continue. ** ** If the writeOnly flag is true and an error is encountered while ** saving the current position of a read-only cursor, all cursors, ** including all read-cursors are tripped. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or if an error occurs while ** saving a cursor position, an SQLite error code. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree *pBtree, int errCode, int writeOnly){ BtCursor *p; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( (writeOnly==0 || writeOnly==1) && BTCF_WriteFlag==1 ); if( pBtree ){ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); for(p=pBtree->pBt->pCursor; p; p=p->pNext){ if( writeOnly && (p->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){ if( p->eState==CURSOR_VALID || p->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ){ rc = saveCursorPosition(p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ (void)sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(pBtree, rc, 0); break; } } }else{ sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(p); p->eState = CURSOR_FAULT; p->skipNext = errCode; } btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(p); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); } return rc; } /* ** Rollback the transaction in progress. ** ** If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK then cursors will be invalidated (tripped). ** Only write cursors are tripped if writeOnly is true but all cursors are ** tripped if writeOnly is false. Any attempt to use ** a tripped cursor will result in an error. ** ** This will release the write lock on the database file. If there ** are no active cursors, it also releases the read lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree *p, int tripCode, int writeOnly){ int rc; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; MemPage *pPage1; assert( writeOnly==1 || writeOnly==0 ); assert( tripCode==SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK || tripCode==SQLITE_OK ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); if( tripCode==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = tripCode = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); if( rc ) writeOnly = 0; }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } if( tripCode ){ int rc2 = sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(p, tripCode, writeOnly); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (writeOnly==0 && rc2==SQLITE_OK) ); if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } btreeIntegrity(p); if( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ int rc2; assert( TRANS_WRITE==pBt->inTransaction ); rc2 = sqlite3PagerRollback(pBt->pPager); if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } /* The rollback may have destroyed the pPage1->aData value. So ** call btreeGetPage() on page 1 again to make ** sure pPage1->aData is set correctly. */ if( btreeGetPage(pBt, 1, &pPage1, 0)==SQLITE_OK ){ int nPage = get4byte(28+(u8*)pPage1->aData); testcase( nPage==0 ); if( nPage==0 ) sqlite3PagerPagecount(pBt->pPager, &nPage); testcase( pBt->nPage!=nPage ); pBt->nPage = nPage; releasePageOne(pPage1); } assert( countValidCursors(pBt, 1)==0 ); pBt->inTransaction = TRANS_READ; btreeClearHasContent(pBt); } btreeEndTransaction(p); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** Start a statement subtransaction. The subtransaction can be rolled ** back independently of the main transaction. You must start a transaction ** before starting a subtransaction. The subtransaction is ended automatically ** if the main transaction commits or rolls back. ** ** Statement subtransactions are used around individual SQL statements ** that are contained within a BEGIN...COMMIT block. If a constraint ** error occurs within the statement, the effect of that one statement ** can be rolled back without having to rollback the entire transaction. ** ** A statement sub-transaction is implemented as an anonymous savepoint. The ** value passed as the second parameter is the total number of savepoints, ** including the new anonymous savepoint, open on the B-Tree. i.e. if there ** are no active savepoints and no other statement-transactions open, ** iStatement is 1. This anonymous savepoint can be released or rolled back ** using the sqlite3BtreeSavepoint() function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree *p, int iStatement){ int rc; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); assert( iStatement>0 ); assert( iStatement>p->db->nSavepoint ); assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); /* At the pager level, a statement transaction is a savepoint with ** an index greater than all savepoints created explicitly using ** SQL statements. It is illegal to open, release or rollback any ** such savepoints while the statement transaction savepoint is active. */ rc = sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(pBt->pPager, iStatement); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** The second argument to this function, op, is always SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ** or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. This function either releases or rolls back the ** savepoint identified by parameter iSavepoint, depending on the value ** of op. ** ** Normally, iSavepoint is greater than or equal to zero. However, if op is ** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then iSavepoint may also be -1. In this case the ** contents of the entire transaction are rolled back. This is different ** from a normal transaction rollback, as no locks are released and the ** transaction remains open. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *p, int op, int iSavepoint){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p && p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); assert( iSavepoint>=0 || (iSavepoint==-1 && op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); if( op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pBt->pPager, op, iSavepoint); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( iSavepoint<0 && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_INITIALLY_EMPTY)!=0 ){ pBt->nPage = 0; } rc = newDatabase(pBt); pBt->nPage = get4byte(28 + pBt->pPage1->aData); /* The database size was written into the offset 28 of the header ** when the transaction started, so we know that the value at offset ** 28 is nonzero. */ assert( pBt->nPage>0 ); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } return rc; } /* ** Create a new cursor for the BTree whose root is on the page ** iTable. If a read-only cursor is requested, it is assumed that ** the caller already has at least a read-only transaction open ** on the database already. If a write-cursor is requested, then ** the caller is assumed to have an open write transaction. ** ** If the BTREE_WRCSR bit of wrFlag is clear, then the cursor can only ** be used for reading. If the BTREE_WRCSR bit is set, then the cursor ** can be used for reading or for writing if other conditions for writing ** are also met. These are the conditions that must be met in order ** for writing to be allowed: ** ** 1: The cursor must have been opened with wrFlag containing BTREE_WRCSR ** ** 2: Other database connections that share the same pager cache ** but which are not in the READ_UNCOMMITTED state may not have ** cursors open with wrFlag==0 on the same table. Otherwise ** the changes made by this write cursor would be visible to ** the read cursors in the other database connection. ** ** 3: The database must be writable (not on read-only media) ** ** 4: There must be an active transaction. ** ** The BTREE_FORDELETE bit of wrFlag may optionally be set if BTREE_WRCSR ** is set. If FORDELETE is set, that is a hint to the implementation that ** this cursor will only be used to seek to and delete entries of an index ** as part of a larger DELETE statement. The FORDELETE hint is not used by ** this implementation. But in a hypothetical alternative storage engine ** in which index entries are automatically deleted when corresponding table ** rows are deleted, the FORDELETE flag is a hint that all SEEK and DELETE ** operations on this cursor can be no-ops and all READ operations can ** return a null row (2-bytes: 0x01 0x00). ** ** No checking is done to make sure that page iTable really is the ** root page of a b-tree. If it is not, then the cursor acquired ** will not work correctly. ** ** It is assumed that the sqlite3BtreeCursorZero() has been called ** on pCur to initialize the memory space prior to invoking this routine. */ static int btreeCursor( Btree *p, /* The btree */ int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to comparison function */ BtCursor *pCur /* Space for new cursor */ ){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; /* Shared b-tree handle */ BtCursor *pX; /* Looping over other all cursors */ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( wrFlag==0 || wrFlag==BTREE_WRCSR || wrFlag==(BTREE_WRCSR|BTREE_FORDELETE) ); /* The following assert statements verify that if this is a sharable ** b-tree database, the connection is holding the required table locks, ** and that no other connection has any open cursor that conflicts with ** this lock. */ assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTable, pKeyInfo!=0, (wrFlag?2:1)) ); assert( wrFlag==0 || !hasReadConflicts(p, iTable) ); /* Assert that the caller has opened the required transaction. */ assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData ); assert( wrFlag==0 || (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); if( wrFlag ){ allocateTempSpace(pBt); if( pBt->pTmpSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){ assert( wrFlag==0 ); iTable = 0; } /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list. */ pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable; pCur->iPage = -1; pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; pCur->pBtree = p; pCur->pBt = pBt; pCur->curFlags = wrFlag ? BTCF_WriteFlag : 0; pCur->curPagerFlags = wrFlag ? 0 : PAGER_GET_READONLY; /* If there are two or more cursors on the same btree, then all such ** cursors *must* have the BTCF_Multiple flag set. */ for(pX=pBt->pCursor; pX; pX=pX->pNext){ if( pX->pgnoRoot==(Pgno)iTable ){ pX->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple; pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Multiple; } } pCur->pNext = pBt->pCursor; pBt->pCursor = pCur; pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursor( Btree *p, /* The btree */ int iTable, /* Root page of table to open */ int wrFlag, /* 1 to write. 0 read-only */ struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* First arg to xCompare() */ BtCursor *pCur /* Write new cursor here */ ){ int rc; if( iTable<1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; }else{ sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = btreeCursor(p, iTable, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } return rc; } /* ** Return the size of a BtCursor object in bytes. ** ** This interfaces is needed so that users of cursors can preallocate ** sufficient storage to hold a cursor. The BtCursor object is opaque ** to users so they cannot do the sizeof() themselves - they must call ** this routine. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(BtCursor)); } /* ** Initialize memory that will be converted into a BtCursor object. ** ** The simple approach here would be to memset() the entire object ** to zero. But it turns out that the apPage[] and aiIdx[] arrays ** do not need to be zeroed and they are large, so we can save a lot ** of run-time by skipping the initialization of those elements. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(BtCursor *p){ memset(p, 0, offsetof(BtCursor, BTCURSOR_FIRST_UNINIT)); } /* ** Close a cursor. The read lock on the database file is released ** when the last cursor is closed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ Btree *pBtree = pCur->pBtree; if( pBtree ){ BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); assert( pBt->pCursor!=0 ); if( pBt->pCursor==pCur ){ pBt->pCursor = pCur->pNext; }else{ BtCursor *pPrev = pBt->pCursor; do{ if( pPrev->pNext==pCur ){ pPrev->pNext = pCur->pNext; break; } pPrev = pPrev->pNext; }while( ALWAYS(pPrev) ); } btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur); unlockBtreeIfUnused(pBt); sqlite3_free(pCur->aOverflow); sqlite3_free(pCur->pKey); sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Make sure the BtCursor* given in the argument has a valid ** BtCursor.info structure. If it is not already valid, call ** btreeParseCell() to fill it in. ** ** BtCursor.info is a cache of the information in the current cell. ** Using this cache reduces the number of calls to btreeParseCell(). */ #ifndef NDEBUG static int cellInfoEqual(CellInfo *a, CellInfo *b){ if( a->nKey!=b->nKey ) return 0; if( a->pPayload!=b->pPayload ) return 0; if( a->nPayload!=b->nPayload ) return 0; if( a->nLocal!=b->nLocal ) return 0; if( a->nSize!=b->nSize ) return 0; return 1; } static void assertCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ CellInfo info; memset(&info, 0, sizeof(info)); btreeParseCell(pCur->pPage, pCur->ix, &info); assert( CORRUPT_DB || cellInfoEqual(&info, &pCur->info) ); } #else #define assertCellInfo(x) #endif static SQLITE_NOINLINE void getCellInfo(BtCursor *pCur){ if( pCur->info.nSize==0 ){ pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; btreeParseCell(pCur->pPage,pCur->ix,&pCur->info); }else{ assertCellInfo(pCur); } } #ifndef NDEBUG /* The next routine used only within assert() statements */ /* ** Return true if the given BtCursor is valid. A valid cursor is one ** that is currently pointing to a row in a (non-empty) table. ** This is a verification routine is used only within assert() statements. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(BtCursor *pCur){ return pCur && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID; } #endif /* NDEBUG */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(BtCursor *pCur){ assert( pCur!=0 ); return pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID; } /* ** Return the value of the integer key or "rowid" for a table btree. ** This routine is only valid for a cursor that is pointing into a ** ordinary table btree. If the cursor points to an index btree or ** is invalid, the result of this routine is undefined. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(BtCursor *pCur){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( pCur->curIntKey ); getCellInfo(pCur); return pCur->info.nKey; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC /* ** Return the offset into the database file for the start of the ** payload to which the cursor is pointing. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeOffset(BtCursor *pCur){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); getCellInfo(pCur); return (i64)pCur->pBt->pageSize*((i64)pCur->pPage->pgno - 1) + (i64)(pCur->info.pPayload - pCur->pPage->aData); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC */ /* ** Return the number of bytes of payload for the entry that pCur is ** currently pointing to. For table btrees, this will be the amount ** of data. For index btrees, this will be the size of the key. ** ** The caller must guarantee that the cursor is pointing to a non-NULL ** valid entry. In other words, the calling procedure must guarantee ** that the cursor has Cursor.eState==CURSOR_VALID. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(BtCursor *pCur){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); getCellInfo(pCur); return pCur->info.nPayload; } /* ** Given the page number of an overflow page in the database (parameter ** ovfl), this function finds the page number of the next page in the ** linked list of overflow pages. If possible, it uses the auto-vacuum ** pointer-map data instead of reading the content of page ovfl to do so. ** ** If an error occurs an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise: ** ** The page number of the next overflow page in the linked list is ** written to *pPgnoNext. If page ovfl is the last page in its linked ** list, *pPgnoNext is set to zero. ** ** If ppPage is not NULL, and a reference to the MemPage object corresponding ** to page number pOvfl was obtained, then *ppPage is set to point to that ** reference. It is the responsibility of the caller to call releasePage() ** on *ppPage to free the reference. In no reference was obtained (because ** the pointer-map was used to obtain the value for *pPgnoNext), then ** *ppPage is set to zero. */ static int getOverflowPage( BtShared *pBt, /* The database file */ Pgno ovfl, /* Current overflow page number */ MemPage **ppPage, /* OUT: MemPage handle (may be NULL) */ Pgno *pPgnoNext /* OUT: Next overflow page number */ ){ Pgno next = 0; MemPage *pPage = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert(pPgnoNext); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* Try to find the next page in the overflow list using the ** autovacuum pointer-map pages. Guess that the next page in ** the overflow list is page number (ovfl+1). If that guess turns ** out to be wrong, fall back to loading the data of page ** number ovfl to determine the next page number. */ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ Pgno pgno; Pgno iGuess = ovfl+1; u8 eType; while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, iGuess) || iGuess==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ iGuess++; } if( iGuess<=btreePagecount(pBt) ){ rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, iGuess, &eType, &pgno); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 && pgno==ovfl ){ next = iGuess; rc = SQLITE_DONE; } } } #endif assert( next==0 || rc==SQLITE_DONE ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovfl, &pPage, (ppPage==0) ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPage==0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ next = get4byte(pPage->aData); } } *pPgnoNext = next; if( ppPage ){ *ppPage = pPage; }else{ releasePage(pPage); } return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); } /* ** Copy data from a buffer to a page, or from a page to a buffer. ** ** pPayload is a pointer to data stored on database page pDbPage. ** If argument eOp is false, then nByte bytes of data are copied ** from pPayload to the buffer pointed at by pBuf. If eOp is true, ** then sqlite3PagerWrite() is called on pDbPage and nByte bytes ** of data are copied from the buffer pBuf to pPayload. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, otherwise an error code. */ static int copyPayload( void *pPayload, /* Pointer to page data */ void *pBuf, /* Pointer to buffer */ int nByte, /* Number of bytes to copy */ int eOp, /* 0 -> copy from page, 1 -> copy to page */ DbPage *pDbPage /* Page containing pPayload */ ){ if( eOp ){ /* Copy data from buffer to page (a write operation) */ int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } memcpy(pPayload, pBuf, nByte); }else{ /* Copy data from page to buffer (a read operation) */ memcpy(pBuf, pPayload, nByte); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is used to read or overwrite payload information ** for the entry that the pCur cursor is pointing to. The eOp ** argument is interpreted as follows: ** ** 0: The operation is a read. Populate the overflow cache. ** 1: The operation is a write. Populate the overflow cache. ** ** A total of "amt" bytes are read or written beginning at "offset". ** Data is read to or from the buffer pBuf. ** ** The content being read or written might appear on the main page ** or be scattered out on multiple overflow pages. ** ** If the current cursor entry uses one or more overflow pages ** this function may allocate space for and lazily populate ** the overflow page-list cache array (BtCursor.aOverflow). ** Subsequent calls use this cache to make seeking to the supplied offset ** more efficient. ** ** Once an overflow page-list cache has been allocated, it must be ** invalidated if some other cursor writes to the same table, or if ** the cursor is moved to a different row. Additionally, in auto-vacuum ** mode, the following events may invalidate an overflow page-list cache. ** ** * An incremental vacuum, ** * A commit in auto_vacuum="full" mode, ** * Creating a table (may require moving an overflow page). */ static int accessPayload( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ u32 offset, /* Begin reading this far into payload */ u32 amt, /* Read this many bytes */ unsigned char *pBuf, /* Write the bytes into this buffer */ int eOp /* zero to read. non-zero to write. */ ){ unsigned char *aPayload; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int iIdx = 0; MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; /* Btree page of current entry */ BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; /* Btree this cursor belongs to */ #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ unsigned char * const pBufStart = pBuf; /* Start of original out buffer */ #endif assert( pPage ); assert( eOp==0 || eOp==1 ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( pCur->ixnCell ); assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); getCellInfo(pCur); aPayload = pCur->info.pPayload; assert( offset+amt <= pCur->info.nPayload ); assert( aPayload > pPage->aData ); if( (uptr)(aPayload - pPage->aData) > (pBt->usableSize - pCur->info.nLocal) ){ /* Trying to read or write past the end of the data is an error. The ** conditional above is really: ** &aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal] > &pPage->aData[pBt->usableSize] ** but is recast into its current form to avoid integer overflow problems */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } /* Check if data must be read/written to/from the btree page itself. */ if( offsetinfo.nLocal ){ int a = amt; if( a+offset>pCur->info.nLocal ){ a = pCur->info.nLocal - offset; } rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset], pBuf, a, eOp, pPage->pDbPage); offset = 0; pBuf += a; amt -= a; }else{ offset -= pCur->info.nLocal; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ const u32 ovflSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; /* Bytes content per ovfl page */ Pgno nextPage; nextPage = get4byte(&aPayload[pCur->info.nLocal]); /* If the BtCursor.aOverflow[] has not been allocated, allocate it now. ** ** The aOverflow[] array is sized at one entry for each overflow page ** in the overflow chain. The page number of the first overflow page is ** stored in aOverflow[0], etc. A value of 0 in the aOverflow[] array ** means "not yet known" (the cache is lazily populated). */ if( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ){ int nOvfl = (pCur->info.nPayload-pCur->info.nLocal+ovflSize-1)/ovflSize; if( pCur->aOverflow==0 || nOvfl*(int)sizeof(Pgno) > sqlite3MallocSize(pCur->aOverflow) ){ Pgno *aNew = (Pgno*)sqlite3Realloc( pCur->aOverflow, nOvfl*2*sizeof(Pgno) ); if( aNew==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ pCur->aOverflow = aNew; } } memset(pCur->aOverflow, 0, nOvfl*sizeof(Pgno)); pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidOvfl; }else{ /* If the overflow page-list cache has been allocated and the ** entry for the first required overflow page is valid, skip ** directly to it. */ if( pCur->aOverflow[offset/ovflSize] ){ iIdx = (offset/ovflSize); nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]; offset = (offset%ovflSize); } } assert( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ); while( nextPage ){ /* If required, populate the overflow page-list cache. */ assert( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==0 || pCur->aOverflow[iIdx]==nextPage || CORRUPT_DB ); pCur->aOverflow[iIdx] = nextPage; if( offset>=ovflSize ){ /* The only reason to read this page is to obtain the page ** number for the next page in the overflow chain. The page ** data is not required. So first try to lookup the overflow ** page-list cache, if any, then fall back to the getOverflowPage() ** function. */ assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl ); assert( pCur->pBtree->db==pBt->db ); if( pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1] ){ nextPage = pCur->aOverflow[iIdx+1]; }else{ rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, nextPage, 0, &nextPage); } offset -= ovflSize; }else{ /* Need to read this page properly. It contains some of the ** range of data that is being read (eOp==0) or written (eOp!=0). */ #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ sqlite3_file *fd; /* File from which to do direct overflow read */ #endif int a = amt; if( a + offset > ovflSize ){ a = ovflSize - offset; } #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ /* If all the following are true: ** ** 1) this is a read operation, and ** 2) data is required from the start of this overflow page, and ** 3) there is no open write-transaction, and ** 4) the database is file-backed, and ** 5) the page is not in the WAL file ** 6) at least 4 bytes have already been read into the output buffer ** ** then data can be read directly from the database file into the ** output buffer, bypassing the page-cache altogether. This speeds ** up loading large records that span many overflow pages. */ if( eOp==0 /* (1) */ && offset==0 /* (2) */ && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_READ /* (3) */ && (fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pBt->pPager))->pMethods /* (4) */ && 0==sqlite3PagerUseWal(pBt->pPager, nextPage) /* (5) */ && &pBuf[-4]>=pBufStart /* (6) */ ){ u8 aSave[4]; u8 *aWrite = &pBuf[-4]; assert( aWrite>=pBufStart ); /* due to (6) */ memcpy(aSave, aWrite, 4); rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, aWrite, a+4, (i64)pBt->pageSize*(nextPage-1)); nextPage = get4byte(aWrite); memcpy(aWrite, aSave, 4); }else #endif { DbPage *pDbPage; rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pBt->pPager, nextPage, &pDbPage, (eOp==0 ? PAGER_GET_READONLY : 0) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ aPayload = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDbPage); nextPage = get4byte(aPayload); rc = copyPayload(&aPayload[offset+4], pBuf, a, eOp, pDbPage); sqlite3PagerUnref(pDbPage); offset = 0; } } amt -= a; if( amt==0 ) return rc; pBuf += a; } if( rc ) break; iIdx++; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && amt>0 ){ /* Overflow chain ends prematurely */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } return rc; } /* ** Read part of the payload for the row at which that cursor pCur is currently ** pointing. "amt" bytes will be transferred into pBuf[]. The transfer ** begins at "offset". ** ** pCur can be pointing to either a table or an index b-tree. ** If pointing to a table btree, then the content section is read. If ** pCur is pointing to an index b-tree then the key section is read. ** ** For sqlite3BtreePayload(), the caller must ensure that pCur is pointing ** to a valid row in the table. For sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(), the ** cursor might be invalid or might need to be restored before being read. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code if anything goes ** wrong. An error is returned if "offset+amt" is larger than ** the available payload. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayload(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->pPage ); assert( pCur->ixpPage->nCell ); return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, (unsigned char*)pBuf, 0); } /* ** This variant of sqlite3BtreePayload() works even if the cursor has not ** in the CURSOR_VALID state. It is only used by the sqlite3_blob_read() ** interface. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB static SQLITE_NOINLINE int accessPayloadChecked( BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf ){ int rc; if ( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){ return SQLITE_ABORT; } assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); rc = btreeRestoreCursorPosition(pCur); return rc ? rc : accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked(BtCursor *pCur, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *pBuf){ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ){ assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); return accessPayload(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf, 0); }else{ return accessPayloadChecked(pCur, offset, amt, pBuf); } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ /* ** Return a pointer to payload information from the entry that the ** pCur cursor is pointing to. The pointer is to the beginning of ** the key if index btrees (pPage->intKey==0) and is the data for ** table btrees (pPage->intKey==1). The number of bytes of available ** key/data is written into *pAmt. If *pAmt==0, then the value ** returned will not be a valid pointer. ** ** This routine is an optimization. It is common for the entire key ** and data to fit on the local page and for there to be no overflow ** pages. When that is so, this routine can be used to access the ** key and data without making a copy. If the key and/or data spills ** onto overflow pages, then accessPayload() must be used to reassemble ** the key/data and copy it into a preallocated buffer. ** ** The pointer returned by this routine looks directly into the cached ** page of the database. The data might change or move the next time ** any btree routine is called. */ static const void *fetchPayload( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing to entry to read from */ u32 *pAmt /* Write the number of available bytes here */ ){ int amt; assert( pCur!=0 && pCur->iPage>=0 && pCur->pPage); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( pCur->ixpPage->nCell ); assert( pCur->info.nSize>0 ); assert( pCur->info.pPayload>pCur->pPage->aData || CORRUPT_DB ); assert( pCur->info.pPayloadpPage->aDataEnd ||CORRUPT_DB); amt = pCur->info.nLocal; if( amt>(int)(pCur->pPage->aDataEnd - pCur->info.pPayload) ){ /* There is too little space on the page for the expected amount ** of local content. Database must be corrupt. */ assert( CORRUPT_DB ); amt = MAX(0, (int)(pCur->pPage->aDataEnd - pCur->info.pPayload)); } *pAmt = (u32)amt; return (void*)pCur->info.pPayload; } /* ** For the entry that cursor pCur is point to, return as ** many bytes of the key or data as are available on the local ** b-tree page. Write the number of available bytes into *pAmt. ** ** The pointer returned is ephemeral. The key/data may move ** or be destroyed on the next call to any Btree routine, ** including calls from other threads against the same cache. ** Hence, a mutex on the BtShared should be held prior to calling ** this routine. ** ** These routines is used to get quick access to key and data ** in the common case where no overflow pages are used. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(BtCursor *pCur, u32 *pAmt){ return fetchPayload(pCur, pAmt); } /* ** Move the cursor down to a new child page. The newPgno argument is the ** page number of the child page to move to. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_CORRUPT if the page-header flags field of ** the new child page does not match the flags field of the parent (i.e. ** if an intkey page appears to be the parent of a non-intkey page, or ** vice-versa). */ static int moveToChild(BtCursor *pCur, u32 newPgno){ BtShared *pBt = pCur->pBt; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( pCur->iPageiPage>=0 ); if( pCur->iPage>=(BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH-1) ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] = pCur->ix; pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] = pCur->pPage; pCur->ix = 0; pCur->iPage++; return getAndInitPage(pBt, newPgno, &pCur->pPage, pCur, pCur->curPagerFlags); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Page pParent is an internal (non-leaf) tree page. This function ** asserts that page number iChild is the left-child if the iIdx'th ** cell in page pParent. Or, if iIdx is equal to the total number of ** cells in pParent, that page number iChild is the right-child of ** the page. */ static void assertParentIndex(MemPage *pParent, int iIdx, Pgno iChild){ if( CORRUPT_DB ) return; /* The conditions tested below might not be true ** in a corrupt database */ assert( iIdx<=pParent->nCell ); if( iIdx==pParent->nCell ){ assert( get4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8])==iChild ); }else{ assert( get4byte(findCell(pParent, iIdx))==iChild ); } } #else # define assertParentIndex(x,y,z) #endif /* ** Move the cursor up to the parent page. ** ** pCur->idx is set to the cell index that contains the pointer ** to the page we are coming from. If we are coming from the ** right-most child page then pCur->idx is set to one more than ** the largest cell index. */ static void moveToParent(BtCursor *pCur){ MemPage *pLeaf; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( pCur->iPage>0 ); assert( pCur->pPage ); assertParentIndex( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1], pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1], pCur->pPage->pgno ); testcase( pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1] > pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage-1]->nCell ); pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); pCur->ix = pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage-1]; pLeaf = pCur->pPage; pCur->pPage = pCur->apPage[--pCur->iPage]; releasePageNotNull(pLeaf); } /* ** Move the cursor to point to the root page of its b-tree structure. ** ** If the table has a virtual root page, then the cursor is moved to point ** to the virtual root page instead of the actual root page. A table has a ** virtual root page when the actual root page contains no cells and a ** single child page. This can only happen with the table rooted at page 1. ** ** If the b-tree structure is empty, the cursor state is set to ** CURSOR_INVALID and this routine returns SQLITE_EMPTY. Otherwise, ** the cursor is set to point to the first cell located on the root ** (or virtual root) page and the cursor state is set to CURSOR_VALID. ** ** If this function returns successfully, it may be assumed that the ** page-header flags indicate that the [virtual] root-page is the expected ** kind of b-tree page (i.e. if when opening the cursor the caller did not ** specify a KeyInfo structure the flags byte is set to 0x05 or 0x0D, ** indicating a table b-tree, or if the caller did specify a KeyInfo ** structure the flags byte is set to 0x02 or 0x0A, indicating an index ** b-tree). */ static int moveToRoot(BtCursor *pCur){ MemPage *pRoot; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( CURSOR_INVALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); assert( CURSOR_VALID < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); assert( CURSOR_FAULT > CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); assert( pCur->eState < CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK || pCur->iPage<0 ); assert( pCur->pgnoRoot>0 || pCur->iPage<0 ); if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){ if( pCur->iPage ){ releasePageNotNull(pCur->pPage); while( --pCur->iPage ){ releasePageNotNull(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]); } pCur->pPage = pCur->apPage[0]; goto skip_init; } }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; return SQLITE_EMPTY; }else{ assert( pCur->iPage==(-1) ); if( pCur->eState>=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ){ if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); return pCur->skipNext; } sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pCur); } rc = getAndInitPage(pCur->pBtree->pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->pPage, 0, pCur->curPagerFlags); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; return rc; } pCur->iPage = 0; pCur->curIntKey = pCur->pPage->intKey; } pRoot = pCur->pPage; assert( pRoot->pgno==pCur->pgnoRoot ); /* If pCur->pKeyInfo is not NULL, then the caller that opened this cursor ** expected to open it on an index b-tree. Otherwise, if pKeyInfo is ** NULL, the caller expects a table b-tree. If this is not the case, ** return an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. ** ** Earlier versions of SQLite assumed that this test could not fail ** if the root page was already loaded when this function was called (i.e. ** if pCur->iPage>=0). But this is not so if the database is corrupted ** in such a way that page pRoot is linked into a second b-tree table ** (or the freelist). */ assert( pRoot->intKey==1 || pRoot->intKey==0 ); if( pRoot->isInit==0 || (pCur->pKeyInfo==0)!=pRoot->intKey ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pCur->pPage); } skip_init: pCur->ix = 0; pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); pRoot = pCur->pPage; if( pRoot->nCell>0 ){ pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; }else if( !pRoot->leaf ){ Pgno subpage; if( pRoot->pgno!=1 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; subpage = get4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8]); pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; rc = moveToChild(pCur, subpage); }else{ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; rc = SQLITE_EMPTY; } return rc; } /* ** Move the cursor down to the left-most leaf entry beneath the ** entry to which it is currently pointing. ** ** The left-most leaf is the one with the smallest key - the first ** in ascending order. */ static int moveToLeftmost(BtCursor *pCur){ Pgno pgno; int rc = SQLITE_OK; MemPage *pPage; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){ assert( pCur->ixnCell ); pgno = get4byte(findCell(pPage, pCur->ix)); rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); } return rc; } /* ** Move the cursor down to the right-most leaf entry beneath the ** page to which it is currently pointing. Notice the difference ** between moveToLeftmost() and moveToRightmost(). moveToLeftmost() ** finds the left-most entry beneath the *entry* whereas moveToRightmost() ** finds the right-most entry beneath the *page*. ** ** The right-most entry is the one with the largest key - the last ** key in ascending order. */ static int moveToRightmost(BtCursor *pCur){ Pgno pgno; int rc = SQLITE_OK; MemPage *pPage = 0; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); while( !(pPage = pCur->pPage)->leaf ){ pgno = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); pCur->ix = pPage->nCell; rc = moveToChild(pCur, pgno); if( rc ) return rc; } pCur->ix = pPage->nCell-1; assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 ); assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)==0 ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Move the cursor to the first entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK ** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something ** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ int rc; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); rc = moveToRoot(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pCur->pPage->nCell>0 ); *pRes = 0; rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur); }else if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){ assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->pPage->nCell==0 ); *pRes = 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; } return rc; } /* ** This function is a no-op if cursor pCur does not point to a valid row. ** Otherwise, if pCur is valid, configure it so that the next call to ** sqlite3BtreeNext() is a no-op. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeSkipNext(BtCursor *pCur){ /* We believe that the cursor must always be in the valid state when ** this routine is called, but the proof is difficult, so we add an ** ALWaYS() test just in case we are wrong. */ if( ALWAYS(pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID) ){ pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT; pCur->skipNext = 1; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ /* Move the cursor to the last entry in the table. Return SQLITE_OK ** on success. Set *pRes to 0 if the cursor actually points to something ** or set *pRes to 1 if the table is empty. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor *pCur, int *pRes){ int rc; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); /* If the cursor already points to the last entry, this is a no-op. */ if( CURSOR_VALID==pCur->eState && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* This block serves to assert() that the cursor really does point ** to the last entry in the b-tree. */ int ii; for(ii=0; iiiPage; ii++){ assert( pCur->aiIdx[ii]==pCur->apPage[ii]->nCell ); } assert( pCur->ix==pCur->pPage->nCell-1 ); assert( pCur->pPage->leaf ); #endif return SQLITE_OK; } rc = moveToRoot(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); *pRes = 0; rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_AtLast; }else{ pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_AtLast; } }else if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){ assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->pPage->nCell==0 ); *pRes = 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; } return rc; } /* Move the cursor so that it points to an entry near the key ** specified by pIdxKey or intKey. Return a success code. ** ** For INTKEY tables, the intKey parameter is used. pIdxKey ** must be NULL. For index tables, pIdxKey is used and intKey ** is ignored. ** ** If an exact match is not found, then the cursor is always ** left pointing at a leaf page which would hold the entry if it ** were present. The cursor might point to an entry that comes ** before or after the key. ** ** An integer is written into *pRes which is the result of ** comparing the key with the entry to which the cursor is ** pointing. The meaning of the integer written into ** *pRes is as follows: ** ** *pRes<0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that ** is smaller than intKey/pIdxKey or if the table is empty ** and the cursor is therefore left point to nothing. ** ** *pRes==0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that ** exactly matches intKey/pIdxKey. ** ** *pRes>0 The cursor is left pointing at an entry that ** is larger than intKey/pIdxKey. ** ** For index tables, the pIdxKey->eqSeen field is set to 1 if there ** exists an entry in the table that exactly matches pIdxKey. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked( BtCursor *pCur, /* The cursor to be moved */ UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey, /* Unpacked index key */ i64 intKey, /* The table key */ int biasRight, /* If true, bias the search to the high end */ int *pRes /* Write search results here */ ){ int rc; RecordCompare xRecordCompare; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); assert( pRes ); assert( (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); assert( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || (pIdxKey==0)==(pCur->curIntKey!=0) ); /* If the cursor is already positioned at the point we are trying ** to move to, then just return without doing any work */ if( pIdxKey==0 && pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID && (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 ){ if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){ *pRes = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } if( pCur->info.nKeycurFlags & BTCF_AtLast)!=0 ){ *pRes = -1; return SQLITE_OK; } /* If the requested key is one more than the previous key, then ** try to get there using sqlite3BtreeNext() rather than a full ** binary search. This is an optimization only. The correct answer ** is still obtained without this case, only a little more slowely */ if( pCur->info.nKey+1==intKey && !pCur->skipNext ){ *pRes = 0; rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ getCellInfo(pCur); if( pCur->info.nKey==intKey ){ return SQLITE_OK; } }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ return rc; } } } } if( pIdxKey ){ xRecordCompare = sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(pIdxKey); pIdxKey->errCode = 0; assert( pIdxKey->default_rc==1 || pIdxKey->default_rc==0 || pIdxKey->default_rc==-1 ); }else{ xRecordCompare = 0; /* All keys are integers */ } rc = moveToRoot(pCur); if( rc ){ if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){ assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->pPage->nCell==0 ); *pRes = -1; return SQLITE_OK; } return rc; } assert( pCur->pPage ); assert( pCur->pPage->isInit ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( pCur->pPage->nCell > 0 ); assert( pCur->iPage==0 || pCur->apPage[0]->intKey==pCur->curIntKey ); assert( pCur->curIntKey || pIdxKey ); for(;;){ int lwr, upr, idx, c; Pgno chldPg; MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to current cell in pPage */ /* pPage->nCell must be greater than zero. If this is the root-page ** the cursor would have been INVALID above and this for(;;) loop ** not run. If this is not the root-page, then the moveToChild() routine ** would have already detected db corruption. Similarly, pPage must ** be the right kind (index or table) of b-tree page. Otherwise ** a moveToChild() or moveToRoot() call would have detected corruption. */ assert( pPage->nCell>0 ); assert( pPage->intKey==(pIdxKey==0) ); lwr = 0; upr = pPage->nCell-1; assert( biasRight==0 || biasRight==1 ); idx = upr>>(1-biasRight); /* idx = biasRight ? upr : (lwr+upr)/2; */ pCur->ix = (u16)idx; if( xRecordCompare==0 ){ for(;;){ i64 nCellKey; pCell = findCellPastPtr(pPage, idx); if( pPage->intKeyLeaf ){ while( 0x80 <= *(pCell++) ){ if( pCell>=pPage->aDataEnd ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } } } getVarint(pCell, (u64*)&nCellKey); if( nCellKeyupr ){ c = -1; break; } }else if( nCellKey>intKey ){ upr = idx-1; if( lwr>upr ){ c = +1; break; } }else{ assert( nCellKey==intKey ); pCur->ix = (u16)idx; if( !pPage->leaf ){ lwr = idx; goto moveto_next_layer; }else{ pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_ValidNKey; pCur->info.nKey = nCellKey; pCur->info.nSize = 0; *pRes = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } } assert( lwr+upr>=0 ); idx = (lwr+upr)>>1; /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2; */ } }else{ for(;;){ int nCell; /* Size of the pCell cell in bytes */ pCell = findCellPastPtr(pPage, idx); /* The maximum supported page-size is 65536 bytes. This means that ** the maximum number of record bytes stored on an index B-Tree ** page is less than 16384 bytes and may be stored as a 2-byte ** varint. This information is used to attempt to avoid parsing ** the entire cell by checking for the cases where the record is ** stored entirely within the b-tree page by inspecting the first ** 2 bytes of the cell. */ nCell = pCell[0]; if( nCell<=pPage->max1bytePayload ){ /* This branch runs if the record-size field of the cell is a ** single byte varint and the record fits entirely on the main ** b-tree page. */ testcase( pCell+nCell+1==pPage->aDataEnd ); c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[1], pIdxKey); }else if( !(pCell[1] & 0x80) && (nCell = ((nCell&0x7f)<<7) + pCell[1])<=pPage->maxLocal ){ /* The record-size field is a 2 byte varint and the record ** fits entirely on the main b-tree page. */ testcase( pCell+nCell+2==pPage->aDataEnd ); c = xRecordCompare(nCell, (void*)&pCell[2], pIdxKey); }else{ /* The record flows over onto one or more overflow pages. In ** this case the whole cell needs to be parsed, a buffer allocated ** and accessPayload() used to retrieve the record into the ** buffer before VdbeRecordCompare() can be called. ** ** If the record is corrupt, the xRecordCompare routine may read ** up to two varints past the end of the buffer. An extra 18 ** bytes of padding is allocated at the end of the buffer in ** case this happens. */ void *pCellKey; u8 * const pCellBody = pCell - pPage->childPtrSize; pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCellBody, &pCur->info); nCell = (int)pCur->info.nKey; testcase( nCell<0 ); /* True if key size is 2^32 or more */ testcase( nCell==0 ); /* Invalid key size: 0x80 0x80 0x00 */ testcase( nCell==1 ); /* Invalid key size: 0x80 0x80 0x01 */ testcase( nCell==2 ); /* Minimum legal index key size */ if( nCell<2 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); goto moveto_finish; } pCellKey = sqlite3Malloc( nCell+18 ); if( pCellKey==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto moveto_finish; } pCur->ix = (u16)idx; rc = accessPayload(pCur, 0, nCell, (unsigned char*)pCellKey, 0); pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidOvfl; if( rc ){ sqlite3_free(pCellKey); goto moveto_finish; } c = xRecordCompare(nCell, pCellKey, pIdxKey); sqlite3_free(pCellKey); } assert( (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_CORRUPT || c==0) && (pIdxKey->errCode!=SQLITE_NOMEM || pCur->pBtree->db->mallocFailed) ); if( c<0 ){ lwr = idx+1; }else if( c>0 ){ upr = idx-1; }else{ assert( c==0 ); *pRes = 0; rc = SQLITE_OK; pCur->ix = (u16)idx; if( pIdxKey->errCode ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto moveto_finish; } if( lwr>upr ) break; assert( lwr+upr>=0 ); idx = (lwr+upr)>>1; /* idx = (lwr+upr)/2 */ } } assert( lwr==upr+1 || (pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf) ); assert( pPage->isInit ); if( pPage->leaf ){ assert( pCur->ixpPage->nCell ); pCur->ix = (u16)idx; *pRes = c; rc = SQLITE_OK; goto moveto_finish; } moveto_next_layer: if( lwr>=pPage->nCell ){ chldPg = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); }else{ chldPg = get4byte(findCell(pPage, lwr)); } pCur->ix = (u16)lwr; rc = moveToChild(pCur, chldPg); if( rc ) break; } moveto_finish: pCur->info.nSize = 0; assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ); return rc; } /* ** Return TRUE if the cursor is not pointing at an entry of the table. ** ** TRUE will be returned after a call to sqlite3BtreeNext() moves ** past the last entry in the table or sqlite3BtreePrev() moves past ** the first entry. TRUE is also returned if the table is empty. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor *pCur){ /* TODO: What if the cursor is in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK but all table entries ** have been deleted? This API will need to change to return an error code ** as well as the boolean result value. */ return (CURSOR_VALID!=pCur->eState); } /* ** Return an estimate for the number of rows in the table that pCur is ** pointing to. Return a negative number if no estimate is currently ** available. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(BtCursor *pCur){ i64 n; u8 i; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) ); /* Currently this interface is only called by the OP_IfSmaller ** opcode, and it that case the cursor will always be valid and ** will always point to a leaf node. */ if( NEVER(pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID) ) return -1; if( NEVER(pCur->pPage->leaf==0) ) return -1; n = pCur->pPage->nCell; for(i=0; iiPage; i++){ n *= pCur->apPage[i]->nCell; } return n; } /* ** Advance the cursor to the next entry in the database. ** Return value: ** ** SQLITE_OK success ** SQLITE_DONE cursor is already pointing at the last element ** otherwise some kind of error occurred ** ** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreeNext(). That routine is optimized ** for the common case of merely incrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx ** to the next cell on the current page. The (slower) btreeNext() helper ** routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page or ** to restore the cursor. ** ** If bit 0x01 of the F argument in sqlite3BtreeNext(C,F) is 1, then the ** cursor corresponds to an SQL index and this routine could have been ** skipped if the SQL index had been a unique index. The F argument ** is a hint to the implement. SQLite btree implementation does not use ** this hint, but COMDB2 does. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreeNext(BtCursor *pCur){ int rc; int idx; MemPage *pPage; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidOvfl)==0 ); rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } if( pCur->skipNext ){ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ); pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; if( pCur->skipNext>0 ){ pCur->skipNext = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } pCur->skipNext = 0; } } pPage = pCur->pPage; idx = ++pCur->ix; if( !pPage->isInit ){ /* The only known way for this to happen is for there to be a ** recursive SQL function that does a DELETE operation as part of a ** SELECT which deletes content out from under an active cursor ** in a corrupt database file where the table being DELETE-ed from ** has pages in common with the table being queried. See TH3 ** module cov1/btree78.test testcase 220 (2018-06-08) for an ** example. */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } /* If the database file is corrupt, it is possible for the value of idx ** to be invalid here. This can only occur if a second cursor modifies ** the page while cursor pCur is holding a reference to it. Which can ** only happen if the database is corrupt in such a way as to link the ** page into more than one b-tree structure. */ testcase( idx>pPage->nCell ); if( idx>=pPage->nCell ){ if( !pPage->leaf ){ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); if( rc ) return rc; return moveToLeftmost(pCur); } do{ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; return SQLITE_DONE; } moveToParent(pCur); pPage = pCur->pPage; }while( pCur->ix>=pPage->nCell ); if( pPage->intKey ){ return sqlite3BtreeNext(pCur, 0); }else{ return SQLITE_OK; } } if( pPage->leaf ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ return moveToLeftmost(pCur); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor *pCur, int flags){ MemPage *pPage; UNUSED_PARAMETER( flags ); /* Used in COMDB2 but not native SQLite */ assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( flags==0 || flags==1 ); assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); pCur->info.nSize = 0; pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey|BTCF_ValidOvfl); if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ) return btreeNext(pCur); pPage = pCur->pPage; if( (++pCur->ix)>=pPage->nCell ){ pCur->ix--; return btreeNext(pCur); } if( pPage->leaf ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ return moveToLeftmost(pCur); } } /* ** Step the cursor to the back to the previous entry in the database. ** Return values: ** ** SQLITE_OK success ** SQLITE_DONE the cursor is already on the first element of the table ** otherwise some kind of error occurred ** ** The main entry point is sqlite3BtreePrevious(). That routine is optimized ** for the common case of merely decrementing the cell counter BtCursor.aiIdx ** to the previous cell on the current page. The (slower) btreePrevious() ** helper routine is called when it is necessary to move to a different page ** or to restore the cursor. ** ** If bit 0x01 of the F argument to sqlite3BtreePrevious(C,F) is 1, then ** the cursor corresponds to an SQL index and this routine could have been ** skipped if the SQL index had been a unique index. The F argument is a ** hint to the implement. The native SQLite btree implementation does not ** use this hint, but COMDB2 does. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int btreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur){ int rc; MemPage *pPage; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey))==0 ); assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 ); if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCur); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } if( pCur->skipNext ){ assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || pCur->eState==CURSOR_SKIPNEXT ); pCur->eState = CURSOR_VALID; if( pCur->skipNext<0 ){ pCur->skipNext = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } pCur->skipNext = 0; } } pPage = pCur->pPage; assert( pPage->isInit ); if( !pPage->leaf ){ int idx = pCur->ix; rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, idx))); if( rc ) return rc; rc = moveToRightmost(pCur); }else{ while( pCur->ix==0 ){ if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; return SQLITE_DONE; } moveToParent(pCur); } assert( pCur->info.nSize==0 ); assert( (pCur->curFlags & (BTCF_ValidOvfl))==0 ); pCur->ix--; pPage = pCur->pPage; if( pPage->intKey && !pPage->leaf ){ rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, 0); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor *pCur, int flags){ assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( flags==0 || flags==1 ); assert( pCur->skipNext==0 || pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ); UNUSED_PARAMETER( flags ); /* Used in COMDB2 but not native SQLite */ pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_AtLast|BTCF_ValidOvfl|BTCF_ValidNKey); pCur->info.nSize = 0; if( pCur->eState!=CURSOR_VALID || pCur->ix==0 || pCur->pPage->leaf==0 ){ return btreePrevious(pCur); } pCur->ix--; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Allocate a new page from the database file. ** ** The new page is marked as dirty. (In other words, sqlite3PagerWrite() ** has already been called on the new page.) The new page has also ** been referenced and the calling routine is responsible for calling ** sqlite3PagerUnref() on the new page when it is done. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success. Any other return value indicates ** an error. *ppPage is set to NULL in the event of an error. ** ** If the "nearby" parameter is not 0, then an effort is made to ** locate a page close to the page number "nearby". This can be used in an ** attempt to keep related pages close to each other in the database file, ** which in turn can make database access faster. ** ** If the eMode parameter is BTALLOC_EXACT and the nearby page exists ** anywhere on the free-list, then it is guaranteed to be returned. If ** eMode is BTALLOC_LT then the page returned will be less than or equal ** to nearby if any such page exists. If eMode is BTALLOC_ANY then there ** are no restrictions on which page is returned. */ static int allocateBtreePage( BtShared *pBt, /* The btree */ MemPage **ppPage, /* Store pointer to the allocated page here */ Pgno *pPgno, /* Store the page number here */ Pgno nearby, /* Search for a page near this one */ u8 eMode /* BTALLOC_EXACT, BTALLOC_LT, or BTALLOC_ANY */ ){ MemPage *pPage1; int rc; u32 n; /* Number of pages on the freelist */ u32 k; /* Number of leaves on the trunk of the freelist */ MemPage *pTrunk = 0; MemPage *pPrevTrunk = 0; Pgno mxPage; /* Total size of the database file */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( eMode==BTALLOC_ANY || (nearby>0 && IfNotOmitAV(pBt->autoVacuum)) ); pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; mxPage = btreePagecount(pBt); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-05119-02637 The 4-byte big-endian integer at offset 36 ** stores stores the total number of pages on the freelist. */ n = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); testcase( n==mxPage-1 ); if( n>=mxPage ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } if( n>0 ){ /* There are pages on the freelist. Reuse one of those pages. */ Pgno iTrunk; u8 searchList = 0; /* If the free-list must be searched for 'nearby' */ u32 nSearch = 0; /* Count of the number of search attempts */ /* If eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT and a query of the pointer-map ** shows that the page 'nearby' is somewhere on the free-list, then ** the entire-list will be searched for that page. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT ){ if( nearby<=mxPage ){ u8 eType; assert( nearby>0 ); assert( pBt->autoVacuum ); rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, nearby, &eType, 0); if( rc ) return rc; if( eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ searchList = 1; } } }else if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){ searchList = 1; } #endif /* Decrement the free-list count by 1. Set iTrunk to the index of the ** first free-list trunk page. iPrevTrunk is initially 1. */ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); if( rc ) return rc; put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], n-1); /* The code within this loop is run only once if the 'searchList' variable ** is not true. Otherwise, it runs once for each trunk-page on the ** free-list until the page 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_EXACT) ** or until a page less than 'nearby' is located (eMode==BTALLOC_LT) */ do { pPrevTrunk = pTrunk; if( pPrevTrunk ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01506-11053 The first integer on a freelist trunk page ** is the page number of the next freelist trunk page in the list or ** zero if this is the last freelist trunk page. */ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0]); }else{ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-59841-13798 The 4-byte big-endian integer at offset 32 ** stores the page number of the first page of the freelist, or zero if ** the freelist is empty. */ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); } testcase( iTrunk==mxPage ); if( iTrunk>mxPage || nSearch++ > n ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(pPrevTrunk ? pPrevTrunk->pgno : 1); }else{ rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); } if( rc ){ pTrunk = 0; goto end_allocate_page; } assert( pTrunk!=0 ); assert( pTrunk->aData!=0 ); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-13523-04394 The second integer on a freelist trunk page ** is the number of leaf page pointers to follow. */ k = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); if( k==0 && !searchList ){ /* The trunk has no leaves and the list is not being searched. ** So extract the trunk page itself and use it as the newly ** allocated page */ assert( pPrevTrunk==0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc ){ goto end_allocate_page; } *pPgno = iTrunk; memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); *ppPage = pTrunk; pTrunk = 0; TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); }else if( k>(u32)(pBt->usableSize/4 - 2) ){ /* Value of k is out of range. Database corruption */ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(iTrunk); goto end_allocate_page; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM }else if( searchList && (nearby==iTrunk || (iTrunkpDbPage); if( rc ){ goto end_allocate_page; } if( k==0 ){ if( !pPrevTrunk ){ memcpy(&pPage1->aData[32], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); }else{ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto end_allocate_page; } memcpy(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); } }else{ /* The trunk page is required by the caller but it contains ** pointers to free-list leaves. The first leaf becomes a trunk ** page in this case. */ MemPage *pNewTrunk; Pgno iNewTrunk = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8]); if( iNewTrunk>mxPage ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(iTrunk); goto end_allocate_page; } testcase( iNewTrunk==mxPage ); rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, iNewTrunk, &pNewTrunk, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto end_allocate_page; } rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pNewTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(pNewTrunk); goto end_allocate_page; } memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[0], &pTrunk->aData[0], 4); put4byte(&pNewTrunk->aData[4], k-1); memcpy(&pNewTrunk->aData[8], &pTrunk->aData[12], (k-1)*4); releasePage(pNewTrunk); if( !pPrevTrunk ){ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage1->pDbPage) ); put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iNewTrunk); }else{ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPrevTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc ){ goto end_allocate_page; } put4byte(&pPrevTrunk->aData[0], iNewTrunk); } } pTrunk = 0; TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d trunk - %d free pages left\n", *pPgno, n-1)); #endif }else if( k>0 ){ /* Extract a leaf from the trunk */ u32 closest; Pgno iPage; unsigned char *aData = pTrunk->aData; if( nearby>0 ){ u32 i; closest = 0; if( eMode==BTALLOC_LE ){ for(i=0; imxPage ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_PGNO(iTrunk); goto end_allocate_page; } testcase( iPage==mxPage ); if( !searchList || (iPage==nearby || (iPagepgno, n-1)); rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc ) goto end_allocate_page; if( closestpDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(*ppPage); *ppPage = 0; } } searchList = 0; } } releasePage(pPrevTrunk); pPrevTrunk = 0; }while( searchList ); }else{ /* There are no pages on the freelist, so append a new page to the ** database image. ** ** Normally, new pages allocated by this block can be requested from the ** pager layer with the 'no-content' flag set. This prevents the pager ** from trying to read the pages content from disk. However, if the ** current transaction has already run one or more incremental-vacuum ** steps, then the page we are about to allocate may contain content ** that is required in the event of a rollback. In this case, do ** not set the no-content flag. This causes the pager to load and journal ** the current page content before overwriting it. ** ** Note that the pager will not actually attempt to load or journal ** content for any page that really does lie past the end of the database ** file on disk. So the effects of disabling the no-content optimization ** here are confined to those pages that lie between the end of the ** database image and the end of the database file. */ int bNoContent = (0==IfNotOmitAV(pBt->bDoTruncate))? PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT:0; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); if( rc ) return rc; pBt->nPage++; if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ) pBt->nPage++; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum && PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pBt->nPage) ){ /* If *pPgno refers to a pointer-map page, allocate two new pages ** at the end of the file instead of one. The first allocated page ** becomes a new pointer-map page, the second is used by the caller. */ MemPage *pPg = 0; TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file (pointer-map page)\n", pBt->nPage)); assert( pBt->nPage!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, pBt->nPage, &pPg, bNoContent); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg->pDbPage); releasePage(pPg); } if( rc ) return rc; pBt->nPage++; if( pBt->nPage==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pBt->nPage++; } } #endif put4byte(28 + (u8*)pBt->pPage1->aData, pBt->nPage); *pPgno = pBt->nPage; assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); rc = btreeGetUnusedPage(pBt, *pPgno, ppPage, bNoContent); if( rc ) return rc; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite((*ppPage)->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(*ppPage); *ppPage = 0; } TRACE(("ALLOCATE: %d from end of file\n", *pPgno)); } assert( *pPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); end_allocate_page: releasePage(pTrunk); releasePage(pPrevTrunk); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3PagerPageRefcount((*ppPage)->pDbPage)<=1 ); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*ppPage)->isInit==0 ); return rc; } /* ** This function is used to add page iPage to the database file free-list. ** It is assumed that the page is not already a part of the free-list. ** ** The value passed as the second argument to this function is optional. ** If the caller happens to have a pointer to the MemPage object ** corresponding to page iPage handy, it may pass it as the second value. ** Otherwise, it may pass NULL. ** ** If a pointer to a MemPage object is passed as the second argument, ** its reference count is not altered by this function. */ static int freePage2(BtShared *pBt, MemPage *pMemPage, Pgno iPage){ MemPage *pTrunk = 0; /* Free-list trunk page */ Pgno iTrunk = 0; /* Page number of free-list trunk page */ MemPage *pPage1 = pBt->pPage1; /* Local reference to page 1 */ MemPage *pPage; /* Page being freed. May be NULL. */ int rc; /* Return Code */ int nFree; /* Initial number of pages on free-list */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( CORRUPT_DB || iPage>1 ); assert( !pMemPage || pMemPage->pgno==iPage ); if( iPage<2 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; if( pMemPage ){ pPage = pMemPage; sqlite3PagerRef(pPage->pDbPage); }else{ pPage = btreePageLookup(pBt, iPage); } /* Increment the free page count on pPage1 */ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage1->pDbPage); if( rc ) goto freepage_out; nFree = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[36]); put4byte(&pPage1->aData[36], nFree+1); if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE ){ /* If the secure_delete option is enabled, then ** always fully overwrite deleted information with zeros. */ if( (!pPage && ((rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0) ) || ((rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))!=0) ){ goto freepage_out; } memset(pPage->aData, 0, pPage->pBt->pageSize); } /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, write an entry in the pointer-map ** to indicate that the page is free. */ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0, &rc); if( rc ) goto freepage_out; } /* Now manipulate the actual database free-list structure. There are two ** possibilities. If the free-list is currently empty, or if the first ** trunk page in the free-list is full, then this page will become a ** new free-list trunk page. Otherwise, it will become a leaf of the ** first trunk page in the current free-list. This block tests if it ** is possible to add the page as a new free-list leaf. */ if( nFree!=0 ){ u32 nLeaf; /* Initial number of leaf cells on trunk page */ iTrunk = get4byte(&pPage1->aData[32]); rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iTrunk, &pTrunk, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto freepage_out; } nLeaf = get4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4]); assert( pBt->usableSize>32 ); if( nLeaf > (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 2 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto freepage_out; } if( nLeaf < (u32)pBt->usableSize/4 - 8 ){ /* In this case there is room on the trunk page to insert the page ** being freed as a new leaf. ** ** Note that the trunk page is not really full until it contains ** usableSize/4 - 2 entries, not usableSize/4 - 8 entries as we have ** coded. But due to a coding error in versions of SQLite prior to ** 3.6.0, databases with freelist trunk pages holding more than ** usableSize/4 - 8 entries will be reported as corrupt. In order ** to maintain backwards compatibility with older versions of SQLite, ** we will continue to restrict the number of entries to usableSize/4 - 8 ** for now. At some point in the future (once everyone has upgraded ** to 3.6.0 or later) we should consider fixing the conditional above ** to read "usableSize/4-2" instead of "usableSize/4-8". ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-19920-11576 However, newer versions of SQLite still ** avoid using the last six entries in the freelist trunk page array in ** order that database files created by newer versions of SQLite can be ** read by older versions of SQLite. */ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pTrunk->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[4], nLeaf+1); put4byte(&pTrunk->aData[8+nLeaf*4], iPage); if( pPage && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)==0 ){ sqlite3PagerDontWrite(pPage->pDbPage); } rc = btreeSetHasContent(pBt, iPage); } TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d leaf on trunk page %d\n",pPage->pgno,pTrunk->pgno)); goto freepage_out; } } /* If control flows to this point, then it was not possible to add the ** the page being freed as a leaf page of the first trunk in the free-list. ** Possibly because the free-list is empty, or possibly because the ** first trunk in the free-list is full. Either way, the page being freed ** will become the new first trunk page in the free-list. */ if( pPage==0 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, iPage, &pPage, 0)) ){ goto freepage_out; } rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto freepage_out; } put4byte(pPage->aData, iTrunk); put4byte(&pPage->aData[4], 0); put4byte(&pPage1->aData[32], iPage); TRACE(("FREE-PAGE: %d new trunk page replacing %d\n", pPage->pgno, iTrunk)); freepage_out: if( pPage ){ pPage->isInit = 0; } releasePage(pPage); releasePage(pTrunk); return rc; } static void freePage(MemPage *pPage, int *pRC){ if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ *pRC = freePage2(pPage->pBt, pPage, pPage->pgno); } } /* ** Free any overflow pages associated with the given Cell. Store ** size information about the cell in pInfo. */ static int clearCell( MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the Cell */ unsigned char *pCell, /* First byte of the Cell */ CellInfo *pInfo /* Size information about the cell */ ){ BtShared *pBt; Pgno ovflPgno; int rc; int nOvfl; u32 ovflPageSize; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, pInfo); if( pInfo->nLocal==pInfo->nPayload ){ return SQLITE_OK; /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */ } testcase( pCell + pInfo->nSize == pPage->aDataEnd ); testcase( pCell + (pInfo->nSize-1) == pPage->aDataEnd ); if( pCell + pInfo->nSize > pPage->aDataEnd ){ /* Cell extends past end of page */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_PAGE(pPage); } ovflPgno = get4byte(pCell + pInfo->nSize - 4); pBt = pPage->pBt; assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 ); ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; nOvfl = (pInfo->nPayload - pInfo->nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize; assert( nOvfl>0 || (CORRUPT_DB && (pInfo->nPayload + ovflPageSize)btreePagecount(pBt) ){ /* 0 is not a legal page number and page 1 cannot be an ** overflow page. Therefore if ovflPgno<2 or past the end of the ** file the database must be corrupt. */ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } if( nOvfl ){ rc = getOverflowPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pOvfl, &iNext); if( rc ) return rc; } if( ( pOvfl || ((pOvfl = btreePageLookup(pBt, ovflPgno))!=0) ) && sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pOvfl->pDbPage)!=1 ){ /* There is no reason any cursor should have an outstanding reference ** to an overflow page belonging to a cell that is being deleted/updated. ** So if there exists more than one reference to this page, then it ** must not really be an overflow page and the database must be corrupt. ** It is helpful to detect this before calling freePage2(), as ** freePage2() may zero the page contents if secure-delete mode is ** enabled. If this 'overflow' page happens to be a page that the ** caller is iterating through or using in some other way, this ** can be problematic. */ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; }else{ rc = freePage2(pBt, pOvfl, ovflPgno); } if( pOvfl ){ sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvfl->pDbPage); } if( rc ) return rc; ovflPgno = iNext; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Create the byte sequence used to represent a cell on page pPage ** and write that byte sequence into pCell[]. Overflow pages are ** allocated and filled in as necessary. The calling procedure ** is responsible for making sure sufficient space has been allocated ** for pCell[]. ** ** Note that pCell does not necessary need to point to the pPage->aData ** area. pCell might point to some temporary storage. The cell will ** be constructed in this temporary area then copied into pPage->aData ** later. */ static int fillInCell( MemPage *pPage, /* The page that contains the cell */ unsigned char *pCell, /* Complete text of the cell */ const BtreePayload *pX, /* Payload with which to construct the cell */ int *pnSize /* Write cell size here */ ){ int nPayload; const u8 *pSrc; int nSrc, n, rc, mn; int spaceLeft; MemPage *pToRelease; unsigned char *pPrior; unsigned char *pPayload; BtShared *pBt; Pgno pgnoOvfl; int nHeader; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); /* pPage is not necessarily writeable since pCell might be auxiliary ** buffer space that is separate from the pPage buffer area */ assert( pCellaData || pCell>=&pPage->aData[pPage->pBt->pageSize] || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); /* Fill in the header. */ nHeader = pPage->childPtrSize; if( pPage->intKey ){ nPayload = pX->nData + pX->nZero; pSrc = pX->pData; nSrc = pX->nData; assert( pPage->intKeyLeaf ); /* fillInCell() only called for leaves */ nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload); nHeader += putVarint(&pCell[nHeader], *(u64*)&pX->nKey); }else{ assert( pX->nKey<=0x7fffffff && pX->pKey!=0 ); nSrc = nPayload = (int)pX->nKey; pSrc = pX->pKey; nHeader += putVarint32(&pCell[nHeader], nPayload); } /* Fill in the payload */ pPayload = &pCell[nHeader]; if( nPayload<=pPage->maxLocal ){ /* This is the common case where everything fits on the btree page ** and no overflow pages are required. */ n = nHeader + nPayload; testcase( n==3 ); testcase( n==4 ); if( n<4 ) n = 4; *pnSize = n; assert( nSrc<=nPayload ); testcase( nSrcminLocal; n = mn + (nPayload - mn) % (pPage->pBt->usableSize - 4); testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal ); testcase( n==pPage->maxLocal+1 ); if( n > pPage->maxLocal ) n = mn; spaceLeft = n; *pnSize = n + nHeader + 4; pPrior = &pCell[nHeader+n]; pToRelease = 0; pgnoOvfl = 0; pBt = pPage->pBt; /* At this point variables should be set as follows: ** ** nPayload Total payload size in bytes ** pPayload Begin writing payload here ** spaceLeft Space available at pPayload. If nPayload>spaceLeft, ** that means content must spill into overflow pages. ** *pnSize Size of the local cell (not counting overflow pages) ** pPrior Where to write the pgno of the first overflow page ** ** Use a call to btreeParseCellPtr() to verify that the values above ** were computed correctly. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { CellInfo info; pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); assert( nHeader==(int)(info.pPayload - pCell) ); assert( info.nKey==pX->nKey ); assert( *pnSize == info.nSize ); assert( spaceLeft == info.nLocal ); } #endif /* Write the payload into the local Cell and any extra into overflow pages */ while( 1 ){ n = nPayload; if( n>spaceLeft ) n = spaceLeft; /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPayload points into the data area ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); /* If pPayload is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage ** is still writeable */ assert( pPayloadaData || pPayload>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); if( nSrc>=n ){ memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); }else if( nSrc>0 ){ n = nSrc; memcpy(pPayload, pSrc, n); }else{ memset(pPayload, 0, n); } nPayload -= n; if( nPayload<=0 ) break; pPayload += n; pSrc += n; nSrc -= n; spaceLeft -= n; if( spaceLeft==0 ){ MemPage *pOvfl = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM Pgno pgnoPtrmap = pgnoOvfl; /* Overflow page pointer-map entry page */ if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ do{ pgnoOvfl++; } while( PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgnoOvfl) || pgnoOvfl==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); } #endif rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pOvfl, &pgnoOvfl, pgnoOvfl, 0); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, and the second or subsequent ** overflow page is being allocated, add an entry to the pointer-map ** for that page now. ** ** If this is the first overflow page, then write a partial entry ** to the pointer-map. If we write nothing to this pointer-map slot, ** then the optimistic overflow chain processing in clearCell() ** may misinterpret the uninitialized values and delete the ** wrong pages from the database. */ if( pBt->autoVacuum && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u8 eType = (pgnoPtrmap?PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2:PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1); ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoOvfl, eType, pgnoPtrmap, &rc); if( rc ){ releasePage(pOvfl); } } #endif if( rc ){ releasePage(pToRelease); return rc; } /* If pToRelease is not zero than pPrior points into the data area ** of pToRelease. Make sure pToRelease is still writeable. */ assert( pToRelease==0 || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pToRelease->pDbPage) ); /* If pPrior is part of the data area of pPage, then make sure pPage ** is still writeable */ assert( pPrioraData || pPrior>=&pPage->aData[pBt->pageSize] || sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); put4byte(pPrior, pgnoOvfl); releasePage(pToRelease); pToRelease = pOvfl; pPrior = pOvfl->aData; put4byte(pPrior, 0); pPayload = &pOvfl->aData[4]; spaceLeft = pBt->usableSize - 4; } } releasePage(pToRelease); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Remove the i-th cell from pPage. This routine effects pPage only. ** The cell content is not freed or deallocated. It is assumed that ** the cell content has been copied someplace else. This routine just ** removes the reference to the cell from pPage. ** ** "sz" must be the number of bytes in the cell. */ static void dropCell(MemPage *pPage, int idx, int sz, int *pRC){ u32 pc; /* Offset to cell content of cell being deleted */ u8 *data; /* pPage->aData */ u8 *ptr; /* Used to move bytes around within data[] */ int rc; /* The return code */ int hdr; /* Beginning of the header. 0 most pages. 100 page 1 */ if( *pRC ) return; assert( idx>=0 && idxnCell ); assert( CORRUPT_DB || sz==cellSize(pPage, idx) ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); data = pPage->aData; ptr = &pPage->aCellIdx[2*idx]; pc = get2byte(ptr); hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; testcase( pc==get2byte(&data[hdr+5]) ); testcase( pc+sz==pPage->pBt->usableSize ); if( pc+sz > pPage->pBt->usableSize ){ *pRC = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; return; } rc = freeSpace(pPage, pc, sz); if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; } pPage->nCell--; if( pPage->nCell==0 ){ memset(&data[hdr+1], 0, 4); data[hdr+7] = 0; put2byte(&data[hdr+5], pPage->pBt->usableSize); pPage->nFree = pPage->pBt->usableSize - pPage->hdrOffset - pPage->childPtrSize - 8; }else{ memmove(ptr, ptr+2, 2*(pPage->nCell - idx)); put2byte(&data[hdr+3], pPage->nCell); pPage->nFree += 2; } } /* ** Insert a new cell on pPage at cell index "i". pCell points to the ** content of the cell. ** ** If the cell content will fit on the page, then put it there. If it ** will not fit, then make a copy of the cell content into pTemp if ** pTemp is not null. Regardless of pTemp, allocate a new entry ** in pPage->apOvfl[] and make it point to the cell content (either ** in pTemp or the original pCell) and also record its index. ** Allocating a new entry in pPage->aCell[] implies that ** pPage->nOverflow is incremented. ** ** *pRC must be SQLITE_OK when this routine is called. */ static void insertCell( MemPage *pPage, /* Page into which we are copying */ int i, /* New cell becomes the i-th cell of the page */ u8 *pCell, /* Content of the new cell */ int sz, /* Bytes of content in pCell */ u8 *pTemp, /* Temp storage space for pCell, if needed */ Pgno iChild, /* If non-zero, replace first 4 bytes with this value */ int *pRC /* Read and write return code from here */ ){ int idx = 0; /* Where to write new cell content in data[] */ int j; /* Loop counter */ u8 *data; /* The content of the whole page */ u8 *pIns; /* The point in pPage->aCellIdx[] where no cell inserted */ assert( *pRC==SQLITE_OK ); assert( i>=0 && i<=pPage->nCell+pPage->nOverflow ); assert( MX_CELL(pPage->pBt)<=10921 ); assert( pPage->nCell<=MX_CELL(pPage->pBt) || CORRUPT_DB ); assert( pPage->nOverflow<=ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl) ); assert( ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)==ArraySize(pPage->aiOvfl) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); /* The cell should normally be sized correctly. However, when moving a ** malformed cell from a leaf page to an interior page, if the cell size ** wanted to be less than 4 but got rounded up to 4 on the leaf, then size ** might be less than 8 (leaf-size + pointer) on the interior node. Hence ** the term after the || in the following assert(). */ assert( sz==pPage->xCellSize(pPage, pCell) || (sz==8 && iChild>0) ); if( pPage->nOverflow || sz+2>pPage->nFree ){ if( pTemp ){ memcpy(pTemp, pCell, sz); pCell = pTemp; } if( iChild ){ put4byte(pCell, iChild); } j = pPage->nOverflow++; /* Comparison against ArraySize-1 since we hold back one extra slot ** as a contingency. In other words, never need more than 3 overflow ** slots but 4 are allocated, just to be safe. */ assert( j < ArraySize(pPage->apOvfl)-1 ); pPage->apOvfl[j] = pCell; pPage->aiOvfl[j] = (u16)i; /* When multiple overflows occur, they are always sequential and in ** sorted order. This invariants arise because multiple overflows can ** only occur when inserting divider cells into the parent page during ** balancing, and the dividers are adjacent and sorted. */ assert( j==0 || pPage->aiOvfl[j-1]<(u16)i ); /* Overflows in sorted order */ assert( j==0 || i==pPage->aiOvfl[j-1]+1 ); /* Overflows are sequential */ }else{ int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pRC = rc; return; } assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pPage->pDbPage) ); data = pPage->aData; assert( &data[pPage->cellOffset]==pPage->aCellIdx ); rc = allocateSpace(pPage, sz, &idx); if( rc ){ *pRC = rc; return; } /* The allocateSpace() routine guarantees the following properties ** if it returns successfully */ assert( idx >= 0 ); assert( idx >= pPage->cellOffset+2*pPage->nCell+2 || CORRUPT_DB ); assert( idx+sz <= (int)pPage->pBt->usableSize ); pPage->nFree -= (u16)(2 + sz); memcpy(&data[idx], pCell, sz); if( iChild ){ put4byte(&data[idx], iChild); } pIns = pPage->aCellIdx + i*2; memmove(pIns+2, pIns, 2*(pPage->nCell - i)); put2byte(pIns, idx); pPage->nCell++; /* increment the cell count */ if( (++data[pPage->hdrOffset+4])==0 ) data[pPage->hdrOffset+3]++; assert( get2byte(&data[pPage->hdrOffset+3])==pPage->nCell ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pPage->pBt->autoVacuum ){ /* The cell may contain a pointer to an overflow page. If so, write ** the entry for the overflow page into the pointer map. */ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pPage, pCell, pRC); } #endif } } /* ** A CellArray object contains a cache of pointers and sizes for a ** consecutive sequence of cells that might be held on multiple pages. */ typedef struct CellArray CellArray; struct CellArray { int nCell; /* Number of cells in apCell[] */ MemPage *pRef; /* Reference page */ u8 **apCell; /* All cells begin balanced */ u16 *szCell; /* Local size of all cells in apCell[] */ }; /* ** Make sure the cell sizes at idx, idx+1, ..., idx+N-1 have been ** computed. */ static void populateCellCache(CellArray *p, int idx, int N){ assert( idx>=0 && idx+N<=p->nCell ); while( N>0 ){ assert( p->apCell[idx]!=0 ); if( p->szCell[idx]==0 ){ p->szCell[idx] = p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[idx]); }else{ assert( CORRUPT_DB || p->szCell[idx]==p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[idx]) ); } idx++; N--; } } /* ** Return the size of the Nth element of the cell array */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE u16 computeCellSize(CellArray *p, int N){ assert( N>=0 && NnCell ); assert( p->szCell[N]==0 ); p->szCell[N] = p->pRef->xCellSize(p->pRef, p->apCell[N]); return p->szCell[N]; } static u16 cachedCellSize(CellArray *p, int N){ assert( N>=0 && NnCell ); if( p->szCell[N] ) return p->szCell[N]; return computeCellSize(p, N); } /* ** Array apCell[] contains pointers to nCell b-tree page cells. The ** szCell[] array contains the size in bytes of each cell. This function ** replaces the current contents of page pPg with the contents of the cell ** array. ** ** Some of the cells in apCell[] may currently be stored in pPg. This ** function works around problems caused by this by making a copy of any ** such cells before overwriting the page data. ** ** The MemPage.nFree field is invalidated by this function. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly. */ static int rebuildPage( MemPage *pPg, /* Edit this page */ int nCell, /* Final number of cells on page */ u8 **apCell, /* Array of cells */ u16 *szCell /* Array of cell sizes */ ){ const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset; /* Offset of header on pPg */ u8 * const aData = pPg->aData; /* Pointer to data for pPg */ const int usableSize = pPg->pBt->usableSize; u8 * const pEnd = &aData[usableSize]; int i; u8 *pCellptr = pPg->aCellIdx; u8 *pTmp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPg->pBt->pPager); u8 *pData; i = get2byte(&aData[hdr+5]); memcpy(&pTmp[i], &aData[i], usableSize - i); pData = pEnd; for(i=0; ixCellSize(pPg, pCell) || CORRUPT_DB ); testcase( szCell[i]!=pPg->xCellSize(pPg,pCell) ); } /* The pPg->nFree field is now set incorrectly. The caller will fix it. */ pPg->nCell = nCell; pPg->nOverflow = 0; put2byte(&aData[hdr+1], 0); put2byte(&aData[hdr+3], pPg->nCell); put2byte(&aData[hdr+5], pData - aData); aData[hdr+7] = 0x00; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell ** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function attempts to ** add the cells stored in the array to page pPg. If it cannot (because ** the page needs to be defragmented before the cells will fit), non-zero ** is returned. Otherwise, if the cells are added successfully, zero is ** returned. ** ** Argument pCellptr points to the first entry in the cell-pointer array ** (part of page pPg) to populate. After cell apCell[0] is written to the ** page body, a 16-bit offset is written to pCellptr. And so on, for each ** cell in the array. It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure ** that it is safe to overwrite this part of the cell-pointer array. ** ** When this function is called, *ppData points to the start of the ** content area on page pPg. If the size of the content area is extended, ** *ppData is updated to point to the new start of the content area ** before returning. ** ** Finally, argument pBegin points to the byte immediately following the ** end of the space required by this page for the cell-pointer area (for ** all cells - not just those inserted by the current call). If the content ** area must be extended to before this point in order to accomodate all ** cells in apCell[], then the cells do not fit and non-zero is returned. */ static int pageInsertArray( MemPage *pPg, /* Page to add cells to */ u8 *pBegin, /* End of cell-pointer array */ u8 **ppData, /* IN/OUT: Page content -area pointer */ u8 *pCellptr, /* Pointer to cell-pointer area */ int iFirst, /* Index of first cell to add */ int nCell, /* Number of cells to add to pPg */ CellArray *pCArray /* Array of cells */ ){ int i; u8 *aData = pPg->aData; u8 *pData = *ppData; int iEnd = iFirst + nCell; assert( CORRUPT_DB || pPg->hdrOffset==0 ); /* Never called on page 1 */ for(i=iFirst; iapCell[i] will never overlap on a well-formed ** database. But they might for a corrupt database. Hence use memmove() ** since memcpy() sends SIGABORT with overlapping buffers on OpenBSD */ assert( (pSlot+sz)<=pCArray->apCell[i] || pSlot>=(pCArray->apCell[i]+sz) || CORRUPT_DB ); memmove(pSlot, pCArray->apCell[i], sz); put2byte(pCellptr, (pSlot - aData)); pCellptr += 2; } *ppData = pData; return 0; } /* ** Array apCell[] contains nCell pointers to b-tree cells. Array szCell ** contains the size in bytes of each such cell. This function adds the ** space associated with each cell in the array that is currently stored ** within the body of pPg to the pPg free-list. The cell-pointers and other ** fields of the page are not updated. ** ** This function returns the total number of cells added to the free-list. */ static int pageFreeArray( MemPage *pPg, /* Page to edit */ int iFirst, /* First cell to delete */ int nCell, /* Cells to delete */ CellArray *pCArray /* Array of cells */ ){ u8 * const aData = pPg->aData; u8 * const pEnd = &aData[pPg->pBt->usableSize]; u8 * const pStart = &aData[pPg->hdrOffset + 8 + pPg->childPtrSize]; int nRet = 0; int i; int iEnd = iFirst + nCell; u8 *pFree = 0; int szFree = 0; for(i=iFirst; iapCell[i]; if( SQLITE_WITHIN(pCell, pStart, pEnd) ){ int sz; /* No need to use cachedCellSize() here. The sizes of all cells that ** are to be freed have already been computing while deciding which ** cells need freeing */ sz = pCArray->szCell[i]; assert( sz>0 ); if( pFree!=(pCell + sz) ){ if( pFree ){ assert( pFree>aData && (pFree - aData)<65536 ); freeSpace(pPg, (u16)(pFree - aData), szFree); } pFree = pCell; szFree = sz; if( pFree+sz>pEnd ) return 0; }else{ pFree = pCell; szFree += sz; } nRet++; } } if( pFree ){ assert( pFree>aData && (pFree - aData)<65536 ); freeSpace(pPg, (u16)(pFree - aData), szFree); } return nRet; } /* ** apCell[] and szCell[] contains pointers to and sizes of all cells in the ** pages being balanced. The current page, pPg, has pPg->nCell cells starting ** with apCell[iOld]. After balancing, this page should hold nNew cells ** starting at apCell[iNew]. ** ** This routine makes the necessary adjustments to pPg so that it contains ** the correct cells after being balanced. ** ** The pPg->nFree field is invalid when this function returns. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to set it correctly. */ static int editPage( MemPage *pPg, /* Edit this page */ int iOld, /* Index of first cell currently on page */ int iNew, /* Index of new first cell on page */ int nNew, /* Final number of cells on page */ CellArray *pCArray /* Array of cells and sizes */ ){ u8 * const aData = pPg->aData; const int hdr = pPg->hdrOffset; u8 *pBegin = &pPg->aCellIdx[nNew * 2]; int nCell = pPg->nCell; /* Cells stored on pPg */ u8 *pData; u8 *pCellptr; int i; int iOldEnd = iOld + pPg->nCell + pPg->nOverflow; int iNewEnd = iNew + nNew; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG u8 *pTmp = sqlite3PagerTempSpace(pPg->pBt->pPager); memcpy(pTmp, aData, pPg->pBt->usableSize); #endif /* Remove cells from the start and end of the page */ if( iOldaCellIdx, &pPg->aCellIdx[nShift*2], nCell*2); nCell -= nShift; } if( iNewEnd < iOldEnd ){ nCell -= pageFreeArray(pPg, iNewEnd, iOldEnd - iNewEnd, pCArray); } pData = &aData[get2byteNotZero(&aData[hdr+5])]; if( pDataaCellIdx; memmove(&pCellptr[nAdd*2], pCellptr, nCell*2); if( pageInsertArray( pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr, iNew, nAdd, pCArray ) ) goto editpage_fail; nCell += nAdd; } /* Add any overflow cells */ for(i=0; inOverflow; i++){ int iCell = (iOld + pPg->aiOvfl[i]) - iNew; if( iCell>=0 && iCellaCellIdx[iCell * 2]; memmove(&pCellptr[2], pCellptr, (nCell - iCell) * 2); nCell++; if( pageInsertArray( pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr, iCell+iNew, 1, pCArray ) ) goto editpage_fail; } } /* Append cells to the end of the page */ pCellptr = &pPg->aCellIdx[nCell*2]; if( pageInsertArray( pPg, pBegin, &pData, pCellptr, iNew+nCell, nNew-nCell, pCArray ) ) goto editpage_fail; pPg->nCell = nNew; pPg->nOverflow = 0; put2byte(&aData[hdr+3], pPg->nCell); put2byte(&aData[hdr+5], pData - aData); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG for(i=0; iapCell[i+iNew]; int iOff = get2byteAligned(&pPg->aCellIdx[i*2]); if( SQLITE_WITHIN(pCell, aData, &aData[pPg->pBt->usableSize]) ){ pCell = &pTmp[pCell - aData]; } assert( 0==memcmp(pCell, &aData[iOff], pCArray->pRef->xCellSize(pCArray->pRef, pCArray->apCell[i+iNew])) ); } #endif return SQLITE_OK; editpage_fail: /* Unable to edit this page. Rebuild it from scratch instead. */ populateCellCache(pCArray, iNew, nNew); return rebuildPage(pPg, nNew, &pCArray->apCell[iNew], &pCArray->szCell[iNew]); } /* ** The following parameters determine how many adjacent pages get involved ** in a balancing operation. NN is the number of neighbors on either side ** of the page that participate in the balancing operation. NB is the ** total number of pages that participate, including the target page and ** NN neighbors on either side. ** ** The minimum value of NN is 1 (of course). Increasing NN above 1 ** (to 2 or 3) gives a modest improvement in SELECT and DELETE performance ** in exchange for a larger degradation in INSERT and UPDATE performance. ** The value of NN appears to give the best results overall. */ #define NN 1 /* Number of neighbors on either side of pPage */ #define NB (NN*2+1) /* Total pages involved in the balance */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE /* ** This version of balance() handles the common special case where ** a new entry is being inserted on the extreme right-end of the ** tree, in other words, when the new entry will become the largest ** entry in the tree. ** ** Instead of trying to balance the 3 right-most leaf pages, just add ** a new page to the right-hand side and put the one new entry in ** that page. This leaves the right side of the tree somewhat ** unbalanced. But odds are that we will be inserting new entries ** at the end soon afterwards so the nearly empty page will quickly ** fill up. On average. ** ** pPage is the leaf page which is the right-most page in the tree. ** pParent is its parent. pPage must have a single overflow entry ** which is also the right-most entry on the page. ** ** The pSpace buffer is used to store a temporary copy of the divider ** cell that will be inserted into pParent. Such a cell consists of a 4 ** byte page number followed by a variable length integer. In other ** words, at most 13 bytes. Hence the pSpace buffer must be at ** least 13 bytes in size. */ static int balance_quick(MemPage *pParent, MemPage *pPage, u8 *pSpace){ BtShared *const pBt = pPage->pBt; /* B-Tree Database */ MemPage *pNew; /* Newly allocated page */ int rc; /* Return Code */ Pgno pgnoNew; /* Page number of pNew */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->nOverflow==1 ); /* This error condition is now caught prior to reaching this function */ if( NEVER(pPage->nCell==0) ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; /* Allocate a new page. This page will become the right-sibling of ** pPage. Make the parent page writable, so that the new divider cell ** may be inserted. If both these operations are successful, proceed. */ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgnoNew, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u8 *pOut = &pSpace[4]; u8 *pCell = pPage->apOvfl[0]; u16 szCell = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, pCell); u8 *pStop; assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pNew->pDbPage) ); assert( pPage->aData[0]==(PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF) ); zeroPage(pNew, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAFDATA|PTF_LEAF); rc = rebuildPage(pNew, 1, &pCell, &szCell); if( NEVER(rc) ) return rc; pNew->nFree = pBt->usableSize - pNew->cellOffset - 2 - szCell; /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer map ** with entries for the new page, and any pointer from the ** cell on the page to an overflow page. If either of these ** operations fails, the return code is set, but the contents ** of the parent page are still manipulated by thh code below. ** That is Ok, at this point the parent page is guaranteed to ** be marked as dirty. Returning an error code will cause a ** rollback, undoing any changes made to the parent page. */ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoNew, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); if( szCell>pNew->minLocal ){ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); } } /* Create a divider cell to insert into pParent. The divider cell ** consists of a 4-byte page number (the page number of pPage) and ** a variable length key value (which must be the same value as the ** largest key on pPage). ** ** To find the largest key value on pPage, first find the right-most ** cell on pPage. The first two fields of this cell are the ** record-length (a variable length integer at most 32-bits in size) ** and the key value (a variable length integer, may have any value). ** The first of the while(...) loops below skips over the record-length ** field. The second while(...) loop copies the key value from the ** cell on pPage into the pSpace buffer. */ pCell = findCell(pPage, pPage->nCell-1); pStop = &pCell[9]; while( (*(pCell++)&0x80) && pCellnCell, pSpace, (int)(pOut-pSpace), 0, pPage->pgno, &rc); } /* Set the right-child pointer of pParent to point to the new page. */ put4byte(&pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8], pgnoNew); /* Release the reference to the new page. */ releasePage(pNew); } return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE */ #if 0 /* ** This function does not contribute anything to the operation of SQLite. ** it is sometimes activated temporarily while debugging code responsible ** for setting pointer-map entries. */ static int ptrmapCheckPages(MemPage **apPage, int nPage){ int i, j; for(i=0; ipBt; assert( pPage->isInit ); for(j=0; jnCell; j++){ CellInfo info; u8 *z; z = findCell(pPage, j); pPage->xParseCell(pPage, z, &info); if( info.nLocalpgno && e==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ); } if( !pPage->leaf ){ Pgno child = get4byte(z); ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); } } if( !pPage->leaf ){ Pgno child = get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8]); ptrmapGet(pBt, child, &e, &n); assert( n==pPage->pgno && e==PTRMAP_BTREE ); } } return 1; } #endif /* ** This function is used to copy the contents of the b-tree node stored ** on page pFrom to page pTo. If page pFrom was not a leaf page, then ** the pointer-map entries for each child page are updated so that the ** parent page stored in the pointer map is page pTo. If pFrom contained ** any cells with overflow page pointers, then the corresponding pointer ** map entries are also updated so that the parent page is page pTo. ** ** If pFrom is currently carrying any overflow cells (entries in the ** MemPage.apOvfl[] array), they are not copied to pTo. ** ** Before returning, page pTo is reinitialized using btreeInitPage(). ** ** The performance of this function is not critical. It is only used by ** the balance_shallower() and balance_deeper() procedures, neither of ** which are called often under normal circumstances. */ static void copyNodeContent(MemPage *pFrom, MemPage *pTo, int *pRC){ if( (*pRC)==SQLITE_OK ){ BtShared * const pBt = pFrom->pBt; u8 * const aFrom = pFrom->aData; u8 * const aTo = pTo->aData; int const iFromHdr = pFrom->hdrOffset; int const iToHdr = ((pTo->pgno==1) ? 100 : 0); int rc; int iData; assert( pFrom->isInit ); assert( pFrom->nFree>=iToHdr ); assert( get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]) <= (int)pBt->usableSize ); /* Copy the b-tree node content from page pFrom to page pTo. */ iData = get2byte(&aFrom[iFromHdr+5]); memcpy(&aTo[iData], &aFrom[iData], pBt->usableSize-iData); memcpy(&aTo[iToHdr], &aFrom[iFromHdr], pFrom->cellOffset + 2*pFrom->nCell); /* Reinitialize page pTo so that the contents of the MemPage structure ** match the new data. The initialization of pTo can actually fail under ** fairly obscure circumstances, even though it is a copy of initialized ** page pFrom. */ pTo->isInit = 0; rc = btreeInitPage(pTo); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pRC = rc; return; } /* If this is an auto-vacuum database, update the pointer-map entries ** for any b-tree or overflow pages that pTo now contains the pointers to. */ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ *pRC = setChildPtrmaps(pTo); } } } /* ** This routine redistributes cells on the iParentIdx'th child of pParent ** (hereafter "the page") and up to 2 siblings so that all pages have about the ** same amount of free space. Usually a single sibling on either side of the ** page are used in the balancing, though both siblings might come from one ** side if the page is the first or last child of its parent. If the page ** has fewer than 2 siblings (something which can only happen if the page ** is a root page or a child of a root page) then all available siblings ** participate in the balancing. ** ** The number of siblings of the page might be increased or decreased by ** one or two in an effort to keep pages nearly full but not over full. ** ** Note that when this routine is called, some of the cells on the page ** might not actually be stored in MemPage.aData[]. This can happen ** if the page is overfull. This routine ensures that all cells allocated ** to the page and its siblings fit into MemPage.aData[] before returning. ** ** In the course of balancing the page and its siblings, cells may be ** inserted into or removed from the parent page (pParent). Doing so ** may cause the parent page to become overfull or underfull. If this ** happens, it is the responsibility of the caller to invoke the correct ** balancing routine to fix this problem (see the balance() routine). ** ** If this routine fails for any reason, it might leave the database ** in a corrupted state. So if this routine fails, the database should ** be rolled back. ** ** The third argument to this function, aOvflSpace, is a pointer to a ** buffer big enough to hold one page. If while inserting cells into the parent ** page (pParent) the parent page becomes overfull, this buffer is ** used to store the parent's overflow cells. Because this function inserts ** a maximum of four divider cells into the parent page, and the maximum ** size of a cell stored within an internal node is always less than 1/4 ** of the page-size, the aOvflSpace[] buffer is guaranteed to be large ** enough for all overflow cells. ** ** If aOvflSpace is set to a null pointer, this function returns ** SQLITE_NOMEM. */ static int balance_nonroot( MemPage *pParent, /* Parent page of siblings being balanced */ int iParentIdx, /* Index of "the page" in pParent */ u8 *aOvflSpace, /* page-size bytes of space for parent ovfl */ int isRoot, /* True if pParent is a root-page */ int bBulk /* True if this call is part of a bulk load */ ){ BtShared *pBt; /* The whole database */ int nMaxCells = 0; /* Allocated size of apCell, szCell, aFrom. */ int nNew = 0; /* Number of pages in apNew[] */ int nOld; /* Number of pages in apOld[] */ int i, j, k; /* Loop counters */ int nxDiv; /* Next divider slot in pParent->aCell[] */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* The return code */ u16 leafCorrection; /* 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if not */ int leafData; /* True if pPage is a leaf of a LEAFDATA tree */ int usableSpace; /* Bytes in pPage beyond the header */ int pageFlags; /* Value of pPage->aData[0] */ int iSpace1 = 0; /* First unused byte of aSpace1[] */ int iOvflSpace = 0; /* First unused byte of aOvflSpace[] */ int szScratch; /* Size of scratch memory requested */ MemPage *apOld[NB]; /* pPage and up to two siblings */ MemPage *apNew[NB+2]; /* pPage and up to NB siblings after balancing */ u8 *pRight; /* Location in parent of right-sibling pointer */ u8 *apDiv[NB-1]; /* Divider cells in pParent */ int cntNew[NB+2]; /* Index in b.paCell[] of cell after i-th page */ int cntOld[NB+2]; /* Old index in b.apCell[] */ int szNew[NB+2]; /* Combined size of cells placed on i-th page */ u8 *aSpace1; /* Space for copies of dividers cells */ Pgno pgno; /* Temp var to store a page number in */ u8 abDone[NB+2]; /* True after i'th new page is populated */ Pgno aPgno[NB+2]; /* Page numbers of new pages before shuffling */ Pgno aPgOrder[NB+2]; /* Copy of aPgno[] used for sorting pages */ u16 aPgFlags[NB+2]; /* flags field of new pages before shuffling */ CellArray b; /* Parsed information on cells being balanced */ memset(abDone, 0, sizeof(abDone)); b.nCell = 0; b.apCell = 0; pBt = pParent->pBt; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); #if 0 TRACE(("BALANCE: begin page %d child of %d\n", pPage->pgno, pParent->pgno)); #endif /* At this point pParent may have at most one overflow cell. And if ** this overflow cell is present, it must be the cell with ** index iParentIdx. This scenario comes about when this function ** is called (indirectly) from sqlite3BtreeDelete(). */ assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->nOverflow==1 ); assert( pParent->nOverflow==0 || pParent->aiOvfl[0]==iParentIdx ); if( !aOvflSpace ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } /* Find the sibling pages to balance. Also locate the cells in pParent ** that divide the siblings. An attempt is made to find NN siblings on ** either side of pPage. More siblings are taken from one side, however, ** if there are fewer than NN siblings on the other side. If pParent ** has NB or fewer children then all children of pParent are taken. ** ** This loop also drops the divider cells from the parent page. This ** way, the remainder of the function does not have to deal with any ** overflow cells in the parent page, since if any existed they will ** have already been removed. */ i = pParent->nOverflow + pParent->nCell; if( i<2 ){ nxDiv = 0; }else{ assert( bBulk==0 || bBulk==1 ); if( iParentIdx==0 ){ nxDiv = 0; }else if( iParentIdx==i ){ nxDiv = i-2+bBulk; }else{ nxDiv = iParentIdx-1; } i = 2-bBulk; } nOld = i+1; if( (i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow)==pParent->nCell ){ pRight = &pParent->aData[pParent->hdrOffset+8]; }else{ pRight = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); } pgno = get4byte(pRight); while( 1 ){ rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &apOld[i], 0, 0); if( rc ){ memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); goto balance_cleanup; } nMaxCells += 1+apOld[i]->nCell+apOld[i]->nOverflow; if( (i--)==0 ) break; if( pParent->nOverflow && i+nxDiv==pParent->aiOvfl[0] ){ apDiv[i] = pParent->apOvfl[0]; pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); szNew[i] = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, apDiv[i]); pParent->nOverflow = 0; }else{ apDiv[i] = findCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow); pgno = get4byte(apDiv[i]); szNew[i] = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, apDiv[i]); /* Drop the cell from the parent page. apDiv[i] still points to ** the cell within the parent, even though it has been dropped. ** This is safe because dropping a cell only overwrites the first ** four bytes of it, and this function does not need the first ** four bytes of the divider cell. So the pointer is safe to use ** later on. ** ** But not if we are in secure-delete mode. In secure-delete mode, ** the dropCell() routine will overwrite the entire cell with zeroes. ** In this case, temporarily copy the cell into the aOvflSpace[] ** buffer. It will be copied out again as soon as the aSpace[] buffer ** is allocated. */ if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_FAST_SECURE ){ int iOff; iOff = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(apDiv[i]) - SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pParent->aData); if( (iOff+szNew[i])>(int)pBt->usableSize ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; memset(apOld, 0, (i+1)*sizeof(MemPage*)); goto balance_cleanup; }else{ memcpy(&aOvflSpace[iOff], apDiv[i], szNew[i]); apDiv[i] = &aOvflSpace[apDiv[i]-pParent->aData]; } } dropCell(pParent, i+nxDiv-pParent->nOverflow, szNew[i], &rc); } } /* Make nMaxCells a multiple of 4 in order to preserve 8-byte ** alignment */ nMaxCells = (nMaxCells + 3)&~3; /* ** Allocate space for memory structures */ szScratch = nMaxCells*sizeof(u8*) /* b.apCell */ + nMaxCells*sizeof(u16) /* b.szCell */ + pBt->pageSize; /* aSpace1 */ assert( szScratch<=6*(int)pBt->pageSize ); b.apCell = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(0, szScratch ); if( b.apCell==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } b.szCell = (u16*)&b.apCell[nMaxCells]; aSpace1 = (u8*)&b.szCell[nMaxCells]; assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(aSpace1) ); /* ** Load pointers to all cells on sibling pages and the divider cells ** into the local b.apCell[] array. Make copies of the divider cells ** into space obtained from aSpace1[]. The divider cells have already ** been removed from pParent. ** ** If the siblings are on leaf pages, then the child pointers of the ** divider cells are stripped from the cells before they are copied ** into aSpace1[]. In this way, all cells in b.apCell[] are without ** child pointers. If siblings are not leaves, then all cell in ** b.apCell[] include child pointers. Either way, all cells in b.apCell[] ** are alike. ** ** leafCorrection: 4 if pPage is a leaf. 0 if pPage is not a leaf. ** leafData: 1 if pPage holds key+data and pParent holds only keys. */ b.pRef = apOld[0]; leafCorrection = b.pRef->leaf*4; leafData = b.pRef->intKeyLeaf; for(i=0; inCell; u8 *aData = pOld->aData; u16 maskPage = pOld->maskPage; u8 *piCell = aData + pOld->cellOffset; u8 *piEnd; /* Verify that all sibling pages are of the same "type" (table-leaf, ** table-interior, index-leaf, or index-interior). */ if( pOld->aData[0]!=apOld[0]->aData[0] ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } /* Load b.apCell[] with pointers to all cells in pOld. If pOld ** contains overflow cells, include them in the b.apCell[] array ** in the correct spot. ** ** Note that when there are multiple overflow cells, it is always the ** case that they are sequential and adjacent. This invariant arises ** because multiple overflows can only occurs when inserting divider ** cells into a parent on a prior balance, and divider cells are always ** adjacent and are inserted in order. There is an assert() tagged ** with "NOTE 1" in the overflow cell insertion loop to prove this ** invariant. ** ** This must be done in advance. Once the balance starts, the cell ** offset section of the btree page will be overwritten and we will no ** long be able to find the cells if a pointer to each cell is not saved ** first. */ memset(&b.szCell[b.nCell], 0, sizeof(b.szCell[0])*(limit+pOld->nOverflow)); if( pOld->nOverflow>0 ){ limit = pOld->aiOvfl[0]; for(j=0; jnOverflow; k++){ assert( k==0 || pOld->aiOvfl[k-1]+1==pOld->aiOvfl[k] );/* NOTE 1 */ b.apCell[b.nCell] = pOld->apOvfl[k]; b.nCell++; } } piEnd = aData + pOld->cellOffset + 2*pOld->nCell; while( piCellmaxLocal+23 ); assert( iSpace1 <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); memcpy(pTemp, apDiv[i], sz); b.apCell[b.nCell] = pTemp+leafCorrection; assert( leafCorrection==0 || leafCorrection==4 ); b.szCell[b.nCell] = b.szCell[b.nCell] - leafCorrection; if( !pOld->leaf ){ assert( leafCorrection==0 ); assert( pOld->hdrOffset==0 ); /* The right pointer of the child page pOld becomes the left ** pointer of the divider cell */ memcpy(b.apCell[b.nCell], &pOld->aData[8], 4); }else{ assert( leafCorrection==4 ); while( b.szCell[b.nCell]<4 ){ /* Do not allow any cells smaller than 4 bytes. If a smaller cell ** does exist, pad it with 0x00 bytes. */ assert( b.szCell[b.nCell]==3 || CORRUPT_DB ); assert( b.apCell[b.nCell]==&aSpace1[iSpace1-3] || CORRUPT_DB ); aSpace1[iSpace1++] = 0x00; b.szCell[b.nCell]++; } } b.nCell++; } } /* ** Figure out the number of pages needed to hold all b.nCell cells. ** Store this number in "k". Also compute szNew[] which is the total ** size of all cells on the i-th page and cntNew[] which is the index ** in b.apCell[] of the cell that divides page i from page i+1. ** cntNew[k] should equal b.nCell. ** ** Values computed by this block: ** ** k: The total number of sibling pages ** szNew[i]: Spaced used on the i-th sibling page. ** cntNew[i]: Index in b.apCell[] and b.szCell[] for the first cell to ** the right of the i-th sibling page. ** usableSpace: Number of bytes of space available on each sibling. ** */ usableSpace = pBt->usableSize - 12 + leafCorrection; for(i=0; inFree; for(j=0; jnOverflow; j++){ szNew[i] += 2 + p->xCellSize(p, p->apOvfl[j]); } cntNew[i] = cntOld[i]; } k = nOld; for(i=0; iusableSpace ){ if( i+1>=k ){ k = i+2; if( k>NB+2 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } szNew[k-1] = 0; cntNew[k-1] = b.nCell; } sz = 2 + cachedCellSize(&b, cntNew[i]-1); szNew[i] -= sz; if( !leafData ){ if( cntNew[i]usableSpace ) break; szNew[i] += sz; cntNew[i]++; if( !leafData ){ if( cntNew[i]=b.nCell ){ k = i+1; }else if( cntNew[i] <= (i>0 ? cntNew[i-1] : 0) ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } } /* ** The packing computed by the previous block is biased toward the siblings ** on the left side (siblings with smaller keys). The left siblings are ** always nearly full, while the right-most sibling might be nearly empty. ** The next block of code attempts to adjust the packing of siblings to ** get a better balance. ** ** This adjustment is more than an optimization. The packing above might ** be so out of balance as to be illegal. For example, the right-most ** sibling might be completely empty. This adjustment is not optional. */ for(i=k-1; i>0; i--){ int szRight = szNew[i]; /* Size of sibling on the right */ int szLeft = szNew[i-1]; /* Size of sibling on the left */ int r; /* Index of right-most cell in left sibling */ int d; /* Index of first cell to the left of right sibling */ r = cntNew[i-1] - 1; d = r + 1 - leafData; (void)cachedCellSize(&b, d); do{ assert( d szLeft-(b.szCell[r]+(i==k-1?0:2)))){ break; } szRight += b.szCell[d] + 2; szLeft -= b.szCell[r] + 2; cntNew[i-1] = r; r--; d--; }while( r>=0 ); szNew[i] = szRight; szNew[i-1] = szLeft; if( cntNew[i-1] <= (i>1 ? cntNew[i-2] : 0) ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto balance_cleanup; } } /* Sanity check: For a non-corrupt database file one of the follwing ** must be true: ** (1) We found one or more cells (cntNew[0])>0), or ** (2) pPage is a virtual root page. A virtual root page is when ** the real root page is page 1 and we are the only child of ** that page. */ assert( cntNew[0]>0 || (pParent->pgno==1 && pParent->nCell==0) || CORRUPT_DB); TRACE(("BALANCE: old: %d(nc=%d) %d(nc=%d) %d(nc=%d)\n", apOld[0]->pgno, apOld[0]->nCell, nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->pgno : 0, nOld>=2 ? apOld[1]->nCell : 0, nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->pgno : 0, nOld>=3 ? apOld[2]->nCell : 0 )); /* ** Allocate k new pages. Reuse old pages where possible. */ pageFlags = apOld[0]->aData[0]; for(i=0; ipDbPage); nNew++; if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; }else{ assert( i>0 ); rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pNew, &pgno, (bBulk ? 1 : pgno), 0); if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; zeroPage(pNew, pageFlags); apNew[i] = pNew; nNew++; cntOld[i] = b.nCell; /* Set the pointer-map entry for the new sibling page. */ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, pNew->pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, pParent->pgno, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto balance_cleanup; } } } } /* ** Reassign page numbers so that the new pages are in ascending order. ** This helps to keep entries in the disk file in order so that a scan ** of the table is closer to a linear scan through the file. That in turn ** helps the operating system to deliver pages from the disk more rapidly. ** ** An O(n^2) insertion sort algorithm is used, but since n is never more ** than (NB+2) (a small constant), that should not be a problem. ** ** When NB==3, this one optimization makes the database about 25% faster ** for large insertions and deletions. */ for(i=0; ipgno; aPgFlags[i] = apNew[i]->pDbPage->flags; for(j=0; ji ){ sqlite3PagerRekey(apNew[iBest]->pDbPage, pBt->nPage+iBest+1, 0); } sqlite3PagerRekey(apNew[i]->pDbPage, pgno, aPgFlags[iBest]); apNew[i]->pgno = pgno; } } TRACE(("BALANCE: new: %d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d) " "%d(%d nc=%d) %d(%d nc=%d)\n", apNew[0]->pgno, szNew[0], cntNew[0], nNew>=2 ? apNew[1]->pgno : 0, nNew>=2 ? szNew[1] : 0, nNew>=2 ? cntNew[1] - cntNew[0] - !leafData : 0, nNew>=3 ? apNew[2]->pgno : 0, nNew>=3 ? szNew[2] : 0, nNew>=3 ? cntNew[2] - cntNew[1] - !leafData : 0, nNew>=4 ? apNew[3]->pgno : 0, nNew>=4 ? szNew[3] : 0, nNew>=4 ? cntNew[3] - cntNew[2] - !leafData : 0, nNew>=5 ? apNew[4]->pgno : 0, nNew>=5 ? szNew[4] : 0, nNew>=5 ? cntNew[4] - cntNew[3] - !leafData : 0 )); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); put4byte(pRight, apNew[nNew-1]->pgno); /* If the sibling pages are not leaves, ensure that the right-child pointer ** of the right-most new sibling page is set to the value that was ** originally in the same field of the right-most old sibling page. */ if( (pageFlags & PTF_LEAF)==0 && nOld!=nNew ){ MemPage *pOld = (nNew>nOld ? apNew : apOld)[nOld-1]; memcpy(&apNew[nNew-1]->aData[8], &pOld->aData[8], 4); } /* Make any required updates to pointer map entries associated with ** cells stored on sibling pages following the balance operation. Pointer ** map entries associated with divider cells are set by the insertCell() ** routine. The associated pointer map entries are: ** ** a) if the cell contains a reference to an overflow chain, the ** entry associated with the first page in the overflow chain, and ** ** b) if the sibling pages are not leaves, the child page associated ** with the cell. ** ** If the sibling pages are not leaves, then the pointer map entry ** associated with the right-child of each sibling may also need to be ** updated. This happens below, after the sibling pages have been ** populated, not here. */ if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ MemPage *pNew = apNew[0]; u8 *aOld = pNew->aData; int cntOldNext = pNew->nCell + pNew->nOverflow; int usableSize = pBt->usableSize; int iNew = 0; int iOld = 0; for(i=0; inCell + pOld->nOverflow + !leafData; aOld = pOld->aData; } if( i==cntNew[iNew] ){ pNew = apNew[++iNew]; if( !leafData ) continue; } /* Cell pCell is destined for new sibling page pNew. Originally, it ** was either part of sibling page iOld (possibly an overflow cell), ** or else the divider cell to the left of sibling page iOld. So, ** if sibling page iOld had the same page number as pNew, and if ** pCell really was a part of sibling page iOld (not a divider or ** overflow cell), we can skip updating the pointer map entries. */ if( iOld>=nNew || pNew->pgno!=aPgno[iOld] || !SQLITE_WITHIN(pCell,aOld,&aOld[usableSize]) ){ if( !leafCorrection ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, get4byte(pCell), PTRMAP_BTREE, pNew->pgno, &rc); } if( cachedCellSize(&b,i)>pNew->minLocal ){ ptrmapPutOvflPtr(pNew, pCell, &rc); } if( rc ) goto balance_cleanup; } } } /* Insert new divider cells into pParent. */ for(i=0; ileaf ){ memcpy(&pNew->aData[8], pCell, 4); }else if( leafData ){ /* If the tree is a leaf-data tree, and the siblings are leaves, ** then there is no divider cell in b.apCell[]. Instead, the divider ** cell consists of the integer key for the right-most cell of ** the sibling-page assembled above only. */ CellInfo info; j--; pNew->xParseCell(pNew, b.apCell[j], &info); pCell = pTemp; sz = 4 + putVarint(&pCell[4], info.nKey); pTemp = 0; }else{ pCell -= 4; /* Obscure case for non-leaf-data trees: If the cell at pCell was ** previously stored on a leaf node, and its reported size was 4 ** bytes, then it may actually be smaller than this ** (see btreeParseCellPtr(), 4 bytes is the minimum size of ** any cell). But it is important to pass the correct size to ** insertCell(), so reparse the cell now. ** ** This can only happen for b-trees used to evaluate "IN (SELECT ...)" ** and WITHOUT ROWID tables with exactly one column which is the ** primary key. */ if( b.szCell[j]==4 ){ assert(leafCorrection==4); sz = pParent->xCellSize(pParent, pCell); } } iOvflSpace += sz; assert( sz<=pBt->maxLocal+23 ); assert( iOvflSpace <= (int)pBt->pageSize ); insertCell(pParent, nxDiv+i, pCell, sz, pTemp, pNew->pgno, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto balance_cleanup; assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pParent->pDbPage) ); } /* Now update the actual sibling pages. The order in which they are updated ** is important, as this code needs to avoid disrupting any page from which ** cells may still to be read. In practice, this means: ** ** (1) If cells are moving left (from apNew[iPg] to apNew[iPg-1]) ** then it is not safe to update page apNew[iPg] until after ** the left-hand sibling apNew[iPg-1] has been updated. ** ** (2) If cells are moving right (from apNew[iPg] to apNew[iPg+1]) ** then it is not safe to update page apNew[iPg] until after ** the right-hand sibling apNew[iPg+1] has been updated. ** ** If neither of the above apply, the page is safe to update. ** ** The iPg value in the following loop starts at nNew-1 goes down ** to 0, then back up to nNew-1 again, thus making two passes over ** the pages. On the initial downward pass, only condition (1) above ** needs to be tested because (2) will always be true from the previous ** step. On the upward pass, both conditions are always true, so the ** upwards pass simply processes pages that were missed on the downward ** pass. */ for(i=1-nNew; i=0 && iPg=0 /* On the upwards pass, or... */ || cntOld[iPg-1]>=cntNew[iPg-1] /* Condition (1) is true */ ){ int iNew; int iOld; int nNewCell; /* Verify condition (1): If cells are moving left, update iPg ** only after iPg-1 has already been updated. */ assert( iPg==0 || cntOld[iPg-1]>=cntNew[iPg-1] || abDone[iPg-1] ); /* Verify condition (2): If cells are moving right, update iPg ** only after iPg+1 has already been updated. */ assert( cntNew[iPg]>=cntOld[iPg] || abDone[iPg+1] ); if( iPg==0 ){ iNew = iOld = 0; nNewCell = cntNew[0]; }else{ iOld = iPgnFree = usableSpace-szNew[iPg]; assert( apNew[iPg]->nOverflow==0 ); assert( apNew[iPg]->nCell==nNewCell ); } } /* All pages have been processed exactly once */ assert( memcmp(abDone, "\01\01\01\01\01", nNew)==0 ); assert( nOld>0 ); assert( nNew>0 ); if( isRoot && pParent->nCell==0 && pParent->hdrOffset<=apNew[0]->nFree ){ /* The root page of the b-tree now contains no cells. The only sibling ** page is the right-child of the parent. Copy the contents of the ** child page into the parent, decreasing the overall height of the ** b-tree structure by one. This is described as the "balance-shallower" ** sub-algorithm in some documentation. ** ** If this is an auto-vacuum database, the call to copyNodeContent() ** sets all pointer-map entries corresponding to database image pages ** for which the pointer is stored within the content being copied. ** ** It is critical that the child page be defragmented before being ** copied into the parent, because if the parent is page 1 then it will ** by smaller than the child due to the database header, and so all the ** free space needs to be up front. */ assert( nNew==1 || CORRUPT_DB ); rc = defragmentPage(apNew[0], -1); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); assert( apNew[0]->nFree == (get2byte(&apNew[0]->aData[5])-apNew[0]->cellOffset-apNew[0]->nCell*2) || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); copyNodeContent(apNew[0], pParent, &rc); freePage(apNew[0], &rc); }else if( ISAUTOVACUUM && !leafCorrection ){ /* Fix the pointer map entries associated with the right-child of each ** sibling page. All other pointer map entries have already been taken ** care of. */ for(i=0; iaData[8]); ptrmapPut(pBt, key, PTRMAP_BTREE, apNew[i]->pgno, &rc); } } assert( pParent->isInit ); TRACE(("BALANCE: finished: old=%d new=%d cells=%d\n", nOld, nNew, b.nCell)); /* Free any old pages that were not reused as new pages. */ for(i=nNew; iisInit ){ /* The ptrmapCheckPages() contains assert() statements that verify that ** all pointer map pages are set correctly. This is helpful while ** debugging. This is usually disabled because a corrupt database may ** cause an assert() statement to fail. */ ptrmapCheckPages(apNew, nNew); ptrmapCheckPages(&pParent, 1); } #endif /* ** Cleanup before returning. */ balance_cleanup: sqlite3StackFree(0, b.apCell); for(i=0; ipBt; /* The BTree */ assert( pRoot->nOverflow>0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); /* Make pRoot, the root page of the b-tree, writable. Allocate a new ** page that will become the new right-child of pPage. Copy the contents ** of the node stored on pRoot into the new child page. */ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt,&pChild,&pgnoChild,pRoot->pgno,0); copyNodeContent(pRoot, pChild, &rc); if( ISAUTOVACUUM ){ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoChild, PTRMAP_BTREE, pRoot->pgno, &rc); } } if( rc ){ *ppChild = 0; releasePage(pChild); return rc; } assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pChild->pDbPage) ); assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); assert( pChild->nCell==pRoot->nCell ); TRACE(("BALANCE: copy root %d into %d\n", pRoot->pgno, pChild->pgno)); /* Copy the overflow cells from pRoot to pChild */ memcpy(pChild->aiOvfl, pRoot->aiOvfl, pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->aiOvfl[0])); memcpy(pChild->apOvfl, pRoot->apOvfl, pRoot->nOverflow*sizeof(pRoot->apOvfl[0])); pChild->nOverflow = pRoot->nOverflow; /* Zero the contents of pRoot. Then install pChild as the right-child. */ zeroPage(pRoot, pChild->aData[0] & ~PTF_LEAF); put4byte(&pRoot->aData[pRoot->hdrOffset+8], pgnoChild); *ppChild = pChild; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The page that pCur currently points to has just been modified in ** some way. This function figures out if this modification means the ** tree needs to be balanced, and if so calls the appropriate balancing ** routine. Balancing routines are: ** ** balance_quick() ** balance_deeper() ** balance_nonroot() */ static int balance(BtCursor *pCur){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; const int nMin = pCur->pBt->usableSize * 2 / 3; u8 aBalanceQuickSpace[13]; u8 *pFree = 0; VVA_ONLY( int balance_quick_called = 0 ); VVA_ONLY( int balance_deeper_called = 0 ); do { int iPage = pCur->iPage; MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; if( iPage==0 ){ if( pPage->nOverflow ){ /* The root page of the b-tree is overfull. In this case call the ** balance_deeper() function to create a new child for the root-page ** and copy the current contents of the root-page to it. The ** next iteration of the do-loop will balance the child page. */ assert( balance_deeper_called==0 ); VVA_ONLY( balance_deeper_called++ ); rc = balance_deeper(pPage, &pCur->apPage[1]); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCur->iPage = 1; pCur->ix = 0; pCur->aiIdx[0] = 0; pCur->apPage[0] = pPage; pCur->pPage = pCur->apPage[1]; assert( pCur->pPage->nOverflow ); } }else{ break; } }else if( pPage->nOverflow==0 && pPage->nFree<=nMin ){ break; }else{ MemPage * const pParent = pCur->apPage[iPage-1]; int const iIdx = pCur->aiIdx[iPage-1]; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pParent->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_QUICKBALANCE if( pPage->intKeyLeaf && pPage->nOverflow==1 && pPage->aiOvfl[0]==pPage->nCell && pParent->pgno!=1 && pParent->nCell==iIdx ){ /* Call balance_quick() to create a new sibling of pPage on which ** to store the overflow cell. balance_quick() inserts a new cell ** into pParent, which may cause pParent overflow. If this ** happens, the next iteration of the do-loop will balance pParent ** use either balance_nonroot() or balance_deeper(). Until this ** happens, the overflow cell is stored in the aBalanceQuickSpace[] ** buffer. ** ** The purpose of the following assert() is to check that only a ** single call to balance_quick() is made for each call to this ** function. If this were not verified, a subtle bug involving reuse ** of the aBalanceQuickSpace[] might sneak in. */ assert( balance_quick_called==0 ); VVA_ONLY( balance_quick_called++ ); rc = balance_quick(pParent, pPage, aBalanceQuickSpace); }else #endif { /* In this case, call balance_nonroot() to redistribute cells ** between pPage and up to 2 of its sibling pages. This involves ** modifying the contents of pParent, which may cause pParent to ** become overfull or underfull. The next iteration of the do-loop ** will balance the parent page to correct this. ** ** If the parent page becomes overfull, the overflow cell or cells ** are stored in the pSpace buffer allocated immediately below. ** A subsequent iteration of the do-loop will deal with this by ** calling balance_nonroot() (balance_deeper() may be called first, ** but it doesn't deal with overflow cells - just moves them to a ** different page). Once this subsequent call to balance_nonroot() ** has completed, it is safe to release the pSpace buffer used by ** the previous call, as the overflow cell data will have been ** copied either into the body of a database page or into the new ** pSpace buffer passed to the latter call to balance_nonroot(). */ u8 *pSpace = sqlite3PageMalloc(pCur->pBt->pageSize); rc = balance_nonroot(pParent, iIdx, pSpace, iPage==1, pCur->hints&BTREE_BULKLOAD); if( pFree ){ /* If pFree is not NULL, it points to the pSpace buffer used ** by a previous call to balance_nonroot(). Its contents are ** now stored either on real database pages or within the ** new pSpace buffer, so it may be safely freed here. */ sqlite3PageFree(pFree); } /* The pSpace buffer will be freed after the next call to ** balance_nonroot(), or just before this function returns, whichever ** comes first. */ pFree = pSpace; } } pPage->nOverflow = 0; /* The next iteration of the do-loop balances the parent page. */ releasePage(pPage); pCur->iPage--; assert( pCur->iPage>=0 ); pCur->pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; } }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( pFree ){ sqlite3PageFree(pFree); } return rc; } /* Overwrite content from pX into pDest. Only do the write if the ** content is different from what is already there. */ static int btreeOverwriteContent( MemPage *pPage, /* MemPage on which writing will occur */ u8 *pDest, /* Pointer to the place to start writing */ const BtreePayload *pX, /* Source of data to write */ int iOffset, /* Offset of first byte to write */ int iAmt /* Number of bytes to be written */ ){ int nData = pX->nData - iOffset; if( nData<=0 ){ /* Overwritting with zeros */ int i; for(i=0; ipDbPage); if( rc ) return rc; memset(pDest + i, 0, iAmt - i); } }else{ if( nDatapData) + iOffset, iAmt)!=0 ){ int rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); if( rc ) return rc; memcpy(pDest, ((u8*)pX->pData) + iOffset, iAmt); } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Overwrite the cell that cursor pCur is pointing to with fresh content ** contained in pX. */ static int btreeOverwriteCell(BtCursor *pCur, const BtreePayload *pX){ int iOffset; /* Next byte of pX->pData to write */ int nTotal = pX->nData + pX->nZero; /* Total bytes of to write */ int rc; /* Return code */ MemPage *pPage = pCur->pPage; /* Page being written */ BtShared *pBt; /* Btree */ Pgno ovflPgno; /* Next overflow page to write */ u32 ovflPageSize; /* Size to write on overflow page */ if( pCur->info.pPayload + pCur->info.nLocal > pPage->aDataEnd ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } /* Overwrite the local portion first */ rc = btreeOverwriteContent(pPage, pCur->info.pPayload, pX, 0, pCur->info.nLocal); if( rc ) return rc; if( pCur->info.nLocal==nTotal ) return SQLITE_OK; /* Now overwrite the overflow pages */ iOffset = pCur->info.nLocal; assert( nTotal>=0 ); assert( iOffset>=0 ); ovflPgno = get4byte(pCur->info.pPayload + iOffset); pBt = pPage->pBt; ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4; do{ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, ovflPgno, &pPage, 0); if( rc ) return rc; if( sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(pPage->pDbPage)!=1 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; }else{ if( iOffset+ovflPageSize<(u32)nTotal ){ ovflPgno = get4byte(pPage->aData); }else{ ovflPageSize = nTotal - iOffset; } rc = btreeOverwriteContent(pPage, pPage->aData+4, pX, iOffset, ovflPageSize); } sqlite3PagerUnref(pPage->pDbPage); if( rc ) return rc; iOffset += ovflPageSize; }while( iOffset0 then pCur points to a cell ** that is larger than (pKey,nKey). ** ** If seekResult==0, that means pCur is pointing at some unknown location. ** In that case, this routine must seek the cursor to the correct insertion ** point for (pKey,nKey) before doing the insertion. For index btrees, ** if pX->nMem is non-zero, then pX->aMem contains pointers to the unpacked ** key values and pX->aMem can be used instead of pX->pKey to avoid having ** to decode the key. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeInsert( BtCursor *pCur, /* Insert data into the table of this cursor */ const BtreePayload *pX, /* Content of the row to be inserted */ int flags, /* True if this is likely an append */ int seekResult /* Result of prior MovetoUnpacked() call */ ){ int rc; int loc = seekResult; /* -1: before desired location +1: after */ int szNew = 0; int idx; MemPage *pPage; Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; unsigned char *oldCell; unsigned char *newCell = 0; assert( (flags & (BTREE_SAVEPOSITION|BTREE_APPEND))==flags ); if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_FAULT ){ assert( pCur->skipNext!=SQLITE_OK ); return pCur->skipNext; } assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( (pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)!=0 && pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE && (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); /* Assert that the caller has been consistent. If this cursor was opened ** expecting an index b-tree, then the caller should be inserting blob ** keys with no associated data. If the cursor was opened expecting an ** intkey table, the caller should be inserting integer keys with a ** blob of associated data. */ assert( (pX->pKey==0)==(pCur->pKeyInfo==0) ); /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table. ** ** In some cases, the call to btreeMoveto() below is a no-op. For ** example, when inserting data into a table with auto-generated integer ** keys, the VDBE layer invokes sqlite3BtreeLast() to figure out the ** integer key to use. It then calls this function to actually insert the ** data into the intkey B-Tree. In this case btreeMoveto() recognizes ** that the cursor is already where it needs to be and returns without ** doing any work. To avoid thwarting these optimizations, it is important ** not to clear the cursor here. */ if( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_Multiple ){ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); if( rc ) return rc; } if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ assert( pX->pKey==0 ); /* If this is an insert into a table b-tree, invalidate any incrblob ** cursors open on the row being replaced */ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pX->nKey, 0); /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing ** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION ){ assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_ValidNKey ); assert( pX->nKey==pCur->info.nKey ); assert( pCur->info.nSize!=0 ); assert( loc==0 ); } #endif /* On the other hand, BTREE_SAVEPOSITION==0 does not imply ** that the cursor is not pointing to a row to be overwritten. ** So do a complete check. */ if( (pCur->curFlags&BTCF_ValidNKey)!=0 && pX->nKey==pCur->info.nKey ){ /* The cursor is pointing to the entry that is to be ** overwritten */ assert( pX->nData>=0 && pX->nZero>=0 ); if( pCur->info.nSize!=0 && pCur->info.nPayload==(u32)pX->nData+pX->nZero ){ /* New entry is the same size as the old. Do an overwrite */ return btreeOverwriteCell(pCur, pX); } assert( loc==0 ); }else if( loc==0 ){ /* The cursor is *not* pointing to the cell to be overwritten, nor ** to an adjacent cell. Move the cursor so that it is pointing either ** to the cell to be overwritten or an adjacent cell. */ rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, 0, pX->nKey, flags!=0, &loc); if( rc ) return rc; } }else{ /* This is an index or a WITHOUT ROWID table */ /* If BTREE_SAVEPOSITION is set, the cursor must already be pointing ** to a row with the same key as the new entry being inserted. */ assert( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 || loc==0 ); /* If the cursor is not already pointing either to the cell to be ** overwritten, or if a new cell is being inserted, if the cursor is ** not pointing to an immediately adjacent cell, then move the cursor ** so that it does. */ if( loc==0 && (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION)==0 ){ if( pX->nMem ){ UnpackedRecord r; r.pKeyInfo = pCur->pKeyInfo; r.aMem = pX->aMem; r.nField = pX->nMem; r.default_rc = 0; r.errCode = 0; r.r1 = 0; r.r2 = 0; r.eqSeen = 0; rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCur, &r, 0, flags!=0, &loc); }else{ rc = btreeMoveto(pCur, pX->pKey, pX->nKey, flags!=0, &loc); } if( rc ) return rc; } /* If the cursor is currently pointing to an entry to be overwritten ** and the new content is the same as as the old, then use the ** overwrite optimization. */ if( loc==0 ){ getCellInfo(pCur); if( pCur->info.nKey==pX->nKey ){ BtreePayload x2; x2.pData = pX->pKey; x2.nData = pX->nKey; x2.nZero = 0; return btreeOverwriteCell(pCur, &x2); } } } assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID || (pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID && loc) ); pPage = pCur->pPage; assert( pPage->intKey || pX->nKey>=0 ); assert( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ); TRACE(("INSERT: table=%d nkey=%lld ndata=%d page=%d %s\n", pCur->pgnoRoot, pX->nKey, pX->nData, pPage->pgno, loc==0 ? "overwrite" : "new entry")); assert( pPage->isInit ); newCell = pBt->pTmpSpace; assert( newCell!=0 ); rc = fillInCell(pPage, newCell, pX, &szNew); if( rc ) goto end_insert; assert( szNew==pPage->xCellSize(pPage, newCell) ); assert( szNew <= MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) ); idx = pCur->ix; if( loc==0 ){ CellInfo info; assert( idxnCell ); rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); if( rc ){ goto end_insert; } oldCell = findCell(pPage, idx); if( !pPage->leaf ){ memcpy(newCell, oldCell, 4); } rc = clearCell(pPage, oldCell, &info); if( info.nSize==szNew && info.nLocal==info.nPayload && (!ISAUTOVACUUM || szNewminLocal) ){ /* Overwrite the old cell with the new if they are the same size. ** We could also try to do this if the old cell is smaller, then add ** the leftover space to the free list. But experiments show that ** doing that is no faster then skipping this optimization and just ** calling dropCell() and insertCell(). ** ** This optimization cannot be used on an autovacuum database if the ** new entry uses overflow pages, as the insertCell() call below is ** necessary to add the PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 pointer-map entry. */ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* clearCell never fails when nLocal==nPayload */ if( oldCell+szNew > pPage->aDataEnd ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; memcpy(oldCell, newCell, szNew); return SQLITE_OK; } dropCell(pPage, idx, info.nSize, &rc); if( rc ) goto end_insert; }else if( loc<0 && pPage->nCell>0 ){ assert( pPage->leaf ); idx = ++pCur->ix; pCur->curFlags &= ~BTCF_ValidNKey; }else{ assert( pPage->leaf ); } insertCell(pPage, idx, newCell, szNew, 0, 0, &rc); assert( pPage->nOverflow==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPage->nCell>0 || pPage->nOverflow>0 ); /* If no error has occurred and pPage has an overflow cell, call balance() ** to redistribute the cells within the tree. Since balance() may move ** the cursor, zero the BtCursor.info.nSize and BTCF_ValidNKey ** variables. ** ** Previous versions of SQLite called moveToRoot() to move the cursor ** back to the root page as balance() used to invalidate the contents ** of BtCursor.apPage[] and BtCursor.aiIdx[]. Instead of doing that, ** set the cursor state to "invalid". This makes common insert operations ** slightly faster. ** ** There is a subtle but important optimization here too. When inserting ** multiple records into an intkey b-tree using a single cursor (as can ** happen while processing an "INSERT INTO ... SELECT" statement), it ** is advantageous to leave the cursor pointing to the last entry in ** the b-tree if possible. If the cursor is left pointing to the last ** entry in the table, and the next row inserted has an integer key ** larger than the largest existing key, it is possible to insert the ** row without seeking the cursor. This can be a big performance boost. */ pCur->info.nSize = 0; if( pPage->nOverflow ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); pCur->curFlags &= ~(BTCF_ValidNKey); rc = balance(pCur); /* Must make sure nOverflow is reset to zero even if the balance() ** fails. Internal data structure corruption will result otherwise. ** Also, set the cursor state to invalid. This stops saveCursorPosition() ** from trying to save the current position of the cursor. */ pCur->pPage->nOverflow = 0; pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID; if( (flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION) && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur); if( pCur->pKeyInfo ){ assert( pCur->pKey==0 ); pCur->pKey = sqlite3Malloc( pX->nKey ); if( pCur->pKey==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memcpy(pCur->pKey, pX->pKey, pX->nKey); } } pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; pCur->nKey = pX->nKey; } } assert( pCur->iPage<0 || pCur->pPage->nOverflow==0 ); end_insert: return rc; } /* ** Delete the entry that the cursor is pointing to. ** ** If the BTREE_SAVEPOSITION bit of the flags parameter is zero, then ** the cursor is left pointing at an arbitrary location after the delete. ** But if that bit is set, then the cursor is left in a state such that ** the next call to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() moves it to the same row ** as it would have been on if the call to BtreeDelete() had been omitted. ** ** The BTREE_AUXDELETE bit of flags indicates that is one of several deletes ** associated with a single table entry and its indexes. Only one of those ** deletes is considered the "primary" delete. The primary delete occurs ** on a cursor that is not a BTREE_FORDELETE cursor. All but one delete ** operation on non-FORDELETE cursors is tagged with the AUXDELETE flag. ** The BTREE_AUXDELETE bit is a hint that is not used by this implementation, ** but which might be used by alternative storage engines. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor *pCur, u8 flags){ Btree *p = pCur->pBtree; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; int rc; /* Return code */ MemPage *pPage; /* Page to delete cell from */ unsigned char *pCell; /* Pointer to cell to delete */ int iCellIdx; /* Index of cell to delete */ int iCellDepth; /* Depth of node containing pCell */ CellInfo info; /* Size of the cell being deleted */ int bSkipnext = 0; /* Leaf cursor in SKIPNEXT state */ u8 bPreserve = flags & BTREE_SAVEPOSITION; /* Keep cursor valid */ assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCur) ); assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); assert( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag ); assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->pKeyInfo!=0, 2) ); assert( !hasReadConflicts(p, pCur->pgnoRoot) ); assert( pCur->ixpPage->nCell ); assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID ); assert( (flags & ~(BTREE_SAVEPOSITION | BTREE_AUXDELETE))==0 ); iCellDepth = pCur->iPage; iCellIdx = pCur->ix; pPage = pCur->pPage; pCell = findCell(pPage, iCellIdx); /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the cursor position must ** be preserved following this delete operation. If the current delete ** will cause a b-tree rebalance, then this is done by saving the cursor ** key and leaving the cursor in CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK state before ** returning. ** ** Or, if the current delete will not cause a rebalance, then the cursor ** will be left in CURSOR_SKIPNEXT state pointing to the entry immediately ** before or after the deleted entry. In this case set bSkipnext to true. */ if( bPreserve ){ if( !pPage->leaf || (pPage->nFree+cellSizePtr(pPage,pCell)+2)>(int)(pBt->usableSize*2/3) ){ /* A b-tree rebalance will be required after deleting this entry. ** Save the cursor key. */ rc = saveCursorKey(pCur); if( rc ) return rc; }else{ bSkipnext = 1; } } /* If the page containing the entry to delete is not a leaf page, move ** the cursor to the largest entry in the tree that is smaller than ** the entry being deleted. This cell will replace the cell being deleted ** from the internal node. The 'previous' entry is used for this instead ** of the 'next' entry, as the previous entry is always a part of the ** sub-tree headed by the child page of the cell being deleted. This makes ** balancing the tree following the delete operation easier. */ if( !pPage->leaf ){ rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pCur, 0); assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); if( rc ) return rc; } /* Save the positions of any other cursors open on this table before ** making any modifications. */ if( pCur->curFlags & BTCF_Multiple ){ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur); if( rc ) return rc; } /* If this is a delete operation to remove a row from a table b-tree, ** invalidate any incrblob cursors open on the row being deleted. */ if( pCur->pKeyInfo==0 ){ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, pCur->pgnoRoot, pCur->info.nKey, 0); } /* Make the page containing the entry to be deleted writable. Then free any ** overflow pages associated with the entry and finally remove the cell ** itself from within the page. */ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage); if( rc ) return rc; rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &info); dropCell(pPage, iCellIdx, info.nSize, &rc); if( rc ) return rc; /* If the cell deleted was not located on a leaf page, then the cursor ** is currently pointing to the largest entry in the sub-tree headed ** by the child-page of the cell that was just deleted from an internal ** node. The cell from the leaf node needs to be moved to the internal ** node to replace the deleted cell. */ if( !pPage->leaf ){ MemPage *pLeaf = pCur->pPage; int nCell; Pgno n; unsigned char *pTmp; if( iCellDepthiPage-1 ){ n = pCur->apPage[iCellDepth+1]->pgno; }else{ n = pCur->pPage->pgno; } pCell = findCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1); if( pCell<&pLeaf->aData[4] ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; nCell = pLeaf->xCellSize(pLeaf, pCell); assert( MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) >= nCell ); pTmp = pBt->pTmpSpace; assert( pTmp!=0 ); rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pLeaf->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ insertCell(pPage, iCellIdx, pCell-4, nCell+4, pTmp, n, &rc); } dropCell(pLeaf, pLeaf->nCell-1, nCell, &rc); if( rc ) return rc; } /* Balance the tree. If the entry deleted was located on a leaf page, ** then the cursor still points to that page. In this case the first ** call to balance() repairs the tree, and the if(...) condition is ** never true. ** ** Otherwise, if the entry deleted was on an internal node page, then ** pCur is pointing to the leaf page from which a cell was removed to ** replace the cell deleted from the internal node. This is slightly ** tricky as the leaf node may be underfull, and the internal node may ** be either under or overfull. In this case run the balancing algorithm ** on the leaf node first. If the balance proceeds far enough up the ** tree that we can be sure that any problem in the internal node has ** been corrected, so be it. Otherwise, after balancing the leaf node, ** walk the cursor up the tree to the internal node and balance it as ** well. */ rc = balance(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ releasePageNotNull(pCur->pPage); pCur->iPage--; while( pCur->iPage>iCellDepth ){ releasePage(pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage--]); } pCur->pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]; rc = balance(pCur); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( bSkipnext ){ assert( bPreserve && (pCur->iPage==iCellDepth || CORRUPT_DB) ); assert( pPage==pCur->pPage || CORRUPT_DB ); assert( (pPage->nCell>0 || CORRUPT_DB) && iCellIdx<=pPage->nCell ); pCur->eState = CURSOR_SKIPNEXT; if( iCellIdx>=pPage->nCell ){ pCur->skipNext = -1; pCur->ix = pPage->nCell-1; }else{ pCur->skipNext = 1; } }else{ rc = moveToRoot(pCur); if( bPreserve ){ btreeReleaseAllCursorPages(pCur); pCur->eState = CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK; } if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } } return rc; } /* ** Create a new BTree table. Write into *piTable the page ** number for the root page of the new table. ** ** The type of type is determined by the flags parameter. Only the ** following values of flags are currently in use. Other values for ** flags might not work: ** ** BTREE_INTKEY|BTREE_LEAFDATA Used for SQL tables with rowid keys ** BTREE_ZERODATA Used for SQL indices */ static int btreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int createTabFlags){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; MemPage *pRoot; Pgno pgnoRoot; int rc; int ptfFlags; /* Page-type flage for the root page of new table */ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( (pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 ); #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); if( rc ){ return rc; } #else if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ Pgno pgnoMove; /* Move a page here to make room for the root-page */ MemPage *pPageMove; /* The page to move to. */ /* Creating a new table may probably require moving an existing database ** to make room for the new tables root page. In case this page turns ** out to be an overflow page, delete all overflow page-map caches ** held by open cursors. */ invalidateAllOverflowCache(pBt); /* Read the value of meta[3] from the database to determine where the ** root page of the new table should go. meta[3] is the largest root-page ** created so far, so the new root-page is (meta[3]+1). */ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &pgnoRoot); pgnoRoot++; /* The new root-page may not be allocated on a pointer-map page, or the ** PENDING_BYTE page. */ while( pgnoRoot==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgnoRoot) || pgnoRoot==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ){ pgnoRoot++; } assert( pgnoRoot>=3 || CORRUPT_DB ); testcase( pgnoRoot<3 ); /* Allocate a page. The page that currently resides at pgnoRoot will ** be moved to the allocated page (unless the allocated page happens ** to reside at pgnoRoot). */ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pPageMove, &pgnoMove, pgnoRoot, BTALLOC_EXACT); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } if( pgnoMove!=pgnoRoot ){ /* pgnoRoot is the page that will be used for the root-page of ** the new table (assuming an error did not occur). But we were ** allocated pgnoMove. If required (i.e. if it was not allocated ** by extending the file), the current page at position pgnoMove ** is already journaled. */ u8 eType = 0; Pgno iPtrPage = 0; /* Save the positions of any open cursors. This is required in ** case they are holding a reference to an xFetch reference ** corresponding to page pgnoRoot. */ rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, 0, 0); releasePage(pPageMove); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* Move the page currently at pgnoRoot to pgnoMove. */ rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } rc = ptrmapGet(pBt, pgnoRoot, &eType, &iPtrPage); if( eType==PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE || eType==PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(pRoot); return rc; } assert( eType!=PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE ); assert( eType!=PTRMAP_FREEPAGE ); rc = relocatePage(pBt, pRoot, eType, iPtrPage, pgnoMove, 0); releasePage(pRoot); /* Obtain the page at pgnoRoot */ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, pgnoRoot, &pRoot, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pRoot->pDbPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ releasePage(pRoot); return rc; } }else{ pRoot = pPageMove; } /* Update the pointer-map and meta-data with the new root-page number. */ ptrmapPut(pBt, pgnoRoot, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, &rc); if( rc ){ releasePage(pRoot); return rc; } /* When the new root page was allocated, page 1 was made writable in ** order either to increase the database filesize, or to decrement the ** freelist count. Hence, the sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta() call cannot fail. */ assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, pgnoRoot); if( NEVER(rc) ){ releasePage(pRoot); return rc; } }else{ rc = allocateBtreePage(pBt, &pRoot, &pgnoRoot, 1, 0); if( rc ) return rc; } #endif assert( sqlite3PagerIswriteable(pRoot->pDbPage) ); if( createTabFlags & BTREE_INTKEY ){ ptfFlags = PTF_INTKEY | PTF_LEAFDATA | PTF_LEAF; }else{ ptfFlags = PTF_ZERODATA | PTF_LEAF; } zeroPage(pRoot, ptfFlags); sqlite3PagerUnref(pRoot->pDbPage); assert( (pBt->openFlags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || pgnoRoot==2 ); *piTable = (int)pgnoRoot; return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree *p, int *piTable, int flags){ int rc; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = btreeCreateTable(p, piTable, flags); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** Erase the given database page and all its children. Return ** the page to the freelist. */ static int clearDatabasePage( BtShared *pBt, /* The BTree that contains the table */ Pgno pgno, /* Page number to clear */ int freePageFlag, /* Deallocate page if true */ int *pnChange /* Add number of Cells freed to this counter */ ){ MemPage *pPage; int rc; unsigned char *pCell; int i; int hdr; CellInfo info; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pBt->mutex) ); if( pgno>btreePagecount(pBt) ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pgno, &pPage, 0, 0); if( rc ) return rc; if( pPage->bBusy ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto cleardatabasepage_out; } pPage->bBusy = 1; hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; for(i=0; inCell; i++){ pCell = findCell(pPage, i); if( !pPage->leaf ){ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(pCell), 1, pnChange); if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; } rc = clearCell(pPage, pCell, &info); if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; } if( !pPage->leaf ){ rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, get4byte(&pPage->aData[hdr+8]), 1, pnChange); if( rc ) goto cleardatabasepage_out; }else if( pnChange ){ assert( pPage->intKey || CORRUPT_DB ); testcase( !pPage->intKey ); *pnChange += pPage->nCell; } if( freePageFlag ){ freePage(pPage, &rc); }else if( (rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPage->pDbPage))==0 ){ zeroPage(pPage, pPage->aData[hdr] | PTF_LEAF); } cleardatabasepage_out: pPage->bBusy = 0; releasePage(pPage); return rc; } /* ** Delete all information from a single table in the database. iTable is ** the page number of the root of the table. After this routine returns, ** the root page is empty, but still exists. ** ** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open ** read cursors on the table. Open write cursors are moved to the ** root of the table. ** ** If pnChange is not NULL, then table iTable must be an intkey table. The ** integer value pointed to by pnChange is incremented by the number of ** entries in the table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *pnChange){ int rc; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); rc = saveAllCursors(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0); if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ /* Invalidate all incrblob cursors open on table iTable (assuming iTable ** is the root of a table b-tree - if it is not, the following call is ** a no-op). */ invalidateIncrblobCursors(p, (Pgno)iTable, 0, 1); rc = clearDatabasePage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, 0, pnChange); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** Delete all information from the single table that pCur is open on. ** ** This routine only work for pCur on an ephemeral table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ return sqlite3BtreeClearTable(pCur->pBtree, pCur->pgnoRoot, 0); } /* ** Erase all information in a table and add the root of the table to ** the freelist. Except, the root of the principle table (the one on ** page 1) is never added to the freelist. ** ** This routine will fail with SQLITE_LOCKED if there are any open ** cursors on the table. ** ** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled and the page at iTable is not the last ** root page in the database file, then the last root page ** in the database file is moved into the slot formerly occupied by ** iTable and that last slot formerly occupied by the last root page ** is added to the freelist instead of iTable. In this say, all ** root pages are kept at the beginning of the database file, which ** is necessary for AUTOVACUUM to work right. *piMoved is set to the ** page number that used to be the last root page in the file before ** the move. If no page gets moved, *piMoved is set to 0. ** The last root page is recorded in meta[3] and the value of ** meta[3] is updated by this procedure. */ static int btreeDropTable(Btree *p, Pgno iTable, int *piMoved){ int rc; MemPage *pPage = 0; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p) ); assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( iTable>=2 ); rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iTable, &pPage, 0); if( rc ) return rc; rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable(p, iTable, 0); if( rc ){ releasePage(pPage); return rc; } *piMoved = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM freePage(pPage, &rc); releasePage(pPage); #else if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ Pgno maxRootPgno; sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE, &maxRootPgno); if( iTable==maxRootPgno ){ /* If the table being dropped is the table with the largest root-page ** number in the database, put the root page on the free list. */ freePage(pPage, &rc); releasePage(pPage); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } }else{ /* The table being dropped does not have the largest root-page ** number in the database. So move the page that does into the ** gap left by the deleted root-page. */ MemPage *pMove; releasePage(pPage); rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } rc = relocatePage(pBt, pMove, PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0, iTable, 0); releasePage(pMove); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } pMove = 0; rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, maxRootPgno, &pMove, 0); freePage(pMove, &rc); releasePage(pMove); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } *piMoved = maxRootPgno; } /* Set the new 'max-root-page' value in the database header. This ** is the old value less one, less one more if that happens to ** be a root-page number, less one again if that is the ** PENDING_BYTE_PAGE. */ maxRootPgno--; while( maxRootPgno==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) || PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, maxRootPgno) ){ maxRootPgno--; } assert( maxRootPgno!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p, 4, maxRootPgno); }else{ freePage(pPage, &rc); releasePage(pPage); } #endif return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){ int rc; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } /* ** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already ** has a read or write transaction open on the database. ** ** Read the meta-information out of a database file. Meta[0] ** is the number of free pages currently in the database. Meta[1] ** through meta[15] are available for use by higher layers. Meta[0] ** is read-only, the others are read/write. ** ** The schema layer numbers meta values differently. At the schema ** layer (and the SetCookie and ReadCookie opcodes) the number of ** free pages is not visible. So Cookie[0] is the same as Meta[1]. ** ** This routine treats Meta[BTREE_DATA_VERSION] as a special case. Instead ** of reading the value out of the header, it instead loads the "DataVersion" ** from the pager. The BTREE_DATA_VERSION value is not actually stored in the ** database file. It is a number computed by the pager. But its access ** pattern is the same as header meta values, and so it is convenient to ** read it from this routine. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 *pMeta){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE ); assert( SQLITE_OK==querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK) ); assert( pBt->pPage1 ); assert( idx>=0 && idx<=15 ); if( idx==BTREE_DATA_VERSION ){ *pMeta = sqlite3PagerDataVersion(pBt->pPager) + p->iDataVersion; }else{ *pMeta = get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36 + idx*4]); } /* If auto-vacuum is disabled in this build and this is an auto-vacuum ** database, mark the database as read-only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( idx==BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE && *pMeta>0 ){ pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_READ_ONLY; } #endif sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } /* ** Write meta-information back into the database. Meta[0] is ** read-only and may not be written. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree *p, int idx, u32 iMeta){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; unsigned char *pP1; int rc; assert( idx>=1 && idx<=15 ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( pBt->pPage1!=0 ); pP1 = pBt->pPage1->aData; rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ put4byte(&pP1[36 + idx*4], iMeta); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( idx==BTREE_INCR_VACUUM ){ assert( pBt->autoVacuum || iMeta==0 ); assert( iMeta==0 || iMeta==1 ); pBt->incrVacuum = (u8)iMeta; } #endif } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT /* ** The first argument, pCur, is a cursor opened on some b-tree. Count the ** number of entries in the b-tree and write the result to *pnEntry. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. ** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database ** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){ i64 nEntry = 0; /* Value to return in *pnEntry */ int rc; /* Return code */ rc = moveToRoot(pCur); if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){ *pnEntry = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). */ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iIdx; /* Index of child node in parent */ MemPage *pPage; /* Current page of the b-tree */ /* If this is a leaf page or the tree is not an int-key tree, then ** this page contains countable entries. Increment the entry counter ** accordingly. */ pPage = pCur->pPage; if( pPage->leaf || !pPage->intKey ){ nEntry += pPage->nCell; } /* pPage is a leaf node. This loop navigates the cursor so that it ** points to the first interior cell that it points to the parent of ** the next page in the tree that has not yet been visited. The ** pCur->aiIdx[pCur->iPage] value is set to the index of the parent cell ** of the page, or to the number of cells in the page if the next page ** to visit is the right-child of its parent. ** ** If all pages in the tree have been visited, return SQLITE_OK to the ** caller. */ if( pPage->leaf ){ do { if( pCur->iPage==0 ){ /* All pages of the b-tree have been visited. Return successfully. */ *pnEntry = nEntry; return moveToRoot(pCur); } moveToParent(pCur); }while ( pCur->ix>=pCur->pPage->nCell ); pCur->ix++; pPage = pCur->pPage; } /* Descend to the child node of the cell that the cursor currently ** points at. This is the right-child if (iIdx==pPage->nCell). */ iIdx = pCur->ix; if( iIdx==pPage->nCell ){ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(&pPage->aData[pPage->hdrOffset+8])); }else{ rc = moveToChild(pCur, get4byte(findCell(pPage, iIdx))); } } /* An error has occurred. Return an error code. */ return rc; } #endif /* ** Return the pager associated with a BTree. This routine is used for ** testing and debugging only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree *p){ return p->pBt->pPager; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* ** Append a message to the error message string. */ static void checkAppendMsg( IntegrityCk *pCheck, const char *zFormat, ... ){ va_list ap; if( !pCheck->mxErr ) return; pCheck->mxErr--; pCheck->nErr++; va_start(ap, zFormat); if( pCheck->errMsg.nChar ){ sqlite3_str_append(&pCheck->errMsg, "\n", 1); } if( pCheck->zPfx ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&pCheck->errMsg, pCheck->zPfx, pCheck->v1, pCheck->v2); } sqlite3_str_vappendf(&pCheck->errMsg, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); if( pCheck->errMsg.accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* ** Return non-zero if the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that ** corresponds to page iPg is already set. */ static int getPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){ assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 ); return (pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] & (1 << (iPg & 0x07))); } /* ** Set the bit in the IntegrityCk.aPgRef[] array that corresponds to page iPg. */ static void setPageReferenced(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPg){ assert( iPg<=pCheck->nPage && sizeof(pCheck->aPgRef[0])==1 ); pCheck->aPgRef[iPg/8] |= (1 << (iPg & 0x07)); } /* ** Add 1 to the reference count for page iPage. If this is the second ** reference to the page, add an error message to pCheck->zErrMsg. ** Return 1 if there are 2 or more references to the page and 0 if ** if this is the first reference to the page. ** ** Also check that the page number is in bounds. */ static int checkRef(IntegrityCk *pCheck, Pgno iPage){ if( iPage>pCheck->nPage || iPage==0 ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "invalid page number %d", iPage); return 1; } if( getPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage) ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "2nd reference to page %d", iPage); return 1; } setPageReferenced(pCheck, iPage); return 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* ** Check that the entry in the pointer-map for page iChild maps to ** page iParent, pointer type ptrType. If not, append an error message ** to pCheck. */ static void checkPtrmap( IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity check context */ Pgno iChild, /* Child page number */ u8 eType, /* Expected pointer map type */ Pgno iParent /* Expected pointer map parent page number */ ){ int rc; u8 ePtrmapType; Pgno iPtrmapParent; rc = ptrmapGet(pCheck->pBt, iChild, &ePtrmapType, &iPtrmapParent); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) pCheck->mallocFailed = 1; checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Failed to read ptrmap key=%d", iChild); return; } if( ePtrmapType!=eType || iPtrmapParent!=iParent ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Bad ptr map entry key=%d expected=(%d,%d) got=(%d,%d)", iChild, eType, iParent, ePtrmapType, iPtrmapParent); } } #endif /* ** Check the integrity of the freelist or of an overflow page list. ** Verify that the number of pages on the list is N. */ static void checkList( IntegrityCk *pCheck, /* Integrity checking context */ int isFreeList, /* True for a freelist. False for overflow page list */ int iPage, /* Page number for first page in the list */ int N /* Expected number of pages in the list */ ){ int i; int expected = N; int nErrAtStart = pCheck->nErr; while( iPage!=0 && pCheck->mxErr ){ DbPage *pOvflPage; unsigned char *pOvflData; if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) break; N--; if( sqlite3PagerGet(pCheck->pPager, (Pgno)iPage, &pOvflPage, 0) ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "failed to get page %d", iPage); break; } pOvflData = (unsigned char *)sqlite3PagerGetData(pOvflPage); if( isFreeList ){ int n = get4byte(&pOvflData[4]); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum ){ checkPtrmap(pCheck, iPage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0); } #endif if( n>(int)pCheck->pBt->usableSize/4-2 ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "freelist leaf count too big on page %d", iPage); N--; }else{ for(i=0; ipBt->autoVacuum ){ checkPtrmap(pCheck, iFreePage, PTRMAP_FREEPAGE, 0); } #endif checkRef(pCheck, iFreePage); } N -= n; } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM else{ /* If this database supports auto-vacuum and iPage is not the last ** page in this overflow list, check that the pointer-map entry for ** the following page matches iPage. */ if( pCheck->pBt->autoVacuum && N>0 ){ i = get4byte(pOvflData); checkPtrmap(pCheck, i, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2, iPage); } } #endif iPage = get4byte(pOvflData); sqlite3PagerUnref(pOvflPage); } if( N && nErrAtStart==pCheck->nErr ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "%s is %d but should be %d", isFreeList ? "size" : "overflow list length", expected-N, expected); } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ /* ** An implementation of a min-heap. ** ** aHeap[0] is the number of elements on the heap. aHeap[1] is the ** root element. The daughter nodes of aHeap[N] are aHeap[N*2] ** and aHeap[N*2+1]. ** ** The heap property is this: Every node is less than or equal to both ** of its daughter nodes. A consequence of the heap property is that the ** root node aHeap[1] is always the minimum value currently in the heap. ** ** The btreeHeapInsert() routine inserts an unsigned 32-bit number onto ** the heap, preserving the heap property. The btreeHeapPull() routine ** removes the root element from the heap (the minimum value in the heap) ** and then moves other nodes around as necessary to preserve the heap ** property. ** ** This heap is used for cell overlap and coverage testing. Each u32 ** entry represents the span of a cell or freeblock on a btree page. ** The upper 16 bits are the index of the first byte of a range and the ** lower 16 bits are the index of the last byte of that range. */ static void btreeHeapInsert(u32 *aHeap, u32 x){ u32 j, i = ++aHeap[0]; aHeap[i] = x; while( (j = i/2)>0 && aHeap[j]>aHeap[i] ){ x = aHeap[j]; aHeap[j] = aHeap[i]; aHeap[i] = x; i = j; } } static int btreeHeapPull(u32 *aHeap, u32 *pOut){ u32 j, i, x; if( (x = aHeap[0])==0 ) return 0; *pOut = aHeap[1]; aHeap[1] = aHeap[x]; aHeap[x] = 0xffffffff; aHeap[0]--; i = 1; while( (j = i*2)<=aHeap[0] ){ if( aHeap[j]>aHeap[j+1] ) j++; if( aHeap[i]zPfx; int saved_v1 = pCheck->v1; int saved_v2 = pCheck->v2; u8 savedIsInit = 0; /* Check that the page exists */ pBt = pCheck->pBt; usableSize = pBt->usableSize; if( iPage==0 ) return 0; if( checkRef(pCheck, iPage) ) return 0; pCheck->zPfx = "Page %d: "; pCheck->v1 = iPage; if( (rc = btreeGetPage(pBt, (Pgno)iPage, &pPage, 0))!=0 ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "unable to get the page. error code=%d", rc); goto end_of_check; } /* Clear MemPage.isInit to make sure the corruption detection code in ** btreeInitPage() is executed. */ savedIsInit = pPage->isInit; pPage->isInit = 0; if( (rc = btreeInitPage(pPage))!=0 ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT ); /* The only possible error from InitPage */ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "btreeInitPage() returns error code %d", rc); goto end_of_check; } data = pPage->aData; hdr = pPage->hdrOffset; /* Set up for cell analysis */ pCheck->zPfx = "On tree page %d cell %d: "; contentOffset = get2byteNotZero(&data[hdr+5]); assert( contentOffset<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37002-32774 The two-byte integer at offset 3 gives the ** number of cells on the page. */ nCell = get2byte(&data[hdr+3]); assert( pPage->nCell==nCell ); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-23882-45353 The cell pointer array of a b-tree page ** immediately follows the b-tree page header. */ cellStart = hdr + 12 - 4*pPage->leaf; assert( pPage->aCellIdx==&data[cellStart] ); pCellIdx = &data[cellStart + 2*(nCell-1)]; if( !pPage->leaf ){ /* Analyze the right-child page of internal pages */ pgno = get4byte(&data[hdr+8]); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ pCheck->zPfx = "On page %d at right child: "; checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage); } #endif depth = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, &maxKey, maxKey); keyCanBeEqual = 0; }else{ /* For leaf pages, the coverage check will occur in the same loop ** as the other cell checks, so initialize the heap. */ heap = pCheck->heap; heap[0] = 0; } /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02776-14802 The cell pointer array consists of K 2-byte ** integer offsets to the cell contents. */ for(i=nCell-1; i>=0 && pCheck->mxErr; i--){ CellInfo info; /* Check cell size */ pCheck->v2 = i; assert( pCellIdx==&data[cellStart + i*2] ); pc = get2byteAligned(pCellIdx); pCellIdx -= 2; if( pcusableSize-4 ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Offset %d out of range %d..%d", pc, contentOffset, usableSize-4); doCoverageCheck = 0; continue; } pCell = &data[pc]; pPage->xParseCell(pPage, pCell, &info); if( pc+info.nSize>usableSize ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Extends off end of page"); doCoverageCheck = 0; continue; } /* Check for integer primary key out of range */ if( pPage->intKey ){ if( keyCanBeEqual ? (info.nKey > maxKey) : (info.nKey >= maxKey) ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Rowid %lld out of order", info.nKey); } maxKey = info.nKey; keyCanBeEqual = 0; /* Only the first key on the page may ==maxKey */ } /* Check the content overflow list */ if( info.nPayload>info.nLocal ){ int nPage; /* Number of pages on the overflow chain */ Pgno pgnoOvfl; /* First page of the overflow chain */ assert( pc + info.nSize - 4 <= usableSize ); nPage = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + usableSize - 5)/(usableSize - 4); pgnoOvfl = get4byte(&pCell[info.nSize - 4]); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgnoOvfl, PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1, iPage); } #endif checkList(pCheck, 0, pgnoOvfl, nPage); } if( !pPage->leaf ){ /* Check sanity of left child page for internal pages */ pgno = get4byte(pCell); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ checkPtrmap(pCheck, pgno, PTRMAP_BTREE, iPage); } #endif d2 = checkTreePage(pCheck, pgno, &maxKey, maxKey); keyCanBeEqual = 0; if( d2!=depth ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Child page depth differs"); depth = d2; } }else{ /* Populate the coverage-checking heap for leaf pages */ btreeHeapInsert(heap, (pc<<16)|(pc+info.nSize-1)); } } *piMinKey = maxKey; /* Check for complete coverage of the page */ pCheck->zPfx = 0; if( doCoverageCheck && pCheck->mxErr>0 ){ /* For leaf pages, the min-heap has already been initialized and the ** cells have already been inserted. But for internal pages, that has ** not yet been done, so do it now */ if( !pPage->leaf ){ heap = pCheck->heap; heap[0] = 0; for(i=nCell-1; i>=0; i--){ u32 size; pc = get2byteAligned(&data[cellStart+i*2]); size = pPage->xCellSize(pPage, &data[pc]); btreeHeapInsert(heap, (pc<<16)|(pc+size-1)); } } /* Add the freeblocks to the min-heap ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-20690-50594 The second field of the b-tree page header ** is the offset of the first freeblock, or zero if there are no ** freeblocks on the page. */ i = get2byte(&data[hdr+1]); while( i>0 ){ int size, j; assert( (u32)i<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ size = get2byte(&data[i+2]); assert( (u32)(i+size)<=usableSize ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ btreeHeapInsert(heap, (((u32)i)<<16)|(i+size-1)); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58208-19414 The first 2 bytes of a freeblock are a ** big-endian integer which is the offset in the b-tree page of the next ** freeblock in the chain, or zero if the freeblock is the last on the ** chain. */ j = get2byte(&data[i]); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06866-39125 Freeblocks are always connected in order of ** increasing offset. */ assert( j==0 || j>i+size ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ assert( (u32)j<=usableSize-4 ); /* Enforced by btreeInitPage() */ i = j; } /* Analyze the min-heap looking for overlap between cells and/or ** freeblocks, and counting the number of untracked bytes in nFrag. ** ** Each min-heap entry is of the form: (start_address<<16)|end_address. ** There is an implied first entry the covers the page header, the cell ** pointer index, and the gap between the cell pointer index and the start ** of cell content. ** ** The loop below pulls entries from the min-heap in order and compares ** the start_address against the previous end_address. If there is an ** overlap, that means bytes are used multiple times. If there is a gap, ** that gap is added to the fragmentation count. */ nFrag = 0; prev = contentOffset - 1; /* Implied first min-heap entry */ while( btreeHeapPull(heap,&x) ){ if( (prev&0xffff)>=(x>>16) ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Multiple uses for byte %u of page %d", x>>16, iPage); break; }else{ nFrag += (x>>16) - (prev&0xffff) - 1; prev = x; } } nFrag += usableSize - (prev&0xffff) - 1; /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43263-13491 The total number of bytes in all fragments ** is stored in the fifth field of the b-tree page header. ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-07161-27322 The one-byte integer at offset 7 gives the ** number of fragmented free bytes within the cell content area. */ if( heap[0]==0 && nFrag!=data[hdr+7] ){ checkAppendMsg(pCheck, "Fragmentation of %d bytes reported as %d on page %d", nFrag, data[hdr+7], iPage); } } end_of_check: if( !doCoverageCheck ) pPage->isInit = savedIsInit; releasePage(pPage); pCheck->zPfx = saved_zPfx; pCheck->v1 = saved_v1; pCheck->v2 = saved_v2; return depth+1; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* ** This routine does a complete check of the given BTree file. aRoot[] is ** an array of pages numbers were each page number is the root page of ** a table. nRoot is the number of entries in aRoot. ** ** A read-only or read-write transaction must be opened before calling ** this function. ** ** Write the number of error seen in *pnErr. Except for some memory ** allocation errors, an error message held in memory obtained from ** malloc is returned if *pnErr is non-zero. If *pnErr==0 then NULL is ** returned. If a memory allocation error occurs, NULL is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck( Btree *p, /* The btree to be checked */ int *aRoot, /* An array of root pages numbers for individual trees */ int nRoot, /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ int mxErr, /* Stop reporting errors after this many */ int *pnErr /* Write number of errors seen to this variable */ ){ Pgno i; IntegrityCk sCheck; BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; int savedDbFlags = pBt->db->flags; char zErr[100]; VVA_ONLY( int nRef ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); assert( p->inTrans>TRANS_NONE && pBt->inTransaction>TRANS_NONE ); VVA_ONLY( nRef = sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ); assert( nRef>=0 ); sCheck.pBt = pBt; sCheck.pPager = pBt->pPager; sCheck.nPage = btreePagecount(sCheck.pBt); sCheck.mxErr = mxErr; sCheck.nErr = 0; sCheck.mallocFailed = 0; sCheck.zPfx = 0; sCheck.v1 = 0; sCheck.v2 = 0; sCheck.aPgRef = 0; sCheck.heap = 0; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&sCheck.errMsg, 0, zErr, sizeof(zErr), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); sCheck.errMsg.printfFlags = SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL; if( sCheck.nPage==0 ){ goto integrity_ck_cleanup; } sCheck.aPgRef = sqlite3MallocZero((sCheck.nPage / 8)+ 1); if( !sCheck.aPgRef ){ sCheck.mallocFailed = 1; goto integrity_ck_cleanup; } sCheck.heap = (u32*)sqlite3PageMalloc( pBt->pageSize ); if( sCheck.heap==0 ){ sCheck.mallocFailed = 1; goto integrity_ck_cleanup; } i = PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt); if( i<=sCheck.nPage ) setPageReferenced(&sCheck, i); /* Check the integrity of the freelist */ sCheck.zPfx = "Main freelist: "; checkList(&sCheck, 1, get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[32]), get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[36])); sCheck.zPfx = 0; /* Check all the tables. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( pBt->autoVacuum ){ int mx = 0; int mxInHdr; for(i=0; (int)ipPage1->aData[52]); if( mx!=mxInHdr ){ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "max rootpage (%d) disagrees with header (%d)", mx, mxInHdr ); } }else if( get4byte(&pBt->pPage1->aData[64])!=0 ){ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "incremental_vacuum enabled with a max rootpage of zero" ); } #endif testcase( pBt->db->flags & SQLITE_CellSizeCk ); pBt->db->flags &= ~SQLITE_CellSizeCk; for(i=0; (int)iautoVacuum && aRoot[i]>1 ){ checkPtrmap(&sCheck, aRoot[i], PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE, 0); } #endif checkTreePage(&sCheck, aRoot[i], ¬Used, LARGEST_INT64); } pBt->db->flags = savedDbFlags; /* Make sure every page in the file is referenced */ for(i=1; i<=sCheck.nPage && sCheck.mxErr; i++){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 ){ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i); } #else /* If the database supports auto-vacuum, make sure no tables contain ** references to pointer-map pages. */ if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)==0 && (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)!=i || !pBt->autoVacuum) ){ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Page %d is never used", i); } if( getPageReferenced(&sCheck, i)!=0 && (PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, i)==i && pBt->autoVacuum) ){ checkAppendMsg(&sCheck, "Pointer map page %d is referenced", i); } #endif } /* Clean up and report errors. */ integrity_ck_cleanup: sqlite3PageFree(sCheck.heap); sqlite3_free(sCheck.aPgRef); if( sCheck.mallocFailed ){ sqlite3_str_reset(&sCheck.errMsg); sCheck.nErr++; } *pnErr = sCheck.nErr; if( sCheck.nErr==0 ) sqlite3_str_reset(&sCheck.errMsg); /* Make sure this analysis did not leave any unref() pages. */ assert( nRef==sqlite3PagerRefcount(pBt->pPager) ); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&sCheck.errMsg); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ /* ** Return the full pathname of the underlying database file. Return ** an empty string if the database is in-memory or a TEMP database. ** ** The pager filename is invariant as long as the pager is ** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *p){ assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); return sqlite3PagerFilename(p->pBt->pPager, 1); } /* ** Return the pathname of the journal file for this database. The return ** value of this routine is the same regardless of whether the journal file ** has been created or not. ** ** The pager journal filename is invariant as long as the pager is ** open so it is safe to access without the BtShared mutex. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *p){ assert( p->pBt->pPager!=0 ); return sqlite3PagerJournalname(p->pBt->pPager); } /* ** Return non-zero if a transaction is active. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree *p){ assert( p==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); return (p && (p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE)); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Run a checkpoint on the Btree passed as the first argument. ** ** Return SQLITE_LOCKED if this or any other connection has an open ** transaction on the shared-cache the argument Btree is connected to. ** ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(Btree *p, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p ){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); if( pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE ){ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; }else{ rc = sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(pBt->pPager, p->db, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } return rc; } #endif /* ** Return non-zero if a read (or write) transaction is active. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree *p){ assert( p ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); return p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree *p){ assert( p ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); return p->nBackup!=0; } /* ** This function returns a pointer to a blob of memory associated with ** a single shared-btree. The memory is used by client code for its own ** purposes (for example, to store a high-level schema associated with ** the shared-btree). The btree layer manages reference counting issues. ** ** The first time this is called on a shared-btree, nBytes bytes of memory ** are allocated, zeroed, and returned to the caller. For each subsequent ** call the nBytes parameter is ignored and a pointer to the same blob ** of memory returned. ** ** If the nBytes parameter is 0 and the blob of memory has not yet been ** allocated, a null pointer is returned. If the blob has already been ** allocated, it is returned as normal. ** ** Just before the shared-btree is closed, the function passed as the ** xFree argument when the memory allocation was made is invoked on the ** blob of allocated memory. The xFree function should not call sqlite3_free() ** on the memory, the btree layer does that. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *p, int nBytes, void(*xFree)(void *)){ BtShared *pBt = p->pBt; sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); if( !pBt->pSchema && nBytes ){ pBt->pSchema = sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, nBytes); pBt->xFreeSchema = xFree; } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return pBt->pSchema; } /* ** Return SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE if another user of the same shared ** btree as the argument handle holds an exclusive lock on the ** sqlite_master table. Otherwise SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *p){ int rc; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, MASTER_ROOT, READ_LOCK); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE ); sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** Obtain a lock on the table whose root page is iTab. The ** lock is a write lock if isWritelock is true or a read lock ** if it is false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *p, int iTab, u8 isWriteLock){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( p->inTrans!=TRANS_NONE ); if( p->sharable ){ u8 lockType = READ_LOCK + isWriteLock; assert( READ_LOCK+1==WRITE_LOCK ); assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p); rc = querySharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = setSharedCacheTableLock(p, iTab, lockType); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p); } return rc; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* ** Argument pCsr must be a cursor opened for writing on an ** INTKEY table currently pointing at a valid table entry. ** This function modifies the data stored as part of that entry. ** ** Only the data content may only be modified, it is not possible to ** change the length of the data stored. If this function is called with ** parameters that attempt to write past the end of the existing data, ** no modifications are made and SQLITE_CORRUPT is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor *pCsr, u32 offset, u32 amt, void *z){ int rc; assert( cursorOwnsBtShared(pCsr) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCsr->pBtree->db->mutex) ); assert( pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_Incrblob ); rc = restoreCursorPosition(pCsr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } assert( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK ); if( pCsr->eState!=CURSOR_VALID ){ return SQLITE_ABORT; } /* Save the positions of all other cursors open on this table. This is ** required in case any of them are holding references to an xFetch ** version of the b-tree page modified by the accessPayload call below. ** ** Note that pCsr must be open on a INTKEY table and saveCursorPosition() ** and hence saveAllCursors() cannot fail on a BTREE_INTKEY table, hence ** saveAllCursors can only return SQLITE_OK. */ VVA_ONLY(rc =) saveAllCursors(pCsr->pBt, pCsr->pgnoRoot, pCsr); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Check some assumptions: ** (a) the cursor is open for writing, ** (b) there is a read/write transaction open, ** (c) the connection holds a write-lock on the table (if required), ** (d) there are no conflicting read-locks, and ** (e) the cursor points at a valid row of an intKey table. */ if( (pCsr->curFlags & BTCF_WriteFlag)==0 ){ return SQLITE_READONLY; } assert( (pCsr->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)==0 && pCsr->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ); assert( hasSharedCacheTableLock(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot, 0, 2) ); assert( !hasReadConflicts(pCsr->pBtree, pCsr->pgnoRoot) ); assert( pCsr->pPage->intKey ); return accessPayload(pCsr, offset, amt, (unsigned char *)z, 1); } /* ** Mark this cursor as an incremental blob cursor. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(BtCursor *pCur){ pCur->curFlags |= BTCF_Incrblob; pCur->pBtree->hasIncrblobCur = 1; } #endif /* ** Set both the "read version" (single byte at byte offset 18) and ** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database ** header to iVersion. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){ BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt; int rc; /* Return code */ assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 ); /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2. */ pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL; if( iVersion==1 ) pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_NO_WAL; rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u8 *aData = pBt->pPage1->aData; if( aData[18]!=(u8)iVersion || aData[19]!=(u8)iVersion ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBtree, 2, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pBt->pPage1->pDbPage); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ aData[18] = (u8)iVersion; aData[19] = (u8)iVersion; } } } } pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_NO_WAL; return rc; } /* ** Return true if the cursor has a hint specified. This routine is ** only used from within assert() statements */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(BtCursor *pCsr, unsigned int mask){ return (pCsr->hints & mask)!=0; } /* ** Return true if the given Btree is read-only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(Btree *p){ return (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_READ_ONLY)!=0; } /* ** Return the size of the header added to each page by this module. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree(void){ return ROUND8(sizeof(MemPage)); } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) /* ** Return true if the Btree passed as the only argument is sharable. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSharable(Btree *p){ return p->sharable; } /* ** Return the number of connections to the BtShared object accessed by ** the Btree handle passed as the only argument. For private caches ** this is always 1. For shared caches it may be 1 or greater. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeConnectionCount(Btree *p){ testcase( p->sharable ); return p->pBt->nRef; } #endif /************** End of btree.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file backup.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2009 January 28 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX() ** API functions and the related features. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "btreeInt.h" */ /* ** Structure allocated for each backup operation. */ struct sqlite3_backup { sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */ Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */ u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */ int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */ Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */ sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */ Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */ int rc; /* Backup process error code */ /* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are ** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount(). */ Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */ Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */ int isAttached; /* True once backup has been registered with pager */ sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */ }; /* ** THREAD SAFETY NOTES: ** ** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup ** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points: ** ** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and ** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database ** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared ** structure, in that order. ** ** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are ** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in ** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex ** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always ** be held when either of these functions are invoked. ** ** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and ** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called ** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(), ** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to ** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining() ** or backup_pagecount(). ** ** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or ** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking. ** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have ** associated mutexes. */ /* ** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp") ** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return ** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb. ** ** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this ** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an ** error message to pErrorDb. */ static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){ int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb); if( i==1 ){ Parse sParse; int rc = 0; memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse)); sParse.db = pDb; if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(&sParse) ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, sParse.rc, "%s", sParse.zErrMsg); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } sqlite3DbFree(pErrorDb, sParse.zErrMsg); sqlite3ParserReset(&sParse); if( rc ){ return 0; } } if( i<0 ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb); return 0; } return pDb->aDb[i].pBt; } /* ** Attempt to set the page size of the destination to match the page size ** of the source. */ static int setDestPgsz(sqlite3_backup *p){ int rc; rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(p->pDest,sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc),-1,0); return rc; } /* ** Check that there is no open read-transaction on the b-tree passed as the ** second argument. If there is not, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if there ** is an open read-transaction, return SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error ** message in database handle db. */ static int checkReadTransaction(sqlite3 *db, Btree *p){ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p) ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "destination database is in use"); return SQLITE_ERROR; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from ** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return ** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object. ** ** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message ** stored in database handle pDestDb. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init( sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */ const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */ sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */ const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */ ){ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pSrcDb)||!sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pDestDb) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif /* Lock the source database handle. The destination database ** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in ** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no ** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration ** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination ** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause ** a malfunction or a deadlock. */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex); if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg( pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct" ); p = 0; }else { /* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object... ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */ p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(sqlite3_backup)); if( !p ){ sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); } } /* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */ if( p ){ p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb); p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb); p->pDestDb = pDestDb; p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb; p->iNext = 1; p->isAttached = 0; if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest || checkReadTransaction(pDestDb, p->pDest)!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist or an OOM ** error was hit. Or there is a transaction open on the destination ** database. The error has already been written into the pDestDb ** handle. All that is left to do here is free the sqlite3_backup ** structure. */ sqlite3_free(p); p = 0; } } if( p ){ p->pSrc->nBackup++; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex); sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex); return p; } /* ** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is ** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors ** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED. */ static int isFatalError(int rc){ return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && ALWAYS(rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED)); } /* ** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for ** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the ** destination database. */ static int backupOnePage( sqlite3_backup *p, /* Backup handle */ Pgno iSrcPg, /* Source database page to backup */ const u8 *zSrcData, /* Source database page data */ int bUpdate /* True for an update, false otherwise */ ){ Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz); const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz; #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner. */ int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc); int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(p->pDest); #endif int rc = SQLITE_OK; i64 iOff; assert( sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc)>=0 ); assert( p->bDestLocked ); assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) ); assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ); assert( zSrcData ); /* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the ** page sizes of the source and destination differ. */ if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pDestPager) ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC /* Backup is not possible if the page size of the destination is changing ** and a codec is in use. */ if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerGetCodec(pDestPager)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } /* Backup is not possible if the number of bytes of reserve space differ ** between source and destination. If there is a difference, try to ** fix the destination to agree with the source. If that is not possible, ** then the backup cannot proceed. */ if( nSrcReserve!=nDestReserve ){ u32 newPgsz = nSrcPgsz; rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pDestPager, &newPgsz, nSrcReserve); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && newPgsz!=nSrcPgsz ) rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } #endif /* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source ** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset ** of the destination page. */ for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest->pBt) ) continue; if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg, 0)) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg)) ){ const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz]; u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg); u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz]; /* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page. ** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module ** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte ** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers ** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked ** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose. */ memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy); ((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0; if( iOff==0 && bUpdate==0 ){ sqlite3Put4byte(&zOut[28], sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc)); } } sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg); } return rc; } /* ** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to ** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then ** this function is a no-op. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error ** code if an error occurs. */ static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){ i64 iCurrent; int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){ rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize); } return rc; } /* ** Register this backup object with the associated source pager for ** callbacks when pages are changed or the cache invalidated. */ static void attachBackupObject(sqlite3_backup *p){ sqlite3_backup **pp; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(p->pSrc) ); pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); p->pNext = *pp; *pp = p; p->isAttached = 1; } /* ** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){ int rc; int destMode; /* Destination journal mode */ int pgszSrc = 0; /* Source page size */ int pgszDest = 0; /* Destination page size */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); if( p->pDestDb ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); } rc = p->rc; if( !isFatalError(rc) ){ Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */ Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */ int ii; /* Iterator variable */ int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */ int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */ /* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return ** SQLITE_BUSY immediately. */ if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){ rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open ** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed ** before this function exits. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0, 0); bCloseTrans = 1; } /* If the destination database has not yet been locked (i.e. if this ** is the first call to backup_step() for the current backup operation), ** try to set its page size to the same as the source database. This ** is especially important on ZipVFS systems, as in that case it is ** not possible to create a database file that uses one page size by ** writing to it with another. */ if( p->bDestLocked==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK && setDestPgsz(p)==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } /* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0 && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2, (int*)&p->iDestSchema)) ){ p->bDestLocked = 1; } /* Do not allow backup if the destination database is in WAL mode ** and the page sizes are different between source and destination */ pgszSrc = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc); pgszDest = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest); destMode = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest)); if( SQLITE_OK==rc && destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && pgszSrc!=pgszDest ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; } /* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the ** source pager for the number of pages in the database. */ nSrcPage = (int)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(p->pSrc); assert( nSrcPage>=0 ); for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || iiiNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){ const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */ if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){ DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */ rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg,PAGER_GET_READONLY); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg), 0); sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg); } } p->iNext++; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->nPagecount = nSrcPage; p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext; if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; }else if( !p->isAttached ){ attachBackupObject(p); } } /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in ** the case where the source and destination databases have the ** same schema version. */ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ if( nSrcPage==0 ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeNewDb(p->pDest); nSrcPage = 1; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( p->pDestDb ){ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(p->pDestDb); } if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int nDestTruncate; /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination ** database. The complication here is that the destination page ** size may be different to the source page size. ** ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed ** by the file truncation. */ assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) ); assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) ); if( pgszSrcpDest->pBt) ){ nDestTruncate--; } }else{ nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest); } assert( nDestTruncate>0 ); if( pgszSrc= iSize || ( nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1) && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest )); /* This block ensures that all data required to recreate the original ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the ** journal file. */ sqlite3PagerPagecount(pDestPager, &nDstPage); for(iPg=nDestTruncate; rc==SQLITE_OK && iPg<=(Pgno)nDstPage; iPg++){ if( iPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){ DbPage *pPg; rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iPg, &pPg, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); sqlite3PagerUnref(pPg); } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1); } /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */ iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize); for( iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOffpDest, 0)) ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; } } } /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail. */ if( bCloseTrans ){ TESTONLY( int rc2 ); TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0); TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc, 0); assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); } if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } p->rc = rc; } if( p->pDestDb ){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){ sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */ sqlite3 *pSrcDb; /* Source database connection */ int rc; /* Value to return */ /* Enter the mutexes */ if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; pSrcDb = p->pSrcDb; sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex); sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc); if( p->pDestDb ){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); } /* Detach this backup from the source pager. */ if( p->pDestDb ){ p->pSrc->nBackup--; } if( p->isAttached ){ pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc)); while( *pp!=p ){ pp = &(*pp)->pNext; } *pp = p->pNext; } /* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */ sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest, SQLITE_OK, 0); /* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */ rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc; if( p->pDestDb ){ sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc); /* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */ sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(p->pDestDb); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc); if( p->pDestDb ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64852-21591 The sqlite3_backup object is created by a ** call to sqlite3_backup_init() and is destroyed by a call to ** sqlite3_backup_finish(). */ sqlite3_free(p); } sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(pSrcDb); return rc; } /* ** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent ** call to sqlite3_backup_step(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( p==0 ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif return p->nRemaining; } /* ** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most ** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( p==0 ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif return p->nPagecount; } /* ** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the ** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been ** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the ** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs ** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is ** complete. ** ** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object ** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is ** called. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void backupUpdate( sqlite3_backup *p, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData ){ assert( p!=0 ); do{ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPageiNext ){ /* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it ** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy ** the new data into the backup. */ int rc; assert( p->pDestDb ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex); rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData, 1); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex); assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = rc; } } }while( (p = p->pNext)!=0 ); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){ if( pBackup ) backupUpdate(pBackup, iPage, aData); } /* ** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer ** detects that the database has been modified by an external database ** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the ** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still ** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted. ** ** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object ** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is ** called. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){ sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */ for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) ); p->iNext = 1; } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM /* ** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction ** must be active for both files. ** ** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything ** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the ** transaction is committed before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){ int rc; sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File descriptor for database pTo */ sqlite3_backup b; sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo); sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom); assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo) ); pFd = sqlite3PagerFile(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo)); if( pFd->pMethods ){ i64 nByte = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pFrom)*(i64)sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pFrom); rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE, &nByte); if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; if( rc ) goto copy_finished; } /* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set ** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step() ** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called ** from this function, not directly by the user. */ memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b)); b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db; b.pSrc = pFrom; b.pDest = pTo; b.iNext = 1; #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(sqlite3BtreePager(pTo), sqlite3BtreePager(pFrom)); #endif /* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database ** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to ** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes ** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement ** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE ** or an error code. */ sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF); assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK ); rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pTo->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED; }else{ sqlite3PagerClearCache(sqlite3BtreePager(b.pDest)); } assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTo)==0 ); copy_finished: sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom); sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */ /************** End of backup.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbemem.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 26 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code use to manipulate "Mem" structure. A "Mem" ** stores a single value in the VDBE. Mem is an opaque structure visible ** only within the VDBE. Interface routines refer to a Mem using the ** name sqlite_value */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Check invariants on a Mem object. ** ** This routine is intended for use inside of assert() statements, like ** this: assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) ); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(Mem *p){ /* If MEM_Dyn is set then Mem.xDel!=0. ** Mem.xDel might not be initialized if MEM_Dyn is clear. */ assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->xDel!=0 ); /* MEM_Dyn may only be set if Mem.szMalloc==0. In this way we ** ensure that if Mem.szMalloc>0 then it is safe to do ** Mem.z = Mem.zMalloc without having to check Mem.flags&MEM_Dyn. ** That saves a few cycles in inner loops. */ assert( (p->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || p->szMalloc==0 ); /* Cannot be both MEM_Int and MEM_Real at the same time */ assert( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ); if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){ /* Cannot be both MEM_Null and some other type */ assert( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str|MEM_Blob|MEM_Agg))==0 ); /* If MEM_Null is set, then either the value is a pure NULL (the usual ** case) or it is a pointer set using sqlite3_bind_pointer() or ** sqlite3_result_pointer(). If a pointer, then MEM_Term must also be ** set. */ if( (p->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Subtype))==(MEM_Term|MEM_Subtype) ){ /* This is a pointer type. There may be a flag to indicate what to ** do with the pointer. */ assert( ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) <= 1 ); /* No other bits set */ assert( (p->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Term|MEM_Subtype |MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))==0 ); }else{ /* A pure NULL might have other flags, such as MEM_Static, MEM_Dyn, ** MEM_Ephem, MEM_Cleared, or MEM_Subtype */ } }else{ /* The MEM_Cleared bit is only allowed on NULLs */ assert( (p->flags & MEM_Cleared)==0 ); } /* The szMalloc field holds the correct memory allocation size */ assert( p->szMalloc==0 || p->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db,p->zMalloc) ); /* If p holds a string or blob, the Mem.z must point to exactly ** one of the following: ** ** (1) Memory in Mem.zMalloc and managed by the Mem object ** (2) Memory to be freed using Mem.xDel ** (3) An ephemeral string or blob ** (4) A static string or blob */ if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) && p->n>0 ){ assert( ((p->szMalloc>0 && p->z==p->zMalloc)? 1 : 0) + ((p->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + ((p->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 ? 1 : 0) + ((p->flags&MEM_Static)!=0 ? 1 : 0) == 1 ); } return 1; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Check that string value of pMem agrees with its integer or real value. ** ** A single int or real value always converts to the same strings. But ** many different strings can be converted into the same int or real. ** If a table contains a numeric value and an index is based on the ** corresponding string value, then it is important that the string be ** derived from the numeric value, not the other way around, to ensure ** that the index and table are consistent. See ticket ** https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/343634942dd54ab (2018-01-31) for ** an example. ** ** This routine looks at pMem to verify that if it has both a numeric ** representation and a string representation then the string rep has ** been derived from the numeric and not the other way around. It returns ** true if everything is ok and false if there is a problem. ** ** This routine is for use inside of assert() statements only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemConsistentDualRep(Mem *p){ char zBuf[100]; char *z; int i, j, incr; if( (p->flags & MEM_Str)==0 ) return 1; if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ) return 1; if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%lld",p->u.i); }else{ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf),zBuf,"%!.15g",p->u.r); } z = p->z; i = j = 0; incr = 1; if( p->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ incr = 2; if( p->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++; } while( zBuf[j] ){ if( zBuf[j++]!=z[i] ) return 0; i += incr; } return 1; } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* ** If pMem is an object with a valid string representation, this routine ** ensures the internal encoding for the string representation is ** 'desiredEnc', one of SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE. ** ** If pMem is not a string object, or the encoding of the string ** representation is already stored using the requested encoding, then this ** routine is a no-op. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if the conversion is successful (or not required). ** SQLITE_NOMEM may be returned if a malloc() fails during conversion ** between formats. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *pMem, int desiredEnc){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 int rc; #endif assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) ); assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); if( !(pMem->flags&MEM_Str) || pMem->enc==desiredEnc ){ return SQLITE_OK; } assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 return SQLITE_ERROR; #else /* MemTranslate() may return SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_NOMEM. If NOMEM is returned, ** then the encoding of the value may not have changed. */ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(pMem, (u8)desiredEnc); assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM); assert(rc==SQLITE_OK || pMem->enc!=desiredEnc); assert(rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || pMem->enc==desiredEnc); return rc; #endif } /* ** Make sure pMem->z points to a writable allocation of at least ** min(n,32) bytes. ** ** If the bPreserve argument is true, then copy of the content of ** pMem->z into the new allocation. pMem must be either a string or ** blob if bPreserve is true. If bPreserve is false, any prior content ** in pMem->z is discarded. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE SQLITE_NOINLINE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int bPreserve){ assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pMem) ); assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) ); testcase( pMem->db==0 ); /* If the bPreserve flag is set to true, then the memory cell must already ** contain a valid string or blob value. */ assert( bPreserve==0 || pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); testcase( bPreserve && pMem->z==0 ); assert( pMem->szMalloc==0 || pMem->szMalloc==sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc) ); if( n<32 ) n = 32; if( pMem->szMalloc>0 && bPreserve && pMem->z==pMem->zMalloc ){ pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pMem->db, pMem->z, n); bPreserve = 0; }else{ if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); pMem->zMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, n); } if( pMem->zMalloc==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); pMem->z = 0; pMem->szMalloc = 0; return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); } if( bPreserve && pMem->z ){ assert( pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ); memcpy(pMem->zMalloc, pMem->z, pMem->n); } if( (pMem->flags&MEM_Dyn)!=0 ){ assert( pMem->xDel!=0 && pMem->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); pMem->xDel((void *)(pMem->z)); } pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc; pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Change the pMem->zMalloc allocation to be at least szNew bytes. ** If pMem->zMalloc already meets or exceeds the requested size, this ** routine is a no-op. ** ** Any prior string or blob content in the pMem object may be discarded. ** The pMem->xDel destructor is called, if it exists. Though MEM_Str ** and MEM_Blob values may be discarded, MEM_Int, MEM_Real, and MEM_Null ** values are preserved. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success or an error code (probably SQLITE_NOMEM) ** if unable to complete the resizing. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(Mem *pMem, int szNew){ assert( szNew>0 ); assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 || pMem->szMalloc==0 ); if( pMem->szMallocflags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); pMem->z = pMem->zMalloc; pMem->flags &= (MEM_Null|MEM_Int|MEM_Real); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** It is already known that pMem contains an unterminated string. ** Add the zero terminator. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemAddTerminator(Mem *pMem){ if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, pMem->n+2, 1) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } pMem->z[pMem->n] = 0; pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = 0; pMem->flags |= MEM_Term; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Change pMem so that its MEM_Str or MEM_Blob value is stored in ** MEM.zMalloc, where it can be safely written. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM if malloc fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem *pMem){ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) ); if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 ){ if( ExpandBlob(pMem) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; if( pMem->szMalloc==0 || pMem->z!=pMem->zMalloc ){ int rc = vdbeMemAddTerminator(pMem); if( rc ) return rc; } } pMem->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If the given Mem* has a zero-filled tail, turn it into an ordinary ** blob stored in dynamically allocated space. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *pMem){ int nByte; assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Zero ); assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Blob ); assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) ); assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); /* Set nByte to the number of bytes required to store the expanded blob. */ nByte = pMem->n + pMem->u.nZero; if( nByte<=0 ){ nByte = 1; } if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pMem, nByte, 1) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memset(&pMem->z[pMem->n], 0, pMem->u.nZero); pMem->n += pMem->u.nZero; pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Zero|MEM_Term); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** Make sure the given Mem is \u0000 terminated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem *pMem){ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Term|MEM_Str) ); testcase( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))==0 ); if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Term|MEM_Str))!=MEM_Str ){ return SQLITE_OK; /* Nothing to do */ }else{ return vdbeMemAddTerminator(pMem); } } /* ** Add MEM_Str to the set of representations for the given Mem. Numbers ** are converted using sqlite3_snprintf(). Converting a BLOB to a string ** is a no-op. ** ** Existing representations MEM_Int and MEM_Real are invalidated if ** bForce is true but are retained if bForce is false. ** ** A MEM_Null value will never be passed to this function. This function is ** used for converting values to text for returning to the user (i.e. via ** sqlite3_value_text()), or for ensuring that values to be used as btree ** keys are strings. In the former case a NULL pointer is returned the ** user and the latter is an internal programming error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem *pMem, u8 enc, u8 bForce){ int fg = pMem->flags; const int nByte = 32; assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( !(fg&MEM_Zero) ); assert( !(fg&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob)) ); assert( fg&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ); assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){ pMem->enc = 0; return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } /* For a Real or Integer, use sqlite3_snprintf() to produce the UTF-8 ** string representation of the value. Then, if the required encoding ** is UTF-16le or UTF-16be do a translation. ** ** FIX ME: It would be better if sqlite3_snprintf() could do UTF-16. */ if( fg & MEM_Int ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%lld", pMem->u.i); }else{ assert( fg & MEM_Real ); sqlite3_snprintf(nByte, pMem->z, "%!.15g", pMem->u.r); } pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; pMem->flags |= MEM_Str|MEM_Term; if( bForce ) pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real); sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, enc); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Memory cell pMem contains the context of an aggregate function. ** This routine calls the finalize method for that function. The ** result of the aggregate is stored back into pMem. ** ** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the finalizer reports an error. SQLITE_OK ** otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem *pMem, FuncDef *pFunc){ sqlite3_context ctx; Mem t; assert( pFunc!=0 ); assert( pFunc->xFinalize!=0 ); assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pMem->u.pDef ); assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx)); memset(&t, 0, sizeof(t)); t.flags = MEM_Null; t.db = pMem->db; ctx.pOut = &t; ctx.pMem = pMem; ctx.pFunc = pFunc; pFunc->xFinalize(&ctx); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Dyn)==0 ); if( pMem->szMalloc>0 ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); memcpy(pMem, &t, sizeof(t)); return ctx.isError; } /* ** Memory cell pAccum contains the context of an aggregate function. ** This routine calls the xValue method for that function and stores ** the results in memory cell pMem. ** ** SQLITE_ERROR is returned if xValue() reports an error. SQLITE_OK ** otherwise. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemAggValue(Mem *pAccum, Mem *pOut, FuncDef *pFunc){ sqlite3_context ctx; Mem t; assert( pFunc!=0 ); assert( pFunc->xValue!=0 ); assert( (pAccum->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 || pFunc==pAccum->u.pDef ); assert( pAccum->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pAccum->db->mutex) ); memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx)); memset(&t, 0, sizeof(t)); t.flags = MEM_Null; t.db = pAccum->db; sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); ctx.pOut = pOut; ctx.pMem = pAccum; ctx.pFunc = pFunc; pFunc->xValue(&ctx); return ctx.isError; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ /* ** If the memory cell contains a value that must be freed by ** invoking the external callback in Mem.xDel, then this routine ** will free that value. It also sets Mem.flags to MEM_Null. ** ** This is a helper routine for sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() and ** for sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(). Use those other routines as the ** entry point for releasing Mem resources. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(Mem *p){ assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); assert( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ); if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){ sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef); assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ); testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn ); } if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn ){ assert( p->xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC && p->xDel!=0 ); p->xDel((void *)p->z); } p->flags = MEM_Null; } /* ** Release memory held by the Mem p, both external memory cleared ** by p->xDel and memory in p->zMalloc. ** ** This is a helper routine invoked by sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() in ** the unusual case where there really is memory in p that needs ** to be freed. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeMemClear(Mem *p){ if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) ){ vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(p); } if( p->szMalloc ){ sqlite3DbFreeNN(p->db, p->zMalloc); p->szMalloc = 0; } p->z = 0; } /* ** Release any memory resources held by the Mem. Both the memory that is ** free by Mem.xDel and the Mem.zMalloc allocation are freed. ** ** Use this routine prior to clean up prior to abandoning a Mem, or to ** reset a Mem back to its minimum memory utilization. ** ** Use sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull() to release just the Mem.xDel space ** prior to inserting new content into the Mem. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){ assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p) ); if( VdbeMemDynamic(p) || p->szMalloc ){ vdbeMemClear(p); } } /* ** Convert a 64-bit IEEE double into a 64-bit signed integer. ** If the double is out of range of a 64-bit signed integer then ** return the closest available 64-bit signed integer. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE i64 doubleToInt64(double r){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* When floating-point is omitted, double and int64 are the same thing */ return r; #else /* ** Many compilers we encounter do not define constants for the ** minimum and maximum 64-bit integers, or they define them ** inconsistently. And many do not understand the "LL" notation. ** So we define our own static constants here using nothing ** larger than a 32-bit integer constant. */ static const i64 maxInt = LARGEST_INT64; static const i64 minInt = SMALLEST_INT64; if( r<=(double)minInt ){ return minInt; }else if( r>=(double)maxInt ){ return maxInt; }else{ return (i64)r; } #endif } /* ** Return some kind of integer value which is the best we can do ** at representing the value that *pMem describes as an integer. ** If pMem is an integer, then the value is exact. If pMem is ** a floating-point then the value returned is the integer part. ** If pMem is a string or blob, then we make an attempt to convert ** it into an integer and return that. If pMem represents an ** an SQL-NULL value, return 0. ** ** If pMem represents a string value, its encoding might be changed. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE i64 memIntValue(Mem *pMem){ i64 value = 0; sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &value, pMem->n, pMem->enc); return value; } SQLITE_PRIVATE i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem *pMem){ int flags; assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); flags = pMem->flags; if( flags & MEM_Int ){ return pMem->u.i; }else if( flags & MEM_Real ){ return doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r); }else if( flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ assert( pMem->z || pMem->n==0 ); return memIntValue(pMem); }else{ return 0; } } /* ** Return the best representation of pMem that we can get into a ** double. If pMem is already a double or an integer, return its ** value. If it is a string or blob, try to convert it to a double. ** If it is a NULL, return 0.0. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE double memRealValue(Mem *pMem){ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ double val = (double)0; sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &val, pMem->n, pMem->enc); return val; } SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem *pMem){ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ return pMem->u.r; }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ return (double)pMem->u.i; }else if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ return memRealValue(pMem); }else{ /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ return (double)0; } } /* ** Return 1 if pMem represents true, and return 0 if pMem represents false. ** Return the value ifNull if pMem is NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(Mem *pMem, int ifNull){ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ) return pMem->u.i!=0; if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ) return ifNull; return sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem)!=0.0; } /* ** The MEM structure is already a MEM_Real. Try to also make it a ** MEM_Int if we can. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem *pMem){ i64 ix; assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ); assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) ); assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); ix = doubleToInt64(pMem->u.r); /* Only mark the value as an integer if ** ** (1) the round-trip conversion real->int->real is a no-op, and ** (2) The integer is neither the largest nor the smallest ** possible integer (ticket #3922) ** ** The second and third terms in the following conditional enforces ** the second condition under the assumption that addition overflow causes ** values to wrap around. */ if( pMem->u.r==ix && ix>SMALLEST_INT64 && ixu.i = ix; MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); } } /* ** Convert pMem to type integer. Invalidate any prior representations. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem *pMem){ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); pMem->u.i = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pMem); MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Convert pMem so that it is of type MEM_Real. ** Invalidate any prior representations. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem *pMem){ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); pMem->u.r = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pMem); MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Compare a floating point value to an integer. Return true if the two ** values are the same within the precision of the floating point value. ** ** For some versions of GCC on 32-bit machines, if you do the more obvious ** comparison of "r1==(double)i" you sometimes get an answer of false even ** though the r1 and (double)i values are bit-for-bit the same. */ static int sqlite3RealSameAsInt(double r1, sqlite3_int64 i){ double r2 = (double)i; return memcmp(&r1, &r2, sizeof(r1))==0; } /* ** Convert pMem so that it has types MEM_Real or MEM_Int or both. ** Invalidate any prior representations. ** ** Every effort is made to force the conversion, even if the input ** is a string that does not look completely like a number. Convert ** as much of the string as we can and ignore the rest. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem *pMem){ if( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))==0 ){ int rc; assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str))!=0 ); assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); rc = sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc); if( rc==0 ){ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); }else{ i64 i = pMem->u.i; sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->u.r, pMem->n, pMem->enc); if( rc==1 && sqlite3RealSameAsInt(pMem->u.r, i) ){ pMem->u.i = i; MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Int); }else{ MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Real); } } } assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Null))!=0 ); pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Cast the datatype of the value in pMem according to the affinity ** "aff". Casting is different from applying affinity in that a cast ** is forced. In other words, the value is converted into the desired ** affinity even if that results in loss of data. This routine is ** used (for example) to implement the SQL "cast()" operator. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemCast(Mem *pMem, u8 aff, u8 encoding){ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ) return; switch( aff ){ case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB: { /* Really a cast to BLOB */ if( (pMem->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding); assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed ); if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ) MemSetTypeFlag(pMem, MEM_Blob); }else{ pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_TypeMask&~MEM_Blob); } break; } case SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: { sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pMem); break; } case SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: { sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem); break; } case SQLITE_AFF_REAL: { sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pMem); break; } default: { assert( aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); assert( MEM_Str==(MEM_Blob>>3) ); pMem->flags |= (pMem->flags&MEM_Blob)>>3; sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pMem, SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, encoding); assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Str || pMem->db->mallocFailed ); pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero); break; } } } /* ** Initialize bulk memory to be a consistent Mem object. ** ** The minimum amount of initialization feasible is performed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemInit(Mem *pMem, sqlite3 *db, u16 flags){ assert( (flags & ~MEM_TypeMask)==0 ); pMem->flags = flags; pMem->db = db; pMem->szMalloc = 0; } /* ** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to NULL. ** ** This routine calls the Mem.xDel destructor to dispose of values that ** require the destructor. But it preserves the Mem.zMalloc memory allocation. ** To free all resources, use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(), which both calls this ** routine to invoke the destructor and deallocates Mem.zMalloc. ** ** Use this routine to reset the Mem prior to insert a new value. ** ** Use sqlite3VdbeMemRelease() to complete erase the Mem prior to abandoning it. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem *pMem){ if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){ vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pMem); }else{ pMem->flags = MEM_Null; } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetNull(sqlite3_value *p){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)p); } /* ** Delete any previous value and set the value to be a BLOB of length ** n containing all zeros. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem *pMem, int n){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Zero; pMem->n = 0; if( n<0 ) n = 0; pMem->u.nZero = n; pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; pMem->z = 0; } /* ** The pMem is known to contain content that needs to be destroyed prior ** to a value change. So invoke the destructor, then set the value to ** a 64-bit integer. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); pMem->u.i = val; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; } /* ** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, ** manifest type INTEGER. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem *pMem, i64 val){ if( VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ){ vdbeReleaseAndSetInt64(pMem, val); }else{ pMem->u.i = val; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; } } /* A no-op destructor */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NoopDestructor(void *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); } /* ** Set the value stored in *pMem should already be a NULL. ** Also store a pointer to go with it. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetPointer( Mem *pMem, void *pPtr, const char *zPType, void (*xDestructor)(void*) ){ assert( pMem->flags==MEM_Null ); pMem->u.zPType = zPType ? zPType : ""; pMem->z = pPtr; pMem->flags = MEM_Null|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Subtype|MEM_Term; pMem->eSubtype = 'p'; pMem->xDel = xDestructor ? xDestructor : sqlite3NoopDestructor; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* ** Delete any previous value and set the value stored in *pMem to val, ** manifest type REAL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem *pMem, double val){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); if( !sqlite3IsNaN(val) ){ pMem->u.r = val; pMem->flags = MEM_Real; } } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Return true if the Mem holds a RowSet object. This routine is intended ** for use inside of assert() statements. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(const Mem *pMem){ return (pMem->flags&(MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn))==(MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn) && pMem->xDel==sqlite3RowSetDelete; } #endif /* ** Delete any previous value and set the value of pMem to be an ** empty boolean index. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation ** error occurs. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem *pMem){ sqlite3 *db = pMem->db; RowSet *p; assert( db!=0 ); assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) ); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); p = sqlite3RowSetInit(db); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pMem->z = (char*)p; pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn; pMem->xDel = sqlite3RowSetDelete; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return true if the Mem object contains a TEXT or BLOB that is ** too large - whose size exceeds SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem *p){ assert( p->db!=0 ); if( p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ int n = p->n; if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ n += p->u.nZero; } return n>p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; } return 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** This routine prepares a memory cell for modification by breaking ** its link to a shallow copy and by marking any current shallow ** copies of this cell as invalid. ** ** This is used for testing and debugging only - to make sure shallow ** copies are not misused. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(Vdbe *pVdbe, Mem *pMem){ int i; Mem *pX; for(i=0, pX=pVdbe->aMem; inMem; i++, pX++){ if( pX->pScopyFrom==pMem ){ /* If pX is marked as a shallow copy of pMem, then verify that ** no significant changes have been made to pX since the OP_SCopy. ** A significant change would indicated a missed call to this ** function for pX. Minor changes, such as adding or removing a ** dual type, are allowed, as long as the underlying value is the ** same. */ u16 mFlags = pMem->flags & pX->flags & pX->mScopyFlags; assert( (mFlags&MEM_Int)==0 || pMem->u.i==pX->u.i ); assert( (mFlags&MEM_Real)==0 || pMem->u.r==pX->u.r ); assert( (mFlags&MEM_Str)==0 || (pMem->n==pX->n && pMem->z==pX->z) ); assert( (mFlags&MEM_Blob)==0 || sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem,pX)==0 ); /* pMem is the register that is changing. But also mark pX as ** undefined so that we can quickly detect the shallow-copy error */ pX->flags = MEM_Undefined; pX->pScopyFrom = 0; } } pMem->pScopyFrom = 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* ** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of ** pTo are freed. The pFrom->z field is not duplicated. If ** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z ** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static). */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeClrCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int eType){ vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo); assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ); sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pTo, pFrom, eType); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){ assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pFrom) ); assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db ); if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ){ vdbeClrCopy(pTo,pFrom,srcType); return; } memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){ pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem); assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static ); pTo->flags |= srcType; } } /* ** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo. Prior contents of pTo are ** freed before the copy is made. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pFrom) ); if( VdbeMemDynamic(pTo) ) vdbeMemClearExternAndSetNull(pTo); memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE); pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn; if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){ pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem; rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo); } } return rc; } /* ** Transfer the contents of pFrom to pTo. Any existing value in pTo is ** freed. If pFrom contains ephemeral data, a copy is made. ** ** pFrom contains an SQL NULL when this routine returns. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem *pTo, Mem *pFrom){ assert( pFrom->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pFrom->db->mutex) ); assert( pTo->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pTo->db->mutex) ); assert( pFrom->db==0 || pTo->db==0 || pFrom->db==pTo->db ); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pTo); memcpy(pTo, pFrom, sizeof(Mem)); pFrom->flags = MEM_Null; pFrom->szMalloc = 0; } /* ** Change the value of a Mem to be a string or a BLOB. ** ** The memory management strategy depends on the value of the xDel ** parameter. If the value passed is SQLITE_TRANSIENT, then the ** string is copied into a (possibly existing) buffer managed by the ** Mem structure. Otherwise, any existing buffer is freed and the ** pointer copied. ** ** If the string is too large (if it exceeds the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH ** size limit) then no memory allocation occurs. If the string can be ** stored without allocating memory, then it is. If a memory allocation ** is required to store the string, then value of pMem is unchanged. In ** either case, SQLITE_TOOBIG is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr( Mem *pMem, /* Memory cell to set to string value */ const char *z, /* String pointer */ int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ ){ int nByte = n; /* New value for pMem->n */ int iLimit; /* Maximum allowed string or blob size */ u16 flags = 0; /* New value for pMem->flags */ assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) ); assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) ); /* If z is a NULL pointer, set pMem to contain an SQL NULL. */ if( !z ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); return SQLITE_OK; } if( pMem->db ){ iLimit = pMem->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; }else{ iLimit = SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH; } flags = (enc==0?MEM_Blob:MEM_Str); if( nByte<0 ){ assert( enc!=0 ); if( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){ nByte = 0x7fffffff & (int)strlen(z); if( nByte>iLimit ) nByte = iLimit+1; }else{ for(nByte=0; nByte<=iLimit && (z[nByte] | z[nByte+1]); nByte+=2){} } flags |= MEM_Term; } /* The following block sets the new values of Mem.z and Mem.xDel. It ** also sets a flag in local variable "flags" to indicate the memory ** management (one of MEM_Dyn or MEM_Static). */ if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ int nAlloc = nByte; if( flags&MEM_Term ){ nAlloc += (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2); } if( nByte>iLimit ){ return SQLITE_TOOBIG; } testcase( nAlloc==0 ); testcase( nAlloc==31 ); testcase( nAlloc==32 ); if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, MAX(nAlloc,32)) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memcpy(pMem->z, z, nAlloc); }else if( xDel==SQLITE_DYNAMIC ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z = (char *)z; pMem->szMalloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(pMem->db, pMem->zMalloc); }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); pMem->z = (char *)z; pMem->xDel = xDel; flags |= ((xDel==SQLITE_STATIC)?MEM_Static:MEM_Dyn); } pMem->n = nByte; pMem->flags = flags; pMem->enc = (enc==0 ? SQLITE_UTF8 : enc); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(pMem) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } #endif if( nByte>iLimit ){ return SQLITE_TOOBIG; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Move data out of a btree key or data field and into a Mem structure. ** The data is payload from the entry that pCur is currently pointing ** to. offset and amt determine what portion of the data or key to retrieve. ** The result is written into the pMem element. ** ** The pMem object must have been initialized. This routine will use ** pMem->zMalloc to hold the content from the btree, if possible. New ** pMem->zMalloc space will be allocated if necessary. The calling routine ** is responsible for making sure that the pMem object is eventually ** destroyed. ** ** If this routine fails for any reason (malloc returns NULL or unable ** to read from the disk) then the pMem is left in an inconsistent state. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeMemFromBtreeResize( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ ){ int rc; pMem->flags = MEM_Null; if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, amt+1)) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreePayload(pCur, offset, amt, pMem->z); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pMem->z[amt] = 0; /* Overrun area used when reading malformed records */ pMem->flags = MEM_Blob; pMem->n = (int)amt; }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); } } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree( BtCursor *pCur, /* Cursor pointing at record to retrieve. */ u32 offset, /* Offset from the start of data to return bytes from. */ u32 amt, /* Number of bytes to return. */ Mem *pMem /* OUT: Return data in this Mem structure. */ ){ char *zData; /* Data from the btree layer */ u32 available = 0; /* Number of bytes available on the local btree page */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pMem) ); /* Note: the calls to BtreeKeyFetch() and DataFetch() below assert() ** that both the BtShared and database handle mutexes are held. */ assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem) ); zData = (char *)sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(pCur, &available); assert( zData!=0 ); if( offset+amt<=available ){ pMem->z = &zData[offset]; pMem->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem; pMem->n = (int)amt; }else{ rc = vdbeMemFromBtreeResize(pCur, offset, amt, pMem); } return rc; } /* ** The pVal argument is known to be a value other than NULL. ** Convert it into a string with encoding enc and return a pointer ** to a zero-terminated version of that string. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE const void *valueToText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){ assert( pVal!=0 ); assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) ); assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pVal) ); assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Null))==0 ); if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){ if( ExpandBlob(pVal) ) return 0; pVal->flags |= MEM_Str; if( pVal->enc != (enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED); } if( (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)!=0 && 1==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ){ assert( (pVal->flags & (MEM_Ephem|MEM_Static))!=0 ); if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pVal)!=SQLITE_OK ){ return 0; } } sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(pVal); /* IMP: R-31275-44060 */ }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pVal, enc, 0); assert( 0==(1&SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pVal->z)) ); } assert(pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) || pVal->db==0 || pVal->db->mallocFailed ); if( pVal->enc==(enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ){ assert( sqlite3VdbeMemConsistentDualRep(pVal) ); return pVal->z; }else{ return 0; } } /* This function is only available internally, it is not part of the ** external API. It works in a similar way to sqlite3_value_text(), ** except the data returned is in the encoding specified by the second ** parameter, which must be one of SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE or ** SQLITE_UTF8. ** ** (2006-02-16:) The enc value can be or-ed with SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED. ** If that is the case, then the result must be aligned on an even byte ** boundary. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const void *sqlite3ValueText(sqlite3_value* pVal, u8 enc){ if( !pVal ) return 0; assert( pVal->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pVal->db->mutex) ); assert( (enc&3)==(enc&~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED) ); assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pVal) ); if( (pVal->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Term))==(MEM_Str|MEM_Term) && pVal->enc==enc ){ assert( sqlite3VdbeMemConsistentDualRep(pVal) ); return pVal->z; } if( pVal->flags&MEM_Null ){ return 0; } return valueToText(pVal, enc); } /* ** Create a new sqlite3_value object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3ValueNew(sqlite3 *db){ Mem *p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*p)); if( p ){ p->flags = MEM_Null; p->db = db; } return p; } /* ** Context object passed by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() through to ** valueNew(). See comments above valueNew() for details. */ struct ValueNewStat4Ctx { Parse *pParse; Index *pIdx; UnpackedRecord **ppRec; int iVal; }; /* ** Allocate and return a pointer to a new sqlite3_value object. If ** the second argument to this function is NULL, the object is allocated ** by calling sqlite3ValueNew(). ** ** Otherwise, if the second argument is non-zero, then this function is ** being called indirectly by sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). If it has not ** already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord structure that ** that function will return to its caller here. Then return a pointer to ** an sqlite3_value within the UnpackedRecord.a[] array. */ static sqlite3_value *valueNew(sqlite3 *db, struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *p){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 if( p ){ UnpackedRecord *pRec = p->ppRec[0]; if( pRec==0 ){ Index *pIdx = p->pIdx; /* Index being probed */ int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ int i; /* Counter variable */ int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; /* Number of index columns including rowid */ nByte = sizeof(Mem) * nCol + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)); pRec = (UnpackedRecord*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); if( pRec ){ pRec->pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(p->pParse, pIdx); if( pRec->pKeyInfo ){ assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->nAllField==nCol ); assert( pRec->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); pRec->aMem = (Mem *)((u8*)pRec + ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))); for(i=0; iaMem[i].flags = MEM_Null; pRec->aMem[i].db = db; } }else{ sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pRec); pRec = 0; } } if( pRec==0 ) return 0; p->ppRec[0] = pRec; } pRec->nField = p->iVal+1; return &pRec->aMem[p->iVal]; } #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); #endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) */ return sqlite3ValueNew(db); } /* ** The expression object indicated by the second argument is guaranteed ** to be a scalar SQL function. If ** ** * all function arguments are SQL literals, ** * one of the SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT or _SLOCHNG function flags is set, and ** * the SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL function flag is not set, ** ** then this routine attempts to invoke the SQL function. Assuming no ** error occurs, output parameter (*ppVal) is set to point to a value ** object containing the result before returning SQLITE_OK. ** ** Affinity aff is applied to the result of the function before returning. ** If the result is a text value, the sqlite3_value object uses encoding ** enc. ** ** If the conditions above are not met, this function returns SQLITE_OK ** and sets (*ppVal) to NULL. Or, if an error occurs, (*ppVal) is set to ** NULL and an SQLite error code returned. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 static int valueFromFunction( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ Expr *p, /* The expression to evaluate */ u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ u8 aff, /* Affinity to use */ sqlite3_value **ppVal, /* Write the new value here */ struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pCtx /* Second argument for valueNew() */ ){ sqlite3_context ctx; /* Context object for function invocation */ sqlite3_value **apVal = 0; /* Function arguments */ int nVal = 0; /* Size of apVal[] array */ FuncDef *pFunc = 0; /* Function definition */ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* New value */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ ExprList *pList = 0; /* Function arguments */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ assert( pCtx!=0 ); assert( (p->flags & EP_TokenOnly)==0 ); pList = p->x.pList; if( pList ) nVal = pList->nExpr; pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, p->u.zToken, nVal, enc, 0); assert( pFunc ); if( (pFunc->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG))==0 || (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL) ){ return SQLITE_OK; } if( pList ){ apVal = (sqlite3_value**)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(apVal[0]) * nVal); if( apVal==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto value_from_function_out; } for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr, enc, aff, &apVal[i]); if( apVal[i]==0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto value_from_function_out; } } pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); if( pVal==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto value_from_function_out; } assert( pCtx->pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ); memset(&ctx, 0, sizeof(ctx)); ctx.pOut = pVal; ctx.pFunc = pFunc; pFunc->xSFunc(&ctx, nVal, apVal); if( ctx.isError ){ rc = ctx.isError; sqlite3ErrorMsg(pCtx->pParse, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pVal)); }else{ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, aff, SQLITE_UTF8); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVal) ){ rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; pCtx->pParse->nErr++; } } pCtx->pParse->rc = rc; value_from_function_out: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ pVal = 0; } if( apVal ){ for(i=0; iop)==TK_UPLUS || op==TK_SPAN ) pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4) if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2; #else if( NEVER(op==TK_REGISTER) ) op = pExpr->op2; #endif /* Compressed expressions only appear when parsing the DEFAULT clause ** on a table column definition, and hence only when pCtx==0. This ** check ensures that an EP_TokenOnly expression is never passed down ** into valueFromFunction(). */ assert( (pExpr->flags & EP_TokenOnly)==0 || pCtx==0 ); if( op==TK_CAST ){ u8 aff = sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken,0); rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr->pLeft, enc, aff, ppVal, pCtx); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); if( *ppVal ){ sqlite3VdbeMemCast(*ppVal, aff, SQLITE_UTF8); sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(*ppVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8); } return rc; } /* Handle negative integers in a single step. This is needed in the ** case when the value is -9223372036854775808. */ if( op==TK_UMINUS && (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT) ){ pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; op = pExpr->op; negInt = -1; zNeg = "-"; } if( op==TK_STRING || op==TK_FLOAT || op==TK_INTEGER ){ pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pVal, (i64)pExpr->u.iValue*negInt); }else{ zVal = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s%s", zNeg, pExpr->u.zToken); if( zVal==0 ) goto no_mem; sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zVal, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } if( (op==TK_INTEGER || op==TK_FLOAT ) && affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, SQLITE_UTF8); }else{ sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, SQLITE_UTF8); } if( pVal->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ) pVal->flags &= ~MEM_Str; if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVal, enc); } }else if( op==TK_UMINUS ) { /* This branch happens for multiple negative signs. Ex: -(-5) */ if( SQLITE_OK==valueFromExpr(db,pExpr->pLeft,enc,affinity,&pVal,pCtx) && pVal!=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal); if( pVal->flags & MEM_Real ){ pVal->u.r = -pVal->u.r; }else if( pVal->u.i==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ pVal->u.r = -(double)SMALLEST_INT64; MemSetTypeFlag(pVal, MEM_Real); }else{ pVal->u.i = -pVal->u.i; } sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, enc); } }else if( op==TK_NULL ){ pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); if( pVal==0 ) goto no_mem; sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(pVal); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL else if( op==TK_BLOB ){ int nVal; assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); if( !pVal ) goto no_mem; zVal = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal)-1; assert( zVal[nVal]=='\'' ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVal, sqlite3HexToBlob(db, zVal, nVal), nVal/2, 0, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 else if( op==TK_FUNCTION && pCtx!=0 ){ rc = valueFromFunction(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, &pVal, pCtx); } #endif else if( op==TK_TRUEFALSE ){ pVal = valueNew(db, pCtx); pVal->flags = MEM_Int; pVal->u.i = pExpr->u.zToken[4]==0; } *ppVal = pVal; return rc; no_mem: #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 if( pCtx==0 || pCtx->pParse->nErr==0 ) #endif sqlite3OomFault(db); sqlite3DbFree(db, zVal); assert( *ppVal==0 ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 if( pCtx==0 ) sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); #else assert( pCtx==0 ); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); #endif return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } /* ** Create a new sqlite3_value object, containing the value of pExpr. ** ** This only works for very simple expressions that consist of one constant ** token (i.e. "5", "5.1", "'a string'"). If the expression can ** be converted directly into a value, then the value is allocated and ** a pointer written to *ppVal. The caller is responsible for deallocating ** the value by passing it to sqlite3ValueFree() later on. If the expression ** cannot be converted to a value, then *ppVal is set to NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueFromExpr( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to evaluate */ u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ sqlite3_value **ppVal /* Write the new value here */ ){ return pExpr ? valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, enc, affinity, ppVal, 0) : 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* ** The implementation of the sqlite_record() function. This function accepts ** a single argument of any type. The return value is a formatted database ** record (a blob) containing the argument value. ** ** This is used to convert the value stored in the 'sample' column of the ** sqlite_stat3 table to the record format SQLite uses internally. */ static void recordFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const int file_format = 1; u32 iSerial; /* Serial type */ int nSerial; /* Bytes of space for iSerial as varint */ u32 nVal; /* Bytes of space required for argv[0] */ int nRet; sqlite3 *db; u8 *aRet; UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); iSerial = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(argv[0], file_format, &nVal); nSerial = sqlite3VarintLen(iSerial); db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); nRet = 1 + nSerial + nVal; aRet = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nRet); if( aRet==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); }else{ aRet[0] = nSerial+1; putVarint32(&aRet[1], iSerial); sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&aRet[1+nSerial], argv[0], iSerial); sqlite3_result_blob(context, aRet, nRet, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, aRet); } } /* ** Register built-in functions used to help read ANALYZE data. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(void){ static FuncDef aAnalyzeTableFuncs[] = { FUNCTION(sqlite_record, 1, 0, 0, recordFunc), }; sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aAnalyzeTableFuncs, ArraySize(aAnalyzeTableFuncs)); } /* ** Attempt to extract a value from pExpr and use it to construct *ppVal. ** ** If pAlloc is not NULL, then an UnpackedRecord object is created for ** pAlloc if one does not exist and the new value is added to the ** UnpackedRecord object. ** ** A value is extracted in the following cases: ** ** * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL, ** ** * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or ** ** * The expression is a literal value. ** ** On success, *ppVal is made to point to the extracted value. The caller ** is responsible for ensuring that the value is eventually freed. */ static int stat4ValueFromExpr( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to extract a value from */ u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ struct ValueNewStat4Ctx *pAlloc,/* How to allocate space. Or NULL */ sqlite3_value **ppVal /* OUT: New value object (or NULL) */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Skip over any TK_COLLATE nodes */ pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); assert( pExpr==0 || pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER || pExpr->op2!=TK_VARIABLE ); if( !pExpr ){ pVal = valueNew(db, pAlloc); if( pVal ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull((Mem*)pVal); } }else if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE && (db->flags & SQLITE_EnableQPSG)==0 ){ Vdbe *v; int iBindVar = pExpr->iColumn; sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iBindVar); if( (v = pParse->pReprepare)!=0 ){ pVal = valueNew(db, pAlloc); if( pVal ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem*)pVal, &v->aVar[iBindVar-1]); sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pVal, affinity, ENC(db)); pVal->db = pParse->db; } } }else{ rc = valueFromExpr(db, pExpr, ENC(db), affinity, &pVal, pAlloc); } assert( pVal==0 || pVal->db==db ); *ppVal = pVal; return rc; } /* ** This function is used to allocate and populate UnpackedRecord ** structures intended to be compared against sample index keys stored ** in the sqlite_stat4 table. ** ** A single call to this function populates zero or more fields of the ** record starting with field iVal (fields are numbered from left to ** right starting with 0). A single field is populated if: ** ** * (pExpr==0). In this case the value is assumed to be an SQL NULL, ** ** * The expression is a bound variable, and this is a reprepare, or ** ** * The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() function is able to extract a value ** from the expression (i.e. the expression is a literal value). ** ** Or, if pExpr is a TK_VECTOR, one field is populated for each of the ** vector components that match either of the two latter criteria listed ** above. ** ** Before any value is appended to the record, the affinity of the ** corresponding column within index pIdx is applied to it. Before ** this function returns, output parameter *pnExtract is set to the ** number of values appended to the record. ** ** When this function is called, *ppRec must either point to an object ** allocated by an earlier call to this function, or must be NULL. If it ** is NULL and a value can be successfully extracted, a new UnpackedRecord ** is allocated (and *ppRec set to point to it) before returning. ** ** Unless an error is encountered, SQLITE_OK is returned. It is not an ** error if a value cannot be extracted from pExpr. If an error does ** occur, an SQLite error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Index *pIdx, /* Index being probed */ UnpackedRecord **ppRec, /* IN/OUT: Probe record */ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to extract a value from */ int nElem, /* Maximum number of values to append */ int iVal, /* Array element to populate */ int *pnExtract /* OUT: Values appended to the record */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nExtract = 0; if( pExpr==0 || pExpr->op!=TK_SELECT ){ int i; struct ValueNewStat4Ctx alloc; alloc.pParse = pParse; alloc.pIdx = pIdx; alloc.ppRec = ppRec; for(i=0; idb, pIdx, iVal+i); alloc.iVal = iVal+i; rc = stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pElem, aff, &alloc, &pVal); if( !pVal ) break; nExtract++; } } *pnExtract = nExtract; return rc; } /* ** Attempt to extract a value from expression pExpr using the methods ** as described for sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() above. ** ** If successful, set *ppVal to point to a new value object and return ** SQLITE_OK. If no value can be extracted, but no other error occurs ** (e.g. OOM), return SQLITE_OK and set *ppVal to NULL. Or, if an error ** does occur, return an SQLite error code. The final value of *ppVal ** is undefined in this case. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to extract a value from */ u8 affinity, /* Affinity to use */ sqlite3_value **ppVal /* OUT: New value object (or NULL) */ ){ return stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pExpr, affinity, 0, ppVal); } /* ** Extract the iCol-th column from the nRec-byte record in pRec. Write ** the column value into *ppVal. If *ppVal is initially NULL then a new ** sqlite3_value object is allocated. ** ** If *ppVal is initially NULL then the caller is responsible for ** ensuring that the value written into *ppVal is eventually freed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Stat4Column( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const void *pRec, /* Pointer to buffer containing record */ int nRec, /* Size of buffer pRec in bytes */ int iCol, /* Column to extract */ sqlite3_value **ppVal /* OUT: Extracted value */ ){ u32 t = 0; /* a column type code */ int nHdr; /* Size of the header in the record */ int iHdr; /* Next unread header byte */ int iField; /* Next unread data byte */ int szField = 0; /* Size of the current data field */ int i; /* Column index */ u8 *a = (u8*)pRec; /* Typecast byte array */ Mem *pMem = *ppVal; /* Write result into this Mem object */ assert( iCol>0 ); iHdr = getVarint32(a, nHdr); if( nHdr>nRec || iHdr>=nHdr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; iField = nHdr; for(i=0; i<=iCol; i++){ iHdr += getVarint32(&a[iHdr], t); testcase( iHdr==nHdr ); testcase( iHdr==nHdr+1 ); if( iHdr>nHdr ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t); iField += szField; } testcase( iField==nRec ); testcase( iField==nRec+1 ); if( iField>nRec ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; if( pMem==0 ){ pMem = *ppVal = sqlite3ValueNew(db); if( pMem==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&a[iField-szField], t, pMem); pMem->enc = ENC(db); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Unless it is NULL, the argument must be an UnpackedRecord object returned ** by an earlier call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(). This call deletes ** the object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(UnpackedRecord *pRec){ if( pRec ){ int i; int nCol = pRec->pKeyInfo->nAllField; Mem *aMem = pRec->aMem; sqlite3 *db = aMem[0].db; for(i=0; ipKeyInfo); sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pRec); } } #endif /* ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 */ /* ** Change the string value of an sqlite3_value object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueSetStr( sqlite3_value *v, /* Value to be set */ int n, /* Length of string z */ const void *z, /* Text of the new string */ u8 enc, /* Encoding to use */ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor for the string */ ){ if( v ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr((Mem *)v, z, n, enc, xDel); } /* ** Free an sqlite3_value object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueFree(sqlite3_value *v){ if( !v ) return; sqlite3VdbeMemRelease((Mem *)v); sqlite3DbFreeNN(((Mem*)v)->db, v); } /* ** The sqlite3ValueBytes() routine returns the number of bytes in the ** sqlite3_value object assuming that it uses the encoding "enc". ** The valueBytes() routine is a helper function. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int valueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ return valueToText(pVal, enc)!=0 ? pVal->n : 0; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ValueBytes(sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 enc){ Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; assert( (p->flags & MEM_Null)==0 || (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); if( (p->flags & MEM_Str)!=0 && pVal->enc==enc ){ return p->n; } if( (p->flags & MEM_Blob)!=0 ){ if( p->flags & MEM_Zero ){ return p->n + p->u.nZero; }else{ return p->n; } } if( p->flags & MEM_Null ) return 0; return valueBytes(pVal, enc); } /************** End of vdbemem.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbeaux.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2003 September 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used for creating, destroying, and populating ** a VDBE (or an "sqlite3_stmt" as it is known to the outside world.) */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ /* ** Create a new virtual database engine. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Vdbe *p; p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(Vdbe) ); if( p==0 ) return 0; memset(&p->aOp, 0, sizeof(Vdbe)-offsetof(Vdbe,aOp)); p->db = db; if( db->pVdbe ){ db->pVdbe->pPrev = p; } p->pNext = db->pVdbe; p->pPrev = 0; db->pVdbe = p; p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_INIT; p->pParse = pParse; pParse->pVdbe = p; assert( pParse->aLabel==0 ); assert( pParse->nLabel==0 ); assert( pParse->nOpAlloc==0 ); assert( pParse->szOpAlloc==0 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(p, OP_Init, 0, 1); return p; } /* ** Change the error string stored in Vdbe.zErrMsg */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeError(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zErrMsg); va_start(ap, zFormat); p->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); } /* ** Remember the SQL string for a prepared statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe *p, const char *z, int n, u8 prepFlags){ if( p==0 ) return; p->prepFlags = prepFlags; if( (prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)==0 ){ p->expmask = 0; } assert( p->zSql==0 ); p->zSql = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, z, n); } /* ** Swap all content between two VDBE structures. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe *pA, Vdbe *pB){ Vdbe tmp, *pTmp; char *zTmp; assert( pA->db==pB->db ); tmp = *pA; *pA = *pB; *pB = tmp; pTmp = pA->pNext; pA->pNext = pB->pNext; pB->pNext = pTmp; pTmp = pA->pPrev; pA->pPrev = pB->pPrev; pB->pPrev = pTmp; zTmp = pA->zSql; pA->zSql = pB->zSql; pB->zSql = zTmp; pB->expmask = pA->expmask; pB->prepFlags = pA->prepFlags; memcpy(pB->aCounter, pA->aCounter, sizeof(pB->aCounter)); pB->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_REPREPARE]++; } /* ** Resize the Vdbe.aOp array so that it is at least nOp elements larger ** than its current size. nOp is guaranteed to be less than or equal ** to 1024/sizeof(Op). ** ** If an out-of-memory error occurs while resizing the array, return ** SQLITE_NOMEM. In this case Vdbe.aOp and Parse.nOpAlloc remain ** unchanged (this is so that any opcodes already allocated can be ** correctly deallocated along with the rest of the Vdbe). */ static int growOpArray(Vdbe *v, int nOp){ VdbeOp *pNew; Parse *p = v->pParse; /* The SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS compile-time option is designed to force ** more frequent reallocs and hence provide more opportunities for ** simulated OOM faults. SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS is generally used ** during testing only. With SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS grow the op array ** by the minimum* amount required until the size reaches 512. Normal ** operation (without SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) is to double the current ** size of the op array or add 1KB of space, whichever is smaller. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc>=512 ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : p->nOpAlloc+nOp); #else int nNew = (p->nOpAlloc ? p->nOpAlloc*2 : (int)(1024/sizeof(Op))); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nOp); #endif /* Ensure that the size of a VDBE does not grow too large */ if( nNew > p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP] ){ sqlite3OomFault(p->db); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } assert( nOp<=(1024/sizeof(Op)) ); assert( nNew>=(p->nOpAlloc+nOp) ); pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, v->aOp, nNew*sizeof(Op)); if( pNew ){ p->szOpAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocSize(p->db, pNew); p->nOpAlloc = p->szOpAlloc/sizeof(Op); v->aOp = pNew; } return (pNew ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* This routine is just a convenient place to set a breakpoint that will ** fire after each opcode is inserted and displayed using ** "PRAGMA vdbe_addoptrace=on". */ static void test_addop_breakpoint(void){ static int n = 0; n++; } #endif /* ** Add a new instruction to the list of instructions current in the ** VDBE. Return the address of the new instruction. ** ** Parameters: ** ** p Pointer to the VDBE ** ** op The opcode for this instruction ** ** p1, p2, p3 Operands ** ** Use the sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel() function to fix an address and ** the sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() function to change the value of the P4 ** operand. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int growOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){ assert( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=p->nOp ); if( growOpArray(p, 1) ) return 1; assert( p->pParse->nOpAlloc>p->nOp ); return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2, int p3){ int i; VdbeOp *pOp; i = p->nOp; assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); assert( op>=0 && op<0xff ); if( p->pParse->nOpAlloc<=i ){ return growOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); } p->nOp++; pOp = &p->aOp[i]; pOp->opcode = (u8)op; pOp->p5 = 0; pOp->p1 = p1; pOp->p2 = p2; pOp->p3 = p3; pOp->p4.p = 0; pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS pOp->zComment = 0; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i, &p->aOp[i]); test_addop_breakpoint(); } #endif #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE pOp->cycles = 0; pOp->cnt = 0; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE pOp->iSrcLine = 0; #endif return i; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe *p, int op){ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, 0, 0, 0); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1){ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, 0, 0); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe *p, int op, int p1, int p2){ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, 0); } /* Generate code for an unconditional jump to instruction iDest */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeGoto(Vdbe *p, int iDest){ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, OP_Goto, 0, iDest, 0); } /* Generate code to cause the string zStr to be loaded into ** register iDest */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeLoadString(Vdbe *p, int iDest, const char *zStr){ return sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, OP_String8, 0, iDest, 0, zStr, 0); } /* ** Generate code that initializes multiple registers to string or integer ** constants. The registers begin with iDest and increase consecutively. ** One register is initialized for each characgter in zTypes[]. For each ** "s" character in zTypes[], the register is a string if the argument is ** not NULL, or OP_Null if the value is a null pointer. For each "i" character ** in zTypes[], the register is initialized to an integer. ** ** If the input string does not end with "X" then an OP_ResultRow instruction ** is generated for the values inserted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(Vdbe *p, int iDest, const char *zTypes, ...){ va_list ap; int i; char c; va_start(ap, zTypes); for(i=0; (c = zTypes[i])!=0; i++){ if( c=='s' ){ const char *z = va_arg(ap, const char*); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, z==0 ? OP_Null : OP_String8, 0, iDest+i, 0, z, 0); }else if( c=='i' ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(p, OP_Integer, va_arg(ap, int), iDest+i); }else{ goto skip_op_resultrow; } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(p, OP_ResultRow, iDest, i); skip_op_resultrow: va_end(ap); } /* ** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as a pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ int op, /* The new opcode */ int p1, /* The P1 operand */ int p2, /* The P2 operand */ int p3, /* The P3 operand */ const char *zP4, /* The P4 operand */ int p4type /* P4 operand type */ ){ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, addr, zP4, p4type); return addr; } /* ** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value with a P4_INT64 or ** P4_REAL type. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8( Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ int op, /* The new opcode */ int p1, /* The P1 operand */ int p2, /* The P2 operand */ int p3, /* The P3 operand */ const u8 *zP4, /* The P4 operand */ int p4type /* P4 operand type */ ){ char *p4copy = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(sqlite3VdbeDb(p), 8); if( p4copy ) memcpy(p4copy, zP4, 8); return sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, op, p1, p2, p3, p4copy, p4type); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* ** Return the address of the current EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN baseline. ** 0 means "none". */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExplainParent(Parse *pParse){ VdbeOp *pOp; if( pParse->addrExplain==0 ) return 0; pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->addrExplain); return pOp->p2; } /* ** Add a new OP_Explain opcode. ** ** If the bPush flag is true, then make this opcode the parent for ** subsequent Explains until sqlite3VdbeExplainPop() is called. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeExplain(Parse *pParse, u8 bPush, const char *zFmt, ...){ if( pParse->explain==2 ){ char *zMsg; Vdbe *v; va_list ap; int iThis; va_start(ap, zFmt); zMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(pParse->db, zFmt, ap); va_end(ap); v = pParse->pVdbe; iThis = v->nOp; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, iThis, pParse->addrExplain, 0, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); if( bPush) pParse->addrExplain = iThis; } } /* ** Pop the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN stack one level. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeExplainPop(Parse *pParse){ pParse->addrExplain = sqlite3VdbeExplainParent(pParse); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ /* ** Add an OP_ParseSchema opcode. This routine is broken out from ** sqlite3VdbeAddOp4() since it needs to also needs to mark all btrees ** as having been used. ** ** The zWhere string must have been obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** This routine will take ownership of the allocated memory. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe *p, int iDb, char *zWhere){ int j; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(p, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC); for(j=0; jdb->nDb; j++) sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(p, j); } /* ** Add an opcode that includes the p4 value as an integer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int( Vdbe *p, /* Add the opcode to this VM */ int op, /* The new opcode */ int p1, /* The P1 operand */ int p2, /* The P2 operand */ int p3, /* The P3 operand */ int p4 /* The P4 operand as an integer */ ){ int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(p, op, p1, p2, p3); if( p->db->mallocFailed==0 ){ VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; pOp->p4type = P4_INT32; pOp->p4.i = p4; } return addr; } /* Insert the end of a co-routine */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(Vdbe *v, int regYield){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_EndCoroutine, regYield); /* Clear the temporary register cache, thereby ensuring that each ** co-routine has its own independent set of registers, because co-routines ** might expect their registers to be preserved across an OP_Yield, and ** that could cause problems if two or more co-routines are using the same ** temporary register. */ v->pParse->nTempReg = 0; v->pParse->nRangeReg = 0; } /* ** Create a new symbolic label for an instruction that has yet to be ** coded. The symbolic label is really just a negative number. The ** label can be used as the P2 value of an operation. Later, when ** the label is resolved to a specific address, the VDBE will scan ** through its operation list and change all values of P2 which match ** the label into the resolved address. ** ** The VDBE knows that a P2 value is a label because labels are ** always negative and P2 values are suppose to be non-negative. ** Hence, a negative P2 value is a label that has yet to be resolved. ** ** Zero is returned if a malloc() fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe *v){ Parse *p = v->pParse; int i = p->nLabel++; assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); if( (i & (i-1))==0 ){ p->aLabel = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(p->db, p->aLabel, (i*2+1)*sizeof(p->aLabel[0])); } if( p->aLabel ){ p->aLabel[i] = -1; } return ADDR(i); } /* ** Resolve label "x" to be the address of the next instruction to ** be inserted. The parameter "x" must have been obtained from ** a prior call to sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe *v, int x){ Parse *p = v->pParse; int j = ADDR(x); assert( v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); assert( jnLabel ); assert( j>=0 ); if( p->aLabel ){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ printf("RESOLVE LABEL %d to %d\n", x, v->nOp); } #endif assert( p->aLabel[j]==(-1) ); /* Labels may only be resolved once */ p->aLabel[j] = v->nOp; } } /* ** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run one time. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(Vdbe *p){ p->runOnlyOnce = 1; } /* ** Mark the VDBE as one that can only be run multiple times. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeReusable(Vdbe *p){ p->runOnlyOnce = 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* sqlite3AssertMayAbort() logic */ /* ** The following type and function are used to iterate through all opcodes ** in a Vdbe main program and each of the sub-programs (triggers) it may ** invoke directly or indirectly. It should be used as follows: ** ** Op *pOp; ** VdbeOpIter sIter; ** ** memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); ** sIter.v = v; // v is of type Vdbe* ** while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter)) ){ ** // Do something with pOp ** } ** sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); ** */ typedef struct VdbeOpIter VdbeOpIter; struct VdbeOpIter { Vdbe *v; /* Vdbe to iterate through the opcodes of */ SubProgram **apSub; /* Array of subprograms */ int nSub; /* Number of entries in apSub */ int iAddr; /* Address of next instruction to return */ int iSub; /* 0 = main program, 1 = first sub-program etc. */ }; static Op *opIterNext(VdbeOpIter *p){ Vdbe *v = p->v; Op *pRet = 0; Op *aOp; int nOp; if( p->iSub<=p->nSub ){ if( p->iSub==0 ){ aOp = v->aOp; nOp = v->nOp; }else{ aOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->aOp; nOp = p->apSub[p->iSub-1]->nOp; } assert( p->iAddriAddr]; p->iAddr++; if( p->iAddr==nOp ){ p->iSub++; p->iAddr = 0; } if( pRet->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ int nByte = (p->nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); int j; for(j=0; jnSub; j++){ if( p->apSub[j]==pRet->p4.pProgram ) break; } if( j==p->nSub ){ p->apSub = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(v->db, p->apSub, nByte); if( !p->apSub ){ pRet = 0; }else{ p->apSub[p->nSub++] = pRet->p4.pProgram; } } } } return pRet; } /* ** Check if the program stored in the VM associated with pParse may ** throw an ABORT exception (causing the statement, but not entire transaction ** to be rolled back). This condition is true if the main program or any ** sub-programs contains any of the following: ** ** * OP_Halt with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. ** * OP_HaltIfNull with P1=SQLITE_CONSTRAINT and P2=OE_Abort. ** * OP_Destroy ** * OP_VUpdate ** * OP_VRename ** * OP_FkCounter with P2==0 (immediate foreign key constraint) ** * OP_CreateBtree/BTREE_INTKEY and OP_InitCoroutine ** (for CREATE TABLE AS SELECT ...) ** ** Then check that the value of Parse.mayAbort is true if an ** ABORT may be thrown, or false otherwise. Return true if it does ** match, or false otherwise. This function is intended to be used as ** part of an assert statement in the compiler. Similar to: ** ** assert( sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(pParse->pVdbe, pParse->mayAbort) ); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(Vdbe *v, int mayAbort){ int hasAbort = 0; int hasFkCounter = 0; int hasCreateTable = 0; int hasInitCoroutine = 0; Op *pOp; VdbeOpIter sIter; memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); sIter.v = v; while( (pOp = opIterNext(&sIter))!=0 ){ int opcode = pOp->opcode; if( opcode==OP_Destroy || opcode==OP_VUpdate || opcode==OP_VRename || ((opcode==OP_Halt || opcode==OP_HaltIfNull) && ((pOp->p1&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p2==OE_Abort)) ){ hasAbort = 1; break; } if( opcode==OP_CreateBtree && pOp->p3==BTREE_INTKEY ) hasCreateTable = 1; if( opcode==OP_InitCoroutine ) hasInitCoroutine = 1; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY if( opcode==OP_FkCounter && pOp->p1==0 && pOp->p2==1 ){ hasFkCounter = 1; } #endif } sqlite3DbFree(v->db, sIter.apSub); /* Return true if hasAbort==mayAbort. Or if a malloc failure occurred. ** If malloc failed, then the while() loop above may not have iterated ** through all opcodes and hasAbort may be set incorrectly. Return ** true for this case to prevent the assert() in the callers frame ** from failing. */ return ( v->db->mallocFailed || hasAbort==mayAbort || hasFkCounter || (hasCreateTable && hasInitCoroutine) ); } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG - the sqlite3AssertMayAbort() function */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Increment the nWrite counter in the VDBE if the cursor is not an ** ephemeral cursor, or if the cursor argument is NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pC){ if( pC==0 || (pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_SORTER && pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_PSEUDO && !pC->isEphemeral) ){ p->nWrite++; } } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Assert if an Abort at this point in time might result in a corrupt ** database. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(Vdbe *p){ assert( p->nWrite==0 || p->usesStmtJournal ); } #endif /* ** This routine is called after all opcodes have been inserted. It loops ** through all the opcodes and fixes up some details. ** ** (1) For each jump instruction with a negative P2 value (a label) ** resolve the P2 value to an actual address. ** ** (2) Compute the maximum number of arguments used by any SQL function ** and store that value in *pMaxFuncArgs. ** ** (3) Update the Vdbe.readOnly and Vdbe.bIsReader flags to accurately ** indicate what the prepared statement actually does. ** ** (4) Initialize the p4.xAdvance pointer on opcodes that use it. ** ** (5) Reclaim the memory allocated for storing labels. ** ** This routine will only function correctly if the mkopcodeh.tcl generator ** script numbers the opcodes correctly. Changes to this routine must be ** coordinated with changes to mkopcodeh.tcl. */ static void resolveP2Values(Vdbe *p, int *pMaxFuncArgs){ int nMaxArgs = *pMaxFuncArgs; Op *pOp; Parse *pParse = p->pParse; int *aLabel = pParse->aLabel; p->readOnly = 1; p->bIsReader = 0; pOp = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1]; while(1){ /* Only JUMP opcodes and the short list of special opcodes in the switch ** below need to be considered. The mkopcodeh.tcl generator script groups ** all these opcodes together near the front of the opcode list. Skip ** any opcode that does not need processing by virtual of the fact that ** it is larger than SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE, as a performance optimization. */ if( pOp->opcode<=SQLITE_MX_JUMP_OPCODE ){ /* NOTE: Be sure to update mkopcodeh.tcl when adding or removing ** cases from this switch! */ switch( pOp->opcode ){ case OP_Transaction: { if( pOp->p2!=0 ) p->readOnly = 0; /* fall thru */ } case OP_AutoCommit: case OP_Savepoint: { p->bIsReader = 1; break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL case OP_Checkpoint: #endif case OP_Vacuum: case OP_JournalMode: { p->readOnly = 0; p->bIsReader = 1; break; } case OP_Next: case OP_SorterNext: { pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext; pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; /* The code generator never codes any of these opcodes as a jump ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a ** known address */ assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); break; } case OP_Prev: { pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious; pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE; /* The code generator never codes any of these opcodes as a jump ** to a label. They are always coded as a jump backwards to a ** known address */ assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE case OP_VUpdate: { if( pOp->p2>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = pOp->p2; break; } case OP_VFilter: { int n; assert( (pOp - p->aOp) >= 3 ); assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer ); n = pOp[-1].p1; if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n; /* Fall through into the default case */ } #endif default: { if( pOp->p2<0 ){ /* The mkopcodeh.tcl script has so arranged things that the only ** non-jump opcodes less than SQLITE_MX_JUMP_CODE are guaranteed to ** have non-negative values for P2. */ assert( (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 ); assert( ADDR(pOp->p2)nLabel ); pOp->p2 = aLabel[ADDR(pOp->p2)]; } break; } } /* The mkopcodeh.tcl script has so arranged things that the only ** non-jump opcodes less than SQLITE_MX_JUMP_CODE are guaranteed to ** have non-negative values for P2. */ assert( (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode]&OPFLG_JUMP)==0 || pOp->p2>=0); } if( pOp==p->aOp ) break; pOp--; } sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pParse->aLabel); pParse->aLabel = 0; pParse->nLabel = 0; *pMaxFuncArgs = nMaxArgs; assert( p->bIsReader!=0 || DbMaskAllZero(p->btreeMask) ); } /* ** Return the address of the next instruction to be inserted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe *p){ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); return p->nOp; } /* ** Verify that at least N opcode slots are available in p without ** having to malloc for more space (except when compiled using ** SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS). This interface is used during testing ** to verify that certain calls to sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() can never ** fail due to a OOM fault and hence that the return value from ** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() will always be non-NULL. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(Vdbe *p, int N){ assert( p->nOp + N <= p->pParse->nOpAlloc ); } #endif /* ** Verify that the VM passed as the only argument does not contain ** an OP_ResultRow opcode. Fail an assert() if it does. This is used ** by code in pragma.c to ensure that the implementation of certain ** pragmas comports with the flags specified in the mkpragmatab.tcl ** script. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_TEST_REALLOC_STRESS) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(Vdbe *p){ int i; for(i=0; inOp; i++){ assert( p->aOp[i].opcode!=OP_ResultRow ); } } #endif /* ** Generate code (a single OP_Abortable opcode) that will ** verify that the VDBE program can safely call Abort in the current ** context. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(Vdbe *p, int onError){ if( onError==OE_Abort ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Abortable); } #endif /* ** This function returns a pointer to the array of opcodes associated with ** the Vdbe passed as the first argument. It is the callers responsibility ** to arrange for the returned array to be eventually freed using the ** vdbeFreeOpArray() function. ** ** Before returning, *pnOp is set to the number of entries in the returned ** array. Also, *pnMaxArg is set to the larger of its current value and ** the number of entries in the Vdbe.apArg[] array required to execute the ** returned program. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(Vdbe *p, int *pnOp, int *pnMaxArg){ VdbeOp *aOp = p->aOp; assert( aOp && !p->db->mallocFailed ); /* Check that sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree() was not called on this VM */ assert( DbMaskAllZero(p->btreeMask) ); resolveP2Values(p, pnMaxArg); *pnOp = p->nOp; p->aOp = 0; return aOp; } /* ** Add a whole list of operations to the operation stack. Return a ** pointer to the first operation inserted. ** ** Non-zero P2 arguments to jump instructions are automatically adjusted ** so that the jump target is relative to the first operation inserted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeAddOpList( Vdbe *p, /* Add opcodes to the prepared statement */ int nOp, /* Number of opcodes to add */ VdbeOpList const *aOp, /* The opcodes to be added */ int iLineno /* Source-file line number of first opcode */ ){ int i; VdbeOp *pOut, *pFirst; assert( nOp>0 ); assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); if( p->nOp + nOp > p->pParse->nOpAlloc && growOpArray(p, nOp) ){ return 0; } pFirst = pOut = &p->aOp[p->nOp]; for(i=0; iopcode = aOp->opcode; pOut->p1 = aOp->p1; pOut->p2 = aOp->p2; assert( aOp->p2>=0 ); if( (sqlite3OpcodeProperty[aOp->opcode] & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && aOp->p2>0 ){ pOut->p2 += p->nOp; } pOut->p3 = aOp->p3; pOut->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; pOut->p4.p = 0; pOut->p5 = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS pOut->zComment = 0; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE pOut->iSrcLine = iLineno+i; #else (void)iLineno; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, i+p->nOp, &p->aOp[i+p->nOp]); } #endif } p->nOp += nOp; return pFirst; } #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) /* ** Add an entry to the array of counters managed by sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeScanStatus( Vdbe *p, /* VM to add scanstatus() to */ int addrExplain, /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */ int addrLoop, /* Address of loop counter */ int addrVisit, /* Address of rows visited counter */ LogEst nEst, /* Estimated number of output rows */ const char *zName /* Name of table or index being scanned */ ){ int nByte = (p->nScan+1) * sizeof(ScanStatus); ScanStatus *aNew; aNew = (ScanStatus*)sqlite3DbRealloc(p->db, p->aScan, nByte); if( aNew ){ ScanStatus *pNew = &aNew[p->nScan++]; pNew->addrExplain = addrExplain; pNew->addrLoop = addrLoop; pNew->addrVisit = addrVisit; pNew->nEst = nEst; pNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(p->db, zName); p->aScan = aNew; } } #endif /* ** Change the value of the opcode, or P1, P2, P3, or P5 operands ** for a specific instruction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, u8 iNewOpcode){ sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->opcode = iNewOpcode; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p1 = val; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p2 = val; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){ sqlite3VdbeGetOp(p,addr)->p3 = val; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe *p, u16 p5){ assert( p->nOp>0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); if( p->nOp>0 ) p->aOp[p->nOp-1].p5 = p5; } /* ** Change the P2 operand of instruction addr so that it points to ** the address of the next instruction to be coded. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe *p, int addr){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(p, addr, p->nOp); } /* ** If the input FuncDef structure is ephemeral, then free it. If ** the FuncDef is not ephermal, then do nothing. */ static void freeEphemeralFunction(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *pDef){ if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM)!=0 ){ sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pDef); } } static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *, Op *, int); /* ** Delete a P4 value if necessary. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void freeP4Mem(sqlite3 *db, Mem *p){ if( p->szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); } static SQLITE_NOINLINE void freeP4FuncCtx(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_context *p){ freeEphemeralFunction(db, p->pFunc); sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); } static void freeP4(sqlite3 *db, int p4type, void *p4){ assert( db ); switch( p4type ){ case P4_FUNCCTX: { freeP4FuncCtx(db, (sqlite3_context*)p4); break; } case P4_REAL: case P4_INT64: case P4_DYNAMIC: case P4_DYNBLOB: case P4_INTARRAY: { sqlite3DbFree(db, p4); break; } case P4_KEYINFO: { if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3KeyInfoUnref((KeyInfo*)p4); break; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS case P4_EXPR: { sqlite3ExprDelete(db, (Expr*)p4); break; } #endif case P4_FUNCDEF: { freeEphemeralFunction(db, (FuncDef*)p4); break; } case P4_MEM: { if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ sqlite3ValueFree((sqlite3_value*)p4); }else{ freeP4Mem(db, (Mem*)p4); } break; } case P4_VTAB : { if( db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) sqlite3VtabUnlock((VTable *)p4); break; } } } /* ** Free the space allocated for aOp and any p4 values allocated for the ** opcodes contained within. If aOp is not NULL it is assumed to contain ** nOp entries. */ static void vdbeFreeOpArray(sqlite3 *db, Op *aOp, int nOp){ if( aOp ){ Op *pOp; for(pOp=&aOp[nOp-1]; pOp>=aOp; pOp--){ if( pOp->p4type <= P4_FREE_IF_LE ) freeP4(db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->zComment); #endif } sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, aOp); } } /* ** Link the SubProgram object passed as the second argument into the linked ** list at Vdbe.pSubProgram. This list is used to delete all sub-program ** objects when the VM is no longer required. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(Vdbe *pVdbe, SubProgram *p){ p->pNext = pVdbe->pProgram; pVdbe->pProgram = p; } /* ** Change the opcode at addr into OP_Noop */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe *p, int addr){ VdbeOp *pOp; if( p->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; assert( addr>=0 && addrnOp ); pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; freeP4(p->db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); pOp->p4type = P4_NOTUSED; pOp->p4.z = 0; pOp->opcode = OP_Noop; return 1; } /* ** If the last opcode is "op" and it is not a jump destination, ** then remove it. Return true if and only if an opcode was removed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(Vdbe *p, u8 op){ if( p->nOp>0 && p->aOp[p->nOp-1].opcode==op ){ return sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(p, p->nOp-1); }else{ return 0; } } /* ** Change the value of the P4 operand for a specific instruction. ** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a ** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a ** few minor changes to the program. ** ** If n>=0 then the P4 operand is dynamic, meaning that a copy of ** the string is made into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** A value of n==0 means copy bytes of zP4 up to and including the ** first null byte. If n>0 then copy n+1 bytes of zP4. ** ** Other values of n (P4_STATIC, P4_COLLSEQ etc.) indicate that zP4 points ** to a string or structure that is guaranteed to exist for the lifetime of ** the Vdbe. In these cases we can just copy the pointer. ** ** If addr<0 then change P4 on the most recently inserted instruction. */ static void SQLITE_NOINLINE vdbeChangeP4Full( Vdbe *p, Op *pOp, const char *zP4, int n ){ if( pOp->p4type ){ freeP4(p->db, pOp->p4type, pOp->p4.p); pOp->p4type = 0; pOp->p4.p = 0; } if( n<0 ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(p, (int)(pOp - p->aOp), zP4, n); }else{ if( n==0 ) n = sqlite3Strlen30(zP4); pOp->p4.z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(p->db, zP4, n); pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe *p, int addr, const char *zP4, int n){ Op *pOp; sqlite3 *db; assert( p!=0 ); db = p->db; assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); assert( p->aOp!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); if( db->mallocFailed ){ if( n!=P4_VTAB ) freeP4(db, n, (void*)*(char**)&zP4); return; } assert( p->nOp>0 ); assert( addrnOp ); if( addr<0 ){ addr = p->nOp - 1; } pOp = &p->aOp[addr]; if( n>=0 || pOp->p4type ){ vdbeChangeP4Full(p, pOp, zP4, n); return; } if( n==P4_INT32 ){ /* Note: this cast is safe, because the origin data point was an int ** that was cast to a (const char *). */ pOp->p4.i = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(zP4); pOp->p4type = P4_INT32; }else if( zP4!=0 ){ assert( n<0 ); pOp->p4.p = (void*)zP4; pOp->p4type = (signed char)n; if( n==P4_VTAB ) sqlite3VtabLock((VTable*)zP4); } } /* ** Change the P4 operand of the most recently coded instruction ** to the value defined by the arguments. This is a high-speed ** version of sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(). ** ** The P4 operand must not have been previously defined. And the new ** P4 must not be P4_INT32. Use sqlite3VdbeChangeP4() in either of ** those cases. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(Vdbe *p, void *pP4, int n){ VdbeOp *pOp; assert( n!=P4_INT32 && n!=P4_VTAB ); assert( n<=0 ); if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ freeP4(p->db, n, pP4); }else{ assert( pP4!=0 ); assert( p->nOp>0 ); pOp = &p->aOp[p->nOp-1]; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_NOTUSED ); pOp->p4type = n; pOp->p4.p = pP4; } } /* ** Set the P4 on the most recently added opcode to the KeyInfo for the ** index given. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; assert( v!=0 ); assert( pIdx!=0 ); pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIdx); if( pKeyInfo ) sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS /* ** Change the comment on the most recently coded instruction. Or ** insert a No-op and add the comment to that new instruction. This ** makes the code easier to read during debugging. None of this happens ** in a production build. */ static void vdbeVComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){ assert( p->nOp>0 || p->aOp==0 ); assert( p->aOp==0 || p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment==0 || p->db->mallocFailed ); if( p->nOp ){ assert( p->aOp ); sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment); p->aOp[p->nOp-1].zComment = sqlite3VMPrintf(p->db, zFormat, ap); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; if( p ){ va_start(ap, zFormat); vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; if( p ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(p, OP_Noop); va_start(ap, zFormat); vdbeVComment(p, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); } } #endif /* NDEBUG */ #ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE /* ** Set the value if the iSrcLine field for the previously coded instruction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetLineNumber(Vdbe *v, int iLine){ sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v,-1)->iSrcLine = iLine; } #endif /* SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE */ /* ** Return the opcode for a given address. If the address is -1, then ** return the most recently inserted opcode. ** ** If a memory allocation error has occurred prior to the calling of this ** routine, then a pointer to a dummy VdbeOp will be returned. That opcode ** is readable but not writable, though it is cast to a writable value. ** The return of a dummy opcode allows the call to continue functioning ** after an OOM fault without having to check to see if the return from ** this routine is a valid pointer. But because the dummy.opcode is 0, ** dummy will never be written to. This is verified by code inspection and ** by running with Valgrind. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe *p, int addr){ /* C89 specifies that the constant "dummy" will be initialized to all ** zeros, which is correct. MSVC generates a warning, nevertheless. */ static VdbeOp dummy; /* Ignore the MSVC warning about no initializer */ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); if( addr<0 ){ addr = p->nOp - 1; } assert( (addr>=0 && addrnOp) || p->db->mallocFailed ); if( p->db->mallocFailed ){ return (VdbeOp*)&dummy; }else{ return &p->aOp[addr]; } } #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS) /* ** Return an integer value for one of the parameters to the opcode pOp ** determined by character c. */ static int translateP(char c, const Op *pOp){ if( c=='1' ) return pOp->p1; if( c=='2' ) return pOp->p2; if( c=='3' ) return pOp->p3; if( c=='4' ) return pOp->p4.i; return pOp->p5; } /* ** Compute a string for the "comment" field of a VDBE opcode listing. ** ** The Synopsis: field in comments in the vdbe.c source file gets converted ** to an extra string that is appended to the sqlite3OpcodeName(). In the ** absence of other comments, this synopsis becomes the comment on the opcode. ** Some translation occurs: ** ** "PX" -> "r[X]" ** "PX@PY" -> "r[X..X+Y-1]" or "r[x]" if y is 0 or 1 ** "PX@PY+1" -> "r[X..X+Y]" or "r[x]" if y is 0 ** "PY..PY" -> "r[X..Y]" or "r[x]" if y<=x */ static int displayComment( const Op *pOp, /* The opcode to be commented */ const char *zP4, /* Previously obtained value for P4 */ char *zTemp, /* Write result here */ int nTemp /* Space available in zTemp[] */ ){ const char *zOpName; const char *zSynopsis; int nOpName; int ii, jj; char zAlt[50]; zOpName = sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); nOpName = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpName); if( zOpName[nOpName+1] ){ int seenCom = 0; char c; zSynopsis = zOpName += nOpName + 1; if( strncmp(zSynopsis,"IF ",3)==0 ){ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zAlt), zAlt, "r[P2] = (%s)", zSynopsis+3); }else{ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zAlt), zAlt, "if %s goto P2", zSynopsis+3); } zSynopsis = zAlt; } for(ii=jj=0; jjzComment); seenCom = 1; }else{ int v1 = translateP(c, pOp); int v2; sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "%d", v1); if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "@P", 2)==0 ){ ii += 3; jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); v2 = translateP(zSynopsis[ii], pOp); if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1,"+1",2)==0 ){ ii += 2; v2++; } if( v2>1 ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "..%d", v1+v2-1); } }else if( strncmp(zSynopsis+ii+1, "..P3", 4)==0 && pOp->p3==0 ){ ii += 4; } } jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); }else{ zTemp[jj++] = c; } } if( !seenCom && jjzComment ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp-jj, zTemp+jj, "; %s", pOp->zComment); jj += sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp+jj); } if( jjzComment ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "%s", pOp->zComment); jj = sqlite3Strlen30(zTemp); }else{ zTemp[0] = 0; jj = 0; } return jj; } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ #if VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS) /* ** Translate the P4.pExpr value for an OP_CursorHint opcode into text ** that can be displayed in the P4 column of EXPLAIN output. */ static void displayP4Expr(StrAccum *p, Expr *pExpr){ const char *zOp = 0; switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_STRING: sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "%Q", pExpr->u.zToken); break; case TK_INTEGER: sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "%d", pExpr->u.iValue); break; case TK_NULL: sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "NULL"); break; case TK_REGISTER: { sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "r[%d]", pExpr->iTable); break; } case TK_COLUMN: { if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "rowid"); }else{ sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "c%d", (int)pExpr->iColumn); } break; } case TK_LT: zOp = "LT"; break; case TK_LE: zOp = "LE"; break; case TK_GT: zOp = "GT"; break; case TK_GE: zOp = "GE"; break; case TK_NE: zOp = "NE"; break; case TK_EQ: zOp = "EQ"; break; case TK_IS: zOp = "IS"; break; case TK_ISNOT: zOp = "ISNOT"; break; case TK_AND: zOp = "AND"; break; case TK_OR: zOp = "OR"; break; case TK_PLUS: zOp = "ADD"; break; case TK_STAR: zOp = "MUL"; break; case TK_MINUS: zOp = "SUB"; break; case TK_REM: zOp = "REM"; break; case TK_BITAND: zOp = "BITAND"; break; case TK_BITOR: zOp = "BITOR"; break; case TK_SLASH: zOp = "DIV"; break; case TK_LSHIFT: zOp = "LSHIFT"; break; case TK_RSHIFT: zOp = "RSHIFT"; break; case TK_CONCAT: zOp = "CONCAT"; break; case TK_UMINUS: zOp = "MINUS"; break; case TK_UPLUS: zOp = "PLUS"; break; case TK_BITNOT: zOp = "BITNOT"; break; case TK_NOT: zOp = "NOT"; break; case TK_ISNULL: zOp = "ISNULL"; break; case TK_NOTNULL: zOp = "NOTNULL"; break; default: sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "%s", "expr"); break; } if( zOp ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "%s(", zOp); displayP4Expr(p, pExpr->pLeft); if( pExpr->pRight ){ sqlite3_str_append(p, ",", 1); displayP4Expr(p, pExpr->pRight); } sqlite3_str_append(p, ")", 1); } } #endif /* VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS) */ #if VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 /* ** Compute a string that describes the P4 parameter for an opcode. ** Use zTemp for any required temporary buffer space. */ static char *displayP4(Op *pOp, char *zTemp, int nTemp){ char *zP4 = zTemp; StrAccum x; assert( nTemp>=20 ); sqlite3StrAccumInit(&x, 0, zTemp, nTemp, 0); switch( pOp->p4type ){ case P4_KEYINFO: { int j; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "k(%d", pKeyInfo->nKeyField); for(j=0; jnKeyField; j++){ CollSeq *pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[j]; const char *zColl = pColl ? pColl->zName : ""; if( strcmp(zColl, "BINARY")==0 ) zColl = "B"; sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, ",%s%s", pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[j] ? "-" : "", zColl); } sqlite3_str_append(&x, ")", 1); break; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS case P4_EXPR: { displayP4Expr(&x, pOp->p4.pExpr); break; } #endif case P4_COLLSEQ: { CollSeq *pColl = pOp->p4.pColl; sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "(%.20s)", pColl->zName); break; } case P4_FUNCDEF: { FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pFunc; sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg); break; } #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) case P4_FUNCCTX: { FuncDef *pDef = pOp->p4.pCtx->pFunc; sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%s(%d)", pDef->zName, pDef->nArg); break; } #endif case P4_INT64: { sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%lld", *pOp->p4.pI64); break; } case P4_INT32: { sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%d", pOp->p4.i); break; } case P4_REAL: { sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%.16g", *pOp->p4.pReal); break; } case P4_MEM: { Mem *pMem = pOp->p4.pMem; if( pMem->flags & MEM_Str ){ zP4 = pMem->z; }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%lld", pMem->u.i); }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Real ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%.16g", pMem->u.r); }else if( pMem->flags & MEM_Null ){ zP4 = "NULL"; }else{ assert( pMem->flags & MEM_Blob ); zP4 = "(blob)"; } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE case P4_VTAB: { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "vtab:%p", pVtab); break; } #endif case P4_INTARRAY: { int i; int *ai = pOp->p4.ai; int n = ai[0]; /* The first element of an INTARRAY is always the ** count of the number of elements to follow */ for(i=1; i<=n; i++){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, ",%d", ai[i]); } zTemp[0] = '['; sqlite3_str_append(&x, "]", 1); break; } case P4_SUBPROGRAM: { sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "program"); break; } case P4_DYNBLOB: case P4_ADVANCE: { zTemp[0] = 0; break; } case P4_TABLE: { sqlite3_str_appendf(&x, "%s", pOp->p4.pTab->zName); break; } default: { zP4 = pOp->p4.z; if( zP4==0 ){ zP4 = zTemp; zTemp[0] = 0; } } } sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&x); assert( zP4!=0 ); return zP4; } #endif /* VDBE_DISPLAY_P4 */ /* ** Declare to the Vdbe that the BTree object at db->aDb[i] is used. ** ** The prepared statements need to know in advance the complete set of ** attached databases that will be use. A mask of these databases ** is maintained in p->btreeMask. The p->lockMask value is the subset of ** p->btreeMask of databases that will require a lock. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe *p, int i){ assert( i>=0 && idb->nDb && i<(int)sizeof(yDbMask)*8 ); assert( i<(int)sizeof(p->btreeMask)*8 ); DbMaskSet(p->btreeMask, i); if( i!=1 && sqlite3BtreeSharable(p->db->aDb[i].pBt) ){ DbMaskSet(p->lockMask, i); } } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) /* ** If SQLite is compiled to support shared-cache mode and to be threadsafe, ** this routine obtains the mutex associated with each BtShared structure ** that may be accessed by the VM passed as an argument. In doing so it also ** sets the BtShared.db member of each of the BtShared structures, ensuring ** that the correct busy-handler callback is invoked if required. ** ** If SQLite is not threadsafe but does support shared-cache mode, then ** sqlite3BtreeEnter() is invoked to set the BtShared.db variables ** of all of BtShared structures accessible via the database handle ** associated with the VM. ** ** If SQLite is not threadsafe and does not support shared-cache mode, this ** function is a no-op. ** ** The p->btreeMask field is a bitmask of all btrees that the prepared ** statement p will ever use. Let N be the number of bits in p->btreeMask ** corresponding to btrees that use shared cache. Then the runtime of ** this routine is N*N. But as N is rarely more than 1, this should not ** be a problem. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe *p){ int i; sqlite3 *db; Db *aDb; int nDb; if( DbMaskAllZero(p->lockMask) ) return; /* The common case */ db = p->db; aDb = db->aDb; nDb = db->nDb; for(i=0; ilockMask,i) && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ sqlite3BtreeEnter(aDb[i].pBt); } } } #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* ** Unlock all of the btrees previously locked by a call to sqlite3VdbeEnter(). */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void vdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){ int i; sqlite3 *db; Db *aDb; int nDb; db = p->db; aDb = db->aDb; nDb = db->nDb; for(i=0; ilockMask,i) && ALWAYS(aDb[i].pBt!=0) ){ sqlite3BtreeLeave(aDb[i].pBt); } } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe *p){ if( DbMaskAllZero(p->lockMask) ) return; /* The common case */ vdbeLeave(p); } #endif #if defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /* ** Print a single opcode. This routine is used for debugging only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE *pOut, int pc, VdbeOp *pOp){ char *zP4; char zPtr[50]; char zCom[100]; static const char *zFormat1 = "%4d %-13s %4d %4d %4d %-13s %.2X %s\n"; if( pOut==0 ) pOut = stdout; zP4 = displayP4(pOp, zPtr, sizeof(zPtr)); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS displayComment(pOp, zP4, zCom, sizeof(zCom)); #else zCom[0] = 0; #endif /* NB: The sqlite3OpcodeName() function is implemented by code created ** by the mkopcodeh.awk and mkopcodec.awk scripts which extract the ** information from the vdbe.c source text */ fprintf(pOut, zFormat1, pc, sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode), pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3, zP4, pOp->p5, zCom ); fflush(pOut); } #endif /* ** Initialize an array of N Mem element. */ static void initMemArray(Mem *p, int N, sqlite3 *db, u16 flags){ while( (N--)>0 ){ p->db = db; p->flags = flags; p->szMalloc = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->pScopyFrom = 0; #endif p++; } } /* ** Release an array of N Mem elements */ static void releaseMemArray(Mem *p, int N){ if( p && N ){ Mem *pEnd = &p[N]; sqlite3 *db = p->db; if( db->pnBytesFreed ){ do{ if( p->szMalloc ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zMalloc); }while( (++p)flags & MEM_Agg ); testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn ); testcase( p->xDel==sqlite3VdbeFrameMemDel ); if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn) ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p); }else if( p->szMalloc ){ sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p->zMalloc); p->szMalloc = 0; } p->flags = MEM_Undefined; }while( (++p)iFrameMagic!=SQLITE_FRAME_MAGIC ) return 0; return 1; } #endif /* ** This is a destructor on a Mem object (which is really an sqlite3_value) ** that deletes the Frame object that is attached to it as a blob. ** ** This routine does not delete the Frame right away. It merely adds the ** frame to a list of frames to be deleted when the Vdbe halts. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameMemDel(void *pArg){ VdbeFrame *pFrame = (VdbeFrame*)pArg; assert( sqlite3VdbeFrameIsValid(pFrame) ); pFrame->pParent = pFrame->v->pDelFrame; pFrame->v->pDelFrame = pFrame; } /* ** Delete a VdbeFrame object and its contents. VdbeFrame objects are ** allocated by the OP_Program opcode in sqlite3VdbeExec(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame *p){ int i; Mem *aMem = VdbeFrameMem(p); VdbeCursor **apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nChildMem]; assert( sqlite3VdbeFrameIsValid(p) ); for(i=0; inChildCsr; i++){ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p->v, apCsr[i]); } releaseMemArray(aMem, p->nChildMem); sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p->v->db, &p->pAuxData, -1, 0); sqlite3DbFree(p->v->db, p); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* ** Give a listing of the program in the virtual machine. ** ** The interface is the same as sqlite3VdbeExec(). But instead of ** running the code, it invokes the callback once for each instruction. ** This feature is used to implement "EXPLAIN". ** ** When p->explain==1, each instruction is listed. When ** p->explain==2, only OP_Explain instructions are listed and these ** are shown in a different format. p->explain==2 is used to implement ** EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN. ** 2018-04-24: In p->explain==2 mode, the OP_Init opcodes of triggers ** are also shown, so that the boundaries between the main program and ** each trigger are clear. ** ** When p->explain==1, first the main program is listed, then each of ** the trigger subprograms are listed one by one. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeList( Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ ){ int nRow; /* Stop when row count reaches this */ int nSub = 0; /* Number of sub-vdbes seen so far */ SubProgram **apSub = 0; /* Array of sub-vdbes */ Mem *pSub = 0; /* Memory cell hold array of subprogs */ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ Mem *pMem = &p->aMem[1]; /* First Mem of result set */ int bListSubprogs = (p->explain==1 || (db->flags & SQLITE_TriggerEQP)!=0); Op *pOp = 0; assert( p->explain ); assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); /* Even though this opcode does not use dynamic strings for ** the result, result columns may become dynamic if the user calls ** sqlite3_column_text16(), causing a translation to UTF-16 encoding. */ releaseMemArray(pMem, 8); p->pResultSet = 0; if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ sqlite3OomFault(db); return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* When the number of output rows reaches nRow, that means the ** listing has finished and sqlite3_step() should return SQLITE_DONE. ** nRow is the sum of the number of rows in the main program, plus ** the sum of the number of rows in all trigger subprograms encountered ** so far. The nRow value will increase as new trigger subprograms are ** encountered, but p->pc will eventually catch up to nRow. */ nRow = p->nOp; if( bListSubprogs ){ /* The first 8 memory cells are used for the result set. So we will ** commandeer the 9th cell to use as storage for an array of pointers ** to trigger subprograms. The VDBE is guaranteed to have at least 9 ** cells. */ assert( p->nMem>9 ); pSub = &p->aMem[9]; if( pSub->flags&MEM_Blob ){ /* On the first call to sqlite3_step(), pSub will hold a NULL. It is ** initialized to a BLOB by the P4_SUBPROGRAM processing logic below */ nSub = pSub->n/sizeof(Vdbe*); apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; } for(i=0; inOp; } } while(1){ /* Loop exits via break */ i = p->pc++; if( i>=nRow ){ p->rc = SQLITE_OK; rc = SQLITE_DONE; break; } if( inOp ){ /* The output line number is small enough that we are still in the ** main program. */ pOp = &p->aOp[i]; }else{ /* We are currently listing subprograms. Figure out which one and ** pick up the appropriate opcode. */ int j; i -= p->nOp; for(j=0; i>=apSub[j]->nOp; j++){ i -= apSub[j]->nOp; } pOp = &apSub[j]->aOp[i]; } /* When an OP_Program opcode is encounter (the only opcode that has ** a P4_SUBPROGRAM argument), expand the size of the array of subprograms ** kept in p->aMem[9].z to hold the new program - assuming this subprogram ** has not already been seen. */ if( bListSubprogs && pOp->p4type==P4_SUBPROGRAM ){ int nByte = (nSub+1)*sizeof(SubProgram*); int j; for(j=0; jp4.pProgram ) break; } if( j==nSub ){ p->rc = sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pSub, nByte, nSub!=0); if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; } apSub = (SubProgram **)pSub->z; apSub[nSub++] = pOp->p4.pProgram; pSub->flags |= MEM_Blob; pSub->n = nSub*sizeof(SubProgram*); nRow += pOp->p4.pProgram->nOp; } } if( p->explain<2 ) break; if( pOp->opcode==OP_Explain ) break; if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && p->pc>1 ) break; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ p->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3VdbeError(p, sqlite3ErrStr(p->rc)); }else{ char *zP4; if( p->explain==1 ){ pMem->flags = MEM_Int; pMem->u.i = i; /* Program counter */ pMem++; pMem->flags = MEM_Static|MEM_Str|MEM_Term; pMem->z = (char*)sqlite3OpcodeName(pOp->opcode); /* Opcode */ assert( pMem->z!=0 ); pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; pMem++; } pMem->flags = MEM_Int; pMem->u.i = pOp->p1; /* P1 */ pMem++; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; pMem->u.i = pOp->p2; /* P2 */ pMem++; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; pMem->u.i = pOp->p3; /* P3 */ pMem++; if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 100) ){ /* P4 */ assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); return SQLITE_ERROR; } pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; zP4 = displayP4(pOp, pMem->z, pMem->szMalloc); if( zP4!=pMem->z ){ pMem->n = 0; sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pMem, zP4, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); }else{ assert( pMem->z!=0 ); pMem->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pMem->z); pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; } pMem++; if( p->explain==1 ){ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 4) ){ assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); return SQLITE_ERROR; } pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; pMem->n = 2; sqlite3_snprintf(3, pMem->z, "%.2x", pOp->p5); /* P5 */ pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; pMem++; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, 500) ){ assert( p->db->mallocFailed ); return SQLITE_ERROR; } pMem->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Term; pMem->n = displayComment(pOp, zP4, pMem->z, 500); pMem->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; #else pMem->flags = MEM_Null; /* Comment */ #endif } p->nResColumn = 8 - 4*(p->explain-1); p->pResultSet = &p->aMem[1]; p->rc = SQLITE_OK; rc = SQLITE_ROW; } } return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Print the SQL that was used to generate a VDBE program. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe *p){ const char *z = 0; if( p->zSql ){ z = p->zSql; }else if( p->nOp>=1 ){ const VdbeOp *pOp = &p->aOp[0]; if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ z = pOp->p4.z; while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++; } } if( z ) printf("SQL: [%s]\n", z); } #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) /* ** Print an IOTRACE message showing SQL content. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(Vdbe *p){ int nOp = p->nOp; VdbeOp *pOp; if( sqlite3IoTrace==0 ) return; if( nOp<1 ) return; pOp = &p->aOp[0]; if( pOp->opcode==OP_Init && pOp->p4.z!=0 ){ int i, j; char z[1000]; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(z), z, "%s", pOp->p4.z); for(i=0; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} for(j=0; z[i]; i++){ if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ){ if( z[i-1]!=' ' ){ z[j++] = ' '; } }else{ z[j++] = z[i]; } } z[j] = 0; sqlite3IoTrace("SQL %s\n", z); } } #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE && SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE */ /* An instance of this object describes bulk memory available for use ** by subcomponents of a prepared statement. Space is allocated out ** of a ReusableSpace object by the allocSpace() routine below. */ struct ReusableSpace { u8 *pSpace; /* Available memory */ int nFree; /* Bytes of available memory */ int nNeeded; /* Total bytes that could not be allocated */ }; /* Try to allocate nByte bytes of 8-byte aligned bulk memory for pBuf ** from the ReusableSpace object. Return a pointer to the allocated ** memory on success. If insufficient memory is available in the ** ReusableSpace object, increase the ReusableSpace.nNeeded ** value by the amount needed and return NULL. ** ** If pBuf is not initially NULL, that means that the memory has already ** been allocated by a prior call to this routine, so just return a copy ** of pBuf and leave ReusableSpace unchanged. ** ** This allocator is employed to repurpose unused slots at the end of the ** opcode array of prepared state for other memory needs of the prepared ** statement. */ static void *allocSpace( struct ReusableSpace *p, /* Bulk memory available for allocation */ void *pBuf, /* Pointer to a prior allocation */ int nByte /* Bytes of memory needed */ ){ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p->pSpace) ); if( pBuf==0 ){ nByte = ROUND8(nByte); if( nByte <= p->nFree ){ p->nFree -= nByte; pBuf = &p->pSpace[p->nFree]; }else{ p->nNeeded += nByte; } } assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pBuf) ); return pBuf; } /* ** Rewind the VDBE back to the beginning in preparation for ** running it. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRewind(Vdbe *p){ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) int i; #endif assert( p!=0 ); assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RESET ); /* There should be at least one opcode. */ assert( p->nOp>0 ); /* Set the magic to VDBE_MAGIC_RUN sooner rather than later. */ p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RUN; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG for(i=0; inMem; i++){ assert( p->aMem[i].db==p->db ); } #endif p->pc = -1; p->rc = SQLITE_OK; p->errorAction = OE_Abort; p->nChange = 0; p->cacheCtr = 1; p->minWriteFileFormat = 255; p->iStatement = 0; p->nFkConstraint = 0; #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE for(i=0; inOp; i++){ p->aOp[i].cnt = 0; p->aOp[i].cycles = 0; } #endif } /* ** Prepare a virtual machine for execution for the first time after ** creating the virtual machine. This involves things such ** as allocating registers and initializing the program counter. ** After the VDBE has be prepped, it can be executed by one or more ** calls to sqlite3VdbeExec(). ** ** This function may be called exactly once on each virtual machine. ** After this routine is called the VM has been "packaged" and is ready ** to run. After this routine is called, further calls to ** sqlite3VdbeAddOp() functions are prohibited. This routine disconnects ** the Vdbe from the Parse object that helped generate it so that the ** the Vdbe becomes an independent entity and the Parse object can be ** destroyed. ** ** Use the sqlite3VdbeRewind() procedure to restore a virtual machine back ** to its initial state after it has been run. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady( Vdbe *p, /* The VDBE */ Parse *pParse /* Parsing context */ ){ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ int nVar; /* Number of parameters */ int nMem; /* Number of VM memory registers */ int nCursor; /* Number of cursors required */ int nArg; /* Number of arguments in subprograms */ int n; /* Loop counter */ struct ReusableSpace x; /* Reusable bulk memory */ assert( p!=0 ); assert( p->nOp>0 ); assert( pParse!=0 ); assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ); assert( pParse==p->pParse ); db = p->db; assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); nVar = pParse->nVar; nMem = pParse->nMem; nCursor = pParse->nTab; nArg = pParse->nMaxArg; /* Each cursor uses a memory cell. The first cursor (cursor 0) can ** use aMem[0] which is not otherwise used by the VDBE program. Allocate ** space at the end of aMem[] for cursors 1 and greater. ** See also: allocateCursor(). */ nMem += nCursor; if( nCursor==0 && nMem>0 ) nMem++; /* Space for aMem[0] even if not used */ /* Figure out how much reusable memory is available at the end of the ** opcode array. This extra memory will be reallocated for other elements ** of the prepared statement. */ n = ROUND8(sizeof(Op)*p->nOp); /* Bytes of opcode memory used */ x.pSpace = &((u8*)p->aOp)[n]; /* Unused opcode memory */ assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(x.pSpace) ); x.nFree = ROUNDDOWN8(pParse->szOpAlloc - n); /* Bytes of unused memory */ assert( x.nFree>=0 ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(&x.pSpace[x.nFree]) ); resolveP2Values(p, &nArg); p->usesStmtJournal = (u8)(pParse->isMultiWrite && pParse->mayAbort); if( pParse->explain && nMem<10 ){ nMem = 10; } p->expired = 0; /* Memory for registers, parameters, cursor, etc, is allocated in one or two ** passes. On the first pass, we try to reuse unused memory at the ** end of the opcode array. If we are unable to satisfy all memory ** requirements by reusing the opcode array tail, then the second ** pass will fill in the remainder using a fresh memory allocation. ** ** This two-pass approach that reuses as much memory as possible from ** the leftover memory at the end of the opcode array. This can significantly ** reduce the amount of memory held by a prepared statement. */ do { x.nNeeded = 0; p->aMem = allocSpace(&x, p->aMem, nMem*sizeof(Mem)); p->aVar = allocSpace(&x, p->aVar, nVar*sizeof(Mem)); p->apArg = allocSpace(&x, p->apArg, nArg*sizeof(Mem*)); p->apCsr = allocSpace(&x, p->apCsr, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*)); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS p->anExec = allocSpace(&x, p->anExec, p->nOp*sizeof(i64)); #endif if( x.nNeeded==0 ) break; x.pSpace = p->pFree = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, x.nNeeded); x.nFree = x.nNeeded; }while( !db->mallocFailed ); p->pVList = pParse->pVList; pParse->pVList = 0; p->explain = pParse->explain; if( db->mallocFailed ){ p->nVar = 0; p->nCursor = 0; p->nMem = 0; }else{ p->nCursor = nCursor; p->nVar = (ynVar)nVar; initMemArray(p->aVar, nVar, db, MEM_Null); p->nMem = nMem; initMemArray(p->aMem, nMem, db, MEM_Undefined); memset(p->apCsr, 0, nCursor*sizeof(VdbeCursor*)); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS memset(p->anExec, 0, p->nOp*sizeof(i64)); #endif } sqlite3VdbeRewind(p); } /* ** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor ** happens to hold. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){ if( pCx==0 ){ return; } assert( pCx->pBtx==0 || pCx->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); switch( pCx->eCurType ){ case CURTYPE_SORTER: { sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx); break; } case CURTYPE_BTREE: { if( pCx->isEphemeral ){ if( pCx->pBtx ) sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBtx); /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by ** the call above. */ }else{ assert( pCx->uc.pCursor!=0 ); sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->uc.pCursor); } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE case CURTYPE_VTAB: { sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur = pCx->uc.pVCur; const sqlite3_module *pModule = pVCur->pVtab->pModule; assert( pVCur->pVtab->nRef>0 ); pVCur->pVtab->nRef--; pModule->xClose(pVCur); break; } #endif } } /* ** Close all cursors in the current frame. */ static void closeCursorsInFrame(Vdbe *p){ if( p->apCsr ){ int i; for(i=0; inCursor; i++){ VdbeCursor *pC = p->apCsr[i]; if( pC ){ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, pC); p->apCsr[i] = 0; } } } } /* ** Copy the values stored in the VdbeFrame structure to its Vdbe. This ** is used, for example, when a trigger sub-program is halted to restore ** control to the main program. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *pFrame){ Vdbe *v = pFrame->v; closeCursorsInFrame(v); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS v->anExec = pFrame->anExec; #endif v->aOp = pFrame->aOp; v->nOp = pFrame->nOp; v->aMem = pFrame->aMem; v->nMem = pFrame->nMem; v->apCsr = pFrame->apCsr; v->nCursor = pFrame->nCursor; v->db->lastRowid = pFrame->lastRowid; v->nChange = pFrame->nChange; v->db->nChange = pFrame->nDbChange; sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(v->db, &v->pAuxData, -1, 0); v->pAuxData = pFrame->pAuxData; pFrame->pAuxData = 0; return pFrame->pc; } /* ** Close all cursors. ** ** Also release any dynamic memory held by the VM in the Vdbe.aMem memory ** cell array. This is necessary as the memory cell array may contain ** pointers to VdbeFrame objects, which may in turn contain pointers to ** open cursors. */ static void closeAllCursors(Vdbe *p){ if( p->pFrame ){ VdbeFrame *pFrame; for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); p->pFrame = 0; p->nFrame = 0; } assert( p->nFrame==0 ); closeCursorsInFrame(p); if( p->aMem ){ releaseMemArray(p->aMem, p->nMem); } while( p->pDelFrame ){ VdbeFrame *pDel = p->pDelFrame; p->pDelFrame = pDel->pParent; sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(pDel); } /* Delete any auxdata allocations made by the VM */ if( p->pAuxData ) sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(p->db, &p->pAuxData, -1, 0); assert( p->pAuxData==0 ); } /* ** Set the number of result columns that will be returned by this SQL ** statement. This is now set at compile time, rather than during ** execution of the vdbe program so that sqlite3_column_count() can ** be called on an SQL statement before sqlite3_step(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe *p, int nResColumn){ int n; sqlite3 *db = p->db; if( p->nResColumn ){ releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); } n = nResColumn*COLNAME_N; p->nResColumn = (u16)nResColumn; p->aColName = (Mem*)sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(Mem)*n ); if( p->aColName==0 ) return; initMemArray(p->aColName, n, db, MEM_Null); } /* ** Set the name of the idx'th column to be returned by the SQL statement. ** zName must be a pointer to a nul terminated string. ** ** This call must be made after a call to sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(). ** ** The final parameter, xDel, must be one of SQLITE_DYNAMIC, SQLITE_STATIC ** or SQLITE_TRANSIENT. If it is SQLITE_DYNAMIC, then the buffer pointed ** to by zName will be freed by sqlite3DbFree() when the vdbe is destroyed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSetColName( Vdbe *p, /* Vdbe being configured */ int idx, /* Index of column zName applies to */ int var, /* One of the COLNAME_* constants */ const char *zName, /* Pointer to buffer containing name */ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Memory management strategy for zName */ ){ int rc; Mem *pColName; assert( idxnResColumn ); assert( vardb->mallocFailed ){ assert( !zName || xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } assert( p->aColName!=0 ); pColName = &(p->aColName[idx+var*p->nResColumn]); rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pColName, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); assert( rc!=0 || !zName || (pColName->flags&MEM_Term)!=0 ); return rc; } /* ** A read or write transaction may or may not be active on database handle ** db. If a transaction is active, commit it. If there is a ** write-transaction spanning more than one database file, this routine ** takes care of the master journal trickery. */ static int vdbeCommit(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ int i; int nTrans = 0; /* Number of databases with an active write-transaction ** that are candidates for a two-phase commit using a ** master-journal */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int needXcommit = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* With this option, sqlite3VtabSync() is defined to be simply ** SQLITE_OK so p is not used. */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); #endif /* Before doing anything else, call the xSync() callback for any ** virtual module tables written in this transaction. This has to ** be done before determining whether a master journal file is ** required, as an xSync() callback may add an attached database ** to the transaction. */ rc = sqlite3VtabSync(db, p); /* This loop determines (a) if the commit hook should be invoked and ** (b) how many database files have open write transactions, not ** including the temp database. (b) is important because if more than ** one database file has an open write transaction, a master journal ** file is required for an atomic commit. */ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ /* Whether or not a database might need a master journal depends upon ** its journal mode (among other things). This matrix determines which ** journal modes use a master journal and which do not */ static const u8 aMJNeeded[] = { /* DELETE */ 1, /* PERSIST */ 1, /* OFF */ 0, /* TRUNCATE */ 1, /* MEMORY */ 0, /* WAL */ 0 }; Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ needXcommit = 1; sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt); pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); if( db->aDb[i].safety_level!=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF && aMJNeeded[sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager)] && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(pPager)==0 ){ assert( i!=1 ); nTrans++; } rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* If there are any write-transactions at all, invoke the commit hook */ if( needXcommit && db->xCommitCallback ){ rc = db->xCommitCallback(db->pCommitArg); if( rc ){ return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK; } } /* The simple case - no more than one database file (not counting the ** TEMP database) has a transaction active. There is no need for the ** master-journal. ** ** If the return value of sqlite3BtreeGetFilename() is a zero length ** string, it means the main database is :memory: or a temp file. In ** that case we do not support atomic multi-file commits, so use the ** simple case then too. */ if( 0==sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt)) || nTrans<=1 ){ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, 0); } } /* Do the commit only if all databases successfully complete phase 1. ** If one of the BtreeCommitPhaseOne() calls fails, this indicates an ** IO error while deleting or truncating a journal file. It is unlikely, ** but could happen. In this case abandon processing and return the error. */ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 0); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VtabCommit(db); } } /* The complex case - There is a multi-file write-transaction active. ** This requires a master journal file to ensure the transaction is ** committed atomically. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO else{ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; char *zMaster = 0; /* File-name for the master journal */ char const *zMainFile = sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[0].pBt); sqlite3_file *pMaster = 0; i64 offset = 0; int res; int retryCount = 0; int nMainFile; /* Select a master journal file name */ nMainFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zMainFile); zMaster = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s-mjXXXXXX9XXz", zMainFile); if( zMaster==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; do { u32 iRandom; if( retryCount ){ if( retryCount>100 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ delete: %s", zMaster); sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); break; }else if( retryCount==1 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_FULL, "MJ collide: %s", zMaster); } } retryCount++; sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(iRandom), &iRandom); sqlite3_snprintf(13, &zMaster[nMainFile], "-mj%06X9%02X", (iRandom>>8)&0xffffff, iRandom&0xff); /* The antipenultimate character of the master journal name must ** be "9" to avoid name collisions when using 8+3 filenames. */ assert( zMaster[sqlite3Strlen30(zMaster)-3]=='9' ); sqlite3FileSuffix3(zMainFile, zMaster); rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); }while( rc==SQLITE_OK && res ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Open the master journal. */ rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(pVfs, zMaster, &pMaster, SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL, 0 ); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); return rc; } /* Write the name of each database file in the transaction into the new ** master journal file. If an error occurs at this point close ** and delete the master journal file. All the individual journal files ** still have 'null' as the master journal pointer, so they will roll ** back independently if a failure occurs. */ for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ char const *zFile = sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(pBt); if( zFile==0 ){ continue; /* Ignore TEMP and :memory: databases */ } assert( zFile[0]!=0 ); rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pMaster, zFile, sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1, offset); offset += sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); return rc; } } } /* Sync the master journal file. If the IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL device ** flag is set this is not required. */ if( 0==(sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pMaster)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsSync(pMaster, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL)) ){ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); return rc; } /* Sync all the db files involved in the transaction. The same call ** sets the master journal pointer in each individual journal. If ** an error occurs here, do not delete the master journal file. ** ** If the error occurs during the first call to ** sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(), then there is a chance that the ** master journal file will be orphaned. But we cannot delete it, ** in case the master journal file name was written into the journal ** file before the failure occurred. */ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(pBt, zMaster); } } sqlite3OsCloseFree(pMaster); assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); return rc; } /* Delete the master journal file. This commits the transaction. After ** doing this the directory is synced again before any individual ** transaction files are deleted. */ rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 1); sqlite3DbFree(db, zMaster); zMaster = 0; if( rc ){ return rc; } /* All files and directories have already been synced, so the following ** calls to sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo() are only closing files and ** deleting or truncating journals. If something goes wrong while ** this is happening we don't really care. The integrity of the ** transaction is already guaranteed, but some stray 'cold' journals ** may be lying around. Returning an error code won't help matters. */ disable_simulated_io_errors(); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(pBt, 1); } } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); enable_simulated_io_errors(); sqlite3VtabCommit(db); } #endif return rc; } /* ** This routine checks that the sqlite3.nVdbeActive count variable ** matches the number of vdbe's in the list sqlite3.pVdbe that are ** currently active. An assertion fails if the two counts do not match. ** This is an internal self-check only - it is not an essential processing ** step. ** ** This is a no-op if NDEBUG is defined. */ #ifndef NDEBUG static void checkActiveVdbeCnt(sqlite3 *db){ Vdbe *p; int cnt = 0; int nWrite = 0; int nRead = 0; p = db->pVdbe; while( p ){ if( sqlite3_stmt_busy((sqlite3_stmt*)p) ){ cnt++; if( p->readOnly==0 ) nWrite++; if( p->bIsReader ) nRead++; } p = p->pNext; } assert( cnt==db->nVdbeActive ); assert( nWrite==db->nVdbeWrite ); assert( nRead==db->nVdbeRead ); } #else #define checkActiveVdbeCnt(x) #endif /* ** If the Vdbe passed as the first argument opened a statement-transaction, ** close it now. Argument eOp must be either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or ** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then the statement ** transaction is rolled back. If eOp is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the ** statement transaction is committed. ** ** If an IO error occurs, an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned. ** Otherwise SQLITE_OK. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int vdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ sqlite3 *const db = p->db; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; const int iSavepoint = p->iStatement-1; assert( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK || eOp==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); assert( db->nStatement>0 ); assert( p->iStatement==(db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint) ); for(i=0; inDb; i++){ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); } if( rc2==SQLITE_OK ){ rc2 = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(pBt, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } } db->nStatement--; p->iStatement = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, iSavepoint); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, iSavepoint); } } /* If the statement transaction is being rolled back, also restore the ** database handles deferred constraint counter to the value it had when ** the statement transaction was opened. */ if( eOp==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ db->nDeferredCons = p->nStmtDefCons; db->nDeferredImmCons = p->nStmtDefImmCons; } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *p, int eOp){ if( p->db->nStatement && p->iStatement ){ return vdbeCloseStatement(p, eOp); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called when a transaction opened by the database ** handle associated with the VM passed as an argument is about to be ** committed. If there are outstanding deferred foreign key constraint ** violations, return SQLITE_ERROR. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. ** ** If there are outstanding FK violations and this function returns ** SQLITE_ERROR, set the result of the VM to SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY ** and write an error message to it. Then return SQLITE_ERROR. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(Vdbe *p, int deferred){ sqlite3 *db = p->db; if( (deferred && (db->nDeferredCons+db->nDeferredImmCons)>0) || (!deferred && p->nFkConstraint>0) ){ p->rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY; p->errorAction = OE_Abort; sqlite3VdbeError(p, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed"); return SQLITE_ERROR; } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** This routine is called the when a VDBE tries to halt. If the VDBE ** has made changes and is in autocommit mode, then commit those ** changes. If a rollback is needed, then do the rollback. ** ** This routine is the only way to move the state of a VM from ** SQLITE_MAGIC_RUN to SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT. It is harmless to ** call this on a VM that is in the SQLITE_MAGIC_HALT state. ** ** Return an error code. If the commit could not complete because of ** lock contention, return SQLITE_BUSY. If SQLITE_BUSY is returned, it ** means the close did not happen and needs to be repeated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe *p){ int rc; /* Used to store transient return codes */ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* This function contains the logic that determines if a statement or ** transaction will be committed or rolled back as a result of the ** execution of this virtual machine. ** ** If any of the following errors occur: ** ** SQLITE_NOMEM ** SQLITE_IOERR ** SQLITE_FULL ** SQLITE_INTERRUPT ** ** Then the internal cache might have been left in an inconsistent ** state. We need to rollback the statement transaction, if there is ** one, or the complete transaction if there is no statement transaction. */ if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ return SQLITE_OK; } if( db->mallocFailed ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } closeAllCursors(p); checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); /* No commit or rollback needed if the program never started or if the ** SQL statement does not read or write a database file. */ if( p->pc>=0 && p->bIsReader ){ int mrc; /* Primary error code from p->rc */ int eStatementOp = 0; int isSpecialError; /* Set to true if a 'special' error */ /* Lock all btrees used by the statement */ sqlite3VdbeEnter(p); /* Check for one of the special errors */ mrc = p->rc & 0xff; isSpecialError = mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_IOERR || mrc==SQLITE_INTERRUPT || mrc==SQLITE_FULL; if( isSpecialError ){ /* If the query was read-only and the error code is SQLITE_INTERRUPT, ** no rollback is necessary. Otherwise, at least a savepoint ** transaction must be rolled back to restore the database to a ** consistent state. ** ** Even if the statement is read-only, it is important to perform ** a statement or transaction rollback operation. If the error ** occurred while writing to the journal, sub-journal or database ** file as part of an effort to free up cache space (see function ** pagerStress() in pager.c), the rollback is required to restore ** the pager to a consistent state. */ if( !p->readOnly || mrc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT ){ if( (mrc==SQLITE_NOMEM || mrc==SQLITE_FULL) && p->usesStmtJournal ){ eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; }else{ /* We are forced to roll back the active transaction. Before doing ** so, abort any other statements this handle currently has active. */ sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); db->autoCommit = 1; p->nChange = 0; } } } /* Check for immediate foreign key violations. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0); } /* If the auto-commit flag is set and this is the only active writer ** VM, then we do either a commit or rollback of the current transaction. ** ** Note: This block also runs if one of the special errors handled ** above has occurred. */ if( !sqlite3VtabInSync(db) && db->autoCommit && db->nVdbeWrite==(p->readOnly==0) ){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->errorAction==OE_Fail && !isSpecialError) ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( NEVER(p->readOnly) ){ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); return SQLITE_ERROR; } rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY; }else{ /* The auto-commit flag is true, the vdbe program was successful ** or hit an 'OR FAIL' constraint and there are no deferred foreign ** key constraints to hold up the transaction. This means a commit ** is required. */ rc = vdbeCommit(db, p); } if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && p->readOnly ){ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); return SQLITE_BUSY; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = rc; sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); p->nChange = 0; }else{ db->nDeferredCons = 0; db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs; sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); } }else{ sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); p->nChange = 0; } db->nStatement = 0; }else if( eStatementOp==0 ){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || p->errorAction==OE_Fail ){ eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_RELEASE; }else if( p->errorAction==OE_Abort ){ eStatementOp = SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK; }else{ sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); db->autoCommit = 1; p->nChange = 0; } } /* If eStatementOp is non-zero, then a statement transaction needs to ** be committed or rolled back. Call sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement() to ** do so. If this operation returns an error, and the current statement ** error code is SQLITE_OK or SQLITE_CONSTRAINT, then promote the ** current statement error code. */ if( eStatementOp ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, eStatementOp); if( rc ){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ p->rc = rc; sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = 0; } sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); db->autoCommit = 1; p->nChange = 0; } } /* If this was an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE and no statement transaction ** has been rolled back, update the database connection change-counter. */ if( p->changeCntOn ){ if( eStatementOp!=SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); }else{ sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, 0); } p->nChange = 0; } /* Release the locks */ sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); } /* We have successfully halted and closed the VM. Record this fact. */ if( p->pc>=0 ){ db->nVdbeActive--; if( !p->readOnly ) db->nVdbeWrite--; if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead--; assert( db->nVdbeActive>=db->nVdbeRead ); assert( db->nVdbeRead>=db->nVdbeWrite ); assert( db->nVdbeWrite>=0 ); } p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_HALT; checkActiveVdbeCnt(db); if( db->mallocFailed ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } /* If the auto-commit flag is set to true, then any locks that were held ** by connection db have now been released. Call sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked() ** to invoke any required unlock-notify callbacks. */ if( db->autoCommit ){ sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); } assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || db->nStatement==0 ); return (p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY ? SQLITE_BUSY : SQLITE_OK); } /* ** Each VDBE holds the result of the most recent sqlite3_step() call ** in p->rc. This routine sets that result back to SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe *p){ p->rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Copy the error code and error message belonging to the VDBE passed ** as the first argument to its database handle (so that they will be ** returned by calls to sqlite3_errcode() and sqlite3_errmsg()). ** ** This function does not clear the VDBE error code or message, just ** copies them to the database handle. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeTransferError(Vdbe *p){ sqlite3 *db = p->db; int rc = p->rc; if( p->zErrMsg ){ db->bBenignMalloc++; sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); if( db->pErr==0 ) db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db); sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, p->zErrMsg, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); db->bBenignMalloc--; }else if( db->pErr ){ sqlite3ValueSetNull(db->pErr); } db->errCode = rc; return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG /* ** If an SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG hook is registered and the VM has been run, ** invoke it. */ static void vdbeInvokeSqllog(Vdbe *v){ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog && v->rc==SQLITE_OK && v->zSql && v->pc>=0 ){ char *zExpanded = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(v, v->zSql); assert( v->db->init.busy==0 ); if( zExpanded ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, v->db, zExpanded, 1 ); sqlite3DbFree(v->db, zExpanded); } } } #else # define vdbeInvokeSqllog(x) #endif /* ** Clean up a VDBE after execution but do not delete the VDBE just yet. ** Write any error messages into *pzErrMsg. Return the result code. ** ** After this routine is run, the VDBE should be ready to be executed ** again. ** ** To look at it another way, this routine resets the state of the ** virtual machine from VDBE_MAGIC_RUN or VDBE_MAGIC_HALT back to ** VDBE_MAGIC_INIT. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe *p){ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) int i; #endif sqlite3 *db; db = p->db; /* If the VM did not run to completion or if it encountered an ** error, then it might not have been halted properly. So halt ** it now. */ sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); /* If the VDBE has been run even partially, then transfer the error code ** and error message from the VDBE into the main database structure. But ** if the VDBE has just been set to run but has not actually executed any ** instructions yet, leave the main database error information unchanged. */ if( p->pc>=0 ){ vdbeInvokeSqllog(p); sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); if( p->runOnlyOnce ) p->expired = 1; }else if( p->rc && p->expired ){ /* The expired flag was set on the VDBE before the first call ** to sqlite3_step(). For consistency (since sqlite3_step() was ** called), set the database error in this case as well. */ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, p->rc, p->zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, p->zErrMsg); } /* Reset register contents and reclaim error message memory. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Execute assert() statements to ensure that the Vdbe.apCsr[] and ** Vdbe.aMem[] arrays have already been cleaned up. */ if( p->apCsr ) for(i=0; inCursor; i++) assert( p->apCsr[i]==0 ); if( p->aMem ){ for(i=0; inMem; i++) assert( p->aMem[i].flags==MEM_Undefined ); } #endif sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = 0; p->pResultSet = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->nWrite = 0; #endif /* Save profiling information from this VDBE run. */ #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE { FILE *out = fopen("vdbe_profile.out", "a"); if( out ){ fprintf(out, "---- "); for(i=0; inOp; i++){ fprintf(out, "%02x", p->aOp[i].opcode); } fprintf(out, "\n"); if( p->zSql ){ char c, pc = 0; fprintf(out, "-- "); for(i=0; (c = p->zSql[i])!=0; i++){ if( pc=='\n' ) fprintf(out, "-- "); putc(c, out); pc = c; } if( pc!='\n' ) fprintf(out, "\n"); } for(i=0; inOp; i++){ char zHdr[100]; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zHdr), zHdr, "%6u %12llu %8llu ", p->aOp[i].cnt, p->aOp[i].cycles, p->aOp[i].cnt>0 ? p->aOp[i].cycles/p->aOp[i].cnt : 0 ); fprintf(out, "%s", zHdr); sqlite3VdbePrintOp(out, i, &p->aOp[i]); } fclose(out); } } #endif p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_RESET; return p->rc & db->errMask; } /* ** Clean up and delete a VDBE after execution. Return an integer which is ** the result code. Write any error message text into *pzErrMsg. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_HALT ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(p); assert( (rc & p->db->errMask)==rc ); } sqlite3VdbeDelete(p); return rc; } /* ** If parameter iOp is less than zero, then invoke the destructor for ** all auxiliary data pointers currently cached by the VM passed as ** the first argument. ** ** Or, if iOp is greater than or equal to zero, then the destructor is ** only invoked for those auxiliary data pointers created by the user ** function invoked by the OP_Function opcode at instruction iOp of ** VM pVdbe, and only then if: ** ** * the associated function parameter is the 32nd or later (counting ** from left to right), or ** ** * the corresponding bit in argument mask is clear (where the first ** function parameter corresponds to bit 0 etc.). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(sqlite3 *db, AuxData **pp, int iOp, int mask){ while( *pp ){ AuxData *pAux = *pp; if( (iOp<0) || (pAux->iAuxOp==iOp && pAux->iAuxArg>=0 && (pAux->iAuxArg>31 || !(mask & MASKBIT32(pAux->iAuxArg)))) ){ testcase( pAux->iAuxArg==31 ); if( pAux->xDeleteAux ){ pAux->xDeleteAux(pAux->pAux); } *pp = pAux->pNextAux; sqlite3DbFree(db, pAux); }else{ pp= &pAux->pNextAux; } } } /* ** Free all memory associated with the Vdbe passed as the second argument, ** except for object itself, which is preserved. ** ** The difference between this function and sqlite3VdbeDelete() is that ** VdbeDelete() also unlinks the Vdbe from the list of VMs associated with ** the database connection and frees the object itself. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeClearObject(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ SubProgram *pSub, *pNext; assert( p->db==0 || p->db==db ); releaseMemArray(p->aColName, p->nResColumn*COLNAME_N); for(pSub=p->pProgram; pSub; pSub=pNext){ pNext = pSub->pNext; vdbeFreeOpArray(db, pSub->aOp, pSub->nOp); sqlite3DbFree(db, pSub); } if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_INIT ){ releaseMemArray(p->aVar, p->nVar); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pVList); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->pFree); } vdbeFreeOpArray(db, p->aOp, p->nOp); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aColName); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zSql); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS { int i; for(i=0; inScan; i++){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aScan[i].zName); } sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aScan); } #endif } /* ** Delete an entire VDBE. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe *p){ sqlite3 *db; assert( p!=0 ); db = p->db; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, p); if( p->pPrev ){ p->pPrev->pNext = p->pNext; }else{ assert( db->pVdbe==p ); db->pVdbe = p->pNext; } if( p->pNext ){ p->pNext->pPrev = p->pPrev; } p->magic = VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD; p->db = 0; sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); } /* ** The cursor "p" has a pending seek operation that has not yet been ** carried out. Seek the cursor now. If an error occurs, return ** the appropriate error code. */ static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleDeferredMoveto(VdbeCursor *p){ int res, rc; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST extern int sqlite3_search_count; #endif assert( p->deferredMoveto ); assert( p->isTable ); assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(p->uc.pCursor, 0, p->movetoTarget, 0, &res); if( rc ) return rc; if( res!=0 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_search_count++; #endif p->deferredMoveto = 0; p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Something has moved cursor "p" out of place. Maybe the row it was ** pointed to was deleted out from under it. Or maybe the btree was ** rebalanced. Whatever the cause, try to restore "p" to the place it ** is supposed to be pointing. If the row was deleted out from under the ** cursor, set the cursor to point to a NULL row. */ static int SQLITE_NOINLINE handleMovedCursor(VdbeCursor *p){ int isDifferentRow, rc; assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( p->uc.pCursor!=0 ); assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->uc.pCursor) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeCursorRestore(p->uc.pCursor, &isDifferentRow); p->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; if( isDifferentRow ) p->nullRow = 1; return rc; } /* ** Check to ensure that the cursor is valid. Restore the cursor ** if need be. Return any I/O error from the restore operation. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(VdbeCursor *p){ assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->uc.pCursor) ){ return handleMovedCursor(p); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Make sure the cursor p is ready to read or write the row to which it ** was last positioned. Return an error code if an OOM fault or I/O error ** prevents us from positioning the cursor to its correct position. ** ** If a MoveTo operation is pending on the given cursor, then do that ** MoveTo now. If no move is pending, check to see if the row has been ** deleted out from under the cursor and if it has, mark the row as ** a NULL row. ** ** If the cursor is already pointing to the correct row and that row has ** not been deleted out from under the cursor, then this routine is a no-op. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor **pp, int *piCol){ VdbeCursor *p = *pp; assert( p->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE || p->eCurType==CURTYPE_PSEUDO ); if( p->deferredMoveto ){ int iMap; if( p->aAltMap && (iMap = p->aAltMap[1+*piCol])>0 ){ *pp = p->pAltCursor; *piCol = iMap - 1; return SQLITE_OK; } return handleDeferredMoveto(p); } if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(p->uc.pCursor) ){ return handleMovedCursor(p); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The following functions: ** ** sqlite3VdbeSerialType() ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() ** sqlite3VdbeSerialLen() ** sqlite3VdbeSerialPut() ** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() ** ** encapsulate the code that serializes values for storage in SQLite ** data and index records. Each serialized value consists of a ** 'serial-type' and a blob of data. The serial type is an 8-byte unsigned ** integer, stored as a varint. ** ** In an SQLite index record, the serial type is stored directly before ** the blob of data that it corresponds to. In a table record, all serial ** types are stored at the start of the record, and the blobs of data at ** the end. Hence these functions allow the caller to handle the ** serial-type and data blob separately. ** ** The following table describes the various storage classes for data: ** ** serial type bytes of data type ** -------------- --------------- --------------- ** 0 0 NULL ** 1 1 signed integer ** 2 2 signed integer ** 3 3 signed integer ** 4 4 signed integer ** 5 6 signed integer ** 6 8 signed integer ** 7 8 IEEE float ** 8 0 Integer constant 0 ** 9 0 Integer constant 1 ** 10,11 reserved for expansion ** N>=12 and even (N-12)/2 BLOB ** N>=13 and odd (N-13)/2 text ** ** The 8 and 9 types were added in 3.3.0, file format 4. Prior versions ** of SQLite will not understand those serial types. */ /* ** Return the serial-type for the value stored in pMem. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem *pMem, int file_format, u32 *pLen){ int flags = pMem->flags; u32 n; assert( pLen!=0 ); if( flags&MEM_Null ){ *pLen = 0; return 0; } if( flags&MEM_Int ){ /* Figure out whether to use 1, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bytes. */ # define MAX_6BYTE ((((i64)0x00008000)<<32)-1) i64 i = pMem->u.i; u64 u; if( i<0 ){ u = ~i; }else{ u = i; } if( u<=127 ){ if( (i&1)==i && file_format>=4 ){ *pLen = 0; return 8+(u32)u; }else{ *pLen = 1; return 1; } } if( u<=32767 ){ *pLen = 2; return 2; } if( u<=8388607 ){ *pLen = 3; return 3; } if( u<=2147483647 ){ *pLen = 4; return 4; } if( u<=MAX_6BYTE ){ *pLen = 6; return 5; } *pLen = 8; return 6; } if( flags&MEM_Real ){ *pLen = 8; return 7; } assert( pMem->db->mallocFailed || flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ); assert( pMem->n>=0 ); n = (u32)pMem->n; if( flags & MEM_Zero ){ n += pMem->u.nZero; } *pLen = n; return ((n*2) + 12 + ((flags&MEM_Str)!=0)); } /* ** The sizes for serial types less than 128 */ static const u8 sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[] = { /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 */ /* 0 */ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 8, 0, 0, /* 10 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3, 3, /* 20 */ 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 6, 7, 7, 8, 8, /* 30 */ 9, 9, 10, 10, 11, 11, 12, 12, 13, 13, /* 40 */ 14, 14, 15, 15, 16, 16, 17, 17, 18, 18, /* 50 */ 19, 19, 20, 20, 21, 21, 22, 22, 23, 23, /* 60 */ 24, 24, 25, 25, 26, 26, 27, 27, 28, 28, /* 70 */ 29, 29, 30, 30, 31, 31, 32, 32, 33, 33, /* 80 */ 34, 34, 35, 35, 36, 36, 37, 37, 38, 38, /* 90 */ 39, 39, 40, 40, 41, 41, 42, 42, 43, 43, /* 100 */ 44, 44, 45, 45, 46, 46, 47, 47, 48, 48, /* 110 */ 49, 49, 50, 50, 51, 51, 52, 52, 53, 53, /* 120 */ 54, 54, 55, 55, 56, 56, 57, 57 }; /* ** Return the length of the data corresponding to the supplied serial-type. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32 serial_type){ if( serial_type>=128 ){ return (serial_type-12)/2; }else{ assert( serial_type<12 || sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]==(serial_type - 12)/2 ); return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; } } SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(u8 serial_type){ assert( serial_type<128 ); return sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; } /* ** If we are on an architecture with mixed-endian floating ** points (ex: ARM7) then swap the lower 4 bytes with the ** upper 4 bytes. Return the result. ** ** For most architectures, this is a no-op. ** ** (later): It is reported to me that the mixed-endian problem ** on ARM7 is an issue with GCC, not with the ARM7 chip. It seems ** that early versions of GCC stored the two words of a 64-bit ** float in the wrong order. And that error has been propagated ** ever since. The blame is not necessarily with GCC, though. ** GCC might have just copying the problem from a prior compiler. ** I am also told that newer versions of GCC that follow a different ** ABI get the byte order right. ** ** Developers using SQLite on an ARM7 should compile and run their ** application using -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 at least once. With DEBUG ** enabled, some asserts below will ensure that the byte order of ** floating point values is correct. ** ** (2007-08-30) Frank van Vugt has studied this problem closely ** and has send his findings to the SQLite developers. Frank ** writes that some Linux kernels offer floating point hardware ** emulation that uses only 32-bit mantissas instead of a full ** 48-bits as required by the IEEE standard. (This is the ** CONFIG_FPE_FASTFPE option.) On such systems, floating point ** byte swapping becomes very complicated. To avoid problems, ** the necessary byte swapping is carried out using a 64-bit integer ** rather than a 64-bit float. Frank assures us that the code here ** works for him. We, the developers, have no way to independently ** verify this, but Frank seems to know what he is talking about ** so we trust him. */ #ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT static u64 floatSwap(u64 in){ union { u64 r; u32 i[2]; } u; u32 t; u.r = in; t = u.i[0]; u.i[0] = u.i[1]; u.i[1] = t; return u.r; } # define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) X = floatSwap(X) #else # define swapMixedEndianFloat(X) #endif /* ** Write the serialized data blob for the value stored in pMem into ** buf. It is assumed that the caller has allocated sufficient space. ** Return the number of bytes written. ** ** nBuf is the amount of space left in buf[]. The caller is responsible ** for allocating enough space to buf[] to hold the entire field, exclusive ** of the pMem->u.nZero bytes for a MEM_Zero value. ** ** Return the number of bytes actually written into buf[]. The number ** of bytes in the zero-filled tail is included in the return value only ** if those bytes were zeroed in buf[]. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(u8 *buf, Mem *pMem, u32 serial_type){ u32 len; /* Integer and Real */ if( serial_type<=7 && serial_type>0 ){ u64 v; u32 i; if( serial_type==7 ){ assert( sizeof(v)==sizeof(pMem->u.r) ); memcpy(&v, &pMem->u.r, sizeof(v)); swapMixedEndianFloat(v); }else{ v = pMem->u.i; } len = i = sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[serial_type]; assert( i>0 ); do{ buf[--i] = (u8)(v&0xFF); v >>= 8; }while( i ); return len; } /* String or blob */ if( serial_type>=12 ){ assert( pMem->n + ((pMem->flags & MEM_Zero)?pMem->u.nZero:0) == (int)sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type) ); len = pMem->n; if( len>0 ) memcpy(buf, pMem->z, len); return len; } /* NULL or constants 0 or 1 */ return 0; } /* Input "x" is a sequence of unsigned characters that represent a ** big-endian integer. Return the equivalent native integer */ #define ONE_BYTE_INT(x) ((i8)(x)[0]) #define TWO_BYTE_INT(x) (256*(i8)((x)[0])|(x)[1]) #define THREE_BYTE_INT(x) (65536*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<8)|(x)[2]) #define FOUR_BYTE_UINT(x) (((u32)(x)[0]<<24)|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3]) #define FOUR_BYTE_INT(x) (16777216*(i8)((x)[0])|((x)[1]<<16)|((x)[2]<<8)|(x)[3]) /* ** Deserialize the data blob pointed to by buf as serial type serial_type ** and store the result in pMem. Return the number of bytes read. ** ** This function is implemented as two separate routines for performance. ** The few cases that require local variables are broken out into a separate ** routine so that in most cases the overhead of moving the stack pointer ** is avoided. */ static u32 SQLITE_NOINLINE serialGet( const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ ){ u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf); u32 y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+4); x = (x<<32) + y; if( serial_type==6 ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-29851-52272 Value is a big-endian 64-bit ** twos-complement integer. */ pMem->u.i = *(i64*)&x; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); }else{ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-57343-49114 Value is a big-endian IEEE 754-2008 64-bit ** floating point number. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT) /* Verify that integers and floating point values use the same ** byte order. Or, that if SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT is ** defined that 64-bit floating point values really are mixed ** endian. */ static const u64 t1 = ((u64)0x3ff00000)<<32; static const double r1 = 1.0; u64 t2 = t1; swapMixedEndianFloat(t2); assert( sizeof(r1)==sizeof(t2) && memcmp(&r1, &t2, sizeof(r1))==0 ); #endif assert( sizeof(x)==8 && sizeof(pMem->u.r)==8 ); swapMixedEndianFloat(x); memcpy(&pMem->u.r, &x, sizeof(x)); pMem->flags = sqlite3IsNaN(pMem->u.r) ? MEM_Null : MEM_Real; } return 8; } SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialGet( const unsigned char *buf, /* Buffer to deserialize from */ u32 serial_type, /* Serial type to deserialize */ Mem *pMem /* Memory cell to write value into */ ){ switch( serial_type ){ case 10: { /* Internal use only: NULL with virtual table ** UPDATE no-change flag set */ pMem->flags = MEM_Null|MEM_Zero; pMem->n = 0; pMem->u.nZero = 0; break; } case 11: /* Reserved for future use */ case 0: { /* Null */ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-24078-09375 Value is a NULL. */ pMem->flags = MEM_Null; break; } case 1: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-44885-25196 Value is an 8-bit twos-complement ** integer. */ pMem->u.i = ONE_BYTE_INT(buf); pMem->flags = MEM_Int; testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); return 1; } case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-49794-35026 Value is a big-endian 16-bit ** twos-complement integer. */ pMem->u.i = TWO_BYTE_INT(buf); pMem->flags = MEM_Int; testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); return 2; } case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37839-54301 Value is a big-endian 24-bit ** twos-complement integer. */ pMem->u.i = THREE_BYTE_INT(buf); pMem->flags = MEM_Int; testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); return 3; } case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-01849-26079 Value is a big-endian 32-bit ** twos-complement integer. */ pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_INT(buf); #ifdef __HP_cc /* Work around a sign-extension bug in the HP compiler for HP/UX */ if( buf[0]&0x80 ) pMem->u.i |= 0xffffffff80000000LL; #endif pMem->flags = MEM_Int; testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); return 4; } case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-50385-09674 Value is a big-endian 48-bit ** twos-complement integer. */ pMem->u.i = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(buf+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(buf); pMem->flags = MEM_Int; testcase( pMem->u.i<0 ); return 6; } case 6: /* 8-byte signed integer */ case 7: { /* IEEE floating point */ /* These use local variables, so do them in a separate routine ** to avoid having to move the frame pointer in the common case */ return serialGet(buf,serial_type,pMem); } case 8: /* Integer 0 */ case 9: { /* Integer 1 */ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12976-22893 Value is the integer 0. */ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-18143-12121 Value is the integer 1. */ pMem->u.i = serial_type-8; pMem->flags = MEM_Int; return 0; } default: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-14606-31564 Value is a BLOB that is (N-12)/2 bytes in ** length. ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-28401-00140 Value is a string in the text encoding and ** (N-13)/2 bytes in length. */ static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob|MEM_Ephem, MEM_Str|MEM_Ephem }; pMem->z = (char *)buf; pMem->n = (serial_type-12)/2; pMem->flags = aFlag[serial_type&1]; return pMem->n; } } return 0; } /* ** This routine is used to allocate sufficient space for an UnpackedRecord ** structure large enough to be used with sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack() if ** the first argument is a pointer to KeyInfo structure pKeyInfo. ** ** The space is either allocated using sqlite3DbMallocRaw() or from within ** the unaligned buffer passed via the second and third arguments (presumably ** stack space). If the former, then *ppFree is set to a pointer that should ** be eventually freed by the caller using sqlite3DbFree(). Or, if the ** allocation comes from the pSpace/szSpace buffer, *ppFree is set to NULL ** before returning. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord( KeyInfo *pKeyInfo /* Description of the record */ ){ UnpackedRecord *p; /* Unpacked record to return */ int nByte; /* Number of bytes required for *p */ nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord)) + sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nKeyField+1); p = (UnpackedRecord *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pKeyInfo->db, nByte); if( !p ) return 0; p->aMem = (Mem*)&((char*)p)[ROUND8(sizeof(UnpackedRecord))]; assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); p->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; p->nField = pKeyInfo->nKeyField + 1; return p; } /* ** Given the nKey-byte encoding of a record in pKey[], populate the ** UnpackedRecord structure indicated by the fourth argument with the ** contents of the decoded record. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack( KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* Information about the record format */ int nKey, /* Size of the binary record */ const void *pKey, /* The binary record */ UnpackedRecord *p /* Populate this structure before returning. */ ){ const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char *)pKey; int d; u32 idx; /* Offset in aKey[] to read from */ u16 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ u32 szHdr; Mem *pMem = p->aMem; p->default_rc = 0; assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pMem) ); idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr); d = szHdr; u = 0; while( idxenc = pKeyInfo->enc; pMem->db = pKeyInfo->db; /* pMem->flags = 0; // sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() will set this for us */ pMem->szMalloc = 0; pMem->z = 0; d += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey[d], serial_type, pMem); pMem++; if( (++u)>=p->nField ) break; } assert( u<=pKeyInfo->nKeyField + 1 ); p->nField = u; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** This function compares two index or table record keys in the same way ** as the sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() routine. Unlike VdbeRecordCompare(), ** this function deserializes and compares values using the ** sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3MemCompare() functions. It is used ** in assert() statements to ensure that the optimized code in ** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() returns results with these two primitives. ** ** Return true if the result of comparison is equivalent to desiredResult. ** Return false if there is a disagreement. */ static int vdbeRecordCompareDebug( int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ const UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */ int desiredResult /* Correct answer */ ){ u32 d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ u32 idx1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next header element */ u32 szHdr1; /* Number of bytes in header */ int i = 0; int rc = 0; const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; Mem mem1; pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo; if( pKeyInfo->db==0 ) return 1; mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; /* mem1.flags = 0; // Will be initialized by sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() */ VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ /* Compilers may complain that mem1.u.i is potentially uninitialized. ** We could initialize it, as shown here, to silence those complaints. ** But in fact, mem1.u.i will never actually be used uninitialized, and doing ** the unnecessary initialization has a measurable negative performance ** impact, since this routine is a very high runner. And so, we choose ** to ignore the compiler warnings and leave this variable uninitialized. */ /* mem1.u.i = 0; // not needed, here to silence compiler warning */ idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); if( szHdr1>98307 ) return SQLITE_CORRUPT; d1 = szHdr1; assert( pKeyInfo->nAllField>=pPKey2->nField || CORRUPT_DB ); assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); assert( pKeyInfo->nKeyField>0 ); assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB ); do{ u32 serial_type1; /* Read the serial types for the next element in each key. */ idx1 += getVarint32( aKey1+idx1, serial_type1 ); /* Verify that there is enough key space remaining to avoid ** a buffer overread. The "d1+serial_type1+2" subexpression will ** always be greater than or equal to the amount of required key space. ** Use that approximation to avoid the more expensive call to ** sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen() in the common case. */ if( d1+serial_type1+2>(u32)nKey1 && d1+sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type1)>(u32)nKey1 ){ break; } /* Extract the values to be compared. */ d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type1, &mem1); /* Do the comparison */ rc = sqlite3MemCompare(&mem1, &pPKey2->aMem[i], pKeyInfo->aColl[i]); if( rc!=0 ){ assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ if( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){ rc = -rc; /* Invert the result for DESC sort order. */ } goto debugCompareEnd; } i++; }while( idx1nField ); /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). */ assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); /* rc==0 here means that one of the keys ran out of fields and ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc ** value. */ rc = pPKey2->default_rc; debugCompareEnd: if( desiredResult==0 && rc==0 ) return 1; if( desiredResult<0 && rc<0 ) return 1; if( desiredResult>0 && rc>0 ) return 1; if( CORRUPT_DB ) return 1; if( pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed ) return 1; return 0; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Count the number of fields (a.k.a. columns) in the record given by ** pKey,nKey. The verify that this count is less than or equal to the ** limit given by pKeyInfo->nAllField. ** ** If this constraint is not satisfied, it means that the high-speed ** vdbeRecordCompareInt() and vdbeRecordCompareString() routines will ** not work correctly. If this assert() ever fires, it probably means ** that the KeyInfo.nKeyField or KeyInfo.nAllField values were computed ** incorrectly. */ static void vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits( int nKey, const void *pKey, /* The record to verify */ const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo /* Compare size with this KeyInfo */ ){ int nField = 0; u32 szHdr; u32 idx; u32 notUsed; const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char*)pKey; if( CORRUPT_DB ) return; idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr); assert( nKey>=0 ); assert( szHdr<=(u32)nKey ); while( idxnAllField ); } #else # define vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(A,B,C) #endif /* ** Both *pMem1 and *pMem2 contain string values. Compare the two values ** using the collation sequence pColl. As usual, return a negative , zero ** or positive value if *pMem1 is less than, equal to or greater than ** *pMem2, respectively. Similar in spirit to "rc = (*pMem1) - (*pMem2);". */ static int vdbeCompareMemString( const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl, u8 *prcErr /* If an OOM occurs, set to SQLITE_NOMEM */ ){ if( pMem1->enc==pColl->enc ){ /* The strings are already in the correct encoding. Call the ** comparison function directly */ return pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser,pMem1->n,pMem1->z,pMem2->n,pMem2->z); }else{ int rc; const void *v1, *v2; Mem c1; Mem c2; sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c1, pMem1->db, MEM_Null); sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&c2, pMem1->db, MEM_Null); sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c1, pMem1, MEM_Ephem); sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(&c2, pMem2, MEM_Ephem); v1 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c1, pColl->enc); v2 = sqlite3ValueText((sqlite3_value*)&c2, pColl->enc); if( (v1==0 || v2==0) ){ if( prcErr ) *prcErr = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; rc = 0; }else{ rc = pColl->xCmp(pColl->pUser, c1.n, v1, c2.n, v2); } sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c1); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&c2); return rc; } } /* ** The input pBlob is guaranteed to be a Blob that is not marked ** with MEM_Zero. Return true if it could be a zero-blob. */ static int isAllZero(const char *z, int n){ int i; for(i=0; in; int n2 = pB2->n; /* It is possible to have a Blob value that has some non-zero content ** followed by zero content. But that only comes up for Blobs formed ** by the OP_MakeRecord opcode, and such Blobs never get passed into ** sqlite3MemCompare(). */ assert( (pB1->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 || n1==0 ); assert( (pB2->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 || n2==0 ); if( (pB1->flags|pB2->flags) & MEM_Zero ){ if( pB1->flags & pB2->flags & MEM_Zero ){ return pB1->u.nZero - pB2->u.nZero; }else if( pB1->flags & MEM_Zero ){ if( !isAllZero(pB2->z, pB2->n) ) return -1; return pB1->u.nZero - n2; }else{ if( !isAllZero(pB1->z, pB1->n) ) return +1; return n1 - pB2->u.nZero; } } c = memcmp(pB1->z, pB2->z, n1>n2 ? n2 : n1); if( c ) return c; return n1 - n2; } /* ** Do a comparison between a 64-bit signed integer and a 64-bit floating-point ** number. Return negative, zero, or positive if the first (i64) is less than, ** equal to, or greater than the second (double). */ static int sqlite3IntFloatCompare(i64 i, double r){ if( sizeof(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE)>8 ){ LONGDOUBLE_TYPE x = (LONGDOUBLE_TYPE)i; if( xr ) return +1; return 0; }else{ i64 y; double s; if( r<-9223372036854775808.0 ) return +1; if( r>=9223372036854775808.0 ) return -1; y = (i64)r; if( iy ) return +1; s = (double)i; if( sr ) return +1; return 0; } } /* ** Compare the values contained by the two memory cells, returning ** negative, zero or positive if pMem1 is less than, equal to, or greater ** than pMem2. Sorting order is NULL's first, followed by numbers (integers ** and reals) sorted numerically, followed by text ordered by the collating ** sequence pColl and finally blob's ordered by memcmp(). ** ** Two NULL values are considered equal by this function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem *pMem1, const Mem *pMem2, const CollSeq *pColl){ int f1, f2; int combined_flags; f1 = pMem1->flags; f2 = pMem2->flags; combined_flags = f1|f2; assert( !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem1) && !sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pMem2) ); /* If one value is NULL, it is less than the other. If both values ** are NULL, return 0. */ if( combined_flags&MEM_Null ){ return (f2&MEM_Null) - (f1&MEM_Null); } /* At least one of the two values is a number */ if( combined_flags&(MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){ if( pMem1->u.i < pMem2->u.i ) return -1; if( pMem1->u.i > pMem2->u.i ) return +1; return 0; } if( (f1 & f2 & MEM_Real)!=0 ){ if( pMem1->u.r < pMem2->u.r ) return -1; if( pMem1->u.r > pMem2->u.r ) return +1; return 0; } if( (f1&MEM_Int)!=0 ){ if( (f2&MEM_Real)!=0 ){ return sqlite3IntFloatCompare(pMem1->u.i, pMem2->u.r); }else{ return -1; } } if( (f1&MEM_Real)!=0 ){ if( (f2&MEM_Int)!=0 ){ return -sqlite3IntFloatCompare(pMem2->u.i, pMem1->u.r); }else{ return -1; } } return +1; } /* If one value is a string and the other is a blob, the string is less. ** If both are strings, compare using the collating functions. */ if( combined_flags&MEM_Str ){ if( (f1 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ return 1; } if( (f2 & MEM_Str)==0 ){ return -1; } assert( pMem1->enc==pMem2->enc || pMem1->db->mallocFailed ); assert( pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || pMem1->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); /* The collation sequence must be defined at this point, even if ** the user deletes the collation sequence after the vdbe program is ** compiled (this was not always the case). */ assert( !pColl || pColl->xCmp ); if( pColl ){ return vdbeCompareMemString(pMem1, pMem2, pColl, 0); } /* If a NULL pointer was passed as the collate function, fall through ** to the blob case and use memcmp(). */ } /* Both values must be blobs. Compare using memcmp(). */ return sqlite3BlobCompare(pMem1, pMem2); } /* ** The first argument passed to this function is a serial-type that ** corresponds to an integer - all values between 1 and 9 inclusive ** except 7. The second points to a buffer containing an integer value ** serialized according to serial_type. This function deserializes ** and returns the value. */ static i64 vdbeRecordDecodeInt(u32 serial_type, const u8 *aKey){ u32 y; assert( CORRUPT_DB || (serial_type>=1 && serial_type<=9 && serial_type!=7) ); switch( serial_type ){ case 0: case 1: testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); return ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey); case 2: testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); return TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); case 3: testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); return THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey); case 4: { testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); return (i64)*(int*)&y; } case 5: { testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); return FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); } case 6: { u64 x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); testcase( aKey[0]&0x80 ); x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4); return (i64)*(i64*)&x; } } return (serial_type - 8); } /* ** This function compares the two table rows or index records ** specified by {nKey1, pKey1} and pPKey2. It returns a negative, zero ** or positive integer if key1 is less than, equal to or ** greater than key2. The {nKey1, pKey1} key must be a blob ** created by the OP_MakeRecord opcode of the VDBE. The pPKey2 ** key must be a parsed key such as obtained from ** sqlite3VdbeParseRecord. ** ** If argument bSkip is non-zero, it is assumed that the caller has already ** determined that the first fields of the keys are equal. ** ** Key1 and Key2 do not have to contain the same number of fields. If all ** fields that appear in both keys are equal, then pPKey2->default_rc is ** returned. ** ** If database corruption is discovered, set pPKey2->errCode to ** SQLITE_CORRUPT and return 0. If an OOM error is encountered, ** pPKey2->errCode is set to SQLITE_NOMEM and, if it is not NULL, the ** malloc-failed flag set on database handle (pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip( int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ UnpackedRecord *pPKey2, /* Right key */ int bSkip /* If true, skip the first field */ ){ u32 d1; /* Offset into aKey[] of next data element */ int i; /* Index of next field to compare */ u32 szHdr1; /* Size of record header in bytes */ u32 idx1; /* Offset of first type in header */ int rc = 0; /* Return value */ Mem *pRhs = pPKey2->aMem; /* Next field of pPKey2 to compare */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; const unsigned char *aKey1 = (const unsigned char *)pKey1; Mem mem1; /* If bSkip is true, then the caller has already determined that the first ** two elements in the keys are equal. Fix the various stack variables so ** that this routine begins comparing at the second field. */ if( bSkip ){ u32 s1; idx1 = 1 + getVarint32(&aKey1[1], s1); szHdr1 = aKey1[0]; d1 = szHdr1 + sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(s1); i = 1; pRhs++; }else{ idx1 = getVarint32(aKey1, szHdr1); d1 = szHdr1; if( d1>(unsigned)nKey1 ){ pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; return 0; /* Corruption */ } i = 0; } VVA_ONLY( mem1.szMalloc = 0; ) /* Only needed by assert() statements */ assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nAllField>=pPKey2->nField || CORRUPT_DB ); assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder!=0 ); assert( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->nKeyField>0 ); assert( idx1<=szHdr1 || CORRUPT_DB ); do{ u32 serial_type; /* RHS is an integer */ if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Int ){ serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; testcase( serial_type==12 ); if( serial_type>=10 ){ rc = +1; }else if( serial_type==0 ){ rc = -1; }else if( serial_type==7 ){ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1); rc = -sqlite3IntFloatCompare(pRhs->u.i, mem1.u.r); }else{ i64 lhs = vdbeRecordDecodeInt(serial_type, &aKey1[d1]); i64 rhs = pRhs->u.i; if( lhsrhs ){ rc = +1; } } } /* RHS is real */ else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Real ){ serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; if( serial_type>=10 ){ /* Serial types 12 or greater are strings and blobs (greater than ** numbers). Types 10 and 11 are currently "reserved for future ** use", so it doesn't really matter what the results of comparing ** them to numberic values are. */ rc = +1; }else if( serial_type==0 ){ rc = -1; }else{ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(&aKey1[d1], serial_type, &mem1); if( serial_type==7 ){ if( mem1.u.ru.r ){ rc = -1; }else if( mem1.u.r>pRhs->u.r ){ rc = +1; } }else{ rc = sqlite3IntFloatCompare(mem1.u.i, pRhs->u.r); } } } /* RHS is a string */ else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Str ){ getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); testcase( serial_type==12 ); if( serial_type<12 ){ rc = -1; }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ rc = +1; }else{ mem1.n = (serial_type - 12) / 2; testcase( (d1+mem1.n)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); testcase( (d1+mem1.n+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); if( (d1+mem1.n) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){ pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; return 0; /* Corruption */ }else if( (pKeyInfo = pPKey2->pKeyInfo)->aColl[i] ){ mem1.enc = pKeyInfo->enc; mem1.db = pKeyInfo->db; mem1.flags = MEM_Str; mem1.z = (char*)&aKey1[d1]; rc = vdbeCompareMemString( &mem1, pRhs, pKeyInfo->aColl[i], &pPKey2->errCode ); }else{ int nCmp = MIN(mem1.n, pRhs->n); rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp); if( rc==0 ) rc = mem1.n - pRhs->n; } } } /* RHS is a blob */ else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Blob ){ assert( (pRhs->flags & MEM_Zero)==0 || pRhs->n==0 ); getVarint32(&aKey1[idx1], serial_type); testcase( serial_type==12 ); if( serial_type<12 || (serial_type & 0x01) ){ rc = -1; }else{ int nStr = (serial_type - 12) / 2; testcase( (d1+nStr)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); testcase( (d1+nStr+1)==(unsigned)nKey1 ); if( (d1+nStr) > (unsigned)nKey1 ){ pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; return 0; /* Corruption */ }else if( pRhs->flags & MEM_Zero ){ if( !isAllZero((const char*)&aKey1[d1],nStr) ){ rc = 1; }else{ rc = nStr - pRhs->u.nZero; } }else{ int nCmp = MIN(nStr, pRhs->n); rc = memcmp(&aKey1[d1], pRhs->z, nCmp); if( rc==0 ) rc = nStr - pRhs->n; } } } /* RHS is null */ else{ serial_type = aKey1[idx1]; rc = (serial_type!=0); } if( rc!=0 ){ if( pPKey2->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i] ){ rc = -rc; } assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, rc) ); assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); /* See comment below */ return rc; } i++; if( i==pPKey2->nField ) break; pRhs++; d1 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(serial_type); idx1 += sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type); }while( idx1<(unsigned)szHdr1 && d1<=(unsigned)nKey1 ); /* No memory allocation is ever used on mem1. Prove this using ** the following assert(). If the assert() fails, it indicates a ** memory leak and a need to call sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&mem1). */ assert( mem1.szMalloc==0 ); /* rc==0 here means that one or both of the keys ran out of fields and ** all the fields up to that point were equal. Return the default_rc ** value. */ assert( CORRUPT_DB || vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, pPKey2->default_rc) || pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed ); pPKey2->eqSeen = 1; return pPKey2->default_rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare( int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ ){ return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 0); } /* ** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() ** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is an integer, and (b) the ** size-of-header varint at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single ** byte (i.e. is less than 128). ** ** To avoid concerns about buffer overreads, this routine is only used ** on schemas where the maximum valid header size is 63 bytes or less. */ static int vdbeRecordCompareInt( int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ ){ const u8 *aKey = &((const u8*)pKey1)[*(const u8*)pKey1 & 0x3F]; int serial_type = ((const u8*)pKey1)[1]; int res; u32 y; u64 x; i64 v; i64 lhs; vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo); assert( (*(u8*)pKey1)<=0x3F || CORRUPT_DB ); switch( serial_type ){ case 1: { /* 1-byte signed integer */ lhs = ONE_BYTE_INT(aKey); testcase( lhs<0 ); break; } case 2: { /* 2-byte signed integer */ lhs = TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); testcase( lhs<0 ); break; } case 3: { /* 3-byte signed integer */ lhs = THREE_BYTE_INT(aKey); testcase( lhs<0 ); break; } case 4: { /* 4-byte signed integer */ y = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); lhs = (i64)*(int*)&y; testcase( lhs<0 ); break; } case 5: { /* 6-byte signed integer */ lhs = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+2) + (((i64)1)<<32)*TWO_BYTE_INT(aKey); testcase( lhs<0 ); break; } case 6: { /* 8-byte signed integer */ x = FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey); x = (x<<32) | FOUR_BYTE_UINT(aKey+4); lhs = *(i64*)&x; testcase( lhs<0 ); break; } case 8: lhs = 0; break; case 9: lhs = 1; break; /* This case could be removed without changing the results of running ** this code. Including it causes gcc to generate a faster switch ** statement (since the range of switch targets now starts at zero and ** is contiguous) but does not cause any duplicate code to be generated ** (as gcc is clever enough to combine the two like cases). Other ** compilers might be similar. */ case 0: case 7: return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2); default: return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2); } v = pPKey2->aMem[0].u.i; if( v>lhs ){ res = pPKey2->r1; }else if( vr2; }else if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){ /* The first fields of the two keys are equal. Compare the trailing ** fields. */ res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1); }else{ /* The first fields of the two keys are equal and there are no trailing ** fields. Return pPKey2->default_rc in this case. */ res = pPKey2->default_rc; pPKey2->eqSeen = 1; } assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) ); return res; } /* ** This function is an optimized version of sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() ** that (a) the first field of pPKey2 is a string, that (b) the first field ** uses the collation sequence BINARY and (c) that the size-of-header varint ** at the start of (pKey1/nKey1) fits in a single byte. */ static int vdbeRecordCompareString( int nKey1, const void *pKey1, /* Left key */ UnpackedRecord *pPKey2 /* Right key */ ){ const u8 *aKey1 = (const u8*)pKey1; int serial_type; int res; assert( pPKey2->aMem[0].flags & MEM_Str ); vdbeAssertFieldCountWithinLimits(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2->pKeyInfo); getVarint32(&aKey1[1], serial_type); if( serial_type<12 ){ res = pPKey2->r1; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a number or a null */ }else if( !(serial_type & 0x01) ){ res = pPKey2->r2; /* (pKey1/nKey1) is a blob */ }else{ int nCmp; int nStr; int szHdr = aKey1[0]; nStr = (serial_type-12) / 2; if( (szHdr + nStr) > nKey1 ){ pPKey2->errCode = (u8)SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; return 0; /* Corruption */ } nCmp = MIN( pPKey2->aMem[0].n, nStr ); res = memcmp(&aKey1[szHdr], pPKey2->aMem[0].z, nCmp); if( res==0 ){ res = nStr - pPKey2->aMem[0].n; if( res==0 ){ if( pPKey2->nField>1 ){ res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, 1); }else{ res = pPKey2->default_rc; pPKey2->eqSeen = 1; } }else if( res>0 ){ res = pPKey2->r2; }else{ res = pPKey2->r1; } }else if( res>0 ){ res = pPKey2->r2; }else{ res = pPKey2->r1; } } assert( vdbeRecordCompareDebug(nKey1, pKey1, pPKey2, res) || CORRUPT_DB || pPKey2->pKeyInfo->db->mallocFailed ); return res; } /* ** Return a pointer to an sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() compatible function ** suitable for comparing serialized records to the unpacked record passed ** as the only argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE RecordCompare sqlite3VdbeFindCompare(UnpackedRecord *p){ /* varintRecordCompareInt() and varintRecordCompareString() both assume ** that the size-of-header varint that occurs at the start of each record ** fits in a single byte (i.e. is 127 or less). varintRecordCompareInt() ** also assumes that it is safe to overread a buffer by at least the ** maximum possible legal header size plus 8 bytes. Because there is ** guaranteed to be at least 74 (but not 136) bytes of padding following each ** buffer passed to varintRecordCompareInt() this makes it convenient to ** limit the size of the header to 64 bytes in cases where the first field ** is an integer. ** ** The easiest way to enforce this limit is to consider only records with ** 13 fields or less. If the first field is an integer, the maximum legal ** header size is (12*5 + 1 + 1) bytes. */ if( p->pKeyInfo->nAllField<=13 ){ int flags = p->aMem[0].flags; if( p->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){ p->r1 = 1; p->r2 = -1; }else{ p->r1 = -1; p->r2 = 1; } if( (flags & MEM_Int) ){ return vdbeRecordCompareInt; } testcase( flags & MEM_Real ); testcase( flags & MEM_Null ); testcase( flags & MEM_Blob ); if( (flags & (MEM_Real|MEM_Null|MEM_Blob))==0 && p->pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 ){ assert( flags & MEM_Str ); return vdbeRecordCompareString; } } return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare; } /* ** pCur points at an index entry created using the OP_MakeRecord opcode. ** Read the rowid (the last field in the record) and store it in *rowid. ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code otherwise. ** ** pCur might be pointing to text obtained from a corrupt database file. ** So the content cannot be trusted. Do appropriate checks on the content. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(sqlite3 *db, BtCursor *pCur, i64 *rowid){ i64 nCellKey = 0; int rc; u32 szHdr; /* Size of the header */ u32 typeRowid; /* Serial type of the rowid */ u32 lenRowid; /* Size of the rowid */ Mem m, v; /* Get the size of the index entry. Only indices entries of less ** than 2GiB are support - anything large must be database corruption. ** Any corruption is detected in sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(), though, so ** this code can safely assume that nCellKey is 32-bits */ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); nCellKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur); assert( (nCellKey & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)nCellKey ); /* Read in the complete content of the index entry */ sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0); rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, &m); if( rc ){ return rc; } /* The index entry must begin with a header size */ (void)getVarint32((u8*)m.z, szHdr); testcase( szHdr==3 ); testcase( szHdr==m.n ); if( unlikely(szHdr<3 || (int)szHdr>m.n) ){ goto idx_rowid_corruption; } /* The last field of the index should be an integer - the ROWID. ** Verify that the last entry really is an integer. */ (void)getVarint32((u8*)&m.z[szHdr-1], typeRowid); testcase( typeRowid==1 ); testcase( typeRowid==2 ); testcase( typeRowid==3 ); testcase( typeRowid==4 ); testcase( typeRowid==5 ); testcase( typeRowid==6 ); testcase( typeRowid==8 ); testcase( typeRowid==9 ); if( unlikely(typeRowid<1 || typeRowid>9 || typeRowid==7) ){ goto idx_rowid_corruption; } lenRowid = sqlite3SmallTypeSizes[typeRowid]; testcase( (u32)m.n==szHdr+lenRowid ); if( unlikely((u32)m.neCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); pCur = pC->uc.pCursor; assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCur) ); nCellKey = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCur); /* nCellKey will always be between 0 and 0xffffffff because of the way ** that btreeParseCellPtr() and sqlite3GetVarint32() are implemented */ if( nCellKey<=0 || nCellKey>0x7fffffff ){ *res = 0; return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } sqlite3VdbeMemInit(&m, db, 0); rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCur, 0, (u32)nCellKey, &m); if( rc ){ return rc; } *res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(m.n, m.z, pUnpacked, 0); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This routine sets the value to be returned by subsequent calls to ** sqlite3_changes() on the database handle 'db'. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(sqlite3 *db, int nChange){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); db->nChange = nChange; db->nTotalChange += nChange; } /* ** Set a flag in the vdbe to update the change counter when it is finalised ** or reset. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe *v){ v->changeCntOn = 1; } /* ** Mark every prepared statement associated with a database connection ** as expired. ** ** An expired statement means that recompilation of the statement is ** recommend. Statements expire when things happen that make their ** programs obsolete. Removing user-defined functions or collating ** sequences, or changing an authorization function are the types of ** things that make prepared statements obsolete. ** ** If iCode is 1, then expiration is advisory. The statement should ** be reprepared before being restarted, but if it is already running ** it is allowed to run to completion. ** ** Internally, this function just sets the Vdbe.expired flag on all ** prepared statements. The flag is set to 1 for an immediate expiration ** and set to 2 for an advisory expiration. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(sqlite3 *db, int iCode){ Vdbe *p; for(p = db->pVdbe; p; p=p->pNext){ p->expired = iCode+1; } } /* ** Return the database associated with the Vdbe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe *v){ return v->db; } /* ** Return the SQLITE_PREPARE flags for a Vdbe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u8 sqlite3VdbePrepareFlags(Vdbe *v){ return v->prepFlags; } /* ** Return a pointer to an sqlite3_value structure containing the value bound ** parameter iVar of VM v. Except, if the value is an SQL NULL, return ** 0 instead. Unless it is NULL, apply affinity aff (one of the SQLITE_AFF_* ** constants) to the value before returning it. ** ** The returned value must be freed by the caller using sqlite3ValueFree(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_value *sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(Vdbe *v, int iVar, u8 aff){ assert( iVar>0 ); if( v ){ Mem *pMem = &v->aVar[iVar-1]; assert( (v->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableQPSG)==0 ); if( 0==(pMem->flags & MEM_Null) ){ sqlite3_value *pRet = sqlite3ValueNew(v->db); if( pRet ){ sqlite3VdbeMemCopy((Mem *)pRet, pMem); sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity(pRet, aff, SQLITE_UTF8); } return pRet; } } return 0; } /* ** Configure SQL variable iVar so that binding a new value to it signals ** to sqlite3_reoptimize() that re-preparing the statement may result ** in a better query plan. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(Vdbe *v, int iVar){ assert( iVar>0 ); assert( (v->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableQPSG)==0 ); if( iVar>=32 ){ v->expmask |= 0x80000000; }else{ v->expmask |= ((u32)1 << (iVar-1)); } } /* ** Cause a function to throw an error if it was call from OP_PureFunc ** rather than OP_Function. ** ** OP_PureFunc means that the function must be deterministic, and should ** throw an error if it is given inputs that would make it non-deterministic. ** This routine is invoked by date/time functions that use non-deterministic ** features such as 'now'. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NotPureFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 if( pCtx->pVdbe==0 ) return 1; #endif if( pCtx->pVdbe->aOp[pCtx->iOp].opcode==OP_PureFunc ){ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "non-deterministic function in index expression or CHECK constraint", -1); return 0; } return 1; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* ** Transfer error message text from an sqlite3_vtab.zErrMsg (text stored ** in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc) into a Vdbe.zErrMsg (text stored ** in memory obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(Vdbe *p, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ if( pVtab->zErrMsg ){ sqlite3 *db = p->db; sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pVtab->zErrMsg); sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* ** If the second argument is not NULL, release any allocations associated ** with the memory cells in the p->aMem[] array. Also free the UnpackedRecord ** structure itself, using sqlite3DbFree(). ** ** This function is used to free UnpackedRecord structures allocated by ** the vdbeUnpackRecord() function found in vdbeapi.c. */ static void vdbeFreeUnpacked(sqlite3 *db, int nField, UnpackedRecord *p){ if( p ){ int i; for(i=0; iaMem[i]; if( pMem->zMalloc ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem); } sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); } } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* ** Invoke the pre-update hook. If this is an UPDATE or DELETE pre-update call, ** then cursor passed as the second argument should point to the row about ** to be update or deleted. If the application calls sqlite3_preupdate_old(), ** the required value will be read from the row the cursor points to. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook( Vdbe *v, /* Vdbe pre-update hook is invoked by */ VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Cursor to grab old.* values from */ int op, /* SQLITE_INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE */ const char *zDb, /* Database name */ Table *pTab, /* Modified table */ i64 iKey1, /* Initial key value */ int iReg /* Register for new.* record */ ){ sqlite3 *db = v->db; i64 iKey2; PreUpdate preupdate; const char *zTbl = pTab->zName; static const u8 fakeSortOrder = 0; assert( db->pPreUpdate==0 ); memset(&preupdate, 0, sizeof(PreUpdate)); if( HasRowid(pTab)==0 ){ iKey1 = iKey2 = 0; preupdate.pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); }else{ if( op==SQLITE_UPDATE ){ iKey2 = v->aMem[iReg].u.i; }else{ iKey2 = iKey1; } } assert( pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol || (pCsr->nField==pTab->nCol+1 && op==SQLITE_DELETE && iReg==-1) ); preupdate.v = v; preupdate.pCsr = pCsr; preupdate.op = op; preupdate.iNewReg = iReg; preupdate.keyinfo.db = db; preupdate.keyinfo.enc = ENC(db); preupdate.keyinfo.nKeyField = pTab->nCol; preupdate.keyinfo.aSortOrder = (u8*)&fakeSortOrder; preupdate.iKey1 = iKey1; preupdate.iKey2 = iKey2; preupdate.pTab = pTab; db->pPreUpdate = &preupdate; db->xPreUpdateCallback(db->pPreUpdateArg, db, op, zDb, zTbl, iKey1, iKey2); db->pPreUpdate = 0; sqlite3DbFree(db, preupdate.aRecord); vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.keyinfo.nKeyField+1, preupdate.pUnpacked); vdbeFreeUnpacked(db, preupdate.keyinfo.nKeyField+1, preupdate.pNewUnpacked); if( preupdate.aNew ){ int i; for(i=0; inField; i++){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&preupdate.aNew[i]); } sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, preupdate.aNew); } } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ /************** End of vdbeaux.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbeapi.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2004 May 26 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code use to implement APIs that are part of the ** VDBE. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** Return TRUE (non-zero) of the statement supplied as an argument needs ** to be recompiled. A statement needs to be recompiled whenever the ** execution environment changes in a way that would alter the program ** that sqlite3_prepare() generates. For example, if new functions or ** collating sequences are registered or if an authorizer function is ** added or changed. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_expired(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; return p==0 || p->expired; } #endif /* ** Check on a Vdbe to make sure it has not been finalized. Log ** an error and return true if it has been finalized (or is otherwise ** invalid). Return false if it is ok. */ static int vdbeSafety(Vdbe *p){ if( p->db==0 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with finalized prepared statement"); return 1; }else{ return 0; } } static int vdbeSafetyNotNull(Vdbe *p){ if( p==0 ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "API called with NULL prepared statement"); return 1; }else{ return vdbeSafety(p); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* ** Invoke the profile callback. This routine is only called if we already ** know that the profile callback is defined and needs to be invoked. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void invokeProfileCallback(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ sqlite3_int64 iNow; sqlite3_int64 iElapse; assert( p->startTime>0 ); assert( db->xProfile!=0 || (db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE)!=0 ); assert( db->init.busy==0 ); assert( p->zSql!=0 ); sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &iNow); iElapse = (iNow - p->startTime)*1000000; if( db->xProfile ){ db->xProfile(db->pProfileArg, p->zSql, iElapse); } if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE ){ db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE, db->pTraceArg, p, (void*)&iElapse); } p->startTime = 0; } /* ** The checkProfileCallback(DB,P) macro checks to see if a profile callback ** is needed, and it invokes the callback if it is needed. */ # define checkProfileCallback(DB,P) \ if( ((P)->startTime)>0 ){ invokeProfileCallback(DB,P); } #else # define checkProfileCallback(DB,P) /*no-op*/ #endif /* ** The following routine destroys a virtual machine that is created by ** the sqlite3_compile() routine. The integer returned is an SQLITE_ ** success/failure code that describes the result of executing the virtual ** machine. ** ** This routine sets the error code and string returned by ** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_finalize(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ int rc; if( pStmt==0 ){ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-57228-12904 Invoking sqlite3_finalize() on a NULL ** pointer is a harmless no-op. */ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; sqlite3 *db = v->db; if( vdbeSafety(v) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); checkProfileCallback(db, v); rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db); } return rc; } /* ** Terminate the current execution of an SQL statement and reset it ** back to its starting state so that it can be reused. A success code from ** the prior execution is returned. ** ** This routine sets the error code and string returned by ** sqlite3_errcode(), sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errmsg16(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ int rc; if( pStmt==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; sqlite3 *db = v->db; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); checkProfileCallback(db, v); rc = sqlite3VdbeReset(v); sqlite3VdbeRewind(v); assert( (rc & (db->errMask))==rc ); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); } return rc; } /* ** Set all the parameters in the compiled SQL statement to NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_clear_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ int i; int rc = SQLITE_OK; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex = ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db->mutex; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); for(i=0; inVar; i++){ sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&p->aVar[i]); p->aVar[i].flags = MEM_Null; } assert( (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 || p->expmask==0 ); if( p->expmask ){ p->expired = 1; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); return rc; } /**************************** sqlite3_value_ ******************************* ** The following routines extract information from a Mem or sqlite3_value ** structure. */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_blob(sqlite3_value *pVal){ Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; if( p->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ){ if( ExpandBlob(p)!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( p->flags==MEM_Null && p->z==0 ); return 0; } p->flags |= MEM_Blob; return p->n ? p->z : 0; }else{ return sqlite3_value_text(pVal); } } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_bytes16(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return sqlite3ValueBytes(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); } SQLITE_API double sqlite3_value_double(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return sqlite3VdbeRealValue((Mem*)pVal); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_int(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return (int)sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); } SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_value_int64(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return sqlite3VdbeIntValue((Mem*)pVal); } SQLITE_API unsigned int sqlite3_value_subtype(sqlite3_value *pVal){ Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal; return ((pMem->flags & MEM_Subtype) ? pMem->eSubtype : 0); } SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_value_pointer(sqlite3_value *pVal, const char *zPType){ Mem *p = (Mem*)pVal; if( (p->flags&(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Term|MEM_Subtype)) == (MEM_Null|MEM_Term|MEM_Subtype) && zPType!=0 && p->eSubtype=='p' && strcmp(p->u.zPType, zPType)==0 ){ return (void*)p->z; }else{ return 0; } } SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_value_text(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return (const unsigned char *)sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16(sqlite3_value* pVal){ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); } SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16be(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16BE); } SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_value_text16le(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF16LE); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-12793-43283 Every value in SQLite has one of five ** fundamental datatypes: 64-bit signed integer 64-bit IEEE floating ** point number string BLOB NULL */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_type(sqlite3_value* pVal){ static const u8 aType[] = { SQLITE_BLOB, /* 0x00 */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x01 */ SQLITE_TEXT, /* 0x02 */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x03 */ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x04 */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x05 */ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x06 */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x07 */ SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x08 */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x09 */ SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x0a */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0b */ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x0c */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0d */ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x0e */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x0f */ SQLITE_BLOB, /* 0x10 */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x11 */ SQLITE_TEXT, /* 0x12 */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x13 */ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x14 */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x15 */ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x16 */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x17 */ SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x18 */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x19 */ SQLITE_FLOAT, /* 0x1a */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1b */ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x1c */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1d */ SQLITE_INTEGER, /* 0x1e */ SQLITE_NULL, /* 0x1f */ }; return aType[pVal->flags&MEM_AffMask]; } /* Return true if a parameter to xUpdate represents an unchanged column */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_nochange(sqlite3_value *pVal){ return (pVal->flags&(MEM_Null|MEM_Zero))==(MEM_Null|MEM_Zero); } /* Make a copy of an sqlite3_value object */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_value_dup(const sqlite3_value *pOrig){ sqlite3_value *pNew; if( pOrig==0 ) return 0; pNew = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) ); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); memcpy(pNew, pOrig, MEMCELLSIZE); pNew->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn; pNew->db = 0; if( pNew->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ pNew->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn); pNew->flags |= MEM_Ephem; if( sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pNew)!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3ValueFree(pNew); pNew = 0; } } return pNew; } /* Destroy an sqlite3_value object previously obtained from ** sqlite3_value_dup(). */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_value_free(sqlite3_value *pOld){ sqlite3ValueFree(pOld); } /**************************** sqlite3_result_ ******************************* ** The following routines are used by user-defined functions to specify ** the function result. ** ** The setStrOrError() function calls sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr() to store the ** result as a string or blob but if the string or blob is too large, it ** then sets the error code to SQLITE_TOOBIG ** ** The invokeValueDestructor(P,X) routine invokes destructor function X() ** on value P is not going to be used and need to be destroyed. */ static void setResultStrOrError( sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Function context */ const char *z, /* String pointer */ int n, /* Bytes in string, or negative */ u8 enc, /* Encoding of z. 0 for BLOBs */ void (*xDel)(void*) /* Destructor function */ ){ if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, enc, xDel)==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx); } } static int invokeValueDestructor( const void *p, /* Value to destroy */ void (*xDel)(void*), /* The destructor */ sqlite3_context *pCtx /* Set a SQLITE_TOOBIG error if no NULL */ ){ assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); if( xDel==0 ){ /* noop */ }else if( xDel==SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ /* noop */ }else{ xDel((void*)p); } if( pCtx ) sqlite3_result_error_toobig(pCtx); return SQLITE_TOOBIG; } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( n>=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, 0, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_blob64( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, sqlite3_uint64 n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); if( n>0x7fffffff ){ (void)invokeValueDestructor(z, xDel, pCtx); }else{ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, (int)n, 0, xDel); } } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_double(sqlite3_context *pCtx, double rVal){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(pCtx->pOut, rVal); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error16(sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); pCtx->isError = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } #endif SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iVal){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, (i64)iVal); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_int64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, i64 iVal){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pCtx->pOut, iVal); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_null(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_pointer( sqlite3_context *pCtx, void *pPtr, const char *zPType, void (*xDestructor)(void*) ){ Mem *pOut = pCtx->pOut; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pOut->db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pOut); pOut->flags = MEM_Null; sqlite3VdbeMemSetPointer(pOut, pPtr, zPType, xDestructor); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_subtype(sqlite3_context *pCtx, unsigned int eSubtype){ Mem *pOut = pCtx->pOut; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pOut->db->mutex) ); pOut->eSubtype = eSubtype & 0xff; pOut->flags |= MEM_Subtype; } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF8, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text64( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *z, sqlite3_uint64 n, void (*xDel)(void *), unsigned char enc ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ) enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; if( n>0x7fffffff ){ (void)invokeValueDestructor(z, xDel, pCtx); }else{ setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, (int)n, enc, xDel); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16be( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16BE, xDel); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_text16le( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const void *z, int n, void (*xDel)(void *) ){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); setResultStrOrError(pCtx, z, n, SQLITE_UTF16LE, xDel); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_value(sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value *pValue){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pCtx->pOut, pValue); } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, n); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(sqlite3_context *pCtx, u64 n){ Mem *pOut = pCtx->pOut; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pOut->db->mutex) ); if( n>(u64)pOut->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ return SQLITE_TOOBIG; } sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, (int)n); return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){ pCtx->isError = errCode ? errCode : -1; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pCtx->pVdbe ) pCtx->pVdbe->rcApp = errCode; #endif if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); } } /* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_toobig(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); pCtx->isError = SQLITE_TOOBIG; sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, "string or blob too big", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); } /* An SQLITE_NOMEM error. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_nomem(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pCtx->pOut); pCtx->isError = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; sqlite3OomFault(pCtx->pOut->db); } /* ** This function is called after a transaction has been committed. It ** invokes callbacks registered with sqlite3_wal_hook() as required. */ static int doWalCallbacks(sqlite3 *db){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL int i; for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ int nEntry; sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBt); nEntry = sqlite3PagerWalCallback(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBt); if( nEntry>0 && db->xWalCallback && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = db->xWalCallback(db->pWalArg, db, db->aDb[i].zDbSName, nEntry); } } } #endif return rc; } /* ** Execute the statement pStmt, either until a row of data is ready, the ** statement is completely executed or an error occurs. ** ** This routine implements the bulk of the logic behind the sqlite_step() ** API. The only thing omitted is the automatic recompile if a ** schema change has occurred. That detail is handled by the ** outer sqlite3_step() wrapper procedure. */ static int sqlite3Step(Vdbe *p){ sqlite3 *db; int rc; assert(p); if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ){ /* We used to require that sqlite3_reset() be called before retrying ** sqlite3_step() after any error or after SQLITE_DONE. But beginning ** with version 3.7.0, we changed this so that sqlite3_reset() would ** be called automatically instead of throwing the SQLITE_MISUSE error. ** This "automatic-reset" change is not technically an incompatibility, ** since any application that receives an SQLITE_MISUSE is broken by ** definition. ** ** Nevertheless, some published applications that were originally written ** for version 3.6.23 or earlier do in fact depend on SQLITE_MISUSE ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change. As a ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED ** or SQLITE_BUSY error. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET if( (rc = p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p); }else{ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #else sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p); #endif } /* Check that malloc() has not failed. If it has, return early. */ db = p->db; if( db->mallocFailed ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( p->pc<=0 && p->expired ){ p->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto end_of_step; } if( p->pc<0 ){ /* If there are no other statements currently running, then ** reset the interrupt flag. This prevents a call to sqlite3_interrupt ** from interrupting a statement that has not yet started. */ if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; } assert( db->nVdbeWrite>0 || db->autoCommit==0 || (db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0) ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE if( (db->xProfile || (db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_PROFILE)!=0) && !db->init.busy && p->zSql ){ sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(db->pVfs, &p->startTime); }else{ assert( p->startTime==0 ); } #endif db->nVdbeActive++; if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->nVdbeWrite++; if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead++; p->pc = 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->rcApp = SQLITE_OK; #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN if( p->explain ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p); }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ { db->nVdbeExec++; rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(p); db->nVdbeExec--; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* If the statement completed successfully, invoke the profile callback */ if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ) checkProfileCallback(db, p); #endif if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && db->autoCommit ){ assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); p->rc = doWalCallbacks(db); if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } } db->errCode = rc; if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc) ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } end_of_step: /* At this point local variable rc holds the value that should be ** returned if this statement was compiled using the legacy ** sqlite3_prepare() interface. According to the docs, this can only ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() ** were called on statement p. */ assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW || rc==SQLITE_DONE || rc==SQLITE_ERROR || (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE ); assert( (p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE) || p->rc==p->rcApp ); if( (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ /* If this statement was prepared using saved SQL and an ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value. */ rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p); } return (rc&db->errMask); } /* ** This is the top-level implementation of sqlite3_step(). Call ** sqlite3Step() to do most of the work. If a schema error occurs, ** call sqlite3Reprepare() and try again. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_step(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result from sqlite3Step() */ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; /* the prepared statement */ int cnt = 0; /* Counter to prevent infinite loop of reprepares */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(v) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } db = v->db; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); v->doingRerun = 0; while( (rc = sqlite3Step(v))==SQLITE_SCHEMA && cnt++ < SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY ){ int savedPc = v->pc; rc = sqlite3Reprepare(v); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* This case occurs after failing to recompile an sql statement. ** The error message from the SQL compiler has already been loaded ** into the database handle. This block copies the error message ** from the database handle into the statement and sets the statement ** program counter to 0 to ensure that when the statement is ** finalized or reset the parser error message is available via ** sqlite3_errmsg() and sqlite3_errcode(). */ const char *zErr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, v->zErrMsg); if( !db->mallocFailed ){ v->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zErr); v->rc = rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); } else { v->zErrMsg = 0; v->rc = rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } break; } sqlite3_reset(pStmt); if( savedPc>=0 ) v->doingRerun = 1; assert( v->expired==0 ); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a ** pointer to it. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_user_data(sqlite3_context *p){ assert( p && p->pFunc ); return p->pFunc->pUserData; } /* ** Extract the user data from a sqlite3_context structure and return a ** pointer to it. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46798-50301 The sqlite3_context_db_handle() interface ** returns a copy of the pointer to the database connection (the 1st ** parameter) of the sqlite3_create_function() and ** sqlite3_create_function16() routines that originally registered the ** application defined function. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_context_db_handle(sqlite3_context *p){ assert( p && p->pOut ); return p->pOut->db; } /* ** If this routine is invoked from within an xColumn method of a virtual ** table, then it returns true if and only if the the call is during an ** UPDATE operation and the value of the column will not be modified ** by the UPDATE. ** ** If this routine is called from any context other than within the ** xColumn method of a virtual table, then the return value is meaningless ** and arbitrary. ** ** Virtual table implements might use this routine to optimize their ** performance by substituting a NULL result, or some other light-weight ** value, as a signal to the xUpdate routine that the column is unchanged. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_nochange(sqlite3_context *p){ assert( p ); return sqlite3_value_nochange(p->pOut); } /* ** Return the current time for a statement. If the current time ** is requested more than once within the same run of a single prepared ** statement, the exact same time is returned for each invocation regardless ** of the amount of time that elapses between invocations. In other words, ** the time returned is always the time of the first call. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_int64 sqlite3StmtCurrentTime(sqlite3_context *p){ int rc; #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 sqlite3_int64 *piTime = &p->pVdbe->iCurrentTime; assert( p->pVdbe!=0 ); #else sqlite3_int64 iTime = 0; sqlite3_int64 *piTime = p->pVdbe!=0 ? &p->pVdbe->iCurrentTime : &iTime; #endif if( *piTime==0 ){ rc = sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(p->pOut->db->pVfs, piTime); if( rc ) *piTime = 0; } return *piTime; } /* ** Create a new aggregate context for p and return a pointer to ** its pMem->z element. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void *createAggContext(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){ Mem *pMem = p->pMem; assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ); if( nByte<=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pMem); pMem->z = 0; }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte); pMem->flags = MEM_Agg; pMem->u.pDef = p->pFunc; if( pMem->z ){ memset(pMem->z, 0, nByte); } } return (void*)pMem->z; } /* ** Allocate or return the aggregate context for a user function. A new ** context is allocated on the first call. Subsequent calls return the ** same context that was returned on prior calls. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_aggregate_context(sqlite3_context *p, int nByte){ assert( p && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xFinalize ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pOut->db->mutex) ); testcase( nByte<0 ); if( (p->pMem->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 ){ return createAggContext(p, nByte); }else{ return (void*)p->pMem->z; } } /* ** Return the auxiliary data pointer, if any, for the iArg'th argument to ** the user-function defined by pCtx. ** ** The left-most argument is 0. ** ** Undocumented behavior: If iArg is negative then access a cache of ** auxiliary data pointers that is available to all functions within a ** single prepared statement. The iArg values must match. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_get_auxdata(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg){ AuxData *pAuxData; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); #if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 if( pCtx->pVdbe==0 ) return 0; #else assert( pCtx->pVdbe!=0 ); #endif for(pAuxData=pCtx->pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNextAux){ if( pAuxData->iAuxArg==iArg && (pAuxData->iAuxOp==pCtx->iOp || iArg<0) ){ return pAuxData->pAux; } } return 0; } /* ** Set the auxiliary data pointer and delete function, for the iArg'th ** argument to the user-function defined by pCtx. Any previous value is ** deleted by calling the delete function specified when it was set. ** ** The left-most argument is 0. ** ** Undocumented behavior: If iArg is negative then make the data available ** to all functions within the current prepared statement using iArg as an ** access code. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_auxdata( sqlite3_context *pCtx, int iArg, void *pAux, void (*xDelete)(void*) ){ AuxData *pAuxData; Vdbe *pVdbe = pCtx->pVdbe; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 if( pVdbe==0 ) goto failed; #else assert( pVdbe!=0 ); #endif for(pAuxData=pVdbe->pAuxData; pAuxData; pAuxData=pAuxData->pNextAux){ if( pAuxData->iAuxArg==iArg && (pAuxData->iAuxOp==pCtx->iOp || iArg<0) ){ break; } } if( pAuxData==0 ){ pAuxData = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pVdbe->db, sizeof(AuxData)); if( !pAuxData ) goto failed; pAuxData->iAuxOp = pCtx->iOp; pAuxData->iAuxArg = iArg; pAuxData->pNextAux = pVdbe->pAuxData; pVdbe->pAuxData = pAuxData; if( pCtx->isError==0 ) pCtx->isError = -1; }else if( pAuxData->xDeleteAux ){ pAuxData->xDeleteAux(pAuxData->pAux); } pAuxData->pAux = pAux; pAuxData->xDeleteAux = xDelete; return; failed: if( xDelete ){ xDelete(pAux); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** Return the number of times the Step function of an aggregate has been ** called. ** ** This function is deprecated. Do not use it for new code. It is ** provide only to avoid breaking legacy code. New aggregate function ** implementations should keep their own counts within their aggregate ** context. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_aggregate_count(sqlite3_context *p){ assert( p && p->pMem && p->pFunc && p->pFunc->xFinalize ); return p->pMem->n; } #endif /* ** Return the number of columns in the result set for the statement pStmt. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; return pVm ? pVm->nResColumn : 0; } /* ** Return the number of values available from the current row of the ** currently executing statement pStmt. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_data_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; if( pVm==0 || pVm->pResultSet==0 ) return 0; return pVm->nResColumn; } /* ** Return a pointer to static memory containing an SQL NULL value. */ static const Mem *columnNullValue(void){ /* Even though the Mem structure contains an element ** of type i64, on certain architectures (x86) with certain compiler ** switches (-Os), gcc may align this Mem object on a 4-byte boundary ** instead of an 8-byte one. This all works fine, except that when ** running with SQLITE_DEBUG defined the SQLite code sometimes assert()s ** that a Mem structure is located on an 8-byte boundary. To prevent ** these assert()s from failing, when building with SQLITE_DEBUG defined ** using gcc, we force nullMem to be 8-byte aligned using the magical ** __attribute__((aligned(8))) macro. */ static const Mem nullMem #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && defined(__GNUC__) __attribute__((aligned(8))) #endif = { /* .u = */ {0}, /* .flags = */ (u16)MEM_Null, /* .enc = */ (u8)0, /* .eSubtype = */ (u8)0, /* .n = */ (int)0, /* .z = */ (char*)0, /* .zMalloc = */ (char*)0, /* .szMalloc = */ (int)0, /* .uTemp = */ (u32)0, /* .db = */ (sqlite3*)0, /* .xDel = */ (void(*)(void*))0, #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* .pScopyFrom = */ (Mem*)0, /* .mScopyFlags= */ 0, #endif }; return &nullMem; } /* ** Check to see if column iCol of the given statement is valid. If ** it is, return a pointer to the Mem for the value of that column. ** If iCol is not valid, return a pointer to a Mem which has a value ** of NULL. */ static Mem *columnMem(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ Vdbe *pVm; Mem *pOut; pVm = (Vdbe *)pStmt; if( pVm==0 ) return (Mem*)columnNullValue(); assert( pVm->db ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pVm->db->mutex); if( pVm->pResultSet!=0 && inResColumn && i>=0 ){ pOut = &pVm->pResultSet[i]; }else{ sqlite3Error(pVm->db, SQLITE_RANGE); pOut = (Mem*)columnNullValue(); } return pOut; } /* ** This function is called after invoking an sqlite3_value_XXX function on a ** column value (i.e. a value returned by evaluating an SQL expression in the ** select list of a SELECT statement) that may cause a malloc() failure. If ** malloc() has failed, the threads mallocFailed flag is cleared and the result ** code of statement pStmt set to SQLITE_NOMEM. ** ** Specifically, this is called from within: ** ** sqlite3_column_int() ** sqlite3_column_int64() ** sqlite3_column_text() ** sqlite3_column_text16() ** sqlite3_column_real() ** sqlite3_column_bytes() ** sqlite3_column_bytes16() ** sqiite3_column_blob() */ static void columnMallocFailure(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt) { /* If malloc() failed during an encoding conversion within an ** sqlite3_column_XXX API, then set the return code of the statement to ** SQLITE_NOMEM. The next call to _step() (if any) will return SQLITE_ERROR ** and _finalize() will return NOMEM. */ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; if( p ){ assert( p->db!=0 ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) ); p->rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, p->rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); } } /**************************** sqlite3_column_ ******************************* ** The following routines are used to access elements of the current row ** in the result set. */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_blob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ const void *val; val = sqlite3_value_blob( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); /* Even though there is no encoding conversion, value_blob() might ** need to call malloc() to expand the result of a zeroblob() ** expression. */ columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ int val = sqlite3_value_bytes( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_bytes16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ int val = sqlite3_value_bytes16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API double sqlite3_column_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ double val = sqlite3_value_double( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_int(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ int val = sqlite3_value_int( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API sqlite_int64 sqlite3_column_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ sqlite_int64 val = sqlite3_value_int64( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API const unsigned char *sqlite3_column_text(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ const unsigned char *val = sqlite3_value_text( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } SQLITE_API sqlite3_value *sqlite3_column_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ Mem *pOut = columnMem(pStmt, i); if( pOut->flags&MEM_Static ){ pOut->flags &= ~MEM_Static; pOut->flags |= MEM_Ephem; } columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return (sqlite3_value *)pOut; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_text16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ const void *val = sqlite3_value_text16( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return val; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_column_type(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ int iType = sqlite3_value_type( columnMem(pStmt,i) ); columnMallocFailure(pStmt); return iType; } /* ** Convert the N-th element of pStmt->pColName[] into a string using ** xFunc() then return that string. If N is out of range, return 0. ** ** There are up to 5 names for each column. useType determines which ** name is returned. Here are the names: ** ** 0 The column name as it should be displayed for output ** 1 The datatype name for the column ** 2 The name of the database that the column derives from ** 3 The name of the table that the column derives from ** 4 The name of the table column that the result column derives from ** ** If the result is not a simple column reference (if it is an expression ** or a constant) then useTypes 2, 3, and 4 return NULL. */ static const void *columnName( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N, const void *(*xFunc)(Mem*), int useType ){ const void *ret; Vdbe *p; int n; sqlite3 *db; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( pStmt==0 ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif ret = 0; p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; db = p->db; assert( db!=0 ); n = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); if( N=0 ){ N += useType*n; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); assert( db->mallocFailed==0 ); ret = xFunc(&p->aColName[N]); /* A malloc may have failed inside of the xFunc() call. If this ** is the case, clear the mallocFailed flag and return NULL. */ if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3OomClear(db); ret = 0; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); } return ret; } /* ** Return the name of the Nth column of the result set returned by SQL ** statement pStmt. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_NAME); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_NAME); } #endif /* ** Constraint: If you have ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA then you must ** not define OMIT_DECLTYPE. */ #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) # error "Must not define both SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE \ and SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA" #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE /* ** Return the column declaration type (if applicable) of the 'i'th column ** of the result set of SQL statement pStmt. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_decltype(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_decltype16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DECLTYPE); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA /* ** Return the name of the database from which a result column derives. ** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or ** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_database_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_DATABASE); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_database_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_DATABASE); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* ** Return the name of the table from which a result column derives. ** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or ** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_table_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_TABLE); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_table_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_TABLE); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* ** Return the name of the table column from which a result column derives. ** NULL is returned if the result column is an expression or constant or ** anything else which is not an unambiguous reference to a database column. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_column_origin_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text, COLNAME_COLUMN); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_column_origin_name16(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int N){ return columnName( pStmt, N, (const void*(*)(Mem*))sqlite3_value_text16, COLNAME_COLUMN); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA */ /******************************* sqlite3_bind_ *************************** ** ** Routines used to attach values to wildcards in a compiled SQL statement. */ /* ** Unbind the value bound to variable i in virtual machine p. This is the ** the same as binding a NULL value to the column. If the "i" parameter is ** out of range, then SQLITE_RANGE is returned. Othewise SQLITE_OK. ** ** A successful evaluation of this routine acquires the mutex on p. ** the mutex is released if any kind of error occurs. ** ** The error code stored in database p->db is overwritten with the return ** value in any case. */ static int vdbeUnbind(Vdbe *p, int i){ Mem *pVar; if( vdbeSafetyNotNull(p) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); if( p->magic!=VDBE_MAGIC_RUN || p->pc>=0 ){ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_MISUSE); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); sqlite3_log(SQLITE_MISUSE, "bind on a busy prepared statement: [%s]", p->zSql); return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } if( i<1 || i>p->nVar ){ sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_RANGE); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); return SQLITE_RANGE; } i--; pVar = &p->aVar[i]; sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pVar); pVar->flags = MEM_Null; sqlite3Error(p->db, SQLITE_OK); /* If the bit corresponding to this variable in Vdbe.expmask is set, then ** binding a new value to this variable invalidates the current query plan. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-48440-37595 If the specific value bound to host ** parameter in the WHERE clause might influence the choice of query plan ** for a statement, then the statement will be automatically recompiled, ** as if there had been a schema change, on the first sqlite3_step() call ** following any change to the bindings of that parameter. */ assert( (p->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 || p->expmask==0 ); if( p->expmask!=0 && (p->expmask & (i>=31 ? 0x80000000 : (u32)1<expired = 1; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Bind a text or BLOB value. */ static int bindText( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* The statement to bind against */ int i, /* Index of the parameter to bind */ const void *zData, /* Pointer to the data to be bound */ int nData, /* Number of bytes of data to be bound */ void (*xDel)(void*), /* Destructor for the data */ u8 encoding /* Encoding for the data */ ){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; Mem *pVar; int rc; rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( zData!=0 ){ pVar = &p->aVar[i-1]; rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pVar, zData, nData, encoding, xDel); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && encoding!=0 ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pVar, ENC(p->db)); } if( rc ){ sqlite3Error(p->db, rc); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc); } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); }else if( xDel!=SQLITE_STATIC && xDel!=SQLITE_TRANSIENT ){ xDel((void*)zData); } return rc; } /* ** Bind a blob value to an SQL statement variable. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const void *zData, int nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( nData<0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, 0); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_blob64( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const void *zData, sqlite3_uint64 nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); if( nData>0x7fffffff ){ return invokeValueDestructor(zData, xDel, 0); }else{ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, (int)nData, xDel, 0); } } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_double(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, double rValue){ int rc; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(&p->aVar[i-1], rValue); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); } return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int(sqlite3_stmt *p, int i, int iValue){ return sqlite3_bind_int64(p, i, (i64)iValue); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_int64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite_int64 iValue){ int rc; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&p->aVar[i-1], iValue); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); } return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_null(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ int rc; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); } return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_pointer( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, void *pPtr, const char *zPTtype, void (*xDestructor)(void*) ){ int rc; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetPointer(&p->aVar[i-1], pPtr, zPTtype, xDestructor); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); }else if( xDestructor ){ xDestructor(pPtr); } return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const char *zData, int nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF8); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text64( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const char *zData, sqlite3_uint64 nData, void (*xDel)(void*), unsigned char enc ){ assert( xDel!=SQLITE_DYNAMIC ); if( nData>0x7fffffff ){ return invokeValueDestructor(zData, xDel, 0); }else{ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ) enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, (int)nData, xDel, enc); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_text16( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const void *zData, int nData, void (*xDel)(void*) ){ return bindText(pStmt, i, zData, nData, xDel, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_value(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, const sqlite3_value *pValue){ int rc; switch( sqlite3_value_type((sqlite3_value*)pValue) ){ case SQLITE_INTEGER: { rc = sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, i, pValue->u.i); break; } case SQLITE_FLOAT: { rc = sqlite3_bind_double(pStmt, i, pValue->u.r); break; } case SQLITE_BLOB: { if( pValue->flags & MEM_Zero ){ rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, pValue->u.nZero); }else{ rc = sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, i, pValue->z, pValue->n,SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } break; } case SQLITE_TEXT: { rc = bindText(pStmt,i, pValue->z, pValue->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT, pValue->enc); break; } default: { rc = sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, i); break; } } return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, int n){ int rc; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; rc = vdbeUnbind(p, i); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(&p->aVar[i-1], n); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); } return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i, sqlite3_uint64 n){ int rc; Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); if( n>(u64)p->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; }else{ assert( (n & 0x7FFFFFFF)==n ); rc = sqlite3_bind_zeroblob(pStmt, i, n); } rc = sqlite3ApiExit(p->db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Return the number of wildcards that can be potentially bound to. ** This routine is added to support DBD::SQLite. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; return p ? p->nVar : 0; } /* ** Return the name of a wildcard parameter. Return NULL if the index ** is out of range or if the wildcard is unnamed. ** ** The result is always UTF-8. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int i){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; if( p==0 ) return 0; return sqlite3VListNumToName(p->pVList, i); } /* ** Given a wildcard parameter name, return the index of the variable ** with that name. If there is no variable with the given name, ** return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(Vdbe *p, const char *zName, int nName){ if( p==0 || zName==0 ) return 0; return sqlite3VListNameToNum(p->pVList, zName, nName); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_bind_parameter_index(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, const char *zName){ return sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex((Vdbe*)pStmt, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)); } /* ** Transfer all bindings from the first statement over to the second. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TransferBindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; int i; assert( pTo->db==pFrom->db ); assert( pTo->nVar==pFrom->nVar ); sqlite3_mutex_enter(pTo->db->mutex); for(i=0; inVar; i++){ sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&pTo->aVar[i], &pFrom->aVar[i]); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pTo->db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code ** should call sqlite3TransferBindings. ** ** It is misuse to call this routine with statements from different ** database connections. But as this is a deprecated interface, we ** will not bother to check for that condition. ** ** If the two statements contain a different number of bindings, then ** an SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Nothing else can go wrong, so otherwise ** SQLITE_OK is returned. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_transfer_bindings(sqlite3_stmt *pFromStmt, sqlite3_stmt *pToStmt){ Vdbe *pFrom = (Vdbe*)pFromStmt; Vdbe *pTo = (Vdbe*)pToStmt; if( pFrom->nVar!=pTo->nVar ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } assert( (pTo->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 || pTo->expmask==0 ); if( pTo->expmask ){ pTo->expired = 1; } assert( (pFrom->prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL)!=0 || pFrom->expmask==0 ); if( pFrom->expmask ){ pFrom->expired = 1; } return sqlite3TransferBindings(pFromStmt, pToStmt); } #endif /* ** Return the sqlite3* database handle to which the prepared statement given ** in the argument belongs. This is the same database handle that was ** the first argument to the sqlite3_prepare() that was used to create ** the statement in the first place. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3_db_handle(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->db : 0; } /* ** Return true if the prepared statement is guaranteed to not modify the ** database. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_readonly(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ return pStmt ? ((Vdbe*)pStmt)->readOnly : 1; } /* ** Return true if the prepared statement is in need of being reset. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_busy(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe*)pStmt; return v!=0 && v->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN && v->pc>=0; } /* ** Return a pointer to the next prepared statement after pStmt associated ** with database connection pDb. If pStmt is NULL, return the first ** prepared statement for the database connection. Return NULL if there ** are no more. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_stmt *sqlite3_next_stmt(sqlite3 *pDb, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ sqlite3_stmt *pNext; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(pDb) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDb->mutex); if( pStmt==0 ){ pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)pDb->pVdbe; }else{ pNext = (sqlite3_stmt*)((Vdbe*)pStmt)->pNext; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDb->mutex); return pNext; } /* ** Return the value of a status counter for a prepared statement */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_status(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int op, int resetFlag){ Vdbe *pVdbe = (Vdbe*)pStmt; u32 v; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !pStmt || (op!=SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED && (op<0||op>=ArraySize(pVdbe->aCounter))) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif if( op==SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_MEMUSED ){ sqlite3 *db = pVdbe->db; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); v = 0; db->pnBytesFreed = (int*)&v; sqlite3VdbeClearObject(db, pVdbe); sqlite3DbFree(db, pVdbe); db->pnBytesFreed = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); }else{ v = pVdbe->aCounter[op]; if( resetFlag ) pVdbe->aCounter[op] = 0; } return (int)v; } /* ** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; return p ? p->zSql : 0; } /* ** Return the SQL associated with a prepared statement with ** bound parameters expanded. Space to hold the returned string is ** obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). The caller is responsible for ** freeing the returned string by passing it to sqlite3_free(). ** ** The SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT puts an upper bound on the size of ** expanded bound parameters. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_expanded_sql(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE return 0; #else char *z = 0; const char *zSql = sqlite3_sql(pStmt); if( zSql ){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe *)pStmt; sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->db->mutex); z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zSql); sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->db->mutex); } return z; #endif } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* ** Allocate and populate an UnpackedRecord structure based on the serialized ** record in nKey/pKey. Return a pointer to the new UnpackedRecord structure ** if successful, or a NULL pointer if an OOM error is encountered. */ static UnpackedRecord *vdbeUnpackRecord( KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, int nKey, const void *pKey ){ UnpackedRecord *pRet; /* Return value */ pRet = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pKeyInfo); if( pRet ){ memset(pRet->aMem, 0, sizeof(Mem)*(pKeyInfo->nKeyField+1)); sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey, pRet); } return pRet; } /* ** This function is called from within a pre-update callback to retrieve ** a field of the row currently being updated or deleted. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_old(sqlite3 *db, int iIdx, sqlite3_value **ppValue){ PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate; Mem *pMem; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Test that this call is being made from within an SQLITE_DELETE or ** SQLITE_UPDATE pre-update callback, and that iIdx is within range. */ if( !p || p->op==SQLITE_INSERT ){ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; goto preupdate_old_out; } if( p->pPk ){ iIdx = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(p->pPk, iIdx); } if( iIdx>=p->pCsr->nField || iIdx<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_RANGE; goto preupdate_old_out; } /* If the old.* record has not yet been loaded into memory, do so now. */ if( p->pUnpacked==0 ){ u32 nRec; u8 *aRec; nRec = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(p->pCsr->uc.pCursor); aRec = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, nRec); if( !aRec ) goto preupdate_old_out; rc = sqlite3BtreePayload(p->pCsr->uc.pCursor, 0, nRec, aRec); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->pUnpacked = vdbeUnpackRecord(&p->keyinfo, nRec, aRec); if( !p->pUnpacked ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, aRec); goto preupdate_old_out; } p->aRecord = aRec; } pMem = *ppValue = &p->pUnpacked->aMem[iIdx]; if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey1); }else if( iIdx>=p->pUnpacked->nField ){ *ppValue = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue(); }else if( p->pTab->aCol[iIdx].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ if( pMem->flags & MEM_Int ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pMem); } } preupdate_old_out: sqlite3Error(db, rc); return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* ** This function is called from within a pre-update callback to retrieve ** the number of columns in the row being updated, deleted or inserted. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_count(sqlite3 *db){ PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate; return (p ? p->keyinfo.nKeyField : 0); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* ** This function is designed to be called from within a pre-update callback ** only. It returns zero if the change that caused the callback was made ** immediately by a user SQL statement. Or, if the change was made by a ** trigger program, it returns the number of trigger programs currently ** on the stack (1 for a top-level trigger, 2 for a trigger fired by a ** top-level trigger etc.). ** ** For the purposes of the previous paragraph, a foreign key CASCADE, SET NULL ** or SET DEFAULT action is considered a trigger. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_depth(sqlite3 *db){ PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate; return (p ? p->v->nFrame : 0); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* ** This function is called from within a pre-update callback to retrieve ** a field of the row currently being updated or inserted. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_preupdate_new(sqlite3 *db, int iIdx, sqlite3_value **ppValue){ PreUpdate *p = db->pPreUpdate; int rc = SQLITE_OK; Mem *pMem; if( !p || p->op==SQLITE_DELETE ){ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; goto preupdate_new_out; } if( p->pPk && p->op!=SQLITE_UPDATE ){ iIdx = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(p->pPk, iIdx); } if( iIdx>=p->pCsr->nField || iIdx<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_RANGE; goto preupdate_new_out; } if( p->op==SQLITE_INSERT ){ /* For an INSERT, memory cell p->iNewReg contains the serialized record ** that is being inserted. Deserialize it. */ UnpackedRecord *pUnpack = p->pNewUnpacked; if( !pUnpack ){ Mem *pData = &p->v->aMem[p->iNewReg]; rc = ExpandBlob(pData); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto preupdate_new_out; pUnpack = vdbeUnpackRecord(&p->keyinfo, pData->n, pData->z); if( !pUnpack ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto preupdate_new_out; } p->pNewUnpacked = pUnpack; } pMem = &pUnpack->aMem[iIdx]; if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey2); }else if( iIdx>=pUnpack->nField ){ pMem = (sqlite3_value *)columnNullValue(); } }else{ /* For an UPDATE, memory cell (p->iNewReg+1+iIdx) contains the required ** value. Make a copy of the cell contents and return a pointer to it. ** It is not safe to return a pointer to the memory cell itself as the ** caller may modify the value text encoding. */ assert( p->op==SQLITE_UPDATE ); if( !p->aNew ){ p->aNew = (Mem *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Mem) * p->pCsr->nField); if( !p->aNew ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto preupdate_new_out; } } assert( iIdx>=0 && iIdxpCsr->nField ); pMem = &p->aNew[iIdx]; if( pMem->flags==0 ){ if( iIdx==p->pTab->iPKey ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, p->iKey2); }else{ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pMem, &p->v->aMem[p->iNewReg+1+iIdx]); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto preupdate_new_out; } } } *ppValue = pMem; preupdate_new_out: sqlite3Error(db, rc); return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS /* ** Return status data for a single loop within query pStmt. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, /* Prepared statement being queried */ int idx, /* Index of loop to report on */ int iScanStatusOp, /* Which metric to return */ void *pOut /* OUT: Write the answer here */ ){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; ScanStatus *pScan; if( idx<0 || idx>=p->nScan ) return 1; pScan = &p->aScan[idx]; switch( iScanStatusOp ){ case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NLOOP: { *(sqlite3_int64*)pOut = p->anExec[pScan->addrLoop]; break; } case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NVISIT: { *(sqlite3_int64*)pOut = p->anExec[pScan->addrVisit]; break; } case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EST: { double r = 1.0; LogEst x = pScan->nEst; while( x<100 ){ x += 10; r *= 0.5; } *(double*)pOut = r*sqlite3LogEstToInt(x); break; } case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_NAME: { *(const char**)pOut = pScan->zName; break; } case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_EXPLAIN: { if( pScan->addrExplain ){ *(const char**)pOut = p->aOp[ pScan->addrExplain ].p4.z; }else{ *(const char**)pOut = 0; } break; } case SQLITE_SCANSTAT_SELECTID: { if( pScan->addrExplain ){ *(int*)pOut = p->aOp[ pScan->addrExplain ].p1; }else{ *(int*)pOut = -1; } break; } default: { return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** Zero all counters associated with the sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() data. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus_reset(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ Vdbe *p = (Vdbe*)pStmt; memset(p->anExec, 0, p->nOp * sizeof(i64)); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS */ /************** End of vdbeapi.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbetrace.c ***************************************/ /* ** 2009 November 25 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code used to insert the values of host parameters ** (aka "wildcards") into the SQL text output by sqlite3_trace(). ** ** The Vdbe parse-tree explainer is also found here. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* ** zSql is a zero-terminated string of UTF-8 SQL text. Return the number of ** bytes in this text up to but excluding the first character in ** a host parameter. If the text contains no host parameters, return ** the total number of bytes in the text. */ static int findNextHostParameter(const char *zSql, int *pnToken){ int tokenType; int nTotal = 0; int n; *pnToken = 0; while( zSql[0] ){ n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType); assert( n>0 && tokenType!=TK_ILLEGAL ); if( tokenType==TK_VARIABLE ){ *pnToken = n; break; } nTotal += n; zSql += n; } return nTotal; } /* ** This function returns a pointer to a nul-terminated string in memory ** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). If sqlite3.nVdbeExec is 1, then the ** string contains a copy of zRawSql but with host parameters expanded to ** their current bindings. Or, if sqlite3.nVdbeExec is greater than 1, ** then the returned string holds a copy of zRawSql with "-- " prepended ** to each line of text. ** ** If the SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT macro is defined to an integer, then ** then long strings and blobs are truncated to that many bytes. This ** can be used to prevent unreasonably large trace strings when dealing ** with large (multi-megabyte) strings and blobs. ** ** The calling function is responsible for making sure the memory returned ** is eventually freed. ** ** ALGORITHM: Scan the input string looking for host parameters in any of ** these forms: ?, ?N, $A, @A, :A. Take care to avoid text within ** string literals, quoted identifier names, and comments. For text forms, ** the host parameter index is found by scanning the prepared ** statement for the corresponding OP_Variable opcode. Once the host ** parameter index is known, locate the value in p->aVar[]. Then render ** the value as a literal in place of the host parameter name. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3VdbeExpandSql( Vdbe *p, /* The prepared statement being evaluated */ const char *zRawSql /* Raw text of the SQL statement */ ){ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ int idx = 0; /* Index of a host parameter */ int nextIndex = 1; /* Index of next ? host parameter */ int n; /* Length of a token prefix */ int nToken; /* Length of the parameter token */ int i; /* Loop counter */ Mem *pVar; /* Value of a host parameter */ StrAccum out; /* Accumulate the output here */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 Mem utf8; /* Used to convert UTF16 into UTF8 for display */ #endif char zBase[100]; /* Initial working space */ db = p->db; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&out, 0, zBase, sizeof(zBase), db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){ while( *zRawSql ){ const char *zStart = zRawSql; while( *(zRawSql++)!='\n' && *zRawSql ); sqlite3_str_append(&out, "-- ", 3); assert( (zRawSql - zStart) > 0 ); sqlite3_str_append(&out, zStart, (int)(zRawSql-zStart)); } }else if( p->nVar==0 ){ sqlite3_str_append(&out, zRawSql, sqlite3Strlen30(zRawSql)); }else{ while( zRawSql[0] ){ n = findNextHostParameter(zRawSql, &nToken); assert( n>0 ); sqlite3_str_append(&out, zRawSql, n); zRawSql += n; assert( zRawSql[0] || nToken==0 ); if( nToken==0 ) break; if( zRawSql[0]=='?' ){ if( nToken>1 ){ assert( sqlite3Isdigit(zRawSql[1]) ); sqlite3GetInt32(&zRawSql[1], &idx); }else{ idx = nextIndex; } }else{ assert( zRawSql[0]==':' || zRawSql[0]=='$' || zRawSql[0]=='@' || zRawSql[0]=='#' ); testcase( zRawSql[0]==':' ); testcase( zRawSql[0]=='$' ); testcase( zRawSql[0]=='@' ); testcase( zRawSql[0]=='#' ); idx = sqlite3VdbeParameterIndex(p, zRawSql, nToken); assert( idx>0 ); } zRawSql += nToken; nextIndex = idx + 1; assert( idx>0 && idx<=p->nVar ); pVar = &p->aVar[idx-1]; if( pVar->flags & MEM_Null ){ sqlite3_str_append(&out, "NULL", 4); }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Int ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&out, "%lld", pVar->u.i); }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Real ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&out, "%!.15g", pVar->u.r); }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Str ){ int nOut; /* Number of bytes of the string text to include in output */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 u8 enc = ENC(db); if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ memset(&utf8, 0, sizeof(utf8)); utf8.db = db; sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&utf8, pVar->z, pVar->n, enc, SQLITE_STATIC); if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&utf8, SQLITE_UTF8) ){ out.accError = SQLITE_NOMEM; out.nAlloc = 0; } pVar = &utf8; } #endif nOut = pVar->n; #ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ){ nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT; while( nOutn && (pVar->z[nOut]&0xc0)==0x80 ){ nOut++; } } #endif sqlite3_str_appendf(&out, "'%.*q'", nOut, pVar->z); #ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT if( nOutn ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&out, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 if( enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&utf8); #endif }else if( pVar->flags & MEM_Zero ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&out, "zeroblob(%d)", pVar->u.nZero); }else{ int nOut; /* Number of bytes of the blob to include in output */ assert( pVar->flags & MEM_Blob ); sqlite3_str_append(&out, "x'", 2); nOut = pVar->n; #ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT if( nOut>SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT ) nOut = SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT; #endif for(i=0; iz[i]&0xff); } sqlite3_str_append(&out, "'", 1); #ifdef SQLITE_TRACE_SIZE_LIMIT if( nOutn ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&out, "/*+%d bytes*/", pVar->n-nOut); } #endif } } } if( out.accError ) sqlite3_str_reset(&out); return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&out); } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ /************** End of vdbetrace.c *******************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbe.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** The code in this file implements the function that runs the ** bytecode of a prepared statement. ** ** Various scripts scan this source file in order to generate HTML ** documentation, headers files, or other derived files. The formatting ** of the code in this file is, therefore, important. See other comments ** in this file for details. If in doubt, do not deviate from existing ** commenting and indentation practices when changing or adding code. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ /* ** Invoke this macro on memory cells just prior to changing the ** value of the cell. This macro verifies that shallow copies are ** not misused. A shallow copy of a string or blob just copies a ** pointer to the string or blob, not the content. If the original ** is changed while the copy is still in use, the string or blob might ** be changed out from under the copy. This macro verifies that nothing ** like that ever happens. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG # define memAboutToChange(P,M) sqlite3VdbeMemAboutToChange(P,M) #else # define memAboutToChange(P,M) #endif /* ** The following global variable is incremented every time a cursor ** moves, either by the OP_SeekXX, OP_Next, or OP_Prev opcodes. The test ** procedures use this information to make sure that indices are ** working correctly. This variable has no function other than to ** help verify the correct operation of the library. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_search_count = 0; #endif /* ** When this global variable is positive, it gets decremented once before ** each instruction in the VDBE. When it reaches zero, the u1.isInterrupted ** field of the sqlite3 structure is set in order to simulate an interrupt. ** ** This facility is used for testing purposes only. It does not function ** in an ordinary build. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_interrupt_count = 0; #endif /* ** The next global variable is incremented each type the OP_Sort opcode ** is executed. The test procedures use this information to make sure that ** sorting is occurring or not occurring at appropriate times. This variable ** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the ** library. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sort_count = 0; #endif /* ** The next global variable records the size of the largest MEM_Blob ** or MEM_Str that has been used by a VDBE opcode. The test procedures ** use this information to make sure that the zero-blob functionality ** is working correctly. This variable has no function other than to ** help verify the correct operation of the library. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_max_blobsize = 0; static void updateMaxBlobsize(Mem *p){ if( (p->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 && p->n>sqlite3_max_blobsize ){ sqlite3_max_blobsize = p->n; } } #endif /* ** This macro evaluates to true if either the update hook or the preupdate ** hook are enabled for database connect DB. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK # define HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(DB) ((DB)->xPreUpdateCallback||(DB)->xUpdateCallback) #else # define HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(DB) ((DB)->xUpdateCallback) #endif /* ** The next global variable is incremented each time the OP_Found opcode ** is executed. This is used to test whether or not the foreign key ** operation implemented using OP_FkIsZero is working. This variable ** has no function other than to help verify the correct operation of the ** library. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_found_count = 0; #endif /* ** Test a register to see if it exceeds the current maximum blob size. ** If it does, record the new maximum blob size. */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && !defined(SQLITE_UNTESTABLE) # define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) updateMaxBlobsize(P) #else # define UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(P) #endif /* ** Invoke the VDBE coverage callback, if that callback is defined. This ** feature is used for test suite validation only and does not appear an ** production builds. ** ** M is an integer between 2 and 4. 2 indicates a ordinary two-way ** branch (I=0 means fall through and I=1 means taken). 3 indicates ** a 3-way branch where the third way is when one of the operands is ** NULL. 4 indicates the OP_Jump instruction which has three destinations ** depending on whether the first operand is less than, equal to, or greater ** than the second. ** ** iSrcLine is the source code line (from the __LINE__ macro) that ** generated the VDBE instruction combined with flag bits. The source ** code line number is in the lower 24 bits of iSrcLine and the upper ** 8 bytes are flags. The lower three bits of the flags indicate ** values for I that should never occur. For example, if the branch is ** always taken, the flags should be 0x05 since the fall-through and ** alternate branch are never taken. If a branch is never taken then ** flags should be 0x06 since only the fall-through approach is allowed. ** ** Bit 0x04 of the flags indicates an OP_Jump opcode that is only ** interested in equal or not-equal. In other words, I==0 and I==2 ** should be treated the same. ** ** Since only a line number is retained, not the filename, this macro ** only works for amalgamation builds. But that is ok, since these macros ** should be no-ops except for special builds used to measure test coverage. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE) # define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) #else # define VdbeBranchTaken(I,M) vdbeTakeBranch(pOp->iSrcLine,I,M) static void vdbeTakeBranch(u32 iSrcLine, u8 I, u8 M){ u8 mNever; assert( I<=2 ); /* 0: fall through, 1: taken, 2: alternate taken */ assert( M<=4 ); /* 2: two-way branch, 3: three-way branch, 4: OP_Jump */ assert( I> 24; assert( (I & mNever)==0 ); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch==0 ) return; /*NO_TEST*/ I |= mNever; if( M==2 ) I |= 0x04; if( M==4 ){ I |= 0x08; if( (mNever&0x08)!=0 && (I&0x05)!=0) I |= 0x05; /*NO_TEST*/ } sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg, iSrcLine&0xffffff, I, M); } #endif /* ** Convert the given register into a string if it isn't one ** already. Return non-zero if a malloc() fails. */ #define Stringify(P, enc) \ if(((P)->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 && sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(P,enc,0)) \ { goto no_mem; } /* ** An ephemeral string value (signified by the MEM_Ephem flag) contains ** a pointer to a dynamically allocated string where some other entity ** is responsible for deallocating that string. Because the register ** does not control the string, it might be deleted without the register ** knowing it. ** ** This routine converts an ephemeral string into a dynamically allocated ** string that the register itself controls. In other words, it ** converts an MEM_Ephem string into a string with P.z==P.zMalloc. */ #define Deephemeralize(P) \ if( ((P)->flags&MEM_Ephem)!=0 \ && sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(P) ){ goto no_mem;} /* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */ #define isSorter(x) ((x)->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER) /* ** Allocate VdbeCursor number iCur. Return a pointer to it. Return NULL ** if we run out of memory. */ static VdbeCursor *allocateCursor( Vdbe *p, /* The virtual machine */ int iCur, /* Index of the new VdbeCursor */ int nField, /* Number of fields in the table or index */ int iDb, /* Database the cursor belongs to, or -1 */ u8 eCurType /* Type of the new cursor */ ){ /* Find the memory cell that will be used to store the blob of memory ** required for this VdbeCursor structure. It is convenient to use a ** vdbe memory cell to manage the memory allocation required for a ** VdbeCursor structure for the following reasons: ** ** * Sometimes cursor numbers are used for a couple of different ** purposes in a vdbe program. The different uses might require ** different sized allocations. Memory cells provide growable ** allocations. ** ** * When using ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT, memory cell buffers can ** be freed lazily via the sqlite3_release_memory() API. This ** minimizes the number of malloc calls made by the system. ** ** The memory cell for cursor 0 is aMem[0]. The rest are allocated from ** the top of the register space. Cursor 1 is at Mem[p->nMem-1]. ** Cursor 2 is at Mem[p->nMem-2]. And so forth. */ Mem *pMem = iCur>0 ? &p->aMem[p->nMem-iCur] : p->aMem; int nByte; VdbeCursor *pCx = 0; nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor)) + 2*sizeof(u32)*nField + (eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE?sqlite3BtreeCursorSize():0); assert( iCur>=0 && iCurnCursor ); if( p->apCsr[iCur] ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[iCur]); p->apCsr[iCur] = 0; } if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pMem, nByte) ){ p->apCsr[iCur] = pCx = (VdbeCursor*)pMem->z; memset(pCx, 0, offsetof(VdbeCursor,pAltCursor)); pCx->eCurType = eCurType; pCx->iDb = iDb; pCx->nField = nField; pCx->aOffset = &pCx->aType[nField]; if( eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ){ pCx->uc.pCursor = (BtCursor*) &pMem->z[ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeCursor))+2*sizeof(u32)*nField]; sqlite3BtreeCursorZero(pCx->uc.pCursor); } } return pCx; } /* ** Try to convert a value into a numeric representation if we can ** do so without loss of information. In other words, if the string ** looks like a number, convert it into a number. If it does not ** look like a number, leave it alone. ** ** If the bTryForInt flag is true, then extra effort is made to give ** an integer representation. Strings that look like floating point ** values but which have no fractional component (example: '48.00') ** will have a MEM_Int representation when bTryForInt is true. ** ** If bTryForInt is false, then if the input string contains a decimal ** point or exponential notation, the result is only MEM_Real, even ** if there is an exact integer representation of the quantity. */ static void applyNumericAffinity(Mem *pRec, int bTryForInt){ double rValue; i64 iValue; u8 enc = pRec->enc; assert( (pRec->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==MEM_Str ); if( sqlite3AtoF(pRec->z, &rValue, pRec->n, enc)==0 ) return; if( 0==sqlite3Atoi64(pRec->z, &iValue, pRec->n, enc) ){ pRec->u.i = iValue; pRec->flags |= MEM_Int; }else{ pRec->u.r = rValue; pRec->flags |= MEM_Real; if( bTryForInt ) sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec); } /* TEXT->NUMERIC is many->one. Hence, it is important to invalidate the ** string representation after computing a numeric equivalent, because the ** string representation might not be the canonical representation for the ** numeric value. Ticket [343634942dd54ab57b7024] 2018-01-31. */ pRec->flags &= ~MEM_Str; } /* ** Processing is determine by the affinity parameter: ** ** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER: ** SQLITE_AFF_REAL: ** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC: ** Try to convert pRec to an integer representation or a ** floating-point representation if an integer representation ** is not possible. Note that the integer representation is ** always preferred, even if the affinity is REAL, because ** an integer representation is more space efficient on disk. ** ** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: ** Convert pRec to a text representation. ** ** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB: ** No-op. pRec is unchanged. */ static void applyAffinity( Mem *pRec, /* The value to apply affinity to */ char affinity, /* The affinity to be applied */ u8 enc /* Use this text encoding */ ){ if( affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ assert( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ if( (pRec->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){ if( pRec->flags & MEM_Str ) applyNumericAffinity(pRec,1); }else{ sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pRec); } } }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ /* Only attempt the conversion to TEXT if there is an integer or real ** representation (blob and NULL do not get converted) but no string ** representation. It would be harmless to repeat the conversion if ** there is already a string rep, but it is pointless to waste those ** CPU cycles. */ if( 0==(pRec->flags&MEM_Str) ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ if( (pRec->flags&(MEM_Real|MEM_Int)) ){ sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pRec, enc, 1); } } pRec->flags &= ~(MEM_Real|MEM_Int); } } /* ** Try to convert the type of a function argument or a result column ** into a numeric representation. Use either INTEGER or REAL whichever ** is appropriate. But only do the conversion if it is possible without ** loss of information and return the revised type of the argument. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_value_numeric_type(sqlite3_value *pVal){ int eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); if( eType==SQLITE_TEXT ){ Mem *pMem = (Mem*)pVal; applyNumericAffinity(pMem, 0); eType = sqlite3_value_type(pVal); } return eType; } /* ** Exported version of applyAffinity(). This one works on sqlite3_value*, ** not the internal Mem* type. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ValueApplyAffinity( sqlite3_value *pVal, u8 affinity, u8 enc ){ applyAffinity((Mem *)pVal, affinity, enc); } /* ** pMem currently only holds a string type (or maybe a BLOB that we can ** interpret as a string if we want to). Compute its corresponding ** numeric type, if has one. Set the pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i fields ** accordingly. */ static u16 SQLITE_NOINLINE computeNumericType(Mem *pMem){ assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))==0 ); assert( (pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))!=0 ); if( sqlite3AtoF(pMem->z, &pMem->u.r, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){ return 0; } if( sqlite3Atoi64(pMem->z, &pMem->u.i, pMem->n, pMem->enc)==0 ){ return MEM_Int; } return MEM_Real; } /* ** Return the numeric type for pMem, either MEM_Int or MEM_Real or both or ** none. ** ** Unlike applyNumericAffinity(), this routine does not modify pMem->flags. ** But it does set pMem->u.r and pMem->u.i appropriately. */ static u16 numericType(Mem *pMem){ if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real) ){ return pMem->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real); } if( pMem->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ return computeNumericType(pMem); } return 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Write a nice string representation of the contents of cell pMem ** into buffer zBuf, length nBuf. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf){ char *zCsr = zBuf; int f = pMem->flags; static const char *const encnames[] = {"(X)", "(8)", "(16LE)", "(16BE)"}; if( f&MEM_Blob ){ int i; char c; if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ c = 'z'; assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ c = 't'; assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ c = 'e'; assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); }else{ c = 's'; } *(zCsr++) = c; sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%d[", pMem->n); zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr, "%02X", ((int)pMem->z[i] & 0xFF)); zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); } for(i=0; i<16 && in; i++){ char z = pMem->z[i]; if( z<32 || z>126 ) *zCsr++ = '.'; else *zCsr++ = z; } *(zCsr++) = ']'; if( f & MEM_Zero ){ sqlite3_snprintf(100, zCsr,"+%dz",pMem->u.nZero); zCsr += sqlite3Strlen30(zCsr); } *zCsr = '\0'; }else if( f & MEM_Str ){ int j, k; zBuf[0] = ' '; if( f & MEM_Dyn ){ zBuf[1] = 'z'; assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); }else if( f & MEM_Static ){ zBuf[1] = 't'; assert( (f & (MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem))==0 ); }else if( f & MEM_Ephem ){ zBuf[1] = 'e'; assert( (f & (MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn))==0 ); }else{ zBuf[1] = 's'; } k = 2; sqlite3_snprintf(100, &zBuf[k], "%d", pMem->n); k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); zBuf[k++] = '['; for(j=0; j<15 && jn; j++){ u8 c = pMem->z[j]; if( c>=0x20 && c<0x7f ){ zBuf[k++] = c; }else{ zBuf[k++] = '.'; } } zBuf[k++] = ']'; sqlite3_snprintf(100,&zBuf[k], encnames[pMem->enc]); k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zBuf[k]); zBuf[k++] = 0; } } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Print the value of a register for tracing purposes: */ static void memTracePrint(Mem *p){ if( p->flags & MEM_Undefined ){ printf(" undefined"); }else if( p->flags & MEM_Null ){ printf(p->flags & MEM_Zero ? " NULL-nochng" : " NULL"); }else if( (p->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Str))==(MEM_Int|MEM_Str) ){ printf(" si:%lld", p->u.i); }else if( p->flags & MEM_Int ){ printf(" i:%lld", p->u.i); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT }else if( p->flags & MEM_Real ){ printf(" r:%g", p->u.r); #endif }else if( sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(p) ){ printf(" (rowset)"); }else{ char zBuf[200]; sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(p, zBuf); printf(" %s", zBuf); } if( p->flags & MEM_Subtype ) printf(" subtype=0x%02x", p->eSubtype); } static void registerTrace(int iReg, Mem *p){ printf("REG[%d] = ", iReg); memTracePrint(p); printf("\n"); sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(p); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG # define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) if(db->flags&SQLITE_VdbeTrace)registerTrace(R,M) #else # define REGISTER_TRACE(R,M) #endif #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE /* ** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing ** high-performance timing routines. */ /************** Include hwtime.h in the middle of vdbe.c *********************/ /************** Begin file hwtime.h ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 May 27 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance" ** counters for x86 class CPUs. */ #ifndef SQLITE_HWTIME_H #define SQLITE_HWTIME_H /* ** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors. ** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the ** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res ** profiling. */ #if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \ (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86)) #if defined(__GNUC__) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned int lo, hi; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi)); return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo; } #elif defined(_MSC_VER) __declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){ __asm { rdtsc ret ; return value at EDX:EAX } } #endif #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long val; __asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val)); return val; } #elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__)) __inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ unsigned long long retval; unsigned long junk; __asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\ 1: mftbu %1\n\ mftb %L0\n\ mftbu %0\n\ cmpw %0,%1\n\ bne 1b" : "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk)); return retval; } #else #error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform. /* ** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform, ** you can remove the above #error and use the following ** stub function. You will lose timing support for many ** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at ** least compile and run. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); } #endif #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_HWTIME_H) */ /************** End of hwtime.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.c ***********************/ #endif #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** This function is only called from within an assert() expression. It ** checks that the sqlite3.nTransaction variable is correctly set to ** the number of non-transaction savepoints currently in the ** linked list starting at sqlite3.pSavepoint. ** ** Usage: ** ** assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); */ static int checkSavepointCount(sqlite3 *db){ int n = 0; Savepoint *p; for(p=db->pSavepoint; p; p=p->pNext) n++; assert( n==(db->nSavepoint + db->isTransactionSavepoint) ); return 1; } #endif /* ** Return the register of pOp->p2 after first preparing it to be ** overwritten with an integer value. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE Mem *out2PrereleaseWithClear(Mem *pOut){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); pOut->flags = MEM_Int; return pOut; } static Mem *out2Prerelease(Vdbe *p, VdbeOp *pOp){ Mem *pOut; assert( pOp->p2>0 ); assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p2]; memAboutToChange(p, pOut); if( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ return out2PrereleaseWithClear(pOut); }else{ pOut->flags = MEM_Int; return pOut; } } /* ** Execute as much of a VDBE program as we can. ** This is the core of sqlite3_step(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeExec( Vdbe *p /* The VDBE */ ){ Op *aOp = p->aOp; /* Copy of p->aOp */ Op *pOp = aOp; /* Current operation */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) Op *pOrigOp; /* Value of pOp at the top of the loop */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG int nExtraDelete = 0; /* Verifies FORDELETE and AUXDELETE flags */ #endif int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Value to return */ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database */ u8 resetSchemaOnFault = 0; /* Reset schema after an error if positive */ u8 encoding = ENC(db); /* The database encoding */ int iCompare = 0; /* Result of last comparison */ unsigned nVmStep = 0; /* Number of virtual machine steps */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK unsigned nProgressLimit; /* Invoke xProgress() when nVmStep reaches this */ #endif Mem *aMem = p->aMem; /* Copy of p->aMem */ Mem *pIn1 = 0; /* 1st input operand */ Mem *pIn2 = 0; /* 2nd input operand */ Mem *pIn3 = 0; /* 3rd input operand */ Mem *pOut = 0; /* Output operand */ #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE u64 start; /* CPU clock count at start of opcode */ #endif /*** INSERT STACK UNION HERE ***/ assert( p->magic==VDBE_MAGIC_RUN ); /* sqlite3_step() verifies this */ sqlite3VdbeEnter(p); if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ /* This happens if a malloc() inside a call to sqlite3_column_text() or ** sqlite3_column_text16() failed. */ goto no_mem; } assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ); assert( p->bIsReader || p->readOnly!=0 ); p->iCurrentTime = 0; assert( p->explain==0 ); p->pResultSet = 0; db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; sqlite3VdbeIOTraceSql(p); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK if( db->xProgress ){ u32 iPrior = p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP]; assert( 0 < db->nProgressOps ); nProgressLimit = db->nProgressOps - (iPrior % db->nProgressOps); }else{ nProgressLimit = 0xffffffff; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); if( p->pc==0 && (p->db->flags & (SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeEQP|SQLITE_VdbeTrace))!=0 ){ int i; int once = 1; sqlite3VdbePrintSql(p); if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeListing ){ printf("VDBE Program Listing:\n"); for(i=0; inOp; i++){ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, i, &aOp[i]); } } if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeEQP ){ for(i=0; inOp; i++){ if( aOp[i].opcode==OP_Explain ){ if( once ) printf("VDBE Query Plan:\n"); printf("%s\n", aOp[i].p4.z); once = 0; } } } if( p->db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ) printf("VDBE Trace:\n"); } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); #endif for(pOp=&aOp[p->pc]; 1; pOp++){ /* Errors are detected by individual opcodes, with an immediate ** jumps to abort_due_to_error. */ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); assert( pOp>=aOp && pOp<&aOp[p->nOp]); #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE start = sqlite3NProfileCnt ? sqlite3NProfileCnt : sqlite3Hwtime(); #endif nVmStep++; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS if( p->anExec ) p->anExec[(int)(pOp-aOp)]++; #endif /* Only allow tracing if SQLITE_DEBUG is defined. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ sqlite3VdbePrintOp(stdout, (int)(pOp - aOp), pOp); } #endif /* Check to see if we need to simulate an interrupt. This only happens ** if we have a special test build. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( sqlite3_interrupt_count>0 ){ sqlite3_interrupt_count--; if( sqlite3_interrupt_count==0 ){ sqlite3_interrupt(db); } } #endif /* Sanity checking on other operands */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { u8 opProperty = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode]; if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p1>0 ); assert( pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p1]) ); assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p1]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, &aMem[pOp->p1]); } if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN2)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p2>0 ); assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p2]) ); assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p2]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, &aMem[pOp->p2]); } if( (opProperty & OPFLG_IN3)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p3>0 ); assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, &aMem[pOp->p3]); } if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT2)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p2>0 ); assert( pOp->p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p2]); } if( (opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3)!=0 ){ assert( pOp->p3>0 ); assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); } } #endif #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) pOrigOp = pOp; #endif switch( pOp->opcode ){ /***************************************************************************** ** What follows is a massive switch statement where each case implements a ** separate instruction in the virtual machine. If we follow the usual ** indentation conventions, each case should be indented by 6 spaces. But ** that is a lot of wasted space on the left margin. So the code within ** the switch statement will break with convention and be flush-left. Another ** big comment (similar to this one) will mark the point in the code where ** we transition back to normal indentation. ** ** The formatting of each case is important. The makefile for SQLite ** generates two C files "opcodes.h" and "opcodes.c" by scanning this ** file looking for lines that begin with "case OP_". The opcodes.h files ** will be filled with #defines that give unique integer values to each ** opcode and the opcodes.c file is filled with an array of strings where ** each string is the symbolic name for the corresponding opcode. If the ** case statement is followed by a comment of the form "/# same as ... #/" ** that comment is used to determine the particular value of the opcode. ** ** Other keywords in the comment that follows each case are used to ** construct the OPFLG_INITIALIZER value that initializes opcodeProperty[]. ** Keywords include: in1, in2, in3, out2, out3. See ** the mkopcodeh.awk script for additional information. ** ** Documentation about VDBE opcodes is generated by scanning this file ** for lines of that contain "Opcode:". That line and all subsequent ** comment lines are used in the generation of the opcode.html documentation ** file. ** ** SUMMARY: ** ** Formatting is important to scripts that scan this file. ** Do not deviate from the formatting style currently in use. ** *****************************************************************************/ /* Opcode: Goto * P2 * * * ** ** An unconditional jump to address P2. ** The next instruction executed will be ** the one at index P2 from the beginning of ** the program. ** ** The P1 parameter is not actually used by this opcode. However, it ** is sometimes set to 1 instead of 0 as a hint to the command-line shell ** that this Goto is the bottom of a loop and that the lines from P2 down ** to the current line should be indented for EXPLAIN output. */ case OP_Goto: { /* jump */ jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt: pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1]; /* Opcodes that are used as the bottom of a loop (OP_Next, OP_Prev, ** OP_VNext, or OP_SorterNext) all jump here upon ** completion. Check to see if sqlite3_interrupt() has been called ** or if the progress callback needs to be invoked. ** ** This code uses unstructured "goto" statements and does not look clean. ** But that is not due to sloppy coding habits. The code is written this ** way for performance, to avoid having to run the interrupt and progress ** checks on every opcode. This helps sqlite3_step() to run about 1.5% ** faster according to "valgrind --tool=cachegrind" */ check_for_interrupt: if( db->u1.isInterrupted ) goto abort_due_to_interrupt; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK /* Call the progress callback if it is configured and the required number ** of VDBE ops have been executed (either since this invocation of ** sqlite3VdbeExec() or since last time the progress callback was called). ** If the progress callback returns non-zero, exit the virtual machine with ** a return code SQLITE_ABORT. */ if( nVmStep>=nProgressLimit && db->xProgress!=0 ){ assert( db->nProgressOps!=0 ); nProgressLimit = nVmStep + db->nProgressOps - (nVmStep%db->nProgressOps); if( db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg) ){ rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; goto abort_due_to_error; } } #endif break; } /* Opcode: Gosub P1 P2 * * * ** ** Write the current address onto register P1 ** and then jump to address P2. */ case OP_Gosub: { /* jump */ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 ); memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; pIn1->u.i = (int)(pOp-aOp); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); /* Most jump operations do a goto to this spot in order to update ** the pOp pointer. */ jump_to_p2: pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1]; break; } /* Opcode: Return P1 * * * * ** ** Jump to the next instruction after the address in register P1. After ** the jump, register P1 becomes undefined. */ case OP_Return: { /* in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int ); pOp = &aOp[pIn1->u.i]; pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined; break; } /* Opcode: InitCoroutine P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Set up register P1 so that it will Yield to the coroutine ** located at address P3. ** ** If P2!=0 then the coroutine implementation immediately follows ** this opcode. So jump over the coroutine implementation to ** address P2. ** ** See also: EndCoroutine */ case OP_InitCoroutine: { /* jump */ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); assert( pOp->p2>=0 && pOp->p2nOp ); assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3nOp ); pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( !VdbeMemDynamic(pOut) ); pOut->u.i = pOp->p3 - 1; pOut->flags = MEM_Int; if( pOp->p2 ) goto jump_to_p2; break; } /* Opcode: EndCoroutine P1 * * * * ** ** The instruction at the address in register P1 is a Yield. ** Jump to the P2 parameter of that Yield. ** After the jump, register P1 becomes undefined. ** ** See also: InitCoroutine */ case OP_EndCoroutine: { /* in1 */ VdbeOp *pCaller; pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( pIn1->flags==MEM_Int ); assert( pIn1->u.i>=0 && pIn1->u.inOp ); pCaller = &aOp[pIn1->u.i]; assert( pCaller->opcode==OP_Yield ); assert( pCaller->p2>=0 && pCaller->p2nOp ); pOp = &aOp[pCaller->p2 - 1]; pIn1->flags = MEM_Undefined; break; } /* Opcode: Yield P1 P2 * * * ** ** Swap the program counter with the value in register P1. This ** has the effect of yielding to a coroutine. ** ** If the coroutine that is launched by this instruction ends with ** Yield or Return then continue to the next instruction. But if ** the coroutine launched by this instruction ends with ** EndCoroutine, then jump to P2 rather than continuing with the ** next instruction. ** ** See also: InitCoroutine */ case OP_Yield: { /* in1, jump */ int pcDest; pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pIn1)==0 ); pIn1->flags = MEM_Int; pcDest = (int)pIn1->u.i; pIn1->u.i = (int)(pOp - aOp); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pIn1); pOp = &aOp[pcDest]; break; } /* Opcode: HaltIfNull P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: if r[P3]=null halt ** ** Check the value in register P3. If it is NULL then Halt using ** parameter P1, P2, and P4 as if this were a Halt instruction. If the ** value in register P3 is not NULL, then this routine is a no-op. ** The P5 parameter should be 1. */ case OP_HaltIfNull: { /* in3 */ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pOp->p2==OE_Abort ){ sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(p); } #endif if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ) break; /* Fall through into OP_Halt */ } /* Opcode: Halt P1 P2 * P4 P5 ** ** Exit immediately. All open cursors, etc are closed ** automatically. ** ** P1 is the result code returned by sqlite3_exec(), sqlite3_reset(), ** or sqlite3_finalize(). For a normal halt, this should be SQLITE_OK (0). ** For errors, it can be some other value. If P1!=0 then P2 will determine ** whether or not to rollback the current transaction. Do not rollback ** if P2==OE_Fail. Do the rollback if P2==OE_Rollback. If P2==OE_Abort, ** then back out all changes that have occurred during this execution of the ** VDBE, but do not rollback the transaction. ** ** If P4 is not null then it is an error message string. ** ** P5 is a value between 0 and 4, inclusive, that modifies the P4 string. ** ** 0: (no change) ** 1: NOT NULL contraint failed: P4 ** 2: UNIQUE constraint failed: P4 ** 3: CHECK constraint failed: P4 ** 4: FOREIGN KEY constraint failed: P4 ** ** If P5 is not zero and P4 is NULL, then everything after the ":" is ** omitted. ** ** There is an implied "Halt 0 0 0" instruction inserted at the very end of ** every program. So a jump past the last instruction of the program ** is the same as executing Halt. */ case OP_Halt: { VdbeFrame *pFrame; int pcx; pcx = (int)(pOp - aOp); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pOp->p2==OE_Abort ){ sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(p); } #endif if( pOp->p1==SQLITE_OK && p->pFrame ){ /* Halt the sub-program. Return control to the parent frame. */ pFrame = p->pFrame; p->pFrame = pFrame->pParent; p->nFrame--; sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); pcx = sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(pFrame); if( pOp->p2==OE_Ignore ){ /* Instruction pcx is the OP_Program that invoked the sub-program ** currently being halted. If the p2 instruction of this OP_Halt ** instruction is set to OE_Ignore, then the sub-program is throwing ** an IGNORE exception. In this case jump to the address specified ** as the p2 of the calling OP_Program. */ pcx = p->aOp[pcx].p2-1; } aOp = p->aOp; aMem = p->aMem; pOp = &aOp[pcx]; break; } p->rc = pOp->p1; p->errorAction = (u8)pOp->p2; p->pc = pcx; assert( pOp->p5<=4 ); if( p->rc ){ if( pOp->p5 ){ static const char * const azType[] = { "NOT NULL", "UNIQUE", "CHECK", "FOREIGN KEY" }; testcase( pOp->p5==1 ); testcase( pOp->p5==2 ); testcase( pOp->p5==3 ); testcase( pOp->p5==4 ); sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s constraint failed", azType[pOp->p5-1]); if( pOp->p4.z ){ p->zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z: %s", p->zErrMsg, pOp->p4.z); } }else{ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", pOp->p4.z); } sqlite3_log(pOp->p1, "abort at %d in [%s]: %s", pcx, p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); } rc = sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); assert( rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ p->rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || (p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || db->nDeferredCons>0 || db->nDeferredImmCons>0 ); rc = p->rc ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_DONE; } goto vdbe_return; } /* Opcode: Integer P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=P1 ** ** The 32-bit integer value P1 is written into register P2. */ case OP_Integer: { /* out2 */ pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pOut->u.i = pOp->p1; break; } /* Opcode: Int64 * P2 * P4 * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 ** ** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit integer value. ** Write that value into register P2. */ case OP_Int64: { /* out2 */ pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); assert( pOp->p4.pI64!=0 ); pOut->u.i = *pOp->p4.pI64; break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* Opcode: Real * P2 * P4 * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 ** ** P4 is a pointer to a 64-bit floating point value. ** Write that value into register P2. */ case OP_Real: { /* same as TK_FLOAT, out2 */ pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pOut->flags = MEM_Real; assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(*pOp->p4.pReal) ); pOut->u.r = *pOp->p4.pReal; break; } #endif /* Opcode: String8 * P2 * P4 * ** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' ** ** P4 points to a nul terminated UTF-8 string. This opcode is transformed ** into a String opcode before it is executed for the first time. During ** this transformation, the length of string P4 is computed and stored ** as the P1 parameter. */ case OP_String8: { /* same as TK_STRING, out2 */ assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 ); pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pOp->opcode = OP_String; pOp->p1 = sqlite3Strlen30(pOp->p4.z); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 if( encoding!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ); if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding) ) goto no_mem; assert( pOut->szMalloc>0 && pOut->zMalloc==pOut->z ); assert( VdbeMemDynamic(pOut)==0 ); pOut->szMalloc = 0; pOut->flags |= MEM_Static; if( pOp->p4type==P4_DYNAMIC ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pOp->p4.z); } pOp->p4type = P4_DYNAMIC; pOp->p4.z = pOut->z; pOp->p1 = pOut->n; } testcase( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ); #endif if( pOp->p1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Fall through to the next case, OP_String */ } /* Opcode: String P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: r[P2]='P4' (len=P1) ** ** The string value P4 of length P1 (bytes) is stored in register P2. ** ** If P3 is not zero and the content of register P3 is equal to P5, then ** the datatype of the register P2 is converted to BLOB. The content is ** the same sequence of bytes, it is merely interpreted as a BLOB instead ** of a string, as if it had been CAST. In other words: ** ** if( P3!=0 and reg[P3]==P5 ) reg[P2] := CAST(reg[P2] as BLOB) */ case OP_String: { /* out2 */ assert( pOp->p4.z!=0 ); pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; pOut->z = pOp->p4.z; pOut->n = pOp->p1; pOut->enc = encoding; UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); #ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS if( pOp->p3>0 ){ assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); if( pIn3->u.i==pOp->p5 ) pOut->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; } #endif break; } /* Opcode: Null P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P2..P3]=NULL ** ** Write a NULL into registers P2. If P3 greater than P2, then also write ** NULL into register P3 and every register in between P2 and P3. If P3 ** is less than P2 (typically P3 is zero) then only register P2 is ** set to NULL. ** ** If the P1 value is non-zero, then also set the MEM_Cleared flag so that ** NULL values will not compare equal even if SQLITE_NULLEQ is set on ** OP_Ne or OP_Eq. */ case OP_Null: { /* out2 */ int cnt; u16 nullFlag; pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); cnt = pOp->p3-pOp->p2; assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); pOut->flags = nullFlag = pOp->p1 ? (MEM_Null|MEM_Cleared) : MEM_Null; pOut->n = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pOut->uTemp = 0; #endif while( cnt>0 ){ pOut++; memAboutToChange(p, pOut); sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); pOut->flags = nullFlag; pOut->n = 0; cnt--; } break; } /* Opcode: SoftNull P1 * * * * ** Synopsis: r[P1]=NULL ** ** Set register P1 to have the value NULL as seen by the OP_MakeRecord ** instruction, but do not free any string or blob memory associated with ** the register, so that if the value was a string or blob that was ** previously copied using OP_SCopy, the copies will continue to be valid. */ case OP_SoftNull: { assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); pOut = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pOut->flags = (pOut->flags&~(MEM_Undefined|MEM_AffMask))|MEM_Null; break; } /* Opcode: Blob P1 P2 * P4 * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=P4 (len=P1) ** ** P4 points to a blob of data P1 bytes long. Store this ** blob in register P2. */ case OP_Blob: { /* out2 */ assert( pOp->p1 <= SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pOut, pOp->p4.z, pOp->p1, 0, 0); pOut->enc = encoding; UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: Variable P1 P2 * P4 * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=parameter(P1,P4) ** ** Transfer the values of bound parameter P1 into register P2 ** ** If the parameter is named, then its name appears in P4. ** The P4 value is used by sqlite3_bind_parameter_name(). */ case OP_Variable: { /* out2 */ Mem *pVar; /* Value being transferred */ assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=p->nVar ); assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || pOp->p4.z==sqlite3VListNumToName(p->pVList,pOp->p1) ); pVar = &p->aVar[pOp->p1 - 1]; if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pVar) ){ goto too_big; } pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pVar, MEM_Static); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: Move P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P2@P3]=r[P1@P3] ** ** Move the P3 values in register P1..P1+P3-1 over into ** registers P2..P2+P3-1. Registers P1..P1+P3-1 are ** left holding a NULL. It is an error for register ranges ** P1..P1+P3-1 and P2..P2+P3-1 to overlap. It is an error ** for P3 to be less than 1. */ case OP_Move: { int n; /* Number of registers left to copy */ int p1; /* Register to copy from */ int p2; /* Register to copy to */ n = pOp->p3; p1 = pOp->p1; p2 = pOp->p2; assert( n>0 && p1>0 && p2>0 ); assert( p1+n<=p2 || p2+n<=p1 ); pIn1 = &aMem[p1]; pOut = &aMem[p2]; do{ assert( pOut<=&aMem[(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)] ); assert( pIn1<=&aMem[(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)] ); assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); memAboutToChange(p, pOut); sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[p1] && pOut->pScopyFrompScopyFrom += pOp->p2 - p1; } #endif Deephemeralize(pOut); REGISTER_TRACE(p2++, pOut); pIn1++; pOut++; }while( --n ); break; } /* Opcode: Copy P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P2@P3+1]=r[P1@P3+1] ** ** Make a copy of registers P1..P1+P3 into registers P2..P2+P3. ** ** This instruction makes a deep copy of the value. A duplicate ** is made of any string or blob constant. See also OP_SCopy. */ case OP_Copy: { int n; n = pOp->p3; pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); while( 1 ){ memAboutToChange(p, pOut); sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); Deephemeralize(pOut); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pOut->pScopyFrom = 0; #endif REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+pOp->p3-n, pOut); if( (n--)==0 ) break; pOut++; pIn1++; } break; } /* Opcode: SCopy P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] ** ** Make a shallow copy of register P1 into register P2. ** ** This instruction makes a shallow copy of the value. If the value ** is a string or blob, then the copy is only a pointer to the ** original and hence if the original changes so will the copy. ** Worse, if the original is deallocated, the copy becomes invalid. ** Thus the program must guarantee that the original will not change ** during the lifetime of the copy. Use OP_Copy to make a complete ** copy. */ case OP_SCopy: { /* out2 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( pOut!=pIn1 ); sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn1, MEM_Ephem); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pOut->pScopyFrom = pIn1; pOut->mScopyFlags = pIn1->flags; #endif break; } /* Opcode: IntCopy P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=r[P1] ** ** Transfer the integer value held in register P1 into register P2. ** ** This is an optimized version of SCopy that works only for integer ** values. */ case OP_IntCopy: { /* out2 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, pIn1->u.i); break; } /* Opcode: ResultRow P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: output=r[P1@P2] ** ** The registers P1 through P1+P2-1 contain a single row of ** results. This opcode causes the sqlite3_step() call to terminate ** with an SQLITE_ROW return code and it sets up the sqlite3_stmt ** structure to provide access to the r(P1)..r(P1+P2-1) values as ** the result row. */ case OP_ResultRow: { Mem *pMem; int i; assert( p->nResColumn==pOp->p2 ); assert( pOp->p1>0 ); assert( pOp->p1+pOp->p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK /* Run the progress counter just before returning. */ if( db->xProgress!=0 && nVmStep>=nProgressLimit && db->xProgress(db->pProgressArg)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; goto abort_due_to_error; } #endif /* If this statement has violated immediate foreign key constraints, do ** not return the number of rows modified. And do not RELEASE the statement ** transaction. It needs to be rolled back. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 0)) ){ assert( db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows ); assert( p->usesStmtJournal ); goto abort_due_to_error; } /* If the SQLITE_CountRows flag is set in sqlite3.flags mask, then ** DML statements invoke this opcode to return the number of rows ** modified to the user. This is the only way that a VM that ** opens a statement transaction may invoke this opcode. ** ** In case this is such a statement, close any statement transaction ** opened by this VM before returning control to the user. This is to ** ensure that statement-transactions are always nested, not overlapping. ** If the open statement-transaction is not closed here, then the user ** may step another VM that opens its own statement transaction. This ** may lead to overlapping statement transactions. ** ** The statement transaction is never a top-level transaction. Hence ** the RELEASE call below can never fail. */ assert( p->iStatement==0 || db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows ); rc = sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(p, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); /* Invalidate all ephemeral cursor row caches */ p->cacheCtr = (p->cacheCtr + 2)|1; /* Make sure the results of the current row are \000 terminated ** and have an assigned type. The results are de-ephemeralized as ** a side effect. */ pMem = p->pResultSet = &aMem[pOp->p1]; for(i=0; ip2; i++){ assert( memIsValid(&pMem[i]) ); Deephemeralize(&pMem[i]); assert( (pMem[i].flags & MEM_Ephem)==0 || (pMem[i].flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(&pMem[i]); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1+i, &pMem[i]); } if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_ROW ){ db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_ROW, db->pTraceArg, p, 0); } /* Return SQLITE_ROW */ p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp) + 1; rc = SQLITE_ROW; goto vdbe_return; } /* Opcode: Concat P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]+r[P1] ** ** Add the text in register P1 onto the end of the text in ** register P2 and store the result in register P3. ** If either the P1 or P2 text are NULL then store NULL in P3. ** ** P3 = P2 || P1 ** ** It is illegal for P1 and P3 to be the same register. Sometimes, ** if P3 is the same register as P2, the implementation is able ** to avoid a memcpy(). */ case OP_Concat: { /* same as TK_CONCAT, in1, in2, out3 */ i64 nByte; pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( pIn1!=pOut ); if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); break; } if( ExpandBlob(pIn1) || ExpandBlob(pIn2) ) goto no_mem; Stringify(pIn1, encoding); Stringify(pIn2, encoding); nByte = pIn1->n + pIn2->n; if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, (int)nByte+2, pOut==pIn2) ){ goto no_mem; } MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Str); if( pOut!=pIn2 ){ memcpy(pOut->z, pIn2->z, pIn2->n); } memcpy(&pOut->z[pIn2->n], pIn1->z, pIn1->n); pOut->z[nByte]=0; pOut->z[nByte+1] = 0; pOut->flags |= MEM_Term; pOut->n = (int)nByte; pOut->enc = encoding; UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: Add P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]+r[P2] ** ** Add the value in register P1 to the value in register P2 ** and store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: Multiply P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]*r[P2] ** ** ** Multiply the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 ** and store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: Subtract P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]-r[P1] ** ** Subtract the value in register P1 from the value in register P2 ** and store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: Divide P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]/r[P1] ** ** Divide the value in register P1 by the value in register P2 ** and store the result in register P3 (P3=P2/P1). If the value in ** register P1 is zero, then the result is NULL. If either input is ** NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: Remainder P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]%r[P1] ** ** Compute the remainder after integer register P2 is divided by ** register P1 and store the result in register P3. ** If the value in register P1 is zero the result is NULL. ** If either operand is NULL, the result is NULL. */ case OP_Add: /* same as TK_PLUS, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_Subtract: /* same as TK_MINUS, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_Multiply: /* same as TK_STAR, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_Divide: /* same as TK_SLASH, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_Remainder: { /* same as TK_REM, in1, in2, out3 */ char bIntint; /* Started out as two integer operands */ u16 flags; /* Combined MEM_* flags from both inputs */ u16 type1; /* Numeric type of left operand */ u16 type2; /* Numeric type of right operand */ i64 iA; /* Integer value of left operand */ i64 iB; /* Integer value of right operand */ double rA; /* Real value of left operand */ double rB; /* Real value of right operand */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; type1 = numericType(pIn1); pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; type2 = numericType(pIn2); pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; flags = pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags; if( (type1 & type2 & MEM_Int)!=0 ){ iA = pIn1->u.i; iB = pIn2->u.i; bIntint = 1; switch( pOp->opcode ){ case OP_Add: if( sqlite3AddInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break; case OP_Subtract: if( sqlite3SubInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break; case OP_Multiply: if( sqlite3MulInt64(&iB,iA) ) goto fp_math; break; case OP_Divide: { if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; if( iA==-1 && iB==SMALLEST_INT64 ) goto fp_math; iB /= iA; break; } default: { if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1; iB %= iA; break; } } pOut->u.i = iB; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); }else if( (flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){ goto arithmetic_result_is_null; }else{ bIntint = 0; fp_math: rA = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn1); rB = sqlite3VdbeRealValue(pIn2); switch( pOp->opcode ){ case OP_Add: rB += rA; break; case OP_Subtract: rB -= rA; break; case OP_Multiply: rB *= rA; break; case OP_Divide: { /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ if( rA==(double)0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; rB /= rA; break; } default: { iA = (i64)rA; iB = (i64)rB; if( iA==0 ) goto arithmetic_result_is_null; if( iA==-1 ) iA = 1; rB = (double)(iB % iA); break; } } #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT pOut->u.i = rB; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); #else if( sqlite3IsNaN(rB) ){ goto arithmetic_result_is_null; } pOut->u.r = rB; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Real); if( ((type1|type2)&MEM_Real)==0 && !bIntint ){ sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(pOut); } #endif } break; arithmetic_result_is_null: sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: CollSeq P1 * * P4 ** ** P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq object. If the next call to a user function ** or aggregate calls sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(), this collation sequence will ** be returned. This is used by the built-in min(), max() and nullif() ** functions. ** ** If P1 is not zero, then it is a register that a subsequent min() or ** max() aggregate will set to 1 if the current row is not the minimum or ** maximum. The P1 register is initialized to 0 by this instruction. ** ** The interface used by the implementation of the aforementioned functions ** to retrieve the collation sequence set by this opcode is not available ** publicly. Only built-in functions have access to this feature. */ case OP_CollSeq: { assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); if( pOp->p1 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p1], 0); } break; } /* Opcode: BitAnd P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]&r[P2] ** ** Take the bit-wise AND of the values in register P1 and P2 and ** store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: BitOr P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P1]|r[P2] ** ** Take the bit-wise OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and ** store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ /* Opcode: ShiftLeft P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=r[P2]<>r[P1] ** ** Shift the integer value in register P2 to the right by the ** number of bits specified by the integer in register P1. ** Store the result in register P3. ** If either input is NULL, the result is NULL. */ case OP_BitAnd: /* same as TK_BITAND, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_BitOr: /* same as TK_BITOR, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_ShiftLeft: /* same as TK_LSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_ShiftRight: { /* same as TK_RSHIFT, in1, in2, out3 */ i64 iA; u64 uA; i64 iB; u8 op; pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; if( (pIn1->flags | pIn2->flags) & MEM_Null ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); break; } iA = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn2); iB = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1); op = pOp->opcode; if( op==OP_BitAnd ){ iA &= iB; }else if( op==OP_BitOr ){ iA |= iB; }else if( iB!=0 ){ assert( op==OP_ShiftRight || op==OP_ShiftLeft ); /* If shifting by a negative amount, shift in the other direction */ if( iB<0 ){ assert( OP_ShiftRight==OP_ShiftLeft+1 ); op = 2*OP_ShiftLeft + 1 - op; iB = iB>(-64) ? -iB : 64; } if( iB>=64 ){ iA = (iA>=0 || op==OP_ShiftLeft) ? 0 : -1; }else{ memcpy(&uA, &iA, sizeof(uA)); if( op==OP_ShiftLeft ){ uA <<= iB; }else{ uA >>= iB; /* Sign-extend on a right shift of a negative number */ if( iA<0 ) uA |= ((((u64)0xffffffff)<<32)|0xffffffff) << (64-iB); } memcpy(&iA, &uA, sizeof(iA)); } } pOut->u.i = iA; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); break; } /* Opcode: AddImm P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P1]=r[P1]+P2 ** ** Add the constant P2 to the value in register P1. ** The result is always an integer. ** ** To force any register to be an integer, just add 0. */ case OP_AddImm: { /* in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); pIn1->u.i += pOp->p2; break; } /* Opcode: MustBeInt P1 P2 * * * ** ** Force the value in register P1 to be an integer. If the value ** in P1 is not an integer and cannot be converted into an integer ** without data loss, then jump immediately to P2, or if P2==0 ** raise an SQLITE_MISMATCH exception. */ case OP_MustBeInt: { /* jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ applyAffinity(pIn1, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding); VdbeBranchTaken((pIn1->flags&MEM_Int)==0, 2); if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ if( pOp->p2==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_MISMATCH; goto abort_due_to_error; }else{ goto jump_to_p2; } } } MemSetTypeFlag(pIn1, MEM_Int); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* Opcode: RealAffinity P1 * * * * ** ** If register P1 holds an integer convert it to a real value. ** ** This opcode is used when extracting information from a column that ** has REAL affinity. Such column values may still be stored as ** integers, for space efficiency, but after extraction we want them ** to have only a real value. */ case OP_RealAffinity: { /* in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; if( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ){ sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(pIn1); } break; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST /* Opcode: Cast P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1]) ** ** Force the value in register P1 to be the type defined by P2. ** **
      **
    • P2=='A' → BLOB **
    • P2=='B' → TEXT **
    • P2=='C' → NUMERIC **
    • P2=='D' → INTEGER **
    • P2=='E' → REAL **
    ** ** A NULL value is not changed by this routine. It remains NULL. */ case OP_Cast: { /* in1 */ assert( pOp->p2>=SQLITE_AFF_BLOB && pOp->p2<=SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ); testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); testcase( pOp->p2==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; memAboutToChange(p, pIn1); rc = ExpandBlob(pIn1); sqlite3VdbeMemCast(pIn1, pOp->p2, encoding); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ /* Opcode: Eq P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: IF r[P3]==r[P1] ** ** Compare the values in register P1 and P3. If reg(P3)==reg(P1) then ** jump to address P2. Or if the SQLITE_STOREP2 flag is set in P5, then ** store the result of comparison in register P2. ** ** The SQLITE_AFF_MASK portion of P5 must be an affinity character - ** SQLITE_AFF_TEXT, SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER, and so forth. An attempt is made ** to coerce both inputs according to this affinity before the ** comparison is made. If the SQLITE_AFF_MASK is 0x00, then numeric ** affinity is used. Note that the affinity conversions are stored ** back into the input registers P1 and P3. So this opcode can cause ** persistent changes to registers P1 and P3. ** ** Once any conversions have taken place, and neither value is NULL, ** the values are compared. If both values are blobs then memcmp() is ** used to determine the results of the comparison. If both values ** are text, then the appropriate collating function specified in ** P4 is used to do the comparison. If P4 is not specified then ** memcmp() is used to compare text string. If both values are ** numeric, then a numeric comparison is used. If the two values ** are of different types, then numbers are considered less than ** strings and strings are considered less than blobs. ** ** If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set in P5 then the result of comparison is always either ** true or false and is never NULL. If both operands are NULL then the result ** of comparison is true. If either operand is NULL then the result is false. ** If neither operand is NULL the result is the same as it would be if ** the SQLITE_NULLEQ flag were omitted from P5. ** ** If both SQLITE_STOREP2 and SQLITE_KEEPNULL flags are set then the ** content of r[P2] is only changed if the new value is NULL or 0 (false). ** In other words, a prior r[P2] value will not be overwritten by 1 (true). */ /* Opcode: Ne P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: IF r[P3]!=r[P1] ** ** This works just like the Eq opcode except that the jump is taken if ** the operands in registers P1 and P3 are not equal. See the Eq opcode for ** additional information. ** ** If both SQLITE_STOREP2 and SQLITE_KEEPNULL flags are set then the ** content of r[P2] is only changed if the new value is NULL or 1 (true). ** In other words, a prior r[P2] value will not be overwritten by 0 (false). */ /* Opcode: Lt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: IF r[P3]r[P1] ** ** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if ** the content of register P3 is greater than the content of ** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information. */ /* Opcode: Ge P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: IF r[P3]>=r[P1] ** ** This works just like the Lt opcode except that the jump is taken if ** the content of register P3 is greater than or equal to the content of ** register P1. See the Lt opcode for additional information. */ case OP_Eq: /* same as TK_EQ, jump, in1, in3 */ case OP_Ne: /* same as TK_NE, jump, in1, in3 */ case OP_Lt: /* same as TK_LT, jump, in1, in3 */ case OP_Le: /* same as TK_LE, jump, in1, in3 */ case OP_Gt: /* same as TK_GT, jump, in1, in3 */ case OP_Ge: { /* same as TK_GE, jump, in1, in3 */ int res, res2; /* Result of the comparison of pIn1 against pIn3 */ char affinity; /* Affinity to use for comparison */ u16 flags1; /* Copy of initial value of pIn1->flags */ u16 flags3; /* Copy of initial value of pIn3->flags */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; flags1 = pIn1->flags; flags3 = pIn3->flags; if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Null ){ /* One or both operands are NULL */ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ ){ /* If SQLITE_NULLEQ is set (which will only happen if the operator is ** OP_Eq or OP_Ne) then take the jump or not depending on whether ** or not both operands are null. */ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Eq || pOp->opcode==OP_Ne ); assert( (flags1 & MEM_Cleared)==0 ); assert( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL)==0 ); if( (flags1&flags3&MEM_Null)!=0 && (flags3&MEM_Cleared)==0 ){ res = 0; /* Operands are equal */ }else{ res = 1; /* Operands are not equal */ } }else{ /* SQLITE_NULLEQ is clear and at least one operand is NULL, ** then the result is always NULL. ** The jump is taken if the SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL bit is set. */ if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; iCompare = 1; /* Operands are not equal */ memAboutToChange(p, pOut); MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); }else{ VdbeBranchTaken(2,3); if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL ){ goto jump_to_p2; } } break; } }else{ /* Neither operand is NULL. Do a comparison. */ affinity = pOp->p5 & SQLITE_AFF_MASK; if( affinity>=SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ if( (flags1 | flags3)&MEM_Str ){ if( (flags1 & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){ applyNumericAffinity(pIn1,0); assert( flags3==pIn3->flags ); /* testcase( flags3!=pIn3->flags ); ** this used to be possible with pIn1==pIn3, but not since ** the column cache was removed. The following assignment ** is essentially a no-op. But, it provides defense-in-depth ** in case our analysis is incorrect, so it is left in. */ flags3 = pIn3->flags; } if( (flags3 & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){ applyNumericAffinity(pIn3,0); } } /* Handle the common case of integer comparison here, as an ** optimization, to avoid a call to sqlite3MemCompare() */ if( (pIn1->flags & pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ){ if( pIn3->u.i > pIn1->u.i ){ res = +1; goto compare_op; } if( pIn3->u.i < pIn1->u.i ){ res = -1; goto compare_op; } res = 0; goto compare_op; } }else if( affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ){ if( (flags1 & MEM_Str)==0 && (flags1 & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=0 ){ testcase( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ); testcase( pIn1->flags & MEM_Real ); sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn1, encoding, 1); testcase( (flags1&MEM_Dyn) != (pIn1->flags&MEM_Dyn) ); flags1 = (pIn1->flags & ~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags1 & MEM_TypeMask); assert( pIn1!=pIn3 ); } if( (flags3 & MEM_Str)==0 && (flags3 & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real))!=0 ){ testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); testcase( pIn3->flags & MEM_Real ); sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(pIn3, encoding, 1); testcase( (flags3&MEM_Dyn) != (pIn3->flags&MEM_Dyn) ); flags3 = (pIn3->flags & ~MEM_TypeMask) | (flags3 & MEM_TypeMask); } } assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ || pOp->p4.pColl==0 ); res = sqlite3MemCompare(pIn3, pIn1, pOp->p4.pColl); } compare_op: /* At this point, res is negative, zero, or positive if reg[P1] is ** less than, equal to, or greater than reg[P3], respectively. Compute ** the answer to this operator in res2, depending on what the comparison ** operator actually is. The next block of code depends on the fact ** that the 6 comparison operators are consecutive integers in this ** order: NE, EQ, GT, LE, LT, GE */ assert( OP_Eq==OP_Ne+1 ); assert( OP_Gt==OP_Ne+2 ); assert( OP_Le==OP_Ne+3 ); assert( OP_Lt==OP_Ne+4 ); assert( OP_Ge==OP_Ne+5 ); if( res<0 ){ /* ne, eq, gt, le, lt, ge */ static const unsigned char aLTb[] = { 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 }; res2 = aLTb[pOp->opcode - OP_Ne]; }else if( res==0 ){ static const unsigned char aEQb[] = { 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1 }; res2 = aEQb[pOp->opcode - OP_Ne]; }else{ static const unsigned char aGTb[] = { 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1 }; res2 = aGTb[pOp->opcode - OP_Ne]; } /* Undo any changes made by applyAffinity() to the input registers. */ assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Dyn) == (flags1 & MEM_Dyn) ); pIn1->flags = flags1; assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Dyn) == (flags3 & MEM_Dyn) ); pIn3->flags = flags3; if( pOp->p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ){ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; iCompare = res; if( (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_KEEPNULL)!=0 ){ /* The KEEPNULL flag prevents OP_Eq from overwriting a NULL with 1 ** and prevents OP_Ne from overwriting NULL with 0. This flag ** is only used in contexts where either: ** (1) op==OP_Eq && (r[P2]==NULL || r[P2]==0) ** (2) op==OP_Ne && (r[P2]==NULL || r[P2]==1) ** Therefore it is not necessary to check the content of r[P2] for ** NULL. */ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Ne || pOp->opcode==OP_Eq ); assert( res2==0 || res2==1 ); testcase( res2==0 && pOp->opcode==OP_Eq ); testcase( res2==1 && pOp->opcode==OP_Eq ); testcase( res2==0 && pOp->opcode==OP_Ne ); testcase( res2==1 && pOp->opcode==OP_Ne ); if( (pOp->opcode==OP_Eq)==res2 ) break; } memAboutToChange(p, pOut); MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); pOut->u.i = res2; REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); }else{ VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0, (pOp->p5 & SQLITE_NULLEQ)?2:3); if( res2 ){ goto jump_to_p2; } } break; } /* Opcode: ElseNotEq * P2 * * * ** ** This opcode must immediately follow an OP_Lt or OP_Gt comparison operator. ** If result of an OP_Eq comparison on the same two operands ** would have be NULL or false (0), then then jump to P2. ** If the result of an OP_Eq comparison on the two previous operands ** would have been true (1), then fall through. */ case OP_ElseNotEq: { /* same as TK_ESCAPE, jump */ assert( pOp>aOp ); assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Lt || pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Gt ); assert( pOp[-1].p5 & SQLITE_STOREP2 ); VdbeBranchTaken(iCompare!=0, 2); if( iCompare!=0 ) goto jump_to_p2; break; } /* Opcode: Permutation * * * P4 * ** ** Set the permutation used by the OP_Compare operator in the next ** instruction. The permutation is stored in the P4 operand. ** ** The permutation is only valid until the next OP_Compare that has ** the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set in P5. Typically the OP_Permutation should ** occur immediately prior to the OP_Compare. ** ** The first integer in the P4 integer array is the length of the array ** and does not become part of the permutation. */ case OP_Permutation: { assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY ); assert( pOp->p4.ai ); assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_Compare ); assert( pOp[1].p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE ); break; } /* Opcode: Compare P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: r[P1@P3] <-> r[P2@P3] ** ** Compare two vectors of registers in reg(P1)..reg(P1+P3-1) (call this ** vector "A") and in reg(P2)..reg(P2+P3-1) ("B"). Save the result of ** the comparison for use by the next OP_Jump instruct. ** ** If P5 has the OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit set, then the order of comparison is ** determined by the most recent OP_Permutation operator. If the ** OPFLAG_PERMUTE bit is clear, then register are compared in sequential ** order. ** ** P4 is a KeyInfo structure that defines collating sequences and sort ** orders for the comparison. The permutation applies to registers ** only. The KeyInfo elements are used sequentially. ** ** The comparison is a sort comparison, so NULLs compare equal, ** NULLs are less than numbers, numbers are less than strings, ** and strings are less than blobs. */ case OP_Compare: { int n; int i; int p1; int p2; const KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; int idx; CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to use on this term */ int bRev; /* True for DESCENDING sort order */ int *aPermute; /* The permutation */ if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_PERMUTE)==0 ){ aPermute = 0; }else{ assert( pOp>aOp ); assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Permutation ); assert( pOp[-1].p4type==P4_INTARRAY ); aPermute = pOp[-1].p4.ai + 1; assert( aPermute!=0 ); } n = pOp->p3; pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; assert( n>0 ); assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); p1 = pOp->p1; p2 = pOp->p2; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( aPermute ){ int k, mx = 0; for(k=0; kmx ) mx = aPermute[k]; assert( p1>0 && p1+mx<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); assert( p2>0 && p2+mx<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); }else{ assert( p1>0 && p1+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); assert( p2>0 && p2+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ for(i=0; inKeyField ); pColl = pKeyInfo->aColl[i]; bRev = pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[i]; iCompare = sqlite3MemCompare(&aMem[p1+idx], &aMem[p2+idx], pColl); if( iCompare ){ if( bRev ) iCompare = -iCompare; break; } } break; } /* Opcode: Jump P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Jump to the instruction at address P1, P2, or P3 depending on whether ** in the most recent OP_Compare instruction the P1 vector was less than ** equal to, or greater than the P2 vector, respectively. */ case OP_Jump: { /* jump */ if( iCompare<0 ){ VdbeBranchTaken(0,4); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p1 - 1]; }else if( iCompare==0 ){ VdbeBranchTaken(1,4); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p2 - 1]; }else{ VdbeBranchTaken(2,4); pOp = &aOp[pOp->p3 - 1]; } break; } /* Opcode: And P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] && r[P2]) ** ** Take the logical AND of the values in registers P1 and P2 and ** write the result into register P3. ** ** If either P1 or P2 is 0 (false) then the result is 0 even if ** the other input is NULL. A NULL and true or two NULLs give ** a NULL output. */ /* Opcode: Or P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=(r[P1] || r[P2]) ** ** Take the logical OR of the values in register P1 and P2 and ** store the answer in register P3. ** ** If either P1 or P2 is nonzero (true) then the result is 1 (true) ** even if the other input is NULL. A NULL and false or two NULLs ** give a NULL output. */ case OP_And: /* same as TK_AND, in1, in2, out3 */ case OP_Or: { /* same as TK_OR, in1, in2, out3 */ int v1; /* Left operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ int v2; /* Right operand: 0==FALSE, 1==TRUE, 2==UNKNOWN or NULL */ v1 = sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(&aMem[pOp->p1], 2); v2 = sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(&aMem[pOp->p2], 2); if( pOp->opcode==OP_And ){ static const unsigned char and_logic[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 0, 2, 2 }; v1 = and_logic[v1*3+v2]; }else{ static const unsigned char or_logic[] = { 0, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 2 }; v1 = or_logic[v1*3+v2]; } pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; if( v1==2 ){ MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); }else{ pOut->u.i = v1; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Int); } break; } /* Opcode: IsTrue P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: r[P2] = coalesce(r[P1]==TRUE,P3) ^ P4 ** ** This opcode implements the IS TRUE, IS FALSE, IS NOT TRUE, and ** IS NOT FALSE operators. ** ** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store that ** boolean (a 0 or 1) in register P2. Or if the value in register P1 is ** NULL, then the P3 is stored in register P2. Invert the answer if P4 ** is 1. ** ** The logic is summarized like this: ** **
      **
    • If P3==0 and P4==0 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS TRUE **
    • If P3==1 and P4==1 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS FALSE **
    • If P3==0 and P4==1 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS NOT TRUE **
    • If P3==1 and P4==0 then r[P2] := r[P1] IS NOT FALSE **
    */ case OP_IsTrue: { /* in1, out2 */ assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); assert( pOp->p4.i==0 || pOp->p4.i==1 ); assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->p3==1 ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p2], sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(&aMem[pOp->p1], pOp->p3) ^ pOp->p4.i); break; } /* Opcode: Not P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]= !r[P1] ** ** Interpret the value in register P1 as a boolean value. Store the ** boolean complement in register P2. If the value in register P1 is ** NULL, then a NULL is stored in P2. */ case OP_Not: { /* same as TK_NOT, in1, out2 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, !sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(pIn1,0)); }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); } break; } /* Opcode: BitNot P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]= ~r[P1] ** ** Interpret the content of register P1 as an integer. Store the ** ones-complement of the P1 value into register P2. If P1 holds ** a NULL then store a NULL in P2. */ case OP_BitNot: { /* same as TK_BITNOT, in1, out2 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ pOut->flags = MEM_Int; pOut->u.i = ~sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn1); } break; } /* Opcode: Once P1 P2 * * * ** ** Fall through to the next instruction the first time this opcode is ** encountered on each invocation of the byte-code program. Jump to P2 ** on the second and all subsequent encounters during the same invocation. ** ** Top-level programs determine first invocation by comparing the P1 ** operand against the P1 operand on the OP_Init opcode at the beginning ** of the program. If the P1 values differ, then fall through and make ** the P1 of this opcode equal to the P1 of OP_Init. If P1 values are ** the same then take the jump. ** ** For subprograms, there is a bitmask in the VdbeFrame that determines ** whether or not the jump should be taken. The bitmask is necessary ** because the self-altering code trick does not work for recursive ** triggers. */ case OP_Once: { /* jump */ u32 iAddr; /* Address of this instruction */ assert( p->aOp[0].opcode==OP_Init ); if( p->pFrame ){ iAddr = (int)(pOp - p->aOp); if( (p->pFrame->aOnce[iAddr/8] & (1<<(iAddr & 7)))!=0 ){ VdbeBranchTaken(1, 2); goto jump_to_p2; } p->pFrame->aOnce[iAddr/8] |= 1<<(iAddr & 7); }else{ if( p->aOp[0].p1==pOp->p1 ){ VdbeBranchTaken(1, 2); goto jump_to_p2; } } VdbeBranchTaken(0, 2); pOp->p1 = p->aOp[0].p1; break; } /* Opcode: If P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is true. The value ** is considered true if it is numeric and non-zero. If the value ** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero. */ case OP_If: { /* jump, in1 */ int c; c = sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(&aMem[pOp->p1], pOp->p3); VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2); if( c ) goto jump_to_p2; break; } /* Opcode: IfNot P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is False. The value ** is considered false if it has a numeric value of zero. If the value ** in P1 is NULL then take the jump if and only if P3 is non-zero. */ case OP_IfNot: { /* jump, in1 */ int c; c = !sqlite3VdbeBooleanValue(&aMem[pOp->p1], !pOp->p3); VdbeBranchTaken(c!=0, 2); if( c ) goto jump_to_p2; break; } /* Opcode: IsNull P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: if r[P1]==NULL goto P2 ** ** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is NULL. */ case OP_IsNull: { /* same as TK_ISNULL, jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0, 2); if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 ){ goto jump_to_p2; } break; } /* Opcode: NotNull P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=NULL goto P2 ** ** Jump to P2 if the value in register P1 is not NULL. */ case OP_NotNull: { /* same as TK_NOTNULL, jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; VdbeBranchTaken( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0, 2); if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Null)==0 ){ goto jump_to_p2; } break; } /* Opcode: IfNullRow P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: if P1.nullRow then r[P3]=NULL, goto P2 ** ** Check the cursor P1 to see if it is currently pointing at a NULL row. ** If it is, then set register P3 to NULL and jump immediately to P2. ** If P1 is not on a NULL row, then fall through without making any ** changes. */ case OP_IfNullRow: { /* jump */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 ); if( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->nullRow ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(aMem + pOp->p3); goto jump_to_p2; } break; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC /* Opcode: Offset P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3] = sqlite_offset(P1) ** ** Store in register r[P3] the byte offset into the database file that is the ** start of the payload for the record at which that cursor P1 is currently ** pointing. ** ** P2 is the column number for the argument to the sqlite_offset() function. ** This opcode does not use P2 itself, but the P2 value is used by the ** code generator. The P1, P2, and P3 operands to this opcode are the ** same as for OP_Column. ** ** This opcode is only available if SQLite is compiled with the ** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC option. */ case OP_Offset: { /* out3 */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; pOut = &p->aMem[pOp->p3]; if( NEVER(pC==0) || pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_BTREE ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pOut); }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pOut, sqlite3BtreeOffset(pC->uc.pCursor)); } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC */ /* Opcode: Column P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: r[P3]=PX ** ** Interpret the data that cursor P1 points to as a structure built using ** the MakeRecord instruction. (See the MakeRecord opcode for additional ** information about the format of the data.) Extract the P2-th column ** from this record. If there are less that (P2+1) ** values in the record, extract a NULL. ** ** The value extracted is stored in register P3. ** ** If the record contains fewer than P2 fields, then extract a NULL. Or, ** if the P4 argument is a P4_MEM use the value of the P4 argument as ** the result. ** ** If the OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE bit is set on P5 and P1 is a pseudo-table cursor, ** then the cache of the cursor is reset prior to extracting the column. ** The first OP_Column against a pseudo-table after the value of the content ** register has changed should have this bit set. ** ** If the OPFLAG_LENGTHARG and OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG bits are set on P5 then ** the result is guaranteed to only be used as the argument of a length() ** or typeof() function, respectively. The loading of large blobs can be ** skipped for length() and all content loading can be skipped for typeof(). */ case OP_Column: { int p2; /* column number to retrieve */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* The VDBE cursor */ BtCursor *pCrsr; /* The BTree cursor */ u32 *aOffset; /* aOffset[i] is offset to start of data for i-th column */ int len; /* The length of the serialized data for the column */ int i; /* Loop counter */ Mem *pDest; /* Where to write the extracted value */ Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */ const u8 *zData; /* Part of the record being decoded */ const u8 *zHdr; /* Next unparsed byte of the header */ const u8 *zEndHdr; /* Pointer to first byte after the header */ u64 offset64; /* 64-bit offset */ u32 t; /* A type code from the record header */ Mem *pReg; /* PseudoTable input register */ pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; p2 = pOp->p2; /* If the cursor cache is stale (meaning it is not currently point at ** the correct row) then bring it up-to-date by doing the necessary ** B-Tree seek. */ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(&pC, &p2); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; memAboutToChange(p, pDest); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); assert( pC!=0 ); assert( p2nField ); aOffset = pC->aOffset; assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_VTAB ); assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_PSEUDO || pC->nullRow ); assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_SORTER ); if( pC->cacheStatus!=p->cacheCtr ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-FALSE*/ if( pC->nullRow ){ if( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_PSEUDO ){ /* For the special case of as pseudo-cursor, the seekResult field ** identifies the register that holds the record */ assert( pC->seekResult>0 ); pReg = &aMem[pC->seekResult]; assert( pReg->flags & MEM_Blob ); assert( memIsValid(pReg) ); pC->payloadSize = pC->szRow = pReg->n; pC->aRow = (u8*)pReg->z; }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest); goto op_column_out; } }else{ pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( pCrsr ); assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); pC->payloadSize = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCrsr); pC->aRow = sqlite3BtreePayloadFetch(pCrsr, &pC->szRow); assert( pC->szRow<=pC->payloadSize ); assert( pC->szRow<=65536 ); /* Maximum page size is 64KiB */ if( pC->payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } } pC->cacheStatus = p->cacheCtr; pC->iHdrOffset = getVarint32(pC->aRow, aOffset[0]); pC->nHdrParsed = 0; if( pC->szRowaRow does not have to hold the entire row, but it does at least ** need to cover the header of the record. If pC->aRow does not contain ** the complete header, then set it to zero, forcing the header to be ** dynamically allocated. */ pC->aRow = 0; pC->szRow = 0; /* Make sure a corrupt database has not given us an oversize header. ** Do this now to avoid an oversize memory allocation. ** ** Type entries can be between 1 and 5 bytes each. But 4 and 5 byte ** types use so much data space that there can only be 4096 and 32 of ** them, respectively. So the maximum header length results from a ** 3-byte type for each of the maximum of 32768 columns plus three ** extra bytes for the header length itself. 32768*3 + 3 = 98307. */ if( aOffset[0] > 98307 || aOffset[0] > pC->payloadSize ){ goto op_column_corrupt; } }else{ /* This is an optimization. By skipping over the first few tests ** (ex: pC->nHdrParsed<=p2) in the next section, we achieve a ** measurable performance gain. ** ** This branch is taken even if aOffset[0]==0. Such a record is never ** generated by SQLite, and could be considered corruption, but we ** accept it for historical reasons. When aOffset[0]==0, the code this ** branch jumps to reads past the end of the record, but never more ** than a few bytes. Even if the record occurs at the end of the page ** content area, the "page header" comes after the page content and so ** this overread is harmless. Similar overreads can occur for a corrupt ** database file. */ zData = pC->aRow; assert( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ); /* Conditional skipped */ testcase( aOffset[0]==0 ); goto op_column_read_header; } } /* Make sure at least the first p2+1 entries of the header have been ** parsed and valid information is in aOffset[] and pC->aType[]. */ if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){ /* If there is more header available for parsing in the record, try ** to extract additional fields up through the p2+1-th field */ if( pC->iHdrOffsetaRow==0 ){ memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem)); rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, aOffset[0], &sMem); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; zData = (u8*)sMem.z; }else{ zData = pC->aRow; } /* Fill in pC->aType[i] and aOffset[i] values through the p2-th field. */ op_column_read_header: i = pC->nHdrParsed; offset64 = aOffset[i]; zHdr = zData + pC->iHdrOffset; zEndHdr = zData + aOffset[0]; testcase( zHdr>=zEndHdr ); do{ if( (t = zHdr[0])<0x80 ){ zHdr++; offset64 += sqlite3VdbeOneByteSerialTypeLen(t); }else{ zHdr += sqlite3GetVarint32(zHdr, &t); offset64 += sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t); } pC->aType[i++] = t; aOffset[i] = (u32)(offset64 & 0xffffffff); }while( i<=p2 && zHdr=zEndHdr && (zHdr>zEndHdr || offset64!=pC->payloadSize)) || (offset64 > pC->payloadSize) ){ if( aOffset[0]==0 ){ i = 0; zHdr = zEndHdr; }else{ if( pC->aRow==0 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem); goto op_column_corrupt; } } pC->nHdrParsed = i; pC->iHdrOffset = (u32)(zHdr - zData); if( pC->aRow==0 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem); }else{ t = 0; } /* If after trying to extract new entries from the header, nHdrParsed is ** still not up to p2, that means that the record has fewer than p2 ** columns. So the result will be either the default value or a NULL. */ if( pC->nHdrParsed<=p2 ){ if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){ sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static); }else{ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest); } goto op_column_out; } }else{ t = pC->aType[p2]; } /* Extract the content for the p2+1-th column. Control can only ** reach this point if aOffset[p2], aOffset[p2+1], and pC->aType[p2] are ** all valid. */ assert( p2nHdrParsed ); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); assert( sqlite3VdbeCheckMemInvariants(pDest) ); if( VdbeMemDynamic(pDest) ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest); } assert( t==pC->aType[p2] ); if( pC->szRow>=aOffset[p2+1] ){ /* This is the common case where the desired content fits on the original ** page - where the content is not on an overflow page */ zData = pC->aRow + aOffset[p2]; if( t<12 ){ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(zData, t, pDest); }else{ /* If the column value is a string, we need a persistent value, not ** a MEM_Ephem value. This branch is a fast short-cut that is equivalent ** to calling sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() and sqlite3VdbeDeephemeralize(). */ static const u16 aFlag[] = { MEM_Blob, MEM_Str|MEM_Term }; pDest->n = len = (t-12)/2; pDest->enc = encoding; if( pDest->szMalloc < len+2 ){ pDest->flags = MEM_Null; if( sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pDest, len+2, 0) ) goto no_mem; }else{ pDest->z = pDest->zMalloc; } memcpy(pDest->z, zData, len); pDest->z[len] = 0; pDest->z[len+1] = 0; pDest->flags = aFlag[t&1]; } }else{ pDest->enc = encoding; /* This branch happens only when content is on overflow pages */ if( ((pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG))!=0 && ((t>=12 && (t&1)==0) || (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG)!=0)) || (len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(t))==0 ){ /* Content is irrelevant for ** 1. the typeof() function, ** 2. the length(X) function if X is a blob, and ** 3. if the content length is zero. ** So we might as well use bogus content rather than reading ** content from disk. ** ** Although sqlite3VdbeSerialGet() may read at most 8 bytes from the ** buffer passed to it, debugging function VdbeMemPrettyPrint() may ** read up to 16. So 16 bytes of bogus content is supplied. */ static u8 aZero[16]; /* This is the bogus content */ sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(aZero, t, pDest); }else{ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pC->uc.pCursor, aOffset[p2], len, pDest); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((const u8*)pDest->z, t, pDest); pDest->flags &= ~MEM_Ephem; } } op_column_out: UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest); break; op_column_corrupt: if( aOp[0].p3>0 ){ pOp = &aOp[aOp[0].p3-1]; break; }else{ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; goto abort_due_to_error; } } /* Opcode: Affinity P1 P2 * P4 * ** Synopsis: affinity(r[P1@P2]) ** ** Apply affinities to a range of P2 registers starting with P1. ** ** P4 is a string that is P2 characters long. The N-th character of the ** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the N-th ** memory cell in the range. */ case OP_Affinity: { const char *zAffinity; /* The affinity to be applied */ zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; assert( zAffinity!=0 ); assert( pOp->p2>0 ); assert( zAffinity[pOp->p2]==0 ); pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; do{ assert( pIn1 <= &p->aMem[(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)] ); assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); applyAffinity(pIn1, *(zAffinity++), encoding); pIn1++; }while( zAffinity[0] ); break; } /* Opcode: MakeRecord P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=mkrec(r[P1@P2]) ** ** Convert P2 registers beginning with P1 into the [record format] ** use as a data record in a database table or as a key ** in an index. The OP_Column opcode can decode the record later. ** ** P4 may be a string that is P2 characters long. The N-th character of the ** string indicates the column affinity that should be used for the N-th ** field of the index key. ** ** The mapping from character to affinity is given by the SQLITE_AFF_ ** macros defined in sqliteInt.h. ** ** If P4 is NULL then all index fields have the affinity BLOB. */ case OP_MakeRecord: { u8 *zNewRecord; /* A buffer to hold the data for the new record */ Mem *pRec; /* The new record */ u64 nData; /* Number of bytes of data space */ int nHdr; /* Number of bytes of header space */ i64 nByte; /* Data space required for this record */ i64 nZero; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ int nVarint; /* Number of bytes in a varint */ u32 serial_type; /* Type field */ Mem *pData0; /* First field to be combined into the record */ Mem *pLast; /* Last field of the record */ int nField; /* Number of fields in the record */ char *zAffinity; /* The affinity string for the record */ int file_format; /* File format to use for encoding */ int i; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] header */ int j; /* Space used in zNewRecord[] content */ u32 len; /* Length of a field */ /* Assuming the record contains N fields, the record format looks ** like this: ** ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ** | hdr-size | type 0 | type 1 | ... | type N-1 | data0 | ... | data N-1 | ** ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ** ** Data(0) is taken from register P1. Data(1) comes from register P1+1 ** and so forth. ** ** Each type field is a varint representing the serial type of the ** corresponding data element (see sqlite3VdbeSerialType()). The ** hdr-size field is also a varint which is the offset from the beginning ** of the record to data0. */ nData = 0; /* Number of bytes of data space */ nHdr = 0; /* Number of bytes of header space */ nZero = 0; /* Number of zero bytes at the end of the record */ nField = pOp->p1; zAffinity = pOp->p4.z; assert( nField>0 && pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+nField<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); pData0 = &aMem[nField]; nField = pOp->p2; pLast = &pData0[nField-1]; file_format = p->minWriteFileFormat; /* Identify the output register */ assert( pOp->p3p1 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p1+pOp->p2 ); pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; memAboutToChange(p, pOut); /* Apply the requested affinity to all inputs */ assert( pData0<=pLast ); if( zAffinity ){ pRec = pData0; do{ applyAffinity(pRec++, *(zAffinity++), encoding); assert( zAffinity[0]==0 || pRec<=pLast ); }while( zAffinity[0] ); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM /* NULLs can be safely trimmed from the end of the record, as long as ** as the schema format is 2 or more and none of the omitted columns ** have a non-NULL default value. Also, the record must be left with ** at least one field. If P5>0 then it will be one more than the ** index of the right-most column with a non-NULL default value */ if( pOp->p5 ){ while( (pLast->flags & MEM_Null)!=0 && nField>pOp->p5 ){ pLast--; nField--; } } #endif /* Loop through the elements that will make up the record to figure ** out how much space is required for the new record. */ pRec = pLast; do{ assert( memIsValid(pRec) ); serial_type = sqlite3VdbeSerialType(pRec, file_format, &len); if( pRec->flags & MEM_Zero ){ if( serial_type==0 ){ /* Values with MEM_Null and MEM_Zero are created by xColumn virtual ** table methods that never invoke sqlite3_result_xxxxx() while ** computing an unchanging column value in an UPDATE statement. ** Give such values a special internal-use-only serial-type of 10 ** so that they can be passed through to xUpdate and have ** a true sqlite3_value_nochange(). */ assert( pOp->p5==OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC || CORRUPT_DB ); serial_type = 10; }else if( nData ){ if( sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(pRec) ) goto no_mem; }else{ nZero += pRec->u.nZero; len -= pRec->u.nZero; } } nData += len; testcase( serial_type==127 ); testcase( serial_type==128 ); nHdr += serial_type<=127 ? 1 : sqlite3VarintLen(serial_type); pRec->uTemp = serial_type; if( pRec==pData0 ) break; pRec--; }while(1); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22564-11647 The header begins with a single varint ** which determines the total number of bytes in the header. The varint ** value is the size of the header in bytes including the size varint ** itself. */ testcase( nHdr==126 ); testcase( nHdr==127 ); if( nHdr<=126 ){ /* The common case */ nHdr += 1; }else{ /* Rare case of a really large header */ nVarint = sqlite3VarintLen(nHdr); nHdr += nVarint; if( nVarintdb->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } /* Make sure the output register has a buffer large enough to store ** the new record. The output register (pOp->p3) is not allowed to ** be one of the input registers (because the following call to ** sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize() could clobber the value before it is used). */ if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, (int)nByte) ){ goto no_mem; } zNewRecord = (u8 *)pOut->z; /* Write the record */ i = putVarint32(zNewRecord, nHdr); j = nHdr; assert( pData0<=pLast ); pRec = pData0; do{ serial_type = pRec->uTemp; /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06529-47362 Following the size varint are one or more ** additional varints, one per column. */ i += putVarint32(&zNewRecord[i], serial_type); /* serial type */ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-64536-51728 The values for each column in the record ** immediately follow the header. */ j += sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(&zNewRecord[j], pRec, serial_type); /* content */ }while( (++pRec)<=pLast ); assert( i==nHdr ); assert( j==nByte ); assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); pOut->n = (int)nByte; pOut->flags = MEM_Blob; if( nZero ){ pOut->u.nZero = nZero; pOut->flags |= MEM_Zero; } REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: Count P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=count() ** ** Store the number of entries (an integer value) in the table or index ** opened by cursor P1 in register P2 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT case OP_Count: { /* out2 */ i64 nEntry; BtCursor *pCrsr; assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->uc.pCursor; assert( pCrsr ); nEntry = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(pCrsr, &nEntry); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pOut->u.i = nEntry; break; } #endif /* Opcode: Savepoint P1 * * P4 * ** ** Open, release or rollback the savepoint named by parameter P4, depending ** on the value of P1. To open a new savepoint, P1==0. To release (commit) an ** existing savepoint, P1==1, or to rollback an existing savepoint P1==2. */ case OP_Savepoint: { int p1; /* Value of P1 operand */ char *zName; /* Name of savepoint */ int nName; Savepoint *pNew; Savepoint *pSavepoint; Savepoint *pTmp; int iSavepoint; int ii; p1 = pOp->p1; zName = pOp->p4.z; /* Assert that the p1 parameter is valid. Also that if there is no open ** transaction, then there cannot be any savepoints. */ assert( db->pSavepoint==0 || db->autoCommit==0 ); assert( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN||p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); assert( db->pSavepoint || db->isTransactionSavepoint==0 ); assert( checkSavepointCount(db) ); assert( p->bIsReader ); if( p1==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ){ if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){ /* A new savepoint cannot be created if there are active write ** statements (i.e. open read/write incremental blob handles). */ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot open savepoint - SQL statements in progress"); rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* This call is Ok even if this savepoint is actually a transaction ** savepoint (and therefore should not prompt xSavepoint()) callbacks. ** If this is a transaction savepoint being opened, it is guaranteed ** that the db->aVTrans[] array is empty. */ assert( db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVTrans==0 ); rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, db->nStatement+db->nSavepoint); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; #endif /* Create a new savepoint structure. */ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(Savepoint)+nName+1); if( pNew ){ pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1]; memcpy(pNew->zName, zName, nName+1); /* If there is no open transaction, then mark this as a special ** "transaction savepoint". */ if( db->autoCommit ){ db->autoCommit = 0; db->isTransactionSavepoint = 1; }else{ db->nSavepoint++; } /* Link the new savepoint into the database handle's list. */ pNew->pNext = db->pSavepoint; db->pSavepoint = pNew; pNew->nDeferredCons = db->nDeferredCons; pNew->nDeferredImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons; } } }else{ iSavepoint = 0; /* Find the named savepoint. If there is no such savepoint, then an ** an error is returned to the user. */ for( pSavepoint = db->pSavepoint; pSavepoint && sqlite3StrICmp(pSavepoint->zName, zName); pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext ){ iSavepoint++; } if( !pSavepoint ){ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "no such savepoint: %s", zName); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else if( db->nVdbeWrite>0 && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ /* It is not possible to release (commit) a savepoint if there are ** active write statements. */ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot release savepoint - " "SQL statements in progress"); rc = SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ /* Determine whether or not this is a transaction savepoint. If so, ** and this is a RELEASE command, then the current transaction ** is committed. */ int isTransaction = pSavepoint->pNext==0 && db->isTransactionSavepoint; if( isTransaction && p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto vdbe_return; } db->autoCommit = 1; if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp); db->autoCommit = 0; p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto vdbe_return; } db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; rc = p->rc; }else{ int isSchemaChange; iSavepoint = db->nSavepoint - iSavepoint - 1; if( p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ isSchemaChange = (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaChange)!=0; for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ rc = sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(db->aDb[ii].pBt, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK, isSchemaChange==0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; } }else{ isSchemaChange = 0; } for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ rc = sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(db->aDb[ii].pBt, p1, iSavepoint); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } } if( isSchemaChange ){ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; } } /* Regardless of whether this is a RELEASE or ROLLBACK, destroy all ** savepoints nested inside of the savepoint being operated on. */ while( db->pSavepoint!=pSavepoint ){ pTmp = db->pSavepoint; db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); db->nSavepoint--; } /* If it is a RELEASE, then destroy the savepoint being operated on ** too. If it is a ROLLBACK TO, then set the number of deferred ** constraint violations present in the database to the value stored ** when the savepoint was created. */ if( p1==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ assert( pSavepoint==db->pSavepoint ); db->pSavepoint = pSavepoint->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, pSavepoint); if( !isTransaction ){ db->nSavepoint--; } }else{ db->nDeferredCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredCons; db->nDeferredImmCons = pSavepoint->nDeferredImmCons; } if( !isTransaction || p1==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ){ rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, p1, iSavepoint); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; } } } if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } /* Opcode: AutoCommit P1 P2 * * * ** ** Set the database auto-commit flag to P1 (1 or 0). If P2 is true, roll ** back any currently active btree transactions. If there are any active ** VMs (apart from this one), then a ROLLBACK fails. A COMMIT fails if ** there are active writing VMs or active VMs that use shared cache. ** ** This instruction causes the VM to halt. */ case OP_AutoCommit: { int desiredAutoCommit; int iRollback; desiredAutoCommit = pOp->p1; iRollback = pOp->p2; assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || desiredAutoCommit==0 ); assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 || iRollback==0 ); assert( db->nVdbeActive>0 ); /* At least this one VM is active */ assert( p->bIsReader ); if( desiredAutoCommit!=db->autoCommit ){ if( iRollback ){ assert( desiredAutoCommit==1 ); sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK); db->autoCommit = 1; }else if( desiredAutoCommit && db->nVdbeWrite>0 ){ /* If this instruction implements a COMMIT and other VMs are writing ** return an error indicating that the other VMs must complete first. */ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot commit transaction - " "SQL statements in progress"); rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto abort_due_to_error; }else if( (rc = sqlite3VdbeCheckFk(p, 1))!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto vdbe_return; }else{ db->autoCommit = (u8)desiredAutoCommit; } if( sqlite3VdbeHalt(p)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp); db->autoCommit = (u8)(1-desiredAutoCommit); p->rc = rc = SQLITE_BUSY; goto vdbe_return; } assert( db->nStatement==0 ); sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } goto vdbe_return; }else{ sqlite3VdbeError(p, (!desiredAutoCommit)?"cannot start a transaction within a transaction":( (iRollback)?"cannot rollback - no transaction is active": "cannot commit - no transaction is active")); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto abort_due_to_error; } break; } /* Opcode: Transaction P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Begin a transaction on database P1 if a transaction is not already ** active. ** If P2 is non-zero, then a write-transaction is started, or if a ** read-transaction is already active, it is upgraded to a write-transaction. ** If P2 is zero, then a read-transaction is started. ** ** P1 is the index of the database file on which the transaction is ** started. Index 0 is the main database file and index 1 is the ** file used for temporary tables. Indices of 2 or more are used for ** attached databases. ** ** If a write-transaction is started and the Vdbe.usesStmtJournal flag is ** true (this flag is set if the Vdbe may modify more than one row and may ** throw an ABORT exception), a statement transaction may also be opened. ** More specifically, a statement transaction is opened iff the database ** connection is currently not in autocommit mode, or if there are other ** active statements. A statement transaction allows the changes made by this ** VDBE to be rolled back after an error without having to roll back the ** entire transaction. If no error is encountered, the statement transaction ** will automatically commit when the VDBE halts. ** ** If P5!=0 then this opcode also checks the schema cookie against P3 ** and the schema generation counter against P4. ** The cookie changes its value whenever the database schema changes. ** This operation is used to detect when that the cookie has changed ** and that the current process needs to reread the schema. If the schema ** cookie in P3 differs from the schema cookie in the database header or ** if the schema generation counter in P4 differs from the current ** generation counter, then an SQLITE_SCHEMA error is raised and execution ** halts. The sqlite3_step() wrapper function might then reprepare the ** statement and rerun it from the beginning. */ case OP_Transaction: { Btree *pBt; int iMeta = 0; assert( p->bIsReader ); assert( p->readOnly==0 || pOp->p2==0 ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) ); if( pOp->p2 && (db->flags & SQLITE_QueryOnly)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_READONLY; goto abort_due_to_error; } pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; if( pBt ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, pOp->p2, &iMeta); testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT ); testcase( rc==SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY ){ p->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp); p->rc = rc; goto vdbe_return; } goto abort_due_to_error; } if( pOp->p2 && p->usesStmtJournal && (db->autoCommit==0 || db->nVdbeRead>1) ){ assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ); if( p->iStatement==0 ){ assert( db->nStatement>=0 && db->nSavepoint>=0 ); db->nStatement++; p->iStatement = db->nSavepoint + db->nStatement; } rc = sqlite3VtabSavepoint(db, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, p->iStatement-1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(pBt, p->iStatement); } /* Store the current value of the database handles deferred constraint ** counter. If the statement transaction needs to be rolled back, ** the value of this counter needs to be restored too. */ p->nStmtDefCons = db->nDeferredCons; p->nStmtDefImmCons = db->nDeferredImmCons; } } assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); if( pOp->p5 && (iMeta!=pOp->p3 || db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->iGeneration!=pOp->p4.i) ){ /* ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-03189-51135 As each SQL statement runs, the schema ** version is checked to ensure that the schema has not changed since the ** SQL statement was prepared. */ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "database schema has changed"); /* If the schema-cookie from the database file matches the cookie ** stored with the in-memory representation of the schema, do ** not reload the schema from the database file. ** ** If virtual-tables are in use, this is not just an optimization. ** Often, v-tables store their data in other SQLite tables, which ** are queried from within xNext() and other v-table methods using ** prepared queries. If such a query is out-of-date, we do not want to ** discard the database schema, as the user code implementing the ** v-table would have to be ready for the sqlite3_vtab structure itself ** to be invalidated whenever sqlite3_step() is called from within ** a v-table method. */ if( db->aDb[pOp->p1].pSchema->schema_cookie!=iMeta ){ sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, pOp->p1); } p->expired = 1; rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; } if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } /* Opcode: ReadCookie P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Read cookie number P3 from database P1 and write it into register P2. ** P3==1 is the schema version. P3==2 is the database format. ** P3==3 is the recommended pager cache size, and so forth. P1==0 is ** the main database file and P1==1 is the database file used to store ** temporary tables. ** ** There must be a read-lock on the database (either a transaction ** must be started or there must be an open cursor) before ** executing this instruction. */ case OP_ReadCookie: { /* out2 */ int iMeta; int iDb; int iCookie; assert( p->bIsReader ); iDb = pOp->p1; iCookie = pOp->p3; assert( pOp->p3=0 && iDbnDb ); assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) ); sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, iCookie, (u32 *)&iMeta); pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pOut->u.i = iMeta; break; } /* Opcode: SetCookie P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Write the integer value P3 into cookie number P2 of database P1. ** P2==1 is the schema version. P2==2 is the database format. ** P2==3 is the recommended pager cache ** size, and so forth. P1==0 is the main database file and P1==1 is the ** database file used to store temporary tables. ** ** A transaction must be started before executing this opcode. */ case OP_SetCookie: { Db *pDb; sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0); assert( pOp->p2p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) ); assert( p->readOnly==0 ); pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; assert( pDb->pBt!=0 ); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, pOp->p1, 0) ); /* See note about index shifting on OP_ReadCookie */ rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pDb->pBt, pOp->p2, pOp->p3); if( pOp->p2==BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION ){ /* When the schema cookie changes, record the new cookie internally */ pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = pOp->p3; db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; }else if( pOp->p2==BTREE_FILE_FORMAT ){ /* Record changes in the file format */ pDb->pSchema->file_format = pOp->p3; } if( pOp->p1==1 ){ /* Invalidate all prepared statements whenever the TEMP database ** schema is changed. Ticket #1644 */ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); p->expired = 0; } if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } /* Opcode: OpenRead P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 ** ** Open a read-only cursor for the database table whose root page is ** P2 in a database file. The database file is determined by P3. ** P3==0 means the main database, P3==1 means the database used for ** temporary tables, and P3>1 means used the corresponding attached ** database. Give the new cursor an identifier of P1. The P1 ** values need not be contiguous but all P1 values should be small integers. ** It is an error for P1 to be negative. ** ** Allowed P5 bits: **
      **
    • 0x02 OPFLAG_SEEKEQ: This cursor will only be used for ** equality lookups (implemented as a pair of opcodes OP_SeekGE/OP_IdxGT ** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxGT) **
    ** ** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to ** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo ** object, then table being opened must be an [index b-tree] where the ** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating ** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer ** value, then the table being opened must be a [table b-tree] with a ** number of columns no less than the value of P4. ** ** See also: OpenWrite, ReopenIdx */ /* Opcode: ReopenIdx P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 ** ** The ReopenIdx opcode works like OP_OpenRead except that it first ** checks to see if the cursor on P1 is already open on the same ** b-tree and if it is this opcode becomes a no-op. In other words, ** if the cursor is already open, do not reopen it. ** ** The ReopenIdx opcode may only be used with P5==0 or P5==OPFLAG_SEEKEQ ** and with P4 being a P4_KEYINFO object. Furthermore, the P3 value must ** be the same as every other ReopenIdx or OpenRead for the same cursor ** number. ** ** Allowed P5 bits: **
      **
    • 0x02 OPFLAG_SEEKEQ: This cursor will only be used for ** equality lookups (implemented as a pair of opcodes OP_SeekGE/OP_IdxGT ** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxGT) **
    ** ** See also: OP_OpenRead, OP_OpenWrite */ /* Opcode: OpenWrite P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: root=P2 iDb=P3 ** ** Open a read/write cursor named P1 on the table or index whose root ** page is P2 (or whose root page is held in register P2 if the ** OPFLAG_P2ISREG bit is set in P5 - see below). ** ** The P4 value may be either an integer (P4_INT32) or a pointer to ** a KeyInfo structure (P4_KEYINFO). If it is a pointer to a KeyInfo ** object, then table being opened must be an [index b-tree] where the ** KeyInfo object defines the content and collating ** sequence of that index b-tree. Otherwise, if P4 is an integer ** value, then the table being opened must be a [table b-tree] with a ** number of columns no less than the value of P4. ** ** Allowed P5 bits: **
      **
    • 0x02 OPFLAG_SEEKEQ: This cursor will only be used for ** equality lookups (implemented as a pair of opcodes OP_SeekGE/OP_IdxGT ** of OP_SeekLE/OP_IdxGT) **
    • 0x08 OPFLAG_FORDELETE: This cursor is used only to seek ** and subsequently delete entries in an index btree. This is a ** hint to the storage engine that the storage engine is allowed to ** ignore. The hint is not used by the official SQLite b*tree storage ** engine, but is used by COMDB2. **
    • 0x10 OPFLAG_P2ISREG: Use the content of register P2 ** as the root page, not the value of P2 itself. **
    ** ** This instruction works like OpenRead except that it opens the cursor ** in read/write mode. ** ** See also: OP_OpenRead, OP_ReopenIdx */ case OP_ReopenIdx: { int nField; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; int p2; int iDb; int wrFlag; Btree *pX; VdbeCursor *pCur; Db *pDb; assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==OPFLAG_SEEKEQ ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; if( pCur && pCur->pgnoRoot==(u32)pOp->p2 ){ assert( pCur->iDb==pOp->p3 ); /* Guaranteed by the code generator */ goto open_cursor_set_hints; } /* If the cursor is not currently open or is open on a different ** index, then fall through into OP_OpenRead to force a reopen */ case OP_OpenRead: case OP_OpenWrite: assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite || pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==OPFLAG_SEEKEQ ); assert( p->bIsReader ); assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenRead || pOp->opcode==OP_ReopenIdx || p->readOnly==0 ); if( p->expired==1 ){ rc = SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK; goto abort_due_to_error; } nField = 0; pKeyInfo = 0; p2 = pOp->p2; iDb = pOp->p3; assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) ); pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; pX = pDb->pBt; assert( pX!=0 ); if( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ){ assert( OPFLAG_FORDELETE==BTREE_FORDELETE ); wrFlag = BTREE_WRCSR | (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_FORDELETE); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( pDb->pSchema->file_format < p->minWriteFileFormat ){ p->minWriteFileFormat = pDb->pSchema->file_format; } }else{ wrFlag = 0; } if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_P2ISREG ){ assert( p2>0 ); assert( p2<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); assert( pOp->opcode==OP_OpenWrite ); pIn2 = &aMem[p2]; assert( memIsValid(pIn2) ); assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); p2 = (int)pIn2->u.i; /* The p2 value always comes from a prior OP_CreateBtree opcode and ** that opcode will always set the p2 value to 2 or more or else fail. ** If there were a failure, the prepared statement would have halted ** before reaching this instruction. */ assert( p2>=2 ); } if( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ){ pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); assert( pKeyInfo->db==db ); nField = pKeyInfo->nAllField; }else if( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ){ nField = pOp->p4.i; } assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); assert( nField>=0 ); testcase( nField==0 ); /* Table with INTEGER PRIMARY KEY and nothing else */ pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, nField, iDb, CURTYPE_BTREE); if( pCur==0 ) goto no_mem; pCur->nullRow = 1; pCur->isOrdered = 1; pCur->pgnoRoot = p2; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pCur->wrFlag = wrFlag; #endif rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pX, p2, wrFlag, pKeyInfo, pCur->uc.pCursor); pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo; /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable variable. Previous versions of ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has ** since moved into the btree layer. */ pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO; open_cursor_set_hints: assert( OPFLAG_BULKCSR==BTREE_BULKLOAD ); assert( OPFLAG_SEEKEQ==BTREE_SEEK_EQ ); testcase( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_BULKCSR ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS testcase( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_SEEKEQ ); #endif sqlite3BtreeCursorHintFlags(pCur->uc.pCursor, (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_BULKCSR|OPFLAG_SEEKEQ))); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } /* Opcode: OpenDup P1 P2 * * * ** ** Open a new cursor P1 that points to the same ephemeral table as ** cursor P2. The P2 cursor must have been opened by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral ** opcode. Only ephemeral cursors may be duplicated. ** ** Duplicate ephemeral cursors are used for self-joins of materialized views. */ case OP_OpenDup: { VdbeCursor *pOrig; /* The original cursor to be duplicated */ VdbeCursor *pCx; /* The new cursor */ pOrig = p->apCsr[pOp->p2]; assert( pOrig->pBtx!=0 ); /* Only ephemeral cursors can be duplicated */ pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOrig->nField, -1, CURTYPE_BTREE); if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; pCx->nullRow = 1; pCx->isEphemeral = 1; pCx->pKeyInfo = pOrig->pKeyInfo; pCx->isTable = pOrig->isTable; rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pOrig->pBtx, MASTER_ROOT, BTREE_WRCSR, pCx->pKeyInfo, pCx->uc.pCursor); /* The sqlite3BtreeCursor() routine can only fail for the first cursor ** opened for a database. Since there is already an open cursor when this ** opcode is run, the sqlite3BtreeCursor() cannot fail */ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); break; } /* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5 ** Synopsis: nColumn=P2 ** ** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table. ** The cursor is always opened read/write even if ** the main database is read-only. The ephemeral ** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed. ** ** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table. ** The cursor points to a BTree table if P4==0 and to a BTree index ** if P4 is not 0. If P4 is not NULL, it points to a KeyInfo structure ** that defines the format of keys in the index. ** ** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined ** in btree.h. These flags control aspects of the operation of ** the btree. The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are ** added automatically. */ /* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 * ** Synopsis: nColumn=P2 ** ** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral. It has a ** different name to distinguish its use. Tables created using ** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient ** indices in joins. */ case OP_OpenAutoindex: case OP_OpenEphemeral: { VdbeCursor *pCx; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; static const int vfsFlags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB; assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, CURTYPE_BTREE); if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; pCx->nullRow = 1; pCx->isEphemeral = 1; rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pCx->pBtx, BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pCx->pBtx, 1, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* If a transient index is required, create it by calling ** sqlite3BtreeCreateTable() with the BTREE_BLOBKEY flag before ** opening it. If a transient table is required, just use the ** automatically created table with root-page 1 (an BLOB_INTKEY table). */ if( (pCx->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo)!=0 ){ int pgno; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_KEYINFO ); rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCx->pBtx, &pgno, BTREE_BLOBKEY | pOp->p5); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pgno==MASTER_ROOT+1 ); assert( pKeyInfo->db==db ); assert( pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBtx, pgno, BTREE_WRCSR, pKeyInfo, pCx->uc.pCursor); } pCx->isTable = 0; }else{ rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCx->pBtx, MASTER_ROOT, BTREE_WRCSR, 0, pCx->uc.pCursor); pCx->isTable = 1; } } if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED); break; } /* Opcode: SorterOpen P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** ** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens ** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large ** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm. ** ** If argument P3 is non-zero, then it indicates that the sorter may ** assume that a stable sort considering the first P3 fields of each ** key is sufficient to produce the required results. */ case OP_SorterOpen: { VdbeCursor *pCx; assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); assert( pOp->p2>=0 ); pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, CURTYPE_SORTER); if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; pCx->pKeyInfo = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->db==db ); assert( pCx->pKeyInfo->enc==ENC(db) ); rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, pOp->p3, pCx); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } /* Opcode: SequenceTest P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: if( cursor[P1].ctr++ ) pc = P2 ** ** P1 is a sorter cursor. If the sequence counter is currently zero, jump ** to P2. Regardless of whether or not the jump is taken, increment the ** the sequence value. */ case OP_SequenceTest: { VdbeCursor *pC; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( isSorter(pC) ); if( (pC->seqCount++)==0 ){ goto jump_to_p2; } break; } /* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: P3 columns in r[P2] ** ** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single ** row of data. The content of that one row is the content of memory ** register P2. In other words, cursor P1 becomes an alias for the ** MEM_Blob content contained in register P2. ** ** A pseudo-table created by this opcode is used to hold a single ** row output from the sorter so that the row can be decomposed into ** individual columns using the OP_Column opcode. The OP_Column opcode ** is the only cursor opcode that works with a pseudo-table. ** ** P3 is the number of fields in the records that will be stored by ** the pseudo-table. */ case OP_OpenPseudo: { VdbeCursor *pCx; assert( pOp->p1>=0 ); assert( pOp->p3>=0 ); pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p3, -1, CURTYPE_PSEUDO); if( pCx==0 ) goto no_mem; pCx->nullRow = 1; pCx->seekResult = pOp->p2; pCx->isTable = 1; /* Give this pseudo-cursor a fake BtCursor pointer so that pCx ** can be safely passed to sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(). This avoids a test ** for pCx->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE inside of sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() ** which is a performance optimization */ pCx->uc.pCursor = sqlite3BtreeFakeValidCursor(); assert( pOp->p5==0 ); break; } /* Opcode: Close P1 * * * * ** ** Close a cursor previously opened as P1. If P1 is not ** currently open, this instruction is a no-op. */ case OP_Close: { assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(p, p->apCsr[pOp->p1]); p->apCsr[pOp->p1] = 0; break; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK /* Opcode: ColumnsUsed P1 * * P4 * ** ** This opcode (which only exists if SQLite was compiled with ** SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK) identifies which columns of the ** table or index for cursor P1 are used. P4 is a 64-bit integer ** (P4_INT64) in which the first 63 bits are one for each of the ** first 63 columns of the table or index that are actually used ** by the cursor. The high-order bit is set if any column after ** the 64th is used. */ case OP_ColumnsUsed: { VdbeCursor *pC; pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); pC->maskUsed = *(u64*)pOp->p4.pI64; break; } #endif /* Opcode: SeekGE P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), ** use the value in register P3 as the key. If cursor P1 refers ** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers ** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** ** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that ** is greater than or equal to the key value. If there are no records ** greater than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this ** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or ** else jump immediately to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this ** opcode must be followed by an IdxLE opcode with the same arguments. ** The IdxLE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the ** IdxLE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order, ** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is ** configured to use Next, not Prev. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGt, SeekLe */ /* Opcode: SeekGT P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), ** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers ** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers ** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** ** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the smallest entry that ** is greater than the key value. If there are no records greater than ** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order, ** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is ** configured to use Next, not Prev. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekLt, SeekGe, SeekLe */ /* Opcode: SeekLT P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), ** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers ** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers ** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** ** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that ** is less than the key value. If there are no records less than ** the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order, ** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is ** configured to use Prev, not Next. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLe */ /* Opcode: SeekLE P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** If cursor P1 refers to an SQL table (B-Tree that uses integer keys), ** use the value in register P3 as a key. If cursor P1 refers ** to an SQL index, then P3 is the first in an array of P4 registers ** that are used as an unpacked index key. ** ** Reposition cursor P1 so that it points to the largest entry that ** is less than or equal to the key value. If there are no records ** less than or equal to the key and P2 is not zero, then jump to P2. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order, ** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is ** configured to use Prev, not Next. ** ** If the cursor P1 was opened using the OPFLAG_SEEKEQ flag, then this ** opcode will always land on a record that equally equals the key, or ** else jump immediately to P2. When the cursor is OPFLAG_SEEKEQ, this ** opcode must be followed by an IdxGE opcode with the same arguments. ** The IdxGE opcode will be skipped if this opcode succeeds, but the ** IdxGE opcode will be used on subsequent loop iterations. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, SeekGt, SeekGe, SeekLt */ case OP_SeekLT: /* jump, in3, group */ case OP_SeekLE: /* jump, in3, group */ case OP_SeekGE: /* jump, in3, group */ case OP_SeekGT: { /* jump, in3, group */ int res; /* Comparison result */ int oc; /* Opcode */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* The cursor to seek */ UnpackedRecord r; /* The key to seek for */ int nField; /* Number of columns or fields in the key */ i64 iKey; /* The rowid we are to seek to */ int eqOnly; /* Only interested in == results */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); assert( pOp->p2!=0 ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( OP_SeekLE == OP_SeekLT+1 ); assert( OP_SeekGE == OP_SeekLT+2 ); assert( OP_SeekGT == OP_SeekLT+3 ); assert( pC->isOrdered ); assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); oc = pOp->opcode; eqOnly = 0; pC->nullRow = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode; #endif if( pC->isTable ){ /* The BTREE_SEEK_EQ flag is only set on index cursors */ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ)==0 || CORRUPT_DB ); /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string, ** blob, or NULL. But it needs to be an integer before we can do ** the seek, so convert it. */ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; if( (pIn3->flags & (MEM_Int|MEM_Real|MEM_Str))==MEM_Str ){ applyNumericAffinity(pIn3, 0); } iKey = sqlite3VdbeIntValue(pIn3); /* If the P3 value could not be converted into an integer without ** loss of information, then special processing is required... */ if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Real)==0 ){ /* If the P3 value cannot be converted into any kind of a number, ** then the seek is not possible, so jump to P2 */ VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); goto jump_to_p2; break; } /* If the approximation iKey is larger than the actual real search ** term, substitute >= for > and < for <=. e.g. if the search term ** is 4.9 and the integer approximation 5: ** ** (x > 4.9) -> (x >= 5) ** (x <= 4.9) -> (x < 5) */ if( pIn3->u.r<(double)iKey ){ assert( OP_SeekGE==(OP_SeekGT-1) ); assert( OP_SeekLT==(OP_SeekLE-1) ); assert( (OP_SeekLE & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ); if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGT & 0x0001) ) oc--; } /* If the approximation iKey is smaller than the actual real search ** term, substitute <= for < and > for >=. */ else if( pIn3->u.r>(double)iKey ){ assert( OP_SeekLE==(OP_SeekLT+1) ); assert( OP_SeekGT==(OP_SeekGE+1) ); assert( (OP_SeekLT & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekGE & 0x0001) ); if( (oc & 0x0001)==(OP_SeekLT & 0x0001) ) oc++; } } rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, (u64)iKey, 0, &res); pC->movetoTarget = iKey; /* Used by OP_Delete */ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } }else{ /* For a cursor with the BTREE_SEEK_EQ hint, only the OP_SeekGE and ** OP_SeekLE opcodes are allowed, and these must be immediately followed ** by an OP_IdxGT or OP_IdxLT opcode, respectively, with the same key. */ if( sqlite3BtreeCursorHasHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_SEEK_EQ) ){ eqOnly = 1; assert( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekGE || pOp->opcode==OP_SeekLE ); assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT ); assert( pOp[1].p1==pOp[0].p1 ); assert( pOp[1].p2==pOp[0].p2 ); assert( pOp[1].p3==pOp[0].p3 ); assert( pOp[1].p4.i==pOp[0].p4.i ); } nField = pOp->p4.i; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); assert( nField>0 ); r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; r.nField = (u16)nField; /* The next line of code computes as follows, only faster: ** if( oc==OP_SeekGT || oc==OP_SeekLE ){ ** r.default_rc = -1; ** }else{ ** r.default_rc = +1; ** } */ r.default_rc = ((1 & (oc - OP_SeekLT)) ? -1 : +1); assert( oc!=OP_SeekGT || r.default_rc==-1 ); assert( oc!=OP_SeekLE || r.default_rc==-1 ); assert( oc!=OP_SeekGE || r.default_rc==+1 ); assert( oc!=OP_SeekLT || r.default_rc==+1 ); r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { int i; for(i=0; iuc.pCursor, &r, 0, 0, &res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } if( eqOnly && r.eqSeen==0 ){ assert( res!=0 ); goto seek_not_found; } } pC->deferredMoveto = 0; pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_search_count++; #endif if( oc>=OP_SeekGE ){ assert( oc==OP_SeekGE || oc==OP_SeekGT ); if( res<0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekGT) ){ res = 0; rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pC->uc.pCursor, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; res = 1; }else{ goto abort_due_to_error; } } }else{ res = 0; } }else{ assert( oc==OP_SeekLT || oc==OP_SeekLE ); if( res>0 || (res==0 && oc==OP_SeekLT) ){ res = 0; rc = sqlite3BtreePrevious(pC->uc.pCursor, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; res = 1; }else{ goto abort_due_to_error; } } }else{ /* res might be negative because the table is empty. Check to ** see if this is the case. */ res = sqlite3BtreeEof(pC->uc.pCursor); } } seek_not_found: assert( pOp->p2>0 ); VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); if( res ){ goto jump_to_p2; }else if( eqOnly ){ assert( pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxLT || pOp[1].opcode==OP_IdxGT ); pOp++; /* Skip the OP_IdxLt or OP_IdxGT that follows */ } break; } /* Opcode: SeekHit P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: seekHit=P2 ** ** Set the seekHit flag on cursor P1 to the value in P2. ** The seekHit flag is used by the IfNoHope opcode. ** ** P1 must be a valid b-tree cursor. P2 must be a boolean value, ** either 0 or 1. */ case OP_SeekHit: { VdbeCursor *pC; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( pOp->p2==0 || pOp->p2==1 ); pC->seekHit = pOp->p2 & 1; break; } /* Opcode: Found P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If ** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked ** record. ** ** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 ** is a prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2 and ** P1 is left pointing at the matching entry. ** ** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it can be ** advanced in the forward direction. The Next instruction will work, ** but not the Prev instruction. ** ** See also: NotFound, NoConflict, NotExists. SeekGe */ /* Opcode: NotFound P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If ** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked ** record. ** ** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 ** is not the prefix of any entry in P1 then a jump is made to P2. If P1 ** does contain an entry whose prefix matches the P3/P4 record then control ** falls through to the next instruction and P1 is left pointing at the ** matching entry. ** ** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be ** advanced in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev ** opcodes do not work after this operation. ** ** See also: Found, NotExists, NoConflict, IfNoHope */ /* Opcode: IfNoHope P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** Register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked ** record. ** ** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the seekHit flag is set on P1, then ** this opcode is a no-op. But if the seekHit flag of P1 is clear, then ** check to see if there is any entry in P1 that matches the ** prefix identified by P3 and P4. If no entry matches the prefix, ** jump to P2. Otherwise fall through. ** ** This opcode behaves like OP_NotFound if the seekHit ** flag is clear and it behaves like OP_Noop if the seekHit flag is set. ** ** This opcode is used in IN clause processing for a multi-column key. ** If an IN clause is attached to an element of the key other than the ** left-most element, and if there are no matches on the most recent ** seek over the whole key, then it might be that one of the key element ** to the left is prohibiting a match, and hence there is "no hope" of ** any match regardless of how many IN clause elements are checked. ** In such a case, we abandon the IN clause search early, using this ** opcode. The opcode name comes from the fact that the ** jump is taken if there is "no hope" of achieving a match. ** ** See also: NotFound, SeekHit */ /* Opcode: NoConflict P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** If P4==0 then register P3 holds a blob constructed by MakeRecord. If ** P4>0 then register P3 is the first of P4 registers that form an unpacked ** record. ** ** Cursor P1 is on an index btree. If the record identified by P3 and P4 ** contains any NULL value, jump immediately to P2. If all terms of the ** record are not-NULL then a check is done to determine if any row in the ** P1 index btree has a matching key prefix. If there are no matches, jump ** immediately to P2. If there is a match, fall through and leave the P1 ** cursor pointing to the matching row. ** ** This opcode is similar to OP_NotFound with the exceptions that the ** branch is always taken if any part of the search key input is NULL. ** ** This operation leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be ** advanced in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev ** opcodes do not work after this operation. ** ** See also: NotFound, Found, NotExists */ case OP_IfNoHope: { /* jump, in3 */ VdbeCursor *pC; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); if( pC->seekHit ) break; /* Fall through into OP_NotFound */ } case OP_NoConflict: /* jump, in3 */ case OP_NotFound: /* jump, in3 */ case OP_Found: { /* jump, in3 */ int alreadyExists; int takeJump; int ii; VdbeCursor *pC; int res; UnpackedRecord *pFree; UnpackedRecord *pIdxKey; UnpackedRecord r; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( pOp->opcode!=OP_NoConflict ) sqlite3_found_count++; #endif assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode; #endif pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); assert( pC->isTable==0 ); if( pOp->p4.i>0 ){ r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; r.aMem = pIn3; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG for(ii=0; iip3+ii, &r.aMem[ii]); } #endif pIdxKey = &r; pFree = 0; }else{ assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Blob ); rc = ExpandBlob(pIn3); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); if( rc ) goto no_mem; pFree = pIdxKey = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pC->pKeyInfo); if( pIdxKey==0 ) goto no_mem; sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pC->pKeyInfo, pIn3->n, pIn3->z, pIdxKey); } pIdxKey->default_rc = 0; takeJump = 0; if( pOp->opcode==OP_NoConflict ){ /* For the OP_NoConflict opcode, take the jump if any of the ** input fields are NULL, since any key with a NULL will not ** conflict */ for(ii=0; iinField; ii++){ if( pIdxKey->aMem[ii].flags & MEM_Null ){ takeJump = 1; break; } } } rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, pIdxKey, 0, 0, &res); if( pFree ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pFree); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } pC->seekResult = res; alreadyExists = (res==0); pC->nullRow = 1-alreadyExists; pC->deferredMoveto = 0; pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; if( pOp->opcode==OP_Found ){ VdbeBranchTaken(alreadyExists!=0,2); if( alreadyExists ) goto jump_to_p2; }else{ VdbeBranchTaken(takeJump||alreadyExists==0,2); if( takeJump || !alreadyExists ) goto jump_to_p2; } break; } /* Opcode: SeekRowid P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] ** ** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer ** keys). If register P3 does not contain an integer or if P1 does not ** contain a record with rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. ** Or, if P2 is 0, raise an SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain ** a record with rowid P3 then ** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next ** instruction. ** ** The OP_NotExists opcode performs the same operation, but with OP_NotExists ** the P3 register must be guaranteed to contain an integer value. With this ** opcode, register P3 might not contain an integer. ** ** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees ** (with arbitrary multi-value keys). ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be advanced ** in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev opcodes will ** not work following this opcode. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict, SeekRowid */ /* Opcode: NotExists P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] ** ** P1 is the index of a cursor open on an SQL table btree (with integer ** keys). P3 is an integer rowid. If P1 does not contain a record with ** rowid P3 then jump immediately to P2. Or, if P2 is 0, raise an ** SQLITE_CORRUPT error. If P1 does contain a record with rowid P3 then ** leave the cursor pointing at that record and fall through to the next ** instruction. ** ** The OP_SeekRowid opcode performs the same operation but also allows the ** P3 register to contain a non-integer value, in which case the jump is ** always taken. This opcode requires that P3 always contain an integer. ** ** The OP_NotFound opcode performs the same operation on index btrees ** (with arbitrary multi-value keys). ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor in a state where it cannot be advanced ** in either direction. In other words, the Next and Prev opcodes will ** not work following this opcode. ** ** See also: Found, NotFound, NoConflict, SeekRowid */ case OP_SeekRowid: { /* jump, in3 */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; u64 iKey; pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; if( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0 ){ /* Make sure pIn3->u.i contains a valid integer representation of ** the key value, but do not change the datatype of the register, as ** other parts of the perpared statement might be depending on the ** current datatype. */ u16 origFlags = pIn3->flags; int isNotInt; applyAffinity(pIn3, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC, encoding); isNotInt = (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)==0; pIn3->flags = origFlags; if( isNotInt ) goto jump_to_p2; } /* Fall through into OP_NotExists */ case OP_NotExists: /* jump, in3 */ pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( (pIn3->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 || pOp->opcode==OP_SeekRowid ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pC->seekOp = OP_SeekRowid; #endif assert( pC->isTable ); assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; assert( pCrsr!=0 ); res = 0; iKey = pIn3->u.i; rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, 0, iKey, 0, &res); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || res==0 ); pC->movetoTarget = iKey; /* Used by OP_Delete */ pC->nullRow = 0; pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; pC->deferredMoveto = 0; VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); pC->seekResult = res; if( res!=0 ){ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( pOp->p2==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; }else{ goto jump_to_p2; } } if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } /* Opcode: Sequence P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=cursor[P1].ctr++ ** ** Find the next available sequence number for cursor P1. ** Write the sequence number into register P2. ** The sequence number on the cursor is incremented after this ** instruction. */ case OP_Sequence: { /* out2 */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]!=0 ); assert( p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->eCurType!=CURTYPE_VTAB ); pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pOut->u.i = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->seqCount++; break; } /* Opcode: NewRowid P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid ** ** Get a new integer record number (a.k.a "rowid") used as the key to a table. ** The record number is not previously used as a key in the database ** table that cursor P1 points to. The new record number is written ** written to register P2. ** ** If P3>0 then P3 is a register in the root frame of this VDBE that holds ** the largest previously generated record number. No new record numbers are ** allowed to be less than this value. When this value reaches its maximum, ** an SQLITE_FULL error is generated. The P3 register is updated with the ' ** generated record number. This P3 mechanism is used to help implement the ** AUTOINCREMENT feature. */ case OP_NewRowid: { /* out2 */ i64 v; /* The new rowid */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor of table to get the new rowid */ int res; /* Result of an sqlite3BtreeLast() */ int cnt; /* Counter to limit the number of searches */ Mem *pMem; /* Register holding largest rowid for AUTOINCREMENT */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* Root frame of VDBE */ v = 0; res = 0; pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( pC->isTable ); assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); { /* The next rowid or record number (different terms for the same ** thing) is obtained in a two-step algorithm. ** ** First we attempt to find the largest existing rowid and add one ** to that. But if the largest existing rowid is already the maximum ** positive integer, we have to fall through to the second ** probabilistic algorithm ** ** The second algorithm is to select a rowid at random and see if ** it already exists in the table. If it does not exist, we have ** succeeded. If the random rowid does exist, we select a new one ** and try again, up to 100 times. */ assert( pC->isTable ); #ifdef SQLITE_32BIT_ROWID # define MAX_ROWID 0x7fffffff #else /* Some compilers complain about constants of the form 0x7fffffffffffffff. ** Others complain about 0x7ffffffffffffffffLL. The following macro seems ** to provide the constant while making all compilers happy. */ # define MAX_ROWID (i64)( (((u64)0x7fffffff)<<32) | (u64)0xffffffff ) #endif if( !pC->useRandomRowid ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pC->uc.pCursor, &res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } if( res ){ v = 1; /* IMP: R-61914-48074 */ }else{ assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pC->uc.pCursor) ); v = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pC->uc.pCursor); if( v>=MAX_ROWID ){ pC->useRandomRowid = 1; }else{ v++; /* IMP: R-29538-34987 */ } } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT if( pOp->p3 ){ /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ assert( pOp->p3>0 ); if( p->pFrame ){ for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ assert( pOp->p3<=pFrame->nMem ); pMem = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p3]; }else{ /* Assert that P3 is a valid memory cell. */ assert( pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; memAboutToChange(p, pMem); } assert( memIsValid(pMem) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pMem); sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pMem); assert( (pMem->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); /* mem(P3) holds an integer */ if( pMem->u.i==MAX_ROWID || pC->useRandomRowid ){ rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-17817-00630 */ goto abort_due_to_error; } if( vu.i+1 ){ v = pMem->u.i + 1; } pMem->u.i = v; } #endif if( pC->useRandomRowid ){ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-07677-41881 If the largest ROWID is equal to the ** largest possible integer (9223372036854775807) then the database ** engine starts picking positive candidate ROWIDs at random until ** it finds one that is not previously used. */ assert( pOp->p3==0 ); /* We cannot be in random rowid mode if this is ** an AUTOINCREMENT table. */ cnt = 0; do{ sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(v), &v); v &= (MAX_ROWID>>1); v++; /* Ensure that v is greater than zero */ }while( ((rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pC->uc.pCursor, 0, (u64)v, 0, &res))==SQLITE_OK) && (res==0) && (++cnt<100)); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( res==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_FULL; /* IMP: R-38219-53002 */ goto abort_due_to_error; } assert( v>0 ); /* EV: R-40812-03570 */ } pC->deferredMoveto = 0; pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; } pOut->u.i = v; break; } /* Opcode: Insert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: intkey=r[P3] data=r[P2] ** ** Write an entry into the table of cursor P1. A new entry is ** created if it doesn't already exist or the data for an existing ** entry is overwritten. The data is the value MEM_Blob stored in register ** number P2. The key is stored in register P3. The key must ** be a MEM_Int. ** ** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P5 is set, then the row change count is ** incremented (otherwise not). If the OPFLAG_LASTROWID flag of P5 is set, ** then rowid is stored for subsequent return by the ** sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() function (otherwise it is unmodified). ** ** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set, the implementation might ** run faster by avoiding an unnecessary seek on cursor P1. However, ** the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag must only be set if there have been no prior ** seeks on the cursor or if the most recent seek used a key equal to P3. ** ** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set, then this opcode is part of an ** UPDATE operation. Otherwise (if the flag is clear) then this opcode ** is part of an INSERT operation. The difference is only important to ** the update hook. ** ** Parameter P4 may point to a Table structure, or may be NULL. If it is ** not NULL, then the update-hook (sqlite3.xUpdateCallback) is invoked ** following a successful insert. ** ** (WARNING/TODO: If P1 is a pseudo-cursor and P2 is dynamically ** allocated, then ownership of P2 is transferred to the pseudo-cursor ** and register P2 becomes ephemeral. If the cursor is changed, the ** value of register P2 will then change. Make sure this does not ** cause any problems.) ** ** This instruction only works on tables. The equivalent instruction ** for indices is OP_IdxInsert. */ /* Opcode: InsertInt P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: intkey=P3 data=r[P2] ** ** This works exactly like OP_Insert except that the key is the ** integer value P3, not the value of the integer stored in register P3. */ case OP_Insert: case OP_InsertInt: { Mem *pData; /* MEM cell holding data for the record to be inserted */ Mem *pKey; /* MEM cell holding key for the record */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* Cursor to table into which insert is written */ int seekResult; /* Result of prior seek or 0 if no USESEEKRESULT flag */ const char *zDb; /* database name - used by the update hook */ Table *pTab; /* Table structure - used by update and pre-update hooks */ BtreePayload x; /* Payload to be inserted */ pData = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); assert( memIsValid(pData) ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); assert( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISNOOP) || pC->isTable ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE || pOp->p4type>=P4_STATIC ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pData); sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, pC); if( pOp->opcode==OP_Insert ){ pKey = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( pKey->flags & MEM_Int ); assert( memIsValid(pKey) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pKey); x.nKey = pKey->u.i; }else{ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_InsertInt ); x.nKey = pOp->p3; } if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(db) ){ assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zDbSName; pTab = pOp->p4.pTab; assert( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISNOOP) || HasRowid(pTab) ); }else{ pTab = 0; zDb = 0; /* Not needed. Silence a compiler warning. */ } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* Invoke the pre-update hook, if any */ if( pTab ){ if( db->xPreUpdateCallback && !(pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ){ sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC, SQLITE_INSERT, zDb, pTab, x.nKey,pOp->p2); } if( db->xUpdateCallback==0 || pTab->aCol==0 ){ /* Prevent post-update hook from running in cases when it should not */ pTab = 0; } } if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISNOOP ) break; #endif if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_LASTROWID ) db->lastRowid = x.nKey; assert( pData->flags & (MEM_Blob|MEM_Str) ); x.pData = pData->z; x.nData = pData->n; seekResult = ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0); if( pData->flags & MEM_Zero ){ x.nZero = pData->u.nZero; }else{ x.nZero = 0; } x.pKey = 0; rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, &x, (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)), seekResult ); pC->deferredMoveto = 0; pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( pTab ){ assert( db->xUpdateCallback!=0 ); assert( pTab->aCol!=0 ); db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_INSERT, zDb, pTab->zName, x.nKey); } break; } /* Opcode: Delete P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Delete the record at which the P1 cursor is currently pointing. ** ** If the OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION bit of the P5 parameter is set, then ** the cursor will be left pointing at either the next or the previous ** record in the table. If it is left pointing at the next record, then ** the next Next instruction will be a no-op. As a result, in this case ** it is ok to delete a record from within a Next loop. If ** OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION bit of P5 is clear, then the cursor will be ** left in an undefined state. ** ** If the OPFLAG_AUXDELETE bit is set on P5, that indicates that this ** delete one of several associated with deleting a table row and all its ** associated index entries. Exactly one of those deletes is the "primary" ** delete. The others are all on OPFLAG_FORDELETE cursors or else are ** marked with the AUXDELETE flag. ** ** If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag of P2 (NB: P2 not P5) is set, then the row ** change count is incremented (otherwise not). ** ** P1 must not be pseudo-table. It has to be a real table with ** multiple rows. ** ** If P4 is not NULL then it points to a Table object. In this case either ** the update or pre-update hook, or both, may be invoked. The P1 cursor must ** have been positioned using OP_NotFound prior to invoking this opcode in ** this case. Specifically, if one is configured, the pre-update hook is ** invoked if P4 is not NULL. The update-hook is invoked if one is configured, ** P4 is not NULL, and the OPFLAG_NCHANGE flag is set in P2. ** ** If the OPFLAG_ISUPDATE flag is set in P2, then P3 contains the address ** of the memory cell that contains the value that the rowid of the row will ** be set to by the update. */ case OP_Delete: { VdbeCursor *pC; const char *zDb; Table *pTab; int opflags; opflags = pOp->p2; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, pC); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HasRowid(pOp->p4.pTab) && pOp->p5==0 ){ /* If p5 is zero, the seek operation that positioned the cursor prior to ** OP_Delete will have also set the pC->movetoTarget field to the rowid of ** the row that is being deleted */ i64 iKey = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pC->uc.pCursor); assert( pC->movetoTarget==iKey ); } #endif /* If the update-hook or pre-update-hook will be invoked, set zDb to ** the name of the db to pass as to it. Also set local pTab to a copy ** of p4.pTab. Finally, if p5 is true, indicating that this cursor was ** last moved with OP_Next or OP_Prev, not Seek or NotFound, set ** VdbeCursor.movetoTarget to the current rowid. */ if( pOp->p4type==P4_TABLE && HAS_UPDATE_HOOK(db) ){ assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); assert( pOp->p4.pTab!=0 ); zDb = db->aDb[pC->iDb].zDbSName; pTab = pOp->p4.pTab; if( (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)!=0 && pC->isTable ){ pC->movetoTarget = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pC->uc.pCursor); } }else{ zDb = 0; /* Not needed. Silence a compiler warning. */ pTab = 0; /* Not needed. Silence a compiler warning. */ } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* Invoke the pre-update-hook if required. */ if( db->xPreUpdateCallback && pOp->p4.pTab ){ assert( !(opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) || HasRowid(pTab)==0 || (aMem[pOp->p3].flags & MEM_Int) ); sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook(p, pC, (opflags & OPFLAG_ISUPDATE) ? SQLITE_UPDATE : SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, pTab, pC->movetoTarget, pOp->p3 ); } if( opflags & OPFLAG_ISNOOP ) break; #endif /* Only flags that can be set are SAVEPOISTION and AUXDELETE */ assert( (pOp->p5 & ~(OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION|OPFLAG_AUXDELETE))==0 ); assert( OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION==BTREE_SAVEPOSITION ); assert( OPFLAG_AUXDELETE==BTREE_AUXDELETE ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( p->pFrame==0 ){ if( pC->isEphemeral==0 && (pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_AUXDELETE)==0 && (pC->wrFlag & OPFLAG_FORDELETE)==0 ){ nExtraDelete++; } if( pOp->p2 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ){ nExtraDelete--; } } #endif rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pC->uc.pCursor, pOp->p5); pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; pC->seekResult = 0; if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; /* Invoke the update-hook if required. */ if( opflags & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ){ p->nChange++; if( db->xUpdateCallback && HasRowid(pTab) ){ db->xUpdateCallback(db->pUpdateArg, SQLITE_DELETE, zDb, pTab->zName, pC->movetoTarget); assert( pC->iDb>=0 ); } } break; } /* Opcode: ResetCount * * * * * ** ** The value of the change counter is copied to the database handle ** change counter (returned by subsequent calls to sqlite3_changes()). ** Then the VMs internal change counter resets to 0. ** This is used by trigger programs. */ case OP_ResetCount: { sqlite3VdbeSetChanges(db, p->nChange); p->nChange = 0; break; } /* Opcode: SorterCompare P1 P2 P3 P4 ** Synopsis: if key(P1)!=trim(r[P3],P4) goto P2 ** ** P1 is a sorter cursor. This instruction compares a prefix of the ** record blob in register P3 against a prefix of the entry that ** the sorter cursor currently points to. Only the first P4 fields ** of r[P3] and the sorter record are compared. ** ** If either P3 or the sorter contains a NULL in one of their significant ** fields (not counting the P4 fields at the end which are ignored) then ** the comparison is assumed to be equal. ** ** Fall through to next instruction if the two records compare equal to ** each other. Jump to P2 if they are different. */ case OP_SorterCompare: { VdbeCursor *pC; int res; int nKeyCol; pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( isSorter(pC) ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; nKeyCol = pOp->p4.i; res = 0; rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare(pC, pIn3, nKeyCol, &res); VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( res ) goto jump_to_p2; break; }; /* Opcode: SorterData P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=data ** ** Write into register P2 the current sorter data for sorter cursor P1. ** Then clear the column header cache on cursor P3. ** ** This opcode is normally use to move a record out of the sorter and into ** a register that is the source for a pseudo-table cursor created using ** OpenPseudo. That pseudo-table cursor is the one that is identified by ** parameter P3. Clearing the P3 column cache as part of this opcode saves ** us from having to issue a separate NullRow instruction to clear that cache. */ case OP_SorterData: { VdbeCursor *pC; pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2]; pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( isSorter(pC) ); rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(pC, pOut); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (pOut->flags & MEM_Blob) ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; p->apCsr[pOp->p3]->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; break; } /* Opcode: RowData P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=data ** ** Write into register P2 the complete row content for the row at ** which cursor P1 is currently pointing. ** There is no interpretation of the data. ** It is just copied onto the P2 register exactly as ** it is found in the database file. ** ** If cursor P1 is an index, then the content is the key of the row. ** If cursor P2 is a table, then the content extracted is the data. ** ** If the P1 cursor must be pointing to a valid row (not a NULL row) ** of a real table, not a pseudo-table. ** ** If P3!=0 then this opcode is allowed to make an ephemeral pointer ** into the database page. That means that the content of the output ** register will be invalidated as soon as the cursor moves - including ** moves caused by other cursors that "save" the current cursors ** position in order that they can write to the same table. If P3==0 ** then a copy of the data is made into memory. P3!=0 is faster, but ** P3==0 is safer. ** ** If P3!=0 then the content of the P2 register is unsuitable for use ** in OP_Result and any OP_Result will invalidate the P2 register content. ** The P2 register content is invalidated by opcodes like OP_Function or ** by any use of another cursor pointing to the same table. */ case OP_RowData: { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; u32 n; pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( isSorter(pC)==0 ); assert( pC->nullRow==0 ); assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; /* The OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or ** OP_SeekRowid or OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions ** that might invalidate the cursor. ** If this where not the case, on of the following assert()s ** would fail. Should this ever change (because of changes in the code ** generator) then the fix would be to insert a call to ** sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(). */ assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(pCrsr) ); #if 0 /* Not required due to the previous to assert() statements */ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(pC); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto abort_due_to_error; #endif n = sqlite3BtreePayloadSize(pCrsr); if( n>(u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ goto too_big; } testcase( n==0 ); rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(pCrsr, 0, n, pOut); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( !pOp->p3 ) Deephemeralize(pOut); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2, pOut); break; } /* Opcode: Rowid P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid ** ** Store in register P2 an integer which is the key of the table entry that ** P1 is currently point to. ** ** P1 can be either an ordinary table or a virtual table. There used to ** be a separate OP_VRowid opcode for use with virtual tables, but this ** one opcode now works for both table types. */ case OP_Rowid: { /* out2 */ VdbeCursor *pC; i64 v; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( pC->eCurType!=CURTYPE_PSEUDO || pC->nullRow ); if( pC->nullRow ){ pOut->flags = MEM_Null; break; }else if( pC->deferredMoveto ){ v = pC->movetoTarget; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE }else if( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_VTAB ){ assert( pC->uc.pVCur!=0 ); pVtab = pC->uc.pVCur->pVtab; pModule = pVtab->pModule; assert( pModule->xRowid ); rc = pModule->xRowid(pC->uc.pVCur, &v); sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ }else{ assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(pC); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( pC->nullRow ){ pOut->flags = MEM_Null; break; } v = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(pC->uc.pCursor); } pOut->u.i = v; break; } /* Opcode: NullRow P1 * * * * ** ** Move the cursor P1 to a null row. Any OP_Column operations ** that occur while the cursor is on the null row will always ** write a NULL. */ case OP_NullRow: { VdbeCursor *pC; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); pC->nullRow = 1; pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; if( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ){ assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(pC->uc.pCursor); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pC->seekOp==0 ) pC->seekOp = OP_NullRow; #endif break; } /* Opcode: SeekEnd P1 * * * * ** ** Position cursor P1 at the end of the btree for the purpose of ** appending a new entry onto the btree. ** ** It is assumed that the cursor is used only for appending and so ** if the cursor is valid, then the cursor must already be pointing ** at the end of the btree and so no changes are made to ** the cursor. */ /* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * * ** ** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Prev instruction for P1 ** will refer to the last entry in the database table or index. ** If the table or index is empty and P2>0, then jump immediately to P2. ** If P2 is 0 or if the table or index is not empty, fall through ** to the following instruction. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in reverse order, ** from the end toward the beginning. In other words, the cursor is ** configured to use Prev, not Next. */ case OP_SeekEnd: case OP_Last: { /* jump */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; res = 0; assert( pCrsr!=0 ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pC->seekOp = pOp->opcode; #endif if( pOp->opcode==OP_SeekEnd ){ assert( pOp->p2==0 ); pC->seekResult = -1; if( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValidNN(pCrsr) ){ break; } } rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(pCrsr, &res); pC->nullRow = (u8)res; pC->deferredMoveto = 0; pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( pOp->p2>0 ){ VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); if( res ) goto jump_to_p2; } break; } /* Opcode: IfSmaller P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Estimate the number of rows in the table P1. Jump to P2 if that ** estimate is less than approximately 2**(0.1*P3). */ case OP_IfSmaller: { /* jump */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; i64 sz; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; assert( pCrsr ); rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( res==0 ){ sz = sqlite3BtreeRowCountEst(pCrsr); if( ALWAYS(sz>=0) && sqlite3LogEst((u64)sz)p3 ) res = 1; } VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); if( res ) goto jump_to_p2; break; } /* Opcode: SorterSort P1 P2 * * * ** ** After all records have been inserted into the Sorter object ** identified by P1, invoke this opcode to actually do the sorting. ** Jump to P2 if there are no records to be sorted. ** ** This opcode is an alias for OP_Sort and OP_Rewind that is used ** for Sorter objects. */ /* Opcode: Sort P1 P2 * * * ** ** This opcode does exactly the same thing as OP_Rewind except that ** it increments an undocumented global variable used for testing. ** ** Sorting is accomplished by writing records into a sorting index, ** then rewinding that index and playing it back from beginning to ** end. We use the OP_Sort opcode instead of OP_Rewind to do the ** rewinding so that the global variable will be incremented and ** regression tests can determine whether or not the optimizer is ** correctly optimizing out sorts. */ case OP_SorterSort: /* jump */ case OP_Sort: { /* jump */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_sort_count++; sqlite3_search_count--; #endif p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_SORT]++; /* Fall through into OP_Rewind */ } /* Opcode: Rewind P1 P2 * * P5 ** ** The next use of the Rowid or Column or Next instruction for P1 ** will refer to the first entry in the database table or index. ** If the table or index is empty, jump immediately to P2. ** If the table or index is not empty, fall through to the following ** instruction. ** ** If P5 is non-zero and the table is not empty, then the "skip-next" ** flag is set on the cursor so that the next OP_Next instruction ** executed on it is a no-op. ** ** This opcode leaves the cursor configured to move in forward order, ** from the beginning toward the end. In other words, the cursor is ** configured to use Next, not Prev. */ case OP_Rewind: { /* jump */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterSort) ); res = 1; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pC->seekOp = OP_Rewind; #endif if( isSorter(pC) ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(pC, &res); }else{ assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; assert( pCrsr ); rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCrsr, &res); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( pOp->p5 ) sqlite3BtreeSkipNext(pCrsr); #endif pC->deferredMoveto = 0; pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; } if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; pC->nullRow = (u8)res; assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2nOp ); VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); if( res ) goto jump_to_p2; break; } /* Opcode: Next P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its ** table or index. If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through ** to the following instruction. But if the cursor advance was successful, ** jump immediately to P2. ** ** The Next opcode is only valid following an SeekGT, SeekGE, or ** OP_Rewind opcode used to position the cursor. Next is not allowed ** to follow SeekLT, SeekLE, or OP_Last. ** ** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. P1 must have ** been opened prior to this opcode or the program will segfault. ** ** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that ** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been ** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is ** always either 0 or 1. ** ** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to ** sqlite3BtreeNext(). ** ** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter ** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. ** ** See also: Prev */ /* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its ** table or index. If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through ** to the following instruction. But if the cursor backup was successful, ** jump immediately to P2. ** ** ** The Prev opcode is only valid following an SeekLT, SeekLE, or ** OP_Last opcode used to position the cursor. Prev is not allowed ** to follow SeekGT, SeekGE, or OP_Rewind. ** ** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table. If P1 is ** not open then the behavior is undefined. ** ** The P3 value is a hint to the btree implementation. If P3==1, that ** means P1 is an SQL index and that this instruction could have been ** omitted if that index had been unique. P3 is usually 0. P3 is ** always either 0 or 1. ** ** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to ** sqlite3BtreePrevious(). ** ** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter ** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented. */ /* Opcode: SorterNext P1 P2 * * P5 ** ** This opcode works just like OP_Next except that P1 must be a ** sorter object for which the OP_SorterSort opcode has been ** invoked. This opcode advances the cursor to the next sorted ** record, or jumps to P2 if there are no more sorted records. */ case OP_SorterNext: { /* jump */ VdbeCursor *pC; pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( isSorter(pC) ); rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pC); goto next_tail; case OP_Prev: /* jump */ case OP_Next: /* jump */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); assert( pOp->p5aCounter) ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext ); assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious ); /* The Next opcode is only used after SeekGT, SeekGE, Rewind, and Found. ** The Prev opcode is only used after SeekLT, SeekLE, and Last. */ assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekGE || pC->seekOp==OP_Rewind || pC->seekOp==OP_Found || pC->seekOp==OP_NullRow); assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLT || pC->seekOp==OP_SeekLE || pC->seekOp==OP_Last || pC->seekOp==OP_NullRow); rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(pC->uc.pCursor, pOp->p3); next_tail: pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_OK,2); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pC->nullRow = 0; p->aCounter[pOp->p5]++; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_search_count++; #endif goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt; } if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) goto abort_due_to_error; rc = SQLITE_OK; pC->nullRow = 1; goto check_for_interrupt; } /* Opcode: IdxInsert P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: key=r[P2] ** ** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the ** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key ** into the index P1. Data for the entry is nil. ** ** If P4 is not zero, then it is the number of values in the unpacked ** key of reg(P2). In that case, P3 is the index of the first register ** for the unpacked key. The availability of the unpacked key can sometimes ** be an optimization. ** ** If P5 has the OPFLAG_APPEND bit set, that is a hint to the b-tree layer ** that this insert is likely to be an append. ** ** If P5 has the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit set, then the change counter is ** incremented by this instruction. If the OPFLAG_NCHANGE bit is clear, ** then the change counter is unchanged. ** ** If the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag of P5 is set, the implementation might ** run faster by avoiding an unnecessary seek on cursor P1. However, ** the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag must only be set if there have been no prior ** seeks on the cursor or if the most recent seek used a key equivalent ** to P2. ** ** This instruction only works for indices. The equivalent instruction ** for tables is OP_Insert. */ /* Opcode: SorterInsert P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: key=r[P2] ** ** Register P2 holds an SQL index key made using the ** MakeRecord instructions. This opcode writes that key ** into the sorter P1. Data for the entry is nil. */ case OP_SorterInsert: /* in2 */ case OP_IdxInsert: { /* in2 */ VdbeCursor *pC; BtreePayload x; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, pC); assert( pC!=0 ); assert( isSorter(pC)==(pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert) ); pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( pIn2->flags & MEM_Blob ); if( pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_NCHANGE ) p->nChange++; assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE || pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert ); assert( pC->isTable==0 ); rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( pOp->opcode==OP_SorterInsert ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(pC, pIn2); }else{ x.nKey = pIn2->n; x.pKey = pIn2->z; x.aMem = aMem + pOp->p3; x.nMem = (u16)pOp->p4.i; rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(pC->uc.pCursor, &x, (pOp->p5 & (OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION)), ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? pC->seekResult : 0) ); assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; } if( rc) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } /* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: key=r[P2@P3] ** ** The content of P3 registers starting at register P2 form ** an unpacked index key. This opcode removes that entry from the ** index opened by cursor P1. */ case OP_IdxDelete: { VdbeCursor *pC; BtCursor *pCrsr; int res; UnpackedRecord r; assert( pOp->p3>0 ); assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1 ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, pC); pCrsr = pC->uc.pCursor; assert( pCrsr!=0 ); assert( pOp->p5==0 ); r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; r.nField = (u16)pOp->p3; r.default_rc = 0; r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p2]; rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(pCrsr, &r, 0, 0, &res); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( res==0 ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeDelete(pCrsr, BTREE_AUXDELETE); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; } assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE; pC->seekResult = 0; break; } /* Opcode: DeferredSeek P1 * P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: Move P3 to P1.rowid if needed ** ** P1 is an open index cursor and P3 is a cursor on the corresponding ** table. This opcode does a deferred seek of the P3 table cursor ** to the row that corresponds to the current row of P1. ** ** This is a deferred seek. Nothing actually happens until ** the cursor is used to read a record. That way, if no reads ** occur, no unnecessary I/O happens. ** ** P4 may be an array of integers (type P4_INTARRAY) containing ** one entry for each column in the P3 table. If array entry a(i) ** is non-zero, then reading column a(i)-1 from cursor P3 is ** equivalent to performing the deferred seek and then reading column i ** from P1. This information is stored in P3 and used to redirect ** reads against P3 over to P1, thus possibly avoiding the need to ** seek and read cursor P3. */ /* Opcode: IdxRowid P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=rowid ** ** Write into register P2 an integer which is the last entry in the record at ** the end of the index key pointed to by cursor P1. This integer should be ** the rowid of the table entry to which this index entry points. ** ** See also: Rowid, MakeRecord. */ case OP_DeferredSeek: case OP_IdxRowid: { /* out2 */ VdbeCursor *pC; /* The P1 index cursor */ VdbeCursor *pTabCur; /* The P2 table cursor (OP_DeferredSeek only) */ i64 rowid; /* Rowid that P1 current points to */ assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0 ); assert( pC->isTable==0 ); assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); assert( !pC->nullRow || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxRowid ); /* The IdxRowid and Seek opcodes are combined because of the commonality ** of sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore() and sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(). */ rc = sqlite3VdbeCursorRestore(pC); /* sqlite3VbeCursorRestore() can only fail if the record has been deleted ** out from under the cursor. That will never happens for an IdxRowid ** or Seek opcode */ if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( !pC->nullRow ){ rowid = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(db, pC->uc.pCursor, &rowid); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto abort_due_to_error; } if( pOp->opcode==OP_DeferredSeek ){ assert( pOp->p3>=0 && pOp->p3nCursor ); pTabCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p3]; assert( pTabCur!=0 ); assert( pTabCur->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( pTabCur->uc.pCursor!=0 ); assert( pTabCur->isTable ); pTabCur->nullRow = 0; pTabCur->movetoTarget = rowid; pTabCur->deferredMoveto = 1; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INTARRAY || pOp->p4.ai==0 ); pTabCur->aAltMap = pOp->p4.ai; pTabCur->pAltCursor = pC; }else{ pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pOut->u.i = rowid; } }else{ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxRowid ); sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(&aMem[pOp->p2]); } break; } /* Opcode: IdxGE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index ** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index ** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID ** fields at the end. ** ** If the P1 index entry is greater than or equal to the key value ** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. */ /* Opcode: IdxGT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index ** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY. Compare this key value against the index ** that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID ** fields at the end. ** ** If the P1 index entry is greater than the key value ** then jump to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. */ /* Opcode: IdxLT P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index ** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against ** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ** ROWID on the P1 index. ** ** If the P1 index entry is less than the key value then jump to P2. ** Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. */ /* Opcode: IdxLE P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: key=r[P3@P4] ** ** The P4 register values beginning with P3 form an unpacked index ** key that omits the PRIMARY KEY or ROWID. Compare this key value against ** the index that P1 is currently pointing to, ignoring the PRIMARY KEY or ** ROWID on the P1 index. ** ** If the P1 index entry is less than or equal to the key value then jump ** to P2. Otherwise fall through to the next instruction. */ case OP_IdxLE: /* jump */ case OP_IdxGT: /* jump */ case OP_IdxLT: /* jump */ case OP_IdxGE: { /* jump */ VdbeCursor *pC; int res; UnpackedRecord r; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); assert( pC->isOrdered ); assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( pC->uc.pCursor!=0); assert( pC->deferredMoveto==0 ); assert( pOp->p5==0 || pOp->p5==1 ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); r.pKeyInfo = pC->pKeyInfo; r.nField = (u16)pOp->p4.i; if( pOp->opcodeopcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT ); r.default_rc = -1; }else{ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ); r.default_rc = 0; } r.aMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { int i; for(i=0; ip3+i, &aMem[pOp->p3+i]); } } #endif res = 0; /* Not needed. Only used to silence a warning. */ rc = sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(db, pC, &r, &res); assert( (OP_IdxLE&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) && (OP_IdxGE&1)==(OP_IdxGT&1) ); if( (pOp->opcode&1)==(OP_IdxLT&1) ){ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxLT ); res = -res; }else{ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGE || pOp->opcode==OP_IdxGT ); res++; } VdbeBranchTaken(res>0,2); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; if( res>0 ) goto jump_to_p2; break; } /* Opcode: Destroy P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Delete an entire database table or index whose root page in the database ** file is given by P1. ** ** The table being destroyed is in the main database file if P3==0. If ** P3==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file ** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. ** ** If AUTOVACUUM is enabled then it is possible that another root page ** might be moved into the newly deleted root page in order to keep all ** root pages contiguous at the beginning of the database. The former ** value of the root page that moved - its value before the move occurred - ** is stored in register P2. If no page movement was required (because the ** table being dropped was already the last one in the database) then a ** zero is stored in register P2. If AUTOVACUUM is disabled then a zero ** is stored in register P2. ** ** This opcode throws an error if there are any active reader VMs when ** it is invoked. This is done to avoid the difficulty associated with ** updating existing cursors when a root page is moved in an AUTOVACUUM ** database. This error is thrown even if the database is not an AUTOVACUUM ** db in order to avoid introducing an incompatibility between autovacuum ** and non-autovacuum modes. ** ** See also: Clear */ case OP_Destroy: { /* out2 */ int iMoved; int iDb; sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0); assert( p->readOnly==0 ); assert( pOp->p1>1 ); pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pOut->flags = MEM_Null; if( db->nVdbeRead > db->nVDestroy+1 ){ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; p->errorAction = OE_Abort; goto abort_due_to_error; }else{ iDb = pOp->p3; assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, iDb) ); iMoved = 0; /* Not needed. Only to silence a warning. */ rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(db->aDb[iDb].pBt, pOp->p1, &iMoved); pOut->flags = MEM_Int; pOut->u.i = iMoved; if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM if( iMoved!=0 ){ sqlite3RootPageMoved(db, iDb, iMoved, pOp->p1); /* All OP_Destroy operations occur on the same btree */ assert( resetSchemaOnFault==0 || resetSchemaOnFault==iDb+1 ); resetSchemaOnFault = iDb+1; } #endif } break; } /* Opcode: Clear P1 P2 P3 ** ** Delete all contents of the database table or index whose root page ** in the database file is given by P1. But, unlike Destroy, do not ** remove the table or index from the database file. ** ** The table being clear is in the main database file if P2==0. If ** P2==1 then the table to be clear is in the auxiliary database file ** that is used to store tables create using CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. ** ** If the P3 value is non-zero, then the table referred to must be an ** intkey table (an SQL table, not an index). In this case the row change ** count is incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. ** If P3 is greater than zero, then the value stored in register P3 is ** also incremented by the number of rows in the table being cleared. ** ** See also: Destroy */ case OP_Clear: { int nChange; sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0); nChange = 0; assert( p->readOnly==0 ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p2) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTable( db->aDb[pOp->p2].pBt, pOp->p1, (pOp->p3 ? &nChange : 0) ); if( pOp->p3 ){ p->nChange += nChange; if( pOp->p3>0 ){ assert( memIsValid(&aMem[pOp->p3]) ); memAboutToChange(p, &aMem[pOp->p3]); aMem[pOp->p3].u.i += nChange; } } if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } /* Opcode: ResetSorter P1 * * * * ** ** Delete all contents from the ephemeral table or sorter ** that is open on cursor P1. ** ** This opcode only works for cursors used for sorting and ** opened with OP_OpenEphemeral or OP_SorterOpen. */ case OP_ResetSorter: { VdbeCursor *pC; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pC!=0 ); if( isSorter(pC) ){ sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pC->uc.pSorter); }else{ assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); assert( pC->isEphemeral ); rc = sqlite3BtreeClearTableOfCursor(pC->uc.pCursor); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; } break; } /* Opcode: CreateBtree P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P2]=root iDb=P1 flags=P3 ** ** Allocate a new b-tree in the main database file if P1==0 or in the ** TEMP database file if P1==1 or in an attached database if ** P1>1. The P3 argument must be 1 (BTREE_INTKEY) for a rowid table ** it must be 2 (BTREE_BLOBKEY) for an index or WITHOUT ROWID table. ** The root page number of the new b-tree is stored in register P2. */ case OP_CreateBtree: { /* out2 */ int pgno; Db *pDb; sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0); pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pgno = 0; assert( pOp->p3==BTREE_INTKEY || pOp->p3==BTREE_BLOBKEY ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) ); assert( p->readOnly==0 ); pDb = &db->aDb[pOp->p1]; assert( pDb->pBt!=0 ); rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pDb->pBt, &pgno, pOp->p3); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; pOut->u.i = pgno; break; } /* Opcode: SqlExec * * * P4 * ** ** Run the SQL statement or statements specified in the P4 string. */ case OP_SqlExec: { sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0); db->nSqlExec++; rc = sqlite3_exec(db, pOp->p4.z, 0, 0, 0); db->nSqlExec--; if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } /* Opcode: ParseSchema P1 * * P4 * ** ** Read and parse all entries from the SQLITE_MASTER table of database P1 ** that match the WHERE clause P4. If P4 is a NULL pointer, then the ** entire schema for P1 is reparsed. ** ** This opcode invokes the parser to create a new virtual machine, ** then runs the new virtual machine. It is thus a re-entrant opcode. */ case OP_ParseSchema: { int iDb; const char *zMaster; char *zSql; InitData initData; /* Any prepared statement that invokes this opcode will hold mutexes ** on every btree. This is a prerequisite for invoking ** sqlite3InitCallback(). */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); } #endif iDb = pOp->p1; assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); assert( DbHasProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded) ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE if( pOp->p4.z==0 ){ sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema); db->mDbFlags &= ~DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk; rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, iDb, &p->zErrMsg, INITFLAG_AlterTable); db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; p->expired = 0; }else #endif { zMaster = MASTER_NAME; initData.db = db; initData.iDb = pOp->p1; initData.pzErrMsg = &p->zErrMsg; initData.mInitFlags = 0; zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s WHERE %s ORDER BY rowid", db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zMaster, pOp->p4.z); if( zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ assert( db->init.busy==0 ); db->init.busy = 1; initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( !db->mallocFailed ); rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, zSql); db->init.busy = 0; } } if( rc ){ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ goto no_mem; } goto abort_due_to_error; } break; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) /* Opcode: LoadAnalysis P1 * * * * ** ** Read the sqlite_stat1 table for database P1 and load the content ** of that table into the internal index hash table. This will cause ** the analysis to be used when preparing all subsequent queries. */ case OP_LoadAnalysis: { assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); rc = sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, pOp->p1); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE) */ /* Opcode: DropTable P1 * * P4 * ** ** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe ** the table named P4 in database P1. This is called after a table ** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep ** the internal representation of the ** schema consistent with what is on disk. */ case OP_DropTable: { sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0); sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); break; } /* Opcode: DropIndex P1 * * P4 * ** ** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe ** the index named P4 in database P1. This is called after an index ** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) ** in order to keep the internal representation of the ** schema consistent with what is on disk. */ case OP_DropIndex: { sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0); sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); break; } /* Opcode: DropTrigger P1 * * P4 * ** ** Remove the internal (in-memory) data structures that describe ** the trigger named P4 in database P1. This is called after a trigger ** is dropped from disk (using the Destroy opcode) in order to keep ** the internal representation of the ** schema consistent with what is on disk. */ case OP_DropTrigger: { sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0); sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* Opcode: IntegrityCk P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Do an analysis of the currently open database. Store in ** register P1 the text of an error message describing any problems. ** If no problems are found, store a NULL in register P1. ** ** The register P3 contains one less than the maximum number of allowed errors. ** At most reg(P3) errors will be reported. ** In other words, the analysis stops as soon as reg(P1) errors are ** seen. Reg(P1) is updated with the number of errors remaining. ** ** The root page numbers of all tables in the database are integers ** stored in P4_INTARRAY argument. ** ** If P5 is not zero, the check is done on the auxiliary database ** file, not the main database file. ** ** This opcode is used to implement the integrity_check pragma. */ case OP_IntegrityCk: { int nRoot; /* Number of tables to check. (Number of root pages.) */ int *aRoot; /* Array of rootpage numbers for tables to be checked */ int nErr; /* Number of errors reported */ char *z; /* Text of the error report */ Mem *pnErr; /* Register keeping track of errors remaining */ assert( p->bIsReader ); nRoot = pOp->p2; aRoot = pOp->p4.ai; assert( nRoot>0 ); assert( aRoot[0]==nRoot ); assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); pnErr = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( (pnErr->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); assert( (pnErr->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob))==0 ); pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( pOp->p5nDb ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p5) ); z = sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(db->aDb[pOp->p5].pBt, &aRoot[1], nRoot, (int)pnErr->u.i+1, &nErr); sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); if( nErr==0 ){ assert( z==0 ); }else if( z==0 ){ goto no_mem; }else{ pnErr->u.i -= nErr-1; sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pIn1, z, -1, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3_free); } UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pIn1); sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pIn1, encoding); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ /* Opcode: RowSetAdd P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: rowset(P1)=r[P2] ** ** Insert the integer value held by register P2 into a RowSet object ** held in register P1. ** ** An assertion fails if P2 is not an integer. */ case OP_RowSetAdd: { /* in1, in2 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; assert( (pIn2->flags & MEM_Int)!=0 ); if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){ if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1) ) goto no_mem; } assert( sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pIn1) ); sqlite3RowSetInsert((RowSet*)pIn1->z, pIn2->u.i); break; } /* Opcode: RowSetRead P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=rowset(P1) ** ** Extract the smallest value from the RowSet object in P1 ** and put that value into register P3. ** Or, if RowSet object P1 is initially empty, leave P3 ** unchanged and jump to instruction P2. */ case OP_RowSetRead: { /* jump, in1, out3 */ i64 val; pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 || sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pIn1) ); if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 || sqlite3RowSetNext((RowSet*)pIn1->z, &val)==0 ){ /* The boolean index is empty */ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pIn1); VdbeBranchTaken(1,2); goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt; }else{ /* A value was pulled from the index */ VdbeBranchTaken(0,2); sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[pOp->p3], val); } goto check_for_interrupt; } /* Opcode: RowSetTest P1 P2 P3 P4 ** Synopsis: if r[P3] in rowset(P1) goto P2 ** ** Register P3 is assumed to hold a 64-bit integer value. If register P1 ** contains a RowSet object and that RowSet object contains ** the value held in P3, jump to register P2. Otherwise, insert the ** integer in P3 into the RowSet and continue on to the ** next opcode. ** ** The RowSet object is optimized for the case where sets of integers ** are inserted in distinct phases, which each set contains no duplicates. ** Each set is identified by a unique P4 value. The first set ** must have P4==0, the final set must have P4==-1, and for all other sets ** must have P4>0. ** ** This allows optimizations: (a) when P4==0 there is no need to test ** the RowSet object for P3, as it is guaranteed not to contain it, ** (b) when P4==-1 there is no need to insert the value, as it will ** never be tested for, and (c) when a value that is part of set X is ** inserted, there is no need to search to see if the same value was ** previously inserted as part of set X (only if it was previously ** inserted as part of some other set). */ case OP_RowSetTest: { /* jump, in1, in3 */ int iSet; int exists; pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; iSet = pOp->p4.i; assert( pIn3->flags&MEM_Int ); /* If there is anything other than a rowset object in memory cell P1, ** delete it now and initialize P1 with an empty rowset */ if( (pIn1->flags & MEM_Blob)==0 ){ if( sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(pIn1) ) goto no_mem; } assert( sqlite3VdbeMemIsRowSet(pIn1) ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_INT32 ); assert( iSet==-1 || iSet>=0 ); if( iSet ){ exists = sqlite3RowSetTest((RowSet*)pIn1->z, iSet, pIn3->u.i); VdbeBranchTaken(exists!=0,2); if( exists ) goto jump_to_p2; } if( iSet>=0 ){ sqlite3RowSetInsert((RowSet*)pIn1->z, pIn3->u.i); } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* Opcode: Program P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** ** Execute the trigger program passed as P4 (type P4_SUBPROGRAM). ** ** P1 contains the address of the memory cell that contains the first memory ** cell in an array of values used as arguments to the sub-program. P2 ** contains the address to jump to if the sub-program throws an IGNORE ** exception using the RAISE() function. Register P3 contains the address ** of a memory cell in this (the parent) VM that is used to allocate the ** memory required by the sub-vdbe at runtime. ** ** P4 is a pointer to the VM containing the trigger program. ** ** If P5 is non-zero, then recursive program invocation is enabled. */ case OP_Program: { /* jump */ int nMem; /* Number of memory registers for sub-program */ int nByte; /* Bytes of runtime space required for sub-program */ Mem *pRt; /* Register to allocate runtime space */ Mem *pMem; /* Used to iterate through memory cells */ Mem *pEnd; /* Last memory cell in new array */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; /* New vdbe frame to execute in */ SubProgram *pProgram; /* Sub-program to execute */ void *t; /* Token identifying trigger */ pProgram = pOp->p4.pProgram; pRt = &aMem[pOp->p3]; assert( pProgram->nOp>0 ); /* If the p5 flag is clear, then recursive invocation of triggers is ** disabled for backwards compatibility (p5 is set if this sub-program ** is really a trigger, not a foreign key action, and the flag set ** and cleared by the "PRAGMA recursive_triggers" command is clear). ** ** It is recursive invocation of triggers, at the SQL level, that is ** disabled. In some cases a single trigger may generate more than one ** SubProgram (if the trigger may be executed with more than one different ** ON CONFLICT algorithm). SubProgram structures associated with a ** single trigger all have the same value for the SubProgram.token ** variable. */ if( pOp->p5 ){ t = pProgram->token; for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame && pFrame->token!=t; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); if( pFrame ) break; } if( p->nFrame>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH] ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3VdbeError(p, "too many levels of trigger recursion"); goto abort_due_to_error; } /* Register pRt is used to store the memory required to save the state ** of the current program, and the memory required at runtime to execute ** the trigger program. If this trigger has been fired before, then pRt ** is already allocated. Otherwise, it must be initialized. */ if( (pRt->flags&MEM_Blob)==0 ){ /* SubProgram.nMem is set to the number of memory cells used by the ** program stored in SubProgram.aOp. As well as these, one memory ** cell is required for each cursor used by the program. Set local ** variable nMem (and later, VdbeFrame.nChildMem) to this value. */ nMem = pProgram->nMem + pProgram->nCsr; assert( nMem>0 ); if( pProgram->nCsr==0 ) nMem++; nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(VdbeFrame)) + nMem * sizeof(Mem) + pProgram->nCsr * sizeof(VdbeCursor*) + (pProgram->nOp + 7)/8; pFrame = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); if( !pFrame ){ goto no_mem; } sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRt); pRt->flags = MEM_Blob|MEM_Dyn; pRt->z = (char*)pFrame; pRt->n = nByte; pRt->xDel = sqlite3VdbeFrameMemDel; pFrame->v = p; pFrame->nChildMem = nMem; pFrame->nChildCsr = pProgram->nCsr; pFrame->pc = (int)(pOp - aOp); pFrame->aMem = p->aMem; pFrame->nMem = p->nMem; pFrame->apCsr = p->apCsr; pFrame->nCursor = p->nCursor; pFrame->aOp = p->aOp; pFrame->nOp = p->nOp; pFrame->token = pProgram->token; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS pFrame->anExec = p->anExec; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pFrame->iFrameMagic = SQLITE_FRAME_MAGIC; #endif pEnd = &VdbeFrameMem(pFrame)[pFrame->nChildMem]; for(pMem=VdbeFrameMem(pFrame); pMem!=pEnd; pMem++){ pMem->flags = MEM_Undefined; pMem->db = db; } }else{ pFrame = (VdbeFrame*)pRt->z; assert( pRt->xDel==sqlite3VdbeFrameMemDel ); assert( pProgram->nMem+pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildMem || (pProgram->nCsr==0 && pProgram->nMem+1==pFrame->nChildMem) ); assert( pProgram->nCsr==pFrame->nChildCsr ); assert( (int)(pOp - aOp)==pFrame->pc ); } p->nFrame++; pFrame->pParent = p->pFrame; pFrame->lastRowid = db->lastRowid; pFrame->nChange = p->nChange; pFrame->nDbChange = p->db->nChange; assert( pFrame->pAuxData==0 ); pFrame->pAuxData = p->pAuxData; p->pAuxData = 0; p->nChange = 0; p->pFrame = pFrame; p->aMem = aMem = VdbeFrameMem(pFrame); p->nMem = pFrame->nChildMem; p->nCursor = (u16)pFrame->nChildCsr; p->apCsr = (VdbeCursor **)&aMem[p->nMem]; pFrame->aOnce = (u8*)&p->apCsr[pProgram->nCsr]; memset(pFrame->aOnce, 0, (pProgram->nOp + 7)/8); p->aOp = aOp = pProgram->aOp; p->nOp = pProgram->nOp; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS p->anExec = 0; #endif pOp = &aOp[-1]; break; } /* Opcode: Param P1 P2 * * * ** ** This opcode is only ever present in sub-programs called via the ** OP_Program instruction. Copy a value currently stored in a memory ** cell of the calling (parent) frame to cell P2 in the current frames ** address space. This is used by trigger programs to access the new.* ** and old.* values. ** ** The address of the cell in the parent frame is determined by adding ** the value of the P1 argument to the value of the P1 argument to the ** calling OP_Program instruction. */ case OP_Param: { /* out2 */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; Mem *pIn; pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pFrame = p->pFrame; pIn = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1 + pFrame->aOp[pFrame->pc].p1]; sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(pOut, pIn, MEM_Ephem); break; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY /* Opcode: FkCounter P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: fkctr[P1]+=P2 ** ** Increment a "constraint counter" by P2 (P2 may be negative or positive). ** If P1 is non-zero, the database constraint counter is incremented ** (deferred foreign key constraints). Otherwise, if P1 is zero, the ** statement counter is incremented (immediate foreign key constraints). */ case OP_FkCounter: { if( db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs ){ db->nDeferredImmCons += pOp->p2; }else if( pOp->p1 ){ db->nDeferredCons += pOp->p2; }else{ p->nFkConstraint += pOp->p2; } break; } /* Opcode: FkIfZero P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: if fkctr[P1]==0 goto P2 ** ** This opcode tests if a foreign key constraint-counter is currently zero. ** If so, jump to instruction P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next ** instruction. ** ** If P1 is non-zero, then the jump is taken if the database constraint-counter ** is zero (the one that counts deferred constraint violations). If P1 is ** zero, the jump is taken if the statement constraint-counter is zero ** (immediate foreign key constraint violations). */ case OP_FkIfZero: { /* jump */ if( pOp->p1 ){ VdbeBranchTaken(db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2); if( db->nDeferredCons==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) goto jump_to_p2; }else{ VdbeBranchTaken(p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0, 2); if( p->nFkConstraint==0 && db->nDeferredImmCons==0 ) goto jump_to_p2; } break; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* Opcode: MemMax P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: r[P1]=max(r[P1],r[P2]) ** ** P1 is a register in the root frame of this VM (the root frame is ** different from the current frame if this instruction is being executed ** within a sub-program). Set the value of register P1 to the maximum of ** its current value and the value in register P2. ** ** This instruction throws an error if the memory cell is not initially ** an integer. */ case OP_MemMax: { /* in2 */ VdbeFrame *pFrame; if( p->pFrame ){ for(pFrame=p->pFrame; pFrame->pParent; pFrame=pFrame->pParent); pIn1 = &pFrame->aMem[pOp->p1]; }else{ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; } assert( memIsValid(pIn1) ); sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn1); pIn2 = &aMem[pOp->p2]; sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(pIn2); if( pIn1->u.iu.i){ pIn1->u.i = pIn2->u.i; } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ /* Opcode: IfPos P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P1]-=P3, goto P2 ** ** Register P1 must contain an integer. ** If the value of register P1 is 1 or greater, subtract P3 from the ** value in P1 and jump to P2. ** ** If the initial value of register P1 is less than 1, then the ** value is unchanged and control passes through to the next instruction. */ case OP_IfPos: { /* jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); VdbeBranchTaken( pIn1->u.i>0, 2); if( pIn1->u.i>0 ){ pIn1->u.i -= pOp->p3; goto jump_to_p2; } break; } /* Opcode: OffsetLimit P1 P2 P3 * * ** Synopsis: if r[P1]>0 then r[P2]=r[P1]+max(0,r[P3]) else r[P2]=(-1) ** ** This opcode performs a commonly used computation associated with ** LIMIT and OFFSET process. r[P1] holds the limit counter. r[P3] ** holds the offset counter. The opcode computes the combined value ** of the LIMIT and OFFSET and stores that value in r[P2]. The r[P2] ** value computed is the total number of rows that will need to be ** visited in order to complete the query. ** ** If r[P3] is zero or negative, that means there is no OFFSET ** and r[P2] is set to be the value of the LIMIT, r[P1]. ** ** if r[P1] is zero or negative, that means there is no LIMIT ** and r[P2] is set to -1. ** ** Otherwise, r[P2] is set to the sum of r[P1] and r[P3]. */ case OP_OffsetLimit: { /* in1, out2, in3 */ i64 x; pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3]; pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); assert( pIn1->flags & MEM_Int ); assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int ); x = pIn1->u.i; if( x<=0 || sqlite3AddInt64(&x, pIn3->u.i>0?pIn3->u.i:0) ){ /* If the LIMIT is less than or equal to zero, loop forever. This ** is documented. But also, if the LIMIT+OFFSET exceeds 2^63 then ** also loop forever. This is undocumented. In fact, one could argue ** that the loop should terminate. But assuming 1 billion iterations ** per second (far exceeding the capabilities of any current hardware) ** it would take nearly 300 years to actually reach the limit. So ** looping forever is a reasonable approximation. */ pOut->u.i = -1; }else{ pOut->u.i = x; } break; } /* Opcode: IfNotZero P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: if r[P1]!=0 then r[P1]--, goto P2 ** ** Register P1 must contain an integer. If the content of register P1 is ** initially greater than zero, then decrement the value in register P1. ** If it is non-zero (negative or positive) and then also jump to P2. ** If register P1 is initially zero, leave it unchanged and fall through. */ case OP_IfNotZero: { /* jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i<0, 2); if( pIn1->u.i ){ if( pIn1->u.i>0 ) pIn1->u.i--; goto jump_to_p2; } break; } /* Opcode: DecrJumpZero P1 P2 * * * ** Synopsis: if (--r[P1])==0 goto P2 ** ** Register P1 must hold an integer. Decrement the value in P1 ** and jump to P2 if the new value is exactly zero. */ case OP_DecrJumpZero: { /* jump, in1 */ pIn1 = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( pIn1->flags&MEM_Int ); if( pIn1->u.i>SMALLEST_INT64 ) pIn1->u.i--; VdbeBranchTaken(pIn1->u.i==0, 2); if( pIn1->u.i==0 ) goto jump_to_p2; break; } /* Opcode: AggStep * P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) ** ** Execute the xStep function for an aggregate. ** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the ** FuncDef structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the ** accumulator. ** ** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its ** successors. */ /* Opcode: AggInverse * P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] inverse(r[P2@P5]) ** ** Execute the xInverse function for an aggregate. ** The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the ** FuncDef structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the ** accumulator. ** ** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its ** successors. */ /* Opcode: AggStep1 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: accum=r[P3] step(r[P2@P5]) ** ** Execute the xStep (if P1==0) or xInverse (if P1!=0) function for an ** aggregate. The function has P5 arguments. P4 is a pointer to the ** FuncDef structure that specifies the function. Register P3 is the ** accumulator. ** ** The P5 arguments are taken from register P2 and its ** successors. ** ** This opcode is initially coded as OP_AggStep0. On first evaluation, ** the FuncDef stored in P4 is converted into an sqlite3_context and ** the opcode is changed. In this way, the initialization of the ** sqlite3_context only happens once, instead of on each call to the ** step function. */ case OP_AggInverse: case OP_AggStep: { int n; sqlite3_context *pCtx; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ); n = pOp->p5; assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1) ); assert( pOp->p3p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n ); pCtx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n*sizeof(sqlite3_value*) + (sizeof(pCtx[0]) + sizeof(Mem) - sizeof(sqlite3_value*))); if( pCtx==0 ) goto no_mem; pCtx->pMem = 0; pCtx->pOut = (Mem*)&(pCtx->argv[n]); sqlite3VdbeMemInit(pCtx->pOut, db, MEM_Null); pCtx->pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc; pCtx->iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp); pCtx->pVdbe = p; pCtx->skipFlag = 0; pCtx->isError = 0; pCtx->argc = n; pOp->p4type = P4_FUNCCTX; pOp->p4.pCtx = pCtx; /* OP_AggInverse must have P1==1 and OP_AggStep must have P1==0 */ assert( pOp->p1==(pOp->opcode==OP_AggInverse) ); pOp->opcode = OP_AggStep1; /* Fall through into OP_AggStep */ } case OP_AggStep1: { int i; sqlite3_context *pCtx; Mem *pMem; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCCTX ); pCtx = pOp->p4.pCtx; pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( pOp->p1 ){ /* This is an OP_AggInverse call. Verify that xStep has always ** been called at least once prior to any xInverse call. */ assert( pMem->uTemp==0x1122e0e3 ); }else{ /* This is an OP_AggStep call. Mark it as such. */ pMem->uTemp = 0x1122e0e3; } #endif /* If this function is inside of a trigger, the register array in aMem[] ** might change from one evaluation to the next. The next block of code ** checks to see if the register array has changed, and if so it ** reinitializes the relavant parts of the sqlite3_context object */ if( pCtx->pMem != pMem ){ pCtx->pMem = pMem; for(i=pCtx->argc-1; i>=0; i--) pCtx->argv[i] = &aMem[pOp->p2+i]; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG for(i=0; iargc; i++){ assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]); } #endif pMem->n++; assert( pCtx->pOut->flags==MEM_Null ); assert( pCtx->isError==0 ); assert( pCtx->skipFlag==0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( pOp->p1 ){ (pCtx->pFunc->xInverse)(pCtx,pCtx->argc,pCtx->argv); }else #endif (pCtx->pFunc->xSFunc)(pCtx,pCtx->argc,pCtx->argv); /* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ if( pCtx->isError ){ if( pCtx->isError>0 ){ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pCtx->pOut)); rc = pCtx->isError; } if( pCtx->skipFlag ){ assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_CollSeq ); i = pOp[-1].p1; if( i ) sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(&aMem[i], 1); pCtx->skipFlag = 0; } sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pCtx->pOut); pCtx->pOut->flags = MEM_Null; pCtx->isError = 0; if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; } assert( pCtx->pOut->flags==MEM_Null ); assert( pCtx->skipFlag==0 ); break; } /* Opcode: AggFinal P1 P2 * P4 * ** Synopsis: accum=r[P1] N=P2 ** ** P1 is the memory location that is the accumulator for an aggregate ** or window function. Execute the finalizer function ** for an aggregate and store the result in P1. ** ** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and ** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2 ** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate ** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The ** P4 argument is only needed for the case where ** the step function was not previously called. */ /* Opcode: AggValue * P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: r[P3]=value N=P2 ** ** Invoke the xValue() function and store the result in register P3. ** ** P2 is the number of arguments that the step function takes and ** P4 is a pointer to the FuncDef for this function. The P2 ** argument is not used by this opcode. It is only there to disambiguate ** functions that can take varying numbers of arguments. The ** P4 argument is only needed for the case where ** the step function was not previously called. */ case OP_AggValue: case OP_AggFinal: { Mem *pMem; assert( pOp->p1>0 && pOp->p1<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); assert( pOp->p3==0 || pOp->opcode==OP_AggValue ); pMem = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( (pMem->flags & ~(MEM_Null|MEM_Agg))==0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( pOp->p3 ){ rc = sqlite3VdbeMemAggValue(pMem, &aMem[pOp->p3], pOp->p4.pFunc); pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; }else #endif { rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(pMem, pOp->p4.pFunc); } if( rc ){ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pMem)); goto abort_due_to_error; } sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pMem, encoding); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pMem); if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pMem) ){ goto too_big; } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* Opcode: Checkpoint P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Checkpoint database P1. This is a no-op if P1 is not currently in ** WAL mode. Parameter P2 is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL, ** RESTART, or TRUNCATE. Write 1 or 0 into mem[P3] if the checkpoint returns ** SQLITE_BUSY or not, respectively. Write the number of pages in the ** WAL after the checkpoint into mem[P3+1] and the number of pages ** in the WAL that have been checkpointed after the checkpoint ** completes into mem[P3+2]. However on an error, mem[P3+1] and ** mem[P3+2] are initialized to -1. */ case OP_Checkpoint: { int i; /* Loop counter */ int aRes[3]; /* Results */ Mem *pMem; /* Write results here */ assert( p->readOnly==0 ); aRes[0] = 0; aRes[1] = aRes[2] = -1; assert( pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART || pOp->p2==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE ); rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, &aRes[1], &aRes[2]); if( rc ){ if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ) goto abort_due_to_error; rc = SQLITE_OK; aRes[0] = 1; } for(i=0, pMem = &aMem[pOp->p3]; i<3; i++, pMem++){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(pMem, (i64)aRes[i]); } break; }; #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA /* Opcode: JournalMode P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Change the journal mode of database P1 to P3. P3 must be one of the ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX values. If changing between the various rollback ** modes (delete, truncate, persist, off and memory), this is a simple ** operation. No IO is required. ** ** If changing into or out of WAL mode the procedure is more complicated. ** ** Write a string containing the final journal-mode to register P2. */ case OP_JournalMode: { /* out2 */ Btree *pBt; /* Btree to change journal mode of */ Pager *pPager; /* Pager associated with pBt */ int eNew; /* New journal mode */ int eOld; /* The old journal mode */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL const char *zFilename; /* Name of database file for pPager */ #endif pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); eNew = pOp->p3; assert( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ); assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); assert( p->readOnly==0 ); pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); eOld = sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(pPager); if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY ) eNew = eOld; if( !sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(pPager) ) eNew = eOld; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL zFilename = sqlite3PagerFilename(pPager, 1); /* Do not allow a transition to journal_mode=WAL for a database ** in temporary storage or if the VFS does not support shared memory */ if( eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL && (sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)==0 /* Temp file */ || !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager)) /* No shared-memory support */ ){ eNew = eOld; } if( (eNew!=eOld) && (eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL || eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) ){ if( !db->autoCommit || db->nVdbeRead>1 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3VdbeError(p, "cannot change %s wal mode from within a transaction", (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "into" : "out of") ); goto abort_due_to_error; }else{ if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ /* If leaving WAL mode, close the log file. If successful, the call ** to PagerCloseWal() checkpoints and deletes the write-ahead-log ** file. An EXCLUSIVE lock may still be held on the database file ** after a successful return. */ rc = sqlite3PagerCloseWal(pPager, db); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew); } }else if( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ /* Cannot transition directly from MEMORY to WAL. Use mode OFF ** as an intermediate */ sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF); } /* Open a transaction on the database file. Regardless of the journal ** mode, this transaction always uses a rollback journal. */ assert( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(pBt, (eNew==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? 2 : 1)); } } } #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ if( rc ) eNew = eOld; eNew = sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(pPager, eNew); pOut->flags = MEM_Str|MEM_Static|MEM_Term; pOut->z = (char *)sqlite3JournalModename(eNew); pOut->n = sqlite3Strlen30(pOut->z); pOut->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; }; #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) /* Opcode: Vacuum P1 * * * * ** ** Vacuum the entire database P1. P1 is 0 for "main", and 2 or more ** for an attached database. The "temp" database may not be vacuumed. */ case OP_Vacuum: { assert( p->readOnly==0 ); rc = sqlite3RunVacuum(&p->zErrMsg, db, pOp->p1); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) /* Opcode: IncrVacuum P1 P2 * * * ** ** Perform a single step of the incremental vacuum procedure on ** the P1 database. If the vacuum has finished, jump to instruction ** P2. Otherwise, fall through to the next instruction. */ case OP_IncrVacuum: { /* jump */ Btree *pBt; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nDb ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, pOp->p1) ); assert( p->readOnly==0 ); pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; rc = sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(pBt); VdbeBranchTaken(rc==SQLITE_DONE,2); if( rc ){ if( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ) goto abort_due_to_error; rc = SQLITE_OK; goto jump_to_p2; } break; } #endif /* Opcode: Expire P1 P2 * * * ** ** Cause precompiled statements to expire. When an expired statement ** is executed using sqlite3_step() it will either automatically ** reprepare itself (if it was originally created using sqlite3_prepare_v2()) ** or it will fail with SQLITE_SCHEMA. ** ** If P1 is 0, then all SQL statements become expired. If P1 is non-zero, ** then only the currently executing statement is expired. ** ** If P2 is 0, then SQL statements are expired immediately. If P2 is 1, ** then running SQL statements are allowed to continue to run to completion. ** The P2==1 case occurs when a CREATE INDEX or similar schema change happens ** that might help the statement run faster but which does not affect the ** correctness of operation. */ case OP_Expire: { assert( pOp->p2==0 || pOp->p2==1 ); if( !pOp->p1 ){ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, pOp->p2); }else{ p->expired = pOp->p2+1; } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* Opcode: TableLock P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: iDb=P1 root=P2 write=P3 ** ** Obtain a lock on a particular table. This instruction is only used when ** the shared-cache feature is enabled. ** ** P1 is the index of the database in sqlite3.aDb[] of the database ** on which the lock is acquired. A readlock is obtained if P3==0 or ** a write lock if P3==1. ** ** P2 contains the root-page of the table to lock. ** ** P4 contains a pointer to the name of the table being locked. This is only ** used to generate an error message if the lock cannot be obtained. */ case OP_TableLock: { u8 isWriteLock = (u8)pOp->p3; if( isWriteLock || 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ReadUncommit) ){ int p1 = pOp->p1; assert( p1>=0 && p1nDb ); assert( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, p1) ); assert( isWriteLock==0 || isWriteLock==1 ); rc = sqlite3BtreeLockTable(db->aDb[p1].pBt, pOp->p2, isWriteLock); if( rc ){ if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_LOCKED ){ const char *z = pOp->p4.z; sqlite3VdbeError(p, "database table is locked: %s", z); } goto abort_due_to_error; } } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VBegin * * * P4 * ** ** P4 may be a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure. If so, call the ** xBegin method for that table. ** ** Also, whether or not P4 is set, check that this is not being called from ** within a callback to a virtual table xSync() method. If it is, the error ** code will be set to SQLITE_LOCKED. */ case OP_VBegin: { VTable *pVTab; pVTab = pOp->p4.pVtab; rc = sqlite3VtabBegin(db, pVTab); if( pVTab ) sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVTab->pVtab); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VCreate P1 P2 * * * ** ** P2 is a register that holds the name of a virtual table in database ** P1. Call the xCreate method for that table. */ case OP_VCreate: { Mem sMem; /* For storing the record being decoded */ const char *zTab; /* Name of the virtual table */ memset(&sMem, 0, sizeof(sMem)); sMem.db = db; /* Because P2 is always a static string, it is impossible for the ** sqlite3VdbeMemCopy() to fail */ assert( (aMem[pOp->p2].flags & MEM_Str)!=0 ); assert( (aMem[pOp->p2].flags & MEM_Static)!=0 ); rc = sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(&sMem, &aMem[pOp->p2]); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); zTab = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(&sMem); assert( zTab || db->mallocFailed ); if( zTab ){ rc = sqlite3VtabCallCreate(db, pOp->p1, zTab, &p->zErrMsg); } sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&sMem); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VDestroy P1 * * P4 * ** ** P4 is the name of a virtual table in database P1. Call the xDestroy method ** of that table. */ case OP_VDestroy: { db->nVDestroy++; rc = sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(db, pOp->p1, pOp->p4.z); db->nVDestroy--; if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VOpen P1 * * P4 * ** ** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. ** P1 is a cursor number. This opcode opens a cursor to the virtual ** table and stores that cursor in P1. */ case OP_VOpen: { VdbeCursor *pCur; sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; assert( p->bIsReader ); pCur = 0; pVCur = 0; pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; if( pVtab==0 || NEVER(pVtab->pModule==0) ){ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; goto abort_due_to_error; } pModule = pVtab->pModule; rc = pModule->xOpen(pVtab, &pVCur); sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; /* Initialize sqlite3_vtab_cursor base class */ pVCur->pVtab = pVtab; /* Initialize vdbe cursor object */ pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, 0, -1, CURTYPE_VTAB); if( pCur ){ pCur->uc.pVCur = pVCur; pVtab->nRef++; }else{ assert( db->mallocFailed ); pModule->xClose(pVCur); goto no_mem; } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VFilter P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: iplan=r[P3] zplan='P4' ** ** P1 is a cursor opened using VOpen. P2 is an address to jump to if ** the filtered result set is empty. ** ** P4 is either NULL or a string that was generated by the xBestIndex ** method of the module. The interpretation of the P4 string is left ** to the module implementation. ** ** This opcode invokes the xFilter method on the virtual table specified ** by P1. The integer query plan parameter to xFilter is stored in register ** P3. Register P3+1 stores the argc parameter to be passed to the ** xFilter method. Registers P3+2..P3+1+argc are the argc ** additional parameters which are passed to ** xFilter as argv. Register P3+2 becomes argv[0] when passed to xFilter. ** ** A jump is made to P2 if the result set after filtering would be empty. */ case OP_VFilter: { /* jump */ int nArg; int iQuery; const sqlite3_module *pModule; Mem *pQuery; Mem *pArgc; sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVCur; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; VdbeCursor *pCur; int res; int i; Mem **apArg; pQuery = &aMem[pOp->p3]; pArgc = &pQuery[1]; pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( memIsValid(pQuery) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pQuery); assert( pCur->eCurType==CURTYPE_VTAB ); pVCur = pCur->uc.pVCur; pVtab = pVCur->pVtab; pModule = pVtab->pModule; /* Grab the index number and argc parameters */ assert( (pQuery->flags&MEM_Int)!=0 && pArgc->flags==MEM_Int ); nArg = (int)pArgc->u.i; iQuery = (int)pQuery->u.i; /* Invoke the xFilter method */ res = 0; apArg = p->apArg; for(i = 0; ixFilter(pVCur, iQuery, pOp->p4.z, nArg, apArg); sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; res = pModule->xEof(pVCur); pCur->nullRow = 0; VdbeBranchTaken(res!=0,2); if( res ) goto jump_to_p2; break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VColumn P1 P2 P3 * P5 ** Synopsis: r[P3]=vcolumn(P2) ** ** Store in register P3 the value of the P2-th column of ** the current row of the virtual-table of cursor P1. ** ** If the VColumn opcode is being used to fetch the value of ** an unchanging column during an UPDATE operation, then the P5 ** value is 1. Otherwise, P5 is 0. The P5 value is returned ** by sqlite3_vtab_nochange() routine and can be used ** by virtual table implementations to return special "no-change" ** marks which can be more efficient, depending on the virtual table. */ case OP_VColumn: { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; Mem *pDest; sqlite3_context sContext; VdbeCursor *pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pCur->eCurType==CURTYPE_VTAB ); assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3]; memAboutToChange(p, pDest); if( pCur->nullRow ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest); break; } pVtab = pCur->uc.pVCur->pVtab; pModule = pVtab->pModule; assert( pModule->xColumn ); memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); sContext.pOut = pDest; if( pOp->p5 ){ sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(pDest); pDest->flags = MEM_Null|MEM_Zero; pDest->u.nZero = 0; }else{ MemSetTypeFlag(pDest, MEM_Null); } rc = pModule->xColumn(pCur->uc.pVCur, &sContext, pOp->p2); sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); if( sContext.isError>0 ){ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pDest)); rc = sContext.isError; } sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pDest, encoding); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pDest); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pDest); if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pDest) ){ goto too_big; } if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VNext P1 P2 * * * ** ** Advance virtual table P1 to the next row in its result set and ** jump to instruction P2. Or, if the virtual table has reached ** the end of its result set, then fall through to the next instruction. */ case OP_VNext: { /* jump */ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; int res; VdbeCursor *pCur; res = 0; pCur = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; assert( pCur->eCurType==CURTYPE_VTAB ); if( pCur->nullRow ){ break; } pVtab = pCur->uc.pVCur->pVtab; pModule = pVtab->pModule; assert( pModule->xNext ); /* Invoke the xNext() method of the module. There is no way for the ** underlying implementation to return an error if one occurs during ** xNext(). Instead, if an error occurs, true is returned (indicating that ** data is available) and the error code returned when xColumn or ** some other method is next invoked on the save virtual table cursor. */ rc = pModule->xNext(pCur->uc.pVCur); sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; res = pModule->xEof(pCur->uc.pVCur); VdbeBranchTaken(!res,2); if( !res ){ /* If there is data, jump to P2 */ goto jump_to_p2_and_check_for_interrupt; } goto check_for_interrupt; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VRename P1 * * P4 * ** ** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. ** This opcode invokes the corresponding xRename method. The value ** in register P1 is passed as the zName argument to the xRename method. */ case OP_VRename: { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; Mem *pName; pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; pName = &aMem[pOp->p1]; assert( pVtab->pModule->xRename ); assert( memIsValid(pName) ); assert( p->readOnly==0 ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p1, pName); assert( pName->flags & MEM_Str ); testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); testcase( pName->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); rc = sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pName, SQLITE_UTF8); if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; rc = pVtab->pModule->xRename(pVtab, pName->z); sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); p->expired = 0; if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; break; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Opcode: VUpdate P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: data=r[P3@P2] ** ** P4 is a pointer to a virtual table object, an sqlite3_vtab structure. ** This opcode invokes the corresponding xUpdate method. P2 values ** are contiguous memory cells starting at P3 to pass to the xUpdate ** invocation. The value in register (P3+P2-1) corresponds to the ** p2th element of the argv array passed to xUpdate. ** ** The xUpdate method will do a DELETE or an INSERT or both. ** The argv[0] element (which corresponds to memory cell P3) ** is the rowid of a row to delete. If argv[0] is NULL then no ** deletion occurs. The argv[1] element is the rowid of the new ** row. This can be NULL to have the virtual table select the new ** rowid for itself. The subsequent elements in the array are ** the values of columns in the new row. ** ** If P2==1 then no insert is performed. argv[0] is the rowid of ** a row to delete. ** ** P1 is a boolean flag. If it is set to true and the xUpdate call ** is successful, then the value returned by sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() ** is set to the value of the rowid for the row just inserted. ** ** P5 is the error actions (OE_Replace, OE_Fail, OE_Ignore, etc) to ** apply in the case of a constraint failure on an insert or update. */ case OP_VUpdate: { sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; const sqlite3_module *pModule; int nArg; int i; sqlite_int64 rowid; Mem **apArg; Mem *pX; assert( pOp->p2==1 || pOp->p5==OE_Fail || pOp->p5==OE_Rollback || pOp->p5==OE_Abort || pOp->p5==OE_Ignore || pOp->p5==OE_Replace ); assert( p->readOnly==0 ); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto no_mem; sqlite3VdbeIncrWriteCounter(p, 0); pVtab = pOp->p4.pVtab->pVtab; if( pVtab==0 || NEVER(pVtab->pModule==0) ){ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; goto abort_due_to_error; } pModule = pVtab->pModule; nArg = pOp->p2; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); if( ALWAYS(pModule->xUpdate) ){ u8 vtabOnConflict = db->vtabOnConflict; apArg = p->apArg; pX = &aMem[pOp->p3]; for(i=0; ivtabOnConflict = pOp->p5; rc = pModule->xUpdate(pVtab, nArg, apArg, &rowid); db->vtabOnConflict = vtabOnConflict; sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->p1 ){ assert( nArg>1 && apArg[0] && (apArg[0]->flags&MEM_Null) ); db->lastRowid = rowid; } if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && pOp->p4.pVtab->bConstraint ){ if( pOp->p5==OE_Ignore ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ p->errorAction = ((pOp->p5==OE_Replace) ? OE_Abort : pOp->p5); } }else{ p->nChange++; } if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* Opcode: Pagecount P1 P2 * * * ** ** Write the current number of pages in database P1 to memory cell P2. */ case OP_Pagecount: { /* out2 */ pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt); break; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* Opcode: MaxPgcnt P1 P2 P3 * * ** ** Try to set the maximum page count for database P1 to the value in P3. ** Do not let the maximum page count fall below the current page count and ** do not change the maximum page count value if P3==0. ** ** Store the maximum page count after the change in register P2. */ case OP_MaxPgcnt: { /* out2 */ unsigned int newMax; Btree *pBt; pOut = out2Prerelease(p, pOp); pBt = db->aDb[pOp->p1].pBt; newMax = 0; if( pOp->p3 ){ newMax = sqlite3BtreeLastPage(pBt); if( newMax < (unsigned)pOp->p3 ) newMax = (unsigned)pOp->p3; } pOut->u.i = sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(pBt, newMax); break; } #endif /* Opcode: Function0 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) ** ** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef object that ** defines the function) with P5 arguments taken from register P2 and ** successors. The result of the function is stored in register P3. ** Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. ** ** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the ** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first ** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine ** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the ** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next ** invocation of this opcode. ** ** See also: Function, AggStep, AggFinal */ /* Opcode: Function P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 ** Synopsis: r[P3]=func(r[P2@P5]) ** ** Invoke a user function (P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_context object that ** contains a pointer to the function to be run) with P5 arguments taken ** from register P2 and successors. The result of the function is stored ** in register P3. Register P3 must not be one of the function inputs. ** ** P1 is a 32-bit bitmask indicating whether or not each argument to the ** function was determined to be constant at compile time. If the first ** argument was constant then bit 0 of P1 is set. This is used to determine ** whether meta data associated with a user function argument using the ** sqlite3_set_auxdata() API may be safely retained until the next ** invocation of this opcode. ** ** SQL functions are initially coded as OP_Function0 with P4 pointing ** to a FuncDef object. But on first evaluation, the P4 operand is ** automatically converted into an sqlite3_context object and the operation ** changed to this OP_Function opcode. In this way, the initialization of ** the sqlite3_context object occurs only once, rather than once for each ** evaluation of the function. ** ** See also: Function0, AggStep, AggFinal */ case OP_PureFunc0: /* group */ case OP_Function0: { /* group */ int n; sqlite3_context *pCtx; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCDEF ); n = pOp->p5; assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor) ); assert( n==0 || (pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2+n<=(p->nMem+1 - p->nCursor)+1) ); assert( pOp->p3p2 || pOp->p3>=pOp->p2+n ); pCtx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pCtx) + (n-1)*sizeof(sqlite3_value*)); if( pCtx==0 ) goto no_mem; pCtx->pOut = 0; pCtx->pFunc = pOp->p4.pFunc; pCtx->iOp = (int)(pOp - aOp); pCtx->pVdbe = p; pCtx->isError = 0; pCtx->argc = n; pOp->p4type = P4_FUNCCTX; pOp->p4.pCtx = pCtx; assert( OP_PureFunc == OP_PureFunc0+2 ); assert( OP_Function == OP_Function0+2 ); pOp->opcode += 2; /* Fall through into OP_Function */ } case OP_PureFunc: /* group */ case OP_Function: { /* group */ int i; sqlite3_context *pCtx; assert( pOp->p4type==P4_FUNCCTX ); pCtx = pOp->p4.pCtx; /* If this function is inside of a trigger, the register array in aMem[] ** might change from one evaluation to the next. The next block of code ** checks to see if the register array has changed, and if so it ** reinitializes the relavant parts of the sqlite3_context object */ pOut = &aMem[pOp->p3]; if( pCtx->pOut != pOut ){ pCtx->pOut = pOut; for(i=pCtx->argc-1; i>=0; i--) pCtx->argv[i] = &aMem[pOp->p2+i]; } memAboutToChange(p, pOut); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG for(i=0; iargc; i++){ assert( memIsValid(pCtx->argv[i]) ); REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p2+i, pCtx->argv[i]); } #endif MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Null); assert( pCtx->isError==0 ); (*pCtx->pFunc->xSFunc)(pCtx, pCtx->argc, pCtx->argv);/* IMP: R-24505-23230 */ /* If the function returned an error, throw an exception */ if( pCtx->isError ){ if( pCtx->isError>0 ){ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3_value_text(pOut)); rc = pCtx->isError; } sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(db, &p->pAuxData, pCtx->iOp, pOp->p1); pCtx->isError = 0; if( rc ) goto abort_due_to_error; } /* Copy the result of the function into register P3 */ if( pOut->flags & (MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(pOut, encoding); if( sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(pOut) ) goto too_big; } REGISTER_TRACE(pOp->p3, pOut); UPDATE_MAX_BLOBSIZE(pOut); break; } /* Opcode: Trace P1 P2 * P4 * ** ** Write P4 on the statement trace output if statement tracing is ** enabled. ** ** Operand P1 must be 0x7fffffff and P2 must positive. */ /* Opcode: Init P1 P2 P3 P4 * ** Synopsis: Start at P2 ** ** Programs contain a single instance of this opcode as the very first ** opcode. ** ** If tracing is enabled (by the sqlite3_trace()) interface, then ** the UTF-8 string contained in P4 is emitted on the trace callback. ** Or if P4 is blank, use the string returned by sqlite3_sql(). ** ** If P2 is not zero, jump to instruction P2. ** ** Increment the value of P1 so that OP_Once opcodes will jump the ** first time they are evaluated for this run. ** ** If P3 is not zero, then it is an address to jump to if an SQLITE_CORRUPT ** error is encountered. */ case OP_Trace: case OP_Init: { /* jump */ int i; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE char *zTrace; #endif /* If the P4 argument is not NULL, then it must be an SQL comment string. ** The "--" string is broken up to prevent false-positives with srcck1.c. ** ** This assert() provides evidence for: ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-50676-09860 The callback can compute the same text that ** would have been returned by the legacy sqlite3_trace() interface by ** using the X argument when X begins with "--" and invoking ** sqlite3_expanded_sql(P) otherwise. */ assert( pOp->p4.z==0 || strncmp(pOp->p4.z, "-" "- ", 3)==0 ); /* OP_Init is always instruction 0 */ assert( pOp==p->aOp || pOp->opcode==OP_Trace ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE if( (db->mTrace & (SQLITE_TRACE_STMT|SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY))!=0 && !p->doingRerun && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY ){ void (*x)(void*,const char*) = (void(*)(void*,const char*))db->xTrace; char *z = sqlite3VdbeExpandSql(p, zTrace); x(db->pTraceArg, z); sqlite3_free(z); }else #endif if( db->nVdbeExec>1 ){ char *z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- %s", zTrace); (void)db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, db->pTraceArg, p, z); sqlite3DbFree(db, z); }else{ (void)db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_STMT, db->pTraceArg, p, zTrace); } } #ifdef SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql); if( zTrace ){ int j; for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ if( DbMaskTest(p->btreeMask, j)==0 ) continue; sqlite3_file_control(db, db->aDb[j].zDbSName, SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE, zTrace); } } #endif /* SQLITE_USE_FCNTL_TRACE */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( (db->flags & SQLITE_SqlTrace)!=0 && (zTrace = (pOp->p4.z ? pOp->p4.z : p->zSql))!=0 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("SQL-trace: %s\n", zTrace); } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ assert( pOp->p2>0 ); if( pOp->p1>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.iOnceResetThreshold ){ if( pOp->opcode==OP_Trace ) break; for(i=1; inOp; i++){ if( p->aOp[i].opcode==OP_Once ) p->aOp[i].p1 = 0; } pOp->p1 = 0; } pOp->p1++; p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_RUN]++; goto jump_to_p2; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS /* Opcode: CursorHint P1 * * P4 * ** ** Provide a hint to cursor P1 that it only needs to return rows that ** satisfy the Expr in P4. TK_REGISTER terms in the P4 expression refer ** to values currently held in registers. TK_COLUMN terms in the P4 ** expression refer to columns in the b-tree to which cursor P1 is pointing. */ case OP_CursorHint: { VdbeCursor *pC; assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1nCursor ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_EXPR ); pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]; if( pC ){ assert( pC->eCurType==CURTYPE_BTREE ); sqlite3BtreeCursorHint(pC->uc.pCursor, BTREE_HINT_RANGE, pOp->p4.pExpr, aMem); } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Opcode: Abortable * * * * * ** ** Verify that an Abort can happen. Assert if an Abort at this point ** might cause database corruption. This opcode only appears in debugging ** builds. ** ** An Abort is safe if either there have been no writes, or if there is ** an active statement journal. */ case OP_Abortable: { sqlite3VdbeAssertAbortable(p); break; } #endif /* Opcode: Noop * * * * * ** ** Do nothing. This instruction is often useful as a jump ** destination. */ /* ** The magic Explain opcode are only inserted when explain==2 (which ** is to say when the EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN syntax is used.) ** This opcode records information from the optimizer. It is the ** the same as a no-op. This opcodesnever appears in a real VM program. */ default: { /* This is really OP_Noop, OP_Explain */ assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Noop || pOp->opcode==OP_Explain ); break; } /***************************************************************************** ** The cases of the switch statement above this line should all be indented ** by 6 spaces. But the left-most 6 spaces have been removed to improve the ** readability. From this point on down, the normal indentation rules are ** restored. *****************************************************************************/ } #ifdef VDBE_PROFILE { u64 endTime = sqlite3NProfileCnt ? sqlite3NProfileCnt : sqlite3Hwtime(); if( endTime>start ) pOrigOp->cycles += endTime - start; pOrigOp->cnt++; } #endif /* The following code adds nothing to the actual functionality ** of the program. It is only here for testing and debugging. ** On the other hand, it does burn CPU cycles every time through ** the evaluator loop. So we can leave it out when NDEBUG is defined. */ #ifndef NDEBUG assert( pOp>=&aOp[-1] && pOp<&aOp[p->nOp-1] ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeTrace ){ u8 opProperty = sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOrigOp->opcode]; if( rc!=0 ) printf("rc=%d\n",rc); if( opProperty & (OPFLG_OUT2) ){ registerTrace(pOrigOp->p2, &aMem[pOrigOp->p2]); } if( opProperty & OPFLG_OUT3 ){ registerTrace(pOrigOp->p3, &aMem[pOrigOp->p3]); } } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ #endif /* NDEBUG */ } /* The end of the for(;;) loop the loops through opcodes */ /* If we reach this point, it means that execution is finished with ** an error of some kind. */ abort_due_to_error: if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; assert( rc ); if( p->zErrMsg==0 && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); } p->rc = rc; sqlite3SystemError(db, rc); testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); sqlite3_log(rc, "statement aborts at %d: [%s] %s", (int)(pOp - aOp), p->zSql, p->zErrMsg); sqlite3VdbeHalt(p); if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; if( resetSchemaOnFault>0 ){ sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, resetSchemaOnFault-1); } /* This is the only way out of this procedure. We have to ** release the mutexes on btrees that were acquired at the ** top. */ vdbe_return: testcase( nVmStep>0 ); p->aCounter[SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_VM_STEP] += (int)nVmStep; sqlite3VdbeLeave(p); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nExtraDelete==0 || sqlite3_strlike("DELETE%",p->zSql,0)!=0 ); return rc; /* Jump to here if a string or blob larger than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ** is encountered. */ too_big: sqlite3VdbeError(p, "string or blob too big"); rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; goto abort_due_to_error; /* Jump to here if a malloc() fails. */ no_mem: sqlite3OomFault(db); sqlite3VdbeError(p, "out of memory"); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto abort_due_to_error; /* Jump to here if the sqlite3_interrupt() API sets the interrupt ** flag. */ abort_due_to_interrupt: assert( db->u1.isInterrupted ); rc = db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT : SQLITE_INTERRUPT; p->rc = rc; sqlite3VdbeError(p, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); goto abort_due_to_error; } /************** End of vdbe.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbeblob.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2007 May 1 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB /* ** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures. */ typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob; struct Incrblob { int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */ int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */ u16 iCol; /* Table column this handle is open on */ BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */ sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */ char *zDb; /* Database name */ Table *pTab; /* Table object */ }; /* ** This function is used by both blob_open() and blob_reopen(). It seeks ** the b-tree cursor associated with blob handle p to point to row iRow. ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and subsequent calls to ** sqlite3_blob_read() or sqlite3_blob_write() access the specified row. ** ** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not ** contain a value of type TEXT or BLOB in the column nominated when the ** blob handle was opened, then an error code is returned and *pzErr may ** be set to point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to free the error message buffer using ** sqlite3DbFree(). ** ** If an error does occur, then the b-tree cursor is closed. All subsequent ** calls to sqlite3_blob_read(), blob_write() or blob_reopen() will ** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. */ static int blobSeekToRow(Incrblob *p, sqlite3_int64 iRow, char **pzErr){ int rc; /* Error code */ char *zErr = 0; /* Error message */ Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)p->pStmt; /* Set the value of register r[1] in the SQL statement to integer iRow. ** This is done directly as a performance optimization */ v->aMem[1].flags = MEM_Int; v->aMem[1].u.i = iRow; /* If the statement has been run before (and is paused at the OP_ResultRow) ** then back it up to the point where it does the OP_NotExists. This could ** have been down with an extra OP_Goto, but simply setting the program ** counter is faster. */ if( v->pc>4 ){ v->pc = 4; assert( v->aOp[v->pc].opcode==OP_NotExists ); rc = sqlite3VdbeExec(v); }else{ rc = sqlite3_step(p->pStmt); } if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ VdbeCursor *pC = v->apCsr[0]; u32 type = pC->nHdrParsed>p->iCol ? pC->aType[p->iCol] : 0; testcase( pC->nHdrParsed==p->iCol ); testcase( pC->nHdrParsed==p->iCol+1 ); if( type<12 ){ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "cannot open value of type %s", type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer" ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); p->pStmt = 0; }else{ p->iOffset = pC->aType[p->iCol + pC->nField]; p->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type); p->pCsr = pC->uc.pCursor; sqlite3BtreeIncrblobCursor(p->pCsr); } } if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( p->pStmt ){ rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); p->pStmt = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(p->db, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(p->db)); } } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); *pzErr = zErr; return rc; } /* ** Open a blob handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_open( sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */ const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */ const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */ const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */ sqlite_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */ int wrFlag, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */ sqlite3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */ ){ int nAttempt = 0; int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; char *zErr = 0; Table *pTab; Incrblob *pBlob = 0; Parse sParse; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( ppBlob==0 ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif *ppBlob = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zTable==0 ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif wrFlag = !!wrFlag; /* wrFlag = (wrFlag ? 1 : 0); */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob)); do { memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse)); if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out; sParse.db = db; sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); zErr = 0; sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, 0, zTable, zDb); if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){ pTab = 0; sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable); } if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ pTab = 0; sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open table without rowid: %s", zTable); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){ pTab = 0; sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable); } #endif if( !pTab ){ if( sParse.zErrMsg ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); zErr = sParse.zErrMsg; sParse.zErrMsg = 0; } rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); goto blob_open_out; } pBlob->pTab = pTab; pBlob->zDb = db->aDb[sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema)].zDbSName; /* Now search pTab for the exact column. */ for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++) { if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){ break; } } if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); goto blob_open_out; } /* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the ** column is not indexed, and that it is not part of a foreign key. */ if( wrFlag ){ const char *zFault = 0; Index *pIdx; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY if( db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ /* Check that the column is not part of an FK child key definition. It ** is not necessary to check if it is part of a parent key, as parent ** key columns must be indexed. The check below will pick up this ** case. */ FKey *pFKey; for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ int j; for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ if( pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom==iCol ){ zFault = "foreign key"; } } } } #endif for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ int j; for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ /* FIXME: Be smarter about indexes that use expressions */ if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol || pIdx->aiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR ){ zFault = "indexed"; } } } if( zFault ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "cannot open %s column for writing", zFault); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); goto blob_open_out; } } pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)sqlite3VdbeCreate(&sParse); assert( pBlob->pStmt || db->mallocFailed ); if( pBlob->pStmt ){ /* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified ** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead ** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the ** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction, ** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe. ** ** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow. ** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and ** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and ** blob_bytes() functions. ** ** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program, ** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the ** transaction. */ static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = { {OP_TableLock, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0: Acquire a read or write lock */ {OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Open a cursor */ /* blobSeekToRow() will initialize r[1] to the desired rowid */ {OP_NotExists, 0, 5, 1}, /* 2: Seek the cursor to rowid=r[1] */ {OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 3 */ {OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 4 */ {OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 5 */ }; Vdbe *v = (Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt; int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); VdbeOp *aOp; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, iDb, wrFlag, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie, pTab->pSchema->iGeneration); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); assert( sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)==2 || db->mallocFailed ); aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(openBlob), openBlob, iLn); /* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ assert( aOp!=0 ); /* Configure the OP_TableLock instruction */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE aOp[0].opcode = OP_Noop; #else aOp[0].p1 = iDb; aOp[0].p2 = pTab->tnum; aOp[0].p3 = wrFlag; sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, 2, pTab->zName, P4_TRANSIENT); } if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ #endif /* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2 ** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum. */ if( wrFlag ) aOp[1].opcode = OP_OpenWrite; aOp[1].p2 = pTab->tnum; aOp[1].p3 = iDb; /* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to ** think that the table has one more column than it really ** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will ** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means ** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type ** and offset cache without causing any IO. */ aOp[1].p4type = P4_INT32; aOp[1].p4.i = pTab->nCol+1; aOp[3].p2 = pTab->nCol; sParse.nVar = 0; sParse.nMem = 1; sParse.nTab = 1; sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, &sParse); } } pBlob->iCol = iCol; pBlob->db = db; sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto blob_open_out; } rc = blobSeekToRow(pBlob, iRow, &zErr); } while( (++nAttempt)mallocFailed==0 ){ *ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob; }else{ if( pBlob && pBlob->pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pBlob->pStmt); sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob); } sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); sqlite3ParserReset(&sParse); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Close a blob handle that was previously created using ** sqlite3_blob_open(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; int rc; sqlite3 *db; if( p ){ db = p->db; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } return rc; } /* ** Perform a read or write operation on a blob */ static int blobReadWrite( sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset, int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*) ){ int rc; Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; Vdbe *v; sqlite3 *db; if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; db = p->db; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt; if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || ((sqlite3_int64)iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){ /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else if( v==0 ){ /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. */ rc = SQLITE_ABORT; }else{ /* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is ** returned, clean-up the statement handle. */ assert( db == v->db ); sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK if( xCall==sqlite3BtreePutData && db->xPreUpdateCallback ){ /* If a pre-update hook is registered and this is a write cursor, ** invoke it here. ** ** TODO: The preupdate-hook is passed SQLITE_DELETE, even though this ** operation should really be an SQLITE_UPDATE. This is probably ** incorrect, but is convenient because at this point the new.* values ** are not easily obtainable. And for the sessions module, an ** SQLITE_UPDATE where the PK columns do not change is handled in the ** same way as an SQLITE_DELETE (the SQLITE_DELETE code is actually ** slightly more efficient). Since you cannot write to a PK column ** using the incremental-blob API, this works. For the sessions module ** anyhow. */ sqlite3_int64 iKey; iKey = sqlite3BtreeIntegerKey(p->pCsr); sqlite3VdbePreUpdateHook( v, v->apCsr[0], SQLITE_DELETE, p->zDb, p->pTab, iKey, -1 ); } #endif rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z); sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){ sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v); p->pStmt = 0; }else{ v->rc = rc; } } sqlite3Error(db, rc); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Read data from a blob handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){ return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePayloadChecked); } /* ** Write data to a blob handle. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){ return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData); } /* ** Query a blob handle for the size of the data. ** ** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob ** so no mutex is required for access. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){ Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; return (p && p->pStmt) ? p->nByte : 0; } /* ** Move an existing blob handle to point to a different row of the same ** database table. ** ** If an error occurs, or if the specified row does not exist or does not ** contain a blob or text value, then an error code is returned and the ** database handle error code and message set. If this happens, then all ** subsequent calls to sqlite3_blob_xxx() functions (except blob_close()) ** immediately return SQLITE_ABORT. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_blob_reopen(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, sqlite3_int64 iRow){ int rc; Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob; sqlite3 *db; if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; db = p->db; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( p->pStmt==0 ){ /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case. */ rc = SQLITE_ABORT; }else{ char *zErr; rc = blobSeekToRow(p, iRow, &zErr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ); } rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || p->pStmt==0 ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */ /************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2011-07-09 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with ** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys for CREATE INDEX statements ** or by SELECT statements with ORDER BY clauses that cannot be satisfied ** using indexes and without LIMIT clauses. ** ** The VdbeSorter object implements a multi-threaded external merge sort ** algorithm that is efficient even if the number of elements being sorted ** exceeds the available memory. ** ** Here is the (internal, non-API) interface between this module and the ** rest of the SQLite system: ** ** sqlite3VdbeSorterInit() Create a new VdbeSorter object. ** ** sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite() Add a single new row to the VdbeSorter ** object. The row is a binary blob in the ** OP_MakeRecord format that contains both ** the ORDER BY key columns and result columns ** in the case of a SELECT w/ ORDER BY, or ** the complete record for an index entry ** in the case of a CREATE INDEX. ** ** sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind() Sort all content previously added. ** Position the read cursor on the ** first sorted element. ** ** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext() Advance the read cursor to the next sorted ** element. ** ** sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey() Return the complete binary blob for the ** row currently under the read cursor. ** ** sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare() Compare the binary blob for the row ** currently under the read cursor against ** another binary blob X and report if ** X is strictly less than the read cursor. ** Used to enforce uniqueness in a ** CREATE UNIQUE INDEX statement. ** ** sqlite3VdbeSorterClose() Close the VdbeSorter object and reclaim ** all resources. ** ** sqlite3VdbeSorterReset() Refurbish the VdbeSorter for reuse. This ** is like Close() followed by Init() only ** much faster. ** ** The interfaces above must be called in a particular order. Write() can ** only occur in between Init()/Reset() and Rewind(). Next(), Rowkey(), and ** Compare() can only occur in between Rewind() and Close()/Reset(). i.e. ** ** Init() ** for each record: Write() ** Rewind() ** Rowkey()/Compare() ** Next() ** Close() ** ** Algorithm: ** ** Records passed to the sorter via calls to Write() are initially held ** unsorted in main memory. Assuming the amount of memory used never exceeds ** a threshold, when Rewind() is called the set of records is sorted using ** an in-memory merge sort. In this case, no temporary files are required ** and subsequent calls to Rowkey(), Next() and Compare() read records ** directly from main memory. ** ** If the amount of space used to store records in main memory exceeds the ** threshold, then the set of records currently in memory are sorted and ** written to a temporary file in "Packed Memory Array" (PMA) format. ** A PMA created at this point is known as a "level-0 PMA". Higher levels ** of PMAs may be created by merging existing PMAs together - for example ** merging two or more level-0 PMAs together creates a level-1 PMA. ** ** The threshold for the amount of main memory to use before flushing ** records to a PMA is roughly the same as the limit configured for the ** page-cache of the main database. Specifically, the threshold is set to ** the value returned by "PRAGMA main.page_size" multipled by ** that returned by "PRAGMA main.cache_size", in bytes. ** ** If the sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then all PMAs generated ** are appended to a single temporary file. Or, if the sorter is running in ** multi-threaded mode then up to (N+1) temporary files may be opened, where ** N is the configured number of worker threads. In this case, instead of ** sorting the records and writing the PMA to a temporary file itself, the ** calling thread usually launches a worker thread to do so. Except, if ** there are already N worker threads running, the main thread does the work ** itself. ** ** The sorter is running in multi-threaded mode if (a) the library was built ** with pre-processor symbol SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS set to a value greater ** than zero, and (b) worker threads have been enabled at runtime by calling ** "PRAGMA threads=N" with some value of N greater than 0. ** ** When Rewind() is called, any data remaining in memory is flushed to a ** final PMA. So at this point the data is stored in some number of sorted ** PMAs within temporary files on disk. ** ** If there are fewer than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total and the ** sorter is running in single-threaded mode, then these PMAs are merged ** incrementally as keys are retreived from the sorter by the VDBE. The ** MergeEngine object, described in further detail below, performs this ** merge. ** ** Or, if running in multi-threaded mode, then a background thread is ** launched to merge the existing PMAs. Once the background thread has ** merged T bytes of data into a single sorted PMA, the main thread ** begins reading keys from that PMA while the background thread proceeds ** with merging the next T bytes of data. And so on. ** ** Parameter T is set to half the value of the memory threshold used ** by Write() above to determine when to create a new PMA. ** ** If there are more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs in total when ** Rewind() is called, then a hierarchy of incremental-merges is used. ** First, T bytes of data from the first SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on ** disk are merged together. Then T bytes of data from the second set, and ** so on, such that no operation ever merges more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ** PMAs at a time. This done is to improve locality. ** ** If running in multi-threaded mode and there are more than ** SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs on disk when Rewind() is called, then more ** than one background thread may be created. Specifically, there may be ** one background thread for each temporary file on disk, and one background ** thread to merge the output of each of the others to a single PMA for ** the main thread to read from. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ /* ** If SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS is defined, this module outputs various ** messages to stderr that may be helpful in understanding the performance ** characteristics of the sorter in multi-threaded mode. */ #if 0 # define SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS 1 #endif /* ** Hard-coded maximum amount of data to accumulate in memory before flushing ** to a level 0 PMA. The purpose of this limit is to prevent various integer ** overflows. 512MiB. */ #define SQLITE_MAX_PMASZ (1<<29) /* ** Private objects used by the sorter */ typedef struct MergeEngine MergeEngine; /* Merge PMAs together */ typedef struct PmaReader PmaReader; /* Incrementally read one PMA */ typedef struct PmaWriter PmaWriter; /* Incrementally write one PMA */ typedef struct SorterRecord SorterRecord; /* A record being sorted */ typedef struct SortSubtask SortSubtask; /* A sub-task in the sort process */ typedef struct SorterFile SorterFile; /* Temporary file object wrapper */ typedef struct SorterList SorterList; /* In-memory list of records */ typedef struct IncrMerger IncrMerger; /* Read & merge multiple PMAs */ /* ** A container for a temp file handle and the current amount of data ** stored in the file. */ struct SorterFile { sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File handle */ i64 iEof; /* Bytes of data stored in pFd */ }; /* ** An in-memory list of objects to be sorted. ** ** If aMemory==0 then each object is allocated separately and the objects ** are connected using SorterRecord.u.pNext. If aMemory!=0 then all objects ** are stored in the aMemory[] bulk memory, one right after the other, and ** are connected using SorterRecord.u.iNext. */ struct SorterList { SorterRecord *pList; /* Linked list of records */ u8 *aMemory; /* If non-NULL, bulk memory to hold pList */ int szPMA; /* Size of pList as PMA in bytes */ }; /* ** The MergeEngine object is used to combine two or more smaller PMAs into ** one big PMA using a merge operation. Separate PMAs all need to be ** combined into one big PMA in order to be able to step through the sorted ** records in order. ** ** The aReadr[] array contains a PmaReader object for each of the PMAs being ** merged. An aReadr[] object either points to a valid key or else is at EOF. ** ("EOF" means "End Of File". When aReadr[] is at EOF there is no more data.) ** For the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is ** actually N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater ** to or equal to the number of PMAs being merged. The extra aReadr[] elements ** are treated as if they are empty (always at EOF). ** ** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in ** the MergeEngine.nTree variable. ** ** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing ** pairs of PMA keys together. Element i contains the result of ** comparing aReadr[2*i-N] and aReadr[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the ** aTree element is set to the index of it. ** ** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any ** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF ** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored. ** ** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that precede the final (N/2) described ** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 PmaReaders ** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the PmaReader that ** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused. ** ** Example: ** ** aReadr[0] -> Banana ** aReadr[1] -> Feijoa ** aReadr[2] -> Elderberry ** aReadr[3] -> Currant ** aReadr[4] -> Grapefruit ** aReadr[5] -> Apple ** aReadr[6] -> Durian ** aReadr[7] -> EOF ** ** aTree[] = { X, 5 0, 5 0, 3, 5, 6 } ** ** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by ** PmaReader 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, PmaReader 5 will ** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is ** "Eggplant": ** ** aReadr[5] -> Eggplant ** ** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new PmaReader ** 5 key to the current key of PmaReader 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The PmaReader ** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree. ** The value of PmaReader 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of PmaReader ** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (Bananafile2. And instead of using a ** background thread to prepare data for the PmaReader, with a single ** threaded IncrMerger the allocate part of pTask->file2 is "refilled" with ** keys from pMerger by the calling thread whenever the PmaReader runs out ** of data. */ struct IncrMerger { SortSubtask *pTask; /* Task that owns this merger */ MergeEngine *pMerger; /* Merge engine thread reads data from */ i64 iStartOff; /* Offset to start writing file at */ int mxSz; /* Maximum bytes of data to store */ int bEof; /* Set to true when merge is finished */ int bUseThread; /* True to use a bg thread for this object */ SorterFile aFile[2]; /* aFile[0] for reading, [1] for writing */ }; /* ** An instance of this object is used for writing a PMA. ** ** The PMA is written one record at a time. Each record is of an arbitrary ** size. But I/O is more efficient if it occurs in page-sized blocks where ** each block is aligned on a page boundary. This object caches writes to ** the PMA so that aligned, page-size blocks are written. */ struct PmaWriter { int eFWErr; /* Non-zero if in an error state */ u8 *aBuffer; /* Pointer to write buffer */ int nBuffer; /* Size of write buffer in bytes */ int iBufStart; /* First byte of buffer to write */ int iBufEnd; /* Last byte of buffer to write */ i64 iWriteOff; /* Offset of start of buffer in file */ sqlite3_file *pFd; /* File handle to write to */ }; /* ** This object is the header on a single record while that record is being ** held in memory and prior to being written out as part of a PMA. ** ** How the linked list is connected depends on how memory is being managed ** by this module. If using a separate allocation for each in-memory record ** (VdbeSorter.list.aMemory==0), then the list is always connected using the ** SorterRecord.u.pNext pointers. ** ** Or, if using the single large allocation method (VdbeSorter.list.aMemory!=0), ** then while records are being accumulated the list is linked using the ** SorterRecord.u.iNext offset. This is because the aMemory[] array may ** be sqlite3Realloc()ed while records are being accumulated. Once the VM ** has finished passing records to the sorter, or when the in-memory buffer ** is full, the list is sorted. As part of the sorting process, it is ** converted to use the SorterRecord.u.pNext pointers. See function ** vdbeSorterSort() for details. */ struct SorterRecord { int nVal; /* Size of the record in bytes */ union { SorterRecord *pNext; /* Pointer to next record in list */ int iNext; /* Offset within aMemory of next record */ } u; /* The data for the record immediately follows this header */ }; /* Return a pointer to the buffer containing the record data for SorterRecord ** object p. Should be used as if: ** ** void *SRVAL(SorterRecord *p) { return (void*)&p[1]; } */ #define SRVAL(p) ((void*)((SorterRecord*)(p) + 1)) /* Maximum number of PMAs that a single MergeEngine can merge */ #define SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT 16 static int vdbeIncrSwap(IncrMerger*); static void vdbeIncrFree(IncrMerger *); /* ** Free all memory belonging to the PmaReader object passed as the ** argument. All structure fields are set to zero before returning. */ static void vdbePmaReaderClear(PmaReader *pReadr){ sqlite3_free(pReadr->aAlloc); sqlite3_free(pReadr->aBuffer); if( pReadr->aMap ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pReadr->pFd, 0, pReadr->aMap); vdbeIncrFree(pReadr->pIncr); memset(pReadr, 0, sizeof(PmaReader)); } /* ** Read the next nByte bytes of data from the PMA p. ** If successful, set *ppOut to point to a buffer containing the data ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an SQLite ** error code. ** ** The buffer returned in *ppOut is only valid until the ** next call to this function. */ static int vdbePmaReadBlob( PmaReader *p, /* PmaReader from which to take the blob */ int nByte, /* Bytes of data to read */ u8 **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to buffer containing data */ ){ int iBuf; /* Offset within buffer to read from */ int nAvail; /* Bytes of data available in buffer */ if( p->aMap ){ *ppOut = &p->aMap[p->iReadOff]; p->iReadOff += nByte; return SQLITE_OK; } assert( p->aBuffer ); /* If there is no more data to be read from the buffer, read the next ** p->nBuffer bytes of data from the file into it. Or, if there are less ** than p->nBuffer bytes remaining in the PMA, read all remaining data. */ iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer; if( iBuf==0 ){ int nRead; /* Bytes to read from disk */ int rc; /* sqlite3OsRead() return code */ /* Determine how many bytes of data to read. */ if( (p->iEof - p->iReadOff) > (i64)p->nBuffer ){ nRead = p->nBuffer; }else{ nRead = (int)(p->iEof - p->iReadOff); } assert( nRead>0 ); /* Readr data from the file. Return early if an error occurs. */ rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pFd, p->aBuffer, nRead, p->iReadOff); assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } nAvail = p->nBuffer - iBuf; if( nByte<=nAvail ){ /* The requested data is available in the in-memory buffer. In this ** case there is no need to make a copy of the data, just return a ** pointer into the buffer to the caller. */ *ppOut = &p->aBuffer[iBuf]; p->iReadOff += nByte; }else{ /* The requested data is not all available in the in-memory buffer. ** In this case, allocate space at p->aAlloc[] to copy the requested ** range into. Then return a copy of pointer p->aAlloc to the caller. */ int nRem; /* Bytes remaining to copy */ /* Extend the p->aAlloc[] allocation if required. */ if( p->nAllocnAlloc*2); while( nByte>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2; aNew = sqlite3Realloc(p->aAlloc, nNew); if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; p->nAlloc = nNew; p->aAlloc = aNew; } /* Copy as much data as is available in the buffer into the start of ** p->aAlloc[]. */ memcpy(p->aAlloc, &p->aBuffer[iBuf], nAvail); p->iReadOff += nAvail; nRem = nByte - nAvail; /* The following loop copies up to p->nBuffer bytes per iteration into ** the p->aAlloc[] buffer. */ while( nRem>0 ){ int rc; /* vdbePmaReadBlob() return code */ int nCopy; /* Number of bytes to copy */ u8 *aNext; /* Pointer to buffer to copy data from */ nCopy = nRem; if( nRem>p->nBuffer ) nCopy = p->nBuffer; rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(p, nCopy, &aNext); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; assert( aNext!=p->aAlloc ); memcpy(&p->aAlloc[nByte - nRem], aNext, nCopy); nRem -= nCopy; } *ppOut = p->aAlloc; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Read a varint from the stream of data accessed by p. Set *pnOut to ** the value read. */ static int vdbePmaReadVarint(PmaReader *p, u64 *pnOut){ int iBuf; if( p->aMap ){ p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aMap[p->iReadOff], pnOut); }else{ iBuf = p->iReadOff % p->nBuffer; if( iBuf && (p->nBuffer-iBuf)>=9 ){ p->iReadOff += sqlite3GetVarint(&p->aBuffer[iBuf], pnOut); }else{ u8 aVarint[16], *a; int i = 0, rc; do{ rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(p, 1, &a); if( rc ) return rc; aVarint[(i++)&0xf] = a[0]; }while( (a[0]&0x80)!=0 ); sqlite3GetVarint(aVarint, pnOut); } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Attempt to memory map file pFile. If successful, set *pp to point to the ** new mapping and return SQLITE_OK. If the mapping is not attempted ** (because the file is too large or the VFS layer is configured not to use ** mmap), return SQLITE_OK and set *pp to NULL. ** ** Or, if an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of ** *pp is undefined in this case. */ static int vdbeSorterMapFile(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterFile *pFile, u8 **pp){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pFile->iEof<=(i64)(pTask->pSorter->db->nMaxSorterMmap) ){ sqlite3_file *pFd = pFile->pFd; if( pFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)pFile->iEof, (void**)pp); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } } return rc; } /* ** Attach PmaReader pReadr to file pFile (if it is not already attached to ** that file) and seek it to offset iOff within the file. Return SQLITE_OK ** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. */ static int vdbePmaReaderSeek( SortSubtask *pTask, /* Task context */ PmaReader *pReadr, /* Reader whose cursor is to be moved */ SorterFile *pFile, /* Sorter file to read from */ i64 iOff /* Offset in pFile */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pReadr->pIncr==0 || pReadr->pIncr->bEof==0 ); if( sqlite3FaultSim(201) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_READ; if( pReadr->aMap ){ sqlite3OsUnfetch(pReadr->pFd, 0, pReadr->aMap); pReadr->aMap = 0; } pReadr->iReadOff = iOff; pReadr->iEof = pFile->iEof; pReadr->pFd = pFile->pFd; rc = vdbeSorterMapFile(pTask, pFile, &pReadr->aMap); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pReadr->aMap==0 ){ int pgsz = pTask->pSorter->pgsz; int iBuf = pReadr->iReadOff % pgsz; if( pReadr->aBuffer==0 ){ pReadr->aBuffer = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(pgsz); if( pReadr->aBuffer==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; pReadr->nBuffer = pgsz; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBuf ){ int nRead = pgsz - iBuf; if( (pReadr->iReadOff + nRead) > pReadr->iEof ){ nRead = (int)(pReadr->iEof - pReadr->iReadOff); } rc = sqlite3OsRead( pReadr->pFd, &pReadr->aBuffer[iBuf], nRead, pReadr->iReadOff ); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } } return rc; } /* ** Advance PmaReader pReadr to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if ** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does. */ static int vdbePmaReaderNext(PmaReader *pReadr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ u64 nRec = 0; /* Size of record in bytes */ if( pReadr->iReadOff>=pReadr->iEof ){ IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr; int bEof = 1; if( pIncr ){ rc = vdbeIncrSwap(pIncr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bEof==0 ){ rc = vdbePmaReaderSeek( pIncr->pTask, pReadr, &pIncr->aFile[0], pIncr->iStartOff ); bEof = 0; } } if( bEof ){ /* This is an EOF condition */ vdbePmaReaderClear(pReadr); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); return rc; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = vdbePmaReadVarint(pReadr, &nRec); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pReadr->nKey = (int)nRec; rc = vdbePmaReadBlob(pReadr, (int)nRec, &pReadr->aKey); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } return rc; } /* ** Initialize PmaReader pReadr to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile ** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function ** leaves the PmaReader pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the ** PMA is empty). ** ** If the pnByte parameter is NULL, then it is assumed that the file ** contains a single PMA, and that that PMA omits the initial length varint. */ static int vdbePmaReaderInit( SortSubtask *pTask, /* Task context */ SorterFile *pFile, /* Sorter file to read from */ i64 iStart, /* Start offset in pFile */ PmaReader *pReadr, /* PmaReader to populate */ i64 *pnByte /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */ ){ int rc; assert( pFile->iEof>iStart ); assert( pReadr->aAlloc==0 && pReadr->nAlloc==0 ); assert( pReadr->aBuffer==0 ); assert( pReadr->aMap==0 ); rc = vdbePmaReaderSeek(pTask, pReadr, pFile, iStart); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u64 nByte = 0; /* Size of PMA in bytes */ rc = vdbePmaReadVarint(pReadr, &nByte); pReadr->iEof = pReadr->iReadOff + nByte; *pnByte += nByte; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pReadr); } return rc; } /* ** A version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that it has already been ** determined that the first field of key1 is equal to the first field of ** key2. */ static int vdbeSorterCompareTail( SortSubtask *pTask, /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */ int *pbKey2Cached, /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */ const void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ const void *pKey2, int nKey2 /* Right side of comparison */ ){ UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked; if( *pbKey2Cached==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2); *pbKey2Cached = 1; } return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompareWithSkip(nKey1, pKey1, r2, 1); } /* ** Compare key1 (buffer pKey1, size nKey1 bytes) with key2 (buffer pKey2, ** size nKey2 bytes). Use (pTask->pKeyInfo) for the collation sequences ** used by the comparison. Return the result of the comparison. ** ** If IN/OUT parameter *pbKey2Cached is true when this function is called, ** it is assumed that (pTask->pUnpacked) contains the unpacked version ** of key2. If it is false, (pTask->pUnpacked) is populated with the unpacked ** version of key2 and *pbKey2Cached set to true before returning. ** ** If an OOM error is encountered, (pTask->pUnpacked->error_rc) is set ** to SQLITE_NOMEM. */ static int vdbeSorterCompare( SortSubtask *pTask, /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */ int *pbKey2Cached, /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */ const void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ const void *pKey2, int nKey2 /* Right side of comparison */ ){ UnpackedRecord *r2 = pTask->pUnpacked; if( !*pbKey2Cached ){ sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo, nKey2, pKey2, r2); *pbKey2Cached = 1; } return sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(nKey1, pKey1, r2); } /* ** A specially optimized version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that ** the first field of each key is a TEXT value and that the collation ** sequence to compare them with is BINARY. */ static int vdbeSorterCompareText( SortSubtask *pTask, /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */ int *pbKey2Cached, /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */ const void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ const void *pKey2, int nKey2 /* Right side of comparison */ ){ const u8 * const p1 = (const u8 * const)pKey1; const u8 * const p2 = (const u8 * const)pKey2; const u8 * const v1 = &p1[ p1[0] ]; /* Pointer to value 1 */ const u8 * const v2 = &p2[ p2[0] ]; /* Pointer to value 2 */ int n1; int n2; int res; getVarint32(&p1[1], n1); getVarint32(&p2[1], n2); res = memcmp(v1, v2, (MIN(n1, n2) - 13)/2); if( res==0 ){ res = n1 - n2; } if( res==0 ){ if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nKeyField>1 ){ res = vdbeSorterCompareTail( pTask, pbKey2Cached, pKey1, nKey1, pKey2, nKey2 ); } }else{ if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){ res = res * -1; } } return res; } /* ** A specially optimized version of vdbeSorterCompare() that assumes that ** the first field of each key is an INTEGER value. */ static int vdbeSorterCompareInt( SortSubtask *pTask, /* Subtask context (for pKeyInfo) */ int *pbKey2Cached, /* True if pTask->pUnpacked is pKey2 */ const void *pKey1, int nKey1, /* Left side of comparison */ const void *pKey2, int nKey2 /* Right side of comparison */ ){ const u8 * const p1 = (const u8 * const)pKey1; const u8 * const p2 = (const u8 * const)pKey2; const int s1 = p1[1]; /* Left hand serial type */ const int s2 = p2[1]; /* Right hand serial type */ const u8 * const v1 = &p1[ p1[0] ]; /* Pointer to value 1 */ const u8 * const v2 = &p2[ p2[0] ]; /* Pointer to value 2 */ int res; /* Return value */ assert( (s1>0 && s1<7) || s1==8 || s1==9 ); assert( (s2>0 && s2<7) || s2==8 || s2==9 ); if( s1==s2 ){ /* The two values have the same sign. Compare using memcmp(). */ static const u8 aLen[] = {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 0, 0, 0 }; const u8 n = aLen[s1]; int i; res = 0; for(i=0; i7 && s2>7 ){ res = s1 - s2; }else{ if( s2>7 ){ res = +1; }else if( s1>7 ){ res = -1; }else{ res = s1 - s2; } assert( res!=0 ); if( res>0 ){ if( *v1 & 0x80 ) res = -1; }else{ if( *v2 & 0x80 ) res = +1; } } if( res==0 ){ if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nKeyField>1 ){ res = vdbeSorterCompareTail( pTask, pbKey2Cached, pKey1, nKey1, pKey2, nKey2 ); } }else if( pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] ){ res = res * -1; } return res; } /* ** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor. ** ** Usually, the sorter module uses the value of (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nKeyField) ** to determine the number of fields that should be compared from the ** records being sorted. However, if the value passed as argument nField ** is non-zero and the sorter is able to guarantee a stable sort, nField ** is used instead. This is used when sorting records for a CREATE INDEX ** statement. In this case, keys are always delivered to the sorter in ** order of the primary key, which happens to be make up the final part ** of the records being sorted. So if the sort is stable, there is never ** any reason to compare PK fields and they can be ignored for a small ** performance boost. ** ** The sorter can guarantee a stable sort when running in single-threaded ** mode, but not in multi-threaded mode. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection (for malloc()) */ int nField, /* Number of key fields in each record */ VdbeCursor *pCsr /* Cursor that holds the new sorter */ ){ int pgsz; /* Page size of main database */ int i; /* Used to iterate through aTask[] */ VdbeSorter *pSorter; /* The new sorter */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Copy of pCsr->pKeyInfo with db==0 */ int szKeyInfo; /* Size of pCsr->pKeyInfo in bytes */ int sz; /* Size of pSorter in bytes */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 # define nWorker 0 #else int nWorker; #endif /* Initialize the upper limit on the number of worker threads */ #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 if( sqlite3TempInMemory(db) || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ nWorker = 0; }else{ nWorker = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]; } #endif /* Do not allow the total number of threads (main thread + all workers) ** to exceed the maximum merge count */ #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT if( nWorker>=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ nWorker = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT-1; } #endif assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBtx==0 ); assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); szKeyInfo = sizeof(KeyInfo) + (pCsr->pKeyInfo->nKeyField-1)*sizeof(CollSeq*); sz = sizeof(VdbeSorter) + nWorker * sizeof(SortSubtask); pSorter = (VdbeSorter*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sz + szKeyInfo); pCsr->uc.pSorter = pSorter; if( pSorter==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ pSorter->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo = (KeyInfo*)((u8*)pSorter + sz); memcpy(pKeyInfo, pCsr->pKeyInfo, szKeyInfo); pKeyInfo->db = 0; if( nField && nWorker==0 ){ pKeyInfo->nKeyField = nField; } pSorter->pgsz = pgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt); pSorter->nTask = nWorker + 1; pSorter->iPrev = (u8)(nWorker - 1); pSorter->bUseThreads = (pSorter->nTask>1); pSorter->db = db; for(i=0; inTask; i++){ SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i]; pTask->pSorter = pSorter; } if( !sqlite3TempInMemory(db) ){ i64 mxCache; /* Cache size in bytes*/ u32 szPma = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPma; pSorter->mnPmaSize = szPma * pgsz; mxCache = db->aDb[0].pSchema->cache_size; if( mxCache<0 ){ /* A negative cache-size value C indicates that the cache is abs(C) ** KiB in size. */ mxCache = mxCache * -1024; }else{ mxCache = mxCache * pgsz; } mxCache = MIN(mxCache, SQLITE_MAX_PMASZ); pSorter->mxPmaSize = MAX(pSorter->mnPmaSize, (int)mxCache); /* Avoid large memory allocations if the application has requested ** SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC. */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bSmallMalloc==0 ){ assert( pSorter->iMemory==0 ); pSorter->nMemory = pgsz; pSorter->list.aMemory = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(pgsz); if( !pSorter->list.aMemory ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } } if( pKeyInfo->nAllField<13 && (pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==0 || pKeyInfo->aColl[0]==db->pDfltColl) ){ pSorter->typeMask = SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER | SORTER_TYPE_TEXT; } } return rc; } #undef nWorker /* Defined at the top of this function */ /* ** Free the list of sorted records starting at pRecord. */ static void vdbeSorterRecordFree(sqlite3 *db, SorterRecord *pRecord){ SorterRecord *p; SorterRecord *pNext; for(p=pRecord; p; p=pNext){ pNext = p->u.pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } } /* ** Free all resources owned by the object indicated by argument pTask. All ** fields of *pTask are zeroed before returning. */ static void vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(sqlite3 *db, SortSubtask *pTask){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTask->pUnpacked); #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 /* pTask->list.aMemory can only be non-zero if it was handed memory ** from the main thread. That only occurs SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */ if( pTask->list.aMemory ){ sqlite3_free(pTask->list.aMemory); }else #endif { assert( pTask->list.aMemory==0 ); vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pTask->list.pList); } if( pTask->file.pFd ){ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file.pFd); } if( pTask->file2.pFd ){ sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTask->file2.pFd); } memset(pTask, 0, sizeof(SortSubtask)); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS static void vdbeSorterWorkDebug(SortSubtask *pTask, const char *zEvent){ i64 t; int iTask = (pTask - pTask->pSorter->aTask); sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t); fprintf(stderr, "%lld:%d %s\n", t, iTask, zEvent); } static void vdbeSorterRewindDebug(const char *zEvent){ i64 t; sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), &t); fprintf(stderr, "%lld:X %s\n", t, zEvent); } static void vdbeSorterPopulateDebug( SortSubtask *pTask, const char *zEvent ){ i64 t; int iTask = (pTask - pTask->pSorter->aTask); sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t); fprintf(stderr, "%lld:bg%d %s\n", t, iTask, zEvent); } static void vdbeSorterBlockDebug( SortSubtask *pTask, int bBlocked, const char *zEvent ){ if( bBlocked ){ i64 t; sqlite3OsCurrentTimeInt64(pTask->pSorter->db->pVfs, &t); fprintf(stderr, "%lld:main %s\n", t, zEvent); } } #else # define vdbeSorterWorkDebug(x,y) # define vdbeSorterRewindDebug(y) # define vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(x,y) # define vdbeSorterBlockDebug(x,y,z) #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 /* ** Join thread pTask->thread. */ static int vdbeSorterJoinThread(SortSubtask *pTask){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pTask->pThread ){ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG_SORTER_THREADS int bDone = pTask->bDone; #endif void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(SQLITE_ERROR); vdbeSorterBlockDebug(pTask, !bDone, "enter"); (void)sqlite3ThreadJoin(pTask->pThread, &pRet); vdbeSorterBlockDebug(pTask, !bDone, "exit"); rc = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pRet); assert( pTask->bDone==1 ); pTask->bDone = 0; pTask->pThread = 0; } return rc; } /* ** Launch a background thread to run xTask(pIn). */ static int vdbeSorterCreateThread( SortSubtask *pTask, /* Thread will use this task object */ void *(*xTask)(void*), /* Routine to run in a separate thread */ void *pIn /* Argument passed into xTask() */ ){ assert( pTask->pThread==0 && pTask->bDone==0 ); return sqlite3ThreadCreate(&pTask->pThread, xTask, pIn); } /* ** Join all outstanding threads launched by SorterWrite() to create ** level-0 PMAs. */ static int vdbeSorterJoinAll(VdbeSorter *pSorter, int rcin){ int rc = rcin; int i; /* This function is always called by the main user thread. ** ** If this function is being called after SorterRewind() has been called, ** it is possible that thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread ** is currently attempt to join one of the other threads. To avoid a race ** condition where this thread also attempts to join the same object, join ** thread pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1].pThread first. */ for(i=pSorter->nTask-1; i>=0; i--){ SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i]; int rc2 = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } return rc; } #else # define vdbeSorterJoinAll(x,rcin) (rcin) # define vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask) SQLITE_OK #endif /* ** Allocate a new MergeEngine object capable of handling up to ** nReader PmaReader inputs. ** ** nReader is automatically rounded up to the next power of two. ** nReader may not exceed SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT even after rounding up. */ static MergeEngine *vdbeMergeEngineNew(int nReader){ int N = 2; /* Smallest power of two >= nReader */ int nByte; /* Total bytes of space to allocate */ MergeEngine *pNew; /* Pointer to allocated object to return */ assert( nReader<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ); while( NnTree = N; pNew->pTask = 0; pNew->aReadr = (PmaReader*)&pNew[1]; pNew->aTree = (int*)&pNew->aReadr[N]; } return pNew; } /* ** Free the MergeEngine object passed as the only argument. */ static void vdbeMergeEngineFree(MergeEngine *pMerger){ int i; if( pMerger ){ for(i=0; inTree; i++){ vdbePmaReaderClear(&pMerger->aReadr[i]); } } sqlite3_free(pMerger); } /* ** Free all resources associated with the IncrMerger object indicated by ** the first argument. */ static void vdbeIncrFree(IncrMerger *pIncr){ if( pIncr ){ #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 if( pIncr->bUseThread ){ vdbeSorterJoinThread(pIncr->pTask); if( pIncr->aFile[0].pFd ) sqlite3OsCloseFree(pIncr->aFile[0].pFd); if( pIncr->aFile[1].pFd ) sqlite3OsCloseFree(pIncr->aFile[1].pFd); } #endif vdbeMergeEngineFree(pIncr->pMerger); sqlite3_free(pIncr); } } /* ** Reset a sorting cursor back to its original empty state. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorter *pSorter){ int i; (void)vdbeSorterJoinAll(pSorter, SQLITE_OK); assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->pReader==0 ); #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 if( pSorter->pReader ){ vdbePmaReaderClear(pSorter->pReader); sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pReader); pSorter->pReader = 0; } #endif vdbeMergeEngineFree(pSorter->pMerger); pSorter->pMerger = 0; for(i=0; inTask; i++){ SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[i]; vdbeSortSubtaskCleanup(db, pTask); pTask->pSorter = pSorter; } if( pSorter->list.aMemory==0 ){ vdbeSorterRecordFree(0, pSorter->list.pList); } pSorter->list.pList = 0; pSorter->list.szPMA = 0; pSorter->bUsePMA = 0; pSorter->iMemory = 0; pSorter->mxKeysize = 0; sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->pUnpacked); pSorter->pUnpacked = 0; } /* ** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){ VdbeSorter *pSorter; assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; if( pSorter ){ sqlite3VdbeSorterReset(db, pSorter); sqlite3_free(pSorter->list.aMemory); sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter); pCsr->uc.pSorter = 0; } } #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 /* ** The first argument is a file-handle open on a temporary file. The file ** is guaranteed to be nByte bytes or smaller in size. This function ** attempts to extend the file to nByte bytes in size and to ensure that ** the VFS has memory mapped it. ** ** Whether or not the file does end up memory mapped of course depends on ** the specific VFS implementation. */ static void vdbeSorterExtendFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file *pFd, i64 nByte){ if( nByte<=(i64)(db->nMaxSorterMmap) && pFd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ void *p = 0; int chunksize = 4*1024; sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE, &chunksize); sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &nByte); sqlite3OsFetch(pFd, 0, (int)nByte, &p); sqlite3OsUnfetch(pFd, 0, p); } } #else # define vdbeSorterExtendFile(x,y,z) #endif /* ** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful, ** set *ppFd to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, set *ppFd to 0 and return an SQLite error code. */ static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle doing sort */ i64 nExtend, /* Attempt to extend file to this size */ sqlite3_file **ppFd ){ int rc; if( sqlite3FaultSim(202) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS; rc = sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFd, SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &rc ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ i64 max = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE; sqlite3OsFileControlHint(*ppFd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, (void*)&max); if( nExtend>0 ){ vdbeSorterExtendFile(db, *ppFd, nExtend); } } return rc; } /* ** If it has not already been allocated, allocate the UnpackedRecord ** structure at pTask->pUnpacked. Return SQLITE_OK if successful (or ** if no allocation was required), or SQLITE_NOMEM otherwise. */ static int vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(SortSubtask *pTask){ if( pTask->pUnpacked==0 ){ pTask->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo); if( pTask->pUnpacked==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; pTask->pUnpacked->nField = pTask->pSorter->pKeyInfo->nKeyField; pTask->pUnpacked->errCode = 0; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Merge the two sorted lists p1 and p2 into a single list. */ static SorterRecord *vdbeSorterMerge( SortSubtask *pTask, /* Calling thread context */ SorterRecord *p1, /* First list to merge */ SorterRecord *p2 /* Second list to merge */ ){ SorterRecord *pFinal = 0; SorterRecord **pp = &pFinal; int bCached = 0; assert( p1!=0 && p2!=0 ); for(;;){ int res; res = pTask->xCompare( pTask, &bCached, SRVAL(p1), p1->nVal, SRVAL(p2), p2->nVal ); if( res<=0 ){ *pp = p1; pp = &p1->u.pNext; p1 = p1->u.pNext; if( p1==0 ){ *pp = p2; break; } }else{ *pp = p2; pp = &p2->u.pNext; p2 = p2->u.pNext; bCached = 0; if( p2==0 ){ *pp = p1; break; } } } return pFinal; } /* ** Return the SorterCompare function to compare values collected by the ** sorter object passed as the only argument. */ static SorterCompare vdbeSorterGetCompare(VdbeSorter *p){ if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER ){ return vdbeSorterCompareInt; }else if( p->typeMask==SORTER_TYPE_TEXT ){ return vdbeSorterCompareText; } return vdbeSorterCompare; } /* ** Sort the linked list of records headed at pTask->pList. Return ** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM) if ** an error occurs. */ static int vdbeSorterSort(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){ int i; SorterRecord **aSlot; SorterRecord *p; int rc; rc = vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(pTask); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; p = pList->pList; pTask->xCompare = vdbeSorterGetCompare(pTask->pSorter); aSlot = (SorterRecord **)sqlite3MallocZero(64 * sizeof(SorterRecord *)); if( !aSlot ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } while( p ){ SorterRecord *pNext; if( pList->aMemory ){ if( (u8*)p==pList->aMemory ){ pNext = 0; }else{ assert( p->u.iNextaMemory) ); pNext = (SorterRecord*)&pList->aMemory[p->u.iNext]; } }else{ pNext = p->u.pNext; } p->u.pNext = 0; for(i=0; aSlot[i]; i++){ p = vdbeSorterMerge(pTask, p, aSlot[i]); aSlot[i] = 0; } aSlot[i] = p; p = pNext; } p = 0; for(i=0; i<64; i++){ if( aSlot[i]==0 ) continue; p = p ? vdbeSorterMerge(pTask, p, aSlot[i]) : aSlot[i]; } pList->pList = p; sqlite3_free(aSlot); assert( pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_OK || pTask->pUnpacked->errCode==SQLITE_NOMEM ); return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode; } /* ** Initialize a PMA-writer object. */ static void vdbePmaWriterInit( sqlite3_file *pFd, /* File handle to write to */ PmaWriter *p, /* Object to populate */ int nBuf, /* Buffer size */ i64 iStart /* Offset of pFd to begin writing at */ ){ memset(p, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter)); p->aBuffer = (u8*)sqlite3Malloc(nBuf); if( !p->aBuffer ){ p->eFWErr = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ p->iBufEnd = p->iBufStart = (iStart % nBuf); p->iWriteOff = iStart - p->iBufStart; p->nBuffer = nBuf; p->pFd = pFd; } } /* ** Write nData bytes of data to the PMA. Return SQLITE_OK ** if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. */ static void vdbePmaWriteBlob(PmaWriter *p, u8 *pData, int nData){ int nRem = nData; while( nRem>0 && p->eFWErr==0 ){ int nCopy = nRem; if( nCopy>(p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd) ){ nCopy = p->nBuffer - p->iBufEnd; } memcpy(&p->aBuffer[p->iBufEnd], &pData[nData-nRem], nCopy); p->iBufEnd += nCopy; if( p->iBufEnd==p->nBuffer ){ p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart ); p->iBufStart = p->iBufEnd = 0; p->iWriteOff += p->nBuffer; } assert( p->iBufEndnBuffer ); nRem -= nCopy; } } /* ** Flush any buffered data to disk and clean up the PMA-writer object. ** The results of using the PMA-writer after this call are undefined. ** Return SQLITE_OK if flushing the buffered data succeeds or is not ** required. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. ** ** Before returning, set *piEof to the offset immediately following the ** last byte written to the file. */ static int vdbePmaWriterFinish(PmaWriter *p, i64 *piEof){ int rc; if( p->eFWErr==0 && ALWAYS(p->aBuffer) && p->iBufEnd>p->iBufStart ){ p->eFWErr = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pFd, &p->aBuffer[p->iBufStart], p->iBufEnd - p->iBufStart, p->iWriteOff + p->iBufStart ); } *piEof = (p->iWriteOff + p->iBufEnd); sqlite3_free(p->aBuffer); rc = p->eFWErr; memset(p, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter)); return rc; } /* ** Write value iVal encoded as a varint to the PMA. Return ** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error occurs. */ static void vdbePmaWriteVarint(PmaWriter *p, u64 iVal){ int nByte; u8 aByte[10]; nByte = sqlite3PutVarint(aByte, iVal); vdbePmaWriteBlob(p, aByte, nByte); } /* ** Write the current contents of in-memory linked-list pList to a level-0 ** PMA in the temp file belonging to sub-task pTask. Return SQLITE_OK if ** successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. ** ** The format of a PMA is: ** ** * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content ** in the PMA (not including the varint itself). ** ** * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. ** Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the ** key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data. */ static int vdbeSorterListToPMA(SortSubtask *pTask, SorterList *pList){ sqlite3 *db = pTask->pSorter->db; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ PmaWriter writer; /* Object used to write to the file */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Set iSz to the expected size of file pTask->file after writing the PMA. ** This is used by an assert() statement at the end of this function. */ i64 iSz = pList->szPMA + sqlite3VarintLen(pList->szPMA) + pTask->file.iEof; #endif vdbeSorterWorkDebug(pTask, "enter"); memset(&writer, 0, sizeof(PmaWriter)); assert( pList->szPMA>0 ); /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */ if( pTask->file.pFd==0 ){ rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, 0, &pTask->file.pFd); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->file.pFd ); assert( pTask->file.iEof==0 ); assert( pTask->nPMA==0 ); } /* Try to get the file to memory map */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ vdbeSorterExtendFile(db, pTask->file.pFd, pTask->file.iEof+pList->szPMA+9); } /* Sort the list */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = vdbeSorterSort(pTask, pList); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ SorterRecord *p; SorterRecord *pNext = 0; vdbePmaWriterInit(pTask->file.pFd, &writer, pTask->pSorter->pgsz, pTask->file.iEof); pTask->nPMA++; vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, pList->szPMA); for(p=pList->pList; p; p=pNext){ pNext = p->u.pNext; vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, p->nVal); vdbePmaWriteBlob(&writer, SRVAL(p), p->nVal); if( pList->aMemory==0 ) sqlite3_free(p); } pList->pList = p; rc = vdbePmaWriterFinish(&writer, &pTask->file.iEof); } vdbeSorterWorkDebug(pTask, "exit"); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pList->pList==0 ); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->file.iEof==iSz ); return rc; } /* ** Advance the MergeEngine to its next entry. ** Set *pbEof to true there is no next entry because ** the MergeEngine has reached the end of all its inputs. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful or an error code if an error occurs. */ static int vdbeMergeEngineStep( MergeEngine *pMerger, /* The merge engine to advance to the next row */ int *pbEof /* Set TRUE at EOF. Set false for more content */ ){ int rc; int iPrev = pMerger->aTree[1];/* Index of PmaReader to advance */ SortSubtask *pTask = pMerger->pTask; /* Advance the current PmaReader */ rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(&pMerger->aReadr[iPrev]); /* Update contents of aTree[] */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */ PmaReader *pReadr1; /* First PmaReader to compare */ PmaReader *pReadr2; /* Second PmaReader to compare */ int bCached = 0; /* Find the first two PmaReaders to compare. The one that was just ** advanced (iPrev) and the one next to it in the array. */ pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev & 0xFFFE)]; pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[(iPrev | 0x0001)]; for(i=(pMerger->nTree+iPrev)/2; i>0; i=i/2){ /* Compare pReadr1 and pReadr2. Store the result in variable iRes. */ int iRes; if( pReadr1->pFd==0 ){ iRes = +1; }else if( pReadr2->pFd==0 ){ iRes = -1; }else{ iRes = pTask->xCompare(pTask, &bCached, pReadr1->aKey, pReadr1->nKey, pReadr2->aKey, pReadr2->nKey ); } /* If pReadr1 contained the smaller value, set aTree[i] to its index. ** Then set pReadr2 to the next PmaReader to compare to pReadr1. In this ** case there is no cache of pReadr2 in pTask->pUnpacked, so set ** pKey2 to point to the record belonging to pReadr2. ** ** Alternatively, if pReadr2 contains the smaller of the two values, ** set aTree[i] to its index and update pReadr1. If vdbeSorterCompare() ** was actually called above, then pTask->pUnpacked now contains ** a value equivalent to pReadr2. So set pKey2 to NULL to prevent ** vdbeSorterCompare() from decoding pReadr2 again. ** ** If the two values were equal, then the value from the oldest ** PMA should be considered smaller. The VdbeSorter.aReadr[] array ** is sorted from oldest to newest, so pReadr1 contains older values ** than pReadr2 iff (pReadr1aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr1 - pMerger->aReadr); pReadr2 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ]; bCached = 0; }else{ if( pReadr1->pFd ) bCached = 0; pMerger->aTree[i] = (int)(pReadr2 - pMerger->aReadr); pReadr1 = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[i ^ 0x0001] ]; } } *pbEof = (pMerger->aReadr[pMerger->aTree[1]].pFd==0); } return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? pTask->pUnpacked->errCode : rc); } #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 /* ** The main routine for background threads that write level-0 PMAs. */ static void *vdbeSorterFlushThread(void *pCtx){ SortSubtask *pTask = (SortSubtask*)pCtx; int rc; /* Return code */ assert( pTask->bDone==0 ); rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(pTask, &pTask->list); pTask->bDone = 1; return SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(rc); } #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */ /* ** Flush the current contents of VdbeSorter.list to a new PMA, possibly ** using a background thread. */ static int vdbeSorterFlushPMA(VdbeSorter *pSorter){ #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 pSorter->bUsePMA = 1; return vdbeSorterListToPMA(&pSorter->aTask[0], &pSorter->list); #else int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; SortSubtask *pTask = 0; /* Thread context used to create new PMA */ int nWorker = (pSorter->nTask-1); /* Set the flag to indicate that at least one PMA has been written. ** Or will be, anyhow. */ pSorter->bUsePMA = 1; /* Select a sub-task to sort and flush the current list of in-memory ** records to disk. If the sorter is running in multi-threaded mode, ** round-robin between the first (pSorter->nTask-1) tasks. Except, if ** the background thread from a sub-tasks previous turn is still running, ** skip it. If the first (pSorter->nTask-1) sub-tasks are all still busy, ** fall back to using the final sub-task. The first (pSorter->nTask-1) ** sub-tasks are prefered as they use background threads - the final ** sub-task uses the main thread. */ for(i=0; iiPrev + i + 1) % nWorker; pTask = &pSorter->aTask[iTest]; if( pTask->bDone ){ rc = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pTask); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pTask->pThread==0 ) break; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( i==nWorker ){ /* Use the foreground thread for this operation */ rc = vdbeSorterListToPMA(&pSorter->aTask[nWorker], &pSorter->list); }else{ /* Launch a background thread for this operation */ u8 *aMem = pTask->list.aMemory; void *pCtx = (void*)pTask; assert( pTask->pThread==0 && pTask->bDone==0 ); assert( pTask->list.pList==0 ); assert( pTask->list.aMemory==0 || pSorter->list.aMemory!=0 ); pSorter->iPrev = (u8)(pTask - pSorter->aTask); pTask->list = pSorter->list; pSorter->list.pList = 0; pSorter->list.szPMA = 0; if( aMem ){ pSorter->list.aMemory = aMem; pSorter->nMemory = sqlite3MallocSize(aMem); }else if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){ pSorter->list.aMemory = sqlite3Malloc(pSorter->nMemory); if( !pSorter->list.aMemory ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } rc = vdbeSorterCreateThread(pTask, vdbeSorterFlushThread, pCtx); } } return rc; #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS!=0 */ } /* ** Add a record to the sorter. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite( const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ Mem *pVal /* Memory cell containing record */ ){ VdbeSorter *pSorter; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ SorterRecord *pNew; /* New list element */ int bFlush; /* True to flush contents of memory to PMA */ int nReq; /* Bytes of memory required */ int nPMA; /* Bytes of PMA space required */ int t; /* serial type of first record field */ assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; getVarint32((const u8*)&pVal->z[1], t); if( t>0 && t<10 && t!=7 ){ pSorter->typeMask &= SORTER_TYPE_INTEGER; }else if( t>10 && (t & 0x01) ){ pSorter->typeMask &= SORTER_TYPE_TEXT; }else{ pSorter->typeMask = 0; } assert( pSorter ); /* Figure out whether or not the current contents of memory should be ** flushed to a PMA before continuing. If so, do so. ** ** If using the single large allocation mode (pSorter->aMemory!=0), then ** flush the contents of memory to a new PMA if (a) at least one value is ** already in memory and (b) the new value will not fit in memory. ** ** Or, if using separate allocations for each record, flush the contents ** of memory to a PMA if either of the following are true: ** ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater ** than (page-size * cache-size), or ** ** * The total memory allocated for the in-memory list is greater ** than (page-size * 10) and sqlite3HeapNearlyFull() returns true. */ nReq = pVal->n + sizeof(SorterRecord); nPMA = pVal->n + sqlite3VarintLen(pVal->n); if( pSorter->mxPmaSize ){ if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){ bFlush = pSorter->iMemory && (pSorter->iMemory+nReq) > pSorter->mxPmaSize; }else{ bFlush = ( (pSorter->list.szPMA > pSorter->mxPmaSize) || (pSorter->list.szPMA > pSorter->mnPmaSize && sqlite3HeapNearlyFull()) ); } if( bFlush ){ rc = vdbeSorterFlushPMA(pSorter); pSorter->list.szPMA = 0; pSorter->iMemory = 0; assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->list.pList==0 ); } } pSorter->list.szPMA += nPMA; if( nPMA>pSorter->mxKeysize ){ pSorter->mxKeysize = nPMA; } if( pSorter->list.aMemory ){ int nMin = pSorter->iMemory + nReq; if( nMin>pSorter->nMemory ){ u8 *aNew; int iListOff = (u8*)pSorter->list.pList - pSorter->list.aMemory; int nNew = pSorter->nMemory * 2; while( nNew < nMin ) nNew = nNew*2; if( nNew > pSorter->mxPmaSize ) nNew = pSorter->mxPmaSize; if( nNew < nMin ) nNew = nMin; aNew = sqlite3Realloc(pSorter->list.aMemory, nNew); if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; pSorter->list.pList = (SorterRecord*)&aNew[iListOff]; pSorter->list.aMemory = aNew; pSorter->nMemory = nNew; } pNew = (SorterRecord*)&pSorter->list.aMemory[pSorter->iMemory]; pSorter->iMemory += ROUND8(nReq); if( pSorter->list.pList ){ pNew->u.iNext = (int)((u8*)(pSorter->list.pList) - pSorter->list.aMemory); } }else{ pNew = (SorterRecord *)sqlite3Malloc(nReq); if( pNew==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } pNew->u.pNext = pSorter->list.pList; } memcpy(SRVAL(pNew), pVal->z, pVal->n); pNew->nVal = pVal->n; pSorter->list.pList = pNew; return rc; } /* ** Read keys from pIncr->pMerger and populate pIncr->aFile[1]. The format ** of the data stored in aFile[1] is the same as that used by regular PMAs, ** except that the number-of-bytes varint is omitted from the start. */ static int vdbeIncrPopulate(IncrMerger *pIncr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int rc2; i64 iStart = pIncr->iStartOff; SorterFile *pOut = &pIncr->aFile[1]; SortSubtask *pTask = pIncr->pTask; MergeEngine *pMerger = pIncr->pMerger; PmaWriter writer; assert( pIncr->bEof==0 ); vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(pTask, "enter"); vdbePmaWriterInit(pOut->pFd, &writer, pTask->pSorter->pgsz, iStart); while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int dummy; PmaReader *pReader = &pMerger->aReadr[ pMerger->aTree[1] ]; int nKey = pReader->nKey; i64 iEof = writer.iWriteOff + writer.iBufEnd; /* Check if the output file is full or if the input has been exhausted. ** In either case exit the loop. */ if( pReader->pFd==0 ) break; if( (iEof + nKey + sqlite3VarintLen(nKey))>(iStart + pIncr->mxSz) ) break; /* Write the next key to the output. */ vdbePmaWriteVarint(&writer, nKey); vdbePmaWriteBlob(&writer, pReader->aKey, nKey); assert( pIncr->pMerger->pTask==pTask ); rc = vdbeMergeEngineStep(pIncr->pMerger, &dummy); } rc2 = vdbePmaWriterFinish(&writer, &pOut->iEof); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; vdbeSorterPopulateDebug(pTask, "exit"); return rc; } #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 /* ** The main routine for background threads that populate aFile[1] of ** multi-threaded IncrMerger objects. */ static void *vdbeIncrPopulateThread(void *pCtx){ IncrMerger *pIncr = (IncrMerger*)pCtx; void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR( vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr) ); pIncr->pTask->bDone = 1; return pRet; } /* ** Launch a background thread to populate aFile[1] of pIncr. */ static int vdbeIncrBgPopulate(IncrMerger *pIncr){ void *p = (void*)pIncr; assert( pIncr->bUseThread ); return vdbeSorterCreateThread(pIncr->pTask, vdbeIncrPopulateThread, p); } #endif /* ** This function is called when the PmaReader corresponding to pIncr has ** finished reading the contents of aFile[0]. Its purpose is to "refill" ** aFile[0] such that the PmaReader should start rereading it from the ** beginning. ** ** For single-threaded objects, this is accomplished by literally reading ** keys from pIncr->pMerger and repopulating aFile[0]. ** ** For multi-threaded objects, all that is required is to wait until the ** background thread is finished (if it is not already) and then swap ** aFile[0] and aFile[1] in place. If the contents of pMerger have not ** been exhausted, this function also launches a new background thread ** to populate the new aFile[1]. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned on success, or an SQLite error code otherwise. */ static int vdbeIncrSwap(IncrMerger *pIncr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 if( pIncr->bUseThread ){ rc = vdbeSorterJoinThread(pIncr->pTask); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ SorterFile f0 = pIncr->aFile[0]; pIncr->aFile[0] = pIncr->aFile[1]; pIncr->aFile[1] = f0; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pIncr->aFile[0].iEof==pIncr->iStartOff ){ pIncr->bEof = 1; }else{ rc = vdbeIncrBgPopulate(pIncr); } } }else #endif { rc = vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr); pIncr->aFile[0] = pIncr->aFile[1]; if( pIncr->aFile[0].iEof==pIncr->iStartOff ){ pIncr->bEof = 1; } } return rc; } /* ** Allocate and return a new IncrMerger object to read data from pMerger. ** ** If an OOM condition is encountered, return NULL. In this case free the ** pMerger argument before returning. */ static int vdbeIncrMergerNew( SortSubtask *pTask, /* The thread that will be using the new IncrMerger */ MergeEngine *pMerger, /* The MergeEngine that the IncrMerger will control */ IncrMerger **ppOut /* Write the new IncrMerger here */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; IncrMerger *pIncr = *ppOut = (IncrMerger*) (sqlite3FaultSim(100) ? 0 : sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(*pIncr))); if( pIncr ){ pIncr->pMerger = pMerger; pIncr->pTask = pTask; pIncr->mxSz = MAX(pTask->pSorter->mxKeysize+9,pTask->pSorter->mxPmaSize/2); pTask->file2.iEof += pIncr->mxSz; }else{ vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMerger); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } return rc; } #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 /* ** Set the "use-threads" flag on object pIncr. */ static void vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(IncrMerger *pIncr){ pIncr->bUseThread = 1; pIncr->pTask->file2.iEof -= pIncr->mxSz; } #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 */ /* ** Recompute pMerger->aTree[iOut] by comparing the next keys on the ** two PmaReaders that feed that entry. Neither of the PmaReaders ** are advanced. This routine merely does the comparison. */ static void vdbeMergeEngineCompare( MergeEngine *pMerger, /* Merge engine containing PmaReaders to compare */ int iOut /* Store the result in pMerger->aTree[iOut] */ ){ int i1; int i2; int iRes; PmaReader *p1; PmaReader *p2; assert( iOutnTree && iOut>0 ); if( iOut>=(pMerger->nTree/2) ){ i1 = (iOut - pMerger->nTree/2) * 2; i2 = i1 + 1; }else{ i1 = pMerger->aTree[iOut*2]; i2 = pMerger->aTree[iOut*2+1]; } p1 = &pMerger->aReadr[i1]; p2 = &pMerger->aReadr[i2]; if( p1->pFd==0 ){ iRes = i2; }else if( p2->pFd==0 ){ iRes = i1; }else{ SortSubtask *pTask = pMerger->pTask; int bCached = 0; int res; assert( pTask->pUnpacked!=0 ); /* from vdbeSortSubtaskMain() */ res = pTask->xCompare( pTask, &bCached, p1->aKey, p1->nKey, p2->aKey, p2->nKey ); if( res<=0 ){ iRes = i1; }else{ iRes = i2; } } pMerger->aTree[iOut] = iRes; } /* ** Allowed values for the eMode parameter to vdbeMergeEngineInit() ** and vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(). ** ** Only INCRINIT_NORMAL is valid in single-threaded builds (when ** SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0). The other values are only used ** when there exists one or more separate worker threads. */ #define INCRINIT_NORMAL 0 #define INCRINIT_TASK 1 #define INCRINIT_ROOT 2 /* ** Forward reference required as the vdbeIncrMergeInit() and ** vdbePmaReaderIncrInit() routines are called mutually recursively when ** building a merge tree. */ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode); /* ** Initialize the MergeEngine object passed as the second argument. Once this ** function returns, the first key of merged data may be read from the ** MergeEngine object in the usual fashion. ** ** If argument eMode is INCRINIT_ROOT, then it is assumed that any IncrMerge ** objects attached to the PmaReader objects that the merger reads from have ** already been populated, but that they have not yet populated aFile[0] and ** set the PmaReader objects up to read from it. In this case all that is ** required is to call vdbePmaReaderNext() on each PmaReader to point it at ** its first key. ** ** Otherwise, if eMode is any value other than INCRINIT_ROOT, then use ** vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() to initialize each PmaReader that feeds data ** to pMerger. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. */ static int vdbeMergeEngineInit( SortSubtask *pTask, /* Thread that will run pMerger */ MergeEngine *pMerger, /* MergeEngine to initialize */ int eMode /* One of the INCRINIT_XXX constants */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int i; /* For looping over PmaReader objects */ int nTree; /* Number of subtrees to merge */ /* Failure to allocate the merge would have been detected prior to ** invoking this routine */ assert( pMerger!=0 ); /* eMode is always INCRINIT_NORMAL in single-threaded mode */ assert( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 || eMode==INCRINIT_NORMAL ); /* Verify that the MergeEngine is assigned to a single thread */ assert( pMerger->pTask==0 ); pMerger->pTask = pTask; nTree = pMerger->nTree; for(i=0; i0 && eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT ){ /* PmaReaders should be normally initialized in order, as if they are ** reading from the same temp file this makes for more linear file IO. ** However, in the INCRINIT_ROOT case, if PmaReader aReadr[nTask-1] is ** in use it will block the vdbePmaReaderNext() call while it uses ** the main thread to fill its buffer. So calling PmaReaderNext() ** on this PmaReader before any of the multi-threaded PmaReaders takes ** better advantage of multi-processor hardware. */ rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(&pMerger->aReadr[nTree-i-1]); }else{ rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(&pMerger->aReadr[i], INCRINIT_NORMAL); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } for(i=pMerger->nTree-1; i>0; i--){ vdbeMergeEngineCompare(pMerger, i); } return pTask->pUnpacked->errCode; } /* ** The PmaReader passed as the first argument is guaranteed to be an ** incremental-reader (pReadr->pIncr!=0). This function serves to open ** and/or initialize the temp file related fields of the IncrMerge ** object at (pReadr->pIncr). ** ** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_NORMAL, then all PmaReaders ** in the sub-tree headed by pReadr are also initialized. Data is then ** loaded into the buffers belonging to pReadr and it is set to point to ** the first key in its range. ** ** If argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_TASK, then pReadr is guaranteed ** to be a multi-threaded PmaReader and this function is being called in a ** background thread. In this case all PmaReaders in the sub-tree are ** initialized as for INCRINIT_NORMAL and the aFile[1] buffer belonging to ** pReadr is populated. However, pReadr itself is not set up to point ** to its first key. A call to vdbePmaReaderNext() is still required to do ** that. ** ** The reason this function does not call vdbePmaReaderNext() immediately ** in the INCRINIT_TASK case is that vdbePmaReaderNext() assumes that it has ** to block on thread (pTask->thread) before accessing aFile[1]. But, since ** this entire function is being run by thread (pTask->thread), that will ** lead to the current background thread attempting to join itself. ** ** Finally, if argument eMode is set to INCRINIT_ROOT, it may be assumed ** that pReadr->pIncr is a multi-threaded IncrMerge objects, and that all ** child-trees have already been initialized using IncrInit(INCRINIT_TASK). ** In this case vdbePmaReaderNext() is called on all child PmaReaders and ** the current PmaReader set to point to the first key in its range. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. */ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr; SortSubtask *pTask = pIncr->pTask; sqlite3 *db = pTask->pSorter->db; /* eMode is always INCRINIT_NORMAL in single-threaded mode */ assert( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 || eMode==INCRINIT_NORMAL ); rc = vdbeMergeEngineInit(pTask, pIncr->pMerger, eMode); /* Set up the required files for pIncr. A multi-theaded IncrMerge object ** requires two temp files to itself, whereas a single-threaded object ** only requires a region of pTask->file2. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int mxSz = pIncr->mxSz; #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 if( pIncr->bUseThread ){ rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, mxSz, &pIncr->aFile[0].pFd); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, mxSz, &pIncr->aFile[1].pFd); } }else #endif /*if( !pIncr->bUseThread )*/{ if( pTask->file2.pFd==0 ){ assert( pTask->file2.iEof>0 ); rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, pTask->file2.iEof, &pTask->file2.pFd); pTask->file2.iEof = 0; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pIncr->aFile[1].pFd = pTask->file2.pFd; pIncr->iStartOff = pTask->file2.iEof; pTask->file2.iEof += mxSz; } } } #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pIncr->bUseThread ){ /* Use the current thread to populate aFile[1], even though this ** PmaReader is multi-threaded. If this is an INCRINIT_TASK object, ** then this function is already running in background thread ** pIncr->pTask->thread. ** ** If this is the INCRINIT_ROOT object, then it is running in the ** main VDBE thread. But that is Ok, as that thread cannot return ** control to the VDBE or proceed with anything useful until the ** first results are ready from this merger object anyway. */ assert( eMode==INCRINIT_ROOT || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK ); rc = vdbeIncrPopulate(pIncr); } #endif if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 || eMode!=INCRINIT_TASK) ){ rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pReadr); } return rc; } #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 /* ** The main routine for vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() operations run in ** background threads. */ static void *vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit(void *pCtx){ PmaReader *pReader = (PmaReader*)pCtx; void *pRet = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR( vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReader,INCRINIT_TASK) ); pReader->pIncr->pTask->bDone = 1; return pRet; } #endif /* ** If the PmaReader passed as the first argument is not an incremental-reader ** (if pReadr->pIncr==0), then this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it invokes ** the vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit() function with the parameters passed to ** this routine to initialize the incremental merge. ** ** If the IncrMerger object is multi-threaded (IncrMerger.bUseThread==1), ** then a background thread is launched to call vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(). ** Or, if the IncrMerger is single threaded, the same function is called ** using the current thread. */ static int vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(PmaReader *pReadr, int eMode){ IncrMerger *pIncr = pReadr->pIncr; /* Incremental merger */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ if( pIncr ){ #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 assert( pIncr->bUseThread==0 || eMode==INCRINIT_TASK ); if( pIncr->bUseThread ){ void *pCtx = (void*)pReadr; rc = vdbeSorterCreateThread(pIncr->pTask, vdbePmaReaderBgIncrInit, pCtx); }else #endif { rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReadr, eMode); } } return rc; } /* ** Allocate a new MergeEngine object to merge the contents of nPMA level-0 ** PMAs from pTask->file. If no error occurs, set *ppOut to point to ** the new object and return SQLITE_OK. Or, if an error does occur, set *ppOut ** to NULL and return an SQLite error code. ** ** When this function is called, *piOffset is set to the offset of the ** first PMA to read from pTask->file. Assuming no error occurs, it is ** set to the offset immediately following the last byte of the last ** PMA before returning. If an error does occur, then the final value of ** *piOffset is undefined. */ static int vdbeMergeEngineLevel0( SortSubtask *pTask, /* Sorter task to read from */ int nPMA, /* Number of PMAs to read */ i64 *piOffset, /* IN/OUT: Readr offset in pTask->file */ MergeEngine **ppOut /* OUT: New merge-engine */ ){ MergeEngine *pNew; /* Merge engine to return */ i64 iOff = *piOffset; int i; int rc = SQLITE_OK; *ppOut = pNew = vdbeMergeEngineNew(nPMA); if( pNew==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; for(i=0; iaReadr[i]; rc = vdbePmaReaderInit(pTask, &pTask->file, iOff, pReadr, &nDummy); iOff = pReadr->iEof; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ vdbeMergeEngineFree(pNew); *ppOut = 0; } *piOffset = iOff; return rc; } /* ** Return the depth of a tree comprising nPMA PMAs, assuming a fanout of ** SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT. The returned value does not include leaf nodes. ** ** i.e. ** ** nPMA<=16 -> TreeDepth() == 0 ** nPMA<=256 -> TreeDepth() == 1 ** nPMA<=65536 -> TreeDepth() == 2 */ static int vdbeSorterTreeDepth(int nPMA){ int nDepth = 0; i64 nDiv = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; while( nDiv < (i64)nPMA ){ nDiv = nDiv * SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; nDepth++; } return nDepth; } /* ** pRoot is the root of an incremental merge-tree with depth nDepth (according ** to vdbeSorterTreeDepth()). pLeaf is the iSeq'th leaf to be added to the ** tree, counting from zero. This function adds pLeaf to the tree. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, an SQLite error ** code is returned and pLeaf is freed. */ static int vdbeSorterAddToTree( SortSubtask *pTask, /* Task context */ int nDepth, /* Depth of tree according to TreeDepth() */ int iSeq, /* Sequence number of leaf within tree */ MergeEngine *pRoot, /* Root of tree */ MergeEngine *pLeaf /* Leaf to add to tree */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nDiv = 1; int i; MergeEngine *p = pRoot; IncrMerger *pIncr; rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pLeaf, &pIncr); for(i=1; iaReadr[iIter]; if( pReadr->pIncr==0 ){ MergeEngine *pNew = vdbeMergeEngineNew(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT); if( pNew==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pNew, &pReadr->pIncr); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p = pReadr->pIncr->pMerger; nDiv = nDiv / SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->aReadr[iSeq % SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT].pIncr = pIncr; }else{ vdbeIncrFree(pIncr); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called as part of a SorterRewind() operation on a sorter ** that has already written two or more level-0 PMAs to one or more temp ** files. It builds a tree of MergeEngine/IncrMerger/PmaReader objects that ** can be used to incrementally merge all PMAs on disk. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppOut set to point to the ** MergeEngine object at the root of the tree before returning. Or, if an ** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the final value ** of *ppOut is undefined. */ static int vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild( VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* The VDBE cursor that implements the sort */ MergeEngine **ppOut /* Write the MergeEngine here */ ){ MergeEngine *pMain = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int iTask; #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 /* If the sorter uses more than one task, then create the top-level ** MergeEngine here. This MergeEngine will read data from exactly ** one PmaReader per sub-task. */ assert( pSorter->bUseThreads || pSorter->nTask==1 ); if( pSorter->nTask>1 ){ pMain = vdbeMergeEngineNew(pSorter->nTask); if( pMain==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } #endif for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTasknTask; iTask++){ SortSubtask *pTask = &pSorter->aTask[iTask]; assert( pTask->nPMA>0 || SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 ); if( SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS==0 || pTask->nPMA ){ MergeEngine *pRoot = 0; /* Root node of tree for this task */ int nDepth = vdbeSorterTreeDepth(pTask->nPMA); i64 iReadOff = 0; if( pTask->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){ rc = vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(pTask, pTask->nPMA, &iReadOff, &pRoot); }else{ int i; int iSeq = 0; pRoot = vdbeMergeEngineNew(SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT); if( pRoot==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; for(i=0; inPMA && rc==SQLITE_OK; i += SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT){ MergeEngine *pMerger = 0; /* New level-0 PMA merger */ int nReader; /* Number of level-0 PMAs to merge */ nReader = MIN(pTask->nPMA - i, SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT); rc = vdbeMergeEngineLevel0(pTask, nReader, &iReadOff, &pMerger); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = vdbeSorterAddToTree(pTask, nDepth, iSeq++, pRoot, pMerger); } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 if( pMain!=0 ){ rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pTask, pRoot, &pMain->aReadr[iTask].pIncr); }else #endif { assert( pMain==0 ); pMain = pRoot; } }else{ vdbeMergeEngineFree(pRoot); } } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMain); pMain = 0; } *ppOut = pMain; return rc; } /* ** This function is called as part of an sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind() operation ** on a sorter that has written two or more PMAs to temporary files. It sets ** up either VdbeSorter.pMerger (for single threaded sorters) or pReader ** (for multi-threaded sorters) so that it can be used to iterate through ** all records stored in the sorter. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. */ static int vdbeSorterSetupMerge(VdbeSorter *pSorter){ int rc; /* Return code */ SortSubtask *pTask0 = &pSorter->aTask[0]; MergeEngine *pMain = 0; #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS sqlite3 *db = pTask0->pSorter->db; int i; SorterCompare xCompare = vdbeSorterGetCompare(pSorter); for(i=0; inTask; i++){ pSorter->aTask[i].xCompare = xCompare; } #endif rc = vdbeSorterMergeTreeBuild(pSorter, &pMain); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==0 || pSorter->nTask>1 ); if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){ int iTask; PmaReader *pReadr = 0; SortSubtask *pLast = &pSorter->aTask[pSorter->nTask-1]; rc = vdbeSortAllocUnpacked(pLast); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pReadr = (PmaReader*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(PmaReader)); pSorter->pReader = pReadr; if( pReadr==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = vdbeIncrMergerNew(pLast, pMain, &pReadr->pIncr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(pReadr->pIncr); for(iTask=0; iTask<(pSorter->nTask-1); iTask++){ IncrMerger *pIncr; if( (pIncr = pMain->aReadr[iTask].pIncr) ){ vdbeIncrMergerSetThreads(pIncr); assert( pIncr->pTask!=pLast ); } } for(iTask=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTasknTask; iTask++){ /* Check that: ** ** a) The incremental merge object is configured to use the ** right task, and ** b) If it is using task (nTask-1), it is configured to run ** in single-threaded mode. This is important, as the ** root merge (INCRINIT_ROOT) will be using the same task ** object. */ PmaReader *p = &pMain->aReadr[iTask]; assert( p->pIncr==0 || ( (p->pIncr->pTask==&pSorter->aTask[iTask]) /* a */ && (iTask!=pSorter->nTask-1 || p->pIncr->bUseThread==0) /* b */ )); rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrInit(p, INCRINIT_TASK); } } pMain = 0; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = vdbePmaReaderIncrMergeInit(pReadr, INCRINIT_ROOT); } }else #endif { rc = vdbeMergeEngineInit(pTask0, pMain, INCRINIT_NORMAL); pSorter->pMerger = pMain; pMain = 0; } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ vdbeMergeEngineFree(pMain); } return rc; } /* ** Once the sorter has been populated by calls to sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite, ** this function is called to prepare for iterating through the records ** in sorted order. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){ VdbeSorter *pSorter; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; assert( pSorter ); /* If no data has been written to disk, then do not do so now. Instead, ** sort the VdbeSorter.pRecord list. The vdbe layer will read data directly ** from the in-memory list. */ if( pSorter->bUsePMA==0 ){ if( pSorter->list.pList ){ *pbEof = 0; rc = vdbeSorterSort(&pSorter->aTask[0], &pSorter->list); }else{ *pbEof = 1; } return rc; } /* Write the current in-memory list to a PMA. When the VdbeSorterWrite() ** function flushes the contents of memory to disk, it immediately always ** creates a new list consisting of a single key immediately afterwards. ** So the list is never empty at this point. */ assert( pSorter->list.pList ); rc = vdbeSorterFlushPMA(pSorter); /* Join all threads */ rc = vdbeSorterJoinAll(pSorter, rc); vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewind"); /* Assuming no errors have occurred, set up a merger structure to ** incrementally read and merge all remaining PMAs. */ assert( pSorter->pReader==0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = vdbeSorterSetupMerge(pSorter); *pbEof = 0; } vdbeSorterRewindDebug("rewinddone"); return rc; } /* ** Advance to the next element in the sorter. Return value: ** ** SQLITE_OK success ** SQLITE_DONE end of data ** otherwise some kind of error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, const VdbeCursor *pCsr){ VdbeSorter *pSorter; int rc; /* Return code */ assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; assert( pSorter->bUsePMA || (pSorter->pReader==0 && pSorter->pMerger==0) ); if( pSorter->bUsePMA ){ assert( pSorter->pReader==0 || pSorter->pMerger==0 ); assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==0 || pSorter->pReader ); assert( pSorter->bUseThreads==1 || pSorter->pMerger ); #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){ rc = vdbePmaReaderNext(pSorter->pReader); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSorter->pReader->pFd==0 ) rc = SQLITE_DONE; }else #endif /*if( !pSorter->bUseThreads )*/ { int res = 0; assert( pSorter->pMerger!=0 ); assert( pSorter->pMerger->pTask==(&pSorter->aTask[0]) ); rc = vdbeMergeEngineStep(pSorter->pMerger, &res); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && res ) rc = SQLITE_DONE; } }else{ SorterRecord *pFree = pSorter->list.pList; pSorter->list.pList = pFree->u.pNext; pFree->u.pNext = 0; if( pSorter->list.aMemory==0 ) vdbeSorterRecordFree(db, pFree); rc = pSorter->list.pList ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_DONE; } return rc; } /* ** Return a pointer to a buffer owned by the sorter that contains the ** current key. */ static void *vdbeSorterRowkey( const VdbeSorter *pSorter, /* Sorter object */ int *pnKey /* OUT: Size of current key in bytes */ ){ void *pKey; if( pSorter->bUsePMA ){ PmaReader *pReader; #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>0 if( pSorter->bUseThreads ){ pReader = pSorter->pReader; }else #endif /*if( !pSorter->bUseThreads )*/{ pReader = &pSorter->pMerger->aReadr[pSorter->pMerger->aTree[1]]; } *pnKey = pReader->nKey; pKey = pReader->aKey; }else{ *pnKey = pSorter->list.pList->nVal; pKey = SRVAL(pSorter->list.pList); } return pKey; } /* ** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(const VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){ VdbeSorter *pSorter; void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to copy into pOut */ assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); if( sqlite3VdbeMemClearAndResize(pOut, nKey) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } pOut->n = nKey; MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob); memcpy(pOut->z, pKey, nKey); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Compare the key in memory cell pVal with the key that the sorter cursor ** passed as the first argument currently points to. For the purposes of ** the comparison, ignore the rowid field at the end of each record. ** ** If the sorter cursor key contains any NULL values, consider it to be ** less than pVal. Even if pVal also contains NULL values. ** ** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code (i.e. SQLITE_NOMEM). ** Otherwise, set *pRes to a negative, zero or positive value if the ** key in pVal is smaller than, equal to or larger than the current sorter ** key. ** ** This routine forms the core of the OP_SorterCompare opcode, which in ** turn is used to verify uniqueness when constructing a UNIQUE INDEX. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterCompare( const VdbeCursor *pCsr, /* Sorter cursor */ Mem *pVal, /* Value to compare to current sorter key */ int nKeyCol, /* Compare this many columns */ int *pRes /* OUT: Result of comparison */ ){ VdbeSorter *pSorter; UnpackedRecord *r2; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; int i; void *pKey; int nKey; /* Sorter key to compare pVal with */ assert( pCsr->eCurType==CURTYPE_SORTER ); pSorter = pCsr->uc.pSorter; r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked; pKeyInfo = pCsr->pKeyInfo; if( r2==0 ){ r2 = pSorter->pUnpacked = sqlite3VdbeAllocUnpackedRecord(pKeyInfo); if( r2==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; r2->nField = nKeyCol; } assert( r2->nField==nKeyCol ); pKey = vdbeSorterRowkey(pSorter, &nKey); sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(pKeyInfo, nKey, pKey, r2); for(i=0; iaMem[i].flags & MEM_Null ){ *pRes = -1; return SQLITE_OK; } } *pRes = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(pVal->n, pVal->z, r2); return SQLITE_OK; } /************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file memjournal.c **************************************/ /* ** 2008 October 7 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal. ** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for ** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used. ** ** Update: The in-memory journal is also used to temporarily cache ** smaller journals that are not critical for power-loss recovery. ** For example, statement journals that are not too big will be held ** entirely in memory, thus reducing the number of file I/O calls, and ** more importantly, reducing temporary file creation events. If these ** journals become too large for memory, they are spilled to disk. But ** in the common case, they are usually small and no file I/O needs to ** occur. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* Forward references to internal structures */ typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal; typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint; typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk; /* ** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures. ** ** The zChunk array is always at least 8 bytes in size - usually much more. ** Its actual size is stored in the MemJournal.nChunkSize variable. */ struct FileChunk { FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */ u8 zChunk[8]; /* Content of this chunk */ }; /* ** By default, allocate this many bytes of memory for each FileChunk object. */ #define MEMJOURNAL_DFLT_FILECHUNKSIZE 1024 /* ** For chunk size nChunkSize, return the number of bytes that should ** be allocated for each FileChunk structure. */ #define fileChunkSize(nChunkSize) (sizeof(FileChunk) + ((nChunkSize)-8)) /* ** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal. ** The cursor can be either for reading or writing. */ struct FilePoint { sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */ FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */ }; /* ** This structure is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal ** is an instance of this class. */ struct MemJournal { const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */ int nChunkSize; /* In-memory chunk-size */ int nSpill; /* Bytes of data before flushing */ int nSize; /* Bytes of data currently in memory */ FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */ FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */ FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */ int flags; /* xOpen flags */ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */ const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ }; /* ** Read data from the in-memory journal file. This is the implementation ** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method. */ static int memjrnlRead( sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */ void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */ ){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; u8 *zOut = zBuf; int nRead = iAmt; int iChunkOffset; FileChunk *pChunk; #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->endpoint.iOffset ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ; } #endif assert( (iAmt+iOfst)<=p->endpoint.iOffset ); assert( p->readpoint.iOffset==0 || p->readpoint.pChunk!=0 ); if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){ sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0; for(pChunk=p->pFirst; ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+p->nChunkSize)<=iOfst; pChunk=pChunk->pNext ){ iOff += p->nChunkSize; } }else{ pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk; assert( pChunk!=0 ); } iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%p->nChunkSize); do { int iSpace = p->nChunkSize - iChunkOffset; int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (p->nChunkSize - iChunkOffset)); memcpy(zOut, (u8*)pChunk->zChunk + iChunkOffset, nCopy); zOut += nCopy; nRead -= iSpace; iChunkOffset = 0; } while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 ); p->readpoint.iOffset = pChunk ? iOfst+iAmt : 0; p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Free the list of FileChunk structures headed at MemJournal.pFirst. */ static void memjrnlFreeChunks(MemJournal *p){ FileChunk *pIter; FileChunk *pNext; for(pIter=p->pFirst; pIter; pIter=pNext){ pNext = pIter->pNext; sqlite3_free(pIter); } p->pFirst = 0; } /* ** Flush the contents of memory to a real file on disk. */ static int memjrnlCreateFile(MemJournal *p){ int rc; sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file*)p; MemJournal copy = *p; memset(p, 0, sizeof(MemJournal)); rc = sqlite3OsOpen(copy.pVfs, copy.zJournal, pReal, copy.flags, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int nChunk = copy.nChunkSize; i64 iOff = 0; FileChunk *pIter; for(pIter=copy.pFirst; pIter; pIter=pIter->pNext){ if( iOff + nChunk > copy.endpoint.iOffset ){ nChunk = copy.endpoint.iOffset - iOff; } rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pReal, (u8*)pIter->zChunk, nChunk, iOff); if( rc ) break; iOff += nChunk; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* No error has occurred. Free the in-memory buffers. */ memjrnlFreeChunks(©); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ /* If an error occurred while creating or writing to the file, restore ** the original before returning. This way, SQLite uses the in-memory ** journal data to roll back changes made to the internal page-cache ** before this function was called. */ sqlite3OsClose(pReal); *p = copy; } return rc; } /* ** Write data to the file. */ static int memjrnlWrite( sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */ const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */ int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */ sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */ ){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; int nWrite = iAmt; u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf; /* If the file should be created now, create it and write the new data ** into the file on disk. */ if( p->nSpill>0 && (iAmt+iOfst)>p->nSpill ){ int rc = memjrnlCreateFile(p); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pJfd, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst); } return rc; } /* If the contents of this write should be stored in memory */ else{ /* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random ** access writes are not required. The only exception to this is when ** the in-memory journal is being used by a connection using the ** atomic-write optimization. In this case the first 28 bytes of the ** journal file may be written as part of committing the transaction. */ assert( iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset || iOfst==0 ); #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) if( iOfst==0 && p->pFirst ){ assert( p->nChunkSize>iAmt ); memcpy((u8*)p->pFirst->zChunk, zBuf, iAmt); }else #else assert( iOfst>0 || p->pFirst==0 ); #endif { while( nWrite>0 ){ FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk; int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%p->nChunkSize); int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, p->nChunkSize - iChunkOffset); if( iChunkOffset==0 ){ /* New chunk is required to extend the file. */ FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(fileChunkSize(p->nChunkSize)); if( !pNew ){ return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM_BKPT; } pNew->pNext = 0; if( pChunk ){ assert( p->pFirst ); pChunk->pNext = pNew; }else{ assert( !p->pFirst ); p->pFirst = pNew; } p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew; } memcpy((u8*)p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk + iChunkOffset, zWrite, iSpace); zWrite += iSpace; nWrite -= iSpace; p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace; } p->nSize = iAmt + iOfst; } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Truncate the file. ** ** If the journal file is already on disk, truncate it there. Or, if it ** is still in main memory but is being truncated to zero bytes in size, ** ignore */ static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; if( ALWAYS(size==0) ){ memjrnlFreeChunks(p); p->nSize = 0; p->endpoint.pChunk = 0; p->endpoint.iOffset = 0; p->readpoint.pChunk = 0; p->readpoint.iOffset = 0; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close the file. */ static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; memjrnlFreeChunks(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Sync the file. ** ** If the real file has been created, call its xSync method. Otherwise, ** syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. */ static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(pJfd, flags); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Query the size of the file in bytes. */ static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd; *pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object. */ static const struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = { 1, /* iVersion */ memjrnlClose, /* xClose */ memjrnlRead, /* xRead */ memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */ memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */ memjrnlSync, /* xSync */ memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */ 0, /* xLock */ 0, /* xUnlock */ 0, /* xCheckReservedLock */ 0, /* xFileControl */ 0, /* xSectorSize */ 0, /* xDeviceCharacteristics */ 0, /* xShmMap */ 0, /* xShmLock */ 0, /* xShmBarrier */ 0, /* xShmUnmap */ 0, /* xFetch */ 0 /* xUnfetch */ }; /* ** Open a journal file. ** ** The behaviour of the journal file depends on the value of parameter ** nSpill. If nSpill is 0, then the journal file is always create and ** accessed using the underlying VFS. If nSpill is less than zero, then ** all content is always stored in main-memory. Finally, if nSpill is a ** positive value, then the journal file is initially created in-memory ** but may be flushed to disk later on. In this case the journal file is ** flushed to disk either when it grows larger than nSpill bytes in size, ** or when sqlite3JournalCreate() is called. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalOpen( sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */ const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */ sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */ int flags, /* Opening flags */ int nSpill /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */ ){ MemJournal *p = (MemJournal*)pJfd; /* Zero the file-handle object. If nSpill was passed zero, initialize ** it using the sqlite3OsOpen() function of the underlying VFS. In this ** case none of the code in this module is executed as a result of calls ** made on the journal file-handle. */ memset(p, 0, sizeof(MemJournal)); if( nSpill==0 ){ return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0); } if( nSpill>0 ){ p->nChunkSize = nSpill; }else{ p->nChunkSize = 8 + MEMJOURNAL_DFLT_FILECHUNKSIZE - sizeof(FileChunk); assert( MEMJOURNAL_DFLT_FILECHUNKSIZE==fileChunkSize(p->nChunkSize) ); } p->pMethod = (const sqlite3_io_methods*)&MemJournalMethods; p->nSpill = nSpill; p->flags = flags; p->zJournal = zName; p->pVfs = pVfs; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Open an in-memory journal file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ sqlite3JournalOpen(0, 0, pJfd, 0, -1); } #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE) /* ** If the argument p points to a MemJournal structure that is not an ** in-memory-only journal file (i.e. is one that was opened with a +ve ** nSpill parameter or as SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL), and the underlying ** file has not yet been created, create it now. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *pJfd){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; MemJournal *p = (MemJournal*)pJfd; if( p->pMethod==&MemJournalMethods && ( #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE p->nSpill>0 #else /* While this appears to not be possible without ATOMIC_WRITE, the ** paths are complex, so it seems prudent to leave the test in as ** a NEVER(), in case our analysis is subtly flawed. */ NEVER(p->nSpill>0) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE || (p->flags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) #endif )){ rc = memjrnlCreateFile(p); } return rc; } #endif /* ** The file-handle passed as the only argument is open on a journal file. ** Return true if this "journal file" is currently stored in heap memory, ** or false otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(sqlite3_file *p){ return p->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods; } /* ** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs ** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){ return MAX(pVfs->szOsFile, (int)sizeof(MemJournal)); } /************** End of memjournal.c ******************************************/ /************** Begin file walker.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2008 August 16 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for ** an SQL statement. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* ** Walk an expression tree. Invoke the callback once for each node ** of the expression, while descending. (In other words, the callback ** is invoked before visiting children.) ** ** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_* ** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk. ** ** WRC_Continue Continue descending down the tree. ** ** WRC_Prune Do not descend into child nodes, but allow ** the walk to continue with sibling nodes. ** ** WRC_Abort Do no more callbacks. Unwind the stack and ** return from the top-level walk call. ** ** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk ** and WRC_Continue to continue. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int walkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ int rc; testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ); testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) ); while(1){ rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr); if( rc ) return rc & WRC_Abort; if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr,(EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf)) ){ if( pExpr->pLeft && walkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort; assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 || pExpr->pRight==0 ); if( pExpr->pRight ){ pExpr = pExpr->pRight; continue; }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort; }else if( pExpr->x.pList ){ if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) && pExpr->pWin ){ Window *pWin = pExpr->pWin; if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pWin->pPartition) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pWin->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pWin->pFilter) ) return WRC_Abort; } #endif } break; } return WRC_Continue; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ return pExpr ? walkExpr(pWalker,pExpr) : WRC_Continue; } /* ** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until ** an abort request is seen. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){ int i; struct ExprList_item *pItem; if( p ){ for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort; } } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p. Do ** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke ** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries. ** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort; return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the ** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select ** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery ** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return ** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue; */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ SrcList *pSrc; int i; struct SrcList_item *pItem; pSrc = p->pSrc; assert( pSrc!=0 ); for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ if( pItem->pSelect && sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){ return WRC_Abort; } if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc && sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) ){ return WRC_Abort; } } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p. ** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and ** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior. ** ** If it is not NULL, the xSelectCallback() callback is invoked before ** the walk of the expressions and FROM clause. The xSelectCallback2() ** method is invoked following the walk of the expressions and FROM clause, ** but only if both xSelectCallback and xSelectCallback2 are both non-NULL ** and if the expressions and FROM clause both return WRC_Continue; ** ** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions. Return WRC_Abort if ** there is an abort request. ** ** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine ** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ int rc; if( p==0 ) return WRC_Continue; if( pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 ) return WRC_Continue; do{ rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p); if( rc ) return rc & WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p) || sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p) ){ return WRC_Abort; } if( pWalker->xSelectCallback2 ){ pWalker->xSelectCallback2(pWalker, p); } p = p->pPrior; }while( p!=0 ); return WRC_Continue; } /************** End of walker.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file resolve.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2008 August 18 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and ** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular ** table and column. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** Walk the expression tree pExpr and increase the aggregate function ** depth (the Expr.op2 field) by N on every TK_AGG_FUNCTION node. ** This needs to occur when copying a TK_AGG_FUNCTION node from an ** outer query into an inner subquery. ** ** incrAggFunctionDepth(pExpr,n) is the main routine. incrAggDepth(..) ** is a helper function - a callback for the tree walker. */ static int incrAggDepth(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) pExpr->op2 += pWalker->u.n; return WRC_Continue; } static void incrAggFunctionDepth(Expr *pExpr, int N){ if( N>0 ){ Walker w; memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); w.xExprCallback = incrAggDepth; w.u.n = N; sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); } } /* ** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the ** result set in pEList. ** ** If the reference is followed by a COLLATE operator, then make sure ** the COLLATE operator is preserved. For example: ** ** SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY 1 COLLATE nocase; ** ** Should be transformed into: ** ** SELECT a+b, c+d FROM t1 ORDER BY (a+b) COLLATE nocase; ** ** The nSubquery parameter specifies how many levels of subquery the ** alias is removed from the original expression. The usual value is ** zero but it might be more if the alias is contained within a subquery ** of the original expression. The Expr.op2 field of TK_AGG_FUNCTION ** structures must be increased by the nSubquery amount. */ static void resolveAlias( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pEList, /* A result set */ int iCol, /* A column in the result set. 0..pEList->nExpr-1 */ Expr *pExpr, /* Transform this into an alias to the result set */ const char *zType, /* "GROUP" or "ORDER" or "" */ int nSubquery /* Number of subqueries that the label is moving */ ){ Expr *pOrig; /* The iCol-th column of the result set */ Expr *pDup; /* Copy of pOrig */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ assert( iCol>=0 && iColnExpr ); pOrig = pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; assert( pOrig!=0 ); db = pParse->db; pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrig, 0); if( pDup!=0 ){ if( zType[0]!='G' ) incrAggFunctionDepth(pDup, nSubquery); if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){ pDup = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pDup, pExpr->u.zToken); } ExprSetProperty(pDup, EP_Alias); /* Before calling sqlite3ExprDelete(), set the EP_Static flag. This ** prevents ExprDelete() from deleting the Expr structure itself, ** allowing it to be repopulated by the memcpy() on the following line. ** The pExpr->u.zToken might point into memory that will be freed by the ** sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup) on the last line of this block, so be sure to ** make a copy of the token before doing the sqlite3DbFree(). */ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); memcpy(pExpr, pDup, sizeof(*pExpr)); if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) && pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ){ assert( (pExpr->flags & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); pExpr->u.zToken = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pExpr->u.zToken); pExpr->flags |= EP_MemToken; } sqlite3DbFree(db, pDup); } ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Alias); } /* ** Return TRUE if the name zCol occurs anywhere in the USING clause. ** ** Return FALSE if the USING clause is NULL or if it does not contain ** zCol. */ static int nameInUsingClause(IdList *pUsing, const char *zCol){ if( pUsing ){ int k; for(k=0; knId; k++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pUsing->a[k].zName, zCol)==0 ) return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** Subqueries stores the original database, table and column names for their ** result sets in ExprList.a[].zSpan, in the form "DATABASE.TABLE.COLUMN". ** Check to see if the zSpan given to this routine matches the zDb, zTab, ** and zCol. If any of zDb, zTab, and zCol are NULL then those fields will ** match anything. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MatchSpanName( const char *zSpan, const char *zCol, const char *zTab, const char *zDb ){ int n; for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){} if( zDb && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zDb, n)!=0 || zDb[n]!=0) ){ return 0; } zSpan += n+1; for(n=0; ALWAYS(zSpan[n]) && zSpan[n]!='.'; n++){} if( zTab && (sqlite3StrNICmp(zSpan, zTab, n)!=0 || zTab[n]!=0) ){ return 0; } zSpan += n+1; if( zCol && sqlite3StrICmp(zSpan, zCol)!=0 ){ return 0; } return 1; } /* ** Given the name of a column of the form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z, look up ** that name in the set of source tables in pSrcList and make the pExpr ** expression node refer back to that source column. The following changes ** are made to pExpr: ** ** pExpr->iDb Set the index in db->aDb[] of the database X ** (even if X is implied). ** pExpr->iTable Set to the cursor number for the table obtained ** from pSrcList. ** pExpr->pTab Points to the Table structure of X.Y (even if ** X and/or Y are implied.) ** pExpr->iColumn Set to the column number within the table. ** pExpr->op Set to TK_COLUMN. ** pExpr->pLeft Any expression this points to is deleted ** pExpr->pRight Any expression this points to is deleted. ** ** The zDb variable is the name of the database (the "X"). This value may be ** NULL meaning that name is of the form Y.Z or Z. Any available database ** can be used. The zTable variable is the name of the table (the "Y"). This ** value can be NULL if zDb is also NULL. If zTable is NULL it ** means that the form of the name is Z and that columns from any table ** can be used. ** ** If the name cannot be resolved unambiguously, leave an error message ** in pParse and return WRC_Abort. Return WRC_Prune on success. */ static int lookupName( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ const char *zDb, /* Name of the database containing table, or NULL */ const char *zTab, /* Name of table containing column, or NULL */ const char *zCol, /* Name of the column. */ NameContext *pNC, /* The name context used to resolve the name */ Expr *pExpr /* Make this EXPR node point to the selected column */ ){ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ int cnt = 0; /* Number of matching column names */ int cntTab = 0; /* Number of matching table names */ int nSubquery = 0; /* How many levels of subquery */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* Use for looping over pSrcList items */ struct SrcList_item *pMatch = 0; /* The matching pSrcList item */ NameContext *pTopNC = pNC; /* First namecontext in the list */ Schema *pSchema = 0; /* Schema of the expression */ int eNewExprOp = TK_COLUMN; /* New value for pExpr->op on success */ Table *pTab = 0; /* Table hold the row */ Column *pCol; /* A column of pTab */ assert( pNC ); /* the name context cannot be NULL. */ assert( zCol ); /* The Z in X.Y.Z cannot be NULL */ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); /* Initialize the node to no-match */ pExpr->iTable = -1; pExpr->pTab = 0; ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); /* Translate the schema name in zDb into a pointer to the corresponding ** schema. If not found, pSchema will remain NULL and nothing will match ** resulting in an appropriate error message toward the end of this routine */ if( zDb ){ testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx ); testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck ); if( (pNC->ncFlags & (NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck))!=0 ){ /* Silently ignore database qualifiers inside CHECK constraints and ** partial indices. Do not raise errors because that might break ** legacy and because it does not hurt anything to just ignore the ** database name. */ zDb = 0; }else{ for(i=0; inDb; i++){ assert( db->aDb[i].zDbSName ); if( sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[i].zDbSName,zDb)==0 ){ pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; break; } } } } /* Start at the inner-most context and move outward until a match is found */ assert( pNC && cnt==0 ); do{ ExprList *pEList; SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; if( pSrcList ){ for(i=0, pItem=pSrcList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ pTab = pItem->pTab; assert( pTab!=0 && pTab->zName!=0 ); assert( pTab->nCol>0 ); if( pItem->pSelect && (pItem->pSelect->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){ int hit = 0; pEList = pItem->pSelect->pEList; for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ if( sqlite3MatchSpanName(pEList->a[j].zSpan, zCol, zTab, zDb) ){ cnt++; cntTab = 2; pMatch = pItem; pExpr->iColumn = j; hit = 1; } } if( hit || zTab==0 ) continue; } if( zDb && pTab->pSchema!=pSchema ){ continue; } if( zTab ){ const char *zTabName = pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName; assert( zTabName!=0 ); if( sqlite3StrICmp(zTabName, zTab)!=0 ){ continue; } if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && pItem->zAlias ){ sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, 0, (void*)&pExpr->pTab); } } if( 0==(cntTab++) ){ pMatch = pItem; } for(j=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; jnCol; j++, pCol++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ /* If there has been exactly one prior match and this match ** is for the right-hand table of a NATURAL JOIN or is in a ** USING clause, then skip this match. */ if( cnt==1 ){ if( pItem->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL ) continue; if( nameInUsingClause(pItem->pUsing, zCol) ) continue; } cnt++; pMatch = pItem; /* Substitute the rowid (column -1) for the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ pExpr->iColumn = j==pTab->iPKey ? -1 : (i16)j; break; } } } if( pMatch ){ pExpr->iTable = pMatch->iCursor; pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab; /* RIGHT JOIN not (yet) supported */ assert( (pMatch->fg.jointype & JT_RIGHT)==0 ); if( (pMatch->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_CanBeNull); } pSchema = pExpr->pTab->pSchema; } } /* if( pSrcList ) */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT) /* If we have not already resolved the name, then maybe ** it is a new.* or old.* trigger argument reference. Or ** maybe it is an excluded.* from an upsert. */ if( zDb==0 && zTab!=0 && cntTab==0 ){ pTab = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER if( pParse->pTriggerTab!=0 ){ int op = pParse->eTriggerOp; assert( op==TK_DELETE || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT ); if( op!=TK_DELETE && sqlite3StrICmp("new",zTab) == 0 ){ pExpr->iTable = 1; pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; }else if( op!=TK_INSERT && sqlite3StrICmp("old",zTab)==0 ){ pExpr->iTable = 0; pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_UUpsert)!=0 ){ Upsert *pUpsert = pNC->uNC.pUpsert; if( pUpsert && sqlite3StrICmp("excluded",zTab)==0 ){ pTab = pUpsert->pUpsertSrc->a[0].pTab; pExpr->iTable = 2; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT */ if( pTab ){ int iCol; pSchema = pTab->pSchema; cntTab++; for(iCol=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; iColnCol; iCol++, pCol++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zCol)==0 ){ if( iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ iCol = -1; } break; } } if( iCol>=pTab->nCol && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && VisibleRowid(pTab) ){ /* IMP: R-51414-32910 */ iCol = -1; } if( iColnCol ){ cnt++; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT if( pExpr->iTable==2 ){ testcase( iCol==(-1) ); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ pExpr->iColumn = iCol; pExpr->pTab = pTab; eNewExprOp = TK_COLUMN; }else{ pExpr->iTable = pNC->uNC.pUpsert->regData + iCol; eNewExprOp = TK_REGISTER; ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Alias); } }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT */ { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER if( iCol<0 ){ pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; }else if( pExpr->iTable==0 ){ testcase( iCol==31 ); testcase( iCol==32 ); pParse->oldmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<newmask |= (iCol>=32 ? 0xffffffff : (((u32)1)<pTab = pTab; pExpr->iColumn = (i16)iCol; eNewExprOp = TK_TRIGGER; #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ } } } } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT) */ /* ** Perhaps the name is a reference to the ROWID */ if( cnt==0 && cntTab==1 && pMatch && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_IdxExpr)==0 && sqlite3IsRowid(zCol) && VisibleRowid(pMatch->pTab) ){ cnt = 1; pExpr->iColumn = -1; pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; } /* ** If the input is of the form Z (not Y.Z or X.Y.Z) then the name Z ** might refer to an result-set alias. This happens, for example, when ** we are resolving names in the WHERE clause of the following command: ** ** SELECT a+b AS x FROM table WHERE x<10; ** ** In cases like this, replace pExpr with a copy of the expression that ** forms the result set entry ("a+b" in the example) and return immediately. ** Note that the expression in the result set should have already been ** resolved by the time the WHERE clause is resolved. ** ** The ability to use an output result-set column in the WHERE, GROUP BY, ** or HAVING clauses, or as part of a larger expression in the ORDER BY ** clause is not standard SQL. This is a (goofy) SQLite extension, that ** is supported for backwards compatibility only. Hence, we issue a warning ** on sqlite3_log() whenever the capability is used. */ if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_UEList)!=0 && cnt==0 && zTab==0 ){ pEList = pNC->uNC.pEList; assert( pEList!=0 ); for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ char *zAs = pEList->a[j].zName; if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ Expr *pOrig; assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 && pExpr->pRight==0 ); assert( pExpr->x.pList==0 ); assert( pExpr->x.pSelect==0 ); pOrig = pEList->a[j].pExpr; if( (pNC->ncFlags&NC_AllowAgg)==0 && ExprHasProperty(pOrig, EP_Agg) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aliased aggregate %s", zAs); return WRC_Abort; } if( sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pOrig)!=1 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused"); return WRC_Abort; } resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, j, pExpr, "", nSubquery); cnt = 1; pMatch = 0; assert( zTab==0 && zDb==0 ); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, 0, (void*)pExpr); } goto lookupname_end; } } } /* Advance to the next name context. The loop will exit when either ** we have a match (cnt>0) or when we run out of name contexts. */ if( cnt ) break; pNC = pNC->pNext; nSubquery++; }while( pNC ); /* ** If X and Y are NULL (in other words if only the column name Z is ** supplied) and the value of Z is enclosed in double-quotes, then ** Z is a string literal if it doesn't match any column names. In that ** case, we need to return right away and not make any changes to ** pExpr. ** ** Because no reference was made to outer contexts, the pNC->nRef ** fields are not changed in any context. */ if( cnt==0 && zTab==0 ){ assert( pExpr->op==TK_ID ); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_DblQuoted) ){ pExpr->op = TK_STRING; pExpr->pTab = 0; return WRC_Prune; } if( sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(pExpr) ){ return WRC_Prune; } } /* ** cnt==0 means there was not match. cnt>1 means there were two or ** more matches. Either way, we have an error. */ if( cnt!=1 ){ const char *zErr; zErr = cnt==0 ? "no such column" : "ambiguous column name"; if( zDb ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s.%s", zErr, zDb, zTab, zCol); }else if( zTab ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zErr, zTab, zCol); }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zErr, zCol); } pParse->checkSchema = 1; pTopNC->nErr++; } /* If a column from a table in pSrcList is referenced, then record ** this fact in the pSrcList.a[].colUsed bitmask. Column 0 causes ** bit 0 to be set. Column 1 sets bit 1. And so forth. If the ** column number is greater than the number of bits in the bitmask ** then set the high-order bit of the bitmask. */ if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pMatch!=0 ){ int n = pExpr->iColumn; testcase( n==BMS-1 ); if( n>=BMS ){ n = BMS-1; } assert( pMatch->iCursor==pExpr->iTable ); pMatch->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<pLeft); pExpr->pLeft = 0; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr->pRight); pExpr->pRight = 0; pExpr->op = eNewExprOp; ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Leaf); lookupname_end: if( cnt==1 ){ assert( pNC!=0 ); if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Alias) ){ sqlite3AuthRead(pParse, pExpr, pSchema, pNC->pSrcList); } /* Increment the nRef value on all name contexts from TopNC up to ** the point where the name matched. */ for(;;){ assert( pTopNC!=0 ); pTopNC->nRef++; if( pTopNC==pNC ) break; pTopNC = pTopNC->pNext; } return WRC_Prune; } else { return WRC_Abort; } } /* ** Allocate and return a pointer to an expression to load the column iCol ** from datasource iSrc in SrcList pSrc. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pSrc, int iSrc, int iCol){ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0); if( p ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[iSrc]; p->pTab = pItem->pTab; p->iTable = pItem->iCursor; if( p->pTab->iPKey==iCol ){ p->iColumn = -1; }else{ p->iColumn = (ynVar)iCol; testcase( iCol==BMS ); testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); pItem->colUsed |= ((Bitmask)1)<<(iCol>=BMS ? BMS-1 : iCol); } } return p; } /* ** Report an error that an expression is not valid for some set of ** pNC->ncFlags values determined by validMask. */ static void notValid( Parse *pParse, /* Leave error message here */ NameContext *pNC, /* The name context */ const char *zMsg, /* Type of error */ int validMask /* Set of contexts for which prohibited */ ){ assert( (validMask&~(NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr))==0 ); if( (pNC->ncFlags & validMask)!=0 ){ const char *zIn = "partial index WHERE clauses"; if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IdxExpr ) zIn = "index expressions"; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK else if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck ) zIn = "CHECK constraints"; #endif sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s prohibited in %s", zMsg, zIn); } } /* ** Expression p should encode a floating point value between 1.0 and 0.0. ** Return 1024 times this value. Or return -1 if p is not a floating point ** value between 1.0 and 0.0. */ static int exprProbability(Expr *p){ double r = -1.0; if( p->op!=TK_FLOAT ) return -1; sqlite3AtoF(p->u.zToken, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken), SQLITE_UTF8); assert( r>=0.0 ); if( r>1.0 ) return -1; return (int)(r*134217728.0); } /* ** This routine is callback for sqlite3WalkExpr(). ** ** Resolve symbolic names into TK_COLUMN operators for the current ** node in the expression tree. Return 0 to continue the search down ** the tree or 2 to abort the tree walk. ** ** This routine also does error checking and name resolution for ** function names. The operator for aggregate functions is changed ** to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. */ static int resolveExprStep(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ NameContext *pNC; Parse *pParse; pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; assert( pNC!=0 ); pParse = pNC->pParse; assert( pParse==pWalker->pParse ); #ifndef NDEBUG if( pNC->pSrcList && pNC->pSrcList->nAlloc>0 ){ SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; int i; for(i=0; ipSrcList->nSrc; i++){ assert( pSrcList->a[i].iCursor>=0 && pSrcList->a[i].iCursornTab); } } #endif switch( pExpr->op ){ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* The special operator TK_ROW means use the rowid for the first ** column in the FROM clause. This is used by the LIMIT and ORDER BY ** clause processing on UPDATE and DELETE statements. */ case TK_ROW: { SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; struct SrcList_item *pItem; assert( pSrcList && pSrcList->nSrc==1 ); pItem = pSrcList->a; assert( HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && pItem->pTab->pSelect==0 ); pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab; pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor; pExpr->iColumn = -1; pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; break; } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ /* A column name: ID ** Or table name and column name: ID.ID ** Or a database, table and column: ID.ID.ID ** ** The TK_ID and TK_OUT cases are combined so that there will only ** be one call to lookupName(). Then the compiler will in-line ** lookupName() for a size reduction and performance increase. */ case TK_ID: case TK_DOT: { const char *zColumn; const char *zTable; const char *zDb; Expr *pRight; if( pExpr->op==TK_ID ){ zDb = 0; zTable = 0; zColumn = pExpr->u.zToken; }else{ Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; notValid(pParse, pNC, "the \".\" operator", NC_IdxExpr); pRight = pExpr->pRight; if( pRight->op==TK_ID ){ zDb = 0; }else{ assert( pRight->op==TK_DOT ); zDb = pLeft->u.zToken; pLeft = pRight->pLeft; pRight = pRight->pRight; } zTable = pLeft->u.zToken; zColumn = pRight->u.zToken; if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, (void*)pExpr, (void*)pRight); } if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, (void*)&pExpr->pTab, (void*)pLeft); } } return lookupName(pParse, zDb, zTable, zColumn, pNC, pExpr); } /* Resolve function names */ case TK_FUNCTION: { ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; /* The argument list */ int n = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* Number of arguments */ int no_such_func = 0; /* True if no such function exists */ int wrong_num_args = 0; /* True if wrong number of arguments */ int is_agg = 0; /* True if is an aggregate function */ int nId; /* Number of characters in function name */ const char *zId; /* The function name. */ FuncDef *pDef; /* Information about the function */ u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); /* The database encoding */ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); zId = pExpr->u.zToken; nId = sqlite3Strlen30(zId); pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, n, enc, 0); if( pDef==0 ){ pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, zId, -2, enc, 0); if( pDef==0 ){ no_such_func = 1; }else{ wrong_num_args = 1; } }else{ is_agg = pDef->xFinalize!=0; if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely|EP_Skip); if( n==2 ){ pExpr->iTable = exprProbability(pList->a[1].pExpr); if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "second argument to likelihood() must be a " "constant between 0.0 and 1.0"); pNC->nErr++; } }else{ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is ** equivalent to likelihood(X, 0.0625). ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is ** short-hand for likelihood(X,0.0625). ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-36850-34127 The likely(X) function is short-hand ** for likelihood(X,0.9375). ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53436-40973 The likely(X) function is equivalent ** to likelihood(X,0.9375). */ /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625. likely() is 0.9375 */ pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 8388608 : 125829120; } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { int auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0,pDef->zName,0); if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( auth==SQLITE_DENY ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized to use function: %s", pDef->zName); pNC->nErr++; } pExpr->op = TK_NULL; return WRC_Prune; } } #endif if( pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT|SQLITE_FUNC_SLOCHNG) ){ /* For the purposes of the EP_ConstFunc flag, date and time ** functions and other functions that change slowly are considered ** constant because they are constant for the duration of one query */ ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_ConstFunc); } if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT)==0 ){ /* Date/time functions that use 'now', and other functions like ** sqlite_version() that might change over time cannot be used ** in an index. */ notValid(pParse, pNC, "non-deterministic functions", NC_IdxExpr|NC_PartIdx); } } if( 0==IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC assert( is_agg==0 || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) || (pDef->xValue==0 && pDef->xInverse==0) || (pDef->xValue && pDef->xInverse && pDef->xSFunc && pDef->xFinalize) ); if( pDef && pDef->xValue==0 && pExpr->pWin ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%.*s() may not be used as a window function", nId, zId ); pNC->nErr++; }else if( (is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0) || (is_agg && (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) && !pExpr->pWin) || (is_agg && pExpr->pWin && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowWin)==0) ){ const char *zType; if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW) || pExpr->pWin ){ zType = "window"; }else{ zType = "aggregate"; } sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of %s function %.*s()",zType,nId,zId); pNC->nErr++; is_agg = 0; } #else if( (is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"misuse of aggregate function %.*s()",nId,zId); pNC->nErr++; is_agg = 0; } #endif else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION && pParse->explain==0 #endif ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId); pNC->nErr++; }else if( wrong_num_args ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"wrong number of arguments to function %.*s()", nId, zId); pNC->nErr++; } if( is_agg ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC pNC->ncFlags &= ~(pExpr->pWin ? NC_AllowWin : NC_AllowAgg); #else pNC->ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg; #endif } } sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pList); if( is_agg ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( pExpr->pWin ){ Select *pSel = pNC->pWinSelect; sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->pWin->pPartition); sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->pWin->pOrderBy); sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pWin->pFilter); sqlite3WindowUpdate(pParse, pSel->pWinDefn, pExpr->pWin, pDef); if( 0==pSel->pWin || 0==sqlite3WindowCompare(pParse, pSel->pWin, pExpr->pWin) ){ pExpr->pWin->pNextWin = pSel->pWin; pSel->pWin = pExpr->pWin; } pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowWin; }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ { NameContext *pNC2 = pNC; pExpr->op = TK_AGG_FUNCTION; pExpr->op2 = 0; while( pNC2 && !sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(pExpr, pNC2->pSrcList) ){ pExpr->op2++; pNC2 = pNC2->pNext; } assert( pDef!=0 ); if( pNC2 ){ assert( SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX==NC_MinMaxAgg ); testcase( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX)!=0 ); pNC2->ncFlags |= NC_HasAgg | (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX); } pNC->ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg; } } /* FIX ME: Compute pExpr->affinity based on the expected return ** type of the function */ return WRC_Prune; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_SELECT: case TK_EXISTS: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); #endif case TK_IN: { testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN ); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ int nRef = pNC->nRef; notValid(pParse, pNC, "subqueries", NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr); sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect); assert( pNC->nRef>=nRef ); if( nRef!=pNC->nRef ){ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect); pNC->ncFlags |= NC_VarSelect; } } break; } case TK_VARIABLE: { notValid(pParse, pNC, "parameters", NC_IsCheck|NC_PartIdx|NC_IdxExpr); break; } case TK_IS: case TK_ISNOT: { Expr *pRight; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) ); /* Handle special cases of "x IS TRUE", "x IS FALSE", "x IS NOT TRUE", ** and "x IS NOT FALSE". */ if( (pRight = pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_ID ){ int rc = resolveExprStep(pWalker, pRight); if( rc==WRC_Abort ) return WRC_Abort; if( pRight->op==TK_TRUEFALSE ){ pExpr->op2 = pExpr->op; pExpr->op = TK_TRUTH; return WRC_Continue; } } /* Fall thru */ } case TK_BETWEEN: case TK_EQ: case TK_NE: case TK_LT: case TK_LE: case TK_GT: case TK_GE: { int nLeft, nRight; if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) break; assert( pExpr->pLeft!=0 ); nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft); if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN ){ nRight = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr); if( nRight==nLeft ){ nRight = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr); } }else{ assert( pExpr->pRight!=0 ); nRight = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pRight); } if( nLeft!=nRight ){ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EQ ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_NE ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_LT ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_LE ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_GT ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_GE ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN ); sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused"); } break; } } return (pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Continue; } /* ** pEList is a list of expressions which are really the result set of the ** a SELECT statement. pE is a term in an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause. ** This routine checks to see if pE is a simple identifier which corresponds ** to the AS-name of one of the terms of the expression list. If it is, ** this routine return an integer between 1 and N where N is the number of ** elements in pEList, corresponding to the matching entry. If there is ** no match, or if pE is not a simple identifier, then this routine ** return 0. ** ** pEList has been resolved. pE has not. */ static int resolveAsName( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ ExprList *pEList, /* List of expressions to scan */ Expr *pE /* Expression we are trying to match */ ){ int i; /* Loop counter */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pParse); if( pE->op==TK_ID ){ char *zCol = pE->u.zToken; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ char *zAs = pEList->a[i].zName; if( zAs!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(zAs, zCol)==0 ){ return i+1; } } } return 0; } /* ** pE is a pointer to an expression which is a single term in the ** ORDER BY of a compound SELECT. The expression has not been ** name resolved. ** ** At the point this routine is called, we already know that the ** ORDER BY term is not an integer index into the result set. That ** case is handled by the calling routine. ** ** Attempt to match pE against result set columns in the left-most ** SELECT statement. Return the index i of the matching column, ** as an indication to the caller that it should sort by the i-th column. ** The left-most column is 1. In other words, the value returned is the ** same integer value that would be used in the SQL statement to indicate ** the column. ** ** If there is no match, return 0. Return -1 if an error occurs. */ static int resolveOrderByTermToExprList( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context for error messages */ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement with the ORDER BY clause */ Expr *pE /* The specific ORDER BY term */ ){ int i; /* Loop counter */ ExprList *pEList; /* The columns of the result set */ NameContext nc; /* Name context for resolving pE */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ int rc; /* Return code from subprocedures */ u8 savedSuppErr; /* Saved value of db->suppressErr */ assert( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &i)==0 ); pEList = pSelect->pEList; /* Resolve all names in the ORDER BY term expression */ memset(&nc, 0, sizeof(nc)); nc.pParse = pParse; nc.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; nc.uNC.pEList = pEList; nc.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg|NC_UEList; nc.nErr = 0; db = pParse->db; savedSuppErr = db->suppressErr; db->suppressErr = 1; rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&nc, pE); db->suppressErr = savedSuppErr; if( rc ) return 0; /* Try to match the ORDER BY expression against an expression ** in the result set. Return an 1-based index of the matching ** result-set entry. */ for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pEList->a[i].pExpr, pE, -1)<2 ){ return i+1; } } /* If no match, return 0. */ return 0; } /* ** Generate an ORDER BY or GROUP BY term out-of-range error. */ static void resolveOutOfRangeError( Parse *pParse, /* The error context into which to write the error */ const char *zType, /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ int i, /* The index (1-based) of the term out of range */ int mx /* Largest permissible value of i */ ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r %s BY term out of range - should be " "between 1 and %d", i, zType, mx); } /* ** Analyze the ORDER BY clause in a compound SELECT statement. Modify ** each term of the ORDER BY clause is a constant integer between 1 ** and N where N is the number of columns in the compound SELECT. ** ** ORDER BY terms that are already an integer between 1 and N are ** unmodified. ORDER BY terms that are integers outside the range of ** 1 through N generate an error. ORDER BY terms that are expressions ** are matched against result set expressions of compound SELECT ** beginning with the left-most SELECT and working toward the right. ** At the first match, the ORDER BY expression is transformed into ** the integer column number. ** ** Return the number of errors seen. */ static int resolveCompoundOrderBy( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement containing the ORDER BY */ ){ int i; ExprList *pOrderBy; ExprList *pEList; sqlite3 *db; int moreToDo = 1; pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy; if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; db = pParse->db; if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in ORDER BY clause"); return 1; } for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ pOrderBy->a[i].done = 0; } pSelect->pNext = 0; while( pSelect->pPrior ){ pSelect->pPrior->pNext = pSelect; pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; } while( pSelect && moreToDo ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; moreToDo = 0; pEList = pSelect->pEList; assert( pEList!=0 ); for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ int iCol = -1; Expr *pE, *pDup; if( pItem->done ) continue; pE = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pItem->pExpr); if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE, &iCol) ){ if( iCol<=0 || iCol>pEList->nExpr ){ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, "ORDER", i+1, pEList->nExpr); return 1; } }else{ iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pEList, pE); if( iCol==0 ){ pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pE, 0); if( !db->mallocFailed ){ assert(pDup); iCol = resolveOrderByTermToExprList(pParse, pSelect, pDup); } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); } } if( iCol>0 ){ /* Convert the ORDER BY term into an integer column number iCol, ** taking care to preserve the COLLATE clause if it exists */ Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); if( pNew==0 ) return 1; pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; pNew->u.iValue = iCol; if( pItem->pExpr==pE ){ pItem->pExpr = pNew; }else{ Expr *pParent = pItem->pExpr; assert( pParent->op==TK_COLLATE ); while( pParent->pLeft->op==TK_COLLATE ) pParent = pParent->pLeft; assert( pParent->pLeft==pE ); pParent->pLeft = pNew; } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pE); pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; pItem->done = 1; }else{ moreToDo = 1; } } pSelect = pSelect->pNext; } for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ if( pOrderBy->a[i].done==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%r ORDER BY term does not match any " "column in the result set", i+1); return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** Check every term in the ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause pOrderBy of ** the SELECT statement pSelect. If any term is reference to a ** result set expression (as determined by the ExprList.a.u.x.iOrderByCol ** field) then convert that term into a copy of the corresponding result set ** column. ** ** If any errors are detected, add an error message to pParse and ** return non-zero. Return zero if no errors are seen. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context. Leave error messages here */ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement containing the clause */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to be processed */ const char *zType /* "ORDER" or "GROUP" */ ){ int i; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; ExprList *pEList; struct ExprList_item *pItem; if( pOrderBy==0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; if( pOrderBy->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in %s BY clause", zType); return 1; } pEList = pSelect->pEList; assert( pEList!=0 ); /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */ for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol ){ if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr); return 1; } resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType,0); } } return 0; } /* ** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect. ** The Name context of the SELECT statement is pNC. zType is either ** "ORDER" or "GROUP" depending on which type of clause pOrderBy is. ** ** This routine resolves each term of the clause into an expression. ** If the order-by term is an integer I between 1 and N (where N is the ** number of columns in the result set of the SELECT) then the expression ** in the resolution is a copy of the I-th result-set expression. If ** the order-by term is an identifier that corresponds to the AS-name of ** a result-set expression, then the term resolves to a copy of the ** result-set expression. Otherwise, the expression is resolved in ** the usual way - using sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). ** ** This routine returns the number of errors. If errors occur, then ** an appropriate error message might be left in pParse. (OOM errors ** excepted.) */ static int resolveOrderGroupBy( NameContext *pNC, /* The name context of the SELECT statement */ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement holding pOrderBy */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause to resolve */ const char *zType /* Either "ORDER" or "GROUP", as appropriate */ ){ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ int iCol; /* Column number */ struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* A term of the ORDER BY clause */ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ int nResult; /* Number of terms in the result set */ if( pOrderBy==0 ) return 0; nResult = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; pParse = pNC->pParse; for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ Expr *pE = pItem->pExpr; Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE); if( zType[0]!='G' ){ iCol = resolveAsName(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pE2); if( iCol>0 ){ /* If an AS-name match is found, mark this ORDER BY column as being ** a copy of the iCol-th result-set column. The subsequent call to ** sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the expression to a ** copy of the iCol-th result-set expression. */ pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; continue; } } if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iCol) ){ /* The ORDER BY term is an integer constant. Again, set the column ** number so that sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy() will convert the ** order-by term to a copy of the result-set expression */ if( iCol<1 || iCol>0xffff ){ resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, nResult); return 1; } pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)iCol; continue; } /* Otherwise, treat the ORDER BY term as an ordinary expression */ pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = 0; if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pE) ){ return 1; } for(j=0; jpEList->nExpr; j++){ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pE, pSelect->pEList->a[j].pExpr, -1)==0 ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( pE->pWin ){ /* Since this window function is being changed into a reference ** to the same window function the result set, remove the instance ** of this window function from the Select.pWin list. */ Window **pp; for(pp=&pSelect->pWin; *pp; pp=&(*pp)->pNextWin){ if( *pp==pE->pWin ){ *pp = (*pp)->pNextWin; } } } #endif pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol = j+1; } } } return sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pSelect, pOrderBy, zType); } /* ** Resolve names in the SELECT statement p and all of its descendants. */ static int resolveSelectStep(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ NameContext *pOuterNC; /* Context that contains this SELECT */ NameContext sNC; /* Name context of this SELECT */ int isCompound; /* True if p is a compound select */ int nCompound; /* Number of compound terms processed so far */ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ int i; /* Loop counter */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause */ Select *pLeftmost; /* Left-most of SELECT of a compound */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ assert( p!=0 ); if( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ){ return WRC_Prune; } pOuterNC = pWalker->u.pNC; pParse = pWalker->pParse; db = pParse->db; /* Normally sqlite3SelectExpand() will be called first and will have ** already expanded this SELECT. However, if this is a subquery within ** an expression, sqlite3ResolveExprNames() will be called without a ** prior call to sqlite3SelectExpand(). When that happens, let ** sqlite3SelectPrep() do all of the processing for this SELECT. ** sqlite3SelectPrep() will invoke both sqlite3SelectExpand() and ** this routine in the correct order. */ if( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)==0 ){ sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, pOuterNC); return (pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed) ? WRC_Abort : WRC_Prune; } isCompound = p->pPrior!=0; nCompound = 0; pLeftmost = p; while( p ){ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ); assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Resolved)==0 ); p->selFlags |= SF_Resolved; /* Resolve the expressions in the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. These ** are not allowed to refer to any names, so pass an empty NameContext. */ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; sNC.pWinSelect = p; if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pLimit) ){ return WRC_Abort; } /* If the SF_Converted flags is set, then this Select object was ** was created by the convertCompoundSelectToSubquery() function. ** In this case the ORDER BY clause (p->pOrderBy) should be resolved ** as if it were part of the sub-query, not the parent. This block ** moves the pOrderBy down to the sub-query. It will be moved back ** after the names have been resolved. */ if( p->selFlags & SF_Converted ){ Select *pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect; assert( p->pSrc->nSrc==1 && p->pOrderBy ); assert( pSub->pPrior && pSub->pOrderBy==0 ); pSub->pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; p->pOrderBy = 0; } /* Recursively resolve names in all subqueries */ for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; if( pItem->pSelect ){ NameContext *pNC; /* Used to iterate name contexts */ int nRef = 0; /* Refcount for pOuterNC and outer contexts */ const char *zSavedContext = pParse->zAuthContext; /* Count the total number of references to pOuterNC and all of its ** parent contexts. After resolving references to expressions in ** pItem->pSelect, check if this value has changed. If so, then ** SELECT statement pItem->pSelect must be correlated. Set the ** pItem->fg.isCorrelated flag if this is the case. */ for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef += pNC->nRef; if( pItem->zName ) pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, pItem->pSelect, pOuterNC); pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedContext; if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return WRC_Abort; for(pNC=pOuterNC; pNC; pNC=pNC->pNext) nRef -= pNC->nRef; assert( pItem->fg.isCorrelated==0 && nRef<=0 ); pItem->fg.isCorrelated = (nRef!=0); } } /* Set up the local name-context to pass to sqlite3ResolveExprNames() to ** resolve the result-set expression list. */ sNC.ncFlags = NC_AllowAgg|NC_AllowWin; sNC.pSrcList = p->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pOuterNC; /* Resolve names in the result set. */ if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort; sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowWin; /* If there are no aggregate functions in the result-set, and no GROUP BY ** expression, do not allow aggregates in any of the other expressions. */ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ); pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; if( pGroupBy || (sNC.ncFlags & NC_HasAgg)!=0 ){ assert( NC_MinMaxAgg==SF_MinMaxAgg ); p->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate | (sNC.ncFlags&NC_MinMaxAgg); }else{ sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowAgg; } /* If a HAVING clause is present, then there must be a GROUP BY clause. */ if( p->pHaving && !pGroupBy ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a GROUP BY clause is required before HAVING"); return WRC_Abort; } /* Add the output column list to the name-context before parsing the ** other expressions in the SELECT statement. This is so that ** expressions in the WHERE clause (etc.) can refer to expressions by ** aliases in the result set. ** ** Minor point: If this is the case, then the expression will be ** re-evaluated for each reference to it. */ assert( (sNC.ncFlags & (NC_UAggInfo|NC_UUpsert))==0 ); sNC.uNC.pEList = p->pEList; sNC.ncFlags |= NC_UEList; if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort; /* Resolve names in table-valued-function arguments */ for(i=0; ipSrc->nSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->pSrc->a[i]; if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc && sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) ){ return WRC_Abort; } } /* The ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses may not refer to terms in ** outer queries */ sNC.pNext = 0; sNC.ncFlags |= NC_AllowAgg|NC_AllowWin; /* If this is a converted compound query, move the ORDER BY clause from ** the sub-query back to the parent query. At this point each term ** within the ORDER BY clause has been transformed to an integer value. ** These integers will be replaced by copies of the corresponding result ** set expressions by the call to resolveOrderGroupBy() below. */ if( p->selFlags & SF_Converted ){ Select *pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect; p->pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; pSub->pOrderBy = 0; } /* Process the ORDER BY clause for singleton SELECT statements. ** The ORDER BY clause for compounds SELECT statements is handled ** below, after all of the result-sets for all of the elements of ** the compound have been resolved. ** ** If there is an ORDER BY clause on a term of a compound-select other ** than the right-most term, then that is a syntax error. But the error ** is not detected until much later, and so we need to go ahead and ** resolve those symbols on the incorrect ORDER BY for consistency. */ if( isCompound<=nCompound /* Defer right-most ORDER BY of a compound */ && resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER") ){ return WRC_Abort; } if( db->mallocFailed ){ return WRC_Abort; } sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_AllowWin; /* Resolve the GROUP BY clause. At the same time, make sure ** the GROUP BY clause does not contain aggregate functions. */ if( pGroupBy ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; if( resolveOrderGroupBy(&sNC, p, pGroupBy, "GROUP") || db->mallocFailed ){ return WRC_Abort; } for(i=0, pItem=pGroupBy->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ if( ExprHasProperty(pItem->pExpr, EP_Agg) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "aggregate functions are not allowed in " "the GROUP BY clause"); return WRC_Abort; } } } /* If this is part of a compound SELECT, check that it has the right ** number of expressions in the select list. */ if( p->pNext && p->pEList->nExpr!=p->pNext->pEList->nExpr ){ sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(pParse, p->pNext); return WRC_Abort; } /* Advance to the next term of the compound */ p = p->pPrior; nCompound++; } /* Resolve the ORDER BY on a compound SELECT after all terms of ** the compound have been resolved. */ if( isCompound && resolveCompoundOrderBy(pParse, pLeftmost) ){ return WRC_Abort; } return WRC_Prune; } /* ** This routine walks an expression tree and resolves references to ** table columns and result-set columns. At the same time, do error ** checking on function usage and set a flag if any aggregate functions ** are seen. ** ** To resolve table columns references we look for nodes (or subtrees) of the ** form X.Y.Z or Y.Z or just Z where ** ** X: The name of a database. Ex: "main" or "temp" or ** the symbolic name assigned to an ATTACH-ed database. ** ** Y: The name of a table in a FROM clause. Or in a trigger ** one of the special names "old" or "new". ** ** Z: The name of a column in table Y. ** ** The node at the root of the subtree is modified as follows: ** ** Expr.op Changed to TK_COLUMN ** Expr.pTab Points to the Table object for X.Y ** Expr.iColumn The column index in X.Y. -1 for the rowid. ** Expr.iTable The VDBE cursor number for X.Y ** ** ** To resolve result-set references, look for expression nodes of the ** form Z (with no X and Y prefix) where the Z matches the right-hand ** size of an AS clause in the result-set of a SELECT. The Z expression ** is replaced by a copy of the left-hand side of the result-set expression. ** Table-name and function resolution occurs on the substituted expression ** tree. For example, in: ** ** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY x; ** ** The "x" term of the order by is replaced by "a+b" to render: ** ** SELECT a+b AS x, c+d AS y FROM t1 ORDER BY a+b; ** ** Function calls are checked to make sure that the function is ** defined and that the correct number of arguments are specified. ** If the function is an aggregate function, then the NC_HasAgg flag is ** set and the opcode is changed from TK_FUNCTION to TK_AGG_FUNCTION. ** If an expression contains aggregate functions then the EP_Agg ** property on the expression is set. ** ** An error message is left in pParse if anything is amiss. The number ** if errors is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprNames( NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be analyzed. */ ){ u16 savedHasAgg; Walker w; if( pExpr==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; savedHasAgg = pNC->ncFlags & (NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg); pNC->ncFlags &= ~(NC_HasAgg|NC_MinMaxAgg); w.pParse = pNC->pParse; w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; w.xSelectCallback2 = 0; w.u.pNC = pNC; #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 w.pParse->nHeight += pExpr->nHeight; if( sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(w.pParse, w.pParse->nHeight) ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } #endif sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 w.pParse->nHeight -= pExpr->nHeight; #endif if( pNC->ncFlags & NC_HasAgg ){ ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Agg); } pNC->ncFlags |= savedHasAgg; return pNC->nErr>0 || w.pParse->nErr>0; } /* ** Resolve all names for all expression in an expression list. This is ** just like sqlite3ResolveExprNames() except that it works for an expression ** list rather than a single expression. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ResolveExprListNames( NameContext *pNC, /* Namespace to resolve expressions in. */ ExprList *pList /* The expression list to be analyzed. */ ){ int i; if( pList ){ for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pNC, pList->a[i].pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort; } } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Resolve all names in all expressions of a SELECT and in all ** decendents of the SELECT, including compounds off of p->pPrior, ** subqueries in expressions, and subqueries used as FROM clause ** terms. ** ** See sqlite3ResolveExprNames() for a description of the kinds of ** transformations that occur. ** ** All SELECT statements should have been expanded using ** sqlite3SelectExpand() prior to invoking this routine. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelectNames( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for parent SELECT statement */ ){ Walker w; assert( p!=0 ); w.xExprCallback = resolveExprStep; w.xSelectCallback = resolveSelectStep; w.xSelectCallback2 = 0; w.pParse = pParse; w.u.pNC = pOuterNC; sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, p); } /* ** Resolve names in expressions that can only reference a single table: ** ** * CHECK constraints ** * WHERE clauses on partial indices ** ** The Expr.iTable value for Expr.op==TK_COLUMN nodes of the expression ** is set to -1 and the Expr.iColumn value is set to the column number. ** ** Any errors cause an error message to be set in pParse. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolveSelfReference( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Table *pTab, /* The table being referenced */ int type, /* NC_IsCheck or NC_PartIdx or NC_IdxExpr */ Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to resolve. May be NULL. */ ExprList *pList /* Expression list to resolve. May be NULL. */ ){ SrcList sSrc; /* Fake SrcList for pParse->pNewTable */ NameContext sNC; /* Name context for pParse->pNewTable */ assert( type==NC_IsCheck || type==NC_PartIdx || type==NC_IdxExpr ); memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); sSrc.nSrc = 1; sSrc.a[0].zName = pTab->zName; sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTab; sSrc.a[0].iCursor = -1; sNC.pParse = pParse; sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; sNC.ncFlags = type; if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pExpr) ) return; if( pList ) sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pList); } /************** End of resolve.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file expr.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains routines used for analyzing expressions and ** for generating VDBE code that evaluates expressions in SQLite. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* Forward declarations */ static void exprCodeBetween(Parse*,Expr*,int,void(*)(Parse*,Expr*,int,int),int); static int exprCodeVector(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, int *piToFree); /* ** Return the affinity character for a single column of a table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(Table *pTab, int iCol){ assert( iColnCol ); return iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].affinity : SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; } /* ** Return the 'affinity' of the expression pExpr if any. ** ** If pExpr is a column, a reference to a column via an 'AS' alias, ** or a sub-select with a column as the return value, then the ** affinity of that column is returned. Otherwise, 0x00 is returned, ** indicating no affinity for the expression. ** ** i.e. the WHERE clause expressions in the following statements all ** have an affinity: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a); ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a; ** SELECT a AS b FROM t1 WHERE b; ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE (select a from t1); */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3ExprAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ int op; pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); if( pExpr->flags & EP_Generic ) return 0; op = pExpr->op; if( op==TK_SELECT ){ assert( pExpr->flags&EP_xIsSelect ); return sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr); } if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST if( op==TK_CAST ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); return sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0); } #endif if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN) && pExpr->pTab ){ return sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(pExpr->pTab, pExpr->iColumn); } if( op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN ){ assert( pExpr->pLeft->flags&EP_xIsSelect ); return sqlite3ExprAffinity( pExpr->pLeft->x.pSelect->pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr ); } return pExpr->affinity; } /* ** Set the collating sequence for expression pExpr to be the collating ** sequence named by pToken. Return a pointer to a new Expr node that ** implements the COLLATE operator. ** ** If a memory allocation error occurs, that fact is recorded in pParse->db ** and the pExpr parameter is returned unchanged. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Expr *pExpr, /* Add the "COLLATE" clause to this expression */ const Token *pCollName, /* Name of collating sequence */ int dequote /* True to dequote pCollName */ ){ if( pCollName->n>0 ){ Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLLATE, pCollName, dequote); if( pNew ){ pNew->pLeft = pExpr; pNew->flags |= EP_Collate|EP_Skip; pExpr = pNew; } } return pExpr; } SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, const char *zC){ Token s; assert( zC!=0 ); sqlite3TokenInit(&s, (char*)zC); return sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, pExpr, &s, 0); } /* ** Skip over any TK_COLLATE operators and any unlikely() ** or likelihood() function at the root of an expression. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(Expr *pExpr){ while( pExpr && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Skip) ){ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely) ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); assert( pExpr->x.pList->nExpr>0 ); assert( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ); pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; }else{ assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ); pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; } } return pExpr; } /* ** Return the collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If ** there is no defined collating sequence, return NULL. ** ** See also: sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq() ** ** The sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq() works the same exact that it returns the ** default collation if pExpr has no defined collation. ** ** The collating sequence might be determined by a COLLATE operator ** or by the presence of a column with a defined collating sequence. ** COLLATE operators take first precedence. Left operands take ** precedence over right operands. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; CollSeq *pColl = 0; Expr *p = pExpr; while( p ){ int op = p->op; if( p->flags & EP_Generic ) break; if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER) && p->pTab!=0 ){ /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */ int j = p->iColumn; if( j>=0 ){ const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl; pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); } break; } if( op==TK_CAST || op==TK_UPLUS ){ p = p->pLeft; continue; } if( op==TK_COLLATE || (op==TK_REGISTER && p->op2==TK_COLLATE) ){ pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken); break; } if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){ if( p->pLeft && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){ p = p->pLeft; }else{ Expr *pNext = p->pRight; /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */ assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 ); /* p->flags holds EP_Collate and p->pLeft->flags does not. And ** p->x.pSelect cannot. So if p->x.pLeft exists, it must hold at ** least one EP_Collate. Thus the following two ALWAYS. */ if( p->x.pList!=0 && ALWAYS(!ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect)) ){ int i; for(i=0; ALWAYS(ix.pList->nExpr); i++){ if( ExprHasProperty(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, EP_Collate) ){ pNext = p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr; break; } } } p = pNext; } }else{ break; } } if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ pColl = 0; } return pColl; } /* ** Return the collation sequence for the expression pExpr. If ** there is no defined collating sequence, return a pointer to the ** defautl collation sequence. ** ** See also: sqlite3ExprCollSeq() ** ** The sqlite3ExprCollSeq() routine works the same except that it ** returns NULL if there is no defined collation. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ CollSeq *p = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr); if( p==0 ) p = pParse->db->pDfltColl; assert( p!=0 ); return p; } /* ** Return TRUE if the two expressions have equivalent collating sequences. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(Parse *pParse, Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2){ CollSeq *pColl1 = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pE1); CollSeq *pColl2 = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pE2); return sqlite3StrICmp(pColl1->zName, pColl2->zName)==0; } /* ** pExpr is an operand of a comparison operator. aff2 is the ** type affinity of the other operand. This routine returns the ** type affinity that should be used for the comparison operator. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3CompareAffinity(Expr *pExpr, char aff2){ char aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr); if( aff1 && aff2 ){ /* Both sides of the comparison are columns. If one has numeric ** affinity, use that. Otherwise use no affinity. */ if( sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2) ){ return SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; }else{ return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; } }else if( !aff1 && !aff2 ){ /* Neither side of the comparison is a column. Compare the ** results directly. */ return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; }else{ /* One side is a column, the other is not. Use the columns affinity. */ assert( aff1==0 || aff2==0 ); return (aff1 + aff2); } } /* ** pExpr is a comparison operator. Return the type affinity that should ** be applied to both operands prior to doing the comparison. */ static char comparisonAffinity(Expr *pExpr){ char aff; assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IN || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_GE || pExpr->op==TK_LE || pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); assert( pExpr->pLeft ); aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); if( pExpr->pRight ){ aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->pRight, aff); }else if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->a[0].pExpr, aff); }else if( aff==0 ){ aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; } return aff; } /* ** pExpr is a comparison expression, eg. '=', '<', IN(...) etc. ** idx_affinity is the affinity of an indexed column. Return true ** if the index with affinity idx_affinity may be used to implement ** the comparison in pExpr. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(Expr *pExpr, char idx_affinity){ char aff = comparisonAffinity(pExpr); switch( aff ){ case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB: return 1; case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: return idx_affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; default: return sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idx_affinity); } } /* ** Return the P5 value that should be used for a binary comparison ** opcode (OP_Eq, OP_Ge etc.) used to compare pExpr1 and pExpr2. */ static u8 binaryCompareP5(Expr *pExpr1, Expr *pExpr2, int jumpIfNull){ u8 aff = (char)sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr2); aff = (u8)sqlite3CompareAffinity(pExpr1, aff) | (u8)jumpIfNull; return aff; } /* ** Return a pointer to the collation sequence that should be used by ** a binary comparison operator comparing pLeft and pRight. ** ** If the left hand expression has a collating sequence type, then it is ** used. Otherwise the collation sequence for the right hand expression ** is used, or the default (BINARY) if neither expression has a collating ** type. ** ** Argument pRight (but not pLeft) may be a null pointer. In this case, ** it is not considered. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( Parse *pParse, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight ){ CollSeq *pColl; assert( pLeft ); if( pLeft->flags & EP_Collate ){ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); }else if( pRight && (pRight->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); }else{ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pLeft); if( !pColl ){ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pRight); } } return pColl; } /* ** Generate code for a comparison operator. */ static int codeCompare( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing (and code generating) context */ Expr *pLeft, /* The left operand */ Expr *pRight, /* The right operand */ int opcode, /* The comparison opcode */ int in1, int in2, /* Register holding operands */ int dest, /* Jump here if true. */ int jumpIfNull /* If true, jump if either operand is NULL */ ){ int p5; int addr; CollSeq *p4; p4 = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLeft, pRight); p5 = binaryCompareP5(pLeft, pRight, jumpIfNull); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, opcode, in2, dest, in1, (void*)p4, P4_COLLSEQ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(pParse->pVdbe, (u8)p5); return addr; } /* ** Return true if expression pExpr is a vector, or false otherwise. ** ** A vector is defined as any expression that results in two or more ** columns of result. Every TK_VECTOR node is an vector because the ** parser will not generate a TK_VECTOR with fewer than two entries. ** But a TK_SELECT might be either a vector or a scalar. It is only ** considered a vector if it has two or more result columns. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsVector(Expr *pExpr){ return sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr)>1; } /* ** If the expression passed as the only argument is of type TK_VECTOR ** return the number of expressions in the vector. Or, if the expression ** is a sub-select, return the number of columns in the sub-select. For ** any other type of expression, return 1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprVectorSize(Expr *pExpr){ u8 op = pExpr->op; if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = pExpr->op2; if( op==TK_VECTOR ){ return pExpr->x.pList->nExpr; }else if( op==TK_SELECT ){ return pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr; }else{ return 1; } } /* ** Return a pointer to a subexpression of pVector that is the i-th ** column of the vector (numbered starting with 0). The caller must ** ensure that i is within range. ** ** If pVector is really a scalar (and "scalar" here includes subqueries ** that return a single column!) then return pVector unmodified. ** ** pVector retains ownership of the returned subexpression. ** ** If the vector is a (SELECT ...) then the expression returned is ** just the expression for the i-th term of the result set, and may ** not be ready for evaluation because the table cursor has not yet ** been positioned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(Expr *pVector, int i){ assert( iop2==0 || pVector->op==TK_REGISTER ); if( pVector->op==TK_SELECT || pVector->op2==TK_SELECT ){ return pVector->x.pSelect->pEList->a[i].pExpr; }else{ return pVector->x.pList->a[i].pExpr; } } return pVector; } /* ** Compute and return a new Expr object which when passed to ** sqlite3ExprCode() will generate all necessary code to compute ** the iField-th column of the vector expression pVector. ** ** It is ok for pVector to be a scalar (as long as iField==0). ** In that case, this routine works like sqlite3ExprDup(). ** ** The caller owns the returned Expr object and is responsible for ** ensuring that the returned value eventually gets freed. ** ** The caller retains ownership of pVector. If pVector is a TK_SELECT, ** then the returned object will reference pVector and so pVector must remain ** valid for the life of the returned object. If pVector is a TK_VECTOR ** or a scalar expression, then it can be deleted as soon as this routine ** returns. ** ** A trick to cause a TK_SELECT pVector to be deleted together with ** the returned Expr object is to attach the pVector to the pRight field ** of the returned TK_SELECT_COLUMN Expr object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprForVectorField( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Expr *pVector, /* The vector. List of expressions or a sub-SELECT */ int iField /* Which column of the vector to return */ ){ Expr *pRet; if( pVector->op==TK_SELECT ){ assert( pVector->flags & EP_xIsSelect ); /* The TK_SELECT_COLUMN Expr node: ** ** pLeft: pVector containing TK_SELECT. Not deleted. ** pRight: not used. But recursively deleted. ** iColumn: Index of a column in pVector ** iTable: 0 or the number of columns on the LHS of an assignment ** pLeft->iTable: First in an array of register holding result, or 0 ** if the result is not yet computed. ** ** sqlite3ExprDelete() specifically skips the recursive delete of ** pLeft on TK_SELECT_COLUMN nodes. But pRight is followed, so pVector ** can be attached to pRight to cause this node to take ownership of ** pVector. Typically there will be multiple TK_SELECT_COLUMN nodes ** with the same pLeft pointer to the pVector, but only one of them ** will own the pVector. */ pRet = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT_COLUMN, 0, 0); if( pRet ){ pRet->iColumn = iField; pRet->pLeft = pVector; } assert( pRet==0 || pRet->iTable==0 ); }else{ if( pVector->op==TK_VECTOR ) pVector = pVector->x.pList->a[iField].pExpr; pRet = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pVector, 0); } return pRet; } /* ** If expression pExpr is of type TK_SELECT, generate code to evaluate ** it. Return the register in which the result is stored (or, if the ** sub-select returns more than one column, the first in an array ** of registers in which the result is stored). ** ** If pExpr is not a TK_SELECT expression, return 0. */ static int exprCodeSubselect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ int reg = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ reg = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0); } #endif return reg; } /* ** Argument pVector points to a vector expression - either a TK_VECTOR ** or TK_SELECT that returns more than one column. This function returns ** the register number of a register that contains the value of ** element iField of the vector. ** ** If pVector is a TK_SELECT expression, then code for it must have ** already been generated using the exprCodeSubselect() routine. In this ** case parameter regSelect should be the first in an array of registers ** containing the results of the sub-select. ** ** If pVector is of type TK_VECTOR, then code for the requested field ** is generated. In this case (*pRegFree) may be set to the number of ** a temporary register to be freed by the caller before returning. ** ** Before returning, output parameter (*ppExpr) is set to point to the ** Expr object corresponding to element iElem of the vector. */ static int exprVectorRegister( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Expr *pVector, /* Vector to extract element from */ int iField, /* Field to extract from pVector */ int regSelect, /* First in array of registers */ Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Expression element */ int *pRegFree /* OUT: Temp register to free */ ){ u8 op = pVector->op; assert( op==TK_VECTOR || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_SELECT ); if( op==TK_REGISTER ){ *ppExpr = sqlite3VectorFieldSubexpr(pVector, iField); return pVector->iTable+iField; } if( op==TK_SELECT ){ *ppExpr = pVector->x.pSelect->pEList->a[iField].pExpr; return regSelect+iField; } *ppExpr = pVector->x.pList->a[iField].pExpr; return sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, *ppExpr, pRegFree); } /* ** Expression pExpr is a comparison between two vector values. Compute ** the result of the comparison (1, 0, or NULL) and write that ** result into register dest. ** ** The caller must satisfy the following preconditions: ** ** if pExpr->op==TK_IS: op==TK_EQ and p5==SQLITE_NULLEQ ** if pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT: op==TK_NE and p5==SQLITE_NULLEQ ** otherwise: op==pExpr->op and p5==0 */ static void codeVectorCompare( Parse *pParse, /* Code generator context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The comparison operation */ int dest, /* Write results into this register */ u8 op, /* Comparison operator */ u8 p5 /* SQLITE_NULLEQ or zero */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; int nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pLeft); int i; int regLeft = 0; int regRight = 0; u8 opx = op; int addrDone = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); if( nLeft!=sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pRight) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused"); return; } assert( pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT || pExpr->op==TK_LT || pExpr->op==TK_GT || pExpr->op==TK_LE || pExpr->op==TK_GE ); assert( pExpr->op==op || (pExpr->op==TK_IS && op==TK_EQ) || (pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT && op==TK_NE) ); assert( p5==0 || pExpr->op!=op ); assert( p5==SQLITE_NULLEQ || pExpr->op==op ); p5 |= SQLITE_STOREP2; if( opx==TK_LE ) opx = TK_LT; if( opx==TK_GE ) opx = TK_GT; regLeft = exprCodeSubselect(pParse, pLeft); regRight = exprCodeSubselect(pParse, pRight); for(i=0; 1 /*Loop exits by "break"*/; i++){ int regFree1 = 0, regFree2 = 0; Expr *pL, *pR; int r1, r2; assert( i>=0 && i0 /* ** Check that argument nHeight is less than or equal to the maximum ** expression depth allowed. If it is not, leave an error message in ** pParse. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse *pParse, int nHeight){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int mxHeight = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]; if( nHeight>mxHeight ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", mxHeight ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } return rc; } /* The following three functions, heightOfExpr(), heightOfExprList() ** and heightOfSelect(), are used to determine the maximum height ** of any expression tree referenced by the structure passed as the ** first argument. ** ** If this maximum height is greater than the current value pointed ** to by pnHeight, the second parameter, then set *pnHeight to that ** value. */ static void heightOfExpr(Expr *p, int *pnHeight){ if( p ){ if( p->nHeight>*pnHeight ){ *pnHeight = p->nHeight; } } } static void heightOfExprList(ExprList *p, int *pnHeight){ if( p ){ int i; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ heightOfExpr(p->a[i].pExpr, pnHeight); } } } static void heightOfSelect(Select *pSelect, int *pnHeight){ Select *p; for(p=pSelect; p; p=p->pPrior){ heightOfExpr(p->pWhere, pnHeight); heightOfExpr(p->pHaving, pnHeight); heightOfExpr(p->pLimit, pnHeight); heightOfExprList(p->pEList, pnHeight); heightOfExprList(p->pGroupBy, pnHeight); heightOfExprList(p->pOrderBy, pnHeight); } } /* ** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an ** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or ** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression ** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other ** referenced Expr plus one. ** ** Also propagate EP_Propagate flags up from Expr.x.pList to Expr.flags, ** if appropriate. */ static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){ int nHeight = 0; heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight); heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight); if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight); }else if( p->x.pList ){ heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight); p->flags |= EP_Propagate & sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->x.pList); } p->nHeight = nHeight + 1; } /* ** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If ** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth, ** leave an error in pParse. ** ** Also propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into ** Expr.flags. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ if( pParse->nErr ) return; exprSetHeight(p); sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); } /* ** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced ** by the select statement passed as an argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){ int nHeight = 0; heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight); return nHeight; } #else /* ABOVE: Height enforcement enabled. BELOW: Height enforcement off */ /* ** Propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into ** Expr.flags. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){ if( p && p->x.pList && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ p->flags |= EP_Propagate & sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->x.pList); } } #define exprSetHeight(y) #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */ /* ** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes. ** ** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it. Memory ** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation ** obtained from sqlite3DbMalloc(). The calling function ** is responsible for making sure the node eventually gets freed. ** ** If dequote is true, then the token (if it exists) is dequoted. ** If dequote is false, no dequoting is performed. The deQuote ** parameter is ignored if pToken is NULL or if the token does not ** appear to be quoted. If the quotes were of the form "..." (double-quotes) ** then the EP_DblQuoted flag is set on the expression node. ** ** Special case: If op==TK_INTEGER and pToken points to a string that ** can be translated into a 32-bit integer, then the token is not ** stored in u.zToken. Instead, the integer values is written ** into u.iValue and the EP_IntValue flag is set. No extra storage ** is allocated to hold the integer text and the dequote flag is ignored. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAlloc( sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocRawNN() */ int op, /* Expression opcode */ const Token *pToken, /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ int dequote /* True to dequote */ ){ Expr *pNew; int nExtra = 0; int iValue = 0; assert( db!=0 ); if( pToken ){ if( op!=TK_INTEGER || pToken->z==0 || sqlite3GetInt32(pToken->z, &iValue)==0 ){ nExtra = pToken->n+1; assert( iValue>=0 ); } } pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(Expr)+nExtra); if( pNew ){ memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(Expr)); pNew->op = (u8)op; pNew->iAgg = -1; if( pToken ){ if( nExtra==0 ){ pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue|EP_Leaf; pNew->u.iValue = iValue; }else{ pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&pNew[1]; assert( pToken->z!=0 || pToken->n==0 ); if( pToken->n ) memcpy(pNew->u.zToken, pToken->z, pToken->n); pNew->u.zToken[pToken->n] = 0; if( dequote && sqlite3Isquote(pNew->u.zToken[0]) ){ if( pNew->u.zToken[0]=='"' ) pNew->flags |= EP_DblQuoted; sqlite3Dequote(pNew->u.zToken); } } } #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 pNew->nHeight = 1; #endif } return pNew; } /* ** Allocate a new expression node from a zero-terminated token that has ** already been dequoted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3Expr( sqlite3 *db, /* Handle for sqlite3DbMallocZero() (may be null) */ int op, /* Expression opcode */ const char *zToken /* Token argument. Might be NULL */ ){ Token x; x.z = zToken; x.n = sqlite3Strlen30(zToken); return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, op, &x, 0); } /* ** Attach subtrees pLeft and pRight to the Expr node pRoot. ** ** If pRoot==NULL that means that a memory allocation error has occurred. ** In that case, delete the subtrees pLeft and pRight. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees( sqlite3 *db, Expr *pRoot, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight ){ if( pRoot==0 ){ assert( db->mallocFailed ); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight); }else{ if( pRight ){ pRoot->pRight = pRight; pRoot->flags |= EP_Propagate & pRight->flags; } if( pLeft ){ pRoot->pLeft = pLeft; pRoot->flags |= EP_Propagate & pLeft->flags; } exprSetHeight(pRoot); } } /* ** Allocate an Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees. ** ** One or both of the subtrees can be NULL. Return a pointer to the new ** Expr node. Or, if an OOM error occurs, set pParse->db->mallocFailed, ** free the subtrees and return NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3PExpr( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int op, /* Expression opcode */ Expr *pLeft, /* Left operand */ Expr *pRight /* Right operand */ ){ Expr *p; if( op==TK_AND && pParse->nErr==0 ){ /* Take advantage of short-circuit false optimization for AND */ p = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pLeft, pRight); }else{ p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(Expr)); if( p ){ memset(p, 0, sizeof(Expr)); p->op = op & TKFLG_MASK; p->iAgg = -1; } sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, p, pLeft, pRight); } if( p ) { sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight); } return p; } /* ** Add pSelect to the Expr.x.pSelect field. Or, if pExpr is NULL (due ** do a memory allocation failure) then delete the pSelect object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PExprAddSelect(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, Select *pSelect){ if( pExpr ){ pExpr->x.pSelect = pSelect; ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect|EP_Subquery); sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, pExpr); }else{ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect); } } /* ** If the expression is always either TRUE or FALSE (respectively), ** then return 1. If one cannot determine the truth value of the ** expression at compile-time return 0. ** ** This is an optimization. If is OK to return 0 here even if ** the expression really is always false or false (a false negative). ** But it is a bug to return 1 if the expression might have different ** boolean values in different circumstances (a false positive.) ** ** Note that if the expression is part of conditional for a ** LEFT JOIN, then we cannot determine at compile-time whether or not ** is it true or false, so always return 0. */ static int exprAlwaysTrue(Expr *p){ int v = 0; if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0; return v!=0; } static int exprAlwaysFalse(Expr *p){ int v = 0; if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; if( !sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p, &v) ) return 0; return v==0; } /* ** Join two expressions using an AND operator. If either expression is ** NULL, then just return the other expression. ** ** If one side or the other of the AND is known to be false, then instead ** of returning an AND expression, just return a constant expression with ** a value of false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprAnd(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pLeft, Expr *pRight){ if( pLeft==0 ){ return pRight; }else if( pRight==0 ){ return pLeft; }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pLeft) || exprAlwaysFalse(pRight) ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight); return sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[0], 0); }else{ Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_AND, 0, 0); sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(db, pNew, pLeft, pRight); return pNew; } } /* ** Construct a new expression node for a function with multiple ** arguments. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* Argument list */ Token *pToken, /* Name of the function */ int eDistinct /* SF_Distinct or SF_ALL or 0 */ ){ Expr *pNew; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( pToken ); pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1); if( pNew==0 ){ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */ return 0; } if( pList && pList->nExpr > pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on function %T", pToken); } pNew->x.pList = pList; ExprSetProperty(pNew, EP_HasFunc); assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, pNew); if( eDistinct==SF_Distinct ) ExprSetProperty(pNew, EP_Distinct); return pNew; } /* ** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard ** in the original SQL statement. ** ** Wildcards consisting of a single "?" are assigned the next sequential ** variable number. ** ** Wildcards of the form "?nnn" are assigned the number "nnn". We make ** sure "nnn" is not too big to avoid a denial of service attack when ** the SQL statement comes from an external source. ** ** Wildcards of the form ":aaa", "@aaa", or "$aaa" are assigned the same number ** as the previous instance of the same wildcard. Or if this is the first ** instance of the wildcard, the next sequential variable number is ** assigned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, u32 n){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; const char *z; ynVar x; if( pExpr==0 ) return; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue|EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ); z = pExpr->u.zToken; assert( z!=0 ); assert( z[0]!=0 ); assert( n==(u32)sqlite3Strlen30(z) ); if( z[1]==0 ){ /* Wildcard of the form "?". Assign the next variable number */ assert( z[0]=='?' ); x = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); }else{ int doAdd = 0; if( z[0]=='?' ){ /* Wildcard of the form "?nnn". Convert "nnn" to an integer and ** use it as the variable number */ i64 i; int bOk; if( n==2 ){ /*OPTIMIZATION-IF-TRUE*/ i = z[1]-'0'; /* The common case of ?N for a single digit N */ bOk = 1; }else{ bOk = 0==sqlite3Atoi64(&z[1], &i, n-1, SQLITE_UTF8); } testcase( i==0 ); testcase( i==1 ); testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]-1 ); testcase( i==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ); if( bOk==0 || i<1 || i>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "variable number must be between ?1 and ?%d", db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]); return; } x = (ynVar)i; if( x>pParse->nVar ){ pParse->nVar = (int)x; doAdd = 1; }else if( sqlite3VListNumToName(pParse->pVList, x)==0 ){ doAdd = 1; } }else{ /* Wildcards like ":aaa", "$aaa" or "@aaa". Reuse the same variable ** number as the prior appearance of the same name, or if the name ** has never appeared before, reuse the same variable number */ x = (ynVar)sqlite3VListNameToNum(pParse->pVList, z, n); if( x==0 ){ x = (ynVar)(++pParse->nVar); doAdd = 1; } } if( doAdd ){ pParse->pVList = sqlite3VListAdd(db, pParse->pVList, z, n, x); } } pExpr->iColumn = x; if( x>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many SQL variables"); } } /* ** Recursively delete an expression tree. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ assert( p!=0 ); /* Sanity check: Assert that the IntValue is non-negative if it exists */ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) || p->u.iValue>=0 ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Leaf) && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ){ assert( p->pLeft==0 ); assert( p->pRight==0 ); assert( p->x.pSelect==0 ); } #endif if( !ExprHasProperty(p, (EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf)) ){ /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */ assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 ); if( p->pLeft && p->op!=TK_SELECT_COLUMN ) sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(db, p->pLeft); if( p->pRight ){ sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(db, p->pRight); }else if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->x.pSelect); }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->x.pList); } if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ){ sqlite3WindowDelete(db, p->pWin); } } if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.zToken); if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Static) ){ sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p){ if( p ) sqlite3ExprDeleteNN(db, p); } /* ** Return the number of bytes allocated for the expression structure ** passed as the first argument. This is always one of EXPR_FULLSIZE, ** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. */ static int exprStructSize(Expr *p){ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly) ) return EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE; if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced) ) return EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE; return EXPR_FULLSIZE; } /* ** The dupedExpr*Size() routines each return the number of bytes required ** to store a copy of an expression or expression tree. They differ in ** how much of the tree is measured. ** ** dupedExprStructSize() Size of only the Expr structure ** dupedExprNodeSize() Size of Expr + space for token ** dupedExprSize() Expr + token + subtree components ** *************************************************************************** ** ** The dupedExprStructSize() function returns two values OR-ed together: ** (1) the space required for a copy of the Expr structure only and ** (2) the EP_xxx flags that indicate what the structure size should be. ** The return values is always one of: ** ** EXPR_FULLSIZE ** EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly ** ** The size of the structure can be found by masking the return value ** of this routine with 0xfff. The flags can be found by masking the ** return value with EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly. ** ** Note that with flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE, this routines works on full-size ** (unreduced) Expr objects as they or originally constructed by the parser. ** During expression analysis, extra information is computed and moved into ** later parts of the Expr object and that extra information might get chopped ** off if the expression is reduced. Note also that it does not work to ** make an EXPRDUP_REDUCE copy of a reduced expression. It is only legal ** to reduce a pristine expression tree from the parser. The implementation ** of dupedExprStructSize() contain multiple assert() statements that attempt ** to enforce this constraint. */ static int dupedExprStructSize(Expr *p, int flags){ int nSize; assert( flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE || flags==0 ); /* Only one flag value allowed */ assert( EXPR_FULLSIZE<=0xfff ); assert( (0xfff & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly))==0 ); if( 0==flags || p->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC || p->pWin #endif ){ nSize = EXPR_FULLSIZE; }else{ assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) ); assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_MemToken) ); assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_NoReduce) ); if( p->pLeft || p->x.pList ){ nSize = EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE | EP_Reduced; }else{ assert( p->pRight==0 ); nSize = EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE | EP_TokenOnly; } } return nSize; } /* ** This function returns the space in bytes required to store the copy ** of the Expr structure and a copy of the Expr.u.zToken string (if that ** string is defined.) */ static int dupedExprNodeSize(Expr *p, int flags){ int nByte = dupedExprStructSize(p, flags) & 0xfff; if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken)+1; } return ROUND8(nByte); } /* ** Return the number of bytes required to create a duplicate of the ** expression passed as the first argument. The second argument is a ** mask containing EXPRDUP_XXX flags. ** ** The value returned includes space to create a copy of the Expr struct ** itself and the buffer referred to by Expr.u.zToken, if any. ** ** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the return value includes ** space to duplicate all Expr nodes in the tree formed by Expr.pLeft ** and Expr.pRight variables (but not for any structures pointed to or ** descended from the Expr.x.pList or Expr.x.pSelect variables). */ static int dupedExprSize(Expr *p, int flags){ int nByte = 0; if( p ){ nByte = dupedExprNodeSize(p, flags); if( flags&EXPRDUP_REDUCE ){ nByte += dupedExprSize(p->pLeft, flags) + dupedExprSize(p->pRight, flags); } } return nByte; } /* ** This function is similar to sqlite3ExprDup(), except that if pzBuffer ** is not NULL then *pzBuffer is assumed to point to a buffer large enough ** to store the copy of expression p, the copies of p->u.zToken ** (if applicable), and the copies of the p->pLeft and p->pRight expressions, ** if any. Before returning, *pzBuffer is set to the first byte past the ** portion of the buffer copied into by this function. */ static Expr *exprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int dupFlags, u8 **pzBuffer){ Expr *pNew; /* Value to return */ u8 *zAlloc; /* Memory space from which to build Expr object */ u32 staticFlag; /* EP_Static if space not obtained from malloc */ assert( db!=0 ); assert( p ); assert( dupFlags==0 || dupFlags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE ); assert( pzBuffer==0 || dupFlags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE ); /* Figure out where to write the new Expr structure. */ if( pzBuffer ){ zAlloc = *pzBuffer; staticFlag = EP_Static; }else{ zAlloc = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, dupedExprSize(p, dupFlags)); staticFlag = 0; } pNew = (Expr *)zAlloc; if( pNew ){ /* Set nNewSize to the size allocated for the structure pointed to ** by pNew. This is either EXPR_FULLSIZE, EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE or ** EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE. nToken is set to the number of bytes consumed ** by the copy of the p->u.zToken string (if any). */ const unsigned nStructSize = dupedExprStructSize(p, dupFlags); const int nNewSize = nStructSize & 0xfff; int nToken; if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_IntValue) && p->u.zToken ){ nToken = sqlite3Strlen30(p->u.zToken) + 1; }else{ nToken = 0; } if( dupFlags ){ assert( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced)==0 ); memcpy(zAlloc, p, nNewSize); }else{ u32 nSize = (u32)exprStructSize(p); memcpy(zAlloc, p, nSize); if( nSizeflags &= ~(EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly|EP_Static|EP_MemToken); pNew->flags |= nStructSize & (EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly); pNew->flags |= staticFlag; /* Copy the p->u.zToken string, if any. */ if( nToken ){ char *zToken = pNew->u.zToken = (char*)&zAlloc[nNewSize]; memcpy(zToken, p->u.zToken, nToken); } if( 0==((p->flags|pNew->flags) & (EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf)) ){ /* Fill in the pNew->x.pSelect or pNew->x.pList member. */ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ pNew->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->x.pSelect, dupFlags); }else{ pNew->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->x.pList, dupFlags); } } /* Fill in pNew->pLeft and pNew->pRight. */ if( ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){ zAlloc += dupedExprNodeSize(p, dupFlags); if( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf) ){ pNew->pLeft = p->pLeft ? exprDup(db, p->pLeft, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc) : 0; pNew->pRight = p->pRight ? exprDup(db, p->pRight, EXPRDUP_REDUCE, &zAlloc) : 0; } if( pzBuffer ){ *pzBuffer = zAlloc; } }else{ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Reduced|EP_TokenOnly) ){ pNew->pWin = 0; }else{ pNew->pWin = sqlite3WindowDup(db, pNew, p->pWin); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ if( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf) ){ if( pNew->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN ){ pNew->pLeft = p->pLeft; assert( p->iColumn==0 || p->pRight==0 ); assert( p->pRight==0 || p->pRight==p->pLeft ); }else{ pNew->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLeft, 0); } pNew->pRight = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pRight, 0); } } } return pNew; } /* ** Create and return a deep copy of the object passed as the second ** argument. If an OOM condition is encountered, NULL is returned ** and the db->mallocFailed flag set. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE static With *withDup(sqlite3 *db, With *p){ With *pRet = 0; if( p ){ int nByte = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nCte-1); pRet = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); if( pRet ){ int i; pRet->nCte = p->nCte; for(i=0; inCte; i++){ pRet->a[i].pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->a[i].pSelect, 0); pRet->a[i].pCols = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->a[i].pCols, 0); pRet->a[i].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->a[i].zName); } } } return pRet; } #else # define withDup(x,y) 0 #endif /* ** The following group of routines make deep copies of expressions, ** expression lists, ID lists, and select statements. The copies can ** be deleted (by being passed to their respective ...Delete() routines) ** without effecting the originals. ** ** The expression list, ID, and source lists return by sqlite3ExprListDup(), ** sqlite3IdListDup(), and sqlite3SrcListDup() can not be further expanded ** by subsequent calls to sqlite*ListAppend() routines. ** ** Any tables that the SrcList might point to are not duplicated. ** ** The flags parameter contains a combination of the EXPRDUP_XXX flags. ** If the EXPRDUP_REDUCE flag is set, then the structure returned is a ** truncated version of the usual Expr structure that will be stored as ** part of the in-memory representation of the database schema. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *p, int flags){ assert( flags==0 || flags==EXPRDUP_REDUCE ); return p ? exprDup(db, p, flags, 0) : 0; } SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListDup(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *p, int flags){ ExprList *pNew; struct ExprList_item *pItem, *pOldItem; int i; Expr *pPriorSelectCol = 0; assert( db!=0 ); if( p==0 ) return 0; pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, p)); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; pNew->nExpr = p->nExpr; pItem = pNew->a; pOldItem = p->a; for(i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++, pOldItem++){ Expr *pOldExpr = pOldItem->pExpr; Expr *pNewExpr; pItem->pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldExpr, flags); if( pOldExpr && pOldExpr->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN && (pNewExpr = pItem->pExpr)!=0 ){ assert( pNewExpr->iColumn==0 || i>0 ); if( pNewExpr->iColumn==0 ){ assert( pOldExpr->pLeft==pOldExpr->pRight ); pPriorSelectCol = pNewExpr->pLeft = pNewExpr->pRight; }else{ assert( i>0 ); assert( pItem[-1].pExpr!=0 ); assert( pNewExpr->iColumn==pItem[-1].pExpr->iColumn+1 ); assert( pPriorSelectCol==pItem[-1].pExpr->pLeft ); pNewExpr->pLeft = pPriorSelectCol; } } pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zSpan); pItem->sortOrder = pOldItem->sortOrder; pItem->done = 0; pItem->bSpanIsTab = pOldItem->bSpanIsTab; pItem->bSorterRef = pOldItem->bSorterRef; pItem->u = pOldItem->u; } return pNew; } /* ** If cursors, triggers, views and subqueries are all omitted from ** the build, then none of the following routines, except for ** sqlite3SelectDup(), can be called. sqlite3SelectDup() is sometimes ** called with a NULL argument. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) \ || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListDup(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *p, int flags){ SrcList *pNew; int i; int nByte; assert( db!=0 ); if( p==0 ) return 0; nByte = sizeof(*p) + (p->nSrc>0 ? sizeof(p->a[0]) * (p->nSrc-1) : 0); pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nByte ); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; pNew->nSrc = pNew->nAlloc = p->nSrc; for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; struct SrcList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; Table *pTab; pNewItem->pSchema = pOldItem->pSchema; pNewItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zDatabase); pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); pNewItem->zAlias = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zAlias); pNewItem->fg = pOldItem->fg; pNewItem->iCursor = pOldItem->iCursor; pNewItem->addrFillSub = pOldItem->addrFillSub; pNewItem->regReturn = pOldItem->regReturn; if( pNewItem->fg.isIndexedBy ){ pNewItem->u1.zIndexedBy = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->u1.zIndexedBy); } pNewItem->pIBIndex = pOldItem->pIBIndex; if( pNewItem->fg.isTabFunc ){ pNewItem->u1.pFuncArg = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pOldItem->u1.pFuncArg, flags); } pTab = pNewItem->pTab = pOldItem->pTab; if( pTab ){ pTab->nTabRef++; } pNewItem->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pOldItem->pSelect, flags); pNewItem->pOn = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOldItem->pOn, flags); pNewItem->pUsing = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pOldItem->pUsing); pNewItem->colUsed = pOldItem->colUsed; } return pNew; } SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListDup(sqlite3 *db, IdList *p){ IdList *pNew; int i; assert( db!=0 ); if( p==0 ) return 0; pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; pNew->nId = p->nId; pNew->a = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, p->nId*sizeof(p->a[0]) ); if( pNew->a==0 ){ sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pNew); return 0; } /* Note that because the size of the allocation for p->a[] is not ** necessarily a power of two, sqlite3IdListAppend() may not be called ** on the duplicate created by this function. */ for(i=0; inId; i++){ struct IdList_item *pNewItem = &pNew->a[i]; struct IdList_item *pOldItem = &p->a[i]; pNewItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pOldItem->zName); pNewItem->idx = pOldItem->idx; } return pNew; } SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *pDup, int flags){ Select *pRet = 0; Select *pNext = 0; Select **pp = &pRet; Select *p; assert( db!=0 ); for(p=pDup; p; p=p->pPrior){ Select *pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*p) ); if( pNew==0 ) break; pNew->pEList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pEList, flags); pNew->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, p->pSrc, flags); pNew->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, flags); pNew->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pGroupBy, flags); pNew->pHaving = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pHaving, flags); pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, flags); pNew->op = p->op; pNew->pNext = pNext; pNew->pPrior = 0; pNew->pLimit = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pLimit, flags); pNew->iLimit = 0; pNew->iOffset = 0; pNew->selFlags = p->selFlags & ~SF_UsesEphemeral; pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; pNew->nSelectRow = p->nSelectRow; pNew->pWith = withDup(db, p->pWith); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC pNew->pWin = 0; pNew->pWinDefn = sqlite3WindowListDup(db, p->pWinDefn); #endif pNew->selId = p->selId; *pp = pNew; pp = &pNew->pPrior; pNext = pNew; } return pRet; } #else SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectDup(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int flags){ assert( p==0 ); return 0; } #endif /* ** Add a new element to the end of an expression list. If pList is ** initially NULL, then create a new expression list. ** ** The pList argument must be either NULL or a pointer to an ExprList ** obtained from a prior call to sqlite3ExprListAppend(). This routine ** may not be used with an ExprList obtained from sqlite3ExprListDup(). ** Reason: This routine assumes that the number of slots in pList->a[] ** is a power of two. That is true for sqlite3ExprListAppend() returns ** but is not necessarily true from the return value of sqlite3ExprListDup(). ** ** If a memory allocation error occurs, the entire list is freed and ** NULL is returned. If non-NULL is returned, then it is guaranteed ** that the new entry was successfully appended. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ Expr *pExpr /* Expression to be appended. Might be NULL */ ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( db!=0 ); if( pList==0 ){ pList = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(ExprList) ); if( pList==0 ){ goto no_mem; } pList->nExpr = 0; }else if( (pList->nExpr & (pList->nExpr-1))==0 ){ ExprList *pNew; pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pList, sizeof(*pList)+(2*pList->nExpr - 1)*sizeof(pList->a[0])); if( pNew==0 ){ goto no_mem; } pList = pNew; } pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr++]; assert( offsetof(struct ExprList_item,zName)==sizeof(pItem->pExpr) ); assert( offsetof(struct ExprList_item,pExpr)==0 ); memset(&pItem->zName,0,sizeof(*pItem)-offsetof(struct ExprList_item,zName)); pItem->pExpr = pExpr; return pList; no_mem: /* Avoid leaking memory if malloc has failed. */ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); return 0; } /* ** pColumns and pExpr form a vector assignment which is part of the SET ** clause of an UPDATE statement. Like this: ** ** (a,b,c) = (expr1,expr2,expr3) ** Or: (a,b,c) = (SELECT x,y,z FROM ....) ** ** For each term of the vector assignment, append new entries to the ** expression list pList. In the case of a subquery on the RHS, append ** TK_SELECT_COLUMN expressions. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppendVector( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ IdList *pColumns, /* List of names of LHS of the assignment */ Expr *pExpr /* Vector expression to be appended. Might be NULL */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int n; int i; int iFirst = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; /* pColumns can only be NULL due to an OOM but an OOM will cause an ** exit prior to this routine being invoked */ if( NEVER(pColumns==0) ) goto vector_append_error; if( pExpr==0 ) goto vector_append_error; /* If the RHS is a vector, then we can immediately check to see that ** the size of the RHS and LHS match. But if the RHS is a SELECT, ** wildcards ("*") in the result set of the SELECT must be expanded before ** we can do the size check, so defer the size check until code generation. */ if( pExpr->op!=TK_SELECT && pColumns->nId!=(n=sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr)) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d columns assigned %d values", pColumns->nId, n); goto vector_append_error; } for(i=0; inId; i++){ Expr *pSubExpr = sqlite3ExprForVectorField(pParse, pExpr, i); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pSubExpr); if( pList ){ assert( pList->nExpr==iFirst+i+1 ); pList->a[pList->nExpr-1].zName = pColumns->a[i].zName; pColumns->a[i].zName = 0; } } if( !db->mallocFailed && pExpr->op==TK_SELECT && ALWAYS(pList!=0) ){ Expr *pFirst = pList->a[iFirst].pExpr; assert( pFirst!=0 ); assert( pFirst->op==TK_SELECT_COLUMN ); /* Store the SELECT statement in pRight so it will be deleted when ** sqlite3ExprListDelete() is called */ pFirst->pRight = pExpr; pExpr = 0; /* Remember the size of the LHS in iTable so that we can check that ** the RHS and LHS sizes match during code generation. */ pFirst->iTable = pColumns->nId; } vector_append_error: sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns); return pList; } /* ** Set the sort order for the last element on the given ExprList. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(ExprList *p, int iSortOrder){ if( p==0 ) return; assert( SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED<0 && SQLITE_SO_ASC>=0 && SQLITE_SO_DESC>0 ); assert( p->nExpr>0 ); if( iSortOrder<0 ){ assert( p->a[p->nExpr-1].sortOrder==SQLITE_SO_ASC ); return; } p->a[p->nExpr-1].sortOrder = (u8)iSortOrder; } /* ** Set the ExprList.a[].zName element of the most recently added item ** on the expression list. ** ** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pName should never be ** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag ** is set. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ Token *pName, /* Name to be added */ int dequote /* True to cause the name to be dequoted */ ){ assert( pList!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed!=0 ); if( pList ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; assert( pItem->zName==0 ); pItem->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, pName->z, pName->n); if( dequote ) sqlite3Dequote(pItem->zName); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)pItem->zName, pName); } } } /* ** Set the ExprList.a[].zSpan element of the most recently added item ** on the expression list. ** ** pList might be NULL following an OOM error. But pSpan should never be ** NULL. If a memory allocation fails, the pParse->db->mallocFailed flag ** is set. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* List to which to add the span. */ const char *zStart, /* Start of the span */ const char *zEnd /* End of the span */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( pList!=0 || db->mallocFailed!=0 ); if( pList ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pList->a[pList->nExpr-1]; assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); pItem->zSpan = sqlite3DbSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd); } } /* ** If the expression list pEList contains more than iLimit elements, ** leave an error message in pParse. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListCheckLength( Parse *pParse, ExprList *pEList, const char *zObject ){ int mx = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]; testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx ); testcase( pEList && pEList->nExpr==mx+1 ); if( pEList && pEList->nExpr>mx ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in %s", zObject); } } /* ** Delete an entire expression list. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void exprListDeleteNN(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){ int i = pList->nExpr; struct ExprList_item *pItem = pList->a; assert( pList->nExpr>0 ); do{ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr); sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan); pItem++; }while( --i>0 ); sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pList); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3 *db, ExprList *pList){ if( pList ) exprListDeleteNN(db, pList); } /* ** Return the bitwise-OR of all Expr.flags fields in the given ** ExprList. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList *pList){ int i; u32 m = 0; assert( pList!=0 ); for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; assert( pExpr!=0 ); m |= pExpr->flags; } return m; } /* ** This is a SELECT-node callback for the expression walker that ** always "fails". By "fail" in this case, we mean set ** pWalker->eCode to zero and abort. ** ** This callback is used by multiple expression walkers. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkFail(Walker *pWalker, Select *NotUsed){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); pWalker->eCode = 0; return WRC_Abort; } /* ** If the input expression is an ID with the name "true" or "false" ** then convert it into an TK_TRUEFALSE term. Return non-zero if ** the conversion happened, and zero if the expression is unaltered. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(Expr *pExpr){ assert( pExpr->op==TK_ID || pExpr->op==TK_STRING ); if( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken, "true")==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken, "false")==0 ){ pExpr->op = TK_TRUEFALSE; return 1; } return 0; } /* ** The argument must be a TK_TRUEFALSE Expr node. Return 1 if it is TRUE ** and 0 if it is FALSE. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprTruthValue(const Expr *pExpr){ assert( pExpr->op==TK_TRUEFALSE ); assert( sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"true")==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"false")==0 ); return pExpr->u.zToken[4]==0; } /* ** These routines are Walker callbacks used to check expressions to ** see if they are "constant" for some definition of constant. The ** Walker.eCode value determines the type of "constant" we are looking ** for. ** ** These callback routines are used to implement the following: ** ** sqlite3ExprIsConstant() pWalker->eCode==1 ** sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin() pWalker->eCode==2 ** sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant() pWalker->eCode==3 ** sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() pWalker->eCode==4 or 5 ** ** In all cases, the callbacks set Walker.eCode=0 and abort if the expression ** is found to not be a constant. ** ** The sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction() is used for evaluating expressions ** in a CREATE TABLE statement. The Walker.eCode value is 5 when parsing ** an existing schema and 4 when processing a new statement. A bound ** parameter raises an error for new statements, but is silently converted ** to NULL for existing schemas. This allows sqlite_master tables that ** contain a bound parameter because they were generated by older versions ** of SQLite to be parsed by newer versions of SQLite without raising a ** malformed schema error. */ static int exprNodeIsConstant(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ /* If pWalker->eCode is 2 then any term of the expression that comes from ** the ON or USING clauses of a left join disqualifies the expression ** from being considered constant. */ if( pWalker->eCode==2 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ pWalker->eCode = 0; return WRC_Abort; } switch( pExpr->op ){ /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant ** and either pWalker->eCode==4 or 5 or the function has the ** SQLITE_FUNC_CONST flag. */ case TK_FUNCTION: if( pWalker->eCode>=4 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_ConstFunc) ){ return WRC_Continue; }else{ pWalker->eCode = 0; return WRC_Abort; } case TK_ID: /* Convert "true" or "false" in a DEFAULT clause into the ** appropriate TK_TRUEFALSE operator */ if( sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(pExpr) ){ return WRC_Prune; } /* Fall thru */ case TK_COLUMN: case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: case TK_AGG_COLUMN: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ID ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FixedCol) && pWalker->eCode!=2 ){ return WRC_Continue; } if( pWalker->eCode==3 && pExpr->iTable==pWalker->u.iCur ){ return WRC_Continue; } /* Fall through */ case TK_IF_NULL_ROW: case TK_REGISTER: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW ); pWalker->eCode = 0; return WRC_Abort; case TK_VARIABLE: if( pWalker->eCode==5 ){ /* Silently convert bound parameters that appear inside of CREATE ** statements into a NULL when parsing the CREATE statement text out ** of the sqlite_master table */ pExpr->op = TK_NULL; }else if( pWalker->eCode==4 ){ /* A bound parameter in a CREATE statement that originates from ** sqlite3_prepare() causes an error */ pWalker->eCode = 0; return WRC_Abort; } /* Fall through */ default: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); /* sqlite3SelectWalkFail() disallows */ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); /* sqlite3SelectWalkFail() disallows */ return WRC_Continue; } } static int exprIsConst(Expr *p, int initFlag, int iCur){ Walker w; w.eCode = initFlag; w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstant; w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkFail; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG w.xSelectCallback2 = sqlite3SelectWalkAssert2; #endif w.u.iCur = iCur; sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); return w.eCode; } /* ** Walk an expression tree. Return non-zero if the expression is constant ** and 0 if it involves variables or function calls. ** ** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") ** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is ** a constant. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstant(Expr *p){ return exprIsConst(p, 1, 0); } /* ** Walk an expression tree. Return non-zero if ** ** (1) the expression is constant, and ** (2) the expression does originate in the ON or USING clause ** of a LEFT JOIN, and ** (3) the expression does not contain any EP_FixedCol TK_COLUMN ** operands created by the constant propagation optimization. ** ** When this routine returns true, it indicates that the expression ** can be added to the pParse->pConstExpr list and evaluated once when ** the prepared statement starts up. See sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(Expr *p){ return exprIsConst(p, 2, 0); } /* ** Walk an expression tree. Return non-zero if the expression is constant ** for any single row of the table with cursor iCur. In other words, the ** expression must not refer to any non-deterministic function nor any ** table other than iCur. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(Expr *p, int iCur){ return exprIsConst(p, 3, iCur); } /* ** sqlite3WalkExpr() callback used by sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(). */ static int exprNodeIsConstantOrGroupBy(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ ExprList *pGroupBy = pWalker->u.pGroupBy; int i; /* Check if pExpr is identical to any GROUP BY term. If so, consider ** it constant. */ for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ Expr *p = pGroupBy->a[i].pExpr; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pExpr, p, -1)<2 ){ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pWalker->pParse, p); if( sqlite3IsBinary(pColl) ){ return WRC_Prune; } } } /* Check if pExpr is a sub-select. If so, consider it variable. */ if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ pWalker->eCode = 0; return WRC_Abort; } return exprNodeIsConstant(pWalker, pExpr); } /* ** Walk the expression tree passed as the first argument. Return non-zero ** if the expression consists entirely of constants or copies of terms ** in pGroupBy that sort with the BINARY collation sequence. ** ** This routine is used to determine if a term of the HAVING clause can ** be promoted into the WHERE clause. In order for such a promotion to work, ** the value of the HAVING clause term must be the same for all members of ** a "group". The requirement that the GROUP BY term must be BINARY ** assumes that no other collating sequence will have a finer-grained ** grouping than binary. In other words (A=B COLLATE binary) implies ** A=B in every other collating sequence. The requirement that the ** GROUP BY be BINARY is stricter than necessary. It would also work ** to promote HAVING clauses that use the same alternative collating ** sequence as the GROUP BY term, but that is much harder to check, ** alternative collating sequences are uncommon, and this is only an ** optimization, so we take the easy way out and simply require the ** GROUP BY to use the BINARY collating sequence. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, ExprList *pGroupBy){ Walker w; w.eCode = 1; w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsConstantOrGroupBy; w.xSelectCallback = 0; w.u.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; w.pParse = pParse; sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); return w.eCode; } /* ** Walk an expression tree. Return non-zero if the expression is constant ** or a function call with constant arguments. Return and 0 if there ** are any variables. ** ** For the purposes of this function, a double-quoted string (ex: "abc") ** is considered a variable but a single-quoted string (ex: 'abc') is ** a constant. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(Expr *p, u8 isInit){ assert( isInit==0 || isInit==1 ); return exprIsConst(p, 4+isInit, 0); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS /* ** Walk an expression tree. Return 1 if the expression contains a ** subquery of some kind. Return 0 if there are no subqueries. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(Expr *p){ Walker w; w.eCode = 1; w.xExprCallback = sqlite3ExprWalkNoop; w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkFail; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG w.xSelectCallback2 = sqlite3SelectWalkAssert2; #endif sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); return w.eCode==0; } #endif /* ** If the expression p codes a constant integer that is small enough ** to fit in a 32-bit integer, return 1 and put the value of the integer ** in *pValue. If the expression is not an integer or if it is too big ** to fit in a signed 32-bit integer, return 0 and leave *pValue unchanged. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprIsInteger(Expr *p, int *pValue){ int rc = 0; if( p==0 ) return 0; /* Can only happen following on OOM */ /* If an expression is an integer literal that fits in a signed 32-bit ** integer, then the EP_IntValue flag will have already been set */ assert( p->op!=TK_INTEGER || (p->flags & EP_IntValue)!=0 || sqlite3GetInt32(p->u.zToken, &rc)==0 ); if( p->flags & EP_IntValue ){ *pValue = p->u.iValue; return 1; } switch( p->op ){ case TK_UPLUS: { rc = sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, pValue); break; } case TK_UMINUS: { int v; if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(p->pLeft, &v) ){ assert( v!=(-2147483647-1) ); *pValue = -v; rc = 1; } break; } default: break; } return rc; } /* ** Return FALSE if there is no chance that the expression can be NULL. ** ** If the expression might be NULL or if the expression is too complex ** to tell return TRUE. ** ** This routine is used as an optimization, to skip OP_IsNull opcodes ** when we know that a value cannot be NULL. Hence, a false positive ** (returning TRUE when in fact the expression can never be NULL) might ** be a small performance hit but is otherwise harmless. On the other ** hand, a false negative (returning FALSE when the result could be NULL) ** will likely result in an incorrect answer. So when in doubt, return ** TRUE. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(const Expr *p){ u8 op; while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } op = p->op; if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; switch( op ){ case TK_INTEGER: case TK_STRING: case TK_FLOAT: case TK_BLOB: return 0; case TK_COLUMN: return ExprHasProperty(p, EP_CanBeNull) || p->pTab==0 || /* Reference to column of index on expression */ (p->iColumn>=0 && p->pTab->aCol[p->iColumn].notNull==0); default: return 1; } } /* ** Return TRUE if the given expression is a constant which would be ** unchanged by OP_Affinity with the affinity given in the second ** argument. ** ** This routine is used to determine if the OP_Affinity operation ** can be omitted. When in doubt return FALSE. A false negative ** is harmless. A false positive, however, can result in the wrong ** answer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(const Expr *p, char aff){ u8 op; if( aff==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ) return 1; while( p->op==TK_UPLUS || p->op==TK_UMINUS ){ p = p->pLeft; } op = p->op; if( op==TK_REGISTER ) op = p->op2; switch( op ){ case TK_INTEGER: { return aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; } case TK_FLOAT: { return aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; } case TK_STRING: { return aff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; } case TK_BLOB: { return 1; } case TK_COLUMN: { assert( p->iTable>=0 ); /* p cannot be part of a CHECK constraint */ return p->iColumn<0 && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER || aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC); } default: { return 0; } } } /* ** Return TRUE if the given string is a row-id column name. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsRowid(const char *z){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "_ROWID_")==0 ) return 1; if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "ROWID")==0 ) return 1; if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "OID")==0 ) return 1; return 0; } /* ** pX is the RHS of an IN operator. If pX is a SELECT statement ** that can be simplified to a direct table access, then return ** a pointer to the SELECT statement. If pX is not a SELECT statement, ** or if the SELECT statement needs to be manifested into a transient ** table, then return NULL. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY static Select *isCandidateForInOpt(Expr *pX){ Select *p; SrcList *pSrc; ExprList *pEList; Table *pTab; int i; if( !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ) return 0; /* Not a subquery */ if( ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_VarSelect) ) return 0; /* Correlated subq */ p = pX->x.pSelect; if( p->pPrior ) return 0; /* Not a compound SELECT */ if( p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate) ){ testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); testcase( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); return 0; /* No DISTINCT keyword and no aggregate functions */ } assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); /* Has no GROUP BY clause */ if( p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Has no LIMIT clause */ if( p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Has no WHERE clause */ pSrc = p->pSrc; assert( pSrc!=0 ); if( pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* Single term in FROM clause */ if( pSrc->a[0].pSelect ) return 0; /* FROM is not a subquery or view */ pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; assert( pTab!=0 ); assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* FROM clause is not a view */ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; /* FROM clause not a virtual table */ pEList = p->pEList; assert( pEList!=0 ); /* All SELECT results must be columns. */ for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ Expr *pRes = pEList->a[i].pExpr; if( pRes->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return 0; assert( pRes->iTable==pSrc->a[0].iCursor ); /* Not a correlated subquery */ } return p; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* ** Generate code that checks the left-most column of index table iCur to see if ** it contains any NULL entries. Cause the register at regHasNull to be set ** to a non-NULL value if iCur contains no NULLs. Cause register regHasNull ** to be set to NULL if iCur contains one or more NULL values. */ static void sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(Vdbe *v, int iCur, int regHasNull){ int addr1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regHasNull); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iCur); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, 0, regHasNull); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); VdbeComment((v, "first_entry_in(%d)", iCur)); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* ** The argument is an IN operator with a list (not a subquery) on the ** right-hand side. Return TRUE if that list is constant. */ static int sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(Expr *pIn){ Expr *pLHS; int res; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pIn, EP_xIsSelect) ); pLHS = pIn->pLeft; pIn->pLeft = 0; res = sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pIn); pIn->pLeft = pLHS; return res; } #endif /* ** This function is used by the implementation of the IN (...) operator. ** The pX parameter is the expression on the RHS of the IN operator, which ** might be either a list of expressions or a subquery. ** ** The job of this routine is to find or create a b-tree object that can ** be used either to test for membership in the RHS set or to iterate through ** all members of the RHS set, skipping duplicates. ** ** A cursor is opened on the b-tree object that is the RHS of the IN operator ** and pX->iTable is set to the index of that cursor. ** ** The returned value of this function indicates the b-tree type, as follows: ** ** IN_INDEX_ROWID - The cursor was opened on a database table. ** IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC - The cursor was opened on an ascending index. ** IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC - The cursor was opened on a descending index. ** IN_INDEX_EPH - The cursor was opened on a specially created and ** populated epheremal table. ** IN_INDEX_NOOP - No cursor was allocated. The IN operator must be ** implemented as a sequence of comparisons. ** ** An existing b-tree might be used if the RHS expression pX is a simple ** subquery such as: ** ** SELECT , ... FROM ** ** If the RHS of the IN operator is a list or a more complex subquery, then ** an ephemeral table might need to be generated from the RHS and then ** pX->iTable made to point to the ephemeral table instead of an ** existing table. ** ** The inFlags parameter must contain, at a minimum, one of the bits ** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP or IN_INDEX_LOOP but not both. If inFlags contains ** IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP, then the generated table will be used for a fast ** membership test. When the IN_INDEX_LOOP bit is set, the IN index will ** be used to loop over all values of the RHS of the IN operator. ** ** When IN_INDEX_LOOP is used (and the b-tree will be used to iterate ** through the set members) then the b-tree must not contain duplicates. ** An epheremal table will be created unless the selected columns are guaranteed ** to be unique - either because it is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY or due to ** a UNIQUE constraint or index. ** ** When IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP is used (and the b-tree will be used ** for fast set membership tests) then an epheremal table must ** be used unless is a single INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column or an ** index can be found with the specified as its left-most. ** ** If the IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK and IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP are both set and ** if the RHS of the IN operator is a list (not a subquery) then this ** routine might decide that creating an ephemeral b-tree for membership ** testing is too expensive and return IN_INDEX_NOOP. In that case, the ** calling routine should implement the IN operator using a sequence ** of Eq or Ne comparison operations. ** ** When the b-tree is being used for membership tests, the calling function ** might need to know whether or not the RHS side of the IN operator ** contains a NULL. If prRhsHasNull is not a NULL pointer and ** if there is any chance that the (...) might contain a NULL value at ** runtime, then a register is allocated and the register number written ** to *prRhsHasNull. If there is no chance that the (...) contains a ** NULL value, then *prRhsHasNull is left unchanged. ** ** If a register is allocated and its location stored in *prRhsHasNull, then ** the value in that register will be NULL if the b-tree contains one or more ** NULL values, and it will be some non-NULL value if the b-tree contains no ** NULL values. ** ** If the aiMap parameter is not NULL, it must point to an array containing ** one element for each column returned by the SELECT statement on the RHS ** of the IN(...) operator. The i'th entry of the array is populated with the ** offset of the index column that matches the i'th column returned by the ** SELECT. For example, if the expression and selected index are: ** ** (?,?,?) IN (SELECT a, b, c FROM t1) ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(b, c, a); ** ** then aiMap[] is populated with {2, 0, 1}. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindInIndex( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Expr *pX, /* The right-hand side (RHS) of the IN operator */ u32 inFlags, /* IN_INDEX_LOOP, _MEMBERSHIP, and/or _NOOP_OK */ int *prRhsHasNull, /* Register holding NULL status. See notes */ int *aiMap /* Mapping from Index fields to RHS fields */ ){ Select *p; /* SELECT to the right of IN operator */ int eType = 0; /* Type of RHS table. IN_INDEX_* */ int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor of the RHS table */ int mustBeUnique; /* True if RHS must be unique */ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Virtual machine being coded */ assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); mustBeUnique = (inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP)!=0; /* If the RHS of this IN(...) operator is a SELECT, and if it matters ** whether or not the SELECT result contains NULL values, check whether ** or not NULL is actually possible (it may not be, for example, due ** to NOT NULL constraints in the schema). If no NULL values are possible, ** set prRhsHasNull to 0 before continuing. */ if( prRhsHasNull && (pX->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){ int i; ExprList *pEList = pX->x.pSelect->pEList; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pEList->a[i].pExpr) ) break; } if( i==pEList->nExpr ){ prRhsHasNull = 0; } } /* Check to see if an existing table or index can be used to ** satisfy the query. This is preferable to generating a new ** ephemeral table. */ if( pParse->nErr==0 && (p = isCandidateForInOpt(pX))!=0 ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ Table *pTab; /* Table
    . */ i16 iDb; /* Database idx for pTab */ ExprList *pEList = p->pEList; int nExpr = pEList->nExpr; assert( p->pEList!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ assert( p->pEList->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ assert( p->pSrc!=0 ); /* Because of isCandidateForInOpt(p) */ pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; /* Code an OP_Transaction and OP_TableLock for
    . */ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); assert(v); /* sqlite3GetVdbe() has always been previously called */ if( nExpr==1 && pEList->a[0].pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ /* The "x IN (SELECT rowid FROM table)" case */ int iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 0, "USING ROWID SEARCH ON TABLE %s FOR IN-OPERATOR",pTab->zName)); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); }else{ Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ int affinity_ok = 1; int i; /* Check that the affinity that will be used to perform each ** comparison is the same as the affinity of each column in table ** on the RHS of the IN operator. If it not, it is not possible to ** use any index of the RHS table. */ for(i=0; ipLeft, i); int iCol = pEList->a[i].pExpr->iColumn; char idxaff = sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(pTab,iCol); /* RHS table */ char cmpaff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pLhs, idxaff); testcase( cmpaff==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ); testcase( cmpaff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); switch( cmpaff ){ case SQLITE_AFF_BLOB: break; case SQLITE_AFF_TEXT: /* sqlite3CompareAffinity() only returns TEXT if one side or the ** other has no affinity and the other side is TEXT. Hence, ** the only way for cmpaff to be TEXT is for idxaff to be TEXT ** and for the term on the LHS of the IN to have no affinity. */ assert( idxaff==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); break; default: affinity_ok = sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(idxaff); } } if( affinity_ok ){ /* Search for an existing index that will work for this IN operator */ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && eType==0; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ Bitmask colUsed; /* Columns of the index used */ Bitmask mCol; /* Mask for the current column */ if( pIdx->nColumnnColumn==BMS-2 ); testcase( pIdx->nColumn==BMS-1 ); if( pIdx->nColumn>=BMS-1 ) continue; if( mustBeUnique ){ if( pIdx->nKeyCol>nExpr ||(pIdx->nColumn>nExpr && !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx)) ){ continue; /* This index is not unique over the IN RHS columns */ } } colUsed = 0; /* Columns of index used so far */ for(i=0; ipLeft, i); Expr *pRhs = pEList->a[i].pExpr; CollSeq *pReq = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLhs, pRhs); int j; assert( pReq!=0 || pRhs->iColumn==XN_ROWID || pParse->nErr ); for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]!=pRhs->iColumn ) continue; assert( pIdx->azColl[j] ); if( pReq!=0 && sqlite3StrICmp(pReq->zName, pIdx->azColl[j])!=0 ){ continue; } break; } if( j==nExpr ) break; mCol = MASKBIT(j); if( mCol & colUsed ) break; /* Each column used only once */ colUsed |= mCol; if( aiMap ) aiMap[i] = j; } assert( i==nExpr || colUsed!=(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) ); if( colUsed==(MASKBIT(nExpr)-1) ){ /* If we reach this point, that means the index pIdx is usable */ int iAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 0, "USING INDEX %s FOR IN-OPERATOR",pIdx->zName)); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iTab, pIdx->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); assert( IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC == IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC+1 ); eType = IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC + pIdx->aSortOrder[0]; if( prRhsHasNull ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK i64 mask = (1<nMem; if( nExpr==1 ){ sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, iTab, *prRhsHasNull); } } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddr); } } /* End loop over indexes */ } /* End if( affinity_ok ) */ } /* End if not an rowid index */ } /* End attempt to optimize using an index */ /* If no preexisting index is available for the IN clause ** and IN_INDEX_NOOP is an allowed reply ** and the RHS of the IN operator is a list, not a subquery ** and the RHS is not constant or has two or fewer terms, ** then it is not worth creating an ephemeral table to evaluate ** the IN operator so return IN_INDEX_NOOP. */ if( eType==0 && (inFlags & IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK) && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) && (!sqlite3InRhsIsConstant(pX) || pX->x.pList->nExpr<=2) ){ eType = IN_INDEX_NOOP; } if( eType==0 ){ /* Could not find an existing table or index to use as the RHS b-tree. ** We will have to generate an ephemeral table to do the job. */ u32 savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; int rMayHaveNull = 0; eType = IN_INDEX_EPH; if( inFlags & IN_INDEX_LOOP ){ pParse->nQueryLoop = 0; if( pX->pLeft->iColumn<0 && !ExprHasProperty(pX, EP_xIsSelect) ){ eType = IN_INDEX_ROWID; } }else if( prRhsHasNull ){ *prRhsHasNull = rMayHaveNull = ++pParse->nMem; } sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pX, rMayHaveNull, eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID); pParse->nQueryLoop = savedNQueryLoop; }else{ pX->iTable = iTab; } if( aiMap && eType!=IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC && eType!=IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){ int i, n; n = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pX->pLeft); for(i=0; ipLeft; int nVal = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pLeft); Select *pSelect = (pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ? pExpr->x.pSelect : 0; char *zRet; assert( pExpr->op==TK_IN ); zRet = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pParse->db, nVal+1); if( zRet ){ int i; for(i=0; ipEList->a[i].pExpr, a); }else{ zRet[i] = a; } } zRet[nVal] = '\0'; } return zRet; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* ** Load the Parse object passed as the first argument with an error ** message of the form: ** ** "sub-select returns N columns - expected M" */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SubselectError(Parse *pParse, int nActual, int nExpect){ const char *zFmt = "sub-select returns %d columns - expected %d"; sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, zFmt, nActual, nExpect); } #endif /* ** Expression pExpr is a vector that has been used in a context where ** it is not permitted. If pExpr is a sub-select vector, this routine ** loads the Parse object with a message of the form: ** ** "sub-select returns N columns - expected 1" ** ** Or, if it is a regular scalar vector: ** ** "row value misused" */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY if( pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){ sqlite3SubselectError(pParse, pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr, 1); }else #endif { sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused"); } } /* ** Generate code for scalar subqueries used as a subquery expression, EXISTS, ** or IN operators. Examples: ** ** (SELECT a FROM b) -- subquery ** EXISTS (SELECT a FROM b) -- EXISTS subquery ** x IN (4,5,11) -- IN operator with list on right-hand side ** x IN (SELECT a FROM b) -- IN operator with subquery on the right ** ** The pExpr parameter describes the expression that contains the IN ** operator or subquery. ** ** If parameter isRowid is non-zero, then expression pExpr is guaranteed ** to be of the form " IN (?, ?, ?)", where is a reference ** to some integer key column of a table B-Tree. In this case, use an ** intkey B-Tree to store the set of IN(...) values instead of the usual ** (slower) variable length keys B-Tree. ** ** If rMayHaveNull is non-zero, that means that the operation is an IN ** (not a SELECT or EXISTS) and that the RHS might contains NULLs. ** All this routine does is initialize the register given by rMayHaveNull ** to NULL. Calling routines will take care of changing this register ** value to non-NULL if the RHS is NULL-free. ** ** For a SELECT or EXISTS operator, return the register that holds the ** result. For a multi-column SELECT, the result is stored in a contiguous ** array of registers and the return value is the register of the left-most ** result column. Return 0 for IN operators or if an error occurs. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CodeSubselect( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The IN, SELECT, or EXISTS operator */ int rHasNullFlag, /* Register that records whether NULLs exist in RHS */ int isRowid /* If true, LHS of IN operator is a rowid */ ){ int jmpIfDynamic = -1; /* One-time test address */ int rReg = 0; /* Register storing resulting */ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return 0; /* The evaluation of the IN/EXISTS/SELECT must be repeated every time it ** is encountered if any of the following is true: ** ** * The right-hand side is a correlated subquery ** * The right-hand side is an expression list containing variables ** * We are inside a trigger ** ** If all of the above are false, then we can run this code just once ** save the results, and reuse the same result on subsequent invocations. */ if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_VarSelect) ){ jmpIfDynamic = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); } switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_IN: { int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral instruction */ Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; /* the LHS of the IN operator */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Key information */ int nVal; /* Size of vector pLeft */ nVal = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pLeft); assert( !isRowid || nVal==1 ); /* Whether this is an 'x IN(SELECT...)' or an 'x IN()' ** expression it is handled the same way. An ephemeral table is ** filled with index keys representing the results from the ** SELECT or the . ** ** If the 'x' expression is a column value, or the SELECT... ** statement returns a column value, then the affinity of that ** column is used to build the index keys. If both 'x' and the ** SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity is used ** if either column has NUMERIC or INTEGER affinity. If neither ** 'x' nor the SELECT... statement are columns, then numeric affinity ** is used. */ pExpr->iTable = pParse->nTab++; addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pExpr->iTable, (isRowid?0:nVal)); pKeyInfo = isRowid ? 0 : sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nVal, 1); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ /* Case 1: expr IN (SELECT ...) ** ** Generate code to write the results of the select into the temporary ** table allocated and opened above. */ Select *pSelect = pExpr->x.pSelect; ExprList *pEList = pSelect->pEList; ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "%sLIST SUBQUERY", jmpIfDynamic>=0?"":"CORRELATED " )); assert( !isRowid ); /* If the LHS and RHS of the IN operator do not match, that ** error will have been caught long before we reach this point. */ if( ALWAYS(pEList->nExpr==nVal) ){ SelectDest dest; int i; sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Set, pExpr->iTable); dest.zAffSdst = exprINAffinity(pParse, pExpr); pSelect->iLimit = 0; testcase( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ); testcase( pKeyInfo==0 ); /* Caused by OOM in sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc() */ if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest) ){ sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, dest.zAffSdst); sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo); return 0; } sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, dest.zAffSdst); assert( pKeyInfo!=0 ); /* OOM will cause exit after sqlite3Select() */ assert( pEList!=0 ); assert( pEList->nExpr>0 ); assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); for(i=0; iaColl[i] = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq( pParse, p, pEList->a[i].pExpr ); } } }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList!=0) ){ /* Case 2: expr IN (exprlist) ** ** For each expression, build an index key from the evaluation and ** store it in the temporary table. If is a column, then use ** that columns affinity when building index keys. If is not ** a column, use numeric affinity. */ char affinity; /* Affinity of the LHS of the IN */ int i; ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; struct ExprList_item *pItem; int r1, r2, r3; affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft); if( !affinity ){ affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; } if( pKeyInfo ){ assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyInfo) ); pKeyInfo->aColl[0] = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); } /* Loop through each expression in . */ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); if( isRowid ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, 0, r2, 0, "", P4_STATIC); for(i=pList->nExpr, pItem=pList->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ Expr *pE2 = pItem->pExpr; int iValToIns; /* If the expression is not constant then we will need to ** disable the test that was generated above that makes sure ** this code only executes once. Because for a non-constant ** expression we need to rerun this code each time. */ if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pE2) ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, jmpIfDynamic); jmpIfDynamic = -1; } /* Evaluate the expression and insert it into the temp table */ if( isRowid && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pE2, &iValToIns) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InsertInt, pExpr->iTable, r2, iValToIns); }else{ r3 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pE2, r1); if( isRowid ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, r3, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, r3, 1, r2, &affinity, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, pExpr->iTable, r2, r3, 1); } } } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); } if( pKeyInfo ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (void *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); } break; } case TK_EXISTS: case TK_SELECT: default: { /* Case 3: (SELECT ... FROM ...) ** or: EXISTS(SELECT ... FROM ...) ** ** For a SELECT, generate code to put the values for all columns of ** the first row into an array of registers and return the index of ** the first register. ** ** If this is an EXISTS, write an integer 0 (not exists) or 1 (exists) ** into a register and return that register number. ** ** In both cases, the query is augmented with "LIMIT 1". Any ** preexisting limit is discarded in place of the new LIMIT 1. */ Select *pSel; /* SELECT statement to encode */ SelectDest dest; /* How to deal with SELECT result */ int nReg; /* Registers to allocate */ Expr *pLimit; /* New limit expression */ testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); assert( pExpr->op==TK_EXISTS || pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ); assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); pSel = pExpr->x.pSelect; ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "%sSCALAR SUBQUERY", jmpIfDynamic>=0?"":"CORRELATED ")); nReg = pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ? pSel->pEList->nExpr : 1; sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, 0, pParse->nMem+1); pParse->nMem += nReg; if( pExpr->op==TK_SELECT ){ dest.eDest = SRT_Mem; dest.iSdst = dest.iSDParm; dest.nSdst = nReg; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, dest.iSDParm, dest.iSDParm+nReg-1); VdbeComment((v, "Init subquery result")); }else{ dest.eDest = SRT_Exists; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, dest.iSDParm); VdbeComment((v, "Init EXISTS result")); } pLimit = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER,&sqlite3IntTokens[1], 0); if( pSel->pLimit ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pSel->pLimit->pLeft); pSel->pLimit->pLeft = pLimit; }else{ pSel->pLimit = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LIMIT, pLimit, 0); } pSel->iLimit = 0; if( sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest) ){ return 0; } rReg = dest.iSDParm; ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); break; } } if( rHasNullFlag ){ sqlite3SetHasNullFlag(v, pExpr->iTable, rHasNullFlag); } if( jmpIfDynamic>=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmpIfDynamic); } return rReg; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* ** Expr pIn is an IN(...) expression. This function checks that the ** sub-select on the RHS of the IN() operator has the same number of ** columns as the vector on the LHS. Or, if the RHS of the IN() is not ** a sub-query, that the LHS is a vector of size 1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCheckIN(Parse *pParse, Expr *pIn){ int nVector = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pIn->pLeft); if( (pIn->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){ if( nVector!=pIn->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr ){ sqlite3SubselectError(pParse, pIn->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr, nVector); return 1; } }else if( nVector!=1 ){ sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(pParse, pIn->pLeft); return 1; } return 0; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* ** Generate code for an IN expression. ** ** x IN (SELECT ...) ** x IN (value, value, ...) ** ** The left-hand side (LHS) is a scalar or vector expression. The ** right-hand side (RHS) is an array of zero or more scalar values, or a ** subquery. If the RHS is a subquery, the number of result columns must ** match the number of columns in the vector on the LHS. If the RHS is ** a list of values, the LHS must be a scalar. ** ** The IN operator is true if the LHS value is contained within the RHS. ** The result is false if the LHS is definitely not in the RHS. The ** result is NULL if the presence of the LHS in the RHS cannot be ** determined due to NULLs. ** ** This routine generates code that jumps to destIfFalse if the LHS is not ** contained within the RHS. If due to NULLs we cannot determine if the LHS ** is contained in the RHS then jump to destIfNull. If the LHS is contained ** within the RHS then fall through. ** ** See the separate in-operator.md documentation file in the canonical ** SQLite source tree for additional information. */ static void sqlite3ExprCodeIN( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The IN expression */ int destIfFalse, /* Jump here if LHS is not contained in the RHS */ int destIfNull /* Jump here if the results are unknown due to NULLs */ ){ int rRhsHasNull = 0; /* Register that is true if RHS contains NULL values */ int eType; /* Type of the RHS */ int rLhs; /* Register(s) holding the LHS values */ int rLhsOrig; /* LHS values prior to reordering by aiMap[] */ Vdbe *v; /* Statement under construction */ int *aiMap = 0; /* Map from vector field to index column */ char *zAff = 0; /* Affinity string for comparisons */ int nVector; /* Size of vectors for this IN operator */ int iDummy; /* Dummy parameter to exprCodeVector() */ Expr *pLeft; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ int i; /* loop counter */ int destStep2; /* Where to jump when NULLs seen in step 2 */ int destStep6 = 0; /* Start of code for Step 6 */ int addrTruthOp; /* Address of opcode that determines the IN is true */ int destNotNull; /* Jump here if a comparison is not true in step 6 */ int addrTop; /* Top of the step-6 loop */ pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; if( sqlite3ExprCheckIN(pParse, pExpr) ) return; zAff = exprINAffinity(pParse, pExpr); nVector = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft); aiMap = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero( pParse->db, nVector*(sizeof(int) + sizeof(char)) + 1 ); if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) goto sqlite3ExprCodeIN_oom_error; /* Attempt to compute the RHS. After this step, if anything other than ** IN_INDEX_NOOP is returned, the table opened ith cursor pExpr->iTable ** contains the values that make up the RHS. If IN_INDEX_NOOP is returned, ** the RHS has not yet been coded. */ v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( v!=0 ); /* OOM detected prior to this routine */ VdbeNoopComment((v, "begin IN expr")); eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pExpr, IN_INDEX_MEMBERSHIP | IN_INDEX_NOOP_OK, destIfFalse==destIfNull ? 0 : &rRhsHasNull, aiMap); assert( pParse->nErr || nVector==1 || eType==IN_INDEX_EPH || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_ASC || eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Confirm that aiMap[] contains nVector integer values between 0 and ** nVector-1. */ for(i=0; i from " IN (...)". If the LHS is a ** vector, then it is stored in an array of nVector registers starting ** at r1. ** ** sqlite3FindInIndex() might have reordered the fields of the LHS vector ** so that the fields are in the same order as an existing index. The ** aiMap[] array contains a mapping from the original LHS field order to ** the field order that matches the RHS index. */ rLhsOrig = exprCodeVector(pParse, pLeft, &iDummy); for(i=0; ix.pList; CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft); int labelOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int r2, regToFree; int regCkNull = 0; int ii; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); if( destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){ regCkNull = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, rLhs, rLhs, regCkNull); } for(ii=0; iinExpr; ii++){ r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pList->a[ii].pExpr, ®ToFree); if( regCkNull && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pList->a[ii].pExpr) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_BitAnd, regCkNull, r2, regCkNull); } if( iinExpr-1 || destIfNull!=destIfFalse ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Eq, rLhs, labelOk, r2, (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, iinExpr-1); VdbeCoverageIf(v, ii==pList->nExpr-1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, zAff[0]); }else{ assert( destIfNull==destIfFalse ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, rLhs, destIfFalse, r2, (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, zAff[0] | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regToFree); } if( regCkNull ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regCkNull, destIfNull); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelOk); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regCkNull); goto sqlite3ExprCodeIN_finished; } /* Step 2: Check to see if the LHS contains any NULL columns. If the ** LHS does contain NULLs then the result must be either FALSE or NULL. ** We will then skip the binary search of the RHS. */ if( destIfNull==destIfFalse ){ destStep2 = destIfFalse; }else{ destStep2 = destStep6 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); } for(i=0; ipLeft, i); if( sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(p) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, rLhs+i, destStep2); VdbeCoverage(v); } } /* Step 3. The LHS is now known to be non-NULL. Do the binary search ** of the RHS using the LHS as a probe. If found, the result is ** true. */ if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ /* In this case, the RHS is the ROWID of table b-tree and so we also ** know that the RHS is non-NULL. Hence, we combine steps 3 and 4 ** into a single opcode. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, rLhs); VdbeCoverage(v); addrTruthOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); /* Return True */ }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, rLhs, nVector, 0, zAff, nVector); if( destIfFalse==destIfNull ){ /* Combine Step 3 and Step 5 into a single opcode */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse, rLhs, nVector); VdbeCoverage(v); goto sqlite3ExprCodeIN_finished; } /* Ordinary Step 3, for the case where FALSE and NULL are distinct */ addrTruthOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, pExpr->iTable, 0, rLhs, nVector); VdbeCoverage(v); } /* Step 4. If the RHS is known to be non-NULL and we did not find ** an match on the search above, then the result must be FALSE. */ if( rRhsHasNull && nVector==1 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, rRhsHasNull, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v); } /* Step 5. If we do not care about the difference between NULL and ** FALSE, then just return false. */ if( destIfFalse==destIfNull ) sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, destIfFalse); /* Step 6: Loop through rows of the RHS. Compare each row to the LHS. ** If any comparison is NULL, then the result is NULL. If all ** comparisons are FALSE then the final result is FALSE. ** ** For a scalar LHS, it is sufficient to check just the first row ** of the RHS. */ if( destStep6 ) sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destStep6); addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pExpr->iTable, destIfFalse); VdbeCoverage(v); if( nVector>1 ){ destNotNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); }else{ /* For nVector==1, combine steps 6 and 7 by immediately returning ** FALSE if the first comparison is not NULL */ destNotNull = destIfFalse; } for(i=0; iiTable, i, r3); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, rLhs+i, destNotNull, r3, (void*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r3); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfNull); if( nVector>1 ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destNotNull); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pExpr->iTable, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); /* Step 7: If we reach this point, we know that the result must ** be false. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, destIfFalse); } /* Jumps here in order to return true. */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTruthOp); sqlite3ExprCodeIN_finished: if( rLhs!=rLhsOrig ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rLhs); VdbeComment((v, "end IN expr")); sqlite3ExprCodeIN_oom_error: sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiMap); sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zAff); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* ** Generate an instruction that will put the floating point ** value described by z[0..n-1] into register iMem. ** ** The z[] string will probably not be zero-terminated. But the ** z[n] character is guaranteed to be something that does not look ** like the continuation of the number. */ static void codeReal(Vdbe *v, const char *z, int negateFlag, int iMem){ if( ALWAYS(z!=0) ){ double value; sqlite3AtoF(z, &value, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); assert( !sqlite3IsNaN(value) ); /* The new AtoF never returns NaN */ if( negateFlag ) value = -value; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Real, 0, iMem, 0, (u8*)&value, P4_REAL); } } #endif /* ** Generate an instruction that will put the integer describe by ** text z[0..n-1] into register iMem. ** ** Expr.u.zToken is always UTF8 and zero-terminated. */ static void codeInteger(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int negFlag, int iMem){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; if( pExpr->flags & EP_IntValue ){ int i = pExpr->u.iValue; assert( i>=0 ); if( negFlag ) i = -i; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, iMem); }else{ int c; i64 value; const char *z = pExpr->u.zToken; assert( z!=0 ); c = sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &value); if( (c==3 && !negFlag) || (c==2) || (negFlag && value==SMALLEST_INT64)){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "oversized integer: %s%s", negFlag ? "-" : "", z); #else #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER if( sqlite3_strnicmp(z,"0x",2)==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "hex literal too big: %s%s", negFlag?"-":"",z); }else #endif { codeReal(v, z, negFlag, iMem); } #endif }else{ if( negFlag ){ value = c==3 ? SMALLEST_INT64 : -value; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_Int64, 0, iMem, 0, (u8*)&value, P4_INT64); } } } /* Generate code that will load into register regOut a value that is ** appropriate for the iIdxCol-th column of index pIdx. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ Index *pIdx, /* The index whose column is to be loaded */ int iTabCur, /* Cursor pointing to a table row */ int iIdxCol, /* The column of the index to be loaded */ int regOut /* Store the index column value in this register */ ){ i16 iTabCol = pIdx->aiColumn[iIdxCol]; if( iTabCol==XN_EXPR ){ assert( pIdx->aColExpr ); assert( pIdx->aColExpr->nExpr>iIdxCol ); pParse->iSelfTab = iTabCur + 1; sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIdx->aColExpr->a[iIdxCol].pExpr, regOut); pParse->iSelfTab = 0; }else{ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(pParse->pVdbe, pIdx->pTable, iTabCur, iTabCol, regOut); } } /* ** Generate code to extract the value of the iCol-th column of a table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable( Vdbe *v, /* The VDBE under construction */ Table *pTab, /* The table containing the value */ int iTabCur, /* The table cursor. Or the PK cursor for WITHOUT ROWID */ int iCol, /* Index of the column to extract */ int regOut /* Extract the value into this register */ ){ if( pTab==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iTabCur, iCol, regOut); return; } if( iCol<0 || iCol==pTab->iPKey ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTabCur, regOut); }else{ int op = IsVirtual(pTab) ? OP_VColumn : OP_Column; int x = iCol; if( !HasRowid(pTab) && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab), iCol); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iTabCur, x, regOut); } if( iCol>=0 ){ sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, iCol, regOut); } } /* ** Generate code that will extract the iColumn-th column from ** table pTab and store the column value in register iReg. ** ** There must be an open cursor to pTab in iTable when this routine ** is called. If iColumn<0 then code is generated that extracts the rowid. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Table *pTab, /* Description of the table we are reading from */ int iColumn, /* Index of the table column */ int iTable, /* The cursor pointing to the table */ int iReg, /* Store results here */ u8 p5 /* P5 value for OP_Column + FLAGS */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( v!=0 ); sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTable, iColumn, iReg); if( p5 ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5); } return iReg; } /* ** Generate code to move content from registers iFrom...iFrom+nReg-1 ** over to iTo..iTo+nReg-1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeMove(Parse *pParse, int iFrom, int iTo, int nReg){ assert( iFrom>=iTo+nReg || iFrom+nReg<=iTo ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Move, iFrom, iTo, nReg); } /* ** Convert a scalar expression node to a TK_REGISTER referencing ** register iReg. The caller must ensure that iReg already contains ** the correct value for the expression. */ static void exprToRegister(Expr *p, int iReg){ p->op2 = p->op; p->op = TK_REGISTER; p->iTable = iReg; ExprClearProperty(p, EP_Skip); } /* ** Evaluate an expression (either a vector or a scalar expression) and store ** the result in continguous temporary registers. Return the index of ** the first register used to store the result. ** ** If the returned result register is a temporary scalar, then also write ** that register number into *piFreeable. If the returned result register ** is not a temporary or if the expression is a vector set *piFreeable ** to 0. */ static int exprCodeVector(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, int *piFreeable){ int iResult; int nResult = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(p); if( nResult==1 ){ iResult = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, p, piFreeable); }else{ *piFreeable = 0; if( p->op==TK_SELECT ){ #if SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY iResult = 0; #else iResult = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, p, 0, 0); #endif }else{ int i; iResult = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nResult; for(i=0; ix.pList->a[i].pExpr, i+iResult); } } } return iResult; } /* ** Generate code into the current Vdbe to evaluate the given ** expression. Attempt to store the results in register "target". ** Return the register where results are stored. ** ** With this routine, there is no guarantee that results will ** be stored in target. The result might be stored in some other ** register if it is convenient to do so. The calling function ** must check the return code and move the results to the desired ** register. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The VM under construction */ int op; /* The opcode being coded */ int inReg = target; /* Results stored in register inReg */ int regFree1 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ int regFree2 = 0; /* If non-zero free this temporary register */ int r1, r2; /* Various register numbers */ Expr tempX; /* Temporary expression node */ int p5 = 0; assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); if( v==0 ){ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); return 0; } expr_code_doover: if( pExpr==0 ){ op = TK_NULL; }else{ op = pExpr->op; } switch( op ){ case TK_AGG_COLUMN: { AggInfo *pAggInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; struct AggInfo_col *pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[pExpr->iAgg]; if( !pAggInfo->directMode ){ assert( pCol->iMem>0 ); return pCol->iMem; }else if( pAggInfo->useSortingIdx ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pAggInfo->sortingIdxPTab, pCol->iSorterColumn, target); return target; } /* Otherwise, fall thru into the TK_COLUMN case */ } case TK_COLUMN: { int iTab = pExpr->iTable; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FixedCol) ){ /* This COLUMN expression is really a constant due to WHERE clause ** constraints, and that constant is coded by the pExpr->pLeft ** expresssion. However, make sure the constant has the correct ** datatype by applying the Affinity of the table column to the ** constant. */ int iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft,target); int aff = sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(pExpr->pTab, pExpr->iColumn); if( aff!=SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ static const char zAff[] = "B\000C\000D\000E"; assert( SQLITE_AFF_BLOB=='A' ); assert( SQLITE_AFF_TEXT=='B' ); if( iReg!=target ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iReg, target); iReg = target; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, 1, 0, &zAff[(aff-'B')*2], P4_STATIC); } return iReg; } if( iTab<0 ){ if( pParse->iSelfTab<0 ){ /* Generating CHECK constraints or inserting into partial index */ return pExpr->iColumn - pParse->iSelfTab; }else{ /* Coding an expression that is part of an index where column names ** in the index refer to the table to which the index belongs */ iTab = pParse->iSelfTab - 1; } } return sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumn(pParse, pExpr->pTab, pExpr->iColumn, iTab, target, pExpr->op2); } case TK_INTEGER: { codeInteger(pParse, pExpr, 0, target); return target; } case TK_TRUEFALSE: { sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr), target); return target; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT case TK_FLOAT: { assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); codeReal(v, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, target); return target; } #endif case TK_STRING: { assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, pExpr->u.zToken); return target; } case TK_NULL: { sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); return target; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL case TK_BLOB: { int n; const char *z; char *zBlob; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='x' || pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='X' ); assert( pExpr->u.zToken[1]=='\'' ); z = &pExpr->u.zToken[2]; n = sqlite3Strlen30(z) - 1; assert( z[n]=='\'' ); zBlob = sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), z, n); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, n/2, target, 0, zBlob, P4_DYNAMIC); return target; } #endif case TK_VARIABLE: { assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); assert( pExpr->u.zToken!=0 ); assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]!=0 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Variable, pExpr->iColumn, target); if( pExpr->u.zToken[1]!=0 ){ const char *z = sqlite3VListNumToName(pParse->pVList, pExpr->iColumn); assert( pExpr->u.zToken[0]=='?' || strcmp(pExpr->u.zToken, z)==0 ); pParse->pVList[0] = 0; /* Indicate VList may no longer be enlarged */ sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (char*)z, P4_STATIC); } return target; } case TK_REGISTER: { return pExpr->iTable; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CAST case TK_CAST: { /* Expressions of the form: CAST(pLeft AS token) */ inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); if( inReg!=target ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); inReg = target; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Cast, target, sqlite3AffinityType(pExpr->u.zToken, 0)); return inReg; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CAST */ case TK_IS: case TK_ISNOT: op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; p5 = SQLITE_NULLEQ; /* fall-through */ case TK_LT: case TK_LE: case TK_GT: case TK_GE: case TK_NE: case TK_EQ: { Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pLeft) ){ codeVectorCompare(pParse, pExpr, target, op, p5); }else{ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pLeft, ®Free1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); codeCompare(pParse, pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, r1, r2, inReg, SQLITE_STOREP2 | p5); assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Eq); assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ne); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( regFree2==0 ); } break; } case TK_AND: case TK_OR: case TK_PLUS: case TK_STAR: case TK_MINUS: case TK_REM: case TK_BITAND: case TK_BITOR: case TK_SLASH: case TK_LSHIFT: case TK_RSHIFT: case TK_CONCAT: { assert( TK_AND==OP_And ); testcase( op==TK_AND ); assert( TK_OR==OP_Or ); testcase( op==TK_OR ); assert( TK_PLUS==OP_Add ); testcase( op==TK_PLUS ); assert( TK_MINUS==OP_Subtract ); testcase( op==TK_MINUS ); assert( TK_REM==OP_Remainder ); testcase( op==TK_REM ); assert( TK_BITAND==OP_BitAnd ); testcase( op==TK_BITAND ); assert( TK_BITOR==OP_BitOr ); testcase( op==TK_BITOR ); assert( TK_SLASH==OP_Divide ); testcase( op==TK_SLASH ); assert( TK_LSHIFT==OP_ShiftLeft ); testcase( op==TK_LSHIFT ); assert( TK_RSHIFT==OP_ShiftRight ); testcase( op==TK_RSHIFT ); assert( TK_CONCAT==OP_Concat ); testcase( op==TK_CONCAT ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, r2, r1, target); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( regFree2==0 ); break; } case TK_UMINUS: { Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; assert( pLeft ); if( pLeft->op==TK_INTEGER ){ codeInteger(pParse, pLeft, 1, target); return target; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT }else if( pLeft->op==TK_FLOAT ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); codeReal(v, pLeft->u.zToken, 1, target); return target; #endif }else{ tempX.op = TK_INTEGER; tempX.flags = EP_IntValue|EP_TokenOnly; tempX.u.iValue = 0; r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, &tempX, ®Free1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, r2, r1, target); testcase( regFree2==0 ); } break; } case TK_BITNOT: case TK_NOT: { assert( TK_BITNOT==OP_BitNot ); testcase( op==TK_BITNOT ); assert( TK_NOT==OP_Not ); testcase( op==TK_NOT ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); testcase( regFree1==0 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, inReg); break; } case TK_TRUTH: { int isTrue; /* IS TRUE or IS NOT TRUE */ int bNormal; /* IS TRUE or IS FALSE */ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); testcase( regFree1==0 ); isTrue = sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr->pRight); bNormal = pExpr->op2==TK_IS; testcase( isTrue && bNormal); testcase( !isTrue && bNormal); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IsTrue, r1, inReg, !isTrue, isTrue ^ bNormal); break; } case TK_ISNULL: case TK_NOTNULL: { int addr; assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); testcase( regFree1==0 ); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, op, r1); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, target); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); break; } case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { AggInfo *pInfo = pExpr->pAggInfo; if( pInfo==0 ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate: %s()", pExpr->u.zToken); }else{ return pInfo->aFunc[pExpr->iAgg].iMem; } break; } case TK_FUNCTION: { ExprList *pFarg; /* List of function arguments */ int nFarg; /* Number of function arguments */ FuncDef *pDef; /* The function definition object */ const char *zId; /* The function name */ u32 constMask = 0; /* Mask of function arguments that are constant */ int i; /* Loop counter */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ u8 enc = ENC(db); /* The text encoding used by this database */ CollSeq *pColl = 0; /* A collating sequence */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) && pExpr->pWin ){ return pExpr->pWin->regResult; } #endif if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){ /* SQL functions can be expensive. So try to move constant functions ** out of the inner loop, even if that means an extra OP_Copy. */ return sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, -1); } assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) ){ pFarg = 0; }else{ pFarg = pExpr->x.pList; } nFarg = pFarg ? pFarg->nExpr : 0; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); zId = pExpr->u.zToken; pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zId, nFarg, enc, 0); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION if( pDef==0 && pParse->explain ){ pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, "unknown", nFarg, enc, 0); } #endif if( pDef==0 || pDef->xFinalize!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown function: %s()", zId); break; } /* Attempt a direct implementation of the built-in COALESCE() and ** IFNULL() functions. This avoids unnecessary evaluation of ** arguments past the first non-NULL argument. */ if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE ){ int endCoalesce = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); assert( nFarg>=2 ); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); for(i=1; ia[i].pExpr, target); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endCoalesce); break; } /* The UNLIKELY() function is a no-op. The result is the value ** of the first argument. */ if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){ assert( nFarg>=1 ); return sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pFarg->a[0].pExpr, target); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* The AFFINITY() function evaluates to a string that describes ** the type affinity of the argument. This is used for testing of ** the SQLite type logic. */ if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY ){ const char *azAff[] = { "blob", "text", "numeric", "integer", "real" }; char aff; assert( nFarg==1 ); aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pFarg->a[0].pExpr); sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, target, aff ? azAff[aff-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB] : "none"); return target; } #endif for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr) ){ testcase( i==31 ); constMask |= MASKBIT32(i); } if( (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL)!=0 && !pColl ){ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pFarg->a[i].pExpr); } } if( pFarg ){ if( constMask ){ r1 = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nFarg; }else{ r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nFarg); } /* For length() and typeof() functions with a column argument, ** set the P5 parameter to the OP_Column opcode to OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ** or OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG respectively, to avoid unnecessary data ** loading. */ if( (pDef->funcFlags & (SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH|SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF))!=0 ){ u8 exprOp; assert( nFarg==1 ); assert( pFarg->a[0].pExpr!=0 ); exprOp = pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op; if( exprOp==TK_COLUMN || exprOp==TK_AGG_COLUMN ){ assert( SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH==OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); assert( SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF==OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG ); testcase( pDef->funcFlags & OPFLAG_LENGTHARG ); pFarg->a[0].pExpr->op2 = pDef->funcFlags & (OPFLAG_LENGTHARG|OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); } } sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pFarg, r1, 0, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP|SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR); }else{ r1 = 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Possibly overload the function if the first argument is ** a virtual table column. ** ** For infix functions (LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, and MATCH) use the ** second argument, not the first, as the argument to test to ** see if it is a column in a virtual table. This is done because ** the left operand of infix functions (the operand we want to ** control overloading) ends up as the second argument to the ** function. The expression "A glob B" is equivalent to ** "glob(B,A). We want to use the A in "A glob B" to test ** for function overloading. But we use the B term in "glob(B,A)". */ if( nFarg>=2 && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_InfixFunc) ){ pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[1].pExpr); }else if( nFarg>0 ){ pDef = sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(db, pDef, nFarg, pFarg->a[0].pExpr); } #endif if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ if( !pColl ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_OFFSET ){ Expr *pArg = pFarg->a[0].pExpr; if( pArg->op==TK_COLUMN ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Offset, pArg->iTable, pArg->iColumn, target); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); } }else #endif { sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, pParse->iSelfTab ? OP_PureFunc0 : OP_Function0, constMask, r1, target, (char*)pDef, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nFarg); } if( nFarg && constMask==0 ){ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nFarg); } return target; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_EXISTS: case TK_SELECT: { int nCol; testcase( op==TK_EXISTS ); testcase( op==TK_SELECT ); if( op==TK_SELECT && (nCol = pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr)!=1 ){ sqlite3SubselectError(pParse, nCol, 1); }else{ return sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr, 0, 0); } break; } case TK_SELECT_COLUMN: { int n; if( pExpr->pLeft->iTable==0 ){ pExpr->pLeft->iTable = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, 0, 0); } assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_SELECT ); if( pExpr->iTable && pExpr->iTable!=(n = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft)) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d columns assigned %d values", pExpr->iTable, n); } return pExpr->pLeft->iTable + pExpr->iColumn; } case TK_IN: { int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, target); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, target, 0); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); return target; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* ** x BETWEEN y AND z ** ** This is equivalent to ** ** x>=y AND x<=z ** ** X is stored in pExpr->pLeft. ** Y is stored in pExpr->pList->a[0].pExpr. ** Z is stored in pExpr->pList->a[1].pExpr. */ case TK_BETWEEN: { exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, target, 0, 0); return target; } case TK_SPAN: case TK_COLLATE: case TK_UPLUS: { pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; goto expr_code_doover; /* 2018-04-28: Prevent deep recursion. OSSFuzz. */ } case TK_TRIGGER: { /* If the opcode is TK_TRIGGER, then the expression is a reference ** to a column in the new.* or old.* pseudo-tables available to ** trigger programs. In this case Expr.iTable is set to 1 for the ** new.* pseudo-table, or 0 for the old.* pseudo-table. Expr.iColumn ** is set to the column of the pseudo-table to read, or to -1 to ** read the rowid field. ** ** The expression is implemented using an OP_Param opcode. The p1 ** parameter is set to 0 for an old.rowid reference, or to (i+1) ** to reference another column of the old.* pseudo-table, where ** i is the index of the column. For a new.rowid reference, p1 is ** set to (n+1), where n is the number of columns in each pseudo-table. ** For a reference to any other column in the new.* pseudo-table, p1 ** is set to (n+2+i), where n and i are as defined previously. For ** example, if the table on which triggers are being fired is ** declared as: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b); ** ** Then p1 is interpreted as follows: ** ** p1==0 -> old.rowid p1==3 -> new.rowid ** p1==1 -> old.a p1==4 -> new.a ** p1==2 -> old.b p1==5 -> new.b */ Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab; int p1 = pExpr->iTable * (pTab->nCol+1) + 1 + pExpr->iColumn; assert( pExpr->iTable==0 || pExpr->iTable==1 ); assert( pExpr->iColumn>=-1 && pExpr->iColumnnCol ); assert( pTab->iPKey<0 || pExpr->iColumn!=pTab->iPKey ); assert( p1>=0 && p1<(pTab->nCol*2+2) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Param, p1, target); VdbeComment((v, "r[%d]=%s.%s", target, (pExpr->iTable ? "new" : "old"), (pExpr->iColumn<0 ? "rowid" : pExpr->pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName) )); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* If the column has REAL affinity, it may currently be stored as an ** integer. Use OP_RealAffinity to make sure it is really real. ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-60985-57662 SQLite will convert the value back to ** floating point when extracting it from the record. */ if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, target); } #endif break; } case TK_VECTOR: { sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "row value misused"); break; } case TK_IF_NULL_ROW: { int addrINR; addrINR = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNullRow, pExpr->iTable); inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, target); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrINR); sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, addrINR, inReg); break; } /* ** Form A: ** CASE x WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END ** ** Form B: ** CASE WHEN e1 THEN r1 WHEN e2 THEN r2 ... WHEN eN THEN rN ELSE y END ** ** Form A is can be transformed into the equivalent form B as follows: ** CASE WHEN x=e1 THEN r1 WHEN x=e2 THEN r2 ... ** WHEN x=eN THEN rN ELSE y END ** ** X (if it exists) is in pExpr->pLeft. ** Y is in the last element of pExpr->x.pList if pExpr->x.pList->nExpr is ** odd. The Y is also optional. If the number of elements in x.pList ** is even, then Y is omitted and the "otherwise" result is NULL. ** Ei is in pExpr->pList->a[i*2] and Ri is pExpr->pList->a[i*2+1]. ** ** The result of the expression is the Ri for the first matching Ei, ** or if there is no matching Ei, the ELSE term Y, or if there is ** no ELSE term, NULL. */ default: assert( op==TK_CASE ); { int endLabel; /* GOTO label for end of CASE stmt */ int nextCase; /* GOTO label for next WHEN clause */ int nExpr; /* 2x number of WHEN terms */ int i; /* Loop counter */ ExprList *pEList; /* List of WHEN terms */ struct ExprList_item *aListelem; /* Array of WHEN terms */ Expr opCompare; /* The X==Ei expression */ Expr *pX; /* The X expression */ Expr *pTest = 0; /* X==Ei (form A) or just Ei (form B) */ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) && pExpr->x.pList ); assert(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr > 0); pEList = pExpr->x.pList; aListelem = pEList->a; nExpr = pEList->nExpr; endLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); if( (pX = pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ tempX = *pX; testcase( pX->op==TK_COLUMN ); exprToRegister(&tempX, exprCodeVector(pParse, &tempX, ®Free1)); testcase( regFree1==0 ); memset(&opCompare, 0, sizeof(opCompare)); opCompare.op = TK_EQ; opCompare.pLeft = &tempX; pTest = &opCompare; /* Ticket b351d95f9cd5ef17e9d9dbae18f5ca8611190001: ** The value in regFree1 might get SCopy-ed into the file result. ** So make sure that the regFree1 register is not reused for other ** purposes and possibly overwritten. */ regFree1 = 0; } for(i=0; iop==TK_COLUMN ); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTest, nextCase, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); testcase( aListelem[i+1].pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aListelem[i+1].pExpr, target); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endLabel); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, nextCase); } if( (nExpr&1)!=0 ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEList->a[nExpr-1].pExpr, target); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, target); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endLabel); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER case TK_RAISE: { assert( pExpr->affinity==OE_Rollback || pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort || pExpr->affinity==OE_Fail || pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ); if( !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "RAISE() may only be used within a trigger-program"); return 0; } if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Abort ){ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); } assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); if( pExpr->affinity==OE_Ignore ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4( v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Ignore, 0, pExpr->u.zToken,0); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER, pExpr->affinity, pExpr->u.zToken, 0, 0); } break; } #endif } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); return inReg; } /* ** Factor out the code of the given expression to initialization time. ** ** If regDest>=0 then the result is always stored in that register and the ** result is not reusable. If regDest<0 then this routine is free to ** store the value whereever it wants. The register where the expression ** is stored is returned. When regDest<0, two identical expressions will ** code to the same register. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to code when the VDBE initializes */ int regDest /* Store the value in this register */ ){ ExprList *p; assert( ConstFactorOk(pParse) ); p = pParse->pConstExpr; if( regDest<0 && p ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; int i; for(pItem=p->a, i=p->nExpr; i>0; pItem++, i--){ if( pItem->reusable && sqlite3ExprCompare(0,pItem->pExpr,pExpr,-1)==0 ){ return pItem->u.iConstExprReg; } } } pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0); p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p, pExpr); if( p ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nExpr-1]; pItem->reusable = regDest<0; if( regDest<0 ) regDest = ++pParse->nMem; pItem->u.iConstExprReg = regDest; } pParse->pConstExpr = p; return regDest; } /* ** Generate code to evaluate an expression and store the results ** into a register. Return the register number where the results ** are stored. ** ** If the register is a temporary register that can be deallocated, ** then write its number into *pReg. If the result register is not ** a temporary, then set *pReg to zero. ** ** If pExpr is a constant, then this routine might generate this ** code to fill the register in the initialization section of the ** VDBE program, in order to factor it out of the evaluation loop. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int *pReg){ int r2; pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); if( ConstFactorOk(pParse) && pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){ *pReg = 0; r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, -1); }else{ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, r1); if( r2==r1 ){ *pReg = r1; }else{ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); *pReg = 0; } } return r2; } /* ** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the ** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear ** in register target. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCode(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ int inReg; assert( target>0 && target<=pParse->nMem ); if( pExpr && pExpr->op==TK_REGISTER ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Copy, pExpr->iTable, target); }else{ inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target); assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); if( inReg!=target && pParse->pVdbe ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_SCopy, inReg, target); } } } /* ** Make a transient copy of expression pExpr and then code it using ** sqlite3ExprCode(). This routine works just like sqlite3ExprCode() ** except that the input expression is guaranteed to be unchanged. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); if( !db->mallocFailed ) sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); } /* ** Generate code that will evaluate expression pExpr and store the ** results in register target. The results are guaranteed to appear ** in register target. If the expression is constant, then this routine ** might choose to code the expression at initialization time. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ if( pParse->okConstFactor && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){ sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target); }else{ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); } } /* ** Generate code that evaluates the given expression and puts the result ** in register target. ** ** Also make a copy of the expression results into another "cache" register ** and modify the expression so that the next time it is evaluated, ** the result is a copy of the cache register. ** ** This routine is used for expressions that are used multiple ** times. They are evaluated once and the results of the expression ** are reused. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int target){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int iMem; assert( target>0 ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_REGISTER ); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pExpr, target); iMem = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, target, iMem); exprToRegister(pExpr, iMem); } /* ** Generate code that pushes the value of every element of the given ** expression list into a sequence of registers beginning at target. ** ** Return the number of elements evaluated. The number returned will ** usually be pList->nExpr but might be reduced if SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF ** is defined. ** ** The SQLITE_ECEL_DUP flag prevents the arguments from being ** filled using OP_SCopy. OP_Copy must be used instead. ** ** The SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR argument allows constant arguments to be ** factored out into initialization code. ** ** The SQLITE_ECEL_REF flag means that expressions in the list with ** ExprList.a[].u.x.iOrderByCol>0 have already been evaluated and stored ** in registers at srcReg, and so the value can be copied from there. ** If SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF is also set, then the values with u.x.iOrderByCol>0 ** are simply omitted rather than being copied from srcReg. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCodeExprList( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* The expression list to be coded */ int target, /* Where to write results */ int srcReg, /* Source registers if SQLITE_ECEL_REF */ u8 flags /* SQLITE_ECEL_* flags */ ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; int i, j, n; u8 copyOp = (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_DUP) ? OP_Copy : OP_SCopy; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( pList!=0 ); assert( target>0 ); assert( pParse->pVdbe!=0 ); /* Never gets this far otherwise */ n = pList->nExpr; if( !ConstFactorOk(pParse) ) flags &= ~SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR; for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; ipExpr; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES if( pItem->bSorterRef ){ i--; n--; }else #endif if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_REF)!=0 && (j = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol)>0 ){ if( flags & SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF ){ i--; n--; }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, j+srcReg-1, target+i); } }else if( (flags & SQLITE_ECEL_FACTOR)!=0 && sqlite3ExprIsConstantNotJoin(pExpr) ){ sqlite3ExprCodeAtInit(pParse, pExpr, target+i); }else{ int inReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pExpr, target+i); if( inReg!=target+i ){ VdbeOp *pOp; if( copyOp==OP_Copy && (pOp=sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1))->opcode==OP_Copy && pOp->p1+pOp->p3+1==inReg && pOp->p2+pOp->p3+1==target+i ){ pOp->p3++; }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, copyOp, inReg, target+i); } } } } return n; } /* ** Generate code for a BETWEEN operator. ** ** x BETWEEN y AND z ** ** The above is equivalent to ** ** x>=y AND x<=z ** ** Code it as such, taking care to do the common subexpression ** elimination of x. ** ** The xJumpIf parameter determines details: ** ** NULL: Store the boolean result in reg[dest] ** sqlite3ExprIfTrue: Jump to dest if true ** sqlite3ExprIfFalse: Jump to dest if false ** ** The jumpIfNull parameter is ignored if xJumpIf is NULL. */ static void exprCodeBetween( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The BETWEEN expression */ int dest, /* Jump destination or storage location */ void (*xJump)(Parse*,Expr*,int,int), /* Action to take */ int jumpIfNull /* Take the jump if the BETWEEN is NULL */ ){ Expr exprAnd; /* The AND operator in x>=y AND x<=z */ Expr compLeft; /* The x>=y term */ Expr compRight; /* The x<=z term */ Expr exprX; /* The x subexpression */ int regFree1 = 0; /* Temporary use register */ memset(&compLeft, 0, sizeof(Expr)); memset(&compRight, 0, sizeof(Expr)); memset(&exprAnd, 0, sizeof(Expr)); assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); exprX = *pExpr->pLeft; exprAnd.op = TK_AND; exprAnd.pLeft = &compLeft; exprAnd.pRight = &compRight; compLeft.op = TK_GE; compLeft.pLeft = &exprX; compLeft.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; compRight.op = TK_LE; compRight.pLeft = &exprX; compRight.pRight = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; exprToRegister(&exprX, exprCodeVector(pParse, &exprX, ®Free1)); if( xJump ){ xJump(pParse, &exprAnd, dest, jumpIfNull); }else{ /* Mark the expression is being from the ON or USING clause of a join ** so that the sqlite3ExprCodeTarget() routine will not attempt to move ** it into the Parse.pConstExpr list. We should use a new bit for this, ** for clarity, but we are out of bits in the Expr.flags field so we ** have to reuse the EP_FromJoin bit. Bummer. */ exprX.flags |= EP_FromJoin; sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, &exprAnd, dest); } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); /* Ensure adequate test coverage */ testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfTrue && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfTrue && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfTrue && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfTrue && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfFalse && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1==0 ); testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfFalse && jumpIfNull==0 && regFree1!=0 ); testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfFalse && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1==0 ); testcase( xJump==sqlite3ExprIfFalse && jumpIfNull!=0 && regFree1!=0 ); testcase( xJump==0 ); } /* ** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made ** to the label "dest" if the expression is true but execution ** continues straight thru if the expression is false. ** ** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false), then ** take the jump if the jumpIfNull flag is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL. ** ** This code depends on the fact that certain token values (ex: TK_EQ) ** are the same as opcode values (ex: OP_Eq) that implement the corresponding ** operation. Special comments in vdbe.c and the mkopcodeh.awk script in ** the make process cause these values to align. Assert()s in the code ** below verify that the numbers are aligned correctly. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfTrue(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int op = 0; int regFree1 = 0; int regFree2 = 0; int r1, r2; assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return; /* No way this can happen */ op = pExpr->op; switch( op ){ case TK_AND: { int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2,jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); break; } case TK_OR: { testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); break; } case TK_NOT: { testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); break; } case TK_TRUTH: { int isNot; /* IS NOT TRUE or IS NOT FALSE */ int isTrue; /* IS TRUE or IS NOT TRUE */ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); isNot = pExpr->op2==TK_ISNOT; isTrue = sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr->pRight); testcase( isTrue && isNot ); testcase( !isTrue && isNot ); if( isTrue ^ isNot ){ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, isNot ? SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL : 0); }else{ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, isNot ? SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL : 0); } break; } case TK_IS: case TK_ISNOT: testcase( op==TK_IS ); testcase( op==TK_ISNOT ); op = (op==TK_IS) ? TK_EQ : TK_NE; jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ; /* Fall thru */ case TK_LT: case TK_LE: case TK_GT: case TK_GE: case TK_NE: case TK_EQ: { if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pExpr->pLeft) ) goto default_expr; testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ); assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( regFree2==0 ); break; } case TK_ISNULL: case TK_NOTNULL: { assert( TK_ISNULL==OP_IsNull ); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); assert( TK_NOTNULL==OP_NotNull ); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); testcase( regFree1==0 ); break; } case TK_BETWEEN: { testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, sqlite3ExprIfTrue, jumpIfNull); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_IN: { int destIfFalse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int destIfNull = jumpIfNull ? dest : destIfFalse; sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, destIfFalse, destIfNull); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfFalse); break; } #endif default: { default_expr: if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest); }else if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ /* No-op */ }else{ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_If, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); VdbeCoverage(v); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); } break; } } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); } /* ** Generate code for a boolean expression such that a jump is made ** to the label "dest" if the expression is false but execution ** continues straight thru if the expression is true. ** ** If the expression evaluates to NULL (neither true nor false) then ** jump if jumpIfNull is SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL or fall through if jumpIfNull ** is 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalse(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest, int jumpIfNull){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int op = 0; int regFree1 = 0; int regFree2 = 0; int r1, r2; assert( jumpIfNull==SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL || jumpIfNull==0 ); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; /* Existence of VDBE checked by caller */ if( pExpr==0 ) return; /* The value of pExpr->op and op are related as follows: ** ** pExpr->op op ** --------- ---------- ** TK_ISNULL OP_NotNull ** TK_NOTNULL OP_IsNull ** TK_NE OP_Eq ** TK_EQ OP_Ne ** TK_GT OP_Le ** TK_LE OP_Gt ** TK_GE OP_Lt ** TK_LT OP_Ge ** ** For other values of pExpr->op, op is undefined and unused. ** The value of TK_ and OP_ constants are arranged such that we ** can compute the mapping above using the following expression. ** Assert()s verify that the computation is correct. */ op = ((pExpr->op+(TK_ISNULL&1))^1)-(TK_ISNULL&1); /* Verify correct alignment of TK_ and OP_ constants */ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_ISNULL || op==OP_NotNull ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NOTNULL || op==OP_IsNull ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_NE || op==OP_Eq ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ || op==OP_Ne ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_Ge ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_Gt ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_Le ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_Lt ); switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_AND: { testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); break; } case TK_OR: { int d2 = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, d2, jumpIfNull^SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pRight, dest, jumpIfNull); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, d2); break; } case TK_NOT: { testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, jumpIfNull); break; } case TK_TRUTH: { int isNot; /* IS NOT TRUE or IS NOT FALSE */ int isTrue; /* IS TRUE or IS NOT TRUE */ testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); isNot = pExpr->op2==TK_ISNOT; isTrue = sqlite3ExprTruthValue(pExpr->pRight); testcase( isTrue && isNot ); testcase( !isTrue && isNot ); if( isTrue ^ isNot ){ /* IS TRUE and IS NOT FALSE */ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, isNot ? 0 : SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); }else{ /* IS FALSE and IS NOT TRUE */ sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, dest, isNot ? 0 : SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } break; } case TK_IS: case TK_ISNOT: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); op = (pExpr->op==TK_IS) ? TK_NE : TK_EQ; jumpIfNull = SQLITE_NULLEQ; /* Fall thru */ case TK_LT: case TK_LE: case TK_GT: case TK_GE: case TK_NE: case TK_EQ: { if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pExpr->pLeft) ) goto default_expr; testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); r2 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pRight, ®Free2); codeCompare(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight, op, r1, r2, dest, jumpIfNull); assert(TK_LT==OP_Lt); testcase(op==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Lt); assert(TK_LE==OP_Le); testcase(op==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Le); assert(TK_GT==OP_Gt); testcase(op==OP_Gt); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Gt); assert(TK_GE==OP_Ge); testcase(op==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v,op==OP_Ge); assert(TK_EQ==OP_Eq); testcase(op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ); assert(TK_NE==OP_Ne); testcase(op==OP_Ne); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull!=SQLITE_NULLEQ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne && jumpIfNull==SQLITE_NULLEQ); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( regFree2==0 ); break; } case TK_ISNULL: case TK_NOTNULL: { r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, ®Free1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, op, r1, dest); testcase( op==TK_ISNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_ISNULL); testcase( op==TK_NOTNULL ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==TK_NOTNULL); testcase( regFree1==0 ); break; } case TK_BETWEEN: { testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); exprCodeBetween(pParse, pExpr, dest, sqlite3ExprIfFalse, jumpIfNull); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_IN: { if( jumpIfNull ){ sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, dest); }else{ int destIfNull = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3ExprCodeIN(pParse, pExpr, dest, destIfNull); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, destIfNull); } break; } #endif default: { default_expr: if( exprAlwaysFalse(pExpr) ){ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, dest); }else if( exprAlwaysTrue(pExpr) ){ /* no-op */ }else{ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pExpr, ®Free1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, r1, dest, jumpIfNull!=0); VdbeCoverage(v); testcase( regFree1==0 ); testcase( jumpIfNull==0 ); } break; } } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree1); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regFree2); } /* ** Like sqlite3ExprIfFalse() except that a copy is made of pExpr before ** code generation, and that copy is deleted after code generation. This ** ensures that the original pExpr is unchanged. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr, int dest,int jumpIfNull){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Expr *pCopy = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCopy, dest, jumpIfNull); } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCopy); } /* ** Expression pVar is guaranteed to be an SQL variable. pExpr may be any ** type of expression. ** ** If pExpr is a simple SQL value - an integer, real, string, blob ** or NULL value - then the VDBE currently being prepared is configured ** to re-prepare each time a new value is bound to variable pVar. ** ** Additionally, if pExpr is a simple SQL value and the value is the ** same as that currently bound to variable pVar, non-zero is returned. ** Otherwise, if the values are not the same or if pExpr is not a simple ** SQL value, zero is returned. */ static int exprCompareVariable(Parse *pParse, Expr *pVar, Expr *pExpr){ int res = 0; int iVar; sqlite3_value *pL, *pR = 0; sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pParse->db, pExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, &pR); if( pR ){ iVar = pVar->iColumn; sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iVar); pL = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pParse->pReprepare, iVar, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB); if( pL ){ if( sqlite3_value_type(pL)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ sqlite3_value_text(pL); /* Make sure the encoding is UTF-8 */ } res = 0==sqlite3MemCompare(pL, pR, 0); } sqlite3ValueFree(pR); sqlite3ValueFree(pL); } return res; } /* ** Do a deep comparison of two expression trees. Return 0 if the two ** expressions are completely identical. Return 1 if they differ only ** by a COLLATE operator at the top level. Return 2 if there are differences ** other than the top-level COLLATE operator. ** ** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed ** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab. ** ** The pA side might be using TK_REGISTER. If that is the case and pB is ** not using TK_REGISTER but is otherwise equivalent, then still return 0. ** ** Sometimes this routine will return 2 even if the two expressions ** really are equivalent. If we cannot prove that the expressions are ** identical, we return 2 just to be safe. So if this routine ** returns 2, then you do not really know for certain if the two ** expressions are the same. But if you get a 0 or 1 return, then you ** can be sure the expressions are the same. In the places where ** this routine is used, it does not hurt to get an extra 2 - that ** just might result in some slightly slower code. But returning ** an incorrect 0 or 1 could lead to a malfunction. ** ** If pParse is not NULL then TK_VARIABLE terms in pA with bindings in ** pParse->pReprepare can be matched against literals in pB. The ** pParse->pVdbe->expmask bitmask is updated for each variable referenced. ** If pParse is NULL (the normal case) then any TK_VARIABLE term in ** Argument pParse should normally be NULL. If it is not NULL and pA or ** pB causes a return value of 2. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompare(Parse *pParse, Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){ u32 combinedFlags; if( pA==0 || pB==0 ){ return pB==pA ? 0 : 2; } if( pParse && pA->op==TK_VARIABLE && exprCompareVariable(pParse, pA, pB) ){ return 0; } combinedFlags = pA->flags | pB->flags; if( combinedFlags & EP_IntValue ){ if( (pA->flags&pB->flags&EP_IntValue)!=0 && pA->u.iValue==pB->u.iValue ){ return 0; } return 2; } if( pA->op!=pB->op ){ if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pA->pLeft,pB,iTab)<2 ){ return 1; } if( pB->op==TK_COLLATE && sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pA,pB->pLeft,iTab)<2 ){ return 1; } return 2; } if( pA->op!=TK_COLUMN && pA->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN && pA->u.zToken ){ if( pA->op==TK_FUNCTION ){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ) return 2; }else if( pA->op==TK_COLLATE ){ if( sqlite3_stricmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ) return 2; }else if( strcmp(pA->u.zToken,pB->u.zToken)!=0 ){ return 2; } } if( (pA->flags & EP_Distinct)!=(pB->flags & EP_Distinct) ) return 2; if( ALWAYS((combinedFlags & EP_TokenOnly)==0) ){ if( combinedFlags & EP_xIsSelect ) return 2; if( (combinedFlags & EP_FixedCol)==0 && sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pA->pLeft, pB->pLeft, iTab) ) return 2; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pA->pRight, pB->pRight, iTab) ) return 2; if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pA->x.pList, pB->x.pList, iTab) ) return 2; assert( (combinedFlags & EP_Reduced)==0 ); if( pA->op!=TK_STRING && pA->op!=TK_TRUEFALSE ){ if( pA->iColumn!=pB->iColumn ) return 2; if( pA->iTable!=pB->iTable && (pA->iTable!=iTab || NEVER(pB->iTable>=0)) ) return 2; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC /* Justification for the assert(): ** window functions have p->op==TK_FUNCTION but aggregate functions ** have p->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION. So any comparison between an aggregate ** function and a window function should have failed before reaching ** this point. And, it is not possible to have a window function and ** a scalar function with the same name and number of arguments. So ** if we reach this point, either A and B both window functions or ** neither are a window functions. */ assert( (pA->pWin==0)==(pB->pWin==0) ); if( pA->pWin!=0 ){ if( sqlite3WindowCompare(pParse,pA->pWin,pB->pWin)!=0 ) return 2; } #endif } return 0; } /* ** Compare two ExprList objects. Return 0 if they are identical and ** non-zero if they differ in any way. ** ** If any subelement of pB has Expr.iTable==(-1) then it is allowed ** to compare equal to an equivalent element in pA with Expr.iTable==iTab. ** ** This routine might return non-zero for equivalent ExprLists. The ** only consequence will be disabled optimizations. But this routine ** must never return 0 if the two ExprList objects are different, or ** a malfunction will result. ** ** Two NULL pointers are considered to be the same. But a NULL pointer ** always differs from a non-NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprListCompare(ExprList *pA, ExprList *pB, int iTab){ int i; if( pA==0 && pB==0 ) return 0; if( pA==0 || pB==0 ) return 1; if( pA->nExpr!=pB->nExpr ) return 1; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ Expr *pExprA = pA->a[i].pExpr; Expr *pExprB = pB->a[i].pExpr; if( pA->a[i].sortOrder!=pB->a[i].sortOrder ) return 1; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pExprA, pExprB, iTab) ) return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Like sqlite3ExprCompare() except COLLATE operators at the top-level ** are ignored. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(Expr *pA, Expr *pB, int iTab){ return sqlite3ExprCompare(0, sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pA), sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pB), iTab); } /* ** Return true if we can prove the pE2 will always be true if pE1 is ** true. Return false if we cannot complete the proof or if pE2 might ** be false. Examples: ** ** pE1: x==5 pE2: x==5 Result: true ** pE1: x>0 pE2: x==5 Result: false ** pE1: x=21 pE2: x=21 OR y=43 Result: true ** pE1: x!=123 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true ** pE1: x!=?1 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: true ** pE1: x IS NULL pE2: x IS NOT NULL Result: false ** pE1: x IS ?2 pE2: x IS NOT NULL Reuslt: false ** ** When comparing TK_COLUMN nodes between pE1 and pE2, if pE2 has ** Expr.iTable<0 then assume a table number given by iTab. ** ** If pParse is not NULL, then the values of bound variables in pE1 are ** compared against literal values in pE2 and pParse->pVdbe->expmask is ** modified to record which bound variables are referenced. If pParse ** is NULL, then false will be returned if pE1 contains any bound variables. ** ** When in doubt, return false. Returning true might give a performance ** improvement. Returning false might cause a performance reduction, but ** it will always give the correct answer and is hence always safe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(Parse *pParse, Expr *pE1, Expr *pE2, int iTab){ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pE1, pE2, iTab)==0 ){ return 1; } if( pE2->op==TK_OR && (sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pE1, pE2->pLeft, iTab) || sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pE1, pE2->pRight, iTab) ) ){ return 1; } if( pE2->op==TK_NOTNULL && pE1->op!=TK_ISNULL && pE1->op!=TK_IS ){ Expr *pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pE1->pLeft); testcase( pX!=pE1->pLeft ); if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pX, pE2->pLeft, iTab)==0 ) return 1; } return 0; } /* ** This is the Expr node callback for sqlite3ExprImpliesNotNullRow(). ** If the expression node requires that the table at pWalker->iCur ** have a non-NULL column, then set pWalker->eCode to 1 and abort. */ static int impliesNotNullRow(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ /* This routine is only called for WHERE clause expressions and so it ** cannot have any TK_AGG_COLUMN entries because those are only found ** in HAVING clauses. We can get a TK_AGG_FUNCTION in a WHERE clause, ** but that is an illegal construct and the query will be rejected at ** a later stage of processing, so the TK_AGG_FUNCTION case does not ** need to be considered here. */ assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) return WRC_Prune; switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_ISNOT: case TK_NOT: case TK_ISNULL: case TK_IS: case TK_OR: case TK_CASE: case TK_IN: case TK_FUNCTION: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_NOT ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IS ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_CASE ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_IN ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ); return WRC_Prune; case TK_COLUMN: if( pWalker->u.iCur==pExpr->iTable ){ pWalker->eCode = 1; return WRC_Abort; } return WRC_Prune; /* Virtual tables are allowed to use constraints like x=NULL. So ** a term of the form x=y does not prove that y is not null if x ** is the column of a virtual table */ case TK_EQ: case TK_NE: case TK_LT: case TK_LE: case TK_GT: case TK_GE: testcase( pExpr->op==TK_EQ ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_NE ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_LT ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_LE ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_GT ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_GE ); if( (pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pExpr->pLeft->pTab)) || (pExpr->pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pExpr->pRight->pTab)) ){ return WRC_Prune; } default: return WRC_Continue; } } /* ** Return true (non-zero) if expression p can only be true if at least ** one column of table iTab is non-null. In other words, return true ** if expression p will always be NULL or false if every column of iTab ** is NULL. ** ** False negatives are acceptable. In other words, it is ok to return ** zero even if expression p will never be true of every column of iTab ** is NULL. A false negative is merely a missed optimization opportunity. ** ** False positives are not allowed, however. A false positive may result ** in an incorrect answer. ** ** Terms of p that are marked with EP_FromJoin (and hence that come from ** the ON or USING clauses of LEFT JOINS) are excluded from the analysis. ** ** This routine is used to check if a LEFT JOIN can be converted into ** an ordinary JOIN. The p argument is the WHERE clause. If the WHERE ** clause requires that some column of the right table of the LEFT JOIN ** be non-NULL, then the LEFT JOIN can be safely converted into an ** ordinary join. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(Expr *p, int iTab){ Walker w; w.xExprCallback = impliesNotNullRow; w.xSelectCallback = 0; w.xSelectCallback2 = 0; w.eCode = 0; w.u.iCur = iTab; sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); return w.eCode; } /* ** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker ** to determine if an expression can be evaluated by reference to the ** index only, without having to do a search for the corresponding ** table entry. The IdxCover.pIdx field is the index. IdxCover.iCur ** is the cursor for the table. */ struct IdxCover { Index *pIdx; /* The index to be tested for coverage */ int iCur; /* Cursor number for the table corresponding to the index */ }; /* ** Check to see if there are references to columns in table ** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur can be satisfied using the index ** pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx. */ static int exprIdxCover(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==pWalker->u.pIdxCover->iCur && sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pWalker->u.pIdxCover->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn)<0 ){ pWalker->eCode = 1; return WRC_Abort; } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Determine if an index pIdx on table with cursor iCur contains will ** the expression pExpr. Return true if the index does cover the ** expression and false if the pExpr expression references table columns ** that are not found in the index pIdx. ** ** An index covering an expression means that the expression can be ** evaluated using only the index and without having to lookup the ** corresponding table entry. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex( Expr *pExpr, /* The index to be tested */ int iCur, /* The cursor number for the corresponding table */ Index *pIdx /* The index that might be used for coverage */ ){ Walker w; struct IdxCover xcov; memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); xcov.iCur = iCur; xcov.pIdx = pIdx; w.xExprCallback = exprIdxCover; w.u.pIdxCover = &xcov; sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); return !w.eCode; } /* ** An instance of the following structure is used by the tree walker ** to count references to table columns in the arguments of an ** aggregate function, in order to implement the ** sqlite3FunctionThisSrc() routine. */ struct SrcCount { SrcList *pSrc; /* One particular FROM clause in a nested query */ int nThis; /* Number of references to columns in pSrcList */ int nOther; /* Number of references to columns in other FROM clauses */ }; /* ** Count the number of references to columns. */ static int exprSrcCount(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ /* The NEVER() on the second term is because sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() ** is always called before sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() and so the ** TK_COLUMNs have not yet been converted into TK_AGG_COLUMN. If ** sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc() is used differently in the future, the ** NEVER() will need to be removed. */ if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || NEVER(pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN) ){ int i; struct SrcCount *p = pWalker->u.pSrcCount; SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; int nSrc = pSrc ? pSrc->nSrc : 0; for(i=0; iiTable==pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break; } if( inThis++; }else{ p->nOther++; } } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Determine if any of the arguments to the pExpr Function reference ** pSrcList. Return true if they do. Also return true if the function ** has no arguments or has only constant arguments. Return false if pExpr ** references columns but not columns of tables found in pSrcList. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FunctionUsesThisSrc(Expr *pExpr, SrcList *pSrcList){ Walker w; struct SrcCount cnt; assert( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); w.xExprCallback = exprSrcCount; w.xSelectCallback = 0; w.u.pSrcCount = &cnt; cnt.pSrc = pSrcList; cnt.nThis = 0; cnt.nOther = 0; sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pExpr->x.pList); return cnt.nThis>0 || cnt.nOther==0; } /* ** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aCol[] array. Return the index of ** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. */ static int addAggInfoColumn(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ int i; pInfo->aCol = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( db, pInfo->aCol, sizeof(pInfo->aCol[0]), &pInfo->nColumn, &i ); return i; } /* ** Add a new element to the pAggInfo->aFunc[] array. Return the index of ** the new element. Return a negative number if malloc fails. */ static int addAggInfoFunc(sqlite3 *db, AggInfo *pInfo){ int i; pInfo->aFunc = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( db, pInfo->aFunc, sizeof(pInfo->aFunc[0]), &pInfo->nFunc, &i ); return i; } /* ** This is the xExprCallback for a tree walker. It is used to ** implement sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(). See sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates ** for additional information. */ static int analyzeAggregate(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ int i; NameContext *pNC = pWalker->u.pNC; Parse *pParse = pNC->pParse; SrcList *pSrcList = pNC->pSrcList; AggInfo *pAggInfo = pNC->uNC.pAggInfo; assert( pNC->ncFlags & NC_UAggInfo ); switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_AGG_COLUMN: case TK_COLUMN: { testcase( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_COLUMN ); testcase( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ); /* Check to see if the column is in one of the tables in the FROM ** clause of the aggregate query */ if( ALWAYS(pSrcList!=0) ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrcList->a; for(i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ struct AggInfo_col *pCol; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); if( pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor ){ /* If we reach this point, it means that pExpr refers to a table ** that is in the FROM clause of the aggregate query. ** ** Make an entry for the column in pAggInfo->aCol[] if there ** is not an entry there already. */ int k; pCol = pAggInfo->aCol; for(k=0; knColumn; k++, pCol++){ if( pCol->iTable==pExpr->iTable && pCol->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ break; } } if( (k>=pAggInfo->nColumn) && (k = addAggInfoColumn(pParse->db, pAggInfo))>=0 ){ pCol = &pAggInfo->aCol[k]; pCol->pTab = pExpr->pTab; pCol->iTable = pExpr->iTable; pCol->iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; pCol->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; pCol->iSorterColumn = -1; pCol->pExpr = pExpr; if( pAggInfo->pGroupBy ){ int j, n; ExprList *pGB = pAggInfo->pGroupBy; struct ExprList_item *pTerm = pGB->a; n = pGB->nExpr; for(j=0; jpExpr; if( pE->op==TK_COLUMN && pE->iTable==pExpr->iTable && pE->iColumn==pExpr->iColumn ){ pCol->iSorterColumn = j; break; } } } if( pCol->iSorterColumn<0 ){ pCol->iSorterColumn = pAggInfo->nSortingColumn++; } } /* There is now an entry for pExpr in pAggInfo->aCol[] (either ** because it was there before or because we just created it). ** Convert the pExpr to be a TK_AGG_COLUMN referring to that ** pAggInfo->aCol[] entry. */ ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; pExpr->op = TK_AGG_COLUMN; pExpr->iAgg = (i16)k; break; } /* endif pExpr->iTable==pItem->iCursor */ } /* end loop over pSrcList */ } return WRC_Prune; } case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: { if( (pNC->ncFlags & NC_InAggFunc)==0 && pWalker->walkerDepth==pExpr->op2 ){ /* Check to see if pExpr is a duplicate of another aggregate ** function that is already in the pAggInfo structure */ struct AggInfo_func *pItem = pAggInfo->aFunc; for(i=0; inFunc; i++, pItem++){ if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pItem->pExpr, pExpr, -1)==0 ){ break; } } if( i>=pAggInfo->nFunc ){ /* pExpr is original. Make a new entry in pAggInfo->aFunc[] */ u8 enc = ENC(pParse->db); i = addAggInfoFunc(pParse->db, pAggInfo); if( i>=0 ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); pItem = &pAggInfo->aFunc[i]; pItem->pExpr = pExpr; pItem->iMem = ++pParse->nMem; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_IntValue) ); pItem->pFunc = sqlite3FindFunction(pParse->db, pExpr->u.zToken, pExpr->x.pList ? pExpr->x.pList->nExpr : 0, enc, 0); if( pExpr->flags & EP_Distinct ){ pItem->iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; }else{ pItem->iDistinct = -1; } } } /* Make pExpr point to the appropriate pAggInfo->aFunc[] entry */ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); ExprSetVVAProperty(pExpr, EP_NoReduce); pExpr->iAgg = (i16)i; pExpr->pAggInfo = pAggInfo; return WRC_Prune; }else{ return WRC_Continue; } } } return WRC_Continue; } static int analyzeAggregatesInSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect); pWalker->walkerDepth++; return WRC_Continue; } static void analyzeAggregatesInSelectEnd(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pSelect); pWalker->walkerDepth--; } /* ** Analyze the pExpr expression looking for aggregate functions and ** for variables that need to be added to AggInfo object that pNC->pAggInfo ** points to. Additional entries are made on the AggInfo object as ** necessary. ** ** This routine should only be called after the expression has been ** analyzed by sqlite3ResolveExprNames(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(NameContext *pNC, Expr *pExpr){ Walker w; w.xExprCallback = analyzeAggregate; w.xSelectCallback = analyzeAggregatesInSelect; w.xSelectCallback2 = analyzeAggregatesInSelectEnd; w.walkerDepth = 0; w.u.pNC = pNC; assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 ); sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); } /* ** Call sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates() for every expression in an ** expression list. Return the number of errors. ** ** If an error is found, the analysis is cut short. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(NameContext *pNC, ExprList *pList){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; int i; if( pList ){ for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(pNC, pItem->pExpr); } } } /* ** Allocate a single new register for use to hold some intermediate result. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempReg(Parse *pParse){ if( pParse->nTempReg==0 ){ return ++pParse->nMem; } return pParse->aTempReg[--pParse->nTempReg]; } /* ** Deallocate a register, making available for reuse for some other ** purpose. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(Parse *pParse, int iReg){ if( iReg && pParse->nTempRegaTempReg) ){ pParse->aTempReg[pParse->nTempReg++] = iReg; } } /* ** Allocate or deallocate a block of nReg consecutive registers. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetTempRange(Parse *pParse, int nReg){ int i, n; if( nReg==1 ) return sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); i = pParse->iRangeReg; n = pParse->nRangeReg; if( nReg<=n ){ pParse->iRangeReg += nReg; pParse->nRangeReg -= nReg; }else{ i = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nReg; } return i; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(Parse *pParse, int iReg, int nReg){ if( nReg==1 ){ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReg); return; } if( nReg>pParse->nRangeReg ){ pParse->nRangeReg = nReg; pParse->iRangeReg = iReg; } } /* ** Mark all temporary registers as being unavailable for reuse. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(Parse *pParse){ pParse->nTempReg = 0; pParse->nRangeReg = 0; } /* ** Validate that no temporary register falls within the range of ** iFirst..iLast, inclusive. This routine is only call from within assert() ** statements. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NoTempsInRange(Parse *pParse, int iFirst, int iLast){ int i; if( pParse->nRangeReg>0 && pParse->iRangeReg+pParse->nRangeReg > iFirst && pParse->iRangeReg <= iLast ){ return 0; } for(i=0; inTempReg; i++){ if( pParse->aTempReg[i]>=iFirst && pParse->aTempReg[i]<=iLast ){ return 0; } } return 1; } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ /************** End of expr.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file alter.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2005 February 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code ** that implements the ALTER TABLE command. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the ** ALTER TABLE logic from the build. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE /* ** Parameter zName is the name of a table that is about to be altered ** (either with ALTER TABLE ... RENAME TO or ALTER TABLE ... ADD COLUMN). ** If the table is a system table, this function leaves an error message ** in pParse->zErr (system tables may not be altered) and returns non-zero. ** ** Or, if zName is not a system table, zero is returned. */ static int isSystemTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ if( 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", zName); return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Generate code to verify that the schemas of database zDb and, if ** bTemp is not true, database "temp", can still be parsed. This is ** called at the end of the generation of an ALTER TABLE ... RENAME ... ** statement to ensure that the operation has not rendered any schema ** objects unusable. */ static void renameTestSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb, int bTemp){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "SELECT 1 " "FROM \"%w\".%s " "WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'" " AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'" " AND sqlite_rename_test(%Q, sql, type, name, %d)=NULL ", zDb, MASTER_NAME, zDb, bTemp ); if( bTemp==0 ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "SELECT 1 " "FROM temp.%s " "WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'" " AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'" " AND sqlite_rename_test(%Q, sql, type, name, 1)=NULL ", MASTER_NAME, zDb ); } } /* ** Generate code to reload the schema for database iDb. And, if iDb!=1, for ** the temp database as well. */ static void renameReloadSchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; if( v ){ sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(pParse->pVdbe, iDb, 0); if( iDb!=1 ) sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(pParse->pVdbe, 1, 0); } } /* ** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" ** command. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */ SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */ Token *pName /* The new table name. */ ){ int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */ char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */ Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */ char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */ const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */ Vdbe *v; VTable *pVTab = 0; /* Non-zero if this is a v-tab with an xRename() */ u32 savedDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->mDbFlags */ savedDbFlags = db->mDbFlags; if( NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ) goto exit_rename_table; assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin; /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table; /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error. */ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName); goto exit_rename_table; } /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name ** that the table is being renamed to. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ goto exit_rename_table; } if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto exit_rename_table; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW if( pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName); goto exit_rename_table; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ goto exit_rename_table; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ goto exit_rename_table; } if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ pVTab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); if( pVTab->pVtab->pModule->xRename==0 ){ pVTab = 0; } } #endif /* Begin a transaction for database iDb. ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the ** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual ** table. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ){ goto exit_rename_table; } /* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if ** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names ** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other ** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( pVTab ){ int i = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, i, zName); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pVTab, P4_VTAB); sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); } #endif /* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */ zTabName = pTab->zName; nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1); /* Rewrite all CREATE TABLE, INDEX, TRIGGER or VIEW statements in ** the schema to use the new table name. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_table(%Q, type, name, sql, %Q, %Q, %d) " "WHERE (type!='index' OR tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase)" "AND name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%'" , zDb, MASTER_NAME, zDb, zTabName, zName, (iDb==1), zTabName ); /* Update the tbl_name and name columns of the sqlite_master table ** as required. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE %Q.%s SET " "tbl_name = %Q, " "name = CASE " "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q " "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN " "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) " "ELSE name END " "WHERE tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND " "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", zDb, MASTER_NAME, zName, zName, zName, nTabName, zTabName ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update ** it with the new table name. */ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q", zDb, zName, pTab->zName); } #endif /* If the table being renamed is not itself part of the temp database, ** edit view and trigger definitions within the temp database ** as required. */ if( iDb!=1 ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_table(%Q, type, name, sql, %Q, %Q, 1), " "tbl_name = " "CASE WHEN tbl_name=%Q COLLATE nocase AND " " sqlite_rename_test(%Q, sql, type, name, 1) " "THEN %Q ELSE tbl_name END " "WHERE type IN ('view', 'trigger')" , zDb, zTabName, zName, zTabName, zDb, zName); } renameReloadSchema(pParse, iDb); renameTestSchema(pParse, zDb, iDb==1); exit_rename_table: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); db->mDbFlags = savedDbFlags; } /* ** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement ** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new ** column definition. ** ** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include ** the new column during parsing. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){ Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */ Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */ int iDb; /* Database number */ const char *zDb; /* Database name */ const char *zTab; /* Table name */ char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */ Column *pCol; /* The new column */ Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */ Vdbe *v; /* The prepared statement under construction */ int r1; /* Temporary registers */ db = pParse->db; if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return; pNew = pParse->pNewTable; assert( pNew ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema); zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */ pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1]; pDflt = pCol->pDflt; pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb); assert( pTab ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ return; } #endif /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking ** for an SQL NULL default below. */ assert( pDflt==0 || pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); if( pDflt && pDflt->pLeft->op==TK_NULL ){ pDflt = 0; } /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE. ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the ** column must not be NULL. */ if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column"); return; } if( pNew->pIndex ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column"); return; } if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && pNew->pFKey && pDflt ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a REFERENCES column with non-NULL default value"); return; } if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL"); return; } /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr() ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.) */ if( pDflt ){ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; int rc; rc = sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, &pVal); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ assert( db->mallocFailed == 1 ); return; } if( !pVal ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default"); return; } sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); } /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */ zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n); if( zCol ){ char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1]; u32 savedDbFlags = db->mDbFlags; while( zEnd>zCol && (*zEnd==';' || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd)) ){ *zEnd-- = '\0'; } db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin; sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) " "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", zDb, MASTER_NAME, pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1, zTab ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol); db->mDbFlags = savedDbFlags; } /* Make sure the schema version is at least 3. But do not upgrade ** from less than 3 to 4, as that will corrupt any preexisting DESC ** index. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v ){ r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, r1, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, r1, -2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, r1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, 3); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } /* Reload the table definition */ renameReloadSchema(pParse, iDb); } /* ** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in ** an "ALTER TABLE ADD" statement is parsed. Argument ** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered. ** ** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure ** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point ** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition ** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to ** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c ** after parsing is finished. ** ** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete ** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ Table *pNew; Table *pTab; int iDb; int i; int nAlloc; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Look up the table being altered. */ assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column; pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered"); goto exit_begin_add_column; } #endif /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */ if( pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view"); goto exit_begin_add_column; } if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ){ goto exit_begin_add_column; } assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify ** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix. By adding this ** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing ** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_" ** prefix on their name. */ pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column; pParse->pNewTable = pNew; pNew->nTabRef = 1; pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol; assert( pNew->nCol>0 ); nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8; assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 ); pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc); pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName); if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){ assert( db->mallocFailed ); goto exit_begin_add_column; } memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol); for(i=0; inCol; i++){ Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i]; pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName); pCol->zColl = 0; pCol->pDflt = 0; } pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset; pNew->nTabRef = 1; exit_begin_add_column: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); return; } /* ** Parameter pTab is the subject of an ALTER TABLE ... RENAME COLUMN ** command. This function checks if the table is a view or virtual ** table (columns of views or virtual tables may not be renamed). If so, ** it loads an error message into pParse and returns non-zero. ** ** Or, if pTab is not a view or virtual table, zero is returned. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) static int isRealTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ const char *zType = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW if( pTab->pSelect ){ zType = "view"; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ zType = "virtual table"; } #endif if( zType ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg( pParse, "cannot rename columns of %s \"%s\"", zType, pTab->zName ); return 1; } return 0; } #else /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ # define isRealTable(x,y) (0) #endif /* ** Handles the following parser reduction: ** ** cmd ::= ALTER TABLE pSrc RENAME COLUMN pOld TO pNew */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterRenameColumn( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ SrcList *pSrc, /* Table being altered. pSrc->nSrc==1 */ Token *pOld, /* Name of column being changed */ Token *pNew /* New column name */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ Table *pTab; /* Table being updated */ int iCol; /* Index of column being renamed */ char *zOld = 0; /* Old column name */ char *zNew = 0; /* New column name */ const char *zDb; /* Name of schema containing the table */ int iSchema; /* Index of the schema */ int bQuote; /* True to quote the new name */ /* Locate the table to be altered */ pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pSrc->a[0]); if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_column; /* Cannot alter a system table */ if( SQLITE_OK!=isSystemTable(pParse, pTab->zName) ) goto exit_rename_column; if( SQLITE_OK!=isRealTable(pParse, pTab) ) goto exit_rename_column; /* Which schema holds the table to be altered */ iSchema = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iSchema>=0 ); zDb = db->aDb[iSchema].zDbSName; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION /* Invoke the authorization callback. */ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){ goto exit_rename_column; } #endif /* Make sure the old name really is a column name in the table to be ** altered. Set iCol to be the index of the column being renamed */ zOld = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pOld); if( !zOld ) goto exit_rename_column; for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zOld) ) break; } if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: \"%s\"", zOld); goto exit_rename_column; } /* Do the rename operation using a recursive UPDATE statement that ** uses the sqlite_rename_column() SQL function to compute the new ** CREATE statement text for the sqlite_master table. */ zNew = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pNew); if( !zNew ) goto exit_rename_column; assert( pNew->n>0 ); bQuote = sqlite3Isquote(pNew->z[0]); sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_column(sql, type, name, %Q, %Q, %d, %Q, %d, %d) " "WHERE name NOT LIKE 'sqlite_%%' AND (type != 'index' OR tbl_name = %Q)" " AND sql NOT LIKE 'create virtual%%'", zDb, MASTER_NAME, zDb, pTab->zName, iCol, zNew, bQuote, iSchema==1, pTab->zName ); sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE temp.%s SET " "sql = sqlite_rename_column(sql, type, name, %Q, %Q, %d, %Q, %d, 1) " "WHERE type IN ('trigger', 'view')", MASTER_NAME, zDb, pTab->zName, iCol, zNew, bQuote ); /* Drop and reload the database schema. */ renameReloadSchema(pParse, iSchema); renameTestSchema(pParse, zDb, iSchema==1); exit_rename_column: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); sqlite3DbFree(db, zOld); sqlite3DbFree(db, zNew); return; } /* ** Each RenameToken object maps an element of the parse tree into ** the token that generated that element. The parse tree element ** might be one of: ** ** * A pointer to an Expr that represents an ID ** * The name of a table column in Column.zName ** ** A list of RenameToken objects can be constructed during parsing. ** Each new object is created by sqlite3RenameTokenMap(). ** As the parse tree is transformed, the sqlite3RenameTokenRemap() ** routine is used to keep the mapping current. ** ** After the parse finishes, renameTokenFind() routine can be used ** to look up the actual token value that created some element in ** the parse tree. */ struct RenameToken { void *p; /* Parse tree element created by token t */ Token t; /* The token that created parse tree element p */ RenameToken *pNext; /* Next is a list of all RenameToken objects */ }; /* ** The context of an ALTER TABLE RENAME COLUMN operation that gets passed ** down into the Walker. */ typedef struct RenameCtx RenameCtx; struct RenameCtx { RenameToken *pList; /* List of tokens to overwrite */ int nList; /* Number of tokens in pList */ int iCol; /* Index of column being renamed */ Table *pTab; /* Table being ALTERed */ const char *zOld; /* Old column name */ }; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** This function is only for debugging. It performs two tasks: ** ** 1. Checks that pointer pPtr does not already appear in the ** rename-token list. ** ** 2. Dereferences each pointer in the rename-token list. ** ** The second is most effective when debugging under valgrind or ** address-sanitizer or similar. If any of these pointers no longer ** point to valid objects, an exception is raised by the memory-checking ** tool. ** ** The point of this is to prevent comparisons of invalid pointer values. ** Even though this always seems to work, it is undefined according to the ** C standard. Example of undefined comparison: ** ** sqlite3_free(x); ** if( x==y ) ... ** ** Technically, as x no longer points into a valid object or to the byte ** following a valid object, it may not be used in comparison operations. */ static void renameTokenCheckAll(Parse *pParse, void *pPtr){ if( pParse->nErr==0 && pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 ){ RenameToken *p; u8 i = 0; for(p=pParse->pRename; p; p=p->pNext){ if( p->p ){ assert( p->p!=pPtr ); i += *(u8*)(p->p); } } } } #else # define renameTokenCheckAll(x,y) #endif /* ** Add a new RenameToken object mapping parse tree element pPtr into ** token *pToken to the Parse object currently under construction. ** ** Return a copy of pPtr. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3RenameTokenMap(Parse *pParse, void *pPtr, Token *pToken){ RenameToken *pNew; assert( pPtr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); renameTokenCheckAll(pParse, pPtr); pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(RenameToken)); if( pNew ){ pNew->p = pPtr; pNew->t = *pToken; pNew->pNext = pParse->pRename; pParse->pRename = pNew; } return pPtr; } /* ** It is assumed that there is already a RenameToken object associated ** with parse tree element pFrom. This function remaps the associated token ** to parse tree element pTo. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(Parse *pParse, void *pTo, void *pFrom){ RenameToken *p; renameTokenCheckAll(pParse, pTo); for(p=pParse->pRename; p; p=p->pNext){ if( p->p==pFrom ){ p->p = pTo; break; } } } /* ** Walker callback used by sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(). */ static int renameUnmapExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, 0, (void*)pExpr); return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Remove all nodes that are part of expression pExpr from the rename list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ Walker sWalker; memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(Walker)); sWalker.pParse = pParse; sWalker.xExprCallback = renameUnmapExprCb; sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pExpr); } /* ** Remove all nodes that are part of expression-list pEList from the ** rename list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RenameExprlistUnmap(Parse *pParse, ExprList *pEList){ if( pEList ){ int i; Walker sWalker; memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(Walker)); sWalker.pParse = pParse; sWalker.xExprCallback = renameUnmapExprCb; sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, pEList); for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, 0, (void*)pEList->a[i].zName); } } } /* ** Free the list of RenameToken objects given in the second argument */ static void renameTokenFree(sqlite3 *db, RenameToken *pToken){ RenameToken *pNext; RenameToken *p; for(p=pToken; p; p=pNext){ pNext = p->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } } /* ** Search the Parse object passed as the first argument for a RenameToken ** object associated with parse tree element pPtr. If found, remove it ** from the Parse object and add it to the list maintained by the ** RenameCtx object passed as the second argument. */ static void renameTokenFind(Parse *pParse, struct RenameCtx *pCtx, void *pPtr){ RenameToken **pp; assert( pPtr!=0 ); for(pp=&pParse->pRename; (*pp); pp=&(*pp)->pNext){ if( (*pp)->p==pPtr ){ RenameToken *pToken = *pp; *pp = pToken->pNext; pToken->pNext = pCtx->pList; pCtx->pList = pToken; pCtx->nList++; break; } } } /* ** This is a Walker select callback. It does nothing. It is only required ** because without a dummy callback, sqlite3WalkExpr() and similar do not ** descend into sub-select statements. */ static int renameColumnSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pWalker); UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return WRC_Continue; } /* ** This is a Walker expression callback. ** ** For every TK_COLUMN node in the expression tree, search to see ** if the column being references is the column being renamed by an ** ALTER TABLE statement. If it is, then attach its associated ** RenameToken object to the list of RenameToken objects being ** constructed in RenameCtx object at pWalker->u.pRename. */ static int renameColumnExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ RenameCtx *p = pWalker->u.pRename; if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol && pWalker->pParse->pTriggerTab==p->pTab ){ renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, (void*)pExpr); }else if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iColumn==p->iCol && p->pTab==pExpr->pTab ){ renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, (void*)pExpr); } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** The RenameCtx contains a list of tokens that reference a column that ** is being renamed by an ALTER TABLE statement. Return the "last" ** RenameToken in the RenameCtx and remove that RenameToken from the ** RenameContext. "Last" means the last RenameToken encountered when ** the input SQL is parsed from left to right. Repeated calls to this routine ** return all column name tokens in the order that they are encountered ** in the SQL statement. */ static RenameToken *renameColumnTokenNext(RenameCtx *pCtx){ RenameToken *pBest = pCtx->pList; RenameToken *pToken; RenameToken **pp; for(pToken=pBest->pNext; pToken; pToken=pToken->pNext){ if( pToken->t.z>pBest->t.z ) pBest = pToken; } for(pp=&pCtx->pList; *pp!=pBest; pp=&(*pp)->pNext); *pp = pBest->pNext; return pBest; } /* ** An error occured while parsing or otherwise processing a database ** object (either pParse->pNewTable, pNewIndex or pNewTrigger) as part of an ** ALTER TABLE RENAME COLUMN program. The error message emitted by the ** sub-routine is currently stored in pParse->zErrMsg. This function ** adds context to the error message and then stores it in pCtx. */ static void renameColumnParseError( sqlite3_context *pCtx, int bPost, sqlite3_value *pType, sqlite3_value *pObject, Parse *pParse ){ const char *zT = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pType); const char *zN = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pObject); char *zErr; zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("error in %s %s%s: %s", zT, zN, (bPost ? " after rename" : ""), pParse->zErrMsg ); sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr); } /* ** For each name in the the expression-list pEList (i.e. each ** pEList->a[i].zName) that matches the string in zOld, extract the ** corresponding rename-token from Parse object pParse and add it ** to the RenameCtx pCtx. */ static void renameColumnElistNames( Parse *pParse, RenameCtx *pCtx, ExprList *pEList, const char *zOld ){ if( pEList ){ int i; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zName, zOld) ){ renameTokenFind(pParse, pCtx, (void*)zName); } } } } /* ** For each name in the the id-list pIdList (i.e. each pIdList->a[i].zName) ** that matches the string in zOld, extract the corresponding rename-token ** from Parse object pParse and add it to the RenameCtx pCtx. */ static void renameColumnIdlistNames( Parse *pParse, RenameCtx *pCtx, IdList *pIdList, const char *zOld ){ if( pIdList ){ int i; for(i=0; inId; i++){ char *zName = pIdList->a[i].zName; if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(zName, zOld) ){ renameTokenFind(pParse, pCtx, (void*)zName); } } } } /* ** Parse the SQL statement zSql using Parse object (*p). The Parse object ** is initialized by this function before it is used. */ static int renameParseSql( Parse *p, /* Memory to use for Parse object */ const char *zDb, /* Name of schema SQL belongs to */ int bTable, /* 1 -> RENAME TABLE, 0 -> RENAME COLUMN */ sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zSql, /* SQL to parse */ int bTemp /* True if SQL is from temp schema */ ){ int rc; char *zErr = 0; db->init.iDb = bTemp ? 1 : sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); /* Parse the SQL statement passed as the first argument. If no error ** occurs and the parse does not result in a new table, index or ** trigger object, the database must be corrupt. */ memset(p, 0, sizeof(Parse)); p->eParseMode = (bTable ? PARSE_MODE_RENAME_TABLE : PARSE_MODE_RENAME_COLUMN); p->db = db; p->nQueryLoop = 1; rc = sqlite3RunParser(p, zSql, &zErr); assert( p->zErrMsg==0 ); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 ); assert( (0!=p->pNewTable) + (0!=p->pNewIndex) + (0!=p->pNewTrigger)<2 ); p->zErrMsg = zErr; if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->pNewTable==0 && p->pNewIndex==0 && p->pNewTrigger==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Ensure that all mappings in the Parse.pRename list really do map to ** a part of the input string. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int nSql = sqlite3Strlen30(zSql); RenameToken *pToken; for(pToken=p->pRename; pToken; pToken=pToken->pNext){ assert( pToken->t.z>=zSql && &pToken->t.z[pToken->t.n]<=&zSql[nSql] ); } } #endif db->init.iDb = 0; return rc; } /* ** This function edits SQL statement zSql, replacing each token identified ** by the linked list pRename with the text of zNew. If argument bQuote is ** true, then zNew is always quoted first. If no error occurs, the result ** is loaded into context object pCtx as the result. ** ** Or, if an error occurs (i.e. an OOM condition), an error is left in ** pCtx and an SQLite error code returned. */ static int renameEditSql( sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Return result here */ RenameCtx *pRename, /* Rename context */ const char *zSql, /* SQL statement to edit */ const char *zNew, /* New token text */ int bQuote /* True to always quote token */ ){ int nNew = sqlite3Strlen30(zNew); int nSql = sqlite3Strlen30(zSql); sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(pCtx); int rc = SQLITE_OK; char *zQuot; char *zOut; int nQuot; /* Set zQuot to point to a buffer containing a quoted copy of the ** identifier zNew. If the corresponding identifier in the original ** ALTER TABLE statement was quoted (bQuote==1), then set zNew to ** point to zQuot so that all substitutions are made using the ** quoted version of the new column name. */ zQuot = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "\"%w\"", zNew); if( zQuot==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ nQuot = sqlite3Strlen30(zQuot); } if( bQuote ){ zNew = zQuot; nNew = nQuot; } /* At this point pRename->pList contains a list of RenameToken objects ** corresponding to all tokens in the input SQL that must be replaced ** with the new column name. All that remains is to construct and ** return the edited SQL string. */ assert( nQuot>=nNew ); zOut = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nSql + pRename->nList*nQuot + 1); if( zOut ){ int nOut = nSql; memcpy(zOut, zSql, nSql); while( pRename->pList ){ int iOff; /* Offset of token to replace in zOut */ RenameToken *pBest = renameColumnTokenNext(pRename); u32 nReplace; const char *zReplace; if( sqlite3IsIdChar(*pBest->t.z) ){ nReplace = nNew; zReplace = zNew; }else{ nReplace = nQuot; zReplace = zQuot; } iOff = pBest->t.z - zSql; if( pBest->t.n!=nReplace ){ memmove(&zOut[iOff + nReplace], &zOut[iOff + pBest->t.n], nOut - (iOff + pBest->t.n) ); nOut += nReplace - pBest->t.n; zOut[nOut] = '\0'; } memcpy(&zOut[iOff], zReplace, nReplace); sqlite3DbFree(db, pBest); } sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zOut, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3DbFree(db, zOut); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } sqlite3_free(zQuot); return rc; } /* ** Resolve all symbols in the trigger at pParse->pNewTrigger, assuming ** it was read from the schema of database zDb. Return SQLITE_OK if ** successful. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and leave an error ** message in the Parse object. */ static int renameResolveTrigger(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Trigger *pNew = pParse->pNewTrigger; TriggerStep *pStep; NameContext sNC; int rc = SQLITE_OK; memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; assert( pNew->pTabSchema ); pParse->pTriggerTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, pNew->table, db->aDb[sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pTabSchema)].zDbSName ); pParse->eTriggerOp = pNew->op; /* Resolve symbols in WHEN clause */ if( pNew->pWhen ){ rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pNew->pWhen); } for(pStep=pNew->step_list; rc==SQLITE_OK && pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ if( pStep->pSelect ){ sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pStep->pSelect, &sNC); if( pParse->nErr ) rc = pParse->rc; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pStep->zTarget ){ Table *pTarget = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pStep->zTarget, zDb); if( pTarget==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTarget)) ){ SrcList sSrc; memset(&sSrc, 0, sizeof(sSrc)); sSrc.nSrc = 1; sSrc.a[0].zName = pStep->zTarget; sSrc.a[0].pTab = pTarget; sNC.pSrcList = &sSrc; if( pStep->pWhere ){ rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pStep->pWhere); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pStep->pExprList); } assert( !pStep->pUpsert || (!pStep->pWhere && !pStep->pExprList) ); if( pStep->pUpsert ){ Upsert *pUpsert = pStep->pUpsert; assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); pUpsert->pUpsertSrc = &sSrc; sNC.uNC.pUpsert = pUpsert; sNC.ncFlags = NC_UUpsert; rc = sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTarget); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ ExprList *pUpsertSet = pUpsert->pUpsertSet; rc = sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pUpsertSet); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertWhere); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere); } sNC.ncFlags = 0; } } } } return rc; } /* ** Invoke sqlite3WalkExpr() or sqlite3WalkSelect() on all Select or Expr ** objects that are part of the trigger passed as the second argument. */ static void renameWalkTrigger(Walker *pWalker, Trigger *pTrigger){ TriggerStep *pStep; /* Find tokens to edit in WHEN clause */ sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pTrigger->pWhen); /* Find tokens to edit in trigger steps */ for(pStep=pTrigger->step_list; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pStep->pSelect); sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pStep->pWhere); sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pStep->pExprList); if( pStep->pUpsert ){ Upsert *pUpsert = pStep->pUpsert; sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pUpsert->pUpsertTarget); sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pUpsert->pUpsertSet); sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pUpsert->pUpsertWhere); sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere); } } } /* ** Free the contents of Parse object (*pParse). Do not free the memory ** occupied by the Parse object itself. */ static void renameParseCleanup(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( pParse->pVdbe ){ sqlite3VdbeFinalize(pParse->pVdbe); } sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); if( pParse->pNewIndex ) sqlite3FreeIndex(db, pParse->pNewIndex); sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger); sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg); renameTokenFree(db, pParse->pRename); sqlite3ParserReset(pParse); } /* ** SQL function: ** ** sqlite_rename_column(zSql, iCol, bQuote, zNew, zTable, zOld) ** ** 0. zSql: SQL statement to rewrite ** 1. type: Type of object ("table", "view" etc.) ** 2. object: Name of object ** 3. Database: Database name (e.g. "main") ** 4. Table: Table name ** 5. iCol: Index of column to rename ** 6. zNew: New column name ** 7. bQuote: Non-zero if the new column name should be quoted. ** 8. bTemp: True if zSql comes from temp schema ** ** Do a column rename operation on the CREATE statement given in zSql. ** The iCol-th column (left-most is 0) of table zTable is renamed from zCol ** into zNew. The name should be quoted if bQuote is true. ** ** This function is used internally by the ALTER TABLE RENAME COLUMN command. ** Though accessible to application code, it is not intended for use by ** applications. The existance of this function, and the way it works, ** is subject to change without notice. ** ** If any of the parameters are out-of-bounds, then simply return NULL. ** An out-of-bounds parameter can only occur when the application calls ** this function directly. The parameters will always be well-formed when ** this routine is invoked by the bytecode for a legitimate ALTER TABLE ** statement. */ static void renameColumnFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); RenameCtx sCtx; const char *zSql = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); const char *zDb = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[3]); const char *zTable = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[4]); int iCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[5]); const char *zNew = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[6]); int bQuote = sqlite3_value_int(argv[7]); int bTemp = sqlite3_value_int(argv[8]); const char *zOld; int rc; Parse sParse; Walker sWalker; Index *pIdx; int i; Table *pTab; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION sqlite3_xauth xAuth = db->xAuth; #endif UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); if( zSql==0 ) return; if( zTable==0 ) return; if( zNew==0 ) return; if( iCol<0 ) return; sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTable, zDb); if( pTab==0 || iCol>=pTab->nCol ){ sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); return; } zOld = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx)); sCtx.iCol = ((iCol==pTab->iPKey) ? -1 : iCol); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION db->xAuth = 0; #endif rc = renameParseSql(&sParse, zDb, 0, db, zSql, bTemp); /* Find tokens that need to be replaced. */ memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(Walker)); sWalker.pParse = &sParse; sWalker.xExprCallback = renameColumnExprCb; sWalker.xSelectCallback = renameColumnSelectCb; sWalker.u.pRename = &sCtx; sCtx.pTab = pTab; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto renameColumnFunc_done; if( sParse.pNewTable ){ Select *pSelect = sParse.pNewTable->pSelect; if( pSelect ){ sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3SelectPrep(&sParse, sParse.pNewTable->pSelect, 0); rc = (db->mallocFailed ? SQLITE_NOMEM : sParse.rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3WalkSelect(&sWalker, pSelect); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto renameColumnFunc_done; }else{ /* A regular table */ int bFKOnly = sqlite3_stricmp(zTable, sParse.pNewTable->zName); FKey *pFKey; assert( sParse.pNewTable->pSelect==0 ); sCtx.pTab = sParse.pNewTable; if( bFKOnly==0 ){ renameTokenFind( &sParse, &sCtx, (void*)sParse.pNewTable->aCol[iCol].zName ); if( sCtx.iCol<0 ){ renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, (void*)&sParse.pNewTable->iPKey); } sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, sParse.pNewTable->pCheck); for(pIdx=sParse.pNewTable->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, pIdx->aColExpr); } } for(pFKey=sParse.pNewTable->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ for(i=0; inCol; i++){ if( bFKOnly==0 && pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom==iCol ){ renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, (void*)&pFKey->aCol[i]); } if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pFKey->zTo, zTable) && 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pFKey->aCol[i].zCol, zOld) ){ renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, (void*)pFKey->aCol[i].zCol); } } } } }else if( sParse.pNewIndex ){ sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, sParse.pNewIndex->aColExpr); sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, sParse.pNewIndex->pPartIdxWhere); }else{ /* A trigger */ TriggerStep *pStep; rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse, (bTemp ? 0 : zDb)); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto renameColumnFunc_done; for(pStep=sParse.pNewTrigger->step_list; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ if( pStep->zTarget ){ Table *pTarget = sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, 0, pStep->zTarget, zDb); if( pTarget==pTab ){ if( pStep->pUpsert ){ ExprList *pUpsertSet = pStep->pUpsert->pUpsertSet; renameColumnElistNames(&sParse, &sCtx, pUpsertSet, zOld); } renameColumnIdlistNames(&sParse, &sCtx, pStep->pIdList, zOld); renameColumnElistNames(&sParse, &sCtx, pStep->pExprList, zOld); } } } /* Find tokens to edit in UPDATE OF clause */ if( sParse.pTriggerTab==pTab ){ renameColumnIdlistNames(&sParse, &sCtx,sParse.pNewTrigger->pColumns,zOld); } /* Find tokens to edit in various expressions and selects */ renameWalkTrigger(&sWalker, sParse.pNewTrigger); } assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = renameEditSql(context, &sCtx, zSql, zNew, bQuote); renameColumnFunc_done: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( sParse.zErrMsg ){ renameColumnParseError(context, 0, argv[1], argv[2], &sParse); }else{ sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); } } renameParseCleanup(&sParse); renameTokenFree(db, sCtx.pList); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION db->xAuth = xAuth; #endif sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); } /* ** Walker expression callback used by "RENAME TABLE". */ static int renameTableExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ RenameCtx *p = pWalker->u.pRename; if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && p->pTab==pExpr->pTab ){ renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, (void*)&pExpr->pTab); } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Walker select callback used by "RENAME TABLE". */ static int renameTableSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ int i; RenameCtx *p = pWalker->u.pRename; SrcList *pSrc = pSelect->pSrc; for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i]; if( pItem->pTab==p->pTab ){ renameTokenFind(pWalker->pParse, p, pItem->zName); } } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** This C function implements an SQL user function that is used by SQL code ** generated by the ALTER TABLE ... RENAME command to modify the definition ** of any foreign key constraints that use the table being renamed as the ** parent table. It is passed three arguments: ** ** 0: The database containing the table being renamed. ** 1. type: Type of object ("table", "view" etc.) ** 2. object: Name of object ** 3: The complete text of the schema statement being modified, ** 4: The old name of the table being renamed, and ** 5: The new name of the table being renamed. ** 6: True if the schema statement comes from the temp db. ** ** It returns the new schema statement. For example: ** ** sqlite_rename_table('main', 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t2)','t2','t3',0) ** -> 'CREATE TABLE t1(a REFERENCES t3)' */ static void renameTableFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); const char *zDb = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); const char *zInput = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[3]); const char *zOld = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[4]); const char *zNew = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[5]); int bTemp = sqlite3_value_int(argv[6]); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); if( zInput && zOld && zNew ){ Parse sParse; int rc; int bQuote = 1; RenameCtx sCtx; Walker sWalker; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION sqlite3_xauth xAuth = db->xAuth; db->xAuth = 0; #endif sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(RenameCtx)); sCtx.pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zOld, zDb); memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(Walker)); sWalker.pParse = &sParse; sWalker.xExprCallback = renameTableExprCb; sWalker.xSelectCallback = renameTableSelectCb; sWalker.u.pRename = &sCtx; rc = renameParseSql(&sParse, zDb, 1, db, zInput, bTemp); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( sParse.pNewTable ){ Table *pTab = sParse.pNewTable; if( pTab->pSelect ){ NameContext sNC; memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = &sParse; sqlite3SelectPrep(&sParse, pTab->pSelect, &sNC); if( sParse.nErr ) rc = sParse.rc; sqlite3WalkSelect(&sWalker, pTab->pSelect); }else{ /* Modify any FK definitions to point to the new table. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY if( db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ FKey *pFKey; for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ if( sqlite3_stricmp(pFKey->zTo, zOld)==0 ){ renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, (void*)pFKey->zTo); } } } #endif /* If this is the table being altered, fix any table refs in CHECK ** expressions. Also update the name that appears right after the ** "CREATE [VIRTUAL] TABLE" bit. */ if( sqlite3_stricmp(zOld, pTab->zName)==0 ){ sCtx.pTab = pTab; sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, pTab->pCheck); renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, pTab->zName); } } } else if( sParse.pNewIndex ){ renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, sParse.pNewIndex->zName); sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, sParse.pNewIndex->pPartIdxWhere); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER else{ Trigger *pTrigger = sParse.pNewTrigger; TriggerStep *pStep; if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(sParse.pNewTrigger->table, zOld) && sCtx.pTab->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, sParse.pNewTrigger->table); } rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse, bTemp ? 0 : zDb); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ renameWalkTrigger(&sWalker, pTrigger); for(pStep=pTrigger->step_list; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ if( pStep->zTarget && 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pStep->zTarget, zOld) ){ renameTokenFind(&sParse, &sCtx, pStep->zTarget); } } } } #endif } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = renameEditSql(context, &sCtx, zInput, zNew, bQuote); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( sParse.zErrMsg ){ renameColumnParseError(context, 0, argv[1], argv[2], &sParse); }else{ sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); } } renameParseCleanup(&sParse); renameTokenFree(db, sCtx.pList); sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION db->xAuth = xAuth; #endif } return; } /* ** An SQL user function that checks that there are no parse or symbol ** resolution problems in a CREATE TRIGGER|TABLE|VIEW|INDEX statement. ** After an ALTER TABLE .. RENAME operation is performed and the schema ** reloaded, this function is called on each SQL statement in the schema ** to ensure that it is still usable. ** ** 0: Database name ("main", "temp" etc.). ** 1: SQL statement. ** 2: Object type ("view", "table", "trigger" or "index"). ** 3: Object name. ** 4: True if object is from temp schema. ** ** Unless it finds an error, this function normally returns NULL. However, it ** returns integer value 1 if: ** ** * the SQL argument creates a trigger, and ** * the table that the trigger is attached to is in database zDb. */ static void renameTableTest( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); char const *zDb = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); char const *zInput = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); int bTemp = sqlite3_value_int(argv[4]); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION sqlite3_xauth xAuth = db->xAuth; db->xAuth = 0; #endif UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); if( zDb && zInput ){ int rc; Parse sParse; rc = renameParseSql(&sParse, zDb, 1, db, zInput, bTemp); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( sParse.pNewTable && sParse.pNewTable->pSelect ){ NameContext sNC; memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = &sParse; sqlite3SelectPrep(&sParse, sParse.pNewTable->pSelect, &sNC); if( sParse.nErr ) rc = sParse.rc; } else if( sParse.pNewTrigger ){ rc = renameResolveTrigger(&sParse, bTemp ? 0 : zDb); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i1 = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, sParse.pNewTrigger->pTabSchema); int i2 = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); if( i1==i2 ) sqlite3_result_int(context, 1); } } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ renameColumnParseError(context, 1, argv[2], argv[3], &sParse); } renameParseCleanup(&sParse); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION db->xAuth = xAuth; #endif } /* ** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AlterFunctions(void){ static FuncDef aAlterTableFuncs[] = { FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_column, 9, 0, 0, renameColumnFunc), FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_table, 7, 0, 0, renameTableFunc), FUNCTION(sqlite_rename_test, 5, 0, 0, renameTableTest), }; sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aAlterTableFuncs, ArraySize(aAlterTableFuncs)); } #endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */ /************** End of alter.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file analyze.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2005-07-08 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command. ** ** The ANALYZE command gather statistics about the content of tables ** and indices. These statistics are made available to the query planner ** to help it make better decisions about how to perform queries. ** ** The following system tables are or have been supported: ** ** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat1(tbl, idx, stat); ** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat2(tbl, idx, sampleno, sample); ** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat3(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); ** CREATE TABLE sqlite_stat4(tbl, idx, nEq, nLt, nDLt, sample); ** ** Additional tables might be added in future releases of SQLite. ** The sqlite_stat2 table is not created or used unless the SQLite version ** is between 3.6.18 and 3.7.8, inclusive, and unless SQLite is compiled ** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2. The sqlite_stat2 table is deprecated. ** The sqlite_stat2 table is superseded by sqlite_stat3, which is only ** created and used by SQLite versions 3.7.9 and later and with ** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 defined. The functionality of sqlite_stat3 ** is a superset of sqlite_stat2. The sqlite_stat4 is an enhanced ** version of sqlite_stat3 and is only available when compiled with ** SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 and in SQLite versions 3.8.1 and later. It is ** not possible to enable both STAT3 and STAT4 at the same time. If they ** are both enabled, then STAT4 takes precedence. ** ** For most applications, sqlite_stat1 provides all the statistics required ** for the query planner to make good choices. ** ** Format of sqlite_stat1: ** ** There is normally one row per index, with the index identified by the ** name in the idx column. The tbl column is the name of the table to ** which the index belongs. In each such row, the stat column will be ** a string consisting of a list of integers. The first integer in this ** list is the number of rows in the index. (This is the same as the ** number of rows in the table, except for partial indices.) The second ** integer is the average number of rows in the index that have the same ** value in the first column of the index. The third integer is the average ** number of rows in the index that have the same value for the first two ** columns. The N-th integer (for N>1) is the average number of rows in ** the index which have the same value for the first N-1 columns. For ** a K-column index, there will be K+1 integers in the stat column. If ** the index is unique, then the last integer will be 1. ** ** The list of integers in the stat column can optionally be followed ** by the keyword "unordered". The "unordered" keyword, if it is present, ** must be separated from the last integer by a single space. If the ** "unordered" keyword is present, then the query planner assumes that ** the index is unordered and will not use the index for a range query. ** ** If the sqlite_stat1.idx column is NULL, then the sqlite_stat1.stat ** column contains a single integer which is the (estimated) number of ** rows in the table identified by sqlite_stat1.tbl. ** ** Format of sqlite_stat2: ** ** The sqlite_stat2 is only created and is only used if SQLite is compiled ** with SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2 and if the SQLite version number is between ** 3.6.18 and 3.7.8. The "stat2" table contains additional information ** about the distribution of keys within an index. The index is identified by ** the "idx" column and the "tbl" column is the name of the table to which ** the index belongs. There are usually 10 rows in the sqlite_stat2 ** table for each index. ** ** The sqlite_stat2 entries for an index that have sampleno between 0 and 9 ** inclusive are samples of the left-most key value in the index taken at ** evenly spaced points along the index. Let the number of samples be S ** (10 in the standard build) and let C be the number of rows in the index. ** Then the sampled rows are given by: ** ** rownumber = (i*C*2 + C)/(S*2) ** ** For i between 0 and S-1. Conceptually, the index space is divided into ** S uniform buckets and the samples are the middle row from each bucket. ** ** The format for sqlite_stat2 is recorded here for legacy reference. This ** version of SQLite does not support sqlite_stat2. It neither reads nor ** writes the sqlite_stat2 table. This version of SQLite only supports ** sqlite_stat3. ** ** Format for sqlite_stat3: ** ** The sqlite_stat3 format is a subset of sqlite_stat4. Hence, the ** sqlite_stat4 format will be described first. Further information ** about sqlite_stat3 follows the sqlite_stat4 description. ** ** Format for sqlite_stat4: ** ** As with sqlite_stat2, the sqlite_stat4 table contains histogram data ** to aid the query planner in choosing good indices based on the values ** that indexed columns are compared against in the WHERE clauses of ** queries. ** ** The sqlite_stat4 table contains multiple entries for each index. ** The idx column names the index and the tbl column is the table of the ** index. If the idx and tbl columns are the same, then the sample is ** of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. The sample column is a blob which is the ** binary encoding of a key from the index. The nEq column is a ** list of integers. The first integer is the approximate number ** of entries in the index whose left-most column exactly matches ** the left-most column of the sample. The second integer in nEq ** is the approximate number of entries in the index where the ** first two columns match the first two columns of the sample. ** And so forth. nLt is another list of integers that show the approximate ** number of entries that are strictly less than the sample. The first ** integer in nLt contains the number of entries in the index where the ** left-most column is less than the left-most column of the sample. ** The K-th integer in the nLt entry is the number of index entries ** where the first K columns are less than the first K columns of the ** sample. The nDLt column is like nLt except that it contains the ** number of distinct entries in the index that are less than the ** sample. ** ** There can be an arbitrary number of sqlite_stat4 entries per index. ** The ANALYZE command will typically generate sqlite_stat4 tables ** that contain between 10 and 40 samples which are distributed across ** the key space, though not uniformly, and which include samples with ** large nEq values. ** ** Format for sqlite_stat3 redux: ** ** The sqlite_stat3 table is like sqlite_stat4 except that it only ** looks at the left-most column of the index. The sqlite_stat3.sample ** column contains the actual value of the left-most column instead ** of a blob encoding of the complete index key as is found in ** sqlite_stat4.sample. The nEq, nLt, and nDLt entries of sqlite_stat3 ** all contain just a single integer which is the same as the first ** integer in the equivalent columns in sqlite_stat4. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) # define IsStat4 1 # define IsStat3 0 #elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) # define IsStat4 0 # define IsStat3 1 #else # define IsStat4 0 # define IsStat3 0 # undef SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES # define SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES 1 #endif #define IsStat34 (IsStat3+IsStat4) /* 1 for STAT3 or STAT4. 0 otherwise */ /* ** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_statN tables. ** The sqlite_stat1 table is always relevant. sqlite_stat2 is now ** obsolete. sqlite_stat3 and sqlite_stat4 are only opened when ** appropriate compile-time options are provided. ** ** If the sqlite_statN tables do not previously exist, it is created. ** ** Argument zWhere may be a pointer to a buffer containing a table name, ** or it may be a NULL pointer. If it is not NULL, then all entries in ** the sqlite_statN tables associated with the named table are deleted. ** If zWhere==0, then code is generated to delete all stat table entries. */ static void openStatTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */ int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */ const char *zWhere, /* Delete entries for this table or index */ const char *zWhereType /* Either "tbl" or "idx" */ ){ static const struct { const char *zName; const char *zCols; } aTable[] = { { "sqlite_stat1", "tbl,idx,stat" }, #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) { "sqlite_stat4", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, { "sqlite_stat3", 0 }, #elif defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) { "sqlite_stat3", "tbl,idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample" }, { "sqlite_stat4", 0 }, #else { "sqlite_stat3", 0 }, { "sqlite_stat4", 0 }, #endif }; int i; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Db *pDb; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int aRoot[ArraySize(aTable)]; u8 aCreateTbl[ArraySize(aTable)]; if( v==0 ) return; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db ); pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; /* Create new statistic tables if they do not exist, or clear them ** if they do already exist. */ for(i=0; izDbSName))==0 ){ if( aTable[i].zCols ){ /* The sqlite_statN table does not exist. Create it. Note that a ** side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave the rootpage ** of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is important ** because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "CREATE TABLE %Q.%s(%s)", pDb->zDbSName, zTab, aTable[i].zCols ); aRoot[i] = pParse->regRoot; aCreateTbl[i] = OPFLAG_P2ISREG; } }else{ /* The table already exists. If zWhere is not NULL, delete all entries ** associated with the table zWhere. If zWhere is NULL, delete the ** entire contents of the table. */ aRoot[i] = pStat->tnum; aCreateTbl[i] = 0; sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, aRoot[i], 1, zTab); if( zWhere ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", pDb->zDbSName, zTab, zWhereType, zWhere ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK }else if( db->xPreUpdateCallback ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s", pDb->zDbSName, zTab); #endif }else{ /* The sqlite_stat[134] table already exists. Delete all rows. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, aRoot[i], iDb); } } } /* Open the sqlite_stat[134] tables for writing. */ for(i=0; aTable[i].zCols; i++){ assert( inRowid ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); p->nRowid = 0; } } #endif /* Initialize the BLOB value of a ROWID */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 static void sampleSetRowid(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, int n, const u8 *pData){ assert( db!=0 ); if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); p->u.aRowid = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, n); if( p->u.aRowid ){ p->nRowid = n; memcpy(p->u.aRowid, pData, n); }else{ p->nRowid = 0; } } #endif /* Initialize the INTEGER value of a ROWID. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 static void sampleSetRowidInt64(sqlite3 *db, Stat4Sample *p, i64 iRowid){ assert( db!=0 ); if( p->nRowid ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.aRowid); p->nRowid = 0; p->u.iRowid = iRowid; } #endif /* ** Copy the contents of object (*pFrom) into (*pTo). */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 static void sampleCopy(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pTo, Stat4Sample *pFrom){ pTo->isPSample = pFrom->isPSample; pTo->iCol = pFrom->iCol; pTo->iHash = pFrom->iHash; memcpy(pTo->anEq, pFrom->anEq, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); memcpy(pTo->anLt, pFrom->anLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); memcpy(pTo->anDLt, pFrom->anDLt, sizeof(tRowcnt)*p->nCol); if( pFrom->nRowid ){ sampleSetRowid(p->db, pTo, pFrom->nRowid, pFrom->u.aRowid); }else{ sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, pTo, pFrom->u.iRowid); } } #endif /* ** Reclaim all memory of a Stat4Accum structure. */ static void stat4Destructor(void *pOld){ Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)pOld; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 int i; for(i=0; inCol; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->aBest+i); for(i=0; imxSample; i++) sampleClear(p->db, p->a+i); sampleClear(p->db, &p->current); #endif sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p); } /* ** Implementation of the stat_init(N,K,C) SQL function. The three parameters ** are: ** N: The number of columns in the index including the rowid/pk (note 1) ** K: The number of columns in the index excluding the rowid/pk. ** C: The number of rows in the index (note 2) ** ** Note 1: In the special case of the covering index that implements a ** WITHOUT ROWID table, N is the number of PRIMARY KEY columns, not the ** total number of columns in the table. ** ** Note 2: C is only used for STAT3 and STAT4. ** ** For indexes on ordinary rowid tables, N==K+1. But for indexes on ** WITHOUT ROWID tables, N=K+P where P is the number of columns in the ** PRIMARY KEY of the table. The covering index that implements the ** original WITHOUT ROWID table as N==K as a special case. ** ** This routine allocates the Stat4Accum object in heap memory. The return ** value is a pointer to the Stat4Accum object. The datatype of the ** return value is BLOB, but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum ** object. */ static void statInit( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Stat4Accum *p; int nCol; /* Number of columns in index being sampled */ int nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns */ int nColUp; /* nCol rounded up for alignment */ int n; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 int mxSample = SQLITE_STAT4_SAMPLES; #endif /* Decode the three function arguments */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); nCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); assert( nCol>0 ); nColUp = sizeof(tRowcnt)<8 ? (nCol+1)&~1 : nCol; nKeyCol = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); assert( nKeyCol<=nCol ); assert( nKeyCol>0 ); /* Allocate the space required for the Stat4Accum object */ n = sizeof(*p) + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anEq */ + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anDLt */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 + sizeof(tRowcnt)*nColUp /* Stat4Accum.anLt */ + sizeof(Stat4Sample)*(nCol+mxSample) /* Stat4Accum.aBest[], a[] */ + sizeof(tRowcnt)*3*nColUp*(nCol+mxSample) #endif ; db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, n); if( p==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); return; } p->db = db; p->nRow = 0; p->nCol = nCol; p->nKeyCol = nKeyCol; p->current.anDLt = (tRowcnt*)&p[1]; p->current.anEq = &p->current.anDLt[nColUp]; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 { u8 *pSpace; /* Allocated space not yet assigned */ int i; /* Used to iterate through p->aSample[] */ p->iGet = -1; p->mxSample = mxSample; p->nPSample = (tRowcnt)(sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])/(mxSample/3+1) + 1); p->current.anLt = &p->current.anEq[nColUp]; p->iPrn = 0x689e962d*(u32)nCol ^ 0xd0944565*(u32)sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); /* Set up the Stat4Accum.a[] and aBest[] arrays */ p->a = (struct Stat4Sample*)&p->current.anLt[nColUp]; p->aBest = &p->a[mxSample]; pSpace = (u8*)(&p->a[mxSample+nCol]); for(i=0; i<(mxSample+nCol); i++){ p->a[i].anEq = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); p->a[i].anLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); p->a[i].anDLt = (tRowcnt *)pSpace; pSpace += (sizeof(tRowcnt) * nColUp); } assert( (pSpace - (u8*)p)==n ); for(i=0; iaBest[i].iCol = i; } } #endif /* Return a pointer to the allocated object to the caller. Note that ** only the pointer (the 2nd parameter) matters. The size of the object ** (given by the 3rd parameter) is never used and can be any positive ** value. */ sqlite3_result_blob(context, p, sizeof(*p), stat4Destructor); } static const FuncDef statInitFuncdef = { 2+IsStat34, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ 0, /* pUserData */ 0, /* pNext */ statInit, /* xSFunc */ 0, /* xFinalize */ 0, 0, /* xValue, xInverse */ "stat_init", /* zName */ {0} }; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* ** pNew and pOld are both candidate non-periodic samples selected for ** the same column (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol). Ignoring this column and ** considering only any trailing columns and the sample hash value, this ** function returns true if sample pNew is to be preferred over pOld. ** In other words, if we assume that the cardinalities of the selected ** column for pNew and pOld are equal, is pNew to be preferred over pOld. ** ** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of ** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol+1] onwards are valid. */ static int sampleIsBetterPost( Stat4Accum *pAccum, Stat4Sample *pNew, Stat4Sample *pOld ){ int nCol = pAccum->nCol; int i; assert( pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol ); for(i=pNew->iCol+1; ianEq[i]>pOld->anEq[i] ) return 1; if( pNew->anEq[i]anEq[i] ) return 0; } if( pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash ) return 1; return 0; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* ** Return true if pNew is to be preferred over pOld. ** ** This function assumes that for each argument sample, the contents of ** the anEq[] array from pSample->anEq[pSample->iCol] onwards are valid. */ static int sampleIsBetter( Stat4Accum *pAccum, Stat4Sample *pNew, Stat4Sample *pOld ){ tRowcnt nEqNew = pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]; tRowcnt nEqOld = pOld->anEq[pOld->iCol]; assert( pOld->isPSample==0 && pNew->isPSample==0 ); assert( IsStat4 || (pNew->iCol==0 && pOld->iCol==0) ); if( (nEqNew>nEqOld) ) return 1; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 if( nEqNew==nEqOld ){ if( pNew->iColiCol ) return 1; return (pNew->iCol==pOld->iCol && sampleIsBetterPost(pAccum, pNew, pOld)); } return 0; #else return (nEqNew==nEqOld && pNew->iHash>pOld->iHash); #endif } /* ** Copy the contents of sample *pNew into the p->a[] array. If necessary, ** remove the least desirable sample from p->a[] to make room. */ static void sampleInsert(Stat4Accum *p, Stat4Sample *pNew, int nEqZero){ Stat4Sample *pSample = 0; int i; assert( IsStat4 || nEqZero==0 ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 /* Stat4Accum.nMaxEqZero is set to the maximum number of leading 0 ** values in the anEq[] array of any sample in Stat4Accum.a[]. In ** other words, if nMaxEqZero is n, then it is guaranteed that there ** are no samples with Stat4Sample.anEq[m]==0 for (m>=n). */ if( nEqZero>p->nMaxEqZero ){ p->nMaxEqZero = nEqZero; } if( pNew->isPSample==0 ){ Stat4Sample *pUpgrade = 0; assert( pNew->anEq[pNew->iCol]>0 ); /* This sample is being added because the prefix that ends in column ** iCol occurs many times in the table. However, if we have already ** added a sample that shares this prefix, there is no need to add ** this one. Instead, upgrade the priority of the highest priority ** existing sample that shares this prefix. */ for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ Stat4Sample *pOld = &p->a[i]; if( pOld->anEq[pNew->iCol]==0 ){ if( pOld->isPSample ) return; assert( pOld->iCol>pNew->iCol ); assert( sampleIsBetter(p, pNew, pOld) ); if( pUpgrade==0 || sampleIsBetter(p, pOld, pUpgrade) ){ pUpgrade = pOld; } } } if( pUpgrade ){ pUpgrade->iCol = pNew->iCol; pUpgrade->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol] = pNew->anEq[pUpgrade->iCol]; goto find_new_min; } } #endif /* If necessary, remove sample iMin to make room for the new sample. */ if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ Stat4Sample *pMin = &p->a[p->iMin]; tRowcnt *anEq = pMin->anEq; tRowcnt *anLt = pMin->anLt; tRowcnt *anDLt = pMin->anDLt; sampleClear(p->db, pMin); memmove(pMin, &pMin[1], sizeof(p->a[0])*(p->nSample-p->iMin-1)); pSample = &p->a[p->nSample-1]; pSample->nRowid = 0; pSample->anEq = anEq; pSample->anDLt = anDLt; pSample->anLt = anLt; p->nSample = p->mxSample-1; } /* The "rows less-than" for the rowid column must be greater than that ** for the last sample in the p->a[] array. Otherwise, the samples would ** be out of order. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 assert( p->nSample==0 || pNew->anLt[p->nCol-1] > p->a[p->nSample-1].anLt[p->nCol-1] ); #endif /* Insert the new sample */ pSample = &p->a[p->nSample]; sampleCopy(p, pSample, pNew); p->nSample++; /* Zero the first nEqZero entries in the anEq[] array. */ memset(pSample->anEq, 0, sizeof(tRowcnt)*nEqZero); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 find_new_min: #endif if( p->nSample>=p->mxSample ){ int iMin = -1; for(i=0; imxSample; i++){ if( p->a[i].isPSample ) continue; if( iMin<0 || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->a[iMin], &p->a[i]) ){ iMin = i; } } assert( iMin>=0 ); p->iMin = iMin; } } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ /* ** Field iChng of the index being scanned has changed. So at this point ** p->current contains a sample that reflects the previous row of the ** index. The value of anEq[iChng] and subsequent anEq[] elements are ** correct at this point. */ static void samplePushPrevious(Stat4Accum *p, int iChng){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 int i; /* Check if any samples from the aBest[] array should be pushed ** into IndexSample.a[] at this point. */ for(i=(p->nCol-2); i>=iChng; i--){ Stat4Sample *pBest = &p->aBest[i]; pBest->anEq[i] = p->current.anEq[i]; if( p->nSamplemxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, pBest, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){ sampleInsert(p, pBest, i); } } /* Check that no sample contains an anEq[] entry with an index of ** p->nMaxEqZero or greater set to zero. */ for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ int j; for(j=p->nMaxEqZero; jnCol; j++) assert( p->a[i].anEq[j]>0 ); } /* Update the anEq[] fields of any samples already collected. */ if( iChngnMaxEqZero ){ for(i=p->nSample-1; i>=0; i--){ int j; for(j=iChng; jnCol; j++){ if( p->a[i].anEq[j]==0 ) p->a[i].anEq[j] = p->current.anEq[j]; } } p->nMaxEqZero = iChng; } #endif #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) if( iChng==0 ){ tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[0]; tRowcnt nEq = p->current.anEq[0]; /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */ if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+nEq)/p->nPSample ){ p->current.isPSample = 1; sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0); p->current.isPSample = 0; }else /* Or if it is a non-periodic sample. Add it in this case too. */ if( p->nSamplemxSample || sampleIsBetter(p, &p->current, &p->a[p->iMin]) ){ sampleInsert(p, &p->current, 0); } } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 UNUSED_PARAMETER( p ); UNUSED_PARAMETER( iChng ); #endif } /* ** Implementation of the stat_push SQL function: stat_push(P,C,R) ** Arguments: ** ** P Pointer to the Stat4Accum object created by stat_init() ** C Index of left-most column to differ from previous row ** R Rowid for the current row. Might be a key record for ** WITHOUT ROWID tables. ** ** This SQL function always returns NULL. It's purpose it to accumulate ** statistical data and/or samples in the Stat4Accum object about the ** index being analyzed. The stat_get() SQL function will later be used to ** extract relevant information for constructing the sqlite_statN tables. ** ** The R parameter is only used for STAT3 and STAT4 */ static void statPush( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int i; /* The three function arguments */ Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); int iChng = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); UNUSED_PARAMETER( context ); assert( p->nCol>0 ); assert( iChngnCol ); if( p->nRow==0 ){ /* This is the first call to this function. Do initialization. */ for(i=0; inCol; i++) p->current.anEq[i] = 1; }else{ /* Second and subsequent calls get processed here */ samplePushPrevious(p, iChng); /* Update anDLt[], anLt[] and anEq[] to reflect the values that apply ** to the current row of the index. */ for(i=0; icurrent.anEq[i]++; } for(i=iChng; inCol; i++){ p->current.anDLt[i]++; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 p->current.anLt[i] += p->current.anEq[i]; #endif p->current.anEq[i] = 1; } } p->nRow++; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ sampleSetRowidInt64(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_int64(argv[2])); }else{ sampleSetRowid(p->db, &p->current, sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]), sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2])); } p->current.iHash = p->iPrn = p->iPrn*1103515245 + 12345; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4 { tRowcnt nLt = p->current.anLt[p->nCol-1]; /* Check if this is to be a periodic sample. If so, add it. */ if( (nLt/p->nPSample)!=(nLt+1)/p->nPSample ){ p->current.isPSample = 1; p->current.iCol = 0; sampleInsert(p, &p->current, p->nCol-1); p->current.isPSample = 0; } /* Update the aBest[] array. */ for(i=0; i<(p->nCol-1); i++){ p->current.iCol = i; if( i>=iChng || sampleIsBetterPost(p, &p->current, &p->aBest[i]) ){ sampleCopy(p, &p->aBest[i], &p->current); } } } #endif } static const FuncDef statPushFuncdef = { 2+IsStat34, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ 0, /* pUserData */ 0, /* pNext */ statPush, /* xSFunc */ 0, /* xFinalize */ 0, 0, /* xValue, xInverse */ "stat_push", /* zName */ {0} }; #define STAT_GET_STAT1 0 /* "stat" column of stat1 table */ #define STAT_GET_ROWID 1 /* "rowid" column of stat[34] entry */ #define STAT_GET_NEQ 2 /* "neq" column of stat[34] entry */ #define STAT_GET_NLT 3 /* "nlt" column of stat[34] entry */ #define STAT_GET_NDLT 4 /* "ndlt" column of stat[34] entry */ /* ** Implementation of the stat_get(P,J) SQL function. This routine is ** used to query statistical information that has been gathered into ** the Stat4Accum object by prior calls to stat_push(). The P parameter ** has type BLOB but it is really just a pointer to the Stat4Accum object. ** The content to returned is determined by the parameter J ** which is one of the STAT_GET_xxxx values defined above. ** ** The stat_get(P,J) function is not available to generic SQL. It is ** inserted as part of a manually constructed bytecode program. (See ** the callStatGet() routine below.) It is guaranteed that the P ** parameter will always be a poiner to a Stat4Accum object, never a ** NULL. ** ** If neither STAT3 nor STAT4 are enabled, then J is always ** STAT_GET_STAT1 and is hence omitted and this routine becomes ** a one-parameter function, stat_get(P), that always returns the ** stat1 table entry information. */ static void statGet( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Stat4Accum *p = (Stat4Accum*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* STAT3 and STAT4 have a parameter on this routine. */ int eCall = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); assert( argc==2 ); assert( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 || eCall==STAT_GET_NEQ || eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID || eCall==STAT_GET_NLT || eCall==STAT_GET_NDLT ); if( eCall==STAT_GET_STAT1 ) #else assert( argc==1 ); #endif { /* Return the value to store in the "stat" column of the sqlite_stat1 ** table for this index. ** ** The value is a string composed of a list of integers describing ** the index. The first integer in the list is the total number of ** entries in the index. There is one additional integer in the list ** for each indexed column. This additional integer is an estimate of ** the number of rows matched by a stabbing query on the index using ** a key with the corresponding number of fields. In other words, ** if the index is on columns (a,b) and the sqlite_stat1 value is ** "100 10 2", then SQLite estimates that: ** ** * the index contains 100 rows, ** * "WHERE a=?" matches 10 rows, and ** * "WHERE a=? AND b=?" matches 2 rows. ** ** If D is the count of distinct values and K is the total number of ** rows, then each estimate is computed as: ** ** I = (K+D-1)/D */ char *z; int i; char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero( (p->nKeyCol+1)*25 ); if( zRet==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); return; } sqlite3_snprintf(24, zRet, "%llu", (u64)p->nRow); z = zRet + sqlite3Strlen30(zRet); for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ u64 nDistinct = p->current.anDLt[i] + 1; u64 iVal = (p->nRow + nDistinct - 1) / nDistinct; sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, " %llu", iVal); z += sqlite3Strlen30(z); assert( p->current.anEq[i] ); } assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet ); sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 else if( eCall==STAT_GET_ROWID ){ if( p->iGet<0 ){ samplePushPrevious(p, 0); p->iGet = 0; } if( p->iGetnSample ){ Stat4Sample *pS = p->a + p->iGet; if( pS->nRowid==0 ){ sqlite3_result_int64(context, pS->u.iRowid); }else{ sqlite3_result_blob(context, pS->u.aRowid, pS->nRowid, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } }else{ tRowcnt *aCnt = 0; assert( p->iGetnSample ); switch( eCall ){ case STAT_GET_NEQ: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anEq; break; case STAT_GET_NLT: aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anLt; break; default: { aCnt = p->a[p->iGet].anDLt; p->iGet++; break; } } if( IsStat3 ){ sqlite3_result_int64(context, (i64)aCnt[0]); }else{ char *zRet = sqlite3MallocZero(p->nCol * 25); if( zRet==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); }else{ int i; char *z = zRet; for(i=0; inCol; i++){ sqlite3_snprintf(24, z, "%llu ", (u64)aCnt[i]); z += sqlite3Strlen30(z); } assert( z[0]=='\0' && z>zRet ); z[-1] = '\0'; sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3_free); } } } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG UNUSED_PARAMETER( argc ); #endif } static const FuncDef statGetFuncdef = { 1+IsStat34, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ 0, /* pUserData */ 0, /* pNext */ statGet, /* xSFunc */ 0, /* xFinalize */ 0, 0, /* xValue, xInverse */ "stat_get", /* zName */ {0} }; static void callStatGet(Vdbe *v, int regStat4, int iParam, int regOut){ assert( regOut!=regStat4 && regOut!=regStat4+1 ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iParam, regStat4+1); #elif SQLITE_DEBUG assert( iParam==STAT_GET_STAT1 ); #else UNUSED_PARAMETER( iParam ); #endif sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 0, regStat4, regOut, (char*)&statGetFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1 + IsStat34); } /* ** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with ** a single table. */ static void analyzeOneTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */ Index *pOnlyIdx, /* If not NULL, only analyze this one index */ int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */ int iMem, /* Available memory locations begin here */ int iTab /* Next available cursor */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */ int iIdxCur; /* Cursor open on index being analyzed */ int iTabCur; /* Table cursor */ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int jZeroRows = -1; /* Jump from here if number of rows is zero */ int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ u8 needTableCnt = 1; /* True to count the table */ int regNewRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid for the inserted record */ int regStat4 = iMem++; /* Register to hold Stat4Accum object */ int regChng = iMem++; /* Index of changed index field */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 int regRowid = iMem++; /* Rowid argument passed to stat_push() */ #endif int regTemp = iMem++; /* Temporary use register */ int regTabname = iMem++; /* Register containing table name */ int regIdxname = iMem++; /* Register containing index name */ int regStat1 = iMem++; /* Value for the stat column of sqlite_stat1 */ int regPrev = iMem; /* MUST BE LAST (see below) */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK Table *pStat1 = 0; #endif pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, iMem); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 || NEVER(pTab==0) ){ return; } if( pTab->tnum==0 ){ /* Do not gather statistics on views or virtual tables */ return; } if( sqlite3_strlike("sqlite\\_%", pTab->zName, '\\')==0 ){ /* Do not gather statistics on system tables */ return; } assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 ); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName ) ){ return; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK if( db->xPreUpdateCallback ){ pStat1 = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) + 13); if( pStat1==0 ) return; pStat1->zName = (char*)&pStat1[1]; memcpy(pStat1->zName, "sqlite_stat1", 13); pStat1->nCol = 3; pStat1->iPKey = -1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Noop, 0, 0, 0,(char*)pStat1,P4_DYNBLOB); } #endif /* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. ** Open a read-only cursor on the table. Also allocate a cursor number ** to use for scanning indexes (iIdxCur). No index cursor is opened at ** this time though. */ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); iTabCur = iTab++; iIdxCur = iTab++; pParse->nTab = MAX(pParse->nTab, iTab); sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regTabname, pTab->zName); for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ int nCol; /* Number of columns in pIdx. "N" */ int addrRewind; /* Address of "OP_Rewind iIdxCur" */ int addrNextRow; /* Address of "next_row:" */ const char *zIdxName; /* Name of the index */ int nColTest; /* Number of columns to test for changes */ if( pOnlyIdx && pOnlyIdx!=pIdx ) continue; if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ) needTableCnt = 0; if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ nCol = pIdx->nKeyCol; zIdxName = pTab->zName; nColTest = nCol - 1; }else{ nCol = pIdx->nColumn; zIdxName = pIdx->zName; nColTest = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol-1 : nCol-1; } /* Populate the register containing the index name. */ sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regIdxname, zIdxName); VdbeComment((v, "Analysis for %s.%s", pTab->zName, zIdxName)); /* ** Pseudo-code for loop that calls stat_push(): ** ** Rewind csr ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan; ** regChng = 0 ** goto chng_addr_0; ** ** next_row: ** regChng = 0 ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0 ** regChng = 1 ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1 ** ... ** regChng = N ** goto chng_addr_N ** ** chng_addr_0: ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) ** chng_addr_1: ** regPrev(1) = idx(1) ** ... ** ** endDistinctTest: ** regRowid = idx(rowid) ** stat_push(P, regChng, regRowid) ** Next csr ** if !eof(csr) goto next_row; ** ** end_of_scan: */ /* Make sure there are enough memory cells allocated to accommodate ** the regPrev array and a trailing rowid (the rowid slot is required ** when building a record to insert into the sample column of ** the sqlite_stat4 table. */ pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regPrev+nColTest); /* Open a read-only cursor on the index being analyzed. */ assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIdx->pSchema) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); /* Invoke the stat_init() function. The arguments are: ** ** (1) the number of columns in the index including the rowid ** (or for a WITHOUT ROWID table, the number of PK columns), ** (2) the number of columns in the key without the rowid/pk ** (3) the number of rows in the index, ** ** ** The third argument is only used for STAT3 and STAT4 */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur, regStat4+3); #endif sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nCol, regStat4+1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->nKeyCol, regStat4+2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 0, regStat4+1, regStat4, (char*)&statInitFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34); /* Implementation of the following: ** ** Rewind csr ** if eof(csr) goto end_of_scan; ** regChng = 0 ** goto next_push_0; ** */ addrRewind = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regChng); addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( nColTest>0 ){ int endDistinctTest = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int *aGotoChng; /* Array of jump instruction addresses */ aGotoChng = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*nColTest); if( aGotoChng==0 ) continue; /* ** next_row: ** regChng = 0 ** if( idx(0) != regPrev(0) ) goto chng_addr_0 ** regChng = 1 ** if( idx(1) != regPrev(1) ) goto chng_addr_1 ** ... ** regChng = N ** goto endDistinctTest */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); addrNextRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( nColTest==1 && pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ /* For a single-column UNIQUE index, once we have found a non-NULL ** row, we know that all the rest will be distinct, so skip ** subsequent distinctness tests. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NotNull, regPrev, endDistinctTest); VdbeCoverage(v); } for(i=0; iazColl[i]); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, regChng); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regTemp); aGotoChng[i] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Ne, regTemp, 0, regPrev+i, pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NULLEQ); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nColTest, regChng); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, endDistinctTest); /* ** chng_addr_0: ** regPrev(0) = idx(0) ** chng_addr_1: ** regPrev(1) = idx(1) ** ... */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrNextRow-1); for(i=0; ipTable); int j, k, regKey; regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); assert( k>=0 && knColumn ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, regKey+j); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[j]].zName)); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol, regRowid); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regKey, pPk->nKeyCol); } #endif assert( regChng==(regStat4+1) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 1, regStat4, regTemp, (char*)&statPushFuncdef, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 2+IsStat34); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, addrNextRow); VdbeCoverage(v); /* Add the entry to the stat1 table. */ callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_STAT1, regStat1); assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pStat1, P4_TABLE); #endif sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); /* Add the entries to the stat3 or stat4 table. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 { int regEq = regStat1; int regLt = regStat1+1; int regDLt = regStat1+2; int regSample = regStat1+3; int regCol = regStat1+4; int regSampleRowid = regCol + nCol; int addrNext; int addrIsNull; u8 seekOp = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound; pParse->nMem = MAX(pParse->nMem, regCol+nCol); addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_ROWID, regSampleRowid); addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regSampleRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NEQ, regEq); callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NLT, regLt); callStatGet(v, regStat4, STAT_GET_NDLT, regDLt); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, seekOp, iTabCur, addrNext, regSampleRowid, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3 sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(pParse, pIdx, iTabCur, 0, regSample); #else for(i=0; izName)); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iTabCur, regStat1); jZeroRows = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regStat1); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIdxname); assert( "BBB"[0]==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTabname, 3, regTemp, "BBB", 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regNewRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regTemp, regNewRowid); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pStat1, P4_TABLE); #endif sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jZeroRows); } } /* ** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to ** be loaded into internal hash tables where is can be used. */ static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb); } } /* ** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database */ static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */ HashElem *k; int iStatCur; int iMem; int iTab; sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); iStatCur = pParse->nTab; pParse->nTab += 3; openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0, 0); iMem = pParse->nMem+1; iTab = pParse->nTab; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, 0, iStatCur, iMem, iTab); } loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); } /* ** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in ** a database. If pOnlyIdx is not NULL then it is a single index ** in pTab that should be analyzed. */ static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, Index *pOnlyIdx){ int iDb; int iStatCur; assert( pTab!=0 ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); iStatCur = pParse->nTab; pParse->nTab += 3; if( pOnlyIdx ){ openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pOnlyIdx->zName, "idx"); }else{ openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName, "tbl"); } analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, pOnlyIdx, iStatCur,pParse->nMem+1,pParse->nTab); loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb); } /* ** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine ** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command. ** ** ANALYZE -- 1 ** ANALYZE -- 2 ** ANALYZE ?.? -- 3 ** ** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed. ** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named. ** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb; int i; char *z, *zDb; Table *pTab; Index *pIdx; Token *pTableName; Vdbe *v; /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) ); if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ return; } assert( pName2!=0 || pName1==0 ); if( pName1==0 ){ /* Form 1: Analyze everything */ for(i=0; inDb; i++){ if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */ analyzeDatabase(pParse, i); } }else if( pName2->n==0 && (iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1))>=0 ){ /* Analyze the schema named as the argument */ analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb); }else{ /* Form 3: Analyze the table or index named as an argument */ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName); if( iDb>=0 ){ zDb = pName2->n ? db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName : 0; z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName); if( z ){ if( (pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb))!=0 ){ analyzeTable(pParse, pIdx->pTable, pIdx); }else if( (pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb))!=0 ){ analyzeTable(pParse, pTab, 0); } sqlite3DbFree(db, z); } } } if( db->nSqlExec==0 && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire); } } /* ** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the ** callback routine. */ typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo; struct analysisInfo { sqlite3 *db; const char *zDatabase; }; /* ** The first argument points to a nul-terminated string containing a ** list of space separated integers. Read the first nOut of these into ** the array aOut[]. */ static void decodeIntArray( char *zIntArray, /* String containing int array to decode */ int nOut, /* Number of slots in aOut[] */ tRowcnt *aOut, /* Store integers here */ LogEst *aLog, /* Or, if aOut==0, here */ Index *pIndex /* Handle extra flags for this index, if not NULL */ ){ char *z = zIntArray; int c; int i; tRowcnt v; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 if( z==0 ) z = ""; #else assert( z!=0 ); #endif for(i=0; *z && i='0' && c<='9' ){ v = v*10 + c - '0'; z++; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 if( aOut ) aOut[i] = v; if( aLog ) aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v); #else assert( aOut==0 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(aOut); assert( aLog!=0 ); aLog[i] = sqlite3LogEst(v); #endif if( *z==' ' ) z++; } #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 assert( pIndex!=0 ); { #else if( pIndex ){ #endif pIndex->bUnordered = 0; pIndex->noSkipScan = 0; while( z[0] ){ if( sqlite3_strglob("unordered*", z)==0 ){ pIndex->bUnordered = 1; }else if( sqlite3_strglob("sz=[0-9]*", z)==0 ){ pIndex->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+3)); }else if( sqlite3_strglob("noskipscan*", z)==0 ){ pIndex->noSkipScan = 1; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT else if( sqlite3_strglob("costmult=[0-9]*",z)==0 ){ pIndex->pTable->costMult = sqlite3LogEst(sqlite3Atoi(z+9)); } #endif while( z[0]!=0 && z[0]!=' ' ) z++; while( z[0]==' ' ) z++; } } } /* ** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the ** sqlite_stat1 table. ** ** argv[0] = name of the table ** argv[1] = name of the index (might be NULL) ** argv[2] = results of analysis - on integer for each column ** ** Entries for which argv[1]==NULL simply record the number of rows in ** the table. */ static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData; Index *pIndex; Table *pTable; const char *z; assert( argc==3 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[2]==0 ){ return 0; } pTable = sqlite3FindTable(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase); if( pTable==0 ){ return 0; } if( argv[1]==0 ){ pIndex = 0; }else if( sqlite3_stricmp(argv[0],argv[1])==0 ){ pIndex = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTable); }else{ pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[1], pInfo->zDatabase); } z = argv[2]; if( pIndex ){ tRowcnt *aiRowEst = 0; int nCol = pIndex->nKeyCol+1; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* Index.aiRowEst may already be set here if there are duplicate ** sqlite_stat1 entries for this index. In that case just clobber ** the old data with the new instead of allocating a new array. */ if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ){ pIndex->aiRowEst = (tRowcnt*)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(tRowcnt) * nCol); if( pIndex->aiRowEst==0 ) sqlite3OomFault(pInfo->db); } aiRowEst = pIndex->aiRowEst; #endif pIndex->bUnordered = 0; decodeIntArray((char*)z, nCol, aiRowEst, pIndex->aiRowLogEst, pIndex); pIndex->hasStat1 = 1; if( pIndex->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){ pTable->nRowLogEst = pIndex->aiRowLogEst[0]; pTable->tabFlags |= TF_HasStat1; } }else{ Index fakeIdx; fakeIdx.szIdxRow = pTable->szTabRow; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT fakeIdx.pTable = pTable; #endif decodeIntArray((char*)z, 1, 0, &pTable->nRowLogEst, &fakeIdx); pTable->szTabRow = fakeIdx.szIdxRow; pTable->tabFlags |= TF_HasStat1; } return 0; } /* ** If the Index.aSample variable is not NULL, delete the aSample[] array ** and its contents. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 if( pIdx->aSample ){ int j; for(j=0; jnSample; j++){ IndexSample *p = &pIdx->aSample[j]; sqlite3DbFree(db, p->p); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pIdx->aSample); } if( db && db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ pIdx->nSample = 0; pIdx->aSample = 0; } #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pIdx); #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* ** Populate the pIdx->aAvgEq[] array based on the samples currently ** stored in pIdx->aSample[]. */ static void initAvgEq(Index *pIdx){ if( pIdx ){ IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; IndexSample *pFinal = &aSample[pIdx->nSample-1]; int iCol; int nCol = 1; if( pIdx->nSampleCol>1 ){ /* If this is stat4 data, then calculate aAvgEq[] values for all ** sample columns except the last. The last is always set to 1, as ** once the trailing PK fields are considered all index keys are ** unique. */ nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol-1; pIdx->aAvgEq[nCol] = 1; } for(iCol=0; iColnSample; int i; /* Used to iterate through samples */ tRowcnt sumEq = 0; /* Sum of the nEq values */ tRowcnt avgEq = 0; tRowcnt nRow; /* Number of rows in index */ i64 nSum100 = 0; /* Number of terms contributing to sumEq */ i64 nDist100; /* Number of distinct values in index */ if( !pIdx->aiRowEst || iCol>=pIdx->nKeyCol || pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1]==0 ){ nRow = pFinal->anLt[iCol]; nDist100 = (i64)100 * pFinal->anDLt[iCol]; nSample--; }else{ nRow = pIdx->aiRowEst[0]; nDist100 = ((i64)100 * pIdx->aiRowEst[0]) / pIdx->aiRowEst[iCol+1]; } pIdx->nRowEst0 = nRow; /* Set nSum to the number of distinct (iCol+1) field prefixes that ** occur in the stat4 table for this index. Set sumEq to the sum of ** the nEq values for column iCol for the same set (adding the value ** only once where there exist duplicate prefixes). */ for(i=0; inSample-1) || aSample[i].anDLt[iCol]!=aSample[i+1].anDLt[iCol] ){ sumEq += aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; nSum100 += 100; } } if( nDist100>nSum100 && sumEqaAvgEq[iCol] = avgEq; } } } /* ** Look up an index by name. Or, if the name of a WITHOUT ROWID table ** is supplied instead, find the PRIMARY KEY index for that table. */ static Index *findIndexOrPrimaryKey( sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb ){ Index *pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb); if( pIdx==0 ){ Table *pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); if( pTab && !HasRowid(pTab) ) pIdx = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); } return pIdx; } /* ** Load the content from either the sqlite_stat4 or sqlite_stat3 table ** into the relevant Index.aSample[] arrays. ** ** Arguments zSql1 and zSql2 must point to SQL statements that return ** data equivalent to the following (statements are different for stat3, ** see the caller of this function for details): ** ** zSql1: SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx ** zSql2: SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 ** ** where %Q is replaced with the database name before the SQL is executed. */ static int loadStatTbl( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ int bStat3, /* Assume single column records only */ const char *zSql1, /* SQL statement 1 (see above) */ const char *zSql2, /* SQL statement 2 (see above) */ const char *zDb /* Database name (e.g. "main") */ ){ int rc; /* Result codes from subroutines */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* An SQL statement being run */ char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement */ Index *pPrevIdx = 0; /* Previous index in the loop */ IndexSample *pSample; /* A slot in pIdx->aSample[] */ assert( db->lookaside.bDisable ); zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql1, zDb); if( !zSql ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); if( rc ) return rc; while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ int nIdxCol = 1; /* Number of columns in stat4 records */ char *zIndex; /* Index name */ Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ int nSample; /* Number of samples */ int nByte; /* Bytes of space required */ int i; /* Bytes of space required */ tRowcnt *pSpace; zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); if( zIndex==0 ) continue; nSample = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); assert( pIdx==0 || bStat3 || pIdx->nSample==0 ); /* Index.nSample is non-zero at this point if data has already been ** loaded from the stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */ if( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nSample ) continue; if( bStat3==0 ){ assert( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) || pIdx->nColumn==pIdx->nKeyCol+1 ); if( !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ nIdxCol = pIdx->nKeyCol; }else{ nIdxCol = pIdx->nColumn; } } pIdx->nSampleCol = nIdxCol; nByte = sizeof(IndexSample) * nSample; nByte += sizeof(tRowcnt) * nIdxCol * 3 * nSample; nByte += nIdxCol * sizeof(tRowcnt); /* Space for Index.aAvgEq[] */ pIdx->aSample = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); if( pIdx->aSample==0 ){ sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } pSpace = (tRowcnt*)&pIdx->aSample[nSample]; pIdx->aAvgEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; for(i=0; iaSample[i].anEq = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; pIdx->aSample[i].anLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; pIdx->aSample[i].anDLt = pSpace; pSpace += nIdxCol; } assert( ((u8*)pSpace)-nByte==(u8*)(pIdx->aSample) ); } rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); if( rc ) return rc; zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zSql2, zDb); if( !zSql ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); if( rc ) return rc; while( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ char *zIndex; /* Index name */ Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to the index object */ int nCol = 1; /* Number of columns in index */ zIndex = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0); if( zIndex==0 ) continue; pIdx = findIndexOrPrimaryKey(db, zIndex, zDb); if( pIdx==0 ) continue; /* This next condition is true if data has already been loaded from ** the sqlite_stat4 table. In this case ignore stat3 data. */ nCol = pIdx->nSampleCol; if( bStat3 && nCol>1 ) continue; if( pIdx!=pPrevIdx ){ initAvgEq(pPrevIdx); pPrevIdx = pIdx; } pSample = &pIdx->aSample[pIdx->nSample]; decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,1),nCol,pSample->anEq,0,0); decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,2),nCol,pSample->anLt,0,0); decodeIntArray((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,3),nCol,pSample->anDLt,0,0); /* Take a copy of the sample. Add two 0x00 bytes the end of the buffer. ** This is in case the sample record is corrupted. In that case, the ** sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare() may read up to two varints past the ** end of the allocated buffer before it realizes it is dealing with ** a corrupt record. Adding the two 0x00 bytes prevents this from causing ** a buffer overread. */ pSample->n = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); pSample->p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, pSample->n + 2); if( pSample->p==0 ){ sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( pSample->n ){ memcpy(pSample->p, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4), pSample->n); } pIdx->nSample++; } rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) initAvgEq(pPrevIdx); return rc; } /* ** Load content from the sqlite_stat4 and sqlite_stat3 tables into ** the Index.aSample[] arrays of all indices. */ static int loadStat4(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result codes from subroutines */ assert( db->lookaside.bDisable ); if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat4", zDb) ){ rc = loadStatTbl(db, 0, "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4 GROUP BY idx", "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sample FROM %Q.sqlite_stat4", zDb ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat3", zDb) ){ rc = loadStatTbl(db, 1, "SELECT idx,count(*) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3 GROUP BY idx", "SELECT idx,neq,nlt,ndlt,sqlite_record(sample) FROM %Q.sqlite_stat3", zDb ); } return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ /* ** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat3/4 tables. The ** contents of sqlite_stat1 are used to populate the Index.aiRowEst[] ** arrays. The contents of sqlite_stat3/4 are used to populate the ** Index.aSample[] arrays. ** ** If the sqlite_stat1 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR ** is returned. In this case, even if SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined ** during compilation and the sqlite_stat3/4 table is present, no data is ** read from it. ** ** If SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3/4 was defined during compilation and the ** sqlite_stat4 table is not present in the database, SQLITE_ERROR is ** returned. However, in this case, data is read from the sqlite_stat1 ** table (if it is present) before returning. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, this function always sets db->mallocFailed. ** This means if the caller does not care about other errors, the return ** code may be ignored. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ analysisInfo sInfo; HashElem *i; char *zSql; int rc = SQLITE_OK; Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 ); /* Clear any prior statistics */ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); pTab->tabFlags &= ~TF_HasStat1; } for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); pIdx->hasStat1 = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, pIdx); pIdx->aSample = 0; #endif } /* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */ sInfo.db = db; sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)!=0 ){ zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT tbl,idx,stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase); if( zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else{ rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); } } /* Set appropriate defaults on all indexes not in the sqlite_stat1 table */ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); if( !pIdx->hasStat1 ) sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx); } /* Load the statistics from the sqlite_stat4 table. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ db->lookaside.bDisable++; rc = loadStat4(db, sInfo.zDatabase); db->lookaside.bDisable--; } for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i); sqlite3_free(pIdx->aiRowEst); pIdx->aiRowEst = 0; } #endif if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); } return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */ /************** End of analyze.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file attach.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2003 April 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH /* ** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This ** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple ** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases. ** ** i.e. if the parser sees: ** ** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def ** ** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of ** looking for columns of the same name. ** ** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement: ** ** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2' ** ** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved. */ static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr) { int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pExpr ){ if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){ rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr); }else{ pExpr->op = TK_STRING; } } return rc; } /* ** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The ** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement: ** ** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z ** ** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z) ** ** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the ** third argument. ** ** If the db->init.reopenMemdb flags is set, then instead of attaching a ** new database, close the database on db->init.iDb and reopen it as an ** empty MemDB. */ static void attachFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int i; int rc = 0; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); const char *zName; const char *zFile; char *zPath = 0; char *zErr = 0; unsigned int flags; Db *aNew; /* New array of Db pointers */ Db *pNew; /* Db object for the newly attached database */ char *zErrDyn = 0; sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); if( zFile==0 ) zFile = ""; if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE # define REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) (db->init.reopenMemdb) #else # define REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) (0) #endif if( REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) ){ /* This is not a real ATTACH. Instead, this routine is being called ** from sqlite3_deserialize() to close database db->init.iDb and ** reopen it as a MemDB */ pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find("memdb"); if( pVfs==0 ) return; pNew = &db->aDb[db->init.iDb]; if( pNew->pBt ) sqlite3BtreeClose(pNew->pBt); pNew->pBt = 0; pNew->pSchema = 0; rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, "x", db, &pNew->pBt, 0, SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); }else{ /* This is a real ATTACH ** ** Check for the following errors: ** ** * Too many attached databases, ** * Transaction currently open ** * Specified database name already being used. */ if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "too many attached databases - max %d", db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED] ); goto attach_error; } for(i=0; inDb; i++){ char *z = db->aDb[i].zDbSName; assert( z && zName ); if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database %s is already in use", zName); goto attach_error; } } /* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialize the schema ** hash tables. */ if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){ aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 ); if( aNew==0 ) return; memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2); }else{ aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) ); if( aNew==0 ) return; } db->aDb = aNew; pNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb]; memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); /* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use ** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may ** or may not be initialized. */ flags = db->openFlags; rc = sqlite3ParseUri(db->pVfs->zName, zFile, &flags, &pVfs, &zPath, &zErr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr); return; } assert( pVfs ); flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB; rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(pVfs, zPath, db, &pNew->pBt, 0, flags); sqlite3_free( zPath ); db->nDb++; } db->noSharedCache = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "database is already attached"); }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ Pager *pPager; pNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, pNew->pBt); if( !pNew->pSchema ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else if( pNew->pSchema->file_format && pNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } sqlite3BtreeEnter(pNew->pBt); pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pNew->pBt); sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode); sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pNew->pBt, sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[0].pBt,-1) ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pNew->pBt, PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK)); #endif sqlite3BtreeLeave(pNew->pBt); } pNew->safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1; if( !REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) ) pNew->zDbSName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pNew->zDbSName==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int); extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); int nKey; char *zKey; int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]); switch( t ){ case SQLITE_INTEGER: case SQLITE_FLOAT: zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; case SQLITE_TEXT: case SQLITE_BLOB: nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]); rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); break; case SQLITE_NULL: /* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */ sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); if( nKey || sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){ rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey); } break; } } #endif /* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database. ** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and ** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the ** way we found it. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); db->init.iDb = 0; db->mDbFlags &= ~(DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk); rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn); sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); assert( zErrDyn==0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); } #ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u8 newAuth = 0; rc = sqlite3UserAuthCheckLogin(db, zName, &newAuth); if( newAuthauth.authLevel ){ rc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER; } } #endif if( rc ){ if( !REOPEN_AS_MEMDB(db) ){ int iDb = db->nDb - 1; assert( iDb>=2 ); if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){ sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt); db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0; db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0; } sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); db->nDb = iDb; if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "out of memory"); }else if( zErrDyn==0 ){ zErrDyn = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unable to open database: %s", zFile); } } goto attach_error; } return; attach_error: /* Return an error if we get here */ if( zErrDyn ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn); } if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); } /* ** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The ** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement: ** ** DETACH DATABASE x ** ** SELECT sqlite_detach(x) */ static void detachFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); int i; Db *pDb = 0; char zErr[128]; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); if( zName==0 ) zName = ""; for(i=0; inDb; i++){ pDb = &db->aDb[i]; if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue; if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zDbSName, zName)==0 ) break; } if( i>=db->nDb ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName); goto detach_error; } if( i<2 ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName); goto detach_error; } if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName); goto detach_error; } sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); pDb->pBt = 0; pDb->pSchema = 0; sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); return; detach_error: sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); } /* ** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the ** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions. */ static void codeAttach( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */ FuncDef const *pFunc,/* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */ Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */ Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */ Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */ Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */ ){ int rc; NameContext sName; Vdbe *v; sqlite3* db = pParse->db; int regArgs; if( pParse->nErr ) goto attach_end; memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); sName.pParse = pParse; if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey)) ){ goto attach_end; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION if( pAuthArg ){ char *zAuthArg; if( pAuthArg->op==TK_STRING ){ zAuthArg = pAuthArg->u.zToken; }else{ zAuthArg = 0; } rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0); if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto attach_end; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2); assert( v || db->mallocFailed ); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Function0, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg)); /* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this ** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing ** statements). */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH)); } attach_end: sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey); } /* ** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement. ** ** DETACH pDbname */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){ static const FuncDef detach_func = { 1, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ 0, /* pUserData */ 0, /* pNext */ detachFunc, /* xSFunc */ 0, /* xFinalize */ 0, 0, /* xValue, xInverse */ "sqlite_detach", /* zName */ {0} }; codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname); } /* ** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement. ** ** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){ static const FuncDef attach_func = { 3, /* nArg */ SQLITE_UTF8, /* funcFlags */ 0, /* pUserData */ 0, /* pNext */ attachFunc, /* xSFunc */ 0, /* xFinalize */ 0, 0, /* xValue, xInverse */ "sqlite_attach", /* zName */ {0} }; codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ /* ** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior ** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FixInit( DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */ Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */ int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */ const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */ const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */ ){ sqlite3 *db; db = pParse->db; assert( db->nDb>iDb ); pFix->pParse = pParse; pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; pFix->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; pFix->zType = zType; pFix->pName = pName; pFix->bVarOnly = (iDb==1); } /* ** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign ** a specific database to all table references where the database name ** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure ** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit(). ** ** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or ** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database. ** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are ** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made ** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to ** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything ** checks out, these routines return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSrcList( DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */ ){ int i; const char *zDb; struct SrcList_item *pItem; if( NEVER(pList==0) ) return 0; zDb = pFix->zDb; for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ if( pFix->bVarOnly==0 ){ if( pItem->zDatabase && sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase, zDb) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s", pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase); return 1; } sqlite3DbFree(pFix->pParse->db, pItem->zDatabase); pItem->zDatabase = 0; pItem->pSchema = pFix->pSchema; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1; if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1; #endif if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc && sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pItem->u1.pFuncArg) ){ return 1; } } return 0; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixSelect( DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */ ){ while( pSelect ){ if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pGroupBy) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pOrderBy) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pLimit) ){ return 1; } if( pSelect->pWith ){ int i; for(i=0; ipWith->nCte; i++){ if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pSelect->pWith->a[i].pSelect) ){ return 1; } } } pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; } return 0; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExpr( DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ ){ while( pExpr ){ if( pExpr->op==TK_VARIABLE ){ if( pFix->pParse->db->init.busy ){ pExpr->op = TK_NULL; }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse, "%s cannot use variables", pFix->zType); return 1; } } if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf) ) break; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1; }else{ if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){ return 1; } pExpr = pExpr->pLeft; } return 0; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixExprList( DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */ ){ int i; struct ExprList_item *pItem; if( pList==0 ) return 0; for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inExpr; i++, pItem++){ if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){ return 1; } } return 0; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FixTriggerStep( DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */ TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */ ){ while( pStep ){ if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){ return 1; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT if( pStep->pUpsert ){ Upsert *pUp = pStep->pUpsert; if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pUp->pUpsertTarget) || sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pUp->pUpsertTargetWhere) || sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pUp->pUpsertSet) || sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pUp->pUpsertWhere) ){ return 1; } } #endif pStep = pStep->pNext; } return 0; } #endif /************** End of attach.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file auth.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2003 January 11 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer() ** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded ** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling ** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1 */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single ** macro. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION /* ** Set or clear the access authorization function. ** ** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation ** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on ** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function ** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument ** to the auth function is one of these constants: ** ** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX ** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE ** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX ** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE ** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER ** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW ** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER ** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW ** SQLITE_DELETE ** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX ** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE ** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX ** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE ** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER ** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW ** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER ** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW ** SQLITE_INSERT ** SQLITE_PRAGMA ** SQLITE_READ ** SQLITE_SELECT ** SQLITE_TRANSACTION ** SQLITE_UPDATE ** ** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of ** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function ** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If ** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY ** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call ** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement ** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL ** and attempts to write the column will be ignored. ** ** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default ** setting of the auth function is NULL. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_set_authorizer( sqlite3 *db, int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*), void *pArg ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->xAuth = (sqlite3_xauth)xAuth; db->pAuthArg = pArg; sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the ** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value. */ static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "authorizer malfunction"); pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } /* ** Invoke the authorization callback for permission to read column zCol from ** table zTab in database zDb. This function assumes that an authorization ** callback has been registered (i.e. that sqlite3.xAuth is not NULL). ** ** If SQLITE_IGNORE is returned and pExpr is not NULL, then pExpr is changed ** to an SQL NULL expression. Otherwise, if pExpr is NULL, then SQLITE_IGNORE ** is treated as SQLITE_DENY. In this case an error is left in pParse. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthReadCol( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ const char *zTab, /* Table name */ const char *zCol, /* Column name */ int iDb /* Index of containing database. */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; /* Schema name of attached database */ int rc; /* Auth callback return code */ if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK; rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, zTab,zCol,zDb,pParse->zAuthContext #ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION ,db->auth.zAuthUser #endif ); if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ char *z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s.%s", zTab, zCol); if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ) z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s.%z", zDb, z); sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %z is prohibited", z); pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); } return rc; } /* ** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to ** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger. ** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column. ** ** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN ** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY, ** then generate an error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthRead( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */ Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */ SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */ const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */ int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */ int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */ int iCol; /* Index of column in table */ assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN || pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ); if( db->xAuth==0 ) return; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema); if( iDb<0 ){ /* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other ** temporary table. */ return; } if( pExpr->op==TK_TRIGGER ){ pTab = pParse->pTriggerTab; }else{ assert( pTabList ); for(iSrc=0; ALWAYS(iSrcnSrc); iSrc++){ if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ){ pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab; break; } } } iCol = pExpr->iColumn; if( NEVER(pTab==0) ) return; if( iCol>=0 ){ assert( iColnCol ); zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ assert( pTab->iPKeynCol ); zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName; }else{ zCol = "ROWID"; } assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); if( SQLITE_IGNORE==sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTab->zName, zCol, iDb) ){ pExpr->op = TK_NULL; } } /* ** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return ** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY ** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are ** modified appropriately. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3AuthCheck( Parse *pParse, int code, const char *zArg1, const char *zArg2, const char *zArg3 ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int rc; /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising ** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab. */ if( db->init.busy || IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ){ return SQLITE_OK; } if( db->xAuth==0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-43249-19882 The third through sixth parameters to the ** callback are either NULL pointers or zero-terminated strings that ** contain additional details about the action to be authorized. ** ** The following testcase() macros show that any of the 3rd through 6th ** parameters can be either NULL or a string. */ testcase( zArg1==0 ); testcase( zArg2==0 ); testcase( zArg3==0 ); testcase( pParse->zAuthContext==0 ); rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext #ifdef SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION ,db->auth.zAuthUser #endif ); if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized"); pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){ rc = SQLITE_DENY; sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse); } return rc; } /* ** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the ** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until ** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPush( Parse *pParse, AuthContext *pContext, const char *zContext ){ assert( pParse ); pContext->pParse = pParse; pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; pParse->zAuthContext = zContext; } /* ** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed ** by sqlite3AuthContextPush */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){ if( pContext->pParse ){ pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext; pContext->pParse = 0; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */ /************** End of auth.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file build.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains C code routines that are called by the SQLite parser ** when syntax rules are reduced. The routines in this file handle the ** following kinds of SQL syntax: ** ** CREATE TABLE ** DROP TABLE ** CREATE INDEX ** DROP INDEX ** creating ID lists ** BEGIN TRANSACTION ** COMMIT ** ROLLBACK */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE /* ** The TableLock structure is only used by the sqlite3TableLock() and ** codeTableLocks() functions. */ struct TableLock { int iDb; /* The database containing the table to be locked */ int iTab; /* The root page of the table to be locked */ u8 isWriteLock; /* True for write lock. False for a read lock */ const char *zLockName; /* Name of the table */ }; /* ** Record the fact that we want to lock a table at run-time. ** ** The table to be locked has root page iTab and is found in database iDb. ** A read or a write lock can be taken depending on isWritelock. ** ** This routine just records the fact that the lock is desired. The ** code to make the lock occur is generated by a later call to ** codeTableLocks() which occurs during sqlite3FinishCoding(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableLock( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int iDb, /* Index of the database containing the table to lock */ int iTab, /* Root page number of the table to be locked */ u8 isWriteLock, /* True for a write lock */ const char *zName /* Name of the table to be locked */ ){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); int i; int nBytes; TableLock *p; assert( iDb>=0 ); if( iDb==1 ) return; if( !sqlite3BtreeSharable(pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ) return; for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[i]; if( p->iDb==iDb && p->iTab==iTab ){ p->isWriteLock = (p->isWriteLock || isWriteLock); return; } } nBytes = sizeof(TableLock) * (pToplevel->nTableLock+1); pToplevel->aTableLock = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pToplevel->db, pToplevel->aTableLock, nBytes); if( pToplevel->aTableLock ){ p = &pToplevel->aTableLock[pToplevel->nTableLock++]; p->iDb = iDb; p->iTab = iTab; p->isWriteLock = isWriteLock; p->zLockName = zName; }else{ pToplevel->nTableLock = 0; sqlite3OomFault(pToplevel->db); } } /* ** Code an OP_TableLock instruction for each table locked by the ** statement (configured by calls to sqlite3TableLock()). */ static void codeTableLocks(Parse *pParse){ int i; Vdbe *pVdbe; pVdbe = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( pVdbe!=0 ); /* sqlite3GetVdbe cannot fail: VDBE already allocated */ for(i=0; inTableLock; i++){ TableLock *p = &pParse->aTableLock[i]; int p1 = p->iDb; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pVdbe, OP_TableLock, p1, p->iTab, p->isWriteLock, p->zLockName, P4_STATIC); } } #else #define codeTableLocks(x) #endif /* ** Return TRUE if the given yDbMask object is empty - if it contains no ** 1 bits. This routine is used by the DbMaskAllZero() and DbMaskNotZero() ** macros when SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED is greater than 30. */ #if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>30 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3DbMaskAllZero(yDbMask m){ int i; for(i=0; ipToplevel==0 ); db = pParse->db; if( pParse->nested ) return; if( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ) pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; return; } /* Begin by generating some termination code at the end of the ** vdbe program */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( !pParse->isMultiWrite || sqlite3VdbeAssertMayAbort(v, pParse->mayAbort)); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); #if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION if( pParse->nTableLock>0 && db->init.busy==0 ){ sqlite3UserAuthInit(db); if( db->auth.authLevelrc = SQLITE_AUTH_USER; return; } } #endif /* The cookie mask contains one bit for each database file open. ** (Bit 0 is for main, bit 1 is for temp, and so forth.) Bits are ** set for each database that is used. Generate code to start a ** transaction on each used database and to verify the schema cookie ** on each used database. */ if( db->mallocFailed==0 && (DbMaskNonZero(pParse->cookieMask) || pParse->pConstExpr) ){ int iDb, i; assert( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, 0)->opcode==OP_Init ); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, 0); for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ Schema *pSchema; if( DbMaskTest(pParse->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ) continue; sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Transaction, /* Opcode */ iDb, /* P1 */ DbMaskTest(pParse->writeMask,iDb), /* P2 */ pSchema->schema_cookie, /* P3 */ pSchema->iGeneration /* P4 */ ); if( db->init.busy==0 ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); VdbeComment((v, "usesStmtJournal=%d", pParse->mayAbort && pParse->isMultiWrite)); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ char *vtab = (char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pParse->apVtabLock[i]); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VBegin, 0, 0, 0, vtab, P4_VTAB); } pParse->nVtabLock = 0; #endif /* Once all the cookies have been verified and transactions opened, ** obtain the required table-locks. This is a no-op unless the ** shared-cache feature is enabled. */ codeTableLocks(pParse); /* Initialize any AUTOINCREMENT data structures required. */ sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(pParse); /* Code constant expressions that where factored out of inner loops */ if( pParse->pConstExpr ){ ExprList *pEL = pParse->pConstExpr; pParse->okConstFactor = 0; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pEL->a[i].pExpr, pEL->a[i].u.iConstExprReg); } } /* Finally, jump back to the beginning of the executable code. */ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, 1); } } /* Get the VDBE program ready for execution */ if( v && pParse->nErr==0 && !db->mallocFailed ){ /* A minimum of one cursor is required if autoincrement is used * See ticket [a696379c1f08866] */ if( pParse->pAinc!=0 && pParse->nTab==0 ) pParse->nTab = 1; sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, pParse); pParse->rc = SQLITE_DONE; }else{ pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } } /* ** Run the parser and code generator recursively in order to generate ** code for the SQL statement given onto the end of the pParse context ** currently under construction. When the parser is run recursively ** this way, the final OP_Halt is not appended and other initialization ** and finalization steps are omitted because those are handling by the ** outermost parser. ** ** Not everything is nestable. This facility is designed to permit ** INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE operations against SQLITE_MASTER. Use ** care if you decide to try to use this routine for some other purposes. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3NestedParse(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; char *zSql; char *zErrMsg = 0; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; char saveBuf[PARSE_TAIL_SZ]; if( pParse->nErr ) return; assert( pParse->nested<10 ); /* Nesting should only be of limited depth */ va_start(ap, zFormat); zSql = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); if( zSql==0 ){ return; /* A malloc must have failed */ } pParse->nested++; memcpy(saveBuf, PARSE_TAIL(pParse), PARSE_TAIL_SZ); memset(PARSE_TAIL(pParse), 0, PARSE_TAIL_SZ); sqlite3RunParser(pParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); memcpy(PARSE_TAIL(pParse), saveBuf, PARSE_TAIL_SZ); pParse->nested--; } #if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION /* ** Return TRUE if zTable is the name of the system table that stores the ** list of users and their access credentials. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UserAuthTable(const char *zTable){ return sqlite3_stricmp(zTable, "sqlite_user")==0; } #endif /* ** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database ** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the ** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. ** ** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the table and the ** first matching table is returned. (No checking for duplicate table ** names is done.) The search order is TEMP first, then MAIN, then any ** auxiliary databases added using the ATTACH command. ** ** See also sqlite3LocateTable(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){ Table *p = 0; int i; /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); #if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION /* Only the admin user is allowed to know that the sqlite_user table ** exists */ if( db->auth.authLevelnDb; i++){ int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ if( zDatabase==0 || sqlite3StrICmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[j].zDbSName)==0 ){ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); p = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aDb[j].pSchema->tblHash, zName); if( p ) return p; } } /* Not found. If the name we were looking for was temp.sqlite_master ** then change the name to sqlite_temp_master and try again. */ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, MASTER_NAME)!=0 ) break; if( sqlite3_stricmp(zDatabase, db->aDb[1].zDbSName)!=0 ) break; zName = TEMP_MASTER_NAME; } return 0; } /* ** Locate the in-memory structure that describes a particular database ** table given the name of that table and (optionally) the name of the ** database containing the table. Return NULL if not found. Also leave an ** error message in pParse->zErrMsg. ** ** The difference between this routine and sqlite3FindTable() is that this ** routine leaves an error message in pParse->zErrMsg where ** sqlite3FindTable() does not. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTable( Parse *pParse, /* context in which to report errors */ u32 flags, /* LOCATE_VIEW or LOCATE_NOERR */ const char *zName, /* Name of the table we are looking for */ const char *zDbase /* Name of the database. Might be NULL */ ){ Table *p; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)==0 && SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ return 0; } p = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDbase); if( p==0 ){ const char *zMsg = flags & LOCATE_VIEW ? "no such view" : "no such table"; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDbase)<1 ){ /* If zName is the not the name of a table in the schema created using ** CREATE, then check to see if it is the name of an virtual table that ** can be an eponymous virtual table. */ Module *pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName); if( pMod==0 && sqlite3_strnicmp(zName, "pragma_", 7)==0 ){ pMod = sqlite3PragmaVtabRegister(db, zName); } if( pMod && sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(pParse, pMod) ){ return pMod->pEpoTab; } } #endif if( (flags & LOCATE_NOERR)==0 ){ if( zDbase ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s.%s", zMsg, zDbase, zName); }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s: %s", zMsg, zName); } pParse->checkSchema = 1; } } return p; } /* ** Locate the table identified by *p. ** ** This is a wrapper around sqlite3LocateTable(). The difference between ** sqlite3LocateTable() and this function is that this function restricts ** the search to schema (p->pSchema) if it is not NULL. p->pSchema may be ** non-NULL if it is part of a view or trigger program definition. See ** sqlite3FixSrcList() for details. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3LocateTableItem( Parse *pParse, u32 flags, struct SrcList_item *p ){ const char *zDb; assert( p->pSchema==0 || p->zDatabase==0 ); if( p->pSchema ){ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, p->pSchema); zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; }else{ zDb = p->zDatabase; } return sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, flags, p->zName, zDb); } /* ** Locate the in-memory structure that describes ** a particular index given the name of that index ** and the name of the database that contains the index. ** Return NULL if not found. ** ** If zDatabase is 0, all databases are searched for the ** table and the first matching index is returned. (No checking ** for duplicate index names is done.) The search order is ** TEMP first, then MAIN, then any auxiliary databases added ** using the ATTACH command. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3FindIndex(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDb){ Index *p = 0; int i; /* All mutexes are required for schema access. Make sure we hold them. */ assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[j].pSchema; assert( pSchema ); if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, db->aDb[j].zDbSName) ) continue; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); p = sqlite3HashFind(&pSchema->idxHash, zName); if( p ) break; } return p; } /* ** Reclaim the memory used by an index */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FreeIndex(sqlite3 *db, Index *p){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE sqlite3DeleteIndexSamples(db, p); #endif sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pPartIdxWhere); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->aColExpr); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zColAff); if( p->isResized ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (void *)p->azColl); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 sqlite3_free(p->aiRowEst); #endif sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* ** For the index called zIdxName which is found in the database iDb, ** unlike that index from its Table then remove the index from ** the index hash table and free all memory structures associated ** with the index. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteIndex(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zIdxName){ Index *pIndex; Hash *pHash; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash; pIndex = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zIdxName, 0); if( ALWAYS(pIndex) ){ if( pIndex->pTable->pIndex==pIndex ){ pIndex->pTable->pIndex = pIndex->pNext; }else{ Index *p; /* Justification of ALWAYS(); The index must be on the list of ** indices. */ p = pIndex->pTable->pIndex; while( ALWAYS(p) && p->pNext!=pIndex ){ p = p->pNext; } if( ALWAYS(p && p->pNext==pIndex) ){ p->pNext = pIndex->pNext; } } sqlite3FreeIndex(db, pIndex); } db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; } /* ** Look through the list of open database files in db->aDb[] and if ** any have been closed, remove them from the list. Reallocate the ** db->aDb[] structure to a smaller size, if possible. ** ** Entry 0 (the "main" database) and entry 1 (the "temp" database) ** are never candidates for being collapsed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3 *db){ int i, j; for(i=j=2; inDb; i++){ struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pDb->zDbSName); pDb->zDbSName = 0; continue; } if( jaDb[j] = db->aDb[i]; } j++; } db->nDb = j; if( db->nDb<=2 && db->aDb!=db->aDbStatic ){ memcpy(db->aDbStatic, db->aDb, 2*sizeof(db->aDb[0])); sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb); db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; } } /* ** Reset the schema for the database at index iDb. Also reset the ** TEMP schema. The reset is deferred if db->nSchemaLock is not zero. ** Deferred resets may be run by calling with iDb<0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ int i; assert( iDbnDb ); if( iDb>=0 ){ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_ResetWanted); DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_ResetWanted); db->mDbFlags &= ~DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk; } if( db->nSchemaLock==0 ){ for(i=0; inDb; i++){ if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_ResetWanted) ){ sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[i].pSchema); } } } } /* ** Erase all schema information from all attached databases (including ** "main" and "temp") for a single database connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3 *db){ int i; sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); assert( db->nSchemaLock==0 ); for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; if( pDb->pSchema ){ sqlite3SchemaClear(pDb->pSchema); } } db->mDbFlags &= ~(DBFLAG_SchemaChange|DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk); sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); } /* ** This routine is called when a commit occurs. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(sqlite3 *db){ db->mDbFlags &= ~DBFLAG_SchemaChange; } /* ** Delete memory allocated for the column names of a table or view (the ** Table.aCol[] array). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ int i; Column *pCol; assert( pTable!=0 ); if( (pCol = pTable->aCol)!=0 ){ for(i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zName); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); sqlite3DbFree(db, pCol->zColl); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->aCol); } } /* ** Remove the memory data structures associated with the given ** Table. No changes are made to disk by this routine. ** ** This routine just deletes the data structure. It does not unlink ** the table data structure from the hash table. But it does destroy ** memory structures of the indices and foreign keys associated with ** the table. ** ** The db parameter is optional. It is needed if the Table object ** contains lookaside memory. (Table objects in the schema do not use ** lookaside memory, but some ephemeral Table objects do.) Or the ** db parameter can be used with db->pnBytesFreed to measure the memory ** used by the Table object. */ static void SQLITE_NOINLINE deleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ Index *pIndex, *pNext; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Record the number of outstanding lookaside allocations in schema Tables ** prior to doing any free() operations. Since schema Tables do not use ** lookaside, this number should not change. */ int nLookaside = 0; if( db && (pTable->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 ){ nLookaside = sqlite3LookasideUsed(db, 0); } #endif /* Delete all indices associated with this table. */ for(pIndex = pTable->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pNext){ pNext = pIndex->pNext; assert( pIndex->pSchema==pTable->pSchema || (IsVirtual(pTable) && pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF) ); if( (db==0 || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && !IsVirtual(pTable) ){ char *zName = pIndex->zName; TESTONLY ( Index *pOld = ) sqlite3HashInsert( &pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, zName, 0 ); assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); assert( pOld==pIndex || pOld==0 ); } sqlite3FreeIndex(db, pIndex); } /* Delete any foreign keys attached to this table. */ sqlite3FkDelete(db, pTable); /* Delete the Table structure itself. */ sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTable); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->zColAff); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTable->pSelect); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTable->pCheck); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE sqlite3VtabClear(db, pTable); #endif sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable); /* Verify that no lookaside memory was used by schema tables */ assert( nLookaside==0 || nLookaside==sqlite3LookasideUsed(db,0) ); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable){ /* Do not delete the table until the reference count reaches zero. */ if( !pTable ) return; if( ((!db || db->pnBytesFreed==0) && (--pTable->nTabRef)>0) ) return; deleteTable(db, pTable); } /* ** Unlink the given table from the hash tables and the delete the ** table structure with all its indices and foreign keys. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTable(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTabName){ Table *p; Db *pDb; assert( db!=0 ); assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); assert( zTabName ); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); testcase( zTabName[0]==0 ); /* Zero-length table names are allowed */ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash, zTabName, 0); sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; } /* ** Given a token, return a string that consists of the text of that ** token. Space to hold the returned string ** is obtained from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling ** function. ** ** Any quotation marks (ex: "name", 'name', [name], or `name`) that ** surround the body of the token are removed. ** ** Tokens are often just pointers into the original SQL text and so ** are not \000 terminated and are not persistent. The returned string ** is \000 terminated and is persistent. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char *sqlite3NameFromToken(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ char *zName; if( pName ){ zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pName->z, pName->n); sqlite3Dequote(zName); }else{ zName = 0; } return zName; } /* ** Open the sqlite_master table stored in database number iDb for ** writing. The table is opened using cursor 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenMasterTable(Parse *p, int iDb){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, MASTER_ROOT, 1, MASTER_NAME); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenWrite, 0, MASTER_ROOT, iDb, 5); if( p->nTab==0 ){ p->nTab = 1; } } /* ** Parameter zName points to a nul-terminated buffer containing the name ** of a database ("main", "temp" or the name of an attached db). This ** function returns the index of the named database in db->aDb[], or ** -1 if the named db cannot be found. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDbName(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ int i = -1; /* Database number */ if( zName ){ Db *pDb; for(i=(db->nDb-1), pDb=&db->aDb[i]; i>=0; i--, pDb--){ if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pDb->zDbSName, zName) ) break; /* "main" is always an acceptable alias for the primary database ** even if it has been renamed using SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME. */ if( i==0 && 0==sqlite3_stricmp("main", zName) ) break; } } return i; } /* ** The token *pName contains the name of a database (either "main" or ** "temp" or the name of an attached db). This routine returns the ** index of the named database in db->aDb[], or -1 if the named db ** does not exist. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FindDb(sqlite3 *db, Token *pName){ int i; /* Database number */ char *zName; /* Name we are searching for */ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); i = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); return i; } /* The table or view or trigger name is passed to this routine via tokens ** pName1 and pName2. If the table name was fully qualified, for example: ** ** CREATE TABLE xxx.yyy (...); ** ** Then pName1 is set to "xxx" and pName2 "yyy". On the other hand if ** the table name is not fully qualified, i.e.: ** ** CREATE TABLE yyy(...); ** ** Then pName1 is set to "yyy" and pName2 is "". ** ** This routine sets the *ppUnqual pointer to point at the token (pName1 or ** pName2) that stores the unqualified table name. The index of the ** database "xxx" is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TwoPartName( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Token *pName1, /* The "xxx" in the name "xxx.yyy" or "xxx" */ Token *pName2, /* The "yyy" in the name "xxx.yyy" */ Token **pUnqual /* Write the unqualified object name here */ ){ int iDb; /* Database holding the object */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( pName2!=0 ); if( pName2->n>0 ){ if( db->init.busy ) { sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "corrupt database"); return -1; } *pUnqual = pName2; iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1); if( iDb<0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown database %T", pName1); return -1; } }else{ assert( db->init.iDb==0 || db->init.busy || IN_RENAME_OBJECT || (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)!=0); iDb = db->init.iDb; *pUnqual = pName1; } return iDb; } /* ** This routine is used to check if the UTF-8 string zName is a legal ** unqualified name for a new schema object (table, index, view or ** trigger). All names are legal except those that begin with the string ** "sqlite_" (in upper, lower or mixed case). This portion of the namespace ** is reserved for internal use. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckObjectName(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ if( !pParse->db->init.busy && pParse->nested==0 && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "object name reserved for internal use: %s", zName); return SQLITE_ERROR; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return the PRIMARY KEY index of a table */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(Table *pTab){ Index *p; for(p=pTab->pIndex; p && !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(p); p=p->pNext){} return p; } /* ** Return the column of index pIdx that corresponds to table ** column iCol. Return -1 if not found. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE i16 sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(Index *pIdx, i16 iCol){ int i; for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ if( iCol==pIdx->aiColumn[i] ) return i; } return -1; } /* ** Begin constructing a new table representation in memory. This is ** the first of several action routines that get called in response ** to a CREATE TABLE statement. In particular, this routine is called ** after seeing tokens "CREATE" and "TABLE" and the table name. The isTemp ** flag is true if the table should be stored in the auxiliary database ** file instead of in the main database file. This is normally the case ** when the "TEMP" or "TEMPORARY" keyword occurs in between ** CREATE and TABLE. ** ** The new table record is initialized and put in pParse->pNewTable. ** As more of the CREATE TABLE statement is parsed, additional action ** routines will be called to add more information to this record. ** At the end of the CREATE TABLE statement, the sqlite3EndTable() routine ** is called to complete the construction of the new table record. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3StartTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ Token *pName1, /* First part of the name of the table or view */ Token *pName2, /* Second part of the name of the table or view */ int isTemp, /* True if this is a TEMP table */ int isView, /* True if this is a VIEW */ int isVirtual, /* True if this is a VIRTUAL table */ int noErr /* Do nothing if table already exists */ ){ Table *pTable; char *zName = 0; /* The name of the new table */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Vdbe *v; int iDb; /* Database number to create the table in */ Token *pName; /* Unqualified name of the table to create */ if( db->init.busy && db->init.newTnum==1 ){ /* Special case: Parsing the sqlite_master or sqlite_temp_master schema */ iDb = db->init.iDb; zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb)); pName = pName1; }else{ /* The common case */ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); if( iDb<0 ) return; if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp && pName2->n>0 && iDb!=1 ){ /* If creating a temp table, the name may not be qualified. Unless ** the database name is "temp" anyway. */ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary table name must be unqualified"); return; } if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && isTemp ) iDb = 1; zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)zName, pName); } } pParse->sNameToken = *pName; if( zName==0 ) return; if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto begin_table_error; } if( db->init.iDb==1 ) isTemp = 1; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION assert( isTemp==0 || isTemp==1 ); assert( isView==0 || isView==1 ); { static const u8 aCode[] = { SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE, SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE, SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW, SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW }; char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(isTemp), 0, zDb) ){ goto begin_table_error; } if( !isVirtual && sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, (int)aCode[isTemp+2*isView], zName, 0, zDb) ){ goto begin_table_error; } } #endif /* Make sure the new table name does not collide with an existing ** index or table name in the same database. Issue an error message if ** it does. The exception is if the statement being parsed was passed ** to an sqlite3_declare_vtab() call. In that case only the column names ** and types will be used, so there is no need to test for namespace ** collisions. */ if( !IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ){ char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ goto begin_table_error; } pTable = sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb); if( pTable ){ if( !noErr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %T already exists", pName); }else{ assert( !db->init.busy || CORRUPT_DB ); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); } goto begin_table_error; } if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb)!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already an index named %s", zName); goto begin_table_error; } } pTable = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); if( pTable==0 ){ assert( db->mallocFailed ); pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; pParse->nErr++; goto begin_table_error; } pTable->zName = zName; pTable->iPKey = -1; pTable->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; pTable->nTabRef = 1; #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_ROWEST pTable->nRowLogEst = sqlite3LogEst(SQLITE_DEFAULT_ROWEST); #else pTable->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); #endif assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); pParse->pNewTable = pTable; /* If this is the magic sqlite_sequence table used by autoincrement, ** then record a pointer to this table in the main database structure ** so that INSERT can find the table easily. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT if( !pParse->nested && strcmp(zName, "sqlite_sequence")==0 ){ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pTable->pSchema->pSeqTab = pTable; } #endif /* Begin generating the code that will insert the table record into ** the SQLITE_MASTER table. Note in particular that we must go ahead ** and allocate the record number for the table entry now. Before any ** PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE keywords are parsed. Those keywords will cause ** indices to be created and the table record must come before the ** indices. Hence, the record number for the table must be allocated ** now. */ if( !db->init.busy && (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ int addr1; int fileFormat; int reg1, reg2, reg3; /* nullRow[] is an OP_Record encoding of a row containing 5 NULLs */ static const char nullRow[] = { 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( isVirtual ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); } #endif /* If the file format and encoding in the database have not been set, ** set them now. */ reg1 = pParse->regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; reg2 = pParse->regRoot = ++pParse->nMem; reg3 = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, reg3, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT); sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, reg3); VdbeCoverage(v); fileFormat = (db->flags & SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt)!=0 ? 1 : SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_FILE_FORMAT, fileFormat); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, ENC(db)); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); /* This just creates a place-holder record in the sqlite_master table. ** The record created does not contain anything yet. It will be replaced ** by the real entry in code generated at sqlite3EndTable(). ** ** The rowid for the new entry is left in register pParse->regRowid. ** The root page number of the new table is left in reg pParse->regRoot. ** The rowid and root page number values are needed by the code that ** sqlite3EndTable will generate. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) if( isView || isVirtual ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, reg2); }else #endif { pParse->addrCrTab = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_CreateBtree, iDb, reg2, BTREE_INTKEY); } sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 0, reg1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Blob, 6, reg3, 0, nullRow, P4_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 0, reg3, reg1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Close); } /* Normal (non-error) return. */ return; /* If an error occurs, we jump here */ begin_table_error: sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); return; } /* Set properties of a table column based on the (magical) ** name of the column. */ #if SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(Table *pTab, Column *pCol){ if( sqlite3_strnicmp(pCol->zName, "__hidden__", 10)==0 ){ pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN; }else if( pTab && pCol!=pTab->aCol && (pCol[-1].colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN) ){ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_OOOHidden; } } #endif /* ** Add a new column to the table currently being constructed. ** ** The parser calls this routine once for each column declaration ** in a CREATE TABLE statement. sqlite3StartTable() gets called ** first to get things going. Then this routine is called for each ** column. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pName, Token *pType){ Table *p; int i; char *z; char *zType; Column *pCol; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; if( p->nCol+1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns on %s", p->zName); return; } z = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pName->n + pType->n + 2); if( z==0 ) return; if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ) sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)z, pName); memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); z[pName->n] = 0; sqlite3Dequote(z); for(i=0; inCol; i++){ if( sqlite3_stricmp(z, p->aCol[i].zName)==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate column name: %s", z); sqlite3DbFree(db, z); return; } } if( (p->nCol & 0x7)==0 ){ Column *aNew; aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db,p->aCol,(p->nCol+8)*sizeof(p->aCol[0])); if( aNew==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, z); return; } p->aCol = aNew; } pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol]; memset(pCol, 0, sizeof(p->aCol[0])); pCol->zName = z; sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(p, pCol); if( pType->n==0 ){ /* If there is no type specified, columns have the default affinity ** 'BLOB' with a default size of 4 bytes. */ pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; pCol->szEst = 1; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES if( 4>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.szSorterRef ){ pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_SORTERREF; } #endif }else{ zType = z + sqlite3Strlen30(z) + 1; memcpy(zType, pType->z, pType->n); zType[pType->n] = 0; sqlite3Dequote(zType); pCol->affinity = sqlite3AffinityType(zType, pCol); pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HASTYPE; } p->nCol++; pParse->constraintName.n = 0; } /* ** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of ** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. A "NOT NULL" constraint has ** been seen on a column. This routine sets the notNull flag on ** the column currently under construction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddNotNull(Parse *pParse, int onError){ Table *p; Column *pCol; p = pParse->pNewTable; if( p==0 || NEVER(p->nCol<1) ) return; pCol = &p->aCol[p->nCol-1]; pCol->notNull = (u8)onError; p->tabFlags |= TF_HasNotNull; /* Set the uniqNotNull flag on any UNIQUE or PK indexes already created ** on this column. */ if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_UNIQUE ){ Index *pIdx; for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 && pIdx->onError!=OE_None ); if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==p->nCol-1 ){ pIdx->uniqNotNull = 1; } } } } /* ** Scan the column type name zType (length nType) and return the ** associated affinity type. ** ** This routine does a case-independent search of zType for the ** substrings in the following table. If one of the substrings is ** found, the corresponding affinity is returned. If zType contains ** more than one of the substrings, entries toward the top of ** the table take priority. For example, if zType is 'BLOBINT', ** SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER is returned. ** ** Substring | Affinity ** -------------------------------- ** 'INT' | SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ** 'CHAR' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ** 'CLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ** 'TEXT' | SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ** 'BLOB' | SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ** 'REAL' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL ** 'FLOA' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL ** 'DOUB' | SQLITE_AFF_REAL ** ** If none of the substrings in the above table are found, ** SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3AffinityType(const char *zIn, Column *pCol){ u32 h = 0; char aff = SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC; const char *zChar = 0; assert( zIn!=0 ); while( zIn[0] ){ h = (h<<8) + sqlite3UpperToLower[(*zIn)&0xff]; zIn++; if( h==(('c'<<24)+('h'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'r') ){ /* CHAR */ aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; zChar = zIn; }else if( h==(('c'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') ){ /* CLOB */ aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; }else if( h==(('t'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('x'<<8)+'t') ){ /* TEXT */ aff = SQLITE_AFF_TEXT; }else if( h==(('b'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'b') /* BLOB */ && (aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC || aff==SQLITE_AFF_REAL) ){ aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; if( zIn[0]=='(' ) zChar = zIn; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT }else if( h==(('r'<<24)+('e'<<16)+('a'<<8)+'l') /* REAL */ && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; }else if( h==(('f'<<24)+('l'<<16)+('o'<<8)+'a') /* FLOA */ && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; }else if( h==(('d'<<24)+('o'<<16)+('u'<<8)+'b') /* DOUB */ && aff==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ){ aff = SQLITE_AFF_REAL; #endif }else if( (h&0x00FFFFFF)==(('i'<<16)+('n'<<8)+'t') ){ /* INT */ aff = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; break; } } /* If pCol is not NULL, store an estimate of the field size. The ** estimate is scaled so that the size of an integer is 1. */ if( pCol ){ int v = 0; /* default size is approx 4 bytes */ if( aff r=(k/4+1) */ sqlite3GetInt32(zChar, &v); break; } zChar++; } }else{ v = 16; /* BLOB, TEXT, CLOB -> r=5 (approx 20 bytes)*/ } } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES if( v>=sqlite3GlobalConfig.szSorterRef ){ pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_SORTERREF; } #endif v = v/4 + 1; if( v>255 ) v = 255; pCol->szEst = v; } return aff; } /* ** The expression is the default value for the most recently added column ** of the table currently under construction. ** ** Default value expressions must be constant. Raise an exception if this ** is not the case. ** ** This routine is called by the parser while in the middle of ** parsing a CREATE TABLE statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddDefaultValue( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Expr *pExpr, /* The parsed expression of the default value */ const char *zStart, /* Start of the default value text */ const char *zEnd /* First character past end of defaut value text */ ){ Table *p; Column *pCol; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; p = pParse->pNewTable; if( p!=0 ){ pCol = &(p->aCol[p->nCol-1]); if( !sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrFunction(pExpr, db->init.busy) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "default value of column [%s] is not constant", pCol->zName); }else{ /* A copy of pExpr is used instead of the original, as pExpr contains ** tokens that point to volatile memory. */ Expr x; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCol->pDflt); memset(&x, 0, sizeof(x)); x.op = TK_SPAN; x.u.zToken = sqlite3DbSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd); x.pLeft = pExpr; x.flags = EP_Skip; pCol->pDflt = sqlite3ExprDup(db, &x, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); sqlite3DbFree(db, x.u.zToken); } } if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameExprUnmap(pParse, pExpr); } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); } /* ** Backwards Compatibility Hack: ** ** Historical versions of SQLite accepted strings as column names in ** indexes and PRIMARY KEY constraints and in UNIQUE constraints. Example: ** ** CREATE TABLE xyz(a,b,c,d,e,PRIMARY KEY('a'),UNIQUE('b','c' COLLATE trim) ** CREATE INDEX abc ON xyz('c','d' DESC,'e' COLLATE nocase DESC); ** ** This is goofy. But to preserve backwards compatibility we continue to ** accept it. This routine does the necessary conversion. It converts ** the expression given in its argument from a TK_STRING into a TK_ID ** if the expression is just a TK_STRING with an optional COLLATE clause. ** If the epxression is anything other than TK_STRING, the expression is ** unchanged. */ static void sqlite3StringToId(Expr *p){ if( p->op==TK_STRING ){ p->op = TK_ID; }else if( p->op==TK_COLLATE && p->pLeft->op==TK_STRING ){ p->pLeft->op = TK_ID; } } /* ** Designate the PRIMARY KEY for the table. pList is a list of names ** of columns that form the primary key. If pList is NULL, then the ** most recently added column of the table is the primary key. ** ** A table can have at most one primary key. If the table already has ** a primary key (and this is the second primary key) then create an ** error. ** ** If the PRIMARY KEY is on a single column whose datatype is INTEGER, ** then we will try to use that column as the rowid. Set the Table.iPKey ** field of the table under construction to be the index of the ** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column. Table.iPKey is set to -1 if there is ** no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. ** ** If the key is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, then create a unique ** index for the key. No index is created for INTEGER PRIMARY KEYs. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddPrimaryKey( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* List of field names to be indexed */ int onError, /* What to do with a uniqueness conflict */ int autoInc, /* True if the AUTOINCREMENT keyword is present */ int sortOrder /* SQLITE_SO_ASC or SQLITE_SO_DESC */ ){ Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; Column *pCol = 0; int iCol = -1, i; int nTerm; if( pTab==0 ) goto primary_key_exit; if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table \"%s\" has more than one primary key", pTab->zName); goto primary_key_exit; } pTab->tabFlags |= TF_HasPrimaryKey; if( pList==0 ){ iCol = pTab->nCol - 1; pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY; nTerm = 1; }else{ nTerm = pList->nExpr; for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr); assert( pCExpr!=0 ); sqlite3StringToId(pCExpr); if( pCExpr->op==TK_ID ){ const char *zCName = pCExpr->u.zToken; for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zCName, pTab->aCol[iCol].zName)==0 ){ pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_PRIMKEY; break; } } } } } if( nTerm==1 && pCol && sqlite3StrICmp(sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,""), "INTEGER")==0 && sortOrder!=SQLITE_SO_DESC ){ if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && pList ){ sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, &pTab->iPKey, pList->a[0].pExpr); } pTab->iPKey = iCol; pTab->keyConf = (u8)onError; assert( autoInc==0 || autoInc==1 ); pTab->tabFlags |= autoInc*TF_Autoincrement; if( pList ) pParse->iPkSortOrder = pList->a[0].sortOrder; }else if( autoInc ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT is only allowed on an " "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); #endif }else{ sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, onError, 0, 0, sortOrder, 0, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY); pList = 0; } primary_key_exit: sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); return; } /* ** Add a new CHECK constraint to the table currently under construction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCheckConstraint( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Expr *pCheckExpr /* The check expression */ ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( pTab && !IN_DECLARE_VTAB && !sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(db->aDb[db->init.iDb].pBt) ){ pTab->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pTab->pCheck, pCheckExpr); if( pParse->constraintName.n ){ sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pTab->pCheck, &pParse->constraintName, 1); } }else #endif { sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pCheckExpr); } } /* ** Set the collation function of the most recently parsed table column ** to the CollSeq given. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AddCollateType(Parse *pParse, Token *pToken){ Table *p; int i; char *zColl; /* Dequoted name of collation sequence */ sqlite3 *db; if( (p = pParse->pNewTable)==0 ) return; i = p->nCol-1; db = pParse->db; zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); if( !zColl ) return; if( sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ Index *pIdx; sqlite3DbFree(db, p->aCol[i].zColl); p->aCol[i].zColl = zColl; /* If the column is declared as " PRIMARY KEY COLLATE ", ** then an index may have been created on this column before the ** collation type was added. Correct this if it is the case. */ for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ assert( pIdx->nKeyCol==1 ); if( pIdx->aiColumn[0]==i ){ pIdx->azColl[0] = p->aCol[i].zColl; } } }else{ sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); } } /* ** This function returns the collation sequence for database native text ** encoding identified by the string zName, length nName. ** ** If the requested collation sequence is not available, or not available ** in the database native encoding, the collation factory is invoked to ** request it. If the collation factory does not supply such a sequence, ** and the sequence is available in another text encoding, then that is ** returned instead. ** ** If no versions of the requested collations sequence are available, or ** another error occurs, NULL is returned and an error message written into ** pParse. ** ** This routine is a wrapper around sqlite3FindCollSeq(). This routine ** invokes the collation factory if the named collation cannot be found ** and generates an error message. ** ** See also: sqlite3FindCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3LocateCollSeq(Parse *pParse, const char *zName){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; u8 enc = ENC(db); u8 initbusy = db->init.busy; CollSeq *pColl; pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, initbusy); if( !initbusy && (!pColl || !pColl->xCmp) ){ pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, enc, pColl, zName); } return pColl; } /* ** Generate code that will increment the schema cookie. ** ** The schema cookie is used to determine when the schema for the ** database changes. After each schema change, the cookie value ** changes. When a process first reads the schema it records the ** cookie. Thereafter, whenever it goes to access the database, ** it checks the cookie to make sure the schema has not changed ** since it was last read. ** ** This plan is not completely bullet-proof. It is possible for ** the schema to change multiple times and for the cookie to be ** set back to prior value. But schema changes are infrequent ** and the probability of hitting the same cookie value is only ** 1 chance in 2^32. So we're safe enough. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-34230-56049 SQLite automatically increments ** the schema-version whenever the schema changes. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ChangeCookie(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (int)(1+(unsigned)db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie)); } /* ** Measure the number of characters needed to output the given ** identifier. The number returned includes any quotes used ** but does not include the null terminator. ** ** The estimate is conservative. It might be larger that what is ** really needed. */ static int identLength(const char *z){ int n; for(n=0; *z; n++, z++){ if( *z=='"' ){ n++; } } return n + 2; } /* ** The first parameter is a pointer to an output buffer. The second ** parameter is a pointer to an integer that contains the offset at ** which to write into the output buffer. This function copies the ** nul-terminated string pointed to by the third parameter, zSignedIdent, ** to the specified offset in the buffer and updates *pIdx to refer ** to the first byte after the last byte written before returning. ** ** If the string zSignedIdent consists entirely of alpha-numeric ** characters, does not begin with a digit and is not an SQL keyword, ** then it is copied to the output buffer exactly as it is. Otherwise, ** it is quoted using double-quotes. */ static void identPut(char *z, int *pIdx, char *zSignedIdent){ unsigned char *zIdent = (unsigned char*)zSignedIdent; int i, j, needQuote; i = *pIdx; for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ if( !sqlite3Isalnum(zIdent[j]) && zIdent[j]!='_' ) break; } needQuote = sqlite3Isdigit(zIdent[0]) || sqlite3KeywordCode(zIdent, j)!=TK_ID || zIdent[j]!=0 || j==0; if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; for(j=0; zIdent[j]; j++){ z[i++] = zIdent[j]; if( zIdent[j]=='"' ) z[i++] = '"'; } if( needQuote ) z[i++] = '"'; z[i] = 0; *pIdx = i; } /* ** Generate a CREATE TABLE statement appropriate for the given ** table. Memory to hold the text of the statement is obtained ** from sqliteMalloc() and must be freed by the calling function. */ static char *createTableStmt(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ int i, k, n; char *zStmt; char *zSep, *zSep2, *zEnd; Column *pCol; n = 0; for(pCol = p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ n += identLength(pCol->zName) + 5; } n += identLength(p->zName); if( n<50 ){ zSep = ""; zSep2 = ","; zEnd = ")"; }else{ zSep = "\n "; zSep2 = ",\n "; zEnd = "\n)"; } n += 35 + 6*p->nCol; zStmt = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, n); if( zStmt==0 ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); return 0; } sqlite3_snprintf(n, zStmt, "CREATE TABLE "); k = sqlite3Strlen30(zStmt); identPut(zStmt, &k, p->zName); zStmt[k++] = '('; for(pCol=p->aCol, i=0; inCol; i++, pCol++){ static const char * const azType[] = { /* SQLITE_AFF_BLOB */ "", /* SQLITE_AFF_TEXT */ " TEXT", /* SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC */ " NUM", /* SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER */ " INT", /* SQLITE_AFF_REAL */ " REAL" }; int len; const char *zType; sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], zSep); k += sqlite3Strlen30(&zStmt[k]); zSep = zSep2; identPut(zStmt, &k, pCol->zName); assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB >= 0 ); assert( pCol->affinity-SQLITE_AFF_BLOB < ArraySize(azType) ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_TEXT ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER ); testcase( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ); zType = azType[pCol->affinity - SQLITE_AFF_BLOB]; len = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); assert( pCol->affinity==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB || pCol->affinity==sqlite3AffinityType(zType, 0) ); memcpy(&zStmt[k], zType, len); k += len; assert( k<=n ); } sqlite3_snprintf(n-k, &zStmt[k], "%s", zEnd); return zStmt; } /* ** Resize an Index object to hold N columns total. Return SQLITE_OK ** on success and SQLITE_NOMEM on an OOM error. */ static int resizeIndexObject(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int N){ char *zExtra; int nByte; if( pIdx->nColumn>=N ) return SQLITE_OK; assert( pIdx->isResized==0 ); nByte = (sizeof(char*) + sizeof(i16) + 1)*N; zExtra = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte); if( zExtra==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->azColl, sizeof(char*)*pIdx->nColumn); pIdx->azColl = (const char**)zExtra; zExtra += sizeof(char*)*N; memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aiColumn, sizeof(i16)*pIdx->nColumn); pIdx->aiColumn = (i16*)zExtra; zExtra += sizeof(i16)*N; memcpy(zExtra, pIdx->aSortOrder, pIdx->nColumn); pIdx->aSortOrder = (u8*)zExtra; pIdx->nColumn = N; pIdx->isResized = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Estimate the total row width for a table. */ static void estimateTableWidth(Table *pTab){ unsigned wTable = 0; const Column *pTabCol; int i; for(i=pTab->nCol, pTabCol=pTab->aCol; i>0; i--, pTabCol++){ wTable += pTabCol->szEst; } if( pTab->iPKey<0 ) wTable++; pTab->szTabRow = sqlite3LogEst(wTable*4); } /* ** Estimate the average size of a row for an index. */ static void estimateIndexWidth(Index *pIdx){ unsigned wIndex = 0; int i; const Column *aCol = pIdx->pTable->aCol; for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; assert( xpTable->nCol ); wIndex += x<0 ? 1 : aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[i]].szEst; } pIdx->szIdxRow = sqlite3LogEst(wIndex*4); } /* Return true if value x is found any of the first nCol entries of aiCol[] */ static int hasColumn(const i16 *aiCol, int nCol, int x){ while( nCol-- > 0 ) if( x==*(aiCol++) ) return 1; return 0; } /* Recompute the colNotIdxed field of the Index. ** ** colNotIdxed is a bitmask that has a 0 bit representing each indexed ** columns that are within the first 63 columns of the table. The ** high-order bit of colNotIdxed is always 1. All unindexed columns ** of the table have a 1. ** ** The colNotIdxed mask is AND-ed with the SrcList.a[].colUsed mask ** to determine if the index is covering index. */ static void recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(Index *pIdx){ Bitmask m = 0; int j; for(j=pIdx->nColumn-1; j>=0; j--){ int x = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; if( x>=0 ){ testcase( x==BMS-1 ); testcase( x==BMS-2 ); if( xcolNotIdxed = ~m; assert( (pIdx->colNotIdxed>>63)==1 ); } /* ** This routine runs at the end of parsing a CREATE TABLE statement that ** has a WITHOUT ROWID clause. The job of this routine is to convert both ** internal schema data structures and the generated VDBE code so that they ** are appropriate for a WITHOUT ROWID table instead of a rowid table. ** Changes include: ** ** (1) Set all columns of the PRIMARY KEY schema object to be NOT NULL. ** (2) Convert P3 parameter of the OP_CreateBtree from BTREE_INTKEY ** into BTREE_BLOBKEY. ** (3) Bypass the creation of the sqlite_master table entry ** for the PRIMARY KEY as the primary key index is now ** identified by the sqlite_master table entry of the table itself. ** (4) Set the Index.tnum of the PRIMARY KEY Index object in the ** schema to the rootpage from the main table. ** (5) Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY Index object ** so that the PRIMARY KEY is a covering index. The surplus ** columns are part of KeyInfo.nAllField and are not used for ** sorting or lookup or uniqueness checks. ** (6) Replace the rowid tail on all automatically generated UNIQUE ** indices with the PRIMARY KEY columns. ** ** For virtual tables, only (1) is performed. */ static void convertToWithoutRowidTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ Index *pIdx; Index *pPk; int nPk; int i, j; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Mark every PRIMARY KEY column as NOT NULL (except for imposter tables) */ if( !db->init.imposterTable ){ for(i=0; inCol; i++){ if( (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){ pTab->aCol[i].notNull = OE_Abort; } } } /* The remaining transformations only apply to b-tree tables, not to ** virtual tables */ if( IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) return; /* Convert the P3 operand of the OP_CreateBtree opcode from BTREE_INTKEY ** into BTREE_BLOBKEY. */ if( pParse->addrCrTab ){ assert( v ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, pParse->addrCrTab, BTREE_BLOBKEY); } /* Locate the PRIMARY KEY index. Or, if this table was originally ** an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY table, create a new PRIMARY KEY index. */ if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ ExprList *pList; Token ipkToken; sqlite3TokenInit(&ipkToken, pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &ipkToken, 0)); if( pList==0 ) return; pList->a[0].sortOrder = pParse->iPkSortOrder; assert( pParse->pNewTable==pTab ); sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, 0, 0, 0, pList, pTab->keyConf, 0, 0, 0, 0, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY); if( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ) return; pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); pTab->iPKey = -1; }else{ pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); /* ** Remove all redundant columns from the PRIMARY KEY. For example, change ** "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,a,b,c,b,c,d)" into just "PRIMARY KEY(a,b,c,d)". Later ** code assumes the PRIMARY KEY contains no repeated columns. */ for(i=j=1; inKeyCol; i++){ if( hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){ pPk->nColumn--; }else{ pPk->aiColumn[j++] = pPk->aiColumn[i]; } } pPk->nKeyCol = j; } assert( pPk!=0 ); pPk->isCovering = 1; if( !db->init.imposterTable ) pPk->uniqNotNull = 1; nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; /* Bypass the creation of the PRIMARY KEY btree and the sqlite_master ** table entry. This is only required if currently generating VDBE ** code for a CREATE TABLE (not when parsing one as part of reading ** a database schema). */ if( v && pPk->tnum>0 ){ assert( db->init.busy==0 ); sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, pPk->tnum, OP_Goto); } /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */ pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum; /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY. */ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ int n; if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ) continue; for(i=n=0; iaiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ) n++; } if( n==0 ){ /* This index is a superset of the primary key */ pIdx->nColumn = pIdx->nKeyCol; continue; } if( resizeIndexObject(db, pIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol+n) ) return; for(i=0, j=pIdx->nKeyCol; iaiColumn, pIdx->nKeyCol, pPk->aiColumn[i]) ){ pIdx->aiColumn[j] = pPk->aiColumn[i]; pIdx->azColl[j] = pPk->azColl[i]; j++; } } assert( pIdx->nColumn>=pIdx->nKeyCol+n ); assert( pIdx->nColumn>=j ); } /* Add all table columns to the PRIMARY KEY index */ if( nPknCol ){ if( resizeIndexObject(db, pPk, pTab->nCol) ) return; for(i=0, j=nPk; inCol; i++){ if( !hasColumn(pPk->aiColumn, j, i) ){ assert( jnColumn ); pPk->aiColumn[j] = i; pPk->azColl[j] = sqlite3StrBINARY; j++; } } assert( pPk->nColumn==j ); assert( pTab->nCol==j ); }else{ pPk->nColumn = pTab->nCol; } recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(pPk); } /* ** This routine is called to report the final ")" that terminates ** a CREATE TABLE statement. ** ** The table structure that other action routines have been building ** is added to the internal hash tables, assuming no errors have ** occurred. ** ** An entry for the table is made in the master table on disk, unless ** this is a temporary table or db->init.busy==1. When db->init.busy==1 ** it means we are reading the sqlite_master table because we just ** connected to the database or because the sqlite_master table has ** recently changed, so the entry for this table already exists in ** the sqlite_master table. We do not want to create it again. ** ** If the pSelect argument is not NULL, it means that this routine ** was called to create a table generated from a ** "CREATE TABLE ... AS SELECT ..." statement. The column names of ** the new table will match the result set of the SELECT. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTable( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Token *pCons, /* The ',' token after the last column defn. */ Token *pEnd, /* The ')' before options in the CREATE TABLE */ u8 tabOpts, /* Extra table options. Usually 0. */ Select *pSelect /* Select from a "CREATE ... AS SELECT" */ ){ Table *p; /* The new table */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ int iDb; /* Database in which the table lives */ Index *pIdx; /* An implied index of the table */ if( pEnd==0 && pSelect==0 ){ return; } assert( !db->mallocFailed ); p = pParse->pNewTable; if( p==0 ) return; /* If the db->init.busy is 1 it means we are reading the SQL off the ** "sqlite_master" or "sqlite_temp_master" table on the disk. ** So do not write to the disk again. Extract the root page number ** for the table from the db->init.newTnum field. (The page number ** should have been put there by the sqliteOpenCb routine.) ** ** If the root page number is 1, that means this is the sqlite_master ** table itself. So mark it read-only. */ if( db->init.busy ){ if( pSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, ""); return; } p->tnum = db->init.newTnum; if( p->tnum==1 ) p->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly; } /* Special processing for WITHOUT ROWID Tables */ if( tabOpts & TF_WithoutRowid ){ if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "AUTOINCREMENT not allowed on WITHOUT ROWID tables"); return; } if( (p->tabFlags & TF_HasPrimaryKey)==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "PRIMARY KEY missing on table %s", p->zName); }else{ p->tabFlags |= TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid; convertToWithoutRowidTable(pParse, p); } } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK /* Resolve names in all CHECK constraint expressions. */ if( p->pCheck ){ sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, p, NC_IsCheck, 0, p->pCheck); } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ /* Estimate the average row size for the table and for all implied indices */ estimateTableWidth(p); for(pIdx=p->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ estimateIndexWidth(pIdx); } /* If not initializing, then create a record for the new table ** in the SQLITE_MASTER table of the database. ** ** If this is a TEMPORARY table, write the entry into the auxiliary ** file instead of into the main database file. */ if( !db->init.busy ){ int n; Vdbe *v; char *zType; /* "view" or "table" */ char *zType2; /* "VIEW" or "TABLE" */ char *zStmt; /* Text of the CREATE TABLE or CREATE VIEW statement */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( NEVER(v==0) ) return; sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 0); /* ** Initialize zType for the new view or table. */ if( p->pSelect==0 ){ /* A regular table */ zType = "table"; zType2 = "TABLE"; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW }else{ /* A view */ zType = "view"; zType2 = "VIEW"; #endif } /* If this is a CREATE TABLE xx AS SELECT ..., execute the SELECT ** statement to populate the new table. The root-page number for the ** new table is in register pParse->regRoot. ** ** Once the SELECT has been coded by sqlite3Select(), it is in a ** suitable state to query for the column names and types to be used ** by the new table. ** ** A shared-cache write-lock is not required to write to the new table, ** as a schema-lock must have already been obtained to create it. Since ** a schema-lock excludes all other database users, the write-lock would ** be redundant. */ if( pSelect ){ SelectDest dest; /* Where the SELECT should store results */ int regYield; /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */ int addrTop; /* Top of the co-routine */ int regRec; /* A record to be insert into the new table */ int regRowid; /* Rowid of the next row to insert */ int addrInsLoop; /* Top of the loop for inserting rows */ Table *pSelTab; /* A table that describes the SELECT results */ regYield = ++pParse->nMem; regRec = ++pParse->nMem; regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; assert(pParse->nTab==1); sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, 1, pParse->regRoot, iDb); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_P2ISREG); pParse->nTab = 2; addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop); if( pParse->nErr ) return; pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSelect); if( pSelTab==0 ) return; assert( p->aCol==0 ); p->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; p->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; pSelTab->nCol = 0; pSelTab->aCol = 0; sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield); sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); if( pParse->nErr ) return; sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regYield); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1); addrInsLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, dest.iSdst, dest.nSdst, regRec); sqlite3TableAffinity(v, p, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, 1, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, 1, regRec, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrInsLoop); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsLoop); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, 1); } /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE statement */ if( pSelect ){ zStmt = createTableStmt(db, p); }else{ Token *pEnd2 = tabOpts ? &pParse->sLastToken : pEnd; n = (int)(pEnd2->z - pParse->sNameToken.z); if( pEnd2->z[0]!=';' ) n += pEnd2->n; zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE %s %.*s", zType2, n, pParse->sNameToken.z ); } /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all ** the information we've collected. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE %Q.%s " "SET type='%s', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=#%d, sql=%Q " "WHERE rowid=#%d", db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, zType, p->zName, p->zName, pParse->regRoot, zStmt, pParse->regRowid ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* Check to see if we need to create an sqlite_sequence table for ** keeping track of autoincrement keys. */ if( (p->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0 ){ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab==0 ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_sequence(name,seq)", pDb->zDbSName ); } } #endif /* Reparse everything to update our internal data structures */ sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "tbl_name='%q' AND type!='trigger'", p->zName)); } /* Add the table to the in-memory representation of the database. */ if( db->init.busy ){ Table *pOld; Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, p->zName, p); if( pOld ){ assert( p==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ sqlite3OomFault(db); return; } pParse->pNewTable = 0; db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE if( !p->pSelect ){ const char *zName = (const char *)pParse->sNameToken.z; int nName; assert( !pSelect && pCons && pEnd ); if( pCons->z==0 ){ pCons = pEnd; } nName = (int)((const char *)pCons->z - zName); p->addColOffset = 13 + sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zName, nName); } #endif } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW /* ** The parser calls this routine in order to create a new VIEW */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateView( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ Token *pBegin, /* The CREATE token that begins the statement */ Token *pName1, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ Token *pName2, /* The token that holds the name of the view */ ExprList *pCNames, /* Optional list of view column names */ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that will become the new view */ int isTemp, /* TRUE for a TEMPORARY view */ int noErr /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */ ){ Table *p; int n; const char *z; Token sEnd; DbFixer sFix; Token *pName = 0; int iDb; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( pParse->nVar>0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views"); goto create_view_fail; } sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, isTemp, 1, 0, noErr); p = pParse->pNewTable; if( p==0 || pParse->nErr ) goto create_view_fail; sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, p->pSchema); sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "view", pName); if( sqlite3FixSelect(&sFix, pSelect) ) goto create_view_fail; /* Make a copy of the entire SELECT statement that defines the view. ** This will force all the Expr.token.z values to be dynamically ** allocated rather than point to the input string - which means that ** they will persist after the current sqlite3_exec() call returns. */ if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ p->pSelect = pSelect; pSelect = 0; }else{ p->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); } p->pCheck = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pCNames, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto create_view_fail; /* Locate the end of the CREATE VIEW statement. Make sEnd point to ** the end. */ sEnd = pParse->sLastToken; assert( sEnd.z[0]!=0 || sEnd.n==0 ); if( sEnd.z[0]!=';' ){ sEnd.z += sEnd.n; } sEnd.n = 0; n = (int)(sEnd.z - pBegin->z); assert( n>0 ); z = pBegin->z; while( sqlite3Isspace(z[n-1]) ){ n--; } sEnd.z = &z[n-1]; sEnd.n = 1; /* Use sqlite3EndTable() to add the view to the SQLITE_MASTER table */ sqlite3EndTable(pParse, 0, &sEnd, 0, 0); create_view_fail: sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameExprlistUnmap(pParse, pCNames); } sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCNames); return; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) /* ** The Table structure pTable is really a VIEW. Fill in the names of ** the columns of the view in the pTable structure. Return the number ** of errors. If an error is seen leave an error message in pParse->zErrMsg. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(Parse *pParse, Table *pTable){ Table *pSelTab; /* A fake table from which we get the result set */ Select *pSel; /* Copy of the SELECT that implements the view */ int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ int n; /* Temporarily holds the number of cursors assigned */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection for malloc errors */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE int rc; #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION sqlite3_xauth xAuth; /* Saved xAuth pointer */ #endif assert( pTable ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE db->nSchemaLock++; rc = sqlite3VtabCallConnect(pParse, pTable); db->nSchemaLock--; if( rc ){ return 1; } if( IsVirtual(pTable) ) return 0; #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW /* A positive nCol means the columns names for this view are ** already known. */ if( pTable->nCol>0 ) return 0; /* A negative nCol is a special marker meaning that we are currently ** trying to compute the column names. If we enter this routine with ** a negative nCol, it means two or more views form a loop, like this: ** ** CREATE VIEW one AS SELECT * FROM two; ** CREATE VIEW two AS SELECT * FROM one; ** ** Actually, the error above is now caught prior to reaching this point. ** But the following test is still important as it does come up ** in the following: ** ** CREATE TABLE main.ex1(a); ** CREATE TEMP VIEW ex1 AS SELECT a FROM ex1; ** SELECT * FROM temp.ex1; */ if( pTable->nCol<0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s is circularly defined", pTable->zName); return 1; } assert( pTable->nCol>=0 ); /* If we get this far, it means we need to compute the table names. ** Note that the call to sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() will expand any ** "*" elements in the results set of the view and will assign cursors ** to the elements of the FROM clause. But we do not want these changes ** to be permanent. So the computation is done on a copy of the SELECT ** statement that defines the view. */ assert( pTable->pSelect ); pSel = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTable->pSelect, 0); if( pSel ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE u8 eParseMode = pParse->eParseMode; pParse->eParseMode = PARSE_MODE_NORMAL; #endif n = pParse->nTab; sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pSel->pSrc); pTable->nCol = -1; db->lookaside.bDisable++; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION xAuth = db->xAuth; db->xAuth = 0; pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); db->xAuth = xAuth; #else pSelTab = sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(pParse, pSel); #endif pParse->nTab = n; if( pTable->pCheck ){ /* CREATE VIEW name(arglist) AS ... ** The names of the columns in the table are taken from ** arglist which is stored in pTable->pCheck. The pCheck field ** normally holds CHECK constraints on an ordinary table, but for ** a VIEW it holds the list of column names. */ sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pTable->pCheck, &pTable->nCol, &pTable->aCol); if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pParse->nErr==0 && pTable->nCol==pSel->pEList->nExpr ){ sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTable, pSel); } }else if( pSelTab ){ /* CREATE VIEW name AS... without an argument list. Construct ** the column names from the SELECT statement that defines the view. */ assert( pTable->aCol==0 ); pTable->nCol = pSelTab->nCol; pTable->aCol = pSelTab->aCol; pSelTab->nCol = 0; pSelTab->aCol = 0; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTable->pSchema) ); }else{ pTable->nCol = 0; nErr++; } sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pSelTab); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); db->lookaside.bDisable--; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE pParse->eParseMode = eParseMode; #endif } else { nErr++; } pTable->pSchema->schemaFlags |= DB_UnresetViews; if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTable); pTable->aCol = 0; pTable->nCol = 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ return nErr; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW /* ** Clear the column names from every VIEW in database idx. */ static void sqliteViewResetAll(sqlite3 *db, int idx){ HashElem *i; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, idx, 0) ); if( !DbHasProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews) ) return; for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[idx].pSchema->tblHash); i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); if( pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3DeleteColumnNames(db, pTab); pTab->aCol = 0; pTab->nCol = 0; } } DbClearProperty(db, idx, DB_UnresetViews); } #else # define sqliteViewResetAll(A,B) #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW */ /* ** This function is called by the VDBE to adjust the internal schema ** used by SQLite when the btree layer moves a table root page. The ** root-page of a table or index in database iDb has changed from iFrom ** to iTo. ** ** Ticket #1728: The symbol table might still contain information ** on tables and/or indices that are the process of being deleted. ** If you are unlucky, one of those deleted indices or tables might ** have the same rootpage number as the real table or index that is ** being moved. So we cannot stop searching after the first match ** because the first match might be for one of the deleted indices ** or tables and not the table/index that is actually being moved. ** We must continue looping until all tables and indices with ** rootpage==iFrom have been converted to have a rootpage of iTo ** in order to be certain that we got the right one. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RootPageMoved(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int iFrom, int iTo){ HashElem *pElem; Hash *pHash; Db *pDb; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; pHash = &pDb->pSchema->tblHash; for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); if( pTab->tnum==iFrom ){ pTab->tnum = iTo; } } pHash = &pDb->pSchema->idxHash; for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(pElem); if( pIdx->tnum==iFrom ){ pIdx->tnum = iTo; } } } #endif /* ** Write code to erase the table with root-page iTable from database iDb. ** Also write code to modify the sqlite_master table and internal schema ** if a root-page of another table is moved by the btree-layer whilst ** erasing iTable (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). */ static void destroyRootPage(Parse *pParse, int iTable, int iDb){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); assert( iTable>1 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Destroy, iTable, r1, iDb); sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM /* OP_Destroy stores an in integer r1. If this integer ** is non-zero, then it is the root page number of a table moved to ** location iTable. The following code modifies the sqlite_master table to ** reflect this. ** ** The "#NNN" in the SQL is a special constant that means whatever value ** is in register NNN. See grammar rules associated with the TK_REGISTER ** token for additional information. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE %Q.%s SET rootpage=%d WHERE #%d AND rootpage=#%d", pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, iTable, r1, r1); #endif sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } /* ** Write VDBE code to erase table pTab and all associated indices on disk. ** Code to update the sqlite_master tables and internal schema definitions ** in case a root-page belonging to another table is moved by the btree layer ** is also added (this can happen with an auto-vacuum database). */ static void destroyTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ /* If the database may be auto-vacuum capable (if SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM ** is not defined), then it is important to call OP_Destroy on the ** table and index root-pages in order, starting with the numerically ** largest root-page number. This guarantees that none of the root-pages ** to be destroyed is relocated by an earlier OP_Destroy. i.e. if the ** following were coded: ** ** OP_Destroy 4 0 ** ... ** OP_Destroy 5 0 ** ** and root page 5 happened to be the largest root-page number in the ** database, then root page 5 would be moved to page 4 by the ** "OP_Destroy 4 0" opcode. The subsequent "OP_Destroy 5 0" would hit ** a free-list page. */ int iTab = pTab->tnum; int iDestroyed = 0; while( 1 ){ Index *pIdx; int iLargest = 0; if( iDestroyed==0 || iTabpIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ int iIdx = pIdx->tnum; assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); if( (iDestroyed==0 || (iIdxiLargest ){ iLargest = iIdx; } } if( iLargest==0 ){ return; }else{ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 && iDbdb->nDb ); destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb); iDestroyed = iLargest; } } } /* ** Remove entries from the sqlite_statN tables (for N in (1,2,3)) ** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command. */ static void sqlite3ClearStatTables( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ int iDb, /* The database number */ const char *zType, /* "idx" or "tbl" */ const char *zName /* Name of index or table */ ){ int i; const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; for(i=1; i<=4; i++){ char zTab[24]; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zTab),zTab,"sqlite_stat%d",i); if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDbName) ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q", zDbName, zTab, zType, zName ); } } } /* ** Generate code to drop a table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeDropTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int iDb, int isView){ Vdbe *v; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Trigger *pTrigger; Db *pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v!=0 ); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_VBegin); } #endif /* Drop all triggers associated with the table being dropped. Code ** is generated to remove entries from sqlite_master and/or ** sqlite_temp_master if required. */ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); while( pTrigger ){ assert( pTrigger->pSchema==pTab->pSchema || pTrigger->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ); sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); pTrigger = pTrigger->pNext; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* Remove any entries of the sqlite_sequence table associated with ** the table being dropped. This is done before the table is dropped ** at the btree level, in case the sqlite_sequence table needs to ** move as a result of the drop (can happen in auto-vacuum mode). */ if( pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_sequence WHERE name=%Q", pDb->zDbSName, pTab->zName ); } #endif /* Drop all SQLITE_MASTER table and index entries that refer to the ** table. The program name loops through the master table and deletes ** every row that refers to a table of the same name as the one being ** dropped. Triggers are handled separately because a trigger can be ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another ** database. */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'", pDb->zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTab->zName); if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ destroyTable(pParse, pTab); } /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify ** the schema cookie. */ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VDestroy, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); sqliteViewResetAll(db, iDb); } /* ** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement. ** pName is the name of the table to be dropped. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){ Table *pTab; Vdbe *v; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb; if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto exit_drop_table; } assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto exit_drop_table; if( noErr ) db->suppressErr++; assert( isView==0 || isView==LOCATE_VIEW ); pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, isView, &pName->a[0]); if( noErr ) db->suppressErr--; if( pTab==0 ){ if( noErr ) sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); goto exit_drop_table; } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); /* If pTab is a virtual table, call ViewGetColumnNames() to ensure ** it is initialized. */ if( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ goto exit_drop_table; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { int code; const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; const char *zArg2 = 0; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb)){ goto exit_drop_table; } if( isView ){ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW; }else{ code = SQLITE_DROP_VIEW; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ code = SQLITE_DROP_VTABLE; zArg2 = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pMod->zName; #endif }else{ if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE; }else{ code = SQLITE_DROP_TABLE; } } if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTab->zName, zArg2, zDb) ){ goto exit_drop_table; } if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){ goto exit_drop_table; } } #endif if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 && sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat", 11)!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be dropped", pTab->zName); goto exit_drop_table; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW /* Ensure DROP TABLE is not used on a view, and DROP VIEW is not used ** on a table. */ if( isView && pTab->pSelect==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP TABLE to delete table %s", pTab->zName); goto exit_drop_table; } if( !isView && pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "use DROP VIEW to delete view %s", pTab->zName); goto exit_drop_table; } #endif /* Generate code to remove the table from the master table ** on disk. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v ){ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); if( !isView ){ sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName); sqlite3FkDropTable(pParse, pName, pTab); } sqlite3CodeDropTable(pParse, pTab, iDb, isView); } exit_drop_table: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); } /* ** This routine is called to create a new foreign key on the table ** currently under construction. pFromCol determines which columns ** in the current table point to the foreign key. If pFromCol==0 then ** connect the key to the last column inserted. pTo is the name of ** the table referred to (a.k.a the "parent" table). pToCol is a list ** of tables in the parent pTo table. flags contains all ** information about the conflict resolution algorithms specified ** in the ON DELETE, ON UPDATE and ON INSERT clauses. ** ** An FKey structure is created and added to the table currently ** under construction in the pParse->pNewTable field. ** ** The foreign key is set for IMMEDIATE processing. A subsequent call ** to sqlite3DeferForeignKey() might change this to DEFERRED. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateForeignKey( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pFromCol, /* Columns in this table that point to other table */ Token *pTo, /* Name of the other table */ ExprList *pToCol, /* Columns in the other table */ int flags /* Conflict resolution algorithms. */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY FKey *pFKey = 0; FKey *pNextTo; Table *p = pParse->pNewTable; int nByte; int i; int nCol; char *z; assert( pTo!=0 ); if( p==0 || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ) goto fk_end; if( pFromCol==0 ){ int iCol = p->nCol-1; if( NEVER(iCol<0) ) goto fk_end; if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=1 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key on %s" " should reference only one column of table %T", p->aCol[iCol].zName, pTo); goto fk_end; } nCol = 1; }else if( pToCol && pToCol->nExpr!=pFromCol->nExpr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "number of columns in foreign key does not match the number of " "columns in the referenced table"); goto fk_end; }else{ nCol = pFromCol->nExpr; } nByte = sizeof(*pFKey) + (nCol-1)*sizeof(pFKey->aCol[0]) + pTo->n + 1; if( pToCol ){ for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ nByte += sqlite3Strlen30(pToCol->a[i].zName) + 1; } } pFKey = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte ); if( pFKey==0 ){ goto fk_end; } pFKey->pFrom = p; pFKey->pNextFrom = p->pFKey; z = (char*)&pFKey->aCol[nCol]; pFKey->zTo = z; if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)z, pTo); } memcpy(z, pTo->z, pTo->n); z[pTo->n] = 0; sqlite3Dequote(z); z += pTo->n+1; pFKey->nCol = nCol; if( pFromCol==0 ){ pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom = p->nCol-1; }else{ for(i=0; inCol; j++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->aCol[j].zName, pFromCol->a[i].zName)==0 ){ pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom = j; break; } } if( j>=p->nCol ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown column \"%s\" in foreign key definition", pFromCol->a[i].zName); goto fk_end; } if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, &pFKey->aCol[i], pFromCol->a[i].zName); } } } if( pToCol ){ for(i=0; ia[i].zName); pFKey->aCol[i].zCol = z; if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, z, pToCol->a[i].zName); } memcpy(z, pToCol->a[i].zName, n); z[n] = 0; z += n+1; } } pFKey->isDeferred = 0; pFKey->aAction[0] = (u8)(flags & 0xff); /* ON DELETE action */ pFKey->aAction[1] = (u8)((flags >> 8 ) & 0xff); /* ON UPDATE action */ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); pNextTo = (FKey *)sqlite3HashInsert(&p->pSchema->fkeyHash, pFKey->zTo, (void *)pFKey ); if( pNextTo==pFKey ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); goto fk_end; } if( pNextTo ){ assert( pNextTo->pPrevTo==0 ); pFKey->pNextTo = pNextTo; pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey; } /* Link the foreign key to the table as the last step. */ p->pFKey = pFKey; pFKey = 0; fk_end: sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pFromCol); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pToCol); } /* ** This routine is called when an INITIALLY IMMEDIATE or INITIALLY DEFERRED ** clause is seen as part of a foreign key definition. The isDeferred ** parameter is 1 for INITIALLY DEFERRED and 0 for INITIALLY IMMEDIATE. ** The behavior of the most recently created foreign key is adjusted ** accordingly. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeferForeignKey(Parse *pParse, int isDeferred){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY Table *pTab; FKey *pFKey; if( (pTab = pParse->pNewTable)==0 || (pFKey = pTab->pFKey)==0 ) return; assert( isDeferred==0 || isDeferred==1 ); /* EV: R-30323-21917 */ pFKey->isDeferred = (u8)isDeferred; #endif } /* ** Generate code that will erase and refill index *pIdx. This is ** used to initialize a newly created index or to recompute the ** content of an index in response to a REINDEX command. ** ** if memRootPage is not negative, it means that the index is newly ** created. The register specified by memRootPage contains the ** root page number of the index. If memRootPage is negative, then ** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and ** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum. */ static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){ Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; /* The table that is indexed */ int iTab = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pTab */ int iIdx = pParse->nTab++; /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */ int iSorter; /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */ int addr1; /* Address of top of loop */ int addr2; /* Address to jump to for next iteration */ int tnum; /* Root page of index */ int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump to this label to skip a row */ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ KeyInfo *pKey; /* KeyInfo for index */ int regRecord; /* Register holding assembled index record */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName ) ){ return; } #endif /* Require a write-lock on the table to perform this operation */ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) return; if( memRootPage>=0 ){ tnum = memRootPage; }else{ tnum = pIndex->tnum; } pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pIndex); assert( pKey!=0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ); /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */ iSorter = pParse->nTab++; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, iSorter, 0, pIndex->nKeyCol, (char*) sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKey), P4_KEYINFO); /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index ** records into the sorter. */ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse,pIndex,iTab,regRecord,0,&iPartIdxLabel,0,0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, iSorter, regRecord); sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); if( memRootPage<0 ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR|((memRootPage>=0)?OPFLAG_P2ISREG:0)); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iSorter, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); if( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) ){ int j2 = sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, 1); addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, OE_Abort); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SorterCompare, iSorter, j2, regRecord, pIndex->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, OE_Abort, pIndex); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j2); }else{ addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iSorter, regRecord, iIdx); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekEnd, iIdx); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iSorter, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter); } /* ** Allocate heap space to hold an Index object with nCol columns. ** ** Increase the allocation size to provide an extra nExtra bytes ** of 8-byte aligned space after the Index object and return a ** pointer to this extra space in *ppExtra. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Index *sqlite3AllocateIndexObject( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ i16 nCol, /* Total number of columns in the index */ int nExtra, /* Number of bytes of extra space to alloc */ char **ppExtra /* Pointer to the "extra" space */ ){ Index *p; /* Allocated index object */ int nByte; /* Bytes of space for Index object + arrays */ nByte = ROUND8(sizeof(Index)) + /* Index structure */ ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol) + /* Index.azColl */ ROUND8(sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1) + /* Index.aiRowLogEst */ sizeof(i16)*nCol + /* Index.aiColumn */ sizeof(u8)*nCol); /* Index.aSortOrder */ p = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte + nExtra); if( p ){ char *pExtra = ((char*)p)+ROUND8(sizeof(Index)); p->azColl = (const char**)pExtra; pExtra += ROUND8(sizeof(char*)*nCol); p->aiRowLogEst = (LogEst*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(LogEst)*(nCol+1); p->aiColumn = (i16*)pExtra; pExtra += sizeof(i16)*nCol; p->aSortOrder = (u8*)pExtra; p->nColumn = nCol; p->nKeyCol = nCol - 1; *ppExtra = ((char*)p) + nByte; } return p; } /* ** Create a new index for an SQL table. pName1.pName2 is the name of the index ** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed. Both will ** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a ** UNIQUE constraint. If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable ** as the table to be indexed. pParse->pNewTable is a table that is ** currently being constructed by a CREATE TABLE statement. ** ** pList is a list of columns to be indexed. pList will be NULL if this ** is a primary key or unique-constraint on the most recent column added ** to the table currently under construction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CreateIndex( Parse *pParse, /* All information about this parse */ Token *pName1, /* First part of index name. May be NULL */ Token *pName2, /* Second part of index name. May be NULL */ SrcList *pTblName, /* Table to index. Use pParse->pNewTable if 0 */ ExprList *pList, /* A list of columns to be indexed */ int onError, /* OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, OE_Replace, or OE_None */ Token *pStart, /* The CREATE token that begins this statement */ Expr *pPIWhere, /* WHERE clause for partial indices */ int sortOrder, /* Sort order of primary key when pList==NULL */ int ifNotExist, /* Omit error if index already exists */ u8 idxType /* The index type */ ){ Table *pTab = 0; /* Table to be indexed */ Index *pIndex = 0; /* The index to be created */ char *zName = 0; /* Name of the index */ int nName; /* Number of characters in zName */ int i, j; DbFixer sFix; /* For assigning database names to pTable */ int sortOrderMask; /* 1 to honor DESC in index. 0 to ignore. */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Db *pDb; /* The specific table containing the indexed database */ int iDb; /* Index of the database that is being written */ Token *pName = 0; /* Unqualified name of the index to create */ struct ExprList_item *pListItem; /* For looping over pList */ int nExtra = 0; /* Space allocated for zExtra[] */ int nExtraCol; /* Number of extra columns needed */ char *zExtra = 0; /* Extra space after the Index object */ Index *pPk = 0; /* PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ if( db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr>0 ){ goto exit_create_index; } if( IN_DECLARE_VTAB && idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ){ goto exit_create_index; } if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ goto exit_create_index; } /* ** Find the table that is to be indexed. Return early if not found. */ if( pTblName!=0 ){ /* Use the two-part index name to determine the database ** to search for the table. 'Fix' the table name to this db ** before looking up the table. */ assert( pName1 && pName2 ); iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); if( iDb<0 ) goto exit_create_index; assert( pName && pName->z ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB /* If the index name was unqualified, check if the table ** is a temp table. If so, set the database to 1. Do not do this ** if initialising a database schema. */ if( !db->init.busy ){ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTblName); if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ iDb = 1; } } #endif sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "index", pName); if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTblName) ){ /* Because the parser constructs pTblName from a single identifier, ** sqlite3FixSrcList can never fail. */ assert(0); } pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, &pTblName->a[0]); assert( db->mallocFailed==0 || pTab==0 ); if( pTab==0 ) goto exit_create_index; if( iDb==1 && db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create a TEMP index on non-TEMP table \"%s\"", pTab->zName); goto exit_create_index; } if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); }else{ assert( pName==0 ); assert( pStart==0 ); pTab = pParse->pNewTable; if( !pTab ) goto exit_create_index; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); } pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; assert( pTab!=0 ); assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 && db->init.busy==0 #if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION && sqlite3UserAuthTable(pTab->zName)==0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ALLOW_SQLITE_MASTER_INDEX && sqlite3StrICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"master")!=0 #endif && sqlite3StrNICmp(&pTab->zName[7],"altertab_",9)!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be indexed", pTab->zName); goto exit_create_index; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW if( pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "views may not be indexed"); goto exit_create_index; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be indexed"); goto exit_create_index; } #endif /* ** Find the name of the index. Make sure there is not already another ** index or table with the same name. ** ** Exception: If we are reading the names of permanent indices from the ** sqlite_master table (because some other process changed the schema) and ** one of the index names collides with the name of a temporary table or ** index, then we will continue to process this index. ** ** If pName==0 it means that we are ** dealing with a primary key or UNIQUE constraint. We have to invent our ** own name. */ if( pName ){ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); if( zName==0 ) goto exit_create_index; assert( pName->z!=0 ); if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto exit_create_index; } if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ if( !db->init.busy ){ if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, 0)!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "there is already a table named %s", zName); goto exit_create_index; } } if( sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, pDb->zDbSName)!=0 ){ if( !ifNotExist ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index %s already exists", zName); }else{ assert( !db->init.busy ); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); } goto exit_create_index; } } }else{ int n; Index *pLoop; for(pLoop=pTab->pIndex, n=1; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pNext, n++){} zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_autoindex_%s_%d", pTab->zName, n); if( zName==0 ){ goto exit_create_index; } /* Automatic index names generated from within sqlite3_declare_vtab() ** must have names that are distinct from normal automatic index names. ** The following statement converts "sqlite3_autoindex..." into ** "sqlite3_butoindex..." in order to make the names distinct. ** The "vtab_err.test" test demonstrates the need of this statement. */ if( IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ) zName[7]++; } /* Check for authorization to create an index. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ const char *zDb = pDb->zDbSName; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), 0, zDb) ){ goto exit_create_index; } i = SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX; if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ) i = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, i, zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ goto exit_create_index; } } #endif /* If pList==0, it means this routine was called to make a primary ** key out of the last column added to the table under construction. ** So create a fake list to simulate this. */ if( pList==0 ){ Token prevCol; Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[pTab->nCol-1]; pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_UNIQUE; sqlite3TokenInit(&prevCol, pCol->zName); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &prevCol, 0)); if( pList==0 ) goto exit_create_index; assert( pList->nExpr==1 ); sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(pList, sortOrder); }else{ sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse, pList, "index"); } /* Figure out how many bytes of space are required to store explicitly ** specified collation sequence names. */ for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ Expr *pExpr = pList->a[i].pExpr; assert( pExpr!=0 ); if( pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){ nExtra += (1 + sqlite3Strlen30(pExpr->u.zToken)); } } /* ** Allocate the index structure. */ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); nExtraCol = pPk ? pPk->nKeyCol : 1; pIndex = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(db, pList->nExpr + nExtraCol, nName + nExtra + 1, &zExtra); if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto exit_create_index; } assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->aiRowLogEst) ); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pIndex->azColl) ); pIndex->zName = zExtra; zExtra += nName + 1; memcpy(pIndex->zName, zName, nName+1); pIndex->pTable = pTab; pIndex->onError = (u8)onError; pIndex->uniqNotNull = onError!=OE_None; pIndex->idxType = idxType; pIndex->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; pIndex->nKeyCol = pList->nExpr; if( pPIWhere ){ sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_PartIdx, pPIWhere, 0); pIndex->pPartIdxWhere = pPIWhere; pPIWhere = 0; } assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); /* Check to see if we should honor DESC requests on index columns */ if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>=4 ){ sortOrderMask = -1; /* Honor DESC */ }else{ sortOrderMask = 0; /* Ignore DESC */ } /* Analyze the list of expressions that form the terms of the index and ** report any errors. In the common case where the expression is exactly ** a table column, store that column in aiColumn[]. For general expressions, ** populate pIndex->aColExpr and store XN_EXPR (-2) in aiColumn[]. ** ** TODO: Issue a warning if two or more columns of the index are identical. ** TODO: Issue a warning if the table primary key is used as part of the ** index key. */ pListItem = pList->a; if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ pIndex->aColExpr = pList; pList = 0; } for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++, pListItem++){ Expr *pCExpr; /* The i-th index expression */ int requestedSortOrder; /* ASC or DESC on the i-th expression */ const char *zColl; /* Collation sequence name */ sqlite3StringToId(pListItem->pExpr); sqlite3ResolveSelfReference(pParse, pTab, NC_IdxExpr, pListItem->pExpr, 0); if( pParse->nErr ) goto exit_create_index; pCExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pListItem->pExpr); if( pCExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ){ if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "expressions prohibited in PRIMARY KEY and " "UNIQUE constraints"); goto exit_create_index; } if( pIndex->aColExpr==0 ){ pIndex->aColExpr = pList; pList = 0; } j = XN_EXPR; pIndex->aiColumn[i] = XN_EXPR; pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0; }else{ j = pCExpr->iColumn; assert( j<=0x7fff ); if( j<0 ){ j = pTab->iPKey; }else if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ){ pIndex->uniqNotNull = 0; } pIndex->aiColumn[i] = (i16)j; } zColl = 0; if( pListItem->pExpr->op==TK_COLLATE ){ int nColl; zColl = pListItem->pExpr->u.zToken; nColl = sqlite3Strlen30(zColl) + 1; assert( nExtra>=nColl ); memcpy(zExtra, zColl, nColl); zColl = zExtra; zExtra += nColl; nExtra -= nColl; }else if( j>=0 ){ zColl = pTab->aCol[j].zColl; } if( !zColl ) zColl = sqlite3StrBINARY; if( !db->init.busy && !sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl) ){ goto exit_create_index; } pIndex->azColl[i] = zColl; requestedSortOrder = pListItem->sortOrder & sortOrderMask; pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = (u8)requestedSortOrder; } /* Append the table key to the end of the index. For WITHOUT ROWID ** tables (when pPk!=0) this will be the declared PRIMARY KEY. For ** normal tables (when pPk==0) this will be the rowid. */ if( pPk ){ for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ int x = pPk->aiColumn[j]; assert( x>=0 ); if( hasColumn(pIndex->aiColumn, pIndex->nKeyCol, x) ){ pIndex->nColumn--; }else{ pIndex->aiColumn[i] = x; pIndex->azColl[i] = pPk->azColl[j]; pIndex->aSortOrder[i] = pPk->aSortOrder[j]; i++; } } assert( i==pIndex->nColumn ); }else{ pIndex->aiColumn[i] = XN_ROWID; pIndex->azColl[i] = sqlite3StrBINARY; } sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIndex); if( pParse->pNewTable==0 ) estimateIndexWidth(pIndex); /* If this index contains every column of its table, then mark ** it as a covering index */ assert( HasRowid(pTab) || pTab->iPKey<0 || sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIndex, pTab->iPKey)>=0 ); recomputeColumnsNotIndexed(pIndex); if( pTblName!=0 && pIndex->nColumn>=pTab->nCol ){ pIndex->isCovering = 1; for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ if( j==pTab->iPKey ) continue; if( sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIndex,j)>=0 ) continue; pIndex->isCovering = 0; break; } } if( pTab==pParse->pNewTable ){ /* This routine has been called to create an automatic index as a ** result of a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause on a column definition, or ** a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE clause following the column definitions. ** i.e. one of: ** ** CREATE TABLE t(x PRIMARY KEY, y); ** CREATE TABLE t(x, y, UNIQUE(x, y)); ** ** Either way, check to see if the table already has such an index. If ** so, don't bother creating this one. This only applies to ** automatically created indices. Users can do as they wish with ** explicit indices. ** ** Two UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraints are considered equivalent ** (and thus suppressing the second one) even if they have different ** sort orders. ** ** If there are different collating sequences or if the columns of ** the constraint occur in different orders, then the constraints are ** considered distinct and both result in separate indices. */ Index *pIdx; for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ int k; assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ); assert( pIdx->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ); assert( IsUniqueIndex(pIndex) ); if( pIdx->nKeyCol!=pIndex->nKeyCol ) continue; for(k=0; knKeyCol; k++){ const char *z1; const char *z2; assert( pIdx->aiColumn[k]>=0 ); if( pIdx->aiColumn[k]!=pIndex->aiColumn[k] ) break; z1 = pIdx->azColl[k]; z2 = pIndex->azColl[k]; if( sqlite3StrICmp(z1, z2) ) break; } if( k==pIdx->nKeyCol ){ if( pIdx->onError!=pIndex->onError ){ /* This constraint creates the same index as a previous ** constraint specified somewhere in the CREATE TABLE statement. ** However the ON CONFLICT clauses are different. If both this ** constraint and the previous equivalent constraint have explicit ** ON CONFLICT clauses this is an error. Otherwise, use the ** explicitly specified behavior for the index. */ if( !(pIdx->onError==OE_Default || pIndex->onError==OE_Default) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "conflicting ON CONFLICT clauses specified", 0); } if( pIdx->onError==OE_Default ){ pIdx->onError = pIndex->onError; } } if( idxType==SQLITE_IDXTYPE_PRIMARYKEY ) pIdx->idxType = idxType; goto exit_create_index; } } } if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ /* Link the new Index structure to its table and to the other ** in-memory database structures. */ assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); if( db->init.busy ){ Index *p; assert( !IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pIndex->pSchema) ); p = sqlite3HashInsert(&pIndex->pSchema->idxHash, pIndex->zName, pIndex); if( p ){ assert( p==pIndex ); /* Malloc must have failed */ sqlite3OomFault(db); goto exit_create_index; } db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; if( pTblName!=0 ){ pIndex->tnum = db->init.newTnum; } } /* If this is the initial CREATE INDEX statement (or CREATE TABLE if the ** index is an implied index for a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint) then ** emit code to allocate the index rootpage on disk and make an entry for ** the index in the sqlite_master table and populate the index with ** content. But, do not do this if we are simply reading the sqlite_master ** table to parse the schema, or if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table. ** ** If pTblName==0 it means this index is generated as an implied PRIMARY KEY ** or UNIQUE index in a CREATE TABLE statement. Since the table ** has just been created, it contains no data and the index initialization ** step can be skipped. */ else if( HasRowid(pTab) || pTblName!=0 ){ Vdbe *v; char *zStmt; int iMem = ++pParse->nMem; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) goto exit_create_index; sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); /* Create the rootpage for the index using CreateIndex. But before ** doing so, code a Noop instruction and store its address in ** Index.tnum. This is required in case this index is actually a ** PRIMARY KEY and the table is actually a WITHOUT ROWID table. In ** that case the convertToWithoutRowidTable() routine will replace ** the Noop with a Goto to jump over the VDBE code generated below. */ pIndex->tnum = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Noop); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_CreateBtree, iDb, iMem, BTREE_BLOBKEY); /* Gather the complete text of the CREATE INDEX statement into ** the zStmt variable */ if( pStart ){ int n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z - pName->z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; if( pName->z[n-1]==';' ) n--; /* A named index with an explicit CREATE INDEX statement */ zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE%s INDEX %.*s", onError==OE_None ? "" : " UNIQUE", n, pName->z); }else{ /* An automatic index created by a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint */ /* zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(""); */ zStmt = 0; } /* Add an entry in sqlite_master for this index */ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('index',%Q,%Q,#%d,%Q);", db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, iMem, zStmt ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); /* Fill the index with data and reparse the schema. Code an OP_Expire ** to invalidate all pre-compiled statements. */ if( pTblName ){ sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, iMem); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='index'", pIndex->zName)); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 1); } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIndex->tnum); } } /* When adding an index to the list of indices for a table, make ** sure all indices labeled OE_Replace come after all those labeled ** OE_Ignore. This is necessary for the correct constraint check ** processing (in sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks()) as part of ** UPDATE and INSERT statements. */ if( db->init.busy || pTblName==0 ){ if( onError!=OE_Replace || pTab->pIndex==0 || pTab->pIndex->onError==OE_Replace){ pIndex->pNext = pTab->pIndex; pTab->pIndex = pIndex; }else{ Index *pOther = pTab->pIndex; while( pOther->pNext && pOther->pNext->onError!=OE_Replace ){ pOther = pOther->pNext; } pIndex->pNext = pOther->pNext; pOther->pNext = pIndex; } pIndex = 0; } else if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ assert( pParse->pNewIndex==0 ); pParse->pNewIndex = pIndex; pIndex = 0; } /* Clean up before exiting */ exit_create_index: if( pIndex ) sqlite3FreeIndex(db, pIndex); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPIWhere); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTblName); sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); } /* ** Fill the Index.aiRowEst[] array with default information - information ** to be used when we have not run the ANALYZE command. ** ** aiRowEst[0] is supposed to contain the number of elements in the index. ** Since we do not know, guess 1 million. aiRowEst[1] is an estimate of the ** number of rows in the table that match any particular value of the ** first column of the index. aiRowEst[2] is an estimate of the number ** of rows that match any particular combination of the first 2 columns ** of the index. And so forth. It must always be the case that * ** aiRowEst[N]<=aiRowEst[N-1] ** aiRowEst[N]>=1 ** ** Apart from that, we have little to go on besides intuition as to ** how aiRowEst[] should be initialized. The numbers generated here ** are based on typical values found in actual indices. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DefaultRowEst(Index *pIdx){ /* 10, 9, 8, 7, 6 */ LogEst aVal[] = { 33, 32, 30, 28, 26 }; LogEst *a = pIdx->aiRowLogEst; int nCopy = MIN(ArraySize(aVal), pIdx->nKeyCol); int i; /* Indexes with default row estimates should not have stat1 data */ assert( !pIdx->hasStat1 ); /* Set the first entry (number of rows in the index) to the estimated ** number of rows in the table, or half the number of rows in the table ** for a partial index. But do not let the estimate drop below 10. */ a[0] = pIdx->pTable->nRowLogEst; if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 ) a[0] -= 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); if( a[0]<33 ) a[0] = 33; assert( 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) ); /* Estimate that a[1] is 10, a[2] is 9, a[3] is 8, a[4] is 7, a[5] is ** 6 and each subsequent value (if any) is 5. */ memcpy(&a[1], aVal, nCopy*sizeof(LogEst)); for(i=nCopy+1; i<=pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){ a[i] = 23; assert( 23==sqlite3LogEst(5) ); } assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) ); if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) a[pIdx->nKeyCol] = 0; } /* ** This routine will drop an existing named index. This routine ** implements the DROP INDEX statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropIndex(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int ifExists){ Index *pIndex; Vdbe *v; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb; assert( pParse->nErr==0 ); /* Never called with prior errors */ if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto exit_drop_index; } assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ goto exit_drop_index; } pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, pName->a[0].zName, pName->a[0].zDatabase); if( pIndex==0 ){ if( !ifExists ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %S", pName, 0); }else{ sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, pName->a[0].zDatabase); } pParse->checkSchema = 1; goto exit_drop_index; } if( pIndex->idxType!=SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "index associated with UNIQUE " "or PRIMARY KEY constraint cannot be dropped", 0); goto exit_drop_index; } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { int code = SQLITE_DROP_INDEX; Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable; const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ goto exit_drop_index; } if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pIndex->zName, pTab->zName, zDb) ){ goto exit_drop_index; } } #endif /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v ){ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb); sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'", db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pIndex->zName ); sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0); } exit_drop_index: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); } /* ** pArray is a pointer to an array of objects. Each object in the ** array is szEntry bytes in size. This routine uses sqlite3DbRealloc() ** to extend the array so that there is space for a new object at the end. ** ** When this function is called, *pnEntry contains the current size of ** the array (in entries - so the allocation is ((*pnEntry) * szEntry) bytes ** in total). ** ** If the realloc() is successful (i.e. if no OOM condition occurs), the ** space allocated for the new object is zeroed, *pnEntry updated to ** reflect the new size of the array and a pointer to the new allocation ** returned. *pIdx is set to the index of the new array entry in this case. ** ** Otherwise, if the realloc() fails, *pIdx is set to -1, *pnEntry remains ** unchanged and a copy of pArray returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ArrayAllocate( sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ void *pArray, /* Array of objects. Might be reallocated */ int szEntry, /* Size of each object in the array */ int *pnEntry, /* Number of objects currently in use */ int *pIdx /* Write the index of a new slot here */ ){ char *z; int n = *pnEntry; if( (n & (n-1))==0 ){ int sz = (n==0) ? 1 : 2*n; void *pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pArray, sz*szEntry); if( pNew==0 ){ *pIdx = -1; return pArray; } pArray = pNew; } z = (char*)pArray; memset(&z[n * szEntry], 0, szEntry); *pIdx = n; ++*pnEntry; return pArray; } /* ** Append a new element to the given IdList. Create a new IdList if ** need be. ** ** A new IdList is returned, or NULL if malloc() fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE IdList *sqlite3IdListAppend(Parse *pParse, IdList *pList, Token *pToken){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int i; if( pList==0 ){ pList = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(IdList) ); if( pList==0 ) return 0; } pList->a = sqlite3ArrayAllocate( db, pList->a, sizeof(pList->a[0]), &pList->nId, &i ); if( i<0 ){ sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pList); return 0; } pList->a[i].zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pToken); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && pList->a[i].zName ){ sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)pList->a[i].zName, pToken); } return pList; } /* ** Delete an IdList. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3IdListDelete(sqlite3 *db, IdList *pList){ int i; if( pList==0 ) return; for(i=0; inId; i++){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a[i].zName); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a); sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pList); } /* ** Return the index in pList of the identifier named zId. Return -1 ** if not found. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IdListIndex(IdList *pList, const char *zName){ int i; if( pList==0 ) return -1; for(i=0; inId; i++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pList->a[i].zName, zName)==0 ) return i; } return -1; } /* ** Expand the space allocated for the given SrcList object by ** creating nExtra new slots beginning at iStart. iStart is zero based. ** New slots are zeroed. ** ** For example, suppose a SrcList initially contains two entries: A,B. ** To append 3 new entries onto the end, do this: ** ** sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrclist, 3, 2); ** ** After the call above it would contain: A, B, nil, nil, nil. ** If the iStart argument had been 1 instead of 2, then the result ** would have been: A, nil, nil, nil, B. To prepend the new slots, ** the iStart value would be 0. The result then would ** be: nil, nil, nil, A, B. ** ** If a memory allocation fails the SrcList is unchanged. The ** db->mallocFailed flag will be set to true. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListEnlarge( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection to notify of OOM errors */ SrcList *pSrc, /* The SrcList to be enlarged */ int nExtra, /* Number of new slots to add to pSrc->a[] */ int iStart /* Index in pSrc->a[] of first new slot */ ){ int i; /* Sanity checking on calling parameters */ assert( iStart>=0 ); assert( nExtra>=1 ); assert( pSrc!=0 ); assert( iStart<=pSrc->nSrc ); /* Allocate additional space if needed */ if( (u32)pSrc->nSrc+nExtra>pSrc->nAlloc ){ SrcList *pNew; int nAlloc = pSrc->nSrc*2+nExtra; int nGot; pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pSrc, sizeof(*pSrc) + (nAlloc-1)*sizeof(pSrc->a[0]) ); if( pNew==0 ){ assert( db->mallocFailed ); return pSrc; } pSrc = pNew; nGot = (sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pNew) - sizeof(*pSrc))/sizeof(pSrc->a[0])+1; pSrc->nAlloc = nGot; } /* Move existing slots that come after the newly inserted slots ** out of the way */ for(i=pSrc->nSrc-1; i>=iStart; i--){ pSrc->a[i+nExtra] = pSrc->a[i]; } pSrc->nSrc += nExtra; /* Zero the newly allocated slots */ memset(&pSrc->a[iStart], 0, sizeof(pSrc->a[0])*nExtra); for(i=iStart; ia[i].iCursor = -1; } /* Return a pointer to the enlarged SrcList */ return pSrc; } /* ** Append a new table name to the given SrcList. Create a new SrcList if ** need be. A new entry is created in the SrcList even if pTable is NULL. ** ** A SrcList is returned, or NULL if there is an OOM error. The returned ** SrcList might be the same as the SrcList that was input or it might be ** a new one. If an OOM error does occurs, then the prior value of pList ** that is input to this routine is automatically freed. ** ** If pDatabase is not null, it means that the table has an optional ** database name prefix. Like this: "database.table". The pDatabase ** points to the table name and the pTable points to the database name. ** The SrcList.a[].zName field is filled with the table name which might ** come from pTable (if pDatabase is NULL) or from pDatabase. ** SrcList.a[].zDatabase is filled with the database name from pTable, ** or with NULL if no database is specified. ** ** In other words, if call like this: ** ** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,0); ** ** Then B is a table name and the database name is unspecified. If called ** like this: ** ** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,B,C); ** ** Then C is the table name and B is the database name. If C is defined ** then so is B. In other words, we never have a case where: ** ** sqlite3SrcListAppend(D,A,0,C); ** ** Both pTable and pDatabase are assumed to be quoted. They are dequoted ** before being added to the SrcList. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppend( sqlite3 *db, /* Connection to notify of malloc failures */ SrcList *pList, /* Append to this SrcList. NULL creates a new SrcList */ Token *pTable, /* Table to append */ Token *pDatabase /* Database of the table */ ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem; assert( pDatabase==0 || pTable!=0 ); /* Cannot have C without B */ assert( db!=0 ); if( pList==0 ){ pList = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(SrcList) ); if( pList==0 ) return 0; pList->nAlloc = 1; pList->nSrc = 1; memset(&pList->a[0], 0, sizeof(pList->a[0])); pList->a[0].iCursor = -1; }else{ pList = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pList, 1, pList->nSrc); } if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pList); return 0; } pItem = &pList->a[pList->nSrc-1]; if( pDatabase && pDatabase->z==0 ){ pDatabase = 0; } if( pDatabase ){ pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pDatabase); pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); }else{ pItem->zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTable); pItem->zDatabase = 0; } return pList; } /* ** Assign VdbeCursor index numbers to all tables in a SrcList */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pList){ int i; struct SrcList_item *pItem; assert(pList || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); if( pList ){ for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ if( pItem->iCursor>=0 ) break; pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; if( pItem->pSelect ){ sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pItem->pSelect->pSrc); } } } } /* ** Delete an entire SrcList including all its substructure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListDelete(sqlite3 *db, SrcList *pList){ int i; struct SrcList_item *pItem; if( pList==0 ) return; for(pItem=pList->a, i=0; inSrc; i++, pItem++){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zDatabase); sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zAlias); if( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy ) sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->u1.zIndexedBy); if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ) sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pItem->u1.pFuncArg); sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pItem->pTab); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pItem->pSelect); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pOn); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pItem->pUsing); } sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pList); } /* ** This routine is called by the parser to add a new term to the ** end of a growing FROM clause. The "p" parameter is the part of ** the FROM clause that has already been constructed. "p" is NULL ** if this is the first term of the FROM clause. pTable and pDatabase ** are the name of the table and database named in the FROM clause term. ** pDatabase is NULL if the database name qualifier is missing - the ** usual case. If the term has an alias, then pAlias points to the ** alias token. If the term is a subquery, then pSubquery is the ** SELECT statement that the subquery encodes. The pTable and ** pDatabase parameters are NULL for subqueries. The pOn and pUsing ** parameters are the content of the ON and USING clauses. ** ** Return a new SrcList which encodes is the FROM with the new ** term added. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE SrcList *sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ SrcList *p, /* The left part of the FROM clause already seen */ Token *pTable, /* Name of the table to add to the FROM clause */ Token *pDatabase, /* Name of the database containing pTable */ Token *pAlias, /* The right-hand side of the AS subexpression */ Select *pSubquery, /* A subquery used in place of a table name */ Expr *pOn, /* The ON clause of a join */ IdList *pUsing /* The USING clause of a join */ ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( !p && (pOn || pUsing) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a JOIN clause is required before %s", (pOn ? "ON" : "USING") ); goto append_from_error; } p = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, p, pTable, pDatabase); if( p==0 ){ goto append_from_error; } assert( p->nSrc>0 ); pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; assert( (pTable==0)==(pDatabase==0) ); assert( pItem->zName==0 || pDatabase!=0 ); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && pItem->zName ){ Token *pToken = (ALWAYS(pDatabase) && pDatabase->z) ? pDatabase : pTable; sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, pItem->zName, pToken); } assert( pAlias!=0 ); if( pAlias->n ){ pItem->zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pAlias); } pItem->pSelect = pSubquery; pItem->pOn = pOn; pItem->pUsing = pUsing; return p; append_from_error: assert( p==0 ); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pOn); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pUsing); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSubquery); return 0; } /* ** Add an INDEXED BY or NOT INDEXED clause to the most recently added ** element of the source-list passed as the second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, Token *pIndexedBy){ assert( pIndexedBy!=0 ); if( p && pIndexedBy->n>0 ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem; assert( p->nSrc>0 ); pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; assert( pItem->fg.notIndexed==0 ); assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 ); assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ); if( pIndexedBy->n==1 && !pIndexedBy->z ){ /* A "NOT INDEXED" clause was supplied. See parse.y ** construct "indexed_opt" for details. */ pItem->fg.notIndexed = 1; }else{ pItem->u1.zIndexedBy = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pIndexedBy); pItem->fg.isIndexedBy = 1; } } } /* ** Add the list of function arguments to the SrcList entry for a ** table-valued-function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(Parse *pParse, SrcList *p, ExprList *pList){ if( p ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &p->a[p->nSrc-1]; assert( pItem->fg.notIndexed==0 ); assert( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy==0 ); assert( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ); pItem->u1.pFuncArg = pList; pItem->fg.isTabFunc = 1; }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); } } /* ** When building up a FROM clause in the parser, the join operator ** is initially attached to the left operand. But the code generator ** expects the join operator to be on the right operand. This routine ** Shifts all join operators from left to right for an entire FROM ** clause. ** ** Example: Suppose the join is like this: ** ** A natural cross join B ** ** The operator is "natural cross join". The A and B operands are stored ** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively. The parser initially stores the ** operator with A. This routine shifts that operator over to B. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){ if( p ){ int i; for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){ p->a[i].fg.jointype = p->a[i-1].fg.jointype; } p->a[0].fg.jointype = 0; } } /* ** Generate VDBE code for a BEGIN statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTransaction(Parse *pParse, int type){ sqlite3 *db; Vdbe *v; int i; assert( pParse!=0 ); db = pParse->db; assert( db!=0 ); if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, "BEGIN", 0, 0) ){ return; } v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( !v ) return; if( type!=TK_DEFERRED ){ for(i=0; inDb; i++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Transaction, i, (type==TK_EXCLUSIVE)+1); sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, i); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_AutoCommit); } /* ** Generate VDBE code for a COMMIT or ROLLBACK statement. ** Code for ROLLBACK is generated if eType==TK_ROLLBACK. Otherwise ** code is generated for a COMMIT. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3EndTransaction(Parse *pParse, int eType){ Vdbe *v; int isRollback; assert( pParse!=0 ); assert( pParse->db!=0 ); assert( eType==TK_COMMIT || eType==TK_END || eType==TK_ROLLBACK ); isRollback = eType==TK_ROLLBACK; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_TRANSACTION, isRollback ? "ROLLBACK" : "COMMIT", 0, 0) ){ return; } v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AutoCommit, 1, isRollback); } } /* ** This function is called by the parser when it parses a command to create, ** release or rollback an SQL savepoint. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Savepoint(Parse *pParse, int op, Token *pName){ char *zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); if( zName ){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION static const char * const az[] = { "BEGIN", "RELEASE", "ROLLBACK" }; assert( !SAVEPOINT_BEGIN && SAVEPOINT_RELEASE==1 && SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK==2 ); #endif if( !v || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SAVEPOINT, az[op], zName, 0) ){ sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, zName); return; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Savepoint, op, 0, 0, zName, P4_DYNAMIC); } } /* ** Make sure the TEMP database is open and available for use. Return ** the number of errors. Leave any error messages in the pParse structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( db->aDb[1].pBt==0 && !pParse->explain ){ int rc; Btree *pBt; static const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB; rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &pBt, 0, flags); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open a temporary database " "file for storing temporary tables"); pParse->rc = rc; return 1; } db->aDb[1].pBt = pBt; assert( db->aDb[1].pSchema ); if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize, -1, 0) ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** Record the fact that the schema cookie will need to be verified ** for database iDb. The code to actually verify the schema cookie ** will occur at the end of the top-level VDBE and will be generated ** later, by sqlite3FinishCoding(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(Parse *pParse, int iDb){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); assert( iDb>=0 && iDbdb->nDb ); assert( pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 || iDb==1 ); assert( iDbdb, iDb, 0) ); if( DbMaskTest(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb)==0 ){ DbMaskSet(pToplevel->cookieMask, iDb); if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){ sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pToplevel); } } } /* ** If argument zDb is NULL, then call sqlite3CodeVerifySchema() for each ** attached database. Otherwise, invoke it for the database named zDb only. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(Parse *pParse, const char *zDb){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int i; for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Db *pDb = &db->aDb[i]; if( pDb->pBt && (!zDb || 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zDb, pDb->zDbSName)) ){ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); } } } /* ** Generate VDBE code that prepares for doing an operation that ** might change the database. ** ** This routine starts a new transaction if we are not already within ** a transaction. If we are already within a transaction, then a checkpoint ** is set if the setStatement parameter is true. A checkpoint should ** be set for operations that might fail (due to a constraint) part of ** the way through and which will need to undo some writes without having to ** rollback the whole transaction. For operations where all constraints ** can be checked before any changes are made to the database, it is never ** necessary to undo a write and the checkpoint should not be set. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(Parse *pParse, int setStatement, int iDb){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); DbMaskSet(pToplevel->writeMask, iDb); pToplevel->isMultiWrite |= setStatement; } /* ** Indicate that the statement currently under construction might write ** more than one entry (example: deleting one row then inserting another, ** inserting multiple rows in a table, or inserting a row and index entries.) ** If an abort occurs after some of these writes have completed, then it will ** be necessary to undo the completed writes. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MultiWrite(Parse *pParse){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); pToplevel->isMultiWrite = 1; } /* ** The code generator calls this routine if is discovers that it is ** possible to abort a statement prior to completion. In order to ** perform this abort without corrupting the database, we need to make ** sure that the statement is protected by a statement transaction. ** ** Technically, we only need to set the mayAbort flag if the ** isMultiWrite flag was previously set. There is a time dependency ** such that the abort must occur after the multiwrite. This makes ** some statements involving the REPLACE conflict resolution algorithm ** go a little faster. But taking advantage of this time dependency ** makes it more difficult to prove that the code is correct (in ** particular, it prevents us from writing an effective ** implementation of sqlite3AssertMayAbort()) and so we have chosen ** to take the safe route and skip the optimization. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MayAbort(Parse *pParse){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); pToplevel->mayAbort = 1; } /* ** Code an OP_Halt that causes the vdbe to return an SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ** error. The onError parameter determines which (if any) of the statement ** and/or current transaction is rolled back. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HaltConstraint( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int errCode, /* extended error code */ int onError, /* Constraint type */ char *p4, /* Error message */ i8 p4type, /* P4_STATIC or P4_TRANSIENT */ u8 p5Errmsg /* P5_ErrMsg type */ ){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( (errCode&0xff)==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT ); if( onError==OE_Abort ){ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, errCode, onError, 0, p4, p4type); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5Errmsg); } /* ** Code an OP_Halt due to UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint violation. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UniqueConstraint( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int onError, /* Constraint type */ Index *pIdx /* The index that triggers the constraint */ ){ char *zErr; int j; StrAccum errMsg; Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&errMsg, pParse->db, 0, 0, 200); if( pIdx->aColExpr ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&errMsg, "index '%q'", pIdx->zName); }else{ for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ char *zCol; assert( pIdx->aiColumn[j]>=0 ); zCol = pTab->aCol[pIdx->aiColumn[j]].zName; if( j ) sqlite3_str_append(&errMsg, ", ", 2); sqlite3_str_appendall(&errMsg, pTab->zName); sqlite3_str_append(&errMsg, ".", 1); sqlite3_str_appendall(&errMsg, zCol); } } zErr = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&errMsg); sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY : SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE, onError, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique); } /* ** Code an OP_Halt due to non-unique rowid. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RowidConstraint( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int onError, /* Conflict resolution algorithm */ Table *pTab /* The table with the non-unique rowid */ ){ char *zMsg; int rc; if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){ zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName); rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY; }else{ zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "%s.rowid", pTab->zName); rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID; } sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, rc, onError, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC, P5_ConstraintUnique); } /* ** Check to see if pIndex uses the collating sequence pColl. Return ** true if it does and false if it does not. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX static int collationMatch(const char *zColl, Index *pIndex){ int i; assert( zColl!=0 ); for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ const char *z = pIndex->azColl[i]; assert( z!=0 || pIndex->aiColumn[i]<0 ); if( pIndex->aiColumn[i]>=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(z, zColl) ){ return 1; } } return 0; } #endif /* ** Recompute all indices of pTab that use the collating sequence pColl. ** If pColl==0 then recompute all indices of pTab. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX static void reindexTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, char const *zColl){ Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ if( zColl==0 || collationMatch(zColl, pIndex) ){ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); } } } #endif /* ** Recompute all indices of all tables in all databases where the ** indices use the collating sequence pColl. If pColl==0 then recompute ** all indices everywhere. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX static void reindexDatabases(Parse *pParse, char const *zColl){ Db *pDb; /* A single database */ int iDb; /* The database index number */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ HashElem *k; /* For looping over tables in pDb */ Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); /* Needed for schema access */ for(iDb=0, pDb=db->aDb; iDbnDb; iDb++, pDb++){ assert( pDb!=0 ); for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); reindexTable(pParse, pTab, zColl); } } } #endif /* ** Generate code for the REINDEX command. ** ** REINDEX -- 1 ** REINDEX -- 2 ** REINDEX ?.? -- 3 ** REINDEX ?.? -- 4 ** ** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be rebuilt. ** Form 2 rebuilds all indices in all databases that use the named ** collating function. Forms 3 and 4 rebuild the named index or all ** indices associated with the named table. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_REINDEX SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Reindex(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to be reindexed, or NULL */ char *z; /* Name of a table or index */ const char *zDb; /* Name of the database */ Table *pTab; /* A table in the database */ Index *pIndex; /* An index associated with pTab */ int iDb; /* The database index number */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ Token *pObjName; /* Name of the table or index to be reindexed */ /* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message ** and code in pParse and return NULL. */ if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ return; } if( pName1==0 ){ reindexDatabases(pParse, 0); return; }else if( NEVER(pName2==0) || pName2->z==0 ){ char *zColl; assert( pName1->z ); zColl = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName1); if( !zColl ) return; pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0); if( pColl ){ reindexDatabases(pParse, zColl); sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); return; } sqlite3DbFree(db, zColl); } iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pObjName); if( iDb<0 ) return; z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pObjName); if( z==0 ) return; zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, z, zDb); if( pTab ){ reindexTable(pParse, pTab, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, z); return; } pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, z, zDb); sqlite3DbFree(db, z); if( pIndex ){ sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); sqlite3RefillIndex(pParse, pIndex, -1); return; } sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to identify the object to be reindexed"); } #endif /* ** Return a KeyInfo structure that is appropriate for the given Index. ** ** The caller should invoke sqlite3KeyInfoUnref() on the returned object ** when it has finished using it. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIdx){ int i; int nCol = pIdx->nColumn; int nKey = pIdx->nKeyCol; KeyInfo *pKey; if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; if( pIdx->uniqNotNull ){ pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nKey, nCol-nKey); }else{ pKey = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(pParse->db, nCol, 0); } if( pKey ){ assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKey) ); for(i=0; iazColl[i]; pKey->aColl[i] = zColl==sqlite3StrBINARY ? 0 : sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, zColl); pKey->aSortOrder[i] = pIdx->aSortOrder[i]; } if( pParse->nErr ){ assert( pParse->rc==SQLITE_ERROR_MISSING_COLLSEQ ); if( pIdx->bNoQuery==0 ){ /* Deactivate the index because it contains an unknown collating ** sequence. The only way to reactive the index is to reload the ** schema. Adding the missing collating sequence later does not ** reactive the index. The application had the chance to register ** the missing index using the collation-needed callback. For ** simplicity, SQLite will not give the application a second chance. */ pIdx->bNoQuery = 1; pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR_RETRY; } sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKey); pKey = 0; } } return pKey; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* ** This routine is invoked once per CTE by the parser while parsing a ** WITH clause. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE With *sqlite3WithAdd( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ With *pWith, /* Existing WITH clause, or NULL */ Token *pName, /* Name of the common-table */ ExprList *pArglist, /* Optional column name list for the table */ Select *pQuery /* Query used to initialize the table */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; With *pNew; char *zName; /* Check that the CTE name is unique within this WITH clause. If ** not, store an error in the Parse structure. */ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, pName); if( zName && pWith ){ int i; for(i=0; inCte; i++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, pWith->a[i].zName)==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "duplicate WITH table name: %s", zName); } } } if( pWith ){ int nByte = sizeof(*pWith) + (sizeof(pWith->a[1]) * pWith->nCte); pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pWith, nByte); }else{ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pWith)); } assert( (pNew!=0 && zName!=0) || db->mallocFailed ); if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pArglist); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pQuery); sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); pNew = pWith; }else{ pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pSelect = pQuery; pNew->a[pNew->nCte].pCols = pArglist; pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zName = zName; pNew->a[pNew->nCte].zCteErr = 0; pNew->nCte++; } return pNew; } /* ** Free the contents of the With object passed as the second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithDelete(sqlite3 *db, With *pWith){ if( pWith ){ int i; for(i=0; inCte; i++){ struct Cte *pCte = &pWith->a[i]; sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCte->pCols); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pCte->pSelect); sqlite3DbFree(db, pCte->zName); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pWith); } } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CTE) */ /************** End of build.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file callback.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2005 May 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables ** of user defined functions and collation sequences. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence ** in the encoding enc of name zName, length nName. */ static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, int enc, const char *zName){ assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 ); if( db->xCollNeeded ){ char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); if( !zExternal ) return; db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, enc, zExternal); sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){ char const *zExternal; sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db); sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC); zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); if( zExternal ){ db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal); } sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp); } #endif } /* ** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a ** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions ** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one ** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if ** possible. */ static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){ CollSeq *pColl2; char *z = pColl->zName; int i; static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 }; for(i=0; i<3; i++){ pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, 0); if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){ memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq)); pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */ return SQLITE_OK; } } return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* ** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback ** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the ** requested collation sequence is not available in the desired encoding. ** ** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding ** collation sequence with name zName, length nName. ** ** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database ** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation ** sequence can be found. If no collation is found, leave an error message. ** ** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3FindCollSeq() */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ u8 enc, /* The desired encoding for the collating sequence */ CollSeq *pColl, /* Collating sequence with native encoding, or NULL */ const char *zName /* Collating sequence name */ ){ CollSeq *p; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; p = pColl; if( !p ){ p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); } if( !p || !p->xCmp ){ /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered. ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one. */ callCollNeeded(db, enc, zName); p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, enc, zName, 0); } if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){ p = 0; } assert( !p || p->xCmp ); if( p==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName); pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR_MISSING_COLLSEQ; } return p; } /* ** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to ** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when ** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences ** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc. ** ** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to ** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, ** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different ** from the main database is substituted, if one is available. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){ if( pColl && pColl->xCmp==0 ){ const char *zName = pColl->zName; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), pColl, zName); if( !p ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } assert( p==pColl ); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry ** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is ** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL. ** ** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an ** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence ** preferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be. ** ** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of ** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in ** each collation sequence structure. */ static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ const char *zName, /* Name of the collating sequence */ int create /* Create a new entry if true */ ){ CollSeq *pColl; pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName); if( 0==pColl && create ){ int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) + 1; pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName); if( pColl ){ CollSeq *pDel = 0; pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8; pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE; pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3]; pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName); pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, pColl); /* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added ** to the hash table). */ assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl ); if( pDel!=0 ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); pColl = 0; } } } return pColl; } /* ** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long. ** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName ** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'. ** ** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a ** new entry. Otherwise return NULL. ** ** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around ** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory ** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence ** cannot be found. ** ** See also: sqlite3LocateCollSeq(), sqlite3GetCollSeq() */ SQLITE_PRIVATE CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq( sqlite3 *db, u8 enc, const char *zName, int create ){ CollSeq *pColl; if( zName ){ pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, create); }else{ pColl = db->pDfltColl; } assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 ); assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE ); if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1; return pColl; } /* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure ** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument ** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system ** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the ** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match. ** ** If nArg is -1 that means to only return a match (non-zero) if p->nArg ** is also -1. In other words, we are searching for a function that ** takes a variable number of arguments. ** ** If nArg is -2 that means that we are searching for any function ** regardless of the number of arguments it uses, so return a positive ** match score for any ** ** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows: ** ** 0: Not a match. ** 1: UTF8/16 conversion required and function takes any number of arguments. ** 2: UTF16 byte order change required and function takes any number of args. ** 3: encoding matches and function takes any number of arguments ** 4: UTF8/16 conversion required - argument count matches exactly ** 5: UTF16 byte order conversion required - argument count matches exactly ** 6: Perfect match: encoding and argument count match exactly. ** ** If nArg==(-2) then any function with a non-null xSFunc is ** a perfect match and any function with xSFunc NULL is ** a non-match. */ #define FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH 6 /* The score for a perfect match */ static int matchQuality( FuncDef *p, /* The function we are evaluating for match quality */ int nArg, /* Desired number of arguments. (-1)==any */ u8 enc /* Desired text encoding */ ){ int match; /* nArg of -2 is a special case */ if( nArg==(-2) ) return (p->xSFunc==0) ? 0 : FUNC_PERFECT_MATCH; /* Wrong number of arguments means "no match" */ if( p->nArg!=nArg && p->nArg>=0 ) return 0; /* Give a better score to a function with a specific number of arguments ** than to function that accepts any number of arguments. */ if( p->nArg==nArg ){ match = 4; }else{ match = 1; } /* Bonus points if the text encoding matches */ if( enc==(p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) ){ match += 2; /* Exact encoding match */ }else if( (enc & p->funcFlags & 2)!=0 ){ match += 1; /* Both are UTF16, but with different byte orders */ } return match; } /* ** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return ** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match. */ static FuncDef *functionSearch( int h, /* Hash of the name */ const char *zFunc /* Name of function */ ){ FuncDef *p; for(p=sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[h]; p; p=p->u.pHash){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->zName, zFunc)==0 ){ return p; } } return 0; } /* ** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs( FuncDef *aDef, /* List of global functions to be inserted */ int nDef /* Length of the apDef[] list */ ){ int i; for(i=0; i='a' && zName[0]<='z' ); pOther = functionSearch(h, zName); if( pOther ){ assert( pOther!=&aDef[i] && pOther->pNext!=&aDef[i] ); aDef[i].pNext = pOther->pNext; pOther->pNext = &aDef[i]; }else{ aDef[i].pNext = 0; aDef[i].u.pHash = sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[h]; sqlite3BuiltinFunctions.a[h] = &aDef[i]; } } } /* ** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag ** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a ** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return ** NULL if the function does not exist. ** ** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef ** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a ** no matching function previously existed. ** ** If nArg is -2, then the first valid function found is returned. A ** function is valid if xSFunc is non-zero. The nArg==(-2) ** case is used to see if zName is a valid function name for some number ** of arguments. If nArg is -2, then createFlag must be 0. ** ** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and ** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not ** match that requested. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction( sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */ const char *zName, /* Name of the function. zero-terminated */ int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */ u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */ u8 createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */ ){ FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */ FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */ int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */ int h; /* Hash value */ int nName; /* Length of the name */ assert( nArg>=(-2) ); assert( nArg>=(-1) || createFlag==0 ); nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); /* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions. */ p = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName); while( p ){ int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); if( score>bestScore ){ pBest = p; bestScore = score; } p = p->pNext; } /* If no match is found, search the built-in functions. ** ** If the DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin flag is set, then search the built-in ** functions even if a prior app-defined function was found. And give ** priority to built-in functions. ** ** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to ** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned it will ** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the ** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only. ** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function. */ if( !createFlag && (pBest==0 || (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin)!=0) ){ bestScore = 0; h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % SQLITE_FUNC_HASH_SZ; p = functionSearch(h, zName); while( p ){ int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc); if( score>bestScore ){ pBest = p; bestScore = score; } p = p->pNext; } } /* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a ** new entry to the hash table and return it. */ if( createFlag && bestScorezName = (const char*)&pBest[1]; pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg; pBest->funcFlags = enc; memcpy((char*)&pBest[1], zName, nName+1); for(z=(u8*)pBest->zName; *z; z++) *z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z]; pOther = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest->zName, pBest); if( pOther==pBest ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pBest); sqlite3OomFault(db); return 0; }else{ pBest->pNext = pOther; } } if( pBest && (pBest->xSFunc || createFlag) ){ return pBest; } return 0; } /* ** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points ** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the ** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsidiary resources (i.e. the contents ** of the schema hash tables). ** ** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SchemaClear(void *p){ Hash temp1; Hash temp2; HashElem *pElem; Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p; temp1 = pSchema->tblHash; temp2 = pSchema->trigHash; sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash); sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash); for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem)); } sqlite3HashClear(&temp2); sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash); for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem); sqlite3DeleteTable(0, pTab); } sqlite3HashClear(&temp1); sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->fkeyHash); pSchema->pSeqTab = 0; if( pSchema->schemaFlags & DB_SchemaLoaded ){ pSchema->iGeneration++; } pSchema->schemaFlags &= ~(DB_SchemaLoaded|DB_ResetWanted); } /* ** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create ** a new one if necessary. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){ Schema * p; if( pBt ){ p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaClear); }else{ p = (Schema *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(0, sizeof(Schema)); } if( !p ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); }else if ( 0==p->file_format ){ sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash); sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash); sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash); sqlite3HashInit(&p->fkeyHash); p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8; } return p; } /************** End of callback.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file delete.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser ** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** While a SrcList can in general represent multiple tables and subqueries ** (as in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement) in this case it contains ** the name of a single table, as one might find in an INSERT, DELETE, ** or UPDATE statement. Look up that table in the symbol table and ** return a pointer. Set an error message and return NULL if the table ** name is not found or if any other error occurs. ** ** The following fields are initialized appropriate in pSrc: ** ** pSrc->a[0].pTab Pointer to the Table object ** pSrc->a[0].pIndex Pointer to the INDEXED BY index, if there is one ** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; Table *pTab; assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 ); pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab); pItem->pTab = pTab; if( pTab ){ pTab->nTabRef++; } if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){ pTab = 0; } return pTab; } /* ** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not ** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is ** writable return 0; */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){ /* A table is not writable under the following circumstances: ** ** 1) It is a virtual table and no implementation of the xUpdate method ** has been provided, or ** 2) It is a system table (i.e. sqlite_master), this call is not ** part of a nested parse and writable_schema pragma has not ** been specified. ** ** In either case leave an error message in pParse and return non-zero. */ if( ( IsVirtual(pTab) && sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0 ) || ( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0 && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0 && pParse->nested==0 ) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName); return 1; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName); return 1; } #endif return 0; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) /* ** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The ** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the ** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MaterializeView( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Table *pView, /* View definition */ Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* Optional ORDER BY clause */ Expr *pLimit, /* Optional LIMIT clause */ int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemeral table */ ){ SelectDest dest; Select *pSel; SrcList *pFrom; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pView->pSchema); pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0); pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); if( pFrom ){ assert( pFrom->nSrc==1 ); pFrom->a[0].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pView->zName); pFrom->a[0].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); assert( pFrom->a[0].pOn==0 ); assert( pFrom->a[0].pUsing==0 ); } pSel = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, pOrderBy, SF_IncludeHidden, pLimit); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur); sqlite3Select(pParse, pSel, &dest); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSel); } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* ** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY, ** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements. ** ** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1; ** \__________________________/ ** pLimitWhere (pInClause) */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */ Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */ char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For err msgs. */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Expr *pLhs = NULL; /* LHS of IN(SELECT...) operator */ Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */ ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */ SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */ Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */ Table *pTab; /* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause. */ if( pOrderBy && pLimit==0 ) { sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType); sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere); sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy); return 0; } /* We only need to generate a select expression if there ** is a limit/offset term to enforce. */ if( pLimit == 0 ) { return pWhere; } /* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset ** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example: ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 ** becomes: ** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN ( ** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1 ** ); */ pTab = pSrc->a[0].pTab; if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ pLhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0); pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend( pParse, 0, sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0) ); }else{ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); if( pPk->nKeyCol==1 ){ const char *zName = pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[0]].zName; pLhs = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName)); }else{ int i; for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName); pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, p); } pLhs = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VECTOR, 0, 0); if( pLhs ){ pLhs->x.pList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, 0); } } } /* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree ** and the SELECT subtree. */ pSrc->a[0].pTab = 0; pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0); pSrc->a[0].pTab = pTab; pSrc->a[0].pIBIndex = 0; /* generate the SELECT expression tree. */ pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSelectSrc, pWhere, 0 ,0, pOrderBy,0,pLimit ); /* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */ pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pLhs, 0); sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, pInClause, pSelect); return pInClause; } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) */ /* && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */ /* ** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement. ** ** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL; ** \________/ \________________/ ** pTabList pWhere */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteFrom( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY clause. May be null */ Expr *pLimit /* LIMIT clause. May be null */ ){ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */ int i; /* Loop counter */ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ int iTabCur; /* Cursor number for the table */ int iDataCur = 0; /* VDBE cursor for the canonical data source */ int iIdxCur = 0; /* Cursor number of the first index */ int nIdx; /* Number of indices */ sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */ AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */ NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */ int iDb; /* Database number */ int memCnt = 0; /* Memory cell used for change counting */ int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */ int eOnePass; /* ONEPASS_OFF or _SINGLE or _MULTI */ int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */ u8 *aToOpen = 0; /* Open cursor iTabCur+j if aToOpen[j] is true */ Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index on the table */ int iPk = 0; /* First of nPk registers holding PRIMARY KEY value */ i16 nPk = 1; /* Number of columns in the PRIMARY KEY */ int iKey; /* Memory cell holding key of row to be deleted */ i16 nKey; /* Number of memory cells in the row key */ int iEphCur = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */ int iRowSet = 0; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */ int addrBypass = 0; /* Address of jump over the delete logic */ int addrLoop = 0; /* Top of the delete loop */ int addrEphOpen = 0; /* Instruction to open the Ephemeral table */ int bComplex; /* True if there are triggers or FKs or ** subqueries in the WHERE clause */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */ #endif memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); db = pParse->db; if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ goto delete_from_cleanup; } assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); /* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter. */ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being ** deleted from is a view */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; #else # define pTrigger 0 # define isView 0 #endif bComplex = pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0); #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW # undef isView # define isView 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT if( !isView ){ pWhere = sqlite3LimitWhere( pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, "DELETE" ); pOrderBy = 0; pLimit = 0; } #endif /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. */ if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ goto delete_from_cleanup; } if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){ goto delete_from_cleanup; } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDbnDb ); rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE ); if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){ goto delete_from_cleanup; } assert(!isView || pTrigger); /* Assign cursor numbers to the table and all its indices. */ assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); iTabCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++; for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ pParse->nTab++; } /* Start the view context */ if( isView ){ sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); } /* Begin generating code. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ){ goto delete_from_cleanup; } if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, bComplex, iDb); /* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into ** an ephemeral table. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) if( isView ){ sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, iTabCur ); iDataCur = iIdxCur = iTabCur; pOrderBy = 0; pLimit = 0; } #endif /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause. */ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ goto delete_from_cleanup; } /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if ** we are counting rows. */ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ memCnt = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything. ** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Prior to version 3.6.5, ** this optimization caused the row change count (the value returned by ** API function sqlite3_count_changes) to be set incorrectly. ** ** The "rcauth==SQLITE_OK" terms is the ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-17228-37124 If the action code is SQLITE_DELETE and ** the callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE then the DELETE operation proceeds but ** the truncate optimization is disabled and all rows are deleted ** individually. */ if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !bComplex && !IsVirtual(pTab) #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK && db->xPreUpdateCallback==0 #endif ){ assert( !isView ); sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 1, pTab->zName); if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt ? memCnt : -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC); } for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb); } }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */ { u16 wcf = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK|WHERE_SEEK_TABLE; if( sNC.ncFlags & NC_VarSelect ) bComplex = 1; wcf |= (bComplex ? 0 : WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW); if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ /* For a rowid table, initialize the RowSet to an empty set */ pPk = 0; nPk = 1; iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet); }else{ /* For a WITHOUT ROWID table, create an ephemeral table used to ** hold all primary keys for rows to be deleted. */ pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); assert( pPk!=0 ); nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; iPk = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nPk; iEphCur = pParse->nTab++; addrEphOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEphCur, nPk); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); } /* Construct a query to find the rowid or primary key for every row ** to be deleted, based on the WHERE clause. Set variable eOnePass ** to indicate the strategy used to implement this delete: ** ** ONEPASS_OFF: Two-pass approach - use a FIFO for rowids/PK values. ** ONEPASS_SINGLE: One-pass approach - at most one row deleted. ** ONEPASS_MULTI: One-pass approach - any number of rows may be deleted. */ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, wcf, iTabCur+1); if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup; eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); assert( IsVirtual(pTab)==0 || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ); assert( IsVirtual(pTab) || bComplex || eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ); if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ) sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); /* Keep track of the number of rows to be deleted */ if( memCnt ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1); } /* Extract the rowid or primary key for the current row */ if( pPk ){ for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]>=0 ); sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, pPk->aiColumn[i], iPk+i); } iKey = iPk; }else{ iKey = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iTabCur, -1, iKey); } if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ /* For ONEPASS, no need to store the rowid/primary-key. There is only ** one, so just keep it in its register(s) and fall through to the ** delete code. */ nKey = nPk; /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */ aToOpen = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nIdx+2); if( aToOpen==0 ){ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); goto delete_from_cleanup; } memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0; if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iTabCur] = 0; if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iTabCur] = 0; if( addrEphOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrEphOpen); }else{ if( pPk ){ /* Add the PK key for this row to the temporary table */ iKey = ++pParse->nMem; nKey = 0; /* Zero tells OP_Found to use a composite key */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, iKey, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db, pPk), nPk); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEphCur, iKey, iPk, nPk); }else{ /* Add the rowid of the row to be deleted to the RowSet */ nKey = 1; /* OP_DeferredSeek always uses a single rowid */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, iRowSet, iKey); } } /* If this DELETE cannot use the ONEPASS strategy, this is the ** end of the WHERE loop */ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ addrBypass = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); }else{ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); } /* Unless this is a view, open cursors for the table we are ** deleting from and all its indices. If this is a view, then the ** only effect this statement has is to fire the INSTEAD OF ** triggers. */ if( !isView ){ int iAddrOnce = 0; if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ iAddrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); } testcase( IsVirtual(pTab) ); sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, OPFLAG_FORDELETE, iTabCur, aToOpen, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iDataCur==iTabCur ); assert( pPk || IsVirtual(pTab) || iIdxCur==iDataCur+1 ); if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iAddrOnce); } /* Set up a loop over the rowids/primary-keys that were found in the ** where-clause loop above. */ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ assert( nKey==nPk ); /* OP_Found will use an unpacked key */ if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && aToOpen[iDataCur-iTabCur] ){ assert( pPk!=0 || pTab->pSelect!=0 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, addrBypass, iKey, nKey); VdbeCoverage(v); } }else if( pPk ){ addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, iEphCur); VdbeCoverage(v); if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iEphCur, 0, iKey); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iEphCur, iKey); } assert( nKey==0 ); /* OP_Found will use a composite key */ }else{ addrLoop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, 0, iKey); VdbeCoverage(v); assert( nKey==1 ); } /* Delete the row */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ); sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTabCur); if( sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) ){ pParse->isMultiWrite = 0; } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iKey, pVTab, P4_VTAB); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OE_Abort); }else #endif { int count = (pParse->nested==0); /* True to count changes */ sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, iKey, nKey, count, OE_Default, eOnePass, aiCurOnePass[1]); } /* End of the loop over all rowids/primary-keys. */ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBypass); sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); }else if( pPk ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEphCur, addrLoop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); }else{ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrLoop); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrLoop); } } /* End non-truncate path */ /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into ** autoincrement tables. */ if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); } /* Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not ** invoke the callback function. */ if( memCnt ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC); } delete_from_cleanup: sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrderBy); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLimit); #endif sqlite3DbFree(db, aToOpen); return; } /* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise ** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file ** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ #ifdef isView #undef isView #endif #ifdef pTrigger #undef pTrigger #endif /* ** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a ** single table to be deleted. Both the original table entry and ** all indices are removed. ** ** Preconditions: ** ** 1. iDataCur is an open cursor on the btree that is the canonical data ** store for the table. (This will be either the table itself, ** in the case of a rowid table, or the PRIMARY KEY index in the case ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table.) ** ** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as ** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. ** ** 3. The primary key for the row to be deleted must be stored in a ** sequence of nPk memory cells starting at iPk. If nPk==0 that means ** that a search record formed from OP_MakeRecord is contained in the ** single memory location iPk. ** ** eMode: ** Parameter eMode may be passed either ONEPASS_OFF (0), ONEPASS_SINGLE, or ** ONEPASS_MULTI. If eMode is not ONEPASS_OFF, then the cursor ** iDataCur already points to the row to delete. If eMode is ONEPASS_OFF ** then this function must seek iDataCur to the entry identified by iPk ** and nPk before reading from it. ** ** If eMode is ONEPASS_MULTI, then this call is being made as part ** of a ONEPASS delete that affects multiple rows. In this case, if ** iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) and is not the same as ** iDataCur, then its position should be preserved following the delete ** operation. Or, if iIdxNoSeek is not a valid cursor number, the ** position of iDataCur should be preserved instead. ** ** iIdxNoSeek: ** If iIdxNoSeek is a valid cursor number (>=0) not equal to iDataCur, ** then it identifies an index cursor (from within array of cursors ** starting at iIdxCur) that already points to the index entry to be deleted. ** Except, this optimization is disabled if there are BEFORE triggers since ** the trigger body might have moved the cursor. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers to (potentially) fire */ int iDataCur, /* Cursor from which column data is extracted */ int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ int iPk, /* First memory cell containing the PRIMARY KEY */ i16 nPk, /* Number of PRIMARY KEY memory cells */ u8 count, /* If non-zero, increment the row change counter */ u8 onconf, /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for triggers */ u8 eMode, /* ONEPASS_OFF, _SINGLE, or _MULTI. See above */ int iIdxNoSeek /* Cursor number of cursor that does not need seeking */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe */ int iOld = 0; /* First register in OLD.* array */ int iLabel; /* Label resolved to end of generated code */ u8 opSeek; /* Seek opcode */ /* Vdbe is guaranteed to have been allocated by this stage. */ assert( v ); VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenRowDel(%d,%d,%d,%d)", iDataCur, iIdxCur, iPk, (int)nPk)); /* Seek cursor iCur to the row to delete. If this row no longer exists ** (this can happen if a trigger program has already deleted it), do ** not attempt to delete it or fire any DELETE triggers. */ iLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); opSeek = HasRowid(pTab) ? OP_NotExists : OP_NotFound; if( eMode==ONEPASS_OFF ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opSeek, iDataCur, iLabel, iPk, nPk); VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotExists); VdbeCoverageIf(v, opSeek==OP_NotFound); } /* If there are any triggers to fire, allocate a range of registers to ** use for the old.* references in the triggers. */ if( sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) || pTrigger ){ u32 mask; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */ int iCol; /* Iterator used while populating OLD.* */ int addrStart; /* Start of BEFORE trigger programs */ /* TODO: Could use temporary registers here. Also could attempt to ** avoid copying the contents of the rowid register. */ mask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( pParse, pTrigger, 0, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onconf ); mask |= sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab); iOld = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += (1 + pTab->nCol); /* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table register array. These values will be ** used by any BEFORE and AFTER triggers that exist. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, iPk, iOld); for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==31 ); testcase( mask!=0xffffffff && iCol==32 ); if( mask==0xffffffff || (iCol<=31 && (mask & MASKBIT32(iCol))!=0) ){ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, iCol, iOld+iCol+1); } } /* Invoke BEFORE DELETE trigger programs. */ addrStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel ); /* If any BEFORE triggers were coded, then seek the cursor to the ** row to be deleted again. It may be that the BEFORE triggers moved ** the cursor or already deleted the row that the cursor was ** pointing to. ** ** Also disable the iIdxNoSeek optimization since the BEFORE trigger ** may have moved that cursor. */ if( addrStart=0 ); iIdxNoSeek = -1; } /* Do FK processing. This call checks that any FK constraints that ** refer to this table (i.e. constraints attached to other tables) ** are not violated by deleting this row. */ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, iOld, 0, 0, 0); } /* Delete the index and table entries. Skip this step if pTab is really ** a view (in which case the only effect of the DELETE statement is to ** fire the INSTEAD OF triggers). ** ** If variable 'count' is non-zero, then this OP_Delete instruction should ** invoke the update-hook. The pre-update-hook, on the other hand should ** be invoked unless table pTab is a system table. The difference is that ** the update-hook is not invoked for rows removed by REPLACE, but the ** pre-update-hook is. */ if( pTab->pSelect==0 ){ u8 p5 = 0; sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,iIdxNoSeek); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0)); if( pParse->nested==0 || 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_stat1") ){ sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE); } if( eMode!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_AUXDELETE); } if( iIdxNoSeek>=0 && iIdxNoSeek!=iDataCur ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iIdxNoSeek); } if( eMode==ONEPASS_MULTI ) p5 |= OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION; sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5); } /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key ** to the row just deleted. */ sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, 0, iOld, 0, 0); /* Invoke AFTER DELETE trigger programs. */ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, iOld, onconf, iLabel ); /* Jump here if the row had already been deleted before any BEFORE ** trigger programs were invoked. Or if a trigger program throws a ** RAISE(IGNORE) exception. */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLabel); VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenRowDel()")); } /* ** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all ** index entries associated with a single row of a single table, pTab ** ** Preconditions: ** ** 1. A read/write cursor "iDataCur" must be open on the canonical storage ** btree for the table pTab. (This will be either the table itself ** for rowid tables or to the primary key index for WITHOUT ROWID ** tables.) ** ** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as ** cursor number iIdxCur+i for the i-th index. (The pTab->pIndex ** index is the 0-th index.) ** ** 3. The "iDataCur" cursor must be already be positioned on the row ** that is to be deleted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */ int iDataCur, /* Cursor of table holding data. */ int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ int *aRegIdx, /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */ int iIdxNoSeek /* Do not delete from this cursor */ ){ int i; /* Index loop counter */ int r1 = -1; /* Register holding an index key */ int iPartIdxLabel; /* Jump destination for skipping partial index entries */ Index *pIdx; /* Current index */ Index *pPrior = 0; /* Prior index */ Vdbe *v; /* The prepared statement under construction */ Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index, or NULL for rowid tables */ v = pParse->pVdbe; pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ assert( iIdxCur+i!=iDataCur || pPk==pIdx ); if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; if( pIdx==pPk ) continue; if( iIdxCur+i==iIdxNoSeek ) continue; VdbeModuleComment((v, "GenRowIdxDel for %s", pIdx->zName)); r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 1, &iPartIdxLabel, pPrior, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iIdxCur+i, r1, pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn); sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, iPartIdxLabel); pPrior = pIdx; } } /* ** Generate code that will assemble an index key and stores it in register ** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab. ** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to ** the entry that needs indexing. If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then ** iCur must be the cursor of the PRIMARY KEY index. ** ** Return a register number which is the first in a block of ** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The ** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time ** this routine returns. ** ** If *piPartIdxLabel is not NULL, fill it in with a label and jump ** to that label if pIdx is a partial index that should be skipped. ** The label should be resolved using sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(). ** A partial index should be skipped if its WHERE clause evaluates ** to false or null. If pIdx is not a partial index, *piPartIdxLabel ** will be set to zero which is an empty label that is ignored by ** sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(). ** ** The pPrior and regPrior parameters are used to implement a cache to ** avoid unnecessary register loads. If pPrior is not NULL, then it is ** a pointer to a different index for which an index key has just been ** computed into register regPrior. If the current pIdx index is generating ** its key into the same sequence of registers and if pPrior and pIdx share ** a column in common, then the register corresponding to that column already ** holds the correct value and the loading of that register is skipped. ** This optimization is helpful when doing a DELETE or an INTEGRITY_CHECK ** on a table with multiple indices, and especially with the ROWID or ** PRIMARY KEY columns of the index. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */ int iDataCur, /* Cursor number from which to take column data */ int regOut, /* Put the new key into this register if not 0 */ int prefixOnly, /* Compute only a unique prefix of the key */ int *piPartIdxLabel, /* OUT: Jump to this label to skip partial index */ Index *pPrior, /* Previously generated index key */ int regPrior /* Register holding previous generated key */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int j; int regBase; int nCol; if( piPartIdxLabel ){ if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ *piPartIdxLabel = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); pParse->iSelfTab = iDataCur + 1; sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, *piPartIdxLabel, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); pParse->iSelfTab = 0; }else{ *piPartIdxLabel = 0; } } nCol = (prefixOnly && pIdx->uniqNotNull) ? pIdx->nKeyCol : pIdx->nColumn; regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); if( pPrior && (regBase!=regPrior || pPrior->pPartIdxWhere) ) pPrior = 0; for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]==pIdx->aiColumn[j] && pPrior->aiColumn[j]!=XN_EXPR ){ /* This column was already computed by the previous index */ continue; } sqlite3ExprCodeLoadIndexColumn(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, j, regBase+j); /* If the column affinity is REAL but the number is an integer, then it ** might be stored in the table as an integer (using a compact ** representation) then converted to REAL by an OP_RealAffinity opcode. ** But we are getting ready to store this value back into an index, where ** it should be converted by to INTEGER again. So omit the OP_RealAffinity ** opcode if it is present */ sqlite3VdbeDeletePriorOpcode(v, OP_RealAffinity); } if( regOut ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regOut); if( pIdx->pTable->pSelect ){ const char *zAff = sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db, pIdx); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zAff, P4_TRANSIENT); } } sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); return regBase; } /* ** If a prior call to sqlite3GenerateIndexKey() generated a jump-over label ** because it was a partial index, then this routine should be called to ** resolve that label. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(Parse *pParse, int iLabel){ if( iLabel ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, iLabel); } } /************** End of delete.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file func.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2002 February 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the C-language implementations for many of the SQL ** functions of SQLite. (Some function, and in particular the date and ** time functions, are implemented separately.) */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ /* ** Return the collating function associated with a function. */ static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){ VdbeOp *pOp; assert( context->pVdbe!=0 ); pOp = &context->pVdbe->aOp[context->iOp-1]; assert( pOp->opcode==OP_CollSeq ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_COLLSEQ ); return pOp->p4.pColl; } /* ** Indicate that the accumulator load should be skipped on this ** iteration of the aggregate loop. */ static void sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(sqlite3_context *context){ assert( context->isError<=0 ); context->isError = -1; context->skipFlag = 1; } /* ** Implementation of the non-aggregate min() and max() functions */ static void minmaxFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int i; int mask; /* 0 for min() or 0xffffffff for max() */ int iBest; CollSeq *pColl; assert( argc>1 ); mask = sqlite3_user_data(context)==0 ? 0 : -1; pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); assert( pColl ); assert( mask==-1 || mask==0 ); iBest = 0; if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; for(i=1; i=0 ){ testcase( mask==0 ); iBest = i; } } sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[iBest]); } /* ** Return the type of the argument. */ static void typeofFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ static const char *azType[] = { "integer", "real", "text", "blob", "null" }; int i = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) - 1; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); assert( i>=0 && i=0xc0 ){ while( (*z & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ z++; z0++; } } } sqlite3_result_int(context, (int)(z-z0)); break; } default: { sqlite3_result_null(context); break; } } } /* ** Implementation of the abs() function. ** ** IMP: R-23979-26855 The abs(X) function returns the absolute value of ** the numeric argument X. */ static void absFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ case SQLITE_INTEGER: { i64 iVal = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); if( iVal<0 ){ if( iVal==SMALLEST_INT64 ){ /* IMP: R-31676-45509 If X is the integer -9223372036854775808 ** then abs(X) throws an integer overflow error since there is no ** equivalent positive 64-bit two complement value. */ sqlite3_result_error(context, "integer overflow", -1); return; } iVal = -iVal; } sqlite3_result_int64(context, iVal); break; } case SQLITE_NULL: { /* IMP: R-37434-19929 Abs(X) returns NULL if X is NULL. */ sqlite3_result_null(context); break; } default: { /* Because sqlite3_value_double() returns 0.0 if the argument is not ** something that can be converted into a number, we have: ** IMP: R-01992-00519 Abs(X) returns 0.0 if X is a string or blob ** that cannot be converted to a numeric value. */ double rVal = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); if( rVal<0 ) rVal = -rVal; sqlite3_result_double(context, rVal); break; } } } /* ** Implementation of the instr() function. ** ** instr(haystack,needle) finds the first occurrence of needle ** in haystack and returns the number of previous characters plus 1, ** or 0 if needle does not occur within haystack. ** ** If both haystack and needle are BLOBs, then the result is one more than ** the number of bytes in haystack prior to the first occurrence of needle, ** or 0 if needle never occurs in haystack. */ static void instrFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zHaystack; const unsigned char *zNeedle; int nHaystack; int nNeedle; int typeHaystack, typeNeedle; int N = 1; int isText; UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); typeHaystack = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); typeNeedle = sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]); if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_NULL || typeNeedle==SQLITE_NULL ) return; nHaystack = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); nNeedle = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); if( nNeedle>0 ){ if( typeHaystack==SQLITE_BLOB && typeNeedle==SQLITE_BLOB ){ zHaystack = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); zNeedle = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); isText = 0; }else{ zHaystack = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); zNeedle = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); isText = 1; } if( zNeedle==0 || (nHaystack && zHaystack==0) ) return; while( nNeedle<=nHaystack && memcmp(zHaystack, zNeedle, nNeedle)!=0 ){ N++; do{ nHaystack--; zHaystack++; }while( isText && (zHaystack[0]&0xc0)==0x80 ); } if( nNeedle>nHaystack ) N = 0; } sqlite3_result_int(context, N); } /* ** Implementation of the printf() function. */ static void printfFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ PrintfArguments x; StrAccum str; const char *zFormat; int n; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); if( argc>=1 && (zFormat = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ x.nArg = argc-1; x.nUsed = 0; x.apArg = argv+1; sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, db, 0, 0, db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]); str.printfFlags = SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC; sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, zFormat, &x); n = str.nChar; sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str), n, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } } /* ** Implementation of the substr() function. ** ** substr(x,p1,p2) returns p2 characters of x[] beginning with p1. ** p1 is 1-indexed. So substr(x,1,1) returns the first character ** of x. If x is text, then we actually count UTF-8 characters. ** If x is a blob, then we count bytes. ** ** If p1 is negative, then we begin abs(p1) from the end of x[]. ** ** If p2 is negative, return the p2 characters preceding p1. */ static void substrFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *z; const unsigned char *z2; int len; int p0type; i64 p1, p2; int negP2 = 0; assert( argc==3 || argc==2 ); if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL || (argc==3 && sqlite3_value_type(argv[2])==SQLITE_NULL) ){ return; } p0type = sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]); p1 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); if( p0type==SQLITE_BLOB ){ len = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); z = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); if( z==0 ) return; assert( len==sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]) ); }else{ z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( z==0 ) return; len = 0; if( p1<0 ){ for(z2=z; *z2; len++){ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); } } } #ifdef SQLITE_SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY /* If SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY is defined then substr(X,0,N) work the same as ** as substr(X,1,N) - it returns the first N characters of X. This ** is essentially a back-out of the bug-fix in check-in [5fc125d362df4b8] ** from 2009-02-02 for compatibility of applications that exploited the ** old buggy behavior. */ if( p1==0 ) p1 = 1; /* */ #endif if( argc==3 ){ p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]); if( p2<0 ){ p2 = -p2; negP2 = 1; } }else{ p2 = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; } if( p1<0 ){ p1 += len; if( p1<0 ){ p2 += p1; if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; p1 = 0; } }else if( p1>0 ){ p1--; }else if( p2>0 ){ p2--; } if( negP2 ){ p1 -= p2; if( p1<0 ){ p2 += p1; p1 = 0; } } assert( p1>=0 && p2>=0 ); if( p0type!=SQLITE_BLOB ){ while( *z && p1 ){ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); p1--; } for(z2=z; *z2 && p2; p2--){ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2); } sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, z2-z, SQLITE_TRANSIENT, SQLITE_UTF8); }else{ if( p1+p2>len ){ p2 = len-p1; if( p2<0 ) p2 = 0; } sqlite3_result_blob64(context, (char*)&z[p1], (u64)p2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } /* ** Implementation of the round() function */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT static void roundFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ int n = 0; double r; char *zBuf; assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); if( argc==2 ){ if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(argv[1]) ) return; n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]); if( n>30 ) n = 30; if( n<0 ) n = 0; } if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; r = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); /* If Y==0 and X will fit in a 64-bit int, ** handle the rounding directly, ** otherwise use printf. */ if( n==0 && r>=0 && r0 ); testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); testcase( nByte==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]+1 ); if( nByte>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); z = 0; }else{ z = sqlite3Malloc(nByte); if( !z ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); } } return z; } /* ** Implementation of the upper() and lower() SQL functions. */ static void upperFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ char *z1; const char *z2; int i, n; UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); z2 = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); /* Verify that the call to _bytes() does not invalidate the _text() pointer */ assert( z2==(char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); if( z2 ){ z1 = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)+1); if( z1 ){ for(i=0; imatchOne; /* "?" or "_" */ u32 matchAll = pInfo->matchAll; /* "*" or "%" */ u8 noCase = pInfo->noCase; /* True if uppercase==lowercase */ const u8 *zEscaped = 0; /* One past the last escaped input char */ while( (c = Utf8Read(zPattern))!=0 ){ if( c==matchAll ){ /* Match "*" */ /* Skip over multiple "*" characters in the pattern. If there ** are also "?" characters, skip those as well, but consume a ** single character of the input string for each "?" skipped */ while( (c=Utf8Read(zPattern)) == matchAll || c == matchOne ){ if( c==matchOne && sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString)==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH; } } if( c==0 ){ return SQLITE_MATCH; /* "*" at the end of the pattern matches */ }else if( c==matchOther ){ if( pInfo->matchSet==0 ){ c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); if( c==0 ) return SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH; }else{ /* "[...]" immediately follows the "*". We have to do a slow ** recursive search in this case, but it is an unusual case. */ assert( matchOther<0x80 ); /* '[' is a single-byte character */ while( *zString ){ int bMatch = patternCompare(&zPattern[-1],zString,pInfo,matchOther); if( bMatch!=SQLITE_NOMATCH ) return bMatch; SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(zString); } return SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH; } } /* At this point variable c contains the first character of the ** pattern string past the "*". Search in the input string for the ** first matching character and recursively continue the match from ** that point. ** ** For a case-insensitive search, set variable cx to be the same as ** c but in the other case and search the input string for either ** c or cx. */ if( c<=0x80 ){ char zStop[3]; int bMatch; if( noCase ){ zStop[0] = sqlite3Toupper(c); zStop[1] = sqlite3Tolower(c); zStop[2] = 0; }else{ zStop[0] = c; zStop[1] = 0; } while(1){ zString += strcspn((const char*)zString, zStop); if( zString[0]==0 ) break; zString++; bMatch = patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,matchOther); if( bMatch!=SQLITE_NOMATCH ) return bMatch; } }else{ int bMatch; while( (c2 = Utf8Read(zString))!=0 ){ if( c2!=c ) continue; bMatch = patternCompare(zPattern,zString,pInfo,matchOther); if( bMatch!=SQLITE_NOMATCH ) return bMatch; } } return SQLITE_NOWILDCARDMATCH; } if( c==matchOther ){ if( pInfo->matchSet==0 ){ c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); if( c==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMATCH; zEscaped = zPattern; }else{ u32 prior_c = 0; int seen = 0; int invert = 0; c = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zString); if( c==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMATCH; c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); if( c2=='^' ){ invert = 1; c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); } if( c2==']' ){ if( c==']' ) seen = 1; c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); } while( c2 && c2!=']' ){ if( c2=='-' && zPattern[0]!=']' && zPattern[0]!=0 && prior_c>0 ){ c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); if( c>=prior_c && c<=c2 ) seen = 1; prior_c = 0; }else{ if( c==c2 ){ seen = 1; } prior_c = c2; } c2 = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zPattern); } if( c2==0 || (seen ^ invert)==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMATCH; } continue; } } c2 = Utf8Read(zString); if( c==c2 ) continue; if( noCase && sqlite3Tolower(c)==sqlite3Tolower(c2) && c<0x80 && c2<0x80 ){ continue; } if( c==matchOne && zPattern!=zEscaped && c2!=0 ) continue; return SQLITE_NOMATCH; } return *zString==0 ? SQLITE_MATCH : SQLITE_NOMATCH; } /* ** The sqlite3_strglob() interface. Return 0 on a match (like strcmp()) and ** non-zero if there is no match. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strglob(const char *zGlobPattern, const char *zString){ return patternCompare((u8*)zGlobPattern, (u8*)zString, &globInfo, '['); } /* ** The sqlite3_strlike() interface. Return 0 on a match and non-zero for ** a miss - like strcmp(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_strlike(const char *zPattern, const char *zStr, unsigned int esc){ return patternCompare((u8*)zPattern, (u8*)zStr, &likeInfoNorm, esc); } /* ** Count the number of times that the LIKE operator (or GLOB which is ** just a variation of LIKE) gets called. This is used for testing ** only. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_like_count = 0; #endif /* ** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements ** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the ** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: ** ** A LIKE B ** ** is implemented as like(B,A). ** ** This same function (with a different compareInfo structure) computes ** the GLOB operator. */ static void likeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zA, *zB; u32 escape; int nPat; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); struct compareInfo *pInfo = sqlite3_user_data(context); #ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_BLOB || sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_BLOB ){ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_like_count++; #endif sqlite3_result_int(context, 0); return; } #endif zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). */ nPat = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ); testcase( nPat==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]+1 ); if( nPat > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH] ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); return; } assert( zB==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* Encoding did not change */ if( argc==3 ){ /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. ** Otherwise, return an error. */ const unsigned char *zEsc = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); if( zEsc==0 ) return; if( sqlite3Utf8CharLen((char*)zEsc, -1)!=1 ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); return; } escape = sqlite3Utf8Read(&zEsc); }else{ escape = pInfo->matchSet; } if( zA && zB ){ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_like_count++; #endif sqlite3_result_int(context, patternCompare(zB, zA, pInfo, escape)==SQLITE_MATCH); } } /* ** Implementation of the NULLIF(x,y) function. The result is the first ** argument if the arguments are different. The result is NULL if the ** arguments are equal to each other. */ static void nullifFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); if( sqlite3MemCompare(argv[0], argv[1], pColl)!=0 ){ sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); } } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite_version() function. The result is the version ** of the SQLite library that is running. */ static void versionFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); /* IMP: R-48699-48617 This function is an SQL wrapper around the ** sqlite3_libversion() C-interface. */ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_libversion(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite_source_id() function. The result is a string ** that identifies the particular version of the source code used to build ** SQLite. */ static void sourceidFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); /* IMP: R-24470-31136 This function is an SQL wrapper around the ** sqlite3_sourceid() C interface. */ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_sourceid(), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite_log() function. This is a wrapper around ** sqlite3_log(). The return value is NULL. The function exists purely for ** its side-effects. */ static void errlogFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); UNUSED_PARAMETER(context); sqlite3_log(sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]), "%s", sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])); } /* ** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_used() function. ** The result is an integer that identifies if the compiler option ** was used to build SQLite. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS static void compileoptionusedFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const char *zOptName; assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); /* IMP: R-39564-36305 The sqlite_compileoption_used() SQL ** function is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_used() C/C++ ** function. */ if( (zOptName = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]))!=0 ){ sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3_compileoption_used(zOptName)); } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ /* ** Implementation of the sqlite_compileoption_get() function. ** The result is a string that identifies the compiler options ** used to build SQLite. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS static void compileoptiongetFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int n; assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); /* IMP: R-04922-24076 The sqlite_compileoption_get() SQL function ** is a wrapper around the sqlite3_compileoption_get() C/C++ function. */ n = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_compileoption_get(n), -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ /* Array for converting from half-bytes (nybbles) into ASCII hex ** digits. */ static const char hexdigits[] = { '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F' }; /* ** Implementation of the QUOTE() function. This function takes a single ** argument. If the argument is numeric, the return value is the same as ** the argument. If the argument is NULL, the return value is the string ** "NULL". Otherwise, the argument is enclosed in single quotes with ** single-quote escapes. */ static void quoteFunc(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); switch( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0]) ){ case SQLITE_FLOAT: { double r1, r2; char zBuf[50]; r1 = sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.15g", r1); sqlite3AtoF(zBuf, &r2, 20, SQLITE_UTF8); if( r1!=r2 ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "%!.20e", r1); } sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); break; } case SQLITE_INTEGER: { sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); break; } case SQLITE_BLOB: { char *zText = 0; char const *zBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); int nBlob = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); assert( zBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ zText = (char *)contextMalloc(context, (2*(i64)nBlob)+4); if( zText ){ int i; for(i=0; i>4)&0x0F]; zText[(i*2)+3] = hexdigits[(zBlob[i])&0x0F]; } zText[(nBlob*2)+2] = '\''; zText[(nBlob*2)+3] = '\0'; zText[0] = 'X'; zText[1] = '\''; sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(zText); } break; } case SQLITE_TEXT: { int i,j; u64 n; const unsigned char *zArg = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); char *z; if( zArg==0 ) return; for(i=0, n=0; zArg[i]; i++){ if( zArg[i]=='\'' ) n++; } z = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)i)+((i64)n)+3); if( z ){ z[0] = '\''; for(i=0, j=1; zArg[i]; i++){ z[j++] = zArg[i]; if( zArg[i]=='\'' ){ z[j++] = '\''; } } z[j++] = '\''; z[j] = 0; sqlite3_result_text(context, z, j, sqlite3_free); } break; } default: { assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ); sqlite3_result_text(context, "NULL", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); break; } } } /* ** The unicode() function. Return the integer unicode code-point value ** for the first character of the input string. */ static void unicodeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *z = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); (void)argc; if( z && z[0] ) sqlite3_result_int(context, sqlite3Utf8Read(&z)); } /* ** The char() function takes zero or more arguments, each of which is ** an integer. It constructs a string where each character of the string ** is the unicode character for the corresponding integer argument. */ static void charFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ unsigned char *z, *zOut; int i; zOut = z = sqlite3_malloc64( argc*4+1 ); if( z==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); return; } for(i=0; i0x10ffff ) x = 0xfffd; c = (unsigned)(x & 0x1fffff); if( c<0x00080 ){ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); }else if( c<0x00800 ){ *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); }else if( c<0x10000 ){ *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); }else{ *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); } \ } sqlite3_result_text64(context, (char*)z, zOut-z, sqlite3_free, SQLITE_UTF8); } /* ** The hex() function. Interpret the argument as a blob. Return ** a hexadecimal rendering as text. */ static void hexFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int i, n; const unsigned char *pBlob; char *zHex, *z; assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); pBlob = sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); assert( pBlob==sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ z = zHex = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)n)*2 + 1); if( zHex ){ for(i=0; i>4)&0xf]; *(z++) = hexdigits[c&0xf]; } *z = 0; sqlite3_result_text(context, zHex, n*2, sqlite3_free); } } /* ** The zeroblob(N) function returns a zero-filled blob of size N bytes. */ static void zeroblobFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ i64 n; int rc; assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); n = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); if( n<0 ) n = 0; rc = sqlite3_result_zeroblob64(context, n); /* IMP: R-00293-64994 */ if( rc ){ sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc); } } /* ** The replace() function. Three arguments are all strings: call ** them A, B, and C. The result is also a string which is derived ** from A by replacing every occurrence of B with C. The match ** must be exact. Collating sequences are not used. */ static void replaceFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zStr; /* The input string A */ const unsigned char *zPattern; /* The pattern string B */ const unsigned char *zRep; /* The replacement string C */ unsigned char *zOut; /* The output */ int nStr; /* Size of zStr */ int nPattern; /* Size of zPattern */ int nRep; /* Size of zRep */ i64 nOut; /* Maximum size of zOut */ int loopLimit; /* Last zStr[] that might match zPattern[] */ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ unsigned cntExpand; /* Number zOut expansions */ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); assert( argc==3 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); zStr = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( zStr==0 ) return; nStr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); assert( zStr==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); /* No encoding change */ zPattern = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); if( zPattern==0 ){ assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])==SQLITE_NULL || sqlite3_context_db_handle(context)->mallocFailed ); return; } if( zPattern[0]==0 ){ assert( sqlite3_value_type(argv[1])!=SQLITE_NULL ); sqlite3_result_value(context, argv[0]); return; } nPattern = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); assert( zPattern==sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]) ); /* No encoding change */ zRep = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); if( zRep==0 ) return; nRep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); assert( zRep==sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]) ); nOut = nStr + 1; assert( nOutnPattern ){ nOut += nRep - nPattern; testcase( nOut-1==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); testcase( nOut-2==db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ); if( nOut-1>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); sqlite3_free(zOut); return; } cntExpand++; if( (cntExpand&(cntExpand-1))==0 ){ /* Grow the size of the output buffer only on substitutions ** whose index is a power of two: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, ... */ u8 *zOld; zOld = zOut; zOut = sqlite3_realloc64(zOut, (int)nOut + (nOut - nStr - 1)); if( zOut==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); sqlite3_free(zOld); return; } } } memcpy(&zOut[j], zRep, nRep); j += nRep; i += nPattern-1; } } assert( j+nStr-i+1<=nOut ); memcpy(&zOut[j], &zStr[i], nStr-i); j += nStr - i; assert( j<=nOut ); zOut[j] = 0; sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zOut, j, sqlite3_free); } /* ** Implementation of the TRIM(), LTRIM(), and RTRIM() functions. ** The userdata is 0x1 for left trim, 0x2 for right trim, 0x3 for both. */ static void trimFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zIn; /* Input string */ const unsigned char *zCharSet; /* Set of characters to trim */ int nIn; /* Number of bytes in input */ int flags; /* 1: trimleft 2: trimright 3: trim */ int i; /* Loop counter */ unsigned char *aLen = 0; /* Length of each character in zCharSet */ unsigned char **azChar = 0; /* Individual characters in zCharSet */ int nChar; /* Number of characters in zCharSet */ if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ){ return; } zIn = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( zIn==0 ) return; nIn = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); assert( zIn==sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]) ); if( argc==1 ){ static const unsigned char lenOne[] = { 1 }; static unsigned char * const azOne[] = { (u8*)" " }; nChar = 1; aLen = (u8*)lenOne; azChar = (unsigned char **)azOne; zCharSet = 0; }else if( (zCharSet = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]))==0 ){ return; }else{ const unsigned char *z; for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); } if( nChar>0 ){ azChar = contextMalloc(context, ((i64)nChar)*(sizeof(char*)+1)); if( azChar==0 ){ return; } aLen = (unsigned char*)&azChar[nChar]; for(z=zCharSet, nChar=0; *z; nChar++){ azChar[nChar] = (unsigned char *)z; SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z); aLen[nChar] = (u8)(z - azChar[nChar]); } } } if( nChar>0 ){ flags = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(sqlite3_user_data(context)); if( flags & 1 ){ while( nIn>0 ){ int len = 0; for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; zIn += len; nIn -= len; } } if( flags & 2 ){ while( nIn>0 ){ int len = 0; for(i=0; i=nChar ) break; nIn -= len; } } if( zCharSet ){ sqlite3_free(azChar); } } sqlite3_result_text(context, (char*)zIn, nIn, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION /* ** The "unknown" function is automatically substituted in place of ** any unrecognized function name when doing an EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN ** when the SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_FUNCTION compile-time option is used. ** When the "sqlite3" command-line shell is built using this functionality, ** that allows an EXPLAIN or EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN for complex queries ** involving application-defined functions to be examined in a generic ** sqlite3 shell. */ static void unknownFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ /* no-op */ } #endif /*SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION*/ /* IMP: R-25361-16150 This function is omitted from SQLite by default. It ** is only available if the SQLITE_SOUNDEX compile-time option is used ** when SQLite is built. */ #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX /* ** Compute the soundex encoding of a word. ** ** IMP: R-59782-00072 The soundex(X) function returns a string that is the ** soundex encoding of the string X. */ static void soundexFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ char zResult[8]; const u8 *zIn; int i, j; static const unsigned char iCode[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 0, 1, 2, 0, 0, 2, 2, 4, 5, 5, 0, 1, 2, 6, 2, 3, 0, 1, 0, 2, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, }; assert( argc==1 ); zIn = (u8*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( zIn==0 ) zIn = (u8*)""; for(i=0; zIn[i] && !sqlite3Isalpha(zIn[i]); i++){} if( zIn[i] ){ u8 prevcode = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; zResult[0] = sqlite3Toupper(zIn[i]); for(j=1; j<4 && zIn[i]; i++){ int code = iCode[zIn[i]&0x7f]; if( code>0 ){ if( code!=prevcode ){ prevcode = code; zResult[j++] = code + '0'; } }else{ prevcode = 0; } } while( j<4 ){ zResult[j++] = '0'; } zResult[j] = 0; sqlite3_result_text(context, zResult, 4, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else{ /* IMP: R-64894-50321 The string "?000" is returned if the argument ** is NULL or contains no ASCII alphabetic characters. */ sqlite3_result_text(context, "?000", 4, SQLITE_STATIC); } } #endif /* SQLITE_SOUNDEX */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION /* ** A function that loads a shared-library extension then returns NULL. */ static void loadExt(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ const char *zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); const char *zProc; sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Disallow the load_extension() SQL function unless the SQLITE_LoadExtFunc ** flag is set. See the sqlite3_enable_load_extension() API. */ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtFunc)==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "not authorized", -1); return; } if( argc==2 ){ zProc = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); }else{ zProc = 0; } if( zFile && sqlite3_load_extension(db, zFile, zProc, &zErrMsg) ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrMsg, -1); sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); } } #endif /* ** An instance of the following structure holds the context of a ** sum() or avg() aggregate computation. */ typedef struct SumCtx SumCtx; struct SumCtx { double rSum; /* Floating point sum */ i64 iSum; /* Integer sum */ i64 cnt; /* Number of elements summed */ u8 overflow; /* True if integer overflow seen */ u8 approx; /* True if non-integer value was input to the sum */ }; /* ** Routines used to compute the sum, average, and total. ** ** The SUM() function follows the (broken) SQL standard which means ** that it returns NULL if it sums over no inputs. TOTAL returns ** 0.0 in that case. In addition, TOTAL always returns a float where ** SUM might return an integer if it never encounters a floating point ** value. TOTAL never fails, but SUM might through an exception if ** it overflows an integer. */ static void sumStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ SumCtx *p; int type; assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); if( p && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ p->cnt++; if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); p->rSum += v; if( (p->approx|p->overflow)==0 && sqlite3AddInt64(&p->iSum, v) ){ p->approx = p->overflow = 1; } }else{ p->rSum += sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); p->approx = 1; } } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC static void sumInverse(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value**argv){ SumCtx *p; int type; assert( argc==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); type = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(argv[0]); /* p is always non-NULL because sumStep() will have been called first ** to initialize it */ if( ALWAYS(p) && type!=SQLITE_NULL ){ assert( p->cnt>0 ); p->cnt--; assert( type==SQLITE_INTEGER || p->approx ); if( type==SQLITE_INTEGER && p->approx==0 ){ i64 v = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); p->rSum -= v; p->iSum -= v; }else{ p->rSum -= sqlite3_value_double(argv[0]); } } } #else # define sumInverse 0 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ static void sumFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ SumCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ if( p->overflow ){ sqlite3_result_error(context,"integer overflow",-1); }else if( p->approx ){ sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum); }else{ sqlite3_result_int64(context, p->iSum); } } } static void avgFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ SumCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); if( p && p->cnt>0 ){ sqlite3_result_double(context, p->rSum/(double)p->cnt); } } static void totalFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ SumCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); /* (double)0 In case of SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT... */ sqlite3_result_double(context, p ? p->rSum : (double)0); } /* ** The following structure keeps track of state information for the ** count() aggregate function. */ typedef struct CountCtx CountCtx; struct CountCtx { i64 n; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG int bInverse; /* True if xInverse() ever called */ #endif }; /* ** Routines to implement the count() aggregate function. */ static void countStep(sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ CountCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*p)); if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && p ){ p->n++; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* The sqlite3_aggregate_count() function is deprecated. But just to make ** sure it still operates correctly, verify that its count agrees with our ** internal count when using count(*) and when the total count can be ** expressed as a 32-bit integer. */ assert( argc==1 || p==0 || p->n>0x7fffffff || p->bInverse || p->n==sqlite3_aggregate_count(context) ); #endif } static void countFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ CountCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); sqlite3_result_int64(context, p ? p->n : 0); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC static void countInverse(sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv){ CountCtx *p; p = sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, sizeof(*p)); /* p is always non-NULL since countStep() will have been called first */ if( (argc==0 || SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])) && ALWAYS(p) ){ p->n--; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG p->bInverse = 1; #endif } } #else # define countInverse 0 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ /* ** Routines to implement min() and max() aggregate functions. */ static void minmaxStep( sqlite3_context *context, int NotUsed, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Mem *pArg = (Mem *)argv[0]; Mem *pBest; UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed); pBest = (Mem *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBest)); if( !pBest ) return; if( sqlite3_value_type(pArg)==SQLITE_NULL ){ if( pBest->flags ) sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context); }else if( pBest->flags ){ int max; int cmp; CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(context); /* This step function is used for both the min() and max() aggregates, ** the only difference between the two being that the sense of the ** comparison is inverted. For the max() aggregate, the ** sqlite3_user_data() function returns (void *)-1. For min() it ** returns (void *)db, where db is the sqlite3* database pointer. ** Therefore the next statement sets variable 'max' to 1 for the max() ** aggregate, or 0 for min(). */ max = sqlite3_user_data(context)!=0; cmp = sqlite3MemCompare(pBest, pArg, pColl); if( (max && cmp<0) || (!max && cmp>0) ){ sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); }else{ sqlite3SkipAccumulatorLoad(context); } }else{ pBest->db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(pBest, pArg); } } static void minMaxValueFinalize(sqlite3_context *context, int bValue){ sqlite3_value *pRes; pRes = (sqlite3_value *)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); if( pRes ){ if( pRes->flags ){ sqlite3_result_value(context, pRes); } if( bValue==0 ) sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pRes); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC static void minMaxValue(sqlite3_context *context){ minMaxValueFinalize(context, 1); } #else # define minMaxValue 0 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ static void minMaxFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ minMaxValueFinalize(context, 0); } /* ** group_concat(EXPR, ?SEPARATOR?) */ static void groupConcatStep( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const char *zVal; StrAccum *pAccum; const char *zSep; int nVal, nSep; assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); if( pAccum ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); int firstTerm = pAccum->mxAlloc==0; pAccum->mxAlloc = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]; if( !firstTerm ){ if( argc==2 ){ zSep = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); nSep = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); }else{ zSep = ","; nSep = 1; } if( zSep ) sqlite3_str_append(pAccum, zSep, nSep); } zVal = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); if( zVal ) sqlite3_str_append(pAccum, zVal, nVal); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC static void groupConcatInverse( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int n; StrAccum *pAccum; assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); if( sqlite3_value_type(argv[0])==SQLITE_NULL ) return; pAccum = (StrAccum*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pAccum)); /* pAccum is always non-NULL since groupConcatStep() will have always ** run frist to initialize it */ if( ALWAYS(pAccum) ){ n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); if( argc==2 ){ n += sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); }else{ n++; } if( n>=(int)pAccum->nChar ){ pAccum->nChar = 0; }else{ pAccum->nChar -= n; memmove(pAccum->zText, &pAccum->zText[n], pAccum->nChar); } if( pAccum->nChar==0 ) pAccum->mxAlloc = 0; } } #else # define groupConcatInverse 0 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ static void groupConcatFinalize(sqlite3_context *context){ StrAccum *pAccum; pAccum = sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); if( pAccum ){ if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); }else if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); }else{ sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3StrAccumFinish(pAccum), -1, sqlite3_free); } } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC static void groupConcatValue(sqlite3_context *context){ sqlite3_str *pAccum; pAccum = (sqlite3_str*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); if( pAccum ){ if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ sqlite3_result_error_toobig(context); }else if( pAccum->accError==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); }else{ const char *zText = sqlite3_str_value(pAccum); sqlite3_result_text(context, zText, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } } } #else # define groupConcatValue 0 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ /* ** This routine does per-connection function registration. Most ** of the built-in functions above are part of the global function set. ** This routine only deals with those that are not global. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(sqlite3 *db){ int rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "MATCH", 2); assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); } } /* ** Set the LIKEOPT flag on the 2-argument function with the given name. */ static void setLikeOptFlag(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, u8 flagVal){ FuncDef *pDef; pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); if( ALWAYS(pDef) ){ pDef->funcFlags |= flagVal; } } /* ** Register the built-in LIKE and GLOB functions. The caseSensitive ** parameter determines whether or not the LIKE operator is case ** sensitive. GLOB is always case sensitive. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(sqlite3 *db, int caseSensitive){ struct compareInfo *pInfo; if( caseSensitive ){ pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoAlt; }else{ pInfo = (struct compareInfo*)&likeInfoNorm; } sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8, pInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "glob", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, (struct compareInfo*)&globInfo, likeFunc, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0); setLikeOptFlag(db, "glob", SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE); setLikeOptFlag(db, "like", caseSensitive ? (SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE | SQLITE_FUNC_CASE) : SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE); } /* ** pExpr points to an expression which implements a function. If ** it is appropriate to apply the LIKE optimization to that function ** then set aWc[0] through aWc[2] to the wildcard characters and the ** escape character and then return TRUE. If the function is not a ** LIKE-style function then return FALSE. ** ** The expression "a LIKE b ESCAPE c" is only considered a valid LIKE ** operator if c is a string literal that is exactly one byte in length. ** That one byte is stored in aWc[3]. aWc[3] is set to zero if there is ** no ESCAPE clause. ** ** *pIsNocase is set to true if uppercase and lowercase are equivalent for ** the function (default for LIKE). If the function makes the distinction ** between uppercase and lowercase (as does GLOB) then *pIsNocase is set to ** false. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsLikeFunction(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pExpr, int *pIsNocase, char *aWc){ FuncDef *pDef; int nExpr; if( pExpr->op!=TK_FUNCTION || !pExpr->x.pList ){ return 0; } assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); nExpr = pExpr->x.pList->nExpr; pDef = sqlite3FindFunction(db, pExpr->u.zToken, nExpr, SQLITE_UTF8, 0); if( NEVER(pDef==0) || (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE)==0 ){ return 0; } if( nExpr<3 ){ aWc[3] = 0; }else{ Expr *pEscape = pExpr->x.pList->a[2].pExpr; char *zEscape; if( pEscape->op!=TK_STRING ) return 0; zEscape = pEscape->u.zToken; if( zEscape[0]==0 || zEscape[1]!=0 ) return 0; aWc[3] = zEscape[0]; } /* The memcpy() statement assumes that the wildcard characters are ** the first three statements in the compareInfo structure. The ** asserts() that follow verify that assumption */ memcpy(aWc, pDef->pUserData, 3); assert( (char*)&likeInfoAlt == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchAll ); assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[1] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchOne ); assert( &((char*)&likeInfoAlt)[2] == (char*)&likeInfoAlt.matchSet ); *pIsNocase = (pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CASE)==0; return 1; } /* ** All of the FuncDef structures in the aBuiltinFunc[] array above ** to the global function hash table. This occurs at start-time (as ** a consequence of calling sqlite3_initialize()). ** ** After this routine runs */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(void){ /* ** The following array holds FuncDef structures for all of the functions ** defined in this file. ** ** The array cannot be constant since changes are made to the ** FuncDef.pHash elements at start-time. The elements of this array ** are read-only after initialization is complete. ** ** For peak efficiency, put the most frequently used function last. */ static FuncDef aBuiltinFunc[] = { #ifdef SQLITE_SOUNDEX FUNCTION(soundex, 1, 0, 0, soundexFunc ), #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION VFUNCTION(load_extension, 1, 0, 0, loadExt ), VFUNCTION(load_extension, 2, 0, 0, loadExt ), #endif #if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION FUNCTION(sqlite_crypt, 2, 0, 0, sqlite3CryptFunc ), #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS DFUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_used,1, 0, 0, compileoptionusedFunc ), DFUNCTION(sqlite_compileoption_get, 1, 0, 0, compileoptiongetFunc ), #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ FUNCTION2(unlikely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), FUNCTION2(likelihood, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), FUNCTION2(likely, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY), #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG FUNCTION2(affinity, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_AFFINITY), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC FUNCTION2(sqlite_offset, 1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_OFFSET| SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF), #endif FUNCTION(ltrim, 1, 1, 0, trimFunc ), FUNCTION(ltrim, 2, 1, 0, trimFunc ), FUNCTION(rtrim, 1, 2, 0, trimFunc ), FUNCTION(rtrim, 2, 2, 0, trimFunc ), FUNCTION(trim, 1, 3, 0, trimFunc ), FUNCTION(trim, 2, 3, 0, trimFunc ), FUNCTION(min, -1, 0, 1, minmaxFunc ), FUNCTION(min, 0, 0, 1, 0 ), WAGGREGATE(min, 1, 0, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize, minMaxValue, 0, SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ), FUNCTION(max, -1, 1, 1, minmaxFunc ), FUNCTION(max, 0, 1, 1, 0 ), WAGGREGATE(max, 1, 1, 1, minmaxStep, minMaxFinalize, minMaxValue, 0, SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX ), FUNCTION2(typeof, 1, 0, 0, typeofFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_TYPEOF), FUNCTION2(length, 1, 0, 0, lengthFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_LENGTH), FUNCTION(instr, 2, 0, 0, instrFunc ), FUNCTION(printf, -1, 0, 0, printfFunc ), FUNCTION(unicode, 1, 0, 0, unicodeFunc ), FUNCTION(char, -1, 0, 0, charFunc ), FUNCTION(abs, 1, 0, 0, absFunc ), #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT FUNCTION(round, 1, 0, 0, roundFunc ), FUNCTION(round, 2, 0, 0, roundFunc ), #endif FUNCTION(upper, 1, 0, 0, upperFunc ), FUNCTION(lower, 1, 0, 0, lowerFunc ), FUNCTION(hex, 1, 0, 0, hexFunc ), FUNCTION2(ifnull, 2, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), VFUNCTION(random, 0, 0, 0, randomFunc ), VFUNCTION(randomblob, 1, 0, 0, randomBlob ), FUNCTION(nullif, 2, 0, 1, nullifFunc ), DFUNCTION(sqlite_version, 0, 0, 0, versionFunc ), DFUNCTION(sqlite_source_id, 0, 0, 0, sourceidFunc ), FUNCTION(sqlite_log, 2, 0, 0, errlogFunc ), FUNCTION(quote, 1, 0, 0, quoteFunc ), VFUNCTION(last_insert_rowid, 0, 0, 0, last_insert_rowid), VFUNCTION(changes, 0, 0, 0, changes ), VFUNCTION(total_changes, 0, 0, 0, total_changes ), FUNCTION(replace, 3, 0, 0, replaceFunc ), FUNCTION(zeroblob, 1, 0, 0, zeroblobFunc ), FUNCTION(substr, 2, 0, 0, substrFunc ), FUNCTION(substr, 3, 0, 0, substrFunc ), WAGGREGATE(sum, 1,0,0, sumStep, sumFinalize, sumFinalize, sumInverse, 0), WAGGREGATE(total, 1,0,0, sumStep,totalFinalize,totalFinalize,sumInverse, 0), WAGGREGATE(avg, 1,0,0, sumStep, avgFinalize, avgFinalize, sumInverse, 0), WAGGREGATE(count, 0,0,0, countStep, countFinalize, countFinalize, countInverse, SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT ), WAGGREGATE(count, 1,0,0, countStep, countFinalize, countFinalize, countInverse, 0 ), WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 1, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize, groupConcatValue, groupConcatInverse, 0), WAGGREGATE(group_concat, 2, 0, 0, groupConcatStep, groupConcatFinalize, groupConcatValue, groupConcatInverse, 0), LIKEFUNC(glob, 2, &globInfo, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), #ifdef SQLITE_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoAlt, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE|SQLITE_FUNC_CASE), #else LIKEFUNC(like, 2, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), LIKEFUNC(like, 3, &likeInfoNorm, SQLITE_FUNC_LIKE), #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNKNOWN_SQL_FUNCTION FUNCTION(unknown, -1, 0, 0, unknownFunc ), #endif FUNCTION(coalesce, 1, 0, 0, 0 ), FUNCTION(coalesce, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), FUNCTION2(coalesce, -1, 0, 0, noopFunc, SQLITE_FUNC_COALESCE), }; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE sqlite3AlterFunctions(); #endif sqlite3WindowFunctions(); #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT4) sqlite3AnalyzeFunctions(); #endif sqlite3RegisterDateTimeFunctions(); sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aBuiltinFunc, ArraySize(aBuiltinFunc)); #if 0 /* Enable to print out how the built-in functions are hashed */ { int i; FuncDef *p; for(i=0; iu.pHash){ int n = sqlite3Strlen30(p->zName); int h = p->zName[0] + n; printf(" %s(%d)", p->zName, h); } printf("\n"); } } #endif } /************** End of func.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file fkey.c ********************************************/ /* ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used by the compiler to add foreign key ** support to compiled SQL statements. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* ** Deferred and Immediate FKs ** -------------------------- ** ** Foreign keys in SQLite come in two flavours: deferred and immediate. ** If an immediate foreign key constraint is violated, ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY is returned and the current ** statement transaction rolled back. If a ** deferred foreign key constraint is violated, no action is taken ** immediately. However if the application attempts to commit the ** transaction before fixing the constraint violation, the attempt fails. ** ** Deferred constraints are implemented using a simple counter associated ** with the database handle. The counter is set to zero each time a ** database transaction is opened. Each time a statement is executed ** that causes a foreign key violation, the counter is incremented. Each ** time a statement is executed that removes an existing violation from ** the database, the counter is decremented. When the transaction is ** committed, the commit fails if the current value of the counter is ** greater than zero. This scheme has two big drawbacks: ** ** * When a commit fails due to a deferred foreign key constraint, ** there is no way to tell which foreign constraint is not satisfied, ** or which row it is not satisfied for. ** ** * If the database contains foreign key violations when the ** transaction is opened, this may cause the mechanism to malfunction. ** ** Despite these problems, this approach is adopted as it seems simpler ** than the alternatives. ** ** INSERT operations: ** ** I.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, search ** the parent table for a match. If none is found increment the ** constraint counter. ** ** I.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, ** search the child table for rows that correspond to the new ** row in the parent table. Decrement the counter for each row ** found (as the constraint is now satisfied). ** ** DELETE operations: ** ** D.1) For each FK for which the table is the child table, ** search the parent table for a row that corresponds to the ** deleted row in the child table. If such a row is not found, ** decrement the counter. ** ** D.2) For each FK for which the table is the parent table, search ** the child table for rows that correspond to the deleted row ** in the parent table. For each found increment the counter. ** ** UPDATE operations: ** ** An UPDATE command requires that all 4 steps above are taken, but only ** for FK constraints for which the affected columns are actually ** modified (values must be compared at runtime). ** ** Note that I.1 and D.1 are very similar operations, as are I.2 and D.2. ** This simplifies the implementation a bit. ** ** For the purposes of immediate FK constraints, the OR REPLACE conflict ** resolution is considered to delete rows before the new row is inserted. ** If a delete caused by OR REPLACE violates an FK constraint, an exception ** is thrown, even if the FK constraint would be satisfied after the new ** row is inserted. ** ** Immediate constraints are usually handled similarly. The only difference ** is that the counter used is stored as part of each individual statement ** object (struct Vdbe). If, after the statement has run, its immediate ** constraint counter is greater than zero, ** it returns SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY ** and the statement transaction is rolled back. An exception is an INSERT ** statement that inserts a single row only (no triggers). In this case, ** instead of using a counter, an exception is thrown immediately if the ** INSERT violates a foreign key constraint. This is necessary as such ** an INSERT does not open a statement transaction. ** ** TODO: How should dropping a table be handled? How should renaming a ** table be handled? ** ** ** Query API Notes ** --------------- ** ** Before coding an UPDATE or DELETE row operation, the code-generator ** for those two operations needs to know whether or not the operation ** requires any FK processing and, if so, which columns of the original ** row are required by the FK processing VDBE code (i.e. if FKs were ** implemented using triggers, which of the old.* columns would be ** accessed). No information is required by the code-generator before ** coding an INSERT operation. The functions used by the UPDATE/DELETE ** generation code to query for this information are: ** ** sqlite3FkRequired() - Test to see if FK processing is required. ** sqlite3FkOldmask() - Query for the set of required old.* columns. ** ** ** Externally accessible module functions ** -------------------------------------- ** ** sqlite3FkCheck() - Check for foreign key violations. ** sqlite3FkActions() - Code triggers for ON UPDATE/ON DELETE actions. ** sqlite3FkDelete() - Delete an FKey structure. */ /* ** VDBE Calling Convention ** ----------------------- ** ** Example: ** ** For the following INSERT statement: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, c); ** INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(1, 2, 3.1); ** ** Register (x): 2 (type integer) ** Register (x+1): 1 (type integer) ** Register (x+2): NULL (type NULL) ** Register (x+3): 3.1 (type real) */ /* ** A foreign key constraint requires that the key columns in the parent ** table are collectively subject to a UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint. ** Given that pParent is the parent table for foreign key constraint pFKey, ** search the schema for a unique index on the parent key columns. ** ** If successful, zero is returned. If the parent key is an INTEGER PRIMARY ** KEY column, then output variable *ppIdx is set to NULL. Otherwise, *ppIdx ** is set to point to the unique index. ** ** If the parent key consists of a single column (the foreign key constraint ** is not a composite foreign key), output variable *paiCol is set to NULL. ** Otherwise, it is set to point to an allocated array of size N, where ** N is the number of columns in the parent key. The first element of the ** array is the index of the child table column that is mapped by the FK ** constraint to the parent table column stored in the left-most column ** of index *ppIdx. The second element of the array is the index of the ** child table column that corresponds to the second left-most column of ** *ppIdx, and so on. ** ** If the required index cannot be found, either because: ** ** 1) The named parent key columns do not exist, or ** ** 2) The named parent key columns do exist, but are not subject to a ** UNIQUE or PRIMARY KEY constraint, or ** ** 3) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the ** foreign key definition, and the parent table does not have a ** PRIMARY KEY, or ** ** 4) No parent key columns were provided explicitly as part of the ** foreign key definition, and the PRIMARY KEY of the parent table ** consists of a different number of columns to the child key in ** the child table. ** ** then non-zero is returned, and a "foreign key mismatch" error loaded ** into pParse. If an OOM error occurs, non-zero is returned and the ** pParse->db->mallocFailed flag is set. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkLocateIndex( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context to store any error in */ Table *pParent, /* Parent table of FK constraint pFKey */ FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to find index for */ Index **ppIdx, /* OUT: Unique index on parent table */ int **paiCol /* OUT: Map of index columns in pFKey */ ){ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Value to return via *ppIdx */ int *aiCol = 0; /* Value to return via *paiCol */ int nCol = pFKey->nCol; /* Number of columns in parent key */ char *zKey = pFKey->aCol[0].zCol; /* Name of left-most parent key column */ /* The caller is responsible for zeroing output parameters. */ assert( ppIdx && *ppIdx==0 ); assert( !paiCol || *paiCol==0 ); assert( pParse ); /* If this is a non-composite (single column) foreign key, check if it ** maps to the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. If so, leave *ppIdx ** and *paiCol set to zero and return early. ** ** Otherwise, for a composite foreign key (more than one column), allocate ** space for the aiCol array (returned via output parameter *paiCol). ** Non-composite foreign keys do not require the aiCol array. */ if( nCol==1 ){ /* The FK maps to the IPK if any of the following are true: ** ** 1) There is an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and the FK is implicitly ** mapped to the primary key of table pParent, or ** 2) The FK is explicitly mapped to a column declared as INTEGER ** PRIMARY KEY. */ if( pParent->iPKey>=0 ){ if( !zKey ) return 0; if( !sqlite3StrICmp(pParent->aCol[pParent->iPKey].zName, zKey) ) return 0; } }else if( paiCol ){ assert( nCol>1 ); aiCol = (int *)sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, nCol*sizeof(int)); if( !aiCol ) return 1; *paiCol = aiCol; } for(pIdx=pParent->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ if( pIdx->nKeyCol==nCol && IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 ){ /* pIdx is a UNIQUE index (or a PRIMARY KEY) and has the right number ** of columns. If each indexed column corresponds to a foreign key ** column of pFKey, then this index is a winner. */ if( zKey==0 ){ /* If zKey is NULL, then this foreign key is implicitly mapped to ** the PRIMARY KEY of table pParent. The PRIMARY KEY index may be ** identified by the test. */ if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ if( aiCol ){ int i; for(i=0; iaCol[i].iFrom; } break; } }else{ /* If zKey is non-NULL, then this foreign key was declared to ** map to an explicit list of columns in table pParent. Check if this ** index matches those columns. Also, check that the index uses ** the default collation sequences for each column. */ int i, j; for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; /* Index of column in parent tbl */ const char *zDfltColl; /* Def. collation for column */ char *zIdxCol; /* Name of indexed column */ if( iCol<0 ) break; /* No foreign keys against expression indexes */ /* If the index uses a collation sequence that is different from ** the default collation sequence for the column, this index is ** unusable. Bail out early in this case. */ zDfltColl = pParent->aCol[iCol].zColl; if( !zDfltColl ) zDfltColl = sqlite3StrBINARY; if( sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->azColl[i], zDfltColl) ) break; zIdxCol = pParent->aCol[iCol].zName; for(j=0; jaCol[j].zCol, zIdxCol)==0 ){ if( aiCol ) aiCol[i] = pFKey->aCol[j].iFrom; break; } } if( j==nCol ) break; } if( i==nCol ) break; /* pIdx is usable */ } } } if( !pIdx ){ if( !pParse->disableTriggers ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "foreign key mismatch - \"%w\" referencing \"%w\"", pFKey->pFrom->zName, pFKey->zTo); } sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiCol); return 1; } *ppIdx = pIdx; return 0; } /* ** This function is called when a row is inserted into or deleted from the ** child table of foreign key constraint pFKey. If an SQL UPDATE is executed ** on the child table of pFKey, this function is invoked twice for each row ** affected - once to "delete" the old row, and then again to "insert" the ** new row. ** ** Each time it is called, this function generates VDBE code to locate the ** row in the parent table that corresponds to the row being inserted into ** or deleted from the child table. If the parent row can be found, no ** special action is taken. Otherwise, if the parent row can *not* be ** found in the parent table: ** ** Operation | FK type | Action taken ** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ** INSERT immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". ** ** DELETE immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". ** ** INSERT deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". ** ** DELETE deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". ** ** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file ** (fkey.c) as "I.1" and "D.1". */ static void fkLookupParent( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ int iDb, /* Index of database housing pTab */ Table *pTab, /* Parent table of FK pFKey */ Index *pIdx, /* Unique index on parent key columns in pTab */ FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key constraint */ int *aiCol, /* Map from parent key columns to child table columns */ int regData, /* Address of array containing child table row */ int nIncr, /* Increment constraint counter by this */ int isIgnore /* If true, pretend pTab contains all NULL values */ ){ int i; /* Iterator variable */ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Vdbe to add code to */ int iCur = pParse->nTab - 1; /* Cursor number to use */ int iOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* jump here if parent key found */ sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, (!pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite) ? OE_Abort : OE_Ignore); /* If nIncr is less than zero, then check at runtime if there are any ** outstanding constraints to resolve. If there are not, there is no need ** to check if deleting this row resolves any outstanding violations. ** ** Check if any of the key columns in the child table row are NULL. If ** any are, then the constraint is considered satisfied. No need to ** search for a matching row in the parent table. */ if( nIncr<0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, iOk); VdbeCoverage(v); } for(i=0; inCol; i++){ int iReg = aiCol[i] + regData + 1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iOk); VdbeCoverage(v); } if( isIgnore==0 ){ if( pIdx==0 ){ /* If pIdx is NULL, then the parent key is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY ** column of the parent table (table pTab). */ int iMustBeInt; /* Address of MustBeInt instruction */ int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); /* Invoke MustBeInt to coerce the child key value to an integer (i.e. ** apply the affinity of the parent key). If this fails, then there ** is no matching parent key. Before using MustBeInt, make a copy of ** the value. Otherwise, the value inserted into the child key column ** will have INTEGER affinity applied to it, which may not be correct. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, aiCol[0]+1+regData, regTemp); iMustBeInt = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, regTemp, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); /* If the parent table is the same as the child table, and we are about ** to increment the constraint-counter (i.e. this is an INSERT operation), ** then check if the row being inserted matches itself. If so, do not ** increment the constraint-counter. */ if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr==1 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regData, iOk, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); } sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regTemp); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iMustBeInt); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTemp); }else{ int nCol = pFKey->nCol; int regTemp = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); int regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); for(i=0; ipFrom && nIncr==1 ){ int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nCol + 1; for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]+1+regData; assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); assert( aiCol[i]!=pTab->iPKey ); if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ /* The parent key is a composite key that includes the IPK column */ iParent = regData; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, iChild, iJump, iParent); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iOk); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regTemp, nCol, regRec, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx), nCol); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iCur, iOk, regRec, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regTemp, nCol); } } if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ /* Special case: If this is an INSERT statement that will insert exactly ** one row into the table, raise a constraint immediately instead of ** incrementing a counter. This is necessary as the VM code is being ** generated for will not open a statement transaction. */ assert( nIncr==1 ); sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY, OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK); }else{ if( nIncr>0 && pFKey->isDeferred==0 ){ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iOk); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur); } /* ** Return an Expr object that refers to a memory register corresponding ** to column iCol of table pTab. ** ** regBase is the first of an array of register that contains the data ** for pTab. regBase itself holds the rowid. regBase+1 holds the first ** column. regBase+2 holds the second column, and so forth. */ static Expr *exprTableRegister( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Table *pTab, /* The table whose content is at r[regBase]... */ int regBase, /* Contents of table pTab */ i16 iCol /* Which column of pTab is desired */ ){ Expr *pExpr; Column *pCol; const char *zColl; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); if( pExpr ){ if( iCol>=0 && iCol!=pTab->iPKey ){ pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; pExpr->iTable = regBase + iCol + 1; pExpr->affinity = pCol->affinity; zColl = pCol->zColl; if( zColl==0 ) zColl = db->pDfltColl->zName; pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pExpr, zColl); }else{ pExpr->iTable = regBase; pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; } } return pExpr; } /* ** Return an Expr object that refers to column iCol of table pTab which ** has cursor iCur. */ static Expr *exprTableColumn( sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */ Table *pTab, /* The table whose column is desired */ int iCursor, /* The open cursor on the table */ i16 iCol /* The column that is wanted */ ){ Expr *pExpr = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_COLUMN, 0); if( pExpr ){ pExpr->pTab = pTab; pExpr->iTable = iCursor; pExpr->iColumn = iCol; } return pExpr; } /* ** This function is called to generate code executed when a row is deleted ** from the parent table of foreign key constraint pFKey and, if pFKey is ** deferred, when a row is inserted into the same table. When generating ** code for an SQL UPDATE operation, this function may be called twice - ** once to "delete" the old row and once to "insert" the new row. ** ** Parameter nIncr is passed -1 when inserting a row (as this may decrease ** the number of FK violations in the db) or +1 when deleting one (as this ** may increase the number of FK constraint problems). ** ** The code generated by this function scans through the rows in the child ** table that correspond to the parent table row being deleted or inserted. ** For each child row found, one of the following actions is taken: ** ** Operation | FK type | Action taken ** -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ** DELETE immediate Increment the "immediate constraint counter". ** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, ** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception. ** ** INSERT immediate Decrement the "immediate constraint counter". ** ** DELETE deferred Increment the "deferred constraint counter". ** Or, if the ON (UPDATE|DELETE) action is RESTRICT, ** throw a "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed" exception. ** ** INSERT deferred Decrement the "deferred constraint counter". ** ** These operations are identified in the comment at the top of this file ** (fkey.c) as "I.2" and "D.2". */ static void fkScanChildren( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ SrcList *pSrc, /* The child table to be scanned */ Table *pTab, /* The parent table */ Index *pIdx, /* Index on parent covering the foreign key */ FKey *pFKey, /* The foreign key linking pSrc to pTab */ int *aiCol, /* Map from pIdx cols to child table cols */ int regData, /* Parent row data starts here */ int nIncr /* Amount to increment deferred counter by */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause to scan with */ NameContext sNameContext; /* Context used to resolve WHERE clause */ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Context used by sqlite3WhereXXX() */ int iFkIfZero = 0; /* Address of OP_FkIfZero */ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->pTable==pTab ); assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->nKeyCol==pFKey->nCol ); assert( pIdx!=0 || pFKey->nCol==1 ); assert( pIdx!=0 || HasRowid(pTab) ); if( nIncr<0 ){ iFkIfZero = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, pFKey->isDeferred, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); } /* Create an Expr object representing an SQL expression like: ** ** = AND = ... ** ** The collation sequence used for the comparison should be that of ** the parent key columns. The affinity of the parent key column should ** be applied to each child key value before the comparison takes place. */ for(i=0; inCol; i++){ Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ Expr *pEq; /* Expression (pLeft = pRight) */ i16 iCol; /* Index of column in child table */ const char *zCol; /* Name of column in child table */ iCol = pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : -1; pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol); iCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; assert( iCol>=0 ); zCol = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iCol].zName; pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zCol); pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight); pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); } /* If the child table is the same as the parent table, then add terms ** to the WHERE clause that prevent this entry from being scanned. ** The added WHERE clause terms are like this: ** ** $current_rowid!=rowid ** NOT( $current_a==a AND $current_b==b AND ... ) ** ** The first form is used for rowid tables. The second form is used ** for WITHOUT ROWID tables. In the second form, the primary key is ** (a,b,...) */ if( pTab==pFKey->pFrom && nIncr>0 ){ Expr *pNe; /* Expression (pLeft != pRight) */ Expr *pLeft; /* Value from parent table row */ Expr *pRight; /* Column ref to child table */ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, -1); pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, -1); pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NE, pLeft, pRight); }else{ Expr *pEq, *pAll = 0; Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); assert( pIdx!=0 ); for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ i16 iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; assert( iCol>=0 ); pLeft = exprTableRegister(pParse, pTab, regData, iCol); pRight = exprTableColumn(db, pTab, pSrc->a[0].iCursor, iCol); pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pLeft, pRight); pAll = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAll, pEq); } pNe = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pAll, 0); } pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNe); } /* Resolve the references in the WHERE clause. */ memset(&sNameContext, 0, sizeof(NameContext)); sNameContext.pSrcList = pSrc; sNameContext.pParse = pParse; sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNameContext, pWhere); /* Create VDBE to loop through the entries in pSrc that match the WHERE ** clause. For each row found, increment either the deferred or immediate ** foreign key constraint counter. */ if( pParse->nErr==0 ){ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, nIncr); if( pWInfo ){ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); } } /* Clean up the WHERE clause constructed above. */ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); if( iFkIfZero ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iFkIfZero); } } /* ** This function returns a linked list of FKey objects (connected by ** FKey.pNextTo) holding all children of table pTab. For example, ** given the following schema: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a PRIMARY KEY); ** CREATE TABLE t2(b REFERENCES t1(a); ** ** Calling this function with table "t1" as an argument returns a pointer ** to the FKey structure representing the foreign key constraint on table ** "t2". Calling this function with "t2" as the argument would return a ** NULL pointer (as there are no FK constraints for which t2 is the parent ** table). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE FKey *sqlite3FkReferences(Table *pTab){ return (FKey *)sqlite3HashFind(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, pTab->zName); } /* ** The second argument is a Trigger structure allocated by the ** fkActionTrigger() routine. This function deletes the Trigger structure ** and all of its sub-components. ** ** The Trigger structure or any of its sub-components may be allocated from ** the lookaside buffer belonging to database handle dbMem. */ static void fkTriggerDelete(sqlite3 *dbMem, Trigger *p){ if( p ){ TriggerStep *pStep = p->step_list; sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, pStep->pWhere); sqlite3ExprListDelete(dbMem, pStep->pExprList); sqlite3SelectDelete(dbMem, pStep->pSelect); sqlite3ExprDelete(dbMem, p->pWhen); sqlite3DbFree(dbMem, p); } } /* ** This function is called to generate code that runs when table pTab is ** being dropped from the database. The SrcList passed as the second argument ** to this function contains a single entry guaranteed to resolve to ** table pTab. ** ** Normally, no code is required. However, if either ** ** (a) The table is the parent table of a FK constraint, or ** (b) The table is the child table of a deferred FK constraint and it is ** determined at runtime that there are outstanding deferred FK ** constraint violations in the database, ** ** then the equivalent of "DELETE FROM " is executed before dropping ** the table from the database. Triggers are disabled while running this ** DELETE, but foreign key actions are not. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, Table *pTab){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ int iSkip = 0; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v ); /* VDBE has already been allocated */ assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* Not a view */ if( sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0 ){ /* Search for a deferred foreign key constraint for which this table ** is the child table. If one cannot be found, return without ** generating any VDBE code. If one can be found, then jump over ** the entire DELETE if there are no outstanding deferred constraints ** when this statement is run. */ FKey *p; for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ if( p->isDeferred || (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ) break; } if( !p ) return; iSkip = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 1, iSkip); VdbeCoverage(v); } pParse->disableTriggers = 1; sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pName, 0), 0, 0, 0); pParse->disableTriggers = 0; /* If the DELETE has generated immediate foreign key constraint ** violations, halt the VDBE and return an error at this point, before ** any modifications to the schema are made. This is because statement ** transactions are not able to rollback schema changes. ** ** If the SQLITE_DeferFKs flag is set, then this is not required, as ** the statement transaction will not be rolled back even if FK ** constraints are violated. */ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs)==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, OE_Abort); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkIfZero, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY, OE_Abort, 0, P4_STATIC, P5_ConstraintFK); } if( iSkip ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iSkip); } } } /* ** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key ** for which pTab is the child table. An UPDATE statement against pTab ** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is ** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array ** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element ** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement ** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero. ** ** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the ** child key for FK constraint *p are modified. */ static int fkChildIsModified( Table *pTab, /* Table being updated */ FKey *p, /* Foreign key for which pTab is the child */ int *aChange, /* Array indicating modified columns */ int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is modified by this update */ ){ int i; for(i=0; inCol; i++){ int iChildKey = p->aCol[i].iFrom; if( aChange[iChildKey]>=0 ) return 1; if( iChildKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid ) return 1; } return 0; } /* ** The second argument points to an FKey object representing a foreign key ** for which pTab is the parent table. An UPDATE statement against pTab ** is currently being processed. For each column of the table that is ** actually updated, the corresponding element in the aChange[] array ** is zero or greater (if a column is unmodified the corresponding element ** is set to -1). If the rowid column is modified by the UPDATE statement ** the bChngRowid argument is non-zero. ** ** This function returns true if any of the columns that are part of the ** parent key for FK constraint *p are modified. */ static int fkParentIsModified( Table *pTab, FKey *p, int *aChange, int bChngRowid ){ int i; for(i=0; inCol; i++){ char *zKey = p->aCol[i].zCol; int iKey; for(iKey=0; iKeynCol; iKey++){ if( aChange[iKey]>=0 || (iKey==pTab->iPKey && bChngRowid) ){ Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[iKey]; if( zKey ){ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zKey) ) return 1; }else if( pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ){ return 1; } } } } return 0; } /* ** Return true if the parser passed as the first argument is being ** used to code a trigger that is really a "SET NULL" action belonging ** to trigger pFKey. */ static int isSetNullAction(Parse *pParse, FKey *pFKey){ Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); if( pTop->pTriggerPrg ){ Trigger *p = pTop->pTriggerPrg->pTrigger; if( (p==pFKey->apTrigger[0] && pFKey->aAction[0]==OE_SetNull) || (p==pFKey->apTrigger[1] && pFKey->aAction[1]==OE_SetNull) ){ return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** This function is called when inserting, deleting or updating a row of ** table pTab to generate VDBE code to perform foreign key constraint ** processing for the operation. ** ** For a DELETE operation, parameter regOld is passed the index of the ** first register in an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the ** rowid of the row being deleted, followed by each of the column values ** of the row being deleted, from left to right. Parameter regNew is passed ** zero in this case. ** ** For an INSERT operation, regOld is passed zero and regNew is passed the ** first register of an array of (pTab->nCol+1) registers containing the new ** row data. ** ** For an UPDATE operation, this function is called twice. Once before ** the original record is deleted from the table using the calling convention ** described for DELETE. Then again after the original record is deleted ** but before the new record is inserted using the INSERT convention. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkCheck( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab, /* Row is being deleted from this table */ int regOld, /* Previous row data is stored here */ int regNew, /* New row data is stored here */ int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ FKey *pFKey; /* Used to iterate through FKs */ int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */ const char *zDb; /* Name of database containing pTab */ int isIgnoreErrors = pParse->disableTriggers; /* Exactly one of regOld and regNew should be non-zero. */ assert( (regOld==0)!=(regNew==0) ); /* If foreign-keys are disabled, this function is a no-op. */ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 ) return; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints for which pTab is the ** child table (the table that the foreign key definition is part of). */ for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextFrom){ Table *pTo; /* Parent table of foreign key pFKey */ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index on key columns in pTo */ int *aiFree = 0; int *aiCol; int iCol; int i; int bIgnore = 0; if( aChange && sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, pFKey->zTo)!=0 && fkChildIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){ continue; } /* Find the parent table of this foreign key. Also find a unique index ** on the parent key columns in the parent table. If either of these ** schema items cannot be located, set an error in pParse and return ** early. */ if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb); }else{ pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb); } if( !pTo || sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){ assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) ); if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; if( pTo==0 ){ /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints. ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys. */ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1; for(i=0; inCol; i++){ int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1); } continue; } assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) ); if( aiFree ){ aiCol = aiFree; }else{ iCol = pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; aiCol = &iCol; } for(i=0; inCol; i++){ if( aiCol[i]==pTab->iPKey ){ aiCol[i] = -1; } assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION /* Request permission to read the parent key columns. If the ** authorization callback returns SQLITE_IGNORE, behave as if any ** values read from the parent table are NULL. */ if( db->xAuth ){ int rcauth; char *zCol = pTo->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTo->iPKey].zName; rcauth = sqlite3AuthReadCol(pParse, pTo->zName, zCol, iDb); bIgnore = (rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE); } #endif } /* Take a shared-cache advisory read-lock on the parent table. Allocate ** a cursor to use to search the unique index on the parent key columns ** in the parent table. */ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTo->tnum, 0, pTo->zName); pParse->nTab++; if( regOld!=0 ){ /* A row is being removed from the child table. Search for the parent. ** If the parent does not exist, removing the child row resolves an ** outstanding foreign key constraint violation. */ fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, -1, bIgnore); } if( regNew!=0 && !isSetNullAction(pParse, pFKey) ){ /* A row is being added to the child table. If a parent row cannot ** be found, adding the child row has violated the FK constraint. ** ** If this operation is being performed as part of a trigger program ** that is actually a "SET NULL" action belonging to this very ** foreign key, then omit this scan altogether. As all child key ** values are guaranteed to be NULL, it is not possible for adding ** this row to cause an FK violation. */ fkLookupParent(pParse, iDb, pTo, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, +1, bIgnore); } sqlite3DbFree(db, aiFree); } /* Loop through all the foreign key constraints that refer to this table. ** (the "child" constraints) */ for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Foreign key index for pFKey */ SrcList *pSrc; int *aiCol = 0; if( aChange && fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid)==0 ){ continue; } if( !pFKey->isDeferred && !(db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) && !pParse->pToplevel && !pParse->isMultiWrite ){ assert( regOld==0 && regNew!=0 ); /* Inserting a single row into a parent table cannot cause (or fix) ** an immediate foreign key violation. So do nothing in this case. */ continue; } if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ){ if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return; continue; } assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); /* Create a SrcList structure containing the child table. We need the ** child table as a SrcList for sqlite3WhereBegin() */ pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); if( pSrc ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a; pItem->pTab = pFKey->pFrom; pItem->zName = pFKey->pFrom->zName; pItem->pTab->nTabRef++; pItem->iCursor = pParse->nTab++; if( regNew!=0 ){ fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regNew, -1); } if( regOld!=0 ){ int eAction = pFKey->aAction[aChange!=0]; fkScanChildren(pParse, pSrc, pTab, pIdx, pFKey, aiCol, regOld, 1); /* If this is a deferred FK constraint, or a CASCADE or SET NULL ** action applies, then any foreign key violations caused by ** removing the parent key will be rectified by the action trigger. ** So do not set the "may-abort" flag in this case. ** ** Note 1: If the FK is declared "ON UPDATE CASCADE", then the ** may-abort flag will eventually be set on this statement anyway ** (when this function is called as part of processing the UPDATE ** within the action trigger). ** ** Note 2: At first glance it may seem like SQLite could simply omit ** all OP_FkCounter related scans when either CASCADE or SET NULL ** applies. The trouble starts if the CASCADE or SET NULL action ** trigger causes other triggers or action rules attached to the ** child table to fire. In these cases the fk constraint counters ** might be set incorrectly if any OP_FkCounter related scans are ** omitted. */ if( !pFKey->isDeferred && eAction!=OE_Cascade && eAction!=OE_SetNull ){ sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); } } pItem->zName = 0; sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc); } sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); } } #define COLUMN_MASK(x) (((x)>31) ? 0xffffffff : ((u32)1<<(x))) /* ** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a ** row contained in table pTab. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3FkOldmask( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab /* Table being modified */ ){ u32 mask = 0; if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ FKey *p; int i; for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ for(i=0; inCol; i++) mask |= COLUMN_MASK(p->aCol[i].iFrom); } for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ Index *pIdx = 0; sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, p, &pIdx, 0); if( pIdx ){ for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); mask |= COLUMN_MASK(pIdx->aiColumn[i]); } } } } return mask; } /* ** This function is called before generating code to update or delete a ** row contained in table pTab. If the operation is a DELETE, then ** parameter aChange is passed a NULL value. For an UPDATE, aChange points ** to an array of size N, where N is the number of columns in table pTab. ** If the i'th column is not modified by the UPDATE, then the corresponding ** entry in the aChange[] array is set to -1. If the column is modified, ** the value is 0 or greater. Parameter chngRowid is set to true if the ** UPDATE statement modifies the rowid fields of the table. ** ** If any foreign key processing will be required, this function returns ** non-zero. If there is no foreign key related processing, this function ** returns zero. ** ** For an UPDATE, this function returns 2 if: ** ** * There are any FKs for which pTab is the child and the parent table, or ** * the UPDATE modifies one or more parent keys for which the action is ** not "NO ACTION" (i.e. is CASCADE, SET DEFAULT or SET NULL). ** ** Or, assuming some other foreign key processing is required, 1. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FkRequired( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab, /* Table being modified */ int *aChange, /* Non-NULL for UPDATE operations */ int chngRowid /* True for UPDATE that affects rowid */ ){ int eRet = 0; if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ if( !aChange ){ /* A DELETE operation. Foreign key processing is required if the ** table in question is either the child or parent table for any ** foreign key constraint. */ eRet = (sqlite3FkReferences(pTab) || pTab->pFKey); }else{ /* This is an UPDATE. Foreign key processing is only required if the ** operation modifies one or more child or parent key columns. */ FKey *p; /* Check if any child key columns are being modified. */ for(p=pTab->pFKey; p; p=p->pNextFrom){ if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp(pTab->zName, p->zTo) ) return 2; if( fkChildIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ){ eRet = 1; } } /* Check if any parent key columns are being modified. */ for(p=sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); p; p=p->pNextTo){ if( fkParentIsModified(pTab, p, aChange, chngRowid) ){ if( p->aAction[1]!=OE_None ) return 2; eRet = 1; } } } } return eRet; } /* ** This function is called when an UPDATE or DELETE operation is being ** compiled on table pTab, which is the parent table of foreign-key pFKey. ** If the current operation is an UPDATE, then the pChanges parameter is ** passed a pointer to the list of columns being modified. If it is a ** DELETE, pChanges is passed a NULL pointer. ** ** It returns a pointer to a Trigger structure containing a trigger ** equivalent to the ON UPDATE or ON DELETE action specified by pFKey. ** If the action is "NO ACTION" or "RESTRICT", then a NULL pointer is ** returned (these actions require no special handling by the triggers ** sub-system, code for them is created by fkScanChildren()). ** ** For example, if pFKey is the foreign key and pTab is table "p" in ** the following schema: ** ** CREATE TABLE p(pk PRIMARY KEY); ** CREATE TABLE c(ck REFERENCES p ON DELETE CASCADE); ** ** then the returned trigger structure is equivalent to: ** ** CREATE TRIGGER ... DELETE ON p BEGIN ** DELETE FROM c WHERE ck = old.pk; ** END; ** ** The returned pointer is cached as part of the foreign key object. It ** is eventually freed along with the rest of the foreign key object by ** sqlite3FkDelete(). */ static Trigger *fkActionTrigger( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ FKey *pFKey, /* Foreign key to get action for */ ExprList *pChanges /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ int action; /* One of OE_None, OE_Cascade etc. */ Trigger *pTrigger; /* Trigger definition to return */ int iAction = (pChanges!=0); /* 1 for UPDATE, 0 for DELETE */ action = pFKey->aAction[iAction]; if( action==OE_Restrict && (db->flags & SQLITE_DeferFKs) ){ return 0; } pTrigger = pFKey->apTrigger[iAction]; if( action!=OE_None && !pTrigger ){ char const *zFrom; /* Name of child table */ int nFrom; /* Length in bytes of zFrom */ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Parent key index for this FK */ int *aiCol = 0; /* child table cols -> parent key cols */ TriggerStep *pStep = 0; /* First (only) step of trigger program */ Expr *pWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause of trigger step */ ExprList *pList = 0; /* Changes list if ON UPDATE CASCADE */ Select *pSelect = 0; /* If RESTRICT, "SELECT RAISE(...)" */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ Expr *pWhen = 0; /* WHEN clause for the trigger */ if( sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pTab, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiCol) ) return 0; assert( aiCol || pFKey->nCol==1 ); for(i=0; inCol; i++){ Token tOld = { "old", 3 }; /* Literal "old" token */ Token tNew = { "new", 3 }; /* Literal "new" token */ Token tFromCol; /* Name of column in child table */ Token tToCol; /* Name of column in parent table */ int iFromCol; /* Idx of column in child table */ Expr *pEq; /* tFromCol = OLD.tToCol */ iFromCol = aiCol ? aiCol[i] : pFKey->aCol[0].iFrom; assert( iFromCol>=0 ); assert( pIdx!=0 || (pTab->iPKey>=0 && pTab->iPKeynCol) ); assert( pIdx==0 || pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); sqlite3TokenInit(&tToCol, pTab->aCol[pIdx ? pIdx->aiColumn[i] : pTab->iPKey].zName); sqlite3TokenInit(&tFromCol, pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].zName); /* Create the expression "OLD.zToCol = zFromCol". It is important ** that the "OLD.zToCol" term is on the LHS of the = operator, so ** that the affinity and collation sequence associated with the ** parent table are used for the comparison. */ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tFromCol, 0) ); pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pEq); /* For ON UPDATE, construct the next term of the WHEN clause. ** The final WHEN clause will be like this: ** ** WHEN NOT(old.col1 IS new.col1 AND ... AND old.colN IS new.colN) */ if( pChanges ){ pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IS, sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tOld, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)), sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)) ); pWhen = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhen, pEq); } if( action!=OE_Restrict && (action!=OE_Cascade || pChanges) ){ Expr *pNew; if( action==OE_Cascade ){ pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tNew, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_ID, &tToCol, 0)); }else if( action==OE_SetDflt ){ Expr *pDflt = pFKey->pFrom->aCol[iFromCol].pDflt; if( pDflt ){ pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pDflt, 0); }else{ pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_NULL, 0, 0); } }else{ pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_NULL, 0, 0); } pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pNew); sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pList, &tFromCol, 0); } } sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCol); zFrom = pFKey->pFrom->zName; nFrom = sqlite3Strlen30(zFrom); if( action==OE_Restrict ){ Token tFrom; Expr *pRaise; tFrom.z = zFrom; tFrom.n = nFrom; pRaise = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_RAISE, "FOREIGN KEY constraint failed"); if( pRaise ){ pRaise->affinity = OE_Abort; } pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pRaise), sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, &tFrom, 0), pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 ); pWhere = 0; } /* Disable lookaside memory allocation */ db->lookaside.bDisable++; pTrigger = (Trigger *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger) + /* struct Trigger */ sizeof(TriggerStep) + /* Single step in trigger program */ nFrom + 1 /* Space for pStep->zTarget */ ); if( pTrigger ){ pStep = pTrigger->step_list = (TriggerStep *)&pTrigger[1]; pStep->zTarget = (char *)&pStep[1]; memcpy((char *)pStep->zTarget, zFrom, nFrom); pStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); if( pWhen ){ pWhen = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, pWhen, 0); pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); } } /* Re-enable the lookaside buffer, if it was disabled earlier. */ db->lookaside.bDisable--; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); if( db->mallocFailed==1 ){ fkTriggerDelete(db, pTrigger); return 0; } assert( pStep!=0 ); switch( action ){ case OE_Restrict: pStep->op = TK_SELECT; break; case OE_Cascade: if( !pChanges ){ pStep->op = TK_DELETE; break; } default: pStep->op = TK_UPDATE; } pStep->pTrig = pTrigger; pTrigger->pSchema = pTab->pSchema; pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; pFKey->apTrigger[iAction] = pTrigger; pTrigger->op = (pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE); } return pTrigger; } /* ** This function is called when deleting or updating a row to implement ** any required CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT actions. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkActions( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab, /* Table being updated or deleted from */ ExprList *pChanges, /* Change-list for UPDATE, NULL for DELETE */ int regOld, /* Address of array containing old row */ int *aChange, /* Array indicating UPDATEd columns (or 0) */ int bChngRowid /* True if rowid is UPDATEd */ ){ /* If foreign-key support is enabled, iterate through all FKs that ** refer to table pTab. If there is an action associated with the FK ** for this operation (either update or delete), invoke the associated ** trigger sub-program. */ if( pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys ){ FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ for(pFKey = sqlite3FkReferences(pTab); pFKey; pFKey=pFKey->pNextTo){ if( aChange==0 || fkParentIsModified(pTab, pFKey, aChange, bChngRowid) ){ Trigger *pAct = fkActionTrigger(pParse, pTab, pFKey, pChanges); if( pAct ){ sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, pAct, pTab, regOld, OE_Abort, 0); } } } } } #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ /* ** Free all memory associated with foreign key definitions attached to ** table pTab. Remove the deleted foreign keys from the Schema.fkeyHash ** hash table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FkDelete(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ FKey *pFKey; /* Iterator variable */ FKey *pNext; /* Copy of pFKey->pNextFrom */ assert( db==0 || IsVirtual(pTab) || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pTab->pSchema) ); for(pFKey=pTab->pFKey; pFKey; pFKey=pNext){ /* Remove the FK from the fkeyHash hash table. */ if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ){ if( pFKey->pPrevTo ){ pFKey->pPrevTo->pNextTo = pFKey->pNextTo; }else{ void *p = (void *)pFKey->pNextTo; const char *z = (p ? pFKey->pNextTo->zTo : pFKey->zTo); sqlite3HashInsert(&pTab->pSchema->fkeyHash, z, p); } if( pFKey->pNextTo ){ pFKey->pNextTo->pPrevTo = pFKey->pPrevTo; } } /* EV: R-30323-21917 Each foreign key constraint in SQLite is ** classified as either immediate or deferred. */ assert( pFKey->isDeferred==0 || pFKey->isDeferred==1 ); /* Delete any triggers created to implement actions for this FK. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[0]); fkTriggerDelete(db, pFKey->apTrigger[1]); #endif pNext = pFKey->pNextFrom; sqlite3DbFree(db, pFKey); } } #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY */ /************** End of fkey.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file insert.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser ** to handle INSERT statements in SQLite. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** Generate code that will ** ** (1) acquire a lock for table pTab then ** (2) open pTab as cursor iCur. ** ** If pTab is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then it is the PRIMARY KEY index ** for that table that is actually opened. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3OpenTable( Parse *pParse, /* Generate code into this VDBE */ int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */ int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */ Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */ int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ ){ Vdbe *v; assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead ); sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName); if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb, pTab->nCol); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); }else{ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); assert( pPk!=0 ); assert( pPk->tnum==pTab->tnum ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pPk->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName)); } } /* ** Return a pointer to the column affinity string associated with index ** pIdx. A column affinity string has one character for each column in ** the table, according to the affinity of the column: ** ** Character Column affinity ** ------------------------------ ** 'A' BLOB ** 'B' TEXT ** 'C' NUMERIC ** 'D' INTEGER ** 'F' REAL ** ** An extra 'D' is appended to the end of the string to cover the ** rowid that appears as the last column in every index. ** ** Memory for the buffer containing the column index affinity string ** is managed along with the rest of the Index structure. It will be ** released when sqlite3DeleteIndex() is called. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx){ if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ /* The first time a column affinity string for a particular index is ** required, it is allocated and populated here. It is then stored as ** a member of the Index structure for subsequent use. ** ** The column affinity string will eventually be deleted by ** sqliteDeleteIndex() when the Index structure itself is cleaned ** up. */ int n; Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; pIdx->zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pIdx->nColumn+1); if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); return 0; } for(n=0; nnColumn; n++){ i16 x = pIdx->aiColumn[n]; if( x>=0 ){ pIdx->zColAff[n] = pTab->aCol[x].affinity; }else if( x==XN_ROWID ){ pIdx->zColAff[n] = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER; }else{ char aff; assert( x==XN_EXPR ); assert( pIdx->aColExpr!=0 ); aff = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pIdx->aColExpr->a[n].pExpr); if( aff==0 ) aff = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; pIdx->zColAff[n] = aff; } } pIdx->zColAff[n] = 0; } return pIdx->zColAff; } /* ** Compute the affinity string for table pTab, if it has not already been ** computed. As an optimization, omit trailing SQLITE_AFF_BLOB affinities. ** ** If the affinity exists (if it is no entirely SQLITE_AFF_BLOB values) and ** if iReg>0 then code an OP_Affinity opcode that will set the affinities ** for register iReg and following. Or if affinities exists and iReg==0, ** then just set the P4 operand of the previous opcode (which should be ** an OP_MakeRecord) to the affinity string. ** ** A column affinity string has one character per column: ** ** Character Column affinity ** ------------------------------ ** 'A' BLOB ** 'B' TEXT ** 'C' NUMERIC ** 'D' INTEGER ** 'E' REAL */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TableAffinity(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int iReg){ int i; char *zColAff = pTab->zColAff; if( zColAff==0 ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3VdbeDb(v); zColAff = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, pTab->nCol+1); if( !zColAff ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); return; } for(i=0; inCol; i++){ zColAff[i] = pTab->aCol[i].affinity; } do{ zColAff[i--] = 0; }while( i>=0 && zColAff[i]==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ); pTab->zColAff = zColAff; } i = sqlite3Strlen30(zColAff); if( i ){ if( iReg ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, iReg, i, 0, zColAff, i); }else{ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, zColAff, i); } } } /* ** Return non-zero if the table pTab in database iDb or any of its indices ** have been opened at any point in the VDBE program. This is used to see if ** a statement of the form "INSERT INTO SELECT ..." can ** run without using a temporary table for the results of the SELECT. */ static int readsTable(Parse *p, int iDb, Table *pTab){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p); int i; int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE VTable *pVTab = IsVirtual(pTab) ? sqlite3GetVTable(p->db, pTab) : 0; #endif for(i=1; iopcode==OP_OpenRead && pOp->p3==iDb ){ Index *pIndex; int tnum = pOp->p2; if( tnum==pTab->tnum ){ return 1; } for(pIndex=pTab->pIndex; pIndex; pIndex=pIndex->pNext){ if( tnum==pIndex->tnum ){ return 1; } } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( pOp->opcode==OP_VOpen && pOp->p4.pVtab==pVTab ){ assert( pOp->p4.pVtab!=0 ); assert( pOp->p4type==P4_VTAB ); return 1; } #endif } return 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT /* ** Locate or create an AutoincInfo structure associated with table pTab ** which is in database iDb. Return the register number for the register ** that holds the maximum rowid. Return zero if pTab is not an AUTOINCREMENT ** table. (Also return zero when doing a VACUUM since we do not want to ** update the AUTOINCREMENT counters during a VACUUM.) ** ** There is at most one AutoincInfo structure per table even if the ** same table is autoincremented multiple times due to inserts within ** triggers. A new AutoincInfo structure is created if this is the ** first use of table pTab. On 2nd and subsequent uses, the original ** AutoincInfo structure is used. ** ** Four consecutive registers are allocated: ** ** (1) The name of the pTab table. ** (2) The maximum ROWID of pTab. ** (3) The rowid in sqlite_sequence of pTab ** (4) The original value of the max ROWID in pTab, or NULL if none ** ** The 2nd register is the one that is returned. That is all the ** insert routine needs to know about. */ static int autoIncBegin( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int iDb, /* Index of the database holding pTab */ Table *pTab /* The table we are writing to */ ){ int memId = 0; /* Register holding maximum rowid */ assert( pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pSchema!=0 ); if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0 && (pParse->db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0 ){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); AutoincInfo *pInfo; Table *pSeqTab = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->pSeqTab; /* Verify that the sqlite_sequence table exists and is an ordinary ** rowid table with exactly two columns. ** Ticket d8dc2b3a58cd5dc2918a1d4acb 2018-05-23 */ if( pSeqTab==0 || !HasRowid(pSeqTab) || IsVirtual(pSeqTab) || pSeqTab->nCol!=2 ){ pParse->nErr++; pParse->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_SEQUENCE; return 0; } pInfo = pToplevel->pAinc; while( pInfo && pInfo->pTab!=pTab ){ pInfo = pInfo->pNext; } if( pInfo==0 ){ pInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(*pInfo)); if( pInfo==0 ) return 0; pInfo->pNext = pToplevel->pAinc; pToplevel->pAinc = pInfo; pInfo->pTab = pTab; pInfo->iDb = iDb; pToplevel->nMem++; /* Register to hold name of table */ pInfo->regCtr = ++pToplevel->nMem; /* Max rowid register */ pToplevel->nMem +=2; /* Rowid in sqlite_sequence + orig max val */ } memId = pInfo->regCtr; } return memId; } /* ** This routine generates code that will initialize all of the ** register used by the autoincrement tracker. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementBegin(Parse *pParse){ AutoincInfo *p; /* Information about an AUTOINCREMENT */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ Db *pDb; /* Database only autoinc table */ int memId; /* Register holding max rowid */ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VDBE under construction */ /* This routine is never called during trigger-generation. It is ** only called from the top-level */ assert( pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ); assert( sqlite3IsToplevel(pParse) ); assert( v ); /* We failed long ago if this is not so */ for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); static const VdbeOpList autoInc[] = { /* 0 */ {OP_Null, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ {OP_Rewind, 0, 10, 0}, /* 2 */ {OP_Column, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3 */ {OP_Ne, 0, 9, 0}, /* 4 */ {OP_Rowid, 0, 0, 0}, /* 5 */ {OP_Column, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */ {OP_AddImm, 0, 0, 0}, /* 7 */ {OP_Copy, 0, 0, 0}, /* 8 */ {OP_Goto, 0, 11, 0}, /* 9 */ {OP_Next, 0, 2, 0}, /* 10 */ {OP_Integer, 0, 0, 0}, /* 11 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0} }; VdbeOp *aOp; pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; memId = p->regCtr; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenRead); sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, memId-1, p->pTab->zName); aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(autoInc), autoInc, iLn); if( aOp==0 ) break; aOp[0].p2 = memId; aOp[0].p3 = memId+2; aOp[2].p3 = memId; aOp[3].p1 = memId-1; aOp[3].p3 = memId; aOp[3].p5 = SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL; aOp[4].p2 = memId+1; aOp[5].p3 = memId; aOp[6].p1 = memId; aOp[7].p2 = memId+2; aOp[7].p1 = memId; aOp[10].p2 = memId; } } /* ** Update the maximum rowid for an autoincrement calculation. ** ** This routine should be called when the regRowid register holds a ** new rowid that is about to be inserted. If that new rowid is ** larger than the maximum rowid in the memId memory cell, then the ** memory cell is updated. */ static void autoIncStep(Parse *pParse, int memId, int regRowid){ if( memId>0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(pParse->pVdbe, OP_MemMax, memId, regRowid); } } /* ** This routine generates the code needed to write autoincrement ** maximum rowid values back into the sqlite_sequence register. ** Every statement that might do an INSERT into an autoincrement ** table (either directly or through triggers) needs to call this ** routine just before the "exit" code. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE void autoIncrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ AutoincInfo *p; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( v ); for(p = pParse->pAinc; p; p = p->pNext){ static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); static const VdbeOpList autoIncEnd[] = { /* 0 */ {OP_NotNull, 0, 2, 0}, /* 1 */ {OP_NewRowid, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ {OP_MakeRecord, 0, 2, 0}, /* 3 */ {OP_Insert, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4 */ {OP_Close, 0, 0, 0} }; VdbeOp *aOp; Db *pDb = &db->aDb[p->iDb]; int iRec; int memId = p->regCtr; iRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pDb->pSchema) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Le, memId+2, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+7, memId); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, p->iDb, pDb->pSchema->pSeqTab, OP_OpenWrite); aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(autoIncEnd), autoIncEnd, iLn); if( aOp==0 ) break; aOp[0].p1 = memId+1; aOp[1].p2 = memId+1; aOp[2].p1 = memId-1; aOp[2].p3 = iRec; aOp[3].p2 = iRec; aOp[3].p3 = memId+1; aOp[3].p5 = OPFLAG_APPEND; sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iRec); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(Parse *pParse){ if( pParse->pAinc ) autoIncrementEnd(pParse); } #else /* ** If SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT is defined, then the three routines ** above are all no-ops */ # define autoIncBegin(A,B,C) (0) # define autoIncStep(A,B,C) #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT */ /* Forward declaration */ static int xferOptimization( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ ); /* ** This routine is called to handle SQL of the following forms: ** ** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) values(EXPRLIST),(EXPRLIST),... ** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) select ** insert into TABLE (IDLIST) default values ** ** The IDLIST following the table name is always optional. If omitted, ** then a list of all (non-hidden) columns for the table is substituted. ** The IDLIST appears in the pColumn parameter. pColumn is NULL if IDLIST ** is omitted. ** ** For the pSelect parameter holds the values to be inserted for the ** first two forms shown above. A VALUES clause is really just short-hand ** for a SELECT statement that omits the FROM clause and everything else ** that follows. If the pSelect parameter is NULL, that means that the ** DEFAULT VALUES form of the INSERT statement is intended. ** ** The code generated follows one of four templates. For a simple ** insert with data coming from a single-row VALUES clause, the code executes ** once straight down through. Pseudo-code follows (we call this ** the "1st template"): ** ** open write cursor to
    and its indices ** put VALUES clause expressions into registers ** write the resulting record into
    ** cleanup ** ** The three remaining templates assume the statement is of the form ** ** INSERT INTO
    SELECT ... ** ** If the SELECT clause is of the restricted form "SELECT * FROM " - ** in other words if the SELECT pulls all columns from a single table ** and there is no WHERE or LIMIT or GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses, and ** if and are distinct tables but have identical ** schemas, including all the same indices, then a special optimization ** is invoked that copies raw records from over to . ** See the xferOptimization() function for the implementation of this ** template. This is the 2nd template. ** ** open a write cursor to
    ** open read cursor on ** transfer all records in over to
    ** close cursors ** foreach index on
    ** open a write cursor on the
    index ** open a read cursor on the corresponding index ** transfer all records from the read to the write cursors ** close cursors ** end foreach ** ** The 3rd template is for when the second template does not apply ** and the SELECT clause does not read from
    at any time. ** The generated code follows this template: ** ** X <- A ** goto B ** A: setup for the SELECT ** loop over the rows in the SELECT ** load values into registers R..R+n ** yield X ** end loop ** cleanup after the SELECT ** end-coroutine X ** B: open write cursor to
    and its indices ** C: yield X, at EOF goto D ** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n ** goto C ** D: cleanup ** ** The 4th template is used if the insert statement takes its ** values from a SELECT but the data is being inserted into a table ** that is also read as part of the SELECT. In the third form, ** we have to use an intermediate table to store the results of ** the select. The template is like this: ** ** X <- A ** goto B ** A: setup for the SELECT ** loop over the tables in the SELECT ** load value into register R..R+n ** yield X ** end loop ** cleanup after the SELECT ** end co-routine R ** B: open temp table ** L: yield X, at EOF goto M ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table ** goto L ** M: open write cursor to
    and its indices ** rewind temp table ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table ** transfer values form intermediate table into
    ** end loop ** D: cleanup */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Insert( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* Name of table into which we are inserting */ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ IdList *pColumn, /* Column names corresponding to IDLIST. */ int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ Upsert *pUpsert /* ON CONFLICT clauses for upsert, or NULL */ ){ sqlite3 *db; /* The main database structure */ Table *pTab; /* The table to insert into. aka TABLE */ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code into this virtual machine */ Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */ int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the data */ int nHidden = 0; /* Number of hidden columns if TABLE is virtual */ int iDataCur = 0; /* VDBE cursor that is the main data repository */ int iIdxCur = 0; /* First index cursor */ int ipkColumn = -1; /* Column that is the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ int endOfLoop; /* Label for the end of the insertion loop */ int srcTab = 0; /* Data comes from this temporary cursor if >=0 */ int addrInsTop = 0; /* Jump to label "D" */ int addrCont = 0; /* Top of insert loop. Label "C" in templates 3 and 4 */ SelectDest dest; /* Destination for SELECT on rhs of INSERT */ int iDb; /* Index of database holding TABLE */ u8 useTempTable = 0; /* Store SELECT results in intermediate table */ u8 appendFlag = 0; /* True if the insert is likely to be an append */ u8 withoutRowid; /* 0 for normal table. 1 for WITHOUT ROWID table */ u8 bIdListInOrder; /* True if IDLIST is in table order */ ExprList *pList = 0; /* List of VALUES() to be inserted */ /* Register allocations */ int regFromSelect = 0;/* Base register for data coming from SELECT */ int regAutoinc = 0; /* Register holding the AUTOINCREMENT counter */ int regRowCount = 0; /* Memory cell used for the row counter */ int regIns; /* Block of regs holding rowid+data being inserted */ int regRowid; /* registers holding insert rowid */ int regData; /* register holding first column to insert */ int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register allocated to each index */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER int isView; /* True if attempting to insert into a view */ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ int tmask; /* Mask of trigger times */ #endif db = pParse->db; if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ goto insert_cleanup; } dest.iSDParm = 0; /* Suppress a harmless compiler warning */ /* If the Select object is really just a simple VALUES() list with a ** single row (the common case) then keep that one row of values ** and discard the other (unused) parts of the pSelect object */ if( pSelect && (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Values)!=0 && pSelect->pPrior==0 ){ pList = pSelect->pEList; pSelect->pEList = 0; sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); pSelect = 0; } /* Locate the table into which we will be inserting new information. */ assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); if( pTab==0 ){ goto insert_cleanup; } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); assert( iDbnDb ); if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, pTab->zName, 0, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName) ){ goto insert_cleanup; } withoutRowid = !HasRowid(pTab); /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being ** inserted into is a view */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_INSERT, 0, &tmask); isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; #else # define pTrigger 0 # define tmask 0 # define isView 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW # undef isView # define isView 0 #endif assert( (pTrigger && tmask) || (pTrigger==0 && tmask==0) ); /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized. ** ViewGetColumnNames() is a no-op if pTab is not a view. */ if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ goto insert_cleanup; } /* Cannot insert into a read-only table. */ if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ goto insert_cleanup; } /* Allocate a VDBE */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) goto insert_cleanup; if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pSelect || pTrigger, iDb); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT /* If the statement is of the form ** ** INSERT INTO SELECT * FROM ; ** ** Then special optimizations can be applied that make the transfer ** very fast and which reduce fragmentation of indices. ** ** This is the 2nd template. */ if( pColumn==0 && xferOptimization(pParse, pTab, pSelect, onError, iDb) ){ assert( !pTrigger ); assert( pList==0 ); goto insert_end; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ /* If this is an AUTOINCREMENT table, look up the sequence number in the ** sqlite_sequence table and store it in memory cell regAutoinc. */ regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDb, pTab); /* Allocate registers for holding the rowid of the new row, ** the content of the new row, and the assembled row record. */ regRowid = regIns = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1; if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ regRowid++; pParse->nMem++; } regData = regRowid+1; /* If the INSERT statement included an IDLIST term, then make sure ** all elements of the IDLIST really are columns of the table and ** remember the column indices. ** ** If the table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column and that column ** is named in the IDLIST, then record in the ipkColumn variable ** the index into IDLIST of the primary key column. ipkColumn is ** the index of the primary key as it appears in IDLIST, not as ** is appears in the original table. (The index of the INTEGER ** PRIMARY KEY in the original table is pTab->iPKey.) */ bIdListInOrder = (pTab->tabFlags & TF_OOOHidden)==0; if( pColumn ){ for(i=0; inId; i++){ pColumn->a[i].idx = -1; } for(i=0; inId; i++){ for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColumn->a[i].zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName)==0 ){ pColumn->a[i].idx = j; if( i!=j ) bIdListInOrder = 0; if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ ipkColumn = i; assert( !withoutRowid ); } break; } } if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ if( sqlite3IsRowid(pColumn->a[i].zName) && !withoutRowid ){ ipkColumn = i; bIdListInOrder = 0; }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has no column named %s", pTabList, 0, pColumn->a[i].zName); pParse->checkSchema = 1; goto insert_cleanup; } } } } /* Figure out how many columns of data are supplied. If the data ** is coming from a SELECT statement, then generate a co-routine that ** produces a single row of the SELECT on each invocation. The ** co-routine is the common header to the 3rd and 4th templates. */ if( pSelect ){ /* Data is coming from a SELECT or from a multi-row VALUES clause. ** Generate a co-routine to run the SELECT. */ int regYield; /* Register holding co-routine entry-point */ int addrTop; /* Top of the co-routine */ int rc; /* Result code */ regYield = ++pParse->nMem; addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, addrTop); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, regYield); dest.iSdst = bIdListInOrder ? regData : 0; dest.nSdst = pTab->nCol; rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest); regFromSelect = dest.iSdst; if( rc || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ) goto insert_cleanup; sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regYield); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop - 1); /* label B: */ assert( pSelect->pEList ); nColumn = pSelect->pEList->nExpr; /* Set useTempTable to TRUE if the result of the SELECT statement ** should be written into a temporary table (template 4). Set to ** FALSE if each output row of the SELECT can be written directly into ** the destination table (template 3). ** ** A temp table must be used if the table being updated is also one ** of the tables being read by the SELECT statement. Also use a ** temp table in the case of row triggers. */ if( pTrigger || readsTable(pParse, iDb, pTab) ){ useTempTable = 1; } if( useTempTable ){ /* Invoke the coroutine to extract information from the SELECT ** and add it to a transient table srcTab. The code generated ** here is from the 4th template: ** ** B: open temp table ** L: yield X, goto M at EOF ** insert row from R..R+n into temp table ** goto L ** M: ... */ int regRec; /* Register to hold packed record */ int regTempRowid; /* Register to hold temp table ROWID */ int addrL; /* Label "L" */ srcTab = pParse->nTab++; regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); regTempRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, srcTab, nColumn); addrL = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFromSelect, nColumn, regRec); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, srcTab, regTempRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, srcTab, regRec, regTempRowid); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrL); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrL); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRec); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTempRowid); } }else{ /* This is the case if the data for the INSERT is coming from a ** single-row VALUES clause */ NameContext sNC; memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; srcTab = -1; assert( useTempTable==0 ); if( pList ){ nColumn = pList->nExpr; if( sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pList) ){ goto insert_cleanup; } }else{ nColumn = 0; } } /* If there is no IDLIST term but the table has an integer primary ** key, the set the ipkColumn variable to the integer primary key ** column index in the original table definition. */ if( pColumn==0 && nColumn>0 ){ ipkColumn = pTab->iPKey; } /* Make sure the number of columns in the source data matches the number ** of columns to be inserted into the table. */ for(i=0; inCol; i++){ nHidden += (IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ? 1 : 0); } if( pColumn==0 && nColumn && nColumn!=(pTab->nCol-nHidden) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %S has %d columns but %d values were supplied", pTabList, 0, pTab->nCol-nHidden, nColumn); goto insert_cleanup; } if( pColumn!=0 && nColumn!=pColumn->nId ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%d values for %d columns", nColumn, pColumn->nId); goto insert_cleanup; } /* Initialize the count of rows to be inserted */ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 && !pParse->nested && !pParse->pTriggerTab ){ regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); } /* If this is not a view, open the table and and all indices */ if( !isView ){ int nIdx; nIdx = sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, 0, -1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(nIdx+1)); if( aRegIdx==0 ){ goto insert_cleanup; } for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; ipNext, i++){ assert( pIdx ); aRegIdx[i] = ++pParse->nMem; pParse->nMem += pIdx->nColumn; } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT if( pUpsert ){ pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur; pUpsert->pUpsertSrc = pTabList; pUpsert->regData = regData; pUpsert->iDataCur = iDataCur; pUpsert->iIdxCur = iIdxCur; if( pUpsert->pUpsertTarget ){ sqlite3UpsertAnalyzeTarget(pParse, pTabList, pUpsert); } } #endif /* This is the top of the main insertion loop */ if( useTempTable ){ /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the ** following pseudocode (template 4): ** ** rewind temp table, if empty goto D ** C: loop over rows of intermediate table ** transfer values form intermediate table into
    ** end loop ** D: ... */ addrInsTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, srcTab); VdbeCoverage(v); addrCont = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); }else if( pSelect ){ /* This block codes the top of loop only. The complete loop is the ** following pseudocode (template 3): ** ** C: yield X, at EOF goto D ** insert the select result into
    from R..R+n ** goto C ** D: ... */ addrInsTop = addrCont = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, dest.iSDParm); VdbeCoverage(v); } /* Run the BEFORE and INSTEAD OF triggers, if there are any */ endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); if( tmask & TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ int regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol+1); /* build the NEW.* reference row. Note that if there is an INTEGER ** PRIMARY KEY into which a NULL is being inserted, that NULL will be ** translated into a unique ID for the row. But on a BEFORE trigger, ** we do not know what the unique ID will be (because the insert has ** not happened yet) so we substitute a rowid of -1 */ if( ipkColumn<0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); }else{ int addr1; assert( !withoutRowid ); if( useTempTable ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regCols); }else{ assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regCols); } addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, -1, regCols); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regCols); VdbeCoverage(v); } /* Cannot have triggers on a virtual table. If it were possible, ** this block would have to account for hidden column. */ assert( !IsVirtual(pTab) ); /* Create the new column data */ for(i=j=0; inCol; i++){ if( pColumn ){ for(j=0; jnId; j++){ if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; } } if( (!useTempTable && !pList) || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) || (pColumn==0 && IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i])) ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regCols+i+1); }else if( useTempTable ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, regCols+i+1); }else{ assert( pSelect==0 ); /* Otherwise useTempTable is true */ sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i+1); } if( pColumn==0 && !IsOrdinaryHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ) j++; } /* If this is an INSERT on a view with an INSTEAD OF INSERT trigger, ** do not attempt any conversions before assembling the record. ** If this is a real table, attempt conversions as required by the ** table column affinities. */ if( !isView ){ sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regCols+1); } /* Fire BEFORE or INSTEAD OF triggers */ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regCols-pTab->nCol-1, onError, endOfLoop); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol+1); } /* Compute the content of the next row to insert into a range of ** registers beginning at regIns. */ if( !isView ){ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ /* The row that the VUpdate opcode will delete: none */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regIns); } if( ipkColumn>=0 ){ if( useTempTable ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, ipkColumn, regRowid); }else if( pSelect ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regFromSelect+ipkColumn, regRowid); }else{ VdbeOp *pOp; sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[ipkColumn].pExpr, regRowid); pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); assert( pOp!=0 ); if( pOp->opcode==OP_Null && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ appendFlag = 1; pOp->opcode = OP_NewRowid; pOp->p1 = iDataCur; pOp->p2 = regRowid; pOp->p3 = regAutoinc; } } /* If the PRIMARY KEY expression is NULL, then use OP_NewRowid ** to generate a unique primary key value. */ if( !appendFlag ){ int addr1; if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); }else{ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRowid, addr1+2); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); } }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) || withoutRowid ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowid); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NewRowid, iDataCur, regRowid, regAutoinc); appendFlag = 1; } autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); /* Compute data for all columns of the new entry, beginning ** with the first column. */ nHidden = 0; for(i=0; inCol; i++){ int iRegStore = regRowid+1+i; if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ /* The value of the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column is always a NULL. ** Whenever this column is read, the rowid will be substituted ** in its place. Hence, fill this column with a NULL to avoid ** taking up data space with information that will never be used. ** As there may be shallow copies of this value, make it a soft-NULL */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SoftNull, iRegStore); continue; } if( pColumn==0 ){ if( IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[i]) ){ j = -1; nHidden++; }else{ j = i - nHidden; } }else{ for(j=0; jnId; j++){ if( pColumn->a[j].idx==i ) break; } } if( j<0 || nColumn==0 || (pColumn && j>=pColumn->nId) ){ sqlite3ExprCodeFactorable(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, iRegStore); }else if( useTempTable ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, srcTab, j, iRegStore); }else if( pSelect ){ if( regFromSelect!=regData ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regFromSelect+j, iRegStore); } }else{ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pList->a[j].pExpr, iRegStore); } } /* Generate code to check constraints and generate index keys and ** do the insertion. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 1, pTab->nCol+2, regIns, pVTab, P4_VTAB); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, onError==OE_Default ? OE_Abort : onError); sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); }else #endif { int isReplace; /* Set to true if constraints may cause a replace */ int bUseSeek; /* True to use OPFLAG_SEEKRESULT */ sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regIns, 0, ipkColumn>=0, onError, endOfLoop, &isReplace, 0, pUpsert ); sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regIns, 0, 0); /* Set the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT flag if either (a) there are no REPLACE ** constraints or (b) there are no triggers and this table is not a ** parent table in a foreign key constraint. It is safe to set the ** flag in the second case as if any REPLACE constraint is hit, an ** OP_Delete or OP_IdxDelete instruction will be executed on each ** cursor that is disturbed. And these instructions both clear the ** VdbeCursor.seekResult variable, disabling the OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT ** functionality. */ bUseSeek = (isReplace==0 || (pTrigger==0 && ((db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)==0 || sqlite3FkReferences(pTab)==0) )); sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regIns, aRegIdx, 0, appendFlag, bUseSeek ); } } /* Update the count of rows that are inserted */ if( regRowCount ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); } if( pTrigger ){ /* Code AFTER triggers */ sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_INSERT, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regData-2-pTab->nCol, onError, endOfLoop); } /* The bottom of the main insertion loop, if the data source ** is a SELECT statement. */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop); if( useTempTable ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, srcTab, addrCont); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, srcTab); }else if( pSelect ){ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrCont); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInsTop); } insert_end: /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into ** autoincrement tables. */ if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 ){ sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); } /* ** Return the number of rows inserted. If this routine is ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not ** invoke the callback function. */ if( regRowCount ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows inserted", SQLITE_STATIC); } insert_cleanup: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); sqlite3UpsertDelete(db, pUpsert); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx); } /* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise ** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file ** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ #ifdef isView #undef isView #endif #ifdef pTrigger #undef pTrigger #endif #ifdef tmask #undef tmask #endif /* ** Meanings of bits in of pWalker->eCode for checkConstraintUnchanged() */ #define CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN 0x01 /* CHECK constraint uses a changing column */ #define CKCNSTRNT_ROWID 0x02 /* CHECK constraint references the ROWID */ /* This is the Walker callback from checkConstraintUnchanged(). Set ** bit 0x01 of pWalker->eCode if ** pWalker->eCode to 0 if this expression node references any of the ** columns that are being modifed by an UPDATE statement. */ static int checkConstraintExprNode(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){ assert( pExpr->iColumn>=0 || pExpr->iColumn==-1 ); if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ if( pWalker->u.aiCol[pExpr->iColumn]>=0 ){ pWalker->eCode |= CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN; } }else{ pWalker->eCode |= CKCNSTRNT_ROWID; } } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** pExpr is a CHECK constraint on a row that is being UPDATE-ed. The ** only columns that are modified by the UPDATE are those for which ** aiChng[i]>=0, and also the ROWID is modified if chngRowid is true. ** ** Return true if CHECK constraint pExpr does not use any of the ** changing columns (or the rowid if it is changing). In other words, ** return true if this CHECK constraint can be skipped when validating ** the new row in the UPDATE statement. */ static int checkConstraintUnchanged(Expr *pExpr, int *aiChng, int chngRowid){ Walker w; memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); w.eCode = 0; w.xExprCallback = checkConstraintExprNode; w.u.aiCol = aiChng; sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pExpr); if( !chngRowid ){ testcase( (w.eCode & CKCNSTRNT_ROWID)!=0 ); w.eCode &= ~CKCNSTRNT_ROWID; } testcase( w.eCode==0 ); testcase( w.eCode==CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN ); testcase( w.eCode==CKCNSTRNT_ROWID ); testcase( w.eCode==(CKCNSTRNT_ROWID|CKCNSTRNT_COLUMN) ); return !w.eCode; } /* ** Generate code to do constraint checks prior to an INSERT or an UPDATE ** on table pTab. ** ** The regNewData parameter is the first register in a range that contains ** the data to be inserted or the data after the update. There will be ** pTab->nCol+1 registers in this range. The first register (the one ** that regNewData points to) will contain the new rowid, or NULL in the ** case of a WITHOUT ROWID table. The second register in the range will ** contain the content of the first table column. The third register will ** contain the content of the second table column. And so forth. ** ** The regOldData parameter is similar to regNewData except that it contains ** the data prior to an UPDATE rather than afterwards. regOldData is zero ** for an INSERT. This routine can distinguish between UPDATE and INSERT by ** checking regOldData for zero. ** ** For an UPDATE, the pkChng boolean is true if the true primary key (the ** rowid for a normal table or the PRIMARY KEY for a WITHOUT ROWID table) ** might be modified by the UPDATE. If pkChng is false, then the key of ** the iDataCur content table is guaranteed to be unchanged by the UPDATE. ** ** For an INSERT, the pkChng boolean indicates whether or not the rowid ** was explicitly specified as part of the INSERT statement. If pkChng ** is zero, it means that the either rowid is computed automatically or ** that the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table and has no rowid. On an INSERT, ** pkChng will only be true if the INSERT statement provides an integer ** value for either the rowid column or its INTEGER PRIMARY KEY alias. ** ** The code generated by this routine will store new index entries into ** registers identified by aRegIdx[]. No index entry is created for ** indices where aRegIdx[i]==0. The order of indices in aRegIdx[] is ** the same as the order of indices on the linked list of indices ** at pTab->pIndex. ** ** The caller must have already opened writeable cursors on the main ** table and all applicable indices (that is to say, all indices for which ** aRegIdx[] is not zero). iDataCur is the cursor for the main table when ** inserting or updating a rowid table, or the cursor for the PRIMARY KEY ** index when operating on a WITHOUT ROWID table. iIdxCur is the cursor ** for the first index in the pTab->pIndex list. Cursors for other indices ** are at iIdxCur+N for the N-th element of the pTab->pIndex list. ** ** This routine also generates code to check constraints. NOT NULL, ** CHECK, and UNIQUE constraints are all checked. If a constraint fails, ** then the appropriate action is performed. There are five possible ** actions: ROLLBACK, ABORT, FAIL, REPLACE, and IGNORE. ** ** Constraint type Action What Happens ** --------------- ---------- ---------------------------------------- ** any ROLLBACK The current transaction is rolled back and ** sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a ** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. ** ** any ABORT Back out changes from the current command ** only (do not do a complete rollback) then ** cause sqlite3_step() to return immediately ** with SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. ** ** any FAIL Sqlite3_step() returns immediately with a ** return code of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. The ** transaction is not rolled back and any ** changes to prior rows are retained. ** ** any IGNORE The attempt in insert or update the current ** row is skipped, without throwing an error. ** Processing continues with the next row. ** (There is an immediate jump to ignoreDest.) ** ** NOT NULL REPLACE The NULL value is replace by the default ** value for that column. If the default value ** is NULL, the action is the same as ABORT. ** ** UNIQUE REPLACE The other row that conflicts with the row ** being inserted is removed. ** ** CHECK REPLACE Illegal. The results in an exception. ** ** Which action to take is determined by the overrideError parameter. ** Or if overrideError==OE_Default, then the pParse->onError parameter ** is used. Or if pParse->onError==OE_Default then the onError value ** for the constraint is used. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Table *pTab, /* The table being inserted or updated */ int *aRegIdx, /* Use register aRegIdx[i] for index i. 0 for unused */ int iDataCur, /* Canonical data cursor (main table or PK index) */ int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ int regNewData, /* First register in a range holding values to insert */ int regOldData, /* Previous content. 0 for INSERTs */ u8 pkChng, /* Non-zero if the rowid or PRIMARY KEY changed */ u8 overrideError, /* Override onError to this if not OE_Default */ int ignoreDest, /* Jump to this label on an OE_Ignore resolution */ int *pbMayReplace, /* OUT: Set to true if constraint may cause a replace */ int *aiChng, /* column i is unchanged if aiChng[i]<0 */ Upsert *pUpsert /* ON CONFLICT clauses, if any. NULL otherwise */ ){ Vdbe *v; /* VDBE under constrution */ Index *pIdx; /* Pointer to one of the indices */ Index *pPk = 0; /* The PRIMARY KEY index */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ int i; /* loop counter */ int ix; /* Index loop counter */ int nCol; /* Number of columns */ int onError; /* Conflict resolution strategy */ int addr1; /* Address of jump instruction */ int seenReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE is used to resolve INT PK conflict */ int nPkField; /* Number of fields in PRIMARY KEY. 1 for ROWID tables */ Index *pUpIdx = 0; /* Index to which to apply the upsert */ u8 isUpdate; /* True if this is an UPDATE operation */ u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if the OP_Affinity operation has been run */ int upsertBypass = 0; /* Address of Goto to bypass upsert subroutine */ int upsertJump = 0; /* Address of Goto that jumps into upsert subroutine */ int ipkTop = 0; /* Top of the IPK uniqueness check */ int ipkBottom = 0; /* OP_Goto at the end of the IPK uniqueness check */ isUpdate = regOldData!=0; db = pParse->db; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v!=0 ); assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ nCol = pTab->nCol; /* pPk is the PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables and NULL for ** normal rowid tables. nPkField is the number of key fields in the ** pPk index or 1 for a rowid table. In other words, nPkField is the ** number of fields in the true primary key of the table. */ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ pPk = 0; nPkField = 1; }else{ pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); nPkField = pPk->nKeyCol; } /* Record that this module has started */ VdbeModuleComment((v, "BEGIN: GenCnstCks(%d,%d,%d,%d,%d)", iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewData, regOldData, pkChng)); /* Test all NOT NULL constraints. */ for(i=0; iiPKey ){ continue; /* ROWID is never NULL */ } if( aiChng && aiChng[i]<0 ){ /* Don't bother checking for NOT NULL on columns that do not change */ continue; } onError = pTab->aCol[i].notNull; if( onError==OE_None ) continue; /* This column is allowed to be NULL */ if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ onError = overrideError; }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ onError = OE_Abort; } if( onError==OE_Replace && pTab->aCol[i].pDflt==0 ){ onError = OE_Abort; } assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace ); switch( onError ){ case OE_Abort: sqlite3MayAbort(pParse); /* Fall through */ case OE_Rollback: case OE_Fail: { char *zMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[i].zName); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_HaltIfNull, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL, onError, regNewData+1+i); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, zMsg, P4_DYNAMIC); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, P5_ConstraintNotNull); VdbeCoverage(v); break; } case OE_Ignore: { sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regNewData+1+i, ignoreDest); VdbeCoverage(v); break; } default: { assert( onError==OE_Replace ); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regNewData+1+i); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].pDflt, regNewData+1+i); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); break; } } } /* Test all CHECK constraints */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ ExprList *pCheck = pTab->pCheck; pParse->iSelfTab = -(regNewData+1); onError = overrideError!=OE_Default ? overrideError : OE_Abort; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ int allOk; Expr *pExpr = pCheck->a[i].pExpr; if( aiChng && checkConstraintUnchanged(pExpr, aiChng, pkChng) ) continue; allOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError); sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pExpr, allOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); if( onError==OE_Ignore ){ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest); }else{ char *zName = pCheck->a[i].zName; if( zName==0 ) zName = pTab->zName; if( onError==OE_Replace ) onError = OE_Abort; /* IMP: R-15569-63625 */ sqlite3HaltConstraint(pParse, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK, onError, zName, P4_TRANSIENT, P5_ConstraintCheck); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, allOk); } pParse->iSelfTab = 0; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) */ /* UNIQUE and PRIMARY KEY constraints should be handled in the following ** order: ** ** (1) OE_Update ** (2) OE_Abort, OE_Fail, OE_Rollback, OE_Ignore ** (3) OE_Replace ** ** OE_Fail and OE_Ignore must happen before any changes are made. ** OE_Update guarantees that only a single row will change, so it ** must happen before OE_Replace. Technically, OE_Abort and OE_Rollback ** could happen in any order, but they are grouped up front for ** convenience. ** ** 2018-08-14: Ticket https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/908f001483982c43 ** The order of constraints used to have OE_Update as (2) and OE_Abort ** and so forth as (1). But apparently PostgreSQL checks the OE_Update ** constraint before any others, so it had to be moved. ** ** Constraint checking code is generated in this order: ** (A) The rowid constraint ** (B) Unique index constraints that do not have OE_Replace as their ** default conflict resolution strategy ** (C) Unique index that do use OE_Replace by default. ** ** The ordering of (2) and (3) is accomplished by making sure the linked ** list of indexes attached to a table puts all OE_Replace indexes last ** in the list. See sqlite3CreateIndex() for where that happens. */ if( pUpsert ){ if( pUpsert->pUpsertTarget==0 ){ /* An ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING clause, without a constraint-target. ** Make all unique constraint resolution be OE_Ignore */ assert( pUpsert->pUpsertSet==0 ); overrideError = OE_Ignore; pUpsert = 0; }else if( (pUpIdx = pUpsert->pUpsertIdx)!=0 ){ /* If the constraint-target uniqueness check must be run first. ** Jump to that uniqueness check now */ upsertJump = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); VdbeComment((v, "UPSERT constraint goes first")); } } /* If rowid is changing, make sure the new rowid does not previously ** exist in the table. */ if( pkChng && pPk==0 ){ int addrRowidOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Figure out what action to take in case of a rowid collision */ onError = pTab->keyConf; if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ onError = overrideError; }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ onError = OE_Abort; } /* figure out whether or not upsert applies in this case */ if( pUpsert && pUpsert->pUpsertIdx==0 ){ if( pUpsert->pUpsertSet==0 ){ onError = OE_Ignore; /* DO NOTHING is the same as INSERT OR IGNORE */ }else{ onError = OE_Update; /* DO UPDATE */ } } /* If the response to a rowid conflict is REPLACE but the response ** to some other UNIQUE constraint is FAIL or IGNORE, then we need ** to defer the running of the rowid conflict checking until after ** the UNIQUE constraints have run. */ if( onError==OE_Replace /* IPK rule is REPLACE */ && onError!=overrideError /* Rules for other contraints are different */ && pTab->pIndex /* There exist other constraints */ ){ ipkTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto)+1; VdbeComment((v, "defer IPK REPLACE until last")); } if( isUpdate ){ /* pkChng!=0 does not mean that the rowid has changed, only that ** it might have changed. Skip the conflict logic below if the rowid ** is unchanged. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regNewData, addrRowidOk, regOldData); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); VdbeCoverage(v); } /* Check to see if the new rowid already exists in the table. Skip ** the following conflict logic if it does not. */ VdbeNoopComment((v, "uniqueness check for ROWID")); sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, addrRowidOk, regNewData); VdbeCoverage(v); switch( onError ){ default: { onError = OE_Abort; /* Fall thru into the next case */ } case OE_Rollback: case OE_Abort: case OE_Fail: { testcase( onError==OE_Rollback ); testcase( onError==OE_Abort ); testcase( onError==OE_Fail ); sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pTab); break; } case OE_Replace: { /* If there are DELETE triggers on this table and the ** recursive-triggers flag is set, call GenerateRowDelete() to ** remove the conflicting row from the table. This will fire ** the triggers and remove both the table and index b-tree entries. ** ** Otherwise, if there are no triggers or the recursive-triggers ** flag is not set, but the table has one or more indexes, call ** GenerateRowIndexDelete(). This removes the index b-tree entries ** only. The table b-tree entry will be replaced by the new entry ** when it is inserted. ** ** If either GenerateRowDelete() or GenerateRowIndexDelete() is called, ** also invoke MultiWrite() to indicate that this VDBE may require ** statement rollback (if the statement is aborted after the delete ** takes place). Earlier versions called sqlite3MultiWrite() regardless, ** but being more selective here allows statements like: ** ** REPLACE INTO t(rowid) VALUES($newrowid) ** ** to run without a statement journal if there are no indexes on the ** table. */ Trigger *pTrigger = 0; if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); } if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewData, 1, 0, OE_Replace, 1, -1); }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK assert( HasRowid(pTab) ); /* This OP_Delete opcode fires the pre-update-hook only. It does ** not modify the b-tree. It is more efficient to let the coming ** OP_Insert replace the existing entry than it is to delete the ** existing entry and then insert a new one. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, OPFLAG_ISNOOP); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pTab, P4_TABLE); #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ if( pTab->pIndex ){ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur,0,-1); } } seenReplace = 1; break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT case OE_Update: { sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate(pParse, pUpsert, pTab, 0, iDataCur); /* Fall through */ } #endif case OE_Ignore: { testcase( onError==OE_Ignore ); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest); break; } } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrRowidOk); if( ipkTop ){ ipkBottom = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkTop-1); } } /* Test all UNIQUE constraints by creating entries for each UNIQUE ** index and making sure that duplicate entries do not already exist. ** Compute the revised record entries for indices as we go. ** ** This loop also handles the case of the PRIMARY KEY index for a ** WITHOUT ROWID table. */ for(ix=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, ix++){ int regIdx; /* Range of registers hold conent for pIdx */ int regR; /* Range of registers holding conflicting PK */ int iThisCur; /* Cursor for this UNIQUE index */ int addrUniqueOk; /* Jump here if the UNIQUE constraint is satisfied */ if( aRegIdx[ix]==0 ) continue; /* Skip indices that do not change */ if( pUpIdx==pIdx ){ addrUniqueOk = upsertJump+1; upsertBypass = sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, 0); VdbeComment((v, "Skip upsert subroutine")); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, upsertJump); }else{ addrUniqueOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); } if( bAffinityDone==0 && (pUpIdx==0 || pUpIdx==pIdx) ){ sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNewData+1); bAffinityDone = 1; } VdbeNoopComment((v, "uniqueness check for %s", pIdx->zName)); iThisCur = iIdxCur+ix; /* Skip partial indices for which the WHERE clause is not true */ if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, aRegIdx[ix]); pParse->iSelfTab = -(regNewData+1); sqlite3ExprIfFalseDup(pParse, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, addrUniqueOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); pParse->iSelfTab = 0; } /* Create a record for this index entry as it should appear after ** the insert or update. Store that record in the aRegIdx[ix] register */ regIdx = aRegIdx[ix]+1; for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ int iField = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; int x; if( iField==XN_EXPR ){ pParse->iSelfTab = -(regNewData+1); sqlite3ExprCodeCopy(pParse, pIdx->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, regIdx+i); pParse->iSelfTab = 0; VdbeComment((v, "%s column %d", pIdx->zName, i)); }else{ if( iField==XN_ROWID || iField==pTab->iPKey ){ x = regNewData; }else{ x = iField + regNewData + 1; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, iField<0 ? OP_IntCopy : OP_SCopy, x, regIdx+i); VdbeComment((v, "%s", iField<0 ? "rowid" : pTab->aCol[iField].zName)); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regIdx, pIdx->nColumn, aRegIdx[ix]); VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pIdx->zName)); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM if( pIdx->idxType==2 ) sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(v, pIdx->pTable); #endif /* In an UPDATE operation, if this index is the PRIMARY KEY index ** of a WITHOUT ROWID table and there has been no change the ** primary key, then no collision is possible. The collision detection ** logic below can all be skipped. */ if( isUpdate && pPk==pIdx && pkChng==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); continue; } /* Find out what action to take in case there is a uniqueness conflict */ onError = pIdx->onError; if( onError==OE_None ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); continue; /* pIdx is not a UNIQUE index */ } if( overrideError!=OE_Default ){ onError = overrideError; }else if( onError==OE_Default ){ onError = OE_Abort; } /* Figure out if the upsert clause applies to this index */ if( pUpIdx==pIdx ){ if( pUpsert->pUpsertSet==0 ){ onError = OE_Ignore; /* DO NOTHING is the same as INSERT OR IGNORE */ }else{ onError = OE_Update; /* DO UPDATE */ } } /* Collision detection may be omitted if all of the following are true: ** (1) The conflict resolution algorithm is REPLACE ** (2) The table is a WITHOUT ROWID table ** (3) There are no secondary indexes on the table ** (4) No delete triggers need to be fired if there is a conflict ** (5) No FK constraint counters need to be updated if a conflict occurs. */ if( (ix==0 && pIdx->pNext==0) /* Condition 3 */ && pPk==pIdx /* Condition 2 */ && onError==OE_Replace /* Condition 1 */ && ( 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers) || /* Condition 4 */ 0==sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0)) && ( 0==(db->flags&SQLITE_ForeignKeys) || /* Condition 5 */ (0==pTab->pFKey && 0==sqlite3FkReferences(pTab))) ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); continue; } /* Check to see if the new index entry will be unique */ sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NoConflict, iThisCur, addrUniqueOk, regIdx, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); /* Generate code to handle collisions */ regR = (pIdx==pPk) ? regIdx : sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPkField); if( isUpdate || onError==OE_Replace ){ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iThisCur, regR); /* Conflict only if the rowid of the existing index entry ** is different from old-rowid */ if( isUpdate ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, regR, addrUniqueOk, regOldData); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); VdbeCoverage(v); } }else{ int x; /* Extract the PRIMARY KEY from the end of the index entry and ** store it in registers regR..regR+nPk-1 */ if( pIdx!=pPk ){ for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ assert( pPk->aiColumn[i]>=0 ); x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iThisCur, x, regR+i); VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName)); } } if( isUpdate ){ /* If currently processing the PRIMARY KEY of a WITHOUT ROWID ** table, only conflict if the new PRIMARY KEY values are actually ** different from the old. ** ** For a UNIQUE index, only conflict if the PRIMARY KEY values ** of the matched index row are different from the original PRIMARY ** KEY values of this row before the update. */ int addrJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+pPk->nKeyCol; int op = OP_Ne; int regCmp = (IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ? regIdx : regR); for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ char *p4 = (char*)sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, pPk->azColl[i]); x = pPk->aiColumn[i]; assert( x>=0 ); if( i==(pPk->nKeyCol-1) ){ addrJump = addrUniqueOk; op = OP_Eq; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, op, regOldData+1+x, addrJump, regCmp+i, p4, P4_COLLSEQ ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Eq); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Ne); } } } } /* Generate code that executes if the new index entry is not unique */ assert( onError==OE_Rollback || onError==OE_Abort || onError==OE_Fail || onError==OE_Ignore || onError==OE_Replace || onError==OE_Update ); switch( onError ){ case OE_Rollback: case OE_Abort: case OE_Fail: { testcase( onError==OE_Rollback ); testcase( onError==OE_Abort ); testcase( onError==OE_Fail ); sqlite3UniqueConstraint(pParse, onError, pIdx); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT case OE_Update: { sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate(pParse, pUpsert, pTab, pIdx, iIdxCur+ix); /* Fall through */ } #endif case OE_Ignore: { testcase( onError==OE_Ignore ); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ignoreDest); break; } default: { Trigger *pTrigger = 0; assert( onError==OE_Replace ); if( db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers ){ pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0); } if( pTrigger || sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, 0, 0) ){ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); } sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, pTrigger, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regR, nPkField, 0, OE_Replace, (pIdx==pPk ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_OFF), iThisCur); seenReplace = 1; break; } } if( pUpIdx==pIdx ){ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, upsertJump+1); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, upsertBypass); }else{ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrUniqueOk); } if( regR!=regIdx ) sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regR, nPkField); } /* If the IPK constraint is a REPLACE, run it last */ if( ipkTop ){ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, ipkTop+1); VdbeComment((v, "Do IPK REPLACE")); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, ipkBottom); } *pbMayReplace = seenReplace; VdbeModuleComment((v, "END: GenCnstCks(%d)", seenReplace)); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_NULL_TRIM /* ** Change the P5 operand on the last opcode (which should be an OP_MakeRecord) ** to be the number of columns in table pTab that must not be NULL-trimmed. ** ** Or if no columns of pTab may be NULL-trimmed, leave P5 at zero. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab){ u16 i; /* Records with omitted columns are only allowed for schema format ** version 2 and later (SQLite version 3.1.4, 2005-02-20). */ if( pTab->pSchema->file_format<2 ) return; for(i=pTab->nCol-1; i>0; i--){ if( pTab->aCol[i].pDflt!=0 ) break; if( pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY ) break; } sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, i+1); } #endif /* ** This routine generates code to finish the INSERT or UPDATE operation ** that was started by a prior call to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. ** A consecutive range of registers starting at regNewData contains the ** rowid and the content to be inserted. ** ** The arguments to this routine should be the same as the first six ** arguments to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CompleteInsertion( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Table *pTab, /* the table into which we are inserting */ int iDataCur, /* Cursor of the canonical data source */ int iIdxCur, /* First index cursor */ int regNewData, /* Range of content */ int *aRegIdx, /* Register used by each index. 0 for unused indices */ int update_flags, /* True for UPDATE, False for INSERT */ int appendBias, /* True if this is likely to be an append */ int useSeekResult /* True to set the USESEEKRESULT flag on OP_[Idx]Insert */ ){ Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statements under construction */ Index *pIdx; /* An index being inserted or updated */ u8 pik_flags; /* flag values passed to the btree insert */ int regData; /* Content registers (after the rowid) */ int regRec; /* Register holding assembled record for the table */ int i; /* Loop counter */ u8 bAffinityDone = 0; /* True if OP_Affinity has been run already */ assert( update_flags==0 || update_flags==OPFLAG_ISUPDATE || update_flags==(OPFLAG_ISUPDATE|OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION) ); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v!=0 ); assert( pTab->pSelect==0 ); /* This table is not a VIEW */ for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ if( aRegIdx[i]==0 ) continue; bAffinityDone = 1; if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, aRegIdx[i], sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); VdbeCoverage(v); } pik_flags = (useSeekResult ? OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT : 0); if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ assert( pParse->nested==0 ); pik_flags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE; pik_flags |= (update_flags & OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK if( update_flags==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_InsertInt, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i], 0, (char*)pTab, P4_TABLE ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_ISNOOP); } #endif } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdxCur+i, aRegIdx[i], aRegIdx[i]+1, pIdx->uniqNotNull ? pIdx->nKeyCol: pIdx->nColumn); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); } if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) return; regData = regNewData + 1; regRec = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regData, pTab->nCol, regRec); sqlite3SetMakeRecordP5(v, pTab); if( !bAffinityDone ){ sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, 0); } if( pParse->nested ){ pik_flags = 0; }else{ pik_flags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE; pik_flags |= (update_flags?update_flags:OPFLAG_LASTROWID); } if( appendBias ){ pik_flags |= OPFLAG_APPEND; } if( useSeekResult ){ pik_flags |= OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iDataCur, regRec, regNewData); if( !pParse->nested ){ sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pTab, P4_TABLE); } sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pik_flags); } /* ** Allocate cursors for the pTab table and all its indices and generate ** code to open and initialized those cursors. ** ** The cursor for the object that contains the complete data (normally ** the table itself, but the PRIMARY KEY index in the case of a WITHOUT ** ROWID table) is returned in *piDataCur. The first index cursor is ** returned in *piIdxCur. The number of indices is returned. ** ** Use iBase as the first cursor (either the *piDataCur for rowid tables ** or the first index for WITHOUT ROWID tables) if it is non-negative. ** If iBase is negative, then allocate the next available cursor. ** ** For a rowid table, *piDataCur will be exactly one less than *piIdxCur. ** For a WITHOUT ROWID table, *piDataCur will be somewhere in the range ** of *piIdxCurs, depending on where the PRIMARY KEY index appears on the ** pTab->pIndex list. ** ** If pTab is a virtual table, then this routine is a no-op and the ** *piDataCur and *piIdxCur values are left uninitialized. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Table *pTab, /* Table to be opened */ int op, /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */ u8 p5, /* P5 value for OP_Open* opcodes (except on WITHOUT ROWID) */ int iBase, /* Use this for the table cursor, if there is one */ u8 *aToOpen, /* If not NULL: boolean for each table and index */ int *piDataCur, /* Write the database source cursor number here */ int *piIdxCur /* Write the first index cursor number here */ ){ int i; int iDb; int iDataCur; Index *pIdx; Vdbe *v; assert( op==OP_OpenRead || op==OP_OpenWrite ); assert( op==OP_OpenWrite || p5==0 ); if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ /* This routine is a no-op for virtual tables. Leave the output ** variables *piDataCur and *piIdxCur uninitialized so that valgrind ** can detect if they are used by mistake in the caller. */ return 0; } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v!=0 ); if( iBase<0 ) iBase = pParse->nTab; iDataCur = iBase++; if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iDataCur; if( HasRowid(pTab) && (aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[0]) ){ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDataCur, iDb, pTab, op); }else{ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, op==OP_OpenWrite, pTab->zName); } if( piIdxCur ) *piIdxCur = iBase; for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ int iIdxCur = iBase++; assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); if( IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) && !HasRowid(pTab) ){ if( piDataCur ) *piDataCur = iIdxCur; p5 = 0; } if( aToOpen==0 || aToOpen[i+1] ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, p5); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName)); } } if( iBase>pParse->nTab ) pParse->nTab = iBase; return i; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the ** transfer optimization is used. This is used for testing ** purposes only - to make sure the transfer optimization really ** is happening when it is supposed to. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_xferopt_count; #endif /* SQLITE_TEST */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT /* ** Check to see if index pSrc is compatible as a source of data ** for index pDest in an insert transfer optimization. The rules ** for a compatible index: ** ** * The index is over the same set of columns ** * The same DESC and ASC markings occurs on all columns ** * The same onError processing (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) ** * The same collating sequence on each column ** * The index has the exact same WHERE clause */ static int xferCompatibleIndex(Index *pDest, Index *pSrc){ int i; assert( pDest && pSrc ); assert( pDest->pTable!=pSrc->pTable ); if( pDest->nKeyCol!=pSrc->nKeyCol ){ return 0; /* Different number of columns */ } if( pDest->onError!=pSrc->onError ){ return 0; /* Different conflict resolution strategies */ } for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]!=pDest->aiColumn[i] ){ return 0; /* Different columns indexed */ } if( pSrc->aiColumn[i]==XN_EXPR ){ assert( pSrc->aColExpr!=0 && pDest->aColExpr!=0 ); if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pSrc->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, pDest->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, -1)!=0 ){ return 0; /* Different expressions in the index */ } } if( pSrc->aSortOrder[i]!=pDest->aSortOrder[i] ){ return 0; /* Different sort orders */ } if( sqlite3_stricmp(pSrc->azColl[i],pDest->azColl[i])!=0 ){ return 0; /* Different collating sequences */ } } if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pSrc->pPartIdxWhere, pDest->pPartIdxWhere, -1) ){ return 0; /* Different WHERE clauses */ } /* If no test above fails then the indices must be compatible */ return 1; } /* ** Attempt the transfer optimization on INSERTs of the form ** ** INSERT INTO tab1 SELECT * FROM tab2; ** ** The xfer optimization transfers raw records from tab2 over to tab1. ** Columns are not decoded and reassembled, which greatly improves ** performance. Raw index records are transferred in the same way. ** ** The xfer optimization is only attempted if tab1 and tab2 are compatible. ** There are lots of rules for determining compatibility - see comments ** embedded in the code for details. ** ** This routine returns TRUE if the optimization is guaranteed to be used. ** Sometimes the xfer optimization will only work if the destination table ** is empty - a factor that can only be determined at run-time. In that ** case, this routine generates code for the xfer optimization but also ** does a test to see if the destination table is empty and jumps over the ** xfer optimization code if the test fails. In that case, this routine ** returns FALSE so that the caller will know to go ahead and generate ** an unoptimized transfer. This routine also returns FALSE if there ** is no chance that the xfer optimization can be applied. ** ** This optimization is particularly useful at making VACUUM run faster. */ static int xferOptimization( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ Table *pDest, /* The table we are inserting into */ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement to use as the data source */ int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ int iDbDest /* The database of pDest */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; ExprList *pEList; /* The result set of the SELECT */ Table *pSrc; /* The table in the FROM clause of SELECT */ Index *pSrcIdx, *pDestIdx; /* Source and destination indices */ struct SrcList_item *pItem; /* An element of pSelect->pSrc */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int iDbSrc; /* The database of pSrc */ int iSrc, iDest; /* Cursors from source and destination */ int addr1, addr2; /* Loop addresses */ int emptyDestTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pDest */ int emptySrcTest = 0; /* Address of test for empty pSrc */ Vdbe *v; /* The VDBE we are building */ int regAutoinc; /* Memory register used by AUTOINC */ int destHasUniqueIdx = 0; /* True if pDest has a UNIQUE index */ int regData, regRowid; /* Registers holding data and rowid */ if( pSelect==0 ){ return 0; /* Must be of the form INSERT INTO ... SELECT ... */ } if( pParse->pWith || pSelect->pWith ){ /* Do not attempt to process this query if there are an WITH clauses ** attached to it. Proceeding may generate a false "no such table: xxx" ** error if pSelect reads from a CTE named "xxx". */ return 0; } if( sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pDest) ){ return 0; /* tab1 must not have triggers */ } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pDest) ){ return 0; /* tab1 must not be a virtual table */ } #endif if( onError==OE_Default ){ if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ) onError = pDest->keyConf; if( onError==OE_Default ) onError = OE_Abort; } assert(pSelect->pSrc); /* allocated even if there is no FROM clause */ if( pSelect->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ return 0; /* FROM clause must have exactly one term */ } if( pSelect->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ return 0; /* FROM clause cannot contain a subquery */ } if( pSelect->pWhere ){ return 0; /* SELECT may not have a WHERE clause */ } if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ return 0; /* SELECT may not have an ORDER BY clause */ } /* Do not need to test for a HAVING clause. If HAVING is present but ** there is no ORDER BY, we will get an error. */ if( pSelect->pGroupBy ){ return 0; /* SELECT may not have a GROUP BY clause */ } if( pSelect->pLimit ){ return 0; /* SELECT may not have a LIMIT clause */ } if( pSelect->pPrior ){ return 0; /* SELECT may not be a compound query */ } if( pSelect->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ return 0; /* SELECT may not be DISTINCT */ } pEList = pSelect->pEList; assert( pEList!=0 ); if( pEList->nExpr!=1 ){ return 0; /* The result set must have exactly one column */ } assert( pEList->a[0].pExpr ); if( pEList->a[0].pExpr->op!=TK_ASTERISK ){ return 0; /* The result set must be the special operator "*" */ } /* At this point we have established that the statement is of the ** correct syntactic form to participate in this optimization. Now ** we have to check the semantics. */ pItem = pSelect->pSrc->a; pSrc = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pItem); if( pSrc==0 ){ return 0; /* FROM clause does not contain a real table */ } if( pSrc==pDest ){ return 0; /* tab1 and tab2 may not be the same table */ } if( HasRowid(pDest)!=HasRowid(pSrc) ){ return 0; /* source and destination must both be WITHOUT ROWID or not */ } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pSrc) ){ return 0; /* tab2 must not be a virtual table */ } #endif if( pSrc->pSelect ){ return 0; /* tab2 may not be a view */ } if( pDest->nCol!=pSrc->nCol ){ return 0; /* Number of columns must be the same in tab1 and tab2 */ } if( pDest->iPKey!=pSrc->iPKey ){ return 0; /* Both tables must have the same INTEGER PRIMARY KEY */ } for(i=0; inCol; i++){ Column *pDestCol = &pDest->aCol[i]; Column *pSrcCol = &pSrc->aCol[i]; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_HIDDEN_COLUMNS if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0 && (pDestCol->colFlags | pSrcCol->colFlags) & COLFLAG_HIDDEN ){ return 0; /* Neither table may have __hidden__ columns */ } #endif if( pDestCol->affinity!=pSrcCol->affinity ){ return 0; /* Affinity must be the same on all columns */ } if( sqlite3_stricmp(pDestCol->zColl, pSrcCol->zColl)!=0 ){ return 0; /* Collating sequence must be the same on all columns */ } if( pDestCol->notNull && !pSrcCol->notNull ){ return 0; /* tab2 must be NOT NULL if tab1 is */ } /* Default values for second and subsequent columns need to match. */ if( i>0 ){ assert( pDestCol->pDflt==0 || pDestCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); assert( pSrcCol->pDflt==0 || pSrcCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); if( (pDestCol->pDflt==0)!=(pSrcCol->pDflt==0) || (pDestCol->pDflt && strcmp(pDestCol->pDflt->u.zToken, pSrcCol->pDflt->u.zToken)!=0) ){ return 0; /* Default values must be the same for all columns */ } } } for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ if( IsUniqueIndex(pDestIdx) ){ destHasUniqueIdx = 1; } for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; pSrcIdx; pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; } if( pSrcIdx==0 ){ return 0; /* pDestIdx has no corresponding index in pSrc */ } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK if( pDest->pCheck && sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSrc->pCheck,pDest->pCheck,-1) ){ return 0; /* Tables have different CHECK constraints. Ticket #2252 */ } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY /* Disallow the transfer optimization if the destination table constains ** any foreign key constraints. This is more restrictive than necessary. ** But the main beneficiary of the transfer optimization is the VACUUM ** command, and the VACUUM command disables foreign key constraints. So ** the extra complication to make this rule less restrictive is probably ** not worth the effort. Ticket [6284df89debdfa61db8073e062908af0c9b6118e] */ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_ForeignKeys)!=0 && pDest->pFKey!=0 ){ return 0; } #endif if( (db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 ){ return 0; /* xfer opt does not play well with PRAGMA count_changes */ } /* If we get this far, it means that the xfer optimization is at ** least a possibility, though it might only work if the destination ** table (tab1) is initially empty. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_xferopt_count++; #endif iDbSrc = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pSrc->pSchema); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDbSrc); iSrc = pParse->nTab++; iDest = pParse->nTab++; regAutoinc = autoIncBegin(pParse, iDbDest, pDest); regData = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iDest, iDbDest, pDest, OP_OpenWrite); assert( HasRowid(pDest) || destHasUniqueIdx ); if( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)==0 && ( (pDest->iPKey<0 && pDest->pIndex!=0) /* (1) */ || destHasUniqueIdx /* (2) */ || (onError!=OE_Abort && onError!=OE_Rollback) /* (3) */ )){ /* In some circumstances, we are able to run the xfer optimization ** only if the destination table is initially empty. Unless the ** DBFLAG_Vacuum flag is set, this block generates code to make ** that determination. If DBFLAG_Vacuum is set, then the destination ** table is always empty. ** ** Conditions under which the destination must be empty: ** ** (1) There is no INTEGER PRIMARY KEY but there are indices. ** (If the destination is not initially empty, the rowid fields ** of index entries might need to change.) ** ** (2) The destination has a unique index. (The xfer optimization ** is unable to test uniqueness.) ** ** (3) onError is something other than OE_Abort and OE_Rollback. */ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDest, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); emptyDestTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); } if( HasRowid(pSrc) ){ u8 insFlags; sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iSrc, iDbSrc, pSrc, OP_OpenRead); emptySrcTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); if( pDest->iPKey>=0 ){ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, onError); addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDest, 0, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3RowidConstraint(pParse, onError, pDest); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr2); autoIncStep(pParse, regAutoinc, regRowid); }else if( pDest->pIndex==0 ){ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iDest, regRowid); }else{ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iSrc, regRowid); assert( (pDest->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)==0 ); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1); if( db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekEnd, iDest); insFlags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID| OPFLAG_APPEND|OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; }else{ insFlags = OPFLAG_NCHANGE|OPFLAG_LASTROWID|OPFLAG_APPEND; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Insert, iDest, regData, regRowid, (char*)pDest, P4_TABLE); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, insFlags); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); }else{ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbDest, pDest->tnum, 1, pDest->zName); sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDbSrc, pSrc->tnum, 0, pSrc->zName); } for(pDestIdx=pDest->pIndex; pDestIdx; pDestIdx=pDestIdx->pNext){ u8 idxInsFlags = 0; for(pSrcIdx=pSrc->pIndex; ALWAYS(pSrcIdx); pSrcIdx=pSrcIdx->pNext){ if( xferCompatibleIndex(pDestIdx, pSrcIdx) ) break; } assert( pSrcIdx ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, iSrc, pSrcIdx->tnum, iDbSrc); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pSrcIdx); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pSrcIdx->zName)); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iDest, pDestIdx->tnum, iDbDest); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pDestIdx); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_BULKCSR); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pDestIdx->zName)); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iSrc, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowData, iSrc, regData, 1); if( db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum ){ /* This INSERT command is part of a VACUUM operation, which guarantees ** that the destination table is empty. If all indexed columns use ** collation sequence BINARY, then it can also be assumed that the ** index will be populated by inserting keys in strictly sorted ** order. In this case, instead of seeking within the b-tree as part ** of every OP_IdxInsert opcode, an OP_SeekEnd is added before the ** OP_IdxInsert to seek to the point within the b-tree where each key ** should be inserted. This is faster. ** ** If any of the indexed columns use a collation sequence other than ** BINARY, this optimization is disabled. This is because the user ** might change the definition of a collation sequence and then run ** a VACUUM command. In that case keys may not be written in strictly ** sorted order. */ for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ const char *zColl = pSrcIdx->azColl[i]; if( sqlite3_stricmp(sqlite3StrBINARY, zColl) ) break; } if( i==pSrcIdx->nColumn ){ idxInsFlags = OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT; sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekEnd, iDest); } } if( !HasRowid(pSrc) && pDestIdx->idxType==2 ){ idxInsFlags |= OPFLAG_NCHANGE; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iDest, regData); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, idxInsFlags|OPFLAG_APPEND); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSrc, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iSrc, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); } if( emptySrcTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptySrcTest); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regData); if( emptyDestTest ){ sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, 0); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, emptyDestTest); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iDest, 0); return 0; }else{ return 1; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT */ /************** End of insert.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file legacy.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file ** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in ** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be ** accessed by users of the library. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure ** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from ** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message. ** ** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result ** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first ** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback ** is invoked, even for queries. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_exec( sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */ void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */ char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ const char *zLeftover; /* Tail of unprocessed SQL */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* The current SQL statement */ char **azCols = 0; /* Names of result columns */ int callbackIsInit; /* True if callback data is initialized */ if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; if( zSql==0 ) zSql = ""; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); while( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSql[0] ){ int nCol; char **azVals = 0; pStmt = 0; rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ continue; } if( !pStmt ){ /* this happens for a comment or white-space */ zSql = zLeftover; continue; } callbackIsInit = 0; nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); while( 1 ){ int i; rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); /* Invoke the callback function if required */ if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc || (SQLITE_DONE==rc && !callbackIsInit && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){ if( !callbackIsInit ){ azCols = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (2*nCol+1)*sizeof(const char*)); if( azCols==0 ){ goto exec_out; } for(i=0; ierrMask)==rc ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /************** End of legacy.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file loadext.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2006 June 7 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into ** the SQLite library. */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE #define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */ #endif /************** Include sqlite3ext.h in the middle of loadext.c **************/ /************** Begin file sqlite3ext.h **************************************/ /* ** 2006 June 7 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This header file defines the SQLite interface for use by ** shared libraries that want to be imported as extensions into ** an SQLite instance. Shared libraries that intend to be loaded ** as extensions by SQLite should #include this file instead of ** sqlite3.h. */ #ifndef SQLITE3EXT_H #define SQLITE3EXT_H /* #include "sqlite3.h" */ /* ** The following structure holds pointers to all of the SQLite API ** routines. ** ** WARNING: In order to maintain backwards compatibility, add new ** interfaces to the end of this structure only. If you insert new ** interfaces in the middle of this structure, then older different ** versions of SQLite will not be able to load each other's shared ** libraries! */ struct sqlite3_api_routines { void * (*aggregate_context)(sqlite3_context*,int nBytes); int (*aggregate_count)(sqlite3_context*); int (*bind_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int n,void(*)(void*)); int (*bind_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,double); int (*bind_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); int (*bind_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,sqlite_int64); int (*bind_null)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); int (*bind_parameter_count)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*bind_parameter_index)(sqlite3_stmt*,const char*zName); const char * (*bind_parameter_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); int (*bind_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,int n,void(*)(void*)); int (*bind_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); int (*bind_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const sqlite3_value*); int (*busy_handler)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int),void*); int (*busy_timeout)(sqlite3*,int ms); int (*changes)(sqlite3*); int (*close)(sqlite3*); int (*collation_needed)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, int eTextRep,const char*)); int (*collation_needed16)(sqlite3*,void*,void(*)(void*,sqlite3*, int eTextRep,const void*)); const void * (*column_blob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); int (*column_bytes)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); int (*column_bytes16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); int (*column_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); const char * (*column_database_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const void * (*column_database_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const char * (*column_decltype)(sqlite3_stmt*,int i); const void * (*column_decltype16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); double (*column_double)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); int (*column_int)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); sqlite_int64 (*column_int64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); const char * (*column_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const void * (*column_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const char * (*column_origin_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const void * (*column_origin_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const char * (*column_table_name)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const void * (*column_table_name16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int); const unsigned char * (*column_text)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); const void * (*column_text16)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); int (*column_type)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); sqlite3_value* (*column_value)(sqlite3_stmt*,int iCol); void * (*commit_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*),void*); int (*complete)(const char*sql); int (*complete16)(const void*sql); int (*create_collation)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); int (*create_collation16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,void*, int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*)); int (*create_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); int (*create_function16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,int,void*, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*)); int (*create_module)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*); int (*data_count)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); sqlite3 * (*db_handle)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*declare_vtab)(sqlite3*,const char*); int (*enable_shared_cache)(int); int (*errcode)(sqlite3*db); const char * (*errmsg)(sqlite3*); const void * (*errmsg16)(sqlite3*); int (*exec)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3_callback,void*,char**); int (*expired)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*finalize)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); void (*free)(void*); void (*free_table)(char**result); int (*get_autocommit)(sqlite3*); void * (*get_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int); int (*get_table)(sqlite3*,const char*,char***,int*,int*,char**); int (*global_recover)(void); void (*interruptx)(sqlite3*); sqlite_int64 (*last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*); const char * (*libversion)(void); int (*libversion_number)(void); void *(*malloc)(int); char * (*mprintf)(const char*,...); int (*open)(const char*,sqlite3**); int (*open16)(const void*,sqlite3**); int (*prepare)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); int (*prepare16)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); void * (*profile)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64),void*); void (*progress_handler)(sqlite3*,int,int(*)(void*),void*); void *(*realloc)(void*,int); int (*reset)(sqlite3_stmt*pStmt); void (*result_blob)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); void (*result_double)(sqlite3_context*,double); void (*result_error)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int); void (*result_error16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int); void (*result_int)(sqlite3_context*,int); void (*result_int64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite_int64); void (*result_null)(sqlite3_context*); void (*result_text)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,int,void(*)(void*)); void (*result_text16)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); void (*result_text16be)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); void (*result_text16le)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,int,void(*)(void*)); void (*result_value)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_value*); void * (*rollback_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*),void*); int (*set_authorizer)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,int,const char*,const char*, const char*,const char*),void*); void (*set_auxdata)(sqlite3_context*,int,void*,void (*)(void*)); char * (*xsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,...); int (*step)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*table_column_metadata)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*, char const**,char const**,int*,int*,int*); void (*thread_cleanup)(void); int (*total_changes)(sqlite3*); void * (*trace)(sqlite3*,void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*),void*); int (*transfer_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*,sqlite3_stmt*); void * (*update_hook)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void*,int ,char const*,char const*, sqlite_int64),void*); void * (*user_data)(sqlite3_context*); const void * (*value_blob)(sqlite3_value*); int (*value_bytes)(sqlite3_value*); int (*value_bytes16)(sqlite3_value*); double (*value_double)(sqlite3_value*); int (*value_int)(sqlite3_value*); sqlite_int64 (*value_int64)(sqlite3_value*); int (*value_numeric_type)(sqlite3_value*); const unsigned char * (*value_text)(sqlite3_value*); const void * (*value_text16)(sqlite3_value*); const void * (*value_text16be)(sqlite3_value*); const void * (*value_text16le)(sqlite3_value*); int (*value_type)(sqlite3_value*); char *(*vmprintf)(const char*,va_list); /* Added ??? */ int (*overload_function)(sqlite3*, const char *zFuncName, int nArg); /* Added by 3.3.13 */ int (*prepare_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); int (*prepare16_v2)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); int (*clear_bindings)(sqlite3_stmt*); /* Added by 3.4.1 */ int (*create_module_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,const sqlite3_module*,void*, void (*xDestroy)(void *)); /* Added by 3.5.0 */ int (*bind_zeroblob)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); int (*blob_bytes)(sqlite3_blob*); int (*blob_close)(sqlite3_blob*); int (*blob_open)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64, int,sqlite3_blob**); int (*blob_read)(sqlite3_blob*,void*,int,int); int (*blob_write)(sqlite3_blob*,const void*,int,int); int (*create_collation_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*, int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*)(void*)); int (*file_control)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,void*); sqlite3_int64 (*memory_highwater)(int); sqlite3_int64 (*memory_used)(void); sqlite3_mutex *(*mutex_alloc)(int); void (*mutex_enter)(sqlite3_mutex*); void (*mutex_free)(sqlite3_mutex*); void (*mutex_leave)(sqlite3_mutex*); int (*mutex_try)(sqlite3_mutex*); int (*open_v2)(const char*,sqlite3**,int,const char*); int (*release_memory)(int); void (*result_error_nomem)(sqlite3_context*); void (*result_error_toobig)(sqlite3_context*); int (*sleep)(int); void (*soft_heap_limit)(int); sqlite3_vfs *(*vfs_find)(const char*); int (*vfs_register)(sqlite3_vfs*,int); int (*vfs_unregister)(sqlite3_vfs*); int (*xthreadsafe)(void); void (*result_zeroblob)(sqlite3_context*,int); void (*result_error_code)(sqlite3_context*,int); int (*test_control)(int, ...); void (*randomness)(int,void*); sqlite3 *(*context_db_handle)(sqlite3_context*); int (*extended_result_codes)(sqlite3*,int); int (*limit)(sqlite3*,int,int); sqlite3_stmt *(*next_stmt)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_stmt*); const char *(*sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*status)(int,int*,int*,int); int (*backup_finish)(sqlite3_backup*); sqlite3_backup *(*backup_init)(sqlite3*,const char*,sqlite3*,const char*); int (*backup_pagecount)(sqlite3_backup*); int (*backup_remaining)(sqlite3_backup*); int (*backup_step)(sqlite3_backup*,int); const char *(*compileoption_get)(int); int (*compileoption_used)(const char*); int (*create_function_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void(*xDestroy)(void*)); int (*db_config)(sqlite3*,int,...); sqlite3_mutex *(*db_mutex)(sqlite3*); int (*db_status)(sqlite3*,int,int*,int*,int); int (*extended_errcode)(sqlite3*); void (*log)(int,const char*,...); sqlite3_int64 (*soft_heap_limit64)(sqlite3_int64); const char *(*sourceid)(void); int (*stmt_status)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,int); int (*strnicmp)(const char*,const char*,int); int (*unlock_notify)(sqlite3*,void(*)(void**,int),void*); int (*wal_autocheckpoint)(sqlite3*,int); int (*wal_checkpoint)(sqlite3*,const char*); void *(*wal_hook)(sqlite3*,int(*)(void*,sqlite3*,const char*,int),void*); int (*blob_reopen)(sqlite3_blob*,sqlite3_int64); int (*vtab_config)(sqlite3*,int op,...); int (*vtab_on_conflict)(sqlite3*); /* Version 3.7.16 and later */ int (*close_v2)(sqlite3*); const char *(*db_filename)(sqlite3*,const char*); int (*db_readonly)(sqlite3*,const char*); int (*db_release_memory)(sqlite3*); const char *(*errstr)(int); int (*stmt_busy)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*stmt_readonly)(sqlite3_stmt*); int (*stricmp)(const char*,const char*); int (*uri_boolean)(const char*,const char*,int); sqlite3_int64 (*uri_int64)(const char*,const char*,sqlite3_int64); const char *(*uri_parameter)(const char*,const char*); char *(*xvsnprintf)(int,char*,const char*,va_list); int (*wal_checkpoint_v2)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int*,int*); /* Version 3.8.7 and later */ int (*auto_extension)(void(*)(void)); int (*bind_blob64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const void*,sqlite3_uint64, void(*)(void*)); int (*bind_text64)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,const char*,sqlite3_uint64, void(*)(void*),unsigned char); int (*cancel_auto_extension)(void(*)(void)); int (*load_extension)(sqlite3*,const char*,const char*,char**); void *(*malloc64)(sqlite3_uint64); sqlite3_uint64 (*msize)(void*); void *(*realloc64)(void*,sqlite3_uint64); void (*reset_auto_extension)(void); void (*result_blob64)(sqlite3_context*,const void*,sqlite3_uint64, void(*)(void*)); void (*result_text64)(sqlite3_context*,const char*,sqlite3_uint64, void(*)(void*), unsigned char); int (*strglob)(const char*,const char*); /* Version 3.8.11 and later */ sqlite3_value *(*value_dup)(const sqlite3_value*); void (*value_free)(sqlite3_value*); int (*result_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_context*,sqlite3_uint64); int (*bind_zeroblob64)(sqlite3_stmt*, int, sqlite3_uint64); /* Version 3.9.0 and later */ unsigned int (*value_subtype)(sqlite3_value*); void (*result_subtype)(sqlite3_context*,unsigned int); /* Version 3.10.0 and later */ int (*status64)(int,sqlite3_int64*,sqlite3_int64*,int); int (*strlike)(const char*,const char*,unsigned int); int (*db_cacheflush)(sqlite3*); /* Version 3.12.0 and later */ int (*system_errno)(sqlite3*); /* Version 3.14.0 and later */ int (*trace_v2)(sqlite3*,unsigned,int(*)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*),void*); char *(*expanded_sql)(sqlite3_stmt*); /* Version 3.18.0 and later */ void (*set_last_insert_rowid)(sqlite3*,sqlite3_int64); /* Version 3.20.0 and later */ int (*prepare_v3)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,unsigned int, sqlite3_stmt**,const char**); int (*prepare16_v3)(sqlite3*,const void*,int,unsigned int, sqlite3_stmt**,const void**); int (*bind_pointer)(sqlite3_stmt*,int,void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); void (*result_pointer)(sqlite3_context*,void*,const char*,void(*)(void*)); void *(*value_pointer)(sqlite3_value*,const char*); int (*vtab_nochange)(sqlite3_context*); int (*value_nochange)(sqlite3_value*); const char *(*vtab_collation)(sqlite3_index_info*,int); /* Version 3.24.0 and later */ int (*keyword_count)(void); int (*keyword_name)(int,const char**,int*); int (*keyword_check)(const char*,int); sqlite3_str *(*str_new)(sqlite3*); char *(*str_finish)(sqlite3_str*); void (*str_appendf)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, ...); void (*str_vappendf)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zFormat, va_list); void (*str_append)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn, int N); void (*str_appendall)(sqlite3_str*, const char *zIn); void (*str_appendchar)(sqlite3_str*, int N, char C); void (*str_reset)(sqlite3_str*); int (*str_errcode)(sqlite3_str*); int (*str_length)(sqlite3_str*); char *(*str_value)(sqlite3_str*); int (*create_window_function)(sqlite3*,const char*,int,int,void*, void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), void (*xInv)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void(*xDestroy)(void*)); }; /* ** This is the function signature used for all extension entry points. It ** is also defined in the file "loadext.c". */ typedef int (*sqlite3_loadext_entry)( sqlite3 *db, /* Handle to the database. */ char **pzErrMsg, /* Used to set error string on failure. */ const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk /* Extension API function pointers. */ ); /* ** The following macros redefine the API routines so that they are ** redirected through the global sqlite3_api structure. ** ** This header file is also used by the loadext.c source file ** (part of the main SQLite library - not an extension) so that ** it can get access to the sqlite3_api_routines structure ** definition. But the main library does not want to redefine ** the API. So the redefinition macros are only valid if the ** SQLITE_CORE macros is undefined. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) #define sqlite3_aggregate_context sqlite3_api->aggregate_context #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED #define sqlite3_aggregate_count sqlite3_api->aggregate_count #endif #define sqlite3_bind_blob sqlite3_api->bind_blob #define sqlite3_bind_double sqlite3_api->bind_double #define sqlite3_bind_int sqlite3_api->bind_int #define sqlite3_bind_int64 sqlite3_api->bind_int64 #define sqlite3_bind_null sqlite3_api->bind_null #define sqlite3_bind_parameter_count sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_count #define sqlite3_bind_parameter_index sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_index #define sqlite3_bind_parameter_name sqlite3_api->bind_parameter_name #define sqlite3_bind_text sqlite3_api->bind_text #define sqlite3_bind_text16 sqlite3_api->bind_text16 #define sqlite3_bind_value sqlite3_api->bind_value #define sqlite3_busy_handler sqlite3_api->busy_handler #define sqlite3_busy_timeout sqlite3_api->busy_timeout #define sqlite3_changes sqlite3_api->changes #define sqlite3_close sqlite3_api->close #define sqlite3_collation_needed sqlite3_api->collation_needed #define sqlite3_collation_needed16 sqlite3_api->collation_needed16 #define sqlite3_column_blob sqlite3_api->column_blob #define sqlite3_column_bytes sqlite3_api->column_bytes #define sqlite3_column_bytes16 sqlite3_api->column_bytes16 #define sqlite3_column_count sqlite3_api->column_count #define sqlite3_column_database_name sqlite3_api->column_database_name #define sqlite3_column_database_name16 sqlite3_api->column_database_name16 #define sqlite3_column_decltype sqlite3_api->column_decltype #define sqlite3_column_decltype16 sqlite3_api->column_decltype16 #define sqlite3_column_double sqlite3_api->column_double #define sqlite3_column_int sqlite3_api->column_int #define sqlite3_column_int64 sqlite3_api->column_int64 #define sqlite3_column_name sqlite3_api->column_name #define sqlite3_column_name16 sqlite3_api->column_name16 #define sqlite3_column_origin_name sqlite3_api->column_origin_name #define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 sqlite3_api->column_origin_name16 #define sqlite3_column_table_name sqlite3_api->column_table_name #define sqlite3_column_table_name16 sqlite3_api->column_table_name16 #define sqlite3_column_text sqlite3_api->column_text #define sqlite3_column_text16 sqlite3_api->column_text16 #define sqlite3_column_type sqlite3_api->column_type #define sqlite3_column_value sqlite3_api->column_value #define sqlite3_commit_hook sqlite3_api->commit_hook #define sqlite3_complete sqlite3_api->complete #define sqlite3_complete16 sqlite3_api->complete16 #define sqlite3_create_collation sqlite3_api->create_collation #define sqlite3_create_collation16 sqlite3_api->create_collation16 #define sqlite3_create_function sqlite3_api->create_function #define sqlite3_create_function16 sqlite3_api->create_function16 #define sqlite3_create_module sqlite3_api->create_module #define sqlite3_create_module_v2 sqlite3_api->create_module_v2 #define sqlite3_data_count sqlite3_api->data_count #define sqlite3_db_handle sqlite3_api->db_handle #define sqlite3_declare_vtab sqlite3_api->declare_vtab #define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache sqlite3_api->enable_shared_cache #define sqlite3_errcode sqlite3_api->errcode #define sqlite3_errmsg sqlite3_api->errmsg #define sqlite3_errmsg16 sqlite3_api->errmsg16 #define sqlite3_exec sqlite3_api->exec #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED #define sqlite3_expired sqlite3_api->expired #endif #define sqlite3_finalize sqlite3_api->finalize #define sqlite3_free sqlite3_api->free #define sqlite3_free_table sqlite3_api->free_table #define sqlite3_get_autocommit sqlite3_api->get_autocommit #define sqlite3_get_auxdata sqlite3_api->get_auxdata #define sqlite3_get_table sqlite3_api->get_table #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED #define sqlite3_global_recover sqlite3_api->global_recover #endif #define sqlite3_interrupt sqlite3_api->interruptx #define sqlite3_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->last_insert_rowid #define sqlite3_libversion sqlite3_api->libversion #define sqlite3_libversion_number sqlite3_api->libversion_number #define sqlite3_malloc sqlite3_api->malloc #define sqlite3_mprintf sqlite3_api->mprintf #define sqlite3_open sqlite3_api->open #define sqlite3_open16 sqlite3_api->open16 #define sqlite3_prepare sqlite3_api->prepare #define sqlite3_prepare16 sqlite3_api->prepare16 #define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 #define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 #define sqlite3_profile sqlite3_api->profile #define sqlite3_progress_handler sqlite3_api->progress_handler #define sqlite3_realloc sqlite3_api->realloc #define sqlite3_reset sqlite3_api->reset #define sqlite3_result_blob sqlite3_api->result_blob #define sqlite3_result_double sqlite3_api->result_double #define sqlite3_result_error sqlite3_api->result_error #define sqlite3_result_error16 sqlite3_api->result_error16 #define sqlite3_result_int sqlite3_api->result_int #define sqlite3_result_int64 sqlite3_api->result_int64 #define sqlite3_result_null sqlite3_api->result_null #define sqlite3_result_text sqlite3_api->result_text #define sqlite3_result_text16 sqlite3_api->result_text16 #define sqlite3_result_text16be sqlite3_api->result_text16be #define sqlite3_result_text16le sqlite3_api->result_text16le #define sqlite3_result_value sqlite3_api->result_value #define sqlite3_rollback_hook sqlite3_api->rollback_hook #define sqlite3_set_authorizer sqlite3_api->set_authorizer #define sqlite3_set_auxdata sqlite3_api->set_auxdata #define sqlite3_snprintf sqlite3_api->xsnprintf #define sqlite3_step sqlite3_api->step #define sqlite3_table_column_metadata sqlite3_api->table_column_metadata #define sqlite3_thread_cleanup sqlite3_api->thread_cleanup #define sqlite3_total_changes sqlite3_api->total_changes #define sqlite3_trace sqlite3_api->trace #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED #define sqlite3_transfer_bindings sqlite3_api->transfer_bindings #endif #define sqlite3_update_hook sqlite3_api->update_hook #define sqlite3_user_data sqlite3_api->user_data #define sqlite3_value_blob sqlite3_api->value_blob #define sqlite3_value_bytes sqlite3_api->value_bytes #define sqlite3_value_bytes16 sqlite3_api->value_bytes16 #define sqlite3_value_double sqlite3_api->value_double #define sqlite3_value_int sqlite3_api->value_int #define sqlite3_value_int64 sqlite3_api->value_int64 #define sqlite3_value_numeric_type sqlite3_api->value_numeric_type #define sqlite3_value_text sqlite3_api->value_text #define sqlite3_value_text16 sqlite3_api->value_text16 #define sqlite3_value_text16be sqlite3_api->value_text16be #define sqlite3_value_text16le sqlite3_api->value_text16le #define sqlite3_value_type sqlite3_api->value_type #define sqlite3_vmprintf sqlite3_api->vmprintf #define sqlite3_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->xvsnprintf #define sqlite3_overload_function sqlite3_api->overload_function #define sqlite3_prepare_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare_v2 #define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v2 #define sqlite3_clear_bindings sqlite3_api->clear_bindings #define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob #define sqlite3_blob_bytes sqlite3_api->blob_bytes #define sqlite3_blob_close sqlite3_api->blob_close #define sqlite3_blob_open sqlite3_api->blob_open #define sqlite3_blob_read sqlite3_api->blob_read #define sqlite3_blob_write sqlite3_api->blob_write #define sqlite3_create_collation_v2 sqlite3_api->create_collation_v2 #define sqlite3_file_control sqlite3_api->file_control #define sqlite3_memory_highwater sqlite3_api->memory_highwater #define sqlite3_memory_used sqlite3_api->memory_used #define sqlite3_mutex_alloc sqlite3_api->mutex_alloc #define sqlite3_mutex_enter sqlite3_api->mutex_enter #define sqlite3_mutex_free sqlite3_api->mutex_free #define sqlite3_mutex_leave sqlite3_api->mutex_leave #define sqlite3_mutex_try sqlite3_api->mutex_try #define sqlite3_open_v2 sqlite3_api->open_v2 #define sqlite3_release_memory sqlite3_api->release_memory #define sqlite3_result_error_nomem sqlite3_api->result_error_nomem #define sqlite3_result_error_toobig sqlite3_api->result_error_toobig #define sqlite3_sleep sqlite3_api->sleep #define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit #define sqlite3_vfs_find sqlite3_api->vfs_find #define sqlite3_vfs_register sqlite3_api->vfs_register #define sqlite3_vfs_unregister sqlite3_api->vfs_unregister #define sqlite3_threadsafe sqlite3_api->xthreadsafe #define sqlite3_result_zeroblob sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob #define sqlite3_result_error_code sqlite3_api->result_error_code #define sqlite3_test_control sqlite3_api->test_control #define sqlite3_randomness sqlite3_api->randomness #define sqlite3_context_db_handle sqlite3_api->context_db_handle #define sqlite3_extended_result_codes sqlite3_api->extended_result_codes #define sqlite3_limit sqlite3_api->limit #define sqlite3_next_stmt sqlite3_api->next_stmt #define sqlite3_sql sqlite3_api->sql #define sqlite3_status sqlite3_api->status #define sqlite3_backup_finish sqlite3_api->backup_finish #define sqlite3_backup_init sqlite3_api->backup_init #define sqlite3_backup_pagecount sqlite3_api->backup_pagecount #define sqlite3_backup_remaining sqlite3_api->backup_remaining #define sqlite3_backup_step sqlite3_api->backup_step #define sqlite3_compileoption_get sqlite3_api->compileoption_get #define sqlite3_compileoption_used sqlite3_api->compileoption_used #define sqlite3_create_function_v2 sqlite3_api->create_function_v2 #define sqlite3_db_config sqlite3_api->db_config #define sqlite3_db_mutex sqlite3_api->db_mutex #define sqlite3_db_status sqlite3_api->db_status #define sqlite3_extended_errcode sqlite3_api->extended_errcode #define sqlite3_log sqlite3_api->log #define sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64 sqlite3_api->soft_heap_limit64 #define sqlite3_sourceid sqlite3_api->sourceid #define sqlite3_stmt_status sqlite3_api->stmt_status #define sqlite3_strnicmp sqlite3_api->strnicmp #define sqlite3_unlock_notify sqlite3_api->unlock_notify #define sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint sqlite3_api->wal_autocheckpoint #define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint #define sqlite3_wal_hook sqlite3_api->wal_hook #define sqlite3_blob_reopen sqlite3_api->blob_reopen #define sqlite3_vtab_config sqlite3_api->vtab_config #define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict sqlite3_api->vtab_on_conflict /* Version 3.7.16 and later */ #define sqlite3_close_v2 sqlite3_api->close_v2 #define sqlite3_db_filename sqlite3_api->db_filename #define sqlite3_db_readonly sqlite3_api->db_readonly #define sqlite3_db_release_memory sqlite3_api->db_release_memory #define sqlite3_errstr sqlite3_api->errstr #define sqlite3_stmt_busy sqlite3_api->stmt_busy #define sqlite3_stmt_readonly sqlite3_api->stmt_readonly #define sqlite3_stricmp sqlite3_api->stricmp #define sqlite3_uri_boolean sqlite3_api->uri_boolean #define sqlite3_uri_int64 sqlite3_api->uri_int64 #define sqlite3_uri_parameter sqlite3_api->uri_parameter #define sqlite3_uri_vsnprintf sqlite3_api->xvsnprintf #define sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2 sqlite3_api->wal_checkpoint_v2 /* Version 3.8.7 and later */ #define sqlite3_auto_extension sqlite3_api->auto_extension #define sqlite3_bind_blob64 sqlite3_api->bind_blob64 #define sqlite3_bind_text64 sqlite3_api->bind_text64 #define sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension sqlite3_api->cancel_auto_extension #define sqlite3_load_extension sqlite3_api->load_extension #define sqlite3_malloc64 sqlite3_api->malloc64 #define sqlite3_msize sqlite3_api->msize #define sqlite3_realloc64 sqlite3_api->realloc64 #define sqlite3_reset_auto_extension sqlite3_api->reset_auto_extension #define sqlite3_result_blob64 sqlite3_api->result_blob64 #define sqlite3_result_text64 sqlite3_api->result_text64 #define sqlite3_strglob sqlite3_api->strglob /* Version 3.8.11 and later */ #define sqlite3_value_dup sqlite3_api->value_dup #define sqlite3_value_free sqlite3_api->value_free #define sqlite3_result_zeroblob64 sqlite3_api->result_zeroblob64 #define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64 sqlite3_api->bind_zeroblob64 /* Version 3.9.0 and later */ #define sqlite3_value_subtype sqlite3_api->value_subtype #define sqlite3_result_subtype sqlite3_api->result_subtype /* Version 3.10.0 and later */ #define sqlite3_status64 sqlite3_api->status64 #define sqlite3_strlike sqlite3_api->strlike #define sqlite3_db_cacheflush sqlite3_api->db_cacheflush /* Version 3.12.0 and later */ #define sqlite3_system_errno sqlite3_api->system_errno /* Version 3.14.0 and later */ #define sqlite3_trace_v2 sqlite3_api->trace_v2 #define sqlite3_expanded_sql sqlite3_api->expanded_sql /* Version 3.18.0 and later */ #define sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid sqlite3_api->set_last_insert_rowid /* Version 3.20.0 and later */ #define sqlite3_prepare_v3 sqlite3_api->prepare_v3 #define sqlite3_prepare16_v3 sqlite3_api->prepare16_v3 #define sqlite3_bind_pointer sqlite3_api->bind_pointer #define sqlite3_result_pointer sqlite3_api->result_pointer #define sqlite3_value_pointer sqlite3_api->value_pointer /* Version 3.22.0 and later */ #define sqlite3_vtab_nochange sqlite3_api->vtab_nochange #define sqlite3_value_nochange sqlite3_api->value_nochange #define sqlite3_vtab_collation sqlite3_api->vtab_collation /* Version 3.24.0 and later */ #define sqlite3_keyword_count sqlite3_api->keyword_count #define sqlite3_keyword_name sqlite3_api->keyword_name #define sqlite3_keyword_check sqlite3_api->keyword_check #define sqlite3_str_new sqlite3_api->str_new #define sqlite3_str_finish sqlite3_api->str_finish #define sqlite3_str_appendf sqlite3_api->str_appendf #define sqlite3_str_vappendf sqlite3_api->str_vappendf #define sqlite3_str_append sqlite3_api->str_append #define sqlite3_str_appendall sqlite3_api->str_appendall #define sqlite3_str_appendchar sqlite3_api->str_appendchar #define sqlite3_str_reset sqlite3_api->str_reset #define sqlite3_str_errcode sqlite3_api->str_errcode #define sqlite3_str_length sqlite3_api->str_length #define sqlite3_str_value sqlite3_api->str_value /* Version 3.25.0 and later */ #define sqlite3_create_window_function sqlite3_api->create_window_function #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) /* This case when the file really is being compiled as a loadable ** extension */ # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api=0; # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) sqlite3_api=v; # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 \ extern const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api; #else /* This case when the file is being statically linked into the ** application */ # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /*no-op*/ # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v) (void)v; /* unused parameter */ # define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 /*no-op*/ #endif #endif /* SQLITE3EXT_H */ /************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION /* ** Some API routines are omitted when various features are ** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer ** for any missing APIs. */ #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA # define sqlite3_column_database_name 0 # define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 # define sqlite3_column_table_name 0 # define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 # define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0 # define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION # define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 # define sqlite3_bind_text16 0 # define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0 # define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 # define sqlite3_column_name16 0 # define sqlite3_column_text16 0 # define sqlite3_complete16 0 # define sqlite3_create_collation16 0 # define sqlite3_create_function16 0 # define sqlite3_errmsg16 0 # define sqlite3_open16 0 # define sqlite3_prepare16 0 # define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0 # define sqlite3_prepare16_v3 0 # define sqlite3_result_error16 0 # define sqlite3_result_text16 0 # define sqlite3_result_text16be 0 # define sqlite3_result_text16le 0 # define sqlite3_value_text16 0 # define sqlite3_value_text16be 0 # define sqlite3_value_text16le 0 # define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0 # define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0 # define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE # define sqlite3_complete 0 # define sqlite3_complete16 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE # define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0 # define sqlite3_column_decltype 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK # define sqlite3_progress_handler 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE # define sqlite3_create_module 0 # define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0 # define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0 # define sqlite3_vtab_config 0 # define sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE # define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0 #endif #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) || defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) # define sqlite3_profile 0 # define sqlite3_trace 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE # define sqlite3_free_table 0 # define sqlite3_get_table 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB #define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0 #define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0 #define sqlite3_blob_close 0 #define sqlite3_blob_open 0 #define sqlite3_blob_read 0 #define sqlite3_blob_write 0 #define sqlite3_blob_reopen 0 #endif #if defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) # define sqlite3_trace_v2 0 #endif /* ** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines. ** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are ** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite ** library. ** ** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure ** in order to preserve backwards compatibility. ** ** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they ** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should ** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is ** not NULL before calling it. */ static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { sqlite3_aggregate_context, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED sqlite3_aggregate_count, #else 0, #endif sqlite3_bind_blob, sqlite3_bind_double, sqlite3_bind_int, sqlite3_bind_int64, sqlite3_bind_null, sqlite3_bind_parameter_count, sqlite3_bind_parameter_index, sqlite3_bind_parameter_name, sqlite3_bind_text, sqlite3_bind_text16, sqlite3_bind_value, sqlite3_busy_handler, sqlite3_busy_timeout, sqlite3_changes, sqlite3_close, sqlite3_collation_needed, sqlite3_collation_needed16, sqlite3_column_blob, sqlite3_column_bytes, sqlite3_column_bytes16, sqlite3_column_count, sqlite3_column_database_name, sqlite3_column_database_name16, sqlite3_column_decltype, sqlite3_column_decltype16, sqlite3_column_double, sqlite3_column_int, sqlite3_column_int64, sqlite3_column_name, sqlite3_column_name16, sqlite3_column_origin_name, sqlite3_column_origin_name16, sqlite3_column_table_name, sqlite3_column_table_name16, sqlite3_column_text, sqlite3_column_text16, sqlite3_column_type, sqlite3_column_value, sqlite3_commit_hook, sqlite3_complete, sqlite3_complete16, sqlite3_create_collation, sqlite3_create_collation16, sqlite3_create_function, sqlite3_create_function16, sqlite3_create_module, sqlite3_data_count, sqlite3_db_handle, sqlite3_declare_vtab, sqlite3_enable_shared_cache, sqlite3_errcode, sqlite3_errmsg, sqlite3_errmsg16, sqlite3_exec, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED sqlite3_expired, #else 0, #endif sqlite3_finalize, sqlite3_free, sqlite3_free_table, sqlite3_get_autocommit, sqlite3_get_auxdata, sqlite3_get_table, 0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */ sqlite3_interrupt, sqlite3_last_insert_rowid, sqlite3_libversion, sqlite3_libversion_number, sqlite3_malloc, sqlite3_mprintf, sqlite3_open, sqlite3_open16, sqlite3_prepare, sqlite3_prepare16, sqlite3_profile, sqlite3_progress_handler, sqlite3_realloc, sqlite3_reset, sqlite3_result_blob, sqlite3_result_double, sqlite3_result_error, sqlite3_result_error16, sqlite3_result_int, sqlite3_result_int64, sqlite3_result_null, sqlite3_result_text, sqlite3_result_text16, sqlite3_result_text16be, sqlite3_result_text16le, sqlite3_result_value, sqlite3_rollback_hook, sqlite3_set_authorizer, sqlite3_set_auxdata, sqlite3_snprintf, sqlite3_step, sqlite3_table_column_metadata, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED sqlite3_thread_cleanup, #else 0, #endif sqlite3_total_changes, sqlite3_trace, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED sqlite3_transfer_bindings, #else 0, #endif sqlite3_update_hook, sqlite3_user_data, sqlite3_value_blob, sqlite3_value_bytes, sqlite3_value_bytes16, sqlite3_value_double, sqlite3_value_int, sqlite3_value_int64, sqlite3_value_numeric_type, sqlite3_value_text, sqlite3_value_text16, sqlite3_value_text16be, sqlite3_value_text16le, sqlite3_value_type, sqlite3_vmprintf, /* ** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any ** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But ** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the ** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with ** a library that is new enough to support that API. ************************************************************************* */ sqlite3_overload_function, /* ** Added after 3.3.13 */ sqlite3_prepare_v2, sqlite3_prepare16_v2, sqlite3_clear_bindings, /* ** Added for 3.4.1 */ sqlite3_create_module_v2, /* ** Added for 3.5.0 */ sqlite3_bind_zeroblob, sqlite3_blob_bytes, sqlite3_blob_close, sqlite3_blob_open, sqlite3_blob_read, sqlite3_blob_write, sqlite3_create_collation_v2, sqlite3_file_control, sqlite3_memory_highwater, sqlite3_memory_used, #ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, #else sqlite3_mutex_alloc, sqlite3_mutex_enter, sqlite3_mutex_free, sqlite3_mutex_leave, sqlite3_mutex_try, #endif sqlite3_open_v2, sqlite3_release_memory, sqlite3_result_error_nomem, sqlite3_result_error_toobig, sqlite3_sleep, sqlite3_soft_heap_limit, sqlite3_vfs_find, sqlite3_vfs_register, sqlite3_vfs_unregister, /* ** Added for 3.5.8 */ sqlite3_threadsafe, sqlite3_result_zeroblob, sqlite3_result_error_code, sqlite3_test_control, sqlite3_randomness, sqlite3_context_db_handle, /* ** Added for 3.6.0 */ sqlite3_extended_result_codes, sqlite3_limit, sqlite3_next_stmt, sqlite3_sql, sqlite3_status, /* ** Added for 3.7.4 */ sqlite3_backup_finish, sqlite3_backup_init, sqlite3_backup_pagecount, sqlite3_backup_remaining, sqlite3_backup_step, #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS sqlite3_compileoption_get, sqlite3_compileoption_used, #else 0, 0, #endif sqlite3_create_function_v2, sqlite3_db_config, sqlite3_db_mutex, sqlite3_db_status, sqlite3_extended_errcode, sqlite3_log, sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64, sqlite3_sourceid, sqlite3_stmt_status, sqlite3_strnicmp, #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY sqlite3_unlock_notify, #else 0, #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint, sqlite3_wal_hook, #else 0, 0, 0, #endif sqlite3_blob_reopen, sqlite3_vtab_config, sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict, sqlite3_close_v2, sqlite3_db_filename, sqlite3_db_readonly, sqlite3_db_release_memory, sqlite3_errstr, sqlite3_stmt_busy, sqlite3_stmt_readonly, sqlite3_stricmp, sqlite3_uri_boolean, sqlite3_uri_int64, sqlite3_uri_parameter, sqlite3_vsnprintf, sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2, /* Version 3.8.7 and later */ sqlite3_auto_extension, sqlite3_bind_blob64, sqlite3_bind_text64, sqlite3_cancel_auto_extension, sqlite3_load_extension, sqlite3_malloc64, sqlite3_msize, sqlite3_realloc64, sqlite3_reset_auto_extension, sqlite3_result_blob64, sqlite3_result_text64, sqlite3_strglob, /* Version 3.8.11 and later */ (sqlite3_value*(*)(const sqlite3_value*))sqlite3_value_dup, sqlite3_value_free, sqlite3_result_zeroblob64, sqlite3_bind_zeroblob64, /* Version 3.9.0 and later */ sqlite3_value_subtype, sqlite3_result_subtype, /* Version 3.10.0 and later */ sqlite3_status64, sqlite3_strlike, sqlite3_db_cacheflush, /* Version 3.12.0 and later */ sqlite3_system_errno, /* Version 3.14.0 and later */ sqlite3_trace_v2, sqlite3_expanded_sql, /* Version 3.18.0 and later */ sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid, /* Version 3.20.0 and later */ sqlite3_prepare_v3, sqlite3_prepare16_v3, sqlite3_bind_pointer, sqlite3_result_pointer, sqlite3_value_pointer, /* Version 3.22.0 and later */ sqlite3_vtab_nochange, sqlite3_value_nochange, sqlite3_vtab_collation, /* Version 3.24.0 and later */ sqlite3_keyword_count, sqlite3_keyword_name, sqlite3_keyword_check, sqlite3_str_new, sqlite3_str_finish, sqlite3_str_appendf, sqlite3_str_vappendf, sqlite3_str_append, sqlite3_str_appendall, sqlite3_str_appendchar, sqlite3_str_reset, sqlite3_str_errcode, sqlite3_str_length, sqlite3_str_value, /* Version 3.25.0 and later */ sqlite3_create_window_function }; /* ** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file ** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a ** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use ** of the default name is recommended. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong. ** ** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with ** error message text. The calling function should free this memory ** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ). */ static int sqlite3LoadExtension( sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ ){ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs; void *handle; sqlite3_loadext_entry xInit; char *zErrmsg = 0; const char *zEntry; char *zAltEntry = 0; void **aHandle; u64 nMsg = 300 + sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); int ii; int rc; /* Shared library endings to try if zFile cannot be loaded as written */ static const char *azEndings[] = { #if SQLITE_OS_WIN "dll" #elif defined(__APPLE__) "dylib" #else "so" #endif }; if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; /* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older ** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the ** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One ** must call either sqlite3_enable_load_extension(db) or ** sqlite3_db_config(db, SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION, 1, 0) ** to turn on extension loading. */ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){ if( pzErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized"); } return SQLITE_ERROR; } zEntry = zProc ? zProc : "sqlite3_extension_init"; handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile); #if SQLITE_OS_UNIX || SQLITE_OS_WIN for(ii=0; ii sqlite3_example_init ** C:/lib/mathfuncs.dll ==> sqlite3_mathfuncs_init */ if( xInit==0 && zProc==0 ){ int iFile, iEntry, c; int ncFile = sqlite3Strlen30(zFile); zAltEntry = sqlite3_malloc64(ncFile+30); if( zAltEntry==0 ){ sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memcpy(zAltEntry, "sqlite3_", 8); for(iFile=ncFile-1; iFile>=0 && zFile[iFile]!='/'; iFile--){} iFile++; if( sqlite3_strnicmp(zFile+iFile, "lib", 3)==0 ) iFile += 3; for(iEntry=8; (c = zFile[iFile])!=0 && c!='.'; iFile++){ if( sqlite3Isalpha(c) ){ zAltEntry[iEntry++] = (char)sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned)c]; } } memcpy(zAltEntry+iEntry, "_init", 6); zEntry = zAltEntry; xInit = (sqlite3_loadext_entry)sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zEntry); } if( xInit==0 ){ if( pzErrMsg ){ nMsg += sqlite3Strlen30(zEntry); *pzErrMsg = zErrmsg = sqlite3_malloc64(nMsg); if( zErrmsg ){ sqlite3_snprintf(nMsg, zErrmsg, "no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zEntry, zFile); sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, nMsg-1, zErrmsg); } } sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); sqlite3_free(zAltEntry); return SQLITE_ERROR; } sqlite3_free(zAltEntry); rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis); if( rc ){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK_LOAD_PERMANENTLY ) return SQLITE_OK; if( pzErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg); } sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle); return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */ aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1)); if( aHandle==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( db->nExtension>0 ){ memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension); } sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); db->aExtension = aHandle; db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle; return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_load_extension( sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */ const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */ const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */ char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */ ){ int rc; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order ** to clean up loaded extensions */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ int i; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); for(i=0; inExtension; i++){ sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]); } sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension); } /* ** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by ** default so as not to open security holes in older applications. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( onoff ){ db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension|SQLITE_LoadExtFunc; }else{ db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_LoadExtension|SQLITE_LoadExtFunc); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION) */ /* ** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded ** extensions. ** ** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER ** mutex must be held while accessing this list. */ typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList; static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList { u32 nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */ void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */ } sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 }; /* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension ** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target, ** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common ** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly ** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above. */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD # define wsdAutoextInit \ sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext) # define wsdAutoext x[0] #else # define wsdAutoextInit # define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext #endif /* ** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically ** loaded by every new database connection. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_auto_extension( void (*xInit)(void) ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ){ return rc; }else #endif { u32 i; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); #endif wsdAutoextInit; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); for(i=0; i=0; i--){ if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ){ wsdAutoext.nExt--; wsdAutoext.aExt[i] = wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt]; n++; break; } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); return n; } /* ** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK ) #endif { #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); #endif wsdAutoextInit; sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt); wsdAutoext.aExt = 0; wsdAutoext.nExt = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); } } /* ** Load all automatic extensions. ** ** If anything goes wrong, set an error in the database connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){ u32 i; int go = 1; int rc; sqlite3_loadext_entry xInit; wsdAutoextInit; if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){ /* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */ return; } for(i=0; go; i++){ char *zErrmsg; #if SQLITE_THREADSAFE sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk = 0; #else const sqlite3_api_routines *pThunk = &sqlite3Apis; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex); if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){ xInit = 0; go = 0; }else{ xInit = (sqlite3_loadext_entry)wsdAutoext.aExt[i]; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex); zErrmsg = 0; if( xInit && (rc = xInit(db, &zErrmsg, pThunk))!=0 ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg); go = 0; } sqlite3_free(zErrmsg); } } /************** End of loadext.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file pragma.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2003 April 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used to implement the PRAGMA command. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE) # if defined(__APPLE__) # define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1 # else # define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0 # endif #endif /*************************************************************************** ** The "pragma.h" include file is an automatically generated file that ** that includes the PragType_XXXX macro definitions and the aPragmaName[] ** object. This ensures that the aPragmaName[] table is arranged in ** lexicographical order to facility a binary search of the pragma name. ** Do not edit pragma.h directly. Edit and rerun the script in at ** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. */ /************** Include pragma.h in the middle of pragma.c *******************/ /************** Begin file pragma.h ******************************************/ /* DO NOT EDIT! ** This file is automatically generated by the script at ** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. To update the set of pragmas, edit ** that script and rerun it. */ /* The various pragma types */ #define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE 0 #define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM 1 #define PragTyp_FLAG 2 #define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT 3 #define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE 4 #define PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL 5 #define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE 6 #define PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST 7 #define PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS 8 #define PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY 9 #define PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST 10 #define PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 11 #define PragTyp_ENCODING 12 #define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK 13 #define PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST 14 #define PragTyp_FUNCTION_LIST 15 #define PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM 16 #define PragTyp_INDEX_INFO 17 #define PragTyp_INDEX_LIST 18 #define PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK 19 #define PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE 20 #define PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT 21 #define PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE 22 #define PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE 23 #define PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT 24 #define PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE 25 #define PragTyp_MODULE_LIST 26 #define PragTyp_OPTIMIZE 27 #define PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE 28 #define PragTyp_PRAGMA_LIST 29 #define PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE 30 #define PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY 31 #define PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT 32 #define PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS 33 #define PragTyp_TABLE_INFO 34 #define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE 35 #define PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY 36 #define PragTyp_THREADS 37 #define PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT 38 #define PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT 39 #define PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS 40 #define PragTyp_HEXKEY 41 #define PragTyp_KEY 42 #define PragTyp_REKEY 43 #define PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS 44 #define PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE 45 #define PragTyp_STATS 46 /* Property flags associated with various pragma. */ #define PragFlg_NeedSchema 0x01 /* Force schema load before running */ #define PragFlg_NoColumns 0x02 /* OP_ResultRow called with zero columns */ #define PragFlg_NoColumns1 0x04 /* zero columns if RHS argument is present */ #define PragFlg_ReadOnly 0x08 /* Read-only HEADER_VALUE */ #define PragFlg_Result0 0x10 /* Acts as query when no argument */ #define PragFlg_Result1 0x20 /* Acts as query when has one argument */ #define PragFlg_SchemaOpt 0x40 /* Schema restricts name search if present */ #define PragFlg_SchemaReq 0x80 /* Schema required - "main" is default */ /* Names of columns for pragmas that return multi-column result ** or that return single-column results where the name of the ** result column is different from the name of the pragma */ static const char *const pragCName[] = { /* 0 */ "cache_size", /* Used by: default_cache_size */ /* 1 */ "cid", /* Used by: table_info */ /* 2 */ "name", /* 3 */ "type", /* 4 */ "notnull", /* 5 */ "dflt_value", /* 6 */ "pk", /* 7 */ "tbl", /* Used by: stats */ /* 8 */ "idx", /* 9 */ "wdth", /* 10 */ "hght", /* 11 */ "flgs", /* 12 */ "seqno", /* Used by: index_info */ /* 13 */ "cid", /* 14 */ "name", /* 15 */ "seqno", /* Used by: index_xinfo */ /* 16 */ "cid", /* 17 */ "name", /* 18 */ "desc", /* 19 */ "coll", /* 20 */ "key", /* 21 */ "seq", /* Used by: index_list */ /* 22 */ "name", /* 23 */ "unique", /* 24 */ "origin", /* 25 */ "partial", /* 26 */ "seq", /* Used by: database_list */ /* 27 */ "name", /* 28 */ "file", /* 29 */ "name", /* Used by: function_list */ /* 30 */ "builtin", /* 31 */ "name", /* Used by: module_list pragma_list */ /* 32 */ "seq", /* Used by: collation_list */ /* 33 */ "name", /* 34 */ "id", /* Used by: foreign_key_list */ /* 35 */ "seq", /* 36 */ "table", /* 37 */ "from", /* 38 */ "to", /* 39 */ "on_update", /* 40 */ "on_delete", /* 41 */ "match", /* 42 */ "table", /* Used by: foreign_key_check */ /* 43 */ "rowid", /* 44 */ "parent", /* 45 */ "fkid", /* 46 */ "busy", /* Used by: wal_checkpoint */ /* 47 */ "log", /* 48 */ "checkpointed", /* 49 */ "timeout", /* Used by: busy_timeout */ /* 50 */ "database", /* Used by: lock_status */ /* 51 */ "status", }; /* Definitions of all built-in pragmas */ typedef struct PragmaName { const char *const zName; /* Name of pragma */ u8 ePragTyp; /* PragTyp_XXX value */ u8 mPragFlg; /* Zero or more PragFlg_XXX values */ u8 iPragCName; /* Start of column names in pragCName[] */ u8 nPragCName; /* Num of col names. 0 means use pragma name */ u32 iArg; /* Extra argument */ } PragmaName; static const PragmaName aPragmaName[] = { #if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_CEROD) {/* zName: */ "activate_extensions", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ACTIVATE_EXTENSIONS, /* ePragFlg: */ 0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "application_id", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns1|PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ BTREE_APPLICATION_ID }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) {/* zName: */ "auto_vacuum", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) {/* zName: */ "automatic_index", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_AutoIndex }, #endif #endif {/* zName: */ "busy_timeout", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 49, 1, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "cache_size", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "cache_spill", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif {/* zName: */ "case_sensitive_like", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, {/* zName: */ "cell_size_check", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CellSizeCk }, #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "checkpoint_fullfsync", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CkptFullFSync }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "collation_list", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 32, 2, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS) {/* zName: */ "compile_options", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "count_changes", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_CountRows }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_OS_WIN {/* zName: */ "data_store_directory", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "data_version", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_ReadOnly|PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ BTREE_DATA_VERSION }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "database_list", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 26, 3, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) {/* zName: */ "default_cache_size", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 1, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) {/* zName: */ "defer_foreign_keys", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_DeferFKs }, #endif #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "empty_result_callbacks", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_NullCallback }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16) {/* zName: */ "encoding", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_ENCODING, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) {/* zName: */ "foreign_key_check", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 42, 4, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) {/* zName: */ "foreign_key_list", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_LIST, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt, /* ColNames: */ 34, 8, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) {/* zName: */ "foreign_keys", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, #endif #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "freelist_count", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_ReadOnly|PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ BTREE_FREE_PAGE_COUNT }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "full_column_names", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullColNames }, {/* zName: */ "fullfsync", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_FullFSync }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) #if defined(SQLITE_INTROSPECTION_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "function_list", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FUNCTION_LIST, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 29, 2, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #endif #if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) {/* zName: */ "hexkey", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEXKEY, /* ePragFlg: */ 0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, {/* zName: */ "hexrekey", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEXKEY, /* ePragFlg: */ 0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_CHECK) {/* zName: */ "ignore_check_constraints", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_IgnoreChecks }, #endif #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM) {/* zName: */ "incremental_vacuum", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_NoColumns, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "index_info", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt, /* ColNames: */ 12, 3, /* iArg: */ 0 }, {/* zName: */ "index_list", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt, /* ColNames: */ 21, 5, /* iArg: */ 0 }, {/* zName: */ "index_xinfo", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt, /* ColNames: */ 15, 6, /* iArg: */ 1 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK) {/* zName: */ "integrity_check", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_Result1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "journal_mode", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, {/* zName: */ "journal_size_limit", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) {/* zName: */ "key", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_KEY, /* ePragFlg: */ 0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "legacy_file_format", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE {/* zName: */ "lock_proxy_file", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) {/* zName: */ "lock_status", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 50, 2, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "locking_mode", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, {/* zName: */ "max_page_count", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, {/* zName: */ "mmap_size", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE, /* ePragFlg: */ 0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) #if defined(SQLITE_INTROSPECTION_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "module_list", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_MODULE_LIST, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 31, 1, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #endif #endif {/* zName: */ "optimize", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_OPTIMIZE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_NeedSchema, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "page_count", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, {/* zName: */ "page_size", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PARSER_TRACE) {/* zName: */ "parser_trace", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE, /* ePragFlg: */ 0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if defined(SQLITE_INTROSPECTION_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "pragma_list", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_PRAGMA_LIST, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 31, 1, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "query_only", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_QueryOnly }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK) {/* zName: */ "quick_check", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_Result1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "read_uncommitted", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReadUncommit }, {/* zName: */ "recursive_triggers", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_RecTriggers }, #endif #if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) {/* zName: */ "rekey", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_REKEY, /* ePragFlg: */ 0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "reverse_unordered_selects", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ReverseOrder }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "schema_version", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns1|PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "secure_delete", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "short_column_names", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_ShortColNames }, #endif {/* zName: */ "shrink_memory", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, {/* zName: */ "soft_heap_limit", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) {/* zName: */ "sql_trace", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace }, #endif #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) {/* zName: */ "stats", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_STATS, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq, /* ColNames: */ 7, 5, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "synchronous", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_SchemaReq|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "table_info", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TABLE_INFO, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema|PragFlg_Result1|PragFlg_SchemaOpt, /* ColNames: */ 1, 6, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "temp_store", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, {/* zName: */ "temp_store_directory", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif {/* zName: */ "threads", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_THREADS, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "user_version", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NoColumns1|PragFlg_Result0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ BTREE_USER_VERSION }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) {/* zName: */ "vdbe_addoptrace", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace }, {/* zName: */ "vdbe_debug", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_SqlTrace|SQLITE_VdbeListing|SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, {/* zName: */ "vdbe_eqp", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeEQP }, {/* zName: */ "vdbe_listing", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeListing }, {/* zName: */ "vdbe_trace", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_VdbeTrace }, #endif #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL) {/* zName: */ "wal_autocheckpoint", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT, /* ePragFlg: */ 0, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ 0 }, {/* zName: */ "wal_checkpoint", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_NeedSchema, /* ColNames: */ 46, 3, /* iArg: */ 0 }, #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS) {/* zName: */ "writable_schema", /* ePragTyp: */ PragTyp_FLAG, /* ePragFlg: */ PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_NoColumns1, /* ColNames: */ 0, 0, /* iArg: */ SQLITE_WriteSchema }, #endif }; /* Number of pragmas: 60 on by default, 77 total. */ /************** End of pragma.h **********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in pragma.c *********************/ /* ** Interpret the given string as a safety level. Return 0 for OFF, ** 1 for ON or NORMAL, 2 for FULL, and 3 for EXTRA. Return 1 for an empty or ** unrecognized string argument. The FULL and EXTRA option is disallowed ** if the omitFull parameter it 1. ** ** Note that the values returned are one less that the values that ** should be passed into sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(). The is done ** to support legacy SQL code. The safety level used to be boolean ** and older scripts may have used numbers 0 for OFF and 1 for ON. */ static u8 getSafetyLevel(const char *z, int omitFull, u8 dflt){ /* 123456789 123456789 123 */ static const char zText[] = "onoffalseyestruextrafull"; static const u8 iOffset[] = {0, 1, 2, 4, 9, 12, 15, 20}; static const u8 iLength[] = {2, 2, 3, 5, 3, 4, 5, 4}; static const u8 iValue[] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 3, 2}; /* on no off false yes true extra full */ int i, n; if( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ return (u8)sqlite3Atoi(z); } n = sqlite3Strlen30(z); for(i=0; i=0&&i<=2)?i:0); } #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* ** Interpret the given string as a temp db location. Return 1 for file ** backed temporary databases, 2 for the Red-Black tree in memory database ** and 0 to use the compile-time default. */ static int getTempStore(const char *z){ if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='2' ){ return z[0] - '0'; }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "file")==0 ){ return 1; }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(z, "memory")==0 ){ return 2; }else{ return 0; } } #endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* ** Invalidate temp storage, either when the temp storage is changed ** from default, or when 'file' and the temp_store_directory has changed */ static int invalidateTempStorage(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( db->aDb[1].pBt!=0 ){ if( !db->autoCommit || sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(db->aDb[1].pBt) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary storage cannot be changed " "from within a transaction"); return SQLITE_ERROR; } sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[1].pBt); db->aDb[1].pBt = 0; sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* ** If the TEMP database is open, close it and mark the database schema ** as needing reloading. This must be done when using the SQLITE_TEMP_STORE ** or DEFAULT_TEMP_STORE pragmas. */ static int changeTempStorage(Parse *pParse, const char *zStorageType){ int ts = getTempStore(zStorageType); sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( db->temp_store==ts ) return SQLITE_OK; if( invalidateTempStorage( pParse ) != SQLITE_OK ){ return SQLITE_ERROR; } db->temp_store = (u8)ts; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ /* ** Set result column names for a pragma. */ static void setPragmaResultColumnNames( Vdbe *v, /* The query under construction */ const PragmaName *pPragma /* The pragma */ ){ u8 n = pPragma->nPragCName; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, n==0 ? 1 : n); if( n==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, pPragma->zName, SQLITE_STATIC); }else{ int i, j; for(i=0, j=pPragma->iPragCName; iautoCommit ){ Db *pDb = db->aDb; int n = db->nDb; assert( SQLITE_FullFSync==PAGER_FULLFSYNC ); assert( SQLITE_CkptFullFSync==PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ); assert( SQLITE_CacheSpill==PAGER_CACHESPILL ); assert( (PAGER_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC | PAGER_CACHESPILL) == PAGER_FLAGS_MASK ); assert( (pDb->safety_level & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK)==pDb->safety_level ); while( (n--) > 0 ){ if( pDb->pBt ){ sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pDb->pBt, pDb->safety_level | (db->flags & PAGER_FLAGS_MASK) ); } pDb++; } } } #else # define setAllPagerFlags(X) /* no-op */ #endif /* ** Return a human-readable name for a constraint resolution action. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY static const char *actionName(u8 action){ const char *zName; switch( action ){ case OE_SetNull: zName = "SET NULL"; break; case OE_SetDflt: zName = "SET DEFAULT"; break; case OE_Cascade: zName = "CASCADE"; break; case OE_Restrict: zName = "RESTRICT"; break; default: zName = "NO ACTION"; assert( action==OE_None ); break; } return zName; } #endif /* ** Parameter eMode must be one of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX constants ** defined in pager.h. This function returns the associated lowercase ** journal-mode name. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3JournalModename(int eMode){ static char * const azModeName[] = { "delete", "persist", "off", "truncate", "memory" #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL , "wal" #endif }; assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE==0 ); assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST==1 ); assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF==2 ); assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE==3 ); assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY==4 ); assert( PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL==5 ); assert( eMode>=0 && eMode<=ArraySize(azModeName) ); if( eMode==ArraySize(azModeName) ) return 0; return azModeName[eMode]; } /* ** Locate a pragma in the aPragmaName[] array. */ static const PragmaName *pragmaLocate(const char *zName){ int upr, lwr, mid = 0, rc; lwr = 0; upr = ArraySize(aPragmaName)-1; while( lwr<=upr ){ mid = (lwr+upr)/2; rc = sqlite3_stricmp(zName, aPragmaName[mid].zName); if( rc==0 ) break; if( rc<0 ){ upr = mid - 1; }else{ lwr = mid + 1; } } return lwr>upr ? 0 : &aPragmaName[mid]; } /* ** Helper subroutine for PRAGMA integrity_check: ** ** Generate code to output a single-column result row with a value of the ** string held in register 3. Decrement the result count in register 1 ** and halt if the maximum number of result rows have been issued. */ static int integrityCheckResultRow(Vdbe *v){ int addr; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 3, 1); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, 1, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); return addr; } /* ** Process a pragma statement. ** ** Pragmas are of this form: ** ** PRAGMA [schema.]id [= value] ** ** The identifier might also be a string. The value is a string, and ** identifier, or a number. If minusFlag is true, then the value is ** a number that was preceded by a minus sign. ** ** If the left side is "database.id" then pId1 is the database name ** and pId2 is the id. If the left side is just "id" then pId1 is the ** id and pId2 is any empty string. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma( Parse *pParse, Token *pId1, /* First part of [schema.]id field */ Token *pId2, /* Second part of [schema.]id field, or NULL */ Token *pValue, /* Token for , or NULL */ int minusFlag /* True if a '-' sign preceded */ ){ char *zLeft = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string */ char *zRight = 0; /* Nul-terminated UTF-8 string , or NULL */ const char *zDb = 0; /* The database name */ Token *pId; /* Pointer to token */ char *aFcntl[4]; /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */ int iDb; /* Database index for */ int rc; /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ Db *pDb; /* The specific database being pragmaed */ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Prepared statement */ const PragmaName *pPragma; /* The pragma */ if( v==0 ) return; sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v); pParse->nMem = 2; /* Interpret the [schema.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pId1, pId2, &pId); if( iDb<0 ) return; pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; /* If the temp database has been explicitly named as part of the ** pragma, make sure it is open. */ if( iDb==1 && sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(pParse) ){ return; } zLeft = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pId); if( !zLeft ) return; if( minusFlag ){ zRight = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-%T", pValue); }else{ zRight = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pValue); } assert( pId2 ); zDb = pId2->n>0 ? pDb->zDbSName : 0; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_PRAGMA, zLeft, zRight, zDb) ){ goto pragma_out; } /* Send an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file-control to the underlying VFS ** connection. If it returns SQLITE_OK, then assume that the VFS ** handled the pragma and generate a no-op prepared statement. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-12238-55120 Whenever a PRAGMA statement is parsed, ** an SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA file control is sent to the open sqlite3_file ** object corresponding to the database file to which the pragma ** statement refers. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-29875-31678 The argument to the SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA ** file control is an array of pointers to strings (char**) in which the ** second element of the array is the name of the pragma and the third ** element is the argument to the pragma or NULL if the pragma has no ** argument. */ aFcntl[0] = 0; aFcntl[1] = zLeft; aFcntl[2] = zRight; aFcntl[3] = 0; db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA, (void*)aFcntl); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, aFcntl[0], SQLITE_TRANSIENT); returnSingleText(v, aFcntl[0]); sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]); goto pragma_out; } if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ if( aFcntl[0] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", aFcntl[0]); sqlite3_free(aFcntl[0]); } pParse->nErr++; pParse->rc = rc; goto pragma_out; } /* Locate the pragma in the lookup table */ pPragma = pragmaLocate(zLeft); if( pPragma==0 ) goto pragma_out; /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */ if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NeedSchema)!=0 ){ if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; } /* Register the result column names for pragmas that return results */ if( (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns)==0 && ((pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1)==0 || zRight==0) ){ setPragmaResultColumnNames(v, pPragma); } /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */ switch( pPragma->ePragTyp ){ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED) /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size ** PRAGMA [schema.]default_cache_size=N ** ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the ** page cache size. The value returned is the maximum number of ** pages in the page cache. The second form sets both the current ** page cache size value and the persistent page cache size value ** stored in the database file. ** ** Older versions of SQLite would set the default cache size to a ** negative number to indicate synchronous=OFF. These days, synchronous ** is always on by default regardless of the sign of the default cache ** size. But continue to take the absolute value of the default cache ** size of historical compatibility. */ case PragTyp_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE: { static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); static const VdbeOpList getCacheSize[] = { { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE}, /* 1 */ { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0}, { OP_Integer, 0, 2, 0}, { OP_Subtract, 1, 2, 1}, { OP_IfPos, 1, 8, 0}, { OP_Integer, 0, 1, 0}, /* 6 */ { OP_Noop, 0, 0, 0}, { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0}, }; VdbeOp *aOp; sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); if( !zRight ){ pParse->nMem += 2; sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize)); aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(getCacheSize), getCacheSize, iLn); if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break; aOp[0].p1 = iDb; aOp[1].p1 = iDb; aOp[6].p1 = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }else{ int size = sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, size); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); } break; } #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS && !SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]page_size ** PRAGMA [schema.]page_size=N ** ** The first form reports the current setting for the ** database page size in bytes. The second form sets the ** database page size value. The value can only be set if ** the database has not yet been created. */ case PragTyp_PAGE_SIZE: { Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; assert( pBt!=0 ); if( !zRight ){ int size = ALWAYS(pBt) ? sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pBt) : 0; returnSingleInt(v, size); }else{ /* Malloc may fail when setting the page-size, as there is an internal ** buffer that the pager module resizes using sqlite3_realloc(). */ db->nextPagesize = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); if( SQLITE_NOMEM==sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pBt, db->nextPagesize,-1,0) ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); } } break; } /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]secure_delete ** PRAGMA [schema.]secure_delete=ON/OFF/FAST ** ** The first form reports the current setting for the ** secure_delete flag. The second form changes the secure_delete ** flag setting and reports the new value. */ case PragTyp_SECURE_DELETE: { Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; int b = -1; assert( pBt!=0 ); if( zRight ){ if( sqlite3_stricmp(zRight, "fast")==0 ){ b = 2; }else{ b = sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0); } } if( pId2->n==0 && b>=0 ){ int ii; for(ii=0; iinDb; ii++){ sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(db->aDb[ii].pBt, b); } } b = sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(pBt, b); returnSingleInt(v, b); break; } /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count ** PRAGMA [schema.]max_page_count=N ** ** The first form reports the current setting for the ** maximum number of pages in the database file. The ** second form attempts to change this setting. Both ** forms return the current setting. ** ** The absolute value of N is used. This is undocumented and might ** change. The only purpose is to provide an easy way to test ** the sqlite3AbsInt32() function. ** ** PRAGMA [schema.]page_count ** ** Return the number of pages in the specified database. */ case PragTyp_PAGE_COUNT: { int iReg; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); iReg = ++pParse->nMem; if( sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='p' ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Pagecount, iDb, iReg); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MaxPgcnt, iDb, iReg, sqlite3AbsInt32(sqlite3Atoi(zRight))); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, iReg, 1); break; } /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]locking_mode ** PRAGMA [schema.]locking_mode = (normal|exclusive) */ case PragTyp_LOCKING_MODE: { const char *zRet = "normal"; int eMode = getLockingMode(zRight); if( pId2->n==0 && eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY ){ /* Simple "PRAGMA locking_mode;" statement. This is a query for ** the current default locking mode (which may be different to ** the locking-mode of the main database). */ eMode = db->dfltLockMode; }else{ Pager *pPager; if( pId2->n==0 ){ /* This indicates that no database name was specified as part ** of the PRAGMA command. In this case the locking-mode must be ** set on all attached databases, as well as the main db file. ** ** Also, the sqlite3.dfltLockMode variable is set so that ** any subsequently attached databases also use the specified ** locking mode. */ int ii; assert(pDb==&db->aDb[0]); for(ii=2; iinDb; ii++){ pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[ii].pBt); sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); } db->dfltLockMode = (u8)eMode; } pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); eMode = sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, eMode); } assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); if( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ){ zRet = "exclusive"; } returnSingleText(v, zRet); break; } /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]journal_mode ** PRAGMA [schema.]journal_mode = ** (delete|persist|off|truncate|memory|wal|off) */ case PragTyp_JOURNAL_MODE: { int eMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_XXX symbols */ int ii; /* Loop counter */ if( zRight==0 ){ /* If there is no "=MODE" part of the pragma, do a query for the ** current mode */ eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; }else{ const char *zMode; int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zRight); for(eMode=0; (zMode = sqlite3JournalModename(eMode))!=0; eMode++){ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zRight, zMode, n)==0 ) break; } if( !zMode ){ /* If the "=MODE" part does not match any known journal mode, ** then do a query */ eMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY; } } if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY && pId2->n==0 ){ /* Convert "PRAGMA journal_mode" into "PRAGMA main.journal_mode" */ iDb = 0; pId2->n = 1; } for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, ii); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_JournalMode, ii, 1, eMode); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); break; } /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]journal_size_limit ** PRAGMA [schema.]journal_size_limit=N ** ** Get or set the size limit on rollback journal files. */ case PragTyp_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT: { Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); i64 iLimit = -2; if( zRight ){ sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &iLimit); if( iLimit<-1 ) iLimit = -1; } iLimit = sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(pPager, iLimit); returnSingleInt(v, iLimit); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]auto_vacuum ** PRAGMA [schema.]auto_vacuum=N ** ** Get or set the value of the database 'auto-vacuum' parameter. ** The value is one of: 0 NONE 1 FULL 2 INCREMENTAL */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM case PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM: { Btree *pBt = pDb->pBt; assert( pBt!=0 ); if( !zRight ){ returnSingleInt(v, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pBt)); }else{ int eAuto = getAutoVacuum(zRight); assert( eAuto>=0 && eAuto<=2 ); db->nextAutovac = (u8)eAuto; /* Call SetAutoVacuum() to set initialize the internal auto and ** incr-vacuum flags. This is required in case this connection ** creates the database file. It is important that it is created ** as an auto-vacuum capable db. */ rc = sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pBt, eAuto); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (eAuto==1 || eAuto==2) ){ /* When setting the auto_vacuum mode to either "full" or ** "incremental", write the value of meta[6] in the database ** file. Before writing to meta[6], check that meta[3] indicates ** that this really is an auto-vacuum capable database. */ static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); static const VdbeOpList setMeta6[] = { { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, BTREE_LARGEST_ROOT_PAGE}, { OP_If, 1, 0, 0}, /* 2 */ { OP_Halt, SQLITE_OK, OE_Abort, 0}, /* 3 */ { OP_SetCookie, 0, BTREE_INCR_VACUUM, 0}, /* 4 */ }; VdbeOp *aOp; int iAddr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(setMeta6)); aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setMeta6), setMeta6, iLn); if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break; aOp[0].p1 = iDb; aOp[1].p1 = iDb; aOp[2].p2 = iAddr+4; aOp[4].p1 = iDb; aOp[4].p3 = eAuto - 1; sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); } } break; } #endif /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]incremental_vacuum(N) ** ** Do N steps of incremental vacuuming on a database. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM case PragTyp_INCREMENTAL_VACUUM: { int iLimit, addr; if( zRight==0 || !sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &iLimit) || iLimit<=0 ){ iLimit = 0x7fffffff; } sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, iLimit, 1); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IncrVacuum, iDb); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResultRow, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 1, -1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, 1, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); break; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]cache_size ** PRAGMA [schema.]cache_size=N ** ** The first form reports the current local setting for the ** page cache size. The second form sets the local ** page cache size value. If N is positive then that is the ** number of pages in the cache. If N is negative, then the ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes ** of memory. */ case PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE: { assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( !zRight ){ returnSingleInt(v, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); }else{ int size = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); } break; } /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]cache_spill ** PRAGMA cache_spill=BOOLEAN ** PRAGMA [schema.]cache_spill=N ** ** The first form reports the current local setting for the ** page cache spill size. The second form turns cache spill on ** or off. When turnning cache spill on, the size is set to the ** current cache_size. The third form sets a spill size that ** may be different form the cache size. ** If N is positive then that is the ** number of pages in the cache. If N is negative, then the ** number of pages is adjusted so that the cache uses -N kibibytes ** of memory. ** ** If the number of cache_spill pages is less then the number of ** cache_size pages, no spilling occurs until the page count exceeds ** the number of cache_size pages. ** ** The cache_spill=BOOLEAN setting applies to all attached schemas, ** not just the schema specified. */ case PragTyp_CACHE_SPILL: { assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( !zRight ){ returnSingleInt(v, (db->flags & SQLITE_CacheSpill)==0 ? 0 : sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt,0)); }else{ int size = 1; if( sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &size) ){ sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pDb->pBt, size); } if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, size!=0) ){ db->flags |= SQLITE_CacheSpill; }else{ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_CacheSpill; } setAllPagerFlags(db); } break; } /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]mmap_size(N) ** ** Used to set mapping size limit. The mapping size limit is ** used to limit the aggregate size of all memory mapped regions of the ** database file. If this parameter is set to zero, then memory mapping ** is not used at all. If N is negative, then the default memory map ** limit determined by sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE) is set. ** The parameter N is measured in bytes. ** ** This value is advisory. The underlying VFS is free to memory map ** as little or as much as it wants. Except, if N is set to 0 then the ** upper layers will never invoke the xFetch interfaces to the VFS. */ case PragTyp_MMAP_SIZE: { sqlite3_int64 sz; #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( zRight ){ int ii; sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &sz); if( sz<0 ) sz = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; if( pId2->n==0 ) db->szMmap = sz; for(ii=db->nDb-1; ii>=0; ii--){ if( db->aDb[ii].pBt && (ii==iDb || pId2->n==0) ){ sqlite3BtreeSetMmapLimit(db->aDb[ii].pBt, sz); } } } sz = -1; rc = sqlite3_file_control(db, zDb, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); #else sz = 0; rc = SQLITE_OK; #endif if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ returnSingleInt(v, sz); }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ pParse->nErr++; pParse->rc = rc; } break; } /* ** PRAGMA temp_store ** PRAGMA temp_store = "default"|"memory"|"file" ** ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store flag. Changing ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the default ** value will be restored the next time the database is opened. ** ** Note that it is possible for the library compile-time options to ** override this setting */ case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE: { if( !zRight ){ returnSingleInt(v, db->temp_store); }else{ changeTempStorage(pParse, zRight); } break; } /* ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory ** PRAGMA temp_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" ** ** Return or set the local value of the temp_store_directory flag. Changing ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for temporary files. ** Setting to a null string reverts to the default temporary directory search. ** If temporary directory is changed, then invalidateTempStorage. ** */ case PragTyp_TEMP_STORE_DIRECTORY: { if( !zRight ){ returnSingleText(v, sqlite3_temp_directory); }else{ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD if( zRight[0] ){ int res; rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); goto pragma_out; } } if( SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==0 || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 && db->temp_store<=1) || (SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 && db->temp_store==1) ){ invalidateTempStorage(pParse); } sqlite3_free(sqlite3_temp_directory); if( zRight[0] ){ sqlite3_temp_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); }else{ sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ } break; } #if SQLITE_OS_WIN /* ** PRAGMA data_store_directory ** PRAGMA data_store_directory = ""|"directory_name" ** ** Return or set the local value of the data_store_directory flag. Changing ** the value sets a specific directory to be used for database files that ** were specified with a relative pathname. Setting to a null string reverts ** to the default database directory, which for database files specified with ** a relative path will probably be based on the current directory for the ** process. Database file specified with an absolute path are not impacted ** by this setting, regardless of its value. ** */ case PragTyp_DATA_STORE_DIRECTORY: { if( !zRight ){ returnSingleText(v, sqlite3_data_directory); }else{ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD if( zRight[0] ){ int res; rc = sqlite3OsAccess(db->pVfs, zRight, SQLITE_ACCESS_READWRITE, &res); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || res==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not a writable directory"); goto pragma_out; } } sqlite3_free(sqlite3_data_directory); if( zRight[0] ){ sqlite3_data_directory = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zRight); }else{ sqlite3_data_directory = 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WSD */ } break; } #endif #if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]lock_proxy_file ** PRAGMA [schema.]lock_proxy_file = ":auto:"|"lock_file_path" ** ** Return or set the value of the lock_proxy_file flag. Changing ** the value sets a specific file to be used for database access locks. ** */ case PragTyp_LOCK_PROXY_FILE: { if( !zRight ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); char *proxy_file_path = NULL; sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pFile, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &proxy_file_path); returnSingleText(v, proxy_file_path); }else{ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pDb->pBt); sqlite3_file *pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); int res; if( zRight[0] ){ res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, zRight); } else { res=sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE, NULL); } if( res!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "failed to set lock proxy file"); goto pragma_out; } } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */ /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous ** PRAGMA [schema.]synchronous=OFF|ON|NORMAL|FULL|EXTRA ** ** Return or set the local value of the synchronous flag. Changing ** the local value does not make changes to the disk file and the ** default value will be restored the next time the database is ** opened. */ case PragTyp_SYNCHRONOUS: { if( !zRight ){ returnSingleInt(v, pDb->safety_level-1); }else{ if( !db->autoCommit ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Safety level may not be changed inside a transaction"); }else if( iDb!=1 ){ int iLevel = (getSafetyLevel(zRight,0,1)+1) & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; if( iLevel==0 ) iLevel = 1; pDb->safety_level = iLevel; pDb->bSyncSet = 1; setAllPagerFlags(db); } } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS case PragTyp_FLAG: { if( zRight==0 ){ setPragmaResultColumnNames(v, pPragma); returnSingleInt(v, (db->flags & pPragma->iArg)!=0 ); }else{ int mask = pPragma->iArg; /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */ if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not ** in auto-commit mode. */ mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys); } #if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION if( db->auth.authLevel==UAUTH_User ){ /* Do not allow non-admin users to modify the schema arbitrarily */ mask &= ~(SQLITE_WriteSchema); } #endif if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){ db->flags |= mask; }else{ db->flags &= ~mask; if( mask==SQLITE_DeferFKs ) db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; } /* Many of the flag-pragmas modify the code generated by the SQL ** compiler (eg. count_changes). So add an opcode to expire all ** compiled SQL statements after modifying a pragma value. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire); setAllPagerFlags(db); } break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_PRAGMAS /* ** PRAGMA table_info(
    ) ** ** Return a single row for each column of the named table. The columns of ** the returned data set are: ** ** cid: Column id (numbered from left to right, starting at 0) ** name: Column name ** type: Column declaration type. ** notnull: True if 'NOT NULL' is part of column declaration ** dflt_value: The default value for the column, if any. ** pk: Non-zero for PK fields. */ case PragTyp_TABLE_INFO: if( zRight ){ Table *pTab; pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, LOCATE_NOERR, zRight, zDb); if( pTab ){ int i, k; int nHidden = 0; Column *pCol; Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); pParse->nMem = 6; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab); for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ if( IsHiddenColumn(pCol) ){ nHidden++; continue; } if( (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)==0 ){ k = 0; }else if( pPk==0 ){ k = 1; }else{ for(k=1; k<=pTab->nCol && pPk->aiColumn[k-1]!=i; k++){} } assert( pCol->pDflt==0 || pCol->pDflt->op==TK_SPAN ); sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "issisi", i-nHidden, pCol->zName, sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,""), pCol->notNull ? 1 : 0, pCol->pDflt ? pCol->pDflt->u.zToken : 0, k); } } } break; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG case PragTyp_STATS: { Index *pIdx; HashElem *i; pParse->nMem = 5; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&pDb->pSchema->tblHash); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(i); sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "ssiii", pTab->zName, 0, pTab->szTabRow, pTab->nRowLogEst, pTab->tabFlags); for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 2, "siiiX", pIdx->zName, pIdx->szIdxRow, pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0], pIdx->hasStat1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 5); } } } break; #endif case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){ Index *pIdx; Table *pTab; pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb); if( pIdx ){ int i; int mx; if( pPragma->iArg ){ /* PRAGMA index_xinfo (newer version with more rows and columns) */ mx = pIdx->nColumn; pParse->nMem = 6; }else{ /* PRAGMA index_info (legacy version) */ mx = pIdx->nKeyCol; pParse->nMem = 3; } pTab = pIdx->pTable; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); assert( pParse->nMem<=pPragma->nPragCName ); for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]; sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iisX", i, cnum, cnum<0 ? 0 : pTab->aCol[cnum].zName); if( pPragma->iArg ){ sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 4, "isiX", pIdx->aSortOrder[i], pIdx->azColl[i], inKeyCol); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, pParse->nMem); } } } break; case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){ Index *pIdx; Table *pTab; int i; pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb); if( pTab ){ pParse->nMem = 5; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){ const char *azOrigin[] = { "c", "u", "pk" }; sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "isisi", i, pIdx->zName, IsUniqueIndex(pIdx), azOrigin[pIdx->idxType], pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0); } } } break; case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: { int i; pParse->nMem = 3; for(i=0; inDb; i++){ if( db->aDb[i].pBt==0 ) continue; assert( db->aDb[i].zDbSName!=0 ); sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iss", i, db->aDb[i].zDbSName, sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(db->aDb[i].pBt)); } } break; case PragTyp_COLLATION_LIST: { int i = 0; HashElem *p; pParse->nMem = 2; for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(p); sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "is", i++, pColl->zName); } } break; #ifdef SQLITE_INTROSPECTION_PRAGMAS case PragTyp_FUNCTION_LIST: { int i; HashElem *j; FuncDef *p; pParse->nMem = 2; for(i=0; iu.pHash ){ sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "si", p->zName, 1); } } for(j=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); j; j=sqliteHashNext(j)){ p = (FuncDef*)sqliteHashData(j); sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "si", p->zName, 0); } } break; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE case PragTyp_MODULE_LIST: { HashElem *j; pParse->nMem = 1; for(j=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); j; j=sqliteHashNext(j)){ Module *pMod = (Module*)sqliteHashData(j); sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "s", pMod->zName); } } break; #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ case PragTyp_PRAGMA_LIST: { int i; for(i=0; ipFKey; if( pFK ){ int i = 0; pParse->nMem = 8; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); while(pFK){ int j; for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "iissssss", i, j, pFK->zTo, pTab->aCol[pFK->aCol[j].iFrom].zName, pFK->aCol[j].zCol, actionName(pFK->aAction[1]), /* ON UPDATE */ actionName(pFK->aAction[0]), /* ON DELETE */ "NONE"); } ++i; pFK = pFK->pNextFrom; } } } } break; #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER case PragTyp_FOREIGN_KEY_CHECK: { FKey *pFK; /* A foreign key constraint */ Table *pTab; /* Child table contain "REFERENCES" keyword */ Table *pParent; /* Parent table that child points to */ Index *pIdx; /* Index in the parent table */ int i; /* Loop counter: Foreign key number for pTab */ int j; /* Loop counter: Field of the foreign key */ HashElem *k; /* Loop counter: Next table in schema */ int x; /* result variable */ int regResult; /* 3 registers to hold a result row */ int regKey; /* Register to hold key for checking the FK */ int regRow; /* Registers to hold a row from pTab */ int addrTop; /* Top of a loop checking foreign keys */ int addrOk; /* Jump here if the key is OK */ int *aiCols; /* child to parent column mapping */ regResult = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += 4; regKey = ++pParse->nMem; regRow = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); k = sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->tblHash); while( k ){ if( zRight ){ pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, zRight, zDb); k = 0; }else{ pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); k = sqliteHashNext(k); } if( pTab==0 || pTab->pFKey==0 ) continue; sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); if( pTab->nCol+regRow>pParse->nMem ) pParse->nMem = pTab->nCol + regRow; sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, 0, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, regResult, pTab->zName); for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); if( pParent==0 ) continue; pIdx = 0; sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pParent->tnum, 0, pParent->zName); x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, 0); if( x==0 ){ if( pIdx==0 ){ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, i, iDb, pParent, OP_OpenRead); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenRead, i, pIdx->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); } }else{ k = 0; break; } } assert( pParse->nErr>0 || pFK==0 ); if( pFK ) break; if( pParse->nTabnTab = i; addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); for(i=1, pFK=pTab->pFKey; pFK; i++, pFK=pFK->pNextFrom){ pParent = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFK->zTo, zDb); pIdx = 0; aiCols = 0; if( pParent ){ x = sqlite3FkLocateIndex(pParse, pParent, pFK, &pIdx, &aiCols); assert( x==0 ); } addrOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Generate code to read the child key values into registers ** regRow..regRow+n. If any of the child key values are NULL, this ** row cannot cause an FK violation. Jump directly to addrOk in ** this case. */ for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ int iCol = aiCols ? aiCols[j] : pFK->aCol[j].iFrom; sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, 0, iCol, regRow+j); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regRow+j, addrOk); VdbeCoverage(v); } /* Generate code to query the parent index for a matching parent ** key. If a match is found, jump to addrOk. */ if( pIdx ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, pFK->nCol, regKey, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db,pIdx), pFK->nCol); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, i, addrOk, regKey, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); }else if( pParent ){ int jmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, i, jmp, regRow); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrOk); assert( pFK->nCol==1 ); } /* Generate code to report an FK violation to the caller. */ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, 0, regResult+1); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regResult+1); } sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, regResult+2, "siX", pFK->zTo, i-1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, 4); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOk); sqlite3DbFree(db, aiCols); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, 0, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); } } break; #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FOREIGN_KEY) */ #ifndef NDEBUG case PragTyp_PARSER_TRACE: { if( zRight ){ if( sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0) ){ sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: "); }else{ sqlite3ParserTrace(0, 0); } } } break; #endif /* Reinstall the LIKE and GLOB functions. The variant of LIKE ** used will be case sensitive or not depending on the RHS. */ case PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE: { if( zRight ){ sqlite3RegisterLikeFunctions(db, sqlite3GetBoolean(zRight, 0)); } } break; #ifndef SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX # define SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX 100 #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK /* PRAGMA integrity_check ** PRAGMA integrity_check(N) ** PRAGMA quick_check ** PRAGMA quick_check(N) ** ** Verify the integrity of the database. ** ** The "quick_check" is reduced version of ** integrity_check designed to detect most database corruption ** without the overhead of cross-checking indexes. Quick_check ** is linear time wherease integrity_check is O(NlogN). */ case PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK: { int i, j, addr, mxErr; int isQuick = (sqlite3Tolower(zLeft[0])=='q'); /* If the PRAGMA command was of the form "PRAGMA .integrity_check", ** then iDb is set to the index of the database identified by . ** In this case, the integrity of database iDb only is verified by ** the VDBE created below. ** ** Otherwise, if the command was simply "PRAGMA integrity_check" (or ** "PRAGMA quick_check"), then iDb is set to 0. In this case, set iDb ** to -1 here, to indicate that the VDBE should verify the integrity ** of all attached databases. */ assert( iDb>=0 ); assert( iDb==0 || pId2->z ); if( pId2->z==0 ) iDb = -1; /* Initialize the VDBE program */ pParse->nMem = 6; /* Set the maximum error count */ mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; if( zRight ){ sqlite3GetInt32(zRight, &mxErr); if( mxErr<=0 ){ mxErr = SQLITE_INTEGRITY_CHECK_ERROR_MAX; } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, mxErr-1, 1); /* reg[1] holds errors left */ /* Do an integrity check on each database file */ for(i=0; inDb; i++){ HashElem *x; /* For looping over tables in the schema */ Hash *pTbls; /* Set of all tables in the schema */ int *aRoot; /* Array of root page numbers of all btrees */ int cnt = 0; /* Number of entries in aRoot[] */ int mxIdx = 0; /* Maximum number of indexes for any table */ if( OMIT_TEMPDB && i==1 ) continue; if( iDb>=0 && i!=iDb ) continue; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, i); /* Do an integrity check of the B-Tree ** ** Begin by finding the root pages numbers ** for all tables and indices in the database. */ assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, i, 0) ); pTbls = &db->aDb[i].pSchema->tblHash; for(cnt=0, x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); /* Current table */ Index *pIdx; /* An index on pTab */ int nIdx; /* Number of indexes on pTab */ if( HasRowid(pTab) ) cnt++; for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ cnt++; } if( nIdx>mxIdx ) mxIdx = nIdx; } aRoot = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(cnt+1)); if( aRoot==0 ) break; for(cnt=0, x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); Index *pIdx; if( HasRowid(pTab) ) aRoot[++cnt] = pTab->tnum; for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ aRoot[++cnt] = pIdx->tnum; } } aRoot[0] = cnt; /* Make sure sufficient number of registers have been allocated */ pParse->nMem = MAX( pParse->nMem, 8+mxIdx ); sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); /* Do the b-tree integrity checks */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IntegrityCk, 2, cnt, 1, (char*)aRoot,P4_INTARRAY); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)i); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, 2); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "*** in database %s ***\n", db->aDb[i].zDbSName), P4_DYNAMIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 2, 3, 3); integrityCheckResultRow(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); /* Make sure all the indices are constructed correctly. */ for(x=sqliteHashFirst(pTbls); x; x=sqliteHashNext(x)){ Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(x); Index *pIdx, *pPk; Index *pPrior = 0; int loopTop; int iDataCur, iIdxCur; int r1 = -1; if( pTab->tnum<1 ) continue; /* Skip VIEWs or VIRTUAL TABLEs */ pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenRead, 0, 1, 0, &iDataCur, &iIdxCur); /* reg[7] counts the number of entries in the table. ** reg[8+i] counts the number of entries in the i-th index */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 7); for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 8+j); /* index entries counter */ } assert( pParse->nMem>=8+j ); assert( sqlite3NoTempsInRange(pParse,1,7+j) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iDataCur, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); loopTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 7, 1); if( !isQuick ){ /* Sanity check on record header decoding */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iDataCur, pTab->nCol-1, 3); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); } /* Verify that all NOT NULL columns really are NOT NULL */ for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ char *zErr; int jmp2; if( j==pTab->iPKey ) continue; if( pTab->aCol[j].notNull==0 ) continue; sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, j, 3); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_TYPEOFARG); jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, 3); VdbeCoverage(v); zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "NULL value in %s.%s", pTab->zName, pTab->aCol[j].zName); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC); integrityCheckResultRow(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); } /* Verify CHECK constraints */ if( pTab->pCheck && (db->flags & SQLITE_IgnoreChecks)==0 ){ ExprList *pCheck = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTab->pCheck, 0); if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ int addrCkFault = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int addrCkOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); char *zErr; int k; pParse->iSelfTab = iDataCur + 1; for(k=pCheck->nExpr-1; k>0; k--){ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCheck->a[k].pExpr, addrCkFault, 0); } sqlite3ExprIfTrue(pParse, pCheck->a[0].pExpr, addrCkOk, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCkFault); pParse->iSelfTab = 0; zErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CHECK constraint failed in %s", pTab->zName); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, zErr, P4_DYNAMIC); integrityCheckResultRow(v); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCkOk); } sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pCheck); } if( !isQuick ){ /* Omit the remaining tests for quick_check */ /* Validate index entries for the current row */ for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ int jmp2, jmp3, jmp4, jmp5; int ckUniq = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); if( pPk==pIdx ) continue; r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iDataCur, 0, 0, &jmp3, pPrior, r1); pPrior = pIdx; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, 8+j, 1);/* increment entry count */ /* Verify that an index entry exists for the current table row */ jmp2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iIdxCur+j, ckUniq, r1, pIdx->nColumn); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, "row "); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 7, 3, 3); sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 4, " missing from index "); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3); jmp5 = sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 4, pIdx->zName); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 3, 3); jmp4 = integrityCheckResultRow(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp2); /* For UNIQUE indexes, verify that only one entry exists with the ** current key. The entry is unique if (1) any column is NULL ** or (2) the next entry has a different key */ if( IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ){ int uniqOk = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int jmp6; int kk; for(kk=0; kknKeyCol; kk++){ int iCol = pIdx->aiColumn[kk]; assert( iCol!=XN_ROWID && iColnCol ); if( iCol>=0 && pTab->aCol[iCol].notNull ) continue; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, r1+kk, uniqOk); VdbeCoverage(v); } jmp6 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur+j); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, uniqOk); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp6); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxGT, iIdxCur+j, uniqOk, r1, pIdx->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 3, "non-unique entry in index "); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, jmp5); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, uniqOk); } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp4); sqlite3ResolvePartIdxLabel(pParse, jmp3); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iDataCur, loopTop); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, loopTop-1); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT if( !isQuick ){ sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 2, "wrong # of entries in index "); for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ if( pPk==pIdx ) continue; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iIdxCur+j, 3); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Eq, 8+j, 0, 3); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_NOTNULL); sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 4, pIdx->zName); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, 4, 2, 3); integrityCheckResultRow(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ } } { static const int iLn = VDBE_OFFSET_LINENO(2); static const VdbeOpList endCode[] = { { OP_AddImm, 1, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ { OP_IfNotZero, 1, 4, 0}, /* 1 */ { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 2 */ { OP_ResultRow, 3, 1, 0}, /* 3 */ { OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 4 */ { OP_String8, 0, 3, 0}, /* 5 */ { OP_Goto, 0, 3, 0}, /* 6 */ }; VdbeOp *aOp; aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(endCode), endCode, iLn); if( aOp ){ aOp[0].p2 = 1-mxErr; aOp[2].p4type = P4_STATIC; aOp[2].p4.z = "ok"; aOp[5].p4type = P4_STATIC; aOp[5].p4.z = (char*)sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_CORRUPT); } sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); } } break; #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** PRAGMA encoding ** PRAGMA encoding = "utf-8"|"utf-16"|"utf-16le"|"utf-16be" ** ** In its first form, this pragma returns the encoding of the main ** database. If the database is not initialized, it is initialized now. ** ** The second form of this pragma is a no-op if the main database file ** has not already been initialized. In this case it sets the default ** encoding that will be used for the main database file if a new file ** is created. If an existing main database file is opened, then the ** default text encoding for the existing database is used. ** ** In all cases new databases created using the ATTACH command are ** created to use the same default text encoding as the main database. If ** the main database has not been initialized and/or created when ATTACH ** is executed, this is done before the ATTACH operation. ** ** In the second form this pragma sets the text encoding to be used in ** new database files created using this database handle. It is only ** useful if invoked immediately after the main database i */ case PragTyp_ENCODING: { static const struct EncName { char *zName; u8 enc; } encnames[] = { { "UTF8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, { "UTF-8", SQLITE_UTF8 }, /* Must be element [1] */ { "UTF-16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, /* Must be element [2] */ { "UTF-16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, /* Must be element [3] */ { "UTF16le", SQLITE_UTF16LE }, { "UTF16be", SQLITE_UTF16BE }, { "UTF-16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ { "UTF16", 0 }, /* SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE */ { 0, 0 } }; const struct EncName *pEnc; if( !zRight ){ /* "PRAGMA encoding" */ if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out; assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF8].enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ); assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16LE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ); assert( encnames[SQLITE_UTF16BE].enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ); returnSingleText(v, encnames[ENC(pParse->db)].zName); }else{ /* "PRAGMA encoding = XXX" */ /* Only change the value of sqlite.enc if the database handle is not ** initialized. If the main database exists, the new sqlite.enc value ** will be overwritten when the schema is next loaded. If it does not ** already exists, it will be created to use the new encoding value. */ if( !(DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded)) || DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_Empty) ){ for(pEnc=&encnames[0]; pEnc->zName; pEnc++){ if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, pEnc->zName) ){ SCHEMA_ENC(db) = ENC(db) = pEnc->enc ? pEnc->enc : SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; break; } } if( !pEnc->zName ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported encoding: %s", zRight); } } } } break; #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]schema_version ** PRAGMA [schema.]schema_version = ** ** PRAGMA [schema.]user_version ** PRAGMA [schema.]user_version = ** ** PRAGMA [schema.]freelist_count ** ** PRAGMA [schema.]data_version ** ** PRAGMA [schema.]application_id ** PRAGMA [schema.]application_id = ** ** The pragma's schema_version and user_version are used to set or get ** the value of the schema-version and user-version, respectively. Both ** the schema-version and the user-version are 32-bit signed integers ** stored in the database header. ** ** The schema-cookie is usually only manipulated internally by SQLite. It ** is incremented by SQLite whenever the database schema is modified (by ** creating or dropping a table or index). The schema version is used by ** SQLite each time a query is executed to ensure that the internal cache ** of the schema used when compiling the SQL query matches the schema of ** the database against which the compiled query is actually executed. ** Subverting this mechanism by using "PRAGMA schema_version" to modify ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution! ** ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by ** applications for any purpose. */ case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: { int iCookie = pPragma->iArg; /* Which cookie to read or write */ sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); if( zRight && (pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_ReadOnly)==0 ){ /* Write the specified cookie value */ static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = { { OP_Transaction, 0, 1, 0}, /* 0 */ { OP_SetCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1 */ }; VdbeOp *aOp; sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(setCookie)); aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0); if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break; aOp[0].p1 = iDb; aOp[1].p1 = iDb; aOp[1].p2 = iCookie; aOp[1].p3 = sqlite3Atoi(zRight); }else{ /* Read the specified cookie value */ static const VdbeOpList readCookie[] = { { OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0 */ { OP_ReadCookie, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */ { OP_ResultRow, 1, 1, 0} }; VdbeOp *aOp; sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoMallocRequired(v, ArraySize(readCookie)); aOp = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(readCookie),readCookie,0); if( ONLY_IF_REALLOC_STRESS(aOp==0) ) break; aOp[0].p1 = iDb; aOp[1].p1 = iDb; aOp[1].p3 = iCookie; sqlite3VdbeReusable(v); } } break; #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_SCHEMA_VERSION_PRAGMAS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS /* ** PRAGMA compile_options ** ** Return the names of all compile-time options used in this build, ** one option per row. */ case PragTyp_COMPILE_OPTIONS: { int i = 0; const char *zOpt; pParse->nMem = 1; while( (zOpt = sqlite3_compileoption_get(i++))!=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, 1, zOpt); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 1); } sqlite3VdbeReusable(v); } break; #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** PRAGMA [schema.]wal_checkpoint = passive|full|restart|truncate ** ** Checkpoint the database. */ case PragTyp_WAL_CHECKPOINT: { int iBt = (pId2->z?iDb:SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED); int eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE; if( zRight ){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "full")==0 ){ eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL; }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "restart")==0 ){ eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART; }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zRight, "truncate")==0 ){ eMode = SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE; } } pParse->nMem = 3; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Checkpoint, iBt, eMode, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3); } break; /* ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint ** PRAGMA wal_autocheckpoint = N ** ** Configure a database connection to automatically checkpoint a database ** after accumulating N frames in the log. Or query for the current value ** of N. */ case PragTyp_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT: { if( zRight ){ sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); } returnSingleInt(v, db->xWalCallback==sqlite3WalDefaultHook ? SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(db->pWalArg) : 0); } break; #endif /* ** PRAGMA shrink_memory ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-23445-46109 This pragma causes the database ** connection on which it is invoked to free up as much memory as it ** can, by calling sqlite3_db_release_memory(). */ case PragTyp_SHRINK_MEMORY: { sqlite3_db_release_memory(db); break; } /* ** PRAGMA optimize ** PRAGMA optimize(MASK) ** PRAGMA schema.optimize ** PRAGMA schema.optimize(MASK) ** ** Attempt to optimize the database. All schemas are optimized in the first ** two forms, and only the specified schema is optimized in the latter two. ** ** The details of optimizations performed by this pragma are expected ** to change and improve over time. Applications should anticipate that ** this pragma will perform new optimizations in future releases. ** ** The optional argument is a bitmask of optimizations to perform: ** ** 0x0001 Debugging mode. Do not actually perform any optimizations ** but instead return one line of text for each optimization ** that would have been done. Off by default. ** ** 0x0002 Run ANALYZE on tables that might benefit. On by default. ** See below for additional information. ** ** 0x0004 (Not yet implemented) Record usage and performance ** information from the current session in the ** database file so that it will be available to "optimize" ** pragmas run by future database connections. ** ** 0x0008 (Not yet implemented) Create indexes that might have ** been helpful to recent queries ** ** The default MASK is and always shall be 0xfffe. 0xfffe means perform all ** of the optimizations listed above except Debug Mode, including new ** optimizations that have not yet been invented. If new optimizations are ** ever added that should be off by default, those off-by-default ** optimizations will have bitmasks of 0x10000 or larger. ** ** DETERMINATION OF WHEN TO RUN ANALYZE ** ** In the current implementation, a table is analyzed if only if all of ** the following are true: ** ** (1) MASK bit 0x02 is set. ** ** (2) The query planner used sqlite_stat1-style statistics for one or ** more indexes of the table at some point during the lifetime of ** the current connection. ** ** (3) One or more indexes of the table are currently unanalyzed OR ** the number of rows in the table has increased by 25 times or more ** since the last time ANALYZE was run. ** ** The rules for when tables are analyzed are likely to change in ** future releases. */ case PragTyp_OPTIMIZE: { int iDbLast; /* Loop termination point for the schema loop */ int iTabCur; /* Cursor for a table whose size needs checking */ HashElem *k; /* Loop over tables of a schema */ Schema *pSchema; /* The current schema */ Table *pTab; /* A table in the schema */ Index *pIdx; /* An index of the table */ LogEst szThreshold; /* Size threshold above which reanalysis is needd */ char *zSubSql; /* SQL statement for the OP_SqlExec opcode */ u32 opMask; /* Mask of operations to perform */ if( zRight ){ opMask = (u32)sqlite3Atoi(zRight); if( (opMask & 0x02)==0 ) break; }else{ opMask = 0xfffe; } iTabCur = pParse->nTab++; for(iDbLast = zDb?iDb:db->nDb-1; iDb<=iDbLast; iDb++){ if( iDb==1 ) continue; sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){ pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k); /* If table pTab has not been used in a way that would benefit from ** having analysis statistics during the current session, then skip it. ** This also has the effect of skipping virtual tables and views */ if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_StatsUsed)==0 ) continue; /* Reanalyze if the table is 25 times larger than the last analysis */ szThreshold = pTab->nRowLogEst + 46; assert( sqlite3LogEst(25)==46 ); for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ if( !pIdx->hasStat1 ){ szThreshold = 0; /* Always analyze if any index lacks statistics */ break; } } if( szThreshold ){ sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTabCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfSmaller, iTabCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2+(opMask&1), szThreshold); VdbeCoverage(v); } zSubSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "ANALYZE \"%w\".\"%w\"", db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, pTab->zName); if( opMask & 0x01 ){ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, r1, 0, zSubSql, P4_DYNAMIC); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, r1, 1); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SqlExec, 0, 0, 0, zSubSql, P4_DYNAMIC); } } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire); break; } /* ** PRAGMA busy_timeout ** PRAGMA busy_timeout = N ** ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N). Return the current timeout value ** if one is set. If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set ** then 0 is returned. Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative ** disables the timeout. */ /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: { assert( pPragma->ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT ); if( zRight ){ sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight)); } returnSingleInt(v, db->busyTimeout); break; } /* ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit ** PRAGMA soft_heap_limit = N ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-26343-45930 This pragma invokes the ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64() interface with the argument N, if N is ** specified and is a non-negative integer. ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-64451-07163 The soft_heap_limit pragma always ** returns the same integer that would be returned by the ** sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1) C-language function. */ case PragTyp_SOFT_HEAP_LIMIT: { sqlite3_int64 N; if( zRight && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(N); } returnSingleInt(v, sqlite3_soft_heap_limit64(-1)); break; } /* ** PRAGMA threads ** PRAGMA threads = N ** ** Configure the maximum number of worker threads. Return the new ** maximum, which might be less than requested. */ case PragTyp_THREADS: { sqlite3_int64 N; if( zRight && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(zRight, &N)==SQLITE_OK && N>=0 ){ sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS, (int)(N&0x7fffffff)); } returnSingleInt(v, sqlite3_limit(db, SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS, -1)); break; } #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) /* ** Report the current state of file logs for all databases */ case PragTyp_LOCK_STATUS: { static const char *const azLockName[] = { "unlocked", "shared", "reserved", "pending", "exclusive" }; int i; pParse->nMem = 2; for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Btree *pBt; const char *zState = "unknown"; int j; if( db->aDb[i].zDbSName==0 ) continue; pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt==0 || sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)==0 ){ zState = "closed"; }else if( sqlite3_file_control(db, i ? db->aDb[i].zDbSName : 0, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE, &j)==SQLITE_OK ){ zState = azLockName[j]; } sqlite3VdbeMultiLoad(v, 1, "ss", db->aDb[i].zDbSName, zState); } break; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC case PragTyp_KEY: { if( zRight ) sqlite3_key_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); break; } case PragTyp_REKEY: { if( zRight ) sqlite3_rekey_v2(db, zDb, zRight, sqlite3Strlen30(zRight)); break; } case PragTyp_HEXKEY: { if( zRight ){ u8 iByte; int i; char zKey[40]; for(i=0, iByte=0; imPragFlg & PragFlg_NoColumns1) && zRight ){ sqlite3VdbeVerifyNoResultRow(v); } pragma_out: sqlite3DbFree(db, zLeft); sqlite3DbFree(db, zRight); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /***************************************************************************** ** Implementation of an eponymous virtual table that runs a pragma. ** */ typedef struct PragmaVtab PragmaVtab; typedef struct PragmaVtabCursor PragmaVtabCursor; struct PragmaVtab { sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class. Must be first */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection to which it belongs */ const PragmaName *pName; /* Name of the pragma */ u8 nHidden; /* Number of hidden columns */ u8 iHidden; /* Index of the first hidden column */ }; struct PragmaVtabCursor { sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */ sqlite3_stmt *pPragma; /* The pragma statement to run */ sqlite_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ char *azArg[2]; /* Value of the argument and schema */ }; /* ** Pragma virtual table module xConnect method. */ static int pragmaVtabConnect( sqlite3 *db, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, char **pzErr ){ const PragmaName *pPragma = (const PragmaName*)pAux; PragmaVtab *pTab = 0; int rc; int i, j; char cSep = '('; StrAccum acc; char zBuf[200]; UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0); sqlite3_str_appendall(&acc, "CREATE TABLE x"); for(i=0, j=pPragma->iPragCName; inPragCName; i++, j++){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "%c\"%s\"", cSep, pragCName[j]); cSep = ','; } if( i==0 ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "(\"%s\"", pPragma->zName); i++; } j = 0; if( pPragma->mPragFlg & PragFlg_Result1 ){ sqlite3_str_appendall(&acc, ",arg HIDDEN"); j++; } if( pPragma->mPragFlg & (PragFlg_SchemaOpt|PragFlg_SchemaReq) ){ sqlite3_str_appendall(&acc, ",schema HIDDEN"); j++; } sqlite3_str_append(&acc, ")", 1); sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); assert( strlen(zBuf) < sizeof(zBuf)-1 ); rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zBuf); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pTab = (PragmaVtab*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PragmaVtab)); if( pTab==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(PragmaVtab)); pTab->pName = pPragma; pTab->db = db; pTab->iHidden = i; pTab->nHidden = j; } }else{ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pTab; return rc; } /* ** Pragma virtual table module xDisconnect method. */ static int pragmaVtabDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)pVtab; sqlite3_free(pTab); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Figure out the best index to use to search a pragma virtual table. ** ** There are not really any index choices. But we want to encourage the ** query planner to give == constraints on as many hidden parameters as ** possible, and especially on the first hidden parameter. So return a ** high cost if hidden parameters are unconstrained. */ static int pragmaVtabBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)tab; const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint; int i, j; int seen[2]; pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)1; if( pTab->nHidden==0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pConstraint = pIdxInfo->aConstraint; seen[0] = 0; seen[1] = 0; for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pConstraint++){ if( pConstraint->usable==0 ) continue; if( pConstraint->op!=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) continue; if( pConstraint->iColumn < pTab->iHidden ) continue; j = pConstraint->iColumn - pTab->iHidden; assert( j < 2 ); seen[j] = i+1; } if( seen[0]==0 ){ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)2147483647; pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 2147483647; return SQLITE_OK; } j = seen[0]-1; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].argvIndex = 1; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].omit = 1; if( seen[1]==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)20; pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 20; j = seen[1]-1; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].argvIndex = 2; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[j].omit = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } /* Create a new cursor for the pragma virtual table */ static int pragmaVtabOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr; pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pCsr)); if( pCsr==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(PragmaVtabCursor)); pCsr->base.pVtab = pVtab; *ppCursor = &pCsr->base; return SQLITE_OK; } /* Clear all content from pragma virtual table cursor. */ static void pragmaVtabCursorClear(PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr){ int i; sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pPragma); pCsr->pPragma = 0; for(i=0; iazArg); i++){ sqlite3_free(pCsr->azArg[i]); pCsr->azArg[i] = 0; } } /* Close a pragma virtual table cursor */ static int pragmaVtabClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)cur; pragmaVtabCursorClear(pCsr); sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Advance the pragma virtual table cursor to the next row */ static int pragmaVtabNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Increment the xRowid value */ pCsr->iRowid++; assert( pCsr->pPragma ); if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pPragma) ){ rc = sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pPragma); pCsr->pPragma = 0; pragmaVtabCursorClear(pCsr); } return rc; } /* ** Pragma virtual table module xFilter method. */ static int pragmaVtabFilter( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor; PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)(pVtabCursor->pVtab); int rc; int i, j; StrAccum acc; char *zSql; UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxNum); UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); pragmaVtabCursorClear(pCsr); j = (pTab->pName->mPragFlg & PragFlg_Result1)!=0 ? 0 : 1; for(i=0; iazArg) ); assert( pCsr->azArg[j]==0 ); if( zText ){ pCsr->azArg[j] = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zText); if( pCsr->azArg[j]==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } } } sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, 0, 0, 0, pTab->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]); sqlite3_str_appendall(&acc, "PRAGMA "); if( pCsr->azArg[1] ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "%Q.", pCsr->azArg[1]); } sqlite3_str_appendall(&acc, pTab->pName->zName); if( pCsr->azArg[0] ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&acc, "=%Q", pCsr->azArg[0]); } zSql = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc); if( zSql==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pTab->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pPragma, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ pTab->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(pTab->db)); return rc; } return pragmaVtabNext(pVtabCursor); } /* ** Pragma virtual table module xEof method. */ static int pragmaVtabEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor; return (pCsr->pPragma==0); } /* The xColumn method simply returns the corresponding column from ** the PRAGMA. */ static int pragmaVtabColumn( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i ){ PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor; PragmaVtab *pTab = (PragmaVtab*)(pVtabCursor->pVtab); if( iiHidden ){ sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pPragma, i)); }else{ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pCsr->azArg[i-pTab->iHidden],-1,SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Pragma virtual table module xRowid method. */ static int pragmaVtabRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *p){ PragmaVtabCursor *pCsr = (PragmaVtabCursor*)pVtabCursor; *p = pCsr->iRowid; return SQLITE_OK; } /* The pragma virtual table object */ static const sqlite3_module pragmaVtabModule = { 0, /* iVersion */ 0, /* xCreate - create a table */ pragmaVtabConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */ pragmaVtabBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */ pragmaVtabDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */ 0, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */ pragmaVtabOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ pragmaVtabClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ pragmaVtabFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ pragmaVtabNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ pragmaVtabEof, /* xEof */ pragmaVtabColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ pragmaVtabRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ 0, /* xUpdate - write data */ 0, /* xBegin - begin transaction */ 0, /* xSync - sync transaction */ 0, /* xCommit - commit transaction */ 0, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */ 0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */ 0, /* xRename - rename the table */ 0, /* xSavepoint */ 0, /* xRelease */ 0 /* xRollbackTo */ }; /* ** Check to see if zTabName is really the name of a pragma. If it is, ** then register an eponymous virtual table for that pragma and return ** a pointer to the Module object for the new virtual table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Module *sqlite3PragmaVtabRegister(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName){ const PragmaName *pName; assert( sqlite3_strnicmp(zName, "pragma_", 7)==0 ); pName = pragmaLocate(zName+7); if( pName==0 ) return 0; if( (pName->mPragFlg & (PragFlg_Result0|PragFlg_Result1))==0 ) return 0; assert( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName)==0 ); return sqlite3VtabCreateModule(db, zName, &pragmaVtabModule, (void*)pName, 0); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PRAGMA */ /************** End of pragma.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file prepare.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2005 May 25 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare() ** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema ** from disk. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates ** that the database is corrupt. */ static void corruptSchema( InitData *pData, /* Initialization context */ const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */ const char *zExtra /* Error information */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pData->db; if( db->mallocFailed ){ pData->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; }else if( pData->pzErrMsg[0]!=0 ){ /* A error message has already been generated. Do not overwrite it */ }else if( pData->mInitFlags & INITFLAG_AlterTable ){ *pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zExtra); pData->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else if( db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema ){ pData->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; }else{ char *z; if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?"; z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "malformed database schema (%s)", zObj); if( zExtra && zExtra[0] ) z = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%z - %s", z, zExtra); *pData->pzErrMsg = z; pData->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; } } /* ** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the ** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information. ** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE. ** ** Each callback contains the following information: ** ** argv[0] = name of thing being created ** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view. ** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement. ** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){ InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit; sqlite3 *db = pData->db; int iDb = pData->iDb; assert( argc==3 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); if( db->mallocFailed ){ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); return 1; } assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */ if( argv[1]==0 ){ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); }else if( sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[2],"create ",7)==0 ){ /* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW. ** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated ** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data ** structures that describe the table, index, or view. */ int rc; u8 saved_iDb = db->init.iDb; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; TESTONLY(int rcp); /* Return code from sqlite3_prepare() */ assert( db->init.busy ); db->init.iDb = iDb; db->init.newTnum = sqlite3Atoi(argv[1]); db->init.orphanTrigger = 0; TESTONLY(rcp = ) sqlite3_prepare(db, argv[2], -1, &pStmt, 0); rc = db->errCode; assert( (rc&0xFF)==(rcp&0xFF) ); db->init.iDb = saved_iDb; /* assert( saved_iDb==0 || (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)!=0 ); */ if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ if( db->init.orphanTrigger ){ assert( iDb==1 ); }else{ pData->rc = rc; if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); }else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xFF)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } } } sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); }else if( argv[0]==0 || (argv[2]!=0 && argv[2][0]!=0) ){ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0); }else{ /* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that ** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE ** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already ** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have ** to do here is record the root page number for that index. */ Index *pIndex; pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); if( pIndex==0 ){ /* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which ** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since ** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also ** safely ignore the index on the permanent table. */ /* Do Nothing */; }else if( sqlite3GetInt32(argv[1], &pIndex->tnum)==0 ){ corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], "invalid rootpage"); } } return 0; } /* ** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal ** data structures for a single database file. The index of the ** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main ** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for ** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to ** indicate success or failure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg, u32 mFlags){ int rc; int i; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED int size; #endif Db *pDb; char const *azArg[4]; int meta[5]; InitData initData; const char *zMasterName; int openedTransaction = 0; assert( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk)==0 ); assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) ); db->init.busy = 1; /* Construct the in-memory representation schema tables (sqlite_master or ** sqlite_temp_master) by invoking the parser directly. The appropriate ** table name will be inserted automatically by the parser so we can just ** use the abbreviation "x" here. The parser will also automatically tag ** the schema table as read-only. */ azArg[0] = zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); azArg[1] = "1"; azArg[2] = "CREATE TABLE x(type text,name text,tbl_name text," "rootpage int,sql text)"; azArg[3] = 0; initData.db = db; initData.iDb = iDb; initData.rc = SQLITE_OK; initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg; initData.mInitFlags = mFlags; sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0); if( initData.rc ){ rc = initData.rc; goto error_out; } /* Create a cursor to hold the database open */ pDb = &db->aDb[iDb]; if( pDb->pBt==0 ){ assert( iDb==1 ); DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded); rc = SQLITE_OK; goto error_out; } /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it ** will be closed before this function returns. */ sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt); if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pDb->pBt, 0, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); goto initone_error_out; } openedTransaction = 1; } /* Get the database meta information. ** ** Meta values are as follows: ** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change. ** meta[1] File format of schema layer. ** meta[2] Size of the page cache. ** meta[3] Largest rootpage (auto/incr_vacuum mode) ** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE ** meta[5] User version ** meta[6] Incremental vacuum mode ** meta[7] unused ** meta[8] unused ** meta[9] unused ** ** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to ** the possible values of meta[4]. */ for(i=0; ipBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]); } if( (db->flags & SQLITE_ResetDatabase)!=0 ){ memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta)); } pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION-1]; /* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the ** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database. ** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same ** as sqlite3.enc. */ if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] ){ /* text encoding */ if( iDb==0 ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 u8 encoding; /* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */ encoding = (u8)meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1] & 3; if( encoding==0 ) encoding = SQLITE_UTF8; ENC(db) = encoding; #else ENC(db) = SQLITE_UTF8; #endif }else{ /* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */ if( meta[BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING-1]!=ENC(db) ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same" " text encoding as main database"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto initone_error_out; } } }else{ DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty); } pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db); if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED size = sqlite3AbsInt32(meta[BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE-1]); if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; } pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size; #else pDb->pSchema->cache_size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; #endif sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size); } /* ** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0. ** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN ** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults ** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants */ pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]; if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){ pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1; } if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto initone_error_out; } /* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format, ** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will ** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending ** indices that the user might have created. */ if( iDb==0 && meta[BTREE_FILE_FORMAT-1]>=4 ){ db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt; } /* Read the schema information out of the schema tables */ assert( db->init.busy ); { char *zSql; zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM \"%w\".%s ORDER BY rowid", db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, zMasterName); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { sqlite3_xauth xAuth; xAuth = db->xAuth; db->xAuth = 0; #endif rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION db->xAuth = xAuth; } #endif if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc; sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb); } #endif } if( db->mallocFailed ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_WriteSchema)){ /* Black magic: If the SQLITE_WriteSchema flag is set, then consider ** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the ** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one ** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset ** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary ** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table ** even when its contents have been corrupted. */ DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded); rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating ** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs ** before that point, jump to error_out. */ initone_error_out: if( openedTransaction ){ sqlite3BtreeCommit(pDb->pBt); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt); error_out: if( rc ){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); } sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb); } db->init.busy = 0; return rc; } /* ** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file ** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files ** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an ** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg. ** ** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set ** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database ** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){ int i, rc; int commit_internal = !(db->mDbFlags&DBFLAG_SchemaChange); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[0].pBt) ); assert( db->init.busy==0 ); ENC(db) = SCHEMA_ENC(db); assert( db->nDb>0 ); /* Do the main schema first */ if( !DbHasProperty(db, 0, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 0, pzErrMsg, 0); if( rc ) return rc; } /* All other schemas after the main schema. The "temp" schema must be last */ for(i=db->nDb-1; i>0; i--){ assert( i==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[i].pBt) ); if( !DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){ rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg, 0); if( rc ) return rc; } } if( commit_internal ){ sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialized. ** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( !db->init.busy ){ rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ pParse->rc = rc; pParse->nErr++; }else if( db->noSharedCache ){ db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaKnownOk; } } return rc; } /* ** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out ** of date set pParse->rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. If all schema cookies ** make no changes to pParse->rc. */ static void schemaIsValid(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb; int rc; int cookie; assert( pParse->checkSchema ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); for(iDb=0; iDbnDb; iDb++){ int openedTransaction = 0; /* True if a transaction is opened */ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; /* Btree database to read cookie from */ if( pBt==0 ) continue; /* If there is not already a read-only (or read-write) transaction opened ** on the b-tree database, open one now. If a transaction is opened, it ** will be closed immediately after reading the meta-value. */ if( !sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; openedTransaction = 1; } /* Read the schema cookie from the database. If it does not match the ** value stored as part of the in-memory schema representation, ** set Parse.rc to SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, (u32 *)&cookie); assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){ sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db, iDb); pParse->rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA; } /* Close the transaction, if one was opened. */ if( openedTransaction ){ sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); } } } /* ** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates ** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to. ** ** If the same database is attached more than once, the first ** attached database is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){ int i = -1000000; /* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in ** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one ** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this ** function should never be used. ** ** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using ** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much ** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert() ** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds). */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( pSchema ){ for(i=0; 1; i++){ assert( inDb ); if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){ break; } } assert( i>=0 && inDb ); } return i; } /* ** Free all memory allocations in the pParse object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserReset(Parse *pParse){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aLabel); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pParse->pConstExpr); if( db ){ assert( db->lookaside.bDisable >= pParse->disableLookaside ); db->lookaside.bDisable -= pParse->disableLookaside; } pParse->disableLookaside = 0; } /* ** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. */ static int sqlite3Prepare( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ u32 prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ Vdbe *pReprepare, /* VM being reprepared */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ int i; /* Loop counter */ Parse sParse; /* Parsing context */ memset(&sParse, 0, PARSE_HDR_SZ); memset(PARSE_TAIL(&sParse), 0, PARSE_TAIL_SZ); sParse.pReprepare = pReprepare; assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 ); /* assert( !db->mallocFailed ); // not true with SQLITE_USE_ALLOCA */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); /* For a long-term use prepared statement avoid the use of ** lookaside memory. */ if( prepFlags & SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT ){ sParse.disableLookaside++; db->lookaside.bDisable++; } /* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all ** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that ** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in ** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes ** to the schema. ** ** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted ** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled ** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this ** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect ** the schema change. Disaster would follow. ** ** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because ** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it ** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change ** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold ** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is ** holding them. ** ** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection, ** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still ** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set. */ for(i=0; inDb; i++) { Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) ); rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt); if( rc ){ const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zDbSName; sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb); testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommit ); goto end_prepare; } } } sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); sParse.db = db; if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){ char *zSqlCopy; int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; testcase( nBytes==mxLen ); testcase( nBytes==mxLen+1 ); if( nBytes>mxLen ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long"); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG); goto end_prepare; } zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes); if( zSqlCopy ){ sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg); sParse.zTail = &zSql[sParse.zTail-zSqlCopy]; sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy); }else{ sParse.zTail = &zSql[nBytes]; } }else{ sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg); } assert( 0==sParse.nQueryLoop ); if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK; if( sParse.checkSchema ){ schemaIsValid(&sParse); } if( db->mallocFailed ){ sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( pzTail ){ *pzTail = sParse.zTail; } rc = sParse.rc; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){ static const char * const azColName[] = { "addr", "opcode", "p1", "p2", "p3", "p4", "p5", "comment", "id", "parent", "notused", "detail" }; int iFirst, mx; if( sParse.explain==2 ){ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 4); iFirst = 8; mx = 12; }else{ sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 8); iFirst = 0; mx = 8; } for(i=iFirst; iinit.busy==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeSetSql(sParse.pVdbe, zSql, (int)(sParse.zTail-zSql), prepFlags); } if( sParse.pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){ sqlite3VdbeFinalize(sParse.pVdbe); assert(!(*ppStmt)); }else{ *ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe; } if( zErrMsg ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); }else{ sqlite3Error(db, rc); } /* Delete any TriggerPrg structures allocated while parsing this statement. */ while( sParse.pTriggerPrg ){ TriggerPrg *pT = sParse.pTriggerPrg; sParse.pTriggerPrg = pT->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, pT); } end_prepare: sqlite3ParserReset(&sParse); return rc; } static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ u32 prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ Vdbe *pOld, /* VM being reprepared */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; int cnt = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( ppStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif *ppStmt = 0; if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db)||zSql==0 ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); do{ /* Make multiple attempts to compile the SQL, until it either succeeds ** or encounters a permanent error. A schema problem after one schema ** reset is considered a permanent error. */ rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, prepFlags, pOld, ppStmt, pzTail); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppStmt==0 ); }while( rc==SQLITE_ERROR_RETRY || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (sqlite3ResetOneSchema(db,-1), cnt++)==0) ); sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change. ** ** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, ** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has ** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error ** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pNew; const char *zSql; sqlite3 *db; u8 prepFlags; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) ); zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p); assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */ db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); prepFlags = sqlite3VdbePrepareFlags(p); rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, prepFlags, p, &pNew, 0); if( rc ){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); } assert( pNew==0 ); return rc; }else{ assert( pNew!=0 ); } sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p); sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p); sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew); sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy ** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement ** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by ** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained ** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change ** occurs. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,0,ppStmt,pzTail); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-37923-12173 The sqlite3_prepare_v2() interface works ** exactly the same as sqlite3_prepare_v3() with a zero prepFlags ** parameter. ** ** Proof in that the 5th parameter to sqlite3LockAndPrepare is 0 */ rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL,0, ppStmt,pzTail); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare_v3( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-56861-42673 sqlite3_prepare_v3() differs from ** sqlite3_prepare_v2() only in having the extra prepFlags parameter, ** which is a bit array consisting of zero or more of the ** SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags. ** ** Proof by comparison to the implementation of sqlite3_prepare_v2() ** directly above. */ rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes, SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL|(prepFlags&SQLITE_PREPARE_MASK), 0,ppStmt,pzTail); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle. */ static int sqlite3Prepare16( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ u32 prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ /* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16 ** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The ** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail. */ char *zSql8; const char *zTail8 = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( ppStmt==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif *ppStmt = 0; if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db)||zSql==0 ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } if( nBytes>=0 ){ int sz; const char *z = (const char*)zSql; for(sz=0; szmutex); zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); if( zSql8 ){ rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, prepFlags, 0, ppStmt, &zTail8); } if( zTail8 && pzTail ){ /* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the ** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode ** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer ** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string. */ int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8)); *pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed); } sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy ** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement ** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by ** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained ** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change ** occurs. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL,ppStmt,pzTail); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ return rc; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_prepare16_v3( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */ const void *zSql, /* UTF-16 encoded SQL statement. */ int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */ unsigned int prepFlags, /* Zero or more SQLITE_PREPARE_* flags */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */ const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */ ){ int rc; rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes, SQLITE_PREPARE_SAVESQL|(prepFlags&SQLITE_PREPARE_MASK), ppStmt,pzTail); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */ return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /************** End of prepare.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file select.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser ** to handle SELECT statements in SQLite. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** Trace output macros */ #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED /***/ int sqlite3SelectTrace = 0; # define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) \ if(sqlite3SelectTrace&(K)) \ sqlite3DebugPrintf("%u/%d/%p: ",(S)->selId,(P)->addrExplain,(S)),\ sqlite3DebugPrintf X #else # define SELECTTRACE(K,P,S,X) #endif /* ** An instance of the following object is used to record information about ** how to process the DISTINCT keyword, to simplify passing that information ** into the selectInnerLoop() routine. */ typedef struct DistinctCtx DistinctCtx; struct DistinctCtx { u8 isTnct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ u8 eTnctType; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* operators */ int tabTnct; /* Ephemeral table used for DISTINCT processing */ int addrTnct; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral opcode for tabTnct */ }; /* ** An instance of the following object is used to record information about ** the ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause of query is being coded. ** ** The aDefer[] array is used by the sorter-references optimization. For ** example, assuming there is no index that can be used for the ORDER BY, ** for the query: ** ** SELECT a, bigblob FROM t1 ORDER BY a LIMIT 10; ** ** it may be more efficient to add just the "a" values to the sorter, and ** retrieve the associated "bigblob" values directly from table t1 as the ** 10 smallest "a" values are extracted from the sorter. ** ** When the sorter-reference optimization is used, there is one entry in the ** aDefer[] array for each database table that may be read as values are ** extracted from the sorter. */ typedef struct SortCtx SortCtx; struct SortCtx { ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY (or GROUP BY clause) */ int nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */ int iECursor; /* Cursor number for the sorter */ int regReturn; /* Register holding block-output return address */ int labelBkOut; /* Start label for the block-output subroutine */ int addrSortIndex; /* Address of the OP_SorterOpen or OP_OpenEphemeral */ int labelDone; /* Jump here when done, ex: LIMIT reached */ int labelOBLopt; /* Jump here when sorter is full */ u8 sortFlags; /* Zero or more SORTFLAG_* bits */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES u8 nDefer; /* Number of valid entries in aDefer[] */ struct DeferredCsr { Table *pTab; /* Table definition */ int iCsr; /* Cursor number for table */ int nKey; /* Number of PK columns for table pTab (>=1) */ } aDefer[4]; #endif struct RowLoadInfo *pDeferredRowLoad; /* Deferred row loading info or NULL */ }; #define SORTFLAG_UseSorter 0x01 /* Use SorterOpen instead of OpenEphemeral */ /* ** Delete all the content of a Select structure. Deallocate the structure ** itself only if bFree is true. */ static void clearSelect(sqlite3 *db, Select *p, int bFree){ while( p ){ Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pEList); sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pGroupBy); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pHaving); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(p->pWinDefn) ){ sqlite3WindowListDelete(db, p->pWinDefn); } #endif if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(p->pWith) ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, p->pWith); if( bFree ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); p = pPrior; bFree = 1; } } /* ** Initialize a SelectDest structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDestInit(SelectDest *pDest, int eDest, int iParm){ pDest->eDest = (u8)eDest; pDest->iSDParm = iParm; pDest->zAffSdst = 0; pDest->iSdst = 0; pDest->nSdst = 0; } /* ** Allocate a new Select structure and return a pointer to that ** structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Select *sqlite3SelectNew( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pEList, /* which columns to include in the result */ SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */ Expr *pWhere, /* the WHERE clause */ ExprList *pGroupBy, /* the GROUP BY clause */ Expr *pHaving, /* the HAVING clause */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* the ORDER BY clause */ u32 selFlags, /* Flag parameters, such as SF_Distinct */ Expr *pLimit /* LIMIT value. NULL means not used */ ){ Select *pNew; Select standin; pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(*pNew) ); if( pNew==0 ){ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); pNew = &standin; } if( pEList==0 ){ pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(pParse->db,TK_ASTERISK,0)); } pNew->pEList = pEList; pNew->op = TK_SELECT; pNew->selFlags = selFlags; pNew->iLimit = 0; pNew->iOffset = 0; pNew->selId = ++pParse->nSelect; pNew->addrOpenEphm[0] = -1; pNew->addrOpenEphm[1] = -1; pNew->nSelectRow = 0; if( pSrc==0 ) pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pSrc)); pNew->pSrc = pSrc; pNew->pWhere = pWhere; pNew->pGroupBy = pGroupBy; pNew->pHaving = pHaving; pNew->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; pNew->pPrior = 0; pNew->pNext = 0; pNew->pLimit = pLimit; pNew->pWith = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC pNew->pWin = 0; pNew->pWinDefn = 0; #endif if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) { clearSelect(pParse->db, pNew, pNew!=&standin); pNew = 0; }else{ assert( pNew->pSrc!=0 || pParse->nErr>0 ); } assert( pNew!=&standin ); return pNew; } /* ** Delete the given Select structure and all of its substructures. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectDelete(sqlite3 *db, Select *p){ if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(p) ) clearSelect(db, p, 1); } /* ** Return a pointer to the right-most SELECT statement in a compound. */ static Select *findRightmost(Select *p){ while( p->pNext ) p = p->pNext; return p; } /* ** Given 1 to 3 identifiers preceding the JOIN keyword, determine the ** type of join. Return an integer constant that expresses that type ** in terms of the following bit values: ** ** JT_INNER ** JT_CROSS ** JT_OUTER ** JT_NATURAL ** JT_LEFT ** JT_RIGHT ** ** A full outer join is the combination of JT_LEFT and JT_RIGHT. ** ** If an illegal or unsupported join type is seen, then still return ** a join type, but put an error in the pParse structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3JoinType(Parse *pParse, Token *pA, Token *pB, Token *pC){ int jointype = 0; Token *apAll[3]; Token *p; /* 0123456789 123456789 123456789 123 */ static const char zKeyText[] = "naturaleftouterightfullinnercross"; static const struct { u8 i; /* Beginning of keyword text in zKeyText[] */ u8 nChar; /* Length of the keyword in characters */ u8 code; /* Join type mask */ } aKeyword[] = { /* natural */ { 0, 7, JT_NATURAL }, /* left */ { 6, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER }, /* outer */ { 10, 5, JT_OUTER }, /* right */ { 14, 5, JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, /* full */ { 19, 4, JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT|JT_OUTER }, /* inner */ { 23, 5, JT_INNER }, /* cross */ { 28, 5, JT_INNER|JT_CROSS }, }; int i, j; apAll[0] = pA; apAll[1] = pB; apAll[2] = pC; for(i=0; i<3 && apAll[i]; i++){ p = apAll[i]; for(j=0; jn==aKeyword[j].nChar && sqlite3StrNICmp((char*)p->z, &zKeyText[aKeyword[j].i], p->n)==0 ){ jointype |= aKeyword[j].code; break; } } testcase( j==0 || j==1 || j==2 || j==3 || j==4 || j==5 || j==6 ); if( j>=ArraySize(aKeyword) ){ jointype |= JT_ERROR; break; } } if( (jointype & (JT_INNER|JT_OUTER))==(JT_INNER|JT_OUTER) || (jointype & JT_ERROR)!=0 ){ const char *zSp = " "; assert( pB!=0 ); if( pC==0 ){ zSp++; } sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown or unsupported join type: " "%T %T%s%T", pA, pB, zSp, pC); jointype = JT_INNER; }else if( (jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 && (jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_RIGHT))!=JT_LEFT ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "RIGHT and FULL OUTER JOINs are not currently supported"); jointype = JT_INNER; } return jointype; } /* ** Return the index of a column in a table. Return -1 if the column ** is not contained in the table. */ static int columnIndex(Table *pTab, const char *zCol){ int i; for(i=0; inCol; i++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[i].zName, zCol)==0 ) return i; } return -1; } /* ** Search the first N tables in pSrc, from left to right, looking for a ** table that has a column named zCol. ** ** When found, set *piTab and *piCol to the table index and column index ** of the matching column and return TRUE. ** ** If not found, return FALSE. */ static int tableAndColumnIndex( SrcList *pSrc, /* Array of tables to search */ int N, /* Number of tables in pSrc->a[] to search */ const char *zCol, /* Name of the column we are looking for */ int *piTab, /* Write index of pSrc->a[] here */ int *piCol /* Write index of pSrc->a[*piTab].pTab->aCol[] here */ ){ int i; /* For looping over tables in pSrc */ int iCol; /* Index of column matching zCol */ assert( (piTab==0)==(piCol==0) ); /* Both or neither are NULL */ for(i=0; ia[i].pTab, zCol); if( iCol>=0 ){ if( piTab ){ *piTab = i; *piCol = iCol; } return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** This function is used to add terms implied by JOIN syntax to the ** WHERE clause expression of a SELECT statement. The new term, which ** is ANDed with the existing WHERE clause, is of the form: ** ** (tab1.col1 = tab2.col2) ** ** where tab1 is the iSrc'th table in SrcList pSrc and tab2 is the ** (iSrc+1)'th. Column col1 is column iColLeft of tab1, and col2 is ** column iColRight of tab2. */ static void addWhereTerm( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ SrcList *pSrc, /* List of tables in FROM clause */ int iLeft, /* Index of first table to join in pSrc */ int iColLeft, /* Index of column in first table */ int iRight, /* Index of second table in pSrc */ int iColRight, /* Index of column in second table */ int isOuterJoin, /* True if this is an OUTER join */ Expr **ppWhere /* IN/OUT: The WHERE clause to add to */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Expr *pE1; Expr *pE2; Expr *pEq; assert( iLeftnSrc>iRight ); assert( pSrc->a[iLeft].pTab ); assert( pSrc->a[iRight].pTab ); pE1 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iLeft, iColLeft); pE2 = sqlite3CreateColumnExpr(db, pSrc, iRight, iColRight); pEq = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pE1, pE2); if( pEq && isOuterJoin ){ ExprSetProperty(pEq, EP_FromJoin); assert( !ExprHasProperty(pEq, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); ExprSetVVAProperty(pEq, EP_NoReduce); pEq->iRightJoinTable = (i16)pE2->iTable; } *ppWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, *ppWhere, pEq); } /* ** Set the EP_FromJoin property on all terms of the given expression. ** And set the Expr.iRightJoinTable to iTable for every term in the ** expression. ** ** The EP_FromJoin property is used on terms of an expression to tell ** the LEFT OUTER JOIN processing logic that this term is part of the ** join restriction specified in the ON or USING clause and not a part ** of the more general WHERE clause. These terms are moved over to the ** WHERE clause during join processing but we need to remember that they ** originated in the ON or USING clause. ** ** The Expr.iRightJoinTable tells the WHERE clause processing that the ** expression depends on table iRightJoinTable even if that table is not ** explicitly mentioned in the expression. That information is needed ** for cases like this: ** ** SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.b AND t1.x=5 ** ** The where clause needs to defer the handling of the t1.x=5 ** term until after the t2 loop of the join. In that way, a ** NULL t2 row will be inserted whenever t1.x!=5. If we do not ** defer the handling of t1.x=5, it will be processed immediately ** after the t1 loop and rows with t1.x!=5 will never appear in ** the output, which is incorrect. */ static void setJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ while( p ){ ExprSetProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); assert( !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Reduced) ); ExprSetVVAProperty(p, EP_NoReduce); p->iRightJoinTable = (i16)iTable; if( p->op==TK_FUNCTION && p->x.pList ){ int i; for(i=0; ix.pList->nExpr; i++){ setJoinExpr(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable); } } setJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); p = p->pRight; } } /* Undo the work of setJoinExpr(). In the expression tree p, convert every ** term that is marked with EP_FromJoin and iRightJoinTable==iTable into ** an ordinary term that omits the EP_FromJoin mark. ** ** This happens when a LEFT JOIN is simplified into an ordinary JOIN. */ static void unsetJoinExpr(Expr *p, int iTable){ while( p ){ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FromJoin) && (iTable<0 || p->iRightJoinTable==iTable) ){ ExprClearProperty(p, EP_FromJoin); } if( p->op==TK_FUNCTION && p->x.pList ){ int i; for(i=0; ix.pList->nExpr; i++){ unsetJoinExpr(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, iTable); } } unsetJoinExpr(p->pLeft, iTable); p = p->pRight; } } /* ** This routine processes the join information for a SELECT statement. ** ON and USING clauses are converted into extra terms of the WHERE clause. ** NATURAL joins also create extra WHERE clause terms. ** ** The terms of a FROM clause are contained in the Select.pSrc structure. ** The left most table is the first entry in Select.pSrc. The right-most ** table is the last entry. The join operator is held in the entry to ** the left. Thus entry 0 contains the join operator for the join between ** entries 0 and 1. Any ON or USING clauses associated with the join are ** also attached to the left entry. ** ** This routine returns the number of errors encountered. */ static int sqliteProcessJoin(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ SrcList *pSrc; /* All tables in the FROM clause */ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ struct SrcList_item *pLeft; /* Left table being joined */ struct SrcList_item *pRight; /* Right table being joined */ pSrc = p->pSrc; pLeft = &pSrc->a[0]; pRight = &pLeft[1]; for(i=0; inSrc-1; i++, pRight++, pLeft++){ Table *pRightTab = pRight->pTab; int isOuter; if( NEVER(pLeft->pTab==0 || pRightTab==0) ) continue; isOuter = (pRight->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0; /* When the NATURAL keyword is present, add WHERE clause terms for ** every column that the two tables have in common. */ if( pRight->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL ){ if( pRight->pOn || pRight->pUsing ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "a NATURAL join may not have " "an ON or USING clause", 0); return 1; } for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ char *zName; /* Name of column in the right table */ int iLeft; /* Matching left table */ int iLeftCol; /* Matching column in the left table */ zName = pRightTab->aCol[j].zName; if( tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, j, isOuter, &p->pWhere); } } } /* Disallow both ON and USING clauses in the same join */ if( pRight->pOn && pRight->pUsing ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot have both ON and USING " "clauses in the same join"); return 1; } /* Add the ON clause to the end of the WHERE clause, connected by ** an AND operator. */ if( pRight->pOn ){ if( isOuter ) setJoinExpr(pRight->pOn, pRight->iCursor); p->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, p->pWhere, pRight->pOn); pRight->pOn = 0; } /* Create extra terms on the WHERE clause for each column named ** in the USING clause. Example: If the two tables to be joined are ** A and B and the USING clause names X, Y, and Z, then add this ** to the WHERE clause: A.X=B.X AND A.Y=B.Y AND A.Z=B.Z ** Report an error if any column mentioned in the USING clause is ** not contained in both tables to be joined. */ if( pRight->pUsing ){ IdList *pList = pRight->pUsing; for(j=0; jnId; j++){ char *zName; /* Name of the term in the USING clause */ int iLeft; /* Table on the left with matching column name */ int iLeftCol; /* Column number of matching column on the left */ int iRightCol; /* Column number of matching column on the right */ zName = pList->a[j].zName; iRightCol = columnIndex(pRightTab, zName); if( iRightCol<0 || !tableAndColumnIndex(pSrc, i+1, zName, &iLeft, &iLeftCol) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot join using column %s - column " "not present in both tables", zName); return 1; } addWhereTerm(pParse, pSrc, iLeft, iLeftCol, i+1, iRightCol, isOuter, &p->pWhere); } } } return 0; } /* ** An instance of this object holds information (beyond pParse and pSelect) ** needed to load the next result row that is to be added to the sorter. */ typedef struct RowLoadInfo RowLoadInfo; struct RowLoadInfo { int regResult; /* Store results in array of registers here */ u8 ecelFlags; /* Flag argument to ExprCodeExprList() */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES ExprList *pExtra; /* Extra columns needed by sorter refs */ int regExtraResult; /* Where to load the extra columns */ #endif }; /* ** This routine does the work of loading query data into an array of ** registers so that it can be added to the sorter. */ static void innerLoopLoadRow( Parse *pParse, /* Statement under construction */ Select *pSelect, /* The query being coded */ RowLoadInfo *pInfo /* Info needed to complete the row load */ ){ sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, pInfo->regResult, 0, pInfo->ecelFlags); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES if( pInfo->pExtra ){ sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pInfo->pExtra, pInfo->regExtraResult, 0, 0); sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pInfo->pExtra); } #endif } /* ** Code the OP_MakeRecord instruction that generates the entry to be ** added into the sorter. ** ** Return the register in which the result is stored. */ static int makeSorterRecord( Parse *pParse, SortCtx *pSort, Select *pSelect, int regBase, int nBase ){ int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int regOut = ++pParse->nMem; if( pSort->pDeferredRowLoad ){ innerLoopLoadRow(pParse, pSelect, pSort->pDeferredRowLoad); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nBase-nOBSat, regOut); return regOut; } /* ** Generate code that will push the record in registers regData ** through regData+nData-1 onto the sorter. */ static void pushOntoSorter( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ SortCtx *pSort, /* Information about the ORDER BY clause */ Select *pSelect, /* The whole SELECT statement */ int regData, /* First register holding data to be sorted */ int regOrigData, /* First register holding data before packing */ int nData, /* Number of elements in the regData data array */ int nPrefixReg /* No. of reg prior to regData available for use */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Stmt under construction */ int bSeq = ((pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter)==0); int nExpr = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr; /* No. of ORDER BY terms */ int nBase = nExpr + bSeq + nData; /* Fields in sorter record */ int regBase; /* Regs for sorter record */ int regRecord = 0; /* Assembled sorter record */ int nOBSat = pSort->nOBSat; /* ORDER BY terms to skip */ int op; /* Opcode to add sorter record to sorter */ int iLimit; /* LIMIT counter */ int iSkip = 0; /* End of the sorter insert loop */ assert( bSeq==0 || bSeq==1 ); /* Three cases: ** (1) The data to be sorted has already been packed into a Record ** by a prior OP_MakeRecord. In this case nData==1 and regData ** will be completely unrelated to regOrigData. ** (2) All output columns are included in the sort record. In that ** case regData==regOrigData. ** (3) Some output columns are omitted from the sort record due to ** the SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCE optimization, or due to the ** SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF optimization, or due to the ** SortCtx.pDeferredRowLoad optimiation. In any of these cases ** regOrigData is 0 to prevent this routine from trying to copy ** values that might not yet exist. */ assert( nData==1 || regData==regOrigData || regOrigData==0 ); if( nPrefixReg ){ assert( nPrefixReg==nExpr+bSeq ); regBase = regData - nPrefixReg; }else{ regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; pParse->nMem += nBase; } assert( pSelect->iOffset==0 || pSelect->iLimit!=0 ); iLimit = pSelect->iOffset ? pSelect->iOffset+1 : pSelect->iLimit; pSort->labelDone = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pSort->pOrderBy, regBase, regOrigData, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP | (regOrigData? SQLITE_ECEL_REF : 0)); if( bSeq ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, pSort->iECursor, regBase+nExpr); } if( nPrefixReg==0 && nData>0 ){ sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regData, regBase+nExpr+bSeq, nData); } if( nOBSat>0 ){ int regPrevKey; /* The first nOBSat columns of the previous row */ int addrFirst; /* Address of the OP_IfNot opcode */ int addrJmp; /* Address of the OP_Jump opcode */ VdbeOp *pOp; /* Opcode that opens the sorter */ int nKey; /* Number of sorting key columns, including OP_Sequence */ KeyInfo *pKI; /* Original KeyInfo on the sorter table */ regRecord = makeSorterRecord(pParse, pSort, pSelect, regBase, nBase); regPrevKey = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += pSort->nOBSat; nKey = nExpr - pSort->nOBSat + bSeq; if( bSeq ){ addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regBase+nExpr); }else{ addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SequenceTest, pSort->iECursor); } VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regPrevKey, regBase, pSort->nOBSat); pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex); if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; pOp->p2 = nKey + nData; pKI = pOp->p4.pKeyInfo; memset(pKI->aSortOrder, 0, pKI->nKeyField); /* Makes OP_Jump testable */ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)pKI, P4_KEYINFO); testcase( pKI->nAllField > pKI->nKeyField+2 ); pOp->p4.pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse,pSort->pOrderBy,nOBSat, pKI->nAllField-pKI->nKeyField-1); addrJmp = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrJmp+1, 0, addrJmp+1); VdbeCoverage(v); pSort->labelBkOut = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); pSort->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pSort->iECursor); if( iLimit ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, iLimit, pSort->labelDone); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrFirst); sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, regBase, regPrevKey, pSort->nOBSat); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJmp); } if( iLimit ){ /* At this point the values for the new sorter entry are stored ** in an array of registers. They need to be composed into a record ** and inserted into the sorter if either (a) there are currently ** less than LIMIT+OFFSET items or (b) the new record is smaller than ** the largest record currently in the sorter. If (b) is true and there ** are already LIMIT+OFFSET items in the sorter, delete the largest ** entry before inserting the new one. This way there are never more ** than LIMIT+OFFSET items in the sorter. ** ** If the new record does not need to be inserted into the sorter, ** jump to the next iteration of the loop. If the pSort->labelOBLopt ** value is not zero, then it is a label of where to jump. Otherwise, ** just bypass the row insert logic. See the header comment on the ** sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel() function for additional info. */ int iCsr = pSort->iECursor; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNotZero, iLimit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+4); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Last, iCsr, 0); iSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxLE, iCsr, 0, regBase+nOBSat, nExpr-nOBSat); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iCsr); } if( regRecord==0 ){ regRecord = makeSorterRecord(pParse, pSort, pSelect, regBase, nBase); } if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ op = OP_SorterInsert; }else{ op = OP_IdxInsert; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, pSort->iECursor, regRecord, regBase+nOBSat, nBase-nOBSat); if( iSkip ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, iSkip, pSort->labelOBLopt ? pSort->labelOBLopt : sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); } } /* ** Add code to implement the OFFSET */ static void codeOffset( Vdbe *v, /* Generate code into this VM */ int iOffset, /* Register holding the offset counter */ int iContinue /* Jump here to skip the current record */ ){ if( iOffset>0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, iOffset, iContinue, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET")); } } /* ** Add code that will check to make sure the N registers starting at iMem ** form a distinct entry. iTab is a sorting index that holds previously ** seen combinations of the N values. A new entry is made in iTab ** if the current N values are new. ** ** A jump to addrRepeat is made and the N+1 values are popped from the ** stack if the top N elements are not distinct. */ static void codeDistinct( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ int iTab, /* A sorting index used to test for distinctness */ int addrRepeat, /* Jump to here if not distinct */ int N, /* Number of elements */ int iMem /* First element */ ){ Vdbe *v; int r1; v = pParse->pVdbe; r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iTab, addrRepeat, iMem, N); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, iMem, N, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iTab, r1, iMem, N); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES /* ** This function is called as part of inner-loop generation for a SELECT ** statement with an ORDER BY that is not optimized by an index. It ** determines the expressions, if any, that the sorter-reference ** optimization should be used for. The sorter-reference optimization ** is used for SELECT queries like: ** ** SELECT a, bigblob FROM t1 ORDER BY a LIMIT 10 ** ** If the optimization is used for expression "bigblob", then instead of ** storing values read from that column in the sorter records, the PK of ** the row from table t1 is stored instead. Then, as records are extracted from ** the sorter to return to the user, the required value of bigblob is ** retrieved directly from table t1. If the values are very large, this ** can be more efficient than storing them directly in the sorter records. ** ** The ExprList_item.bSorterRef flag is set for each expression in pEList ** for which the sorter-reference optimization should be enabled. ** Additionally, the pSort->aDefer[] array is populated with entries ** for all cursors required to evaluate all selected expressions. Finally. ** output variable (*ppExtra) is set to an expression list containing ** expressions for all extra PK values that should be stored in the ** sorter records. */ static void selectExprDefer( Parse *pParse, /* Leave any error here */ SortCtx *pSort, /* Sorter context */ ExprList *pEList, /* Expressions destined for sorter */ ExprList **ppExtra /* Expressions to append to sorter record */ ){ int i; int nDefer = 0; ExprList *pExtra = 0; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ struct ExprList_item *pItem = &pEList->a[i]; if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ){ Expr *pExpr = pItem->pExpr; Table *pTab = pExpr->pTab; if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iColumn>=0 && pTab && !IsVirtual(pTab) && (pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].colFlags & COLFLAG_SORTERREF) ){ int j; for(j=0; jaDefer[j].iCsr==pExpr->iTable ) break; } if( j==nDefer ){ if( nDefer==ArraySize(pSort->aDefer) ){ continue; }else{ int nKey = 1; int k; Index *pPk = 0; if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); nKey = pPk->nKeyCol; } for(k=0; kiTable = pExpr->iTable; pNew->pTab = pExpr->pTab; pNew->iColumn = pPk ? pPk->aiColumn[k] : -1; pExtra = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pExtra, pNew); } } pSort->aDefer[nDefer].pTab = pExpr->pTab; pSort->aDefer[nDefer].iCsr = pExpr->iTable; pSort->aDefer[nDefer].nKey = nKey; nDefer++; } } pItem->bSorterRef = 1; } } } pSort->nDefer = (u8)nDefer; *ppExtra = pExtra; } #endif /* ** This routine generates the code for the inside of the inner loop ** of a SELECT. ** ** If srcTab is negative, then the p->pEList expressions ** are evaluated in order to get the data for this row. If srcTab is ** zero or more, then data is pulled from srcTab and p->pEList is used only ** to get the number of columns and the collation sequence for each column. */ static void selectInnerLoop( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Select *p, /* The complete select statement being coded */ int srcTab, /* Pull data from this table if non-negative */ SortCtx *pSort, /* If not NULL, info on how to process ORDER BY */ DistinctCtx *pDistinct, /* If not NULL, info on how to process DISTINCT */ SelectDest *pDest, /* How to dispose of the results */ int iContinue, /* Jump here to continue with next row */ int iBreak /* Jump here to break out of the inner loop */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; int hasDistinct; /* True if the DISTINCT keyword is present */ int eDest = pDest->eDest; /* How to dispose of results */ int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; /* First argument to disposal method */ int nResultCol; /* Number of result columns */ int nPrefixReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers before regResult */ RowLoadInfo sRowLoadInfo; /* Info for deferred row loading */ /* Usually, regResult is the first cell in an array of memory cells ** containing the current result row. In this case regOrig is set to the ** same value. However, if the results are being sent to the sorter, the ** values for any expressions that are also part of the sort-key are omitted ** from this array. In this case regOrig is set to zero. */ int regResult; /* Start of memory holding current results */ int regOrig; /* Start of memory holding full result (or 0) */ assert( v ); assert( p->pEList!=0 ); hasDistinct = pDistinct ? pDistinct->eTnctType : WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP; if( pSort && pSort->pOrderBy==0 ) pSort = 0; if( pSort==0 && !hasDistinct ){ assert( iContinue!=0 ); codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); } /* Pull the requested columns. */ nResultCol = p->pEList->nExpr; if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){ if( pSort ){ nPrefixReg = pSort->pOrderBy->nExpr; if( !(pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter) ) nPrefixReg++; pParse->nMem += nPrefixReg; } pDest->iSdst = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nResultCol; }else if( pDest->iSdst+nResultCol > pParse->nMem ){ /* This is an error condition that can result, for example, when a SELECT ** on the right-hand side of an INSERT contains more result columns than ** there are columns in the table on the left. The error will be caught ** and reported later. But we need to make sure enough memory is allocated ** to avoid other spurious errors in the meantime. */ pParse->nMem += nResultCol; } pDest->nSdst = nResultCol; regOrig = regResult = pDest->iSdst; if( srcTab>=0 ){ for(i=0; ipEList->a[i].zName)); } }else if( eDest!=SRT_Exists ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES ExprList *pExtra = 0; #endif /* If the destination is an EXISTS(...) expression, the actual ** values returned by the SELECT are not required. */ u8 ecelFlags; /* "ecel" is an abbreviation of "ExprCodeExprList" */ ExprList *pEList; if( eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ ecelFlags = SQLITE_ECEL_DUP; }else{ ecelFlags = 0; } if( pSort && hasDistinct==0 && eDest!=SRT_EphemTab && eDest!=SRT_Table ){ /* For each expression in p->pEList that is a copy of an expression in ** the ORDER BY clause (pSort->pOrderBy), set the associated ** iOrderByCol value to one more than the index of the ORDER BY ** expression within the sort-key that pushOntoSorter() will generate. ** This allows the p->pEList field to be omitted from the sorted record, ** saving space and CPU cycles. */ ecelFlags |= (SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF|SQLITE_ECEL_REF); for(i=pSort->nOBSat; ipOrderBy->nExpr; i++){ int j; if( (j = pSort->pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol)>0 ){ p->pEList->a[j-1].u.x.iOrderByCol = i+1-pSort->nOBSat; } } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES selectExprDefer(pParse, pSort, p->pEList, &pExtra); if( pExtra && pParse->db->mallocFailed==0 ){ /* If there are any extra PK columns to add to the sorter records, ** allocate extra memory cells and adjust the OpenEphemeral ** instruction to account for the larger records. This is only ** required if there are one or more WITHOUT ROWID tables with ** composite primary keys in the SortCtx.aDefer[] array. */ VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pSort->addrSortIndex); pOp->p2 += (pExtra->nExpr - pSort->nDefer); pOp->p4.pKeyInfo->nAllField += (pExtra->nExpr - pSort->nDefer); pParse->nMem += pExtra->nExpr; } #endif /* Adjust nResultCol to account for columns that are omitted ** from the sorter by the optimizations in this branch */ pEList = p->pEList; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ if( pEList->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol>0 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES || pEList->a[i].bSorterRef #endif ){ nResultCol--; regOrig = 0; } } testcase( regOrig ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Set ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Mem ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); assert( eDest==SRT_Set || eDest==SRT_Mem || eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Output ); } sRowLoadInfo.regResult = regResult; sRowLoadInfo.ecelFlags = ecelFlags; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES sRowLoadInfo.pExtra = pExtra; sRowLoadInfo.regExtraResult = regResult + nResultCol; if( pExtra ) nResultCol += pExtra->nExpr; #endif if( p->iLimit && (ecelFlags & SQLITE_ECEL_OMITREF)!=0 && nPrefixReg>0 ){ assert( pSort!=0 ); assert( hasDistinct==0 ); pSort->pDeferredRowLoad = &sRowLoadInfo; regOrig = 0; }else{ innerLoopLoadRow(pParse, p, &sRowLoadInfo); } } /* If the DISTINCT keyword was present on the SELECT statement ** and this row has been seen before, then do not make this row ** part of the result. */ if( hasDistinct ){ switch( pDistinct->eTnctType ){ case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: { VdbeOp *pOp; /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */ int iJump; /* Jump destination */ int regPrev; /* Previous row content */ /* Allocate space for the previous row */ regPrev = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nResultCol; /* Change the OP_OpenEphemeral coded earlier to an OP_Null ** sets the MEM_Cleared bit on the first register of the ** previous value. This will cause the OP_Ne below to always ** fail on the first iteration of the loop even if the first ** row is all NULLs. */ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); pOp->opcode = OP_Null; pOp->p1 = 1; pOp->p2 = regPrev; iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + nResultCol; for(i=0; ipEList->a[i].pExpr); if( idb->mallocFailed ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regResult, regPrev, nResultCol-1); break; } case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: { sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, pDistinct->addrTnct); break; } default: { assert( pDistinct->eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ); codeDistinct(pParse, pDistinct->tabTnct, iContinue, nResultCol, regResult); break; } } if( pSort==0 ){ codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); } } switch( eDest ){ /* In this mode, write each query result to the key of the temporary ** table iParm. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT case SRT_Union: { int r1; r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regResult, nResultCol); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); break; } /* Construct a record from the query result, but instead of ** saving that record, use it as a key to delete elements from ** the temporary table iParm. */ case SRT_Except: { sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxDelete, iParm, regResult, nResultCol); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ /* Store the result as data using a unique key. */ case SRT_Fifo: case SRT_DistFifo: case SRT_Table: case SRT_EphemTab: { int r1 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPrefixReg+1); testcase( eDest==SRT_Table ); testcase( eDest==SRT_EphemTab ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Fifo ); testcase( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1+nPrefixReg); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE if( eDest==SRT_DistFifo ){ /* If the destination is DistFifo, then cursor (iParm+1) is open ** on an ephemeral index. If the current row is already present ** in the index, do not write it to the output. If not, add the ** current row to the index and proceed with writing it to the ** output table as well. */ int addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 4; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, addr, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r1,regResult,nResultCol); assert( pSort==0 ); } #endif if( pSort ){ assert( regResult==regOrig ); pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, r1+nPrefixReg, regOrig, 1, nPrefixReg); }else{ int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, r2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, r1, r2); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); } sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r1, nPrefixReg+1); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)" construct, ** then there should be a single item on the stack. Write this ** item into the set table with bogus data. */ case SRT_Set: { if( pSort ){ /* At first glance you would think we could optimize out the ** ORDER BY in this case since the order of entries in the set ** does not matter. But there might be a LIMIT clause, in which ** case the order does matter */ pushOntoSorter( pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regOrig, nResultCol, nPrefixReg); }else{ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); assert( sqlite3Strlen30(pDest->zAffSdst)==nResultCol ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r1, pDest->zAffSdst, nResultCol); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, regResult, nResultCol); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } break; } /* If any row exist in the result set, record that fact and abort. */ case SRT_Exists: { sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iParm); /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ break; } /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell or array of ** memory cells and break out of the scan loop. */ case SRT_Mem: { if( pSort ){ assert( nResultCol<=pDest->nSdst ); pushOntoSorter( pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regOrig, nResultCol, nPrefixReg); }else{ assert( nResultCol==pDest->nSdst ); assert( regResult==iParm ); /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ } break; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ case SRT_Coroutine: /* Send data to a co-routine */ case SRT_Output: { /* Return the results */ testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); if( pSort ){ pushOntoSorter(pParse, pSort, p, regResult, regOrig, nResultCol, nPrefixReg); }else if( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regResult, nResultCol); } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* Write the results into a priority queue that is order according to ** pDest->pOrderBy (in pSO). pDest->iSDParm (in iParm) is the cursor for an ** index with pSO->nExpr+2 columns. Build a key using pSO for the first ** pSO->nExpr columns, then make sure all keys are unique by adding a ** final OP_Sequence column. The last column is the record as a blob. */ case SRT_DistQueue: case SRT_Queue: { int nKey; int r1, r2, r3; int addrTest = 0; ExprList *pSO; pSO = pDest->pOrderBy; assert( pSO ); nKey = pSO->nExpr; r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); r2 = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nKey+2); r3 = r2+nKey+1; if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){ /* If the destination is DistQueue, then cursor (iParm+1) is open ** on a second ephemeral index that holds all values every previously ** added to the queue. */ addrTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iParm+1, 0, regResult, nResultCol); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regResult, nResultCol, r3); if( eDest==SRT_DistQueue ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm+1, r3); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); } for(i=0; ia[i].u.x.iOrderByCol - 1, r2+i); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sequence, iParm, r2+nKey); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r2, nKey+2, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, r1, r2, nKey+2); if( addrTest ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTest); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r2, nKey+2); break; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) /* Discard the results. This is used for SELECT statements inside ** the body of a TRIGGER. The purpose of such selects is to call ** user-defined functions that have side effects. We do not care ** about the actual results of the select. */ default: { assert( eDest==SRT_Discard ); break; } #endif } /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. Except, if ** there is a sorter, in which case the sorter has already limited ** the output for us. */ if( pSort==0 && p->iLimit ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); } } /* ** Allocate a KeyInfo object sufficient for an index of N key columns and ** X extra columns. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(sqlite3 *db, int N, int X){ int nExtra = (N+X)*(sizeof(CollSeq*)+1) - sizeof(CollSeq*); KeyInfo *p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(KeyInfo) + nExtra); if( p ){ p->aSortOrder = (u8*)&p->aColl[N+X]; p->nKeyField = (u16)N; p->nAllField = (u16)(N+X); p->enc = ENC(db); p->db = db; p->nRef = 1; memset(&p[1], 0, nExtra); }else{ sqlite3OomFault(db); } return p; } /* ** Deallocate a KeyInfo object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(KeyInfo *p){ if( p ){ assert( p->nRef>0 ); p->nRef--; if( p->nRef==0 ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(p->db, p); } } /* ** Make a new pointer to a KeyInfo object */ SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoRef(KeyInfo *p){ if( p ){ assert( p->nRef>0 ); p->nRef++; } return p; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Return TRUE if a KeyInfo object can be change. The KeyInfo object ** can only be changed if this is just a single reference to the object. ** ** This routine is used only inside of assert() statements. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(KeyInfo *p){ return p->nRef==1; } #endif /* SQLITE_DEBUG */ /* ** Given an expression list, generate a KeyInfo structure that records ** the collating sequence for each expression in that expression list. ** ** If the ExprList is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause then the resulting ** KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual index to ** implement that clause. If the ExprList is the result set of a SELECT ** then the KeyInfo structure is appropriate for initializing a virtual ** index to implement a DISTINCT test. ** ** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling ** function is responsible for seeing that this structure is eventually ** freed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE KeyInfo *sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* Form the KeyInfo object from this ExprList */ int iStart, /* Begin with this column of pList */ int nExtra /* Add this many extra columns to the end */ ){ int nExpr; KeyInfo *pInfo; struct ExprList_item *pItem; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int i; nExpr = pList->nExpr; pInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr-iStart, nExtra+1); if( pInfo ){ assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pInfo) ); for(i=iStart, pItem=pList->a+iStart; iaColl[i-iStart] = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pItem->pExpr); pInfo->aSortOrder[i-iStart] = pItem->sortOrder; } } return pInfo; } /* ** Name of the connection operator, used for error messages. */ static const char *selectOpName(int id){ char *z; switch( id ){ case TK_ALL: z = "UNION ALL"; break; case TK_INTERSECT: z = "INTERSECT"; break; case TK_EXCEPT: z = "EXCEPT"; break; default: z = "UNION"; break; } return z; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* ** Unless an "EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN" command is being processed, this function ** is a no-op. Otherwise, it adds a single row of output to the EQP result, ** where the caption is of the form: ** ** "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR xxx" ** ** where xxx is one of "DISTINCT", "ORDER BY" or "GROUP BY". Exactly which ** is determined by the zUsage argument. */ static void explainTempTable(Parse *pParse, const char *zUsage){ ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 0, "USE TEMP B-TREE FOR %s", zUsage)); } /* ** Assign expression b to lvalue a. A second, no-op, version of this macro ** is provided when SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is defined. This allows the code ** in sqlite3Select() to assign values to structure member variables that ** only exist if SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN is not defined without polluting the ** code with #ifndef directives. */ # define explainSetInteger(a, b) a = b #else /* No-op versions of the explainXXX() functions and macros. */ # define explainTempTable(y,z) # define explainSetInteger(y,z) #endif /* ** If the inner loop was generated using a non-null pOrderBy argument, ** then the results were placed in a sorter. After the loop is terminated ** we need to run the sorter and output the results. The following ** routine generates the code needed to do that. */ static void generateSortTail( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ SortCtx *pSort, /* Information on the ORDER BY clause */ int nColumn, /* Number of columns of data */ SelectDest *pDest /* Write the sorted results here */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement */ int addrBreak = pSort->labelDone; /* Jump here to exit loop */ int addrContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Jump here for next cycle */ int addr; /* Top of output loop. Jump for Next. */ int addrOnce = 0; int iTab; ExprList *pOrderBy = pSort->pOrderBy; int eDest = pDest->eDest; int iParm = pDest->iSDParm; int regRow; int regRowid; int iCol; int nKey; /* Number of key columns in sorter record */ int iSortTab; /* Sorter cursor to read from */ int i; int bSeq; /* True if sorter record includes seq. no. */ int nRefKey = 0; struct ExprList_item *aOutEx = p->pEList->a; assert( addrBreak<0 ); if( pSort->labelBkOut ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pSort->regReturn, pSort->labelBkOut); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrBreak); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pSort->labelBkOut); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES /* Open any cursors needed for sorter-reference expressions */ for(i=0; inDefer; i++){ Table *pTab = pSort->aDefer[i].pTab; int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pSort->aDefer[i].iCsr, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead); nRefKey = MAX(nRefKey, pSort->aDefer[i].nKey); } #endif iTab = pSort->iECursor; if( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine || eDest==SRT_Mem ){ regRowid = 0; regRow = pDest->iSdst; }else{ regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); regRow = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nColumn); } nKey = pOrderBy->nExpr - pSort->nOBSat; if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ int regSortOut = ++pParse->nMem; iSortTab = pParse->nTab++; if( pSort->labelBkOut ){ addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iSortTab, regSortOut, nKey+1+nColumn+nRefKey); if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, iTab, regSortOut, iSortTab); bSeq = 0; }else{ addr = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iTab, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, addrContinue); iSortTab = iTab; bSeq = 1; } for(i=0, iCol=nKey+bSeq-1; inDefer ){ int iKey = iCol+1; int regKey = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nRefKey); for(i=0; inDefer; i++){ int iCsr = pSort->aDefer[i].iCsr; Table *pTab = pSort->aDefer[i].pTab; int nKey = pSort->aDefer[i].nKey; sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCsr); if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, iKey++, regKey); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iCsr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1, regKey); }else{ int k; int iJmp; assert( sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab)->nKeyCol==nKey ); for(k=0; k=0; i--){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES if( aOutEx[i].bSorterRef ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, aOutEx[i].pExpr, regRow+i); }else #endif { int iRead; if( aOutEx[i].u.x.iOrderByCol ){ iRead = aOutEx[i].u.x.iOrderByCol-1; }else{ iRead = iCol--; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iSortTab, iRead, regRow+i); VdbeComment((v, "%s", aOutEx[i].zName?aOutEx[i].zName : aOutEx[i].zSpan)); } } switch( eDest ){ case SRT_Table: case SRT_EphemTab: { sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iParm, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iParm, regRow, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case SRT_Set: { assert( nColumn==sqlite3Strlen30(pDest->zAffSdst) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regRow, nColumn, regRowid, pDest->zAffSdst, nColumn); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iParm, regRowid, regRow, nColumn); break; } case SRT_Mem: { /* The LIMIT clause will terminate the loop for us */ break; } #endif default: { assert( eDest==SRT_Output || eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Output ); testcase( eDest==SRT_Coroutine ); if( eDest==SRT_Output ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pDest->iSdst, nColumn); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); } break; } } if( regRowid ){ if( eDest==SRT_Set ){ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regRow, nColumn); }else{ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow); } sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); } /* The bottom of the loop */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrContinue); if( pSort->sortFlags & SORTFLAG_UseSorter ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); } if( pSort->regReturn ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pSort->regReturn); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); } /* ** Return a pointer to a string containing the 'declaration type' of the ** expression pExpr. The string may be treated as static by the caller. ** ** Also try to estimate the size of the returned value and return that ** result in *pEstWidth. ** ** The declaration type is the exact datatype definition extracted from the ** original CREATE TABLE statement if the expression is a column. The ** declaration type for a ROWID field is INTEGER. Exactly when an expression ** is considered a column can be complex in the presence of subqueries. The ** result-set expression in all of the following SELECT statements is ** considered a column by this function. ** ** SELECT col FROM tbl; ** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl; ** SELECT (SELECT col FROM tbl); ** SELECT abc FROM (SELECT col AS abc FROM tbl); ** ** The declaration type for any expression other than a column is NULL. ** ** This routine has either 3 or 6 parameters depending on whether or not ** the SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA compile-time option is used. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA # define columnType(A,B,C,D,E) columnTypeImpl(A,B,C,D,E) #else /* if !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA) */ # define columnType(A,B,C,D,E) columnTypeImpl(A,B) #endif static const char *columnTypeImpl( NameContext *pNC, #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA Expr *pExpr #else Expr *pExpr, const char **pzOrigDb, const char **pzOrigTab, const char **pzOrigCol #endif ){ char const *zType = 0; int j; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA char const *zOrigDb = 0; char const *zOrigTab = 0; char const *zOrigCol = 0; #endif assert( pExpr!=0 ); assert( pNC->pSrcList!=0 ); assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ); /* This routine runes before aggregates ** are processed */ switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_COLUMN: { /* The expression is a column. Locate the table the column is being ** extracted from in NameContext.pSrcList. This table may be real ** database table or a subquery. */ Table *pTab = 0; /* Table structure column is extracted from */ Select *pS = 0; /* Select the column is extracted from */ int iCol = pExpr->iColumn; /* Index of column in pTab */ while( pNC && !pTab ){ SrcList *pTabList = pNC->pSrcList; for(j=0;jnSrc && pTabList->a[j].iCursor!=pExpr->iTable;j++); if( jnSrc ){ pTab = pTabList->a[j].pTab; pS = pTabList->a[j].pSelect; }else{ pNC = pNC->pNext; } } if( pTab==0 ){ /* At one time, code such as "SELECT new.x" within a trigger would ** cause this condition to run. Since then, we have restructured how ** trigger code is generated and so this condition is no longer ** possible. However, it can still be true for statements like ** the following: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(col INTEGER); ** SELECT (SELECT t1.col) FROM FROM t1; ** ** when columnType() is called on the expression "t1.col" in the ** sub-select. In this case, set the column type to NULL, even ** though it should really be "INTEGER". ** ** This is not a problem, as the column type of "t1.col" is never ** used. When columnType() is called on the expression ** "(SELECT t1.col)", the correct type is returned (see the TK_SELECT ** branch below. */ break; } assert( pTab && pExpr->pTab==pTab ); if( pS ){ /* The "table" is actually a sub-select or a view in the FROM clause ** of the SELECT statement. Return the declaration type and origin ** data for the result-set column of the sub-select. */ if( iCol>=0 && iColpEList->nExpr ){ /* If iCol is less than zero, then the expression requests the ** rowid of the sub-select or view. This expression is legal (see ** test case misc2.2.2) - it always evaluates to NULL. */ NameContext sNC; Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr; sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pNC; sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; zType = columnType(&sNC, p,&zOrigDb,&zOrigTab,&zOrigCol); } }else{ /* A real table or a CTE table */ assert( !pS ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; assert( iCol==XN_ROWID || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); if( iCol<0 ){ zType = "INTEGER"; zOrigCol = "rowid"; }else{ zOrigCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; zType = sqlite3ColumnType(&pTab->aCol[iCol],0); } zOrigTab = pTab->zName; if( pNC->pParse && pTab->pSchema ){ int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pNC->pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); zOrigDb = pNC->pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; } #else assert( iCol==XN_ROWID || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); if( iCol<0 ){ zType = "INTEGER"; }else{ zType = sqlite3ColumnType(&pTab->aCol[iCol],0); } #endif } break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY case TK_SELECT: { /* The expression is a sub-select. Return the declaration type and ** origin info for the single column in the result set of the SELECT ** statement. */ NameContext sNC; Select *pS = pExpr->x.pSelect; Expr *p = pS->pEList->a[0].pExpr; assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); sNC.pSrcList = pS->pSrc; sNC.pNext = pNC; sNC.pParse = pNC->pParse; zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); break; } #endif } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA if( pzOrigDb ){ assert( pzOrigTab && pzOrigCol ); *pzOrigDb = zOrigDb; *pzOrigTab = zOrigTab; *pzOrigCol = zOrigCol; } #endif return zType; } /* ** Generate code that will tell the VDBE the declaration types of columns ** in the result set. */ static void generateColumnTypes( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* List of tables */ ExprList *pEList /* Expressions defining the result set */ ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; NameContext sNC; sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; sNC.pParse = pParse; sNC.pNext = 0; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; const char *zType; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA const char *zOrigDb = 0; const char *zOrigTab = 0; const char *zOrigCol = 0; zType = columnType(&sNC, p, &zOrigDb, &zOrigTab, &zOrigCol); /* The vdbe must make its own copy of the column-type and other ** column specific strings, in case the schema is reset before this ** virtual machine is deleted. */ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DATABASE, zOrigDb, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_TABLE, zOrigTab, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_COLUMN, zOrigCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); #else zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0); #endif sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_DECLTYPE, zType, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE) */ } /* ** Compute the column names for a SELECT statement. ** ** The only guarantee that SQLite makes about column names is that if the ** column has an AS clause assigning it a name, that will be the name used. ** That is the only documented guarantee. However, countless applications ** developed over the years have made baseless assumptions about column names ** and will break if those assumptions changes. Hence, use extreme caution ** when modifying this routine to avoid breaking legacy. ** ** See Also: sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList() ** ** The PRAGMA short_column_names and PRAGMA full_column_names settings are ** deprecated. The default setting is short=ON, full=OFF. 99.9% of all ** applications should operate this way. Nevertheless, we need to support the ** other modes for legacy: ** ** short=OFF, full=OFF: Column name is the text of the expression has it ** originally appears in the SELECT statement. In ** other words, the zSpan of the result expression. ** ** short=ON, full=OFF: (This is the default setting). If the result ** refers directly to a table column, then the ** result column name is just the table column ** name: COLUMN. Otherwise use zSpan. ** ** full=ON, short=ANY: If the result refers directly to a table column, ** then the result column name with the table name ** prefix, ex: TABLE.COLUMN. Otherwise use zSpan. */ static void generateColumnNames( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ Select *pSelect /* Generate column names for this SELECT statement */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; Table *pTab; SrcList *pTabList; ExprList *pEList; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int fullName; /* TABLE.COLUMN if no AS clause and is a direct table ref */ int srcName; /* COLUMN or TABLE.COLUMN if no AS clause and is direct */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN /* If this is an EXPLAIN, skip this step */ if( pParse->explain ){ return; } #endif if( pParse->colNamesSet ) return; /* Column names are determined by the left-most term of a compound select */ while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,pSelect,("generating column names\n")); pTabList = pSelect->pSrc; pEList = pSelect->pEList; assert( v!=0 ); assert( pTabList!=0 ); pParse->colNamesSet = 1; fullName = (db->flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0; srcName = (db->flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)!=0 || fullName; sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, pEList->nExpr); for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ Expr *p = pEList->a[i].pExpr; assert( p!=0 ); assert( p->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ); /* Agg processing has not run yet */ assert( p->op!=TK_COLUMN || p->pTab!=0 ); /* Covering idx not yet coded */ if( pEList->a[i].zName ){ /* An AS clause always takes first priority */ char *zName = pEList->a[i].zName; sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else if( srcName && p->op==TK_COLUMN ){ char *zCol; int iCol = p->iColumn; pTab = p->pTab; assert( pTab!=0 ); if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; assert( iCol==-1 || (iCol>=0 && iColnCol) ); if( iCol<0 ){ zCol = "rowid"; }else{ zCol = pTab->aCol[iCol].zName; } if( fullName ){ char *zName = 0; zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, zCol); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zName, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); }else{ sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, zCol, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } }else{ const char *z = pEList->a[i].zSpan; z = z==0 ? sqlite3MPrintf(db, "column%d", i+1) : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, z); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, i, COLNAME_NAME, z, SQLITE_DYNAMIC); } } generateColumnTypes(pParse, pTabList, pEList); } /* ** Given an expression list (which is really the list of expressions ** that form the result set of a SELECT statement) compute appropriate ** column names for a table that would hold the expression list. ** ** All column names will be unique. ** ** Only the column names are computed. Column.zType, Column.zColl, ** and other fields of Column are zeroed. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success. If a memory allocation error occurs, ** store NULL in *paCol and 0 in *pnCol and return SQLITE_NOMEM. ** ** The only guarantee that SQLite makes about column names is that if the ** column has an AS clause assigning it a name, that will be the name used. ** That is the only documented guarantee. However, countless applications ** developed over the years have made baseless assumptions about column names ** and will break if those assumptions changes. Hence, use extreme caution ** when modifying this routine to avoid breaking legacy. ** ** See Also: generateColumnNames() */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pEList, /* Expr list from which to derive column names */ i16 *pnCol, /* Write the number of columns here */ Column **paCol /* Write the new column list here */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ u32 cnt; /* Index added to make the name unique */ Column *aCol, *pCol; /* For looping over result columns */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in the result set */ char *zName; /* Column name */ int nName; /* Size of name in zName[] */ Hash ht; /* Hash table of column names */ sqlite3HashInit(&ht); if( pEList ){ nCol = pEList->nExpr; aCol = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(aCol[0])*nCol); testcase( aCol==0 ); if( nCol>32767 ) nCol = 32767; }else{ nCol = 0; aCol = 0; } assert( nCol==(i16)nCol ); *pnCol = nCol; *paCol = aCol; for(i=0, pCol=aCol; imallocFailed; i++, pCol++){ /* Get an appropriate name for the column */ if( (zName = pEList->a[i].zName)!=0 ){ /* If the column contains an "AS " phrase, use as the name */ }else{ Expr *pColExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pEList->a[i].pExpr); while( pColExpr->op==TK_DOT ){ pColExpr = pColExpr->pRight; assert( pColExpr!=0 ); } assert( pColExpr->op!=TK_AGG_COLUMN ); if( pColExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){ /* For columns use the column name name */ int iCol = pColExpr->iColumn; Table *pTab = pColExpr->pTab; assert( pTab!=0 ); if( iCol<0 ) iCol = pTab->iPKey; zName = iCol>=0 ? pTab->aCol[iCol].zName : "rowid"; }else if( pColExpr->op==TK_ID ){ assert( !ExprHasProperty(pColExpr, EP_IntValue) ); zName = pColExpr->u.zToken; }else{ /* Use the original text of the column expression as its name */ zName = pEList->a[i].zSpan; } } if( zName ){ zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName); }else{ zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db,"column%d",i+1); } /* Make sure the column name is unique. If the name is not unique, ** append an integer to the name so that it becomes unique. */ cnt = 0; while( zName && sqlite3HashFind(&ht, zName)!=0 ){ nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); if( nName>0 ){ for(j=nName-1; j>0 && sqlite3Isdigit(zName[j]); j--){} if( zName[j]==':' ) nName = j; } zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*z:%u", nName, zName, ++cnt); if( cnt>3 ) sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(cnt), &cnt); } pCol->zName = zName; sqlite3ColumnPropertiesFromName(0, pCol); if( zName && sqlite3HashInsert(&ht, zName, pCol)==pCol ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); } } sqlite3HashClear(&ht); if( db->mallocFailed ){ for(j=0; jdb; NameContext sNC; Column *pCol; CollSeq *pColl; int i; Expr *p; struct ExprList_item *a; assert( pSelect!=0 ); assert( (pSelect->selFlags & SF_Resolved)!=0 ); assert( pTab->nCol==pSelect->pEList->nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); if( db->mallocFailed ) return; memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pSrcList = pSelect->pSrc; a = pSelect->pEList->a; for(i=0, pCol=pTab->aCol; inCol; i++, pCol++){ const char *zType; int n, m; p = a[i].pExpr; zType = columnType(&sNC, p, 0, 0, 0); /* pCol->szEst = ... // Column size est for SELECT tables never used */ pCol->affinity = sqlite3ExprAffinity(p); if( zType ){ m = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); n = sqlite3Strlen30(pCol->zName); pCol->zName = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pCol->zName, n+m+2); if( pCol->zName ){ memcpy(&pCol->zName[n+1], zType, m+1); pCol->colFlags |= COLFLAG_HASTYPE; } } if( pCol->affinity==0 ) pCol->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p); if( pColl && pCol->zColl==0 ){ pCol->zColl = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pColl->zName); } } pTab->szTabRow = 1; /* Any non-zero value works */ } /* ** Given a SELECT statement, generate a Table structure that describes ** the result set of that SELECT. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ Table *pTab; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int savedFlags; savedFlags = db->flags; db->flags &= ~SQLITE_FullColNames; db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames; sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSelect, 0); if( pParse->nErr ) return 0; while( pSelect->pPrior ) pSelect = pSelect->pPrior; db->flags = savedFlags; pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table) ); if( pTab==0 ){ return 0; } /* The sqlite3ResultSetOfSelect() is only used n contexts where lookaside ** is disabled */ assert( db->lookaside.bDisable ); pTab->nTabRef = 1; pTab->zName = 0; pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSelect->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSelect); pTab->iPKey = -1; if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); return 0; } return pTab; } /* ** Get a VDBE for the given parser context. Create a new one if necessary. ** If an error occurs, return NULL and leave a message in pParse. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Vdbe *sqlite3GetVdbe(Parse *pParse){ if( pParse->pVdbe ){ return pParse->pVdbe; } if( pParse->pToplevel==0 && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db,SQLITE_FactorOutConst) ){ pParse->okConstFactor = 1; } return sqlite3VdbeCreate(pParse); } /* ** Compute the iLimit and iOffset fields of the SELECT based on the ** pLimit expressions. pLimit->pLeft and pLimit->pRight hold the expressions ** that appear in the original SQL statement after the LIMIT and OFFSET ** keywords. Or NULL if those keywords are omitted. iLimit and iOffset ** are the integer memory register numbers for counters used to compute ** the limit and offset. If there is no limit and/or offset, then ** iLimit and iOffset are negative. ** ** This routine changes the values of iLimit and iOffset only if ** a limit or offset is defined by pLimit->pLeft and pLimit->pRight. iLimit ** and iOffset should have been preset to appropriate default values (zero) ** prior to calling this routine. ** ** The iOffset register (if it exists) is initialized to the value ** of the OFFSET. The iLimit register is initialized to LIMIT. Register ** iOffset+1 is initialized to LIMIT+OFFSET. ** ** Only if pLimit->pLeft!=0 do the limit registers get ** redefined. The UNION ALL operator uses this property to force ** the reuse of the same limit and offset registers across multiple ** SELECT statements. */ static void computeLimitRegisters(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iBreak){ Vdbe *v = 0; int iLimit = 0; int iOffset; int n; Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; if( p->iLimit ) return; /* ** "LIMIT -1" always shows all rows. There is some ** controversy about what the correct behavior should be. ** The current implementation interprets "LIMIT 0" to mean ** no rows. */ if( pLimit ){ assert( pLimit->op==TK_LIMIT ); assert( pLimit->pLeft!=0 ); p->iLimit = iLimit = ++pParse->nMem; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v!=0 ); if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pLimit->pLeft, &n) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, n, iLimit); VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); if( n==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, iBreak); }else if( n>=0 && p->nSelectRow>sqlite3LogEst((u64)n) ){ p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEst((u64)n); p->selFlags |= SF_FixedLimit; } }else{ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLimit->pLeft, iLimit); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT counter")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfNot, iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); } if( pLimit->pRight ){ p->iOffset = iOffset = ++pParse->nMem; pParse->nMem++; /* Allocate an extra register for limit+offset */ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pLimit->pRight, iOffset); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, iOffset); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeComment((v, "OFFSET counter")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OffsetLimit, iLimit, iOffset+1, iOffset); VdbeComment((v, "LIMIT+OFFSET")); } } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* ** Return the appropriate collating sequence for the iCol-th column of ** the result set for the compound-select statement "p". Return NULL if ** the column has no default collating sequence. ** ** The collating sequence for the compound select is taken from the ** left-most term of the select that has a collating sequence. */ static CollSeq *multiSelectCollSeq(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int iCol){ CollSeq *pRet; if( p->pPrior ){ pRet = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p->pPrior, iCol); }else{ pRet = 0; } assert( iCol>=0 ); /* iCol must be less than p->pEList->nExpr. Otherwise an error would ** have been thrown during name resolution and we would not have gotten ** this far */ if( pRet==0 && ALWAYS(iColpEList->nExpr) ){ pRet = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, p->pEList->a[iCol].pExpr); } return pRet; } /* ** The select statement passed as the second parameter is a compound SELECT ** with an ORDER BY clause. This function allocates and returns a KeyInfo ** structure suitable for implementing the ORDER BY. ** ** Space to hold the KeyInfo structure is obtained from malloc. The calling ** function is responsible for ensuring that this structure is eventually ** freed. */ static KeyInfo *multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *p, int nExtra){ ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; int nOrderBy = p->pOrderBy->nExpr; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; KeyInfo *pRet = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nOrderBy+nExtra, 1); if( pRet ){ int i; for(i=0; ia[i]; Expr *pTerm = pItem->pExpr; CollSeq *pColl; if( pTerm->flags & EP_Collate ){ pColl = sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pTerm); }else{ pColl = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1); if( pColl==0 ) pColl = db->pDfltColl; pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr = sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse, pTerm, pColl->zName); } assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pRet) ); pRet->aColl[i] = pColl; pRet->aSortOrder[i] = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; } } return pRet; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* ** This routine generates VDBE code to compute the content of a WITH RECURSIVE ** query of the form: ** ** AS ( UNION [ALL] ) ** \___________/ \_______________/ ** p->pPrior p ** ** ** There is exactly one reference to the recursive-table in the FROM clause ** of recursive-query, marked with the SrcList->a[].fg.isRecursive flag. ** ** The setup-query runs once to generate an initial set of rows that go ** into a Queue table. Rows are extracted from the Queue table one by ** one. Each row extracted from Queue is output to pDest. Then the single ** extracted row (now in the iCurrent table) becomes the content of the ** recursive-table for a recursive-query run. The output of the recursive-query ** is added back into the Queue table. Then another row is extracted from Queue ** and the iteration continues until the Queue table is empty. ** ** If the compound query operator is UNION then no duplicate rows are ever ** inserted into the Queue table. The iDistinct table keeps a copy of all rows ** that have ever been inserted into Queue and causes duplicates to be ** discarded. If the operator is UNION ALL, then duplicates are allowed. ** ** If the query has an ORDER BY, then entries in the Queue table are kept in ** ORDER BY order and the first entry is extracted for each cycle. Without ** an ORDER BY, the Queue table is just a FIFO. ** ** If a LIMIT clause is provided, then the iteration stops after LIMIT rows ** have been output to pDest. A LIMIT of zero means to output no rows and a ** negative LIMIT means to output all rows. If there is also an OFFSET clause ** with a positive value, then the first OFFSET outputs are discarded rather ** than being sent to pDest. The LIMIT count does not begin until after OFFSET ** rows have been skipped. */ static void generateWithRecursiveQuery( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The recursive SELECT to be coded */ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ ){ SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the recursive query */ int nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; /* Number of columns in the recursive table */ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The prepared statement under construction */ Select *pSetup = p->pPrior; /* The setup query */ int addrTop; /* Top of the loop */ int addrCont, addrBreak; /* CONTINUE and BREAK addresses */ int iCurrent = 0; /* The Current table */ int regCurrent; /* Register holding Current table */ int iQueue; /* The Queue table */ int iDistinct = 0; /* To ensure unique results if UNION */ int eDest = SRT_Fifo; /* How to write to Queue */ SelectDest destQueue; /* SelectDest targetting the Queue table */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int rc; /* Result code */ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ Expr *pLimit; /* Saved LIMIT and OFFSET */ int regLimit, regOffset; /* Registers used by LIMIT and OFFSET */ /* Obtain authorization to do a recursive query */ if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_RECURSIVE, 0, 0, 0) ) return; /* Process the LIMIT and OFFSET clauses, if they exist */ addrBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); p->nSelectRow = 320; /* 4 billion rows */ computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, addrBreak); pLimit = p->pLimit; regLimit = p->iLimit; regOffset = p->iOffset; p->pLimit = 0; p->iLimit = p->iOffset = 0; pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; /* Locate the cursor number of the Current table */ for(i=0; ALWAYS(inSrc); i++){ if( pSrc->a[i].fg.isRecursive ){ iCurrent = pSrc->a[i].iCursor; break; } } /* Allocate cursors numbers for Queue and Distinct. The cursor number for ** the Distinct table must be exactly one greater than Queue in order ** for the SRT_DistFifo and SRT_DistQueue destinations to work. */ iQueue = pParse->nTab++; if( p->op==TK_UNION ){ eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_DistQueue : SRT_DistFifo; iDistinct = pParse->nTab++; }else{ eDest = pOrderBy ? SRT_Queue : SRT_Fifo; } sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destQueue, eDest, iQueue); /* Allocate cursors for Current, Queue, and Distinct. */ regCurrent = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, iCurrent, regCurrent, nCol); if( pOrderBy ){ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+2, 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); destQueue.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iQueue, nCol); } VdbeComment((v, "Queue table")); if( iDistinct ){ p->addrOpenEphm[0] = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iDistinct, 0); p->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; } /* Detach the ORDER BY clause from the compound SELECT */ p->pOrderBy = 0; /* Store the results of the setup-query in Queue. */ pSetup->pNext = 0; ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "SETUP")); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pSetup, &destQueue); pSetup->pNext = p; if( rc ) goto end_of_recursive_query; /* Find the next row in the Queue and output that row */ addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iQueue, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); /* Transfer the next row in Queue over to Current */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, iCurrent); /* To reset column cache */ if( pOrderBy ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iQueue, pOrderBy->nExpr+1, regCurrent); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iQueue, regCurrent); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, iQueue); /* Output the single row in Current */ addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); codeOffset(v, regOffset, addrCont); selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, iCurrent, 0, 0, pDest, addrCont, addrBreak); if( regLimit ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, regLimit, addrBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrCont); /* Execute the recursive SELECT taking the single row in Current as ** the value for the recursive-table. Store the results in the Queue. */ if( p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive aggregate queries not supported"); }else{ p->pPrior = 0; ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "RECURSIVE STEP")); sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destQueue); assert( p->pPrior==0 ); p->pPrior = pSetup; } /* Keep running the loop until the Queue is empty */ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrTop); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrBreak); end_of_recursive_query: sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy); p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; p->pLimit = pLimit; return; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_CTE */ /* Forward references */ static int multiSelectOrderBy( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ ); /* ** Handle the special case of a compound-select that originates from a ** VALUES clause. By handling this as a special case, we avoid deep ** recursion, and thus do not need to enforce the SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT ** on a VALUES clause. ** ** Because the Select object originates from a VALUES clause: ** (1) There is no LIMIT or OFFSET or else there is a LIMIT of exactly 1 ** (2) All terms are UNION ALL ** (3) There is no ORDER BY clause ** ** The "LIMIT of exactly 1" case of condition (1) comes about when a VALUES ** clause occurs within scalar expression (ex: "SELECT (VALUES(1),(2),(3))"). ** The sqlite3CodeSubselect will have added the LIMIT 1 clause in tht case. ** Since the limit is exactly 1, we only need to evalutes the left-most VALUES. */ static int multiSelectValues( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ ){ int nRow = 1; int rc = 0; int bShowAll = p->pLimit==0; assert( p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue ); do{ assert( p->selFlags & SF_Values ); assert( p->op==TK_ALL || (p->op==TK_SELECT && p->pPrior==0) ); assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pEList->nExpr==p->pNext->pEList->nExpr ); if( p->pPrior==0 ) break; assert( p->pPrior->pNext==p ); p = p->pPrior; nRow += bShowAll; }while(1); ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 0, "SCAN %d CONSTANT ROW%s", nRow, nRow==1 ? "" : "S")); while( p ){ selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, 0, 0, pDest, 1, 1); if( !bShowAll ) break; p->nSelectRow = nRow; p = p->pNext; } return rc; } /* ** This routine is called to process a compound query form from ** two or more separate queries using UNION, UNION ALL, EXCEPT, or ** INTERSECT ** ** "p" points to the right-most of the two queries. the query on the ** left is p->pPrior. The left query could also be a compound query ** in which case this routine will be called recursively. ** ** The results of the total query are to be written into a destination ** of type eDest with parameter iParm. ** ** Example 1: Consider a three-way compound SQL statement. ** ** SELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2 UNION SELECT c FROM t3 ** ** This statement is parsed up as follows: ** ** SELECT c FROM t3 ** | ** `-----> SELECT b FROM t2 ** | ** `------> SELECT a FROM t1 ** ** The arrows in the diagram above represent the Select.pPrior pointer. ** So if this routine is called with p equal to the t3 query, then ** pPrior will be the t2 query. p->op will be TK_UNION in this case. ** ** Notice that because of the way SQLite parses compound SELECTs, the ** individual selects always group from left to right. */ static int multiSelect( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Success code from a subroutine */ Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ SelectDest dest; /* Alternative data destination */ Select *pDelete = 0; /* Chain of simple selects to delete */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ /* Make sure there is no ORDER BY or LIMIT clause on prior SELECTs. Only ** the last (right-most) SELECT in the series may have an ORDER BY or LIMIT. */ assert( p && p->pPrior ); /* Calling function guarantees this much */ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || p->op==TK_ALL || p->op==TK_UNION ); db = pParse->db; pPrior = p->pPrior; dest = *pDest; if( pPrior->pOrderBy || pPrior->pLimit ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s clause should come after %s not before", pPrior->pOrderBy!=0 ? "ORDER BY" : "LIMIT", selectOpName(p->op)); rc = 1; goto multi_select_end; } v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); assert( v!=0 ); /* The VDBE already created by calling function */ /* Create the destination temporary table if necessary */ if( dest.eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ assert( p->pEList ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, dest.iSDParm, p->pEList->nExpr); dest.eDest = SRT_Table; } /* Special handling for a compound-select that originates as a VALUES clause. */ if( p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue ){ rc = multiSelectValues(pParse, p, &dest); goto multi_select_end; } /* Make sure all SELECTs in the statement have the same number of elements ** in their result sets. */ assert( p->pEList && pPrior->pEList ); assert( p->pEList->nExpr==pPrior->pEList->nExpr ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE if( p->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ generateWithRecursiveQuery(pParse, p, &dest); }else #endif /* Compound SELECTs that have an ORDER BY clause are handled separately. */ if( p->pOrderBy ){ return multiSelectOrderBy(pParse, p, pDest); }else{ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "COMPOUND QUERY")); ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "LEFT-MOST SUBQUERY")); } #endif /* Generate code for the left and right SELECT statements. */ switch( p->op ){ case TK_ALL: { int addr = 0; int nLimit; assert( !pPrior->pLimit ); pPrior->iLimit = p->iLimit; pPrior->iOffset = p->iOffset; pPrior->pLimit = p->pLimit; rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &dest); p->pLimit = 0; if( rc ){ goto multi_select_end; } p->pPrior = 0; p->iLimit = pPrior->iLimit; p->iOffset = pPrior->iOffset; if( p->iLimit ){ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, p->iLimit); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeComment((v, "Jump ahead if LIMIT reached")); if( p->iOffset ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OffsetLimit, p->iLimit, p->iOffset+1, p->iOffset); } } ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "UNION ALL")); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &dest); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); pDelete = p->pPrior; p->pPrior = pPrior; p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow); if( pPrior->pLimit && sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pPrior->pLimit->pLeft, &nLimit) && nLimit>0 && p->nSelectRow > sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit) ){ p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEst((u64)nLimit); } if( addr ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); } break; } case TK_EXCEPT: case TK_UNION: { int unionTab; /* Cursor number of the temp table holding result */ u8 op = 0; /* One of the SRT_ operations to apply to self */ int priorOp; /* The SRT_ operation to apply to prior selects */ Expr *pLimit; /* Saved values of p->nLimit */ int addr; SelectDest uniondest; testcase( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ); testcase( p->op==TK_UNION ); priorOp = SRT_Union; if( dest.eDest==priorOp ){ /* We can reuse a temporary table generated by a SELECT to our ** right. */ assert( p->pLimit==0 ); /* Not allowed on leftward elements */ unionTab = dest.iSDParm; }else{ /* We will need to create our own temporary table to hold the ** intermediate results. */ unionTab = pParse->nTab++; assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, unionTab, 0); assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; assert( p->pEList ); } /* Code the SELECT statements to our left */ assert( !pPrior->pOrderBy ); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&uniondest, priorOp, unionTab); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &uniondest); if( rc ){ goto multi_select_end; } /* Code the current SELECT statement */ if( p->op==TK_EXCEPT ){ op = SRT_Except; }else{ assert( p->op==TK_UNION ); op = SRT_Union; } p->pPrior = 0; pLimit = p->pLimit; p->pLimit = 0; uniondest.eDest = op; ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "%s USING TEMP B-TREE", selectOpName(p->op))); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &uniondest); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); /* Query flattening in sqlite3Select() might refill p->pOrderBy. ** Be sure to delete p->pOrderBy, therefore, to avoid a memory leak. */ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); pDelete = p->pPrior; p->pPrior = pPrior; p->pOrderBy = 0; if( p->op==TK_UNION ){ p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow); } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); p->pLimit = pLimit; p->iLimit = 0; p->iOffset = 0; /* Convert the data in the temporary table into whatever form ** it is that we currently need. */ assert( unionTab==dest.iSDParm || dest.eDest!=priorOp ); if( dest.eDest!=priorOp ){ int iCont, iBreak, iStart; assert( p->pEList ); iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, unionTab, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); iStart = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, unionTab, 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, unionTab, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, unionTab, 0); } break; } default: assert( p->op==TK_INTERSECT ); { int tab1, tab2; int iCont, iBreak, iStart; Expr *pLimit; int addr; SelectDest intersectdest; int r1; /* INTERSECT is different from the others since it requires ** two temporary tables. Hence it has its own case. Begin ** by allocating the tables we will need. */ tab1 = pParse->nTab++; tab2 = pParse->nTab++; assert( p->pOrderBy==0 ); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab1, 0); assert( p->addrOpenEphm[0] == -1 ); p->addrOpenEphm[0] = addr; findRightmost(p)->selFlags |= SF_UsesEphemeral; assert( p->pEList ); /* Code the SELECTs to our left into temporary table "tab1". */ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&intersectdest, SRT_Union, tab1); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &intersectdest); if( rc ){ goto multi_select_end; } /* Code the current SELECT into temporary table "tab2" */ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, tab2, 0); assert( p->addrOpenEphm[1] == -1 ); p->addrOpenEphm[1] = addr; p->pPrior = 0; pLimit = p->pLimit; p->pLimit = 0; intersectdest.iSDParm = tab2; ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "%s USING TEMP B-TREE", selectOpName(p->op))); rc = sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &intersectdest); testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); pDelete = p->pPrior; p->pPrior = pPrior; if( p->nSelectRow>pPrior->nSelectRow ){ p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); p->pLimit = pLimit; /* Generate code to take the intersection of the two temporary ** tables. */ assert( p->pEList ); iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, tab1, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); iStart = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, tab1, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, tab2, iCont, r1, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, tab1, 0, 0, &dest, iCont, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, tab1, iStart); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab2, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, tab1, 0); break; } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN if( p->pNext==0 ){ ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); } #endif } /* Compute collating sequences used by ** temporary tables needed to implement the compound select. ** Attach the KeyInfo structure to all temporary tables. ** ** This section is run by the right-most SELECT statement only. ** SELECT statements to the left always skip this part. The right-most ** SELECT might also skip this part if it has no ORDER BY clause and ** no temp tables are required. */ if( p->selFlags & SF_UsesEphemeral ){ int i; /* Loop counter */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Collating sequence for the result set */ Select *pLoop; /* For looping through SELECT statements */ CollSeq **apColl; /* For looping through pKeyInfo->aColl[] */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in result set */ assert( p->pNext==0 ); nCol = p->pEList->nExpr; pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nCol, 1); if( !pKeyInfo ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto multi_select_end; } for(i=0, apColl=pKeyInfo->aColl; ipDfltColl; } } for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pLoop=pLoop->pPrior){ for(i=0; i<2; i++){ int addr = pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i]; if( addr<0 ){ /* If [0] is unused then [1] is also unused. So we can ** always safely abort as soon as the first unused slot is found */ assert( pLoop->addrOpenEphm[1]<0 ); break; } sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, nCol); sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, addr, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); pLoop->addrOpenEphm[i] = -1; } } sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyInfo); } multi_select_end: pDest->iSdst = dest.iSdst; pDest->nSdst = dest.nSdst; sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDelete); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT */ /* ** Error message for when two or more terms of a compound select have different ** size result sets. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWrongNumTermsError(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ if( p->selFlags & SF_Values ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "all VALUES must have the same number of terms"); }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "SELECTs to the left and right of %s" " do not have the same number of result columns", selectOpName(p->op)); } } /* ** Code an output subroutine for a coroutine implementation of a ** SELECT statment. ** ** The data to be output is contained in pIn->iSdst. There are ** pIn->nSdst columns to be output. pDest is where the output should ** be sent. ** ** regReturn is the number of the register holding the subroutine ** return address. ** ** If regPrev>0 then it is the first register in a vector that ** records the previous output. mem[regPrev] is a flag that is false ** if there has been no previous output. If regPrev>0 then code is ** generated to suppress duplicates. pKeyInfo is used for comparing ** keys. ** ** If the LIMIT found in p->iLimit is reached, jump immediately to ** iBreak. */ static int generateOutputSubroutine( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement */ SelectDest *pIn, /* Coroutine supplying data */ SelectDest *pDest, /* Where to send the data */ int regReturn, /* The return address register */ int regPrev, /* Previous result register. No uniqueness if 0 */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo, /* For comparing with previous entry */ int iBreak /* Jump here if we hit the LIMIT */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int iContinue; int addr; addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Suppress duplicates for UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT */ if( regPrev ){ int addr1, addr2; addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, regPrev); VdbeCoverage(v); addr2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr2+2, iContinue, addr2+2); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, pIn->iSdst, regPrev+1, pIn->nSdst-1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regPrev); } if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return 0; /* Suppress the first OFFSET entries if there is an OFFSET clause */ codeOffset(v, p->iOffset, iContinue); assert( pDest->eDest!=SRT_Exists ); assert( pDest->eDest!=SRT_Table ); switch( pDest->eDest ){ /* Store the result as data using a unique key. */ case SRT_EphemTab: { int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); int r2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pDest->iSDParm, r2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, r2); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r2); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* If we are creating a set for an "expr IN (SELECT ...)". */ case SRT_Set: { int r1; testcase( pIn->nSdst>1 ); r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst, r1, pDest->zAffSdst, pIn->nSdst); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, pDest->iSDParm, r1, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); break; } /* If this is a scalar select that is part of an expression, then ** store the results in the appropriate memory cell and break out ** of the scan loop. */ case SRT_Mem: { assert( pIn->nSdst==1 || pParse->nErr>0 ); testcase( pIn->nSdst!=1 ); sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSDParm, 1); /* The LIMIT clause will jump out of the loop for us */ break; } #endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* The results are stored in a sequence of registers ** starting at pDest->iSdst. Then the co-routine yields. */ case SRT_Coroutine: { if( pDest->iSdst==0 ){ pDest->iSdst = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pIn->nSdst); pDest->nSdst = pIn->nSdst; } sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, pIn->iSdst, pDest->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, pDest->iSDParm); break; } /* If none of the above, then the result destination must be ** SRT_Output. This routine is never called with any other ** destination other than the ones handled above or SRT_Output. ** ** For SRT_Output, results are stored in a sequence of registers. ** Then the OP_ResultRow opcode is used to cause sqlite3_step() to ** return the next row of result. */ default: { assert( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, pIn->iSdst, pIn->nSdst); break; } } /* Jump to the end of the loop if the LIMIT is reached. */ if( p->iLimit ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, p->iLimit, iBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); } /* Generate the subroutine return */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReturn); return addr; } /* ** Alternative compound select code generator for cases when there ** is an ORDER BY clause. ** ** We assume a query of the following form: ** ** ORDER BY ** ** is one of UNION ALL, UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT. The idea ** is to code both and with the ORDER BY clause as ** co-routines. Then run the co-routines in parallel and merge the results ** into the output. In addition to the two coroutines (called selectA and ** selectB) there are 7 subroutines: ** ** outA: Move the output of the selectA coroutine into the output ** of the compound query. ** ** outB: Move the output of the selectB coroutine into the output ** of the compound query. (Only generated for UNION and ** UNION ALL. EXCEPT and INSERTSECT never output a row that ** appears only in B.) ** ** AltB: Called when there is data from both coroutines and AB. ** ** EofA: Called when data is exhausted from selectA. ** ** EofB: Called when data is exhausted from selectB. ** ** The implementation of the latter five subroutines depend on which ** is used: ** ** ** UNION ALL UNION EXCEPT INTERSECT ** ------------- ----------------- -------------- ----------------- ** AltB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA nextA ** ** AeqB: outA, nextA nextA nextA outA, nextA ** ** AgtB: outB, nextB outB, nextB nextB nextB ** ** EofA: outB, nextB outB, nextB halt halt ** ** EofB: outA, nextA outA, nextA outA, nextA halt ** ** In the AltB, AeqB, and AgtB subroutines, an EOF on A following nextA ** causes an immediate jump to EofA and an EOF on B following nextB causes ** an immediate jump to EofB. Within EofA and EofB, and EOF on entry or ** following nextX causes a jump to the end of the select processing. ** ** Duplicate removal in the UNION, EXCEPT, and INTERSECT cases is handled ** within the output subroutine. The regPrev register set holds the previously ** output value. A comparison is made against this value and the output ** is skipped if the next results would be the same as the previous. ** ** The implementation plan is to implement the two coroutines and seven ** subroutines first, then put the control logic at the bottom. Like this: ** ** goto Init ** coA: coroutine for left query (A) ** coB: coroutine for right query (B) ** outA: output one row of A ** outB: output one row of B (UNION and UNION ALL only) ** EofA: ... ** EofB: ... ** AltB: ... ** AeqB: ... ** AgtB: ... ** Init: initialize coroutine registers ** yield coA ** if eof(A) goto EofA ** yield coB ** if eof(B) goto EofB ** Cmpr: Compare A, B ** Jump AltB, AeqB, AgtB ** End: ... ** ** We call AltB, AeqB, AgtB, EofA, and EofB "subroutines" but they are not ** actually called using Gosub and they do not Return. EofA and EofB loop ** until all data is exhausted then jump to the "end" labe. AltB, AeqB, ** and AgtB jump to either L2 or to one of EofA or EofB. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT static int multiSelectOrderBy( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The right-most of SELECTs to be coded */ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with query results */ ){ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ Select *pPrior; /* Another SELECT immediately to our left */ Vdbe *v; /* Generate code to this VDBE */ SelectDest destA; /* Destination for coroutine A */ SelectDest destB; /* Destination for coroutine B */ int regAddrA; /* Address register for select-A coroutine */ int regAddrB; /* Address register for select-B coroutine */ int addrSelectA; /* Address of the select-A coroutine */ int addrSelectB; /* Address of the select-B coroutine */ int regOutA; /* Address register for the output-A subroutine */ int regOutB; /* Address register for the output-B subroutine */ int addrOutA; /* Address of the output-A subroutine */ int addrOutB = 0; /* Address of the output-B subroutine */ int addrEofA; /* Address of the select-A-exhausted subroutine */ int addrEofA_noB; /* Alternate addrEofA if B is uninitialized */ int addrEofB; /* Address of the select-B-exhausted subroutine */ int addrAltB; /* Address of the AB subroutine */ int regLimitA; /* Limit register for select-A */ int regLimitB; /* Limit register for select-A */ int regPrev; /* A range of registers to hold previous output */ int savedLimit; /* Saved value of p->iLimit */ int savedOffset; /* Saved value of p->iOffset */ int labelCmpr; /* Label for the start of the merge algorithm */ int labelEnd; /* Label for the end of the overall SELECT stmt */ int addr1; /* Jump instructions that get retargetted */ int op; /* One of TK_ALL, TK_UNION, TK_EXCEPT, TK_INTERSECT */ KeyInfo *pKeyDup = 0; /* Comparison information for duplicate removal */ KeyInfo *pKeyMerge; /* Comparison information for merging rows */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause */ int nOrderBy; /* Number of terms in the ORDER BY clause */ int *aPermute; /* Mapping from ORDER BY terms to result set columns */ assert( p->pOrderBy!=0 ); assert( pKeyDup==0 ); /* "Managed" code needs this. Ticket #3382. */ db = pParse->db; v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( v!=0 ); /* Already thrown the error if VDBE alloc failed */ labelEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); labelCmpr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Patch up the ORDER BY clause */ op = p->op; pPrior = p->pPrior; assert( pPrior->pOrderBy==0 ); pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; assert( pOrderBy ); nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; /* For operators other than UNION ALL we have to make sure that ** the ORDER BY clause covers every term of the result set. Add ** terms to the ORDER BY clause as necessary. */ if( op!=TK_ALL ){ for(i=1; db->mallocFailed==0 && i<=p->pEList->nExpr; i++){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; for(j=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; ju.x.iOrderByCol>0 ); if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol==i ) break; } if( j==nOrderBy ){ Expr *pNew = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_INTEGER, 0); if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; pNew->flags |= EP_IntValue; pNew->u.iValue = i; p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pOrderBy, pNew); if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[nOrderBy++].u.x.iOrderByCol = (u16)i; } } } /* Compute the comparison permutation and keyinfo that is used with ** the permutation used to determine if the next ** row of results comes from selectA or selectB. Also add explicit ** collations to the ORDER BY clause terms so that when the subqueries ** to the right and the left are evaluated, they use the correct ** collation. */ aPermute = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int)*(nOrderBy + 1)); if( aPermute ){ struct ExprList_item *pItem; aPermute[0] = nOrderBy; for(i=1, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<=nOrderBy; i++, pItem++){ assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>0 ); assert( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol<=p->pEList->nExpr ); aPermute[i] = pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol - 1; } pKeyMerge = multiSelectOrderByKeyInfo(pParse, p, 1); }else{ pKeyMerge = 0; } /* Reattach the ORDER BY clause to the query. */ p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; pPrior->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, pOrderBy, 0); /* Allocate a range of temporary registers and the KeyInfo needed ** for the logic that removes duplicate result rows when the ** operator is UNION, EXCEPT, or INTERSECT (but not UNION ALL). */ if( op==TK_ALL ){ regPrev = 0; }else{ int nExpr = p->pEList->nExpr; assert( nOrderBy>=nExpr || db->mallocFailed ); regPrev = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nExpr+1; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regPrev); pKeyDup = sqlite3KeyInfoAlloc(db, nExpr, 1); if( pKeyDup ){ assert( sqlite3KeyInfoIsWriteable(pKeyDup) ); for(i=0; iaColl[i] = multiSelectCollSeq(pParse, p, i); pKeyDup->aSortOrder[i] = 0; } } } /* Separate the left and the right query from one another */ p->pPrior = 0; pPrior->pNext = 0; sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, p, p->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); if( pPrior->pPrior==0 ){ sqlite3ResolveOrderGroupBy(pParse, pPrior, pPrior->pOrderBy, "ORDER"); } /* Compute the limit registers */ computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, labelEnd); if( p->iLimit && op==TK_ALL ){ regLimitA = ++pParse->nMem; regLimitB = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, p->iOffset ? p->iOffset+1 : p->iLimit, regLimitA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regLimitA, regLimitB); }else{ regLimitA = regLimitB = 0; } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pLimit); p->pLimit = 0; regAddrA = ++pParse->nMem; regAddrB = ++pParse->nMem; regOutA = ++pParse->nMem; regOutB = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destA, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrA); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&destB, SRT_Coroutine, regAddrB); ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "MERGE (%s)", selectOpName(p->op))); /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement to the ** left of the compound operator - the "A" select. */ addrSelectA = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrA, 0, addrSelectA); VdbeComment((v, "left SELECT")); pPrior->iLimit = regLimitA; ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "LEFT")); sqlite3Select(pParse, pPrior, &destA); sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regAddrA); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); /* Generate a coroutine to evaluate the SELECT statement on ** the right - the "B" select */ addrSelectB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 1; addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regAddrB, 0, addrSelectB); VdbeComment((v, "right SELECT")); savedLimit = p->iLimit; savedOffset = p->iOffset; p->iLimit = regLimitB; p->iOffset = 0; ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "RIGHT")); sqlite3Select(pParse, p, &destB); p->iLimit = savedLimit; p->iOffset = savedOffset; sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, regAddrB); /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the A ** select as the next output row of the compound select. */ VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for A")); addrOutA = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, p, &destA, pDest, regOutA, regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); /* Generate a subroutine that outputs the current row of the B ** select as the next output row of the compound select. */ if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ VdbeNoopComment((v, "Output routine for B")); addrOutB = generateOutputSubroutine(pParse, p, &destB, pDest, regOutB, regPrev, pKeyDup, labelEnd); } sqlite3KeyInfoUnref(pKeyDup); /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select A ** are exhausted and only data in select B remains. */ if( op==TK_EXCEPT || op==TK_INTERSECT ){ addrEofA_noB = addrEofA = labelEnd; }else{ VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-A subroutine")); addrEofA = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); addrEofA_noB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEofA); p->nSelectRow = sqlite3LogEstAdd(p->nSelectRow, pPrior->nSelectRow); } /* Generate a subroutine to run when the results from select B ** are exhausted and only data in select A remains. */ if( op==TK_INTERSECT ){ addrEofB = addrEofA; if( p->nSelectRow > pPrior->nSelectRow ) p->nSelectRow = pPrior->nSelectRow; }else{ VdbeNoopComment((v, "eof-B subroutine")); addrEofB = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutA, addrOutA); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, labelEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEofB); } /* Generate code to handle the case of AB */ VdbeNoopComment((v, "A-gt-B subroutine")); addrAgtB = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( op==TK_ALL || op==TK_UNION ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutB, addrOutB); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelCmpr); /* This code runs once to initialize everything. */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrA, addrEofA_noB); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regAddrB, addrEofB); VdbeCoverage(v); /* Implement the main merge loop */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelCmpr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Permutation, 0, 0, 0, (char*)aPermute, P4_INTARRAY); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, destA.iSdst, destB.iSdst, nOrderBy, (char*)pKeyMerge, P4_KEYINFO); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_PERMUTE); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addrAltB, addrAeqB, addrAgtB); VdbeCoverage(v); /* Jump to the this point in order to terminate the query. */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelEnd); /* Reassembly the compound query so that it will be freed correctly ** by the calling function */ if( p->pPrior ){ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pPrior); } p->pPrior = pPrior; pPrior->pNext = p; /*** TBD: Insert subroutine calls to close cursors on incomplete **** subqueries ****/ ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); return pParse->nErr!=0; } #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) /* An instance of the SubstContext object describes an substitution edit ** to be performed on a parse tree. ** ** All references to columns in table iTable are to be replaced by corresponding ** expressions in pEList. */ typedef struct SubstContext { Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ int iTable; /* Replace references to this table */ int iNewTable; /* New table number */ int isLeftJoin; /* Add TK_IF_NULL_ROW opcodes on each replacement */ ExprList *pEList; /* Replacement expressions */ } SubstContext; /* Forward Declarations */ static void substExprList(SubstContext*, ExprList*); static void substSelect(SubstContext*, Select*, int); /* ** Scan through the expression pExpr. Replace every reference to ** a column in table number iTable with a copy of the iColumn-th ** entry in pEList. (But leave references to the ROWID column ** unchanged.) ** ** This routine is part of the flattening procedure. A subquery ** whose result set is defined by pEList appears as entry in the ** FROM clause of a SELECT such that the VDBE cursor assigned to that ** FORM clause entry is iTable. This routine makes the necessary ** changes to pExpr so that it refers directly to the source table ** of the subquery rather the result set of the subquery. */ static Expr *substExpr( SubstContext *pSubst, /* Description of the substitution */ Expr *pExpr /* Expr in which substitution occurs */ ){ if( pExpr==0 ) return 0; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) && pExpr->iRightJoinTable==pSubst->iTable ){ pExpr->iRightJoinTable = pSubst->iNewTable; } if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==pSubst->iTable ){ if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ){ pExpr->op = TK_NULL; }else{ Expr *pNew; Expr *pCopy = pSubst->pEList->a[pExpr->iColumn].pExpr; Expr ifNullRow; assert( pSubst->pEList!=0 && pExpr->iColumnpEList->nExpr ); assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pCopy) ){ sqlite3VectorErrorMsg(pSubst->pParse, pCopy); }else{ sqlite3 *db = pSubst->pParse->db; if( pSubst->isLeftJoin && pCopy->op!=TK_COLUMN ){ memset(&ifNullRow, 0, sizeof(ifNullRow)); ifNullRow.op = TK_IF_NULL_ROW; ifNullRow.pLeft = pCopy; ifNullRow.iTable = pSubst->iNewTable; pCopy = &ifNullRow; } pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pCopy, 0); if( pNew && pSubst->isLeftJoin ){ ExprSetProperty(pNew, EP_CanBeNull); } if( pNew && ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_FromJoin) ){ pNew->iRightJoinTable = pExpr->iRightJoinTable; ExprSetProperty(pNew, EP_FromJoin); } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr); pExpr = pNew; } } }else{ if( pExpr->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW && pExpr->iTable==pSubst->iTable ){ pExpr->iTable = pSubst->iNewTable; } pExpr->pLeft = substExpr(pSubst, pExpr->pLeft); pExpr->pRight = substExpr(pSubst, pExpr->pRight); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ substSelect(pSubst, pExpr->x.pSelect, 1); }else{ substExprList(pSubst, pExpr->x.pList); } } return pExpr; } static void substExprList( SubstContext *pSubst, /* Description of the substitution */ ExprList *pList /* List to scan and in which to make substitutes */ ){ int i; if( pList==0 ) return; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ pList->a[i].pExpr = substExpr(pSubst, pList->a[i].pExpr); } } static void substSelect( SubstContext *pSubst, /* Description of the substitution */ Select *p, /* SELECT statement in which to make substitutions */ int doPrior /* Do substitutes on p->pPrior too */ ){ SrcList *pSrc; struct SrcList_item *pItem; int i; if( !p ) return; do{ substExprList(pSubst, p->pEList); substExprList(pSubst, p->pGroupBy); substExprList(pSubst, p->pOrderBy); p->pHaving = substExpr(pSubst, p->pHaving); p->pWhere = substExpr(pSubst, p->pWhere); pSrc = p->pSrc; assert( pSrc!=0 ); for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){ substSelect(pSubst, pItem->pSelect, 1); if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc ){ substExprList(pSubst, pItem->u1.pFuncArg); } } }while( doPrior && (p = p->pPrior)!=0 ); } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) /* ** This routine attempts to flatten subqueries as a performance optimization. ** This routine returns 1 if it makes changes and 0 if no flattening occurs. ** ** To understand the concept of flattening, consider the following ** query: ** ** SELECT a FROM (SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100) WHERE a>5 ** ** The default way of implementing this query is to execute the ** subquery first and store the results in a temporary table, then ** run the outer query on that temporary table. This requires two ** passes over the data. Furthermore, because the temporary table ** has no indices, the WHERE clause on the outer query cannot be ** optimized. ** ** This routine attempts to rewrite queries such as the above into ** a single flat select, like this: ** ** SELECT x+y AS a FROM t1 WHERE z<100 AND a>5 ** ** The code generated for this simplification gives the same result ** but only has to scan the data once. And because indices might ** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be ** avoided. ** ** Flattening is subject to the following constraints: ** ** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was: ** The subquery and the outer query cannot both be aggregates. ** ** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was: ** (2) If the subquery is an aggregate then ** (2a) the outer query must not be a join and ** (2b) the outer query must not use subqueries ** other than the one FROM-clause subquery that is a candidate ** for flattening. (This is due to ticket [2f7170d73bf9abf80] ** from 2015-02-09.) ** ** (3) If the subquery is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN then ** (3a) the subquery may not be a join and ** (3b) the FROM clause of the subquery may not contain a virtual ** table and ** (3c) the outer query may not be an aggregate. ** ** (4) The subquery can not be DISTINCT. ** ** (**) At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT ** sub-queries that were excluded from this optimization. Restriction ** (4) has since been expanded to exclude all DISTINCT subqueries. ** ** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was: ** If the subquery is aggregate, the outer query may not be DISTINCT. ** ** (7) The subquery must have a FROM clause. TODO: For subqueries without ** A FROM clause, consider adding a FROM clause with the special ** table sqlite_once that consists of a single row containing a ** single NULL. ** ** (8) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not be a join. ** ** (9) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not be aggregate. ** ** (**) Restriction (10) was removed from the code on 2005-02-05 but we ** accidently carried the comment forward until 2014-09-15. Original ** constraint: "If the subquery is aggregate then the outer query ** may not use LIMIT." ** ** (11) The subquery and the outer query may not both have ORDER BY clauses. ** ** (**) Not implemented. Subsumed into restriction (3). Was previously ** a separate restriction deriving from ticket #350. ** ** (13) The subquery and outer query may not both use LIMIT. ** ** (14) The subquery may not use OFFSET. ** ** (15) If the outer query is part of a compound select, then the ** subquery may not use LIMIT. ** (See ticket #2339 and ticket [02a8e81d44]). ** ** (16) If the outer query is aggregate, then the subquery may not ** use ORDER BY. (Ticket #2942) This used to not matter ** until we introduced the group_concat() function. ** ** (17) If the subquery is a compound select, then ** (17a) all compound operators must be a UNION ALL, and ** (17b) no terms within the subquery compound may be aggregate ** or DISTINCT, and ** (17c) every term within the subquery compound must have a FROM clause ** (17d) the outer query may not be ** (17d1) aggregate, or ** (17d2) DISTINCT, or ** (17d3) a join. ** ** The parent and sub-query may contain WHERE clauses. Subject to ** rules (11), (13) and (14), they may also contain ORDER BY, ** LIMIT and OFFSET clauses. The subquery cannot use any compound ** operator other than UNION ALL because all the other compound ** operators have an implied DISTINCT which is disallowed by ** restriction (4). ** ** Also, each component of the sub-query must return the same number ** of result columns. This is actually a requirement for any compound ** SELECT statement, but all the code here does is make sure that no ** such (illegal) sub-query is flattened. The caller will detect the ** syntax error and return a detailed message. ** ** (18) If the sub-query is a compound select, then all terms of the ** ORDER BY clause of the parent must be simple references to ** columns of the sub-query. ** ** (19) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not ** have a WHERE clause. ** ** (20) If the sub-query is a compound select, then it must not use ** an ORDER BY clause. Ticket #3773. We could relax this constraint ** somewhat by saying that the terms of the ORDER BY clause must ** appear as unmodified result columns in the outer query. But we ** have other optimizations in mind to deal with that case. ** ** (21) If the subquery uses LIMIT then the outer query may not be ** DISTINCT. (See ticket [752e1646fc]). ** ** (22) The subquery may not be a recursive CTE. ** ** (**) Subsumed into restriction (17d3). Was: If the outer query is ** a recursive CTE, then the sub-query may not be a compound query. ** This restriction is because transforming the ** parent to a compound query confuses the code that handles ** recursive queries in multiSelect(). ** ** (**) We no longer attempt to flatten aggregate subqueries. Was: ** The subquery may not be an aggregate that uses the built-in min() or ** or max() functions. (Without this restriction, a query like: ** "SELECT x FROM (SELECT max(y), x FROM t1)" would not necessarily ** return the value X for which Y was maximal.) ** ** (25) If either the subquery or the parent query contains a window ** function in the select list or ORDER BY clause, flattening ** is not attempted. ** ** ** In this routine, the "p" parameter is a pointer to the outer query. ** The subquery is p->pSrc->a[iFrom]. isAgg is true if the outer query ** uses aggregates. ** ** If flattening is not attempted, this routine is a no-op and returns 0. ** If flattening is attempted this routine returns 1. ** ** All of the expression analysis must occur on both the outer query and ** the subquery before this routine runs. */ static int flattenSubquery( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Select *p, /* The parent or outer SELECT statement */ int iFrom, /* Index in p->pSrc->a[] of the inner subquery */ int isAgg /* True if outer SELECT uses aggregate functions */ ){ const char *zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; Select *pParent; /* Current UNION ALL term of the other query */ Select *pSub; /* The inner query or "subquery" */ Select *pSub1; /* Pointer to the rightmost select in sub-query */ SrcList *pSrc; /* The FROM clause of the outer query */ SrcList *pSubSrc; /* The FROM clause of the subquery */ int iParent; /* VDBE cursor number of the pSub result set temp table */ int iNewParent = -1;/* Replacement table for iParent */ int isLeftJoin = 0; /* True if pSub is the right side of a LEFT JOIN */ int i; /* Loop counter */ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSubitem; /* The subquery */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Check to see if flattening is permitted. Return 0 if not. */ assert( p!=0 ); assert( p->pPrior==0 ); if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0; pSrc = p->pSrc; assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFromnSrc ); pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom]; iParent = pSubitem->iCursor; pSub = pSubitem->pSelect; assert( pSub!=0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( p->pWin || pSub->pWin ) return 0; /* Restriction (25) */ #endif pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; assert( pSubSrc ); /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants, ** not arbitrary expressions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET ** because they could be computed at compile-time. But when LIMIT and OFFSET ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13) ** and (14). */ if( pSub->pLimit && p->pLimit ) return 0; /* Restriction (13) */ if( pSub->pLimit && pSub->pLimit->pRight ) return 0; /* Restriction (14) */ if( (p->selFlags & SF_Compound)!=0 && pSub->pLimit ){ return 0; /* Restriction (15) */ } if( pSubSrc->nSrc==0 ) return 0; /* Restriction (7) */ if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct ) return 0; /* Restriction (4) */ if( pSub->pLimit && (pSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg) ){ return 0; /* Restrictions (8)(9) */ } if( p->pOrderBy && pSub->pOrderBy ){ return 0; /* Restriction (11) */ } if( isAgg && pSub->pOrderBy ) return 0; /* Restriction (16) */ if( pSub->pLimit && p->pWhere ) return 0; /* Restriction (19) */ if( pSub->pLimit && (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 ){ return 0; /* Restriction (21) */ } if( pSub->selFlags & (SF_Recursive) ){ return 0; /* Restrictions (22) */ } /* ** If the subquery is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN, then the ** subquery may not be a join itself (3a). Example of why this is not ** allowed: ** ** t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN (t2 JOIN t3) ** ** If we flatten the above, we would get ** ** (t1 LEFT OUTER JOIN t2) JOIN t3 ** ** which is not at all the same thing. ** ** If the subquery is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN, then the outer ** query cannot be an aggregate. (3c) This is an artifact of the way ** aggregates are processed - there is no mechanism to determine if ** the LEFT JOIN table should be all-NULL. ** ** See also tickets #306, #350, and #3300. */ if( (pSubitem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0 ){ isLeftJoin = 1; if( pSubSrc->nSrc>1 || isAgg || IsVirtual(pSubSrc->a[0].pTab) ){ /* (3a) (3c) (3b) */ return 0; } } #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_IFNULLROW else if( iFrom>0 && !isAgg ){ /* Setting isLeftJoin to -1 causes OP_IfNullRow opcodes to be generated for ** every reference to any result column from subquery in a join, even ** though they are not necessary. This will stress-test the OP_IfNullRow ** opcode. */ isLeftJoin = -1; } #endif /* Restriction (17): If the sub-query is a compound SELECT, then it must ** use only the UNION ALL operator. And none of the simple select queries ** that make up the compound SELECT are allowed to be aggregate or distinct ** queries. */ if( pSub->pPrior ){ if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ return 0; /* Restriction (20) */ } if( isAgg || (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0 || pSrc->nSrc!=1 ){ return 0; /* (17d1), (17d2), or (17d3) */ } for(pSub1=pSub; pSub1; pSub1=pSub1->pPrior){ testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct ); testcase( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Aggregate ); assert( pSub->pSrc!=0 ); assert( pSub->pEList->nExpr==pSub1->pEList->nExpr ); if( (pSub1->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))!=0 /* (17b) */ || (pSub1->pPrior && pSub1->op!=TK_ALL) /* (17a) */ || pSub1->pSrc->nSrc<1 /* (17c) */ ){ return 0; } testcase( pSub1->pSrc->nSrc>1 ); } /* Restriction (18). */ if( p->pOrderBy ){ int ii; for(ii=0; iipOrderBy->nExpr; ii++){ if( p->pOrderBy->a[ii].u.x.iOrderByCol==0 ) return 0; } } } /* Ex-restriction (23): ** The only way that the recursive part of a CTE can contain a compound ** subquery is for the subquery to be one term of a join. But if the ** subquery is a join, then the flattening has already been stopped by ** restriction (17d3) */ assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Recursive)==0 || pSub->pPrior==0 ); /***** If we reach this point, flattening is permitted. *****/ SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("flatten %u.%p from term %d\n", pSub->selId, pSub, iFrom)); /* Authorize the subquery */ pParse->zAuthContext = pSubitem->zName; TESTONLY(i =) sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0); testcase( i==SQLITE_DENY ); pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; /* If the sub-query is a compound SELECT statement, then (by restrictions ** 17 and 18 above) it must be a UNION ALL and the parent query must ** be of the form: ** ** SELECT FROM () ** ** followed by any ORDER BY, LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses. This block ** creates N-1 copies of the parent query without any ORDER BY, LIMIT or ** OFFSET clauses and joins them to the left-hand-side of the original ** using UNION ALL operators. In this case N is the number of simple ** select statements in the compound sub-query. ** ** Example: ** ** SELECT a+1 FROM ( ** SELECT x FROM tab ** UNION ALL ** SELECT y FROM tab ** UNION ALL ** SELECT abs(z*2) FROM tab2 ** ) WHERE a!=5 ORDER BY 1 ** ** Transformed into: ** ** SELECT x+1 FROM tab WHERE x+1!=5 ** UNION ALL ** SELECT y+1 FROM tab WHERE y+1!=5 ** UNION ALL ** SELECT abs(z*2)+1 FROM tab2 WHERE abs(z*2)+1!=5 ** ORDER BY 1 ** ** We call this the "compound-subquery flattening". */ for(pSub=pSub->pPrior; pSub; pSub=pSub->pPrior){ Select *pNew; ExprList *pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; Expr *pLimit = p->pLimit; Select *pPrior = p->pPrior; p->pOrderBy = 0; p->pSrc = 0; p->pPrior = 0; p->pLimit = 0; pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p, 0); p->pLimit = pLimit; p->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; p->pSrc = pSrc; p->op = TK_ALL; if( pNew==0 ){ p->pPrior = pPrior; }else{ pNew->pPrior = pPrior; if( pPrior ) pPrior->pNext = pNew; pNew->pNext = p; p->pPrior = pNew; SELECTTRACE(2,pParse,p,("compound-subquery flattener" " creates %u as peer\n",pNew->selId)); } if( db->mallocFailed ) return 1; } /* Begin flattening the iFrom-th entry of the FROM clause ** in the outer query. */ pSub = pSub1 = pSubitem->pSelect; /* Delete the transient table structure associated with the ** subquery */ sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zDatabase); sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, pSubitem->zAlias); pSubitem->zDatabase = 0; pSubitem->zName = 0; pSubitem->zAlias = 0; pSubitem->pSelect = 0; /* Defer deleting the Table object associated with the ** subquery until code generation is ** complete, since there may still exist Expr.pTab entries that ** refer to the subquery even after flattening. Ticket #3346. ** ** pSubitem->pTab is always non-NULL by test restrictions and tests above. */ if( ALWAYS(pSubitem->pTab!=0) ){ Table *pTabToDel = pSubitem->pTab; if( pTabToDel->nTabRef==1 ){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); pTabToDel->pNextZombie = pToplevel->pZombieTab; pToplevel->pZombieTab = pTabToDel; }else{ pTabToDel->nTabRef--; } pSubitem->pTab = 0; } /* The following loop runs once for each term in a compound-subquery ** flattening (as described above). If we are doing a different kind ** of flattening - a flattening other than a compound-subquery flattening - ** then this loop only runs once. ** ** This loop moves all of the FROM elements of the subquery into the ** the FROM clause of the outer query. Before doing this, remember ** the cursor number for the original outer query FROM element in ** iParent. The iParent cursor will never be used. Subsequent code ** will scan expressions looking for iParent references and replace ** those references with expressions that resolve to the subquery FROM ** elements we are now copying in. */ for(pParent=p; pParent; pParent=pParent->pPrior, pSub=pSub->pPrior){ int nSubSrc; u8 jointype = 0; pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc; /* FROM clause of subquery */ nSubSrc = pSubSrc->nSrc; /* Number of terms in subquery FROM clause */ pSrc = pParent->pSrc; /* FROM clause of the outer query */ if( pSrc ){ assert( pParent==p ); /* First time through the loop */ jointype = pSubitem->fg.jointype; }else{ assert( pParent!=p ); /* 2nd and subsequent times through the loop */ pSrc = pParent->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); if( pSrc==0 ){ assert( db->mallocFailed ); break; } } /* The subquery uses a single slot of the FROM clause of the outer ** query. If the subquery has more than one element in its FROM clause, ** then expand the outer query to make space for it to hold all elements ** of the subquery. ** ** Example: ** ** SELECT * FROM tabA, (SELECT * FROM sub1, sub2), tabB; ** ** The outer query has 3 slots in its FROM clause. One slot of the ** outer query (the middle slot) is used by the subquery. The next ** block of code will expand the outer query FROM clause to 4 slots. ** The middle slot is expanded to two slots in order to make space ** for the two elements in the FROM clause of the subquery. */ if( nSubSrc>1 ){ pParent->pSrc = pSrc = sqlite3SrcListEnlarge(db, pSrc, nSubSrc-1,iFrom+1); if( db->mallocFailed ){ break; } } /* Transfer the FROM clause terms from the subquery into the ** outer query. */ for(i=0; ia[i+iFrom].pUsing); assert( pSrc->a[i+iFrom].fg.isTabFunc==0 ); pSrc->a[i+iFrom] = pSubSrc->a[i]; iNewParent = pSubSrc->a[i].iCursor; memset(&pSubSrc->a[i], 0, sizeof(pSubSrc->a[i])); } pSrc->a[iFrom].fg.jointype = jointype; /* Now begin substituting subquery result set expressions for ** references to the iParent in the outer query. ** ** Example: ** ** SELECT a+5, b*10 FROM (SELECT x*3 AS a, y+10 AS b FROM t1) WHERE a>b; ** \ \_____________ subquery __________/ / ** \_____________________ outer query ______________________________/ ** ** We look at every expression in the outer query and every place we see ** "a" we substitute "x*3" and every place we see "b" we substitute "y+10". */ if( pSub->pOrderBy ){ /* At this point, any non-zero iOrderByCol values indicate that the ** ORDER BY column expression is identical to the iOrderByCol'th ** expression returned by SELECT statement pSub. Since these values ** do not necessarily correspond to columns in SELECT statement pParent, ** zero them before transfering the ORDER BY clause. ** ** Not doing this may cause an error if a subsequent call to this ** function attempts to flatten a compound sub-query into pParent ** (the only way this can happen is if the compound sub-query is ** currently part of pSub->pSrc). See ticket [d11a6e908f]. */ ExprList *pOrderBy = pSub->pOrderBy; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0; } assert( pParent->pOrderBy==0 ); pParent->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; pSub->pOrderBy = 0; } pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pSub->pWhere, 0); if( isLeftJoin>0 ){ setJoinExpr(pWhere, iNewParent); } pParent->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pParent->pWhere); if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ SubstContext x; x.pParse = pParse; x.iTable = iParent; x.iNewTable = iNewParent; x.isLeftJoin = isLeftJoin; x.pEList = pSub->pEList; substSelect(&x, pParent, 0); } /* The flattened query is distinct if either the inner or the ** outer query is distinct. */ pParent->selFlags |= pSub->selFlags & SF_Distinct; /* ** SELECT ... FROM (SELECT ... LIMIT a OFFSET b) LIMIT x OFFSET y; ** ** One is tempted to try to add a and b to combine the limits. But this ** does not work if either limit is negative. */ if( pSub->pLimit ){ pParent->pLimit = pSub->pLimit; pSub->pLimit = 0; } } /* Finially, delete what is left of the subquery and return ** success. */ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub1); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After flattening:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif return 1; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ /* ** A structure to keep track of all of the column values that fixed to ** a known value due to WHERE clause constraints of the form COLUMN=VALUE. */ typedef struct WhereConst WhereConst; struct WhereConst { Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ int nConst; /* Number for COLUMN=CONSTANT terms */ int nChng; /* Number of times a constant is propagated */ Expr **apExpr; /* [i*2] is COLUMN and [i*2+1] is VALUE */ }; /* ** Add a new entry to the pConst object */ static void constInsert( WhereConst *pConst, Expr *pColumn, Expr *pValue ){ pConst->nConst++; pConst->apExpr = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pConst->pParse->db, pConst->apExpr, pConst->nConst*2*sizeof(Expr*)); if( pConst->apExpr==0 ){ pConst->nConst = 0; }else{ if( ExprHasProperty(pValue, EP_FixedCol) ) pValue = pValue->pLeft; pConst->apExpr[pConst->nConst*2-2] = pColumn; pConst->apExpr[pConst->nConst*2-1] = pValue; } } /* ** Find all terms of COLUMN=VALUE or VALUE=COLUMN in pExpr where VALUE ** is a constant expression and where the term must be true because it ** is part of the AND-connected terms of the expression. For each term ** found, add it to the pConst structure. */ static void findConstInWhere(WhereConst *pConst, Expr *pExpr){ Expr *pRight, *pLeft; if( pExpr==0 ) return; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) return; if( pExpr->op==TK_AND ){ findConstInWhere(pConst, pExpr->pRight); findConstInWhere(pConst, pExpr->pLeft); return; } if( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ ) return; pRight = pExpr->pRight; pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; assert( pRight!=0 ); assert( pLeft!=0 ); if( pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && !ExprHasProperty(pRight, EP_FixedCol) && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pLeft) && sqlite3IsBinary(sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pConst->pParse,pLeft,pRight)) ){ constInsert(pConst, pRight, pLeft); }else if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && !ExprHasProperty(pLeft, EP_FixedCol) && sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pRight) && sqlite3IsBinary(sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pConst->pParse,pLeft,pRight)) ){ constInsert(pConst, pLeft, pRight); } } /* ** This is a Walker expression callback. pExpr is a candidate expression ** to be replaced by a value. If pExpr is equivalent to one of the ** columns named in pWalker->u.pConst, then overwrite it with its ** corresponding value. */ static int propagateConstantExprRewrite(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ int i; WhereConst *pConst; if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return WRC_Continue; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FixedCol) ) return WRC_Continue; pConst = pWalker->u.pConst; for(i=0; inConst; i++){ Expr *pColumn = pConst->apExpr[i*2]; if( pColumn==pExpr ) continue; if( pColumn->iTable!=pExpr->iTable ) continue; if( pColumn->iColumn!=pExpr->iColumn ) continue; /* A match is found. Add the EP_FixedCol property */ pConst->nChng++; ExprClearProperty(pExpr, EP_Leaf); ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_FixedCol); assert( pExpr->pLeft==0 ); pExpr->pLeft = sqlite3ExprDup(pConst->pParse->db, pConst->apExpr[i*2+1], 0); break; } return WRC_Prune; } /* ** The WHERE-clause constant propagation optimization. ** ** If the WHERE clause contains terms of the form COLUMN=CONSTANT or ** CONSTANT=COLUMN that must be tree (in other words, if the terms top-level ** AND-connected terms that are not part of a ON clause from a LEFT JOIN) ** then throughout the query replace all other occurrences of COLUMN ** with CONSTANT within the WHERE clause. ** ** For example, the query: ** ** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE t1.a=39 AND t2.b=t1.a AND t3.c=t2.b ** ** Is transformed into ** ** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE t1.a=39 AND t2.b=39 AND t3.c=39 ** ** Return true if any transformations where made and false if not. ** ** Implementation note: Constant propagation is tricky due to affinity ** and collating sequence interactions. Consider this example: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a INT,b TEXT); ** INSERT INTO t1 VALUES(123,'0123'); ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=123 AND b=a; ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=123 AND b=123; ** ** The two SELECT statements above should return different answers. b=a ** is alway true because the comparison uses numeric affinity, but b=123 ** is false because it uses text affinity and '0123' is not the same as '123'. ** To work around this, the expression tree is not actually changed from ** "b=a" to "b=123" but rather the "a" in "b=a" is tagged with EP_FixedCol ** and the "123" value is hung off of the pLeft pointer. Code generator ** routines know to generate the constant "123" instead of looking up the ** column value. Also, to avoid collation problems, this optimization is ** only attempted if the "a=123" term uses the default BINARY collation. */ static int propagateConstants( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ Select *p /* The query in which to propagate constants */ ){ WhereConst x; Walker w; int nChng = 0; x.pParse = pParse; do{ x.nConst = 0; x.nChng = 0; x.apExpr = 0; findConstInWhere(&x, p->pWhere); if( x.nConst ){ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); w.pParse = pParse; w.xExprCallback = propagateConstantExprRewrite; w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop; w.xSelectCallback2 = 0; w.walkerDepth = 0; w.u.pConst = &x; sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p->pWhere); sqlite3DbFree(x.pParse->db, x.apExpr); nChng += x.nChng; } }while( x.nChng ); return nChng; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) /* ** Make copies of relevant WHERE clause terms of the outer query into ** the WHERE clause of subquery. Example: ** ** SELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS x, c-d AS y FROM t1) WHERE x=5 AND y=10; ** ** Transformed into: ** ** SELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS x, c-d AS y FROM t1 WHERE a=5 AND c-d=10) ** WHERE x=5 AND y=10; ** ** The hope is that the terms added to the inner query will make it more ** efficient. ** ** Do not attempt this optimization if: ** ** (1) (** This restriction was removed on 2017-09-29. We used to ** disallow this optimization for aggregate subqueries, but now ** it is allowed by putting the extra terms on the HAVING clause. ** The added HAVING clause is pointless if the subquery lacks ** a GROUP BY clause. But such a HAVING clause is also harmless ** so there does not appear to be any reason to add extra logic ** to suppress it. **) ** ** (2) The inner query is the recursive part of a common table expression. ** ** (3) The inner query has a LIMIT clause (since the changes to the WHERE ** clause would change the meaning of the LIMIT). ** ** (4) The inner query is the right operand of a LEFT JOIN and the ** expression to be pushed down does not come from the ON clause ** on that LEFT JOIN. ** ** (5) The WHERE clause expression originates in the ON or USING clause ** of a LEFT JOIN where iCursor is not the right-hand table of that ** left join. An example: ** ** SELECT * ** FROM (SELECT 1 AS a1 UNION ALL SELECT 2) AS aa ** JOIN (SELECT 1 AS b2 UNION ALL SELECT 2) AS bb ON (a1=b2) ** LEFT JOIN (SELECT 8 AS c3 UNION ALL SELECT 9) AS cc ON (b2=2); ** ** The correct answer is three rows: (1,1,NULL),(2,2,8),(2,2,9). ** But if the (b2=2) term were to be pushed down into the bb subquery, ** then the (1,1,NULL) row would be suppressed. ** ** (6) The inner query features one or more window-functions (since ** changes to the WHERE clause of the inner query could change the ** window over which window functions are calculated). ** ** Return 0 if no changes are made and non-zero if one or more WHERE clause ** terms are duplicated into the subquery. */ static int pushDownWhereTerms( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context (for malloc() and error reporting) */ Select *pSubq, /* The subquery whose WHERE clause is to be augmented */ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause of the outer query */ int iCursor, /* Cursor number of the subquery */ int isLeftJoin /* True if pSubq is the right term of a LEFT JOIN */ ){ Expr *pNew; int nChng = 0; if( pWhere==0 ) return 0; if( pSubq->selFlags & SF_Recursive ) return 0; /* restriction (2) */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( pSubq->pWin ) return 0; /* restriction (6) */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Only the first term of a compound can have a WITH clause. But make ** sure no other terms are marked SF_Recursive in case something changes ** in the future. */ { Select *pX; for(pX=pSubq; pX; pX=pX->pPrior){ assert( (pX->selFlags & (SF_Recursive))==0 ); } } #endif if( pSubq->pLimit!=0 ){ return 0; /* restriction (3) */ } while( pWhere->op==TK_AND ){ nChng += pushDownWhereTerms(pParse, pSubq, pWhere->pRight, iCursor, isLeftJoin); pWhere = pWhere->pLeft; } if( isLeftJoin && (ExprHasProperty(pWhere,EP_FromJoin)==0 || pWhere->iRightJoinTable!=iCursor) ){ return 0; /* restriction (4) */ } if( ExprHasProperty(pWhere,EP_FromJoin) && pWhere->iRightJoinTable!=iCursor ){ return 0; /* restriction (5) */ } if( sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pWhere, iCursor) ){ nChng++; while( pSubq ){ SubstContext x; pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pWhere, 0); unsetJoinExpr(pNew, -1); x.pParse = pParse; x.iTable = iCursor; x.iNewTable = iCursor; x.isLeftJoin = 0; x.pEList = pSubq->pEList; pNew = substExpr(&x, pNew); if( pSubq->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ){ pSubq->pHaving = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pSubq->pHaving, pNew); }else{ pSubq->pWhere = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pSubq->pWhere, pNew); } pSubq = pSubq->pPrior; } } return nChng; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) */ /* ** The pFunc is the only aggregate function in the query. Check to see ** if the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization. ** ** If the query is a candidate for the min/max optimization, then set ** *ppMinMax to be an ORDER BY clause to be used for the optimization ** and return either WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX depending on ** whether pFunc is a min() or max() function. ** ** If the query is not a candidate for the min/max optimization, return ** WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL (which must be zero). ** ** This routine must be called after aggregate functions have been ** located but before their arguments have been subjected to aggregate ** analysis. */ static u8 minMaxQuery(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pFunc, ExprList **ppMinMax){ int eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; /* Return value */ ExprList *pEList = pFunc->x.pList; /* Arguments to agg function */ const char *zFunc; /* Name of aggregate function pFunc */ ExprList *pOrderBy; u8 sortOrder; assert( *ppMinMax==0 ); assert( pFunc->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ); if( pEList==0 || pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return eRet; zFunc = pFunc->u.zToken; if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "min")==0 ){ eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN; sortOrder = SQLITE_SO_ASC; }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(zFunc, "max")==0 ){ eRet = WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX; sortOrder = SQLITE_SO_DESC; }else{ return eRet; } *ppMinMax = pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, 0); assert( pOrderBy!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); if( pOrderBy ) pOrderBy->a[0].sortOrder = sortOrder; return eRet; } /* ** The select statement passed as the first argument is an aggregate query. ** The second argument is the associated aggregate-info object. This ** function tests if the SELECT is of the form: ** ** SELECT count(*) FROM ** ** where table is a database table, not a sub-select or view. If the query ** does match this pattern, then a pointer to the Table object representing ** is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned. */ static Table *isSimpleCount(Select *p, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ Table *pTab; Expr *pExpr; assert( !p->pGroupBy ); if( p->pWhere || p->pEList->nExpr!=1 || p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 || p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect ){ return 0; } pTab = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab; pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; assert( pTab && !pTab->pSelect && pExpr ); if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; if( NEVER(pAggInfo->nFunc==0) ) return 0; if( (pAggInfo->aFunc[0].pFunc->funcFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_COUNT)==0 ) return 0; if( pExpr->flags&EP_Distinct ) return 0; return pTab; } /* ** If the source-list item passed as an argument was augmented with an ** INDEXED BY clause, then try to locate the specified index. If there ** was such a clause and the named index cannot be found, return ** SQLITE_ERROR and leave an error in pParse. Otherwise, populate ** pFrom->pIndex and return SQLITE_OK. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IndexedByLookup(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ if( pFrom->pTab && pFrom->fg.isIndexedBy ){ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; char *zIndexedBy = pFrom->u1.zIndexedBy; Index *pIdx; for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx && sqlite3StrICmp(pIdx->zName, zIndexedBy); pIdx=pIdx->pNext ); if( !pIdx ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such index: %s", zIndexedBy, 0); pParse->checkSchema = 1; return SQLITE_ERROR; } pFrom->pIBIndex = pIdx; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Detect compound SELECT statements that use an ORDER BY clause with ** an alternative collating sequence. ** ** SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2 ORDER BY .. COLLATE ... ** ** These are rewritten as a subquery: ** ** SELECT * FROM (SELECT ... FROM t1 EXCEPT SELECT ... FROM t2) ** ORDER BY ... COLLATE ... ** ** This transformation is necessary because the multiSelectOrderBy() routine ** above that generates the code for a compound SELECT with an ORDER BY clause ** uses a merge algorithm that requires the same collating sequence on the ** result columns as on the ORDER BY clause. See ticket ** http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/6709574d2a ** ** This transformation is only needed for EXCEPT, INTERSECT, and UNION. ** The UNION ALL operator works fine with multiSelectOrderBy() even when ** there are COLLATE terms in the ORDER BY. */ static int convertCompoundSelectToSubquery(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ int i; Select *pNew; Select *pX; sqlite3 *db; struct ExprList_item *a; SrcList *pNewSrc; Parse *pParse; Token dummy; if( p->pPrior==0 ) return WRC_Continue; if( p->pOrderBy==0 ) return WRC_Continue; for(pX=p; pX && (pX->op==TK_ALL || pX->op==TK_SELECT); pX=pX->pPrior){} if( pX==0 ) return WRC_Continue; a = p->pOrderBy->a; for(i=p->pOrderBy->nExpr-1; i>=0; i--){ if( a[i].pExpr->flags & EP_Collate ) break; } if( i<0 ) return WRC_Continue; /* If we reach this point, that means the transformation is required. */ pParse = pWalker->pParse; db = pParse->db; pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) ); if( pNew==0 ) return WRC_Abort; memset(&dummy, 0, sizeof(dummy)); pNewSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&dummy,pNew,0,0); if( pNewSrc==0 ) return WRC_Abort; *pNew = *p; p->pSrc = pNewSrc; p->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ASTERISK, 0)); p->op = TK_SELECT; p->pWhere = 0; pNew->pGroupBy = 0; pNew->pHaving = 0; pNew->pOrderBy = 0; p->pPrior = 0; p->pNext = 0; p->pWith = 0; p->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound; assert( (p->selFlags & SF_Converted)==0 ); p->selFlags |= SF_Converted; assert( pNew->pPrior!=0 ); pNew->pPrior->pNext = pNew; pNew->pLimit = 0; return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Check to see if the FROM clause term pFrom has table-valued function ** arguments. If it does, leave an error message in pParse and return ** non-zero, since pFrom is not allowed to be a table-valued function. */ static int cannotBeFunction(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ if( pFrom->fg.isTabFunc ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "'%s' is not a function", pFrom->zName); return 1; } return 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* ** Argument pWith (which may be NULL) points to a linked list of nested ** WITH contexts, from inner to outermost. If the table identified by ** FROM clause element pItem is really a common-table-expression (CTE) ** then return a pointer to the CTE definition for that table. Otherwise ** return NULL. ** ** If a non-NULL value is returned, set *ppContext to point to the With ** object that the returned CTE belongs to. */ static struct Cte *searchWith( With *pWith, /* Current innermost WITH clause */ struct SrcList_item *pItem, /* FROM clause element to resolve */ With **ppContext /* OUT: WITH clause return value belongs to */ ){ const char *zName; if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && (zName = pItem->zName)!=0 ){ With *p; for(p=pWith; p; p=p->pOuter){ int i; for(i=0; inCte; i++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(zName, p->a[i].zName)==0 ){ *ppContext = p; return &p->a[i]; } } } } return 0; } /* The code generator maintains a stack of active WITH clauses ** with the inner-most WITH clause being at the top of the stack. ** ** This routine pushes the WITH clause passed as the second argument ** onto the top of the stack. If argument bFree is true, then this ** WITH clause will never be popped from the stack. In this case it ** should be freed along with the Parse object. In other cases, when ** bFree==0, the With object will be freed along with the SELECT ** statement with which it is associated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WithPush(Parse *pParse, With *pWith, u8 bFree){ assert( bFree==0 || (pParse->pWith==0 && pParse->pWithToFree==0) ); if( pWith ){ assert( pParse->pWith!=pWith ); pWith->pOuter = pParse->pWith; pParse->pWith = pWith; if( bFree ) pParse->pWithToFree = pWith; } } /* ** This function checks if argument pFrom refers to a CTE declared by ** a WITH clause on the stack currently maintained by the parser. And, ** if currently processing a CTE expression, if it is a recursive ** reference to the current CTE. ** ** If pFrom falls into either of the two categories above, pFrom->pTab ** and other fields are populated accordingly. The caller should check ** (pFrom->pTab!=0) to determine whether or not a successful match ** was found. ** ** Whether or not a match is found, SQLITE_OK is returned if no error ** occurs. If an error does occur, an error message is stored in the ** parser and some error code other than SQLITE_OK returned. */ static int withExpand( Walker *pWalker, struct SrcList_item *pFrom ){ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; struct Cte *pCte; /* Matched CTE (or NULL if no match) */ With *pWith; /* WITH clause that pCte belongs to */ assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); pCte = searchWith(pParse->pWith, pFrom, &pWith); if( pCte ){ Table *pTab; ExprList *pEList; Select *pSel; Select *pLeft; /* Left-most SELECT statement */ int bMayRecursive; /* True if compound joined by UNION [ALL] */ With *pSavedWith; /* Initial value of pParse->pWith */ /* If pCte->zCteErr is non-NULL at this point, then this is an illegal ** recursive reference to CTE pCte. Leave an error in pParse and return ** early. If pCte->zCteErr is NULL, then this is not a recursive reference. ** In this case, proceed. */ if( pCte->zCteErr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, pCte->zCteErr, pCte->zName); return SQLITE_ERROR; } if( cannotBeFunction(pParse, pFrom) ) return SQLITE_ERROR; assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; pTab->nTabRef = 1; pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCte->zName); pTab->iPKey = -1; pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral | TF_NoVisibleRowid; pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pCte->pSelect, 0); if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; assert( pFrom->pSelect ); /* Check if this is a recursive CTE. */ pSel = pFrom->pSelect; bMayRecursive = ( pSel->op==TK_ALL || pSel->op==TK_UNION ); if( bMayRecursive ){ int i; SrcList *pSrc = pFrom->pSelect->pSrc; for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[i]; if( pItem->zDatabase==0 && pItem->zName!=0 && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zName, pCte->zName) ){ pItem->pTab = pTab; pItem->fg.isRecursive = 1; pTab->nTabRef++; pSel->selFlags |= SF_Recursive; } } } /* Only one recursive reference is permitted. */ if( pTab->nTabRef>2 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg( pParse, "multiple references to recursive table: %s", pCte->zName ); return SQLITE_ERROR; } assert( pTab->nTabRef==1 || ((pSel->selFlags&SF_Recursive) && pTab->nTabRef==2 )); pCte->zCteErr = "circular reference: %s"; pSavedWith = pParse->pWith; pParse->pWith = pWith; if( bMayRecursive ){ Select *pPrior = pSel->pPrior; assert( pPrior->pWith==0 ); pPrior->pWith = pSel->pWith; sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pPrior); pPrior->pWith = 0; }else{ sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); } pParse->pWith = pWith; for(pLeft=pSel; pLeft->pPrior; pLeft=pLeft->pPrior); pEList = pLeft->pEList; if( pCte->pCols ){ if( pEList && pEList->nExpr!=pCte->pCols->nExpr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s has %d values for %d columns", pCte->zName, pEList->nExpr, pCte->pCols->nExpr ); pParse->pWith = pSavedWith; return SQLITE_ERROR; } pEList = pCte->pCols; } sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol); if( bMayRecursive ){ if( pSel->selFlags & SF_Recursive ){ pCte->zCteErr = "multiple recursive references: %s"; }else{ pCte->zCteErr = "recursive reference in a subquery: %s"; } sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel); } pCte->zCteErr = 0; pParse->pWith = pSavedWith; } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE /* ** If the SELECT passed as the second argument has an associated WITH ** clause, pop it from the stack stored as part of the Parse object. ** ** This function is used as the xSelectCallback2() callback by ** sqlite3SelectExpand() when walking a SELECT tree to resolve table ** names and other FROM clause elements. */ static void selectPopWith(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(pParse->pWith) && p->pPrior==0 ){ With *pWith = findRightmost(p)->pWith; if( pWith!=0 ){ assert( pParse->pWith==pWith ); pParse->pWith = pWith->pOuter; } } } #else #define selectPopWith 0 #endif /* ** The SrcList_item structure passed as the second argument represents a ** sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement. This function ** allocates and populates the SrcList_item.pTab object. If successful, ** SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered, ** SQLITE_NOMEM. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExpandSubquery(Parse *pParse, struct SrcList_item *pFrom){ Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; Table *pTab; assert( pSel ); pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(Table)); if( pTab==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pTab->nTabRef = 1; if( pFrom->zAlias ){ pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db, pFrom->zAlias); }else{ pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "subquery_%u", pSel->selId); } while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; } sqlite3ColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList,&pTab->nCol,&pTab->aCol); pTab->iPKey = -1; pTab->nRowLogEst = 200; assert( 200==sqlite3LogEst(1048576) ); pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This routine is a Walker callback for "expanding" a SELECT statement. ** "Expanding" means to do the following: ** ** (1) Make sure VDBE cursor numbers have been assigned to every ** element of the FROM clause. ** ** (2) Fill in the pTabList->a[].pTab fields in the SrcList that ** defines FROM clause. When views appear in the FROM clause, ** fill pTabList->a[].pSelect with a copy of the SELECT statement ** that implements the view. A copy is made of the view's SELECT ** statement so that we can freely modify or delete that statement ** without worrying about messing up the persistent representation ** of the view. ** ** (3) Add terms to the WHERE clause to accommodate the NATURAL keyword ** on joins and the ON and USING clause of joins. ** ** (4) Scan the list of columns in the result set (pEList) looking ** for instances of the "*" operator or the TABLE.* operator. ** If found, expand each "*" to be every column in every table ** and TABLE.* to be every column in TABLE. ** */ static int selectExpander(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; int i, j, k; SrcList *pTabList; ExprList *pEList; struct SrcList_item *pFrom; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Expr *pE, *pRight, *pExpr; u16 selFlags = p->selFlags; u32 elistFlags = 0; p->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; if( db->mallocFailed ){ return WRC_Abort; } assert( p->pSrc!=0 ); if( (selFlags & SF_Expanded)!=0 ){ return WRC_Prune; } pTabList = p->pSrc; pEList = p->pEList; sqlite3WithPush(pParse, p->pWith, 0); /* Make sure cursor numbers have been assigned to all entries in ** the FROM clause of the SELECT statement. */ sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, pTabList); /* Look up every table named in the FROM clause of the select. If ** an entry of the FROM clause is a subquery instead of a table or view, ** then create a transient table structure to describe the subquery. */ for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ Table *pTab; assert( pFrom->fg.isRecursive==0 || pFrom->pTab!=0 ); if( pFrom->fg.isRecursive ) continue; assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_CTE if( withExpand(pWalker, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort; if( pFrom->pTab ) {} else #endif if( pFrom->zName==0 ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ assert( pSel!=0 ); assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel) ) return WRC_Abort; if( sqlite3ExpandSubquery(pParse, pFrom) ) return WRC_Abort; #endif }else{ /* An ordinary table or view name in the FROM clause */ assert( pFrom->pTab==0 ); pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3LocateTableItem(pParse, 0, pFrom); if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort; if( pTab->nTabRef>=0xffff ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many references to \"%s\": max 65535", pTab->zName); pFrom->pTab = 0; return WRC_Abort; } pTab->nTabRef++; if( !IsVirtual(pTab) && cannotBeFunction(pParse, pFrom) ){ return WRC_Abort; } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined (SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) if( IsVirtual(pTab) || pTab->pSelect ){ i16 nCol; if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ) return WRC_Abort; assert( pFrom->pSelect==0 ); pFrom->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTab->pSelect, 0); nCol = pTab->nCol; pTab->nCol = -1; sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pFrom->pSelect); pTab->nCol = nCol; } #endif } /* Locate the index named by the INDEXED BY clause, if any. */ if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pFrom) ){ return WRC_Abort; } } /* Process NATURAL keywords, and ON and USING clauses of joins. */ if( db->mallocFailed || sqliteProcessJoin(pParse, p) ){ return WRC_Abort; } /* For every "*" that occurs in the column list, insert the names of ** all columns in all tables. And for every TABLE.* insert the names ** of all columns in TABLE. The parser inserted a special expression ** with the TK_ASTERISK operator for each "*" that it found in the column ** list. The following code just has to locate the TK_ASTERISK ** expressions and expand each one to the list of all columns in ** all tables. ** ** The first loop just checks to see if there are any "*" operators ** that need expanding. */ for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ pE = pEList->a[k].pExpr; if( pE->op==TK_ASTERISK ) break; assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pE->pRight!=0 ); assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || (pE->pLeft!=0 && pE->pLeft->op==TK_ID) ); if( pE->op==TK_DOT && pE->pRight->op==TK_ASTERISK ) break; elistFlags |= pE->flags; } if( knExpr ){ /* ** If we get here it means the result set contains one or more "*" ** operators that need to be expanded. Loop through each expression ** in the result set and expand them one by one. */ struct ExprList_item *a = pEList->a; ExprList *pNew = 0; int flags = pParse->db->flags; int longNames = (flags & SQLITE_FullColNames)!=0 && (flags & SQLITE_ShortColNames)==0; for(k=0; knExpr; k++){ pE = a[k].pExpr; elistFlags |= pE->flags; pRight = pE->pRight; assert( pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight!=0 ); if( pE->op!=TK_ASTERISK && (pE->op!=TK_DOT || pRight->op!=TK_ASTERISK) ){ /* This particular expression does not need to be expanded. */ pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, a[k].pExpr); if( pNew ){ pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zName = a[k].zName; pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1].zSpan = a[k].zSpan; a[k].zName = 0; a[k].zSpan = 0; } a[k].pExpr = 0; }else{ /* This expression is a "*" or a "TABLE.*" and needs to be ** expanded. */ int tableSeen = 0; /* Set to 1 when TABLE matches */ char *zTName = 0; /* text of name of TABLE */ if( pE->op==TK_DOT ){ assert( pE->pLeft!=0 ); assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE->pLeft, EP_IntValue) ); zTName = pE->pLeft->u.zToken; } for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; Select *pSub = pFrom->pSelect; char *zTabName = pFrom->zAlias; const char *zSchemaName = 0; int iDb; if( zTabName==0 ){ zTabName = pTab->zName; } if( db->mallocFailed ) break; if( pSub==0 || (pSub->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)==0 ){ pSub = 0; if( zTName && sqlite3StrICmp(zTName, zTabName)!=0 ){ continue; } iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); zSchemaName = iDb>=0 ? db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName : "*"; } for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ char *zName = pTab->aCol[j].zName; char *zColname; /* The computed column name */ char *zToFree; /* Malloced string that needs to be freed */ Token sColname; /* Computed column name as a token */ assert( zName ); if( zTName && pSub && sqlite3MatchSpanName(pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan, 0, zTName, 0)==0 ){ continue; } /* If a column is marked as 'hidden', omit it from the expanded ** result-set list unless the SELECT has the SF_IncludeHidden ** bit set. */ if( (p->selFlags & SF_IncludeHidden)==0 && IsHiddenColumn(&pTab->aCol[j]) ){ continue; } tableSeen = 1; if( i>0 && zTName==0 ){ if( (pFrom->fg.jointype & JT_NATURAL)!=0 && tableAndColumnIndex(pTabList, i, zName, 0, 0) ){ /* In a NATURAL join, omit the join columns from the ** table to the right of the join */ continue; } if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pFrom->pUsing, zName)>=0 ){ /* In a join with a USING clause, omit columns in the ** using clause from the table on the right. */ continue; } } pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zName); zColname = zName; zToFree = 0; if( longNames || pTabList->nSrc>1 ){ Expr *pLeft; pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zTabName); pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight); if( zSchemaName ){ pLeft = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_ID, zSchemaName); pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pExpr); } if( longNames ){ zColname = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s", zTabName, zName); zToFree = zColname; } }else{ pExpr = pRight; } pNew = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pNew, pExpr); sqlite3TokenInit(&sColname, zColname); sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, pNew, &sColname, 0); if( pNew && (p->selFlags & SF_NestedFrom)!=0 ){ struct ExprList_item *pX = &pNew->a[pNew->nExpr-1]; if( pSub ){ pX->zSpan = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pSub->pEList->a[j].zSpan); testcase( pX->zSpan==0 ); }else{ pX->zSpan = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s.%s.%s", zSchemaName, zTabName, zColname); testcase( pX->zSpan==0 ); } pX->bSpanIsTab = 1; } sqlite3DbFree(db, zToFree); } } if( !tableSeen ){ if( zTName ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such table: %s", zTName); }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no tables specified"); } } } } sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); p->pEList = pNew; } if( p->pEList ){ if( p->pEList->nExpr>db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many columns in result set"); return WRC_Abort; } if( (elistFlags & (EP_HasFunc|EP_Subquery))!=0 ){ p->selFlags |= SF_ComplexResult; } } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker. ** ** When this routine is the Walker.xExprCallback then expression trees ** are walked without any actions being taken at each node. Presumably, ** when this routine is used for Walker.xExprCallback then ** Walker.xSelectCallback is set to do something useful for every ** subquery in the parser tree. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ExprWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Expr *NotUsed2){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); return WRC_Continue; } /* ** No-op routine for the parse-tree walker for SELECT statements. ** subquery in the parser tree. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectWalkNoop(Walker *NotUsed, Select *NotUsed2){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); return WRC_Continue; } #if SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** Always assert. This xSelectCallback2 implementation proves that the ** xSelectCallback2 is never invoked. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectWalkAssert2(Walker *NotUsed, Select *NotUsed2){ UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); assert( 0 ); } #endif /* ** This routine "expands" a SELECT statement and all of its subqueries. ** For additional information on what it means to "expand" a SELECT ** statement, see the comment on the selectExpand worker callback above. ** ** Expanding a SELECT statement is the first step in processing a ** SELECT statement. The SELECT statement must be expanded before ** name resolution is performed. ** ** If anything goes wrong, an error message is written into pParse. ** The calling function can detect the problem by looking at pParse->nErr ** and/or pParse->db->mallocFailed. */ static void sqlite3SelectExpand(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ Walker w; w.xExprCallback = sqlite3ExprWalkNoop; w.pParse = pParse; if( OK_IF_ALWAYS_TRUE(pParse->hasCompound) ){ w.xSelectCallback = convertCompoundSelectToSubquery; w.xSelectCallback2 = 0; sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); } w.xSelectCallback = selectExpander; w.xSelectCallback2 = selectPopWith; sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY /* ** This is a Walker.xSelectCallback callback for the sqlite3SelectTypeInfo() ** interface. ** ** For each FROM-clause subquery, add Column.zType and Column.zColl ** information to the Table structure that represents the result set ** of that subquery. ** ** The Table structure that represents the result set was constructed ** by selectExpander() but the type and collation information was omitted ** at that point because identifiers had not yet been resolved. This ** routine is called after identifier resolution. */ static void selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){ Parse *pParse; int i; SrcList *pTabList; struct SrcList_item *pFrom; assert( p->selFlags & SF_Resolved ); if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; p->selFlags |= SF_HasTypeInfo; pParse = pWalker->pParse; pTabList = p->pSrc; for(i=0, pFrom=pTabList->a; inSrc; i++, pFrom++){ Table *pTab = pFrom->pTab; assert( pTab!=0 ); if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 ){ /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */ Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect; if( pSel ){ while( pSel->pPrior ) pSel = pSel->pPrior; sqlite3SelectAddColumnTypeAndCollation(pParse, pTab, pSel); } } } } #endif /* ** This routine adds datatype and collating sequence information to ** the Table structures of all FROM-clause subqueries in a ** SELECT statement. ** ** Use this routine after name resolution. */ static void sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(Parse *pParse, Select *pSelect){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY Walker w; w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkNoop; w.xSelectCallback2 = selectAddSubqueryTypeInfo; w.xExprCallback = sqlite3ExprWalkNoop; w.pParse = pParse; sqlite3WalkSelect(&w, pSelect); #endif } /* ** This routine sets up a SELECT statement for processing. The ** following is accomplished: ** ** * VDBE Cursor numbers are assigned to all FROM-clause terms. ** * Ephemeral Table objects are created for all FROM-clause subqueries. ** * ON and USING clauses are shifted into WHERE statements ** * Wildcards "*" and "TABLE.*" in result sets are expanded. ** * Identifiers in expression are matched to tables. ** ** This routine acts recursively on all subqueries within the SELECT. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SelectPrep( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ NameContext *pOuterNC /* Name context for container */ ){ assert( p!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; if( p->selFlags & SF_HasTypeInfo ) return; sqlite3SelectExpand(pParse, p); if( pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; sqlite3ResolveSelectNames(pParse, p, pOuterNC); if( pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; sqlite3SelectAddTypeInfo(pParse, p); } /* ** Reset the aggregate accumulator. ** ** The aggregate accumulator is a set of memory cells that hold ** intermediate results while calculating an aggregate. This ** routine generates code that stores NULLs in all of those memory ** cells. */ static void resetAccumulator(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; struct AggInfo_func *pFunc; int nReg = pAggInfo->nFunc + pAggInfo->nColumn; if( nReg==0 ) return; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Verify that all AggInfo registers are within the range specified by ** AggInfo.mnReg..AggInfo.mxReg */ assert( nReg==pAggInfo->mxReg-pAggInfo->mnReg+1 ); for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ assert( pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg && pAggInfo->aCol[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg ); } for(i=0; inFunc; i++){ assert( pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem>=pAggInfo->mnReg && pAggInfo->aFunc[i].iMem<=pAggInfo->mxReg ); } #endif sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pAggInfo->mnReg, pAggInfo->mxReg); for(pFunc=pAggInfo->aFunc, i=0; inFunc; i++, pFunc++){ if( pFunc->iDistinct>=0 ){ Expr *pE = pFunc->pExpr; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_xIsSelect) ); if( pE->x.pList==0 || pE->x.pList->nExpr!=1 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT aggregates must have exactly one " "argument"); pFunc->iDistinct = -1; }else{ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pE->x.pList,0,0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pFunc->iDistinct, 0, 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); } } } } /* ** Invoke the OP_AggFinalize opcode for every aggregate function ** in the AggInfo structure. */ static void finalizeAggFunctions(Parse *pParse, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; struct AggInfo_func *pF; for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AggFinal, pF->iMem, pList ? pList->nExpr : 0); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); } } /* ** Update the accumulator memory cells for an aggregate based on ** the current cursor position. ** ** If regAcc is non-zero and there are no min() or max() aggregates ** in pAggInfo, then only populate the pAggInfo->nAccumulator accumulator ** registers i register regAcc contains 0. The caller will take care ** of setting and clearing regAcc. */ static void updateAccumulator(Parse *pParse, int regAcc, AggInfo *pAggInfo){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; int regHit = 0; int addrHitTest = 0; struct AggInfo_func *pF; struct AggInfo_col *pC; pAggInfo->directMode = 1; for(i=0, pF=pAggInfo->aFunc; inFunc; i++, pF++){ int nArg; int addrNext = 0; int regAgg; ExprList *pList = pF->pExpr->x.pList; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pF->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ); if( pList ){ nArg = pList->nExpr; regAgg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nArg); sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pList, regAgg, 0, SQLITE_ECEL_DUP); }else{ nArg = 0; regAgg = 0; } if( pF->iDistinct>=0 ){ addrNext = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); testcase( nArg==0 ); /* Error condition */ testcase( nArg>1 ); /* Also an error */ codeDistinct(pParse, pF->iDistinct, addrNext, 1, regAgg); } if( pF->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ CollSeq *pColl = 0; struct ExprList_item *pItem; int j; assert( pList!=0 ); /* pList!=0 if pF->pFunc has NEEDCOLL */ for(j=0, pItem=pList->a; !pColl && jpExpr); } if( !pColl ){ pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; } if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ) regHit = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, regHit, 0, 0, (char *)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_AggStep, 0, regAgg, pF->iMem); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pF->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regAgg, nArg); if( addrNext ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrNext); } } if( regHit==0 && pAggInfo->nAccumulator ){ regHit = regAcc; } if( regHit ){ addrHitTest = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_If, regHit); VdbeCoverage(v); } for(i=0, pC=pAggInfo->aCol; inAccumulator; i++, pC++){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pC->pExpr, pC->iMem); } pAggInfo->directMode = 0; if( addrHitTest ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrHitTest); } } /* ** Add a single OP_Explain instruction to the VDBE to explain a simple ** count(*) query ("SELECT count(*) FROM pTab"). */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN static void explainSimpleCount( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab, /* Table being queried */ Index *pIdx /* Index used to optimize scan, or NULL */ ){ if( pParse->explain==2 ){ int bCover = (pIdx!=0 && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx))); sqlite3VdbeExplain(pParse, 0, "SCAN TABLE %s%s%s", pTab->zName, bCover ? " USING COVERING INDEX " : "", bCover ? pIdx->zName : "" ); } } #else # define explainSimpleCount(a,b,c) #endif /* ** sqlite3WalkExpr() callback used by havingToWhere(). ** ** If the node passed to the callback is a TK_AND node, return ** WRC_Continue to tell sqlite3WalkExpr() to iterate through child nodes. ** ** Otherwise, return WRC_Prune. In this case, also check if the ** sub-expression matches the criteria for being moved to the WHERE ** clause. If so, add it to the WHERE clause and replace the sub-expression ** within the HAVING expression with a constant "1". */ static int havingToWhereExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ if( pExpr->op!=TK_AND ){ Select *pS = pWalker->u.pSelect; if( sqlite3ExprIsConstantOrGroupBy(pWalker->pParse, pExpr, pS->pGroupBy) ){ sqlite3 *db = pWalker->pParse->db; Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[1], 0); if( pNew ){ Expr *pWhere = pS->pWhere; SWAP(Expr, *pNew, *pExpr); pNew = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pWhere, pNew); pS->pWhere = pNew; pWalker->eCode = 1; } } return WRC_Prune; } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Transfer eligible terms from the HAVING clause of a query, which is ** processed after grouping, to the WHERE clause, which is processed before ** grouping. For example, the query: ** ** SELECT * FROM WHERE a=? GROUP BY b HAVING b=? AND c=? ** ** can be rewritten as: ** ** SELECT * FROM WHERE a=? AND b=? GROUP BY b HAVING c=? ** ** A term of the HAVING expression is eligible for transfer if it consists ** entirely of constants and expressions that are also GROUP BY terms that ** use the "BINARY" collation sequence. */ static void havingToWhere(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ Walker sWalker; memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(sWalker)); sWalker.pParse = pParse; sWalker.xExprCallback = havingToWhereExprCb; sWalker.u.pSelect = p; sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, p->pHaving); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED if( sWalker.eCode && (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("Move HAVING terms into WHERE:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif } /* ** Check to see if the pThis entry of pTabList is a self-join of a prior view. ** If it is, then return the SrcList_item for the prior view. If it is not, ** then return 0. */ static struct SrcList_item *isSelfJoinView( SrcList *pTabList, /* Search for self-joins in this FROM clause */ struct SrcList_item *pThis /* Search for prior reference to this subquery */ ){ struct SrcList_item *pItem; for(pItem = pTabList->a; pItempSelect==0 ) continue; if( pItem->fg.viaCoroutine ) continue; if( pItem->zName==0 ) continue; if( sqlite3_stricmp(pItem->zDatabase, pThis->zDatabase)!=0 ) continue; if( sqlite3_stricmp(pItem->zName, pThis->zName)!=0 ) continue; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pThis->pSelect->pWhere, pItem->pSelect->pWhere, -1) ){ /* The view was modified by some other optimization such as ** pushDownWhereTerms() */ continue; } return pItem; } return 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_COUNTOFVIEW_OPTIMIZATION /* ** Attempt to transform a query of the form ** ** SELECT count(*) FROM (SELECT x FROM t1 UNION ALL SELECT y FROM t2) ** ** Into this: ** ** SELECT (SELECT count(*) FROM t1)+(SELECT count(*) FROM t2) ** ** The transformation only works if all of the following are true: ** ** * The subquery is a UNION ALL of two or more terms ** * The subquery does not have a LIMIT clause ** * There is no WHERE or GROUP BY or HAVING clauses on the subqueries ** * The outer query is a simple count(*) ** ** Return TRUE if the optimization is undertaken. */ static int countOfViewOptimization(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ Select *pSub, *pPrior; Expr *pExpr; Expr *pCount; sqlite3 *db; if( (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)==0 ) return 0; /* This is an aggregate */ if( p->pEList->nExpr!=1 ) return 0; /* Single result column */ pExpr = p->pEList->a[0].pExpr; if( pExpr->op!=TK_AGG_FUNCTION ) return 0; /* Result is an aggregate */ if( sqlite3_stricmp(pExpr->u.zToken,"count") ) return 0; /* Is count() */ if( pExpr->x.pList!=0 ) return 0; /* Must be count(*) */ if( p->pSrc->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; /* One table in FROM */ pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect; if( pSub==0 ) return 0; /* The FROM is a subquery */ if( pSub->pPrior==0 ) return 0; /* Must be a compound ry */ do{ if( pSub->op!=TK_ALL && pSub->pPrior ) return 0; /* Must be UNION ALL */ if( pSub->pWhere ) return 0; /* No WHERE clause */ if( pSub->pLimit ) return 0; /* No LIMIT clause */ if( pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate ) return 0; /* Not an aggregate */ pSub = pSub->pPrior; /* Repeat over compound */ }while( pSub ); /* If we reach this point then it is OK to perform the transformation */ db = pParse->db; pCount = pExpr; pExpr = 0; pSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect; p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect = 0; sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, p->pSrc); p->pSrc = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*p->pSrc)); while( pSub ){ Expr *pTerm; pPrior = pSub->pPrior; pSub->pPrior = 0; pSub->pNext = 0; pSub->selFlags |= SF_Aggregate; pSub->selFlags &= ~SF_Compound; pSub->nSelectRow = 0; sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pSub->pEList); pTerm = pPrior ? sqlite3ExprDup(db, pCount, 0) : pCount; pSub->pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pTerm); pTerm = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0); sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, pTerm, pSub); if( pExpr==0 ){ pExpr = pTerm; }else{ pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_PLUS, pTerm, pExpr); } pSub = pPrior; } p->pEList->a[0].pExpr = pExpr; p->selFlags &= ~SF_Aggregate; #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After count-of-view optimization:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif return 1; } #endif /* SQLITE_COUNTOFVIEW_OPTIMIZATION */ /* ** Generate code for the SELECT statement given in the p argument. ** ** The results are returned according to the SelectDest structure. ** See comments in sqliteInt.h for further information. ** ** This routine returns the number of errors. If any errors are ** encountered, then an appropriate error message is left in ** pParse->zErrMsg. ** ** This routine does NOT free the Select structure passed in. The ** calling function needs to do that. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Select( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ Select *p, /* The SELECT statement being coded. */ SelectDest *pDest /* What to do with the query results */ ){ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Return from sqlite3WhereBegin() */ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine under construction */ int isAgg; /* True for select lists like "count(*)" */ ExprList *pEList = 0; /* List of columns to extract. */ SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables to select from */ Expr *pWhere; /* The WHERE clause. May be NULL */ ExprList *pGroupBy; /* The GROUP BY clause. May be NULL */ Expr *pHaving; /* The HAVING clause. May be NULL */ int rc = 1; /* Value to return from this function */ DistinctCtx sDistinct; /* Info on how to code the DISTINCT keyword */ SortCtx sSort; /* Info on how to code the ORDER BY clause */ AggInfo sAggInfo; /* Information used by aggregate queries */ int iEnd; /* Address of the end of the query */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ ExprList *pMinMaxOrderBy = 0; /* Added ORDER BY for min/max queries */ u8 minMaxFlag; /* Flag for min/max queries */ db = pParse->db; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( p==0 || db->mallocFailed || pParse->nErr ){ return 1; } if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_SELECT, 0, 0, 0) ) return 1; memset(&sAggInfo, 0, sizeof(sAggInfo)); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p, ("begin processing:\n", pParse->addrExplain)); if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistFifo ); assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Fifo ); assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_DistQueue ); assert( p->pOrderBy==0 || pDest->eDest!=SRT_Queue ); if( IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ assert(pDest->eDest==SRT_Exists || pDest->eDest==SRT_Union || pDest->eDest==SRT_Except || pDest->eDest==SRT_Discard || pDest->eDest==SRT_Queue || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistFifo || pDest->eDest==SRT_DistQueue || pDest->eDest==SRT_Fifo); /* If ORDER BY makes no difference in the output then neither does ** DISTINCT so it can be removed too. */ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); p->pOrderBy = 0; p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; } sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, p, 0); if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ goto select_end; } assert( p->pEList!=0 ); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x104 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x104,pParse,p, ("after name resolution:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif if( pDest->eDest==SRT_Output ){ generateColumnNames(pParse, p); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( sqlite3WindowRewrite(pParse, p) ){ goto select_end; } #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x108 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x104,pParse,p, ("after window rewrite:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ pTabList = p->pSrc; isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0; memset(&sSort, 0, sizeof(sSort)); sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; /* Try to various optimizations (flattening subqueries, and strength ** reduction of join operators) in the FROM clause up into the main query */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) for(i=0; !p->pPrior && inSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; Select *pSub = pItem->pSelect; Table *pTab = pItem->pTab; /* Convert LEFT JOIN into JOIN if there are terms of the right table ** of the LEFT JOIN used in the WHERE clause. */ if( (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 && sqlite3ExprImpliesNonNullRow(p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor) && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SimplifyJoin) ){ SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p, ("LEFT-JOIN simplifies to JOIN on term %d\n",i)); pItem->fg.jointype &= ~(JT_LEFT|JT_OUTER); unsetJoinExpr(p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor); } /* No futher action if this term of the FROM clause is no a subquery */ if( pSub==0 ) continue; /* Catch mismatch in the declared columns of a view and the number of ** columns in the SELECT on the RHS */ if( pTab->nCol!=pSub->pEList->nExpr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "expected %d columns for '%s' but got %d", pTab->nCol, pTab->zName, pSub->pEList->nExpr); goto select_end; } /* Do not try to flatten an aggregate subquery. ** ** Flattening an aggregate subquery is only possible if the outer query ** is not a join. But if the outer query is not a join, then the subquery ** will be implemented as a co-routine and there is no advantage to ** flattening in that case. */ if( (pSub->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0 ) continue; assert( pSub->pGroupBy==0 ); /* If the outer query contains a "complex" result set (that is, ** if the result set of the outer query uses functions or subqueries) ** and if the subquery contains an ORDER BY clause and if ** it will be implemented as a co-routine, then do not flatten. This ** restriction allows SQL constructs like this: ** ** SELECT expensive_function(x) ** FROM (SELECT x FROM tab ORDER BY y LIMIT 10); ** ** The expensive_function() is only computed on the 10 rows that ** are output, rather than every row of the table. ** ** The requirement that the outer query have a complex result set ** means that flattening does occur on simpler SQL constraints without ** the expensive_function() like: ** ** SELECT x FROM (SELECT x FROM tab ORDER BY y LIMIT 10); */ if( pSub->pOrderBy!=0 && i==0 && (p->selFlags & SF_ComplexResult)!=0 && (pTabList->nSrc==1 || (pTabList->a[1].fg.jointype&(JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0) ){ continue; } if( flattenSubquery(pParse, p, i, isAgg) ){ /* This subquery can be absorbed into its parent. */ i = -1; } pTabList = p->pSrc; if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; if( !IgnorableOrderby(pDest) ){ sSort.pOrderBy = p->pOrderBy; } } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT /* Handle compound SELECT statements using the separate multiSelect() ** procedure. */ if( p->pPrior ){ rc = multiSelect(pParse, p, pDest); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED SELECTTRACE(0x1,pParse,p,("end compound-select processing\n")); if( (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x2000)!=0 && ExplainQueryPlanParent(pParse)==0 ){ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif if( p->pNext==0 ) ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); return rc; } #endif /* Do the WHERE-clause constant propagation optimization if this is ** a join. No need to speed time on this operation for non-join queries ** as the equivalent optimization will be handled by query planner in ** sqlite3WhereBegin(). */ if( pTabList->nSrc>1 && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_PropagateConst) && propagateConstants(pParse, p) ){ #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("After constant propagation:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif }else{ SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("Constant propagation not helpful\n")); } #ifdef SQLITE_COUNTOFVIEW_OPTIMIZATION if( OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener|SQLITE_CountOfView) && countOfViewOptimization(pParse, p) ){ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; pEList = p->pEList; pTabList = p->pSrc; } #endif /* For each term in the FROM clause, do two things: ** (1) Authorized unreferenced tables ** (2) Generate code for all sub-queries */ for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[i]; SelectDest dest; Select *pSub; #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) const char *zSavedAuthContext; #endif /* Issue SQLITE_READ authorizations with a fake column name for any ** tables that are referenced but from which no values are extracted. ** Examples of where these kinds of null SQLITE_READ authorizations ** would occur: ** ** SELECT count(*) FROM t1; -- SQLITE_READ t1."" ** SELECT t1.* FROM t1, t2; -- SQLITE_READ t2."" ** ** The fake column name is an empty string. It is possible for a table to ** have a column named by the empty string, in which case there is no way to ** distinguish between an unreferenced table and an actual reference to the ** "" column. The original design was for the fake column name to be a NULL, ** which would be unambiguous. But legacy authorization callbacks might ** assume the column name is non-NULL and segfault. The use of an empty ** string for the fake column name seems safer. */ if( pItem->colUsed==0 ){ sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_READ, pItem->zName, "", pItem->zDatabase); } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) /* Generate code for all sub-queries in the FROM clause */ pSub = pItem->pSelect; if( pSub==0 ) continue; /* Sometimes the code for a subquery will be generated more than ** once, if the subquery is part of the WHERE clause in a LEFT JOIN, ** for example. In that case, do not regenerate the code to manifest ** a view or the co-routine to implement a view. The first instance ** is sufficient, though the subroutine to manifest the view does need ** to be invoked again. */ if( pItem->addrFillSub ){ if( pItem->fg.viaCoroutine==0 ){ /* The subroutine that manifests the view might be a one-time routine, ** or it might need to be rerun on each iteration because it ** encodes a correlated subquery. */ testcase( sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pItem->addrFillSub)->opcode==OP_Once ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pItem->regReturn, pItem->addrFillSub); } continue; } /* Increment Parse.nHeight by the height of the largest expression ** tree referred to by this, the parent select. The child select ** may contain expression trees of at most ** (SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH-Parse.nHeight) height. This is a bit ** more conservative than necessary, but much easier than enforcing ** an exact limit. */ pParse->nHeight += sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); /* Make copies of constant WHERE-clause terms in the outer query down ** inside the subquery. This can help the subquery to run more efficiently. */ if( OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_PushDown) && pushDownWhereTerms(pParse, pSub, p->pWhere, pItem->iCursor, (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_OUTER)!=0) ){ #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p, ("After WHERE-clause push-down into subquery %d:\n", pSub->selId)); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif }else{ SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p,("Push-down not possible\n")); } zSavedAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext; pParse->zAuthContext = pItem->zName; /* Generate code to implement the subquery ** ** The subquery is implemented as a co-routine if the subquery is ** guaranteed to be the outer loop (so that it does not need to be ** computed more than once) ** ** TODO: Are there other reasons beside (1) to use a co-routine ** implementation? */ if( i==0 && (pTabList->nSrc==1 || (pTabList->a[1].fg.jointype&(JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0) /* (1) */ ){ /* Implement a co-routine that will return a single row of the result ** set on each invocation. */ int addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1; pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, pItem->regReturn, 0, addrTop); VdbeComment((v, "%s", pItem->pTab->zName)); pItem->addrFillSub = addrTop; sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Coroutine, pItem->regReturn); ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "CO-ROUTINE %u", pSub->selId)); sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = pSub->nSelectRow; pItem->fg.viaCoroutine = 1; pItem->regResult = dest.iSdst; sqlite3VdbeEndCoroutine(v, pItem->regReturn); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop-1); sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); }else{ /* Generate a subroutine that will fill an ephemeral table with ** the content of this subquery. pItem->addrFillSub will point ** to the address of the generated subroutine. pItem->regReturn ** is a register allocated to hold the subroutine return address */ int topAddr; int onceAddr = 0; int retAddr; struct SrcList_item *pPrior; assert( pItem->addrFillSub==0 ); pItem->regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; topAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pItem->regReturn); pItem->addrFillSub = topAddr+1; if( pItem->fg.isCorrelated==0 ){ /* If the subquery is not correlated and if we are not inside of ** a trigger, then we only need to compute the value of the subquery ** once. */ onceAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName)); }else{ VdbeNoopComment((v, "materialize \"%s\"", pItem->pTab->zName)); } pPrior = isSelfJoinView(pTabList, pItem); if( pPrior ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, pItem->iCursor, pPrior->iCursor); assert( pPrior->pSelect!=0 ); pSub->nSelectRow = pPrior->pSelect->nSelectRow; }else{ sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, pItem->iCursor); ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "MATERIALIZE %u", pSub->selId)); sqlite3Select(pParse, pSub, &dest); } pItem->pTab->nRowLogEst = pSub->nSelectRow; if( onceAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, onceAddr); retAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, pItem->regReturn); VdbeComment((v, "end %s", pItem->pTab->zName)); sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, topAddr, retAddr); sqlite3ClearTempRegCache(pParse); } if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; pParse->nHeight -= sqlite3SelectExprHeight(p); pParse->zAuthContext = zSavedAuthContext; #endif } /* Various elements of the SELECT copied into local variables for ** convenience */ pEList = p->pEList; pWhere = p->pWhere; pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; pHaving = p->pHaving; sDistinct.isTnct = (p->selFlags & SF_Distinct)!=0; #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After all FROM-clause analysis:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif /* If the query is DISTINCT with an ORDER BY but is not an aggregate, and ** if the select-list is the same as the ORDER BY list, then this query ** can be rewritten as a GROUP BY. In other words, this: ** ** SELECT DISTINCT xyz FROM ... ORDER BY xyz ** ** is transformed to: ** ** SELECT xyz FROM ... GROUP BY xyz ORDER BY xyz ** ** The second form is preferred as a single index (or temp-table) may be ** used for both the ORDER BY and DISTINCT processing. As originally ** written the query must use a temp-table for at least one of the ORDER ** BY and DISTINCT, and an index or separate temp-table for the other. */ if( (p->selFlags & (SF_Distinct|SF_Aggregate))==SF_Distinct && sqlite3ExprListCompare(sSort.pOrderBy, pEList, -1)==0 ){ p->selFlags &= ~SF_Distinct; pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, 0); /* Notice that even thought SF_Distinct has been cleared from p->selFlags, ** the sDistinct.isTnct is still set. Hence, isTnct represents the ** original setting of the SF_Distinct flag, not the current setting */ assert( sDistinct.isTnct ); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("Transform DISTINCT into GROUP BY:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif } /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then create an ephemeral index to ** do the sorting. But this sorting ephemeral index might end up ** being unused if the data can be extracted in pre-sorted order. ** If that is the case, then the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction will be ** changed to an OP_Noop once we figure out that the sorting index is ** not needed. The sSort.addrSortIndex variable is used to facilitate ** that change. */ if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList( pParse, sSort.pOrderBy, 0, pEList->nExpr); sSort.iECursor = pParse->nTab++; sSort.addrSortIndex = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, sSort.iECursor, sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr+1+pEList->nExpr, 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO ); }else{ sSort.addrSortIndex = -1; } /* If the output is destined for a temporary table, open that table. */ if( pDest->eDest==SRT_EphemTab ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pDest->iSDParm, pEList->nExpr); } /* Set the limiter. */ iEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); if( (p->selFlags & SF_FixedLimit)==0 ){ p->nSelectRow = 320; /* 4 billion rows */ } computeLimitRegisters(pParse, p, iEnd); if( p->iLimit==0 && sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeOpcode(v, sSort.addrSortIndex, OP_SorterOpen); sSort.sortFlags |= SORTFLAG_UseSorter; } /* Open an ephemeral index to use for the distinct set. */ if( p->selFlags & SF_Distinct ){ sDistinct.tabTnct = pParse->nTab++; sDistinct.addrTnct = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, sDistinct.tabTnct, 0, 0, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, p->pEList,0,0), P4_KEYINFO); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_UNORDERED); sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED; }else{ sDistinct.eTnctType = WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP; } if( !isAgg && pGroupBy==0 ){ /* No aggregate functions and no GROUP BY clause */ u16 wctrlFlags = (sDistinct.isTnct ? WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT : 0) | (p->selFlags & SF_FixedLimit); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC Window *pWin = p->pWin; /* Master window object (or NULL) */ if( pWin ){ sqlite3WindowCodeInit(pParse, pWin); } #endif assert( WHERE_USE_LIMIT==SF_FixedLimit ); /* Begin the database scan. */ SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("WhereBegin\n")); pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, sSort.pOrderBy, p->pEList, wctrlFlags, p->nSelectRow); if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; if( sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo) < p->nSelectRow ){ p->nSelectRow = sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(pWInfo); } if( sDistinct.isTnct && sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo) ){ sDistinct.eTnctType = sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(pWInfo); } if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ sSort.nOBSat = sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo); sSort.labelOBLopt = sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(pWInfo); if( sSort.nOBSat==sSort.pOrderBy->nExpr ){ sSort.pOrderBy = 0; } } /* If sorting index that was created by a prior OP_OpenEphemeral ** instruction ended up not being needed, then change the OP_OpenEphemeral ** into an OP_Noop. */ if( sSort.addrSortIndex>=0 && sSort.pOrderBy==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex); } assert( p->pEList==pEList ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( pWin ){ int addrGosub = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int iCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int iBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int regGosub = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3WindowCodeStep(pParse, p, pWInfo, regGosub, addrGosub); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrGosub); VdbeNoopComment((v, "inner-loop subroutine")); sSort.labelOBLopt = 0; selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest, iCont, iBreak); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iCont); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regGosub); VdbeComment((v, "end inner-loop subroutine")); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iBreak); }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ { /* Use the standard inner loop. */ selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest, sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(pWInfo), sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); /* End the database scan loop. */ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); } }else{ /* This case when there exist aggregate functions or a GROUP BY clause ** or both */ NameContext sNC; /* Name context for processing aggregate information */ int iAMem; /* First Mem address for storing current GROUP BY */ int iBMem; /* First Mem address for previous GROUP BY */ int iUseFlag; /* Mem address holding flag indicating that at least ** one row of the input to the aggregator has been ** processed */ int iAbortFlag; /* Mem address which causes query abort if positive */ int groupBySort; /* Rows come from source in GROUP BY order */ int addrEnd; /* End of processing for this SELECT */ int sortPTab = 0; /* Pseudotable used to decode sorting results */ int sortOut = 0; /* Output register from the sorter */ int orderByGrp = 0; /* True if the GROUP BY and ORDER BY are the same */ /* Remove any and all aliases between the result set and the ** GROUP BY clause. */ if( pGroupBy ){ int k; /* Loop counter */ struct ExprList_item *pItem; /* For looping over expression in a list */ for(k=p->pEList->nExpr, pItem=p->pEList->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0; } for(k=pGroupBy->nExpr, pItem=pGroupBy->a; k>0; k--, pItem++){ pItem->u.x.iAlias = 0; } assert( 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) ); if( p->nSelectRow>66 ) p->nSelectRow = 66; }else{ assert( 0==sqlite3LogEst(1) ); p->nSelectRow = 0; } /* If there is both a GROUP BY and an ORDER BY clause and they are ** identical, then it may be possible to disable the ORDER BY clause ** on the grounds that the GROUP BY will cause elements to come out ** in the correct order. It also may not - the GROUP BY might use a ** database index that causes rows to be grouped together as required ** but not actually sorted. Either way, record the fact that the ** ORDER BY and GROUP BY clauses are the same by setting the orderByGrp ** variable. */ if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pGroupBy, sSort.pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){ orderByGrp = 1; } /* Create a label to jump to when we want to abort the query */ addrEnd = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Convert TK_COLUMN nodes into TK_AGG_COLUMN and make entries in ** sAggInfo for all TK_AGG_FUNCTION nodes in expressions of the ** SELECT statement. */ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; sNC.uNC.pAggInfo = &sAggInfo; VVA_ONLY( sNC.ncFlags = NC_UAggInfo; ) sAggInfo.mnReg = pParse->nMem+1; sAggInfo.nSortingColumn = pGroupBy ? pGroupBy->nExpr : 0; sAggInfo.pGroupBy = pGroupBy; sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, pEList); sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggList(&sNC, sSort.pOrderBy); if( pHaving ){ if( pGroupBy ){ assert( pWhere==p->pWhere ); assert( pHaving==p->pHaving ); assert( pGroupBy==p->pGroupBy ); havingToWhere(pParse, p); pWhere = p->pWhere; } sqlite3ExprAnalyzeAggregates(&sNC, pHaving); } sAggInfo.nAccumulator = sAggInfo.nColumn; if( p->pGroupBy==0 && p->pHaving==0 && sAggInfo.nFunc==1 ){ minMaxFlag = minMaxQuery(db, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].pExpr, &pMinMaxOrderBy); }else{ minMaxFlag = WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL; } for(i=0; ix.pList); sNC.ncFlags &= ~NC_InAggFunc; } sAggInfo.mxReg = pParse->nMem; if( db->mallocFailed ) goto select_end; #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x400 ){ int ii; SELECTTRACE(0x400,pParse,p,("After aggregate analysis:\n")); sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); for(ii=0; iinTab++; pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse,pGroupBy,0,sAggInfo.nColumn); addrSortingIdx = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_SorterOpen, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sAggInfo.nSortingColumn, 0, (char*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); /* Initialize memory locations used by GROUP BY aggregate processing */ iUseFlag = ++pParse->nMem; iAbortFlag = ++pParse->nMem; regOutputRow = ++pParse->nMem; addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); regReset = ++pParse->nMem; addrReset = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); iAMem = pParse->nMem + 1; pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; iBMem = pParse->nMem + 1; pParse->nMem += pGroupBy->nExpr; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iAbortFlag); VdbeComment((v, "clear abort flag")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iAMem, iAMem+pGroupBy->nExpr-1); /* Begin a loop that will extract all source rows in GROUP BY order. ** This might involve two separate loops with an OP_Sort in between, or ** it might be a single loop that uses an index to extract information ** in the right order to begin with. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("WhereBegin\n")); pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pGroupBy, 0, WHERE_GROUPBY | (orderByGrp ? WHERE_SORTBYGROUP : 0), 0 ); if( pWInfo==0 ) goto select_end; if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)==pGroupBy->nExpr ){ /* The optimizer is able to deliver rows in group by order so ** we do not have to sort. The OP_OpenEphemeral table will be ** cancelled later because we still need to use the pKeyInfo */ groupBySort = 0; }else{ /* Rows are coming out in undetermined order. We have to push ** each row into a sorting index, terminate the first loop, ** then loop over the sorting index in order to get the output ** in sorted order */ int regBase; int regRecord; int nCol; int nGroupBy; explainTempTable(pParse, (sDistinct.isTnct && (p->selFlags&SF_Distinct)==0) ? "DISTINCT" : "GROUP BY"); groupBySort = 1; nGroupBy = pGroupBy->nExpr; nCol = nGroupBy; j = nGroupBy; for(i=0; i=j ){ nCol++; j++; } } regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol); sqlite3ExprCodeExprList(pParse, pGroupBy, regBase, 0, 0); j = nGroupBy; for(i=0; iiSorterColumn>=j ){ int r1 = j + regBase; sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pCol->pTab, pCol->iTable, pCol->iColumn, r1); j++; } } regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol, regRecord); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterInsert, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, regRecord); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol); sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); sAggInfo.sortingIdxPTab = sortPTab = pParse->nTab++; sortOut = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, sortPTab, sortOut, nCol); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterSort, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrEnd); VdbeComment((v, "GROUP BY sort")); VdbeCoverage(v); sAggInfo.useSortingIdx = 1; } /* If the index or temporary table used by the GROUP BY sort ** will naturally deliver rows in the order required by the ORDER BY ** clause, cancel the ephemeral table open coded earlier. ** ** This is an optimization - the correct answer should result regardless. ** Use the SQLITE_GroupByOrder flag with SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZER to ** disable this optimization for testing purposes. */ if( orderByGrp && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_GroupByOrder) && (groupBySort || sqlite3WhereIsSorted(pWInfo)) ){ sSort.pOrderBy = 0; sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, sSort.addrSortIndex); } /* Evaluate the current GROUP BY terms and store in b0, b1, b2... ** (b0 is memory location iBMem+0, b1 is iBMem+1, and so forth) ** Then compare the current GROUP BY terms against the GROUP BY terms ** from the previous row currently stored in a0, a1, a2... */ addrTopOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( groupBySort ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SorterData, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, sortOut, sortPTab); } for(j=0; jnExpr; j++){ if( groupBySort ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, sortPTab, j, iBMem+j); }else{ sAggInfo.directMode = 1; sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pGroupBy->a[j].pExpr, iBMem+j); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Compare, iAMem, iBMem, pGroupBy->nExpr, (char*)sqlite3KeyInfoRef(pKeyInfo), P4_KEYINFO); addr1 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr1+1, 0, addr1+1); VdbeCoverage(v); /* Generate code that runs whenever the GROUP BY changes. ** Changes in the GROUP BY are detected by the previous code ** block. If there were no changes, this block is skipped. ** ** This code copies current group by terms in b0,b1,b2,... ** over to a0,a1,a2. It then calls the output subroutine ** and resets the aggregate accumulator registers in preparation ** for the next GROUP BY batch. */ sqlite3ExprCodeMove(pParse, iBMem, iAMem, pGroupBy->nExpr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); VdbeComment((v, "output one row")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iAbortFlag, addrEnd); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeComment((v, "check abort flag")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReset, addrReset); VdbeComment((v, "reset accumulator")); /* Update the aggregate accumulators based on the content of ** the current row */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); updateAccumulator(pParse, iUseFlag, &sAggInfo); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iUseFlag); VdbeComment((v, "indicate data in accumulator")); /* End of the loop */ if( groupBySort ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SorterNext, sAggInfo.sortingIdx, addrTopOfLoop); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortingIdx); } /* Output the final row of result */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regOutputRow, addrOutputRow); VdbeComment((v, "output final row")); /* Jump over the subroutines */ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrEnd); /* Generate a subroutine that outputs a single row of the result ** set. This subroutine first looks at the iUseFlag. If iUseFlag ** is less than or equal to zero, the subroutine is a no-op. If ** the processing calls for the query to abort, this subroutine ** increments the iAbortFlag memory location before returning in ** order to signal the caller to abort. */ addrSetAbort = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, iAbortFlag); VdbeComment((v, "set abort flag")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrOutputRow); addrOutputRow = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IfPos, iUseFlag, addrOutputRow+2); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeComment((v, "Groupby result generator entry point")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrOutputRow+1, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, &sSort, &sDistinct, pDest, addrOutputRow+1, addrSetAbort); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regOutputRow); VdbeComment((v, "end groupby result generator")); /* Generate a subroutine that will reset the group-by accumulator */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrReset); resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iUseFlag); VdbeComment((v, "indicate accumulator empty")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regReset); } /* endif pGroupBy. Begin aggregate queries without GROUP BY: */ else { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT Table *pTab; if( (pTab = isSimpleCount(p, &sAggInfo))!=0 ){ /* If isSimpleCount() returns a pointer to a Table structure, then ** the SQL statement is of the form: ** ** SELECT count(*) FROM ** ** where the Table structure returned represents table . ** ** This statement is so common that it is optimized specially. The ** OP_Count instruction is executed either on the intkey table that ** contains the data for table or on one of its indexes. It ** is better to execute the op on an index, as indexes are almost ** always spread across less pages than their corresponding tables. */ const int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); const int iCsr = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor to scan b-tree */ Index *pIdx; /* Iterator variable */ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = 0; /* Keyinfo for scanned index */ Index *pBest = 0; /* Best index found so far */ int iRoot = pTab->tnum; /* Root page of scanned b-tree */ sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); /* Search for the index that has the lowest scan cost. ** ** (2011-04-15) Do not do a full scan of an unordered index. ** ** (2013-10-03) Do not count the entries in a partial index. ** ** In practice the KeyInfo structure will not be used. It is only ** passed to keep OP_OpenRead happy. */ if( !HasRowid(pTab) ) pBest = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ if( pIdx->bUnordered==0 && pIdx->szIdxRowszTabRow && pIdx->pPartIdxWhere==0 && (!pBest || pIdx->szIdxRowszIdxRow) ){ pBest = pIdx; } } if( pBest ){ iRoot = pBest->tnum; pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoOfIndex(pParse, pBest); } /* Open a read-only cursor, execute the OP_Count, close the cursor. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_OpenRead, iCsr, iRoot, iDb, 1); if( pKeyInfo ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Count, iCsr, sAggInfo.aFunc[0].iMem); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); explainSimpleCount(pParse, pTab, pBest); }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT */ { int regAcc = 0; /* "populate accumulators" flag */ /* If there are accumulator registers but no min() or max() functions, ** allocate register regAcc. Register regAcc will contain 0 the first ** time the inner loop runs, and 1 thereafter. The code generated ** by updateAccumulator() only updates the accumulator registers if ** regAcc contains 0. */ if( sAggInfo.nAccumulator ){ for(i=0; ifuncFlags&SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ) break; } if( i==sAggInfo.nFunc ){ regAcc = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regAcc); } } /* This case runs if the aggregate has no GROUP BY clause. The ** processing is much simpler since there is only a single row ** of output. */ assert( p->pGroupBy==0 ); resetAccumulator(pParse, &sAggInfo); /* If this query is a candidate for the min/max optimization, then ** minMaxFlag will have been previously set to either ** WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN or WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX and pMinMaxOrderBy will ** be an appropriate ORDER BY expression for the optimization. */ assert( minMaxFlag==WHERE_ORDERBY_NORMAL || pMinMaxOrderBy!=0 ); assert( pMinMaxOrderBy==0 || pMinMaxOrderBy->nExpr==1 ); SELECTTRACE(1,pParse,p,("WhereBegin\n")); pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pMinMaxOrderBy, 0, minMaxFlag, 0); if( pWInfo==0 ){ goto select_end; } updateAccumulator(pParse, regAcc, &sAggInfo); if( regAcc ) sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, regAcc); if( sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(pWInfo)>0 ){ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(pWInfo)); VdbeComment((v, "%s() by index", (minMaxFlag==WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN?"min":"max"))); } sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); finalizeAggFunctions(pParse, &sAggInfo); } sSort.pOrderBy = 0; sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pHaving, addrEnd, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); selectInnerLoop(pParse, p, -1, 0, 0, pDest, addrEnd, addrEnd); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addrEnd); } /* endif aggregate query */ if( sDistinct.eTnctType==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED ){ explainTempTable(pParse, "DISTINCT"); } /* If there is an ORDER BY clause, then we need to sort the results ** and send them to the callback one by one. */ if( sSort.pOrderBy ){ explainTempTable(pParse, sSort.nOBSat>0 ? "RIGHT PART OF ORDER BY":"ORDER BY"); assert( p->pEList==pEList ); generateSortTail(pParse, p, &sSort, pEList->nExpr, pDest); } /* Jump here to skip this query */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEnd); /* The SELECT has been coded. If there is an error in the Parse structure, ** set the return code to 1. Otherwise 0. */ rc = (pParse->nErr>0); /* Control jumps to here if an error is encountered above, or upon ** successful coding of the SELECT. */ select_end: sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pMinMaxOrderBy); sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aCol); sqlite3DbFree(db, sAggInfo.aFunc); #if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED SELECTTRACE(0x1,pParse,p,("end processing\n")); if( (sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x2000)!=0 && ExplainQueryPlanParent(pParse)==0 ){ sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0); } #endif ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); return rc; } /************** End of select.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file table.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table() ** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main ** interface routine of sqlite3_exec(). ** ** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked ** if they are not used. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE /* ** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through ** to the callback function is uses to build the result. */ typedef struct TabResult { char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */ char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */ u32 nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */ u32 nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */ u32 nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */ u32 nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */ int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */ } TabResult; /* ** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job ** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new ** memory as necessary. */ static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){ TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */ int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */ int i; /* Loop counter */ char *z; /* A single column of result */ /* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything ** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback. */ if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){ need = nCol*2; }else{ need = nCol; } if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){ char **azNew; p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need; azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc ); if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed; p->azResult = azNew; } /* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing ** the names of all columns. */ if( p->nRow==0 ){ p->nColumn = nCol; for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; } }else if( (int)p->nColumn!=nCol ){ sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg); p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( "sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries" ); p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; return 1; } /* Copy over the row data */ if( argv!=0 ){ for(i=0; iazResult[p->nData++] = z; } p->nRow++; } return 0; malloc_failed: p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; return 1; } /* ** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row, ** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results ** at the conclusion of the call. ** ** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained ** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly. ** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when ** the calling procedure is finished using it. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_table( sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */ const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */ char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */ int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */ int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */ char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */ ){ int rc; TabResult res; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || pazResult==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif *pazResult = 0; if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0; if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0; if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0; res.zErrMsg = 0; res.nRow = 0; res.nColumn = 0; res.nData = 1; res.nAlloc = 20; res.rc = SQLITE_OK; res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc64(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc ); if( res.azResult==0 ){ db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } res.azResult[0] = 0; rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg); assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) ); res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData); if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){ sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); if( res.zErrMsg ){ if( pzErrMsg ){ sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg); *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg); } sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); } db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */ return res.rc; } sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); return rc; } if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){ char **azNew; azNew = sqlite3_realloc64( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData ); if( azNew==0 ){ sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]); db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM; return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } res.azResult = azNew; } *pazResult = &res.azResult[1]; if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn; if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow; return rc; } /* ** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table( char **azResult /* Result returned from sqlite3_get_table() */ ){ if( azResult ){ int i, n; azResult--; assert( azResult!=0 ); n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]); for(i=1; ipNext; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList); sqlite3UpsertDelete(db, pTmp->pUpsert); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp->zSpan); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); } } /* ** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to ** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers. ** ** All of the triggers on pTab that are in the same database as pTab ** are already attached to pTab->pTrigger. But there might be additional ** triggers on pTab in the TEMP schema. This routine prepends all ** TEMP triggers on pTab to the beginning of the pTab->pTrigger list ** and returns the combined list. ** ** To state it another way: This routine returns a list of all triggers ** that fire off of pTab. The list will include any TEMP triggers on ** pTab as well as the triggers lised in pTab->pTrigger. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */ if( pParse->disableTriggers ){ return 0; } if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){ HashElem *p; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(pParse->db, 0, pTmpSchema) ); for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p); if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema && 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName) ){ pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); pList = pTrig; } } } return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger); } /* ** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement ** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger ** structure is generated based on the information available and stored ** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the ** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger ** construction process. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginTrigger( Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */ Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */ Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */ int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */ int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */ IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */ SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */ Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */ int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */ int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */ ){ Trigger *pTrigger = 0; /* The new trigger */ Table *pTab; /* Table that the trigger fires off of */ char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */ Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */ DbFixer sFix; /* State vector for the DB fixer */ assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */ assert( pName2!=0 ); assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE ); assert( op>0 && op<0xff ); if( isTemp ){ /* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */ if( pName2->n>0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name"); goto trigger_cleanup; } iDb = 1; pName = pName1; }else{ /* Figure out the db that the trigger will be created in */ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName); if( iDb<0 ){ goto trigger_cleanup; } } if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){ goto trigger_cleanup; } /* A long-standing parser bug is that this syntax was allowed: ** ** CREATE TRIGGER attached.demo AFTER INSERT ON attached.tab .... ** ^^^^^^^^ ** ** To maintain backwards compatibility, ignore the database ** name on pTableName if we are reparsing out of SQLITE_MASTER. */ if( db->init.busy && iDb!=1 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTableName->a[0].zDatabase); pTableName->a[0].zDatabase = 0; } /* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table, ** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database. ** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not ** exist, the error is caught by the block below. */ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); if( db->init.busy==0 && pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ iDb = 1; } /* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */ if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup; assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 ); sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName); if( sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){ goto trigger_cleanup; } pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName); if( !pTab ){ /* The table does not exist. */ if( db->init.iDb==1 ){ /* Ticket #3810. ** Normally, whenever a table is dropped, all associated triggers are ** dropped too. But if a TEMP trigger is created on a non-TEMP table ** and the table is dropped by a different database connection, the ** trigger is not visible to the database connection that does the ** drop so the trigger cannot be dropped. This results in an ** "orphaned trigger" - a trigger whose associated table is missing. */ db->init.orphanTrigger = 1; } goto trigger_cleanup; } if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables"); goto trigger_cleanup; } /* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the ** specified name exists */ zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName); if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){ goto trigger_cleanup; } assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),zName) ){ if( !noErr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName); }else{ assert( !db->init.busy ); sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); } goto trigger_cleanup; } } /* Do not create a trigger on a system table */ if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table"); goto trigger_cleanup; } /* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD ** of triggers. */ if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S", (tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0); goto trigger_cleanup; } if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF" " trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0); goto trigger_cleanup; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ int iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER; const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zDbSName; const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zDbSName : zDb; if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){ goto trigger_cleanup; } if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){ goto trigger_cleanup; } } #endif /* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers ** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every ** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code ** elsewhere. */ if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){ tr_tm = TK_BEFORE; } /* Build the Trigger object */ pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger)); if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup; pTrigger->zName = zName; zName = 0; pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName); pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema; pTrigger->op = (u8)op; pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER; if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameTokenRemap(pParse, pTrigger->table, pTableName->a[0].zName); pTrigger->pWhen = pWhen; pWhen = 0; }else{ pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); } pTrigger->pColumns = pColumns; pColumns = 0; assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger; trigger_cleanup: sqlite3DbFree(db, zName); sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); }else{ assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger ); } } /* ** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed ** in order to complete the process of building the trigger. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3FinishTrigger( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */ Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */ ){ Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */ char *zName; /* Name of trigger */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */ DbFixer sFix; /* Fixer object */ int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */ Token nameToken; /* Trigger name for error reporting */ pParse->pNewTrigger = 0; if( NEVER(pParse->nErr) || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; zName = pTrig->zName; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema); pTrig->step_list = pStepList; while( pStepList ){ pStepList->pTrig = pTrig; pStepList = pStepList->pNext; } sqlite3TokenInit(&nameToken, pTrig->zName); sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &nameToken); if( sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) || sqlite3FixExpr(&sFix, pTrig->pWhen) ){ goto triggerfinish_cleanup; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ assert( !db->init.busy ); pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrig; pTrig = 0; }else #endif /* if we are not initializing, ** build the sqlite_master entry */ if( !db->init.busy ){ Vdbe *v; char *z; /* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup; sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb); z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n); testcase( z==0 ); sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')", db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, zName, pTrig->table, z); sqlite3DbFree(db, z); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName)); } if( db->init.busy ){ Trigger *pLink = pTrig; Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, pTrig); if( pTrig ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); }else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){ Table *pTab; pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table); assert( pTab!=0 ); pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger; pTab->pTrigger = pLink; } } triggerfinish_cleanup: sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig); assert( IN_RENAME_OBJECT || !pParse->pNewTrigger ); sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList); } /* ** Duplicate a range of text from an SQL statement, then convert all ** whitespace characters into ordinary space characters. */ static char *triggerSpanDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *zStart, const char *zEnd){ char *z = sqlite3DbSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd); int i; if( z ) for(i=0; z[i]; i++) if( sqlite3Isspace(z[i]) ) z[i] = ' '; return z; } /* ** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into ** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure. ** ** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in ** body of a TRIGGER. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ Select *pSelect, /* The SELECT statement */ const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */ const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */ ){ TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep)); if( pTriggerStep==0 ) { sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); return 0; } pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT; pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; pTriggerStep->zSpan = triggerSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd); return pTriggerStep; } /* ** Allocate space to hold a new trigger step. The allocated space ** holds both the TriggerStep object and the TriggerStep.target.z string. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, NULL is returned and db->mallocFailed is set. */ static TriggerStep *triggerStepAllocate( Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */ u8 op, /* Trigger opcode */ Token *pName, /* The target name */ const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */ const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep) + pName->n + 1); if( pTriggerStep ){ char *z = (char*)&pTriggerStep[1]; memcpy(z, pName->z, pName->n); sqlite3Dequote(z); pTriggerStep->zTarget = z; pTriggerStep->op = op; pTriggerStep->zSpan = triggerSpanDup(db, zStart, zEnd); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, pTriggerStep->zTarget, pName); } } return pTriggerStep; } /* ** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer ** to the new trigger step. ** ** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the ** body of a trigger. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep( Parse *pParse, /* Parser */ Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */ IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */ Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */ u8 orconf, /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */ Upsert *pUpsert, /* ON CONFLICT clauses for upsert */ const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */ const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; assert(pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed); pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(pParse, TK_INSERT, pTableName,zStart,zEnd); if( pTriggerStep ){ if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect; pSelect = 0; }else{ pTriggerStep->pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pSelect, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); } pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn; pTriggerStep->pUpsert = pUpsert; pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; }else{ testcase( pColumn ); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn); testcase( pUpsert ); sqlite3UpsertDelete(db, pUpsert); } sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); return pTriggerStep; } /* ** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return ** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it ** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep( Parse *pParse, /* Parser */ Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */ ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ u8 orconf, /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */ const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */ const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(pParse, TK_UPDATE, pTableName,zStart,zEnd); if( pTriggerStep ){ if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList; pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere; pEList = 0; pWhere = 0; }else{ pTriggerStep->pExprList = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pEList, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); } pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf; } sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); return pTriggerStep; } /* ** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return ** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it ** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep( Parse *pParse, /* Parser */ Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ const char *zStart, /* Start of SQL text */ const char *zEnd /* End of SQL text */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; TriggerStep *pTriggerStep; pTriggerStep = triggerStepAllocate(pParse, TK_DELETE, pTableName,zStart,zEnd); if( pTriggerStep ){ if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere; pWhere = 0; }else{ pTriggerStep->pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE); } pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default; } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); return pTriggerStep; } /* ** Recursively delete a Trigger structure */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){ if( pTrigger==0 ) return; sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen); sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns); sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger); } /* ** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema. ** ** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies ** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the ** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger ** instead of the trigger name. **/ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){ Trigger *pTrigger = 0; int i; const char *zDb; const char *zName; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup; if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){ goto drop_trigger_cleanup; } assert( pName->nSrc==1 ); zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase; zName = pName->a[0].zName; assert( zDb!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; inDb; i++){ int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */ if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zDbSName, zDb) ) continue; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, j, 0) ); pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName); if( pTrigger ) break; } if( !pTrigger ){ if( !noErr ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0); }else{ sqlite3CodeVerifyNamedSchema(pParse, zDb); } pParse->checkSchema = 1; goto drop_trigger_cleanup; } sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger); drop_trigger_cleanup: sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName); } /* ** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger ** is set on. */ static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){ return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table); } /* ** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){ Table *pTable; Vdbe *v; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 && iDbnDb ); pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); assert( pTable ); assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER; const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb); if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER; if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->zName, pTable->zName, zDb) || sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){ return; } } #endif /* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger. */ assert( pTable!=0 ); if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){ sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='trigger'", db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTrigger->zName ); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->zName, 0); } } /* ** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){ Trigger *pTrigger; Hash *pHash; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, iDb, 0) ); pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash); pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, 0); if( ALWAYS(pTrigger) ){ if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){ Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger); Trigger **pp; for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); *pp = (*pp)->pNext; } sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger); db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_SchemaChange; } } /* ** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry ** in pEList is of the format =. If any of the entries ** in pEList have an which matches an identifier in pIdList, ** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a ** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then ** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only ** if there is no match. */ static int checkColumnOverlap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){ int e; if( pIdList==0 || NEVER(pEList==0) ) return 1; for(e=0; enExpr; e++){ if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least ** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is ** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at ** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */ int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */ ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */ int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ ){ int mask = 0; Trigger *pList = 0; Trigger *p; if( (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableTrigger)!=0 ){ pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); } assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 ); for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){ if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ mask |= p->tr_tm; } } if( pMask ){ *pMask = mask; } return (mask ? pList : 0); } /* ** Convert the pStep->zTarget string into a SrcList and return a pointer ** to that SrcList. ** ** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when ** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from ** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the ** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it ** wants. */ static SrcList *targetSrcList( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */ ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */ SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */ pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); if( pSrc ){ assert( pSrc->nSrc>0 ); pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pStep->zTarget); iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema); if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){ const char *zDb; assert( iDbnDb ); zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; pSrc->a[pSrc->nSrc-1].zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zDb); } } return pSrc; } /* ** Generate VDBE code for the statements inside the body of a single ** trigger. */ static int codeTriggerProgram( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */ int orconf /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */ ){ TriggerStep *pStep; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; assert( pParse->pTriggerTab && pParse->pToplevel ); assert( pStepList ); assert( v!=0 ); for(pStep=pStepList; pStep; pStep=pStep->pNext){ /* Figure out the ON CONFLICT policy that will be used for this step ** of the trigger program. If the statement that caused this trigger ** to fire had an explicit ON CONFLICT, then use it. Otherwise, use ** the ON CONFLICT policy that was specified as part of the trigger ** step statement. Example: ** ** CREATE TRIGGER AFTER INSERT ON t1 BEGIN; ** INSERT OR REPLACE INTO t2 VALUES(new.a, new.b); ** END; ** ** INSERT INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses REPLACE policy ** INSERT OR IGNORE INTO t1 ... ; -- insert into t2 uses IGNORE policy */ pParse->eOrconf = (orconf==OE_Default)?pStep->orconf:(u8)orconf; assert( pParse->okConstFactor==0 ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE if( pStep->zSpan ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Trace, 0x7fffffff, 1, 0, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- %s", pStep->zSpan), P4_DYNAMIC); } #endif switch( pStep->op ){ case TK_UPDATE: { sqlite3Update(pParse, targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pStep->pExprList, 0), sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), pParse->eOrconf, 0, 0, 0 ); break; } case TK_INSERT: { sqlite3Insert(pParse, targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0), sqlite3IdListDup(db, pStep->pIdList), pParse->eOrconf, sqlite3UpsertDup(db, pStep->pUpsert) ); break; } case TK_DELETE: { sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, targetSrcList(pParse, pStep), sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStep->pWhere, 0), 0, 0 ); break; } default: assert( pStep->op==TK_SELECT ); { SelectDest sDest; Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pStep->pSelect, 0); sqlite3SelectDestInit(&sDest, SRT_Discard, 0); sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &sDest); sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect); break; } } if( pStep->op!=TK_SELECT ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_ResetCount); } } return 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPLAIN_COMMENTS /* ** This function is used to add VdbeComment() annotations to a VDBE ** program. It is not used in production code, only for debugging. */ static const char *onErrorText(int onError){ switch( onError ){ case OE_Abort: return "abort"; case OE_Rollback: return "rollback"; case OE_Fail: return "fail"; case OE_Replace: return "replace"; case OE_Ignore: return "ignore"; case OE_Default: return "default"; } return "n/a"; } #endif /* ** Parse context structure pFrom has just been used to create a sub-vdbe ** (trigger program). If an error has occurred, transfer error information ** from pFrom to pTo. */ static void transferParseError(Parse *pTo, Parse *pFrom){ assert( pFrom->zErrMsg==0 || pFrom->nErr ); assert( pTo->zErrMsg==0 || pTo->nErr ); if( pTo->nErr==0 ){ pTo->zErrMsg = pFrom->zErrMsg; pTo->nErr = pFrom->nErr; pTo->rc = pFrom->rc; }else{ sqlite3DbFree(pFrom->db, pFrom->zErrMsg); } } /* ** Create and populate a new TriggerPrg object with a sub-program ** implementing trigger pTrigger with ON CONFLICT policy orconf. */ static TriggerPrg *codeRowTrigger( Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ Table *pTab, /* The table pTrigger is attached to */ int orconf /* ON CONFLICT policy to code trigger program with */ ){ Parse *pTop = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ TriggerPrg *pPrg; /* Value to return */ Expr *pWhen = 0; /* Duplicate of trigger WHEN expression */ Vdbe *v; /* Temporary VM */ NameContext sNC; /* Name context for sub-vdbe */ SubProgram *pProgram = 0; /* Sub-vdbe for trigger program */ Parse *pSubParse; /* Parse context for sub-vdbe */ int iEndTrigger = 0; /* Label to jump to if WHEN is false */ assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); assert( pTop->pVdbe ); /* Allocate the TriggerPrg and SubProgram objects. To ensure that they ** are freed if an error occurs, link them into the Parse.pTriggerPrg ** list of the top-level Parse object sooner rather than later. */ pPrg = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerPrg)); if( !pPrg ) return 0; pPrg->pNext = pTop->pTriggerPrg; pTop->pTriggerPrg = pPrg; pPrg->pProgram = pProgram = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(SubProgram)); if( !pProgram ) return 0; sqlite3VdbeLinkSubProgram(pTop->pVdbe, pProgram); pPrg->pTrigger = pTrigger; pPrg->orconf = orconf; pPrg->aColmask[0] = 0xffffffff; pPrg->aColmask[1] = 0xffffffff; /* Allocate and populate a new Parse context to use for coding the ** trigger sub-program. */ pSubParse = sqlite3StackAllocZero(db, sizeof(Parse)); if( !pSubParse ) return 0; memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pSubParse; pSubParse->db = db; pSubParse->pTriggerTab = pTab; pSubParse->pToplevel = pTop; pSubParse->zAuthContext = pTrigger->zName; pSubParse->eTriggerOp = pTrigger->op; pSubParse->nQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pSubParse); if( v ){ VdbeComment((v, "Start: %s.%s (%s %s%s%s ON %s)", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf), (pTrigger->tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER"), (pTrigger->op==TK_UPDATE ? "UPDATE" : ""), (pTrigger->op==TK_INSERT ? "INSERT" : ""), (pTrigger->op==TK_DELETE ? "DELETE" : ""), pTab->zName )); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE if( pTrigger->zName ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", pTrigger->zName), P4_DYNAMIC ); } #endif /* If one was specified, code the WHEN clause. If it evaluates to false ** (or NULL) the sub-vdbe is immediately halted by jumping to the ** OP_Halt inserted at the end of the program. */ if( pTrigger->pWhen ){ pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTrigger->pWhen, 0); if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhen) && db->mallocFailed==0 ){ iEndTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pSubParse, pWhen, iEndTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen); } /* Code the trigger program into the sub-vdbe. */ codeTriggerProgram(pSubParse, pTrigger->step_list, orconf); /* Insert an OP_Halt at the end of the sub-program. */ if( iEndTrigger ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iEndTrigger); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Halt); VdbeComment((v, "End: %s.%s", pTrigger->zName, onErrorText(orconf))); transferParseError(pParse, pSubParse); if( db->mallocFailed==0 && pParse->nErr==0 ){ pProgram->aOp = sqlite3VdbeTakeOpArray(v, &pProgram->nOp, &pTop->nMaxArg); } pProgram->nMem = pSubParse->nMem; pProgram->nCsr = pSubParse->nTab; pProgram->token = (void *)pTrigger; pPrg->aColmask[0] = pSubParse->oldmask; pPrg->aColmask[1] = pSubParse->newmask; sqlite3VdbeDelete(v); } assert( !pSubParse->pAinc && !pSubParse->pZombieTab ); assert( !pSubParse->pTriggerPrg && !pSubParse->nMaxArg ); sqlite3ParserReset(pSubParse); sqlite3StackFree(db, pSubParse); return pPrg; } /* ** Return a pointer to a TriggerPrg object containing the sub-program for ** trigger pTrigger with default ON CONFLICT algorithm orconf. If no such ** TriggerPrg object exists, a new object is allocated and populated before ** being returned. */ static TriggerPrg *getRowTrigger( Parse *pParse, /* Current parse context */ Trigger *pTrigger, /* Trigger to code */ Table *pTab, /* The table trigger pTrigger is attached to */ int orconf /* ON CONFLICT algorithm. */ ){ Parse *pRoot = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); TriggerPrg *pPrg; assert( pTrigger->zName==0 || pTab==tableOfTrigger(pTrigger) ); /* It may be that this trigger has already been coded (or is in the ** process of being coded). If this is the case, then an entry with ** a matching TriggerPrg.pTrigger field will be present somewhere ** in the Parse.pTriggerPrg list. Search for such an entry. */ for(pPrg=pRoot->pTriggerPrg; pPrg && (pPrg->pTrigger!=pTrigger || pPrg->orconf!=orconf); pPrg=pPrg->pNext ); /* If an existing TriggerPrg could not be located, create a new one. */ if( !pPrg ){ pPrg = codeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, pTab, orconf); } return pPrg; } /* ** Generate code for the trigger program associated with trigger p on ** table pTab. The reg, orconf and ignoreJump parameters passed to this ** function are the same as those described in the header function for ** sqlite3CodeRowTrigger() */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Trigger *p, /* Trigger to code */ Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ int reg, /* Reg array containing OLD.* and NEW.* values */ int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ ){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); /* Main VM */ TriggerPrg *pPrg; pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); assert( pPrg || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); /* Code the OP_Program opcode in the parent VDBE. P4 of the OP_Program ** is a pointer to the sub-vdbe containing the trigger program. */ if( pPrg ){ int bRecursive = (p->zName && 0==(pParse->db->flags&SQLITE_RecTriggers)); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Program, reg, ignoreJump, ++pParse->nMem, (const char *)pPrg->pProgram, P4_SUBPROGRAM); VdbeComment( (v, "Call: %s.%s", (p->zName?p->zName:"fkey"), onErrorText(orconf))); /* Set the P5 operand of the OP_Program instruction to non-zero if ** recursive invocation of this trigger program is disallowed. Recursive ** invocation is disallowed if (a) the sub-program is really a trigger, ** not a foreign key action, and (b) the flag to enable recursive triggers ** is clear. */ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)bRecursive); } } /* ** This is called to code the required FOR EACH ROW triggers for an operation ** on table pTab. The operation to code triggers for (INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE) ** is given by the op parameter. The tr_tm parameter determines whether the ** BEFORE or AFTER triggers are coded. If the operation is an UPDATE, then ** parameter pChanges is passed the list of columns being modified. ** ** If there are no triggers that fire at the specified time for the specified ** operation on pTab, this function is a no-op. ** ** The reg argument is the address of the first in an array of registers ** that contain the values substituted for the new.* and old.* references ** in the trigger program. If N is the number of columns in table pTab ** (a copy of pTab->nCol), then registers are populated as follows: ** ** Register Contains ** ------------------------------------------------------ ** reg+0 OLD.rowid ** reg+1 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab ** ... ... ** reg+N OLD.* value of right-most column of pTab ** reg+N+1 NEW.rowid ** reg+N+2 OLD.* value of left-most column of pTab ** ... ... ** reg+N+N+1 NEW.* value of right-most column of pTab ** ** For ON DELETE triggers, the registers containing the NEW.* values will ** never be accessed by the trigger program, so they are not allocated or ** populated by the caller (there is no data to populate them with anyway). ** Similarly, for ON INSERT triggers the values stored in the OLD.* registers ** are never accessed, and so are not allocated by the caller. So, for an ** ON INSERT trigger, the value passed to this function as parameter reg ** is not a readable register, although registers (reg+N) through ** (reg+N+N+1) are. ** ** Parameter orconf is the default conflict resolution algorithm for the ** trigger program to use (REPLACE, IGNORE etc.). Parameter ignoreJump ** is the instruction that control should jump to if a trigger program ** raises an IGNORE exception. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CodeRowTrigger( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */ ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */ Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ int reg, /* The first in an array of registers (see above) */ int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */ int ignoreJump /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */ ){ Trigger *p; /* Used to iterate through pTrigger list */ assert( op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_DELETE ); assert( tr_tm==TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm==TRIGGER_AFTER ); assert( (op==TK_UPDATE)==(pChanges!=0) ); for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ /* Sanity checking: The schema for the trigger and for the table are ** always defined. The trigger must be in the same schema as the table ** or else it must be a TEMP trigger. */ assert( p->pSchema!=0 ); assert( p->pTabSchema!=0 ); assert( p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema || p->pSchema==pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema ); /* Determine whether we should code this trigger */ if( p->op==op && p->tr_tm==tr_tm && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){ sqlite3CodeRowTriggerDirect(pParse, p, pTab, reg, orconf, ignoreJump); } } } /* ** Triggers may access values stored in the old.* or new.* pseudo-table. ** This function returns a 32-bit bitmask indicating which columns of the ** old.* or new.* tables actually are used by triggers. This information ** may be used by the caller, for example, to avoid having to load the entire ** old.* record into memory when executing an UPDATE or DELETE command. ** ** Bit 0 of the returned mask is set if the left-most column of the ** table may be accessed using an [old|new].reference. Bit 1 is set if ** the second leftmost column value is required, and so on. If there ** are more than 32 columns in the table, and at least one of the columns ** with an index greater than 32 may be accessed, 0xffffffff is returned. ** ** It is not possible to determine if the old.rowid or new.rowid column is ** accessed by triggers. The caller must always assume that it is. ** ** Parameter isNew must be either 1 or 0. If it is 0, then the mask returned ** applies to the old.* table. If 1, the new.* table. ** ** Parameter tr_tm must be a mask with one or both of the TRIGGER_BEFORE ** and TRIGGER_AFTER bits set. Values accessed by BEFORE triggers are only ** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_BEFORE bit is set in the ** tr_tm parameter. Similarly, values accessed by AFTER triggers are only ** included in the returned mask if the TRIGGER_AFTER bit is set in tr_tm. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3TriggerColmask( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */ ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */ int isNew, /* 1 for new.* ref mask, 0 for old.* ref mask */ int tr_tm, /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */ int orconf /* Default ON CONFLICT policy for trigger steps */ ){ const int op = pChanges ? TK_UPDATE : TK_DELETE; u32 mask = 0; Trigger *p; assert( isNew==1 || isNew==0 ); for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){ if( p->op==op && (tr_tm&p->tr_tm) && checkColumnOverlap(p->pColumns,pChanges) ){ TriggerPrg *pPrg; pPrg = getRowTrigger(pParse, p, pTab, orconf); if( pPrg ){ mask |= pPrg->aColmask[isNew]; } } } return mask; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */ /************** End of trigger.c *********************************************/ /************** Begin file update.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser ** to handle UPDATE statements. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Forward declaration */ static void updateVirtualTable( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ ); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* ** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the ** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the ** OP_Column to the default value, if any. ** ** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the ** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table ** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE ** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk ** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken ** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead. ** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value ** for the column and the P4 value is not required. ** ** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have ** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more ** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated ** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written ** into the sqlite_master table.) ** ** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for ** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr() ** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into ** sqlite3_value objects. ** ** If parameter iReg is not negative, code an OP_RealAffinity instruction ** on register iReg. This is used when an equivalent integer value is ** stored in place of an 8-byte floating point value in order to save ** space. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i, int iReg){ assert( pTab!=0 ); if( !pTab->pSelect ){ sqlite3_value *pValue = 0; u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v)); Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i]; VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName)); assert( inCol ); sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc, pCol->affinity, &pValue); if( pValue ){ sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pValue, P4_MEM); } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT if( pTab->aCol[i].affinity==SQLITE_AFF_REAL ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_RealAffinity, iReg); } #endif } /* ** Process an UPDATE statement. ** ** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL; ** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/ * onError pTabList pChanges pWhere */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Update( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */ ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */ int onError, /* How to handle constraint errors */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY clause. May be null */ Expr *pLimit, /* LIMIT clause. May be null */ Upsert *pUpsert /* ON CONFLICT clause, or null */ ){ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */ int addrTop = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */ Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */ Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */ Index *pPk; /* The PRIMARY KEY index for WITHOUT ROWID tables */ int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */ int iBaseCur; /* Base cursor number */ int iDataCur; /* Cursor for the canonical data btree */ int iIdxCur; /* Cursor for the first index */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */ int *aRegIdx = 0; /* First register in array assigned to each index */ int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the ** an expression for the i-th column of the table. ** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */ u8 *aToOpen; /* 1 for tables and indices to be opened */ u8 chngPk; /* PRIMARY KEY changed in a WITHOUT ROWID table */ u8 chngRowid; /* Rowid changed in a normal table */ u8 chngKey; /* Either chngPk or chngRowid */ Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */ AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */ NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */ int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */ int eOnePass; /* ONEPASS_XXX value from where.c */ int hasFK; /* True if foreign key processing is required */ int labelBreak; /* Jump here to break out of UPDATE loop */ int labelContinue; /* Jump here to continue next step of UPDATE loop */ int flags; /* Flags for sqlite3WhereBegin() */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER int isView; /* True when updating a view (INSTEAD OF trigger) */ Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */ int tmask; /* Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */ #endif int newmask; /* Mask of NEW.* columns accessed by BEFORE triggers */ int iEph = 0; /* Ephemeral table holding all primary key values */ int nKey = 0; /* Number of elements in regKey for WITHOUT ROWID */ int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* The write cursors opened by WHERE_ONEPASS */ int addrOpen = 0; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */ int iPk = 0; /* First of nPk cells holding PRIMARY KEY value */ i16 nPk = 0; /* Number of components of the PRIMARY KEY */ int bReplace = 0; /* True if REPLACE conflict resolution might happen */ /* Register Allocations */ int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */ int regOldRowid = 0; /* The old rowid */ int regNewRowid = 0; /* The new rowid */ int regNew = 0; /* Content of the NEW.* table in triggers */ int regOld = 0; /* Content of OLD.* table in triggers */ int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */ int regKey = 0; /* composite PRIMARY KEY value */ memset(&sContext, 0, sizeof(sContext)); db = pParse->db; if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){ goto update_cleanup; } assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); /* Locate the table which we want to update. */ pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList); if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema); /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being ** updated is a view. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, &tmask); isView = pTab->pSelect!=0; assert( pTrigger || tmask==0 ); #else # define pTrigger 0 # define isView 0 # define tmask 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW # undef isView # define isView 0 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT if( !isView ){ pWhere = sqlite3LimitWhere( pParse, pTabList, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, "UPDATE" ); pOrderBy = 0; pLimit = 0; } #endif if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){ goto update_cleanup; } if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, tmask) ){ goto update_cleanup; } /* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices. ** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they ** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and ** allocate enough space, just in case. */ iBaseCur = iDataCur = pParse->nTab++; iIdxCur = iDataCur+1; pPk = HasRowid(pTab) ? 0 : sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); testcase( pPk!=0 && pPk!=pTab->pIndex ); for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){ if( pPk==pIdx ){ iDataCur = pParse->nTab; } pParse->nTab++; } if( pUpsert ){ /* On an UPSERT, reuse the same cursors already opened by INSERT */ iDataCur = pUpsert->iDataCur; iIdxCur = pUpsert->iIdxCur; pParse->nTab = iBaseCur; } pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iDataCur; /* Allocate space for aXRef[], aRegIdx[], and aToOpen[]. ** Initialize aXRef[] and aToOpen[] to their default values. */ aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(int) * (pTab->nCol+nIdx) + nIdx+2 ); if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup; aRegIdx = aXRef+pTab->nCol; aToOpen = (u8*)(aRegIdx+nIdx); memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); aToOpen[nIdx+1] = 0; for(i=0; inCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1; /* Initialize the name-context */ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; sNC.uNC.pUpsert = pUpsert; sNC.ncFlags = NC_UUpsert; /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the ** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index ** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each ** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change ** that column. */ chngRowid = chngPk = 0; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){ goto update_cleanup; } for(j=0; jnCol; j++){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){ if( j==pTab->iPKey ){ chngRowid = 1; pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; }else if( pPk && (pTab->aCol[j].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){ chngPk = 1; } aXRef[j] = i; break; } } if( j>=pTab->nCol ){ if( pPk==0 && sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){ j = -1; chngRowid = 1; pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr; }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName); pParse->checkSchema = 1; goto update_cleanup; } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION { int rc; rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName, j<0 ? "ROWID" : pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){ goto update_cleanup; }else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){ aXRef[j] = -1; } } #endif } assert( (chngRowid & chngPk)==0 ); assert( chngRowid==0 || chngRowid==1 ); assert( chngPk==0 || chngPk==1 ); chngKey = chngRowid + chngPk; /* The SET expressions are not actually used inside the WHERE loop. ** So reset the colUsed mask. Unless this is a virtual table. In that ** case, set all bits of the colUsed mask (to ensure that the virtual ** table implementation makes all columns available). */ pTabList->a[0].colUsed = IsVirtual(pTab) ? ALLBITS : 0; hasFK = sqlite3FkRequired(pParse, pTab, aXRef, chngKey); /* There is one entry in the aRegIdx[] array for each index on the table ** being updated. Fill in aRegIdx[] with a register number that will hold ** the key for accessing each index. ** ** FIXME: Be smarter about omitting indexes that use expressions. */ for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){ int reg; if( chngKey || hasFK>1 || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere || pIdx==pPk ){ reg = ++pParse->nMem; pParse->nMem += pIdx->nColumn; }else{ reg = 0; for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ i16 iIdxCol = pIdx->aiColumn[i]; if( iIdxCol<0 || aXRef[iIdxCol]>=0 ){ reg = ++pParse->nMem; pParse->nMem += pIdx->nColumn; if( (onError==OE_Replace) || (onError==OE_Default && pIdx->onError==OE_Replace) ){ bReplace = 1; } break; } } } if( reg==0 ) aToOpen[j+1] = 0; aRegIdx[j] = reg; } if( bReplace ){ /* If REPLACE conflict resolution might be invoked, open cursors on all ** indexes in case they are needed to delete records. */ memset(aToOpen, 1, nIdx+1); } /* Begin generating code. */ v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup; if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v); sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, pTrigger || hasFK, iDb); /* Allocate required registers. */ if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ){ regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; regOldRowid = regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; if( chngPk || pTrigger || hasFK ){ regOld = pParse->nMem + 1; pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; } if( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK ){ regNewRowid = ++pParse->nMem; } regNew = pParse->nMem + 1; pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol; } /* Start the view context. */ if( isView ){ sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName); } /* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into ** an ephemeral table. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) if( isView ){ sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, pOrderBy, pLimit, iDataCur ); pOrderBy = 0; pLimit = 0; } #endif /* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the ** WHERE clause. */ if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){ goto update_cleanup; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Virtual tables must be handled separately */ if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef, pWhere, onError); goto update_cleanup; } #endif /* Jump to labelBreak to abandon further processing of this UPDATE */ labelContinue = labelBreak = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Not an UPSERT. Normal processing. Begin by ** initialize the count of updated rows */ if( (db->flags&SQLITE_CountRows)!=0 && !pParse->pTriggerTab && !pParse->nested && pUpsert==0 ){ regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount); } if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowSet, regOldRowid); }else{ assert( pPk!=0 ); nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; iPk = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nPk; regKey = ++pParse->nMem; if( pUpsert==0 ){ iEph = pParse->nTab++; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, iPk, iPk+nPk-1); addrOpen = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, iEph, nPk); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); } } if( pUpsert ){ /* If this is an UPSERT, then all cursors have already been opened by ** the outer INSERT and the data cursor should be pointing at the row ** that is to be updated. So bypass the code that searches for the ** row(s) to be updated. */ pWInfo = 0; eOnePass = ONEPASS_SINGLE; sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pWhere, labelBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); }else{ /* Begin the database scan. ** ** Do not consider a single-pass strategy for a multi-row update if ** there are any triggers or foreign keys to process, or rows may ** be deleted as a result of REPLACE conflict handling. Any of these ** things might disturb a cursor being used to scan through the table ** or index, causing a single-pass approach to malfunction. */ flags = WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED|WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE; if( !pParse->nested && !pTrigger && !hasFK && !chngKey && !bReplace ){ flags |= WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW; } pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0, 0, flags, iIdxCur); if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup; /* A one-pass strategy that might update more than one row may not ** be used if any column of the index used for the scan is being ** updated. Otherwise, if there is an index on "b", statements like ** the following could create an infinite loop: ** ** UPDATE t1 SET b=b+1 WHERE b>? ** ** Fall back to ONEPASS_OFF if where.c has selected a ONEPASS_MULTI ** strategy that uses an index for which one or more columns are being ** updated. */ eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aiCurOnePass); if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ){ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ int iCur = aiCurOnePass[1]; if( iCur>=0 && iCur!=iDataCur && aToOpen[iCur-iBaseCur] ){ eOnePass = ONEPASS_OFF; } assert( iCur!=iDataCur || !HasRowid(pTab) ); } } } if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ /* Read the rowid of the current row of the WHERE scan. In ONEPASS_OFF ** mode, write the rowid into the FIFO. In either of the one-pass modes, ** leave it in register regOldRowid. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iDataCur, regOldRowid); if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid); } }else{ /* Read the PK of the current row into an array of registers. In ** ONEPASS_OFF mode, serialize the array into a record and store it in ** the ephemeral table. Or, in ONEPASS_SINGLE or MULTI mode, change ** the OP_OpenEphemeral instruction to a Noop (the ephemeral table ** is not required) and leave the PK fields in the array of registers. */ for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]>=0 ); sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur,pPk->aiColumn[i],iPk+i); } if( eOnePass ){ if( addrOpen ) sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrOpen); nKey = nPk; regKey = iPk; }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, iPk, nPk, regKey, sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pPk), nPk); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, iEph, regKey, iPk, nPk); } } if( pUpsert==0 ){ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_MULTI ){ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); } if( !isView ){ int addrOnce = 0; /* Open every index that needs updating. */ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ if( aiCurOnePass[0]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[0]-iBaseCur] = 0; if( aiCurOnePass[1]>=0 ) aToOpen[aiCurOnePass[1]-iBaseCur] = 0; } if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI && (nIdx-(aiCurOnePass[1]>=0))>0 ){ addrOnce = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, OP_OpenWrite, 0, iBaseCur, aToOpen, 0, 0); if( addrOnce ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrOnce); } /* Top of the update loop */ if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ if( !isView && aiCurOnePass[0]!=iDataCur && aiCurOnePass[1]!=iDataCur ){ assert( pPk ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelBreak, regKey,nKey); VdbeCoverage(v); } if( eOnePass!=ONEPASS_SINGLE ){ labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, pPk ? regKey : regOldRowid, labelBreak); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk==0); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pPk!=0); }else if( pPk ){ labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iEph, labelBreak); VdbeCoverage(v); addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iEph, regKey); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue, regKey, 0); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ labelContinue = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet,labelBreak, regOldRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); } } /* If the rowid value will change, set register regNewRowid to ** contain the new value. If the rowid is not being modified, ** then regNewRowid is the same register as regOldRowid, which is ** already populated. */ assert( chngKey || pTrigger || hasFK || regOldRowid==regNewRowid ); if( chngRowid ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); } /* Compute the old pre-UPDATE content of the row being changed, if that ** information is needed */ if( chngPk || hasFK || pTrigger ){ u32 oldmask = (hasFK ? sqlite3FkOldmask(pParse, pTab) : 0); oldmask |= sqlite3TriggerColmask(pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, onError ); for(i=0; inCol; i++){ if( oldmask==0xffffffff || (i<32 && (oldmask & MASKBIT32(i))!=0) || (pTab->aCol[i].colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0 ){ testcase( oldmask!=0xffffffff && i==31 ); sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regOld+i); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOld+i); } } if( chngRowid==0 && pPk==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regOldRowid, regNewRowid); } } /* Populate the array of registers beginning at regNew with the new ** row data. This array is used to check constants, create the new ** table and index records, and as the values for any new.* references ** made by triggers. ** ** If there are one or more BEFORE triggers, then do not populate the ** registers associated with columns that are (a) not modified by ** this UPDATE statement and (b) not accessed by new.* references. The ** values for registers not modified by the UPDATE must be reloaded from ** the database after the BEFORE triggers are fired anyway (as the trigger ** may have modified them). So not loading those that are not going to ** be used eliminates some redundant opcodes. */ newmask = sqlite3TriggerColmask( pParse, pTrigger, pChanges, 1, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, onError ); for(i=0; inCol; i++){ if( i==pTab->iPKey ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); }else{ j = aXRef[i]; if( j>=0 ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regNew+i); }else if( 0==(tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE) || i>31 || (newmask & MASKBIT32(i)) ){ /* This branch loads the value of a column that will not be changed ** into a register. This is done if there are no BEFORE triggers, or ** if there are one or more BEFORE triggers that use this value via ** a new.* reference in a trigger program. */ testcase( i==31 ); testcase( i==32 ); sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regNew+i); } } } /* Fire any BEFORE UPDATE triggers. This happens before constraints are ** verified. One could argue that this is wrong. */ if( tmask&TRIGGER_BEFORE ){ sqlite3TableAffinity(v, pTab, regNew); sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); /* The row-trigger may have deleted the row being updated. In this ** case, jump to the next row. No updates or AFTER triggers are ** required. This behavior - what happens when the row being updated ** is deleted or renamed by a BEFORE trigger - is left undefined in the ** documentation. */ if( pPk ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, labelContinue,regKey,nKey); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, labelContinue, regOldRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); } /* After-BEFORE-trigger-reload-loop: ** If it did not delete it, the BEFORE trigger may still have modified ** some of the columns of the row being updated. Load the values for ** all columns not modified by the update statement into their registers ** in case this has happened. Only unmodified columns are reloaded. ** The values computed for modified columns use the values before the ** BEFORE trigger runs. See test case trigger1-18.0 (added 2018-04-26) ** for an example. */ for(i=0; inCol; i++){ if( aXRef[i]<0 && i!=pTab->iPKey ){ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iDataCur, i, regNew+i); } } } if( !isView ){ int addr1 = 0; /* Address of jump instruction */ /* Do constraint checks. */ assert( regOldRowid>0 ); sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, aRegIdx, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, regOldRowid, chngKey, onError, labelContinue, &bReplace, aXRef, 0); /* Do FK constraint checks. */ if( hasFK ){ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, regOldRowid, 0, aXRef, chngKey); } /* Delete the index entries associated with the current record. */ if( bReplace || chngKey ){ if( pPk ){ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iDataCur, 0, regKey, nKey); }else{ addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iDataCur, 0, regOldRowid); } VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); } sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, aRegIdx, -1); /* If changing the rowid value, or if there are foreign key constraints ** to process, delete the old record. Otherwise, add a noop OP_Delete ** to invoke the pre-update hook. ** ** That (regNew==regnewRowid+1) is true is also important for the ** pre-update hook. If the caller invokes preupdate_new(), the returned ** value is copied from memory cell (regNewRowid+1+iCol), where iCol ** is the column index supplied by the user. */ assert( regNew==regNewRowid+1 ); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | ((hasFK>1 || chngKey) ? 0 : OPFLAG_ISNOOP), regNewRowid ); if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ assert( hasFK==0 && chngKey==0 ); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION); } if( !pParse->nested ){ sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pTab, P4_TABLE); } #else if( hasFK>1 || chngKey ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iDataCur, 0); } #endif if( bReplace || chngKey ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1); } if( hasFK ){ sqlite3FkCheck(pParse, pTab, 0, regNewRowid, aXRef, chngKey); } /* Insert the new index entries and the new record. */ sqlite3CompleteInsertion( pParse, pTab, iDataCur, iIdxCur, regNewRowid, aRegIdx, OPFLAG_ISUPDATE | (eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ? OPFLAG_SAVEPOSITION : 0), 0, 0 ); /* Do any ON CASCADE, SET NULL or SET DEFAULT operations required to ** handle rows (possibly in other tables) that refer via a foreign key ** to the row just updated. */ if( hasFK ){ sqlite3FkActions(pParse, pTab, pChanges, regOldRowid, aXRef, chngKey); } } /* Increment the row counter */ if( regRowCount ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1); } sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, regOldRowid, onError, labelContinue); /* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until ** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated. */ if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ){ /* Nothing to do at end-of-loop for a single-pass */ }else if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_MULTI ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue); sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); }else if( pPk ){ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelContinue); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iEph, addrTop); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, labelContinue); } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, labelBreak); /* Update the sqlite_sequence table by storing the content of the ** maximum rowid counter values recorded while inserting into ** autoincrement tables. */ if( pParse->nested==0 && pParse->pTriggerTab==0 && pUpsert==0 ){ sqlite3AutoincrementEnd(pParse); } /* ** Return the number of rows that were changed, if we are tracking ** that information. */ if( regRowCount ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC); } update_cleanup: sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext); sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef); /* Also frees aRegIdx[] and aToOpen[] */ sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrderBy); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLimit); #endif return; } /* Make sure "isView" and other macros defined above are undefined. Otherwise ** they may interfere with compilation of other functions in this file ** (or in another file, if this file becomes part of the amalgamation). */ #ifdef isView #undef isView #endif #ifdef pTrigger #undef pTrigger #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* ** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table. ** ** There are two possible strategies - the default and the special ** "onepass" strategy. Onepass is only used if the virtual table ** implementation indicates that pWhere may match at most one row. ** ** The default strategy is to create an ephemeral table that contains ** for each row to be changed: ** ** (A) The original rowid of that row. ** (B) The revised rowid for the row. ** (C) The content of every column in the row. ** ** Then loop through the contents of this ephemeral table executing a ** VUpdate for each row. When finished, drop the ephemeral table. ** ** The "onepass" strategy does not use an ephemeral table. Instead, it ** stores the same values (A, B and C above) in a register array and ** makes a single invocation of VUpdate. */ static void updateVirtualTable( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */ Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */ ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */ Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */ int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */ Expr *pWhere, /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */ int onError /* ON CONFLICT strategy */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */ int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */ int i; /* Loop counter */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ const char *pVTab = (const char*)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); WhereInfo *pWInfo; int nArg = 2 + pTab->nCol; /* Number of arguments to VUpdate */ int regArg; /* First register in VUpdate arg array */ int regRec; /* Register in which to assemble record */ int regRowid; /* Register for ephem table rowid */ int iCsr = pSrc->a[0].iCursor; /* Cursor used for virtual table scan */ int aDummy[2]; /* Unused arg for sqlite3WhereOkOnePass() */ int eOnePass; /* True to use onepass strategy */ int addr; /* Address of OP_OpenEphemeral */ /* Allocate nArg registers in which to gather the arguments for VUpdate. Then ** create and open the ephemeral table in which the records created from ** these arguments will be temporarily stored. */ assert( v ); ephemTab = pParse->nTab++; addr= sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, nArg); regArg = pParse->nMem + 1; pParse->nMem += nArg; regRec = ++pParse->nMem; regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; /* Start scanning the virtual table */ pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pSrc, pWhere, 0,0,WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED,0); if( pWInfo==0 ) return; /* Populate the argument registers. */ for(i=0; inCol; i++){ if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, regArg+2+i); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, i, regArg+2+i); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); /* Enable sqlite3_vtab_nochange() */ } } if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg); if( pRowid ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowid, regArg+1); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCsr, regArg+1); } }else{ Index *pPk; /* PRIMARY KEY index */ i16 iPk; /* PRIMARY KEY column */ pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); assert( pPk!=0 ); assert( pPk->nKeyCol==1 ); iPk = pPk->aiColumn[0]; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_VColumn, iCsr, iPk, regArg); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regArg+2+iPk, regArg+1); } eOnePass = sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(pWInfo, aDummy); /* There is no ONEPASS_MULTI on virtual tables */ assert( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ); if( eOnePass ){ /* If using the onepass strategy, no-op out the OP_OpenEphemeral coded ** above. */ sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCsr); }else{ /* Create a record from the argument register contents and insert it into ** the ephemeral table. */ sqlite3MultiWrite(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regArg, nArg, regRec); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* Signal an assert() within OP_MakeRecord that it is allowed to ** accept no-change records with serial_type 10 */ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_NOCHNG_MAGIC); #endif sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, ephemTab, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, ephemTab, regRec, regRowid); } if( eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ){ /* End the virtual table scan */ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); /* Begin scannning through the ephemeral table. */ addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab); VdbeCoverage(v); /* Extract arguments from the current row of the ephemeral table and ** invoke the VUpdate method. */ for(i=0; ipUpsertTarget); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pUpsertTargetWhere); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pUpsertSet); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pUpsertWhere); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } } /* ** Duplicate an Upsert object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Upsert *sqlite3UpsertDup(sqlite3 *db, Upsert *p){ if( p==0 ) return 0; return sqlite3UpsertNew(db, sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pUpsertTarget, 0), sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pUpsertTargetWhere, 0), sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pUpsertSet, 0), sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pUpsertWhere, 0) ); } /* ** Create a new Upsert object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Upsert *sqlite3UpsertNew( sqlite3 *db, /* Determines which memory allocator to use */ ExprList *pTarget, /* Target argument to ON CONFLICT, or NULL */ Expr *pTargetWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause on the target */ ExprList *pSet, /* UPDATE columns, or NULL for a DO NOTHING */ Expr *pWhere /* WHERE clause for the ON CONFLICT UPDATE */ ){ Upsert *pNew; pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Upsert)); if( pNew==0 ){ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTarget); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTargetWhere); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pSet); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere); return 0; }else{ pNew->pUpsertTarget = pTarget; pNew->pUpsertTargetWhere = pTargetWhere; pNew->pUpsertSet = pSet; pNew->pUpsertWhere = pWhere; pNew->pUpsertIdx = 0; } return pNew; } /* ** Analyze the ON CONFLICT clause described by pUpsert. Resolve all ** symbols in the conflict-target. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything works, or an error code is something ** is wrong. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3UpsertAnalyzeTarget( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* Table into which we are inserting */ Upsert *pUpsert /* The ON CONFLICT clauses */ ){ Table *pTab; /* That table into which we are inserting */ int rc; /* Result code */ int iCursor; /* Cursor used by pTab */ Index *pIdx; /* One of the indexes of pTab */ ExprList *pTarget; /* The conflict-target clause */ Expr *pTerm; /* One term of the conflict-target clause */ NameContext sNC; /* Context for resolving symbolic names */ Expr sCol[2]; /* Index column converted into an Expr */ assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 ); assert( pTabList->a[0].pTab!=0 ); assert( pUpsert!=0 ); assert( pUpsert->pUpsertTarget!=0 ); /* Resolve all symbolic names in the conflict-target clause, which ** includes both the list of columns and the optional partial-index ** WHERE clause. */ memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC)); sNC.pParse = pParse; sNC.pSrcList = pTabList; rc = sqlite3ResolveExprListNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTarget); if( rc ) return rc; rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere); if( rc ) return rc; /* Check to see if the conflict target matches the rowid. */ pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; pTarget = pUpsert->pUpsertTarget; iCursor = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; if( HasRowid(pTab) && pTarget->nExpr==1 && (pTerm = pTarget->a[0].pExpr)->op==TK_COLUMN && pTerm->iColumn==XN_ROWID ){ /* The conflict-target is the rowid of the primary table */ assert( pUpsert->pUpsertIdx==0 ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Initialize sCol[0..1] to be an expression parse tree for a ** single column of an index. The sCol[0] node will be the TK_COLLATE ** operator and sCol[1] will be the TK_COLUMN operator. Code below ** will populate the specific collation and column number values ** prior to comparing against the conflict-target expression. */ memset(sCol, 0, sizeof(sCol)); sCol[0].op = TK_COLLATE; sCol[0].pLeft = &sCol[1]; sCol[1].op = TK_COLUMN; sCol[1].iTable = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; /* Check for matches against other indexes */ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ int ii, jj, nn; if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) continue; if( pTarget->nExpr!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue; if( pIdx->pPartIdxWhere ){ if( pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere==0 ) continue; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, pUpsert->pUpsertTargetWhere, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere, iCursor)!=0 ){ continue; } } nn = pIdx->nKeyCol; for(ii=0; iiazColl[ii]; if( pIdx->aiColumn[ii]==XN_EXPR ){ assert( pIdx->aColExpr!=0 ); assert( pIdx->aColExpr->nExpr>ii ); pExpr = pIdx->aColExpr->a[ii].pExpr; if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE ){ sCol[0].pLeft = pExpr; pExpr = &sCol[0]; } }else{ sCol[0].pLeft = &sCol[1]; sCol[1].iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[ii]; pExpr = &sCol[0]; } for(jj=0; jja[jj].pExpr, pExpr,iCursor)<2 ){ break; /* Column ii of the index matches column jj of target */ } } if( jj>=nn ){ /* The target contains no match for column jj of the index */ break; } } if( iipUpsertIdx = pIdx; return SQLITE_OK; } sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ON CONFLICT clause does not match any " "PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraint"); return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* ** Generate bytecode that does an UPDATE as part of an upsert. ** ** If pIdx is NULL, then the UNIQUE constraint that failed was the IPK. ** In this case parameter iCur is a cursor open on the table b-tree that ** currently points to the conflicting table row. Otherwise, if pIdx ** is not NULL, then pIdx is the constraint that failed and iCur is a ** cursor points to the conflicting row. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3UpsertDoUpdate( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing and code-generating context */ Upsert *pUpsert, /* The ON CONFLICT clause for the upsert */ Table *pTab, /* The table being updated */ Index *pIdx, /* The UNIQUE constraint that failed */ int iCur /* Cursor for pIdx (or pTab if pIdx==NULL) */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; SrcList *pSrc; /* FROM clause for the UPDATE */ int iDataCur; assert( v!=0 ); assert( pUpsert!=0 ); VdbeNoopComment((v, "Begin DO UPDATE of UPSERT")); iDataCur = pUpsert->iDataCur; if( pIdx && iCur!=iDataCur ){ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ int regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iCur, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iDataCur, 0, regRowid); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid); }else{ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; int iPk = pParse->nMem+1; int i; pParse->nMem += nPk; for(i=0; iaiColumn[i]>=0 ); k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[i]); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, k, iPk+i); VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pIdx->zName, pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].zName)); } sqlite3VdbeVerifyAbortable(v, OE_Abort); i = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, iDataCur, 0, iPk, nPk); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_CORRUPT, OE_Abort, 0, "corrupt database", P4_STATIC); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, i); } } /* pUpsert does not own pUpsertSrc - the outer INSERT statement does. So ** we have to make a copy before passing it down into sqlite3Update() */ pSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(db, pUpsert->pUpsertSrc, 0); sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc, pUpsert->pUpsertSet, pUpsert->pUpsertWhere, OE_Abort, 0, 0, pUpsert); pUpsert->pUpsertSet = 0; /* Will have been deleted by sqlite3Update() */ pUpsert->pUpsertWhere = 0; /* Will have been deleted by sqlite3Update() */ VdbeNoopComment((v, "End DO UPDATE of UPSERT")); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UPSERT */ /************** End of upsert.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file vacuum.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2003 April 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command. ** ** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the ** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "vdbeInt.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH) /* ** Execute zSql on database db. ** ** If zSql returns rows, then each row will have exactly one ** column. (This will only happen if zSql begins with "SELECT".) ** Take each row of result and call execSql() again recursively. ** ** The execSqlF() routine does the same thing, except it accepts ** a format string as its third argument */ static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc; /* printf("SQL: [%s]\n", zSql); fflush(stdout); */ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){ const char *zSubSql = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt,0); assert( sqlite3_strnicmp(zSql,"SELECT",6)==0 ); /* The secondary SQL must be one of CREATE TABLE, CREATE INDEX, ** or INSERT. Historically there have been attacks that first ** corrupt the sqlite_master.sql field with other kinds of statements ** then run VACUUM to get those statements to execute at inappropriate ** times. */ if( zSubSql && (strncmp(zSubSql,"CRE",3)==0 || strncmp(zSubSql,"INS",3)==0) ){ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, zSubSql); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; } } assert( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; if( rc ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } (void)sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); return rc; } static int execSqlF(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const char *zSql, ...){ char *z; va_list ap; int rc; va_start(ap, zSql); z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zSql, ap); va_end(ap); if( z==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, z); sqlite3DbFree(db, z); return rc; } /* ** The VACUUM command is used to clean up the database, ** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command ** in PostgreSQL. The VACUUM command works as follows: ** ** (1) Create a new transient database file ** (2) Copy all content from the database being vacuumed into ** the new transient database file ** (3) Copy content from the transient database back into the ** original database. ** ** The transient database requires temporary disk space approximately ** equal to the size of the original database. The copy operation of ** step (3) requires additional temporary disk space approximately equal ** to the size of the original database for the rollback journal. ** Hence, temporary disk space that is approximately 2x the size of the ** original database is required. Every page of the database is written ** approximately 3 times: Once for step (2) and twice for step (3). ** Two writes per page are required in step (3) because the original ** database content must be written into the rollback journal prior to ** overwriting the database with the vacuumed content. ** ** Only 1x temporary space and only 1x writes would be required if ** the copy of step (3) were replaced by deleting the original database ** and renaming the transient database as the original. But that will ** not work if other processes are attached to the original database. ** And a power loss in between deleting the original and renaming the ** transient would cause the database file to appear to be deleted ** following reboot. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse, Token *pNm){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int iDb = 0; if( v==0 ) return; if( pNm ){ #ifndef SQLITE_BUG_COMPATIBLE_20160819 /* Default behavior: Report an error if the argument to VACUUM is ** not recognized */ iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pNm, pNm, &pNm); if( iDb<0 ) return; #else /* When SQLITE_BUG_COMPATIBLE_20160819 is defined, unrecognized arguments ** to VACUUM are silently ignored. This is a back-out of a bug fix that ** occurred on 2016-08-19 (https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/083f9e6270). ** The buggy behavior is required for binary compatibility with some ** legacy applications. */ iDb = sqlite3FindDb(pParse->db, pNm); if( iDb<0 ) iDb = 0; #endif } if( iDb!=1 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Vacuum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb); } return; } /* ** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db, int iDb){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */ Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */ Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */ u16 saved_mDbFlags; /* Saved value of db->mDbFlags */ u32 saved_flags; /* Saved value of db->flags */ int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */ int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */ u8 saved_mTrace; /* Saved trace settings */ Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */ int isMemDb; /* True if vacuuming a :memory: database */ int nRes; /* Bytes of reserved space at the end of each page */ int nDb; /* Number of attached databases */ const char *zDbMain; /* Schema name of database to vacuum */ if( !db->autoCommit ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction"); return SQLITE_ERROR; } if( db->nVdbeActive>1 ){ sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db,"cannot VACUUM - SQL statements in progress"); return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* Save the current value of the database flags so that it can be ** restored before returning. Then set the writable-schema flag, and ** disable CHECK and foreign key constraints. */ saved_flags = db->flags; saved_mDbFlags = db->mDbFlags; saved_nChange = db->nChange; saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange; saved_mTrace = db->mTrace; db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks; db->mDbFlags |= DBFLAG_PreferBuiltin | DBFLAG_Vacuum; db->flags &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys | SQLITE_ReverseOrder | SQLITE_CountRows); db->mTrace = 0; zDbMain = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; pMain = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; isMemDb = sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)); /* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma ** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash ** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a ** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before ** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called. ** ** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager. ** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but ** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling ** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially ** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more ** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does ** to write the journal header file. */ nDb = db->nDb; rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "ATTACH''AS vacuum_db"); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; assert( (db->nDb-1)==nDb ); pDb = &db->aDb[nDb]; assert( strcmp(pDb->zDbSName,"vacuum_db")==0 ); pTemp = pDb->pBt; /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below. */ sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp); nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(pMain); /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC if( db->nextPagesize ){ extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*); int nKey; char *zKey; sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, iDb, (void**)&zKey, &nKey); if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0; } #endif sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pTemp, db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->cache_size); sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeSetSpillSize(pMain,0)); sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(pTemp, PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF|PAGER_CACHESPILL); /* Begin a transaction and take an exclusive lock on the main database ** file. This is done before the sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain) call below, ** to ensure that we do not try to change the page-size on a WAL database. */ rc = execSql(db, pzErrMsg, "BEGIN"); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pMain, 2, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; /* Do not attempt to change the page size for a WAL database */ if( sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(sqlite3BtreePager(pMain)) ==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ db->nextPagesize = 0; } if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0) || (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0)) || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; goto end_of_vacuum; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac : sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain)); #endif /* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema ** in the temporary database. */ db->init.iDb = nDb; /* force new CREATE statements into vacuum_db */ rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg, "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master" " WHERE type='table'AND name<>'sqlite_sequence'" " AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0", zDbMain ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg, "SELECT sql FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master" " WHERE type='index'", zDbMain ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; db->init.iDb = 0; /* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do ** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM main.xxx;" to copy ** the contents to the temporary database. */ rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg, "SELECT'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.'||quote(name)" "||' SELECT*FROM\"%w\".'||quote(name)" "FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master " "WHERE type='table'AND coalesce(rootpage,1)>0", zDbMain ); assert( (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_Vacuum)!=0 ); db->mDbFlags &= ~DBFLAG_Vacuum; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum; /* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database ** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any ** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries ** from the SQLITE_MASTER table. */ rc = execSqlF(db, pzErrMsg, "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master" " SELECT*FROM \"%w\".sqlite_master" " WHERE type IN('view','trigger')" " OR(type='table'AND rootpage=0)", zDbMain ); if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum; /* At this point, there is a write transaction open on both the ** vacuum database and the main database. Assuming no error occurs, ** both transactions are closed by this block - the main database ** transaction by sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() and the other by an explicit ** call to sqlite3BtreeCommit(). */ { u32 meta; int i; /* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the ** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries ** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum. ** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other ** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema. */ static const unsigned char aCopy[] = { BTREE_SCHEMA_VERSION, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */ BTREE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */ BTREE_TEXT_ENCODING, 0, /* Preserve the text encoding */ BTREE_USER_VERSION, 0, /* Preserve the user version */ BTREE_APPLICATION_ID, 0, /* Preserve the application id */ }; assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) ); assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) ); /* Copy Btree meta values */ for(i=0; iflags */ db->init.iDb = 0; db->mDbFlags = saved_mDbFlags; db->flags = saved_flags; db->nChange = saved_nChange; db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange; db->mTrace = saved_mTrace; sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, -1, -1, 1); /* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum ** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file ** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction ** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the ** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager ** is closed by the DETACH. */ db->autoCommit = 1; if( pDb ){ sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); pDb->pBt = 0; pDb->pSchema = 0; } /* This both clears the schemas and reduces the size of the db->aDb[] ** array. */ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */ /************** End of vacuum.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file vtab.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2006 June 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** Before a virtual table xCreate() or xConnect() method is invoked, the ** sqlite3.pVtabCtx member variable is set to point to an instance of ** this struct allocated on the stack. It is used by the implementation of ** the sqlite3_declare_vtab() and sqlite3_vtab_config() APIs, both of which ** are invoked only from within xCreate and xConnect methods. */ struct VtabCtx { VTable *pVTable; /* The virtual table being constructed */ Table *pTab; /* The Table object to which the virtual table belongs */ VtabCtx *pPrior; /* Parent context (if any) */ int bDeclared; /* True after sqlite3_declare_vtab() is called */ }; /* ** Construct and install a Module object for a virtual table. When this ** routine is called, it is guaranteed that all appropriate locks are held ** and the module is not already part of the connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Module *sqlite3VtabCreateModule( sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ ){ Module *pMod; int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName); pMod = (Module *)sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(Module) + nName + 1); if( pMod==0 ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); }else{ Module *pDel; char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]); memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1); pMod->zName = zCopy; pMod->pModule = pModule; pMod->pAux = pAux; pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy; pMod->pEpoTab = 0; pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule,zCopy,(void*)pMod); assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pMod ); if( pDel ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel); pMod = 0; } } return pMod; } /* ** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module. ** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and ** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces. */ static int createModule( sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zName) ){ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; }else{ (void)sqlite3VtabCreateModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); } rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && xDestroy ) xDestroy(pAux); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module( sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0); } /* ** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_module_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */ const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */ const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */ void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */ void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */ ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy); } /* ** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected. ** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock. ** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur. ** ** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked, ** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabLock(VTable *pVTab){ pVTab->nRef++; } /* ** pTab is a pointer to a Table structure representing a virtual-table. ** Return a pointer to the VTable object used by connection db to access ** this virtual-table, if one has been created, or NULL otherwise. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE VTable *sqlite3GetVTable(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab){ VTable *pVtab; assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); for(pVtab=pTab->pVTable; pVtab && pVtab->db!=db; pVtab=pVtab->pNext); return pVtab; } /* ** Decrement the ref-count on a virtual table object. When the ref-count ** reaches zero, call the xDisconnect() method to delete the object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlock(VTable *pVTab){ sqlite3 *db = pVTab->db; assert( db ); assert( pVTab->nRef>0 ); assert( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN || db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE ); pVTab->nRef--; if( pVTab->nRef==0 ){ sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; if( p ){ p->pModule->xDisconnect(p); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTab); } } /* ** Table p is a virtual table. This function moves all elements in the ** p->pVTable list to the sqlite3.pDisconnect lists of their associated ** database connections to be disconnected at the next opportunity. ** Except, if argument db is not NULL, then the entry associated with ** connection db is left in the p->pVTable list. */ static VTable *vtabDisconnectAll(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ VTable *pRet = 0; VTable *pVTable = p->pVTable; p->pVTable = 0; /* Assert that the mutex (if any) associated with the BtShared database ** that contains table p is held by the caller. See header comments ** above function sqlite3VtabUnlockList() for an explanation of why ** this makes it safe to access the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of any ** database connection that may have an entry in the p->pVTable list. */ assert( db==0 || sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, p->pSchema) ); while( pVTable ){ sqlite3 *db2 = pVTable->db; VTable *pNext = pVTable->pNext; assert( db2 ); if( db2==db ){ pRet = pVTable; p->pVTable = pRet; pRet->pNext = 0; }else{ pVTable->pNext = db2->pDisconnect; db2->pDisconnect = pVTable; } pVTable = pNext; } assert( !db || pRet ); return pRet; } /* ** Table *p is a virtual table. This function removes the VTable object ** for table *p associated with database connection db from the linked ** list in p->pVTab. It also decrements the VTable ref count. This is ** used when closing database connection db to free all of its VTable ** objects without disturbing the rest of the Schema object (which may ** be being used by other shared-cache connections). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabDisconnect(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ VTable **ppVTab; assert( IsVirtual(p) ); assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); for(ppVTab=&p->pVTable; *ppVTab; ppVTab=&(*ppVTab)->pNext){ if( (*ppVTab)->db==db ){ VTable *pVTab = *ppVTab; *ppVTab = pVTab->pNext; sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); break; } } } /* ** Disconnect all the virtual table objects in the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. ** ** This function may only be called when the mutexes associated with all ** shared b-tree databases opened using connection db are held by the ** caller. This is done to protect the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. The ** sqlite3.pDisconnect list is accessed only as follows: ** ** 1) By this function. In this case, all BtShared mutexes and the mutex ** associated with the database handle itself must be held. ** ** 2) By function vtabDisconnectAll(), when it adds a VTable entry to ** the sqlite3.pDisconnect list. In this case either the BtShared mutex ** associated with the database the virtual table is stored in is held ** or, if the virtual table is stored in a non-sharable database, then ** the database handle mutex is held. ** ** As a result, a sqlite3.pDisconnect cannot be accessed simultaneously ** by multiple threads. It is thread-safe. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabUnlockList(sqlite3 *db){ VTable *p = db->pDisconnect; db->pDisconnect = 0; assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) ); assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( p ){ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); do { VTable *pNext = p->pNext; sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); p = pNext; }while( p ); } } /* ** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record. ** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table ** record. ** ** Since it is a virtual-table, the Table structure contains a pointer ** to the head of a linked list of VTable structures. Each VTable ** structure is associated with a single sqlite3* user of the schema. ** The reference count of the VTable structure associated with database ** connection db is decremented immediately (which may lead to the ** structure being xDisconnected and free). Any other VTable structures ** in the list are moved to the sqlite3.pDisconnect list of the associated ** database connection. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabClear(sqlite3 *db, Table *p){ if( !db || db->pnBytesFreed==0 ) vtabDisconnectAll(0, p); if( p->azModuleArg ){ int i; for(i=0; inModuleArg; i++){ if( i!=1 ) sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]); } sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg); } } /* ** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[]. ** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The ** string will be freed automatically when the table is ** deleted. */ static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){ int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(2+pTable->nModuleArg); char **azModuleArg; azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes); if( azModuleArg==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg); }else{ int i = pTable->nModuleArg++; azModuleArg[i] = zArg; azModuleArg[i+1] = 0; pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg; } } /* ** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list ** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabBeginParse( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */ Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */ Token *pModuleName, /* Name of the module for the virtual table */ int ifNotExists /* No error if the table already exists */ ){ int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */ Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, ifNotExists); pTable = pParse->pNewTable; if( pTable==0 ) return; assert( 0==pTable->pIndex ); db = pParse->db; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema); assert( iDb>=0 ); assert( pTable->nModuleArg==0 ); addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName)); addModuleArgument(db, pTable, 0); addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName)); assert( (pParse->sNameToken.z==pName2->z && pName2->z!=0) || (pParse->sNameToken.z==pName1->z && pName2->z==0) ); pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)( &pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pParse->sNameToken.z ); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION /* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice. ** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the ** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable(). ** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now. */ if( pTable->azModuleArg ){ sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName, pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); } #endif } /* ** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating ** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the ** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable. */ static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){ if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){ const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z; int n = pParse->sArg.n; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n)); } } /* ** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement ** has been completely parsed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){ Table *pTab = pParse->pNewTable; /* The table being constructed */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ if( pTab==0 ) return; addArgumentToVtab(pParse); pParse->sArg.z = 0; if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return; /* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the ** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being ** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then ** do additional initialization work and store the statement text ** in the sqlite_master table. */ if( !db->init.busy ){ char *zStmt; char *zWhere; int iDb; int iReg; Vdbe *v; /* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */ if( pEnd ){ pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n; } zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken); /* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the ** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all ** the information we've collected. ** ** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an ** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab ** by sqlite3StartTable(). */ iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, "UPDATE %Q.%s " "SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q " "WHERE rowid=#%d", db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName, MASTER_NAME, pTab->zName, pTab->zName, zStmt, pParse->regRowid ); sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt); v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb); sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Expire); zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q' AND type='table'", pTab->zName); sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(v, iDb, zWhere); iReg = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeLoadString(v, iReg, pTab->zName); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, iReg); } /* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory ** record of the table. The xConnect() method is not called until ** the first time the virtual table is used in an SQL statement. This ** allows a schema that contains virtual tables to be loaded before ** the required virtual table implementations are registered. */ else { Table *pOld; Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema; const char *zName = pTab->zName; assert( sqlite3SchemaMutexHeld(db, 0, pSchema) ); pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, pTab); if( pOld ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */ return; } pParse->pNewTable = 0; } } /* ** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token ** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){ addArgumentToVtab(pParse); pParse->sArg.z = 0; pParse->sArg.n = 0; } /* ** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token ** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){ Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg; if( pArg->z==0 ){ pArg->z = p->z; pArg->n = p->n; }else{ assert(pArg->z <= p->z); pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z); } } /* ** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The ** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter ** to this procedure. */ static int vtabCallConstructor( sqlite3 *db, Table *pTab, Module *pMod, int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**), char **pzErr ){ VtabCtx sCtx; VTable *pVTable; int rc; const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg; int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg; char *zErr = 0; char *zModuleName; int iDb; VtabCtx *pCtx; /* Check that the virtual-table is not already being initialized */ for(pCtx=db->pVtabCtx; pCtx; pCtx=pCtx->pPrior){ if( pCtx->pTab==pTab ){ *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor called recursively: %s", pTab->zName ); return SQLITE_LOCKED; } } zModuleName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName); if( !zModuleName ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } pVTable = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(VTable)); if( !pVTable ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } pVTable->db = db; pVTable->pMod = pMod; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); pTab->azModuleArg[1] = db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName; /* Invoke the virtual table constructor */ assert( &db->pVtabCtx ); assert( xConstruct ); sCtx.pTab = pTab; sCtx.pVTable = pVTable; sCtx.pPrior = db->pVtabCtx; sCtx.bDeclared = 0; db->pVtabCtx = &sCtx; rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVTable->pVtab, &zErr); db->pVtabCtx = sCtx.pPrior; if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); assert( sCtx.pTab==pTab ); if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ if( zErr==0 ){ *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName); }else { *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr); sqlite3_free(zErr); } sqlite3DbFree(db, pVTable); }else if( ALWAYS(pVTable->pVtab) ){ /* Justification of ALWAYS(): A correct vtab constructor must allocate ** the sqlite3_vtab object if successful. */ memset(pVTable->pVtab, 0, sizeof(pVTable->pVtab[0])); pVTable->pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule; pVTable->nRef = 1; if( sCtx.bDeclared==0 ){ const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s"; *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName); sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTable); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ int iCol; u8 oooHidden = 0; /* If everything went according to plan, link the new VTable structure ** into the linked list headed by pTab->pVTable. Then loop through the ** columns of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden". ** If so, set the Column COLFLAG_HIDDEN flag and remove the token from ** the type string. */ pVTable->pNext = pTab->pVTable; pTab->pVTable = pVTable; for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ char *zType = sqlite3ColumnType(&pTab->aCol[iCol], ""); int nType; int i = 0; nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType); for(i=0; i0 ){ assert(zType[i-1]==' '); zType[i-1] = '\0'; } pTab->aCol[iCol].colFlags |= COLFLAG_HIDDEN; oooHidden = TF_OOOHidden; }else{ pTab->tabFlags |= oooHidden; } } } } sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName); return rc; } /* ** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method ** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned ** and an error left in pParse. ** ** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; const char *zMod; Module *pMod; int rc; assert( pTab ); if( !IsVirtual(pTab) || sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab) ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* Locate the required virtual table module */ zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod); if( !pMod ){ const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ char *zErr = 0; rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); pParse->rc = rc; } sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); } return rc; } /* ** Grow the db->aVTrans[] array so that there is room for at least one ** more v-table. Return SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails, or SQLITE_OK otherwise. */ static int growVTrans(sqlite3 *db){ const int ARRAY_INCR = 5; /* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */ if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){ VTable **aVTrans; int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR); aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes); if( !aVTrans ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR); db->aVTrans = aVTrans; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Add the virtual table pVTab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[]. Space should ** have already been reserved using growVTrans(). */ static void addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ /* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */ db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVTab; sqlite3VtabLock(pVTab); } /* ** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method ** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. ** ** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point to an English language ** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned. ** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Table *pTab; Module *pMod; const char *zMod; pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); assert( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) && !pTab->pVTable ); /* Locate the required virtual table module */ zMod = pTab->azModuleArg[0]; pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zMod); /* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method, ** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an ** error. Otherwise, do nothing. */ if( pMod==0 || pMod->pModule->xCreate==0 || pMod->pModule->xDestroy==0 ){ *pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zMod); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr); } /* Justification of ALWAYS(): The xConstructor method is required to ** create a valid sqlite3_vtab if it returns SQLITE_OK. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ALWAYS(sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)) ){ rc = growVTrans(db); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ addToVTrans(db, sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)); } } return rc; } /* ** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only ** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a ** virtual table module. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){ VtabCtx *pCtx; int rc = SQLITE_OK; Table *pTab; char *zErr = 0; Parse sParse; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zCreateTable==0 ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pCtx = db->pVtabCtx; if( !pCtx || pCtx->bDeclared ){ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } pTab = pCtx->pTab; assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse)); sParse.eParseMode = PARSE_MODE_DECLARE_VTAB; sParse.db = db; sParse.nQueryLoop = 1; if( SQLITE_OK==sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) && sParse.pNewTable && !db->mallocFailed && !sParse.pNewTable->pSelect && !IsVirtual(sParse.pNewTable) ){ if( !pTab->aCol ){ Table *pNew = sParse.pNewTable; Index *pIdx; pTab->aCol = pNew->aCol; pTab->nCol = pNew->nCol; pTab->tabFlags |= pNew->tabFlags & (TF_WithoutRowid|TF_NoVisibleRowid); pNew->nCol = 0; pNew->aCol = 0; assert( pTab->pIndex==0 ); assert( HasRowid(pNew) || sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pNew)!=0 ); if( !HasRowid(pNew) && pCtx->pVTable->pMod->pModule->xUpdate!=0 && sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pNew)->nKeyCol!=1 ){ /* WITHOUT ROWID virtual tables must either be read-only (xUpdate==0) ** or else must have a single-column PRIMARY KEY */ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } pIdx = pNew->pIndex; if( pIdx ){ assert( pIdx->pNext==0 ); pTab->pIndex = pIdx; pNew->pIndex = 0; pIdx->pTable = pTab; } } pCtx->bDeclared = 1; }else{ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, (zErr ? "%s" : 0), zErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } sParse.eParseMode = PARSE_MODE_NORMAL; if( sParse.pVdbe ){ sqlite3VdbeFinalize(sParse.pVdbe); } sqlite3DeleteTable(db, sParse.pNewTable); sqlite3ParserReset(&sParse); assert( (rc&0xff)==rc ); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method ** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs ** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned. ** ** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Table *pTab; pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zDbSName); if( pTab!=0 && ALWAYS(pTab->pVTable!=0) ){ VTable *p; int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *); for(p=pTab->pVTable; p; p=p->pNext){ assert( p->pVtab ); if( p->pVtab->nRef>0 ){ return SQLITE_LOCKED; } } p = vtabDisconnectAll(db, pTab); xDestroy = p->pMod->pModule->xDestroy; assert( xDestroy!=0 ); /* Checked before the virtual table is created */ rc = xDestroy(p->pVtab); /* Remove the sqlite3_vtab* from the aVTrans[] array, if applicable */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pTab->pVTable==p && p->pNext==0 ); p->pVtab = 0; pTab->pVTable = 0; sqlite3VtabUnlock(p); } } return rc; } /* ** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method ** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method ** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is ** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure. ** ** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks. */ static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){ int i; if( db->aVTrans ){ VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; db->aVTrans = 0; for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ VTable *pVTab = aVTrans[i]; sqlite3_vtab *p = pVTab->pVtab; if( p ){ int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)p->pModule + offset); if( x ) x(p); } pVTab->iSavepoint = 0; sqlite3VtabUnlock(pVTab); } sqlite3DbFree(db, aVTrans); db->nVTrans = 0; } } /* ** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans ** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or ** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful. ** ** If an error message is available, leave it in p->zErrMsg. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, Vdbe *p){ int i; int rc = SQLITE_OK; VTable **aVTrans = db->aVTrans; db->aVTrans = 0; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *); sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i]->pVtab; if( pVtab && (x = pVtab->pModule->xSync)!=0 ){ rc = x(pVtab); sqlite3VtabImportErrmsg(p, pVtab); } } db->aVTrans = aVTrans; return rc; } /* ** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the ** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){ callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the ** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){ callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface ** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is ** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now. ** ** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer ** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, VTable *pVTab){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater ** than zero, then this function is being called from within a ** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to ** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_LOCKED. */ if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){ return SQLITE_LOCKED; } if( !pVTab ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pModule = pVTab->pVtab->pModule; if( pModule->xBegin ){ int i; /* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */ for(i=0; inVTrans; i++){ if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVTab ){ return SQLITE_OK; } } /* Invoke the xBegin method. If successful, add the vtab to the ** sqlite3.aVTrans[] array. */ rc = growVTrans(db); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = pModule->xBegin(pVTab->pVtab); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iSvpt = db->nStatement + db->nSavepoint; addToVTrans(db, pVTab); if( iSvpt && pModule->xSavepoint ){ pVTab->iSavepoint = iSvpt; rc = pModule->xSavepoint(pVTab->pVtab, iSvpt-1); } } } } return rc; } /* ** Invoke either the xSavepoint, xRollbackTo or xRelease method of all ** virtual tables that currently have an open transaction. Pass iSavepoint ** as the second argument to the virtual table method invoked. ** ** If op is SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, the xSavepoint method is invoked. If it is ** SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, the xRollbackTo method. Otherwise, if op is ** SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then the xRelease method of each virtual table with ** an open transaction is invoked. ** ** If any virtual table method returns an error code other than SQLITE_OK, ** processing is abandoned and the error returned to the caller of this ** function immediately. If all calls to virtual table methods are successful, ** SQLITE_OK is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabSavepoint(sqlite3 *db, int op, int iSavepoint){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE||op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK||op==SAVEPOINT_BEGIN ); assert( iSavepoint>=-1 ); if( db->aVTrans ){ int i; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inVTrans; i++){ VTable *pVTab = db->aVTrans[i]; const sqlite3_module *pMod = pVTab->pMod->pModule; if( pVTab->pVtab && pMod->iVersion>=2 ){ int (*xMethod)(sqlite3_vtab *, int); switch( op ){ case SAVEPOINT_BEGIN: xMethod = pMod->xSavepoint; pVTab->iSavepoint = iSavepoint+1; break; case SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK: xMethod = pMod->xRollbackTo; break; default: xMethod = pMod->xRelease; break; } if( xMethod && pVTab->iSavepoint>iSavepoint ){ rc = xMethod(pVTab->pVtab, iSavepoint); } } } } return rc; } /* ** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The ** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function. ** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual ** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function. ** ** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to ** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators. ** ** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a ** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the ** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */ FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */ int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */ Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */ ){ Table *pTab; sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; sqlite3_module *pMod; void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0; void *pArg = 0; FuncDef *pNew; int rc = 0; /* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */ if( NEVER(pExpr==0) ) return pDef; if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef; pTab = pExpr->pTab; if( pTab==0 ) return pDef; if( !IsVirtual(pTab) ) return pDef; pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab)->pVtab; assert( pVtab!=0 ); assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef; /* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation ** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function. ** ** Though undocumented, we have historically always invoked xFindFunction ** with an all lower-case function name. Continue in this tradition to ** avoid any chance of an incompatibility. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { int i; for(i=0; pDef->zName[i]; i++){ unsigned char x = (unsigned char)pDef->zName[i]; assert( x==sqlite3UpperToLower[x] ); } } #endif rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, pDef->zName, &xSFunc, &pArg); if( rc==0 ){ return pDef; } /* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded ** function */ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew) + sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) + 1); if( pNew==0 ){ return pDef; } *pNew = *pDef; pNew->zName = (const char*)&pNew[1]; memcpy((char*)&pNew[1], pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1); pNew->xSFunc = xSFunc; pNew->pUserData = pArg; pNew->funcFlags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM; return pNew; } /* ** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[] ** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the ** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine ** is a no-op. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){ Parse *pToplevel = sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse); int i, n; Table **apVtabLock; assert( IsVirtual(pTab) ); for(i=0; inVtabLock; i++){ if( pTab==pToplevel->apVtabLock[i] ) return; } n = (pToplevel->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pToplevel->apVtabLock[0]); apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc64(pToplevel->apVtabLock, n); if( apVtabLock ){ pToplevel->apVtabLock = apVtabLock; pToplevel->apVtabLock[pToplevel->nVtabLock++] = pTab; }else{ sqlite3OomFault(pToplevel->db); } } /* ** Check to see if virtual table module pMod can be have an eponymous ** virtual table instance. If it can, create one if one does not already ** exist. Return non-zero if the eponymous virtual table instance exists ** when this routine returns, and return zero if it does not exist. ** ** An eponymous virtual table instance is one that is named after its ** module, and more importantly, does not require a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ** statement in order to come into existance. Eponymous virtual table ** instances always exist. They cannot be DROP-ed. ** ** Any virtual table module for which xConnect and xCreate are the same ** method can have an eponymous virtual table instance. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VtabEponymousTableInit(Parse *pParse, Module *pMod){ const sqlite3_module *pModule = pMod->pModule; Table *pTab; char *zErr = 0; int rc; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( pMod->pEpoTab ) return 1; if( pModule->xCreate!=0 && pModule->xCreate!=pModule->xConnect ) return 0; pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table)); if( pTab==0 ) return 0; pTab->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pMod->zName); if( pTab->zName==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pTab); return 0; } pMod->pEpoTab = pTab; pTab->nTabRef = 1; pTab->pSchema = db->aDb[0].pSchema; assert( pTab->nModuleArg==0 ); pTab->iPKey = -1; addModuleArgument(db, pTab, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName)); addModuleArgument(db, pTab, 0); addModuleArgument(db, pTab, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTab->zName)); rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pModule->xConnect, &zErr); if( rc ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr); sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(db, pMod); return 0; } return 1; } /* ** Erase the eponymous virtual table instance associated with ** virtual table module pMod, if it exists. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(sqlite3 *db, Module *pMod){ Table *pTab = pMod->pEpoTab; if( pTab!=0 ){ /* Mark the table as Ephemeral prior to deleting it, so that the ** sqlite3DeleteTable() routine will know that it is not stored in ** the schema. */ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Ephemeral; sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pTab); pMod->pEpoTab = 0; } } /* ** Return the ON CONFLICT resolution mode in effect for the virtual ** table update operation currently in progress. ** ** The results of this routine are undefined unless it is called from ** within an xUpdate method. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(sqlite3 *db){ static const unsigned char aMap[] = { SQLITE_ROLLBACK, SQLITE_ABORT, SQLITE_FAIL, SQLITE_IGNORE, SQLITE_REPLACE }; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif assert( OE_Rollback==1 && OE_Abort==2 && OE_Fail==3 ); assert( OE_Ignore==4 && OE_Replace==5 ); assert( db->vtabOnConflict>=1 && db->vtabOnConflict<=5 ); return (int)aMap[db->vtabOnConflict-1]; } /* ** Call from within the xCreate() or xConnect() methods to provide ** the SQLite core with additional information about the behavior ** of the virtual table being implemented. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_vtab_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ va_list ap; int rc = SQLITE_OK; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); va_start(ap, op); switch( op ){ case SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT: { VtabCtx *p = db->pVtabCtx; if( !p ){ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; }else{ assert( p->pTab==0 || IsVirtual(p->pTab) ); p->pVTable->bConstraint = (u8)va_arg(ap, int); } break; } default: rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; break; } va_end(ap); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) sqlite3Error(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /************** End of vtab.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file wherecode.c ***************************************/ /* ** 2015-06-06 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process ** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. ** ** This file was split off from where.c on 2015-06-06 in order to reduce the ** size of where.c and make it easier to edit. This file contains the routines ** that actually generate the bulk of the WHERE loop code. The original where.c ** file retains the code that does query planning and analysis. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /************** Include whereInt.h in the middle of wherecode.c **************/ /************** Begin file whereInt.h ****************************************/ /* ** 2013-11-12 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains structure and macro definitions for the query ** planner logic in "where.c". These definitions are broken out into ** a separate source file for easier editing. */ /* ** Trace output macros */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /***/ extern int sqlite3WhereTrace; #endif #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) \ && (defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_WHERETRACE)) # define WHERETRACE(K,X) if(sqlite3WhereTrace&(K)) sqlite3DebugPrintf X # define WHERETRACE_ENABLED 1 #else # define WHERETRACE(K,X) #endif /* Forward references */ typedef struct WhereClause WhereClause; typedef struct WhereMaskSet WhereMaskSet; typedef struct WhereOrInfo WhereOrInfo; typedef struct WhereAndInfo WhereAndInfo; typedef struct WhereLevel WhereLevel; typedef struct WhereLoop WhereLoop; typedef struct WherePath WherePath; typedef struct WhereTerm WhereTerm; typedef struct WhereLoopBuilder WhereLoopBuilder; typedef struct WhereScan WhereScan; typedef struct WhereOrCost WhereOrCost; typedef struct WhereOrSet WhereOrSet; /* ** This object contains information needed to implement a single nested ** loop in WHERE clause. ** ** Contrast this object with WhereLoop. This object describes the ** implementation of the loop. WhereLoop describes the algorithm. ** This object contains a pointer to the WhereLoop algorithm as one of ** its elements. ** ** The WhereInfo object contains a single instance of this object for ** each term in the FROM clause (which is to say, for each of the ** nested loops as implemented). The order of WhereLevel objects determines ** the loop nested order, with WhereInfo.a[0] being the outer loop and ** WhereInfo.a[WhereInfo.nLevel-1] being the inner loop. */ struct WhereLevel { int iLeftJoin; /* Memory cell used to implement LEFT OUTER JOIN */ int iTabCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access the table */ int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor used to access pIdx */ int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ int addrNxt; /* Jump here to start the next IN combination */ int addrSkip; /* Jump here for next iteration of skip-scan */ int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with the next loop cycle */ int addrFirst; /* First instruction of interior of the loop */ int addrBody; /* Beginning of the body of this loop */ #ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS u32 iLikeRepCntr; /* LIKE range processing counter register (times 2) */ int addrLikeRep; /* LIKE range processing address */ #endif u8 iFrom; /* Which entry in the FROM clause */ u8 op, p3, p5; /* Opcode, P3 & P5 of the opcode that ends the loop */ int p1, p2; /* Operands of the opcode used to ends the loop */ union { /* Information that depends on pWLoop->wsFlags */ struct { int nIn; /* Number of entries in aInLoop[] */ struct InLoop { int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor used by this IN operator */ int addrInTop; /* Top of the IN loop */ int iBase; /* Base register of multi-key index record */ int nPrefix; /* Number of prior entires in the key */ u8 eEndLoopOp; /* IN Loop terminator. OP_Next or OP_Prev */ } *aInLoop; /* Information about each nested IN operator */ } in; /* Used when pWLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_IN_ABLE */ Index *pCovidx; /* Possible covering index for WHERE_MULTI_OR */ } u; struct WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* The selected WhereLoop object */ Bitmask notReady; /* FROM entries not usable at this level */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS int addrVisit; /* Address at which row is visited */ #endif }; /* ** Each instance of this object represents an algorithm for evaluating one ** term of a join. Every term of the FROM clause will have at least ** one corresponding WhereLoop object (unless INDEXED BY constraints ** prevent a query solution - which is an error) and many terms of the ** FROM clause will have multiple WhereLoop objects, each describing a ** potential way of implementing that FROM-clause term, together with ** dependencies and cost estimates for using the chosen algorithm. ** ** Query planning consists of building up a collection of these WhereLoop ** objects, then computing a particular sequence of WhereLoop objects, with ** one WhereLoop object per FROM clause term, that satisfy all dependencies ** and that minimize the overall cost. */ struct WhereLoop { Bitmask prereq; /* Bitmask of other loops that must run first */ Bitmask maskSelf; /* Bitmask identifying table iTab */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG char cId; /* Symbolic ID of this loop for debugging use */ #endif u8 iTab; /* Position in FROM clause of table for this loop */ u8 iSortIdx; /* Sorting index number. 0==None */ LogEst rSetup; /* One-time setup cost (ex: create transient index) */ LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running each loop */ LogEst nOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ union { struct { /* Information for internal btree tables */ u16 nEq; /* Number of equality constraints */ u16 nBtm; /* Size of BTM vector */ u16 nTop; /* Size of TOP vector */ u16 nIdxCol; /* Index column used for ORDER BY */ Index *pIndex; /* Index used, or NULL */ } btree; struct { /* Information for virtual tables */ int idxNum; /* Index number */ u8 needFree; /* True if sqlite3_free(idxStr) is needed */ i8 isOrdered; /* True if satisfies ORDER BY */ u16 omitMask; /* Terms that may be omitted */ char *idxStr; /* Index identifier string */ } vtab; } u; u32 wsFlags; /* WHERE_* flags describing the plan */ u16 nLTerm; /* Number of entries in aLTerm[] */ u16 nSkip; /* Number of NULL aLTerm[] entries */ /**** whereLoopXfer() copies fields above ***********************/ # define WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ offsetof(WhereLoop,nLSlot) u16 nLSlot; /* Number of slots allocated for aLTerm[] */ WhereTerm **aLTerm; /* WhereTerms used */ WhereLoop *pNextLoop; /* Next WhereLoop object in the WhereClause */ WhereTerm *aLTermSpace[3]; /* Initial aLTerm[] space */ }; /* This object holds the prerequisites and the cost of running a ** subquery on one operand of an OR operator in the WHERE clause. ** See WhereOrSet for additional information */ struct WhereOrCost { Bitmask prereq; /* Prerequisites */ LogEst rRun; /* Cost of running this subquery */ LogEst nOut; /* Number of outputs for this subquery */ }; /* The WhereOrSet object holds a set of possible WhereOrCosts that ** correspond to the subquery(s) of OR-clause processing. Only the ** best N_OR_COST elements are retained. */ #define N_OR_COST 3 struct WhereOrSet { u16 n; /* Number of valid a[] entries */ WhereOrCost a[N_OR_COST]; /* Set of best costs */ }; /* ** Each instance of this object holds a sequence of WhereLoop objects ** that implement some or all of a query plan. ** ** Think of each WhereLoop object as a node in a graph with arcs ** showing dependencies and costs for travelling between nodes. (That is ** not a completely accurate description because WhereLoop costs are a ** vector, not a scalar, and because dependencies are many-to-one, not ** one-to-one as are graph nodes. But it is a useful visualization aid.) ** Then a WherePath object is a path through the graph that visits some ** or all of the WhereLoop objects once. ** ** The "solver" works by creating the N best WherePath objects of length ** 1. Then using those as a basis to compute the N best WherePath objects ** of length 2. And so forth until the length of WherePaths equals the ** number of nodes in the FROM clause. The best (lowest cost) WherePath ** at the end is the chosen query plan. */ struct WherePath { Bitmask maskLoop; /* Bitmask of all WhereLoop objects in this path */ Bitmask revLoop; /* aLoop[]s that should be reversed for ORDER BY */ LogEst nRow; /* Estimated number of rows generated by this path */ LogEst rCost; /* Total cost of this path */ LogEst rUnsorted; /* Total cost of this path ignoring sorting costs */ i8 isOrdered; /* No. of ORDER BY terms satisfied. -1 for unknown */ WhereLoop **aLoop; /* Array of WhereLoop objects implementing this path */ }; /* ** The query generator uses an array of instances of this structure to ** help it analyze the subexpressions of the WHERE clause. Each WHERE ** clause subexpression is separated from the others by AND operators, ** usually, or sometimes subexpressions separated by OR. ** ** All WhereTerms are collected into a single WhereClause structure. ** The following identity holds: ** ** WhereTerm.pWC->a[WhereTerm.idx] == WhereTerm ** ** When a term is of the form: ** ** X ** ** where X is a column name and is one of certain operators, ** then WhereTerm.leftCursor and WhereTerm.u.leftColumn record the ** cursor number and column number for X. WhereTerm.eOperator records ** the using a bitmask encoding defined by WO_xxx below. The ** use of a bitmask encoding for the operator allows us to search ** quickly for terms that match any of several different operators. ** ** A WhereTerm might also be two or more subterms connected by OR: ** ** (t1.X ) OR (t1.Y ) OR .... ** ** In this second case, wtFlag has the TERM_ORINFO bit set and eOperator==WO_OR ** and the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo field points to auxiliary information that ** is collected about the OR clause. ** ** If a term in the WHERE clause does not match either of the two previous ** categories, then eOperator==0. The WhereTerm.pExpr field is still set ** to the original subexpression content and wtFlags is set up appropriately ** but no other fields in the WhereTerm object are meaningful. ** ** When eOperator!=0, prereqRight and prereqAll record sets of cursor numbers, ** but they do so indirectly. A single WhereMaskSet structure translates ** cursor number into bits and the translated bit is stored in the prereq ** fields. The translation is used in order to maximize the number of ** bits that will fit in a Bitmask. The VDBE cursor numbers might be ** spread out over the non-negative integers. For example, the cursor ** numbers might be 3, 8, 9, 10, 20, 23, 41, and 45. The WhereMaskSet ** translates these sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers ** beginning with 0 in order to make the best possible use of the available ** bits in the Bitmask. So, in the example above, the cursor numbers ** would be mapped into integers 0 through 7. ** ** The number of terms in a join is limited by the number of bits ** in prereqRight and prereqAll. The default is 64 bits, hence SQLite ** is only able to process joins with 64 or fewer tables. */ struct WhereTerm { Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to the subexpression that is this term */ WhereClause *pWC; /* The clause this term is part of */ LogEst truthProb; /* Probability of truth for this expression */ u16 wtFlags; /* TERM_xxx bit flags. See below */ u16 eOperator; /* A WO_xx value describing */ u8 nChild; /* Number of children that must disable us */ u8 eMatchOp; /* Op for vtab MATCH/LIKE/GLOB/REGEXP terms */ int iParent; /* Disable pWC->a[iParent] when this term disabled */ int leftCursor; /* Cursor number of X in "X " */ int iField; /* Field in (?,?,?) IN (SELECT...) vector */ union { int leftColumn; /* Column number of X in "X " */ WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 */ WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; /* Extra information if (eOperator& WO_AND)!=0 */ } u; Bitmask prereqRight; /* Bitmask of tables used by pExpr->pRight */ Bitmask prereqAll; /* Bitmask of tables referenced by pExpr */ }; /* ** Allowed values of WhereTerm.wtFlags */ #define TERM_DYNAMIC 0x01 /* Need to call sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pExpr) */ #define TERM_VIRTUAL 0x02 /* Added by the optimizer. Do not code */ #define TERM_CODED 0x04 /* This term is already coded */ #define TERM_COPIED 0x08 /* Has a child */ #define TERM_ORINFO 0x10 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo object */ #define TERM_ANDINFO 0x20 /* Need to free the WhereTerm.u.pAndInfo obj */ #define TERM_OR_OK 0x40 /* Used during OR-clause processing */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 # define TERM_VNULL 0x80 /* Manufactured x>NULL or x<=NULL term */ #else # define TERM_VNULL 0x00 /* Disabled if not using stat3 */ #endif #define TERM_LIKEOPT 0x100 /* Virtual terms from the LIKE optimization */ #define TERM_LIKECOND 0x200 /* Conditionally this LIKE operator term */ #define TERM_LIKE 0x400 /* The original LIKE operator */ #define TERM_IS 0x800 /* Term.pExpr is an IS operator */ #define TERM_VARSELECT 0x1000 /* Term.pExpr contains a correlated sub-query */ /* ** An instance of the WhereScan object is used as an iterator for locating ** terms in the WHERE clause that are useful to the query planner. */ struct WhereScan { WhereClause *pOrigWC; /* Original, innermost WhereClause */ WhereClause *pWC; /* WhereClause currently being scanned */ const char *zCollName; /* Required collating sequence, if not NULL */ Expr *pIdxExpr; /* Search for this index expression */ char idxaff; /* Must match this affinity, if zCollName!=NULL */ unsigned char nEquiv; /* Number of entries in aEquiv[] */ unsigned char iEquiv; /* Next unused slot in aEquiv[] */ u32 opMask; /* Acceptable operators */ int k; /* Resume scanning at this->pWC->a[this->k] */ int aiCur[11]; /* Cursors in the equivalence class */ i16 aiColumn[11]; /* Corresponding column number in the eq-class */ }; /* ** An instance of the following structure holds all information about a ** WHERE clause. Mostly this is a container for one or more WhereTerms. ** ** Explanation of pOuter: For a WHERE clause of the form ** ** a AND ((b AND c) OR (d AND e)) AND f ** ** There are separate WhereClause objects for the whole clause and for ** the subclauses "(b AND c)" and "(d AND e)". The pOuter field of the ** subclauses points to the WhereClause object for the whole clause. */ struct WhereClause { WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ WhereClause *pOuter; /* Outer conjunction */ u8 op; /* Split operator. TK_AND or TK_OR */ u8 hasOr; /* True if any a[].eOperator is WO_OR */ int nTerm; /* Number of terms */ int nSlot; /* Number of entries in a[] */ WhereTerm *a; /* Each a[] describes a term of the WHERE cluase */ #if defined(SQLITE_SMALL_STACK) WhereTerm aStatic[1]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ #else WhereTerm aStatic[8]; /* Initial static space for a[] */ #endif }; /* ** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_OR has its u.pOrInfo pointer set to ** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. */ struct WhereOrInfo { WhereClause wc; /* Decomposition into subterms */ Bitmask indexable; /* Bitmask of all indexable tables in the clause */ }; /* ** A WhereTerm with eOperator==WO_AND has its u.pAndInfo pointer set to ** a dynamically allocated instance of the following structure. */ struct WhereAndInfo { WhereClause wc; /* The subexpression broken out */ }; /* ** An instance of the following structure keeps track of a mapping ** between VDBE cursor numbers and bits of the bitmasks in WhereTerm. ** ** The VDBE cursor numbers are small integers contained in ** SrcList_item.iCursor and Expr.iTable fields. For any given WHERE ** clause, the cursor numbers might not begin with 0 and they might ** contain gaps in the numbering sequence. But we want to make maximum ** use of the bits in our bitmasks. This structure provides a mapping ** from the sparse cursor numbers into consecutive integers beginning ** with 0. ** ** If WhereMaskSet.ix[A]==B it means that The A-th bit of a Bitmask ** corresponds VDBE cursor number B. The A-th bit of a bitmask is 1<3, 5->1, 8->2, 29->0, ** 57->5, 73->4. Or one of 719 other combinations might be used. It ** does not really matter. What is important is that sparse cursor ** numbers all get mapped into bit numbers that begin with 0 and contain ** no gaps. */ struct WhereMaskSet { int bVarSelect; /* Used by sqlite3WhereExprUsage() */ int n; /* Number of assigned cursor values */ int ix[BMS]; /* Cursor assigned to each bit */ }; /* ** Initialize a WhereMaskSet object */ #define initMaskSet(P) (P)->n=0 /* ** This object is a convenience wrapper holding all information needed ** to construct WhereLoop objects for a particular query. */ struct WhereLoopBuilder { WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about this WHERE */ WhereClause *pWC; /* WHERE clause terms */ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* ORDER BY clause */ WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop */ WhereOrSet *pOrSet; /* Record best loops here, if not NULL */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 UnpackedRecord *pRec; /* Probe for stat4 (if required) */ int nRecValid; /* Number of valid fields currently in pRec */ #endif unsigned int bldFlags; /* SQLITE_BLDF_* flags */ }; /* Allowed values for WhereLoopBuider.bldFlags */ #define SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED 0x0001 /* An index is used */ #define SQLITE_BLDF_UNIQUE 0x0002 /* All keys of a UNIQUE index used */ /* ** The WHERE clause processing routine has two halves. The ** first part does the start of the WHERE loop and the second ** half does the tail of the WHERE loop. An instance of ** this structure is returned by the first half and passed ** into the second half to give some continuity. ** ** An instance of this object holds the complete state of the query ** planner. */ struct WhereInfo { Parse *pParse; /* Parsing and code generating context */ SrcList *pTabList; /* List of tables in the join */ ExprList *pOrderBy; /* The ORDER BY clause or NULL */ ExprList *pResultSet; /* Result set of the query */ Expr *pWhere; /* The complete WHERE clause */ LogEst iLimit; /* LIMIT if wctrlFlags has WHERE_USE_LIMIT */ int aiCurOnePass[2]; /* OP_OpenWrite cursors for the ONEPASS opt */ int iContinue; /* Jump here to continue with next record */ int iBreak; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ int savedNQueryLoop; /* pParse->nQueryLoop outside the WHERE loop */ u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags originally passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ u8 nLevel; /* Number of nested loop */ i8 nOBSat; /* Number of ORDER BY terms satisfied by indices */ u8 sorted; /* True if really sorted (not just grouped) */ u8 eOnePass; /* ONEPASS_OFF, or _SINGLE, or _MULTI */ u8 untestedTerms; /* Not all WHERE terms resolved by outer loop */ u8 eDistinct; /* One of the WHERE_DISTINCT_* values */ u8 bOrderedInnerLoop; /* True if only the inner-most loop is ordered */ int iTop; /* The very beginning of the WHERE loop */ WhereLoop *pLoops; /* List of all WhereLoop objects */ Bitmask revMask; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms that need reversing */ LogEst nRowOut; /* Estimated number of output rows */ WhereClause sWC; /* Decomposition of the WHERE clause */ WhereMaskSet sMaskSet; /* Map cursor numbers to bitmasks */ WhereLevel a[1]; /* Information about each nest loop in WHERE */ }; /* ** Private interfaces - callable only by other where.c routines. ** ** where.c: */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereGetMask(WhereMaskSet*,int); #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClausePrint(WhereClause *pWC); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereTerm *sqlite3WhereFindTerm( WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ ); /* wherecode.c: */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ ); #else # define sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan(u,v,w,x) 0 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus( Vdbe *v, /* Vdbe to add scanstatus entry to */ SrcList *pSrclist, /* FROM clause pLvl reads data from */ WhereLevel *pLvl, /* Level to add scanstatus() entry for */ int addrExplain /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */ ); #else # define sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(a, b, c, d) ((void)d) #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */ ); /* whereexpr.c: */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseInit(WhereClause*,WhereInfo*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseClear(WhereClause*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereSplit(WhereClause*,Expr*,u8); SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsage(WhereMaskSet*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(WhereMaskSet*, Expr*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(WhereMaskSet*, ExprList*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(Parse*, struct SrcList_item*, WhereClause*); /* ** Bitmasks for the operators on WhereTerm objects. These are all ** operators that are of interest to the query planner. An ** OR-ed combination of these values can be used when searching for ** particular WhereTerms within a WhereClause. ** ** Value constraints: ** WO_EQ == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ** WO_LT == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ** WO_LE == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ** WO_GT == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ** WO_GE == SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE */ #define WO_IN 0x0001 #define WO_EQ 0x0002 #define WO_LT (WO_EQ<<(TK_LT-TK_EQ)) #define WO_LE (WO_EQ<<(TK_LE-TK_EQ)) #define WO_GT (WO_EQ<<(TK_GT-TK_EQ)) #define WO_GE (WO_EQ<<(TK_GE-TK_EQ)) #define WO_AUX 0x0040 /* Op useful to virtual tables only */ #define WO_IS 0x0080 #define WO_ISNULL 0x0100 #define WO_OR 0x0200 /* Two or more OR-connected terms */ #define WO_AND 0x0400 /* Two or more AND-connected terms */ #define WO_EQUIV 0x0800 /* Of the form A==B, both columns */ #define WO_NOOP 0x1000 /* This term does not restrict search space */ #define WO_ALL 0x1fff /* Mask of all possible WO_* values */ #define WO_SINGLE 0x01ff /* Mask of all non-compound WO_* values */ /* ** These are definitions of bits in the WhereLoop.wsFlags field. ** The particular combination of bits in each WhereLoop help to ** determine the algorithm that WhereLoop represents. */ #define WHERE_COLUMN_EQ 0x00000001 /* x=EXPR */ #define WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE 0x00000002 /* xEXPR */ #define WHERE_COLUMN_IN 0x00000004 /* x IN (...) */ #define WHERE_COLUMN_NULL 0x00000008 /* x IS NULL */ #define WHERE_CONSTRAINT 0x0000000f /* Any of the WHERE_COLUMN_xxx values */ #define WHERE_TOP_LIMIT 0x00000010 /* xEXPR or x>=EXPR constraint */ #define WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT 0x00000030 /* Both x>EXPR and xaiColumn[i]; if( i==XN_EXPR ) return ""; if( i==XN_ROWID ) return "rowid"; return pIdx->pTable->aCol[i].zName; } /* ** This routine is a helper for explainIndexRange() below ** ** pStr holds the text of an expression that we are building up one term ** at a time. This routine adds a new term to the end of the expression. ** Terms are separated by AND so add the "AND" text for second and subsequent ** terms only. */ static void explainAppendTerm( StrAccum *pStr, /* The text expression being built */ Index *pIdx, /* Index to read column names from */ int nTerm, /* Number of terms */ int iTerm, /* Zero-based index of first term. */ int bAnd, /* Non-zero to append " AND " */ const char *zOp /* Name of the operator */ ){ int i; assert( nTerm>=1 ); if( bAnd ) sqlite3_str_append(pStr, " AND ", 5); if( nTerm>1 ) sqlite3_str_append(pStr, "(", 1); for(i=0; i1 ) sqlite3_str_append(pStr, ")", 1); sqlite3_str_append(pStr, zOp, 1); if( nTerm>1 ) sqlite3_str_append(pStr, "(", 1); for(i=0; i1 ) sqlite3_str_append(pStr, ")", 1); } /* ** Argument pLevel describes a strategy for scanning table pTab. This ** function appends text to pStr that describes the subset of table ** rows scanned by the strategy in the form of an SQL expression. ** ** For example, if the query: ** ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=1 AND b>2; ** ** is run and there is an index on (a, b), then this function returns a ** string similar to: ** ** "a=? AND b>?" */ static void explainIndexRange(StrAccum *pStr, WhereLoop *pLoop){ Index *pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; u16 nSkip = pLoop->nSkip; int i, j; if( nEq==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))==0 ) return; sqlite3_str_append(pStr, " (", 2); for(i=0; i=nSkip ? "%s=?" : "ANY(%s)", z); } j = i; if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ explainAppendTerm(pStr, pIndex, pLoop->u.btree.nBtm, j, i, ">"); i = 1; } if( pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ explainAppendTerm(pStr, pIndex, pLoop->u.btree.nTop, j, i, "<"); } sqlite3_str_append(pStr, ")", 1); } /* ** This function is a no-op unless currently processing an EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN ** command, or if either SQLITE_DEBUG or SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS was ** defined at compile-time. If it is not a no-op, a single OP_Explain opcode ** is added to the output to describe the table scan strategy in pLevel. ** ** If an OP_Explain opcode is added to the VM, its address is returned. ** Otherwise, if no OP_Explain is coded, zero is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* Table list this loop refers to */ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Scan to write OP_Explain opcode for */ u16 wctrlFlags /* Flags passed to sqlite3WhereBegin() */ ){ int ret = 0; #if !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS) if( sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->explain==2 ) #endif { struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* VM being constructed */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database handle */ int isSearch; /* True for a SEARCH. False for SCAN. */ WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The controlling WhereLoop object */ u32 flags; /* Flags that describe this loop */ char *zMsg; /* Text to add to EQP output */ StrAccum str; /* EQP output string */ char zBuf[100]; /* Initial space for EQP output string */ pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; flags = pLoop->wsFlags; if( (flags&WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags&WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) ) return 0; isSearch = (flags&(WHERE_BTM_LIMIT|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT))!=0 || ((flags&WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && (pLoop->u.btree.nEq>0)) || (wctrlFlags&(WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN|WHERE_ORDERBY_MAX)); sqlite3StrAccumInit(&str, db, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH); sqlite3_str_appendall(&str, isSearch ? "SEARCH" : "SCAN"); if( pItem->pSelect ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " SUBQUERY %u", pItem->pSelect->selId); }else{ sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " TABLE %s", pItem->zName); } if( pItem->zAlias ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " AS %s", pItem->zAlias); } if( (flags & (WHERE_IPK|WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE))==0 ){ const char *zFmt = 0; Index *pIdx; assert( pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ); pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; assert( !(flags&WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) || (flags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ); if( !HasRowid(pItem->pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx) ){ if( isSearch ){ zFmt = "PRIMARY KEY"; } }else if( flags & WHERE_PARTIALIDX ){ zFmt = "AUTOMATIC PARTIAL COVERING INDEX"; }else if( flags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX ){ zFmt = "AUTOMATIC COVERING INDEX"; }else if( flags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY ){ zFmt = "COVERING INDEX %s"; }else{ zFmt = "INDEX %s"; } if( zFmt ){ sqlite3_str_append(&str, " USING ", 7); sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, zFmt, pIdx->zName); explainIndexRange(&str, pLoop); } }else if( (flags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (flags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 ){ const char *zRangeOp; if( flags&(WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){ zRangeOp = "="; }else if( (flags&WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT)==WHERE_BOTH_LIMIT ){ zRangeOp = ">? AND rowid<"; }else if( flags&WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ zRangeOp = ">"; }else{ assert( flags&WHERE_TOP_LIMIT); zRangeOp = "<"; } sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " USING INTEGER PRIMARY KEY (rowid%s?)",zRangeOp); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE else if( (flags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " VIRTUAL TABLE INDEX %d:%s", pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EXPLAIN_ESTIMATED_ROWS if( pLoop->nOut>=10 ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(&str, " (~%llu rows)", sqlite3LogEstToInt(pLoop->nOut)); }else{ sqlite3_str_append(&str, " (~1 row)", 9); } #endif zMsg = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&str); ret = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Explain, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v), pParse->addrExplain, 0, zMsg,P4_DYNAMIC); } return ret; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS /* ** Configure the VM passed as the first argument with an ** sqlite3_stmt_scanstatus() entry corresponding to the scan used to ** implement level pLvl. Argument pSrclist is a pointer to the FROM ** clause that the scan reads data from. ** ** If argument addrExplain is not 0, it must be the address of an ** OP_Explain instruction that describes the same loop. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus( Vdbe *v, /* Vdbe to add scanstatus entry to */ SrcList *pSrclist, /* FROM clause pLvl reads data from */ WhereLevel *pLvl, /* Level to add scanstatus() entry for */ int addrExplain /* Address of OP_Explain (or 0) */ ){ const char *zObj = 0; WhereLoop *pLoop = pLvl->pWLoop; if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){ zObj = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName; }else{ zObj = pSrclist->a[pLvl->iFrom].zName; } sqlite3VdbeScanStatus( v, addrExplain, pLvl->addrBody, pLvl->addrVisit, pLoop->nOut, zObj ); } #endif /* ** Disable a term in the WHERE clause. Except, do not disable the term ** if it controls a LEFT OUTER JOIN and it did not originate in the ON ** or USING clause of that join. ** ** Consider the term t2.z='ok' in the following queries: ** ** (1) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x WHERE t2.z='ok' ** (2) SELECT * FROM t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' ** (3) SELECT * FROM t1, t2 WHERE t1.a=t2.x AND t2.z='ok' ** ** The t2.z='ok' is disabled in the in (2) because it originates ** in the ON clause. The term is disabled in (3) because it is not part ** of a LEFT OUTER JOIN. In (1), the term is not disabled. ** ** Disabling a term causes that term to not be tested in the inner loop ** of the join. Disabling is an optimization. When terms are satisfied ** by indices, we disable them to prevent redundant tests in the inner ** loop. We would get the correct results if nothing were ever disabled, ** but joins might run a little slower. The trick is to disable as much ** as we can without disabling too much. If we disabled in (1), we'd get ** the wrong answer. See ticket #813. ** ** If all the children of a term are disabled, then that term is also ** automatically disabled. In this way, terms get disabled if derived ** virtual terms are tested first. For example: ** ** x GLOB 'abc*' AND x>='abc' AND x<'acd' ** \___________/ \______/ \_____/ ** parent child1 child2 ** ** Only the parent term was in the original WHERE clause. The child1 ** and child2 terms were added by the LIKE optimization. If both of ** the virtual child terms are valid, then testing of the parent can be ** skipped. ** ** Usually the parent term is marked as TERM_CODED. But if the parent ** term was originally TERM_LIKE, then the parent gets TERM_LIKECOND instead. ** The TERM_LIKECOND marking indicates that the term should be coded inside ** a conditional such that is only evaluated on the second pass of a ** LIKE-optimization loop, when scanning BLOBs instead of strings. */ static void disableTerm(WhereLevel *pLevel, WhereTerm *pTerm){ int nLoop = 0; assert( pTerm!=0 ); while( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)==0 && (pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 || ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) && (pLevel->notReady & pTerm->prereqAll)==0 ){ if( nLoop && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKE)!=0 ){ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_LIKECOND; }else{ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; } if( pTerm->iParent<0 ) break; pTerm = &pTerm->pWC->a[pTerm->iParent]; assert( pTerm!=0 ); pTerm->nChild--; if( pTerm->nChild!=0 ) break; nLoop++; } } /* ** Code an OP_Affinity opcode to apply the column affinity string zAff ** to the n registers starting at base. ** ** As an optimization, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB entries (which are no-ops) at the ** beginning and end of zAff are ignored. If all entries in zAff are ** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB, then no code gets generated. ** ** This routine makes its own copy of zAff so that the caller is free ** to modify zAff after this routine returns. */ static void codeApplyAffinity(Parse *pParse, int base, int n, char *zAff){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; if( zAff==0 ){ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); return; } assert( v!=0 ); /* Adjust base and n to skip over SQLITE_AFF_BLOB entries at the beginning ** and end of the affinity string. */ while( n>0 && zAff[0]==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ n--; base++; zAff++; } while( n>1 && zAff[n-1]==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ n--; } /* Code the OP_Affinity opcode if there is anything left to do. */ if( n>0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_Affinity, base, n, 0, zAff, n); } } /* ** Expression pRight, which is the RHS of a comparison operation, is ** either a vector of n elements or, if n==1, a scalar expression. ** Before the comparison operation, affinity zAff is to be applied ** to the pRight values. This function modifies characters within the ** affinity string to SQLITE_AFF_BLOB if either: ** ** * the comparison will be performed with no affinity, or ** * the affinity change in zAff is guaranteed not to change the value. */ static void updateRangeAffinityStr( Expr *pRight, /* RHS of comparison */ int n, /* Number of vector elements in comparison */ char *zAff /* Affinity string to modify */ ){ int i; for(i=0; idb; Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pX, 0); if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){ ExprList *pOrigRhs = pNew->x.pSelect->pEList; /* Original unmodified RHS */ ExprList *pOrigLhs = pNew->pLeft->x.pList; /* Original unmodified LHS */ ExprList *pRhs = 0; /* New RHS after modifications */ ExprList *pLhs = 0; /* New LHS after mods */ int i; /* Loop counter */ Select *pSelect; /* Pointer to the SELECT on the RHS */ for(i=iEq; inLTerm; i++){ if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){ int iField = pLoop->aLTerm[i]->iField - 1; assert( pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr!=0 ); pRhs = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pRhs, pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr); pOrigRhs->a[iField].pExpr = 0; assert( pOrigLhs->a[iField].pExpr!=0 ); pLhs = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pLhs, pOrigLhs->a[iField].pExpr); pOrigLhs->a[iField].pExpr = 0; } } sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrigRhs); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pOrigLhs); pNew->pLeft->x.pList = pLhs; pNew->x.pSelect->pEList = pRhs; if( pLhs && pLhs->nExpr==1 ){ /* Take care here not to generate a TK_VECTOR containing only a ** single value. Since the parser never creates such a vector, some ** of the subroutines do not handle this case. */ Expr *p = pLhs->a[0].pExpr; pLhs->a[0].pExpr = 0; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pNew->pLeft); pNew->pLeft = p; } pSelect = pNew->x.pSelect; if( pSelect->pOrderBy ){ /* If the SELECT statement has an ORDER BY clause, zero the ** iOrderByCol variables. These are set to non-zero when an ** ORDER BY term exactly matches one of the terms of the ** result-set. Since the result-set of the SELECT statement may ** have been modified or reordered, these variables are no longer ** set correctly. Since setting them is just an optimization, ** it's easiest just to zero them here. */ ExprList *pOrderBy = pSelect->pOrderBy; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ pOrderBy->a[i].u.x.iOrderByCol = 0; } } #if 0 printf("For indexing, change the IN expr:\n"); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pX, 0); printf("Into:\n"); sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pNew, 0); #endif } return pNew; } /* ** Generate code for a single equality term of the WHERE clause. An equality ** term can be either X=expr or X IN (...). pTerm is the term to be ** coded. ** ** The current value for the constraint is left in a register, the index ** of which is returned. An attempt is made store the result in iTarget but ** this is only guaranteed for TK_ISNULL and TK_IN constraints. If the ** constraint is a TK_EQ or TK_IS, then the current value might be left in ** some other register and it is the caller's responsibility to compensate. ** ** For a constraint of the form X=expr, the expression is evaluated in ** straight-line code. For constraints of the form X IN (...) ** this routine sets up a loop that will iterate over all values of X. */ static int codeEqualityTerm( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ WhereTerm *pTerm, /* The term of the WHERE clause to be coded */ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The level of the FROM clause we are working on */ int iEq, /* Index of the equality term within this level */ int bRev, /* True for reverse-order IN operations */ int iTarget /* Attempt to leave results in this register */ ){ Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int iReg; /* Register holding results */ assert( pLevel->pWLoop->aLTerm[iEq]==pTerm ); assert( iTarget>0 ); if( pX->op==TK_EQ || pX->op==TK_IS ){ iReg = sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pX->pRight, iTarget); }else if( pX->op==TK_ISNULL ){ iReg = iTarget; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iReg); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY }else{ int eType = IN_INDEX_NOOP; int iTab; struct InLoop *pIn; WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; int i; int nEq = 0; int *aiMap = 0; if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 && pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->aSortOrder[iEq] ){ testcase( iEq==0 ); testcase( bRev ); bRev = !bRev; } assert( pX->op==TK_IN ); iReg = iTarget; for(i=0; iaLTerm[i] && pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){ disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); return iTarget; } } for(i=iEq;inLTerm; i++){ assert( pLoop->aLTerm[i]!=0 ); if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ) nEq++; } if( (pX->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0 || pX->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr==1 ){ eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, IN_INDEX_LOOP, 0, 0); }else{ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; pX = removeUnindexableInClauseTerms(pParse, iEq, pLoop, pX); if( !db->mallocFailed ){ aiMap = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(int)*nEq); eType = sqlite3FindInIndex(pParse, pX, IN_INDEX_LOOP, 0, aiMap); pTerm->pExpr->iTable = pX->iTable; } sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pX); pX = pTerm->pExpr; } if( eType==IN_INDEX_INDEX_DESC ){ testcase( bRev ); bRev = !bRev; } iTab = pX->iTable; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iTab, 0); VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev); VdbeCoverageIf(v, !bRev); assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 ); pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_ABLE; if( pLevel->u.in.nIn==0 ){ pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); } i = pLevel->u.in.nIn; pLevel->u.in.nIn += nEq; pLevel->u.in.aInLoop = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(pParse->db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop, sizeof(pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[0])*pLevel->u.in.nIn); pIn = pLevel->u.in.aInLoop; if( pIn ){ int iMap = 0; /* Index in aiMap[] */ pIn += i; for(i=iEq;inLTerm; i++){ if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){ int iOut = iReg + i - iEq; if( eType==IN_INDEX_ROWID ){ testcase( nEq>1 ); /* Happens with a UNIQUE index on ROWID */ pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iTab, iOut); }else{ int iCol = aiMap ? aiMap[iMap++] : 0; pIn->addrInTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v,OP_Column,iTab, iCol, iOut); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, iOut); VdbeCoverage(v); if( i==iEq ){ pIn->iCur = iTab; pIn->eEndLoopOp = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; if( iEq>0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ pIn->iBase = iReg - i; pIn->nPrefix = i; pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT; }else{ pIn->nPrefix = 0; } }else{ pIn->eEndLoopOp = OP_Noop; } pIn++; } } }else{ pLevel->u.in.nIn = 0; } sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, aiMap); #endif } disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); return iReg; } /* ** Generate code that will evaluate all == and IN constraints for an ** index scan. ** ** For example, consider table t1(a,b,c,d,e,f) with index i1(a,b,c). ** Suppose the WHERE clause is this: a==5 AND b IN (1,2,3) AND c>5 AND c<10 ** The index has as many as three equality constraints, but in this ** example, the third "c" value is an inequality. So only two ** constraints are coded. This routine will generate code to evaluate ** a==5 and b IN (1,2,3). The current values for a and b will be stored ** in consecutive registers and the index of the first register is returned. ** ** In the example above nEq==2. But this subroutine works for any value ** of nEq including 0. If nEq==0, this routine is nearly a no-op. ** The only thing it does is allocate the pLevel->iMem memory cell and ** compute the affinity string. ** ** The nExtraReg parameter is 0 or 1. It is 0 if all WHERE clause constraints ** are == or IN and are covered by the nEq. nExtraReg is 1 if there is ** an inequality constraint (such as the "c>=5 AND c<10" in the example) that ** occurs after the nEq quality constraints. ** ** This routine allocates a range of nEq+nExtraReg memory cells and returns ** the index of the first memory cell in that range. The code that ** calls this routine will use that memory range to store keys for ** start and termination conditions of the loop. ** key value of the loop. If one or more IN operators appear, then ** this routine allocates an additional nEq memory cells for internal ** use. ** ** Before returning, *pzAff is set to point to a buffer containing a ** copy of the column affinity string of the index allocated using ** sqlite3DbMalloc(). Except, entries in the copy of the string associated ** with equality constraints that use BLOB or NONE affinity are set to ** SQLITE_AFF_BLOB. This is to deal with SQL such as the following: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a TEXT PRIMARY KEY, b); ** SELECT ... FROM t1 AS t2, t1 WHERE t1.a = t2.b; ** ** In the example above, the index on t1(a) has TEXT affinity. But since ** the right hand side of the equality constraint (t2.b) has BLOB/NONE affinity, ** no conversion should be attempted before using a t2.b value as part of ** a key to search the index. Hence the first byte in the returned affinity ** string in this example would be set to SQLITE_AFF_BLOB. */ static int codeAllEqualityTerms( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which nested loop of the FROM we are coding */ int bRev, /* Reverse the order of IN operators */ int nExtraReg, /* Number of extra registers to allocate */ char **pzAff /* OUT: Set to point to affinity string */ ){ u16 nEq; /* The number of == or IN constraints to code */ u16 nSkip; /* Number of left-most columns to skip */ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The vm under construction */ Index *pIdx; /* The index being used for this loop */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single constraint term */ WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object */ int j; /* Loop counter */ int regBase; /* Base register */ int nReg; /* Number of registers to allocate */ char *zAff; /* Affinity string to return */ /* This module is only called on query plans that use an index. */ pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; nSkip = pLoop->nSkip; pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; assert( pIdx!=0 ); /* Figure out how many memory cells we will need then allocate them. */ regBase = pParse->nMem + 1; nReg = pLoop->u.btree.nEq + nExtraReg; pParse->nMem += nReg; zAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(pParse->db,sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(pParse->db,pIdx)); assert( zAff!=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); if( nSkip ){ int iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (bRev?OP_Last:OP_Rewind), iIdxCur); VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); VdbeComment((v, "begin skip-scan on %s", pIdx->zName)); j = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); pLevel->addrSkip = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, (bRev?OP_SeekLT:OP_SeekGT), iIdxCur, 0, regBase, nSkip); VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j); for(j=0; jaiColumn[j]==XN_EXPR ); VdbeComment((v, "%s", explainIndexColumnName(pIdx, j))); } } /* Evaluate the equality constraints */ assert( zAff==0 || (int)strlen(zAff)>=nEq ); for(j=nSkip; jaLTerm[j]; assert( pTerm!=0 ); /* The following testcase is true for indices with redundant columns. ** Ex: CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a,b,a); SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=0 AND b=0; */ testcase( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED)!=0 ); testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); r1 = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, regBase+j); if( r1!=regBase+j ){ if( nReg==1 ){ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regBase); regBase = r1; }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, r1, regBase+j); } } if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ if( pTerm->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){ /* No affinity ever needs to be (or should be) applied to a value ** from the RHS of an "? IN (SELECT ...)" expression. The ** sqlite3FindInIndex() routine has already ensured that the ** affinity of the comparison has been applied to the value. */ if( zAff ) zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; } }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){ Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_IS)==0 && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+j, pLevel->addrBrk); VdbeCoverage(v); } if( zAff ){ if( sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRight, zAff[j])==SQLITE_AFF_BLOB ){ zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; } if( sqlite3ExprNeedsNoAffinityChange(pRight, zAff[j]) ){ zAff[j] = SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; } } } } *pzAff = zAff; return regBase; } #ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS /* ** If the most recently coded instruction is a constant range constraint ** (a string literal) that originated from the LIKE optimization, then ** set P3 and P5 on the OP_String opcode so that the string will be cast ** to a BLOB at appropriate times. ** ** The LIKE optimization trys to evaluate "x LIKE 'abc%'" as a range ** expression: "x>='ABC' AND x<'abd'". But this requires that the range ** scan loop run twice, once for strings and a second time for BLOBs. ** The OP_String opcodes on the second pass convert the upper and lower ** bound string constants to blobs. This routine makes the necessary changes ** to the OP_String opcodes for that to happen. ** ** Except, of course, if SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS is defined, then ** only the one pass through the string space is required, so this routine ** becomes a no-op. */ static void whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup( Vdbe *v, /* prepared statement under construction */ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* The loop that contains the LIKE operator */ WhereTerm *pTerm /* The upper or lower bound just coded */ ){ if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ){ VdbeOp *pOp; assert( pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>0 ); pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, -1); assert( pOp!=0 ); assert( pOp->opcode==OP_String8 || pTerm->pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db->mallocFailed ); pOp->p3 = (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1); /* Register holding counter */ pOp->p5 = (u8)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr&1); /* ASC or DESC */ } } #else # define whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(A,B,C) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS /* ** Information is passed from codeCursorHint() down to individual nodes of ** the expression tree (by sqlite3WalkExpr()) using an instance of this ** structure. */ struct CCurHint { int iTabCur; /* Cursor for the main table */ int iIdxCur; /* Cursor for the index, if pIdx!=0. Unused otherwise */ Index *pIdx; /* The index used to access the table */ }; /* ** This function is called for every node of an expression that is a candidate ** for a cursor hint on an index cursor. For TK_COLUMN nodes that reference ** the table CCurHint.iTabCur, verify that the same column can be ** accessed through the index. If it cannot, then set pWalker->eCode to 1. */ static int codeCursorHintCheckExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ struct CCurHint *pHint = pWalker->u.pCCurHint; assert( pHint->pIdx!=0 ); if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==pHint->iTabCur && sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pHint->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn)<0 ){ pWalker->eCode = 1; } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Test whether or not expression pExpr, which was part of a WHERE clause, ** should be included in the cursor-hint for a table that is on the rhs ** of a LEFT JOIN. Set Walker.eCode to non-zero before returning if the ** expression is not suitable. ** ** An expression is unsuitable if it might evaluate to non NULL even if ** a TK_COLUMN node that does affect the value of the expression is set ** to NULL. For example: ** ** col IS NULL ** col IS NOT NULL ** coalesce(col, 1) ** CASE WHEN col THEN 0 ELSE 1 END */ static int codeCursorHintIsOrFunction(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ if( pExpr->op==TK_IS || pExpr->op==TK_ISNULL || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL || pExpr->op==TK_CASE ){ pWalker->eCode = 1; }else if( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ){ int d1; char d2[4]; if( 0==sqlite3IsLikeFunction(pWalker->pParse->db, pExpr, &d1, d2) ){ pWalker->eCode = 1; } } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** This function is called on every node of an expression tree used as an ** argument to the OP_CursorHint instruction. If the node is a TK_COLUMN ** that accesses any table other than the one identified by ** CCurHint.iTabCur, then do the following: ** ** 1) allocate a register and code an OP_Column instruction to read ** the specified column into the new register, and ** ** 2) transform the expression node to a TK_REGISTER node that reads ** from the newly populated register. ** ** Also, if the node is a TK_COLUMN that does access the table idenified ** by pCCurHint.iTabCur, and an index is being used (which we will ** know because CCurHint.pIdx!=0) then transform the TK_COLUMN into ** an access of the index rather than the original table. */ static int codeCursorHintFixExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ int rc = WRC_Continue; struct CCurHint *pHint = pWalker->u.pCCurHint; if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){ if( pExpr->iTable!=pHint->iTabCur ){ int reg = ++pWalker->pParse->nMem; /* Register for column value */ sqlite3ExprCode(pWalker->pParse, pExpr, reg); pExpr->op = TK_REGISTER; pExpr->iTable = reg; }else if( pHint->pIdx!=0 ){ pExpr->iTable = pHint->iIdxCur; pExpr->iColumn = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pHint->pIdx, pExpr->iColumn); assert( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ); } }else if( pExpr->op==TK_AGG_FUNCTION ){ /* An aggregate function in the WHERE clause of a query means this must ** be a correlated sub-query, and expression pExpr is an aggregate from ** the parent context. Do not walk the function arguments in this case. ** ** todo: It should be possible to replace this node with a TK_REGISTER ** expression, as the result of the expression must be stored in a ** register at this point. The same holds for TK_AGG_COLUMN nodes. */ rc = WRC_Prune; } return rc; } /* ** Insert an OP_CursorHint instruction if it is appropriate to do so. */ static void codeCursorHint( struct SrcList_item *pTabItem, /* FROM clause item */ WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* The where clause */ WhereLevel *pLevel, /* Which loop to provide hints for */ WhereTerm *pEndRange /* Hint this end-of-scan boundary term if not NULL */ ){ Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; Expr *pExpr = 0; WhereLoop *pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; int iCur; WhereClause *pWC; WhereTerm *pTerm; int i, j; struct CCurHint sHint; Walker sWalker; if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_CursorHints) ) return; iCur = pLevel->iTabCur; assert( iCur==pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor ); sHint.iTabCur = iCur; sHint.iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; sHint.pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(sWalker)); sWalker.pParse = pParse; sWalker.u.pCCurHint = &sHint; pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; for(i=0; inTerm; i++){ pTerm = &pWC->a[i]; if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; if( pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady ) continue; /* Any terms specified as part of the ON(...) clause for any LEFT ** JOIN for which the current table is not the rhs are omitted ** from the cursor-hint. ** ** If this table is the rhs of a LEFT JOIN, "IS" or "IS NULL" terms ** that were specified as part of the WHERE clause must be excluded. ** This is to address the following: ** ** SELECT ... t1 LEFT JOIN t2 ON (t1.a=t2.b) WHERE t2.c IS NULL; ** ** Say there is a single row in t2 that matches (t1.a=t2.b), but its ** t2.c values is not NULL. If the (t2.c IS NULL) constraint is ** pushed down to the cursor, this row is filtered out, causing ** SQLite to synthesize a row of NULL values. Which does match the ** WHERE clause, and so the query returns a row. Which is incorrect. ** ** For the same reason, WHERE terms such as: ** ** WHERE 1 = (t2.c IS NULL) ** ** are also excluded. See codeCursorHintIsOrFunction() for details. */ if( pTabItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT ){ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; if( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pTabItem->iCursor ){ sWalker.eCode = 0; sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintIsOrFunction; sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pTerm->pExpr); if( sWalker.eCode ) continue; } }else{ if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) continue; } /* All terms in pWLoop->aLTerm[] except pEndRange are used to initialize ** the cursor. These terms are not needed as hints for a pure range ** scan (that has no == terms) so omit them. */ if( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==0 && pTerm!=pEndRange ){ for(j=0; jnLTerm && pLoop->aLTerm[j]!=pTerm; j++){} if( jnLTerm ) continue; } /* No subqueries or non-deterministic functions allowed */ if( sqlite3ExprContainsSubquery(pTerm->pExpr) ) continue; /* For an index scan, make sure referenced columns are actually in ** the index. */ if( sHint.pIdx!=0 ){ sWalker.eCode = 0; sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintCheckExpr; sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pTerm->pExpr); if( sWalker.eCode ) continue; } /* If we survive all prior tests, that means this term is worth hinting */ pExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pExpr, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTerm->pExpr, 0)); } if( pExpr!=0 ){ sWalker.xExprCallback = codeCursorHintFixExpr; sqlite3WalkExpr(&sWalker, pExpr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CursorHint, (sHint.pIdx ? sHint.iIdxCur : sHint.iTabCur), 0, 0, (const char*)pExpr, P4_EXPR); } } #else # define codeCursorHint(A,B,C,D) /* No-op */ #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS */ /* ** Cursor iCur is open on an intkey b-tree (a table). Register iRowid contains ** a rowid value just read from cursor iIdxCur, open on index pIdx. This ** function generates code to do a deferred seek of cursor iCur to the ** rowid stored in register iRowid. ** ** Normally, this is just: ** ** OP_DeferredSeek $iCur $iRowid ** ** However, if the scan currently being coded is a branch of an OR-loop and ** the statement currently being coded is a SELECT, then P3 of OP_DeferredSeek ** is set to iIdxCur and P4 is set to point to an array of integers ** containing one entry for each column of the table cursor iCur is open ** on. For each table column, if the column is the i'th column of the ** index, then the corresponding array entry is set to (i+1). If the column ** does not appear in the index at all, the array entry is set to 0. */ static void codeDeferredSeek( WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Where clause context */ Index *pIdx, /* Index scan is using */ int iCur, /* Cursor for IPK b-tree */ int iIdxCur /* Index cursor */ ){ Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parse context */ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Vdbe to generate code within */ assert( iIdxCur>0 ); assert( pIdx->aiColumn[pIdx->nColumn-1]==-1 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_DeferredSeek, iIdxCur, 0, iCur); if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) && DbMaskAllZero(sqlite3ParseToplevel(pParse)->writeMask) ){ int i; Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable; int *ai = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(int)*(pTab->nCol+1)); if( ai ){ ai[0] = pTab->nCol; for(i=0; inColumn-1; i++){ assert( pIdx->aiColumn[i]nCol ); if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]>=0 ) ai[pIdx->aiColumn[i]+1] = i+1; } sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char*)ai, P4_INTARRAY); } } } /* ** If the expression passed as the second argument is a vector, generate ** code to write the first nReg elements of the vector into an array ** of registers starting with iReg. ** ** If the expression is not a vector, then nReg must be passed 1. In ** this case, generate code to evaluate the expression and leave the ** result in register iReg. */ static void codeExprOrVector(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, int iReg, int nReg){ assert( nReg>0 ); if( p && sqlite3ExprIsVector(p) ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY if( (p->flags & EP_xIsSelect) ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int iSelect = sqlite3CodeSubselect(pParse, p, 0, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, iSelect, iReg, nReg-1); }else #endif { int i; ExprList *pList = p->x.pList; assert( nReg<=pList->nExpr ); for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr, iReg+i); } } }else{ assert( nReg==1 ); sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, p, iReg); } } /* An instance of the IdxExprTrans object carries information about a ** mapping from an expression on table columns into a column in an index ** down through the Walker. */ typedef struct IdxExprTrans { Expr *pIdxExpr; /* The index expression */ int iTabCur; /* The cursor of the corresponding table */ int iIdxCur; /* The cursor for the index */ int iIdxCol; /* The column for the index */ } IdxExprTrans; /* The walker node callback used to transform matching expressions into ** a reference to an index column for an index on an expression. ** ** If pExpr matches, then transform it into a reference to the index column ** that contains the value of pExpr. */ static int whereIndexExprTransNode(Walker *p, Expr *pExpr){ IdxExprTrans *pX = p->u.pIdxTrans; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0, pExpr, pX->pIdxExpr, pX->iTabCur)==0 ){ pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; pExpr->iTable = pX->iIdxCur; pExpr->iColumn = pX->iIdxCol; pExpr->pTab = 0; return WRC_Prune; }else{ return WRC_Continue; } } /* ** For an indexes on expression X, locate every instance of expression X ** in pExpr and change that subexpression into a reference to the appropriate ** column of the index. */ static void whereIndexExprTrans( Index *pIdx, /* The Index */ int iTabCur, /* Cursor of the table that is being indexed */ int iIdxCur, /* Cursor of the index itself */ WhereInfo *pWInfo /* Transform expressions in this WHERE clause */ ){ int iIdxCol; /* Column number of the index */ ExprList *aColExpr; /* Expressions that are indexed */ Walker w; IdxExprTrans x; aColExpr = pIdx->aColExpr; if( aColExpr==0 ) return; /* Not an index on expressions */ memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); w.xExprCallback = whereIndexExprTransNode; w.u.pIdxTrans = &x; x.iTabCur = iTabCur; x.iIdxCur = iIdxCur; for(iIdxCol=0; iIdxColnExpr; iIdxCol++){ if( pIdx->aiColumn[iIdxCol]!=XN_EXPR ) continue; assert( aColExpr->a[iIdxCol].pExpr!=0 ); x.iIdxCol = iIdxCol; x.pIdxExpr = aColExpr->a[iIdxCol].pExpr; sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, pWInfo->pWhere); sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pWInfo->pOrderBy); sqlite3WalkExprList(&w, pWInfo->pResultSet); } } /* ** Generate code for the start of the iLevel-th loop in the WHERE clause ** implementation described by pWInfo. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart( WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Complete information about the WHERE clause */ int iLevel, /* Which level of pWInfo->a[] should be coded */ Bitmask notReady /* Which tables are currently available */ ){ int j, k; /* Loop counters */ int iCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the table */ int addrNxt; /* Where to jump to continue with the next IN case */ int omitTable; /* True if we use the index only */ int bRev; /* True if we need to scan in reverse order */ WhereLevel *pLevel; /* The where level to be coded */ WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The WhereLoop object being coded */ WhereClause *pWC; /* Decomposition of the entire WHERE clause */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WHERE clause term */ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ Vdbe *v; /* The prepared stmt under constructions */ struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being coded */ int addrBrk; /* Jump here to break out of the loop */ int addrHalt; /* addrBrk for the outermost loop */ int addrCont; /* Jump here to continue with next cycle */ int iRowidReg = 0; /* Rowid is stored in this register, if not zero */ int iReleaseReg = 0; /* Temp register to free before returning */ Index *pIdx = 0; /* Index used by loop (if any) */ int iLoop; /* Iteration of constraint generator loop */ pParse = pWInfo->pParse; v = pParse->pVdbe; pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; db = pParse->db; pLevel = &pWInfo->a[iLevel]; pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; pTabItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; pLevel->notReady = notReady & ~sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); bRev = (pWInfo->revMask>>iLevel)&1; omitTable = (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0; VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-loop%d: %s",iLevel,pTabItem->pTab->zName)); /* Create labels for the "break" and "continue" instructions ** for the current loop. Jump to addrBrk to break out of a loop. ** Jump to cont to go immediately to the next iteration of the ** loop. ** ** When there is an IN operator, we also have a "addrNxt" label that ** means to continue with the next IN value combination. When ** there are no IN operators in the constraints, the "addrNxt" label ** is the same as "addrBrk". */ addrBrk = pLevel->addrBrk = pLevel->addrNxt = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); addrCont = pLevel->addrCont = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* If this is the right table of a LEFT OUTER JOIN, allocate and ** initialize a memory cell that records if this table matches any ** row of the left table of the join. */ assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) || pLevel->iFrom>0 || (pTabItem[0].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ); if( pLevel->iFrom>0 && (pTabItem[0].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){ pLevel->iLeftJoin = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeComment((v, "init LEFT JOIN no-match flag")); } /* Compute a safe address to jump to if we discover that the table for ** this loop is empty and can never contribute content. */ for(j=iLevel; j>0 && pWInfo->a[j].iLeftJoin==0; j--){} addrHalt = pWInfo->a[j].addrBrk; /* Special case of a FROM clause subquery implemented as a co-routine */ if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){ int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub); pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Yield, regYield, addrBrk); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeComment((v, "next row of %s", pTabItem->pTab->zName)); pLevel->op = OP_Goto; }else #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ /* Case 1: The table is a virtual-table. Use the VFilter and VNext ** to access the data. */ int iReg; /* P3 Value for OP_VFilter */ int addrNotFound; int nConstraint = pLoop->nLTerm; int iIn; /* Counter for IN constraints */ iReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nConstraint+2); addrNotFound = pLevel->addrBrk; for(j=0; jaLTerm[j]; if( NEVER(pTerm==0) ) continue; if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ){ codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, j, bRev, iTarget); addrNotFound = pLevel->addrNxt; }else{ Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; codeExprOrVector(pParse, pRight, iTarget, 1); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pLoop->u.vtab.idxNum, iReg); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, nConstraint, iReg+1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VFilter, iCur, addrNotFound, iReg, pLoop->u.vtab.idxStr, pLoop->u.vtab.needFree ? P4_DYNAMIC : P4_STATIC); VdbeCoverage(v); pLoop->u.vtab.needFree = 0; pLevel->p1 = iCur; pLevel->op = pWInfo->eOnePass ? OP_Noop : OP_VNext; pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); iIn = pLevel->u.in.nIn; for(j=nConstraint-1; j>=0; j--){ pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; if( j<16 && (pLoop->u.vtab.omitMask>>j)&1 ){ disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){ Expr *pCompare; /* The comparison operator */ Expr *pRight; /* RHS of the comparison */ VdbeOp *pOp; /* Opcode to access the value of the IN constraint */ /* Reload the constraint value into reg[iReg+j+2]. The same value ** was loaded into the same register prior to the OP_VFilter, but ** the xFilter implementation might have changed the datatype or ** encoding of the value in the register, so it *must* be reloaded. */ assert( pLevel->u.in.aInLoop!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); if( !db->mallocFailed ){ assert( iIn>0 ); pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[--iIn].addrInTop); assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Column || pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ); assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Column || pOp->p3==iReg+j+2 ); assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Rowid || pOp->p2==iReg+j+2 ); testcase( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pOp->opcode, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, pOp->p3); } /* Generate code that will continue to the next row if ** the IN constraint is not satisfied */ pCompare = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, 0, 0); assert( pCompare!=0 || db->mallocFailed ); if( pCompare ){ pCompare->pLeft = pTerm->pExpr->pLeft; pCompare->pRight = pRight = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_REGISTER, 0); if( pRight ){ pRight->iTable = iReg+j+2; sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pCompare, pLevel->addrCont, 0); } pCompare->pLeft = 0; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pCompare); } } } /* These registers need to be preserved in case there is an IN operator ** loop. So we could deallocate the registers here (and potentially ** reuse them later) if (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE)==0. But it seems ** simpler and safer to simply not reuse the registers. ** ** sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, iReg, nConstraint+2); */ }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_IN|WHERE_COLUMN_EQ))!=0 ){ /* Case 2: We can directly reference a single row using an ** equality comparison against the ROWID field. Or ** we reference multiple rows using a "rowid IN (...)" ** construct. */ assert( pLoop->u.btree.nEq==1 ); pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0]; assert( pTerm!=0 ); assert( pTerm->pExpr!=0 ); assert( omitTable==0 ); testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); iReleaseReg = ++pParse->nMem; iRowidReg = codeEqualityTerm(pParse, pTerm, pLevel, 0, bRev, iReleaseReg); if( iRowidReg!=iReleaseReg ) sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, iReleaseReg); addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, iCur, addrNxt, iRowidReg); VdbeCoverage(v); pLevel->op = OP_Noop; }else if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK)!=0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE)!=0 ){ /* Case 3: We have an inequality comparison against the ROWID field. */ int testOp = OP_Noop; int start; int memEndValue = 0; WhereTerm *pStart, *pEnd; assert( omitTable==0 ); j = 0; pStart = pEnd = 0; if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ) pStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ) pEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; assert( pStart!=0 || pEnd!=0 ); if( bRev ){ pTerm = pStart; pStart = pEnd; pEnd = pTerm; } codeCursorHint(pTabItem, pWInfo, pLevel, pEnd); if( pStart ){ Expr *pX; /* The expression that defines the start bound */ int r1, rTemp; /* Registers for holding the start boundary */ int op; /* Cursor seek operation */ /* The following constant maps TK_xx codes into corresponding ** seek opcodes. It depends on a particular ordering of TK_xx */ const u8 aMoveOp[] = { /* TK_GT */ OP_SeekGT, /* TK_LE */ OP_SeekLE, /* TK_LT */ OP_SeekLT, /* TK_GE */ OP_SeekGE }; assert( TK_LE==TK_GT+1 ); /* Make sure the ordering.. */ assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); /* ... of the TK_xx values... */ assert( TK_GE==TK_GT+3 ); /* ... is correcct. */ assert( (pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); testcase( pStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); pX = pStart->pExpr; assert( pX!=0 ); testcase( pStart->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* transitive constraints */ if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) ){ r1 = rTemp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); codeExprOrVector(pParse, pX->pRight, r1, 1); testcase( pX->op==TK_GT ); testcase( pX->op==TK_GE ); testcase( pX->op==TK_LT ); testcase( pX->op==TK_LE ); op = aMoveOp[((pX->op - TK_GT - 1) & 0x3) | 0x1]; assert( pX->op!=TK_GT || op==OP_SeekGE ); assert( pX->op!=TK_GE || op==OP_SeekGE ); assert( pX->op!=TK_LT || op==OP_SeekLE ); assert( pX->op!=TK_LE || op==OP_SeekLE ); }else{ r1 = sqlite3ExprCodeTemp(pParse, pX->pRight, &rTemp); disableTerm(pLevel, pStart); op = aMoveOp[(pX->op - TK_GT)]; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iCur, addrBrk, r1); VdbeComment((v, "pk")); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GT); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LE); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_LT); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pX->op==TK_GE); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, rTemp); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, bRev ? OP_Last : OP_Rewind, iCur, addrHalt); VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); } if( pEnd ){ Expr *pX; pX = pEnd->pExpr; assert( pX!=0 ); assert( (pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); testcase( pEnd->leftCursor!=iCur ); /* Transitive constraints */ testcase( pEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); memEndValue = ++pParse->nMem; codeExprOrVector(pParse, pX->pRight, memEndValue, 1); if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) && (pX->op==TK_LT || pX->op==TK_GT) ){ testOp = bRev ? OP_Le : OP_Ge; }else{ testOp = bRev ? OP_Lt : OP_Gt; } if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsVector(pX->pRight) ){ disableTerm(pLevel, pEnd); } } start = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); pLevel->op = bRev ? OP_Prev : OP_Next; pLevel->p1 = iCur; pLevel->p2 = start; assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); if( testOp!=OP_Noop ){ iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, iRowidReg); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, testOp, memEndValue, addrBrk, iRowidReg); VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Le); VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Lt); VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Ge); VdbeCoverageIf(v, testOp==OP_Gt); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_AFF_NUMERIC | SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ /* Case 4: A scan using an index. ** ** The WHERE clause may contain zero or more equality ** terms ("==" or "IN" operators) that refer to the N ** left-most columns of the index. It may also contain ** inequality constraints (>, <, >= or <=) on the indexed ** column that immediately follows the N equalities. Only ** the right-most column can be an inequality - the rest must ** use the "==" and "IN" operators. For example, if the ** index is on (x,y,z), then the following clauses are all ** optimized: ** ** x=5 ** x=5 AND y=10 ** x=5 AND y<10 ** x=5 AND y>5 AND y<10 ** x=5 AND y=5 AND z<=10 ** ** The z<10 term of the following cannot be used, only ** the x=5 term: ** ** x=5 AND z<10 ** ** N may be zero if there are inequality constraints. ** If there are no inequality constraints, then N is at ** least one. ** ** This case is also used when there are no WHERE clause ** constraints but an index is selected anyway, in order ** to force the output order to conform to an ORDER BY. */ static const u8 aStartOp[] = { 0, 0, OP_Rewind, /* 2: (!start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ OP_Last, /* 3: (!start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ OP_SeekGT, /* 4: (start_constraints && !startEq && !bRev) */ OP_SeekLT, /* 5: (start_constraints && !startEq && bRev) */ OP_SeekGE, /* 6: (start_constraints && startEq && !bRev) */ OP_SeekLE /* 7: (start_constraints && startEq && bRev) */ }; static const u8 aEndOp[] = { OP_IdxGE, /* 0: (end_constraints && !bRev && !endEq) */ OP_IdxGT, /* 1: (end_constraints && !bRev && endEq) */ OP_IdxLE, /* 2: (end_constraints && bRev && !endEq) */ OP_IdxLT, /* 3: (end_constraints && bRev && endEq) */ }; u16 nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; /* Number of == or IN terms */ u16 nBtm = pLoop->u.btree.nBtm; /* Length of BTM vector */ u16 nTop = pLoop->u.btree.nTop; /* Length of TOP vector */ int regBase; /* Base register holding constraint values */ WhereTerm *pRangeStart = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range start */ WhereTerm *pRangeEnd = 0; /* Inequality constraint at range end */ int startEq; /* True if range start uses ==, >= or <= */ int endEq; /* True if range end uses ==, >= or <= */ int start_constraints; /* Start of range is constrained */ int nConstraint; /* Number of constraint terms */ int iIdxCur; /* The VDBE cursor for the index */ int nExtraReg = 0; /* Number of extra registers needed */ int op; /* Instruction opcode */ char *zStartAff; /* Affinity for start of range constraint */ char *zEndAff = 0; /* Affinity for end of range constraint */ u8 bSeekPastNull = 0; /* True to seek past initial nulls */ u8 bStopAtNull = 0; /* Add condition to terminate at NULLs */ pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; iIdxCur = pLevel->iIdxCur; assert( nEq>=pLoop->nSkip ); /* If this loop satisfies a sort order (pOrderBy) request that ** was passed to this function to implement a "SELECT min(x) ..." ** query, then the caller will only allow the loop to run for ** a single iteration. This means that the first row returned ** should not have a NULL value stored in 'x'. If column 'x' is ** the first one after the nEq equality constraints in the index, ** this requires some special handling. */ assert( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr==1 || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 ); if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)!=0 && pWInfo->nOBSat>0 && (pIdx->nKeyCol>nEq) ){ assert( pLoop->nSkip==0 ); bSeekPastNull = 1; nExtraReg = 1; } /* Find any inequality constraint terms for the start and end ** of the range. */ j = nEq; if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ pRangeStart = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; nExtraReg = MAX(nExtraReg, pLoop->u.btree.nBtm); /* Like optimization range constraints always occur in pairs */ assert( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)==0 || (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)!=0 ); } if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT ){ pRangeEnd = pLoop->aLTerm[j++]; nExtraReg = MAX(nExtraReg, pLoop->u.btree.nTop); #ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT)!=0 ){ assert( pRangeStart!=0 ); /* LIKE opt constraints */ assert( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ); /* occur in pairs */ pLevel->iLikeRepCntr = (u32)++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, (int)pLevel->iLikeRepCntr); VdbeComment((v, "LIKE loop counter")); pLevel->addrLikeRep = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); /* iLikeRepCntr actually stores 2x the counter register number. The ** bottom bit indicates whether the search order is ASC or DESC. */ testcase( bRev ); testcase( pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC ); assert( (bRev & ~1)==0 ); pLevel->iLikeRepCntr <<=1; pLevel->iLikeRepCntr |= bRev ^ (pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_DESC); } #endif if( pRangeStart==0 ){ j = pIdx->aiColumn[nEq]; if( (j>=0 && pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull==0) || j==XN_EXPR ){ bSeekPastNull = 1; } } } assert( pRangeEnd==0 || (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); /* If we are doing a reverse order scan on an ascending index, or ** a forward order scan on a descending index, interchange the ** start and end terms (pRangeStart and pRangeEnd). */ if( (nEqnKeyCol && bRev==(pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq]==SQLITE_SO_ASC)) || (bRev && pIdx->nKeyCol==nEq) ){ SWAP(WhereTerm *, pRangeEnd, pRangeStart); SWAP(u8, bSeekPastNull, bStopAtNull); SWAP(u8, nBtm, nTop); } /* Generate code to evaluate all constraint terms using == or IN ** and store the values of those terms in an array of registers ** starting at regBase. */ codeCursorHint(pTabItem, pWInfo, pLevel, pRangeEnd); regBase = codeAllEqualityTerms(pParse,pLevel,bRev,nExtraReg,&zStartAff); assert( zStartAff==0 || sqlite3Strlen30(zStartAff)>=nEq ); if( zStartAff && nTop ){ zEndAff = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, &zStartAff[nEq]); } addrNxt = pLevel->addrNxt; testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 ); testcase( pRangeStart && (pRangeStart->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 ); testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_LE)!=0 ); testcase( pRangeEnd && (pRangeEnd->eOperator & WO_GE)!=0 ); startEq = !pRangeStart || pRangeStart->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); endEq = !pRangeEnd || pRangeEnd->eOperator & (WO_LE|WO_GE); start_constraints = pRangeStart || nEq>0; /* Seek the index cursor to the start of the range. */ nConstraint = nEq; if( pRangeStart ){ Expr *pRight = pRangeStart->pExpr->pRight; codeExprOrVector(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq, nBtm); whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(v, pLevel, pRangeStart); if( (pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); VdbeCoverage(v); } if( zStartAff ){ updateRangeAffinityStr(pRight, nBtm, &zStartAff[nEq]); } nConstraint += nBtm; testcase( pRangeStart->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pRight)==0 ){ disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeStart); }else{ startEq = 1; } bSeekPastNull = 0; }else if( bSeekPastNull ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); nConstraint++; startEq = 0; start_constraints = 1; } codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase, nConstraint - bSeekPastNull, zStartAff); if( pLoop->nSkip>0 && nConstraint==pLoop->nSkip ){ /* The skip-scan logic inside the call to codeAllEqualityConstraints() ** above has already left the cursor sitting on the correct row, ** so no further seeking is needed */ }else{ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_SeekHit, iIdxCur); } op = aStartOp[(start_constraints<<2) + (startEq<<1) + bRev]; assert( op!=0 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Rewind); testcase( op==OP_Rewind ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_Last); testcase( op==OP_Last ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT); testcase( op==OP_SeekGT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGE); testcase( op==OP_SeekGE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLE); testcase( op==OP_SeekLE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT); testcase( op==OP_SeekLT ); } /* Load the value for the inequality constraint at the end of the ** range (if any). */ nConstraint = nEq; if( pRangeEnd ){ Expr *pRight = pRangeEnd->pExpr->pRight; codeExprOrVector(pParse, pRight, regBase+nEq, nTop); whereLikeOptimizationStringFixup(v, pLevel, pRangeEnd); if( (pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 && sqlite3ExprCanBeNull(pRight) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, regBase+nEq, addrNxt); VdbeCoverage(v); } if( zEndAff ){ updateRangeAffinityStr(pRight, nTop, zEndAff); codeApplyAffinity(pParse, regBase+nEq, nTop, zEndAff); }else{ assert( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); } nConstraint += nTop; testcase( pRangeEnd->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); if( sqlite3ExprIsVector(pRight)==0 ){ disableTerm(pLevel, pRangeEnd); }else{ endEq = 1; } }else if( bStopAtNull ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regBase+nEq); endEq = 0; nConstraint++; } sqlite3DbFree(db, zStartAff); sqlite3DbFree(db, zEndAff); /* Top of the loop body */ pLevel->p2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); /* Check if the index cursor is past the end of the range. */ if( nConstraint ){ op = aEndOp[bRev*2 + endEq]; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, iIdxCur, addrNxt, regBase, nConstraint); testcase( op==OP_IdxGT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGT ); testcase( op==OP_IdxGE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxGE ); testcase( op==OP_IdxLT ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLT ); testcase( op==OP_IdxLE ); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_IdxLE ); } if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SeekHit, iIdxCur, 1); } /* Seek the table cursor, if required */ if( omitTable ){ /* pIdx is a covering index. No need to access the main table. */ }else if( HasRowid(pIdx->pTable) ){ if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE) || ( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_UNIQ_TABLE) && (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE) )){ iRowidReg = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxRowid, iIdxCur, iRowidReg); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowidReg); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ codeDeferredSeek(pWInfo, pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur); } }else if( iCur!=iIdxCur ){ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pIdx->pTable); iRowidReg = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pPk->nKeyCol); for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ k = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, pPk->aiColumn[j]); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, k, iRowidReg+j); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_NotFound, iCur, addrCont, iRowidReg, pPk->nKeyCol); VdbeCoverage(v); } /* If pIdx is an index on one or more expressions, then look through ** all the expressions in pWInfo and try to transform matching expressions ** into reference to index columns. ** ** Do not do this for the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. This is because the ** expression may be evaluated after OP_NullRow has been executed on ** the cursor. In this case it is important to do the full evaluation, ** as the result of the expression may not be NULL, even if all table ** column values are. https://www.sqlite.org/src/info/7fa8049685b50b5a */ if( pLevel->iLeftJoin==0 ){ whereIndexExprTrans(pIdx, iCur, iIdxCur, pWInfo); } /* Record the instruction used to terminate the loop. */ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW ){ pLevel->op = OP_Noop; }else if( bRev ){ pLevel->op = OP_Prev; }else{ pLevel->op = OP_Next; } pLevel->p1 = iIdxCur; pLevel->p3 = (pLoop->wsFlags&WHERE_UNQ_WANTED)!=0 ? 1:0; if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)==0 ){ pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; }else{ assert( pLevel->p5==0 ); } if( omitTable ) pIdx = 0; }else #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ /* Case 5: Two or more separately indexed terms connected by OR ** ** Example: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a,b,c,d); ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a); ** CREATE INDEX i2 ON t1(b); ** CREATE INDEX i3 ON t1(c); ** ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=5 OR b=7 OR (c=11 AND d=13) ** ** In the example, there are three indexed terms connected by OR. ** The top of the loop looks like this: ** ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 ** ** Then, for each indexed term, the following. The arguments to ** RowSetTest are such that the rowid of the current row is inserted ** into the RowSet. If it is already present, control skips the ** Gosub opcode and jumps straight to the code generated by WhereEnd(). ** ** sqlite3WhereBegin() ** RowSetTest # Insert rowid into rowset ** Gosub 2 A ** sqlite3WhereEnd() ** ** Following the above, code to terminate the loop. Label A, the target ** of the Gosub above, jumps to the instruction right after the Goto. ** ** Null 1 # Zero the rowset in reg 1 ** Goto B # The loop is finished. ** ** A: # Return data, whatever. ** ** Return 2 # Jump back to the Gosub ** ** B: ** ** Added 2014-05-26: If the table is a WITHOUT ROWID table, then ** use an ephemeral index instead of a RowSet to record the primary ** keys of the rows we have already seen. ** */ WhereClause *pOrWc; /* The OR-clause broken out into subterms */ SrcList *pOrTab; /* Shortened table list or OR-clause generation */ Index *pCov = 0; /* Potential covering index (or NULL) */ int iCovCur = pParse->nTab++; /* Cursor used for index scans (if any) */ int regReturn = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register used with OP_Gosub */ int regRowset = 0; /* Register for RowSet object */ int regRowid = 0; /* Register holding rowid */ int iLoopBody = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); /* Start of loop body */ int iRetInit; /* Address of regReturn init */ int untestedTerms = 0; /* Some terms not completely tested */ int ii; /* Loop counter */ u16 wctrlFlags; /* Flags for sub-WHERE clause */ Expr *pAndExpr = 0; /* An ".. AND (...)" expression */ Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; pTerm = pLoop->aLTerm[0]; assert( pTerm!=0 ); assert( pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR ); assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO)!=0 ); pOrWc = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; pLevel->op = OP_Return; pLevel->p1 = regReturn; /* Set up a new SrcList in pOrTab containing the table being scanned ** by this loop in the a[0] slot and all notReady tables in a[1..] slots. ** This becomes the SrcList in the recursive call to sqlite3WhereBegin(). */ if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ){ int nNotReady; /* The number of notReady tables */ struct SrcList_item *origSrc; /* Original list of tables */ nNotReady = pWInfo->nLevel - iLevel - 1; pOrTab = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pOrTab)+ nNotReady*sizeof(pOrTab->a[0])); if( pOrTab==0 ) return notReady; pOrTab->nAlloc = (u8)(nNotReady + 1); pOrTab->nSrc = pOrTab->nAlloc; memcpy(pOrTab->a, pTabItem, sizeof(*pTabItem)); origSrc = pWInfo->pTabList->a; for(k=1; k<=nNotReady; k++){ memcpy(&pOrTab->a[k], &origSrc[pLevel[k].iFrom], sizeof(pOrTab->a[k])); } }else{ pOrTab = pWInfo->pTabList; } /* Initialize the rowset register to contain NULL. An SQL NULL is ** equivalent to an empty rowset. Or, create an ephemeral index ** capable of holding primary keys in the case of a WITHOUT ROWID. ** ** Also initialize regReturn to contain the address of the instruction ** immediately following the OP_Return at the bottom of the loop. This ** is required in a few obscure LEFT JOIN cases where control jumps ** over the top of the loop into the body of it. In this case the ** correct response for the end-of-loop code (the OP_Return) is to ** fall through to the next instruction, just as an OP_Next does if ** called on an uninitialized cursor. */ if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ regRowset = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRowset); }else{ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); regRowset = pParse->nTab++; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, regRowset, pPk->nKeyCol); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pPk); } regRowid = ++pParse->nMem; } iRetInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regReturn); /* If the original WHERE clause is z of the form: (x1 OR x2 OR ...) AND y ** Then for every term xN, evaluate as the subexpression: xN AND z ** That way, terms in y that are factored into the disjunction will ** be picked up by the recursive calls to sqlite3WhereBegin() below. ** ** Actually, each subexpression is converted to "xN AND w" where w is ** the "interesting" terms of z - terms that did not originate in the ** ON or USING clause of a LEFT JOIN, and terms that are usable as ** indices. ** ** This optimization also only applies if the (x1 OR x2 OR ...) term ** is not contained in the ON clause of a LEFT JOIN. ** See ticket http://www.sqlite.org/src/info/f2369304e4 */ if( pWC->nTerm>1 ){ int iTerm; for(iTerm=0; iTermnTerm; iTerm++){ Expr *pExpr = pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr; if( &pWC->a[iTerm] == pTerm ) continue; testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); if( (pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED))!=0 ) continue; if( (pWC->a[iTerm].eOperator & WO_ALL)==0 ) continue; testcase( pWC->a[iTerm].wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ); pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); pAndExpr = sqlite3ExprAnd(db, pAndExpr, pExpr); } if( pAndExpr ){ pAndExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_AND|TKFLG_DONTFOLD, 0, pAndExpr); } } /* Run a separate WHERE clause for each term of the OR clause. After ** eliminating duplicates from other WHERE clauses, the action for each ** sub-WHERE clause is to to invoke the main loop body as a subroutine. */ wctrlFlags = WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE | (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SEEK_TABLE); ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 1, "MULTI-INDEX OR")); for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ WhereTerm *pOrTerm = &pOrWc->a[ii]; if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur || (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){ WhereInfo *pSubWInfo; /* Info for single OR-term scan */ Expr *pOrExpr = pOrTerm->pExpr; /* Current OR clause term */ int jmp1 = 0; /* Address of jump operation */ assert( (pTabItem[0].fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 || ExprHasProperty(pOrExpr, EP_FromJoin) ); if( pAndExpr ){ pAndExpr->pLeft = pOrExpr; pOrExpr = pAndExpr; } /* Loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ WHERETRACE(0xffff, ("Subplan for OR-clause:\n")); pSubWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pOrTab, pOrExpr, 0, 0, wctrlFlags, iCovCur); assert( pSubWInfo || pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ); if( pSubWInfo ){ WhereLoop *pSubLoop; int addrExplain = sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( pParse, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], 0 ); sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(v, pOrTab, &pSubWInfo->a[0], addrExplain); /* This is the sub-WHERE clause body. First skip over ** duplicate rows from prior sub-WHERE clauses, and record the ** rowid (or PRIMARY KEY) for the current row so that the same ** row will be skipped in subsequent sub-WHERE clauses. */ if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)==0 ){ int iSet = ((ii==pOrWc->nTerm-1)?-1:ii); if( HasRowid(pTab) ){ sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iCur, -1, regRowid); jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_RowSetTest, regRowset, 0, regRowid, iSet); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); int nPk = pPk->nKeyCol; int iPk; int r; /* Read the PK into an array of temp registers. */ r = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nPk); for(iPk=0; iPkaiColumn[iPk]; sqlite3ExprCodeGetColumnOfTable(v, pTab, iCur, iCol, r+iPk); } /* Check if the temp table already contains this key. If so, ** the row has already been included in the result set and ** can be ignored (by jumping past the Gosub below). Otherwise, ** insert the key into the temp table and proceed with processing ** the row. ** ** Use some of the same optimizations as OP_RowSetTest: If iSet ** is zero, assume that the key cannot already be present in ** the temp table. And if iSet is -1, assume that there is no ** need to insert the key into the temp table, as it will never ** be tested for. */ if( iSet ){ jmp1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_Found, regRowset, 0, r, nPk); VdbeCoverage(v); } if( iSet>=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, r, nPk, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IdxInsert, regRowset, regRowid, r, nPk); if( iSet ) sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); } /* Release the array of temp registers */ sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, r, nPk); } } /* Invoke the main loop body as a subroutine */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regReturn, iLoopBody); /* Jump here (skipping the main loop body subroutine) if the ** current sub-WHERE row is a duplicate from prior sub-WHEREs. */ if( jmp1 ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, jmp1); /* The pSubWInfo->untestedTerms flag means that this OR term ** contained one or more AND term from a notReady table. The ** terms from the notReady table could not be tested and will ** need to be tested later. */ if( pSubWInfo->untestedTerms ) untestedTerms = 1; /* If all of the OR-connected terms are optimized using the same ** index, and the index is opened using the same cursor number ** by each call to sqlite3WhereBegin() made by this loop, it may ** be possible to use that index as a covering index. ** ** If the call to sqlite3WhereBegin() above resulted in a scan that ** uses an index, and this is either the first OR-connected term ** processed or the index is the same as that used by all previous ** terms, set pCov to the candidate covering index. Otherwise, set ** pCov to NULL to indicate that no candidate covering index will ** be available. */ pSubLoop = pSubWInfo->a[0].pWLoop; assert( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 ); if( (pSubLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && (ii==0 || pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex==pCov) && (HasRowid(pTab) || !IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex)) ){ assert( pSubWInfo->a[0].iIdxCur==iCovCur ); pCov = pSubLoop->u.btree.pIndex; }else{ pCov = 0; } /* Finish the loop through table entries that match term pOrTerm. */ sqlite3WhereEnd(pSubWInfo); } } } ExplainQueryPlanPop(pParse); pLevel->u.pCovidx = pCov; if( pCov ) pLevel->iIdxCur = iCovCur; if( pAndExpr ){ pAndExpr->pLeft = 0; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pAndExpr); } sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, iRetInit, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrBrk); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iLoopBody); if( pWInfo->nLevel>1 ) sqlite3StackFree(db, pOrTab); if( !untestedTerms ) disableTerm(pLevel, pTerm); }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ { /* Case 6: There is no usable index. We must do a complete ** scan of the entire table. */ static const u8 aStep[] = { OP_Next, OP_Prev }; static const u8 aStart[] = { OP_Rewind, OP_Last }; assert( bRev==0 || bRev==1 ); if( pTabItem->fg.isRecursive ){ /* Tables marked isRecursive have only a single row that is stored in ** a pseudo-cursor. No need to Rewind or Next such cursors. */ pLevel->op = OP_Noop; }else{ codeCursorHint(pTabItem, pWInfo, pLevel, 0); pLevel->op = aStep[bRev]; pLevel->p1 = iCur; pLevel->p2 = 1 + sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, aStart[bRev], iCur, addrHalt); VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev==0); VdbeCoverageIf(v, bRev!=0); pLevel->p5 = SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_FULLSCAN_STEP; } } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMT_SCANSTATUS pLevel->addrVisit = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); #endif /* Insert code to test every subexpression that can be completely ** computed using the current set of tables. ** ** This loop may run between one and three times, depending on the ** constraints to be generated. The value of stack variable iLoop ** determines the constraints coded by each iteration, as follows: ** ** iLoop==1: Code only expressions that are entirely covered by pIdx. ** iLoop==2: Code remaining expressions that do not contain correlated ** sub-queries. ** iLoop==3: Code all remaining expressions. ** ** An effort is made to skip unnecessary iterations of the loop. */ iLoop = (pIdx ? 1 : 2); do{ int iNext = 0; /* Next value for iLoop */ for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ Expr *pE; int skipLikeAddr = 0; testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){ testcase( pWInfo->untestedTerms==0 && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)!=0 ); pWInfo->untestedTerms = 1; continue; } pE = pTerm->pExpr; assert( pE!=0 ); if( (pTabItem->fg.jointype&JT_LEFT) && !ExprHasProperty(pE,EP_FromJoin) ){ continue; } if( iLoop==1 && !sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(pE, pLevel->iTabCur, pIdx) ){ iNext = 2; continue; } if( iLoop<3 && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VARSELECT) ){ if( iNext==0 ) iNext = 3; continue; } if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKECOND)!=0 ){ /* If the TERM_LIKECOND flag is set, that means that the range search ** is sufficient to guarantee that the LIKE operator is true, so we ** can skip the call to the like(A,B) function. But this only works ** for strings. So do not skip the call to the function on the pass ** that compares BLOBs. */ #ifdef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS continue; #else u32 x = pLevel->iLikeRepCntr; if( x>0 ){ skipLikeAddr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, (x&1)?OP_IfNot:OP_If,(int)(x>>1)); } VdbeCoverage(v); #endif } #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0xffff */ if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ VdbeNoopComment((v, "WhereTerm[%d] (%p) priority=%d", pWC->nTerm-j, pTerm, iLoop)); } #endif sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pE, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); if( skipLikeAddr ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, skipLikeAddr); pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; } iLoop = iNext; }while( iLoop>0 ); /* Insert code to test for implied constraints based on transitivity ** of the "==" operator. ** ** Example: If the WHERE clause contains "t1.a=t2.b" and "t2.b=123" ** and we are coding the t1 loop and the t2 loop has not yet coded, ** then we cannot use the "t1.a=t2.b" constraint, but we can code ** the implied "t1.a=123" constraint. */ for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=pWC->nTerm; j>0; j--, pTerm++){ Expr *pE, sEAlt; WhereTerm *pAlt; if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) continue; if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)==0 ) continue; if( pTerm->leftCursor!=iCur ) continue; if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ) continue; pE = pTerm->pExpr; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pE, EP_FromJoin) ); assert( (pTerm->prereqRight & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ); pAlt = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, pTerm->u.leftColumn, notReady, WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS, 0); if( pAlt==0 ) continue; if( pAlt->wtFlags & (TERM_CODED) ) continue; if( (pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN) && (pAlt->pExpr->flags & EP_xIsSelect) && (pAlt->pExpr->x.pSelect->pEList->nExpr>1) ){ continue; } testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_EQ ); testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IS ); testcase( pAlt->eOperator & WO_IN ); VdbeModuleComment((v, "begin transitive constraint")); sEAlt = *pAlt->pExpr; sEAlt.pLeft = pE->pLeft; sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, &sEAlt, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); } /* For a LEFT OUTER JOIN, generate code that will record the fact that ** at least one row of the right table has matched the left table. */ if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ pLevel->addrFirst = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeComment((v, "record LEFT JOIN hit")); for(pTerm=pWC->a, j=0; jnTerm; j++, pTerm++){ testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); testcase( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_CODED ); if( pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_CODED) ) continue; if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLevel->notReady)!=0 ){ assert( pWInfo->untestedTerms ); continue; } assert( pTerm->pExpr ); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pTerm->pExpr, addrCont, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; } } return pLevel->notReady; } /************** End of wherecode.c *******************************************/ /************** Begin file whereexpr.c ***************************************/ /* ** 2015-06-08 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process ** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. ** ** This file was originally part of where.c but was split out to improve ** readability and editabiliity. This file contains utility routines for ** analyzing Expr objects in the WHERE clause. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "whereInt.h" */ /* Forward declarations */ static void exprAnalyze(SrcList*, WhereClause*, int); /* ** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereOrInfo object. */ static void whereOrInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereOrInfo *p){ sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&p->wc); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* ** Deallocate all memory associated with a WhereAndInfo object. */ static void whereAndInfoDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereAndInfo *p){ sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&p->wc); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } /* ** Add a single new WhereTerm entry to the WhereClause object pWC. ** The new WhereTerm object is constructed from Expr p and with wtFlags. ** The index in pWC->a[] of the new WhereTerm is returned on success. ** 0 is returned if the new WhereTerm could not be added due to a memory ** allocation error. The memory allocation failure will be recorded in ** the db->mallocFailed flag so that higher-level functions can detect it. ** ** This routine will increase the size of the pWC->a[] array as necessary. ** ** If the wtFlags argument includes TERM_DYNAMIC, then responsibility ** for freeing the expression p is assumed by the WhereClause object pWC. ** This is true even if this routine fails to allocate a new WhereTerm. ** ** WARNING: This routine might reallocate the space used to store ** WhereTerms. All pointers to WhereTerms should be invalidated after ** calling this routine. Such pointers may be reinitialized by referencing ** the pWC->a[] array. */ static int whereClauseInsert(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *p, u16 wtFlags){ WhereTerm *pTerm; int idx; testcase( wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); if( pWC->nTerm>=pWC->nSlot ){ WhereTerm *pOld = pWC->a; sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; pWC->a = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nSlot*2 ); if( pWC->a==0 ){ if( wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p); } pWC->a = pOld; return 0; } memcpy(pWC->a, pOld, sizeof(pWC->a[0])*pWC->nTerm); if( pOld!=pWC->aStatic ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pOld); } pWC->nSlot = sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, pWC->a)/sizeof(pWC->a[0]); } pTerm = &pWC->a[idx = pWC->nTerm++]; if( p && ExprHasProperty(p, EP_Unlikely) ){ pTerm->truthProb = sqlite3LogEst(p->iTable) - 270; }else{ pTerm->truthProb = 1; } pTerm->pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(p); pTerm->wtFlags = wtFlags; pTerm->pWC = pWC; pTerm->iParent = -1; memset(&pTerm->eOperator, 0, sizeof(WhereTerm) - offsetof(WhereTerm,eOperator)); return idx; } /* ** Return TRUE if the given operator is one of the operators that is ** allowed for an indexable WHERE clause term. The allowed operators are ** "=", "<", ">", "<=", ">=", "IN", "IS", and "IS NULL" */ static int allowedOp(int op){ assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ && TK_GTTK_EQ && TK_LTTK_EQ && TK_LE=TK_EQ && op<=TK_GE) || op==TK_ISNULL || op==TK_IS; } /* ** Commute a comparison operator. Expressions of the form "X op Y" ** are converted into "Y op X". ** ** If left/right precedence rules come into play when determining the ** collating sequence, then COLLATE operators are adjusted to ensure ** that the collating sequence does not change. For example: ** "Y collate NOCASE op X" becomes "X op Y" because any collation sequence on ** the left hand side of a comparison overrides any collation sequence ** attached to the right. For the same reason the EP_Collate flag ** is not commuted. */ static void exprCommute(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ u16 expRight = (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_Collate); u16 expLeft = (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate); assert( allowedOp(pExpr->op) && pExpr->op!=TK_IN ); if( expRight==expLeft ){ /* Either X and Y both have COLLATE operator or neither do */ if( expRight ){ /* Both X and Y have COLLATE operators. Make sure X is always ** used by clearing the EP_Collate flag from Y. */ pExpr->pRight->flags &= ~EP_Collate; }else if( sqlite3ExprCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft)!=0 ){ /* Neither X nor Y have COLLATE operators, but X has a non-default ** collating sequence. So add the EP_Collate marker on X to cause ** it to be searched first. */ pExpr->pLeft->flags |= EP_Collate; } } SWAP(Expr*,pExpr->pRight,pExpr->pLeft); if( pExpr->op>=TK_GT ){ assert( TK_LT==TK_GT+2 ); assert( TK_GE==TK_LE+2 ); assert( TK_GT>TK_EQ ); assert( TK_GTop>=TK_GT && pExpr->op<=TK_GE ); pExpr->op = ((pExpr->op-TK_GT)^2)+TK_GT; } } /* ** Translate from TK_xx operator to WO_xx bitmask. */ static u16 operatorMask(int op){ u16 c; assert( allowedOp(op) ); if( op==TK_IN ){ c = WO_IN; }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ c = WO_ISNULL; }else if( op==TK_IS ){ c = WO_IS; }else{ assert( (WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)) < 0x7fff ); c = (u16)(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); } assert( op!=TK_ISNULL || c==WO_ISNULL ); assert( op!=TK_IN || c==WO_IN ); assert( op!=TK_EQ || c==WO_EQ ); assert( op!=TK_LT || c==WO_LT ); assert( op!=TK_LE || c==WO_LE ); assert( op!=TK_GT || c==WO_GT ); assert( op!=TK_GE || c==WO_GE ); assert( op!=TK_IS || c==WO_IS ); return c; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION /* ** Check to see if the given expression is a LIKE or GLOB operator that ** can be optimized using inequality constraints. Return TRUE if it is ** so and false if not. ** ** In order for the operator to be optimizible, the RHS must be a string ** literal that does not begin with a wildcard. The LHS must be a column ** that may only be NULL, a string, or a BLOB, never a number. (This means ** that virtual tables cannot participate in the LIKE optimization.) The ** collating sequence for the column on the LHS must be appropriate for ** the operator. */ static int isLikeOrGlob( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */ Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ Expr **ppPrefix, /* Pointer to TK_STRING expression with pattern prefix */ int *pisComplete, /* True if the only wildcard is % in the last character */ int *pnoCase /* True if uppercase is equivalent to lowercase */ ){ const u8 *z = 0; /* String on RHS of LIKE operator */ Expr *pRight, *pLeft; /* Right and left size of LIKE operator */ ExprList *pList; /* List of operands to the LIKE operator */ u8 c; /* One character in z[] */ int cnt; /* Number of non-wildcard prefix characters */ u8 wc[4]; /* Wildcard characters */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; int op; /* Opcode of pRight */ int rc; /* Result code to return */ if( !sqlite3IsLikeFunction(db, pExpr, pnoCase, (char*)wc) ){ return 0; } #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC if( *pnoCase ) return 0; #endif pList = pExpr->x.pList; pLeft = pList->a[1].pExpr; pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[0].pExpr); op = pRight->op; if( op==TK_VARIABLE && (db->flags & SQLITE_EnableQPSG)==0 ){ Vdbe *pReprepare = pParse->pReprepare; int iCol = pRight->iColumn; pVal = sqlite3VdbeGetBoundValue(pReprepare, iCol, SQLITE_AFF_BLOB); if( pVal && sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ z = sqlite3_value_text(pVal); } sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(pParse->pVdbe, iCol); assert( pRight->op==TK_VARIABLE || pRight->op==TK_REGISTER ); }else if( op==TK_STRING ){ z = (u8*)pRight->u.zToken; } if( z ){ /* Count the number of prefix characters prior to the first wildcard */ cnt = 0; while( (c=z[cnt])!=0 && c!=wc[0] && c!=wc[1] && c!=wc[2] ){ cnt++; if( c==wc[3] && z[cnt]!=0 ) cnt++; } /* The optimization is possible only if (1) the pattern does not begin ** with a wildcard and if (2) the non-wildcard prefix does not end with ** an (illegal 0xff) character, or (3) the pattern does not consist of ** a single escape character. The second condition is necessary so ** that we can increment the prefix key to find an upper bound for the ** range search. The third is because the caller assumes that the pattern ** consists of at least one character after all escapes have been ** removed. */ if( cnt!=0 && 255!=(u8)z[cnt-1] && (cnt>1 || z[0]!=wc[3]) ){ Expr *pPrefix; /* A "complete" match if the pattern ends with "*" or "%" */ *pisComplete = c==wc[0] && z[cnt+1]==0; /* Get the pattern prefix. Remove all escapes from the prefix. */ pPrefix = sqlite3Expr(db, TK_STRING, (char*)z); if( pPrefix ){ int iFrom, iTo; char *zNew = pPrefix->u.zToken; zNew[cnt] = 0; for(iFrom=iTo=0; iFrom= rhs" would be false ** even though "lhs LIKE rhs" is true. But if the RHS does not start ** with a digit or '-', then "lhs LIKE rhs" will always be false if ** the LHS is numeric and so the optimization still works. ** ** 2018-09-10 ticket c94369cae9b561b1f996d0054bfab11389f9d033 ** The RHS pattern must not be '/%' because the termination condition ** will then become "x<'0'" and if the affinity is numeric, will then ** be converted into "x<0", which is incorrect. */ if( sqlite3Isdigit(zNew[0]) || zNew[0]=='-' || (zNew[0]+1=='0' && iTo==1) ){ if( pLeft->op!=TK_COLUMN || sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLeft)!=SQLITE_AFF_TEXT || IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab) /* Value might be numeric */ ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pPrefix); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); return 0; } } } *ppPrefix = pPrefix; /* If the RHS pattern is a bound parameter, make arrangements to ** reprepare the statement when that parameter is rebound */ if( op==TK_VARIABLE ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; sqlite3VdbeSetVarmask(v, pRight->iColumn); if( *pisComplete && pRight->u.zToken[1] ){ /* If the rhs of the LIKE expression is a variable, and the current ** value of the variable means there is no need to invoke the LIKE ** function, then no OP_Variable will be added to the program. ** This causes problems for the sqlite3_bind_parameter_name() ** API. To work around them, add a dummy OP_Variable here. */ int r1 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3ExprCodeTarget(pParse, pRight, r1); sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1, 0); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, r1); } } }else{ z = 0; } } rc = (z!=0); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* ** Check to see if the pExpr expression is a form that needs to be passed ** to the xBestIndex method of virtual tables. Forms of interest include: ** ** Expression Virtual Table Operator ** ----------------------- --------------------------------- ** 1. column MATCH expr SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ** 2. column GLOB expr SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB ** 3. column LIKE expr SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE ** 4. column REGEXP expr SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP ** 5. column != expr SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE ** 6. expr != column SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE ** 7. column IS NOT expr SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT ** 8. expr IS NOT column SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT ** 9. column IS NOT NULL SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL ** ** In every case, "column" must be a column of a virtual table. If there ** is a match, set *ppLeft to the "column" expression, set *ppRight to the ** "expr" expression (even though in forms (6) and (8) the column is on the ** right and the expression is on the left). Also set *peOp2 to the ** appropriate virtual table operator. The return value is 1 or 2 if there ** is a match. The usual return is 1, but if the RHS is also a column ** of virtual table in forms (5) or (7) then return 2. ** ** If the expression matches none of the patterns above, return 0. */ static int isAuxiliaryVtabOperator( sqlite3 *db, /* Parsing context */ Expr *pExpr, /* Test this expression */ unsigned char *peOp2, /* OUT: 0 for MATCH, or else an op2 value */ Expr **ppLeft, /* Column expression to left of MATCH/op2 */ Expr **ppRight /* Expression to left of MATCH/op2 */ ){ if( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION ){ static const struct Op2 { const char *zOp; unsigned char eOp2; } aOp[] = { { "match", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH }, { "glob", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GLOB }, { "like", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LIKE }, { "regexp", SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_REGEXP } }; ExprList *pList; Expr *pCol; /* Column reference */ int i; pList = pExpr->x.pList; if( pList==0 || pList->nExpr!=2 ){ return 0; } /* Built-in operators MATCH, GLOB, LIKE, and REGEXP attach to a ** virtual table on their second argument, which is the same as ** the left-hand side operand in their in-fix form. ** ** vtab_column MATCH expression ** MATCH(expression,vtab_column) */ pCol = pList->a[1].pExpr; if( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pCol->pTab) ){ for(i=0; iu.zToken, aOp[i].zOp)==0 ){ *peOp2 = aOp[i].eOp2; *ppRight = pList->a[0].pExpr; *ppLeft = pCol; return 1; } } } /* We can also match against the first column of overloaded ** functions where xFindFunction returns a value of at least ** SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION. ** ** OVERLOADED(vtab_column,expression) ** ** Historically, xFindFunction expected to see lower-case function ** names. But for this use case, xFindFunction is expected to deal ** with function names in an arbitrary case. */ pCol = pList->a[0].pExpr; if( pCol->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pCol->pTab) ){ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; sqlite3_module *pMod; void (*xNotUsed)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); void *pNotUsed; pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(db, pCol->pTab)->pVtab; assert( pVtab!=0 ); assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 ); pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule; if( pMod->xFindFunction!=0 ){ i = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab,2, pExpr->u.zToken, &xNotUsed, &pNotUsed); if( i>=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION ){ *peOp2 = i; *ppRight = pList->a[1].pExpr; *ppLeft = pCol; return 1; } } } }else if( pExpr->op==TK_NE || pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT || pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL ){ int res = 0; Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; if( pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pLeft->pTab) ){ res++; } if( pRight && pRight->op==TK_COLUMN && IsVirtual(pRight->pTab) ){ res++; SWAP(Expr*, pLeft, pRight); } *ppLeft = pLeft; *ppRight = pRight; if( pExpr->op==TK_NE ) *peOp2 = SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_NE; if( pExpr->op==TK_ISNOT ) *peOp2 = SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOT; if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL ) *peOp2 = SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNOTNULL; return res; } return 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* ** If the pBase expression originated in the ON or USING clause of ** a join, then transfer the appropriate markings over to derived. */ static void transferJoinMarkings(Expr *pDerived, Expr *pBase){ if( pDerived ){ pDerived->flags |= pBase->flags & EP_FromJoin; pDerived->iRightJoinTable = pBase->iRightJoinTable; } } /* ** Mark term iChild as being a child of term iParent */ static void markTermAsChild(WhereClause *pWC, int iChild, int iParent){ pWC->a[iChild].iParent = iParent; pWC->a[iChild].truthProb = pWC->a[iParent].truthProb; pWC->a[iParent].nChild++; } /* ** Return the N-th AND-connected subterm of pTerm. Or if pTerm is not ** a conjunction, then return just pTerm when N==0. If N is exceeds ** the number of available subterms, return NULL. */ static WhereTerm *whereNthSubterm(WhereTerm *pTerm, int N){ if( pTerm->eOperator!=WO_AND ){ return N==0 ? pTerm : 0; } if( Nu.pAndInfo->wc.nTerm ){ return &pTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc.a[N]; } return 0; } /* ** Subterms pOne and pTwo are contained within WHERE clause pWC. The ** two subterms are in disjunction - they are OR-ed together. ** ** If these two terms are both of the form: "A op B" with the same ** A and B values but different operators and if the operators are ** compatible (if one is = and the other is <, for example) then ** add a new virtual AND term to pWC that is the combination of the ** two. ** ** Some examples: ** ** x x<=y ** x=y OR x=y --> x=y ** x<=y OR x x<=y ** ** The following is NOT generated: ** ** xy --> x!=y */ static void whereCombineDisjuncts( SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The complete WHERE clause */ WhereTerm *pOne, /* First disjunct */ WhereTerm *pTwo /* Second disjunct */ ){ u16 eOp = pOne->eOperator | pTwo->eOperator; sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection (for malloc) */ Expr *pNew; /* New virtual expression */ int op; /* Operator for the combined expression */ int idxNew; /* Index in pWC of the next virtual term */ if( (pOne->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE))==0 ) return; if( (pTwo->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE))==0 ) return; if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE))!=eOp && (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_GT|WO_GE))!=eOp ) return; assert( pOne->pExpr->pLeft!=0 && pOne->pExpr->pRight!=0 ); assert( pTwo->pExpr->pLeft!=0 && pTwo->pExpr->pRight!=0 ); if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0,pOne->pExpr->pLeft, pTwo->pExpr->pLeft, -1) ) return; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(0,pOne->pExpr->pRight, pTwo->pExpr->pRight,-1) )return; /* If we reach this point, it means the two subterms can be combined */ if( (eOp & (eOp-1))!=0 ){ if( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) ){ eOp = WO_LE; }else{ assert( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ); eOp = WO_GE; } } db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOne->pExpr, 0); if( pNew==0 ) return; for(op=TK_EQ; eOp!=(WO_EQ<<(op-TK_EQ)); op++){ assert( opop = op; idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); } #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* ** Analyze a term that consists of two or more OR-connected ** subterms. So in: ** ** ... WHERE (a=5) AND (b=7 OR c=9 OR d=13) AND (d=13) ** ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ** ** This routine analyzes terms such as the middle term in the above example. ** A WhereOrTerm object is computed and attached to the term under ** analysis, regardless of the outcome of the analysis. Hence: ** ** WhereTerm.wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO ** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo = a dynamically allocated WhereOrTerm object ** ** The term being analyzed must have two or more of OR-connected subterms. ** A single subterm might be a set of AND-connected sub-subterms. ** Examples of terms under analysis: ** ** (A) t1.x=t2.y OR t1.x=t2.z OR t1.y=15 OR t1.z=t3.a+5 ** (B) x=expr1 OR expr2=x OR x=expr3 ** (C) t1.x=t2.y OR (t1.x=t2.z AND t1.y=15) ** (D) x=expr1 OR (y>11 AND y<22 AND z LIKE '*hello*') ** (E) (p.a=1 AND q.b=2 AND r.c=3) OR (p.x=4 AND q.y=5 AND r.z=6) ** (F) x>A OR (x=A AND y>=B) ** ** CASE 1: ** ** If all subterms are of the form T.C=expr for some single column of C and ** a single table T (as shown in example B above) then create a new virtual ** term that is an equivalent IN expression. In other words, if the term ** being analyzed is: ** ** x = expr1 OR expr2 = x OR x = expr3 ** ** then create a new virtual term like this: ** ** x IN (expr1,expr2,expr3) ** ** CASE 2: ** ** If there are exactly two disjuncts and one side has x>A and the other side ** has x=A (for the same x and A) then add a new virtual conjunct term to the ** WHERE clause of the form "x>=A". Example: ** ** x>A OR (x=A AND y>B) adds: x>=A ** ** The added conjunct can sometimes be helpful in query planning. ** ** CASE 3: ** ** If all subterms are indexable by a single table T, then set ** ** WhereTerm.eOperator = WO_OR ** WhereTerm.u.pOrInfo->indexable |= the cursor number for table T ** ** A subterm is "indexable" if it is of the form ** "T.C " where C is any column of table T and ** is one of "=", "<", "<=", ">", ">=", "IS NULL", or "IN". ** A subterm is also indexable if it is an AND of two or more ** subsubterms at least one of which is indexable. Indexable AND ** subterms have their eOperator set to WO_AND and they have ** u.pAndInfo set to a dynamically allocated WhereAndTerm object. ** ** From another point of view, "indexable" means that the subterm could ** potentially be used with an index if an appropriate index exists. ** This analysis does not consider whether or not the index exists; that ** is decided elsewhere. This analysis only looks at whether subterms ** appropriate for indexing exist. ** ** All examples A through E above satisfy case 3. But if a term ** also satisfies case 1 (such as B) we know that the optimizer will ** always prefer case 1, so in that case we pretend that case 3 is not ** satisfied. ** ** It might be the case that multiple tables are indexable. For example, ** (E) above is indexable on tables P, Q, and R. ** ** Terms that satisfy case 3 are candidates for lookup by using ** separate indices to find rowids for each subterm and composing ** the union of all rowids using a RowSet object. This is similar ** to "bitmap indices" in other database engines. ** ** OTHERWISE: ** ** If none of cases 1, 2, or 3 apply, then leave the eOperator set to ** zero. This term is not useful for search. */ static void exprAnalyzeOrTerm( SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ WhereClause *pWC, /* the complete WHERE clause */ int idxTerm /* Index of the OR-term to be analyzed */ ){ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parser context */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; /* The term to be analyzed */ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; /* The expression of the term */ int i; /* Loop counters */ WhereClause *pOrWc; /* Breakup of pTerm into subterms */ WhereTerm *pOrTerm; /* A Sub-term within the pOrWc */ WhereOrInfo *pOrInfo; /* Additional information associated with pTerm */ Bitmask chngToIN; /* Tables that might satisfy case 1 */ Bitmask indexable; /* Tables that are indexable, satisfying case 2 */ /* ** Break the OR clause into its separate subterms. The subterms are ** stored in a WhereClause structure containing within the WhereOrInfo ** object that is attached to the original OR clause term. */ assert( (pTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_ORINFO|TERM_ANDINFO))==0 ); assert( pExpr->op==TK_OR ); pTerm->u.pOrInfo = pOrInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pOrInfo)); if( pOrInfo==0 ) return; pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ORINFO; pOrWc = &pOrInfo->wc; memset(pOrWc->aStatic, 0, sizeof(pOrWc->aStatic)); sqlite3WhereClauseInit(pOrWc, pWInfo); sqlite3WhereSplit(pOrWc, pExpr, TK_OR); sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pSrc, pOrWc); if( db->mallocFailed ) return; assert( pOrWc->nTerm>=2 ); /* ** Compute the set of tables that might satisfy cases 1 or 3. */ indexable = ~(Bitmask)0; chngToIN = ~(Bitmask)0; for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0 && indexable; i--, pOrTerm++){ if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE)==0 ){ WhereAndInfo *pAndInfo; assert( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_ANDINFO|TERM_ORINFO))==0 ); chngToIN = 0; pAndInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(*pAndInfo)); if( pAndInfo ){ WhereClause *pAndWC; WhereTerm *pAndTerm; int j; Bitmask b = 0; pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo = pAndInfo; pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_ANDINFO; pOrTerm->eOperator = WO_AND; pAndWC = &pAndInfo->wc; memset(pAndWC->aStatic, 0, sizeof(pAndWC->aStatic)); sqlite3WhereClauseInit(pAndWC, pWC->pWInfo); sqlite3WhereSplit(pAndWC, pOrTerm->pExpr, TK_AND); sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pSrc, pAndWC); pAndWC->pOuter = pWC; if( !db->mallocFailed ){ for(j=0, pAndTerm=pAndWC->a; jnTerm; j++, pAndTerm++){ assert( pAndTerm->pExpr ); if( allowedOp(pAndTerm->pExpr->op) || pAndTerm->eOperator==WO_AUX ){ b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pAndTerm->leftCursor); } } } indexable &= b; } }else if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ){ /* Skip this term for now. We revisit it when we process the ** corresponding TERM_VIRTUAL term */ }else{ Bitmask b; b = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor); if( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ){ WhereTerm *pOther = &pOrWc->a[pOrTerm->iParent]; b |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOther->leftCursor); } indexable &= b; if( (pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ)==0 ){ chngToIN = 0; }else{ chngToIN &= b; } } } /* ** Record the set of tables that satisfy case 3. The set might be ** empty. */ pOrInfo->indexable = indexable; if( indexable ){ pTerm->eOperator = WO_OR; pWC->hasOr = 1; }else{ pTerm->eOperator = WO_OR; } /* For a two-way OR, attempt to implementation case 2. */ if( indexable && pOrWc->nTerm==2 ){ int iOne = 0; WhereTerm *pOne; while( (pOne = whereNthSubterm(&pOrWc->a[0],iOne++))!=0 ){ int iTwo = 0; WhereTerm *pTwo; while( (pTwo = whereNthSubterm(&pOrWc->a[1],iTwo++))!=0 ){ whereCombineDisjuncts(pSrc, pWC, pOne, pTwo); } } } /* ** chngToIN holds a set of tables that *might* satisfy case 1. But ** we have to do some additional checking to see if case 1 really ** is satisfied. ** ** chngToIN will hold either 0, 1, or 2 bits. The 0-bit case means ** that there is no possibility of transforming the OR clause into an ** IN operator because one or more terms in the OR clause contain ** something other than == on a column in the single table. The 1-bit ** case means that every term of the OR clause is of the form ** "table.column=expr" for some single table. The one bit that is set ** will correspond to the common table. We still need to check to make ** sure the same column is used on all terms. The 2-bit case is when ** the all terms are of the form "table1.column=table2.column". It ** might be possible to form an IN operator with either table1.column ** or table2.column as the LHS if either is common to every term of ** the OR clause. ** ** Note that terms of the form "table.column1=table.column2" (the ** same table on both sizes of the ==) cannot be optimized. */ if( chngToIN ){ int okToChngToIN = 0; /* True if the conversion to IN is valid */ int iColumn = -1; /* Column index on lhs of IN operator */ int iCursor = -1; /* Table cursor common to all terms */ int j = 0; /* Loop counter */ /* Search for a table and column that appears on one side or the ** other of the == operator in every subterm. That table and column ** will be recorded in iCursor and iColumn. There might not be any ** such table and column. Set okToChngToIN if an appropriate table ** and column is found but leave okToChngToIN false if not found. */ for(j=0; j<2 && !okToChngToIN; j++){ pOrTerm = pOrWc->a; for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ){ /* This is the 2-bit case and we are on the second iteration and ** current term is from the first iteration. So skip this term. */ assert( j==1 ); continue; } if( (chngToIN & sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pOrTerm->leftCursor))==0 ){ /* This term must be of the form t1.a==t2.b where t2 is in the ** chngToIN set but t1 is not. This term will be either preceded ** or follwed by an inverted copy (t2.b==t1.a). Skip this term ** and use its inversion. */ testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_COPIED ); testcase( pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ); assert( pOrTerm->wtFlags & (TERM_COPIED|TERM_VIRTUAL) ); continue; } iColumn = pOrTerm->u.leftColumn; iCursor = pOrTerm->leftCursor; break; } if( i<0 ){ /* No candidate table+column was found. This can only occur ** on the second iteration */ assert( j==1 ); assert( IsPowerOfTwo(chngToIN) ); assert( chngToIN==sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCursor) ); break; } testcase( j==1 ); /* We have found a candidate table and column. Check to see if that ** table and column is common to every term in the OR clause */ okToChngToIN = 1; for(; i>=0 && okToChngToIN; i--, pOrTerm++){ assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); if( pOrTerm->leftCursor!=iCursor ){ pOrTerm->wtFlags &= ~TERM_OR_OK; }else if( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn!=iColumn ){ okToChngToIN = 0; }else{ int affLeft, affRight; /* If the right-hand side is also a column, then the affinities ** of both right and left sides must be such that no type ** conversions are required on the right. (Ticket #2249) */ affRight = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight); affLeft = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft); if( affRight!=0 && affRight!=affLeft ){ okToChngToIN = 0; }else{ pOrTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_OR_OK; } } } } /* At this point, okToChngToIN is true if original pTerm satisfies ** case 1. In that case, construct a new virtual term that is ** pTerm converted into an IN operator. */ if( okToChngToIN ){ Expr *pDup; /* A transient duplicate expression */ ExprList *pList = 0; /* The RHS of the IN operator */ Expr *pLeft = 0; /* The LHS of the IN operator */ Expr *pNew; /* The complete IN operator */ for(i=pOrWc->nTerm-1, pOrTerm=pOrWc->a; i>=0; i--, pOrTerm++){ if( (pOrTerm->wtFlags & TERM_OR_OK)==0 ) continue; assert( pOrTerm->eOperator & WO_EQ ); assert( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCursor ); assert( pOrTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn ); pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pOrTerm->pExpr->pRight, 0); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pWInfo->pParse, pList, pDup); pLeft = pOrTerm->pExpr->pLeft; } assert( pLeft!=0 ); pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pDup, 0); if( pNew ){ int idxNew; transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) ); pNew->x.pList = pList; idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); testcase( idxNew==0 ); exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); /* pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; // would be needed if pTerm where used again */ markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); } } } } #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION && !SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY */ /* ** We already know that pExpr is a binary operator where both operands are ** column references. This routine checks to see if pExpr is an equivalence ** relation: ** 1. The SQLITE_Transitive optimization must be enabled ** 2. Must be either an == or an IS operator ** 3. Not originating in the ON clause of an OUTER JOIN ** 4. The affinities of A and B must be compatible ** 5a. Both operands use the same collating sequence OR ** 5b. The overall collating sequence is BINARY ** If this routine returns TRUE, that means that the RHS can be substituted ** for the LHS anyplace else in the WHERE clause where the LHS column occurs. ** This is an optimization. No harm comes from returning 0. But if 1 is ** returned when it should not be, then incorrect answers might result. */ static int termIsEquivalence(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ char aff1, aff2; CollSeq *pColl; if( !OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Transitive) ) return 0; if( pExpr->op!=TK_EQ && pExpr->op!=TK_IS ) return 0; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) return 0; aff1 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pLeft); aff2 = sqlite3ExprAffinity(pExpr->pRight); if( aff1!=aff2 && (!sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff1) || !sqlite3IsNumericAffinity(aff2)) ){ return 0; } pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight); if( sqlite3IsBinary(pColl) ) return 1; return sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(pParse, pExpr->pLeft, pExpr->pRight); } /* ** Recursively walk the expressions of a SELECT statement and generate ** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression ** tree. */ static Bitmask exprSelectUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Select *pS){ Bitmask mask = 0; while( pS ){ SrcList *pSrc = pS->pSrc; mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pEList); mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pGroupBy); mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pOrderBy); mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pWhere); mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pS->pHaving); if( ALWAYS(pSrc!=0) ){ int i; for(i=0; inSrc; i++){ mask |= exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pSelect); mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].pOn); if( pSrc->a[i].fg.isTabFunc ){ mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pSrc->a[i].u1.pFuncArg); } } } pS = pS->pPrior; } return mask; } /* ** Expression pExpr is one operand of a comparison operator that might ** be useful for indexing. This routine checks to see if pExpr appears ** in any index. Return TRUE (1) if pExpr is an indexed term and return ** FALSE (0) if not. If TRUE is returned, also set aiCurCol[0] to the cursor ** number of the table that is indexed and aiCurCol[1] to the column number ** of the column that is indexed, or XN_EXPR (-2) if an expression is being ** indexed. ** ** If pExpr is a TK_COLUMN column reference, then this routine always returns ** true even if that particular column is not indexed, because the column ** might be added to an automatic index later. */ static SQLITE_NOINLINE int exprMightBeIndexed2( SrcList *pFrom, /* The FROM clause */ Bitmask mPrereq, /* Bitmask of FROM clause terms referenced by pExpr */ int *aiCurCol, /* Write the referenced table cursor and column here */ Expr *pExpr /* An operand of a comparison operator */ ){ Index *pIdx; int i; int iCur; for(i=0; mPrereq>1; i++, mPrereq>>=1){} iCur = pFrom->a[i].iCursor; for(pIdx=pFrom->a[i].pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ if( pIdx->aColExpr==0 ) continue; for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ if( pIdx->aiColumn[i]!=XN_EXPR ) continue; if( sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(pExpr, pIdx->aColExpr->a[i].pExpr, iCur)==0 ){ aiCurCol[0] = iCur; aiCurCol[1] = XN_EXPR; return 1; } } } return 0; } static int exprMightBeIndexed( SrcList *pFrom, /* The FROM clause */ Bitmask mPrereq, /* Bitmask of FROM clause terms referenced by pExpr */ int *aiCurCol, /* Write the referenced table cursor & column here */ Expr *pExpr, /* An operand of a comparison operator */ int op /* The specific comparison operator */ ){ /* If this expression is a vector to the left or right of a ** inequality constraint (>, <, >= or <=), perform the processing ** on the first element of the vector. */ assert( TK_GT+1==TK_LE && TK_GT+2==TK_LT && TK_GT+3==TK_GE ); assert( TK_ISop==TK_VECTOR && (op>=TK_GT && ALWAYS(op<=TK_GE)) ){ pExpr = pExpr->x.pList->a[0].pExpr; } if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN ){ aiCurCol[0] = pExpr->iTable; aiCurCol[1] = pExpr->iColumn; return 1; } if( mPrereq==0 ) return 0; /* No table references */ if( (mPrereq&(mPrereq-1))!=0 ) return 0; /* Refs more than one table */ return exprMightBeIndexed2(pFrom,mPrereq,aiCurCol,pExpr); } /* ** The input to this routine is an WhereTerm structure with only the ** "pExpr" field filled in. The job of this routine is to analyze the ** subexpression and populate all the other fields of the WhereTerm ** structure. ** ** If the expression is of the form " X" it gets commuted ** to the standard form of "X ". ** ** If the expression is of the form "X Y" where both X and Y are ** columns, then the original expression is unchanged and a new virtual ** term of the form "Y X" is added to the WHERE clause and ** analyzed separately. The original term is marked with TERM_COPIED ** and the new term is marked with TERM_DYNAMIC (because it's pExpr ** needs to be freed with the WhereClause) and TERM_VIRTUAL (because it ** is a commuted copy of a prior term.) The original term has nChild=1 ** and the copy has idxParent set to the index of the original term. */ static void exprAnalyze( SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause */ WhereClause *pWC, /* the WHERE clause */ int idxTerm /* Index of the term to be analyzed */ ){ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; /* WHERE clause processing context */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term to be analyzed */ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* Set of table index masks */ Expr *pExpr; /* The expression to be analyzed */ Bitmask prereqLeft; /* Prerequesites of the pExpr->pLeft */ Bitmask prereqAll; /* Prerequesites of pExpr */ Bitmask extraRight = 0; /* Extra dependencies on LEFT JOIN */ Expr *pStr1 = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ int isComplete = 0; /* RHS of LIKE/GLOB ends with wildcard */ int noCase = 0; /* uppercase equivalent to lowercase */ int op; /* Top-level operator. pExpr->op */ Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */ unsigned char eOp2 = 0; /* op2 value for LIKE/REGEXP/GLOB */ int nLeft; /* Number of elements on left side vector */ if( db->mallocFailed ){ return; } pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet; pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; assert( pExpr->op!=TK_AS && pExpr->op!=TK_COLLATE ); prereqLeft = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pLeft); op = pExpr->op; if( op==TK_IN ){ assert( pExpr->pRight==0 ); if( sqlite3ExprCheckIN(pParse, pExpr) ) return; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ pTerm->prereqRight = exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pSelect); }else{ pTerm->prereqRight = sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->x.pList); } }else if( op==TK_ISNULL ){ pTerm->prereqRight = 0; }else{ pTerm->prereqRight = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pExpr->pRight); } pMaskSet->bVarSelect = 0; prereqAll = sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(pMaskSet, pExpr); if( pMaskSet->bVarSelect ) pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_VARSELECT; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ Bitmask x = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, pExpr->iRightJoinTable); prereqAll |= x; extraRight = x-1; /* ON clause terms may not be used with an index ** on left table of a LEFT JOIN. Ticket #3015 */ if( (prereqAll>>1)>=x ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ON clause references tables to its right"); return; } } pTerm->prereqAll = prereqAll; pTerm->leftCursor = -1; pTerm->iParent = -1; pTerm->eOperator = 0; if( allowedOp(op) ){ int aiCurCol[2]; Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pLeft); Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr->pRight); u16 opMask = (pTerm->prereqRight & prereqLeft)==0 ? WO_ALL : WO_EQUIV; if( pTerm->iField>0 ){ assert( op==TK_IN ); assert( pLeft->op==TK_VECTOR ); pLeft = pLeft->x.pList->a[pTerm->iField-1].pExpr; } if( exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, prereqLeft, aiCurCol, pLeft, op) ){ pTerm->leftCursor = aiCurCol[0]; pTerm->u.leftColumn = aiCurCol[1]; pTerm->eOperator = operatorMask(op) & opMask; } if( op==TK_IS ) pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_IS; if( pRight && exprMightBeIndexed(pSrc, pTerm->prereqRight, aiCurCol, pRight, op) ){ WhereTerm *pNew; Expr *pDup; u16 eExtraOp = 0; /* Extra bits for pNew->eOperator */ assert( pTerm->iField==0 ); if( pTerm->leftCursor>=0 ){ int idxNew; pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr, 0); if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDup); return; } idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pDup, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); if( idxNew==0 ) return; pNew = &pWC->a[idxNew]; markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); if( op==TK_IS ) pNew->wtFlags |= TERM_IS; pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; if( termIsEquivalence(pParse, pDup) ){ pTerm->eOperator |= WO_EQUIV; eExtraOp = WO_EQUIV; } }else{ pDup = pExpr; pNew = pTerm; } exprCommute(pParse, pDup); pNew->leftCursor = aiCurCol[0]; pNew->u.leftColumn = aiCurCol[1]; testcase( (prereqLeft | extraRight) != prereqLeft ); pNew->prereqRight = prereqLeft | extraRight; pNew->prereqAll = prereqAll; pNew->eOperator = (operatorMask(pDup->op) + eExtraOp) & opMask; } } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION /* If a term is the BETWEEN operator, create two new virtual terms ** that define the range that the BETWEEN implements. For example: ** ** a BETWEEN b AND c ** ** is converted into: ** ** (a BETWEEN b AND c) AND (a>=b) AND (a<=c) ** ** The two new terms are added onto the end of the WhereClause object. ** The new terms are "dynamic" and are children of the original BETWEEN ** term. That means that if the BETWEEN term is coded, the children are ** skipped. Or, if the children are satisfied by an index, the original ** BETWEEN term is skipped. */ else if( pExpr->op==TK_BETWEEN && pWC->op==TK_AND ){ ExprList *pList = pExpr->x.pList; int i; static const u8 ops[] = {TK_GE, TK_LE}; assert( pList!=0 ); assert( pList->nExpr==2 ); for(i=0; i<2; i++){ Expr *pNewExpr; int idxNew; pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, ops[i], sqlite3ExprDup(db, pExpr->pLeft, 0), sqlite3ExprDup(db, pList->a[i].pExpr, 0)); transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr, pExpr); idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); testcase( idxNew==0 ); exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BETWEEN_OPTIMIZATION */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) /* Analyze a term that is composed of two or more subterms connected by ** an OR operator. */ else if( pExpr->op==TK_OR ){ assert( pWC->op==TK_AND ); exprAnalyzeOrTerm(pSrc, pWC, idxTerm); pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION /* Add constraints to reduce the search space on a LIKE or GLOB ** operator. ** ** A like pattern of the form "x LIKE 'aBc%'" is changed into constraints ** ** x>='ABC' AND x<'abd' AND x LIKE 'aBc%' ** ** The last character of the prefix "abc" is incremented to form the ** termination condition "abd". If case is not significant (the default ** for LIKE) then the lower-bound is made all uppercase and the upper- ** bound is made all lowercase so that the bounds also work when comparing ** BLOBs. */ if( pWC->op==TK_AND && isLikeOrGlob(pParse, pExpr, &pStr1, &isComplete, &noCase) ){ Expr *pLeft; /* LHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ Expr *pStr2; /* Copy of pStr1 - RHS of LIKE/GLOB operator */ Expr *pNewExpr1; Expr *pNewExpr2; int idxNew1; int idxNew2; const char *zCollSeqName; /* Name of collating sequence */ const u16 wtFlags = TERM_LIKEOPT | TERM_VIRTUAL | TERM_DYNAMIC; pLeft = pExpr->x.pList->a[1].pExpr; pStr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pStr1, 0); /* Convert the lower bound to upper-case and the upper bound to ** lower-case (upper-case is less than lower-case in ASCII) so that ** the range constraints also work for BLOBs */ if( noCase && !pParse->db->mallocFailed ){ int i; char c; pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_LIKE; for(i=0; (c = pStr1->u.zToken[i])!=0; i++){ pStr1->u.zToken[i] = sqlite3Toupper(c); pStr2->u.zToken[i] = sqlite3Tolower(c); } } if( !db->mallocFailed ){ u8 c, *pC; /* Last character before the first wildcard */ pC = (u8*)&pStr2->u.zToken[sqlite3Strlen30(pStr2->u.zToken)-1]; c = *pC; if( noCase ){ /* The point is to increment the last character before the first ** wildcard. But if we increment '@', that will push it into the ** alphabetic range where case conversions will mess up the ** inequality. To avoid this, make sure to also run the full ** LIKE on all candidate expressions by clearing the isComplete flag */ if( c=='A'-1 ) isComplete = 0; c = sqlite3UpperToLower[c]; } *pC = c + 1; } zCollSeqName = noCase ? "NOCASE" : sqlite3StrBINARY; pNewExpr1 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); pNewExpr1 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GE, sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse,pNewExpr1,zCollSeqName), pStr1); transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr1, pExpr); idxNew1 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr1, wtFlags); testcase( idxNew1==0 ); exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew1); pNewExpr2 = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0); pNewExpr2 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_LT, sqlite3ExprAddCollateString(pParse,pNewExpr2,zCollSeqName), pStr2); transferJoinMarkings(pNewExpr2, pExpr); idxNew2 = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr2, wtFlags); testcase( idxNew2==0 ); exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew2); pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; if( isComplete ){ markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew1, idxTerm); markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew2, idxTerm); } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LIKE_OPTIMIZATION */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* Add a WO_AUX auxiliary term to the constraint set if the ** current expression is of the form "column OP expr" where OP ** is an operator that gets passed into virtual tables but which is ** not normally optimized for ordinary tables. In other words, OP ** is one of MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, REGEXP, !=, IS, IS NOT, or NOT NULL. ** This information is used by the xBestIndex methods of ** virtual tables. The native query optimizer does not attempt ** to do anything with MATCH functions. */ if( pWC->op==TK_AND ){ Expr *pRight = 0, *pLeft = 0; int res = isAuxiliaryVtabOperator(db, pExpr, &eOp2, &pLeft, &pRight); while( res-- > 0 ){ int idxNew; WhereTerm *pNewTerm; Bitmask prereqColumn, prereqExpr; prereqExpr = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pRight); prereqColumn = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pLeft); if( (prereqExpr & prereqColumn)==0 ){ Expr *pNewExpr; pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_MATCH, 0, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRight, 0)); if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) && pNewExpr ){ ExprSetProperty(pNewExpr, EP_FromJoin); } idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC); testcase( idxNew==0 ); pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; pNewTerm->prereqRight = prereqExpr; pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_AUX; pNewTerm->eMatchOp = eOp2; markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; } SWAP(Expr*, pLeft, pRight); } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* If there is a vector == or IS term - e.g. "(a, b) == (?, ?)" - create ** new terms for each component comparison - "a = ?" and "b = ?". The ** new terms completely replace the original vector comparison, which is ** no longer used. ** ** This is only required if at least one side of the comparison operation ** is not a sub-select. */ if( pWC->op==TK_AND && (pExpr->op==TK_EQ || pExpr->op==TK_IS) && (nLeft = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pLeft))>1 && sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr->pRight)==nLeft && ( (pExpr->pLeft->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0 || (pExpr->pRight->flags & EP_xIsSelect)==0) ){ int i; for(i=0; ipLeft, i); Expr *pRight = sqlite3ExprForVectorField(pParse, pExpr->pRight, i); pNew = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, pExpr->op, pLeft, pRight); transferJoinMarkings(pNew, pExpr); idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNew, TERM_DYNAMIC); exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); } pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED|TERM_VIRTUAL; /* Disable the original */ pTerm->eOperator = 0; } /* If there is a vector IN term - e.g. "(a, b) IN (SELECT ...)" - create ** a virtual term for each vector component. The expression object ** used by each such virtual term is pExpr (the full vector IN(...) ** expression). The WhereTerm.iField variable identifies the index within ** the vector on the LHS that the virtual term represents. ** ** This only works if the RHS is a simple SELECT, not a compound */ if( pWC->op==TK_AND && pExpr->op==TK_IN && pTerm->iField==0 && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_VECTOR && pExpr->x.pSelect->pPrior==0 ){ int i; for(i=0; ipLeft); i++){ int idxNew; idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL); pWC->a[idxNew].iField = i+1; exprAnalyze(pSrc, pWC, idxNew); markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); } } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* When sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available an operator of the ** form "x IS NOT NULL" can sometimes be evaluated more efficiently ** as "x>NULL" if x is not an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. So construct a ** virtual term of that form. ** ** Note that the virtual term must be tagged with TERM_VNULL. */ if( pExpr->op==TK_NOTNULL && pExpr->pLeft->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->pLeft->iColumn>=0 && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat34) ){ Expr *pNewExpr; Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; int idxNew; WhereTerm *pNewTerm; pNewExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_GT, sqlite3ExprDup(db, pLeft, 0), sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_NULL, 0, 0)); idxNew = whereClauseInsert(pWC, pNewExpr, TERM_VIRTUAL|TERM_DYNAMIC|TERM_VNULL); if( idxNew ){ pNewTerm = &pWC->a[idxNew]; pNewTerm->prereqRight = 0; pNewTerm->leftCursor = pLeft->iTable; pNewTerm->u.leftColumn = pLeft->iColumn; pNewTerm->eOperator = WO_GT; markTermAsChild(pWC, idxNew, idxTerm); pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_COPIED; pNewTerm->prereqAll = pTerm->prereqAll; } } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ /* Prevent ON clause terms of a LEFT JOIN from being used to drive ** an index for tables to the left of the join. */ testcase( pTerm!=&pWC->a[idxTerm] ); pTerm = &pWC->a[idxTerm]; pTerm->prereqRight |= extraRight; } /*************************************************************************** ** Routines with file scope above. Interface to the rest of the where.c ** subsystem follows. ***************************************************************************/ /* ** This routine identifies subexpressions in the WHERE clause where ** each subexpression is separated by the AND operator or some other ** operator specified in the op parameter. The WhereClause structure ** is filled with pointers to subexpressions. For example: ** ** WHERE a=='hello' AND coalesce(b,11)<10 AND (c+12!=d OR c==22) ** \________/ \_______________/ \________________/ ** slot[0] slot[1] slot[2] ** ** The original WHERE clause in pExpr is unaltered. All this routine ** does is make slot[] entries point to substructure within pExpr. ** ** In the previous sentence and in the diagram, "slot[]" refers to ** the WhereClause.a[] array. The slot[] array grows as needed to contain ** all terms of the WHERE clause. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereSplit(WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pExpr, u8 op){ Expr *pE2 = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pExpr); pWC->op = op; if( pE2==0 ) return; if( pE2->op!=op ){ whereClauseInsert(pWC, pExpr, 0); }else{ sqlite3WhereSplit(pWC, pE2->pLeft, op); sqlite3WhereSplit(pWC, pE2->pRight, op); } } /* ** Initialize a preallocated WhereClause structure. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseInit( WhereClause *pWC, /* The WhereClause to be initialized */ WhereInfo *pWInfo /* The WHERE processing context */ ){ pWC->pWInfo = pWInfo; pWC->hasOr = 0; pWC->pOuter = 0; pWC->nTerm = 0; pWC->nSlot = ArraySize(pWC->aStatic); pWC->a = pWC->aStatic; } /* ** Deallocate a WhereClause structure. The WhereClause structure ** itself is not freed. This routine is the inverse of ** sqlite3WhereClauseInit(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClauseClear(WhereClause *pWC){ int i; WhereTerm *a; sqlite3 *db = pWC->pWInfo->pParse->db; for(i=pWC->nTerm-1, a=pWC->a; i>=0; i--, a++){ if( a->wtFlags & TERM_DYNAMIC ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, a->pExpr); } if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ORINFO ){ whereOrInfoDelete(db, a->u.pOrInfo); }else if( a->wtFlags & TERM_ANDINFO ){ whereAndInfoDelete(db, a->u.pAndInfo); } } if( pWC->a!=pWC->aStatic ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pWC->a); } } /* ** These routines walk (recursively) an expression tree and generate ** a bitmask indicating which tables are used in that expression ** tree. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ Bitmask mask; if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_FixedCol) ){ return sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable); }else if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_TokenOnly|EP_Leaf) ){ assert( p->op!=TK_IF_NULL_ROW ); return 0; } mask = (p->op==TK_IF_NULL_ROW) ? sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, p->iTable) : 0; if( p->pLeft ) mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(pMaskSet, p->pLeft); if( p->pRight ){ mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(pMaskSet, p->pRight); assert( p->x.pList==0 ); }else if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){ if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_VarSelect) ) pMaskSet->bVarSelect = 1; mask |= exprSelectUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pSelect); }else if( p->x.pList ){ mask |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, p->x.pList); } return mask; } SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, Expr *p){ return p ? sqlite3WhereExprUsageNN(pMaskSet,p) : 0; } SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, ExprList *pList){ int i; Bitmask mask = 0; if( pList ){ for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ mask |= sqlite3WhereExprUsage(pMaskSet, pList->a[i].pExpr); } } return mask; } /* ** Call exprAnalyze on all terms in a WHERE clause. ** ** Note that exprAnalyze() might add new virtual terms onto the ** end of the WHERE clause. We do not want to analyze these new ** virtual terms, so start analyzing at the end and work forward ** so that the added virtual terms are never processed. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze( SrcList *pTabList, /* the FROM clause */ WhereClause *pWC /* the WHERE clause to be analyzed */ ){ int i; for(i=pWC->nTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ exprAnalyze(pTabList, pWC, i); } } /* ** For table-valued-functions, transform the function arguments into ** new WHERE clause terms. ** ** Each function argument translates into an equality constraint against ** a HIDDEN column in the table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ struct SrcList_item *pItem, /* The FROM clause term to process */ WhereClause *pWC /* Xfer function arguments to here */ ){ Table *pTab; int j, k; ExprList *pArgs; Expr *pColRef; Expr *pTerm; if( pItem->fg.isTabFunc==0 ) return; pTab = pItem->pTab; assert( pTab!=0 ); pArgs = pItem->u1.pFuncArg; if( pArgs==0 ) return; for(j=k=0; jnExpr; j++){ while( knCol && (pTab->aCol[k].colFlags & COLFLAG_HIDDEN)==0 ){k++;} if( k>=pTab->nCol ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many arguments on %s() - max %d", pTab->zName, j); return; } pColRef = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_COLUMN, 0, 0); if( pColRef==0 ) return; pColRef->iTable = pItem->iCursor; pColRef->iColumn = k++; pColRef->pTab = pTab; pTerm = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EQ, pColRef, sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pArgs->a[j].pExpr, 0)); whereClauseInsert(pWC, pTerm, TERM_DYNAMIC); } } /************** End of whereexpr.c *******************************************/ /************** Begin file where.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This module contains C code that generates VDBE code used to process ** the WHERE clause of SQL statements. This module is responsible for ** generating the code that loops through a table looking for applicable ** rows. Indices are selected and used to speed the search when doing ** so is applicable. Because this module is responsible for selecting ** indices, you might also think of this module as the "query optimizer". */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include "whereInt.h" */ /* ** Extra information appended to the end of sqlite3_index_info but not ** visible to the xBestIndex function, at least not directly. The ** sqlite3_vtab_collation() interface knows how to reach it, however. ** ** This object is not an API and can be changed from one release to the ** next. As long as allocateIndexInfo() and sqlite3_vtab_collation() ** agree on the structure, all will be well. */ typedef struct HiddenIndexInfo HiddenIndexInfo; struct HiddenIndexInfo { WhereClause *pWC; /* The Where clause being analyzed */ Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ }; /* Forward declaration of methods */ static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3*, WhereLoop*, int); /* Test variable that can be set to enable WHERE tracing */ #if defined(SQLITE_TEST) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) /***/ int sqlite3WhereTrace = 0; #endif /* ** Return the estimated number of output rows from a WHERE clause */ SQLITE_PRIVATE LogEst sqlite3WhereOutputRowCount(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ return pWInfo->nRowOut; } /* ** Return one of the WHERE_DISTINCT_xxxxx values to indicate how this ** WHERE clause returns outputs for DISTINCT processing. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsDistinct(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ return pWInfo->eDistinct; } /* ** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause returns rows in ORDER BY order. ** Return FALSE if the output needs to be sorted. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsOrdered(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ return pWInfo->nOBSat; } /* ** In the ORDER BY LIMIT optimization, if the inner-most loop is known ** to emit rows in increasing order, and if the last row emitted by the ** inner-most loop did not fit within the sorter, then we can skip all ** subsequent rows for the current iteration of the inner loop (because they ** will not fit in the sorter either) and continue with the second inner ** loop - the loop immediately outside the inner-most. ** ** When a row does not fit in the sorter (because the sorter already ** holds LIMIT+OFFSET rows that are smaller), then a jump is made to the ** label returned by this function. ** ** If the ORDER BY LIMIT optimization applies, the jump destination should ** be the continuation for the second-inner-most loop. If the ORDER BY ** LIMIT optimization does not apply, then the jump destination should ** be the continuation for the inner-most loop. ** ** It is always safe for this routine to return the continuation of the ** inner-most loop, in the sense that a correct answer will result. ** Returning the continuation the second inner loop is an optimization ** that might make the code run a little faster, but should not change ** the final answer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOrderByLimitOptLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ WhereLevel *pInner; if( !pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop ){ /* The ORDER BY LIMIT optimization does not apply. Jump to the ** continuation of the inner-most loop. */ return pWInfo->iContinue; } pInner = &pWInfo->a[pWInfo->nLevel-1]; assert( pInner->addrNxt!=0 ); return pInner->addrNxt; } /* ** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to continue ** immediately with the next row of a WHERE clause. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereContinueLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ assert( pWInfo->iContinue!=0 ); return pWInfo->iContinue; } /* ** Return the VDBE address or label to jump to in order to break ** out of a WHERE loop. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereBreakLabel(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ return pWInfo->iBreak; } /* ** Return ONEPASS_OFF (0) if an UPDATE or DELETE statement is unable to ** operate directly on the rowis returned by a WHERE clause. Return ** ONEPASS_SINGLE (1) if the statement can operation directly because only ** a single row is to be changed. Return ONEPASS_MULTI (2) if the one-pass ** optimization can be used on multiple ** ** If the ONEPASS optimization is used (if this routine returns true) ** then also write the indices of open cursors used by ONEPASS ** into aiCur[0] and aiCur[1]. iaCur[0] gets the cursor of the data ** table and iaCur[1] gets the cursor used by an auxiliary index. ** Either value may be -1, indicating that cursor is not used. ** Any cursors returned will have been opened for writing. ** ** aiCur[0] and aiCur[1] both get -1 if the where-clause logic is ** unable to use the ONEPASS optimization. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereOkOnePass(WhereInfo *pWInfo, int *aiCur){ memcpy(aiCur, pWInfo->aiCurOnePass, sizeof(int)*2); #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3WhereTrace && pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("%s cursors: %d %d\n", pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_SINGLE ? "ONEPASS_SINGLE" : "ONEPASS_MULTI", aiCur[0], aiCur[1]); } #endif return pWInfo->eOnePass; } /* ** Move the content of pSrc into pDest */ static void whereOrMove(WhereOrSet *pDest, WhereOrSet *pSrc){ pDest->n = pSrc->n; memcpy(pDest->a, pSrc->a, pDest->n*sizeof(pDest->a[0])); } /* ** Try to insert a new prerequisite/cost entry into the WhereOrSet pSet. ** ** The new entry might overwrite an existing entry, or it might be ** appended, or it might be discarded. Do whatever is the right thing ** so that pSet keeps the N_OR_COST best entries seen so far. */ static int whereOrInsert( WhereOrSet *pSet, /* The WhereOrSet to be updated */ Bitmask prereq, /* Prerequisites of the new entry */ LogEst rRun, /* Run-cost of the new entry */ LogEst nOut /* Number of outputs for the new entry */ ){ u16 i; WhereOrCost *p; for(i=pSet->n, p=pSet->a; i>0; i--, p++){ if( rRun<=p->rRun && (prereq & p->prereq)==prereq ){ goto whereOrInsert_done; } if( p->rRun<=rRun && (p->prereq & prereq)==p->prereq ){ return 0; } } if( pSet->na[pSet->n++]; p->nOut = nOut; }else{ p = pSet->a; for(i=1; in; i++){ if( p->rRun>pSet->a[i].rRun ) p = pSet->a + i; } if( p->rRun<=rRun ) return 0; } whereOrInsert_done: p->prereq = prereq; p->rRun = rRun; if( p->nOut>nOut ) p->nOut = nOut; return 1; } /* ** Return the bitmask for the given cursor number. Return 0 if ** iCursor is not in the set. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Bitmask sqlite3WhereGetMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ int i; assert( pMaskSet->n<=(int)sizeof(Bitmask)*8 ); for(i=0; in; i++){ if( pMaskSet->ix[i]==iCursor ){ return MASKBIT(i); } } return 0; } /* ** Create a new mask for cursor iCursor. ** ** There is one cursor per table in the FROM clause. The number of ** tables in the FROM clause is limited by a test early in the ** sqlite3WhereBegin() routine. So we know that the pMaskSet->ix[] ** array will never overflow. */ static void createMask(WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet, int iCursor){ assert( pMaskSet->n < ArraySize(pMaskSet->ix) ); pMaskSet->ix[pMaskSet->n++] = iCursor; } /* ** Advance to the next WhereTerm that matches according to the criteria ** established when the pScan object was initialized by whereScanInit(). ** Return NULL if there are no more matching WhereTerms. */ static WhereTerm *whereScanNext(WhereScan *pScan){ int iCur; /* The cursor on the LHS of the term */ i16 iColumn; /* The column on the LHS of the term. -1 for IPK */ Expr *pX; /* An expression being tested */ WhereClause *pWC; /* Shorthand for pScan->pWC */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* The term being tested */ int k = pScan->k; /* Where to start scanning */ assert( pScan->iEquiv<=pScan->nEquiv ); pWC = pScan->pWC; while(1){ iColumn = pScan->aiColumn[pScan->iEquiv-1]; iCur = pScan->aiCur[pScan->iEquiv-1]; assert( pWC!=0 ); do{ for(pTerm=pWC->a+k; knTerm; k++, pTerm++){ if( pTerm->leftCursor==iCur && pTerm->u.leftColumn==iColumn && (iColumn!=XN_EXPR || sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft, pScan->pIdxExpr,iCur)==0) && (pScan->iEquiv<=1 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)) ){ if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV)!=0 && pScan->nEquivaiCur) && (pX = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pTerm->pExpr->pRight))->op==TK_COLUMN ){ int j; for(j=0; jnEquiv; j++){ if( pScan->aiCur[j]==pX->iTable && pScan->aiColumn[j]==pX->iColumn ){ break; } } if( j==pScan->nEquiv ){ pScan->aiCur[j] = pX->iTable; pScan->aiColumn[j] = pX->iColumn; pScan->nEquiv++; } } if( (pTerm->eOperator & pScan->opMask)!=0 ){ /* Verify the affinity and collating sequence match */ if( pScan->zCollName && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL)==0 ){ CollSeq *pColl; Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse; pX = pTerm->pExpr; if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pX, pScan->idxaff) ){ continue; } assert(pX->pLeft); pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); if( pColl==0 ) pColl = pParse->db->pDfltColl; if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pScan->zCollName) ){ continue; } } if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0 && (pX = pTerm->pExpr->pRight)->op==TK_COLUMN && pX->iTable==pScan->aiCur[0] && pX->iColumn==pScan->aiColumn[0] ){ testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); continue; } pScan->pWC = pWC; pScan->k = k+1; return pTerm; } } } pWC = pWC->pOuter; k = 0; }while( pWC!=0 ); if( pScan->iEquiv>=pScan->nEquiv ) break; pWC = pScan->pOrigWC; k = 0; pScan->iEquiv++; } return 0; } /* ** Initialize a WHERE clause scanner object. Return a pointer to the ** first match. Return NULL if there are no matches. ** ** The scanner will be searching the WHERE clause pWC. It will look ** for terms of the form "X " where X is column iColumn of table ** iCur. Or if pIdx!=0 then X is column iColumn of index pIdx. pIdx ** must be one of the indexes of table iCur. ** ** The must be one of the operators described by opMask. ** ** If the search is for X and the WHERE clause contains terms of the ** form X=Y then this routine might also return terms of the form ** "Y ". The number of levels of transitivity is limited, ** but is enough to handle most commonly occurring SQL statements. ** ** If X is not the INTEGER PRIMARY KEY then X must be compatible with ** index pIdx. */ static WhereTerm *whereScanInit( WhereScan *pScan, /* The WhereScan object being initialized */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be scanned */ int iCur, /* Cursor to scan for */ int iColumn, /* Column to scan for */ u32 opMask, /* Operator(s) to scan for */ Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index */ ){ pScan->pOrigWC = pWC; pScan->pWC = pWC; pScan->pIdxExpr = 0; pScan->idxaff = 0; pScan->zCollName = 0; if( pIdx ){ int j = iColumn; iColumn = pIdx->aiColumn[j]; if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ){ pScan->pIdxExpr = pIdx->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr; pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j]; }else if( iColumn==pIdx->pTable->iPKey ){ iColumn = XN_ROWID; }else if( iColumn>=0 ){ pScan->idxaff = pIdx->pTable->aCol[iColumn].affinity; pScan->zCollName = pIdx->azColl[j]; } }else if( iColumn==XN_EXPR ){ return 0; } pScan->opMask = opMask; pScan->k = 0; pScan->aiCur[0] = iCur; pScan->aiColumn[0] = iColumn; pScan->nEquiv = 1; pScan->iEquiv = 1; return whereScanNext(pScan); } /* ** Search for a term in the WHERE clause that is of the form "X " ** where X is a reference to the iColumn of table iCur or of index pIdx ** if pIdx!=0 and is one of the WO_xx operator codes specified by ** the op parameter. Return a pointer to the term. Return 0 if not found. ** ** If pIdx!=0 then it must be one of the indexes of table iCur. ** Search for terms matching the iColumn-th column of pIdx ** rather than the iColumn-th column of table iCur. ** ** The term returned might by Y= if there is another constraint in ** the WHERE clause that specifies that X=Y. Any such constraints will be ** identified by the WO_EQUIV bit in the pTerm->eOperator field. The ** aiCur[]/iaColumn[] arrays hold X and all its equivalents. There are 11 ** slots in aiCur[]/aiColumn[] so that means we can look for X plus up to 10 ** other equivalent values. Hence a search for X will return if X=A1 ** and A1=A2 and A2=A3 and ... and A9=A10 and A10=. ** ** If there are multiple terms in the WHERE clause of the form "X " ** then try for the one with no dependencies on - in other words where ** is a constant expression of some kind. Only return entries of ** the form "X Y" where Y is a column in another table if no terms of ** the form "X " exist. If no terms with a constant RHS ** exist, try to return a term that does not use WO_EQUIV. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereTerm *sqlite3WhereFindTerm( WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause to be searched */ int iCur, /* Cursor number of LHS */ int iColumn, /* Column number of LHS */ Bitmask notReady, /* RHS must not overlap with this mask */ u32 op, /* Mask of WO_xx values describing operator */ Index *pIdx /* Must be compatible with this index, if not NULL */ ){ WhereTerm *pResult = 0; WhereTerm *p; WhereScan scan; p = whereScanInit(&scan, pWC, iCur, iColumn, op, pIdx); op &= WO_EQ|WO_IS; while( p ){ if( (p->prereqRight & notReady)==0 ){ if( p->prereqRight==0 && (p->eOperator&op)!=0 ){ testcase( p->eOperator & WO_IS ); return p; } if( pResult==0 ) pResult = p; } p = whereScanNext(&scan); } return pResult; } /* ** This function searches pList for an entry that matches the iCol-th column ** of index pIdx. ** ** If such an expression is found, its index in pList->a[] is returned. If ** no expression is found, -1 is returned. */ static int findIndexCol( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ ExprList *pList, /* Expression list to search */ int iBase, /* Cursor for table associated with pIdx */ Index *pIdx, /* Index to match column of */ int iCol /* Column of index to match */ ){ int i; const char *zColl = pIdx->azColl[iCol]; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pList->a[i].pExpr); if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iColumn==pIdx->aiColumn[iCol] && p->iTable==iBase ){ CollSeq *pColl = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pList->a[i].pExpr); if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, zColl) ){ return i; } } } return -1; } /* ** Return TRUE if the iCol-th column of index pIdx is NOT NULL */ static int indexColumnNotNull(Index *pIdx, int iCol){ int j; assert( pIdx!=0 ); assert( iCol>=0 && iColnColumn ); j = pIdx->aiColumn[iCol]; if( j>=0 ){ return pIdx->pTable->aCol[j].notNull; }else if( j==(-1) ){ return 1; }else{ assert( j==(-2) ); return 0; /* Assume an indexed expression can always yield a NULL */ } } /* ** Return true if the DISTINCT expression-list passed as the third argument ** is redundant. ** ** A DISTINCT list is redundant if any subset of the columns in the ** DISTINCT list are collectively unique and individually non-null. */ static int isDistinctRedundant( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* The FROM clause */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ ExprList *pDistinct /* The result set that needs to be DISTINCT */ ){ Table *pTab; Index *pIdx; int i; int iBase; /* If there is more than one table or sub-select in the FROM clause of ** this query, then it will not be possible to show that the DISTINCT ** clause is redundant. */ if( pTabList->nSrc!=1 ) return 0; iBase = pTabList->a[0].iCursor; pTab = pTabList->a[0].pTab; /* If any of the expressions is an IPK column on table iBase, then return ** true. Note: The (p->iTable==iBase) part of this test may be false if the ** current SELECT is a correlated sub-query. */ for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ Expr *p = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pDistinct->a[i].pExpr); if( p->op==TK_COLUMN && p->iTable==iBase && p->iColumn<0 ) return 1; } /* Loop through all indices on the table, checking each to see if it makes ** the DISTINCT qualifier redundant. It does so if: ** ** 1. The index is itself UNIQUE, and ** ** 2. All of the columns in the index are either part of the pDistinct ** list, or else the WHERE clause contains a term of the form "col=X", ** where X is a constant value. The collation sequences of the ** comparison and select-list expressions must match those of the index. ** ** 3. All of those index columns for which the WHERE clause does not ** contain a "col=X" term are subject to a NOT NULL constraint. */ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) ) continue; for(i=0; inKeyCol; i++){ if( 0==sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iBase, i, ~(Bitmask)0, WO_EQ, pIdx) ){ if( findIndexCol(pParse, pDistinct, iBase, pIdx, i)<0 ) break; if( indexColumnNotNull(pIdx, i)==0 ) break; } } if( i==pIdx->nKeyCol ){ /* This index implies that the DISTINCT qualifier is redundant. */ return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** Estimate the logarithm of the input value to base 2. */ static LogEst estLog(LogEst N){ return N<=10 ? 0 : sqlite3LogEst(N) - 33; } /* ** Convert OP_Column opcodes to OP_Copy in previously generated code. ** ** This routine runs over generated VDBE code and translates OP_Column ** opcodes into OP_Copy when the table is being accessed via co-routine ** instead of via table lookup. ** ** If the bIncrRowid parameter is 0, then any OP_Rowid instructions on ** cursor iTabCur are transformed into OP_Null. Or, if bIncrRowid is non-zero, ** then each OP_Rowid is transformed into an instruction to increment the ** value stored in its output register. */ static void translateColumnToCopy( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int iStart, /* Translate from this opcode to the end */ int iTabCur, /* OP_Column/OP_Rowid references to this table */ int iRegister, /* The first column is in this register */ int bIncrRowid /* If non-zero, transform OP_rowid to OP_AddImm(1) */ ){ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; VdbeOp *pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, iStart); int iEnd = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( pParse->db->mallocFailed ) return; for(; iStartp1!=iTabCur ) continue; if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column ){ pOp->opcode = OP_Copy; pOp->p1 = pOp->p2 + iRegister; pOp->p2 = pOp->p3; pOp->p3 = 0; }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ if( bIncrRowid ){ /* Increment the value stored in the P2 operand of the OP_Rowid. */ pOp->opcode = OP_AddImm; pOp->p1 = pOp->p2; pOp->p2 = 1; }else{ pOp->opcode = OP_Null; pOp->p1 = 0; pOp->p3 = 0; } } } } /* ** Two routines for printing the content of an sqlite3_index_info ** structure. Used for testing and debugging only. If neither ** SQLITE_TEST or SQLITE_DEBUG are defined, then these routines ** are no-ops. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) && defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) static void TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ int i; if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" constraint[%d]: col=%d termid=%d op=%d usabled=%d\n", i, p->aConstraint[i].iColumn, p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset, p->aConstraint[i].op, p->aConstraint[i].usable); } for(i=0; inOrderBy; i++){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderby[%d]: col=%d desc=%d\n", i, p->aOrderBy[i].iColumn, p->aOrderBy[i].desc); } } static void TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(sqlite3_index_info *p){ int i; if( !sqlite3WhereTrace ) return; for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" usage[%d]: argvIdx=%d omit=%d\n", i, p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex, p->aConstraintUsage[i].omit); } sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxNum=%d\n", p->idxNum); sqlite3DebugPrintf(" idxStr=%s\n", p->idxStr); sqlite3DebugPrintf(" orderByConsumed=%d\n", p->orderByConsumed); sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedCost=%g\n", p->estimatedCost); sqlite3DebugPrintf(" estimatedRows=%lld\n", p->estimatedRows); } #else #define TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(A) #define TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(A) #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* ** Return TRUE if the WHERE clause term pTerm is of a form where it ** could be used with an index to access pSrc, assuming an appropriate ** index existed. */ static int termCanDriveIndex( WhereTerm *pTerm, /* WHERE clause term to check */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* Table we are trying to access */ Bitmask notReady /* Tables in outer loops of the join */ ){ char aff; if( pTerm->leftCursor!=pSrc->iCursor ) return 0; if( (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS))==0 ) return 0; if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT) && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) && (pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS) ){ /* Cannot use an IS term from the WHERE clause as an index driver for ** the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. Such a term can only be used if it is from ** the ON clause. */ return 0; } if( (pTerm->prereqRight & notReady)!=0 ) return 0; if( pTerm->u.leftColumn<0 ) return 0; aff = pSrc->pTab->aCol[pTerm->u.leftColumn].affinity; if( !sqlite3IndexAffinityOk(pTerm->pExpr, aff) ) return 0; testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS ); return 1; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* ** Generate code to construct the Index object for an automatic index ** and to set up the WhereLevel object pLevel so that the code generator ** makes use of the automatic index. */ static void constructAutomaticIndex( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term to get the next index */ Bitmask notReady, /* Mask of cursors that are not available */ WhereLevel *pLevel /* Write new index here */ ){ int nKeyCol; /* Number of columns in the constructed index */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ WhereTerm *pWCEnd; /* End of pWC->a[] */ Index *pIdx; /* Object describing the transient index */ Vdbe *v; /* Prepared statement under construction */ int addrInit; /* Address of the initialization bypass jump */ Table *pTable; /* The table being indexed */ int addrTop; /* Top of the index fill loop */ int regRecord; /* Register holding an index record */ int n; /* Column counter */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int mxBitCol; /* Maximum column in pSrc->colUsed */ CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence to on a column */ WhereLoop *pLoop; /* The Loop object */ char *zNotUsed; /* Extra space on the end of pIdx */ Bitmask idxCols; /* Bitmap of columns used for indexing */ Bitmask extraCols; /* Bitmap of additional columns */ u8 sentWarning = 0; /* True if a warnning has been issued */ Expr *pPartial = 0; /* Partial Index Expression */ int iContinue = 0; /* Jump here to skip excluded rows */ struct SrcList_item *pTabItem; /* FROM clause term being indexed */ int addrCounter = 0; /* Address where integer counter is initialized */ int regBase; /* Array of registers where record is assembled */ /* Generate code to skip over the creation and initialization of the ** transient index on 2nd and subsequent iterations of the loop. */ v = pParse->pVdbe; assert( v!=0 ); addrInit = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Once); VdbeCoverage(v); /* Count the number of columns that will be added to the index ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */ nKeyCol = 0; pTable = pSrc->pTab; pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm]; pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; idxCols = 0; for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermpExpr; assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) /* prereq always non-zero */ || pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pSrc->iCursor /* for the right-hand */ || pLoop->prereq!=0 ); /* table of a LEFT JOIN */ if( pLoop->prereq==0 && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)==0 && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) && sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pExpr, pSrc->iCursor) ){ pPartial = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pPartial, sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0)); } if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){ int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn; Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); testcase( iCol==BMS ); testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); if( !sentWarning ){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX, "automatic index on %s(%s)", pTable->zName, pTable->aCol[iCol].zName); sentWarning = 1; } if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pLoop, nKeyCol+1) ){ goto end_auto_index_create; } pLoop->aLTerm[nKeyCol++] = pTerm; idxCols |= cMask; } } } assert( nKeyCol>0 ); pLoop->u.btree.nEq = pLoop->nLTerm = nKeyCol; pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ | WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED | WHERE_AUTO_INDEX; /* Count the number of additional columns needed to create a ** covering index. A "covering index" is an index that contains all ** columns that are needed by the query. With a covering index, the ** original table never needs to be accessed. Automatic indices must ** be a covering index because the index will not be updated if the ** original table changes and the index and table cannot both be used ** if they go out of sync. */ extraCols = pSrc->colUsed & (~idxCols | MASKBIT(BMS-1)); mxBitCol = MIN(BMS-1,pTable->nCol); testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-1 ); testcase( pTable->nCol==BMS-2 ); for(i=0; icolUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){ nKeyCol += pTable->nCol - BMS + 1; } /* Construct the Index object to describe this index */ pIdx = sqlite3AllocateIndexObject(pParse->db, nKeyCol+1, 0, &zNotUsed); if( pIdx==0 ) goto end_auto_index_create; pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx; pIdx->zName = "auto-index"; pIdx->pTable = pTable; n = 0; idxCols = 0; for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermu.leftColumn; Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol); testcase( iCol==BMS-1 ); testcase( iCol==BMS ); if( (idxCols & cMask)==0 ){ Expr *pX = pTerm->pExpr; idxCols |= cMask; pIdx->aiColumn[n] = pTerm->u.leftColumn; pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); pIdx->azColl[n] = pColl ? pColl->zName : sqlite3StrBINARY; n++; } } } assert( (u32)n==pLoop->u.btree.nEq ); /* Add additional columns needed to make the automatic index into ** a covering index */ for(i=0; iaiColumn[n] = i; pIdx->azColl[n] = sqlite3StrBINARY; n++; } } if( pSrc->colUsed & MASKBIT(BMS-1) ){ for(i=BMS-1; inCol; i++){ pIdx->aiColumn[n] = i; pIdx->azColl[n] = sqlite3StrBINARY; n++; } } assert( n==nKeyCol ); pIdx->aiColumn[n] = XN_ROWID; pIdx->azColl[n] = sqlite3StrBINARY; /* Create the automatic index */ assert( pLevel->iIdxCur>=0 ); pLevel->iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenAutoindex, pLevel->iIdxCur, nKeyCol+1); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIdx); VdbeComment((v, "for %s", pTable->zName)); /* Fill the automatic index with content */ pTabItem = &pWC->pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){ int regYield = pTabItem->regReturn; addrCounter = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_InitCoroutine, regYield, 0, pTabItem->addrFillSub); addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Yield, regYield); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeComment((v, "next row of %s", pTabItem->pTab->zName)); }else{ addrTop = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Rewind, pLevel->iTabCur); VdbeCoverage(v); } if( pPartial ){ iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pPartial, iContinue, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_PARTIALIDX; } regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); regBase = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey( pParse, pIdx, pLevel->iTabCur, regRecord, 0, 0, 0, 0 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pLevel->iIdxCur, regRecord); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT); if( pPartial ) sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, iContinue); if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addrCounter, regBase+n); testcase( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); translateColumnToCopy(pParse, addrTop, pLevel->iTabCur, pTabItem->regResult, 1); sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, addrTop); pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine = 0; }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pLevel->iTabCur, addrTop+1); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_STMTSTATUS_AUTOINDEX); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrTop); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord); /* Jump here when skipping the initialization */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrInit); end_auto_index_create: sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pPartial); } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* ** Allocate and populate an sqlite3_index_info structure. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually release the structure ** by passing the pointer returned by this function to sqlite3_free(). */ static sqlite3_index_info *allocateIndexInfo( Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */ WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause being analyzed */ Bitmask mUnusable, /* Ignore terms with these prereqs */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* The FROM clause term that is the vtab */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause */ u16 *pmNoOmit /* Mask of terms not to omit */ ){ int i, j; int nTerm; struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pIdxOrderBy; struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage; struct HiddenIndexInfo *pHidden; WhereTerm *pTerm; int nOrderBy; sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo; u16 mNoOmit = 0; /* Count the number of possible WHERE clause constraints referring ** to this virtual table */ for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; if( pTerm->prereqRight & mUnusable ) continue; assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue; if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; assert( pTerm->u.leftColumn>=(-1) ); nTerm++; } /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of ** the sqlite3_index_info structure. */ nOrderBy = 0; if( pOrderBy ){ int n = pOrderBy->nExpr; for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN || pExpr->iTable!=pSrc->iCursor ) break; } if( i==n){ nOrderBy = n; } } /* Allocate the sqlite3_index_info structure */ pIdxInfo = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*pIdxInfo) + (sizeof(*pIdxCons) + sizeof(*pUsage))*nTerm + sizeof(*pIdxOrderBy)*nOrderBy + sizeof(*pHidden) ); if( pIdxInfo==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "out of memory"); return 0; } /* Initialize the structure. The sqlite3_index_info structure contains ** many fields that are declared "const" to prevent xBestIndex from ** changing them. We have to do some funky casting in order to ** initialize those fields. */ pHidden = (struct HiddenIndexInfo*)&pIdxInfo[1]; pIdxCons = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint*)&pHidden[1]; pIdxOrderBy = (struct sqlite3_index_orderby*)&pIdxCons[nTerm]; pUsage = (struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage*)&pIdxOrderBy[nOrderBy]; *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nConstraint = nTerm; *(int*)&pIdxInfo->nOrderBy = nOrderBy; *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint = pIdxCons; *(struct sqlite3_index_orderby**)&pIdxInfo->aOrderBy = pIdxOrderBy; *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage = pUsage; pHidden->pWC = pWC; pHidden->pParse = pParse; for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ u16 op; if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue; if( pTerm->prereqRight & mUnusable ) continue; assert( IsPowerOfTwo(pTerm->eOperator & ~WO_EQUIV) ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IN ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL ); if( (pTerm->eOperator & ~(WO_EQUIV))==0 ) continue; if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue; if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) && (pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IS|WO_ISNULL)) ){ /* An "IS" term in the WHERE clause where the virtual table is the rhs ** of a LEFT JOIN. Do not pass this term to the virtual table ** implementation, as this can lead to incorrect results from SQL such ** as: ** ** "LEFT JOIN vtab WHERE vtab.col IS NULL" */ testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_ISNULL ); testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); continue; } assert( pTerm->u.leftColumn>=(-1) ); pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn; pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i; op = pTerm->eOperator & WO_ALL; if( op==WO_IN ) op = WO_EQ; if( op==WO_AUX ){ pIdxCons[j].op = pTerm->eMatchOp; }else if( op & (WO_ISNULL|WO_IS) ){ if( op==WO_ISNULL ){ pIdxCons[j].op = SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ISNULL; }else{ pIdxCons[j].op = SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_IS; } }else{ pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)op; /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical. The ** following asserts verify this fact. */ assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ); assert( WO_LT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ); assert( WO_LE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ); assert( WO_GT==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ); assert( WO_GE==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ); assert( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_IN|WO_EQ|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_AUX) ); if( op & (WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_GT|WO_GE) && sqlite3ExprIsVector(pTerm->pExpr->pRight) ){ if( i<16 ) mNoOmit |= (1 << i); if( op==WO_LT ) pIdxCons[j].op = WO_LE; if( op==WO_GT ) pIdxCons[j].op = WO_GE; } } j++; } for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; pIdxOrderBy[i].iColumn = pExpr->iColumn; pIdxOrderBy[i].desc = pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; } *pmNoOmit = mNoOmit; return pIdxInfo; } /* ** The table object reference passed as the second argument to this function ** must represent a virtual table. This function invokes the xBestIndex() ** method of the virtual table with the sqlite3_index_info object that ** comes in as the 3rd argument to this function. ** ** If an error occurs, pParse is populated with an error message and a ** non-zero value is returned. Otherwise, 0 is returned and the output ** part of the sqlite3_index_info structure is left populated. ** ** Whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility of the ** caller to eventually free p->idxStr if p->needToFreeIdxStr indicates ** that this is required. */ static int vtabBestIndex(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, sqlite3_index_info *p){ sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = sqlite3GetVTable(pParse->db, pTab)->pVtab; int rc; TRACE_IDX_INPUTS(p); rc = pVtab->pModule->xBestIndex(pVtab, p); TRACE_IDX_OUTPUTS(p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3OomFault(pParse->db); }else if( !pVtab->zErrMsg ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc)); }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg); } } sqlite3_free(pVtab->zErrMsg); pVtab->zErrMsg = 0; #if 0 /* This error is now caught by the caller. ** Search for "xBestIndex malfunction" below */ for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ if( !p->aConstraint[i].usable && p->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex>0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s: xBestIndex returned an invalid plan", pTab->zName); } } #endif return pParse->nErr; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE) */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* ** Estimate the location of a particular key among all keys in an ** index. Store the results in aStat as follows: ** ** aStat[0] Est. number of rows less than pRec ** aStat[1] Est. number of rows equal to pRec ** ** Return the index of the sample that is the smallest sample that ** is greater than or equal to pRec. Note that this index is not an index ** into the aSample[] array - it is an index into a virtual set of samples ** based on the contents of aSample[] and the number of fields in record ** pRec. */ static int whereKeyStats( Parse *pParse, /* Database connection */ Index *pIdx, /* Index to consider domain of */ UnpackedRecord *pRec, /* Vector of values to consider */ int roundUp, /* Round up if true. Round down if false */ tRowcnt *aStat /* OUT: stats written here */ ){ IndexSample *aSample = pIdx->aSample; int iCol; /* Index of required stats in anEq[] etc. */ int i; /* Index of first sample >= pRec */ int iSample; /* Smallest sample larger than or equal to pRec */ int iMin = 0; /* Smallest sample not yet tested */ int iTest; /* Next sample to test */ int res; /* Result of comparison operation */ int nField; /* Number of fields in pRec */ tRowcnt iLower = 0; /* anLt[] + anEq[] of largest sample pRec is > */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG UNUSED_PARAMETER( pParse ); #endif assert( pRec!=0 ); assert( pIdx->nSample>0 ); assert( pRec->nField>0 && pRec->nField<=pIdx->nSampleCol ); /* Do a binary search to find the first sample greater than or equal ** to pRec. If pRec contains a single field, the set of samples to search ** is simply the aSample[] array. If the samples in aSample[] contain more ** than one fields, all fields following the first are ignored. ** ** If pRec contains N fields, where N is more than one, then as well as the ** samples in aSample[] (truncated to N fields), the search also has to ** consider prefixes of those samples. For example, if the set of samples ** in aSample is: ** ** aSample[0] = (a, 5) ** aSample[1] = (a, 10) ** aSample[2] = (b, 5) ** aSample[3] = (c, 100) ** aSample[4] = (c, 105) ** ** Then the search space should ideally be the samples above and the ** unique prefixes [a], [b] and [c]. But since that is hard to organize, ** the code actually searches this set: ** ** 0: (a) ** 1: (a, 5) ** 2: (a, 10) ** 3: (a, 10) ** 4: (b) ** 5: (b, 5) ** 6: (c) ** 7: (c, 100) ** 8: (c, 105) ** 9: (c, 105) ** ** For each sample in the aSample[] array, N samples are present in the ** effective sample array. In the above, samples 0 and 1 are based on ** sample aSample[0]. Samples 2 and 3 on aSample[1] etc. ** ** Often, sample i of each block of N effective samples has (i+1) fields. ** Except, each sample may be extended to ensure that it is greater than or ** equal to the previous sample in the array. For example, in the above, ** sample 2 is the first sample of a block of N samples, so at first it ** appears that it should be 1 field in size. However, that would make it ** smaller than sample 1, so the binary search would not work. As a result, ** it is extended to two fields. The duplicates that this creates do not ** cause any problems. */ nField = pRec->nField; iCol = 0; iSample = pIdx->nSample * nField; do{ int iSamp; /* Index in aSample[] of test sample */ int n; /* Number of fields in test sample */ iTest = (iMin+iSample)/2; iSamp = iTest / nField; if( iSamp>0 ){ /* The proposed effective sample is a prefix of sample aSample[iSamp]. ** Specifically, the shortest prefix of at least (1 + iTest%nField) ** fields that is greater than the previous effective sample. */ for(n=(iTest % nField) + 1; nnField = n; res = sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[iSamp].n, aSample[iSamp].p, pRec); if( res<0 ){ iLower = aSample[iSamp].anLt[n-1] + aSample[iSamp].anEq[n-1]; iMin = iTest+1; }else if( res==0 && ndb->mallocFailed==0 ){ if( res==0 ){ /* If (res==0) is true, then pRec must be equal to sample i. */ assert( inSample ); assert( iCol==nField-1 ); pRec->nField = nField; assert( 0==sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec) || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); }else{ /* Unless i==pIdx->nSample, indicating that pRec is larger than ** all samples in the aSample[] array, pRec must be smaller than the ** (iCol+1) field prefix of sample i. */ assert( i<=pIdx->nSample && i>=0 ); pRec->nField = iCol+1; assert( i==pIdx->nSample || sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)>0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); /* if i==0 and iCol==0, then record pRec is smaller than all samples ** in the aSample[] array. Otherwise, if (iCol>0) then pRec must ** be greater than or equal to the (iCol) field prefix of sample i. ** If (i>0), then pRec must also be greater than sample (i-1). */ if( iCol>0 ){ pRec->nField = iCol; assert( sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i].n, aSample[i].p, pRec)<=0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); } if( i>0 ){ pRec->nField = nField; assert( sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(aSample[i-1].n, aSample[i-1].p, pRec)<0 || pParse->db->mallocFailed ); } } } #endif /* ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG */ if( res==0 ){ /* Record pRec is equal to sample i */ assert( iCol==nField-1 ); aStat[0] = aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; aStat[1] = aSample[i].anEq[iCol]; }else{ /* At this point, the (iCol+1) field prefix of aSample[i] is the first ** sample that is greater than pRec. Or, if i==pIdx->nSample then pRec ** is larger than all samples in the array. */ tRowcnt iUpper, iGap; if( i>=pIdx->nSample ){ iUpper = sqlite3LogEstToInt(pIdx->aiRowLogEst[0]); }else{ iUpper = aSample[i].anLt[iCol]; } if( iLower>=iUpper ){ iGap = 0; }else{ iGap = iUpper - iLower; } if( roundUp ){ iGap = (iGap*2)/3; }else{ iGap = iGap/3; } aStat[0] = iLower + iGap; aStat[1] = pIdx->aAvgEq[nField-1]; } /* Restore the pRec->nField value before returning. */ pRec->nField = nField; return i; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ /* ** If it is not NULL, pTerm is a term that provides an upper or lower ** bound on a range scan. Without considering pTerm, it is estimated ** that the scan will visit nNew rows. This function returns the number ** estimated to be visited after taking pTerm into account. ** ** If the user explicitly specified a likelihood() value for this term, ** then the return value is the likelihood multiplied by the number of ** input rows. Otherwise, this function assumes that an "IS NOT NULL" term ** has a likelihood of 0.50, and any other term a likelihood of 0.25. */ static LogEst whereRangeAdjust(WhereTerm *pTerm, LogEst nNew){ LogEst nRet = nNew; if( pTerm ){ if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){ nRet += pTerm->truthProb; }else if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ){ nRet -= 20; assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) ); } } return nRet; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* ** Return the affinity for a single column of an index. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE char sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(sqlite3 *db, Index *pIdx, int iCol){ assert( iCol>=0 && iColnColumn ); if( !pIdx->zColAff ){ if( sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(db, pIdx)==0 ) return SQLITE_AFF_BLOB; } return pIdx->zColAff[iCol]; } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* ** This function is called to estimate the number of rows visited by a ** range-scan on a skip-scan index. For example: ** ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(a, b, c); ** SELECT * FROM t1 WHERE a=? AND c BETWEEN ? AND ?; ** ** Value pLoop->nOut is currently set to the estimated number of rows ** visited for scanning (a=? AND b=?). This function reduces that estimate ** by some factor to account for the (c BETWEEN ? AND ?) expression based ** on the stat4 data for the index. this scan will be peformed multiple ** times (once for each (a,b) combination that matches a=?) is dealt with ** by the caller. ** ** It does this by scanning through all stat4 samples, comparing values ** extracted from pLower and pUpper with the corresponding column in each ** sample. If L and U are the number of samples found to be less than or ** equal to the values extracted from pLower and pUpper respectively, and ** N is the total number of samples, the pLoop->nOut value is adjusted ** as follows: ** ** nOut = nOut * ( min(U - L, 1) / N ) ** ** If pLower is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from the term, L is ** set to zero. If pUpper is NULL, or a value cannot be extracted from it, ** U is set to N. ** ** Normally, this function sets *pbDone to 1 before returning. However, ** if no value can be extracted from either pLower or pUpper (and so the ** estimate of the number of rows delivered remains unchanged), *pbDone ** is left as is. ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, ** SQLITE_OK. */ static int whereRangeSkipScanEst( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ WhereTerm *pLower, /* Lower bound on the range. ex: "x>123" Might be NULL */ WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ WhereLoop *pLoop, /* Update the .nOut value of this loop */ int *pbDone /* Set to true if at least one expr. value extracted */ ){ Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; int nLower = -1; int nUpper = p->nSample+1; int rc = SQLITE_OK; u8 aff = sqlite3IndexColumnAffinity(db, p, nEq); CollSeq *pColl; sqlite3_value *p1 = 0; /* Value extracted from pLower */ sqlite3_value *p2 = 0; /* Value extracted from pUpper */ sqlite3_value *pVal = 0; /* Value extracted from record */ pColl = sqlite3LocateCollSeq(pParse, p->azColl[nEq]); if( pLower ){ rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pLower->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p1); nLower = 0; } if( pUpper && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Stat4ValueFromExpr(pParse, pUpper->pExpr->pRight, aff, &p2); nUpper = p2 ? 0 : p->nSample; } if( p1 || p2 ){ int i; int nDiff; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inSample; i++){ rc = sqlite3Stat4Column(db, p->aSample[i].p, p->aSample[i].n, nEq, &pVal); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p1 ){ int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p1, pVal, pColl); if( res>=0 ) nLower++; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p2 ){ int res = sqlite3MemCompare(p2, pVal, pColl); if( res>=0 ) nUpper++; } } nDiff = (nUpper - nLower); if( nDiff<=0 ) nDiff = 1; /* If there is both an upper and lower bound specified, and the ** comparisons indicate that they are close together, use the fallback ** method (assume that the scan visits 1/64 of the rows) for estimating ** the number of rows visited. Otherwise, estimate the number of rows ** using the method described in the header comment for this function. */ if( nDiff!=1 || pUpper==0 || pLower==0 ){ int nAdjust = (sqlite3LogEst(p->nSample) - sqlite3LogEst(nDiff)); pLoop->nOut -= nAdjust; *pbDone = 1; WHERETRACE(0x10, ("range skip-scan regions: %u..%u adjust=%d est=%d\n", nLower, nUpper, nAdjust*-1, pLoop->nOut)); } }else{ assert( *pbDone==0 ); } sqlite3ValueFree(p1); sqlite3ValueFree(p2); sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ /* ** This function is used to estimate the number of rows that will be visited ** by scanning an index for a range of values. The range may have an upper ** bound, a lower bound, or both. The WHERE clause terms that set the upper ** and lower bounds are represented by pLower and pUpper respectively. For ** example, assuming that index p is on t1(a): ** ** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... ** |_____| |_____| ** | | ** pLower pUpper ** ** If either of the upper or lower bound is not present, then NULL is passed in ** place of the corresponding WhereTerm. ** ** The value in (pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq) is the number of the index ** column subject to the range constraint. Or, equivalently, the number of ** equality constraints optimized by the proposed index scan. For example, ** assuming index p is on t1(a, b), and the SQL query is: ** ** ... FROM t1 WHERE a = ? AND b > ? AND b < ? ... ** ** then nEq is set to 1 (as the range restricted column, b, is the second ** left-most column of the index). Or, if the query is: ** ** ... FROM t1 WHERE a > ? AND a < ? ... ** ** then nEq is set to 0. ** ** When this function is called, *pnOut is set to the sqlite3LogEst() of the ** number of rows that the index scan is expected to visit without ** considering the range constraints. If nEq is 0, then *pnOut is the number of ** rows in the index. Assuming no error occurs, *pnOut is adjusted (reduced) ** to account for the range constraints pLower and pUpper. ** ** In the absence of sqlite_stat4 ANALYZE data, or if such data cannot be ** used, a single range inequality reduces the search space by a factor of 4. ** and a pair of constraints (x>? AND x123" Might be NULL */ WhereTerm *pUpper, /* Upper bound on the range. ex: "x<455" Might be NULL */ WhereLoop *pLoop /* Modify the .nOut and maybe .rRun fields */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nOut = pLoop->nOut; LogEst nNew; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 Index *p = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; int nEq = pLoop->u.btree.nEq; if( p->nSample>0 && nEqnSampleCol && OptimizationEnabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_Stat34) ){ if( nEq==pBuilder->nRecValid ){ UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec; tRowcnt a[2]; int nBtm = pLoop->u.btree.nBtm; int nTop = pLoop->u.btree.nTop; /* Variable iLower will be set to the estimate of the number of rows in ** the index that are less than the lower bound of the range query. The ** lower bound being the concatenation of $P and $L, where $P is the ** key-prefix formed by the nEq values matched against the nEq left-most ** columns of the index, and $L is the value in pLower. ** ** Or, if pLower is NULL or $L cannot be extracted from it (because it ** is not a simple variable or literal value), the lower bound of the ** range is $P. Due to a quirk in the way whereKeyStats() works, even ** if $L is available, whereKeyStats() is called for both ($P) and ** ($P:$L) and the larger of the two returned values is used. ** ** Similarly, iUpper is to be set to the estimate of the number of rows ** less than the upper bound of the range query. Where the upper bound ** is either ($P) or ($P:$U). Again, even if $U is available, both values ** of iUpper are requested of whereKeyStats() and the smaller used. ** ** The number of rows between the two bounds is then just iUpper-iLower. */ tRowcnt iLower; /* Rows less than the lower bound */ tRowcnt iUpper; /* Rows less than the upper bound */ int iLwrIdx = -2; /* aSample[] for the lower bound */ int iUprIdx = -1; /* aSample[] for the upper bound */ if( pRec ){ testcase( pRec->nField!=pBuilder->nRecValid ); pRec->nField = pBuilder->nRecValid; } /* Determine iLower and iUpper using ($P) only. */ if( nEq==0 ){ iLower = 0; iUpper = p->nRowEst0; }else{ /* Note: this call could be optimized away - since the same values must ** have been requested when testing key $P in whereEqualScanEst(). */ whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); iLower = a[0]; iUpper = a[0] + a[1]; } assert( pLower==0 || (pLower->eOperator & (WO_GT|WO_GE))!=0 ); assert( pUpper==0 || (pUpper->eOperator & (WO_LT|WO_LE))!=0 ); assert( p->aSortOrder!=0 ); if( p->aSortOrder[nEq] ){ /* The roles of pLower and pUpper are swapped for a DESC index */ SWAP(WhereTerm*, pLower, pUpper); SWAP(int, nBtm, nTop); } /* If possible, improve on the iLower estimate using ($P:$L). */ if( pLower ){ int n; /* Values extracted from pExpr */ Expr *pExpr = pLower->pExpr->pRight; rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, nBtm, nEq, &n); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && n ){ tRowcnt iNew; u16 mask = WO_GT|WO_LE; if( sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr)>n ) mask = (WO_LE|WO_LT); iLwrIdx = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); iNew = a[0] + ((pLower->eOperator & mask) ? a[1] : 0); if( iNew>iLower ) iLower = iNew; nOut--; pLower = 0; } } /* If possible, improve on the iUpper estimate using ($P:$U). */ if( pUpper ){ int n; /* Values extracted from pExpr */ Expr *pExpr = pUpper->pExpr->pRight; rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, nTop, nEq, &n); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && n ){ tRowcnt iNew; u16 mask = WO_GT|WO_LE; if( sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pExpr)>n ) mask = (WO_LE|WO_LT); iUprIdx = whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 1, a); iNew = a[0] + ((pUpper->eOperator & mask) ? a[1] : 0); if( iNewpRec = pRec; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( iUpper>iLower ){ nNew = sqlite3LogEst(iUpper - iLower); /* TUNING: If both iUpper and iLower are derived from the same ** sample, then assume they are 4x more selective. This brings ** the estimated selectivity more in line with what it would be ** if estimated without the use of STAT3/4 tables. */ if( iLwrIdx==iUprIdx ) nNew -= 20; assert( 20==sqlite3LogEst(4) ); }else{ nNew = 10; assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); } if( nNewwtFlags & TERM_VNULL)==0 ); nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pLower, nOut); nNew = whereRangeAdjust(pUpper, nNew); /* TUNING: If there is both an upper and lower limit and neither limit ** has an application-defined likelihood(), assume the range is ** reduced by an additional 75%. This means that, by default, an open-ended ** range query (e.g. col > ?) is assumed to match 1/4 of the rows in the ** index. While a closed range (e.g. col BETWEEN ? AND ?) is estimated to ** match 1/64 of the index. */ if( pLower && pLower->truthProb>0 && pUpper && pUpper->truthProb>0 ){ nNew -= 20; } nOut -= (pLower!=0) + (pUpper!=0); if( nNew<10 ) nNew = 10; if( nNewnOut>nOut ){ WHERETRACE(0x10,("Range scan lowers nOut from %d to %d\n", pLoop->nOut, nOut)); } #endif pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)nOut; return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* ** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on ** an equality constraint x=VALUE and where that VALUE occurs in ** the histogram data. This only works when x is the left-most ** column of an index and sqlite_stat3 histogram data is available ** for that index. When pExpr==NULL that means the constraint is ** "x IS NULL" instead of "x=VALUE". ** ** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. ** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return ** non-zero. ** ** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence ** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory ** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored ** in the pParse structure. */ static int whereEqualScanEst( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, Expr *pExpr, /* Expression for VALUE in the x=VALUE constraint */ tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ ){ Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex; int nEq = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq; UnpackedRecord *pRec = pBuilder->pRec; int rc; /* Subfunction return code */ tRowcnt a[2]; /* Statistics */ int bOk; assert( nEq>=1 ); assert( nEq<=p->nColumn ); assert( p->aSample!=0 ); assert( p->nSample>0 ); assert( pBuilder->nRecValidnRecValid<(nEq-1) ){ return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; } /* This is an optimization only. The call to sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue() ** below would return the same value. */ if( nEq>=p->nColumn ){ *pnRow = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } rc = sqlite3Stat4ProbeSetValue(pParse, p, &pRec, pExpr, 1, nEq-1, &bOk); pBuilder->pRec = pRec; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; if( bOk==0 ) return SQLITE_NOTFOUND; pBuilder->nRecValid = nEq; whereKeyStats(pParse, p, pRec, 0, a); WHERETRACE(0x10,("equality scan regions %s(%d): %d\n", p->zName, nEq-1, (int)a[1])); *pnRow = a[1]; return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 /* ** Estimate the number of rows that will be returned based on ** an IN constraint where the right-hand side of the IN operator ** is a list of values. Example: ** ** WHERE x IN (1,2,3,4) ** ** Write the estimated row count into *pnRow and return SQLITE_OK. ** If unable to make an estimate, leave *pnRow unchanged and return ** non-zero. ** ** This routine can fail if it is unable to load a collating sequence ** required for string comparison, or if unable to allocate memory ** for a UTF conversion required for comparison. The error is stored ** in the pParse structure. */ static int whereInScanEst( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing & code generating context */ WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, ExprList *pList, /* The value list on the RHS of "x IN (v1,v2,v3,...)" */ tRowcnt *pnRow /* Write the revised row estimate here */ ){ Index *p = pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.pIndex; i64 nRow0 = sqlite3LogEstToInt(p->aiRowLogEst[0]); int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Subfunction return code */ tRowcnt nEst; /* Number of rows for a single term */ tRowcnt nRowEst = 0; /* New estimate of the number of rows */ int i; /* Loop counter */ assert( p->aSample!=0 ); for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inExpr; i++){ nEst = nRow0; rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pList->a[i].pExpr, &nEst); nRowEst += nEst; pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( nRowEst > nRow0 ) nRowEst = nRow0; *pnRow = nRowEst; WHERETRACE(0x10,("IN row estimate: est=%d\n", nRowEst)); } assert( pBuilder->nRecValid==nRecValid ); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 */ #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* ** Print the content of a WhereTerm object */ static void whereTermPrint(WhereTerm *pTerm, int iTerm){ if( pTerm==0 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("TERM-%-3d NULL\n", iTerm); }else{ char zType[4]; char zLeft[50]; memcpy(zType, "...", 4); if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) zType[0] = 'V'; if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_EQUIV ) zType[1] = 'E'; if( ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ) zType[2] = 'L'; if( pTerm->eOperator & WO_SINGLE ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left={%d:%d}", pTerm->leftCursor, pTerm->u.leftColumn); }else if( (pTerm->eOperator & WO_OR)!=0 && pTerm->u.pOrInfo!=0 ){ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"indexable=0x%lld", pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable); }else{ sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zLeft),zLeft,"left=%d", pTerm->leftCursor); } sqlite3DebugPrintf( "TERM-%-3d %p %s %-12s prob=%-3d op=0x%03x wtFlags=0x%04x", iTerm, pTerm, zType, zLeft, pTerm->truthProb, pTerm->eOperator, pTerm->wtFlags); if( pTerm->iField ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" iField=%d\n", pTerm->iField); }else{ sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); } sqlite3TreeViewExpr(0, pTerm->pExpr, 0); } } #endif #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* ** Show the complete content of a WhereClause */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereClausePrint(WhereClause *pWC){ int i; for(i=0; inTerm; i++){ whereTermPrint(&pWC->a[i], i); } } #endif #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* ** Print a WhereLoop object for debugging purposes */ static void whereLoopPrint(WhereLoop *p, WhereClause *pWC){ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; int nb = 1+(pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc+3)/4; struct SrcList_item *pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + p->iTab; Table *pTab = pItem->pTab; Bitmask mAll = (((Bitmask)1)<<(nb*4)) - 1; sqlite3DebugPrintf("%c%2d.%0*llx.%0*llx", p->cId, p->iTab, nb, p->maskSelf, nb, p->prereq & mAll); sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %12s", pItem->zAlias ? pItem->zAlias : pTab->zName); if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ const char *zName; if( p->u.btree.pIndex && (zName = p->u.btree.pIndex->zName)!=0 ){ if( strncmp(zName, "sqlite_autoindex_", 17)==0 ){ int i = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) - 1; while( zName[i]!='_' ) i--; zName += i; } sqlite3DebugPrintf(".%-16s %2d", zName, p->u.btree.nEq); }else{ sqlite3DebugPrintf("%20s",""); } }else{ char *z; if( p->u.vtab.idxStr ){ z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,\"%s\",%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.idxStr, p->u.vtab.omitMask); }else{ z = sqlite3_mprintf("(%d,%x)", p->u.vtab.idxNum, p->u.vtab.omitMask); } sqlite3DebugPrintf(" %-19s", z); sqlite3_free(z); } if( p->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x %d-%d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm,p->nSkip); }else{ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" f %05x N %d", p->wsFlags, p->nLTerm); } sqlite3DebugPrintf(" cost %d,%d,%d\n", p->rSetup, p->rRun, p->nOut); if( p->nLTerm && (sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100)!=0 ){ int i; for(i=0; inLTerm; i++){ whereTermPrint(p->aLTerm[i], i); } } } #endif /* ** Convert bulk memory into a valid WhereLoop that can be passed ** to whereLoopClear harmlessly. */ static void whereLoopInit(WhereLoop *p){ p->aLTerm = p->aLTermSpace; p->nLTerm = 0; p->nLSlot = ArraySize(p->aLTermSpace); p->wsFlags = 0; } /* ** Clear the WhereLoop.u union. Leave WhereLoop.pLTerm intact. */ static void whereLoopClearUnion(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ if( p->wsFlags & (WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE|WHERE_AUTO_INDEX) ){ if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 && p->u.vtab.needFree ){ sqlite3_free(p->u.vtab.idxStr); p->u.vtab.needFree = 0; p->u.vtab.idxStr = 0; }else if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && p->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, p->u.btree.pIndex->zColAff); sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p->u.btree.pIndex); p->u.btree.pIndex = 0; } } } /* ** Deallocate internal memory used by a WhereLoop object */ static void whereLoopClear(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p->aLTerm); whereLoopClearUnion(db, p); whereLoopInit(p); } /* ** Increase the memory allocation for pLoop->aLTerm[] to be at least n. */ static int whereLoopResize(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p, int n){ WhereTerm **paNew; if( p->nLSlot>=n ) return SQLITE_OK; n = (n+7)&~7; paNew = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*n); if( paNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; memcpy(paNew, p->aLTerm, sizeof(p->aLTerm[0])*p->nLSlot); if( p->aLTerm!=p->aLTermSpace ) sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p->aLTerm); p->aLTerm = paNew; p->nLSlot = n; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Transfer content from the second pLoop into the first. */ static int whereLoopXfer(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *pTo, WhereLoop *pFrom){ whereLoopClearUnion(db, pTo); if( whereLoopResize(db, pTo, pFrom->nLTerm) ){ memset(&pTo->u, 0, sizeof(pTo->u)); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } memcpy(pTo, pFrom, WHERE_LOOP_XFER_SZ); memcpy(pTo->aLTerm, pFrom->aLTerm, pTo->nLTerm*sizeof(pTo->aLTerm[0])); if( pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){ pFrom->u.vtab.needFree = 0; }else if( (pFrom->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){ pFrom->u.btree.pIndex = 0; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Delete a WhereLoop object */ static void whereLoopDelete(sqlite3 *db, WhereLoop *p){ whereLoopClear(db, p); sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); } /* ** Free a WhereInfo structure */ static void whereInfoFree(sqlite3 *db, WhereInfo *pWInfo){ int i; assert( pWInfo!=0 ); for(i=0; inLevel; i++){ WhereLevel *pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; if( pLevel->pWLoop && (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE) ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pLevel->u.in.aInLoop); } } sqlite3WhereClauseClear(&pWInfo->sWC); while( pWInfo->pLoops ){ WhereLoop *p = pWInfo->pLoops; pWInfo->pLoops = p->pNextLoop; whereLoopDelete(db, p); } sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pWInfo); } /* ** Return TRUE if all of the following are true: ** ** (1) X has the same or lower cost that Y ** (2) X uses fewer WHERE clause terms than Y ** (3) Every WHERE clause term used by X is also used by Y ** (4) X skips at least as many columns as Y ** (5) If X is a covering index, than Y is too ** ** Conditions (2) and (3) mean that X is a "proper subset" of Y. ** If X is a proper subset of Y then Y is a better choice and ought ** to have a lower cost. This routine returns TRUE when that cost ** relationship is inverted and needs to be adjusted. Constraint (4) ** was added because if X uses skip-scan less than Y it still might ** deserve a lower cost even if it is a proper subset of Y. Constraint (5) ** was added because a covering index probably deserves to have a lower cost ** than a non-covering index even if it is a proper subset. */ static int whereLoopCheaperProperSubset( const WhereLoop *pX, /* First WhereLoop to compare */ const WhereLoop *pY /* Compare against this WhereLoop */ ){ int i, j; if( pX->nLTerm-pX->nSkip >= pY->nLTerm-pY->nSkip ){ return 0; /* X is not a subset of Y */ } if( pY->nSkip > pX->nSkip ) return 0; if( pX->rRun >= pY->rRun ){ if( pX->rRun > pY->rRun ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */ if( pX->nOut > pY->nOut ) return 0; /* X costs more than Y */ } for(i=pX->nLTerm-1; i>=0; i--){ if( pX->aLTerm[i]==0 ) continue; for(j=pY->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){ if( pY->aLTerm[j]==pX->aLTerm[i] ) break; } if( j<0 ) return 0; /* X not a subset of Y since term X[i] not used by Y */ } if( (pX->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)!=0 && (pY->wsFlags&WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ return 0; /* Constraint (5) */ } return 1; /* All conditions meet */ } /* ** Try to adjust the cost of WhereLoop pTemplate upwards or downwards so ** that: ** ** (1) pTemplate costs less than any other WhereLoops that are a proper ** subset of pTemplate ** ** (2) pTemplate costs more than any other WhereLoops for which pTemplate ** is a proper subset. ** ** To say "WhereLoop X is a proper subset of Y" means that X uses fewer ** WHERE clause terms than Y and that every WHERE clause term used by X is ** also used by Y. */ static void whereLoopAdjustCost(const WhereLoop *p, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ if( (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) return; for(; p; p=p->pNextLoop){ if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab ) continue; if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)==0 ) continue; if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(p, pTemplate) ){ /* Adjust pTemplate cost downward so that it is cheaper than its ** subset p. */ WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n", pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut-1)); pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun; pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut - 1; }else if( whereLoopCheaperProperSubset(pTemplate, p) ){ /* Adjust pTemplate cost upward so that it is costlier than p since ** pTemplate is a proper subset of p */ WHERETRACE(0x80,("subset cost adjustment %d,%d to %d,%d\n", pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut, p->rRun, p->nOut+1)); pTemplate->rRun = p->rRun; pTemplate->nOut = p->nOut + 1; } } } /* ** Search the list of WhereLoops in *ppPrev looking for one that can be ** replaced by pTemplate. ** ** Return NULL if pTemplate does not belong on the WhereLoop list. ** In other words if pTemplate ought to be dropped from further consideration. ** ** If pX is a WhereLoop that pTemplate can replace, then return the ** link that points to pX. ** ** If pTemplate cannot replace any existing element of the list but needs ** to be added to the list as a new entry, then return a pointer to the ** tail of the list. */ static WhereLoop **whereLoopFindLesser( WhereLoop **ppPrev, const WhereLoop *pTemplate ){ WhereLoop *p; for(p=(*ppPrev); p; ppPrev=&p->pNextLoop, p=*ppPrev){ if( p->iTab!=pTemplate->iTab || p->iSortIdx!=pTemplate->iSortIdx ){ /* If either the iTab or iSortIdx values for two WhereLoop are different ** then those WhereLoops need to be considered separately. Neither is ** a candidate to replace the other. */ continue; } /* In the current implementation, the rSetup value is either zero ** or the cost of building an automatic index (NlogN) and the NlogN ** is the same for compatible WhereLoops. */ assert( p->rSetup==0 || pTemplate->rSetup==0 || p->rSetup==pTemplate->rSetup ); /* whereLoopAddBtree() always generates and inserts the automatic index ** case first. Hence compatible candidate WhereLoops never have a larger ** rSetup. Call this SETUP-INVARIANT */ assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); /* Any loop using an appliation-defined index (or PRIMARY KEY or ** UNIQUE constraint) with one or more == constraints is better ** than an automatic index. Unless it is a skip-scan. */ if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && (pTemplate->nSkip)==0 && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && (pTemplate->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_EQ)!=0 && (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq ){ break; } /* If existing WhereLoop p is better than pTemplate, pTemplate can be ** discarded. WhereLoop p is better if: ** (1) p has no more dependencies than pTemplate, and ** (2) p has an equal or lower cost than pTemplate */ if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==p->prereq /* (1) */ && p->rSetup<=pTemplate->rSetup /* (2a) */ && p->rRun<=pTemplate->rRun /* (2b) */ && p->nOut<=pTemplate->nOut /* (2c) */ ){ return 0; /* Discard pTemplate */ } /* If pTemplate is always better than p, then cause p to be overwritten ** with pTemplate. pTemplate is better than p if: ** (1) pTemplate has no more dependences than p, and ** (2) pTemplate has an equal or lower cost than p. */ if( (p->prereq & pTemplate->prereq)==pTemplate->prereq /* (1) */ && p->rRun>=pTemplate->rRun /* (2a) */ && p->nOut>=pTemplate->nOut /* (2b) */ ){ assert( p->rSetup>=pTemplate->rSetup ); /* SETUP-INVARIANT above */ break; /* Cause p to be overwritten by pTemplate */ } } return ppPrev; } /* ** Insert or replace a WhereLoop entry using the template supplied. ** ** An existing WhereLoop entry might be overwritten if the new template ** is better and has fewer dependencies. Or the template will be ignored ** and no insert will occur if an existing WhereLoop is faster and has ** fewer dependencies than the template. Otherwise a new WhereLoop is ** added based on the template. ** ** If pBuilder->pOrSet is not NULL then we care about only the ** prerequisites and rRun and nOut costs of the N best loops. That ** information is gathered in the pBuilder->pOrSet object. This special ** processing mode is used only for OR clause processing. ** ** When accumulating multiple loops (when pBuilder->pOrSet is NULL) we ** still might overwrite similar loops with the new template if the ** new template is better. Loops may be overwritten if the following ** conditions are met: ** ** (1) They have the same iTab. ** (2) They have the same iSortIdx. ** (3) The template has same or fewer dependencies than the current loop ** (4) The template has the same or lower cost than the current loop */ static int whereLoopInsert(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, WhereLoop *pTemplate){ WhereLoop **ppPrev, *p; WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; int rc; /* If pBuilder->pOrSet is defined, then only keep track of the costs ** and prereqs. */ if( pBuilder->pOrSet!=0 ){ if( pTemplate->nLTerm ){ #if WHERETRACE_ENABLED u16 n = pBuilder->pOrSet->n; int x = #endif whereOrInsert(pBuilder->pOrSet, pTemplate->prereq, pTemplate->rRun, pTemplate->nOut); #if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(x?" or-%d: ":" or-X: ", n); whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); } #endif } return SQLITE_OK; } /* Look for an existing WhereLoop to replace with pTemplate */ whereLoopAdjustCost(pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate); ppPrev = whereLoopFindLesser(&pWInfo->pLoops, pTemplate); if( ppPrev==0 ){ /* There already exists a WhereLoop on the list that is better ** than pTemplate, so just ignore pTemplate */ #if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" skip: "); whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); } #endif return SQLITE_OK; }else{ p = *ppPrev; } /* If we reach this point it means that either p[] should be overwritten ** with pTemplate[] if p[] exists, or if p==NULL then allocate a new ** WhereLoop and insert it. */ #if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ if( p!=0 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("replace: "); whereLoopPrint(p, pBuilder->pWC); sqlite3DebugPrintf(" with: "); }else{ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" add: "); } whereLoopPrint(pTemplate, pBuilder->pWC); } #endif if( p==0 ){ /* Allocate a new WhereLoop to add to the end of the list */ *ppPrev = p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, sizeof(WhereLoop)); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; whereLoopInit(p); p->pNextLoop = 0; }else{ /* We will be overwriting WhereLoop p[]. But before we do, first ** go through the rest of the list and delete any other entries besides ** p[] that are also supplated by pTemplate */ WhereLoop **ppTail = &p->pNextLoop; WhereLoop *pToDel; while( *ppTail ){ ppTail = whereLoopFindLesser(ppTail, pTemplate); if( ppTail==0 ) break; pToDel = *ppTail; if( pToDel==0 ) break; *ppTail = pToDel->pNextLoop; #if WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x8 */ if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x8 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" delete: "); whereLoopPrint(pToDel, pBuilder->pWC); } #endif whereLoopDelete(db, pToDel); } } rc = whereLoopXfer(db, p, pTemplate); if( (p->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ){ Index *pIndex = p->u.btree.pIndex; if( pIndex && pIndex->tnum==0 ){ p->u.btree.pIndex = 0; } } return rc; } /* ** Adjust the WhereLoop.nOut value downward to account for terms of the ** WHERE clause that reference the loop but which are not used by an ** index. * ** For every WHERE clause term that is not used by the index ** and which has a truth probability assigned by one of the likelihood(), ** likely(), or unlikely() SQL functions, reduce the estimated number ** of output rows by the probability specified. ** ** TUNING: For every WHERE clause term that is not used by the index ** and which does not have an assigned truth probability, heuristics ** described below are used to try to estimate the truth probability. ** TODO --> Perhaps this is something that could be improved by better ** table statistics. ** ** Heuristic 1: Estimate the truth probability as 93.75%. The 93.75% ** value corresponds to -1 in LogEst notation, so this means decrement ** the WhereLoop.nOut field for every such WHERE clause term. ** ** Heuristic 2: If there exists one or more WHERE clause terms of the ** form "x==EXPR" and EXPR is not a constant 0 or 1, then make sure the ** final output row estimate is no greater than 1/4 of the total number ** of rows in the table. In other words, assume that x==EXPR will filter ** out at least 3 out of 4 rows. If EXPR is -1 or 0 or 1, then maybe the ** "x" column is boolean or else -1 or 0 or 1 is a common default value ** on the "x" column and so in that case only cap the output row estimate ** at 1/2 instead of 1/4. */ static void whereLoopOutputAdjust( WhereClause *pWC, /* The WHERE clause */ WhereLoop *pLoop, /* The loop to adjust downward */ LogEst nRow /* Number of rows in the entire table */ ){ WhereTerm *pTerm, *pX; Bitmask notAllowed = ~(pLoop->prereq|pLoop->maskSelf); int i, j, k; LogEst iReduce = 0; /* pLoop->nOut should not exceed nRow-iReduce */ assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)==0 ); for(i=pWC->nTerm, pTerm=pWC->a; i>0; i--, pTerm++){ if( (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)!=0 ) break; if( (pTerm->prereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)==0 ) continue; if( (pTerm->prereqAll & notAllowed)!=0 ) continue; for(j=pLoop->nLTerm-1; j>=0; j--){ pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j]; if( pX==0 ) continue; if( pX==pTerm ) break; if( pX->iParent>=0 && (&pWC->a[pX->iParent])==pTerm ) break; } if( j<0 ){ if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){ /* If a truth probability is specified using the likelihood() hints, ** then use the probability provided by the application. */ pLoop->nOut += pTerm->truthProb; }else{ /* In the absence of explicit truth probabilities, use heuristics to ** guess a reasonable truth probability. */ pLoop->nOut--; if( pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){ Expr *pRight = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS ); if( sqlite3ExprIsInteger(pRight, &k) && k>=(-1) && k<=1 ){ k = 10; }else{ k = 20; } if( iReducenOut > nRow-iReduce ) pLoop->nOut = nRow - iReduce; } /* ** Term pTerm is a vector range comparison operation. The first comparison ** in the vector can be optimized using column nEq of the index. This ** function returns the total number of vector elements that can be used ** as part of the range comparison. ** ** For example, if the query is: ** ** WHERE a = ? AND (b, c, d) > (?, ?, ?) ** ** and the index: ** ** CREATE INDEX ... ON (a, b, c, d, e) ** ** then this function would be invoked with nEq=1. The value returned in ** this case is 3. */ static int whereRangeVectorLen( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int iCur, /* Cursor open on pIdx */ Index *pIdx, /* The index to be used for a inequality constraint */ int nEq, /* Number of prior equality constraints on same index */ WhereTerm *pTerm /* The vector inequality constraint */ ){ int nCmp = sqlite3ExprVectorSize(pTerm->pExpr->pLeft); int i; nCmp = MIN(nCmp, (pIdx->nColumn - nEq)); for(i=1; ipExpr->pLeft->x.pList->a[i].pExpr; Expr *pRhs = pTerm->pExpr->pRight; if( pRhs->flags & EP_xIsSelect ){ pRhs = pRhs->x.pSelect->pEList->a[i].pExpr; }else{ pRhs = pRhs->x.pList->a[i].pExpr; } /* Check that the LHS of the comparison is a column reference to ** the right column of the right source table. And that the sort ** order of the index column is the same as the sort order of the ** leftmost index column. */ if( pLhs->op!=TK_COLUMN || pLhs->iTable!=iCur || pLhs->iColumn!=pIdx->aiColumn[i+nEq] || pIdx->aSortOrder[i+nEq]!=pIdx->aSortOrder[nEq] ){ break; } testcase( pLhs->iColumn==XN_ROWID ); aff = sqlite3CompareAffinity(pRhs, sqlite3ExprAffinity(pLhs)); idxaff = sqlite3TableColumnAffinity(pIdx->pTable, pLhs->iColumn); if( aff!=idxaff ) break; pColl = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pParse, pLhs, pRhs); if( pColl==0 ) break; if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIdx->azColl[i+nEq]) ) break; } return i; } /* ** Adjust the cost C by the costMult facter T. This only occurs if ** compiled with -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COSTMULT # define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T) C += T #else # define ApplyCostMultiplier(C,T) #endif /* ** We have so far matched pBuilder->pNew->u.btree.nEq terms of the ** index pIndex. Try to match one more. ** ** When this function is called, pBuilder->pNew->nOut contains the ** number of rows expected to be visited by filtering using the nEq ** terms only. If it is modified, this value is restored before this ** function returns. ** ** If pProbe->tnum==0, that means pIndex is a fake index used for the ** INTEGER PRIMARY KEY. */ static int whereLoopAddBtreeIndex( WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* The WhereLoop factory */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc, /* FROM clause term being analyzed */ Index *pProbe, /* An index on pSrc */ LogEst nInMul /* log(Number of iterations due to IN) */ ){ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; /* WHERE analyse context */ Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; /* Parsing context */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection malloc context */ WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop under construction */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A WhereTerm under consideration */ int opMask; /* Valid operators for constraints */ WhereScan scan; /* Iterator for WHERE terms */ Bitmask saved_prereq; /* Original value of pNew->prereq */ u16 saved_nLTerm; /* Original value of pNew->nLTerm */ u16 saved_nEq; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nEq */ u16 saved_nBtm; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nBtm */ u16 saved_nTop; /* Original value of pNew->u.btree.nTop */ u16 saved_nSkip; /* Original value of pNew->nSkip */ u32 saved_wsFlags; /* Original value of pNew->wsFlags */ LogEst saved_nOut; /* Original value of pNew->nOut */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ LogEst rSize; /* Number of rows in the table */ LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of table size */ WhereTerm *pTop = 0, *pBtm = 0; /* Top and bottom range constraints */ pNew = pBuilder->pNew; if( db->mallocFailed ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; WHERETRACE(0x800, ("BEGIN %s.addBtreeIdx(%s), nEq=%d\n", pProbe->pTable->zName,pProbe->zName, pNew->u.btree.nEq)); assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)==0 ); assert( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 ); if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT ){ opMask = WO_LT|WO_LE; }else{ assert( pNew->u.btree.nBtm==0 ); opMask = WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS; } if( pProbe->bUnordered ) opMask &= ~(WO_GT|WO_GE|WO_LT|WO_LE); assert( pNew->u.btree.nEqnColumn ); saved_nEq = pNew->u.btree.nEq; saved_nBtm = pNew->u.btree.nBtm; saved_nTop = pNew->u.btree.nTop; saved_nSkip = pNew->nSkip; saved_nLTerm = pNew->nLTerm; saved_wsFlags = pNew->wsFlags; saved_prereq = pNew->prereq; saved_nOut = pNew->nOut; pTerm = whereScanInit(&scan, pBuilder->pWC, pSrc->iCursor, saved_nEq, opMask, pProbe); pNew->rSetup = 0; rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]; rLogSize = estLog(rSize); for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTerm!=0; pTerm = whereScanNext(&scan)){ u16 eOp = pTerm->eOperator; /* Shorthand for pTerm->eOperator */ LogEst rCostIdx; LogEst nOutUnadjusted; /* nOut before IN() and WHERE adjustments */ int nIn = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 int nRecValid = pBuilder->nRecValid; #endif if( (eOp==WO_ISNULL || (pTerm->wtFlags&TERM_VNULL)!=0) && indexColumnNotNull(pProbe, saved_nEq) ){ continue; /* ignore IS [NOT] NULL constraints on NOT NULL columns */ } if( pTerm->prereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue; /* Do not allow the upper bound of a LIKE optimization range constraint ** to mix with a lower range bound from some other source */ if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT && pTerm->eOperator==WO_LT ) continue; /* Do not allow constraints from the WHERE clause to be used by the ** right table of a LEFT JOIN. Only constraints in the ON clause are ** allowed */ if( (pSrc->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) ){ continue; } if( IsUniqueIndex(pProbe) && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1 ){ pBuilder->bldFlags |= SQLITE_BLDF_UNIQUE; }else{ pBuilder->bldFlags |= SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED; } pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; pNew->u.btree.nBtm = saved_nBtm; pNew->u.btree.nTop = saved_nTop; pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm; if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */ pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTerm; pNew->prereq = (saved_prereq | pTerm->prereqRight) & ~pNew->maskSelf; assert( nInMul==0 || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_NULL)!=0 || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN)!=0 || (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_SKIPSCAN)!=0 ); if( eOp & WO_IN ){ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){ /* "x IN (SELECT ...)": TUNING: the SELECT returns 25 rows */ int i; nIn = 46; assert( 46==sqlite3LogEst(25) ); /* The expression may actually be of the form (x, y) IN (SELECT...). ** In this case there is a separate term for each of (x) and (y). ** However, the nIn multiplier should only be applied once, not once ** for each such term. The following loop checks that pTerm is the ** first such term in use, and sets nIn back to 0 if it is not. */ for(i=0; inLTerm-1; i++){ if( pNew->aLTerm[i] && pNew->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pExpr ) nIn = 0; } }else if( ALWAYS(pExpr->x.pList && pExpr->x.pList->nExpr) ){ /* "x IN (value, value, ...)" */ nIn = sqlite3LogEst(pExpr->x.pList->nExpr); assert( nIn>0 ); /* RHS always has 2 or more terms... The parser ** changes "x IN (?)" into "x=?". */ } if( pProbe->hasStat1 ){ LogEst M, logK, safetyMargin; /* Let: ** N = the total number of rows in the table ** K = the number of entries on the RHS of the IN operator ** M = the number of rows in the table that match terms to the ** to the left in the same index. If the IN operator is on ** the left-most index column, M==N. ** ** Given the definitions above, it is better to omit the IN operator ** from the index lookup and instead do a scan of the M elements, ** testing each scanned row against the IN operator separately, if: ** ** M*log(K) < K*log(N) ** ** Our estimates for M, K, and N might be inaccurate, so we build in ** a safety margin of 2 (LogEst: 10) that favors using the IN operator ** with the index, as using an index has better worst-case behavior. ** If we do not have real sqlite_stat1 data, always prefer to use ** the index. */ M = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq]; logK = estLog(nIn); safetyMargin = 10; /* TUNING: extra weight for indexed IN */ if( M + logK + safetyMargin < nIn + rLogSize ){ WHERETRACE(0x40, ("Scan preferred over IN operator on column %d of \"%s\" (%d<%d)\n", saved_nEq, pProbe->zName, M+logK+10, nIn+rLogSize)); continue; }else{ WHERETRACE(0x40, ("IN operator preferred on column %d of \"%s\" (%d>=%d)\n", saved_nEq, pProbe->zName, M+logK+10, nIn+rLogSize)); } } pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_IN; }else if( eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ){ int iCol = pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq]; pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_EQ; assert( saved_nEq==pNew->u.btree.nEq ); if( iCol==XN_ROWID || (iCol>=0 && nInMul==0 && saved_nEq==pProbe->nKeyCol-1) ){ if( iCol==XN_ROWID || pProbe->uniqNotNull || (pProbe->nKeyCol==1 && pProbe->onError && eOp==WO_EQ) ){ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW; }else{ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_UNQ_WANTED; } } }else if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_NULL; }else if( eOp & (WO_GT|WO_GE) ){ testcase( eOp & WO_GT ); testcase( eOp & WO_GE ); pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_BTM_LIMIT; pNew->u.btree.nBtm = whereRangeVectorLen( pParse, pSrc->iCursor, pProbe, saved_nEq, pTerm ); pBtm = pTerm; pTop = 0; if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ){ /* Range contraints that come from the LIKE optimization are ** always used in pairs. */ pTop = &pTerm[1]; assert( (pTop-(pTerm->pWC->a))pWC->nTerm ); assert( pTop->wtFlags & TERM_LIKEOPT ); assert( pTop->eOperator==WO_LT ); if( whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1) ) break; /* OOM */ pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = pTop; pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; pNew->u.btree.nTop = 1; } }else{ assert( eOp & (WO_LT|WO_LE) ); testcase( eOp & WO_LT ); testcase( eOp & WO_LE ); pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_TOP_LIMIT; pNew->u.btree.nTop = whereRangeVectorLen( pParse, pSrc->iCursor, pProbe, saved_nEq, pTerm ); pTop = pTerm; pBtm = (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_BTM_LIMIT)!=0 ? pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm-2] : 0; } /* At this point pNew->nOut is set to the number of rows expected to ** be visited by the index scan before considering term pTerm, or the ** values of nIn and nInMul. In other words, assuming that all ** "x IN(...)" terms are replaced with "x = ?". This block updates ** the value of pNew->nOut to account for pTerm (but not nIn/nInMul). */ assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ /* Adjust nOut using stat3/stat4 data. Or, if there is no stat3/stat4 ** data, using some other estimate. */ whereRangeScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pBtm, pTop, pNew); }else{ int nEq = ++pNew->u.btree.nEq; assert( eOp & (WO_ISNULL|WO_EQ|WO_IN|WO_IS) ); assert( pNew->nOut==saved_nOut ); if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 && pProbe->aiColumn[saved_nEq]>=0 ){ assert( (eOp & WO_IN) || nIn==0 ); testcase( eOp & WO_IN ); pNew->nOut += pTerm->truthProb; pNew->nOut -= nIn; }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 tRowcnt nOut = 0; if( nInMul==0 && pProbe->nSample && pNew->u.btree.nEq<=pProbe->nSampleCol && ((eOp & WO_IN)==0 || !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_xIsSelect)) && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_Stat34) ){ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; if( (eOp & (WO_EQ|WO_ISNULL|WO_IS))!=0 ){ testcase( eOp & WO_EQ ); testcase( eOp & WO_IS ); testcase( eOp & WO_ISNULL ); rc = whereEqualScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->pRight, &nOut); }else{ rc = whereInScanEst(pParse, pBuilder, pExpr->x.pList, &nOut); } if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; /* Jump out of the pTerm loop */ if( nOut ){ pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(nOut); if( pNew->nOut>saved_nOut ) pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; pNew->nOut -= nIn; } } if( nOut==0 ) #endif { pNew->nOut += (pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[nEq-1]); if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ /* TUNING: If there is no likelihood() value, assume that a ** "col IS NULL" expression matches twice as many rows ** as (col=?). */ pNew->nOut += 10; } } } } /* Set rCostIdx to the cost of visiting selected rows in index. Add ** it to pNew->rRun, which is currently set to the cost of the index ** seek only. Then, if this is a non-covering index, add the cost of ** visiting the rows in the main table. */ rCostIdx = pNew->nOut + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pSrc->pTab->szTabRow; pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize, rCostIdx); if( (pNew->wsFlags & (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_IPK))==0 ){ pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, pNew->nOut + 16); } ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pProbe->pTable->costMult); nOutUnadjusted = pNew->nOut; pNew->rRun += nInMul + nIn; pNew->nOut += nInMul + nIn; whereLoopOutputAdjust(pBuilder->pWC, pNew, rSize); rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); if( pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE ){ pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; }else{ pNew->nOut = nOutUnadjusted; } if( (pNew->wsFlags & WHERE_TOP_LIMIT)==0 && pNew->u.btree.nEqnColumn ){ whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nInMul+nIn); } pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 pBuilder->nRecValid = nRecValid; #endif } pNew->prereq = saved_prereq; pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; pNew->u.btree.nBtm = saved_nBtm; pNew->u.btree.nTop = saved_nTop; pNew->nSkip = saved_nSkip; pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; pNew->nLTerm = saved_nLTerm; /* Consider using a skip-scan if there are no WHERE clause constraints ** available for the left-most terms of the index, and if the average ** number of repeats in the left-most terms is at least 18. ** ** The magic number 18 is selected on the basis that scanning 17 rows ** is almost always quicker than an index seek (even though if the index ** contains fewer than 2^17 rows we assume otherwise in other parts of ** the code). And, even if it is not, it should not be too much slower. ** On the other hand, the extra seeks could end up being significantly ** more expensive. */ assert( 42==sqlite3LogEst(18) ); if( saved_nEq==saved_nSkip && saved_nEq+1nKeyCol && pProbe->noSkipScan==0 && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_SkipScan) && pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]>=42 /* TUNING: Minimum for skip-scan */ && (rc = whereLoopResize(db, pNew, pNew->nLTerm+1))==SQLITE_OK ){ LogEst nIter; pNew->u.btree.nEq++; pNew->nSkip++; pNew->aLTerm[pNew->nLTerm++] = 0; pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_SKIPSCAN; nIter = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq] - pProbe->aiRowLogEst[saved_nEq+1]; pNew->nOut -= nIter; /* TUNING: Because uncertainties in the estimates for skip-scan queries, ** add a 1.375 fudge factor to make skip-scan slightly less likely. */ nIter += 5; whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, nIter + nInMul); pNew->nOut = saved_nOut; pNew->u.btree.nEq = saved_nEq; pNew->nSkip = saved_nSkip; pNew->wsFlags = saved_wsFlags; } WHERETRACE(0x800, ("END %s.addBtreeIdx(%s), nEq=%d, rc=%d\n", pProbe->pTable->zName, pProbe->zName, saved_nEq, rc)); return rc; } /* ** Return True if it is possible that pIndex might be useful in ** implementing the ORDER BY clause in pBuilder. ** ** Return False if pBuilder does not contain an ORDER BY clause or ** if there is no way for pIndex to be useful in implementing that ** ORDER BY clause. */ static int indexMightHelpWithOrderBy( WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, Index *pIndex, int iCursor ){ ExprList *pOB; ExprList *aColExpr; int ii, jj; if( pIndex->bUnordered ) return 0; if( (pOB = pBuilder->pWInfo->pOrderBy)==0 ) return 0; for(ii=0; iinExpr; ii++){ Expr *pExpr = sqlite3ExprSkipCollate(pOB->a[ii].pExpr); if( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN && pExpr->iTable==iCursor ){ if( pExpr->iColumn<0 ) return 1; for(jj=0; jjnKeyCol; jj++){ if( pExpr->iColumn==pIndex->aiColumn[jj] ) return 1; } }else if( (aColExpr = pIndex->aColExpr)!=0 ){ for(jj=0; jjnKeyCol; jj++){ if( pIndex->aiColumn[jj]!=XN_EXPR ) continue; if( sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(pExpr,aColExpr->a[jj].pExpr,iCursor)==0 ){ return 1; } } } } return 0; } /* Check to see if a partial index with pPartIndexWhere can be used ** in the current query. Return true if it can be and false if not. */ static int whereUsablePartialIndex(int iTab, WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pWhere){ int i; WhereTerm *pTerm; Parse *pParse = pWC->pWInfo->pParse; while( pWhere->op==TK_AND ){ if( !whereUsablePartialIndex(iTab,pWC,pWhere->pLeft) ) return 0; pWhere = pWhere->pRight; } if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_EnableQPSG ) pParse = 0; for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; inTerm; i++, pTerm++){ Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr; if( (!ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable==iTab) && sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pParse, pExpr, pWhere, iTab) ){ return 1; } } return 0; } /* ** Add all WhereLoop objects for a single table of the join where the table ** is identified by pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be ** a b-tree table, not a virtual table. ** ** The costs (WhereLoop.rRun) of the b-tree loops added by this function ** are calculated as follows: ** ** For a full scan, assuming the table (or index) contains nRow rows: ** ** cost = nRow * 3.0 // full-table scan ** cost = nRow * K // scan of covering index ** cost = nRow * (K+3.0) // scan of non-covering index ** ** where K is a value between 1.1 and 3.0 set based on the relative ** estimated average size of the index and table records. ** ** For an index scan, where nVisit is the number of index rows visited ** by the scan, and nSeek is the number of seek operations required on ** the index b-tree: ** ** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + K * nVisit) // covering index ** cost = nSeek * (log(nRow) + (K+3.0) * nVisit) // non-covering index ** ** Normally, nSeek is 1. nSeek values greater than 1 come about if the ** WHERE clause includes "x IN (....)" terms used in place of "x=?". Or when ** implicit "x IN (SELECT x FROM tbl)" terms are added for skip-scans. ** ** The estimated values (nRow, nVisit, nSeek) often contain a large amount ** of uncertainty. For this reason, scoring is designed to pick plans that ** "do the least harm" if the estimates are inaccurate. For example, a ** log(nRow) factor is omitted from a non-covering index scan in order to ** bias the scoring in favor of using an index, since the worst-case ** performance of using an index is far better than the worst-case performance ** of a full table scan. */ static int whereLoopAddBtree( WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */ Bitmask mPrereq /* Extra prerequesites for using this table */ ){ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */ Index *pProbe; /* An index we are evaluating */ Index sPk; /* A fake index object for the primary key */ LogEst aiRowEstPk[2]; /* The aiRowLogEst[] value for the sPk index */ i16 aiColumnPk = -1; /* The aColumn[] value for the sPk index */ SrcList *pTabList; /* The FROM clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause btree term to add */ WhereLoop *pNew; /* Template WhereLoop object */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int iSortIdx = 1; /* Index number */ int b; /* A boolean value */ LogEst rSize; /* number of rows in the table */ LogEst rLogSize; /* Logarithm of the number of rows in the table */ WhereClause *pWC; /* The parsed WHERE clause */ Table *pTab; /* Table being queried */ pNew = pBuilder->pNew; pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; pSrc = pTabList->a + pNew->iTab; pTab = pSrc->pTab; pWC = pBuilder->pWC; assert( !IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ); if( pSrc->pIBIndex ){ /* An INDEXED BY clause specifies a particular index to use */ pProbe = pSrc->pIBIndex; }else if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ pProbe = pTab->pIndex; }else{ /* There is no INDEXED BY clause. Create a fake Index object in local ** variable sPk to represent the rowid primary key index. Make this ** fake index the first in a chain of Index objects with all of the real ** indices to follow */ Index *pFirst; /* First of real indices on the table */ memset(&sPk, 0, sizeof(Index)); sPk.nKeyCol = 1; sPk.nColumn = 1; sPk.aiColumn = &aiColumnPk; sPk.aiRowLogEst = aiRowEstPk; sPk.onError = OE_Replace; sPk.pTable = pTab; sPk.szIdxRow = pTab->szTabRow; aiRowEstPk[0] = pTab->nRowLogEst; aiRowEstPk[1] = 0; pFirst = pSrc->pTab->pIndex; if( pSrc->fg.notIndexed==0 ){ /* The real indices of the table are only considered if the ** NOT INDEXED qualifier is omitted from the FROM clause */ sPk.pNext = pFirst; } pProbe = &sPk; } rSize = pTab->nRowLogEst; rLogSize = estLog(rSize); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX /* Automatic indexes */ if( !pBuilder->pOrSet /* Not part of an OR optimization */ && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 && (pWInfo->pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_AutoIndex)!=0 && pSrc->pIBIndex==0 /* Has no INDEXED BY clause */ && !pSrc->fg.notIndexed /* Has no NOT INDEXED clause */ && HasRowid(pTab) /* Not WITHOUT ROWID table. (FIXME: Why not?) */ && !pSrc->fg.isCorrelated /* Not a correlated subquery */ && !pSrc->fg.isRecursive /* Not a recursive common table expression. */ ){ /* Generate auto-index WhereLoops */ WhereTerm *pTerm; WhereTerm *pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; for(pTerm=pWC->a; rc==SQLITE_OK && pTermprereqRight & pNew->maskSelf ) continue; if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, 0) ){ pNew->u.btree.nEq = 1; pNew->nSkip = 0; pNew->u.btree.pIndex = 0; pNew->nLTerm = 1; pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; /* TUNING: One-time cost for computing the automatic index is ** estimated to be X*N*log2(N) where N is the number of rows in ** the table being indexed and where X is 7 (LogEst=28) for normal ** tables or 0.5 (LogEst=-10) for views and subqueries. The value ** of X is smaller for views and subqueries so that the query planner ** will be more aggressive about generating automatic indexes for ** those objects, since there is no opportunity to add schema ** indexes on subqueries and views. */ pNew->rSetup = rLogSize + rSize; if( pTab->pSelect==0 && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)==0 ){ pNew->rSetup += 28; }else{ pNew->rSetup -= 10; } ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rSetup, pTab->costMult); if( pNew->rSetup<0 ) pNew->rSetup = 0; /* TUNING: Each index lookup yields 20 rows in the table. This ** is more than the usual guess of 10 rows, since we have no way ** of knowing how selective the index will ultimately be. It would ** not be unreasonable to make this value much larger. */ pNew->nOut = 43; assert( 43==sqlite3LogEst(20) ); pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rLogSize,pNew->nOut); pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_AUTO_INDEX; pNew->prereq = mPrereq | pTerm->prereqRight; rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); } } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX */ /* Loop over all indices. If there was an INDEXED BY clause, then only ** consider index pProbe. */ for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && pProbe; pProbe=(pSrc->pIBIndex ? 0 : pProbe->pNext), iSortIdx++ ){ if( pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0 && !whereUsablePartialIndex(pSrc->iCursor, pWC, pProbe->pPartIdxWhere) ){ testcase( pNew->iTab!=pSrc->iCursor ); /* See ticket [98d973b8f5] */ continue; /* Partial index inappropriate for this query */ } if( pProbe->bNoQuery ) continue; rSize = pProbe->aiRowLogEst[0]; pNew->u.btree.nEq = 0; pNew->u.btree.nBtm = 0; pNew->u.btree.nTop = 0; pNew->nSkip = 0; pNew->nLTerm = 0; pNew->iSortIdx = 0; pNew->rSetup = 0; pNew->prereq = mPrereq; pNew->nOut = rSize; pNew->u.btree.pIndex = pProbe; b = indexMightHelpWithOrderBy(pBuilder, pProbe, pSrc->iCursor); /* The ONEPASS_DESIRED flags never occurs together with ORDER BY */ assert( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || b==0 ); if( pProbe->tnum<=0 ){ /* Integer primary key index */ pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IPK; /* Full table scan */ pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; /* TUNING: Cost of full table scan is (N*3.0). */ pNew->rRun = rSize + 16; ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult); whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize); rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); pNew->nOut = rSize; if( rc ) break; }else{ Bitmask m; if( pProbe->isCovering ){ pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_IDX_ONLY | WHERE_INDEXED; m = 0; }else{ m = pSrc->colUsed & pProbe->colNotIdxed; pNew->wsFlags = (m==0) ? (WHERE_IDX_ONLY|WHERE_INDEXED) : WHERE_INDEXED; } /* Full scan via index */ if( b || !HasRowid(pTab) || pProbe->pPartIdxWhere!=0 || ( m==0 && pProbe->bUnordered==0 && (pProbe->szIdxRowszTabRow) && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis && OptimizationEnabled(pWInfo->pParse->db, SQLITE_CoverIdxScan) ) ){ pNew->iSortIdx = b ? iSortIdx : 0; /* The cost of visiting the index rows is N*K, where K is ** between 1.1 and 3.0, depending on the relative sizes of the ** index and table rows. */ pNew->rRun = rSize + 1 + (15*pProbe->szIdxRow)/pTab->szTabRow; if( m!=0 ){ /* If this is a non-covering index scan, add in the cost of ** doing table lookups. The cost will be 3x the number of ** lookups. Take into account WHERE clause terms that can be ** satisfied using just the index, and that do not require a ** table lookup. */ LogEst nLookup = rSize + 16; /* Base cost: N*3 */ int ii; int iCur = pSrc->iCursor; WhereClause *pWC2 = &pWInfo->sWC; for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ WhereTerm *pTerm = &pWC2->a[ii]; if( !sqlite3ExprCoveredByIndex(pTerm->pExpr, iCur, pProbe) ){ break; } /* pTerm can be evaluated using just the index. So reduce ** the expected number of table lookups accordingly */ if( pTerm->truthProb<=0 ){ nLookup += pTerm->truthProb; }else{ nLookup--; if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_EQ|WO_IS) ) nLookup -= 19; } } pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pNew->rRun, nLookup); } ApplyCostMultiplier(pNew->rRun, pTab->costMult); whereLoopOutputAdjust(pWC, pNew, rSize); rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); pNew->nOut = rSize; if( rc ) break; } } pBuilder->bldFlags = 0; rc = whereLoopAddBtreeIndex(pBuilder, pSrc, pProbe, 0); if( pBuilder->bldFlags==SQLITE_BLDF_INDEXED ){ /* If a non-unique index is used, or if a prefix of the key for ** unique index is used (making the index functionally non-unique) ** then the sqlite_stat1 data becomes important for scoring the ** plan */ pTab->tabFlags |= TF_StatsUsed; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT3_OR_STAT4 sqlite3Stat4ProbeFree(pBuilder->pRec); pBuilder->nRecValid = 0; pBuilder->pRec = 0; #endif } return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /* ** Argument pIdxInfo is already populated with all constraints that may ** be used by the virtual table identified by pBuilder->pNew->iTab. This ** function marks a subset of those constraints usable, invokes the ** xBestIndex method and adds the returned plan to pBuilder. ** ** A constraint is marked usable if: ** ** * Argument mUsable indicates that its prerequisites are available, and ** ** * It is not one of the operators specified in the mExclude mask passed ** as the fourth argument (which in practice is either WO_IN or 0). ** ** Argument mPrereq is a mask of tables that must be scanned before the ** virtual table in question. These are added to the plans prerequisites ** before it is added to pBuilder. ** ** Output parameter *pbIn is set to true if the plan added to pBuilder ** uses one or more WO_IN terms, or false otherwise. */ static int whereLoopAddVirtualOne( WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, Bitmask mPrereq, /* Mask of tables that must be used. */ Bitmask mUsable, /* Mask of usable tables */ u16 mExclude, /* Exclude terms using these operators */ sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, /* Populated object for xBestIndex */ u16 mNoOmit, /* Do not omit these constraints */ int *pbIn /* OUT: True if plan uses an IN(...) op */ ){ WhereClause *pWC = pBuilder->pWC; struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pIdxCons; struct sqlite3_index_constraint_usage *pUsage = pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage; int i; int mxTerm; int rc = SQLITE_OK; WhereLoop *pNew = pBuilder->pNew; Parse *pParse = pBuilder->pWInfo->pParse; struct SrcList_item *pSrc = &pBuilder->pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab]; int nConstraint = pIdxInfo->nConstraint; assert( (mUsable & mPrereq)==mPrereq ); *pbIn = 0; pNew->prereq = mPrereq; /* Set the usable flag on the subset of constraints identified by ** arguments mUsable and mExclude. */ pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; for(i=0; ia[pIdxCons->iTermOffset]; pIdxCons->usable = 0; if( (pTerm->prereqRight & mUsable)==pTerm->prereqRight && (pTerm->eOperator & mExclude)==0 ){ pIdxCons->usable = 1; } } /* Initialize the output fields of the sqlite3_index_info structure */ memset(pUsage, 0, sizeof(pUsage[0])*nConstraint); assert( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr==0 ); pIdxInfo->idxStr = 0; pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = SQLITE_BIG_DBL / (double)2; pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 25; pIdxInfo->idxFlags = 0; pIdxInfo->colUsed = (sqlite3_int64)pSrc->colUsed; /* Invoke the virtual table xBestIndex() method */ rc = vtabBestIndex(pParse, pSrc->pTab, pIdxInfo); if( rc ) return rc; mxTerm = -1; assert( pNew->nLSlot>=nConstraint ); for(i=0; iaLTerm[i] = 0; pNew->u.vtab.omitMask = 0; pIdxCons = *(struct sqlite3_index_constraint**)&pIdxInfo->aConstraint; for(i=0; i=0 ){ WhereTerm *pTerm; int j = pIdxCons->iTermOffset; if( iTerm>=nConstraint || j<0 || j>=pWC->nTerm || pNew->aLTerm[iTerm]!=0 || pIdxCons->usable==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s.xBestIndex malfunction",pSrc->pTab->zName); testcase( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ); return SQLITE_ERROR; } testcase( iTerm==nConstraint-1 ); testcase( j==0 ); testcase( j==pWC->nTerm-1 ); pTerm = &pWC->a[j]; pNew->prereq |= pTerm->prereqRight; assert( iTermnLSlot ); pNew->aLTerm[iTerm] = pTerm; if( iTerm>mxTerm ) mxTerm = iTerm; testcase( iTerm==15 ); testcase( iTerm==16 ); if( iTerm<16 && pUsage[i].omit ) pNew->u.vtab.omitMask |= 1<eOperator & WO_IN)!=0 ){ /* A virtual table that is constrained by an IN clause may not ** consume the ORDER BY clause because (1) the order of IN terms ** is not necessarily related to the order of output terms and ** (2) Multiple outputs from a single IN value will not merge ** together. */ pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed = 0; pIdxInfo->idxFlags &= ~SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; *pbIn = 1; assert( (mExclude & WO_IN)==0 ); } } } pNew->u.vtab.omitMask &= ~mNoOmit; pNew->nLTerm = mxTerm+1; for(i=0; i<=mxTerm; i++){ if( pNew->aLTerm[i]==0 ){ /* The non-zero argvIdx values must be contiguous. Raise an ** error if they are not */ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"%s.xBestIndex malfunction",pSrc->pTab->zName); testcase( pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr ); return SQLITE_ERROR; } } assert( pNew->nLTerm<=pNew->nLSlot ); pNew->u.vtab.idxNum = pIdxInfo->idxNum; pNew->u.vtab.needFree = pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr; pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 0; pNew->u.vtab.idxStr = pIdxInfo->idxStr; pNew->u.vtab.isOrdered = (i8)(pIdxInfo->orderByConsumed ? pIdxInfo->nOrderBy : 0); pNew->rSetup = 0; pNew->rRun = sqlite3LogEstFromDouble(pIdxInfo->estimatedCost); pNew->nOut = sqlite3LogEst(pIdxInfo->estimatedRows); /* Set the WHERE_ONEROW flag if the xBestIndex() method indicated ** that the scan will visit at most one row. Clear it otherwise. */ if( pIdxInfo->idxFlags & SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE ){ pNew->wsFlags |= WHERE_ONEROW; }else{ pNew->wsFlags &= ~WHERE_ONEROW; } rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); if( pNew->u.vtab.needFree ){ sqlite3_free(pNew->u.vtab.idxStr); pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0; } WHERETRACE(0xffff, (" bIn=%d prereqIn=%04llx prereqOut=%04llx\n", *pbIn, (sqlite3_uint64)mPrereq, (sqlite3_uint64)(pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq))); return rc; } /* ** If this function is invoked from within an xBestIndex() callback, it ** returns a pointer to a buffer containing the name of the collation ** sequence associated with element iCons of the sqlite3_index_info.aConstraint ** array. Or, if iCons is out of range or there is no active xBestIndex ** call, return NULL. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_vtab_collation(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, int iCons){ HiddenIndexInfo *pHidden = (HiddenIndexInfo*)&pIdxInfo[1]; const char *zRet = 0; if( iCons>=0 && iConsnConstraint ){ CollSeq *pC = 0; int iTerm = pIdxInfo->aConstraint[iCons].iTermOffset; Expr *pX = pHidden->pWC->a[iTerm].pExpr; if( pX->pLeft ){ pC = sqlite3BinaryCompareCollSeq(pHidden->pParse, pX->pLeft, pX->pRight); } zRet = (pC ? pC->zName : sqlite3StrBINARY); } return zRet; } /* ** Add all WhereLoop objects for a table of the join identified by ** pBuilder->pNew->iTab. That table is guaranteed to be a virtual table. ** ** If there are no LEFT or CROSS JOIN joins in the query, both mPrereq and ** mUnusable are set to 0. Otherwise, mPrereq is a mask of all FROM clause ** entries that occur before the virtual table in the FROM clause and are ** separated from it by at least one LEFT or CROSS JOIN. Similarly, the ** mUnusable mask contains all FROM clause entries that occur after the ** virtual table and are separated from it by at least one LEFT or ** CROSS JOIN. ** ** For example, if the query were: ** ** ... FROM t1, t2 LEFT JOIN t3, t4, vt CROSS JOIN t5, t6; ** ** then mPrereq corresponds to (t1, t2) and mUnusable to (t5, t6). ** ** All the tables in mPrereq must be scanned before the current virtual ** table. So any terms for which all prerequisites are satisfied by ** mPrereq may be specified as "usable" in all calls to xBestIndex. ** Conversely, all tables in mUnusable must be scanned after the current ** virtual table, so any terms for which the prerequisites overlap with ** mUnusable should always be configured as "not-usable" for xBestIndex. */ static int whereLoopAddVirtual( WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, /* WHERE clause information */ Bitmask mPrereq, /* Tables that must be scanned before this one */ Bitmask mUnusable /* Tables that must be scanned after this one */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* WHERE analysis context */ Parse *pParse; /* The parsing context */ WhereClause *pWC; /* The WHERE clause */ struct SrcList_item *pSrc; /* The FROM clause term to search */ sqlite3_index_info *p; /* Object to pass to xBestIndex() */ int nConstraint; /* Number of constraints in p */ int bIn; /* True if plan uses IN(...) operator */ WhereLoop *pNew; Bitmask mBest; /* Tables used by best possible plan */ u16 mNoOmit; assert( (mPrereq & mUnusable)==0 ); pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; pParse = pWInfo->pParse; pWC = pBuilder->pWC; pNew = pBuilder->pNew; pSrc = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pNew->iTab]; assert( IsVirtual(pSrc->pTab) ); p = allocateIndexInfo(pParse, pWC, mUnusable, pSrc, pBuilder->pOrderBy, &mNoOmit); if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; pNew->rSetup = 0; pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE; pNew->nLTerm = 0; pNew->u.vtab.needFree = 0; nConstraint = p->nConstraint; if( whereLoopResize(pParse->db, pNew, nConstraint) ){ sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, p); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } /* First call xBestIndex() with all constraints usable. */ WHERETRACE(0x800, ("BEGIN %s.addVirtual()\n", pSrc->pTab->zName)); WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: all usable\n")); rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne(pBuilder, mPrereq, ALLBITS, 0, p, mNoOmit, &bIn); /* If the call to xBestIndex() with all terms enabled produced a plan ** that does not require any source tables (IOW: a plan with mBest==0), ** then there is no point in making any further calls to xBestIndex() ** since they will all return the same result (if the xBestIndex() ** implementation is sane). */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (mBest = (pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq))!=0 ){ int seenZero = 0; /* True if a plan with no prereqs seen */ int seenZeroNoIN = 0; /* Plan with no prereqs and no IN(...) seen */ Bitmask mPrev = 0; Bitmask mBestNoIn = 0; /* If the plan produced by the earlier call uses an IN(...) term, call ** xBestIndex again, this time with IN(...) terms disabled. */ if( bIn ){ WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: all usable w/o IN\n")); rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne( pBuilder, mPrereq, ALLBITS, WO_IN, p, mNoOmit, &bIn); assert( bIn==0 ); mBestNoIn = pNew->prereq & ~mPrereq; if( mBestNoIn==0 ){ seenZero = 1; seenZeroNoIN = 1; } } /* Call xBestIndex once for each distinct value of (prereqRight & ~mPrereq) ** in the set of terms that apply to the current virtual table. */ while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; Bitmask mNext = ALLBITS; assert( mNext>0 ); for(i=0; ia[p->aConstraint[i].iTermOffset].prereqRight & ~mPrereq ); if( mThis>mPrev && mThisprereq==mPrereq ){ seenZero = 1; if( bIn==0 ) seenZeroNoIN = 1; } } /* If the calls to xBestIndex() in the above loop did not find a plan ** that requires no source tables at all (i.e. one guaranteed to be ** usable), make a call here with all source tables disabled */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && seenZero==0 ){ WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: all disabled\n")); rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne( pBuilder, mPrereq, mPrereq, 0, p, mNoOmit, &bIn); if( bIn==0 ) seenZeroNoIN = 1; } /* If the calls to xBestIndex() have so far failed to find a plan ** that requires no source tables at all and does not use an IN(...) ** operator, make a final call to obtain one here. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && seenZeroNoIN==0 ){ WHERETRACE(0x40, (" VirtualOne: all disabled and w/o IN\n")); rc = whereLoopAddVirtualOne( pBuilder, mPrereq, mPrereq, WO_IN, p, mNoOmit, &bIn); } } if( p->needToFreeIdxStr ) sqlite3_free(p->idxStr); sqlite3DbFreeNN(pParse->db, p); WHERETRACE(0x800, ("END %s.addVirtual(), rc=%d\n", pSrc->pTab->zName, rc)); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /* ** Add WhereLoop entries to handle OR terms. This works for either ** btrees or virtual tables. */ static int whereLoopAddOr( WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder, Bitmask mPrereq, Bitmask mUnusable ){ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; WhereClause *pWC; WhereLoop *pNew; WhereTerm *pTerm, *pWCEnd; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int iCur; WhereClause tempWC; WhereLoopBuilder sSubBuild; WhereOrSet sSum, sCur; struct SrcList_item *pItem; pWC = pBuilder->pWC; pWCEnd = pWC->a + pWC->nTerm; pNew = pBuilder->pNew; memset(&sSum, 0, sizeof(sSum)); pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a + pNew->iTab; iCur = pItem->iCursor; for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTermeOperator & WO_OR)!=0 && (pTerm->u.pOrInfo->indexable & pNew->maskSelf)!=0 ){ WhereClause * const pOrWC = &pTerm->u.pOrInfo->wc; WhereTerm * const pOrWCEnd = &pOrWC->a[pOrWC->nTerm]; WhereTerm *pOrTerm; int once = 1; int i, j; sSubBuild = *pBuilder; sSubBuild.pOrderBy = 0; sSubBuild.pOrSet = &sCur; WHERETRACE(0x200, ("Begin processing OR-clause %p\n", pTerm)); for(pOrTerm=pOrWC->a; pOrTermeOperator & WO_AND)!=0 ){ sSubBuild.pWC = &pOrTerm->u.pAndInfo->wc; }else if( pOrTerm->leftCursor==iCur ){ tempWC.pWInfo = pWC->pWInfo; tempWC.pOuter = pWC; tempWC.op = TK_AND; tempWC.nTerm = 1; tempWC.a = pOrTerm; sSubBuild.pWC = &tempWC; }else{ continue; } sCur.n = 0; #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED WHERETRACE(0x200, ("OR-term %d of %p has %d subterms:\n", (int)(pOrTerm-pOrWC->a), pTerm, sSubBuild.pWC->nTerm)); if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x400 ){ sqlite3WhereClausePrint(sSubBuild.pWC); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(&sSubBuild, mPrereq, mUnusable); }else #endif { rc = whereLoopAddBtree(&sSubBuild, mPrereq); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = whereLoopAddOr(&sSubBuild, mPrereq, mUnusable); } assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || sCur.n==0 ); if( sCur.n==0 ){ sSum.n = 0; break; }else if( once ){ whereOrMove(&sSum, &sCur); once = 0; }else{ WhereOrSet sPrev; whereOrMove(&sPrev, &sSum); sSum.n = 0; for(i=0; inLTerm = 1; pNew->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; pNew->wsFlags = WHERE_MULTI_OR; pNew->rSetup = 0; pNew->iSortIdx = 0; memset(&pNew->u, 0, sizeof(pNew->u)); for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && irRun = sSum.a[i].rRun + 1; pNew->nOut = sSum.a[i].nOut; pNew->prereq = sSum.a[i].prereq; rc = whereLoopInsert(pBuilder, pNew); } WHERETRACE(0x200, ("End processing OR-clause %p\n", pTerm)); } } return rc; } /* ** Add all WhereLoop objects for all tables */ static int whereLoopAddAll(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ WhereInfo *pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; Bitmask mPrereq = 0; Bitmask mPrior = 0; int iTab; SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; struct SrcList_item *pItem; struct SrcList_item *pEnd = &pTabList->a[pWInfo->nLevel]; sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; int rc = SQLITE_OK; WhereLoop *pNew; u8 priorJointype = 0; /* Loop over the tables in the join, from left to right */ pNew = pBuilder->pNew; whereLoopInit(pNew); for(iTab=0, pItem=pTabList->a; pItemiTab = iTab; pNew->maskSelf = sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, pItem->iCursor); if( ((pItem->fg.jointype|priorJointype) & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS))!=0 ){ /* This condition is true when pItem is the FROM clause term on the ** right-hand-side of a LEFT or CROSS JOIN. */ mPrereq = mPrior; } priorJointype = pItem->fg.jointype; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( IsVirtual(pItem->pTab) ){ struct SrcList_item *p; for(p=&pItem[1]; pfg.jointype & (JT_LEFT|JT_CROSS)) ){ mUnusable |= sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, p->iCursor); } } rc = whereLoopAddVirtual(pBuilder, mPrereq, mUnusable); }else #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ { rc = whereLoopAddBtree(pBuilder, mPrereq); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pBuilder->pWC->hasOr ){ rc = whereLoopAddOr(pBuilder, mPrereq, mUnusable); } mPrior |= pNew->maskSelf; if( rc || db->mallocFailed ) break; } whereLoopClear(db, pNew); return rc; } /* ** Examine a WherePath (with the addition of the extra WhereLoop of the 6th ** parameters) to see if it outputs rows in the requested ORDER BY ** (or GROUP BY) without requiring a separate sort operation. Return N: ** ** N>0: N terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied ** N==0: No terms of the ORDER BY clause are satisfied ** N<0: Unknown yet how many terms of ORDER BY might be satisfied. ** ** Note that processing for WHERE_GROUPBY and WHERE_DISTINCTBY is not as ** strict. With GROUP BY and DISTINCT the only requirement is that ** equivalent rows appear immediately adjacent to one another. GROUP BY ** and DISTINCT do not require rows to appear in any particular order as long ** as equivalent rows are grouped together. Thus for GROUP BY and DISTINCT ** the pOrderBy terms can be matched in any order. With ORDER BY, the ** pOrderBy terms must be matched in strict left-to-right order. */ static i8 wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy( WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* The WHERE clause */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* ORDER BY or GROUP BY or DISTINCT clause to check */ WherePath *pPath, /* The WherePath to check */ u16 wctrlFlags, /* WHERE_GROUPBY or _DISTINCTBY or _ORDERBY_LIMIT */ u16 nLoop, /* Number of entries in pPath->aLoop[] */ WhereLoop *pLast, /* Add this WhereLoop to the end of pPath->aLoop[] */ Bitmask *pRevMask /* OUT: Mask of WhereLoops to run in reverse order */ ){ u8 revSet; /* True if rev is known */ u8 rev; /* Composite sort order */ u8 revIdx; /* Index sort order */ u8 isOrderDistinct; /* All prior WhereLoops are order-distinct */ u8 distinctColumns; /* True if the loop has UNIQUE NOT NULL columns */ u8 isMatch; /* iColumn matches a term of the ORDER BY clause */ u16 eqOpMask; /* Allowed equality operators */ u16 nKeyCol; /* Number of key columns in pIndex */ u16 nColumn; /* Total number of ordered columns in the index */ u16 nOrderBy; /* Number terms in the ORDER BY clause */ int iLoop; /* Index of WhereLoop in pPath being processed */ int i, j; /* Loop counters */ int iCur; /* Cursor number for current WhereLoop */ int iColumn; /* A column number within table iCur */ WhereLoop *pLoop = 0; /* Current WhereLoop being processed. */ WhereTerm *pTerm; /* A single term of the WHERE clause */ Expr *pOBExpr; /* An expression from the ORDER BY clause */ CollSeq *pColl; /* COLLATE function from an ORDER BY clause term */ Index *pIndex; /* The index associated with pLoop */ sqlite3 *db = pWInfo->pParse->db; /* Database connection */ Bitmask obSat = 0; /* Mask of ORDER BY terms satisfied so far */ Bitmask obDone; /* Mask of all ORDER BY terms */ Bitmask orderDistinctMask; /* Mask of all well-ordered loops */ Bitmask ready; /* Mask of inner loops */ /* ** We say the WhereLoop is "one-row" if it generates no more than one ** row of output. A WhereLoop is one-row if all of the following are true: ** (a) All index columns match with WHERE_COLUMN_EQ. ** (b) The index is unique ** Any WhereLoop with an WHERE_COLUMN_EQ constraint on the rowid is one-row. ** Every one-row WhereLoop will have the WHERE_ONEROW bit set in wsFlags. ** ** We say the WhereLoop is "order-distinct" if the set of columns from ** that WhereLoop that are in the ORDER BY clause are different for every ** row of the WhereLoop. Every one-row WhereLoop is automatically ** order-distinct. A WhereLoop that has no columns in the ORDER BY clause ** is not order-distinct. To be order-distinct is not quite the same as being ** UNIQUE since a UNIQUE column or index can have multiple rows that ** are NULL and NULL values are equivalent for the purpose of order-distinct. ** To be order-distinct, the columns must be UNIQUE and NOT NULL. ** ** The rowid for a table is always UNIQUE and NOT NULL so whenever the ** rowid appears in the ORDER BY clause, the corresponding WhereLoop is ** automatically order-distinct. */ assert( pOrderBy!=0 ); if( nLoop && OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_OrderByIdxJoin) ) return 0; nOrderBy = pOrderBy->nExpr; testcase( nOrderBy==BMS-1 ); if( nOrderBy>BMS-1 ) return 0; /* Cannot optimize overly large ORDER BYs */ isOrderDistinct = 1; obDone = MASKBIT(nOrderBy)-1; orderDistinctMask = 0; ready = 0; eqOpMask = WO_EQ | WO_IS | WO_ISNULL; if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT ) eqOpMask |= WO_IN; for(iLoop=0; isOrderDistinct && obSat0 ) ready |= pLoop->maskSelf; if( iLoopaLoop[iLoop]; if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT ) continue; }else{ pLoop = pLast; } if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE ){ if( pLoop->u.vtab.isOrdered ) obSat = obDone; break; }else{ pLoop->u.btree.nIdxCol = 0; } iCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab].iCursor; /* Mark off any ORDER BY term X that is a column in the table of ** the current loop for which there is term in the WHERE ** clause of the form X IS NULL or X=? that reference only outer ** loops. */ for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr); if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(&pWInfo->sWC, iCur, pOBExpr->iColumn, ~ready, eqOpMask, 0); if( pTerm==0 ) continue; if( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN ){ /* IN terms are only valid for sorting in the ORDER BY LIMIT ** optimization, and then only if they are actually used ** by the query plan */ assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT ); for(j=0; jnLTerm && pTerm!=pLoop->aLTerm[j]; j++){} if( j>=pLoop->nLTerm ) continue; } if( (pTerm->eOperator&(WO_EQ|WO_IS))!=0 && pOBExpr->iColumn>=0 ){ if( sqlite3ExprCollSeqMatch(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr, pTerm->pExpr)==0 ){ continue; } testcase( pTerm->pExpr->op==TK_IS ); } obSat |= MASKBIT(i); } if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){ if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ){ pIndex = 0; nKeyCol = 0; nColumn = 1; }else if( (pIndex = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)==0 || pIndex->bUnordered ){ return 0; }else{ nKeyCol = pIndex->nKeyCol; nColumn = pIndex->nColumn; assert( nColumn==nKeyCol+1 || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable) ); assert( pIndex->aiColumn[nColumn-1]==XN_ROWID || !HasRowid(pIndex->pTable)); isOrderDistinct = IsUniqueIndex(pIndex); } /* Loop through all columns of the index and deal with the ones ** that are not constrained by == or IN. */ rev = revSet = 0; distinctColumns = 0; for(j=0; j=pLoop->u.btree.nEq || (pLoop->aLTerm[j]==0)==(jnSkip) ); if( ju.btree.nEq && j>=pLoop->nSkip ){ u16 eOp = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->eOperator; /* Skip over == and IS and ISNULL terms. (Also skip IN terms when ** doing WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT processing). ** ** If the current term is a column of an ((?,?) IN (SELECT...)) ** expression for which the SELECT returns more than one column, ** check that it is the only column used by this loop. Otherwise, ** if it is one of two or more, none of the columns can be ** considered to match an ORDER BY term. */ if( (eOp & eqOpMask)!=0 ){ if( eOp & WO_ISNULL ){ testcase( isOrderDistinct ); isOrderDistinct = 0; } continue; }else if( ALWAYS(eOp & WO_IN) ){ /* ALWAYS() justification: eOp is an equality operator due to the ** ju.btree.nEq constraint above. Any equality other ** than WO_IN is captured by the previous "if". So this one ** always has to be WO_IN. */ Expr *pX = pLoop->aLTerm[j]->pExpr; for(i=j+1; iu.btree.nEq; i++){ if( pLoop->aLTerm[i]->pExpr==pX ){ assert( (pLoop->aLTerm[i]->eOperator & WO_IN) ); bOnce = 0; break; } } } } /* Get the column number in the table (iColumn) and sort order ** (revIdx) for the j-th column of the index. */ if( pIndex ){ iColumn = pIndex->aiColumn[j]; revIdx = pIndex->aSortOrder[j]; if( iColumn==pIndex->pTable->iPKey ) iColumn = XN_ROWID; }else{ iColumn = XN_ROWID; revIdx = 0; } /* An unconstrained column that might be NULL means that this ** WhereLoop is not well-ordered */ if( isOrderDistinct && iColumn>=0 && j>=pLoop->u.btree.nEq && pIndex->pTable->aCol[iColumn].notNull==0 ){ isOrderDistinct = 0; } /* Find the ORDER BY term that corresponds to the j-th column ** of the index and mark that ORDER BY term off */ isMatch = 0; for(i=0; bOnce && ia[i].pExpr); testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); testcase( wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ); if( (wctrlFlags & (WHERE_GROUPBY|WHERE_DISTINCTBY))==0 ) bOnce = 0; if( iColumn>=XN_ROWID ){ if( pOBExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) continue; if( pOBExpr->iTable!=iCur ) continue; if( pOBExpr->iColumn!=iColumn ) continue; }else{ Expr *pIdxExpr = pIndex->aColExpr->a[j].pExpr; if( sqlite3ExprCompareSkip(pOBExpr, pIdxExpr, iCur) ){ continue; } } if( iColumn!=XN_ROWID ){ pColl = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pWInfo->pParse, pOrderBy->a[i].pExpr); if( sqlite3StrICmp(pColl->zName, pIndex->azColl[j])!=0 ) continue; } pLoop->u.btree.nIdxCol = j+1; isMatch = 1; break; } if( isMatch && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY)==0 ){ /* Make sure the sort order is compatible in an ORDER BY clause. ** Sort order is irrelevant for a GROUP BY clause. */ if( revSet ){ if( (rev ^ revIdx)!=pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder ) isMatch = 0; }else{ rev = revIdx ^ pOrderBy->a[i].sortOrder; if( rev ) *pRevMask |= MASKBIT(iLoop); revSet = 1; } } if( isMatch ){ if( iColumn==XN_ROWID ){ testcase( distinctColumns==0 ); distinctColumns = 1; } obSat |= MASKBIT(i); }else{ /* No match found */ if( j==0 || jmaskSelf; for(i=0; ia[i].pExpr; mTerm = sqlite3WhereExprUsage(&pWInfo->sMaskSet,p); if( mTerm==0 && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(p) ) continue; if( (mTerm&~orderDistinctMask)==0 ){ obSat |= MASKBIT(i); } } } } /* End the loop over all WhereLoops from outer-most down to inner-most */ if( obSat==obDone ) return (i8)nOrderBy; if( !isOrderDistinct ){ for(i=nOrderBy-1; i>0; i--){ Bitmask m = MASKBIT(i) - 1; if( (obSat&m)==m ) return i; } return 0; } return -1; } /* ** If the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in the mask passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), ** the planner assumes that the specified pOrderBy list is actually a GROUP ** BY clause - and so any order that groups rows as required satisfies the ** request. ** ** Normally, in this case it is not possible for the caller to determine ** whether or not the rows are really being delivered in sorted order, or ** just in some other order that provides the required grouping. However, ** if the WHERE_SORTBYGROUP flag is also passed to sqlite3WhereBegin(), then ** this function may be called on the returned WhereInfo object. It returns ** true if the rows really will be sorted in the specified order, or false ** otherwise. ** ** For example, assuming: ** ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(x, Y); ** ** then ** ** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY x,y ORDER BY x,y; -- IsSorted()==1 ** SELECT * FROM t1 GROUP BY y,x ORDER BY y,x; -- IsSorted()==0 */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WhereIsSorted(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_GROUPBY ); assert( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP ); return pWInfo->sorted; } #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* For debugging use only: */ static const char *wherePathName(WherePath *pPath, int nLoop, WhereLoop *pLast){ static char zName[65]; int i; for(i=0; iaLoop[i]->cId; } if( pLast ) zName[i++] = pLast->cId; zName[i] = 0; return zName; } #endif /* ** Return the cost of sorting nRow rows, assuming that the keys have ** nOrderby columns and that the first nSorted columns are already in ** order. */ static LogEst whereSortingCost( WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRow, int nOrderBy, int nSorted ){ /* TUNING: Estimated cost of a full external sort, where N is ** the number of rows to sort is: ** ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)). ** ** Or, if the order-by clause has X terms but only the last Y ** terms are out of order, then block-sorting will reduce the ** sorting cost to: ** ** cost = (3.0 * N * log(N)) * (Y/X) ** ** The (Y/X) term is implemented using stack variable rScale ** below. */ LogEst rScale, rSortCost; assert( nOrderBy>0 && 66==sqlite3LogEst(100) ); rScale = sqlite3LogEst((nOrderBy-nSorted)*100/nOrderBy) - 66; rSortCost = nRow + rScale + 16; /* Multiple by log(M) where M is the number of output rows. ** Use the LIMIT for M if it is smaller */ if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT)!=0 && pWInfo->iLimitiLimit; } rSortCost += estLog(nRow); return rSortCost; } /* ** Given the list of WhereLoop objects at pWInfo->pLoops, this routine ** attempts to find the lowest cost path that visits each WhereLoop ** once. This path is then loaded into the pWInfo->a[].pWLoop fields. ** ** Assume that the total number of output rows that will need to be sorted ** will be nRowEst (in the 10*log2 representation). Or, ignore sorting ** costs if nRowEst==0. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK on success or SQLITE_NOMEM of a memory allocation ** error occurs. */ static int wherePathSolver(WhereInfo *pWInfo, LogEst nRowEst){ int mxChoice; /* Maximum number of simultaneous paths tracked */ int nLoop; /* Number of terms in the join */ Parse *pParse; /* Parsing context */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ int iLoop; /* Loop counter over the terms of the join */ int ii, jj; /* Loop counters */ int mxI = 0; /* Index of next entry to replace */ int nOrderBy; /* Number of ORDER BY clause terms */ LogEst mxCost = 0; /* Maximum cost of a set of paths */ LogEst mxUnsorted = 0; /* Maximum unsorted cost of a set of path */ int nTo, nFrom; /* Number of valid entries in aTo[] and aFrom[] */ WherePath *aFrom; /* All nFrom paths at the previous level */ WherePath *aTo; /* The nTo best paths at the current level */ WherePath *pFrom; /* An element of aFrom[] that we are working on */ WherePath *pTo; /* An element of aTo[] that we are working on */ WhereLoop *pWLoop; /* One of the WhereLoop objects */ WhereLoop **pX; /* Used to divy up the pSpace memory */ LogEst *aSortCost = 0; /* Sorting and partial sorting costs */ char *pSpace; /* Temporary memory used by this routine */ int nSpace; /* Bytes of space allocated at pSpace */ pParse = pWInfo->pParse; db = pParse->db; nLoop = pWInfo->nLevel; /* TUNING: For simple queries, only the best path is tracked. ** For 2-way joins, the 5 best paths are followed. ** For joins of 3 or more tables, track the 10 best paths */ mxChoice = (nLoop<=1) ? 1 : (nLoop==2 ? 5 : 10); assert( nLoop<=pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc ); WHERETRACE(0x002, ("---- begin solver. (nRowEst=%d)\n", nRowEst)); /* If nRowEst is zero and there is an ORDER BY clause, ignore it. In this ** case the purpose of this call is to estimate the number of rows returned ** by the overall query. Once this estimate has been obtained, the caller ** will invoke this function a second time, passing the estimate as the ** nRowEst parameter. */ if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 || nRowEst==0 ){ nOrderBy = 0; }else{ nOrderBy = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr; } /* Allocate and initialize space for aTo, aFrom and aSortCost[] */ nSpace = (sizeof(WherePath)+sizeof(WhereLoop*)*nLoop)*mxChoice*2; nSpace += sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy; pSpace = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nSpace); if( pSpace==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; aTo = (WherePath*)pSpace; aFrom = aTo+mxChoice; memset(aFrom, 0, sizeof(aFrom[0])); pX = (WhereLoop**)(aFrom+mxChoice); for(ii=mxChoice*2, pFrom=aTo; ii>0; ii--, pFrom++, pX += nLoop){ pFrom->aLoop = pX; } if( nOrderBy ){ /* If there is an ORDER BY clause and it is not being ignored, set up ** space for the aSortCost[] array. Each element of the aSortCost array ** is either zero - meaning it has not yet been initialized - or the ** cost of sorting nRowEst rows of data where the first X terms of ** the ORDER BY clause are already in order, where X is the array ** index. */ aSortCost = (LogEst*)pX; memset(aSortCost, 0, sizeof(LogEst) * nOrderBy); } assert( aSortCost==0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)&aSortCost[nOrderBy] ); assert( aSortCost!=0 || &pSpace[nSpace]==(char*)pX ); /* Seed the search with a single WherePath containing zero WhereLoops. ** ** TUNING: Do not let the number of iterations go above 28. If the cost ** of computing an automatic index is not paid back within the first 28 ** rows, then do not use the automatic index. */ aFrom[0].nRow = MIN(pParse->nQueryLoop, 48); assert( 48==sqlite3LogEst(28) ); nFrom = 1; assert( aFrom[0].isOrdered==0 ); if( nOrderBy ){ /* If nLoop is zero, then there are no FROM terms in the query. Since ** in this case the query may return a maximum of one row, the results ** are already in the requested order. Set isOrdered to nOrderBy to ** indicate this. Or, if nLoop is greater than zero, set isOrdered to ** -1, indicating that the result set may or may not be ordered, ** depending on the loops added to the current plan. */ aFrom[0].isOrdered = nLoop>0 ? -1 : nOrderBy; } /* Compute successively longer WherePaths using the previous generation ** of WherePaths as the basis for the next. Keep track of the mxChoice ** best paths at each generation */ for(iLoop=0; iLooppLoops; pWLoop; pWLoop=pWLoop->pNextLoop){ LogEst nOut; /* Rows visited by (pFrom+pWLoop) */ LogEst rCost; /* Cost of path (pFrom+pWLoop) */ LogEst rUnsorted; /* Unsorted cost of (pFrom+pWLoop) */ i8 isOrdered = pFrom->isOrdered; /* isOrdered for (pFrom+pWLoop) */ Bitmask maskNew; /* Mask of src visited by (..) */ Bitmask revMask = 0; /* Mask of rev-order loops for (..) */ if( (pWLoop->prereq & ~pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue; if( (pWLoop->maskSelf & pFrom->maskLoop)!=0 ) continue; if( (pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 && pFrom->nRow<3 ){ /* Do not use an automatic index if the this loop is expected ** to run less than 1.25 times. It is tempting to also exclude ** automatic index usage on an outer loop, but sometimes an automatic ** index is useful in the outer loop of a correlated subquery. */ assert( 10==sqlite3LogEst(2) ); continue; } /* At this point, pWLoop is a candidate to be the next loop. ** Compute its cost */ rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(pWLoop->rSetup,pWLoop->rRun + pFrom->nRow); rUnsorted = sqlite3LogEstAdd(rUnsorted, pFrom->rUnsorted); nOut = pFrom->nRow + pWLoop->nOut; maskNew = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf; if( isOrdered<0 ){ isOrdered = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, pWInfo->wctrlFlags, iLoop, pWLoop, &revMask); }else{ revMask = pFrom->revLoop; } if( isOrdered>=0 && isOrderedisOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0" is equivalent ** to (pTo->isOrdered==(-1))==(isOrdered==(-1))" for the range ** of legal values for isOrdered, -1..64. */ for(jj=0, pTo=aTo; jjmaskLoop==maskNew && ((pTo->isOrdered^isOrdered)&0x80)==0 ){ testcase( jj==nTo-1 ); break; } } if( jj>=nTo ){ /* None of the existing best-so-far paths match the candidate. */ if( nTo>=mxChoice && (rCost>mxCost || (rCost==mxCost && rUnsorted>=mxUnsorted)) ){ /* The current candidate is no better than any of the mxChoice ** paths currently in the best-so-far buffer. So discard ** this candidate as not viable. */ #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d,%3d order=%c\n", wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, rUnsorted, isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); } #endif continue; } /* If we reach this points it means that the new candidate path ** needs to be added to the set of best-so-far paths. */ if( nTo=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); } #endif }else{ /* Control reaches here if best-so-far path pTo=aTo[jj] covers the ** same set of loops and has the same isOrdered setting as the ** candidate path. Check to see if the candidate should replace ** pTo or if the candidate should be skipped. ** ** The conditional is an expanded vector comparison equivalent to: ** (pTo->rCost,pTo->nRow,pTo->rUnsorted) <= (rCost,nOut,rUnsorted) */ if( pTo->rCostrCost==rCost && (pTo->nRownRow==nOut && pTo->rUnsorted<=rUnsorted) ) ) ){ #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf( "Skip %s cost=%-3d,%3d,%3d order=%c", wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, rUnsorted, isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); sqlite3DebugPrintf(" vs %s cost=%-3d,%3d,%3d order=%c\n", wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, pTo->rUnsorted, pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?'); } #endif /* Discard the candidate path from further consideration */ testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost ); continue; } testcase( pTo->rCost==rCost+1 ); /* Control reaches here if the candidate path is better than the ** pTo path. Replace pTo with the candidate. */ #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* 0x4 */ if( sqlite3WhereTrace&0x4 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf( "Update %s cost=%-3d,%3d,%3d order=%c", wherePathName(pFrom, iLoop, pWLoop), rCost, nOut, rUnsorted, isOrdered>=0 ? isOrdered+'0' : '?'); sqlite3DebugPrintf(" was %s cost=%-3d,%3d,%3d order=%c\n", wherePathName(pTo, iLoop+1, 0), pTo->rCost, pTo->nRow, pTo->rUnsorted, pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? pTo->isOrdered+'0' : '?'); } #endif } /* pWLoop is a winner. Add it to the set of best so far */ pTo->maskLoop = pFrom->maskLoop | pWLoop->maskSelf; pTo->revLoop = revMask; pTo->nRow = nOut; pTo->rCost = rCost; pTo->rUnsorted = rUnsorted; pTo->isOrdered = isOrdered; memcpy(pTo->aLoop, pFrom->aLoop, sizeof(WhereLoop*)*iLoop); pTo->aLoop[iLoop] = pWLoop; if( nTo>=mxChoice ){ mxI = 0; mxCost = aTo[0].rCost; mxUnsorted = aTo[0].nRow; for(jj=1, pTo=&aTo[1]; jjrCost>mxCost || (pTo->rCost==mxCost && pTo->rUnsorted>mxUnsorted) ){ mxCost = pTo->rCost; mxUnsorted = pTo->rUnsorted; mxI = jj; } } } } } #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED /* >=2 */ if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x02 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- after round %d ----\n", iLoop); for(ii=0, pTo=aTo; iirCost, pTo->nRow, pTo->isOrdered>=0 ? (pTo->isOrdered+'0') : '?'); if( pTo->isOrdered>0 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" rev=0x%llx\n", pTo->revLoop); }else{ sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); } } } #endif /* Swap the roles of aFrom and aTo for the next generation */ pFrom = aTo; aTo = aFrom; aFrom = pFrom; nFrom = nTo; } if( nFrom==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no query solution"); sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pSpace); return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* Find the lowest cost path. pFrom will be left pointing to that path */ pFrom = aFrom; for(ii=1; iirCost>aFrom[ii].rCost ) pFrom = &aFrom[ii]; } assert( pWInfo->nLevel==nLoop ); /* Load the lowest cost path into pWInfo */ for(iLoop=0; iLoopa + iLoop; pLevel->pWLoop = pWLoop = pFrom->aLoop[iLoop]; pLevel->iFrom = pWLoop->iTab; pLevel->iTabCur = pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor; } if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)!=0 && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY)==0 && pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_NOOP && nRowEst ){ Bitmask notUsed; int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pResultSet, pFrom, WHERE_DISTINCTBY, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], ¬Used); if( rc==pWInfo->pResultSet->nExpr ){ pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; } } pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop = 0; if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_DISTINCTBY ){ if( pFrom->isOrdered==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){ pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED; } }else{ pWInfo->nOBSat = pFrom->isOrdered; pWInfo->revMask = pFrom->revLoop; if( pWInfo->nOBSat<=0 ){ pWInfo->nOBSat = 0; if( nLoop>0 ){ u32 wsFlags = pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1]->wsFlags; if( (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 && (wsFlags&(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN))!=(WHERE_IPK|WHERE_COLUMN_IN) ){ Bitmask m = 0; int rc = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, WHERE_ORDERBY_LIMIT, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &m); testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_IPK ); testcase( wsFlags & WHERE_COLUMN_IN ); if( rc==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){ pWInfo->bOrderedInnerLoop = 1; pWInfo->revMask = m; } } } } } if( (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_SORTBYGROUP) && pWInfo->nOBSat==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr && nLoop>0 ){ Bitmask revMask = 0; int nOrder = wherePathSatisfiesOrderBy(pWInfo, pWInfo->pOrderBy, pFrom, 0, nLoop-1, pFrom->aLoop[nLoop-1], &revMask ); assert( pWInfo->sorted==0 ); if( nOrder==pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr ){ pWInfo->sorted = 1; pWInfo->revMask = revMask; } } } pWInfo->nRowOut = pFrom->nRow; /* Free temporary memory and return success */ sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, pSpace); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Most queries use only a single table (they are not joins) and have ** simple == constraints against indexed fields. This routine attempts ** to plan those simple cases using much less ceremony than the ** general-purpose query planner, and thereby yield faster sqlite3_prepare() ** times for the common case. ** ** Return non-zero on success, if this query can be handled by this ** no-frills query planner. Return zero if this query needs the ** general-purpose query planner. */ static int whereShortCut(WhereLoopBuilder *pBuilder){ WhereInfo *pWInfo; struct SrcList_item *pItem; WhereClause *pWC; WhereTerm *pTerm; WhereLoop *pLoop; int iCur; int j; Table *pTab; Index *pIdx; pWInfo = pBuilder->pWInfo; if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE ) return 0; assert( pWInfo->pTabList->nSrc>=1 ); pItem = pWInfo->pTabList->a; pTab = pItem->pTab; if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return 0; if( pItem->fg.isIndexedBy ) return 0; iCur = pItem->iCursor; pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; pLoop = pBuilder->pNew; pLoop->wsFlags = 0; pLoop->nSkip = 0; pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, -1, 0, WO_EQ|WO_IS, 0); if( pTerm ){ testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_IPK|WHERE_ONEROW; pLoop->aLTerm[0] = pTerm; pLoop->nLTerm = 1; pLoop->u.btree.nEq = 1; /* TUNING: Cost of a rowid lookup is 10 */ pLoop->rRun = 33; /* 33==sqlite3LogEst(10) */ }else{ for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){ int opMask; assert( pLoop->aLTermSpace==pLoop->aLTerm ); if( !IsUniqueIndex(pIdx) || pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0 || pIdx->nKeyCol>ArraySize(pLoop->aLTermSpace) ) continue; opMask = pIdx->uniqNotNull ? (WO_EQ|WO_IS) : WO_EQ; for(j=0; jnKeyCol; j++){ pTerm = sqlite3WhereFindTerm(pWC, iCur, j, 0, opMask, pIdx); if( pTerm==0 ) break; testcase( pTerm->eOperator & WO_IS ); pLoop->aLTerm[j] = pTerm; } if( j!=pIdx->nKeyCol ) continue; pLoop->wsFlags = WHERE_COLUMN_EQ|WHERE_ONEROW|WHERE_INDEXED; if( pIdx->isCovering || (pItem->colUsed & pIdx->colNotIdxed)==0 ){ pLoop->wsFlags |= WHERE_IDX_ONLY; } pLoop->nLTerm = j; pLoop->u.btree.nEq = j; pLoop->u.btree.pIndex = pIdx; /* TUNING: Cost of a unique index lookup is 15 */ pLoop->rRun = 39; /* 39==sqlite3LogEst(15) */ break; } } if( pLoop->wsFlags ){ pLoop->nOut = (LogEst)1; pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop = pLoop; assert( pWInfo->sMaskSet.n==1 && iCur==pWInfo->sMaskSet.ix[0] ); pLoop->maskSelf = 1; /* sqlite3WhereGetMask(&pWInfo->sMaskSet, iCur); */ pWInfo->a[0].iTabCur = iCur; pWInfo->nRowOut = 1; if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pWInfo->pOrderBy->nExpr; if( pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG pLoop->cId = '0'; #endif return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Helper function for exprIsDeterministic(). */ static int exprNodeIsDeterministic(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ if( pExpr->op==TK_FUNCTION && ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_ConstFunc)==0 ){ pWalker->eCode = 0; return WRC_Abort; } return WRC_Continue; } /* ** Return true if the expression contains no non-deterministic SQL ** functions. Do not consider non-deterministic SQL functions that are ** part of sub-select statements. */ static int exprIsDeterministic(Expr *p){ Walker w; memset(&w, 0, sizeof(w)); w.eCode = 1; w.xExprCallback = exprNodeIsDeterministic; w.xSelectCallback = sqlite3SelectWalkFail; sqlite3WalkExpr(&w, p); return w.eCode; } /* ** Generate the beginning of the loop used for WHERE clause processing. ** The return value is a pointer to an opaque structure that contains ** information needed to terminate the loop. Later, the calling routine ** should invoke sqlite3WhereEnd() with the return value of this function ** in order to complete the WHERE clause processing. ** ** If an error occurs, this routine returns NULL. ** ** The basic idea is to do a nested loop, one loop for each table in ** the FROM clause of a select. (INSERT and UPDATE statements are the ** same as a SELECT with only a single table in the FROM clause.) For ** example, if the SQL is this: ** ** SELECT * FROM t1, t2, t3 WHERE ...; ** ** Then the code generated is conceptually like the following: ** ** foreach row1 in t1 do \ Code generated ** foreach row2 in t2 do |-- by sqlite3WhereBegin() ** foreach row3 in t3 do / ** ... ** end \ Code generated ** end |-- by sqlite3WhereEnd() ** end / ** ** Note that the loops might not be nested in the order in which they ** appear in the FROM clause if a different order is better able to make ** use of indices. Note also that when the IN operator appears in ** the WHERE clause, it might result in additional nested loops for ** scanning through all values on the right-hand side of the IN. ** ** There are Btree cursors associated with each table. t1 uses cursor ** number pTabList->a[0].iCursor. t2 uses the cursor pTabList->a[1].iCursor. ** And so forth. This routine generates code to open those VDBE cursors ** and sqlite3WhereEnd() generates the code to close them. ** ** The code that sqlite3WhereBegin() generates leaves the cursors named ** in pTabList pointing at their appropriate entries. The [...] code ** can use OP_Column and OP_Rowid opcodes on these cursors to extract ** data from the various tables of the loop. ** ** If the WHERE clause is empty, the foreach loops must each scan their ** entire tables. Thus a three-way join is an O(N^3) operation. But if ** the tables have indices and there are terms in the WHERE clause that ** refer to those indices, a complete table scan can be avoided and the ** code will run much faster. Most of the work of this routine is checking ** to see if there are indices that can be used to speed up the loop. ** ** Terms of the WHERE clause are also used to limit which rows actually ** make it to the "..." in the middle of the loop. After each "foreach", ** terms of the WHERE clause that use only terms in that loop and outer ** loops are evaluated and if false a jump is made around all subsequent ** inner loops (or around the "..." if the test occurs within the inner- ** most loop) ** ** OUTER JOINS ** ** An outer join of tables t1 and t2 is conceptally coded as follows: ** ** foreach row1 in t1 do ** flag = 0 ** foreach row2 in t2 do ** start: ** ... ** flag = 1 ** end ** if flag==0 then ** move the row2 cursor to a null row ** goto start ** fi ** end ** ** ORDER BY CLAUSE PROCESSING ** ** pOrderBy is a pointer to the ORDER BY clause (or the GROUP BY clause ** if the WHERE_GROUPBY flag is set in wctrlFlags) of a SELECT statement ** if there is one. If there is no ORDER BY clause or if this routine ** is called from an UPDATE or DELETE statement, then pOrderBy is NULL. ** ** The iIdxCur parameter is the cursor number of an index. If ** WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE is set, iIdxCur is the cursor number of an index ** to use for OR clause processing. The WHERE clause should use this ** specific cursor. If WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED is set, then iIdxCur is ** the first cursor in an array of cursors for all indices. iIdxCur should ** be used to compute the appropriate cursor depending on which index is ** used. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE WhereInfo *sqlite3WhereBegin( Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */ SrcList *pTabList, /* FROM clause: A list of all tables to be scanned */ Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */ ExprList *pOrderBy, /* An ORDER BY (or GROUP BY) clause, or NULL */ ExprList *pResultSet, /* Query result set. Req'd for DISTINCT */ u16 wctrlFlags, /* The WHERE_* flags defined in sqliteInt.h */ int iAuxArg /* If WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE is set, index cursor number ** If WHERE_USE_LIMIT, then the limit amount */ ){ int nByteWInfo; /* Num. bytes allocated for WhereInfo struct */ int nTabList; /* Number of elements in pTabList */ WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Will become the return value of this function */ Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* The virtual database engine */ Bitmask notReady; /* Cursors that are not yet positioned */ WhereLoopBuilder sWLB; /* The WhereLoop builder */ WhereMaskSet *pMaskSet; /* The expression mask set */ WhereLevel *pLevel; /* A single level in pWInfo->a[] */ WhereLoop *pLoop; /* Pointer to a single WhereLoop object */ int ii; /* Loop counter */ sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */ int rc; /* Return code */ u8 bFordelete = 0; /* OPFLAG_FORDELETE or zero, as appropriate */ assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW)==0 || ( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 )); /* Only one of WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE or WHERE_USE_LIMIT */ assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 || (wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT)==0 ); /* Variable initialization */ db = pParse->db; memset(&sWLB, 0, sizeof(sWLB)); /* An ORDER/GROUP BY clause of more than 63 terms cannot be optimized */ testcase( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr==BMS-1 ); if( pOrderBy && pOrderBy->nExpr>=BMS ) pOrderBy = 0; sWLB.pOrderBy = pOrderBy; /* Disable the DISTINCT optimization if SQLITE_DistinctOpt is set via ** sqlite3_test_ctrl(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS,...) */ if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_DistinctOpt) ){ wctrlFlags &= ~WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT; } /* The number of tables in the FROM clause is limited by the number of ** bits in a Bitmask */ testcase( pTabList->nSrc==BMS ); if( pTabList->nSrc>BMS ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "at most %d tables in a join", BMS); return 0; } /* This function normally generates a nested loop for all tables in ** pTabList. But if the WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE flag is set, then we should ** only generate code for the first table in pTabList and assume that ** any cursors associated with subsequent tables are uninitialized. */ nTabList = (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE) ? 1 : pTabList->nSrc; /* Allocate and initialize the WhereInfo structure that will become the ** return value. A single allocation is used to store the WhereInfo ** struct, the contents of WhereInfo.a[], the WhereClause structure ** and the WhereMaskSet structure. Since WhereClause contains an 8-byte ** field (type Bitmask) it must be aligned on an 8-byte boundary on ** some architectures. Hence the ROUND8() below. */ nByteWInfo = ROUND8(sizeof(WhereInfo)+(nTabList-1)*sizeof(WhereLevel)); pWInfo = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(db, nByteWInfo + sizeof(WhereLoop)); if( db->mallocFailed ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pWInfo); pWInfo = 0; goto whereBeginError; } pWInfo->pParse = pParse; pWInfo->pTabList = pTabList; pWInfo->pOrderBy = pOrderBy; pWInfo->pWhere = pWhere; pWInfo->pResultSet = pResultSet; pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = -1; pWInfo->nLevel = nTabList; pWInfo->iBreak = pWInfo->iContinue = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); pWInfo->wctrlFlags = wctrlFlags; pWInfo->iLimit = iAuxArg; pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop = pParse->nQueryLoop; memset(&pWInfo->nOBSat, 0, offsetof(WhereInfo,sWC) - offsetof(WhereInfo,nOBSat)); memset(&pWInfo->a[0], 0, sizeof(WhereLoop)+nTabList*sizeof(WhereLevel)); assert( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF ); /* ONEPASS defaults to OFF */ pMaskSet = &pWInfo->sMaskSet; sWLB.pWInfo = pWInfo; sWLB.pWC = &pWInfo->sWC; sWLB.pNew = (WhereLoop*)(((char*)pWInfo)+nByteWInfo); assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(sWLB.pNew) ); whereLoopInit(sWLB.pNew); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG sWLB.pNew->cId = '*'; #endif /* Split the WHERE clause into separate subexpressions where each ** subexpression is separated by an AND operator. */ initMaskSet(pMaskSet); sqlite3WhereClauseInit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWInfo); sqlite3WhereSplit(&pWInfo->sWC, pWhere, TK_AND); /* Special case: No FROM clause */ if( nTabList==0 ){ if( pOrderBy ) pWInfo->nOBSat = pOrderBy->nExpr; if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; } ExplainQueryPlan((pParse, 0, "SCAN CONSTANT ROW")); }else{ /* Assign a bit from the bitmask to every term in the FROM clause. ** ** The N-th term of the FROM clause is assigned a bitmask of 1<nSrc tables in ** pTabList, not just the first nTabList tables. nTabList is normally ** equal to pTabList->nSrc but might be shortened to 1 if the ** WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE flag is set. */ ii = 0; do{ createMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor); sqlite3WhereTabFuncArgs(pParse, &pTabList->a[ii], &pWInfo->sWC); }while( (++ii)nSrc ); #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG { Bitmask mx = 0; for(ii=0; iinSrc; ii++){ Bitmask m = sqlite3WhereGetMask(pMaskSet, pTabList->a[ii].iCursor); assert( m>=mx ); mx = m; } } #endif } /* Analyze all of the subexpressions. */ sqlite3WhereExprAnalyze(pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; /* Special case: WHERE terms that do not refer to any tables in the join ** (constant expressions). Evaluate each such term, and jump over all the ** generated code if the result is not true. ** ** Do not do this if the expression contains non-deterministic functions ** that are not within a sub-select. This is not strictly required, but ** preserves SQLite's legacy behaviour in the following two cases: ** ** FROM ... WHERE random()>0; -- eval random() once per row ** FROM ... WHERE (SELECT random())>0; -- eval random() once overall */ for(ii=0; iinTerm; ii++){ WhereTerm *pT = &sWLB.pWC->a[ii]; if( pT->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL ) continue; if( pT->prereqAll==0 && (nTabList==0 || exprIsDeterministic(pT->pExpr)) ){ sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, pT->pExpr, pWInfo->iBreak, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL); pT->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; } } if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT ){ if( isDistinctRedundant(pParse, pTabList, &pWInfo->sWC, pResultSet) ){ /* The DISTINCT marking is pointless. Ignore it. */ pWInfo->eDistinct = WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE; }else if( pOrderBy==0 ){ /* Try to ORDER BY the result set to make distinct processing easier */ pWInfo->wctrlFlags |= WHERE_DISTINCTBY; pWInfo->pOrderBy = pResultSet; } } /* Construct the WhereLoop objects */ #if defined(WHERETRACE_ENABLED) if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0xffff ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("*** Optimizer Start *** (wctrlFlags: 0x%x",wctrlFlags); if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_USE_LIMIT ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(", limit: %d", iAuxArg); } sqlite3DebugPrintf(")\n"); } if( sqlite3WhereTrace & 0x100 ){ /* Display all terms of the WHERE clause */ sqlite3WhereClausePrint(sWLB.pWC); } #endif if( nTabList!=1 || whereShortCut(&sWLB)==0 ){ rc = whereLoopAddAll(&sWLB); if( rc ) goto whereBeginError; #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ /* Display all of the WhereLoop objects */ WhereLoop *p; int i; static const char zLabel[] = "0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwyxz" "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWYXZ"; for(p=pWInfo->pLoops, i=0; p; p=p->pNextLoop, i++){ p->cId = zLabel[i%(sizeof(zLabel)-1)]; whereLoopPrint(p, sWLB.pWC); } } #endif wherePathSolver(pWInfo, 0); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; if( pWInfo->pOrderBy ){ wherePathSolver(pWInfo, pWInfo->nRowOut+1); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; } } if( pWInfo->pOrderBy==0 && (db->flags & SQLITE_ReverseOrder)!=0 ){ pWInfo->revMask = ALLBITS; } if( pParse->nErr || NEVER(db->mallocFailed) ){ goto whereBeginError; } #ifdef WHERETRACE_ENABLED if( sqlite3WhereTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf("---- Solution nRow=%d", pWInfo->nRowOut); if( pWInfo->nOBSat>0 ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf(" ORDERBY=%d,0x%llx", pWInfo->nOBSat, pWInfo->revMask); } switch( pWInfo->eDistinct ){ case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE: { sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unique"); break; } case WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED: { sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=ordered"); break; } case WHERE_DISTINCT_UNORDERED: { sqlite3DebugPrintf(" DISTINCT=unordered"); break; } } sqlite3DebugPrintf("\n"); for(ii=0; iinLevel; ii++){ whereLoopPrint(pWInfo->a[ii].pWLoop, sWLB.pWC); } } #endif /* Attempt to omit tables from the join that do not affect the result. ** For a table to not affect the result, the following must be true: ** ** 1) The query must not be an aggregate. ** 2) The table must be the RHS of a LEFT JOIN. ** 3) Either the query must be DISTINCT, or else the ON or USING clause ** must contain a constraint that limits the scan of the table to ** at most a single row. ** 4) The table must not be referenced by any part of the query apart ** from its own USING or ON clause. ** ** For example, given: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(ipk INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v1); ** CREATE TABLE t2(ipk INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v2); ** CREATE TABLE t3(ipk INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v3); ** ** then table t2 can be omitted from the following: ** ** SELECT v1, v3 FROM t1 ** LEFT JOIN t2 USING (t1.ipk=t2.ipk) ** LEFT JOIN t3 USING (t1.ipk=t3.ipk) ** ** or from: ** ** SELECT DISTINCT v1, v3 FROM t1 ** LEFT JOIN t2 ** LEFT JOIN t3 USING (t1.ipk=t3.ipk) */ notReady = ~(Bitmask)0; if( pWInfo->nLevel>=2 && pResultSet!=0 /* guarantees condition (1) above */ && OptimizationEnabled(db, SQLITE_OmitNoopJoin) ){ int i; Bitmask tabUsed = sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, pResultSet); if( sWLB.pOrderBy ){ tabUsed |= sqlite3WhereExprListUsage(pMaskSet, sWLB.pOrderBy); } for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=1; i--){ WhereTerm *pTerm, *pEnd; struct SrcList_item *pItem; pLoop = pWInfo->a[i].pWLoop; pItem = &pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLoop->iTab]; if( (pItem->fg.jointype & JT_LEFT)==0 ) continue; if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_WANT_DISTINCT)==0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)==0 ){ continue; } if( (tabUsed & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ) continue; pEnd = sWLB.pWC->a + sWLB.pWC->nTerm; for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTermprereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ){ if( !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pTerm->pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pItem->iCursor ){ break; } } } if( pTerm drop loop %c not used\n", pLoop->cId)); notReady &= ~pLoop->maskSelf; for(pTerm=sWLB.pWC->a; pTermprereqAll & pLoop->maskSelf)!=0 ){ pTerm->wtFlags |= TERM_CODED; } } if( i!=pWInfo->nLevel-1 ){ int nByte = (pWInfo->nLevel-1-i) * sizeof(WhereLevel); memmove(&pWInfo->a[i], &pWInfo->a[i+1], nByte); } pWInfo->nLevel--; nTabList--; } } WHERETRACE(0xffff,("*** Optimizer Finished ***\n")); pWInfo->pParse->nQueryLoop += pWInfo->nRowOut; /* If the caller is an UPDATE or DELETE statement that is requesting ** to use a one-pass algorithm, determine if this is appropriate. ** ** A one-pass approach can be used if the caller has requested one ** and either (a) the scan visits at most one row or (b) each ** of the following are true: ** ** * the caller has indicated that a one-pass approach can be used ** with multiple rows (by setting WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW), and ** * the table is not a virtual table, and ** * either the scan does not use the OR optimization or the caller ** is a DELETE operation (WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK is only specified ** for DELETE). ** ** The last qualification is because an UPDATE statement uses ** WhereInfo.aiCurOnePass[1] to determine whether or not it really can ** use a one-pass approach, and this is not set accurately for scans ** that use the OR optimization. */ assert( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 || pWInfo->nLevel==1 ); if( (wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)!=0 ){ int wsFlags = pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags; int bOnerow = (wsFlags & WHERE_ONEROW)!=0; if( bOnerow || ( 0!=(wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW) && 0==(wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE) && (0==(wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR) || (wctrlFlags & WHERE_DUPLICATES_OK)) )){ pWInfo->eOnePass = bOnerow ? ONEPASS_SINGLE : ONEPASS_MULTI; if( HasRowid(pTabList->a[0].pTab) && (wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){ if( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_MULTIROW ){ bFordelete = OPFLAG_FORDELETE; } pWInfo->a[0].pWLoop->wsFlags = (wsFlags & ~WHERE_IDX_ONLY); } } } /* Open all tables in the pTabList and any indices selected for ** searching those tables. */ for(ii=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; iia[pLevel->iFrom]; pTab = pTabItem->pTab; iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema); pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Ephemeral)!=0 || pTab->pSelect ){ /* Do nothing */ }else #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_VIRTUALTABLE)!=0 ){ const char *pVTab = (const char *)sqlite3GetVTable(db, pTab); int iCur = pTabItem->iCursor; sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VOpen, iCur, 0, 0, pVTab, P4_VTAB); }else if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){ /* noop */ }else #endif if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 ){ int op = OP_OpenRead; if( pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ op = OP_OpenWrite; pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[0] = pTabItem->iCursor; }; sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, pTabItem->iCursor, iDb, pTab, op); assert( pTabItem->iCursor==pLevel->iTabCur ); testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS-1 ); testcase( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nCol==BMS ); if( pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF && pTab->nColcolUsed; int n = 0; for(; b; b=b>>1, n++){} sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(n), P4_INT32); assert( n<=pTab->nCol ); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_CURSOR_HINTS if( pLoop->u.btree.pIndex!=0 ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ|bFordelete); }else #endif { sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, bFordelete); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, pTabItem->iCursor, 0, 0, (const u8*)&pTabItem->colUsed, P4_INT64); #endif }else{ sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName); } if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED ){ Index *pIx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; int iIndexCur; int op = OP_OpenRead; /* iAuxArg is always set to a positive value if ONEPASS is possible */ assert( iAuxArg!=0 || (pWInfo->wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED)==0 ); if( !HasRowid(pTab) && IsPrimaryKeyIndex(pIx) && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)!=0 ){ /* This is one term of an OR-optimization using the PRIMARY KEY of a ** WITHOUT ROWID table. No need for a separate index */ iIndexCur = pLevel->iTabCur; op = 0; }else if( pWInfo->eOnePass!=ONEPASS_OFF ){ Index *pJ = pTabItem->pTab->pIndex; iIndexCur = iAuxArg; assert( wctrlFlags & WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED ); while( ALWAYS(pJ) && pJ!=pIx ){ iIndexCur++; pJ = pJ->pNext; } op = OP_OpenWrite; pWInfo->aiCurOnePass[1] = iIndexCur; }else if( iAuxArg && (wctrlFlags & WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)!=0 ){ iIndexCur = iAuxArg; op = OP_ReopenIdx; }else{ iIndexCur = pParse->nTab++; } pLevel->iIdxCur = iIndexCur; assert( pIx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema ); assert( iIndexCur>=0 ); if( op ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, iIndexCur, pIx->tnum, iDb); sqlite3VdbeSetP4KeyInfo(pParse, pIx); if( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_CONSTRAINT)!=0 && (pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_COLUMN_RANGE|WHERE_SKIPSCAN))==0 && (pWInfo->wctrlFlags&WHERE_ORDERBY_MIN)==0 && pWInfo->eDistinct!=WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED ){ sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_SEEKEQ); /* Hint to COMDB2 */ } VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIx->zName)); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK { u64 colUsed = 0; int ii, jj; for(ii=0; iinColumn; ii++){ jj = pIx->aiColumn[ii]; if( jj<0 ) continue; if( jj>63 ) jj = 63; if( (pTabItem->colUsed & MASKBIT(jj))==0 ) continue; colUsed |= ((u64)1)<<(ii<63 ? ii : 63); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Dup8(v, OP_ColumnsUsed, iIndexCur, 0, 0, (u8*)&colUsed, P4_INT64); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_USED_MASK */ } } if( iDb>=0 ) sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb); } pWInfo->iTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; /* Generate the code to do the search. Each iteration of the for ** loop below generates code for a single nested loop of the VM ** program. */ for(ii=0; iia[ii]; wsFlags = pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX if( (pLevel->pWLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_AUTO_INDEX)!=0 ){ constructAutomaticIndex(pParse, &pWInfo->sWC, &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom], notReady, pLevel); if( db->mallocFailed ) goto whereBeginError; } #endif addrExplain = sqlite3WhereExplainOneScan( pParse, pTabList, pLevel, wctrlFlags ); pLevel->addrBody = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); notReady = sqlite3WhereCodeOneLoopStart(pWInfo, ii, notReady); pWInfo->iContinue = pLevel->addrCont; if( (wsFlags&WHERE_MULTI_OR)==0 && (wctrlFlags&WHERE_OR_SUBCLAUSE)==0 ){ sqlite3WhereAddScanStatus(v, pTabList, pLevel, addrExplain); } } /* Done. */ VdbeModuleComment((v, "Begin WHERE-core")); return pWInfo; /* Jump here if malloc fails */ whereBeginError: if( pWInfo ){ pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); } return 0; } /* ** Part of sqlite3WhereEnd() will rewrite opcodes to reference the ** index rather than the main table. In SQLITE_DEBUG mode, we want ** to trace those changes if PRAGMA vdbe_addoptrace=on. This routine ** does that. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG # define OpcodeRewriteTrace(D,K,P) /* no-op */ #else # define OpcodeRewriteTrace(D,K,P) sqlite3WhereOpcodeRewriteTrace(D,K,P) static void sqlite3WhereOpcodeRewriteTrace( sqlite3 *db, int pc, VdbeOp *pOp ){ if( (db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace)==0 ) return; sqlite3VdbePrintOp(0, pc, pOp); } #endif /* ** Generate the end of the WHERE loop. See comments on ** sqlite3WhereBegin() for additional information. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WhereEnd(WhereInfo *pWInfo){ Parse *pParse = pWInfo->pParse; Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; int i; WhereLevel *pLevel; WhereLoop *pLoop; SrcList *pTabList = pWInfo->pTabList; sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Generate loop termination code. */ VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-core")); for(i=pWInfo->nLevel-1; i>=0; i--){ int addr; pLevel = &pWInfo->a[i]; pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; if( pLevel->op!=OP_Noop ){ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_SKIPAHEAD_DISTINCT int addrSeek = 0; Index *pIdx; int n; if( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED && i==pWInfo->nLevel-1 /* Ticket [ef9318757b152e3] 2017-10-21 */ && (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 && (pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex)->hasStat1 && (n = pLoop->u.btree.nIdxCol)>0 && pIdx->aiRowLogEst[n]>=36 ){ int r1 = pParse->nMem+1; int j, op; for(j=0; jiIdxCur, j, r1+j); } pParse->nMem += n+1; op = pLevel->op==OP_Prev ? OP_SeekLT : OP_SeekGT; addrSeek = sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, op, pLevel->iIdxCur, 0, r1, n); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekLT); VdbeCoverageIf(v, op==OP_SeekGT); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 1, pLevel->p2); } #endif /* SQLITE_DISABLE_SKIPAHEAD_DISTINCT */ /* The common case: Advance to the next row */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, pLevel->op, pLevel->p1, pLevel->p2, pLevel->p3); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, pLevel->p5); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Next); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_Prev); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pLevel->op==OP_VNext); #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_SKIPAHEAD_DISTINCT if( addrSeek ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrSeek); #endif }else{ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrCont); } if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_ABLE && pLevel->u.in.nIn>0 ){ struct InLoop *pIn; int j; sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrNxt); for(j=pLevel->u.in.nIn, pIn=&pLevel->u.in.aInLoop[j-1]; j>0; j--, pIn--){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop+1); if( pIn->eEndLoopOp!=OP_Noop ){ if( pIn->nPrefix ){ assert( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IN_EARLYOUT ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_IfNoHope, pLevel->iIdxCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, pIn->iBase, pIn->nPrefix); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp, pIn->iCur, pIn->addrInTop); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_Prev); VdbeCoverageIf(v, pIn->eEndLoopOp==OP_Next); } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pIn->addrInTop-1); } } sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pLevel->addrBrk); if( pLevel->addrSkip ){ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrSkip); VdbeComment((v, "next skip-scan on %s", pLoop->u.btree.pIndex->zName)); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, pLevel->addrSkip-2); } #ifndef SQLITE_LIKE_DOESNT_MATCH_BLOBS if( pLevel->addrLikeRep ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_DecrJumpZero, (int)(pLevel->iLikeRepCntr>>1), pLevel->addrLikeRep); VdbeCoverage(v); } #endif if( pLevel->iLeftJoin ){ int ws = pLoop->wsFlags; addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfPos, pLevel->iLeftJoin); VdbeCoverage(v); assert( (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || (ws & WHERE_INDEXED)!=0 ); if( (ws & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 ){ assert( pLevel->iTabCur==pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].iCursor ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iTabCur); } if( (ws & WHERE_INDEXED) || ((ws & WHERE_MULTI_OR) && pLevel->u.pCovidx) ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NullRow, pLevel->iIdxCur); } if( pLevel->op==OP_Return ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, pLevel->p1, pLevel->addrFirst); }else{ sqlite3VdbeGoto(v, pLevel->addrFirst); } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); } VdbeModuleComment((v, "End WHERE-loop%d: %s", i, pWInfo->pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom].pTab->zName)); } /* The "break" point is here, just past the end of the outer loop. ** Set it. */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, pWInfo->iBreak); assert( pWInfo->nLevel<=pTabList->nSrc ); for(i=0, pLevel=pWInfo->a; inLevel; i++, pLevel++){ int k, last; VdbeOp *pOp; Index *pIdx = 0; struct SrcList_item *pTabItem = &pTabList->a[pLevel->iFrom]; Table *pTab = pTabItem->pTab; assert( pTab!=0 ); pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop; /* For a co-routine, change all OP_Column references to the table of ** the co-routine into OP_Copy of result contained in a register. ** OP_Rowid becomes OP_Null. */ if( pTabItem->fg.viaCoroutine ){ testcase( pParse->db->mallocFailed ); translateColumnToCopy(pParse, pLevel->addrBody, pLevel->iTabCur, pTabItem->regResult, 0); continue; } /* If this scan uses an index, make VDBE code substitutions to read data ** from the index instead of from the table where possible. In some cases ** this optimization prevents the table from ever being read, which can ** yield a significant performance boost. ** ** Calls to the code generator in between sqlite3WhereBegin and ** sqlite3WhereEnd will have created code that references the table ** directly. This loop scans all that code looking for opcodes ** that reference the table and converts them into opcodes that ** reference the index. */ if( pLoop->wsFlags & (WHERE_INDEXED|WHERE_IDX_ONLY) ){ pIdx = pLoop->u.btree.pIndex; }else if( pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_MULTI_OR ){ pIdx = pLevel->u.pCovidx; } if( pIdx && (pWInfo->eOnePass==ONEPASS_OFF || !HasRowid(pIdx->pTable)) && !db->mallocFailed ){ last = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); k = pLevel->addrBody; #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ){ printf("TRANSLATE opcodes in range %d..%d\n", k, last-1); } #endif pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, k); for(; kp1!=pLevel->iTabCur ) continue; if( pOp->opcode==OP_Column #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_OFFSET_SQL_FUNC || pOp->opcode==OP_Offset #endif ){ int x = pOp->p2; assert( pIdx->pTable==pTab ); if( !HasRowid(pTab) ){ Index *pPk = sqlite3PrimaryKeyIndex(pTab); x = pPk->aiColumn[x]; assert( x>=0 ); } x = sqlite3ColumnOfIndex(pIdx, x); if( x>=0 ){ pOp->p2 = x; pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; OpcodeRewriteTrace(db, k, pOp); } assert( (pLoop->wsFlags & WHERE_IDX_ONLY)==0 || x>=0 || pWInfo->eOnePass ); }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_Rowid ){ pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; pOp->opcode = OP_IdxRowid; OpcodeRewriteTrace(db, k, pOp); }else if( pOp->opcode==OP_IfNullRow ){ pOp->p1 = pLevel->iIdxCur; OpcodeRewriteTrace(db, k, pOp); } } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG if( db->flags & SQLITE_VdbeAddopTrace ) printf("TRANSLATE complete\n"); #endif } } /* Final cleanup */ pParse->nQueryLoop = pWInfo->savedNQueryLoop; whereInfoFree(db, pWInfo); return; } /************** End of where.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file window.c ******************************************/ /* ** 2018 May 08 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC /* ** SELECT REWRITING ** ** Any SELECT statement that contains one or more window functions in ** either the select list or ORDER BY clause (the only two places window ** functions may be used) is transformed by function sqlite3WindowRewrite() ** in order to support window function processing. For example, with the ** schema: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c, d, e, f, g); ** ** the statement: ** ** SELECT a+1, max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d) FROM t1 ORDER BY e; ** ** is transformed to: ** ** SELECT a+1, max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d) FROM ( ** SELECT a, e, c, d, b FROM t1 ORDER BY c, d ** ) ORDER BY e; ** ** The flattening optimization is disabled when processing this transformed ** SELECT statement. This allows the implementation of the window function ** (in this case max()) to process rows sorted in order of (c, d), which ** makes things easier for obvious reasons. More generally: ** ** * FROM, WHERE, GROUP BY and HAVING clauses are all moved to ** the sub-query. ** ** * ORDER BY, LIMIT and OFFSET remain part of the parent query. ** ** * Terminals from each of the expression trees that make up the ** select-list and ORDER BY expressions in the parent query are ** selected by the sub-query. For the purposes of the transformation, ** terminals are column references and aggregate functions. ** ** If there is more than one window function in the SELECT that uses ** the same window declaration (the OVER bit), then a single scan may ** be used to process more than one window function. For example: ** ** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d), ** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d) ** FROM t1; ** ** is transformed in the same way as the example above. However: ** ** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d), ** min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY a ORDER BY b) ** FROM t1; ** ** Must be transformed to: ** ** SELECT max(b) OVER (PARTITION BY c ORDER BY d) FROM ( ** SELECT e, min(e) OVER (PARTITION BY a ORDER BY b), c, d, b FROM ** SELECT a, e, c, d, b FROM t1 ORDER BY a, b ** ) ORDER BY c, d ** ) ORDER BY e; ** ** so that both min() and max() may process rows in the order defined by ** their respective window declarations. ** ** INTERFACE WITH SELECT.C ** ** When processing the rewritten SELECT statement, code in select.c calls ** sqlite3WhereBegin() to begin iterating through the results of the ** sub-query, which is always implemented as a co-routine. It then calls ** sqlite3WindowCodeStep() to process rows and finish the scan by calling ** sqlite3WhereEnd(). ** ** sqlite3WindowCodeStep() generates VM code so that, for each row returned ** by the sub-query a sub-routine (OP_Gosub) coded by select.c is invoked. ** When the sub-routine is invoked: ** ** * The results of all window-functions for the row are stored ** in the associated Window.regResult registers. ** ** * The required terminal values are stored in the current row of ** temp table Window.iEphCsr. ** ** In some cases, depending on the window frame and the specific window ** functions invoked, sqlite3WindowCodeStep() caches each entire partition ** in a temp table before returning any rows. In other cases it does not. ** This detail is encapsulated within this file, the code generated by ** select.c is the same in either case. ** ** BUILT-IN WINDOW FUNCTIONS ** ** This implementation features the following built-in window functions: ** ** row_number() ** rank() ** dense_rank() ** percent_rank() ** cume_dist() ** ntile(N) ** lead(expr [, offset [, default]]) ** lag(expr [, offset [, default]]) ** first_value(expr) ** last_value(expr) ** nth_value(expr, N) ** ** These are the same built-in window functions supported by Postgres. ** Although the behaviour of aggregate window functions (functions that ** can be used as either aggregates or window funtions) allows them to ** be implemented using an API, built-in window functions are much more ** esoteric. Additionally, some window functions (e.g. nth_value()) ** may only be implemented by caching the entire partition in memory. ** As such, some built-in window functions use the same API as aggregate ** window functions and some are implemented directly using VDBE ** instructions. Additionally, for those functions that use the API, the ** window frame is sometimes modified before the SELECT statement is ** rewritten. For example, regardless of the specified window frame, the ** row_number() function always uses: ** ** ROWS BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW ** ** See sqlite3WindowUpdate() for details. ** ** As well as some of the built-in window functions, aggregate window ** functions min() and max() are implemented using VDBE instructions if ** the start of the window frame is declared as anything other than ** UNBOUNDED PRECEDING. */ /* ** Implementation of built-in window function row_number(). Assumes that the ** window frame has been coerced to: ** ** ROWS BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ static void row_numberStepFunc( sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ i64 *p = (i64*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p ) (*p)++; UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); } static void row_numberValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ i64 *p = (i64*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, (p ? *p : 0)); } /* ** Context object type used by rank(), dense_rank(), percent_rank() and ** cume_dist(). */ struct CallCount { i64 nValue; i64 nStep; i64 nTotal; }; /* ** Implementation of built-in window function dense_rank(). Assumes that ** the window frame has been set to: ** ** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ static void dense_rankStepFunc( sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ struct CallCount *p; p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p ) p->nStep = 1; UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); } static void dense_rankValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ struct CallCount *p; p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p ){ if( p->nStep ){ p->nValue++; p->nStep = 0; } sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->nValue); } } /* ** Implementation of built-in window function rank(). Assumes that ** the window frame has been set to: ** ** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ static void rankStepFunc( sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ struct CallCount *p; p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p ){ p->nStep++; if( p->nValue==0 ){ p->nValue = p->nStep; } } UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); } static void rankValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ struct CallCount *p; p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p ){ sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->nValue); p->nValue = 0; } } /* ** Implementation of built-in window function percent_rank(). Assumes that ** the window frame has been set to: ** ** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ static void percent_rankStepFunc( sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ struct CallCount *p; UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); assert( nArg==1 ); p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p ){ if( p->nTotal==0 ){ p->nTotal = sqlite3_value_int64(apArg[0]); } p->nStep++; if( p->nValue==0 ){ p->nValue = p->nStep; } } } static void percent_rankValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ struct CallCount *p; p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p ){ if( p->nTotal>1 ){ double r = (double)(p->nValue-1) / (double)(p->nTotal-1); sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, r); }else{ sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, 0.0); } p->nValue = 0; } } /* ** Implementation of built-in window function cume_dist(). Assumes that ** the window frame has been set to: ** ** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ static void cume_distStepFunc( sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ struct CallCount *p; assert( nArg==1 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p ){ if( p->nTotal==0 ){ p->nTotal = sqlite3_value_int64(apArg[0]); } p->nStep++; } } static void cume_distValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ struct CallCount *p; p = (struct CallCount*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p && p->nTotal ){ double r = (double)(p->nStep) / (double)(p->nTotal); sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, r); } } /* ** Context object for ntile() window function. */ struct NtileCtx { i64 nTotal; /* Total rows in partition */ i64 nParam; /* Parameter passed to ntile(N) */ i64 iRow; /* Current row */ }; /* ** Implementation of ntile(). This assumes that the window frame has ** been coerced to: ** ** ROWS UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW */ static void ntileStepFunc( sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ struct NtileCtx *p; assert( nArg==2 ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); p = (struct NtileCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p ){ if( p->nTotal==0 ){ p->nParam = sqlite3_value_int64(apArg[0]); p->nTotal = sqlite3_value_int64(apArg[1]); if( p->nParam<=0 ){ sqlite3_result_error( pCtx, "argument of ntile must be a positive integer", -1 ); } } p->iRow++; } } static void ntileValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ struct NtileCtx *p; p = (struct NtileCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p && p->nParam>0 ){ int nSize = (p->nTotal / p->nParam); if( nSize==0 ){ sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->iRow); }else{ i64 nLarge = p->nTotal - p->nParam*nSize; i64 iSmall = nLarge*(nSize+1); i64 iRow = p->iRow-1; assert( (nLarge*(nSize+1) + (p->nParam-nLarge)*nSize)==p->nTotal ); if( iRowpVal); p->pVal = sqlite3_value_dup(apArg[0]); if( p->pVal==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); }else{ p->nVal++; } } } static void last_valueInvFunc( sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ struct LastValueCtx *p; UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); UNUSED_PARAMETER(apArg); p = (struct LastValueCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( ALWAYS(p) ){ p->nVal--; if( p->nVal==0 ){ sqlite3_value_free(p->pVal); p->pVal = 0; } } } static void last_valueValueFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ struct LastValueCtx *p; p = (struct LastValueCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p && p->pVal ){ sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, p->pVal); } } static void last_valueFinalizeFunc(sqlite3_context *pCtx){ struct LastValueCtx *p; p = (struct LastValueCtx*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(pCtx, sizeof(*p)); if( p && p->pVal ){ sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, p->pVal); sqlite3_value_free(p->pVal); p->pVal = 0; } } /* ** Static names for the built-in window function names. These static ** names are used, rather than string literals, so that FuncDef objects ** can be associated with a particular window function by direct ** comparison of the zName pointer. Example: ** ** if( pFuncDef->zName==row_valueName ){ ... } */ static const char row_numberName[] = "row_number"; static const char dense_rankName[] = "dense_rank"; static const char rankName[] = "rank"; static const char percent_rankName[] = "percent_rank"; static const char cume_distName[] = "cume_dist"; static const char ntileName[] = "ntile"; static const char last_valueName[] = "last_value"; static const char nth_valueName[] = "nth_value"; static const char first_valueName[] = "first_value"; static const char leadName[] = "lead"; static const char lagName[] = "lag"; /* ** No-op implementations of xStep() and xFinalize(). Used as place-holders ** for built-in window functions that never call those interfaces. ** ** The noopValueFunc() is called but is expected to do nothing. The ** noopStepFunc() is never called, and so it is marked with NO_TEST to ** let the test coverage routine know not to expect this function to be ** invoked. */ static void noopStepFunc( /*NO_TEST*/ sqlite3_context *p, /*NO_TEST*/ int n, /*NO_TEST*/ sqlite3_value **a /*NO_TEST*/ ){ /*NO_TEST*/ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); /*NO_TEST*/ UNUSED_PARAMETER(n); /*NO_TEST*/ UNUSED_PARAMETER(a); /*NO_TEST*/ assert(0); /*NO_TEST*/ } /*NO_TEST*/ static void noopValueFunc(sqlite3_context *p){ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); /*no-op*/ } /* Window functions that use all window interfaces: xStep, xFinal, ** xValue, and xInverse */ #define WINDOWFUNCALL(name,nArg,extra) { \ nArg, (SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW|extra), 0, 0, \ name ## StepFunc, name ## FinalizeFunc, name ## ValueFunc, \ name ## InvFunc, name ## Name, {0} \ } /* Window functions that are implemented using bytecode and thus have ** no-op routines for their methods */ #define WINDOWFUNCNOOP(name,nArg,extra) { \ nArg, (SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW|extra), 0, 0, \ noopStepFunc, noopValueFunc, noopValueFunc, \ noopStepFunc, name ## Name, {0} \ } /* Window functions that use all window interfaces: xStep, the ** same routine for xFinalize and xValue and which never call ** xInverse. */ #define WINDOWFUNCX(name,nArg,extra) { \ nArg, (SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW|extra), 0, 0, \ name ## StepFunc, name ## ValueFunc, name ## ValueFunc, \ noopStepFunc, name ## Name, {0} \ } /* ** Register those built-in window functions that are not also aggregates. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowFunctions(void){ static FuncDef aWindowFuncs[] = { WINDOWFUNCX(row_number, 0, 0), WINDOWFUNCX(dense_rank, 0, 0), WINDOWFUNCX(rank, 0, 0), WINDOWFUNCX(percent_rank, 0, SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW_SIZE), WINDOWFUNCX(cume_dist, 0, SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW_SIZE), WINDOWFUNCX(ntile, 1, SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW_SIZE), WINDOWFUNCALL(last_value, 1, 0), WINDOWFUNCNOOP(nth_value, 2, 0), WINDOWFUNCNOOP(first_value, 1, 0), WINDOWFUNCNOOP(lead, 1, 0), WINDOWFUNCNOOP(lead, 2, 0), WINDOWFUNCNOOP(lead, 3, 0), WINDOWFUNCNOOP(lag, 1, 0), WINDOWFUNCNOOP(lag, 2, 0), WINDOWFUNCNOOP(lag, 3, 0), }; sqlite3InsertBuiltinFuncs(aWindowFuncs, ArraySize(aWindowFuncs)); } /* ** This function is called immediately after resolving the function name ** for a window function within a SELECT statement. Argument pList is a ** linked list of WINDOW definitions for the current SELECT statement. ** Argument pFunc is the function definition just resolved and pWin ** is the Window object representing the associated OVER clause. This ** function updates the contents of pWin as follows: ** ** * If the OVER clause refered to a named window (as in "max(x) OVER win"), ** search list pList for a matching WINDOW definition, and update pWin ** accordingly. If no such WINDOW clause can be found, leave an error ** in pParse. ** ** * If the function is a built-in window function that requires the ** window to be coerced (see "BUILT-IN WINDOW FUNCTIONS" at the top ** of this file), pWin is updated here. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowUpdate( Parse *pParse, Window *pList, /* List of named windows for this SELECT */ Window *pWin, /* Window frame to update */ FuncDef *pFunc /* Window function definition */ ){ if( pWin->zName && pWin->eType==0 ){ Window *p; for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNextWin){ if( sqlite3StrICmp(p->zName, pWin->zName)==0 ) break; } if( p==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such window: %s", pWin->zName); return; } pWin->pPartition = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, p->pPartition, 0); pWin->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(pParse->db, p->pOrderBy, 0); pWin->pStart = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, p->pStart, 0); pWin->pEnd = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, p->pEnd, 0); pWin->eStart = p->eStart; pWin->eEnd = p->eEnd; pWin->eType = p->eType; } if( pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW ){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( pWin->pFilter ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "FILTER clause may only be used with aggregate window functions" ); }else if( pFunc->zName==row_numberName || pFunc->zName==ntileName ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWin->pStart); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWin->pEnd); pWin->pStart = pWin->pEnd = 0; pWin->eType = TK_ROWS; pWin->eStart = TK_UNBOUNDED; pWin->eEnd = TK_CURRENT; }else if( pFunc->zName==dense_rankName || pFunc->zName==rankName || pFunc->zName==percent_rankName || pFunc->zName==cume_distName ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWin->pStart); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWin->pEnd); pWin->pStart = pWin->pEnd = 0; pWin->eType = TK_RANGE; pWin->eStart = TK_UNBOUNDED; pWin->eEnd = TK_CURRENT; } } pWin->pFunc = pFunc; } /* ** Context object passed through sqlite3WalkExprList() to ** selectWindowRewriteExprCb() by selectWindowRewriteEList(). */ typedef struct WindowRewrite WindowRewrite; struct WindowRewrite { Window *pWin; SrcList *pSrc; ExprList *pSub; Select *pSubSelect; /* Current sub-select, if any */ }; /* ** Callback function used by selectWindowRewriteEList(). If necessary, ** this function appends to the output expression-list and updates ** expression (*ppExpr) in place. */ static int selectWindowRewriteExprCb(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){ struct WindowRewrite *p = pWalker->u.pRewrite; Parse *pParse = pWalker->pParse; /* If this function is being called from within a scalar sub-select ** that used by the SELECT statement being processed, only process ** TK_COLUMN expressions that refer to it (the outer SELECT). Do ** not process aggregates or window functions at all, as they belong ** to the scalar sub-select. */ if( p->pSubSelect ){ if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ){ return WRC_Continue; }else{ int nSrc = p->pSrc->nSrc; int i; for(i=0; iiTable==p->pSrc->a[i].iCursor ) break; } if( i==nSrc ) return WRC_Continue; } } switch( pExpr->op ){ case TK_FUNCTION: if( pExpr->pWin==0 ){ break; }else{ Window *pWin; for(pWin=p->pWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ if( pExpr->pWin==pWin ){ assert( pWin->pOwner==pExpr ); return WRC_Prune; } } } /* Fall through. */ case TK_AGG_FUNCTION: case TK_COLUMN: { Expr *pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0); p->pSub = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, p->pSub, pDup); if( p->pSub ){ assert( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Static)==0 ); ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Static); sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pExpr); ExprClearProperty(pExpr, EP_Static); memset(pExpr, 0, sizeof(Expr)); pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN; pExpr->iColumn = p->pSub->nExpr-1; pExpr->iTable = p->pWin->iEphCsr; } break; } default: /* no-op */ break; } return WRC_Continue; } static int selectWindowRewriteSelectCb(Walker *pWalker, Select *pSelect){ struct WindowRewrite *p = pWalker->u.pRewrite; Select *pSave = p->pSubSelect; if( pSave==pSelect ){ return WRC_Continue; }else{ p->pSubSelect = pSelect; sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSelect); p->pSubSelect = pSave; } return WRC_Prune; } /* ** Iterate through each expression in expression-list pEList. For each: ** ** * TK_COLUMN, ** * aggregate function, or ** * window function with a Window object that is not a member of the ** Window list passed as the second argument (pWin). ** ** Append the node to output expression-list (*ppSub). And replace it ** with a TK_COLUMN that reads the (N-1)th element of table ** pWin->iEphCsr, where N is the number of elements in (*ppSub) after ** appending the new one. */ static void selectWindowRewriteEList( Parse *pParse, Window *pWin, SrcList *pSrc, ExprList *pEList, /* Rewrite expressions in this list */ ExprList **ppSub /* IN/OUT: Sub-select expression-list */ ){ Walker sWalker; WindowRewrite sRewrite; memset(&sWalker, 0, sizeof(Walker)); memset(&sRewrite, 0, sizeof(WindowRewrite)); sRewrite.pSub = *ppSub; sRewrite.pWin = pWin; sRewrite.pSrc = pSrc; sWalker.pParse = pParse; sWalker.xExprCallback = selectWindowRewriteExprCb; sWalker.xSelectCallback = selectWindowRewriteSelectCb; sWalker.u.pRewrite = &sRewrite; (void)sqlite3WalkExprList(&sWalker, pEList); *ppSub = sRewrite.pSub; } /* ** Append a copy of each expression in expression-list pAppend to ** expression list pList. Return a pointer to the result list. */ static ExprList *exprListAppendList( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ ExprList *pList, /* List to which to append. Might be NULL */ ExprList *pAppend /* List of values to append. Might be NULL */ ){ if( pAppend ){ int i; int nInit = pList ? pList->nExpr : 0; for(i=0; inExpr; i++){ Expr *pDup = sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pAppend->a[i].pExpr, 0); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pList, pDup); if( pList ) pList->a[nInit+i].sortOrder = pAppend->a[i].sortOrder; } } return pList; } /* ** If the SELECT statement passed as the second argument does not invoke ** any SQL window functions, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, it ** rewrites the SELECT statement so that window function xStep functions ** are invoked in the correct order as described under "SELECT REWRITING" ** at the top of this file. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowRewrite(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p->pWin ){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; Select *pSub = 0; /* The subquery */ SrcList *pSrc = p->pSrc; Expr *pWhere = p->pWhere; ExprList *pGroupBy = p->pGroupBy; Expr *pHaving = p->pHaving; ExprList *pSort = 0; ExprList *pSublist = 0; /* Expression list for sub-query */ Window *pMWin = p->pWin; /* Master window object */ Window *pWin; /* Window object iterator */ p->pSrc = 0; p->pWhere = 0; p->pGroupBy = 0; p->pHaving = 0; /* Create the ORDER BY clause for the sub-select. This is the concatenation ** of the window PARTITION and ORDER BY clauses. Then, if this makes it ** redundant, remove the ORDER BY from the parent SELECT. */ pSort = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pMWin->pPartition, 0); pSort = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSort, pMWin->pOrderBy); if( pSort && p->pOrderBy ){ if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(pSort, p->pOrderBy, -1)==0 ){ sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); p->pOrderBy = 0; } } /* Assign a cursor number for the ephemeral table used to buffer rows. ** The OpenEphemeral instruction is coded later, after it is known how ** many columns the table will have. */ pMWin->iEphCsr = pParse->nTab++; selectWindowRewriteEList(pParse, pMWin, pSrc, p->pEList, &pSublist); selectWindowRewriteEList(pParse, pMWin, pSrc, p->pOrderBy, &pSublist); pMWin->nBufferCol = (pSublist ? pSublist->nExpr : 0); /* Append the PARTITION BY and ORDER BY expressions to the to the ** sub-select expression list. They are required to figure out where ** boundaries for partitions and sets of peer rows lie. */ pSublist = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSublist, pMWin->pPartition); pSublist = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSublist, pMWin->pOrderBy); /* Append the arguments passed to each window function to the ** sub-select expression list. Also allocate two registers for each ** window function - one for the accumulator, another for interim ** results. */ for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ pWin->iArgCol = (pSublist ? pSublist->nExpr : 0); pSublist = exprListAppendList(pParse, pSublist, pWin->pOwner->x.pList); if( pWin->pFilter ){ Expr *pFilter = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWin->pFilter, 0); pSublist = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pSublist, pFilter); } pWin->regAccum = ++pParse->nMem; pWin->regResult = ++pParse->nMem; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regAccum); } /* If there is no ORDER BY or PARTITION BY clause, and the window ** function accepts zero arguments, and there are no other columns ** selected (e.g. "SELECT row_number() OVER () FROM t1"), it is possible ** that pSublist is still NULL here. Add a constant expression here to ** keep everything legal in this case. */ if( pSublist==0 ){ pSublist = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_INTEGER, &sqlite3IntTokens[0], 0) ); } pSub = sqlite3SelectNew( pParse, pSublist, pSrc, pWhere, pGroupBy, pHaving, pSort, 0, 0 ); p->pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(db, 0, 0, 0); assert( p->pSrc || db->mallocFailed ); if( p->pSrc ){ p->pSrc->a[0].pSelect = pSub; sqlite3SrcListAssignCursors(pParse, p->pSrc); if( sqlite3ExpandSubquery(pParse, &p->pSrc->a[0]) ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ pSub->selFlags |= SF_Expanded; p->selFlags &= ~SF_Aggregate; sqlite3SelectPrep(pParse, pSub, 0); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pMWin->iEphCsr, pSublist->nExpr); }else{ sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSub); } if( db->mallocFailed ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } return rc; } /* ** Free the Window object passed as the second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowDelete(sqlite3 *db, Window *p){ if( p ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pFilter); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pPartition); sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pOrderBy); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pEnd); sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pStart); sqlite3DbFree(db, p->zName); sqlite3DbFree(db, p); } } /* ** Free the linked list of Window objects starting at the second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowListDelete(sqlite3 *db, Window *p){ while( p ){ Window *pNext = p->pNextWin; sqlite3WindowDelete(db, p); p = pNext; } } /* ** The argument expression is an PRECEDING or FOLLOWING offset. The ** value should be a non-negative integer. If the value is not a ** constant, change it to NULL. The fact that it is then a non-negative ** integer will be caught later. But it is important not to leave ** variable values in the expression tree. */ static Expr *sqlite3WindowOffsetExpr(Parse *pParse, Expr *pExpr){ if( 0==sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pExpr); pExpr = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_NULL, 0, 0); } return pExpr; } /* ** Allocate and return a new Window object describing a Window Definition. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowAlloc( Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */ int eType, /* Frame type. TK_RANGE or TK_ROWS */ int eStart, /* Start type: CURRENT, PRECEDING, FOLLOWING, UNBOUNDED */ Expr *pStart, /* Start window size if TK_PRECEDING or FOLLOWING */ int eEnd, /* End type: CURRENT, FOLLOWING, TK_UNBOUNDED, PRECEDING */ Expr *pEnd /* End window size if TK_FOLLOWING or PRECEDING */ ){ Window *pWin = 0; /* Parser assures the following: */ assert( eType==TK_RANGE || eType==TK_ROWS ); assert( eStart==TK_CURRENT || eStart==TK_PRECEDING || eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED || eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ); assert( eEnd==TK_CURRENT || eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING || eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED || eEnd==TK_PRECEDING ); assert( (eStart==TK_PRECEDING || eStart==TK_FOLLOWING)==(pStart!=0) ); assert( (eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING || eEnd==TK_PRECEDING)==(pEnd!=0) ); /* If a frame is declared "RANGE" (not "ROWS"), then it may not use ** either " PRECEDING" or " FOLLOWING". */ if( eType==TK_RANGE && (pStart!=0 || pEnd!=0) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "RANGE must use only UNBOUNDED or CURRENT ROW"); goto windowAllocErr; } /* Additionally, the ** starting boundary type may not occur earlier in the following list than ** the ending boundary type: ** ** UNBOUNDED PRECEDING ** PRECEDING ** CURRENT ROW ** FOLLOWING ** UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING ** ** The parser ensures that "UNBOUNDED PRECEDING" cannot be used as an ending ** boundary, and than "UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING" cannot be used as a starting ** frame boundary. */ if( (eStart==TK_CURRENT && eEnd==TK_PRECEDING) || (eStart==TK_FOLLOWING && (eEnd==TK_PRECEDING || eEnd==TK_CURRENT)) ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unsupported frame delimiter for ROWS"); goto windowAllocErr; } pWin = (Window*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(Window)); if( pWin==0 ) goto windowAllocErr; pWin->eType = eType; pWin->eStart = eStart; pWin->eEnd = eEnd; pWin->pEnd = sqlite3WindowOffsetExpr(pParse, pEnd); pWin->pStart = sqlite3WindowOffsetExpr(pParse, pStart); return pWin; windowAllocErr: sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pEnd); sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pStart); return 0; } /* ** Attach window object pWin to expression p. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowAttach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Window *pWin){ if( p ){ /* This routine is only called for the parser. If pWin was not ** allocated due to an OOM, then the parser would fail before ever ** invoking this routine */ if( ALWAYS(pWin) ){ p->pWin = pWin; pWin->pOwner = p; if( p->flags & EP_Distinct ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "DISTINCT is not supported for window functions"); } } }else{ sqlite3WindowDelete(pParse->db, pWin); } } /* ** Return 0 if the two window objects are identical, or non-zero otherwise. ** Identical window objects can be processed in a single scan. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WindowCompare(Parse *pParse, Window *p1, Window *p2){ if( p1->eType!=p2->eType ) return 1; if( p1->eStart!=p2->eStart ) return 1; if( p1->eEnd!=p2->eEnd ) return 1; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, p1->pStart, p2->pStart, -1) ) return 1; if( sqlite3ExprCompare(pParse, p1->pEnd, p2->pEnd, -1) ) return 1; if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p1->pPartition, p2->pPartition, -1) ) return 1; if( sqlite3ExprListCompare(p1->pOrderBy, p2->pOrderBy, -1) ) return 1; return 0; } /* ** This is called by code in select.c before it calls sqlite3WhereBegin() ** to begin iterating through the sub-query results. It is used to allocate ** and initialize registers and cursors used by sqlite3WindowCodeStep(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeInit(Parse *pParse, Window *pMWin){ Window *pWin; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int nPart = (pMWin->pPartition ? pMWin->pPartition->nExpr : 0); nPart += (pMWin->pOrderBy ? pMWin->pOrderBy->nExpr : 0); if( nPart ){ pMWin->regPart = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nPart; sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Null, 0, pMWin->regPart, pMWin->regPart+nPart-1); } for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ FuncDef *p = pWin->pFunc; if( (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) && pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED ){ /* The inline versions of min() and max() require a single ephemeral ** table and 3 registers. The registers are used as follows: ** ** regApp+0: slot to copy min()/max() argument to for MakeRecord ** regApp+1: integer value used to ensure keys are unique ** regApp+2: output of MakeRecord */ ExprList *pList = pWin->pOwner->x.pList; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pList, 0, 0); pWin->csrApp = pParse->nTab++; pWin->regApp = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += 3; if( pKeyInfo && pWin->pFunc->zName[1]=='i' ){ assert( pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0]==0 ); pKeyInfo->aSortOrder[0] = 1; } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, pWin->csrApp, 2); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pWin->regApp+1); } else if( p->zName==nth_valueName || p->zName==first_valueName ){ /* Allocate two registers at pWin->regApp. These will be used to ** store the start and end index of the current frame. */ assert( pMWin->iEphCsr ); pWin->regApp = pParse->nMem+1; pWin->csrApp = pParse->nTab++; pParse->nMem += 2; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, pWin->csrApp, pMWin->iEphCsr); } else if( p->zName==leadName || p->zName==lagName ){ assert( pMWin->iEphCsr ); pWin->csrApp = pParse->nTab++; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, pWin->csrApp, pMWin->iEphCsr); } } } /* ** A "PRECEDING " (eCond==0) or "FOLLOWING " (eCond==1) or the ** value of the second argument to nth_value() (eCond==2) has just been ** evaluated and the result left in register reg. This function generates VM ** code to check that the value is a non-negative integer and throws an ** exception if it is not. */ static void windowCheckIntValue(Parse *pParse, int reg, int eCond){ static const char *azErr[] = { "frame starting offset must be a non-negative integer", "frame ending offset must be a non-negative integer", "second argument to nth_value must be a positive integer" }; static int aOp[] = { OP_Ge, OP_Ge, OP_Gt }; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int regZero = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); assert( eCond==0 || eCond==1 || eCond==2 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regZero); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_MustBeInt, reg, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); VdbeCoverageIf(v, eCond==0); VdbeCoverageIf(v, eCond==1); VdbeCoverageIf(v, eCond==2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, aOp[eCond], regZero, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, reg); VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v, eCond==0); VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v, eCond==1); VdbeCoverageNeverNullIf(v, eCond==2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Halt, SQLITE_ERROR, OE_Abort); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (void*)azErr[eCond], P4_STATIC); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regZero); } /* ** Return the number of arguments passed to the window-function associated ** with the object passed as the only argument to this function. */ static int windowArgCount(Window *pWin){ ExprList *pList = pWin->pOwner->x.pList; return (pList ? pList->nExpr : 0); } /* ** Generate VM code to invoke either xStep() (if bInverse is 0) or ** xInverse (if bInverse is non-zero) for each window function in the ** linked list starting at pMWin. Or, for built-in window functions ** that do not use the standard function API, generate the required ** inline VM code. ** ** If argument csr is greater than or equal to 0, then argument reg is ** the first register in an array of registers guaranteed to be large ** enough to hold the array of arguments for each function. In this case ** the arguments are extracted from the current row of csr into the ** array of registers before invoking OP_AggStep or OP_AggInverse ** ** Or, if csr is less than zero, then the array of registers at reg is ** already populated with all columns from the current row of the sub-query. ** ** If argument regPartSize is non-zero, then it is a register containing the ** number of rows in the current partition. */ static void windowAggStep( Parse *pParse, Window *pMWin, /* Linked list of window functions */ int csr, /* Read arguments from this cursor */ int bInverse, /* True to invoke xInverse instead of xStep */ int reg, /* Array of registers */ int regPartSize /* Register containing size of partition */ ){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); Window *pWin; for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ int flags = pWin->pFunc->funcFlags; int regArg; int nArg = windowArgCount(pWin); if( csr>=0 ){ int i; for(i=0; iiArgCol+i, reg+i); } regArg = reg; if( flags & SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW_SIZE ){ if( nArg==0 ){ regArg = regPartSize; }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regPartSize, reg+nArg); } nArg++; } }else{ assert( !(flags & SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW_SIZE) ); regArg = reg + pWin->iArgCol; } if( (pWin->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) && pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED ){ int addrIsNull = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IsNull, regArg); VdbeCoverage(v); if( bInverse==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, pWin->regApp+1, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regArg, pWin->regApp); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, pWin->regApp, 2, pWin->regApp+2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, pWin->csrApp, pWin->regApp+2); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(v, OP_SeekGE, pWin->csrApp, 0, regArg, 1); VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Delete, pWin->csrApp); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); } sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIsNull); }else if( pWin->regApp ){ assert( pWin->pFunc->zName==nth_valueName || pWin->pFunc->zName==first_valueName ); assert( bInverse==0 || bInverse==1 ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, pWin->regApp+1-bInverse, 1); }else if( pWin->pFunc->zName==leadName || pWin->pFunc->zName==lagName ){ /* no-op */ }else{ int addrIf = 0; if( pWin->pFilter ){ int regTmp; assert( nArg==0 || nArg==pWin->pOwner->x.pList->nExpr ); assert( nArg || pWin->pOwner->x.pList==0 ); if( csr>0 ){ regTmp = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, csr, pWin->iArgCol+nArg,regTmp); }else{ regTmp = regArg + nArg; } addrIf = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfNot, regTmp, 0, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); if( csr>0 ){ sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regTmp); } } if( pWin->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_NEEDCOLL ){ CollSeq *pColl; assert( nArg>0 ); pColl = sqlite3ExprNNCollSeq(pParse, pWin->pOwner->x.pList->a[0].pExpr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_CollSeq, 0,0,0, (const char*)pColl, P4_COLLSEQ); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, bInverse? OP_AggInverse : OP_AggStep, bInverse, regArg, pWin->regAccum); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pWin->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)nArg); if( addrIf ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIf); } } } /* ** Generate VM code to invoke either xValue() (bFinal==0) or xFinalize() ** (bFinal==1) for each window function in the linked list starting at ** pMWin. Or, for built-in window-functions that do not use the standard ** API, generate the equivalent VM code. */ static void windowAggFinal(Parse *pParse, Window *pMWin, int bFinal){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); Window *pWin; for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ if( (pWin->pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) && pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Last, pWin->csrApp); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pWin->csrApp, 0, pWin->regResult); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-2); if( bFinal ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pWin->csrApp); } }else if( pWin->regApp ){ }else{ if( bFinal ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AggFinal, pWin->regAccum, windowArgCount(pWin)); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pWin->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, pWin->regAccum, pWin->regResult); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regAccum); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_AggValue, pWin->regAccum, windowArgCount(pWin), pWin->regResult); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, pWin->pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF); } } } } /* ** This function generates VM code to invoke the sub-routine at address ** lblFlushPart once for each partition with the entire partition cached in ** the Window.iEphCsr temp table. */ static void windowPartitionCache( Parse *pParse, Select *p, /* The rewritten SELECT statement */ WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* WhereInfo to call WhereEnd() on */ int regFlushPart, /* Register to use with Gosub lblFlushPart */ int lblFlushPart, /* Subroutine to Gosub to */ int *pRegSize /* OUT: Register containing partition size */ ){ Window *pMWin = p->pWin; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int iSubCsr = p->pSrc->a[0].iCursor; int nSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab->nCol; int k; int reg = pParse->nMem+1; int regRecord = reg+nSub; int regRowid = regRecord+1; *pRegSize = regRowid; pParse->nMem += nSub + 2; /* Load the column values for the row returned by the sub-select ** into an array of registers starting at reg. */ for(k=0; kpPartition ){ int addr; ExprList *pPart = pMWin->pPartition; int nPart = pPart->nExpr; int regNewPart = reg + pMWin->nBufferCol; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pPart, 0, 0); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regNewPart, pMWin->regPart,nPart); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (void*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr+2, addr+4, addr+2); VdbeCoverageEqNe(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Copy, regNewPart, pMWin->regPart, nPart-1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regFlushPart, lblFlushPart); VdbeComment((v, "call flush_partition")); } /* Buffer the current row in the ephemeral table. */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pMWin->iEphCsr, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pMWin->iEphCsr, regRecord, regRowid); /* End of the input loop */ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); /* Invoke "flush_partition" to deal with the final (or only) partition */ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regFlushPart, lblFlushPart); VdbeComment((v, "call flush_partition")); } /* ** Invoke the sub-routine at regGosub (generated by code in select.c) to ** return the current row of Window.iEphCsr. If all window functions are ** aggregate window functions that use the standard API, a single ** OP_Gosub instruction is all that this routine generates. Extra VM code ** for per-row processing is only generated for the following built-in window ** functions: ** ** nth_value() ** first_value() ** lag() ** lead() */ static void windowReturnOneRow( Parse *pParse, Window *pMWin, int regGosub, int addrGosub ){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); Window *pWin; for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ FuncDef *pFunc = pWin->pFunc; if( pFunc->zName==nth_valueName || pFunc->zName==first_valueName ){ int csr = pWin->csrApp; int lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int tmpReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult); if( pFunc->zName==nth_valueName ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, pMWin->iEphCsr, pWin->iArgCol+1,tmpReg); windowCheckIntValue(pParse, tmpReg, 2); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 1, tmpReg); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, tmpReg, pWin->regApp, tmpReg); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Gt, pWin->regApp+1, lbl, tmpReg); VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, csr, 0, tmpReg); VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, csr, pWin->iArgCol, pWin->regResult); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, tmpReg); } else if( pFunc->zName==leadName || pFunc->zName==lagName ){ int nArg = pWin->pOwner->x.pList->nExpr; int iEph = pMWin->iEphCsr; int csr = pWin->csrApp; int lbl = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); int tmpReg = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); if( nArg<3 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regResult); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iEph, pWin->iArgCol+2, pWin->regResult); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iEph, tmpReg); if( nArg<2 ){ int val = (pFunc->zName==leadName ? 1 : -1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, tmpReg, val); }else{ int op = (pFunc->zName==leadName ? OP_Add : OP_Subtract); int tmpReg2 = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iEph, pWin->iArgCol+1, tmpReg2); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, op, tmpReg2, tmpReg, tmpReg); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, tmpReg2); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_SeekRowid, csr, lbl, tmpReg); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, csr, pWin->iArgCol, pWin->regResult); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lbl); sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, tmpReg); } } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regGosub, addrGosub); } /* ** Invoke the code generated by windowReturnOneRow() and, optionally, the ** xInverse() function for each window function, for one or more rows ** from the Window.iEphCsr temp table. This routine generates VM code ** similar to: ** ** while( regCtr>0 ){ ** regCtr--; ** windowReturnOneRow() ** if( bInverse ){ ** AggInverse ** } ** Next (Window.iEphCsr) ** } */ static void windowReturnRows( Parse *pParse, Window *pMWin, /* List of window functions */ int regCtr, /* Register containing number of rows */ int regGosub, /* Register for Gosub addrGosub */ int addrGosub, /* Address of sub-routine for ReturnOneRow */ int regInvArg, /* Array of registers for xInverse args */ int regInvSize /* Register containing size of partition */ ){ int addr; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); windowAggFinal(pParse, pMWin, 0); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, regCtr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2 ,1); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0); windowReturnOneRow(pParse, pMWin, regGosub, addrGosub); if( regInvArg ){ windowAggStep(pParse, pMWin, pMWin->iEphCsr, 1, regInvArg, regInvSize); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pMWin->iEphCsr, addr); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr+1); /* The OP_Goto */ } /* ** Generate code to set the accumulator register for each window function ** in the linked list passed as the second argument to NULL. And perform ** any equivalent initialization required by any built-in window functions ** in the list. */ static int windowInitAccum(Parse *pParse, Window *pMWin){ Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int regArg; int nArg = 0; Window *pWin; for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ FuncDef *pFunc = pWin->pFunc; sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, pWin->regAccum); nArg = MAX(nArg, windowArgCount(pWin)); if( pFunc->zName==nth_valueName || pFunc->zName==first_valueName ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pWin->regApp); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pWin->regApp+1); } if( (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_MINMAX) && pWin->csrApp ){ assert( pWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pWin->csrApp); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, pWin->regApp+1); } } regArg = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nArg; return regArg; } /* ** This function does the work of sqlite3WindowCodeStep() for all "ROWS" ** window frame types except for "BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ** ROW". Pseudo-code for each follows. ** ** ROWS BETWEEN PRECEDING AND FOLLOWING ** ** ... ** if( new partition ){ ** Gosub flush_partition ** } ** Insert (record in eph-table) ** sqlite3WhereEnd() ** Gosub flush_partition ** ** flush_partition: ** Once { ** OpenDup (iEphCsr -> csrStart) ** OpenDup (iEphCsr -> csrEnd) ** } ** regStart = // PRECEDING expression ** regEnd = // FOLLOWING expression ** if( regStart<0 || regEnd<0 ){ error! } ** Rewind (csr,csrStart,csrEnd) // if EOF goto flush_partition_done ** Next(csrEnd) // if EOF skip Aggstep ** Aggstep (csrEnd) ** if( (regEnd--)<=0 ){ ** AggFinal (xValue) ** Gosub addrGosub ** Next(csr) // if EOF goto flush_partition_done ** if( (regStart--)<=0 ){ ** AggInverse (csrStart) ** Next(csrStart) ** } ** } ** flush_partition_done: ** ResetSorter (csr) ** Return ** ** ROWS BETWEEN PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW ** ROWS BETWEEN CURRENT ROW AND FOLLOWING ** ROWS BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND FOLLOWING ** ** These are similar to the above. For "CURRENT ROW", intialize the ** register to 0. For "UNBOUNDED PRECEDING" to infinity. ** ** ROWS BETWEEN PRECEDING AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING ** ROWS BETWEEN CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING ** ** Rewind (csr,csrStart,csrEnd) // if EOF goto flush_partition_done ** while( 1 ){ ** Next(csrEnd) // Exit while(1) at EOF ** Aggstep (csrEnd) ** } ** while( 1 ){ ** AggFinal (xValue) ** Gosub addrGosub ** Next(csr) // if EOF goto flush_partition_done ** if( (regStart--)<=0 ){ ** AggInverse (csrStart) ** Next(csrStart) ** } ** } ** ** For the "CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING" case, the final if() ** condition is always true (as if regStart were initialized to 0). ** ** RANGE BETWEEN CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING ** ** This is the only RANGE case handled by this routine. It modifies the ** second while( 1 ) loop in "ROWS BETWEEN CURRENT ... UNBOUNDED..." to ** be: ** ** while( 1 ){ ** AggFinal (xValue) ** while( 1 ){ ** regPeer++ ** Gosub addrGosub ** Next(csr) // if EOF goto flush_partition_done ** if( new peer ) break; ** } ** while( (regPeer--)>0 ){ ** AggInverse (csrStart) ** Next(csrStart) ** } ** } ** ** ROWS BETWEEN FOLLOWING AND FOLLOWING ** ** regEnd = regEnd - regStart ** Rewind (csr,csrStart,csrEnd) // if EOF goto flush_partition_done ** Aggstep (csrEnd) ** Next(csrEnd) // if EOF fall-through ** if( (regEnd--)<=0 ){ ** if( (regStart--)<=0 ){ ** AggFinal (xValue) ** Gosub addrGosub ** Next(csr) // if EOF goto flush_partition_done ** } ** AggInverse (csrStart) ** Next (csrStart) ** } ** ** ROWS BETWEEN PRECEDING AND PRECEDING ** ** Replace the bit after "Rewind" in the above with: ** ** if( (regEnd--)<=0 ){ ** AggStep (csrEnd) ** Next (csrEnd) ** } ** AggFinal (xValue) ** Gosub addrGosub ** Next(csr) // if EOF goto flush_partition_done ** if( (regStart--)<=0 ){ ** AggInverse (csr2) ** Next (csr2) ** } ** */ static void windowCodeRowExprStep( Parse *pParse, Select *p, WhereInfo *pWInfo, int regGosub, int addrGosub ){ Window *pMWin = p->pWin; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int regFlushPart; /* Register for "Gosub flush_partition" */ int lblFlushPart; /* Label for "Gosub flush_partition" */ int lblFlushDone; /* Label for "Gosub flush_partition_done" */ int regArg; int addr; int csrStart = pParse->nTab++; int csrEnd = pParse->nTab++; int regStart; /* Value of PRECEDING */ int regEnd; /* Value of FOLLOWING */ int addrGoto; int addrTop; int addrIfPos1 = 0; int addrIfPos2 = 0; int regSize = 0; assert( pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING || pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT || pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED ); assert( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING || pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT || pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED || pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING ); /* Allocate register and label for the "flush_partition" sub-routine. */ regFlushPart = ++pParse->nMem; lblFlushPart = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); lblFlushDone = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); regStart = ++pParse->nMem; regEnd = ++pParse->nMem; windowPartitionCache(pParse, p, pWInfo, regFlushPart, lblFlushPart, ®Size); addrGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); /* Start of "flush_partition" */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lblFlushPart); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Once, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); VdbeCoverage(v); VdbeComment((v, "Flush_partition subroutine")); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, csrStart, pMWin->iEphCsr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, csrEnd, pMWin->iEphCsr); /* If either regStart or regEnd are not non-negative integers, throw ** an exception. */ if( pMWin->pStart ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pMWin->pStart, regStart); windowCheckIntValue(pParse, regStart, 0); } if( pMWin->pEnd ){ sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pMWin->pEnd, regEnd); windowCheckIntValue(pParse, regEnd, 1); } /* If this is "ROWS FOLLOWING AND ROWS FOLLOWING", do: ** ** if( regEndpEnd && pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ){ assert( pMWin->pStart!=0 ); assert( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ge, regStart, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2, regEnd); VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regSize, regStart); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Subtract, regStart, regEnd, regEnd); } if( pMWin->pStart && pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING ){ assert( pMWin->pEnd!=0 ); assert( pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING ); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Le, regStart, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3, regEnd); VdbeCoverageNeverNull(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regSize, regStart); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Copy, regSize, regEnd); } /* Initialize the accumulator register for each window function to NULL */ regArg = windowInitAccum(pParse, pMWin); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pMWin->iEphCsr, lblFlushDone); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, csrStart, lblFlushDone); VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, csrEnd, lblFlushDone); VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1); /* Invoke AggStep function for each window function using the row that ** csrEnd currently points to. Or, if csrEnd is already at EOF, ** do nothing. */ addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING ){ addrIfPos1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, regEnd, 0 , 1); VdbeCoverage(v); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, csrEnd, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); VdbeCoverage(v); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); windowAggStep(pParse, pMWin, csrEnd, 0, regArg, regSize); if( pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop); sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); addrTop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); }else{ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr); if( pMWin->eEnd==TK_PRECEDING ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIfPos1); } } if( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING ){ addrIfPos1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, regEnd, 0 , 1); VdbeCoverage(v); } if( pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ){ addrIfPos2 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, regStart, 0 , 1); VdbeCoverage(v); } windowAggFinal(pParse, pMWin, 0); windowReturnOneRow(pParse, pMWin, regGosub, addrGosub); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pMWin->iEphCsr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lblFlushDone); if( pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIfPos2); } if( pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT || pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING || pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ){ int lblSkipInverse = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);; if( pMWin->eStart==TK_PRECEDING ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IfPos, regStart, lblSkipInverse, 1); VdbeCoverage(v); } if( pMWin->eStart==TK_FOLLOWING ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, csrStart, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, lblSkipInverse); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, csrStart, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+1); VdbeCoverageAlwaysTaken(v); } windowAggStep(pParse, pMWin, csrStart, 1, regArg, regSize); sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lblSkipInverse); } if( pMWin->eEnd==TK_FOLLOWING ){ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrIfPos1); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addrTop); /* flush_partition_done: */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lblFlushDone); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pMWin->iEphCsr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regFlushPart); VdbeComment((v, "end flush_partition subroutine")); /* Jump to here to skip over flush_partition */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGoto); } /* ** This function does the work of sqlite3WindowCodeStep() for cases that ** would normally be handled by windowCodeDefaultStep() when there are ** one or more built-in window-functions that require the entire partition ** to be cached in a temp table before any rows can be returned. Additionally. ** "RANGE BETWEEN CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING" is always handled by ** this function. ** ** Pseudo-code corresponding to the VM code generated by this function ** for each type of window follows. ** ** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW ** ** flush_partition: ** Once { ** OpenDup (iEphCsr -> csrLead) ** } ** Integer ctr 0 ** foreach row (csrLead){ ** if( new peer ){ ** AggFinal (xValue) ** for(i=0; i csrLead) ** } ** foreach row (csrLead) { ** AggStep (csrLead) ** } ** foreach row (iEphCsr) { ** Gosub addrGosub ** } ** ** RANGE BETWEEN CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING ** ** flush_partition: ** Once { ** OpenDup (iEphCsr -> csrLead) ** } ** foreach row (csrLead){ ** AggStep (csrLead) ** } ** Rewind (csrLead) ** Integer ctr 0 ** foreach row (csrLead){ ** if( new peer ){ ** AggFinal (xValue) ** for(i=0; ipWin; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int k; int addr; ExprList *pPart = pMWin->pPartition; ExprList *pOrderBy = pMWin->pOrderBy; int nPeer = pOrderBy ? pOrderBy->nExpr : 0; int regNewPeer; int addrGoto; /* Address of Goto used to jump flush_par.. */ int addrNext; /* Jump here for next iteration of loop */ int regFlushPart; int lblFlushPart; int csrLead; int regCtr; int regArg; /* Register array to martial function args */ int regSize; int lblEmpty; int bReverse = pMWin->pOrderBy && pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT && pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED; assert( (pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED && pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT) || (pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED && pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED) || (pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT && pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT) || (pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT && pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED) ); lblEmpty = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); regNewPeer = pParse->nMem+1; pParse->nMem += nPeer; /* Allocate register and label for the "flush_partition" sub-routine. */ regFlushPart = ++pParse->nMem; lblFlushPart = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v); csrLead = pParse->nTab++; regCtr = ++pParse->nMem; windowPartitionCache(pParse, p, pWInfo, regFlushPart, lblFlushPart, ®Size); addrGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); /* Start of "flush_partition" */ sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, lblFlushPart); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Once, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenDup, csrLead, pMWin->iEphCsr); /* Initialize the accumulator register for each window function to NULL */ regArg = windowInitAccum(pParse, pMWin); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regCtr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, csrLead, lblEmpty); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pMWin->iEphCsr, lblEmpty); VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); if( bReverse ){ int addr2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); windowAggStep(pParse, pMWin, csrLead, 0, regArg, regSize); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, csrLead, addr2); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, csrLead, lblEmpty); VdbeCoverageNeverTaken(v); } addrNext = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v); if( pOrderBy && (pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT || pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT) ){ int bCurrent = (pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT); int addrJump = 0; /* Address of OP_Jump below */ if( pMWin->eType==TK_RANGE ){ int iOff = pMWin->nBufferCol + (pPart ? pPart->nExpr : 0); int regPeer = pMWin->regPart + (pPart ? pPart->nExpr : 0); KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, 0, 0); for(k=0; kiEphCsr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Return, regFlushPart); /* Jump to here to skip over flush_partition */ sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGoto); } /* ** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW ** ** ... ** if( new partition ){ ** AggFinal (xFinalize) ** Gosub addrGosub ** ResetSorter eph-table ** } ** else if( new peer ){ ** AggFinal (xValue) ** Gosub addrGosub ** ResetSorter eph-table ** } ** AggStep ** Insert (record into eph-table) ** sqlite3WhereEnd() ** AggFinal (xFinalize) ** Gosub addrGosub ** ** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING ** ** As above, except take no action for a "new peer". Invoke ** the sub-routine once only for each partition. ** ** RANGE BETWEEN CURRENT ROW AND CURRENT ROW ** ** As above, except that the "new peer" condition is handled in the ** same way as "new partition" (so there is no "else if" block). ** ** ROWS BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW ** ** As above, except assume every row is a "new peer". */ static void windowCodeDefaultStep( Parse *pParse, Select *p, WhereInfo *pWInfo, int regGosub, int addrGosub ){ Window *pMWin = p->pWin; Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse); int k; int iSubCsr = p->pSrc->a[0].iCursor; int nSub = p->pSrc->a[0].pTab->nCol; int reg = pParse->nMem+1; int regRecord = reg+nSub; int regRowid = regRecord+1; int addr; ExprList *pPart = pMWin->pPartition; ExprList *pOrderBy = pMWin->pOrderBy; assert( pMWin->eType==TK_RANGE || (pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED && pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT) ); assert( (pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED && pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT) || (pMWin->eStart==TK_UNBOUNDED && pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED) || (pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT && pMWin->eEnd==TK_CURRENT) || (pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT && pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED && !pOrderBy) ); if( pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED ){ pOrderBy = 0; } pParse->nMem += nSub + 2; /* Load the individual column values of the row returned by ** the sub-select into an array of registers. */ for(k=0; knExpr : 0); int addrGoto = 0; int addrJump = 0; int nPeer = (pOrderBy ? pOrderBy->nExpr : 0); if( pPart ){ int regNewPart = reg + pMWin->nBufferCol; KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pPart, 0, 0); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regNewPart, pMWin->regPart,nPart); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (void*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); addrJump = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr+2, 0, addr+2); VdbeCoverageEqNe(v); windowAggFinal(pParse, pMWin, 1); if( pOrderBy ){ addrGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto); } } if( pOrderBy ){ int regNewPeer = reg + pMWin->nBufferCol + nPart; int regPeer = pMWin->regPart + nPart; if( addrJump ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJump); if( pMWin->eType==TK_RANGE ){ KeyInfo *pKeyInfo = sqlite3KeyInfoFromExprList(pParse, pOrderBy, 0, 0); addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Compare, regNewPeer, regPeer, nPeer); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (void*)pKeyInfo, P4_KEYINFO); addrJump = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Jump, addr+2, 0, addr+2); VdbeCoverage(v); }else{ addrJump = 0; } windowAggFinal(pParse, pMWin, pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT); if( addrGoto ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrGoto); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pMWin->iEphCsr,sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regGosub, addrGosub); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pMWin->iEphCsr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ResetSorter, pMWin->iEphCsr); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3( v, OP_Copy, reg+pMWin->nBufferCol, pMWin->regPart, nPart+nPeer-1 ); if( addrJump ) sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addrJump); } /* Invoke step function for window functions */ windowAggStep(pParse, pMWin, -1, 0, reg, 0); /* Buffer the current row in the ephemeral table. */ if( pMWin->nBufferCol>0 ){ sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, reg, pMWin->nBufferCol, regRecord); }else{ sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Blob, 0, regRecord); sqlite3VdbeAppendP4(v, (void*)"", 0); } sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, pMWin->iEphCsr, regRowid); sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, pMWin->iEphCsr, regRecord, regRowid); /* End the database scan loop. */ sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo); windowAggFinal(pParse, pMWin, 1); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, pMWin->iEphCsr,sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3); VdbeCoverage(v); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Gosub, regGosub, addrGosub); sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, pMWin->iEphCsr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)-1); VdbeCoverage(v); } /* ** Allocate and return a duplicate of the Window object indicated by the ** third argument. Set the Window.pOwner field of the new object to ** pOwner. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowDup(sqlite3 *db, Expr *pOwner, Window *p){ Window *pNew = 0; if( p ){ pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Window)); if( pNew ){ pNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, p->zName); pNew->pFilter = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pFilter, 0); pNew->pPartition = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pPartition, 0); pNew->pOrderBy = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pOrderBy, 0); pNew->eType = p->eType; pNew->eEnd = p->eEnd; pNew->eStart = p->eStart; pNew->pStart = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pStart, 0); pNew->pEnd = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pEnd, 0); pNew->pOwner = pOwner; } } return pNew; } /* ** Return a copy of the linked list of Window objects passed as the ** second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Window *sqlite3WindowListDup(sqlite3 *db, Window *p){ Window *pWin; Window *pRet = 0; Window **pp = &pRet; for(pWin=p; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ *pp = sqlite3WindowDup(db, 0, pWin); if( *pp==0 ) break; pp = &((*pp)->pNextWin); } return pRet; } /* ** sqlite3WhereBegin() has already been called for the SELECT statement ** passed as the second argument when this function is invoked. It generates ** code to populate the Window.regResult register for each window function and ** invoke the sub-routine at instruction addrGosub once for each row. ** This function calls sqlite3WhereEnd() before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3WindowCodeStep( Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */ Select *p, /* Rewritten SELECT statement */ WhereInfo *pWInfo, /* Context returned by sqlite3WhereBegin() */ int regGosub, /* Register for OP_Gosub */ int addrGosub /* OP_Gosub here to return each row */ ){ Window *pMWin = p->pWin; /* There are three different functions that may be used to do the work ** of this one, depending on the window frame and the specific built-in ** window functions used (if any). ** ** windowCodeRowExprStep() handles all "ROWS" window frames, except for: ** ** ROWS BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW ** ** The exception is because windowCodeRowExprStep() implements all window ** frame types by caching the entire partition in a temp table, and ** "ROWS BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW" is easy enough to ** implement without such a cache. ** ** windowCodeCacheStep() is used for: ** ** RANGE BETWEEN CURRENT ROW AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING ** ** It is also used for anything not handled by windowCodeRowExprStep() ** that invokes a built-in window function that requires the entire ** partition to be cached in a temp table before any rows are returned ** (e.g. nth_value() or percent_rank()). ** ** Finally, assuming there is no built-in window function that requires ** the partition to be cached, windowCodeDefaultStep() is used for: ** ** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW ** RANGE BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING ** RANGE BETWEEN CURRENT ROW AND CURRENT ROW ** ROWS BETWEEN UNBOUNDED PRECEDING AND CURRENT ROW ** ** windowCodeDefaultStep() is the only one of the three functions that ** does not cache each partition in a temp table before beginning to ** return rows. */ if( pMWin->eType==TK_ROWS && (pMWin->eStart!=TK_UNBOUNDED||pMWin->eEnd!=TK_CURRENT||!pMWin->pOrderBy) ){ VdbeModuleComment((pParse->pVdbe, "Begin RowExprStep()")); windowCodeRowExprStep(pParse, p, pWInfo, regGosub, addrGosub); }else{ Window *pWin; int bCache = 0; /* True to use CacheStep() */ if( pMWin->eStart==TK_CURRENT && pMWin->eEnd==TK_UNBOUNDED ){ bCache = 1; }else{ for(pWin=pMWin; pWin; pWin=pWin->pNextWin){ FuncDef *pFunc = pWin->pFunc; if( (pFunc->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_WINDOW_SIZE) || (pFunc->zName==nth_valueName) || (pFunc->zName==first_valueName) || (pFunc->zName==leadName) || (pFunc->zName==lagName) ){ bCache = 1; break; } } } /* Otherwise, call windowCodeDefaultStep(). */ if( bCache ){ VdbeModuleComment((pParse->pVdbe, "Begin CacheStep()")); windowCodeCacheStep(pParse, p, pWInfo, regGosub, addrGosub); }else{ VdbeModuleComment((pParse->pVdbe, "Begin DefaultStep()")); windowCodeDefaultStep(pParse, p, pWInfo, regGosub, addrGosub); } } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ /************** End of window.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file parse.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2000-05-29 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Driver template for the LEMON parser generator. ** ** The "lemon" program processes an LALR(1) input grammar file, then uses ** this template to construct a parser. The "lemon" program inserts text ** at each "%%" line. Also, any "P-a-r-s-e" identifer prefix (without the ** interstitial "-" characters) contained in this template is changed into ** the value of the %name directive from the grammar. Otherwise, the content ** of this template is copied straight through into the generate parser ** source file. ** ** The following is the concatenation of all %include directives from the ** input grammar file: */ /* #include */ /************ Begin %include sections from the grammar ************************/ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* ** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down ** automaton. */ #define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1 /* ** Make yytestcase() the same as testcase() */ #define yytestcase(X) testcase(X) /* ** Indicate that sqlite3ParserFree() will never be called with a null ** pointer. */ #define YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL 1 /* ** In the amalgamation, the parse.c file generated by lemon and the ** tokenize.c file are concatenated. In that case, sqlite3RunParser() ** has access to the the size of the yyParser object and so the parser ** engine can be allocated from stack. In that case, only the ** sqlite3ParserInit() and sqlite3ParserFinalize() routines are invoked ** and the sqlite3ParserAlloc() and sqlite3ParserFree() routines can be ** omitted. */ #ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION # define sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK 1 #endif /* ** Alternative datatype for the argument to the malloc() routine passed ** into sqlite3ParserAlloc(). The default is size_t. */ #define YYMALLOCARGTYPE u64 /* ** An instance of the following structure describes the event of a ** TRIGGER. "a" is the event type, one of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, ** TK_DELETE, or TK_INSTEAD. If the event is of the form ** ** UPDATE ON (a,b,c) ** ** Then the "b" IdList records the list "a,b,c". */ struct TrigEvent { int a; IdList * b; }; struct FrameBound { int eType; Expr *pExpr; }; /* ** Disable lookaside memory allocation for objects that might be ** shared across database connections. */ static void disableLookaside(Parse *pParse){ pParse->disableLookaside++; pParse->db->lookaside.bDisable++; } /* ** For a compound SELECT statement, make sure p->pPrior->pNext==p for ** all elements in the list. And make sure list length does not exceed ** SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT. */ static void parserDoubleLinkSelect(Parse *pParse, Select *p){ if( p->pPrior ){ Select *pNext = 0, *pLoop; int mxSelect, cnt = 0; for(pLoop=p; pLoop; pNext=pLoop, pLoop=pLoop->pPrior, cnt++){ pLoop->pNext = pNext; pLoop->selFlags |= SF_Compound; } if( (p->selFlags & SF_MultiValue)==0 && (mxSelect = pParse->db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT])>0 && cnt>mxSelect ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many terms in compound SELECT"); } } } /* Construct a new Expr object from a single identifier. Use the ** new Expr to populate pOut. Set the span of pOut to be the identifier ** that created the expression. */ static Expr *tokenExpr(Parse *pParse, int op, Token t){ Expr *p = sqlite3DbMallocRawNN(pParse->db, sizeof(Expr)+t.n+1); if( p ){ /* memset(p, 0, sizeof(Expr)); */ p->op = (u8)op; p->affinity = 0; p->flags = EP_Leaf; p->iAgg = -1; p->pLeft = p->pRight = 0; p->x.pList = 0; p->pAggInfo = 0; p->pTab = 0; p->op2 = 0; p->iTable = 0; p->iColumn = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC p->pWin = 0; #endif p->u.zToken = (char*)&p[1]; memcpy(p->u.zToken, t.z, t.n); p->u.zToken[t.n] = 0; if( sqlite3Isquote(p->u.zToken[0]) ){ if( p->u.zToken[0]=='"' ) p->flags |= EP_DblQuoted; sqlite3Dequote(p->u.zToken); } #if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 p->nHeight = 1; #endif if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ return (Expr*)sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)p, &t); } } return p; } /* A routine to convert a binary TK_IS or TK_ISNOT expression into a ** unary TK_ISNULL or TK_NOTNULL expression. */ static void binaryToUnaryIfNull(Parse *pParse, Expr *pY, Expr *pA, int op){ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; if( pA && pY && pY->op==TK_NULL && !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ pA->op = (u8)op; sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pA->pRight); pA->pRight = 0; } } /* Add a single new term to an ExprList that is used to store a ** list of identifiers. Report an error if the ID list contains ** a COLLATE clause or an ASC or DESC keyword, except ignore the ** error while parsing a legacy schema. */ static ExprList *parserAddExprIdListTerm( Parse *pParse, ExprList *pPrior, Token *pIdToken, int hasCollate, int sortOrder ){ ExprList *p = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pPrior, 0); if( (hasCollate || sortOrder!=SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED) && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "syntax error after column name \"%.*s\"", pIdToken->n, pIdToken->z); } sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, p, pIdToken, 1); return p; } /**************** End of %include directives **********************************/ /* These constants specify the various numeric values for terminal symbols ** in a format understandable to "makeheaders". This section is blank unless ** "lemon" is run with the "-m" command-line option. ***************** Begin makeheaders token definitions *************************/ /**************** End makeheaders token definitions ***************************/ /* The next sections is a series of control #defines. ** various aspects of the generated parser. ** YYCODETYPE is the data type used to store the integer codes ** that represent terminal and non-terminal symbols. ** "unsigned char" is used if there are fewer than ** 256 symbols. Larger types otherwise. ** YYNOCODE is a number of type YYCODETYPE that is not used for ** any terminal or nonterminal symbol. ** YYFALLBACK If defined, this indicates that one or more tokens ** (also known as: "terminal symbols") have fall-back ** values which should be used if the original symbol ** would not parse. This permits keywords to sometimes ** be used as identifiers, for example. ** YYACTIONTYPE is the data type used for "action codes" - numbers ** that indicate what to do in response to the next ** token. ** sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE is the data type used for minor type for terminal ** symbols. Background: A "minor type" is a semantic ** value associated with a terminal or non-terminal ** symbols. For example, for an "ID" terminal symbol, ** the minor type might be the name of the identifier. ** Each non-terminal can have a different minor type. ** Terminal symbols all have the same minor type, though. ** This macros defines the minor type for terminal ** symbols. ** YYMINORTYPE is the data type used for all minor types. ** This is typically a union of many types, one of ** which is sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE. The entry in the union ** for terminal symbols is called "yy0". ** YYSTACKDEPTH is the maximum depth of the parser's stack. If ** zero the stack is dynamically sized using realloc() ** sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL A static variable declaration for the %extra_argument ** sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL A parameter declaration for the %extra_argument ** sqlite3ParserARG_PARAM Code to pass %extra_argument as a subroutine parameter ** sqlite3ParserARG_STORE Code to store %extra_argument into yypParser ** sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH Code to extract %extra_argument from yypParser ** sqlite3ParserCTX_* As sqlite3ParserARG_ except for %extra_context ** YYERRORSYMBOL is the code number of the error symbol. If not ** defined, then do no error processing. ** YYNSTATE the combined number of states. ** YYNRULE the number of rules in the grammar ** YYNTOKEN Number of terminal symbols ** YY_MAX_SHIFT Maximum value for shift actions ** YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Minimum value for shift-reduce actions ** YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE Maximum value for shift-reduce actions ** YY_ERROR_ACTION The yy_action[] code for syntax error ** YY_ACCEPT_ACTION The yy_action[] code for accept ** YY_NO_ACTION The yy_action[] code for no-op ** YY_MIN_REDUCE Minimum value for reduce actions ** YY_MAX_REDUCE Maximum value for reduce actions */ #ifndef INTERFACE # define INTERFACE 1 #endif /************* Begin control #defines *****************************************/ #define YYCODETYPE unsigned short int #define YYNOCODE 277 #define YYACTIONTYPE unsigned short int #define YYWILDCARD 91 #define sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE Token typedef union { int yyinit; sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yy0; Expr* yy18; struct TrigEvent yy34; IdList* yy48; int yy70; struct {int value; int mask;} yy111; struct FrameBound yy119; SrcList* yy135; TriggerStep* yy207; Window* yy327; Upsert* yy340; const char* yy392; ExprList* yy420; With* yy449; Select* yy489; } YYMINORTYPE; #ifndef YYSTACKDEPTH #define YYSTACKDEPTH 100 #endif #define sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL #define sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL #define sqlite3ParserARG_PARAM #define sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH #define sqlite3ParserARG_STORE #define sqlite3ParserCTX_SDECL Parse *pParse; #define sqlite3ParserCTX_PDECL ,Parse *pParse #define sqlite3ParserCTX_PARAM ,pParse #define sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH Parse *pParse=yypParser->pParse; #define sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE yypParser->pParse=pParse; #define YYFALLBACK 1 #define YYNSTATE 521 #define YYNRULE 367 #define YYNTOKEN 155 #define YY_MAX_SHIFT 520 #define YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE 756 #define YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE 1122 #define YY_ERROR_ACTION 1123 #define YY_ACCEPT_ACTION 1124 #define YY_NO_ACTION 1125 #define YY_MIN_REDUCE 1126 #define YY_MAX_REDUCE 1492 /************* End control #defines *******************************************/ #define YY_NLOOKAHEAD ((int)(sizeof(yy_lookahead)/sizeof(yy_lookahead[0]))) /* Define the yytestcase() macro to be a no-op if is not already defined ** otherwise. ** ** Applications can choose to define yytestcase() in the %include section ** to a macro that can assist in verifying code coverage. For production ** code the yytestcase() macro should be turned off. But it is useful ** for testing. */ #ifndef yytestcase # define yytestcase(X) #endif /* Next are the tables used to determine what action to take based on the ** current state and lookahead token. These tables are used to implement ** functions that take a state number and lookahead value and return an ** action integer. ** ** Suppose the action integer is N. Then the action is determined as ** follows ** ** 0 <= N <= YY_MAX_SHIFT Shift N. That is, push the lookahead ** token onto the stack and goto state N. ** ** N between YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE Shift to an arbitrary state then ** and YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE. ** ** N == YY_ERROR_ACTION A syntax error has occurred. ** ** N == YY_ACCEPT_ACTION The parser accepts its input. ** ** N == YY_NO_ACTION No such action. Denotes unused ** slots in the yy_action[] table. ** ** N between YY_MIN_REDUCE Reduce by rule N-YY_MIN_REDUCE ** and YY_MAX_REDUCE ** ** The action table is constructed as a single large table named yy_action[]. ** Given state S and lookahead X, the action is computed as either: ** ** (A) N = yy_action[ yy_shift_ofst[S] + X ] ** (B) N = yy_default[S] ** ** The (A) formula is preferred. The B formula is used instead if ** yy_lookahead[yy_shift_ofst[S]+X] is not equal to X. ** ** The formulas above are for computing the action when the lookahead is ** a terminal symbol. If the lookahead is a non-terminal (as occurs after ** a reduce action) then the yy_reduce_ofst[] array is used in place of ** the yy_shift_ofst[] array. ** ** The following are the tables generated in this section: ** ** yy_action[] A single table containing all actions. ** yy_lookahead[] A table containing the lookahead for each entry in ** yy_action. Used to detect hash collisions. ** yy_shift_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for ** shifting terminals. ** yy_reduce_ofst[] For each state, the offset into yy_action for ** shifting non-terminals after a reduce. ** yy_default[] Default action for each state. ** *********** Begin parsing tables **********************************************/ #define YY_ACTTAB_COUNT (2009) static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_action[] = { /* 0 */ 368, 105, 102, 197, 105, 102, 197, 515, 1124, 1, /* 10 */ 1, 520, 2, 1128, 515, 1192, 1171, 1456, 275, 370, /* 20 */ 127, 1389, 1197, 1197, 1192, 1166, 178, 1205, 64, 64, /* 30 */ 477, 887, 322, 428, 348, 37, 37, 808, 362, 888, /* 40 */ 509, 509, 509, 112, 113, 103, 1100, 1100, 953, 956, /* 50 */ 946, 946, 110, 110, 111, 111, 111, 111, 365, 252, /* 60 */ 252, 515, 252, 252, 497, 515, 309, 515, 459, 515, /* 70 */ 1079, 491, 512, 478, 6, 512, 809, 134, 498, 228, /* 80 */ 194, 428, 37, 37, 515, 208, 64, 64, 64, 64, /* 90 */ 13, 13, 109, 109, 109, 109, 108, 108, 107, 107, /* 100 */ 107, 106, 401, 258, 381, 13, 13, 398, 397, 428, /* 110 */ 252, 252, 370, 476, 405, 1104, 1079, 1080, 1081, 386, /* 120 */ 1106, 390, 497, 512, 497, 1423, 1419, 304, 1105, 307, /* 130 */ 1256, 496, 370, 499, 16, 16, 112, 113, 103, 1100, /* 140 */ 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, 110, 111, 111, 111, /* 150 */ 111, 262, 1107, 495, 1107, 401, 112, 113, 103, 1100, /* 160 */ 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, 110, 111, 111, 111, /* 170 */ 111, 129, 1425, 343, 1420, 339, 1059, 492, 1057, 263, /* 180 */ 73, 105, 102, 197, 994, 109, 109, 109, 109, 108, /* 190 */ 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 370, 111, 111, 111, /* 200 */ 111, 104, 492, 89, 1432, 109, 109, 109, 109, 108, /* 210 */ 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 111, 111, 111, 111, /* 220 */ 112, 113, 103, 1100, 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, /* 230 */ 110, 111, 111, 111, 111, 109, 109, 109, 109, 108, /* 240 */ 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 114, 108, 108, 107, /* 250 */ 107, 107, 106, 401, 109, 109, 109, 109, 108, 108, /* 260 */ 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 152, 399, 399, 399, 109, /* 270 */ 109, 109, 109, 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, /* 280 */ 178, 493, 1412, 434, 1037, 1486, 1079, 515, 1486, 370, /* 290 */ 421, 297, 357, 412, 74, 1079, 109, 109, 109, 109, /* 300 */ 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 1413, 37, 37, /* 310 */ 1431, 274, 506, 112, 113, 103, 1100, 1100, 953, 956, /* 320 */ 946, 946, 110, 110, 111, 111, 111, 111, 1436, 520, /* 330 */ 2, 1128, 1079, 1080, 1081, 430, 275, 1079, 127, 366, /* 340 */ 933, 1079, 1080, 1081, 220, 1205, 913, 458, 455, 454, /* 350 */ 392, 167, 515, 1035, 152, 445, 924, 453, 152, 874, /* 360 */ 923, 289, 109, 109, 109, 109, 108, 108, 107, 107, /* 370 */ 107, 106, 401, 13, 13, 261, 853, 252, 252, 227, /* 380 */ 106, 401, 370, 1079, 1080, 1081, 311, 388, 1079, 296, /* 390 */ 512, 923, 923, 925, 231, 323, 1255, 1388, 1423, 490, /* 400 */ 274, 506, 12, 208, 274, 506, 112, 113, 103, 1100, /* 410 */ 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, 110, 111, 111, 111, /* 420 */ 111, 1440, 286, 1128, 288, 1079, 1097, 247, 275, 1098, /* 430 */ 127, 387, 405, 389, 1079, 1080, 1081, 1205, 159, 238, /* 440 */ 255, 321, 461, 316, 460, 225, 790, 105, 102, 197, /* 450 */ 513, 314, 842, 842, 445, 109, 109, 109, 109, 108, /* 460 */ 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 515, 514, 515, 252, /* 470 */ 252, 1079, 1080, 1081, 435, 370, 1098, 933, 1460, 794, /* 480 */ 274, 506, 512, 105, 102, 197, 336, 63, 63, 64, /* 490 */ 64, 27, 790, 924, 287, 208, 1354, 923, 515, 112, /* 500 */ 113, 103, 1100, 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, 110, /* 510 */ 111, 111, 111, 111, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 49, /* 520 */ 49, 515, 28, 1079, 405, 497, 421, 297, 923, 923, /* 530 */ 925, 186, 468, 1079, 467, 999, 999, 442, 515, 1079, /* 540 */ 334, 515, 45, 45, 1083, 342, 173, 168, 109, 109, /* 550 */ 109, 109, 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 13, /* 560 */ 13, 205, 13, 13, 252, 252, 1195, 1195, 370, 1079, /* 570 */ 1080, 1081, 787, 265, 5, 359, 494, 512, 469, 1079, /* 580 */ 1080, 1081, 398, 397, 1079, 1079, 1080, 1081, 3, 282, /* 590 */ 1079, 1083, 112, 113, 103, 1100, 1100, 953, 956, 946, /* 600 */ 946, 110, 110, 111, 111, 111, 111, 252, 252, 1015, /* 610 */ 220, 1079, 873, 458, 455, 454, 943, 943, 954, 957, /* 620 */ 512, 252, 252, 453, 1016, 1079, 445, 1107, 1209, 1107, /* 630 */ 1079, 1080, 1081, 515, 512, 426, 1079, 1080, 1081, 1017, /* 640 */ 512, 109, 109, 109, 109, 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, /* 650 */ 106, 401, 1052, 515, 50, 50, 515, 1079, 1080, 1081, /* 660 */ 828, 370, 1051, 379, 411, 1064, 1358, 207, 408, 773, /* 670 */ 829, 1079, 1080, 1081, 64, 64, 322, 64, 64, 1302, /* 680 */ 947, 411, 410, 1358, 1360, 112, 113, 103, 1100, 1100, /* 690 */ 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, 110, 111, 111, 111, 111, /* 700 */ 294, 482, 515, 1037, 1487, 515, 434, 1487, 354, 1120, /* 710 */ 483, 996, 913, 485, 466, 996, 132, 178, 33, 450, /* 720 */ 1203, 136, 406, 64, 64, 479, 64, 64, 419, 369, /* 730 */ 283, 1146, 252, 252, 109, 109, 109, 109, 108, 108, /* 740 */ 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 512, 224, 440, 411, 266, /* 750 */ 1358, 266, 252, 252, 370, 296, 416, 284, 934, 396, /* 760 */ 976, 470, 400, 252, 252, 512, 9, 473, 231, 500, /* 770 */ 354, 1036, 1035, 1488, 355, 374, 512, 1121, 112, 113, /* 780 */ 103, 1100, 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, 110, 111, /* 790 */ 111, 111, 111, 252, 252, 1015, 515, 1347, 295, 252, /* 800 */ 252, 252, 252, 1098, 375, 249, 512, 445, 872, 322, /* 810 */ 1016, 480, 512, 195, 512, 434, 273, 15, 15, 515, /* 820 */ 314, 515, 95, 515, 93, 1017, 367, 109, 109, 109, /* 830 */ 109, 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 515, 1121, /* 840 */ 39, 39, 51, 51, 52, 52, 503, 370, 515, 1204, /* 850 */ 1098, 918, 439, 341, 133, 436, 223, 222, 221, 53, /* 860 */ 53, 322, 1400, 761, 762, 763, 515, 370, 88, 54, /* 870 */ 54, 112, 113, 103, 1100, 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, /* 880 */ 110, 110, 111, 111, 111, 111, 407, 55, 55, 196, /* 890 */ 515, 112, 113, 103, 1100, 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, /* 900 */ 110, 110, 111, 111, 111, 111, 135, 264, 1149, 376, /* 910 */ 515, 40, 40, 515, 872, 515, 993, 515, 993, 116, /* 920 */ 109, 109, 109, 109, 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, /* 930 */ 401, 41, 41, 515, 43, 43, 44, 44, 56, 56, /* 940 */ 109, 109, 109, 109, 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, /* 950 */ 401, 515, 379, 515, 57, 57, 515, 799, 515, 379, /* 960 */ 515, 445, 200, 515, 323, 515, 1397, 515, 1459, 515, /* 970 */ 1287, 817, 58, 58, 14, 14, 515, 59, 59, 118, /* 980 */ 118, 60, 60, 515, 46, 46, 61, 61, 62, 62, /* 990 */ 47, 47, 515, 190, 189, 91, 515, 140, 140, 515, /* 1000 */ 394, 515, 277, 1200, 141, 141, 515, 1115, 515, 992, /* 1010 */ 515, 992, 515, 69, 69, 370, 278, 48, 48, 259, /* 1020 */ 65, 65, 119, 119, 246, 246, 260, 66, 66, 120, /* 1030 */ 120, 121, 121, 117, 117, 370, 515, 512, 383, 112, /* 1040 */ 113, 103, 1100, 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, 110, /* 1050 */ 111, 111, 111, 111, 515, 872, 515, 139, 139, 112, /* 1060 */ 113, 103, 1100, 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, 110, /* 1070 */ 111, 111, 111, 111, 1287, 138, 138, 125, 125, 515, /* 1080 */ 12, 515, 281, 1287, 515, 445, 131, 1287, 109, 109, /* 1090 */ 109, 109, 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 515, /* 1100 */ 124, 124, 122, 122, 515, 123, 123, 515, 109, 109, /* 1110 */ 109, 109, 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 515, /* 1120 */ 68, 68, 463, 783, 515, 70, 70, 302, 67, 67, /* 1130 */ 1032, 253, 253, 356, 1287, 191, 196, 1433, 465, 1301, /* 1140 */ 38, 38, 384, 94, 512, 42, 42, 177, 848, 274, /* 1150 */ 506, 385, 420, 847, 1356, 441, 508, 376, 377, 153, /* 1160 */ 423, 872, 432, 370, 224, 251, 194, 887, 182, 293, /* 1170 */ 783, 848, 88, 254, 466, 888, 847, 915, 807, 806, /* 1180 */ 230, 1241, 910, 370, 17, 413, 797, 112, 113, 103, /* 1190 */ 1100, 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, 110, 111, 111, /* 1200 */ 111, 111, 395, 814, 815, 1175, 983, 112, 101, 103, /* 1210 */ 1100, 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, 110, 111, 111, /* 1220 */ 111, 111, 375, 422, 427, 429, 298, 230, 230, 88, /* 1230 */ 1240, 451, 312, 797, 226, 88, 109, 109, 109, 109, /* 1240 */ 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 86, 433, 979, /* 1250 */ 927, 881, 226, 983, 230, 415, 109, 109, 109, 109, /* 1260 */ 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, 320, 845, 781, /* 1270 */ 846, 100, 130, 100, 1403, 290, 370, 319, 1377, 1376, /* 1280 */ 437, 1449, 299, 1237, 303, 306, 308, 310, 1188, 1174, /* 1290 */ 1173, 1172, 315, 324, 325, 1228, 370, 927, 1249, 271, /* 1300 */ 1286, 113, 103, 1100, 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, /* 1310 */ 110, 111, 111, 111, 111, 1224, 1235, 502, 501, 1292, /* 1320 */ 1221, 1155, 103, 1100, 1100, 953, 956, 946, 946, 110, /* 1330 */ 110, 111, 111, 111, 111, 1148, 1137, 1136, 1138, 1443, /* 1340 */ 446, 244, 184, 98, 507, 188, 4, 353, 327, 109, /* 1350 */ 109, 109, 109, 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, /* 1360 */ 510, 329, 331, 199, 414, 456, 292, 285, 318, 109, /* 1370 */ 109, 109, 109, 108, 108, 107, 107, 107, 106, 401, /* 1380 */ 11, 1271, 1279, 402, 361, 192, 1171, 1351, 431, 505, /* 1390 */ 346, 1350, 333, 98, 507, 504, 4, 187, 1446, 1115, /* 1400 */ 233, 1396, 155, 1394, 1112, 152, 72, 75, 378, 425, /* 1410 */ 510, 165, 149, 157, 933, 1276, 86, 30, 1268, 417, /* 1420 */ 96, 96, 8, 160, 161, 162, 163, 97, 418, 402, /* 1430 */ 517, 516, 449, 402, 923, 210, 358, 424, 1282, 438, /* 1440 */ 169, 214, 360, 1345, 80, 504, 31, 444, 1365, 301, /* 1450 */ 245, 274, 506, 216, 174, 305, 488, 447, 217, 462, /* 1460 */ 1139, 487, 218, 363, 933, 923, 923, 925, 926, 24, /* 1470 */ 96, 96, 1191, 1190, 1189, 391, 1182, 97, 1163, 402, /* 1480 */ 517, 516, 799, 364, 923, 1162, 317, 1161, 98, 507, /* 1490 */ 1181, 4, 1458, 472, 393, 269, 270, 475, 481, 1232, /* 1500 */ 85, 1233, 326, 328, 232, 510, 495, 1231, 330, 98, /* 1510 */ 507, 1230, 4, 486, 335, 923, 923, 925, 926, 24, /* 1520 */ 1435, 1068, 404, 181, 336, 256, 510, 115, 402, 332, /* 1530 */ 352, 352, 351, 241, 349, 1214, 1414, 770, 338, 10, /* 1540 */ 504, 340, 272, 92, 1331, 1213, 87, 183, 484, 402, /* 1550 */ 201, 488, 280, 239, 344, 345, 489, 1145, 29, 933, /* 1560 */ 279, 504, 1074, 518, 240, 96, 96, 242, 243, 519, /* 1570 */ 1134, 1129, 97, 154, 402, 517, 516, 372, 373, 923, /* 1580 */ 933, 142, 143, 128, 1381, 267, 96, 96, 852, 757, /* 1590 */ 203, 144, 403, 97, 1382, 402, 517, 516, 204, 1380, /* 1600 */ 923, 146, 1379, 1159, 1158, 71, 1156, 276, 202, 185, /* 1610 */ 923, 923, 925, 926, 24, 198, 257, 126, 991, 989, /* 1620 */ 907, 98, 507, 156, 4, 145, 158, 206, 831, 209, /* 1630 */ 291, 923, 923, 925, 926, 24, 1005, 911, 510, 164, /* 1640 */ 147, 380, 371, 382, 166, 76, 77, 274, 506, 148, /* 1650 */ 78, 79, 1008, 211, 212, 1004, 137, 213, 18, 300, /* 1660 */ 230, 402, 997, 1109, 443, 215, 32, 170, 171, 772, /* 1670 */ 409, 448, 319, 504, 219, 172, 452, 81, 19, 457, /* 1680 */ 313, 20, 82, 268, 488, 150, 810, 179, 83, 487, /* 1690 */ 464, 151, 933, 180, 959, 84, 1040, 34, 96, 96, /* 1700 */ 471, 1041, 35, 474, 193, 97, 248, 402, 517, 516, /* 1710 */ 1068, 404, 923, 250, 256, 880, 229, 175, 875, 352, /* 1720 */ 352, 351, 241, 349, 100, 21, 770, 22, 1054, 1056, /* 1730 */ 7, 98, 507, 1045, 4, 337, 1058, 23, 974, 201, /* 1740 */ 176, 280, 88, 923, 923, 925, 926, 24, 510, 279, /* 1750 */ 960, 958, 962, 1014, 963, 1013, 235, 234, 25, 36, /* 1760 */ 99, 90, 507, 928, 4, 511, 350, 782, 26, 841, /* 1770 */ 236, 402, 347, 1069, 237, 1125, 1125, 1451, 510, 203, /* 1780 */ 1450, 1125, 1125, 504, 1125, 1125, 1125, 204, 1125, 1125, /* 1790 */ 146, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 202, 1125, 1125, /* 1800 */ 1125, 402, 933, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 96, 96, /* 1810 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 504, 1125, 97, 1125, 402, 517, 516, /* 1820 */ 1125, 1125, 923, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, /* 1830 */ 1125, 371, 933, 1125, 1125, 1125, 274, 506, 96, 96, /* 1840 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 97, 1125, 402, 517, 516, /* 1850 */ 1125, 1125, 923, 923, 923, 925, 926, 24, 1125, 409, /* 1860 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 256, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 352, 352, /* 1870 */ 351, 241, 349, 1125, 1125, 770, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, /* 1880 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 923, 923, 925, 926, 24, 201, 1125, /* 1890 */ 280, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 279, 1125, /* 1900 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, /* 1910 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, /* 1920 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 203, 1125, /* 1930 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 204, 1125, 1125, 146, /* 1940 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 202, 1125, 1125, 1125, /* 1950 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, /* 1960 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, /* 1970 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, /* 1980 */ 371, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 274, 506, 1125, 1125, 1125, /* 1990 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, /* 2000 */ 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 1125, 409, }; static const YYCODETYPE yy_lookahead[] = { /* 0 */ 184, 238, 239, 240, 238, 239, 240, 163, 155, 156, /* 10 */ 157, 158, 159, 160, 163, 191, 192, 183, 165, 19, /* 20 */ 167, 258, 202, 203, 200, 191, 163, 174, 184, 185, /* 30 */ 174, 31, 163, 163, 171, 184, 185, 35, 175, 39, /* 40 */ 179, 180, 181, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, /* 50 */ 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 184, 206, /* 60 */ 207, 163, 206, 207, 220, 163, 16, 163, 66, 163, /* 70 */ 59, 270, 219, 229, 273, 219, 74, 208, 174, 223, /* 80 */ 224, 163, 184, 185, 163, 232, 184, 185, 184, 185, /* 90 */ 184, 185, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, /* 100 */ 100, 101, 102, 233, 198, 184, 185, 96, 97, 163, /* 110 */ 206, 207, 19, 163, 261, 104, 105, 106, 107, 198, /* 120 */ 109, 119, 220, 219, 220, 274, 275, 77, 117, 79, /* 130 */ 187, 229, 19, 229, 184, 185, 43, 44, 45, 46, /* 140 */ 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, /* 150 */ 57, 233, 141, 134, 143, 102, 43, 44, 45, 46, /* 160 */ 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, /* 170 */ 57, 152, 274, 216, 276, 218, 83, 163, 85, 233, /* 180 */ 67, 238, 239, 240, 11, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, /* 190 */ 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 19, 54, 55, 56, /* 200 */ 57, 58, 163, 26, 163, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, /* 210 */ 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 54, 55, 56, 57, /* 220 */ 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, /* 230 */ 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, /* 240 */ 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 69, 96, 97, 98, /* 250 */ 99, 100, 101, 102, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, /* 260 */ 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 81, 179, 180, 181, 92, /* 270 */ 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, /* 280 */ 163, 267, 268, 163, 22, 23, 59, 163, 26, 19, /* 290 */ 117, 118, 175, 109, 24, 59, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 300 */ 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 268, 184, 185, /* 310 */ 269, 127, 128, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, /* 320 */ 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 157, 158, /* 330 */ 159, 160, 105, 106, 107, 163, 165, 59, 167, 184, /* 340 */ 90, 105, 106, 107, 108, 174, 73, 111, 112, 113, /* 350 */ 19, 22, 163, 91, 81, 163, 106, 121, 81, 132, /* 360 */ 110, 16, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, /* 370 */ 100, 101, 102, 184, 185, 255, 98, 206, 207, 26, /* 380 */ 101, 102, 19, 105, 106, 107, 23, 198, 59, 116, /* 390 */ 219, 141, 142, 143, 24, 163, 187, 205, 274, 275, /* 400 */ 127, 128, 182, 232, 127, 128, 43, 44, 45, 46, /* 410 */ 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, /* 420 */ 57, 158, 77, 160, 79, 59, 26, 182, 165, 59, /* 430 */ 167, 199, 261, 102, 105, 106, 107, 174, 72, 108, /* 440 */ 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 59, 238, 239, 240, /* 450 */ 123, 120, 125, 126, 163, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, /* 460 */ 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 163, 163, 163, 206, /* 470 */ 207, 105, 106, 107, 254, 19, 106, 90, 197, 23, /* 480 */ 127, 128, 219, 238, 239, 240, 22, 184, 185, 184, /* 490 */ 185, 22, 105, 106, 149, 232, 205, 110, 163, 43, /* 500 */ 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, /* 510 */ 54, 55, 56, 57, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 184, /* 520 */ 185, 163, 53, 59, 261, 220, 117, 118, 141, 142, /* 530 */ 143, 131, 174, 59, 229, 116, 117, 118, 163, 59, /* 540 */ 163, 163, 184, 185, 59, 242, 72, 22, 92, 93, /* 550 */ 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 184, /* 560 */ 185, 24, 184, 185, 206, 207, 202, 203, 19, 105, /* 570 */ 106, 107, 23, 198, 22, 174, 198, 219, 220, 105, /* 580 */ 106, 107, 96, 97, 59, 105, 106, 107, 22, 174, /* 590 */ 59, 106, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, /* 600 */ 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 206, 207, 12, /* 610 */ 108, 59, 132, 111, 112, 113, 46, 47, 48, 49, /* 620 */ 219, 206, 207, 121, 27, 59, 163, 141, 207, 143, /* 630 */ 105, 106, 107, 163, 219, 234, 105, 106, 107, 42, /* 640 */ 219, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, /* 650 */ 101, 102, 76, 163, 184, 185, 163, 105, 106, 107, /* 660 */ 63, 19, 86, 163, 163, 23, 163, 130, 205, 21, /* 670 */ 73, 105, 106, 107, 184, 185, 163, 184, 185, 237, /* 680 */ 110, 180, 181, 180, 181, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 690 */ 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, /* 700 */ 174, 163, 163, 22, 23, 163, 163, 26, 22, 23, /* 710 */ 220, 29, 73, 220, 272, 33, 22, 163, 24, 19, /* 720 */ 174, 208, 259, 184, 185, 19, 184, 185, 80, 175, /* 730 */ 230, 174, 206, 207, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, /* 740 */ 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 219, 46, 65, 247, 195, /* 750 */ 247, 197, 206, 207, 19, 116, 117, 118, 23, 220, /* 760 */ 112, 174, 220, 206, 207, 219, 22, 174, 24, 174, /* 770 */ 22, 23, 91, 264, 265, 168, 219, 91, 43, 44, /* 780 */ 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, /* 790 */ 55, 56, 57, 206, 207, 12, 163, 149, 255, 206, /* 800 */ 207, 206, 207, 59, 104, 23, 219, 163, 26, 163, /* 810 */ 27, 105, 219, 163, 219, 163, 211, 184, 185, 163, /* 820 */ 120, 163, 146, 163, 148, 42, 221, 92, 93, 94, /* 830 */ 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 163, 91, /* 840 */ 184, 185, 184, 185, 184, 185, 63, 19, 163, 205, /* 850 */ 106, 23, 245, 163, 208, 248, 116, 117, 118, 184, /* 860 */ 185, 163, 163, 7, 8, 9, 163, 19, 26, 184, /* 870 */ 185, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, /* 880 */ 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 163, 184, 185, 107, /* 890 */ 163, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, /* 900 */ 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 208, 255, 177, 178, /* 910 */ 163, 184, 185, 163, 132, 163, 141, 163, 143, 22, /* 920 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, /* 930 */ 102, 184, 185, 163, 184, 185, 184, 185, 184, 185, /* 940 */ 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, /* 950 */ 102, 163, 163, 163, 184, 185, 163, 115, 163, 163, /* 960 */ 163, 163, 15, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 23, 163, /* 970 */ 163, 26, 184, 185, 184, 185, 163, 184, 185, 184, /* 980 */ 185, 184, 185, 163, 184, 185, 184, 185, 184, 185, /* 990 */ 184, 185, 163, 96, 97, 147, 163, 184, 185, 163, /* 1000 */ 199, 163, 163, 205, 184, 185, 163, 60, 163, 141, /* 1010 */ 163, 143, 163, 184, 185, 19, 163, 184, 185, 230, /* 1020 */ 184, 185, 184, 185, 206, 207, 230, 184, 185, 184, /* 1030 */ 185, 184, 185, 184, 185, 19, 163, 219, 231, 43, /* 1040 */ 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, /* 1050 */ 54, 55, 56, 57, 163, 26, 163, 184, 185, 43, /* 1060 */ 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, /* 1070 */ 54, 55, 56, 57, 163, 184, 185, 184, 185, 163, /* 1080 */ 182, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 22, 163, 92, 93, /* 1090 */ 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 163, /* 1100 */ 184, 185, 184, 185, 163, 184, 185, 163, 92, 93, /* 1110 */ 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 163, /* 1120 */ 184, 185, 98, 59, 163, 184, 185, 205, 184, 185, /* 1130 */ 23, 206, 207, 26, 163, 26, 107, 153, 154, 237, /* 1140 */ 184, 185, 231, 147, 219, 184, 185, 249, 124, 127, /* 1150 */ 128, 231, 254, 129, 163, 231, 177, 178, 262, 263, /* 1160 */ 118, 132, 19, 19, 46, 223, 224, 31, 24, 23, /* 1170 */ 106, 124, 26, 22, 272, 39, 129, 23, 109, 110, /* 1180 */ 26, 163, 140, 19, 22, 234, 59, 43, 44, 45, /* 1190 */ 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, /* 1200 */ 56, 57, 231, 7, 8, 193, 59, 43, 44, 45, /* 1210 */ 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, /* 1220 */ 56, 57, 104, 61, 23, 23, 23, 26, 26, 26, /* 1230 */ 163, 23, 23, 106, 26, 26, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 1240 */ 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 138, 105, 23, /* 1250 */ 59, 23, 26, 106, 26, 163, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 1260 */ 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 110, 23, 23, /* 1270 */ 23, 26, 26, 26, 163, 163, 19, 120, 163, 163, /* 1280 */ 163, 130, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, 193, /* 1290 */ 193, 163, 163, 163, 163, 225, 19, 106, 163, 222, /* 1300 */ 163, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, /* 1310 */ 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 163, 163, 203, 163, 163, /* 1320 */ 222, 163, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, /* 1330 */ 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 163, 163, 163, 163, 163, /* 1340 */ 251, 250, 209, 19, 20, 182, 22, 161, 222, 92, /* 1350 */ 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, /* 1360 */ 36, 222, 222, 260, 226, 188, 256, 226, 187, 92, /* 1370 */ 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, /* 1380 */ 210, 213, 213, 59, 213, 196, 192, 187, 256, 244, /* 1390 */ 212, 187, 226, 19, 20, 71, 22, 210, 166, 60, /* 1400 */ 130, 170, 260, 170, 38, 81, 257, 257, 170, 104, /* 1410 */ 36, 22, 43, 201, 90, 236, 138, 235, 213, 18, /* 1420 */ 96, 97, 48, 204, 204, 204, 204, 103, 170, 105, /* 1430 */ 106, 107, 18, 59, 110, 169, 213, 213, 201, 170, /* 1440 */ 201, 169, 236, 213, 146, 71, 235, 62, 253, 252, /* 1450 */ 170, 127, 128, 169, 22, 170, 82, 189, 169, 104, /* 1460 */ 170, 87, 169, 189, 90, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, /* 1470 */ 96, 97, 186, 186, 186, 64, 194, 103, 186, 105, /* 1480 */ 106, 107, 115, 189, 110, 188, 186, 186, 19, 20, /* 1490 */ 194, 22, 186, 189, 102, 246, 246, 189, 133, 228, /* 1500 */ 104, 228, 227, 227, 170, 36, 134, 228, 227, 19, /* 1510 */ 20, 228, 22, 84, 271, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, /* 1520 */ 0, 1, 2, 216, 22, 5, 36, 137, 59, 227, /* 1530 */ 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 217, 269, 17, 216, 22, /* 1540 */ 71, 170, 243, 146, 241, 217, 136, 215, 135, 59, /* 1550 */ 30, 82, 32, 25, 214, 213, 87, 173, 26, 90, /* 1560 */ 40, 71, 13, 172, 164, 96, 97, 164, 6, 162, /* 1570 */ 162, 162, 103, 263, 105, 106, 107, 266, 266, 110, /* 1580 */ 90, 176, 176, 190, 182, 190, 96, 97, 98, 4, /* 1590 */ 70, 176, 3, 103, 182, 105, 106, 107, 78, 182, /* 1600 */ 110, 81, 182, 182, 182, 182, 182, 151, 88, 22, /* 1610 */ 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 15, 89, 16, 23, 23, /* 1620 */ 128, 19, 20, 139, 22, 119, 131, 24, 20, 133, /* 1630 */ 16, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 1, 140, 36, 131, /* 1640 */ 119, 61, 122, 37, 139, 53, 53, 127, 128, 119, /* 1650 */ 53, 53, 105, 34, 130, 1, 5, 104, 22, 149, /* 1660 */ 26, 59, 68, 75, 41, 130, 24, 68, 104, 20, /* 1670 */ 150, 19, 120, 71, 114, 22, 67, 22, 22, 67, /* 1680 */ 23, 22, 22, 67, 82, 37, 28, 23, 138, 87, /* 1690 */ 22, 153, 90, 23, 23, 26, 23, 22, 96, 97, /* 1700 */ 24, 23, 22, 24, 130, 103, 23, 105, 106, 107, /* 1710 */ 1, 2, 110, 23, 5, 105, 34, 22, 132, 10, /* 1720 */ 11, 12, 13, 14, 26, 34, 17, 34, 85, 83, /* 1730 */ 44, 19, 20, 23, 22, 24, 75, 34, 23, 30, /* 1740 */ 26, 32, 26, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 36, 40, /* 1750 */ 23, 23, 23, 23, 11, 23, 22, 26, 22, 22, /* 1760 */ 22, 19, 20, 23, 22, 26, 15, 23, 22, 124, /* 1770 */ 130, 59, 23, 1, 130, 277, 277, 130, 36, 70, /* 1780 */ 130, 277, 277, 71, 277, 277, 277, 78, 277, 277, /* 1790 */ 81, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 88, 277, 277, /* 1800 */ 277, 59, 90, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 96, 97, /* 1810 */ 277, 277, 277, 71, 277, 103, 277, 105, 106, 107, /* 1820 */ 277, 277, 110, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, /* 1830 */ 277, 122, 90, 277, 277, 277, 127, 128, 96, 97, /* 1840 */ 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 103, 277, 105, 106, 107, /* 1850 */ 277, 277, 110, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 277, 150, /* 1860 */ 277, 277, 277, 5, 277, 277, 277, 277, 10, 11, /* 1870 */ 12, 13, 14, 277, 277, 17, 277, 277, 277, 277, /* 1880 */ 277, 277, 277, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 30, 277, /* 1890 */ 32, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 40, 277, /* 1900 */ 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, /* 1910 */ 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, /* 1920 */ 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 70, 277, /* 1930 */ 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 78, 277, 277, 81, /* 1940 */ 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 88, 277, 277, 277, /* 1950 */ 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, /* 1960 */ 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, /* 1970 */ 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, /* 1980 */ 122, 277, 277, 277, 277, 127, 128, 277, 277, 277, /* 1990 */ 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, /* 2000 */ 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 150, 277, /* 2010 */ 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, }; #define YY_SHIFT_COUNT (520) #define YY_SHIFT_MIN (0) #define YY_SHIFT_MAX (1858) static const unsigned short int yy_shift_ofst[] = { /* 0 */ 1709, 1520, 1858, 1324, 1324, 277, 1374, 1469, 1602, 1712, /* 10 */ 1712, 1712, 273, 0, 0, 113, 1016, 1712, 1712, 1712, /* 20 */ 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 11, 11, 236, /* 30 */ 184, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 277, 93, 177, 270, /* 40 */ 363, 456, 549, 642, 735, 828, 848, 996, 1144, 1016, /* 50 */ 1016, 1016, 1016, 1016, 1016, 1016, 1016, 1016, 1016, 1016, /* 60 */ 1016, 1016, 1016, 1016, 1016, 1016, 1164, 1016, 1257, 1277, /* 70 */ 1277, 1490, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, /* 80 */ 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, /* 90 */ 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, /* 100 */ 1712, 1712, 1712, 1742, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, /* 110 */ 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 1712, 143, 162, 162, /* 120 */ 162, 162, 162, 204, 151, 416, 531, 648, 700, 531, /* 130 */ 486, 486, 531, 353, 353, 353, 353, 409, 279, 53, /* 140 */ 2009, 2009, 331, 331, 331, 329, 366, 329, 329, 597, /* 150 */ 597, 464, 474, 262, 681, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, /* 160 */ 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, /* 170 */ 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 173, 485, 984, /* 180 */ 984, 576, 485, 19, 1022, 2009, 2009, 2009, 387, 250, /* 190 */ 250, 525, 502, 278, 552, 227, 480, 566, 531, 531, /* 200 */ 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 639, 531, /* 210 */ 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, 531, /* 220 */ 531, 2, 2, 2, 531, 531, 531, 531, 782, 531, /* 230 */ 531, 531, 744, 531, 531, 783, 531, 531, 531, 531, /* 240 */ 531, 531, 531, 531, 419, 682, 327, 370, 370, 370, /* 250 */ 370, 1029, 327, 327, 1024, 897, 856, 947, 1109, 706, /* 260 */ 706, 1143, 1109, 1109, 1143, 842, 945, 1118, 1136, 1136, /* 270 */ 1136, 706, 676, 400, 1047, 694, 1339, 1270, 1270, 1366, /* 280 */ 1366, 1270, 1305, 1389, 1369, 1278, 1401, 1401, 1401, 1401, /* 290 */ 1270, 1414, 1278, 1278, 1305, 1389, 1369, 1369, 1278, 1270, /* 300 */ 1414, 1298, 1385, 1270, 1414, 1432, 1270, 1414, 1270, 1414, /* 310 */ 1432, 1355, 1355, 1355, 1411, 1432, 1355, 1367, 1355, 1411, /* 320 */ 1355, 1355, 1432, 1392, 1392, 1432, 1365, 1396, 1365, 1396, /* 330 */ 1365, 1396, 1365, 1396, 1270, 1372, 1429, 1502, 1390, 1372, /* 340 */ 1517, 1270, 1397, 1390, 1410, 1413, 1278, 1528, 1532, 1549, /* 350 */ 1549, 1562, 1562, 1562, 2009, 2009, 2009, 2009, 2009, 2009, /* 360 */ 2009, 2009, 2009, 2009, 2009, 2009, 2009, 2009, 2009, 2009, /* 370 */ 570, 345, 686, 748, 50, 740, 1064, 1107, 469, 537, /* 380 */ 1042, 1146, 1162, 1154, 1201, 1202, 1203, 1208, 1209, 1127, /* 390 */ 1069, 1196, 1157, 1147, 1226, 1228, 1245, 775, 868, 1246, /* 400 */ 1247, 1191, 1151, 1585, 1589, 1587, 1456, 1600, 1527, 1601, /* 410 */ 1595, 1596, 1492, 1484, 1506, 1603, 1495, 1608, 1496, 1614, /* 420 */ 1635, 1508, 1497, 1521, 1580, 1606, 1505, 1592, 1593, 1597, /* 430 */ 1598, 1530, 1547, 1619, 1524, 1654, 1651, 1636, 1553, 1510, /* 440 */ 1594, 1634, 1599, 1588, 1623, 1535, 1564, 1642, 1649, 1652, /* 450 */ 1552, 1560, 1653, 1609, 1655, 1656, 1657, 1659, 1612, 1658, /* 460 */ 1660, 1616, 1648, 1664, 1550, 1668, 1538, 1670, 1671, 1669, /* 470 */ 1673, 1675, 1676, 1678, 1680, 1679, 1574, 1683, 1690, 1610, /* 480 */ 1682, 1695, 1586, 1698, 1691, 1698, 1693, 1643, 1661, 1646, /* 490 */ 1686, 1710, 1711, 1714, 1716, 1703, 1715, 1698, 1727, 1728, /* 500 */ 1729, 1730, 1731, 1732, 1734, 1743, 1736, 1737, 1740, 1744, /* 510 */ 1738, 1746, 1739, 1645, 1640, 1644, 1647, 1650, 1749, 1751, /* 520 */ 1772, }; #define YY_REDUCE_COUNT (369) #define YY_REDUCE_MIN (-237) #define YY_REDUCE_MAX (1424) static const short yy_reduce_ofst[] = { /* 0 */ -147, 171, 263, -96, 358, -144, -149, -102, 124, -156, /* 10 */ -98, 305, 401, -57, 209, -237, 245, -94, -79, 189, /* 20 */ 375, 490, 493, 378, 303, 539, 542, 501, 503, 554, /* 30 */ 415, 526, 546, 557, 587, 593, 595, -234, -234, -234, /* 40 */ -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, /* 50 */ -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, /* 60 */ -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, /* 70 */ -234, -50, 335, 470, 633, 656, 658, 660, 675, 685, /* 80 */ 703, 727, 747, 750, 752, 754, 770, 788, 790, 793, /* 90 */ 795, 797, 800, 802, 804, 806, 813, 820, 829, 833, /* 100 */ 836, 838, 843, 845, 847, 849, 873, 891, 893, 916, /* 110 */ 918, 921, 936, 941, 944, 956, 961, -234, -234, -234, /* 120 */ -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, -234, 463, 607, -176, 14, /* 130 */ -139, 87, -137, 818, 925, 818, 925, 898, -234, -234, /* 140 */ -234, -234, -166, -166, -166, -130, -131, -82, -54, -180, /* 150 */ 364, 41, 513, 509, 509, 117, 500, 789, 796, 646, /* 160 */ 192, 291, 644, 798, 120, 807, 543, 911, 920, 652, /* 170 */ 924, 922, 232, 698, 801, 971, 39, 220, 731, 442, /* 180 */ 902, -199, 979, -43, 421, 896, 942, 605, -184, -126, /* 190 */ 155, 172, 281, 304, 377, 538, 650, 690, 699, 723, /* 200 */ 803, 839, 853, 919, 991, 1018, 1067, 1092, 951, 1111, /* 210 */ 1112, 1115, 1116, 1117, 1119, 1120, 1121, 1122, 1123, 1124, /* 220 */ 1125, 1012, 1096, 1097, 1128, 1129, 1130, 1131, 1070, 1135, /* 230 */ 1137, 1152, 1077, 1153, 1155, 1114, 1156, 304, 1158, 1172, /* 240 */ 1173, 1174, 1175, 1176, 1089, 1091, 1133, 1098, 1126, 1139, /* 250 */ 1140, 1070, 1133, 1133, 1170, 1163, 1186, 1103, 1168, 1138, /* 260 */ 1141, 1110, 1169, 1171, 1132, 1177, 1189, 1194, 1181, 1200, /* 270 */ 1204, 1166, 1145, 1178, 1187, 1232, 1142, 1231, 1233, 1149, /* 280 */ 1150, 1238, 1179, 1182, 1212, 1205, 1219, 1220, 1221, 1222, /* 290 */ 1258, 1266, 1223, 1224, 1206, 1211, 1237, 1239, 1230, 1269, /* 300 */ 1272, 1195, 1197, 1280, 1284, 1268, 1285, 1289, 1290, 1293, /* 310 */ 1274, 1286, 1287, 1288, 1282, 1294, 1292, 1297, 1300, 1296, /* 320 */ 1301, 1306, 1304, 1249, 1250, 1308, 1271, 1275, 1273, 1276, /* 330 */ 1279, 1281, 1283, 1302, 1334, 1307, 1243, 1267, 1318, 1322, /* 340 */ 1303, 1371, 1299, 1328, 1332, 1340, 1342, 1384, 1391, 1400, /* 350 */ 1403, 1407, 1408, 1409, 1311, 1312, 1310, 1405, 1402, 1412, /* 360 */ 1417, 1420, 1406, 1393, 1395, 1421, 1422, 1423, 1424, 1415, }; static const YYACTIONTYPE yy_default[] = { /* 0 */ 1492, 1492, 1492, 1340, 1123, 1229, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1340, /* 10 */ 1340, 1340, 1123, 1259, 1259, 1391, 1154, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 20 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1339, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 30 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1265, 1123, /* 40 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1341, 1342, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1390, /* 50 */ 1392, 1275, 1274, 1273, 1272, 1373, 1246, 1270, 1263, 1267, /* 60 */ 1335, 1336, 1334, 1338, 1342, 1341, 1123, 1266, 1306, 1320, /* 70 */ 1305, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 80 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 90 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 100 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 110 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1314, 1319, 1325, /* 120 */ 1318, 1315, 1308, 1307, 1309, 1310, 1123, 1144, 1193, 1123, /* 130 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1409, 1408, 1123, 1123, 1154, 1311, 1312, /* 140 */ 1322, 1321, 1398, 1448, 1447, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 150 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 160 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 170 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1154, 1150, 1300, /* 180 */ 1299, 1418, 1150, 1253, 1123, 1404, 1229, 1220, 1123, 1123, /* 190 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 200 */ 1123, 1395, 1393, 1123, 1355, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 210 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 220 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 230 */ 1123, 1123, 1225, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 240 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1442, 1123, 1368, 1207, 1225, 1225, 1225, /* 250 */ 1225, 1227, 1208, 1206, 1219, 1154, 1130, 1484, 1269, 1248, /* 260 */ 1248, 1481, 1269, 1269, 1481, 1168, 1462, 1165, 1259, 1259, /* 270 */ 1259, 1248, 1337, 1226, 1219, 1123, 1484, 1234, 1234, 1483, /* 280 */ 1483, 1234, 1278, 1284, 1196, 1269, 1202, 1202, 1202, 1202, /* 290 */ 1234, 1141, 1269, 1269, 1278, 1284, 1196, 1196, 1269, 1234, /* 300 */ 1141, 1372, 1478, 1234, 1141, 1348, 1234, 1141, 1234, 1141, /* 310 */ 1348, 1194, 1194, 1194, 1183, 1348, 1194, 1168, 1194, 1183, /* 320 */ 1194, 1194, 1348, 1352, 1352, 1348, 1252, 1247, 1252, 1247, /* 330 */ 1252, 1247, 1252, 1247, 1234, 1253, 1417, 1123, 1264, 1253, /* 340 */ 1343, 1234, 1123, 1264, 1262, 1260, 1269, 1147, 1186, 1445, /* 350 */ 1445, 1441, 1441, 1441, 1489, 1489, 1404, 1457, 1154, 1154, /* 360 */ 1154, 1154, 1457, 1170, 1170, 1154, 1154, 1154, 1154, 1457, /* 370 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1452, 1123, 1357, 1238, /* 380 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 390 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 400 */ 1123, 1123, 1289, 1123, 1126, 1401, 1123, 1123, 1399, 1123, /* 410 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1239, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 420 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 430 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1480, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 440 */ 1123, 1371, 1370, 1123, 1123, 1236, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 450 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 460 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 470 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 480 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1261, 1123, 1416, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 490 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1430, 1254, 1123, 1123, 1471, 1123, 1123, /* 500 */ 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, 1123, /* 510 */ 1123, 1123, 1466, 1210, 1291, 1123, 1290, 1294, 1123, 1135, /* 520 */ 1123, }; /********** End of lemon-generated parsing tables *****************************/ /* The next table maps tokens (terminal symbols) into fallback tokens. ** If a construct like the following: ** ** %fallback ID X Y Z. ** ** appears in the grammar, then ID becomes a fallback token for X, Y, ** and Z. Whenever one of the tokens X, Y, or Z is input to the parser ** but it does not parse, the type of the token is changed to ID and ** the parse is retried before an error is thrown. ** ** This feature can be used, for example, to cause some keywords in a language ** to revert to identifiers if they keyword does not apply in the context where ** it appears. */ #ifdef YYFALLBACK static const YYCODETYPE yyFallback[] = { 0, /* $ => nothing */ 0, /* SEMI => nothing */ 59, /* EXPLAIN => ID */ 59, /* QUERY => ID */ 59, /* PLAN => ID */ 59, /* BEGIN => ID */ 0, /* TRANSACTION => nothing */ 59, /* DEFERRED => ID */ 59, /* IMMEDIATE => ID */ 59, /* EXCLUSIVE => ID */ 0, /* COMMIT => nothing */ 59, /* END => ID */ 59, /* ROLLBACK => ID */ 59, /* SAVEPOINT => ID */ 59, /* RELEASE => ID */ 0, /* TO => nothing */ 0, /* TABLE => nothing */ 0, /* CREATE => nothing */ 59, /* IF => ID */ 0, /* NOT => nothing */ 0, /* EXISTS => nothing */ 59, /* TEMP => ID */ 0, /* LP => nothing */ 0, /* RP => nothing */ 0, /* AS => nothing */ 59, /* WITHOUT => ID */ 0, /* COMMA => nothing */ 59, /* ABORT => ID */ 59, /* ACTION => ID */ 59, /* AFTER => ID */ 59, /* ANALYZE => ID */ 59, /* ASC => ID */ 59, /* ATTACH => ID */ 59, /* BEFORE => ID */ 59, /* BY => ID */ 59, /* CASCADE => ID */ 59, /* CAST => ID */ 59, /* CONFLICT => ID */ 59, /* DATABASE => ID */ 59, /* DESC => ID */ 59, /* DETACH => ID */ 59, /* EACH => ID */ 59, /* FAIL => ID */ 0, /* OR => nothing */ 0, /* AND => nothing */ 0, /* IS => nothing */ 59, /* MATCH => ID */ 59, /* LIKE_KW => ID */ 0, /* BETWEEN => nothing */ 0, /* IN => nothing */ 0, /* ISNULL => nothing */ 0, /* NOTNULL => nothing */ 0, /* NE => nothing */ 0, /* EQ => nothing */ 0, /* GT => nothing */ 0, /* LE => nothing */ 0, /* LT => nothing */ 0, /* GE => nothing */ 0, /* ESCAPE => nothing */ 0, /* ID => nothing */ 59, /* COLUMNKW => ID */ 59, /* DO => ID */ 59, /* FOR => ID */ 59, /* IGNORE => ID */ 59, /* INITIALLY => ID */ 59, /* INSTEAD => ID */ 59, /* NO => ID */ 59, /* KEY => ID */ 59, /* OF => ID */ 59, /* OFFSET => ID */ 59, /* PRAGMA => ID */ 59, /* RAISE => ID */ 59, /* RECURSIVE => ID */ 59, /* REPLACE => ID */ 59, /* RESTRICT => ID */ 59, /* ROW => ID */ 59, /* ROWS => ID */ 59, /* TRIGGER => ID */ 59, /* VACUUM => ID */ 59, /* VIEW => ID */ 59, /* VIRTUAL => ID */ 59, /* WITH => ID */ 59, /* CURRENT => ID */ 59, /* FOLLOWING => ID */ 59, /* PARTITION => ID */ 59, /* PRECEDING => ID */ 59, /* RANGE => ID */ 59, /* UNBOUNDED => ID */ 59, /* REINDEX => ID */ 59, /* RENAME => ID */ 59, /* CTIME_KW => ID */ }; #endif /* YYFALLBACK */ /* The following structure represents a single element of the ** parser's stack. Information stored includes: ** ** + The state number for the parser at this level of the stack. ** ** + The value of the token stored at this level of the stack. ** (In other words, the "major" token.) ** ** + The semantic value stored at this level of the stack. This is ** the information used by the action routines in the grammar. ** It is sometimes called the "minor" token. ** ** After the "shift" half of a SHIFTREDUCE action, the stateno field ** actually contains the reduce action for the second half of the ** SHIFTREDUCE. */ struct yyStackEntry { YYACTIONTYPE stateno; /* The state-number, or reduce action in SHIFTREDUCE */ YYCODETYPE major; /* The major token value. This is the code ** number for the token at this stack level */ YYMINORTYPE minor; /* The user-supplied minor token value. This ** is the value of the token */ }; typedef struct yyStackEntry yyStackEntry; /* The state of the parser is completely contained in an instance of ** the following structure */ struct yyParser { yyStackEntry *yytos; /* Pointer to top element of the stack */ #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH int yyhwm; /* High-water mark of the stack */ #endif #ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY int yyerrcnt; /* Shifts left before out of the error */ #endif sqlite3ParserARG_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_argument */ sqlite3ParserCTX_SDECL /* A place to hold %extra_context */ #if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 int yystksz; /* Current side of the stack */ yyStackEntry *yystack; /* The parser's stack */ yyStackEntry yystk0; /* First stack entry */ #else yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH]; /* The parser's stack */ yyStackEntry *yystackEnd; /* Last entry in the stack */ #endif }; typedef struct yyParser yyParser; #ifndef NDEBUG /* #include */ static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0; static char *yyTracePrompt = 0; #endif /* NDEBUG */ #ifndef NDEBUG /* ** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace ** and a prompt to preface each trace message. Tracing is turned off ** by making either argument NULL ** ** Inputs: **
      **
    • A FILE* to which trace output should be written. ** If NULL, then tracing is turned off. **
    • A prefix string written at the beginning of every ** line of trace output. If NULL, then tracing is ** turned off. **
    ** ** Outputs: ** None. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserTrace(FILE *TraceFILE, char *zTracePrompt){ yyTraceFILE = TraceFILE; yyTracePrompt = zTracePrompt; if( yyTraceFILE==0 ) yyTracePrompt = 0; else if( yyTracePrompt==0 ) yyTraceFILE = 0; } #endif /* NDEBUG */ #if defined(YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG) /* For tracing shifts, the names of all terminals and nonterminals ** are required. The following table supplies these names */ static const char *const yyTokenName[] = { /* 0 */ "$", /* 1 */ "SEMI", /* 2 */ "EXPLAIN", /* 3 */ "QUERY", /* 4 */ "PLAN", /* 5 */ "BEGIN", /* 6 */ "TRANSACTION", /* 7 */ "DEFERRED", /* 8 */ "IMMEDIATE", /* 9 */ "EXCLUSIVE", /* 10 */ "COMMIT", /* 11 */ "END", /* 12 */ "ROLLBACK", /* 13 */ "SAVEPOINT", /* 14 */ "RELEASE", /* 15 */ "TO", /* 16 */ "TABLE", /* 17 */ "CREATE", /* 18 */ "IF", /* 19 */ "NOT", /* 20 */ "EXISTS", /* 21 */ "TEMP", /* 22 */ "LP", /* 23 */ "RP", /* 24 */ "AS", /* 25 */ "WITHOUT", /* 26 */ "COMMA", /* 27 */ "ABORT", /* 28 */ "ACTION", /* 29 */ "AFTER", /* 30 */ "ANALYZE", /* 31 */ "ASC", /* 32 */ "ATTACH", /* 33 */ "BEFORE", /* 34 */ "BY", /* 35 */ "CASCADE", /* 36 */ "CAST", /* 37 */ "CONFLICT", /* 38 */ "DATABASE", /* 39 */ "DESC", /* 40 */ "DETACH", /* 41 */ "EACH", /* 42 */ "FAIL", /* 43 */ "OR", /* 44 */ "AND", /* 45 */ "IS", /* 46 */ "MATCH", /* 47 */ "LIKE_KW", /* 48 */ "BETWEEN", /* 49 */ "IN", /* 50 */ "ISNULL", /* 51 */ "NOTNULL", /* 52 */ "NE", /* 53 */ "EQ", /* 54 */ "GT", /* 55 */ "LE", /* 56 */ "LT", /* 57 */ "GE", /* 58 */ "ESCAPE", /* 59 */ "ID", /* 60 */ "COLUMNKW", /* 61 */ "DO", /* 62 */ "FOR", /* 63 */ "IGNORE", /* 64 */ "INITIALLY", /* 65 */ "INSTEAD", /* 66 */ "NO", /* 67 */ "KEY", /* 68 */ "OF", /* 69 */ "OFFSET", /* 70 */ "PRAGMA", /* 71 */ "RAISE", /* 72 */ "RECURSIVE", /* 73 */ "REPLACE", /* 74 */ "RESTRICT", /* 75 */ "ROW", /* 76 */ "ROWS", /* 77 */ "TRIGGER", /* 78 */ "VACUUM", /* 79 */ "VIEW", /* 80 */ "VIRTUAL", /* 81 */ "WITH", /* 82 */ "CURRENT", /* 83 */ "FOLLOWING", /* 84 */ "PARTITION", /* 85 */ "PRECEDING", /* 86 */ "RANGE", /* 87 */ "UNBOUNDED", /* 88 */ "REINDEX", /* 89 */ "RENAME", /* 90 */ "CTIME_KW", /* 91 */ "ANY", /* 92 */ "BITAND", /* 93 */ "BITOR", /* 94 */ "LSHIFT", /* 95 */ "RSHIFT", /* 96 */ "PLUS", /* 97 */ "MINUS", /* 98 */ "STAR", /* 99 */ "SLASH", /* 100 */ "REM", /* 101 */ "CONCAT", /* 102 */ "COLLATE", /* 103 */ "BITNOT", /* 104 */ "ON", /* 105 */ "INDEXED", /* 106 */ "STRING", /* 107 */ "JOIN_KW", /* 108 */ "CONSTRAINT", /* 109 */ "DEFAULT", /* 110 */ "NULL", /* 111 */ "PRIMARY", /* 112 */ "UNIQUE", /* 113 */ "CHECK", /* 114 */ "REFERENCES", /* 115 */ "AUTOINCR", /* 116 */ "INSERT", /* 117 */ "DELETE", /* 118 */ "UPDATE", /* 119 */ "SET", /* 120 */ "DEFERRABLE", /* 121 */ "FOREIGN", /* 122 */ "DROP", /* 123 */ "UNION", /* 124 */ "ALL", /* 125 */ "EXCEPT", /* 126 */ "INTERSECT", /* 127 */ "SELECT", /* 128 */ "VALUES", /* 129 */ "DISTINCT", /* 130 */ "DOT", /* 131 */ "FROM", /* 132 */ "JOIN", /* 133 */ "USING", /* 134 */ "ORDER", /* 135 */ "GROUP", /* 136 */ "HAVING", /* 137 */ "LIMIT", /* 138 */ "WHERE", /* 139 */ "INTO", /* 140 */ "NOTHING", /* 141 */ "FLOAT", /* 142 */ "BLOB", /* 143 */ "INTEGER", /* 144 */ "VARIABLE", /* 145 */ "CASE", /* 146 */ "WHEN", /* 147 */ "THEN", /* 148 */ "ELSE", /* 149 */ "INDEX", /* 150 */ "ALTER", /* 151 */ "ADD", /* 152 */ "WINDOW", /* 153 */ "OVER", /* 154 */ "FILTER", /* 155 */ "input", /* 156 */ "cmdlist", /* 157 */ "ecmd", /* 158 */ "cmdx", /* 159 */ "explain", /* 160 */ "cmd", /* 161 */ "transtype", /* 162 */ "trans_opt", /* 163 */ "nm", /* 164 */ "savepoint_opt", /* 165 */ "create_table", /* 166 */ "create_table_args", /* 167 */ "createkw", /* 168 */ "temp", /* 169 */ "ifnotexists", /* 170 */ "dbnm", /* 171 */ "columnlist", /* 172 */ "conslist_opt", /* 173 */ "table_options", /* 174 */ "select", /* 175 */ "columnname", /* 176 */ "carglist", /* 177 */ "typetoken", /* 178 */ "typename", /* 179 */ "signed", /* 180 */ "plus_num", /* 181 */ "minus_num", /* 182 */ "scanpt", /* 183 */ "ccons", /* 184 */ "term", /* 185 */ "expr", /* 186 */ "onconf", /* 187 */ "sortorder", /* 188 */ "autoinc", /* 189 */ "eidlist_opt", /* 190 */ "refargs", /* 191 */ "defer_subclause", /* 192 */ "refarg", /* 193 */ "refact", /* 194 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt", /* 195 */ "conslist", /* 196 */ "tconscomma", /* 197 */ "tcons", /* 198 */ "sortlist", /* 199 */ "eidlist", /* 200 */ "defer_subclause_opt", /* 201 */ "orconf", /* 202 */ "resolvetype", /* 203 */ "raisetype", /* 204 */ "ifexists", /* 205 */ "fullname", /* 206 */ "selectnowith", /* 207 */ "oneselect", /* 208 */ "wqlist", /* 209 */ "multiselect_op", /* 210 */ "distinct", /* 211 */ "selcollist", /* 212 */ "from", /* 213 */ "where_opt", /* 214 */ "groupby_opt", /* 215 */ "having_opt", /* 216 */ "orderby_opt", /* 217 */ "limit_opt", /* 218 */ "window_clause", /* 219 */ "values", /* 220 */ "nexprlist", /* 221 */ "sclp", /* 222 */ "as", /* 223 */ "seltablist", /* 224 */ "stl_prefix", /* 225 */ "joinop", /* 226 */ "indexed_opt", /* 227 */ "on_opt", /* 228 */ "using_opt", /* 229 */ "exprlist", /* 230 */ "xfullname", /* 231 */ "idlist", /* 232 */ "with", /* 233 */ "setlist", /* 234 */ "insert_cmd", /* 235 */ "idlist_opt", /* 236 */ "upsert", /* 237 */ "over_clause", /* 238 */ "likeop", /* 239 */ "between_op", /* 240 */ "in_op", /* 241 */ "paren_exprlist", /* 242 */ "case_operand", /* 243 */ "case_exprlist", /* 244 */ "case_else", /* 245 */ "uniqueflag", /* 246 */ "collate", /* 247 */ "nmnum", /* 248 */ "trigger_decl", /* 249 */ "trigger_cmd_list", /* 250 */ "trigger_time", /* 251 */ "trigger_event", /* 252 */ "foreach_clause", /* 253 */ "when_clause", /* 254 */ "trigger_cmd", /* 255 */ "trnm", /* 256 */ "tridxby", /* 257 */ "database_kw_opt", /* 258 */ "key_opt", /* 259 */ "add_column_fullname", /* 260 */ "kwcolumn_opt", /* 261 */ "create_vtab", /* 262 */ "vtabarglist", /* 263 */ "vtabarg", /* 264 */ "vtabargtoken", /* 265 */ "lp", /* 266 */ "anylist", /* 267 */ "windowdefn_list", /* 268 */ "windowdefn", /* 269 */ "window", /* 270 */ "frame_opt", /* 271 */ "part_opt", /* 272 */ "filter_opt", /* 273 */ "range_or_rows", /* 274 */ "frame_bound", /* 275 */ "frame_bound_s", /* 276 */ "frame_bound_e", }; #endif /* defined(YYCOVERAGE) || !defined(NDEBUG) */ #ifndef NDEBUG /* For tracing reduce actions, the names of all rules are required. */ static const char *const yyRuleName[] = { /* 0 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN", /* 1 */ "explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN", /* 2 */ "cmdx ::= cmd", /* 3 */ "cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt", /* 4 */ "transtype ::=", /* 5 */ "transtype ::= DEFERRED", /* 6 */ "transtype ::= IMMEDIATE", /* 7 */ "transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE", /* 8 */ "cmd ::= COMMIT|END trans_opt", /* 9 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt", /* 10 */ "cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm", /* 11 */ "cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm", /* 12 */ "cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm", /* 13 */ "create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm", /* 14 */ "createkw ::= CREATE", /* 15 */ "ifnotexists ::=", /* 16 */ "ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS", /* 17 */ "temp ::= TEMP", /* 18 */ "temp ::=", /* 19 */ "create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options", /* 20 */ "create_table_args ::= AS select", /* 21 */ "table_options ::=", /* 22 */ "table_options ::= WITHOUT nm", /* 23 */ "columnname ::= nm typetoken", /* 24 */ "typetoken ::=", /* 25 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP", /* 26 */ "typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP", /* 27 */ "typename ::= typename ID|STRING", /* 28 */ "scanpt ::=", /* 29 */ "ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", /* 30 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt term scanpt", /* 31 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP", /* 32 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term scanpt", /* 33 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term scanpt", /* 34 */ "ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt ID|INDEXED", /* 35 */ "ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf", /* 36 */ "ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc", /* 37 */ "ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf", /* 38 */ "ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP", /* 39 */ "ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs", /* 40 */ "ccons ::= defer_subclause", /* 41 */ "ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING", /* 42 */ "autoinc ::=", /* 43 */ "autoinc ::= AUTOINCR", /* 44 */ "refargs ::=", /* 45 */ "refargs ::= refargs refarg", /* 46 */ "refarg ::= MATCH nm", /* 47 */ "refarg ::= ON INSERT refact", /* 48 */ "refarg ::= ON DELETE refact", /* 49 */ "refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact", /* 50 */ "refact ::= SET NULL", /* 51 */ "refact ::= SET DEFAULT", /* 52 */ "refact ::= CASCADE", /* 53 */ "refact ::= RESTRICT", /* 54 */ "refact ::= NO ACTION", /* 55 */ "defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", /* 56 */ "defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt", /* 57 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::=", /* 58 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED", /* 59 */ "init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE", /* 60 */ "conslist_opt ::=", /* 61 */ "tconscomma ::= COMMA", /* 62 */ "tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm", /* 63 */ "tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf", /* 64 */ "tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf", /* 65 */ "tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf", /* 66 */ "tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt", /* 67 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::=", /* 68 */ "onconf ::=", /* 69 */ "onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype", /* 70 */ "orconf ::=", /* 71 */ "orconf ::= OR resolvetype", /* 72 */ "resolvetype ::= IGNORE", /* 73 */ "resolvetype ::= REPLACE", /* 74 */ "cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname", /* 75 */ "ifexists ::= IF EXISTS", /* 76 */ "ifexists ::=", /* 77 */ "cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select", /* 78 */ "cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname", /* 79 */ "cmd ::= select", /* 80 */ "select ::= WITH wqlist selectnowith", /* 81 */ "select ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist selectnowith", /* 82 */ "select ::= selectnowith", /* 83 */ "selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect", /* 84 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION", /* 85 */ "multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL", /* 86 */ "multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT", /* 87 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt", /* 88 */ "oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt window_clause orderby_opt limit_opt", /* 89 */ "values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP", /* 90 */ "values ::= values COMMA LP nexprlist RP", /* 91 */ "distinct ::= DISTINCT", /* 92 */ "distinct ::= ALL", /* 93 */ "distinct ::=", /* 94 */ "sclp ::=", /* 95 */ "selcollist ::= sclp scanpt expr scanpt as", /* 96 */ "selcollist ::= sclp scanpt STAR", /* 97 */ "selcollist ::= sclp scanpt nm DOT STAR", /* 98 */ "as ::= AS nm", /* 99 */ "as ::=", /* 100 */ "from ::=", /* 101 */ "from ::= FROM seltablist", /* 102 */ "stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop", /* 103 */ "stl_prefix ::=", /* 104 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt", /* 105 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt", /* 106 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt", /* 107 */ "seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt", /* 108 */ "dbnm ::=", /* 109 */ "dbnm ::= DOT nm", /* 110 */ "fullname ::= nm", /* 111 */ "fullname ::= nm DOT nm", /* 112 */ "xfullname ::= nm", /* 113 */ "xfullname ::= nm DOT nm", /* 114 */ "xfullname ::= nm DOT nm AS nm", /* 115 */ "xfullname ::= nm AS nm", /* 116 */ "joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN", /* 117 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN", /* 118 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN", /* 119 */ "joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN", /* 120 */ "on_opt ::= ON expr", /* 121 */ "on_opt ::=", /* 122 */ "indexed_opt ::=", /* 123 */ "indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm", /* 124 */ "indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED", /* 125 */ "using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP", /* 126 */ "using_opt ::=", /* 127 */ "orderby_opt ::=", /* 128 */ "orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist", /* 129 */ "sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder", /* 130 */ "sortlist ::= expr sortorder", /* 131 */ "sortorder ::= ASC", /* 132 */ "sortorder ::= DESC", /* 133 */ "sortorder ::=", /* 134 */ "groupby_opt ::=", /* 135 */ "groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist", /* 136 */ "having_opt ::=", /* 137 */ "having_opt ::= HAVING expr", /* 138 */ "limit_opt ::=", /* 139 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr", /* 140 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr", /* 141 */ "limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr", /* 142 */ "cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt", /* 143 */ "where_opt ::=", /* 144 */ "where_opt ::= WHERE expr", /* 145 */ "cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt", /* 146 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr", /* 147 */ "setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr", /* 148 */ "setlist ::= nm EQ expr", /* 149 */ "setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr", /* 150 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt select upsert", /* 151 */ "cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES", /* 152 */ "upsert ::=", /* 153 */ "upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO UPDATE SET setlist where_opt", /* 154 */ "upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO NOTHING", /* 155 */ "upsert ::= ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING", /* 156 */ "insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf", /* 157 */ "insert_cmd ::= REPLACE", /* 158 */ "idlist_opt ::=", /* 159 */ "idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP", /* 160 */ "idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm", /* 161 */ "idlist ::= nm", /* 162 */ "expr ::= LP expr RP", /* 163 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED", /* 164 */ "expr ::= JOIN_KW", /* 165 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm", /* 166 */ "expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm", /* 167 */ "term ::= NULL|FLOAT|BLOB", /* 168 */ "term ::= STRING", /* 169 */ "term ::= INTEGER", /* 170 */ "expr ::= VARIABLE", /* 171 */ "expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING", /* 172 */ "expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP", /* 173 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP", /* 174 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP", /* 175 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP over_clause", /* 176 */ "expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP over_clause", /* 177 */ "term ::= CTIME_KW", /* 178 */ "expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP", /* 179 */ "expr ::= expr AND expr", /* 180 */ "expr ::= expr OR expr", /* 181 */ "expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr", /* 182 */ "expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr", /* 183 */ "expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr", /* 184 */ "expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr", /* 185 */ "expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr", /* 186 */ "expr ::= expr CONCAT expr", /* 187 */ "likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH", /* 188 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr", /* 189 */ "expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr", /* 190 */ "expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL", /* 191 */ "expr ::= expr NOT NULL", /* 192 */ "expr ::= expr IS expr", /* 193 */ "expr ::= expr IS NOT expr", /* 194 */ "expr ::= NOT expr", /* 195 */ "expr ::= BITNOT expr", /* 196 */ "expr ::= PLUS|MINUS expr", /* 197 */ "between_op ::= BETWEEN", /* 198 */ "between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN", /* 199 */ "expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr", /* 200 */ "in_op ::= IN", /* 201 */ "in_op ::= NOT IN", /* 202 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP", /* 203 */ "expr ::= LP select RP", /* 204 */ "expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP", /* 205 */ "expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist", /* 206 */ "expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP", /* 207 */ "expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END", /* 208 */ "case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr", /* 209 */ "case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr", /* 210 */ "case_else ::= ELSE expr", /* 211 */ "case_else ::=", /* 212 */ "case_operand ::= expr", /* 213 */ "case_operand ::=", /* 214 */ "exprlist ::=", /* 215 */ "nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr", /* 216 */ "nexprlist ::= expr", /* 217 */ "paren_exprlist ::=", /* 218 */ "paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP", /* 219 */ "cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt", /* 220 */ "uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE", /* 221 */ "uniqueflag ::=", /* 222 */ "eidlist_opt ::=", /* 223 */ "eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP", /* 224 */ "eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder", /* 225 */ "eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder", /* 226 */ "collate ::=", /* 227 */ "collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING", /* 228 */ "cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname", /* 229 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM", /* 230 */ "cmd ::= VACUUM nm", /* 231 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm", /* 232 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum", /* 233 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP", /* 234 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num", /* 235 */ "cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP", /* 236 */ "plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT", /* 237 */ "minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT", /* 238 */ "cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END", /* 239 */ "trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause", /* 240 */ "trigger_time ::= BEFORE|AFTER", /* 241 */ "trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF", /* 242 */ "trigger_time ::=", /* 243 */ "trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT", /* 244 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE", /* 245 */ "trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist", /* 246 */ "when_clause ::=", /* 247 */ "when_clause ::= WHEN expr", /* 248 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI", /* 249 */ "trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI", /* 250 */ "trnm ::= nm DOT nm", /* 251 */ "tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm", /* 252 */ "tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED", /* 253 */ "trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt", /* 254 */ "trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt", /* 255 */ "trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt", /* 256 */ "trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt", /* 257 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP", /* 258 */ "expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP", /* 259 */ "raisetype ::= ROLLBACK", /* 260 */ "raisetype ::= ABORT", /* 261 */ "raisetype ::= FAIL", /* 262 */ "cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname", /* 263 */ "cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt", /* 264 */ "cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr", /* 265 */ "key_opt ::=", /* 266 */ "key_opt ::= KEY expr", /* 267 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX", /* 268 */ "cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm", /* 269 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE", /* 270 */ "cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm", /* 271 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm", /* 272 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist", /* 273 */ "add_column_fullname ::= fullname", /* 274 */ "cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME kwcolumn_opt nm TO nm", /* 275 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab", /* 276 */ "cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP", /* 277 */ "create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm", /* 278 */ "vtabarg ::=", /* 279 */ "vtabargtoken ::= ANY", /* 280 */ "vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP", /* 281 */ "lp ::= LP", /* 282 */ "with ::= WITH wqlist", /* 283 */ "with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist", /* 284 */ "wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP", /* 285 */ "wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP", /* 286 */ "windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn", /* 287 */ "windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn_list COMMA windowdefn", /* 288 */ "windowdefn ::= nm AS window", /* 289 */ "window ::= LP part_opt orderby_opt frame_opt RP", /* 290 */ "part_opt ::= PARTITION BY nexprlist", /* 291 */ "part_opt ::=", /* 292 */ "frame_opt ::=", /* 293 */ "frame_opt ::= range_or_rows frame_bound_s", /* 294 */ "frame_opt ::= range_or_rows BETWEEN frame_bound_s AND frame_bound_e", /* 295 */ "range_or_rows ::= RANGE", /* 296 */ "range_or_rows ::= ROWS", /* 297 */ "frame_bound_s ::= frame_bound", /* 298 */ "frame_bound_s ::= UNBOUNDED PRECEDING", /* 299 */ "frame_bound_e ::= frame_bound", /* 300 */ "frame_bound_e ::= UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING", /* 301 */ "frame_bound ::= expr PRECEDING", /* 302 */ "frame_bound ::= CURRENT ROW", /* 303 */ "frame_bound ::= expr FOLLOWING", /* 304 */ "window_clause ::= WINDOW windowdefn_list", /* 305 */ "over_clause ::= filter_opt OVER window", /* 306 */ "over_clause ::= filter_opt OVER nm", /* 307 */ "filter_opt ::=", /* 308 */ "filter_opt ::= FILTER LP WHERE expr RP", /* 309 */ "input ::= cmdlist", /* 310 */ "cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd", /* 311 */ "cmdlist ::= ecmd", /* 312 */ "ecmd ::= SEMI", /* 313 */ "ecmd ::= cmdx SEMI", /* 314 */ "ecmd ::= explain cmdx", /* 315 */ "trans_opt ::=", /* 316 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION", /* 317 */ "trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm", /* 318 */ "savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT", /* 319 */ "savepoint_opt ::=", /* 320 */ "cmd ::= create_table create_table_args", /* 321 */ "columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist", /* 322 */ "columnlist ::= columnname carglist", /* 323 */ "nm ::= ID|INDEXED", /* 324 */ "nm ::= STRING", /* 325 */ "nm ::= JOIN_KW", /* 326 */ "typetoken ::= typename", /* 327 */ "typename ::= ID|STRING", /* 328 */ "signed ::= plus_num", /* 329 */ "signed ::= minus_num", /* 330 */ "carglist ::= carglist ccons", /* 331 */ "carglist ::=", /* 332 */ "ccons ::= NULL onconf", /* 333 */ "conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist", /* 334 */ "conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons", /* 335 */ "conslist ::= tcons", /* 336 */ "tconscomma ::=", /* 337 */ "defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause", /* 338 */ "resolvetype ::= raisetype", /* 339 */ "selectnowith ::= oneselect", /* 340 */ "oneselect ::= values", /* 341 */ "sclp ::= selcollist COMMA", /* 342 */ "as ::= ID|STRING", /* 343 */ "expr ::= term", /* 344 */ "likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH", /* 345 */ "exprlist ::= nexprlist", /* 346 */ "nmnum ::= plus_num", /* 347 */ "nmnum ::= nm", /* 348 */ "nmnum ::= ON", /* 349 */ "nmnum ::= DELETE", /* 350 */ "nmnum ::= DEFAULT", /* 351 */ "plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT", /* 352 */ "foreach_clause ::=", /* 353 */ "foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW", /* 354 */ "trnm ::= nm", /* 355 */ "tridxby ::=", /* 356 */ "database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE", /* 357 */ "database_kw_opt ::=", /* 358 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::=", /* 359 */ "kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW", /* 360 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarg", /* 361 */ "vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg", /* 362 */ "vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken", /* 363 */ "anylist ::=", /* 364 */ "anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP", /* 365 */ "anylist ::= anylist ANY", /* 366 */ "with ::=", }; #endif /* NDEBUG */ #if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 /* ** Try to increase the size of the parser stack. Return the number ** of errors. Return 0 on success. */ static int yyGrowStack(yyParser *p){ int newSize; int idx; yyStackEntry *pNew; newSize = p->yystksz*2 + 100; idx = p->yytos ? (int)(p->yytos - p->yystack) : 0; if( p->yystack==&p->yystk0 ){ pNew = malloc(newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); if( pNew ) pNew[0] = p->yystk0; }else{ pNew = realloc(p->yystack, newSize*sizeof(pNew[0])); } if( pNew ){ p->yystack = pNew; p->yytos = &p->yystack[idx]; #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sStack grows from %d to %d entries.\n", yyTracePrompt, p->yystksz, newSize); } #endif p->yystksz = newSize; } return pNew==0; } #endif /* Datatype of the argument to the memory allocated passed as the ** second argument to sqlite3ParserAlloc() below. This can be changed by ** putting an appropriate #define in the %include section of the input ** grammar. */ #ifndef YYMALLOCARGTYPE # define YYMALLOCARGTYPE size_t #endif /* Initialize a new parser that has already been allocated. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserInit(void *yypRawParser sqlite3ParserCTX_PDECL){ yyParser *yypParser = (yyParser*)yypRawParser; sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH yypParser->yyhwm = 0; #endif #if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 yypParser->yytos = NULL; yypParser->yystack = NULL; yypParser->yystksz = 0; if( yyGrowStack(yypParser) ){ yypParser->yystack = &yypParser->yystk0; yypParser->yystksz = 1; } #endif #ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; #endif yypParser->yytos = yypParser->yystack; yypParser->yystack[0].stateno = 0; yypParser->yystack[0].major = 0; #if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 yypParser->yystackEnd = &yypParser->yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH-1]; #endif } #ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK /* ** This function allocates a new parser. ** The only argument is a pointer to a function which works like ** malloc. ** ** Inputs: ** A pointer to the function used to allocate memory. ** ** Outputs: ** A pointer to a parser. This pointer is used in subsequent calls ** to sqlite3Parser and sqlite3ParserFree. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3ParserAlloc(void *(*mallocProc)(YYMALLOCARGTYPE) sqlite3ParserCTX_PDECL){ yyParser *yypParser; yypParser = (yyParser*)(*mallocProc)( (YYMALLOCARGTYPE)sizeof(yyParser) ); if( yypParser ){ sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE sqlite3ParserInit(yypParser sqlite3ParserCTX_PARAM); } return (void*)yypParser; } #endif /* sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */ /* The following function deletes the "minor type" or semantic value ** associated with a symbol. The symbol can be either a terminal ** or nonterminal. "yymajor" is the symbol code, and "yypminor" is ** a pointer to the value to be deleted. The code used to do the ** deletions is derived from the %destructor and/or %token_destructor ** directives of the input grammar. */ static void yy_destructor( yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ YYCODETYPE yymajor, /* Type code for object to destroy */ YYMINORTYPE *yypminor /* The object to be destroyed */ ){ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH switch( yymajor ){ /* Here is inserted the actions which take place when a ** terminal or non-terminal is destroyed. This can happen ** when the symbol is popped from the stack during a ** reduce or during error processing or when a parser is ** being destroyed before it is finished parsing. ** ** Note: during a reduce, the only symbols destroyed are those ** which appear on the RHS of the rule, but which are *not* used ** inside the C code. */ /********* Begin destructor definitions ***************************************/ case 174: /* select */ case 206: /* selectnowith */ case 207: /* oneselect */ case 219: /* values */ { sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy489)); } break; case 184: /* term */ case 185: /* expr */ case 213: /* where_opt */ case 215: /* having_opt */ case 227: /* on_opt */ case 242: /* case_operand */ case 244: /* case_else */ case 253: /* when_clause */ case 258: /* key_opt */ case 272: /* filter_opt */ { sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy18)); } break; case 189: /* eidlist_opt */ case 198: /* sortlist */ case 199: /* eidlist */ case 211: /* selcollist */ case 214: /* groupby_opt */ case 216: /* orderby_opt */ case 220: /* nexprlist */ case 221: /* sclp */ case 229: /* exprlist */ case 233: /* setlist */ case 241: /* paren_exprlist */ case 243: /* case_exprlist */ case 271: /* part_opt */ { sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy420)); } break; case 205: /* fullname */ case 212: /* from */ case 223: /* seltablist */ case 224: /* stl_prefix */ case 230: /* xfullname */ { sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy135)); } break; case 208: /* wqlist */ { sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy449)); } break; case 218: /* window_clause */ case 267: /* windowdefn_list */ { sqlite3WindowListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy327)); } break; case 228: /* using_opt */ case 231: /* idlist */ case 235: /* idlist_opt */ { sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy48)); } break; case 237: /* over_clause */ case 268: /* windowdefn */ case 269: /* window */ case 270: /* frame_opt */ { sqlite3WindowDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy327)); } break; case 249: /* trigger_cmd_list */ case 254: /* trigger_cmd */ { sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy207)); } break; case 251: /* trigger_event */ { sqlite3IdListDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy34).b); } break; case 274: /* frame_bound */ case 275: /* frame_bound_s */ case 276: /* frame_bound_e */ { sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, (yypminor->yy119).pExpr); } break; /********* End destructor definitions *****************************************/ default: break; /* If no destructor action specified: do nothing */ } } /* ** Pop the parser's stack once. ** ** If there is a destructor routine associated with the token which ** is popped from the stack, then call it. */ static void yy_pop_parser_stack(yyParser *pParser){ yyStackEntry *yytos; assert( pParser->yytos!=0 ); assert( pParser->yytos > pParser->yystack ); yytos = pParser->yytos--; #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sPopping %s\n", yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[yytos->major]); } #endif yy_destructor(pParser, yytos->major, &yytos->minor); } /* ** Clear all secondary memory allocations from the parser */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFinalize(void *p){ yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; while( pParser->yytos>pParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(pParser); #if YYSTACKDEPTH<=0 if( pParser->yystack!=&pParser->yystk0 ) free(pParser->yystack); #endif } #ifndef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK /* ** Deallocate and destroy a parser. Destructors are called for ** all stack elements before shutting the parser down. ** ** If the YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL macro exists (for example because it ** is defined in a %include section of the input grammar) then it is ** assumed that the input pointer is never NULL. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ParserFree( void *p, /* The parser to be deleted */ void (*freeProc)(void*) /* Function used to reclaim memory */ ){ #ifndef YYPARSEFREENEVERNULL if( p==0 ) return; #endif sqlite3ParserFinalize(p); (*freeProc)(p); } #endif /* sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK */ /* ** Return the peak depth of the stack for a parser. */ #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserStackPeak(void *p){ yyParser *pParser = (yyParser*)p; return pParser->yyhwm; } #endif /* This array of booleans keeps track of the parser statement ** coverage. The element yycoverage[X][Y] is set when the parser ** is in state X and has a lookahead token Y. In a well-tested ** systems, every element of this matrix should end up being set. */ #if defined(YYCOVERAGE) static unsigned char yycoverage[YYNSTATE][YYNTOKEN]; #endif /* ** Write into out a description of every state/lookahead combination that ** ** (1) has not been used by the parser, and ** (2) is not a syntax error. ** ** Return the number of missed state/lookahead combinations. */ #if defined(YYCOVERAGE) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserCoverage(FILE *out){ int stateno, iLookAhead, i; int nMissed = 0; for(stateno=0; statenoYY_MAX_SHIFT ) return stateno; assert( stateno <= YY_SHIFT_COUNT ); #if defined(YYCOVERAGE) yycoverage[stateno][iLookAhead] = 1; #endif do{ i = yy_shift_ofst[stateno]; assert( i>=0 ); /* assert( i+YYNTOKEN<=(int)YY_NLOOKAHEAD ); */ assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); assert( iLookAhead < YYNTOKEN ); i += iLookAhead; if( i>=YY_NLOOKAHEAD || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ #ifdef YYFALLBACK YYCODETYPE iFallback; /* Fallback token */ if( iLookAhead %s\n", yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[iFallback]); } #endif assert( yyFallback[iFallback]==0 ); /* Fallback loop must terminate */ iLookAhead = iFallback; continue; } #endif #ifdef YYWILDCARD { int j = i - iLookAhead + YYWILDCARD; if( #if YY_SHIFT_MIN+YYWILDCARD<0 j>=0 && #endif #if YY_SHIFT_MAX+YYWILDCARD>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT j0 ){ #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sWILDCARD %s => %s\n", yyTracePrompt, yyTokenName[iLookAhead], yyTokenName[YYWILDCARD]); } #endif /* NDEBUG */ return yy_action[j]; } } #endif /* YYWILDCARD */ return yy_default[stateno]; }else{ return yy_action[i]; } }while(1); } /* ** Find the appropriate action for a parser given the non-terminal ** look-ahead token iLookAhead. */ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_find_reduce_action( YYACTIONTYPE stateno, /* Current state number */ YYCODETYPE iLookAhead /* The look-ahead token */ ){ int i; #ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL if( stateno>YY_REDUCE_COUNT ){ return yy_default[stateno]; } #else assert( stateno<=YY_REDUCE_COUNT ); #endif i = yy_reduce_ofst[stateno]; assert( iLookAhead!=YYNOCODE ); i += iLookAhead; #ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL if( i<0 || i>=YY_ACTTAB_COUNT || yy_lookahead[i]!=iLookAhead ){ return yy_default[stateno]; } #else assert( i>=0 && iyytos>yypParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); /* Here code is inserted which will execute if the parser ** stack every overflows */ /******** Begin %stack_overflow code ******************************************/ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parser stack overflow"); /******** End %stack_overflow code ********************************************/ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument var */ sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE } /* ** Print tracing information for a SHIFT action */ #ifndef NDEBUG static void yyTraceShift(yyParser *yypParser, int yyNewState, const char *zTag){ if( yyTraceFILE ){ if( yyNewStateyytos->major], yyNewState); }else{ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%s%s '%s', pending reduce %d\n", yyTracePrompt, zTag, yyTokenName[yypParser->yytos->major], yyNewState - YY_MIN_REDUCE); } } } #else # define yyTraceShift(X,Y,Z) #endif /* ** Perform a shift action. */ static void yy_shift( yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser to be shifted */ YYACTIONTYPE yyNewState, /* The new state to shift in */ YYCODETYPE yyMajor, /* The major token to shift in */ sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyMinor /* The minor token to shift in */ ){ yyStackEntry *yytos; yypParser->yytos++; #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH if( (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack)>yypParser->yyhwm ){ yypParser->yyhwm++; assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack) ); } #endif #if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 if( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystackEnd ){ yypParser->yytos--; yyStackOverflow(yypParser); return; } #else if( yypParser->yytos>=&yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yystksz] ){ if( yyGrowStack(yypParser) ){ yypParser->yytos--; yyStackOverflow(yypParser); return; } } #endif if( yyNewState > YY_MAX_SHIFT ){ yyNewState += YY_MIN_REDUCE - YY_MIN_SHIFTREDUCE; } yytos = yypParser->yytos; yytos->stateno = yyNewState; yytos->major = yyMajor; yytos->minor.yy0 = yyMinor; yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyNewState, "Shift"); } /* The following table contains information about every rule that ** is used during the reduce. */ static const struct { YYCODETYPE lhs; /* Symbol on the left-hand side of the rule */ signed char nrhs; /* Negative of the number of RHS symbols in the rule */ } yyRuleInfo[] = { { 159, -1 }, /* (0) explain ::= EXPLAIN */ { 159, -3 }, /* (1) explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ { 158, -1 }, /* (2) cmdx ::= cmd */ { 160, -3 }, /* (3) cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ { 161, 0 }, /* (4) transtype ::= */ { 161, -1 }, /* (5) transtype ::= DEFERRED */ { 161, -1 }, /* (6) transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ { 161, -1 }, /* (7) transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ { 160, -2 }, /* (8) cmd ::= COMMIT|END trans_opt */ { 160, -2 }, /* (9) cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ { 160, -2 }, /* (10) cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ { 160, -3 }, /* (11) cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ { 160, -5 }, /* (12) cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ { 165, -6 }, /* (13) create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ { 167, -1 }, /* (14) createkw ::= CREATE */ { 169, 0 }, /* (15) ifnotexists ::= */ { 169, -3 }, /* (16) ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ { 168, -1 }, /* (17) temp ::= TEMP */ { 168, 0 }, /* (18) temp ::= */ { 166, -5 }, /* (19) create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */ { 166, -2 }, /* (20) create_table_args ::= AS select */ { 173, 0 }, /* (21) table_options ::= */ { 173, -2 }, /* (22) table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */ { 175, -2 }, /* (23) columnname ::= nm typetoken */ { 177, 0 }, /* (24) typetoken ::= */ { 177, -4 }, /* (25) typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ { 177, -6 }, /* (26) typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ { 178, -2 }, /* (27) typename ::= typename ID|STRING */ { 182, 0 }, /* (28) scanpt ::= */ { 183, -2 }, /* (29) ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ { 183, -4 }, /* (30) ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt term scanpt */ { 183, -4 }, /* (31) ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ { 183, -4 }, /* (32) ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term scanpt */ { 183, -4 }, /* (33) ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term scanpt */ { 183, -3 }, /* (34) ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt ID|INDEXED */ { 183, -3 }, /* (35) ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ { 183, -5 }, /* (36) ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ { 183, -2 }, /* (37) ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ { 183, -4 }, /* (38) ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ { 183, -4 }, /* (39) ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs */ { 183, -1 }, /* (40) ccons ::= defer_subclause */ { 183, -2 }, /* (41) ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ { 188, 0 }, /* (42) autoinc ::= */ { 188, -1 }, /* (43) autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ { 190, 0 }, /* (44) refargs ::= */ { 190, -2 }, /* (45) refargs ::= refargs refarg */ { 192, -2 }, /* (46) refarg ::= MATCH nm */ { 192, -3 }, /* (47) refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ { 192, -3 }, /* (48) refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ { 192, -3 }, /* (49) refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ { 193, -2 }, /* (50) refact ::= SET NULL */ { 193, -2 }, /* (51) refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ { 193, -1 }, /* (52) refact ::= CASCADE */ { 193, -1 }, /* (53) refact ::= RESTRICT */ { 193, -2 }, /* (54) refact ::= NO ACTION */ { 191, -3 }, /* (55) defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ { 191, -2 }, /* (56) defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ { 194, 0 }, /* (57) init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ { 194, -2 }, /* (58) init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ { 194, -2 }, /* (59) init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ { 172, 0 }, /* (60) conslist_opt ::= */ { 196, -1 }, /* (61) tconscomma ::= COMMA */ { 197, -2 }, /* (62) tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ { 197, -7 }, /* (63) tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf */ { 197, -5 }, /* (64) tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf */ { 197, -5 }, /* (65) tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ { 197, -10 }, /* (66) tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ { 200, 0 }, /* (67) defer_subclause_opt ::= */ { 186, 0 }, /* (68) onconf ::= */ { 186, -3 }, /* (69) onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ { 201, 0 }, /* (70) orconf ::= */ { 201, -2 }, /* (71) orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ { 202, -1 }, /* (72) resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ { 202, -1 }, /* (73) resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ { 160, -4 }, /* (74) cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ { 204, -2 }, /* (75) ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ { 204, 0 }, /* (76) ifexists ::= */ { 160, -9 }, /* (77) cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select */ { 160, -4 }, /* (78) cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ { 160, -1 }, /* (79) cmd ::= select */ { 174, -3 }, /* (80) select ::= WITH wqlist selectnowith */ { 174, -4 }, /* (81) select ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist selectnowith */ { 174, -1 }, /* (82) select ::= selectnowith */ { 206, -3 }, /* (83) selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */ { 209, -1 }, /* (84) multiselect_op ::= UNION */ { 209, -2 }, /* (85) multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ { 209, -1 }, /* (86) multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ { 207, -9 }, /* (87) oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ { 207, -10 }, /* (88) oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt window_clause orderby_opt limit_opt */ { 219, -4 }, /* (89) values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */ { 219, -5 }, /* (90) values ::= values COMMA LP nexprlist RP */ { 210, -1 }, /* (91) distinct ::= DISTINCT */ { 210, -1 }, /* (92) distinct ::= ALL */ { 210, 0 }, /* (93) distinct ::= */ { 221, 0 }, /* (94) sclp ::= */ { 211, -5 }, /* (95) selcollist ::= sclp scanpt expr scanpt as */ { 211, -3 }, /* (96) selcollist ::= sclp scanpt STAR */ { 211, -5 }, /* (97) selcollist ::= sclp scanpt nm DOT STAR */ { 222, -2 }, /* (98) as ::= AS nm */ { 222, 0 }, /* (99) as ::= */ { 212, 0 }, /* (100) from ::= */ { 212, -2 }, /* (101) from ::= FROM seltablist */ { 224, -2 }, /* (102) stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ { 224, 0 }, /* (103) stl_prefix ::= */ { 223, -7 }, /* (104) seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ { 223, -9 }, /* (105) seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt */ { 223, -7 }, /* (106) seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ { 223, -7 }, /* (107) seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ { 170, 0 }, /* (108) dbnm ::= */ { 170, -2 }, /* (109) dbnm ::= DOT nm */ { 205, -1 }, /* (110) fullname ::= nm */ { 205, -3 }, /* (111) fullname ::= nm DOT nm */ { 230, -1 }, /* (112) xfullname ::= nm */ { 230, -3 }, /* (113) xfullname ::= nm DOT nm */ { 230, -5 }, /* (114) xfullname ::= nm DOT nm AS nm */ { 230, -3 }, /* (115) xfullname ::= nm AS nm */ { 225, -1 }, /* (116) joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ { 225, -2 }, /* (117) joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ { 225, -3 }, /* (118) joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ { 225, -4 }, /* (119) joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ { 227, -2 }, /* (120) on_opt ::= ON expr */ { 227, 0 }, /* (121) on_opt ::= */ { 226, 0 }, /* (122) indexed_opt ::= */ { 226, -3 }, /* (123) indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ { 226, -2 }, /* (124) indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ { 228, -4 }, /* (125) using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */ { 228, 0 }, /* (126) using_opt ::= */ { 216, 0 }, /* (127) orderby_opt ::= */ { 216, -3 }, /* (128) orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ { 198, -4 }, /* (129) sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */ { 198, -2 }, /* (130) sortlist ::= expr sortorder */ { 187, -1 }, /* (131) sortorder ::= ASC */ { 187, -1 }, /* (132) sortorder ::= DESC */ { 187, 0 }, /* (133) sortorder ::= */ { 214, 0 }, /* (134) groupby_opt ::= */ { 214, -3 }, /* (135) groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ { 215, 0 }, /* (136) having_opt ::= */ { 215, -2 }, /* (137) having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ { 217, 0 }, /* (138) limit_opt ::= */ { 217, -2 }, /* (139) limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ { 217, -4 }, /* (140) limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ { 217, -4 }, /* (141) limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ { 160, -6 }, /* (142) cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt */ { 213, 0 }, /* (143) where_opt ::= */ { 213, -2 }, /* (144) where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ { 160, -8 }, /* (145) cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ { 233, -5 }, /* (146) setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ { 233, -7 }, /* (147) setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */ { 233, -3 }, /* (148) setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ { 233, -5 }, /* (149) setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr */ { 160, -7 }, /* (150) cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt select upsert */ { 160, -7 }, /* (151) cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ { 236, 0 }, /* (152) upsert ::= */ { 236, -11 }, /* (153) upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO UPDATE SET setlist where_opt */ { 236, -8 }, /* (154) upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO NOTHING */ { 236, -4 }, /* (155) upsert ::= ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING */ { 234, -2 }, /* (156) insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ { 234, -1 }, /* (157) insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ { 235, 0 }, /* (158) idlist_opt ::= */ { 235, -3 }, /* (159) idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */ { 231, -3 }, /* (160) idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */ { 231, -1 }, /* (161) idlist ::= nm */ { 185, -3 }, /* (162) expr ::= LP expr RP */ { 185, -1 }, /* (163) expr ::= ID|INDEXED */ { 185, -1 }, /* (164) expr ::= JOIN_KW */ { 185, -3 }, /* (165) expr ::= nm DOT nm */ { 185, -5 }, /* (166) expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ { 184, -1 }, /* (167) term ::= NULL|FLOAT|BLOB */ { 184, -1 }, /* (168) term ::= STRING */ { 184, -1 }, /* (169) term ::= INTEGER */ { 185, -1 }, /* (170) expr ::= VARIABLE */ { 185, -3 }, /* (171) expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */ { 185, -6 }, /* (172) expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ { 185, -5 }, /* (173) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */ { 185, -4 }, /* (174) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */ { 185, -6 }, /* (175) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP over_clause */ { 185, -5 }, /* (176) expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP over_clause */ { 184, -1 }, /* (177) term ::= CTIME_KW */ { 185, -5 }, /* (178) expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP */ { 185, -3 }, /* (179) expr ::= expr AND expr */ { 185, -3 }, /* (180) expr ::= expr OR expr */ { 185, -3 }, /* (181) expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ { 185, -3 }, /* (182) expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ { 185, -3 }, /* (183) expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ { 185, -3 }, /* (184) expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ { 185, -3 }, /* (185) expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ { 185, -3 }, /* (186) expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ { 238, -2 }, /* (187) likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */ { 185, -3 }, /* (188) expr ::= expr likeop expr */ { 185, -5 }, /* (189) expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */ { 185, -2 }, /* (190) expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ { 185, -3 }, /* (191) expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ { 185, -3 }, /* (192) expr ::= expr IS expr */ { 185, -4 }, /* (193) expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ { 185, -2 }, /* (194) expr ::= NOT expr */ { 185, -2 }, /* (195) expr ::= BITNOT expr */ { 185, -2 }, /* (196) expr ::= PLUS|MINUS expr */ { 239, -1 }, /* (197) between_op ::= BETWEEN */ { 239, -2 }, /* (198) between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ { 185, -5 }, /* (199) expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ { 240, -1 }, /* (200) in_op ::= IN */ { 240, -2 }, /* (201) in_op ::= NOT IN */ { 185, -5 }, /* (202) expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ { 185, -3 }, /* (203) expr ::= LP select RP */ { 185, -5 }, /* (204) expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ { 185, -5 }, /* (205) expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist */ { 185, -4 }, /* (206) expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ { 185, -5 }, /* (207) expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ { 243, -5 }, /* (208) case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ { 243, -4 }, /* (209) case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ { 244, -2 }, /* (210) case_else ::= ELSE expr */ { 244, 0 }, /* (211) case_else ::= */ { 242, -1 }, /* (212) case_operand ::= expr */ { 242, 0 }, /* (213) case_operand ::= */ { 229, 0 }, /* (214) exprlist ::= */ { 220, -3 }, /* (215) nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ { 220, -1 }, /* (216) nexprlist ::= expr */ { 241, 0 }, /* (217) paren_exprlist ::= */ { 241, -3 }, /* (218) paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP */ { 160, -12 }, /* (219) cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */ { 245, -1 }, /* (220) uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ { 245, 0 }, /* (221) uniqueflag ::= */ { 189, 0 }, /* (222) eidlist_opt ::= */ { 189, -3 }, /* (223) eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP */ { 199, -5 }, /* (224) eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ { 199, -3 }, /* (225) eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ { 246, 0 }, /* (226) collate ::= */ { 246, -2 }, /* (227) collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ { 160, -4 }, /* (228) cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ { 160, -1 }, /* (229) cmd ::= VACUUM */ { 160, -2 }, /* (230) cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ { 160, -3 }, /* (231) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ { 160, -5 }, /* (232) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ { 160, -6 }, /* (233) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ { 160, -5 }, /* (234) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ { 160, -6 }, /* (235) cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ { 180, -2 }, /* (236) plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ { 181, -2 }, /* (237) minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ { 160, -5 }, /* (238) cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ { 248, -11 }, /* (239) trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ { 250, -1 }, /* (240) trigger_time ::= BEFORE|AFTER */ { 250, -2 }, /* (241) trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ { 250, 0 }, /* (242) trigger_time ::= */ { 251, -1 }, /* (243) trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ { 251, -1 }, /* (244) trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ { 251, -3 }, /* (245) trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */ { 253, 0 }, /* (246) when_clause ::= */ { 253, -2 }, /* (247) when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ { 249, -3 }, /* (248) trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ { 249, -2 }, /* (249) trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ { 255, -3 }, /* (250) trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ { 256, -3 }, /* (251) tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ { 256, -2 }, /* (252) tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ { 254, -8 }, /* (253) trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */ { 254, -8 }, /* (254) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt */ { 254, -6 }, /* (255) trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt */ { 254, -3 }, /* (256) trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt */ { 185, -4 }, /* (257) expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ { 185, -6 }, /* (258) expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ { 203, -1 }, /* (259) raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ { 203, -1 }, /* (260) raisetype ::= ABORT */ { 203, -1 }, /* (261) raisetype ::= FAIL */ { 160, -4 }, /* (262) cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ { 160, -6 }, /* (263) cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ { 160, -3 }, /* (264) cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ { 258, 0 }, /* (265) key_opt ::= */ { 258, -2 }, /* (266) key_opt ::= KEY expr */ { 160, -1 }, /* (267) cmd ::= REINDEX */ { 160, -3 }, /* (268) cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ { 160, -1 }, /* (269) cmd ::= ANALYZE */ { 160, -3 }, /* (270) cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ { 160, -6 }, /* (271) cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ { 160, -7 }, /* (272) cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist */ { 259, -1 }, /* (273) add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ { 160, -8 }, /* (274) cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME kwcolumn_opt nm TO nm */ { 160, -1 }, /* (275) cmd ::= create_vtab */ { 160, -4 }, /* (276) cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ { 261, -8 }, /* (277) create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */ { 263, 0 }, /* (278) vtabarg ::= */ { 264, -1 }, /* (279) vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ { 264, -3 }, /* (280) vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ { 265, -1 }, /* (281) lp ::= LP */ { 232, -2 }, /* (282) with ::= WITH wqlist */ { 232, -3 }, /* (283) with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */ { 208, -6 }, /* (284) wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */ { 208, -8 }, /* (285) wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */ { 267, -1 }, /* (286) windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn */ { 267, -3 }, /* (287) windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn_list COMMA windowdefn */ { 268, -3 }, /* (288) windowdefn ::= nm AS window */ { 269, -5 }, /* (289) window ::= LP part_opt orderby_opt frame_opt RP */ { 271, -3 }, /* (290) part_opt ::= PARTITION BY nexprlist */ { 271, 0 }, /* (291) part_opt ::= */ { 270, 0 }, /* (292) frame_opt ::= */ { 270, -2 }, /* (293) frame_opt ::= range_or_rows frame_bound_s */ { 270, -5 }, /* (294) frame_opt ::= range_or_rows BETWEEN frame_bound_s AND frame_bound_e */ { 273, -1 }, /* (295) range_or_rows ::= RANGE */ { 273, -1 }, /* (296) range_or_rows ::= ROWS */ { 275, -1 }, /* (297) frame_bound_s ::= frame_bound */ { 275, -2 }, /* (298) frame_bound_s ::= UNBOUNDED PRECEDING */ { 276, -1 }, /* (299) frame_bound_e ::= frame_bound */ { 276, -2 }, /* (300) frame_bound_e ::= UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ { 274, -2 }, /* (301) frame_bound ::= expr PRECEDING */ { 274, -2 }, /* (302) frame_bound ::= CURRENT ROW */ { 274, -2 }, /* (303) frame_bound ::= expr FOLLOWING */ { 218, -2 }, /* (304) window_clause ::= WINDOW windowdefn_list */ { 237, -3 }, /* (305) over_clause ::= filter_opt OVER window */ { 237, -3 }, /* (306) over_clause ::= filter_opt OVER nm */ { 272, 0 }, /* (307) filter_opt ::= */ { 272, -5 }, /* (308) filter_opt ::= FILTER LP WHERE expr RP */ { 155, -1 }, /* (309) input ::= cmdlist */ { 156, -2 }, /* (310) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ { 156, -1 }, /* (311) cmdlist ::= ecmd */ { 157, -1 }, /* (312) ecmd ::= SEMI */ { 157, -2 }, /* (313) ecmd ::= cmdx SEMI */ { 157, -2 }, /* (314) ecmd ::= explain cmdx */ { 162, 0 }, /* (315) trans_opt ::= */ { 162, -1 }, /* (316) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ { 162, -2 }, /* (317) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ { 164, -1 }, /* (318) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ { 164, 0 }, /* (319) savepoint_opt ::= */ { 160, -2 }, /* (320) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ { 171, -4 }, /* (321) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist */ { 171, -2 }, /* (322) columnlist ::= columnname carglist */ { 163, -1 }, /* (323) nm ::= ID|INDEXED */ { 163, -1 }, /* (324) nm ::= STRING */ { 163, -1 }, /* (325) nm ::= JOIN_KW */ { 177, -1 }, /* (326) typetoken ::= typename */ { 178, -1 }, /* (327) typename ::= ID|STRING */ { 179, -1 }, /* (328) signed ::= plus_num */ { 179, -1 }, /* (329) signed ::= minus_num */ { 176, -2 }, /* (330) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ { 176, 0 }, /* (331) carglist ::= */ { 183, -2 }, /* (332) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ { 172, -2 }, /* (333) conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ { 195, -3 }, /* (334) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ { 195, -1 }, /* (335) conslist ::= tcons */ { 196, 0 }, /* (336) tconscomma ::= */ { 200, -1 }, /* (337) defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause */ { 202, -1 }, /* (338) resolvetype ::= raisetype */ { 206, -1 }, /* (339) selectnowith ::= oneselect */ { 207, -1 }, /* (340) oneselect ::= values */ { 221, -2 }, /* (341) sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ { 222, -1 }, /* (342) as ::= ID|STRING */ { 185, -1 }, /* (343) expr ::= term */ { 238, -1 }, /* (344) likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */ { 229, -1 }, /* (345) exprlist ::= nexprlist */ { 247, -1 }, /* (346) nmnum ::= plus_num */ { 247, -1 }, /* (347) nmnum ::= nm */ { 247, -1 }, /* (348) nmnum ::= ON */ { 247, -1 }, /* (349) nmnum ::= DELETE */ { 247, -1 }, /* (350) nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ { 180, -1 }, /* (351) plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ { 252, 0 }, /* (352) foreach_clause ::= */ { 252, -3 }, /* (353) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ { 255, -1 }, /* (354) trnm ::= nm */ { 256, 0 }, /* (355) tridxby ::= */ { 257, -1 }, /* (356) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ { 257, 0 }, /* (357) database_kw_opt ::= */ { 260, 0 }, /* (358) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ { 260, -1 }, /* (359) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ { 262, -1 }, /* (360) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ { 262, -3 }, /* (361) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ { 263, -2 }, /* (362) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ { 266, 0 }, /* (363) anylist ::= */ { 266, -4 }, /* (364) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ { 266, -2 }, /* (365) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ { 232, 0 }, /* (366) with ::= */ }; static void yy_accept(yyParser*); /* Forward Declaration */ /* ** Perform a reduce action and the shift that must immediately ** follow the reduce. ** ** The yyLookahead and yyLookaheadToken parameters provide reduce actions ** access to the lookahead token (if any). The yyLookahead will be YYNOCODE ** if the lookahead token has already been consumed. As this procedure is ** only called from one place, optimizing compilers will in-line it, which ** means that the extra parameters have no performance impact. */ static YYACTIONTYPE yy_reduce( yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ unsigned int yyruleno, /* Number of the rule by which to reduce */ int yyLookahead, /* Lookahead token, or YYNOCODE if none */ sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyLookaheadToken /* Value of the lookahead token */ sqlite3ParserCTX_PDECL /* %extra_context */ ){ int yygoto; /* The next state */ YYACTIONTYPE yyact; /* The next action */ yyStackEntry *yymsp; /* The top of the parser's stack */ int yysize; /* Amount to pop the stack */ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH (void)yyLookahead; (void)yyLookaheadToken; yymsp = yypParser->yytos; #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE && yyruleno<(int)(sizeof(yyRuleName)/sizeof(yyRuleName[0])) ){ yysize = yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs; if( yysize ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce %d [%s], go to state %d.\n", yyTracePrompt, yyruleno, yyRuleName[yyruleno], yymsp[yysize].stateno); }else{ fprintf(yyTraceFILE, "%sReduce %d [%s].\n", yyTracePrompt, yyruleno, yyRuleName[yyruleno]); } } #endif /* NDEBUG */ /* Check that the stack is large enough to grow by a single entry ** if the RHS of the rule is empty. This ensures that there is room ** enough on the stack to push the LHS value */ if( yyRuleInfo[yyruleno].nrhs==0 ){ #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH if( (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack)>yypParser->yyhwm ){ yypParser->yyhwm++; assert( yypParser->yyhwm == (int)(yypParser->yytos - yypParser->yystack)); } #endif #if YYSTACKDEPTH>0 if( yypParser->yytos>=yypParser->yystackEnd ){ yyStackOverflow(yypParser); /* The call to yyStackOverflow() above pops the stack until it is ** empty, causing the main parser loop to exit. So the return value ** is never used and does not matter. */ return 0; } #else if( yypParser->yytos>=&yypParser->yystack[yypParser->yystksz-1] ){ if( yyGrowStack(yypParser) ){ yyStackOverflow(yypParser); /* The call to yyStackOverflow() above pops the stack until it is ** empty, causing the main parser loop to exit. So the return value ** is never used and does not matter. */ return 0; } yymsp = yypParser->yytos; } #endif } switch( yyruleno ){ /* Beginning here are the reduction cases. A typical example ** follows: ** case 0: ** #line ** { ... } // User supplied code ** #line ** break; */ /********** Begin reduce actions **********************************************/ YYMINORTYPE yylhsminor; case 0: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN */ { pParse->explain = 1; } break; case 1: /* explain ::= EXPLAIN QUERY PLAN */ { pParse->explain = 2; } break; case 2: /* cmdx ::= cmd */ { sqlite3FinishCoding(pParse); } break; case 3: /* cmd ::= BEGIN transtype trans_opt */ {sqlite3BeginTransaction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy70);} break; case 4: /* transtype ::= */ {yymsp[1].minor.yy70 = TK_DEFERRED;} break; case 5: /* transtype ::= DEFERRED */ case 6: /* transtype ::= IMMEDIATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==6); case 7: /* transtype ::= EXCLUSIVE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==7); {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/} break; case 8: /* cmd ::= COMMIT|END trans_opt */ case 9: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt */ yytestcase(yyruleno==9); {sqlite3EndTransaction(pParse,yymsp[-1].major);} break; case 10: /* cmd ::= SAVEPOINT nm */ { sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_BEGIN, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 11: /* cmd ::= RELEASE savepoint_opt nm */ { sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 12: /* cmd ::= ROLLBACK trans_opt TO savepoint_opt nm */ { sqlite3Savepoint(pParse, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 13: /* create_table ::= createkw temp TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm */ { sqlite3StartTable(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy70,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy70); } break; case 14: /* createkw ::= CREATE */ {disableLookaside(pParse);} break; case 15: /* ifnotexists ::= */ case 18: /* temp ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==18); case 21: /* table_options ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==21); case 42: /* autoinc ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==42); case 57: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==57); case 67: /* defer_subclause_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==67); case 76: /* ifexists ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==76); case 93: /* distinct ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==93); case 226: /* collate ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==226); {yymsp[1].minor.yy70 = 0;} break; case 16: /* ifnotexists ::= IF NOT EXISTS */ {yymsp[-2].minor.yy70 = 1;} break; case 17: /* temp ::= TEMP */ case 43: /* autoinc ::= AUTOINCR */ yytestcase(yyruleno==43); {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = 1;} break; case 19: /* create_table_args ::= LP columnlist conslist_opt RP table_options */ { sqlite3EndTable(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,yymsp[0].minor.yy70,0); } break; case 20: /* create_table_args ::= AS select */ { sqlite3EndTable(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy489); sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy489); } break; case 22: /* table_options ::= WITHOUT nm */ { if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n==5 && sqlite3_strnicmp(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,"rowid",5)==0 ){ yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 = TF_WithoutRowid | TF_NoVisibleRowid; }else{ yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 = 0; sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unknown table option: %.*s", yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z); } } break; case 23: /* columnname ::= nm typetoken */ {sqlite3AddColumn(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 24: /* typetoken ::= */ case 60: /* conslist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==60); case 99: /* as ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==99); {yymsp[1].minor.yy0.n = 0; yymsp[1].minor.yy0.z = 0;} break; case 25: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed RP */ { yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z); } break; case 26: /* typetoken ::= typename LP signed COMMA signed RP */ { yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.n = (int)(&yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] - yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z); } break; case 27: /* typename ::= typename ID|STRING */ {yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n=yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n+(int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z);} break; case 28: /* scanpt ::= */ { assert( yyLookahead!=YYNOCODE ); yymsp[1].minor.yy392 = yyLookaheadToken.z; } break; case 29: /* ccons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ case 62: /* tcons ::= CONSTRAINT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==62); {pParse->constraintName = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} break; case 30: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt term scanpt */ {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18,yymsp[-2].minor.yy392,yymsp[0].minor.yy392);} break; case 31: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT LP expr RP */ {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18,yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z+1,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z);} break; case 32: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT PLUS term scanpt */ {sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18,yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy392);} break; case 33: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT MINUS term scanpt */ { Expr *p = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_UMINUS, yymsp[-1].minor.yy18, 0); sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p,yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy392); } break; case 34: /* ccons ::= DEFAULT scanpt ID|INDEXED */ { Expr *p = tokenExpr(pParse, TK_STRING, yymsp[0].minor.yy0); if( p ){ sqlite3ExprIdToTrueFalse(p); testcase( p->op==TK_TRUEFALSE && sqlite3ExprTruthValue(p) ); } sqlite3AddDefaultValue(pParse,p,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z,yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z+yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n); } break; case 35: /* ccons ::= NOT NULL onconf */ {sqlite3AddNotNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy70);} break; case 36: /* ccons ::= PRIMARY KEY sortorder onconf autoinc */ {sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy70,yymsp[0].minor.yy70,yymsp[-2].minor.yy70);} break; case 37: /* ccons ::= UNIQUE onconf */ {sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy70,0,0,0,0, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE);} break; case 38: /* ccons ::= CHECK LP expr RP */ {sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18);} break; case 39: /* ccons ::= REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs */ {sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy420,yymsp[0].minor.yy70);} break; case 40: /* ccons ::= defer_subclause */ {sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy70);} break; case 41: /* ccons ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ {sqlite3AddCollateType(pParse, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 44: /* refargs ::= */ { yymsp[1].minor.yy70 = OE_None*0x0101; /* EV: R-19803-45884 */} break; case 45: /* refargs ::= refargs refarg */ { yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 = (yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 & ~yymsp[0].minor.yy111.mask) | yymsp[0].minor.yy111.value; } break; case 46: /* refarg ::= MATCH nm */ { yymsp[-1].minor.yy111.value = 0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy111.mask = 0x000000; } break; case 47: /* refarg ::= ON INSERT refact */ { yymsp[-2].minor.yy111.value = 0; yymsp[-2].minor.yy111.mask = 0x000000; } break; case 48: /* refarg ::= ON DELETE refact */ { yymsp[-2].minor.yy111.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy70; yymsp[-2].minor.yy111.mask = 0x0000ff; } break; case 49: /* refarg ::= ON UPDATE refact */ { yymsp[-2].minor.yy111.value = yymsp[0].minor.yy70<<8; yymsp[-2].minor.yy111.mask = 0x00ff00; } break; case 50: /* refact ::= SET NULL */ { yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 = OE_SetNull; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} break; case 51: /* refact ::= SET DEFAULT */ { yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 = OE_SetDflt; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} break; case 52: /* refact ::= CASCADE */ { yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = OE_Cascade; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} break; case 53: /* refact ::= RESTRICT */ { yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = OE_Restrict; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} break; case 54: /* refact ::= NO ACTION */ { yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 = OE_None; /* EV: R-33326-45252 */} break; case 55: /* defer_subclause ::= NOT DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ {yymsp[-2].minor.yy70 = 0;} break; case 56: /* defer_subclause ::= DEFERRABLE init_deferred_pred_opt */ case 71: /* orconf ::= OR resolvetype */ yytestcase(yyruleno==71); case 156: /* insert_cmd ::= INSERT orconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==156); {yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 = yymsp[0].minor.yy70;} break; case 58: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY DEFERRED */ case 75: /* ifexists ::= IF EXISTS */ yytestcase(yyruleno==75); case 198: /* between_op ::= NOT BETWEEN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==198); case 201: /* in_op ::= NOT IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==201); case 227: /* collate ::= COLLATE ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==227); {yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 = 1;} break; case 59: /* init_deferred_pred_opt ::= INITIALLY IMMEDIATE */ {yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 = 0;} break; case 61: /* tconscomma ::= COMMA */ {pParse->constraintName.n = 0;} break; case 63: /* tcons ::= PRIMARY KEY LP sortlist autoinc RP onconf */ {sqlite3AddPrimaryKey(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy420,yymsp[0].minor.yy70,yymsp[-2].minor.yy70,0);} break; case 64: /* tcons ::= UNIQUE LP sortlist RP onconf */ {sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse,0,0,0,yymsp[-2].minor.yy420,yymsp[0].minor.yy70,0,0,0,0, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_UNIQUE);} break; case 65: /* tcons ::= CHECK LP expr RP onconf */ {sqlite3AddCheckConstraint(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy18);} break; case 66: /* tcons ::= FOREIGN KEY LP eidlist RP REFERENCES nm eidlist_opt refargs defer_subclause_opt */ { sqlite3CreateForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy420, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy420, yymsp[-1].minor.yy70); sqlite3DeferForeignKey(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy70); } break; case 68: /* onconf ::= */ case 70: /* orconf ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==70); {yymsp[1].minor.yy70 = OE_Default;} break; case 69: /* onconf ::= ON CONFLICT resolvetype */ {yymsp[-2].minor.yy70 = yymsp[0].minor.yy70;} break; case 72: /* resolvetype ::= IGNORE */ {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = OE_Ignore;} break; case 73: /* resolvetype ::= REPLACE */ case 157: /* insert_cmd ::= REPLACE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==157); {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = OE_Replace;} break; case 74: /* cmd ::= DROP TABLE ifexists fullname */ { sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy135, 0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy70); } break; case 77: /* cmd ::= createkw temp VIEW ifnotexists nm dbnm eidlist_opt AS select */ { sqlite3CreateView(pParse, &yymsp[-8].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy420, yymsp[0].minor.yy489, yymsp[-7].minor.yy70, yymsp[-5].minor.yy70); } break; case 78: /* cmd ::= DROP VIEW ifexists fullname */ { sqlite3DropTable(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy135, 1, yymsp[-1].minor.yy70); } break; case 79: /* cmd ::= select */ { SelectDest dest = {SRT_Output, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}; sqlite3Select(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy489, &dest); sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy489); } break; case 80: /* select ::= WITH wqlist selectnowith */ { Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy489; if( p ){ p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy449; parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, p); }else{ sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy449); } yymsp[-2].minor.yy489 = p; } break; case 81: /* select ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist selectnowith */ { Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy489; if( p ){ p->pWith = yymsp[-1].minor.yy449; parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, p); }else{ sqlite3WithDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy449); } yymsp[-3].minor.yy489 = p; } break; case 82: /* select ::= selectnowith */ { Select *p = yymsp[0].minor.yy489; if( p ){ parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, p); } yymsp[0].minor.yy489 = p; /*A-overwrites-X*/ } break; case 83: /* selectnowith ::= selectnowith multiselect_op oneselect */ { Select *pRhs = yymsp[0].minor.yy489; Select *pLhs = yymsp[-2].minor.yy489; if( pRhs && pRhs->pPrior ){ SrcList *pFrom; Token x; x.n = 0; parserDoubleLinkSelect(pParse, pRhs); pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,0,0,0,&x,pRhs,0,0); pRhs = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,pFrom,0,0,0,0,0,0); } if( pRhs ){ pRhs->op = (u8)yymsp[-1].minor.yy70; pRhs->pPrior = pLhs; if( ALWAYS(pLhs) ) pLhs->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue; pRhs->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue; if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy70!=TK_ALL ) pParse->hasCompound = 1; }else{ sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pLhs); } yymsp[-2].minor.yy489 = pRhs; } break; case 84: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION */ case 86: /* multiselect_op ::= EXCEPT|INTERSECT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==86); {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-OP*/} break; case 85: /* multiselect_op ::= UNION ALL */ {yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 = TK_ALL;} break; case 87: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt orderby_opt limit_opt */ { yymsp[-8].minor.yy489 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy420,yymsp[-5].minor.yy135,yymsp[-4].minor.yy18,yymsp[-3].minor.yy420,yymsp[-2].minor.yy18,yymsp[-1].minor.yy420,yymsp[-7].minor.yy70,yymsp[0].minor.yy18); } break; case 88: /* oneselect ::= SELECT distinct selcollist from where_opt groupby_opt having_opt window_clause orderby_opt limit_opt */ { yymsp[-9].minor.yy489 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-7].minor.yy420,yymsp[-6].minor.yy135,yymsp[-5].minor.yy18,yymsp[-4].minor.yy420,yymsp[-3].minor.yy18,yymsp[-1].minor.yy420,yymsp[-8].minor.yy70,yymsp[0].minor.yy18); if( yymsp[-9].minor.yy489 ){ yymsp[-9].minor.yy489->pWinDefn = yymsp[-2].minor.yy327; }else{ sqlite3WindowListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy327); } } break; case 89: /* values ::= VALUES LP nexprlist RP */ { yymsp[-3].minor.yy489 = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy420,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values,0); } break; case 90: /* values ::= values COMMA LP nexprlist RP */ { Select *pRight, *pLeft = yymsp[-4].minor.yy489; pRight = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy420,0,0,0,0,0,SF_Values|SF_MultiValue,0); if( ALWAYS(pLeft) ) pLeft->selFlags &= ~SF_MultiValue; if( pRight ){ pRight->op = TK_ALL; pRight->pPrior = pLeft; yymsp[-4].minor.yy489 = pRight; }else{ yymsp[-4].minor.yy489 = pLeft; } } break; case 91: /* distinct ::= DISTINCT */ {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = SF_Distinct;} break; case 92: /* distinct ::= ALL */ {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = SF_All;} break; case 94: /* sclp ::= */ case 127: /* orderby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==127); case 134: /* groupby_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==134); case 214: /* exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==214); case 217: /* paren_exprlist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==217); case 222: /* eidlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==222); {yymsp[1].minor.yy420 = 0;} break; case 95: /* selcollist ::= sclp scanpt expr scanpt as */ { yymsp[-4].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy420, yymsp[-2].minor.yy18); if( yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n>0 ) sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy420, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy420,yymsp[-3].minor.yy392,yymsp[-1].minor.yy392); } break; case 96: /* selcollist ::= sclp scanpt STAR */ { Expr *p = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ASTERISK, 0); yymsp[-2].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy420, p); } break; case 97: /* selcollist ::= sclp scanpt nm DOT STAR */ { Expr *pRight = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ASTERISK, 0, 0); Expr *pLeft = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); Expr *pDot = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, pLeft, pRight); yymsp[-4].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy420, pDot); } break; case 98: /* as ::= AS nm */ case 109: /* dbnm ::= DOT nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==109); case 236: /* plus_num ::= PLUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==236); case 237: /* minus_num ::= MINUS INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==237); {yymsp[-1].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} break; case 100: /* from ::= */ {yymsp[1].minor.yy135 = sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(*yymsp[1].minor.yy135));} break; case 101: /* from ::= FROM seltablist */ { yymsp[-1].minor.yy135 = yymsp[0].minor.yy135; sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-1].minor.yy135); } break; case 102: /* stl_prefix ::= seltablist joinop */ { if( ALWAYS(yymsp[-1].minor.yy135 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy135->nSrc>0) ) yymsp[-1].minor.yy135->a[yymsp[-1].minor.yy135->nSrc-1].fg.jointype = (u8)yymsp[0].minor.yy70; } break; case 103: /* stl_prefix ::= */ {yymsp[1].minor.yy135 = 0;} break; case 104: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm as indexed_opt on_opt using_opt */ { yymsp[-6].minor.yy135 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy135,&yymsp[-5].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18,yymsp[0].minor.yy48); sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy135, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); } break; case 105: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix nm dbnm LP exprlist RP as on_opt using_opt */ { yymsp[-8].minor.yy135 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-8].minor.yy135,&yymsp[-7].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-6].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18,yymsp[0].minor.yy48); sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(pParse, yymsp[-8].minor.yy135, yymsp[-4].minor.yy420); } break; case 106: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP select RP as on_opt using_opt */ { yymsp[-6].minor.yy135 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy135,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy489,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18,yymsp[0].minor.yy48); } break; case 107: /* seltablist ::= stl_prefix LP seltablist RP as on_opt using_opt */ { if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy135==0 && yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n==0 && yymsp[-1].minor.yy18==0 && yymsp[0].minor.yy48==0 ){ yymsp[-6].minor.yy135 = yymsp[-4].minor.yy135; }else if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy135->nSrc==1 ){ yymsp[-6].minor.yy135 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy135,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18,yymsp[0].minor.yy48); if( yymsp[-6].minor.yy135 ){ struct SrcList_item *pNew = &yymsp[-6].minor.yy135->a[yymsp[-6].minor.yy135->nSrc-1]; struct SrcList_item *pOld = yymsp[-4].minor.yy135->a; pNew->zName = pOld->zName; pNew->zDatabase = pOld->zDatabase; pNew->pSelect = pOld->pSelect; pOld->zName = pOld->zDatabase = 0; pOld->pSelect = 0; } sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy135); }else{ Select *pSubquery; sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(yymsp[-4].minor.yy135); pSubquery = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,0,yymsp[-4].minor.yy135,0,0,0,0,SF_NestedFrom,0); yymsp[-6].minor.yy135 = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse,yymsp[-6].minor.yy135,0,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,pSubquery,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18,yymsp[0].minor.yy48); } } break; case 108: /* dbnm ::= */ case 122: /* indexed_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==122); {yymsp[1].minor.yy0.z=0; yymsp[1].minor.yy0.n=0;} break; case 110: /* fullname ::= nm */ { yylhsminor.yy135 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && yylhsminor.yy135 ) sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, yylhsminor.yy135->a[0].zName, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } yymsp[0].minor.yy135 = yylhsminor.yy135; break; case 111: /* fullname ::= nm DOT nm */ { yylhsminor.yy135 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && yylhsminor.yy135 ) sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, yylhsminor.yy135->a[0].zName, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } yymsp[-2].minor.yy135 = yylhsminor.yy135; break; case 112: /* xfullname ::= nm */ {yymsp[0].minor.yy135 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0); /*A-overwrites-X*/} break; case 113: /* xfullname ::= nm DOT nm */ {yymsp[-2].minor.yy135 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/} break; case 114: /* xfullname ::= nm DOT nm AS nm */ { yymsp[-4].minor.yy135 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/ if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy135 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy135->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 115: /* xfullname ::= nm AS nm */ { yymsp[-2].minor.yy135 = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,0); /*A-overwrites-X*/ if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy135 ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy135->a[0].zAlias = sqlite3NameFromToken(pParse->db, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 116: /* joinop ::= COMMA|JOIN */ { yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = JT_INNER; } break; case 117: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW JOIN */ {yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0,0); /*X-overwrites-A*/} break; case 118: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm JOIN */ {yymsp[-2].minor.yy70 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0); /*X-overwrites-A*/} break; case 119: /* joinop ::= JOIN_KW nm nm JOIN */ {yymsp[-3].minor.yy70 = sqlite3JoinType(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0);/*X-overwrites-A*/} break; case 120: /* on_opt ::= ON expr */ case 137: /* having_opt ::= HAVING expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==137); case 144: /* where_opt ::= WHERE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==144); case 210: /* case_else ::= ELSE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==210); {yymsp[-1].minor.yy18 = yymsp[0].minor.yy18;} break; case 121: /* on_opt ::= */ case 136: /* having_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==136); case 138: /* limit_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==138); case 143: /* where_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==143); case 211: /* case_else ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==211); case 213: /* case_operand ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==213); {yymsp[1].minor.yy18 = 0;} break; case 123: /* indexed_opt ::= INDEXED BY nm */ {yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0;} break; case 124: /* indexed_opt ::= NOT INDEXED */ {yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z=0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n=1;} break; case 125: /* using_opt ::= USING LP idlist RP */ {yymsp[-3].minor.yy48 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy48;} break; case 126: /* using_opt ::= */ case 158: /* idlist_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==158); {yymsp[1].minor.yy48 = 0;} break; case 128: /* orderby_opt ::= ORDER BY sortlist */ case 135: /* groupby_opt ::= GROUP BY nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==135); {yymsp[-2].minor.yy420 = yymsp[0].minor.yy420;} break; case 129: /* sortlist ::= sortlist COMMA expr sortorder */ { yymsp[-3].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy420,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18); sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(yymsp[-3].minor.yy420,yymsp[0].minor.yy70); } break; case 130: /* sortlist ::= expr sortorder */ { yymsp[-1].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18); /*A-overwrites-Y*/ sqlite3ExprListSetSortOrder(yymsp[-1].minor.yy420,yymsp[0].minor.yy70); } break; case 131: /* sortorder ::= ASC */ {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = SQLITE_SO_ASC;} break; case 132: /* sortorder ::= DESC */ {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = SQLITE_SO_DESC;} break; case 133: /* sortorder ::= */ {yymsp[1].minor.yy70 = SQLITE_SO_UNDEFINED;} break; case 139: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr */ {yymsp[-1].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_LIMIT,yymsp[0].minor.yy18,0);} break; case 140: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr OFFSET expr */ {yymsp[-3].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_LIMIT,yymsp[-2].minor.yy18,yymsp[0].minor.yy18);} break; case 141: /* limit_opt ::= LIMIT expr COMMA expr */ {yymsp[-3].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_LIMIT,yymsp[0].minor.yy18,yymsp[-2].minor.yy18);} break; case 142: /* cmd ::= with DELETE FROM xfullname indexed_opt where_opt */ { sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy135, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy135,yymsp[0].minor.yy18,0,0); } break; case 145: /* cmd ::= with UPDATE orconf xfullname indexed_opt SET setlist where_opt */ { sqlite3SrcListIndexedBy(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy135, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0); sqlite3ExprListCheckLength(pParse,yymsp[-1].minor.yy420,"set list"); sqlite3Update(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy135,yymsp[-1].minor.yy420,yymsp[0].minor.yy18,yymsp[-5].minor.yy70,0,0,0); } break; case 146: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA nm EQ expr */ { yymsp[-4].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy420, yymsp[0].minor.yy18); sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy420, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); } break; case 147: /* setlist ::= setlist COMMA LP idlist RP EQ expr */ { yymsp[-6].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(pParse, yymsp[-6].minor.yy420, yymsp[-3].minor.yy48, yymsp[0].minor.yy18); } break; case 148: /* setlist ::= nm EQ expr */ { yylhsminor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy18); sqlite3ExprListSetName(pParse, yylhsminor.yy420, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); } yymsp[-2].minor.yy420 = yylhsminor.yy420; break; case 149: /* setlist ::= LP idlist RP EQ expr */ { yymsp[-4].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppendVector(pParse, 0, yymsp[-3].minor.yy48, yymsp[0].minor.yy18); } break; case 150: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt select upsert */ { sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy135, yymsp[-1].minor.yy489, yymsp[-2].minor.yy48, yymsp[-5].minor.yy70, yymsp[0].minor.yy340); } break; case 151: /* cmd ::= with insert_cmd INTO xfullname idlist_opt DEFAULT VALUES */ { sqlite3Insert(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy135, 0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy48, yymsp[-5].minor.yy70, 0); } break; case 152: /* upsert ::= */ { yymsp[1].minor.yy340 = 0; } break; case 153: /* upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO UPDATE SET setlist where_opt */ { yymsp[-10].minor.yy340 = sqlite3UpsertNew(pParse->db,yymsp[-7].minor.yy420,yymsp[-5].minor.yy18,yymsp[-1].minor.yy420,yymsp[0].minor.yy18);} break; case 154: /* upsert ::= ON CONFLICT LP sortlist RP where_opt DO NOTHING */ { yymsp[-7].minor.yy340 = sqlite3UpsertNew(pParse->db,yymsp[-4].minor.yy420,yymsp[-2].minor.yy18,0,0); } break; case 155: /* upsert ::= ON CONFLICT DO NOTHING */ { yymsp[-3].minor.yy340 = sqlite3UpsertNew(pParse->db,0,0,0,0); } break; case 159: /* idlist_opt ::= LP idlist RP */ {yymsp[-2].minor.yy48 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy48;} break; case 160: /* idlist ::= idlist COMMA nm */ {yymsp[-2].minor.yy48 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy48,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 161: /* idlist ::= nm */ {yymsp[0].minor.yy48 = sqlite3IdListAppend(pParse,0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-Y*/} break; case 162: /* expr ::= LP expr RP */ {yymsp[-2].minor.yy18 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy18;} break; case 163: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED */ case 164: /* expr ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==164); {yymsp[0].minor.yy18=tokenExpr(pParse,TK_ID,yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/} break; case 165: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm */ { Expr *temp1 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); Expr *temp2 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)temp2, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)temp1, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); } yylhsminor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp2); } yymsp[-2].minor.yy18 = yylhsminor.yy18; break; case 166: /* expr ::= nm DOT nm DOT nm */ { Expr *temp1 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, 1); Expr *temp2 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, 1); Expr *temp3 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_ID, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); Expr *temp4 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp2, temp3); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)temp3, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, (void*)temp2, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0); } yylhsminor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_DOT, temp1, temp4); } yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = yylhsminor.yy18; break; case 167: /* term ::= NULL|FLOAT|BLOB */ case 168: /* term ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==168); {yymsp[0].minor.yy18=tokenExpr(pParse,yymsp[0].major,yymsp[0].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-X*/} break; case 169: /* term ::= INTEGER */ { yylhsminor.yy18 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); } yymsp[0].minor.yy18 = yylhsminor.yy18; break; case 170: /* expr ::= VARIABLE */ { if( !(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[0]=='#' && sqlite3Isdigit(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[1])) ){ u32 n = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; yymsp[0].minor.yy18 = tokenExpr(pParse, TK_VARIABLE, yymsp[0].minor.yy0); sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy18, n); }else{ /* When doing a nested parse, one can include terms in an expression ** that look like this: #1 #2 ... These terms refer to registers ** in the virtual machine. #N is the N-th register. */ Token t = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; /*A-overwrites-X*/ assert( t.n>=2 ); if( pParse->nested==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &t); yymsp[0].minor.yy18 = 0; }else{ yymsp[0].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_REGISTER, 0, 0); if( yymsp[0].minor.yy18 ) sqlite3GetInt32(&t.z[1], &yymsp[0].minor.yy18->iTable); } } } break; case 171: /* expr ::= expr COLLATE ID|STRING */ { yymsp[-2].minor.yy18 = sqlite3ExprAddCollateToken(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy18, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 1); } break; case 172: /* expr ::= CAST LP expr AS typetoken RP */ { yymsp[-5].minor.yy18 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_CAST, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1); sqlite3ExprAttachSubtrees(pParse->db, yymsp[-5].minor.yy18, yymsp[-3].minor.yy18, 0); } break; case 173: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP */ { yylhsminor.yy18 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy420, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy70); } yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = yylhsminor.yy18; break; case 174: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP */ { yylhsminor.yy18 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, 0); } yymsp[-3].minor.yy18 = yylhsminor.yy18; break; case 175: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP distinct exprlist RP over_clause */ { yylhsminor.yy18 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy420, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-3].minor.yy70); sqlite3WindowAttach(pParse, yylhsminor.yy18, yymsp[0].minor.yy327); } yymsp[-5].minor.yy18 = yylhsminor.yy18; break; case 176: /* expr ::= ID|INDEXED LP STAR RP over_clause */ { yylhsminor.yy18 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0, 0); sqlite3WindowAttach(pParse, yylhsminor.yy18, yymsp[0].minor.yy327); } yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = yylhsminor.yy18; break; case 177: /* term ::= CTIME_KW */ { yylhsminor.yy18 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, 0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, 0); } yymsp[0].minor.yy18 = yylhsminor.yy18; break; case 178: /* expr ::= LP nexprlist COMMA expr RP */ { ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy420, yymsp[-1].minor.yy18); yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_VECTOR, 0, 0); if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 ){ yymsp[-4].minor.yy18->x.pList = pList; }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); } } break; case 179: /* expr ::= expr AND expr */ case 180: /* expr ::= expr OR expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==180); case 181: /* expr ::= expr LT|GT|GE|LE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==181); case 182: /* expr ::= expr EQ|NE expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==182); case 183: /* expr ::= expr BITAND|BITOR|LSHIFT|RSHIFT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==183); case 184: /* expr ::= expr PLUS|MINUS expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==184); case 185: /* expr ::= expr STAR|SLASH|REM expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==185); case 186: /* expr ::= expr CONCAT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==186); {yymsp[-2].minor.yy18=sqlite3PExpr(pParse,yymsp[-1].major,yymsp[-2].minor.yy18,yymsp[0].minor.yy18);} break; case 187: /* likeop ::= NOT LIKE_KW|MATCH */ {yymsp[-1].minor.yy0=yymsp[0].minor.yy0; yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n|=0x80000000; /*yymsp[-1].minor.yy0-overwrite-yymsp[0].minor.yy0*/} break; case 188: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr */ { ExprList *pList; int bNot = yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n & 0x80000000; yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n &= 0x7fffffff; pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[0].minor.yy18); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-2].minor.yy18); yymsp[-2].minor.yy18 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 0); if( bNot ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-2].minor.yy18, 0); if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy18 ) yymsp[-2].minor.yy18->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; } break; case 189: /* expr ::= expr likeop expr ESCAPE expr */ { ExprList *pList; int bNot = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.n & 0x80000000; yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.n &= 0x7fffffff; pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy18); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy18); yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3ExprFunction(pParse, pList, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, 0); if( bNot ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18, 0); if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy18->flags |= EP_InfixFunc; } break; case 190: /* expr ::= expr ISNULL|NOTNULL */ {yymsp[-1].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,yymsp[0].major,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18,0);} break; case 191: /* expr ::= expr NOT NULL */ {yymsp[-2].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_NOTNULL,yymsp[-2].minor.yy18,0);} break; case 192: /* expr ::= expr IS expr */ { yymsp[-2].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_IS,yymsp[-2].minor.yy18,yymsp[0].minor.yy18); binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy18, yymsp[-2].minor.yy18, TK_ISNULL); } break; case 193: /* expr ::= expr IS NOT expr */ { yymsp[-3].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse,TK_ISNOT,yymsp[-3].minor.yy18,yymsp[0].minor.yy18); binaryToUnaryIfNull(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy18, yymsp[-3].minor.yy18, TK_NOTNULL); } break; case 194: /* expr ::= NOT expr */ case 195: /* expr ::= BITNOT expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==195); {yymsp[-1].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-1].major, yymsp[0].minor.yy18, 0);/*A-overwrites-B*/} break; case 196: /* expr ::= PLUS|MINUS expr */ { yymsp[-1].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-1].major==TK_PLUS ? TK_UPLUS : TK_UMINUS, yymsp[0].minor.yy18, 0); /*A-overwrites-B*/ } break; case 197: /* between_op ::= BETWEEN */ case 200: /* in_op ::= IN */ yytestcase(yyruleno==200); {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = 0;} break; case 199: /* expr ::= expr between_op expr AND expr */ { ExprList *pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy18); pList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,pList, yymsp[0].minor.yy18); yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_BETWEEN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18, 0); if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 ){ yymsp[-4].minor.yy18->x.pList = pList; }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pList); } if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy70 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18, 0); } break; case 202: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP exprlist RP */ { if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy420==0 ){ /* Expressions of the form ** ** expr1 IN () ** expr1 NOT IN () ** ** simplify to constants 0 (false) and 1 (true), respectively, ** regardless of the value of expr1. */ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18); yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_INTEGER,&sqlite3IntTokens[yymsp[-3].minor.yy70],1); }else if( yymsp[-1].minor.yy420->nExpr==1 ){ /* Expressions of the form: ** ** expr1 IN (?1) ** expr1 NOT IN (?2) ** ** with exactly one value on the RHS can be simplified to something ** like this: ** ** expr1 == ?1 ** expr1 <> ?2 ** ** But, the RHS of the == or <> is marked with the EP_Generic flag ** so that it may not contribute to the computation of comparison ** affinity or the collating sequence to use for comparison. Otherwise, ** the semantics would be subtly different from IN or NOT IN. */ Expr *pRHS = yymsp[-1].minor.yy420->a[0].pExpr; yymsp[-1].minor.yy420->a[0].pExpr = 0; sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy420); /* pRHS cannot be NULL because a malloc error would have been detected ** before now and control would have never reached this point */ if( ALWAYS(pRHS) ){ pRHS->flags &= ~EP_Collate; pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic; } yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy70 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18, pRHS); }else{ yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18, 0); if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 ){ yymsp[-4].minor.yy18->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy420; sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18); }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy420); } if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy70 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18, 0); } } break; case 203: /* expr ::= LP select RP */ { yymsp[-2].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0); sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-2].minor.yy18, yymsp[-1].minor.yy489); } break; case 204: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */ { yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18, 0); sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18, yymsp[-1].minor.yy489); if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy70 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18, 0); } break; case 205: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm paren_exprlist */ { SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); Select *pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0); if( yymsp[0].minor.yy420 ) sqlite3SrcListFuncArgs(pParse, pSelect ? pSrc : 0, yymsp[0].minor.yy420); yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18, 0); sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18, pSelect); if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy70 ) yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18, 0); } break; case 206: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */ { Expr *p; p = yymsp[-3].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0); sqlite3PExprAddSelect(pParse, p, yymsp[-1].minor.yy489); } break; case 207: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */ { yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy18, 0); if( yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 ){ yymsp[-4].minor.yy18->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy18 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy420,yymsp[-1].minor.yy18) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy420; sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy18); }else{ sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy420); sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy18); } } break; case 208: /* case_exprlist ::= case_exprlist WHEN expr THEN expr */ { yymsp[-4].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy420, yymsp[-2].minor.yy18); yymsp[-4].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-4].minor.yy420, yymsp[0].minor.yy18); } break; case 209: /* case_exprlist ::= WHEN expr THEN expr */ { yymsp[-3].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy18); yymsp[-3].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy420, yymsp[0].minor.yy18); } break; case 212: /* case_operand ::= expr */ {yymsp[0].minor.yy18 = yymsp[0].minor.yy18; /*A-overwrites-X*/} break; case 215: /* nexprlist ::= nexprlist COMMA expr */ {yymsp[-2].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy420,yymsp[0].minor.yy18);} break; case 216: /* nexprlist ::= expr */ {yymsp[0].minor.yy420 = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,0,yymsp[0].minor.yy18); /*A-overwrites-Y*/} break; case 218: /* paren_exprlist ::= LP exprlist RP */ case 223: /* eidlist_opt ::= LP eidlist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==223); {yymsp[-2].minor.yy420 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy420;} break; case 219: /* cmd ::= createkw uniqueflag INDEX ifnotexists nm dbnm ON nm LP sortlist RP where_opt */ { sqlite3CreateIndex(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db,0,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,0), yymsp[-2].minor.yy420, yymsp[-10].minor.yy70, &yymsp[-11].minor.yy0, yymsp[0].minor.yy18, SQLITE_SO_ASC, yymsp[-8].minor.yy70, SQLITE_IDXTYPE_APPDEF); if( IN_RENAME_OBJECT && pParse->pNewIndex ){ sqlite3RenameTokenMap(pParse, pParse->pNewIndex->zName, &yymsp[-4].minor.yy0); } } break; case 220: /* uniqueflag ::= UNIQUE */ case 260: /* raisetype ::= ABORT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==260); {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = OE_Abort;} break; case 221: /* uniqueflag ::= */ {yymsp[1].minor.yy70 = OE_None;} break; case 224: /* eidlist ::= eidlist COMMA nm collate sortorder */ { yymsp[-4].minor.yy420 = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy420, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy70, yymsp[0].minor.yy70); } break; case 225: /* eidlist ::= nm collate sortorder */ { yymsp[-2].minor.yy420 = parserAddExprIdListTerm(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy70, yymsp[0].minor.yy70); /*A-overwrites-Y*/ } break; case 228: /* cmd ::= DROP INDEX ifexists fullname */ {sqlite3DropIndex(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy135, yymsp[-1].minor.yy70);} break; case 229: /* cmd ::= VACUUM */ {sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,0);} break; case 230: /* cmd ::= VACUUM nm */ {sqlite3Vacuum(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 231: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm */ {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0,0);} break; case 232: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ nmnum */ {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,0);} break; case 233: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP nmnum RP */ {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,0);} break; case 234: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm EQ minus_num */ {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-2].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0,1);} break; case 235: /* cmd ::= PRAGMA nm dbnm LP minus_num RP */ {sqlite3Pragma(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-3].minor.yy0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,1);} break; case 238: /* cmd ::= createkw trigger_decl BEGIN trigger_cmd_list END */ { Token all; all.z = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z; all.n = (int)(yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z - yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z) + yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n; sqlite3FinishTrigger(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy207, &all); } break; case 239: /* trigger_decl ::= temp TRIGGER ifnotexists nm dbnm trigger_time trigger_event ON fullname foreach_clause when_clause */ { sqlite3BeginTrigger(pParse, &yymsp[-7].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-6].minor.yy0, yymsp[-5].minor.yy70, yymsp[-4].minor.yy34.a, yymsp[-4].minor.yy34.b, yymsp[-2].minor.yy135, yymsp[0].minor.yy18, yymsp[-10].minor.yy70, yymsp[-8].minor.yy70); yymsp[-10].minor.yy0 = (yymsp[-6].minor.yy0.n==0?yymsp[-7].minor.yy0:yymsp[-6].minor.yy0); /*A-overwrites-T*/ } break; case 240: /* trigger_time ::= BEFORE|AFTER */ { yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/ } break; case 241: /* trigger_time ::= INSTEAD OF */ { yymsp[-1].minor.yy70 = TK_INSTEAD;} break; case 242: /* trigger_time ::= */ { yymsp[1].minor.yy70 = TK_BEFORE; } break; case 243: /* trigger_event ::= DELETE|INSERT */ case 244: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==244); {yymsp[0].minor.yy34.a = yymsp[0].major; /*A-overwrites-X*/ yymsp[0].minor.yy34.b = 0;} break; case 245: /* trigger_event ::= UPDATE OF idlist */ {yymsp[-2].minor.yy34.a = TK_UPDATE; yymsp[-2].minor.yy34.b = yymsp[0].minor.yy48;} break; case 246: /* when_clause ::= */ case 265: /* key_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==265); case 307: /* filter_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==307); { yymsp[1].minor.yy18 = 0; } break; case 247: /* when_clause ::= WHEN expr */ case 266: /* key_opt ::= KEY expr */ yytestcase(yyruleno==266); { yymsp[-1].minor.yy18 = yymsp[0].minor.yy18; } break; case 248: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd_list trigger_cmd SEMI */ { assert( yymsp[-2].minor.yy207!=0 ); yymsp[-2].minor.yy207->pLast->pNext = yymsp[-1].minor.yy207; yymsp[-2].minor.yy207->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy207; } break; case 249: /* trigger_cmd_list ::= trigger_cmd SEMI */ { assert( yymsp[-1].minor.yy207!=0 ); yymsp[-1].minor.yy207->pLast = yymsp[-1].minor.yy207; } break; case 250: /* trnm ::= nm DOT nm */ { yymsp[-2].minor.yy0 = yymsp[0].minor.yy0; sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "qualified table names are not allowed on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE " "statements within triggers"); } break; case 251: /* tridxby ::= INDEXED BY nm */ { sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "the INDEXED BY clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " "within triggers"); } break; case 252: /* tridxby ::= NOT INDEXED */ { sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "the NOT INDEXED clause is not allowed on UPDATE or DELETE statements " "within triggers"); } break; case 253: /* trigger_cmd ::= UPDATE orconf trnm tridxby SET setlist where_opt scanpt */ {yylhsminor.yy207 = sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(pParse, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-2].minor.yy420, yymsp[-1].minor.yy18, yymsp[-6].minor.yy70, yymsp[-7].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy392);} yymsp[-7].minor.yy207 = yylhsminor.yy207; break; case 254: /* trigger_cmd ::= scanpt insert_cmd INTO trnm idlist_opt select upsert scanpt */ { yylhsminor.yy207 = sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(pParse,&yymsp[-4].minor.yy0,yymsp[-3].minor.yy48,yymsp[-2].minor.yy489,yymsp[-6].minor.yy70,yymsp[-1].minor.yy340,yymsp[-7].minor.yy392,yymsp[0].minor.yy392);/*yylhsminor.yy207-overwrites-yymsp[-6].minor.yy70*/ } yymsp[-7].minor.yy207 = yylhsminor.yy207; break; case 255: /* trigger_cmd ::= DELETE FROM trnm tridxby where_opt scanpt */ {yylhsminor.yy207 = sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, yymsp[-1].minor.yy18, yymsp[-5].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy392);} yymsp[-5].minor.yy207 = yylhsminor.yy207; break; case 256: /* trigger_cmd ::= scanpt select scanpt */ {yylhsminor.yy207 = sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy489, yymsp[-2].minor.yy392, yymsp[0].minor.yy392); /*yylhsminor.yy207-overwrites-yymsp[-1].minor.yy489*/} yymsp[-2].minor.yy207 = yylhsminor.yy207; break; case 257: /* expr ::= RAISE LP IGNORE RP */ { yymsp[-3].minor.yy18 = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_RAISE, 0, 0); if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy18 ){ yymsp[-3].minor.yy18->affinity = OE_Ignore; } } break; case 258: /* expr ::= RAISE LP raisetype COMMA nm RP */ { yymsp[-5].minor.yy18 = sqlite3ExprAlloc(pParse->db, TK_RAISE, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, 1); if( yymsp[-5].minor.yy18 ) { yymsp[-5].minor.yy18->affinity = (char)yymsp[-3].minor.yy70; } } break; case 259: /* raisetype ::= ROLLBACK */ {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = OE_Rollback;} break; case 261: /* raisetype ::= FAIL */ {yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = OE_Fail;} break; case 262: /* cmd ::= DROP TRIGGER ifexists fullname */ { sqlite3DropTrigger(pParse,yymsp[0].minor.yy135,yymsp[-1].minor.yy70); } break; case 263: /* cmd ::= ATTACH database_kw_opt expr AS expr key_opt */ { sqlite3Attach(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy18, yymsp[-1].minor.yy18, yymsp[0].minor.yy18); } break; case 264: /* cmd ::= DETACH database_kw_opt expr */ { sqlite3Detach(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy18); } break; case 267: /* cmd ::= REINDEX */ {sqlite3Reindex(pParse, 0, 0);} break; case 268: /* cmd ::= REINDEX nm dbnm */ {sqlite3Reindex(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 269: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE */ {sqlite3Analyze(pParse, 0, 0);} break; case 270: /* cmd ::= ANALYZE nm dbnm */ {sqlite3Analyze(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 271: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME TO nm */ { sqlite3AlterRenameTable(pParse,yymsp[-3].minor.yy135,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 272: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE add_column_fullname ADD kwcolumn_opt columnname carglist */ { yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n = (int)(pParse->sLastToken.z-yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z) + pParse->sLastToken.n; sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(pParse, &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0); } break; case 273: /* add_column_fullname ::= fullname */ { disableLookaside(pParse); sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy135); } break; case 274: /* cmd ::= ALTER TABLE fullname RENAME kwcolumn_opt nm TO nm */ { sqlite3AlterRenameColumn(pParse, yymsp[-5].minor.yy135, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0); } break; case 275: /* cmd ::= create_vtab */ {sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,0);} break; case 276: /* cmd ::= create_vtab LP vtabarglist RP */ {sqlite3VtabFinishParse(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 277: /* create_vtab ::= createkw VIRTUAL TABLE ifnotexists nm dbnm USING nm */ { sqlite3VtabBeginParse(pParse, &yymsp[-3].minor.yy0, &yymsp[-2].minor.yy0, &yymsp[0].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy70); } break; case 278: /* vtabarg ::= */ {sqlite3VtabArgInit(pParse);} break; case 279: /* vtabargtoken ::= ANY */ case 280: /* vtabargtoken ::= lp anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==280); case 281: /* lp ::= LP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==281); {sqlite3VtabArgExtend(pParse,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);} break; case 282: /* with ::= WITH wqlist */ case 283: /* with ::= WITH RECURSIVE wqlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==283); { sqlite3WithPush(pParse, yymsp[0].minor.yy449, 1); } break; case 284: /* wqlist ::= nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */ { yymsp[-5].minor.yy449 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, 0, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy420, yymsp[-1].minor.yy489); /*A-overwrites-X*/ } break; case 285: /* wqlist ::= wqlist COMMA nm eidlist_opt AS LP select RP */ { yymsp[-7].minor.yy449 = sqlite3WithAdd(pParse, yymsp[-7].minor.yy449, &yymsp[-5].minor.yy0, yymsp[-4].minor.yy420, yymsp[-1].minor.yy489); } break; case 286: /* windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn */ { yylhsminor.yy327 = yymsp[0].minor.yy327; } yymsp[0].minor.yy327 = yylhsminor.yy327; break; case 287: /* windowdefn_list ::= windowdefn_list COMMA windowdefn */ { assert( yymsp[0].minor.yy327!=0 ); yymsp[0].minor.yy327->pNextWin = yymsp[-2].minor.yy327; yylhsminor.yy327 = yymsp[0].minor.yy327; } yymsp[-2].minor.yy327 = yylhsminor.yy327; break; case 288: /* windowdefn ::= nm AS window */ { if( ALWAYS(yymsp[0].minor.yy327) ){ yymsp[0].minor.yy327->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.n); } yylhsminor.yy327 = yymsp[0].minor.yy327; } yymsp[-2].minor.yy327 = yylhsminor.yy327; break; case 289: /* window ::= LP part_opt orderby_opt frame_opt RP */ { yymsp[-4].minor.yy327 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy327; if( ALWAYS(yymsp[-4].minor.yy327) ){ yymsp[-4].minor.yy327->pPartition = yymsp[-3].minor.yy420; yymsp[-4].minor.yy327->pOrderBy = yymsp[-2].minor.yy420; } } break; case 290: /* part_opt ::= PARTITION BY nexprlist */ { yymsp[-2].minor.yy420 = yymsp[0].minor.yy420; } break; case 291: /* part_opt ::= */ { yymsp[1].minor.yy420 = 0; } break; case 292: /* frame_opt ::= */ { yymsp[1].minor.yy327 = sqlite3WindowAlloc(pParse, TK_RANGE, TK_UNBOUNDED, 0, TK_CURRENT, 0); } break; case 293: /* frame_opt ::= range_or_rows frame_bound_s */ { yylhsminor.yy327 = sqlite3WindowAlloc(pParse, yymsp[-1].minor.yy70, yymsp[0].minor.yy119.eType, yymsp[0].minor.yy119.pExpr, TK_CURRENT, 0); } yymsp[-1].minor.yy327 = yylhsminor.yy327; break; case 294: /* frame_opt ::= range_or_rows BETWEEN frame_bound_s AND frame_bound_e */ { yylhsminor.yy327 = sqlite3WindowAlloc(pParse, yymsp[-4].minor.yy70, yymsp[-2].minor.yy119.eType, yymsp[-2].minor.yy119.pExpr, yymsp[0].minor.yy119.eType, yymsp[0].minor.yy119.pExpr); } yymsp[-4].minor.yy327 = yylhsminor.yy327; break; case 295: /* range_or_rows ::= RANGE */ { yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = TK_RANGE; } break; case 296: /* range_or_rows ::= ROWS */ { yymsp[0].minor.yy70 = TK_ROWS; } break; case 297: /* frame_bound_s ::= frame_bound */ case 299: /* frame_bound_e ::= frame_bound */ yytestcase(yyruleno==299); { yylhsminor.yy119 = yymsp[0].minor.yy119; } yymsp[0].minor.yy119 = yylhsminor.yy119; break; case 298: /* frame_bound_s ::= UNBOUNDED PRECEDING */ case 300: /* frame_bound_e ::= UNBOUNDED FOLLOWING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==300); {yymsp[-1].minor.yy119.eType = TK_UNBOUNDED; yymsp[-1].minor.yy119.pExpr = 0;} break; case 301: /* frame_bound ::= expr PRECEDING */ { yylhsminor.yy119.eType = TK_PRECEDING; yylhsminor.yy119.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy18; } yymsp[-1].minor.yy119 = yylhsminor.yy119; break; case 302: /* frame_bound ::= CURRENT ROW */ { yymsp[-1].minor.yy119.eType = TK_CURRENT ; yymsp[-1].minor.yy119.pExpr = 0; } break; case 303: /* frame_bound ::= expr FOLLOWING */ { yylhsminor.yy119.eType = TK_FOLLOWING; yylhsminor.yy119.pExpr = yymsp[-1].minor.yy18; } yymsp[-1].minor.yy119 = yylhsminor.yy119; break; case 304: /* window_clause ::= WINDOW windowdefn_list */ { yymsp[-1].minor.yy327 = yymsp[0].minor.yy327; } break; case 305: /* over_clause ::= filter_opt OVER window */ { yylhsminor.yy327 = yymsp[0].minor.yy327; assert( yylhsminor.yy327!=0 ); yylhsminor.yy327->pFilter = yymsp[-2].minor.yy18; } yymsp[-2].minor.yy327 = yylhsminor.yy327; break; case 306: /* over_clause ::= filter_opt OVER nm */ { yylhsminor.yy327 = (Window*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(pParse->db, sizeof(Window)); if( yylhsminor.yy327 ){ yylhsminor.yy327->zName = sqlite3DbStrNDup(pParse->db, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z, yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n); yylhsminor.yy327->pFilter = yymsp[-2].minor.yy18; }else{ sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy18); } } yymsp[-2].minor.yy327 = yylhsminor.yy327; break; case 308: /* filter_opt ::= FILTER LP WHERE expr RP */ { yymsp[-4].minor.yy18 = yymsp[-1].minor.yy18; } break; default: /* (309) input ::= cmdlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==309); /* (310) cmdlist ::= cmdlist ecmd */ yytestcase(yyruleno==310); /* (311) cmdlist ::= ecmd (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=311); /* (312) ecmd ::= SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==312); /* (313) ecmd ::= cmdx SEMI */ yytestcase(yyruleno==313); /* (314) ecmd ::= explain cmdx */ yytestcase(yyruleno==314); /* (315) trans_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==315); /* (316) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION */ yytestcase(yyruleno==316); /* (317) trans_opt ::= TRANSACTION nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==317); /* (318) savepoint_opt ::= SAVEPOINT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==318); /* (319) savepoint_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==319); /* (320) cmd ::= create_table create_table_args */ yytestcase(yyruleno==320); /* (321) columnlist ::= columnlist COMMA columnname carglist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==321); /* (322) columnlist ::= columnname carglist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==322); /* (323) nm ::= ID|INDEXED */ yytestcase(yyruleno==323); /* (324) nm ::= STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==324); /* (325) nm ::= JOIN_KW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==325); /* (326) typetoken ::= typename */ yytestcase(yyruleno==326); /* (327) typename ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==327); /* (328) signed ::= plus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=328); /* (329) signed ::= minus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=329); /* (330) carglist ::= carglist ccons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==330); /* (331) carglist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==331); /* (332) ccons ::= NULL onconf */ yytestcase(yyruleno==332); /* (333) conslist_opt ::= COMMA conslist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==333); /* (334) conslist ::= conslist tconscomma tcons */ yytestcase(yyruleno==334); /* (335) conslist ::= tcons (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=335); /* (336) tconscomma ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==336); /* (337) defer_subclause_opt ::= defer_subclause (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=337); /* (338) resolvetype ::= raisetype (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=338); /* (339) selectnowith ::= oneselect (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=339); /* (340) oneselect ::= values */ yytestcase(yyruleno==340); /* (341) sclp ::= selcollist COMMA */ yytestcase(yyruleno==341); /* (342) as ::= ID|STRING */ yytestcase(yyruleno==342); /* (343) expr ::= term (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=343); /* (344) likeop ::= LIKE_KW|MATCH */ yytestcase(yyruleno==344); /* (345) exprlist ::= nexprlist */ yytestcase(yyruleno==345); /* (346) nmnum ::= plus_num (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=346); /* (347) nmnum ::= nm (OPTIMIZED OUT) */ assert(yyruleno!=347); /* (348) nmnum ::= ON */ yytestcase(yyruleno==348); /* (349) nmnum ::= DELETE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==349); /* (350) nmnum ::= DEFAULT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==350); /* (351) plus_num ::= INTEGER|FLOAT */ yytestcase(yyruleno==351); /* (352) foreach_clause ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==352); /* (353) foreach_clause ::= FOR EACH ROW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==353); /* (354) trnm ::= nm */ yytestcase(yyruleno==354); /* (355) tridxby ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==355); /* (356) database_kw_opt ::= DATABASE */ yytestcase(yyruleno==356); /* (357) database_kw_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==357); /* (358) kwcolumn_opt ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==358); /* (359) kwcolumn_opt ::= COLUMNKW */ yytestcase(yyruleno==359); /* (360) vtabarglist ::= vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==360); /* (361) vtabarglist ::= vtabarglist COMMA vtabarg */ yytestcase(yyruleno==361); /* (362) vtabarg ::= vtabarg vtabargtoken */ yytestcase(yyruleno==362); /* (363) anylist ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==363); /* (364) anylist ::= anylist LP anylist RP */ yytestcase(yyruleno==364); /* (365) anylist ::= anylist ANY */ yytestcase(yyruleno==365); /* (366) with ::= */ yytestcase(yyruleno==366); break; /********** End reduce actions ************************************************/ }; assert( yyrulenoYY_MAX_SHIFT && yyact<=YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE) ); /* It is not possible for a REDUCE to be followed by an error */ assert( yyact!=YY_ERROR_ACTION ); yymsp += yysize+1; yypParser->yytos = yymsp; yymsp->stateno = (YYACTIONTYPE)yyact; yymsp->major = (YYCODETYPE)yygoto; yyTraceShift(yypParser, yyact, "... then shift"); return yyact; } /* ** The following code executes when the parse fails */ #ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY static void yy_parse_failed( yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ ){ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sFail!\n",yyTracePrompt); } #endif while( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystack ) yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the ** parser fails */ /************ Begin %parse_failure code ***************************************/ /************ End %parse_failure code *****************************************/ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE } #endif /* YYNOERRORRECOVERY */ /* ** The following code executes when a syntax error first occurs. */ static void yy_syntax_error( yyParser *yypParser, /* The parser */ int yymajor, /* The major type of the error token */ sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The minor type of the error token */ ){ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH #define TOKEN yyminor /************ Begin %syntax_error code ****************************************/ UNUSED_PARAMETER(yymajor); /* Silence some compiler warnings */ if( TOKEN.z[0] ){ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "near \"%T\": syntax error", &TOKEN); }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "incomplete input"); } /************ End %syntax_error code ******************************************/ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE } /* ** The following is executed when the parser accepts */ static void yy_accept( yyParser *yypParser /* The parser */ ){ sqlite3ParserARG_FETCH sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sAccept!\n",yyTracePrompt); } #endif #ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; #endif assert( yypParser->yytos==yypParser->yystack ); /* Here code is inserted which will be executed whenever the ** parser accepts */ /*********** Begin %parse_accept code *****************************************/ /*********** End %parse_accept code *******************************************/ sqlite3ParserARG_STORE /* Suppress warning about unused %extra_argument variable */ sqlite3ParserCTX_STORE } /* The main parser program. ** The first argument is a pointer to a structure obtained from ** "sqlite3ParserAlloc" which describes the current state of the parser. ** The second argument is the major token number. The third is ** the minor token. The fourth optional argument is whatever the ** user wants (and specified in the grammar) and is available for ** use by the action routines. ** ** Inputs: **
      **
    • A pointer to the parser (an opaque structure.) **
    • The major token number. **
    • The minor token number. **
    • An option argument of a grammar-specified type. **
    ** ** Outputs: ** None. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Parser( void *yyp, /* The parser */ int yymajor, /* The major token code number */ sqlite3ParserTOKENTYPE yyminor /* The value for the token */ sqlite3ParserARG_PDECL /* Optional %extra_argument parameter */ ){ YYMINORTYPE yyminorunion; YYACTIONTYPE yyact; /* The parser action. */ #if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) int yyendofinput; /* True if we are at the end of input */ #endif #ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL int yyerrorhit = 0; /* True if yymajor has invoked an error */ #endif yyParser *yypParser = (yyParser*)yyp; /* The parser */ sqlite3ParserCTX_FETCH sqlite3ParserARG_STORE assert( yypParser->yytos!=0 ); #if !defined(YYERRORSYMBOL) && !defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) yyendofinput = (yymajor==0); #endif yyact = yypParser->yytos->stateno; #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ if( yyact < YY_MIN_REDUCE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s' in state %d\n", yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor],yyact); }else{ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sInput '%s' with pending reduce %d\n", yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor],yyact-YY_MIN_REDUCE); } } #endif do{ assert( yyact==yypParser->yytos->stateno ); yyact = yy_find_shift_action((YYCODETYPE)yymajor,yyact); if( yyact >= YY_MIN_REDUCE ){ yyact = yy_reduce(yypParser,yyact-YY_MIN_REDUCE,yymajor, yyminor sqlite3ParserCTX_PARAM); }else if( yyact <= YY_MAX_SHIFTREDUCE ){ yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,yyminor); #ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY yypParser->yyerrcnt--; #endif break; }else if( yyact==YY_ACCEPT_ACTION ){ yypParser->yytos--; yy_accept(yypParser); return; }else{ assert( yyact == YY_ERROR_ACTION ); yyminorunion.yy0 = yyminor; #ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL int yymx; #endif #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sSyntax Error!\n",yyTracePrompt); } #endif #ifdef YYERRORSYMBOL /* A syntax error has occurred. ** The response to an error depends upon whether or not the ** grammar defines an error token "ERROR". ** ** This is what we do if the grammar does define ERROR: ** ** * Call the %syntax_error function. ** ** * Begin popping the stack until we enter a state where ** it is legal to shift the error symbol, then shift ** the error symbol. ** ** * Set the error count to three. ** ** * Begin accepting and shifting new tokens. No new error ** processing will occur until three tokens have been ** shifted successfully. ** */ if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<0 ){ yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor,yyminor); } yymx = yypParser->yytos->major; if( yymx==YYERRORSYMBOL || yyerrorhit ){ #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sDiscard input token %s\n", yyTracePrompt,yyTokenName[yymajor]); } #endif yy_destructor(yypParser, (YYCODETYPE)yymajor, &yyminorunion); yymajor = YYNOCODE; }else{ while( yypParser->yytos >= yypParser->yystack && yymx != YYERRORSYMBOL && (yyact = yy_find_reduce_action( yypParser->yytos->stateno, YYERRORSYMBOL)) >= YY_MIN_REDUCE ){ yy_pop_parser_stack(yypParser); } if( yypParser->yytos < yypParser->yystack || yymajor==0 ){ yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); yy_parse_failed(yypParser); #ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; #endif yymajor = YYNOCODE; }else if( yymx!=YYERRORSYMBOL ){ yy_shift(yypParser,yyact,YYERRORSYMBOL,yyminor); } } yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; yyerrorhit = 1; if( yymajor==YYNOCODE ) break; yyact = yypParser->yytos->stateno; #elif defined(YYNOERRORRECOVERY) /* If the YYNOERRORRECOVERY macro is defined, then do not attempt to ** do any kind of error recovery. Instead, simply invoke the syntax ** error routine and continue going as if nothing had happened. ** ** Applications can set this macro (for example inside %include) if ** they intend to abandon the parse upon the first syntax error seen. */ yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor, yyminor); yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); break; #else /* YYERRORSYMBOL is not defined */ /* This is what we do if the grammar does not define ERROR: ** ** * Report an error message, and throw away the input token. ** ** * If the input token is $, then fail the parse. ** ** As before, subsequent error messages are suppressed until ** three input tokens have been successfully shifted. */ if( yypParser->yyerrcnt<=0 ){ yy_syntax_error(yypParser,yymajor, yyminor); } yypParser->yyerrcnt = 3; yy_destructor(yypParser,(YYCODETYPE)yymajor,&yyminorunion); if( yyendofinput ){ yy_parse_failed(yypParser); #ifndef YYNOERRORRECOVERY yypParser->yyerrcnt = -1; #endif } break; #endif } }while( yypParser->yytos>yypParser->yystack ); #ifndef NDEBUG if( yyTraceFILE ){ yyStackEntry *i; char cDiv = '['; fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%sReturn. Stack=",yyTracePrompt); for(i=&yypParser->yystack[1]; i<=yypParser->yytos; i++){ fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"%c%s", cDiv, yyTokenName[i->major]); cDiv = ' '; } fprintf(yyTraceFILE,"]\n"); } #endif return; } /* ** Return the fallback token corresponding to canonical token iToken, or ** 0 if iToken has no fallback. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParserFallback(int iToken){ #ifdef YYFALLBACK if( iToken<(int)(sizeof(yyFallback)/sizeof(yyFallback[0])) ){ return yyFallback[iToken]; } #else (void)iToken; #endif return 0; } /************** End of parse.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file tokenize.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** An tokenizer for SQL ** ** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into ** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the ** parser for analysis. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ /* #include */ /* Character classes for tokenizing ** ** In the sqlite3GetToken() function, a switch() on aiClass[c] is implemented ** using a lookup table, whereas a switch() directly on c uses a binary search. ** The lookup table is much faster. To maximize speed, and to ensure that ** a lookup table is used, all of the classes need to be small integers and ** all of them need to be used within the switch. */ #define CC_X 0 /* The letter 'x', or start of BLOB literal */ #define CC_KYWD 1 /* Alphabetics or '_'. Usable in a keyword */ #define CC_ID 2 /* unicode characters usable in IDs */ #define CC_DIGIT 3 /* Digits */ #define CC_DOLLAR 4 /* '$' */ #define CC_VARALPHA 5 /* '@', '#', ':'. Alphabetic SQL variables */ #define CC_VARNUM 6 /* '?'. Numeric SQL variables */ #define CC_SPACE 7 /* Space characters */ #define CC_QUOTE 8 /* '"', '\'', or '`'. String literals, quoted ids */ #define CC_QUOTE2 9 /* '['. [...] style quoted ids */ #define CC_PIPE 10 /* '|'. Bitwise OR or concatenate */ #define CC_MINUS 11 /* '-'. Minus or SQL-style comment */ #define CC_LT 12 /* '<'. Part of < or <= or <> */ #define CC_GT 13 /* '>'. Part of > or >= */ #define CC_EQ 14 /* '='. Part of = or == */ #define CC_BANG 15 /* '!'. Part of != */ #define CC_SLASH 16 /* '/'. / or c-style comment */ #define CC_LP 17 /* '(' */ #define CC_RP 18 /* ')' */ #define CC_SEMI 19 /* ';' */ #define CC_PLUS 20 /* '+' */ #define CC_STAR 21 /* '*' */ #define CC_PERCENT 22 /* '%' */ #define CC_COMMA 23 /* ',' */ #define CC_AND 24 /* '&' */ #define CC_TILDA 25 /* '~' */ #define CC_DOT 26 /* '.' */ #define CC_ILLEGAL 27 /* Illegal character */ #define CC_NUL 28 /* 0x00 */ static const unsigned char aiClass[] = { #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII /* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xa xb xc xd xe xf */ /* 0x */ 28, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 7, 7, 27, 7, 7, 27, 27, /* 1x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, /* 2x */ 7, 15, 8, 5, 4, 22, 24, 8, 17, 18, 21, 20, 23, 11, 26, 16, /* 3x */ 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 5, 19, 12, 14, 13, 6, /* 4x */ 5, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 5x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 9, 27, 27, 27, 1, /* 6x */ 8, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 7x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 27, 10, 27, 25, 27, /* 8x */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* 9x */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* Ax */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* Bx */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* Cx */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* Dx */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* Ex */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, /* Fx */ 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2 #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC /* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xa xb xc xd xe xf */ /* 0x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 7, 7, 27, 27, /* 1x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, /* 2x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, /* 3x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, /* 4x */ 7, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 26, 12, 17, 20, 10, /* 5x */ 24, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 15, 4, 21, 18, 19, 27, /* 6x */ 11, 16, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 23, 22, 1, 13, 6, /* 7x */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 8, 5, 5, 5, 8, 14, 8, /* 8x */ 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, /* 9x */ 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, /* Ax */ 27, 25, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, /* Bx */ 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 9, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, /* Cx */ 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, /* Dx */ 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, /* Ex */ 27, 27, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, /* Fx */ 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, #endif }; /* ** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters (only) into their ** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just ** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need ** to adjust the encoding. The mapping is only valid for alphabetics ** which are the only characters for which this feature is used. ** ** Used by keywordhash.h */ #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII # define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X] #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC # define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X] const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = { /* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */ 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */ 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ 0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */ 0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */ 0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */ }; #endif /* ** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if ** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is ** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned. ** ** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program, ** mkkeywordhash.c, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution. ** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file ** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by ** the #include below. */ /************** Include keywordhash.h in the middle of tokenize.c ************/ /************** Begin file keywordhash.h *************************************/ /***** This file contains automatically generated code ****** ** ** The code in this file has been automatically generated by ** ** sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c ** ** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether ** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing ** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table. ** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code ** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications ** on platforms with limited memory. */ /* Hash score: 208 */ /* zKWText[] encodes 923 bytes of keyword text in 614 bytes */ /* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */ /* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */ /* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */ /* UNIQUERYWITHOUTERELEASEATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERANGEBETWEEN */ /* OTHINGLOBYCASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACH */ /* IMMEDIATEJOINSERTLIKEMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMIT */ /* WHENOTNULLWHERECURSIVEAFTERENAMEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCAST */ /* COLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSSCURRENT_TIMESTAMPARTITIONDEFERRED */ /* ISTINCTDROPRECEDINGFAILFILTEREPLACEFOLLOWINGFROMFULLIFISNULL */ /* ORDERESTRICTOVERIGHTROLLBACKROWSUNBOUNDEDUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW */ /* INDOWINITIALLYPRIMARY */ static const char zKWText[613] = { 'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H', 'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G', 'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A', 'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F', 'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N', 'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I', 'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E', 'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E', 'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T', 'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q', 'U','E','R','Y','W','I','T','H','O','U','T','E','R','E','L','E','A','S', 'E','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U','P','D','A', 'T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','A','N','G','E','B','E','T','W', 'E','E','N','O','T','H','I','N','G','L','O','B','Y','C','A','S','C','A', 'D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L','A','T','E','C', 'R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D','A','T','E','D', 'E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E','J','O','I','N', 'S','E','R','T','L','I','K','E','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A', 'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U', 'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','O', 'T','N','U','L','L','W','H','E','R','E','C','U','R','S','I','V','E','A', 'F','T','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T', 'A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R','E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C', 'O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M','M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C', 'T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E', 'S','T','A','M','P','A','R','T','I','T','I','O','N','D','E','F','E','R', 'R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T','D','R','O','P','R','E','C','E', 'D','I','N','G','F','A','I','L','F','I','L','T','E','R','E','P','L','A', 'C','E','F','O','L','L','O','W','I','N','G','F','R','O','M','F','U','L', 'L','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S','T','R', 'I','C','T','O','V','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L','B','A','C', 'K','R','O','W','S','U','N','B','O','U','N','D','E','D','U','N','I','O', 'N','U','S','I','N','G','V','A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N', 'D','O','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y','P','R','I','M','A','R', 'Y', }; /* aKWHash[i] is the hash value for the i-th keyword */ static const unsigned char aKWHash[127] = { 74, 109, 124, 72, 106, 45, 0, 0, 81, 0, 76, 61, 0, 42, 12, 77, 15, 0, 123, 84, 54, 118, 125, 19, 0, 0, 130, 0, 128, 121, 0, 22, 96, 0, 9, 0, 0, 115, 69, 0, 67, 6, 0, 48, 93, 136, 0, 126, 104, 0, 0, 44, 0, 107, 24, 0, 17, 0, 131, 53, 23, 0, 5, 62, 132, 99, 0, 0, 135, 110, 60, 134, 57, 113, 55, 0, 94, 0, 103, 26, 0, 102, 0, 0, 0, 98, 95, 100, 105, 117, 14, 39, 116, 0, 80, 0, 133, 114, 92, 59, 0, 129, 79, 119, 86, 46, 83, 0, 0, 97, 40, 122, 120, 0, 127, 0, 0, 29, 0, 89, 87, 88, 0, 20, 85, 111, 56, }; /* aKWNext[] forms the hash collision chain. If aKWHash[i]==0 ** then the i-th keyword has no more hash collisions. Otherwise, ** the next keyword with the same hash is aKWHash[i]-1. */ static const unsigned char aKWNext[136] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 33, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 50, 0, 43, 3, 47, 0, 0, 32, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 64, 0, 0, 65, 0, 41, 0, 38, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 49, 75, 0, 0, 30, 0, 58, 0, 0, 0, 31, 63, 16, 34, 10, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 11, 70, 91, 0, 0, 8, 0, 108, 0, 101, 28, 52, 68, 0, 112, 0, 73, 51, 0, 90, 27, 37, 0, 71, 36, 82, 0, 35, 66, 25, 18, 0, 0, 78, }; /* aKWLen[i] is the length (in bytes) of the i-th keyword */ static const unsigned char aKWLen[136] = { 7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 7, 3, 6, 6, 7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6, 11, 6, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, 4, 6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 7, 4, 5, 7, 6, 6, 5, 6, 5, 5, 5, 7, 7, 4, 2, 7, 3, 6, 4, 7, 6, 12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 4, 5, 4, 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5, 4, 7, 3, 2, 4, 5, 9, 5, 6, 3, 7, 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, 8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 9, 8, 8, 2, 4, 9, 4, 6, 7, 9, 4, 4, 2, 6, 5, 8, 4, 5, 8, 4, 3, 9, 5, 5, 6, 4, 6, 2, 9, 3, 7, }; /* aKWOffset[i] is the index into zKWText[] of the start of ** the text for the i-th keyword. */ static const unsigned short int aKWOffset[136] = { 0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33, 36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81, 86, 91, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152, 159, 162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 184, 188, 192, 199, 204, 209, 212, 218, 221, 225, 230, 236, 242, 245, 247, 248, 252, 258, 262, 269, 275, 287, 293, 302, 304, 310, 314, 319, 321, 328, 333, 338, 344, 350, 355, 358, 358, 358, 361, 365, 368, 377, 381, 387, 389, 396, 398, 400, 409, 413, 419, 425, 433, 438, 438, 438, 454, 463, 470, 471, 478, 481, 490, 494, 499, 506, 515, 519, 523, 525, 531, 535, 543, 546, 551, 559, 559, 563, 572, 577, 582, 588, 591, 594, 597, 602, 606, }; /* aKWCode[i] is the parser symbol code for the i-th keyword */ static const unsigned char aKWCode[136] = { TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE, TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOREIGN, TK_FOR, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD, TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE, TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ACTION, TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ALTER, TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT, TK_INTERSECT, TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, TK_OFFSET, TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR, TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_WITHOUT, TK_WITH, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP, TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RANGE, TK_BETWEEN, TK_NOTHING, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY, TK_CASCADE, TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT, TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NOT, TK_NO, TK_NULL, TK_WHERE, TK_RECURSIVE, TK_AFTER, TK_RENAME, TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT, TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW, TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CURRENT, TK_PARTITION, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_DROP, TK_PRECEDING, TK_FAIL, TK_FILTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_FOLLOWING, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, TK_OVER, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROWS, TK_ROW, TK_UNBOUNDED, TK_UNION, TK_USING, TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_WINDOW, TK_DO, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL, TK_PRIMARY, }; /* Check to see if z[0..n-1] is a keyword. If it is, write the ** parser symbol code for that keyword into *pType. Always ** return the integer n (the length of the token). */ static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n, int *pType){ int i, j; const char *zKW; if( n>=2 ){ i = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^ (charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^ n) % 127; for(i=((int)aKWHash[i])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aKWNext[i])-1){ if( aKWLen[i]!=n ) continue; j = 0; zKW = &zKWText[aKWOffset[i]]; #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII while( j=SQLITE_N_KEYWORD ) return SQLITE_ERROR; *pzName = zKWText + aKWOffset[i]; *pnName = aKWLen[i]; return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_count(void){ return SQLITE_N_KEYWORD; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_keyword_check(const char *zName, int nName){ return TK_ID!=sqlite3KeywordCode((const u8*)zName, nName); } /************** End of keywordhash.h *****************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in tokenize.c *******************/ /* ** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then ** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false. ** ** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is ** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters, ** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1. ** ** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same ** end result. ** ** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the ** middle of identifiers. But many SQL implementations do. ** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility. ** But the feature is undocumented. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII #define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = { /* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */ 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */ 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */ 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */ }; #define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) #endif /* Make the IdChar function accessible from ctime.c and alter.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsIdChar(u8 c){ return IdChar(c); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC /* ** Return the id of the next token in string (*pz). Before returning, set ** (*pz) to point to the byte following the parsed token. */ static int getToken(const unsigned char **pz){ const unsigned char *z = *pz; int t; /* Token type to return */ do { z += sqlite3GetToken(z, &t); }while( t==TK_SPACE ); if( t==TK_ID || t==TK_STRING || t==TK_JOIN_KW || t==TK_WINDOW || t==TK_OVER || sqlite3ParserFallback(t)==TK_ID ){ t = TK_ID; } *pz = z; return t; } /* ** The following three functions are called immediately after the tokenizer ** reads the keywords WINDOW, OVER and FILTER, respectively, to determine ** whether the token should be treated as a keyword or an SQL identifier. ** This cannot be handled by the usual lemon %fallback method, due to ** the ambiguity in some constructions. e.g. ** ** SELECT sum(x) OVER ... ** ** In the above, "OVER" might be a keyword, or it might be an alias for the ** sum(x) expression. If a "%fallback ID OVER" directive were added to ** grammar, then SQLite would always treat "OVER" as an alias, making it ** impossible to call a window-function without a FILTER clause. ** ** WINDOW is treated as a keyword if: ** ** * the following token is an identifier, or a keyword that can fallback ** to being an identifier, and ** * the token after than one is TK_AS. ** ** OVER is a keyword if: ** ** * the previous token was TK_RP, and ** * the next token is either TK_LP or an identifier. ** ** FILTER is a keyword if: ** ** * the previous token was TK_RP, and ** * the next token is TK_LP. */ static int analyzeWindowKeyword(const unsigned char *z){ int t; t = getToken(&z); if( t!=TK_ID ) return TK_ID; t = getToken(&z); if( t!=TK_AS ) return TK_ID; return TK_WINDOW; } static int analyzeOverKeyword(const unsigned char *z, int lastToken){ if( lastToken==TK_RP ){ int t = getToken(&z); if( t==TK_LP || t==TK_ID ) return TK_OVER; } return TK_ID; } static int analyzeFilterKeyword(const unsigned char *z, int lastToken){ if( lastToken==TK_RP && getToken(&z)==TK_LP ){ return TK_FILTER; } return TK_ID; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ /* ** Return the length (in bytes) of the token that begins at z[0]. ** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){ int i, c; switch( aiClass[*z] ){ /* Switch on the character-class of the first byte ** of the token. See the comment on the CC_ defines ** above. */ case CC_SPACE: { testcase( z[0]==' ' ); testcase( z[0]=='\t' ); testcase( z[0]=='\n' ); testcase( z[0]=='\f' ); testcase( z[0]=='\r' ); for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){} *tokenType = TK_SPACE; return i; } case CC_MINUS: { if( z[1]=='-' ){ for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){} *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ return i; } *tokenType = TK_MINUS; return 1; } case CC_LP: { *tokenType = TK_LP; return 1; } case CC_RP: { *tokenType = TK_RP; return 1; } case CC_SEMI: { *tokenType = TK_SEMI; return 1; } case CC_PLUS: { *tokenType = TK_PLUS; return 1; } case CC_STAR: { *tokenType = TK_STAR; return 1; } case CC_SLASH: { if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){ *tokenType = TK_SLASH; return 1; } for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} if( c ) i++; *tokenType = TK_SPACE; /* IMP: R-22934-25134 */ return i; } case CC_PERCENT: { *tokenType = TK_REM; return 1; } case CC_EQ: { *tokenType = TK_EQ; return 1 + (z[1]=='='); } case CC_LT: { if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ *tokenType = TK_LE; return 2; }else if( c=='>' ){ *tokenType = TK_NE; return 2; }else if( c=='<' ){ *tokenType = TK_LSHIFT; return 2; }else{ *tokenType = TK_LT; return 1; } } case CC_GT: { if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){ *tokenType = TK_GE; return 2; }else if( c=='>' ){ *tokenType = TK_RSHIFT; return 2; }else{ *tokenType = TK_GT; return 1; } } case CC_BANG: { if( z[1]!='=' ){ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; return 1; }else{ *tokenType = TK_NE; return 2; } } case CC_PIPE: { if( z[1]!='|' ){ *tokenType = TK_BITOR; return 1; }else{ *tokenType = TK_CONCAT; return 2; } } case CC_COMMA: { *tokenType = TK_COMMA; return 1; } case CC_AND: { *tokenType = TK_BITAND; return 1; } case CC_TILDA: { *tokenType = TK_BITNOT; return 1; } case CC_QUOTE: { int delim = z[0]; testcase( delim=='`' ); testcase( delim=='\'' ); testcase( delim=='"' ); for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ if( c==delim ){ if( z[i+1]==delim ){ i++; }else{ break; } } } if( c=='\'' ){ *tokenType = TK_STRING; return i+1; }else if( c!=0 ){ *tokenType = TK_ID; return i+1; }else{ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; return i; } } case CC_DOT: { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) ) #endif { *tokenType = TK_DOT; return 1; } /* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point ** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */ } case CC_DIGIT: { testcase( z[0]=='0' ); testcase( z[0]=='1' ); testcase( z[0]=='2' ); testcase( z[0]=='3' ); testcase( z[0]=='4' ); testcase( z[0]=='5' ); testcase( z[0]=='6' ); testcase( z[0]=='7' ); testcase( z[0]=='8' ); testcase( z[0]=='9' ); *tokenType = TK_INTEGER; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_HEX_INTEGER if( z[0]=='0' && (z[1]=='x' || z[1]=='X') && sqlite3Isxdigit(z[2]) ){ for(i=3; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){} return i; } #endif for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT if( z[i]=='.' ){ i++; while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; } if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') && ( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1]) || ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2])) ) ){ i += 2; while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; } *tokenType = TK_FLOAT; } #endif while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; i++; } return i; } case CC_QUOTE2: { for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){} *tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL; return i; } case CC_VARNUM: { *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){} return i; } case CC_DOLLAR: case CC_VARALPHA: { int n = 0; testcase( z[0]=='$' ); testcase( z[0]=='@' ); testcase( z[0]==':' ); testcase( z[0]=='#' ); *tokenType = TK_VARIABLE; for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){ if( IdChar(c) ){ n++; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE }else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){ do{ i++; }while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' ); if( c==')' ){ i++; }else{ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; } break; }else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){ i++; #endif }else{ break; } } if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; return i; } case CC_KYWD: { for(i=1; aiClass[z[i]]<=CC_KYWD; i++){} if( IdChar(z[i]) ){ /* This token started out using characters that can appear in keywords, ** but z[i] is a character not allowed within keywords, so this must ** be an identifier instead */ i++; break; } *tokenType = TK_ID; return keywordCode((char*)z, i, tokenType); } case CC_X: { #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL testcase( z[0]=='x' ); testcase( z[0]=='X' ); if( z[1]=='\'' ){ *tokenType = TK_BLOB; for(i=2; sqlite3Isxdigit(z[i]); i++){} if( z[i]!='\'' || i%2 ){ *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; while( z[i] && z[i]!='\'' ){ i++; } } if( z[i] ) i++; return i; } #endif /* If it is not a BLOB literal, then it must be an ID, since no ** SQL keywords start with the letter 'x'. Fall through */ } case CC_ID: { i = 1; break; } case CC_NUL: { *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; return 0; } default: { *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL; return 1; } } while( IdChar(z[i]) ){ i++; } *tokenType = TK_ID; return i; } /* ** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is ** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs ** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into ** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that ** error message. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){ int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */ void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */ int n = 0; /* Length of the next token token */ int tokenType; /* type of the next token */ int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */ sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */ int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */ #ifdef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK yyParser sEngine; /* Space to hold the Lemon-generated Parser object */ #endif assert( zSql!=0 ); mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]; if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; } pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK; pParse->zTail = zSql; assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); /* sqlite3ParserTrace(stdout, "parser: "); */ #ifdef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK pEngine = &sEngine; sqlite3ParserInit(pEngine, pParse); #else pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc(sqlite3Malloc, pParse); if( pEngine==0 ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } #endif assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 ); assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 ); assert( pParse->nVar==0 ); assert( pParse->pVList==0 ); while( 1 ){ n = sqlite3GetToken((u8*)zSql, &tokenType); mxSqlLen -= n; if( mxSqlLen<0 ){ pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; break; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC if( tokenType>=TK_WINDOW ){ assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_OVER || tokenType==TK_FILTER || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL || tokenType==TK_WINDOW ); #else if( tokenType>=TK_SPACE ){ assert( tokenType==TK_SPACE || tokenType==TK_ILLEGAL ); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){ pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT; break; } if( tokenType==TK_SPACE ){ zSql += n; continue; } if( zSql[0]==0 ){ /* Upon reaching the end of input, call the parser two more times ** with tokens TK_SEMI and 0, in that order. */ if( lastTokenParsed==TK_SEMI ){ tokenType = 0; }else if( lastTokenParsed==0 ){ break; }else{ tokenType = TK_SEMI; } n = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC }else if( tokenType==TK_WINDOW ){ assert( n==6 ); tokenType = analyzeWindowKeyword((const u8*)&zSql[6]); }else if( tokenType==TK_OVER ){ assert( n==4 ); tokenType = analyzeOverKeyword((const u8*)&zSql[4], lastTokenParsed); }else if( tokenType==TK_FILTER ){ assert( n==6 ); tokenType = analyzeFilterKeyword((const u8*)&zSql[6], lastTokenParsed); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC */ }else{ sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unrecognized token: \"%.*s\"", n, zSql); break; } } pParse->sLastToken.z = zSql; pParse->sLastToken.n = n; sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken); lastTokenParsed = tokenType; zSql += n; if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ) break; } assert( nErr==0 ); #ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MallocMutex()); sqlite3StatusHighwater(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK, sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine) ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MallocMutex()); #endif /* YYDEBUG */ #ifdef sqlite3Parser_ENGINEALWAYSONSTACK sqlite3ParserFinalize(pEngine); #else sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free); #endif if( db->mallocFailed ){ pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){ pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc)); } assert( pzErrMsg!=0 ); if( pParse->zErrMsg ){ *pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg; sqlite3_log(pParse->rc, "%s in \"%s\"", *pzErrMsg, pParse->zTail); pParse->zErrMsg = 0; nErr++; } pParse->zTail = zSql; if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){ sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe); pParse->pVdbe = 0; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE if( pParse->nested==0 ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock); pParse->aTableLock = 0; pParse->nTableLock = 0; } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE sqlite3_free(pParse->apVtabLock); #endif if( !IN_SPECIAL_PARSE ){ /* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table ** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c) ** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure. */ sqlite3DeleteTable(db, pParse->pNewTable); } if( !IN_RENAME_OBJECT ){ sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger); } if( pParse->pWithToFree ) sqlite3WithDelete(db, pParse->pWithToFree); sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->pVList); while( pParse->pAinc ){ AutoincInfo *p = pParse->pAinc; pParse->pAinc = p->pNext; sqlite3DbFreeNN(db, p); } while( pParse->pZombieTab ){ Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab; pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie; sqlite3DeleteTable(db, p); } assert( nErr==0 || pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ); return nErr; } /************** End of tokenize.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file complete.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** An tokenizer for SQL ** ** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API. ** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by ** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from ** static links that do not use it. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE /* ** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition. */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION #ifdef SQLITE_ASCII #define IdChar(C) ((sqlite3CtypeMap[(unsigned char)C]&0x46)!=0) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC SQLITE_PRIVATE const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[]; #define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40])) #endif #endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ /* ** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header ** comments on that procedure for additional information. */ #define tkSEMI 0 #define tkWS 1 #define tkOTHER 2 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER #define tkEXPLAIN 3 #define tkCREATE 4 #define tkTEMP 5 #define tkTRIGGER 6 #define tkEND 7 #endif /* ** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon. ** ** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements. ** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement ** must end with ";END;". ** ** This implementation uses a state machine with 8 states: ** ** (0) INVALID We have not yet seen a non-whitespace character. ** ** (1) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine ** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends ** in any other state. ** ** (2) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single ** semicolon. ** ** (3) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of ** a statement. ** ** (4) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a ** statement, possibly preceded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by ** TEMP or TEMPORARY ** ** (5) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be ** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon. ** ** (6) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at ** the end of a trigger definition. ** ** (7) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end ** of a trigger definition. ** ** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted ** from the input. The following tokens are significant: ** ** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon. ** (1) tkWS Whitespace. ** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token. ** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword. ** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword. ** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword. ** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword. ** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword. ** ** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored. ** This means that a SQL string of all whitespace is invalid. ** ** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed ** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do ** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){ u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */ u8 token; /* Value of the next token */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER /* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER ** statement. This is the normal case. */ static const u8 trans[8][8] = { /* Token: */ /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */ /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, }, /* 3 EXPLAIN: */ { 1, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, }, /* 4 CREATE: */ { 1, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 2, }, /* 5 TRIGGER: */ { 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, /* 6 SEMI: */ { 6, 6, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 7, }, /* 7 END: */ { 1, 7, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, }, }; #else /* If triggers are not supported by this compile then the statement machine ** used to detect the end of a statement is much simpler */ static const u8 trans[3][3] = { /* Token: */ /* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */ /* 0 INVALID: */ { 1, 0, 2, }, /* 1 START: */ { 1, 1, 2, }, /* 2 NORMAL: */ { 1, 2, 2, }, }; #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( zSql==0 ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif while( *zSql ){ switch( *zSql ){ case ';': { /* A semicolon */ token = tkSEMI; break; } case ' ': case '\r': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */ token = tkWS; break; } case '/': { /* C-style comments */ if( zSql[1]!='*' ){ token = tkOTHER; break; } zSql += 2; while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; } if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0; zSql++; token = tkWS; break; } case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */ if( zSql[1]!='-' ){ token = tkOTHER; break; } while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; } if( *zSql==0 ) return state==1; token = tkWS; break; } case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */ zSql++; while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; } if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; token = tkOTHER; break; } case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */ case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */ case '\'': { int c = *zSql; zSql++; while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; } if( *zSql==0 ) return 0; token = tkOTHER; break; } default: { #ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC unsigned char c; #endif if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){ /* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */ int nId; for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){} #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER token = tkOTHER; #else switch( *zSql ){ case 'c': case 'C': { if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){ token = tkCREATE; }else{ token = tkOTHER; } break; } case 't': case 'T': { if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){ token = tkTRIGGER; }else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){ token = tkTEMP; }else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){ token = tkTEMP; }else{ token = tkOTHER; } break; } case 'e': case 'E': { if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){ token = tkEND; }else #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){ token = tkEXPLAIN; }else #endif { token = tkOTHER; } break; } default: { token = tkOTHER; break; } } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */ zSql += nId-1; }else{ /* Operators and special symbols */ token = tkOTHER; } break; } } state = trans[state][token]; zSql++; } return state==1; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described ** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not ** UTF-8. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){ sqlite3_value *pVal; char const *zSql8; int rc; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return rc; #endif pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0); sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC); zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8); if( zSql8 ){ rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } sqlite3ValueFree(pVal); return rc & 0xff; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */ /************** End of complete.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file main.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 15 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file ** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in ** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be ** accessed by users of the library. */ /* #include "sqliteInt.h" */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 /************** Include fts3.h in the middle of main.c ***********************/ /************** Begin file fts3.h ********************************************/ /* ** 2006 Oct 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the ** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface. */ /* #include "sqlite3.h" */ #if 0 extern "C" { #endif /* __cplusplus */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db); #if 0 } /* extern "C" */ #endif /* __cplusplus */ /************** End of fts3.h ************************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE /************** Include rtree.h in the middle of main.c **********************/ /************** Begin file rtree.h *******************************************/ /* ** 2008 May 26 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the ** RTREE library. All it does is declare the sqlite3RtreeInit() interface. */ /* #include "sqlite3.h" */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE # undef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE #endif #if 0 extern "C" { #endif /* __cplusplus */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3RtreeInit(sqlite3 *db); #if 0 } /* extern "C" */ #endif /* __cplusplus */ /************** End of rtree.h ***********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ #endif #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS) /************** Include sqliteicu.h in the middle of main.c ******************/ /************** Begin file sqliteicu.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2008 May 26 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the ** ICU extension. All it does is declare the sqlite3IcuInit() interface. */ /* #include "sqlite3.h" */ #if 0 extern "C" { #endif /* __cplusplus */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db); #if 0 } /* extern "C" */ #endif /* __cplusplus */ /************** End of sqliteicu.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in main.c ***********************/ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3*); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3StmtVtabInit(sqlite3*); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts5Init(sqlite3*); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-46656-45156 The sqlite3_version[] string constant ** contains the text of SQLITE_VERSION macro. */ SQLITE_API const char sqlite3_version[] = SQLITE_VERSION; #endif /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-53536-42575 The sqlite3_libversion() function returns ** a pointer to the to the sqlite3_version[] string constant. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_libversion(void){ return sqlite3_version; } /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-25063-23286 The sqlite3_sourceid() function returns a ** pointer to a string constant whose value is the same as the ** SQLITE_SOURCE_ID C preprocessor macro. Except if SQLite is built using ** an edited copy of the amalgamation, then the last four characters of ** the hash might be different from SQLITE_SOURCE_ID. */ /* SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_sourceid(void){ return SQLITE_SOURCE_ID; } */ /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-35210-63508 The sqlite3_libversion_number() function ** returns an integer equal to SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_libversion_number(void){ return SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER; } /* IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-20790-14025 The sqlite3_threadsafe() function returns ** zero if and only if SQLite was compiled with mutexing code omitted due to ** the SQLITE_THREADSAFE compile-time option being set to 0. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_threadsafe(void){ return SQLITE_THREADSAFE; } /* ** When compiling the test fixture or with debugging enabled (on Win32), ** this variable being set to non-zero will cause OSTRACE macros to emit ** extra diagnostic information. */ #ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_OS_TRACE # ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE # define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0 # endif int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE; #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE) /* ** If the following function pointer is not NULL and if ** SQLITE_ENABLE_IOTRACE is enabled, then messages describing ** I/O active are written using this function. These messages ** are intended for debugging activity only. */ SQLITE_API void (SQLITE_CDECL *sqlite3IoTrace)(const char*, ...) = 0; #endif /* ** If the following global variable points to a string which is the ** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store ** temporary files. ** ** See also the "PRAGMA temp_store_directory" SQL command. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; /* ** If the following global variable points to a string which is the ** name of a directory, then that directory will be used to store ** all database files specified with a relative pathname. ** ** See also the "PRAGMA data_store_directory" SQL command. */ SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_data_directory = 0; /* ** Initialize SQLite. ** ** This routine must be called to initialize the memory allocation, ** VFS, and mutex subsystems prior to doing any serious work with ** SQLite. But as long as you do not compile with SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT ** this routine will be called automatically by key routines such as ** sqlite3_open(). ** ** This routine is a no-op except on its very first call for the process, ** or for the first call after a call to sqlite3_shutdown. ** ** The first thread to call this routine runs the initialization to ** completion. If subsequent threads call this routine before the first ** thread has finished the initialization process, then the subsequent ** threads must block until the first thread finishes with the initialization. ** ** The first thread might call this routine recursively. Recursive ** calls to this routine should not block, of course. Otherwise the ** initialization process would never complete. ** ** Let X be the first thread to enter this routine. Let Y be some other ** thread. Then while the initial invocation of this routine by X is ** incomplete, it is required that: ** ** * Calls to this routine from Y must block until the outer-most ** call by X completes. ** ** * Recursive calls to this routine from thread X return immediately ** without blocking. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_initialize(void){ MUTEX_LOGIC( sqlite3_mutex *pMaster; ) /* The main static mutex */ int rc; /* Result code */ #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT int bRunExtraInit = 0; /* Extra initialization needed */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } #endif /* If the following assert() fails on some obscure processor/compiler ** combination, the work-around is to set the correct pointer ** size at compile-time using -DSQLITE_PTRSIZE=n compile-time option */ assert( SQLITE_PTRSIZE==sizeof(char*) ); /* If SQLite is already completely initialized, then this call ** to sqlite3_initialize() should be a no-op. But the initialization ** must be complete. So isInit must not be set until the very end ** of this routine. */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_OK; /* Make sure the mutex subsystem is initialized. If unable to ** initialize the mutex subsystem, return early with the error. ** If the system is so sick that we are unable to allocate a mutex, ** there is not much SQLite is going to be able to do. ** ** The mutex subsystem must take care of serializing its own ** initialization. */ rc = sqlite3MutexInit(); if( rc ) return rc; /* Initialize the malloc() system and the recursive pInitMutex mutex. ** This operation is protected by the STATIC_MASTER mutex. Note that ** MutexAlloc() is called for a static mutex prior to initializing the ** malloc subsystem - this implies that the allocation of a static ** mutex must not require support from the malloc subsystem. */ MUTEX_LOGIC( pMaster = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER); ) sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 1; if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ rc = sqlite3MallocInit(); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 1; if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex && !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex++; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); /* If rc is not SQLITE_OK at this point, then either the malloc ** subsystem could not be initialized or the system failed to allocate ** the pInitMutex mutex. Return an error in either case. */ if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* Do the rest of the initialization under the recursive mutex so ** that we will be able to handle recursive calls into ** sqlite3_initialize(). The recursive calls normally come through ** sqlite3_os_init() when it invokes sqlite3_vfs_register(), but other ** recursive calls might also be possible. ** ** IMPLEMENTATION-OF: R-00140-37445 SQLite automatically serializes calls ** to the xInit method, so the xInit method need not be threadsafe. ** ** The following mutex is what serializes access to the appdef pcache xInit ** methods. The sqlite3_pcache_methods.xInit() all is embedded in the ** call to sqlite3PcacheInitialize(). */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 && sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress==0 ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 1; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG { extern void sqlite3_init_sqllog(void); sqlite3_init_sqllog(); } #endif memset(&sqlite3BuiltinFunctions, 0, sizeof(sqlite3BuiltinFunctions)); sqlite3RegisterBuiltinFunctions(); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit==0 ){ rc = sqlite3PcacheInitialize(); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 1; rc = sqlite3OsInit(); } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DESERIALIZE if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3MemdbInit(); } #endif if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 1; #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT bRunExtraInit = 1; #endif } sqlite3GlobalConfig.inProgress = 0; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); /* Go back under the static mutex and clean up the recursive ** mutex to prevent a resource leak. */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(pMaster); sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex--; if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex<=0 ){ assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.nRefInitMutex==0 ); sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex); sqlite3GlobalConfig.pInitMutex = 0; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(pMaster); /* The following is just a sanity check to make sure SQLite has ** been compiled correctly. It is important to run this code, but ** we don't want to run it too often and soak up CPU cycles for no ** reason. So we run it once during initialization. */ #ifndef NDEBUG #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT /* This section of code's only "output" is via assert() statements. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u64 x = (((u64)1)<<63)-1; double y; assert(sizeof(x)==8); assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y)); memcpy(&y, &x, 8); assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) ); } #endif #endif /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT ** compile-time option. */ #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT if( bRunExtraInit ){ int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(const char*); rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(0); } #endif return rc; } /* ** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize(). Must not be called while ** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or ** while any part of SQLite is otherwise in use in any thread. This ** routine is not threadsafe. But it is safe to invoke this routine ** on when SQLite is already shut down. If SQLite is already shut down ** when this routine is invoked, then this routine is a harmless no-op. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_shutdown(void){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD int rc = sqlite3_wsd_init(4096, 24); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } #endif if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){ #ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN void SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(void); SQLITE_EXTRA_SHUTDOWN(); #endif sqlite3_os_end(); sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit = 0; } if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit ){ sqlite3PcacheShutdown(); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isPCacheInit = 0; } if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit ){ sqlite3MallocEnd(); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMallocInit = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHUTDOWN_DIRECTORIES /* The heap subsystem has now been shutdown and these values are supposed ** to be NULL or point to memory that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(), ** which would rely on that heap subsystem; therefore, make sure these ** values cannot refer to heap memory that was just invalidated when the ** heap subsystem was shutdown. This is only done if the current call to ** this function resulted in the heap subsystem actually being shutdown. */ sqlite3_data_directory = 0; sqlite3_temp_directory = 0; #endif } if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit ){ sqlite3MutexEnd(); sqlite3GlobalConfig.isMutexInit = 0; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This API allows applications to modify the global configuration of ** the SQLite library at run-time. ** ** This routine should only be called when there are no outstanding ** database connections or memory allocations. This routine is not ** threadsafe. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to unpredictable ** behavior. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_config(int op, ...){ va_list ap; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* sqlite3_config() shall return SQLITE_MISUSE if it is invoked while ** the SQLite library is in use. */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; va_start(ap, op); switch( op ){ /* Mutex configuration options are only available in a threadsafe ** compile. */ #if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-54466-46756 */ case SQLITE_CONFIG_SINGLETHREAD: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-02748-19096 This option sets the threading mode to ** Single-thread. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 0; /* Disable mutex on core */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; /* Disable mutex on connections */ break; } #endif #if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-20520-54086 */ case SQLITE_CONFIG_MULTITHREAD: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-14374-42468 This option sets the threading mode to ** Multi-thread. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; /* Enable mutex on core */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 0; /* Disable mutex on connections */ break; } #endif #if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-59593-21810 */ case SQLITE_CONFIG_SERIALIZED: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-41220-51800 This option sets the threading mode to ** Serialized. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex = 1; /* Enable mutex on core */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex = 1; /* Enable mutex on connections */ break; } #endif #if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-63666-48755 */ case SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX: { /* Specify an alternative mutex implementation */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*); break; } #endif #if defined(SQLITE_THREADSAFE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 /* IMP: R-14450-37597 */ case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMUTEX: { /* Retrieve the current mutex implementation */ *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mutex_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex; break; } #endif case SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55594-21030 The SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC option takes a ** single argument which is a pointer to an instance of the ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure. The argument specifies alternative ** low-level memory allocation routines to be used in place of the memory ** allocation routines built into SQLite. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-51213-46414 The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETMALLOC option takes a ** single argument which is a pointer to an instance of the ** sqlite3_mem_methods structure. The sqlite3_mem_methods structure is ** filled with the currently defined memory allocation routines. */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ) sqlite3MemSetDefault(); *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_mem_methods*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m; break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61275-35157 The SQLITE_CONFIG_MEMSTATUS option takes ** single argument of type int, interpreted as a boolean, which enables ** or disables the collection of memory allocation statistics. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat = va_arg(ap, int); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_SMALL_MALLOC: { sqlite3GlobalConfig.bSmallMalloc = va_arg(ap, int); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-18761-36601 There are three arguments to ** SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE: A pointer to 8-byte aligned memory (pMem), ** the size of each page cache line (sz), and the number of cache lines ** (N). */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = va_arg(ap, void*); sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = va_arg(ap, int); sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage = va_arg(ap, int); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-39100-27317 The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE_HDRSZ option takes ** a single parameter which is a pointer to an integer and writes into ** that integer the number of extra bytes per page required for each page ** in SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE. */ *va_arg(ap, int*) = sqlite3HeaderSizeBtree() + sqlite3HeaderSizePcache() + sqlite3HeaderSizePcache1(); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE: { /* no-op */ break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE: { /* now an error */ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63325-48378 The SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE2 option takes a ** single argument which is a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_methods2 ** object. This object specifies the interface to a custom page cache ** implementation. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2 = *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-22035-46182 The SQLITE_CONFIG_GETPCACHE2 option takes a ** single argument which is a pointer to an sqlite3_pcache_methods2 ** object. SQLite copies of the current page cache implementation into ** that object. */ if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2.xInit==0 ){ sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(); } *va_arg(ap, sqlite3_pcache_methods2*) = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache2; break; } /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-06626-12911 The SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP option is only ** available if SQLite is compiled with either SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 or ** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 and returns SQLITE_ERROR if invoked otherwise. */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5) case SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-19854-42126 There are three arguments to ** SQLITE_CONFIG_HEAP: An 8-byte aligned pointer to the memory, the ** number of bytes in the memory buffer, and the minimum allocation size. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap = va_arg(ap, void*); sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = va_arg(ap, int); if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq<1 ){ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = 1; }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq>(1<<12) ){ /* cap min request size at 2^12 */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq = (1<<12); } if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap==0 ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-49920-60189 If the first pointer (the memory pointer) ** is NULL, then SQLite reverts to using its default memory allocator ** (the system malloc() implementation), undoing any prior invocation of ** SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC. ** ** Setting sqlite3GlobalConfig.m to all zeros will cause malloc to ** revert to its default implementation when sqlite3_initialize() is run */ memset(&sqlite3GlobalConfig.m, 0, sizeof(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m)); }else{ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61006-08918 If the memory pointer is not NULL then the ** alternative memory allocator is engaged to handle all of SQLites ** memory allocation needs. */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 sqlite3GlobalConfig.m = *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(); #endif } break; } #endif case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside = va_arg(ap, int); break; } /* Record a pointer to the logger function and its first argument. ** The default is NULL. Logging is disabled if the function pointer is ** NULL. */ case SQLITE_CONFIG_LOG: { /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, void(*)(void*,int,const char*)); */ typedef void(*LOGFUNC_t)(void*,int,const char*); sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog = va_arg(ap, LOGFUNC_t); sqlite3GlobalConfig.pLogArg = va_arg(ap, void*); break; } /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-55548-33817 The compile-time setting for URI filenames ** can be changed at start-time using the ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,1) or ** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_URI,0) configuration calls. */ case SQLITE_CONFIG_URI: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-25451-61125 The SQLITE_CONFIG_URI option takes a single ** argument of type int. If non-zero, then URI handling is globally ** enabled. If the parameter is zero, then URI handling is globally ** disabled. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri = va_arg(ap, int); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-36592-02772 The SQLITE_CONFIG_COVERING_INDEX_SCAN ** option takes a single integer argument which is interpreted as a ** boolean in order to enable or disable the use of covering indices for ** full table scans in the query optimizer. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.bUseCis = va_arg(ap, int); break; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG case SQLITE_CONFIG_SQLLOG: { typedef void(*SQLLOGFUNC_t)(void*, sqlite3*, const char*, int); sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog = va_arg(ap, SQLLOGFUNC_t); sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg = va_arg(ap, void *); break; } #endif case SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-58063-38258 SQLITE_CONFIG_MMAP_SIZE takes two 64-bit ** integer (sqlite3_int64) values that are the default mmap size limit ** (the default setting for PRAGMA mmap_size) and the maximum allowed ** mmap size limit. */ sqlite3_int64 szMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); sqlite3_int64 mxMmap = va_arg(ap, sqlite3_int64); /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-53367-43190 If either argument to this option is ** negative, then that argument is changed to its compile-time default. ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-34993-45031 The maximum allowed mmap size will be ** silently truncated if necessary so that it does not exceed the ** compile-time maximum mmap size set by the SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ** compile-time option. */ if( mxMmap<0 || mxMmap>SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE ){ mxMmap = SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE; } if( szMmap<0 ) szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE; if( szMmap>mxMmap) szMmap = mxMmap; sqlite3GlobalConfig.mxMmap = mxMmap; sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap = szMmap; break; } #if SQLITE_OS_WIN && defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC) /* IMP: R-04780-55815 */ case SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE: { /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-34926-03360 SQLITE_CONFIG_WIN32_HEAPSIZE takes a 32-bit ** unsigned integer value that specifies the maximum size of the created ** heap. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap = va_arg(ap, int); break; } #endif case SQLITE_CONFIG_PMASZ: { sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPma = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); break; } case SQLITE_CONFIG_STMTJRNL_SPILL: { sqlite3GlobalConfig.nStmtSpill = va_arg(ap, int); break; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES case SQLITE_CONFIG_SORTERREF_SIZE: { int iVal = va_arg(ap, int); if( iVal<0 ){ iVal = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SORTERREF_SIZE; } sqlite3GlobalConfig.szSorterRef = (u32)iVal; break; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SORTER_REFERENCES */ default: { rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; } } va_end(ap); return rc; } /* ** Set up the lookaside buffers for a database connection. ** Return SQLITE_OK on success. ** If lookaside is already active, return SQLITE_BUSY. ** ** The sz parameter is the number of bytes in each lookaside slot. ** The cnt parameter is the number of slots. If pStart is NULL the ** space for the lookaside memory is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** If pStart is not NULL then it is sz*cnt bytes of memory to use for ** the lookaside memory. */ static int setupLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *pBuf, int sz, int cnt){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE void *pStart; if( sqlite3LookasideUsed(db,0)>0 ){ return SQLITE_BUSY; } /* Free any existing lookaside buffer for this handle before ** allocating a new one so we don't have to have space for ** both at the same time. */ if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); } /* The size of a lookaside slot after ROUNDDOWN8 needs to be larger ** than a pointer to be useful. */ sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz); /* IMP: R-33038-09382 */ if( sz<=(int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ) sz = 0; if( cnt<0 ) cnt = 0; if( sz==0 || cnt==0 ){ sz = 0; pStart = 0; }else if( pBuf==0 ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); pStart = sqlite3Malloc( sz*cnt ); /* IMP: R-61949-35727 */ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( pStart ) cnt = sqlite3MallocSize(pStart)/sz; }else{ pStart = pBuf; } db->lookaside.pStart = pStart; db->lookaside.pInit = 0; db->lookaside.pFree = 0; db->lookaside.sz = (u16)sz; if( pStart ){ int i; LookasideSlot *p; assert( sz > (int)sizeof(LookasideSlot*) ); db->lookaside.nSlot = cnt; p = (LookasideSlot*)pStart; for(i=cnt-1; i>=0; i--){ p->pNext = db->lookaside.pInit; db->lookaside.pInit = p; p = (LookasideSlot*)&((u8*)p)[sz]; } db->lookaside.pEnd = p; db->lookaside.bDisable = 0; db->lookaside.bMalloced = pBuf==0 ?1:0; }else{ db->lookaside.pStart = db; db->lookaside.pEnd = db; db->lookaside.bDisable = 1; db->lookaside.bMalloced = 0; db->lookaside.nSlot = 0; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE */ return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return the mutex associated with a database connection. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_db_mutex(sqlite3 *db){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif return db->mutex; } /* ** Free up as much memory as we can from the given database ** connection. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_release_memory(sqlite3 *db){ int i; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); sqlite3PagerShrink(pPager); } } sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Flush any dirty pages in the pager-cache for any attached database ** to disk. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_cacheflush(sqlite3 *db){ int i; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int bSeenBusy = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inDb; i++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); rc = sqlite3PagerFlush(pPager); if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ bSeenBusy = 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; } } } sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return ((rc==SQLITE_OK && bSeenBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc); } /* ** Configuration settings for an individual database connection */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_config(sqlite3 *db, int op, ...){ va_list ap; int rc; va_start(ap, op); switch( op ){ case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_MAINDBNAME: { /* IMP: R-06824-28531 */ /* IMP: R-36257-52125 */ db->aDb[0].zDbSName = va_arg(ap,char*); rc = SQLITE_OK; break; } case SQLITE_DBCONFIG_LOOKASIDE: { void *pBuf = va_arg(ap, void*); /* IMP: R-26835-10964 */ int sz = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-47871-25994 */ int cnt = va_arg(ap, int); /* IMP: R-04460-53386 */ rc = setupLookaside(db, pBuf, sz, cnt); break; } default: { static const struct { int op; /* The opcode */ u32 mask; /* Mask of the bit in sqlite3.flags to set/clear */ } aFlagOp[] = { { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FKEY, SQLITE_ForeignKeys }, { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_TRIGGER, SQLITE_EnableTrigger }, { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER, SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer }, { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION, SQLITE_LoadExtension }, { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_NO_CKPT_ON_CLOSE, SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose }, { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_QPSG, SQLITE_EnableQPSG }, { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_TRIGGER_EQP, SQLITE_TriggerEQP }, { SQLITE_DBCONFIG_RESET_DATABASE, SQLITE_ResetDatabase }, }; unsigned int i; rc = SQLITE_ERROR; /* IMP: R-42790-23372 */ for(i=0; iflags; if( onoff>0 ){ db->flags |= aFlagOp[i].mask; }else if( onoff==0 ){ db->flags &= ~aFlagOp[i].mask; } if( oldFlags!=db->flags ){ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); } if( pRes ){ *pRes = (db->flags & aFlagOp[i].mask)!=0; } rc = SQLITE_OK; break; } } break; } } va_end(ap); return rc; } /* ** Return true if the buffer z[0..n-1] contains all spaces. */ static int allSpaces(const char *z, int n){ while( n>0 && z[n-1]==' ' ){ n--; } return n==0; } /* ** This is the default collating function named "BINARY" which is always ** available. ** ** If the padFlag argument is not NULL then space padding at the end ** of strings is ignored. This implements the RTRIM collation. */ static int binCollFunc( void *padFlag, int nKey1, const void *pKey1, int nKey2, const void *pKey2 ){ int rc, n; n = nKey1xCmp!=binCollFunc || p->pUser!=0 || strcmp(p->zName,"BINARY")==0 ); return p==0 || (p->xCmp==binCollFunc && p->pUser==0); } /* ** Another built-in collating sequence: NOCASE. ** ** This collating sequence is intended to be used for "case independent ** comparison". SQLite's knowledge of upper and lower case equivalents ** extends only to the 26 characters used in the English language. ** ** At the moment there is only a UTF-8 implementation. */ static int nocaseCollatingFunc( void *NotUsed, int nKey1, const void *pKey1, int nKey2, const void *pKey2 ){ int r = sqlite3StrNICmp( (const char *)pKey1, (const char *)pKey2, (nKey1lastRowid; } /* ** Set the value returned by the sqlite3_last_insert_rowid() API function. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_int64 iRowid){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->lastRowid = iRowid; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); } /* ** Return the number of changes in the most recent call to sqlite3_exec(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_changes(sqlite3 *db){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif return db->nChange; } /* ** Return the number of changes since the database handle was opened. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_total_changes(sqlite3 *db){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif return db->nTotalChange; } /* ** Close all open savepoints. This function only manipulates fields of the ** database handle object, it does not close any savepoints that may be open ** at the b-tree/pager level. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CloseSavepoints(sqlite3 *db){ while( db->pSavepoint ){ Savepoint *pTmp = db->pSavepoint; db->pSavepoint = pTmp->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp); } db->nSavepoint = 0; db->nStatement = 0; db->isTransactionSavepoint = 0; } /* ** Invoke the destructor function associated with FuncDef p, if any. Except, ** if this is not the last copy of the function, do not invoke it. Multiple ** copies of a single function are created when create_function() is called ** with SQLITE_ANY as the encoding. */ static void functionDestroy(sqlite3 *db, FuncDef *p){ FuncDestructor *pDestructor = p->u.pDestructor; if( pDestructor ){ pDestructor->nRef--; if( pDestructor->nRef==0 ){ pDestructor->xDestroy(pDestructor->pUserData); sqlite3DbFree(db, pDestructor); } } } /* ** Disconnect all sqlite3_vtab objects that belong to database connection ** db. This is called when db is being closed. */ static void disconnectAllVtab(sqlite3 *db){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE int i; HashElem *p; sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema; if( pSchema ){ for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ Table *pTab = (Table *)sqliteHashData(p); if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pTab); } } } for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){ Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(p); if( pMod->pEpoTab ){ sqlite3VtabDisconnect(db, pMod->pEpoTab); } } sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); #endif } /* ** Return TRUE if database connection db has unfinalized prepared ** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backup objects. */ static int connectionIsBusy(sqlite3 *db){ int j; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); if( db->pVdbe ) return 1; for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[j].pBt; if( pBt && sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pBt) ) return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Close an existing SQLite database */ static int sqlite3Close(sqlite3 *db, int forceZombie){ if( !db ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-63257-11740 Calling sqlite3_close() or ** sqlite3_close_v2() with a NULL pointer argument is a harmless no-op. */ return SQLITE_OK; } if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( db->mTrace & SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE ){ db->xTrace(SQLITE_TRACE_CLOSE, db->pTraceArg, db, 0); } /* Force xDisconnect calls on all virtual tables */ disconnectAllVtab(db); /* If a transaction is open, the disconnectAllVtab() call above ** will not have called the xDisconnect() method on any virtual ** tables in the db->aVTrans[] array. The following sqlite3VtabRollback() ** call will do so. We need to do this before the check for active ** SQL statements below, as the v-table implementation may be storing ** some prepared statements internally. */ sqlite3VtabRollback(db); /* Legacy behavior (sqlite3_close() behavior) is to return ** SQLITE_BUSY if the connection can not be closed immediately. */ if( !forceZombie && connectionIsBusy(db) ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to close due to unfinalized " "statements or unfinished backups"); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_BUSY; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){ /* Closing the handle. Fourth parameter is passed the value 2. */ sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg, db, 0, 2); } #endif /* Convert the connection into a zombie and then close it. */ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE; sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(db); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Two variations on the public interface for closing a database ** connection. The sqlite3_close() version returns SQLITE_BUSY and ** leaves the connection option if there are unfinalized prepared ** statements or unfinished sqlite3_backups. The sqlite3_close_v2() ** version forces the connection to become a zombie if there are ** unclosed resources, and arranges for deallocation when the last ** prepare statement or sqlite3_backup closes. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,0); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_close_v2(sqlite3 *db){ return sqlite3Close(db,1); } /* ** Close the mutex on database connection db. ** ** Furthermore, if database connection db is a zombie (meaning that there ** has been a prior call to sqlite3_close(db) or sqlite3_close_v2(db)) and ** every sqlite3_stmt has now been finalized and every sqlite3_backup has ** finished, then free all resources. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3LeaveMutexAndCloseZombie(sqlite3 *db){ HashElem *i; /* Hash table iterator */ int j; /* If there are outstanding sqlite3_stmt or sqlite3_backup objects ** or if the connection has not yet been closed by sqlite3_close_v2(), ** then just leave the mutex and return. */ if( db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE || connectionIsBusy(db) ){ sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return; } /* If we reach this point, it means that the database connection has ** closed all sqlite3_stmt and sqlite3_backup objects and has been ** passed to sqlite3_close (meaning that it is a zombie). Therefore, ** go ahead and free all resources. */ /* If a transaction is open, roll it back. This also ensures that if ** any database schemas have been modified by an uncommitted transaction ** they are reset. And that the required b-tree mutex is held to make ** the pager rollback and schema reset an atomic operation. */ sqlite3RollbackAll(db, SQLITE_OK); /* Free any outstanding Savepoint structures. */ sqlite3CloseSavepoints(db); /* Close all database connections */ for(j=0; jnDb; j++){ struct Db *pDb = &db->aDb[j]; if( pDb->pBt ){ sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt); pDb->pBt = 0; if( j!=1 ){ pDb->pSchema = 0; } } } /* Clear the TEMP schema separately and last */ if( db->aDb[1].pSchema ){ sqlite3SchemaClear(db->aDb[1].pSchema); } sqlite3VtabUnlockList(db); /* Free up the array of auxiliary databases */ sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(db); assert( db->nDb<=2 ); assert( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ); /* Tell the code in notify.c that the connection no longer holds any ** locks and does not require any further unlock-notify callbacks. */ sqlite3ConnectionClosed(db); for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aFunc); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ FuncDef *pNext, *p; p = sqliteHashData(i); do{ functionDestroy(db, p); pNext = p->pNext; sqlite3DbFree(db, p); p = pNext; }while( p ); } sqlite3HashClear(&db->aFunc); for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aCollSeq); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ CollSeq *pColl = (CollSeq *)sqliteHashData(i); /* Invoke any destructors registered for collation sequence user data. */ for(j=0; j<3; j++){ if( pColl[j].xDel ){ pColl[j].xDel(pColl[j].pUser); } } sqlite3DbFree(db, pColl); } sqlite3HashClear(&db->aCollSeq); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aModule); i; i=sqliteHashNext(i)){ Module *pMod = (Module *)sqliteHashData(i); if( pMod->xDestroy ){ pMod->xDestroy(pMod->pAux); } sqlite3VtabEponymousTableClear(db, pMod); sqlite3DbFree(db, pMod); } sqlite3HashClear(&db->aModule); #endif sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); /* Deallocates any cached error strings. */ sqlite3ValueFree(db->pErr); sqlite3CloseExtensions(db); #if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthUser); sqlite3_free(db->auth.zAuthPW); #endif db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR; /* The temp-database schema is allocated differently from the other schema ** objects (using sqliteMalloc() directly, instead of sqlite3BtreeSchema()). ** So it needs to be freed here. Todo: Why not roll the temp schema into ** the same sqliteMalloc() as the one that allocates the database ** structure? */ sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aDb[1].pSchema); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_CLOSED; sqlite3_mutex_free(db->mutex); assert( sqlite3LookasideUsed(db,0)==0 ); if( db->lookaside.bMalloced ){ sqlite3_free(db->lookaside.pStart); } sqlite3_free(db); } /* ** Rollback all database files. If tripCode is not SQLITE_OK, then ** any write cursors are invalidated ("tripped" - as in "tripping a circuit ** breaker") and made to return tripCode if there are any further ** attempts to use that cursor. Read cursors remain open and valid ** but are "saved" in case the table pages are moved around. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3RollbackAll(sqlite3 *db, int tripCode){ int i; int inTrans = 0; int schemaChange; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); /* Obtain all b-tree mutexes before making any calls to BtreeRollback(). ** This is important in case the transaction being rolled back has ** modified the database schema. If the b-tree mutexes are not taken ** here, then another shared-cache connection might sneak in between ** the database rollback and schema reset, which can cause false ** corruption reports in some cases. */ sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); schemaChange = (db->mDbFlags & DBFLAG_SchemaChange)!=0 && db->init.busy==0; for(i=0; inDb; i++){ Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt; if( p ){ if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(p) ){ inTrans = 1; } sqlite3BtreeRollback(p, tripCode, !schemaChange); } } sqlite3VtabRollback(db); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); if( schemaChange ){ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); } sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); /* Any deferred constraint violations have now been resolved. */ db->nDeferredCons = 0; db->nDeferredImmCons = 0; db->flags &= ~SQLITE_DeferFKs; /* If one has been configured, invoke the rollback-hook callback */ if( db->xRollbackCallback && (inTrans || !db->autoCommit) ){ db->xRollbackCallback(db->pRollbackArg); } } /* ** Return a static string containing the name corresponding to the error code ** specified in the argument. */ #if defined(SQLITE_NEED_ERR_NAME) SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrName(int rc){ const char *zName = 0; int i, origRc = rc; for(i=0; i<2 && zName==0; i++, rc &= 0xff){ switch( rc ){ case SQLITE_OK: zName = "SQLITE_OK"; break; case SQLITE_ERROR: zName = "SQLITE_ERROR"; break; case SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT: zName = "SQLITE_ERROR_SNAPSHOT"; break; case SQLITE_INTERNAL: zName = "SQLITE_INTERNAL"; break; case SQLITE_PERM: zName = "SQLITE_PERM"; break; case SQLITE_ABORT: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT"; break; case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK"; break; case SQLITE_BUSY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY"; break; case SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_RECOVERY"; break; case SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT: zName = "SQLITE_BUSY_SNAPSHOT"; break; case SQLITE_LOCKED: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED"; break; case SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE: zName = "SQLITE_LOCKED_SHAREDCACHE";break; case SQLITE_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_NOMEM"; break; case SQLITE_READONLY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY"; break; case SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_RECOVERY"; break; case SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_CANTINIT"; break; case SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK"; break; case SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED"; break; case SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY: zName = "SQLITE_READONLY_DIRECTORY";break; case SQLITE_INTERRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_INTERRUPT"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_READ"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_CLOSE"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMOPEN"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMSIZE"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMLOCK"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SHMMAP"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_SEEK"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT";break; case SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_MMAP"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_GETTEMPPATH"; break; case SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_IOERR_CONVPATH"; break; case SQLITE_CORRUPT: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT"; break; case SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB"; break; case SQLITE_NOTFOUND: zName = "SQLITE_NOTFOUND"; break; case SQLITE_FULL: zName = "SQLITE_FULL"; break; case SQLITE_CANTOPEN: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN"; break; case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_NOTEMPDIR";break; case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_ISDIR"; break; case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_FULLPATH"; break; case SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH: zName = "SQLITE_CANTOPEN_CONVPATH"; break; case SQLITE_PROTOCOL: zName = "SQLITE_PROTOCOL"; break; case SQLITE_EMPTY: zName = "SQLITE_EMPTY"; break; case SQLITE_SCHEMA: zName = "SQLITE_SCHEMA"; break; case SQLITE_TOOBIG: zName = "SQLITE_TOOBIG"; break; case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT"; break; case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE"; break; case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_TRIGGER";break; case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FOREIGNKEY"; break; case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_CHECK"; break; case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_PRIMARYKEY"; break; case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL";break; case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_COMMITHOOK"; break; case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_VTAB"; break; case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION"; break; case SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID: zName = "SQLITE_CONSTRAINT_ROWID"; break; case SQLITE_MISMATCH: zName = "SQLITE_MISMATCH"; break; case SQLITE_MISUSE: zName = "SQLITE_MISUSE"; break; case SQLITE_NOLFS: zName = "SQLITE_NOLFS"; break; case SQLITE_AUTH: zName = "SQLITE_AUTH"; break; case SQLITE_FORMAT: zName = "SQLITE_FORMAT"; break; case SQLITE_RANGE: zName = "SQLITE_RANGE"; break; case SQLITE_NOTADB: zName = "SQLITE_NOTADB"; break; case SQLITE_ROW: zName = "SQLITE_ROW"; break; case SQLITE_NOTICE: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE"; break; case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_WAL";break; case SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK: zName = "SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK"; break; case SQLITE_WARNING: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING"; break; case SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX: zName = "SQLITE_WARNING_AUTOINDEX"; break; case SQLITE_DONE: zName = "SQLITE_DONE"; break; } } if( zName==0 ){ static char zBuf[50]; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zBuf), zBuf, "SQLITE_UNKNOWN(%d)", origRc); zName = zBuf; } return zName; } #endif /* ** Return a static string that describes the kind of error specified in the ** argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3ErrStr(int rc){ static const char* const aMsg[] = { /* SQLITE_OK */ "not an error", /* SQLITE_ERROR */ "SQL logic error", /* SQLITE_INTERNAL */ 0, /* SQLITE_PERM */ "access permission denied", /* SQLITE_ABORT */ "query aborted", /* SQLITE_BUSY */ "database is locked", /* SQLITE_LOCKED */ "database table is locked", /* SQLITE_NOMEM */ "out of memory", /* SQLITE_READONLY */ "attempt to write a readonly database", /* SQLITE_INTERRUPT */ "interrupted", /* SQLITE_IOERR */ "disk I/O error", /* SQLITE_CORRUPT */ "database disk image is malformed", /* SQLITE_NOTFOUND */ "unknown operation", /* SQLITE_FULL */ "database or disk is full", /* SQLITE_CANTOPEN */ "unable to open database file", /* SQLITE_PROTOCOL */ "locking protocol", /* SQLITE_EMPTY */ 0, /* SQLITE_SCHEMA */ "database schema has changed", /* SQLITE_TOOBIG */ "string or blob too big", /* SQLITE_CONSTRAINT */ "constraint failed", /* SQLITE_MISMATCH */ "datatype mismatch", /* SQLITE_MISUSE */ "bad parameter or other API misuse", #ifdef SQLITE_DISABLE_LFS /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ "large file support is disabled", #else /* SQLITE_NOLFS */ 0, #endif /* SQLITE_AUTH */ "authorization denied", /* SQLITE_FORMAT */ 0, /* SQLITE_RANGE */ "column index out of range", /* SQLITE_NOTADB */ "file is not a database", /* SQLITE_NOTICE */ "notification message", /* SQLITE_WARNING */ "warning message", }; const char *zErr = "unknown error"; switch( rc ){ case SQLITE_ABORT_ROLLBACK: { zErr = "abort due to ROLLBACK"; break; } case SQLITE_ROW: { zErr = "another row available"; break; } case SQLITE_DONE: { zErr = "no more rows available"; break; } default: { rc &= 0xff; if( ALWAYS(rc>=0) && rcbusyTimeout; int delay, prior; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT if( sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile,SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT,&tmout)==SQLITE_OK ){ if( count ){ tmout = 0; sqlite3OsFileControl(pFile, SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCK_TIMEOUT, &tmout); return 0; }else{ return 1; } } #else UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile); #endif assert( count>=0 ); if( count < NDELAY ){ delay = delays[count]; prior = totals[count]; }else{ delay = delays[NDELAY-1]; prior = totals[NDELAY-1] + delay*(count-(NDELAY-1)); } if( prior + delay > tmout ){ delay = tmout - prior; if( delay<=0 ) return 0; } sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, delay*1000); return 1; #else /* This case for unix systems that lack usleep() support. Sleeping ** must be done in increments of whole seconds */ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)ptr; int tmout = ((sqlite3 *)ptr)->busyTimeout; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pFile); if( (count+1)*1000 > tmout ){ return 0; } sqlite3OsSleep(db->pVfs, 1000000); return 1; #endif } /* ** Invoke the given busy handler. ** ** This routine is called when an operation failed to acquire a ** lock on VFS file pFile. ** ** If this routine returns non-zero, the lock is retried. If it ** returns 0, the operation aborts with an SQLITE_BUSY error. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InvokeBusyHandler(BusyHandler *p, sqlite3_file *pFile){ int rc; if( p->xBusyHandler==0 || p->nBusy<0 ) return 0; if( p->bExtraFileArg ){ /* Add an extra parameter with the pFile pointer to the end of the ** callback argument list */ int (*xTra)(void*,int,sqlite3_file*); xTra = (int(*)(void*,int,sqlite3_file*))p->xBusyHandler; rc = xTra(p->pBusyArg, p->nBusy, pFile); }else{ /* Legacy style busy handler callback */ rc = p->xBusyHandler(p->pBusyArg, p->nBusy); } if( rc==0 ){ p->nBusy = -1; }else{ p->nBusy++; } return rc; } /* ** This routine sets the busy callback for an Sqlite database to the ** given callback function with the given argument. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler( sqlite3 *db, int (*xBusy)(void*,int), void *pArg ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->busyHandler.xBusyHandler = xBusy; db->busyHandler.pBusyArg = pArg; db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; db->busyHandler.bExtraFileArg = 0; db->busyTimeout = 0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK /* ** This routine sets the progress callback for an Sqlite database to the ** given callback function with the given argument. The progress callback will ** be invoked every nOps opcodes. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_progress_handler( sqlite3 *db, int nOps, int (*xProgress)(void*), void *pArg ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( nOps>0 ){ db->xProgress = xProgress; db->nProgressOps = (unsigned)nOps; db->pProgressArg = pArg; }else{ db->xProgress = 0; db->nProgressOps = 0; db->pProgressArg = 0; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); } #endif /* ** This routine installs a default busy handler that waits for the ** specified number of milliseconds before returning 0. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_timeout(sqlite3 *db, int ms){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif if( ms>0 ){ sqlite3_busy_handler(db, (int(*)(void*,int))sqliteDefaultBusyCallback, (void*)db); db->busyTimeout = ms; db->busyHandler.bExtraFileArg = 1; }else{ sqlite3_busy_handler(db, 0, 0); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Cause any pending operation to stop at its earliest opportunity. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_interrupt(sqlite3 *db){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) && (db==0 || db->magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_ZOMBIE) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return; } #endif db->u1.isInterrupted = 1; } /* ** This function is exactly the same as sqlite3_create_function(), except ** that it is designed to be called by internal code. The difference is ** that if a malloc() fails in sqlite3_create_function(), an error code ** is returned and the mallocFailed flag cleared. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CreateFunc( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunctionName, int nArg, int enc, void *pUserData, void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), FuncDestructor *pDestructor ){ FuncDef *p; int nName; int extraFlags; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( xValue==0 || xSFunc==0 ); if( zFunctionName==0 /* Must have a valid name */ || (xSFunc!=0 && xFinal!=0) /* Not both xSFunc and xFinal */ || ((xFinal==0)!=(xStep==0)) /* Both or neither of xFinal and xStep */ || ((xValue==0)!=(xInverse==0)) /* Both or neither of xValue, xInverse */ || (nArg<-1 || nArg>SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG) || (255<(nName = sqlite3Strlen30( zFunctionName))) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } assert( SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT==SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC ); extraFlags = enc & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC; enc &= (SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK|SQLITE_ANY); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. ** ** If SQLITE_ANY is specified, add three versions of the function ** to the hash table. */ if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16 ){ enc = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; }else if( enc==SQLITE_ANY ){ int rc; rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8|extraFlags, pUserData, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, pDestructor); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunctionName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF16LE|extraFlags, pUserData, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, pDestructor); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE; } #else enc = SQLITE_UTF8; #endif /* Check if an existing function is being overridden or deleted. If so, ** and there are active VMs, then return SQLITE_BUSY. If a function ** is being overridden/deleted but there are no active VMs, allow the ** operation to continue but invalidate all precompiled statements. */ p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nArg, (u8)enc, 0); if( p && (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK)==(u32)enc && p->nArg==nArg ){ if( db->nVdbeActive ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to delete/modify user-function due to active statements"); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); return SQLITE_BUSY; }else{ sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); } } p = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zFunctionName, nArg, (u8)enc, 1); assert(p || db->mallocFailed); if( !p ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } /* If an older version of the function with a configured destructor is ** being replaced invoke the destructor function here. */ functionDestroy(db, p); if( pDestructor ){ pDestructor->nRef++; } p->u.pDestructor = pDestructor; p->funcFlags = (p->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_ENCMASK) | extraFlags; testcase( p->funcFlags & SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC ); p->xSFunc = xSFunc ? xSFunc : xStep; p->xFinalize = xFinal; p->xValue = xValue; p->xInverse = xInverse; p->pUserData = pUserData; p->nArg = (u16)nArg; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Worker function used by utf-8 APIs that create new functions: ** ** sqlite3_create_function() ** sqlite3_create_function_v2() ** sqlite3_create_window_function() */ static int createFunctionApi( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunc, int nArg, int enc, void *p, void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void(*xDestroy)(void*) ){ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; FuncDestructor *pArg = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( xDestroy ){ pArg = (FuncDestructor *)sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(FuncDestructor)); if( !pArg ){ sqlite3OomFault(db); xDestroy(p); goto out; } pArg->nRef = 0; pArg->xDestroy = xDestroy; pArg->pUserData = p; } rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, pArg ); if( pArg && pArg->nRef==0 ){ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); xDestroy(p); sqlite3_free(pArg); } out: rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Create new user functions. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunc, int nArg, int enc, void *p, void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ){ return createFunctionApi(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, 0, 0, 0); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function_v2( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunc, int nArg, int enc, void *p, void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void (*xDestroy)(void *) ){ return createFunctionApi(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, xSFunc, xStep, xFinal, 0, 0, xDestroy); } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_window_function( sqlite3 *db, const char *zFunc, int nArg, int enc, void *p, void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*), void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*), void (*xInverse)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **), void (*xDestroy)(void *) ){ return createFunctionApi(db, zFunc, nArg, enc, p, 0, xStep, xFinal, xValue, xInverse, xDestroy); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_function16( sqlite3 *db, const void *zFunctionName, int nArg, int eTextRep, void *p, void (*xSFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*) ){ int rc; char *zFunc8; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zFunctionName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); zFunc8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zFunctionName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); rc = sqlite3CreateFunc(db, zFunc8, nArg, eTextRep, p, xSFunc,xStep,xFinal,0,0,0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zFunc8); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #endif /* ** The following is the implementation of an SQL function that always ** fails with an error message stating that the function is used in the ** wrong context. The sqlite3_overload_function() API might construct ** SQL function that use this routine so that the functions will exist ** for name resolution but are actually overloaded by the xFindFunction ** method of virtual tables. */ static void sqlite3InvalidFunction( sqlite3_context *context, /* The function calling context */ int NotUsed, /* Number of arguments to the function */ sqlite3_value **NotUsed2 /* Value of each argument */ ){ const char *zName = (const char*)sqlite3_user_data(context); char *zErr; UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); zErr = sqlite3_mprintf( "unable to use function %s in the requested context", zName); sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr); } /* ** Declare that a function has been overloaded by a virtual table. ** ** If the function already exists as a regular global function, then ** this routine is a no-op. If the function does not exist, then create ** a new one that always throws a run-time error. ** ** When virtual tables intend to provide an overloaded function, they ** should call this routine to make sure the global function exists. ** A global function must exist in order for name resolution to work ** properly. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_overload_function( sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nArg ){ int rc; char *zCopy; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 || nArg<-2 ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); rc = sqlite3FindFunction(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, 0)!=0; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); if( rc ) return SQLITE_OK; zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf(zName); if( zCopy==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zName, nArg, SQLITE_UTF8, zCopy, sqlite3InvalidFunction, 0, 0, sqlite3_free); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE /* ** Register a trace function. The pArg from the previously registered trace ** is returned. ** ** A NULL trace function means that no tracing is executes. A non-NULL ** trace is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the start of each ** SQL statement. */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_trace(sqlite3 *db, void(*xTrace)(void*,const char*), void *pArg){ void *pOld; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pOld = db->pTraceArg; db->mTrace = xTrace ? SQLITE_TRACE_LEGACY : 0; db->xTrace = (int(*)(u32,void*,void*,void*))xTrace; db->pTraceArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pOld; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ /* Register a trace callback using the version-2 interface. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_trace_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Trace this connection */ unsigned mTrace, /* Mask of events to be traced */ int(*xTrace)(unsigned,void*,void*,void*), /* Callback to invoke */ void *pArg /* Context */ ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( mTrace==0 ) xTrace = 0; if( xTrace==0 ) mTrace = 0; db->mTrace = mTrace; db->xTrace = xTrace; db->pTraceArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** Register a profile function. The pArg from the previously registered ** profile function is returned. ** ** A NULL profile function means that no profiling is executes. A non-NULL ** profile is a pointer to a function that is invoked at the conclusion of ** each SQL statement that is run. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_profile( sqlite3 *db, void (*xProfile)(void*,const char*,sqlite_uint64), void *pArg ){ void *pOld; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pOld = db->pProfileArg; db->xProfile = xProfile; db->pProfileArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pOld; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED */ #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE */ /* ** Register a function to be invoked when a transaction commits. ** If the invoked function returns non-zero, then the commit becomes a ** rollback. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_commit_hook( sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ int (*xCallback)(void*), /* Function to invoke on each commit */ void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ ){ void *pOld; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pOld = db->pCommitArg; db->xCommitCallback = xCallback; db->pCommitArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pOld; } /* ** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, ** inserted or deleted using this database connection. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_update_hook( sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ void (*xCallback)(void*,int,char const *,char const *,sqlite_int64), void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ ){ void *pRet; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pRet = db->pUpdateArg; db->xUpdateCallback = xCallback; db->pUpdateArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pRet; } /* ** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is rolled ** back by this database connection. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_rollback_hook( sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ void (*xCallback)(void*), /* Callback function */ void *pArg /* Argument to the function */ ){ void *pRet; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pRet = db->pRollbackArg; db->xRollbackCallback = xCallback; db->pRollbackArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pRet; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK /* ** Register a callback to be invoked each time a row is updated, ** inserted or deleted using this database connection. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_preupdate_hook( sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this database */ void(*xCallback)( /* Callback function */ void*,sqlite3*,int,char const*,char const*,sqlite3_int64,sqlite3_int64), void *pArg /* First callback argument */ ){ void *pRet; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pRet = db->pPreUpdateArg; db->xPreUpdateCallback = xCallback; db->pPreUpdateArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pRet; } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_PREUPDATE_HOOK */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** The sqlite3_wal_hook() callback registered by sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(). ** Invoke sqlite3_wal_checkpoint if the number of frames in the log file ** is greater than sqlite3.pWalArg cast to an integer (the value configured by ** wal_autocheckpoint()). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3WalDefaultHook( void *pClientData, /* Argument */ sqlite3 *db, /* Connection */ const char *zDb, /* Database */ int nFrame /* Size of WAL */ ){ if( nFrame>=SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(pClientData) ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(db, zDb); sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); } return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /* ** Configure an sqlite3_wal_hook() callback to automatically checkpoint ** a database after committing a transaction if there are nFrame or ** more frames in the log file. Passing zero or a negative value as the ** nFrame parameter disables automatic checkpoints entirely. ** ** The callback registered by this function replaces any existing callback ** registered using sqlite3_wal_hook(). Likewise, registering a callback ** using sqlite3_wal_hook() disables the automatic checkpoint mechanism ** configured by this function. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(sqlite3 *db, int nFrame){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nFrame); #else #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif if( nFrame>0 ){ sqlite3_wal_hook(db, sqlite3WalDefaultHook, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(nFrame)); }else{ sqlite3_wal_hook(db, 0, 0); } #endif return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Register a callback to be invoked each time a transaction is written ** into the write-ahead-log by this database connection. */ SQLITE_API void *sqlite3_wal_hook( sqlite3 *db, /* Attach the hook to this db handle */ int(*xCallback)(void *, sqlite3*, const char*, int), void *pArg /* First argument passed to xCallback() */ ){ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL void *pRet; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pRet = db->pWalArg; db->xWalCallback = xCallback; db->pWalArg = pArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return pRet; #else return 0; #endif } /* ** Checkpoint database zDb. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zDb, /* Name of attached database (or NULL) */ int eMode, /* SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_* value */ int *pnLog, /* OUT: Size of WAL log in frames */ int *pnCkpt /* OUT: Total number of frames checkpointed */ ){ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL return SQLITE_OK; #else int rc; /* Return code */ int iDb = SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED; /* sqlite3.aDb[] index of db to checkpoint */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif /* Initialize the output variables to -1 in case an error occurs. */ if( pnLog ) *pnLog = -1; if( pnCkpt ) *pnCkpt = -1; assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE==0 ); assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_FULL==1 ); assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_RESTART==2 ); assert( SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE==3 ); if( eModeSQLITE_CHECKPOINT_TRUNCATE ){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-03996-12088 The M parameter must be a valid checkpoint ** mode: */ return SQLITE_MISUSE; } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( zDb && zDb[0] ){ iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); } if( iDb<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database: %s", zDb); }else{ db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0; rc = sqlite3Checkpoint(db, iDb, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); sqlite3Error(db, rc); } rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); /* If there are no active statements, clear the interrupt flag at this ** point. */ if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ db->u1.isInterrupted = 0; } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; #endif } /* ** Checkpoint database zDb. If zDb is NULL, or if the buffer zDb points ** to contains a zero-length string, all attached databases are ** checkpointed. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-41613-20553 The sqlite3_wal_checkpoint(D,X) is equivalent to ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(D,X,SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE,0,0). */ return sqlite3_wal_checkpoint_v2(db,zDb,SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE,0,0); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL /* ** Run a checkpoint on database iDb. This is a no-op if database iDb is ** not currently open in WAL mode. ** ** If a transaction is open on the database being checkpointed, this ** function returns SQLITE_LOCKED and a checkpoint is not attempted. If ** an error occurs while running the checkpoint, an SQLite error code is ** returned (i.e. SQLITE_IOERR). Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. ** ** The mutex on database handle db should be held by the caller. The mutex ** associated with the specific b-tree being checkpointed is taken by ** this function while the checkpoint is running. ** ** If iDb is passed SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, then all attached databases are ** checkpointed. If an error is encountered it is returned immediately - ** no attempt is made to checkpoint any remaining databases. ** ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL, RESTART ** or TRUNCATE. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Checkpoint(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int i; /* Used to iterate through attached dbs */ int bBusy = 0; /* True if SQLITE_BUSY has been encountered */ assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); assert( !pnLog || *pnLog==-1 ); assert( !pnCkpt || *pnCkpt==-1 ); for(i=0; inDb && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ if( i==iDb || iDb==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeCheckpoint(db->aDb[i].pBt, eMode, pnLog, pnCkpt); pnLog = 0; pnCkpt = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){ bBusy = 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; } } } return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bBusy) ? SQLITE_BUSY : rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ /* ** This function returns true if main-memory should be used instead of ** a temporary file for transient pager files and statement journals. ** The value returned depends on the value of db->temp_store (runtime ** parameter) and the compile time value of SQLITE_TEMP_STORE. The ** following table describes the relationship between these two values ** and this functions return value. ** ** SQLITE_TEMP_STORE db->temp_store Location of temporary database ** ----------------- -------------- ------------------------------ ** 0 any file (return 0) ** 1 1 file (return 0) ** 1 2 memory (return 1) ** 1 0 file (return 0) ** 2 1 file (return 0) ** 2 2 memory (return 1) ** 2 0 memory (return 1) ** 3 any memory (return 1) */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3TempInMemory(const sqlite3 *db){ #if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==1 return ( db->temp_store==2 ); #endif #if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==2 return ( db->temp_store!=1 ); #endif #if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); return 1; #endif #if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE<1 || SQLITE_TEMP_STORE>3 UNUSED_PARAMETER(db); return 0; #endif } /* ** Return UTF-8 encoded English language explanation of the most recent ** error. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3 *db){ const char *z; if( !db ){ return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); } if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ return sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT); } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( db->mallocFailed ){ z = sqlite3ErrStr(SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); }else{ testcase( db->pErr==0 ); z = (char*)sqlite3_value_text(db->pErr); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); if( z==0 ){ z = sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode); } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return z; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** Return UTF-16 encoded English language explanation of the most recent ** error. */ SQLITE_API const void *sqlite3_errmsg16(sqlite3 *db){ static const u16 outOfMem[] = { 'o', 'u', 't', ' ', 'o', 'f', ' ', 'm', 'e', 'm', 'o', 'r', 'y', 0 }; static const u16 misuse[] = { 'b', 'a', 'd', ' ', 'p', 'a', 'r', 'a', 'm', 'e', 't', 'e', 'r', ' ', 'o', 'r', ' ', 'o', 't', 'h', 'e', 'r', ' ', 'A', 'P', 'I', ' ', 'm', 'i', 's', 'u', 's', 'e', 0 }; const void *z; if( !db ){ return (void *)outOfMem; } if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ return (void *)misuse; } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( db->mallocFailed ){ z = (void *)outOfMem; }else{ z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); if( z==0 ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, db->errCode, sqlite3ErrStr(db->errCode)); z = sqlite3_value_text16(db->pErr); } /* A malloc() may have failed within the call to sqlite3_value_text16() ** above. If this is the case, then the db->mallocFailed flag needs to ** be cleared before returning. Do this directly, instead of via ** sqlite3ApiExit(), to avoid setting the database handle error message. */ sqlite3OomClear(db); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return z; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* ** Return the most recent error code generated by an SQLite routine. If NULL is ** passed to this function, we assume a malloc() failed during sqlite3_open(). */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } return db->errCode & db->errMask; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_errcode(sqlite3 *db){ if( db && !sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } if( !db || db->mallocFailed ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } return db->errCode; } SQLITE_API int sqlite3_system_errno(sqlite3 *db){ return db ? db->iSysErrno : 0; } /* ** Return a string that describes the kind of error specified in the ** argument. For now, this simply calls the internal sqlite3ErrStr() ** function. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_errstr(int rc){ return sqlite3ErrStr(rc); } /* ** Create a new collating function for database "db". The name is zName ** and the encoding is enc. */ static int createCollation( sqlite3* db, const char *zName, u8 enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*), void(*xDel)(void*) ){ CollSeq *pColl; int enc2; assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ); /* If SQLITE_UTF16 is specified as the encoding type, transform this ** to one of SQLITE_UTF16LE or SQLITE_UTF16BE using the ** SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE macro. SQLITE_UTF16 is not used internally. */ enc2 = enc; testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 ); testcase( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ); if( enc2==SQLITE_UTF16 || enc2==SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED ){ enc2 = SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE; } if( enc2SQLITE_UTF16BE ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } /* Check if this call is removing or replacing an existing collation ** sequence. If so, and there are active VMs, return busy. If there ** are no active VMs, invalidate any pre-compiled statements. */ pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 0); if( pColl && pColl->xCmp ){ if( db->nVdbeActive ){ sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, SQLITE_BUSY, "unable to delete/modify collation sequence due to active statements"); return SQLITE_BUSY; } sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db, 0); /* If collation sequence pColl was created directly by a call to ** sqlite3_create_collation, and not generated by synthCollSeq(), ** then any copies made by synthCollSeq() need to be invalidated. ** Also, collation destructor - CollSeq.xDel() - function may need ** to be called. */ if( (pColl->enc & ~SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)==enc2 ){ CollSeq *aColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName); int j; for(j=0; j<3; j++){ CollSeq *p = &aColl[j]; if( p->enc==pColl->enc ){ if( p->xDel ){ p->xDel(p->pUser); } p->xCmp = 0; } } } } pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, (u8)enc2, zName, 1); if( pColl==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; pColl->xCmp = xCompare; pColl->pUser = pCtx; pColl->xDel = xDel; pColl->enc = (u8)(enc2 | (enc & SQLITE_UTF16_ALIGNED)); sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This array defines hard upper bounds on limit values. The ** initializer must be kept in sync with the SQLITE_LIMIT_* ** #defines in sqlite3.h. */ static const int aHardLimit[] = { SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH, SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH, SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN, SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH, SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT, SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP, SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG, SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED, SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH, SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER, /* IMP: R-38091-32352 */ SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH, SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS, }; /* ** Make sure the hard limits are set to reasonable values */ #if SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH<100 # error SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH must be at least 100 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH<100 # error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must be at least 100 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH>SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH # error SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH must not be greater than SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT<2 # error SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT must be at least 2 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP<40 # error SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP must be at least 40 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG<0 || SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG>127 # error SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG must be between 0 and 127 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED<0 || SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED>125 # error SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED must be between 0 and 125 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH<1 # error SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH must be at least 1 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN>32767 # error SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN must not exceed 32767 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH<1 # error SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH must be at least 1 #endif #if SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS<0 || SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS>50 # error SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS must be between 0 and 50 #endif /* ** Change the value of a limit. Report the old value. ** If an invalid limit index is supplied, report -1. ** Make no changes but still report the old value if the ** new limit is negative. ** ** A new lower limit does not shrink existing constructs. ** It merely prevents new constructs that exceed the limit ** from forming. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_limit(sqlite3 *db, int limitId, int newLimit){ int oldLimit; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return -1; } #endif /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-30189-54097 For each limit category SQLITE_LIMIT_NAME ** there is a hard upper bound set at compile-time by a C preprocessor ** macro called SQLITE_MAX_NAME. (The "_LIMIT_" in the name is changed to ** "_MAX_".) */ assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH]==SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COLUMN]==SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_EXPR_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_COMPOUND_SELECT]==SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VDBE_OP]==SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_FUNCTION_ARG]==SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]==SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH]== SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_VARIABLE_NUMBER]==SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_TRIGGER_DEPTH]==SQLITE_MAX_TRIGGER_DEPTH ); assert( aHardLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS]==SQLITE_MAX_WORKER_THREADS ); assert( SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS==(SQLITE_N_LIMIT-1) ); if( limitId<0 || limitId>=SQLITE_N_LIMIT ){ return -1; } oldLimit = db->aLimit[limitId]; if( newLimit>=0 ){ /* IMP: R-52476-28732 */ if( newLimit>aHardLimit[limitId] ){ newLimit = aHardLimit[limitId]; /* IMP: R-51463-25634 */ } db->aLimit[limitId] = newLimit; } return oldLimit; /* IMP: R-53341-35419 */ } /* ** This function is used to parse both URIs and non-URI filenames passed by the ** user to API functions sqlite3_open() or sqlite3_open_v2(), and for database ** URIs specified as part of ATTACH statements. ** ** The first argument to this function is the name of the VFS to use (or ** a NULL to signify the default VFS) if the URI does not contain a "vfs=xxx" ** query parameter. The second argument contains the URI (or non-URI filename) ** itself. When this function is called the *pFlags variable should contain ** the default flags to open the database handle with. The value stored in ** *pFlags may be updated before returning if the URI filename contains ** "cache=xxx" or "mode=xxx" query parameters. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case *ppVfs is set to point to ** the VFS that should be used to open the database file. *pzFile is set to ** point to a buffer containing the name of the file to open. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually call sqlite3_free() to release ** this buffer. ** ** If an error occurs, then an SQLite error code is returned and *pzErrMsg ** may be set to point to a buffer containing an English language error ** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually release ** this buffer by calling sqlite3_free(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ParseUri( const char *zDefaultVfs, /* VFS to use if no "vfs=xxx" query option */ const char *zUri, /* Nul-terminated URI to parse */ unsigned int *pFlags, /* IN/OUT: SQLITE_OPEN_XXX flags */ sqlite3_vfs **ppVfs, /* OUT: VFS to use */ char **pzFile, /* OUT: Filename component of URI */ char **pzErrMsg /* OUT: Error message (if rc!=SQLITE_OK) */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unsigned int flags = *pFlags; const char *zVfs = zDefaultVfs; char *zFile; char c; int nUri = sqlite3Strlen30(zUri); assert( *pzErrMsg==0 ); if( ((flags & SQLITE_OPEN_URI) /* IMP: R-48725-32206 */ || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bOpenUri) /* IMP: R-51689-46548 */ && nUri>=5 && memcmp(zUri, "file:", 5)==0 /* IMP: R-57884-37496 */ ){ char *zOpt; int eState; /* Parser state when parsing URI */ int iIn; /* Input character index */ int iOut = 0; /* Output character index */ u64 nByte = nUri+2; /* Bytes of space to allocate */ /* Make sure the SQLITE_OPEN_URI flag is set to indicate to the VFS xOpen ** method that there may be extra parameters following the file-name. */ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_URI; for(iIn=0; iIn=0 && octet<256 ); if( octet==0 ){ #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR /* This branch is taken when "%00" appears within the URI. In this ** case we ignore all text in the remainder of the path, name or ** value currently being parsed. So ignore the current character ** and skip to the next "?", "=" or "&", as appropriate. */ while( (c = zUri[iIn])!=0 && c!='#' && (eState!=0 || c!='?') && (eState!=1 || (c!='=' && c!='&')) && (eState!=2 || c!='&') ){ iIn++; } continue; #else /* If ENABLE_URI_00_ERROR is defined, "%00" in a URI is an error. */ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("unexpected %%00 in uri"); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto parse_uri_out; #endif } c = octet; }else if( eState==1 && (c=='&' || c=='=') ){ if( zFile[iOut-1]==0 ){ /* An empty option name. Ignore this option altogether. */ while( zUri[iIn] && zUri[iIn]!='#' && zUri[iIn-1]!='&' ) iIn++; continue; } if( c=='&' ){ zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; }else{ eState = 2; } c = 0; }else if( (eState==0 && c=='?') || (eState==2 && c=='&') ){ c = 0; eState = 1; } zFile[iOut++] = c; } if( eState==1 ) zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; zFile[iOut++] = '\0'; /* Check if there were any options specified that should be interpreted ** here. Options that are interpreted here include "vfs" and those that ** correspond to flags that may be passed to the sqlite3_open_v2() ** method. */ zOpt = &zFile[sqlite3Strlen30(zFile)+1]; while( zOpt[0] ){ int nOpt = sqlite3Strlen30(zOpt); char *zVal = &zOpt[nOpt+1]; int nVal = sqlite3Strlen30(zVal); if( nOpt==3 && memcmp("vfs", zOpt, 3)==0 ){ zVfs = zVal; }else{ struct OpenMode { const char *z; int mode; } *aMode = 0; char *zModeType = 0; int mask = 0; int limit = 0; if( nOpt==5 && memcmp("cache", zOpt, 5)==0 ){ static struct OpenMode aCacheMode[] = { { "shared", SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE }, { "private", SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE }, { 0, 0 } }; mask = SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE|SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE; aMode = aCacheMode; limit = mask; zModeType = "cache"; } if( nOpt==4 && memcmp("mode", zOpt, 4)==0 ){ static struct OpenMode aOpenMode[] = { { "ro", SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY }, { "rw", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE }, { "rwc", SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE }, { "memory", SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY }, { 0, 0 } }; mask = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY; aMode = aOpenMode; limit = mask & flags; zModeType = "access"; } if( aMode ){ int i; int mode = 0; for(i=0; aMode[i].z; i++){ const char *z = aMode[i].z; if( nVal==sqlite3Strlen30(z) && 0==memcmp(zVal, z, nVal) ){ mode = aMode[i].mode; break; } } if( mode==0 ){ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such %s mode: %s", zModeType, zVal); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto parse_uri_out; } if( (mode & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)>limit ){ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s mode not allowed: %s", zModeType, zVal); rc = SQLITE_PERM; goto parse_uri_out; } flags = (flags & ~mask) | mode; } } zOpt = &zVal[nVal+1]; } }else{ zFile = sqlite3_malloc64(nUri+2); if( !zFile ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; if( nUri ){ memcpy(zFile, zUri, nUri); } zFile[nUri] = '\0'; zFile[nUri+1] = '\0'; flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_URI; } *ppVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(zVfs); if( *ppVfs==0 ){ *pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such vfs: %s", zVfs); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } parse_uri_out: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(zFile); zFile = 0; } *pFlags = flags; *pzFile = zFile; return rc; } /* ** This routine does the work of opening a database on behalf of ** sqlite3_open() and sqlite3_open16(). The database filename "zFilename" ** is UTF-8 encoded. */ static int openDatabase( const char *zFilename, /* Database filename UTF-8 encoded */ sqlite3 **ppDb, /* OUT: Returned database handle */ unsigned int flags, /* Operational flags */ const char *zVfs /* Name of the VFS to use */ ){ sqlite3 *db; /* Store allocated handle here */ int rc; /* Return code */ int isThreadsafe; /* True for threadsafe connections */ char *zOpen = 0; /* Filename argument to pass to BtreeOpen() */ char *zErrMsg = 0; /* Error message from sqlite3ParseUri() */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( ppDb==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif *ppDb = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT rc = sqlite3_initialize(); if( rc ) return rc; #endif if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex==0 ){ isThreadsafe = 0; }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX ){ isThreadsafe = 0; }else if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX ){ isThreadsafe = 1; }else{ isThreadsafe = sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex; } if( flags & SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE ){ flags &= ~SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; }else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.sharedCacheEnabled ){ flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE; } /* Remove harmful bits from the flags parameter ** ** The SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX and SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX flags were ** dealt with in the previous code block. Besides these, the only ** valid input flags for sqlite3_open_v2() are SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY, ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE, SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE, SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE, ** SQLITE_OPEN_PRIVATECACHE, and some reserved bits. Silently mask ** off all other flags. */ flags &= ~( SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_NOMUTEX | SQLITE_OPEN_FULLMUTEX | SQLITE_OPEN_WAL ); /* Allocate the sqlite data structure */ db = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(sqlite3) ); if( db==0 ) goto opendb_out; if( isThreadsafe #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MULTITHREADED_CHECKS || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex #endif ){ db->mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE); if( db->mutex==0 ){ sqlite3_free(db); db = 0; goto opendb_out; } if( isThreadsafe==0 ){ sqlite3MutexWarnOnContention(db->mutex); } } sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->errMask = 0xff; db->nDb = 2; db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY; db->aDb = db->aDbStatic; assert( sizeof(db->aLimit)==sizeof(aHardLimit) ); memcpy(db->aLimit, aHardLimit, sizeof(db->aLimit)); db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_WORKER_THREADS] = SQLITE_DEFAULT_WORKER_THREADS; db->autoCommit = 1; db->nextAutovac = -1; db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap; db->nextPagesize = 0; db->nMaxSorterMmap = 0x7FFFFFFF; db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_EnableTrigger | SQLITE_CacheSpill #if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX | SQLITE_AutoIndex #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_CKPTFULLFSYNC | SQLITE_CkptFullFSync #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION | SQLITE_LoadExtension #endif #if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS | SQLITE_RecTriggers #endif #if defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS) && SQLITE_DEFAULT_FOREIGN_KEYS | SQLITE_ForeignKeys #endif #if defined(SQLITE_REVERSE_UNORDERED_SELECTS) | SQLITE_ReverseOrder #endif #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_OVERSIZE_CELL_CHECK) | SQLITE_CellSizeCk #endif #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER) | SQLITE_Fts3Tokenizer #endif #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_QPSG) | SQLITE_EnableQPSG #endif ; sqlite3HashInit(&db->aCollSeq); #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE sqlite3HashInit(&db->aModule); #endif /* Add the default collation sequence BINARY. BINARY works for both UTF-8 ** and UTF-16, so add a version for each to avoid any unnecessary ** conversions. The only error that can occur here is a malloc() failure. ** ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-52786-44878 SQLite defines three built-in collating ** functions: */ createCollation(db, sqlite3StrBINARY, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, binCollFunc, 0); createCollation(db, sqlite3StrBINARY, SQLITE_UTF16BE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); createCollation(db, sqlite3StrBINARY, SQLITE_UTF16LE, 0, binCollFunc, 0); createCollation(db, "NOCASE", SQLITE_UTF8, 0, nocaseCollatingFunc, 0); createCollation(db, "RTRIM", SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)1, binCollFunc, 0); if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto opendb_out; } /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-08308-17224 The default collating function for all ** strings is BINARY. */ db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, sqlite3StrBINARY, 0); assert( db->pDfltColl!=0 ); /* Parse the filename/URI argument ** ** Only allow sensible combinations of bits in the flags argument. ** Throw an error if any non-sense combination is used. If we ** do not block illegal combinations here, it could trigger ** assert() statements in deeper layers. Sensible combinations ** are: ** ** 1: SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ** 2: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE ** 6: SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE */ db->openFlags = flags; assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY == 0x01 ); assert( SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE == 0x02 ); assert( SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE == 0x04 ); testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x02 ); /* READONLY */ testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x04 ); /* READWRITE */ testcase( (1<<(flags&7))==0x40 ); /* READWRITE | CREATE */ if( ((1<<(flags&7)) & 0x46)==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; /* IMP: R-65497-44594 */ }else{ rc = sqlite3ParseUri(zVfs, zFilename, &flags, &db->pVfs, &zOpen, &zErrMsg); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) sqlite3OomFault(db); sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, zErrMsg ? "%s" : 0, zErrMsg); sqlite3_free(zErrMsg); goto opendb_out; } /* Open the backend database driver */ rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, zOpen, db, &db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, flags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; } sqlite3Error(db, rc); goto opendb_out; } sqlite3BtreeEnter(db->aDb[0].pBt); db->aDb[0].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, db->aDb[0].pBt); if( !db->mallocFailed ) ENC(db) = SCHEMA_ENC(db); sqlite3BtreeLeave(db->aDb[0].pBt); db->aDb[1].pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, 0); /* The default safety_level for the main database is FULL; for the temp ** database it is OFF. This matches the pager layer defaults. */ db->aDb[0].zDbSName = "main"; db->aDb[0].safety_level = SQLITE_DEFAULT_SYNCHRONOUS+1; db->aDb[1].zDbSName = "temp"; db->aDb[1].safety_level = PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF; db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN; if( db->mallocFailed ){ goto opendb_out; } /* Register all built-in functions, but do not attempt to read the ** database schema yet. This is delayed until the first time the database ** is accessed. */ sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK); sqlite3RegisterPerConnectionBuiltinFunctions(db); rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS5 /* Register any built-in FTS5 module before loading the automatic ** extensions. This allows automatic extensions to register FTS5 ** tokenizers and auxiliary functions. */ if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts5Init(db); } #endif /* Load automatic extensions - extensions that have been registered ** using the sqlite3_automatic_extension() API. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(db); rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto opendb_out; } } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 if( !db->mallocFailed ){ extern int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3*); rc = sqlite3Fts1Init(db); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ extern int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3*); rc = sqlite3Fts2Init(db); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 /* automatically defined by SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 */ if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3Init(db); } #endif #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS) if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3IcuInit(db); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ rc = sqlite3RtreeInit(db); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBPAGE_VTAB if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ rc = sqlite3DbpageRegister(db); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ rc = sqlite3DbstatRegister(db); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1 if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ rc = sqlite3Json1Init(db); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_STMTVTAB if( !db->mallocFailed && rc==SQLITE_OK){ rc = sqlite3StmtVtabInit(db); } #endif /* -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=1 makes EXCLUSIVE the default locking ** mode. -DSQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE=0 make NORMAL the default locking ** mode. Doing nothing at all also makes NORMAL the default. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE db->dfltLockMode = SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE; sqlite3PagerLockingMode(sqlite3BtreePager(db->aDb[0].pBt), SQLITE_DEFAULT_LOCKING_MODE); #endif if( rc ) sqlite3Error(db, rc); /* Enable the lookaside-malloc subsystem */ setupLookaside(db, 0, sqlite3GlobalConfig.szLookaside, sqlite3GlobalConfig.nLookaside); sqlite3_wal_autocheckpoint(db, SQLITE_DEFAULT_WAL_AUTOCHECKPOINT); opendb_out: if( db ){ assert( db->mutex!=0 || isThreadsafe==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.bFullMutex==0 ); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); } rc = sqlite3_errcode(db); assert( db!=0 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3_close(db); db = 0; }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK; } *ppDb = db; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SQLLOG if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog ){ /* Opening a db handle. Fourth parameter is passed 0. */ void *pArg = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pSqllogArg; sqlite3GlobalConfig.xSqllog(pArg, db, zFilename, 0); } #endif #if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ const char *zKey; if( (zKey = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zOpen, "hexkey"))!=0 && zKey[0] ){ u8 iByte; int i; char zDecoded[40]; for(i=0, iByte=0; imutex); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); rc = createCollation(db, zName, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, xDel); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** Register a new collation sequence with the database handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_create_collation16( sqlite3* db, const void *zName, int enc, void* pCtx, int(*xCompare)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*) ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; char *zName8; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); zName8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zName, -1, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE); if( zName8 ){ rc = createCollation(db, zName8, (u8)enc, pCtx, xCompare, 0); sqlite3DbFree(db, zName8); } rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ /* ** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle ** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed( sqlite3 *db, void *pCollNeededArg, void(*xCollNeeded)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const char*) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->xCollNeeded = xCollNeeded; db->xCollNeeded16 = 0; db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 /* ** Register a collation sequence factory callback with the database handle ** db. Replace any previously installed collation sequence factory. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_collation_needed16( sqlite3 *db, void *pCollNeededArg, void(*xCollNeeded16)(void*,sqlite3*,int eTextRep,const void*) ){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->xCollNeeded = 0; db->xCollNeeded16 = xCollNeeded16; db->pCollNeededArg = pCollNeededArg; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** This function is now an anachronism. It used to be used to recover from a ** malloc() failure, but SQLite now does this automatically. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_global_recover(void){ return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** Test to see whether or not the database connection is in autocommit ** mode. Return TRUE if it is and FALSE if not. Autocommit mode is on ** by default. Autocommit is disabled by a BEGIN statement and reenabled ** by the next COMMIT or ROLLBACK. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_get_autocommit(sqlite3 *db){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif return db->autoCommit; } /* ** The following routines are substitutes for constants SQLITE_CORRUPT, ** SQLITE_MISUSE, SQLITE_CANTOPEN, SQLITE_NOMEM and possibly other error ** constants. They serve two purposes: ** ** 1. Serve as a convenient place to set a breakpoint in a debugger ** to detect when version error conditions occurs. ** ** 2. Invoke sqlite3_log() to provide the source code location where ** a low-level error is first detected. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3ReportError(int iErr, int lineno, const char *zType){ sqlite3_log(iErr, "%s at line %d of [%.10s]", zType, lineno, 20+sqlite3_sourceid()); return iErr; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptError(int lineno){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, "database corruption"); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MisuseError(int lineno){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_MISUSE, lineno, "misuse"); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CantopenError(int lineno){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN, lineno, "cannot open file"); } #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3CorruptPgnoError(int lineno, Pgno pgno){ char zMsg[100]; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zMsg), zMsg, "database corruption page %d", pgno); testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_CORRUPT, lineno, zMsg); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3NomemError(int lineno){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_NOMEM, lineno, "OOM"); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IoerrnomemError(int lineno){ testcase( sqlite3GlobalConfig.xLog!=0 ); return sqlite3ReportError(SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM, lineno, "I/O OOM error"); } #endif #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED /* ** This is a convenience routine that makes sure that all thread-specific ** data for this thread has been deallocated. ** ** SQLite no longer uses thread-specific data so this routine is now a ** no-op. It is retained for historical compatibility. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_thread_cleanup(void){ } #endif /* ** Return meta information about a specific column of a database table. ** See comment in sqlite3.h (sqlite.h.in) for details. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_table_column_metadata( sqlite3 *db, /* Connection handle */ const char *zDbName, /* Database name or NULL */ const char *zTableName, /* Table name */ const char *zColumnName, /* Column name */ char const **pzDataType, /* OUTPUT: Declared data type */ char const **pzCollSeq, /* OUTPUT: Collation sequence name */ int *pNotNull, /* OUTPUT: True if NOT NULL constraint exists */ int *pPrimaryKey, /* OUTPUT: True if column part of PK */ int *pAutoinc /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */ ){ int rc; char *zErrMsg = 0; Table *pTab = 0; Column *pCol = 0; int iCol = 0; char const *zDataType = 0; char const *zCollSeq = 0; int notnull = 0; int primarykey = 0; int autoinc = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zTableName==0 ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */ sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db); rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg); if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){ goto error_out; } /* Locate the table in question */ pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTableName, zDbName); if( !pTab || pTab->pSelect ){ pTab = 0; goto error_out; } /* Find the column for which info is requested */ if( zColumnName==0 ){ /* Query for existance of table only */ }else{ for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ pCol = &pTab->aCol[iCol]; if( 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pCol->zName, zColumnName) ){ break; } } if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){ if( HasRowid(pTab) && sqlite3IsRowid(zColumnName) ){ iCol = pTab->iPKey; pCol = iCol>=0 ? &pTab->aCol[iCol] : 0; }else{ pTab = 0; goto error_out; } } } /* The following block stores the meta information that will be returned ** to the caller in local variables zDataType, zCollSeq, notnull, primarykey ** and autoinc. At this point there are two possibilities: ** ** 1. The specified column name was rowid", "oid" or "_rowid_" ** and there is no explicitly declared IPK column. ** ** 2. The table is not a view and the column name identified an ** explicitly declared column. Copy meta information from *pCol. */ if( pCol ){ zDataType = sqlite3ColumnType(pCol,0); zCollSeq = pCol->zColl; notnull = pCol->notNull!=0; primarykey = (pCol->colFlags & COLFLAG_PRIMKEY)!=0; autoinc = pTab->iPKey==iCol && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Autoincrement)!=0; }else{ zDataType = "INTEGER"; primarykey = 1; } if( !zCollSeq ){ zCollSeq = sqlite3StrBINARY; } error_out: sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db); /* Whether the function call succeeded or failed, set the output parameters ** to whatever their local counterparts contain. If an error did occur, ** this has the effect of zeroing all output parameters. */ if( pzDataType ) *pzDataType = zDataType; if( pzCollSeq ) *pzCollSeq = zCollSeq; if( pNotNull ) *pNotNull = notnull; if( pPrimaryKey ) *pPrimaryKey = primarykey; if( pAutoinc ) *pAutoinc = autoinc; if( SQLITE_OK==rc && !pTab ){ sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); zErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such table column: %s.%s", zTableName, zColumnName); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (zErrMsg?"%s":0), zErrMsg); sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg); rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Sleep for a little while. Return the amount of time slept. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sleep(int ms){ sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; int rc; pVfs = sqlite3_vfs_find(0); if( pVfs==0 ) return 0; /* This function works in milliseconds, but the underlying OsSleep() ** API uses microseconds. Hence the 1000's. */ rc = (sqlite3OsSleep(pVfs, 1000*ms)/1000); return rc; } /* ** Enable or disable the extended result codes. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_extended_result_codes(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->errMask = onoff ? 0xffffffff : 0xff; sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Invoke the xFileControl method on a particular database. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_file_control(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName, int op, void *pArg){ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; Btree *pBtree; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); pBtree = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); if( pBtree ){ Pager *pPager; sqlite3_file *fd; sqlite3BtreeEnter(pBtree); pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBtree); assert( pPager!=0 ); fd = sqlite3PagerFile(pPager); assert( fd!=0 ); if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER ){ *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = fd; rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_VFS_POINTER ){ *(sqlite3_vfs**)pArg = sqlite3PagerVfs(pPager); rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_JOURNAL_POINTER ){ *(sqlite3_file**)pArg = sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(pPager); rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( op==SQLITE_FCNTL_DATA_VERSION ){ *(unsigned int*)pArg = sqlite3PagerDataVersion(pPager); rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg); } sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** Interface to the testing logic. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){ int rc = 0; #ifdef SQLITE_UNTESTABLE UNUSED_PARAMETER(op); #else va_list ap; va_start(ap, op); switch( op ){ /* ** Save the current state of the PRNG. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_SAVE: { sqlite3PrngSaveState(); break; } /* ** Restore the state of the PRNG to the last state saved using ** PRNG_SAVE. If PRNG_SAVE has never before been called, then ** this verb acts like PRNG_RESET. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESTORE: { sqlite3PrngRestoreState(); break; } /* ** Reset the PRNG back to its uninitialized state. The next call ** to sqlite3_randomness() will reseed the PRNG using a single call ** to the xRandomness method of the default VFS. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PRNG_RESET: { sqlite3_randomness(0,0); break; } /* ** sqlite3_test_control(BITVEC_TEST, size, program) ** ** Run a test against a Bitvec object of size. The program argument ** is an array of integers that defines the test. Return -1 on a ** memory allocation error, 0 on success, or non-zero for an error. ** See the sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest() for additional information. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST: { int sz = va_arg(ap, int); int *aProg = va_arg(ap, int*); rc = sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(sz, aProg); break; } /* ** sqlite3_test_control(FAULT_INSTALL, xCallback) ** ** Arrange to invoke xCallback() whenever sqlite3FaultSim() is called, ** if xCallback is not NULL. ** ** As a test of the fault simulator mechanism itself, sqlite3FaultSim(0) ** is called immediately after installing the new callback and the return ** value from sqlite3FaultSim(0) becomes the return from ** sqlite3_test_control(). */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL: { /* MSVC is picky about pulling func ptrs from va lists. ** http://support.microsoft.com/kb/47961 ** sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, int(*)(int)); */ typedef int(*TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t)(int); sqlite3GlobalConfig.xTestCallback = va_arg(ap, TESTCALLBACKFUNC_t); rc = sqlite3FaultSim(0); break; } /* ** sqlite3_test_control(BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS, xBegin, xEnd) ** ** Register hooks to call to indicate which malloc() failures ** are benign. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: { typedef void (*void_function)(void); void_function xBenignBegin; void_function xBenignEnd; xBenignBegin = va_arg(ap, void_function); xBenignEnd = va_arg(ap, void_function); sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(xBenignBegin, xBenignEnd); break; } /* ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE, unsigned int X) ** ** Set the PENDING byte to the value in the argument, if X>0. ** Make no changes if X==0. Return the value of the pending byte ** as it existing before this routine was called. ** ** IMPORTANT: Changing the PENDING byte from 0x40000000 results in ** an incompatible database file format. Changing the PENDING byte ** while any database connection is open results in undefined and ** deleterious behavior. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PENDING_BYTE: { rc = PENDING_BYTE; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD { unsigned int newVal = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); if( newVal ) sqlite3PendingByte = newVal; } #endif break; } /* ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, int X) ** ** This action provides a run-time test to see whether or not ** assert() was enabled at compile-time. If X is true and assert() ** is enabled, then the return value is true. If X is true and ** assert() is disabled, then the return value is zero. If X is ** false and assert() is enabled, then the assertion fires and the ** process aborts. If X is false and assert() is disabled, then the ** return value is zero. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT: { volatile int x = 0; assert( /*side-effects-ok*/ (x = va_arg(ap,int))!=0 ); rc = x; break; } /* ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, int X) ** ** This action provides a run-time test to see how the ALWAYS and ** NEVER macros were defined at compile-time. ** ** The return value is ALWAYS(X) if X is true, or 0 if X is false. ** ** The recommended test is X==2. If the return value is 2, that means ** ALWAYS() and NEVER() are both no-op pass-through macros, which is the ** default setting. If the return value is 1, then ALWAYS() is either ** hard-coded to true or else it asserts if its argument is false. ** The first behavior (hard-coded to true) is the case if ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is disabled and the second ** behavior (assert if the argument to ALWAYS() is false) is the case if ** SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT shows that assert() is enabled. ** ** The run-time test procedure might look something like this: ** ** if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS, 2)==2 ){ ** // ALWAYS() and NEVER() are no-op pass-through macros ** }else if( sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ASSERT, 1) ){ ** // ALWAYS(x) asserts that x is true. NEVER(x) asserts x is false. ** }else{ ** // ALWAYS(x) is a constant 1. NEVER(x) is a constant 0. ** } */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS: { int x = va_arg(ap,int); rc = x ? ALWAYS(x) : 0; break; } /* ** sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER); ** ** The integer returned reveals the byte-order of the computer on which ** SQLite is running: ** ** 1 big-endian, determined at run-time ** 10 little-endian, determined at run-time ** 432101 big-endian, determined at compile-time ** 123410 little-endian, determined at compile-time */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER: { rc = SQLITE_BYTEORDER*100 + SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN*10 + SQLITE_BIGENDIAN; break; } /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE, sqlite3 *db, int N) ** ** Set the nReserve size to N for the main database on the database ** connection db. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE: { sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); int x = va_arg(ap,int); sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(db->aDb[0].pBt, 0, x, 0); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); break; } /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS, sqlite3 *db, int N) ** ** Enable or disable various optimizations for testing purposes. The ** argument N is a bitmask of optimizations to be disabled. For normal ** operation N should be 0. The idea is that a test program (like the ** SQL Logic Test or SLT test module) can run the same SQL multiple times ** with various optimizations disabled to verify that the same answer ** is obtained in every case. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS: { sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); db->dbOptFlags = (u16)(va_arg(ap, int) & 0xffff); break; } /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT, int onoff); ** ** If parameter onoff is non-zero, configure the wrappers so that all ** subsequent calls to localtime() and variants fail. If onoff is zero, ** undo this setting. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT: { sqlite3GlobalConfig.bLocaltimeFault = va_arg(ap, int); break; } /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT, int); ** ** Set or clear a flag that indicates that the database file is always well- ** formed and never corrupt. This flag is clear by default, indicating that ** database files might have arbitrary corruption. Setting the flag during ** testing causes certain assert() statements in the code to be activated ** that demonstrat invariants on well-formed database files. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT: { sqlite3GlobalConfig.neverCorrupt = va_arg(ap, int); break; } /* Set the threshold at which OP_Once counters reset back to zero. ** By default this is 0x7ffffffe (over 2 billion), but that value is ** too big to test in a reasonable amount of time, so this control is ** provided to set a small and easily reachable reset value. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ONCE_RESET_THRESHOLD: { sqlite3GlobalConfig.iOnceResetThreshold = va_arg(ap, int); break; } /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE, xCallback, ptr); ** ** Set the VDBE coverage callback function to xCallback with context ** pointer ptr. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE: { #ifdef SQLITE_VDBE_COVERAGE typedef void (*branch_callback)(void*,unsigned int, unsigned char,unsigned char); sqlite3GlobalConfig.xVdbeBranch = va_arg(ap,branch_callback); sqlite3GlobalConfig.pVdbeBranchArg = va_arg(ap,void*); #endif break; } /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP, db, nMax); */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP: { sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); db->nMaxSorterMmap = va_arg(ap, int); break; } /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT); ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if SQLite has been initialized and SQLITE_ERROR if ** not. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT: { if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; } /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, db, dbName, onOff, tnum); ** ** This test control is used to create imposter tables. "db" is a pointer ** to the database connection. dbName is the database name (ex: "main" or ** "temp") which will receive the imposter. "onOff" turns imposter mode on ** or off. "tnum" is the root page of the b-tree to which the imposter ** table should connect. ** ** Enable imposter mode only when the schema has already been parsed. Then ** run a single CREATE TABLE statement to construct the imposter table in ** the parsed schema. Then turn imposter mode back off again. ** ** If onOff==0 and tnum>0 then reset the schema for all databases, causing ** the schema to be reparsed the next time it is needed. This has the ** effect of erasing all imposter tables. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER: { sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*); sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); db->init.iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, va_arg(ap,const char*)); db->init.busy = db->init.imposterTable = va_arg(ap,int); db->init.newTnum = va_arg(ap,int); if( db->init.busy==0 && db->init.newTnum>0 ){ sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db); } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); break; } #if defined(YYCOVERAGE) /* sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PARSER_COVERAGE, FILE *out) ** ** This test control (only available when SQLite is compiled with ** -DYYCOVERAGE) writes a report onto "out" that shows all ** state/lookahead combinations in the parser state machine ** which are never exercised. If any state is missed, make the ** return code SQLITE_ERROR. */ case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_PARSER_COVERAGE: { FILE *out = va_arg(ap, FILE*); if( sqlite3ParserCoverage(out) ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; } #endif /* defined(YYCOVERAGE) */ } va_end(ap); #endif /* SQLITE_UNTESTABLE */ return rc; } /* ** This is a utility routine, useful to VFS implementations, that checks ** to see if a database file was a URI that contained a specific query ** parameter, and if so obtains the value of the query parameter. ** ** The zFilename argument is the filename pointer passed into the xOpen() ** method of a VFS implementation. The zParam argument is the name of the ** query parameter we seek. This routine returns the value of the zParam ** parameter if it exists. If the parameter does not exist, this routine ** returns a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_uri_parameter(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam){ if( zFilename==0 || zParam==0 ) return 0; zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; while( zFilename[0] ){ int x = strcmp(zFilename, zParam); zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; if( x==0 ) return zFilename; zFilename += sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename) + 1; } return 0; } /* ** Return a boolean value for a query parameter. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_uri_boolean(const char *zFilename, const char *zParam, int bDflt){ const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); bDflt = bDflt!=0; return z ? sqlite3GetBoolean(z, bDflt) : bDflt; } /* ** Return a 64-bit integer value for a query parameter. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_uri_int64( const char *zFilename, /* Filename as passed to xOpen */ const char *zParam, /* URI parameter sought */ sqlite3_int64 bDflt /* return if parameter is missing */ ){ const char *z = sqlite3_uri_parameter(zFilename, zParam); sqlite3_int64 v; if( z && sqlite3DecOrHexToI64(z, &v)==0 ){ bDflt = v; } return bDflt; } /* ** Return the Btree pointer identified by zDbName. Return NULL if not found. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE Btree *sqlite3DbNameToBtree(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ int iDb = zDbName ? sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDbName) : 0; return iDb<0 ? 0 : db->aDb[iDb].pBt; } /* ** Return the filename of the database associated with a database ** connection. */ SQLITE_API const char *sqlite3_db_filename(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ Btree *pBt; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(pBt) : 0; } /* ** Return 1 if database is read-only or 0 if read/write. Return -1 if ** no such database exists. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_db_readonly(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDbName){ Btree *pBt; #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return -1; } #endif pBt = sqlite3DbNameToBtree(db, zDbName); return pBt ? sqlite3BtreeIsReadonly(pBt) : -1; } #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT /* ** Obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot of database zDb currently ** being read by handle db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_get( sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot ){ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ int iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; if( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt), ppSnapshot); } } } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ return rc; } /* ** Open a read-transaction on the snapshot idendified by pSnapshot. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_open( sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot ){ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); if( db->autoCommit==0 ){ int iDb; iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; if( sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pBt)==0 ){ Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pBt); int bUnlock = 0; if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(pPager, pSnapshot); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ bUnlock = 1; rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); } } }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(pPager, pSnapshot); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0); sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(pPager, 0); } if( bUnlock ){ sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(pPager); } } } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ return rc; } /* ** Recover as many snapshots as possible from the wal file associated with ** schema zDb of database db. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_snapshot_recover(sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb){ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; int iDb; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){ return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; } #endif sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, zDb); if( iDb==0 || iDb>1 ){ Btree *pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt; if( 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pBt) ){ rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(pBt, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(sqlite3BtreePager(pBt)); sqlite3BtreeCommit(pBt); } } } sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ return rc; } /* ** Free a snapshot handle obtained from sqlite3_snapshot_get(). */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3_snapshot_free(sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ sqlite3_free(pSnapshot); } #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPILEOPTION_DIAGS /* ** Given the name of a compile-time option, return true if that option ** was used and false if not. ** ** The name can optionally begin with "SQLITE_" but the "SQLITE_" prefix ** is not required for a match. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_compileoption_used(const char *zOptName){ int i, n; int nOpt; const char **azCompileOpt; #if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR if( zOptName==0 ){ (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT; return 0; } #endif azCompileOpt = sqlite3CompileOptions(&nOpt); if( sqlite3StrNICmp(zOptName, "SQLITE_", 7)==0 ) zOptName += 7; n = sqlite3Strlen30(zOptName); /* Since nOpt is normally in single digits, a linear search is ** adequate. No need for a binary search. */ for(i=0; i=0 && NpNextBlocked){ int seen = 0; sqlite3 *p2; /* Verify property (1) */ assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection ); /* Verify property (2) */ for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){ if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1; assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen ); assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db ); assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db ); } } } #else # define checkListProperties(x) #endif /* ** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection ** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op. */ static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3 **pp; assertMutexHeld(); for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){ if( *pp==db ){ *pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked; break; } } } /* ** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed ** that it is not already a part of the list. */ static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3 **pp; assertMutexHeld(); for( pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify; pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked ); db->pNextBlocked = *pp; *pp = db; } /* ** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex. */ static void enterMutex(void){ sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); checkListProperties(0); } /* ** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex. */ static void leaveMutex(void){ assertMutexHeld(); checkListProperties(0); sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)); } /* ** Register an unlock-notify callback. ** ** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation ** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection ** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared ** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection. ** ** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately, ** before this routine returns. ** ** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate ** a deadlock. ** ** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops ** its locks. ** ** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered ** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately ** cancelled. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_unlock_notify( sqlite3 *db, void (*xNotify)(void **, int), void *pArg ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex); enterMutex(); if( xNotify==0 ){ removeFromBlockedList(db); db->pBlockingConnection = 0; db->pUnlockConnection = 0; db->xUnlockNotify = 0; db->pUnlockArg = 0; }else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){ /* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a ** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback ** immediately. */ xNotify(&pArg, 1); }else{ sqlite3 *p; for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){} if( p ){ rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */ }else{ db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection; db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify; db->pUnlockArg = pArg; removeFromBlockedList(db); addToBlockedList(db); } } leaveMutex(); assert( !db->mallocFailed ); sqlite3ErrorWithMsg(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0)); sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex); return rc; } /* ** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement ** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED ** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available ** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){ enterMutex(); if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ addToBlockedList(db); } db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker; leaveMutex(); } /* ** This function is called when ** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held ** by database connection db have been released. ** ** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections ** list and does the following: ** ** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is ** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0. ** ** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is ** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and ** set pUnlockConnection=0. ** ** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and ** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections ** list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){ void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */ int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */ sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */ void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */ void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */ void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */ aArg = aStatic; enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */ /* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */ for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){ sqlite3 *p = *pp; /* Step 1. */ if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){ p->pBlockingConnection = 0; } /* Step 2. */ if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){ assert( p->xUnlockNotify ); if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); nArg = 0; } sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) ); assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn ); if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic)) || (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3MallocSize(aDyn)/sizeof(void*))) ){ /* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */ void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2); if( pNew ){ memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *)); sqlite3_free(aDyn); aDyn = aArg = pNew; }else{ /* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to ** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the ** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to ** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed. ** ** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error ** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code ** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be ** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections ** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait ** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never ** arrive. ** ** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context ** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and ** begin accumulating any further context pointers without ** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because ** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of ** context pointers the application will receive two or more ** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will ** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple ** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the ** circumstances. */ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); nArg = 0; } } sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg; xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify; p->pUnlockConnection = 0; p->xUnlockNotify = 0; p->pUnlockArg = 0; } /* Step 3. */ if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){ /* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */ *pp = p->pNextBlocked; p->pNextBlocked = 0; }else{ pp = &p->pNextBlocked; } } if( nArg!=0 ){ xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg); } sqlite3_free(aDyn); leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */ } /* ** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is ** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){ sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db); enterMutex(); removeFromBlockedList(db); checkListProperties(db); leaveMutex(); } #endif /************** End of notify.c **********************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3.c ********************************************/ /* ** 2006 Oct 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This is an SQLite module implementing full-text search. */ /* ** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension ** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of ** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ /* The full-text index is stored in a series of b+tree (-like) ** structures called segments which map terms to doclists. The ** structures are like b+trees in layout, but are constructed from the ** bottom up in optimal fashion and are not updatable. Since trees ** are built from the bottom up, things will be described from the ** bottom up. ** ** **** Varints **** ** The basic unit of encoding is a variable-length integer called a ** varint. We encode variable-length integers in little-endian order ** using seven bits * per byte as follows: ** ** KEY: ** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit ** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit ** ** 7 bits - A ** 14 bits - BA ** 21 bits - BBA ** and so on. ** ** This is similar in concept to how sqlite encodes "varints" but ** the encoding is not the same. SQLite varints are big-endian ** are are limited to 9 bytes in length whereas FTS3 varints are ** little-endian and can be up to 10 bytes in length (in theory). ** ** Example encodings: ** ** 1: 0x01 ** 127: 0x7f ** 128: 0x81 0x00 ** ** **** Document lists **** ** A doclist (document list) holds a docid-sorted list of hits for a ** given term. Doclists hold docids and associated token positions. ** A docid is the unique integer identifier for a single document. ** A position is the index of a word within the document. The first ** word of the document has a position of 0. ** ** FTS3 used to optionally store character offsets using a compile-time ** option. But that functionality is no longer supported. ** ** A doclist is stored like this: ** ** array { ** varint docid; (delta from previous doclist) ** array { (position list for column 0) ** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) ** } ** array { ** varint POS_COLUMN; (marks start of position list for new column) ** varint column; (index of new column) ** array { ** varint position; (2 more than the delta from previous position) ** } ** } ** varint POS_END; (marks end of positions for this document. ** } ** ** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in ** memory. A "position" is an index of a token in the token stream ** generated by the tokenizer. Note that POS_END and POS_COLUMN occur ** in the same logical place as the position element, and act as sentinals ** ending a position list array. POS_END is 0. POS_COLUMN is 1. ** The positions numbers are not stored literally but rather as two more ** than the difference from the prior position, or the just the position plus ** 2 for the first position. Example: ** ** label: A B C D E F G H I J K ** value: 123 5 9 1 1 14 35 0 234 72 0 ** ** The 123 value is the first docid. For column zero in this document ** there are two matches at positions 3 and 10 (5-2 and 9-2+3). The 1 ** at D signals the start of a new column; the 1 at E indicates that the ** new column is column number 1. There are two positions at 12 and 45 ** (14-2 and 35-2+12). The 0 at H indicate the end-of-document. The ** 234 at I is the delta to next docid (357). It has one position 70 ** (72-2) and then terminates with the 0 at K. ** ** A "position-list" is the list of positions for multiple columns for ** a single docid. A "column-list" is the set of positions for a single ** column. Hence, a position-list consists of one or more column-lists, ** a document record consists of a docid followed by a position-list and ** a doclist consists of one or more document records. ** ** A bare doclist omits the position information, becoming an ** array of varint-encoded docids. ** **** Segment leaf nodes **** ** Segment leaf nodes store terms and doclists, ordered by term. Leaf ** nodes are written using LeafWriter, and read using LeafReader (to ** iterate through a single leaf node's data) and LeavesReader (to ** iterate through a segment's entire leaf layer). Leaf nodes have ** the format: ** ** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always 0) ** varint nTerm; (length of first term) ** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) ** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) ** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) ** array { ** (further terms are delta-encoded) ** varint nPrefix; (length of prefix shared with previous term) ** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) ** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix];(unshared suffix of next term) ** varint nDoclist; (length of term's associated doclist) ** char pDoclist[nDoclist]; (content of doclist) ** } ** ** Here, array { X } means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in ** memory. ** ** Leaf nodes are broken into blocks which are stored contiguously in ** the %_segments table in sorted order. This means that when the end ** of a node is reached, the next term is in the node with the next ** greater node id. ** ** New data is spilled to a new leaf node when the current node ** exceeds LEAF_MAX bytes (default 2048). New data which itself is ** larger than STANDALONE_MIN (default 1024) is placed in a standalone ** node (a leaf node with a single term and doclist). The goal of ** these settings is to pack together groups of small doclists while ** making it efficient to directly access large doclists. The ** assumption is that large doclists represent terms which are more ** likely to be query targets. ** ** TODO(shess) It may be useful for blocking decisions to be more ** dynamic. For instance, it may make more sense to have a 2.5k leaf ** node rather than splitting into 2k and .5k nodes. My intuition is ** that this might extend through 2x or 4x the pagesize. ** ** **** Segment interior nodes **** ** Segment interior nodes store blockids for subtree nodes and terms ** to describe what data is stored by the each subtree. Interior ** nodes are written using InteriorWriter, and read using ** InteriorReader. InteriorWriters are created as needed when ** SegmentWriter creates new leaf nodes, or when an interior node ** itself grows too big and must be split. The format of interior ** nodes: ** ** varint iHeight; (height from leaf level, always >0) ** varint iBlockid; (block id of node's leftmost subtree) ** optional { ** varint nTerm; (length of first term) ** char pTerm[nTerm]; (content of first term) ** array { ** (further terms are delta-encoded) ** varint nPrefix; (length of shared prefix with previous term) ** varint nSuffix; (length of unshared suffix) ** char pTermSuffix[nSuffix]; (unshared suffix of next term) ** } ** } ** ** Here, optional { X } means an optional element, while array { X } ** means zero or more occurrences of X, adjacent in memory. ** ** An interior node encodes n terms separating n+1 subtrees. The ** subtree blocks are contiguous, so only the first subtree's blockid ** is encoded. The subtree at iBlockid will contain all terms less ** than the first term encoded (or all terms if no term is encoded). ** Otherwise, for terms greater than or equal to pTerm[i] but less ** than pTerm[i+1], the subtree for that term will be rooted at ** iBlockid+i. Interior nodes only store enough term data to ** distinguish adjacent children (if the rightmost term of the left ** child is "something", and the leftmost term of the right child is ** "wicked", only "w" is stored). ** ** New data is spilled to a new interior node at the same height when ** the current node exceeds INTERIOR_MAX bytes (default 2048). ** INTERIOR_MIN_TERMS (default 7) keeps large terms from monopolizing ** interior nodes and making the tree too skinny. The interior nodes ** at a given height are naturally tracked by interior nodes at ** height+1, and so on. ** ** **** Segment directory **** ** The segment directory in table %_segdir stores meta-information for ** merging and deleting segments, and also the root node of the ** segment's tree. ** ** The root node is the top node of the segment's tree after encoding ** the entire segment, restricted to ROOT_MAX bytes (default 1024). ** This could be either a leaf node or an interior node. If the top ** node requires more than ROOT_MAX bytes, it is flushed to %_segments ** and a new root interior node is generated (which should always fit ** within ROOT_MAX because it only needs space for 2 varints, the ** height and the blockid of the previous root). ** ** The meta-information in the segment directory is: ** level - segment level (see below) ** idx - index within level ** - (level,idx uniquely identify a segment) ** start_block - first leaf node ** leaves_end_block - last leaf node ** end_block - last block (including interior nodes) ** root - contents of root node ** ** If the root node is a leaf node, then start_block, ** leaves_end_block, and end_block are all 0. ** ** **** Segment merging **** ** To amortize update costs, segments are grouped into levels and ** merged in batches. Each increase in level represents exponentially ** more documents. ** ** New documents (actually, document updates) are tokenized and ** written individually (using LeafWriter) to a level 0 segment, with ** incrementing idx. When idx reaches MERGE_COUNT (default 16), all ** level 0 segments are merged into a single level 1 segment. Level 1 ** is populated like level 0, and eventually MERGE_COUNT level 1 ** segments are merged to a single level 2 segment (representing ** MERGE_COUNT^2 updates), and so on. ** ** A segment merge traverses all segments at a given level in ** parallel, performing a straightforward sorted merge. Since segment ** leaf nodes are written in to the %_segments table in order, this ** merge traverses the underlying sqlite disk structures efficiently. ** After the merge, all segment blocks from the merged level are ** deleted. ** ** MERGE_COUNT controls how often we merge segments. 16 seems to be ** somewhat of a sweet spot for insertion performance. 32 and 64 show ** very similar performance numbers to 16 on insertion, though they're ** a tiny bit slower (perhaps due to more overhead in merge-time ** sorting). 8 is about 20% slower than 16, 4 about 50% slower than ** 16, 2 about 66% slower than 16. ** ** At query time, high MERGE_COUNT increases the number of segments ** which need to be scanned and merged. For instance, with 100k docs ** inserted: ** ** MERGE_COUNT segments ** 16 25 ** 8 12 ** 4 10 ** 2 6 ** ** This appears to have only a moderate impact on queries for very ** frequent terms (which are somewhat dominated by segment merge ** costs), and infrequent and non-existent terms still seem to be fast ** even with many segments. ** ** TODO(shess) That said, it would be nice to have a better query-side ** argument for MERGE_COUNT of 16. Also, it is possible/likely that ** optimizations to things like doclist merging will swing the sweet ** spot around. ** ** ** **** Handling of deletions and updates **** ** Since we're using a segmented structure, with no docid-oriented ** index into the term index, we clearly cannot simply update the term ** index when a document is deleted or updated. For deletions, we ** write an empty doclist (varint(docid) varint(POS_END)), for updates ** we simply write the new doclist. Segment merges overwrite older ** data for a particular docid with newer data, so deletes or updates ** will eventually overtake the earlier data and knock it out. The ** query logic likewise merges doclists so that newer data knocks out ** older data. */ /************** Include fts3Int.h in the middle of fts3.c ********************/ /************** Begin file fts3Int.h *****************************************/ /* ** 2009 Nov 12 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** */ #ifndef _FTSINT_H #define _FTSINT_H #if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif /* FTS3/FTS4 require virtual tables */ #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE # undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 # undef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 #endif /* ** FTS4 is really an extension for FTS3. It is enabled using the ** SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 macro. But to avoid confusion we also all ** the SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4 macro to serve as an alisse for SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3. */ #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) && !defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) # define SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 #endif #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* If not building as part of the core, include sqlite3ext.h. */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE /* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT3 #endif /* #include "sqlite3.h" */ /************** Include fts3_tokenizer.h in the middle of fts3Int.h **********/ /************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.h **********************************/ /* ** 2006 July 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. ** ************************************************************************* ** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There ** are three basic components: ** ** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer ** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for ** tokenizers. ** ** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps ** including customization information defined at creation time. ** ** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate ** tokens from a particular input. */ #ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ #define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ /* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time. ** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then ** we will need a way to register the API consistently. */ /* #include "sqlite3.h" */ /* ** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer ** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to ** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback ** functions that make up an implementation. ** ** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to ** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the ** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer ** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an ** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to ** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments). ** ** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen() ** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object ** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on ** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer ** object. */ typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module; typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer; typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor; struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module { /* ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0 or 1. */ int iVersion; /* ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if ** the following SQL is executed: ** ** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer arg1 arg2) ** ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2". ** ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialized by ** this callback. The caller will do so. */ int (*xCreate)( int argc, /* Size of argv array */ const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ ); /* ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate(). */ int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer); /* ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). */ int (*xOpen)( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */ const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */ ); /* ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen(). */ int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor); /* ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code. ** ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and ** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first ** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set ** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in ** the input buffer. ** ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call ** to xNext() or xClose(). */ /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be ** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes ** should be converted to zInput. */ int (*xNext)( sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */ const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */ int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */ ); /*********************************************************************** ** Methods below this point are only available if iVersion>=1. */ /* ** Configure the language id of a tokenizer cursor. */ int (*xLanguageid)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr, int iLangid); }; struct sqlite3_tokenizer { const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */ /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ }; struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor { sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */ /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */ }; int fts3_global_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); int fts3_term_cnt(int iTerm, int iCol); #endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */ /************** End of fts3_tokenizer.h **************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ /************** Include fts3_hash.h in the middle of fts3Int.h ***************/ /************** Begin file fts3_hash.h ***************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implementation ** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone ** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module. ** */ #ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_ #define _FTS3_HASH_H_ /* Forward declarations of structures. */ typedef struct Fts3Hash Fts3Hash; typedef struct Fts3HashElem Fts3HashElem; /* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure. ** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client ** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure ** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below. ** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and ** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make ** this structure opaque. */ struct Fts3Hash { char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */ char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */ int count; /* Number of entries in this table */ Fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */ int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */ struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */ int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */ Fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */ } *ht; }; /* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following ** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list. ** ** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really ** be opaque because it is used by macros. */ struct Fts3HashElem { Fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */ void *data; /* Data associated with this element */ void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */ }; /* ** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table: ** ** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long ** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case ** is respected in comparisons. ** ** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. ** memcmp() is used to compare keys. ** ** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1. */ #define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1 #define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2 /* ** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData); SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash*); SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(const Fts3Hash *, const void *, int); /* ** Shorthand for the functions above */ #define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit #define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert #define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind #define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear #define fts3HashFindElem sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem /* ** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is ** like this: ** ** Fts3Hash h; ** Fts3HashElem *p; ** ... ** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){ ** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p); ** // do something with pData ** } */ #define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first) #define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next) #define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data) #define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey) #define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey) /* ** Number of entries in a hash table */ #define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count) #endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */ /************** End of fts3_hash.h *******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in fts3Int.h ********************/ /* ** This constant determines the maximum depth of an FTS expression tree ** that the library will create and use. FTS uses recursion to perform ** various operations on the query tree, so the disadvantage of a large ** limit is that it may allow very large queries to use large amounts ** of stack space (perhaps causing a stack overflow). */ #ifndef SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH # define SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 12 #endif /* ** This constant controls how often segments are merged. Once there are ** FTS3_MERGE_COUNT segments of level N, they are merged into a single ** segment of level N+1. */ #define FTS3_MERGE_COUNT 16 /* ** This is the maximum amount of data (in bytes) to store in the ** Fts3Table.pendingTerms hash table. Normally, the hash table is ** populated as documents are inserted/updated/deleted in a transaction ** and used to create a new segment when the transaction is committed. ** However if this limit is reached midway through a transaction, a new ** segment is created and the hash table cleared immediately. */ #define FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA (1*1024*1024) /* ** Macro to return the number of elements in an array. SQLite has a ** similar macro called ArraySize(). Use a different name to avoid ** a collision when building an amalgamation with built-in FTS3. */ #define SizeofArray(X) ((int)(sizeof(X)/sizeof(X[0]))) #ifndef MIN # define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y)) #endif #ifndef MAX # define MAX(x,y) ((x)>(y)?(x):(y)) #endif /* ** Maximum length of a varint encoded integer. The varint format is different ** from that used by SQLite, so the maximum length is 10, not 9. */ #define FTS3_VARINT_MAX 10 /* ** FTS4 virtual tables may maintain multiple indexes - one index of all terms ** in the document set and zero or more prefix indexes. All indexes are stored ** as one or more b+-trees in the %_segments and %_segdir tables. ** ** It is possible to determine which index a b+-tree belongs to based on the ** value stored in the "%_segdir.level" column. Given this value L, the index ** that the b+-tree belongs to is (L<<10). In other words, all b+-trees with ** level values between 0 and 1023 (inclusive) belong to index 0, all levels ** between 1024 and 2047 to index 1, and so on. ** ** It is considered impossible for an index to use more than 1024 levels. In ** theory though this may happen, but only after at least ** (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT^1024) separate flushes of the pending-terms tables. */ #define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL 1024 #define FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL_STR "1024" /* ** The testcase() macro is only used by the amalgamation. If undefined, ** make it a no-op. */ #ifndef testcase # define testcase(X) #endif /* ** Terminator values for position-lists and column-lists. */ #define POS_COLUMN (1) /* Column-list terminator */ #define POS_END (0) /* Position-list terminator */ /* ** This section provides definitions to allow the ** FTS3 extension to be compiled outside of the ** amalgamation. */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION /* ** Macros indicating that conditional expressions are always true or ** false. */ #ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST # define ALWAYS(x) (1) # define NEVER(X) (0) #elif defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define ALWAYS(x) sqlite3Fts3Always((x)!=0) # define NEVER(x) sqlite3Fts3Never((x)!=0) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Always(int b); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Never(int b); #else # define ALWAYS(x) (x) # define NEVER(x) (x) #endif /* ** Internal types used by SQLite. */ typedef unsigned char u8; /* 1-byte (or larger) unsigned integer */ typedef short int i16; /* 2-byte (or larger) signed integer */ typedef unsigned int u32; /* 4-byte unsigned integer */ typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; /* 8-byte unsigned integer */ typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; /* 8-byte signed integer */ /* ** Macro used to suppress compiler warnings for unused parameters. */ #define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) /* ** Activate assert() only if SQLITE_TEST is enabled. */ #if !defined(NDEBUG) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) # define NDEBUG 1 #endif /* ** The TESTONLY macro is used to enclose variable declarations or ** other bits of code that are needed to support the arguments ** within testcase() and assert() macros. */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) # define TESTONLY(X) X #else # define TESTONLY(X) #endif #endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(void); # define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB sqlite3Fts3Corrupt() #else # define FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB #endif typedef struct Fts3Table Fts3Table; typedef struct Fts3Cursor Fts3Cursor; typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr; typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase; typedef struct Fts3PhraseToken Fts3PhraseToken; typedef struct Fts3Doclist Fts3Doclist; typedef struct Fts3SegFilter Fts3SegFilter; typedef struct Fts3DeferredToken Fts3DeferredToken; typedef struct Fts3SegReader Fts3SegReader; typedef struct Fts3MultiSegReader Fts3MultiSegReader; typedef struct MatchinfoBuffer MatchinfoBuffer; /* ** A connection to a fulltext index is an instance of the following ** structure. The xCreate and xConnect methods create an instance ** of this structure and xDestroy and xDisconnect free that instance. ** All other methods receive a pointer to the structure as one of their ** arguments. */ struct Fts3Table { sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */ const char *zDb; /* logical database name */ const char *zName; /* virtual table name */ int nColumn; /* number of named columns in virtual table */ char **azColumn; /* column names. malloced */ u8 *abNotindexed; /* True for 'notindexed' columns */ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* tokenizer for inserts and queries */ char *zContentTbl; /* content=xxx option, or NULL */ char *zLanguageid; /* languageid=xxx option, or NULL */ int nAutoincrmerge; /* Value configured by 'automerge' */ u32 nLeafAdd; /* Number of leaf blocks added this trans */ /* Precompiled statements used by the implementation. Each of these ** statements is run and reset within a single virtual table API call. */ sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[40]; sqlite3_stmt *pSeekStmt; /* Cache for fts3CursorSeekStmt() */ char *zReadExprlist; char *zWriteExprlist; int nNodeSize; /* Soft limit for node size */ u8 bFts4; /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ u8 bHasStat; /* True if %_stat table exists (2==unknown) */ u8 bHasDocsize; /* True if %_docsize table exists */ u8 bDescIdx; /* True if doclists are in reverse order */ u8 bIgnoreSavepoint; /* True to ignore xSavepoint invocations */ int nPgsz; /* Page size for host database */ char *zSegmentsTbl; /* Name of %_segments table */ sqlite3_blob *pSegments; /* Blob handle open on %_segments table */ /* ** The following array of hash tables is used to buffer pending index ** updates during transactions. All pending updates buffered at any one ** time must share a common language-id (see the FTS4 langid= feature). ** The current language id is stored in variable iPrevLangid. ** ** A single FTS4 table may have multiple full-text indexes. For each index ** there is an entry in the aIndex[] array. Index 0 is an index of all the ** terms that appear in the document set. Each subsequent index in aIndex[] ** is an index of prefixes of a specific length. ** ** Variable nPendingData contains an estimate the memory consumed by the ** pending data structures, including hash table overhead, but not including ** malloc overhead. When nPendingData exceeds nMaxPendingData, all hash ** tables are flushed to disk. Variable iPrevDocid is the docid of the most ** recently inserted record. */ int nIndex; /* Size of aIndex[] */ struct Fts3Index { int nPrefix; /* Prefix length (0 for main terms index) */ Fts3Hash hPending; /* Pending terms table for this index */ } *aIndex; int nMaxPendingData; /* Max pending data before flush to disk */ int nPendingData; /* Current bytes of pending data */ sqlite_int64 iPrevDocid; /* Docid of most recently inserted document */ int iPrevLangid; /* Langid of recently inserted document */ int bPrevDelete; /* True if last operation was a delete */ #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST) /* State variables used for validating that the transaction control ** methods of the virtual table are called at appropriate times. These ** values do not contribute to FTS functionality; they are used for ** verifying the operation of the SQLite core. */ int inTransaction; /* True after xBegin but before xCommit/xRollback */ int mxSavepoint; /* Largest valid xSavepoint integer */ #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* True to disable the incremental doclist optimization. This is controled ** by special insert command 'test-no-incr-doclist'. */ int bNoIncrDoclist; #endif }; /* ** When the core wants to read from the virtual table, it creates a ** virtual table cursor (an instance of the following structure) using ** the xOpen method. Cursors are destroyed using the xClose method. */ struct Fts3Cursor { sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ i16 eSearch; /* Search strategy (see below) */ u8 isEof; /* True if at End Of Results */ u8 isRequireSeek; /* True if must seek pStmt to %_content row */ u8 bSeekStmt; /* True if pStmt is a seek */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Prepared statement in use by the cursor */ Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Parsed MATCH query string */ int iLangid; /* Language being queried for */ int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred search tokens, if any */ sqlite3_int64 iPrevId; /* Previous id read from aDoclist */ char *pNextId; /* Pointer into the body of aDoclist */ char *aDoclist; /* List of docids for full-text queries */ int nDoclist; /* Size of buffer at aDoclist */ u8 bDesc; /* True to sort in descending order */ int eEvalmode; /* An FTS3_EVAL_XX constant */ int nRowAvg; /* Average size of database rows, in pages */ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Documents in table */ i64 iMinDocid; /* Minimum docid to return */ i64 iMaxDocid; /* Maximum docid to return */ int isMatchinfoNeeded; /* True when aMatchinfo[] needs filling in */ MatchinfoBuffer *pMIBuffer; /* Buffer for matchinfo data */ }; #define FTS3_EVAL_FILTER 0 #define FTS3_EVAL_NEXT 1 #define FTS3_EVAL_MATCHINFO 2 /* ** The Fts3Cursor.eSearch member is always set to one of the following. ** Actualy, Fts3Cursor.eSearch can be greater than or equal to ** FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH. If so, then Fts3Cursor.eSearch - 2 is the index ** of the column to be searched. For example, in ** ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ex1 USING fts3(a,b,c,d); ** SELECT docid FROM ex1 WHERE b MATCH 'one two three'; ** ** Because the LHS of the MATCH operator is 2nd column "b", ** Fts3Cursor.eSearch will be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+1. (+0 for a, ** +1 for b, +2 for c, +3 for d.) If the LHS of MATCH were "ex1" ** indicating that all columns should be searched, ** then eSearch would be set to FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+4. */ #define FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH 0 /* Linear scan of %_content table */ #define FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH 1 /* Lookup by rowid on %_content table */ #define FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH 2 /* Full-text index search */ /* ** The lower 16-bits of the sqlite3_index_info.idxNum value set by ** the xBestIndex() method contains the Fts3Cursor.eSearch value described ** above. The upper 16-bits contain a combination of the following ** bits, used to describe extra constraints on full-text searches. */ #define FTS3_HAVE_LANGID 0x00010000 /* languageid=? */ #define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE 0x00020000 /* docid>=? */ #define FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE 0x00040000 /* docid<=? */ struct Fts3Doclist { char *aAll; /* Array containing doclist (or NULL) */ int nAll; /* Size of a[] in bytes */ char *pNextDocid; /* Pointer to next docid */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid (if pList!=0) */ int bFreeList; /* True if pList should be sqlite3_free()d */ char *pList; /* Pointer to position list following iDocid */ int nList; /* Length of position list */ }; /* ** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in ** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case. ** For a sequence of tokens contained in double-quotes (i.e. "one two three") ** nToken will be the number of tokens in the string. */ struct Fts3PhraseToken { char *z; /* Text of the token */ int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer z */ int isPrefix; /* True if token ends with a "*" character */ int bFirst; /* True if token must appear at position 0 */ /* Variables above this point are populated when the expression is ** parsed (by code in fts3_expr.c). Below this point the variables are ** used when evaluating the expression. */ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; /* Deferred token object for this token */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Segment-reader for this token */ }; struct Fts3Phrase { /* Cache of doclist for this phrase. */ Fts3Doclist doclist; int bIncr; /* True if doclist is loaded incrementally */ int iDoclistToken; /* Used by sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist() if this is a descendent of an ** OR condition. */ char *pOrPoslist; i64 iOrDocid; /* Variables below this point are populated by fts3_expr.c when parsing ** a MATCH expression. Everything above is part of the evaluation phase. */ int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */ int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */ Fts3PhraseToken aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */ }; /* ** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator. ** ** If Fts3Expr.eType is FTSQUERY_PHRASE and isLoaded is true, then aDoclist ** points to a malloced buffer, size nDoclist bytes, containing the results ** of this phrase query in FTS3 doclist format. As usual, the initial ** "Length" field found in doclists stored on disk is omitted from this ** buffer. ** ** Variable aMI is used only for FTSQUERY_NEAR nodes to store the global ** matchinfo data. If it is not NULL, it points to an array of size nCol*3, ** where nCol is the number of columns in the queried FTS table. The array ** is populated as follows: ** ** aMI[iCol*3 + 0] = Undefined ** aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance ** ** The aMI array is allocated using sqlite3_malloc(). It should be freed ** when the expression node is. */ struct Fts3Expr { int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */ int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */ Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */ Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */ Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */ /* The following are used by the fts3_eval.c module. */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Current docid */ u8 bEof; /* True this expression is at EOF already */ u8 bStart; /* True if iDocid is valid */ u8 bDeferred; /* True if this expression is entirely deferred */ /* The following are used by the fts3_snippet.c module. */ int iPhrase; /* Index of this phrase in matchinfo() results */ u32 *aMI; /* See above */ }; /* ** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first ** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For ** example, the following: ** ** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e" ** ** is equivalent to: ** ** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))" */ #define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1 #define FTSQUERY_NOT 2 #define FTSQUERY_AND 3 #define FTSQUERY_OR 4 #define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5 /* fts3_write.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(sqlite3_vtab*,int,sqlite3_value**,sqlite3_int64*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(int, int, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_int64, const char *, int, Fts3SegReader**); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending( Fts3Table*,int,const char*,int,int,Fts3SegReader**); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(Fts3Table*, int, int, int, sqlite3_stmt **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(Fts3Table*, sqlite3_int64, char **, int*, int*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_stmt **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(Fts3Table *, sqlite3_int64, sqlite3_stmt **); #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3PhraseToken *, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(Fts3DeferredToken *, char **, int *); #else # define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(x) # define sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(x) SQLITE_OK # define sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(x) # define sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(x,y,z) SQLITE_OK #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *, int *); /* Special values interpreted by sqlite3SegReaderCursor() */ #define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING -1 #define FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL -2 SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, Fts3SegFilter*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(Fts3MultiSegReader *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(Fts3Table *, int, int, int, const char *, int, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader *); /* Flags allowed as part of the 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ #define FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS 0x00000001 #define FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY 0x00000002 #define FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER 0x00000004 #define FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX 0x00000008 #define FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN 0x00000010 #define FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST 0x00000020 /* Type passed as 4th argument to SegmentReaderIterate() */ struct Fts3SegFilter { const char *zTerm; int nTerm; int iCol; int flags; }; struct Fts3MultiSegReader { /* Used internally by sqlite3Fts3SegReaderXXX() calls */ Fts3SegReader **apSegment; /* Array of Fts3SegReader objects */ int nSegment; /* Size of apSegment array */ int nAdvance; /* How many seg-readers to advance */ Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Pointer to filter object */ char *aBuffer; /* Buffer to merge doclists in */ int nBuffer; /* Allocated size of aBuffer[] in bytes */ int iColFilter; /* If >=0, filter for this column */ int bRestart; /* Used by fts3.c only. */ int nCost; /* Cost of running iterator */ int bLookup; /* True if a lookup of a single entry. */ /* Output values. Valid only after Fts3SegReaderStep() returns SQLITE_ROW. */ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to term buffer */ int nTerm; /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist buffer */ int nDoclist; /* Size of aDoclist[] in bytes */ }; SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table*,int,int); #define fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) ( \ (*(u8*)(p)&0x80) ? sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(p, piVal) : (*piVal=*(u8*)(p), 1) \ ) /* fts3.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(char**,const char*,...); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *, sqlite3_int64); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *, sqlite_int64 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(int,char*,int,char**,sqlite3_int64*,int*,u8*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, u32 *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(sqlite3_int64, char *, int, char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int*, Fts3Table*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc); /* fts3_tokenizer.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(sqlite3 *, Fts3Hash *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *, sqlite3_tokenizer **, char ** ); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char); /* fts3_snippet.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets(sqlite3_context*, Fts3Cursor*); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *, const char *, const char *, int, int ); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(sqlite3_context *, Fts3Cursor *, const char *); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(MatchinfoBuffer *p); /* fts3_expr.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, char **, int, int, int, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, char ** ); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *); #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash*); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(sqlite3 *db); #endif SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer *, int, const char *, int, sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor ** ); /* fts3_aux.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( Fts3Table*, Fts3MultiSegReader*, int, const char*, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( Fts3Table *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, sqlite3_int64 *, char **, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3Expr *, int iCol, char **); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(Fts3Cursor *, Fts3MultiSegReader *, int *); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr); /* fts3_tokenize_vtab.c */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3*, Fts3Hash *); /* fts3_unicode2.c (functions generated by parsing unicode text files) */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int, int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int); SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int); #endif #endif /* !SQLITE_CORE || SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 */ #endif /* _FTSINT_H */ /************** End of fts3Int.h *********************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE) # define SQLITE_CORE 1 #endif /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include "fts3.h" */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE /* # include "sqlite3ext.h" */ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 #endif static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr); static int fts3TermSegReaderCursor( Fts3Cursor *, const char *, int, int, Fts3MultiSegReader **); #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION # if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Always(int b) { assert( b ); return b; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Never(int b) { assert( !b ); return b; } # endif #endif /* ** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0]. ** The length of data written will be between 1 and FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes. ** The number of bytes written is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(char *p, sqlite_int64 v){ unsigned char *q = (unsigned char *) p; sqlite_uint64 vu = v; do{ *q++ = (unsigned char) ((vu & 0x7f) | 0x80); vu >>= 7; }while( vu!=0 ); q[-1] &= 0x7f; /* turn off high bit in final byte */ assert( q - (unsigned char *)p <= FTS3_VARINT_MAX ); return (int) (q - (unsigned char *)p); } #define GETVARINT_STEP(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \ v = (v & mask1) | ( (*ptr++) << shift ); \ if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; } #define GETVARINT_INIT(v, ptr, shift, mask1, mask2, var, ret) \ v = (*ptr++); \ if( (v & mask2)==0 ){ var = v; return ret; } /* ** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0]. ** Return the number of bytes read, or 0 on error. ** The value is stored in *v. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(const char *pBuf, sqlite_int64 *v){ const unsigned char *p = (const unsigned char*)pBuf; const unsigned char *pStart = p; u32 a; u64 b; int shift; GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *v, 1); GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *v, 2); GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *v, 3); GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *v, 4); b = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF ); for(shift=28; shift<=63; shift+=7){ u64 c = *p++; b += (c&0x7F) << shift; if( (c & 0x80)==0 ) break; } *v = b; return (int)(p - pStart); } /* ** Similar to sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(), except that the output is truncated to ** a non-negative 32-bit integer before it is returned. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3GetVarint32(const char *p, int *pi){ u32 a; #ifndef fts3GetVarint32 GETVARINT_INIT(a, p, 0, 0x00, 0x80, *pi, 1); #else a = (*p++); assert( a & 0x80 ); #endif GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 7, 0x7F, 0x4000, *pi, 2); GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 14, 0x3FFF, 0x200000, *pi, 3); GETVARINT_STEP(a, p, 21, 0x1FFFFF, 0x10000000, *pi, 4); a = (a & 0x0FFFFFFF ); *pi = (int)(a | ((u32)(*p & 0x07) << 28)); assert( 0==(a & 0x80000000) ); assert( *pi>=0 ); return 5; } /* ** Return the number of bytes required to encode v as a varint */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(sqlite3_uint64 v){ int i = 0; do{ i++; v >>= 7; }while( v!=0 ); return i; } /* ** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing ** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the ** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine ** is a no-op. ** ** Examples: ** ** "abc" becomes abc ** 'xyz' becomes xyz ** [pqr] becomes pqr ** `mno` becomes mno ** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Dequote(char *z){ char quote; /* Quote character (if any ) */ quote = z[0]; if( quote=='[' || quote=='\'' || quote=='"' || quote=='`' ){ int iIn = 1; /* Index of next byte to read from input */ int iOut = 0; /* Index of next byte to write to output */ /* If the first byte was a '[', then the close-quote character is a ']' */ if( quote=='[' ) quote = ']'; while( z[iIn] ){ if( z[iIn]==quote ){ if( z[iIn+1]!=quote ) break; z[iOut++] = quote; iIn += 2; }else{ z[iOut++] = z[iIn++]; } } z[iOut] = '\0'; } } /* ** Read a single varint from the doclist at *pp and advance *pp to point ** to the first byte past the end of the varint. Add the value of the varint ** to *pVal. */ static void fts3GetDeltaVarint(char **pp, sqlite3_int64 *pVal){ sqlite3_int64 iVal; *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); *pVal += iVal; } /* ** When this function is called, *pp points to the first byte following a ** varint that is part of a doclist (or position-list, or any other list ** of varints). This function moves *pp to point to the start of that varint, ** and sets *pVal by the varint value. ** ** Argument pStart points to the first byte of the doclist that the ** varint is part of. */ static void fts3GetReverseVarint( char **pp, char *pStart, sqlite3_int64 *pVal ){ sqlite3_int64 iVal; char *p; /* Pointer p now points at the first byte past the varint we are ** interested in. So, unless the doclist is corrupt, the 0x80 bit is ** clear on character p[-1]. */ for(p = (*pp)-2; p>=pStart && *p&0x80; p--); p++; *pp = p; sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVal); *pVal = iVal; } /* ** The xDisconnect() virtual table method. */ static int fts3DisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; int i; assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); assert( p->pSegments==0 ); /* Free any prepared statements held */ sqlite3_finalize(p->pSeekStmt); for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ sqlite3_finalize(p->aStmt[i]); } sqlite3_free(p->zSegmentsTbl); sqlite3_free(p->zReadExprlist); sqlite3_free(p->zWriteExprlist); sqlite3_free(p->zContentTbl); sqlite3_free(p->zLanguageid); /* Invoke the tokenizer destructor to free the tokenizer. */ p->pTokenizer->pModule->xDestroy(p->pTokenizer); sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Write an error message into *pzErr */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(char **pzErr, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; sqlite3_free(*pzErr); va_start(ap, zFormat); *pzErr = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); } /* ** Construct one or more SQL statements from the format string given ** and then evaluate those statements. The success code is written ** into *pRc. ** ** If *pRc is initially non-zero then this routine is a no-op. */ static void fts3DbExec( int *pRc, /* Success code */ sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which to run SQL */ const char *zFormat, /* Format string for SQL */ ... /* Arguments to the format string */ ){ va_list ap; char *zSql; if( *pRc ) return; va_start(ap, zFormat); zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); if( zSql==0 ){ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ *pRc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); } } /* ** The xDestroy() virtual table method. */ static int fts3DestroyMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ const char *zDb = p->zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main", "temp") */ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* Database handle */ /* Drop the shadow tables */ if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_content'", zDb, p->zName); } fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segments'", zDb,p->zName); fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_segdir'", zDb, p->zName); fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_docsize'", zDb, p->zName); fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "DROP TABLE IF EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'", zDb, p->zName); /* If everything has worked, invoke fts3DisconnectMethod() to free the ** memory associated with the Fts3Table structure and return SQLITE_OK. ** Otherwise, return an SQLite error code. */ return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? fts3DisconnectMethod(pVtab) : rc); } /* ** Invoke sqlite3_declare_vtab() to declare the schema for the FTS3 table ** passed as the first argument. This is done as part of the xConnect() ** and xCreate() methods. ** ** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc ** before returning. */ static void fts3DeclareVtab(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; /* Iterator variable */ int rc; /* Return code */ char *zSql; /* SQL statement passed to declare_vtab() */ char *zCols; /* List of user defined columns */ const char *zLanguageid; zLanguageid = (p->zLanguageid ? p->zLanguageid : "__langid"); sqlite3_vtab_config(p->db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); /* Create a list of user columns for the virtual table */ zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%Q, ", p->azColumn[0]); for(i=1; zCols && inColumn; i++){ zCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%Q, ", zCols, p->azColumn[i]); } /* Create the whole "CREATE TABLE" statement to pass to SQLite */ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "CREATE TABLE x(%s %Q HIDDEN, docid HIDDEN, %Q HIDDEN)", zCols, p->zName, zLanguageid ); if( !zCols || !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(p->db, zSql); } sqlite3_free(zSql); sqlite3_free(zCols); *pRc = rc; } } /* ** Create the %_stat table if it does not already exist. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ fts3DbExec(pRc, p->db, "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %Q.'%q_stat'" "(id INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, value BLOB);", p->zDb, p->zName ); if( (*pRc)==SQLITE_OK ) p->bHasStat = 1; } /* ** Create the backing store tables (%_content, %_segments and %_segdir) ** required by the FTS3 table passed as the only argument. This is done ** as part of the vtab xCreate() method. ** ** If the p->bHasDocsize boolean is true (indicating that this is an ** FTS4 table, not an FTS3 table) then also create the %_docsize and ** %_stat tables required by FTS4. */ static int fts3CreateTables(Fts3Table *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ sqlite3 *db = p->db; /* The database connection */ if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ const char *zLanguageid = p->zLanguageid; char *zContentCols; /* Columns of %_content table */ /* Create a list of user columns for the content table */ zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY"); for(i=0; zContentCols && inColumn; i++){ char *z = p->azColumn[i]; zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, 'c%d%q'", zContentCols, i, z); } if( zLanguageid && zContentCols ){ zContentCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z, langid", zContentCols, zLanguageid); } if( zContentCols==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; /* Create the content table */ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_content'(%s)", p->zDb, p->zName, zContentCols ); sqlite3_free(zContentCols); } /* Create other tables */ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB);", p->zDb, p->zName ); fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir'(" "level INTEGER," "idx INTEGER," "start_block INTEGER," "leaves_end_block INTEGER," "end_block INTEGER," "root BLOB," "PRIMARY KEY(level, idx)" ");", p->zDb, p->zName ); if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "CREATE TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize'(docid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, size BLOB);", p->zDb, p->zName ); } assert( p->bHasStat==p->bFts4 ); if( p->bHasStat ){ sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); } return rc; } /* ** Store the current database page-size in bytes in p->nPgsz. ** ** If *pRc is non-zero when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is stored in *pRc ** before returning. */ static void fts3DatabasePageSize(int *pRc, Fts3Table *p){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc; /* Return code */ char *zSql; /* SQL text "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Compiled "PRAGMA %Q.page_size" statement */ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", p->zDb); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_prepare(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_step(pStmt); p->nPgsz = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); }else if( rc==SQLITE_AUTH ){ p->nPgsz = 1024; rc = SQLITE_OK; } } assert( p->nPgsz>0 || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); sqlite3_free(zSql); *pRc = rc; } } /* ** "Special" FTS4 arguments are column specifications of the following form: ** ** = ** ** There may not be whitespace surrounding the "=" character. The ** term may be quoted, but the may not. */ static int fts3IsSpecialColumn( const char *z, int *pnKey, char **pzValue ){ char *zValue; const char *zCsr = z; while( *zCsr!='=' ){ if( *zCsr=='\0' ) return 0; zCsr++; } *pnKey = (int)(zCsr-z); zValue = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", &zCsr[1]); if( zValue ){ sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zValue); } *pzValue = zValue; return 1; } /* ** Append the output of a printf() style formatting to an existing string. */ static void fts3Appendf( int *pRc, /* IN/OUT: Error code */ char **pz, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to string buffer */ const char *zFormat, /* Printf format string to append */ ... /* Arguments for printf format string */ ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ va_list ap; char *z; va_start(ap, zFormat); z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); if( z && *pz ){ char *z2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s%s", *pz, z); sqlite3_free(z); z = z2; } if( z==0 ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; sqlite3_free(*pz); *pz = z; } } /* ** Return a copy of input string zInput enclosed in double-quotes (") and ** with all double quote characters escaped. For example: ** ** fts3QuoteId("un \"zip\"") -> "un \"\"zip\"\"" ** ** The pointer returned points to memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). It ** is the callers responsibility to call sqlite3_free() to release this ** memory. */ static char *fts3QuoteId(char const *zInput){ int nRet; char *zRet; nRet = 2 + (int)strlen(zInput)*2 + 1; zRet = sqlite3_malloc(nRet); if( zRet ){ int i; char *z = zRet; *(z++) = '"'; for(i=0; zInput[i]; i++){ if( zInput[i]=='"' ) *(z++) = '"'; *(z++) = zInput[i]; } *(z++) = '"'; *(z++) = '\0'; } return zRet; } /* ** Return a list of comma separated SQL expressions and a FROM clause that ** could be used in a SELECT statement such as the following: ** ** SELECT FROM %_content AS x ... ** ** to return the docid, followed by each column of text data in order ** from left to write. If parameter zFunc is not NULL, then instead of ** being returned directly each column of text data is passed to an SQL ** function named zFunc first. For example, if zFunc is "unzip" and the ** table has the three user-defined columns "a", "b", and "c", the following ** string is returned: ** ** "docid, unzip(x.'a'), unzip(x.'b'), unzip(x.'c') FROM %_content AS x" ** ** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It ** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and ** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered ** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If ** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. */ static char *fts3ReadExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ char *zRet = 0; char *zFree = 0; char *zFunction; int i; if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ if( !zFunc ){ zFunction = ""; }else{ zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); } fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "docid"); for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(x.'c%d%q')", zFunction, i, p->azColumn[i]); } if( p->zLanguageid ){ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", "langid"); } sqlite3_free(zFree); }else{ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "rowid"); for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.'%q'", p->azColumn[i]); } if( p->zLanguageid ){ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", x.%Q", p->zLanguageid); } } fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, " FROM '%q'.'%q%s' AS x", p->zDb, (p->zContentTbl ? p->zContentTbl : p->zName), (p->zContentTbl ? "" : "_content") ); return zRet; } /* ** Return a list of N comma separated question marks, where N is the number ** of columns in the %_content table (one for the docid plus one for each ** user-defined text column). ** ** If argument zFunc is not NULL, then all but the first question mark ** is preceded by zFunc and an open bracket, and followed by a closed ** bracket. For example, if zFunc is "zip" and the FTS3 table has three ** user-defined text columns, the following string is returned: ** ** "?, zip(?), zip(?), zip(?)" ** ** The pointer returned points to a buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc(). It ** is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op (and ** a NULL pointer is returned). Otherwise, if an OOM error is encountered ** by this function, NULL is returned and *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM. If ** no error occurs, *pRc is left unmodified. */ static char *fts3WriteExprList(Fts3Table *p, const char *zFunc, int *pRc){ char *zRet = 0; char *zFree = 0; char *zFunction; int i; if( !zFunc ){ zFunction = ""; }else{ zFree = zFunction = fts3QuoteId(zFunc); } fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, "?"); for(i=0; inColumn; i++){ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ",%s(?)", zFunction); } if( p->zLanguageid ){ fts3Appendf(pRc, &zRet, ", ?"); } sqlite3_free(zFree); return zRet; } /* ** This function interprets the string at (*pp) as a non-negative integer ** value. It reads the integer and sets *pnOut to the value read, then ** sets *pp to point to the byte immediately following the last byte of ** the integer value. ** ** Only decimal digits ('0'..'9') may be part of an integer value. ** ** If *pp does not being with a decimal digit SQLITE_ERROR is returned and ** the output value undefined. Otherwise SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** This function is used when parsing the "prefix=" FTS4 parameter. */ static int fts3GobbleInt(const char **pp, int *pnOut){ const int MAX_NPREFIX = 10000000; const char *p; /* Iterator pointer */ int nInt = 0; /* Output value */ for(p=*pp; p[0]>='0' && p[0]<='9'; p++){ nInt = nInt * 10 + (p[0] - '0'); if( nInt>MAX_NPREFIX ){ nInt = 0; break; } } if( p==*pp ) return SQLITE_ERROR; *pnOut = nInt; *pp = p; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called to allocate an array of Fts3Index structures ** representing the indexes maintained by the current FTS table. FTS tables ** always maintain the main "terms" index, but may also maintain one or ** more "prefix" indexes, depending on the value of the "prefix=" parameter ** (if any) specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement. ** ** Argument zParam is passed the value of the "prefix=" option if one was ** specified, or NULL otherwise. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and *apIndex set to point to ** the allocated array. *pnIndex is set to the number of elements in the ** array. If an error does occur, an SQLite error code is returned. ** ** Regardless of whether or not an error is returned, it is the responsibility ** of the caller to call sqlite3_free() on the output array to free it. */ static int fts3PrefixParameter( const char *zParam, /* ABC in prefix=ABC parameter to parse */ int *pnIndex, /* OUT: size of *apIndex[] array */ struct Fts3Index **apIndex /* OUT: Array of indexes for this table */ ){ struct Fts3Index *aIndex; /* Allocated array */ int nIndex = 1; /* Number of entries in array */ if( zParam && zParam[0] ){ const char *p; nIndex++; for(p=zParam; *p; p++){ if( *p==',' ) nIndex++; } } aIndex = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); *apIndex = aIndex; if( !aIndex ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(aIndex, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); if( zParam ){ const char *p = zParam; int i; for(i=1; i=0 ); if( nPrefix==0 ){ nIndex--; i--; }else{ aIndex[i].nPrefix = nPrefix; } p++; } } *pnIndex = nIndex; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called when initializing an FTS4 table that uses the ** content=xxx option. It determines the number of and names of the columns ** of the new FTS4 table. ** ** The third argument passed to this function is the value passed to the ** config=xxx option (i.e. "xxx"). This function queries the database for ** a table of that name. If found, the output variables are populated ** as follows: ** ** *pnCol: Set to the number of columns table xxx has, ** ** *pnStr: Set to the total amount of space required to store a copy ** of each columns name, including the nul-terminator. ** ** *pazCol: Set to point to an array of *pnCol strings. Each string is ** the name of the corresponding column in table xxx. The array ** and its contents are allocated using a single allocation. It ** is the responsibility of the caller to free this allocation ** by eventually passing the *pazCol value to sqlite3_free(). ** ** If the table cannot be found, an error code is returned and the output ** variables are undefined. Or, if an OOM is encountered, SQLITE_NOMEM is ** returned (and the output variables are undefined). */ static int fts3ContentColumns( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ const char *zDb, /* Name of db (i.e. "main", "temp" etc.) */ const char *zTbl, /* Name of content table */ const char ***pazCol, /* OUT: Malloc'd array of column names */ int *pnCol, /* OUT: Size of array *pazCol */ int *pnStr, /* OUT: Bytes of string content */ char **pzErr /* OUT: error message */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ char *zSql; /* "SELECT *" statement on zTbl */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Compiled version of zSql */ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTbl); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } } sqlite3_free(zSql); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ const char **azCol; /* Output array */ int nStr = 0; /* Size of all column names (incl. 0x00) */ int nCol; /* Number of table columns */ int i; /* Used to iterate through columns */ /* Loop through the returned columns. Set nStr to the number of bytes of ** space required to store a copy of each column name, including the ** nul-terminator byte. */ nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); for(i=0; i module name ("fts3" or "fts4") ** argv[1] -> database name ** argv[2] -> table name ** argv[...] -> "column name" and other module argument fields. */ static int fts3InitVtab( int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ sqlite3 *db, /* The SQLite database connection */ void *pAux, /* Hash table containing tokenizers */ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ sqlite3_vtab **ppVTab, /* Write the resulting vtab structure here */ char **pzErr /* Write any error message here */ ){ Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)pAux; Fts3Table *p = 0; /* Pointer to allocated vtab */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ int nByte; /* Size of allocation used for *p */ int iCol; /* Column index */ int nString = 0; /* Bytes required to hold all column names */ int nCol = 0; /* Number of columns in the FTS table */ char *zCsr; /* Space for holding column names */ int nDb; /* Bytes required to hold database name */ int nName; /* Bytes required to hold table name */ int isFts4 = (argv[0][3]=='4'); /* True for FTS4, false for FTS3 */ const char **aCol; /* Array of column names */ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; /* Tokenizer for this table */ int nIndex = 0; /* Size of aIndex[] array */ struct Fts3Index *aIndex = 0; /* Array of indexes for this table */ /* The results of parsing supported FTS4 key=value options: */ int bNoDocsize = 0; /* True to omit %_docsize table */ int bDescIdx = 0; /* True to store descending indexes */ char *zPrefix = 0; /* Prefix parameter value (or NULL) */ char *zCompress = 0; /* compress=? parameter (or NULL) */ char *zUncompress = 0; /* uncompress=? parameter (or NULL) */ char *zContent = 0; /* content=? parameter (or NULL) */ char *zLanguageid = 0; /* languageid=? parameter (or NULL) */ char **azNotindexed = 0; /* The set of notindexed= columns */ int nNotindexed = 0; /* Size of azNotindexed[] array */ assert( strlen(argv[0])==4 ); assert( (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts4", 4)==0 && isFts4) || (sqlite3_strnicmp(argv[0], "fts3", 4)==0 && !isFts4) ); nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]) + 1; nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]) + 1; nByte = sizeof(const char *) * (argc-2); aCol = (const char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( aCol ){ memset((void*)aCol, 0, nByte); azNotindexed = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); } if( azNotindexed ){ memset(azNotindexed, 0, nByte); } if( !aCol || !azNotindexed ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto fts3_init_out; } /* Loop through all of the arguments passed by the user to the FTS3/4 ** module (i.e. all the column names and special arguments). This loop ** does the following: ** ** + Figures out the number of columns the FTSX table will have, and ** the number of bytes of space that must be allocated to store copies ** of the column names. ** ** + If there is a tokenizer specification included in the arguments, ** initializes the tokenizer pTokenizer. */ for(i=3; rc==SQLITE_OK && i8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(z, "tokenize", 8) && 0==sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(z[8]) ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, &z[9], &pTokenizer, pzErr); } /* Check if it is an FTS4 special argument. */ else if( isFts4 && fts3IsSpecialColumn(z, &nKey, &zVal) ){ struct Fts4Option { const char *zOpt; int nOpt; } aFts4Opt[] = { { "matchinfo", 9 }, /* 0 -> MATCHINFO */ { "prefix", 6 }, /* 1 -> PREFIX */ { "compress", 8 }, /* 2 -> COMPRESS */ { "uncompress", 10 }, /* 3 -> UNCOMPRESS */ { "order", 5 }, /* 4 -> ORDER */ { "content", 7 }, /* 5 -> CONTENT */ { "languageid", 10 }, /* 6 -> LANGUAGEID */ { "notindexed", 10 } /* 7 -> NOTINDEXED */ }; int iOpt; if( !zVal ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ for(iOpt=0; iOptnOpt && !sqlite3_strnicmp(z, pOp->zOpt, pOp->nOpt) ){ break; } } switch( iOpt ){ case 0: /* MATCHINFO */ if( strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "fts3", 4) ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized matchinfo: %s", zVal); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } bNoDocsize = 1; break; case 1: /* PREFIX */ sqlite3_free(zPrefix); zPrefix = zVal; zVal = 0; break; case 2: /* COMPRESS */ sqlite3_free(zCompress); zCompress = zVal; zVal = 0; break; case 3: /* UNCOMPRESS */ sqlite3_free(zUncompress); zUncompress = zVal; zVal = 0; break; case 4: /* ORDER */ if( (strlen(zVal)!=3 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "asc", 3)) && (strlen(zVal)!=4 || sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "desc", 4)) ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized order: %s", zVal); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } bDescIdx = (zVal[0]=='d' || zVal[0]=='D'); break; case 5: /* CONTENT */ sqlite3_free(zContent); zContent = zVal; zVal = 0; break; case 6: /* LANGUAGEID */ assert( iOpt==6 ); sqlite3_free(zLanguageid); zLanguageid = zVal; zVal = 0; break; case 7: /* NOTINDEXED */ azNotindexed[nNotindexed++] = zVal; zVal = 0; break; default: assert( iOpt==SizeofArray(aFts4Opt) ); sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized parameter: %s", z); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; } sqlite3_free(zVal); } } /* Otherwise, the argument is a column name. */ else { nString += (int)(strlen(z) + 1); aCol[nCol++] = z; } } /* If a content=xxx option was specified, the following: ** ** 1. Ignore any compress= and uncompress= options. ** ** 2. If no column names were specified as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL ** TABLE statement, use all columns from the content table. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zContent ){ sqlite3_free(zCompress); sqlite3_free(zUncompress); zCompress = 0; zUncompress = 0; if( nCol==0 ){ sqlite3_free((void*)aCol); aCol = 0; rc = fts3ContentColumns(db, argv[1], zContent,&aCol,&nCol,&nString,pzErr); /* If a languageid= option was specified, remove the language id ** column from the aCol[] array. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zLanguageid ){ int j; for(j=0; jdb = db; p->nColumn = nCol; p->nPendingData = 0; p->azColumn = (char **)&p[1]; p->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; p->nMaxPendingData = FTS3_MAX_PENDING_DATA; p->bHasDocsize = (isFts4 && bNoDocsize==0); p->bHasStat = (u8)isFts4; p->bFts4 = (u8)isFts4; p->bDescIdx = (u8)bDescIdx; p->nAutoincrmerge = 0xff; /* 0xff means setting unknown */ p->zContentTbl = zContent; p->zLanguageid = zLanguageid; zContent = 0; zLanguageid = 0; TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = -1 ); TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1 ); p->aIndex = (struct Fts3Index *)&p->azColumn[nCol]; memcpy(p->aIndex, aIndex, sizeof(struct Fts3Index) * nIndex); p->nIndex = nIndex; for(i=0; iaIndex[i].hPending, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); } p->abNotindexed = (u8 *)&p->aIndex[nIndex]; /* Fill in the zName and zDb fields of the vtab structure. */ zCsr = (char *)&p->abNotindexed[nCol]; p->zName = zCsr; memcpy(zCsr, argv[2], nName); zCsr += nName; p->zDb = zCsr; memcpy(zCsr, argv[1], nDb); zCsr += nDb; /* Fill in the azColumn array */ for(iCol=0; iCol0 ){ memcpy(zCsr, z, n); } zCsr[n] = '\0'; sqlite3Fts3Dequote(zCsr); p->azColumn[iCol] = zCsr; zCsr += n+1; assert( zCsr <= &((char *)p)[nByte] ); } /* Fill in the abNotindexed array */ for(iCol=0; iColazColumn[iCol]); for(i=0; iazColumn[iCol], zNot, n) ){ p->abNotindexed[iCol] = 1; sqlite3_free(zNot); azNotindexed[i] = 0; } } } for(i=0; izReadExprlist = fts3ReadExprList(p, zUncompress, &rc); p->zWriteExprlist = fts3WriteExprList(p, zCompress, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto fts3_init_out; /* If this is an xCreate call, create the underlying tables in the ** database. TODO: For xConnect(), it could verify that said tables exist. */ if( isCreate ){ rc = fts3CreateTables(p); } /* Check to see if a legacy fts3 table has been "upgraded" by the ** addition of a %_stat table so that it can use incremental merge. */ if( !isFts4 && !isCreate ){ p->bHasStat = 2; } /* Figure out the page-size for the database. This is required in order to ** estimate the cost of loading large doclists from the database. */ fts3DatabasePageSize(&rc, p); p->nNodeSize = p->nPgsz-35; /* Declare the table schema to SQLite. */ fts3DeclareVtab(&rc, p); fts3_init_out: sqlite3_free(zPrefix); sqlite3_free(aIndex); sqlite3_free(zCompress); sqlite3_free(zUncompress); sqlite3_free(zContent); sqlite3_free(zLanguageid); for(i=0; ipModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); } }else{ assert( p->pSegments==0 ); *ppVTab = &p->base; } return rc; } /* ** The xConnect() and xCreate() methods for the virtual table. All the ** work is done in function fts3InitVtab(). */ static int fts3ConnectMethod( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ ){ return fts3InitVtab(0, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); } static int fts3CreateMethod( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ void *pAux, /* Pointer to tokenizer hash table */ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ ){ return fts3InitVtab(1, db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr); } /* ** Set the pIdxInfo->estimatedRows variable to nRow. Unless this ** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to ** support estimatedRows. In that case this function is a no-op. */ static void fts3SetEstimatedRows(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo, i64 nRow){ #if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008002 if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008002 ){ pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow; } #endif } /* ** Set the SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE flag in pIdxInfo->flags. Unless this ** extension is currently being used by a version of SQLite too old to ** support index-info flags. In that case this function is a no-op. */ static void fts3SetUniqueFlag(sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ #if SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER>=3008012 if( sqlite3_libversion_number()>=3008012 ){ pIdxInfo->idxFlags |= SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; } #endif } /* ** Implementation of the xBestIndex method for FTS3 tables. There ** are three possible strategies, in order of preference: ** ** 1. Direct lookup by rowid or docid. ** 2. Full-text search using a MATCH operator on a non-docid column. ** 3. Linear scan of %_content table. */ static int fts3BestIndexMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVTab; int i; /* Iterator variable */ int iCons = -1; /* Index of constraint to use */ int iLangidCons = -1; /* Index of langid=x constraint, if present */ int iDocidGe = -1; /* Index of docid>=x constraint, if present */ int iDocidLe = -1; /* Index of docid<=x constraint, if present */ int iIdx; /* By default use a full table scan. This is an expensive option, ** so search through the constraints to see if a more efficient ** strategy is possible. */ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; pInfo->estimatedCost = 5000000; for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ int bDocid; /* True if this constraint is on docid */ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pCons = &pInfo->aConstraint[i]; if( pCons->usable==0 ){ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){ /* There exists an unusable MATCH constraint. This means that if ** the planner does elect to use the results of this call as part ** of the overall query plan the user will see an "unable to use ** function MATCH in the requested context" error. To discourage ** this, return a very high cost here. */ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH; pInfo->estimatedCost = 1e50; fts3SetEstimatedRows(pInfo, ((sqlite3_int64)1) << 50); return SQLITE_OK; } continue; } bDocid = (pCons->iColumn<0 || pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn+1); /* A direct lookup on the rowid or docid column. Assign a cost of 1.0. */ if( iCons<0 && pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && bDocid ){ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH; pInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; iCons = i; } /* A MATCH constraint. Use a full-text search. ** ** If there is more than one MATCH constraint available, use the first ** one encountered. If there is both a MATCH constraint and a direct ** rowid/docid lookup, prefer the MATCH strategy. This is done even ** though the rowid/docid lookup is faster than a MATCH query, selecting ** it would lead to an "unable to use function MATCH in the requested ** context" error. */ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH && pCons->iColumn>=0 && pCons->iColumn<=p->nColumn ){ pInfo->idxNum = FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH + pCons->iColumn; pInfo->estimatedCost = 2.0; iCons = i; } /* Equality constraint on the langid column */ if( pCons->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ && pCons->iColumn==p->nColumn + 2 ){ iLangidCons = i; } if( bDocid ){ switch( pCons->op ){ case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: iDocidGe = i; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: iDocidLe = i; break; } } } /* If using a docid=? or rowid=? strategy, set the UNIQUE flag. */ if( pInfo->idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ) fts3SetUniqueFlag(pInfo); iIdx = 1; if( iCons>=0 ){ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iCons].omit = 1; } if( iLangidCons>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_LANGID; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangidCons].argvIndex = iIdx++; } if( iDocidGe>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidGe].argvIndex = iIdx++; } if( iDocidLe>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum |= FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iDocidLe].argvIndex = iIdx++; } /* Regardless of the strategy selected, FTS can deliver rows in rowid (or ** docid) order. Both ascending and descending are possible. */ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 ){ struct sqlite3_index_orderby *pOrder = &pInfo->aOrderBy[0]; if( pOrder->iColumn<0 || pOrder->iColumn==p->nColumn+1 ){ if( pOrder->desc ){ pInfo->idxStr = "DESC"; }else{ pInfo->idxStr = "ASC"; } pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; } } assert( p->pSegments==0 ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Implementation of xOpen method. */ static int fts3OpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCsr; /* Allocated cursor */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); /* Allocate a buffer large enough for an Fts3Cursor structure. If the ** allocation succeeds, zero it and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, ** if the allocation fails, return SQLITE_NOMEM. */ *ppCsr = pCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); if( !pCsr ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Finalize the statement handle at pCsr->pStmt. ** ** Or, if that statement handle is one created by fts3CursorSeekStmt(), ** and the Fts3Table.pSeekStmt slot is currently NULL, save the statement ** pointer there instead of finalizing it. */ static void fts3CursorFinalizeStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ if( pCsr->bSeekStmt ){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; if( p->pSeekStmt==0 ){ p->pSeekStmt = pCsr->pStmt; sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); pCsr->pStmt = 0; } pCsr->bSeekStmt = 0; } sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pStmt); } /* ** Free all resources currently held by the cursor passed as the only ** argument. */ static void fts3ClearCursor(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ fts3CursorFinalizeStmt(pCsr); sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(pCsr); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aDoclist); sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer); sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pCsr->pExpr); memset(&(&pCsr->base)[1], 0, sizeof(Fts3Cursor)-sizeof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor)); } /* ** Close the cursor. For additional information see the documentation ** on the xClose method of the virtual table interface. */ static int fts3CloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); fts3ClearCursor(pCsr); assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** If pCsr->pStmt has not been prepared (i.e. if pCsr->pStmt==0), then ** compose and prepare an SQL statement of the form: ** ** "SELECT FROM %_content WHERE rowid = ?" ** ** (or the equivalent for a content=xxx table) and set pCsr->pStmt to ** it. If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3CursorSeekStmt(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pCsr->pStmt==0 ){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; char *zSql; if( p->pSeekStmt ){ pCsr->pStmt = p->pSeekStmt; p->pSeekStmt = 0; }else{ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s WHERE rowid = ?", p->zReadExprlist); if( !zSql ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(p->db, zSql,-1,SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT,&pCsr->pStmt,0); sqlite3_free(zSql); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) pCsr->bSeekStmt = 1; } return rc; } /* ** Position the pCsr->pStmt statement so that it is on the row ** of the %_content table that contains the last match. Return ** SQLITE_OK on success. */ static int fts3CursorSeek(sqlite3_context *pContext, Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pCsr->isRequireSeek ){ rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCsr->iPrevId); pCsr->isRequireSeek = 0; if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ return SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->zContentTbl==0 ){ /* If no row was found and no error has occurred, then the %_content ** table is missing a row that is present in the full-text index. ** The data structures are corrupt. */ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; pCsr->isEof = 1; } } } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pContext ){ sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); } return rc; } /* ** This function is used to process a single interior node when searching ** a b-tree for a term or term prefix. The node data is passed to this ** function via the zNode/nNode parameters. The term to search for is ** passed in zTerm/nTerm. ** ** If piFirst is not NULL, then this function sets *piFirst to the blockid ** of the child node that heads the sub-tree that may contain the term. ** ** If piLast is not NULL, then *piLast is set to the right-most child node ** that heads a sub-tree that may contain a term for which zTerm/nTerm is ** a prefix. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ static int fts3ScanInteriorNode( const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ sqlite3_int64 *piFirst, /* OUT: Selected child node */ sqlite3_int64 *piLast /* OUT: Selected child node */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ const char *zCsr = zNode; /* Cursor to iterate through node */ const char *zEnd = &zCsr[nNode];/* End of interior node buffer */ char *zBuffer = 0; /* Buffer to load terms into */ int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated buffer */ int isFirstTerm = 1; /* True when processing first term on page */ sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Block id of child node to descend to */ /* Skip over the 'height' varint that occurs at the start of every ** interior node. Then load the blockid of the left-child of the b-tree ** node into variable iChild. ** ** Even if the data structure on disk is corrupted, this (reading two ** varints from the buffer) does not risk an overread. If zNode is a ** root node, then the buffer comes from a SELECT statement. SQLite does ** not make this guarantee explicitly, but in practice there are always ** either more than 20 bytes of allocated space following the nNode bytes of ** contents, or two zero bytes. Or, if the node is read from the %_segments ** table, then there are always 20 bytes of zeroed padding following the ** nNode bytes of content (see sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() for details). */ zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); zCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(zCsr, &iChild); if( zCsr>zEnd ){ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } while( zCsr=0 && nSuffix>=0 ); if( &zCsr[nSuffix]>zEnd ){ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; goto finish_scan; } if( nPrefix+nSuffix>nAlloc ){ char *zNew; nAlloc = (nPrefix+nSuffix) * 2; zNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(zBuffer, nAlloc); if( !zNew ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto finish_scan; } zBuffer = zNew; } assert( zBuffer ); memcpy(&zBuffer[nPrefix], zCsr, nSuffix); nBuffer = nPrefix + nSuffix; zCsr += nSuffix; /* Compare the term we are searching for with the term just loaded from ** the interior node. If the specified term is greater than or equal ** to the term from the interior node, then all terms on the sub-tree ** headed by node iChild are smaller than zTerm. No need to search ** iChild. ** ** If the interior node term is larger than the specified term, then ** the tree headed by iChild may contain the specified term. */ cmp = memcmp(zTerm, zBuffer, (nBuffer>nTerm ? nTerm : nBuffer)); if( piFirst && (cmp<0 || (cmp==0 && nBuffer>nTerm)) ){ *piFirst = iChild; piFirst = 0; } if( piLast && cmp<0 ){ *piLast = iChild; piLast = 0; } iChild++; }; if( piFirst ) *piFirst = iChild; if( piLast ) *piLast = iChild; finish_scan: sqlite3_free(zBuffer); return rc; } /* ** The buffer pointed to by argument zNode (size nNode bytes) contains an ** interior node of a b-tree segment. The zTerm buffer (size nTerm bytes) ** contains a term. This function searches the sub-tree headed by the zNode ** node for the range of leaf nodes that may contain the specified term ** or terms for which the specified term is a prefix. ** ** If piLeaf is not NULL, then *piLeaf is set to the blockid of the ** left-most leaf node in the tree that may contain the specified term. ** If piLeaf2 is not NULL, then *piLeaf2 is set to the blockid of the ** right-most leaf node that may contain a term for which the specified ** term is a prefix. ** ** It is possible that the range of returned leaf nodes does not contain ** the specified term or any terms for which it is a prefix. However, if the ** segment does contain any such terms, they are stored within the identified ** range. Because this function only inspects interior segment nodes (and ** never loads leaf nodes into memory), it is not possible to be sure. ** ** If an error occurs, an error code other than SQLITE_OK is returned. */ static int fts3SelectLeaf( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to select leaves for */ int nTerm, /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ const char *zNode, /* Buffer containing segment interior node */ int nNode, /* Size of buffer at zNode */ sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf, /* Selected leaf node */ sqlite3_int64 *piLeaf2 /* Selected leaf node */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int iHeight; /* Height of this node in tree */ assert( piLeaf || piLeaf2 ); fts3GetVarint32(zNode, &iHeight); rc = fts3ScanInteriorNode(zTerm, nTerm, zNode, nNode, piLeaf, piLeaf2); assert( !piLeaf2 || !piLeaf || rc!=SQLITE_OK || (*piLeaf<=*piLeaf2) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iHeight>1 ){ char *zBlob = 0; /* Blob read from %_segments table */ int nBlob = 0; /* Size of zBlob in bytes */ if( piLeaf && piLeaf2 && (*piLeaf!=*piLeaf2) ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, *piLeaf, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, 0); } sqlite3_free(zBlob); piLeaf = 0; zBlob = 0; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, piLeaf?*piLeaf:*piLeaf2, &zBlob, &nBlob, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zBlob, nBlob, piLeaf, piLeaf2); } sqlite3_free(zBlob); } return rc; } /* ** This function is used to create delta-encoded serialized lists of FTS3 ** varints. Each call to this function appends a single varint to a list. */ static void fts3PutDeltaVarint( char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ ){ assert( iVal-*piPrev > 0 || (*piPrev==0 && iVal==0) ); *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iVal-*piPrev); *piPrev = iVal; } /* ** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the ** start of a position-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the ** first byte after the position-list. ** ** A position list is list of positions (delta encoded) and columns for ** a single document record of a doclist. So, in other words, this ** routine advances *ppPoslist so that it points to the next docid in ** the doclist, or to the first byte past the end of the doclist. ** ** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the position list are copied ** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied ** before this function returns. */ static void fts3PoslistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; char c = 0; /* The end of a position list is marked by a zero encoded as an FTS3 ** varint. A single POS_END (0) byte. Except, if the 0 byte is preceded by ** a byte with the 0x80 bit set, then it is not a varint 0, but the tail ** of some other, multi-byte, value. ** ** The following while-loop moves pEnd to point to the first byte that is not ** immediately preceded by a byte with the 0x80 bit set. Then increments ** pEnd once more so that it points to the byte immediately following the ** last byte in the position-list. */ while( *pEnd | c ){ c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; testcase( c!=0 && (*pEnd)==0 ); } pEnd++; /* Advance past the POS_END terminator byte */ if( pp ){ int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); char *p = *pp; memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); p += n; *pp = p; } *ppPoslist = pEnd; } /* ** When this function is called, *ppPoslist is assumed to point to the ** start of a column-list. After it returns, *ppPoslist points to the ** to the terminator (POS_COLUMN or POS_END) byte of the column-list. ** ** A column-list is list of delta-encoded positions for a single column ** within a single document within a doclist. ** ** The column-list is terminated either by a POS_COLUMN varint (1) or ** a POS_END varint (0). This routine leaves *ppPoslist pointing to ** the POS_COLUMN or POS_END that terminates the column-list. ** ** If pp is not NULL, then the contents of the column-list are copied ** to *pp. *pp is set to point to the first byte past the last byte copied ** before this function returns. The POS_COLUMN or POS_END terminator ** is not copied into *pp. */ static void fts3ColumnlistCopy(char **pp, char **ppPoslist){ char *pEnd = *ppPoslist; char c = 0; /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00 byte that is ** not part of a multi-byte varint. */ while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; testcase( c!=0 && ((*pEnd)&0xfe)==0 ); } if( pp ){ int n = (int)(pEnd - *ppPoslist); char *p = *pp; memcpy(p, *ppPoslist, n); p += n; *pp = p; } *ppPoslist = pEnd; } /* ** Value used to signify the end of an position-list. This is safe because ** it is not possible to have a document with 2^31 terms. */ #define POSITION_LIST_END 0x7fffffff /* ** This function is used to help parse position-lists. When this function is ** called, *pp may point to the start of the next varint in the position-list ** being parsed, or it may point to 1 byte past the end of the position-list ** (in which case **pp will be a terminator bytes POS_END (0) or ** (1)). ** ** If *pp points past the end of the current position-list, set *pi to ** POSITION_LIST_END and return. Otherwise, read the next varint from *pp, ** increment the current value of *pi by the value read, and set *pp to ** point to the next value before returning. ** ** Before calling this routine *pi must be initialized to the value of ** the previous position, or zero if we are reading the first position ** in the position-list. Because positions are delta-encoded, the value ** of the previous position is needed in order to compute the value of ** the next position. */ static void fts3ReadNextPos( char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer into position-list buffer */ sqlite3_int64 *pi /* IN/OUT: Value read from position-list */ ){ if( (**pp)&0xFE ){ fts3GetDeltaVarint(pp, pi); *pi -= 2; }else{ *pi = POSITION_LIST_END; } } /* ** If parameter iCol is not 0, write an POS_COLUMN (1) byte followed by ** the value of iCol encoded as a varint to *pp. This will start a new ** column list. ** ** Set *pp to point to the byte just after the last byte written before ** returning (do not modify it if iCol==0). Return the total number of bytes ** written (0 if iCol==0). */ static int fts3PutColNumber(char **pp, int iCol){ int n = 0; /* Number of bytes written */ if( iCol ){ char *p = *pp; /* Output pointer */ n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p[1], iCol); *p = 0x01; *pp = &p[n]; } return n; } /* ** Compute the union of two position lists. The output written ** into *pp contains all positions of both *pp1 and *pp2 in sorted ** order and with any duplicates removed. All pointers are ** updated appropriately. The caller is responsible for insuring ** that there is enough space in *pp to hold the complete output. */ static void fts3PoslistMerge( char **pp, /* Output buffer */ char **pp1, /* Left input list */ char **pp2 /* Right input list */ ){ char *p = *pp; char *p1 = *pp1; char *p2 = *pp2; while( *p1 || *p2 ){ int iCol1; /* The current column index in pp1 */ int iCol2; /* The current column index in pp2 */ if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p1[1], &iCol1); else if( *p1==POS_END ) iCol1 = POSITION_LIST_END; else iCol1 = 0; if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ) fts3GetVarint32(&p2[1], &iCol2); else if( *p2==POS_END ) iCol2 = POSITION_LIST_END; else iCol2 = 0; if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; /* Last position from pp1 */ sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; /* Last position from pp2 */ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; int n = fts3PutColNumber(&p, iCol1); p1 += n; p2 += n; /* At this point, both p1 and p2 point to the start of column-lists ** for the same column (the column with index iCol1 and iCol2). ** A column-list is a list of non-negative delta-encoded varints, each ** incremented by 2 before being stored. Each list is terminated by a ** POS_END (0) or POS_COLUMN (1). The following block merges the two lists ** and writes the results to buffer p. p is left pointing to the byte ** after the list written. No terminator (POS_END or POS_COLUMN) is ** written to the output. */ fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &i1); fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &i2); do { fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, (i1pos(*pp1) && pos(*pp2)-pos(*pp1)<=nToken). i.e. ** when the *pp1 token appears before the *pp2 token, but not more than nToken ** slots before it. ** ** e.g. nToken==1 searches for adjacent positions. */ static int fts3PoslistPhraseMerge( char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Preallocated output buffer */ int nToken, /* Maximum difference in token positions */ int isSaveLeft, /* Save the left position */ int isExact, /* If *pp1 is exactly nTokens before *pp2 */ char **pp1, /* IN/OUT: Left input list */ char **pp2 /* IN/OUT: Right input list */ ){ char *p = *pp; char *p1 = *pp1; char *p2 = *pp2; int iCol1 = 0; int iCol2 = 0; /* Never set both isSaveLeft and isExact for the same invocation. */ assert( isSaveLeft==0 || isExact==0 ); assert( p!=0 && *p1!=0 && *p2!=0 ); if( *p1==POS_COLUMN ){ p1++; p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); } if( *p2==POS_COLUMN ){ p2++; p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); } while( 1 ){ if( iCol1==iCol2 ){ char *pSave = p; sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; sqlite3_int64 iPos1 = 0; sqlite3_int64 iPos2 = 0; if( iCol1 ){ *p++ = POS_COLUMN; p += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(p, iCol1); } assert( *p1!=POS_END && *p1!=POS_COLUMN ); assert( *p2!=POS_END && *p2!=POS_COLUMN ); fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; while( 1 ){ if( iPos2==iPos1+nToken || (isExact==0 && iPos2>iPos1 && iPos2<=iPos1+nToken) ){ sqlite3_int64 iSave; iSave = isSaveLeft ? iPos1 : iPos2; fts3PutDeltaVarint(&p, &iPrev, iSave+2); iPrev -= 2; pSave = 0; assert( p ); } if( (!isSaveLeft && iPos2<=(iPos1+nToken)) || iPos2<=iPos1 ){ if( (*p2&0xFE)==0 ) break; fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p2, &iPos2); iPos2 -= 2; }else{ if( (*p1&0xFE)==0 ) break; fts3GetDeltaVarint(&p1, &iPos1); iPos1 -= 2; } } if( pSave ){ assert( pp && p ); p = pSave; } fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p1); fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p2); assert( (*p1&0xFE)==0 && (*p2&0xFE)==0 ); if( 0==*p1 || 0==*p2 ) break; p1++; p1 += fts3GetVarint32(p1, &iCol1); p2++; p2 += fts3GetVarint32(p2, &iCol2); } /* Advance pointer p1 or p2 (whichever corresponds to the smaller of ** iCol1 and iCol2) so that it points to either the 0x00 that marks the ** end of the position list, or the 0x01 that precedes the next ** column-number in the position list. */ else if( iCol1=pEnd ){ *pp = 0; }else{ sqlite3_int64 iVal; *pp += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(*pp, &iVal); if( bDescIdx ){ *pVal -= iVal; }else{ *pVal += iVal; } } } /* ** This function is used to write a single varint to a buffer. The varint ** is written to *pp. Before returning, *pp is set to point 1 byte past the ** end of the value written. ** ** If *pbFirst is zero when this function is called, the value written to ** the buffer is that of parameter iVal. ** ** If *pbFirst is non-zero when this function is called, then the value ** written is either (iVal-*piPrev) (if bDescIdx is zero) or (*piPrev-iVal) ** (if bDescIdx is non-zero). ** ** Before returning, this function always sets *pbFirst to 1 and *piPrev ** to the value of parameter iVal. */ static void fts3PutDeltaVarint3( char **pp, /* IN/OUT: Output pointer */ int bDescIdx, /* True for descending docids */ sqlite3_int64 *piPrev, /* IN/OUT: Previous value written to list */ int *pbFirst, /* IN/OUT: True after first int written */ sqlite3_int64 iVal /* Write this value to the list */ ){ sqlite3_int64 iWrite; if( bDescIdx==0 || *pbFirst==0 ){ iWrite = iVal - *piPrev; }else{ iWrite = *piPrev - iVal; } assert( *pbFirst || *piPrev==0 ); assert( *pbFirst==0 || iWrite>0 ); *pp += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(*pp, iWrite); *piPrev = iVal; *pbFirst = 1; } /* ** This macro is used by various functions that merge doclists. The two ** arguments are 64-bit docid values. If the value of the stack variable ** bDescDoclist is 0 when this macro is invoked, then it returns (i1-i2). ** Otherwise, (i2-i1). ** ** Using this makes it easier to write code that can merge doclists that are ** sorted in either ascending or descending order. */ #define DOCID_CMP(i1, i2) ((bDescDoclist?-1:1) * (i1-i2)) /* ** This function does an "OR" merge of two doclists (output contains all ** positions contained in either argument doclist). If the docids in the ** input doclists are sorted in ascending order, parameter bDescDoclist ** should be false. If they are sorted in ascending order, it should be ** passed a non-zero value. ** ** If no error occurs, *paOut is set to point at an sqlite3_malloc'd buffer ** containing the output doclist and SQLITE_OK is returned. In this case ** *pnOut is set to the number of bytes in the output doclist. ** ** If an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. The output values ** are undefined in this case. */ static int fts3DoclistOrMerge( int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ char *a1, int n1, /* First doclist */ char *a2, int n2, /* Second doclist */ char **paOut, int *pnOut /* OUT: Malloc'd doclist */ ){ sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; char *pEnd1 = &a1[n1]; char *pEnd2 = &a2[n2]; char *p1 = a1; char *p2 = a2; char *p; char *aOut; int bFirstOut = 0; *paOut = 0; *pnOut = 0; /* Allocate space for the output. Both the input and output doclists ** are delta encoded. If they are in ascending order (bDescDoclist==0), ** then the first docid in each list is simply encoded as a varint. For ** each subsequent docid, the varint stored is the difference between the ** current and previous docid (a positive number - since the list is in ** ascending order). ** ** The first docid written to the output is therefore encoded using the ** same number of bytes as it is in whichever of the input lists it is ** read from. And each subsequent docid read from the same input list ** consumes either the same or less bytes as it did in the input (since ** the difference between it and the previous value in the output must ** be a positive value less than or equal to the delta value read from ** the input list). The same argument applies to all but the first docid ** read from the 'other' list. And to the contents of all position lists ** that will be copied and merged from the input to the output. ** ** However, if the first docid copied to the output is a negative number, ** then the encoding of the first docid from the 'other' input list may ** be larger in the output than it was in the input (since the delta value ** may be a larger positive integer than the actual docid). ** ** The space required to store the output is therefore the sum of the ** sizes of the two inputs, plus enough space for exactly one of the input ** docids to grow. ** ** A symetric argument may be made if the doclists are in descending ** order. */ aOut = sqlite3_malloc(n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1); if( !aOut ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; p = aOut; fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); while( p1 || p2 ){ sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); if( p2 && p1 && iDiff==0 ){ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); fts3PoslistMerge(&p, &p1, &p2); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); }else if( !p2 || (p1 && iDiff<0) ){ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p1); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); }else{ fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i2); fts3PoslistCopy(&p, &p2); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); } } *paOut = aOut; *pnOut = (int)(p-aOut); assert( *pnOut<=n1+n2+FTS3_VARINT_MAX-1 ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function does a "phrase" merge of two doclists. In a phrase merge, ** the output contains a copy of each position from the right-hand input ** doclist for which there is a position in the left-hand input doclist ** exactly nDist tokens before it. ** ** If the docids in the input doclists are sorted in ascending order, ** parameter bDescDoclist should be false. If they are sorted in ascending ** order, it should be passed a non-zero value. ** ** The right-hand input doclist is overwritten by this function. */ static int fts3DoclistPhraseMerge( int bDescDoclist, /* True if arguments are desc */ int nDist, /* Distance from left to right (1=adjacent) */ char *aLeft, int nLeft, /* Left doclist */ char **paRight, int *pnRight /* IN/OUT: Right/output doclist */ ){ sqlite3_int64 i1 = 0; sqlite3_int64 i2 = 0; sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; char *aRight = *paRight; char *pEnd1 = &aLeft[nLeft]; char *pEnd2 = &aRight[*pnRight]; char *p1 = aLeft; char *p2 = aRight; char *p; int bFirstOut = 0; char *aOut; assert( nDist>0 ); if( bDescDoclist ){ aOut = sqlite3_malloc(*pnRight + FTS3_VARINT_MAX); if( aOut==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ aOut = aRight; } p = aOut; fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, 0, &i1); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, 0, &i2); while( p1 && p2 ){ sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(i1, i2); if( iDiff==0 ){ char *pSave = p; sqlite3_int64 iPrevSave = iPrev; int bFirstOutSave = bFirstOut; fts3PutDeltaVarint3(&p, bDescDoclist, &iPrev, &bFirstOut, i1); if( 0==fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&p, nDist, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ p = pSave; iPrev = iPrevSave; bFirstOut = bFirstOutSave; } fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); }else if( iDiff<0 ){ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p1); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p1, pEnd1, bDescDoclist, &i1); }else{ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p2); fts3GetDeltaVarint3(&p2, pEnd2, bDescDoclist, &i2); } } *pnRight = (int)(p - aOut); if( bDescDoclist ){ sqlite3_free(aRight); *paRight = aOut; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Argument pList points to a position list nList bytes in size. This ** function checks to see if the position list contains any entries for ** a token in position 0 (of any column). If so, it writes argument iDelta ** to the output buffer pOut, followed by a position list consisting only ** of the entries from pList at position 0, and terminated by an 0x00 byte. ** The value returned is the number of bytes written to pOut (if any). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter( sqlite3_int64 iDelta, /* Varint that may be written to pOut */ char *pList, /* Position list (no 0x00 term) */ int nList, /* Size of pList in bytes */ char *pOut /* Write output here */ ){ int nOut = 0; int bWritten = 0; /* True once iDelta has been written */ char *p = pList; char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; if( *p!=0x01 ){ if( *p==0x02 ){ nOut += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pOut[nOut], iDelta); pOut[nOut++] = 0x02; bWritten = 1; } fts3ColumnlistCopy(0, &p); } while( paaOutput); i++){ if( pTS->aaOutput[i] ){ if( !aOut ){ aOut = pTS->aaOutput[i]; nOut = pTS->anOutput[i]; pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; }else{ int nNew; char *aNew; int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, pTS->aaOutput[i], pTS->anOutput[i], aOut, nOut, &aNew, &nNew ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(aOut); return rc; } sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[i]); sqlite3_free(aOut); pTS->aaOutput[i] = 0; aOut = aNew; nOut = nNew; } } } pTS->aaOutput[0] = aOut; pTS->anOutput[0] = nOut; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Merge the doclist aDoclist/nDoclist into the TermSelect object passed ** as the first argument. The merge is an "OR" merge (see function ** fts3DoclistOrMerge() for details). ** ** This function is called with the doclist for each term that matches ** a queried prefix. It merges all these doclists into one, the doclist ** for the specified prefix. Since there can be a very large number of ** doclists to merge, the merging is done pair-wise using the TermSelect ** object. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if the merge is successful, or an ** SQLite error code (SQLITE_NOMEM) if an error occurs. */ static int fts3TermSelectMerge( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ TermSelect *pTS, /* TermSelect object to merge into */ char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to doclist */ int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ ){ if( pTS->aaOutput[0]==0 ){ /* If this is the first term selected, copy the doclist to the output ** buffer using memcpy(). ** ** Add FTS3_VARINT_MAX bytes of unused space to the end of the ** allocation. This is so as to ensure that the buffer is big enough ** to hold the current doclist AND'd with any other doclist. If the ** doclists are stored in order=ASC order, this padding would not be ** required (since the size of [doclistA AND doclistB] is always less ** than or equal to the size of [doclistA] in that case). But this is ** not true for order=DESC. For example, a doclist containing (1, -1) ** may be smaller than (-1), as in the first example the -1 may be stored ** as a single-byte delta, whereas in the second it must be stored as a ** FTS3_VARINT_MAX byte varint. ** ** Similar padding is added in the fts3DoclistOrMerge() function. */ pTS->aaOutput[0] = sqlite3_malloc(nDoclist + FTS3_VARINT_MAX + 1); pTS->anOutput[0] = nDoclist; if( pTS->aaOutput[0] ){ memcpy(pTS->aaOutput[0], aDoclist, nDoclist); }else{ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } }else{ char *aMerge = aDoclist; int nMerge = nDoclist; int iOut; for(iOut=0; iOutaaOutput); iOut++){ if( pTS->aaOutput[iOut]==0 ){ assert( iOut>0 ); pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; break; }else{ char *aNew; int nNew; int rc = fts3DoclistOrMerge(p->bDescIdx, aMerge, nMerge, pTS->aaOutput[iOut], pTS->anOutput[iOut], &aNew, &nNew ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); return rc; } if( aMerge!=aDoclist ) sqlite3_free(aMerge); sqlite3_free(pTS->aaOutput[iOut]); pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = 0; aMerge = aNew; nMerge = nNew; if( (iOut+1)==SizeofArray(pTS->aaOutput) ){ pTS->aaOutput[iOut] = aMerge; pTS->anOutput[iOut] = nMerge; } } } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Append SegReader object pNew to the end of the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */ static int fts3SegReaderCursorAppend( Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, Fts3SegReader *pNew ){ if( (pCsr->nSegment%16)==0 ){ Fts3SegReader **apNew; int nByte = (pCsr->nSegment + 16)*sizeof(Fts3SegReader*); apNew = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->apSegment, nByte); if( !apNew ){ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pNew); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pCsr->apSegment = apNew; } pCsr->apSegment[pCsr->nSegment++] = pNew; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Add seg-reader objects to the Fts3MultiSegReader object passed as the ** 8th argument. ** ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code ** otherwise. */ static int fts3SegReaderCursor( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ int iLangid, /* Language id */ int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement to iterate through segments */ int rc2; /* Result of sqlite3_reset() */ /* If iLevel is less than 0 and this is not a scan, include a seg-reader ** for the pending-terms. If this is a scan, then this call must be being ** made by an fts4aux module, not an FTS table. In this case calling ** Fts3SegReaderPending might segfault, as the data structures used by ** fts4aux are not completely populated. So it's easiest to filter these ** calls out here. */ if( iLevel<0 && p->aIndex ){ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderPending(p, iIndex, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix||isScan, &pSeg); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pSeg ){ rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); } } if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, &pStmt); } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt)) ){ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; /* Read the values returned by the SELECT into local variables. */ sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); sqlite3_int64 iLeavesEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 2); sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 3); int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 4); char const *zRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 4); /* If zTerm is not NULL, and this segment is not stored entirely on its ** root node, the range of leaves scanned can be reduced. Do this. */ if( iStartBlock && zTerm ){ sqlite3_int64 *pi = (isPrefix ? &iLeavesEndBlock : 0); rc = fts3SelectLeaf(p, zTerm, nTerm, zRoot, nRoot, &iStartBlock, pi); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; if( isPrefix==0 && isScan==0 ) iLeavesEndBlock = iStartBlock; } rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew(pCsr->nSegment+1, (isPrefix==0 && isScan==0), iStartBlock, iLeavesEndBlock, iEndBlock, zRoot, nRoot, &pSeg ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAppend(pCsr, pSeg); } } finished: rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = rc2; return rc; } /* ** Set up a cursor object for iterating through a full-text index or a ** single level therein. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ int iLangid, /* Language-id to search */ int iIndex, /* Index to search (from 0 to p->nIndex-1) */ int iLevel, /* Level of segments to scan */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to query for */ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ int isPrefix, /* True for a prefix search */ int isScan, /* True to scan from zTerm to EOF */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ ){ assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING || iLevel>=0 ); assert( iLevelbase.pVtab; if( isPrefix ){ for(i=1; bFound==0 && inIndex; i++){ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm ){ bFound = 1; rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 0, 0, pSegcsr ); pSegcsr->bLookup = 1; } } for(i=1; bFound==0 && inIndex; i++){ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix==nTerm+1 ){ bFound = 1; rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, 1, 0, pSegcsr ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3SegReaderCursorAddZero( p, pCsr->iLangid, zTerm, nTerm, pSegcsr ); } } } } if( bFound==0 ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, pCsr->iLangid, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, zTerm, nTerm, isPrefix, 0, pSegcsr ); pSegcsr->bLookup = !isPrefix; } } *ppSegcsr = pSegcsr; return rc; } /* ** Free an Fts3MultiSegReader allocated by fts3TermSegReaderCursor(). */ static void fts3SegReaderCursorFree(Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr){ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pSegcsr); sqlite3_free(pSegcsr); } /* ** This function retrieves the doclist for the specified term (or term ** prefix) from the database. */ static int fts3TermSelect( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3PhraseToken *pTok, /* Token to query for */ int iColumn, /* Column to query (or -ve for all columns) */ int *pnOut, /* OUT: Size of buffer at *ppOut */ char **ppOut /* OUT: Malloced result buffer */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr; /* Seg-reader cursor for this term */ TermSelect tsc; /* Object for pair-wise doclist merging */ Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter configuration */ pSegcsr = pTok->pSegcsr; memset(&tsc, 0, sizeof(TermSelect)); filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY | FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS | (pTok->isPrefix ? FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX : 0) | (pTok->bFirst ? FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST : 0) | (iColumnnColumn ? FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER : 0); filter.iCol = iColumn; filter.zTerm = pTok->z; filter.nTerm = pTok->n; rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pSegcsr, &filter); while( SQLITE_OK==rc && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pSegcsr)) ){ rc = fts3TermSelectMerge(p, &tsc, pSegcsr->aDoclist, pSegcsr->nDoclist); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3TermSelectFinishMerge(p, &tsc); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ *ppOut = tsc.aaOutput[0]; *pnOut = tsc.anOutput[0]; }else{ int i; for(i=0; ipSegcsr = 0; return rc; } /* ** This function counts the total number of docids in the doclist stored ** in buffer aList[], size nList bytes. ** ** If the isPoslist argument is true, then it is assumed that the doclist ** contains a position-list following each docid. Otherwise, it is assumed ** that the doclist is simply a list of docids stored as delta encoded ** varints. */ static int fts3DoclistCountDocids(char *aList, int nList){ int nDoc = 0; /* Return value */ if( aList ){ char *aEnd = &aList[nList]; /* Pointer to one byte after EOF */ char *p = aList; /* Cursor */ while( peSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH || pCsr->eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ if( SQLITE_ROW!=sqlite3_step(pCsr->pStmt) ){ pCsr->isEof = 1; rc = sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); }else{ pCsr->iPrevId = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); rc = SQLITE_OK; } }else{ rc = fts3EvalNext((Fts3Cursor *)pCursor); } assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); return rc; } /* ** The following are copied from sqliteInt.h. ** ** Constants for the largest and smallest possible 64-bit signed integers. ** These macros are designed to work correctly on both 32-bit and 64-bit ** compilers. */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION # define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) # define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) #endif /* ** If the numeric type of argument pVal is "integer", then return it ** converted to a 64-bit signed integer. Otherwise, return a copy of ** the second parameter, iDefault. */ static sqlite3_int64 fts3DocidRange(sqlite3_value *pVal, i64 iDefault){ if( pVal ){ int eType = sqlite3_value_numeric_type(pVal); if( eType==SQLITE_INTEGER ){ return sqlite3_value_int64(pVal); } } return iDefault; } /* ** This is the xFilter interface for the virtual table. See ** the virtual table xFilter method documentation for additional ** information. ** ** If idxNum==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH then do a full table scan against ** the %_content table. ** ** If idxNum==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH then do a docid lookup for a single entry ** in the %_content table. ** ** If idxNum>=FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH then use the full text index. The ** column on the left-hand side of the MATCH operator is column ** number idxNum-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH, 0 indexed. argv[0] is the right-hand ** side of the MATCH operator. */ static int fts3FilterMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; char *zSql; /* SQL statement used to access %_content */ int eSearch; Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *)pCursor; sqlite3_value *pCons = 0; /* The MATCH or rowid constraint, if any */ sqlite3_value *pLangid = 0; /* The "langid = ?" constraint, if any */ sqlite3_value *pDocidGe = 0; /* The "docid >= ?" constraint, if any */ sqlite3_value *pDocidLe = 0; /* The "docid <= ?" constraint, if any */ int iIdx; UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); eSearch = (idxNum & 0x0000FFFF); assert( eSearch>=0 && eSearch<=(FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH+p->nColumn) ); assert( p->pSegments==0 ); /* Collect arguments into local variables */ iIdx = 0; if( eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ) pCons = apVal[iIdx++]; if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_LANGID ) pLangid = apVal[iIdx++]; if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_GE ) pDocidGe = apVal[iIdx++]; if( idxNum & FTS3_HAVE_DOCID_LE ) pDocidLe = apVal[iIdx++]; assert( iIdx==nVal ); /* In case the cursor has been used before, clear it now. */ fts3ClearCursor(pCsr); /* Set the lower and upper bounds on docids to return */ pCsr->iMinDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidGe, SMALLEST_INT64); pCsr->iMaxDocid = fts3DocidRange(pDocidLe, LARGEST_INT64); if( idxStr ){ pCsr->bDesc = (idxStr[0]=='D'); }else{ pCsr->bDesc = p->bDescIdx; } pCsr->eSearch = (i16)eSearch; if( eSearch!=FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH && eSearch!=FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ int iCol = eSearch-FTS3_FULLTEXT_SEARCH; const char *zQuery = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pCons); if( zQuery==0 && sqlite3_value_type(pCons)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pCsr->iLangid = 0; if( pLangid ) pCsr->iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(pLangid); assert( p->base.zErrMsg==0 ); rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(p->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, p->azColumn, p->bFts4, p->nColumn, iCol, zQuery, -1, &pCsr->pExpr, &p->base.zErrMsg ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } rc = fts3EvalStart(pCsr); sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; pCsr->pNextId = pCsr->aDoclist; pCsr->iPrevId = 0; } /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single ** row by docid. */ if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){ if( pDocidGe || pDocidLe ){ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT %s WHERE rowid BETWEEN %lld AND %lld ORDER BY rowid %s", p->zReadExprlist, pCsr->iMinDocid, pCsr->iMaxDocid, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") ); }else{ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC") ); } if( zSql ){ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(p->db,zSql,-1,SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT,&pCsr->pStmt,0); sqlite3_free(zSql); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){ rc = fts3CursorSeekStmt(pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pCsr->pStmt, 1, pCons); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; return fts3NextMethod(pCursor); } /* ** This is the xEof method of the virtual table. SQLite calls this ** routine to find out if it has reached the end of a result set. */ static int fts3EofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor*)pCursor; if( pCsr->isEof ){ fts3ClearCursor(pCsr); pCsr->isEof = 1; } return pCsr->isEof; } /* ** This is the xRowid method. The SQLite core calls this routine to ** retrieve the rowid for the current row of the result set. fts3 ** exposes %_content.docid as the rowid for the virtual table. The ** rowid should be written to *pRowid. */ static int fts3RowidMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; *pRowid = pCsr->iPrevId; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This is the xColumn method, called by SQLite to request a value from ** the row that the supplied cursor currently points to. ** ** If: ** ** (iCol < p->nColumn) -> The value of the iCol'th user column. ** (iCol == p->nColumn) -> Magic column with the same name as the table. ** (iCol == p->nColumn+1) -> Docid column ** (iCol == p->nColumn+2) -> Langid column */ static int fts3ColumnMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ Fts3Cursor *pCsr = (Fts3Cursor *) pCursor; Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->pVtab; /* The column value supplied by SQLite must be in range. */ assert( iCol>=0 && iCol<=p->nColumn+2 ); switch( iCol-p->nColumn ){ case 0: /* The special 'table-name' column */ sqlite3_result_pointer(pCtx, pCsr, "fts3cursor", 0); break; case 1: /* The docid column */ sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iPrevId); break; case 2: if( pCsr->pExpr ){ sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, pCsr->iLangid); break; }else if( p->zLanguageid==0 ){ sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 0); break; }else{ iCol = p->nColumn; /* fall-through */ } default: /* A user column. Or, if this is a full-table scan, possibly the ** language-id column. Seek the cursor. */ rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)-1>iCol ){ sqlite3_result_value(pCtx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)); } break; } assert( ((Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab)->pSegments==0 ); return rc; } /* ** This function is the implementation of the xUpdate callback used by ** FTS3 virtual tables. It is invoked by SQLite each time a row is to be ** inserted, updated or deleted. */ static int fts3UpdateMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ ){ return sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod(pVtab, nArg, apVal, pRowid); } /* ** Implementation of xSync() method. Flush the contents of the pending-terms ** hash-table to the database. */ static int fts3SyncMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ /* Following an incremental-merge operation, assuming that the input ** segments are not completely consumed (the usual case), they are updated ** in place to remove the entries that have already been merged. This ** involves updating the leaf block that contains the smallest unmerged ** entry and each block (if any) between the leaf and the root node. So ** if the height of the input segment b-trees is N, and input segments ** are merged eight at a time, updating the input segments at the end ** of an incremental-merge requires writing (8*(1+N)) blocks. N is usually ** small - often between 0 and 2. So the overhead of the incremental ** merge is somewhere between 8 and 24 blocks. To avoid this overhead ** dwarfing the actual productive work accomplished, the incremental merge ** is only attempted if it will write at least 64 leaf blocks. Hence ** nMinMerge. ** ** Of course, updating the input segments also involves deleting a bunch ** of blocks from the segments table. But this is not considered overhead ** as it would also be required by a crisis-merge that used the same input ** segments. */ const u32 nMinMerge = 64; /* Minimum amount of incr-merge work to do */ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; int rc; i64 iLastRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db); rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->nLeafAdd>(nMinMerge/16) && p->nAutoincrmerge && p->nAutoincrmerge!=0xff ){ int mxLevel = 0; /* Maximum relative level value in db */ int A; /* Incr-merge parameter A */ rc = sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(p, &mxLevel); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || mxLevel==0 ); A = p->nLeafAdd * mxLevel; A += (A/2); if( A>(int)nMinMerge ) rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, A, p->nAutoincrmerge); } sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); sqlite3_set_last_insert_rowid(p->db, iLastRowid); return rc; } /* ** If it is currently unknown whether or not the FTS table has an %_stat ** table (if p->bHasStat==2), attempt to determine this (set p->bHasStat ** to 0 or 1). Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code ** if an error occurs. */ static int fts3SetHasStat(Fts3Table *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p->bHasStat==2 ){ char *zTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_stat", p->zName); if( zTbl ){ int res = sqlite3_table_column_metadata(p->db, p->zDb, zTbl, 0,0,0,0,0,0); sqlite3_free(zTbl); p->bHasStat = (res==SQLITE_OK); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } return rc; } /* ** Implementation of xBegin() method. */ static int fts3BeginMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); assert( p->pSegments==0 ); assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); assert( p->inTransaction!=1 ); TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 1 ); TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); p->nLeafAdd = 0; return fts3SetHasStat(p); } /* ** Implementation of xCommit() method. This is a no-op. The contents of ** the pending-terms hash-table have already been flushed into the database ** by fts3SyncMethod(). */ static int fts3CommitMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); assert( p->pSegments==0 ); TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Implementation of xRollback(). Discard the contents of the pending-terms ** hash-table. Any changes made to the database are reverted by SQLite. */ static int fts3RollbackMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); assert( p->inTransaction!=0 ); TESTONLY( p->inTransaction = 0 ); TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = -1; ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** When called, *ppPoslist must point to the byte immediately following the ** end of a position-list. i.e. ( (*ppPoslist)[-1]==POS_END ). This function ** moves *ppPoslist so that it instead points to the first byte of the ** same position list. */ static void fts3ReversePoslist(char *pStart, char **ppPoslist){ char *p = &(*ppPoslist)[-2]; char c = 0; /* Skip backwards passed any trailing 0x00 bytes added by NearTrim() */ while( p>pStart && (c=*p--)==0 ); /* Search backwards for a varint with value zero (the end of the previous ** poslist). This is an 0x00 byte preceded by some byte that does not ** have the 0x80 bit set. */ while( p>pStart && (*p & 0x80) | c ){ c = *p--; } assert( p==pStart || c==0 ); /* At this point p points to that preceding byte without the 0x80 bit ** set. So to find the start of the poslist, skip forward 2 bytes then ** over a varint. ** ** Normally. The other case is that p==pStart and the poslist to return ** is the first in the doclist. In this case do not skip forward 2 bytes. ** The second part of the if condition (c==0 && *ppPoslist>&p[2]) ** is required for cases where the first byte of a doclist and the ** doclist is empty. For example, if the first docid is 10, a doclist ** that begins with: ** ** 0x0A 0x00 */ if( p>pStart || (c==0 && *ppPoslist>&p[2]) ){ p = &p[2]; } while( *p++&0x80 ); *ppPoslist = p; } /* ** Helper function used by the implementation of the overloaded snippet(), ** offsets() and optimize() SQL functions. ** ** If the value passed as the third argument is a blob of size ** sizeof(Fts3Cursor*), then the blob contents are copied to the ** output variable *ppCsr and SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an error ** message is written to context pContext and SQLITE_ERROR returned. The ** string passed via zFunc is used as part of the error message. */ static int fts3FunctionArg( sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQL function call context */ const char *zFunc, /* Function name */ sqlite3_value *pVal, /* argv[0] passed to function */ Fts3Cursor **ppCsr /* OUT: Store cursor handle here */ ){ int rc; *ppCsr = (Fts3Cursor*)sqlite3_value_pointer(pVal, "fts3cursor"); if( (*ppCsr)!=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("illegal first argument to %s", zFunc); sqlite3_result_error(pContext, zErr, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } return rc; } /* ** Implementation of the snippet() function for FTS3 */ static void fts3SnippetFunc( sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ int nVal, /* Size of apVal[] array */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ ){ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ const char *zStart = ""; const char *zEnd = ""; const char *zEllipsis = "..."; int iCol = -1; int nToken = 15; /* Default number of tokens in snippet */ /* There must be at least one argument passed to this function (otherwise ** the non-overloaded version would have been called instead of this one). */ assert( nVal>=1 ); if( nVal>6 ){ sqlite3_result_error(pContext, "wrong number of arguments to function snippet()", -1); return; } if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "snippet", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; switch( nVal ){ case 6: nToken = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[5]); case 5: iCol = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[4]); case 4: zEllipsis = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[3]); case 3: zEnd = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[2]); case 2: zStart = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); } if( !zEllipsis || !zEnd || !zStart ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pContext); }else if( nToken==0 ){ sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); }else if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ sqlite3Fts3Snippet(pContext, pCsr, zStart, zEnd, zEllipsis, iCol, nToken); } } /* ** Implementation of the offsets() function for FTS3 */ static void fts3OffsetsFunc( sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ ){ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); assert( nVal==1 ); if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "offsets", apVal[0], &pCsr) ) return; assert( pCsr ); if( SQLITE_OK==fts3CursorSeek(pContext, pCsr) ){ sqlite3Fts3Offsets(pContext, pCsr); } } /* ** Implementation of the special optimize() function for FTS3. This ** function merges all segments in the database to a single segment. ** Example usage is: ** ** SELECT optimize(t) FROM t LIMIT 1; ** ** where 't' is the name of an FTS3 table. */ static void fts3OptimizeFunc( sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ Fts3Table *p; /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); assert( nVal==1 ); if( fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "optimize", apVal[0], &pCursor) ) return; p = (Fts3Table *)pCursor->base.pVtab; assert( p ); rc = sqlite3Fts3Optimize(p); switch( rc ){ case SQLITE_OK: sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index optimized", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); break; case SQLITE_DONE: sqlite3_result_text(pContext, "Index already optimal", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); break; default: sqlite3_result_error_code(pContext, rc); break; } } /* ** Implementation of the matchinfo() function for FTS3 */ static void fts3MatchinfoFunc( sqlite3_context *pContext, /* SQLite function call context */ int nVal, /* Size of argument array */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Array of arguments */ ){ Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor handle passed through apVal[0] */ assert( nVal==1 || nVal==2 ); if( SQLITE_OK==fts3FunctionArg(pContext, "matchinfo", apVal[0], &pCsr) ){ const char *zArg = 0; if( nVal>1 ){ zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[1]); } sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zArg); } } /* ** This routine implements the xFindFunction method for the FTS3 ** virtual table. */ static int fts3FindFunctionMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* Virtual table handle */ int nArg, /* Number of SQL function arguments */ const char *zName, /* Name of SQL function */ void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), /* OUT: Result */ void **ppArg /* Unused */ ){ struct Overloaded { const char *zName; void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); } aOverload[] = { { "snippet", fts3SnippetFunc }, { "offsets", fts3OffsetsFunc }, { "optimize", fts3OptimizeFunc }, { "matchinfo", fts3MatchinfoFunc }, }; int i; /* Iterator variable */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); UNUSED_PARAMETER(ppArg); for(i=0; idb; /* Database connection */ int rc; /* Return Code */ /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ rc = fts3SetHasStat(p); /* As it happens, the pending terms table is always empty here. This is ** because an "ALTER TABLE RENAME TABLE" statement inside a transaction ** always opens a savepoint transaction. And the xSavepoint() method ** flushes the pending terms table. But leave the (no-op) call to ** PendingTermsFlush() in in case that changes. */ assert( p->nPendingData==0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); } if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_content' RENAME TO '%q_content';", p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); } if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_docsize' RENAME TO '%q_docsize';", p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); } if( p->bHasStat ){ fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_stat' RENAME TO '%q_stat';", p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); } fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segments' RENAME TO '%q_segments';", p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); fts3DbExec(&rc, db, "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_segdir' RENAME TO '%q_segdir';", p->zDb, p->zName, zName ); return rc; } /* ** The xSavepoint() method. ** ** Flush the contents of the pending-terms table to disk. */ static int fts3SavepointMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->inTransaction ); assert( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint <= iSavepoint ); TESTONLY( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); if( ((Fts3Table *)pVtab)->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ){ rc = fts3SyncMethod(pVtab); } return rc; } /* ** The xRelease() method. ** ** This is a no-op. */ static int fts3ReleaseMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ TESTONLY( Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab ); UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVtab); assert( p->inTransaction ); assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint-1 ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The xRollbackTo() method. ** ** Discard the contents of the pending terms table. */ static int fts3RollbackToMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pVtab; UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); assert( p->inTransaction ); assert( p->mxSavepoint >= iSavepoint ); TESTONLY( p->mxSavepoint = iSavepoint ); sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); return SQLITE_OK; } static const sqlite3_module fts3Module = { /* iVersion */ 2, /* xCreate */ fts3CreateMethod, /* xConnect */ fts3ConnectMethod, /* xBestIndex */ fts3BestIndexMethod, /* xDisconnect */ fts3DisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ fts3DestroyMethod, /* xOpen */ fts3OpenMethod, /* xClose */ fts3CloseMethod, /* xFilter */ fts3FilterMethod, /* xNext */ fts3NextMethod, /* xEof */ fts3EofMethod, /* xColumn */ fts3ColumnMethod, /* xRowid */ fts3RowidMethod, /* xUpdate */ fts3UpdateMethod, /* xBegin */ fts3BeginMethod, /* xSync */ fts3SyncMethod, /* xCommit */ fts3CommitMethod, /* xRollback */ fts3RollbackMethod, /* xFindFunction */ fts3FindFunctionMethod, /* xRename */ fts3RenameMethod, /* xSavepoint */ fts3SavepointMethod, /* xRelease */ fts3ReleaseMethod, /* xRollbackTo */ fts3RollbackToMethod, }; /* ** This function is registered as the module destructor (called when an ** FTS3 enabled database connection is closed). It frees the memory ** allocated for the tokenizer hash table. */ static void hashDestroy(void *p){ Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash *)p; sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); sqlite3_free(pHash); } /* ** The fts3 built-in tokenizers - "simple", "porter" and "icu"- are ** implemented in files fts3_tokenizer1.c, fts3_porter.c and fts3_icu.c ** respectively. The following three forward declarations are for functions ** declared in these files used to retrieve the respective implementations. ** ** Calling sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule() sets the value pointed ** to by the argument to point to the "simple" tokenizer implementation. ** And so on. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); #endif /* ** Initialize the fts3 extension. If this extension is built as part ** of the sqlite library, then this function is called directly by ** SQLite. If fts3 is built as a dynamically loadable extension, this ** function is called by the sqlite3_extension_init() entry point. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Fts3Hash *pHash = 0; const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pSimple = 0; const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pPorter = 0; #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pUnicode = 0; #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pIcu = 0; sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(&pIcu); #endif #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(&pUnicode); #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTerm(db); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; #endif rc = sqlite3Fts3InitAux(db); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&pSimple); sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(&pPorter); /* Allocate and initialize the hash-table used to store tokenizers. */ pHash = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Hash)); if( !pHash ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); } /* Load the built-in tokenizers into the hash table */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "simple", 7, (void *)pSimple) || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "porter", 7, (void *)pPorter) #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE || sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "unicode61", 10, (void *)pUnicode) #endif #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU || (pIcu && sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, "icu", 4, (void *)pIcu)) #endif ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(db, pHash); } #endif /* Create the virtual table wrapper around the hash-table and overload ** the four scalar functions. If this is successful, register the ** module with sqlite. */ if( SQLITE_OK==rc && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(db, pHash, "fts3_tokenizer")) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "snippet", -1)) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "offsets", 1)) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 1)) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "matchinfo", 2)) && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3_overload_function(db, "optimize", 1)) ){ rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( db, "fts3", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, hashDestroy ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3_create_module_v2( db, "fts4", &fts3Module, (void *)pHash, 0 ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTok(db, (void *)pHash); } return rc; } /* An error has occurred. Delete the hash table and return the error code. */ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); if( pHash ){ sqlite3Fts3HashClear(pHash); sqlite3_free(pHash); } return rc; } /* ** Allocate an Fts3MultiSegReader for each token in the expression headed ** by pExpr. ** ** An Fts3SegReader object is a cursor that can seek or scan a range of ** entries within a single segment b-tree. An Fts3MultiSegReader uses multiple ** Fts3SegReader objects internally to provide an interface to seek or scan ** within the union of all segments of a b-tree. Hence the name. ** ** If the allocated Fts3MultiSegReader just seeks to a single entry in a ** segment b-tree (if the term is not a prefix or it is a prefix for which ** there exists prefix b-tree of the right length) then it may be traversed ** and merged incrementally. Otherwise, it has to be merged into an in-memory ** doclist and then traversed. */ static void fts3EvalAllocateReaders( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Allocate readers for this expression */ int *pnToken, /* OUT: Total number of tokens in phrase. */ int *pnOr, /* OUT: Total number of OR nodes in expr. */ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ int i; int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; *pnToken += nToken; for(i=0; ipPhrase->aToken[i]; int rc = fts3TermSegReaderCursor(pCsr, pToken->z, pToken->n, pToken->isPrefix, &pToken->pSegcsr ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pRc = rc; return; } } assert( pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken==0 ); pExpr->pPhrase->iDoclistToken = -1; }else{ *pnOr += (pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR); fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pnToken, pnOr, pRc); } } } /* ** Arguments pList/nList contain the doclist for token iToken of phrase p. ** It is merged into the main doclist stored in p->doclist.aAll/nAll. ** ** This function assumes that pList points to a buffer allocated using ** sqlite3_malloc(). This function takes responsibility for eventually ** freeing the buffer. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if an error occurs. */ static int fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken( Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS Table pointer */ Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase to merge pList/nList into */ int iToken, /* Token pList/nList corresponds to */ char *pList, /* Pointer to doclist */ int nList /* Number of bytes in pList */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( iToken!=p->iDoclistToken ); if( pList==0 ){ sqlite3_free(p->doclist.aAll); p->doclist.aAll = 0; p->doclist.nAll = 0; } else if( p->iDoclistToken<0 ){ p->doclist.aAll = pList; p->doclist.nAll = nList; } else if( p->doclist.aAll==0 ){ sqlite3_free(pList); } else { char *pLeft; char *pRight; int nLeft; int nRight; int nDiff; if( p->iDoclistTokendoclist.aAll; nLeft = p->doclist.nAll; pRight = pList; nRight = nList; nDiff = iToken - p->iDoclistToken; }else{ pRight = p->doclist.aAll; nRight = p->doclist.nAll; pLeft = pList; nLeft = nList; nDiff = p->iDoclistToken - iToken; } rc = fts3DoclistPhraseMerge( pTab->bDescIdx, nDiff, pLeft, nLeft, &pRight, &nRight ); sqlite3_free(pLeft); p->doclist.aAll = pRight; p->doclist.nAll = nRight; } if( iToken>p->iDoclistToken ) p->iDoclistToken = iToken; return rc; } /* ** Load the doclist for phrase p into p->doclist.aAll/nAll. The loaded doclist ** does not take deferred tokens into account. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3EvalPhraseLoad( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Phrase *p /* Phrase object */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int iToken; int rc = SQLITE_OK; for(iToken=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iTokennToken; iToken++){ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[iToken]; assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 || pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ int nThis = 0; char *pThis = 0; rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, p->iColumn, &nThis, &pThis); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken(pTab, p, iToken, pThis, nThis); } } assert( pToken->pSegcsr==0 ); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called on each phrase after the position lists for ** any deferred tokens have been loaded into memory. It updates the phrases ** current position list to include only those positions that are really ** instances of the phrase (after considering deferred tokens). If this ** means that the phrase does not appear in the current row, doclist.pList ** and doclist.nList are both zeroed. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ int iToken; /* Used to iterate through phrase tokens */ char *aPoslist = 0; /* Position list for deferred tokens */ int nPoslist = 0; /* Number of bytes in aPoslist */ int iPrev = -1; /* Token number of previous deferred token */ assert( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); for(iToken=0; iTokennToken; iToken++){ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred = pToken->pDeferred; if( pDeferred ){ char *pList; int nList; int rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList(pDeferred, &pList, &nList); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; if( pList==0 ){ sqlite3_free(aPoslist); pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; return SQLITE_OK; }else if( aPoslist==0 ){ aPoslist = pList; nPoslist = nList; }else{ char *aOut = pList; char *p1 = aPoslist; char *p2 = aOut; assert( iPrev>=0 ); fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, iToken-iPrev, 0, 1, &p1, &p2); sqlite3_free(aPoslist); aPoslist = pList; nPoslist = (int)(aOut - aPoslist); if( nPoslist==0 ){ sqlite3_free(aPoslist); pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } } iPrev = iToken; } } if( iPrev>=0 ){ int nMaxUndeferred = pPhrase->iDoclistToken; if( nMaxUndeferred<0 ){ pPhrase->doclist.pList = aPoslist; pPhrase->doclist.nList = nPoslist; pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; }else{ int nDistance; char *p1; char *p2; char *aOut; if( nMaxUndeferred>iPrev ){ p1 = aPoslist; p2 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; nDistance = nMaxUndeferred - iPrev; }else{ p1 = pPhrase->doclist.pList; p2 = aPoslist; nDistance = iPrev - nMaxUndeferred; } aOut = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nPoslist+8); if( !aOut ){ sqlite3_free(aPoslist); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pPhrase->doclist.pList = aOut; if( fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&aOut, nDistance, 0, 1, &p1, &p2) ){ pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 1; pPhrase->doclist.nList = (int)(aOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList); }else{ sqlite3_free(aOut); pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; } sqlite3_free(aPoslist); } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Maximum number of tokens a phrase may have to be considered for the ** incremental doclists strategy. */ #define MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS 4 /* ** This function is called for each Fts3Phrase in a full-text query ** expression to initialize the mechanism for returning rows. Once this ** function has been called successfully on an Fts3Phrase, it may be ** used with fts3EvalPhraseNext() to iterate through the matching docids. ** ** If parameter bOptOk is true, then the phrase may (or may not) use the ** incremental loading strategy. Otherwise, the entire doclist is loaded into ** memory within this call. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3EvalPhraseStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int bOptOk, Fts3Phrase *p){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code */ int i; /* Determine if doclists may be loaded from disk incrementally. This is ** possible if the bOptOk argument is true, the FTS doclists will be ** scanned in forward order, and the phrase consists of ** MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS or fewer tokens, none of which are are "^first" ** tokens or prefix tokens that cannot use a prefix-index. */ int bHaveIncr = 0; int bIncrOk = (bOptOk && pCsr->bDesc==pTab->bDescIdx && p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS && p->nToken>0 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST && pTab->bNoIncrDoclist==0 #endif ); for(i=0; bIncrOk==1 && inToken; i++){ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i]; if( pToken->bFirst || (pToken->pSegcsr!=0 && !pToken->pSegcsr->bLookup) ){ bIncrOk = 0; } if( pToken->pSegcsr ) bHaveIncr = 1; } if( bIncrOk && bHaveIncr ){ /* Use the incremental approach. */ int iCol = (p->iColumn >= pTab->nColumn ? -1 : p->iColumn); for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inToken; i++){ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &p->aToken[i]; Fts3MultiSegReader *pSegcsr = pToken->pSegcsr; if( pSegcsr ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(pTab, pSegcsr, iCol, pToken->z, pToken->n); } } p->bIncr = 1; }else{ /* Load the full doclist for the phrase into memory. */ rc = fts3EvalPhraseLoad(pCsr, p); p->bIncr = 0; } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || p->nToken<1 || p->aToken[0].pSegcsr==0 || p->bIncr ); return rc; } /* ** This function is used to iterate backwards (from the end to start) ** through doclists. It is used by this module to iterate through phrase ** doclists in reverse and by the fts3_write.c module to iterate through ** pending-terms lists when writing to databases with "order=desc". ** ** The doclist may be sorted in ascending (parameter bDescIdx==0) or ** descending (parameter bDescIdx==1) order of docid. Regardless, this ** function iterates from the end of the doclist to the beginning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( int bDescIdx, /* True if the doclist is desc */ char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to entire doclist */ int nDoclist, /* Length of aDoclist in bytes */ char **ppIter, /* IN/OUT: Iterator pointer */ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* IN/OUT: Docid pointer */ int *pnList, /* OUT: List length pointer */ u8 *pbEof /* OUT: End-of-file flag */ ){ char *p = *ppIter; assert( nDoclist>0 ); assert( *pbEof==0 ); assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); assert( !p || (p>aDoclist && p<&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); if( p==0 ){ sqlite3_int64 iDocid = 0; char *pNext = 0; char *pDocid = aDoclist; char *pEnd = &aDoclist[nDoclist]; int iMul = 1; while( pDocid0 ); assert( *pbEof==0 ); assert( p || *piDocid==0 ); assert( !p || (p>=aDoclist && p<=&aDoclist[nDoclist]) ); if( p==0 ){ p = aDoclist; p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, piDocid); }else{ fts3PoslistCopy(0, &p); while( p<&aDoclist[nDoclist] && *p==0 ) p++; if( p>=&aDoclist[nDoclist] ){ *pbEof = 1; }else{ sqlite3_int64 iVar; p += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iVar); *piDocid += ((bDescIdx ? -1 : 1) * iVar); } } *ppIter = p; } /* ** Advance the iterator pDL to the next entry in pDL->aAll/nAll. Set *pbEof ** to true if EOF is reached. */ static void fts3EvalDlPhraseNext( Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3Doclist *pDL, u8 *pbEof ){ char *pIter; /* Used to iterate through aAll */ char *pEnd = &pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll]; /* 1 byte past end of aAll */ if( pDL->pNextDocid ){ pIter = pDL->pNextDocid; }else{ pIter = pDL->aAll; } if( pIter>=pEnd ){ /* We have already reached the end of this doclist. EOF. */ *pbEof = 1; }else{ sqlite3_int64 iDelta; pIter += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pIter, &iDelta); if( pTab->bDescIdx==0 || pDL->pNextDocid==0 ){ pDL->iDocid += iDelta; }else{ pDL->iDocid -= iDelta; } pDL->pList = pIter; fts3PoslistCopy(0, &pIter); pDL->nList = (int)(pIter - pDL->pList); /* pIter now points just past the 0x00 that terminates the position- ** list for document pDL->iDocid. However, if this position-list was ** edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim(), then pIter may not actually ** point to the start of the next docid value. The following line deals ** with this case by advancing pIter past the zero-padding added by ** fts3EvalNearTrim(). */ while( pIterpNextDocid = pIter; assert( pIter>=&pDL->aAll[pDL->nAll] || *pIter ); *pbEof = 0; } } /* ** Helper type used by fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext() and incrPhraseTokenNext(). */ typedef struct TokenDoclist TokenDoclist; struct TokenDoclist { int bIgnore; sqlite3_int64 iDocid; char *pList; int nList; }; /* ** Token pToken is an incrementally loaded token that is part of a ** multi-token phrase. Advance it to the next matching document in the ** database and populate output variable *p with the details of the new ** entry. Or, if the iterator has reached EOF, set *pbEof to true. ** ** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_OK. */ static int incrPhraseTokenNext( Fts3Table *pTab, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase, /* Phrase to advance token of */ int iToken, /* Specific token to advance */ TokenDoclist *p, /* OUT: Docid and doclist for new entry */ u8 *pbEof /* OUT: True if iterator is at EOF */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pPhrase->iDoclistToken==iToken ){ assert( p->bIgnore==0 ); assert( pPhrase->aToken[iToken].pSegcsr==0 ); fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, &pPhrase->doclist, pbEof); p->pList = pPhrase->doclist.pList; p->nList = pPhrase->doclist.nList; p->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; }else{ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[iToken]; assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); assert( pToken->pSegcsr || pPhrase->iDoclistToken>=0 ); if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ assert( p->bIgnore==0 ); rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( pTab, pToken->pSegcsr, &p->iDocid, &p->pList, &p->nList ); if( p->pList==0 ) *pbEof = 1; }else{ p->bIgnore = 1; } } return rc; } /* ** The phrase iterator passed as the second argument: ** ** * features at least one token that uses an incremental doclist, and ** ** * does not contain any deferred tokens. ** ** Advance it to the next matching documnent in the database and populate ** the Fts3Doclist.pList and nList fields. ** ** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to ** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is ** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. ** ** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_OK. */ static int fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; u8 bEof = 0; /* This is only called if it is guaranteed that the phrase has at least ** one incremental token. In which case the bIncr flag is set. */ assert( p->bIncr==1 ); if( p->nToken==1 ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext(pTab, p->aToken[0].pSegcsr, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->pList, &pDL->nList ); if( pDL->pList==0 ) bEof = 1; }else{ int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; struct TokenDoclist a[MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS]; memset(a, 0, sizeof(a)); assert( p->nToken<=MAX_INCR_PHRASE_TOKENS ); assert( p->iDoclistTokennToken && bEof==0; i++){ rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); if( a[i].bIgnore==0 && (bMaxSet==0 || DOCID_CMP(iMax, a[i].iDocid)<0) ){ iMax = a[i].iDocid; bMaxSet = 1; } } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (p->nToken>=1 && a[p->nToken-1].bIgnore==0) ); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || bMaxSet ); /* Keep advancing iterators until they all point to the same document */ for(i=0; inToken; i++){ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 && a[i].bIgnore==0 && DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)<0 ){ rc = incrPhraseTokenNext(pTab, p, i, &a[i], &bEof); if( DOCID_CMP(a[i].iDocid, iMax)>0 ){ iMax = a[i].iDocid; i = 0; } } } /* Check if the current entries really are a phrase match */ if( bEof==0 ){ int nList = 0; int nByte = a[p->nToken-1].nList; char *aDoclist = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1); if( !aDoclist ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memcpy(aDoclist, a[p->nToken-1].pList, nByte+1); for(i=0; i<(p->nToken-1); i++){ if( a[i].bIgnore==0 ){ char *pL = a[i].pList; char *pR = aDoclist; char *pOut = aDoclist; int nDist = p->nToken-1-i; int res = fts3PoslistPhraseMerge(&pOut, nDist, 0, 1, &pL, &pR); if( res==0 ) break; nList = (int)(pOut - aDoclist); } } if( i==(p->nToken-1) ){ pDL->iDocid = iMax; pDL->pList = aDoclist; pDL->nList = nList; pDL->bFreeList = 1; break; } sqlite3_free(aDoclist); } } } *pbEof = bEof; return rc; } /* ** Attempt to move the phrase iterator to point to the next matching docid. ** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, return ** SQLITE_OK. ** ** If there is no "next" entry and no error occurs, then *pbEof is set to ** 1 before returning. Otherwise, if no error occurs and the iterator is ** successfully advanced, *pbEof is set to 0. */ static int fts3EvalPhraseNext( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Phrase *p, /* Phrase object to advance to next docid */ u8 *pbEof /* OUT: Set to 1 if EOF */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Fts3Doclist *pDL = &p->doclist; Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; if( p->bIncr ){ rc = fts3EvalIncrPhraseNext(pCsr, p, pbEof); }else if( pCsr->bDesc!=pTab->bDescIdx && pDL->nAll ){ sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(pTab->bDescIdx, pDL->aAll, pDL->nAll, &pDL->pNextDocid, &pDL->iDocid, &pDL->nList, pbEof ); pDL->pList = pDL->pNextDocid; }else{ fts3EvalDlPhraseNext(pTab, pDL, pbEof); } return rc; } /* ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, fts3EvalPhraseStart() is called on all phrases within the ** expression. Also the Fts3Expr.bDeferred variable is set to true for any ** expressions for which all descendent tokens are deferred. ** ** If parameter bOptOk is zero, then it is guaranteed that the ** Fts3Phrase.doclist.aAll/nAll variables contain the entire doclist for ** each phrase in the expression (subject to deferred token processing). ** Or, if bOptOk is non-zero, then one or more tokens within the expression ** may be loaded incrementally, meaning doclist.aAll/nAll is not available. ** ** If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an SQLite error ** code before returning. */ static void fts3EvalStartReaders( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to initialize phrases in */ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ if( pExpr && SQLITE_OK==*pRc ){ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ int nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; if( nToken ){ int i; for(i=0; ipPhrase->aToken[i].pDeferred==0 ) break; } pExpr->bDeferred = (i==nToken); } *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 1, pExpr->pPhrase); }else{ fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); fts3EvalStartReaders(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); pExpr->bDeferred = (pExpr->pLeft->bDeferred && pExpr->pRight->bDeferred); } } } /* ** An array of the following structures is assembled as part of the process ** of selecting tokens to defer before the query starts executing (as part ** of the xFilter() method). There is one element in the array for each ** token in the FTS expression. ** ** Tokens are divided into AND/NEAR clusters. All tokens in a cluster belong ** to phrases that are connected only by AND and NEAR operators (not OR or ** NOT). When determining tokens to defer, each AND/NEAR cluster is considered ** separately. The root of a tokens AND/NEAR cluster is stored in ** Fts3TokenAndCost.pRoot. */ typedef struct Fts3TokenAndCost Fts3TokenAndCost; struct Fts3TokenAndCost { Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* The phrase the token belongs to */ int iToken; /* Position of token in phrase */ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* The token itself */ Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR/AND cluster */ int nOvfl; /* Number of overflow pages to load doclist */ int iCol; /* The column the token must match */ }; /* ** This function is used to populate an allocated Fts3TokenAndCost array. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if an error occurs during execution, *pRc is set to an ** SQLite error code. */ static void fts3EvalTokenCosts( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Root of current AND/NEAR cluster */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to consider */ Fts3TokenAndCost **ppTC, /* Write new entries to *(*ppTC)++ */ Fts3Expr ***ppOr, /* Write new OR root to *(*ppOr)++ */ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; int i; for(i=0; *pRc==SQLITE_OK && inToken; i++){ Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = (*ppTC)++; pTC->pPhrase = pPhrase; pTC->iToken = i; pTC->pRoot = pRoot; pTC->pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; pTC->iCol = pPhrase->iColumn; *pRc = sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl(pCsr, pTC->pToken->pSegcsr, &pTC->nOvfl); } }else if( pExpr->eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_AND || pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ); assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ pRoot = pExpr->pLeft; **ppOr = pRoot; (*ppOr)++; } fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pLeft, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ pRoot = pExpr->pRight; **ppOr = pRoot; (*ppOr)++; } fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, pRoot, pExpr->pRight, ppTC, ppOr, pRc); } } } /* ** Determine the average document (row) size in pages. If successful, ** write this value to *pnPage and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return ** an SQLite error code. ** ** The average document size in pages is calculated by first calculating ** determining the average size in bytes, B. If B is less than the amount ** of data that will fit on a single leaf page of an intkey table in ** this database, then the average docsize is 1. Otherwise, it is 1 plus ** the number of overflow pages consumed by a record B bytes in size. */ static int fts3EvalAverageDocsize(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pnPage){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pCsr->nRowAvg==0 ){ /* The average document size, which is required to calculate the cost ** of each doclist, has not yet been determined. Read the required ** data from the %_stat table to calculate it. ** ** Entry 0 of the %_stat table is a blob containing (nCol+1) FTS3 ** varints, where nCol is the number of columns in the FTS3 table. ** The first varint is the number of documents currently stored in ** the table. The following nCol varints contain the total amount of ** data stored in all rows of each column of the table, from left ** to right. */ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; sqlite3_int64 nByte = 0; const char *pEnd; const char *a; rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(p, &pStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); assert( a ); pEnd = &a[sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)]; a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); while( anDoc = nDoc; pCsr->nRowAvg = (int)(((nByte / nDoc) + p->nPgsz) / p->nPgsz); assert( pCsr->nRowAvg>0 ); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } *pnPage = pCsr->nRowAvg; return rc; } /* ** This function is called to select the tokens (if any) that will be ** deferred. The array aTC[] has already been populated when this is ** called. ** ** This function is called once for each AND/NEAR cluster in the ** expression. Each invocation determines which tokens to defer within ** the cluster with root node pRoot. See comments above the definition ** of struct Fts3TokenAndCost for more details. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and sqlite3Fts3DeferToken() ** called on each token to defer. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is ** returned. */ static int fts3EvalSelectDeferred( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pRoot, /* Consider tokens with this root node */ Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC, /* Array of expression tokens and costs */ int nTC /* Number of entries in aTC[] */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int nDocSize = 0; /* Number of pages per doc loaded */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int ii; /* Iterator variable for various purposes */ int nOvfl = 0; /* Total overflow pages used by doclists */ int nToken = 0; /* Total number of tokens in cluster */ int nMinEst = 0; /* The minimum count for any phrase so far. */ int nLoad4 = 1; /* (Phrases that will be loaded)^4. */ /* Tokens are never deferred for FTS tables created using the content=xxx ** option. The reason being that it is not guaranteed that the content ** table actually contains the same data as the index. To prevent this from ** causing any problems, the deferred token optimization is completely ** disabled for content=xxx tables. */ if( pTab->zContentTbl ){ return SQLITE_OK; } /* Count the tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster. If none of the doclists ** associated with the tokens spill onto overflow pages, or if there is ** only 1 token, exit early. No tokens to defer in this case. */ for(ii=0; ii0 ); /* Iterate through all tokens in this AND/NEAR cluster, in ascending order ** of the number of overflow pages that will be loaded by the pager layer ** to retrieve the entire doclist for the token from the full-text index. ** Load the doclists for tokens that are either: ** ** a. The cheapest token in the entire query (i.e. the one visited by the ** first iteration of this loop), or ** ** b. Part of a multi-token phrase. ** ** After each token doclist is loaded, merge it with the others from the ** same phrase and count the number of documents that the merged doclist ** contains. Set variable "nMinEst" to the smallest number of documents in ** any phrase doclist for which 1 or more token doclists have been loaded. ** Let nOther be the number of other phrases for which it is certain that ** one or more tokens will not be deferred. ** ** Then, for each token, defer it if loading the doclist would result in ** loading N or more overflow pages into memory, where N is computed as: ** ** (nMinEst + 4^nOther - 1) / (4^nOther) */ for(ii=0; iinOvfl) ){ pTC = &aTC[iTC]; } } assert( pTC ); if( ii && pTC->nOvfl>=((nMinEst+(nLoad4/4)-1)/(nLoad4/4))*nDocSize ){ /* The number of overflow pages to load for this (and therefore all ** subsequent) tokens is greater than the estimated number of pages ** that will be loaded if all subsequent tokens are deferred. */ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; rc = sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(pCsr, pToken, pTC->iCol); fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pToken->pSegcsr); pToken->pSegcsr = 0; }else{ /* Set nLoad4 to the value of (4^nOther) for the next iteration of the ** for-loop. Except, limit the value to 2^24 to prevent it from ** overflowing the 32-bit integer it is stored in. */ if( ii<12 ) nLoad4 = nLoad4*4; if( ii==0 || (pTC->pPhrase->nToken>1 && ii!=nToken-1) ){ /* Either this is the cheapest token in the entire query, or it is ** part of a multi-token phrase. Either way, the entire doclist will ** (eventually) be loaded into memory. It may as well be now. */ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = pTC->pToken; int nList = 0; char *pList = 0; rc = fts3TermSelect(pTab, pToken, pTC->iCol, &nList, &pList); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pList==0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3EvalPhraseMergeToken( pTab, pTC->pPhrase, pTC->iToken,pList,nList ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int nCount; nCount = fts3DoclistCountDocids( pTC->pPhrase->doclist.aAll, pTC->pPhrase->doclist.nAll ); if( ii==0 || nCountpToken = 0; } return rc; } /* ** This function is called from within the xFilter method. It initializes ** the full-text query currently stored in pCsr->pExpr. To iterate through ** the results of a query, the caller does: ** ** fts3EvalStart(pCsr); ** while( 1 ){ ** fts3EvalNext(pCsr); ** if( pCsr->bEof ) break; ** ... return row pCsr->iPrevId to the caller ... ** } */ static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nToken = 0; int nOr = 0; /* Allocate a MultiSegReader for each token in the expression. */ fts3EvalAllocateReaders(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &nToken, &nOr, &rc); /* Determine which, if any, tokens in the expression should be deferred. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nToken>1 && pTab->bFts4 ){ Fts3TokenAndCost *aTC; Fts3Expr **apOr; aTC = (Fts3TokenAndCost *)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(Fts3TokenAndCost) * nToken + sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nOr * 2 ); apOr = (Fts3Expr **)&aTC[nToken]; if( !aTC ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ int ii; Fts3TokenAndCost *pTC = aTC; Fts3Expr **ppOr = apOr; fts3EvalTokenCosts(pCsr, 0, pCsr->pExpr, &pTC, &ppOr, &rc); nToken = (int)(pTC-aTC); nOr = (int)(ppOr-apOr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3EvalSelectDeferred(pCsr, 0, aTC, nToken); for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iipExpr, &rc); return rc; } /* ** Invalidate the current position list for phrase pPhrase. */ static void fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ if( pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList ){ sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.pList); } pPhrase->doclist.pList = 0; pPhrase->doclist.nList = 0; pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList = 0; } /* ** This function is called to edit the position list associated with ** the phrase object passed as the fifth argument according to a NEAR ** condition. For example: ** ** abc NEAR/5 "def ghi" ** ** Parameter nNear is passed the NEAR distance of the expression (5 in ** the example above). When this function is called, *paPoslist points to ** the position list, and *pnToken is the number of phrase tokens in, the ** phrase on the other side of the NEAR operator to pPhrase. For example, ** if pPhrase refers to the "def ghi" phrase, then *paPoslist points to ** the position list associated with phrase "abc". ** ** All positions in the pPhrase position list that are not sufficiently ** close to a position in the *paPoslist position list are removed. If this ** leaves 0 positions, zero is returned. Otherwise, non-zero. ** ** Before returning, *paPoslist is set to point to the position lsit ** associated with pPhrase. And *pnToken is set to the number of tokens in ** pPhrase. */ static int fts3EvalNearTrim( int nNear, /* NEAR distance. As in "NEAR/nNear". */ char *aTmp, /* Temporary space to use */ char **paPoslist, /* IN/OUT: Position list */ int *pnToken, /* IN/OUT: Tokens in phrase of *paPoslist */ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase /* The phrase object to trim the doclist of */ ){ int nParam1 = nNear + pPhrase->nToken; int nParam2 = nNear + *pnToken; int nNew; char *p2; char *pOut; int res; assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList ); p2 = pOut = pPhrase->doclist.pList; res = fts3PoslistNearMerge( &pOut, aTmp, nParam1, nParam2, paPoslist, &p2 ); if( res ){ nNew = (int)(pOut - pPhrase->doclist.pList) - 1; assert( pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew]=='\0' ); assert( nNew<=pPhrase->doclist.nList && nNew>0 ); memset(&pPhrase->doclist.pList[nNew], 0, pPhrase->doclist.nList - nNew); pPhrase->doclist.nList = nNew; *paPoslist = pPhrase->doclist.pList; *pnToken = pPhrase->nToken; } return res; } /* ** This function is a no-op if *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when it is called. ** Otherwise, it advances the expression passed as the second argument to ** point to the next matching row in the database. Expressions iterate through ** matching rows in docid order. Ascending order if Fts3Cursor.bDesc is zero, ** or descending if it is non-zero. ** ** If an error occurs, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code. Otherwise, if ** successful, the following variables in pExpr are set: ** ** Fts3Expr.bEof (non-zero if EOF - there is no next row) ** Fts3Expr.iDocid (valid if bEof==0. The docid of the next row) ** ** If the expression is of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE, and the expression is not ** at EOF, then the following variables are populated with the position list ** for the phrase for the visited row: ** ** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.nList (length of pList in bytes) ** FTs3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList (pointer to position list) ** ** It says above that this function advances the expression to the next ** matching row. This is usually true, but there are the following exceptions: ** ** 1. Deferred tokens are not taken into account. If a phrase consists ** entirely of deferred tokens, it is assumed to match every row in ** the db. In this case the position-list is not populated at all. ** ** Or, if a phrase contains one or more deferred tokens and one or ** more non-deferred tokens, then the expression is advanced to the ** next possible match, considering only non-deferred tokens. In other ** words, if the phrase is "A B C", and "B" is deferred, the expression ** is advanced to the next row that contains an instance of "A * C", ** where "*" may match any single token. The position list in this case ** is populated as for "A * C" before returning. ** ** 2. NEAR is treated as AND. If the expression is "x NEAR y", it is ** advanced to point to the next row that matches "x AND y". ** ** See sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred() for details on testing if a row is ** really a match, taking into account deferred tokens and NEAR operators. */ static void fts3EvalNextRow( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS Cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr. to advance to next matching row */ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ int bDescDoclist = pCsr->bDesc; /* Used by DOCID_CMP() macro */ assert( pExpr->bEof==0 ); pExpr->bStart = 1; switch( pExpr->eType ){ case FTSQUERY_NEAR: case FTSQUERY_AND: { Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; assert( !pLeft->bDeferred || !pRight->bDeferred ); if( pLeft->bDeferred ){ /* LHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. ** Advance the RHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; pExpr->bEof = pRight->bEof; }else if( pRight->bDeferred ){ /* RHS is entirely deferred. So we assume it matches every row. ** Advance the LHS iterator to find the next row visited. */ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; }else{ /* Neither the RHS or LHS are deferred. */ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); while( !pLeft->bEof && !pRight->bEof && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_int64 iDiff = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); if( iDiff==0 ) break; if( iDiff<0 ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); }else{ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); } } pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof || pRight->bEof); if( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && pExpr->bEof ){ assert( pRight->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); if( pRight->pPhrase->doclist.aAll ){ Fts3Doclist *pDl = &pRight->pPhrase->doclist; while( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pRight->bEof==0 ){ memset(pDl->pList, 0, pDl->nList); fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); } } if( pLeft->pPhrase && pLeft->pPhrase->doclist.aAll ){ Fts3Doclist *pDl = &pLeft->pPhrase->doclist; while( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pLeft->bEof==0 ){ memset(pDl->pList, 0, pDl->nList); fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); } } } } break; } case FTSQUERY_OR: { Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; sqlite3_int64 iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); assert( pLeft->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); assert( pRight->bStart || pLeft->iDocid==pRight->iDocid ); if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); }else if( pLeft->bEof || iCmp>0 ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); }else{ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); } pExpr->bEof = (pLeft->bEof && pRight->bEof); iCmp = DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid); if( pRight->bEof || (pLeft->bEof==0 && iCmp<0) ){ pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; }else{ pExpr->iDocid = pRight->iDocid; } break; } case FTSQUERY_NOT: { Fts3Expr *pLeft = pExpr->pLeft; Fts3Expr *pRight = pExpr->pRight; if( pRight->bStart==0 ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); assert( *pRc!=SQLITE_OK || pRight->bStart ); } fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pLeft, pRc); if( pLeft->bEof==0 ){ while( !*pRc && !pRight->bEof && DOCID_CMP(pLeft->iDocid, pRight->iDocid)>0 ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRight, pRc); } } pExpr->iDocid = pLeft->iDocid; pExpr->bEof = pLeft->bEof; break; } default: { Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseNext(pCsr, pPhrase, &pExpr->bEof); pExpr->iDocid = pPhrase->doclist.iDocid; break; } } } } /* ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK, or if pExpr is not the root node of a NEAR ** cluster, then this function returns 1 immediately. ** ** Otherwise, it checks if the current row really does match the NEAR ** expression, using the data currently stored in the position lists ** (Fts3Expr->pPhrase.doclist.pList/nList) for each phrase in the expression. ** ** If the current row is a match, the position list associated with each ** phrase in the NEAR expression is edited in place to contain only those ** phrase instances sufficiently close to their peers to satisfy all NEAR ** constraints. In this case it returns 1. If the NEAR expression does not ** match the current row, 0 is returned. The position lists may or may not ** be edited if 0 is returned. */ static int fts3EvalNearTest(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc){ int res = 1; /* The following block runs if pExpr is the root of a NEAR query. ** For example, the query: ** ** "w" NEAR "x" NEAR "y" NEAR "z" ** ** which is represented in tree form as: ** ** | ** +--NEAR--+ <-- root of NEAR query ** | | ** +--NEAR--+ "z" ** | | ** +--NEAR--+ "y" ** | | ** "w" "x" ** ** The right-hand child of a NEAR node is always a phrase. The ** left-hand child may be either a phrase or a NEAR node. There are ** no exceptions to this - it's the way the parser in fts3_expr.c works. */ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) ){ Fts3Expr *p; int nTmp = 0; /* Bytes of temp space */ char *aTmp; /* Temp space for PoslistNearMerge() */ /* Allocate temporary working space. */ for(p=pExpr; p->pLeft; p=p->pLeft){ assert( p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList>0 ); nTmp += p->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.nList; } nTmp += p->pPhrase->doclist.nList; aTmp = sqlite3_malloc(nTmp*2); if( !aTmp ){ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; res = 0; }else{ char *aPoslist = p->pPhrase->doclist.pList; int nToken = p->pPhrase->nToken; for(p=p->pParent;res && p && p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR; p=p->pParent){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = p->pRight->pPhrase; int nNear = p->nNear; res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); } aPoslist = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->doclist.pList; nToken = pExpr->pRight->pPhrase->nToken; for(p=pExpr->pLeft; p && res; p=p->pLeft){ int nNear; Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; assert( p->pParent && p->pParent->pLeft==p ); nNear = p->pParent->nNear; pPhrase = ( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ? p->pRight->pPhrase : p->pPhrase ); res = fts3EvalNearTrim(nNear, aTmp, &aPoslist, &nToken, pPhrase); } } sqlite3_free(aTmp); } return res; } /* ** This function is a helper function for sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(). ** Assuming no error occurs or has occurred, It returns non-zero if the ** expression passed as the second argument matches the row that pCsr ** currently points to, or zero if it does not. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** If an error occurs during execution of this function, *pRc is set to ** the appropriate SQLite error code. In this case the returned value is ** undefined. */ static int fts3EvalTestExpr( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expr to test. May or may not be root. */ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ int bHit = 1; /* Return value */ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ switch( pExpr->eType ){ case FTSQUERY_NEAR: case FTSQUERY_AND: bHit = ( fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) && fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) && fts3EvalNearTest(pExpr, pRc) ); /* If the NEAR expression does not match any rows, zero the doclist for ** all phrases involved in the NEAR. This is because the snippet(), ** offsets() and matchinfo() functions are not supposed to recognize ** any instances of phrases that are part of unmatched NEAR queries. ** For example if this expression: ** ** ... MATCH 'a OR (b NEAR c)' ** ** is matched against a row containing: ** ** 'a b d e' ** ** then any snippet() should ony highlight the "a" term, not the "b" ** (as "b" is part of a non-matching NEAR clause). */ if( bHit==0 && pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && (pExpr->pParent==0 || pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR) ){ Fts3Expr *p; for(p=pExpr; p->pPhrase==0; p=p->pLeft){ if( p->pRight->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pRight->pPhrase); } } if( p->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId ){ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(p->pPhrase); } } break; case FTSQUERY_OR: { int bHit1 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); int bHit2 = fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); bHit = bHit1 || bHit2; break; } case FTSQUERY_NOT: bHit = ( fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc) && !fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc) ); break; default: { #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED if( pCsr->pDeferred && (pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bDeferred) ){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; assert( pExpr->bDeferred || pPhrase->doclist.bFreeList==0 ); if( pExpr->bDeferred ){ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); } *pRc = fts3EvalDeferredPhrase(pCsr, pPhrase); bHit = (pPhrase->doclist.pList!=0); pExpr->iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; }else #endif { bHit = (pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==pCsr->iPrevId); } break; } } } return bHit; } /* ** This function is called as the second part of each xNext operation when ** iterating through the results of a full-text query. At this point the ** cursor points to a row that matches the query expression, with the ** following caveats: ** ** * Up until this point, "NEAR" operators in the expression have been ** treated as "AND". ** ** * Deferred tokens have not yet been considered. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it immediately ** returns 0. Otherwise, it tests whether or not after considering NEAR ** operators and deferred tokens the current row is still a match for the ** expression. It returns 1 if both of the following are true: ** ** 1. *pRc is SQLITE_OK when this function returns, and ** ** 2. After scanning the current FTS table row for the deferred tokens, ** it is determined that the row does *not* match the query. ** ** Or, if no error occurs and it seems the current row does match the FTS ** query, return 0. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, int *pRc){ int rc = *pRc; int bMiss = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* If there are one or more deferred tokens, load the current row into ** memory and scan it to determine the position list for each deferred ** token. Then, see if this row is really a match, considering deferred ** tokens and NEAR operators (neither of which were taken into account ** earlier, by fts3EvalNextRow()). */ if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ rc = fts3CursorSeek(0, pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(pCsr); } } bMiss = (0==fts3EvalTestExpr(pCsr, pCsr->pExpr, &rc)); /* Free the position-lists accumulated for each deferred token above. */ sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(pCsr); *pRc = rc; } return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bMiss); } /* ** Advance to the next document that matches the FTS expression in ** Fts3Cursor.pExpr. */ static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ Fts3Expr *pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; assert( pCsr->isEof==0 ); if( pExpr==0 ){ pCsr->isEof = 1; }else{ do { if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ){ sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); } assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pExpr, &rc); pCsr->isEof = pExpr->bEof; pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; pCsr->iPrevId = pExpr->iDocid; }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) ); } /* Check if the cursor is past the end of the docid range specified ** by Fts3Cursor.iMinDocid/iMaxDocid. If so, set the EOF flag. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && ( (pCsr->bDesc==0 && pCsr->iPrevId>pCsr->iMaxDocid) || (pCsr->bDesc!=0 && pCsr->iPrevIdiMinDocid) )){ pCsr->isEof = 1; } return rc; } /* ** Restart interation for expression pExpr so that the next call to ** fts3EvalNext() visits the first row. Do not allow incremental ** loading or merging of phrase doclists for this iteration. ** ** If *pRc is other than SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is ** a no-op. If an error occurs within this function, *pRc is set to an ** SQLite error code before returning. */ static void fts3EvalRestart( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3Expr *pExpr, int *pRc ){ if( pExpr && *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; if( pPhrase ){ fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ int i; for(i=0; inToken; i++){ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken = &pPhrase->aToken[i]; assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); if( pToken->pSegcsr ){ sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(pToken->pSegcsr); } } *pRc = fts3EvalPhraseStart(pCsr, 0, pPhrase); } pPhrase->doclist.pNextDocid = 0; pPhrase->doclist.iDocid = 0; pPhrase->pOrPoslist = 0; } pExpr->iDocid = 0; pExpr->bEof = 0; pExpr->bStart = 0; fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pLeft, pRc); fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pExpr->pRight, pRc); } } /* ** After allocating the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for each phrase in the ** expression rooted at pExpr, the cursor iterates through all rows matched ** by pExpr, calling this function for each row. This function increments ** the values in Fts3Expr.aMI[] according to the position-list currently ** found in Fts3Expr.pPhrase->doclist.pList for each of the phrase ** expression nodes. */ static void fts3EvalUpdateCounts(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ if( pExpr ){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; if( pPhrase && pPhrase->doclist.pList ){ int iCol = 0; char *p = pPhrase->doclist.pList; assert( *p ); while( 1 ){ u8 c = 0; int iCnt = 0; while( 0xFE & (*p | c) ){ if( (c&0x80)==0 ) iCnt++; c = *p++ & 0x80; } /* aMI[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences ** aMI[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance */ pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1] += iCnt; pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2] += (iCnt>0); if( *p==0x00 ) break; p++; p += fts3GetVarint32(p, &iCol); } } fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pLeft); fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pExpr->pRight); } } /* ** Expression pExpr must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. ** ** If it is not already allocated and populated, this function allocates and ** populates the Fts3Expr.aMI[] array for expression pExpr. If pExpr is part ** of a NEAR expression, then it also allocates and populates the same array ** for all other phrases that are part of the NEAR expression. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if the aMI[] array is successfully allocated and ** populated. Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int fts3EvalGatherStats( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ Fts3Expr *pExpr /* FTSQUERY_PHRASE expression */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( pExpr->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); if( pExpr->aMI==0 ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; Fts3Expr *pRoot; /* Root of NEAR expression */ Fts3Expr *p; /* Iterator used for several purposes */ sqlite3_int64 iPrevId = pCsr->iPrevId; sqlite3_int64 iDocid; u8 bEof; /* Find the root of the NEAR expression */ pRoot = pExpr; while( pRoot->pParent && pRoot->pParent->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ pRoot = pRoot->pParent; } iDocid = pRoot->iDocid; bEof = pRoot->bEof; assert( pRoot->bStart ); /* Allocate space for the aMSI[] array of each FTSQUERY_PHRASE node */ for(p=pRoot; p; p=p->pLeft){ Fts3Expr *pE = (p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE?p:p->pRight); assert( pE->aMI==0 ); pE->aMI = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); if( !pE->aMI ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pE->aMI, 0, pTab->nColumn * 3 * sizeof(u32)); } fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); while( pCsr->isEof==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ do { /* Ensure the %_content statement is reset. */ if( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ) sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pStmt); assert( sqlite3_data_count(pCsr->pStmt)==0 ); /* Advance to the next document */ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pRoot, &rc); pCsr->isEof = pRoot->bEof; pCsr->isRequireSeek = 1; pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; pCsr->iPrevId = pRoot->iDocid; }while( pCsr->isEof==0 && pRoot->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pCsr->isEof==0 ){ fts3EvalUpdateCounts(pRoot); } } pCsr->isEof = 0; pCsr->iPrevId = iPrevId; if( bEof ){ pRoot->bEof = bEof; }else{ /* Caution: pRoot may iterate through docids in ascending or descending ** order. For this reason, even though it seems more defensive, the ** do loop can not be written: ** ** do {...} while( pRoot->iDocidbEof==0 ); }while( pRoot->iDocid!=iDocid && rc==SQLITE_OK ); } } return rc; } /* ** This function is used by the matchinfo() module to query a phrase ** expression node for the following information: ** ** 1. The total number of occurrences of the phrase in each column of ** the FTS table (considering all rows), and ** ** 2. For each column, the number of rows in the table for which the ** column contains at least one instance of the phrase. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the values for each column ** written into the array aiOut as follows: ** ** aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = Number of occurrences ** aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = Number of rows containing at least one instance ** ** Caveats: ** ** * If a phrase consists entirely of deferred tokens, then all output ** values are set to the number of documents in the table. In other ** words we assume that very common tokens occur exactly once in each ** column of each row of the table. ** ** * If a phrase contains some deferred tokens (and some non-deferred ** tokens), count the potential occurrence identified by considering ** the non-deferred tokens instead of actual phrase occurrences. ** ** * If the phrase is part of a NEAR expression, then only phrase instances ** that meet the NEAR constraint are included in the counts. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseStats( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS cursor handle */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression */ u32 *aiOut /* Array to write results into (see above) */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int iCol; if( pExpr->bDeferred && pExpr->pParent->eType!=FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ assert( pCsr->nDoc>0 ); for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = (u32)pCsr->nDoc; } }else{ rc = fts3EvalGatherStats(pCsr, pExpr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( pExpr->aMI ); for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ aiOut[iCol*3 + 1] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 1]; aiOut[iCol*3 + 2] = pExpr->aMI[iCol*3 + 2]; } } } return rc; } /* ** The expression pExpr passed as the second argument to this function ** must be of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE. ** ** The returned value is either NULL or a pointer to a buffer containing ** a position-list indicating the occurrences of the phrase in column iCol ** of the current row. ** ** More specifically, the returned buffer contains 1 varint for each ** occurrence of the phrase in the column, stored using the normal (delta+2) ** compression and is terminated by either an 0x01 or 0x00 byte. For example, ** if the requested column contains "a b X c d X X" and the position-list ** for 'X' is requested, the buffer returned may contain: ** ** 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x01 or 0x04 0x05 0x03 0x00 ** ** This function works regardless of whether or not the phrase is deferred, ** incremental, or neither. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase to return doclist for */ int iCol, /* Column to return position list for */ char **ppOut /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ ){ Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; char *pIter; int iThis; sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* If this phrase is applies specifically to some column other than ** column iCol, return a NULL pointer. */ *ppOut = 0; assert( iCol>=0 && iColnColumn ); if( (pPhrase->iColumnnColumn && pPhrase->iColumn!=iCol) ){ return SQLITE_OK; } iDocid = pExpr->iDocid; pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx; /* For DOCID_CMP macro */ int bOr = 0; u8 bTreeEof = 0; Fts3Expr *p; /* Used to iterate from pExpr to root */ Fts3Expr *pNear; /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */ int bMatch; /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, ** return NULL. Otherwise, the entry that corresponds to docid ** pCsr->iPrevId may lie earlier in the doclist buffer. Or, if the ** tree that the node is part of has been marked as EOF, but the node ** itself is not EOF, then it may point to an earlier entry. */ pNear = pExpr; for(p=pExpr->pParent; p; p=p->pParent){ if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ) bOr = 1; if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pNear = p; if( p->bEof ) bTreeEof = 1; } if( bOr==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; /* This is the descendent of an OR node. In this case we cannot use ** an incremental phrase. Load the entire doclist for the phrase ** into memory in this case. */ if( pPhrase->bIncr ){ int bEofSave = pNear->bEof; fts3EvalRestart(pCsr, pNear, &rc); while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pNear->bEof ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pNear, &rc); if( bEofSave==0 && pNear->iDocid==iDocid ) break; } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPhrase->bIncr==0 ); } if( bTreeEof ){ while( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pNear->bEof ){ fts3EvalNextRow(pCsr, pNear, &rc); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; bMatch = 1; for(p=pNear; p; p=p->pLeft){ u8 bEof = 0; Fts3Expr *pTest = p; Fts3Phrase *pPh; assert( pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR || pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); if( pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ) pTest = pTest->pRight; assert( pTest->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); pPh = pTest->pPhrase; pIter = pPh->pOrPoslist; iDocid = pPh->iOrDocid; if( pCsr->bDesc==bDescDoclist ){ bEof = !pPh->doclist.nAll || (pIter >= (pPh->doclist.aAll + pPh->doclist.nAll)); while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)<0 ) && bEof==0 ){ sqlite3Fts3DoclistNext( bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, &pIter, &iDocid, &bEof ); } }else{ bEof = !pPh->doclist.nAll || (pIter && pIter<=pPh->doclist.aAll); while( (pIter==0 || DOCID_CMP(iDocid, pCsr->iPrevId)>0 ) && bEof==0 ){ int dummy; sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev( bDescDoclist, pPh->doclist.aAll, pPh->doclist.nAll, &pIter, &iDocid, &dummy, &bEof ); } } pPh->pOrPoslist = pIter; pPh->iOrDocid = iDocid; if( bEof || iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId ) bMatch = 0; } if( bMatch ){ pIter = pPhrase->pOrPoslist; }else{ pIter = 0; } } if( pIter==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; if( *pIter==0x01 ){ pIter++; pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iThis); }else{ iThis = 0; } while( iThisdoclist, and ** * any Fts3MultiSegReader objects held by phrase tokens. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(Fts3Phrase *pPhrase){ if( pPhrase ){ int i; sqlite3_free(pPhrase->doclist.aAll); fts3EvalInvalidatePoslist(pPhrase); memset(&pPhrase->doclist, 0, sizeof(Fts3Doclist)); for(i=0; inToken; i++){ fts3SegReaderCursorFree(pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr); pPhrase->aToken[i].pSegcsr = 0; } } } /* ** Return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. */ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Corrupt(){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } #endif #if !SQLITE_CORE /* ** Initialize API pointer table, if required. */ #ifdef _WIN32 __declspec(dllexport) #endif SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_init( sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) return sqlite3Fts3Init(db); } #endif #endif /************** End of fts3.c ************************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_aux.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2011 Jan 27 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** */ /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include */ /* #include */ typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable; typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor; struct Fts3auxTable { sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ Fts3Table *pFts3Tab; }; struct Fts3auxCursor { sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Must be right after "base" */ Fts3SegFilter filter; char *zStop; int nStop; /* Byte-length of string zStop */ int iLangid; /* Language id to query */ int isEof; /* True if cursor is at EOF */ sqlite3_int64 iRowid; /* Current rowid */ int iCol; /* Current value of 'col' column */ int nStat; /* Size of aStat[] array */ struct Fts3auxColstats { sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* 'documents' values for current csr row */ sqlite3_int64 nOcc; /* 'occurrences' values for current csr row */ } *aStat; }; /* ** Schema of the terms table. */ #define FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA \ "CREATE TABLE x(term, col, documents, occurrences, languageid HIDDEN)" /* ** This function does all the work for both the xConnect and xCreate methods. ** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xConnect ** and xCreate are identical operations. */ static int fts3auxConnectMethod( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ void *pUnused, /* Unused */ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv array */ const char * const *argv, /* xCreate/xConnect argument array */ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New sqlite3_vtab object */ char **pzErr /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd error message */ ){ char const *zDb; /* Name of database (e.g. "main") */ char const *zFts3; /* Name of fts3 table */ int nDb; /* Result of strlen(zDb) */ int nFts3; /* Result of strlen(zFts3) */ int nByte; /* Bytes of space to allocate here */ int rc; /* value returned by declare_vtab() */ Fts3auxTable *p; /* Virtual table object to return */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pUnused); /* The user should invoke this in one of two forms: ** ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table); ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE xxx USING fts4aux(fts4-table-db, fts4-table); */ if( argc!=4 && argc!=5 ) goto bad_args; zDb = argv[1]; nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); if( argc==5 ){ if( nDb==4 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp("temp", zDb, 4) ){ zDb = argv[3]; nDb = (int)strlen(zDb); zFts3 = argv[4]; }else{ goto bad_args; } }else{ zFts3 = argv[3]; } nFts3 = (int)strlen(zFts3); rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, FTS3_AUX_SCHEMA); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; nByte = sizeof(Fts3auxTable) + sizeof(Fts3Table) + nDb + nFts3 + 2; p = (Fts3auxTable *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( !p ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(p, 0, nByte); p->pFts3Tab = (Fts3Table *)&p[1]; p->pFts3Tab->zDb = (char *)&p->pFts3Tab[1]; p->pFts3Tab->zName = &p->pFts3Tab->zDb[nDb+1]; p->pFts3Tab->db = db; p->pFts3Tab->nIndex = 1; memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zDb, zDb, nDb); memcpy((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName, zFts3, nFts3); sqlite3Fts3Dequote((char *)p->pFts3Tab->zName); *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)p; return SQLITE_OK; bad_args: sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "invalid arguments to fts4aux constructor"); return SQLITE_ERROR; } /* ** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. ** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect ** and xDestroy are identical operations. */ static int fts3auxDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Fts3auxTable *p = (Fts3auxTable *)pVtab; Fts3Table *pFts3 = p->pFts3Tab; int i; /* Free any prepared statements held */ for(i=0; iaStmt); i++){ sqlite3_finalize(pFts3->aStmt[i]); } sqlite3_free(pFts3->zSegmentsTbl); sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_OK; } #define FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT 1 #define FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT 2 #define FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT 4 /* ** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. */ static int fts3auxBestIndexMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo ){ int i; int iEq = -1; int iGe = -1; int iLe = -1; int iLangid = -1; int iNext = 1; /* Next free argvIndex value */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); /* This vtab delivers always results in "ORDER BY term ASC" order. */ if( pInfo->nOrderBy==1 && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].iColumn==0 && pInfo->aOrderBy[0].desc==0 ){ pInfo->orderByConsumed = 1; } /* Search for equality and range constraints on the "term" column. ** And equality constraints on the hidden "languageid" column. */ for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable ){ int op = pInfo->aConstraint[i].op; int iCol = pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn; if( iCol==0 ){ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iEq = i; if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT ) iLe = i; if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE ) iLe = i; if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT ) iGe = i; if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE ) iGe = i; } if( iCol==4 ){ if( op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) iLangid = i; } } } if( iEq>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum = FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iEq].argvIndex = iNext++; pInfo->estimatedCost = 5; }else{ pInfo->idxNum = 0; pInfo->estimatedCost = 20000; if( iGe>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iGe].argvIndex = iNext++; pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; } if( iLe>=0 ){ pInfo->idxNum += FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLe].argvIndex = iNext++; pInfo->estimatedCost /= 2; } } if( iLangid>=0 ){ pInfo->aConstraintUsage[iLangid].argvIndex = iNext++; pInfo->estimatedCost--; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** xOpen - Open a cursor. */ static int fts3auxOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr; /* Pointer to cursor object to return */ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); if( !pCsr ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3auxCursor)); *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** xClose - Close a cursor. */ static int fts3auxCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pFts3); sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); sqlite3_free(pCsr->zStop); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_OK; } static int fts3auxGrowStatArray(Fts3auxCursor *pCsr, int nSize){ if( nSize>pCsr->nStat ){ struct Fts3auxColstats *aNew; aNew = (struct Fts3auxColstats *)sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aStat, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * nSize ); if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(&aNew[pCsr->nStat], 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * (nSize - pCsr->nStat) ); pCsr->aStat = aNew; pCsr->nStat = nSize; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. */ static int fts3auxNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; int rc; /* Increment our pretend rowid value. */ pCsr->iRowid++; for(pCsr->iCol++; pCsr->iColnStat; pCsr->iCol++){ if( pCsr->aStat[pCsr->iCol].nDoc>0 ) return SQLITE_OK; } rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(pFts3, &pCsr->csr); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ int i = 0; int nDoclist = pCsr->csr.nDoclist; char *aDoclist = pCsr->csr.aDoclist; int iCol; int eState = 0; if( pCsr->zStop ){ int n = (pCsr->nStopcsr.nTerm) ? pCsr->nStop : pCsr->csr.nTerm; int mc = memcmp(pCsr->zStop, pCsr->csr.zTerm, n); if( mc<0 || (mc==0 && pCsr->csr.nTerm>pCsr->nStop) ){ pCsr->isEof = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } } if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, 2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pCsr->aStat, 0, sizeof(struct Fts3auxColstats) * pCsr->nStat); iCol = 0; while( iaStat[0].nDoc++; eState = 1; iCol = 0; break; /* State 1. In this state we are expecting either a 1, indicating ** that the following integer will be a column number, or the ** start of a position list for column 0. ** ** The only difference between state 1 and state 2 is that if the ** integer encountered in state 1 is not 0 or 1, then we need to ** increment the column 0 "nDoc" count for this term. */ case 1: assert( iCol==0 ); if( v>1 ){ pCsr->aStat[1].nDoc++; } eState = 2; /* fall through */ case 2: if( v==0 ){ /* 0x00. Next integer will be a docid. */ eState = 0; }else if( v==1 ){ /* 0x01. Next integer will be a column number. */ eState = 3; }else{ /* 2 or greater. A position. */ pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nOcc++; pCsr->aStat[0].nOcc++; } break; /* State 3. The integer just read is a column number. */ default: assert( eState==3 ); iCol = (int)v; if( fts3auxGrowStatArray(pCsr, iCol+2) ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pCsr->aStat[iCol+1].nDoc++; eState = 2; break; } } pCsr->iCol = 0; rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ pCsr->isEof = 1; } return rc; } /* ** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. */ static int fts3auxFilterMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ ){ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; Fts3Table *pFts3 = ((Fts3auxTable *)pCursor->pVtab)->pFts3Tab; int rc; int isScan = 0; int iLangVal = 0; /* Language id to query */ int iEq = -1; /* Index of term=? value in apVal */ int iGe = -1; /* Index of term>=? value in apVal */ int iLe = -1; /* Index of term<=? value in apVal */ int iLangid = -1; /* Index of languageid=? value in apVal */ int iNext = 0; UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); assert( idxStr==0 ); assert( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==0 || idxNum==FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT || idxNum==(FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT|FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT) ); if( idxNum==FTS4AUX_EQ_CONSTRAINT ){ iEq = iNext++; }else{ isScan = 1; if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_GE_CONSTRAINT ){ iGe = iNext++; } if( idxNum & FTS4AUX_LE_CONSTRAINT ){ iLe = iNext++; } } if( iNextfilter.zTerm); sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&pCsr->csr); sqlite3_free((void *)pCsr->filter.zTerm); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aStat); memset(&pCsr->csr, 0, ((u8*)&pCsr[1]) - (u8*)&pCsr->csr); pCsr->filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; if( isScan ) pCsr->filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; if( iEq>=0 || iGe>=0 ){ const unsigned char *zStr = sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); assert( (iEq==0 && iGe==-1) || (iEq==-1 && iGe==0) ); if( zStr ){ pCsr->filter.zTerm = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zStr); pCsr->filter.nTerm = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); if( pCsr->filter.zTerm==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; } } if( iLe>=0 ){ pCsr->zStop = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_value_text(apVal[iLe])); pCsr->nStop = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[iLe]); if( pCsr->zStop==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( iLangid>=0 ){ iLangVal = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[iLangid]); /* If the user specified a negative value for the languageid, use zero ** instead. This works, as the "languageid=?" constraint will also ** be tested by the VDBE layer. The test will always be false (since ** this module will not return a row with a negative languageid), and ** so the overall query will return zero rows. */ if( iLangVal<0 ) iLangVal = 0; } pCsr->iLangid = iLangVal; rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(pFts3, iLangVal, 0, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, pCsr->filter.zTerm, pCsr->filter.nTerm, 0, isScan, &pCsr->csr ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(pFts3, &pCsr->csr, &pCsr->filter); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3auxNextMethod(pCursor); return rc; } /* ** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. */ static int fts3auxEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; return pCsr->isEof; } /* ** xColumn - Return a column value. */ static int fts3auxColumnMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ ){ Fts3auxCursor *p = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; assert( p->isEof==0 ); switch( iCol ){ case 0: /* term */ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, p->csr.zTerm, p->csr.nTerm, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); break; case 1: /* col */ if( p->iCol ){ sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iCol-1); }else{ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "*", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } break; case 2: /* documents */ sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nDoc); break; case 3: /* occurrences */ sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, p->aStat[p->iCol].nOcc); break; default: /* languageid */ assert( iCol==4 ); sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, p->iLangid); break; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. */ static int fts3auxRowidMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ ){ Fts3auxCursor *pCsr = (Fts3auxCursor *)pCursor; *pRowid = pCsr->iRowid; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Register the fts3aux module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK ** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitAux(sqlite3 *db){ static const sqlite3_module fts3aux_module = { 0, /* iVersion */ fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ fts3auxConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ fts3auxBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ fts3auxDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ fts3auxOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ fts3auxCloseMethod, /* xClose */ fts3auxFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ fts3auxNextMethod, /* xNext */ fts3auxEofMethod, /* xEof */ fts3auxColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ fts3auxRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ 0, /* xUpdate */ 0, /* xBegin */ 0, /* xSync */ 0, /* xCommit */ 0, /* xRollback */ 0, /* xFindFunction */ 0, /* xRename */ 0, /* xSavepoint */ 0, /* xRelease */ 0 /* xRollbackTo */ }; int rc; /* Return code */ rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts4aux", &fts3aux_module, 0); return rc; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_aux.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_expr.c ***************************************/ /* ** 2008 Nov 28 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings ** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported ** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is ** hand-coded. */ /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* ** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been ** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS ** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between ** the new and the old syntaxes are: ** ** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not. ** ** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not. ** ** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not ** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator). ** ** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence ** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit ** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR. ** ** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the ** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable ** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to ** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can ** be tested using a single build of testfixture. ** ** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH ** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser ** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a ** custom parser. ** ** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*. ** ** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*. ** ** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*. ** notexpr ::= LP query RP. ** ** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*. ** ** distance_opt ::= . ** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER. ** ** phrase ::= TOKEN. ** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN. ** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...". */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0; #else # ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS # define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1 # else # define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0 # endif #endif /* ** Default span for NEAR operators. */ #define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10 /* #include */ /* #include */ /* ** isNot: ** This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is ** called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a ** FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the ** FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to ** zero. */ typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext; struct ParseContext { sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */ int iLangid; /* Language id used with tokenizer */ const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ int bFts4; /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */ int isNot; /* True if getNextNode() sees a unary - */ sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */ int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */ }; /* ** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function. ** ** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it ** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behavior when passed ** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type ** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper ** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for ** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e. ** negative values). */ static int fts3isspace(char c){ return c==' ' || c=='\t' || c=='\n' || c=='\r' || c=='\v' || c=='\f'; } /* ** Allocate nByte bytes of memory using sqlite3_malloc(). If successful, ** zero the memory before returning a pointer to it. If unsuccessful, ** return NULL. */ static void *fts3MallocZero(int nByte){ void *pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( pRet ) memset(pRet, 0, nByte); return pRet; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, int iLangid, const char *z, int n, sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCsr ){ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; int rc; rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCsr); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer; if( pModule->iVersion>=1 ){ rc = pModule->xLanguageid(pCsr, iLangid); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ pModule->xClose(pCsr); pCsr = 0; } } } *ppCsr = pCsr; return rc; } /* ** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself ** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required. */ static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *); /* ** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer ** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr ** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this ** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is ** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated ** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free(). ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation ** fails. */ static int getNextToken( ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */ const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ ){ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; int rc; sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor; Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; int i = 0; /* Set variable i to the maximum number of bytes of input to tokenize. */ for(i=0; iiLangid, z, i, &pCursor); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ const char *zToken; int nToken = 0, iStart = 0, iEnd = 0, iPosition = 0; int nByte; /* total space to allocate */ rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken; pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(nByte); if( !pRet ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1]; pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1; pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol; pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken; pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1]; memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken); if( iEndpPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1; iEnd++; } while( 1 ){ if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){ pParse->isNot = 1; iStart--; }else if( pParse->bFts4 && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='^' ){ pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].bFirst = 1; iStart--; }else{ break; } } } *pnConsumed = iEnd; }else if( i && rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } pModule->xClose(pCursor); } *ppExpr = pRet; return rc; } /* ** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs, ** then free the old allocation. */ static void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){ void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew); if( !pRet ){ sqlite3_free(pOrig); } return pRet; } /* ** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string ** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character ** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire ** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE ** containing the results. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the ** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory ** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set ** to 0. */ static int getNextString( ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */ Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */ ){ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; int rc; Fts3Expr *p = 0; sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0; char *zTemp = 0; int nTemp = 0; const int nSpace = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase); int nToken = 0; /* The final Fts3Expr data structure, including the Fts3Phrase, ** Fts3PhraseToken structures token buffers are all stored as a single ** allocation so that the expression can be freed with a single call to ** sqlite3_free(). Setting this up requires a two pass approach. ** ** The first pass, in the block below, uses a tokenizer cursor to iterate ** through the tokens in the expression. This pass uses fts3ReallocOrFree() ** to assemble data in two dynamic buffers: ** ** Buffer p: Points to the Fts3Expr structure, followed by the Fts3Phrase ** structure, followed by the array of Fts3PhraseToken ** structures. This pass only populates the Fts3PhraseToken array. ** ** Buffer zTemp: Contains copies of all tokens. ** ** The second pass, in the block that begins "if( rc==SQLITE_DONE )" below, ** appends buffer zTemp to buffer p, and fills in the Fts3Expr and Fts3Phrase ** structures. */ rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer( pTokenizer, pParse->iLangid, zInput, nInput, &pCursor); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int ii; for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ const char *zByte; int nByte = 0, iBegin = 0, iEnd = 0, iPos = 0; rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zByte, &nByte, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + ii*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); if( !p ) goto no_mem; zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nByte); if( !zTemp ) goto no_mem; assert( nToken==ii ); pToken = &((Fts3Phrase *)(&p[1]))->aToken[ii]; memset(pToken, 0, sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken)); memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zByte, nByte); nTemp += nByte; pToken->n = nByte; pToken->isPrefix = (iEndbFirst = (iBegin>0 && zInput[iBegin-1]=='^'); nToken = ii+1; } } pModule->xClose(pCursor); pCursor = 0; } if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ int jj; char *zBuf = 0; p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nSpace + nToken*sizeof(Fts3PhraseToken) + nTemp); if( !p ) goto no_mem; memset(p, 0, (char *)&(((Fts3Phrase *)&p[1])->aToken[0])-(char *)p); p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE; p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1]; p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol; p->pPhrase->nToken = nToken; zBuf = (char *)&p->pPhrase->aToken[nToken]; if( zTemp ){ memcpy(zBuf, zTemp, nTemp); sqlite3_free(zTemp); }else{ assert( nTemp==0 ); } for(jj=0; jjpPhrase->nToken; jj++){ p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = zBuf; zBuf += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n; } rc = SQLITE_OK; } *ppExpr = p; return rc; no_mem: if( pCursor ){ pModule->xClose(pCursor); } sqlite3_free(zTemp); sqlite3_free(p); *ppExpr = 0; return SQLITE_NOMEM; } /* ** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr ** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached. ** ** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM ** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered. ** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message. */ static int getNextNode( ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ const char *z, int n, /* Input string */ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ ){ static const struct Fts3Keyword { char *z; /* Keyword text */ unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */ unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */ unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */ } aKeyword[] = { { "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR }, { "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND }, { "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT }, { "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR } }; int ii; int iCol; int iColLen; int rc; Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; const char *zInput = z; int nInput = n; pParse->isNot = 0; /* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or ** close bracket, or a quoted string. */ while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){ nInput--; zInput++; } if( nInput==0 ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } /* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */ for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){ const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii]; if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){ continue; } if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){ int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM; int nKey = pKey->n; char cNext; /* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */ if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ assert( nKey==4 ); if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){ nNear = 0; for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){ nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0'); } } } /* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true, ** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close ** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF. */ cNext = zInput[nKey]; if( fts3isspace(cNext) || cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0 ){ pRet = (Fts3Expr *)fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); if( !pRet ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pRet->eType = pKey->eType; pRet->nNear = nNear; *ppExpr = pRet; *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + nKey); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the ** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue. */ } } /* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then ** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString() ** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping ** a quote character embedded in a string. */ if( *zInput=='"' ){ for(ii=1; iinNest++; rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, zInput+1, nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; } *pnConsumed = (int)(zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed; return rc; }else if( *zInput==')' ){ pParse->nNest--; *pnConsumed = (int)((zInput - z) + 1); *ppExpr = 0; return SQLITE_DONE; } } /* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or ** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer ** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit ** column specifier for the token. ** ** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier ** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was ** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was ** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the ** limitation. */ iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol; iColLen = 0; for(ii=0; iinCol; ii++){ const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii]; int nStr = (int)strlen(zStr); if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' && sqlite3_strnicmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 ){ iCol = ii; iColLen = (int)((zInput - z) + nStr + 1); break; } } rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed); *pnConsumed += iColLen; return rc; } /* ** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type ** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the ** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e. ** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator ** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence. ** ** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS ** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to ** lowest is: ** ** NEAR ** NOT ** AND (including implicit ANDs) ** OR ** ** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher ** precedence than the AND operator. */ static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){ assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ); if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){ return p->eType; }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){ return 1; }else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){ return 2; } assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND ); return 3; } /* ** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query ** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently ** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary ** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence ** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head ** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node. */ static void insertBinaryOperator( Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */ Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */ Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */ ){ Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev; while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){ pSplit = pSplit->pParent; } if( pSplit->pParent ){ assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit ); pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew; pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent; }else{ *ppHead = pNew; } pNew->pLeft = pSplit; pSplit->pParent = pNew; } /* ** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function ** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched ** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the ** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of ** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM ** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned. */ static int fts3ExprParse( ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */ const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */ ){ Fts3Expr *pRet = 0; Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0; Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */ int nIn = n; const char *zIn = z; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int isRequirePhrase = 1; while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ Fts3Expr *p = 0; int nByte = 0; rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte); assert( nByte>0 || (rc!=SQLITE_OK && p==0) ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( p ){ int isPhrase; if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && pParse->isNot ){ /* Create an implicit NOT operator. */ Fts3Expr *pNot = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); if( !pNot ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto exprparse_out; } pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT; pNot->pRight = p; p->pParent = pNot; if( pNotBranch ){ pNot->pLeft = pNotBranch; pNotBranch->pParent = pNot; } pNotBranch = pNot; p = pPrev; }else{ int eType = p->eType; isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft); /* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or ** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a ** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when ** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error. */ if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto exprparse_out; } if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){ /* Insert an implicit AND operator. */ Fts3Expr *pAnd; assert( pRet && pPrev ); pAnd = fts3MallocZero(sizeof(Fts3Expr)); if( !pAnd ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto exprparse_out; } pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND; insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd); pPrev = pAnd; } /* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR ** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of ** the following: ** ** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase ** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression) ** ** Return an error in either case. */ if( pPrev && ( (eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE) || (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR) )){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto exprparse_out; } if( isPhrase ){ if( pRet ){ assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 ); pPrev->pRight = p; p->pParent = pPrev; }else{ pRet = p; } }else{ insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p); } isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase; } pPrev = p; } assert( nByte>0 ); } assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) ); nIn -= nByte; zIn += nByte; } if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){ if( !pRet ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ Fts3Expr *pIter = pNotBranch; while( pIter->pLeft ){ pIter = pIter->pLeft; } pIter->pLeft = pRet; pRet->pParent = pIter; pRet = pNotBranch; } } } *pnConsumed = n - nIn; exprparse_out: if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet); sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch); pRet = 0; } *ppExpr = pRet; return rc; } /* ** Return SQLITE_ERROR if the maximum depth of the expression tree passed ** as the only argument is more than nMaxDepth. */ static int fts3ExprCheckDepth(Fts3Expr *p, int nMaxDepth){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( p ){ if( nMaxDepth<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; }else{ rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pLeft, nMaxDepth-1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(p->pRight, nMaxDepth-1); } } } return rc; } /* ** This function attempts to transform the expression tree at (*pp) to ** an equivalent but more balanced form. The tree is modified in place. ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and (*pp) set to point to the ** new root expression node. ** ** nMaxDepth is the maximum allowable depth of the balanced sub-tree. ** ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and ** expression (*pp) freed. */ static int fts3ExprBalance(Fts3Expr **pp, int nMaxDepth){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ Fts3Expr *pRoot = *pp; /* Initial root node */ Fts3Expr *pFree = 0; /* List of free nodes. Linked by pParent. */ int eType = pRoot->eType; /* Type of node in this tree */ if( nMaxDepth==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( (eType==FTSQUERY_AND || eType==FTSQUERY_OR) ){ Fts3Expr **apLeaf; apLeaf = (Fts3Expr **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth); if( 0==apLeaf ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memset(apLeaf, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr *) * nMaxDepth); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; Fts3Expr *p; /* Set $p to point to the left-most leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */ for(p=pRoot; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft){ assert( p->pParent==0 || p->pParent->pLeft==p ); assert( p->pLeft && p->pRight ); } /* This loop runs once for each leaf in the tree of eType nodes. */ while( 1 ){ int iLvl; Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; /* Current parent of p */ assert( pParent==0 || pParent->pLeft==p ); p->pParent = 0; if( pParent ){ pParent->pLeft = 0; }else{ pRoot = 0; } rc = fts3ExprBalance(&p, nMaxDepth-1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; for(iLvl=0; p && iLvlpLeft = apLeaf[iLvl]; pFree->pRight = p; pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree; pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree; p = pFree; pFree = pFree->pParent; p->pParent = 0; apLeaf[iLvl] = 0; } } if( p ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p); rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG; break; } /* If that was the last leaf node, break out of the loop */ if( pParent==0 ) break; /* Set $p to point to the next leaf in the tree of eType nodes */ for(p=pParent->pRight; p->eType==eType; p=p->pLeft); /* Remove pParent from the original tree. */ assert( pParent->pParent==0 || pParent->pParent->pLeft==pParent ); pParent->pRight->pParent = pParent->pParent; if( pParent->pParent ){ pParent->pParent->pLeft = pParent->pRight; }else{ assert( pParent==pRoot ); pRoot = pParent->pRight; } /* Link pParent into the free node list. It will be used as an ** internal node of the new tree. */ pParent->pParent = pFree; pFree = pParent; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p = 0; for(i=0; ipParent = 0; }else{ assert( pFree!=0 ); pFree->pRight = p; pFree->pLeft = apLeaf[i]; pFree->pLeft->pParent = pFree; pFree->pRight->pParent = pFree; p = pFree; pFree = pFree->pParent; p->pParent = 0; } } } pRoot = p; }else{ /* An error occurred. Delete the contents of the apLeaf[] array ** and pFree list. Everything else is cleaned up by the call to ** sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot) below. */ Fts3Expr *pDel; for(i=0; ipParent; sqlite3_free(pDel); } } assert( pFree==0 ); sqlite3_free( apLeaf ); } }else if( eType==FTSQUERY_NOT ){ Fts3Expr *pLeft = pRoot->pLeft; Fts3Expr *pRight = pRoot->pRight; pRoot->pLeft = 0; pRoot->pRight = 0; pLeft->pParent = 0; pRight->pParent = 0; rc = fts3ExprBalance(&pLeft, nMaxDepth-1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3ExprBalance(&pRight, nMaxDepth-1); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRight); sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pLeft); }else{ assert( pLeft && pRight ); pRoot->pLeft = pLeft; pLeft->pParent = pRoot; pRoot->pRight = pRight; pRight->pParent = pRoot; } } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRoot); pRoot = 0; } *pp = pRoot; return rc; } /* ** This function is similar to sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(), with the following ** differences: ** ** 1. It does not do expression rebalancing. ** 2. It does not check that the expression does not exceed the ** maximum allowable depth. ** 3. Even if it fails, *ppExpr may still be set to point to an ** expression tree. It should be deleted using sqlite3Fts3ExprFree() ** in this case. */ static int fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */ char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ ){ int nParsed; int rc; ParseContext sParse; memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(ParseContext)); sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer; sParse.iLangid = iLangid; sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol; sParse.nCol = nCol; sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol; sParse.bFts4 = bFts4; if( z==0 ){ *ppExpr = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } if( n<0 ){ n = (int)strlen(z); } rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || *ppExpr==0 ); /* Check for mismatched parenthesis */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } return rc; } /* ** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing ** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the ** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the ** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head ** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error ** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse ** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0. ** ** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a ** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen(). ** ** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to ** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[] ** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names ** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right. ** Column names must be nul-terminated strings. ** ** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column ** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default ** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly ** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default ** match any table column. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */ int iLangid, /* Language id for tokenizer */ char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */ int bFts4, /* True to allow FTS4-only syntax */ int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */ int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */ const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */ Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */ char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message (sqlite3_malloc) */ ){ int rc = fts3ExprParseUnbalanced( pTokenizer, iLangid, azCol, bFts4, nCol, iDefaultCol, z, n, ppExpr ); /* Rebalance the expression. And check that its depth does not exceed ** SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && *ppExpr ){ rc = fts3ExprBalance(ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3ExprCheckDepth(*ppExpr, SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr); *ppExpr = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_TOOBIG ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "FTS expression tree is too large (maximum depth %d)", SQLITE_FTS3_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH ); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "malformed MATCH expression: [%s]", z); } } return rc; } /* ** Free a single node of an expression tree. */ static void fts3FreeExprNode(Fts3Expr *p){ assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pPhrase==0 ); sqlite3Fts3EvalPhraseCleanup(p->pPhrase); sqlite3_free(p->aMI); sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(). ** ** This function would be simpler if it recursively called itself. But ** that would mean passing a sufficiently large expression to ExprParse() ** could cause a stack overflow. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *pDel){ Fts3Expr *p; assert( pDel==0 || pDel->pParent==0 ); for(p=pDel; p && (p->pLeft||p->pRight); p=(p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight)){ assert( p->pParent==0 || p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft ); } while( p ){ Fts3Expr *pParent = p->pParent; fts3FreeExprNode(p); if( pParent && p==pParent->pLeft && pParent->pRight ){ p = pParent->pRight; while( p && (p->pLeft || p->pRight) ){ assert( p==p->pParent->pRight || p==p->pParent->pLeft ); p = (p->pLeft ? p->pLeft : p->pRight); } }else{ p = pParent; } } } /**************************************************************************** ***************************************************************************** ** Everything after this point is just test code. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST /* #include */ /* ** Return a pointer to a buffer containing a text representation of the ** expression passed as the first argument. The buffer is obtained from ** sqlite3_malloc(). It is the responsibility of the caller to use ** sqlite3_free() to release the memory. If an OOM condition is encountered, ** NULL is returned. ** ** If the second argument is not NULL, then its contents are prepended to ** the returned expression text and then freed using sqlite3_free(). */ static char *exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){ if( pExpr==0 ){ return sqlite3_mprintf(""); } switch( pExpr->eType ){ case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: { Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; int i; zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf( "%zPHRASE %d 0", zBuf, pPhrase->iColumn); for(i=0; zBuf && inToken; i++){ zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z %.*s%s", zBuf, pPhrase->aToken[i].n, pPhrase->aToken[i].z, (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":"") ); } return zBuf; } case FTSQUERY_NEAR: zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNEAR/%d ", zBuf, pExpr->nNear); break; case FTSQUERY_NOT: zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zNOT ", zBuf); break; case FTSQUERY_AND: zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zAND ", zBuf); break; case FTSQUERY_OR: zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%zOR ", zBuf); break; } if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z{", zBuf); if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf); if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z} {", zBuf); if( zBuf ) zBuf = exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf); if( zBuf ) zBuf = sqlite3_mprintf("%z}", zBuf); return zBuf; } /* ** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the ** expression parser. It should be called as follows: ** ** fts3_exprtest(, , , ...); ** ** The first argument, , is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used ** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument ** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name ** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to. ** For example: ** ** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2'); */ static void fts3ExprTestCommon( int bRebalance, sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; int rc; char **azCol = 0; const char *zExpr; int nExpr; int nCol; int ii; Fts3Expr *pExpr; char *zBuf = 0; Fts3Hash *pHash = (Fts3Hash*)sqlite3_user_data(context); const char *zTokenizer = 0; char *zErr = 0; if( argc<3 ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1 ); return; } zTokenizer = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); rc = sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer(pHash, zTokenizer, &pTokenizer, &zErr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); }else{ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); } sqlite3_free(zErr); return; } zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); nCol = argc-2; azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *)); if( !azCol ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); goto exprtest_out; } for(ii=0; iipModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer); } sqlite3_free(azCol); } static void fts3ExprTest( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ fts3ExprTestCommon(0, context, argc, argv); } static void fts3ExprTestRebalance( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ fts3ExprTestCommon(1, context, argc, argv); } /* ** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest() ** with database connection db. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ int rc = sqlite3_create_function( db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)pHash, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0 ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, "fts3_exprtest_rebalance", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)pHash, fts3ExprTestRebalance, 0, 0 ); } return rc; } #endif #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_expr.c *******************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_hash.c ***************************************/ /* ** 2001 September 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite. ** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table ** implementation for the full-text indexing module. */ /* ** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension ** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of ** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include "fts3_hash.h" */ /* ** Malloc and Free functions */ static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){ void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n); if( p ){ memset(p, 0, n); } return p; } static void fts3HashFree(void *p){ sqlite3_free(p); } /* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the ** fields of the Hash structure. ** ** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized. ** keyClass is one of the constants ** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass ** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is ** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and ** false if it should just use the supplied pointer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(Fts3Hash *pNew, char keyClass, char copyKey){ assert( pNew!=0 ); assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); pNew->keyClass = keyClass; pNew->copyKey = copyKey; pNew->first = 0; pNew->count = 0; pNew->htsize = 0; pNew->ht = 0; } /* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory. ** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table ** to the empty state. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(Fts3Hash *pH){ Fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */ assert( pH!=0 ); elem = pH->first; pH->first = 0; fts3HashFree(pH->ht); pH->ht = 0; pH->htsize = 0; while( elem ){ Fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next; if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); } fts3HashFree(elem); elem = next_elem; } pH->count = 0; } /* ** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING */ static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ const char *z = (const char *)pKey; unsigned h = 0; if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z); while( nKey > 0 ){ h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++; nKey--; } return (int)(h & 0x7fffffff); } static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1); } /* ** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY */ static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){ int h = 0; const char *z = (const char *)pKey; while( nKey-- > 0 ){ h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++); } return h & 0x7fffffff; } static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){ if( n1!=n2 ) return 1; return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1); } /* ** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. ** ** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some ** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation: ** ** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a ** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction() ** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value ** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters ** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int". */ static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){ if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ return &fts3StrHash; }else{ assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); return &fts3BinHash; } } /* ** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class. ** ** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition, ** see the header comment on the previous function. */ static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){ if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){ return &fts3StrCompare; }else{ assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY ); return &fts3BinCompare; } } /* Link an element into the hash table */ static void fts3HashInsertElement( Fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */ struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */ Fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */ ){ Fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */ pHead = pEntry->chain; if( pHead ){ pNew->next = pHead; pNew->prev = pHead->prev; if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; } else { pH->first = pNew; } pHead->prev = pNew; }else{ pNew->next = pH->first; if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; } pNew->prev = 0; pH->first = pNew; } pEntry->count++; pEntry->chain = pNew; } /* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets. ** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail ** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails. ** ** Return non-zero if a memory allocation error occurs. */ static int fts3Rehash(Fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){ struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */ Fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */ int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 ); new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) ); if( new_ht==0 ) return 1; fts3HashFree(pH->ht); pH->ht = new_ht; pH->htsize = new_size; xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){ int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1); next_elem = elem->next; fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem); } return 0; } /* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an ** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has ** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter. */ static Fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash( const Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */ const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */ int nKey, int h /* The hash for this key. */ ){ Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ int count; /* Number of elements left to test */ int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */ if( pH->ht ){ struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; elem = pEntry->chain; count = pEntry->count; xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass); while( count-- && elem ){ if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ return elem; } elem = elem->next; } } return 0; } /* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that ** element and a hash on the element's key. */ static void fts3RemoveElementByHash( Fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */ Fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */ int h /* Hash value for the element */ ){ struct _fts3ht *pEntry; if( elem->prev ){ elem->prev->next = elem->next; }else{ pH->first = elem->next; } if( elem->next ){ elem->next->prev = elem->prev; } pEntry = &pH->ht[h]; if( pEntry->chain==elem ){ pEntry->chain = elem->next; } pEntry->count--; if( pEntry->count<=0 ){ pEntry->chain = 0; } if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){ fts3HashFree(elem->pKey); } fts3HashFree( elem ); pH->count--; if( pH->count<=0 ){ assert( pH->first==0 ); assert( pH->count==0 ); fts3HashClear(pH); } } SQLITE_PRIVATE Fts3HashElem *sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem( const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey ){ int h; /* A hash on key */ int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0; xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); assert( xHash!=0 ); h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey); assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); return fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1)); } /* ** Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key ** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is ** found, or NULL if there is no match. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const Fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){ Fts3HashElem *pElem; /* The element that matches key (if any) */ pElem = sqlite3Fts3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey); return pElem ? pElem->data : 0; } /* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey ** and the data is "data". ** ** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new ** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey ** flag is set. NULL is returned. ** ** If another element already exists with the same key, then the ** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned. ** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then ** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged. ** ** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the ** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert( Fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */ const void *pKey, /* The key */ int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */ void *data /* The data */ ){ int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */ int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */ Fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */ Fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */ int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */ assert( pH!=0 ); xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass); assert( xHash!=0 ); hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey); assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h); if( elem ){ void *old_data = elem->data; if( data==0 ){ fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h); }else{ elem->data = data; } return old_data; } if( data==0 ) return 0; if( (pH->htsize==0 && fts3Rehash(pH,8)) || (pH->count>=pH->htsize && fts3Rehash(pH, pH->htsize*2)) ){ pH->count = 0; return data; } assert( pH->htsize>0 ); new_elem = (Fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(Fts3HashElem) ); if( new_elem==0 ) return data; if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){ new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey ); if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){ fts3HashFree(new_elem); return data; } memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey); }else{ new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey; } new_elem->nKey = nKey; pH->count++; assert( pH->htsize>0 ); assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 ); h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1); fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem); new_elem->data = data; return 0; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_hash.c *******************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_porter.c *************************************/ /* ** 2006 September 30 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements ** a Porter stemmer. */ /* ** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension ** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of ** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */ /* ** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer */ typedef struct porter_tokenizer { sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */ } porter_tokenizer; /* ** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor */ typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor { sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ int nInput; /* size of the input */ int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */ int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ } porter_tokenizer_cursor; /* ** Create a new tokenizer instance. */ static int porterCreate( int argc, const char * const *argv, sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer ){ porter_tokenizer *t; UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); *ppTokenizer = &t->base; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Destroy a tokenizer */ static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor ** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int porterOpen( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ ){ porter_tokenizer_cursor *c; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; c->zInput = zInput; if( zInput==0 ){ c->nInput = 0; }else if( nInput<0 ){ c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput); }else{ c->nInput = nInput; } c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ c->iToken = 0; c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ c->nAllocated = 0; *ppCursor = &c->base; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to ** porterOpen() above. */ static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; sqlite3_free(c->zToken); sqlite3_free(c); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Vowel or consonant */ static const char cType[] = { 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 2, 1 }; /* ** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in ** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according ** to Porter ruls. ** ** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'. ** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant, ** in which case it is a vowel. ** ** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule ** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another ** consonent. */ static int isVowel(const char*); static int isConsonant(const char *z){ int j; char x = *z; if( x==0 ) return 0; assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); j = cType[x-'a']; if( j<2 ) return j; return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1); } static int isVowel(const char *z){ int j; char x = *z; if( x==0 ) return 0; assert( x>='a' && x<='z' ); j = cType[x-'a']; if( j<2 ) return 1-j; return isConsonant(z + 1); } /* ** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let ** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be ** represented as: ** ** [C] (VC){m} [V] ** ** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or ** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the ** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value ** of m for the first i bytes of a word. ** ** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words, ** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed ** by a consonant. ** ** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking ** for an instance of a consonant followed by a vowel. */ static int m_gt_0(const char *z){ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } return *z!=0; } /* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is ** exactly 1 */ static int m_eq_1(const char *z){ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 1; while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } return *z==0; } /* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead ** or m>0 */ static int m_gt_1(const char *z){ while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; } if( *z==0 ) return 0; while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } return *z!=0; } /* ** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1] */ static int hasVowel(const char *z){ while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; } return *z!=0; } /* ** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant. ** ** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at ** the first two characters of z[]. */ static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){ return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1]; } /* ** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which ** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant ** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'. ** ** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the ** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy]. */ static int star_oh(const char *z){ return isConsonant(z) && z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' && isVowel(z+1) && isConsonant(z+2); } /* ** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem ** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the ** ending to zTo. ** ** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo ** is in normal order. ** ** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not ** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and ** no substitution occurs. */ static int stem( char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */ const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */ const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */ int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */ ){ char *z = *pz; while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; } if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0; if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1; while( *zTo ){ *(--z) = *(zTo++); } *pz = z; return 1; } /* ** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is ** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with ** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more ** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if ** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes ** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end. */ static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){ int i, mx, j; int hasDigit = 0; for(i=0; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a'; }else{ if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1; zOut[i] = c; } } mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10; if( nIn>mx*2 ){ for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i=(int)sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){ /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer. ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */ copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); return; } for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i='A' && c<='Z' ){ zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A'; }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){ zReverse[j] = c; }else{ /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback ** to the copy stemmer */ copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut); return; } } memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5); z = &zReverse[j+1]; /* Step 1a */ if( z[0]=='s' ){ if( !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) && !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) && !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0) ){ z++; } } /* Step 1b */ z2 = z; if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){ /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ }else if( (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel)) && z!=z2 ){ if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) || stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) || stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){ /* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */ }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){ z++; }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){ *(--z) = 'e'; } } /* Step 1c */ if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){ z[0] = 'i'; } /* Step 2 */ switch( z[1] ){ case 'a': if( !stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ){ stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0); } break; case 'c': if( !stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ){ stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0); } break; case 'e': stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0); break; case 'g': stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0); break; case 'l': if( !stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ){ stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0); } break; case 'o': if( !stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ){ stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0); } break; case 's': if( !stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ){ stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0); } break; case 't': if( !stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ){ stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0); } break; } /* Step 3 */ switch( z[0] ){ case 'e': if( !stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) && !stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) ){ stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0); } break; case 'i': stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0); break; case 'l': if( !stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ){ stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0); } break; case 's': stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0); break; } /* Step 4 */ switch( z[1] ){ case 'a': if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ z += 2; } break; case 'c': if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ z += 4; } break; case 'e': if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ z += 2; } break; case 'i': if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){ z += 2; } break; case 'l': if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){ z += 4; } break; case 'n': if( z[0]=='t' ){ if( z[2]=='a' ){ if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){ z += 3; } }else if( z[2]=='e' ){ if( !stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) && !stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ){ stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1); } } } break; case 'o': if( z[0]=='u' ){ if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){ z += 2; } }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){ stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1); } break; case 's': if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ z += 3; } break; case 't': if( !stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ){ stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1); } break; case 'u': if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ z += 3; } break; case 'v': case 'z': if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){ z += 3; } break; } /* Step 5a */ if( z[0]=='e' ){ if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){ z++; }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){ z++; } } /* Step 5b */ if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){ z++; } /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back ** around into forward order and return. */ *pnOut = i = (int)strlen(z); zOut[i] = 0; while( *z ){ zOut[--i] = *(z++); } } /* ** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character ** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be ** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have ** values of 0x7f or lower. */ static const char porterIdChar[] = { /* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ }; #define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30])) /* ** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must ** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen(). */ static int porterNext( sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */ const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */ int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ ){ porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; const char *z = c->zInput; while( c->iOffsetnInput ){ int iStartOffset, ch; /* Scan past delimiter characters */ while( c->iOffsetnInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ c->iOffset++; } /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ iStartOffset = c->iOffset; while( c->iOffsetnInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){ c->iOffset++; } if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; if( n>c->nAllocated ){ char *pNew; c->nAllocated = n+20; pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated); if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; c->zToken = pNew; } porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes); *pzToken = c->zToken; *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; *piPosition = c->iToken++; return SQLITE_OK; } } return SQLITE_DONE; } /* ** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer */ static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = { 0, porterCreate, porterDestroy, porterOpen, porterClose, porterNext, 0 }; /* ** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new ** tokenizer in *ppModule */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule( sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule ){ *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_porter.c *****************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer.c **********************************/ /* ** 2007 June 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search. ** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface. */ /* ** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension ** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of ** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include */ /* #include */ /* ** Return true if the two-argument version of fts3_tokenizer() ** has been activated via a prior call to sqlite3_db_config(db, ** SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER, 1, 0); */ static int fts3TokenizerEnabled(sqlite3_context *context){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); int isEnabled = 0; sqlite3_db_config(db,SQLITE_DBCONFIG_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER,-1,&isEnabled); return isEnabled; } /* ** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying ** hash table. This function may be called as follows: ** ** SELECT (); ** SELECT (, ); ** ** where is the name passed as the second argument ** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer'). ** ** If the argument is specified, it must be a blob value ** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding ** to the string . If is not specified, then ** the string must already exist in the has table. Otherwise, ** an error is returned. ** ** Whether or not the argument is specified, the value returned ** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding ** to string (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable). */ static void fts3TokenizerFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Fts3Hash *pHash; void *pPtr = 0; const unsigned char *zName; int nName; assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1; if( argc==2 ){ if( fts3TokenizerEnabled(context) ){ void *pOld; int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); if( zName==0 || n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1); return; } pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr); if( pOld==pPtr ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1); } }else{ sqlite3_result_error(context, "fts3tokenize disabled", -1); return; } }else{ if( zName ){ pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName); } if( !pPtr ){ char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr); return; } } sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(char c){ static const char isFtsIdChar[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */ 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */ }; return (c&0x80 || isFtsIdChar[(int)(c)]); } SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3Fts3NextToken(const char *zStr, int *pn){ const char *z1; const char *z2 = 0; /* Find the start of the next token. */ z1 = zStr; while( z2==0 ){ char c = *z1; switch( c ){ case '\0': return 0; /* No more tokens here */ case '\'': case '"': case '`': { z2 = z1; while( *++z2 && (*z2!=c || *++z2==c) ); break; } case '[': z2 = &z1[1]; while( *z2 && z2[0]!=']' ) z2++; if( *z2 ) z2++; break; default: if( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z1) ){ z2 = &z1[1]; while( sqlite3Fts3IsIdChar(*z2) ) z2++; }else{ z1++; } } } *pn = (int)(z2-z1); return z1; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTokenizer( Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Tokenizer hash table */ const char *zArg, /* Tokenizer name */ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTok, /* OUT: Tokenizer (if applicable) */ char **pzErr /* OUT: Set to malloced error message */ ){ int rc; char *z = (char *)zArg; int n = 0; char *zCopy; char *zEnd; /* Pointer to nul-term of zCopy */ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *m; zCopy = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zArg); if( !zCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; zEnd = &zCopy[strlen(zCopy)]; z = (char *)sqlite3Fts3NextToken(zCopy, &n); if( z==0 ){ assert( n==0 ); z = zCopy; } z[n] = '\0'; sqlite3Fts3Dequote(z); m = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash,z,(int)strlen(z)+1); if( !m ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer: %s", z); rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ char const **aArg = 0; int iArg = 0; z = &z[n+1]; while( zxCreate(iArg, aArg, ppTok); assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || *ppTok ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer"); }else{ (*ppTok)->pModule = m; } sqlite3_free((void *)aArg); } sqlite3_free(zCopy); return rc; } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST #if defined(INCLUDE_SQLITE_TCL_H) # include "sqlite_tcl.h" #else # include "tcl.h" #endif /* #include */ /* ** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers ** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This ** function must be called with two or more arguments: ** ** SELECT (, ..., ); ** ** where is the name passed as the second argument ** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer') ** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test'). ** ** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl ** list. For each token in the , three elements are ** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the ** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the ** substring of associated with the token. For example, ** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer: ** ** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how'); ** ** will return the string: ** ** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}" ** */ static void testFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Fts3Hash *pHash; sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0; sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0; const char *zErr = 0; const char *zName; int nName; const char *zInput; int nInput; const char *azArg[64]; const char *zToken; int nToken = 0; int iStart = 0; int iEnd = 0; int iPos = 0; int i; Tcl_Obj *pRet; if( argc<2 ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "insufficient arguments", -1); return; } nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]); zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]); pHash = (Fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context); p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); if( !p ){ char *zErr2 = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr2, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr2); return; } pRet = Tcl_NewObj(); Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet); for(i=1; ixCreate(argc-2, azArg, &pTokenizer) ){ zErr = "error in xCreate()"; goto finish; } pTokenizer->pModule = p; if( sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, 0, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){ zErr = "error in xOpen()"; goto finish; } while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){ Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos)); Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); zToken = &zInput[iStart]; nToken = iEnd-iStart; Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken)); } if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){ zErr = "error in xClose()"; goto finish; } if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){ zErr = "error in xDestroy()"; goto finish; } finish: if( zErr ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1); }else{ sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); } Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet); } static int registerTokenizer( sqlite3 *db, char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)"; rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(pStmt); return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } static int queryTokenizer( sqlite3 *db, char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)"; *pp = 0; rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){ memcpy((void *)pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp)); } } return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule); /* ** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(). ** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the ** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined. ** ** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function ** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and ** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated ** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to ** test them. ** ** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar ** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is ** detected. i.e.: ** ** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test(); ** */ static void intTestFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int rc; const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1; const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2; sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argc); UNUSED_PARAMETER(argv); /* Test the query function */ sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1); rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); assert( p1==p2 ); rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ); assert( p2==0 ); assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") ); /* Test the storage function */ if( fts3TokenizerEnabled(context) ){ rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); assert( p2==p1 ); } sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } #endif /* ** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of ** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must ** been initialized to use string keys, and to take a private copy ** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to: ** ** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1); ** ** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above ** fts3TokenizerFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is ** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header ** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both ** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash. ** ** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name ** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable( sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *zName ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; void *p = (void *)pHash; const int any = SQLITE_ANY; #ifdef SQLITE_TEST char *zTest = 0; char *zTest2 = 0; void *pdb = (void *)db; zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName); zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName); if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } #endif if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, fts3TokenizerFunc, 0, 0); } if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, fts3TokenizerFunc, 0, 0); } #ifdef SQLITE_TEST if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, -1, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0); } if( SQLITE_OK==rc ){ rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0); } #endif #ifdef SQLITE_TEST sqlite3_free(zTest); sqlite3_free(zTest2); #endif return rc; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_tokenizer.c **************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_tokenizer1.c *********************************/ /* ** 2006 Oct 10 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer. */ /* ** The code in this file is only compiled if: ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension ** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or ** ** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of ** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined). */ /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */ typedef struct simple_tokenizer { sqlite3_tokenizer base; char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */ } simple_tokenizer; typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor { sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */ int nBytes; /* size of the input */ int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */ int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */ char *pToken; /* storage for current token */ int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */ } simple_tokenizer_cursor; static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){ return c<0x80 && t->delim[c]; } static int fts3_isalnum(int x){ return (x>='0' && x<='9') || (x>='A' && x<='Z') || (x>='a' && x<='z'); } /* ** Create a new tokenizer instance. */ static int simpleCreate( int argc, const char * const *argv, sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer ){ simple_tokenizer *t; t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t)); if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t)); /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run, ** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this ** information on the initial create. */ if( argc>1 ){ int i, n = (int)strlen(argv[1]); for(i=0; i=0x80 ){ sqlite3_free(t); return SQLITE_ERROR; } t->delim[ch] = 1; } } else { /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */ int i; for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){ t->delim[i] = !fts3_isalnum(i) ? -1 : 0; } } *ppTokenizer = &t->base; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Destroy a tokenizer */ static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ sqlite3_free(pTokenizer); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor ** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int simpleOpen( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ ){ simple_tokenizer_cursor *c; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pTokenizer); c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c)); if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; c->pInput = pInput; if( pInput==0 ){ c->nBytes = 0; }else if( nBytes<0 ){ c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput); }else{ c->nBytes = nBytes; } c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */ c->iToken = 0; c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */ c->nTokenAllocated = 0; *ppCursor = &c->base; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to ** simpleOpen() above. */ static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; sqlite3_free(c->pToken); sqlite3_free(c); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must ** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). */ static int simpleNext( sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ ){ simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor; simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer; unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput; while( c->iOffsetnBytes ){ int iStartOffset; /* Scan past delimiter characters */ while( c->iOffsetnBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ c->iOffset++; } /* Count non-delimiter characters. */ iStartOffset = c->iOffset; while( c->iOffsetnBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){ c->iOffset++; } if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){ int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset; if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){ char *pNew; c->nTokenAllocated = n+20; pNew = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated); if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; c->pToken = pNew; } for(i=0; ipToken[i] = (char)((ch>='A' && ch<='Z') ? ch-'A'+'a' : ch); } *ppToken = c->pToken; *pnBytes = n; *piStartOffset = iStartOffset; *piEndOffset = c->iOffset; *piPosition = c->iToken++; return SQLITE_OK; } } return SQLITE_DONE; } /* ** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer */ static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = { 0, simpleCreate, simpleDestroy, simpleOpen, simpleClose, simpleNext, 0, }; /* ** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new ** tokenizer in *ppModule */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule( sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule ){ *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_tokenizer1.c *************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_tokenize_vtab.c ******************************/ /* ** 2013 Apr 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file contains code for the "fts3tokenize" virtual table module. ** An fts3tokenize virtual table is created as follows: ** ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE USING fts3tokenize( ** , , ... ** ); ** ** The table created has the following schema: ** ** CREATE TABLE (input, token, start, end, position) ** ** When queried, the query must include a WHERE clause of type: ** ** input = ** ** The virtual table module tokenizes this , using the FTS3 ** tokenizer specified by the arguments to the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ** statement and returns one row for each token in the result. With ** fields set as follows: ** ** input: Always set to a copy of ** token: A token from the input. ** start: Byte offset of the token within the input . ** end: Byte offset of the byte immediately following the end of the ** token within the input string. ** pos: Token offset of token within input. ** */ /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include */ /* #include */ typedef struct Fts3tokTable Fts3tokTable; typedef struct Fts3tokCursor Fts3tokCursor; /* ** Virtual table structure. */ struct Fts3tokTable { sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; sqlite3_tokenizer *pTok; }; /* ** Virtual table cursor structure. */ struct Fts3tokCursor { sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class used by SQLite core */ char *zInput; /* Input string */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor to iterate through zInput */ int iRowid; /* Current 'rowid' value */ const char *zToken; /* Current 'token' value */ int nToken; /* Size of zToken in bytes */ int iStart; /* Current 'start' value */ int iEnd; /* Current 'end' value */ int iPos; /* Current 'pos' value */ }; /* ** Query FTS for the tokenizer implementation named zName. */ static int fts3tokQueryTokenizer( Fts3Hash *pHash, const char *zName, const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp, char **pzErr ){ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p; int nName = (int)strlen(zName); p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1); if( !p ){ sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unknown tokenizer: %s", zName); return SQLITE_ERROR; } *pp = p; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The second argument, argv[], is an array of pointers to nul-terminated ** strings. This function makes a copy of the array and strings into a ** single block of memory. It then dequotes any of the strings that appear ** to be quoted. ** ** If successful, output parameter *pazDequote is set to point at the ** array of dequoted strings and SQLITE_OK is returned. The caller is ** responsible for eventually calling sqlite3_free() to free the array ** in this case. Or, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. ** The final value of *pazDequote is undefined in this case. */ static int fts3tokDequoteArray( int argc, /* Number of elements in argv[] */ const char * const *argv, /* Input array */ char ***pazDequote /* Output array */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ if( argc==0 ){ *pazDequote = 0; }else{ int i; int nByte = 0; char **azDequote; for(i=0; ixCreate((nDequote>1 ? nDequote-1 : 0), azArg, &pTok); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokTable)); if( pTab==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ memset(pTab, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokTable)); pTab->pMod = pMod; pTab->pTok = pTok; *ppVtab = &pTab->base; }else{ if( pTok ){ pMod->xDestroy(pTok); } } sqlite3_free(azDequote); return rc; } /* ** This function does the work for both the xDisconnect and xDestroy methods. ** These tables have no persistent representation of their own, so xDisconnect ** and xDestroy are identical operations. */ static int fts3tokDisconnectMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)pVtab; pTab->pMod->xDestroy(pTab->pTok); sqlite3_free(pTab); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** xBestIndex - Analyze a WHERE and ORDER BY clause. */ static int fts3tokBestIndexMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_index_info *pInfo ){ int i; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ if( pInfo->aConstraint[i].usable && pInfo->aConstraint[i].iColumn==0 && pInfo->aConstraint[i].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ pInfo->idxNum = 1; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].argvIndex = 1; pInfo->aConstraintUsage[i].omit = 1; pInfo->estimatedCost = 1; return SQLITE_OK; } } pInfo->idxNum = 0; assert( pInfo->estimatedCost>1000000.0 ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** xOpen - Open a cursor. */ static int fts3tokOpenMethod(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCsr){ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr; UNUSED_PARAMETER(pVTab); pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3tokCursor)); if( pCsr==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(Fts3tokCursor)); *ppCsr = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Reset the tokenizer cursor passed as the only argument. As if it had ** just been returned by fts3tokOpenMethod(). */ static void fts3tokResetCursor(Fts3tokCursor *pCsr){ if( pCsr->pCsr ){ Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCsr->base.pVtab); pTab->pMod->xClose(pCsr->pCsr); pCsr->pCsr = 0; } sqlite3_free(pCsr->zInput); pCsr->zInput = 0; pCsr->zToken = 0; pCsr->nToken = 0; pCsr->iStart = 0; pCsr->iEnd = 0; pCsr->iPos = 0; pCsr->iRowid = 0; } /* ** xClose - Close a cursor. */ static int fts3tokCloseMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** xNext - Advance the cursor to the next row, if any. */ static int fts3tokNextMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab); int rc; /* Return code */ pCsr->iRowid++; rc = pTab->pMod->xNext(pCsr->pCsr, &pCsr->zToken, &pCsr->nToken, &pCsr->iStart, &pCsr->iEnd, &pCsr->iPos ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } return rc; } /* ** xFilter - Initialize a cursor to point at the start of its data. */ static int fts3tokFilterMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* The cursor used for this query */ int idxNum, /* Strategy index */ const char *idxStr, /* Unused */ int nVal, /* Number of elements in apVal */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Arguments for the indexing scheme */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; Fts3tokTable *pTab = (Fts3tokTable *)(pCursor->pVtab); UNUSED_PARAMETER(idxStr); UNUSED_PARAMETER(nVal); fts3tokResetCursor(pCsr); if( idxNum==1 ){ const char *zByte = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[0]); int nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[0]); pCsr->zInput = sqlite3_malloc(nByte+1); if( pCsr->zInput==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memcpy(pCsr->zInput, zByte, nByte); pCsr->zInput[nByte] = 0; rc = pTab->pMod->xOpen(pTab->pTok, pCsr->zInput, nByte, &pCsr->pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pCsr->pCsr->pTokenizer = pTab->pTok; } } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; return fts3tokNextMethod(pCursor); } /* ** xEof - Return true if the cursor is at EOF, or false otherwise. */ static int fts3tokEofMethod(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor){ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; return (pCsr->zToken==0); } /* ** xColumn - Return a column value. */ static int fts3tokColumnMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for sqlite3_result_xxx() calls */ int iCol /* Index of column to read value from */ ){ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; /* CREATE TABLE x(input, token, start, end, position) */ switch( iCol ){ case 0: sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zInput, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); break; case 1: sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nToken, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); break; case 2: sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iStart); break; case 3: sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iEnd); break; default: assert( iCol==4 ); sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, pCsr->iPos); break; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** xRowid - Return the current rowid for the cursor. */ static int fts3tokRowidMethod( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor to retrieve value from */ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: Rowid value */ ){ Fts3tokCursor *pCsr = (Fts3tokCursor *)pCursor; *pRowid = (sqlite3_int64)pCsr->iRowid; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Register the fts3tok module with database connection db. Return SQLITE_OK ** if successful or an error code if sqlite3_create_module() fails. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3InitTok(sqlite3 *db, Fts3Hash *pHash){ static const sqlite3_module fts3tok_module = { 0, /* iVersion */ fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xCreate */ fts3tokConnectMethod, /* xConnect */ fts3tokBestIndexMethod, /* xBestIndex */ fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDisconnect */ fts3tokDisconnectMethod, /* xDestroy */ fts3tokOpenMethod, /* xOpen */ fts3tokCloseMethod, /* xClose */ fts3tokFilterMethod, /* xFilter */ fts3tokNextMethod, /* xNext */ fts3tokEofMethod, /* xEof */ fts3tokColumnMethod, /* xColumn */ fts3tokRowidMethod, /* xRowid */ 0, /* xUpdate */ 0, /* xBegin */ 0, /* xSync */ 0, /* xCommit */ 0, /* xRollback */ 0, /* xFindFunction */ 0, /* xRename */ 0, /* xSavepoint */ 0, /* xRelease */ 0 /* xRollbackTo */ }; int rc; /* Return code */ rc = sqlite3_create_module(db, "fts3tokenize", &fts3tok_module, (void*)pHash); return rc; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_tokenize_vtab.c **********************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_write.c **************************************/ /* ** 2009 Oct 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file is part of the SQLite FTS3 extension module. Specifically, ** this file contains code to insert, update and delete rows from FTS3 ** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some ** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query ** code in fts3.c. */ /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ #define FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT 16 /* ** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they ** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end ** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer ** of 920 bytes is allocated for it. ** ** This means that if we have a pointer into a buffer containing node data, ** it is always safe to read up to two varints from it without risking an ** overread, even if the node data is corrupted. */ #define FTS3_NODE_PADDING (FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2) /* ** Under certain circumstances, b-tree nodes (doclists) can be loaded into ** memory incrementally instead of all at once. This can be a big performance ** win (reduced IO and CPU) if SQLite stops calling the virtual table xNext() ** method before retrieving all query results (as may happen, for example, ** if a query has a LIMIT clause). ** ** Incremental loading is used for b-tree nodes FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD ** bytes and larger. Nodes are loaded in chunks of FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE bytes. ** The code is written so that the hard lower-limit for each of these values ** is 1. Clearly such small values would be inefficient, but can be useful ** for testing purposes. ** ** If this module is built with SQLITE_TEST defined, these constants may ** be overridden at runtime for testing purposes. File fts3_test.c contains ** a Tcl interface to read and write the values. */ #ifdef SQLITE_TEST int test_fts3_node_chunksize = (4*1024); int test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold = (4*1024)*4; # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE test_fts3_node_chunksize # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD test_fts3_node_chunk_threshold #else # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE (4*1024) # define FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD (FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE*4) #endif /* ** The two values that may be meaningfully bound to the :1 parameter in ** statements SQL_REPLACE_STAT and SQL_SELECT_STAT. */ #define FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL 0 #define FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT 1 #define FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE 2 /* ** If FTS_LOG_MERGES is defined, call sqlite3_log() to report each automatic ** and incremental merge operation that takes place. This is used for ** debugging FTS only, it should not usually be turned on in production ** systems. */ #ifdef FTS3_LOG_MERGES static void fts3LogMerge(int nMerge, sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel){ sqlite3_log(SQLITE_OK, "%d-way merge from level %d", nMerge, (int)iAbsLevel); } #else #define fts3LogMerge(x, y) #endif typedef struct PendingList PendingList; typedef struct SegmentNode SegmentNode; typedef struct SegmentWriter SegmentWriter; /* ** An instance of the following data structure is used to build doclists ** incrementally. See function fts3PendingListAppend() for details. */ struct PendingList { int nData; char *aData; int nSpace; sqlite3_int64 iLastDocid; sqlite3_int64 iLastCol; sqlite3_int64 iLastPos; }; /* ** Each cursor has a (possibly empty) linked list of the following objects. */ struct Fts3DeferredToken { Fts3PhraseToken *pToken; /* Pointer to corresponding expr token */ int iCol; /* Column token must occur in */ Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; /* Next in list of deferred tokens */ PendingList *pList; /* Doclist is assembled here */ }; /* ** An instance of this structure is used to iterate through the terms on ** a contiguous set of segment b-tree leaf nodes. Although the details of ** this structure are only manipulated by code in this file, opaque handles ** of type Fts3SegReader* are also used by code in fts3.c to iterate through ** terms when querying the full-text index. See functions: ** ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew() ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree() ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderIterate() ** ** Methods used to manipulate Fts3SegReader structures: ** ** fts3SegReaderNext() ** fts3SegReaderFirstDocid() ** fts3SegReaderNextDocid() */ struct Fts3SegReader { int iIdx; /* Index within level, or 0x7FFFFFFF for PT */ u8 bLookup; /* True for a lookup only */ u8 rootOnly; /* True for a root-only reader */ sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock; /* Rowid of first leaf block to traverse */ sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock; /* Rowid of final leaf block to traverse */ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock; /* Rowid of final block in segment (or 0) */ sqlite3_int64 iCurrentBlock; /* Current leaf block (or 0) */ char *aNode; /* Pointer to node data (or NULL) */ int nNode; /* Size of buffer at aNode (or 0) */ int nPopulate; /* If >0, bytes of buffer aNode[] loaded */ sqlite3_blob *pBlob; /* If not NULL, blob handle to read node */ Fts3HashElem **ppNextElem; /* Variables set by fts3SegReaderNext(). These may be read directly ** by the caller. They are valid from the time SegmentReaderNew() returns ** until SegmentReaderNext() returns something other than SQLITE_OK ** (i.e. SQLITE_DONE). */ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in current term */ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to current term */ int nTermAlloc; /* Allocated size of zTerm buffer */ char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist of current entry */ int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in current entry */ /* The following variables are used by fts3SegReaderNextDocid() to iterate ** through the current doclist (aDoclist/nDoclist). */ char *pOffsetList; int nOffsetList; /* For descending pending seg-readers only */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; }; #define fts3SegReaderIsPending(p) ((p)->ppNextElem!=0) #define fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(p) ((p)->rootOnly!=0) /* ** An instance of this structure is used to create a segment b-tree in the ** database. The internal details of this type are only accessed by the ** following functions: ** ** fts3SegWriterAdd() ** fts3SegWriterFlush() ** fts3SegWriterFree() */ struct SegmentWriter { SegmentNode *pTree; /* Pointer to interior tree structure */ sqlite3_int64 iFirst; /* First slot in %_segments written */ sqlite3_int64 iFree; /* Next free slot in %_segments */ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ int nSize; /* Size of allocation at aData */ int nData; /* Bytes of data in aData */ char *aData; /* Pointer to block from malloc() */ i64 nLeafData; /* Number of bytes of leaf data written */ }; /* ** Type SegmentNode is used by the following three functions to create ** the interior part of the segment b+-tree structures (everything except ** the leaf nodes). These functions and type are only ever used by code ** within the fts3SegWriterXXX() family of functions described above. ** ** fts3NodeAddTerm() ** fts3NodeWrite() ** fts3NodeFree() ** ** When a b+tree is written to the database (either as a result of a merge ** or the pending-terms table being flushed), leaves are written into the ** database file as soon as they are completely populated. The interior of ** the tree is assembled in memory and written out only once all leaves have ** been populated and stored. This is Ok, as the b+-tree fanout is usually ** very large, meaning that the interior of the tree consumes relatively ** little memory. */ struct SegmentNode { SegmentNode *pParent; /* Parent node (or NULL for root node) */ SegmentNode *pRight; /* Pointer to right-sibling */ SegmentNode *pLeftmost; /* Pointer to left-most node of this depth */ int nEntry; /* Number of terms written to node so far */ char *zTerm; /* Pointer to previous term buffer */ int nTerm; /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ int nMalloc; /* Size of malloc'd buffer at zMalloc */ char *zMalloc; /* Malloc'd space (possibly) used for zTerm */ int nData; /* Bytes of valid data so far */ char *aData; /* Node data */ }; /* ** Valid values for the second argument to fts3SqlStmt(). */ #define SQL_DELETE_CONTENT 0 #define SQL_IS_EMPTY 1 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT 2 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS 3 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR 4 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE 5 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT 6 #define SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID 7 #define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX 8 #define SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS 9 #define SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID 10 #define SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR 11 #define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL 12 #define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE 13 #define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_COUNT 14 #define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL 15 #define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL 16 #define SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE 17 #define SQL_CONTENT_INSERT 18 #define SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE 19 #define SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE 20 #define SQL_SELECT_DOCSIZE 21 #define SQL_SELECT_STAT 22 #define SQL_REPLACE_STAT 23 #define SQL_SELECT_ALL_PREFIX_LEVEL 24 #define SQL_DELETE_ALL_TERMS_SEGDIR 25 #define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE 26 #define SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID 27 #define SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL 28 #define SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE 29 #define SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY 30 #define SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY 31 #define SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR 32 #define SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR 33 #define SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE 34 #define SQL_SELECT_INDEXES 35 #define SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL 36 #define SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2 37 #define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX 38 #define SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL 39 /* ** This function is used to obtain an SQLite prepared statement handle ** for the statement identified by the second argument. If successful, ** *pp is set to the requested statement handle and SQLITE_OK returned. ** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned and *pp is set to 0. ** ** If argument apVal is not NULL, then it must point to an array with ** at least as many entries as the requested statement has bound ** parameters. The values are bound to the statements parameters before ** returning. */ static int fts3SqlStmt( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ int eStmt, /* One of the SQL_XXX constants above */ sqlite3_stmt **pp, /* OUT: Statement handle */ sqlite3_value **apVal /* Values to bind to statement */ ){ const char *azSql[] = { /* 0 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid = ?", /* 1 */ "SELECT NOT EXISTS(SELECT docid FROM %Q.'%q_content' WHERE rowid!=?)", /* 2 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_content'", /* 3 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments'", /* 4 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", /* 5 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize'", /* 6 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_stat'", /* 7 */ "SELECT %s WHERE rowid=?", /* 8 */ "SELECT (SELECT max(idx) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?) + 1", /* 9 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segments'(blockid, block) VALUES(?, ?)", /* 10 */ "SELECT coalesce((SELECT max(blockid) FROM %Q.'%q_segments') + 1, 1)", /* 11 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_segdir' VALUES(?,?,?,?,?,?)", /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ /* 12 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? ORDER BY idx ASC", /* 13 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?" "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", /* 14 */ "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", /* 15 */ "SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", /* 16 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ?", /* 17 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid BETWEEN ? AND ?", /* 18 */ "INSERT INTO %Q.'%q_content' VALUES(%s)", /* 19 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid = ?", /* 20 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_docsize' VALUES(?,?)", /* 21 */ "SELECT size FROM %Q.'%q_docsize' WHERE docid=?", /* 22 */ "SELECT value FROM %Q.'%q_stat' WHERE id=?", /* 23 */ "REPLACE INTO %Q.'%q_stat' VALUES(?,?)", /* 24 */ "", /* 25 */ "", /* 26 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ?", /* 27 */ "SELECT ? UNION SELECT level / (1024 * ?) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", /* This statement is used to determine which level to read the input from ** when performing an incremental merge. It returns the absolute level number ** of the oldest level in the db that contains at least ? segments. Or, ** if no level in the FTS index contains more than ? segments, the statement ** returns zero rows. */ /* 28 */ "SELECT level, count(*) AS cnt FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' " " GROUP BY level HAVING cnt>=?" " ORDER BY (level %% 1024) ASC LIMIT 1", /* Estimate the upper limit on the number of leaf nodes in a new segment ** created by merging the oldest :2 segments from absolute level :1. See ** function sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge() for details. */ /* 29 */ "SELECT 2 * total(1 + leaves_end_block - start_block) " " FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx < ?", /* SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY ** Delete the %_segdir entry on absolute level :1 with index :2. */ /* 30 */ "DELETE FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", /* SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY ** Modify the idx value for the segment with idx=:3 on absolute level :2 ** to :1. */ /* 31 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET idx = ? WHERE level=? AND idx=?", /* SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR ** Read a single entry from the %_segdir table. The entry from absolute ** level :1 with index value :2. */ /* 32 */ "SELECT idx, start_block, leaves_end_block, end_block, root " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", /* SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR ** Update the start_block (:1) and root (:2) fields of the %_segdir ** entry located on absolute level :3 with index :4. */ /* 33 */ "UPDATE %Q.'%q_segdir' SET start_block = ?, root = ?" "WHERE level = ? AND idx = ?", /* SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE ** Return a single row if the segment with end_block=? is appendable. Or ** no rows otherwise. */ /* 34 */ "SELECT 1 FROM %Q.'%q_segments' WHERE blockid=? AND block IS NULL", /* SQL_SELECT_INDEXES ** Return the list of valid segment indexes for absolute level ? */ /* 35 */ "SELECT idx FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level=? ORDER BY 1 ASC", /* SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL ** Return the largest relative level in the FTS index or indexes. */ /* 36 */ "SELECT max( level %% 1024 ) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir'", /* Return segments in order from oldest to newest.*/ /* 37 */ "SELECT level, idx, end_block " "FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? " "ORDER BY level DESC, idx ASC", /* Update statements used while promoting segments */ /* 38 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=-1,idx=? " "WHERE level=? AND idx=?", /* 39 */ "UPDATE OR FAIL %Q.'%q_segdir' SET level=? WHERE level=-1" }; int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; assert( SizeofArray(azSql)==SizeofArray(p->aStmt) ); assert( eStmt=0 ); pStmt = p->aStmt[eStmt]; if( !pStmt ){ char *zSql; if( eStmt==SQL_CONTENT_INSERT ){ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName, p->zWriteExprlist); }else if( eStmt==SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID ){ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zReadExprlist); }else{ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(azSql[eStmt], p->zDb, p->zName); } if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(p->db, zSql, -1, SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT, &pStmt, NULL); sqlite3_free(zSql); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 ); p->aStmt[eStmt] = pStmt; } } if( apVal ){ int i; int nParam = sqlite3_bind_parameter_count(pStmt); for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inPendingData==0 ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 1); sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } } return rc; } /* ** FTS maintains a separate indexes for each language-id (a 32-bit integer). ** Within each language id, a separate index is maintained to store the ** document terms, and each configured prefix size (configured the FTS ** "prefix=" option). And each index consists of multiple levels ("relative ** levels"). ** ** All three of these values (the language id, the specific index and the ** level within the index) are encoded in 64-bit integer values stored ** in the %_segdir table on disk. This function is used to convert three ** separate component values into the single 64-bit integer value that ** can be used to query the %_segdir table. ** ** Specifically, each language-id/index combination is allocated 1024 ** 64-bit integer level values ("absolute levels"). The main terms index ** for language-id 0 is allocate values 0-1023. The first prefix index ** (if any) for language-id 0 is allocated values 1024-2047. And so on. ** Language 1 indexes are allocated immediately following language 0. ** ** So, for a system with nPrefix prefix indexes configured, the block of ** absolute levels that corresponds to language-id iLangid and index ** iIndex starts at absolute level ((iLangid * (nPrefix+1) + iIndex) * 1024). */ static sqlite3_int64 getAbsoluteLevel( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ int iLangid, /* Language id */ int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] */ int iLevel /* Level of segments */ ){ sqlite3_int64 iBase; /* First absolute level for iLangid/iIndex */ assert( iLangid>=0 ); assert( p->nIndex>0 ); assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); iBase = ((sqlite3_int64)iLangid * p->nIndex + iIndex) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL; return iBase + iLevel; } /* ** Set *ppStmt to a statement handle that may be used to iterate through ** all rows in the %_segdir table, from oldest to newest. If successful, ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs while preparing the statement, ** return an SQLite error code. ** ** There is only ever one instance of this SQL statement compiled for ** each FTS3 table. ** ** The statement returns the following columns from the %_segdir table: ** ** 0: idx ** 1: start_block ** 2: leaves_end_block ** 3: end_block ** 4: root */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3AllSegdirs( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table */ int iLangid, /* Language being queried */ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex[] */ int iLevel, /* Level to select (relative level) */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: Compiled statement */ ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel>=0 ); assert( iLevel=0 && iIndexnIndex ); if( iLevel<0 ){ /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ORDER BY ..." */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) ); } }else{ /* "SELECT * FROM %_segdir WHERE level = ? ORDER BY ..." */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex,iLevel)); } } *ppStmt = pStmt; return rc; } /* ** Append a single varint to a PendingList buffer. SQLITE_OK is returned ** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. ** ** This function also serves to allocate the PendingList structure itself. ** For example, to create a new PendingList structure containing two ** varints: ** ** PendingList *p = 0; ** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1); ** fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2); */ static int fts3PendingListAppendVarint( PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to PendingList struct */ sqlite3_int64 i /* Value to append to data */ ){ PendingList *p = *pp; /* Allocate or grow the PendingList as required. */ if( !p ){ p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*p) + 100); if( !p ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } p->nSpace = 100; p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; p->nData = 0; } else if( p->nData+FTS3_VARINT_MAX+1>p->nSpace ){ int nNew = p->nSpace * 2; p = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(*p) + nNew); if( !p ){ sqlite3_free(*pp); *pp = 0; return SQLITE_NOMEM; } p->nSpace = nNew; p->aData = (char *)&p[1]; } /* Append the new serialized varint to the end of the list. */ p->nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&p->aData[p->nData], i); p->aData[p->nData] = '\0'; *pp = p; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Add a docid/column/position entry to a PendingList structure. Non-zero ** is returned if the structure is sqlite3_realloced as part of adding ** the entry. Otherwise, zero. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, *pRc is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. ** Zero is always returned in this case. Otherwise, if no OOM error occurs, ** it is set to SQLITE_OK. */ static int fts3PendingListAppend( PendingList **pp, /* IN/OUT: PendingList structure */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid, /* Docid for entry to add */ sqlite3_int64 iCol, /* Column for entry to add */ sqlite3_int64 iPos, /* Position of term for entry to add */ int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ ){ PendingList *p = *pp; int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( !p || p->iLastDocid<=iDocid ); if( !p || p->iLastDocid!=iDocid ){ sqlite3_int64 iDelta = iDocid - (p ? p->iLastDocid : 0); if( p ){ assert( p->nDatanSpace ); assert( p->aData[p->nData]==0 ); p->nData++; } if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iDelta)) ){ goto pendinglistappend_out; } p->iLastCol = -1; p->iLastPos = 0; p->iLastDocid = iDocid; } if( iCol>0 && p->iLastCol!=iCol ){ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 1)) || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, iCol)) ){ goto pendinglistappend_out; } p->iLastCol = iCol; p->iLastPos = 0; } if( iCol>=0 ){ assert( iPos>p->iLastPos || (iPos==0 && p->iLastPos==0) ); rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&p, 2+iPos-p->iLastPos); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->iLastPos = iPos; } } pendinglistappend_out: *pRc = rc; if( p!=*pp ){ *pp = p; return 1; } return 0; } /* ** Free a PendingList object allocated by fts3PendingListAppend(). */ static void fts3PendingListDelete(PendingList *pList){ sqlite3_free(pList); } /* ** Add an entry to one of the pending-terms hash tables. */ static int fts3PendingTermsAddOne( Fts3Table *p, int iCol, int iPos, Fts3Hash *pHash, /* Pending terms hash table to add entry to */ const char *zToken, int nToken ){ PendingList *pList; int rc = SQLITE_OK; pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken); if( pList ){ p->nPendingData -= (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); } if( fts3PendingListAppend(&pList, p->iPrevDocid, iCol, iPos, &rc) ){ if( pList==fts3HashInsert(pHash, zToken, nToken, pList) ){ /* Malloc failed while inserting the new entry. This can only ** happen if there was no previous entry for this token. */ assert( 0==fts3HashFind(pHash, zToken, nToken) ); sqlite3_free(pList); rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->nPendingData += (pList->nData + nToken + sizeof(Fts3HashElem)); } return rc; } /* ** Tokenize the nul-terminated string zText and add all tokens to the ** pending-terms hash-table. The docid used is that currently stored in ** p->iPrevDocid, and the column is specified by argument iCol. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3PendingTermsAdd( Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which text will be inserted */ int iLangid, /* Language id to use */ const char *zText, /* Text of document to be inserted */ int iCol, /* Column into which text is being inserted */ u32 *pnWord /* IN/OUT: Incr. by number tokens inserted */ ){ int rc; int iStart = 0; int iEnd = 0; int iPos = 0; int nWord = 0; char const *zToken; int nToken = 0; sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = p->pTokenizer; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule; sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr; int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, const char**,int*,int*,int*,int*); assert( pTokenizer && pModule ); /* If the user has inserted a NULL value, this function may be called with ** zText==0. In this case, add zero token entries to the hash table and ** return early. */ if( zText==0 ){ *pnWord = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTokenizer, iLangid, zText, -1, &pCsr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } xNext = pModule->xNext; while( SQLITE_OK==rc && SQLITE_OK==(rc = xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos)) ){ int i; if( iPos>=nWord ) nWord = iPos+1; /* Positions cannot be negative; we use -1 as a terminator internally. ** Tokens must have a non-zero length. */ if( iPos<0 || !zToken || nToken<=0 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; break; } /* Add the term to the terms index */ rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( p, iCol, iPos, &p->aIndex[0].hPending, zToken, nToken ); /* Add the term to each of the prefix indexes that it is not too ** short for. */ for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ struct Fts3Index *pIndex = &p->aIndex[i]; if( nTokennPrefix ) continue; rc = fts3PendingTermsAddOne( p, iCol, iPos, &pIndex->hPending, zToken, pIndex->nPrefix ); } } pModule->xClose(pCsr); *pnWord += nWord; return (rc==SQLITE_DONE ? SQLITE_OK : rc); } /* ** Calling this function indicates that subsequent calls to ** fts3PendingTermsAdd() are to add term/position-list pairs for the ** contents of the document with docid iDocid. */ static int fts3PendingTermsDocid( Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table handle */ int bDelete, /* True if this op is a delete */ int iLangid, /* Language id of row being written */ sqlite_int64 iDocid /* Docid of row being written */ ){ assert( iLangid>=0 ); assert( bDelete==1 || bDelete==0 ); /* TODO(shess) Explore whether partially flushing the buffer on ** forced-flush would provide better performance. I suspect that if ** we ordered the doclists by size and flushed the largest until the ** buffer was half empty, that would let the less frequent terms ** generate longer doclists. */ if( iDocidiPrevDocid || (iDocid==p->iPrevDocid && p->bPrevDelete==0) || p->iPrevLangid!=iLangid || p->nPendingData>p->nMaxPendingData ){ int rc = sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } p->iPrevDocid = iDocid; p->iPrevLangid = iLangid; p->bPrevDelete = bDelete; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash tables. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(Fts3Table *p){ int i; for(i=0; inIndex; i++){ Fts3HashElem *pElem; Fts3Hash *pHash = &p->aIndex[i].hPending; for(pElem=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pElem; pElem=fts3HashNext(pElem)){ PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); fts3PendingListDelete(pList); } fts3HashClear(pHash); } p->nPendingData = 0; } /* ** This function is called by the xUpdate() method as part of an INSERT ** operation. It adds entries for each term in the new record to the ** pendingTerms hash table. ** ** Argument apVal is the same as the similarly named argument passed to ** fts3InsertData(). Parameter iDocid is the docid of the new row. */ static int fts3InsertTerms( Fts3Table *p, int iLangid, sqlite3_value **apVal, u32 *aSz ){ int i; /* Iterator variable */ for(i=2; inColumn+2; i++){ int iCol = i-2; if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apVal[i]); int rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_value_bytes(apVal[i]); } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called by the xUpdate() method for an INSERT operation. ** The apVal parameter is passed a copy of the apVal argument passed by ** SQLite to the xUpdate() method. i.e: ** ** apVal[0] Not used for INSERT. ** apVal[1] rowid ** apVal[2] Left-most user-defined column ** ... ** apVal[p->nColumn+1] Right-most user-defined column ** apVal[p->nColumn+2] Hidden column with same name as table ** apVal[p->nColumn+3] Hidden "docid" column (alias for rowid) ** apVal[p->nColumn+4] Hidden languageid column */ static int fts3InsertData( Fts3Table *p, /* Full-text table */ sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of values to insert */ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid /* OUT: Docid for row just inserted */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ sqlite3_stmt *pContentInsert; /* INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(...) */ if( p->zContentTbl ){ sqlite3_value *pRowid = apVal[p->nColumn+3]; if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ pRowid = apVal[1]; } if( sqlite3_value_type(pRowid)!=SQLITE_INTEGER ){ return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; } *piDocid = sqlite3_value_int64(pRowid); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Locate the statement handle used to insert data into the %_content ** table. The SQL for this statement is: ** ** INSERT INTO %_content VALUES(?, ?, ?, ...) ** ** The statement features N '?' variables, where N is the number of user ** defined columns in the FTS3 table, plus one for the docid field. */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CONTENT_INSERT, &pContentInsert, &apVal[1]); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->zLanguageid ){ rc = sqlite3_bind_int( pContentInsert, p->nColumn+2, sqlite3_value_int(apVal[p->nColumn+4]) ); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* There is a quirk here. The users INSERT statement may have specified ** a value for the "rowid" field, for the "docid" field, or for both. ** Which is a problem, since "rowid" and "docid" are aliases for the ** same value. For example: ** ** INSERT INTO fts3tbl(rowid, docid) VALUES(1, 2); ** ** In FTS3, this is an error. It is an error to specify non-NULL values ** for both docid and some other rowid alias. */ if( SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[3+p->nColumn]) ){ if( SQLITE_NULL==sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0]) && SQLITE_NULL!=sqlite3_value_type(apVal[1]) ){ /* A rowid/docid conflict. */ return SQLITE_ERROR; } rc = sqlite3_bind_value(pContentInsert, 1, apVal[3+p->nColumn]); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } /* Execute the statement to insert the record. Set *piDocid to the ** new docid value. */ sqlite3_step(pContentInsert); rc = sqlite3_reset(pContentInsert); *piDocid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(p->db); return rc; } /* ** Remove all data from the FTS3 table. Clear the hash table containing ** pending terms. */ static int fts3DeleteAll(Fts3Table *p, int bContent){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ /* Discard the contents of the pending-terms hash table. */ sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); /* Delete everything from the shadow tables. Except, leave %_content as ** is if bContent is false. */ assert( p->zContentTbl==0 || bContent==0 ); if( bContent ) fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_CONTENT, 0); fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGMENTS, 0); fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_SEGDIR, 0); if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_DOCSIZE, 0); } if( p->bHasStat ){ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_ALL_STAT, 0); } return rc; } /* ** */ static int langidFromSelect(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_stmt *pSelect){ int iLangid = 0; if( p->zLanguageid ) iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, p->nColumn+1); return iLangid; } /* ** The first element in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain the docid ** (an integer) of a row about to be deleted. Remove all terms from the ** full-text index. */ static void fts3DeleteTerms( int *pRC, /* Result code */ Fts3Table *p, /* The FTS table to delete from */ sqlite3_value *pRowid, /* The docid to be deleted */ u32 *aSz, /* Sizes of deleted document written here */ int *pbFound /* OUT: Set to true if row really does exist */ ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; assert( *pbFound==0 ); if( *pRC ) return; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_CONTENT_BY_ROWID, &pSelect, &pRowid); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ int i; int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pSelect); i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 0); rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 1, iLangid, iDocid); for(i=1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<=p->nColumn; i++){ int iCol = i-1; if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pSelect, i); rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, zText, -1, &aSz[iCol]); aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, i); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_reset(pSelect); *pRC = rc; return; } *pbFound = 1; } rc = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); }else{ sqlite3_reset(pSelect); } *pRC = rc; } /* ** Forward declaration to account for the circular dependency between ** functions fts3SegmentMerge() and fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(). */ static int fts3SegmentMerge(Fts3Table *, int, int, int); /* ** This function allocates a new level iLevel index in the segdir table. ** Usually, indexes are allocated within a level sequentially starting ** with 0, so the allocated index is one greater than the value returned ** by: ** ** SELECT max(idx) FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iLevel ** ** However, if there are already FTS3_MERGE_COUNT indexes at the requested ** level, they are merged into a single level (iLevel+1) segment and the ** allocated index is 0. ** ** If successful, *piIdx is set to the allocated index slot and SQLITE_OK ** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int fts3AllocateSegdirIdx( Fts3Table *p, int iLangid, /* Language id */ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ int iLevel, int *piIdx ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ sqlite3_stmt *pNextIdx; /* Query for next idx at level iLevel */ int iNext = 0; /* Result of query pNextIdx */ assert( iLangid>=0 ); assert( p->nIndex>=1 ); /* Set variable iNext to the next available segdir index at level iLevel. */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pNextIdx, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64( pNextIdx, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel) ); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pNextIdx) ){ iNext = sqlite3_column_int(pNextIdx, 0); } rc = sqlite3_reset(pNextIdx); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* If iNext is FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, indicating that level iLevel is already ** full, merge all segments in level iLevel into a single iLevel+1 ** segment and allocate (newly freed) index 0 at level iLevel. Otherwise, ** if iNext is less than FTS3_MERGE_COUNT, allocate index iNext. */ if( iNext>=FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ fts3LogMerge(16, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel)); rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel); *piIdx = 0; }else{ *piIdx = iNext; } } return rc; } /* ** The %_segments table is declared as follows: ** ** CREATE TABLE %_segments(blockid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, block BLOB) ** ** This function reads data from a single row of the %_segments table. The ** specific row is identified by the iBlockid parameter. If paBlob is not ** NULL, then a buffer is allocated using sqlite3_malloc() and populated ** with the contents of the blob stored in the "block" column of the ** identified table row is. Whether or not paBlob is NULL, *pnBlob is set ** to the size of the blob in bytes before returning. ** ** If an error occurs, or the table does not contain the specified row, ** an SQLite error code is returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. If ** paBlob is non-NULL, then it is the responsibility of the caller to ** eventually free the returned buffer. ** ** This function may leave an open sqlite3_blob* handle in the ** Fts3Table.pSegments variable. This handle is reused by subsequent calls ** to this function. The handle may be closed by calling the ** sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() function. Reusing a blob handle is a handy ** performance improvement, but the blob handle should always be closed ** before control is returned to the user (to prevent a lock being held ** on the database file for longer than necessary). Thus, any virtual table ** method (xFilter etc.) that may directly or indirectly call this function ** must call sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose() before returning. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iBlockid, /* Access the row with blockid=$iBlockid */ char **paBlob, /* OUT: Blob data in malloc'd buffer */ int *pnBlob, /* OUT: Size of blob data */ int *pnLoad /* OUT: Bytes actually loaded */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ /* pnBlob must be non-NULL. paBlob may be NULL or non-NULL. */ assert( pnBlob ); if( p->pSegments ){ rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(p->pSegments, iBlockid); }else{ if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ){ p->zSegmentsTbl = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_segments", p->zName); if( 0==p->zSegmentsTbl ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; } rc = sqlite3_blob_open( p->db, p->zDb, p->zSegmentsTbl, "block", iBlockid, 0, &p->pSegments ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int nByte = sqlite3_blob_bytes(p->pSegments); *pnBlob = nByte; if( paBlob ){ char *aByte = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + FTS3_NODE_PADDING); if( !aByte ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ if( pnLoad && nByte>(FTS3_NODE_CHUNK_THRESHOLD) ){ nByte = FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE; *pnLoad = nByte; } rc = sqlite3_blob_read(p->pSegments, aByte, nByte, 0); memset(&aByte[nByte], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(aByte); aByte = 0; } } *paBlob = aByte; } } return rc; } /* ** Close the blob handle at p->pSegments, if it is open. See comments above ** the sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock() function for details. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(Fts3Table *p){ sqlite3_blob_close(p->pSegments); p->pSegments = 0; } static int fts3SegReaderIncrRead(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ int nRead; /* Number of bytes to read */ int rc; /* Return code */ nRead = MIN(pReader->nNode - pReader->nPopulate, FTS3_NODE_CHUNKSIZE); rc = sqlite3_blob_read( pReader->pBlob, &pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], nRead, pReader->nPopulate ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pReader->nPopulate += nRead; memset(&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); if( pReader->nPopulate==pReader->nNode ){ sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); pReader->pBlob = 0; pReader->nPopulate = 0; } } return rc; } static int fts3SegReaderRequire(Fts3SegReader *pReader, char *pFrom, int nByte){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( !pReader->pBlob || (pFrom>=pReader->aNode && pFrom<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode]) ); while( pReader->pBlob && rc==SQLITE_OK && (pFrom - pReader->aNode + nByte)>pReader->nPopulate ){ rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); } return rc; } /* ** Set an Fts3SegReader cursor to point at EOF. */ static void fts3SegReaderSetEof(Fts3SegReader *pSeg){ if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pSeg) ){ sqlite3_free(pSeg->aNode); sqlite3_blob_close(pSeg->pBlob); pSeg->pBlob = 0; } pSeg->aNode = 0; } /* ** Move the iterator passed as the first argument to the next term in the ** segment. If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If there is no next term, ** SQLITE_DONE. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3SegReaderNext( Fts3Table *p, Fts3SegReader *pReader, int bIncr ){ int rc; /* Return code of various sub-routines */ char *pNext; /* Cursor variable */ int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes in term prefix */ int nSuffix; /* Number of bytes in term suffix */ if( !pReader->aDoclist ){ pNext = pReader->aNode; }else{ pNext = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; } if( !pNext || pNext>=&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){ if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ Fts3HashElem *pElem = *(pReader->ppNextElem); sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); pReader->aNode = 0; if( pElem ){ char *aCopy; PendingList *pList = (PendingList *)fts3HashData(pElem); int nCopy = pList->nData+1; pReader->zTerm = (char *)fts3HashKey(pElem); pReader->nTerm = fts3HashKeysize(pElem); aCopy = (char*)sqlite3_malloc(nCopy); if( !aCopy ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memcpy(aCopy, pList->aData, nCopy); pReader->nNode = pReader->nDoclist = nCopy; pReader->aNode = pReader->aDoclist = aCopy; pReader->ppNextElem++; assert( pReader->aNode ); } return SQLITE_OK; } fts3SegReaderSetEof(pReader); /* If iCurrentBlock>=iLeafEndBlock, this is an EOF condition. All leaf ** blocks have already been traversed. */ assert( pReader->iCurrentBlock<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ); if( pReader->iCurrentBlock>=pReader->iLeafEndBlock ){ return SQLITE_OK; } rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock( p, ++pReader->iCurrentBlock, &pReader->aNode, &pReader->nNode, (bIncr ? &pReader->nPopulate : 0) ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; assert( pReader->pBlob==0 ); if( bIncr && pReader->nPopulatenNode ){ pReader->pBlob = p->pSegments; p->pSegments = 0; } pNext = pReader->aNode; } assert( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ); rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, FTS3_VARINT_MAX*2); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Because of the FTS3_NODE_PADDING bytes of padding, the following is ** safe (no risk of overread) even if the node data is corrupted. */ pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nPrefix); pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &nSuffix); if( nPrefix<0 || nSuffix<=0 || &pNext[nSuffix]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] ){ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } if( nPrefix+nSuffix>pReader->nTermAlloc ){ int nNew = (nPrefix+nSuffix)*2; char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pReader->zTerm, nNew); if( !zNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pReader->zTerm = zNew; pReader->nTermAlloc = nNew; } rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pNext, nSuffix+FTS3_VARINT_MAX); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; memcpy(&pReader->zTerm[nPrefix], pNext, nSuffix); pReader->nTerm = nPrefix+nSuffix; pNext += nSuffix; pNext += fts3GetVarint32(pNext, &pReader->nDoclist); pReader->aDoclist = pNext; pReader->pOffsetList = 0; /* Check that the doclist does not appear to extend past the end of the ** b-tree node. And that the final byte of the doclist is 0x00. If either ** of these statements is untrue, then the data structure is corrupt. */ if( &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]>&pReader->aNode[pReader->nNode] || (pReader->nPopulate==0 && pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist-1]) ){ return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Set the SegReader to point to the first docid in the doclist associated ** with the current term. */ static int fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; assert( pReader->aDoclist ); assert( !pReader->pOffsetList ); if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ u8 bEof = 0; pReader->iDocid = 0; pReader->nOffsetList = 0; sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &pReader->pOffsetList, &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof ); }else{ rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, pReader->aDoclist, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int n = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pReader->aDoclist, &pReader->iDocid); pReader->pOffsetList = &pReader->aDoclist[n]; } } return rc; } /* ** Advance the SegReader to point to the next docid in the doclist ** associated with the current term. ** ** If arguments ppOffsetList and pnOffsetList are not NULL, then ** *ppOffsetList is set to point to the first column-offset list ** in the doclist entry (i.e. immediately past the docid varint). ** *pnOffsetList is set to the length of the set of column-offset ** lists, not including the nul-terminator byte. For example: */ static int fts3SegReaderNextDocid( Fts3Table *pTab, Fts3SegReader *pReader, /* Reader to advance to next docid */ char **ppOffsetList, /* OUT: Pointer to current position-list */ int *pnOffsetList /* OUT: Length of *ppOffsetList in bytes */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; char *p = pReader->pOffsetList; char c = 0; assert( p ); if( pTab->bDescIdx && fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ /* A pending-terms seg-reader for an FTS4 table that uses order=desc. ** Pending-terms doclists are always built up in ascending order, so ** we have to iterate through them backwards here. */ u8 bEof = 0; if( ppOffsetList ){ *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; *pnOffsetList = pReader->nOffsetList - 1; } sqlite3Fts3DoclistPrev(0, pReader->aDoclist, pReader->nDoclist, &p, &pReader->iDocid, &pReader->nOffsetList, &bEof ); if( bEof ){ pReader->pOffsetList = 0; }else{ pReader->pOffsetList = p; } }else{ char *pEnd = &pReader->aDoclist[pReader->nDoclist]; /* Pointer p currently points at the first byte of an offset list. The ** following block advances it to point one byte past the end of ** the same offset list. */ while( 1 ){ /* The following line of code (and the "p++" below the while() loop) is ** normally all that is required to move pointer p to the desired ** position. The exception is if this node is being loaded from disk ** incrementally and pointer "p" now points to the first byte past ** the populated part of pReader->aNode[]. */ while( *p | c ) c = *p++ & 0x80; assert( *p==0 ); if( pReader->pBlob==0 || p<&pReader->aNode[pReader->nPopulate] ) break; rc = fts3SegReaderIncrRead(pReader); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } p++; /* If required, populate the output variables with a pointer to and the ** size of the previous offset-list. */ if( ppOffsetList ){ *ppOffsetList = pReader->pOffsetList; *pnOffsetList = (int)(p - pReader->pOffsetList - 1); } /* List may have been edited in place by fts3EvalNearTrim() */ while( p=pEnd ){ pReader->pOffsetList = 0; }else{ rc = fts3SegReaderRequire(pReader, p, FTS3_VARINT_MAX); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_int64 iDelta; pReader->pOffsetList = p + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p, &iDelta); if( pTab->bDescIdx ){ pReader->iDocid -= iDelta; }else{ pReader->iDocid += iDelta; } } } } return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrOvfl( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, int *pnOvfl ){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table*)pCsr->base.pVtab; int nOvfl = 0; int ii; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int pgsz = p->nPgsz; assert( p->bFts4 ); assert( pgsz>0 ); for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iinSegment; ii++){ Fts3SegReader *pReader = pMsr->apSegment[ii]; if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) && !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ sqlite3_int64 jj; for(jj=pReader->iStartBlock; jj<=pReader->iLeafEndBlock; jj++){ int nBlob; rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, jj, 0, &nBlob, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; if( (nBlob+35)>pgsz ){ nOvfl += (nBlob + 34)/pgsz; } } } } *pnOvfl = nOvfl; return rc; } /* ** Free all allocations associated with the iterator passed as the ** second argument. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(Fts3SegReader *pReader){ if( pReader ){ if( !fts3SegReaderIsPending(pReader) ){ sqlite3_free(pReader->zTerm); } if( !fts3SegReaderIsRootOnly(pReader) ){ sqlite3_free(pReader->aNode); } sqlite3_blob_close(pReader->pBlob); } sqlite3_free(pReader); } /* ** Allocate a new SegReader object. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderNew( int iAge, /* Segment "age". */ int bLookup, /* True for a lookup only */ sqlite3_int64 iStartLeaf, /* First leaf to traverse */ sqlite3_int64 iEndLeaf, /* Final leaf to traverse */ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Final block of segment */ const char *zRoot, /* Buffer containing root node */ int nRoot, /* Size of buffer containing root node */ Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: Allocated Fts3SegReader */ ){ Fts3SegReader *pReader; /* Newly allocated SegReader object */ int nExtra = 0; /* Bytes to allocate segment root node */ assert( iStartLeaf<=iEndLeaf ); if( iStartLeaf==0 ){ nExtra = nRoot + FTS3_NODE_PADDING; } pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + nExtra); if( !pReader ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pReader, 0, sizeof(Fts3SegReader)); pReader->iIdx = iAge; pReader->bLookup = bLookup!=0; pReader->iStartBlock = iStartLeaf; pReader->iLeafEndBlock = iEndLeaf; pReader->iEndBlock = iEndBlock; if( nExtra ){ /* The entire segment is stored in the root node. */ pReader->aNode = (char *)&pReader[1]; pReader->rootOnly = 1; pReader->nNode = nRoot; memcpy(pReader->aNode, zRoot, nRoot); memset(&pReader->aNode[nRoot], 0, FTS3_NODE_PADDING); }else{ pReader->iCurrentBlock = iStartLeaf-1; } *ppReader = pReader; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This is a comparison function used as a qsort() callback when sorting ** an array of pending terms by term. This occurs as part of flushing ** the contents of the pending-terms hash table to the database. */ static int SQLITE_CDECL fts3CompareElemByTerm( const void *lhs, const void *rhs ){ char *z1 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); char *z2 = fts3HashKey(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); int n1 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)lhs); int n2 = fts3HashKeysize(*(Fts3HashElem **)rhs); int n = (n1aIndex */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to search for */ int nTerm, /* Size of buffer zTerm */ int bPrefix, /* True for a prefix iterator */ Fts3SegReader **ppReader /* OUT: SegReader for pending-terms */ ){ Fts3SegReader *pReader = 0; /* Fts3SegReader object to return */ Fts3HashElem *pE; /* Iterator variable */ Fts3HashElem **aElem = 0; /* Array of term hash entries to scan */ int nElem = 0; /* Size of array at aElem */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ Fts3Hash *pHash; pHash = &p->aIndex[iIndex].hPending; if( bPrefix ){ int nAlloc = 0; /* Size of allocated array at aElem */ for(pE=fts3HashFirst(pHash); pE; pE=fts3HashNext(pE)){ char *zKey = (char *)fts3HashKey(pE); int nKey = fts3HashKeysize(pE); if( nTerm==0 || (nKey>=nTerm && 0==memcmp(zKey, zTerm, nTerm)) ){ if( nElem==nAlloc ){ Fts3HashElem **aElem2; nAlloc += 16; aElem2 = (Fts3HashElem **)sqlite3_realloc( aElem, nAlloc*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *) ); if( !aElem2 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; nElem = 0; break; } aElem = aElem2; } aElem[nElem++] = pE; } } /* If more than one term matches the prefix, sort the Fts3HashElem ** objects in term order using qsort(). This uses the same comparison ** callback as is used when flushing terms to disk. */ if( nElem>1 ){ qsort(aElem, nElem, sizeof(Fts3HashElem *), fts3CompareElemByTerm); } }else{ /* The query is a simple term lookup that matches at most one term in ** the index. All that is required is a straight hash-lookup. ** ** Because the stack address of pE may be accessed via the aElem pointer ** below, the "Fts3HashElem *pE" must be declared so that it is valid ** within this entire function, not just this "else{...}" block. */ pE = fts3HashFindElem(pHash, zTerm, nTerm); if( pE ){ aElem = &pE; nElem = 1; } } if( nElem>0 ){ int nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader) + (nElem+1)*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *); pReader = (Fts3SegReader *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( !pReader ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memset(pReader, 0, nByte); pReader->iIdx = 0x7FFFFFFF; pReader->ppNextElem = (Fts3HashElem **)&pReader[1]; memcpy(pReader->ppNextElem, aElem, nElem*sizeof(Fts3HashElem *)); } } if( bPrefix ){ sqlite3_free(aElem); } *ppReader = pReader; return rc; } /* ** Compare the entries pointed to by two Fts3SegReader structures. ** Comparison is as follows: ** ** 1) EOF is greater than not EOF. ** ** 2) The current terms (if any) are compared using memcmp(). If one ** term is a prefix of another, the longer term is considered the ** larger. ** ** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. */ static int fts3SegReaderCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ int rc; if( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ){ int rc2 = pLhs->nTerm - pRhs->nTerm; if( rc2<0 ){ rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pLhs->nTerm); }else{ rc = memcmp(pLhs->zTerm, pRhs->zTerm, pRhs->nTerm); } if( rc==0 ){ rc = rc2; } }else{ rc = (pLhs->aNode==0) - (pRhs->aNode==0); } if( rc==0 ){ rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; } assert( rc!=0 ); return rc; } /* ** A different comparison function for SegReader structures. In this ** version, it is assumed that each SegReader points to an entry in ** a doclist for identical terms. Comparison is made as follows: ** ** 1) EOF (end of doclist in this case) is greater than not EOF. ** ** 2) By current docid. ** ** 3) By segment age. An older segment is considered larger. */ static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); if( rc==0 ){ if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; }else{ rc = (pLhs->iDocid > pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; } } assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); return rc; } static int fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev(Fts3SegReader *pLhs, Fts3SegReader *pRhs){ int rc = (pLhs->pOffsetList==0)-(pRhs->pOffsetList==0); if( rc==0 ){ if( pLhs->iDocid==pRhs->iDocid ){ rc = pRhs->iIdx - pLhs->iIdx; }else{ rc = (pLhs->iDocid < pRhs->iDocid) ? 1 : -1; } } assert( pLhs->aNode && pRhs->aNode ); return rc; } /* ** Compare the term that the Fts3SegReader object passed as the first argument ** points to with the term specified by arguments zTerm and nTerm. ** ** If the pSeg iterator is already at EOF, return 0. Otherwise, return ** -ve if the pSeg term is less than zTerm/nTerm, 0 if the two terms are ** equal, or +ve if the pSeg term is greater than zTerm/nTerm. */ static int fts3SegReaderTermCmp( Fts3SegReader *pSeg, /* Segment reader object */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to compare to */ int nTerm /* Size of term zTerm in bytes */ ){ int res = 0; if( pSeg->aNode ){ if( pSeg->nTerm>nTerm ){ res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); }else{ res = memcmp(pSeg->zTerm, zTerm, pSeg->nTerm); } if( res==0 ){ res = pSeg->nTerm-nTerm; } } return res; } /* ** Argument apSegment is an array of nSegment elements. It is known that ** the final (nSegment-nSuspect) members are already in sorted order ** (according to the comparison function provided). This function shuffles ** the array around until all entries are in sorted order. */ static void fts3SegReaderSort( Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array to sort entries of */ int nSegment, /* Size of apSegment array */ int nSuspect, /* Unsorted entry count */ int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) /* Comparison function */ ){ int i; /* Iterator variable */ assert( nSuspect<=nSegment ); if( nSuspect==nSegment ) nSuspect--; for(i=nSuspect-1; i>=0; i--){ int j; for(j=i; j<(nSegment-1); j++){ Fts3SegReader *pTmp; if( xCmp(apSegment[j], apSegment[j+1])<0 ) break; pTmp = apSegment[j+1]; apSegment[j+1] = apSegment[j]; apSegment[j] = pTmp; } } #ifndef NDEBUG /* Check that the list really is sorted now. */ for(i=0; i<(nSuspect-1); i++){ assert( xCmp(apSegment[i], apSegment[i+1])<0 ); } #endif } /* ** Insert a record into the %_segments table. */ static int fts3WriteSegment( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iBlock, /* Block id for new block */ char *z, /* Pointer to buffer containing block data */ int n /* Size of buffer z in bytes */ ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGMENTS, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iBlock); sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, z, n, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 2); } return rc; } /* ** Find the largest relative level number in the table. If successful, set ** *pnMax to this value and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, ** set *pnMax to zero and return an SQLite error code. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, int *pnMax){ int rc; int mxLevel = 0; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_MXLEVEL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ mxLevel = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); } rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } *pnMax = mxLevel; return rc; } /* ** Insert a record into the %_segdir table. */ static int fts3WriteSegdir( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for "level" field (absolute level) */ int iIdx, /* Value for "idx" field */ sqlite3_int64 iStartBlock, /* Value for "start_block" field */ sqlite3_int64 iLeafEndBlock, /* Value for "leaves_end_block" field */ sqlite3_int64 iEndBlock, /* Value for "end_block" field */ sqlite3_int64 nLeafData, /* Bytes of leaf data in segment */ char *zRoot, /* Blob value for "root" field */ int nRoot /* Number of bytes in buffer zRoot */ ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_INSERT_SEGDIR, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iLevel); sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, iIdx); sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 3, iStartBlock); sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 4, iLeafEndBlock); if( nLeafData==0 ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 5, iEndBlock); }else{ char *zEnd = sqlite3_mprintf("%lld %lld", iEndBlock, nLeafData); if( !zEnd ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 5, zEnd, -1, sqlite3_free); } sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 6, zRoot, nRoot, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 6); } return rc; } /* ** Return the size of the common prefix (if any) shared by zPrev and ** zNext, in bytes. For example, ** ** fts3PrefixCompress("abc", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 3 ** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "abcdef", 6) // returns 2 ** fts3PrefixCompress("abX", 3, "Xbcdef", 6) // returns 0 */ static int fts3PrefixCompress( const char *zPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term */ int nPrev, /* Size of buffer zPrev in bytes */ const char *zNext, /* Buffer containing next term */ int nNext /* Size of buffer zNext in bytes */ ){ int n; UNUSED_PARAMETER(nNext); for(n=0; nnData; /* Current size of node in bytes */ int nReq = nData; /* Required space after adding zTerm */ int nPrefix; /* Number of bytes of prefix compression */ int nSuffix; /* Suffix length */ nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pTree->zTerm, pTree->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; nReq += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix)+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix)+nSuffix; if( nReq<=p->nNodeSize || !pTree->zTerm ){ if( nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ /* An unusual case: this is the first term to be added to the node ** and the static node buffer (p->nNodeSize bytes) is not large ** enough. Use a separately malloced buffer instead This wastes ** p->nNodeSize bytes, but since this scenario only comes about when ** the database contain two terms that share a prefix of almost 2KB, ** this is not expected to be a serious problem. */ assert( pTree->aData==(char *)&pTree[1] ); pTree->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(nReq); if( !pTree->aData ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } } if( pTree->zTerm ){ /* There is no prefix-length field for first term in a node */ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nPrefix); } nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nData], nSuffix); memcpy(&pTree->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); pTree->nData = nData + nSuffix; pTree->nEntry++; if( isCopyTerm ){ if( pTree->nMalloczMalloc, nTerm*2); if( !zNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pTree->nMalloc = nTerm*2; pTree->zMalloc = zNew; } pTree->zTerm = pTree->zMalloc; memcpy(pTree->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); pTree->nTerm = nTerm; }else{ pTree->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; pTree->nTerm = nTerm; } return SQLITE_OK; } } /* If control flows to here, it was not possible to append zTerm to the ** current node. Create a new node (a right-sibling of the current node). ** If this is the first node in the tree, the term is added to it. ** ** Otherwise, the term is not added to the new node, it is left empty for ** now. Instead, the term is inserted into the parent of pTree. If pTree ** has no parent, one is created here. */ pNew = (SegmentNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentNode) + p->nNodeSize); if( !pNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(SegmentNode)); pNew->nData = 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX; pNew->aData = (char *)&pNew[1]; if( pTree ){ SegmentNode *pParent = pTree->pParent; rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pParent, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); if( pTree->pParent==0 ){ pTree->pParent = pParent; } pTree->pRight = pNew; pNew->pLeftmost = pTree->pLeftmost; pNew->pParent = pParent; pNew->zMalloc = pTree->zMalloc; pNew->nMalloc = pTree->nMalloc; pTree->zMalloc = 0; }else{ pNew->pLeftmost = pNew; rc = fts3NodeAddTerm(p, &pNew, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nTerm); } *ppTree = pNew; return rc; } /* ** Helper function for fts3NodeWrite(). */ static int fts3TreeFinishNode( SegmentNode *pTree, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iLeftChild ){ int nStart; assert( iHeight>=1 && iHeight<128 ); nStart = FTS3_VARINT_MAX - sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iLeftChild); pTree->aData[nStart] = (char)iHeight; sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pTree->aData[nStart+1], iLeftChild); return nStart; } /* ** Write the buffer for the segment node pTree and all of its peers to the ** database. Then call this function recursively to write the parent of ** pTree and its peers to the database. ** ** Except, if pTree is a root node, do not write it to the database. Instead, ** set output variables *paRoot and *pnRoot to contain the root node. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and output variable *piLast is ** set to the largest blockid written to the database (or zero if no ** blocks were written to the db). Otherwise, an SQLite error code is ** returned. */ static int fts3NodeWrite( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ SegmentNode *pTree, /* SegmentNode handle */ int iHeight, /* Height of this node in tree */ sqlite3_int64 iLeaf, /* Block id of first leaf node */ sqlite3_int64 iFree, /* Block id of next free slot in %_segments */ sqlite3_int64 *piLast, /* OUT: Block id of last entry written */ char **paRoot, /* OUT: Data for root node */ int *pnRoot /* OUT: Size of root node in bytes */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !pTree->pParent ){ /* Root node of the tree. */ int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pTree, iHeight, iLeaf); *piLast = iFree-1; *pnRoot = pTree->nData - nStart; *paRoot = &pTree->aData[nStart]; }else{ SegmentNode *pIter; sqlite3_int64 iNextFree = iFree; sqlite3_int64 iNextLeaf = iLeaf; for(pIter=pTree->pLeftmost; pIter && rc==SQLITE_OK; pIter=pIter->pRight){ int nStart = fts3TreeFinishNode(pIter, iHeight, iNextLeaf); int nWrite = pIter->nData - nStart; rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNextFree, &pIter->aData[nStart], nWrite); iNextFree++; iNextLeaf += (pIter->nEntry+1); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( iNextLeaf==iFree ); rc = fts3NodeWrite( p, pTree->pParent, iHeight+1, iFree, iNextFree, piLast, paRoot, pnRoot ); } } return rc; } /* ** Free all memory allocations associated with the tree pTree. */ static void fts3NodeFree(SegmentNode *pTree){ if( pTree ){ SegmentNode *p = pTree->pLeftmost; fts3NodeFree(p->pParent); while( p ){ SegmentNode *pRight = p->pRight; if( p->aData!=(char *)&p[1] ){ sqlite3_free(p->aData); } assert( pRight==0 || p->zMalloc==0 ); sqlite3_free(p->zMalloc); sqlite3_free(p); p = pRight; } } } /* ** Add a term to the segment being constructed by the SegmentWriter object ** *ppWriter. When adding the first term to a segment, *ppWriter should ** be passed NULL. This function will allocate a new SegmentWriter object ** and return it via the input/output variable *ppWriter in this case. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3SegWriterAdd( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ SegmentWriter **ppWriter, /* IN/OUT: SegmentWriter handle */ int isCopyTerm, /* True if buffer zTerm must be copied */ const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ int nTerm, /* Size of term in bytes */ const char *aDoclist, /* Pointer to buffer containing doclist */ int nDoclist /* Size of doclist in bytes */ ){ int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ int nReq; /* Number of bytes required on leaf page */ int nData; SegmentWriter *pWriter = *ppWriter; if( !pWriter ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Allocate the SegmentWriter structure */ pWriter = (SegmentWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(SegmentWriter)); if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pWriter, 0, sizeof(SegmentWriter)); *ppWriter = pWriter; /* Allocate a buffer in which to accumulate data */ pWriter->aData = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->nNodeSize); if( !pWriter->aData ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pWriter->nSize = p->nNodeSize; /* Find the next free blockid in the %_segments table */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ pWriter->iFree = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); pWriter->iFirst = pWriter->iFree; } rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } nData = pWriter->nData; nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pWriter->zTerm, pWriter->nTerm, zTerm, nTerm); nSuffix = nTerm-nPrefix; /* Figure out how many bytes are required by this new entry */ nReq = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix) + /* varint containing prefix size */ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + /* varint containing suffix size */ nSuffix + /* Term suffix */ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ if( nData>0 && nData+nReq>p->nNodeSize ){ int rc; /* The current leaf node is full. Write it out to the database. */ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, nData); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; p->nLeafAdd++; /* Add the current term to the interior node tree. The term added to ** the interior tree must: ** ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written ** to the database (still available in pWriter->zTerm), and ** ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). ** ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. */ assert( nPrefixpTree, isCopyTerm, zTerm, nPrefix+1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; nData = 0; pWriter->nTerm = 0; nPrefix = 0; nSuffix = nTerm; nReq = 1 + /* varint containing prefix size */ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nTerm) + /* varint containing suffix size */ nTerm + /* Term suffix */ sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + /* Size of doclist */ nDoclist; /* Doclist data */ } /* Increase the total number of bytes written to account for the new entry. */ pWriter->nLeafData += nReq; /* If the buffer currently allocated is too small for this entry, realloc ** the buffer to make it large enough. */ if( nReq>pWriter->nSize ){ char *aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->aData, nReq); if( !aNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pWriter->aData = aNew; pWriter->nSize = nReq; } assert( nData+nReq<=pWriter->nSize ); /* Append the prefix-compressed term and doclist to the buffer. */ nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nPrefix); nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nSuffix); memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); nData += nSuffix; nData += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pWriter->aData[nData], nDoclist); memcpy(&pWriter->aData[nData], aDoclist, nDoclist); pWriter->nData = nData + nDoclist; /* Save the current term so that it can be used to prefix-compress the next. ** If the isCopyTerm parameter is true, then the buffer pointed to by ** zTerm is transient, so take a copy of the term data. Otherwise, just ** store a copy of the pointer. */ if( isCopyTerm ){ if( nTerm>pWriter->nMalloc ){ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pWriter->zMalloc, nTerm*2); if( !zNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pWriter->nMalloc = nTerm*2; pWriter->zMalloc = zNew; pWriter->zTerm = zNew; } assert( pWriter->zTerm==pWriter->zMalloc ); memcpy(pWriter->zTerm, zTerm, nTerm); }else{ pWriter->zTerm = (char *)zTerm; } pWriter->nTerm = nTerm; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Flush all data associated with the SegmentWriter object pWriter to the ** database. This function must be called after all terms have been added ** to the segment using fts3SegWriterAdd(). If successful, SQLITE_OK is ** returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3SegWriterFlush( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ SegmentWriter *pWriter, /* SegmentWriter to flush to the db */ sqlite3_int64 iLevel, /* Value for 'level' column of %_segdir */ int iIdx /* Value for 'idx' column of %_segdir */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ if( pWriter->pTree ){ sqlite3_int64 iLast = 0; /* Largest block id written to database */ sqlite3_int64 iLastLeaf; /* Largest leaf block id written to db */ char *zRoot = NULL; /* Pointer to buffer containing root node */ int nRoot = 0; /* Size of buffer zRoot */ iLastLeaf = pWriter->iFree; rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iFree++, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3NodeWrite(p, pWriter->pTree, 1, pWriter->iFirst, pWriter->iFree, &iLast, &zRoot, &nRoot); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, pWriter->iFirst, iLastLeaf, iLast, pWriter->nLeafData, zRoot, nRoot); } }else{ /* The entire tree fits on the root node. Write it to the segdir table. */ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, iLevel, iIdx, 0, 0, 0, pWriter->nLeafData, pWriter->aData, pWriter->nData); } p->nLeafAdd++; return rc; } /* ** Release all memory held by the SegmentWriter object passed as the ** first argument. */ static void fts3SegWriterFree(SegmentWriter *pWriter){ if( pWriter ){ sqlite3_free(pWriter->aData); sqlite3_free(pWriter->zMalloc); fts3NodeFree(pWriter->pTree); sqlite3_free(pWriter); } } /* ** The first value in the apVal[] array is assumed to contain an integer. ** This function tests if there exist any documents with docid values that ** are different from that integer. i.e. if deleting the document with docid ** pRowid would mean the FTS3 table were empty. ** ** If successful, *pisEmpty is set to true if the table is empty except for ** document pRowid, or false otherwise, and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an ** error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int fts3IsEmpty(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pisEmpty){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc; if( p->zContentTbl ){ /* If using the content=xxx option, assume the table is never empty */ *pisEmpty = 0; rc = SQLITE_OK; }else{ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_IS_EMPTY, &pStmt, &pRowid); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ *pisEmpty = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); } rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } } return rc; } /* ** Set *pnMax to the largest segment level in the database for the index ** iIndex. ** ** Segment levels are stored in the 'level' column of the %_segdir table. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if not. */ static int fts3SegmentMaxLevel( Fts3Table *p, int iLangid, int iIndex, sqlite3_int64 *pnMax ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc; assert( iIndex>=0 && iIndexnIndex ); /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: ** ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ** ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) ); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ *pnMax = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); } return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } /* ** iAbsLevel is an absolute level that may be assumed to exist within ** the database. This function checks if it is the largest level number ** within its index. Assuming no error occurs, *pbMax is set to 1 if ** iAbsLevel is indeed the largest level, or 0 otherwise, and SQLITE_OK ** is returned. If an error occurs, an error code is returned and the ** final value of *pbMax is undefined. */ static int fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(Fts3Table *p, i64 iAbsLevel, int *pbMax){ /* Set pStmt to the compiled version of: ** ** SELECT max(level) FROM %Q.'%q_segdir' WHERE level BETWEEN ? AND ? ** ** (1024 is actually the value of macro FTS3_SEGDIR_PREFIXLEVEL_STR). */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; int rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR_MAX_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel+1); sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 2, ((iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL)+1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL ); *pbMax = 0; if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ *pbMax = sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_NULL; } return sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } /* ** Delete all entries in the %_segments table associated with the segment ** opened with seg-reader pSeg. This function does not affect the contents ** of the %_segdir table. */ static int fts3DeleteSegment( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ Fts3SegReader *pSeg /* Segment to delete */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ if( pSeg->iStartBlock ){ sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, pSeg->iStartBlock); sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, pSeg->iEndBlock); sqlite3_step(pDelete); rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); } } return rc; } /* ** This function is used after merging multiple segments into a single large ** segment to delete the old, now redundant, segment b-trees. Specifically, ** it: ** ** 1) Deletes all %_segments entries for the segments associated with ** each of the SegReader objects in the array passed as the third ** argument, and ** ** 2) deletes all %_segdir entries with level iLevel, or all %_segdir ** entries regardless of level if (iLevel<0). ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, otherwise an SQLite error code. */ static int fts3DeleteSegdir( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ int iLangid, /* Language id */ int iIndex, /* Index for p->aIndex */ int iLevel, /* Level of %_segdir entries to delete */ Fts3SegReader **apSegment, /* Array of SegReader objects */ int nReader /* Size of array apSegment */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* SQL statement to delete rows */ for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i=0 || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ); if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_RANGE, &pDelete, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0)); sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 2, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL-1) ); } }else{ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_LEVEL, &pDelete, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64( pDelete, 1, getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel) ); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_step(pDelete); rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); } return rc; } /* ** When this function is called, buffer *ppList (size *pnList bytes) contains ** a position list that may (or may not) feature multiple columns. This ** function adjusts the pointer *ppList and the length *pnList so that they ** identify the subset of the position list that corresponds to column iCol. ** ** If there are no entries in the input position list for column iCol, then ** *pnList is set to zero before returning. ** ** If parameter bZero is non-zero, then any part of the input list following ** the end of the output list is zeroed before returning. */ static void fts3ColumnFilter( int iCol, /* Column to filter on */ int bZero, /* Zero out anything following *ppList */ char **ppList, /* IN/OUT: Pointer to position list */ int *pnList /* IN/OUT: Size of buffer *ppList in bytes */ ){ char *pList = *ppList; int nList = *pnList; char *pEnd = &pList[nList]; int iCurrent = 0; char *p = pList; assert( iCol>=0 ); while( 1 ){ char c = 0; while( ppMsr->nBuffer ){ char *pNew; pMsr->nBuffer = nList*2; pNew = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pMsr->aBuffer, pMsr->nBuffer); if( !pNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pMsr->aBuffer = pNew; } memcpy(pMsr->aBuffer, pList, nList); return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrNext( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pMsr, /* Multi-segment-reader handle */ sqlite3_int64 *piDocid, /* OUT: Docid value */ char **paPoslist, /* OUT: Pointer to position list */ int *pnPoslist /* OUT: Size of position list in bytes */ ){ int nMerge = pMsr->nAdvance; Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pMsr->apSegment; int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp ); if( nMerge==0 ){ *paPoslist = 0; return SQLITE_OK; } while( 1 ){ Fts3SegReader *pSeg; pSeg = pMsr->apSegment[0]; if( pSeg->pOffsetList==0 ){ *paPoslist = 0; break; }else{ int rc; char *pList; int nList; int j; sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); j = 1; while( rc==SQLITE_OK && jpOffsetList && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid ){ rc = fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); j++; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; fts3SegReaderSort(pMsr->apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); if( nList>0 && fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pMsr, pList, nList+1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; assert( (pMsr->aBuffer[nList] & 0xFE)==0x00 ); pList = pMsr->aBuffer; } if( pMsr->iColFilter>=0 ){ fts3ColumnFilter(pMsr->iColFilter, 1, &pList, &nList); } if( nList>0 ){ *paPoslist = pList; *piDocid = iDocid; *pnPoslist = nList; break; } } } return SQLITE_OK; } static int fts3SegReaderStart( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ const char *zTerm, /* Term searched for (or NULL) */ int nTerm /* Length of zTerm in bytes */ ){ int i; int nSeg = pCsr->nSegment; /* If the Fts3SegFilter defines a specific term (or term prefix) to search ** for, then advance each segment iterator until it points to a term of ** equal or greater value than the specified term. This prevents many ** unnecessary merge/sort operations for the case where single segment ** b-tree leaf nodes contain more than one term. */ for(i=0; pCsr->bRestart==0 && inSegment; i++){ int res = 0; Fts3SegReader *pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[i]; do { int rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; }while( zTerm && (res = fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm))<0 ); if( pSeg->bLookup && res!=0 ){ fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg); } } fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, nSeg, nSeg, fts3SegReaderCmp); return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ Fts3SegFilter *pFilter /* Restrictions on range of iteration */ ){ pCsr->pFilter = pFilter; return fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm); } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ int iCol, /* Column to match on. */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to iterate through a doclist for */ int nTerm /* Number of bytes in zTerm */ ){ int i; int rc; int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp ); assert( pCsr->pFilter==0 ); assert( zTerm && nTerm>0 ); /* Advance each segment iterator until it points to the term zTerm/nTerm. */ rc = fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, zTerm, nTerm); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Determine how many of the segments actually point to zTerm/nTerm. */ for(i=0; iapSegment[i]; if( !pSeg->aNode || fts3SegReaderTermCmp(pSeg, zTerm, nTerm) ){ break; } } pCsr->nAdvance = i; /* Advance each of the segments to point to the first docid. */ for(i=0; inAdvance; i++){ rc = fts3SegReaderFirstDocid(p, pCsr->apSegment[i]); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } fts3SegReaderSort(pCsr->apSegment, i, i, xCmp); assert( iCol<0 || iColnColumn ); pCsr->iColFilter = iCol; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function is called on a MultiSegReader that has been started using ** sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrStart(). One or more calls to MsrIncrNext() may also ** have been made. Calling this function puts the MultiSegReader in such ** a state that if the next two calls are: ** ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart() ** sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep() ** ** then the entire doclist for the term is available in ** MultiSegReader.aDoclist/nDoclist. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3MsrIncrRestart(Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr){ int i; /* Used to iterate through segment-readers */ assert( pCsr->zTerm==0 ); assert( pCsr->nTerm==0 ); assert( pCsr->aDoclist==0 ); assert( pCsr->nDoclist==0 ); pCsr->nAdvance = 0; pCsr->bRestart = 1; for(i=0; inSegment; i++){ pCsr->apSegment[i]->pOffsetList = 0; pCsr->apSegment[i]->nOffsetList = 0; pCsr->apSegment[i]->iDocid = 0; } return SQLITE_OK; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep( Fts3Table *p, /* Virtual table handle */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int isIgnoreEmpty = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY); int isRequirePos = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS); int isColFilter = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_COLUMN_FILTER); int isPrefix = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_PREFIX); int isScan = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN); int isFirst = (pCsr->pFilter->flags & FTS3_SEGMENT_FIRST); Fts3SegReader **apSegment = pCsr->apSegment; int nSegment = pCsr->nSegment; Fts3SegFilter *pFilter = pCsr->pFilter; int (*xCmp)(Fts3SegReader *, Fts3SegReader *) = ( p->bDescIdx ? fts3SegReaderDoclistCmpRev : fts3SegReaderDoclistCmp ); if( pCsr->nSegment==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; do { int nMerge; int i; /* Advance the first pCsr->nAdvance entries in the apSegment[] array ** forward. Then sort the list in order of current term again. */ for(i=0; inAdvance; i++){ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = apSegment[i]; if( pSeg->bLookup ){ fts3SegReaderSetEof(pSeg); }else{ rc = fts3SegReaderNext(p, pSeg, 0); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nSegment, pCsr->nAdvance, fts3SegReaderCmp); pCsr->nAdvance = 0; /* If all the seg-readers are at EOF, we're finished. return SQLITE_OK. */ assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( apSegment[0]->aNode==0 ) break; pCsr->nTerm = apSegment[0]->nTerm; pCsr->zTerm = apSegment[0]->zTerm; /* If this is a prefix-search, and if the term that apSegment[0] points ** to does not share a suffix with pFilter->zTerm/nTerm, then all ** required callbacks have been made. In this case exit early. ** ** Similarly, if this is a search for an exact match, and the first term ** of segment apSegment[0] is not a match, exit early. */ if( pFilter->zTerm && !isScan ){ if( pCsr->nTermnTerm || (!isPrefix && pCsr->nTerm>pFilter->nTerm) || memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, pFilter->zTerm, pFilter->nTerm) ){ break; } } nMerge = 1; while( nMergeaNode && apSegment[nMerge]->nTerm==pCsr->nTerm && 0==memcmp(pCsr->zTerm, apSegment[nMerge]->zTerm, pCsr->nTerm) ){ nMerge++; } assert( isIgnoreEmpty || (isRequirePos && !isColFilter) ); if( nMerge==1 && !isIgnoreEmpty && !isFirst && (p->bDescIdx==0 || fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0])==0) ){ pCsr->nDoclist = apSegment[0]->nDoclist; if( fts3SegReaderIsPending(apSegment[0]) ){ rc = fts3MsrBufferData(pCsr, apSegment[0]->aDoclist, pCsr->nDoclist); pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; }else{ pCsr->aDoclist = apSegment[0]->aDoclist; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ROW; }else{ int nDoclist = 0; /* Size of doclist */ sqlite3_int64 iPrev = 0; /* Previous docid stored in doclist */ /* The current term of the first nMerge entries in the array ** of Fts3SegReader objects is the same. The doclists must be merged ** and a single term returned with the merged doclist. */ for(i=0; ipOffsetList ){ int j; /* Number of segments that share a docid */ char *pList = 0; int nList = 0; int nByte; sqlite3_int64 iDocid = apSegment[0]->iDocid; fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[0], &pList, &nList); j = 1; while( jpOffsetList && apSegment[j]->iDocid==iDocid ){ fts3SegReaderNextDocid(p, apSegment[j], 0, 0); j++; } if( isColFilter ){ fts3ColumnFilter(pFilter->iCol, 0, &pList, &nList); } if( !isIgnoreEmpty || nList>0 ){ /* Calculate the 'docid' delta value to write into the merged ** doclist. */ sqlite3_int64 iDelta; if( p->bDescIdx && nDoclist>0 ){ iDelta = iPrev - iDocid; }else{ iDelta = iDocid - iPrev; } assert( iDelta>0 || (nDoclist==0 && iDelta==iDocid) ); assert( nDoclist>0 || iDelta==iDocid ); nByte = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iDelta) + (isRequirePos?nList+1:0); if( nDoclist+nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ){ char *aNew; pCsr->nBuffer = (nDoclist+nByte)*2; aNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->aBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer); if( !aNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pCsr->aBuffer = aNew; } if( isFirst ){ char *a = &pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist]; int nWrite; nWrite = sqlite3Fts3FirstFilter(iDelta, pList, nList, a); if( nWrite ){ iPrev = iDocid; nDoclist += nWrite; } }else{ nDoclist += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], iDelta); iPrev = iDocid; if( isRequirePos ){ memcpy(&pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist], pList, nList); nDoclist += nList; pCsr->aBuffer[nDoclist++] = '\0'; } } } fts3SegReaderSort(apSegment, nMerge, j, xCmp); } if( nDoclist>0 ){ pCsr->aDoclist = pCsr->aBuffer; pCsr->nDoclist = nDoclist; rc = SQLITE_ROW; } } pCsr->nAdvance = nMerge; }while( rc==SQLITE_OK ); return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish( Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object */ ){ if( pCsr ){ int i; for(i=0; inSegment; i++){ sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFree(pCsr->apSegment[i]); } sqlite3_free(pCsr->apSegment); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aBuffer); pCsr->nSegment = 0; pCsr->apSegment = 0; pCsr->aBuffer = 0; } } /* ** Decode the "end_block" field, selected by column iCol of the SELECT ** statement passed as the first argument. ** ** The "end_block" field may contain either an integer, or a text field ** containing the text representation of two non-negative integers separated ** by one or more space (0x20) characters. In the first case, set *piEndBlock ** to the integer value and *pnByte to zero before returning. In the second, ** set *piEndBlock to the first value and *pnByte to the second. */ static void fts3ReadEndBlockField( sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, int iCol, i64 *piEndBlock, i64 *pnByte ){ const unsigned char *zText = sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol); if( zText ){ int i; int iMul = 1; i64 iVal = 0; for(i=0; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); } *piEndBlock = iVal; while( zText[i]==' ' ) i++; iVal = 0; if( zText[i]=='-' ){ i++; iMul = -1; } for(/* no-op */; zText[i]>='0' && zText[i]<='9'; i++){ iVal = iVal*10 + (zText[i] - '0'); } *pnByte = (iVal * (i64)iMul); } } /* ** A segment of size nByte bytes has just been written to absolute level ** iAbsLevel. Promote any segments that should be promoted as a result. */ static int fts3PromoteSegments( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level just updated */ sqlite3_int64 nByte /* Size of new segment at iAbsLevel */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_stmt *pRange; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL_RANGE2, &pRange, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int bOk = 0; i64 iLast = (iAbsLevel/FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL + 1) * FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL - 1; i64 nLimit = (nByte*3)/2; /* Loop through all entries in the %_segdir table corresponding to ** segments in this index on levels greater than iAbsLevel. If there is ** at least one such segment, and it is possible to determine that all ** such segments are smaller than nLimit bytes in size, they will be ** promoted to level iAbsLevel. */ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel+1); sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 2, iLast); while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){ i64 nSize = 0, dummy; fts3ReadEndBlockField(pRange, 2, &dummy, &nSize); if( nSize<=0 || nSize>nLimit ){ /* If nSize==0, then the %_segdir.end_block field does not not ** contain a size value. This happens if it was written by an ** old version of FTS. In this case it is not possible to determine ** the size of the segment, and so segment promotion does not ** take place. */ bOk = 0; break; } bOk = 1; } rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange); if( bOk ){ int iIdx = 0; sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate1 = 0; sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate2 = 0; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL_IDX, &pUpdate1, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_UPDATE_LEVEL, &pUpdate2, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Loop through all %_segdir entries for segments in this index with ** levels equal to or greater than iAbsLevel. As each entry is visited, ** updated it to set (level = -1) and (idx = N), where N is 0 for the ** oldest segment in the range, 1 for the next oldest, and so on. ** ** In other words, move all segments being promoted to level -1, ** setting the "idx" fields as appropriate to keep them in the same ** order. The contents of level -1 (which is never used, except ** transiently here), will be moved back to level iAbsLevel below. */ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRange, 1, iAbsLevel); while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pRange) ){ sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 1, iIdx++); sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 2, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 0)); sqlite3_bind_int(pUpdate1, 3, sqlite3_column_int(pRange, 1)); sqlite3_step(pUpdate1); rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_reset(pRange); break; } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3_reset(pRange); } /* Move level -1 to level iAbsLevel */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate2, 1, iAbsLevel); sqlite3_step(pUpdate2); rc = sqlite3_reset(pUpdate2); } } } return rc; } /* ** Merge all level iLevel segments in the database into a single ** iLevel+1 segment. Or, if iLevel<0, merge all segments into a ** single segment with a level equal to the numerically largest level ** currently present in the database. ** ** If this function is called with iLevel<0, but there is only one ** segment in the database, SQLITE_DONE is returned immediately. ** Otherwise, if successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, ** an SQLite error code is returned. */ static int fts3SegmentMerge( Fts3Table *p, int iLangid, /* Language id to merge */ int iIndex, /* Index in p->aIndex[] to merge */ int iLevel /* Level to merge */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ int iIdx = 0; /* Index of new segment */ sqlite3_int64 iNewLevel = 0; /* Level/index to create new segment at */ SegmentWriter *pWriter = 0; /* Used to write the new, merged, segment */ Fts3SegFilter filter; /* Segment term filter condition */ Fts3MultiSegReader csr; /* Cursor to iterate through level(s) */ int bIgnoreEmpty = 0; /* True to ignore empty segments */ i64 iMaxLevel = 0; /* Max level number for this index/langid */ assert( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL || iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING || iLevel>=0 ); assert( iLevel=0 && iIndexnIndex ); rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel, 0, 0, 1, 0, &csr); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || csr.nSegment==0 ) goto finished; if( iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING ){ rc = fts3SegmentMaxLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, &iMaxLevel); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; } if( iLevel==FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL ){ /* This call is to merge all segments in the database to a single ** segment. The level of the new segment is equal to the numerically ** greatest segment level currently present in the database for this ** index. The idx of the new segment is always 0. */ if( csr.nSegment==1 && 0==fts3SegReaderIsPending(csr.apSegment[0]) ){ rc = SQLITE_DONE; goto finished; } iNewLevel = iMaxLevel; bIgnoreEmpty = 1; }else{ /* This call is to merge all segments at level iLevel. find the next ** available segment index at level iLevel+1. The call to ** fts3AllocateSegdirIdx() will merge the segments at level iLevel+1 to ** a single iLevel+2 segment if necessary. */ assert( FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING==-1 ); iNewLevel = getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1); rc = fts3AllocateSegdirIdx(p, iLangid, iIndex, iLevel+1, &iIdx); bIgnoreEmpty = (iLevel!=FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING) && (iNewLevel>iMaxLevel); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto finished; assert( csr.nSegment>0 ); assert( iNewLevel>=getAbsoluteLevel(p, iLangid, iIndex, 0) ); assert( iNewLevelnLeafData); } } } finished: fts3SegWriterFree(pWriter); sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(&csr); return rc; } /* ** Flush the contents of pendingTerms to level 0 segments. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsFlush(Fts3Table *p){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, p->iPrevLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_PENDING); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); /* Determine the auto-incr-merge setting if unknown. If enabled, ** estimate the number of leaf blocks of content to be written */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->bHasStat && p->nAutoincrmerge==0xff && p->nLeafAdd>0 ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE); rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ p->nAutoincrmerge = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 ) p->nAutoincrmerge = 8; }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ p->nAutoincrmerge = 0; } rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } } return rc; } /* ** Encode N integers as varints into a blob. */ static void fts3EncodeIntArray( int N, /* The number of integers to encode */ u32 *a, /* The integer values */ char *zBuf, /* Write the BLOB here */ int *pNBuf /* Write number of bytes if zBuf[] used here */ ){ int i, j; for(i=j=0; iiPrevDocid. The sizes are encoded as ** a blob of varints. */ static void fts3InsertDocsize( int *pRC, /* Result code */ Fts3Table *p, /* Table into which to insert */ u32 *aSz /* Sizes of each column, in tokens */ ){ char *pBlob; /* The BLOB encoding of the document size */ int nBlob; /* Number of bytes in the BLOB */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement used to insert the encoding */ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ if( *pRC ) return; pBlob = sqlite3_malloc( 10*p->nColumn ); if( pBlob==0 ){ *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; return; } fts3EncodeIntArray(p->nColumn, aSz, pBlob, &nBlob); rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_DOCSIZE, &pStmt, 0); if( rc ){ sqlite3_free(pBlob); *pRC = rc; return; } sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, p->iPrevDocid); sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, sqlite3_free); sqlite3_step(pStmt); *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); } /* ** Record 0 of the %_stat table contains a blob consisting of N varints, ** where N is the number of user defined columns in the fts3 table plus ** two. If nCol is the number of user defined columns, then values of the ** varints are set as follows: ** ** Varint 0: Total number of rows in the table. ** ** Varint 1..nCol: For each column, the total number of tokens stored in ** the column for all rows of the table. ** ** Varint 1+nCol: The total size, in bytes, of all text values in all ** columns of all rows of the table. ** */ static void fts3UpdateDocTotals( int *pRC, /* The result code */ Fts3Table *p, /* Table being updated */ u32 *aSzIns, /* Size increases */ u32 *aSzDel, /* Size decreases */ int nChng /* Change in the number of documents */ ){ char *pBlob; /* Storage for BLOB written into %_stat */ int nBlob; /* Size of BLOB written into %_stat */ u32 *a; /* Array of integers that becomes the BLOB */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement for reading and writing */ int i; /* Loop counter */ int rc; /* Result code from subfunctions */ const int nStat = p->nColumn+2; if( *pRC ) return; a = sqlite3_malloc( (sizeof(u32)+10)*nStat ); if( a==0 ){ *pRC = SQLITE_NOMEM; return; } pBlob = (char*)&a[nStat]; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pStmt, 0); if( rc ){ sqlite3_free(a); *pRC = rc; return; } sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); if( sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW ){ fts3DecodeIntArray(nStat, a, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, 0)); }else{ memset(a, 0, sizeof(u32)*(nStat) ); } rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(a); *pRC = rc; return; } if( nChng<0 && a[0]<(u32)(-nChng) ){ a[0] = 0; }else{ a[0] += nChng; } for(i=0; inColumn+1; i++){ u32 x = a[i+1]; if( x+aSzIns[i] < aSzDel[i] ){ x = 0; }else{ x = x + aSzIns[i] - aSzDel[i]; } a[i+1] = x; } fts3EncodeIntArray(nStat, a, pBlob, &nBlob); rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0); if( rc ){ sqlite3_free(a); *pRC = rc; return; } sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_DOCTOTAL); sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, pBlob, nBlob, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(pStmt); *pRC = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); sqlite3_bind_null(pStmt, 2); sqlite3_free(a); } /* ** Merge the entire database so that there is one segment for each ** iIndex/iLangid combination. */ static int fts3DoOptimize(Fts3Table *p, int bReturnDone){ int bSeenDone = 0; int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pAllLangid = 0; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_ALL_LANGID, &pAllLangid, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 1, p->iPrevLangid); sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 2, p->nIndex); while( sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ int i; int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0); for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && inIndex; i++){ rc = fts3SegmentMerge(p, iLangid, i, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ bSeenDone = 1; rc = SQLITE_OK; } } } rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); sqlite3Fts3PendingTermsClear(p); return (rc==SQLITE_OK && bReturnDone && bSeenDone) ? SQLITE_DONE : rc; } /* ** This function is called when the user executes the following statement: ** ** INSERT INTO () VALUES('rebuild'); ** ** The entire FTS index is discarded and rebuilt. If the table is one ** created using the content=xxx option, then the new index is based on ** the current contents of the xxx table. Otherwise, it is rebuilt based ** on the contents of the %_content table. */ static int fts3DoRebuild(Fts3Table *p){ int rc; /* Return Code */ rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ u32 *aSz = 0; u32 *aSzIns = 0; u32 *aSzDel = 0; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; int nEntry = 0; /* Compose and prepare an SQL statement to loop through the content table */ char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1)*3; aSz = (u32 *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( aSz==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memset(aSz, 0, nByte); aSzIns = &aSz[p->nColumn+1]; aSzDel = &aSzIns[p->nColumn+1]; } } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ int iCol; int iLangid = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt); rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 0, iLangid, sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0)); memset(aSz, 0, sizeof(aSz[0]) * (p->nColumn+1)); for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iColnColumn; iCol++){ if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ const char *z = (const char *) sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); rc = fts3PendingTermsAdd(p, iLangid, z, iCol, &aSz[iCol]); aSz[p->nColumn] += sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); } } if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSz); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); pStmt = 0; }else{ nEntry++; for(iCol=0; iCol<=p->nColumn; iCol++){ aSzIns[iCol] += aSz[iCol]; } } } if( p->bFts4 ){ fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nEntry); } sqlite3_free(aSz); if( pStmt ){ int rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } } return rc; } /* ** This function opens a cursor used to read the input data for an ** incremental merge operation. Specifically, it opens a cursor to scan ** the oldest nSeg segments (idx=0 through idx=(nSeg-1)) in absolute ** level iAbsLevel. */ static int fts3IncrmergeCsr( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to open */ int nSeg, /* Number of segments to merge */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor object to populate */ ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Statement used to read %_segdir entry */ int nByte; /* Bytes allocated at pCsr->apSegment[] */ /* Allocate space for the Fts3MultiSegReader.aCsr[] array */ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(*pCsr)); nByte = sizeof(Fts3SegReader *) * nSeg; pCsr->apSegment = (Fts3SegReader **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( pCsr->apSegment==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memset(pCsr->apSegment, 0, nByte); rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_LEVEL, &pStmt, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; int rc2; sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iAbsLevel); assert( pCsr->nSegment==0 ); for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pStmt)==SQLITE_ROW && iapSegment[i] ); pCsr->nSegment++; } rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } return rc; } typedef struct IncrmergeWriter IncrmergeWriter; typedef struct NodeWriter NodeWriter; typedef struct Blob Blob; typedef struct NodeReader NodeReader; /* ** An instance of the following structure is used as a dynamic buffer ** to build up nodes or other blobs of data in. ** ** The function blobGrowBuffer() is used to extend the allocation. */ struct Blob { char *a; /* Pointer to allocation */ int n; /* Number of valid bytes of data in a[] */ int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of a[] (nAlloc>=n) */ }; /* ** This structure is used to build up buffers containing segment b-tree ** nodes (blocks). */ struct NodeWriter { sqlite3_int64 iBlock; /* Current block id */ Blob key; /* Last key written to the current block */ Blob block; /* Current block image */ }; /* ** An object of this type contains the state required to create or append ** to an appendable b-tree segment. */ struct IncrmergeWriter { int nLeafEst; /* Space allocated for leaf blocks */ int nWork; /* Number of leaf pages flushed */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel; /* Absolute level of input segments */ int iIdx; /* Index of *output* segment in iAbsLevel+1 */ sqlite3_int64 iStart; /* Block number of first allocated block */ sqlite3_int64 iEnd; /* Block number of last allocated block */ sqlite3_int64 nLeafData; /* Bytes of leaf page data so far */ u8 bNoLeafData; /* If true, store 0 for segment size */ NodeWriter aNodeWriter[FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT]; }; /* ** An object of the following type is used to read data from a single ** FTS segment node. See the following functions: ** ** nodeReaderInit() ** nodeReaderNext() ** nodeReaderRelease() */ struct NodeReader { const char *aNode; int nNode; int iOff; /* Current offset within aNode[] */ /* Output variables. Containing the current node entry. */ sqlite3_int64 iChild; /* Pointer to child node */ Blob term; /* Current term */ const char *aDoclist; /* Pointer to doclist */ int nDoclist; /* Size of doclist in bytes */ }; /* ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, if the allocation at pBlob->a is not already at least nMin ** bytes in size, extend (realloc) it to be so. ** ** If an OOM error occurs, set *pRc to SQLITE_NOMEM and leave pBlob->a ** unmodified. Otherwise, if the allocation succeeds, update pBlob->nAlloc ** to reflect the new size of the pBlob->a[] buffer. */ static void blobGrowBuffer(Blob *pBlob, int nMin, int *pRc){ if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK && nMin>pBlob->nAlloc ){ int nAlloc = nMin; char *a = (char *)sqlite3_realloc(pBlob->a, nAlloc); if( a ){ pBlob->nAlloc = nAlloc; pBlob->a = a; }else{ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } } /* ** Attempt to advance the node-reader object passed as the first argument to ** the next entry on the node. ** ** Return an error code if an error occurs (SQLITE_NOMEM is possible). ** Otherwise return SQLITE_OK. If there is no next entry on the node ** (e.g. because the current entry is the last) set NodeReader->aNode to ** NULL to indicate EOF. Otherwise, populate the NodeReader structure output ** variables for the new entry. */ static int nodeReaderNext(NodeReader *p){ int bFirst = (p->term.n==0); /* True for first term on the node */ int nPrefix = 0; /* Bytes to copy from previous term */ int nSuffix = 0; /* Bytes to append to the prefix */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ assert( p->aNode ); if( p->iChild && bFirst==0 ) p->iChild++; if( p->iOff>=p->nNode ){ /* EOF */ p->aNode = 0; }else{ if( bFirst==0 ){ p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nPrefix); } p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &nSuffix); blobGrowBuffer(&p->term, nPrefix+nSuffix, &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ memcpy(&p->term.a[nPrefix], &p->aNode[p->iOff], nSuffix); p->term.n = nPrefix+nSuffix; p->iOff += nSuffix; if( p->iChild==0 ){ p->iOff += fts3GetVarint32(&p->aNode[p->iOff], &p->nDoclist); p->aDoclist = &p->aNode[p->iOff]; p->iOff += p->nDoclist; } } } assert( p->iOff<=p->nNode ); return rc; } /* ** Release all dynamic resources held by node-reader object *p. */ static void nodeReaderRelease(NodeReader *p){ sqlite3_free(p->term.a); } /* ** Initialize a node-reader object to read the node in buffer aNode/nNode. ** ** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and the NodeReader object set to ** point to the first entry on the node (if any). Otherwise, an SQLite ** error code is returned. */ static int nodeReaderInit(NodeReader *p, const char *aNode, int nNode){ memset(p, 0, sizeof(NodeReader)); p->aNode = aNode; p->nNode = nNode; /* Figure out if this is a leaf or an internal node. */ if( p->aNode[0] ){ /* An internal node. */ p->iOff = 1 + sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&p->aNode[1], &p->iChild); }else{ p->iOff = 1; } return nodeReaderNext(p); } /* ** This function is called while writing an FTS segment each time a leaf o ** node is finished and written to disk. The key (zTerm/nTerm) is guaranteed ** to be greater than the largest key on the node just written, but smaller ** than or equal to the first key that will be written to the next leaf ** node. ** ** The block id of the leaf node just written to disk may be found in ** (pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock) when this function is called. */ static int fts3IncrmergePush( Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ const char *zTerm, /* Term to write to internal node */ int nTerm /* Bytes at zTerm */ ){ sqlite3_int64 iPtr = pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock; int iLayer; assert( nTerm>0 ); for(iLayer=1; ALWAYS(iLayeraNodeWriter[iLayer]; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nPrefix; int nSuffix; int nSpace; /* Figure out how much space the key will consume if it is written to ** the current node of layer iLayer. Due to the prefix compression, ** the space required changes depending on which node the key is to ** be added to. */ nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pNode->key.a, pNode->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; if( pNode->key.n==0 || (pNode->block.n + nSpace)<=p->nNodeSize ){ /* If the current node of layer iLayer contains zero keys, or if adding ** the key to it will not cause it to grow to larger than nNodeSize ** bytes in size, write the key here. */ Blob *pBlk = &pNode->block; if( pBlk->n==0 ){ blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, p->nNodeSize, &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pBlk->a[0] = (char)iLayer; pBlk->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[1], iPtr); } } blobGrowBuffer(pBlk, pBlk->n + nSpace, &rc); blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, nTerm, &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pNode->key.n ){ pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nPrefix); } pBlk->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], nSuffix); memcpy(&pBlk->a[pBlk->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); pBlk->n += nSuffix; memcpy(pNode->key.a, zTerm, nTerm); pNode->key.n = nTerm; } }else{ /* Otherwise, flush the current node of layer iLayer to disk. ** Then allocate a new, empty sibling node. The key will be written ** into the parent of this node. */ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); assert( pNode->block.nAlloc>=p->nNodeSize ); pNode->block.a[0] = (char)iLayer; pNode->block.n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->block.a[1], iPtr+1); iNextPtr = pNode->iBlock; pNode->iBlock++; pNode->key.n = 0; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iNextPtr==0 ) return rc; iPtr = iNextPtr; } assert( 0 ); return 0; } /* ** Append a term and (optionally) doclist to the FTS segment node currently ** stored in blob *pNode. The node need not contain any terms, but the ** header must be written before this function is called. ** ** A node header is a single 0x00 byte for a leaf node, or a height varint ** followed by the left-hand-child varint for an internal node. ** ** The term to be appended is passed via arguments zTerm/nTerm. For a ** leaf node, the doclist is passed as aDoclist/nDoclist. For an internal ** node, both aDoclist and nDoclist must be passed 0. ** ** If the size of the value in blob pPrev is zero, then this is the first ** term written to the node. Otherwise, pPrev contains a copy of the ** previous term. Before this function returns, it is updated to contain a ** copy of zTerm/nTerm. ** ** It is assumed that the buffer associated with pNode is already large ** enough to accommodate the new entry. The buffer associated with pPrev ** is extended by this function if requrired. ** ** If an error (i.e. OOM condition) occurs, an SQLite error code is ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. */ static int fts3AppendToNode( Blob *pNode, /* Current node image to append to */ Blob *pPrev, /* Buffer containing previous term written */ const char *zTerm, /* New term to write */ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ const char *aDoclist, /* Doclist (or NULL) to write */ int nDoclist /* Size of aDoclist in bytes */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int bFirst = (pPrev->n==0); /* True if this is the first term written */ int nPrefix; /* Size of term prefix in bytes */ int nSuffix; /* Size of term suffix in bytes */ /* Node must have already been started. There must be a doclist for a ** leaf node, and there must not be a doclist for an internal node. */ assert( pNode->n>0 ); assert( (pNode->a[0]=='\0')==(aDoclist!=0) ); blobGrowBuffer(pPrev, nTerm, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pPrev->a, pPrev->n, zTerm, nTerm); nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; memcpy(pPrev->a, zTerm, nTerm); pPrev->n = nTerm; if( bFirst==0 ){ pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nPrefix); } pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nSuffix); memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], &zTerm[nPrefix], nSuffix); pNode->n += nSuffix; if( aDoclist ){ pNode->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[pNode->n], nDoclist); memcpy(&pNode->a[pNode->n], aDoclist, nDoclist); pNode->n += nDoclist; } assert( pNode->n<=pNode->nAlloc ); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Append the current term and doclist pointed to by cursor pCsr to the ** appendable b-tree segment opened for writing by pWriter. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. */ static int fts3IncrmergeAppend( Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Writer object */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr /* Cursor containing term and doclist */ ){ const char *zTerm = pCsr->zTerm; int nTerm = pCsr->nTerm; const char *aDoclist = pCsr->aDoclist; int nDoclist = pCsr->nDoclist; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int nSpace; /* Total space in bytes required on leaf */ int nPrefix; /* Size of prefix shared with previous term */ int nSuffix; /* Size of suffix (nTerm - nPrefix) */ NodeWriter *pLeaf; /* Object used to write leaf nodes */ pLeaf = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[0]; nPrefix = fts3PrefixCompress(pLeaf->key.a, pLeaf->key.n, zTerm, nTerm); nSuffix = nTerm - nPrefix; nSpace = sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nPrefix); nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist; /* If the current block is not empty, and if adding this term/doclist ** to the current block would make it larger than Fts3Table.nNodeSize ** bytes, write this block out to the database. */ if( pLeaf->block.n>0 && (pLeaf->block.n + nSpace)>p->nNodeSize ){ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pLeaf->iBlock, pLeaf->block.a, pLeaf->block.n); pWriter->nWork++; /* Add the current term to the parent node. The term added to the ** parent must: ** ** a) be greater than the largest term on the leaf node just written ** to the database (still available in pLeaf->key), and ** ** b) be less than or equal to the term about to be added to the new ** leaf node (zTerm/nTerm). ** ** In other words, it must be the prefix of zTerm 1 byte longer than ** the common prefix (if any) of zTerm and pWriter->zTerm. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3IncrmergePush(p, pWriter, zTerm, nPrefix+1); } /* Advance to the next output block */ pLeaf->iBlock++; pLeaf->key.n = 0; pLeaf->block.n = 0; nSuffix = nTerm; nSpace = 1; nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nSuffix) + nSuffix; nSpace += sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(nDoclist) + nDoclist; } pWriter->nLeafData += nSpace; blobGrowBuffer(&pLeaf->block, pLeaf->block.n + nSpace, &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pLeaf->block.n==0 ){ pLeaf->block.n = 1; pLeaf->block.a[0] = '\0'; } rc = fts3AppendToNode( &pLeaf->block, &pLeaf->key, zTerm, nTerm, aDoclist, nDoclist ); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called to release all dynamic resources held by the ** merge-writer object pWriter, and if no error has occurred, to flush ** all outstanding node buffers held by pWriter to disk. ** ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, then no attempt ** is made to write any data to disk. Instead, this function serves only ** to release outstanding resources. ** ** Otherwise, if *pRc is initially SQLITE_OK and an error occurs while ** flushing buffers to disk, *pRc is set to an SQLite error code before ** returning. */ static void fts3IncrmergeRelease( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ IncrmergeWriter *pWriter, /* Merge-writer object */ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ int i; /* Used to iterate through non-root layers */ int iRoot; /* Index of root in pWriter->aNodeWriter */ NodeWriter *pRoot; /* NodeWriter for root node */ int rc = *pRc; /* Error code */ /* Set iRoot to the index in pWriter->aNodeWriter[] of the output segment ** root node. If the segment fits entirely on a single leaf node, iRoot ** will be set to 0. If the root node is the parent of the leaves, iRoot ** will be 1. And so on. */ for(iRoot=FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT-1; iRoot>=0; iRoot--){ NodeWriter *pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot]; if( pNode->block.n>0 ) break; assert( *pRc || pNode->block.nAlloc==0 ); assert( *pRc || pNode->key.nAlloc==0 ); sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a); sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a); } /* Empty output segment. This is a no-op. */ if( iRoot<0 ) return; /* The entire output segment fits on a single node. Normally, this means ** the node would be stored as a blob in the "root" column of the %_segdir ** table. However, this is not permitted in this case. The problem is that ** space has already been reserved in the %_segments table, and so the ** start_block and end_block fields of the %_segdir table must be populated. ** And, by design or by accident, released versions of FTS cannot handle ** segments that fit entirely on the root node with start_block!=0. ** ** Instead, create a synthetic root node that contains nothing but a ** pointer to the single content node. So that the segment consists of a ** single leaf and a single interior (root) node. ** ** Todo: Better might be to defer allocating space in the %_segments ** table until we are sure it is needed. */ if( iRoot==0 ){ Blob *pBlock = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[1].block; blobGrowBuffer(pBlock, 1 + FTS3_VARINT_MAX, &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pBlock->a[0] = 0x01; pBlock->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint( &pBlock->a[1], pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock ); } iRoot = 1; } pRoot = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[iRoot]; /* Flush all currently outstanding nodes to disk. */ for(i=0; iaNodeWriter[i]; if( pNode->block.n>0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pNode->iBlock, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); } sqlite3_free(pNode->block.a); sqlite3_free(pNode->key.a); } /* Write the %_segdir record. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3WriteSegdir(p, pWriter->iAbsLevel+1, /* level */ pWriter->iIdx, /* idx */ pWriter->iStart, /* start_block */ pWriter->aNodeWriter[0].iBlock, /* leaves_end_block */ pWriter->iEnd, /* end_block */ (pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ? pWriter->nLeafData : 0), /* end_block */ pRoot->block.a, pRoot->block.n /* root */ ); } sqlite3_free(pRoot->block.a); sqlite3_free(pRoot->key.a); *pRc = rc; } /* ** Compare the term in buffer zLhs (size in bytes nLhs) with that in ** zRhs (size in bytes nRhs) using memcmp. If one term is a prefix of ** the other, it is considered to be smaller than the other. ** ** Return -ve if zLhs is smaller than zRhs, 0 if it is equal, or +ve ** if it is greater. */ static int fts3TermCmp( const char *zLhs, int nLhs, /* LHS of comparison */ const char *zRhs, int nRhs /* RHS of comparison */ ){ int nCmp = MIN(nLhs, nRhs); int res; res = memcmp(zLhs, zRhs, nCmp); if( res==0 ) res = nLhs - nRhs; return res; } /* ** Query to see if the entry in the %_segments table with blockid iEnd is ** NULL. If no error occurs and the entry is NULL, set *pbRes 1 before ** returning. Otherwise, set *pbRes to 0. ** ** Or, if an error occurs while querying the database, return an SQLite ** error code. The final value of *pbRes is undefined in this case. ** ** This is used to test if a segment is an "appendable" segment. If it ** is, then a NULL entry has been inserted into the %_segments table ** with blockid %_segdir.end_block. */ static int fts3IsAppendable(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_int64 iEnd, int *pbRes){ int bRes = 0; /* Result to set *pbRes to */ sqlite3_stmt *pCheck = 0; /* Statement to query database with */ int rc; /* Return code */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SEGMENT_IS_APPENDABLE, &pCheck, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck, 1, iEnd); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pCheck) ) bRes = 1; rc = sqlite3_reset(pCheck); } *pbRes = bRes; return rc; } /* ** This function is called when initializing an incremental-merge operation. ** It checks if the existing segment with index value iIdx at absolute level ** (iAbsLevel+1) can be appended to by the incremental merge. If it can, the ** merge-writer object *pWriter is initialized to write to it. ** ** An existing segment can be appended to by an incremental merge if: ** ** * It was initially created as an appendable segment (with all required ** space pre-allocated), and ** ** * The first key read from the input (arguments zKey and nKey) is ** greater than the largest key currently stored in the potential ** output segment. */ static int fts3IncrmergeLoad( Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ int iIdx, /* Index of candidate output segment */ const char *zKey, /* First key to write */ int nKey, /* Number of bytes in nKey */ IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* SELECT to read %_segdir entry */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pSelect, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_int64 iStart = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.start_block */ sqlite3_int64 iLeafEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.leaves_end_block */ sqlite3_int64 iEnd = 0; /* Value of %_segdir.end_block */ const char *aRoot = 0; /* Pointer to %_segdir.root buffer */ int nRoot = 0; /* Size of aRoot[] in bytes */ int rc2; /* Return code from sqlite3_reset() */ int bAppendable = 0; /* Set to true if segment is appendable */ /* Read the %_segdir entry for index iIdx absolute level (iAbsLevel+1) */ sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel+1); sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 2, iIdx); if( sqlite3_step(pSelect)==SQLITE_ROW ){ iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 1); iLeafEnd = sqlite3_column_int64(pSelect, 2); fts3ReadEndBlockField(pSelect, 3, &iEnd, &pWriter->nLeafData); if( pWriter->nLeafData<0 ){ pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1; } pWriter->bNoLeafData = (pWriter->nLeafData==0); nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 4); aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 4); }else{ return sqlite3_reset(pSelect); } /* Check for the zero-length marker in the %_segments table */ rc = fts3IsAppendable(p, iEnd, &bAppendable); /* Check that zKey/nKey is larger than the largest key the candidate */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){ char *aLeaf = 0; int nLeaf = 0; rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iLeafEnd, &aLeaf, &nLeaf, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ NodeReader reader; for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aLeaf, nLeaf); rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) ){ assert( reader.aNode ); } if( fts3TermCmp(zKey, nKey, reader.term.a, reader.term.n)<=0 ){ bAppendable = 0; } nodeReaderRelease(&reader); } sqlite3_free(aLeaf); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bAppendable ){ /* It is possible to append to this segment. Set up the IncrmergeWriter ** object to do so. */ int i; int nHeight = (int)aRoot[0]; NodeWriter *pNode; pWriter->nLeafEst = (int)((iEnd - iStart) + 1)/FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; pWriter->iStart = iStart; pWriter->iEnd = iEnd; pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel; pWriter->iIdx = iIdx; for(i=nHeight+1; iaNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst; } pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[nHeight]; pNode->iBlock = pWriter->iStart + pWriter->nLeafEst*nHeight; blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nRoot, p->nNodeSize), &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ memcpy(pNode->block.a, aRoot, nRoot); pNode->block.n = nRoot; } for(i=nHeight; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){ NodeReader reader; pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i]; rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, pNode->block.a, pNode->block.n); while( reader.aNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader); blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->key, reader.term.n, &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ memcpy(pNode->key.a, reader.term.a, reader.term.n); pNode->key.n = reader.term.n; if( i>0 ){ char *aBlock = 0; int nBlock = 0; pNode = &pWriter->aNodeWriter[i-1]; pNode->iBlock = reader.iChild; rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, reader.iChild, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); blobGrowBuffer(&pNode->block, MAX(nBlock, p->nNodeSize), &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ memcpy(pNode->block.a, aBlock, nBlock); pNode->block.n = nBlock; } sqlite3_free(aBlock); } } nodeReaderRelease(&reader); } } rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } return rc; } /* ** Determine the largest segment index value that exists within absolute ** level iAbsLevel+1. If no error occurs, set *piIdx to this value plus ** one before returning SQLITE_OK. Or, if there are no segments at all ** within level iAbsLevel, set *piIdx to zero. ** ** If an error occurs, return an SQLite error code. The final value of ** *piIdx is undefined in this case. */ static int fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS Table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute index of input segments */ int *piIdx /* OUT: Next free index at iAbsLevel+1 */ ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pOutputIdx = 0; /* SQL used to find output index */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENT_INDEX, &pOutputIdx, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pOutputIdx, 1, iAbsLevel+1); sqlite3_step(pOutputIdx); *piIdx = sqlite3_column_int(pOutputIdx, 0); rc = sqlite3_reset(pOutputIdx); } return rc; } /* ** Allocate an appendable output segment on absolute level iAbsLevel+1 ** with idx value iIdx. ** ** In the %_segdir table, a segment is defined by the values in three ** columns: ** ** start_block ** leaves_end_block ** end_block ** ** When an appendable segment is allocated, it is estimated that the ** maximum number of leaf blocks that may be required is the sum of the ** number of leaf blocks consumed by the input segments, plus the number ** of input segments, multiplied by two. This value is stored in stack ** variable nLeafEst. ** ** A total of 16*nLeafEst blocks are allocated when an appendable segment ** is created ((1 + end_block - start_block)==16*nLeafEst). The contiguous ** array of leaf nodes starts at the first block allocated. The array ** of interior nodes that are parents of the leaf nodes start at block ** (start_block + (1 + end_block - start_block) / 16). And so on. ** ** In the actual code below, the value "16" is replaced with the ** pre-processor macro FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT. */ static int fts3IncrmergeWriter( Fts3Table *p, /* Fts3 table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of input segments */ int iIdx, /* Index of new output segment */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Cursor that data will be read from */ IncrmergeWriter *pWriter /* Populate this object */ ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ int nLeafEst = 0; /* Blocks allocated for leaf nodes */ sqlite3_stmt *pLeafEst = 0; /* SQL used to determine nLeafEst */ sqlite3_stmt *pFirstBlock = 0; /* SQL used to determine first block */ /* Calculate nLeafEst. */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_MAX_LEAF_NODE_ESTIMATE, &pLeafEst, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 1, iAbsLevel); sqlite3_bind_int64(pLeafEst, 2, pCsr->nSegment); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pLeafEst) ){ nLeafEst = sqlite3_column_int(pLeafEst, 0); } rc = sqlite3_reset(pLeafEst); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Calculate the first block to use in the output segment */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_NEXT_SEGMENTS_ID, &pFirstBlock, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFirstBlock) ){ pWriter->iStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFirstBlock, 0); pWriter->iEnd = pWriter->iStart - 1; pWriter->iEnd += nLeafEst * FTS_MAX_APPENDABLE_HEIGHT; } rc = sqlite3_reset(pFirstBlock); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; /* Insert the marker in the %_segments table to make sure nobody tries ** to steal the space just allocated. This is also used to identify ** appendable segments. */ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, pWriter->iEnd, 0, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; pWriter->iAbsLevel = iAbsLevel; pWriter->nLeafEst = nLeafEst; pWriter->iIdx = iIdx; /* Set up the array of NodeWriter objects */ for(i=0; iaNodeWriter[i].iBlock = pWriter->iStart + i*pWriter->nLeafEst; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Remove an entry from the %_segdir table. This involves running the ** following two statements: ** ** DELETE FROM %_segdir WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx = :iIdx ** UPDATE %_segdir SET idx = idx - 1 WHERE level = :iAbsLevel AND idx > :iIdx ** ** The DELETE statement removes the specific %_segdir level. The UPDATE ** statement ensures that the remaining segments have contiguously allocated ** idx values. */ static int fts3RemoveSegdirEntry( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level to delete from */ int iIdx /* Index of %_segdir entry to delete */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ sqlite3_stmt *pDelete = 0; /* DELETE statement */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pDelete, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDelete, 1, iAbsLevel); sqlite3_bind_int(pDelete, 2, iIdx); sqlite3_step(pDelete); rc = sqlite3_reset(pDelete); } return rc; } /* ** One or more segments have just been removed from absolute level iAbsLevel. ** Update the 'idx' values of the remaining segments in the level so that ** the idx values are a contiguous sequence starting from 0. */ static int fts3RepackSegdirLevel( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel /* Absolute level to repack */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ int *aIdx = 0; /* Array of remaining idx values */ int nIdx = 0; /* Valid entries in aIdx[] */ int nAlloc = 0; /* Allocated size of aIdx[] */ int i; /* Iterator variable */ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; /* Select statement to read idx values */ sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate = 0; /* Update statement to modify idx values */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_INDEXES, &pSelect, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; sqlite3_bind_int64(pSelect, 1, iAbsLevel); while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ if( nIdx>=nAlloc ){ int *aNew; nAlloc += 16; aNew = sqlite3_realloc(aIdx, nAlloc*sizeof(int)); if( !aNew ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; break; } aIdx = aNew; } aIdx[nIdx++] = sqlite3_column_int(pSelect, 0); } rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SHIFT_SEGDIR_ENTRY, &pUpdate, 0); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pUpdate, 2, iAbsLevel); } assert( p->bIgnoreSavepoint==0 ); p->bIgnoreSavepoint = 1; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ibIgnoreSavepoint = 0; sqlite3_free(aIdx); return rc; } static void fts3StartNode(Blob *pNode, int iHeight, sqlite3_int64 iChild){ pNode->a[0] = (char)iHeight; if( iChild ){ assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1+sqlite3Fts3VarintLen(iChild) ); pNode->n = 1 + sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pNode->a[1], iChild); }else{ assert( pNode->nAlloc>=1 ); pNode->n = 1; } } /* ** The first two arguments are a pointer to and the size of a segment b-tree ** node. The node may be a leaf or an internal node. ** ** This function creates a new node image in blob object *pNew by copying ** all terms that are greater than or equal to zTerm/nTerm (for leaf nodes) ** or greater than zTerm/nTerm (for internal nodes) from aNode/nNode. */ static int fts3TruncateNode( const char *aNode, /* Current node image */ int nNode, /* Size of aNode in bytes */ Blob *pNew, /* OUT: Write new node image here */ const char *zTerm, /* Omit all terms smaller than this */ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ sqlite3_int64 *piBlock /* OUT: Block number in next layer down */ ){ NodeReader reader; /* Reader object */ Blob prev = {0, 0, 0}; /* Previous term written to new node */ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int bLeaf = aNode[0]=='\0'; /* True for a leaf node */ /* Allocate required output space */ blobGrowBuffer(pNew, nNode, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; pNew->n = 0; /* Populate new node buffer */ for(rc = nodeReaderInit(&reader, aNode, nNode); rc==SQLITE_OK && reader.aNode; rc = nodeReaderNext(&reader) ){ if( pNew->n==0 ){ int res = fts3TermCmp(reader.term.a, reader.term.n, zTerm, nTerm); if( res<0 || (bLeaf==0 && res==0) ) continue; fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild); *piBlock = reader.iChild; } rc = fts3AppendToNode( pNew, &prev, reader.term.a, reader.term.n, reader.aDoclist, reader.nDoclist ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; } if( pNew->n==0 ){ fts3StartNode(pNew, (int)aNode[0], reader.iChild); *piBlock = reader.iChild; } assert( pNew->n<=pNew->nAlloc ); nodeReaderRelease(&reader); sqlite3_free(prev.a); return rc; } /* ** Remove all terms smaller than zTerm/nTerm from segment iIdx in absolute ** level iAbsLevel. This may involve deleting entries from the %_segments ** table, and modifying existing entries in both the %_segments and %_segdir ** tables. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if the segment is updated successfully. Or an ** SQLite error code otherwise. */ static int fts3TruncateSegment( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level of segment to modify */ int iIdx, /* Index within level of segment to modify */ const char *zTerm, /* Remove terms smaller than this */ int nTerm /* Number of bytes in buffer zTerm */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ Blob root = {0,0,0}; /* New root page image */ Blob block = {0,0,0}; /* Buffer used for any other block */ sqlite3_int64 iBlock = 0; /* Block id */ sqlite3_int64 iNewStart = 0; /* New value for iStartBlock */ sqlite3_int64 iOldStart = 0; /* Old value for iStartBlock */ sqlite3_stmt *pFetch = 0; /* Statement used to fetch segdir */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_SEGDIR, &pFetch, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ sqlite3_bind_int64(pFetch, 1, iAbsLevel); sqlite3_bind_int(pFetch, 2, iIdx); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pFetch) ){ const char *aRoot = sqlite3_column_blob(pFetch, 4); int nRoot = sqlite3_column_bytes(pFetch, 4); iOldStart = sqlite3_column_int64(pFetch, 1); rc = fts3TruncateNode(aRoot, nRoot, &root, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock); } rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pFetch); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iBlock ){ char *aBlock = 0; int nBlock = 0; iNewStart = iBlock; rc = sqlite3Fts3ReadBlock(p, iBlock, &aBlock, &nBlock, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3TruncateNode(aBlock, nBlock, &block, zTerm, nTerm, &iBlock); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3WriteSegment(p, iNewStart, block.a, block.n); } sqlite3_free(aBlock); } /* Variable iNewStart now contains the first valid leaf node. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iNewStart ){ sqlite3_stmt *pDel = 0; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_DELETE_SEGMENTS_RANGE, &pDel, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 1, iOldStart); sqlite3_bind_int64(pDel, 2, iNewStart-1); sqlite3_step(pDel); rc = sqlite3_reset(pDel); } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_stmt *pChomp = 0; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_CHOMP_SEGDIR, &pChomp, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 1, iNewStart); sqlite3_bind_blob(pChomp, 2, root.a, root.n, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_bind_int64(pChomp, 3, iAbsLevel); sqlite3_bind_int(pChomp, 4, iIdx); sqlite3_step(pChomp); rc = sqlite3_reset(pChomp); sqlite3_bind_null(pChomp, 2); } } sqlite3_free(root.a); sqlite3_free(block.a); return rc; } /* ** This function is called after an incrmental-merge operation has run to ** merge (or partially merge) two or more segments from absolute level ** iAbsLevel. ** ** Each input segment is either removed from the db completely (if all of ** its data was copied to the output segment by the incrmerge operation) ** or modified in place so that it no longer contains those entries that ** have been duplicated in the output segment. */ static int fts3IncrmergeChomp( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS table handle */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel, /* Absolute level containing segments */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr, /* Chomp all segments opened by this cursor */ int *pnRem /* Number of segments not deleted */ ){ int i; int nRem = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; for(i=pCsr->nSegment-1; i>=0 && rc==SQLITE_OK; i--){ Fts3SegReader *pSeg = 0; int j; /* Find the Fts3SegReader object with Fts3SegReader.iIdx==i. It is hiding ** somewhere in the pCsr->apSegment[] array. */ for(j=0; ALWAYS(jnSegment); j++){ pSeg = pCsr->apSegment[j]; if( pSeg->iIdx==i ) break; } assert( jnSegment && pSeg->iIdx==i ); if( pSeg->aNode==0 ){ /* Seg-reader is at EOF. Remove the entire input segment. */ rc = fts3DeleteSegment(p, pSeg); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3RemoveSegdirEntry(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx); } *pnRem = 0; }else{ /* The incremental merge did not copy all the data from this ** segment to the upper level. The segment is modified in place ** so that it contains no keys smaller than zTerm/nTerm. */ const char *zTerm = pSeg->zTerm; int nTerm = pSeg->nTerm; rc = fts3TruncateSegment(p, iAbsLevel, pSeg->iIdx, zTerm, nTerm); nRem++; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem!=pCsr->nSegment ){ rc = fts3RepackSegdirLevel(p, iAbsLevel); } *pnRem = nRem; return rc; } /* ** Store an incr-merge hint in the database. */ static int fts3IncrmergeHintStore(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ sqlite3_stmt *pReplace = 0; int rc; /* Return code */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pReplace, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int(pReplace, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT); sqlite3_bind_blob(pReplace, 2, pHint->a, pHint->n, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(pReplace); rc = sqlite3_reset(pReplace); sqlite3_bind_null(pReplace, 2); } return rc; } /* ** Load an incr-merge hint from the database. The incr-merge hint, if one ** exists, is stored in the rowid==1 row of the %_stat table. ** ** If successful, populate blob *pHint with the value read from the %_stat ** table and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if an error occurs, return an ** SQLite error code. */ static int fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(Fts3Table *p, Blob *pHint){ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; int rc; pHint->n = 0; rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_SELECT_STAT, &pSelect, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; sqlite3_bind_int(pSelect, 1, FTS_STAT_INCRMERGEHINT); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pSelect) ){ const char *aHint = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelect, 0); int nHint = sqlite3_column_bytes(pSelect, 0); if( aHint ){ blobGrowBuffer(pHint, nHint, &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ memcpy(pHint->a, aHint, nHint); pHint->n = nHint; } } } rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pSelect); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } return rc; } /* ** If *pRc is not SQLITE_OK when this function is called, it is a no-op. ** Otherwise, append an entry to the hint stored in blob *pHint. Each entry ** consists of two varints, the absolute level number of the input segments ** and the number of input segments. ** ** If successful, leave *pRc set to SQLITE_OK and return. If an error occurs, ** set *pRc to an SQLite error code before returning. */ static void fts3IncrmergeHintPush( Blob *pHint, /* Hint blob to append to */ i64 iAbsLevel, /* First varint to store in hint */ int nInput, /* Second varint to store in hint */ int *pRc /* IN/OUT: Error code */ ){ blobGrowBuffer(pHint, pHint->n + 2*FTS3_VARINT_MAX, pRc); if( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ){ pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], iAbsLevel); pHint->n += sqlite3Fts3PutVarint(&pHint->a[pHint->n], (i64)nInput); } } /* ** Read the last entry (most recently pushed) from the hint blob *pHint ** and then remove the entry. Write the two values read to *piAbsLevel and ** *pnInput before returning. ** ** If no error occurs, return SQLITE_OK. If the hint blob in *pHint does ** not contain at least two valid varints, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. */ static int fts3IncrmergeHintPop(Blob *pHint, i64 *piAbsLevel, int *pnInput){ const int nHint = pHint->n; int i; i = pHint->n-2; while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--; while( i>0 && (pHint->a[i-1] & 0x80) ) i--; pHint->n = i; i += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(&pHint->a[i], piAbsLevel); i += fts3GetVarint32(&pHint->a[i], pnInput); if( i!=nHint ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Attempt an incremental merge that writes nMerge leaf blocks. ** ** Incremental merges happen nMin segments at a time. The segments ** to be merged are the nMin oldest segments (the ones with the smallest ** values for the _segdir.idx field) in the highest level that contains ** at least nMin segments. Multiple merges might occur in an attempt to ** write the quota of nMerge leaf blocks. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(Fts3Table *p, int nMerge, int nMin){ int rc; /* Return code */ int nRem = nMerge; /* Number of leaf pages yet to be written */ Fts3MultiSegReader *pCsr; /* Cursor used to read input data */ Fts3SegFilter *pFilter; /* Filter used with cursor pCsr */ IncrmergeWriter *pWriter; /* Writer object */ int nSeg = 0; /* Number of input segments */ sqlite3_int64 iAbsLevel = 0; /* Absolute level number to work on */ Blob hint = {0, 0, 0}; /* Hint read from %_stat table */ int bDirtyHint = 0; /* True if blob 'hint' has been modified */ /* Allocate space for the cursor, filter and writer objects */ const int nAlloc = sizeof(*pCsr) + sizeof(*pFilter) + sizeof(*pWriter); pWriter = (IncrmergeWriter *)sqlite3_malloc(nAlloc); if( !pWriter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pFilter = (Fts3SegFilter *)&pWriter[1]; pCsr = (Fts3MultiSegReader *)&pFilter[1]; rc = fts3IncrmergeHintLoad(p, &hint); while( rc==SQLITE_OK && nRem>0 ){ const i64 nMod = FTS3_SEGDIR_MAXLEVEL * p->nIndex; sqlite3_stmt *pFindLevel = 0; /* SQL used to determine iAbsLevel */ int bUseHint = 0; /* True if attempting to append */ int iIdx = 0; /* Largest idx in level (iAbsLevel+1) */ /* Search the %_segdir table for the absolute level with the smallest ** relative level number that contains at least nMin segments, if any. ** If one is found, set iAbsLevel to the absolute level number and ** nSeg to nMin. If no level with at least nMin segments can be found, ** set nSeg to -1. */ rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_FIND_MERGE_LEVEL, &pFindLevel, 0); sqlite3_bind_int(pFindLevel, 1, MAX(2, nMin)); if( sqlite3_step(pFindLevel)==SQLITE_ROW ){ iAbsLevel = sqlite3_column_int64(pFindLevel, 0); nSeg = sqlite3_column_int(pFindLevel, 1); assert( nSeg>=2 ); }else{ nSeg = -1; } rc = sqlite3_reset(pFindLevel); /* If the hint read from the %_stat table is not empty, check if the ** last entry in it specifies a relative level smaller than or equal ** to the level identified by the block above (if any). If so, this ** iteration of the loop will work on merging at the hinted level. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && hint.n ){ int nHint = hint.n; sqlite3_int64 iHintAbsLevel = 0; /* Hint level */ int nHintSeg = 0; /* Hint number of segments */ rc = fts3IncrmergeHintPop(&hint, &iHintAbsLevel, &nHintSeg); if( nSeg<0 || (iAbsLevel % nMod) >= (iHintAbsLevel % nMod) ){ iAbsLevel = iHintAbsLevel; nSeg = nHintSeg; bUseHint = 1; bDirtyHint = 1; }else{ /* This undoes the effect of the HintPop() above - so that no entry ** is removed from the hint blob. */ hint.n = nHint; } } /* If nSeg is less that zero, then there is no level with at least ** nMin segments and no hint in the %_stat table. No work to do. ** Exit early in this case. */ if( nSeg<0 ) break; /* Open a cursor to iterate through the contents of the oldest nSeg ** indexes of absolute level iAbsLevel. If this cursor is opened using ** the 'hint' parameters, it is possible that there are less than nSeg ** segments available in level iAbsLevel. In this case, no work is ** done on iAbsLevel - fall through to the next iteration of the loop ** to start work on some other level. */ memset(pWriter, 0, nAlloc); pFilter->flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3IncrmergeOutputIdx(p, iAbsLevel, &iIdx); assert( bUseHint==1 || bUseHint==0 ); if( iIdx==0 || (bUseHint && iIdx==1) ){ int bIgnore = 0; rc = fts3SegmentIsMaxLevel(p, iAbsLevel+1, &bIgnore); if( bIgnore ){ pFilter->flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3IncrmergeCsr(p, iAbsLevel, nSeg, pCsr); } if( SQLITE_OK==rc && pCsr->nSegment==nSeg && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, pCsr, pFilter)) && SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr)) ){ if( bUseHint && iIdx>0 ){ const char *zKey = pCsr->zTerm; int nKey = pCsr->nTerm; rc = fts3IncrmergeLoad(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx-1, zKey, nKey, pWriter); }else{ rc = fts3IncrmergeWriter(p, iAbsLevel, iIdx, pCsr, pWriter); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pWriter->nLeafEst ){ fts3LogMerge(nSeg, iAbsLevel); do { rc = fts3IncrmergeAppend(p, pWriter, pCsr); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, pCsr); if( pWriter->nWork>=nRem && rc==SQLITE_ROW ) rc = SQLITE_OK; }while( rc==SQLITE_ROW ); /* Update or delete the input segments */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nRem -= (1 + pWriter->nWork); rc = fts3IncrmergeChomp(p, iAbsLevel, pCsr, &nSeg); if( nSeg!=0 ){ bDirtyHint = 1; fts3IncrmergeHintPush(&hint, iAbsLevel, nSeg, &rc); } } } if( nSeg!=0 ){ pWriter->nLeafData = pWriter->nLeafData * -1; } fts3IncrmergeRelease(p, pWriter, &rc); if( nSeg==0 && pWriter->bNoLeafData==0 ){ fts3PromoteSegments(p, iAbsLevel+1, pWriter->nLeafData); } } sqlite3Fts3SegReaderFinish(pCsr); } /* Write the hint values into the %_stat table for the next incr-merger */ if( bDirtyHint && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3IncrmergeHintStore(p, &hint); } sqlite3_free(pWriter); sqlite3_free(hint.a); return rc; } /* ** Convert the text beginning at *pz into an integer and return ** its value. Advance *pz to point to the first character past ** the integer. ** ** This function used for parameters to merge= and incrmerge= ** commands. */ static int fts3Getint(const char **pz){ const char *z = *pz; int i = 0; while( (*z)>='0' && (*z)<='9' && i<214748363 ) i = 10*i + *(z++) - '0'; *pz = z; return i; } /* ** Process statements of the form: ** ** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('merge=A,B'); ** ** A and B are integers that decode to be the number of leaf pages ** written for the merge, and the minimum number of segments on a level ** before it will be selected for a merge, respectively. */ static int fts3DoIncrmerge( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing "A,B" */ ){ int rc; int nMin = (FTS3_MERGE_COUNT / 2); int nMerge = 0; const char *z = zParam; /* Read the first integer value */ nMerge = fts3Getint(&z); /* If the first integer value is followed by a ',', read the second ** integer value. */ if( z[0]==',' && z[1]!='\0' ){ z++; nMin = fts3Getint(&z); } if( z[0]!='\0' || nMin<2 ){ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; }else{ rc = SQLITE_OK; if( !p->bHasStat ){ assert( p->bFts4==0 ); sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3Incrmerge(p, nMerge, nMin); } sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); } return rc; } /* ** Process statements of the form: ** ** INSERT INTO table(table) VALUES('automerge=X'); ** ** where X is an integer. X==0 means to turn automerge off. X!=0 means ** turn it on. The setting is persistent. */ static int fts3DoAutoincrmerge( Fts3Table *p, /* FTS3 table handle */ const char *zParam /* Nul-terminated string containing boolean */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; p->nAutoincrmerge = fts3Getint(&zParam); if( p->nAutoincrmerge==1 || p->nAutoincrmerge>FTS3_MERGE_COUNT ){ p->nAutoincrmerge = 8; } if( !p->bHasStat ){ assert( p->bFts4==0 ); sqlite3Fts3CreateStatTable(&rc, p); if( rc ) return rc; } rc = fts3SqlStmt(p, SQL_REPLACE_STAT, &pStmt, 0); if( rc ) return rc; sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 1, FTS_STAT_AUTOINCRMERGE); sqlite3_bind_int(pStmt, 2, p->nAutoincrmerge); sqlite3_step(pStmt); rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); return rc; } /* ** Return a 64-bit checksum for the FTS index entry specified by the ** arguments to this function. */ static u64 fts3ChecksumEntry( const char *zTerm, /* Pointer to buffer containing term */ int nTerm, /* Size of zTerm in bytes */ int iLangid, /* Language id for current row */ int iIndex, /* Index (0..Fts3Table.nIndex-1) */ i64 iDocid, /* Docid for current row. */ int iCol, /* Column number */ int iPos /* Position */ ){ int i; u64 ret = (u64)iDocid; ret += (ret<<3) + iLangid; ret += (ret<<3) + iIndex; ret += (ret<<3) + iCol; ret += (ret<<3) + iPos; for(i=0; inIndex-1) */ int *pRc /* OUT: Return code */ ){ Fts3SegFilter filter; Fts3MultiSegReader csr; int rc; u64 cksum = 0; assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ); memset(&filter, 0, sizeof(filter)); memset(&csr, 0, sizeof(csr)); filter.flags = FTS3_SEGMENT_REQUIRE_POS|FTS3_SEGMENT_IGNORE_EMPTY; filter.flags |= FTS3_SEGMENT_SCAN; rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderCursor( p, iLangid, iIndex, FTS3_SEGCURSOR_ALL, 0, 0, 0, 1,&csr ); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStart(p, &csr, &filter); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ while( SQLITE_ROW==(rc = sqlite3Fts3SegReaderStep(p, &csr)) ){ char *pCsr = csr.aDoclist; char *pEnd = &pCsr[csr.nDoclist]; i64 iDocid = 0; i64 iCol = 0; i64 iPos = 0; pCsr += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pCsr, &iDocid); while( pCsriPrevLangid); sqlite3_bind_int(pAllLangid, 2, p->nIndex); while( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pAllLangid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ int iLangid = sqlite3_column_int(pAllLangid, 0); int i; for(i=0; inIndex; i++){ cksum1 = cksum1 ^ fts3ChecksumIndex(p, iLangid, i, &rc); } } rc2 = sqlite3_reset(pAllLangid); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; } /* This block calculates the checksum according to the %_content table */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = p->pTokenizer->pModule; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; char *zSql; zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s" , p->zReadExprlist); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ i64 iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); int iLang = langidFromSelect(p, pStmt); int iCol; for(iCol=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iColnColumn; iCol++){ if( p->abNotindexed[iCol]==0 ){ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, iCol+1); int nText = sqlite3_column_bytes(pStmt, iCol+1); sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pT = 0; rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(p->pTokenizer, iLang, zText, nText,&pT); while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */ int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */ int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */ rc = pModule->xNext(pT, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( zToken, nToken, iLang, 0, iDocid, iCol, iPos ); for(i=1; inIndex; i++){ if( p->aIndex[i].nPrefix<=nToken ){ cksum2 = cksum2 ^ fts3ChecksumEntry( zToken, p->aIndex[i].nPrefix, iLang, i, iDocid, iCol, iPos ); } } } } if( pT ) pModule->xClose(pT); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } } } sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } *pbOk = (cksum1==cksum2); return rc; } /* ** Run the integrity-check. If no error occurs and the current contents of ** the FTS index are correct, return SQLITE_OK. Or, if the contents of the ** FTS index are incorrect, return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. ** ** Or, if an error (e.g. an OOM or IO error) occurs, return an SQLite ** error code. ** ** The integrity-check works as follows. For each token and indexed token ** prefix in the document set, a 64-bit checksum is calculated (by code ** in fts3ChecksumEntry()) based on the following: ** ** + The index number (0 for the main index, 1 for the first prefix ** index etc.), ** + The token (or token prefix) text itself, ** + The language-id of the row it appears in, ** + The docid of the row it appears in, ** + The column it appears in, and ** + The tokens position within that column. ** ** The checksums for all entries in the index are XORed together to create ** a single checksum for the entire index. ** ** The integrity-check code calculates the same checksum in two ways: ** ** 1. By scanning the contents of the FTS index, and ** 2. By scanning and tokenizing the content table. ** ** If the two checksums are identical, the integrity-check is deemed to have ** passed. */ static int fts3DoIntegrityCheck( Fts3Table *p /* FTS3 table handle */ ){ int rc; int bOk = 0; rc = fts3IntegrityCheck(p, &bOk); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ) rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; return rc; } /* ** Handle a 'special' INSERT of the form: ** ** "INSERT INTO tbl(tbl) VALUES()" ** ** Argument pVal contains the result of . Currently the only ** meaningful value to insert is the text 'optimize'. */ static int fts3SpecialInsert(Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pVal){ int rc; /* Return Code */ const char *zVal = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(pVal); int nVal = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal); if( !zVal ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; }else if( nVal==8 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "optimize", 8) ){ rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 0); }else if( nVal==7 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "rebuild", 7) ){ rc = fts3DoRebuild(p); }else if( nVal==15 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "integrity-check", 15) ){ rc = fts3DoIntegrityCheck(p); }else if( nVal>6 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "merge=", 6) ){ rc = fts3DoIncrmerge(p, &zVal[6]); }else if( nVal>10 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "automerge=", 10) ){ rc = fts3DoAutoincrmerge(p, &zVal[10]); #ifdef SQLITE_TEST }else if( nVal>9 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "nodesize=", 9) ){ p->nNodeSize = atoi(&zVal[9]); rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( nVal>11 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "maxpending=", 9) ){ p->nMaxPendingData = atoi(&zVal[11]); rc = SQLITE_OK; }else if( nVal>21 && 0==sqlite3_strnicmp(zVal, "test-no-incr-doclist=", 21) ){ p->bNoIncrDoclist = atoi(&zVal[21]); rc = SQLITE_OK; #endif }else{ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } return rc; } #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS4_DEFERRED /* ** Delete all cached deferred doclists. Deferred doclists are cached ** (allocated) by the sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists() function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pDef->pNext){ fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); pDef->pList = 0; } } /* ** Free all entries in the pCsr->pDeffered list. Entries are added to ** this list using sqlite3Fts3DeferToken(). */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3FreeDeferredTokens(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; Fts3DeferredToken *pNext; for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef; pDef=pNext){ pNext = pDef->pNext; fts3PendingListDelete(pDef->pList); sqlite3_free(pDef); } pCsr->pDeferred = 0; } /* ** Generate deferred-doclists for all tokens in the pCsr->pDeferred list ** based on the row that pCsr currently points to. ** ** A deferred-doclist is like any other doclist with position information ** included, except that it only contains entries for a single row of the ** table, not for all rows. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3CacheDeferredDoclists(Fts3Cursor *pCsr){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ int i; /* Used to iterate through table columns */ sqlite3_int64 iDocid; /* Docid of the row pCsr points to */ Fts3DeferredToken *pDef; /* Used to iterate through deferred tokens */ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; sqlite3_tokenizer *pT = p->pTokenizer; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pT->pModule; assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); iDocid = sqlite3_column_int64(pCsr->pStmt, 0); for(i=0; inColumn && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ if( p->abNotindexed[i]==0 ){ const char *zText = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, i+1); sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pTC = 0; rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pT, pCsr->iLangid, zText, -1, &pTC); while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char const *zToken; /* Buffer containing token */ int nToken = 0; /* Number of bytes in token */ int iDum1 = 0, iDum2 = 0; /* Dummy variables */ int iPos = 0; /* Position of token in zText */ rc = pModule->xNext(pTC, &zToken, &nToken, &iDum1, &iDum2, &iPos); for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ Fts3PhraseToken *pPT = pDef->pToken; if( (pDef->iCol>=p->nColumn || pDef->iCol==i) && (pPT->bFirst==0 || iPos==0) && (pPT->n==nToken || (pPT->isPrefix && pPT->nz, pPT->n)) ){ fts3PendingListAppend(&pDef->pList, iDocid, i, iPos, &rc); } } } if( pTC ) pModule->xClose(pTC); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; } } for(pDef=pCsr->pDeferred; pDef && rc==SQLITE_OK; pDef=pDef->pNext){ if( pDef->pList ){ rc = fts3PendingListAppendVarint(&pDef->pList, 0); } } } return rc; } SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferredTokenList( Fts3DeferredToken *p, char **ppData, int *pnData ){ char *pRet; int nSkip; sqlite3_int64 dummy; *ppData = 0; *pnData = 0; if( p->pList==0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; } pRet = (char *)sqlite3_malloc(p->pList->nData); if( !pRet ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; nSkip = sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(p->pList->aData, &dummy); *pnData = p->pList->nData - nSkip; *ppData = pRet; memcpy(pRet, &p->pList->aData[nSkip], *pnData); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Add an entry for token pToken to the pCsr->pDeferred list. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3DeferToken( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 table cursor */ Fts3PhraseToken *pToken, /* Token to defer */ int iCol /* Column that token must appear in (or -1) */ ){ Fts3DeferredToken *pDeferred; pDeferred = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*pDeferred)); if( !pDeferred ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pDeferred, 0, sizeof(*pDeferred)); pDeferred->pToken = pToken; pDeferred->pNext = pCsr->pDeferred; pDeferred->iCol = iCol; pCsr->pDeferred = pDeferred; assert( pToken->pDeferred==0 ); pToken->pDeferred = pDeferred; return SQLITE_OK; } #endif /* ** SQLite value pRowid contains the rowid of a row that may or may not be ** present in the FTS3 table. If it is, delete it and adjust the contents ** of subsiduary data structures accordingly. */ static int fts3DeleteByRowid( Fts3Table *p, sqlite3_value *pRowid, int *pnChng, /* IN/OUT: Decrement if row is deleted */ u32 *aSzDel ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ int bFound = 0; /* True if *pRowid really is in the table */ fts3DeleteTerms(&rc, p, pRowid, aSzDel, &bFound); if( bFound && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int isEmpty = 0; /* Deleting *pRowid leaves the table empty */ rc = fts3IsEmpty(p, pRowid, &isEmpty); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( isEmpty ){ /* Deleting this row means the whole table is empty. In this case ** delete the contents of all three tables and throw away any ** data in the pendingTerms hash table. */ rc = fts3DeleteAll(p, 1); *pnChng = 0; memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(u32) * (p->nColumn+1) * 2); }else{ *pnChng = *pnChng - 1; if( p->zContentTbl==0 ){ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_CONTENT, &pRowid); } if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3SqlExec(&rc, p, SQL_DELETE_DOCSIZE, &pRowid); } } } } return rc; } /* ** This function does the work for the xUpdate method of FTS3 virtual ** tables. The schema of the virtual table being: ** ** CREATE TABLE
    ( ** , **
    HIDDEN, ** docid HIDDEN, ** HIDDEN ** ); ** ** */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3UpdateMethod( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, /* FTS3 vtab object */ int nArg, /* Size of argument array */ sqlite3_value **apVal, /* Array of arguments */ sqlite_int64 *pRowid /* OUT: The affected (or effected) rowid */ ){ Fts3Table *p = (Fts3Table *)pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return Code */ u32 *aSzIns = 0; /* Sizes of inserted documents */ u32 *aSzDel = 0; /* Sizes of deleted documents */ int nChng = 0; /* Net change in number of documents */ int bInsertDone = 0; /* At this point it must be known if the %_stat table exists or not. ** So bHasStat may not be 2. */ assert( p->bHasStat==0 || p->bHasStat==1 ); assert( p->pSegments==0 ); assert( nArg==1 /* DELETE operations */ || nArg==(2 + p->nColumn + 3) /* INSERT or UPDATE operations */ ); /* Check for a "special" INSERT operation. One of the form: ** ** INSERT INTO xyz(xyz) VALUES('command'); */ if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL && sqlite3_value_type(apVal[p->nColumn+2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ rc = fts3SpecialInsert(p, apVal[p->nColumn+2]); goto update_out; } if( nArg>1 && sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2])<0 ){ rc = SQLITE_CONSTRAINT; goto update_out; } /* Allocate space to hold the change in document sizes */ aSzDel = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2 ); if( aSzDel==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto update_out; } aSzIns = &aSzDel[p->nColumn+1]; memset(aSzDel, 0, sizeof(aSzDel[0])*(p->nColumn+1)*2); rc = fts3Writelock(p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto update_out; /* If this is an INSERT operation, or an UPDATE that modifies the rowid ** value, then this operation requires constraint handling. ** ** If the on-conflict mode is REPLACE, this means that the existing row ** should be deleted from the database before inserting the new row. Or, ** if the on-conflict mode is other than REPLACE, then this method must ** detect the conflict and return SQLITE_CONSTRAINT before beginning to ** modify the database file. */ if( nArg>1 && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ /* Find the value object that holds the new rowid value. */ sqlite3_value *pNewRowid = apVal[3+p->nColumn]; if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)==SQLITE_NULL ){ pNewRowid = apVal[1]; } if( sqlite3_value_type(pNewRowid)!=SQLITE_NULL && ( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_NULL || sqlite3_value_int64(apVal[0])!=sqlite3_value_int64(pNewRowid) )){ /* The new rowid is not NULL (in this case the rowid will be ** automatically assigned and there is no chance of a conflict), and ** the statement is either an INSERT or an UPDATE that modifies the ** rowid column. So if the conflict mode is REPLACE, then delete any ** existing row with rowid=pNewRowid. ** ** Or, if the conflict mode is not REPLACE, insert the new record into ** the %_content table. If we hit the duplicate rowid constraint (or any ** other error) while doing so, return immediately. ** ** This branch may also run if pNewRowid contains a value that cannot ** be losslessly converted to an integer. In this case, the eventual ** call to fts3InsertData() (either just below or further on in this ** function) will return SQLITE_MISMATCH. If fts3DeleteByRowid is ** invoked, it will delete zero rows (since no row will have ** docid=$pNewRowid if $pNewRowid is not an integer value). */ if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(p->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, pNewRowid, &nChng, aSzDel); }else{ rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); bInsertDone = 1; } } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto update_out; } /* If this is a DELETE or UPDATE operation, remove the old record. */ if( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ assert( sqlite3_value_type(apVal[0])==SQLITE_INTEGER ); rc = fts3DeleteByRowid(p, apVal[0], &nChng, aSzDel); } /* If this is an INSERT or UPDATE operation, insert the new record. */ if( nArg>1 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iLangid = sqlite3_value_int(apVal[2 + p->nColumn + 2]); if( bInsertDone==0 ){ rc = fts3InsertData(p, apVal, pRowid); if( rc==SQLITE_CONSTRAINT && p->zContentTbl==0 ){ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3PendingTermsDocid(p, 0, iLangid, *pRowid); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( p->iPrevDocid==*pRowid ); rc = fts3InsertTerms(p, iLangid, apVal, aSzIns); } if( p->bHasDocsize ){ fts3InsertDocsize(&rc, p, aSzIns); } nChng++; } if( p->bFts4 ){ fts3UpdateDocTotals(&rc, p, aSzIns, aSzDel, nChng); } update_out: sqlite3_free(aSzDel); sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); return rc; } /* ** Flush any data in the pending-terms hash table to disk. If successful, ** merge all segments in the database (including the new segment, if ** there was any data to flush) into a single segment. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Fts3Optimize(Fts3Table *p){ int rc; rc = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "SAVEPOINT fts3", 0, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3DoOptimize(p, 1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ int rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); if( rc2!=SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; }else{ sqlite3_exec(p->db, "ROLLBACK TO fts3", 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_exec(p->db, "RELEASE fts3", 0, 0, 0); } } sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(p); return rc; } #endif /************** End of fts3_write.c ******************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_snippet.c ************************************/ /* ** 2009 Oct 23 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** */ /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include */ /* #include */ /* ** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo(). */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE 'p' /* 1 value */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL 'c' /* 1 value */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC 'n' /* 1 value */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH 'a' /* nCol values */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH 'l' /* nCol values */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS 's' /* nCol values */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS 'x' /* 3*nCol*nPhrase values */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS 'y' /* nCol*nPhrase values */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM 'b' /* nCol*nPhrase values */ /* ** The default value for the second argument to matchinfo(). */ #define FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT "pcx" /* ** Used as an fts3ExprIterate() context when loading phrase doclists to ** Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. */ typedef struct LoadDoclistCtx LoadDoclistCtx; struct LoadDoclistCtx { Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* FTS3 Cursor */ int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases seen so far */ int nToken; /* Number of tokens seen so far */ }; /* ** The following types are used as part of the implementation of the ** fts3BestSnippet() routine. */ typedef struct SnippetIter SnippetIter; typedef struct SnippetPhrase SnippetPhrase; typedef struct SnippetFragment SnippetFragment; struct SnippetIter { Fts3Cursor *pCsr; /* Cursor snippet is being generated from */ int iCol; /* Extract snippet from this column */ int nSnippet; /* Requested snippet length (in tokens) */ int nPhrase; /* Number of phrases in query */ SnippetPhrase *aPhrase; /* Array of size nPhrase */ int iCurrent; /* First token of current snippet */ }; struct SnippetPhrase { int nToken; /* Number of tokens in phrase */ char *pList; /* Pointer to start of phrase position list */ int iHead; /* Next value in position list */ char *pHead; /* Position list data following iHead */ int iTail; /* Next value in trailing position list */ char *pTail; /* Position list data following iTail */ }; struct SnippetFragment { int iCol; /* Column snippet is extracted from */ int iPos; /* Index of first token in snippet */ u64 covered; /* Mask of query phrases covered */ u64 hlmask; /* Mask of snippet terms to highlight */ }; /* ** This type is used as an fts3ExprIterate() context object while ** accumulating the data returned by the matchinfo() function. */ typedef struct MatchInfo MatchInfo; struct MatchInfo { Fts3Cursor *pCursor; /* FTS3 Cursor */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in table */ int nPhrase; /* Number of matchable phrases in query */ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of docs in database */ char flag; u32 *aMatchinfo; /* Pre-allocated buffer */ }; /* ** An instance of this structure is used to manage a pair of buffers, each ** (nElem * sizeof(u32)) bytes in size. See the MatchinfoBuffer code below ** for details. */ struct MatchinfoBuffer { u8 aRef[3]; int nElem; int bGlobal; /* Set if global data is loaded */ char *zMatchinfo; u32 aMatchinfo[1]; }; /* ** The snippet() and offsets() functions both return text values. An instance ** of the following structure is used to accumulate those values while the ** functions are running. See fts3StringAppend() for details. */ typedef struct StrBuffer StrBuffer; struct StrBuffer { char *z; /* Pointer to buffer containing string */ int n; /* Length of z in bytes (excl. nul-term) */ int nAlloc; /* Allocated size of buffer z in bytes */ }; /************************************************************************* ** Start of MatchinfoBuffer code. */ /* ** Allocate a two-slot MatchinfoBuffer object. */ static MatchinfoBuffer *fts3MIBufferNew(int nElem, const char *zMatchinfo){ MatchinfoBuffer *pRet; int nByte = sizeof(u32) * (2*nElem + 1) + sizeof(MatchinfoBuffer); int nStr = (int)strlen(zMatchinfo); pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nByte + nStr+1); if( pRet ){ memset(pRet, 0, nByte); pRet->aMatchinfo[0] = (u8*)(&pRet->aMatchinfo[1]) - (u8*)pRet; pRet->aMatchinfo[1+nElem] = pRet->aMatchinfo[0] + sizeof(u32)*(nElem+1); pRet->nElem = nElem; pRet->zMatchinfo = ((char*)pRet) + nByte; memcpy(pRet->zMatchinfo, zMatchinfo, nStr+1); pRet->aRef[0] = 1; } return pRet; } static void fts3MIBufferFree(void *p){ MatchinfoBuffer *pBuf = (MatchinfoBuffer*)((u8*)p - ((u32*)p)[-1]); assert( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] || (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[pBuf->nElem+2] ); if( (u32*)p==&pBuf->aMatchinfo[1] ){ pBuf->aRef[1] = 0; }else{ pBuf->aRef[2] = 0; } if( pBuf->aRef[0]==0 && pBuf->aRef[1]==0 && pBuf->aRef[2]==0 ){ sqlite3_free(pBuf); } } static void (*fts3MIBufferAlloc(MatchinfoBuffer *p, u32 **paOut))(void*){ void (*xRet)(void*) = 0; u32 *aOut = 0; if( p->aRef[1]==0 ){ p->aRef[1] = 1; aOut = &p->aMatchinfo[1]; xRet = fts3MIBufferFree; } else if( p->aRef[2]==0 ){ p->aRef[2] = 1; aOut = &p->aMatchinfo[p->nElem+2]; xRet = fts3MIBufferFree; }else{ aOut = (u32*)sqlite3_malloc(p->nElem * sizeof(u32)); if( aOut ){ xRet = sqlite3_free; if( p->bGlobal ) memcpy(aOut, &p->aMatchinfo[1], p->nElem*sizeof(u32)); } } *paOut = aOut; return xRet; } static void fts3MIBufferSetGlobal(MatchinfoBuffer *p){ p->bGlobal = 1; memcpy(&p->aMatchinfo[2+p->nElem], &p->aMatchinfo[1], p->nElem*sizeof(u32)); } /* ** Free a MatchinfoBuffer object allocated using fts3MIBufferNew() */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(MatchinfoBuffer *p){ if( p ){ assert( p->aRef[0]==1 ); p->aRef[0] = 0; if( p->aRef[0]==0 && p->aRef[1]==0 && p->aRef[2]==0 ){ sqlite3_free(p); } } } /* ** End of MatchinfoBuffer code. *************************************************************************/ /* ** This function is used to help iterate through a position-list. A position ** list is a list of unique integers, sorted from smallest to largest. Each ** element of the list is represented by an FTS3 varint that takes the value ** of the difference between the current element and the previous one plus ** two. For example, to store the position-list: ** ** 4 9 113 ** ** the three varints: ** ** 6 7 106 ** ** are encoded. ** ** When this function is called, *pp points to the start of an element of ** the list. *piPos contains the value of the previous entry in the list. ** After it returns, *piPos contains the value of the next element of the ** list and *pp is advanced to the following varint. */ static void fts3GetDeltaPosition(char **pp, int *piPos){ int iVal; *pp += fts3GetVarint32(*pp, &iVal); *piPos += (iVal-2); } /* ** Helper function for fts3ExprIterate() (see below). */ static int fts3ExprIterate2( Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */ int *piPhrase, /* Pointer to phrase counter */ int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */ void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */ ){ int rc; /* Return code */ int eType = pExpr->eType; /* Type of expression node pExpr */ if( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE ){ assert( pExpr->pLeft && pExpr->pRight ); rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pLeft, piPhrase, x, pCtx); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && eType!=FTSQUERY_NOT ){ rc = fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr->pRight, piPhrase, x, pCtx); } }else{ rc = x(pExpr, *piPhrase, pCtx); (*piPhrase)++; } return rc; } /* ** Iterate through all phrase nodes in an FTS3 query, except those that ** are part of a sub-tree that is the right-hand-side of a NOT operator. ** For each phrase node found, the supplied callback function is invoked. ** ** If the callback function returns anything other than SQLITE_OK, ** the iteration is abandoned and the error code returned immediately. ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned after a callback has been made for ** all eligible phrase nodes. */ static int fts3ExprIterate( Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Expression to iterate phrases of */ int (*x)(Fts3Expr*,int,void*), /* Callback function to invoke for phrases */ void *pCtx /* Second argument to pass to callback */ ){ int iPhrase = 0; /* Variable used as the phrase counter */ return fts3ExprIterate2(pExpr, &iPhrase, x, pCtx); } /* ** This is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used while loading the doclists ** for each phrase into Fts3Expr.aDoclist[]/nDoclist. See also ** fts3ExprLoadDoclists(). */ static int fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; LoadDoclistCtx *p = (LoadDoclistCtx *)ctx; UNUSED_PARAMETER(iPhrase); p->nPhrase++; p->nToken += pPhrase->nToken; return rc; } /* ** Load the doclists for each phrase in the query associated with FTS3 cursor ** pCsr. ** ** If pnPhrase is not NULL, then *pnPhrase is set to the number of matchable ** phrases in the expression (all phrases except those directly or ** indirectly descended from the right-hand-side of a NOT operator). If ** pnToken is not NULL, then it is set to the number of tokens in all ** matchable phrases of the expression. */ static int fts3ExprLoadDoclists( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Fts3 cursor for current query */ int *pnPhrase, /* OUT: Number of phrases in query */ int *pnToken /* OUT: Number of tokens in query */ ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ LoadDoclistCtx sCtx = {0,0,0}; /* Context for fts3ExprIterate() */ sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprLoadDoclistsCb, (void *)&sCtx); if( pnPhrase ) *pnPhrase = sCtx.nPhrase; if( pnToken ) *pnToken = sCtx.nToken; return rc; } static int fts3ExprPhraseCountCb(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ (*(int *)ctx)++; pExpr->iPhrase = iPhrase; return SQLITE_OK; } static int fts3ExprPhraseCount(Fts3Expr *pExpr){ int nPhrase = 0; (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprPhraseCountCb, (void *)&nPhrase); return nPhrase; } /* ** Advance the position list iterator specified by the first two ** arguments so that it points to the first element with a value greater ** than or equal to parameter iNext. */ static void fts3SnippetAdvance(char **ppIter, int *piIter, int iNext){ char *pIter = *ppIter; if( pIter ){ int iIter = *piIter; while( iIteriCurrent<0 ){ /* The SnippetIter object has just been initialized. The first snippet ** candidate always starts at offset 0 (even if this candidate has a ** score of 0.0). */ pIter->iCurrent = 0; /* Advance the 'head' iterator of each phrase to the first offset that ** is greater than or equal to (iNext+nSnippet). */ for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, pIter->nSnippet); } }else{ int iStart; int iEnd = 0x7FFFFFFF; for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; if( pPhrase->pHead && pPhrase->iHeadiHead; } } if( iEnd==0x7FFFFFFF ){ return 1; } pIter->iCurrent = iStart = iEnd - pIter->nSnippet + 1; for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pHead, &pPhrase->iHead, iEnd+1); fts3SnippetAdvance(&pPhrase->pTail, &pPhrase->iTail, iStart); } } return 0; } /* ** Retrieve information about the current candidate snippet of snippet ** iterator pIter. */ static void fts3SnippetDetails( SnippetIter *pIter, /* Snippet iterator */ u64 mCovered, /* Bitmask of phrases already covered */ int *piToken, /* OUT: First token of proposed snippet */ int *piScore, /* OUT: "Score" for this snippet */ u64 *pmCover, /* OUT: Bitmask of phrases covered */ u64 *pmHighlight /* OUT: Bitmask of terms to highlight */ ){ int iStart = pIter->iCurrent; /* First token of snippet */ int iScore = 0; /* Score of this snippet */ int i; /* Loop counter */ u64 mCover = 0; /* Mask of phrases covered by this snippet */ u64 mHighlight = 0; /* Mask of tokens to highlight in snippet */ for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &pIter->aPhrase[i]; if( pPhrase->pTail ){ char *pCsr = pPhrase->pTail; int iCsr = pPhrase->iTail; while( iCsr<(iStart+pIter->nSnippet) ){ int j; u64 mPhrase = (u64)1 << i; u64 mPos = (u64)1 << (iCsr - iStart); assert( iCsr>=iStart ); if( (mCover|mCovered)&mPhrase ){ iScore++; }else{ iScore += 1000; } mCover |= mPhrase; for(j=0; jnToken; j++){ mHighlight |= (mPos>>j); } if( 0==(*pCsr & 0x0FE) ) break; fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iCsr); } } } /* Set the output variables before returning. */ *piToken = iStart; *piScore = iScore; *pmCover = mCover; *pmHighlight = mHighlight; } /* ** This function is an fts3ExprIterate() callback used by fts3BestSnippet(). ** Each invocation populates an element of the SnippetIter.aPhrase[] array. */ static int fts3SnippetFindPositions(Fts3Expr *pExpr, int iPhrase, void *ctx){ SnippetIter *p = (SnippetIter *)ctx; SnippetPhrase *pPhrase = &p->aPhrase[iPhrase]; char *pCsr; int rc; pPhrase->nToken = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pCsr); assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pCsr==0 ); if( pCsr ){ int iFirst = 0; pPhrase->pList = pCsr; fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pCsr, &iFirst); assert( iFirst>=0 ); pPhrase->pHead = pCsr; pPhrase->pTail = pCsr; pPhrase->iHead = iFirst; pPhrase->iTail = iFirst; }else{ assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || ( pPhrase->pList==0 && pPhrase->pHead==0 && pPhrase->pTail==0 )); } return rc; } /* ** Select the fragment of text consisting of nFragment contiguous tokens ** from column iCol that represent the "best" snippet. The best snippet ** is the snippet with the highest score, where scores are calculated ** by adding: ** ** (a) +1 point for each occurrence of a matchable phrase in the snippet. ** ** (b) +1000 points for the first occurrence of each matchable phrase in ** the snippet for which the corresponding mCovered bit is not set. ** ** The selected snippet parameters are stored in structure *pFragment before ** returning. The score of the selected snippet is stored in *piScore ** before returning. */ static int fts3BestSnippet( int nSnippet, /* Desired snippet length */ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor to create snippet for */ int iCol, /* Index of column to create snippet from */ u64 mCovered, /* Mask of phrases already covered */ u64 *pmSeen, /* IN/OUT: Mask of phrases seen */ SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* OUT: Best snippet found */ int *piScore /* OUT: Score of snippet pFragment */ ){ int rc; /* Return Code */ int nList; /* Number of phrases in expression */ SnippetIter sIter; /* Iterates through snippet candidates */ int nByte; /* Number of bytes of space to allocate */ int iBestScore = -1; /* Best snippet score found so far */ int i; /* Loop counter */ memset(&sIter, 0, sizeof(sIter)); /* Iterate through the phrases in the expression to count them. The same ** callback makes sure the doclists are loaded for each phrase. */ rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, &nList, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* Now that it is known how many phrases there are, allocate and zero ** the required space using malloc(). */ nByte = sizeof(SnippetPhrase) * nList; sIter.aPhrase = (SnippetPhrase *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( !sIter.aPhrase ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(sIter.aPhrase, 0, nByte); /* Initialize the contents of the SnippetIter object. Then iterate through ** the set of phrases in the expression to populate the aPhrase[] array. */ sIter.pCsr = pCsr; sIter.iCol = iCol; sIter.nSnippet = nSnippet; sIter.nPhrase = nList; sIter.iCurrent = -1; rc = fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3SnippetFindPositions, (void*)&sIter); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Set the *pmSeen output variable. */ for(i=0; iiCol = iCol; while( !fts3SnippetNextCandidate(&sIter) ){ int iPos; int iScore; u64 mCover; u64 mHighlite; fts3SnippetDetails(&sIter, mCovered, &iPos, &iScore, &mCover,&mHighlite); assert( iScore>=0 ); if( iScore>iBestScore ){ pFragment->iPos = iPos; pFragment->hlmask = mHighlite; pFragment->covered = mCover; iBestScore = iScore; } } *piScore = iBestScore; } sqlite3_free(sIter.aPhrase); return rc; } /* ** Append a string to the string-buffer passed as the first argument. ** ** If nAppend is negative, then the length of the string zAppend is ** determined using strlen(). */ static int fts3StringAppend( StrBuffer *pStr, /* Buffer to append to */ const char *zAppend, /* Pointer to data to append to buffer */ int nAppend /* Size of zAppend in bytes (or -1) */ ){ if( nAppend<0 ){ nAppend = (int)strlen(zAppend); } /* If there is insufficient space allocated at StrBuffer.z, use realloc() ** to grow the buffer until so that it is big enough to accomadate the ** appended data. */ if( pStr->n+nAppend+1>=pStr->nAlloc ){ int nAlloc = pStr->nAlloc+nAppend+100; char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pStr->z, nAlloc); if( !zNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pStr->z = zNew; pStr->nAlloc = nAlloc; } assert( pStr->z!=0 && (pStr->nAlloc >= pStr->n+nAppend+1) ); /* Append the data to the string buffer. */ memcpy(&pStr->z[pStr->n], zAppend, nAppend); pStr->n += nAppend; pStr->z[pStr->n] = '\0'; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The fts3BestSnippet() function often selects snippets that end with a ** query term. That is, the final term of the snippet is always a term ** that requires highlighting. For example, if 'X' is a highlighted term ** and '.' is a non-highlighted term, BestSnippet() may select: ** ** ........X.....X ** ** This function "shifts" the beginning of the snippet forward in the ** document so that there are approximately the same number of ** non-highlighted terms to the right of the final highlighted term as there ** are to the left of the first highlighted term. For example, to this: ** ** ....X.....X.... ** ** This is done as part of extracting the snippet text, not when selecting ** the snippet. Snippet selection is done based on doclists only, so there ** is no way for fts3BestSnippet() to know whether or not the document ** actually contains terms that follow the final highlighted term. */ static int fts3SnippetShift( Fts3Table *pTab, /* FTS3 table snippet comes from */ int iLangid, /* Language id to use in tokenizing */ int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens desired for snippet */ const char *zDoc, /* Document text to extract snippet from */ int nDoc, /* Size of buffer zDoc in bytes */ int *piPos, /* IN/OUT: First token of snippet */ u64 *pHlmask /* IN/OUT: Mask of tokens to highlight */ ){ u64 hlmask = *pHlmask; /* Local copy of initial highlight-mask */ if( hlmask ){ int nLeft; /* Tokens to the left of first highlight */ int nRight; /* Tokens to the right of last highlight */ int nDesired; /* Ideal number of tokens to shift forward */ for(nLeft=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << nLeft)); nLeft++); for(nRight=0; !(hlmask & ((u64)1 << (nSnippet-1-nRight))); nRight++); nDesired = (nLeft-nRight)/2; /* Ideally, the start of the snippet should be pushed forward in the ** document nDesired tokens. This block checks if there are actually ** nDesired tokens to the right of the snippet. If so, *piPos and ** *pHlMask are updated to shift the snippet nDesired tokens to the ** right. Otherwise, the snippet is shifted by the number of tokens ** available. */ if( nDesired>0 ){ int nShift; /* Number of tokens to shift snippet by */ int iCurrent = 0; /* Token counter */ int rc; /* Return Code */ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; /* Open a cursor on zDoc/nDoc. Check if there are (nSnippet+nDesired) ** or more tokens in zDoc/nDoc. */ rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent<(nSnippet+nDesired) ){ const char *ZDUMMY; int DUMMY1 = 0, DUMMY2 = 0, DUMMY3 = 0; rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &DUMMY2, &DUMMY3, &iCurrent); } pMod->xClose(pC); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){ return rc; } nShift = (rc==SQLITE_DONE)+iCurrent-nSnippet; assert( nShift<=nDesired ); if( nShift>0 ){ *piPos += nShift; *pHlmask = hlmask >> nShift; } } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Extract the snippet text for fragment pFragment from cursor pCsr and ** append it to string buffer pOut. */ static int fts3SnippetText( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor */ SnippetFragment *pFragment, /* Snippet to extract */ int iFragment, /* Fragment number */ int isLast, /* True for final fragment in snippet */ int nSnippet, /* Number of tokens in extracted snippet */ const char *zOpen, /* String inserted before highlighted term */ const char *zClose, /* String inserted after highlighted term */ const char *zEllipsis, /* String inserted between snippets */ StrBuffer *pOut /* Write output here */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc; /* Return code */ const char *zDoc; /* Document text to extract snippet from */ int nDoc; /* Size of zDoc in bytes */ int iCurrent = 0; /* Current token number of document */ int iEnd = 0; /* Byte offset of end of current token */ int isShiftDone = 0; /* True after snippet is shifted */ int iPos = pFragment->iPos; /* First token of snippet */ u64 hlmask = pFragment->hlmask; /* Highlight-mask for snippet */ int iCol = pFragment->iCol+1; /* Query column to extract text from */ sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pMod; /* Tokenizer module methods object */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor open on zDoc/nDoc */ zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); if( zDoc==0 ){ if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol)!=SQLITE_NULL ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } return SQLITE_OK; } nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol); /* Open a token cursor on the document. */ pMod = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc,nDoc,&pC); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ int DUMMY1 = -1; /* Dummy argument used with tokenizer */ int iBegin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of start of token */ int iFin = 0; /* Offset in zDoc of end of token */ int isHighlight = 0; /* True for highlighted terms */ /* Variable DUMMY1 is initialized to a negative value above. Elsewhere ** in the FTS code the variable that the third argument to xNext points to ** is initialized to zero before the first (*but not necessarily ** subsequent*) call to xNext(). This is done for a particular application ** that needs to know whether or not the tokenizer is being used for ** snippet generation or for some other purpose. ** ** Extreme care is required when writing code to depend on this ** initialization. It is not a documented part of the tokenizer interface. ** If a tokenizer is used directly by any code outside of FTS, this ** convention might not be respected. */ rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &DUMMY1, &iBegin, &iFin, &iCurrent); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ /* Special case - the last token of the snippet is also the last token ** of the column. Append any punctuation that occurred between the end ** of the previous token and the end of the document to the output. ** Then break out of the loop. */ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], -1); } break; } if( iCurrentiLangid, nSnippet, &zDoc[iBegin], n, &iPos, &hlmask ); isShiftDone = 1; /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment, ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( iPos>0 || iFragment>0 ){ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); }else if( iBegin ){ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zDoc, iBegin); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrent=(iPos+nSnippet) ){ if( isLast ){ rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1); } break; } /* Set isHighlight to true if this term should be highlighted. */ isHighlight = (hlmask & ((u64)1 << (iCurrent-iPos)))!=0; if( iCurrent>iPos ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iEnd], iBegin-iEnd); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zOpen, -1); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, &zDoc[iBegin], iFin-iBegin); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && isHighlight ) rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zClose, -1); iEnd = iFin; } pMod->xClose(pC); return rc; } /* ** This function is used to count the entries in a column-list (a ** delta-encoded list of term offsets within a single column of a single ** row). When this function is called, *ppCollist should point to the ** beginning of the first varint in the column-list (the varint that ** contains the position of the first matching term in the column data). ** Before returning, *ppCollist is set to point to the first byte after ** the last varint in the column-list (either the 0x00 signifying the end ** of the position-list, or the 0x01 that precedes the column number of ** the next column in the position-list). ** ** The number of elements in the column-list is returned. */ static int fts3ColumnlistCount(char **ppCollist){ char *pEnd = *ppCollist; char c = 0; int nEntry = 0; /* A column-list is terminated by either a 0x01 or 0x00. */ while( 0xFE & (*pEnd | c) ){ c = *pEnd++ & 0x80; if( !c ) nEntry++; } *ppCollist = pEnd; return nEntry; } /* ** This function gathers 'y' or 'b' data for a single phrase. */ static void fts3ExprLHits( Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ MatchInfo *p /* Matchinfo context */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)p->pCursor->base.pVtab; int iStart; Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase; char *pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList; int iCol = 0; assert( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM || p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ); if( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ){ iStart = pExpr->iPhrase * p->nCol; }else{ iStart = pExpr->iPhrase * ((p->nCol + 31) / 32); } while( 1 ){ int nHit = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pIter); if( (pPhrase->iColumn>=pTab->nColumn || pPhrase->iColumn==iCol) ){ if( p->flag==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS ){ p->aMatchinfo[iStart + iCol] = (u32)nHit; }else if( nHit ){ p->aMatchinfo[iStart + (iCol+1)/32] |= (1 << (iCol&0x1F)); } } assert( *pIter==0x00 || *pIter==0x01 ); if( *pIter!=0x01 ) break; pIter++; pIter += fts3GetVarint32(pIter, &iCol); } } /* ** Gather the results for matchinfo directives 'y' and 'b'. */ static void fts3ExprLHitGather( Fts3Expr *pExpr, MatchInfo *p ){ assert( (pExpr->pLeft==0)==(pExpr->pRight==0) ); if( pExpr->bEof==0 && pExpr->iDocid==p->pCursor->iPrevId ){ if( pExpr->pLeft ){ fts3ExprLHitGather(pExpr->pLeft, p); fts3ExprLHitGather(pExpr->pRight, p); }else{ fts3ExprLHits(pExpr, p); } } } /* ** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "global" matchinfo stats ** for a single query. ** ** fts3ExprIterate() callback to load the 'global' elements of a ** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS matchinfo array. The global stats are those elements ** of the matchinfo array that are constant for all rows returned by the ** current query. ** ** Argument pCtx is actually a pointer to a struct of type MatchInfo. This ** function populates Matchinfo.aMatchinfo[] as follows: ** ** for(iCol=0; iColpCursor, pExpr, &p->aMatchinfo[3*iPhrase*p->nCol] ); } /* ** fts3ExprIterate() callback used to collect the "local" part of the ** FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS array. The local stats are those elements of the ** array that are different for each row returned by the query. */ static int fts3ExprLocalHitsCb( Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ int iPhrase, /* Phrase number */ void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; MatchInfo *p = (MatchInfo *)pCtx; int iStart = iPhrase * p->nCol * 3; int i; for(i=0; inCol && rc==SQLITE_OK; i++){ char *pCsr; rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(p->pCursor, pExpr, i, &pCsr); if( pCsr ){ p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = fts3ColumnlistCount(&pCsr); }else{ p->aMatchinfo[iStart+i*3] = 0; } } return rc; } static int fts3MatchinfoCheck( Fts3Table *pTab, char cArg, char **pzErr ){ if( (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC && pTab->bFts4) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH && pTab->bFts4) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH && pTab->bHasDocsize) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS) || (cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM) ){ return SQLITE_OK; } sqlite3Fts3ErrMsg(pzErr, "unrecognized matchinfo request: %c", cArg); return SQLITE_ERROR; } static int fts3MatchinfoSize(MatchInfo *pInfo, char cArg){ int nVal; /* Number of integers output by cArg */ switch( cArg ){ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: nVal = 1; break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: nVal = pInfo->nCol; break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS: nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase; break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM: nVal = pInfo->nPhrase * ((pInfo->nCol + 31) / 32); break; default: assert( cArg==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); nVal = pInfo->nCol * pInfo->nPhrase * 3; break; } return nVal; } static int fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal( Fts3Table *pTab, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, sqlite3_int64 *pnDoc, const char **paLen ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; const char *a; sqlite3_int64 nDoc; if( !*ppStmt ){ int rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDoctotal(pTab, ppStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; } pStmt = *ppStmt; assert( sqlite3_data_count(pStmt)==1 ); a = sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0); a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nDoc); if( nDoc==0 ) return FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; *pnDoc = (u32)nDoc; if( paLen ) *paLen = a; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** An instance of the following structure is used to store state while ** iterating through a multi-column position-list corresponding to the ** hits for a single phrase on a single row in order to calculate the ** values for a matchinfo() FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS request. */ typedef struct LcsIterator LcsIterator; struct LcsIterator { Fts3Expr *pExpr; /* Pointer to phrase expression */ int iPosOffset; /* Tokens count up to end of this phrase */ char *pRead; /* Cursor used to iterate through aDoclist */ int iPos; /* Current position */ }; /* ** If LcsIterator.iCol is set to the following value, the iterator has ** finished iterating through all offsets for all columns. */ #define LCS_ITERATOR_FINISHED 0x7FFFFFFF; static int fts3MatchinfoLcsCb( Fts3Expr *pExpr, /* Phrase expression node */ int iPhrase, /* Phrase number (numbered from zero) */ void *pCtx /* Pointer to MatchInfo structure */ ){ LcsIterator *aIter = (LcsIterator *)pCtx; aIter[iPhrase].pExpr = pExpr; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Advance the iterator passed as an argument to the next position. Return ** 1 if the iterator is at EOF or if it now points to the start of the ** position list for the next column. */ static int fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(LcsIterator *pIter){ char *pRead = pIter->pRead; sqlite3_int64 iRead; int rc = 0; pRead += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(pRead, &iRead); if( iRead==0 || iRead==1 ){ pRead = 0; rc = 1; }else{ pIter->iPos += (int)(iRead-2); } pIter->pRead = pRead; return rc; } /* ** This function implements the FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS matchinfo() flag. ** ** If the call is successful, the longest-common-substring lengths for each ** column are written into the first nCol elements of the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] ** array before returning. SQLITE_OK is returned in this case. ** ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, an SQLite error code is returned and the ** data written to the first nCol elements of pInfo->aMatchinfo[] is ** undefined. */ static int fts3MatchinfoLcs(Fts3Cursor *pCsr, MatchInfo *pInfo){ LcsIterator *aIter; int i; int iCol; int nToken = 0; /* Allocate and populate the array of LcsIterator objects. The array ** contains one element for each matchable phrase in the query. **/ aIter = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); if( !aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(aIter, 0, sizeof(LcsIterator) * pCsr->nPhrase); (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3MatchinfoLcsCb, (void*)aIter); for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; nToken -= pIter->pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; pIter->iPosOffset = nToken; } for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ int nLcs = 0; /* LCS value for this column */ int nLive = 0; /* Number of iterators in aIter not at EOF */ for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ int rc; LcsIterator *pIt = &aIter[i]; rc = sqlite3Fts3EvalPhrasePoslist(pCsr, pIt->pExpr, iCol, &pIt->pRead); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; if( pIt->pRead ){ pIt->iPos = pIt->iPosOffset; fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(&aIter[i]); nLive++; } } while( nLive>0 ){ LcsIterator *pAdv = 0; /* The iterator to advance by one position */ int nThisLcs = 0; /* LCS for the current iterator positions */ for(i=0; inPhrase; i++){ LcsIterator *pIter = &aIter[i]; if( pIter->pRead==0 ){ /* This iterator is already at EOF for this column. */ nThisLcs = 0; }else{ if( pAdv==0 || pIter->iPosiPos ){ pAdv = pIter; } if( nThisLcs==0 || pIter->iPos==pIter[-1].iPos ){ nThisLcs++; }else{ nThisLcs = 1; } if( nThisLcs>nLcs ) nLcs = nThisLcs; } } if( fts3LcsIteratorAdvance(pAdv) ) nLive--; } pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = nLcs; } sqlite3_free(aIter); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Populate the buffer pInfo->aMatchinfo[] with an array of integers to ** be returned by the matchinfo() function. Argument zArg contains the ** format string passed as the second argument to matchinfo (or the ** default value "pcx" if no second argument was specified). The format ** string has already been validated and the pInfo->aMatchinfo[] array ** is guaranteed to be large enough for the output. ** ** If bGlobal is true, then populate all fields of the matchinfo() output. ** If it is false, then assume that those fields that do not change between ** rows (i.e. FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE, NCOL, NDOC, AVGLENGTH and part of HITS) ** have already been populated. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if an error ** occurs. If a value other than SQLITE_OK is returned, the state the ** pInfo->aMatchinfo[] buffer is left in is undefined. */ static int fts3MatchinfoValues( Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 cursor object */ int bGlobal, /* True to grab the global stats */ MatchInfo *pInfo, /* Matchinfo context object */ const char *zArg /* Matchinfo format string */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; sqlite3_stmt *pSelect = 0; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && zArg[i]; i++){ pInfo->flag = zArg[i]; switch( zArg[i] ){ case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE: if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nPhrase; break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL: if( bGlobal ) pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = pInfo->nCol; break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC: if( bGlobal ){ sqlite3_int64 nDoc = 0; rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, 0); pInfo->aMatchinfo[0] = (u32)nDoc; } break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_AVGLENGTH: if( bGlobal ){ sqlite3_int64 nDoc; /* Number of rows in table */ const char *a; /* Aggregate column length array */ rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &nDoc, &a); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iCol; for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ u32 iVal; sqlite3_int64 nToken; a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); iVal = (u32)(((u32)(nToken&0xffffffff)+nDoc/2)/nDoc); pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = iVal; } } } break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LENGTH: { sqlite3_stmt *pSelectDocsize = 0; rc = sqlite3Fts3SelectDocsize(pTab, pCsr->iPrevId, &pSelectDocsize); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int iCol; const char *a = sqlite3_column_blob(pSelectDocsize, 0); for(iCol=0; iColnCol; iCol++){ sqlite3_int64 nToken; a += sqlite3Fts3GetVarint(a, &nToken); pInfo->aMatchinfo[iCol] = (u32)nToken; } } sqlite3_reset(pSelectDocsize); break; } case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LCS: rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fts3MatchinfoLcs(pCsr, pInfo); } break; case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS_BM: case FTS3_MATCHINFO_LHITS: { int nZero = fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]) * sizeof(u32); memset(pInfo->aMatchinfo, 0, nZero); fts3ExprLHitGather(pCsr->pExpr, pInfo); break; } default: { Fts3Expr *pExpr; assert( zArg[i]==FTS3_MATCHINFO_HITS ); pExpr = pCsr->pExpr; rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; if( bGlobal ){ if( pCsr->pDeferred ){ rc = fts3MatchinfoSelectDoctotal(pTab, &pSelect, &pInfo->nDoc, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; } rc = fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprGlobalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); sqlite3Fts3EvalTestDeferred(pCsr, &rc); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break; } (void)fts3ExprIterate(pExpr, fts3ExprLocalHitsCb,(void*)pInfo); break; } } pInfo->aMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(pInfo, zArg[i]); } sqlite3_reset(pSelect); return rc; } /* ** Populate pCsr->aMatchinfo[] with data for the current row. The ** 'matchinfo' data is an array of 32-bit unsigned integers (C type u32). */ static void fts3GetMatchinfo( sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Return results here */ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 Cursor object */ const char *zArg /* Second argument to matchinfo() function */ ){ MatchInfo sInfo; Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int bGlobal = 0; /* Collect 'global' stats as well as local */ u32 *aOut = 0; void (*xDestroyOut)(void*) = 0; memset(&sInfo, 0, sizeof(MatchInfo)); sInfo.pCursor = pCsr; sInfo.nCol = pTab->nColumn; /* If there is cached matchinfo() data, but the format string for the ** cache does not match the format string for this request, discard ** the cached data. */ if( pCsr->pMIBuffer && strcmp(pCsr->pMIBuffer->zMatchinfo, zArg) ){ sqlite3Fts3MIBufferFree(pCsr->pMIBuffer); pCsr->pMIBuffer = 0; } /* If Fts3Cursor.pMIBuffer is NULL, then this is the first time the ** matchinfo function has been called for this query. In this case ** allocate the array used to accumulate the matchinfo data and ** initialize those elements that are constant for every row. */ if( pCsr->pMIBuffer==0 ){ int nMatchinfo = 0; /* Number of u32 elements in match-info */ int i; /* Used to iterate through zArg */ /* Determine the number of phrases in the query */ pCsr->nPhrase = fts3ExprPhraseCount(pCsr->pExpr); sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; /* Determine the number of integers in the buffer returned by this call. */ for(i=0; zArg[i]; i++){ char *zErr = 0; if( fts3MatchinfoCheck(pTab, zArg[i], &zErr) ){ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zErr, -1); sqlite3_free(zErr); return; } nMatchinfo += fts3MatchinfoSize(&sInfo, zArg[i]); } /* Allocate space for Fts3Cursor.aMatchinfo[] and Fts3Cursor.zMatchinfo. */ pCsr->pMIBuffer = fts3MIBufferNew(nMatchinfo, zArg); if( !pCsr->pMIBuffer ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; pCsr->isMatchinfoNeeded = 1; bGlobal = 1; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ xDestroyOut = fts3MIBufferAlloc(pCsr->pMIBuffer, &aOut); if( xDestroyOut==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sInfo.aMatchinfo = aOut; sInfo.nPhrase = pCsr->nPhrase; rc = fts3MatchinfoValues(pCsr, bGlobal, &sInfo, zArg); if( bGlobal ){ fts3MIBufferSetGlobal(pCsr->pMIBuffer); } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); if( xDestroyOut ) xDestroyOut(aOut); }else{ int n = pCsr->pMIBuffer->nElem * sizeof(u32); sqlite3_result_blob(pCtx, aOut, n, xDestroyOut); } } /* ** Implementation of snippet() function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Snippet( sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* Cursor object */ const char *zStart, /* Snippet start text - "" */ const char *zEnd, /* Snippet end text - "" */ const char *zEllipsis, /* Snippet ellipsis text - "..." */ int iCol, /* Extract snippet from this column */ int nToken /* Approximate number of tokens in snippet */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; /* The returned text includes up to four fragments of text extracted from ** the data in the current row. The first iteration of the for(...) loop ** below attempts to locate a single fragment of text nToken tokens in ** size that contains at least one instance of all phrases in the query ** expression that appear in the current row. If such a fragment of text ** cannot be found, the second iteration of the loop attempts to locate ** a pair of fragments, and so on. */ int nSnippet = 0; /* Number of fragments in this snippet */ SnippetFragment aSnippet[4]; /* Maximum of 4 fragments per snippet */ int nFToken = -1; /* Number of tokens in each fragment */ if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); return; } for(nSnippet=1; 1; nSnippet++){ int iSnip; /* Loop counter 0..nSnippet-1 */ u64 mCovered = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases covered by snippet */ u64 mSeen = 0; /* Bitmask of phrases seen by BestSnippet() */ if( nToken>=0 ){ nFToken = (nToken+nSnippet-1) / nSnippet; }else{ nFToken = -1 * nToken; } for(iSnip=0; iSnipnColumn; iRead++){ SnippetFragment sF = {0, 0, 0, 0}; int iS = 0; if( iCol>=0 && iRead!=iCol ) continue; /* Find the best snippet of nFToken tokens in column iRead. */ rc = fts3BestSnippet(nFToken, pCsr, iRead, mCovered, &mSeen, &sF, &iS); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto snippet_out; } if( iS>iBestScore ){ *pFragment = sF; iBestScore = iS; } } mCovered |= pFragment->covered; } /* If all query phrases seen by fts3BestSnippet() are present in at least ** one of the nSnippet snippet fragments, break out of the loop. */ assert( (mCovered&mSeen)==mCovered ); if( mSeen==mCovered || nSnippet==SizeofArray(aSnippet) ) break; } assert( nFToken>0 ); for(i=0; ipCsr, pExpr, p->iCol, &pList); nTerm = pExpr->pPhrase->nToken; if( pList ){ fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pList, &iPos); assert( iPos>=0 ); } for(iTerm=0; iTermaTerm[p->iTerm++]; pT->iOff = nTerm-iTerm-1; pT->pList = pList; pT->iPos = iPos; } return rc; } /* ** Implementation of offsets() function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Offsets( sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite function call context */ Fts3Cursor *pCsr /* Cursor object */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pMod = pTab->pTokenizer->pModule; int rc; /* Return Code */ int nToken; /* Number of tokens in query */ int iCol; /* Column currently being processed */ StrBuffer res = {0, 0, 0}; /* Result string */ TermOffsetCtx sCtx; /* Context for fts3ExprTermOffsetInit() */ if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); return; } memset(&sCtx, 0, sizeof(sCtx)); assert( pCsr->isRequireSeek==0 ); /* Count the number of terms in the query */ rc = fts3ExprLoadDoclists(pCsr, 0, &nToken); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; /* Allocate the array of TermOffset iterators. */ sCtx.aTerm = (TermOffset *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(TermOffset)*nToken); if( 0==sCtx.aTerm ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto offsets_out; } sCtx.iDocid = pCsr->iPrevId; sCtx.pCsr = pCsr; /* Loop through the table columns, appending offset information to ** string-buffer res for each column. */ for(iCol=0; iColnColumn; iCol++){ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC; /* Tokenizer cursor */ const char *ZDUMMY; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ int NDUMMY = 0; /* Dummy argument used with xNext() */ int iStart = 0; int iEnd = 0; int iCurrent = 0; const char *zDoc; int nDoc; /* Initialize the contents of sCtx.aTerm[] for column iCol. There is ** no way that this operation can fail, so the return code from ** fts3ExprIterate() can be discarded. */ sCtx.iCol = iCol; sCtx.iTerm = 0; (void)fts3ExprIterate(pCsr->pExpr, fts3ExprTermOffsetInit, (void*)&sCtx); /* Retreive the text stored in column iCol. If an SQL NULL is stored ** in column iCol, jump immediately to the next iteration of the loop. ** If an OOM occurs while retrieving the data (this can happen if SQLite ** needs to transform the data from utf-16 to utf-8), return SQLITE_NOMEM ** to the caller. */ zDoc = (const char *)sqlite3_column_text(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); nDoc = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1); if( zDoc==0 ){ if( sqlite3_column_type(pCsr->pStmt, iCol+1)==SQLITE_NULL ){ continue; } rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto offsets_out; } /* Initialize a tokenizer iterator to iterate through column iCol. */ rc = sqlite3Fts3OpenTokenizer(pTab->pTokenizer, pCsr->iLangid, zDoc, nDoc, &pC ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; rc = pMod->xNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; /* Used to loop through terms */ int iMinPos = 0x7FFFFFFF; /* Position of next token */ TermOffset *pTerm = 0; /* TermOffset associated with next token */ for(i=0; ipList && (pT->iPos-pT->iOff)iPos-pT->iOff; pTerm = pT; } } if( !pTerm ){ /* All offsets for this column have been gathered. */ rc = SQLITE_DONE; }else{ assert( iCurrent<=iMinPos ); if( 0==(0xFE&*pTerm->pList) ){ pTerm->pList = 0; }else{ fts3GetDeltaPosition(&pTerm->pList, &pTerm->iPos); } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrentxNext(pC, &ZDUMMY, &NDUMMY, &iStart, &iEnd, &iCurrent); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char aBuffer[64]; sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(aBuffer), aBuffer, "%d %d %d %d ", iCol, pTerm-sCtx.aTerm, iStart, iEnd-iStart ); rc = fts3StringAppend(&res, aBuffer, -1); }else if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pTab->zContentTbl==0 ){ rc = FTS_CORRUPT_VTAB; } } } if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } pMod->xClose(pC); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto offsets_out; } offsets_out: sqlite3_free(sCtx.aTerm); assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); sqlite3_free(res.z); }else{ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, res.z, res.n-1, sqlite3_free); } return; } /* ** Implementation of matchinfo() function. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3Matchinfo( sqlite3_context *pContext, /* Function call context */ Fts3Cursor *pCsr, /* FTS3 table cursor */ const char *zArg /* Second arg to matchinfo() function */ ){ Fts3Table *pTab = (Fts3Table *)pCsr->base.pVtab; const char *zFormat; if( zArg ){ zFormat = zArg; }else{ zFormat = FTS3_MATCHINFO_DEFAULT; } if( !pCsr->pExpr ){ sqlite3_result_blob(pContext, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); return; }else{ /* Retrieve matchinfo() data. */ fts3GetMatchinfo(pContext, pCsr, zFormat); sqlite3Fts3SegmentsClose(pTab); } } #endif /************** End of fts3_snippet.c ****************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_unicode.c ************************************/ /* ** 2012 May 24 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** Implementation of the "unicode" full-text-search tokenizer. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */ /* ** The following two macros - READ_UTF8 and WRITE_UTF8 - have been copied ** from the sqlite3 source file utf.c. If this file is compiled as part ** of the amalgamation, they are not required. */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = { 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, }; #define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \ c = *(zIn++); \ if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ } \ if( c<0x80 \ || (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \ || (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \ } #define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \ if( c<0x00080 ){ \ *zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \ } \ else if( c<0x00800 ){ \ *zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ } \ else if( c<0x10000 ){ \ *zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ }else{ \ *zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \ *zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \ } \ } #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */ typedef struct unicode_tokenizer unicode_tokenizer; typedef struct unicode_cursor unicode_cursor; struct unicode_tokenizer { sqlite3_tokenizer base; int bRemoveDiacritic; int nException; int *aiException; }; struct unicode_cursor { sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; const unsigned char *aInput; /* Input text being tokenized */ int nInput; /* Size of aInput[] in bytes */ int iOff; /* Current offset within aInput[] */ int iToken; /* Index of next token to be returned */ char *zToken; /* storage for current token */ int nAlloc; /* space allocated at zToken */ }; /* ** Destroy a tokenizer allocated by unicodeCreate(). */ static int unicodeDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ if( pTokenizer ){ unicode_tokenizer *p = (unicode_tokenizer *)pTokenizer; sqlite3_free(p->aiException); sqlite3_free(p); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** As part of a tokenchars= or separators= option, the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ** statement has specified that the tokenizer for this table shall consider ** all characters in string zIn/nIn to be separators (if bAlnum==0) or ** token characters (if bAlnum==1). ** ** For each codepoint in the zIn/nIn string, this function checks if the ** sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() function already returns the desired result. ** If so, no action is taken. Otherwise, the codepoint is added to the ** unicode_tokenizer.aiException[] array. For the purposes of tokenization, ** the return value of sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum() is inverted for all ** codepoints in the aiException[] array. ** ** If a standalone diacritic mark (one that sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic() ** identifies as a diacritic) occurs in the zIn/nIn string it is ignored. ** It is not possible to change the behavior of the tokenizer with respect ** to these codepoints. */ static int unicodeAddExceptions( unicode_tokenizer *p, /* Tokenizer to add exceptions to */ int bAlnum, /* Replace Isalnum() return value with this */ const char *zIn, /* Array of characters to make exceptions */ int nIn /* Length of z in bytes */ ){ const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; const unsigned char *zTerm = &z[nIn]; unsigned int iCode; int nEntry = 0; assert( bAlnum==0 || bAlnum==1 ); while( zaiException, (p->nException+nEntry)*sizeof(int)); if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; nNew = p->nException; z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; while( zi; j--) aNew[j] = aNew[j-1]; aNew[i] = (int)iCode; nNew++; } } p->aiException = aNew; p->nException = nNew; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Return true if the p->aiException[] array contains the value iCode. */ static int unicodeIsException(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){ if( p->nException>0 ){ int *a = p->aiException; int iLo = 0; int iHi = p->nException-1; while( iHi>=iLo ){ int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; if( iCode==a[iTest] ){ return 1; }else if( iCode>a[iTest] ){ iLo = iTest+1; }else{ iHi = iTest-1; } } } return 0; } /* ** Return true if, for the purposes of tokenization, codepoint iCode is ** considered a token character (not a separator). */ static int unicodeIsAlnum(unicode_tokenizer *p, int iCode){ assert( (sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) & 0xFFFFFFFE)==0 ); return sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(iCode) ^ unicodeIsException(p, iCode); } /* ** Create a new tokenizer instance. */ static int unicodeCreate( int nArg, /* Size of array argv[] */ const char * const *azArg, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ sqlite3_tokenizer **pp /* OUT: New tokenizer handle */ ){ unicode_tokenizer *pNew; /* New tokenizer object */ int i; int rc = SQLITE_OK; pNew = (unicode_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_tokenizer)); if( pNew==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(unicode_tokenizer)); pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 1; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ibRemoveDiacritic = 1; } else if( n==19 && memcmp("remove_diacritics=0", z, 19)==0 ){ pNew->bRemoveDiacritic = 0; } else if( n>=11 && memcmp("tokenchars=", z, 11)==0 ){ rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 1, &z[11], n-11); } else if( n>=11 && memcmp("separators=", z, 11)==0 ){ rc = unicodeAddExceptions(pNew, 0, &z[11], n-11); } else{ /* Unrecognized argument */ rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ unicodeDestroy((sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew); pNew = 0; } *pp = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)pNew; return rc; } /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor ** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int unicodeOpen( sqlite3_tokenizer *p, /* The tokenizer */ const char *aInput, /* Input string */ int nInput, /* Size of string aInput in bytes */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **pp /* OUT: New cursor object */ ){ unicode_cursor *pCsr; pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(unicode_cursor)); if( pCsr==0 ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(unicode_cursor)); pCsr->aInput = (const unsigned char *)aInput; if( aInput==0 ){ pCsr->nInput = 0; }else if( nInput<0 ){ pCsr->nInput = (int)strlen(aInput); }else{ pCsr->nInput = nInput; } *pp = &pCsr->base; UNUSED_PARAMETER(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to ** simpleOpen() above. */ static int unicodeClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *) pCursor; sqlite3_free(pCsr->zToken); sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must ** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen(). */ static int unicodeNext( sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pC, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ const char **paToken, /* OUT: Token text */ int *pnToken, /* OUT: Number of bytes at *paToken */ int *piStart, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ int *piEnd, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ int *piPos /* OUT: Position integer of token */ ){ unicode_cursor *pCsr = (unicode_cursor *)pC; unicode_tokenizer *p = ((unicode_tokenizer *)pCsr->base.pTokenizer); unsigned int iCode = 0; char *zOut; const unsigned char *z = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->iOff]; const unsigned char *zStart = z; const unsigned char *zEnd; const unsigned char *zTerm = &pCsr->aInput[pCsr->nInput]; /* Scan past any delimiter characters before the start of the next token. ** Return SQLITE_DONE early if this takes us all the way to the end of ** the input. */ while( z=zTerm ) return SQLITE_DONE; zOut = pCsr->zToken; do { int iOut; /* Grow the output buffer if required. */ if( (zOut-pCsr->zToken)>=(pCsr->nAlloc-4) ){ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zToken, pCsr->nAlloc+64); if( !zNew ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; zOut = &zNew[zOut - pCsr->zToken]; pCsr->zToken = zNew; pCsr->nAlloc += 64; } /* Write the folded case of the last character read to the output */ zEnd = z; iOut = sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold((int)iCode, p->bRemoveDiacritic); if( iOut ){ WRITE_UTF8(zOut, iOut); } /* If the cursor is not at EOF, read the next character */ if( z>=zTerm ) break; READ_UTF8(z, zTerm, iCode); }while( unicodeIsAlnum(p, (int)iCode) || sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic((int)iCode) ); /* Set the output variables and return. */ pCsr->iOff = (int)(z - pCsr->aInput); *paToken = pCsr->zToken; *pnToken = (int)(zOut - pCsr->zToken); *piStart = (int)(zStart - pCsr->aInput); *piEnd = (int)(zEnd - pCsr->aInput); *piPos = pCsr->iToken++; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Set *ppModule to a pointer to the sqlite3_tokenizer_module ** structure for the unicode tokenizer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3UnicodeTokenizer(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const **ppModule){ static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module module = { 0, unicodeCreate, unicodeDestroy, unicodeOpen, unicodeClose, unicodeNext, 0, }; *ppModule = &module; } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ #endif /* ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE */ /************** End of fts3_unicode.c ****************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_unicode2.c ***********************************/ /* ** 2012 May 25 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** */ /* ** DO NOT EDIT THIS MACHINE GENERATED FILE. */ #ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) /* #include */ /* ** Return true if the argument corresponds to a unicode codepoint ** classified as either a letter or a number. Otherwise false. ** ** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function ** is less than zero. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsalnum(int c){ /* Each unsigned integer in the following array corresponds to a contiguous ** range of unicode codepoints that are not either letters or numbers (i.e. ** codepoints for which this function should return 0). ** ** The most significant 22 bits in each 32-bit value contain the first ** codepoint in the range. The least significant 10 bits are used to store ** the size of the range (always at least 1). In other words, the value ** ((C<<22) + N) represents a range of N codepoints starting with codepoint ** C. It is not possible to represent a range larger than 1023 codepoints ** using this format. */ static const unsigned int aEntry[] = { 0x00000030, 0x0000E807, 0x00016C06, 0x0001EC2F, 0x0002AC07, 0x0002D001, 0x0002D803, 0x0002EC01, 0x0002FC01, 0x00035C01, 0x0003DC01, 0x000B0804, 0x000B480E, 0x000B9407, 0x000BB401, 0x000BBC81, 0x000DD401, 0x000DF801, 0x000E1002, 0x000E1C01, 0x000FD801, 0x00120808, 0x00156806, 0x00162402, 0x00163C01, 0x00164437, 0x0017CC02, 0x00180005, 0x00181816, 0x00187802, 0x00192C15, 0x0019A804, 0x0019C001, 0x001B5001, 0x001B580F, 0x001B9C07, 0x001BF402, 0x001C000E, 0x001C3C01, 0x001C4401, 0x001CC01B, 0x001E980B, 0x001FAC09, 0x001FD804, 0x00205804, 0x00206C09, 0x00209403, 0x0020A405, 0x0020C00F, 0x00216403, 0x00217801, 0x0023901B, 0x00240004, 0x0024E803, 0x0024F812, 0x00254407, 0x00258804, 0x0025C001, 0x00260403, 0x0026F001, 0x0026F807, 0x00271C02, 0x00272C03, 0x00275C01, 0x00278802, 0x0027C802, 0x0027E802, 0x00280403, 0x0028F001, 0x0028F805, 0x00291C02, 0x00292C03, 0x00294401, 0x0029C002, 0x0029D401, 0x002A0403, 0x002AF001, 0x002AF808, 0x002B1C03, 0x002B2C03, 0x002B8802, 0x002BC002, 0x002C0403, 0x002CF001, 0x002CF807, 0x002D1C02, 0x002D2C03, 0x002D5802, 0x002D8802, 0x002DC001, 0x002E0801, 0x002EF805, 0x002F1803, 0x002F2804, 0x002F5C01, 0x002FCC08, 0x00300403, 0x0030F807, 0x00311803, 0x00312804, 0x00315402, 0x00318802, 0x0031FC01, 0x00320802, 0x0032F001, 0x0032F807, 0x00331803, 0x00332804, 0x00335402, 0x00338802, 0x00340802, 0x0034F807, 0x00351803, 0x00352804, 0x00355C01, 0x00358802, 0x0035E401, 0x00360802, 0x00372801, 0x00373C06, 0x00375801, 0x00376008, 0x0037C803, 0x0038C401, 0x0038D007, 0x0038FC01, 0x00391C09, 0x00396802, 0x003AC401, 0x003AD006, 0x003AEC02, 0x003B2006, 0x003C041F, 0x003CD00C, 0x003DC417, 0x003E340B, 0x003E6424, 0x003EF80F, 0x003F380D, 0x0040AC14, 0x00412806, 0x00415804, 0x00417803, 0x00418803, 0x00419C07, 0x0041C404, 0x0042080C, 0x00423C01, 0x00426806, 0x0043EC01, 0x004D740C, 0x004E400A, 0x00500001, 0x0059B402, 0x005A0001, 0x005A6C02, 0x005BAC03, 0x005C4803, 0x005CC805, 0x005D4802, 0x005DC802, 0x005ED023, 0x005F6004, 0x005F7401, 0x0060000F, 0x0062A401, 0x0064800C, 0x0064C00C, 0x00650001, 0x00651002, 0x0066C011, 0x00672002, 0x00677822, 0x00685C05, 0x00687802, 0x0069540A, 0x0069801D, 0x0069FC01, 0x006A8007, 0x006AA006, 0x006C0005, 0x006CD011, 0x006D6823, 0x006E0003, 0x006E840D, 0x006F980E, 0x006FF004, 0x00709014, 0x0070EC05, 0x0071F802, 0x00730008, 0x00734019, 0x0073B401, 0x0073C803, 0x00770027, 0x0077F004, 0x007EF401, 0x007EFC03, 0x007F3403, 0x007F7403, 0x007FB403, 0x007FF402, 0x00800065, 0x0081A806, 0x0081E805, 0x00822805, 0x0082801A, 0x00834021, 0x00840002, 0x00840C04, 0x00842002, 0x00845001, 0x00845803, 0x00847806, 0x00849401, 0x00849C01, 0x0084A401, 0x0084B801, 0x0084E802, 0x00850005, 0x00852804, 0x00853C01, 0x00864264, 0x00900027, 0x0091000B, 0x0092704E, 0x00940200, 0x009C0475, 0x009E53B9, 0x00AD400A, 0x00B39406, 0x00B3BC03, 0x00B3E404, 0x00B3F802, 0x00B5C001, 0x00B5FC01, 0x00B7804F, 0x00B8C00C, 0x00BA001A, 0x00BA6C59, 0x00BC00D6, 0x00BFC00C, 0x00C00005, 0x00C02019, 0x00C0A807, 0x00C0D802, 0x00C0F403, 0x00C26404, 0x00C28001, 0x00C3EC01, 0x00C64002, 0x00C6580A, 0x00C70024, 0x00C8001F, 0x00C8A81E, 0x00C94001, 0x00C98020, 0x00CA2827, 0x00CB003F, 0x00CC0100, 0x01370040, 0x02924037, 0x0293F802, 0x02983403, 0x0299BC10, 0x029A7C01, 0x029BC008, 0x029C0017, 0x029C8002, 0x029E2402, 0x02A00801, 0x02A01801, 0x02A02C01, 0x02A08C09, 0x02A0D804, 0x02A1D004, 0x02A20002, 0x02A2D011, 0x02A33802, 0x02A38012, 0x02A3E003, 0x02A4980A, 0x02A51C0D, 0x02A57C01, 0x02A60004, 0x02A6CC1B, 0x02A77802, 0x02A8A40E, 0x02A90C01, 0x02A93002, 0x02A97004, 0x02A9DC03, 0x02A9EC01, 0x02AAC001, 0x02AAC803, 0x02AADC02, 0x02AAF802, 0x02AB0401, 0x02AB7802, 0x02ABAC07, 0x02ABD402, 0x02AF8C0B, 0x03600001, 0x036DFC02, 0x036FFC02, 0x037FFC01, 0x03EC7801, 0x03ECA401, 0x03EEC810, 0x03F4F802, 0x03F7F002, 0x03F8001A, 0x03F88007, 0x03F8C023, 0x03F95013, 0x03F9A004, 0x03FBFC01, 0x03FC040F, 0x03FC6807, 0x03FCEC06, 0x03FD6C0B, 0x03FF8007, 0x03FFA007, 0x03FFE405, 0x04040003, 0x0404DC09, 0x0405E411, 0x0406400C, 0x0407402E, 0x040E7C01, 0x040F4001, 0x04215C01, 0x04247C01, 0x0424FC01, 0x04280403, 0x04281402, 0x04283004, 0x0428E003, 0x0428FC01, 0x04294009, 0x0429FC01, 0x042CE407, 0x04400003, 0x0440E016, 0x04420003, 0x0442C012, 0x04440003, 0x04449C0E, 0x04450004, 0x04460003, 0x0446CC0E, 0x04471404, 0x045AAC0D, 0x0491C004, 0x05BD442E, 0x05BE3C04, 0x074000F6, 0x07440027, 0x0744A4B5, 0x07480046, 0x074C0057, 0x075B0401, 0x075B6C01, 0x075BEC01, 0x075C5401, 0x075CD401, 0x075D3C01, 0x075DBC01, 0x075E2401, 0x075EA401, 0x075F0C01, 0x07BBC002, 0x07C0002C, 0x07C0C064, 0x07C2800F, 0x07C2C40E, 0x07C3040F, 0x07C3440F, 0x07C4401F, 0x07C4C03C, 0x07C5C02B, 0x07C7981D, 0x07C8402B, 0x07C90009, 0x07C94002, 0x07CC0021, 0x07CCC006, 0x07CCDC46, 0x07CE0014, 0x07CE8025, 0x07CF1805, 0x07CF8011, 0x07D0003F, 0x07D10001, 0x07D108B6, 0x07D3E404, 0x07D4003E, 0x07D50004, 0x07D54018, 0x07D7EC46, 0x07D9140B, 0x07DA0046, 0x07DC0074, 0x38000401, 0x38008060, 0x380400F0, }; static const unsigned int aAscii[4] = { 0xFFFFFFFF, 0xFC00FFFF, 0xF8000001, 0xF8000001, }; if( (unsigned int)c<128 ){ return ( (aAscii[c >> 5] & ((unsigned int)1 << (c & 0x001F)))==0 ); }else if( (unsigned int)c<(1<<22) ){ unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<10) | 0x000003FF; int iRes = 0; int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; int iLo = 0; while( iHi>=iLo ){ int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; if( key >= aEntry[iTest] ){ iRes = iTest; iLo = iTest+1; }else{ iHi = iTest-1; } } assert( aEntry[0]=aEntry[iRes] ); return (((unsigned int)c) >= ((aEntry[iRes]>>10) + (aEntry[iRes]&0x3FF))); } return 1; } /* ** If the argument is a codepoint corresponding to a lowercase letter ** in the ASCII range with a diacritic added, return the codepoint ** of the ASCII letter only. For example, if passed 235 - "LATIN ** SMALL LETTER E WITH DIAERESIS" - return 65 ("LATIN SMALL LETTER ** E"). The resuls of passing a codepoint that corresponds to an ** uppercase letter are undefined. */ static int remove_diacritic(int c){ unsigned short aDia[] = { 0, 1797, 1848, 1859, 1891, 1928, 1940, 1995, 2024, 2040, 2060, 2110, 2168, 2206, 2264, 2286, 2344, 2383, 2472, 2488, 2516, 2596, 2668, 2732, 2782, 2842, 2894, 2954, 2984, 3000, 3028, 3336, 3456, 3696, 3712, 3728, 3744, 3896, 3912, 3928, 3968, 4008, 4040, 4106, 4138, 4170, 4202, 4234, 4266, 4296, 4312, 4344, 4408, 4424, 4472, 4504, 6148, 6198, 6264, 6280, 6360, 6429, 6505, 6529, 61448, 61468, 61534, 61592, 61642, 61688, 61704, 61726, 61784, 61800, 61836, 61880, 61914, 61948, 61998, 62122, 62154, 62200, 62218, 62302, 62364, 62442, 62478, 62536, 62554, 62584, 62604, 62640, 62648, 62656, 62664, 62730, 62924, 63050, 63082, 63274, 63390, }; char aChar[] = { '\0', 'a', 'c', 'e', 'i', 'n', 'o', 'u', 'y', 'y', 'a', 'c', 'd', 'e', 'e', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'n', 'o', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'u', 'w', 'y', 'z', 'o', 'u', 'a', 'i', 'o', 'u', 'g', 'k', 'o', 'j', 'g', 'n', 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', 'r', 'u', 's', 't', 'h', 'a', 'e', 'o', 'y', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', '\0', 'a', 'b', 'd', 'd', 'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'h', 'i', 'k', 'l', 'l', 'm', 'n', 'p', 'r', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'w', 'x', 'y', 'z', 'h', 't', 'w', 'y', 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', 'u', 'y', }; unsigned int key = (((unsigned int)c)<<3) | 0x00000007; int iRes = 0; int iHi = sizeof(aDia)/sizeof(aDia[0]) - 1; int iLo = 0; while( iHi>=iLo ){ int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; if( key >= aDia[iTest] ){ iRes = iTest; iLo = iTest+1; }else{ iHi = iTest-1; } } assert( key>=aDia[iRes] ); return ((c > (aDia[iRes]>>3) + (aDia[iRes]&0x07)) ? c : (int)aChar[iRes]); } /* ** Return true if the argument interpreted as a unicode codepoint ** is a diacritical modifier character. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeIsdiacritic(int c){ unsigned int mask0 = 0x08029FDF; unsigned int mask1 = 0x000361F8; if( c<768 || c>817 ) return 0; return (c < 768+32) ? (mask0 & (1 << (c-768))) : (mask1 & (1 << (c-768-32))); } /* ** Interpret the argument as a unicode codepoint. If the codepoint ** is an upper case character that has a lower case equivalent, ** return the codepoint corresponding to the lower case version. ** Otherwise, return a copy of the argument. ** ** The results are undefined if the value passed to this function ** is less than zero. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3FtsUnicodeFold(int c, int bRemoveDiacritic){ /* Each entry in the following array defines a rule for folding a range ** of codepoints to lower case. The rule applies to a range of nRange ** codepoints starting at codepoint iCode. ** ** If the least significant bit in flags is clear, then the rule applies ** to all nRange codepoints (i.e. all nRange codepoints are upper case and ** need to be folded). Or, if it is set, then the rule only applies to ** every second codepoint in the range, starting with codepoint C. ** ** The 7 most significant bits in flags are an index into the aiOff[] ** array. If a specific codepoint C does require folding, then its lower ** case equivalent is ((C + aiOff[flags>>1]) & 0xFFFF). ** ** The contents of this array are generated by parsing the CaseFolding.txt ** file distributed as part of the "Unicode Character Database". See ** http://www.unicode.org for details. */ static const struct TableEntry { unsigned short iCode; unsigned char flags; unsigned char nRange; } aEntry[] = { {65, 14, 26}, {181, 64, 1}, {192, 14, 23}, {216, 14, 7}, {256, 1, 48}, {306, 1, 6}, {313, 1, 16}, {330, 1, 46}, {376, 116, 1}, {377, 1, 6}, {383, 104, 1}, {385, 50, 1}, {386, 1, 4}, {390, 44, 1}, {391, 0, 1}, {393, 42, 2}, {395, 0, 1}, {398, 32, 1}, {399, 38, 1}, {400, 40, 1}, {401, 0, 1}, {403, 42, 1}, {404, 46, 1}, {406, 52, 1}, {407, 48, 1}, {408, 0, 1}, {412, 52, 1}, {413, 54, 1}, {415, 56, 1}, {416, 1, 6}, {422, 60, 1}, {423, 0, 1}, {425, 60, 1}, {428, 0, 1}, {430, 60, 1}, {431, 0, 1}, {433, 58, 2}, {435, 1, 4}, {439, 62, 1}, {440, 0, 1}, {444, 0, 1}, {452, 2, 1}, {453, 0, 1}, {455, 2, 1}, {456, 0, 1}, {458, 2, 1}, {459, 1, 18}, {478, 1, 18}, {497, 2, 1}, {498, 1, 4}, {502, 122, 1}, {503, 134, 1}, {504, 1, 40}, {544, 110, 1}, {546, 1, 18}, {570, 70, 1}, {571, 0, 1}, {573, 108, 1}, {574, 68, 1}, {577, 0, 1}, {579, 106, 1}, {580, 28, 1}, {581, 30, 1}, {582, 1, 10}, {837, 36, 1}, {880, 1, 4}, {886, 0, 1}, {902, 18, 1}, {904, 16, 3}, {908, 26, 1}, {910, 24, 2}, {913, 14, 17}, {931, 14, 9}, {962, 0, 1}, {975, 4, 1}, {976, 140, 1}, {977, 142, 1}, {981, 146, 1}, {982, 144, 1}, {984, 1, 24}, {1008, 136, 1}, {1009, 138, 1}, {1012, 130, 1}, {1013, 128, 1}, {1015, 0, 1}, {1017, 152, 1}, {1018, 0, 1}, {1021, 110, 3}, {1024, 34, 16}, {1040, 14, 32}, {1120, 1, 34}, {1162, 1, 54}, {1216, 6, 1}, {1217, 1, 14}, {1232, 1, 88}, {1329, 22, 38}, {4256, 66, 38}, {4295, 66, 1}, {4301, 66, 1}, {7680, 1, 150}, {7835, 132, 1}, {7838, 96, 1}, {7840, 1, 96}, {7944, 150, 8}, {7960, 150, 6}, {7976, 150, 8}, {7992, 150, 8}, {8008, 150, 6}, {8025, 151, 8}, {8040, 150, 8}, {8072, 150, 8}, {8088, 150, 8}, {8104, 150, 8}, {8120, 150, 2}, {8122, 126, 2}, {8124, 148, 1}, {8126, 100, 1}, {8136, 124, 4}, {8140, 148, 1}, {8152, 150, 2}, {8154, 120, 2}, {8168, 150, 2}, {8170, 118, 2}, {8172, 152, 1}, {8184, 112, 2}, {8186, 114, 2}, {8188, 148, 1}, {8486, 98, 1}, {8490, 92, 1}, {8491, 94, 1}, {8498, 12, 1}, {8544, 8, 16}, {8579, 0, 1}, {9398, 10, 26}, {11264, 22, 47}, {11360, 0, 1}, {11362, 88, 1}, {11363, 102, 1}, {11364, 90, 1}, {11367, 1, 6}, {11373, 84, 1}, {11374, 86, 1}, {11375, 80, 1}, {11376, 82, 1}, {11378, 0, 1}, {11381, 0, 1}, {11390, 78, 2}, {11392, 1, 100}, {11499, 1, 4}, {11506, 0, 1}, {42560, 1, 46}, {42624, 1, 24}, {42786, 1, 14}, {42802, 1, 62}, {42873, 1, 4}, {42877, 76, 1}, {42878, 1, 10}, {42891, 0, 1}, {42893, 74, 1}, {42896, 1, 4}, {42912, 1, 10}, {42922, 72, 1}, {65313, 14, 26}, }; static const unsigned short aiOff[] = { 1, 2, 8, 15, 16, 26, 28, 32, 37, 38, 40, 48, 63, 64, 69, 71, 79, 80, 116, 202, 203, 205, 206, 207, 209, 210, 211, 213, 214, 217, 218, 219, 775, 7264, 10792, 10795, 23228, 23256, 30204, 54721, 54753, 54754, 54756, 54787, 54793, 54809, 57153, 57274, 57921, 58019, 58363, 61722, 65268, 65341, 65373, 65406, 65408, 65410, 65415, 65424, 65436, 65439, 65450, 65462, 65472, 65476, 65478, 65480, 65482, 65488, 65506, 65511, 65514, 65521, 65527, 65528, 65529, }; int ret = c; assert( sizeof(unsigned short)==2 && sizeof(unsigned char)==1 ); if( c<128 ){ if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ) ret = c + ('a' - 'A'); }else if( c<65536 ){ const struct TableEntry *p; int iHi = sizeof(aEntry)/sizeof(aEntry[0]) - 1; int iLo = 0; int iRes = -1; assert( c>aEntry[0].iCode ); while( iHi>=iLo ){ int iTest = (iHi + iLo) / 2; int cmp = (c - aEntry[iTest].iCode); if( cmp>=0 ){ iRes = iTest; iLo = iTest+1; }else{ iHi = iTest-1; } } assert( iRes>=0 && c>=aEntry[iRes].iCode ); p = &aEntry[iRes]; if( c<(p->iCode + p->nRange) && 0==(0x01 & p->flags & (p->iCode ^ c)) ){ ret = (c + (aiOff[p->flags>>1])) & 0x0000FFFF; assert( ret>0 ); } if( bRemoveDiacritic ) ret = remove_diacritic(ret); } else if( c>=66560 && c<66600 ){ ret = c + 40; } return ret; } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4) */ #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_FTS3_UNICODE) */ /************** End of fts3_unicode2.c ***************************************/ /************** Begin file json1.c *******************************************/ /* ** 2015-08-12 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This SQLite extension implements JSON functions. The interface is ** modeled after MySQL JSON functions: ** ** https://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.7/en/json.html ** ** For the time being, all JSON is stored as pure text. (We might add ** a JSONB type in the future which stores a binary encoding of JSON in ** a BLOB, but there is no support for JSONB in the current implementation. ** This implementation parses JSON text at 250 MB/s, so it is hard to see ** how JSONB might improve on that.) */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_JSON1) #if !defined(SQLITEINT_H) /* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ #endif SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* Mark a function parameter as unused, to suppress nuisance compiler ** warnings. */ #ifndef UNUSED_PARAM # define UNUSED_PARAM(X) (void)(X) #endif #ifndef LARGEST_INT64 # define LARGEST_INT64 (0xffffffff|(((sqlite3_int64)0x7fffffff)<<32)) # define SMALLEST_INT64 (((sqlite3_int64)-1) - LARGEST_INT64) #endif /* ** Versions of isspace(), isalnum() and isdigit() to which it is safe ** to pass signed char values. */ #ifdef sqlite3Isdigit /* Use the SQLite core versions if this routine is part of the ** SQLite amalgamation */ # define safe_isdigit(x) sqlite3Isdigit(x) # define safe_isalnum(x) sqlite3Isalnum(x) # define safe_isxdigit(x) sqlite3Isxdigit(x) #else /* Use the standard library for separate compilation */ #include /* amalgamator: keep */ # define safe_isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) # define safe_isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) # define safe_isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x)) #endif /* ** Growing our own isspace() routine this way is twice as fast as ** the library isspace() function, resulting in a 7% overall performance ** increase for the parser. (Ubuntu14.10 gcc 4.8.4 x64 with -Os). */ static const char jsonIsSpace[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, }; #define safe_isspace(x) (jsonIsSpace[(unsigned char)x]) #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION /* Unsigned integer types. These are already defined in the sqliteInt.h, ** but the definitions need to be repeated for separate compilation. */ typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; typedef unsigned int u32; typedef unsigned short int u16; typedef unsigned char u8; #endif /* Objects */ typedef struct JsonString JsonString; typedef struct JsonNode JsonNode; typedef struct JsonParse JsonParse; /* An instance of this object represents a JSON string ** under construction. Really, this is a generic string accumulator ** that can be and is used to create strings other than JSON. */ struct JsonString { sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Function context - put error messages here */ char *zBuf; /* Append JSON content here */ u64 nAlloc; /* Bytes of storage available in zBuf[] */ u64 nUsed; /* Bytes of zBuf[] currently used */ u8 bStatic; /* True if zBuf is static space */ u8 bErr; /* True if an error has been encountered */ char zSpace[100]; /* Initial static space */ }; /* JSON type values */ #define JSON_NULL 0 #define JSON_TRUE 1 #define JSON_FALSE 2 #define JSON_INT 3 #define JSON_REAL 4 #define JSON_STRING 5 #define JSON_ARRAY 6 #define JSON_OBJECT 7 /* The "subtype" set for JSON values */ #define JSON_SUBTYPE 74 /* Ascii for "J" */ /* ** Names of the various JSON types: */ static const char * const jsonType[] = { "null", "true", "false", "integer", "real", "text", "array", "object" }; /* Bit values for the JsonNode.jnFlag field */ #define JNODE_RAW 0x01 /* Content is raw, not JSON encoded */ #define JNODE_ESCAPE 0x02 /* Content is text with \ escapes */ #define JNODE_REMOVE 0x04 /* Do not output */ #define JNODE_REPLACE 0x08 /* Replace with JsonNode.u.iReplace */ #define JNODE_PATCH 0x10 /* Patch with JsonNode.u.pPatch */ #define JNODE_APPEND 0x20 /* More ARRAY/OBJECT entries at u.iAppend */ #define JNODE_LABEL 0x40 /* Is a label of an object */ /* A single node of parsed JSON */ struct JsonNode { u8 eType; /* One of the JSON_ type values */ u8 jnFlags; /* JNODE flags */ u32 n; /* Bytes of content, or number of sub-nodes */ union { const char *zJContent; /* Content for INT, REAL, and STRING */ u32 iAppend; /* More terms for ARRAY and OBJECT */ u32 iKey; /* Key for ARRAY objects in json_tree() */ u32 iReplace; /* Replacement content for JNODE_REPLACE */ JsonNode *pPatch; /* Node chain of patch for JNODE_PATCH */ } u; }; /* A completely parsed JSON string */ struct JsonParse { u32 nNode; /* Number of slots of aNode[] used */ u32 nAlloc; /* Number of slots of aNode[] allocated */ JsonNode *aNode; /* Array of nodes containing the parse */ const char *zJson; /* Original JSON string */ u32 *aUp; /* Index of parent of each node */ u8 oom; /* Set to true if out of memory */ u8 nErr; /* Number of errors seen */ u16 iDepth; /* Nesting depth */ int nJson; /* Length of the zJson string in bytes */ u32 iHold; /* Replace cache line with the lowest iHold value */ }; /* ** Maximum nesting depth of JSON for this implementation. ** ** This limit is needed to avoid a stack overflow in the recursive ** descent parser. A depth of 2000 is far deeper than any sane JSON ** should go. */ #define JSON_MAX_DEPTH 2000 /************************************************************************** ** Utility routines for dealing with JsonString objects **************************************************************************/ /* Set the JsonString object to an empty string */ static void jsonZero(JsonString *p){ p->zBuf = p->zSpace; p->nAlloc = sizeof(p->zSpace); p->nUsed = 0; p->bStatic = 1; } /* Initialize the JsonString object */ static void jsonInit(JsonString *p, sqlite3_context *pCtx){ p->pCtx = pCtx; p->bErr = 0; jsonZero(p); } /* Free all allocated memory and reset the JsonString object back to its ** initial state. */ static void jsonReset(JsonString *p){ if( !p->bStatic ) sqlite3_free(p->zBuf); jsonZero(p); } /* Report an out-of-memory (OOM) condition */ static void jsonOom(JsonString *p){ p->bErr = 1; sqlite3_result_error_nomem(p->pCtx); jsonReset(p); } /* Enlarge pJson->zBuf so that it can hold at least N more bytes. ** Return zero on success. Return non-zero on an OOM error */ static int jsonGrow(JsonString *p, u32 N){ u64 nTotal = NnAlloc ? p->nAlloc*2 : p->nAlloc+N+10; char *zNew; if( p->bStatic ){ if( p->bErr ) return 1; zNew = sqlite3_malloc64(nTotal); if( zNew==0 ){ jsonOom(p); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memcpy(zNew, p->zBuf, (size_t)p->nUsed); p->zBuf = zNew; p->bStatic = 0; }else{ zNew = sqlite3_realloc64(p->zBuf, nTotal); if( zNew==0 ){ jsonOom(p); return SQLITE_NOMEM; } p->zBuf = zNew; } p->nAlloc = nTotal; return SQLITE_OK; } /* Append N bytes from zIn onto the end of the JsonString string. */ static void jsonAppendRaw(JsonString *p, const char *zIn, u32 N){ if( (N+p->nUsed >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N)!=0 ) return; memcpy(p->zBuf+p->nUsed, zIn, N); p->nUsed += N; } /* Append formatted text (not to exceed N bytes) to the JsonString. */ static void jsonPrintf(int N, JsonString *p, const char *zFormat, ...){ va_list ap; if( (p->nUsed + N >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p, N) ) return; va_start(ap, zFormat); sqlite3_vsnprintf(N, p->zBuf+p->nUsed, zFormat, ap); va_end(ap); p->nUsed += (int)strlen(p->zBuf+p->nUsed); } /* Append a single character */ static void jsonAppendChar(JsonString *p, char c){ if( p->nUsed>=p->nAlloc && jsonGrow(p,1)!=0 ) return; p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = c; } /* Append a comma separator to the output buffer, if the previous ** character is not '[' or '{'. */ static void jsonAppendSeparator(JsonString *p){ char c; if( p->nUsed==0 ) return; c = p->zBuf[p->nUsed-1]; if( c!='[' && c!='{' ) jsonAppendChar(p, ','); } /* Append the N-byte string in zIn to the end of the JsonString string ** under construction. Enclose the string in "..." and escape ** any double-quotes or backslash characters contained within the ** string. */ static void jsonAppendString(JsonString *p, const char *zIn, u32 N){ u32 i; if( (N+p->nUsed+2 >= p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N+2)!=0 ) return; p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '"'; for(i=0; inUsed+N+3-i > p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N+3-i)!=0 ) return; p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '\\'; }else if( c<=0x1f ){ static const char aSpecial[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 'b', 't', 'n', 0, 'f', 'r', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; assert( sizeof(aSpecial)==32 ); assert( aSpecial['\b']=='b' ); assert( aSpecial['\f']=='f' ); assert( aSpecial['\n']=='n' ); assert( aSpecial['\r']=='r' ); assert( aSpecial['\t']=='t' ); if( aSpecial[c] ){ c = aSpecial[c]; goto json_simple_escape; } if( (p->nUsed+N+7+i > p->nAlloc) && jsonGrow(p,N+7-i)!=0 ) return; p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '\\'; p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = 'u'; p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '0'; p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '0'; p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '0' + (c>>4); c = "0123456789abcdef"[c&0xf]; } p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = c; } p->zBuf[p->nUsed++] = '"'; assert( p->nUsednAlloc ); } /* ** Append a function parameter value to the JSON string under ** construction. */ static void jsonAppendValue( JsonString *p, /* Append to this JSON string */ sqlite3_value *pValue /* Value to append */ ){ switch( sqlite3_value_type(pValue) ){ case SQLITE_NULL: { jsonAppendRaw(p, "null", 4); break; } case SQLITE_INTEGER: case SQLITE_FLOAT: { const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValue); u32 n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); jsonAppendRaw(p, z, n); break; } case SQLITE_TEXT: { const char *z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(pValue); u32 n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(pValue); if( sqlite3_value_subtype(pValue)==JSON_SUBTYPE ){ jsonAppendRaw(p, z, n); }else{ jsonAppendString(p, z, n); } break; } default: { if( p->bErr==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error(p->pCtx, "JSON cannot hold BLOB values", -1); p->bErr = 2; jsonReset(p); } break; } } } /* Make the JSON in p the result of the SQL function. */ static void jsonResult(JsonString *p){ if( p->bErr==0 ){ sqlite3_result_text64(p->pCtx, p->zBuf, p->nUsed, p->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free, SQLITE_UTF8); jsonZero(p); } assert( p->bStatic ); } /************************************************************************** ** Utility routines for dealing with JsonNode and JsonParse objects **************************************************************************/ /* ** Return the number of consecutive JsonNode slots need to represent ** the parsed JSON at pNode. The minimum answer is 1. For ARRAY and ** OBJECT types, the number might be larger. ** ** Appended elements are not counted. The value returned is the number ** by which the JsonNode counter should increment in order to go to the ** next peer value. */ static u32 jsonNodeSize(JsonNode *pNode){ return pNode->eType>=JSON_ARRAY ? pNode->n+1 : 1; } /* ** Reclaim all memory allocated by a JsonParse object. But do not ** delete the JsonParse object itself. */ static void jsonParseReset(JsonParse *pParse){ sqlite3_free(pParse->aNode); pParse->aNode = 0; pParse->nNode = 0; pParse->nAlloc = 0; sqlite3_free(pParse->aUp); pParse->aUp = 0; } /* ** Free a JsonParse object that was obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). */ static void jsonParseFree(JsonParse *pParse){ jsonParseReset(pParse); sqlite3_free(pParse); } /* ** Convert the JsonNode pNode into a pure JSON string and ** append to pOut. Subsubstructure is also included. Return ** the number of JsonNode objects that are encoded. */ static void jsonRenderNode( JsonNode *pNode, /* The node to render */ JsonString *pOut, /* Write JSON here */ sqlite3_value **aReplace /* Replacement values */ ){ if( pNode->jnFlags & (JNODE_REPLACE|JNODE_PATCH) ){ if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){ jsonAppendValue(pOut, aReplace[pNode->u.iReplace]); return; } pNode = pNode->u.pPatch; } switch( pNode->eType ){ default: { assert( pNode->eType==JSON_NULL ); jsonAppendRaw(pOut, "null", 4); break; } case JSON_TRUE: { jsonAppendRaw(pOut, "true", 4); break; } case JSON_FALSE: { jsonAppendRaw(pOut, "false", 5); break; } case JSON_STRING: { if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){ jsonAppendString(pOut, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n); break; } /* Fall through into the next case */ } case JSON_REAL: case JSON_INT: { jsonAppendRaw(pOut, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n); break; } case JSON_ARRAY: { u32 j = 1; jsonAppendChar(pOut, '['); for(;;){ while( j<=pNode->n ){ if( (pNode[j].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ){ jsonAppendSeparator(pOut); jsonRenderNode(&pNode[j], pOut, aReplace); } j += jsonNodeSize(&pNode[j]); } if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break; pNode = &pNode[pNode->u.iAppend]; j = 1; } jsonAppendChar(pOut, ']'); break; } case JSON_OBJECT: { u32 j = 1; jsonAppendChar(pOut, '{'); for(;;){ while( j<=pNode->n ){ if( (pNode[j+1].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ){ jsonAppendSeparator(pOut); jsonRenderNode(&pNode[j], pOut, aReplace); jsonAppendChar(pOut, ':'); jsonRenderNode(&pNode[j+1], pOut, aReplace); } j += 1 + jsonNodeSize(&pNode[j+1]); } if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break; pNode = &pNode[pNode->u.iAppend]; j = 1; } jsonAppendChar(pOut, '}'); break; } } } /* ** Return a JsonNode and all its descendents as a JSON string. */ static void jsonReturnJson( JsonNode *pNode, /* Node to return */ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Return value for this function */ sqlite3_value **aReplace /* Array of replacement values */ ){ JsonString s; jsonInit(&s, pCtx); jsonRenderNode(pNode, &s, aReplace); jsonResult(&s); sqlite3_result_subtype(pCtx, JSON_SUBTYPE); } /* ** Make the JsonNode the return value of the function. */ static void jsonReturn( JsonNode *pNode, /* Node to return */ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Return value for this function */ sqlite3_value **aReplace /* Array of replacement values */ ){ switch( pNode->eType ){ default: { assert( pNode->eType==JSON_NULL ); sqlite3_result_null(pCtx); break; } case JSON_TRUE: { sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 1); break; } case JSON_FALSE: { sqlite3_result_int(pCtx, 0); break; } case JSON_INT: { sqlite3_int64 i = 0; const char *z = pNode->u.zJContent; if( z[0]=='-' ){ z++; } while( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='9' ){ unsigned v = *(z++) - '0'; if( i>=LARGEST_INT64/10 ){ if( i>LARGEST_INT64/10 ) goto int_as_real; if( z[0]>='0' && z[0]<='9' ) goto int_as_real; if( v==9 ) goto int_as_real; if( v==8 ){ if( pNode->u.zJContent[0]=='-' ){ sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, SMALLEST_INT64); goto int_done; }else{ goto int_as_real; } } } i = i*10 + v; } if( pNode->u.zJContent[0]=='-' ){ i = -i; } sqlite3_result_int64(pCtx, i); int_done: break; int_as_real: /* fall through to real */; } case JSON_REAL: { double r; #ifdef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION const char *z = pNode->u.zJContent; sqlite3AtoF(z, &r, sqlite3Strlen30(z), SQLITE_UTF8); #else r = strtod(pNode->u.zJContent, 0); #endif sqlite3_result_double(pCtx, r); break; } case JSON_STRING: { #if 0 /* Never happens because JNODE_RAW is only set by json_set(), ** json_insert() and json_replace() and those routines do not ** call jsonReturn() */ if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pNode->u.zJContent, pNode->n, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else #endif assert( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 ); if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_ESCAPE)==0 ){ /* JSON formatted without any backslash-escapes */ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, pNode->u.zJContent+1, pNode->n-2, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else{ /* Translate JSON formatted string into raw text */ u32 i; u32 n = pNode->n; const char *z = pNode->u.zJContent; char *zOut; u32 j; zOut = sqlite3_malloc( n+1 ); if( zOut==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); break; } for(i=1, j=0; i>6)); zOut[j++] = 0x80 | (v&0x3f); }else{ zOut[j++] = (char)(0xe0 | (v>>12)); zOut[j++] = 0x80 | ((v>>6)&0x3f); zOut[j++] = 0x80 | (v&0x3f); } }else{ if( c=='b' ){ c = '\b'; }else if( c=='f' ){ c = '\f'; }else if( c=='n' ){ c = '\n'; }else if( c=='r' ){ c = '\r'; }else if( c=='t' ){ c = '\t'; } zOut[j++] = c; } } } zOut[j] = 0; sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zOut, j, sqlite3_free); } break; } case JSON_ARRAY: case JSON_OBJECT: { jsonReturnJson(pNode, pCtx, aReplace); break; } } } /* Forward reference */ static int jsonParseAddNode(JsonParse*,u32,u32,const char*); /* ** A macro to hint to the compiler that a function should not be ** inlined. */ #if defined(__GNUC__) # define JSON_NOINLINE __attribute__((noinline)) #elif defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER>=1310 # define JSON_NOINLINE __declspec(noinline) #else # define JSON_NOINLINE #endif static JSON_NOINLINE int jsonParseAddNodeExpand( JsonParse *pParse, /* Append the node to this object */ u32 eType, /* Node type */ u32 n, /* Content size or sub-node count */ const char *zContent /* Content */ ){ u32 nNew; JsonNode *pNew; assert( pParse->nNode>=pParse->nAlloc ); if( pParse->oom ) return -1; nNew = pParse->nAlloc*2 + 10; pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pParse->aNode, sizeof(JsonNode)*nNew); if( pNew==0 ){ pParse->oom = 1; return -1; } pParse->nAlloc = nNew; pParse->aNode = pNew; assert( pParse->nNodenAlloc ); return jsonParseAddNode(pParse, eType, n, zContent); } /* ** Create a new JsonNode instance based on the arguments and append that ** instance to the JsonParse. Return the index in pParse->aNode[] of the ** new node, or -1 if a memory allocation fails. */ static int jsonParseAddNode( JsonParse *pParse, /* Append the node to this object */ u32 eType, /* Node type */ u32 n, /* Content size or sub-node count */ const char *zContent /* Content */ ){ JsonNode *p; if( pParse->nNode>=pParse->nAlloc ){ return jsonParseAddNodeExpand(pParse, eType, n, zContent); } p = &pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode]; p->eType = (u8)eType; p->jnFlags = 0; p->n = n; p->u.zJContent = zContent; return pParse->nNode++; } /* ** Return true if z[] begins with 4 (or more) hexadecimal digits */ static int jsonIs4Hex(const char *z){ int i; for(i=0; i<4; i++) if( !safe_isxdigit(z[i]) ) return 0; return 1; } /* ** Parse a single JSON value which begins at pParse->zJson[i]. Return the ** index of the first character past the end of the value parsed. ** ** Return negative for a syntax error. Special cases: return -2 if the ** first non-whitespace character is '}' and return -3 if the first ** non-whitespace character is ']'. */ static int jsonParseValue(JsonParse *pParse, u32 i){ char c; u32 j; int iThis; int x; JsonNode *pNode; const char *z = pParse->zJson; while( safe_isspace(z[i]) ){ i++; } if( (c = z[i])=='{' ){ /* Parse object */ iThis = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 0, 0); if( iThis<0 ) return -1; for(j=i+1;;j++){ while( safe_isspace(z[j]) ){ j++; } if( ++pParse->iDepth > JSON_MAX_DEPTH ) return -1; x = jsonParseValue(pParse, j); if( x<0 ){ pParse->iDepth--; if( x==(-2) && pParse->nNode==(u32)iThis+1 ) return j+1; return -1; } if( pParse->oom ) return -1; pNode = &pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode-1]; if( pNode->eType!=JSON_STRING ) return -1; pNode->jnFlags |= JNODE_LABEL; j = x; while( safe_isspace(z[j]) ){ j++; } if( z[j]!=':' ) return -1; j++; x = jsonParseValue(pParse, j); pParse->iDepth--; if( x<0 ) return -1; j = x; while( safe_isspace(z[j]) ){ j++; } c = z[j]; if( c==',' ) continue; if( c!='}' ) return -1; break; } pParse->aNode[iThis].n = pParse->nNode - (u32)iThis - 1; return j+1; }else if( c=='[' ){ /* Parse array */ iThis = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_ARRAY, 0, 0); if( iThis<0 ) return -1; for(j=i+1;;j++){ while( safe_isspace(z[j]) ){ j++; } if( ++pParse->iDepth > JSON_MAX_DEPTH ) return -1; x = jsonParseValue(pParse, j); pParse->iDepth--; if( x<0 ){ if( x==(-3) && pParse->nNode==(u32)iThis+1 ) return j+1; return -1; } j = x; while( safe_isspace(z[j]) ){ j++; } c = z[j]; if( c==',' ) continue; if( c!=']' ) return -1; break; } pParse->aNode[iThis].n = pParse->nNode - (u32)iThis - 1; return j+1; }else if( c=='"' ){ /* Parse string */ u8 jnFlags = 0; j = i+1; for(;;){ c = z[j]; if( (c & ~0x1f)==0 ){ /* Control characters are not allowed in strings */ return -1; } if( c=='\\' ){ c = z[++j]; if( c=='"' || c=='\\' || c=='/' || c=='b' || c=='f' || c=='n' || c=='r' || c=='t' || (c=='u' && jsonIs4Hex(z+j+1)) ){ jnFlags = JNODE_ESCAPE; }else{ return -1; } }else if( c=='"' ){ break; } j++; } jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_STRING, j+1-i, &z[i]); if( !pParse->oom ) pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode-1].jnFlags = jnFlags; return j+1; }else if( c=='n' && strncmp(z+i,"null",4)==0 && !safe_isalnum(z[i+4]) ){ jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_NULL, 0, 0); return i+4; }else if( c=='t' && strncmp(z+i,"true",4)==0 && !safe_isalnum(z[i+4]) ){ jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_TRUE, 0, 0); return i+4; }else if( c=='f' && strncmp(z+i,"false",5)==0 && !safe_isalnum(z[i+5]) ){ jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_FALSE, 0, 0); return i+5; }else if( c=='-' || (c>='0' && c<='9') ){ /* Parse number */ u8 seenDP = 0; u8 seenE = 0; assert( '-' < '0' ); if( c<='0' ){ j = c=='-' ? i+1 : i; if( z[j]=='0' && z[j+1]>='0' && z[j+1]<='9' ) return -1; } j = i+1; for(;; j++){ c = z[j]; if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) continue; if( c=='.' ){ if( z[j-1]=='-' ) return -1; if( seenDP ) return -1; seenDP = 1; continue; } if( c=='e' || c=='E' ){ if( z[j-1]<'0' ) return -1; if( seenE ) return -1; seenDP = seenE = 1; c = z[j+1]; if( c=='+' || c=='-' ){ j++; c = z[j+1]; } if( c<'0' || c>'9' ) return -1; continue; } break; } if( z[j-1]<'0' ) return -1; jsonParseAddNode(pParse, seenDP ? JSON_REAL : JSON_INT, j - i, &z[i]); return j; }else if( c=='}' ){ return -2; /* End of {...} */ }else if( c==']' ){ return -3; /* End of [...] */ }else if( c==0 ){ return 0; /* End of file */ }else{ return -1; /* Syntax error */ } } /* ** Parse a complete JSON string. Return 0 on success or non-zero if there ** are any errors. If an error occurs, free all memory associated with ** pParse. ** ** pParse is uninitialized when this routine is called. */ static int jsonParse( JsonParse *pParse, /* Initialize and fill this JsonParse object */ sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Report errors here */ const char *zJson /* Input JSON text to be parsed */ ){ int i; memset(pParse, 0, sizeof(*pParse)); if( zJson==0 ) return 1; pParse->zJson = zJson; i = jsonParseValue(pParse, 0); if( pParse->oom ) i = -1; if( i>0 ){ assert( pParse->iDepth==0 ); while( safe_isspace(zJson[i]) ) i++; if( zJson[i] ) i = -1; } if( i<=0 ){ if( pCtx!=0 ){ if( pParse->oom ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); }else{ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, "malformed JSON", -1); } } jsonParseReset(pParse); return 1; } return 0; } /* Mark node i of pParse as being a child of iParent. Call recursively ** to fill in all the descendants of node i. */ static void jsonParseFillInParentage(JsonParse *pParse, u32 i, u32 iParent){ JsonNode *pNode = &pParse->aNode[i]; u32 j; pParse->aUp[i] = iParent; switch( pNode->eType ){ case JSON_ARRAY: { for(j=1; j<=pNode->n; j += jsonNodeSize(pNode+j)){ jsonParseFillInParentage(pParse, i+j, i); } break; } case JSON_OBJECT: { for(j=1; j<=pNode->n; j += jsonNodeSize(pNode+j+1)+1){ pParse->aUp[i+j] = i; jsonParseFillInParentage(pParse, i+j+1, i); } break; } default: { break; } } } /* ** Compute the parentage of all nodes in a completed parse. */ static int jsonParseFindParents(JsonParse *pParse){ u32 *aUp; assert( pParse->aUp==0 ); aUp = pParse->aUp = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(u32)*pParse->nNode ); if( aUp==0 ){ pParse->oom = 1; return SQLITE_NOMEM; } jsonParseFillInParentage(pParse, 0, 0); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Magic number used for the JSON parse cache in sqlite3_get_auxdata() */ #define JSON_CACHE_ID (-429938) /* First cache entry */ #define JSON_CACHE_SZ 4 /* Max number of cache entries */ /* ** Obtain a complete parse of the JSON found in the first argument ** of the argv array. Use the sqlite3_get_auxdata() cache for this ** parse if it is available. If the cache is not available or if it ** is no longer valid, parse the JSON again and return the new parse, ** and also register the new parse so that it will be available for ** future sqlite3_get_auxdata() calls. */ static JsonParse *jsonParseCached( sqlite3_context *pCtx, sqlite3_value **argv, sqlite3_context *pErrCtx ){ const char *zJson = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); int nJson = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); JsonParse *p; JsonParse *pMatch = 0; int iKey; int iMinKey = 0; u32 iMinHold = 0xffffffff; u32 iMaxHold = 0; if( zJson==0 ) return 0; for(iKey=0; iKeynJson==nJson && memcmp(p->zJson,zJson,nJson)==0 ){ p->nErr = 0; pMatch = p; }else if( p->iHoldiHold; iMinKey = iKey; } if( p->iHold>iMaxHold ){ iMaxHold = p->iHold; } } if( pMatch ){ pMatch->nErr = 0; pMatch->iHold = iMaxHold+1; return pMatch; } p = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*p) + nJson + 1 ); if( p==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); return 0; } memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); p->zJson = (char*)&p[1]; memcpy((char*)p->zJson, zJson, nJson+1); if( jsonParse(p, pErrCtx, p->zJson) ){ sqlite3_free(p); return 0; } p->nJson = nJson; p->iHold = iMaxHold+1; sqlite3_set_auxdata(pCtx, JSON_CACHE_ID+iMinKey, p, (void(*)(void*))jsonParseFree); return (JsonParse*)sqlite3_get_auxdata(pCtx, JSON_CACHE_ID+iMinKey); } /* ** Compare the OBJECT label at pNode against zKey,nKey. Return true on ** a match. */ static int jsonLabelCompare(JsonNode *pNode, const char *zKey, u32 nKey){ if( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_RAW ){ if( pNode->n!=nKey ) return 0; return strncmp(pNode->u.zJContent, zKey, nKey)==0; }else{ if( pNode->n!=nKey+2 ) return 0; return strncmp(pNode->u.zJContent+1, zKey, nKey)==0; } } /* forward declaration */ static JsonNode *jsonLookupAppend(JsonParse*,const char*,int*,const char**); /* ** Search along zPath to find the node specified. Return a pointer ** to that node, or NULL if zPath is malformed or if there is no such ** node. ** ** If pApnd!=0, then try to append new nodes to complete zPath if it is ** possible to do so and if no existing node corresponds to zPath. If ** new nodes are appended *pApnd is set to 1. */ static JsonNode *jsonLookupStep( JsonParse *pParse, /* The JSON to search */ u32 iRoot, /* Begin the search at this node */ const char *zPath, /* The path to search */ int *pApnd, /* Append nodes to complete path if not NULL */ const char **pzErr /* Make *pzErr point to any syntax error in zPath */ ){ u32 i, j, nKey; const char *zKey; JsonNode *pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; if( zPath[0]==0 ) return pRoot; if( zPath[0]=='.' ){ if( pRoot->eType!=JSON_OBJECT ) return 0; zPath++; if( zPath[0]=='"' ){ zKey = zPath + 1; for(i=1; zPath[i] && zPath[i]!='"'; i++){} nKey = i-1; if( zPath[i] ){ i++; }else{ *pzErr = zPath; return 0; } }else{ zKey = zPath; for(i=0; zPath[i] && zPath[i]!='.' && zPath[i]!='['; i++){} nKey = i; } if( nKey==0 ){ *pzErr = zPath; return 0; } j = 1; for(;;){ while( j<=pRoot->n ){ if( jsonLabelCompare(pRoot+j, zKey, nKey) ){ return jsonLookupStep(pParse, iRoot+j+1, &zPath[i], pApnd, pzErr); } j++; j += jsonNodeSize(&pRoot[j]); } if( (pRoot->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break; iRoot += pRoot->u.iAppend; pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; j = 1; } if( pApnd ){ u32 iStart, iLabel; JsonNode *pNode; iStart = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 2, 0); iLabel = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_STRING, i, zPath); zPath += i; pNode = jsonLookupAppend(pParse, zPath, pApnd, pzErr); if( pParse->oom ) return 0; if( pNode ){ pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; pRoot->u.iAppend = iStart - iRoot; pRoot->jnFlags |= JNODE_APPEND; pParse->aNode[iLabel].jnFlags |= JNODE_RAW; } return pNode; } }else if( zPath[0]=='[' && safe_isdigit(zPath[1]) ){ if( pRoot->eType!=JSON_ARRAY ) return 0; i = 0; j = 1; while( safe_isdigit(zPath[j]) ){ i = i*10 + zPath[j] - '0'; j++; } if( zPath[j]!=']' ){ *pzErr = zPath; return 0; } zPath += j + 1; j = 1; for(;;){ while( j<=pRoot->n && (i>0 || (pRoot[j].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)!=0) ){ if( (pRoot[j].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ) i--; j += jsonNodeSize(&pRoot[j]); } if( (pRoot->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ) break; iRoot += pRoot->u.iAppend; pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; j = 1; } if( j<=pRoot->n ){ return jsonLookupStep(pParse, iRoot+j, zPath, pApnd, pzErr); } if( i==0 && pApnd ){ u32 iStart; JsonNode *pNode; iStart = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_ARRAY, 1, 0); pNode = jsonLookupAppend(pParse, zPath, pApnd, pzErr); if( pParse->oom ) return 0; if( pNode ){ pRoot = &pParse->aNode[iRoot]; pRoot->u.iAppend = iStart - iRoot; pRoot->jnFlags |= JNODE_APPEND; } return pNode; } }else{ *pzErr = zPath; } return 0; } /* ** Append content to pParse that will complete zPath. Return a pointer ** to the inserted node, or return NULL if the append fails. */ static JsonNode *jsonLookupAppend( JsonParse *pParse, /* Append content to the JSON parse */ const char *zPath, /* Description of content to append */ int *pApnd, /* Set this flag to 1 */ const char **pzErr /* Make this point to any syntax error */ ){ *pApnd = 1; if( zPath[0]==0 ){ jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_NULL, 0, 0); return pParse->oom ? 0 : &pParse->aNode[pParse->nNode-1]; } if( zPath[0]=='.' ){ jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 0, 0); }else if( strncmp(zPath,"[0]",3)==0 ){ jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_ARRAY, 0, 0); }else{ return 0; } if( pParse->oom ) return 0; return jsonLookupStep(pParse, pParse->nNode-1, zPath, pApnd, pzErr); } /* ** Return the text of a syntax error message on a JSON path. Space is ** obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). */ static char *jsonPathSyntaxError(const char *zErr){ return sqlite3_mprintf("JSON path error near '%q'", zErr); } /* ** Do a node lookup using zPath. Return a pointer to the node on success. ** Return NULL if not found or if there is an error. ** ** On an error, write an error message into pCtx and increment the ** pParse->nErr counter. ** ** If pApnd!=NULL then try to append missing nodes and set *pApnd = 1 if ** nodes are appended. */ static JsonNode *jsonLookup( JsonParse *pParse, /* The JSON to search */ const char *zPath, /* The path to search */ int *pApnd, /* Append nodes to complete path if not NULL */ sqlite3_context *pCtx /* Report errors here, if not NULL */ ){ const char *zErr = 0; JsonNode *pNode = 0; char *zMsg; if( zPath==0 ) return 0; if( zPath[0]!='$' ){ zErr = zPath; goto lookup_err; } zPath++; pNode = jsonLookupStep(pParse, 0, zPath, pApnd, &zErr); if( zErr==0 ) return pNode; lookup_err: pParse->nErr++; assert( zErr!=0 && pCtx!=0 ); zMsg = jsonPathSyntaxError(zErr); if( zMsg ){ sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zMsg, -1); sqlite3_free(zMsg); }else{ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); } return 0; } /* ** Report the wrong number of arguments for json_insert(), json_replace() ** or json_set(). */ static void jsonWrongNumArgs( sqlite3_context *pCtx, const char *zFuncName ){ char *zMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("json_%s() needs an odd number of arguments", zFuncName); sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zMsg, -1); sqlite3_free(zMsg); } /* ** Mark all NULL entries in the Object passed in as JNODE_REMOVE. */ static void jsonRemoveAllNulls(JsonNode *pNode){ int i, n; assert( pNode->eType==JSON_OBJECT ); n = pNode->n; for(i=2; i<=n; i += jsonNodeSize(&pNode[i])+1){ switch( pNode[i].eType ){ case JSON_NULL: pNode[i].jnFlags |= JNODE_REMOVE; break; case JSON_OBJECT: jsonRemoveAllNulls(&pNode[i]); break; } } } /**************************************************************************** ** SQL functions used for testing and debugging ****************************************************************************/ #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG /* ** The json_parse(JSON) function returns a string which describes ** a parse of the JSON provided. Or it returns NULL if JSON is not ** well-formed. */ static void jsonParseFunc( sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ JsonString s; /* Output string - not real JSON */ JsonParse x; /* The parse */ u32 i; assert( argc==1 ); if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; jsonParseFindParents(&x); jsonInit(&s, ctx); for(i=0; inNode ); if( argc==2 ){ const char *zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); pNode = jsonLookup(p, zPath, 0, ctx); }else{ pNode = p->aNode; } if( pNode==0 ){ return; } if( pNode->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ assert( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ); for(i=1; i<=pNode->n; n++){ i += jsonNodeSize(&pNode[i]); } } sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, n); } /* ** json_extract(JSON, PATH, ...) ** ** Return the element described by PATH. Return NULL if there is no ** PATH element. If there are multiple PATHs, then return a JSON array ** with the result from each path. Throw an error if the JSON or any PATH ** is malformed. */ static void jsonExtractFunc( sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ JsonParse *p; /* The parse */ JsonNode *pNode; const char *zPath; JsonString jx; int i; if( argc<2 ) return; p = jsonParseCached(ctx, argv, ctx); if( p==0 ) return; jsonInit(&jx, ctx); jsonAppendChar(&jx, '['); for(i=1; inErr ) break; if( argc>2 ){ jsonAppendSeparator(&jx); if( pNode ){ jsonRenderNode(pNode, &jx, 0); }else{ jsonAppendRaw(&jx, "null", 4); } }else if( pNode ){ jsonReturn(pNode, ctx, 0); } } if( argc>2 && i==argc ){ jsonAppendChar(&jx, ']'); jsonResult(&jx); sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); } jsonReset(&jx); } /* This is the RFC 7396 MergePatch algorithm. */ static JsonNode *jsonMergePatch( JsonParse *pParse, /* The JSON parser that contains the TARGET */ u32 iTarget, /* Node of the TARGET in pParse */ JsonNode *pPatch /* The PATCH */ ){ u32 i, j; u32 iRoot; JsonNode *pTarget; if( pPatch->eType!=JSON_OBJECT ){ return pPatch; } assert( iTarget>=0 && iTargetnNode ); pTarget = &pParse->aNode[iTarget]; assert( (pPatch->jnFlags & JNODE_APPEND)==0 ); if( pTarget->eType!=JSON_OBJECT ){ jsonRemoveAllNulls(pPatch); return pPatch; } iRoot = iTarget; for(i=1; in; i += jsonNodeSize(&pPatch[i+1])+1){ u32 nKey; const char *zKey; assert( pPatch[i].eType==JSON_STRING ); assert( pPatch[i].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ); nKey = pPatch[i].n; zKey = pPatch[i].u.zJContent; assert( (pPatch[i].jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 ); for(j=1; jn; j += jsonNodeSize(&pTarget[j+1])+1 ){ assert( pTarget[j].eType==JSON_STRING ); assert( pTarget[j].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ); assert( (pPatch[i].jnFlags & JNODE_RAW)==0 ); if( pTarget[j].n==nKey && strncmp(pTarget[j].u.zJContent,zKey,nKey)==0 ){ if( pTarget[j+1].jnFlags & (JNODE_REMOVE|JNODE_PATCH) ) break; if( pPatch[i+1].eType==JSON_NULL ){ pTarget[j+1].jnFlags |= JNODE_REMOVE; }else{ JsonNode *pNew = jsonMergePatch(pParse, iTarget+j+1, &pPatch[i+1]); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; pTarget = &pParse->aNode[iTarget]; if( pNew!=&pTarget[j+1] ){ pTarget[j+1].u.pPatch = pNew; pTarget[j+1].jnFlags |= JNODE_PATCH; } } break; } } if( j>=pTarget->n && pPatch[i+1].eType!=JSON_NULL ){ int iStart, iPatch; iStart = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_OBJECT, 2, 0); jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_STRING, nKey, zKey); iPatch = jsonParseAddNode(pParse, JSON_TRUE, 0, 0); if( pParse->oom ) return 0; jsonRemoveAllNulls(pPatch); pTarget = &pParse->aNode[iTarget]; pParse->aNode[iRoot].jnFlags |= JNODE_APPEND; pParse->aNode[iRoot].u.iAppend = iStart - iRoot; iRoot = iStart; pParse->aNode[iPatch].jnFlags |= JNODE_PATCH; pParse->aNode[iPatch].u.pPatch = &pPatch[i+1]; } } return pTarget; } /* ** Implementation of the json_mergepatch(JSON1,JSON2) function. Return a JSON ** object that is the result of running the RFC 7396 MergePatch() algorithm ** on the two arguments. */ static void jsonPatchFunc( sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ JsonParse x; /* The JSON that is being patched */ JsonParse y; /* The patch */ JsonNode *pResult; /* The result of the merge */ UNUSED_PARAM(argc); if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; if( jsonParse(&y, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1])) ){ jsonParseReset(&x); return; } pResult = jsonMergePatch(&x, 0, y.aNode); assert( pResult!=0 || x.oom ); if( pResult ){ jsonReturnJson(pResult, ctx, 0); }else{ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); } jsonParseReset(&x); jsonParseReset(&y); } /* ** Implementation of the json_object(NAME,VALUE,...) function. Return a JSON ** object that contains all name/value given in arguments. Or if any name ** is not a string or if any value is a BLOB, throw an error. */ static void jsonObjectFunc( sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int i; JsonString jx; const char *z; u32 n; if( argc&1 ){ sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "json_object() requires an even number " "of arguments", -1); return; } jsonInit(&jx, ctx); jsonAppendChar(&jx, '{'); for(i=0; ijnFlags |= JNODE_REMOVE; } if( (x.aNode[0].jnFlags & JNODE_REMOVE)==0 ){ jsonReturnJson(x.aNode, ctx, 0); } remove_done: jsonParseReset(&x); } /* ** json_replace(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...) ** ** Replace the value at PATH with VALUE. If PATH does not already exist, ** this routine is a no-op. If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error. */ static void jsonReplaceFunc( sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ JsonParse x; /* The parse */ JsonNode *pNode; const char *zPath; u32 i; if( argc<1 ) return; if( (argc&1)==0 ) { jsonWrongNumArgs(ctx, "replace"); return; } if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; assert( x.nNode ); for(i=1; i<(u32)argc; i+=2){ zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, 0, ctx); if( x.nErr ) goto replace_err; if( pNode ){ pNode->jnFlags |= (u8)JNODE_REPLACE; pNode->u.iReplace = i + 1; } } if( x.aNode[0].jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){ sqlite3_result_value(ctx, argv[x.aNode[0].u.iReplace]); }else{ jsonReturnJson(x.aNode, ctx, argv); } replace_err: jsonParseReset(&x); } /* ** json_set(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...) ** ** Set the value at PATH to VALUE. Create the PATH if it does not already ** exist. Overwrite existing values that do exist. ** If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error. ** ** json_insert(JSON, PATH, VALUE, ...) ** ** Create PATH and initialize it to VALUE. If PATH already exists, this ** routine is a no-op. If JSON or PATH is malformed, throw an error. */ static void jsonSetFunc( sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ JsonParse x; /* The parse */ JsonNode *pNode; const char *zPath; u32 i; int bApnd; int bIsSet = *(int*)sqlite3_user_data(ctx); if( argc<1 ) return; if( (argc&1)==0 ) { jsonWrongNumArgs(ctx, bIsSet ? "set" : "insert"); return; } if( jsonParse(&x, ctx, (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0])) ) return; assert( x.nNode ); for(i=1; i<(u32)argc; i+=2){ zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[i]); bApnd = 0; pNode = jsonLookup(&x, zPath, &bApnd, ctx); if( x.oom ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); goto jsonSetDone; }else if( x.nErr ){ goto jsonSetDone; }else if( pNode && (bApnd || bIsSet) ){ pNode->jnFlags |= (u8)JNODE_REPLACE; pNode->u.iReplace = i + 1; } } if( x.aNode[0].jnFlags & JNODE_REPLACE ){ sqlite3_result_value(ctx, argv[x.aNode[0].u.iReplace]); }else{ jsonReturnJson(x.aNode, ctx, argv); } jsonSetDone: jsonParseReset(&x); } /* ** json_type(JSON) ** json_type(JSON, PATH) ** ** Return the top-level "type" of a JSON string. Throw an error if ** either the JSON or PATH inputs are not well-formed. */ static void jsonTypeFunc( sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ JsonParse *p; /* The parse */ const char *zPath; JsonNode *pNode; p = jsonParseCached(ctx, argv, ctx); if( p==0 ) return; if( argc==2 ){ zPath = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); pNode = jsonLookup(p, zPath, 0, ctx); }else{ pNode = p->aNode; } if( pNode ){ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, jsonType[pNode->eType], -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } } /* ** json_valid(JSON) ** ** Return 1 if JSON is a well-formed JSON string according to RFC-7159. ** Return 0 otherwise. */ static void jsonValidFunc( sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ JsonParse *p; /* The parse */ UNUSED_PARAM(argc); p = jsonParseCached(ctx, argv, 0); sqlite3_result_int(ctx, p!=0); } /**************************************************************************** ** Aggregate SQL function implementations ****************************************************************************/ /* ** json_group_array(VALUE) ** ** Return a JSON array composed of all values in the aggregate. */ static void jsonArrayStep( sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ JsonString *pStr; UNUSED_PARAM(argc); pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, sizeof(*pStr)); if( pStr ){ if( pStr->zBuf==0 ){ jsonInit(pStr, ctx); jsonAppendChar(pStr, '['); }else{ jsonAppendChar(pStr, ','); pStr->pCtx = ctx; } jsonAppendValue(pStr, argv[0]); } } static void jsonArrayCompute(sqlite3_context *ctx, int isFinal){ JsonString *pStr; pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, 0); if( pStr ){ pStr->pCtx = ctx; jsonAppendChar(pStr, ']'); if( pStr->bErr ){ if( pStr->bErr==1 ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); assert( pStr->bStatic ); }else if( isFinal ){ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pStr->zBuf, (int)pStr->nUsed, pStr->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free); pStr->bStatic = 1; }else{ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pStr->zBuf, (int)pStr->nUsed, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); pStr->nUsed--; } }else{ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, "[]", 2, SQLITE_STATIC); } sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); } static void jsonArrayValue(sqlite3_context *ctx){ jsonArrayCompute(ctx, 0); } static void jsonArrayFinal(sqlite3_context *ctx){ jsonArrayCompute(ctx, 1); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WINDOWFUNC /* ** This method works for both json_group_array() and json_group_object(). ** It works by removing the first element of the group by searching forward ** to the first comma (",") that is not within a string and deleting all ** text through that comma. */ static void jsonGroupInverse( sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ int i; int inStr = 0; char *z; JsonString *pStr; UNUSED_PARAM(argc); UNUSED_PARAM(argv); pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, 0); #ifdef NEVER /* pStr is always non-NULL since jsonArrayStep() or jsonObjectStep() will ** always have been called to initalize it */ if( NEVER(!pStr) ) return; #endif z = pStr->zBuf; for(i=1; z[i]!=',' || inStr; i++){ assert( inUsed ); if( z[i]=='"' ){ inStr = !inStr; }else if( z[i]=='\\' ){ i++; } } pStr->nUsed -= i; memmove(&z[1], &z[i+1], (size_t)pStr->nUsed-1); } #else # define jsonGroupInverse 0 #endif /* ** json_group_obj(NAME,VALUE) ** ** Return a JSON object composed of all names and values in the aggregate. */ static void jsonObjectStep( sqlite3_context *ctx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ JsonString *pStr; const char *z; u32 n; UNUSED_PARAM(argc); pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, sizeof(*pStr)); if( pStr ){ if( pStr->zBuf==0 ){ jsonInit(pStr, ctx); jsonAppendChar(pStr, '{'); }else{ jsonAppendChar(pStr, ','); pStr->pCtx = ctx; } z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); n = (u32)sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); jsonAppendString(pStr, z, n); jsonAppendChar(pStr, ':'); jsonAppendValue(pStr, argv[1]); } } static void jsonObjectCompute(sqlite3_context *ctx, int isFinal){ JsonString *pStr; pStr = (JsonString*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(ctx, 0); if( pStr ){ jsonAppendChar(pStr, '}'); if( pStr->bErr ){ if( pStr->bErr==1 ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); assert( pStr->bStatic ); }else if( isFinal ){ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pStr->zBuf, (int)pStr->nUsed, pStr->bStatic ? SQLITE_TRANSIENT : sqlite3_free); pStr->bStatic = 1; }else{ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, pStr->zBuf, (int)pStr->nUsed, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); pStr->nUsed--; } }else{ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, "{}", 2, SQLITE_STATIC); } sqlite3_result_subtype(ctx, JSON_SUBTYPE); } static void jsonObjectValue(sqlite3_context *ctx){ jsonObjectCompute(ctx, 0); } static void jsonObjectFinal(sqlite3_context *ctx){ jsonObjectCompute(ctx, 1); } #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE /**************************************************************************** ** The json_each virtual table ****************************************************************************/ typedef struct JsonEachCursor JsonEachCursor; struct JsonEachCursor { sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class - must be first */ u32 iRowid; /* The rowid */ u32 iBegin; /* The first node of the scan */ u32 i; /* Index in sParse.aNode[] of current row */ u32 iEnd; /* EOF when i equals or exceeds this value */ u8 eType; /* Type of top-level element */ u8 bRecursive; /* True for json_tree(). False for json_each() */ char *zJson; /* Input JSON */ char *zRoot; /* Path by which to filter zJson */ JsonParse sParse; /* Parse of the input JSON */ }; /* Constructor for the json_each virtual table */ static int jsonEachConnect( sqlite3 *db, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, char **pzErr ){ sqlite3_vtab *pNew; int rc; /* Column numbers */ #define JEACH_KEY 0 #define JEACH_VALUE 1 #define JEACH_TYPE 2 #define JEACH_ATOM 3 #define JEACH_ID 4 #define JEACH_PARENT 5 #define JEACH_FULLKEY 6 #define JEACH_PATH 7 #define JEACH_JSON 8 #define JEACH_ROOT 9 UNUSED_PARAM(pzErr); UNUSED_PARAM(argv); UNUSED_PARAM(argc); UNUSED_PARAM(pAux); rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, "CREATE TABLE x(key,value,type,atom,id,parent,fullkey,path," "json HIDDEN,root HIDDEN)"); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pNew = *ppVtab = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pNew) ); if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pNew, 0, sizeof(*pNew)); } return rc; } /* destructor for json_each virtual table */ static int jsonEachDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ sqlite3_free(pVtab); return SQLITE_OK; } /* constructor for a JsonEachCursor object for json_each(). */ static int jsonEachOpenEach(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ JsonEachCursor *pCur; UNUSED_PARAM(p); pCur = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pCur) ); if( pCur==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pCur, 0, sizeof(*pCur)); *ppCursor = &pCur->base; return SQLITE_OK; } /* constructor for a JsonEachCursor object for json_tree(). */ static int jsonEachOpenTree(sqlite3_vtab *p, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ int rc = jsonEachOpenEach(p, ppCursor); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ JsonEachCursor *pCur = (JsonEachCursor*)*ppCursor; pCur->bRecursive = 1; } return rc; } /* Reset a JsonEachCursor back to its original state. Free any memory ** held. */ static void jsonEachCursorReset(JsonEachCursor *p){ sqlite3_free(p->zJson); sqlite3_free(p->zRoot); jsonParseReset(&p->sParse); p->iRowid = 0; p->i = 0; p->iEnd = 0; p->eType = 0; p->zJson = 0; p->zRoot = 0; } /* Destructor for a jsonEachCursor object */ static int jsonEachClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; jsonEachCursorReset(p); sqlite3_free(cur); return SQLITE_OK; } /* Return TRUE if the jsonEachCursor object has been advanced off the end ** of the JSON object */ static int jsonEachEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; return p->i >= p->iEnd; } /* Advance the cursor to the next element for json_tree() */ static int jsonEachNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; if( p->bRecursive ){ if( p->sParse.aNode[p->i].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) p->i++; p->i++; p->iRowid++; if( p->iiEnd ){ u32 iUp = p->sParse.aUp[p->i]; JsonNode *pUp = &p->sParse.aNode[iUp]; p->eType = pUp->eType; if( pUp->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ if( iUp==p->i-1 ){ pUp->u.iKey = 0; }else{ pUp->u.iKey++; } } } }else{ switch( p->eType ){ case JSON_ARRAY: { p->i += jsonNodeSize(&p->sParse.aNode[p->i]); p->iRowid++; break; } case JSON_OBJECT: { p->i += 1 + jsonNodeSize(&p->sParse.aNode[p->i+1]); p->iRowid++; break; } default: { p->i = p->iEnd; break; } } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* Append the name of the path for element i to pStr */ static void jsonEachComputePath( JsonEachCursor *p, /* The cursor */ JsonString *pStr, /* Write the path here */ u32 i /* Path to this element */ ){ JsonNode *pNode, *pUp; u32 iUp; if( i==0 ){ jsonAppendChar(pStr, '$'); return; } iUp = p->sParse.aUp[i]; jsonEachComputePath(p, pStr, iUp); pNode = &p->sParse.aNode[i]; pUp = &p->sParse.aNode[iUp]; if( pUp->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ jsonPrintf(30, pStr, "[%d]", pUp->u.iKey); }else{ assert( pUp->eType==JSON_OBJECT ); if( (pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)==0 ) pNode--; assert( pNode->eType==JSON_STRING ); assert( pNode->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ); jsonPrintf(pNode->n+1, pStr, ".%.*s", pNode->n-2, pNode->u.zJContent+1); } } /* Return the value of a column */ static int jsonEachColumn( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, /* The cursor */ sqlite3_context *ctx, /* First argument to sqlite3_result_...() */ int i /* Which column to return */ ){ JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; JsonNode *pThis = &p->sParse.aNode[p->i]; switch( i ){ case JEACH_KEY: { if( p->i==0 ) break; if( p->eType==JSON_OBJECT ){ jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0); }else if( p->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ u32 iKey; if( p->bRecursive ){ if( p->iRowid==0 ) break; iKey = p->sParse.aNode[p->sParse.aUp[p->i]].u.iKey; }else{ iKey = p->iRowid; } sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, (sqlite3_int64)iKey); } break; } case JEACH_VALUE: { if( pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) pThis++; jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0); break; } case JEACH_TYPE: { if( pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) pThis++; sqlite3_result_text(ctx, jsonType[pThis->eType], -1, SQLITE_STATIC); break; } case JEACH_ATOM: { if( pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL ) pThis++; if( pThis->eType>=JSON_ARRAY ) break; jsonReturn(pThis, ctx, 0); break; } case JEACH_ID: { sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, (sqlite3_int64)p->i + ((pThis->jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)!=0)); break; } case JEACH_PARENT: { if( p->i>p->iBegin && p->bRecursive ){ sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, (sqlite3_int64)p->sParse.aUp[p->i]); } break; } case JEACH_FULLKEY: { JsonString x; jsonInit(&x, ctx); if( p->bRecursive ){ jsonEachComputePath(p, &x, p->i); }else{ if( p->zRoot ){ jsonAppendRaw(&x, p->zRoot, (int)strlen(p->zRoot)); }else{ jsonAppendChar(&x, '$'); } if( p->eType==JSON_ARRAY ){ jsonPrintf(30, &x, "[%d]", p->iRowid); }else if( p->eType==JSON_OBJECT ){ jsonPrintf(pThis->n, &x, ".%.*s", pThis->n-2, pThis->u.zJContent+1); } } jsonResult(&x); break; } case JEACH_PATH: { if( p->bRecursive ){ JsonString x; jsonInit(&x, ctx); jsonEachComputePath(p, &x, p->sParse.aUp[p->i]); jsonResult(&x); break; } /* For json_each() path and root are the same so fall through ** into the root case */ } default: { const char *zRoot = p->zRoot; if( zRoot==0 ) zRoot = "$"; sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zRoot, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); break; } case JEACH_JSON: { assert( i==JEACH_JSON ); sqlite3_result_text(ctx, p->sParse.zJson, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); break; } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* Return the current rowid value */ static int jsonEachRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; *pRowid = p->iRowid; return SQLITE_OK; } /* The query strategy is to look for an equality constraint on the json ** column. Without such a constraint, the table cannot operate. idxNum is ** 1 if the constraint is found, 3 if the constraint and zRoot are found, ** and 0 otherwise. */ static int jsonEachBestIndex( sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo ){ int i; int jsonIdx = -1; int rootIdx = -1; const struct sqlite3_index_constraint *pConstraint; UNUSED_PARAM(tab); pConstraint = pIdxInfo->aConstraint; for(i=0; inConstraint; i++, pConstraint++){ if( pConstraint->usable==0 ) continue; if( pConstraint->op!=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ) continue; switch( pConstraint->iColumn ){ case JEACH_JSON: jsonIdx = i; break; case JEACH_ROOT: rootIdx = i; break; default: /* no-op */ break; } } if( jsonIdx<0 ){ pIdxInfo->idxNum = 0; pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1e99; }else{ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 1.0; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jsonIdx].argvIndex = 1; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jsonIdx].omit = 1; if( rootIdx<0 ){ pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; }else{ pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[rootIdx].argvIndex = 2; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[rootIdx].omit = 1; pIdxInfo->idxNum = 3; } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* Start a search on a new JSON string */ static int jsonEachFilter( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ JsonEachCursor *p = (JsonEachCursor*)cur; const char *z; const char *zRoot = 0; sqlite3_int64 n; UNUSED_PARAM(idxStr); UNUSED_PARAM(argc); jsonEachCursorReset(p); if( idxNum==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; z = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( z==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); p->zJson = sqlite3_malloc64( n+1 ); if( p->zJson==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memcpy(p->zJson, z, (size_t)n+1); if( jsonParse(&p->sParse, 0, p->zJson) ){ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; if( p->sParse.oom==0 ){ sqlite3_free(cur->pVtab->zErrMsg); cur->pVtab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("malformed JSON"); if( cur->pVtab->zErrMsg ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } jsonEachCursorReset(p); return rc; }else if( p->bRecursive && jsonParseFindParents(&p->sParse) ){ jsonEachCursorReset(p); return SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ JsonNode *pNode = 0; if( idxNum==3 ){ const char *zErr = 0; zRoot = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); if( zRoot==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); p->zRoot = sqlite3_malloc64( n+1 ); if( p->zRoot==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memcpy(p->zRoot, zRoot, (size_t)n+1); if( zRoot[0]!='$' ){ zErr = zRoot; }else{ pNode = jsonLookupStep(&p->sParse, 0, p->zRoot+1, 0, &zErr); } if( zErr ){ sqlite3_free(cur->pVtab->zErrMsg); cur->pVtab->zErrMsg = jsonPathSyntaxError(zErr); jsonEachCursorReset(p); return cur->pVtab->zErrMsg ? SQLITE_ERROR : SQLITE_NOMEM; }else if( pNode==0 ){ return SQLITE_OK; } }else{ pNode = p->sParse.aNode; } p->iBegin = p->i = (int)(pNode - p->sParse.aNode); p->eType = pNode->eType; if( p->eType>=JSON_ARRAY ){ pNode->u.iKey = 0; p->iEnd = p->i + pNode->n + 1; if( p->bRecursive ){ p->eType = p->sParse.aNode[p->sParse.aUp[p->i]].eType; if( p->i>0 && (p->sParse.aNode[p->i-1].jnFlags & JNODE_LABEL)!=0 ){ p->i--; } }else{ p->i++; } }else{ p->iEnd = p->i+1; } } return SQLITE_OK; } /* The methods of the json_each virtual table */ static sqlite3_module jsonEachModule = { 0, /* iVersion */ 0, /* xCreate */ jsonEachConnect, /* xConnect */ jsonEachBestIndex, /* xBestIndex */ jsonEachDisconnect, /* xDisconnect */ 0, /* xDestroy */ jsonEachOpenEach, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ jsonEachClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ jsonEachFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ jsonEachNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ jsonEachEof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */ jsonEachColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ jsonEachRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ 0, /* xUpdate */ 0, /* xBegin */ 0, /* xSync */ 0, /* xCommit */ 0, /* xRollback */ 0, /* xFindMethod */ 0, /* xRename */ 0, /* xSavepoint */ 0, /* xRelease */ 0 /* xRollbackTo */ }; /* The methods of the json_tree virtual table. */ static sqlite3_module jsonTreeModule = { 0, /* iVersion */ 0, /* xCreate */ jsonEachConnect, /* xConnect */ jsonEachBestIndex, /* xBestIndex */ jsonEachDisconnect, /* xDisconnect */ 0, /* xDestroy */ jsonEachOpenTree, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ jsonEachClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ jsonEachFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ jsonEachNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ jsonEachEof, /* xEof - check for end of scan */ jsonEachColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ jsonEachRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ 0, /* xUpdate */ 0, /* xBegin */ 0, /* xSync */ 0, /* xCommit */ 0, /* xRollback */ 0, /* xFindMethod */ 0, /* xRename */ 0, /* xSavepoint */ 0, /* xRelease */ 0 /* xRollbackTo */ }; #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */ /**************************************************************************** ** The following routines are the only publically visible identifiers in this ** file. Call the following routines in order to register the various SQL ** functions and the virtual table implemented by this file. ****************************************************************************/ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Json1Init(sqlite3 *db){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; unsigned int i; static const struct { const char *zName; int nArg; int flag; void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); } aFunc[] = { { "json", 1, 0, jsonRemoveFunc }, { "json_array", -1, 0, jsonArrayFunc }, { "json_array_length", 1, 0, jsonArrayLengthFunc }, { "json_array_length", 2, 0, jsonArrayLengthFunc }, { "json_extract", -1, 0, jsonExtractFunc }, { "json_insert", -1, 0, jsonSetFunc }, { "json_object", -1, 0, jsonObjectFunc }, { "json_patch", 2, 0, jsonPatchFunc }, { "json_quote", 1, 0, jsonQuoteFunc }, { "json_remove", -1, 0, jsonRemoveFunc }, { "json_replace", -1, 0, jsonReplaceFunc }, { "json_set", -1, 1, jsonSetFunc }, { "json_type", 1, 0, jsonTypeFunc }, { "json_type", 2, 0, jsonTypeFunc }, { "json_valid", 1, 0, jsonValidFunc }, #if SQLITE_DEBUG /* DEBUG and TESTING functions */ { "json_parse", 1, 0, jsonParseFunc }, { "json_test1", 1, 0, jsonTest1Func }, #endif }; static const struct { const char *zName; int nArg; void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*); void (*xValue)(sqlite3_context*); } aAgg[] = { { "json_group_array", 1, jsonArrayStep, jsonArrayFinal, jsonArrayValue }, { "json_group_object", 2, jsonObjectStep, jsonObjectFinal, jsonObjectValue }, }; #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE static const struct { const char *zName; sqlite3_module *pModule; } aMod[] = { { "json_each", &jsonEachModule }, { "json_tree", &jsonTreeModule }, }; #endif for(i=0; i */ /* #include */ /* #include */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION #include "sqlite3rtree.h" typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; typedef sqlite3_uint64 u64; typedef unsigned char u8; typedef unsigned short u16; typedef unsigned int u32; #endif /* The following macro is used to suppress compiler warnings. */ #ifndef UNUSED_PARAMETER # define UNUSED_PARAMETER(x) (void)(x) #endif typedef struct Rtree Rtree; typedef struct RtreeCursor RtreeCursor; typedef struct RtreeNode RtreeNode; typedef struct RtreeCell RtreeCell; typedef struct RtreeConstraint RtreeConstraint; typedef struct RtreeMatchArg RtreeMatchArg; typedef struct RtreeGeomCallback RtreeGeomCallback; typedef union RtreeCoord RtreeCoord; typedef struct RtreeSearchPoint RtreeSearchPoint; /* The rtree may have between 1 and RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS dimensions. */ #define RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS 5 /* Maximum number of auxiliary columns */ #define RTREE_MAX_AUX_COLUMN 100 /* Size of hash table Rtree.aHash. This hash table is not expected to ** ever contain very many entries, so a fixed number of buckets is ** used. */ #define HASHSIZE 97 /* The xBestIndex method of this virtual table requires an estimate of ** the number of rows in the virtual table to calculate the costs of ** various strategies. If possible, this estimate is loaded from the ** sqlite_stat1 table (with RTREE_MIN_ROWEST as a hard-coded minimum). ** Otherwise, if no sqlite_stat1 entry is available, use ** RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. */ #define RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST 1048576 #define RTREE_MIN_ROWEST 100 /* ** An rtree virtual-table object. */ struct Rtree { sqlite3_vtab base; /* Base class. Must be first */ sqlite3 *db; /* Host database connection */ int iNodeSize; /* Size in bytes of each node in the node table */ u8 nDim; /* Number of dimensions */ u8 nDim2; /* Twice the number of dimensions */ u8 eCoordType; /* RTREE_COORD_REAL32 or RTREE_COORD_INT32 */ u8 nBytesPerCell; /* Bytes consumed per cell */ u8 inWrTrans; /* True if inside write transaction */ u8 nAux; /* # of auxiliary columns in %_rowid */ u8 nAuxNotNull; /* Number of initial not-null aux columns */ int iDepth; /* Current depth of the r-tree structure */ char *zDb; /* Name of database containing r-tree table */ char *zName; /* Name of r-tree table */ u32 nBusy; /* Current number of users of this structure */ i64 nRowEst; /* Estimated number of rows in this table */ u32 nCursor; /* Number of open cursors */ u32 nNodeRef; /* Number RtreeNodes with positive nRef */ char *zReadAuxSql; /* SQL for statement to read aux data */ /* List of nodes removed during a CondenseTree operation. List is ** linked together via the pointer normally used for hash chains - ** RtreeNode.pNext. RtreeNode.iNode stores the depth of the sub-tree ** headed by the node (leaf nodes have RtreeNode.iNode==0). */ RtreeNode *pDeleted; int iReinsertHeight; /* Height of sub-trees Reinsert() has run on */ /* Blob I/O on xxx_node */ sqlite3_blob *pNodeBlob; /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_node */ sqlite3_stmt *pWriteNode; sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteNode; /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_rowid */ sqlite3_stmt *pReadRowid; sqlite3_stmt *pWriteRowid; sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteRowid; /* Statements to read/write/delete a record from xxx_parent */ sqlite3_stmt *pReadParent; sqlite3_stmt *pWriteParent; sqlite3_stmt *pDeleteParent; /* Statement for writing to the "aux:" fields, if there are any */ sqlite3_stmt *pWriteAux; RtreeNode *aHash[HASHSIZE]; /* Hash table of in-memory nodes. */ }; /* Possible values for Rtree.eCoordType: */ #define RTREE_COORD_REAL32 0 #define RTREE_COORD_INT32 1 /* ** If SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY is defined, then this virtual table will ** only deal with integer coordinates. No floating point operations ** will be done. */ #ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY typedef sqlite3_int64 RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */ typedef int RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */ # define RTREE_ZERO 0 #else typedef double RtreeDValue; /* High accuracy coordinate */ typedef float RtreeValue; /* Low accuracy coordinate */ # define RTREE_ZERO 0.0 #endif /* ** When doing a search of an r-tree, instances of the following structure ** record intermediate results from the tree walk. ** ** The id is always a node-id. For iLevel>=1 the id is the node-id of ** the node that the RtreeSearchPoint represents. When iLevel==0, however, ** the id is of the parent node and the cell that RtreeSearchPoint ** represents is the iCell-th entry in the parent node. */ struct RtreeSearchPoint { RtreeDValue rScore; /* The score for this node. Smallest goes first. */ sqlite3_int64 id; /* Node ID */ u8 iLevel; /* 0=entries. 1=leaf node. 2+ for higher */ u8 eWithin; /* PARTLY_WITHIN or FULLY_WITHIN */ u8 iCell; /* Cell index within the node */ }; /* ** The minimum number of cells allowed for a node is a third of the ** maximum. In Gutman's notation: ** ** m = M/3 ** ** If an R*-tree "Reinsert" operation is required, the same number of ** cells are removed from the overfull node and reinserted into the tree. */ #define RTREE_MINCELLS(p) ((((p)->iNodeSize-4)/(p)->nBytesPerCell)/3) #define RTREE_REINSERT(p) RTREE_MINCELLS(p) #define RTREE_MAXCELLS 51 /* ** The smallest possible node-size is (512-64)==448 bytes. And the largest ** supported cell size is 48 bytes (8 byte rowid + ten 4 byte coordinates). ** Therefore all non-root nodes must contain at least 3 entries. Since ** 3^40 is greater than 2^64, an r-tree structure always has a depth of ** 40 or less. */ #define RTREE_MAX_DEPTH 40 /* ** Number of entries in the cursor RtreeNode cache. The first entry is ** used to cache the RtreeNode for RtreeCursor.sPoint. The remaining ** entries cache the RtreeNode for the first elements of the priority queue. */ #define RTREE_CACHE_SZ 5 /* ** An rtree cursor object. */ struct RtreeCursor { sqlite3_vtab_cursor base; /* Base class. Must be first */ u8 atEOF; /* True if at end of search */ u8 bPoint; /* True if sPoint is valid */ u8 bAuxValid; /* True if pReadAux is valid */ int iStrategy; /* Copy of idxNum search parameter */ int nConstraint; /* Number of entries in aConstraint */ RtreeConstraint *aConstraint; /* Search constraints. */ int nPointAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aPoint[] */ int nPoint; /* Number of slots used in aPoint[] */ int mxLevel; /* iLevel value for root of the tree */ RtreeSearchPoint *aPoint; /* Priority queue for search points */ sqlite3_stmt *pReadAux; /* Statement to read aux-data */ RtreeSearchPoint sPoint; /* Cached next search point */ RtreeNode *aNode[RTREE_CACHE_SZ]; /* Rtree node cache */ u32 anQueue[RTREE_MAX_DEPTH+1]; /* Number of queued entries by iLevel */ }; /* Return the Rtree of a RtreeCursor */ #define RTREE_OF_CURSOR(X) ((Rtree*)((X)->base.pVtab)) /* ** A coordinate can be either a floating point number or a integer. All ** coordinates within a single R-Tree are always of the same time. */ union RtreeCoord { RtreeValue f; /* Floating point value */ int i; /* Integer value */ u32 u; /* Unsigned for byte-order conversions */ }; /* ** The argument is an RtreeCoord. Return the value stored within the RtreeCoord ** formatted as a RtreeDValue (double or int64). This macro assumes that local ** variable pRtree points to the Rtree structure associated with the ** RtreeCoord. */ #ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY # define DCOORD(coord) ((RtreeDValue)coord.i) #else # define DCOORD(coord) ( \ (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32) ? \ ((double)coord.f) : \ ((double)coord.i) \ ) #endif /* ** A search constraint. */ struct RtreeConstraint { int iCoord; /* Index of constrained coordinate */ int op; /* Constraining operation */ union { RtreeDValue rValue; /* Constraint value. */ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*); int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*); } u; sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* xGeom and xQueryFunc argument */ }; /* Possible values for RtreeConstraint.op */ #define RTREE_EQ 0x41 /* A */ #define RTREE_LE 0x42 /* B */ #define RTREE_LT 0x43 /* C */ #define RTREE_GE 0x44 /* D */ #define RTREE_GT 0x45 /* E */ #define RTREE_MATCH 0x46 /* F: Old-style sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() */ #define RTREE_QUERY 0x47 /* G: New-style sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() */ /* ** An rtree structure node. */ struct RtreeNode { RtreeNode *pParent; /* Parent node */ i64 iNode; /* The node number */ int nRef; /* Number of references to this node */ int isDirty; /* True if the node needs to be written to disk */ u8 *zData; /* Content of the node, as should be on disk */ RtreeNode *pNext; /* Next node in this hash collision chain */ }; /* Return the number of cells in a node */ #define NCELL(pNode) readInt16(&(pNode)->zData[2]) /* ** A single cell from a node, deserialized */ struct RtreeCell { i64 iRowid; /* Node or entry ID */ RtreeCoord aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Bounding box coordinates */ }; /* ** This object becomes the sqlite3_user_data() for the SQL functions ** that are created by sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() and which appear on the right of MATCH ** operators in order to constrain a search. ** ** xGeom and xQueryFunc are the callback functions. Exactly one of ** xGeom and xQueryFunc fields is non-NULL, depending on whether the ** SQL function was created using sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback(). ** ** This object is deleted automatically by the destructor mechanism in ** sqlite3_create_function_v2(). */ struct RtreeGeomCallback { int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*, int, RtreeDValue*, int*); int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*); void (*xDestructor)(void*); void *pContext; }; /* ** An instance of this structure (in the form of a BLOB) is returned by ** the SQL functions that sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() and ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() create, and is read as the right-hand ** operand to the MATCH operator of an R-Tree. */ struct RtreeMatchArg { u32 iSize; /* Size of this object */ RtreeGeomCallback cb; /* Info about the callback functions */ int nParam; /* Number of parameters to the SQL function */ sqlite3_value **apSqlParam; /* Original SQL parameter values */ RtreeDValue aParam[1]; /* Values for parameters to the SQL function */ }; #ifndef MAX # define MAX(x,y) ((x) < (y) ? (y) : (x)) #endif #ifndef MIN # define MIN(x,y) ((x) > (y) ? (y) : (x)) #endif /* What version of GCC is being used. 0 means GCC is not being used . ** Note that the GCC_VERSION macro will also be set correctly when using ** clang, since clang works hard to be gcc compatible. So the gcc ** optimizations will also work when compiling with clang. */ #ifndef GCC_VERSION #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) # define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) #else # define GCC_VERSION 0 #endif #endif /* The testcase() macro should already be defined in the amalgamation. If ** it is not, make it a no-op. */ #ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION # define testcase(X) #endif /* ** Macros to determine whether the machine is big or little endian, ** and whether or not that determination is run-time or compile-time. ** ** For best performance, an attempt is made to guess at the byte-order ** using C-preprocessor macros. If that is unsuccessful, or if ** -DSQLITE_RUNTIME_BYTEORDER=1 is set, then byte-order is determined ** at run-time. */ #ifndef SQLITE_BYTEORDER #if defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86) || \ defined(__x86_64) || defined(__x86_64__) || defined(_M_X64) || \ defined(_M_AMD64) || defined(_M_ARM) || defined(__x86) || \ defined(__arm__) # define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 1234 #elif defined(sparc) || defined(__ppc__) # define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 4321 #else # define SQLITE_BYTEORDER 0 /* 0 means "unknown at compile-time" */ #endif #endif /* What version of MSVC is being used. 0 means MSVC is not being used */ #ifndef MSVC_VERSION #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) # define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER #else # define MSVC_VERSION 0 #endif #endif /* ** Functions to deserialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and ** 64 bit integer. The deserialized value is returned. */ static int readInt16(u8 *p){ return (p[0]<<8) + p[1]; } static void readCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ assert( ((((char*)p) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* p is always 4-byte aligned */ #if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 pCoord->u = _byteswap_ulong(*(u32*)p); #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 pCoord->u = __builtin_bswap32(*(u32*)p); #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 pCoord->u = *(u32*)p; #else pCoord->u = ( (((u32)p[0]) << 24) + (((u32)p[1]) << 16) + (((u32)p[2]) << 8) + (((u32)p[3]) << 0) ); #endif } static i64 readInt64(u8 *p){ #if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 u64 x; memcpy(&x, p, 8); return (i64)_byteswap_uint64(x); #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 u64 x; memcpy(&x, p, 8); return (i64)__builtin_bswap64(x); #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 i64 x; memcpy(&x, p, 8); return x; #else return (i64)( (((u64)p[0]) << 56) + (((u64)p[1]) << 48) + (((u64)p[2]) << 40) + (((u64)p[3]) << 32) + (((u64)p[4]) << 24) + (((u64)p[5]) << 16) + (((u64)p[6]) << 8) + (((u64)p[7]) << 0) ); #endif } /* ** Functions to serialize a 16 bit integer, 32 bit real number and ** 64 bit integer. The value returned is the number of bytes written ** to the argument buffer (always 2, 4 and 8 respectively). */ static void writeInt16(u8 *p, int i){ p[0] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; p[1] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; } static int writeCoord(u8 *p, RtreeCoord *pCoord){ u32 i; assert( ((((char*)p) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* p is always 4-byte aligned */ assert( sizeof(RtreeCoord)==4 ); assert( sizeof(u32)==4 ); #if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 i = __builtin_bswap32(pCoord->u); memcpy(p, &i, 4); #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 i = _byteswap_ulong(pCoord->u); memcpy(p, &i, 4); #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 i = pCoord->u; memcpy(p, &i, 4); #else i = pCoord->u; p[0] = (i>>24)&0xFF; p[1] = (i>>16)&0xFF; p[2] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; p[3] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; #endif return 4; } static int writeInt64(u8 *p, i64 i){ #if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 i = (i64)__builtin_bswap64((u64)i); memcpy(p, &i, 8); #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 i = (i64)_byteswap_uint64((u64)i); memcpy(p, &i, 8); #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 memcpy(p, &i, 8); #else p[0] = (i>>56)&0xFF; p[1] = (i>>48)&0xFF; p[2] = (i>>40)&0xFF; p[3] = (i>>32)&0xFF; p[4] = (i>>24)&0xFF; p[5] = (i>>16)&0xFF; p[6] = (i>> 8)&0xFF; p[7] = (i>> 0)&0xFF; #endif return 8; } /* ** Increment the reference count of node p. */ static void nodeReference(RtreeNode *p){ if( p ){ assert( p->nRef>0 ); p->nRef++; } } /* ** Clear the content of node p (set all bytes to 0x00). */ static void nodeZero(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *p){ memset(&p->zData[2], 0, pRtree->iNodeSize-2); p->isDirty = 1; } /* ** Given a node number iNode, return the corresponding key to use ** in the Rtree.aHash table. */ static int nodeHash(i64 iNode){ return iNode % HASHSIZE; } /* ** Search the node hash table for node iNode. If found, return a pointer ** to it. Otherwise, return 0. */ static RtreeNode *nodeHashLookup(Rtree *pRtree, i64 iNode){ RtreeNode *p; for(p=pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(iNode)]; p && p->iNode!=iNode; p=p->pNext); return p; } /* ** Add node pNode to the node hash table. */ static void nodeHashInsert(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ int iHash; assert( pNode->pNext==0 ); iHash = nodeHash(pNode->iNode); pNode->pNext = pRtree->aHash[iHash]; pRtree->aHash[iHash] = pNode; } /* ** Remove node pNode from the node hash table. */ static void nodeHashDelete(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ RtreeNode **pp; if( pNode->iNode!=0 ){ pp = &pRtree->aHash[nodeHash(pNode->iNode)]; for( ; (*pp)!=pNode; pp = &(*pp)->pNext){ assert(*pp); } *pp = pNode->pNext; pNode->pNext = 0; } } /* ** Allocate and return new r-tree node. Initially, (RtreeNode.iNode==0), ** indicating that node has not yet been assigned a node number. It is ** assigned a node number when nodeWrite() is called to write the ** node contents out to the database. */ static RtreeNode *nodeNew(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pParent){ RtreeNode *pNode; pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); if( pNode ){ memset(pNode, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode) + pRtree->iNodeSize); pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; pNode->nRef = 1; pRtree->nNodeRef++; pNode->pParent = pParent; pNode->isDirty = 1; nodeReference(pParent); } return pNode; } /* ** Clear the Rtree.pNodeBlob object */ static void nodeBlobReset(Rtree *pRtree){ if( pRtree->pNodeBlob && pRtree->inWrTrans==0 && pRtree->nCursor==0 ){ sqlite3_blob *pBlob = pRtree->pNodeBlob; pRtree->pNodeBlob = 0; sqlite3_blob_close(pBlob); } } /* ** Obtain a reference to an r-tree node. */ static int nodeAcquire( Rtree *pRtree, /* R-tree structure */ i64 iNode, /* Node number to load */ RtreeNode *pParent, /* Either the parent node or NULL */ RtreeNode **ppNode /* OUT: Acquired node */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; RtreeNode *pNode = 0; /* Check if the requested node is already in the hash table. If so, ** increase its reference count and return it. */ if( (pNode = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iNode))!=0 ){ assert( !pParent || !pNode->pParent || pNode->pParent==pParent ); if( pParent && !pNode->pParent ){ pParent->nRef++; pNode->pParent = pParent; } pNode->nRef++; *ppNode = pNode; return SQLITE_OK; } if( pRtree->pNodeBlob ){ sqlite3_blob *pBlob = pRtree->pNodeBlob; pRtree->pNodeBlob = 0; rc = sqlite3_blob_reopen(pBlob, iNode); pRtree->pNodeBlob = pBlob; if( rc ){ nodeBlobReset(pRtree); if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; } } if( pRtree->pNodeBlob==0 ){ char *zTab = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_node", pRtree->zName); if( zTab==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; rc = sqlite3_blob_open(pRtree->db, pRtree->zDb, zTab, "data", iNode, 0, &pRtree->pNodeBlob); sqlite3_free(zTab); } if( rc ){ nodeBlobReset(pRtree); *ppNode = 0; /* If unable to open an sqlite3_blob on the desired row, that can only ** be because the shadow tables hold erroneous data. */ if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; }else if( pRtree->iNodeSize==sqlite3_blob_bytes(pRtree->pNodeBlob) ){ pNode = (RtreeNode *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeNode)+pRtree->iNodeSize); if( !pNode ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ pNode->pParent = pParent; pNode->zData = (u8 *)&pNode[1]; pNode->nRef = 1; pRtree->nNodeRef++; pNode->iNode = iNode; pNode->isDirty = 0; pNode->pNext = 0; rc = sqlite3_blob_read(pRtree->pNodeBlob, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, 0); nodeReference(pParent); } } /* If the root node was just loaded, set pRtree->iDepth to the height ** of the r-tree structure. A height of zero means all data is stored on ** the root node. A height of one means the children of the root node ** are the leaves, and so on. If the depth as specified on the root node ** is greater than RTREE_MAX_DEPTH, the r-tree structure must be corrupt. */ if( pNode && iNode==1 ){ pRtree->iDepth = readInt16(pNode->zData); if( pRtree->iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } } /* If no error has occurred so far, check if the "number of entries" ** field on the node is too large. If so, set the return code to ** SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB. */ if( pNode && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( NCELL(pNode)>((pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell) ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pNode!=0 ){ nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); }else{ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } *ppNode = pNode; }else{ if( pNode ){ pRtree->nNodeRef--; sqlite3_free(pNode); } *ppNode = 0; } return rc; } /* ** Overwrite cell iCell of node pNode with the contents of pCell. */ static void nodeOverwriteCell( Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node into which the cell is to be written */ RtreeCell *pCell, /* The cell to write */ int iCell /* Index into pNode into which pCell is written */ ){ int ii; u8 *p = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; p += writeInt64(p, pCell->iRowid); for(ii=0; iinDim2; ii++){ p += writeCoord(p, &pCell->aCoord[ii]); } pNode->isDirty = 1; } /* ** Remove the cell with index iCell from node pNode. */ static void nodeDeleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell){ u8 *pDst = &pNode->zData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]; u8 *pSrc = &pDst[pRtree->nBytesPerCell]; int nByte = (NCELL(pNode) - iCell - 1) * pRtree->nBytesPerCell; memmove(pDst, pSrc, nByte); writeInt16(&pNode->zData[2], NCELL(pNode)-1); pNode->isDirty = 1; } /* ** Insert the contents of cell pCell into node pNode. If the insert ** is successful, return SQLITE_OK. ** ** If there is not enough free space in pNode, return SQLITE_FULL. */ static int nodeInsertCell( Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ RtreeNode *pNode, /* Write new cell into this node */ RtreeCell *pCell /* The cell to be inserted */ ){ int nCell; /* Current number of cells in pNode */ int nMaxCell; /* Maximum number of cells for pNode */ nMaxCell = (pRtree->iNodeSize-4)/pRtree->nBytesPerCell; nCell = NCELL(pNode); assert( nCell<=nMaxCell ); if( nCellzData[2], nCell+1); pNode->isDirty = 1; } return (nCell==nMaxCell); } /* ** If the node is dirty, write it out to the database. */ static int nodeWrite(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pNode->isDirty ){ sqlite3_stmt *p = pRtree->pWriteNode; if( pNode->iNode ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(p, 1, pNode->iNode); }else{ sqlite3_bind_null(p, 1); } sqlite3_bind_blob(p, 2, pNode->zData, pRtree->iNodeSize, SQLITE_STATIC); sqlite3_step(p); pNode->isDirty = 0; rc = sqlite3_reset(p); sqlite3_bind_null(p, 2); if( pNode->iNode==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pNode->iNode = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db); nodeHashInsert(pRtree, pNode); } } return rc; } /* ** Release a reference to a node. If the node is dirty and the reference ** count drops to zero, the node data is written to the database. */ static int nodeRelease(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pNode ){ assert( pNode->nRef>0 ); assert( pRtree->nNodeRef>0 ); pNode->nRef--; if( pNode->nRef==0 ){ pRtree->nNodeRef--; if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ pRtree->iDepth = -1; } if( pNode->pParent ){ rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pNode->pParent); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pNode); } nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode); sqlite3_free(pNode); } } return rc; } /* ** Return the 64-bit integer value associated with cell iCell of ** node pNode. If pNode is a leaf node, this is a rowid. If it is ** an internal node, then the 64-bit integer is a child page number. */ static i64 nodeGetRowid( Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract the ID */ int iCell /* The cell index from which to extract the ID */ ){ assert( iCellzData[4 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell]); } /* ** Return coordinate iCoord from cell iCell in node pNode. */ static void nodeGetCoord( Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node from which to extract a coordinate */ int iCell, /* The index of the cell within the node */ int iCoord, /* Which coordinate to extract */ RtreeCoord *pCoord /* OUT: Space to write result to */ ){ readCoord(&pNode->zData[12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell + 4*iCoord], pCoord); } /* ** Deserialize cell iCell of node pNode. Populate the structure pointed ** to by pCell with the results. */ static void nodeGetCell( Rtree *pRtree, /* The overall R-Tree */ RtreeNode *pNode, /* The node containing the cell to be read */ int iCell, /* Index of the cell within the node */ RtreeCell *pCell /* OUT: Write the cell contents here */ ){ u8 *pData; RtreeCoord *pCoord; int ii = 0; pCell->iRowid = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, iCell); pData = pNode->zData + (12 + pRtree->nBytesPerCell*iCell); pCoord = pCell->aCoord; do{ readCoord(pData, &pCoord[ii]); readCoord(pData+4, &pCoord[ii+1]); pData += 8; ii += 2; }while( iinDim2 ); } /* Forward declaration for the function that does the work of ** the virtual table module xCreate() and xConnect() methods. */ static int rtreeInit( sqlite3 *, void *, int, const char *const*, sqlite3_vtab **, char **, int ); /* ** Rtree virtual table module xCreate method. */ static int rtreeCreate( sqlite3 *db, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, char **pzErr ){ return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1); } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xConnect method. */ static int rtreeConnect( sqlite3 *db, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, char **pzErr ){ return rtreeInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0); } /* ** Increment the r-tree reference count. */ static void rtreeReference(Rtree *pRtree){ pRtree->nBusy++; } /* ** Decrement the r-tree reference count. When the reference count reaches ** zero the structure is deleted. */ static void rtreeRelease(Rtree *pRtree){ pRtree->nBusy--; if( pRtree->nBusy==0 ){ pRtree->inWrTrans = 0; assert( pRtree->nCursor==0 ); nodeBlobReset(pRtree); assert( pRtree->nNodeRef==0 ); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteNode); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteNode); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadRowid); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteRowid); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pReadParent); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteParent); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pDeleteParent); sqlite3_finalize(pRtree->pWriteAux); sqlite3_free(pRtree->zReadAuxSql); sqlite3_free(pRtree); } } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xDisconnect method. */ static int rtreeDisconnect(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ rtreeRelease((Rtree *)pVtab); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xDestroy method. */ static int rtreeDestroy(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; int rc; char *zCreate = sqlite3_mprintf( "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_node';" "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_rowid';" "DROP TABLE '%q'.'%q_parent';", pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName ); if( !zCreate ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ nodeBlobReset(pRtree); rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_free(zCreate); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rtreeRelease(pRtree); } return rc; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xOpen method. */ static int rtreeOpen(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab, sqlite3_vtab_cursor **ppCursor){ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVTab; RtreeCursor *pCsr; pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeCursor)); if( pCsr ){ memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor)); pCsr->base.pVtab = pVTab; rc = SQLITE_OK; pRtree->nCursor++; } *ppCursor = (sqlite3_vtab_cursor *)pCsr; return rc; } /* ** Free the RtreeCursor.aConstraint[] array and its contents. */ static void freeCursorConstraints(RtreeCursor *pCsr){ if( pCsr->aConstraint ){ int i; /* Used to iterate through constraint array */ for(i=0; inConstraint; i++){ sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pCsr->aConstraint[i].pInfo; if( pInfo ){ if( pInfo->xDelUser ) pInfo->xDelUser(pInfo->pUser); sqlite3_free(pInfo); } } sqlite3_free(pCsr->aConstraint); pCsr->aConstraint = 0; } } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xClose method. */ static int rtreeClose(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)(cur->pVtab); int ii; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; assert( pRtree->nCursor>0 ); freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); sqlite3_finalize(pCsr->pReadAux); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint); for(ii=0; iiaNode[ii]); sqlite3_free(pCsr); pRtree->nCursor--; nodeBlobReset(pRtree); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xEof method. ** ** Return non-zero if the cursor does not currently point to a valid ** record (i.e if the scan has finished), or zero otherwise. */ static int rtreeEof(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur){ RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; return pCsr->atEOF; } /* ** Convert raw bits from the on-disk RTree record into a coordinate value. ** The on-disk format is big-endian and needs to be converted for little- ** endian platforms. The on-disk record stores integer coordinates if ** eInt is true and it stores 32-bit floating point records if eInt is ** false. a[] is the four bytes of the on-disk record to be decoded. ** Store the results in "r". ** ** There are five versions of this macro. The last one is generic. The ** other four are various architectures-specific optimizations. */ #if SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && MSVC_VERSION>=1300 #define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ c.u = _byteswap_ulong(*(u32*)a); \ r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ } #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 && GCC_VERSION>=4003000 #define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ c.u = __builtin_bswap32(*(u32*)a); \ r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ } #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==1234 #define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \ c.u = ((c.u>>24)&0xff)|((c.u>>8)&0xff00)| \ ((c.u&0xff)<<24)|((c.u&0xff00)<<8); \ r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ } #elif SQLITE_BYTEORDER==4321 #define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ memcpy(&c.u,a,4); \ r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ } #else #define RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, a, r) { \ RtreeCoord c; /* Coordinate decoded */ \ c.u = ((u32)a[0]<<24) + ((u32)a[1]<<16) \ +((u32)a[2]<<8) + a[3]; \ r = eInt ? (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.i : (sqlite3_rtree_dbl)c.f; \ } #endif /* ** Check the RTree node or entry given by pCellData and p against the MATCH ** constraint pConstraint. */ static int rtreeCallbackConstraint( RtreeConstraint *pConstraint, /* The constraint to test */ int eInt, /* True if RTree holding integer coordinates */ u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content */ RtreeSearchPoint *pSearch, /* Container of this cell */ sqlite3_rtree_dbl *prScore, /* OUT: score for the cell */ int *peWithin /* OUT: visibility of the cell */ ){ sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo = pConstraint->pInfo; /* Callback info */ int nCoord = pInfo->nCoord; /* No. of coordinates */ int rc; /* Callback return code */ RtreeCoord c; /* Translator union */ sqlite3_rtree_dbl aCoord[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2]; /* Decoded coordinates */ assert( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH || pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY ); assert( nCoord==2 || nCoord==4 || nCoord==6 || nCoord==8 || nCoord==10 ); if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_QUERY && pSearch->iLevel==1 ){ pInfo->iRowid = readInt64(pCellData); } pCellData += 8; #ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY if( eInt==0 ){ switch( nCoord ){ case 10: readCoord(pCellData+36, &c); aCoord[9] = c.f; readCoord(pCellData+32, &c); aCoord[8] = c.f; case 8: readCoord(pCellData+28, &c); aCoord[7] = c.f; readCoord(pCellData+24, &c); aCoord[6] = c.f; case 6: readCoord(pCellData+20, &c); aCoord[5] = c.f; readCoord(pCellData+16, &c); aCoord[4] = c.f; case 4: readCoord(pCellData+12, &c); aCoord[3] = c.f; readCoord(pCellData+8, &c); aCoord[2] = c.f; default: readCoord(pCellData+4, &c); aCoord[1] = c.f; readCoord(pCellData, &c); aCoord[0] = c.f; } }else #endif { switch( nCoord ){ case 10: readCoord(pCellData+36, &c); aCoord[9] = c.i; readCoord(pCellData+32, &c); aCoord[8] = c.i; case 8: readCoord(pCellData+28, &c); aCoord[7] = c.i; readCoord(pCellData+24, &c); aCoord[6] = c.i; case 6: readCoord(pCellData+20, &c); aCoord[5] = c.i; readCoord(pCellData+16, &c); aCoord[4] = c.i; case 4: readCoord(pCellData+12, &c); aCoord[3] = c.i; readCoord(pCellData+8, &c); aCoord[2] = c.i; default: readCoord(pCellData+4, &c); aCoord[1] = c.i; readCoord(pCellData, &c); aCoord[0] = c.i; } } if( pConstraint->op==RTREE_MATCH ){ int eWithin = 0; rc = pConstraint->u.xGeom((sqlite3_rtree_geometry*)pInfo, nCoord, aCoord, &eWithin); if( eWithin==0 ) *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; *prScore = RTREE_ZERO; }else{ pInfo->aCoord = aCoord; pInfo->iLevel = pSearch->iLevel - 1; pInfo->rScore = pInfo->rParentScore = pSearch->rScore; pInfo->eWithin = pInfo->eParentWithin = pSearch->eWithin; rc = pConstraint->u.xQueryFunc(pInfo); if( pInfo->eWithin<*peWithin ) *peWithin = pInfo->eWithin; if( pInfo->rScore<*prScore || *prScorerScore; } } return rc; } /* ** Check the internal RTree node given by pCellData against constraint p. ** If this constraint cannot be satisfied by any child within the node, ** set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. */ static void rtreeNonleafConstraint( RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */ int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */ u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */ int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */ ){ sqlite3_rtree_dbl val; /* Coordinate value convert to a double */ /* p->iCoord might point to either a lower or upper bound coordinate ** in a coordinate pair. But make pCellData point to the lower bound. */ pCellData += 8 + 4*(p->iCoord&0xfe); assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ ); assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* 4-byte aligned */ switch( p->op ){ case RTREE_LE: case RTREE_LT: case RTREE_EQ: RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val); /* val now holds the lower bound of the coordinate pair */ if( p->u.rValue>=val ) return; if( p->op!=RTREE_EQ ) break; /* RTREE_LE and RTREE_LT end here */ /* Fall through for the RTREE_EQ case */ default: /* RTREE_GT or RTREE_GE, or fallthrough of RTREE_EQ */ pCellData += 4; RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, val); /* val now holds the upper bound of the coordinate pair */ if( p->u.rValue<=val ) return; } *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; } /* ** Check the leaf RTree cell given by pCellData against constraint p. ** If this constraint is not satisfied, set *peWithin to NOT_WITHIN. ** If the constraint is satisfied, leave *peWithin unchanged. ** ** The constraint is of the form: xN op $val ** ** The op is given by p->op. The xN is p->iCoord-th coordinate in ** pCellData. $val is given by p->u.rValue. */ static void rtreeLeafConstraint( RtreeConstraint *p, /* The constraint to test */ int eInt, /* True if RTree holds integer coordinates */ u8 *pCellData, /* Raw cell content as appears on disk */ int *peWithin /* Adjust downward, as appropriate */ ){ RtreeDValue xN; /* Coordinate value converted to a double */ assert(p->op==RTREE_LE || p->op==RTREE_LT || p->op==RTREE_GE || p->op==RTREE_GT || p->op==RTREE_EQ ); pCellData += 8 + p->iCoord*4; assert( ((((char*)pCellData) - (char*)0)&3)==0 ); /* 4-byte aligned */ RTREE_DECODE_COORD(eInt, pCellData, xN); switch( p->op ){ case RTREE_LE: if( xN <= p->u.rValue ) return; break; case RTREE_LT: if( xN < p->u.rValue ) return; break; case RTREE_GE: if( xN >= p->u.rValue ) return; break; case RTREE_GT: if( xN > p->u.rValue ) return; break; default: if( xN == p->u.rValue ) return; break; } *peWithin = NOT_WITHIN; } /* ** One of the cells in node pNode is guaranteed to have a 64-bit ** integer value equal to iRowid. Return the index of this cell. */ static int nodeRowidIndex( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, i64 iRowid, int *piIndex ){ int ii; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); assert( nCell<200 ); for(ii=0; iipParent; if( pParent ){ return nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pParent, pNode->iNode, piIndex); } *piIndex = -1; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Compare two search points. Return negative, zero, or positive if the first ** is less than, equal to, or greater than the second. ** ** The rScore is the primary key. Smaller rScore values come first. ** If the rScore is a tie, then use iLevel as the tie breaker with smaller ** iLevel values coming first. In this way, if rScore is the same for all ** SearchPoints, then iLevel becomes the deciding factor and the result ** is a depth-first search, which is the desired default behavior. */ static int rtreeSearchPointCompare( const RtreeSearchPoint *pA, const RtreeSearchPoint *pB ){ if( pA->rScorerScore ) return -1; if( pA->rScore>pB->rScore ) return +1; if( pA->iLeveliLevel ) return -1; if( pA->iLevel>pB->iLevel ) return +1; return 0; } /* ** Interchange two search points in a cursor. */ static void rtreeSearchPointSwap(RtreeCursor *p, int i, int j){ RtreeSearchPoint t = p->aPoint[i]; assert( iaPoint[i] = p->aPoint[j]; p->aPoint[j] = t; i++; j++; if( i=RTREE_CACHE_SZ ){ nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]); p->aNode[i] = 0; }else{ RtreeNode *pTemp = p->aNode[i]; p->aNode[i] = p->aNode[j]; p->aNode[j] = pTemp; } } } /* ** Return the search point with the lowest current score. */ static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointFirst(RtreeCursor *pCur){ return pCur->bPoint ? &pCur->sPoint : pCur->nPoint ? pCur->aPoint : 0; } /* ** Get the RtreeNode for the search point with the lowest score. */ static RtreeNode *rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(RtreeCursor *pCur, int *pRC){ sqlite3_int64 id; int ii = 1 - pCur->bPoint; assert( ii==0 || ii==1 ); assert( pCur->bPoint || pCur->nPoint ); if( pCur->aNode[ii]==0 ){ assert( pRC!=0 ); id = ii ? pCur->aPoint[0].id : pCur->sPoint.id; *pRC = nodeAcquire(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), id, 0, &pCur->aNode[ii]); } return pCur->aNode[ii]; } /* ** Push a new element onto the priority queue */ static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeEnqueue( RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */ RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */ u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */ ){ int i, j; RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; if( pCur->nPoint>=pCur->nPointAlloc ){ int nNew = pCur->nPointAlloc*2 + 8; pNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCur->aPoint, nNew*sizeof(pCur->aPoint[0])); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; pCur->aPoint = pNew; pCur->nPointAlloc = nNew; } i = pCur->nPoint++; pNew = pCur->aPoint + i; pNew->rScore = rScore; pNew->iLevel = iLevel; assert( iLevel<=RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ); while( i>0 ){ RtreeSearchPoint *pParent; j = (i-1)/2; pParent = pCur->aPoint + j; if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(pNew, pParent)>=0 ) break; rtreeSearchPointSwap(pCur, j, i); i = j; pNew = pParent; } return pNew; } /* ** Allocate a new RtreeSearchPoint and return a pointer to it. Return ** NULL if malloc fails. */ static RtreeSearchPoint *rtreeSearchPointNew( RtreeCursor *pCur, /* The cursor */ RtreeDValue rScore, /* Score for the new search point */ u8 iLevel /* Level for the new search point */ ){ RtreeSearchPoint *pNew, *pFirst; pFirst = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur); pCur->anQueue[iLevel]++; if( pFirst==0 || pFirst->rScore>rScore || (pFirst->rScore==rScore && pFirst->iLevel>iLevel) ){ if( pCur->bPoint ){ int ii; pNew = rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel); if( pNew==0 ) return 0; ii = (int)(pNew - pCur->aPoint) + 1; if( iiaNode[ii]==0 ); pCur->aNode[ii] = pCur->aNode[0]; }else{ nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur), pCur->aNode[0]); } pCur->aNode[0] = 0; *pNew = pCur->sPoint; } pCur->sPoint.rScore = rScore; pCur->sPoint.iLevel = iLevel; pCur->bPoint = 1; return &pCur->sPoint; }else{ return rtreeEnqueue(pCur, rScore, iLevel); } } #if 0 /* Tracing routines for the RtreeSearchPoint queue */ static void tracePoint(RtreeSearchPoint *p, int idx, RtreeCursor *pCur){ if( idx<0 ){ printf(" s"); }else{ printf("%2d", idx); } printf(" %d.%05lld.%02d %g %d", p->iLevel, p->id, p->iCell, p->rScore, p->eWithin ); idx++; if( idxaNode[idx]); }else{ printf("\n"); } } static void traceQueue(RtreeCursor *pCur, const char *zPrefix){ int ii; printf("=== %9s ", zPrefix); if( pCur->bPoint ){ tracePoint(&pCur->sPoint, -1, pCur); } for(ii=0; iinPoint; ii++){ if( ii>0 || pCur->bPoint ) printf(" "); tracePoint(&pCur->aPoint[ii], ii, pCur); } } # define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) traceQueue(A,B) #else # define RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(A,B) /* no-op */ #endif /* Remove the search point with the lowest current score. */ static void rtreeSearchPointPop(RtreeCursor *p){ int i, j, k, n; i = 1 - p->bPoint; assert( i==0 || i==1 ); if( p->aNode[i] ){ nodeRelease(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(p), p->aNode[i]); p->aNode[i] = 0; } if( p->bPoint ){ p->anQueue[p->sPoint.iLevel]--; p->bPoint = 0; }else if( p->nPoint ){ p->anQueue[p->aPoint[0].iLevel]--; n = --p->nPoint; p->aPoint[0] = p->aPoint[n]; if( naNode[1] = p->aNode[n+1]; p->aNode[n+1] = 0; } i = 0; while( (j = i*2+1)aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[j])<0 ){ if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[k], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){ rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, k); i = k; }else{ break; } }else{ if( rtreeSearchPointCompare(&p->aPoint[j], &p->aPoint[i])<0 ){ rtreeSearchPointSwap(p, i, j); i = j; }else{ break; } } } } } /* ** Continue the search on cursor pCur until the front of the queue ** contains an entry suitable for returning as a result-set row, ** or until the RtreeSearchPoint queue is empty, indicating that the ** query has completed. */ static int rtreeStepToLeaf(RtreeCursor *pCur){ RtreeSearchPoint *p; Rtree *pRtree = RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCur); RtreeNode *pNode; int eWithin; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nCell; int nConstraint = pCur->nConstraint; int ii; int eInt; RtreeSearchPoint x; eInt = pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32; while( (p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCur))!=0 && p->iLevel>0 ){ pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCur, &rc); if( rc ) return rc; nCell = NCELL(pNode); assert( nCell<200 ); while( p->iCellzData + (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*p->iCell); eWithin = FULLY_WITHIN; for(ii=0; iiaConstraint + ii; if( pConstraint->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){ rc = rtreeCallbackConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, p, &rScore, &eWithin); if( rc ) return rc; }else if( p->iLevel==1 ){ rtreeLeafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin); }else{ rtreeNonleafConstraint(pConstraint, eInt, pCellData, &eWithin); } if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) break; } p->iCell++; if( eWithin==NOT_WITHIN ) continue; x.iLevel = p->iLevel - 1; if( x.iLevel ){ x.id = readInt64(pCellData); x.iCell = 0; }else{ x.id = p->id; x.iCell = p->iCell - 1; } if( p->iCell>=nCell ){ RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-S:"); rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur); } if( rScoreeWithin = (u8)eWithin; p->id = x.id; p->iCell = x.iCell; RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "PUSH-S:"); break; } if( p->iCell>=nCell ){ RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCur, "POP-Se:"); rtreeSearchPointPop(pCur); } } pCur->atEOF = p==0; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xNext method. */ static int rtreeNext(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor){ RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Move to the next entry that matches the configured constraints. */ RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "POP-Nx:"); if( pCsr->bAuxValid ){ pCsr->bAuxValid = 0; sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pReadAux); } rtreeSearchPointPop(pCsr); rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); return rc; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xRowid method. */ static int rtreeRowid(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, sqlite_int64 *pRowid){ RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); int rc = SQLITE_OK; RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p ){ *pRowid = nodeGetRowid(RTREE_OF_CURSOR(pCsr), pNode, p->iCell); } return rc; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xColumn method. */ static int rtreeColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); RtreeCoord c; int rc = SQLITE_OK; RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); if( rc ) return rc; if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; if( i==0 ){ sqlite3_result_int64(ctx, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); }else if( i<=pRtree->nDim2 ){ nodeGetCoord(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell, i-1, &c); #ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ sqlite3_result_double(ctx, c.f); }else #endif { assert( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32 ); sqlite3_result_int(ctx, c.i); } }else{ if( !pCsr->bAuxValid ){ if( pCsr->pReadAux==0 ){ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(pRtree->db, pRtree->zReadAuxSql, -1, 0, &pCsr->pReadAux, 0); if( rc ) return rc; } sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pReadAux); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ pCsr->bAuxValid = 1; }else{ sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pReadAux); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; return rc; } } sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pReadAux, i - pRtree->nDim2 + 1)); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Use nodeAcquire() to obtain the leaf node containing the record with ** rowid iRowid. If successful, set *ppLeaf to point to the node and ** return SQLITE_OK. If there is no such record in the table, set ** *ppLeaf to 0 and return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs, set *ppLeaf ** to zero and return an SQLite error code. */ static int findLeafNode( Rtree *pRtree, /* RTree to search */ i64 iRowid, /* The rowid searching for */ RtreeNode **ppLeaf, /* Write the node here */ sqlite3_int64 *piNode /* Write the node-id here */ ){ int rc; *ppLeaf = 0; sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, iRowid); if( sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid)==SQLITE_ROW ){ i64 iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 0); if( piNode ) *piNode = iNode; rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, ppLeaf); sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); }else{ rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); } return rc; } /* ** This function is called to configure the RtreeConstraint object passed ** as the second argument for a MATCH constraint. The value passed as the ** first argument to this function is the right-hand operand to the MATCH ** operator. */ static int deserializeGeometry(sqlite3_value *pValue, RtreeConstraint *pCons){ RtreeMatchArg *pBlob, *pSrc; /* BLOB returned by geometry function */ sqlite3_rtree_query_info *pInfo; /* Callback information */ pSrc = sqlite3_value_pointer(pValue, "RtreeMatchArg"); if( pSrc==0 ) return SQLITE_ERROR; pInfo = (sqlite3_rtree_query_info*) sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*pInfo)+pSrc->iSize ); if( !pInfo ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; memset(pInfo, 0, sizeof(*pInfo)); pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg*)&pInfo[1]; memcpy(pBlob, pSrc, pSrc->iSize); pInfo->pContext = pBlob->cb.pContext; pInfo->nParam = pBlob->nParam; pInfo->aParam = pBlob->aParam; pInfo->apSqlParam = pBlob->apSqlParam; if( pBlob->cb.xGeom ){ pCons->u.xGeom = pBlob->cb.xGeom; }else{ pCons->op = RTREE_QUERY; pCons->u.xQueryFunc = pBlob->cb.xQueryFunc; } pCons->pInfo = pInfo; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xFilter method. */ static int rtreeFilter( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, int idxNum, const char *idxStr, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; RtreeNode *pRoot = 0; int ii; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int iCell = 0; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; rtreeReference(pRtree); /* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */ freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint); pStmt = pCsr->pReadAux; memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor)); pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree; pCsr->pReadAux = pStmt; pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum; if( idxNum==1 ){ /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */ RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */ RtreeSearchPoint *p; /* Search point for the leaf */ i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); i64 iNode = 0; rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){ p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0); assert( p!=0 ); /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */ pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf; p->id = iNode; p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell); p->iCell = (u8)iCell; RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:"); }else{ pCsr->atEOF = 1; } }else{ /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array ** with the configured constraints. */ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && argc>0 ){ pCsr->aConstraint = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); pCsr->nConstraint = argc; if( !pCsr->aConstraint ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*argc); memset(pCsr->anQueue, 0, sizeof(u32)*(pRtree->iDepth + 1)); assert( (idxStr==0 && argc==0) || (idxStr && (int)strlen(idxStr)==argc*2) ); for(ii=0; iiaConstraint[ii]; p->op = idxStr[ii*2]; p->iCoord = idxStr[ii*2+1]-'0'; if( p->op>=RTREE_MATCH ){ /* A MATCH operator. The right-hand-side must be a blob that ** can be cast into an RtreeMatchArg object. One created using ** an sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() SQL user function. */ rc = deserializeGeometry(argv[ii], p); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ break; } p->pInfo->nCoord = pRtree->nDim2; p->pInfo->anQueue = pCsr->anQueue; p->pInfo->mxLevel = pRtree->iDepth + 1; }else{ #ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[ii]); #else p->u.rValue = sqlite3_value_double(argv[ii]); #endif } } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, (u8)(pRtree->iDepth+1)); if( pNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pNew->id = 1; pNew->iCell = 0; pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 ); pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot; pRoot = 0; RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:"); rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); } } nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three ** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to ** least desirable): ** ** idxNum idxStr Strategy ** ------------------------------------------------ ** 1 Unused Direct lookup by rowid. ** 2 See below R-tree query or full-table scan. ** ------------------------------------------------ ** ** If strategy 1 is used, then idxStr is not meaningful. If strategy ** 2 is used, idxStr is formatted to contain 2 bytes for each ** constraint used. The first two bytes of idxStr correspond to ** the constraint in sqlite3_index_info.aConstraintUsage[] with ** (argvIndex==1) etc. ** ** The first of each pair of bytes in idxStr identifies the constraint ** operator as follows: ** ** Operator Byte Value ** ---------------------- ** = 0x41 ('A') ** <= 0x42 ('B') ** < 0x43 ('C') ** >= 0x44 ('D') ** > 0x45 ('E') ** MATCH 0x46 ('F') ** ---------------------- ** ** The second of each pair of bytes identifies the coordinate column ** to which the constraint applies. The leftmost coordinate column ** is 'a', the second from the left 'b' etc. */ static int rtreeBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree*)tab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int ii; int bMatch = 0; /* True if there exists a MATCH constraint */ i64 nRow; /* Estimated rows returned by this scan */ int iIdx = 0; char zIdxStr[RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*8+1]; memset(zIdxStr, 0, sizeof(zIdxStr)); /* Check if there exists a MATCH constraint - even an unusable one. If there ** is, do not consider the lookup-by-rowid plan as using such a plan would ** require the VDBE to evaluate the MATCH constraint, which is not currently ** possible. */ for(ii=0; iinConstraint; ii++){ if( pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii].op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ){ bMatch = 1; } } assert( pIdxInfo->idxStr==0 ); for(ii=0; iinConstraint && iIdx<(int)(sizeof(zIdxStr)-1); ii++){ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii]; if( bMatch==0 && p->usable && p->iColumn==0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ /* We have an equality constraint on the rowid. Use strategy 1. */ int jj; for(jj=0; jjaConstraintUsage[jj].argvIndex = 0; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 0; } pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = 1; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[jj].omit = 1; /* This strategy involves a two rowid lookups on an B-Tree structures ** and then a linear search of an R-Tree node. This should be ** considered almost as quick as a direct rowid lookup (for which ** sqlite uses an internal cost of 0.0). It is expected to return ** a single row. */ pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0; pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 1; pIdxInfo->idxFlags = SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; return SQLITE_OK; } if( p->usable && ((p->iColumn>0 && p->iColumn<=pRtree->nDim2) || p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH) ){ u8 op; switch( p->op ){ case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ: op = RTREE_EQ; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GT: op = RTREE_GT; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LE: op = RTREE_LE; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_LT: op = RTREE_LT; break; case SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_GE: op = RTREE_GE; break; default: assert( p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_MATCH ); op = RTREE_MATCH; break; } zIdxStr[iIdx++] = op; zIdxStr[iIdx++] = (char)(p->iColumn - 1 + '0'); pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].argvIndex = (iIdx/2); pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[ii].omit = 1; } } pIdxInfo->idxNum = 2; pIdxInfo->needToFreeIdxStr = 1; if( iIdx>0 && 0==(pIdxInfo->idxStr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", zIdxStr)) ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } nRow = pRtree->nRowEst >> (iIdx/2); pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = (double)6.0 * (double)nRow; pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = nRow; return rc; } /* ** Return the N-dimensional volumn of the cell stored in *p. */ static RtreeDValue cellArea(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ RtreeDValue area = (RtreeDValue)1; assert( pRtree->nDim>=1 && pRtree->nDim<=5 ); #ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ switch( pRtree->nDim ){ case 5: area = p->aCoord[9].f - p->aCoord[8].f; case 4: area *= p->aCoord[7].f - p->aCoord[6].f; case 3: area *= p->aCoord[5].f - p->aCoord[4].f; case 2: area *= p->aCoord[3].f - p->aCoord[2].f; default: area *= p->aCoord[1].f - p->aCoord[0].f; } }else #endif { switch( pRtree->nDim ){ case 5: area = p->aCoord[9].i - p->aCoord[8].i; case 4: area *= p->aCoord[7].i - p->aCoord[6].i; case 3: area *= p->aCoord[5].i - p->aCoord[4].i; case 2: area *= p->aCoord[3].i - p->aCoord[2].i; default: area *= p->aCoord[1].i - p->aCoord[0].i; } } return area; } /* ** Return the margin length of cell p. The margin length is the sum ** of the objects size in each dimension. */ static RtreeDValue cellMargin(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p){ RtreeDValue margin = 0; int ii = pRtree->nDim2 - 2; do{ margin += (DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii+1]) - DCOORD(p->aCoord[ii])); ii -= 2; }while( ii>=0 ); return margin; } /* ** Store the union of cells p1 and p2 in p1. */ static void cellUnion(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ int ii = 0; if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ do{ p1->aCoord[ii].f = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].f, p2->aCoord[ii].f); p1->aCoord[ii+1].f = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].f, p2->aCoord[ii+1].f); ii += 2; }while( iinDim2 ); }else{ do{ p1->aCoord[ii].i = MIN(p1->aCoord[ii].i, p2->aCoord[ii].i); p1->aCoord[ii+1].i = MAX(p1->aCoord[ii+1].i, p2->aCoord[ii+1].i); ii += 2; }while( iinDim2 ); } } /* ** Return true if the area covered by p2 is a subset of the area covered ** by p1. False otherwise. */ static int cellContains(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p1, RtreeCell *p2){ int ii; int isInt = (pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_INT32); for(ii=0; iinDim2; ii+=2){ RtreeCoord *a1 = &p1->aCoord[ii]; RtreeCoord *a2 = &p2->aCoord[ii]; if( (!isInt && (a2[0].fa1[1].f)) || ( isInt && (a2[0].ia1[1].i)) ){ return 0; } } return 1; } /* ** Return the amount cell p would grow by if it were unioned with pCell. */ static RtreeDValue cellGrowth(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *pCell){ RtreeDValue area; RtreeCell cell; memcpy(&cell, p, sizeof(RtreeCell)); area = cellArea(pRtree, &cell); cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); return (cellArea(pRtree, &cell)-area); } static RtreeDValue cellOverlap( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeCell *p, RtreeCell *aCell, int nCell ){ int ii; RtreeDValue overlap = RTREE_ZERO; for(ii=0; iinDim2; jj+=2){ RtreeDValue x1, x2; x1 = MAX(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj])); x2 = MIN(DCOORD(p->aCoord[jj+1]), DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[jj+1])); if( x2iDepth-iHeight); ii++){ int iCell; sqlite3_int64 iBest = 0; RtreeDValue fMinGrowth = RTREE_ZERO; RtreeDValue fMinArea = RTREE_ZERO; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); RtreeCell cell; RtreeNode *pChild; RtreeCell *aCell = 0; /* Select the child node which will be enlarged the least if pCell ** is inserted into it. Resolve ties by choosing the entry with ** the smallest area. */ for(iCell=0; iCellpParent ){ RtreeNode *pParent = p->pParent; RtreeCell cell; int iCell; if( nodeParentIndex(pRtree, p, &iCell) ){ return SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; } nodeGetCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, &cell); if( !cellContains(pRtree, &cell, pCell) ){ cellUnion(pRtree, &cell, pCell); nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &cell, iCell); } p = pParent; } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Write mapping (iRowid->iNode) to the _rowid table. */ static int rowidWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iRowid, sqlite3_int64 iNode){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1, iRowid); sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2, iNode); sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid); return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid); } /* ** Write mapping (iNode->iPar) to the _parent table. */ static int parentWrite(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iNode, sqlite3_int64 iPar){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 1, iNode); sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pWriteParent, 2, iPar); sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteParent); return sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteParent); } static int rtreeInsertCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, RtreeCell *, int); /* ** Arguments aIdx, aDistance and aSpare all point to arrays of size ** nIdx. The aIdx array contains the set of integers from 0 to ** (nIdx-1) in no particular order. This function sorts the values ** in aIdx according to the indexed values in aDistance. For ** example, assuming the inputs: ** ** aIdx = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } ** aDistance = { 5.0, 2.0, 7.0, 6.0 } ** ** this function sets the aIdx array to contain: ** ** aIdx = { 0, 1, 2, 3 } ** ** The aSpare array is used as temporary working space by the ** sorting algorithm. */ static void SortByDistance( int *aIdx, int nIdx, RtreeDValue *aDistance, int *aSpare ){ if( nIdx>1 ){ int iLeft = 0; int iRight = 0; int nLeft = nIdx/2; int nRight = nIdx-nLeft; int *aLeft = aIdx; int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft]; SortByDistance(aLeft, nLeft, aDistance, aSpare); SortByDistance(aRight, nRight, aDistance, aSpare); memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft); aLeft = aSpare; while( iLeft1 ){ int iLeft = 0; int iRight = 0; int nLeft = nIdx/2; int nRight = nIdx-nLeft; int *aLeft = aIdx; int *aRight = &aIdx[nLeft]; SortByDimension(pRtree, aLeft, nLeft, iDim, aCell, aSpare); SortByDimension(pRtree, aRight, nRight, iDim, aCell, aSpare); memcpy(aSpare, aLeft, sizeof(int)*nLeft); aLeft = aSpare; while( iLeftnDim+1)*(sizeof(int*)+nCell*sizeof(int)); aaSorted = (int **)sqlite3_malloc(nByte); if( !aaSorted ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } aSpare = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[pRtree->nDim*nCell]; memset(aaSorted, 0, nByte); for(ii=0; iinDim; ii++){ int jj; aaSorted[ii] = &((int *)&aaSorted[pRtree->nDim])[ii*nCell]; for(jj=0; jjnDim; ii++){ RtreeDValue margin = RTREE_ZERO; RtreeDValue fBestOverlap = RTREE_ZERO; RtreeDValue fBestArea = RTREE_ZERO; int iBestLeft = 0; int nLeft; for( nLeft=RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree); nLeft<=(nCell-RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)); nLeft++ ){ RtreeCell left; RtreeCell right; int kk; RtreeDValue overlap; RtreeDValue area; memcpy(&left, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][0]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); memcpy(&right, &aCell[aaSorted[ii][nCell-1]], sizeof(RtreeCell)); for(kk=1; kk<(nCell-1); kk++){ if( kk0 ){ RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, iRowid); if( pChild ){ nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent); nodeReference(pNode); pChild->pParent = pNode; } } return xSetMapping(pRtree, iRowid, pNode->iNode); } static int SplitNode( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, RtreeCell *pCell, int iHeight ){ int i; int newCellIsRight = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); RtreeCell *aCell; int *aiUsed; RtreeNode *pLeft = 0; RtreeNode *pRight = 0; RtreeCell leftbbox; RtreeCell rightbbox; /* Allocate an array and populate it with a copy of pCell and ** all cells from node pLeft. Then zero the original node. */ aCell = sqlite3_malloc((sizeof(RtreeCell)+sizeof(int))*(nCell+1)); if( !aCell ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto splitnode_out; } aiUsed = (int *)&aCell[nCell+1]; memset(aiUsed, 0, sizeof(int)*(nCell+1)); for(i=0; iiNode==1 ){ pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); pLeft = nodeNew(pRtree, pNode); pRtree->iDepth++; pNode->isDirty = 1; writeInt16(pNode->zData, pRtree->iDepth); }else{ pLeft = pNode; pRight = nodeNew(pRtree, pLeft->pParent); pLeft->nRef++; } if( !pLeft || !pRight ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto splitnode_out; } memset(pLeft->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); memset(pRight->zData, 0, pRtree->iNodeSize); rc = splitNodeStartree(pRtree, aCell, nCell, pLeft, pRight, &leftbbox, &rightbbox); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto splitnode_out; } /* Ensure both child nodes have node numbers assigned to them by calling ** nodeWrite(). Node pRight always needs a node number, as it was created ** by nodeNew() above. But node pLeft sometimes already has a node number. ** In this case avoid the all to nodeWrite(). */ if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pRight)) || (0==pLeft->iNode && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = nodeWrite(pRtree, pLeft))) ){ goto splitnode_out; } rightbbox.iRowid = pRight->iNode; leftbbox.iRowid = pLeft->iNode; if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeft->pParent, &leftbbox, iHeight+1); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto splitnode_out; } }else{ RtreeNode *pParent = pLeft->pParent; int iCell; rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pLeft, &iCell); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox, iCell); rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pParent, &leftbbox); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto splitnode_out; } } if( (rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pRight->pParent, &rightbbox, iHeight+1)) ){ goto splitnode_out; } for(i=0; iiRowid ){ newCellIsRight = 1; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ goto splitnode_out; } } if( pNode->iNode==1 ){ for(i=0; iiRowid, pLeft, iHeight); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight); pRight = 0; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft); pLeft = 0; } splitnode_out: nodeRelease(pRtree, pRight); nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeft); sqlite3_free(aCell); return rc; } /* ** If node pLeaf is not the root of the r-tree and its pParent pointer is ** still NULL, load all ancestor nodes of pLeaf into memory and populate ** the pLeaf->pParent chain all the way up to the root node. ** ** This operation is required when a row is deleted (or updated - an update ** is implemented as a delete followed by an insert). SQLite provides the ** rowid of the row to delete, which can be used to find the leaf on which ** the entry resides (argument pLeaf). Once the leaf is located, this ** function is called to determine its ancestry. */ static int fixLeafParent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pLeaf){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; RtreeNode *pChild = pLeaf; while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pChild->iNode!=1 && pChild->pParent==0 ){ int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* sqlite3_reset() return code */ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 1, pChild->iNode); rc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadParent); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ RtreeNode *pTest; /* Used to test for reference loops */ i64 iNode; /* Node number of parent node */ /* Before setting pChild->pParent, test that we are not creating a ** loop of references (as we would if, say, pChild==pParent). We don't ** want to do this as it leads to a memory leak when trying to delete ** the referenced counted node structures. */ iNode = sqlite3_column_int64(pRtree->pReadParent, 0); for(pTest=pLeaf; pTest && pTest->iNode!=iNode; pTest=pTest->pParent); if( !pTest ){ rc2 = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iNode, 0, &pChild->pParent); } } rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadParent); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pChild->pParent ) rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; pChild = pChild->pParent; } return rc; } static int deleteCell(Rtree *, RtreeNode *, int, int); static int removeNode(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iHeight){ int rc; int rc2; RtreeNode *pParent = 0; int iCell; assert( pNode->nRef==1 ); /* Remove the entry in the parent cell. */ rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &iCell); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pParent = pNode->pParent; pNode->pParent = 0; rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pParent, iCell, iHeight+1); } rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pParent); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } /* Remove the xxx_node entry. */ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteNode, 1, pNode->iNode); sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteNode); if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteNode)) ){ return rc; } /* Remove the xxx_parent entry. */ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteParent, 1, pNode->iNode); sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteParent); if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteParent)) ){ return rc; } /* Remove the node from the in-memory hash table and link it into ** the Rtree.pDeleted list. Its contents will be re-inserted later on. */ nodeHashDelete(pRtree, pNode); pNode->iNode = iHeight; pNode->pNext = pRtree->pDeleted; pNode->nRef++; pRtree->pDeleted = pNode; return SQLITE_OK; } static int fixBoundingBox(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ RtreeNode *pParent = pNode->pParent; int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( pParent ){ int ii; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); RtreeCell box; /* Bounding box for pNode */ nodeGetCell(pRtree, pNode, 0, &box); for(ii=1; iiiNode; rc = nodeParentIndex(pRtree, pNode, &ii); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nodeOverwriteCell(pRtree, pParent, &box, ii); rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pParent); } } return rc; } /* ** Delete the cell at index iCell of node pNode. After removing the ** cell, adjust the r-tree data structure if required. */ static int deleteCell(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, int iCell, int iHeight){ RtreeNode *pParent; int rc; if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = fixLeafParent(pRtree, pNode)) ){ return rc; } /* Remove the cell from the node. This call just moves bytes around ** the in-memory node image, so it cannot fail. */ nodeDeleteCell(pRtree, pNode, iCell); /* If the node is not the tree root and now has less than the minimum ** number of cells, remove it from the tree. Otherwise, update the ** cell in the parent node so that it tightly contains the updated ** node. */ pParent = pNode->pParent; assert( pParent || pNode->iNode==1 ); if( pParent ){ if( NCELL(pNode)nDim; iDim++){ aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2]); aCenterCoord[iDim] += DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]); } } for(iDim=0; iDimnDim; iDim++){ aCenterCoord[iDim] = (aCenterCoord[iDim]/(nCell*(RtreeDValue)2)); } for(ii=0; iinDim; iDim++){ RtreeDValue coord = (DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2+1]) - DCOORD(aCell[ii].aCoord[iDim*2])); aDistance[ii] += (coord-aCenterCoord[iDim])*(coord-aCenterCoord[iDim]); } } SortByDistance(aOrder, nCell, aDistance, aSpare); nodeZero(pRtree, pNode); for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<(nCell-(RTREE_MINCELLS(pRtree)+1)); ii++){ RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]]; nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, p); if( p->iRowid==pCell->iRowid ){ if( iHeight==0 ){ rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode); }else{ rc = parentWrite(pRtree, p->iRowid, pNode->iNode); } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = fixBoundingBox(pRtree, pNode); } for(; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiiNode currently contains ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. */ RtreeNode *pInsert; RtreeCell *p = &aCell[aOrder[ii]]; rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, p, iHeight, &pInsert); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, p, iHeight); rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } } sqlite3_free(aCell); return rc; } /* ** Insert cell pCell into node pNode. Node pNode is the head of a ** subtree iHeight high (leaf nodes have iHeight==0). */ static int rtreeInsertCell( Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode, RtreeCell *pCell, int iHeight ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; if( iHeight>0 ){ RtreeNode *pChild = nodeHashLookup(pRtree, pCell->iRowid); if( pChild ){ nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild->pParent); nodeReference(pNode); pChild->pParent = pNode; } } if( nodeInsertCell(pRtree, pNode, pCell) ){ if( iHeight<=pRtree->iReinsertHeight || pNode->iNode==1){ rc = SplitNode(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); }else{ pRtree->iReinsertHeight = iHeight; rc = Reinsert(pRtree, pNode, pCell, iHeight); } }else{ rc = AdjustTree(pRtree, pNode, pCell); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( iHeight==0 ){ rc = rowidWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); }else{ rc = parentWrite(pRtree, pCell->iRowid, pNode->iNode); } } } return rc; } static int reinsertNodeContent(Rtree *pRtree, RtreeNode *pNode){ int ii; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int nCell = NCELL(pNode); for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iiiNode currently contains ** the height of the sub-tree headed by the cell. */ rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode, &pInsert); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pInsert, &cell, (int)pNode->iNode); rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pInsert); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } } return rc; } /* ** Select a currently unused rowid for a new r-tree record. */ static int rtreeNewRowid(Rtree *pRtree, i64 *piRowid){ int rc; sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 1); sqlite3_bind_null(pRtree->pWriteRowid, 2); sqlite3_step(pRtree->pWriteRowid); rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pWriteRowid); *piRowid = sqlite3_last_insert_rowid(pRtree->db); return rc; } /* ** Remove the entry with rowid=iDelete from the r-tree structure. */ static int rtreeDeleteRowid(Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3_int64 iDelete){ int rc; /* Return code */ RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; /* Leaf node containing record iDelete */ int iCell; /* Index of iDelete cell in pLeaf */ RtreeNode *pRoot = 0; /* Root node of rtree structure */ /* Obtain a reference to the root node to initialize Rtree.iDepth */ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); /* Obtain a reference to the leaf node that contains the entry ** about to be deleted. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iDelete, &pLeaf, 0); } /* Delete the cell in question from the leaf node. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iDelete, &iCell); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = deleteCell(pRtree, pLeaf, iCell, 0); } rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } /* Delete the corresponding entry in the _rowid table. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pDeleteRowid, 1, iDelete); sqlite3_step(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pDeleteRowid); } /* Check if the root node now has exactly one child. If so, remove ** it, schedule the contents of the child for reinsertion and ** reduce the tree height by one. ** ** This is equivalent to copying the contents of the child into ** the root node (the operation that Gutman's paper says to perform ** in this scenario). */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pRtree->iDepth>0 && NCELL(pRoot)==1 ){ int rc2; RtreeNode *pChild = 0; i64 iChild = nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pRoot, 0); rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, iChild, pRoot, &pChild); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = removeNode(pRtree, pChild, pRtree->iDepth-1); } rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pChild); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pRtree->iDepth--; writeInt16(pRoot->zData, pRtree->iDepth); pRoot->isDirty = 1; } } /* Re-insert the contents of any underfull nodes removed from the tree. */ for(pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted; pLeaf; pLeaf=pRtree->pDeleted){ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = reinsertNodeContent(pRtree, pLeaf); } pRtree->pDeleted = pLeaf->pNext; pRtree->nNodeRef--; sqlite3_free(pLeaf); } /* Release the reference to the root node. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); }else{ nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); } return rc; } /* ** Rounding constants for float->double conversion. */ #define RNDTOWARDS (1.0 - 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round towards zero */ #define RNDAWAY (1.0 + 1.0/8388608.0) /* Round away from zero */ #if !defined(SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY) /* ** Convert an sqlite3_value into an RtreeValue (presumably a float) ** while taking care to round toward negative or positive, respectively. */ static RtreeValue rtreeValueDown(sqlite3_value *v){ double d = sqlite3_value_double(v); float f = (float)d; if( f>d ){ f = (float)(d*(d<0 ? RNDAWAY : RNDTOWARDS)); } return f; } static RtreeValue rtreeValueUp(sqlite3_value *v){ double d = sqlite3_value_double(v); float f = (float)d; if( fbase.zErrMsg) to an appropriate value and returns ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. ** ** Parameter iCol is the index of the leftmost column involved in the ** constraint failure. If it is 0, then the constraint that failed is ** the unique constraint on the id column. Otherwise, it is the rtree ** (c1<=c2) constraint on columns iCol and iCol+1 that has failed. ** ** If an OOM occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead of SQLITE_CONSTRAINT. */ static int rtreeConstraintError(Rtree *pRtree, int iCol){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; char *zSql; int rc; assert( iCol==0 || iCol%2 ); zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName); if( zSql ){ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pRtree->db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } sqlite3_free(zSql); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( iCol==0 ){ const char *zCol = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, 0); pRtree->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( "UNIQUE constraint failed: %s.%s", pRtree->zName, zCol ); }else{ const char *zCol1 = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, iCol); const char *zCol2 = sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, iCol+1); pRtree->base.zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf( "rtree constraint failed: %s.(%s<=%s)", pRtree->zName, zCol1, zCol2 ); } } sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); return (rc==SQLITE_OK ? SQLITE_CONSTRAINT : rc); } /* ** The xUpdate method for rtree module virtual tables. */ static int rtreeUpdate( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nData, sqlite3_value **aData, sqlite_int64 *pRowid ){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; RtreeCell cell; /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */ int bHaveRowid = 0; /* Set to 1 after new rowid is determined */ if( pRtree->nNodeRef ){ /* Unable to write to the btree while another cursor is reading from it, ** since the write might do a rebalance which would disrupt the read ** cursor. */ return SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB; } rtreeReference(pRtree); assert(nData>=1); cell.iRowid = 0; /* Used only to suppress a compiler warning */ /* Constraint handling. A write operation on an r-tree table may return ** SQLITE_CONSTRAINT for two reasons: ** ** 1. A duplicate rowid value, or ** 2. The supplied data violates the "x2>=x1" constraint. ** ** In the first case, if the conflict-handling mode is REPLACE, then ** the conflicting row can be removed before proceeding. In the second ** case, SQLITE_CONSTRAINT must be returned regardless of the ** conflict-handling mode specified by the user. */ if( nData>1 ){ int ii; int nn = nData - 4; if( nn > pRtree->nDim2 ) nn = pRtree->nDim2; /* Populate the cell.aCoord[] array. The first coordinate is aData[3]. ** ** NB: nData can only be less than nDim*2+3 if the rtree is mis-declared ** with "column" that are interpreted as table constraints. ** Example: CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE bad USING rtree(x,y,CHECK(y>5)); ** This problem was discovered after years of use, so we silently ignore ** these kinds of misdeclared tables to avoid breaking any legacy. */ #ifndef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY if( pRtree->eCoordType==RTREE_COORD_REAL32 ){ for(ii=0; iicell.aCoord[ii+1].f ){ rc = rtreeConstraintError(pRtree, ii+1); goto constraint; } } }else #endif { for(ii=0; iicell.aCoord[ii+1].i ){ rc = rtreeConstraintError(pRtree, ii+1); goto constraint; } } } /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ if( sqlite3_value_type(aData[2])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ cell.iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(aData[2]); if( sqlite3_value_type(aData[0])==SQLITE_NULL || sqlite3_value_int64(aData[0])!=cell.iRowid ){ int steprc; sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid); steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid); rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){ if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid); }else{ rc = rtreeConstraintError(pRtree, 0); goto constraint; } } } bHaveRowid = 1; } } /* If aData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does ** just that. */ if( sqlite3_value_type(aData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL ){ rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, sqlite3_value_int64(aData[0])); } /* If the aData[] array contains more than one element, elements ** (aData[2]..aData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into ** the r-tree structure. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){ /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */ RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; /* Figure out the rowid of the new row. */ if( bHaveRowid==0 ){ rc = rtreeNewRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid); } *pRowid = cell.iRowid; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1; rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0); rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } if( pRtree->nAux ){ sqlite3_stmt *pUp = pRtree->pWriteAux; int jj; sqlite3_bind_int64(pUp, 1, *pRowid); for(jj=0; jjnAux; jj++){ sqlite3_bind_value(pUp, jj+2, aData[pRtree->nDim2+3+jj]); } sqlite3_step(pUp); rc = sqlite3_reset(pUp); } } constraint: rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } /* ** Called when a transaction starts. */ static int rtreeBeginTransaction(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; assert( pRtree->inWrTrans==0 ); pRtree->inWrTrans++; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Called when a transaction completes (either by COMMIT or ROLLBACK). ** The sqlite3_blob object should be released at this point. */ static int rtreeEndTransaction(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; pRtree->inWrTrans = 0; nodeBlobReset(pRtree); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The xRename method for rtree module virtual tables. */ static int rtreeRename(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, const char *zNewName){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; char *zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_node' RENAME TO \"%w_node\";" "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_parent' RENAME TO \"%w_parent\";" "ALTER TABLE %Q.'%q_rowid' RENAME TO \"%w_rowid\";" , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName , pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName, zNewName ); if( zSql ){ nodeBlobReset(pRtree); rc = sqlite3_exec(pRtree->db, zSql, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); } return rc; } /* ** The xSavepoint method. ** ** This module does not need to do anything to support savepoints. However, ** it uses this hook to close any open blob handle. This is done because a ** DROP TABLE command - which fortunately always opens a savepoint - cannot ** succeed if there are any open blob handles. i.e. if the blob handle were ** not closed here, the following would fail: ** ** BEGIN; ** INSERT INTO rtree... ** DROP TABLE ; -- Would fail with SQLITE_LOCKED ** COMMIT; */ static int rtreeSavepoint(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int iSavepoint){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; u8 iwt = pRtree->inWrTrans; UNUSED_PARAMETER(iSavepoint); pRtree->inWrTrans = 0; nodeBlobReset(pRtree); pRtree->inWrTrans = iwt; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** This function populates the pRtree->nRowEst variable with an estimate ** of the number of rows in the virtual table. If possible, this is based ** on sqlite_stat1 data. Otherwise, use RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST. */ static int rtreeQueryStat1(sqlite3 *db, Rtree *pRtree){ const char *zFmt = "SELECT stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl = '%q_rowid'"; char *zSql; sqlite3_stmt *p; int rc; i64 nRow = 0; rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata( db, pRtree->zDb, "sqlite_stat1",0,0,0,0,0,0 ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST; return rc==SQLITE_ERROR ? SQLITE_OK : rc; } zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName); if( zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &p, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( sqlite3_step(p)==SQLITE_ROW ) nRow = sqlite3_column_int64(p, 0); rc = sqlite3_finalize(p); }else if( rc!=SQLITE_NOMEM ){ rc = SQLITE_OK; } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( nRow==0 ){ pRtree->nRowEst = RTREE_DEFAULT_ROWEST; }else{ pRtree->nRowEst = MAX(nRow, RTREE_MIN_ROWEST); } } sqlite3_free(zSql); } return rc; } static sqlite3_module rtreeModule = { 2, /* iVersion */ rtreeCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */ rtreeConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */ rtreeBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */ rtreeDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */ rtreeDestroy, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */ rtreeOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ rtreeClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ rtreeFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ rtreeNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ rtreeEof, /* xEof */ rtreeColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ rtreeRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ rtreeUpdate, /* xUpdate - write data */ rtreeBeginTransaction, /* xBegin - begin transaction */ rtreeEndTransaction, /* xSync - sync transaction */ rtreeEndTransaction, /* xCommit - commit transaction */ rtreeEndTransaction, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */ 0, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */ rtreeRename, /* xRename - rename the table */ rtreeSavepoint, /* xSavepoint */ 0, /* xRelease */ 0, /* xRollbackTo */ }; static int rtreeSqlInit( Rtree *pRtree, sqlite3 *db, const char *zDb, const char *zPrefix, int isCreate ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; #define N_STATEMENT 8 static const char *azSql[N_STATEMENT] = { /* Write the xxx_node table */ "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_node' VALUES(?1, ?2)", "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = ?1", /* Read and write the xxx_rowid table */ "SELECT nodeno FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = ?1", "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_rowid' VALUES(?1, ?2)", "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid = ?1", /* Read and write the xxx_parent table */ "SELECT parentnode FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = ?1", "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO '%q'.'%q_parent' VALUES(?1, ?2)", "DELETE FROM '%q'.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno = ?1" }; sqlite3_stmt **appStmt[N_STATEMENT]; int i; pRtree->db = db; if( isCreate ){ char *zCreate; sqlite3_str *p = sqlite3_str_new(db); int ii; sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,nodeno", zDb, zPrefix); for(ii=0; iinAux; ii++){ sqlite3_str_appendf(p,",a%d",ii); } sqlite3_str_appendf(p, ");CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_node\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,data);", zDb, zPrefix); sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "CREATE TABLE \"%w\".\"%w_parent\"(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,parentnode);", zDb, zPrefix); sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "INSERT INTO \"%w\".\"%w_node\"VALUES(1,zeroblob(%d))", zDb, zPrefix, pRtree->iNodeSize); zCreate = sqlite3_str_finish(p); if( !zCreate ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zCreate, 0, 0, 0); sqlite3_free(zCreate); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ return rc; } } appStmt[0] = &pRtree->pWriteNode; appStmt[1] = &pRtree->pDeleteNode; appStmt[2] = &pRtree->pReadRowid; appStmt[3] = &pRtree->pWriteRowid; appStmt[4] = &pRtree->pDeleteRowid; appStmt[5] = &pRtree->pReadParent; appStmt[6] = &pRtree->pWriteParent; appStmt[7] = &pRtree->pDeleteParent; rc = rtreeQueryStat1(db, pRtree); for(i=0; inAux==0 ){ zFormat = azSql[i]; }else { /* An UPSERT is very slightly slower than REPLACE, but it is needed ** if there are auxiliary columns */ zFormat = "INSERT INTO\"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"(rowid,nodeno)VALUES(?1,?2)" "ON CONFLICT(rowid)DO UPDATE SET nodeno=excluded.nodeno"; } zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(zFormat, zDb, zPrefix); if( zSql ){ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT, appStmt[i], 0); }else{ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } sqlite3_free(zSql); } if( pRtree->nAux ){ pRtree->zReadAuxSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT * FROM \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\" WHERE rowid=?1", zDb, zPrefix); if( pRtree->zReadAuxSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ sqlite3_str *p = sqlite3_str_new(db); int ii; char *zSql; sqlite3_str_appendf(p, "UPDATE \"%w\".\"%w_rowid\"SET ", zDb, zPrefix); for(ii=0; iinAux; ii++){ if( ii ) sqlite3_str_append(p, ",", 1); if( iinAuxNotNull ){ sqlite3_str_appendf(p,"a%d=coalesce(?%d,a%d)",ii,ii+2,ii); }else{ sqlite3_str_appendf(p,"a%d=?%d",ii,ii+2); } } sqlite3_str_appendf(p, " WHERE rowid=?1"); zSql = sqlite3_str_finish(p); if( zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(db, zSql, -1, SQLITE_PREPARE_PERSISTENT, &pRtree->pWriteAux, 0); sqlite3_free(zSql); } } } return rc; } /* ** The second argument to this function contains the text of an SQL statement ** that returns a single integer value. The statement is compiled and executed ** using database connection db. If successful, the integer value returned ** is written to *piVal and SQLITE_OK returned. Otherwise, an SQLite error ** code is returned and the value of *piVal after returning is not defined. */ static int getIntFromStmt(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql, int *piVal){ int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; if( zSql ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ *piVal = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0); } rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } } return rc; } /* ** This function is called from within the xConnect() or xCreate() method to ** determine the node-size used by the rtree table being created or connected ** to. If successful, pRtree->iNodeSize is populated and SQLITE_OK returned. ** Otherwise, an SQLite error code is returned. ** ** If this function is being called as part of an xConnect(), then the rtree ** table already exists. In this case the node-size is determined by inspecting ** the root node of the tree. ** ** Otherwise, for an xCreate(), use 64 bytes less than the database page-size. ** This ensures that each node is stored on a single database page. If the ** database page-size is so large that more than RTREE_MAXCELLS entries ** would fit in a single node, use a smaller node-size. */ static int getNodeSize( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle */ Rtree *pRtree, /* Rtree handle */ int isCreate, /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ char **pzErr /* OUT: Error message, if any */ ){ int rc; char *zSql; if( isCreate ){ int iPageSize = 0; zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA %Q.page_size", pRtree->zDb); rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &iPageSize); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pRtree->iNodeSize = iPageSize-64; if( (4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS)iNodeSize ){ pRtree->iNodeSize = 4+pRtree->nBytesPerCell*RTREE_MAXCELLS; } }else{ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } }else{ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT length(data) FROM '%q'.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno = 1", pRtree->zDb, pRtree->zName ); rc = getIntFromStmt(db, zSql, &pRtree->iNodeSize); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); }else if( pRtree->iNodeSize<(512-64) ){ rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_VTAB; *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("undersize RTree blobs in \"%q_node\"", pRtree->zName); } } sqlite3_free(zSql); return rc; } /* ** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate ** methods of the r-tree virtual table. ** ** argv[0] -> module name ** argv[1] -> database name ** argv[2] -> table name ** argv[...] -> column names... */ static int rtreeInit( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ void *pAux, /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */ int argc, const char *const*argv, /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New virtual table */ char **pzErr, /* OUT: Error message, if any */ int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Rtree *pRtree; int nDb; /* Length of string argv[1] */ int nName; /* Length of string argv[2] */ int eCoordType = (pAux ? RTREE_COORD_INT32 : RTREE_COORD_REAL32); sqlite3_str *pSql; char *zSql; int ii = 4; int iErr; const char *aErrMsg[] = { 0, /* 0 */ "Wrong number of columns for an rtree table", /* 1 */ "Too few columns for an rtree table", /* 2 */ "Too many columns for an rtree table", /* 3 */ "Auxiliary rtree columns must be last" /* 4 */ }; assert( RTREE_MAX_AUX_COLUMN<256 ); /* Aux columns counted by a u8 */ if( argc>RTREE_MAX_AUX_COLUMN+3 ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[3]); return SQLITE_ERROR; } sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */ nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]); nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]); pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); if( !pRtree ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); pRtree->nBusy = 1; pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule; pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1]; pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1]; pRtree->eCoordType = (u8)eCoordType; memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb); memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName); /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure ** the r-tree table schema. */ pSql = sqlite3_str_new(db); sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "CREATE TABLE x(%s", argv[3]); for(ii=4; iinAux++; sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ",%s", argv[ii]+1); }else if( pRtree->nAux>0 ){ break; }else{ pRtree->nDim2++; sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ",%s", argv[ii]); } } sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ");"); zSql = sqlite3_str_finish(pSql); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else if( iinDim = pRtree->nDim2/2; if( pRtree->nDim<1 ){ iErr = 2; }else if( pRtree->nDim2>RTREE_MAX_DIMENSIONS*2 ){ iErr = 3; }else if( pRtree->nDim2 % 2 ){ iErr = 1; }else{ iErr = 0; } if( iErr ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", aErrMsg[iErr]); goto rtreeInit_fail; } pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim2*4; /* Figure out the node size to use. */ rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr); if( rc ) goto rtreeInit_fail; rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate); if( rc ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); goto rtreeInit_fail; } *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree; return SQLITE_OK; rtreeInit_fail: if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; assert( *ppVtab==0 ); assert( pRtree->nBusy==1 ); rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } /* ** Implementation of a scalar function that decodes r-tree nodes to ** human readable strings. This can be used for debugging and analysis. ** ** The scalar function takes two arguments: (1) the number of dimensions ** to the rtree (between 1 and 5, inclusive) and (2) a blob of data containing ** an r-tree node. For a two-dimensional r-tree structure called "rt", to ** deserialize all nodes, a statement like: ** ** SELECT rtreenode(2, data) FROM rt_node; ** ** The human readable string takes the form of a Tcl list with one ** entry for each cell in the r-tree node. Each entry is itself a ** list, containing the 8-byte rowid/pageno followed by the ** *2 coordinates. */ static void rtreenode(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ char *zText = 0; RtreeNode node; Rtree tree; int ii; UNUSED_PARAMETER(nArg); memset(&node, 0, sizeof(RtreeNode)); memset(&tree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)); tree.nDim = (u8)sqlite3_value_int(apArg[0]); tree.nDim2 = tree.nDim*2; tree.nBytesPerCell = 8 + 8 * tree.nDim; node.zData = (u8 *)sqlite3_value_blob(apArg[1]); for(ii=0; iirc==SQLITE_OK ) pCheck->rc = rc; } /* ** The second and subsequent arguments to this function are a format string ** and printf style arguments. This function formats the string and attempts ** to compile it as an SQL statement. ** ** If successful, a pointer to the new SQL statement is returned. Otherwise, ** NULL is returned and an error code left in RtreeCheck.rc. */ static sqlite3_stmt *rtreeCheckPrepare( RtreeCheck *pCheck, /* RtreeCheck object */ const char *zFmt, ... /* Format string and trailing args */ ){ va_list ap; char *z; sqlite3_stmt *pRet = 0; va_start(ap, zFmt); z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( z==0 ){ pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ pCheck->rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(pCheck->db, z, -1, &pRet, 0); } } sqlite3_free(z); va_end(ap); return pRet; } /* ** The second and subsequent arguments to this function are a printf() ** style format string and arguments. This function formats the string and ** appends it to the report being accumuated in pCheck. */ static void rtreeCheckAppendMsg(RtreeCheck *pCheck, const char *zFmt, ...){ va_list ap; va_start(ap, zFmt); if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK && pCheck->nErrrc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ pCheck->zReport = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%z", pCheck->zReport, (pCheck->zReport ? "\n" : ""), z ); if( pCheck->zReport==0 ){ pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } pCheck->nErr++; } va_end(ap); } /* ** This function is a no-op if there is already an error code stored ** in the RtreeCheck object indicated by the first argument. NULL is ** returned in this case. ** ** Otherwise, the contents of rtree table node iNode are loaded from ** the database and copied into a buffer obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** If no error occurs, a pointer to the buffer is returned and (*pnNode) ** is set to the size of the buffer in bytes. ** ** Or, if an error does occur, NULL is returned and an error code left ** in the RtreeCheck object. The final value of *pnNode is undefined in ** this case. */ static u8 *rtreeCheckGetNode(RtreeCheck *pCheck, i64 iNode, int *pnNode){ u8 *pRet = 0; /* Return value */ assert( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK ); if( pCheck->pGetNode==0 ){ pCheck->pGetNode = rtreeCheckPrepare(pCheck, "SELECT data FROM %Q.'%q_node' WHERE nodeno=?", pCheck->zDb, pCheck->zTab ); } if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int64(pCheck->pGetNode, 1, iNode); if( sqlite3_step(pCheck->pGetNode)==SQLITE_ROW ){ int nNode = sqlite3_column_bytes(pCheck->pGetNode, 0); const u8 *pNode = (const u8*)sqlite3_column_blob(pCheck->pGetNode, 0); pRet = sqlite3_malloc(nNode); if( pRet==0 ){ pCheck->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memcpy(pRet, pNode, nNode); *pnNode = nNode; } } rtreeCheckReset(pCheck, pCheck->pGetNode); if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK && pRet==0 ){ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Node %lld missing from database", iNode); } } return pRet; } /* ** This function is used to check that the %_parent (if bLeaf==0) or %_rowid ** (if bLeaf==1) table contains a specified entry. The schemas of the ** two tables are: ** ** CREATE TABLE %_parent(nodeno INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, parentnode INTEGER) ** CREATE TABLE %_rowid(rowid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, nodeno INTEGER, ...) ** ** In both cases, this function checks that there exists an entry with ** IPK value iKey and the second column set to iVal. ** */ static void rtreeCheckMapping( RtreeCheck *pCheck, /* RtreeCheck object */ int bLeaf, /* True for a leaf cell, false for interior */ i64 iKey, /* Key for mapping */ i64 iVal /* Expected value for mapping */ ){ int rc; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; const char *azSql[2] = { "SELECT parentnode FROM %Q.'%q_parent' WHERE nodeno=?1", "SELECT nodeno FROM %Q.'%q_rowid' WHERE rowid=?1" }; assert( bLeaf==0 || bLeaf==1 ); if( pCheck->aCheckMapping[bLeaf]==0 ){ pCheck->aCheckMapping[bLeaf] = rtreeCheckPrepare(pCheck, azSql[bLeaf], pCheck->zDb, pCheck->zTab ); } if( pCheck->rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return; pStmt = pCheck->aCheckMapping[bLeaf]; sqlite3_bind_int64(pStmt, 1, iKey); rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Mapping (%lld -> %lld) missing from %s table", iKey, iVal, (bLeaf ? "%_rowid" : "%_parent") ); }else if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ i64 ii = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 0); if( ii!=iVal ){ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Found (%lld -> %lld) in %s table, expected (%lld -> %lld)", iKey, ii, (bLeaf ? "%_rowid" : "%_parent"), iKey, iVal ); } } rtreeCheckReset(pCheck, pStmt); } /* ** Argument pCell points to an array of coordinates stored on an rtree page. ** This function checks that the coordinates are internally consistent (no ** x1>x2 conditions) and adds an error message to the RtreeCheck object ** if they are not. ** ** Additionally, if pParent is not NULL, then it is assumed to point to ** the array of coordinates on the parent page that bound the page ** containing pCell. In this case it is also verified that the two ** sets of coordinates are mutually consistent and an error message added ** to the RtreeCheck object if they are not. */ static void rtreeCheckCellCoord( RtreeCheck *pCheck, i64 iNode, /* Node id to use in error messages */ int iCell, /* Cell number to use in error messages */ u8 *pCell, /* Pointer to cell coordinates */ u8 *pParent /* Pointer to parent coordinates */ ){ RtreeCoord c1, c2; RtreeCoord p1, p2; int i; for(i=0; inDim; i++){ readCoord(&pCell[4*2*i], &c1); readCoord(&pCell[4*(2*i + 1)], &c2); /* printf("%e, %e\n", c1.u.f, c2.u.f); */ if( pCheck->bInt ? c1.i>c2.i : c1.f>c2.f ){ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Dimension %d of cell %d on node %lld is corrupt", i, iCell, iNode ); } if( pParent ){ readCoord(&pParent[4*2*i], &p1); readCoord(&pParent[4*(2*i + 1)], &p2); if( (pCheck->bInt ? c1.ibInt ? c2.i>p2.i : c2.f>p2.f) ){ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Dimension %d of cell %d on node %lld is corrupt relative to parent" , i, iCell, iNode ); } } } } /* ** Run rtreecheck() checks on node iNode, which is at depth iDepth within ** the r-tree structure. Argument aParent points to the array of coordinates ** that bound node iNode on the parent node. ** ** If any problems are discovered, an error message is appended to the ** report accumulated in the RtreeCheck object. */ static void rtreeCheckNode( RtreeCheck *pCheck, int iDepth, /* Depth of iNode (0==leaf) */ u8 *aParent, /* Buffer containing parent coords */ i64 iNode /* Node to check */ ){ u8 *aNode = 0; int nNode = 0; assert( iNode==1 || aParent!=0 ); assert( pCheck->nDim>0 ); aNode = rtreeCheckGetNode(pCheck, iNode, &nNode); if( aNode ){ if( nNode<4 ){ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Node %lld is too small (%d bytes)", iNode, nNode ); }else{ int nCell; /* Number of cells on page */ int i; /* Used to iterate through cells */ if( aParent==0 ){ iDepth = readInt16(aNode); if( iDepth>RTREE_MAX_DEPTH ){ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Rtree depth out of range (%d)", iDepth); sqlite3_free(aNode); return; } } nCell = readInt16(&aNode[2]); if( (4 + nCell*(8 + pCheck->nDim*2*4))>nNode ){ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Node %lld is too small for cell count of %d (%d bytes)", iNode, nCell, nNode ); }else{ for(i=0; inDim*2*4)]; i64 iVal = readInt64(pCell); rtreeCheckCellCoord(pCheck, iNode, i, &pCell[8], aParent); if( iDepth>0 ){ rtreeCheckMapping(pCheck, 0, iVal, iNode); rtreeCheckNode(pCheck, iDepth-1, &pCell[8], iVal); pCheck->nNonLeaf++; }else{ rtreeCheckMapping(pCheck, 1, iVal, iNode); pCheck->nLeaf++; } } } } sqlite3_free(aNode); } } /* ** The second argument to this function must be either "_rowid" or ** "_parent". This function checks that the number of entries in the ** %_rowid or %_parent table is exactly nExpect. If not, it adds ** an error message to the report in the RtreeCheck object indicated ** by the first argument. */ static void rtreeCheckCount(RtreeCheck *pCheck, const char *zTbl, i64 nExpect){ if( pCheck->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_stmt *pCount; pCount = rtreeCheckPrepare(pCheck, "SELECT count(*) FROM %Q.'%q%s'", pCheck->zDb, pCheck->zTab, zTbl ); if( pCount ){ if( sqlite3_step(pCount)==SQLITE_ROW ){ i64 nActual = sqlite3_column_int64(pCount, 0); if( nActual!=nExpect ){ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(pCheck, "Wrong number of entries in %%%s table" " - expected %lld, actual %lld" , zTbl, nExpect, nActual ); } } pCheck->rc = sqlite3_finalize(pCount); } } } /* ** This function does the bulk of the work for the rtree integrity-check. ** It is called by rtreecheck(), which is the SQL function implementation. */ static int rtreeCheckTable( sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle to access db through */ const char *zDb, /* Name of db ("main", "temp" etc.) */ const char *zTab, /* Name of rtree table to check */ char **pzReport /* OUT: sqlite3_malloc'd report text */ ){ RtreeCheck check; /* Common context for various routines */ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; /* Used to find column count of rtree table */ int bEnd = 0; /* True if transaction should be closed */ int nAux = 0; /* Number of extra columns. */ /* Initialize the context object */ memset(&check, 0, sizeof(check)); check.db = db; check.zDb = zDb; check.zTab = zTab; /* If there is not already an open transaction, open one now. This is ** to ensure that the queries run as part of this integrity-check operate ** on a consistent snapshot. */ if( sqlite3_get_autocommit(db) ){ check.rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0); bEnd = 1; } /* Find the number of auxiliary columns */ if( check.rc==SQLITE_OK ){ pStmt = rtreeCheckPrepare(&check, "SELECT * FROM %Q.'%q_rowid'", zDb, zTab); if( pStmt ){ nAux = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt) - 2; sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); } check.rc = SQLITE_OK; } /* Find number of dimensions in the rtree table. */ pStmt = rtreeCheckPrepare(&check, "SELECT * FROM %Q.%Q", zDb, zTab); if( pStmt ){ int rc; check.nDim = (sqlite3_column_count(pStmt) - 1 - nAux) / 2; if( check.nDim<1 ){ rtreeCheckAppendMsg(&check, "Schema corrupt or not an rtree"); }else if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ check.bInt = (sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 1)==SQLITE_INTEGER); } rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_CORRUPT ) check.rc = rc; } /* Do the actual integrity-check */ if( check.nDim>=1 ){ if( check.rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rtreeCheckNode(&check, 0, 0, 1); } rtreeCheckCount(&check, "_rowid", check.nLeaf); rtreeCheckCount(&check, "_parent", check.nNonLeaf); } /* Finalize SQL statements used by the integrity-check */ sqlite3_finalize(check.pGetNode); sqlite3_finalize(check.aCheckMapping[0]); sqlite3_finalize(check.aCheckMapping[1]); /* If one was opened, close the transaction */ if( bEnd ){ int rc = sqlite3_exec(db, "END", 0, 0, 0); if( check.rc==SQLITE_OK ) check.rc = rc; } *pzReport = check.zReport; return check.rc; } /* ** Usage: ** ** rtreecheck(); ** rtreecheck(, ); ** ** Invoking this SQL function runs an integrity-check on the named rtree ** table. The integrity-check verifies the following: ** ** 1. For each cell in the r-tree structure (%_node table), that: ** ** a) for each dimension, (coord1 <= coord2). ** ** b) unless the cell is on the root node, that the cell is bounded ** by the parent cell on the parent node. ** ** c) for leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the %_rowid ** table corresponding to the cell's rowid value that ** points to the correct node. ** ** d) for cells on non-leaf nodes, that there is an entry in the ** %_parent table mapping from the cell's child node to the ** node that it resides on. ** ** 2. That there are the same number of entries in the %_rowid table ** as there are leaf cells in the r-tree structure, and that there ** is a leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the %_rowid table. ** ** 3. That there are the same number of entries in the %_parent table ** as there are non-leaf cells in the r-tree structure, and that ** there is a non-leaf cell that corresponds to each entry in the ** %_parent table. */ static void rtreecheck( sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ if( nArg!=1 && nArg!=2 ){ sqlite3_result_error(ctx, "wrong number of arguments to function rtreecheck()", -1 ); }else{ int rc; char *zReport = 0; const char *zDb = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]); const char *zTab; if( nArg==1 ){ zTab = zDb; zDb = "main"; }else{ zTab = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); } rc = rtreeCheckTable(sqlite3_context_db_handle(ctx), zDb, zTab, &zReport); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_result_text(ctx, zReport ? zReport : "ok", -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); }else{ sqlite3_result_error_code(ctx, rc); } sqlite3_free(zReport); } } /* Conditionally include the geopoly code */ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_GEOPOLY /************** Include geopoly.c in the middle of rtree.c *******************/ /************** Begin file geopoly.c *****************************************/ /* ** 2018-05-25 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ****************************************************************************** ** ** This file implements an alternative R-Tree virtual table that ** uses polygons to express the boundaries of 2-dimensional objects. ** ** This file is #include-ed onto the end of "rtree.c" so that it has ** access to all of the R-Tree internals. */ /* #include */ /* Enable -DGEOPOLY_ENABLE_DEBUG for debugging facilities */ #ifdef GEOPOLY_ENABLE_DEBUG static int geo_debug = 0; # define GEODEBUG(X) if(geo_debug)printf X #else # define GEODEBUG(X) #endif #ifndef JSON_NULL /* The following stuff repeats things found in json1 */ /* ** Versions of isspace(), isalnum() and isdigit() to which it is safe ** to pass signed char values. */ #ifdef sqlite3Isdigit /* Use the SQLite core versions if this routine is part of the ** SQLite amalgamation */ # define safe_isdigit(x) sqlite3Isdigit(x) # define safe_isalnum(x) sqlite3Isalnum(x) # define safe_isxdigit(x) sqlite3Isxdigit(x) #else /* Use the standard library for separate compilation */ #include /* amalgamator: keep */ # define safe_isdigit(x) isdigit((unsigned char)(x)) # define safe_isalnum(x) isalnum((unsigned char)(x)) # define safe_isxdigit(x) isxdigit((unsigned char)(x)) #endif /* ** Growing our own isspace() routine this way is twice as fast as ** the library isspace() function. */ static const char geopolyIsSpace[] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, }; #define safe_isspace(x) (geopolyIsSpace[(unsigned char)x]) #endif /* JSON NULL - back to original code */ /* Compiler and version */ #ifndef GCC_VERSION #if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) # define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__*1000000+__GNUC_MINOR__*1000+__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__) #else # define GCC_VERSION 0 #endif #endif #ifndef MSVC_VERSION #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(SQLITE_DISABLE_INTRINSIC) # define MSVC_VERSION _MSC_VER #else # define MSVC_VERSION 0 #endif #endif /* Datatype for coordinates */ typedef float GeoCoord; /* ** Internal representation of a polygon. ** ** The polygon consists of a sequence of vertexes. There is a line ** segment between each pair of vertexes, and one final segment from ** the last vertex back to the first. (This differs from the GeoJSON ** standard in which the final vertex is a repeat of the first.) ** ** The polygon follows the right-hand rule. The area to the right of ** each segment is "outside" and the area to the left is "inside". ** ** The on-disk representation consists of a 4-byte header followed by ** the values. The 4-byte header is: ** ** encoding (1 byte) 0=big-endian, 1=little-endian ** nvertex (3 bytes) Number of vertexes as a big-endian integer */ typedef struct GeoPoly GeoPoly; struct GeoPoly { int nVertex; /* Number of vertexes */ unsigned char hdr[4]; /* Header for on-disk representation */ GeoCoord a[2]; /* 2*nVertex values. X (longitude) first, then Y */ }; /* ** State of a parse of a GeoJSON input. */ typedef struct GeoParse GeoParse; struct GeoParse { const unsigned char *z; /* Unparsed input */ int nVertex; /* Number of vertexes in a[] */ int nAlloc; /* Space allocated to a[] */ int nErr; /* Number of errors encountered */ GeoCoord *a; /* Array of vertexes. From sqlite3_malloc64() */ }; /* Do a 4-byte byte swap */ static void geopolySwab32(unsigned char *a){ unsigned char t = a[0]; a[0] = a[3]; a[3] = t; t = a[1]; a[1] = a[2]; a[2] = t; } /* Skip whitespace. Return the next non-whitespace character. */ static char geopolySkipSpace(GeoParse *p){ while( p->z[0] && safe_isspace(p->z[0]) ) p->z++; return p->z[0]; } /* Parse out a number. Write the value into *pVal if pVal!=0. ** return non-zero on success and zero if the next token is not a number. */ static int geopolyParseNumber(GeoParse *p, GeoCoord *pVal){ char c = geopolySkipSpace(p); const unsigned char *z = p->z; int j = 0; int seenDP = 0; int seenE = 0; if( c=='-' ){ j = 1; c = z[j]; } if( c=='0' && z[j+1]>='0' && z[j+1]<='9' ) return 0; for(;; j++){ c = z[j]; if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) continue; if( c=='.' ){ if( z[j-1]=='-' ) return 0; if( seenDP ) return 0; seenDP = 1; continue; } if( c=='e' || c=='E' ){ if( z[j-1]<'0' ) return 0; if( seenE ) return -1; seenDP = seenE = 1; c = z[j+1]; if( c=='+' || c=='-' ){ j++; c = z[j+1]; } if( c<'0' || c>'9' ) return 0; continue; } break; } if( z[j-1]<'0' ) return 0; if( pVal ) *pVal = (GeoCoord)atof((const char*)p->z); p->z += j; return 1; } /* ** If the input is a well-formed JSON array of coordinates with at least ** four coordinates and where each coordinate is itself a two-value array, ** then convert the JSON into a GeoPoly object and return a pointer to ** that object. ** ** If any error occurs, return NULL. */ static GeoPoly *geopolyParseJson(const unsigned char *z, int *pRc){ GeoParse s; int rc = SQLITE_OK; memset(&s, 0, sizeof(s)); s.z = z; if( geopolySkipSpace(&s)=='[' ){ s.z++; while( geopolySkipSpace(&s)=='[' ){ int ii = 0; char c; s.z++; if( s.nVertex>=s.nAlloc ){ GeoCoord *aNew; s.nAlloc = s.nAlloc*2 + 16; aNew = sqlite3_realloc64(s.a, s.nAlloc*sizeof(GeoCoord)*2 ); if( aNew==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; s.nErr++; break; } s.a = aNew; } while( geopolyParseNumber(&s, ii<=1 ? &s.a[s.nVertex*2+ii] : 0) ){ ii++; if( ii==2 ) s.nVertex++; c = geopolySkipSpace(&s); s.z++; if( c==',' ) continue; if( c==']' && ii>=2 ) break; s.nErr++; rc = SQLITE_ERROR; goto parse_json_err; } if( geopolySkipSpace(&s)==',' ){ s.z++; continue; } break; } if( geopolySkipSpace(&s)==']' && s.nVertex>=4 && s.a[0]==s.a[s.nVertex*2-2] && s.a[1]==s.a[s.nVertex*2-1] && (s.z++, geopolySkipSpace(&s)==0) ){ int nByte; GeoPoly *pOut; int x = 1; s.nVertex--; /* Remove the redundant vertex at the end */ nByte = sizeof(GeoPoly) * s.nVertex*2*sizeof(GeoCoord); pOut = sqlite3_malloc64( nByte ); x = 1; if( pOut==0 ) goto parse_json_err; pOut->nVertex = s.nVertex; memcpy(pOut->a, s.a, s.nVertex*2*sizeof(GeoCoord)); pOut->hdr[0] = *(unsigned char*)&x; pOut->hdr[1] = (s.nVertex>>16)&0xff; pOut->hdr[2] = (s.nVertex>>8)&0xff; pOut->hdr[3] = s.nVertex&0xff; sqlite3_free(s.a); if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_OK; return pOut; }else{ s.nErr++; rc = SQLITE_ERROR; } } parse_json_err: if( pRc ) *pRc = rc; sqlite3_free(s.a); return 0; } /* ** Given a function parameter, try to interpret it as a polygon, either ** in the binary format or JSON text. Compute a GeoPoly object and ** return a pointer to that object. Or if the input is not a well-formed ** polygon, put an error message in sqlite3_context and return NULL. */ static GeoPoly *geopolyFuncParam( sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* Context for error messages */ sqlite3_value *pVal, /* The value to decode */ int *pRc /* Write error here */ ){ GeoPoly *p = 0; int nByte; if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_BLOB && (nByte = sqlite3_value_bytes(pVal))>=(4+6*sizeof(GeoCoord)) ){ const unsigned char *a = sqlite3_value_blob(pVal); int nVertex; nVertex = (a[1]<<16) + (a[2]<<8) + a[3]; if( (a[0]==0 || a[0]==1) && (nVertex*2*sizeof(GeoCoord) + 4)==(unsigned int)nByte ){ p = sqlite3_malloc64( sizeof(*p) + (nVertex-1)*2*sizeof(GeoCoord) ); if( p==0 ){ if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; if( pCtx ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(pCtx); }else{ int x = 1; p->nVertex = nVertex; memcpy(p->hdr, a, nByte); if( a[0] != *(unsigned char*)&x ){ int ii; for(ii=0; iia[ii]); } p->hdr[0] ^= 1; } } } if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_OK; return p; }else if( sqlite3_value_type(pVal)==SQLITE_TEXT ){ const unsigned char *zJson = sqlite3_value_text(pVal); if( zJson==0 ){ if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; return 0; } return geopolyParseJson(zJson, pRc); }else{ if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_ERROR; return 0; } } /* ** Implementation of the geopoly_blob(X) function. ** ** If the input is a well-formed Geopoly BLOB or JSON string ** then return the BLOB representation of the polygon. Otherwise ** return NULL. */ static void geopolyBlobFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); if( p ){ sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); } } /* ** SQL function: geopoly_json(X) ** ** Interpret X as a polygon and render it as a JSON array ** of coordinates. Or, if X is not a valid polygon, return NULL. */ static void geopolyJsonFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); if( p ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); sqlite3_str *x = sqlite3_str_new(db); int i; sqlite3_str_append(x, "[", 1); for(i=0; inVertex; i++){ sqlite3_str_appendf(x, "[%!g,%!g],", p->a[i*2], p->a[i*2+1]); } sqlite3_str_appendf(x, "[%!g,%!g]]", p->a[0], p->a[1]); sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_str_finish(x), -1, sqlite3_free); sqlite3_free(p); } } /* ** SQL function: geopoly_svg(X, ....) ** ** Interpret X as a polygon and render it as a SVG . ** Additional arguments are added as attributes to the . */ static void geopolySvgFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); if( p ){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context); sqlite3_str *x = sqlite3_str_new(db); int i; char cSep = '\''; sqlite3_str_appendf(x, "a[i*2], p->a[i*2+1]); cSep = ' '; } sqlite3_str_appendf(x, " %g,%g'", p->a[0], p->a[1]); for(i=1; i"); sqlite3_result_text(context, sqlite3_str_finish(x), -1, sqlite3_free); sqlite3_free(p); } } /* ** SQL Function: geopoly_xform(poly, A, B, C, D, E, F) ** ** Transform and/or translate a polygon as follows: ** ** x1 = A*x0 + B*y0 + E ** y1 = C*x0 + D*y0 + F ** ** For a translation: ** ** geopoly_xform(poly, 1, 0, 0, 1, x-offset, y-offset) ** ** Rotate by R around the point (0,0): ** ** geopoly_xform(poly, cos(R), sin(R), -sin(R), cos(R), 0, 0) */ static void geopolyXformFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); double A = sqlite3_value_double(argv[1]); double B = sqlite3_value_double(argv[2]); double C = sqlite3_value_double(argv[3]); double D = sqlite3_value_double(argv[4]); double E = sqlite3_value_double(argv[5]); double F = sqlite3_value_double(argv[6]); GeoCoord x1, y1, x0, y0; int ii; if( p ){ for(ii=0; iinVertex; ii++){ x0 = p->a[ii*2]; y0 = p->a[ii*2+1]; x1 = (GeoCoord)(A*x0 + B*y0 + E); y1 = (GeoCoord)(C*x0 + D*y0 + F); p->a[ii*2] = x1; p->a[ii*2+1] = y1; } sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); } } /* ** Implementation of the geopoly_area(X) function. ** ** If the input is a well-formed Geopoly BLOB then return the area ** enclosed by the polygon. If the polygon circulates clockwise instead ** of counterclockwise (as it should) then return the negative of the ** enclosed area. Otherwise return NULL. */ static void geopolyAreaFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ GeoPoly *p = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); if( p ){ double rArea = 0.0; int ii; for(ii=0; iinVertex-1; ii++){ rArea += (p->a[ii*2] - p->a[ii*2+2]) /* (x0 - x1) */ * (p->a[ii*2+1] + p->a[ii*2+3]) /* (y0 + y1) */ * 0.5; } rArea += (p->a[ii*2] - p->a[0]) /* (xN - x0) */ * (p->a[ii*2+1] + p->a[1]) /* (yN + y0) */ * 0.5; sqlite3_result_double(context, rArea); sqlite3_free(p); } } /* ** If pPoly is a polygon, compute its bounding box. Then: ** ** (1) if aCoord!=0 store the bounding box in aCoord, returning NULL ** (2) otherwise, compute a GeoPoly for the bounding box and return the ** new GeoPoly ** ** If pPoly is NULL but aCoord is not NULL, then compute a new GeoPoly from ** the bounding box in aCoord and return a pointer to that GeoPoly. */ static GeoPoly *geopolyBBox( sqlite3_context *context, /* For recording the error */ sqlite3_value *pPoly, /* The polygon */ RtreeCoord *aCoord, /* Results here */ int *pRc /* Error code here */ ){ GeoPoly *pOut = 0; GeoPoly *p; float mnX, mxX, mnY, mxY; if( pPoly==0 && aCoord!=0 ){ p = 0; mnX = aCoord[0].f; mxX = aCoord[1].f; mnY = aCoord[2].f; mxY = aCoord[3].f; goto geopolyBboxFill; }else{ p = geopolyFuncParam(context, pPoly, pRc); } if( p ){ int ii; mnX = mxX = p->a[0]; mnY = mxY = p->a[1]; for(ii=1; iinVertex; ii++){ double r = p->a[ii*2]; if( rmxX ) mxX = (float)r; r = p->a[ii*2+1]; if( rmxY ) mxY = (float)r; } if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_OK; if( aCoord==0 ){ geopolyBboxFill: pOut = sqlite3_realloc(p, sizeof(GeoPoly)+sizeof(GeoCoord)*6); if( pOut==0 ){ sqlite3_free(p); if( context ) sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); if( pRc ) *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; return 0; } pOut->nVertex = 4; ii = 1; pOut->hdr[0] = *(unsigned char*)ⅈ pOut->hdr[1] = 0; pOut->hdr[2] = 0; pOut->hdr[3] = 4; pOut->a[0] = mnX; pOut->a[1] = mnY; pOut->a[2] = mxX; pOut->a[3] = mnY; pOut->a[4] = mxX; pOut->a[5] = mxY; pOut->a[6] = mnX; pOut->a[7] = mxY; }else{ sqlite3_free(p); aCoord[0].f = mnX; aCoord[1].f = mxX; aCoord[2].f = mnY; aCoord[3].f = mxY; } } return pOut; } /* ** Implementation of the geopoly_bbox(X) SQL function. */ static void geopolyBBoxFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ GeoPoly *p = geopolyBBox(context, argv[0], 0, 0); if( p ){ sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); } } /* ** State vector for the geopoly_group_bbox() aggregate function. */ typedef struct GeoBBox GeoBBox; struct GeoBBox { int isInit; RtreeCoord a[4]; }; /* ** Implementation of the geopoly_group_bbox(X) aggregate SQL function. */ static void geopolyBBoxStep( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ RtreeCoord a[4]; int rc = SQLITE_OK; (void)geopolyBBox(context, argv[0], a, &rc); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ GeoBBox *pBBox; pBBox = (GeoBBox*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, sizeof(*pBBox)); if( pBBox==0 ) return; if( pBBox->isInit==0 ){ pBBox->isInit = 1; memcpy(pBBox->a, a, sizeof(RtreeCoord)*4); }else{ if( a[0].f < pBBox->a[0].f ) pBBox->a[0] = a[0]; if( a[1].f > pBBox->a[1].f ) pBBox->a[1] = a[1]; if( a[2].f < pBBox->a[2].f ) pBBox->a[2] = a[2]; if( a[3].f > pBBox->a[3].f ) pBBox->a[3] = a[3]; } } } static void geopolyBBoxFinal( sqlite3_context *context ){ GeoPoly *p; GeoBBox *pBBox; pBBox = (GeoBBox*)sqlite3_aggregate_context(context, 0); if( pBBox==0 ) return; p = geopolyBBox(context, 0, pBBox->a, 0); if( p ){ sqlite3_result_blob(context, p->hdr, 4+8*p->nVertex, SQLITE_TRANSIENT); sqlite3_free(p); } } /* ** Determine if point (x0,y0) is beneath line segment (x1,y1)->(x2,y2). ** Returns: ** ** +2 x0,y0 is on the line segement ** ** +1 x0,y0 is beneath line segment ** ** 0 x0,y0 is not on or beneath the line segment or the line segment ** is vertical and x0,y0 is not on the line segment ** ** The left-most coordinate min(x1,x2) is not considered to be part of ** the line segment for the purposes of this analysis. */ static int pointBeneathLine( double x0, double y0, double x1, double y1, double x2, double y2 ){ double y; if( x0==x1 && y0==y1 ) return 2; if( x1x2 ) return 0; }else if( x1>x2 ){ if( x0<=x2 || x0>x1 ) return 0; }else{ /* Vertical line segment */ if( x0!=x1 ) return 0; if( y0y1 && y0>y2 ) return 0; return 2; } y = y1 + (y2-y1)*(x0-x1)/(x2-x1); if( y0==y ) return 2; if( y0nVertex-1; ii++){ v = pointBeneathLine(x0,y0,p1->a[ii*2],p1->a[ii*2+1], p1->a[ii*2+2],p1->a[ii*2+3]); if( v==2 ) break; cnt += v; } if( v!=2 ){ v = pointBeneathLine(x0,y0,p1->a[ii*2],p1->a[ii*2+1], p1->a[0],p1->a[1]); } if( v==2 ){ sqlite3_result_int(context, 1); }else if( ((v+cnt)&1)==0 ){ sqlite3_result_int(context, 0); }else{ sqlite3_result_int(context, 2); } sqlite3_free(p1); } /* Forward declaration */ static int geopolyOverlap(GeoPoly *p1, GeoPoly *p2); /* ** SQL function: geopoly_within(P1,P2) ** ** Return +2 if P1 and P2 are the same polygon ** Return +1 if P2 is contained within P1 ** Return 0 if any part of P2 is on the outside of P1 ** */ static void geopolyWithinFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ GeoPoly *p1 = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); GeoPoly *p2 = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[1], 0); if( p1 && p2 ){ int x = geopolyOverlap(p1, p2); if( x<0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); }else{ sqlite3_result_int(context, x==2 ? 1 : x==4 ? 2 : 0); } } sqlite3_free(p1); sqlite3_free(p2); } /* Objects used by the overlap algorihm. */ typedef struct GeoEvent GeoEvent; typedef struct GeoSegment GeoSegment; typedef struct GeoOverlap GeoOverlap; struct GeoEvent { double x; /* X coordinate at which event occurs */ int eType; /* 0 for ADD, 1 for REMOVE */ GeoSegment *pSeg; /* The segment to be added or removed */ GeoEvent *pNext; /* Next event in the sorted list */ }; struct GeoSegment { double C, B; /* y = C*x + B */ double y; /* Current y value */ float y0; /* Initial y value */ unsigned char side; /* 1 for p1, 2 for p2 */ unsigned int idx; /* Which segment within the side */ GeoSegment *pNext; /* Next segment in a list sorted by y */ }; struct GeoOverlap { GeoEvent *aEvent; /* Array of all events */ GeoSegment *aSegment; /* Array of all segments */ int nEvent; /* Number of events */ int nSegment; /* Number of segments */ }; /* ** Add a single segment and its associated events. */ static void geopolyAddOneSegment( GeoOverlap *p, GeoCoord x0, GeoCoord y0, GeoCoord x1, GeoCoord y1, unsigned char side, unsigned int idx ){ GeoSegment *pSeg; GeoEvent *pEvent; if( x0==x1 ) return; /* Ignore vertical segments */ if( x0>x1 ){ GeoCoord t = x0; x0 = x1; x1 = t; t = y0; y0 = y1; y1 = t; } pSeg = p->aSegment + p->nSegment; p->nSegment++; pSeg->C = (y1-y0)/(x1-x0); pSeg->B = y1 - x1*pSeg->C; pSeg->y0 = y0; pSeg->side = side; pSeg->idx = idx; pEvent = p->aEvent + p->nEvent; p->nEvent++; pEvent->x = x0; pEvent->eType = 0; pEvent->pSeg = pSeg; pEvent = p->aEvent + p->nEvent; p->nEvent++; pEvent->x = x1; pEvent->eType = 1; pEvent->pSeg = pSeg; } /* ** Insert all segments and events for polygon pPoly. */ static void geopolyAddSegments( GeoOverlap *p, /* Add segments to this Overlap object */ GeoPoly *pPoly, /* Take all segments from this polygon */ unsigned char side /* The side of pPoly */ ){ unsigned int i; GeoCoord *x; for(i=0; i<(unsigned)pPoly->nVertex-1; i++){ x = pPoly->a + (i*2); geopolyAddOneSegment(p, x[0], x[1], x[2], x[3], side, i); } x = pPoly->a + (i*2); geopolyAddOneSegment(p, x[0], x[1], pPoly->a[0], pPoly->a[1], side, i); } /* ** Merge two lists of sorted events by X coordinate */ static GeoEvent *geopolyEventMerge(GeoEvent *pLeft, GeoEvent *pRight){ GeoEvent head, *pLast; head.pNext = 0; pLast = &head; while( pRight && pLeft ){ if( pRight->x <= pLeft->x ){ pLast->pNext = pRight; pLast = pRight; pRight = pRight->pNext; }else{ pLast->pNext = pLeft; pLast = pLeft; pLeft = pLeft->pNext; } } pLast->pNext = pRight ? pRight : pLeft; return head.pNext; } /* ** Sort an array of nEvent event objects into a list. */ static GeoEvent *geopolySortEventsByX(GeoEvent *aEvent, int nEvent){ int mx = 0; int i, j; GeoEvent *p; GeoEvent *a[50]; for(i=0; ipNext = 0; for(j=0; j=mx ) mx = j+1; } p = 0; for(i=0; iy - pLeft->y; if( r==0.0 ) r = pRight->C - pLeft->C; if( r<0.0 ){ pLast->pNext = pRight; pLast = pRight; pRight = pRight->pNext; }else{ pLast->pNext = pLeft; pLast = pLeft; pLeft = pLeft->pNext; } } pLast->pNext = pRight ? pRight : pLeft; return head.pNext; } /* ** Sort a list of GeoSegments in order of increasing Y and in the event of ** a tie, increasing C (slope). */ static GeoSegment *geopolySortSegmentsByYAndC(GeoSegment *pList){ int mx = 0; int i; GeoSegment *p; GeoSegment *a[50]; while( pList ){ p = pList; pList = pList->pNext; p->pNext = 0; for(i=0; i=mx ) mx = i+1; } p = 0; for(i=0; inVertex + p2->nVertex + 2; GeoOverlap *p; int nByte; GeoEvent *pThisEvent; double rX; int rc = 0; int needSort = 0; GeoSegment *pActive = 0; GeoSegment *pSeg; unsigned char aOverlap[4]; nByte = sizeof(GeoEvent)*nVertex*2 + sizeof(GeoSegment)*nVertex + sizeof(GeoOverlap); p = sqlite3_malloc( nByte ); if( p==0 ) return -1; p->aEvent = (GeoEvent*)&p[1]; p->aSegment = (GeoSegment*)&p->aEvent[nVertex*2]; p->nEvent = p->nSegment = 0; geopolyAddSegments(p, p1, 1); geopolyAddSegments(p, p2, 2); pThisEvent = geopolySortEventsByX(p->aEvent, p->nEvent); rX = pThisEvent->x==0.0 ? -1.0 : 0.0; memset(aOverlap, 0, sizeof(aOverlap)); while( pThisEvent ){ if( pThisEvent->x!=rX ){ GeoSegment *pPrev = 0; int iMask = 0; GEODEBUG(("Distinct X: %g\n", pThisEvent->x)); rX = pThisEvent->x; if( needSort ){ GEODEBUG(("SORT\n")); pActive = geopolySortSegmentsByYAndC(pActive); needSort = 0; } for(pSeg=pActive; pSeg; pSeg=pSeg->pNext){ if( pPrev ){ if( pPrev->y!=pSeg->y ){ GEODEBUG(("MASK: %d\n", iMask)); aOverlap[iMask] = 1; } } iMask ^= pSeg->side; pPrev = pSeg; } pPrev = 0; for(pSeg=pActive; pSeg; pSeg=pSeg->pNext){ double y = pSeg->C*rX + pSeg->B; GEODEBUG(("Segment %d.%d %g->%g\n", pSeg->side, pSeg->idx, pSeg->y, y)); pSeg->y = y; if( pPrev ){ if( pPrev->y>pSeg->y && pPrev->side!=pSeg->side ){ rc = 1; GEODEBUG(("Crossing: %d.%d and %d.%d\n", pPrev->side, pPrev->idx, pSeg->side, pSeg->idx)); goto geopolyOverlapDone; }else if( pPrev->y!=pSeg->y ){ GEODEBUG(("MASK: %d\n", iMask)); aOverlap[iMask] = 1; } } iMask ^= pSeg->side; pPrev = pSeg; } } GEODEBUG(("%s %d.%d C=%g B=%g\n", pThisEvent->eType ? "RM " : "ADD", pThisEvent->pSeg->side, pThisEvent->pSeg->idx, pThisEvent->pSeg->C, pThisEvent->pSeg->B)); if( pThisEvent->eType==0 ){ /* Add a segment */ pSeg = pThisEvent->pSeg; pSeg->y = pSeg->y0; pSeg->pNext = pActive; pActive = pSeg; needSort = 1; }else{ /* Remove a segment */ if( pActive==pThisEvent->pSeg ){ pActive = pActive->pNext; }else{ for(pSeg=pActive; pSeg; pSeg=pSeg->pNext){ if( pSeg->pNext==pThisEvent->pSeg ){ pSeg->pNext = pSeg->pNext->pNext; break; } } } } pThisEvent = pThisEvent->pNext; } if( aOverlap[3]==0 ){ rc = 0; }else if( aOverlap[1]!=0 && aOverlap[2]==0 ){ rc = 3; }else if( aOverlap[1]==0 && aOverlap[2]!=0 ){ rc = 2; }else if( aOverlap[1]==0 && aOverlap[2]==0 ){ rc = 4; }else{ rc = 1; } geopolyOverlapDone: sqlite3_free(p); return rc; } /* ** SQL function: geopoly_overlap(P1,P2) ** ** Determine whether or not P1 and P2 overlap. Return value: ** ** 0 The two polygons are disjoint ** 1 They overlap ** 2 P1 is completely contained within P2 ** 3 P2 is completely contained within P1 ** 4 P1 and P2 are the same polygon ** NULL Either P1 or P2 or both are not valid polygons */ static void geopolyOverlapFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ GeoPoly *p1 = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[0], 0); GeoPoly *p2 = geopolyFuncParam(context, argv[1], 0); if( p1 && p2 ){ int x = geopolyOverlap(p1, p2); if( x<0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); }else{ sqlite3_result_int(context, x); } } sqlite3_free(p1); sqlite3_free(p2); } /* ** Enable or disable debugging output */ static void geopolyDebugFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ #ifdef GEOPOLY_ENABLE_DEBUG geo_debug = sqlite3_value_int(argv[0]); #endif } /* ** This function is the implementation of both the xConnect and xCreate ** methods of the geopoly virtual table. ** ** argv[0] -> module name ** argv[1] -> database name ** argv[2] -> table name ** argv[...] -> column names... */ static int geopolyInit( sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */ void *pAux, /* One of the RTREE_COORD_* constants */ int argc, const char *const*argv, /* Parameters to CREATE TABLE statement */ sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, /* OUT: New virtual table */ char **pzErr, /* OUT: Error message, if any */ int isCreate /* True for xCreate, false for xConnect */ ){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; Rtree *pRtree; int nDb; /* Length of string argv[1] */ int nName; /* Length of string argv[2] */ sqlite3_str *pSql; char *zSql; int ii; sqlite3_vtab_config(db, SQLITE_VTAB_CONSTRAINT_SUPPORT, 1); /* Allocate the sqlite3_vtab structure */ nDb = (int)strlen(argv[1]); nName = (int)strlen(argv[2]); pRtree = (Rtree *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); if( !pRtree ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pRtree, 0, sizeof(Rtree)+nDb+nName+2); pRtree->nBusy = 1; pRtree->base.pModule = &rtreeModule; pRtree->zDb = (char *)&pRtree[1]; pRtree->zName = &pRtree->zDb[nDb+1]; pRtree->eCoordType = RTREE_COORD_REAL32; pRtree->nDim = 2; pRtree->nDim2 = 4; memcpy(pRtree->zDb, argv[1], nDb); memcpy(pRtree->zName, argv[2], nName); /* Create/Connect to the underlying relational database schema. If ** that is successful, call sqlite3_declare_vtab() to configure ** the r-tree table schema. */ pSql = sqlite3_str_new(db); sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, "CREATE TABLE x(_shape"); pRtree->nAux = 1; /* Add one for _shape */ pRtree->nAuxNotNull = 1; /* The _shape column is always not-null */ for(ii=3; iinAux++; sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ",%s", argv[ii]); } sqlite3_str_appendf(pSql, ");"); zSql = sqlite3_str_finish(pSql); if( !zSql ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3_declare_vtab(db, zSql)) ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } sqlite3_free(zSql); if( rc ) goto geopolyInit_fail; pRtree->nBytesPerCell = 8 + pRtree->nDim2*4; /* Figure out the node size to use. */ rc = getNodeSize(db, pRtree, isCreate, pzErr); if( rc ) goto geopolyInit_fail; rc = rtreeSqlInit(pRtree, db, argv[1], argv[2], isCreate); if( rc ){ *pzErr = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); goto geopolyInit_fail; } *ppVtab = (sqlite3_vtab *)pRtree; return SQLITE_OK; geopolyInit_fail: if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR; assert( *ppVtab==0 ); assert( pRtree->nBusy==1 ); rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } /* ** GEOPOLY virtual table module xCreate method. */ static int geopolyCreate( sqlite3 *db, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, char **pzErr ){ return geopolyInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 1); } /* ** GEOPOLY virtual table module xConnect method. */ static int geopolyConnect( sqlite3 *db, void *pAux, int argc, const char *const*argv, sqlite3_vtab **ppVtab, char **pzErr ){ return geopolyInit(db, pAux, argc, argv, ppVtab, pzErr, 0); } /* ** GEOPOLY virtual table module xFilter method. ** ** Query plans: ** ** 1 rowid lookup ** 2 search for objects overlapping the same bounding box ** that contains polygon argv[0] ** 3 search for objects overlapping the same bounding box ** that contains polygon argv[0] ** 4 full table scan */ static int geopolyFilter( sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor, /* The cursor to initialize */ int idxNum, /* Query plan */ const char *idxStr, /* Not Used */ int argc, sqlite3_value **argv /* Parameters to the query plan */ ){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtabCursor->pVtab; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)pVtabCursor; RtreeNode *pRoot = 0; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int iCell = 0; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; rtreeReference(pRtree); /* Reset the cursor to the same state as rtreeOpen() leaves it in. */ freeCursorConstraints(pCsr); sqlite3_free(pCsr->aPoint); pStmt = pCsr->pReadAux; memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(RtreeCursor)); pCsr->base.pVtab = (sqlite3_vtab*)pRtree; pCsr->pReadAux = pStmt; pCsr->iStrategy = idxNum; if( idxNum==1 ){ /* Special case - lookup by rowid. */ RtreeNode *pLeaf; /* Leaf on which the required cell resides */ RtreeSearchPoint *p; /* Search point for the leaf */ i64 iRowid = sqlite3_value_int64(argv[0]); i64 iNode = 0; rc = findLeafNode(pRtree, iRowid, &pLeaf, &iNode); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pLeaf!=0 ){ p = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, 0); assert( p!=0 ); /* Always returns pCsr->sPoint */ pCsr->aNode[0] = pLeaf; p->id = iNode; p->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; rc = nodeRowidIndex(pRtree, pLeaf, iRowid, &iCell); p->iCell = (u8)iCell; RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-F1:"); }else{ pCsr->atEOF = 1; } }else{ /* Normal case - r-tree scan. Set up the RtreeCursor.aConstraint array ** with the configured constraints. */ rc = nodeAcquire(pRtree, 1, 0, &pRoot); if( rc==SQLITE_OK && idxNum<=3 ){ RtreeCoord bbox[4]; RtreeConstraint *p; assert( argc==1 ); geopolyBBox(0, argv[0], bbox, &rc); if( rc ){ goto geopoly_filter_end; } pCsr->aConstraint = p = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*4); pCsr->nConstraint = 4; if( p==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memset(pCsr->aConstraint, 0, sizeof(RtreeConstraint)*4); memset(pCsr->anQueue, 0, sizeof(u32)*(pRtree->iDepth + 1)); if( idxNum==2 ){ /* Overlap query */ p->op = 'B'; p->iCoord = 0; p->u.rValue = bbox[1].f; p++; p->op = 'D'; p->iCoord = 1; p->u.rValue = bbox[0].f; p++; p->op = 'B'; p->iCoord = 2; p->u.rValue = bbox[3].f; p++; p->op = 'D'; p->iCoord = 3; p->u.rValue = bbox[2].f; }else{ /* Within query */ p->op = 'D'; p->iCoord = 0; p->u.rValue = bbox[0].f; p++; p->op = 'B'; p->iCoord = 1; p->u.rValue = bbox[1].f; p++; p->op = 'D'; p->iCoord = 2; p->u.rValue = bbox[2].f; p++; p->op = 'B'; p->iCoord = 3; p->u.rValue = bbox[3].f; } } } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ RtreeSearchPoint *pNew; pNew = rtreeSearchPointNew(pCsr, RTREE_ZERO, (u8)(pRtree->iDepth+1)); if( pNew==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; goto geopoly_filter_end; } pNew->id = 1; pNew->iCell = 0; pNew->eWithin = PARTLY_WITHIN; assert( pCsr->bPoint==1 ); pCsr->aNode[0] = pRoot; pRoot = 0; RTREE_QUEUE_TRACE(pCsr, "PUSH-Fm:"); rc = rtreeStepToLeaf(pCsr); } } geopoly_filter_end: nodeRelease(pRtree, pRoot); rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } /* ** Rtree virtual table module xBestIndex method. There are three ** table scan strategies to choose from (in order from most to ** least desirable): ** ** idxNum idxStr Strategy ** ------------------------------------------------ ** 1 "rowid" Direct lookup by rowid. ** 2 "rtree" R-tree overlap query using geopoly_overlap() ** 3 "rtree" R-tree within query using geopoly_within() ** 4 "fullscan" full-table scan. ** ------------------------------------------------ */ static int geopolyBestIndex(sqlite3_vtab *tab, sqlite3_index_info *pIdxInfo){ int ii; int iRowidTerm = -1; int iFuncTerm = -1; int idxNum = 0; for(ii=0; iinConstraint; ii++){ struct sqlite3_index_constraint *p = &pIdxInfo->aConstraint[ii]; if( !p->usable ) continue; if( p->iColumn<0 && p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ ){ iRowidTerm = ii; break; } if( p->iColumn==0 && p->op>=SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION ){ /* p->op==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION for geopoly_overlap() ** p->op==(SQLITE_INDEX_CONTRAINT_FUNCTION+1) for geopoly_within(). ** See geopolyFindFunction() */ iFuncTerm = ii; idxNum = p->op - SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION + 2; } } if( iRowidTerm>=0 ){ pIdxInfo->idxNum = 1; pIdxInfo->idxStr = "rowid"; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[iRowidTerm].argvIndex = 1; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[iRowidTerm].omit = 1; pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 30.0; pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 1; pIdxInfo->idxFlags = SQLITE_INDEX_SCAN_UNIQUE; return SQLITE_OK; } if( iFuncTerm>=0 ){ pIdxInfo->idxNum = idxNum; pIdxInfo->idxStr = "rtree"; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[iFuncTerm].argvIndex = 1; pIdxInfo->aConstraintUsage[iFuncTerm].omit = 0; pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 300.0; pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 10; return SQLITE_OK; } pIdxInfo->idxNum = 4; pIdxInfo->idxStr = "fullscan"; pIdxInfo->estimatedCost = 3000000.0; pIdxInfo->estimatedRows = 100000; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** GEOPOLY virtual table module xColumn method. */ static int geopolyColumn(sqlite3_vtab_cursor *cur, sqlite3_context *ctx, int i){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)cur->pVtab; RtreeCursor *pCsr = (RtreeCursor *)cur; RtreeSearchPoint *p = rtreeSearchPointFirst(pCsr); int rc = SQLITE_OK; RtreeNode *pNode = rtreeNodeOfFirstSearchPoint(pCsr, &rc); if( rc ) return rc; if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; if( i==0 && sqlite3_vtab_nochange(ctx) ) return SQLITE_OK; if( i<=pRtree->nAux ){ if( !pCsr->bAuxValid ){ if( pCsr->pReadAux==0 ){ rc = sqlite3_prepare_v3(pRtree->db, pRtree->zReadAuxSql, -1, 0, &pCsr->pReadAux, 0); if( rc ) return rc; } sqlite3_bind_int64(pCsr->pReadAux, 1, nodeGetRowid(pRtree, pNode, p->iCell)); rc = sqlite3_step(pCsr->pReadAux); if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){ pCsr->bAuxValid = 1; }else{ sqlite3_reset(pCsr->pReadAux); if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; return rc; } } sqlite3_result_value(ctx, sqlite3_column_value(pCsr->pReadAux, i+2)); } return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The xUpdate method for GEOPOLY module virtual tables. ** ** For DELETE: ** ** argv[0] = the rowid to be deleted ** ** For INSERT: ** ** argv[0] = SQL NULL ** argv[1] = rowid to insert, or an SQL NULL to select automatically ** argv[2] = _shape column ** argv[3] = first application-defined column.... ** ** For UPDATE: ** ** argv[0] = rowid to modify. Never NULL ** argv[1] = rowid after the change. Never NULL ** argv[2] = new value for _shape ** argv[3] = new value for first application-defined column.... */ static int geopolyUpdate( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nData, sqlite3_value **aData, sqlite_int64 *pRowid ){ Rtree *pRtree = (Rtree *)pVtab; int rc = SQLITE_OK; RtreeCell cell; /* New cell to insert if nData>1 */ i64 oldRowid; /* The old rowid */ int oldRowidValid; /* True if oldRowid is valid */ i64 newRowid; /* The new rowid */ int newRowidValid; /* True if newRowid is valid */ int coordChange = 0; /* Change in coordinates */ if( pRtree->nNodeRef ){ /* Unable to write to the btree while another cursor is reading from it, ** since the write might do a rebalance which would disrupt the read ** cursor. */ return SQLITE_LOCKED_VTAB; } rtreeReference(pRtree); assert(nData>=1); oldRowidValid = sqlite3_value_type(aData[0])!=SQLITE_NULL;; oldRowid = oldRowidValid ? sqlite3_value_int64(aData[0]) : 0; newRowidValid = nData>1 && sqlite3_value_type(aData[1])!=SQLITE_NULL; newRowid = newRowidValid ? sqlite3_value_int64(aData[1]) : 0; cell.iRowid = newRowid; if( nData>1 /* not a DELETE */ && (!oldRowidValid /* INSERT */ || !sqlite3_value_nochange(aData[2]) /* UPDATE _shape */ || oldRowid!=newRowid) /* Rowid change */ ){ geopolyBBox(0, aData[2], cell.aCoord, &rc); if( rc ){ if( rc==SQLITE_ERROR ){ pVtab->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("_shape does not contain a valid polygon"); } goto geopoly_update_end; } coordChange = 1; /* If a rowid value was supplied, check if it is already present in ** the table. If so, the constraint has failed. */ if( newRowidValid && (!oldRowidValid || oldRowid!=newRowid) ){ int steprc; sqlite3_bind_int64(pRtree->pReadRowid, 1, cell.iRowid); steprc = sqlite3_step(pRtree->pReadRowid); rc = sqlite3_reset(pRtree->pReadRowid); if( SQLITE_ROW==steprc ){ if( sqlite3_vtab_on_conflict(pRtree->db)==SQLITE_REPLACE ){ rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, cell.iRowid); }else{ rc = rtreeConstraintError(pRtree, 0); } } } } /* If aData[0] is not an SQL NULL value, it is the rowid of a ** record to delete from the r-tree table. The following block does ** just that. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (nData==1 || (coordChange && oldRowidValid)) ){ rc = rtreeDeleteRowid(pRtree, oldRowid); } /* If the aData[] array contains more than one element, elements ** (aData[2]..aData[argc-1]) contain a new record to insert into ** the r-tree structure. */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 && coordChange ){ /* Insert the new record into the r-tree */ RtreeNode *pLeaf = 0; if( !newRowidValid ){ rc = rtreeNewRowid(pRtree, &cell.iRowid); } *pRowid = cell.iRowid; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = ChooseLeaf(pRtree, &cell, 0, &pLeaf); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; pRtree->iReinsertHeight = -1; rc = rtreeInsertCell(pRtree, pLeaf, &cell, 0); rc2 = nodeRelease(pRtree, pLeaf); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = rc2; } } } /* Change the data */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nData>1 ){ sqlite3_stmt *pUp = pRtree->pWriteAux; int jj; int nChange = 0; sqlite3_bind_int64(pUp, 1, cell.iRowid); assert( pRtree->nAux>=1 ); if( sqlite3_value_nochange(aData[2]) ){ sqlite3_bind_null(pUp, 2); }else{ sqlite3_bind_value(pUp, 2, aData[2]); nChange = 1; } for(jj=1; jjnAux; jj++){ nChange++; sqlite3_bind_value(pUp, jj+2, aData[jj+2]); } if( nChange ){ sqlite3_step(pUp); rc = sqlite3_reset(pUp); } } geopoly_update_end: rtreeRelease(pRtree); return rc; } /* ** Report that geopoly_overlap() is an overloaded function suitable ** for use in xBestIndex. */ static int geopolyFindFunction( sqlite3_vtab *pVtab, int nArg, const char *zName, void (**pxFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**), void **ppArg ){ if( sqlite3_stricmp(zName, "geopoly_overlap")==0 ){ *pxFunc = geopolyOverlapFunc; *ppArg = 0; return SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION; } if( sqlite3_stricmp(zName, "geopoly_within")==0 ){ *pxFunc = geopolyWithinFunc; *ppArg = 0; return SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_FUNCTION+1; } return 0; } static sqlite3_module geopolyModule = { 2, /* iVersion */ geopolyCreate, /* xCreate - create a table */ geopolyConnect, /* xConnect - connect to an existing table */ geopolyBestIndex, /* xBestIndex - Determine search strategy */ rtreeDisconnect, /* xDisconnect - Disconnect from a table */ rtreeDestroy, /* xDestroy - Drop a table */ rtreeOpen, /* xOpen - open a cursor */ rtreeClose, /* xClose - close a cursor */ geopolyFilter, /* xFilter - configure scan constraints */ rtreeNext, /* xNext - advance a cursor */ rtreeEof, /* xEof */ geopolyColumn, /* xColumn - read data */ rtreeRowid, /* xRowid - read data */ geopolyUpdate, /* xUpdate - write data */ rtreeBeginTransaction, /* xBegin - begin transaction */ rtreeEndTransaction, /* xSync - sync transaction */ rtreeEndTransaction, /* xCommit - commit transaction */ rtreeEndTransaction, /* xRollback - rollback transaction */ geopolyFindFunction, /* xFindFunction - function overloading */ rtreeRename, /* xRename - rename the table */ rtreeSavepoint, /* xSavepoint */ 0, /* xRelease */ 0, /* xRollbackTo */ }; static int sqlite3_geopoly_init(sqlite3 *db){ int rc = SQLITE_OK; static const struct { void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); int nArg; const char *zName; } aFunc[] = { { geopolyAreaFunc, 1, "geopoly_area" }, { geopolyBlobFunc, 1, "geopoly_blob" }, { geopolyJsonFunc, 1, "geopoly_json" }, { geopolySvgFunc, -1, "geopoly_svg" }, { geopolyWithinFunc, 2, "geopoly_within" }, { geopolyContainsPointFunc, 3, "geopoly_contains_point" }, { geopolyOverlapFunc, 2, "geopoly_overlap" }, { geopolyDebugFunc, 1, "geopoly_debug" }, { geopolyBBoxFunc, 1, "geopoly_bbox" }, { geopolyXformFunc, 7, "geopoly_xform" }, }; static const struct { void (*xStep)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); void (*xFinal)(sqlite3_context*); const char *zName; } aAgg[] = { { geopolyBBoxStep, geopolyBBoxFinal, "geopoly_group_bbox" }, }; int i; for(i=0; ixDestructor ) pInfo->xDestructor(pInfo->pContext); sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** This routine frees the BLOB that is returned by geomCallback(). */ static void rtreeMatchArgFree(void *pArg){ int i; RtreeMatchArg *p = (RtreeMatchArg*)pArg; for(i=0; inParam; i++){ sqlite3_value_free(p->apSqlParam[i]); } sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** Each call to sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback() or ** sqlite3_rtree_query_callback() creates an ordinary SQLite ** scalar function that is implemented by this routine. ** ** All this function does is construct an RtreeMatchArg object that ** contains the geometry-checking callback routines and a list of ** parameters to this function, then return that RtreeMatchArg object ** as a BLOB. ** ** The R-Tree MATCH operator will read the returned BLOB, deserialize ** the RtreeMatchArg object, and use the RtreeMatchArg object to figure ** out which elements of the R-Tree should be returned by the query. */ static void geomCallback(sqlite3_context *ctx, int nArg, sqlite3_value **aArg){ RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_user_data(ctx); RtreeMatchArg *pBlob; int nBlob; int memErr = 0; nBlob = sizeof(RtreeMatchArg) + (nArg-1)*sizeof(RtreeDValue) + nArg*sizeof(sqlite3_value*); pBlob = (RtreeMatchArg *)sqlite3_malloc(nBlob); if( !pBlob ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); }else{ int i; pBlob->iSize = nBlob; pBlob->cb = pGeomCtx[0]; pBlob->apSqlParam = (sqlite3_value**)&pBlob->aParam[nArg]; pBlob->nParam = nArg; for(i=0; iapSqlParam[i] = sqlite3_value_dup(aArg[i]); if( pBlob->apSqlParam[i]==0 ) memErr = 1; #ifdef SQLITE_RTREE_INT_ONLY pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_int64(aArg[i]); #else pBlob->aParam[i] = sqlite3_value_double(aArg[i]); #endif } if( memErr ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(ctx); rtreeMatchArgFree(pBlob); }else{ sqlite3_result_pointer(ctx, pBlob, "RtreeMatchArg", rtreeMatchArgFree); } } } /* ** Register a new geometry function for use with the r-tree MATCH operator. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_geometry_callback( sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */ const char *zGeom, /* Name of the new SQL function */ int (*xGeom)(sqlite3_rtree_geometry*,int,RtreeDValue*,int*), /* Callback */ void *pContext /* Extra data associated with the callback */ ){ RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pGeomCtx->xGeom = xGeom; pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = 0; pGeomCtx->xDestructor = 0; pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zGeom, -1, SQLITE_ANY, (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback ); } /* ** Register a new 2nd-generation geometry function for use with the ** r-tree MATCH operator. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_query_callback( sqlite3 *db, /* Register SQL function on this connection */ const char *zQueryFunc, /* Name of new SQL function */ int (*xQueryFunc)(sqlite3_rtree_query_info*), /* Callback */ void *pContext, /* Extra data passed into the callback */ void (*xDestructor)(void*) /* Destructor for the extra data */ ){ RtreeGeomCallback *pGeomCtx; /* Context object for new user-function */ /* Allocate and populate the context object. */ pGeomCtx = (RtreeGeomCallback *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(RtreeGeomCallback)); if( !pGeomCtx ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pGeomCtx->xGeom = 0; pGeomCtx->xQueryFunc = xQueryFunc; pGeomCtx->xDestructor = xDestructor; pGeomCtx->pContext = pContext; return sqlite3_create_function_v2(db, zQueryFunc, -1, SQLITE_ANY, (void *)pGeomCtx, geomCallback, 0, 0, rtreeFreeCallback ); } #if !SQLITE_CORE #ifdef _WIN32 __declspec(dllexport) #endif SQLITE_API int sqlite3_rtree_init( sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) return sqlite3RtreeInit(db); } #endif #endif /************** End of rtree.c ***********************************************/ /************** Begin file icu.c *********************************************/ /* ** 2007 May 6 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $ ** ** This file implements an integration between the ICU library ** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library ** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses ** ICU to provide the following to SQLite: ** ** * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP ** operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs. ** ** * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions ** for case mapping. ** ** * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation sequences. ** ** * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to ** provide case-independent matching. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) \ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) \ || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU_COLLATIONS) /* Include ICU headers */ #include #include #include #include /* #include */ #ifndef SQLITE_CORE /* #include "sqlite3ext.h" */ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1 #else /* #include "sqlite3.h" */ #endif /* ** This function is called when an ICU function called from within ** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error. ** ** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is ** loaded with an error message based on the following two args. */ static void icuFunctionError( sqlite3_context *pCtx, /* SQLite scalar function context */ const char *zName, /* Name of ICU function that failed */ UErrorCode e /* Error code returned by ICU function */ ){ char zBuf[128]; sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e)); zBuf[127] = '\0'; sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1); } #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) /* ** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB ** operator. */ #ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH # define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000 #endif /* ** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro. */ static void xFree(void *p){ sqlite3_free(p); } /* ** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of ** a multi-byte UTF8 character. It is copied here from SQLite source ** code file utf8.c. */ static const unsigned char icuUtf8Trans1[] = { 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17, 0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, }; #define SQLITE_ICU_READ_UTF8(zIn, c) \ c = *(zIn++); \ if( c>=0xc0 ){ \ c = icuUtf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \ while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \ c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \ } \ } #define SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zIn) \ assert( *zIn ); \ if( *(zIn++)>=0xc0 ){ \ while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){zIn++;} \ } /* ** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is ** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and ** false (0) if they are different. */ static int icuLikeCompare( const uint8_t *zPattern, /* LIKE pattern */ const uint8_t *zString, /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */ const UChar32 uEsc /* The escape character */ ){ static const uint32_t MATCH_ONE = (uint32_t)'_'; static const uint32_t MATCH_ALL = (uint32_t)'%'; int prevEscape = 0; /* True if the previous character was uEsc */ while( 1 ){ /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */ uint32_t uPattern; SQLITE_ICU_READ_UTF8(zPattern, uPattern); if( uPattern==0 ) break; /* There are now 4 possibilities: ** ** 1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%", ** 2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_", ** 3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or ** 4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character */ if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){ /* Case 1. */ uint8_t c; /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the ** test string. */ while( (c=*zPattern) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){ if( c==MATCH_ONE ){ if( *zString==0 ) return 0; SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString); } zPattern++; } if( *zPattern==0 ) return 1; while( *zString ){ if( icuLikeCompare(zPattern, zString, uEsc) ){ return 1; } SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString); } return 0; }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){ /* Case 2. */ if( *zString==0 ) return 0; SQLITE_ICU_SKIP_UTF8(zString); }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==(uint32_t)uEsc){ /* Case 3. */ prevEscape = 1; }else{ /* Case 4. */ uint32_t uString; SQLITE_ICU_READ_UTF8(zString, uString); uString = (uint32_t)u_foldCase((UChar32)uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT); uPattern = (uint32_t)u_foldCase((UChar32)uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT); if( uString!=uPattern ){ return 0; } prevEscape = 0; } } return *zString==0; } /* ** Implementation of the like() SQL function. This function implements ** the build-in LIKE operator. The first argument to the function is the ** pattern and the second argument is the string. So, the SQL statements: ** ** A LIKE B ** ** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, ** ** A LIKE B ESCAPE E ** ** is mapped to like(B, A, E). */ static void icuLikeFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]); UChar32 uEsc = 0; /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare(). */ if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1); return; } if( argc==3 ){ /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character. ** Otherwise, return an error. */ int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]); const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]); int i = 0; if( zE==0 ) return; U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc); if( i!=nE){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1); return; } } if( zA && zB ){ sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc)); } } /* ** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as ** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata(). */ static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){ URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p; uregex_close(pExpr); } /* ** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes ** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile ** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either ** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result ** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise. ** ** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such ** that the following two are equivalent: ** ** zString REGEXP zPattern ** regexp(zPattern, zString) ** ** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs: ** ** uregex_open() ** uregex_matches() ** uregex_close() */ static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; URegularExpression *pExpr; UBool res; const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]); (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, ** then the result is also NULL. */ if( !zString ){ return; } pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0); if( !pExpr ){ const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]); if( !zPattern ){ return; } pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status); if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){ sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete); }else{ assert(!pExpr); icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status); return; } } /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */ uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status); if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status); return; } /* Attempt the match */ res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status); if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status); return; } /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid ** pointer after this function returns. */ uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status); /* Return 1 or 0. */ sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0); } /* ** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and ** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC). ** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc). ** ** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and ** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences ** between the two. ** ** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar ** functions are invoked with one argument: ** ** upper('ABC') -> 'abc' ** lower('abc') -> 'ABC' ** ** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower() ** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name ** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value ** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version ** of upper() or lower(). ** ** lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i' ** lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> '\u131' (small dotless i) ** ** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings */ static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){ const UChar *zInput; /* Pointer to input string */ UChar *zOutput = 0; /* Pointer to output buffer */ int nInput; /* Size of utf-16 input string in bytes */ int nOut; /* Size of output buffer in bytes */ int cnt; int bToUpper; /* True for toupper(), false for tolower() */ UErrorCode status; const char *zLocale = 0; assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2); bToUpper = (sqlite3_user_data(p)!=0); if( nArg==2 ){ zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); } zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]); if( !zInput ){ return; } nOut = nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]); if( nOut==0 ){ sqlite3_result_text16(p, "", 0, SQLITE_STATIC); return; } for(cnt=0; cnt<2; cnt++){ UChar *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(zOutput, nOut); if( zNew==0 ){ sqlite3_free(zOutput); sqlite3_result_error_nomem(p); return; } zOutput = zNew; status = U_ZERO_ERROR; if( bToUpper ){ nOut = 2*u_strToUpper(zOutput,nOut/2,zInput,nInput/2,zLocale,&status); }else{ nOut = 2*u_strToLower(zOutput,nOut/2,zInput,nInput/2,zLocale,&status); } if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){ sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, nOut, xFree); }else if( status==U_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_ERROR ){ assert( cnt==0 ); continue; }else{ icuFunctionError(p, bToUpper ? "u_strToUpper" : "u_strToLower", status); } return; } assert( 0 ); /* Unreachable */ } #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */ /* ** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to ** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open(). */ static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){ UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx; ucol_close(p); } /* ** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to ** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open(). */ static int icuCollationColl( void *pCtx, int nLeft, const void *zLeft, int nRight, const void *zRight ){ UCollationResult res; UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx; res = ucol_strcoll(p, (UChar *)zLeft, nLeft/2, (UChar *)zRight, nRight/2); switch( res ){ case UCOL_LESS: return -1; case UCOL_GREATER: return +1; case UCOL_EQUAL: return 0; } assert(!"Unexpected return value from ucol_strcoll()"); return 0; } /* ** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation(). ** ** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation ** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called ** as follows: ** ** SELECT icu_load_collation(, ); ** ** Where is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e. ** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and is the name of the ** collation sequence to create. */ static void icuLoadCollation( sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg ){ sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p); UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; const char *zLocale; /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */ const char *zName; /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */ UCollator *pUCollator; /* ICU library collation object */ int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */ assert(nArg==2); (void)nArg; /* Unused parameter */ zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]); zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]); if( !zLocale || !zName ){ return; } pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status); if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status); return; } assert(p); rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel ); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ ucol_close(pUCollator); sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1); } } /* ** Register the ICU extension functions with database db. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){ static const struct IcuScalar { const char *zName; /* Function name */ unsigned char nArg; /* Number of arguments */ unsigned short enc; /* Optimal text encoding */ unsigned char iContext; /* sqlite3_user_data() context */ void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**); } scalars[] = { {"icu_load_collation", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 1, icuLoadCollation}, #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) {"regexp", 2, SQLITE_ANY|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuRegexpFunc}, {"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, {"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, {"upper", 1, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 1, icuCaseFunc16}, {"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF16|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 1, icuCaseFunc16}, {"lower", 1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, {"lower", 2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuCaseFunc16}, {"upper", 1, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 1, icuCaseFunc16}, {"upper", 2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 1, icuCaseFunc16}, {"like", 2, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuLikeFunc}, {"like", 3, SQLITE_UTF8|SQLITE_DETERMINISTIC, 0, icuLikeFunc}, #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */ }; int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(int)(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(scalars[0])); i++){ const struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i]; rc = sqlite3_create_function( db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->iContext ? (void*)db : (void*)0, p->xFunc, 0, 0 ); } return rc; } #if !SQLITE_CORE #ifdef _WIN32 __declspec(dllexport) #endif SQLITE_API int sqlite3_icu_init( sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg, const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi ){ SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi) return sqlite3IcuInit(db); } #endif #endif /************** End of icu.c *************************************************/ /************** Begin file fts3_icu.c ****************************************/ /* ** 2007 June 22 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library. */ /* #include "fts3Int.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include "fts3_tokenizer.h" */ #include /* #include */ /* #include */ #include typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer; typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor; struct IcuTokenizer { sqlite3_tokenizer base; char *zLocale; }; struct IcuCursor { sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base; UBreakIterator *pIter; /* ICU break-iterator object */ int nChar; /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */ UChar *aChar; /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */ int *aOffset; /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */ int nBuffer; char *zBuffer; int iToken; }; /* ** Create a new tokenizer instance. */ static int icuCreate( int argc, /* Number of entries in argv[] */ const char * const *argv, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */ sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */ ){ IcuTokenizer *p; int n = 0; if( argc>0 ){ n = strlen(argv[0])+1; } p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n); if( !p ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer)); if( n ){ p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1]; memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n); } *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Destroy a tokenizer */ static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){ IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; sqlite3_free(p); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input ** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor ** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in ** *ppCursor. */ static int icuOpen( sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */ const char *zInput, /* Input string */ int nInput, /* Length of zInput in bytes */ sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */ ){ IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer; IcuCursor *pCsr; const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT; UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; int nChar; UChar32 c; int iInput = 0; int iOut = 0; *ppCursor = 0; if( zInput==0 ){ nInput = 0; zInput = ""; }else if( nInput<0 ){ nInput = strlen(zInput); } nChar = nInput+1; pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */ ((nChar+3)&~3) * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */ (nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */ ); if( !pCsr ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor)); pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1]; pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[(nChar+3)&~3]; pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); while( c>0 ){ int isError = 0; c = u_foldCase(c, opt); U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError); if( isError ){ sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_ERROR; } pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput; if( iInputpIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status); if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){ sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_ERROR; } pCsr->nChar = iOut; ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter); *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen(). */ static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){ IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter); sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer); sqlite3_free(pCsr); return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. */ static int icuNext( sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */ const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */ int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */ int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */ int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */ int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */ ){ IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor; int iStart = 0; int iEnd = 0; int nByte = 0; while( iStart==iEnd ){ UChar32 c; iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter); iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter); if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){ return SQLITE_DONE; } while( iStartaChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c); if( u_isspace(c) ){ iStart = iWhite; }else{ break; } } assert(iStart<=iEnd); } do { UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR; if( nByte ){ char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte); if( !zNew ){ return SQLITE_NOMEM; } pCsr->zBuffer = zNew; pCsr->nBuffer = nByte; } u_strToUTF8( pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte, /* Output vars */ &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart, /* Input vars */ &status /* Output success/failure */ ); } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer ); *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer; *pnBytes = nByte; *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart]; *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd]; *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++; return SQLITE_OK; } /* ** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer */ static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = { 0, /* iVersion */ icuCreate, /* xCreate */ icuDestroy, /* xCreate */ icuOpen, /* xOpen */ icuClose, /* xClose */ icuNext, /* xNext */ 0, /* xLanguageid */ }; /* ** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer. */ SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule( sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule ){ *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule; } #endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */ #endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */ /************** End of fts3_icu.c ********************************************/ /************** Begin file sqlite3rbu.c **************************************/ /* ** 2014 August 30 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** ** OVERVIEW ** ** The RBU extension requires that the RBU update be packaged as an ** SQLite database. The tables it expects to find are described in ** sqlite3rbu.h. Essentially, for each table xyz in the target database ** that the user wishes to write to, a corresponding data_xyz table is ** created in the RBU database and populated with one row for each row to ** update, insert or delete from the target table. ** ** The update proceeds in three stages: ** ** 1) The database is updated. The modified database pages are written ** to a *-oal file. A *-oal file is just like a *-wal file, except ** that it is named "-oal" instead of "-wal". ** Because regular SQLite clients do not look for file named ** "-oal", they go on using the original database in ** rollback mode while the *-oal file is being generated. ** ** During this stage RBU does not update the database by writing ** directly to the target tables. Instead it creates "imposter" ** tables using the SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER interface that it uses ** to update each b-tree individually. All updates required by each ** b-tree are completed before moving on to the next, and all ** updates are done in sorted key order. ** ** 2) The "-oal" file is moved to the equivalent "-wal" ** location using a call to rename(2). Before doing this the RBU ** module takes an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file, ensuring ** that there are no other active readers. ** ** Once the EXCLUSIVE lock is released, any other database readers ** detect the new *-wal file and read the database in wal mode. At ** this point they see the new version of the database - including ** the updates made as part of the RBU update. ** ** 3) The new *-wal file is checkpointed. This proceeds in the same way ** as a regular database checkpoint, except that a single frame is ** checkpointed each time sqlite3rbu_step() is called. If the RBU ** handle is closed before the entire *-wal file is checkpointed, ** the checkpoint progress is saved in the RBU database and the ** checkpoint can be resumed by another RBU client at some point in ** the future. ** ** POTENTIAL PROBLEMS ** ** The rename() call might not be portable. And RBU is not currently ** syncing the directory after renaming the file. ** ** When state is saved, any commit to the *-oal file and the commit to ** the RBU update database are not atomic. So if the power fails at the ** wrong moment they might get out of sync. As the main database will be ** committed before the RBU update database this will likely either just ** pass unnoticed, or result in SQLITE_CONSTRAINT errors (due to UNIQUE ** constraint violations). ** ** If some client does modify the target database mid RBU update, or some ** other error occurs, the RBU extension will keep throwing errors. It's ** not really clear how to get out of this state. The system could just ** by delete the RBU update database and *-oal file and have the device ** download the update again and start over. ** ** At present, for an UPDATE, both the new.* and old.* records are ** collected in the rbu_xyz table. And for both UPDATEs and DELETEs all ** fields are collected. This means we're probably writing a lot more ** data to disk when saving the state of an ongoing update to the RBU ** update database than is strictly necessary. ** */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include */ /* #include "sqlite3.h" */ #if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_RBU) /************** Include sqlite3rbu.h in the middle of sqlite3rbu.c ***********/ /************** Begin file sqlite3rbu.h **************************************/ /* ** 2014 August 30 ** ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: ** ** May you do good and not evil. ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. ** ************************************************************************* ** ** This file contains the public interface for the RBU extension. */ /* ** SUMMARY ** ** Writing a transaction containing a large number of operations on ** b-tree indexes that are collectively larger than the available cache ** memory can be very inefficient. ** ** The problem is that in order to update a b-tree, the leaf page (at least) ** containing the entry being inserted or deleted must be modified. If the ** working set of leaves is larger than the available cache memory, then a ** single leaf that is modified more than once as part of the transaction ** may be loaded from or written to the persistent media multiple times. ** Additionally, because the index updates are likely to be applied in ** random order, access to pages within the database is also likely to be in ** random order, which is itself quite inefficient. ** ** One way to improve the situation is to sort the operations on each index ** by index key before applying them to the b-tree. This leads to an IO ** pattern that resembles a single linear scan through the index b-tree, ** and all but guarantees each modified leaf page is loaded and stored ** exactly once. SQLite uses this trick to improve the performance of ** CREATE INDEX commands. This extension allows it to be used to improve ** the performance of large transactions on existing databases. ** ** Additionally, this extension allows the work involved in writing the ** large transaction to be broken down into sub-transactions performed ** sequentially by separate processes. This is useful if the system cannot ** guarantee that a single update process will run for long enough to apply ** the entire update, for example because the update is being applied on a ** mobile device that is frequently rebooted. Even after the writer process ** has committed one or more sub-transactions, other database clients continue ** to read from the original database snapshot. In other words, partially ** applied transactions are not visible to other clients. ** ** "RBU" stands for "Resumable Bulk Update". As in a large database update ** transmitted via a wireless network to a mobile device. A transaction ** applied using this extension is hence refered to as an "RBU update". ** ** ** LIMITATIONS ** ** An "RBU update" transaction is subject to the following limitations: ** ** * The transaction must consist of INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE operations ** only. ** ** * INSERT statements may not use any default values. ** ** * UPDATE and DELETE statements must identify their target rows by ** non-NULL PRIMARY KEY values. Rows with NULL values stored in PRIMARY ** KEY fields may not be updated or deleted. If the table being written ** has no PRIMARY KEY, affected rows must be identified by rowid. ** ** * UPDATE statements may not modify PRIMARY KEY columns. ** ** * No triggers will be fired. ** ** * No foreign key violations are detected or reported. ** ** * CHECK constraints are not enforced. ** ** * No constraint handling mode except for "OR ROLLBACK" is supported. ** ** ** PREPARATION ** ** An "RBU update" is stored as a separate SQLite database. A database ** containing an RBU update is an "RBU database". For each table in the ** target database to be updated, the RBU database should contain a table ** named "data_" containing the same set of columns as the ** target table, and one more - "rbu_control". The data_% table should ** have no PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE constraints, but each column should have ** the same type as the corresponding column in the target database. ** The "rbu_control" column should have no type at all. For example, if ** the target database contains: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, b TEXT, c UNIQUE); ** ** Then the RBU database should contain: ** ** CREATE TABLE data_t1(a INTEGER, b TEXT, c, rbu_control); ** ** The order of the columns in the data_% table does not matter. ** ** Instead of a regular table, the RBU database may also contain virtual ** tables or view named using the data_ naming scheme. ** ** Instead of the plain data_ naming scheme, RBU database tables ** may also be named data_, where is any sequence ** of zero or more numeric characters (0-9). This can be significant because ** tables within the RBU database are always processed in order sorted by ** name. By judicious selection of the portion of the names ** of the RBU tables the user can therefore control the order in which they ** are processed. This can be useful, for example, to ensure that "external ** content" FTS4 tables are updated before their underlying content tables. ** ** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table that has no ** PRIMARY KEY declaration, the data_% table must also contain a column ** named "rbu_rowid". This column is mapped to the tables implicit primary ** key column - "rowid". Virtual tables for which the "rowid" column does ** not function like a primary key value cannot be updated using RBU. For ** example, if the target db contains either of the following: ** ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE x1 USING fts3(a, b); ** CREATE TABLE x1(a, b) ** ** then the RBU database should contain: ** ** CREATE TABLE data_x1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); ** ** All non-hidden columns (i.e. all columns matched by "SELECT *") of the ** target table must be present in the input table. For virtual tables, ** hidden columns are optional - they are updated by RBU if present in ** the input table, or not otherwise. For example, to write to an fts4 ** table with a hidden languageid column such as: ** ** CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE ft1 USING fts4(a, b, languageid='langid'); ** ** Either of the following input table schemas may be used: ** ** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, langid, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); ** CREATE TABLE data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control); ** ** For each row to INSERT into the target database as part of the RBU ** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record ** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 0. The ** other columns should be set to the values that make up the new record ** to insert. ** ** If the target database table has an INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, it is not ** possible to insert a NULL value into the IPK column. Attempting to ** do so results in an SQLITE_MISMATCH error. ** ** For each row to DELETE from the target database as part of the RBU ** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record ** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain integer value 1. The ** real primary key values of the row to delete should be stored in the ** corresponding columns of the data_% table. The values stored in the ** other columns are not used. ** ** For each row to UPDATE from the target database as part of the RBU ** update, the corresponding data_% table should contain a single record ** with the "rbu_control" column set to contain a value of type text. ** The real primary key values identifying the row to update should be ** stored in the corresponding columns of the data_% table row, as should ** the new values of all columns being update. The text value in the ** "rbu_control" column must contain the same number of characters as ** there are columns in the target database table, and must consist entirely ** of 'x' and '.' characters (or in some special cases 'd' - see below). For ** each column that is being updated, the corresponding character is set to ** 'x'. For those that remain as they are, the corresponding character of the ** rbu_control value should be set to '.'. For example, given the tables ** above, the update statement: ** ** UPDATE t1 SET c = 'usa' WHERE a = 4; ** ** is represented by the data_t1 row created by: ** ** INSERT INTO data_t1(a, b, c, rbu_control) VALUES(4, NULL, 'usa', '..x'); ** ** Instead of an 'x' character, characters of the rbu_control value specified ** for UPDATEs may also be set to 'd'. In this case, instead of updating the ** target table with the value stored in the corresponding data_% column, the ** user-defined SQL function "rbu_delta()" is invoked and the result stored in ** the target table column. rbu_delta() is invoked with two arguments - the ** original value currently stored in the target table column and the ** value specified in the data_xxx table. ** ** For example, this row: ** ** INSERT INTO data_t1(a, b, c, rbu_control) VALUES(4, NULL, 'usa', '..d'); ** ** is similar to an UPDATE statement such as: ** ** UPDATE t1 SET c = rbu_delta(c, 'usa') WHERE a = 4; ** ** Finally, if an 'f' character appears in place of a 'd' or 's' in an ** ota_control string, the contents of the data_xxx table column is assumed ** to be a "fossil delta" - a patch to be applied to a blob value in the ** format used by the fossil source-code management system. In this case ** the existing value within the target database table must be of type BLOB. ** It is replaced by the result of applying the specified fossil delta to ** itself. ** ** If the target database table is a virtual table or a table with no PRIMARY ** KEY, the rbu_control value should not include a character corresponding ** to the rbu_rowid value. For example, this: ** ** INSERT INTO data_ft1(a, b, rbu_rowid, rbu_control) ** VALUES(NULL, 'usa', 12, '.x'); ** ** causes a result similar to: ** ** UPDATE ft1 SET b = 'usa' WHERE rowid = 12; ** ** The data_xxx tables themselves should have no PRIMARY KEY declarations. ** However, RBU is more efficient if reading the rows in from each data_xxx ** table in "rowid" order is roughly the same as reading them sorted by ** the PRIMARY KEY of the corresponding target database table. In other ** words, rows should be sorted using the destination table PRIMARY KEY ** fields before they are inserted into the data_xxx tables. ** ** USAGE ** ** The API declared below allows an application to apply an RBU update ** stored on disk to an existing target database. Essentially, the ** application: ** ** 1) Opens an RBU handle using the sqlite3rbu_open() function. ** ** 2) Registers any required virtual table modules with the database ** handle returned by sqlite3rbu_db(). Also, if required, register ** the rbu_delta() implementation. ** ** 3) Calls the sqlite3rbu_step() function one or more times on ** the new handle. Each call to sqlite3rbu_step() performs a single ** b-tree operation, so thousands of calls may be required to apply ** a complete update. ** ** 4) Calls sqlite3rbu_close() to close the RBU update handle. If ** sqlite3rbu_step() has been called enough times to completely ** apply the update to the target database, then the RBU database ** is marked as fully applied. Otherwise, the state of the RBU ** update application is saved in the RBU database for later ** resumption. ** ** See comments below for more detail on APIs. ** ** If an update is only partially applied to the target database by the ** time sqlite3rbu_close() is called, various state information is saved ** within the RBU database. This allows subsequent processes to automatically ** resume the RBU update from where it left off. ** ** To remove all RBU extension state information, returning an RBU database ** to its original contents, it is sufficient to drop all tables that begin ** with the prefix "rbu_" ** ** DATABASE LOCKING ** ** An RBU update may not be applied to a database in WAL mode. Attempting ** to do so is an error (SQLITE_ERROR). ** ** While an RBU handle is open, a SHARED lock may be held on the target ** database file. This means it is possible for other clients to read the ** database, but not to write it. ** ** If an RBU update is started and then suspended before it is completed, ** then an external client writes to the database, then attempting to resume ** the suspended RBU update is also an error (SQLITE_BUSY). */ #ifndef _SQLITE3RBU_H #define _SQLITE3RBU_H /* #include "sqlite3.h" ** Required for error code definitions ** */ #if 0 extern "C" { #endif typedef struct sqlite3rbu sqlite3rbu; /* ** Open an RBU handle. ** ** Argument zTarget is the path to the target database. Argument zRbu is ** the path to the RBU database. Each call to this function must be matched ** by a call to sqlite3rbu_close(). When opening the databases, RBU passes ** the SQLITE_CONFIG_URI flag to sqlite3_open_v2(). So if either zTarget ** or zRbu begin with "file:", it will be interpreted as an SQLite ** database URI, not a regular file name. ** ** If the zState argument is passed a NULL value, the RBU extension stores ** the current state of the update (how many rows have been updated, which ** indexes are yet to be updated etc.) within the RBU database itself. This ** can be convenient, as it means that the RBU application does not need to ** organize removing a separate state file after the update is concluded. ** Or, if zState is non-NULL, it must be a path to a database file in which ** the RBU extension can store the state of the update. ** ** When resuming an RBU update, the zState argument must be passed the same ** value as when the RBU update was started. ** ** Once the RBU update is finished, the RBU extension does not ** automatically remove any zState database file, even if it created it. ** ** By default, RBU uses the default VFS to access the files on disk. To ** use a VFS other than the default, an SQLite "file:" URI containing a ** "vfs=..." option may be passed as the zTarget option. ** ** IMPORTANT NOTE FOR ZIPVFS USERS: The RBU extension works with all of ** SQLite's built-in VFSs, including the multiplexor VFS. However it does ** not work out of the box with zipvfs. Refer to the comment describing ** the zipvfs_create_vfs() API below for details on using RBU with zipvfs. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_open( const char *zTarget, const char *zRbu, const char *zState ); /* ** Open an RBU handle to perform an RBU vacuum on database file zTarget. ** An RBU vacuum is similar to SQLite's built-in VACUUM command, except ** that it can be suspended and resumed like an RBU update. ** ** The second argument to this function identifies a database in which ** to store the state of the RBU vacuum operation if it is suspended. The ** first time sqlite3rbu_vacuum() is called, to start an RBU vacuum ** operation, the state database should either not exist or be empty ** (contain no tables). If an RBU vacuum is suspended by calling ** sqlite3rbu_close() on the RBU handle before sqlite3rbu_step() has ** returned SQLITE_DONE, the vacuum state is stored in the state database. ** The vacuum can be resumed by calling this function to open a new RBU ** handle specifying the same target and state databases. ** ** If the second argument passed to this function is NULL, then the ** name of the state database is "-vacuum", where ** is the name of the target database file. In this case, on UNIX, if the ** state database is not already present in the file-system, it is created ** with the same permissions as the target db is made. ** ** This function does not delete the state database after an RBU vacuum ** is completed, even if it created it. However, if the call to ** sqlite3rbu_close() returns any value other than SQLITE_OK, the contents ** of the state tables within the state database are zeroed. This way, ** the next call to sqlite3rbu_vacuum() opens a handle that starts a ** new RBU vacuum operation. ** ** As with sqlite3rbu_open(), Zipvfs users should rever to the comment ** describing the sqlite3rbu_create_vfs() API function below for ** a description of the complications associated with using RBU with ** zipvfs databases. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3rbu *sqlite3rbu_vacuum( const char *zTarget, const char *zState ); /* ** Configure a limit for the amount of temp space that may be used by ** the RBU handle passed as the first argument. The new limit is specified ** in bytes by the second parameter. If it is positive, the limit is updated. ** If the second parameter to this function is passed zero, then the limit ** is removed entirely. If the second parameter is negative, the limit is ** not modified (this is useful for querying the current limit). ** ** In all cases the returned value is the current limit in bytes (zero ** indicates unlimited). ** ** If the temp space limit is exceeded during operation, an SQLITE_FULL ** error is returned. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size_limit(sqlite3rbu*, sqlite3_int64); /* ** Return the current amount of temp file space, in bytes, currently used by ** the RBU handle passed as the only argument. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_temp_size(sqlite3rbu*); /* ** Internally, each RBU connection uses a separate SQLite database ** connection to access the target and rbu update databases. This ** API allows the application direct access to these database handles. ** ** The first argument passed to this function must be a valid, open, RBU ** handle. The second argument should be passed zero to access the target ** database handle, or non-zero to access the rbu update database handle. ** Accessing the underlying database handles may be useful in the ** following scenarios: ** ** * If any target tables are virtual tables, it may be necessary to ** call sqlite3_create_module() on the target database handle to ** register the required virtual table implementations. ** ** * If the data_xxx tables in the RBU source database are virtual ** tables, the application may need to call sqlite3_create_module() on ** the rbu update db handle to any required virtual table ** implementations. ** ** * If the application uses the "rbu_delta()" feature described above, ** it must use sqlite3_create_function() or similar to register the ** rbu_delta() implementation with the target database handle. ** ** If an error has occurred, either while opening or stepping the RBU object, ** this function may return NULL. The error code and message may be collected ** when sqlite3rbu_close() is called. ** ** Database handles returned by this function remain valid until the next ** call to any sqlite3rbu_xxx() function other than sqlite3rbu_db(). */ SQLITE_API sqlite3 *sqlite3rbu_db(sqlite3rbu*, int bRbu); /* ** Do some work towards applying the RBU update to the target db. ** ** Return SQLITE_DONE if the update has been completely applied, or ** SQLITE_OK if no error occurs but there remains work to do to apply ** the RBU update. If an error does occur, some other error code is ** returned. ** ** Once a call to sqlite3rbu_step() has returned a value other than ** SQLITE_OK, all subsequent calls on the same RBU handle are no-ops ** that immediately return the same value. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_step(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); /* ** Force RBU to save its state to disk. ** ** If a power failure or application crash occurs during an update, following ** system recovery RBU may resume the update from the point at which the state ** was last saved. In other words, from the most recent successful call to ** sqlite3rbu_close() or this function. ** ** SQLITE_OK is returned if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_savestate(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); /* ** Close an RBU handle. ** ** If the RBU update has been completely applied, mark the RBU database ** as fully applied. Otherwise, assuming no error has occurred, save the ** current state of the RBU update appliation to the RBU database. ** ** If an error has already occurred as part of an sqlite3rbu_step() ** or sqlite3rbu_open() call, or if one occurs within this function, an ** SQLite error code is returned. Additionally, if pzErrmsg is not NULL, ** *pzErrmsg may be set to point to a buffer containing a utf-8 formatted ** English language error message. It is the responsibility of the caller to ** eventually free any such buffer using sqlite3_free(). ** ** Otherwise, if no error occurs, this function returns SQLITE_OK if the ** update has been partially applied, or SQLITE_DONE if it has been ** completely applied. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_close(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, char **pzErrmsg); /* ** Return the total number of key-value operations (inserts, deletes or ** updates) that have been performed on the target database since the ** current RBU update was started. */ SQLITE_API sqlite3_int64 sqlite3rbu_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); /* ** Obtain permyriadage (permyriadage is to 10000 as percentage is to 100) ** progress indications for the two stages of an RBU update. This API may ** be useful for driving GUI progress indicators and similar. ** ** An RBU update is divided into two stages: ** ** * Stage 1, in which changes are accumulated in an oal/wal file, and ** * Stage 2, in which the contents of the wal file are copied into the ** main database. ** ** The update is visible to non-RBU clients during stage 2. During stage 1 ** non-RBU reader clients may see the original database. ** ** If this API is called during stage 2 of the update, output variable ** (*pnOne) is set to 10000 to indicate that stage 1 has finished and (*pnTwo) ** to a value between 0 and 10000 to indicate the permyriadage progress of ** stage 2. A value of 5000 indicates that stage 2 is half finished, ** 9000 indicates that it is 90% finished, and so on. ** ** If this API is called during stage 1 of the update, output variable ** (*pnTwo) is set to 0 to indicate that stage 2 has not yet started. The ** value to which (*pnOne) is set depends on whether or not the RBU ** database contains an "rbu_count" table. The rbu_count table, if it ** exists, must contain the same columns as the following: ** ** CREATE TABLE rbu_count(tbl TEXT PRIMARY KEY, cnt INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID; ** ** There must be one row in the table for each source (data_xxx) table within ** the RBU database. The 'tbl' column should contain the name of the source ** table. The 'cnt' column should contain the number of rows within the ** source table. ** ** If the rbu_count table is present and populated correctly and this ** API is called during stage 1, the *pnOne output variable is set to the ** permyriadage progress of the same stage. If the rbu_count table does ** not exist, then (*pnOne) is set to -1 during stage 1. If the rbu_count ** table exists but is not correctly populated, the value of the *pnOne ** output variable during stage 1 is undefined. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rbu_bp_progress(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, int *pnOne, int*pnTwo); /* ** Obtain an indication as to the current stage of an RBU update or vacuum. ** This function always returns one of the SQLITE_RBU_STATE_XXX constants ** defined in this file. Return values should be interpreted as follows: ** ** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_OAL: ** RBU is currently building a *-oal file. The next call to sqlite3rbu_step() ** may either add further data to the *-oal file, or compute data that will ** be added by a subsequent call. ** ** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_MOVE: ** RBU has finished building the *-oal file. The next call to sqlite3rbu_step() ** will move the *-oal file to the equivalent *-wal path. If the current ** operation is an RBU update, then the updated version of the database ** file will become visible to ordinary SQLite clients following the next ** call to sqlite3rbu_step(). ** ** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_CHECKPOINT: ** RBU is currently performing an incremental checkpoint. The next call to ** sqlite3rbu_step() will copy a page of data from the *-wal file into ** the target database file. ** ** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_DONE: ** The RBU operation has finished. Any subsequent calls to sqlite3rbu_step() ** will immediately return SQLITE_DONE. ** ** SQLITE_RBU_STATE_ERROR: ** An error has occurred. Any subsequent calls to sqlite3rbu_step() will ** immediately return the SQLite error code associated with the error. */ #define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_OAL 1 #define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_MOVE 2 #define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_CHECKPOINT 3 #define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_DONE 4 #define SQLITE_RBU_STATE_ERROR 5 SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_state(sqlite3rbu *pRbu); /* ** Create an RBU VFS named zName that accesses the underlying file-system ** via existing VFS zParent. Or, if the zParent parameter is passed NULL, ** then the new RBU VFS uses the default system VFS to access the file-system. ** The new object is registered as a non-default VFS with SQLite before ** returning. ** ** Part of the RBU implementation uses a custom VFS object. Usually, this ** object is created and deleted automatically by RBU. ** ** The exception is for applications that also use zipvfs. In this case, ** the custom VFS must be explicitly created by the user before the RBU ** handle is opened. The RBU VFS should be installed so that the zipvfs ** VFS uses the RBU VFS, which in turn uses any other VFS layers in use ** (for example multiplexor) to access the file-system. For example, ** to assemble an RBU enabled VFS stack that uses both zipvfs and ** multiplexor (error checking omitted): ** ** // Create a VFS named "multiplex" (not the default). ** sqlite3_multiplex_initialize(0, 0); ** ** // Create an rbu VFS named "rbu" that uses multiplexor. If the ** // second argument were replaced with NULL, the "rbu" VFS would ** // access the file-system via the system default VFS, bypassing the ** // multiplexor. ** sqlite3rbu_create_vfs("rbu", "multiplex"); ** ** // Create a zipvfs VFS named "zipvfs" that uses rbu. ** zipvfs_create_vfs_v3("zipvfs", "rbu", 0, xCompressorAlgorithmDetector); ** ** // Make zipvfs the default VFS. ** sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs_find("zipvfs"), 1); ** ** Because the default VFS created above includes a RBU functionality, it ** may be used by RBU clients. Attempting to use RBU with a zipvfs VFS stack ** that does not include the RBU layer results in an error. ** ** The overhead of adding the "rbu" VFS to the system is negligible for ** non-RBU users. There is no harm in an application accessing the ** file-system via "rbu" all the time, even if it only uses RBU functionality ** occasionally. */ SQLITE_API int sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(const char *zName, const char *zParent); /* ** Deregister and destroy an RBU vfs created by an earlier call to ** sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(). ** ** VFS objects are not reference counted. If a VFS object is destroyed ** before all database handles that use it have been closed, the results ** are undefined. */ SQLITE_API void sqlite3rbu_destroy_vfs(const char *zName); #if 0 } /* end of the 'extern "C"' block */ #endif #endif /* _SQLITE3RBU_H */ /************** End of sqlite3rbu.h ******************************************/ /************** Continuing where we left off in sqlite3rbu.c *****************/ #if defined(_WIN32_WCE) /* #include "windows.h" */ #endif /* Maximum number of prepared UPDATE statements held by this module */ #define SQLITE_RBU_UPDATE_CACHESIZE 16 /* Delta checksums disabled by default. Compile with -DRBU_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM ** to enable checksum verification. */ #ifndef RBU_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM # define RBU_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM 0 #endif /* ** Swap two objects of type TYPE. */ #if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION) # define SWAP(TYPE,A,B) {TYPE t=A; A=B; B=t;} #endif /* ** The rbu_state table is used to save the state of a partially applied ** update so that it can be resumed later. The table consists of integer ** keys mapped to values as follows: ** ** RBU_STATE_STAGE: ** May be set to integer values 1, 2, 4 or 5. As follows: ** 1: the *-rbu file is currently under construction. ** 2: the *-rbu file has been constructed, but not yet moved ** to the *-wal path. ** 4: the checkpoint is underway. ** 5: the rbu update has been checkpointed. ** ** RBU_STATE_TBL: ** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the table ** currently being written. ** ** RBU_STATE_IDX: ** Only valid if STAGE==1. The target database name of the index ** currently being written, or NULL if the main table is currently being ** updated. ** ** RBU_STATE_ROW: ** Only valid if STAGE==1. Number of rows already processed for the current ** table/index. ** ** RBU_STATE_PROGRESS: ** Trbul number of sqlite3rbu_step() calls made so far as part of this ** rbu update. ** ** RBU_STATE_CKPT: ** Valid if STAGE==4. The 64-bit checksum associated with the wal-index ** header created by recovering the *-wal file. This is used to detect ** cases when another client appends frames to the *-wal file in the ** middle of an incremental checkpoint (an incremental checkpoint cannot ** be continued if this happens). ** ** RBU_STATE_COOKIE: ** Valid if STAGE==1. The current change-counter cookie value in the ** target db file. ** ** RBU_STATE_OALSZ: ** Valid if STAGE==1. The size in bytes of the *-oal file. ** ** RBU_STATE_DATATBL: ** Only valid if STAGE==1. The RBU database name of the table ** currently being read. */ #define RBU_STATE_STAGE 1 #define RBU_STATE_TBL 2 #define RBU_STATE_IDX 3 #define RBU_STATE_ROW 4 #define RBU_STATE_PROGRESS 5 #define RBU_STATE_CKPT 6 #define RBU_STATE_COOKIE 7 #define RBU_STATE_OALSZ 8 #define RBU_STATE_PHASEONESTEP 9 #define RBU_STATE_DATATBL 10 #define RBU_STAGE_OAL 1 #define RBU_STAGE_MOVE 2 #define RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE 3 #define RBU_STAGE_CKPT 4 #define RBU_STAGE_DONE 5 #define RBU_CREATE_STATE \ "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %s.rbu_state(k INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, v)" typedef struct RbuFrame RbuFrame; typedef struct RbuObjIter RbuObjIter; typedef struct RbuState RbuState; typedef struct rbu_vfs rbu_vfs; typedef struct rbu_file rbu_file; typedef struct RbuUpdateStmt RbuUpdateStmt; #if !defined(SQLITE_AMALGAMATION) typedef unsigned int u32; typedef unsigned short u16; typedef unsigned char u8; typedef sqlite3_int64 i64; #endif /* ** These values must match the values defined in wal.c for the equivalent ** locks. These are not magic numbers as they are part of the SQLite file ** format. */ #define WAL_LOCK_WRITE 0 #define WAL_LOCK_CKPT 1 #define WAL_LOCK_READ0 3 #define SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT 5149216 /* ** A structure to store values read from the rbu_state table in memory. */ struct RbuState { int eStage; char *zTbl; char *zDataTbl; char *zIdx; i64 iWalCksum; int nRow; i64 nProgress; u32 iCookie; i64 iOalSz; i64 nPhaseOneStep; }; struct RbuUpdateStmt { char *zMask; /* Copy of update mask used with pUpdate */ sqlite3_stmt *pUpdate; /* Last update statement (or NULL) */ RbuUpdateStmt *pNext; }; /* ** An iterator of this type is used to iterate through all objects in ** the target database that require updating. For each such table, the ** iterator visits, in order: ** ** * the table itself, ** * each index of the table (zero or more points to visit), and ** * a special "cleanup table" state. ** ** abIndexed: ** If the table has no indexes on it, abIndexed is set to NULL. Otherwise, ** it points to an array of flags nTblCol elements in size. The flag is ** set for each column that is either a part of the PK or a part of an ** index. Or clear otherwise. ** */ struct RbuObjIter { sqlite3_stmt *pTblIter; /* Iterate through tables */ sqlite3_stmt *pIdxIter; /* Index iterator */ int nTblCol; /* Size of azTblCol[] array */ char **azTblCol; /* Array of unquoted target column names */ char **azTblType; /* Array of target column types */ int *aiSrcOrder; /* src table col -> target table col */ u8 *abTblPk; /* Array of flags, set on target PK columns */ u8 *abNotNull; /* Array of flags, set on NOT NULL columns */ u8 *abIndexed; /* Array of flags, set on indexed & PK cols */ int eType; /* Table type - an RBU_PK_XXX value */ /* Output variables. zTbl==0 implies EOF. */ int bCleanup; /* True in "cleanup" state */ const char *zTbl; /* Name of target db table */ const char *zDataTbl; /* Name of rbu db table (or null) */ const char *zIdx; /* Name of target db index (or null) */ int iTnum; /* Root page of current object */ int iPkTnum; /* If eType==EXTERNAL, root of PK index */ int bUnique; /* Current index is unique */ int nIndex; /* Number of aux. indexes on table zTbl */ /* Statements created by rbuObjIterPrepareAll() */ int nCol; /* Number of columns in current object */ sqlite3_stmt *pSelect; /* Source data */ sqlite3_stmt *pInsert; /* Statement for INSERT operations */ sqlite3_stmt *pDelete; /* Statement for DELETE ops */ sqlite3_stmt *pTmpInsert; /* Insert into rbu_tmp_$zDataTbl */ /* Last UPDATE used (for PK b-tree updates only), or NULL. */ RbuUpdateStmt *pRbuUpdate; }; /* ** Values for RbuObjIter.eType ** ** 0: Table does not exist (error) ** 1: Table has an implicit rowid. ** 2: Table has an explicit IPK column. ** 3: Table has an external PK index. ** 4: Table is WITHOUT ROWID. ** 5: Table is a virtual table. */ #define RBU_PK_NOTABLE 0 #define RBU_PK_NONE 1 #define RBU_PK_IPK 2 #define RBU_PK_EXTERNAL 3 #define RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID 4 #define RBU_PK_VTAB 5 /* ** Within the RBU_STAGE_OAL stage, each call to sqlite3rbu_step() performs ** one of the following operations. */ #define RBU_INSERT 1 /* Insert on a main table b-tree */ #define RBU_DELETE 2 /* Delete a row from a main table b-tree */ #define RBU_REPLACE 3 /* Delete and then insert a row */ #define RBU_IDX_DELETE 4 /* Delete a row from an aux. index b-tree */ #define RBU_IDX_INSERT 5 /* Insert on an aux. index b-tree */ #define RBU_UPDATE 6 /* Update a row in a main table b-tree */ /* ** A single step of an incremental checkpoint - frame iWalFrame of the wal ** file should be copied to page iDbPage of the database file. */ struct RbuFrame { u32 iDbPage; u32 iWalFrame; }; /* ** RBU handle. ** ** nPhaseOneStep: ** If the RBU database contains an rbu_count table, this value is set to ** a running estimate of the number of b-tree operations required to ** finish populating the *-oal file. This allows the sqlite3_bp_progress() ** API to calculate the permyriadage progress of populating the *-oal file ** using the formula: ** ** permyriadage = (10000 * nProgress) / nPhaseOneStep ** ** nPhaseOneStep is initialized to the sum of: ** ** nRow * (nIndex + 1) ** ** for all source tables in the RBU database, where nRow is the number ** of rows in the source table and nIndex the number of indexes on the ** corresponding target database table. ** ** This estimate is accurate if the RBU update consists entirely of ** INSERT operations. However, it is inaccurate if: ** ** * the RBU update contains any UPDATE operations. If the PK specified ** for an UPDATE operation does not exist in the target table, then ** no b-tree operations are required on index b-trees. Or if the ** specified PK does exist, then (nIndex*2) such operations are ** required (one delete and one insert on each index b-tree). ** ** * the RBU update contains any DELETE operations for which the specified ** PK does not exist. In this case no operations are required on index ** b-trees. ** ** * the RBU update contains REPLACE operations. These are similar to ** UPDATE operations. ** ** nPhaseOneStep is updated to account for the conditions above during the ** first pass of each source table. The updated nPhaseOneStep value is ** stored in the rbu_state table if the RBU update is suspended. */ struct sqlite3rbu { int eStage; /* Value of RBU_STATE_STAGE field */ sqlite3 *dbMain; /* target database handle */ sqlite3 *dbRbu; /* rbu database handle */ char *zTarget; /* Path to target db */ char *zRbu; /* Path to rbu db */ char *zState; /* Path to state db (or NULL if zRbu) */ char zStateDb[5]; /* Db name for state ("stat" or "main") */ int rc; /* Value returned by last rbu_step() call */ char *zErrmsg; /* Error message if rc!=SQLITE_OK */ int nStep; /* Rows processed for current object */ int nProgress; /* Rows processed for all objects */ RbuObjIter objiter; /* Iterator for skipping through tbl/idx */ const char *zVfsName; /* Name of automatically created rbu vfs */ rbu_file *pTargetFd; /* File handle open on target db */ int nPagePerSector; /* Pages per sector for pTargetFd */ i64 iOalSz; i64 nPhaseOneStep; /* The following state variables are used as part of the incremental ** checkpoint stage (eStage==RBU_STAGE_CKPT). See comments surrounding ** function rbuSetupCheckpoint() for details. */ u32 iMaxFrame; /* Largest iWalFrame value in aFrame[] */ u32 mLock; int nFrame; /* Entries in aFrame[] array */ int nFrameAlloc; /* Allocated size of aFrame[] array */ RbuFrame *aFrame; int pgsz; u8 *aBuf; i64 iWalCksum; i64 szTemp; /* Current size of all temp files in use */ i64 szTempLimit; /* Total size limit for temp files */ /* Used in RBU vacuum mode only */ int nRbu; /* Number of RBU VFS in the stack */ rbu_file *pRbuFd; /* Fd for main db of dbRbu */ }; /* ** An rbu VFS is implemented using an instance of this structure. ** ** Variable pRbu is only non-NULL for automatically created RBU VFS objects. ** It is NULL for RBU VFS objects created explicitly using ** sqlite3rbu_create_vfs(). It is used to track the total amount of temp ** space used by the RBU handle. */ struct rbu_vfs { sqlite3_vfs base; /* rbu VFS shim methods */ sqlite3_vfs *pRealVfs; /* Underlying VFS */ sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to protect pMain */ sqlite3rbu *pRbu; /* Owner RBU object */ rbu_file *pMain; /* Linked list of main db files */ }; /* ** Each file opened by an rbu VFS is represented by an instance of ** the following structure. ** ** If this is a temporary file (pRbu!=0 && flags&DELETE_ON_CLOSE), variable ** "sz" is set to the current size of the database file. */ struct rbu_file { sqlite3_file base; /* sqlite3_file methods */ sqlite3_file *pReal; /* Underlying file handle */ rbu_vfs *pRbuVfs; /* Pointer to the rbu_vfs object */ sqlite3rbu *pRbu; /* Pointer to rbu object (rbu target only) */ i64 sz; /* Size of file in bytes (temp only) */ int openFlags; /* Flags this file was opened with */ u32 iCookie; /* Cookie value for main db files */ u8 iWriteVer; /* "write-version" value for main db files */ u8 bNolock; /* True to fail EXCLUSIVE locks */ int nShm; /* Number of entries in apShm[] array */ char **apShm; /* Array of mmap'd *-shm regions */ char *zDel; /* Delete this when closing file */ const char *zWal; /* Wal filename for this main db file */ rbu_file *pWalFd; /* Wal file descriptor for this main db */ rbu_file *pMainNext; /* Next MAIN_DB file */ }; /* ** True for an RBU vacuum handle, or false otherwise. */ #define rbuIsVacuum(p) ((p)->zTarget==0) /************************************************************************* ** The following three functions, found below: ** ** rbuDeltaGetInt() ** rbuDeltaChecksum() ** rbuDeltaApply() ** ** are lifted from the fossil source code (http://fossil-scm.org). They ** are used to implement the scalar SQL function rbu_fossil_delta(). */ /* ** Read bytes from *pz and convert them into a positive integer. When ** finished, leave *pz pointing to the first character past the end of ** the integer. The *pLen parameter holds the length of the string ** in *pz and is decremented once for each character in the integer. */ static unsigned int rbuDeltaGetInt(const char **pz, int *pLen){ static const signed char zValue[] = { -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, -1, -1, -1, -1, 36, -1, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, -1, -1, -1, 63, -1, }; unsigned int v = 0; int c; unsigned char *z = (unsigned char*)*pz; unsigned char *zStart = z; while( (c = zValue[0x7f&*(z++)])>=0 ){ v = (v<<6) + c; } z--; *pLen -= z - zStart; *pz = (char*)z; return v; } #if RBU_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM /* ** Compute a 32-bit checksum on the N-byte buffer. Return the result. */ static unsigned int rbuDeltaChecksum(const char *zIn, size_t N){ const unsigned char *z = (const unsigned char *)zIn; unsigned sum0 = 0; unsigned sum1 = 0; unsigned sum2 = 0; unsigned sum3 = 0; while(N >= 16){ sum0 += ((unsigned)z[0] + z[4] + z[8] + z[12]); sum1 += ((unsigned)z[1] + z[5] + z[9] + z[13]); sum2 += ((unsigned)z[2] + z[6] + z[10]+ z[14]); sum3 += ((unsigned)z[3] + z[7] + z[11]+ z[15]); z += 16; N -= 16; } while(N >= 4){ sum0 += z[0]; sum1 += z[1]; sum2 += z[2]; sum3 += z[3]; z += 4; N -= 4; } sum3 += (sum2 << 8) + (sum1 << 16) + (sum0 << 24); switch(N){ case 3: sum3 += (z[2] << 8); case 2: sum3 += (z[1] << 16); case 1: sum3 += (z[0] << 24); default: ; } return sum3; } #endif /* ** Apply a delta. ** ** The output buffer should be big enough to hold the whole output ** file and a NUL terminator at the end. The delta_output_size() ** routine will determine this size for you. ** ** The delta string should be null-terminated. But the delta string ** may contain embedded NUL characters (if the input and output are ** binary files) so we also have to pass in the length of the delta in ** the lenDelta parameter. ** ** This function returns the size of the output file in bytes (excluding ** the final NUL terminator character). Except, if the delta string is ** malformed or intended for use with a source file other than zSrc, ** then this routine returns -1. ** ** Refer to the delta_create() documentation above for a description ** of the delta file format. */ static int rbuDeltaApply( const char *zSrc, /* The source or pattern file */ int lenSrc, /* Length of the source file */ const char *zDelta, /* Delta to apply to the pattern */ int lenDelta, /* Length of the delta */ char *zOut /* Write the output into this preallocated buffer */ ){ unsigned int limit; unsigned int total = 0; #if RBU_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM char *zOrigOut = zOut; #endif limit = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta); if( *zDelta!='\n' ){ /* ERROR: size integer not terminated by "\n" */ return -1; } zDelta++; lenDelta--; while( *zDelta && lenDelta>0 ){ unsigned int cnt, ofst; cnt = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta); switch( zDelta[0] ){ case '@': { zDelta++; lenDelta--; ofst = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta); if( lenDelta>0 && zDelta[0]!=',' ){ /* ERROR: copy command not terminated by ',' */ return -1; } zDelta++; lenDelta--; total += cnt; if( total>limit ){ /* ERROR: copy exceeds output file size */ return -1; } if( (int)(ofst+cnt) > lenSrc ){ /* ERROR: copy extends past end of input */ return -1; } memcpy(zOut, &zSrc[ofst], cnt); zOut += cnt; break; } case ':': { zDelta++; lenDelta--; total += cnt; if( total>limit ){ /* ERROR: insert command gives an output larger than predicted */ return -1; } if( (int)cnt>lenDelta ){ /* ERROR: insert count exceeds size of delta */ return -1; } memcpy(zOut, zDelta, cnt); zOut += cnt; zDelta += cnt; lenDelta -= cnt; break; } case ';': { zDelta++; lenDelta--; zOut[0] = 0; #if RBU_ENABLE_DELTA_CKSUM if( cnt!=rbuDeltaChecksum(zOrigOut, total) ){ /* ERROR: bad checksum */ return -1; } #endif if( total!=limit ){ /* ERROR: generated size does not match predicted size */ return -1; } return total; } default: { /* ERROR: unknown delta operator */ return -1; } } } /* ERROR: unterminated delta */ return -1; } static int rbuDeltaOutputSize(const char *zDelta, int lenDelta){ int size; size = rbuDeltaGetInt(&zDelta, &lenDelta); if( *zDelta!='\n' ){ /* ERROR: size integer not terminated by "\n" */ return -1; } return size; } /* ** End of code taken from fossil. *************************************************************************/ /* ** Implementation of SQL scalar function rbu_fossil_delta(). ** ** This function applies a fossil delta patch to a blob. Exactly two ** arguments must be passed to this function. The first is the blob to ** patch and the second the patch to apply. If no error occurs, this ** function returns the patched blob. */ static void rbuFossilDeltaFunc( sqlite3_context *context, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ const char *aDelta; int nDelta; const char *aOrig; int nOrig; int nOut; int nOut2; char *aOut; assert( argc==2 ); nOrig = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]); aOrig = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[0]); nDelta = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]); aDelta = (const char*)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]); /* Figure out the size of the output */ nOut = rbuDeltaOutputSize(aDelta, nDelta); if( nOut<0 ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "corrupt fossil delta", -1); return; } aOut = sqlite3_malloc(nOut+1); if( aOut==0 ){ sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context); }else{ nOut2 = rbuDeltaApply(aOrig, nOrig, aDelta, nDelta, aOut); if( nOut2!=nOut ){ sqlite3_result_error(context, "corrupt fossil delta", -1); }else{ sqlite3_result_blob(context, aOut, nOut, sqlite3_free); } } } /* ** Prepare the SQL statement in buffer zSql against database handle db. ** If successful, set *ppStmt to point to the new statement and return ** SQLITE_OK. ** ** Otherwise, if an error does occur, set *ppStmt to NULL and return ** an SQLite error code. Additionally, set output variable *pzErrmsg to ** point to a buffer containing an error message. It is the responsibility ** of the caller to (eventually) free this buffer using sqlite3_free(). */ static int prepareAndCollectError( sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, char **pzErrmsg, const char *zSql ){ int rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, ppStmt, 0); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); *ppStmt = 0; } return rc; } /* ** Reset the SQL statement passed as the first argument. Return a copy ** of the value returned by sqlite3_reset(). ** ** If an error has occurred, then set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer ** containing an error message. It is the responsibility of the caller ** to eventually free this buffer using sqlite3_free(). */ static int resetAndCollectError(sqlite3_stmt *pStmt, char **pzErrmsg){ int rc = sqlite3_reset(pStmt); if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ *pzErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt))); } return rc; } /* ** Unless it is NULL, argument zSql points to a buffer allocated using ** sqlite3_malloc containing an SQL statement. This function prepares the SQL ** statement against database db and frees the buffer. If statement ** compilation is successful, *ppStmt is set to point to the new statement ** handle and SQLITE_OK is returned. ** ** Otherwise, if an error occurs, *ppStmt is set to NULL and an error code ** returned. In this case, *pzErrmsg may also be set to point to an error ** message. It is the responsibility of the caller to free this error message ** buffer using sqlite3_free(). ** ** If argument zSql is NULL, this function assumes that an OOM has occurred. ** In this case SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and *ppStmt set to NULL. */ static int prepareFreeAndCollectError( sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, char **pzErrmsg, char *zSql ){ int rc; assert( *pzErrmsg==0 ); if( zSql==0 ){ rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; *ppStmt = 0; }else{ rc = prepareAndCollectError(db, ppStmt, pzErrmsg, zSql); sqlite3_free(zSql); } return rc; } /* ** Free the RbuObjIter.azTblCol[] and RbuObjIter.abTblPk[] arrays allocated ** by an earlier call to rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(). */ static void rbuObjIterFreeCols(RbuObjIter *pIter){ int i; for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ sqlite3_free(pIter->azTblCol[i]); sqlite3_free(pIter->azTblType[i]); } sqlite3_free(pIter->azTblCol); pIter->azTblCol = 0; pIter->azTblType = 0; pIter->aiSrcOrder = 0; pIter->abTblPk = 0; pIter->abNotNull = 0; pIter->nTblCol = 0; pIter->eType = 0; /* Invalid value */ } /* ** Finalize all statements and free all allocations that are specific to ** the current object (table/index pair). */ static void rbuObjIterClearStatements(RbuObjIter *pIter){ RbuUpdateStmt *pUp; sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pSelect); sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pInsert); sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pDelete); sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pTmpInsert); pUp = pIter->pRbuUpdate; while( pUp ){ RbuUpdateStmt *pTmp = pUp->pNext; sqlite3_finalize(pUp->pUpdate); sqlite3_free(pUp); pUp = pTmp; } pIter->pSelect = 0; pIter->pInsert = 0; pIter->pDelete = 0; pIter->pRbuUpdate = 0; pIter->pTmpInsert = 0; pIter->nCol = 0; } /* ** Clean up any resources allocated as part of the iterator object passed ** as the only argument. */ static void rbuObjIterFinalize(RbuObjIter *pIter){ rbuObjIterClearStatements(pIter); sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pTblIter); sqlite3_finalize(pIter->pIdxIter); rbuObjIterFreeCols(pIter); memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(RbuObjIter)); } /* ** Advance the iterator to the next position. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left ** pointing to the next entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is ** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the ** error code is returned. */ static int rbuObjIterNext(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ int rc = p->rc; if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ /* Free any SQLite statements used while processing the previous object */ rbuObjIterClearStatements(pIter); if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){ rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_insert_tr;" "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_update1_tr;" "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_update2_tr;" "DROP TRIGGER IF EXISTS temp.rbu_delete_tr;" , 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg ); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( pIter->bCleanup ){ rbuObjIterFreeCols(pIter); pIter->bCleanup = 0; rc = sqlite3_step(pIter->pTblIter); if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ rc = resetAndCollectError(pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg); pIter->zTbl = 0; }else{ pIter->zTbl = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIter->pTblIter, 0); pIter->zDataTbl = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIter->pTblIter,1); rc = (pIter->zDataTbl && pIter->zTbl) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM; } }else{ if( pIter->zIdx==0 ){ sqlite3_stmt *pIdx = pIter->pIdxIter; rc = sqlite3_bind_text(pIdx, 1, pIter->zTbl, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = sqlite3_step(pIter->pIdxIter); if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){ rc = resetAndCollectError(pIter->pIdxIter, &p->zErrmsg); pIter->bCleanup = 1; pIter->zIdx = 0; }else{ pIter->zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pIter->pIdxIter, 0); pIter->iTnum = sqlite3_column_int(pIter->pIdxIter, 1); pIter->bUnique = sqlite3_column_int(pIter->pIdxIter, 2); rc = pIter->zIdx ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM; } } } } } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ rbuObjIterFinalize(pIter); p->rc = rc; } return rc; } /* ** The implementation of the rbu_target_name() SQL function. This function ** accepts one or two arguments. The first argument is the name of a table - ** the name of a table in the RBU database. The second, if it is present, is 1 ** for a view or 0 for a table. ** ** For a non-vacuum RBU handle, if the table name matches the pattern: ** ** data[0-9]_ ** ** where is any sequence of 1 or more characters, is returned. ** Otherwise, if the only argument does not match the above pattern, an SQL ** NULL is returned. ** ** "data_t1" -> "t1" ** "data0123_t2" -> "t2" ** "dataAB_t3" -> NULL ** ** For an rbu vacuum handle, a copy of the first argument is returned if ** the second argument is either missing or 0 (not a view). */ static void rbuTargetNameFunc( sqlite3_context *pCtx, int argc, sqlite3_value **argv ){ sqlite3rbu *p = sqlite3_user_data(pCtx); const char *zIn; assert( argc==1 || argc==2 ); zIn = (const char*)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]); if( zIn ){ if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ if( argc==1 || 0==sqlite3_value_int(argv[1]) ){ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, zIn, -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } }else{ if( strlen(zIn)>4 && memcmp("data", zIn, 4)==0 ){ int i; for(i=4; zIn[i]>='0' && zIn[i]<='9'; i++); if( zIn[i]=='_' && zIn[i+1] ){ sqlite3_result_text(pCtx, &zIn[i+1], -1, SQLITE_STATIC); } } } } } /* ** Initialize the iterator structure passed as the second argument. ** ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the iterator is left ** pointing to the first entry. Otherwise, an error code and message is ** left in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. A copy of the ** error code is returned. */ static int rbuObjIterFirst(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ int rc; memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(RbuObjIter)); rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTblIter, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT rbu_target_name(name, type='view') AS target, name " "FROM sqlite_master " "WHERE type IN ('table', 'view') AND target IS NOT NULL " " %s " "ORDER BY name" , rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "AND rootpage!=0 AND rootpage IS NOT NULL" : "")); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pIdxIter, &p->zErrmsg, "SELECT name, rootpage, sql IS NULL OR substr(8, 6)=='UNIQUE' " " FROM main.sqlite_master " " WHERE type='index' AND tbl_name = ?" ); } pIter->bCleanup = 1; p->rc = rc; return rbuObjIterNext(p, pIter); } /* ** This is a wrapper around "sqlite3_mprintf(zFmt, ...)". If an OOM occurs, ** an error code is stored in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. ** ** If an error has already occurred (p->rc is already set to something other ** than SQLITE_OK), then this function returns NULL without modifying the ** stored error code. In this case it still calls sqlite3_free() on any ** printf() parameters associated with %z conversions. */ static char *rbuMPrintf(sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zFmt, ...){ char *zSql = 0; va_list ap; va_start(ap, zFmt); zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( zSql==0 ) p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ sqlite3_free(zSql); zSql = 0; } va_end(ap); return zSql; } /* ** Argument zFmt is a sqlite3_mprintf() style format string. The trailing ** arguments are the usual subsitution values. This function performs ** the printf() style substitutions and executes the result as an SQL ** statement on the RBU handles database. ** ** If an error occurs, an error code and error message is stored in the ** RBU handle. If an error has already occurred when this function is ** called, it is a no-op. */ static int rbuMPrintfExec(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFmt, ...){ va_list ap; char *zSql; va_start(ap, zFmt); zSql = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFmt, ap); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( zSql==0 ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ p->rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, 0, 0, &p->zErrmsg); } } sqlite3_free(zSql); va_end(ap); return p->rc; } /* ** Attempt to allocate and return a pointer to a zeroed block of nByte ** bytes. ** ** If an error (i.e. an OOM condition) occurs, return NULL and leave an ** error code in the rbu handle passed as the first argument. Or, if an ** error has already occurred when this function is called, return NULL ** immediately without attempting the allocation or modifying the stored ** error code. */ static void *rbuMalloc(sqlite3rbu *p, int nByte){ void *pRet = 0; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( nByte>0 ); pRet = sqlite3_malloc64(nByte); if( pRet==0 ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; }else{ memset(pRet, 0, nByte); } } return pRet; } /* ** Allocate and zero the pIter->azTblCol[] and abTblPk[] arrays so that ** there is room for at least nCol elements. If an OOM occurs, store an ** error code in the RBU handle passed as the first argument. */ static void rbuAllocateIterArrays(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, int nCol){ int nByte = (2*sizeof(char*) + sizeof(int) + 3*sizeof(u8)) * nCol; char **azNew; azNew = (char**)rbuMalloc(p, nByte); if( azNew ){ pIter->azTblCol = azNew; pIter->azTblType = &azNew[nCol]; pIter->aiSrcOrder = (int*)&pIter->azTblType[nCol]; pIter->abTblPk = (u8*)&pIter->aiSrcOrder[nCol]; pIter->abNotNull = (u8*)&pIter->abTblPk[nCol]; pIter->abIndexed = (u8*)&pIter->abNotNull[nCol]; } } /* ** The first argument must be a nul-terminated string. This function ** returns a copy of the string in memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free this memory ** using sqlite3_free(). ** ** If an OOM condition is encountered when attempting to allocate memory, ** output variable (*pRc) is set to SQLITE_NOMEM before returning. Otherwise, ** if the allocation succeeds, (*pRc) is left unchanged. */ static char *rbuStrndup(const char *zStr, int *pRc){ char *zRet = 0; assert( *pRc==SQLITE_OK ); if( zStr ){ size_t nCopy = strlen(zStr) + 1; zRet = (char*)sqlite3_malloc64(nCopy); if( zRet ){ memcpy(zRet, zStr, nCopy); }else{ *pRc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } } return zRet; } /* ** Finalize the statement passed as the second argument. ** ** If the sqlite3_finalize() call indicates that an error occurs, and the ** rbu handle error code is not already set, set the error code and error ** message accordingly. */ static void rbuFinalize(sqlite3rbu *p, sqlite3_stmt *pStmt){ sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_db_handle(pStmt); int rc = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = rc; p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); } } /* Determine the type of a table. ** ** peType is of type (int*), a pointer to an output parameter of type ** (int). This call sets the output parameter as follows, depending ** on the type of the table specified by parameters dbName and zTbl. ** ** RBU_PK_NOTABLE: No such table. ** RBU_PK_NONE: Table has an implicit rowid. ** RBU_PK_IPK: Table has an explicit IPK column. ** RBU_PK_EXTERNAL: Table has an external PK index. ** RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID: Table is WITHOUT ROWID. ** RBU_PK_VTAB: Table is a virtual table. ** ** Argument *piPk is also of type (int*), and also points to an output ** parameter. Unless the table has an external primary key index ** (i.e. unless *peType is set to 3), then *piPk is set to zero. Or, ** if the table does have an external primary key index, then *piPk ** is set to the root page number of the primary key index before ** returning. ** ** ALGORITHM: ** ** if( no entry exists in sqlite_master ){ ** return RBU_PK_NOTABLE ** }else if( sql for the entry starts with "CREATE VIRTUAL" ){ ** return RBU_PK_VTAB ** }else if( "PRAGMA index_list()" for the table contains a "pk" index ){ ** if( the index that is the pk exists in sqlite_master ){ ** *piPK = rootpage of that index. ** return RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ** }else{ ** return RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ** } ** }else if( "PRAGMA table_info()" lists one or more "pk" columns ){ ** return RBU_PK_IPK ** }else{ ** return RBU_PK_NONE ** } */ static void rbuTableType( sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zTab, int *peType, int *piTnum, int *piPk ){ /* ** 0) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q AND IsVirtual(%Q) ** 1) PRAGMA index_list = ? ** 2) SELECT count(*) FROM sqlite_master where name=%Q ** 3) PRAGMA table_info = ? */ sqlite3_stmt *aStmt[4] = {0, 0, 0, 0}; *peType = RBU_PK_NOTABLE; *piPk = 0; assert( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ); p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[0], &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT (sql LIKE 'create virtual%%'), rootpage" " FROM sqlite_master" " WHERE name=%Q", zTab )); if( p->rc!=SQLITE_OK || sqlite3_step(aStmt[0])!=SQLITE_ROW ){ /* Either an error, or no such table. */ goto rbuTableType_end; } if( sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[0], 0) ){ *peType = RBU_PK_VTAB; /* virtual table */ goto rbuTableType_end; } *piTnum = sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[0], 1); p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[1], &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA index_list=%Q",zTab) ); if( p->rc ) goto rbuTableType_end; while( sqlite3_step(aStmt[1])==SQLITE_ROW ){ const u8 *zOrig = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 3); const u8 *zIdx = sqlite3_column_text(aStmt[1], 1); if( zOrig && zIdx && zOrig[0]=='p' ){ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[2], &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT rootpage FROM sqlite_master WHERE name = %Q", zIdx )); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( sqlite3_step(aStmt[2])==SQLITE_ROW ){ *piPk = sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[2], 0); *peType = RBU_PK_EXTERNAL; }else{ *peType = RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID; } } goto rbuTableType_end; } } p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &aStmt[3], &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info=%Q",zTab) ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ while( sqlite3_step(aStmt[3])==SQLITE_ROW ){ if( sqlite3_column_int(aStmt[3],5)>0 ){ *peType = RBU_PK_IPK; /* explicit IPK column */ goto rbuTableType_end; } } *peType = RBU_PK_NONE; } rbuTableType_end: { unsigned int i; for(i=0; iabIndexed[] array. */ static void rbuObjIterCacheIndexedCols(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ sqlite3_stmt *pList = 0; int bIndex = 0; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ memcpy(pIter->abIndexed, pIter->abTblPk, sizeof(u8)*pIter->nTblCol); p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pList, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_list = %Q", pIter->zTbl) ); } pIter->nIndex = 0; while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pList) ){ const char *zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pList, 1); sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; if( zIdx==0 ) break; p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", zIdx) ); while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1); if( iCid>=0 ) pIter->abIndexed[iCid] = 1; } rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo); bIndex = 1; pIter->nIndex++; } if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ){ /* "PRAGMA index_list" includes the main PK b-tree */ pIter->nIndex--; } rbuFinalize(p, pList); if( bIndex==0 ) pIter->abIndexed = 0; } /* ** If they are not already populated, populate the pIter->azTblCol[], ** pIter->abTblPk[], pIter->nTblCol and pIter->bRowid variables according to ** the table (not index) that the iterator currently points to. ** ** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise. If ** an error does occur, an error code and error message are also left in ** the RBU handle. */ static int rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ if( pIter->azTblCol==0 ){ sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; int nCol = 0; int i; /* for() loop iterator variable */ int bRbuRowid = 0; /* If input table has column "rbu_rowid" */ int iOrder = 0; int iTnum = 0; /* Figure out the type of table this step will deal with. */ assert( pIter->eType==0 ); rbuTableType(p, pIter->zTbl, &pIter->eType, &iTnum, &pIter->iPkTnum); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NOTABLE ){ p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("no such table: %s", pIter->zTbl); } if( p->rc ) return p->rc; if( pIter->zIdx==0 ) pIter->iTnum = iTnum; assert( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB ); /* Populate the azTblCol[] and nTblCol variables based on the columns ** of the input table. Ignore any input table columns that begin with ** "rbu_". */ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT * FROM '%q'", pIter->zDataTbl) ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt); rbuAllocateIterArrays(p, pIter, nCol); } for(i=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && irc); pIter->aiSrcOrder[pIter->nTblCol] = pIter->nTblCol; pIter->azTblCol[pIter->nTblCol++] = zCopy; } else if( 0==sqlite3_stricmp("rbu_rowid", zName) ){ bRbuRowid = 1; } } sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); pStmt = 0; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && bRbuRowid!=(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE) ){ p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf( "table %q %s rbu_rowid column", pIter->zDataTbl, (bRbuRowid ? "may not have" : "requires") ); } /* Check that all non-HIDDEN columns in the destination table are also ** present in the input table. Populate the abTblPk[], azTblType[] and ** aiTblOrder[] arrays at the same time. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA table_info(%Q)", pIter->zTbl) ); } while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ const char *zName = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1); if( zName==0 ) break; /* An OOM - finalize() below returns S_NOMEM */ for(i=iOrder; inTblCol; i++){ if( 0==strcmp(zName, pIter->azTblCol[i]) ) break; } if( i==pIter->nTblCol ){ p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("column missing from %q: %s", pIter->zDataTbl, zName ); }else{ int iPk = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 5); int bNotNull = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 3); const char *zType = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 2); if( i!=iOrder ){ SWAP(int, pIter->aiSrcOrder[i], pIter->aiSrcOrder[iOrder]); SWAP(char*, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[iOrder]); } pIter->azTblType[iOrder] = rbuStrndup(zType, &p->rc); pIter->abTblPk[iOrder] = (iPk!=0); pIter->abNotNull[iOrder] = (u8)bNotNull || (iPk!=0); iOrder++; } } rbuFinalize(p, pStmt); rbuObjIterCacheIndexedCols(p, pIter); assert( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->abIndexed==0 ); assert( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->nIndex==0 ); } return p->rc; } /* ** This function constructs and returns a pointer to a nul-terminated ** string containing some SQL clause or list based on one or more of the ** column names currently stored in the pIter->azTblCol[] array. */ static char *rbuObjIterGetCollist( sqlite3rbu *p, /* RBU object */ RbuObjIter *pIter /* Object iterator for column names */ ){ char *zList = 0; const char *zSep = ""; int i; for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ const char *z = pIter->azTblCol[i]; zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"", zList, zSep, z); zSep = ", "; } return zList; } /* ** This function is used to create a SELECT list (the list of SQL ** expressions that follows a SELECT keyword) for a SELECT statement ** used to read from an data_xxx or rbu_tmp_xxx table while updating the ** index object currently indicated by the iterator object passed as the ** second argument. A "PRAGMA index_xinfo = " statement is used ** to obtain the required information. ** ** If the index is of the following form: ** ** CREATE INDEX i1 ON t1(c, b COLLATE nocase); ** ** and "t1" is a table with an explicit INTEGER PRIMARY KEY column ** "ipk", the returned string is: ** ** "`c` COLLATE 'BINARY', `b` COLLATE 'NOCASE', `ipk` COLLATE 'BINARY'" ** ** As well as the returned string, three other malloc'd strings are ** returned via output parameters. As follows: ** ** pzImposterCols: ... ** pzImposterPk: ... ** pzWhere: ... */ static char *rbuObjIterGetIndexCols( sqlite3rbu *p, /* RBU object */ RbuObjIter *pIter, /* Object iterator for column names */ char **pzImposterCols, /* OUT: Columns for imposter table */ char **pzImposterPk, /* OUT: Imposter PK clause */ char **pzWhere, /* OUT: WHERE clause */ int *pnBind /* OUT: Trbul number of columns */ ){ int rc = p->rc; /* Error code */ int rc2; /* sqlite3_finalize() return code */ char *zRet = 0; /* String to return */ char *zImpCols = 0; /* String to return via *pzImposterCols */ char *zImpPK = 0; /* String to return via *pzImposterPK */ char *zWhere = 0; /* String to return via *pzWhere */ int nBind = 0; /* Value to return via *pnBind */ const char *zCom = ""; /* Set to ", " later on */ const char *zAnd = ""; /* Set to " AND " later on */ sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA index_xinfo = ? */ if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ assert( p->zErrmsg==0 ); rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", pIter->zIdx) ); } while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1); int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3); const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4); const char *zCol; const char *zType; if( iCid<0 ){ /* An integer primary key. If the table has an explicit IPK, use ** its name. Otherwise, use "rbu_rowid". */ if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK ){ int i; for(i=0; pIter->abTblPk[i]==0; i++); assert( inTblCol ); zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i]; }else if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ zCol = "_rowid_"; }else{ zCol = "rbu_rowid"; } zType = "INTEGER"; }else{ zCol = pIter->azTblCol[iCid]; zType = pIter->azTblType[iCid]; } zRet = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"%w\" COLLATE %Q", zRet, zCom, zCol, zCollate); if( pIter->bUnique==0 || sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5) ){ const char *zOrder = (bDesc ? " DESC" : ""); zImpPK = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\"%s", zImpPK, zCom, nBind, zCol, zOrder ); } zImpCols = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" %s COLLATE %Q", zImpCols, zCom, nBind, zCol, zType, zCollate ); zWhere = sqlite3_mprintf( "%z%s\"rbu_imp_%d%w\" IS ?", zWhere, zAnd, nBind, zCol ); if( zRet==0 || zImpPK==0 || zImpCols==0 || zWhere==0 ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; zCom = ", "; zAnd = " AND "; nBind++; } rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pXInfo); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_free(zRet); sqlite3_free(zImpCols); sqlite3_free(zImpPK); sqlite3_free(zWhere); zRet = 0; zImpCols = 0; zImpPK = 0; zWhere = 0; p->rc = rc; } *pzImposterCols = zImpCols; *pzImposterPk = zImpPK; *pzWhere = zWhere; *pnBind = nBind; return zRet; } /* ** Assuming the current table columns are "a", "b" and "c", and the zObj ** paramter is passed "old", return a string of the form: ** ** "old.a, old.b, old.b" ** ** With the column names escaped. ** ** For tables with implicit rowids - RBU_PK_EXTERNAL and RBU_PK_NONE, append ** the text ", old._rowid_" to the returned value. */ static char *rbuObjIterGetOldlist( sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, const char *zObj ){ char *zList = 0; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->abIndexed ){ const char *zS = ""; int i; for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ if( pIter->abIndexed[i] ){ const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i]; zList = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%s%s.\"%w\"", zList, zS, zObj, zCol); }else{ zList = sqlite3_mprintf("%z%sNULL", zList, zS); } zS = ", "; if( zList==0 ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; break; } } /* For a table with implicit rowids, append "old._rowid_" to the list. */ if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, %s._rowid_", zList, zObj); } } return zList; } /* ** Return an expression that can be used in a WHERE clause to match the ** primary key of the current table. For example, if the table is: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b, c, PRIMARY KEY(b, c)); ** ** Return the string: ** ** "b = ?1 AND c = ?2" */ static char *rbuObjIterGetWhere( sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter ){ char *zList = 0; if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "_rowid_ = ?%d", pIter->nTblCol+1); }else if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ){ const char *zSep = ""; int i; for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ if( pIter->abTblPk[i] ){ zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d=?%d", zList, zSep, i, i+1); zSep = " AND "; } } zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "_rowid_ = (SELECT id FROM rbu_imposter2 WHERE %z)", zList ); }else{ const char *zSep = ""; int i; for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ if( pIter->abTblPk[i] ){ const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[i]; zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d", zList, zSep, zCol, i+1); zSep = " AND "; } } } return zList; } /* ** The SELECT statement iterating through the keys for the current object ** (p->objiter.pSelect) currently points to a valid row. However, there ** is something wrong with the rbu_control value in the rbu_control value ** stored in the (p->nCol+1)'th column. Set the error code and error message ** of the RBU handle to something reflecting this. */ static void rbuBadControlError(sqlite3rbu *p){ p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid rbu_control value"); } /* ** Return a nul-terminated string containing the comma separated list of ** assignments that should be included following the "SET" keyword of ** an UPDATE statement used to update the table object that the iterator ** passed as the second argument currently points to if the rbu_control ** column of the data_xxx table entry is set to zMask. ** ** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using ** sqlite3_free(). ** ** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new ** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first ** argument and NULL is returned. Or, if an error has already occurred ** when this function is called, NULL is returned immediately, without ** attempting the allocation or modifying the stored error code. */ static char *rbuObjIterGetSetlist( sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, const char *zMask ){ char *zList = 0; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int i; if( (int)strlen(zMask)!=pIter->nTblCol ){ rbuBadControlError(p); }else{ const char *zSep = ""; for(i=0; inTblCol; i++){ char c = zMask[pIter->aiSrcOrder[i]]; if( c=='x' ){ zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=?%d", zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 ); zSep = ", "; } else if( c=='d' ){ zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 ); zSep = ", "; } else if( c=='f' ){ zList = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"=rbu_fossil_delta(\"%w\", ?%d)", zList, zSep, pIter->azTblCol[i], pIter->azTblCol[i], i+1 ); zSep = ", "; } } } } return zList; } /* ** Return a nul-terminated string consisting of nByte comma separated ** "?" expressions. For example, if nByte is 3, return a pointer to ** a buffer containing the string "?,?,?". ** ** The memory for the returned string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). ** It is the responsibility of the caller to eventually free it using ** sqlite3_free(). ** ** If an OOM error is encountered when allocating space for the new ** string, an error code is left in the rbu handle passed as the first ** argument and NULL is returned. Or, if an error has already occurred ** when this function is called, NULL is returned immediately, without ** attempting the allocation or modifying the stored error code. */ static char *rbuObjIterGetBindlist(sqlite3rbu *p, int nBind){ char *zRet = 0; int nByte = nBind*2 + 1; zRet = (char*)rbuMalloc(p, nByte); if( zRet ){ int i; for(i=0; izIdx==0 ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ const char *zSep = "PRIMARY KEY("; sqlite3_stmt *pXList = 0; /* PRAGMA index_list = (pIter->zTbl) */ sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA index_xinfo = */ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXList, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_list = %Q", pIter->zTbl) ); while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXList) ){ const char *zOrig = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXList,3); if( zOrig && strcmp(zOrig, "pk")==0 ){ const char *zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXList,1); if( zIdx ){ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", zIdx) ); } break; } } rbuFinalize(p, pXList); while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ if( sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5) ){ /* int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 0); */ const char *zCol = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 2); const char *zDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3) ? " DESC" : ""; z = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\"%s", z, zSep, zCol, zDesc); zSep = ", "; } } z = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z)", z); rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo); } return z; } /* ** This function creates the second imposter table used when writing to ** a table b-tree where the table has an external primary key. If the ** iterator passed as the second argument does not currently point to ** a table (not index) with an external primary key, this function is a ** no-op. ** ** Assuming the iterator does point to a table with an external PK, this ** function creates a WITHOUT ROWID imposter table named "rbu_imposter2" ** used to access that PK index. For example, if the target table is ** declared as follows: ** ** CREATE TABLE t1(a, b TEXT, c REAL, PRIMARY KEY(b, c)); ** ** then the imposter table schema is: ** ** CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(c1 TEXT, c2 REAL, id INTEGER) WITHOUT ROWID; ** */ static void rbuCreateImposterTable2(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ){ int tnum = pIter->iPkTnum; /* Root page of PK index */ sqlite3_stmt *pQuery = 0; /* SELECT name ... WHERE rootpage = $tnum */ const char *zIdx = 0; /* Name of PK index */ sqlite3_stmt *pXInfo = 0; /* PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = $zIdx */ const char *zComma = ""; char *zCols = 0; /* Used to build up list of table cols */ char *zPk = 0; /* Used to build up table PK declaration */ /* Figure out the name of the primary key index for the current table. ** This is needed for the argument to "PRAGMA index_xinfo". Set ** zIdx to point to a nul-terminated string containing this name. */ p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pQuery, &p->zErrmsg, "SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE rootpage = ?" ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_bind_int(pQuery, 1, tnum); if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pQuery) ){ zIdx = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pQuery, 0); } } if( zIdx ){ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pXInfo, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("PRAGMA main.index_xinfo = %Q", zIdx) ); } rbuFinalize(p, pQuery); while( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pXInfo) ){ int bKey = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 5); if( bKey ){ int iCid = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 1); int bDesc = sqlite3_column_int(pXInfo, 3); const char *zCollate = (const char*)sqlite3_column_text(pXInfo, 4); zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d %s COLLATE %Q", zCols, zComma, iCid, pIter->azTblType[iCid], zCollate ); zPk = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%sc%d%s", zPk, zComma, iCid, bDesc?" DESC":""); zComma = ", "; } } zCols = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, id INTEGER", zCols); rbuFinalize(p, pXInfo); sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum); rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE rbu_imposter2(%z, PRIMARY KEY(%z)) WITHOUT ROWID", zCols, zPk ); sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); } } /* ** If an error has already occurred when this function is called, it ** immediately returns zero (without doing any work). Or, if an error ** occurs during the execution of this function, it sets the error code ** in the sqlite3rbu object indicated by the first argument and returns ** zero. ** ** The iterator passed as the second argument is guaranteed to point to ** a table (not an index) when this function is called. This function ** attempts to create any imposter table required to write to the main ** table b-tree of the table before returning. Non-zero is returned if ** an imposter table are created, or zero otherwise. ** ** An imposter table is required in all cases except RBU_PK_VTAB. Only ** virtual tables are written to directly. The imposter table has the ** same schema as the actual target table (less any UNIQUE constraints). ** More precisely, the "same schema" means the same columns, types, ** collation sequences. For tables that do not have an external PRIMARY ** KEY, it also means the same PRIMARY KEY declaration. */ static void rbuCreateImposterTable(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ){ int tnum = pIter->iTnum; const char *zComma = ""; char *zSql = 0; int iCol; sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 1); for(iCol=0; p->rc==SQLITE_OK && iColnTblCol; iCol++){ const char *zPk = ""; const char *zCol = pIter->azTblCol[iCol]; const char *zColl = 0; p->rc = sqlite3_table_column_metadata( p->dbMain, "main", pIter->zTbl, zCol, 0, &zColl, 0, 0, 0 ); if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_IPK && pIter->abTblPk[iCol] ){ /* If the target table column is an "INTEGER PRIMARY KEY", add ** "PRIMARY KEY" to the imposter table column declaration. */ zPk = "PRIMARY KEY "; } zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z%s\"%w\" %s %sCOLLATE %Q%s", zSql, zComma, zCol, pIter->azTblType[iCol], zPk, zColl, (pIter->abNotNull[iCol] ? " NOT NULL" : "") ); zComma = ", "; } if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ){ char *zPk = rbuWithoutRowidPK(p, pIter); if( zPk ){ zSql = rbuMPrintf(p, "%z, %z", zSql, zPk); } } sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1, tnum); rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"(%z)%s", pIter->zTbl, zSql, (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_WITHOUT_ROWID ? " WITHOUT ROWID" : "") ); sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); } } /* ** Prepare a statement used to insert rows into the "rbu_tmp_xxx" table. ** Specifically a statement of the form: ** ** INSERT INTO rbu_tmp_xxx VALUES(?, ?, ? ...); ** ** The number of bound variables is equal to the number of columns in ** the target table, plus one (for the rbu_control column), plus one more ** (for the rbu_rowid column) if the target table is an implicit IPK or ** virtual table. */ static void rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert( sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, const char *zCollist, const char *zRbuRowid ){ int bRbuRowid = (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE); char *zBind = rbuObjIterGetBindlist(p, pIter->nTblCol + 1 + bRbuRowid); if( zBind ){ assert( pIter->pTmpInsert==0 ); p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( p->dbRbu, &pIter->pTmpInsert, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf( "INSERT INTO %s.'rbu_tmp_%q'(rbu_control,%s%s) VALUES(%z)", p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zCollist, zRbuRowid, zBind )); } } static void rbuTmpInsertFunc( sqlite3_context *pCtx, int nVal, sqlite3_value **apVal ){ sqlite3rbu *p = sqlite3_user_data(pCtx); int rc = SQLITE_OK; int i; assert( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || p->objiter.eType==RBU_PK_NONE ); if( sqlite3_value_int(apVal[0])!=0 ){ p->nPhaseOneStep += p->objiter.nIndex; } for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && iobjiter.pTmpInsert, i+1, apVal[i]); } if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_step(p->objiter.pTmpInsert); rc = sqlite3_reset(p->objiter.pTmpInsert); } if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_result_error_code(pCtx, rc); } } /* ** Ensure that the SQLite statement handles required to update the ** target database object currently indicated by the iterator passed ** as the second argument are available. */ static int rbuObjIterPrepareAll( sqlite3rbu *p, RbuObjIter *pIter, int nOffset /* Add "LIMIT -1 OFFSET $nOffset" to SELECT */ ){ assert( pIter->bCleanup==0 ); if( pIter->pSelect==0 && rbuObjIterCacheTableInfo(p, pIter)==SQLITE_OK ){ const int tnum = pIter->iTnum; char *zCollist = 0; /* List of indexed columns */ char **pz = &p->zErrmsg; const char *zIdx = pIter->zIdx; char *zLimit = 0; if( nOffset ){ zLimit = sqlite3_mprintf(" LIMIT -1 OFFSET %d", nOffset); if( !zLimit ) p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; } if( zIdx ){ const char *zTbl = pIter->zTbl; char *zImposterCols = 0; /* Columns for imposter table */ char *zImposterPK = 0; /* Primary key declaration for imposter */ char *zWhere = 0; /* WHERE clause on PK columns */ char *zBind = 0; int nBind = 0; assert( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ); zCollist = rbuObjIterGetIndexCols( p, pIter, &zImposterCols, &zImposterPK, &zWhere, &nBind ); zBind = rbuObjIterGetBindlist(p, nBind); /* Create the imposter table used to write to this index. */ sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 1); sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 1,tnum); rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TABLE \"rbu_imp_%w\"( %s, PRIMARY KEY( %s ) ) WITHOUT ROWID", zTbl, zImposterCols, zImposterPK ); sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, p->dbMain, "main", 0, 0); /* Create the statement to insert index entries */ pIter->nCol = nBind; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( p->dbMain, &pIter->pInsert, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO \"rbu_imp_%w\" VALUES(%s)", zTbl, zBind) ); } /* And to delete index entries */ if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( p->dbMain, &pIter->pDelete, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("DELETE FROM \"rbu_imp_%w\" WHERE %s", zTbl, zWhere) ); } /* Create the SELECT statement to read keys in sorted order */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ char *zSql; if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT %s, 0 AS rbu_control FROM '%q' ORDER BY %s%s", zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl, zCollist, zLimit ); }else if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q' ORDER BY %s%s", zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zCollist, zLimit ); }else{ zSql = sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM %s.'rbu_tmp_%q' " "UNION ALL " "SELECT %s, rbu_control FROM '%q' " "WHERE typeof(rbu_control)='integer' AND rbu_control!=1 " "ORDER BY %s%s", zCollist, p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl, zCollist, pIter->zDataTbl, zCollist, zLimit ); } p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pSelect, pz, zSql); } sqlite3_free(zImposterCols); sqlite3_free(zImposterPK); sqlite3_free(zWhere); sqlite3_free(zBind); }else{ int bRbuRowid = (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB) ||(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE) ||(pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL && rbuIsVacuum(p)); const char *zTbl = pIter->zTbl; /* Table this step applies to */ const char *zWrite; /* Imposter table name */ char *zBindings = rbuObjIterGetBindlist(p, pIter->nTblCol + bRbuRowid); char *zWhere = rbuObjIterGetWhere(p, pIter); char *zOldlist = rbuObjIterGetOldlist(p, pIter, "old"); char *zNewlist = rbuObjIterGetOldlist(p, pIter, "new"); zCollist = rbuObjIterGetCollist(p, pIter); pIter->nCol = pIter->nTblCol; /* Create the imposter table or tables (if required). */ rbuCreateImposterTable(p, pIter); rbuCreateImposterTable2(p, pIter); zWrite = (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_VTAB ? "" : "rbu_imp_"); /* Create the INSERT statement to write to the target PK b-tree */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pInsert, pz, sqlite3_mprintf( "INSERT INTO \"%s%w\"(%s%s) VALUES(%s)", zWrite, zTbl, zCollist, (bRbuRowid ? ", _rowid_" : ""), zBindings ) ); } /* Create the DELETE statement to write to the target PK b-tree. ** Because it only performs INSERT operations, this is not required for ** an rbu vacuum handle. */ if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbMain, &pIter->pDelete, pz, sqlite3_mprintf( "DELETE FROM \"%s%w\" WHERE %s", zWrite, zTbl, zWhere ) ); } if( rbuIsVacuum(p)==0 && pIter->abIndexed ){ const char *zRbuRowid = ""; if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ zRbuRowid = ", rbu_rowid"; } /* Create the rbu_tmp_xxx table and the triggers to populate it. */ rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS %s.'rbu_tmp_%q' AS " "SELECT *%s FROM '%q' WHERE 0;" , p->zStateDb, pIter->zDataTbl , (pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL ? ", 0 AS rbu_rowid" : "") , pIter->zDataTbl ); rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_delete_tr BEFORE DELETE ON \"%s%w\" " "BEGIN " " SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(3, %s);" "END;" "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_update1_tr BEFORE UPDATE ON \"%s%w\" " "BEGIN " " SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(3, %s);" "END;" "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_update2_tr AFTER UPDATE ON \"%s%w\" " "BEGIN " " SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(4, %s);" "END;", zWrite, zTbl, zOldlist, zWrite, zTbl, zOldlist, zWrite, zTbl, zNewlist ); if( pIter->eType==RBU_PK_EXTERNAL || pIter->eType==RBU_PK_NONE ){ rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "CREATE TEMP TRIGGER rbu_insert_tr AFTER INSERT ON \"%s%w\" " "BEGIN " " SELECT rbu_tmp_insert(0, %s);" "END;", zWrite, zTbl, zNewlist ); } rbuObjIterPrepareTmpInsert(p, pIter, zCollist, zRbuRowid); } /* Create the SELECT statement to read keys from data_xxx */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ const char *zRbuRowid = ""; if( bRbuRowid ){ zRbuRowid = rbuIsVacuum(p) ? ",_rowid_ " : ",rbu_rowid"; } p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pIter->pSelect, pz, sqlite3_mprintf( "SELECT %s,%s rbu_control%s FROM '%q'%s", zCollist, (rbuIsVacuum(p) ? "0 AS " : ""), zRbuRowid, pIter->zDataTbl, zLimit ) ); } sqlite3_free(zWhere); sqlite3_free(zOldlist); sqlite3_free(zNewlist); sqlite3_free(zBindings); } sqlite3_free(zCollist); sqlite3_free(zLimit); } return p->rc; } /* ** Set output variable *ppStmt to point to an UPDATE statement that may ** be used to update the imposter table for the main table b-tree of the ** table object that pIter currently points to, assuming that the ** rbu_control column of the data_xyz table contains zMask. ** ** If the zMask string does not specify any columns to update, then this ** is not an error. Output variable *ppStmt is set to NULL in this case. */ static int rbuGetUpdateStmt( sqlite3rbu *p, /* RBU handle */ RbuObjIter *pIter, /* Object iterator */ const char *zMask, /* rbu_control value ('x.x.') */ sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt /* OUT: UPDATE statement handle */ ){ RbuUpdateStmt **pp; RbuUpdateStmt *pUp = 0; int nUp = 0; /* In case an error occurs */ *ppStmt = 0; /* Search for an existing statement. If one is found, shift it to the front ** of the LRU queue and return immediately. Otherwise, leave nUp pointing ** to the number of statements currently in the cache and pUp to the ** last object in the list. */ for(pp=&pIter->pRbuUpdate; *pp; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)){ pUp = *pp; if( strcmp(pUp->zMask, zMask)==0 ){ *pp = pUp->pNext; pUp->pNext = pIter->pRbuUpdate; pIter->pRbuUpdate = pUp; *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate; return SQLITE_OK; } nUp++; } assert( pUp==0 || pUp->pNext==0 ); if( nUp>=SQLITE_RBU_UPDATE_CACHESIZE ){ for(pp=&pIter->pRbuUpdate; *pp!=pUp; pp=&((*pp)->pNext)); *pp = 0; sqlite3_finalize(pUp->pUpdate); pUp->pUpdate = 0; }else{ pUp = (RbuUpdateStmt*)rbuMalloc(p, sizeof(RbuUpdateStmt)+pIter->nTblCol+1); } if( pUp ){ char *zWhere = rbuObjIterGetWhere(p, pIter); char *zSet = rbuObjIterGetSetlist(p, pIter, zMask); char *zUpdate = 0; pUp->zMask = (char*)&pUp[1]; memcpy(pUp->zMask, zMask, pIter->nTblCol); pUp->pNext = pIter->pRbuUpdate; pIter->pRbuUpdate = pUp; if( zSet ){ const char *zPrefix = ""; if( pIter->eType!=RBU_PK_VTAB ) zPrefix = "rbu_imp_"; zUpdate = sqlite3_mprintf("UPDATE \"%s%w\" SET %s WHERE %s", zPrefix, pIter->zTbl, zSet, zWhere ); p->rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError( p->dbMain, &pUp->pUpdate, &p->zErrmsg, zUpdate ); *ppStmt = pUp->pUpdate; } sqlite3_free(zWhere); sqlite3_free(zSet); } return p->rc; } static sqlite3 *rbuOpenDbhandle( sqlite3rbu *p, const char *zName, int bUseVfs ){ sqlite3 *db = 0; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE|SQLITE_OPEN_URI; p->rc = sqlite3_open_v2(zName, &db, flags, bUseVfs ? p->zVfsName : 0); if( p->rc ){ p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", sqlite3_errmsg(db)); sqlite3_close(db); db = 0; } } return db; } /* ** Free an RbuState object allocated by rbuLoadState(). */ static void rbuFreeState(RbuState *p){ if( p ){ sqlite3_free(p->zTbl); sqlite3_free(p->zDataTbl); sqlite3_free(p->zIdx); sqlite3_free(p); } } /* ** Allocate an RbuState object and load the contents of the rbu_state ** table into it. Return a pointer to the new object. It is the ** responsibility of the caller to eventually free the object using ** sqlite3_free(). ** ** If an error occurs, leave an error code and message in the rbu handle ** and return NULL. */ static RbuState *rbuLoadState(sqlite3rbu *p){ RbuState *pRet = 0; sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0; int rc; int rc2; pRet = (RbuState*)rbuMalloc(p, sizeof(RbuState)); if( pRet==0 ) return 0; rc = prepareFreeAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pStmt, &p->zErrmsg, sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT k, v FROM %s.rbu_state", p->zStateDb) ); while( rc==SQLITE_OK && SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){ switch( sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 0) ){ case RBU_STATE_STAGE: pRet->eStage = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); if( pRet->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_OAL && pRet->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_MOVE && pRet->eStage!=RBU_STAGE_CKPT ){ p->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; } break; case RBU_STATE_TBL: pRet->zTbl = rbuStrndup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1), &rc); break; case RBU_STATE_IDX: pRet->zIdx = rbuStrndup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1), &rc); break; case RBU_STATE_ROW: pRet->nRow = sqlite3_column_int(pStmt, 1); break; case RBU_STATE_PROGRESS: pRet->nProgress = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); break; case RBU_STATE_CKPT: pRet->iWalCksum = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); break; case RBU_STATE_COOKIE: pRet->iCookie = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); break; case RBU_STATE_OALSZ: pRet->iOalSz = (u32)sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); break; case RBU_STATE_PHASEONESTEP: pRet->nPhaseOneStep = sqlite3_column_int64(pStmt, 1); break; case RBU_STATE_DATATBL: pRet->zDataTbl = rbuStrndup((char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 1), &rc); break; default: rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT; break; } } rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pStmt); if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; p->rc = rc; return pRet; } /* ** Open the database handle and attach the RBU database as "rbu". If an ** error occurs, leave an error code and message in the RBU handle. */ static void rbuOpenDatabase(sqlite3rbu *p, int *pbRetry){ assert( p->rc || (p->dbMain==0 && p->dbRbu==0) ); assert( p->rc || rbuIsVacuum(p) || p->zTarget!=0 ); /* Open the RBU database */ p->dbRbu = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zRbu, 1); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ sqlite3_file_control(p->dbRbu, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT, (void*)p); if( p->zState==0 ){ const char *zFile = sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main"); p->zState = rbuMPrintf(p, "file://%s-vacuum?modeof=%s", zFile, zFile); } } /* If using separate RBU and state databases, attach the state database to ** the RBU db handle now. */ if( p->zState ){ rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, "ATTACH %Q AS stat", p->zState); memcpy(p->zStateDb, "stat", 4); }else{ memcpy(p->zStateDb, "main", 4); } #if 0 if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "BEGIN", 0, 0, 0); } #endif /* If it has not already been created, create the rbu_state table */ rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbRbu, RBU_CREATE_STATE, p->zStateDb); #if 0 if( rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; int bOk = 0; sqlite3_stmt *pCnt = 0; p->rc = prepareAndCollectError(p->dbRbu, &pCnt, &p->zErrmsg, "SELECT count(*) FROM stat.sqlite_master" ); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3_step(pCnt)==SQLITE_ROW && 1==sqlite3_column_int(pCnt, 0) ){ bOk = 1; } rc2 = sqlite3_finalize(pCnt); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ) p->rc = rc2; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && bOk==0 ){ p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("invalid state database"); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbRbu, "COMMIT", 0, 0, 0); } } } #endif if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ int bOpen = 0; int rc; p->nRbu = 0; p->pRbuFd = 0; rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbRbu, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBUCNT, (void*)p); if( rc!=SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) p->rc = rc; if( p->eStage>=RBU_STAGE_MOVE ){ bOpen = 1; }else{ RbuState *pState = rbuLoadState(p); if( pState ){ bOpen = (pState->eStage>=RBU_STAGE_MOVE); rbuFreeState(pState); } } if( bOpen ) p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zRbu, p->nRbu<=1); } p->eStage = 0; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->dbMain==0 ){ if( !rbuIsVacuum(p) ){ p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, p->zTarget, 1); }else if( p->pRbuFd->pWalFd ){ if( pbRetry ){ p->pRbuFd->bNolock = 0; sqlite3_close(p->dbRbu); sqlite3_close(p->dbMain); p->dbMain = 0; p->dbRbu = 0; *pbRetry = 1; return; } p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("cannot vacuum wal mode database"); }else{ char *zTarget; char *zExtra = 0; if( strlen(p->zRbu)>=5 && 0==memcmp("file:", p->zRbu, 5) ){ zExtra = &p->zRbu[5]; while( *zExtra ){ if( *zExtra++=='?' ) break; } if( *zExtra=='\0' ) zExtra = 0; } zTarget = sqlite3_mprintf("file:%s-vacuum?rbu_memory=1%s%s", sqlite3_db_filename(p->dbRbu, "main"), (zExtra==0 ? "" : "&"), (zExtra==0 ? "" : zExtra) ); if( zTarget==0 ){ p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; return; } p->dbMain = rbuOpenDbhandle(p, zTarget, p->nRbu<=1); sqlite3_free(zTarget); } } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, "rbu_tmp_insert", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTmpInsertFunc, 0, 0 ); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbMain, "rbu_fossil_delta", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, rbuFossilDeltaFunc, 0, 0 ); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = sqlite3_create_function(p->dbRbu, "rbu_target_name", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)p, rbuTargetNameFunc, 0, 0 ); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbMain, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU, (void*)p); } rbuMPrintfExec(p, p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master"); /* Mark the database file just opened as an RBU target database. If ** this call returns SQLITE_NOTFOUND, then the RBU vfs is not in use. ** This is an error. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = sqlite3_file_control(p->dbMain, "main", SQLITE_FCNTL_RBU, (void*)p); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR; p->zErrmsg = sqlite3_mprintf("rbu vfs not found"); } } /* ** This routine is a copy of the sqlite3FileSuffix3() routine from the core. ** It is a no-op unless SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is defined. ** ** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set at compile-time and if the database ** filename in zBaseFilename is a URI with the "8_3_names=1" parameter and ** if filename in z[] has a suffix (a.k.a. "extension") that is longer than ** three characters, then shorten the suffix on z[] to be the last three ** characters of the original suffix. ** ** If SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES is set to 2 at compile-time, then always ** do the suffix shortening regardless of URI parameter. ** ** Examples: ** ** test.db-journal => test.nal ** test.db-wal => test.wal ** test.db-shm => test.shm ** test.db-mj7f3319fa => test.9fa */ static void rbuFileSuffix3(const char *zBase, char *z){ #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES #if SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES<2 if( sqlite3_uri_boolean(zBase, "8_3_names", 0) ) #endif { int i, sz; sz = (int)strlen(z)&0xffffff; for(i=sz-1; i>0 && z[i]!='/' && z[i]!='.'; i--){} if( z[i]=='.' && sz>i+4 ) memmove(&z[i+1], &z[sz-3], 4); } #endif } /* ** Return the current wal-index header checksum for the target database ** as a 64-bit integer. ** ** The checksum is store in the first page of xShmMap memory as an 8-byte ** blob starting at byte offset 40. */ static i64 rbuShmChecksum(sqlite3rbu *p){ i64 iRet = 0; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal; u32 volatile *ptr; p->rc = pDb->pMethods->xShmMap(pDb, 0, 32*1024, 0, (void volatile**)&ptr); if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ iRet = ((i64)ptr[10] << 32) + ptr[11]; } } return iRet; } /* ** This function is called as part of initializing or reinitializing an ** incremental checkpoint. ** ** It populates the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] array with the set of ** (wal frame -> db page) copy operations required to checkpoint the ** current wal file, and obtains the set of shm locks required to safely ** perform the copy operations directly on the file-system. ** ** If argument pState is not NULL, then the incremental checkpoint is ** being resumed. In this case, if the checksum of the wal-index-header ** following recovery is not the same as the checksum saved in the RbuState ** object, then the rbu handle is set to DONE state. This occurs if some ** other client appends a transaction to the wal file in the middle of ** an incremental checkpoint. */ static void rbuSetupCheckpoint(sqlite3rbu *p, RbuState *pState){ /* If pState is NULL, then the wal file may not have been opened and ** recovered. Running a read-statement here to ensure that doing so ** does not interfere with the "capture" process below. */ if( pState==0 ){ p->eStage = 0; if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ p->rc = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "SELECT * FROM sqlite_master", 0, 0, 0); } } /* Assuming no error has occurred, run a "restart" checkpoint with the ** sqlite3rbu.eStage variable set to CAPTURE. This turns on the following ** special behaviour in the rbu VFS: ** ** * If the exclusive shm WRITER or READ0 lock cannot be obtained, ** the checkpoint fails with SQLITE_BUSY (normally SQLite would ** proceed with running a passive checkpoint instead of failing). ** ** * Attempts to read from the *-wal file or write to the database file ** do not perform any IO. Instead, the frame/page combinations that ** would be read/written are recorded in the sqlite3rbu.aFrame[] ** array. ** ** * Calls to xShmLock(UNLOCK) to release the exclusive shm WRITER, ** READ0 and CHECKPOINT locks taken as part of the checkpoint are ** no-ops. These locks will not be released until the connection ** is closed. ** ** * Attempting to xSync() the database file causes an SQLITE_INTERNAL ** error. ** ** As a result, unless an error (i.e. OOM or SQLITE_BUSY) occurs, the ** checkpoint below fails with SQLITE_INTERNAL, and leaves the aFrame[] ** array populated with a set of (frame -> page) mappings. Because the ** WRITER, CHECKPOINT and READ0 locks are still held, it is safe to copy ** data from the wal file into the database file according to the ** contents of aFrame[]. */ if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ int rc2; p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_CAPTURE; rc2 = sqlite3_exec(p->dbMain, "PRAGMA main.wal_checkpoint=restart", 0, 0,0); if( rc2!=SQLITE_INTERNAL ) p->rc = rc2; } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK && p->nFrame>0 ){ p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_CKPT; p->nStep = (pState ? pState->nRow : 0); p->aBuf = rbuMalloc(p, p->pgsz); p->iWalCksum = rbuShmChecksum(p); } if( p->rc==SQLITE_OK ){ if( p->nFrame==0 || (pState && pState->iWalCksum!=p->iWalCksum) ){ p->rc = SQLITE_DONE; p->eStage = RBU_STAGE_DONE; }else{ int nSectorSize; sqlite3_file *pDb = p->pTargetFd->pReal; sqlite3_file *pWal = p->pTargetFd->pWalFd->pReal; assert( p->nPagePerSector==0 ); nSectorSize = pDb->pMethods->xSectorSize(pDb); if( nSectorSize>p->pgsz ){ p->nPagePerSector = nSectorSize / p->pgsz; }else{ p->nPagePerSector = 1; } /* Call xSync() on the wal file. This causes SQLite to sync the ** directory in which the target database and the wal file reside, in ** case it has not been synced since the rename() call in ** rbuMoveOalFile(). */ p->rc = pWal->pMethods->xSync(pWal, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); } } } /* ** Called when iAmt bytes are read from offset iOff of the wal file while ** the rbu object is in capture mode. Record the frame number of the frame ** being read in the aFrame[] array. */ static int rbuCaptureWalRead(sqlite3rbu *pRbu, i64 iOff, int iAmt){ const u32 mReq = (1<mLock!=mReq ){ pRbu->rc = SQLITE_BUSY; return SQLITE_INTERNAL; } pRbu->pgsz = iAmt; if( pRbu->nFrame==pRbu->nFrameAlloc ){ int nNew = (pRbu->nFrameAlloc ? pRbu->nFrameAlloc : 64) * 2; RbuFrame *aNew; aNew = (RbuFrame*)sqlite3_realloc64(pRbu->aFrame, nNew * sizeof(RbuFrame)); if( aNew==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; pRbu->aFrame = aNew; pRbu->nFrameAlloc = nNew; } iFrame = (u32)((iOff-32) / (i64)(iAmt+24)) + 1; if( pRbu->iMaxFrame

It doesn't look too much like a shell script anymore. Fret not, for the script is still in tup! However, it is not a true shell script, but rather a graph of commands connected by their inputs and outputs. If you have Graphviz installed (which gives you the dot program), you can generate a graph like so: